I';!',',;'' 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ^:':ii 
 
 'iHiliii 
 
 :niiiioi!liMil8iiik«iitiiiti>iil>tiMy^ 
 

 ■-'K'- 
 
 HUNTINGTON FREE LIBRARY 
 
 Native American 
 Collection 
 
 r 
 
 CORNELL UNIVERSITY 
 LIBRARY 
 
3 1924 104 089 390 
 
'/^/ 
 
 '^1 
 
 Cornell University 
 Library 
 
 The original of this book is in 
 the Cornell University Library. 
 
 There are no known copyright restrictions in 
 the United States on the use of the text. 
 
 http://www.archive.org/details/cu31924104089390 
 
SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION-BUREAU OF ETHNOLOGY 
 
 J. W. POWELL DIEECTOE 
 
 FROOF-SHEETS 
 
 BIBLIOGRAPHY 
 
 THE LANGUAGES 
 
 NORTH AMERICAN INDIANS 
 
 JAMES CONSTANTINE PILLmG- 
 
 iBOK^^&UOF'BTHNO^OiJY. 
 
 ' LIBRARY. 
 
 (DISTRIBUTED ONLY TO COLLABOEATOBS) 
 
 f*» 
 
 ^\ • .». 
 
 WASHINGTON 
 
 GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE 
 
 1885 
 
Smithsonian Institution, 
 
 Bureau of ETHNOLOftT, 
 
 Becemher 7, 1884. 
 
 While engaged in the exploration of the Eocky Mountains I was 
 urgently requested by the late Professor Henry, Secretary of the Smith- 
 sonian Institution, to study tiie Indian tribes of the region, and espe- 
 cially to collect vocabularies. In compliance with this request I culti- 
 vated an acquaintance with the various Indian tribes met in that region, 
 and usually a number of Indians traveled with me. I eventually became 
 deeply interested in the study of the Indian languages of the United 
 States, which interest increased as comparative studies were subse- 
 quently made. 
 
 From these rude beginnings I was led to explore a much wider field, 
 and at last formed the plan of completing the classification of these 
 languages, and especially of extricating the subject from much biblio- 
 graphic confusion. During this time Mr. Pilling assisted me in collect- 
 ing the literature of the subject, and at my request he undertook to 
 prepare a bibliographj of the materials I was then using. But from 
 year to year his work grew on his hands, until at last, at my earnest 
 solicitation, he commenced the preparation of a bibliography of North 
 American languages. To this task he has given the patient labor of 
 years, and developed a genius for the work to which the present vol- 
 ume is a monument. 
 
 J. W. POWELL. 
 
^^10- 
 
PREFACE. 
 
 The compilation of the following matter was began some years since 
 as a card-catalogue for the use of the members of the Bureau of Eth- 
 nology, and as a basis for a projected work by the Director on the 
 classification of North American tribes by language. Although prose- 
 cuted only during such times as could be spared from other and more 
 pressing official duties, and at first with no thought of making it compre- 
 hensive, material accumulated in sufficient quantity to justify the belief 
 that a somewhat complete monograph of the subject might be compiled. 
 To accomplish this the co-operation of many persons interested in this 
 branch of research is necessary; and that this co-operation may be 
 given to the best advantage it is essential they should know what has 
 already been done. Hence the following proof-sheets — a preliminary, 
 tentative, and incomplete catalogue, embodying the information gath- 
 ered by the compiler from printed and manuscript authorities, by per- 
 sonal visits to public and private libraries throughout the United States 
 and Canada, and by an extensive correspondence. The amount of ma- 
 terial already obtained through outside sources during the type-setting 
 and proof-reading, and which partly appears in the appended "Addi- 
 tions and Corrections," strengthens the belief that, with the assistance 
 of those in a position to furnish information, it will be possible to make 
 the final issue a fairly complete record of the books, pamphlets, papers 
 in serial journals, and manuscripts, in or relating to the Indian languages 
 of North America. 
 
 It is desired that those into whose hands these sheets may fall will 
 consider them in no sense as finished or complete; only a few copies 
 are struck off, and these have been prepared especially for distribution 
 to collaborators for the purpose of obtaining marginal corrections and 
 insertions. 
 
 When finally issued the work will form Volume X of the series enti- 
 tled "Contributions to North American Ethnology." 
 
 Nowhere else, perhaps, is there such opportunity for error as between, 
 the two covers of a catalogue, and no one can be more fully aware of the, 
 many defects and inconsistencies in this one than the compiler. Nor 
 can they be excused except on the general plea that it was thought 
 preferable to insert imperfect titles, and to insert them out of order, 
 than not to have them appear at all. Bad titles may be the means of 
 procuring good ones, and consistency of arrangement can be secured 
 in the final sheets, or the defect partly atoned for by a cross-reference. 
 The aim of the compiler has been to record everything pertaining to 
 the subject which has come under his notice. 
 
VI NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 In the preparation of these sheets, I have placed myself under obli- 
 gations in a greater or less degree to many persons, and it affords me 
 pleasure to acknowledge these courtesies. Perhaps in the greatest 
 measure I am iudebted to the Director of the Bureau, to whose sug- 
 gestion the work owes its origin, and who throughout its progress has 
 encouraged me by his advice and aided me by his criticism. Every 
 facility at his command, personal and ofScial, has been given me, and 
 his private library and the Bureau records have been placed freely at 
 my disposal. 
 
 By Senor Don Joaquin Garcia Icazbalceta, of the City of Mexico, I 
 have been treated with a generosity as complete as it is rare, and to 
 this eminent bibliographer and his published works is due the credit for 
 whatever of value is contained in these sheets concerning the literature 
 of Mexican languages. Besides correcting with his own pen my copy 
 of his "Apuntes para un Catalogo," he has permitted me to make ex- 
 tracts from the sheets, so far as printed, of bis still unpublished "Bibli- 
 ografia Mexicana del Siglo XVI," has furnished me with many new 
 titles, has read and corrected my own proof-sheets, and has aided me 
 in my work in every possible way. Such of his corrections as were re- 
 ceived in time have been incorporated into the "Additions and Correc- 
 tions"; the others will appear in the final sheets. It is a matter of 
 regret that the whole of his last great work, the " Bibliografla," is not 
 in type, that 1 might have availed myself still further of this admirable 
 example of bibliographic art and research. 
 
 In equal degree am I under obligations to Mr. Wilberforce Barnes, of 
 New York City. Almost from the beginning of the type-setting the 
 catalogue has had the benefit of his aid and advice. His thorough 
 knowledge of the class of books treated, his interest in the subject it- 
 self, his fine library, jich in bibliographic authorities, his scrupulous 
 care and accuracy with the minutise which compose so large a part of 
 a work like this, and his judgment in matters of arrangement, have all 
 contributed to the improvement of these pages, and have combined to 
 render his co-operation invaluable. The frequent mention of his name 
 throughout shows but imperfectly the extent of my obligations to him. 
 
 It has been impossible in every instance to acknowledge the many 
 important facts communicated to me by Drs. D. Gr. Brinton, J. G. Shea, 
 and J. H. Trumbull. These gentlemen, each of whom is an authority on 
 the linguistic literature of this continent, have not only given me access 
 to their richly laden library shelves, but have promptly and cordially 
 responded to my oft-repeated inquiries. I have appealed to them, on 
 numerous occasions, with perfect fieedom, and have invariably been 
 treated with a cordiality calculated to awaken feelings of the profound- 
 est gratitude; the final pages will show many changes suggested by 
 them. 
 
 To the Hon. John E. Bartlett, of Providence, through whose kindness 
 I have a number of times been permitted to avail myself of the facilities 
 
PREFACE. VII 
 
 afforded by the Carter Brown library, perhaps the finest private col- 
 lection of Americana on this continent, I am indebted for many and 
 varied favors. 
 
 Through the efforts of Mrs. Erminnie A. Smith, of Jersey City, 1 have 
 been able to add the titles of a number of manuscripts retained in the 
 archives of the Canadian Catholic Missions which otherwise I would 
 have obtained, if at all, with great difficulty. 
 
 My immediate assistants, Mr. P. C. Warman and Miss J. L. McCord, 
 are so thoroughly identified with the work in its every stage that I can 
 only extend to them, in a general way, my appreciation of the aid they 
 have rendered me. 
 
 Among the owners of private libraries who have done much to assist 
 me, I must mention the Eev. Isaac Barefoot, Point Edward, Canada; 
 Messrs. W. W. Beach, Yonkers, N. ¥.; John B. Dunbar, Bloomfield, 
 N. J.; Lewis S. Hayden and J. Edmond Mallet, Washington, D. C; 
 Eev. Silas T. Band, Hantsport, Nova Scotia; and the Abb6 Verreau, 
 Montreal, Canada. 
 
 Nor must I neglect to add my obligations to the following persons 
 throughout the country, upon whose time I have frequently intruded: 
 Eev. J. A. Anderson, Waterbury, Conn.; Mr. Marcus Baker, Washing- 
 ton, D. C; Eev. Alouzo Barnard, Omena, Mich.; Eev. J. B. Z. Boldnc, 
 Quebec, Canada; Mr. John Nicholas Brown, Providence, E. I.; Eev. 
 N. V. Burtin, Caughnawaga, Canada; the late Professor Buschmann, 
 Berlin, Germany; Mrs. Cyrus Byingtou, Belpre, Ohio; Eev. J. W. Cook, 
 Santee Agency, Nebr.; Lieut. Heber M. Creel, U. S. A. ; Eev. J. A. Cuoq, 
 Montreal, Canada ; W. H. Dall, C. C. Darwin, and Eev. J. Owen Dorsey, 
 Washington, D. C; Eev. Myron Eells, Skokomish, Wash.; Joseph Elk- 
 inton, Philadelphia, Pa.; Eev. Martin Ferrard, Sault au Eecollet, Can- 
 ada; Mr. Albert S. Gatschet, Washington, D. C; Eev. J. A. GilflUan, 
 White Earth, Minn. ; Eev. J. Giorda, St. Ignatius Mission, Mont. ; Mr. Ho- 
 ratio Hale, Clinton, Ontario, Canada; Eev. S. D. Hinman, of the Dakota 
 Missions; Dr. W. J. Hoffman, Washington, D. C; Et. Eev. Edward 
 Jacker, Point Saintlgnace, Mich.; Eev. Francis Jacker, Houghton, Mich. ; 
 Eev. Leclair, Oka, Canada; A. J. Knowles, Boston, Mass.; Eev. E. M. 
 Longhridge, of the Muscogee Mission; Eev. F. X. Marcoux, St. Eegis, 
 Canada; Prof. Otis T. Mason, Washington, D. C; Chief H. L. Masta, of 
 the Abnaquis, Pierreville, Quebec, Canada; Dr. Washington Matthews, 
 U. S. A.; Eev. John Menaul, Laguna, N. Mex.; Paul Neuhaus, Wash- 
 ington, D. C; M. Alph. Pinart, San Francisco, Cal.; J. W. Powell, Su- 
 perintendent of Indian Affairs, Victoria, B. C; Eevs. A. L. and S. E. 
 Eiggs, of the Dakota Mission; Prof. Heinrich Eink, Copenhagen, Den- 
 mark; Mrs. A. E. W. Eobertson and Eev. W. S. Eobertson, of the Mus- 
 cogee Missions, TuUahassee, Ind. T.; Prof. E. Uricoechea, Brussels, Bel 
 gium; Eev. L. Van Gorp, St. Ignatius Mission, Mont.; the late Eev. 
 Eugene Vetromile, Oldtown, Me. ; Mr. E. P. Vining, Omaha, Nebr. ; Eev. 
 J. P. Williamson, of the Dakota Mission ; Eev. E. F. Wilson, Sault Ste. 
 Marie, Ontario, Canada; Mrs. Ashur Wright, Versailles, N. Y, 
 
VIII NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 I trust that the information contained in this Bibliography, when 
 pubished, may prove, in some slight measure, a return for the many 
 kindnesses and courtesies received at the hands of the oflBcers of the 
 following libraries, without whose aid, so generously extended, even the 
 present preliminary catalogue would not have been possible : A. K. 
 Spofford, Library of Congress; Justin Winsor, Harvard University; 
 C. A. Cutter, Boston Athenaeum; A. Van Name, Yale College; H. L. 
 Oaks, Bancroft Library, San Francisco ; F. Saunders, Astor Library, New 
 York; Geo. H. Moore, Lenox Library, New York; Samuel A. Grreen, 
 Massachusetts Historical Society, Boston; L. C. Draper and D. S. Dur- 
 rie, of the Wisconsin Historical Society, Madison ; J. Fletcher Williams, 
 Minnesota Historical Society, St. Paul; Stephen Salisbury, jr., and E. 
 M. Barton, of the American Antiquarian Society, Worcester, Mass. ; the 
 librarians of the Quebec Historical Society, New York Historical So- 
 ciety, Cincinnati Public Library, and McGill College, Montreal; the 
 oflBcers of the American Bible Society, New York and Boston, Ameri- 
 can Tract Society, New York and Boston, American Board of Commis- 
 sioners for Foreign Missions, Boston, American Congregational Asso- 
 ciation, Boston, and Jacques Cartier School, Montreal. 
 
 J. 0. P. 
 
 November 4, 1884. 
 
INTEODUOTIOK. 
 
 The primary purpose sought to be carried out in the following pages 
 is an alphabetic list of persons who have written in or upon the Indian 
 languages of ITorth America, with full and accurate titles of all editions 
 of their writings, collations of the same, and a descriptive table of lin- 
 guistic contents. 
 
 But few departures from the ordinary rules of cataloguing have been 
 made, the principal one being that translators of matter into the Indian 
 tongues have been treated as authors. Anonymous works, both printed 
 and manuscript, have been entered under the full name of the author 
 when known, with a cross-reference in the case of printed works from 
 the iirst word of the title. When the author is unknown, printed 
 works, and manuscripts with authentic titles, appear under the first 
 word of the title; manuscripts without titles, or with factitious titles, 
 under the name of the Indian language to which they pertain. Societies 
 have been treated as authors of the journals, transactions, proceedings, 
 etc., issued by them, the chartered name being given whenever possible. 
 Titles of works containing linguistics by others than the author of the 
 work appear in full under the name of the latter, followed by brief sub- 
 entry of the linguistic authors; the full titles of the linguistic portions 
 appearing in full under their respective authors, followed by brief sub- 
 entry of the author of the work itself. In these sub entries the name 
 of the author, or other controlling word in the primary alphabetic ar- 
 rangement, is printed in black-face type. This use of antique type as 
 a cross-reference device is observed throughout the descriptive and 
 commentative matter following the title. 
 
 While in general a uniform system of entering titles, collating books, 
 and describing contents has been followed, a number of tentative de- 
 partures have been made from time to time, as experience suggested, for 
 guidance in the preparation of the final monograph. These changes 
 are all slight, and it is thought none of them call for comment, except, 
 perhaps, one — that of translating or not translating extracts from 
 authors who have written in languages other than English. In the 
 opinion of the compiler the advantages of translating these notes into 
 English — ^the language of the future — more than outweigh those sup- 
 posed to be gained from quoting the original verbatim; upon this point, 
 however, he is open to conviction. These remarks do not apply, of 
 course, to the transcription of titles, the spelling of Indian names, and 
 the quotation of linguistic contents of a work, but only to descriptive 
 extracts and biographies from catalogues and bibliographies, 
 
 IX 
 
X NOKTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Much of the advantage of knowing that a certain work exists consists 
 in knowing where it may be found. For this reason the initials of the 
 libraries in which the copy or copies described were seen are given at 
 the end of primary titles. In no case' have initials been given unless 
 the compiler has seen at least one of the copies indicated; in most 
 cases he has seen them all, and in every case those not handled by him 
 have been seen either by one of his immediate assistants or by one of 
 the gentlemen who have aided him in his work. These library initials 
 will sometimes be found in the body of a note, accompanying mention 
 of a work. 
 
 An asterisk is inserted opposite all titles, both primary and second- 
 ary, of works not seen by the compiler. This is true also in the case 
 of all articles or editions mentioned in the notes, except in those cases 
 where the source of the entry is distinctly given. 
 
 In order that due credit may be given, and responsibility fixed, the 
 source of each borrowed title is indicated. By this means the reader 
 may judge for himself of the reliance to be placed upon descriptions 
 and collations. 
 
 In the index, which has been confined to languages and dialects, all 
 the spellings of Indian tribal names occurring herein are given, the 
 entries being made under what has been considered the most common 
 spelling. 
 
 Below is a list of the authorities referred to in these pages : 
 
v/ 
 
 LIST OF AUTHORITIES. 
 
 Adelung (Johann Christoph) and Vater {Dr. Johana Severin). Mithri- 
 dates Oder allgemeine Sprachenkunde mit dem Vater Unser, etc. 
 Berlin, in der Vossischeu Buchhandlung, 1806 f-1817]. B. c. 
 
 For full title, collation, etc., see No. "28 of this catalogue. 
 
 Alcedo (D. Antonio de). Bibliotheca Americana. | Catalogo | de los 
 Autores que han escrito de la | America en diferentes idiomas. | Y | 
 noticia de sii vida y patria, anos en que | vivieron y obras que escri- 
 beron. | Compuesto [ por | el Mariscal de Oampo D. Antonio | de 
 Alcedo, Gobernador de | la Plaza de la Oorufia. | 
 
 Ano de 1807. | JOB. 
 
 Mauuscript. 2 vols. : Prologue 11. i-vi, text 488 leaves; 11.489-1028. folio. Vol.2 
 has no title-page. This copy is from the library of the late Lord Kingsborough. 
 There is, I understand, a copy of this manuscript, dated 1807, in the Sparks Collec- 
 tion at Cornell University, made iu 1843 from an original found in Madrid by 
 Obadiah Eicb. Another copy as follows : 
 
 ■ Biblioteca Americana | Catdlogo de los Autores | que han escri- 
 
 to I de la America | en diferentes idiomas | y noticias | de su vida y 
 patria, anos en que vivieron y obras que escribierou | Compuesto por 
 el Mariscal de Campo | D. Antonio de Alcedo | Gobernador de la 
 Plaza de la Ooruna | Anode 1807 | Manuscritolnedito | TomoPrimero 
 [-Segundo] 
 
 Mexico I Copia remitida de Boston por el Senor William H. Pres- 
 cott I 1854 I B. 
 
 2 vols. foUo. Printed title-pages, remainder in manuscript. 
 
 Allibone (Samuel Austin). See Moore (George H.) and AUibone (Samuel 
 Austin). 
 
 American Philosophical Society. Catalogue of Manuscript Works on 
 the Indians and their languages, presented to the American Philo- 
 sophical Society, or deposited in their Library. 
 
 In Am. Philosoph. Soc, Trans, of the Hist, and Lit. Committee, vol. 1, pp. 
 xlvii-1. Phila.,1819. 8°. 
 
 Reprinted in Buchanan (James). Sketches of the History, Manners, and Cus- 
 toms of the North American Indians, pp. 307-310. London, 1824. 8°. Also on pp. 
 79- 82 of vol. 2 of the reprint of the same. New York, 1824. 16°. 
 
 Andrade {B. Jos6 Maria). Catalogue | de la | riche Bibliothfeque | de | 
 D. Jos6 Maria Andrade. | Livres Maiiuscrits et Imprimes. | Litt^ra- 
 ture Frangaise et Espagnole. | Histoire de I'Afrique, de I'Asie et de 
 I'Am^rique. | 7000 pieces et volumes ayant rapport au Mexique ou 
 imprimis dans ce pays. | Dont la vente se fera Lundi 18 Janvier 
 1869 I et jours suivants | A Leipzig, dans la salle de ventes de | MM. 
 
XII NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Andrade (D. Jos6 Maria) — continued. 
 List & Francke, 15, Eue de I'Universit^, | par le minlstfere de | M. 
 Hermann Francke, Commissaire priseur. | 
 
 1869. I Leipzig | List & Francke | 15, Eue de l'TJnlversit6. | Paris | 
 Librairie Tross | 5, Eue N™ des Petits Champs. | o. jcp. 
 
 Pp. i-ix, 1 1. , pp. 1-368. 8°. Langues indigenes [ List of books in], pp. 362-368. 
 
 Antonio [D. !!>ricolas). Bibliotheca | Hispana | sive | Hispanorvm, | qvi 
 vsqvam vnqvamve | sive Latinasi^^e popular! sive alia quavisliuguS. | 
 scripto aliquid consignaverunt | notitia, | his qv£e prsecesservnt locv- 
 pletior et certior | brevia elogia, editorum atque ineditorum | opeium 
 catalogum | dvabvspartibvscontinens, | qvarvm haec ordine qvidem 
 rei I posterior, conceptu vero prior duobus tomis de his agit, | qvi post 
 annvm secvlarem MD, | usque ad presentem diem floruere. | Tomvs 
 Primvs [-Secvndvs]. | Avthore | 1>. Nicolao Antonio | Hispalensi, L 
 0. I Ordinis S. lacobi Eqvite, | patrise ecclesiae cauonico, | Eegiorum 
 nogotiorum in Vrbe & Eomana Curia | Procuratore generali. | 
 
 Eomse ex Officina Mcolai Angeli Tinassii. MDCLXXII [1672]. | 
 Svperiorvm permissv. | c. 
 
 2 Tols. : 41 p. 11., pp. 1-633; 1 p. 1., pp. 1-690. folio. The second volume has no 
 date. This is the original edition of the Bibliotheca Hispana Nova, which, although 
 published first, is but a sequel of the Vetus. I have not seen a copy of the first 
 edition of the latter, but have taken the following title from the Catalogue of 
 Printed Books in the Library of the Faculty of Advocates: 
 
 Bibliotheca Hispana Vetus; sive, Hispanorum, qui usquam, un- 
 
 quamve scripto aliquid consignaverunt, notitia. Complectens scrijt- 
 tores omnes, qui, ab Octaviani August! imperio, usque ad annum M. 
 
 iioruerunt. Tomus primus [ ab anno M. usque ad MD Tomus 
 
 secundus.] Opus posthumum: nunc primiim prodit jussu et expensis 
 D. Joseph! Saenz, Cardinalis de Aguirre. 
 Eomse, 1696. * 
 
 2 vols, folio. According to Ludewig, the Cardinal de Aguirre entrusted the 
 editorship of this to Emmanuel Mars, a learned Valentian. A second edition of this 
 vrork, much superior to the first, was published as folows : 
 
 Bibliotheca | Hispana JSTova | sive | Hispanorum Scriptorum | 
 
 qui ab anno MD. ad MDCLXXXIY. floruere | notitia. | Auctore | D. 
 Mcolao Antonio Hispalensi I. C. | Ordinis S. lacobi equite, patrite 
 Ecclesise canonico, Eegiorum negotiorum | in Urbe & Eomana curia 
 procuratore generali, consiliaiio Eegio. | Nunc primum prodit | recog- 
 nita emendata aucta | ab ipso auctore. | Tomus Primus [-SecundusJ. | 
 
 Matriti I Apud Joachimum de Ibarra Typographum regium I 
 MDCCLXXXIII [-MDCCLXXXVIII] [178:^-1788]. | c. JOB. 
 
 2 vols. : 2 p. 11., pp. i-xxiii, 1-830; title 1 1., pp. 1-669. folio. The date 1783 on 
 this first volume is said to be erroneous, the whole four volumes of the work having 
 appeared in 1788. 
 
 "This excellent work, which was first published at Rome in four volumes, folio, 
 1672-1696, had become very scarce when this edition was printed. * » » ' 
 Antonio, agreeable to the custom pre-valent at that time, arranged the names of the 
 authors according to the alphabetical order of their Christian names."— BarHeM. 
 
LIST OF AUTHORITIES. XIII 
 
 Antonio (D. Nicolao) — continued. 
 
 Bibliotheca | Hispana Vetus, | sive | Hispani Scriptores qui ab 
 
 Octaviani Augusti ^vo | ad annum Christi MD. floruerunt. | Auc- 
 tore I D. Nicolao Antonio Hispalensi I. C. | Ordinis S. lacobi equite, 
 patriae Ecclesise canonico, Eegiorum negotiorum | in Urbe & Eomana 
 curia Procuratore generali, | Oonsiliario regio. | Ourante | Francisco 
 Perezio Bayerio, | Valentino, Sereniss. Hisp. Infantum Caroli III. 
 Eegis flliorum Institutore | primario, Eegise Bibliothecse Palatino- 
 Matritensis Prsefecto, ( qui | Et prologum, & Auctoris vitse epitomen, 
 & notulas adiecit. | Tomus Primus [-SecundusJ | Complectens Millia- 
 rium Sseculum [-Ab Anno M. Ad MD]. | 
 
 Matriti | Apud viduam et heredes D. loachimi Ibarrse Eegii quon- 
 dam typographi. | MDCCLXXXVIII [1788]. | c. JOB. 
 2 vols. : 8 p.ll.,pp.i-xxvii, ll.,pp. l-556,i-viii; 2 p.ll.,pp.i-xxii,23-467. folio. 
 These two Yolumes are arranged clironologically — not by the Christian names of 
 the authors, as in the case of the two volumes of the Nova. 
 
 Arochena (Fr. Antonio). CatAlogo y noticia de los escritores del Orden 
 de San Francisco de la Provincia de Guatemala: con tres indices: I 
 de los que escribieron en latin. 2 de los que escribieron en castellano. 
 3 de los que escribieron en lengua de los Indios. * 
 
 Manuscript. Title from Beristain's Biblioteca Hispano-Americana Septentrional, 
 vol. 1, p. 114. Beristain there says : "The illustrious Eguiara availed himself of this 
 book for his catalogue; it was sent to him by the Eev. P. Fr. Marcos Linares, Pro- 
 vincial of that diocese. It did not reach my hands until the year 815 [1815], this 
 catalogue being then concluded; though it served me to some extent.'' 
 
 Asher (G. M.) A | Bibliographical j and | Historical Essay | on the | 
 Dutch Books and Pamphlets | relating to | New-Netherland, | and to 
 the I Dutch West-India Company and to its | possessions in Brazil, 
 Angola, etc., | as also on the | Maps, Charts, etc. of New-Kether- 
 land, I with facsimiles of the map of New-Netherland by I^. I. Yis- 
 scher ] andof the three existing views of New- Amsterdam. | Compiled 
 from the Dutch Public and Private Libraries, and from | the collec- 
 tion of Mr. Frederik MuUer in Amsterdam, | by | G- M. Asher. 
 L. L. D. I Privat-Docent of Eoman law in the University of Heidel- 
 berg. I 
 
 Amsterdam, | Frederik MuUer. | 1854-67. [ c. 
 
 Cover 1 1., pp. i-lii, 1-234 ; additions and corrections, 2 11. ; a list of maps and 
 charts, pp. 1-22; 1 blant 1. ; list of names, pp. 1-23. 4°. Map. 
 
 Anbin(J.M.A.) I^otice | surune | Collection d'Antiquit^s Mexicaines | 
 (peintures et manuscrits), | Par J.-M.-A. Aubin, | Ancien Profes- 
 seur de l'Universit6. | (Ecole Normale.) | (Extrait d'un M^moire sur 
 la Peinture didactique et I'ficriture | figurative des anciens Mexi- 
 cains). | 
 
 Paris, I Imprimerie Administrative de Paul Dupont, | Eue de Gre- 
 nelle Saint-Honor^,, K» 45. | 1851 | dgb. 
 
 Pp. 1-27. 8°. A notice of Mexican manuscripts, mostly of those listed in Boturini. 
 
XIV NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Auer (Alois). Sprachenhalle. Das Vater TJnser, &c. 
 
 [Wien: 1844-1847.] A. 0. HU. 
 
 For full title, collation, etc., see No. 185o. 
 Backer (Augustin de) and Backer (Alois de). Bibliothfeque | des 6cri- 
 vains | de la Compagnie de J6sus, | ou | Notices bibliographiques | l"' 
 De tous les ouvrages publics par les membres de la Compagnie de 
 Jesus, I depuis lafoudation de I'ofdre jusqu'a nos jours; | 2° Des apo- 
 logies, des controverses religieuses, des critiques litt^raires | et scien- 
 tifiques suscit^es a leur sujet. | Par Augustin et Alois de Backer, | 
 de la m^me Compagnie | Premiere [-SeptiemeJ SMe. | 
 
 Li(§ge, I Imprimerie de L. Grandmont-Donders, Libraire, | Eue Vi- 
 nave-d'Ile, 20-608. | 1853 [-1861.J 0. 
 
 7 vols, large 8°. 
 
 and Sommervogel (Charles). Bibliothfeque | des6crivain8 | 
 
 dela [ Compagnie deJdsus | ou | Notices Bibliographiques | l°Detous 
 les ouvrages publics par les membres de la Compagjie de J6sus | 
 depuis la fondation de I'ordre jusqu'a nos jours | 2" Des apologies, des 
 controverses religieuses, des critiques litt^raires et scientiflques | sus- 
 cities a leur sujet | par Augustin de Backer | de la Compagnie de 
 J6sus I avec la collaboration | d' Alois de Backer et de Charles Som- 
 mervogel I dela meme Compagnie. | Nouvelle Mition refondue et con- 
 siderablement augment6e. | Tome Premier [-Troisieme] | A-G[-E-Z- 
 Supplement] | 
 
 Liege | Chez I'auteur A. de Backer | ColMge S. Servais | Paris ,| 
 Chez I'auteur C. Sommervogel | Institution Sante Genevifeve | Eue 
 Lbomond | MDCCCLXIX [-MDCCCLXXVI] [1869-1876]. | c. 
 
 3 vols, folio. 
 
 [Bagster (Samuel), editor.] The Bible of Every Land. A History of 
 the Sacred Scriptures in every Language and Dialect, etc. 
 
 London: Samuel Bagster and Sons, [1848-1851.] BA. abs. 
 
 For full titles, collations, etc., of the various editions, see Nos. 208,208a, and 209 
 in Additions and Corrections. 
 
 Baker (Marcus). See Dall (William Healey) and Baker (Marcus). 
 
 Bartlett (John Eussell). Bibliotheca Americana. | A | Catalogue of 
 Books I relating to | North and South America | in the Library of 
 John Carter Brown | of Providence, E. I. | Part I.— 1482 to 1601 | 
 
 With Notes | by John Eussell Bartlett | 
 
 Providence | 1865. | job. 
 
 Pp. i-ix, 1-79. Royal 8°. Contains 302 titles. Fifty copies printed. Reprinted, 
 with large additions and more copious notes, as follows: 
 
 Bibliotheca Americana | A | Catalogue of Books | relating to | 
 
 North and Soutli America | in the Library of the late | John Carter 
 Brown | of Providence, E. I. | Part I.— 1482 to 1601 | With Notes | 
 by I John Eussell Bartlett | [Coat of Arms.] 
 Providence | 1875 | 0. "WE. job. 
 
LIST OK AUTHORITIES. XV 
 
 Bartlett (John Eussell)— continued. 
 
 Pp.i-ix,l 1., pp. 1-526. Royal 8°. Contains 600 titles, 68 fao-similes of title- 
 pages, maps, and portraits, and 50 wood-outs of vignettes and printers' devices. 
 One hundred copies printed. Issued also with the following title-page : 
 
 . — Bibliographical Ijfotices | of rare and curious books relating to | 
 
 America | printed in the XVth and XVIth centuries | (1482-1601) | 
 in the library of the late | John Carter Brown | of Providence, E. 
 I. I by I John Eussell Bartlett | [Family Arms emblazoned.] 
 
 Providence | Printed for Private Distribution | 1875 | job. jwp. 
 
 Pp. i-ix, 1 1., pp. 1-526. Seventy copies printed : 50 imp. 8° ; 20 small folio. 
 
 Bibliotheca Americana | A | Catalogue of Books | relating to | 
 
 North and South America | in the Library of | John Carter Brown j 
 of Providence, E. I. | Part 11.^1601 to 1700 | With Notes by | John 
 Eussell Bartlett | [Arms.] 
 Providence | 1866 | c. job. 
 
 Pp. 1-261. Royal 8°. Contains 1,160 titles. Second edition, as follows : 
 
 Bibliotheca Americana | A | Catalogue of Books | relating to | 
 
 North and South America | in the library of the late | John Carter 
 Brown | of Providence, E. I. | Part II.— 1600 to 1700 | Second Edi- 
 tion I With Notes | by | John Eussell Bartlett | [Arms.] 
 
 Providence | 1882 | c. we. job. 
 
 Pp. i-viii, 1 1., pp. 1-647. Royal 8°. Contains 1,642 titles, 74 fac-similes of title- 
 pages, and 39 portraits, vignettes, and printers' devices. One hundred copies 
 printed. Issued also with the following title-page: 
 
 Bibliographical Notices | of rare and curious books relating to | 
 
 America | printed in the Seventeenth Century [ (1600-1700) | in the 
 Library of the late | John Carter Brown | of Providence, E. I. | by 
 John Eussell Bartlett | [Arms.] 
 
 Providence | Printed for Private Distribution | 1882. | job. jwp. 
 
 Pp. i-viii, 1 1., pp. 1-647. Royal 8°. Twenty-five copies printed. 
 
 Bibliotheca Americana | A | Catalogue of Books | relating to 
 
 North and South America | in the Library of | John Carter Brown | 
 of Providence, E. I. | Part 111—1701 to 1800 | Vol. I [-II]. | With 
 Notes I by | John Eussell Bartlett | [Arms.] 
 
 Providence | 1870 [-1871] | c. we. job. 
 
 2 vols. : pp. i-iv, 1-446 ; 1 p. 1., pp. 1-5.54. Royal 8°. These two volumes con- 
 tain 4,173 titles, but no illustrations. Fifty copies printed. 
 
 V [Berendt (Dr. Carl Hermann).] Los Trabajos Linguisticos | de Don 
 
 Juan Pio Perez | dob. 
 
 Colophon : Merida. Febrero 10 de 1871. Signed Dr. C. Hermann 
 
 Berendt. 
 
 No title-page. Pp. 1-16. 8°. 
 
 See Fischer (Augustin) and Berendt {Dr. Carl Hermann). 
 
XVI NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Beristain y Martin de Sonza (D. Jos^ Mariano). Biblioteca | Hispano- 
 Americana | Septentrional | 6 | Oatalogo y Noticia de los Literates, | 
 que 6 nacidos, 6 educados, 6 florecientes en la | America septentrional 
 espanola, ban dado a Inz | algun escrito, 6 lo ban dexado preparado 
 para | la prensa. | La escribia | El Doctor D. Jose Mariano Beristain 
 de Souza, | del claustro de las universidades de Valencia y Va- | 11a- 
 dolid, Gaballero de la orden Espanola de Carlos III. | Y Commen- 
 dador de la Eeal Americana de Isabel la Oa- | tdlica, y dean de la 
 M«tropolitana de Mexico. | 
 
 En Mexico : | Oalle de Santo Domingo y Esquina de Tacuba. Ano 
 de 1816 f-1810-1821]. | c. L. 
 
 .3 vols, folio. The title-pages of vols. 2 and 3 of the copy in the Library of Con- 
 gress are in manuscript, and are dated respectively 1819 and 1821. After the words 
 " Metropolitana de Mexico," they have these words : " Y la publica D. Job4 Rafael 
 Enriquez Trespalacios Beristain sohrino del Autor." Their imprints are: "En 
 Mexico. Oficina de Don Alejandro Valdez calle de Santo Domingo aiio de 1819 
 [-1821]." 
 
 "The Biblioteca of Beristain is the rarest and most valuable of all bibliograph- 
 ical works. The author died while the work was in progress, and it was then con- 
 tinned by his nephew, who limited the number issued to that of the persons who 
 had .already subscribed for copies. It is to be found in few public libraries, and 
 the sum required for the last copy known to us %vas £60. The present copy [now 
 in the Lenox Library] is much increased in value by the manuscript additions, 
 which contain notices of upwards of 600 works relating to America, chiefly anony- 
 mous, and an Appendix of 'Certamenes publicos literarios que se ban oelebrado en 
 la Nuova Espana.' The volumes also contain many corrections and additions in the 
 hand of Mr. Ramirez."— JJamire^ Bib. Mex., No. 102. 
 
 Bibliotheca Mexican a | Catalogue | d'une [ Collection de Livres Eares | 
 (Principalement sur I'Histoire et la Linguistique, | E^unie au Mexi- 
 que I ParM.*** J Attacb^ ^lacourde I'Empereur Maximilien | Dont 
 la Vente se fera | Le Mardi 3 Novembre 1868 et le jour suivant a 7 
 henres du soir ( Maison Silvestre | Eue des Bons-Enfants, No 28, salle 
 du premier | Par le ministere de M. Delbergue-Cormont, commissaire- 
 priseur | rue de Provence, no 8 | Prix : 1 Franc | 
 
 Paris I Librairie Tross | 5, Eue Neuve-Des-Petits-Cbamps, 5 | 
 1868 I 0. JOP. 
 
 4 p. 11., pp. 1-47. 8°. 
 
 \/ Boturini Benaduci (Lorenzo). Idea | de una nueva ( bistoria general | 
 de la I America Septentrional. | Pundada | sobre material copioso 
 de flguras, | Symbolos, Caracteres, y Gerogliflcos, Cantares, y Manu- 
 scritos de A uteres Indies, | ultimamente descubiertos. | Dedicala | al 
 Key N.t'" Seiior | en su Eeal, y Supremo Consejo | de las Indias | el 
 Gavallero Lorenzo Boturini Benaduci, | Senor de la Torre, y de 
 Hone. I Con Licencia. | 
 
 En Madrid : | En la Imprenta de Juan de Zuniga. | Afio M. D. CC. 
 XL VI [174C]. I 
 
 Engraved frontispiece 1 1., title, reverse blank, 1 1., 20otherp.Il., pp. 1-167. sm. 4°. 
 Appended is : 
 
LIST OF AUTHORITIES. XVII 
 
 Boturini Benadnci (Lorenzo) — continued. 
 Kj Oatalogo I del | MuseoHistoricoIndianoj del | Oavallero Lorenzo | 
 ^ Boturini Benaduci, | Seiior de la Torre, | y de Hono, | quien Uegb a la 
 Nueva Bspana | por Febrero del aiio 1736. y k porfia- | das diligen- 
 cias, fe immensos gastos de | su bolsa junto, en diferentes Provin | 
 clas, el siguiente Tesoro Literario, que | v^ especiflcado, y dividido 
 segun los | varies assuntos de las Naciones, h Im- | perios antiguos de 
 los Indios, y puede | servir para ordenar, y escribir la Histo- | ria 
 General de aquel NuevoM undo, | fundada en Monumentos indispu- | 
 tables de los mismos Indios. | b. c. 
 
 4 11., pp. 1-96. 
 
 "The Catalogue of his Indian Historical Collection of MSS., Maps, and Diction- 
 aries, and Grammars of the Mexican languages, occupies four leaves after p. 167 of 
 the ' Idea,' and the succeeding pp. 1 to 96. Most of these valuahle relics of the 
 golden age of the American Aborigines disappeajed during the one hundred and 
 twenty-five years which have elapsed. This wonderful collection included historic 
 matei'ial relating to each of the six great Mexican nations. Although so great a 
 length of time has elapsed since its dispersal, M. Aubiu, an amateur collector at 
 Paris, has had the good fortune to recover many of them. 
 
 "This great museum of Mexican antiquities and MSS., copies of the equally 
 wonderful histories of the Indian nations, written by learned Indians, was seized 
 by the jealous and vindictive authorities of Mexico ; and although for many years 
 preserved among the archives of the Viceroy, yet the learned and industrious an- 
 tiquarian was most wantonly deprived of the results of his labors. Clavigero saw 
 some of this precious store before 1770, in which year was printed a work in Mex- 
 ico, containing copies of thirty-two of the paintings. 
 
 "The author resided eight years in Mexico, and not only studied and copied 
 the ancient MSS. and paintings, preserved in monasteries, churches, and colleges, 
 but he formed an intimate acquaintance with the customs and habits of the living 
 Indians."— FieZfJ. 
 
 Brasseur de Bourbourg (Abbe Charles Etienne). Bibliothfeque | Mexico- 
 Guat6malienne | prec^d^e d'an | coup d'oeil sur les etudes Am6ri- 
 caines | dans leurs rapports avec les Etudes classiques | et suivie du 
 tableau parordrealphab^tiquedes ouvrages | de linguistique Ani6ri- 
 caine contenus dans | le nifime volume, r6dig6e et mise en ordre 
 d'apres | les documents de sa collection Am^ricaine | par | M. Bras- 
 seur de Bourbourg | Ancien Administrateur [&c., eight lines]. 
 
 Paris I Maisonneuve & C*®, Libraire fiditeur | 15, Quai Vol- 
 taire I 1871 I B. 0. JCP. 
 
 Half title 1 1., title 1 1., pp. i— xlvii, 1-183. 
 
 Tableau par ordre alphab^tiqne des ouvrages de linguistique Am^rioaine con- 
 tenus dans la Bibliotheque Mexico-Guatgmalienne, pp. 159-183. 
 
 Most if not all the works mentioned in this catalogue were purchased by M. Alph. 
 Pinart, who has since disposed of them at public sale. See Pinart (Alph. L.) 
 
 "The Mexico-Guatemalan Library, the catalogue of which appears further on, 
 contains the greater part of the documents of any importance which have been 
 useful to me in the course of my historic and philologic researches during 
 twenty-five years. It is insignificant as to number of volumes ; it is of great value 
 if their rarity be considered, especially as to that which concerns the linguistics of 
 southern Mexico and Central America. In this respect I may say that it is unique. 
 More than eighty manuscript volumes or treatises in languages of which the names 
 
 II Bib 
 
XVIII NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Brasseur de Bourbourg (Abb^ Charles fitienne) — continued. 
 
 are little known to bibliographers ; more than sixty grammars, vocabularies, pro- 
 fane and religions treatises, in print, some of which have never l>een catalogued 
 and of which I possess the only copies, others which are yet known only by vague 
 indications— there, in few words, is what my library presents, concerning American 
 philology." — Preface. 
 
 Brinley (George). Catalogue | of the | American Library | of the late | 
 Mr. George Brinley, | of Hartford, Conn. | Part I. | America in gene- 
 ral I New France Canada etc. | the British Colonies to 1776 | New 
 England [-Part III. | The South and the West | the United States | 
 general and political history ( military and naval history | biogra- 
 phy I Mexico the West Indies | Central and South America | the 
 American Indians | bibles catechisms and primers | music and psal- 
 mody] I 
 
 Hartford | Press of the Case Lockwood & Brainard Company | 
 1878 [-1881] I JCP. 
 
 3 parts. 8° Compiled by Dr. J. H. Trumbull. In the Preface to Part III, dated 
 March 1, 1881, it is stated : " The general arrangement of the Fovirth (and last) 
 Part is completed, and a portion of the copy is already in the hands of the printers." 
 It has not been published at this writing (January, 1885). 
 
 "The Catalogue of the First Part of this collection is now submitted to the pub- 
 lic. Few of those into whose hands it is likely ,to fall need be informed that, within 
 the field it covers, it comprises a greater number of volumes remarkable for their 
 rarity, value, and interest to special collectors and to book -lovers in general, than 
 were ever before brought together in an American sale-room. The titles of the 
 books and tracts, though rarely given without abbreviation, will be found suffi- 
 ciently full to distinguish the edition or impression, and accuracy of description as 
 regards binding and general condition has been aimed at throughout. * * • 
 
 "The general plan of the catalogue is indicated, as regards the first part, by the 
 table of contents prefixed. The arrangement — it can hardly be called a classifica- 
 tion — is substantially that which was adopted by Mr. Brinley himself for his book- 
 shelves. A strictly alphabetical arrangement, by author's names or titles, would 
 perhaps have been more acceptable to bibliographers, but the extent of the library 
 rendered such an arrangement impracticable, and it seemed inappropriate to the 
 sale-catalogue of a library which is not less remarkable for the completeness of its 
 collections in special departments than bythe number of its titles." — Preface. 
 
 Brinton {Dr. Daniel Garrison). Aboriginal | American Authors | and 
 their productions; | especially those in the native languages. | A 
 Chapter in the History of Literature. | By | Daniel G. Brinton, A. M., 
 M. D., I Member of [&c., six lines, device, one line]. | 
 
 Philadelphia: | No. 115 South Seventh Street. | 1883. | jcp. 
 
 Title, reverse blank, 1 1. ; preface, reverse blauk, 1 1. ; pp. vii-viii, 9-63. 8°. 
 
 A Notice of some Manuscripts in Central American Languages; 
 
 by Daniel G. Brinton, A. M., M. D. 
 
 In Am. Jour, of Science and Arts, vol. 47, second series, pp. 223-230. New Haven, 
 1869. 8". Reprinted in Hist. Mag., vol. 5, second series, pp. 306-309. Morrisania, 
 1869. sm. 4°. 
 
 An account of some manuscripts in the library of the American Philosophical 
 Society at Philadelphia, presented by Mariano Galvez, Governor of Guatemala, in 
 1836, which seem to have escaped the notice of scholars. 
 
LIST OP AUTHORITIES. XIX 
 
 Brinton {Dr. Daniel Garrison)— continued. 
 
 V Literature of the Oakchiquel Language. 
 
 In Brinton (Z»»-. D. G. ) Grammar of the Cakohiquel Language of Guatemala, pp. 
 10-17. Philadelphia, 1884. 8°. 
 
 The Cakchiqnel grammar originally appeared in the Am. Philosoph. Soc. Proc. 
 vol. 21, (No. 115,) pp. 345-412. Philadelphia, 1884. 8°. JCP. 
 
 Sy Catalogue | of the | Berendt Linguistic Collection | by | Daniel 
 
 Garrison Brinton, M. D. | 
 Media, Pa. | 1884 | dgb. 
 
 Manuscript. 1 blank p., index 1 p., 1 blank p., text 11. 1-79, written on recto 
 only. 40. X Kjy, ('. •.:.[ _ ^j^ 
 
 Brunet (G.) See Deschamps (P.) and Brunet (G.) 
 
 Brunet (Jacques Charles). Manuel | du Libraire | et | de I'amateur de 
 livres | contenant | 1° Un nouveau dictionnaire bibliographique | 
 Dans lequel sont d^crits les Livres rares, pr^cieux, singuliers, et 
 aussi les ouvrages les plus estim^s en tout genre, qui out paru tant 
 dans les langues anciennes que dans les principales langues mo- 
 dernes, depuis I'origine de | I'imprimerie jusqu'^ nos jours ; avec I'his- 
 toire des diff6rentes Editions qui en ont 6t6 faites ; des renseigne- 
 ments | n^cessaires pour reconnaitre les contrefafons, et collationner 
 les anciens livres. On y a joint une concordance | des prix auquels 
 une partie de ces objets ont 6\A port^s dans les ventes publiques faites 
 en France, en Angleterre | et ailleurs, depuis prfes d'un siecle, ainsi que 
 I'appr^ciation approximative des livres anciens qui se rencontrent | 
 fr6quemment dans le commerce ; | 2° Une table en forme de cata- 
 logue raisonn^ | Oil sont classes, selon I'ordre des matiferes, tous les 
 ouvrages port6s dans le Dictionnaire, et un grand nombre | d'autres 
 ouvrages utiles, mais d'un prix ordinaire, qui n'ont pas du 6tre places 
 au rang des livres ou rares | ou pr^cieux; | Par Jacques-Charles 
 Brunet | Chevalier de la L6gion d'honueur |. Cinquifeme Edition ori- 
 ginale entiferemeiit refoudue et augmentee d'un tiers | par I'auteur | 
 Tome Premier | [-Sixi^me] [Device.] 
 
 Paris I Librairie de Firmin Didot Frferes, Fils et C*^ | Imprimeurs 
 de rinstitut, Eue Jacob, 56 | 1860 [-1865J. | B. c. jwp. 
 
 6 vols. 8°. For continuation see Deschamps (P.) and Brunet (G.). 
 
 Byington {Bev. Cyrus). Choctaw Bibliography. | A list of the books 
 prepared and published in the Choctaw | language by the Missiona- 
 ries of the American | Board of Com. for Foreign Missions * *. | 
 
 In Byington (Rev. Cyrus). Grammar of the Choctaw language, No. 561 of this 
 Catalogue. Manuscript. The Choctaw Bibliography occupies four leaves of the 
 Grammar, paged in pentil 43-50, being written mostly on the rectos of the leaves. 
 It is divided into eight parts: I. Spelling Books. II. Choctaw Definer. III. 
 Hymn Books. IV. Portions of the Scripture. V. Catechism. VI. Other Books. 
 VII. Tracts. VIII. Tracts of American Tract Society. A concluding note is as fol- 
 lows: 
 
 "The name of the aiithor or translator of any one of the preceding works is not 
 published on the title-page, except in a very few instances. The principal authors 
 and translators were members of the Choctaw Mission as conducted by the Ameri- 
 
XX NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Byiugton {Bev. Cyrns) — continued, 
 
 can Board of Commissioners for Foreign Missions. In translating they were aided 
 by the most skillful interpreters they could find among the educated Choctaws. 
 The missionaries who have devoted themselves to the labor of preparing books in 
 the Choctaw language, more than any of their associates, are Rev. Alfred Wright, 
 Loring S. Williams, and Cyrus Byington. Mr. Williams is not now a member of 
 the mission. Several hymns in the hymn-book were composed by native Choctaws, 
 as well as by the mixed blooded whites." 
 
 Carrillo y Ancona (D. Crescendo). Estudios Bibliogrdflcos. Diserta- 
 cion sobre la Hi.storia de la Lengua Maya o Tucateca, por D. Cres- 
 cencio Carrillo, Presbitero. 
 
 In Soc. de Geog. Mex., BoL, vol. 4, second series, pp. 134-195. Mexico, 1872. 8°. 
 Gives works of various persons in Maya. Separately issued as follows : 
 
 Estudios Bibliogr^ficos. | Disertacion | sobre la Historia de la 
 
 Lengua Maya Tucateca, | por | D.CrescencioCarrillo,Presbitero. | b. 
 
 No title-page ; heading ouly. Pp. 1-63. 8°. 
 
 Manual | de | Historia y Geografla | de la | Peninsula de Yuca- 
 
 tan I Por j D. Crescendo Carrillo | Presbitero | Catedratico [«&c., two 
 lines] I 
 
 Merida de Yucatan | Imprenta de J. D. Espinosa e Hijos | 
 1868 I hgb. 
 
 Pp. i-xxvii, ll.,pp. 1-162. sq. 16°. I have seen but one copy, which is incomplete. 
 
 Capltulo iv. El idioma y el nombre de Yucatan, pp. 88-113, contains a general 
 discussion of the language and the writers thereon, with a brief list of their works. 
 
 "W Chavero (Alfredo). Salxagun | Bstudio | por Alfredo Chavero | Secre- 
 tario perpetuo | de la Sociedad de Geografia y Estadistica | de Mexico. | 
 
 Mexico I Imprenta de Jos6 Maria Sandoval | Hospicio San Mcol^s, 
 18 I 1877 I JCP. 
 
 Printed cover 1 1., pp. 1-109, 1 1. sq. 16°. A notice of Sahagnn and his writ- 
 ings. 100 copies printed for private distribution. See Llanos (Adolpho) for ab- 
 stract of above. 
 
 Civezza (-Fr. Marcellino da). Saggio | Di Bibliografia | geografica storica 
 etnografica | Sanfrancescana | per | Fr. Marcellino da Civezza M. O. | 
 [3 lines quotation.] 
 In Prato | Per Ranieri Guasti | editore-libraio | 1879. ( 
 
 Pp. i-xiv, 1 1., pp. 1-698. 8°. The only copy I have seen of this work is in pos- 
 session of Dr. Gnstave Briihl, Cincinnati, Ohio. 
 
 Clarke (Robert) & Co. Bibliotheca Americana. | Catalogue | of a valu- 
 able collection of | Books and Pamphlets | relating to | America. | 
 The United States, colonial and revolutionary; | [&c., seven lines] [ 
 with a descriptive list of the | Ohio Valley Historical Series. | 
 
 For sale by ( Robert Clarke & Co. | Cincinnati. | 1875. | eg. 
 
 Title 1 1., pp. i-viii, 1-130, 1 1., pp. 131-180. 8°. Publications relating to the In- 
 dians are not assigned a separate department in the above work, but I have seen 
 copies of the catalogue for 1876, 1878, 1879, and 1883 (GS.), wherein works relating 
 to Indian languages are usually grouped under the heading "Indians and Amer- 
 ican Antiquities." I have also seen a copy of the catalogue for 1873 (gs.), with 
 title-page missing, and understand that copies were also issued for 1869, 1871, and 
 1877. 
 
LIST OF AUTHORITIES. XXI 
 
 Clavigero (D. Francesco Saverio). Catologo d' alcuni autori Europe! e 
 Creogli, che hanno scritto della dottrina e morale Christiana nelle 
 lingue della Nuova Spagna. 
 
 In Clavigero {D. Francesco Saverio). Storia Antica del Messico, vol. 4, pp. 262- 
 263. Cesena, 1781, 4°. Followed by: 
 
 Autori di grammatiche e dizionari delle suddette lingue. 
 
 In Clavigero (D. Francesco Saverio). Storia Antica del Messico, vol.4, p. 264. 
 Cesena, 1781. 4°. For other editions of Clavigero, see Nos. 817-824 of this cata- 
 logue. 
 
 Authors' names arranged according to the alphabetic order of their Christian 
 names. 
 
 Cogolludo (Fr. Diego Lopez). Historia | de Zucathan. | Compuesta | 
 por el M. E. P. Fr. Diego Lopez CogoUvdo, | Lector Jvbilado, y Padre 
 Perpetvo | de dicha Provincia. | Consagrada, y dedicada | al Exce- 
 lentissimo Senor | Don Fernando loachin Faxardo | de Eesquesens y 
 Zuniga, Marqufes de los Velez, Molina y Martorel, | Senor de las Va- 
 ronias de castelvi, de Eosanes, Molins de Eey | y otras en el Princi- 
 pado de Catahina, Senor de las Vilas de Mula, | Alhama y Librilta, 
 y de las siete del Eio de Almanzor a las Cueuas, | y Portilla Alcayde 
 perpetuo de los Eeales Alcagares, de las Ciudades | de Murcia, y Lo- 
 rea, Adelantado, y Oapitau Mayor del Eeyno de | Murcia, Marque 
 sado de Villena, Arcedianato de | Alcarez, Campo de | Montill, Sierra 
 de Segura, y sus Partidos, Commendador de la Bnco- | mienda de los 
 Bastimentos de Castilla, del Orden de Santiago, Gen- | tilhombre de 
 Oamar a de su Magestad, de sus Cousejos de Estado, | y Guerra, 
 Presidente en el de Indias, y Superintendente | General de la Eeal 
 Hazienda, &c. | Sacala a Ivz | el M. E. P. Fr. Francisco de Ayeta, 
 Predicador, | ex-custodio del Xueuo Mexico Comisiario General del 
 Santo I Oflcia, Custodio actual de la Prouincia del Santo Euangello en 
 el I Eeyno de la Nueua Espaua, y Procurador General en esta | coste 
 todas.las Prouincias de la Eeligion | Seraflca del dicho Eeyno. | Con 
 Privilegio. | 
 
 En Madrid : Por Jvan Garcia Infanzon, ano 1688. ( B. c. job. 
 
 Engraved title, 1 1., followed by printed title as above 11., 12 other p. 11., 760 pp., 
 16 11. 4°. Contains much bibliographic matter. 
 
 Los tres siglos de la dominacion espanola en Yucatan, 6 sea 
 
 Historia de esta provincia desde la conquista hasta la independencia. 
 Bscribiola Fr. Diego Lopez de CogoUudo, provincial que fu6 de la 
 orden franciscana ; y la continua un Yucateco. 
 
 Campeche: Imprenta de Jos6 Maria Peralta, 1842. * 
 
 2 vols. 4°. Imprint of vol. 2 : " Merida, Imprenta de Castillo y C", 1845." Sec- 
 ond edition of the History of Yucatan, by Cogolludo. Title from Brasseur de 
 Bourbourg. 
 
 Historia ) de I Yu(!atan I escrita en el siglo xvii | por el | E. P. 
 
 Fr. Diego Lopez Cogolludo. | Provincial que fue de la Orden francis- 
 cana. I [Four lines quotation.] | Tercera Edicion. | Tomo I [-II]. | 
 
 Merida | Imprenta de Manuel Aldana Eivas | 1867 [-1868] | dgb. 
 
 3 vols.: pp. i-vi, 7-615; 1-(J63. 4°. 
 
XXII NOETH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Dall (William Healey) and Baker (Marcus). Partial list of Books, Pam- 
 phlets, Papers in Serial Journals, and other Publications on Alaska 
 and adjacent Eejfions. By W. H. Dall and Marcus Baker. 
 
 In Coast and Geodetic Survey, Pacific Co.ast Pilot. * * Second series, pp. 225- 
 375. Washington, 1879. 4°. 
 
 Deschamps (P.) and Brunet (G.) Manuel | du libraire | et | de I'amateur 
 delivres | — | Supplement | conteuant | loUu complement dudiction- 
 naire bibliographique | de M. J.-Ch. Brunet | Avec renvoi de chaque 
 article, d6jA cit6 dans le dictionnaire, aux numeros de la table raisou- 
 n^e; | la description minutieusement detaill6e, d'apres les originaux, 
 d'un grand nombre d'ouvrages fran- | gais et Strangers, inconnus de 
 M. Brunet, ou negliges par lui comme ayant peu de valeur, alors | 
 qu'il r^digeait son Manuel, ouvrages fort recherch^s et fort appr^cies 
 aujourd'hui. On y a joint une | concordance des prix auxquels une 
 partie de ces ouvrages ont et6 port6s dans les principales ventes | 
 publiques de France et de I'Etranger, depuis quinze ans, ainsi que 
 revaluation approximative des | livres dont il n'a pas ete possible de 
 citer d'adjudication. | 2" La table raisonnee des articles | au nombre 
 d'environ 10,000, d^crits au present supplement. | Par MM. P. Des- 
 champs et G. Brunet | Tome Premier | A — M | f-Deuxieme | 
 N_Z I ] * * * I 
 
 Paris I Librairie de Firmin-Didot et G'« | Imprimeurs de L'Institut, 
 Rue Jacob, 56 | 1878 [-1880] | c. 
 
 2 vols. 8°. 1,226 columns; 2 columns to tlie page. (See Brunei (j. c). 
 
 Dnfoss6 (E.) E. Dufosse | Libraire, 21, quai Malaquais, | A Paris | 
 Americana | Catalogue de Livres anciens et mod ernes, i de Cartes, 
 de Portraits & d'Autographes | relatifs k I'Amerique & aux colonies, | 
 Afrique, Asie, Japon, Oceanic, Australie. | Antiquites, Biographic, 
 Bibliographie, [&c., 10 lines.] | 
 
 [Paris,] 1878-79 | jcp. 
 
 Pp. 1-132. 8°. This series of catalogues was begun, I believe, in 1876. 
 
 Egniara et Eguren {B. Joannes Josephus de). Bibliotheca | Mexicana | 
 sive I eruditorum historia virorum, | qui in America Boreali nati, vel 
 alibi geniti, in ipsam | Domicilio aut studijs asciti, quavis liugua 
 scripto I aliquid tradiderunt: | Eorum prsesertim qui pro Fide Catho- 
 lica & Pietate amplianda ( fovendaque, egregife, factis & quibusvis 
 scriptis floruere editis | aut ineditis. | Perdinando VI | Hispaniarum 
 Eegi Catholico | nuncupata. j Authore | D. Joanne Josepho de Eguiara 
 et Eguren, | Mexicano, electo Episcopo Jucatenensi, Metropol. Ec- 
 clesiiB patriae | Canouico Magistral!, Uegise et PontiflciseFniversitatis 
 Mexicanensis | Primario et Emerito Theologise Antecessore, quon- 
 damque Eectore, | apud Sanctae Inquisitionis Officium Censore, Illmi. 
 Archiepiscopi | Mexicani Consultore, et Disecesis Examinatore Syno- 
 dali, I CapuciuarumVirginumaConfessiouibusetalijssacris. | Tomus 
 Primus. | Bxhibens Litteras A. B. C. I 
 
LIST OF AUTHORITIES. XXIII 
 
 Eguiara et Eguren {D. Joannes Josephus de)— continued. 
 
 Mexici: | Ex nova Typographia in uiEdibus Anthoris editioni | 
 ejusdem BibliothecsB destinata. Anno Domini | MDCCLY [1755]. | c. 
 
 80p. 11., pp. 1-544. 4°. 
 
 "The only volume published of this rare and valuable -work. It contains the 
 most authentic notes on the literature and literary men of Mexico, and became 
 the basis of Beristain's celebrated 'Bibl. Hisp. Amer.', which appeared sixty years 
 later. Egaiaia was one of the most talented members of the Academy of Mexico." — 
 Sahin's Dictionary, No. 22060. 
 
 "It is unfortunate that no more of this important work was published. It is 
 probable that not many copies were printed of this volume, as it is not often met 
 -vrith."— iJicTi, 1, 115. 
 
 "Egui[a]ra was a native of Mexico and occupied the Chair of Theology in the 
 University of that city. Beristain confesses that he should never have undertaken 
 his own Biblioteca if Egui[a]ra bad not 'opened the door and showed him the 
 way.'" — Bariiirez Bib. Mex., No. 298. 
 
 Erslew (Thomas Hansen). Almindeligfc | Porfatter-Lexicon | for | Kon- 
 geriget Danmark med tilh^-rende Bilaude, | fra 1814 til 1840, | eller | 
 Portegnelse | over | de sammesteds fj;<dte Forfattere og Forfatterinder, 
 som levede ved Be- | gyndels^en af Aaret 1814, eller siden ere f«-dte, 
 med Anforelse af deres | vigtigste Levnets-Omstaendiglieder og af 
 deres trykte Arbejder; | samt over | de i Hertugdjsmmerne og i Ud- 
 landet f«dte Forfattere, som i bemeldte | Tidsrum have opholdt sig i 
 Danmark og der udgivet Skrifter. | Yed | Thomas Hansen Erslew. | 
 Firsts [-Tredie] Bind. | A — J [-S — 0]. | 
 
 Kj0benhavn. | Forlagsforeningens Porlag. | Trykt i Bianco Lunos 
 Bogtrykkeri. | 1843 [-1853J. | C. 
 
 3 vols. 8°. General author's dictionary for the kingdom of Denmark' and adja- 
 cent countries from 1814 to 1840. 
 
 Field (Thomas Warren). An Essay [ towards an | Indian Bibliogra- 
 phy. I Being a | Catalogue of Books, | relating to the | history, an- 
 tiquities, languages, customs, religion, | wars, literature, and origin 
 of the I American Indians, ( in the library of | Thomas W. Field. | 
 With bibliographical and historical notes, and | synopses of the con- 
 tenf s of some of | the works least known. | 
 
 IJTew York : | Scribner, Armstrong, and Co. | 1873. | 0. jcp. jvtp. 
 
 Pp. i-iv, 1-430. 8°. 
 
 "A general catalogue of works illustrative of the history, literature, and archae- 
 ology of the aborigines of both Americas had been in progress of composition for 
 several years, as a guide to the author's collection of that class of books. As it 
 grew in proportions, by the slow accretions which duty and experience furnished, 
 the author's vani ty was easily flattered into the design of producing a work of 
 more general utility. The material collected at length covered so wide a range 
 that it embraced not only transcripts of the titles of such printed works as were 
 personally examined, or were to be found in catalogues of public and private libra- 
 ries, with a collation of their pages and synopses of their contents, but also the 
 titles of articles upon the same subjects, printed in reviews, historical collections, 
 magazines, and other ephemera. More than two thousand five hundred separate 
 works and twelve hundred essays had been catalogued, with -their topicU range 
 noted, before the vast extent of the unexplored territory to be examined began to 
 
XXIV NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Field (Thomas "Warren) — continued. 
 
 exhibit some of its formidable proportions. It was plainly demonstrated that the 
 projected task must be either abandoned or greatly abridged. That portion of the 
 task which could be most readily detached and wrought into unity was the catar 
 logue of works on the American aborigines, in the author's possession. To deter- 
 mine the selection of works which should be included in that category, they have 
 been subjected to a few simple rules of classification. 
 
 "All works which purported in their titles to contain historic, narrative, or lite- 
 rary material relating to the American Indians. 
 
 "Books in which any distinct portion, chapter, or appendix claimed by its head- 
 ing or table of contents to be devoted to that subject. 
 
 "Works containing engravings illustrative of the manner and peculiarities of 
 the aborigines, when derived from actual observation. 
 
 "All treatises or essays upon their origin, or the pre-Columbian discovery of 
 America, as affecting the source of its population. 
 
 "Those works of Action or poetry founded on Indian life, to which were ap- 
 pended historical notes, incidents of personal experience, or traditions and legends 
 of the Indians. 
 
 "All works containing grammatical analyses, or vocabularies of their language, 
 as well as translations into or from them, would of course form a part of the col- 
 lection. " — Preface. 
 
 Catalogue | of the | Library | belonging to | Mr. Thomas W. 
 
 Field. I To be sold at auction, | by | Bangs, Merwin & Co., ( May 
 24th, 1875, I and following days. | 
 
 New York. | 1875. | 0. lsh. 
 
 Pp. i-viii, 1-376. 8°. Compiled by Joseph Sabin. "The collection of books 
 described in the following pages is, beyond all question, the most extensive in its 
 special department ever offered for sale. Its acquisition has been the unwearied 
 occupation of Mr. Field for many years, and the result is an unusually com- 
 plete series of books on a subject which is daily increasing in interest — the Ameri- 
 can Indians. It is scarcely necessary for me to say that it is simply impossible to 
 study the history of this continent without referring to this topic. An entirely 
 complete collection of books relative to the Indians includes a large proportion of 
 the works which compose American history. * » « 
 
 "Mr. Field's 'Essay on Indian Bibliography' has formed the basis of the present 
 catalogue. We have added to it the titles of such books as have been purchased 
 since the publication of that work in 1873. To the works thus added the notes 
 appended are sometimes by Mr. Field. Many works of importance, which were in 
 his possession at the time of its publication, had accidentally dropped out of his 
 list. • * * 
 
 "The titles in Mr. Field's essay have sometimes been abridged, sometimes given 
 in full ; his elaborate and elegant notes have in many instances been shorn of their 
 chief features, but the reader can supply that want by procuring a copy of Mr. 
 Field's essay. 
 
 "The reader of the essay will not fail to notice the strong humanitarian views 
 which are held by Mr. Field. It would be difScult for any one to add to the ener- 
 getic adjectives which distinguish some of his denunciations of the perpetrators of 
 cruelties on the Indians." — Preface. 
 
 Finotti (Rev. Joseph M.) Catalogue | of the | Library | of the late | 
 Eev. Joseph M. Finotti, | Member of the ISTew England Historic- 
 Genealogical I Society, American Numismatic Society, «&c. | To be 
 
LIST OF AUTHORITIES. XXV 
 
 Finotti {Bev. Joseph M.) — contiuued. 
 sold at auction | On Thursday, October 16th, 1879, | and following 
 days, I by Bangs & Co., | 739 & 741 Broadway New York. | 
 
 New York : | 1879. [ JCP. 
 
 Printed cover, "Executor's Sale," &c., 1 1. ; title as above, 1 1. ; Preface, pp. iii- 
 iv; Catalogue, pp. 5-114 ; Addenda, 1 1. 
 
 [Fischer (Augustin) and Berendt (Dr. C. H.)] Bibliotheca Mejicana. | A 
 Catalogue of an extraordinary CoUec- | tion of Books & Manuscripts, 
 almost I wholly relating to the History | and Literature of North | 
 and South America, ] particularly | Mexico. | To be sold by auction, j 
 by Messrs. Puttick & Simpson, | at their house, 47, Leicester Square, 
 London, | on Tuesday, June 1st, 1869, and 7 following days. | b. jcp. 
 - 2 p. 11., pp. 1-312. 8^. Father Fischer was chaplain to the Emperor Maximilian. 
 The catalogue of Dr. Berendt's books occupies pp. 229-312. 
 
 Gibbs (George). Bibliography [of the Chinook Language]. 
 
 lu Gibbs (George). Alphabetical Vocabulary of the Chinook Language, pp.vii- 
 viii. New York, 1863. 8°. 
 
 Bibliography of the Chinook Jargon. 
 
 In Gibbs (George). A Dictionary of the Chinook Jargon, pp. xiii-xiv. New 
 York, 1863. 8°. 
 
 [Harrisse (Henry)]. Bibliotheca Americana Vetustissima | A | Descrip- 
 tion of Works I relating to | America | published between the years | 
 1492 and 1551 | [8 lines quotation.] 
 
 New- York | Geo. P. Philes, Publisher | MDOCCLXVI[1866] | c.GS. 
 
 4 p. 11., pp. 1-iv, 1 1., pp. 1-519. large 8°. Four hundred copies printed in royal 
 8°, 99 in 4°, and 10 in 4° on Holland paper for private distribution. Continued as 
 follows : 
 
 Bibliotheca Americana Vetustissima | A| Description of Works | 
 
 relating to | America | published between the years | 1492 and 1551 | 
 Additions | [Device] 
 
 Paris I Librairie Tross | 5 rue Neuve-des-Petits-Champs 5 | M. 
 DCCC. LXXII [1872]. | 
 
 Colophon : Imprim6 | Par W. Drugulin A Leipzig | [Device] | Pour 
 la I Librairie Tross A Paris | M. DCCC. LXXIl [1872J. | as. 
 
 Outside title as above 11., 1 p. 1., inside title as above 1 1., pp. i-xl, 1-199, colo- 
 phon as above 1 1., a.dvertisement 1 1. 
 
 Notes I pour servir | A L'Histoire, A La Bibliographic | et k la ( 
 
 Cartographic | de la | Nouvelle-France j et des | Pays Adjacents | 
 1545-1700. I Par I'Auteur de la | Bibliotheca Americana Vetustis- 
 sima I [3 lines quotation.] | [Device] 
 Paris f Librairie Tross | 5 rue Neuve-des-PetitsChamps 5 | 1872. | 
 Colophon: Imprime | ParW. Drugulin A Leipzig | [Device.] | Pour 
 la I Librairie Tross, A Paris | M. DCCC. LXXII [1872]. | l. gs. 
 
 Outside title as above, 1 p. 1., inside tille as above, 1 other p. 1., pp. i-xxxiii, 1 1., 
 pp. 1-367, colophon 1 1., advertisement 1 1. 
 
XXVI NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Icazbalceta (Joaquin Garcia). Apuntes | para nn | Oat41ogo de Escri- 
 tores I en | Leuguas Indigenas de America. | Por | Joaquin Garcia 
 Icazbalceta. | [Design.] 
 
 Mexico. I Se ban impreso GO ejemplares | en la Imprenta Particular 
 del Autor. | 1866 | JCB- JCP. 
 
 Printed cover, 1 1. ; half-title, 1 1. ; title, 1 1. ; advertencia, pp. v-xiii; pp. 1-157, 
 ' 24°. My copy of this work, which is "Ejemplar No. 47," has been corrected in 
 manuscript by the author, and a number of titles added. 
 
 Titles of works in the Cahita, Cora, Cumanagota, Chuchoua, Heve, Huasteca, 
 Mame, Matlalzinga, Maya, Ma.zahua, Mexioana, Mijfe, Mision de San Antonio, Mix- 
 teca, Mutsun, Opata, Otoml, Pima, Quioh6, Quichua, Tarahumara, Tarasca, Tejas, 
 Tepehuana, Timuquana 6 Floridiana, Totonaca, Ynnga, and Zapoteoa. 
 
 "Some lime since I was invited by the estimable litterateur. Dr. D. G. Berendt, 
 to contribute some notes for a new edition of the work of Dr. Ludewig entitled 
 The Literature of American Aboriginal Languages, and this has given origin to the 
 present catalogue. * * * 
 
 "Desirous on the one hand of obliging Dr. Berendt, and ou the other impelled 
 by my own inclination to contribute something to the advancement of science, 
 though it be ever so little, I have endeavored to increase as far as I was able the 
 stock of knowledge concerning the wriiers in the indigenous tongues of Mexico. 
 Ludewig, with few exceptions, limited himself to grammars and vocabularies, with- 
 out including other works written in American langnages, as catechisms, etc. 
 Perhaps he did well considering the extent of his plan; but mine being less ambi- 
 tious, I thought it necessary to include whatever might be found written in the 
 Mexican languages, so that no author or book of importance might be omitted. 
 Books composed in Mexican languages are almost all rare and little known ; even 
 those more recently printed are not easily fouud, either by reason of the small 
 number of copies printed or because the demand for them has ceased. 
 
 "Some time ago I resolved to gather all the books of this description which I 
 could get, and I deem myself lucky in securing more than eighty. These form the 
 basis of my catalogue. The first addition to it was to be a list of works which I had 
 seen elsewhere and of which I had taken notes. Here terminated that portion of 
 my work on which reliance could be placed; this portion was certainly small 
 enough, and a large field of uucertainty was left; this was filled with the large 
 number of works quoted by other authors, which I have not seen. I encountered 
 the problem which Ludewig attempted to solve, and I was loath to pass the confines 
 of certainty to lose myself in a labyrinth of inquiries and conjectures with little 
 probability of a safe issue. 
 
 "Unfortunately, owing to the incredible indifference which till recently pre- 
 vailed in regard to these important studies, there is no hope of completing this 
 catalogue by personal inspection of the works concerned. But all possible means 
 must be resorted to for widening the limits of the known at the expense of what 
 is doubtful. I have decided to print these Apuntes with no other object than to 
 place them in the hands of inquiring persons who may be able to add to them. 
 With every book that is examined and described with accuracy there disappears 
 at least one probability of error. This decision was all the more necessary as the 
 larger portion of these works have been taken from our country to enrich the 
 libraries of Europe and the United States, whence we must at some time expect the 
 favor of getting the description of some of them. Herein lies the reason for con- 
 verting these notes into book form, though they were intended to figure only as a 
 manuscript to be sent to a friend. ' 
 
 " Still they have preserved their original character. The 60 copies, which I have 
 printed with my own hands, a^re nothing more than so many copies of the manu- 
 script. Rough drafts should not be exposed for sale, and these will be distributed 
 to those who can improve the work by adding to it. 
 
LIST OF AUTHORITIES. XXVII 
 
 Icazbalceta (Joaquin Garcia) — coutinued. 
 
 "This catalogue is divided into two parts. The first comprises the hooks of my 
 own collection, the second the hooks seen hy me in various libraries, puhlic and 
 private, save three or four of which I have dhtained descriptions which seem trust- 
 worthy. There is no good reason for making this division, and it will be an ad- 
 vantage to unite the two parts in one alphabetic list ; but as the printing went on 
 slowly, being done by myself at odd moments, I began with my own books, and 
 thus gained time to augment the second part. * » * 
 
 "I have made it a rule to copy the -whole of the title-pages. Though it seems 
 at first unnecessary to give in their entirety the titles of honor and position of the 
 authors and of those to whom the books were dedicated, I did not want to omit 
 them, because they are usually the only data which we have for the biography of 
 these persons. In the books of the 16th century I have also copied the colophon, 
 which usually tells us more than the title. The merit of this sort of work lying 
 especially in accuracy, I have preserved with extreme rigor the orthography of the 
 originals, and even abbreviations not now in use; for this purpose I have had 
 special types cast. * * * 
 
 "This catalogue, though so incomplete, will, I hope, be of some use in bringing 
 into notice some books hitherto unknown, and in confirming or correcting the 
 descriptions of others. Looking at its small compass we feel great regret in con- 
 sidering how small are the remains of the immense work done by the missionaries. 
 Whatsoever may yet be discovered, it will be but a mite in comparison to what 
 has been lost. There is hardly one language of America that did not have its 
 grammar and its dictionary, and of some there were many dictionaries as well as a 
 large number of primers, catechisms, explanations of christian doctrine, confession- 
 books, collections of sermons, ascetic and moral treatises, and translations of script- 
 ure. I do not even speak of the historic accounts written by natives in their own 
 languages, of which only a few sad fragments remain. What was written in Aztec 
 would alone form a small library. 
 
 "I pursue my researches, and if I am not mistaken in my expectations of the 
 help. of lovers of science, I hope we shall one day possess a 'Library of writers in 
 the vernacular tongues of Mexico,' tue first contribution to which these Apuntes 
 will have been." — Preface. 
 
 The list of books given in the above work was partially reprinted (134 titles), with 
 titles considerably abridged, on pp. 424-431 of: Pol6mioa entre elDiario Oficial y la 
 Colonia Espafiola, &o. Mexico, 1875. 8°. (jwp.) 
 
 Don Fray | Juan de Zum4rraga | Primer Obispo y Arzobispo de 
 
 Mexico I Estudio Biogrdflco y Bibliogr4flco | por | Joaquin Garcia 
 Icazbalceta | Secretario [&c., 4 lines] | Con un Ap^ndice de Docu- 
 mentos | in^ditos 6 raros. | Tomo Primero [-Segundo] | [Device] 
 
 Mexico I Antigua Libreria de Andrade y Morales, | Portal de Agus- 
 tinos N". 3. I 1881 | JWP. 
 
 2 vols. : 1 p. 1., title 1 1., advertenoia 1 1., pp. 1-371 ; 1 p. 1., title 1 1., 1 other p. 
 I., pp. 1-270, i-viii. 8°. 
 
 Bibliografia Mexicana | del Siglo XVI. | Parte Primera. | jop. 
 
 Royal 8°. In press. Of this work, 1 he title-page and preliminary leaves of 
 which have not yet been printed, the author has sent me advance sheets of pp. 1- 
 240 ; these contain an account of all works published in Mexico from 15.39 to 1582, 
 with biographic and bibliographic notes. Many fac similes of title-pages and colo- 
 phons are given, and a number of the former hy permission of the author have 
 been reproduced for this catalogue and appear herein. 
 
 Julg (B.) See Vater (Johann Severin). 
 
XXVIII NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Leclerc (Charles). Bibliotheca | Americana | Catalogue Eaisonn6 | 
 d'une tres-pr6cieuse | collection de livres anciens | et modernes | sur 
 I'Am^rique et les Philippines | 01ass<}s par ordre alphab6tique de 
 noms d'Auteurs. | E6dig6 par Ch. Leclerc. | [Device.] 
 
 Paris I Maisonneuve & C'« | 15, Quai Yoltaire | M. D. COC. LXVII 
 [1867J I C.JCP. 
 
 Pp. i-vii, 1-407. 8°. 
 
 Bibliotheca | Americana | Histoire, Geographic, | Voyages, Ar- 
 
 ch^ologie et Linguistique | des | deuxAm^riques | et | des lies Philip- 
 pines I E6dig6e | Par Oh. Leclerc | [Device] 
 
 Paris I Maisonneuve et C, Libraires-iEditeurs | 25, Quai Voltaire, 
 25. I 1878 I BA. JCP. 
 
 2 p. 11., pp. i-xx, 1-737, 1 1. 8°. Tbe linguistic part of this volume occupies pp. 
 537-643, aud is arranged under families. Continued as follows : 
 
 Bibliotheca | Americana | Histoire, Geographic, | Voyages, Ar- 
 
 ch^ologie et Linguistique | des | Deux Am^riques | Supplement | 
 N" I. Novembre 1881 | [Device] 
 
 Paris I Maisonneuve & C", Libraires-Editeurs | 25, Quai Voltaire, 
 25 I 1881 I C. JCP. 
 
 Printed cover, 1 1. ; title, 1. ; advertisement, 1 1. Pp. 1-102, 1 1. 8°. 
 
 Leon Pinelo (Antonio de). Epitome | de la | Biblioteca | Oriental i Oc- 
 cidental, Nautica | i Geograflca. | Al Excelentiss. Senor D. Eamiro 
 Minez I Perez Felipe de Guzman, Senor de la Casa | de Guzman, 
 Duque de Medina de las Tor- | res. Marques de Toral i Monasterio, 
 Conde | de Parmacoello i Valdorce, Comendador | de Valdepeiias, 
 Gran Couciller de las In- j dias, Tesorero General de la Corona de 
 Ara- I gon, i Consejo de Italia, Capitan de los cien | Hijosdalgo de la 
 guarda de la Real per- | sona i Sumiller de Corps. | Por el Licenciado 
 Antonio de Leon | Eelator del Supremo i Eeal | Consejo de las In- 
 dias. I Con Priuilegio | 
 En Madrid, Por luan Gonzalez. | Ano de M. DCXXIX[1629]. | 
 Colophon: Sint Mecsenates, non de erunt, Flacce, Marones, | Vir- 
 gilium(J; tibi, vel tuaruradabunt. | Marcial. lib. 8. Epigr. | ConPrivi- 
 legio, I En Madrid, Por luan Gonzalez. | Ano M. DC. XXIX [1629]. | 
 44 p. 11. ; pp. 1-186, i-xii, colophon 11. * -' ' c. JCB. 
 
 Epitome ( de la | Bibliotheca | Oriental, y Occidental, Nautica, 
 
 y Geograiica: j De Don Antonio de Leon Pinelo, | del Consejo de su 
 Mag. en la Casa de la Contratacion de Sevilla, | y Coronista Maior de 
 las Indias, | anadido, y enmendado nuevamente, | en que se coutie- 
 nen | los escritores de las Indias | Orientales, y Occidentales, y reinos 
 convecinos | China, Tartaria, Japon, Persia, Armenia, Etiopia, y otras 
 partes. | Al Eey JSTuestro Senor. | Por mano del Marques de Torre- 
 Nueva, su | Secretario del Despacho Universal de Hacienda, Indias, 
 i Marina. | Tomo Primero | [-Tercero]. | [Design.] 
 
LIST OF AUTHORITIES XXIX 
 
 Leon Pinelo (Antonio de) — continued. 
 
 Con Privilegio. | En Madrid: En la Oficina de Francisco Martinez 
 Abad, en | la Calle del Olivo Baxo. Ano de M. D. CO. XXXVII 
 [-M. D. CC. XXXVIII] [1737-1738]. | b. c. job. 
 
 3 voIb. folio. 
 
 Leroux (Ernest). Librairie Orientale et Am6ricaine | Ernest Leroux | 
 Catalogue | de | Livres de fonds | et en uombre | [Device] 
 
 Paris I Ernest Leroux, fiditeur | Libraire de la Soci^t^ Asiatique | 
 [&c., seven liues] 28, Eue Bonaparte, 28 | Mars 1879 | we. 
 
 Pp. 1-56. 8°. "Supplement. Ouvrages publics dii mois d'Octobre 1879 au mois 
 de Juillet 1880," without title-page, pp. 1-16. 8°. (wb.) 
 
 Llanos (Adolfo). Sahagun y su Historia de Mexico. 
 
 lu Museo Nacional de Mexico, An ales, vol. 3, part 3, pp. 71-76. Mexico, 1883. foho. 
 A list of Sahagun's works, based principally on Chavero (Alfredo). Sahagun. 
 Estudio por Alfredo Chavero. Mexico, 1877. 16°. 
 
 \f Ludewlg (Hermann E.) The | Literature | of | American Aboriginal 
 Languages. | By | Hermann E. Ludewig. | With additions and correc- 
 tions I by Professor Wm. W. Turner. ( Edited by Nicholas Trtibner. | 
 
 London: | Trtibner and Co., 60, Paternoster Eow. | MDCCCLVIII 
 [1858]. I 
 
 Pp. i-viii,ll.,pp. ix-xxiv, 1-260. 8°. Arranged alphabetically by families. Ad- 
 denda by Wm. W. Turner and Nicholas Trubner, pp. 210-258. c. JCP. 
 
 Marsden (William). A Catalogue of Dictionaries, Grammars, and Alpha- 
 bets, in two parts. I. Alphabetical Catalogue of Authors. II. Chro- 
 nological Catalogue of Works in each Class of Language. 
 London. 1796. * 
 
 Pp. vi,156. 4°. Privately printed, and scarce; containsbut little about American 
 languages. — Sabin's Dictionary, No. 44718. 
 
 — ■ Bibliotheca Marsdeniana | Philologica et Orientalis. | A | Cata- 
 logue I of I Books and Manuscripts | collected with a view to | the 
 General Comparison of Languages, and to the study | of Oriental 
 Literature, | by | William Marsden, F. E. S. &c. | 
 
 London : | Printed by, J. L. Cox, Great Queen Street, j Lincoln's- 
 Inn Fields. | 1827. | c. BA. 
 
 1 p. 1., pp. 1-310. 4°. Catalogue of works, American (general), America (North) 
 and American (Central), pp. 143-145. 
 
 [Moore (George H.) and AUibone (Samuel Austin).] Contributions | to 
 a I Catalogue | of | The Lenox Library. | No. I. | Voyages of Hulsins, 
 Etc. [-No. VI. Works of Milton, Etc.] | [Device.] 
 
 New York: | Printed for the Trustees. | MDCCCLXXVII [-MD- 
 CCCLXXXI] [1877-1881]. | • JOB. JCP. 
 
 6 parts, sm. 4°. Issued in parts, each part relating to a particular subject. Part 
 II relates to "The Jesuit Eelationa, Etc." Pp. 1-19. sm. 4°. 
 
 MuUer (Frederik). Catalogue | of j Books relating to America ; | in- 
 cluding I a large number | of | rare works | printed before 1700. ] 
 
XXX NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Muller (Frederik) — continued. 
 
 Amongst which ] a nearly complete collection | of the | Dutch publi- 
 cations on New-Netherland, | from 1612 to 1820. | — | On sale, at 
 the prices affixed, | at | Frederik Muller's Heerengracht, Amster- 
 dam. | — | Orders received [&c., eight lines]. | [1850.] GS. 
 
 Printed cover -with tille .is above, reverse containing advertisement,! 1., pp. 
 1-104. 12°. 
 
 Catalogue | of | Books, Maps, Plates | on | America, | and of a 
 
 remarkable collection ot | Early Voyages, | offered for sale by | 
 Frederik Muller, at Amsterdam, | Literary Agent of the Smith- 
 sonian Institution at Washington. ] Including a large number of 
 books in all languages | with Bibliographical and Historical Notes | 
 and presenting an essay towards a | Dutch- American Bibliography. | 
 Part T.— Books [-Part III.— Portraits.— Autographs.— Plates.— At- 
 lases and Maps]. | With 3 fac-similes. | 
 
 Amsterdam, | Frederik Muller, | Heerengracht, KK130. j 1872. | C. 
 
 3 vols. 8°. 
 
 \/ Murphy (Henry G.) Catalogue | of the | Magnificent Library | of the 
 late I Hon. Henry C. Murphy, | of | Brooklyn, Long Island, | consist- 
 ing almost wholly of I Americana \ or books relating to America. | The 
 whole to be sold by auction | at the | Clinton Hall Sales Kooms, | on | 
 Monday, March 3d, 1884, and the following days. | Two sessions daily, 
 at 2.30 o'clock, and 7.30 p. m. | 
 
 Geo. A. Leavitt & Co., Auctioneers. -[ New York, 1884. | Orders to 
 Purchase ex(»,cuted by the Auctioneers, Free of Charge. | c.we. jcp. 
 
 Printed cover 1 1., pp. i-viii, 1-434. 8°. Compiled by the Hon. John R. Bartlett. 
 
 [Nyerup (Easmus)]. Dansk-norsk | Litteraturlexicon. | Fp<rste [-Anden] 
 Halvdel. | A— L [-M— 0]. | 
 
 Kj(j*benhavn. | Trykt, paa den Gyldendalske Boghandlings Forlag, 
 i det Schultziske Officin. | 1818 [-1819]. | " c. 
 
 2 vols. sm. 4°. Arranged alphabetically by authors. 
 
 Pick {Biv. B.) The Bible in the Languages of America. By Eev. B. 
 Pick, Ph. D., Eochester, N. Y. jcp. 
 
 In The New- York Evangelist, No. 2518. New York, June 27, 1878. 
 An article on twenty-four different versions of portions of the Bible extant in 
 the languages of America. 
 
 Pilling (James Oonstantine). Catalogue of Linguistic Manuscripts in 
 the Library of the Bureau of Ethnology. By James C. Pilling. 
 
 In Bureau of Ethnology, First Annual Report, pp. 553-577. Washington, 1881. 
 Royal 8°. Issued separately, also, as follows : 
 
 Catalogue | of | Linguistic Manuscripts | in the | Library of the 
 
 Bureau of Ethnology | by I James C. Pilling | (Extracted from the 
 First Annual Eeport of the Bureau | of Ethnology) | [Design] 
 
 Washington | Government Printing Office | 1881 | c. we. JWP. 
 
 Printed cover as above 1 1., pp. 553-577. Royal 8°. 
 
LIST OF AUTHORITIES. XXXI 
 
 V Pimentel (Francisco). Cuadro Descriptive y Comparativo de las Len- 
 guas Indigenas de Mexico, etc. 
 Mexico Imprenta de Andrade y Bscalante 1862 [-1865]. B. C.BA. WE. 
 For full titles, collations, etc., see Nos. 2998 and 2999 of this catalogue. 
 
 Pinart (Alph.-L.) Catalogue | de | Livres Eares | et Pr^cieux | manuscrits 
 et imprimis | priQcipalement sur I'Am^rique | et Sur les langues du 
 monde entier | composant la bibliotheque de | M. Alph.-L. Pinart | et 
 comi)renant en totality la bibliotheque Mexico-Guat^malienne de | 
 M. L'Abbe Brasseur de T$ourbourg | 
 
 Paris I Vve Adolphe Labitte | Libraire de la Bibliothfeque Ratio- 
 nale I 4, Eue de Lille, 4 | 1883 | c. we. jcp. 
 
 Outside title 1 1., pp. i-viii, 1-248. 8°. See Brasseur de Bourbourg {AUe C. E.) 
 
 Platzmann (Julius). Verzeichniss | einer Auswahl | Amerikanischer | 
 Grammatiken, | Worterbticher, | Katechismen | U. S. W. | gesam- 
 melt I von | Julius Platzmann. | 
 
 Leipzig, 1876. | K. F. Kohler's Antiquarium, | Post Strasse 
 17. I 0. T. JWP. 
 
 Printed cover 1 1., 3 11., pp. 1-38. 8°. Relates principally to South America. 
 
 ftuaritch (Bernard). American languages. jcp. 
 
 In Quaritch (Bernard). General Catalogue, III, America, &c., pp. 1261-1269. 
 
 Bamirez (Don Jos6 Fernando). Bibliotheca Mexicana | or ACatalogue 
 of the |, Library of Eare Books and | Important Manuscripts | relat- 
 ing to Mexico and other [ parts of | Spanish America | formed by the 
 late I Senor Don Jos6 Fernando Eamirez | President of the late Em- 
 peror Maximilian's First Ministry, | comprising : | Pine Specimens of 
 the Presses of the Early Mexican Typographers, | Juan Cromberger, 
 Juan Pablos, Antonio Espinosa, Pedro Ocharte, | Pedro Balli, An- 
 tonio Eicardo, Melchior Ocharte ; a large number of | Works, both 
 printed and MS., on the Mexican Indian Languages and | Dialects ; 
 the Oi\'il and Ecclesiastical History of Mexico and its | Provinces ; 
 Collections of Laws and Ordinances relating to the | Indies. Valu- 
 able unpublished Manuscripts relating to the Jesuit | Missions in 
 Texas, California, China, Peru, Chili, Brazil, etc.j | Collections of docu- 
 ments; Sermons preached in Mexico; etc. etc. | Days of Sale: | 
 Wednesday, July 7, Lots 1 to 233, Friday, July 9, Lots 469 to 701, j 
 Thursday, July 8, Lots 234 to 468, Monday, July 12, Lots 701 to 934, | 
 Tuesday, July 13, Lots 935 to 1290. | 
 
 To be Sold by Auction, | by Messrs. Puttick and Simpson, | 
 Auctioneers of Literary Property and Works of Art, | at their gal- 
 lery, ( No. 47, Leicester Square, London, W. C, | (Formerly the Man- 
 sion of Sir Joshua Eeynolds, P. E. A.) ] MDCCCLXXX [1880]. | jcp. 
 2 p. 11. Pp. 1-165. 8°. The following remarks are from the "Introduction'' : 
 "The extraordinary collection of books here offered to public competition well 
 merits a passing notice. The catalogue of it made by Messrs. Puttick and Simpson, 
 it will readily be perceived, is not a mere auction catalogue, but as far as the col- 
 lection goes, a bibliography of this important department of literature — a book for 
 future reference. 
 
XXXII NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Ramirez (Don Jos6 Fernando) — continued. 
 
 " The library was formed by the late Don Jos^ Feraando Eamirez, of the city of 
 Durango, in Mexico, where he was born towards the end of the last century. * * * 
 
 " From his early youth Sefior Eamirez showed a decided predilection for the his- 
 tory and archaeology of his native country, united to a strong love of books. When 
 transferred from the supreme court of Durango to that of the National Government 
 In 1850, he sold the greater portion of the library which he had formed there, which 
 became the foundation of the present State library in that city. He resi rved, 
 however, from this sale the rarest works relating to the archaeology, history, and 
 philology of Mexico, which he brought with him to the Capital, where he com- 
 menced the formation of this his second library. The suppression of the monastic 
 orders gave him extraordinary facilities for acquiring rare books and manuscripts, 
 which he seized upon with avidity, and gained from many of the converts the most 
 precious of their literary treasures. The high posts which Sr. Ramirez occupied 
 during his long public life, and his eminent reputation as a collector, bibliographer, 
 and scholar, enabled him to procure copies of unpublished documents inaccessible to 
 others. After the death of Sr. Ramirez his heir allowed Don A. Chavero to select from 
 his library all the works relating to Mexico. From that gentleman this collection 
 passed into the hands of its present owner [Fernandez del CastilloJ." * » * 
 
 Rich (Obadiab). Bibliotheca Americana Nova. | A | Catalogue | of | 
 Books relating to America, | in various languages, | including | Voy- 
 ages to the Pacific | and | Round the World, | and | Collections of 
 Voyages and Travels | Printed since the Year 1700. | Compiled prin- 
 cipally from the works thimselves, | byO. Eicb, | Member of the Mas- 
 sachusetts and Georgia Historical Societies, of the | American Na- 
 tional Institute, the Albany Institute, | the American Antiquarian 
 Society, | &c. &c. &c. | Vol. I [-II]. | 1701-1800 [1801-1844]. | c. 
 
 London : | Eich and Sons, 12, Red Lion Square. | 1846. | 
 
 2 vols. ; 2 p. 11., pp. 1-517 ; 2 p 11., pp. 1-412. 8". 
 
 Riggs {Bev. Stephen Return). Dakota Bibliography. 
 
 In Riggs (Rev. S. R.), editor. Grammar and Dictionary of the Dakota Language, 
 p. XX, which forms part of Smithsonian Institution, Contributions to Knowledge, 
 vol. 4.' Washington, 1853. 4°. Consists of a list of 18 Dakota works. Issued also 
 with a slight change of title ; see No. 3294 of this catalogue. See Williams (J. 
 Fletcher). 
 
 The Translation of the Scriptures into the Dakota Language. 
 
 By the Rev. S. R. Riggs, D.D., LL.D. jwp. 
 
 In Bible Society Record, vol. 21, No. 4, New York, April 20, 1876. 
 An account of the translation, by Joseph Renville, T. S. Williamson, G. H. Pond 
 and the author, of various portions of the Bible into the Dakota language. 
 
 Russian-American Colonies. 4oK.ia4T> | ROJiHTeia ogi ycTpoacTB* | PyccKHxi. AjiepHKaHc- 
 
 KHXl Kwoaifl. I 
 C. n TcpEypri. I B'. TBDorpa*in ^enapiajieHTa BfitniBeii ToproBjB. | 1863. | b. 
 
 Translation.— UsTport | of Committee on Organization | of the Russian American 
 Colonies. | Part I. | St. Petersburg. | In the Printing Office of the Department of 
 Foreign Trade. | 1863. | 
 
 2 p. 11., p. 1-43. 8°. Outside title missing; inside title as above. Continued as 
 follows : 
 
LIST OF AUTHOEITIES. XXXIU 
 
 Bussian-American Colonies — continued. 
 
 " — npHJOHteHla I K% I xo«im iiOMBTeia | ooi ycTpotlTB* I PyccKim AjiepHKaacEHXx 
 
 Rojoiiili I 
 
 C. Bt'TepBypn. | Bb THnorpa*i0 aenapraMenTa BHtmneii ToproBJB. | 1863. | b. 
 
 2Vam8io«io«.— Additions | to Report of Committee | on Organization of Russian 
 American Colonies. | St. Petersburg. | In the Printing OfSce of the Department of 
 Foreign Trade. | 186S. | 
 
 3 p. II., pp. i-vi, 1-613 and about 50 H; tables &c., appendix pp. i-xx. 8°. Nearly . 
 the whole report was compiled by State Counsellor Kostlivtzoff and Captain Go- 
 lovnin. 
 
 Appendix Y, list of books and pamphlets written in or translasted into the 
 Kolosh language. 
 
 Sabin (Joseph). A | Dictionary | of | Books relating to America, | from 
 its discovery to the present time. | By Joseph Sabin. | Volume I 
 [-XIIIJ. I [Two lines quotation.] c. jwp. 
 
 New York: | Joseph Sabin, 84 Nassau Street. | 1868 [-1881J. | 
 
 13 vols. 8°. Four parts of vol. 14 also have been published, bringing the work 
 down to "Pennsylvania." The work was published first in parts, of which No. I 
 appeared in January, 1867. The following extracts are from the preliminary 
 remarks : 
 
 "After nearly four years' labor in arranging and classifying the material which 
 had accumulated on my hands in the course of some fifteen years of research, I am 
 at last able to publish the following specimen of my projected ' Dictionary of Books 
 relating to America.' 
 
 "Had the magnitude and extreme difficulty of the undertaking been presented 
 to my mind in full proportions at the outset, I should never have attempted it ; 
 and, indeed, I may remark, that I have more than, once almost determined upon its 
 abandonment ; but a deep sense of its importance, however imperfectly it may be 
 executed, and a strong partiality for bibliographical pursuits, have stimulated me 
 to continue my labor. * * * 
 
 " I conclude this preliminary notice with the remark, that, whenever possible, I 
 have examined the books for myself, and have described them with all necessary 
 minuteness." 
 
 Mr. Sabin died June 5, 1881, when the work had entered its fourteenth volume. 
 This has caused a delay in the issue of the later parts, the preparation of which 
 has been begun, and the editorial management of which has been placed in the 
 hands of Mr. Wilberforce Eames. 
 
 Scherzer {Dr. Karl). Uber die handschriftlichen Werke des Padre Fran- 
 cisco Ximenez in der TJniversitats-Bibliothek zu Guatemala. Von 
 Dr. Karl Scherzer. 
 
 In Kaiserlichen Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Wien, Sitzungsberichte der 
 Philosophisch-Historischen Classe, vol. 19, pp. 166-186. Wien, 1856. 8°. 
 
 List of six works by P. Ximenez, p. 172. 
 
 [Schoolcraft (Henry Eowe)]. A | Bibliographical Catalogue | of | Books, 
 Translations of the Scriptures, I and other publications in the | Indian 
 Tongues | of the | United States, | with | brief critical notices. | 
 
 Washington: | C. Alexander, Printer. | 1849. j 0. JCP. jwp.lsh. 
 
 Pp. 1-28. 8°. Reprinted with a preliminary note, synopsis, and additions, as 
 follows : 
 
 m Bib 
 
XXXIV NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Schoolcraft (Henry Eowe) — continued. 
 
 Literature of the Indian Languages. A bibliographical Cata- 
 logue of Books, translations of the Scriptures, and other publications 
 in the Indian Tongues of the United States, with brief critical no- 
 tices. 
 
 In Schoolcraft (H. E. ) Indian Tribes, vol. 4, pp. 523-551. Philadelphia, 1854. 
 4°. 
 
 Sobron {F6]ix C. y). Los idiomas | de la | America Latina ( estu- 
 dios biografico-bibliogr^licos | por | D. Ffelix G. Y Sobron | M6dico- 
 cirujano 6 individuo de varias Sociedades cientificas | 
 
 Madrid | Imprenta & Cargo de Victor Saiz | Calle de la Colegiata, 
 ntim. 6 | JCP. 
 
 Pp. 1-137, 1 1. 12°. Brief account of works in the languages of Mexico and 
 South America and biographies of some of their authors. 
 
 Souza (D. Jos6 Mariano Beristain y Martin de). See Beristain y Martin 
 de Souza (D. Jos6 Mariano). 
 
 , / Squier (Ephraim George). Monograph | of | Authors | who have writ- 
 ten on the I Languages of Central America, | and collected | Vocab- 
 ularies I or I composed works in the native dialects | of that country. | 
 By E. G. Squier, M. A., P. S. A., | Member of [&c., four lines]. 
 
 New York : | C. B. Eichardson & Co., 14 Bible House. | M. D. CCG. 
 LXI [1861]. I C. 
 
 Pp. i-xvi, 17-70. sm. 4°. 
 
 Monograph | of | Authors | whohavewrittenon the | Languages 
 
 of Central America, | and collected | Vocabularies | or | composed 
 works in the native dialects | of that country. | By E. G. Squier, M. 
 A., F. S. A., I Member of [&c., four lines] | 
 
 London : | Triibner & Co., 60 Paternoster Eow. ] M. D. CCC.LXE 
 [1861]. I B. C. BA. 
 
 Pp. i-xvi, 17-70. sm.4°. 
 
 \f Catalogue | of the | Library of E. G. Squier. | Edited by Joseph 
 
 Sabin. | [Device.] | To be Sold by Auction, | On Monday, April 24th, 
 1876, and following days, | By Bangs, Merwin & Co. | No. 656 Broad 
 way, New York, j 
 
 New York : | Charles C. SheUey, Printer, 68 Barclay and 227 Green- 
 wich Streets J 1876. | jCP. 
 
 2 p. 11., pp. 1-277. 12°. 
 
 Stargardt (J. A.) No. 135. | Amerika und Orient. | Enthait auch ( 
 Original Manuscripte und Werke | von | Professor J. C. E. Busch- 
 manu, | (konigl. Bibliothekar, Mitglied der Akademie) | Wilh. v. 
 Humboldt u. Alex. v. Humboldt. | Zu verkaufen j durch | J. A. Star 
 gardt I in Berlin W., Jagerstrasse 53. ! 
 Berlin 1881. | ' jQp 
 
 Title ) 1., pp. 1-38. 8°. 
 
LIST OF AUTHORITIES. XXXV 
 
 Steiger (E.) Steiger's | Bibliotheca Glottica, | Part first. | A Catalogue 
 of I Dictionaries, Grammars, Eeaders, Expositors, etc. | of mostly | 
 Modern Languages | spoken in all parts of the earth, | except of | 
 English, French, German, and Spanish. | First division: | Abenaki 
 to Hebrew. | 
 E. Steiger, | 22 & 24 Frankfort Street, | New York. | [N. d.] 
 
 Stevens (Henry). Historical Nuggets | Bibliotheca Americana or a | 
 
 descriptive account of my | collection of rare | books relating | to 
 
 America | [Device.] | Henry Stevens GMBFS A | [One line quotation] 
 
 London | Printed by Whittingham and Wilkins | Tooks Court 
 
 Chancery Lane | MDCCCLXII [1862] | c. jcp. 
 
 2 vols. : pp. i-xxii, 1-436; 1 p. 1., titlel 1.-, pp. 437-805. 12°. 
 
 Taylor (Alexander S.) Bibliografla Californica; or Notes and Materials 
 to aid. in forming a more Perfect Bibliography of those countries 
 anciently called "California," and lying within the Limits of the Gulf 
 of Cortez to the Arctic Seas, and west of the Eocky Mountains to the 
 Pacific Ocean. Compiled by Alex. S. Taylor. ba. 
 
 In Sacramento Daily Union, San Francisco California: June 25. 1863. 
 
 I have seen a continuation of tliis article in a later issue of the same periodical — 
 a clipping without date— headed Bibliografla Californica No. 2. .By Alex. S. Tay- 
 lor. (AAS.) 
 
 Ternaux-Compans (Henri). Bibliothfeque | Am^ricaine | ou ( Catalogue | 
 des ouvrages relatifs a I'Am^rique | qui ont paru | depuis sa d^cou- 
 verte jusqu'a I'an 1700. | Par H. Ternaux. | 
 
 Paris, I Arthus-Bertrand, Libraire-Editenr, | Libraire de la Soci6t6 
 de Geographie, | Eue Hautefeuille, 23. | M. DCCC. XXXVII [1837]. | c. 
 
 Pp. i-viii, 1-191. 8°. 
 
 TroBs' Bibliotheca Mexicana. See Bibliotheca Mexicana. 
 Triibner (Nicholas), editor. See Ludewig (Hermann E.) 
 
 Trumbull (Dr. J, Hammond). Books and Tracts in the Indian Lan- 
 guage or Designed for the use of the Indians, printed at Cambridge 
 and Boston, 1653-1721. > 
 
 In Am. Antiq. Soc, Proc, No. 61, pp. 45-62. Worcester, 1874. 8°. Preceded 
 by a discussion of the same, pp. 14-43. Issued separately also, as follows : 
 
 Origin and Early Progress | of | Indian Missions in New Eng- 
 land I with a list of | Books in the Indian Language ( printed at 
 Cambridge and Boston | 1653-1721 | From the Eeport of the Council 
 of the American Antiquarian | Society presented at the Annual 
 -Meeting held in | Worcester October 22 1873 | By J. Hammond 
 Trumbull | 
 
 "Worcester, Mass. For private distribution. MDCCCLXXIV 
 [1874J. I T. 
 
 50 pp. 8°. 
 
XXXVI NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Trumball {Dr. J. Hammond) — continued. 
 
 The Indian tongue and its literature as fashioned by Eliot and 
 
 others. 
 
 In Winsor (Justin), editor. The memorial History of Boston, vol. 1, pp. 465-480. 
 Boston, 1880. 8°. 
 
 An account of the wofksof Rosier, Wood, Williams, Eliot, Mather, &c. 
 
 Turner (Prof. William W.) See Ludewig (Hermann E.). 
 
 Vater (Johann Severin). Linguarum totius orbis Index Alphabeticus, 
 quarum Grammaticae, Lexica, Gollectiones Vocabularum recenseutur, 
 patria signiflcatur Historia adumbratur. 
 
 Berlin, Nicolai, 1815. * 
 
 10, :i59pp. 8°. " Text in German and Latin. Embraces all the known languages 
 of the world, and gives the bibliographical notices contained in the first two vol- 
 umes, and the first part of Volume III of the Mithridates." — Ludewig. 
 A later edition in German, as follows: 
 
 Litteratur | der | Grammatiken, Lexika | und | Wortersammlun- 
 
 gen I aller Sprachen der Erde | von | Johann Severin Vater. | Zweite, 
 vollig umgearbeitete Ausgabe | von | B. Jiilg. | 
 
 Berlin, 1847. | In der Nicolaischen Buchhandlung. | c. HU. 
 
 Pp. i-xii, 1-592, 2 11. 8°. Arranged alphabetically by authors. 
 
 See Adelung (Johann Christoph) and Vater [Br. Johann Severin). 
 
 Watt [Dr. Robert). Bibliotheca Britannica; ( or | a General Index | 
 to I British and Foreign Literature. | By Eobert Watt, M. D. | In 
 Two Parts:— Authors and Subjects. | Volume 1 [-II].— Authors [-Vol- 
 ume III-IV.— Subjects]. I 
 
 Edinburgh : | Printed for Archibald Constable and Company, Edin- 
 burgh; I and Longman, Hurst, Eees, Orme, Brown, & Green; and | 
 Hurst, Eobinson & Co., London. | 1824. | * 
 
 4 vols. 4°. Title furnished by Mr. W. Eames from copy in the Astor Library. 
 
 [WilUams (J. Fletcher).] Bibliography of Minnesota. Prepared by the 
 Librarian of the Society. 
 
 In Minn. Hist. Soc, Coll., vol. 3, part 1, pp. 13-75. St. Paul, 1870. . 8°. Includes 
 a "Dakota Bibliography," pp. 37-42, consisting of a list of Dakota works in the 
 library of the society; in its preparation Mr. Williams was assisted by the Rev. S. 
 R. Riggs. Issued separately, as follows : 
 
 Bibliography of Minnesota. | From the | Minnesota Historical 
 
 Collections— Vol. Ill, Part I. | By J. Fletcher Williams: | Secretary 
 of the Minnesota Historical Society; Corresponding | Member of the 
 Historical Societies of Pennsylvania | and Virginia. | Fifty copies 
 separatelj' printed. | 
 
 St. Paul: I Oflce of the Press Printing Company. | 1870. I c. JOP. 
 65 pp. 8°. Dakota Bibliography, pp. 27-33. 
 
LIST OF LIBRARIES REFERRED TO BY 
 
 INITIALS. 
 
 * Kot seen. 
 
 A. Astor Library, New York City. 
 
 AAS. American Antiquarian Society, Worcester, Mass. 
 ABC. American Board of Commissioners for Foreign Missions, Bos- 
 ton, Mass. 
 ABS. American Bible Society, New York City. 
 
 AP. M Alph. Pinart, San Francisco, Cal. 
 APS. American Philosophical Society, Philadelphia, Pa. 
 ASG. Mr. A. S. Gatschet, Washington, D. C. 
 ATS. American Tract Society, New York City. 
 
 B. Bancroft Library, San Francisco, Cal. 
 BA. Boston Athenaeum, Boston, Mass. 
 
 BE. Bureau of Education, Washington, D. C. 
 BL. Brooklyn Library, Brooklyn, N. Y. 
 BP. Boston Public Library, Boston, Mass. 
 BY. Mr. Stephen Buynitzfcy, Washington, D. C. 
 
 C. Library of Congress, Washington, D. C. 
 CCA. Captain C. C. Adams, Washington, D. C. 
 
 CONG. American Congregational Association, Boston, Mass. 
 CP. Cincinnati Public Library, Cincinnati, O. 
 CT. Prof. Cyrus Thomas, Washington, D. C. 
 CV. Roman Catholic Church at Caughnawaga Village, Canada. 
 
 D. Dr. William H. Dall, Washington, D. C. 
 DGB. Dr. Daniel G. Brinton, Media, Pa. 
 
 DI. Department of the Interior, Washington, D. C. 
 EAS. Mrs. Brminnie A. Smith, Jersey City, N. J. 
 EB. Dr. Emil Bessels, Washington, D. C. 
 
 F. Abb4 Ferrard, Sault au Recollet, Montreal Island, Canada. 
 GB. Sale of the library of the late Mr. George Brinley, of Hart- 
 ford, Conn. 
 GHM. Dr. George H. Moore, New York City. 
 
 GS. F. S. Geological Survey, Washington, D. C. 
 HCM. Sale of the library of the late Hon. Henry C. Murphy, Brook- 
 lyn, N. Y. 
 HU. Harvard University. 
 
 IB. Et. Rev. Isaac Barefoot, Point Edward, Canada. 
 JAC. Eev. J. A. Cuoq, Montreal, Canada, 
 JBD, Mr. John B. Dunbar, Bloomfield, N. J. 
 
 XXS.VU. 
 
XXXVin NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 JCB. John Carter Brown Library, Providence, E. I. 
 JCP. Mr. James C. Pilling, Washington, D. C. 
 JCS. Jacques Cartier School, Montreal, Canada. 
 
 JE. Mr. Joseph Enthoffer, Washington, D. C. 
 JEM. Mr. J. Edmond Mallet, Washington, D. C. 
 JWP. Major J. W. Powell, Washington, D. C. 
 JZB. Eev. J. Z. Bolduc, Quebec, Canada. 
 J. & M. Jansen & McClurg, booksellers, Chicago, 111. 
 L. Lenox Library, New York City. 
 LDM. Lac des Deux Montagnes, Canada. 
 LSH. Mr. Lewis S. Hayden, Washington, D. C. 
 
 M. McGill College, Montreal, Canada. 
 MHS. Massachusetts Historical Society, Boston, Mass. 
 NM. National Museum, Washington, D. C. 
 NYHS. New York Historical Society, New York. 
 
 O. Sale of the library of the late E. B. O'Callaghan, New York. 
 P. Prince Library, Boston, Mass. 
 QHS. Quebec Historical Society, Quebec, Canada. 
 E. Dr. Charles Eau, Washington, D. C. 
 S. Dr. John G. Sbea, Elizabeth, N. J. 
 SD. State Department, Washington, D. C. 
 SGr. Surgeon-General's Office, Washington, D. C. 
 SI. Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D. C. 
 STE. Eev. Silas T. Band, Hantsport, Nova Scotia. 
 T. Dr. J. Hammond Trumbull, Hartford, Conn. 
 V. Abb6 Verreau, Montreal, Canada. 
 W. Watkinson Library, Hartford, Conn. 
 WE. Mr. Wilberforce Eames, New York City. 
 WHS. Wisconsin Historical Society, Madison, Wis. 
 WJH. Dr. Walter J. Hoffman, Washington, D. 0. 
 WWB. Mr. W. W. Beach, Yonkers, N. Y. 
 YC. Tale CoUege, New Haven, Conn. 
 
LIST OF FAC-SIMILES. 
 
 No. 245; title-page; from fac-simile in Icazbalceta's "Bibliografia Mexi- 
 
 cana del Siglo XVI." 
 No. 776; Cherokee alphabet; from copy belonging to Majior J.W.Powell. 
 No. 860; title page; from copy belonging to Major J. W. Powell. 
 No. 1050; title-page; from fac-simile in Icazbalceta's "Bibliografia 
 
 Mexicana del Siglo XVI." 
 No. 1194; recto leaf 2; from Winsor's "Memorial History of Boston," 
 
 vol. 1 ; electrotype furnished by the publishers, Messrs. J. E. Osgood 
 
 &Oo. 
 No.- 1400; title-page; from facsimile in Icazbalceta's "Bibliografia 
 
 Mexicana del Siglo XVI." 
 No. 1412; title-page; from copy in the Library of Congress. 
 No. 1543 in Additions and Corrections; title-page; from fac-simile in 
 
 Icazbalceta's "Bibliografia Mexicana del Siglo XVI." 
 No. 1545; title-page; from facsimile in Icazbalceta's "Bibliografia 
 
 Mexicana del Siglo XVI." 
 No. 1546; title-page;, from facsimile in Icazbalceta's "Bibliografia 
 
 Mexicana del Siglo XVI." 
 No. 2057; title-page; from copy belonging to Dr. J. G. Shea. 
 No. 2157 ; title-page; from copy belonging to Major J. W. Powell. 
 No. 2159; Cree calendar; from copy belonging to Major J. W. Powell. 
 ]Jo. 2237; Lord's Prayer in Micmac hieroglyphs; from Shea's Le 
 
 Clercq's " First Establishment of the Faith." 
 No. 2493; title-page; from copy belonging to Major J. W. Powell. 
 No. 2494; title-page; from copy belonging to Major J. W. Powell. 
 No. 2527; title-pages; from Winsor's "Memorial History of Boston," 
 
 vol. 1; electrotype furnished by the publishers, Messrs. J. E. Osgood 
 
 &Co. 
 No. 2600; center-piece of title-page; from Bartlett's Catalogue of the 
 
 Htown Library. 
 No. 2600; reverse of title-page; from Bartlett's Catalogue of the Brown 
 
 Library. 
 No. 2609; title-page; from fac-simile in Icazbalceta's "Bibliografia 
 
 Mexicana del Siglo XVI." 
 No. SlSl^f in Additions and Corrections; title-page; from copy belong- 
 ing to Major J. W. Powell. 
 No. 3363; title-page; from facsimile in Icazbalceta's " Bibliogra,fia 
 
 Mexicana del Siglo XVI." 
 
 XXXIX 
 
XL NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 No. 3866; title-page; from copy belonging to Major J. W. Powell. 
 No. 3868; title-page; from copy belonging to Major J. W. Powell. 
 No. 3992; title-page; from copy belonging to Major J. W. Powell. 
 No. 3995; title-page; from copy belonging to Major J. W. Powell. 
 No. 3998; title-page; from copy belonging to Major J. W. Powell. 
 No. 3999 ; Cyrillic title-page ; from copy belonging to Major J. W. Powell. 
 No. 3999; Russian title-page; fromcopybelonging to Major J. W.Powell. 
 A number of these facsimiles have come into my possession since the 
 titles of the volumes to which they refer were put in type. 
 
BIBLIOGRAPHY 
 
 LANGUAGES OF THE NORTH AMERICAN INDIANS. 
 
 By James C. Pilling. 
 
 1 Abbott (G. H.) Vocabulary of the Coquillo. 
 
 Manuscript. 3 11. folio. In the library of tlxe Bureau of Ethnology. Collected 
 in 1858 at the Siletz Indian Agency. 
 
 2 Abert {Lieut. James William). 30tli Congress 1st Session. (Senate.) 
 Executive, No. 23. | Eeport | of | the Secretary of War, | communi- 
 cating I in I Answer to a resolution of the Senate, a report and map 
 of the ex- | amination of New- Mexico, made by Lieutenant J. W. 
 Abert, of | the topographical corps. | ba. lsh. 
 
 [No title page. Letter of the Secretary of War dated Feb. 4, 1848. Lieut. 
 Abert's letter same date] 
 Pp. 1-132. 8°. map. 
 
 Numerals (1-100) of the Cheyenne, p. 11. Vocabulary of the Cheyenne, pp. 12-14. 
 This report reprinted as follows: 
 
 3 Eeport of Lieut. J. W. Abert, of his examination of New 
 
 Mexico, in the years 1846-'47. 
 
 In Emory (W. H.) Notes of a Military Keconnoissailce, pp. 417-548. Washing- 
 ton, 1848. 8°. 
 
 Numerals and vocabulary of the Cheyenne, pp. 427, 428-430. 
 
 The vocabulary reprinted in Gallatin (A.) Hale's Indians of N. W. America, 
 in Am. Eth. Soo. Trans., vol. 2, p. oxiv. 
 
 4 Abinodjiiag | Omasinaiganiwan. | 
 
 Buffalo: | Press of Oliver G. Steele. | 1837. | ba. 
 
 Pp. 1-8. 18°. First lessons in the Ottawa language. Reprinted as follows : 
 
 5 Abinodjiiag ( Omassinaiganiwan. | 
 
 Detroit : | Bogg & Harmon, Printers. | 1845. | BA. 
 
 Pp. 1-8. 18°. 
 
 6 Abinoji | aki tibajimouin. | In the Ojibwa language. | 
 
 Boston : | Printed for the American Board of Cominissioners | for 
 Foreign Missions, by Crocker & Brewster. | 1840. |. abo. ba. hu. 
 
 Pp. 1-139. 12°. Geography for beginners; taken principally from the Peter 
 Parley series. 
 
sj 
 
 2 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 7 Academic Naiionale des Sciences, Arts et Belles-Lettres de Caen. 
 M6moires | de | I'Academie Eoyale | des | Sciences, Arts et Belles- 
 Lettres I de I Caen. | 
 
 Caen, | Chez A. Hardel, Imprimeur-Libraire, | Eue Froide, 2. | 
 [1822-1877.] 0. 
 
 31 vols. 8°. Above title from volume for 1847, the earliest I have seen. 
 
 Charencey (H. de). Des affiuitds de la langne Basque avec les idiomes de 
 Nouveau Monde. 1868, pi>. 204-238. 
 
 Essai d'analyso grammaticale d'un texte en langne Maya. 1874, pp. 
 
 142-161. 
 
 8 Account I (An) | of the | Customs and Manners | of the | Micmakis 
 and Maricheets | Savage Nations, | Now Dependent on the | Gov- 
 ernment of Cape-Breton. | From | An Original French Manuscript- 
 Letter, I Never Published, | Written by a French Abbot, ( Who 
 resided many Years, in quality of Missionary, amongst them. | To 
 which are annexed, | Several Pieces, relative to the Savages, to 
 Nova- I Scotia, and to North America in general. | 
 
 London : | Printed for S. Hooper and A. Morley at Gay's-Head, | 
 near Beaufort-Buildings in the Strand. MDCCLVIII. [1758.] | job. 
 1 p. 1. pp. i-viii, 1-138. 8°. 
 A few Mikmak terms scattering. 
 
 9 Aeevedo {Fr. Juan). Arte de la lengua de los Yucatecos. * 
 
 Manuscript. Title from Beristain, vi'lio gives it on the authority of CogoUudo, 
 Lizana, and Leon Pinelo. 
 
 10 Aeevedo {Fr. Martin). Autos sacramentales en lengua Misteca. * 
 
 11 Dramas alegoricos en lengua Chocha. * 
 
 These two manuscripts are in the library of the convent of Oaxaca.— BmstaiK. 
 
 12 Acosta (Fr. Francisco). Arte de la lengua Pirinda. 
 
 13 Varios tomos de Sermones. * 
 
 14 Notas ^ los Salmos de David. » 
 
 These three manuscripts are in the library of the convent of Charo.—Beristain. 
 
 15 Acosia (Jose Antonio). Oraciones devotas que comprenden los actos 
 de m, esperanza, caridad, y afectos para uu cristiano, en Idioma 
 Yucateco, con inclusion del Santo Dios, a devocion del pbro. D. Jos6 
 Antonio Acosta. 
 
 Merida de Yucatan, imprenta & cargo de Mariano Guzman, 1851. ♦ 
 16 pn. 4°. In the Maya language, with the Spanish opposite. -^rasseitr de 
 Bourbom-g. 
 
 16 Acts of the Apostles, | (The) | translated into the | Choctaw Lan- 
 guage. I Chisus Kilaist | im anumpeshi vhliha vmmona kvt nana 
 akaniohmi | tok puta isht annoa, Chahta anurapa I isht atashoa 
 hoke. I 
 
 Boston: | Printed for the American Board of Commissioners I for 
 Foreign Missions, by Crocker & Brewster. I 1839. I ba Ann 
 
 Pp. 1-165. 12°. ' ■ ■ 
 
ACADIilMIE NATIONALE ADAM. 3 
 
 17 Acts (The) of the Apostles, translated into the Language of the 
 Esquimaux Indians on the Coast of Labrador, by the Missionaries 
 of the United Brethren. • 
 
 London, 1876. 
 
 160pp. 12°. Title from Trubner's Catalogue. Bagster's "Bibles of Every 
 Land" says an edition was issued in 1819, and another, revised, in 1839. 
 
 18 Adair (James). The | History | of the | American Indians; | Par- 
 ticularly I Those Nations adjoining to the Mississippi, East and | 
 West Florida, Georgia, South and | North Carolina, and Virginia : | 
 containing | An Account of their Origin, Language, Manners, Eeli- 
 gious and | Civil Customs, Laws, Form of Government, Punist 
 meuts, Conduct in | War and Domestic Life, their Habits, Diet, 
 Agriculture, Manu- | factures, Diseases and Method of Cure, and 
 other Particulars, sufiS- | cient to render it | A | Complete Indian 
 System. | With | Observations on former Historians, the Conduct of 
 our Colony | Governors, Superintendents, Missionaries, &c. ) Also | 
 An Appendix, | containing | A Description of the Floridas, and the 
 Mississippi Lands, with their Produc- | tions — The Benefits of colo- 
 nizing Georgiana, and civilizing the Indians — [ And the way to 
 make all the Colonies more valuable to the Mother Country. | With 
 a new Map of the Country referred to in the History. | By James 
 Adair, Esquire, | A Trader with the Indians, and Eesident in their 
 Country for Forty "Years. | 
 
 London : | Printed for Edward and Charles Dilly, in the Poultry. | 
 MDCCLXXV. [1775.] | BA. job. 
 
 5 p. 11. pp. 1-464. 4°. map. 
 
 Argument V, " Their language and dialects," pp. 37-74; Argument vi, "Their 
 manner of coanting time," pp. 74-80 ; and Argument xxii, " Their choice of names 
 adapted to their circumstance," pp. 191-194, contain terms in Cheerokee, Chok- 
 tah, Chikkasah, and Muskohge. 
 
 I have seen a German translation, Breslau, 1782, 8°, which contains no lin- 
 guistics. 
 
 19 History of the North American Indians, their customs, &c. 
 
 By James Adair. 
 
 lu King (E.) Antiquities of Mexico, vol. 8, pp. 273-375. London, 1848. folio. 
 
 Contains Arguments i-xxiii of Adair's work, followed by "Notes and Illustra- 
 tion.'! to Adair's History of the North Atner can Indians," by Lord Kiugsborongh, 
 which occupy pp. 375-400 ; Argummt v, pp. 294-311 ; Argument vi, pp. 311-314. 
 
 20 Adam (Lucien). Etudes | sur | Six Langues Am^ricaines | Dakota, 
 Chibcha, Nabuatl, Kechua, Quich6, Maya | par | Lucien Adam | 
 conseiller h la Cour de Nancy | 
 
 Paris I Maisonneuve et C", Libraires-fiditeurs | 25 Quai Voltaire, 
 25 I 1878 I A, c. T. 
 
 Pp. i-viii, 1—165. 8°. 
 
 21 Esquisse d'une grammaire compar6e de langue des Chippe- 
 
 ways et de langue des Crees. 
 
 In Congrfes Int. des Am^ricaniates, Compte-Eendu, premifere session, tome 2, 
 pp. &S-148. Nancy & Paris, 1875. 8°. 
 
 Separately printed as follows : 
 
4 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Adam (Lucien) — continued. 
 
 22 Esquisse d'une grammaire compar^e des dialectes Cree cL 
 
 Ohlppeway. 
 Paris, Maisonneuve et C", 1876. * 
 
 60 pp. 8°. Extract from the Memoirs of tlie Congr&s des Am(Sricanistea.— 7,co?(rc. 
 
 23 Examen grammatical compare de seize langues ameri- 
 
 caines.. 
 
 In Congrfes Int. des Am^ricanistes, Compte-Rendu, seconde session, tomu 2, 
 pp. 161-244. Luxembourg &. Paris, 1878. 8°. 
 
 Five folding shetts at end contain vocabularies as follows: Montagnais, Cliip- 
 peway, Cri, Iroquois, Hidatsa, Dakota, Chacta, Nahnalt, Maya, Quicb6, Carai'(!, 
 ChebcM (S. A.), Kiriri (S. A.), and Guarani (S. A.) Separately issued as follows: 
 
 24 Bxamen Grammatical Compart de Seize Langues Am6iicaines 
 
 par Lucien Adam, Conseiller a la Oour de Nancy. 
 
 Paris : Maisonneuve et G'", 1878. JWP. 
 
 Pp. 1-88 and five folding sheets. 8°. 
 
 25 Du parler des hommes et du parler des femmes dans la langue 
 
 caraibe. * 
 
 In Revue de Linguistique, tome douzlfeme, pxJ, 275-305? Paris, Maisonneuve, 
 
 1875. 8°. 
 
 Not seen; title from "Contents of vol. xii," in part 4 of same vol. 
 
 26 Du polysynth^tisme, etc., dans les langues Nahuatl, Quic]i(§ et 
 
 Maya. * 
 
 In Revue Linguistique, ix,3. Paris, Maisouneuveet C'", 1877. 
 Not seen; title from Kohler's Cat. No. 317. 
 
 27 Adams (William). Terms of Eelationship of the Delaware (Opuh- 
 narke), collected by Lewis H. Morgan from William Adams, a Dela- 
 ware. 
 
 In Morgan (L. H.) Systems of Consanguinity and Affinity, pp. 293-382. 
 Washington, 1871. 4". 
 
 28 Adelung (Johann Christoph) and Vater {Dr. Jobann Severin). Mith- 
 ridates | oder | allgemeine | Spracbenkunde | mit | dera Vater 
 Unser als Spracbprobe | in bey nabe | fiinf bundert Spracben und 
 Mundarten, | von | Jobann Cbristopb Adelung, | cburfurstl. Sacb- 
 sischen Hofratb und Ober-Bibliotbekar. | [One line quotation.] | 
 Erster [-Vierter] Thiel. | 
 
 Berlin, | in der Vossischen Bucbbandlung, | 1806[-1817]. | e. 
 
 4 vols. 8°. 
 
 Contains vocabularies, grammatic comments, &o., of the following dialects: 
 Abenaki, vol. 3, pt. 3, p. 389. 
 
 Achastlier, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 204, 205 (from De Lamanou). 
 Adaize, vol. 3, pt. 3, p. 277. 
 
 Aleut, vol. 3, pt. 2, pp. 340, 341, 377 ; vol. 4, pp. 251-253. 
 
 Algonkin, vol. 3, p\ 2, pp. 33(j, 349; vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 343-346, 404-413, 416-417 
 (from La Hontan, Barton, Long, and Mackenzie). 
 Aliche, vol. 3, pt. 3, p. 277. 
 Apache, vol. 3, pt. 3, p. 177. 
 
ADAM — ADELUNG. 5 
 
 Adelung ( Johann Christopli) and Vater (Dr. Johann Severin)— continued. 
 
 Arkansas, vol. 3, pt. 3, p. 269. 
 
 Attakapa, vol. 3, pt. 3, p. 277. 
 
 Atnah-Fitz Hugh-Suiid, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 215-218. 
 
 Azteken, vol. 3, pt. 3, p. 65. 
 
 Blnt-Indianer, vol. 3, p(;. 3, p. 251. 
 
 Caddo, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 277-280. 
 
 Camanches, vol. 3, pt. 3, p. 173. 
 
 Cayuga, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 312, 318, 334-335 (from Barton). 
 
 Cheerake, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 288, 292, 302, 304-305. 
 
 Chepewyan, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 419-424 (from Mackenzie). 
 
 Chikkasah, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 288, 292, 295-302, 304-305. 
 
 Cliippeway, vol.3,pt. 2, pp. 350, 378; vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 343-346, 410, 414 (from 
 Long); 415,415-416 (from Carver, BSudry de Loziere, and Long). 
 
 Choktah, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 288, 292, 295-302, 304-305. 
 
 Clciraechen, vol. 3, pt. 3, p. 86. 
 
 Coohimi, vol. 3, pt. 2, p. 378 ; vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 182, 192-199 (from Hervas Sagg). 
 
 Cochimi-Laymon, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 198-199. 
 
 Cochnewagoes, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 315, 318, 332-333 (from Barton). 
 
 Cora, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 87-88, 131-138, 153-154. 
 
 Creek. See Muskohge. 
 
 Delaware, vol. 3, pt. 2, p. 348 ; vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 343-346, 366-376 (from Barton and 
 Buttlar). 
 
 Ecclemachs, vol. 3, pt. 3, p. 205 (from De Lamanon). 
 
 Eskimo, vol. 3, pt. 2, pp. 340-341, 378; vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 236, 238, 425-455 (from 
 Dol)bs and Long); 461 (from Cook); vol. 4, pp. 251-253. 
 
 Eslenes, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 202, 205 (from Bourgoing). 
 
 Estechemines, vol. 3, pt. 3, p. 392. 
 
 Eudeve, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 158, 165-166 (from Hervas Sagg). 
 
 Fall-Iudianer, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 251, 254 (from Umfreville). 
 
 Gronliind., vol. 3, pt. 2, pp. 336, 340-341, 348,377; vol. 3, pt.3, pp. 430-455 (from 
 Egede and Anderson), 461; vol. 4, pp. 251-253. 
 
 Hochelaga, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 335-337 (from De Laet). 
 
 Huasteca, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 15, 106-113, 123-124. 
 
 Hudson's Bay, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 418-419, 422 (from Dobbs), 424 (from Dobbs). 
 
 Huron, vol. 3, pt. 2, p. 377 ; vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 318, 323-329, 331, 335-337 (from Sa- 
 gard). 
 
 letans, vol. 3, pt. 3, p. 174. 
 
 Illinois, vol. 3, pt. 2, p. 348 ; vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 341, 363-364. 
 
 Iroquois, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 312, 318, 335-337 (from Long and Loskiel). 
 
 Jakutat, vol. 3, pt. 3, p. 465. 
 
 Kadjak, vol. 3, pt. 2, pp. 340-341, 378 ; vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 458-459, 466 (from Eobeck 
 and Sauer) ; 407-468 (from Kesanoff ) ; vol. 4, pp. 251-253. 
 
 Kalifornisohe Volker, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 182-207. 
 
 Kanzes, vol. 3, pt. 2, p. 269. 
 
 Katahba, vol. 3, pt. 2, pp. 349, 377 ; vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 306, 308 (from Barton). 
 
 Keres,vol.3,pt.3,p. 173. 
 
 Kiaway, vol. 3, pt. 3, p. 173. 
 
 If ikkapoo, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 345, 350, 363-364 (from Barton). 
 
 KinaizI, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 228, 230-231 (from Dawidoff, Resanoff, and Lisiansky), 
 232-235,238. 
 
 Knistenaux, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 343-346, 406, 418-419 (from Mackenzie). 
 
 Koluseben, vol. 3, pt. 2, p. 377 ; vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 212-213, 218-223, 224 (from Dawi- 
 doff and Kesanoff), 225-226, 226-228 (from Dawidoff, Lis'ansky, Eiiss.-Amerik. 
 Compagnie, and Besanoff ), 235, 237 ; vol. 4, pp. 251 -253. 
 
 Konaagen, voL 3, pt. 3, p. 456. 
 
6 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Adelung ( Johann Christoph) and Vater {Dr. Johann Severin) — continued. 
 
 Koiiig-George-Simd, vol. 3, pt. 3, p. 215. 
 
 Labrador, vol. 3, pt. 3, p. 430. 
 
 Laymonen, vol. 3, pt. a, pp. 182, 194-199. 
 
 Mahag, vol. 3, pt. 3, p. 269. 
 
 Menomenes, vol. 3, pt. 3, p. 269. 
 
 Messisaugers, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 343-344, 406^ 415-416 (from Barton). 
 
 Mexican, vol. 3, pt. 2, pp. 350, 377 ; vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 85-106, 212-213. 
 
 Miami, vol. 3, pt. 2, p. 377 ; vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 343-346, 350-354, 363-364 (from Volney 
 and Barton). 
 
 Mlomak, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 345, 392-394, 401, 402-404 (from Hist. Soc. of Mass., 
 vol. vi). 
 
 Minsi, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 343-345, 374-376 (from Barton). 
 
 Missuris, vol. 3, pt. 3, p. 269. 
 
 Mixteca, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 31-40, 41 (from Hervas Sagg), 41-44, 60. 
 
 Mobiles, vol. 3, pt. 3, p. 280. 
 
 Mohawk, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 309-323, 330-331 (from Hervas Sagg and Smith's Hist, 
 of New York), 332-333 (from Barton). 
 
 Mohegan, vol.3,pt. 2, p. 349; vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 343-346, 389,394-400 (from Ed- 
 wards), 402-404 (from Barton and Long). 
 
 Moqui, vol. 3, pt. 3, p. 181. 
 
 Mountainees, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 344-345, 418-419. 
 
 Muskohge, vol. 3, pt. 2, p. 378; vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 288-295, 304-305. 
 
 Myncknssar, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 334-335 (from Campanius). 
 
 Nacogdoclies, vol. 3, pt. 3, p. 277. 
 
 Nagalier, vol. 3, i>t. 3, p. 424. 
 
 Narragansets, vol. 3, pt. 2, p. 348 ; vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 343-346, 376-381, 387-389 (from 
 Williams). 
 
 Natchez, vol. 3, pt. 3, p. 285. 
 
 Natchitoches, vol. 3, pt. 3, p. 277. 
 
 Natioks, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 343-346, 379-.385, 385-389 (from Eliot). 
 
 Nehethawa, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 408, 418-419 (from Umfreville). 
 
 Neu Schweden, vol. 3, pt. 2, p. 350; pt. 3, pp, 343-346, 369, 374-376 (from Campa- 
 nius). 
 
 New England, vol. 3, pt. 2, p. 349 ; vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 343-344, 387-389 (from Wood). 
 
 Norton-Sund, vol. 3, pt. 3, i>p. 456-461 (from Cook). 
 
 Nutka-Sund, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 213-215 (from Cook, Dixon, and Humboldt). 
 
 Oneida, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 313, 318, 332-333 (from Barton). 
 
 Onondago, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 313, 318, 332-333 (from Barton). 
 
 Opata, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 161, 166 (from Hervas Sagg). 
 
 Osage, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 269-276. 
 
 Othomi, vol. 3, pt. 2, p. 377 ; vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 15, 113-117, 118 (from Hervas Sagg), 
 119-123, 123-124 (from Neve and Hervas). 
 
 Oto,vol.3,pt. 3,p. 269. 
 
 Ottogamis, vol. 3, pt. 3, p. 266. 
 
 Paegan-Indianer, vol. 3, pt. 3, p. 251. 
 
 Pampticough, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 345, 348, 360-362 (from Lawson and Briokel). 
 
 Panis, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 174, 269, 274. 
 
 Penobscot, vol. 3, pt. 2, p. 348 ; vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 343-344, 392, 402-404 (from Barton). 
 
 Pensylvanien, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 387-389. 
 
 Perica, vol. 3, pt. 3, p. 182. 
 
 Piankashaw, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 344, 351, 360-362 (from Barton). 
 
 Pima, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 158, 162-165 (from Hervas Sagg), 169. 
 
 Pirinda, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 126-128 (from Hervas Sagg). 
 
 Port de Franfois, vol. 3, pt. 3, p. 224. 
 
 Pottawatameh, vol. 3, pt. 2, p. 377 ; vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 343-345, 360-362 (from Barton). 
 
ADELI7NG. 7 
 
 Adelung (Jobanu Christoph) and Vater (Dr. Johann Severin) — continued. 
 
 Prinz William's-Snncl, vol. 3, pt. 3, p. 207. 
 
 Eurasen, vol. :'•, pt. 3, pp. 202, 205 (from Bourgoing). 
 
 Sakis,vol.3,pt. 3,p.266. 
 
 Sankikani, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 343-344, 368, 374-376 (from De Laet). 
 
 Santa Barbara, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 201, 202, 205. 
 
 Soblangen-Indianer, vol. 3, pt. 3, p. 251. 
 
 Sohwarzfiissige-Iudiaiier, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 251, 254 (from TJmfreville). 
 
 Senekas,vol.3,pt.2,p.378; vol.3,pt. 3, pp. 314, 318,334-335 (from Barton). 
 
 Shawaniio, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 343-346, 349, 354-362 (from Chamberlayne, Amerlkan, 
 Museum, Generals Gibbon and Buttlar). 
 
 Sioux, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 256-265 (from Carver, Baudry de Lozlere, and Umfreville). 
 
 Skoffie, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 344-345, 409, 418-419. 
 
 Snake, vol. 3, pt. 3, p. 251. 
 
 Souriqnois, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 343, 389, 402-404 (from Lescarbot). 
 
 Sovaipure, vol. 3, pt. 3, p. 161. 
 
 Sussee, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 251, 254 (from Umfreville). 
 
 Tarahumara, vol. 3, pt. 2, pp. 349, 378; vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 87-88, 141-149, 149-154 
 (from Steffel and Hervas Sagg). 
 
 Tarasoa, vol. 3, pt. 3, p. 126 (from Hervas Sagg), .129. 
 
 Tepeliuaiia, vol. 3, pt. 3, p. 138. 
 
 Tinmacana, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 284-285. 
 
 Topia, vol. 3, pt. 3, p. 138. 
 
 Totonaoa, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 44-60. 
 
 Tsobijikitani, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 224, 227-228 (from Charal and Eobelet). 
 
 Tschugazzi, vol. 3, pt. 2, pp. 340-341 ; vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 456, 458-459, 46() (from Ees- 
 anoff); vol. 4, pp. 251-253. 
 
 Tschuktscbeu, vol. 3, pt. 2, pp. 340-341 ; vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 462-465, 467-468 (from 
 Eobek, Merk, and Koschaleff ) ; vol. 4, pp. 242, 251-253. 
 
 Tubar, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 139-141 (from Hervas Sagg). 
 
 Tnscarora,vol. 3,pt. 2,pp. 348,377; vol. 3,pt. 3, pp. 312, 318, 334-335 (from Barton). 
 
 Ugaljachmutzi, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 212-213, 228, 230-231 (from Eesanoff ), 235, 237- 
 238. 
 
 Unalasohka, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 458-459. 
 
 Virglnien, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 346, 387-388 (from Barton). 
 
 Waicuren, vol. 3, pt. 2, pp. 351, 379; vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 182, 188-192, 198-199. 
 
 Wiunebager, vol. 3, pt. 3, p. 271. 
 
 Woccons, vol. 3, pt. 2, p. 377; vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 306, 308 (from Lawson). 
 
 Wyandots, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 318, 335-337 (from Barton). 
 
 Yaqui, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 154, 157-158 (from Hervas Sagg). 
 
 Tuta, vol. 3, pt. 3, p. 176. 
 
 Zuaque, vol. 3, pt. 3, p. 154. 
 
 29 African (The) Servant. ' • 
 
 24pp. 24°. Not seen; title from Forty- ninth Eept. Am. Bd. Com. For. Mis., 1858. 
 Possibly same vrork as Negro (The) Servant, q. v. 
 
 30 Aguado {Fr. Marcos). Catecismo en lengua de los Indios. * 
 
 Manuscript. Title from Beris*^aiu. 
 
 31 Aguero [Fr. Christoual de). Miscelaneo espiritval, en el idioma Za- 
 poteco, qve administra la provincia de Oaxac, de la orden de Predi- 
 C3,dores. En qve se contienen los qvinze misterios del Santissimo 
 Kosario; con sus ofrecimientos en cada vno. Las mas principales 
 Indvlgencias, que ganan sus Cofrades. Con diez y seis Exemplos 
 
8 NOETH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Agnero (Fr. Christoual de) — coutiuued. 
 
 de lo mismo. Alguuas Oraciones deuotas, para la Uida, y para la 
 Muerte. El Cathecismo de toda la Doctrina Christiana. Con vn 
 Confessionario para los que empiegan a aprender el dicho Idioma. 
 Mexico, viuda de Bernardo Oalderon, 1666. * 
 
 14p.ll. "Exemplos," 71 11., numbered 68; "Cateoismo," 232 pp., numbered 
 233; "Confessionario," 127 pp. Not seen; title from Leclerc. 
 
 32 Diccionario de la lengua Zapoteca. * 
 
 Not seen ; title from Beristain. 
 
 33 Los Bvangelios quadragesimales eri lengua Zapoteca con 
 
 estampas. * 
 
 Manuscript; in the library of the Convent of Antequera.— Heristoin. 
 
 Agnero was born in 1600, in San Luis de la Paz, in Michoacan; became a 
 Dominican monk in Oaxaca, in 1618, and, according to Beristain, was so proficient 
 in the language of the Zapotecas that he taught it publicly to "his ecclesiastical 
 brethren. He gave the Diccionario to the Bishop of Monterroso for publication. 
 
 34 Aguila (P. Vicente). Varios Artes y vocabularios de diversos idio- 
 mas de los Indios. * 
 
 35 Sermones en dichas lenguas. * 
 
 Titles from Beristain. 
 
 36 Agnilar {Illmo. B. Pedro Sanchez). Doctrina cristiana en lengua de 
 Yucatan. * 
 
 This work, approved by the Bishop, D. Fr. Gonzalo de Salazar, was sent to Spain 
 to be printed ; but being lost at sea, there remained only a copy in the possession 
 of the Jesuits, as the author assures us. — Beristain. 
 
 37 AgTiirre (Manuel). Doctrina Christiana, y Platicas doctrinales, tra- 
 ducidas en leugua Opata por el P. Eector Manuel Aguirre, de la 
 Compania de Jesus. Quien las dedica al Illmo. Senor Doctor D. 
 Pedro Tamaron del Consejo de S. M., dignissimo obispo de Durango. 
 Con las licencias necessarias. 
 
 Impressas en la Imprenta del Eeal, y mas antiguo Colegio de San 
 Ildefonso de Mexico, ano de 1765. * 
 
 3 p. 11. pp. 1-162, index 1 1. 4°. Not seen; title from Icazbalceta. 
 
 "Extremely rare. The Opata is the dialect spoken by the Indians of Bacade- 
 guaohi, Mochopa and Nacori, in the province of Sonora. The author, who was a 
 Jesuit, laboured zealously for a number of years in the Sonora Missions, and died 
 in 1768." — Ramirez Sale Cat. 
 
 38 L. J. C. et M. I. ( Aiamie | Kushkushkut | Mishinaigan. | [Design,] 
 
 Ka lakonigants, nte opishtokoiats : ute etat William Neilson 
 1847. I S. 
 
 Pp. 1-67. 12°. Introit, Kyrie, Agnus Dei, Creed, etc., set to music. Probably 
 by the P&re Durocher. 
 
 39 Aiame-nabowewinan | nahinawemagakin. | [PictureoftheCruciflxion]. 
 
 Moniang, [Montreal] | takkwabikichkote L. Perrault | endatch. | 
 1844. J S. 
 
 Pp. 1-7. 16°. Prayers in Algonkin. 
 
AGUEEO — AJOK^RSUTIT. 9 
 
 40 L. J. 0. et M. J. Aiamieu Kukuetshimitun Misiuaigau. 
 
 Kaiakonigants nte opisti koiats. Nte etat Augustin C6t6 et Cie. 
 1848. BA. 
 
 Pp. 1-53, 1 1. 12°. Eoman Catholic Catechism in Montagnais. Probably by 
 the P6re Durocher. 
 
 41 Aiuslie {Rev. George). Catechism | for | Young Children..! Trans- 
 lated into the | Nez Perces Language. | By the | Eev. Ceorge Ains- 
 lie. I 
 
 Philadelphia: | Presbyterian Board of Publication, | 1334 Chestnut 
 Street. | [No date.] c. jwp. 
 
 Pp. 3-33. 16". 
 
 42 Johnnim Taaiskt. | Gospel according to John. | Translated 
 
 into the Nez Perces Language | by | Eev, George Ainslie. | 
 
 Philadelphia : | Presbyterian Board of Publication. | 1876. | abs. 
 
 Pp. 1-116. 12°. 
 
 43 TJyitpa Johnnim Timas. | First Epistle General | of | John. | 
 
 Translated into theNez Perces Language | by | Eev. George Ainslie. [ 
 
 Philadelphia: | Presbyterian Board of Publication. | 1876. | abs. 
 Pp. 1-17. 12°. 
 
 44 Kotes on the Grammar of the Nez Percys Language. By Eev. 
 
 George Ainslie. 
 
 IiiHayden(F.V.) Bulletin, vol. 2, pp. 271-277. "Washington, 1876. 8°. 
 Contains also the Lord's Prayer and hymn "Just as I am" with interlinear 
 translations. 
 
 45 Ai-jrimmika 'Sa, Kaniohmi. BA. 
 
 [No imprint: Park Hill, Cherokee Nation: Mission Press, John 
 Candy and John P. Wheeler, Printers. 1845.] 
 
 Pp. 1-13. 12°. Salvation by Faith: in the Choctaw language. 
 
 Appended: How do we know there is a God? Chihowa hvt asha ka katiohmit 
 il okostoninchi Chatuk oh cho. Pp. 13-20. 
 
 46 Ajokaersoutit oppersartuit Gudimik pekkosssenigdlo, tamsessa Lnterij 
 katekismusingvsetta ok'ause. 
 
 Havniame, 1849. * 
 
 125 pp. 3°. Explanation .)f Luther's Catechism, in Eskimo. — Binlc. 
 See Eaterkismus Luterim. 
 
 47 Ajokaersutit illuartut gudimik Pekkorsejniglo Innungnut, Koisimar- 
 sudlo Koisitukssedlo Ilinisegeksejt Naleugniaegeksejdlo, Pidluarsin- 
 naungorkudlugit. 
 
 Kiobenhavnime, J. E. Thielimir, 1797. * 
 
 15911. 8°. Catechism and Religions Exercises in Greenlandish. Prepared 
 probably by Fabricius. — Leclerc. 
 
 48 Ajokaersutit j illuartut Gudmik | Pekkorsejniglo Innungnut; | Koi.si- 
 marsudlo Koisitukspedlo | Ilinisegeksejt Nalengnisegeksfejdlo, | Pid- 
 luarsinnaungorkudlugit. | 
 
 Kiobenhavnime, | Pingajueks^nik nakkittarsimarsut | 1818. | llli- 
 arsuiu igloi»nne C. F. Skubartimit. 0. 
 
 Pp. l-l.'iS. 16°. Catechism in the Eskimo language. 
 
10 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 49 Alarcon {Fr. Baltasar de). Sermones en lengua Oakchiquol, escritos 
 por \':irios padres de la ordeii de San-Francisco, y recogidos por el 
 M. E. M. Padre Fray Baltasar de Alarcon, procurador general de la 
 misma orden en la prov. del Dulce Nombre de Jesus de Guatemala. * 
 
 Manuscript. 53 11. 4"^. This niauusoript comprises 23 sermons in the Cakchiqnel 
 language, written by dififerent authors at diiferent times. No signature is affixed 
 to any one of tbem, and it is from a paper included with one of them and jilaced at 
 the end of the volume that I have concluded they were collected by Father Alar- 
 con. Many of these sermons are very carefully written, and belong to the end of 
 the XVIth Century. 
 
 The Cakchiquel language, which Flores calls the metropolitan language of 
 Guatemala, was especially that of the capital city of this province, which, after 
 the conquest by Alvarado, gave its name to the town. The- capital of the Cak- 
 chiquels, called by them Iximche, was known in the Mexican language under the 
 name of Tecpan-Quauhtemalan. * * • The natives speaking the Cakchiquel 
 language occupy the surroundiug country as far as the villages situated north and 
 west of the great volcanos of Fuego and Agua, and from these localities north as 
 far as the right bank of the Montagua, and northwest as far as the base of the vol- 
 cano of Atitau. The Quiche and the Tzutuhil are the dialects of the Cakchiqnel 
 tongue. — Brasseur ik Bourbourg. 
 
 50 Albornoz {Fr. Juan de) and Barrientos (Fr. Luis). Arte | de la ) 
 Lengua Chiapaneca | compuesto por El M. E. Padre | Fray Juan de 
 Albornoz | y Doctrina Cristiana | en la misma lengua | escrita por | 
 El Padre M'™ Fray Luis Barrientos. | 
 
 Paris I Ernest Leroux, Editeur | 28, Eue Bonaparte, 28 | San- 
 Francisco, A. L. Bancroft and Co | 1875 | c. jwp. 
 
 Pp. 1-72. 4°. 
 
 Forms vol. 1 of Piaart (A. L.) Bibliothfeque de Linguistique et d'Ethno- 
 graphie Americaines publi^e par Alph.-L. Pinart. 
 
 The "Arte" occupies pp. 1-53 of this volume, and the "Doctrina'' ijp. 53-72, 
 the latter with its own title-page, for which see Barrientos (Fr. Luis). 
 
 51 [Alcala Galiano (J). Dionisio)]. Relacion | del Viage heclio por las 
 goletas I Satil y JMexicana | en el ai5o de 1792 | para reconcer el 
 Estrecho de Fuca: | con una introduccion | en que se da noticia de 
 las expediciones execu- | tadas anteriormente por los Esi)anoles en 
 busca I del paso del noroeste de la Am6rica. | 
 
 i)e orden del Eoy. | Madrid en la imprenta real | Afio de 1802. ) c. 
 
 H p. 11. pp i-clxviii, 1-185. 8^. Atlas folio. 
 
 Varias palabras del idioma que se habla en la Boca S. del Canal de P'uca y sua 
 equivalentes en castellauo, pp, 41-42. Vocabulary of the Eslen and Runsien 
 (31 words), pp. 172-173. Vocabulario del idioma de lus habitantes de Nutka, 
 pp. 178-184. 
 
 The Fischer Sale Cat. gives to this volume the date of 1812. 
 
 52 Alcantara (Pedro). Vocabulary of the CostaTios. 
 
 In Schoolcraft (H. R.) Indian Tribes, vol. 2, pp. 494-505. Philadelphia, 1852. 
 4'-'. Reprinted in Powell (J. W.) Cont. to N A. Ethnology, vol. 3, pp. .535-.548. 
 Washiugton, 1H77. 4^. 
 
 53 Alcocer (P. Martin). Tradados doctrinales en Lengua megicana. » 
 
 Mauusiript. 80d U. 4°. The original manuscripts are in the library of the Col- 
 lege of S. Gregorio de Mexico. — Beriaiain. 
 
ALAECON — ALLEN. 1 1 
 
 54 Alddma (Joseph Augustin de). Arte | de la lengua | Mexicana | 
 dispuesto | por D. Joseph Augustin | de Alddma, y Guevara, | Pres- 
 bytero de el Arzo | bispado de Mexico. | 
 
 En la imprenta | nueva de la Bibliotheca Me- | xicana. Ba frente 
 de el Con- | vento de San Augustin. | Ano de 1754. | o. 
 
 81 unnumbered 11. sm, 4°. 
 
 66 Alden {Bev. Timothy). An | Account | of | Sundry Missions | per- 
 formed among the | Senecas and Munsees ; | in a series of letters. | 
 With I an Appendix. | By Eev. Timothy Alden, | President of Alle- 
 ghany College. I 
 
 New York: | Printed by J. Seymour. | 1827. | BA. c. 
 
 Pp. 1-180. 16°. 
 
 Appelative -words in Seneca, pp. 158-164. 
 
 66 [Alexandre (Marcelo)]. Noticia de Lengua Huasteca, cudntos y cdmo 
 sean los modos de la pronunciacion huasteca, y de sus letras y dip- 
 ton gqs. 
 
 In Soo. de Geog. Mex. Bol., segunda epoca, torn. 2, pp. 733-790. Mexico, 
 1870. 8°. 
 
 Vocabularies, pp. 761-790. 
 
 67 Aleutian Abecedarium. 
 
 St. Petersburg, 1839 or 1840. 
 8°. Title from Ludewig. 
 
 68 AJEyTCKlii | DyEBAPb. I JWP, 
 
 M0CKB\. I Bi cyHO^AJiBoH THnorpA*lii. I 1846. 
 
 Translation: Aleutian | Primer. | Moscow. | Synod Press. | 1846, 
 
 Title, 1 1. ; pp. 1-30. 8°. Partly in Cyrillic type, partly in Russian. 
 
 59 Alexander {Sir James Edward). L'Acadie; | or, | Seven Years' Ex- 
 plorations \ in I British America. | By | Sir James E. Alexander, K. 
 L. S., & K. St. J., I on the Staff of H. E. the Commander of the forces 
 in Canada. | In two volumes. | Vol. I. [II]. | 
 
 London: | Henry Colburn, Publisher: | Great Marlborough 
 Street. | 1849. | 0. BA. 
 
 2 vols. 12°. 
 
 The Lord's Prayer in the Micmac Language, vol. 2, app. 3, p. 325. The Lord's 
 Prayer in the MilUcete Language, vol. 2, app. 3, p. 326. 
 
 Reissued, according to Sabin, London, 1853. 2 vols, post 8°. 
 
 60 Alexander (John Henry). A Dictionary of the Language of the 
 Lenni Lenap6, or Delaware Indians. * 
 
 Manuscript. 4°. I find mention of the above in : Memoir of John H. Alex- 
 ander, by William Pinkney, read before the Maryland Society, May 2, 1867. 
 
 61 Algora (Fr. Juan). Arte y Diccionario de la Lengua Tarasca, por 
 lUmo. D. Fr. Juan Algora. * 
 
 Mentioned by Nicholas Antonio and quoted by De Sonza,.— Ludewig. 
 
 62 Allen {Miss A. J.) Ten Years | in | Oregon. | Travels and Adven- 
 tures I of I Doctor E. "White and Lady, | West of the Eocky Moun- 
 
12 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Allen (Miss A. J.) — continued. 
 
 tains; | with | Incidents of two Sea Voyages via Sandwich | Islands 
 around Cape Horn; | containing, also, a | brief History of the Mis- 
 sions and Settlement of the country — Origin of the Provisional 
 Government — Number and Customs of | the Indians — Incidents wit- 
 nessed while traversing | and residing in the Territory — Description 
 of I the soi], Production and Climate. | Compiled by Miss A. J. Al- 
 len. I 
 Ithaca, N. Y.: I Press of Andrus, Gauntlett & Co. | 1850. | c. 
 
 Pp. i-xvi, 17-430. 12°. 
 
 A few Oregon Sentences, pp. 395-396; (from Lee & Frost's "Ten Years in Ore- 
 gon"). 
 
 63 Allen (William). Wunnissoo, | or the | Vale of Hoosatunnuk, | a 
 poem, with notes. | By William Allen, D. D., | A member [&c., &c., 
 four lines]. | 
 
 Boston: | Published by John P. Jewett and Company, | Cleve- 
 land, Ohio: Jewett, Proctor & Worthington. | l^ew York: Sheldon, 
 Blakeman & Company. | M. DCCC. LVI. [1856.] | c. 
 
 Pp. 1-237. 12°. 
 
 Account of tlie Indian languages, pp. 175-192, contains short vocabularies of 
 several eastern tribes. "Of tbe Mohegan Language," pp. 232-236, contains a 
 .vocabulary of the principal Mohegan words as used in the Hoosatunnuk Valley. 
 
 64 Almeida (P. Teodoro de). Piadoso | Devocionario | en honor | 
 del I Sagrado Corazon de Jesus. | Contiene del Devoto egercicio que 
 la Pia I Union de la Ciudad de la Puebla confor- | me 4 la genweil 
 de Eoma, practica todos | los Domingos del aHo en la Iglesia del 
 es- I piritu Santo; y la "Novena para la Fiesia ( del Santisimo Cora- 
 zon, que compreso el | P. D. Teodoro de Almeida. | Traducido al 
 Idioma Mexicano, para utili- | dad de los devotos congregantes de | 
 la pia union de | Santiago Tlilipan | por el Presbitero D. Pedro J. 
 Gambino, | quien lo dedica | 4 su Prelado, el Escmo. 6 Illmo. Sr. Dr. 
 D. I Francisco Pablo Vasquez. | 
 
 Orizava | Imprenta de Felis | Mendarte | 1839. | c. 
 
 4 p. 11. 128 pp. 16°. 
 
 65 Alonso [Fr. Juan). Varies Oposculos doctrinales en Lengua Zendal. 
 
 Title from Beristain. Squier, who quotes from Vasquez, 'adds : * 
 
 66 Diccionario de la Lengua Kachiquel. " 
 
 Manuscript. 
 
 67 Alphabet | Mikmaque. | [Picture.] 
 
 Quebec: | Imprim6 par C. Le PrauQois, | Eue Laval, Ko. 9, | 
 1817. I BA. s. 
 
 Pp. 1-39. 24'=i. Primer in Mikmak. 
 
 68 Alsop (George). A | Character | Of the Province of | Mary-Land, | 
 Wherein is Described in four distinct | Parts, (Viz.) | I. The Scitua- 
 tion, and plenty of the Province. | II. The Laws, Customs, and nat- 
 
ALLEN — AXVA. 13 
 
 Alsop (George) — continued. 
 
 ural Demea | nor of the Inhabitant. | III. The worst and best Vsage 
 of a Mary- | Land Servant, opened in view. | IV. The Traffique, and 
 Vendable Commodities | of the Countrey. | Also | A small Treatise 
 on the Wilde and | Naked Indians (or Susquehanokes) | of Mary-Land, 
 their Customs, Man- | ners, Absurdities, & Eeligion. | Together with 
 a Collection of Histo- | rical Letters. | By George Alsop. | 
 
 London, Printed by T. J. for Peter Dring, | at the sign of the Sun 
 in the Poultrey; 1666. | * 
 
 Title of the original edition ; not seen ; taken from reprint of 1869, as below : 
 
 09 A I Character of the Province | of | Maryland. | Described in 
 
 four distinct parts. | Also | a small treatise on the wild and naked 
 Indians (or | Susquehanokes) of Maryland, their customs, | manners, 
 absurdities, and religion. | Together with | a collection of historical 
 letters. | By | George Alsop. | A new edition with an introduction 
 and copious I historical notes. | By John Gilmary Shea, LL.D., | 
 Member of the New York Historical Society. | [18 lines quotation.] 
 
 New Yoik: | William Gowans. | 1869. | c. 
 
 Pp. 1-125. 8°. Forms vol. 5 of Gowan's Bibliotheca Americana. Title-page of 
 series, 1 1.; Title of 1869 ed., 1 1.; Dedication, 1 1.; Advertisement, 1 1.; Intro- 
 duction, pp. 9-15; Title of original edition, 1 1., verso blank (pp. 17-18); Dedica- 
 tion to Lord Baltimore, 1 1. (pp. 19-20); Epistle Dedicatory, 1 1. (pp. 21-22); "To 
 all the Merchant Adventurers for Mary-Land," 1 1. (pp. 23-24); Preface to the 
 Header, 11. (pp. 25-26); Poem "The Author to his Book," 2 11., verao of 2d 1. blank 
 (pp. 27-30); Poem by William Bogherst, "To my Friend Mr. George Alsop," 1 1. 
 (pp. 31-32); Poem byH.W. "To my Friend Mr. George Alsop," 1 1. (pp. 33-34); 
 "A Character of the Province," &o., pp. 35-108; Notes, 109-125. 
 
 Numerals (1-10) of the Susquehanna, or Minqua, Hochelaga, Huron, Mohawk, 
 and Onondaga, p. 121. 
 
 70 Alva (Bartholome de). Confessionario Mayor, y Menor en lengua Me- 
 xicana. Y platicas, contra las Supresticiones [sic] de idolatria, que 
 el dia de oy an quedado a los Naturales desta Nneua Espana, e in- 
 strucion de los Santos Sacramentos, &c. Al Illusfrissimo Senor D. 
 Erancisco [sic] Manso y Zuniga, Argobispo de Mexico, del Consejo 
 de su Magestad, y del Eeal de las Indias, &c. Mi Seuor. Nueva- 
 mente compuesto por el Bachiller don Bartholome de Alua, Benefi- 
 ciado del Partido de Chiapa de Mota. Aiio de 1634. 
 
 flCon licencia. Impresso en Mexico, por Francisco Salbago, im- 
 pressor del Secreto del Sancto Officio. Por Pedro de Quinones. 
 
 4 p. 11. 4°. LI. 1-52, the last unnumbered, contain the Confessional in Spanish 
 and Mexican, in two columns, and the Credo, Pater Noster, Ave Maria, and Salve 
 in Mexican only. On verso of the last page is: 
 
 En Mexico En la Imprenta de Francisco Salbago librero, Impressor 
 del Secreto del Sancto Officio. En la Calle de San Francisco. Ano 
 M.DC.XXXIIIL * 
 
 Not seen ; title from loazbalceta's Apuntes. 
 
 " The questiojis contain some curious references to the still existing cult of idols, 
 and will be found useful to fill up some lacunae in our knowledge of the Mexican 
 
14 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Alva (Bartholome de) — continued. 
 
 * Mythology. They relate chiefly, however, to sexual and kindred matters, and in 
 this respect form a strange picture of the. prurient morality of Spanish priests. 
 * • * It is not likely that many copies were allowed to he print- d, even under 
 such an administration as that of the Spaniards in Mexico. The author was con- 
 sidered an accomplished master of the native tongae." — Quaritoh. 
 
 "The author was a native Mexican, descended from the Ancient Kings of Tez- 
 cuco. He was perfectly familiar with his native tongue, iu which he wrote sev- 
 eral other works, besides translating three of Lope de Vega's comedies into Ka- 
 huatl, the manuscripts of which are in fhe present collection." — Bamirez Sale Cat. 
 
 71 Platicas en lengua Mexicana, contra las supersticions, que 
 
 han quedada entre los Indies. 
 
 Mexico, 16.M. * 
 
 Not seen ; title from Beristain. 
 
 72 Comedias in Mexican, translated from Lope de Vega. * 
 
 Manuscript of the 17th century. 4°. 
 
 I. Comedia del gran teatro del raiindo, traducida en la lengua Mexicana. Di- 
 rigida al P. Jacome Bacilio, por el Br. D. Barte. D'Alva. 15 11. 
 
 II. Comedia famosa de Lope de Vega Carpio del Aminal Propheta y dichoso 
 patrioida traducida en lengua Mexna. proprio y natural \dioma, por el Br. D. Barte. 
 de Alba el ano de 1640. 39 11. 
 
 III. Comedia de Lope de Vega Carpio intitulada la Madre de la Mejor. Tradu- 
 cida en lengua Mexna. y dirigida al P. Oracio Caroclii de la Compa. de Jesus. 15 II. 
 
 All three in a uniform, neat and clear handwriting — Ramirez Sale Cal. 
 
 73 Alvarado (P. F. Francisco). Vocabulario en Lengua Misteca, hecho 
 por los Padres de la Orden de Predicadores, que residen en ella, y 
 vltimamente recopilado, y acabado por el Padre Fray Francisco de 
 Alvarado, Vicario de Tamayulapa, de la misma Orden. 
 
 En Mexico. Con licencia. En casa de Pedro Balli. 1593. 
 
 Colophon: 
 
 U Acabose este presente Vocabulario, en Tama§ulapa, a 6 de Sep- 
 tiebre de 1592 aiios. El qual con su anctor, se somete y subiecta a 
 la correction de la Sancta madre Yglesia Eomana. 
 Eu Mexico. En casa de Pedro Balli. Ario de 1593. * 
 
 6 p. 11., pp. 1-204. 4°. Title from loazbalceta's Apuntes. 
 
 74 Alvls (William). Teyeriwakowata, L. M. [a Hymn] | In the Mohawk 
 Tongue. | By WiUiam Alvis. | GB. 
 
 1 p. 16°. Caption only; n. p., n. d. 
 
 \J 75 Amaro (Juan Eomualdo). Doctrina extractada de los Catecismos 
 Mexicaiios de los Padres Paredes, Oarochi y Castano, autores muy 
 selectos : traducida al castellano para mejor iustruccion de los Indios, 
 en las Oraciones y Misterios principales de la Doctrina cristiana, por 
 el Presbitero capellan D. Juan Eomualdo Amaro, Catedratico qnefu6 
 eu dicho idioma en el Colegio Seminario de Tepotzotlan, antes Vica- 
 rio operario veintey nueve aiios en varios parroquias de esta Sagrada 
 Mitra, y Opositor 4 Curates. Va anadido en este catecismo el Predm- 
 bulo de la Confesion para la mejor disposicion de los Indios en el 
 
ALVA — AMERICAN ANTIQUARIAN. 15 
 
 Amaro (Juan Roinualdo) — continued. 
 
 Santo Sacramento de la Penitencia, y para las personas curiosas que 
 fueren aficiouadas al idioma, con un Modo Prdctico de contar, segun 
 fuere el numero de la materia, para el mismo fin. 
 
 Mexico: 1840. Imprenta de Luis Abadiano y Valdes, calle de las 
 Escalerillas num. 13. * 
 
 4 p. 11., 79 pp. 8°. Title from loazbalceta'a Apuntes. 
 
 7U American Academy Arts and Sciences. Memoirs | of the | American 
 Academy | of | Arts | and | Sciences: | To the End of the Year 
 M,DUC,XXXIII. I Volume I.[-IV]. | 
 
 Boston: [Charlestown and Cambridge.] | Printed by Adams and 
 Nonrse, in Court Street. | M,DCO,LXXXV. [-1821]. | o. ba. 
 
 4 vols. 4°. 
 
 Parsons (S. H.) Discoveries made in the Western country. Vol. 2, pt. 2, pp. 
 119-127. 
 V/ Pickering (J.) On the adoption of a uniform orthography for the Indian 
 Languages. Vol. 4, pt. 2, pp. 319-360. 
 
 77 Memoirs | of the | American Academy | of | Arts and Sci- 
 ences. I New Series. | Vol. I.[-X, Part I]. | 
 
 Cambridge: [and Boston.] | Charles Folsom, | Printer to the Uni- 
 versity. I 1833.[-1873]. I c. BA. 
 9 vols., and vol. 10, pt. 1. 4°. 
 _ Rasles (S.) A Dictionary of the Abnaki Language. Vol. l,pp. :j70-574. 
 
 78 Proceedings | of the | American Academy | of | Aits and 
 
 Sciences. 1 Vol. I.[-Xiri.] | From May, 1846, to May, 1848 [-1878.] | 
 Selected from the records. | 
 
 Boston and Cambridge: | Metcalf and Company. | 1848.[-1878.] | 
 13 vols. 8°. 0. HTT. 
 
 Morgan (L. H. ) A conjectural solution of the Origin of the classifioatory system 
 of Relationships. Vol. 7, pp. 436-477. 
 
 79 American Annals. American Annals | of the | Deaf and Dumb, | 
 conducted by | the Instructors of the American Asylum. | Vol. I. 
 [-XXIV]. I 
 
 Hartford: [and Washington.] | Brown and Parsons, No. 182 Main 
 Street, | 1848. [-1879]. | JWP. 
 
 24 vols. 8°. Have also seen vol. 25, pt. 1, Jan., 1880. 
 Mallery(G.) Thosign-languageoftheNorthAmericanlndians. Vol. 25, pp. 1-20. 
 
 80 American Antiquarian. The | American Antiquarian [and Oriental 
 Journal]. | A QuarterlyJournal devoted to | Early American History, 
 Ethnology | and ArchaBology. | Edited by j Rev. Stephen D. Peet, | 
 Comprising seventy [&c., &c., three lines]. | [Vols. I-III.] 
 
 Published by Brooks, Schinkel & Co., | Cleveland, Ohio. | 1878. 
 [Vol. Ill, Chicago, 1881.] | " JWP. 
 
 DorseyCJ. O.) How the Rabbit killed the Huuier. An Omaha Fable. Vol.2, 
 pp. 128-132. 
 
 The Rabbit and the Grasshopper. An Otoe Myth. Vol. 3, pp. 24-27. 
 
16 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 American Antiquarian — continued. 
 
 Eels ( M. ) Indian Music. Vol . 1 , pp. 249-253. 
 
 The Twana Language. Vol. 3, pp. 296-303. 
 
 Gatschet (A. S.) Sketch of the Klamath Language of Southern Oregon. VoL 
 
 1, pp. 81-84. 
 
 Mythologic Text in the Klamath Language. Vol. 1, pp. 161-166. 
 
 The Numeral Adjective in the Klamath Language. Vol. 2, pp. 210-217. 
 
 Mallery (G.) The Sign Language of ihe Indians of the Upper Missouri. VoL 
 
 2, pp. 218-Si28. 
 
 Riggs (S. R. ) The Theogony of the-Sioux. Vol. 2, pp. 265-270. 
 
 81 American Antiquarian Society. Archaeologia Americana. | Transac- 
 tions I and I OoUections | of the | American Antiquarian Society. | 
 Published by direction of the Society. | Vol. I. [-VI]. | 
 
 Worcester, Massachusetts; | Printed for the American Antiquarian 
 Society | By William Manning: | MDCCCXX.f-MDCCCLXXIV]. 
 [1820-1874,] I 
 
 0. JWP. 
 
 6 vols. 8°. 
 V Gallatin (A.) A synopsis of the Indian Tribes east of the Rooky Mountains in 
 North America. Vol. 2, pp. 1-422. 
 
 Johnston (J.) Account of the Present State of the Indian Tribes inhabiting 
 Obio. Vol. 1,269-299. 
 
 Mitcbill (S. L.) Letter to Samuel M. Burnside, Esq., Corresponding Secretary 
 of the American Antiquarian Soc. Vol. 1, pp. 313-317. 
 
 82 Proceedings of the American Antiquarian Society at their 
 
 Fifty -second Semi-Annual Meeting, held at Bostou, May 31, 1843. 
 
 Worcester: Printed by Joseph B. Ripley. 1843.[-1880]. c. 
 
 75 pts. 8°. Tha above, the thirteenth "minor publication," is the first .0 bear 
 the title of " Proceedings," the twelve preceding issues cousisting of addresses, etc., 
 beginning in 1813. The numbering of these Proceedings began with No. 49. 
 - Le Plongeon (A.) Letter to Bishop Courtenay. No. 73, pp. 113-117. 
 V' Valentini(P. J..I.) The Mexican Calendar Stone. No. 71, pp. 91-108. 
 
 V Mexican Copper Tools. No. 73, pp. 81-112. 
 
 v The Katunes of Maya History. No. 74, pp. 71-117. 
 
 1/ The Landa Alphabet. No. 75, pp. 59-91. 
 
 83 American Association for the Advancement of Science. Proceedings I 
 of I the American Association | for the | Advancement of Science. | 
 First Meeting, | Held at Philadelphia, j September, 1848.[-1880J. | 
 
 Philadelphia: [Washington: Cambridge: Salem:] | Printed by 
 John C. Clark, 60 Dock Street. | 1849.[-1881J. | c. BA. 
 
 29 vols. 8°. 
 
 Dall (W. H.) On the Distribution of the Native Tribes of Alaska. Vol 18 pp 
 263-273. 
 
 On some Peculiarities of the Eskimo Dialect. Vol. 19, pp. 332-349. 
 
 Morgan (L. H. ) Laws of Descent of the Iroquois. Vol. 11, pp. 132-148. 
 
 MaUery (G. ) The Sign Language of the N. A. Indians. Vol. 28, pp. 493-519. 
 
 Powell (J. W. ) Wyandot Government. Vol. 29, pp. 675-688. 
 
 84 American Bible Society. Specimen Verses | from versions in differ- 
 ent I Languages and Dialects | in which the j Holy Scriptures | have 
 been printed and circulated by the | American Bible Society | and 
 
AMERICAN ANTIQUARIAN — AMKRICAN MUSEUM. 17 
 
 American Bible Society— continued. 
 
 the I British and Foreign Bible Society. | [Picture of Bible and one 
 line quotation.] 
 
 New York: | American Bible Society, | Instituted in the year 
 MDCGOXVI. I 1876. | ABS. 
 
 Pp. 1-48. 16°. 
 
 John iii. 16, in the following languages:— Greenland, Esquimaux, Ciee, and 
 Tinne, p. 36. Maliseet, Mohawk, Choctaw and Seneca, p. 37. Dakota, Ojlbwa, 
 Muskikee, Cherokee, and Delaware, p..38. Nez Perces, and Mayan, p. 39. 
 
 Another edition, similar except in date, appeared in 1879. 
 
 85 American Ethnological Society. Transactions | of the | American | 
 Ethnological Society. ( Vol. I.[-Vol. Ill, Pt. I]. | 
 
 New York: Bartlett & Welford. | London: Wiley & Putnam. | 
 MDCCCXLV.[-MDCOCLIII.] [1845-1853.] | c. BA. 
 
 2 vols. & vol. 3, pt. i. 8°. map. 
 ^ Bartram (W.) Observations on the Creek and Cherokee Indians. Vol. 3, 
 pp. 1-81. 
 
 Cotheal (A. I. ) A Grammatical Sketch of the Language of the Mosquito Shore. 
 Vol. 2, pp. 235-264. 
 V G-allatin (A. ) I. Notes on the Semi-civilized Nations of Mexico, Yucatan, and 
 Central America. Vol. 1, pp. 1-352. 
 
 Hale's Indians of North-west America, and Vocabularies of North 
 
 America. Vol. 2, pp. xxiii-clxxxviii, 1-130. 
 V Seeman (Berthold). The Aborigines of the Isthmus of Panama. Vol. 3, 
 
 pp. 175-182. 
 ^ Squier (E. G.) Observations on Archaeology and Ethnology of Nicaragua. 
 Vol. 3, pp. 83-158. 
 
 86 American Historical Record. The American | Historical Eecord, | and 
 repertory of | Not6s and Queries. | Concerning the history and an- 
 tiquities of America | and biography of Americans. | Edited by Ben- 
 son J. Lossing, LL. D. | Vol. I. [-?] | 
 
 Philadelphia: | Chase & Town, Publishers, | 142 South Fourth 
 Street. | 1872. | c. 
 
 8°. I have seeu only the first volume of this publicaiiion. 
 
 "Old Records from New Jersey," vol. 1, pp. 308-311, contains a vocabulary of 
 267 words and phrases copied from "The Indian Interpreter, Salem Town Record, 
 Liber B, in the office of the Secretary of State at Trenton, New Jersey, 1684." 
 
 87 American Museum. The | American Museum | or | Eepository | of 
 Ancient and Modern fugitive pieces, | prose and poetical. | For 
 January, 1787. | [Two lines quotation.] Volume 1. | Number I. | 
 
 Philadelphia : | Printed by Mathew Carey. | M. DCO. LXXXVII. 
 [-M-. DCC. XLII.] [1787-1792.] | C. 
 
 12 vols. 8°. Edited by Mathew Carey. 
 
 Edwards (J.) Observations on the language of the Muhhekaneew Indians. 
 Vol. 5, pp. 21-25, 141-144. 
 
 Johnson (Sir W.) Extracts of letters on the language of the Northern In- 
 dians. Vol. 5, pp. 19-21. 
 
 Iiord's Prayer in the Shawanese language. Vol. 6, p. 318. 
 
 This magazine was commenced by Mathew Carey, and continued with marked 
 ahilitv for six years. The twelve volumes contain a greater mass of interesting 
 2 Bib. 
 
18 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 American Museum — continued. 
 
 and valuable literary and historical matter than is to be fonud in any of our early 
 American magazines. Many pieces, though fugitive when written, arc now of a 
 permanent value as documentary history, and might bo sought in vain elsewhere. 
 Among the contributors were many of the most eminent writers of the time. The 
 original lists of subscri bers accompany the work. — Barileit. 
 
 88 American Naturalist. The | American Naturalist, | a | popular illus- 
 trated magazine | of | Natural History. | Edited by | A. S. Packard, 
 Jr., E. S. Morse, A. Hyatt, and F. W. Putnam. | Volume I.[-XV, 
 No. 9.] I 
 
 Salem, Mass. | Published by the Essex Institute, 1868.[-1881.] | c. 
 
 14 vols. 8°, and nos. 1-9 of vol. 15. 8°. 
 
 Chever (E. E.) The Indians of California. Vol. 4, pp. 129-148. 
 
 89 American Philological Association. Transactions | of the | American | 
 Philological Association. | 1869-1870. [-1878.] | 
 
 Published by the Association. | Printed by Case, Lockwood & 
 Brainard, | Hartford, | 1871. [-1879.] | jwp. 
 
 9 vols. 8°. 
 
 Lull (E. P. ) Vocabulary of Indians of San Bias and Caledonia Bay, Darien. 
 1873, pp. 103-109. 
 
 Trumbull (J. H.) On the best methods of studying the North American Lan- 
 guages. 1869-70, pp. 55-79. 
 
 On some mistaken notions of Algonkin Grammar. 1869-70, pp. 105-123. 
 
 On Algonkin names for man. 1871, pp. 128-159. 
 
 Words derived from Indian languages. 1872, pp. 19-32. 
 
 Notes on Forty Versions of the Lord's Prayer in Algonkin. 1872, pp. 
 
 113-218. 
 
 Numerals iu American Indian Languages. 1874, pp. 41-76. 
 
 On the Algonkin Verb. 1876, pp. 146-171. 
 
 90 Proceedings | of the | First [-Eleventh] Annual Session | 
 
 of the I American Philological Association, | held at | Poughkeep- 
 sie, N. Y., July, 1869. [-Newport, E. I., July, 1879.] | 
 
 New- York: | S. W. Green, Printer, 16 and 18 Jacob Street. | 
 1870. [-Hartford, 1879.] | jwp. 
 
 11 vols. 8°. Usually bound with the Transactions, but also issued separately 
 with title-page as above. 
 
 The papers in the Proceedings are extracts only, and are usually quite short, 
 some of them being printed in full in the "Transactions." 
 . — Anderson {Eer. J.) The newly discovered relationship of the Tuteloes to the 
 Dakota Stock. Third sess. , pp. 15-16. 
 
 The Huron Language and some of the Huron-Iroquois Traditions. Fifth 
 
 ~ sess. , pp. 23-25. 
 
 Ellis (Act'.R.) Observations on Dr. Ti-umbull's " Numerals in North American 
 Languages." Eighth sess., pp. 8-10. 
 
 Gatschet (A. S. ) Syllabic reduplication as observed in Indian Languages, and 
 in the Klamath Language of South-western Oregon in particular. Eleventh sess 
 pp. 3.3-S6. '' 
 
 Gibbs (George). The mode of expressing Number in certain Indian Languages 
 Third sess., pp. 25-26. 
 
 Hoffman (Dr. W. J.) Notes on the migrations of the Dakotas. Ninth sess 
 pp. 15-17. ' 
 
AMERICAN MUSEUM — AMERICAN PHILOSOPHICAI> SOCIETY. 19 
 
 American Philological Association — continued. 
 
 Hurlburt (Ileo. T.) On the structure of the Indian languages. First sess., 
 pp. 2'i-27. 
 
 Matthews {Dr. W.) [The best way of studying the aboriginal tongues.] 
 Third sess., pp. 26-27. 
 
 Riggs (S. R.) Concerning Dakota Beliefs. Third sess., pp. 5-6. 
 
 Trumbull (J. H.) True method of studying the North American Languages. 
 First sess., pp. 25-26. 
 
 Some mistakes concerning the Grammar, and in Vocabularies of the Al- 
 
 goukin Language. See. sess. , pp. 13-14. 
 
 On Algonkin names of the Dog and the Horse. Sec. sess., pp. 16-17. 
 
 A mode of Counting, said to have been used by the Wawemoo Indians 
 
 of Maine. Third sess., pp. 13-15. 
 
 Algonkin Names of Man. Third sess., p. 23. 
 
 Contributions to the Comparative Grammar of the Algonkin languages. 
 
 Third sess., pp. 28-29. 
 
 English words derived from Indian languages of North America. Fovirth 
 
 sess., pp. 12-13. 
 
 Indian local names in Rhode Island. Fourth sess., pp. 19-20. 
 
 Numerals in American Indian Languages, and the Indian mode of count- 
 ing. Sixth sess. , pp. 17-19. 
 
 Names for Heart, Liver, and Lungs. Sixth sess., pp. 31-32. 
 
 Annual Address of the President. Seventh sess., pp. 5-8. 
 
 The Algonkin Verb. Eighth sess. , pp. 28-29. 
 
 Names of the Sun and of Water, in some American Languages. Eighth 
 
 sess., p. 45. 
 
 91 American Philosophical Society. Transactions | of the | American | 
 Philosophical Society, | held at | Philadelphia, | for promoting | 
 Useful Knowledge. | 
 
 Philadelphia: | Printed by E. Aitken & Sou, at Pope's Head | in 
 Market Street. | M.DCCLXXIX. [-1809.] | c. ba. 
 
 6 vols. 4°. 
 
 Barton (B. S.) Hints on the Etymology of certain English words, and on their 
 affinity to words in the language of the Indian Nations. Vol. 6, pp. 145-158. 
 
 Collin (Eev. N. ) Philological view of some very Ancient Words in several 
 Languages. Vol. 4, pp. 476-509. 
 
 Dunbar (W.) On the Language of Signs among certain North American In- 
 dians. Vol. 6, pp. 1-8. 
 
 92 Transactions | of the | American Philosophical Society, | 
 
 held I at Philadelphia, | for | promoting Useful Knowledge. | Vol. 
 I._New Series. [-XV, Parts I & 11.] | 
 
 Philadelphia: Printed and Published by A. Small, | No. 112, 
 Chestnut Street, | (Two doors below the Post OfiBce). | 1818. 
 [-1875.] I c. BA. 
 
 15 vols. 4°. 
 ^/ Hayden (F. V.) On the Ethnography and Philology of the Indian Tribes of 
 the Missouri Valley. Vol. 12, pp. 231-461. 
 
 Heckewelder (Rev. J.) Names which the Lenni Lenape or Delaware Indians 
 
 had given to Rivers, Streams, etc. Vol. 4, pp. 351-396. 
 
 Naxera(E.) De Lingua Othomitorum Dissertatio. Vol. >5, pp. 249-296. 
 
 Zeisberger (Eei>. D.) A Grammar of the Language of tlie Lenni Lenape, or 
 Pelaware Indians. Vol. 3, pp. 65-250. 
 
20 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 American Philosophical Society — continued. 
 
 93 Proceedings | of the | American Philosophical Society, | held 
 
 at I'hiladelphia, | for | promoting Useful Knowledge. Vol. I. 
 
 [-XVII.] I For the years 1838, 1839 & 1840. [-1878.] | 
 Philadelphia: | Printed for the Society, | by John C. Clark, 60 Dock 
 
 Street. 1840. [-1879]. | ^- ^^^ 
 
 17 vols., and pts. 102 and 103 of vol. 18. 8°. 
 
 Brinton(Z)r. D. G.) Nature of the Maya group of Languages. Vol. 11, pp. 4-6. 
 
 Contributions to a Grammar of the Muskotee Language. Vol. 11, pp. 
 
 301-309. 
 
 On the Language of the Natchez. Vol. 13, pp. 483-499. 
 
 Byington {Eev. C.) Grammar of the Choctaw Language. Prepared by the 
 Rev. Cyrus Byington and Edited by Dr. Brinton. Vol. 11, pp. 317-367. 
 
 Chase (— ). On certain Primitive Names of the Supreme Being. Vol. 9, 
 pp. 420-424. 
 
 On the radical Significance of Numerals. Vol. 10, pp. 18-23. 
 
 J Gabb (Dr. W. B.) On the Indian Tribes and Languages of Costa Rica. 
 Vol. 14, pp. 483-602. 
 
 Gatschet (A. S.) Remarks upon the T6nkawa Language. Vol. 16, pp. 318-327. 
 
 The Timucna Language. Vol. 16, pp. 626-642. 
 
 The Timucua Language. [2d p,^per.] Vol. 17, pp. 490-504. 
 
 The Timucua Language. [3d paper. ] Vol. 18, 465-502. 
 
 Hayden (F. V.) Brief Notes on the Pawnee, Winnebago, and Om.aha Lan- 
 guages. Vol. 10, pp. 389-421. 
 
 94 Transactions | of the | Historical & Literary Committee | of 
 
 the I American Philosophical Society, j held at Philadelphia, for 
 promoting | useful knowledge. | Vol. I. [-III. Part I. | Two lines 
 quotation.] 
 
 Philadelphia: | Printed and Published by Abraham Small, No. 
 112, Chestnut Street, | 1819. [-1843.] | c. BA. 
 
 Vols. 1, 2, and 3, part 1. 8°. 
 
 Catalogue of Manuscript Works on the Indians and their Languages in the 
 Library of the Am. Phil. Soo. Vol. 1, pp. xlvii-l. 
 
 Duponceau (P. S.) Report of the Corresponding Secretary to the Committee 
 of his Progress in the Investigation of the Language of the American Indians. 
 Vol. 1, pp. xvii-xlvi. 
 
 Hecke-virelder (Bei;. J.) An account of the History of the Indian Natives who 
 
 once inhabited Pennsylvania. Vol. 1, pp. 1-347. 
 
 Words, Phrases, and Short Dialogues in the Language of the Lenni Le- 
 
 nape or Delaware Indians. Vol. 1, pp. 451-464. 
 
 and Duponceau (P. S.) A Correspondence respecting the Language of 
 
 the American Indians. Vol. 1, pp. 351-448. 
 
 95 American Society. The | First Annual Eeport | of the | American 
 Society | for promoting the Civilization and General Improvement 
 of the I Indian Tribes in the United States. | Communicated to the 
 Society, in the City of Washington, with the | Documents in the Ap- 
 pendix, at their Meeting, Feb. 6, 1824. | 
 
 Kew Haven: | Printed for the Society, by S.Converse. | 1824. | JWP. 
 
 Pp. 1-74. 8°. 
 
 This pamphlet contains, pp. 47-65, an article entitled "Indian Languages," 
 being a communication from the Rev. Jedediah Morse, Corresponding Secretary, 
 to the American Society, which includes the following papers : 
 
AMEEICAN PHILOSOPHICAL SOCIETY — AN ALES. 21 
 
 American Society — continued. 
 
 "Evesral [Several?] American Indian Nations. Copied from an ancient work 
 by Joanna Chamberlains. — ^Printed at Amsterdam 1615." A list of four words in : 
 Algonkine, Guaranioe, Chiltawice, 
 
 Cai-aibaioe, S. Brasillice, Apalachice, 
 
 Chilice, Poconohine, Virginiane, 
 
 Mohigioe, Mexicane, Keuebekice, 
 
 Savanabioe, Sinice Provincia, Pequo Moheganioe, ) 
 
 Crickioe, Chinches, Nor Arglice, 5 P. 55. 
 
 Extracts from a "Cherokee Spelling book by the Rev, Mr. Buttric [Butterick] 
 and David Brown." Pp. 59-62. 
 
 Greenleaf (M.) Indian Names of some of the Streams, Islands, &c., on the 
 Penobscot and St. John Rivers in Maine. Pp. 49-53. 
 
 Lord's Prayer (The) in the language of the Eastern Indians of New England. 
 Pp. 53-54. 
 
 Madison (-Dr.) A few words in the ? language. P. 57. 
 
 Reaume ( — ). Further specimens of the Chippewa Dialect. Pp. 56-57. 
 Remarks on the Seneca language ; with a vocabulary. Pp, 62-65. 
 Roberts ( — ). Remarks on the Cherokee Language. Pp. 58-59. 
 Saltoustall (Gov.) The Lord's Prayer in the language of the Mohegan and 
 Pequot Indians. P. 54. 
 
 Specimens of the Chippewa language : from Dr. McCuUuok's Indian Origin. 
 Pp. 55-56. 
 
 96 American Statistical Association. Collections | of the | American Sta- 
 tistical Association. | Yol. I. [-11, Part 1.] | c. ba. 
 
 Boston : | printed for the Association, by T. E. Marvin. | 1847. | 
 Felt (J. B. ) Statistics of towns in Massachusetts. Vol. 1, pp. 7-99. 
 
 97 American Sunday School Union. History | of | the Delaware | and | 
 Iroquois Indians | formerly inhabiting the Middle States. | With | 
 various anecdotes | illustrating their manners and customs. | Embel- 
 lished with a variety of original cuts. | Written for the American 
 Sunday School Union, and | revised by the Committee of Publica- 
 tion. I 
 
 American Sunday School Union. | Philadelphia: — No. ,146 Chest- 
 nut Street. | 1832. | lsh. 
 
 Pp. 1-153. 24°. 
 
 Some general remarks on Indian Languages, principally the Delaware, occur 
 on pp. 44r-58. 
 
 98 Anales antiguos de Mexico y sus contornos. * 
 
 Not seen; title from Icazbalceta's Apuntes, where the work is described as fol- 
 lows: 
 
 Under this title we find in the library of Sr. D. J. F. Ramirez two volumes in foUo 
 containing in 1022 pages modern copies of 26 ancient fragments in the Mexican 
 language. Of some of these fragments there is only a translation into Spanish by 
 the Lie: D. Faustino Galicia; and others have the Mexican text in the margin. 
 He copied the index of the two volumes in segments, annotating his pages in order 
 to mark the extent of each fragment. * 
 
 Volume I. 
 1. Anales de Cuauhtitlan. 
 
 Translation of an ancient Mexican manuscript which notices the migration of 
 all the tribes, beginning with the Toltecas and concluding with a notice of the 
 
22 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Anales autiguos de Mexico y sus contornos — continued. 
 
 arrival of tlie Spanisli conquerors iu 1519. Tho original maunsoript belonged to 
 the College of St. Gregory, and through the neglect of the translator the oiiginal 
 text is not transcribed. This manuscript ^vas lost at the time of the final extinc- 
 tion of the Jesuits. P. 1. 
 
 2. Anales toltecas. 
 
 This is an extract made by M. Aubiu from a Mexican manuscript in the time of 
 Sr. Gondra, conservador of the National Museum. The original remained in his 
 possession. P. 231. 
 
 3. Historia del seuorlo de Teotihnacan. 
 Extract by M. Aubin. P. 255. 
 
 4. Lista de los pueblos principales que pertenecian antiguamente ^ Tezcoco. 
 P. 265. 
 
 5. Anales Tolteca-Chichimecas. 
 
 Tbey begin with the departure of the tribe from the high land of Culhuacan 
 and conclude with its arrival at Tollan and incorporation with the Nonoalcas. 
 Translation from an original, lithographed at Paris from the manuscript of M. 
 Aubin. Commences with the departure of the tribe and terminates iu the year 
 1526, saying, in conclusion, that it is the history of the people of Cuauhtlinchan. 
 P. 277. 
 
 6. Anales Tepanecas. 
 
 Mexican text and translation from an anonymoas Mexican manuscript belong- 
 ing to the Lici-n iate Galicia. It begins in the year 1426, and concludes in 1589. 
 P. 305. 
 
 7. Anales mexicanos. No. 1. 
 
 Mexican text with Spanish translation. They begin with the departure of the 
 Mexicans from Axtlan, and conclude on July 8th,. 1605. P. 387. 
 
 8. Anales mexicanos. No. 2. 
 
 In both texts. They commence in 1168 and end in 1546. The original is in the 
 Museum and is No. 16, catalogue 5 of the Museum of Boturini. P. 511. 
 
 9. Anales mexicanos. No. 3. 
 
 They commence in 1196 and end in 1396. Extract by M. Aubin. P. 519. 
 
 10. Ai- ales mexicanos. No. 4. 
 
 In both texts and with figures. They commence in 1589 and teruunate iu 1595. 
 It is No. 13, catalogue 5 of the Museum of Boturini. The original is preserved in 
 the Museum. P. 533. 
 
 Volume II. 
 
 11. Anales de Mexico y Tlaltelolco. 
 
 Iu both texts, with figures. They commence in the year 1473, and end iu the 
 time of Cuanhtemotzin, during tho siege of the city by the Spaniards. It is No. 15 
 of catalogue 5 of Boturini. The original exists in the Museum. P. 587. 
 
 12. Anales de Tlaltelolco y Mexico. No. 1. 
 
 In both texts. They begin in 1519 and terminate in 1633. They belong to 
 Boturini's Museum, and a e marked Catalogue 6. P. 605. 
 
 13. Anales de Tlaltelrlco y Mexico. No. 2. 
 
 In both texts. They commence in 1519 and terminate in 1663. In this number 
 there are different parts, as the title-page shows. P. 633. 
 
 14. Anales de Mexico y sus alrededores. No. 1. 
 
 In both texts. They begin in 1564 and terminate iu 1711. They contain the 
 succession of Mexicatzinco, Tlaltelolco, &c. It is numbered 24, Catalogue 5 of 
 the Boturini Museum. The original is pn served in the National Museum. P. 667. 
 
 15. Anales de Mdxico y sus alrededores. No. 2. 
 
 In bo!h texts. They begin iu 1546 and terminate iu 1625. Tbey contain the 
 successions of Tecamachalco, Tacuba, &c. P. 685. 
 
ANALES ANAYA. 23 
 
 Anales antiguos de Mexico y sus contornos — continued. 
 
 16. Anales de Tlaxcala. No.]. 
 
 In both texts. They commence in 1543 and terminate in 1603. P. 711. 
 
 17. Anales de Tlaxcala. No. 2. 
 
 In both texts, and with figures. They begin in 1,519 and terminate in 1692. 
 P. 723. 
 
 18. Anales de Puebla y de Tlaxcala. No. 1. 
 
 In both texis. They begin with the foundation of the Mexican monarchy and 
 terminate in 1739. Copied from a manuscript in the Cathedral. P. 733. 
 
 19. Anales de Puebla y de Tlaxcala. No. 2. 
 
 In both texts, and with figures. They begin with the epoch of the Conquest 
 and end in 1674. It is No. 12 of catalogue 4 of the Museum of Boturini. The 
 original is preserved in the Museum. P. 801. 
 
 20. Anales de Puebla y de Tlaxcala. No. 3. 
 
 In both texts. They commence in 1664 and terminate in 1686. P. 833. 
 
 21. Anales de Tepeaca. 
 
 They begin in 1528 and end in 1624. Translation from a Mexican manuscript 
 with figures, which is preserved in the Museum, and whose text is intercalated 
 with them. P. 903. 
 
 22. Anales de Tecamachalco y Quecholac. 
 
 In both texts. They begin in 1520 and end in 1558. Copied from a manuscript 
 lent by an inhabitant of Tlaltelolco. P. 911. 
 
 23. Anales de Quecholac. 
 
 In both texts. Tlieybegin in 1519 and end in 1642. They have the peculiarity 
 of having the designation in the Mexican language together with other irregulari- 
 ties. It is No. 11, Catalogue 5 of Boturini. The original is preserved in the Mu- 
 seum. P. 945. 
 
 24. Anales de Diego Garcia. 
 
 In both texts and with figures. They begin in 1502 and end in 160 L. They 
 mention the succession of many different peoples. The title is given by one Diego 
 Garcia, the same who wrote the last notice in terms which make it appear that 
 he was the annalist. It is No. 14, Catalogue 5 of the Museum of Boturini. The 
 original is preserved in the National Museum. P. 979. 
 
 25. Titulos de tierras de los indios de Cuitlahuac. 
 In both texts. P. 991. 
 
 26. Amojonamieuto del pueblo de Techialoyan. 
 
 In both texts. It places the foundation in the time of King Axayacatl. P. 1009. 
 
 99 Analysis (An) of Pronominal and Verbal Forms of the Indian Lan- 
 guages in the Exhibition of "Words and Forms of Speech, prepared 
 with a view to obtain their Equivalents in various Indian Dialed s." 
 
 In Schoolcraft (H. E.) Indian Tribes, vol. 3, pp. 407-411. Philadelphia, 
 1853. 4°. 
 
 100 Analysis ( of the | Seneca Language. | Na na none do wau gau | Ne 
 u wen noo da. | 
 
 Buffalo: | H. A. Salisbury, Printer. | 1827. | ABC. 
 
 Pp. 1-36. 16°. 
 
 101 Anaya (_D. Cristobal Diaz). Arte para aprender el idioma Potonaco.* 
 
 102 Vocabulario Potonaco-Castellano. * 
 
 This author is the same whom Eguiara twice mentions in his Bibliography by 
 the name of Don Cristobal Diaz Santa Ana,.— Beristain. 
 
24 NOETH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 103 A N-D de Lorette. | -s. 
 
 1 p. 16°. Hymn in Iroquois and Algonkin. 
 
 104 Anderson (A.) [Vocabularies of the Iforthwest Coast.] 
 
 In Cook (J.) and King (J.) Voyage to the Pacific Ocean. London, 1784. 
 3 vols. 4°. and atlas. 
 
 A few words of the Nootka Language, vol. 2, p. 335 ; numerals 1-10, p. 336. 
 Vocabulary (25 words) of the Language of Prince William's Sound, pp. 375-376. 
 Vocabulary of the Language of Nootka or King Georg,e's Sound. Vol. 3, app. 4, 
 pp. 540-546. 
 
 These vocabularies appear in both the English editions of 1784; in the Dublin 
 edition, 1784, 3 vols., 8°. ; and in the extract in Ker (R.) General History and 
 Coll. Voyages and Travels, vol. 16, pp. 255, 257, 285-286, and vol. 17, pp. 300-309. 
 Edinburgh, 1811-1817, 17 vols. 
 
 105 Vocabulary of the Tahkali (Carrier), and of the Hailtsa. 
 
 In Hale (H.) Ethnography and Philology, U. S. Ex. Ex., vol. 6, pp. 570-626. 
 634. Philadelphia, 1846. 4°. • Reprinted iu Am. Eth. Soc. Trans., vol. 2, p. 103, 
 New York, 1848.. 8°. 
 
 106 Anderson (Alexander Caulfield). Notes on the Indian Tribes of 
 British North America, and the Northwest Coast. Communicated 
 to Geo. Gibbs, Esq. By Alex. C. Anderson, Esq., late of the Hon. 
 H. B. Co. and read before the New York Historical Society, No- 
 vember, 1862. 
 
 In Hist. Mag., first series, vol. vii, pp. 73-81. New York & London, 1863. 
 sm. 4°. 
 
 A few proper names with English signification. 
 
 107 Concordance of tbe Athabascan Languages, witb notes. 
 
 Manuscript. 12 11. folio. 
 
 Comparative vocabulary of 180 words of the following dialects: Chipwyan, 
 Tacully, Klatskanai, Willopah, Upper Umpqna, Tootooten, Applegate Creek, Ho- 
 pah, Haynarger. 
 
 108 Notes on the Indians of the Northwest Coast. 
 
 Manuscript. 12 II. folio. 
 
 109 Vocabulary of the Klatskanai Dialect of the TahcuUi, Atha- 
 basca. 
 
 Mauascript. 3 11. 180 words, folio. 
 
 These three manuscripts are in. the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. 
 
 110 Anderson ( Johann). Herrn Johann Anderson, | I. V. D. | uud wey- 
 land ersten Biirgermeisters der freyen Kayserlichen | Eeichstadt 
 Hamburg, | Nachrichten | von Island, | Gronland und der Strasse 
 Davis, I zum wahren Nutzen der Wissenschaften | und der Hand- 
 Inng. I Mit Kupfem, und einer nach den neuesten und in diesem 
 Werke ange- | gebenen Bntdeckungen, genau eingericMeten Land- 
 charte. | Nebst einem Vorberichte | von den Lebensumstanden des 
 Herrn Verfassers. | 
 
 Hamburg, | verlegts Georg Christian Grund, Buchdr. 1746. | 
 Title and 14 p. 11., text 328 pp. and Register, 3 11. 8°. map. C. JCB. 
 
 Dictionariolum, pp. 285-299. Formularum loquendi nsitatissimarum, pp. 300- 
 
 303. Formvla couivquandi verborum, pp. 304-314. Ten Commandments, Prayers, 
 
 &c., pp. 314-325. 
 
A N-D ANDERSON. 25 
 
 Anderson (Johann) — continued. 
 
 111 ^ Herrn Johann Anderson, | I. V. D. | iind wieland ersten 
 
 Biirgermeisters der freyeii Kayserl. | Reichstadt Hamburg, | Nach- 
 richten | von | Island, Gronland | und der | Strasse Davis, | zum 
 wahren Niitzeu der Wissenschaften | und der Handlung. | Mit Kup- 
 
 . ■ fern,undeinernachdenneuestenundindiesemWerke | angegebenen 
 Entdeckungen, genau eingerichteten Landcharte. | IsTebst eineui Vor- 
 berichte | von den | Lebensumstanden des Herrn Verfassers. | 
 
 Frankfurt und Leipzig 1747. | job. 
 
 i5p. 11. , text 388 pp. and Register, 4 11. 12°. 
 
 Linguistics as in 1746 ed., pp. 321-337; 337-341; 342-353; 353-368. 
 
 1 have seen an edition, Kiobenhavn, 1748, 12°, with no linguistics. 
 
 112 Beschryving | van Ysland, | Greenland | en de | Strait 
 
 Davis. I Tot nut der wetenschappen en den | koophandel. | Door den 
 Heer | Johan Anderson, | Doctor der beide Eechteu, en in leven 
 eerthe Burgermeester der | vrye keizerlyke Eykstad Hamburg. | 
 Verrykt met Platen en een nieuwe naauwkeurige Landkaart der 
 ontdek- | kingen, waar van in dit werk gesproken word. | Benevens 
 eenvoorberichtjbevattendedelevensbyzonderlieden | van den geleer- 
 den schryver. | Uit het hoogduitscb vertaalt. | Door | J. D. J. | 
 
 Te Amsterdam, | By Steven van Esveldt, Bockverkoper [ in de 
 Beurs-Steeg, 1750. | job. 
 
 9p. l.,pp. 1-289. sm.4°. map. 
 
 Greenland Dictionary, Grammar,' Prayers, &c., pp. 244-258; 258-262; 262-27^; 
 274-286. 
 
 113 • Histoire | Naturelle | de L'Islande, | du Groienland, | du De- 
 troit de Davis, | et d'autres Pays situ6s sous le Nord, | Traduite de 
 PAllemand | de M. Anderson, de I'Acad^mie | Imperiale, Bourg- 
 mestre en Chef | de la ville de Hambourg. | Par M**, [J. P. Rousse- 
 lot de Surgy] de I'Acad^mie Imperiale, & | de la Soci6t6 Eoyale de 
 Londres. | Tome Premier. [Second.] | [Design.] 
 
 A Paris, | Chez Sebastian Jorry, Imprimeur- | Libraire, Quai des 
 Augustius, pr6s | le Pont S. Michel, aux Cigvgnes. | M. DCO. L. | 
 Avec Approbation «& Privilege du Eoi, | c. job. 
 
 2 vols. 16°. 
 
 "Supplement contenant Un petit Dictionnaire & quelques Principes de la 
 Grammaire Groenlandoise," vol. 2, pp. 295-386. 
 
 Sabin's Dictionary, No. 1408, mentions an edition : Paris, Jorry, 1754. 
 
 114 Beschryving | van [ Ysland, | Groenland | en de Straat 
 
 Davis. I Bevattende zo wel ene bestipte bepaling van de ligging en | 
 grote van die Eilanden, als een volledige ontvouwing van hunne j 
 inwendige gesteltenis, vuurbrakende Bergen, heete en war- [ me 
 Bronnen enz. een omstandig Bericht van de Vruchten [ en Kruiden 
 des Lands; van de wilde en tamme Landdie- | ren, Vogelen en Vis- 
 schen, de Visvangst der Yslanders | en hunne onderscheide behande- 
 ling, toebereiding en ] drogen der Visschen, voorts het getal der 
 Inwobn- I ders, hunnen Aart, Levenswyze en Bezigheden, | Wonin- 
 
26 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Anderson (Johann) — continued. 
 
 gen, Kledingen, Handteering, Arbeid, | VeeUoedery, | Koophandel, 
 Maten en Ge- | wicbten, Huwelyks Plechtigheden, Opvoe- | ding 
 Imnner Kinderen, Godsdienst, Ker- | ken en Kerkenbestunr, Burger- 
 lyke Rege- | ring, Wetten, Strafoeffeningen en wat | wyders tot de 
 kennis van een Laud | vereischt word, j Door den Heer ( Johan An- 
 derson, I Doctor der Beide Eechten, eu in Leven eerste Burgermees- 
 ter I der vrye Keizerlyke Ryksstad Hamburg. | Verrykt met Platen 
 eu een uieuwe naauwkeurige Landkaart der | ontdekkinge, waar van 
 in dit Werk gesproken word. | Uit het Hoogduits vertaalt, | Door | 
 J. D. J. I Waar by gevoegt zyu de Verbeteringen | Door den Heer 
 Niels Horrebow, | Opgemaakt in zyn tweejarig verblyf op Ysland. | 
 [Designs.] | 
 
 Te Amsterdam, | By Jan van Dalen, Boekverkoper op de Oolve- 
 niersburgwal.l by de Staalstraat. 1756. ' 0. JOB. 
 
 Title, reverse blaut, 7 1., 286 pp., index 3 1. sm. 4°. map. Linguistics occupy 
 pp. 244-286. 
 
 115 Anderson URev. Joseph). The I^ewly Discovered Relationship of the 
 Tuteloes to the Dakotau Stock. By Rev. Joseph Anderson. 
 
 In Am. Philolog. Ass. Proc. tliird ann. sess., 1871, pp. 15-16. New York, 
 1872. 8°. 
 
 Tutelo and Dakota examples. 
 
 116 The Huron Language and some of the Hurou-Iroquois Tra- 
 ditions. 
 
 In Am. PhUolog. Ass. Proc. fifth ann. sess., 1873, pp, 23-24. Hartford, 1874. 8°. 
 
 117 Andrews (William),Barclay (Henry), «»dOgilvie (John). The Order | 
 Vov Morning and Evening Prayer, | And Administration of the | 
 Sacraments, | and some other | OiHces of the Church, | Together 
 with I A Collection of Prayers, and some Sentences of | the Holy 
 Scriptures, necessary for Knowledge | Practice. | 
 
 Ne I Yagawagh Myadewighniserage Yonderaenayendagh | kwa 
 orghoongene neoni Yogaraskha yoghse- | ragwegough. Neoni Ya- 
 gawagh Sakra- I raenthogoon neoni oyaAddereahai- | yentneOnogh- 
 sadogeaghtige. | Oni | Ne Watkeanissaghtough Odd'yage Adderca- 
 naiyent, | neoni Siniyoghthare ne Kaghyadoghseradogeaghti, | ne 
 Wahooni Ayagoderieanderagge neoni Ayon- | dadderighhoenie. | 
 
 Collected and translated into the Mohawk | Language under the 
 Direction of the late Rev. | Mr. William Andrews, the late Rev. Dr. 
 Henry | Barclay, and the Rev. Mr. John Oglivie [sic] : Formerly Mis- 
 sionaries from the venerable Society ) for the Propagation of the 
 Cospel in Foreign | Parts, to the Mohawk Indians. | 
 
 fiSTew York : W. Weyman and Hugh Gaine.] Printed in the Year 
 M.DCC.LXIX. [1769.] | GB. 
 
 2 p. 11., pp. 3-204. 12°. 
 
 Less than 400 copies were printed, and "very few remained among the Mohawks 
 when they retired to Canada in 1777." — (yCallaghan, in Hist. Mag. 
 
ANDERSON - ANNUNCIACION. 27 
 
 Andrews (William), Barclay (Henry), and Ogilvie (John) — continued. 
 
 "The edition consisting of a smiill nnmber were soou delivered out to the In- 
 dians, except a few which were, with the late Sir Wm. Johnson's Library, seized 
 and made away with by the rebels, in 1776." — Aduertisemenl to Quebec edition o/1780. 
 
 Pages 1-74 (sigs. A to I) were printed by Weyman, 1763-68; the remainder by 
 Hugh Gaine, who finished his work in December, 1768. — Trumbull. 
 
 For other editions of the Mohawk Book of Common Prayer, see Claesse (L.), 
 1715. 
 
 118 Angel (P. Fr.) Arte de lengua Cakohiquel, compuesto por el Padre 
 fray Angel. * 
 
 Manuscript 94 11. 4°. In writing which appears to belong to the end of the 
 18th century. This work bears no author's name. See the notice which accom- 
 panies the following. — Brasseur de Bourbowrg. 
 
 119 -— Vocabulario de la lengua Cakohiquel, compuesto por el Padre 
 
 fray Angel. * 
 
 Manuscript 225 11., 4°, in the same hand as the preceding. This work, like the 
 above, is without the author's name; only we find at the end this note: "El P. 
 Fr. Angel suplica k los que lean este vocabulario borren aquellas palabras que 
 puden'Causar ruina espiritual y el uso las impime en la memoria." 
 
 Although this note is not in the same writing as the vocabulary, it is presumable 
 the work is by him. It is important to observe in this connection that a large 
 number of manuscripts composed by the monks of different orders in Mexico, or 
 in Central America, are rarely written in their own hand : most of them dictated 
 their works to young native disciples. This explains the strange mistakes we 
 often find in their orthography. — Brasseur de Bourbourg. 
 
 Anghiera Martyr (Peter). 
 See Martyr (Peter). 
 
 120 Angvlo{Illm6.B.Fr. Pedro). Treatises in the Zacapula Language. * 
 
 In order that the neophytes should become fond of learning and imbued with 
 Christian doctrine the following treatises were composed in the Zacapula language : 
 De la creacion del Mundo. — De la caida de Adan. — Del destierro de los primeros 
 Padres. — Del Deoreto de la Eedencion. — Vida, milagros y pasion de Jesucristo. — 
 De la Eesurreccion y Asoencion del Salvador. — Del Juicio final. — De la Gloria y 
 del Inrierno. — Beristain. 
 
 121 Anleo {Fr. Bartolom^). Arte de Lengua Quich4. * 
 
 "-Manuscript; copy in Bib. Imp. of Paris; another in possession of the author 
 of this Monograph." Title and note from Squier, who in his Monograph of Authors 
 makes the following announcement: 
 
 "Arte de Lengua ^uich^, rt Utlateca ; Compuesto por N. M. E. P. Fray Bartolom6 
 AnUo, Ecligioso Menor de N. S. Pe. San Francisco. Edited, With an Essay on 
 the Quiches, By E. G. Squier, M. A., F. S. A., etc. 
 
 "This important grammar, composed about 1660, and copied in the year 1744 
 from the original in the possession of the Fray Antonio M. Betancur, by the Fray 
 - Antonio Eaminez Utrilla, has never been published. It is now in press, and wil 
 be issued to subscribers on the 1st of October next." 
 
 I have seen no notice of tho publication of this work, and presume it has not 
 been issued. 
 Annnnciacion {Fr. Domingo de la). 
 
 See Anunciacion (Fr. Domingo de la). 
 
 122 Annnnciacion (Fr. luan de la). Doctrina Christiana muy cumpllda, 
 donde se contiene la exposicion de todo lo necessario para Doctrinar 
 a los Indies, y administralles los Sanctos Sacramentos. Compuesta 
 
28 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Annunciacion [Fr. luan de la) — continued. 
 
 en lengna Castellana y Mexicana por el muy Eeuerendo padre Fr. 
 luan de la Anunciacion, Eeligioso de la orden del glorioso Doctor 
 de la Yglesia sant Augustin. Dirigida al muy Excellente Principe 
 don Martin Enriquez Visorrey gouernador y capitan general en esta 
 nueva Espana, y presidente del Audiencia real que en ella reside. 
 
 En Mexico en casa de Pedro Balli. 1575. 
 
 6 p. 11., pp. 1-275; in two columns, the Mexican in Roman, the Spanish in 
 italics. 4°. 
 
 Colophon : 
 
 A gloria y honra de Dios nuestro seQor y de la siempre virgen 
 Sancta Maria su madre y senora nuestra, fenesce la Doctrina Christi- 
 ana muy digna de ser sabida que compuso en lengua Mexicana y 
 Castellana el muy Eeuerendo Padre Fray luan de la Anunciacion 
 subprior de sant Augustin desta ciudad. En Mexico en casa de 
 Pedro Balli. 1575. * 
 
 Concludes with 7 11., tables and errata. Title from Icazhalceta's Apuntes. 
 
 123 Sermonario | en Lengva | Mexicana, donde se con- | tiene 
 
 (por el orden del Missal | Nvevo Eomano,) dos Sermones | en todas 
 las Dominicas y Pestiuidades principales de todo el ano : | y otro en 
 las Fiestas de los Sanctos, con sus vidas, y Comunes. | Con vn 
 Cathecismo en Lengva Mexicana | y Espanola, con el Calendario. 
 Compuesto por el reuerendo padre | Fray luan de la Annunciacion, 
 Subprior del monaste- | rio de sant Augustin de Mexico. | [Picture 
 of Saint Augustin with a church in right hand and book in left.] | 
 Dirigido al Mvy reverendo Padre Mae- ( stro fray Alonso de la vera 
 cruz, Prouincial de la orden de los | Hermitauos de sant Augustin, 
 en esta nueua Espaiia. | 
 
 En Mexico, por Antonio Eicardo. M.D.LXXVII. [1577.] | Esta- 
 tassado en papel en pesos. | * 
 
 8 p. 11. , 11. 1-230. Above from fac-simile of title-page sent me by Sr. Icazbalceta. 
 It is to appear in his forthcoming work: Bibliografia Mexicana del Siglo XVI. 
 Description from his Ai)untes, No. 5, where title is also given, which is'foUowed 
 by Cathecismo, etc., by the same author, g. v. Brasseur de Bourbourg describes 
 the above work in his Bib. Mex. Guat., from a defective copy. 
 
 "The Author, a native of Granada in Andalucia, took the habit of an Augus- 
 tinian in Mexico, devoted himself to the conversion of the Indians, became gov- 
 ernor of the Convents in Puebla de los Angeles, and died in 1594, aged 80 years. 
 There is a particular Memoir of him and his works in Grijalva's Chronicle.— l?o- 
 viirez Sale Cat. 
 
 124 Cathecismo en lengua Mexicana y Espanola, breue y muy 
 
 compendioso, para saber la Doctrina Christiana y ensenarla. Com- 
 puesto por el Muy Eeverendo Padre Fray luan de la Annunciacion 
 Supprior del Monasterio de Sant Augustin de Mexico. [Engraving 
 of St. Augustin different from the foregoing.] Con licencia. 
 
 En Mexico, Por Antonio Eicardo. M. D. LXXVII. [1577.] 
 
 10 p. 11. From I. 231 to 1. 267 is the Catechism in two columns— one in Mexican, 
 
 the other in Spanish: the former in closer lines and much smaUer letters. On 
 
 1. 267 is the following: 
 
ANNUNCIACION ANOTHER TONGUE. 29 
 
 Annunciacion (Fr. luan de la) — continued. 
 
 A gloria y honra de Dios nuestro senor, y de la gloriosa yirgen 
 sancta Maria senora nuestra, en el vltimo dia del mes de Septiembre 
 se acabo la impression de aquesta obra, de Sennonario y Oathecismo. 
 Copuesta por el muy reuerendo padre Fray luan de la Annuciacion, 
 Siibprior del monasterio de Sant Augustin de aquesta ciudad de 
 Mexico. En Mexico. Por Antonio Eicardo Impressor de libros. 
 Ano de. M. D. LXXVII. [1577.] * 
 
 125 — Aq Seco tiene un Sermon para publicar la Sancta Bulla, q 
 
 por Mandamiento del ylluserissimo Senor D. Pedro Moya de Con- 
 treras, Argobispo de Mexico. En Lengua Mexicana y Castellana. 
 
 [Mexico: 1577.] ♦ 
 
 9 11. 4°. Excessively rare tract. — Maeher Sale Cat. 
 
 126 Another Tongue brought in, to Confess | the Great Saviour of the 
 World. I Or, | Some Communications | of | Christianity, | Put into a 
 Tongue used among the | Iroquois Indians, | in America | And, Put 
 into the Hands of the English | and the Dutch Traders : | To accomo- 
 date the Great Intention of ( Communicating the Christian | Eeli- 
 gion, unto the Salvages, | among whom they may find any thing | 
 of this Language to be intelligible. | Ezek. iii 6 | People of a Strange 
 Speech, and a Hard Language | whose words thou canst not under- 
 stand, Surely had I sent | thee unto them, they would have heark- 
 ened unto thee. | 
 Boston: Printed by B. Green. | 1707. | job. 
 
 Pp. 1-16. 16". The only perfect copy of the above knovrn is in the library of 
 the late J. Carter Brown, Providence, E. I., where it ■was shown me by the Hon. 
 John E. Bartlett. There is a copy, minus the title-page, in the library of the N. Y. 
 Hist. Society. Mr. Trumbull, who copied the title from Mr. Bartlett's catalogue 
 of the Brown library, speaks of the work as follows: 
 
 This book is named in the list of Cotton Mather's publications, which is ap- 
 pended to his Life by Samuel Maither. ^ It contains " sentences in relation to God, 
 Jesus Christ, and the Trinity, in the Iroquois, Latin, English and Dutch lan- 
 guages." 
 
 Why this, the first book in the language of the Five Nations, was printed at 
 Boston instead of New York — or by whom the translation was made — Mather does 
 not inform us. It may, with much probability, be conjectured that the copy 
 was furnished by the Eev. Thorowgood Moor, who was sent out by the Society 
 for the Propagation of the Gospel, in 1704, to labor for the conversion of the 
 Mohawks. He remained nearly a year at Albany, and visited the Mohawks 
 . at their "Castle," but could not obtain their consent to his establishment of a 
 mission among them. Before November, 1705, he returned to New York, and 
 shortly afterwards went to Burlington, N. J., to supply the place of the Eev. 
 John Talbot (another missionary of the Society). Here, Mr. Moor gave offence 
 ' by refusing to admit the Lieutenant Governor (Ingoldsby) to the Lord's Supper, 
 and was punished by imprisonment. Having contrived to escape, he fled to Bos- 
 ton, and in November, 1707, took passage for England, from Marblehead. The 
 vessel, with all on board, was lost at sea (O'Callaghan's Note, in N. Y. Documents, 
 iv. 1077). Mr. Talbot on his return from England had met Mr. Moor in Boston 
 and tried to induce him to go back to New York, but "poor Thorowgood said he 
 had rather be taken into France than into the Fort at New York." 
 
30 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Another Tongue brougbt in, etc. — continued. 
 
 While at Albany, Mr. Moor must have had opporl unity to learn sometliing of 
 the Mohawk language, from Laurence Claesse, the provincial interpreter, who 
 had been a prisoner among the Iroquois, "and understood their language suffi- 
 ciently," and from the Rev. Bernardus Freeman, minister of the Dutch Reformed 
 Church at Schenectady, who "had been employed by the Earl of Bcllamont in 
 the year 1700, to convert the Indians," and "had a good knowledge of the dialect 
 of the Mohawks" (Humphrey's Hist. Account, 299, 302). When the Rev. William 
 Andrews began his mission work among the Five Nations in 1710, Mr. Claesse 
 served as his interpreter; and Mr. Freeman (who meanwhile had removed to 
 Brooklyn) gave the Society copies of the translations he had made of the English 
 liturgy and select portions of Scripture — from which a Mohawk prayer-book was 
 printed at New York (Id., 299, 302). This "very worthy Calvinist minister" (as 
 Humphreys characterizes him) may have previously given Mr. Moor a copy of — 
 or assisted him to translate — this little manual. Mather would be glad to pro- 
 mote its publication, and not disinclined to receive whatever credit he was enti- 
 tled to for the work. And as Moor, while in Boston in 1707, was a fugitive from 
 Lord Cornbury's jurisdiction, there was reason enough — the relation of Massachu- 
 setts to New York, considered, — for omitting to mention the author's name on the 
 title page or in connection with the work. 
 
 127 Anthropological Institute of Great Britain and Ireland. The | Jour- 
 nal I of the I Anthropological Institute | of | Great Britain and Ire- 
 land. I Vol. I. [-VIII?! I 
 
 London : | Published for | the Anthropological Institute of Great 
 Britain and Ireland, | by | Trtibner & Co. 57 & 59, Ludgate Hill. | 
 All rights reserved. | 1872 [-1879?] | c. 
 
 7 vols., and vol. 8, pts. 1 & 2, are all I have seen of this publication. 8°. The 
 Institute was formed by the amalgamation of the Anthropological Society of Lon- 
 don, and the Ethnological Society of London. 
 II Lloyd (T. G. B.) On the Beothucs, a Tribe which formerly inhabited New- 
 
 V fouudland. Vol.4, pp. 21-39; vol. .5, pp. 222-230. 
 
 128 Anthropological Society of London. Memoirs | read before the | An- 
 thropological Society | of London. | 1863-4. [-1867-8-9.] | Vol. I. 
 [-III.] I 
 
 London : | Published for the Anthropological Society, by j Trtib- 
 ner & Co. I 1865. [-1870.] I c. HU. 
 
 3 vols. 8°. This society was merged with the Ethnological Society of London, 
 into the Anthropological Institute of Great Britain and Ireland. 
 — Bollaert (W.) Examination of Central American Hieroglyphics. Vol. 3, jip. 
 
 288-314. 
 
 CoUinson (J.) The Indians of the Mosquito Country. Vol. 3, pp. 148-156. 
 
 129 Anthropological Society of Washington. Abstract of Transactions | 
 of the I Anthropological Society | of | Washington, D. C, | with 
 the I Annual Address of the President, | For the First Year, ending 
 January 20, 1880, and for | the Second Year, ending January 18, 
 1881. I Prepared by J. W. Powell. | 
 
 Washington, D. C: | National Eepublican Printing House, | 
 1881. I 
 
 Pp. 1-150. 8°. JWP. 
 
 Mallery (Garrick). The Sign Language of the N. A. Indians. Pp. 19-21. 
 
ANOTHER TONGUE ANUNCIACION. 31 
 
 Anthropological Society of Washington — continued. 
 
 Powell (J. W.) On the Evolution of Language, from a study of Indian lan- 
 guages. Pp. 35-54. 
 
 Wyandot Government. Pp. 76-92. 
 
 "Ward (L. F.) Savage and Civilized Orthoepy. Pp. 106-111. 
 
 130 Antonio (Gaspar). Vocabulario de la lengua de Yucatan. * 
 
 This composition is named by Cogolludo In his Historio and by Pindo in his 
 BibUotheca. — Beristain. 
 
 Quite a lengthy notice is given of this author and his work by Carillo in the 
 Bulletin of the Mex. Geog. Soc, vol. 4. 
 
 131 Antrim (Benajali J.) Pantographia, | or | Universal Drawings, | 
 in the comparison of their natural and arbitrary laws, | with the 
 nature and importance of | Pasigraphy, | as | The Science of 
 Letters 5 | being particularly adapted to the orthoepic accuracy | 
 requisite in international correspondences, and f the study of foreign 
 languages. | With Specimens of more than Fifty Different Alpha- 
 bets, including a concise description | of almost all others known 
 generally throughout the World. | By Benajah J. Antrim. | 
 
 Philadelphia: | Published by the author, and for sale by | Thomas, 
 Oowperthwait & Co. | 1843. | WE. 
 
 Pp. i-vi, 7-162. 12°. 
 
 Cherokee alphabet with explanation of sounds, pp. 103-104. Numerals, 1-10, 
 of the Eclemanch, Esquimaux, and Greenland, p. 153. 
 
 132 Anunciacion(l^r. Domingo dela). DoctrinaXpianabreueycopendio [ 
 sa por via de dialogo entre vn maestro y vn disci- | pulo, sacada en 
 legua castellana y mexicana y | coi^uesta por el rauy reuerendo padre 
 fray | domingo de la anunciacion, ^•icario q | al presente es de cuyo- 
 acan, de | la orden del bien auen | turado padre set'o | Domingo. | 
 
 En Mexico en casa de pedro ocharte. | 1565. | 
 
 Title with wood-cut of S. Domingo; verso the arms of Aloiiso de Montufar, to 
 whom the work is dedicated; dedication 2 pp. in round letters. Text, in Gothic 
 characters, two columns, 11. 3-84. The verso of 1. 83 is occupied by a wood-cut 
 of the Virgin and child with six other figures. Below we read : 
 
 A gloria y alaba9a de nro redeptor jesu xpoy de su ben- | dita 
 mad re y pa vtilidad y prouecho de las aias, aq se aca | ba la decla- 
 racion breue y copediosa de la doctrina xpiana | e legua espaiiola y 
 mexicana, sentencia por sentecia, Fue | ympressa en esta muy leal 
 ciudad d mexico en casa d pedro | ocharte por madado dl yllustrissimo 
 y reueredissimo se- | iior d5 fray aloso d motufar, Argobispo d la 
 dicha ciudad I meritissimo acabose a 15. dias dl mes d mar90. 1565 
 anos. I 
 
 L. 84 contains the license to print the volume, signed by the President and 
 four auditors of the Audiencia of New Spain (Doctor Caynos, Doctor Villalobos, 
 Doctor Horozco, Doctor Vasco de Puga, Antonio de Turfios), and dated at 
 Mexico, October 25th, 1564. The reverse of this page is occupied by a beautiful 
 engraving, representing the arms of Castile, beneath which we read: "Philipus 
 dei gfa Hyspaniarum et in- | diarum Eex.'' 
 
 This precious book, which is very rare, perhaps the only copy known, comes 
 from the college of St. Gregory at Valladolid. It is perhaps the best preserved 
 
32 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Anunciacion (Fr. Domingo de la) — continued. 
 
 volume among tlie rare typographical productions of the New World. The four 
 engravings on wood, which we have mentioned, are very remarkable for their 
 artistic execution. 
 
 P. Domingo de la Anunciacion was born at Fuentevejuna in 1510, and came to 
 Mexico in 1528 ; three years after he entered the convent of the order of brother 
 preachers, devoted himself to the conversion of the Indians, became very learned 
 in the Mexican language, and died in Mexico in 1591. 
 
 Quetif, Eckard, and Davila give to this work the date of 1545.— Leclerc. 
 
 Beristain also gives 1545 as the date. 
 
 Anunciacion [Fr. Iiian de la). 
 See Annunciacion (Fr. luan de la). 
 
 133 AperssHtit okalugtuarissanut tastamantitorkamigdlo tastamantita- 
 migdlo agdlagsimassunut. * 
 
 68 pp. 8°. Queries and replies in the Eskimo language to Testamantitorka- 
 mik, q. v. 
 
 134 Apersutit kigutsillo unipkautsinut agdiangne hailiginetunut apos- 
 telillo kingorngane pijokalaurtunut illingajut. * 
 
 99 pp. 8°. Queries and replies of biblical and ecclesiastical history, and 
 explanations of foreign terms, in the Eskimo language. These two titles from a 
 Greenland missionary, through Prof. Rink. 
 
 135 Apuntes en lengua Quekclii, y pequeno confesionario en la misma 
 lengua. * 
 
 Manuscript, 18 11. 8°. Without author's name. The words are in a sort of small 
 vocabulary and are not complete in Spanish. 
 
 The Quekclii, also called Cacchi, is the language of Cohan in Verapaz, Guate- 
 mala, as well as of many neighboring localities. — Brasseur de Bouriourg. 
 
 13G Ara (Fr. Domingo de). Bocabnlario de lengua Tzeldal segun el 
 orden de Copanabaztla. * 
 
 Manuscript, 150 11. 4°. Tzendal and Spanish. Opposite the title-page are these 
 words : " De consensu superioris habet ad ejus ussum fray Alonso de Guzman," and 
 on the verso of 1. 128, the last of the vocabulary, ' ' Auo de 1616 auos se translado este 
 bocabulario.'' The 4. 11. which follow give the beginning of the Arte of P. Do- 
 mingo de Ara under the title: " Ars Tzeldaica facta a R° p. Fr. Dominico de Ara 
 ordinis Praedicatorum," in perfectly barbarous Latin. 7 11. additional follow, four 
 having connection with the devotion to the Rosary, in Spanish. 
 
 Although written by diiferent hands and loaded with names and additions, 
 this work is still the original vocabulary of Fr. Domingo de Ara, called else- 
 where de Hara and de Lara, who is referred to in Remesal. When the origin.al 
 was found to be worn, it was copied by direction and probably replaced the an- 
 cient copy in the library of the convent of Copanahuaztla, whence it passed, 
 when this city was abandoned, to the Dominican monastery of Ciiidad Real 
 (San Cristobal). It was there presented to me, with many other precious manu- 
 scripts, by Paniagua, last provincial of the order, at the time of its suppression 
 by Juares in 1859. — Brasseur de Bourbourg. 
 
 137 Vocabulario en lengua Tzeldal jaxta ussil oppidii De Copan- 
 
 abastla. * 
 
 Manuscript, 220 11. 4°. This is the second part of the vocabulary of Fr. Domingo 
 
 de Ara, On the first sheet are these words : " De licencia sui pra^lati ad usnm habet 
 
AKUNCIACION — AEA. 33 
 
 Ara (JV. Domingo de) — continued. 
 
 Pray Alonso de Guzman— traslado este booabulario el sobre dicho P= el afio de 
 1620. aflos en la provincia de Tzeldales en el pueblo de Taquin Vitz." Below : 
 "Espana, seis pesos." L. 221, the last of the vocabulary, has on the verso : " Unua 
 Dens una fides unuz baptisma," and beneath: "Soli Deo honor et gloria."— 5ra«- 
 setir de Bouriourg. 
 
 Beristain mentions one of these: Vocabulario de la Lengua de los Indies de 
 Chiapa. 
 
 138 Doctrina Christiana y explicacion de los principales misterios 
 
 de la f§ catholica, espuestos en lengua Tzeldal por el Ilmo senor D. 
 Fray Domingo de Ara, obispo electo de Chiapa, aiio de 1560; obra 
 trasladada de su original por el padre Fray Jacinto del Castillo, 
 ano de 1621. * 
 
 Manuscript, 128 11. fol. In very fine and clear writing, and the best preserved 
 of the manuscripts by this author. 
 
 The work is written entirely in Tzeldal, a,nd is divided into chapters or homilies 
 without number or sequence. From the beginning to leaf 73, inclusive, they all 
 commence with the same verse taken from the Gospel: "Qui crediderit et bapti- 
 zatus fuerit, salvas erit." From verso of 1. 73 to verso of 1. 106 the commands of 
 God and of the church are treated of. Thence to the end, the works of mercy, 
 of capital sins, the nnityof the church, and the creation of man. On the reverse 
 of 1. 117 the author calls himself "boon atatomi Fray Domingo de Ara." I, your 
 father, etc., words which decide the question of the orthography of his name. 
 Further on in the same closing paragraph is given the date— September, 1560 — 
 that is to say, twelve years before Ms death. 
 
 Below follows separately the declaration of the transcriber, Fray Jacinto del 
 CostUlo, who appears to have finished this copy in the month of September, 1621. 
 He signs himself with the title of " Visiteur" to the town of San Juan Cancuc. — 
 Srasseur de Bourbovrg. 
 
 139 Egregium opus Fratris Dominici de Hara. De comparationi- 
 
 bus et simUitudinibus. * 
 
 Manuscript. 140 11. sm. 4° In the Tzendal language. This is the work par 
 excellence of this author whose writings have been almost as much of a mystery 
 to bibliographers as the spelling of his name. The writing, which is very fine and 
 slender, if not his own, is certainly that of his amanuensis or copyist, for it belongs 
 to his epoch, and it is well known that the Spanish monks in America usually 
 dictated the works of which they were the authors. The copyist also was ordi- 
 narily a young native disciple ; hence the errors and the mistakes^in spelling which 
 we sometimes find in this class of works. The title-page bears a signature in a 
 different handwriting, that of "Laureca de Ximena," which we find at the end 
 of the religious treatises which follow this work, as well as many others. These 
 treatises, in the Tzendal language, are : 
 
 140 In festo sanctissimi sacramenti. * 
 
 411. 
 
 141 Modus administrandi sacramentum matrimonii, en tzendal. * 
 
 511.. 
 
 142 Sermo pro disponendis nubentibus, en tzendal. * 
 
 611. 
 
 143 Ztitzo ghibal hatezcan zpaz Confession zghoyoc zcan ych 
 
 Communion Ecuctac. * 
 
 15 U. The volume terminates with the Tzendal Grammar of Domingo de Ara, 
 entitled: 
 
 3 Bib. 
 
34 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Ara {Fr. Domingo de) — continued. 
 
 144 Incipit ars tzeldaica J. E. P. P. Dominici de Hara, ad laudem 
 
 Domini nostri inventa et Ulustrata. * 
 
 Complete work in 28 leaves, of which half the last is lost. A sort of index ends 
 the volume, which is a genuine bibliographic gem. 
 
 Thus, as we have seen, the author's name is spelled alternately de or del Hara, 
 and de Ara. Remesal writes de Ara, but in the Teatro eclesiastico de la primitiva 
 Iglesia de las Indias Occidentales of Gil Gonzalez Davila, as well as in Pinelo and 
 Beristain, we find de Lara. — Brasseur de Bourbourg. 
 
 145 Arana Xahila (D. Francisco Ernantez). Mauuscrit Cakchiquel. 
 Memorial de Tecpan-Atitlan (Solola), histoire des deux families ro- 
 yales du royaume des Oakchiquels d'lximch^ ou Guatemala, r6dig6 
 en langue Cakchiqufele par le prince Don Francisco Ernantez Arana- 
 Xahila, des rois Ahpozotziles. * 
 
 Manuscript. 68 11. fol. Cachiquel text and an attempted French translation 
 opposite. Copy of the original made by me with the translation during my stay 
 at Rabinal. 
 
 It is a document of the greatest interest. It comprises the primitive symbolic 
 history analogous to that of Popal Vuh, but with numerous remarkable differences. 
 Then comes the history proper of the Cakchiquel Kingdom established at Iximch6 
 whose ruins are found at about a league of the town of Tepan Guatemala. 
 
 The style of the work is varied and picturesque, and contains very animated 
 passages. — Brasseur de Bouriourg. 
 
 146 Araujo (Martinez de). Manval | De los Santos Sacramentos en el | 
 Idioma de Michuacan. | Dedicalo | Al list™", y Eev"". Senor Doctor 
 D. Jvan I Ortega Montanes mi Senor del Consejo | de su Magestad, 
 Obispo que fue de Durango, | Gruatemala, y oy dignissimo Obispo 
 de I Michuacan. | Bl Bachiller Ivan Martinez de | Aravjo, primer 
 Oolegial de el Colegio de S. | Eamon Konnato, Abogado de la Real 
 Audiencia | de Mexico, Comissario del Santo Officio de la | Inquisi- 
 cion de esta ISTueva-Bspaiia, Visitador que | fue de las Cordilleras de 
 tierra caliente de dicho | Obispado, y Cura proprietario treinta alios 
 en los I partidos de Punguarebuato, e Iglesia Parrochial | de el 
 Archangel S. Miguel de Tlazazalca, y su | Inez Eclesiastico. | 
 
 Con licencia de los Svperiores. | En Mexico: por Dofia Maria de 
 Benavides, Viudad de Juan de Eibera | en el Empedradillo. Ano 
 de 1690. I 0. 
 
 7 p. 11. Leaves 1-93 & Indice 1 1. sm. 4°. 
 
 "This is one of the rarest works on the Mexican Indian dialects. It is not 
 cited by Antonio or Pinelo, but a copy occurs in the Fischer catalogue. The author 
 was Advocate of the Royal Audience of Mexico, Commissioner of the Inquisition, 
 and Curd for thirty years in the districts of Panguarehuato, and S. Michael of 
 Tlascala." — Ramirez Sale Cat. 
 
 147 Archives litt^raires de I'Europe; ou, Melanges de litt^rature, d'his- 
 toire, et de philosophie. Tome I. 
 
 Paris, 1804, &c. * 
 
 8°. Continued, 4 vols, a year. Contains some Indian vocabularies. — Sabin. 
 
AKA — ARENAS. 35 
 
 148 Arctic Expedition. | Further | Correspondence and Proceedings | 
 connected with | the Arctic Expedition. [ Presented to both Houses 
 of Parliament by Command of Her Majesty. | [Coat of arms of 
 Great Britain.] 
 
 London : Printed by George Edward Eyre and William Spottis- 
 woode, I Printers to the Queen's most excellent Majesty. | For Her 
 Majesty's Stationery Oflce. | 1852. 
 
 Pp. 1-216. foUo. 
 
 Hooper (W. H.) List of Esquimaux words. Pp. 179-186. 
 
 149 Arenas (Pedro de). Vocabulario Manual de las dos lenguas Cas- 
 tellana, y Mexicana, su Autor Pedro de Arenas. 
 
 En Mexico el ano de 1583. * 
 
 Title from Boturiui's Catalogue. "BoturiDi mentions an edition of 1583; 1 
 think it should read 1683." — Icazbalceta. 
 
 150 Vocabvlario | de las Lengvas | Castellaua y Mexicana | en 
 
 qve se contienen | las palabras, preguntas, y respuestas mas co | 
 munes, y ordinarias que se suelen offre | cer en el trato, y communi- 
 cacion | eutre Espanoles, e Indios. | Compuesto por Pedro | de Are- 
 nas. I Impress© con licencia, y approbaciou. | 
 
 En Mexico. | En la emprenta | de Henrico Martinez. [IGll.] * 
 
 8 p. 11., namely, Title, 1 1., License, 1 1., Prologo, 1 1., Tabla, 5 11.; pp. 1-lGO. 
 sm. 4". 
 
 The date of the Petition is found at the end of the Privilege. The note to Ihe 
 title of this edition in Sabin's Dictionary, says, "A volume of great rarity. A 
 complete copy is scarcely known." Ternaux, "A small and very rare volume." 
 
 Boturini, in his Catalogo del Museo Indio, places the Vocabulario under the 
 date of 1583 ; but as i I is not uncommon to antedate works printed without the 
 year being named, I am inclined to believe the edition of 1611 to be the first. — 
 Fields. 
 
 151 Vocabulario manual de las lenguas castellana y Mexicana. 
 
 En que se contienen palabras, preguntas, y respuestas mas comunes 
 y ordinarias que se suelen ofrecer, etc., el trato y comunicacion entre 
 Espanoles e Indios. Compuesto por Pedro de Arenas. 
 
 En Mexico, por la Viuda de Francisco Lupercio, y por su original, 
 en la Puebla, por la Viuda de Miguel de Ortega y Bonilla. [1611 ? [ * 
 
 In 8°. Though without date it is known to be of the year 1611, as indicated 
 by the Privilege. — Brasseur de Bourbourg. 
 
 It will be noticed that in the titles, each without date, given by Fields and by 
 Brasseur de Bourbourg, the imprints differ. I have seen two copies of still another 
 without date, and with a different imprint from either of those given above: one 
 of these is in the library of J. Carter Brown, the other in that of Harvard Uni- 
 versity; to the latter has been added in pencil the date of 1611. The title is as 
 follows : 
 
 152 Vocabulario | Manual | de las Lenguas | Castellana, y Mexi- 
 cana. I En que se contienen | las palabras, preguntas, y respuestas 
 mas I comunes, y ordinarias, que se suelen | offrecer en el trato y 
 comunicacion | entre Espanoles, e Indios. j Compuesto, por | Pedro 
 de Arenas, j Impresso con licencia, y aprobacion. | 
 
36 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Arenas (Pedro de) — continued. 
 
 En Mexico. | En la impreuta de Fran- ) cisco de Eivera Calderon: 
 en la calle | de S. Augustin. | [16111] hu. job. 
 
 5 p. 11., 140 pp. 24"^. 
 
 153 Vocabvlario | Manual | de las Lengvas | Castellana, y Mexi- 
 
 cana. | En qA'e se contienen las | palabras, preguntas, y respuestas 
 mas comunes, | y orditiarias que se suelen ofrecer en el | trato, y 
 comunicacion entre | Espauoles | h Indios. | Emmendado en esta 
 vltima impression | Oompuesto por Pe- | dro de Arenas. | Impresso 
 con licencia, y Aprobacion. | 
 
 En Mexico. | En la imprenta de la viuda de | Bernardo Calderon 
 Ano de M. DO. LXXXIII. [1083.] | JOB. 
 
 4 p. 11., 118 11., 1 1. n. u. 16°. Icazbaloeta's Apuntes says there are two distinct 
 edilions of this date. 
 
 154 Vocabvlario | Manval | de las Lengvas | Castellana, y Me- 
 
 xicana. ( En que se contienen las | palabras, preguntas y respuestas 
 mas comu- | nes y ordinarias que so suelen ofrecer en el | trato y 
 comunicacion entre | Esi)auoles, e Indios. | Oompuesto por Pedro | 
 de Arenas. | Oon Licencia. | 
 En Mexico. | Por la Viuda de Francisco Rodriguez Lu- | percio, 
 en la puente de Palacio. | Ano de 1690. | job. 
 
 4 p. 11., 120 pp. 16°. 
 
 155 Vocabulario Manual de las Lenguas Castellana y Mexicana, 
 
 en que se contienen las palabras, preguntas y respuestas mas com- 
 munes, y ordinarias, que se seulen offrecer en el trato, y commnni- 
 cacion entre Espauoles, e Indios, oompuesto por Pedro de Arenas. 
 
 Mexico, 1700. * 
 
 12°. Not seeu ; title from Sabin's Dictionary. 
 
 156 Vocabulario manual de las lenguas castellana y mexicana, 
 
 en que se contienen las palabras, jjreguntas y respuestas mas comu- 
 nes y ordinarias, que se suelen offrecer en el trato y communicacion 
 entre Espauoles 6 Indios. 
 
 Mexico, F. de Rivera Calderon, 1728. * 
 
 6 p. U., 140 pp. 8°. Title from Tross' Bib.-Mex. 
 
 157 Vocabulario Manual de las Lenguas Castellana y Mexicana, 
 
 en que se contienen las palabras mas comunes en communicacion 
 entre Espauoles h Indios. 
 
 Mexico, Herederos de la Viuda de B. Calderon, [cir. 1730]. • 
 
 12°. Not seen; title from Quaritcb. 
 
 158 1^ Vocabulario | Manual | de las Lenguas j Castellana, y 
 
 Mexicana, j en que se contienen | las palabras, preguntas, y respu- 
 estas I mas comunes, y ordinarias que se sue | len ofrecer en el trato, 
 y comu- I nicacion entre Espaiioles, 6 \ Indios. | Compuesto | por 
 Pedro de Arenas. | [Figure.] 
 
ARENAS ARROYO DE LA CUESTA, 37 
 
 Arenas (Pedro de)— continued. 
 
 Eeimpreso con Lisencia y approbacion. | En la Puebla de | Los 
 Angeles | En la Oflcina de Don Pedro de la | Eosa en el Portal de 
 las Flores | Ano de 1793. | *#* | gb. 
 
 6 p. 11., pp. 1-145. 16°. 
 
 Spanish-Mexican, pp. 1-101, Mexican-Spanish, pp. 102-145. 
 
 159 Vocabulario | Manual | de las Lenguas | Castellana, y Me- 
 
 xicana | en Que se contienen | la8palabras,preguntas,yres- | puestas 
 mas comunes, y ordinarias | que se suelen ofrecer en el trato, y | 
 comunicacion entre Espanoles, h | Indios. | Compuesta | por Pedro 
 de Arenas. | 
 
 Eeimpreso en Puebla en la Imprenta del | hospital de S. Pedro, k 
 cargo del C. | Manuel Buen Abad Ano de 1831. | gb. 
 
 11 pp. n. n. , pp. 1-132. 16°. The paging of this volume is the reverse of ordinary, 
 the odd numbers being on the left-hand page and the even on the right hand. 
 
 Spanish-Mexican, pp. 1-93; Mexican-Spanish, pp. 94-132. 
 
 160 Guide de la Conversation en trois langues Prangais, Espa- 
 
 gnol etMexicain contenantun petit abr6g6 dela GrammaireMexicaine, 
 un Vocabulaire des mots les plus usuels et des Dialogues Pamiliers, 
 par Pedro de Arenas. Eevu et Traduit en Prangais par M. Charles 
 Eomey. 
 
 Paris : Maisonneuve et C*«, 1862, BA. 
 
 Pp. 1-72. 12°. 
 
 161 Amy {Gov. W. P. M.) Vocabulary of the Navajo Indians. 
 
 Manuscript. 10 11. 4°. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. Collected 
 in 1874. Governor Amy was assisted by Prof. Valentine Friese and Rev. W. B. 
 Forr^y. 
 
 162 Arroyo de la Cuesta (P. F. Felipe). Grammar | of the | Mutsun 
 Language, | spoken at the Mission of San Juan Bautista, | Alta 
 California. | By | Father Felipe Arroyo de la Cuesta, | of the Order 
 of St. Francis. | 
 
 New York : | Cramoisy Press. | 1861. | 
 
 Second title ; 
 
 Extracto | de la | Gramatica Mutsun, | 6 de la lengua de los Natu- 
 rales de la | Mision de San Juan Bautista, | compuesta | por el Eev. 
 Padre Fray Felipe Arroyo | de la Cuesta, | del orden seraflco de N. P. 
 San Francisco, Ministro | de dicha Mision en 1816. | 
 
 Nueva-York. | 1861. | BA. jwp. 
 
 Pp. i-viii, 9-48. 8°. English title recto of 1. 2; Spanish title recto of 1. 3. 
 
 Shea's Library of American Linguistics, vol. iv. 
 163 A I Vocabulary or Phrase Book | of the | Mutsun Lan- 
 guage I of Alta California. ( By the Eev. F. Felipe Arroyo de la 
 Cuesta, I of the order of St. Francis. | 
 
 New York: | Cramoisy Press. | 1862. | 
 Second title : 
 
 Jesus, Maria et Josp. | Alphab^ Eivulus Obeundus, | exprimatio- 
 num causa | Horum Indorum Mutsun | missionis sanct. Joann. Bap- 
 
38 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Arroyo de la Cuesta (P. F. Felipe) — continued. 
 
 tistse, I exquisitarum | a Fr. Philipp. Ab. Ar. yo. de la Cuesta, | 
 Supradictffi missionis Indion. minist. | Opus pitillum, et renanscens 
 elaboratum meatim | in tempore attrepidationis meae. | 
 
 Aflo de 1815, | con privilegio de | Conveniunt rebus nomina 
 
 saepe suis. | BA. JWP. 
 
 Pp. i-viii, 9-96. 8°. English title recto of 1. 2 ; Spanish title recto of 1. 3. 
 
 Shea's Library of American Linguistics, vol. viii. 
 
 164 Vocabulary of the Mutsun. 
 
 In Powell (J. W.) Contributions to N. A. Ethnology, vol. 3, pp. 535-549. 
 "Washington, 1877. 4°. 
 
 165 Idiomas Oalifornios. 
 
 Manuscript. 32 pp. folio. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. 
 
 This manuscript, copied from the original in Santa Barbara, Cal., by Mr. E. T. 
 Murray, contains the following vocabularies: Esselen, or Huelel — Mutsun; San 
 Antonio y San Miguel; San Luis Obispo; Nopthrinthres of San Juan Baptista — 
 Yokuts; Canal de Santa Barbara; San Luis Rey; Karkin — Mutsun; Tuichun — 
 Mutsun (?); Saclan; Suisun— Wiutun ; Hluimen, or Uhimen— Mutsun; Lathruu- 
 nun — Yokuts. 
 
 166 Arte de la Lengua OaMta conforme k las Eeglas de muchos Peritos 
 en ella. Oompuesto por vn Padre de la Compania de Jesus, Missio- 
 nero de mas de treinta anos en la Provincia de Cynaloa. . Esta lo 
 saca 4 luz, y humilde lo consagra al grande Apostol de la India Ori- 
 ental, y primer Apostol del Japon San Francisco Xavier. 
 
 Alio de 1737. Oon licencia de los superiores. En Mexico en la 
 Imprenta de D. Francisco Xavier Sanchez, en el puente de Palacio. ♦ 
 
 5 p. 11. and some additional leaves containing list of errors ; 118 pp. A Spanish- 
 Cahita vocabulary occupies 26 unnumbered 11. Not seen ; title from Icazbalceta's 
 Apuntes. 
 
 " This is the only printed Grammar mentioned by Pimentel as having beeu used 
 by him in composing his Notice of the Cahita Language. It is the language 
 spoken chiefly in the provinces of Sonora and Sinaloa, and is divided by Pimentel 
 into three dialects — Yaqui, Mayo, and Tehueco." — Ramirez Mi. Mex. 
 
 167 Arte de la lengua Vulgar Mexicana de Guatemala, qual se habla en 
 Ezcuintla y otros pueblos del Reyno. * 
 
 Manuscript. 30 11. 4°. Very well written, but worm-eaten throughout, and not 
 complete. This, with a copy equally worm-eaten, is all that remains of the Mexi- 
 can vernacular of Central America. I have reason to believe that this vernacular 
 is the same that Mr. Squier calls, following Juarras, the language of Nahuat. It 
 differs especially from pure Mexican, in having the consonant I omitted after t in 
 the middle and end of the words. — Brasseur de Bouriourg. 
 
 168 Arte de lengua Otomi, Vocabulario, Doctrina &c. * 
 
 Manuscript. 56 11. 4°. Without title. Title from Icazbalceta's Apuntes. 
 
 169 Arte de Lengua Qiche yllustrado con algunas notas que estan pues. 
 tas al fin * * * por un aficionado a este ydioma. 1793. * 
 
 Manuscript, sm. 4^. Evidently written by some Spanish monk in Mexico or 
 Guatemala, and intended for publication. It is a work which evidences the labour 
 of many years, and must be extremely valuable even now .—Quariteh Cat. 
 
 170 Arte Mexicano. • 
 
 Manuscript. 13 11. 4°. Title from Icazbalceta's Apuntes. 
 
AEROYO DE LA CUESTA — ASSIKINACK. 39 
 
 171 Arte y Cartilla del Idioma Othomi. * 
 
 Manuscript. Cent, xviii. 4°. Contains grammar, vocabulary and catechism.— 
 Fischer Sale Cat. 
 
 172 Asbury (Daniel B.) Muskokvlke Bnakcokv Esy vliiketv. | The Mus- 
 cogee Hymn Book. | Collected and Revised | by order of the | Meth- 
 odist Committf[e]e, on Translation. | By Daniel B. Asbury. ) [3 lines 
 quotation.] | 
 
 Baptist Mission Press, C. N.: | J. Candy, Printer. | 1855. | jwp. 
 Pp. 1-82. , 1 1. 24°. See Fleming (J . ) and Loughridge (E. M. ) for other editions. 
 
 Aspberry (D. P.) 
 See Harrison (P.) and Aspberry (D. P.) 
 
 173 Assail (Friedrich Wilhelm). ISTachrichten iiber die friiheren Ein- 
 wohner von Nordamerika und ihre Denkmaler, gesammelt von Frie- 
 drich Wilhelm Assail, Berghauptmann des Staates Pennsylvanien. 
 Herausgegeben mit einem Vorberichte von Franz Jos. Mone. 
 
 Heidelberg, A. Oswald, 1827. » 
 
 152 pp. 8°. Atlas. "Almost a literal translation of Vol. I of the Archaeologia 
 Americana. " — Sabin. 
 
 174 Assembly's | (The) | Catechism. | 
 
 Printed at Stockbridge, Massachusetts, | by Loring Andrews. | 
 
 1795. I . ' MHS. GB. 
 
 Pp. 1-31. 12°. Colophon : The foregoing is printed in the | Moheakannuk, or 
 Stockbridge Indian Language. 
 
 The Assembly's Shorter Catechism, pp. 3-27. "Dr. Watts' Shorter CatecMsm 
 for Children," pp. 27-31. 
 
 175 Assembly's (The) Shorter Catechism. ba. 
 
 No title-page. 34 pp. 24°. Colophon: "The foregoing is printed in the Mohea- 
 kannuk or Stockbridge Indian Language." 
 
 "Assembly's Shorter Catechism," pp. 1-22; "Dr. Watt's Shorter Catechism for 
 Children," pp. 22-25; Extracts from the Gospels, pp. 26-31; "Select Psalms," pp. 
 32-34. 
 
 A manuscript note on this pamphlet says: This translation was made by John 
 Quincey, and Capt. Hendrick who received his commission from General Washing- 
 ton. Little else has ever been published into the Stockbridge language besides 
 this. 
 
 " This is one of the earliest translations made into our Indian languages, and is 
 understood to have been done prior to the American Kevolution, while this tribe 
 dwelt at Stockbridge, Mass., on the Housatonic Eiver." — Schoolcraft. 
 
 176 Assikinack (F.) The Odahwah Indian Language. By F. Assiki- 
 nack, a warrior of the Odahwahs. 
 
 In Canadian Institute Proc, vol. 3, new series, pp. 481-485. Toronto, 1858. 8°. 
 
 177 Eemarks on the paper headed "The Odowah Indian Lan-. 
 
 guage" published in the Canadian Journal for November, 1858. By 
 P. Assikinack. Eead before the Canadian Institute, 14th January, 
 1860. c. 
 
 In Canadian Institute Proc, new series, vol. 5, pp. 182-186. Toronto, 1860. 8°. 
 Supplementary to paper by the same author in vol. iii. 
 
40 NORTH AMEEICAN LIXGUISTICS. 
 
 178 Attend the House of God. C. 
 
 2 pp. 12°. Tract in the Chippewa language. 
 
 179 Atuagagdliutit. | Nalinginarnik | tuscariiminasassunik univkat. | 
 
 No. 1-45 [1-12]. I 
 
 Nungme Nunap Nalagata | Nakiteriviaoe Nakitat. | L. Moller- 
 mit. I 1861-1865. [1879-1880.], c. JWP. 
 
 An illustrated eight-page quarto paper, two columns to the page, printed in 
 Eskimo at Godthaab, Greenland. First issued Jan., 1861, and continued to the 
 present. It is not issued at stated intervals. Up to and including the issue of 
 April, 1874 (No. 193), the columns were numbered consecutively to 3,081. This 
 is followed by 24 columns index. Since that time there has been six volumes 
 issued (to Ap. 15, 1880), each containing 192 columns, making in all 4,257 columns. 
 
 180 Atwater (Caleb). Eemarks made on a Tour to Prairie da Chien; 
 thence to Washington City, in 1829. By Caleb Atwater, late Com- 
 missioner employed by the United States to negotiate with the In- 
 dians of the upper Mississippi, for the purchase of mineral country; 
 and author of Western Antiquities. 
 
 Published by Israel N. Whiting Columbus, (O.): 1831. BA. 
 
 Pp. i-vii, i-iv, 1-296. 12°. 
 
 Eemarks on Indian Languages, pp. 75-84. Rudiments of the Grammar of the 
 Sioux Language, pp. 149-151. A vocabulary of the Sioux Language, pp. 152-172. 
 
 181 The I Writings | of | Caleb Atwater. | 
 
 Columbus. I Published by the Author. | Printed by Scott and 
 Wright. I 1833. | 0. 
 
 Pp. 1-8. 1 1. pp. 9-408. 8°. This work is made up of two articles: "A Descrip- 
 tion of the Antiquities discovered in the Western Country: originally communi- 
 cated to the American Antiquarian Society, by Caleb Atwater" (pp. 9-165), and: 
 "Eemarks made on a Tour to Prairie du Chien; thence to Washington City, in 
 1829" (pp. 167-408). The latter contains remarks upon and a few examples of the 
 Ojibeway, Winnebagog, Sionx, and Osage. 
 
 182 The I Indians of the Northwest, | their | Manners, Cus- 
 toms I &c. &c. I or I Remarks | made on a tour to Prairie du Chien 
 and I thence to Washington City in 1829, | by Caleb Atwater, | Com- 
 missioner employed by the United States, to ne- | gotiate with the In- 
 dians of the upper | Mississippi, for the purchase of the | mineral 
 country, &c. | 
 
 Columbus: | 1850. | C. 
 
 Pp. i-vii, 1-296. 12°. ' 
 
 Eemarks on Indian Languages, pp. 75-84. Eudimenfs of the Grammar of the 
 Sionx Language, pp. 149-151. A vocabulary of the Sioux Language, pp. 152-172. 
 
 183 Aubin ( — ). Etude sur la langue Otomi. * 
 
 In Soc. Amerlcaine Archives, 2d series, vol. 1, p. 333. 
 Not seen; picked-up title. 
 
 184 Aubin (M. A.) Essai sur la Langue Mexicaine et la Philologie 
 Am6ricaine. Par M. A. Aubin. C. 
 
 In Soc. Amerlcaine Archives, nouveUe s6rie, tome premier, pp. 334-353. Paris, 
 
 1875. 8°. 
 
ATTEND ^AVILA. 41 
 
 Aubin (M. A.)^contmued. 
 
 185 Langue Am^ricaine; Langue Litt6rature et Bcriture Mexi- 
 
 caines. * 
 
 In Uncyclop^die du xix™° Sifeole, tome xxvi, supplement, pp. 500-507. 
 Title from Trutaer's Cat. 
 
 186 Avenda&o {Fr, Andres). Diccionario de la lengua de Yucatan. * 
 
 187 Diccionario abreviado de los adverbios de tiempo y lugar de 
 
 la lengua de Yucataja. * 
 
 188 Diccionario de nombres de personas, idolos, danzas y otras 
 
 antigiiedades de los Indios de Yucatan. • 
 
 189 Arte para aprender la lengua de Yucatan. * 
 
 Four titles above from Beiistain. 
 
 190 Avila [Fr. Augustin). Libro de la explicacion de la Doctrina Chris- 
 tiana en lengua Kiche. 
 
 Written and preserved in the library of the principal convent of Gruatemala. — 
 Seristain. 
 
 191 Avila {Fr. Francisco). Arte y Platicas en lengua Mexicana. 
 
 Mexico 1696. • 
 
 Title from Pimentel. 
 
 192 Avila {Fr. Francisco de). Espejo de Doctrina Xptiana para los 
 naturales. Compuesto en su idioma Mexicano per el E*". P". Fr. 
 Francisco de Auila P. Lector del dicbo idioma, y Oura mro de la 
 Doctrina, en el Oonuento de N'". S'". de la Assumpcion de la Mil]jan 
 y Electo en G". de dho. Gonu*". el ano de 1713. * 
 
 Manuscript. 23 11. 4°. Title from Icazbalceta's Apuntes. 
 
 193 Arte | de la Lengua Mexicana, | y breves Platicas de los 
 
 Mysteries | de N. Santa Fee Catholica, y otras para exortacion de | 
 su obligacion 4 los Indios. | Compuesto | Por el P. F. Francisco de 
 Avila, I Predicador, Cura Ministro por su Magestad | del Pueblo 
 de la Milpan, y Lector del Idio- | ma Mexicano, del Orden de los 
 Meno- I res de :S. P. San Francisco. | Dedicalo | al M. E P. F. loseph 
 Pedrasa, | Predicador General lubilado, Qualiflcador | del Santo 
 Officio de la Inquisicion, Padre de | las Provincias de San Pedro, y 
 San Pablo de | Michoacan, y Zacatecas, Ex-Ministro Pro- | vincial, 
 y Padre mas digno de la de Xalisco; | y Vice Comissario General 
 detodaslas | Provincias de Jfueva-Espana, | e Islas Philipinas &c. | 
 
 Con Licencia delos Superiores: | En Mexico, por los Herederos de 
 la Yiuda de Miguel | de Eibera Caldero en el Empedradillo. Ano 
 de 1717. I c. JOB. 
 
 12 p. 11. 37 11. 12°. 
 
 194 Avila (Jose Antonio Magos Garcia de). Diccionario en Castellana 
 y Otomi, por Eev. Padre Jose Antonio Magos Garcia de Avila. * 
 
 Manuscript. 338 pp. 4°. Cent, xviii. Title from the Fischer Sale Catalogue. 
 
42 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 195 Ayala (D. Gabriel). Apuntes liist6riocos de la naciou megicana en 
 lengua Nahuatl, que es la lengua antigua y sabia de los raegicanos. * 
 
 Manuscript in the Museum of Boturini. Begins in 1243 and condudes in 
 1562. — Beriatain. 
 
 196 Ayora [Fr. Juan). Arte y Diccionario de la lengua Tarasca. '^ 
 
 Title from Beristain, who copied it from Antonio. 
 
 197 Arte y Diccionario de la lengua megicana. * 
 
 He was very skillful in all three idioms [including the lUoca of the Philippine 
 
 Islands], and could have written in them all. — Beristain. 
 
 198 Tratado del Santisimo Sacramento en lengua megicana. * 
 
 Printed, according to the testimony of Torquemada, Botancur, and Lavrea.— 
 
 Beristain . 
 
 199 Arte, Diccionario y Tratado sobre el Santisimo Sacramento 
 
 [en lengua Mexican a]. 
 
 Title from Pimeutel. 
 
 200 Azpell (Dr. Thomas P.) Vocabulary of the Klamath language. 
 
 In Powell (J. W.) Contributions to N. A. Ethnology, vol. 3, pp. 460-471. 
 
 Washington, 1877. 4°. 
 
 201 Vocabulary of the Hoopa, and of the Klamath. 
 
 Manuscript. 10 11. 4°. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. Collected 
 
 in California in 1870. 
 
 202 Bacon (Olmer K.) A | History of Ifatick, | from its | first Settel- 
 ment in 1651 | to the | present time; | with | notices of the first 
 white families, | and also an account of the Centennial Celebration, 
 Oct. 16, I 1851, Bev. Mr. Hurt's address at the consecration | of Dell 
 Park Cemetery, &c., &c., &c. | By Olmer IST. Brown, | Attorney at 
 Law. I 
 
 Boston: | Damrell & Moore, Printers, | 16 Devonshire Street. | 
 1856. I c. 
 
 Ip.l., pp. 1-261. 8°. 
 Lord's Prayer in Natick, from Eliot's Bible, p. 56. 
 
 203 [Baegert (Jacob).] Nachrichten | von der | Amerikanischen Halb- 
 insel I Californien: | mit einem | zweyfacheu | Anhang falscher 
 Nachrichten. | Geschrieben | von einem | Priester der Gesellschaft 
 Jesu, I welcher lang darinn diese leteztere Jahr | gelebet hat. | Mit 
 Erlaubnuss der Oberen. | 
 
 Mannheim, | gedruckt in der Churfiirstl. Hof- und Academic- | 
 Buchdruckerey, 1772. | JCB. 
 
 8 p. 11., pp. 1-385. 12°. map. 
 
 Zweyter Theil, Chapter 10, Von der Sprache der Californier (pp. 17,')-194) con- 
 tains, pp. 186-189, the Lord's Prayer, the twelve articles of the creed, and the con- 
 jugation of the verb " Amukri, To play," in the language of the Waicuri. 
 
 Translated and reprinted, in part, as follows: 
 
AYALA — BAEZO. 43 
 
 [Baegert (Jacob)]— continued. 
 
 204 An account of the Aboriginal Inhabitants of the California 
 
 Peninsula, as given by Jacob Baegert, a German Jesuit Missiouary, 
 who lived there seventeen years during the second half of the last 
 century. Translated and arranged for the Smithsonian Institution 
 by Charles Rau, of New York City. 
 
 In Smithsonian Inst., Ann. Eep., 1863, pp. 352-369. Washington, 1864, 8°; 
 and iu lUd., 1864, pp. 378-399. Washington, 1865, 8°. 
 
 Chapter x. Their languages (1864, pp. 393-398), contains, pp. 397, 398, the 
 Lord's Prayer, the twelve Articles of the Creed, and the conjugation of the verh 
 Amukri, to play, in the language of the Waicuri; and Appendix, p. 399, "Note 
 on the Cora and Waicuri languages by Francisco Piemental" contains a short 
 comparative vocabulary of the Cora and Vaicura, from Soc. Geog., Bol., Tom. 8, 
 p. 603. Mexico, 1862, 8°. 
 
 205 Baer (Karl Ernst von). Statistische und ethnographische Nachrich- 
 ten I iiber | die Eussischen Besitzungen | an der | Nordwestkuste 
 von Amerika. | Gesammelt | von dem ehemaligen Oberverwalter 
 dieser Besitzungen, | Contre-Admiral v. Wrangell. | Auf Kosten der 
 Kaiserl. Akademie der Wissenschaften | herausgegeben | und mit 
 den Berechnungen aus Wraugell's Witterungsbeobachtungen | und 
 andern Zusatzen vermehrt | von | K. E. v. Baer. | 
 
 St. Petersburg, 1839. | Buchdruckerei der Kaiserlichen Akademie 
 der Wissenschaften. | c. 
 
 Forms vol. 1 of Baer (K. E. von) and Helmersen (G. von). Beitrage zur Kent- 
 niss des Eussischen Eeiches. St. Petersburg, 1839. 8°. 
 
 War song of the Bodegas with German translation, p. 21 ; short comparative 
 vocabulary of the Atna, Ugalenzen, and Koloschen, p. 99; short vocabulary of 
 the Inktiluchluaten, pp. 119-120; a few words and numerals (1-5) of the Eskimo 
 of Behring Strait, the Kadiak, Eskimo of Igloolik, and Unalaschker, p. 123; 
 names of planets and months in Kuskokwimer, pp. 134-135. Chapter ix : Sprach- 
 proben, contains a comparative vocabulary of the Chwachamaju and Olamentke, 
 pp. 234-235; comparative vocabulary of the Aleuten (of Fox Island), Kadjack, 
 Tschugatschen, Ugalenzen, Kenaier, Atnaer (of Copper Eiver), Koltschauen (of 
 Copper Eiver), and Koloschen (of Sitka), p. 259 (folding sheet) ; vocabulary of 
 the Kuskokwimer, pp. 259-270; vocabulary of the Koloschen, pp. 271-274. 
 
 206 and Helmersen (Gregor von). Beitrage | zur Kentniss | des 
 
 Eussischen Eeiches | und der | angranzenden Lander Asiens. | 
 Auf kosten der Kaiserl. Akadamie der Wissenschaften | herausge- 
 geben I von I K. E. von Baer und Gr. von Helmersen. | Erster 
 fSechsundzwanzigstesJ Bandchen. | Wrangell's ISTachrichten tlber 
 die Eussischen Besitzungen ( an der Nordwestkiiste von America. | 
 
 St. Petersburg, 1839. | [-1871.] Im Verlage der Kaiserlichen Aka- 
 demie der Wissenschaften. | 0. 
 26 vols. 8°. 
 Baer (K. E. von). Statistische und Ethnographische Nachrichten. Vol. 1. 
 
 207 Baezo (Perfecto). Vocabulario de las Lenguas Castellana y Maya. 
 
 In Soc. de G-eog. Bull., first series, vol. 18, pp. 215-217. Paris, 1832. 8°. 
 
44 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 208 [Bagster (Samuel)] editor and publisher. The Bible of Every Land. 
 A History of tlie Sacred Scriptures iu every Language and Dialect 
 into which translations have been made : illustrated with specimen 
 portions in native characters. Series of Alphabets ; coloured Ethno- 
 graphical maps, tables, indexes, etc. 
 
 London: Samuel Bagster and Sons. [n. d.] ABS. 
 
 Pp. i-xxviii, 1-3, 1-406, 1-12. 4°. Dedicatiou, dated 1848, signed by Samuel 
 Bagster. 
 
 Extracts from tbe scriptures in the following languages and dialects: Esqui- 
 maux of Labrador, John, chap, i, v. 1-14, p. 359 ; Esquimaux of Greenland, ibid., 
 pp. 362,363; Virginia, ibid., p. 365; Massachusetts, ibid., p. 366; Delaware, John, 
 chap, i, V. 1-10, p. 368; Cree, Matthew, chap, lii, v. 13-17, p. 369; Ojibway, John, 
 chap, i, V. 1-14, p. 370; Chippewas, i6t(J., p. 371 ; Mohawk, «6i(?., p. 375; Chocktaw, 
 ibid., p. 379; Dacota, or Sioux, ibid., p. 381; Mexican, or Aztec, Luke, chap, vi, 
 V. 27-38, p. 383 ; Otomi, Lord's prayer, p. 385 ; Mayan, St. Luke, chap, vi, v. 27-38, 
 p. 386 ; Mosquito, Lord's prayer, p. 387. 
 
 209 The Bible in Every Land. A History of the Sacred Scrip- 
 tures in every Language and Dialect into which translations have 
 been made; illustrated by specimen portions in native characters; 
 Series of Alphabets; coloured Ethnographical Maps, Tables, In- 
 dexes, etc. New edition, enlarged and enriched. [One line quota- 
 tion.] 
 
 London: Samuel Bagster and Sons: At the warehouse for Bibles, 
 New Testaments, Church Services, Prayer Books, Lexicons, Gram- 
 mars, Concordances, and Psalters, in ancient and modem languages; 
 15 Paternoster Row. [n. d.] 0. 
 
 16p.ll.,pp.l-:?6, 1-480. 4°. maps. 
 
 Extracts from the Scriptures in the following languages and dialects: Esqui- 
 maux, John, cbap. i, v. 1-14, p. 438; Greenlandish, John, chap, i, v. 1-14 (1799 
 version), p. 441; Greenlandish, John, chap, i, v. 1-14 (1822 version), p. 443; Vir- 
 ginia, John, chap, i, v. 1-14, p. 444; Massachusetts, ibid., p. 445; Delaware, John, 
 chap, i, T. 1-10, p. 447 ; Cree, St. Matthew, chap, iii, v. 13-17, p. 448 ; Cree, St. .John, 
 chap, i, V. 1-10, p. 449; Cree, St. John, chap, i, v. 1-10 (syllabic characters), p. 449 ; 
 Chippeway, St. John, chap, i, v. 1-14, p. 450 ; Ojib-sv ay, ibid. , 453 ; Micmac, St. John, 
 chap, i, v. 1-14 (phonetic characters), p. 454; Mohawk, St. John, chap, i, v. 1-14, 
 p. 456 ; Chocktaw, ibid., p. 461; Dacota, or Sioux, ibid., p. 463; Mexican, or Aztec, 
 St. Luke, chap, vi, v. 27-38, p. 465 ; Otomi, Lord's prayer, p. 467 ; Mayan, St. Luke, 
 chap, vi, V. 27-34, p. 468; Mosquito, Lord's prayer, p. 469; Karif, or Carib, St. 
 Matthew, chap, v, v. 1-12, p. 473. 
 
 210 Baird (Henry S.) Indian Tribes, Chiefs and Treaties. Hon. Henry 
 S. Baird. 
 
 In Hist. Mag., first series, vol. 8, pp. 178, 179. New York, 1864. sm. 4°. 
 Remarks on language and names of Menomonee and Winnebago chiefs, with 
 English synonyms. 
 
 211 Baird (Spencer F.) United States Commission of Pish and Fish- 
 eries. I Part I. [-HI.] I Report | on the | Condition of the Sea Fish- 
 eries I of the I South Coast of New England | in | 1871 and 1872 
 [1874-1875] I by | Spencer F. Baird, | Commissioner. | With supple- 
 mentary papers. | 
 
BAGSTER BALBI. 45 
 
 Baird (Spencer F.) — continued. 
 
 Washington: | G-overnment Printing Ofiace. | 1873. [-1876.] | JWP. 
 3 vols., 8°, each vol. -with different title-page. 
 
 Stone (L.) Report of operations on the McCloud River. Part 2, pp. 168-200. 
 Supplementary list of McCloud Indian words. Part 3, pp. 428, 429. 
 
 212 Balbi (Adrien). Atlas | EthnograpMqae du Globe, | ou | Classifi- 
 cation des Peuples | anciens et modernes | d'aprfes leurs Langues, | 
 pr6c6d6 d'un discours sar l'utilit6 et I'importance de I'^tude des lan- 
 gues appliqu6e a plusieurs branches des connaissances humaines; 
 d'un apergu | sur les moyens graphiques employes par les diif^rens 
 peuples de la terre; d'un coup-d'oeil sur I'histoire | de la langue slave, 
 et sur la marche progressive de la civilisation | et de la litterature 
 en Eussie, | avec environ sept cents vocabulaires des principaux 
 idiomes connus, | et suivi | du Tableau Physique, Moral et Poli- 
 tique I des cinq parties du monde, | D^di6 a S. M. I'Empereur Ale- 
 xandre, I par Adrien Balbi, | Ancien Professeur de Geographic, de 
 Physique et de Math^matiques, | Membre Oorrespondant de l'Ath6- 
 n^e de Tr^vise, etc., etc. | [Design.] 
 
 A Paris, | Chez Eey et Gravier, Libraires, Quai des Augustins, 
 No. 55. I M.DCCC.XXVI. [1826] | Imprim^ chez Paul Eenouard, Eue 
 Garencifere, l^o. 5, F. S. G. | jwp. 
 
 78 unnumbered 11. folio. 
 
 Division Ethnographique de I'Am^rique et Tableau G^n^ial des Langues Am€- 
 ricaines, sheet 44; Langues de la Region de Guatemala, sheet 51; Langues de 
 Plateau d'Anahuac ou du Mexique, sheet 53; Langues du Plateau Central de 
 I'Am^rique du Nord et des pays limitrophes h I'est et k I'ouest, sheet 54 ; Region 
 Missouri-Colombienne, sheets 55, 56 ; Langues de la Region AUeghanique et des 
 Lacs, sheets 57, 58; Langues de la C6te Occidentale de l'Am6rique du Nord, 
 sheet 58; Langues de la Region Bor^ale de I'Am^rique du Nord, formant la 
 famille des idiomes Eskimaux, sheet 60. Tableau Polyglotte des Langues Am6ri- 
 caines, sheets 69, 70, contains a vocabulary of twenty-six words in the following 
 languages ; 
 Maya-Quiche. Timuacana, 
 
 Totonaca, Muskohge, 
 
 Aztfeque ou Mexioaine, Chikkasah, 
 
 Cora, Choktah ou Chaktaw, 
 
 Huasteca, Cheerake, Cherokee ou Cheleki, 
 
 Othomi, Woccons, 
 
 Tarahumara, Katahba, 
 
 Panis, Mohawk, 
 
 Attacapas, Oneidas ou Onnoiout, 
 
 Chetimachas, Onondagos, 
 
 Sussee, Senecas ou Maechachtini, 
 
 Paegau, Pieds-Noirs, Slack Feet, Cayugas ou Quengues, 
 
 Sioux ou Dacota, Tancton, Tusoaroras, 
 
 Winebago ou Puants, Wandot, 
 
 Ottoes ou Uahtoktato, Hurone, 
 
 Kanzes ou Konza, Hochelaga, 
 
 Omahaw ou Mahas, Sawanou ou Shawanoese, 
 
 Minetare ou Gros-Ventre, Sakis-Ottogamis, SaUa ou Sdkewi, 
 
 Osage . Miamis-Illinois, Miami Propre, 
 
46 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Balbi (Adrien) — continued. 
 
 Pampticough, Hes de la Reine Charlotte, 
 
 Lennappe ou Delaware, Delaware, Kolouche de Sitlca Sound, 
 
 it " Mirm, " autre dialecte, 
 
 Santitani, TcMnkitane ou Baie-Norfolk, 
 
 Narraganset, Ougaljakhmoutzi, 
 
 Massachusett ou Natick, Kinai ou Kinaitze, 
 
 Mohegan, Mohegan Propre, Groenlandais Propre, 
 
 " AhenaU, " Boss ou de la Bate du Prince 
 
 Etechemine, B4gent, 
 
 Gasp^sien ou Micmac, " Ddbb, 
 
 Algonquino - Chippeways, CUppewaya " ParryondeIled'Biver,etc., 
 
 Pr. ou Ochippewag, Tchougatolie-Konega, Tchougatche Pro- 
 
 Algonquiao-Chippeways, Algonquin Pr. pre, 
 
 Knisteneaux, Enisteneaux Propre, " " Konega de Vile 
 
 " Cree, Kadjak, 
 
 Cheppewyan, Cheppewyan Propre, Aleutien de Vile Ounalaska, 
 
 Taooullies ou Carrier, Tohouktohe-Am^rio ou Agleinoute,4jrJe- 
 Cochiml Propre, dialecte de San Xaverio, moute Propre, 
 
 Santa-Barbara, Tcliouktche-Am6ric ou Aglemoute de 
 
 Tlumsen, Vile NuniwoTc, 
 
 Eslene, Toliouktolie-Am6ric ou Aglemoute de 
 
 Noutka ou Wakash, Vile Saint-Laurent, 
 
 213 Balitz (Antoine). Vocabulary of the Aleuts. 
 
 Manuscript, 10 11. 4°. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. Collected in 
 the Aleutian Islands in 1869. 
 
 214 Ballard {Bev. Edward). Indian mode of applying names. By Eev. 
 Edward Ballard, A. M., Eeotor of St. Paul's Church, Brunswick, 
 Maine. 
 
 lu New Hampshire Hist. Soc, Coll., vol. 8, pp. 44,0-452. Concord, 1866. 8°. 
 Indian names connected with the valley of the Merrimack, pp. 451, 452. 
 
 215 Geographical Karnes on the Coast of Maine. By Eev. Ed- 
 ward Ballard, Sect, of the State Hist. Soc'y. 
 
 In Coast Survey, Ann. Eept., 1868, pp. 243-259. Washington, 1871. 4°. 
 
 "An attempt at an examination of the geographical nomenclature of the coast 
 of Maine, for the purpose of furnishing a list of the names of Indian origin, with 
 their proper authority." 
 
 216 Ballon (B.) Words, Phrases, and Sentences in the Shoshone Lan- 
 guage. 
 
 Manuscript, 162 pp. 4°. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. In Intro- 
 duction to the Study of Indian Languages, 2d ed. Collected at the Shoshone and 
 Bannock Agency, Wyoming Territory, 1880-1881. None of the schedules are 
 neglected, and many are filled and additions made. Mr. Ballou has added much 
 to the value of his manuscript by copious ethnologic notes. 
 
 217 Bancroft (Hubert Howe). The | IS^ative Eaces | of | the Pacific 
 States of K'orth America. | By | Hubert Howe Bancroft. | Volume I. 
 [-v.] I Wild Tribes. | 
 
 New York : | D. Appleton and Company. | 1874. [-1876.] 
 5 vols. 8°. maps. Vol. I. Wild Tribes. ; II. Civilized Nations ; III. Myths and 
 Languages; IV. Antiquities; V. Primitive History. 
 
BALBI BANCROFT. 47 
 
 Bancroft (Hubert Howe) — continued. 
 
 Abaut ono-tliird of volame 3 of Mr. Banorofc's work is devoted to "Languages," 
 there being twelve chapters, pp. 551-793. In chapter rne he gives a "Classifica- 
 tion of the Aboriginal Languages of the Pacific States." The following are the 
 chapter-headings: 
 
 Chapter I. General Remarks. Native languages in advance of social cus- 
 toms — Characteristic individuality of American tongues— Frequent occurrence of 
 long words — Reduplications, frequeutatives and duals — Intertribal languages — 
 Gesture-language — Slav6 and Chinook jargons— Pacific States languages — The 
 Tinneh, Aizeteo, and Maya tongues — The larger families inland — Language as a 
 test of origin — Similarities in uurela,ted languages — Plan of this investigation. 
 
 Chapter II. Hyperborean Languages. Distinction between Eskimo and 
 American — Eskimo pronn elation and declension — Dialects of the Koniagas and 
 Aleuts— Language of the Thlinkeets — Hypothetical affinities- The Tinneh family 
 and its di.alects — Eastern, western, central and souihern divisions— Chepewyan 
 declension — Oratorical display in the speech of the Kutchins — Dialects of the 
 Atnahi and Ugalenzes compared — Specimen of the Koltshane tongue — Tacully 
 gutturals — Hoopah vocabulary — Apache dialects — Lipan Lord's Prayer — Navajo 
 •words — Comparative vocabulary of the Tinneh family. 
 
 Chapter III. Columbian Languages. The Haidah, its construction and 
 conjugation — The Nass language and its dialects — Bellacoola and Chimsyau 
 comparisons — The Nootka languages of Vancouver Island — Nauaimo Ten Com- 
 mandments and Lord's Prayer — Aztec analogies— Fraser and Thompson River lan- 
 guages — The Neetlakapamuck grammar and Lord's Prayer — Sound languages — 
 The Salish family — Flathead grammar and Lord's Prayer — The Kootenai — The 
 Sahaptin family — Nez Perc6 grammar — Yakima Lord's Prayer — Sahaptin State 
 and Slave languages — The Chinook family — Grammar of the Chinook language — 
 Aztec afiSnities — Tlie Chinook jargon. 
 
 Chapter IV. Californian Languages. Muliiplicity of tongues — Yakon, 
 Klamath and Palaik comparisons — Pitt River and "Wintoon vocabularies — Weeyot, 
 Wishosk, Weitspek and Ehnek comparisons — Languages of Humboldt Bay — 
 Potter Valley, Russian and Eel River languages — Pomo languages — Gallinomero 
 grammar — Trans-Pacific comparisons — Chocuyem Lord's Prayer — Languages of 
 the Sacramento, San Joaquin, Napa and Sonoma Valleys — The Olhoue and other 
 languages of San Francisco Bay — Runsieu and Eslene of Monterey — Santa Clara 
 Lord's Prayer — Mutsun grammar — Languages of the Missions Santa Cruz, San 
 Antonio de Padua, Soledad, and San Miguel — TatchiS grammar— The dialects of 
 Santa Cruz and other islands. 
 
 Chapter V. Shoshone Languages. Aztec-Sonora connections with the Sho- 
 shone family— The Utah, Comancho, Moqui, Kizh, Netela, Kechi, Cahuillo and 
 Chemehuevi— Eastern and western Shoshone, or Wihinasht— The Bannack and 
 Digger or ShoShokee— The Utah and its dialects— The Goshute, Washoe, Paiulee, 
 Piute, Sampitche and Mono— Popular belief as to the Aztec element in the 
 North— Grimm's law— Shoshone, Comanche, and Moqni comparative table— Ne- 
 tela stanza— Kizh grammar— The Lord's Prayer in two dialects of the Kizh— 
 Chemehuevi and Cahuillo grammar— Comparative vocabulary. 
 
 Chapter VI. The Pueblo, Coloeado River and Lower California Lan- 
 guages. Traces of the Aztec not found among the Pueblos of New Mexico and 
 Arizona— The five languages of the Pueblos, the Queres, the Tcgua, the Picoris, 
 Jeniez and Zufii— Pueblo comparative vocabulary— The Yuma and its dialects, 
 the Maricopa, Cuchau, Mojave, Diegeuo, Yampaia and Yavipais— The Cochimi, 
 Guaicuri and Pericii with their dialects of Lower California— Guaicuri gram- 
 mar-Paternoster in three Cochimi dialects— The languages of Lower California 
 wholly isolated. 
 
48 NORTH AMEEICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Bancroft (Hubert Howe) — continued. 
 
 Chapter VII. The Pima, Opata and Ceri Langcages. Pima Alto aud 
 Bajo— Piipago— Pima grammar— Formation of plurals— Personal pronoun— Con- 
 jugation-Classification of verbs- Adverbs, prepositions, conjunctions, and in- 
 terjections — Sj'ntax of tlie Pima — Prayers in diiferent dialects — The Opata and 
 Eudeve— Eudeve grammar — Conjugation of aciive and passive verbs — Lord's 
 Prayer— Opata gramuiar — Declension^ Possessive Prononn— Conjugation — Ceri 
 language with its dialects, Guaymi and Tepoca — Ceri vocabulary. 
 
 Chapter VIII. North Mexican Languages. The Cahita and its dialects — 
 Cahita grammar — Dialectic differences of the Mayo, Yaqui, and Tehueco — Com- 
 parative vocabulary— Cahita Lord's Prayer — The Tarahumara and its dialects— 
 The Tarahumara grammar — Tarahumara Lord's Prayer in two dialects — The 
 Concho, the Toboso, the Julime, the Piro, the Suma, tlie Chinarra, the Tubar, the 
 Irritila — Tejano — Tejauo grammar— Specimen of the Tejano — The Tepehuana — 
 Tepehuana grammar and Lord's Prayer — AcaxiSe and its dialects, the Topia, 
 Sabaibo and Xixime-^The Zacatec, Cazcane, Mazaplle, Huitcole, Guachichile, 
 Colotlan, Tlaxomultec, Tecuexe, and Tepecano— The Cora and its dialects, the 
 Muutzicat, Teacuaeitzica, aud Ateacari — Cora grammar. 
 
 Chapter IX. The Aztec and OtomI Languages. Nahua or Aztec, Chichimeo 
 and Toltec languages identical — An^huac the aboriginal seat of the Aztec 
 tongue — The Aztec the oldest language in Anilhuac — Beauty and richness of the 
 Aztec — Testimony of the missionaries and early writers in its favor — Specimen 
 from Paredes' Manual — Grammar of the Aztec language — Aztec Lord's Prayer — 
 The Otomi a monosyllabic language of Aniihuac — Eelationship claimed with the 
 Chinese and Cherokee — Otoml grammar — Otomi Lord's Prayer in different dia- 
 lects. 
 
 Chapter X. Languages of Central and Southern Mexico. The Fame and 
 its dialects — The Meco of Guanajuato and the Sierra Gorda — The Tarasco of 
 Miohoacan and its grammar — The Matlaltzinca and its grammar— The Oouiltec — 
 The Mixtec and its dialects — Mixtec grammar — The Amusgo, Chocho, Mazatec, 
 Cuicatec, Chatino, Tlapanec, Chinantec, and Popoluca — The Zapotec and its gram- 
 mar — The Mije — Mije grammar and Lord's Prayer — The Huave of the Isthmus of 
 Tehuantepec — Huavo numerals. 
 
 Chapter XI. The Mata-Quich£ Languages. The Maya-Quich6, the lan- 
 guages of the civilized nations of Central America — Enumeration of the mem- 
 bers of this family — Hypothetical analogies with languages of the Old World — 
 Lord's Prayer in the Chanabal, Chiapanec, Choi, Tzendal, Zoque and Zotzil — 
 Pokonchi grammar — The Mame or Zaklopahkap — Quioh6 grammar-^Cakchiquel 
 Lord's Prayer— Maya grammar — Totonao grammar — Totonao dialects — Huastec 
 grammar. 
 
 Chapter XII. Languages op Honduras, Nicaragua, Costa Eica and 
 THE IsTHMCS OF Darien. The Caiib an imported language — The Mosquito 
 language — Tlie Poya, Towka, Seco, Valieute, Eama, Cookra, Woolwa, and other 
 Ijinguages in Honduras — The Chontal — Mosquito grammar — Love-song in the 
 Mosquito language— Comparative vocabulary of Honduras tongues — The Cori- 
 bici, Chorotega, Chontal and Orotiua in Nicaragua— Grammar of the Orotiiia or 
 Nagradan — Comparison between the Orotina and Chorotega — The Chiriquf, Gua- 
 tuso, Tiribi, and others in Costa Eica — Talamanca vocabulaiy — Diversity of speech 
 on the Isthmus of Darien — Enumeration of languages — Comparative vocabulary. 
 
 218 Bandelier (Adolph FranQois). On the Art of "War and Mode of 
 Warfare of the Ancient Mexicans. 
 
 In Peabody Museum Eepts., vol. 2, pp. 95-161. Cambridge, 1880. 8°. 
 Mexican terms paaaim. 
 
BANCROFT — BAPTISTA. 49 
 
 Bandelier (Adolpli Prangois) — continued. 
 
 219 On the Distribution and Tenure of Lands, and the Customs 
 
 with respect to Inheritance, among the Ancient Mexicans. 
 
 In Peabody Museum Eepts., vo]. 2, pp. 385-448. Cambridge, 1880. 8°. 
 
 Mexican terms passim. 
 
 220 On the Social Organization and Mode of Government of the 
 
 Ancient Mexicans. 
 
 In Peabody Museum Eepts., vol. 2, pp. 557-699. Cambridge, 1880. 8°. 
 
 List of relationships in Nahuatl, pp. 567-569; days of the month in Nahuatl, 
 Maya, and Tzendal, p. 572; days of the month in Mexican, Quiche, Maya, and 
 Chiapaneoa, p. 573; other linguistic material passim. 
 
 221 Bannister (Henry M.) Vocabulary of the Malimoot, Kotzebue 
 Sound. 
 
 Manuscript, 10 11. 4°. 200 words. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. 
 
 222 Baptista (P. Fr. Elias de S. Juan). Compendio | de las Exce | 
 lencias de la Bulla de | la Sancta Oruzada, en lengua Mexica | na 
 compuesto por el P. Pray Elias de | S. luan Baptista, Religioso de 
 la orden de | Nfa. Senora del Carmen de los des- | calgos de esta 
 Kueua Espana | En S. Sebastian. [Escutcheon.] 
 
 ^ Con licencia y Privilegio. | En Mexico, 4 costa de Christoual de 
 la I Paz Alguazil de la Sancta Cruzada. | 1| En la Emi)renta de En- 
 rico Martinez | Interprete del Sancto Officio de | la Inquisicion. | 
 Ano 1599. | * 
 
 24 11., last 4 unnumbered. 8°. Eoman letter. Title furnished by Sr. loazbal- 
 ceta. Beristaiu, who quotes from Pinelo, gives the date of IGOl. 
 
 223 Dialogos en lengua Megicana. 
 
 Mexico, 1598. * 
 
 I have seen only one copy of this work, that in the college of St. Gregory of 
 Mexico. The dialogues treat of the examination of the conscience. — Beristain. 
 
 224 Catecismo megicano. * 
 
 Printed, according to Eguiara. — Beristain. 
 
 225 Baptista {Fr. Hieronimo). Sermones en Lengua Matlanzinga. * 
 
 Manuscript. 4°. Circa 1562. The author was a Monk of the Franciscan Order 
 and one of the earliest missionaries amongst the Indians, vide date of the present 
 volume, which appears to be in the author's own handwriting. De Souza saj's 
 that a volume of Sermons, in the Matlazinga, was composed by Fr. Gerouirao Bau- 
 tista, Franciscan, in the year 1.563, in the College of Tlateluoo, in Mexico. He 
 adds "This language is one of the most difSoult of New Spain," and also states 
 that the volume referred to (no doubt the present) exists in the Library of the 
 College mentioned. — Fischer Sale Cat. 
 
 226 Baptista {Fr. Juan). |^ Confessionario ^ | en Lengva Mexi- | cana 
 y Caste | llano. | "[j Con muchas aduerteucias muy necessarias para 
 los Confessores.'l S\ Copuesta por el Padre Pray loan Baptista | de 
 la orden del Seraphico Padre Sancti Francis- | co, lector de Theologia 
 en esta prouincia del san | cto Enangelio y guardian del conuento de 
 Sane I tiago Tlatilulco. | 
 
 4 Bib. 
 
50 NORTH AMEEICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Baptista {Fr. Juan) — continued. 
 
 Con Privilegio | H Eu Sanctiago Tlatilulco Por Melchior | Ocharte. 
 Ano. 1599. | JOB. 
 
 Title; reverse woodcut. 1 1. and 15 other p. 11. Text 112 11. 12°. "This work," 
 the Ramirez Sale Catalogue says, "has caused much diversity of opinion among 
 Mexican Bibliographers as to whether there were more than one edition issued. 
 The present copy contains two distinct lists of erratas, each occupying 2 11., the 
 heading of the one being printed in roman letters, that of the other in italics. 
 Senor Ramirez has inserted a, note in which he argues that both lists of errata 
 pertain to the one edition, and asserts in consequence that this was the only edi- 
 tion published. Baptista, or Bautista, was a native Mexican. He became a 
 Franciscan of the province of Santa Evangelio de Mejico. He taught philosophy 
 and theology, and had for his pupil F. Torquemada, the author of 'Monarquia 
 Indiana.' He was esteemed the most learned of his time in the Mexican language, 
 which he spoke and wrote with purity and elegance." 
 
 Tross gives this the date of 1599-1600. 
 
 227 Confesonario en Megicano y Oastellano, con la preparacion 
 
 para recibir la Eucharista, y de los admirables efectos de esta. 
 
 Mexico, 1604. * 
 
 8°. Title from Beristain. 
 
 228 Platicas antiquas que en la excellentissima lengua ISTahuatl, 
 
 enmendo y crecento el ... P. Juan Bautista, Franciscano. 
 
 Mexico, 1599. # 
 
 8°. Title from Sabin's Dictionary. 
 
 229 Hvehvetlahtolli. jcb. 
 
 Title wanting ; incomplete copy. sm. 8°. The following description is taken 
 
 from Bartlett's catalogue of the Brown library: 
 
 "Begins with signature A in the midst of the introduction signed by Fr. J. B. 
 on verso of the eighth (unnumbered) leaf of the signature. Text, signatures 
 B to N. The first and last leaves -.vantiug; the remaining numbered 2 to 9.') (the 
 3d, 5th, and 7th not numbered, and the 74th misnumbered 34). On the reverse of 
 95th leaf begins a table of errata. 
 
 "Bought at the sale of Puttick & Simpson, 1869, whose catalogue ascribes to 
 the book the date, Mexico, 1599, which is also printed on the back. The litle, 
 '' SvehvetlaktolU" (which means "old words" or "ancient sayings") runs through 
 the whole book on the top of each page, misprinted " HvehvetlatholU" on right of 
 38th, 48th, and 56th leaves. The work contains a number of those allocutions, 
 in the Mexican or Nahuatl language, which Indian parents or civil authorities 
 used to deliver at certain solemn occasions (c/. Sahagun, Book vi.. Chapter 19). 
 These are divided in paragr.aphs, numbered only in the first allocution, where a 
 misprint gives to the 25th (on reverse of 12th leaf) the number 32. In continua- 
 tion are given some doctrinal allocutions of Catholic priests to the Indians in the 
 same language. They conclude on the reverse of the 76th leaf, and are followed 
 by other Indian allocutions of fathers, mothers, etc.; translated from the Mexican 
 into Spanish, by the Franciscan mouk Fr. Andres de Olmos. They are said to be 
 copied from the 223d chapter of the first part of Las Casas' " JpoJogetical His- 
 iory," where it is stated that Las Casas received them, being in Spain, from 
 Father Olmos, in Mexico. They conclude on the right of the 95th leaf." 
 
 Ternaux mentions this as follows: 
 
 230 Platicas Morales de los Indios para la Doctrina de sus hijos, 
 
BAPTIST A. 51 
 
 Baptista {Fr. Juan) — continued. 
 
 en lengua Mexicana intitulado liuehuetlatolli. Por Fr. Juan Bap- 
 tista franciscano. 
 Mexico, 1601. # 
 
 Collection of moral laws for the Indians for the instruction of their children, 
 called in the Mexican huehuetlatoUi. — Ternaux. 
 Beristain also gives to this the date of 1601. 
 
 231 Aduertencias | para los confessores | de los Naturales. | 
 
 Compvestas por el padre | Fray loan Baptista, de la Orden del Se- 
 raphico | Padre Sanct Francisco, Lector de Theologia, y | Guardian 
 del Oonuento de Sanctiago Tla- | tilulco: de la Prouincia del Sancto 
 Euangelio. | Primera Parte. | Con Priulegio. | 
 
 En Mexico, En el Oonuento de Sanctiago | Tlatilulco, Por M. 
 Ocharte. ano 1600. | job. 
 
 7 p. 11., text 112 11. Errata 2 11., and table 56 unnumbered U., 12°. Alternate 
 columns Spanish and Mexican. 
 
 The only copy I have seen of this work, that in the library of John Carter 
 Brown, was unaccompanied by the second part. Icazbalceta's Apuntes describes 
 the latter as follows : 
 
 232 Segunda Parte. * 
 
 The same title, imprint and date; 16 p. 11. ; 11. 13-143; 11. 1-104 with the Index 
 
 Lucorum Communium hujus Secundse Partis. 
 Colophon : 
 
 "Excudebat Ludonicus Ocharte Figuerou Mexici, santi Jacobi de 
 Tlatilulco. Anno Domini 1601." 
 
 In a letter received from Sr. Icazbalceta, he says : 
 
 "These counsels contain much in the Mexican language. I have seen three 
 different title pages of the second part. There are copies which contain the 
 same title page as the first, even with the words Primera Parte ; others have the 
 same, but with the title Segunda Parte. I have seen moreover one loose one 
 totally diiferent from the others in regard to characters and escutcheons. The 
 strangest part is that in the other title pages the license of the Viceroy com- 
 mences on the verso of the title, and in the loose one the reverse side is blank, 
 so that I do not know how it could belong to the copies. In the First Part the 
 fold C consists of 9 leaves; one page was left out in the first impressions, and two 
 were substituted for it; for this reason page 14 is duplicated." 
 
 233 Libro de la Miseria y breuedad de la vida del hombre: y de 
 
 sus quatro postrimerias, en lengua Mexicana. Oompuesto por el 
 Padre fray loa Baptista de la orden del Seraphico Padre S. Fran- 
 cisco, Lector de Theologio, y Diffinidor de la Prouincia del Sancto 
 Euangelio. Dedicado el Doctor Sanctiago del Riego, del Oonsejo 
 del Eey K. S. y su Oydor en esta Real Audiencia de Mexico. 
 
 En Mexico. En ta emprenta de Diego Lopez Daualos, y ^ su 
 
 costa. Ano de 1604. * 
 
 8 p. 11. ; 11. 1-1.52 and table 22 unnumbered 11. Title from Icazbalceta's Apuntes. 
 
 234 Vida. ) Y milagros del bien- | auenturado Sanct Antonio 
 
 de I Padua : primer Predicador general de la | Orden del Seraphico 
 P. 8. Fracisco: a | quien el Papa Grego. I. por la alte | za de su sa- 
 
52 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Baptista {Fr. Juan) — contiuued. 
 
 biduria, y excelente | Doctrina, llamo Archa Testa- | menti. | Ij Com- 
 puesta en lengua Mexicana por el Pa- | dre Fray loan Baptista 
 Lector de Theo | logia, y Guardian de Tlacupan. | ff Dirigida h 
 Aluaro Rodriguez de Aze- | uedo, Sindico de la orde de S. Fraco. | 
 [Picture.] 
 
 En Mexico. | Con licencia, en casa de Diego Lopez Daualos. | Ano 
 de 1605. * 
 
 9p. 11. ; 11. 1-9.5; reverse of 95 and following leaf Table of headings, whioli is 
 not finished, owing to some missing leaves, upon which was also the beginning 
 of another alphabetic table, of which there are 4 11. remaining, followed by 1 1. 
 corrections. 8°. Roman letter. 
 
 Colophon : 
 
 1] Acabose este libro en la muy noble y muy leal ciudad de Me- 
 xico Tenochtitlan, Vispera de la Inuencion de la Cruz. Afio de 1605. 
 En casa de Diego Lopez Daualos. 
 
 Title communicated by Sr. loazbaloeta. The work is in possession of Sr. D. J. 
 M. de Agreda. 
 
 235 A lesu Christo S. N. ofrece este Sermonario en lengua Mexi- 
 cana. 1" Su indigno sieruo Fr. loan Baptista de la Orden del Seraphico 
 Padre sanct Francisco, de la Provincia del Sancto Euangelio. Pri- 
 mera Parte. [An engraving, with a vignette of the Savior, and on 
 the margin this legend: Ego svn Veritas.] Dico ego opera mea Eegi. 
 Psalm 44. 
 
 En Mexico, con licencia. f En casa de Diego Lopez Daualos : y a 
 su costa. Alio 1606. Vendese en la tienda de Pedro Arias Librero, 
 en frente de la puerta del Perdon de la Yglesia Mayor de Mexico. 
 
 26 p. 11. ; i)p. 1-710. On the latter a picture of St. Anthony, with this inscrip- 
 tion: 
 
 Acabose de imprimir esta Primera Parte, en la muy insigne y muy 
 leal ciudad de Mexico Tenochtitlan, d, treize dias del mes de lunio, 
 deste aiio, dia del bienaventurado, y glorioso Sanct Antonio de Pa- 
 dua, de la Orden del Seraphico Padre Sanct Francisco. 
 
 ^ En casa de Diego Lopez Daualos, y a su costa. 1606. 
 
 Concludes with 24 11., tables, not numbered, and at the end: 
 
 Acabaronse de impiimir estas tres Tablas, k nueue dias del mes 
 de Febrero, de 1607. * 
 
 Only the first part of this collection of Sermons was published. In the preface 
 is to be found some interesting notices principally concerning the early writers 
 in the Mexican language. — Icazbalceta's Apuntes. 
 
 The author gives an interesting list of sixteen works which he had, published, 
 only two or three of which are now known to exist. He also refers to a second 
 part of these sermons, of which he had already printed "gran pedapo," but which 
 was probably never completed. — Ramirez Sale Cat. 
 
 236 Sermones para todo el ano en Lengua Mexican©. Pero Solo 
 
 se imprimio el primero en Mexico, Ano 1609. * 
 
 3 vols. 4°. This work, according to the testimony of P. Jesuita Tobar, grand 
 master of the Mexican Idiom, has no equal either in purity of style or substance 
 of Doctrine. — Beristain. 
 
ARTE Y DIG TIO 
 
 NAKIO J CON OTRAS 
 
 CHbras/nlenguaMichuacanA. Copueito pot 
 
 clinuy,R..P Fray luanfiaptiftadeLagpA 
 
 naSjPrzdicador^Guaraiande fanft 
 
 Frandfco,delaciuc)ad deGua* 
 
 yangarco,y Dift in idordeia 
 
 Prouhicia de Mechua« 
 
 can,ydeXalirco, 
 
 DlRIGIDAS AL MVY YLLV.Y.R. 
 
 fenor DoAor do Antonio Morales 3 MolinasCiua 
 
 IleradelaordedeSaftiago.obirponieritirsimo^fua 
 
 4eM«chuac3»7agoradeTIazcaIa>delcor.deru.M» 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 )\m& 
 
 
 f 
 
 ■ 
 
 EN MEXICO, 
 Encafade Pedro BalM* 
 
 245. — FAC-SIMIUE OF TITLE-PAGE OP BAPTISTA DE LAGUNA'S ARTE Y DICTIONARIO. 
 
BAPTISTA — BAPTiSTA DE LAGUNAS. 53 
 
 Baptista [Fr. Juan) — continued. 
 
 237 El Kempis, 6 los Libros del Contemptus Mundi, puestos en 
 
 Lengua Mexicana. # 
 
 Printed in Mexico, according to Torqueraada. The first chapters are the same 
 'as those translated by Fr. Luis Eodriguez, but polished and corrected. — Beriatain. 
 
 238 Catechismo en Megicano y Castellano. * 
 
 Printed, according to Beristain. 
 
 239 Oraciones en Megicano para dar culto A la SSma. Trinidad. * 
 
 Printed, according to Beristain, at Tlatelulco. 
 
 240 Indulgencias que gozan los Terceros de S. Francisco, en 
 
 lengua Mexicana. * 
 
 Printed, according to Beristain, at Tlatelulco. 
 
 241 Diccionario Ecclesidstico en lengua Mexicana. * 
 
 Manuscript. Title from Beristain. 
 
 242 Flos Sanctorum, o Vidas de Santos, en Megicano. * 
 
 Manuscript. Title from Beristain. 
 
 243 La obra del P. Estella de la Vanidas del Mundo, puesta en 
 
 lengua Mexicana. * 
 
 Manuscript. Title from Beristain. 
 
 244 The Life and Death of three youths of Tlascala, who died 
 
 for the sake of their faith ; written by Father Toribio Motolinia, one 
 of the iirst twelve missionaries in Mexico, translated into Mexican 
 by Pr. Juan Bautista. * 
 
 Manuscript. 30 11. 4°. A modern transcript of the Mexican original in the 
 National Museum of Mexico by Don Faustino Galioia Chimalpopoca. — Ramirez, 
 Bib. Mex. 
 According to Beristain this was printed in Tlatelulco. 
 
 245 Baptista de Lagunas (_Fr. Juan). Arte y Dictio- | nario: con otras | 
 Obras, en lengua Michuacana. Oopuesto por | el muy. E. P Fray 
 luan Baptista de Lagu | nas, Praedicador, Guardian de sanct | 
 Francisco, de la ciudad de Gua- | yangareo, y Dififinidor de la | Pro- 
 uincia de Mechua- | can, y de Xalisco. | Dirigidas al mvy Yllv. 
 Y, E. I seQor Doctor do Antonio Morales d Molina, Oaua | Hero de 
 la orde de Sactiago, obispo meritissinio q fue | de Mechua(!a, y agora 
 de Tlaxcala, del cos. de su. M. | [Design.] 
 En Mexico, | En casa de Pedro Balli. | 1574. | 
 
 14 p. 11. Numeration begins on reverse of 1. 14. Arte, pp. 1-174. Diccionario, 
 pp. 1-190. 8°. At the end we read: 
 
 5 Acabase el Arte de la lengua de Mechuacan, con el Dictionarito, 
 o Oopia verboram, de los mas principales Verbos, con sus Ethymo- 
 logias. Casi al modo que lleua el Ambrosio Oalepino. Para que por 
 e.sta breuedad y Eeglas tan prouechosas se puedan aprouechar los 
 estudiantes. A honra y gloria de la sanctissima Trinidad, Padre, 
 Hijo Spu sancto. 
 
54 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Bapiista de Lagunas {Fr. Juan) — continued. 
 
 Impresso e la Ynsigne ciudad de Mexico: En casa d Pedro Balli. 
 
 1574. 
 
 This is followed by 6 unnumbered 11., witb the: 
 
 5 Tabia y resolucion de las Preposiciones verbales o primeras 
 posiciones de los mas principales Verbos, que en este Dictionarito y 
 Arte se contienen, para que de cada qual dellas, sepan sacar muchos 
 
 verbos &c. 
 
 On the reverse of 1. 6 there commences a new pagination, which reaches to 
 p. 107, and contains: 
 
 Instruction para poderse bien confessar en la lengua de Mecliua- 
 can. En la qual se contieue la preparacion compendiosa Declarau- 
 dola tambien por los Diez mandamietos de la ley, y por los Articulos 
 de la Fee. Y de auditione verbi Dei. Psalmo de Miserere niei, y 
 las Letanias, y preparacion para bie morir, por via de construction, 
 con otras cosas y deuociones: por el muy. E. P. Fray loan Baptista 
 de lagunas, Difflnidor de la Prouincia de Mechuaca, d la orde del 
 serapbico. P. Sant Fracisco. 
 
 Concludes with 1 1. unnumbered, containing a table in Tarasca, and at the end : 
 
 5 Imprimiose esta obra, que en si contiene Tres libros, En la 
 ynsigne Cindad de Mexico En casa de Pedro Balli Impressor. A 
 costa de Costantiiio Brauo de lagunas, Alcalde mayor de Tlaxcala, 
 Alio de. 1574. * 
 
 The printing is very bad throughout. The book is very rare, and I have seen 
 no more complete copy than my own, formed of two incomplete copies obtained 
 in the course of fourteen years. — Icazhalceta's Ajmntes. 
 
 The above title taken from a photolithographic /ac-si»u?e furnished by Sr. Icaz- 
 balceta. 
 
 246 Baraga {Bev. Frederic). A | Theoretical and Practical | Gram- 
 mar I of the I Otchipwe Language, | the Language spoken by the 
 Chippewa Indians; which is | also spoken by the Algonquin, Otawa 
 and Potawatamie Indians, | with little difference. | For the use of 
 Missionaries | and other persons living among the Indians | of the 
 above named tribes. | By the Rev. Frederick Baraga, | Missionary 
 at L'Anse, Lake Superior. | 
 
 Detroit: | Jabez Fox, Printer. | 1850. | ba.mhs. 
 
 Pp. l-,576. sq. 16°. Sabin, No. 3248, gives an edition of 1851. Shea's Cath. 
 Missions gives 1844 as date. 
 
 247 A I Dictionary | of the | Otchipwe Language, | explained in 
 
 English. I This language is spoken by | the Chippewa Indians, | as 
 also by | the Otawas, Potawatamis and Algonquins, | with little 
 difference. | For the use of | Missionaries, | and other persons living 
 among the above mentioned | Indians. | ]3y the Eev. Frederic Ba- 
 raga, I Roman Catholic Missionary among the Otchipwe Indians. | 
 
 Cincinnati, 1853. | Printed for Jos. A. Hemann, | Publisher of 
 the " Wahrheitsfreund." | C. JWP. 
 
 Pp. i-vii, 1-662. 16°. Shea's Cath. Missions gives 18,52 as date. 
 Pt. I. Otchipwe-English, pp. 3-420. Pt. U. English-Otchipwe, pp. 423-659. 
 
BAPTISTA DE LAGUNAS — BAEAGA. 55 
 
 Baraga {Rev. Frederic) — continued. 
 
 248 A Grammar | and | Dictionary | of the | Otchipwe Lan- 
 guage, I By E. R. Bishop Baraga. | A new edition, by a missionary 
 of the Oblates. | [4 lines quotation.] 
 
 Montreal : | Beauchemin & Valois, Publishers, | 256 and 258, St. 
 Paul Street. | 1879. | c. JWP. 
 
 1 p. 1., pp. i-xi, 1-422; and 3 p. 11., pp. 1-301. 12°. 
 
 This is composed of the two following works, each with its own title-page and 
 pagination: 
 
 249 A Theoretical and Practical | Grammar | of the | Otchipwe 
 
 Language | for the use of Missionaries and other persons living 
 among the Indians | By E. E. Bishop Baraga. | A second edition, 
 by a missionary of the Oblates. | 
 
 Montreal : | Beauchemin & Valois, Booksellers and Printers, | 256 
 and 258, St. Paul Street. | 1878 | c. jwp. 
 
 Pp. i-xi, 1-422. 12°. 
 
 250 A Dictionary | of the | Otchipwe Language, | Explained in 
 
 English. I Part L | Bnglish-Otchipwe. | By E. E. Bishop Baraga. | 
 A new edition, by a missionary of the Oblates. | [Four lines quota- 
 tion.] I 
 
 Montreal : | Beauchemin & Valois, Publishers, | 256 and 258, St. 
 Paul Street. | 1878 | c. jwp. 
 
 3 p. 11., pp. 1-301. 12°. 
 
 251 A Dictionary | of the | Otchipwe Language, | Explained in 
 
 English. I Part II. | Otchipwe-English. | By E. E. Bishop Baraga. | 
 A new edition, by a missionary of the Oblates. | [Pour lines quota- 
 tion.] I 
 
 Montreal: | Beauchemin & Valois, Publishers, | 256 and 258, St. 
 Paul Street. | 1880 | c. jwp. 
 
 Pp. i-viii, 1-422. 12°. 
 
 252 Otawa | Anamle-Mlsinaigan. | [One line quotation.] 
 
 Wawiyatanong : | Geo. L. Whitney, Ogimisinakisan Manda Misi- 
 
 naigan. | 1832. | BA. 
 
 Pp. 1-207. sq. 24°. Roman CathoUo prayer hook in the Ottawa language. 
 
 253 Otawa | Anamle-Masinaigan | Gwaiakossing anamiewin 
 
 Ejitwadjig, | mi sa | Oatholique-Euamiadjig | Gewabandangig. | 
 
 Paris, ( (France, Europe) E.-J. Bailly Ogimisinakisan Manda Misi- 
 naigan. | 1837. | s. 
 
 3p.ll., PP.1-30U. 24°. 
 
 254 Otawa | Anamie-Misinaigan, | Gwaiakossing anamiewin | 
 
 Ejitwadjig, | mi sa | Catholique-Enamjadjig | Gewabandangig. 
 
 Detroit, | Eugene T. Smith, | Ogimisinakisan Manda Misinai- 
 gan. I 1842. | BA. 
 
 2 p. 11., pp. 1-293. 18°. 
 
56 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Baraga {Eev. Frederic) — continued. 
 
 255 Otchipwe Anaimie-Masinaigan gwaiakossiug anamiewin 
 
 ejitwadgig, mi sa catholique-enamiadjig gewabandangig. 
 
 Paris, (France, Europe), E. J. Bailly, 1837. * 
 
 2 p. 11., 300 pp. 18^. Book of prayers caud soags, followed by a catechism trans- 
 lated in the Clilppewa language. — Leclerc. 
 
 256 Jesus | Obimadisiwin | ajonda aldng, | gwaiakossiug aua- 
 
 miewin ejitwadjig, | mi sa | Oatholique-Enamiadjig ( gewabandan- 
 
 gig- I 
 
 Paris, (Prance, Europe.) | E.-J. Bailly ogimisinakisan manda mi- 
 sinaigan. | 1837. | BA. s. 
 
 4 p. 11., one folding sheet, pp. 1-211. 24°. Life of Jesus while on earth; in the 
 Ottawa language. 
 
 257 Gete Dibadjimowin, Gaie Jesus, Obimadisiwin oma Aking. 
 
 Laibach 1837. Detroit 1837. * 
 
 Bible Extracts, Life of Chris', Epistles and Gospels. Second edition, 1846. — 
 
 Shea's Catholic Missions, 
 
 258 Katolik | Anamie-Misinaigan. | Avec Approbation de Mon- 
 
 seigneur I'Eveque | Pierre Paul Lefevre. | Troisifeme-edition, cor- 
 rig^e et augment^e. | 
 
 Detroit, | Wawiiatanong : | Bagg & Harmon, Ogi-Missinakisana- 
 wa I Mandan Masinaigau. | 1846. | BA. 
 
 Pp. 1-250. 18°. lu the Ottawa language. 
 
 259 Katolik | Euamiad | O Nanagatawendamowinan, | Avec 
 
 approbation de Monseigneur I'Eveque | Pierre Paul Lefevre. | 
 
 Wawhatanvng, | (Detroit.) | Jabex Fox. O Gi-masinakisan ( 
 Mandan Masinaigau. | 1850. | BA. 
 
 2 p. 11., pp. l-''12, index 1 1. 24°. Catholic Christian's Meditations, in the Chip- 
 pewa language. Shea's Catholic Missions gives an edition of the date of 1849. 
 
 260 Katolik | Anamie Masinaigau | wetchipwewissing. | 
 
 New York, Cincinnati, and St. Louis: | Benziger Brothers, | Print- 
 ers to the Holy Apostolic See. | [n. d.] twf. 
 Pp. 1-322. 16°. Roman Catholic pra.yer book; in the Chippewa language. 
 
 261 Katolik | Gagikwe-masinaigan. | Avec approbation de Mon- 
 seigneur I'Eveque | Pierre Paul Lefevre. | 
 
 Detroit, | Wawiiatanong: | M. Geiger, Ogi-masinakasin | Mandan 
 Masinaigau. | 18-46. | g. 
 
 Pp. 1-270. 24°. 
 
 262 Katolik Gagikwe-Masinaigan. 
 
 Cincinnati, 1858. * 
 
 Title from the Finotti Sale Cat. 
 
 263 Kagige | Debwcwinan, | kaginig ge-takwendang | Katolik 
 
 euamiad. | 
 
 Cincinnati, 1855. | Joseph A. Hemann o gi-masinakisan mandan | 
 masinaigau. | g^ 
 
 Pp. 1-334, index 2 11. sm. 4° (sq. 16°). "Eternal Truths" in the Chippewa 
 language. 
 
BARAGA — BARKER. 57 
 
 Baraga {Rev. Frederic) — continued. 
 
 264 Otchipwe Kikimoamadi-Masinaigins. * 
 
 8 pp. aq. 16°. No title-page. Ojibwa School-Little book. Reprint ordered by 
 Rev. Ignatius Tomazin, St. Paul, Minn. Original by Baraga, 1853.—^. S. Gaischet. 
 
 265 and Weikamp (John B.) Katolik | Anamie Masinaigau. | 
 
 A I Catholic Prayer Book and Catechism | in the | Otchipwe-Indiaii 
 Language. | By | Et. Eev. Bishop P. Baraga, D. D. | with | Au 
 Appendix of the Mass and Vespers in | Latin ; and Prayers iu the 
 Ottawa- I Indian Language. | By Eev. John B. Weikamp, | Tert. 
 O. 8. F. I 
 
 New York & Cincinnati: | Benziger Brothers, | Printers to the 
 Holy Apostolic See. | [1874.J s. 
 
 Pp. 1-346. 16°. Father Weikamp's Appendix occupies pp. 323-346 ; the Ottawa 
 prayers, pp. 337-346. 
 
 266 Barber (Edwin A.) Language and Utensils of the modern TJtes. 
 
 In Hayden (F. V.) Bulletin, vol. 2, pp. 71-76. Washington, 1876. 8°. 
 
 267 Comparative Vocabulary of Utah Dialects. By Edwin A. 
 
 Barber. 
 
 In Hayden (F. V.) Bulletin, vol. 3, pp. 533-545. Washington, 1877. 8°. 
 
 Vocabulary of the Yampa [English and scientific notation], pp. 535, 536; Com- 
 parative vocabulary of the Yampa and Weminuche words, pp. 536-537 ; Sentences 
 in Weminuche, p. 538; Yampa vocabulary, pp. 538-541; Weminuche vocabulary, 
 p. 542; Comparative vocabulary of the Comanche, Chemehuevi, and Yampa, 
 pp. 542,543; Compax'ative vocabulary of the Yampa, Uinta, and Wemiuucbe, 
 pp. 543,544; Cardinal numbers [11-1000] of the Yampa, p. 544; A few words of 
 Moqui, and Seminole, p. 545. 
 
 Barclay {Bev. Henry). 
 See Andrews (W.), Barclay (Henry), and Ogilvie (John). 
 
 Bard (Samuel A.) 
 See Squier(E. G.) 
 
 268 Barefoot (Isaac). Ne Karorouh | ne Teyerihwahkwathaokouh | 
 Shonagarowane | Tehaweanadennyouh. | Skakanyadaradih | T'kea- 
 tyohkwayea | Tehodirisdohrarakouh. | 
 
 Toronto: | Printed by the Church Priuting and | Publishing Com- 
 pany. I 1871. I 
 Second title: 
 
 A Collection | of | Psalms and Hymns | in the | Mohawk Lan- 
 guage, I for the I use of the Six Nation Indians. ( Translated by 
 Isaac Barefoot. | Published by | the New England Company. | 
 
 Toronto : | Printed by the Church Printing and | Publishing Coul- 
 pany. | 1871. | JWP. 
 
 Pp. 3-93, 3-93, double numbers, alternate pages Mohawk and English; index, 
 in English, pp. 95-99. 18°. Indian title verso 1. 1 (p. 3) ; English title recto 1. 2 
 (p. 3) 
 
 Barker (Francis). 
 Sec Meeker (Jotham) and Barker (Francis). 
 
58 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 269 Barker (J. C.) Vocabulary of the Indians of Santa Tomas Mission, 
 
 Lower California. 
 
 Manuscript, 150 words. 10 U. 4^. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. 
 
 270 Earnhardt (W. H.) Comparative Vocabulary of the Languages 
 spoken by the Umpqua, Lower Eogue Eiver, and Calapooa Indians. 
 
 Manuscript, 160 words. 4 11. folio. 
 
 271 Vocabulary of the Kalapuya. 
 
 Manuscript, 211 words. 6 11. folio. 
 
 272 Vocabulary of the Lower Eogue Eiver Indians. 
 
 Manuscript, 211 words. 6 11. folio. 
 
 These manuscripts are in the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. 
 
 273 Barratt (Joseph, M. B.) Key | to the | Indian Language | of | Kew- 
 England, | iu the | Etchemin, or Passamaquoddy Language, | Spo- 
 ken iu Elaine aud St. Johns New-Brunswick. | Derived and written 
 from the Indian (Mcola Teuesles.) | By | Joseph Barratt, M. D. | 
 Member of several Learned Societies. | No. 1. | 
 
 Middletown, Conn. | 1850. | mhs. c. 
 
 Pp. 1-8. S°. No. 1 is all that was published. 
 
 274 The Indian | of | New-England, | and the | North-eastern 
 
 Proviuces; | A Sketch of the Life of an Indian Hunter, Ancient 
 Traditions re- | lating to the | Etchemin Tribe, | their modes of life, 
 fishing, hunting, &c. : | with | Vocabularies | in the | Indian and 
 English, I giving the names of the | animals, birds, aud fish : | The 
 most complete that has been given for New-England, in the | Lan- 
 guages of the I Etchemin aud Micmacs. | These are now the ouly 
 Indian Tribes to the Nortb-east, the former inhabitants | of New- 
 England, that have preserved their language entire, beiug the 
 oldest I aud purest Indian spoken in the Eastern States. | Derived 
 from the Indian (Nicola Tenesles,) | By Joseph Barratt M. D., | 
 Member of several Learned Societies. | Thi.s Book is the only work of 
 its kind to be had. It contains | the Elements of the Indian Tongue, 
 and much that is new to the | reading public ; especially the names 
 by which the Eed Men of | the forest, designated the natural objects 
 before them. | 
 
 Middletown, Connecticut: | Charles H. Pelton, Printer. | 1851. | 
 Price 25 Cents. | c. JWP. 
 
 Pp. 1-24. 12°. 
 
 Names for the Animals in Indian [Etchemin and Micmac], pp. 11-15. 
 
 Key to the Indian language of New England, pp. 15-23, includes: Vocabulary of 
 the Etchemin, pp. 15-17 ; Parts of the human body [Etchemin and Micmac], p. 18 ; 
 Compendium of Indian Grammar, pp. 20-23. 
 
 "To the reader," reverse of title, is dated Sept. 18, 1851. A third edition, with 
 slightly different title, is as follows: 
 
 275 The Indian | of | New England, | and the | North-eastern 
 
 Provinces; | A Sketch of the Life of an Indian Hunter, Ancient 
 
BAEKEE— BARRIENTOS. 59 
 
 Barratt (Joseph, M. D.)— continued. 
 
 Traditions, re- | lating to the | Btchemin Tribe, ( their modes of life, 
 fishing, hunting, &c. : | with | Vocabularies | in the Indian and Eng- 
 lish, I giving the names of the animals, birds, and fish. ( The most 
 complete that has been given for New-England, in the | Languages 
 of the I Etchemin and Micmacs. | These are now the only Indian 
 Tribes to the Forth-east, the former inhabitants | of New-England, 
 that have preserved their language entire, being the oldest | and 
 purest Indian spoken in the Eastern States. | Derived from the 
 Indian (Nicola Tenesles,) | By Joseph Barratt, M. D., | Member of 
 several Learned Societies. | This book is the only work of its kiud 
 to be had. It coiitaius | the Elements of th«» Indian Tougne, and 
 much that is new to the | reading public; especially the names by 
 which the Eed Men of | the forest, designated the natural objects 
 before them. | 
 
 Middletown, Connecticut: | Charles H. Pelton, Printer. | 1851. | c. 
 
 Pp. 1-24. 12°. Contents same as 2d ed. 
 
 "To the reader," reverse of title, dated October 8tli, 1851, gives "Notes to the 
 third Edition"; in it lie says the key has been reprinted in Copway's American 
 Indians, No. 12. 
 
 276 Indian Proprietors | of | Mattebeseck, | and their descend- 
 ants, I whose names appear in the town records, | from 1673 to 
 1749, I By Joseph Barratt, M. D. | 
 
 Colophon: Middletown, (Connecticut.) 1850. C. 
 
 Pp. 1-4. 8°. No title page ; heading only. English signification of some tribal 
 and proper names and "Note on the word Manitoese [God]." 
 
 277 Barreda (Nicolas de la). Doctrina | Christiana | en lengva Chinan- 
 teca I anadida la explicacion | de los principales mysterios de la 
 Fee. I Modo de baptizar en caso de necessidad, y de ay | undar & bien 
 morir, y methodo de administracion | de Sacraiuentos, | Por el Br. 
 D. Nicolas de la Barreda, | Cura Beneficiado, Juez Ecclesiastico del 
 Beneflcio | de S. Pedro de Yolos | de el Obispado do Oaxaca, | 
 Dedicalo | Al Muy 111"* y Yene Cabildo de la Santa Igle- | sia de la 
 Ciudad de Antequera. | Con licencia de los Superiores | 
 
 En Mexico. Por los Herederos de la Viuda de Francisco Rodri- 
 guez Lupercio, en la Fuente de Palacio. Ano de 1730. | job. 
 
 8 p. 11., pp. 1-85. 4°. 
 
 278 Barrientos (Fr. Luis). Doctrina Cristiana | en | Lengua Chiapa- 
 neqa | compuesta | por El Muy Eeverendo Padre | Fray Luis Barri- 
 entos 1 de la ordeu | de los predicadores de San Vicente de Chiapa y 
 Guatemala. | 
 
 Ano de 1690. | c. jwp. 
 
 Pp. 53-72. 4°. Forms part of: Pinart (A. L.) Bibliothfeque de Lingiiistique et 
 d'Ethnographie Am^ricaines publiiSe par Alph.-L. Pinart. Vol. I. Paris, 1875. 
 Pp. 1-52 contain Alboruoz (Fr. Juan de). Arte de la Lengua Chiapaneca. 
 
60 • NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 279 Barringer (G.) La langue am^ricaine. Etude sur I'anglais par]6 
 
 aux Etats-CJnis. 
 Paris, Maisonneuve et C'«. 1873. • 
 
 16 pp. 8°. Forms No. 6 of Vol. 3 of the acts of the Soci^tfi de Philologie.— 
 
 Leclere. 
 
 280 Barth (Johannes August). Pacis | annis MDCCCXIY et MDCCC- 
 XV I foedessatis armis restitutae | Monumeutum | orbis terrarum | 
 de I fortuna redua gaudia | gentium linguis interpretaus | principi- 
 bus piis felicibus augustis | poi^ulisque | victoribus liberatoribus 
 liberatis | dicatum. | Curante | Johanne Augusto Barth. | 
 
 Vratislaviae, | Typis G-rassii Barthii et Gomp. | [n. d.] c. 
 
 Title aud 49 uunumbered 11. folio. An ode in the language of Greenland, leaf 49. 
 
 281 Bartlett (John Eussell). Vocabularj^ of the Kechi, and of the 
 Apache. 
 
 In Whipple (A. W.) Report upon the Indian Tribes, in Pac. R. R. Reports, 
 vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 77-85. Washington, 1856. 4°. 
 
 282 Vocabulary of the Tuki, and of the H'hana. 
 
 In Powell (J. W.) Contributions to N. A. Ethnology, vol. 3, pp. 483-488, .504- 
 508. Washington, 1877. 4°. 
 
 283 Vocabulary of the Maricopa, of the Diegueno and of the 
 
 Gochimi languages. 
 
 In G-atschet (A. S.) Yuma Sprachstamm, in Zeitschrlft fiir Ethnologie, pp. 
 390-407. Berlin, 1877. 8°. 
 
 284 Vocabularies of the Cahita, of the Opate, and of the Tara- 
 
 humara. 
 
 Manuscript, 200 words each. 7 11. folio. 
 
 285 Vocabulary of the Ceris. 
 
 Manuscript, 180 words, (i 11. folio. 
 
 Taken by Mr. Bartlett from Hermosilla, a native, January, 1852. 
 
 286 Vocabulary of the Gochimi. 
 
 Manuscript, 180 words. 6 11. folio. 
 
 287 Vocabulary of the Coco Maricopa. 
 
 Manuscript, 180 words. 6 11. folio. 
 
 288 Vocabulary of the Goppermine Apaches. 
 
 Manuscript, 150 words. 6 11. folio. 
 
 Obtained by Mr. Bartlett from Mancus Colorado, a chief of the Coppermine 
 Apaches, July, 1851. 
 
 289 Vocabulary of the Diegeno. 
 
 Manuscript, 150 words. 6 11. folio. 
 
 290 Vocabulary of the Dieguina, 
 
 Manuscript, 180 words. 6 11. folio. 
 
 ' ' These Indians resided for 20 miles along the coast in the neighborhood of San 
 Diego." 
 
 291 Vocabulary of the Hum-mock-a-ha-vi. 
 
 Manuscript, 180 words. 6 11. folio. 
 
BAERINGER — BARTON. 61 
 
 Bartlett (John Eussell) — continued. 
 
 292 Vocabulary of the Kioway. 
 
 Manuscript, 200 words. 6 11. folio. Collected from Esteban, a Mexican in the 
 service of the Mexican Boundary Commission, who had been a captive seven years 
 among the Comanches and Kioways in Texas. 
 
 293 Vocabulary of the Piro. 
 
 Manuscript, 6 11. folio. Collected from two of the principal men of the pueblo 
 of Sineca, a few miles bolow El Paso del Norte. 
 
 294 Vocabulary of the Tigua. 
 
 Manuscript, 6 11. folio. Collected from Santiago Ortiz (Ahebatu), head chief 
 of Sineca, Isleta, &c. 
 
 295 Vocabulary of the Yaqui of Sonora. 
 
 Manuscript, 6 11. folio. 
 
 296 Vocabulary of the Yuma or Cuchan. 
 
 Manuscript, 180 words. 6 11. folio. 
 
 The manuscripts are in the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. Collected 
 by Mr. Bartlett while on the Mexican Boundary Commission. 
 
 297 Barton (Benjamin Smith). New Views | of the | Origin | of the | 
 Tribes and Nations | of | America. | By Benjamin Smith Barton, 
 M. D. I Correspondent-Member [&c., &c., 10 lines]. 
 
 Philadelphia: | Printed, for the Author, j by John Bioren. | 
 
 1797. I , ' BA. 0. 
 Pp. i-xii, i-cix, 1-83. 8°. 
 
 Preliminary Discourse, i-cix, Mohawks, 
 
 Comparative Vocabulary [54 words, Onondagos (Zeisberger), 
 
 pp. 1-80] of the Leuni-Lenn^pe, or Cayugas, 
 
 Delawares (Zeisberger's Essay & Oneidas (Griffith Evans), 
 
 Heckewelder), Tuscaroras (Lawson), 
 
 Chippewas (Heckewelder, Carver, Indians of. New England, 
 
 Long), Cochnewagoes, 
 
 Minsi (Heckewelder), Wyandots, 
 
 Acadians, Naudowessies (Carver), 
 
 Mahicanni, Cheerakee (Adair), 
 
 Shawnees (Gen. Gibson), Muskohge (Adair), 
 
 Pottawatameh, Chikkasah (Adair), 
 
 Hurons, Choktah (Adair), 
 
 Miamis (Sam. Coleworthy), Katahba, 
 
 Messisauge-s, Natchez (Du Pratz), 
 
 Kikkapoos (Judge Turner), Mexicans (De Laet, Clavgero, Gage, 
 
 Piankashaws (Judge Turner), Forster), 
 
 Algonkins (La Hontan), Darien Indians (Lionel Wafer), 
 
 Indians of Penobscot and St. Johns Woccons (Lawson), 
 
 (Rev. Mr. Little), Sankikani, 
 
 Narragansetts (Roger Williams), Pampticoughs (Lawson), 
 
 Senecas, Hochelagenses. 
 
 Reviewed in the Portfolio, vol. 7, pp. 507-526, and extracts given, pp. 518-522. 
 The article is signed " C." Reprinted as follows : 
 
 298 New Views | of the | Origin | of the | Tribes and Nations | 
 
 of I America. | By Benjamin Smith Barton, M. D. | Correspondent- 
 Member [&c., &c., 10 lines]. 
 
62 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Barton (Benjamin Smith) — continued. 
 
 Philadelphia: | Printed for the Author, | by John Bioren. | 
 1798. I 0. 
 
 1 p. 1., pp. i-oix, 1-133, 1-32. 8°. 
 
 In addition to the vocabularies given in the first edition there are as follows: 
 
 Natick (from Eliot), Erigas, 
 
 Canadians (from Breboeiif), Conchaes, 
 
 Arkanzas (from Bossu), Mobiliens, 
 
 Indians of Virginia (Capt. Smith), Canestogas, 
 
 Montagnais (Mass6 & Breboeuf), Esquimaux (Kalm), 
 
 Greenlanders (Crantz), Poconohini (Gage), 
 
 Indians of Pennsylvania (Wm. Penn), Caraibes (Eoohefort). 
 Illinois (Hennepin), 
 
 299 Hints on the Etymology of certain English words, and on 
 
 their affinity to words in the languages of different European and 
 American (Indian) Nations, in a letter from Dr. Barton to Dr. 
 Thomas Beddoes. 
 
 In Am. Philosoph. Soc. Trans., vol. 6, pp. 145-158. Philadelphia, 1804. 4°. 
 Issued separately as follows : 
 
 300 Hints on the Etymology of Certain English Words, and on 
 
 their Affinity to Words in the Language of different European, 
 Asiatic and American [Indian] Nations, in a letter from Dr. Barton 
 to Dr. Thomas Beddoes. 
 
 [Philadelphia, 1803.] • 
 
 14 pp. 4°. Title from Sabin's Dictionary. 
 
 301 Bartram (William). Travels | through | North and South Caro- 
 lina, I Georgia, | East & West Florida, | the Cherokee Country, the 
 extensive j Teriitories of the Muscogulges, | or Creek Confederacy, 
 and the Country of the Chactaws; | containing an account of the 
 soil and natural | productions of those regions, toge- | ther with 
 observations on the | manners of the Indians. | Embellished with 
 copper- plates. | By William Bartram. | 
 
 Philadelphia: | Printed by James & Johnson. | M,DCC,XCI. 
 [1791.] I C. 
 
 1 p. ]., pp. i-xxxiv, 1-522. B-^". 
 Appended : 
 
 An I Account | of the | persons, manners, customs | and | govern- 
 mput I of the | Muscogulges or Creeks, | Cherokees, Chactaws, &c. | 
 Aborigines of the Continent of | North America. | By William Bar- 
 tram. I 
 
 Philadelphia: | Printed by James & Johnson. | M,DCC,XCI. 
 [1791.] I 
 
 Pp. 481-522. 8°. 
 
 Chapter vi. Language and Manners [of the Muscogulges and Cherokees], 
 pp. 519-522. 
 
 302 Travels | through | North and South Carolina, | Georgia, | 
 
 East and West Florida, | the Cherokee Country, | the extensive 
 
BAETON BARTEAM. 63 
 
 Bartram (William) — continued. 
 
 Territories of the Muscogulges | or Creek Confederacy, | and the 
 Country of the Chactaws. | Containing | an Account of the Soil and 
 . Natural produc- | tions of those regions; | together with observa- 
 tions on the manners of the Indians. | Embellished with copper- 
 plates. I By William Bartram. | 
 
 Philadelphia: Printed by James and Johnson. 1791. | London: | 
 Reprinted for J. Johnson, in St. Paul's Church-yard.. | 1792. | JOB. 
 
 Pp. i-xxiv, 520, 6 11., map. 8°. 
 
 Lauguage and manners [Creeks and Muscogulges], pp. 517-520. 
 
 303 Travels through ISTorth and South Carolina, Georgia, East 
 
 and West Florida, the Cherokee Country, the Extensive Territories 
 of the Muscogulges or Creek Confederacy, and the Country of the 
 Choctaws. Containing an Account of the soil and natural produc- 
 
 , tions of those Eegions; together with observations on the manners 
 of the Indians. Embellished with Copper-plates. By William Bar- 
 tram. 
 
 Dublin: For J. Moore, W. Jones, R. M'Allister, and J. Rice. 
 1793. * 
 
 12 p. 11., 520, 11 pp. 8°. Map and 7 pU. Title from Stevens' Nuggets. 
 
 304 Willam Bartram's | Reisen ( durch | Nord- und Sud-Karo- 
 
 lina, I Georgien, Ost- und West- Florida, | das Gebiet | der Tschero- 
 kesen, Krihks und Tschaktahs, | nebst umsttindlichen l^achrich- 
 ten I von den Einwohnern, dem Boden und den Naturprodukten | 
 dieser wenig bekannten grossen Lander. | Aus dem Englischen. | 
 Mit erlauteruden Anmerkungen | von | E. A. W. Zimmermann, | 
 Hofrath und Professor in Braunschweig. C. 
 
 Pp. i-xxvi, 1 1., pp. 1-469. sm. 8°. 
 
 The above forms pp. 1-469 of: Magasiin | vou | merkwiirdigen neuen | Eeise- 
 beschreibungen, | aus fremden Sprachen ubersetzt | und mit | erlauteruden 
 Anmerkungen begleitet. | Mit Kupfern. | Zehnter Band. | Berlin, 1793. | In der 
 Vossiscben Bncbhandluug. | 
 
 Spracbe und Denkmahler, pp. 491-494. 
 
 305 Travels | through | North and South Carolina, | Georgia, | 
 
 East and West Florida, | the Cherokee Country, | the extensive 
 Territories of the Muscogulges | or Creek Confederacy, | and the 
 Country of the Chactaws. | Containing | An Account of the Soil 
 and Natural Produc- | tions of those Eegions; | Together with | 
 Observations on the Manners of the Indians. | Embellished with 
 Copper- Plates. | By William Bartram. | The Second Edition in 
 London. | 
 
 Philadelphia: Printed by James and Johnson. 1791. | London: | 
 Reprinted for J. Johnson, in St. Paul's Church-yard. | 1794. | job.c. 
 Pp. 1-520, 4 11. 8°. 
 Chap. vi. Language and Manners, pp. 517-520. 
 
 306 Reizen door Noord- en Zuid-Carolina, Georgie, Oost- en 
 
 West-Florida; de Landen der Cherokees, des Muscogulges, of het 
 
64 NOETH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Bartram (William) — continued. 
 
 Creek bondgcnootschap en het land der Ohactaws. Uit het En- 
 gelsch vertaald, door J. D. Pasteur. 
 
 Haarlem, 1794-97. • 
 
 8°. Map. J. de Jong's " Alpliabetische Naamlijst" gives the imprint, Amster- 
 dam,, H. Mooleneizer, 1797. 3 parts. 8°. Plate and map.—Sabin. 
 
 307 Voyage | dans les parties sud | de I'Amdrique | septentrio- 
 
 nale; | Savoir: les Carolines septentrionale et m^ridio- | nale, la 
 Georgie, les Florides orientale et | occidentale, le pays des Chero- 
 k^es, le vaste | territoire des Muscogulges ou de la confed6- | ration 
 Creek, et le pays des Chactaws; | Contenant des details sur le sol et 
 les productions natu- | relies de ces contr6es, et des observations sur 
 les I mceurs des Sauvages qui les habitent. | Par Williams [sic] Bar- 
 tram. I Imprim6 a Philadelphie, en 1791, et ^ Londres, | en 17'.»2, et 
 trad, de I'angl. par P. V. Benoist. | Tome Premier [Second]. | • 
 
 A Paris, | Chez Carteret et Brosson, libraires, rue Pierre- | Sar- 
 rasin, Nos. 13 et 7: | Dugour et Durand, rue et maison Serpente. 
 An VII [1799]. I c.job. 
 
 2 vols. 8°. Map. 
 
 Chapter vi. Langage, mcBurs, etc. [Muscogulge et Cherokee], pp. 419-424. 
 
 308 Voyage | dans les Parties Sud | de I'Am^rique | Septentri(t 
 
 nale; | Savoir: les Carolines septentrionale et m^ridio- | nale, la 
 Georgie, les Florides orientale et | occidentale, le pays des Chero- 
 k^es, le vaste | territoire des Muscogulges ou de la configd^- | ration 
 Creek, et le pays des Chactaws; | Contenant des details sur le sol et 
 les productions | naturelles de ces contr^es, et des observations sur 
 les I mceurs des Sauvages qui les habitent. | Par WiUiam Bartram. | 
 Imprim6 k Philadelphie, en 1791, et h Londres, | en 1792, et trad, de 
 I'angl. par P. V. Benoist. | Tome Premier. | [Second.] 
 
 A Paris, | Chez Maradan, Libraire, rue Par^e Saint- Andr6- | des- 
 Arcs, No. 16. I An IX [1801]. | JOB. 
 
 2 vols. 8°. 
 Chap. vi. Langage, mceurs, etc., vol. 2, pp. 419-424. 
 
 309 Observations on the Creek and Cherokee Indians. By Wil- 
 liam Bartram. 1789. With Prefatory and Supplementary Notes. 
 By E. G. Squier. 
 
 In Am. Eth. Soc. Trans., vol. 3, pt. 1, pp. 1-81. New York, 1853. 8°. 
 The article by Mr. Bartram occupies pp. 11-58, the remaining pages being 
 taken up with Mr. Squier's notes. 
 
 There are a few Creek and Cherokee terms scattered through. 
 
 310 Basac or Basacio {Fr. Arnaldo). Sermones en Lengua Megicana 
 para los Domingos y Fiestas del ano. T se conservan en varias 
 Bibliotecas * 
 
 311 Los Evangelios y Epistolas de las Misas de todo el ano tra- 
 
 ducidos a la Lengua Megicana. • 
 
 Manuscripts. Titles from Beristain. 
 
BAETRAM BASSETA. 65 
 
 312 Basalenqne {Fr. Diego). Arte de la Lengua Matlaltzinga mui 
 copioso y assimismo una suma y arte abreviado. Compuesto todo 
 por el Padre Maestio fr. Diego Basalenque De la orden de uuestro 
 Padre San Augustin de la Prouincia de Michoacan anni 1.6.4.0. 
 
 Manuscript, 4°, apparently original. It commences, without preliminaries, 
 •with the declension of nouns. Sixteen pages farther on is found the preface, 
 which occupies pp. 17-18. The Arte follows to page 121, the 12yd missing. On 
 page ]23 begins a: 
 
 Vocabulario de la Lengua Maltlatzinga. buelto en la castellana. 
 Por el P". Maestro fr. Diego Basalenque de la orden de N. P. S. 
 Agustin De la Prouin§ia de Michoacan. anno 1642. 
 
 This terminates on leaf 24-i. One leaf follows with this title : 
 
 Vocabulario de la Lengua Castellana: buelta en la Maltlatzinga 
 [sic] : Por el P'. Maestro fr. Diego Basalenque de la orden De 1^. P. 
 S. Augustin De la Prouingia de Michoacan. anno de 1642. 
 
 LI. 1-40 numbered, and 178 unnumbered. 
 
 Colophon : 
 
 Finis Dictionarij Maltlalzingo quod absolutum est 18. de febrero 
 anni 1646. * 
 
 Titles from Icazbalceta'a Apuntes. 
 
 313 Arte de la Lengua Tarasca, dispuesto con nuevo estilo, y 
 
 • claridad, por el R. P. M. Fr. Diego Basalenque, del Orden de N. P. 
 S. Augustin, Provincial que fue de la Provincia de Michoacan, y su 
 Chronista. Sacalo a luz el E. P. M. Fr. Nicolas de Quixas, Provin- 
 vincial [sic] de dicha Provincia. Y la dedica a la Serenissima Maria 
 Santissima, Eeyna de los Angeles. 
 
 Con licencia: En Mexico, por Francisco de Rivera Calderon. 
 Ano de 1714. * 
 
 16 p. 11., 110 pp. 8°. 
 
 Another edition in 8°, minus title-page. Six preliminary leaves remain. The 
 work contains 102 pp. It is evidently a Mexican edition of the end of the last 
 century or beginning of the present. — Icazhalceia'a Apuntes. 
 
 314 Sermones de la lengua Matlacinga. * 
 
 315 Catecismo en la misma [Matlacinga] y Manual de Parrocos. * 
 
 Manuscripts preserved in the Library of Charo and removed to Valladolid. — 
 
 Beristam. 
 
 Fr. Diego Basalenque was born at Salamanca 25th July, 1577, went to America 
 when 9 yeiirs of age, became an Augnstiu 4th February, 1593, elected provincial 
 1623, and died 12th December, 1651. 
 
 316 Basseta (^r. Domingo de). Vocabulario Quich^Espafiol. * 
 
 Finished on the 29th of January, 1690. 
 
 317 — Vocabulario de la Lengua Quich6. * 
 
 Accompanied by an excellent Vocabulario Quich6-Espanol in the dialect of 
 Eabinal, with a brief grammar of the same, and a defective Vocabulario Espanol- 
 Qnich6. Collectively they form a manuscript volume of 500 pages, and are re- 
 garded by the Abbe Brasseur de Bourbourg as constituting the most complete 
 work in existence on the Quiche language. — Squier. 
 
 5 Bib. 
 
66 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 318 Bates (H. W.) Stanford's | Compendium of Geography and 
 Travel | Based on Hellwald's Die Erde nnd ihre Volker | Geutral 
 America | the West Indies | and | South America | Edited and 
 Extended | By H. W. Bates, | Assistant-Secretary of the Eoyal 
 Geographical Society; | Author of 'The Naturalist ou the River 
 Amazons | With | Ethnological Appendix by A. H. Keane, B. A. | 
 Maps and Illustrations | 
 
 London | Edward Stanford, 55, Charing Cross, S. W. | 1878 | we. 
 
 Pp. i-xi, 1-.571. 8°. Maps. 
 
 Keane (A. H.) Appendix. Ethnography and Philology of America, pp. 443-561. 
 
 319 B[audry] D[e Loziferes] (Louis Narcisse). Voyage | a la Louisiane, | 
 et sur le Continent | de I'Am^rique | septentriouale, | fait dans les 
 ann^es 1794 a 1798 ; | Con tenant un Tableau historique de la Loui- 
 siane, | des observations sur son climat, ses riches pi'oductions, | le 
 caractere et le nom des Sauvages; des remarques | importantes sur 
 la navigation; des principes d'adminis- | tration, de legislation etde 
 gouvernement propres k cette | Colonie, etc., etc. | Par B*** D***. | 
 Orn6 d'une belle carte. | [Two lines quotation.] 
 
 Paris, I Dentu, Imprimeur-Libraire, Palais du Tribunat, | galeries 
 de bois, no. 240. | An XL— 1802. | . 0. HU. 
 
 Pp. i-vlii, 1-382. 8°. Map. ^ 
 
 last of [145] Indian tribes, pp. 241-245. Vocabulary of the Naoudoouessis, 
 pp. 348-353. Vocabulary of the Chipouais, pp. 353-362. 
 
 Bautista (Fr. loan). 
 See Baptista (Fr. Juan). 
 
 320 Baxter (Bev. Joseph). Journal of the Eev. Joseph Baxter, of Med- 
 field. Missionary to the Eastern Indians in 1717. (Communicated 
 by the Eev. Blias ISTason.) 
 
 In New England Hist, and Geneologioal Register, pp. 45-60. Boston, 1867. 8°. 
 "Brief vocabulary of the Indian Language" (a few words, and numerals 
 1-1000), pp. 59-60. 
 
 Issued also as follows : 
 
 321 Journal of Several Visits to the Indians on the Kennebec 
 
 Eiver, By the Eev. Joseph Baxter, of Medfleld, Mass. 1717. With 
 Notes, by the Eev. Elias Nason. 
 
 Boston : David Clapp & Son, Printers. 1867. o. 
 
 Pp. 1-16. 8°. 
 
 "A brief vocabulary of the Indian language," pp. 17-18. 
 
 322 Beach (W. W.) The | Indian Miscellany; | containing | Papers on 
 the History, Antiquities, Arts, Languages, | Eeligions, Traditions 
 and Superstitions | of | the American Aborigines ; | with | Descrip- 
 tions of their Domestic Life, Manners, Customs, | Traits, Amuse- 
 ments and Exploits ; | Travels and Adventures in the Indian Coun- 
 try; I Incidents of Border Warfare; Missionary Eelations, etc. | 
 Edited by W. W. Beach. | 
 
 Albany: | J. Munsell, 82 State Street. | 1877. | o. 
 
 Pp. 1-490. 8". 
 
BATES BEECHEY. 67 
 
 Beach (W. W.) — continued. 
 
 Gatschet (A. S.) Indian Languages of the Pacific States and Territories, 
 pp. 416-447. 
 
 Smith (B.) Comparative Vocabularies of the Seminole and Milmsuke [and 
 Hitohitee] Tongues, pp. 120-126. 
 
 Sqtiier (E. G.) Historical and Mythological Traditions of the Algonquins 
 [read before the N. Y. Hist. Soc, June, 1848], pp. 9-42. 
 
 323 Beamish (North Ludlow). The | Discovery "of America | by the 
 Northmen, | In the Tenth Century, | with | notices of the early set- 
 tlements of the Irish ( in the Western Hemisphere. | By | North 
 Ludlow Beamish, ( Fellow [etc., three lines]. [One line quotation.] 
 
 London: | T. and W. Boone, New Bond Street. | 1841. | c. 
 
 8 p. 11., pp. i-xliv, 45-240, 6 unnumbered 11. 8°. maps. 
 
 A short vocabulary, showing afiSnities between the American-Indian and Celtic, 
 pp. 214-215. 
 
 324 Beatty (Charles). The | Journal | of a ) Two Months Tour; ( with 
 a view of | Promoting Religion among the | Frontier Inhabitants of 
 Pennsylvania, | and of | Introducing Christianity among the | In- 
 dians to the Westward of the Alegh-geuy | Mountains. | To which 
 are added, | Eemarks on the Language and Customs of | some par- 
 ticular Tribes among the Indians, with a | brief Account of the 
 
 * various Attempts that have been | made to civilize and convert 
 them, from the first Settle- | ment of New England to this day; | 
 By Charles Beatty, A. M. | [One line quotation.] 
 
 London: | Printed for William Davenhill, No. 8 in Cornhill; | and 
 George Pearch, No. 12 in Cheapside. | MDCCLXVIII. [1768.] | c. 
 
 Pp. i-viii, 9-110. 12°. 
 
 Notwithstanding the statement on the title-page, the work contains no "re- 
 marks on language.'' 
 
 Field gives the title of an edition, Edinburgh, 1798, 8°, and Triibner's Cat. one, 
 Frankfort, 1771. 
 
 325 Beauchamp {Rev. W. M.) The Indian Prayer Book. 
 
 In Church Eclectic (The), vol. 9, no. 5, pp. 415-422. Utica, 1881. 8°. 
 Ad interesting account of the different editions of the Mohawk Book of Com- 
 mon Prayer. Several examples in the Mohawk language are given. 
 
 326 Beaver Indian Primer. 
 
 [No title-page. Colophon : London : Gilbert & Eivington, White- 
 friars Street, and St. John's Square.] jwp. 
 Pp. 1-36. 12°. 
 Prayers, hymns, and (pp. 31-36) vocabulary of the Beaver dialect. 
 
 327 Beechey {Gapt. Frederic William). Narrative | of a | Voyage to the 
 Pacific I and | Beering's Strait, | to co-operate with | the Polar Ex- 
 peditions: I performed in | His Majesty's Ship Blossom, | under the 
 command of | Captain F. W. Beechey, E. N. | F. E. S., F. E. A. S., and 
 F. E. G. S. I In the years 1825, 26, 27, 28. | Published by authority 
 of the Lords Commissioners of the Admiralty. | In two parts. | 
 Part I [II]. I 
 
68 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Beechey {Gapt. Frederic William) — cod tinned. 
 
 London: | Henry Colbnrn und Eichtird Bentley, | New Burlington 
 Street. | MDCOOXXXI. [1831.] | BA.O. 
 
 2 vols. 4°. map. 
 
 Esquimanx names of auimals, vol. 1, p. 299. Vocabulary of words of 1)he West- 
 ern Esquimaux, vol. 2, pp. 619-627. 
 
 328 Narrative | of a | Voyage to the Pacific | and Beering's 
 
 Strait I to co-operate with | the Polar Expeditions: | performed iii 
 His Majesty's Ship Blossom, | under the command of | Captain F. 
 W. Beechey, R. N. | F. E. S., &c. | in the years 1825, 26, 27, 28. | 
 Published by authority of the Lords Commissioners of | the Admi- 
 ralty. I A new edition. | In two volumes. | Vol. I [II]. | 
 
 London : | Henry Oolburn and Richard Bentley, | New Burlington 
 Street, j 1831. ( B. 
 
 2 vols. 8°. maps. 
 
 Vocabulary of words of the Western Esquimaux, pp. 366-383. 
 
 The introductory remarks say: "This vocabulary coutairs a collection of words 
 made by Mr. Collie, Mr. Osmer, and myself." 
 
 Sabin's Diet, gives an edition, London, John Murray, 1831, 2 vols., 8°. 
 
 329 Narrative of a Voyage to the Pacific and Beering's Strait, 
 
 to cooperate with the Polar Expeditions; performed in his Majesty's 
 Ship Blossom, under the command of Captain P. B. Beechey, R. N., 
 in the years 1825, 1826, 1827, 1828. Published by authority of the 
 Lords' Commissioners of the Admiralty. 
 
 Philadelphia, Carey and Lee, 1832. * 
 
 Pp. 1-493. large 8°. Not seen; title from Fields. 
 
 330 Reise nach dem Stillen Ocean und der Beeringstrasse ... in 
 
 den Jahren 1825-28. Aus dem Englischen iibersetzt. 
 
 Weimar. 1832. * 
 
 2 vols. 8°. map and plate. Title from Sabin. 
 
 331 Bejarano (Fr. Fernando). Sermones en Lengua Mije y en Castel- 
 lano. * 
 
 Manuscript. Title from Beristain. 
 
 332 Vocabulario de la Lengua Mije. • 
 
 Idiom very difficult to pronounce and also to write, with only the Spanish 
 
 alphabet. Copy preserved in the convent of Tuquila. — Berislain. 
 
 333 [Belconrt (Rev. G. A.)] Principes | de la langue des sanvages | 
 appeles Sauteux. | [By Rev. G. A. Belcourt.] 
 
 Quebec: | de I'imprimerie "de | Frechette & Cie., | Imprimeurs- 
 Libraires, No. 8, Rue Lamontagne. | 1839. | ba. mhs. 0. 
 
 Pp. i-vi, 1-146. 16°. 
 
 3^4 Anamihe-Masinahi|an. j Jesus Ot Ijittawin | gaye | Ana- 
 
 mihe-Nakamunau j Takobihikatewun. Mih' Ejittwawad | Ketolik 
 Anamihadjik. | 
 
BEECHEY BELTRAMI. 69 
 
 [Belcourt {Rev G. A.)] — continued. 
 
 Kebekong [Quebec] Otenang: | Frechette Masinahiganikkewinini 
 endad. Ihiw Pipon— 1839— Ka Akko nikit Jesus. | ba. 
 
 Pp. i-v, 1-209. 12°. 
 
 Catholic prayer book in tlie Ojibwa language. Morning Prayers, pp.,')-19; 
 Catechism, pp. 19-106; Prayers for Mass, pp. 107-131; Hymns, 133-209. 
 See Baraga (F.) for other editions. 
 
 335 Department of Hudson's Bay. By Eev. G. A. Belcourt, 
 
 [Translated from the French by Mrs. Letitia May. J 
 
 lu Minn. Hist. Soc. Coll., vol. 1, pp. 207-244. St. Paul, 1872. 8°. 
 Scattered thronghout this article are a uumber of aboriginal terms. 
 
 336 Belden {Lieut. George P.) Vocabulary of the Chinook Jargon. 
 
 Manuscript. 27 11. 12°. Alphabetically arranged. 
 
 337 Dictionary of the Snake, Crow, and Sioux. 
 
 Manuscript. 182 pp. 8°. Alphabetically arranged. These manuscripts arc in 
 the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. 
 
 338 Belden, the White Chief; | or, | twelve years | among the | 
 
 wild Indians of the Plains. [ From the diaries and manuscripts | of j 
 George P. Belden, | The Advencurous White Chief, Soldier, Hunter, 
 Trapper, and Guide. | Edited by | Gen. James S. Brisbin, U. S. A. | 
 
 Cincinnati and New York: | C. T. Vent. | Chicago: J. S. Goodman 
 & Co. Philadelphia: A. H. Hubbard. | St. Louis: P. A. Hutchin- 
 son & Co. I San Francisco: A. L. Bancroft & Co. | 1871. | JWP. 
 
 Pp. 1-513. 8°. 
 
 Ojibwa war song (from Schoolcraft), p. 43 ; Medicine song of the Dakotas, 
 p. 280; Names of months in Indian, pp. 289, 290. 
 
 Bellenger (Joseph M.) Editor. 
 See MaiUard (A1)M). 
 
 339 Beltrami (Giacomo Costantino). La D^couyerte | des | Sources | 
 du I Mississippi | et de | La Eiviere Sanglante. | Description | Du 
 Cours entier du Mississippi, | Qui n'6tait connu, que partiellement, 
 et d'une grande partie de | celui de la Eivifere Sanglante, presque | 
 entiferement inconuue; ainsiquedu | Cours Entier de I'Ohio. | Aper- 
 gus Historiques, des Endroits les plus int^ressans, | qu'on y recon- 
 tre. I Observations Critico-Philosophiques, | Sur les Moeurs, la Eeli- 
 gion, les Superstitions, les Costumes, les Armes, | les Chasses, la 
 Guerre, la Paix, le Denombrement, I'Origine, &c. &c. | De plusieurs 
 Nations Indiennes. | Parall^le | De ces Peuples avec ceux de I'Auti- 
 quit6, du Moyeu Age, et du | Moderne. | Coup-D'CEil, sur les Com- 
 pagnies Nord-ouest, et de la Bale d'Hudson, ) ainsi que sur la Colo- 
 nic Selkirk. | Preuves fividentes, | Que le Mississippi est la premiere 
 Eiviere du Monde. ( Par J. C. Beltrami, | Membre de plusieurs Aca- 
 demies. I 
 
 NouveUe-Orleans : | Imprim6 par Benj. Levy, No. 86, Eue Eoyale. | 
 
 1824. I BA.HU.C. 
 
 Pp.i-viii, 1-328. 8°. 
 
 "Les mois, ou les Lunes des Sioux," pp. 149,150; "Les mois des Cypawaia," 
 p. 150. 
 
xJ 
 
 70 NORTH AMERIACN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Beltrami (Giacomo Constantino) — continued. 
 
 340 A I Pilgrimage | in | Europe and America, | leading to | the 
 
 Discovery | of | the Sources of the Mississippi | and Bloody Eiver; | 
 with a description of | the whole course of the former, | and of | the 
 Ohio. I By J. C. Beltrami, Esq. | Formerly Judge of a Royal Court 
 in the Ex-Kingdom of Italy. | In two volumes. | 
 
 London: | Printed for Hunt and Clarke: | York Street, Covent 
 Garden. | 1828. | Hu. o. 
 
 2 vols. 8°. 
 
 The months or moons of the Sioux, vol. 2, p. 274 ; the Chippewa months, pp. 
 274, 275. 
 
 341 Beltran de Santa Rosa Maria [Fr. Pedro). Gram^tica, Diccionario, 
 Catecismo y Sermones de la Lengua Maya. * 
 
 Printed in 1739 and 1749. — Beristain. 
 
 342 Arte | de el | Idioma Maya | reducido | a succintas reglas, | 
 
 y Semilexicon | Tucateco | por el E. P. F. Pedro Beltran | de Santa 
 Eosa Maria, Ex-Oustodia, Lee- tor, que fue de Philosophia, y Theolo- 
 gia, I Ee^dsor del Sto. Oficio, h hijo de esta Sta. | Eecolecion Fran- 
 ciscana de Merida. | Formolo, y dictolo, | siendo Maestro de Lengua 
 Maya, en el Conven- | to Capitular de N. S. P. S. Francisco, de dicha | 
 Ciudad. Ano de 1742. | T lo dedica | a la Gloriosa Indiana | Santa 
 Eosa Maria | de Lima. | 
 
 Con licencia: En Mexico, por la | Yiuda de D. Joseph Bernardo 
 de Hogal. | Ano de 1746. | c. 
 
 8 p. 11., pp. 1-188. 8m.4°. 
 
 343 Arte | del | Idioma Maya | reducido | a sucintas reglas, | 
 
 y I Semilexicon Tucateco | Por el E. P. Fr. Pedro Beltran de Santa j 
 Eosa Slaria, ExCustodio, Lector, | que sue de Filosoflay Teologica, 
 Eevisor del Santo oficio, 6 hijo de esta San- | ta Eecoleccion francis- 
 cana de Merida. | Formoloy Dictolo, siendo Maestro de Lengua Maya 
 en el Convento Capi- | tular de N. S. P. S. Francisco de dicha Ciudad. 
 Ano de 1742. | T lo dedica a la Glorioso, Indiana Santa Eosa Maria 
 de Lima. | Segunda edicion. | 
 
 Merida de Yucatan: | Imprenta de J. D. Espinosa. | Julio 1859. | 
 
 9 p. 11., pp. 1-242. sm. 4°. C. HU. JOB. 
 
 344 Novena de Christo cruciflcado, sus siete caidas, explana- 
 
 cion (?) de la Eucharistia, Loa y demas metros y naciones, compues- 
 tos en el idioma IVIaya, por el P. Fr. Pedro Beltran de Santa Eosa. 
 
 Colophon : 
 
 ^ Con licencia de los Superiores en Mexico en la imprenta de 
 Francisco Xavier Sanchez, en la Calle de San Francisco, pasada la 
 Casa Profesa. Ano de 1740. * 
 
 Ll. 1-27. 8°. The recto of 1. 17 is of no value, according to an autograph note 
 of the aathor at the end of I. 16. It is reproduced on the verso of 1. 17. 
 
 "The only copy of this work I know of is that in the library of D. Pedro Eegil 
 y Peon, Merida, and is incomplete. The title page being missing I have composed 
 a title from what appears in the approbation." Title furnished by Sr. Icazbal- 
 ceta, who received it from Dr. Berendt. 
 
BELTRAMI — BENSON. 71 
 
 Beltran de Santa Rosa Maria {Fr. Pedro) — continued. 
 
 345 Decliiracioa de la Doctrina Cristiana en el idioma Tucateco, 
 
 nuevamente corregida en algunos vocablos y periodos, con la licen- 
 ciii del Yllmo. Sr. Dr. U. Francisco Pablo Matos Coronado, Obispo 
 de Yucatan, del Consejo de S. M. &c. Por el P. P. Fr. Pedro Beltran 
 de Santa Eosa, Lector quo fue de Theologia, Ex-Custodio de la Pro- 
 vincia de Sor. S. Joseph de Yucatan, Kevisor de Libros de el Tribu- 
 nal de el Santo Oficio de la Ynquisicion, Comissario del venerable 
 Orden Tercero de Penitencia, Eegente de Estudios, Guardian 6 hijo 
 de la Santa EecoUeccion de Merida. Mandada reimprimir por el 
 Ylmo. Sr. Dr. y Maestro D. Fr. Ygnacio de Padilla, Arzobispo Obispo 
 de dicha Provincia. Con licencia. 
 
 En Mexico, en la Imprenta del Colegio Eeal y m^s antiguo de Sau 
 Yldefonso, ano de 1757. * 
 
 Pp. 1-36. 8°. Title, p. 1; pp. 2-22, "Advertencias;" p. 18 wrongly nnmberedSl. 
 The first edition of this work was, perhaps, printed in 1740. 
 
 346 Dfeclaracion de la Doctrina Christiana en el idioma Yuca- 
 
 teco, por el E. P. Fr. Pedro Beltran de Santa Eosa. Aiiadi^ndole el 
 acto de contricion en verso. Con licencia. 
 
 Eeimpresa en Merida de Yucatan, en la Imprenta del Gobierno, 
 por D. M. Isac Eodriguez. Ano de 1816. * 
 
 Title, reverse blank, 1 1. ; pp. 3-20. 12°. 
 
 The two titles above were communicated by Sr. Icazbaloeta, who procured them, 
 I think, from Dr. Berendt. Ac py of each of the. editions is in the library of D. 
 Pedro Kegil y Peon, Merida. 
 
 347 — Declaracion de la Doctrina cristiana en el idioma Yucateco. 
 Por el Eeverendo padre Fr. Pedro Beltran de Santa-Eosa. Anadien- 
 dole el acto de contricion en verso y en prosa. 
 
 M^ridg,. Eeimpresa por J. D. Bspinosa. Marzo, 1860. * 
 
 Pp. 1-23. 8°. Title from Brasseur de Bourbourg. 
 
 348 Declaracion de la Doctrina Christiana en el Idioma Yucateco. 
 
 Merida, 1866. • * 
 
 Pp. 1-24. 12°. Not seen ; title from Triibner's Cat. 
 
 Beltran was a native of Merida in Yucatan, and taught the Maya language in 
 the principal Monastery of San-Benito, in his native town. — Ramirez Sale Cat. 
 
 349 Benito or Beneito {Fr. Marcos). Arte de la Lengua Mije y Devocio- 
 nario Manual de los Misterios del Eosario en la misma Lengua. * 
 
 Title from Beristain. 
 
 350 Bennett {Lieut. Col. Clarence E.) Vocabulary of the Yuma. 
 
 Manuscript, 211 words. 10 11. 4°. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. 
 Collected at Fort Yuma, 1864. 
 
 351 Benson (Egbert). Memoir, read before the Historical Society of the 
 State of New York, 31st December, 1816; by Egbert Benson. 
 
 New York: Printed by William A. Mercein. 1817. * 
 
 Pp. 1-72. 8°. Title from Sabin. 
 
72 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Benson (Egbert) — continued. 
 
 352 Memoir | read before | the Historical Society | of tlie | State 
 
 of New York, | 31st December, 1816; | by Egbert Benson. | [Two 
 lines quotation.] | 
 
 Kew-York: | Printed by T. & W. Mercein, | Ko. 93 Gold-Street. | 
 1817. I BA. 
 
 353 Memoir, | read before | the Historical Society | of the | 
 
 State of Ifew-York, | December 31, 1816. | By Egbert Benson, j 
 [Two Unes quotation.] | Second Edition — with !N"otes. | 
 
 Jamaica: | Henry 0. Sleight, Printer. | 1825. | 0. 
 
 Pp. 1-127. 12°. 
 
 Indian names, pp. 7-20. 
 
 354 Memoir, | read before | the Historical Society | of the | 
 
 State of New York, | December 31, 181G. | By Egbert Benson, j 
 [Two lines quotation.] | (Reprinted from a copy, with the Author's 
 last corrections.) 
 New York: | Bartlett and Welford, | No. 7 Astor House. | 1848. | 
 Pp. 1-72. 8°. 
 
 355 Berardo (i). Juan). Yarias versiones del Latin y Castellano al Me- 
 xicano. * 
 
 Manuscript. Title from Beristain. 
 
 V/ 356 [Berendt (Carlos Herman).] Cartilla | en LenguMaya | para la 
 ensenzana | de los niiios Tndigenos | por ( C. H. B. | 
 Merida. | Imprentade J. D. Espinosa 6 Hijos. | 1871. | c. job. 
 
 Pp. 1-14. sq. 24°. 
 
 V 357 Analyctic Alphabet | for the | Mexican & Central American 
 
 Languages. | By | C. Hermann Berendt, M. D. | Published by the | 
 American Ethnological Society. | 
 
 New York : | Reproduced in facsimile by the | American Photo- 
 Lithographic Company, | (Osborne's Process.) | 1869. | o. 
 
 Pp. 1-8. 8°. 
 
 The Lord's Prayer in Maya in above alphabet, p. 8. 
 
 I have seen mention of a private edition with addition of portrait of author 
 and constitution of the Ethnological Society. 
 
 V 358 ■ Geographical Distribution of the Ancient Central American 
 
 Civilization. 
 
 In Am. Geogr. Soc. Jour., vol. 8, pp. 132-145. [Albany?], 1878. 8°. 
 General remarks on the languages of the Maya family, pp. 136-140. 
 
 359 On a Grammar and Dictionary of the Carib or Karif Lan 
 
 guage, with some account of the people by whom it is spoken. By 
 Dr.C . H. Berendt. 
 
 In Smithsonian Ann. Rept., 1873, pp. 363, 364. Washington, 1874. 8°. 
 
 V 360 The Darien Language. » 
 
 In Am. Hist. Record, vol. 3, no. 26, pp. 54,-69. Philadeli)hia, 1876. 4°. 
 Paper read before the Am. Eth. Soc, Nov. 12, 1873. Contains a list of Darien 
 vocabularies, printed and in manuscript. 
 Not seen; title furnished by A. S. Gatschet. 
 
 V 
 
BENSON — BETANZOS. 73 
 
 Berendt (Carlos Herman) — continued. 
 
 361 Classification of I^Ticaraguan Languages. * 
 
 In Berliner Gesellschaft (fur Erdkunde?), vol. 10. 
 
 An extract from this is printed in the Ausland (a weekly paper published in 
 Stuttgart), 1875, p. 722. 
 
 Title furnished by A. S. Gatschet. 
 
 362 Vocabulary of the Maya. 
 
 Manuscript, 200 words. 6 11. folio. 
 
 363 Comparative Vocabulary of the Mexican or Nahuatl and 
 
 - Maya Languages. 
 Manuscript. 10 11. 4°. 
 These manuscripts are in the Library. of the Bureau of Ethnology. 
 
 364 Berghaus (Dr. Heinrich). tJber die Verwandtschaft der Schoshonen, 
 Komantschen und Apatschen. Vom Herausgeber. c. 
 
 In Berghaus (H.)Physikalischer Atlas. Geographlsches Jahrbuch, 1851, no. 3, 
 pp. 48-62. Gotha. 4°. 
 
 ■ Worter-Verzeichniss der Komantschen-Sprache, pp. 51-53; Vergleichendes 
 Worter-Verzeichniss der Schoshonen- und der Komantschen-Sprache, p. 54. 
 
 365 Bergland {Lieut. Eric). Vocabulary of the Kechi of San Luis Eey, 
 and of the Yuma or Kertchan. 
 
 In 'Wheeler (G. M.) Eeport upon TJ. S. Geog. Surveys, vol. 7, pp. 424-465, 475, 
 481. Washington, 1879. 4°. 
 
 366 Bericht | iiber die | im hochsten Auftrage | seiner koniglichen 
 Hoheit dea Prinzen Carl von Preussen | und Sr. Durchlaucht des 
 Herrn Fiirsten v. Schoenburg- | Waldenburg | bewirkte TJntersu- 
 chung I einiger Theile | des | Mosquitolandes, j erstattet | von der 
 dazu ernannten Commission. | [Printer's device.] | Mit zwei Karten 
 und drei Abbilduugen. | 
 
 Berlin. | Verlag von Alexander Duncker, | koniglichen Hofbuch- 
 handler. | 1845. | ba. 
 
 274 pp. The work contains a valuable chapter on the language and a vocabu- 
 lary of the inhabitants. 
 
 Berlin Academy. 
 See Konigliche-prenssische Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Berlin. 
 
 367 Berson (P.) Vocabulary of the Clear Lake Indians, California. 
 
 Manuscript. 8 11. sm. 4°. 
 
 368 Yuki-English and English- Yuki Dictionary. 
 
 Manuscript. 45 pp. sm. 4°. These vocabularies were collected in 1851, tje latter 
 from a band of Indians fifty miles south of Clear Lake, California. The original 
 manuscripts are in possession of the author, who resides in San Franciscoj and 
 copies are in the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. 
 
 369 Betancur (Fr. Alonso). Arte y Vocabulario de la Lengua de Gua- 
 temala. * 
 
 Title from Beristain. 
 
 370 Betanzos (Fr. Pedro). Arte, Vocabulario, y Doctrina Christiana en 
 Lengua de Guatemala. • 
 
 Printed in Mexico. — Beristain. 
 
74 NOETir AMEEICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 371 Beteta or Bitela {Fr. Gregorio). Doctrina Oristiana en Lengua 
 Zapoteca. * 
 
 Title from Beristain. 
 
 372 [Beverly (Robert).] The | History | and | Present State | of | Vir- 
 ginia, I iu Four Parts. | I. Tbe History of the First Settlement | of 
 Virginia, and the Government there- | of, to the present Time. | 
 II. The Natural Productions and Gonveni- | encies of the Country, 
 suited to Trade | and Improvements. | III. The Native Indians, 
 their Eeligion, Laws, | and Customs, in War and Peace. | IV. The 
 Present State of the Country, as to | the policy of the Government, 
 and the | Improvements of the Land. | By a Native and Inhabitant 
 of the Place. | 
 
 London: | Printed for E. Parker, at the Unicorn, under the Piaz- 
 za's I of the Royal Exchange. MDCCV. [1705.] | BA.C. 
 
 6 p. 11., pp. 1-104, 1-40, 1-64, 1-83. 12°. 
 
 Of the Learning and Languages of the Indians, pp. 23, 24 ; and a few aboriginal 
 terms passim. 
 
 373 Histoire | de la | Virginie; | contenant, | I. L'Histoire du 
 
 premier Bstablissement dans 'a Vir- | ginie, & de son Gouvernement 
 jusques-a-pr^sent. | II. Les Productions naturelles & les Commodi- 
 t6s I du Pais, avant que les Anglois' y n^gociassent, & | I'am^lioras- 
 sent. III. La Religion, les Loix, & | les Coutumes des Indiens Na- 
 turels, tant dans la | Guerre, que dans la Paix. IV. L'Etat present 
 du I Pais, tant a l'6gard de la Police, que de I'Am^- | lioration du 
 Pais. I Par un Auteur natif & habitant du Pais. | Traduite de 1' An- 
 glois. I Enrichie de Figures. | 
 
 Imprirn^ ^ Orleans, & se vend | A Paris, | chez Pierre Ribou, 
 proche les Au- | gustins, 4 la descente du Pont-neuf, | 4 I'Image 
 Saint Loliis. | M.DCCVII. [1707.] | Avec Aprobation, & Privilege 
 du Roy. I BA.C. 
 
 Engraved title 1 1., printed title 1 1., 3 p. 11., pp. 1-417, tahle 9 11. 16°. 
 
 Du Savoir, & du Langage des Indiens, pp. 250-252. 
 
 374 Histoire | de la | Virginie, | contenant | I. L'Histoire du 
 
 premier Bstablissement dans la Vir- j ginie, & de son Gouvernement 
 jusques a present. | II. Les productions naturelles & les Commodi- 
 tez I du Pais, avant que les Anglois y negociassent, & | I'amelioras- 
 sent. III. La Religion, les Loix, & | les Coutumes des Indiens Na- 
 turels, tant dans la | Guerre, que dans la Paix. IV. L'Etat present 
 du I Pais, tant k I'^gard de la Police, que de I'Ame- | lioration du 
 Pais. I Par un Auteur natif & habitant du Pais. [ Traduite de I'An- 
 glois. Enrichie de Figures. | 
 
 A Amsterdam, | Chez Thomas Lombrail, Marchand | Libraire 
 dans le Beurs-straat. | MDCCVII. [1707.] | o. 
 
 Engraved title 1 1., printed title 1 1., 2 p.ll., pp. 1-432, table 8 11. 16°. 
 Du Savoir, & du Langage des Indiens, pp. 258-260. 
 
BETETA — BIBELIB. 75 
 
 [Beverly (Eobert)] — continued. 
 
 375 Histoire | de la | Virginie, | contenant | L'Histoire de son 
 
 Establissement de sou Gou- | vernement d'apr6sent, les Productions, 
 la I Eeligion, les Loix & les Couturaes des In- | diens Naturels, tant 
 dans la Guerre que dans | la Paix, & I'^tat present du Pays a 
 regard I de la Police & de I'Agriculture. | Par D. S. natif & habitant 
 du Pays. | Traduit de I'Anglois & enrichie de figures. | 
 
 A Amsterdam, | Chez Claude Jordan, Libralre, vis-a-vis du | Lom- 
 bart, proche la ViUe de Lion. | M.DCO.XII. [1712.] | 0. 
 
 Engraved title 1 1., printed title 1 1., 2 11., pp. l-43-i, table 8 11. 16°. 
 Du Savoir, & du Langage des Indiens, pp. 258-260. 
 
 376 Eelation Hlstorique de la Virginie, par D. S. natif et habi- 
 tant du pais. 
 
 Amsterdam, 1718. • 
 
 12°. Not seen; title from booksellers' catalogue. 
 
 377 The | History | of | Virginia, | In Four Parts. ( I. The 
 
 History of the First Settlement | of Virginia and the Government 
 there- | of, to the Year I7O6. | II. The natural Productions and Oon- 
 venien- | cies of the Country, suited to Trade and | Improvement. | 
 
 III. The Native Indians, their Eeligion, Laws, | and Customs, iu 
 War and Peace. | IV. The present State of the Country, as to | the 
 Polity of the Government, and the | Improvements of the Land, the 
 10th of I June 1720. ( By a Native and Inhabitant of the Place. | 
 The Second Edition revis'd and enlarg'd by the Author. | 
 
 London: | Printed for B. and S. Tooke in Fleetstreet; F. Fayram | 
 and J. Clarke at the Eoyal-Exchange, and T. Bicker- | ton iu Pater- 
 Noster Eow, 1722. | 0. 
 
 Engraved title 1 1., printed title 1 1., 3 other 11., pp. 1-284, table 12 U. 12°. 
 
 Of the Learning and Languages of the Indians, pp. 160, 161. 
 
 378 The | History of Virginia, | In Four Parts. | I. The history 
 
 of the first settlement of Virginia, and the Gov- | ernment thereof, 
 to the year 1706. | II. The natural productions and conveniences of 
 the country, suited | to trade and improvement. | III. The native 
 Indians, their re'dgion, laws and customs, in war and peace. | 
 
 IV. The present state of the country, as to the polity of the gov j 
 ernment and the improvements of the land the 10th of June | 1720. | 
 By Eobert Beverley. | A native and inhabitant of the place. | Ee. 
 printed from the author's second revised edition, London, 1722. | 
 With an introduction | By Charles Campbell, | Author of the Colo- 
 nial History of Virginia. | 
 
 J. W. Eandolph, | 121 Main Street, Eichmond, Virginia. | 1855. | 
 Engraved title 1 1., printed title 1 1., pp.i-xx, 1-264. 8°. bA. 
 
 379 Bibelib | pivianarninga, saimanamingalo. | [Picture of Bible.] 
 
 [Druct von J. B. Steinkopf in Stuttgart.] j 1851. | ATS. 
 
 1 p. 1. pp. 1-8. 16°. Tract in the language of the Eskimo of Labrador, 
 
76 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Bible Society. 
 See American Bible Society. 
 
 See British and Foreign Bible Society. 
 
 380 Bible Stories | with | Practical Illustrations and Eemarks | on | the 
 Fall. I Baibil Nan Aianowa, | Eev. T. H. Gallaudet vt hoUissochi tok 
 a, I CUahta im anumpa atoshowa. | Second edition revised. | 
 
 Park Hill, Cherokee Kation: | Mission Press: John Candy and 
 John F. Wheeler, Printers. | 1845. | BA. 
 
 Pp. 1-24. 12°. In the Choctaw language. First edition, according to Bying- 
 ton's manuscript dictionary, 1839, 23 pp. 
 
 381 Bible Stories, ] with | Practical Illustrations | and | Eemarks on the 
 Fall. I Baibil nan Aianowa, | Eev. T. Gallaudet vt HoUissochi | 
 tok a,, I Chahta im anvimpa atoshowa. | 
 
 American Tract Society, | 150 Nassau Street, New York. | [1872.] 
 
 Pp. 1-64. 24°. In Choctaw. JWP. 
 
 Hymns, pp. 61-64. 
 
 382 Bierstadt (Albert). Vocabulary of the Sioux. 
 
 Manuscript. 6 pp. folio. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. 
 
 383 Biet (Antoiue). Voyage | de la France | Eqvinoxiale | en I'lsle de 
 Cayenne, | entrepris par les Frangois | en I'ann^e M.DC.LII. | Diuis6 
 en trois livres. | Le Premier, contient I'etablissement de la Colonic, | 
 sou embarquement, & sa route iusques d, son arriu^e | en I'Isle de 
 Cayenne. | Le second, ce qui s'est pass6 pendant quinze mois que | 
 I'on a demeur^ dans le pais. | Le troisifesme, traitte du temperament 
 du pais, de | la fertilite de sa terre, & des mceurs & fagons de faire | 
 des Sauuages de cette contr^e. | Avec vu Dictionnaire de la. Langue 
 du mesme Pais. | Par M^ Antoine Biet, Prestre, Curd de S'^ Gene- 
 vieve I de Seulis, Superieur des Prestres qui out passd dans le Pais. | 
 
 A Paris, | Chez Francois Clovzier, dans la Cour du Palais, | proclio 
 I'Hostel du Premier President. | M.DC.LXIV. [1664.] | Avec Privi- 
 lege dv Eoy. I BA.C. 
 
 11 p. 11., pp. 1-432. 4°. 
 
 Remarques generales sur la Langue des Galihis, & presque do toute la Coste, 
 depuis les Amasones iusqn' au dixifeme ou douzifeme degr^, auec vn Dictionnaire 
 des mots principaux, pp. 394-398. Petit Dictionnaire de la Langue des S.Tuuages 
 Galibis, en la partie de I'Ameriqne Meridionale, appellee Cap de Nord, reduit eu 
 pratique, pp. 399-432. 
 
 Billings {Commodore Joseph). 
 See CiPbiiEBT. (r. A.) 
 
 See Sauer (Martin). 
 
 384 Bingham (A.) Ojibwa Spelling-Book ; according to the Improved 
 Orthography of Edwin Janes. By A. Bingham. 
 
 Albany, 1825. * 
 
 8°. Not seen ; title from Ladewig. Sahin gives it the date 1835 or 1829. 
 
BIBLE SOCIETY — BLACKMOEE. 77 
 
 385 Biondelli (Bernardino). SulP antica lingua Azteca o Nahuatl. 
 
 Milano, Bernardoni, 18G0. * 
 
 Pp. 1-20. 4°. Not seen ; title from Leclero. 
 
 386 Glossarium Azteco-Latinum et Latino- Aztecum. 
 
 Mediolaui, Bernardoni, 1869. * 
 
 Pp. 1-256, in 2 columns. i°. Extract from the Evangelarium of P. Saliagun.— 
 
 Leclerc. 
 
 Editor. 
 
 See Sahagun (Bernardino de). 
 
 387 Bird (J.) Vocabulary of the Stone Indians. 
 
 In House (J.) Vocabularies of certain North American Languages; in 
 Philolog. Soc. (London) Proc, vol. 4, pp. 114-121. London, 1850. 8°. 
 
 388 Bissell (George P.) Vocabulary of the Coos, or Kusa, Oregon. 
 
 Manuscript. 46 pp. 4°. In Introduction to the Study of Indian Languages, 
 1st ed. 
 
 389 Vocabulary of the Umpqua. 
 
 Manuscript. 5 11. 4°. These manuscripts aie in the library of the Bureau of 
 Ethnology. 
 
 390 Words, phrases and sentences in the Umpkwa Language. 
 
 Manuscript. 104 pp. 4°. In the library of the Bureau of Etbnology. Col- 
 lected, September, 1881, by Mr. Bissell, "from the Indians on the Umpqua Eiver, 
 from 20 to 30 miles above its mouth." The material is recorded iu Introduction to 
 the Study of Indian Languages, 2d ed., and is made more valuable by the addi- 
 tion of many explanatory notes, a myth with interlinear translation, etc. 
 
 391 Black Hawk. Life | of | Ma-ka-tai-me-she-kia-kiak | or | Black 
 Hawk, I embracing the | tradition of his nation — Indian wars in 
 which he has | been engaged — cause of joining the British in their | 
 late war with America, and its' history — de- | scription of the Eock- 
 Eiver Village — man- | ners and customs — encroachments by | the 
 whites, contrary to trea- | ty — removal from his | village in 1831. | 
 With an | Account of the cause and general history | of the | Late 
 War, I his | surrender and confinement at Jefferson Barracks, | 
 and I travels through the United States. | Dictated by himself. | 
 J. B. Patterson, of Eock Island, 111. Editor and Proprietor.. | 
 
 Boston: | Published by Theodore Abbott. | 1834. | o. 
 
 Pp. 1-155. 1G°. 
 
 "Ne-ka-na-wen. Ma-ne-se-no oke-maut wap-pi ma-quai" ["Dedication. To 
 Brigadier General H. Atkinson"], in the Sao(?) language, with English transla- 
 tion, pp. 5-6, 7-8. 
 
 Issued also with title as above and imprint as follows: Brston, | Kussell, 
 Odiome & Met calf. | New York: Monson Bancroft. — Philadelphia: Marshall, 
 Clark &. Co.— | Baltimore: Jos. Jewett.— Mobile : Sidney Smith. | 1834. | bA. 
 
 Pp. 1-155. 13°. 
 
 There is also an edition with title as above and imprint : Boston : | Published 
 by Theodore Abbott. | 1845. | 
 
 392 Blackmore (William). The North American Indians: a Sketch of 
 some of the Hostile Tribes, together, with a brief account of General 
 
78 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Blackmore (William) — continued. 
 
 Sheridan's campaign of 1868 against the Sioux, Cheyenne, Arapahoe, 
 Kiowa, and Comanche Indians. By William Blackmore. 
 
 In Eth. Soc. of Lond., Jour., new series, vol. 1, pp. 287-320. Loudon, 1869. 8°. 
 
 Names of Sionx villages, -with Englisli translation, p. 302; Number of Chey- 
 enne chiefs, pp. 309-310 ; Number of Arapahoe chiefs, p. 312. 
 
 393 Blanchard (I. D.) The History | of | our Lord and Saviour | Jesus 
 Christ; | comprehending all that the | Four Evangelists | have re- 
 corded concerning him; | All their relations being brought together 
 in one | narrative, so tliat no circumstance is omitted, but | that in- 
 estimable history is continued iu one series, | in the very words of 
 Scripture, by the Rev. Samuel | Leiberkuhn, M. A. | Translated into 
 the I Delaware Language, in 1806, | by Eev. David Zeisberger, | 
 Missionary of the United Brethren. | Ee- translated, so as to conform 
 to the present | idiom of the Language, | by I. D. Blanchard. | 
 
 J. Meeker, Printer, Shawanoe Baptist Mission. | 1837. | 
 
 Second title : 
 
 Elathemwakunek | Wtclawswakun | nrvlalkwf krthwvalkwf | 
 Nhesus Klyst; | cntu | jijwanukif wuntunasw | cutu | linexsif telex- 
 twnrw I mplcnhes. | ISThime tcli wehwmat. | 
 
 Jawanouf, | Tali kejetwn. | 1837. | BA. jwp. 
 
 Pp. 1-221. 12°. English title recto 1. 1 ; Delaware title recto 1. 2. For earlier 
 edition see Zeisberger (David). 
 
 Blanchet (F. N.) 
 See Demers (M.), Blanchet (F. N.), and St. Onge (L. N.) 
 
 394 [Blatchford (Eer. Henry).] Iu | Otoshki-kikindiuin | au | kitogima- 
 minan gaie bemajiinvng | Jesus -Krist: | ima | Ojibue Inueuining 
 Giizhitong. | The | New Testament | of | Our Lord and Saviour | 
 Jesus Christ: | Translated into the Language | of the | Ojibwa In- 
 dians. I 
 
 New York: | Printed by the American Bible Society, | Instituted 
 in the year MDCCCXVI. | 1844. | ba. abs. 
 
 Pp. 1-643. 12°. 
 
 "Translated by a native Ojibwa, Eev. Henry Blatchford, and is one of the best 
 specimens of the language extant." — Bev. J. A. Gilfillan. See James (E.) for 
 edition of 1833. 
 
 395 Iu I Otoshki-kikindiuin j au | Tebeniminvng gaie bemajii- 
 nvng I Jesus Christ: | ima | Ojibue Inueuining Giizhitong. | The 
 New Testament | of | Our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ: | Trans- 
 lated into the Language | of the | Ojibwa Indians. | 
 
 New York: | American Bible Society, | Instituted in the year 
 MDCCCXVI. I 1856. | 0. ABS. 
 
 Pp. i-iv, 1-717. 16°. 
 
 396 Iu I Otoshki-kikindiuin | au | Tebeniminvng gaie bemajii- 
 
 nyng | Jesus Christ: | ima | Ojibue Inueuining Giizhitong. I The I 
 
BLACKMOKE — BOMPAS. 79 
 
 [Blatchford {Bev. Henry)] — continued. 
 
 New Testament | of | Our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ: ( Trans- 
 lated into the Language | of the | Ojibwa Indians. | 
 
 New York: | American Bible Society, | Instituted in the yea.r 
 MDCCOXVI. I 1875. | jwp. 
 
 Pp. i-iv, 1-717. 16°. 
 
 397 Bob the Sailor Boy. By Eev. G. 0. Smith, Penzance. [One line 
 Cherokee characters.] 
 
 Park Hill: Mission Press, J. Candy & E. Archer, Printers. [One 
 line Cherokee characters] 1847. ba. 
 
 Pp. 57-67. 24°. In Cherokee characters. Appended to the Dairyman's 
 Daughter. 
 
 398 Boggild (O.) Simonimik Syrenimiumik . . . O. Boggild. * 
 
 Nungme, 1876. 
 
 48 pp. 8°. A tale in Eskimo. — Bink. 
 
 399 Bolduc [Bev. Jean B. Z.) Mission de la Colombie. 
 
 Quebec, 1843. * 
 
 8°. Contains the Lord's Prayer in the Chinook jargon, "et quelques mots 
 Tchinoucs et Sneomus." The Snohomish is a tribe of Puget Sound. The Chinook 
 words are merely jargon. — Gibbs. 
 
 400 BoUaert (William). Observations on the Indian Tribes of Texas. 
 By William Bollaert, F. E. G. S. 
 
 In Eth. Soc. of London, Jour., vol.2, pp. 262-283. London, n. d; 8°. 
 
 List of 36 Indian Tribes in Texas, p. 26.5 ; Names of some Comanche chiefs 
 [■with English signification], pp. 273-274; Comanche numerals, 1-20, p. 274; 
 A few words of Lipan, pp. 278-279; A few proper names in Kiowa, Pawnee- Pict, 
 Pawnee-Mo-haw, Shawnee, Delaware, Kickapoo, Choctaw, and Muscogee, pp. 279, 
 280,281,282,283. 
 
 401 Examination of Central American Hieroglyphs : Of Yuca- 
 tan — including the Dresden Codex, the Guat^malien of Paris, and 
 the Troano of Madrid: the Hieroglyphs of Palenqu^, Copan, Nica- 
 ragua, Veraguas, and New Granada; by the recently discovered 
 Maya Alphabet. By William Bollaert, F. A. S. L., F. R. G. S-, Hon. 
 Sec. A.S. L., Corr. Mem. University of Chile, of the Ethnological 
 Societies of London and New York, etc. 
 
 In Antbrop. Soc. London, Mem., yoI. 3, pp. 288-314. London, 1870. 8°. 
 Maya terms passim. 
 
 402 [Bompas {Bt. Bev. William Carpenter).] Ohipewyan Primer. 
 
 Colophon: London: Gilbert & Eivington, Whitefriars Street, and 
 St. John's Square. JWP. 
 
 Pp. 1-36. 12°. Bible lessons, hymns, etc. 
 
 403 . Cree Primer. 
 
 Colophon: London: Gilbert & Eivington, Whitefriars Street, and 
 St. John's Square. JWP. 
 
 No title-page, pp. 1-36. 12°. Prayers, hymns, etc. 
 
80 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 [Bompas {Et. Rev. William Carpenter)]— continued. 
 
 404 Dog Eib Primer. 
 
 Colophon: London: Gilbert & Eivington, Whitefriars Street, and 
 St. John's Square. J^P. 
 
 Pp. 1-22. 12°. Prayers and hymns. 
 
 405 Manual of Devotion, | in tne | Beaver Indian Dialect. | 
 
 Compiled from the Manuals of the Venerable | Archdeacon Kirby, | 
 by the | Bishop of Athabasca. | For the use of the Indians \ in the j 
 Athabasca Diocese. | 
 
 London: | Society for Promoting Christian Knowledge, | North- 
 umberland Avenue, Charing Cross; | 43, Queen Victoria Street; and 
 48, Piccadilly. | [1880.] JWP. 
 
 Pp. 1-48. 16°. In syllabic characters. 
 
 Hymns, pp. 3-24 ; Prayers, pp. 25-33 ; Creed, p. 34; Commandments, pp. 35-37 ; 
 Catechism, pp. 37-43; Lessons, pp. 43^8. 
 
 406 Tinne Primer. 
 
 Colophon: London: Gilbert & Eivington, Whitefriars Street, and 
 St. John's Square. JWP. 
 
 Pp. 1-76. 12°. Bible lessons in Tinne. 
 
 407 Tukudh Primer. 
 
 Colophon : London : Gilbert & Eivington, Whitefriars Street, and 
 St. John's Squara JWP. 
 
 Pp. 1-55. 12°. Bible lessons, prayers, etc. 
 
 408 Western Esquimaux Primer. 
 
 Colophon : London : Gilbert & Eivington, Whitefriars Street, and 
 St. John's Square. jwp. 
 
 Pp. 1-23. 12°. Grammar lessons, prayers, hymns, and (pp. 16-23) "Vocabu- 
 lary." 
 
 See Kirby (W. W.) & Bompas (W. C.) 
 
 Bonaventura (Gabriel de San). 
 See Buenaventura (Gabriel de San). 
 
 409 Bonduel (F. L. J.) Souvenir Eeligieux | d'une | Mission Indienne | 
 ou I Eecueil de Priferes, | Le premier qui fut jamais 6crit dans cette 
 langue, | pour I'usage des neophytes, | de la mission des Indiens | 
 Mennomonies de St. Michel- Archange, fondle le 15 D^cembre 1852, j 
 au nord du lac Shawanow, Etat du Wisconsin, diocfese de Milwau- 
 kie, I par le Eev^rend Pere P.-L.-J. Bonduel, | Missionnaire, | [&c., 
 &c., three lines.] 
 
 Tournai | Imprimerie de Malo et Levasseur. | 1855. | s. 
 
 Pp. 1-16. 16°. Prayers, hymns, and primer lesson. 
 
 410 Bonifaz (P. Luis). Arte de la Lengua principal de Cinaloa. • 
 
 Bonifaz was a missionary to the Indians of Cinaloa, between the years 1602 and 
 1644. He died in the latter year at Valladolid, in Michoacan, but probably left 
 
 his manuscript in some of the religious establishments of the City of Mexico. 
 
 Beriatain. 
 
BOMPAS — BOOK. 81 
 
 Bonillo (D. Joseph Zambrano). 
 See Zambrano Bonillo (Z). Joseph). 
 
 411 Bonner (T. D.) Tlie | Life and Adventures | of | James P. Beck- 
 wourth, I Mountaineer, Scout, and Pioneer, | and ( Chief of the 
 Crow Katiou of Indians. | With Illustrations. | Written from his 
 own Dictation, | By T. D. Bonner. | 
 
 New York: | Harper & Brothers, Publishers, | Franklin Square. | 
 1856. I C. 
 
 Pp. i-xii, 13-537. 12°. 
 Many terms and proper names with English signification. 
 
 412 Bonneville (B. L. E.) Etymology of the word Oregon. 
 
 In Schoolcraft (H. R.) Indian Tribes, vol. 5, pp. 708-709. Philadelphia, 
 1855. 4°. 
 
 413 Book. The Book of | Common Prayer, | and Administration of 
 the I Sacraments, | and other | Eites and Ceremonies | of the | 
 Church, I according to the use of the | Church of England : | together 
 with I A Collection of Occasional Prayers, and | divers Sentences 
 of I Holy Scripture, | Necessary for Knowledge and Practice. | 
 Formerly collected, and translated into the Mohawk Language | 
 underthedirectionof the Missionaries of that Society for the | Propa- 
 gation of the Gospel in Foreign Parts, to the Mohawk | Indians. | 
 A new edition: | to which is added | The Gospel aiicordiug to St. 
 Mark, | Translated into the Mohawk Language, | By Capt°- Joseph 
 Brant, | An Indian of the Mohawk Nation. | 
 
 London: ( Printed by C. Buckton, Great Pultney Street, | Golden 
 Square. 1787. | 
 • Second title : 
 
 Ne Takawea | Yondereanayendaghkwa | Oghseragwegouh, | 
 neoni Yakawea | ne Orighwadogeaghty | Yondatnekosseraghs | 
 iieoni I Tekarighwagehhadont, | oya oni | Adereanayent, | ne teas 
 nikariwake | Eaditsihuhstatsygowa | Ronaderighwissoh | goragh- 
 gowa a-onea rodanhaouh. | oni, | Watkanissa-aghtoh | Oddyake 
 Adereanayent, | neoni tsiniyoght -hare ne | Kaghyadoghserado- 
 geaghty, | Newahoeny Akoyendarake neoni Ahhondatterihhonny. | 
 A-onea wadiroroghkwe, neoni Tekaweanadennyoh Kanyen- | keh^ga 
 Tsikaweanondaghko, ne jieane Eaditsihuhstatsy ne | Eadirighwa- 
 wakoughkgowa ronadanh^-ouh, Kanyenke waon- | dye tsi-radina- 
 keronnyo Ongwe-oewe. | Keagaye ase Yondereanayendaghkwa. | 
 Oni tahoghsonderoh | St. Mark Eaorighwadogeaghty, | Tekaweana- 
 dennyoh Kanyenkeh^ga Eakow^nea | T'hayendanegea, | Eoewa- 
 
 yats. I 
 
 London: | Karistodarho C. Buckton, Great Pultney Street, | 
 Golden Square. 1787. | JWP. job. 
 
 English title verso of 1. 1 ; Indian title recto of 1. 2, verso blank ; preface, pp. 
 i-iii ; "contents, p. 1; text, pp. 2-505. 12°. Alternate pages English and Mohawk. 
 ' 6 Bib. 
 
82 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Book — coiitiuued. 
 
 Verso of 505, Observations couoerniDg the reading and pronunciation of the Mo- 
 hawk tongue. St. Mark occupies pp. 176-341. 
 For other editions see note to Claesse (L.) 
 
 The Rev. W. M. Beanchamp, in the Church Eclectic, vol. 9, no. 5, Utica, 1881, 
 8°, p. 432, says this was in the main prepared by the Rev. Dr. Stuart. 
 
 414 The I Book of Exodus | in | Micmac. | 
 
 Halifax, l^"ova Scotia, | 1870. | S. 
 
 Pp. 1-166, 1 1. 16°. 
 
 415 Book of Prayers, etc., in the Mareschit (or Maliseet) and 
 
 Oaniba dialects. 
 
 Manuscript. 82 pp. 32°. Seen at the Brlnley sale, from the catalogue of which 
 (Part 3) the following note is taken : 
 
 "Written by some French missionary to the Abnakis. It is complete and well- 
 preserved, though its pages bear traces of long and frequent use. It formerly 
 belonged to Dr. John Pickering, to whom it was presented by Bishop (and Car- 
 dinal) Cheverus. 
 
 "It contains 'Prifere du Matin, en Marichit,' 'Cantique,' 'Prifere du Soir, en 
 Cauiba.' 'Priere avant la Confession,' 'Interrogation pour la Confession,' 'Priferes 
 avant [et apres] la Communion,' 'Catechisme,' 'Mauiere de Baptiser,' etc. 
 
 "The mission for which this manual was compiled included Indians of at least 
 two tribes, the Canibas, of whose principal dialect Easles has given us a vocabu- 
 lary, and the Etchemins and Mareschites, on and near the St. John's River. 'We 
 read in the relations of the Jesuits, that the Canibas, the Etchemins, and other 
 Indians of different tribes lived together in one village,' under the instruction of 
 the missionary Fathers (Maurault, Hist, des Abenakis, 9) ; and it is not improbable 
 that tbis manual contains translations made early in the 17th century, and pre- 
 served in manuscript copies by successive missionaries." 
 
 416 Book of Eevelations in Eskimo. 
 
 British and Foreign Bible Society, 1839. * 
 
 Not seen; title from Bagster's "Bible of every Land." 
 
 417 Books. The Books | of | Genesis, Exodus, Leviticus, Numbers, | and 
 Deuteronomy, | translated into | the Choctaw Language. | Ohenesis, 
 Eksotrs, Lefltiki/s, N"«mbas, | Micha Tutelonomi Holisso faiena kvt 
 toshow?;t I Chahta anumpa toba hoke. | 
 
 Ifew York: | American Bible Society. | Instituted in the year 
 MDCCCXVI. I 1867. | ABC. C. JWP. 
 
 Pp. 1-564. U°. 
 
 Cbenesis, pp. 5-146; Eskotvs, pp. 147-260; Lefitikvs, pp. 261-343; Numbas, 
 pp. 345-461 ; Teutelononi, pp. 461-564. 
 
 41*^ The Books | of | Joshua, Judges, and Euth, | translated 
 
 into I the Choctaw Language. | Choshua, nan Apesa Fhleha Ho- 
 lisso, I Micha Lulh Holisso | aiena kt)t toshow?)t | Chahta anumpa 
 toba hoke. | 
 
 IsTewYork: | American Bible Society, ( Instituted in the year 
 MDCCCXVI. I 1852. | ABS. 0. JWP. 
 
 Pp. 1-151. 12°. 
 
 *19 The Books | of | Joshua, Judges, and Euth, | translated 
 
 into I the Choctaw Language. | Choshua, nan Apesa Fhleha Ho- 
 
BOOK — BOUDINOT. 83 
 
 Books — continued. 
 
 lisso, I Micha Lulh Holisso | aiena kvt toshowi^t | Ohahta anumpa 
 toba hoke. ] 
 
 New York: | American Bible Society, | Instituted in the year 
 MDOGCXVr. I 1871. | JWP. 
 
 Pp. 1-151. 16°. 
 
 ,420 Boscana {Bev. Geronimo). ChinigcMnich; | a | Historical Account | 
 of tlie I Origin, Customs, and Traditions | of the Indians at the 
 Missionary Establishment | of St. Juan Capistrano, Alta Califor- 
 nia; I called I the Acagchemem Nation; | collected with the greatest 
 care, from the most intelligent | and best instructed in the matter. | 
 By the | Eeverend Father Friar Geronimo Boscana, | of the Order 
 of Saint Francisco, | Apostolic Missionary at said Mission. | Trans- 
 lated from I the Original Spanish Manuscript, | by one who was 
 many years a resident | of Alta California. | [A. Eobinson.] 
 
 New York: | Published by Wiley & Putnam, | No. 161 Broad- 
 way. \ 1846. I BA. C. 
 
 Pp. 227-341. 12°. 
 
 Appended to [Robinson (A.)] Life in California. New York, 1846. 12°. 
 
 There are a few aboriginal terms scattered through the text; on p. 282, a few 
 lines of ' ' Verses sung to the Betrothed " ; and the names of the months, pp. 303, 304. 
 
 421 Boudiflot (Elias). A | Star in the West; | or, | a Humble Attempt 
 to Discover | the Long Lost | Ten Tribes of Israel, | Preparatory to 
 their return to their Beloved City, | Jerusalem. | By Elias Boudinot, 
 L. L. D, I [Seven lines quotation.] | 
 
 Trenton, N. J. | Published by D. Fenton, S. Hutchinson, and | 
 J. Dunham. | George Sherman, Printer. | 1816. | BA. hit. c. 
 
 Pp. i-iT, i-xxi, 23-312. 8°. 
 
 "Chapter HI. An enquiry into the language of the American Indians" (pp. 89- 
 107), contains a vocabulary of the Charibbee, Creeks, Mohegan and Northern 
 Languages, and Hebrew, pp. 102-103. 
 
 422 Poor Sarah; | or | The Indian Woman. | Translated by E. 
 
 Boudinot. | [Two lines Cherokee characters. Picture; one line 
 Cherokee characters.] | 
 
 New Echota: | Published by the United Brethren's Missionary [ 
 Society at the expense of the American | Tract Society. | J. F. 
 Wheeler and J. Candy, Printers. | [One line Cherokee characters.] | 
 1833. I BA. ABC. JWP. 
 
 Pp. 1-12. 16°. 
 
 423 Poor Sarah. [One line Cherokee characters.] 
 
 [Park Hill: Mission Press.] [One line Cherokee characters.] | 
 1843. I BA. 
 
 Pp. 1-18. 24°. In Cherokee characters. 
 
 424 Editor. [One line Cherokee characters; picture of Eagle.] 
 
 Cherokee Phoenix. | Vol. 1. New Echota, Thursday, February 21, 
 1828. No. 1. I BA. 
 
84 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Boudinot (Elias) — coutiuued. 
 
 A foiir-paRe, super-royal weekly newspaper, partly in Cherokee, partly in Eng- 
 lish, Elias Boudinot, editor; Isaac N. Harris, printer. 
 
 In No. 48, Vol. 1, Feb. 11, 1829, the heading was slightly changed, the eagle 
 removed and to Clierokee Phosnix was added "and Indian Advocate." 
 
 Though claiming to be "weekly," it was issued irregularly, sometimes two 
 weeks, and in one case nearly a month, intervening between issues. 
 
 The last I have seen was Aug. 11, 1832, Vol. 4, No. 52, but Professor Turner, in 
 Ludewig, says it continued until May 31, 1834, Vol. 5, No. 52, when it was sus- 
 pended for want of funds and perhaps not resumed. 
 
 See 'Worcester (S. A.) and Boudinot (Elias). 
 
 425 and Worcester (S. A.) Cherokee Hymns | Compiled | from 
 
 several authors | and revised. | By E. Boudinot & S. A. Worcester. [ 
 [Four lines Cherokee characters.] | Printed for the American Board 
 of I Commissioners for Foreign Missions. | 
 
 New Echota: | Jno. F. Wheeler, Printer. | [One line Cherokee 
 characters.] | 1829. | GB. 
 
 Title, reverse blank, 1 1.; introduction, pp. iii-v; pp. 7-50; index, 1 1. 24". 
 
 The first printing in the syllabic characters invented by Sequoyah (George 
 Guess) was for the "Cherokee Pha5nix," in February, 1828. The "Cherokee 
 Hymns" was the first tract printed in those characters. 
 
 For later editions of this work see Worcester (S. A.) and Boudinot (E.) 
 
 426 [Boulet {Bev. J. B.)] Prayer Book | and | Catechism | in the | Sno- 
 homish Language. | [Picture of the Crucifixion.] 
 
 Tulalip, W. T. I 1879. | JWP. S. 
 
 Pp. 1-32. 16°. Outside title has the imprint: Tulalip Mission Press. 1879. 
 
 427 Bourgoing (Jean Francois) Eelation d'un Voyage r6cent des Es- 
 paguolssurles Cotes Nord-ouestdel'Am^rique septentrionalel792. | 
 
 In Archives Litteraires de I'Europe, 1804, No. 4. * 
 
 Vocabulary of the Eskolen, Nutka, and Rumsieu, pp. 78, 79, 87. 
 Not seen ; title and note from Mithridates. Ludewig gives the above title and 
 says : Paris, 1789, 3 vols. H°. He also gives other editions as follows : Second edi- 
 tion, 1792; third edition, Paris, 1803 ; German translation, Jena, 1789; and these 
 dates have been copied by Sabin. I am under the impression that the Relation 
 of Bourgoing is an extract from or review of Alcala-Galiano's Eelacion del Viage 
 . . Sutil y Mexicana en el ano 1792, in which case an edition of 1789 would be im- 
 possible. As Bourgoing's best known work, Nouveaux Voyage en Espagne, was 
 published in 3 vols., 8°, at Paris, 1789, 3d ed., 1803, Jena, 1789, it is probable 
 Ludewig has mixed the two works. 
 
 428 Bowrey (Thomas) A Dictionary of the Hudson's Bay Indian Lan- 
 guage. 
 
 London, 1701. * 
 
 Folio. Title from Watt's Biblioth. Britanica. 
 
 429 Boyer (Paul). Veritable | Eelation | de tovt ce qvi | s'est fait et 
 passe I an voyage que Monsieur de | Bretigny flt^l'Amerique | Occi- 
 dentale. | Auec vne Description des Moeurs, & des | Prouuinces de 
 tons les Sauuages de cette | grande partie du Cap de Nord: vn Dic- 
 tion- I naire de la Langue, & vn aduis tres-neces- | saire ^ tous ceux 
 
BOUDITSTOT BRADBURY. 85 
 
 Boyer (Paul) — continued. 
 
 qui veulent habiter ou faire [ habiter ce Pais-la, ou qui desirent d'y 
 esta- I blirdes Colonies. | Le tout fait sur les lieux, par Pavl Boyer, | 
 Escuyer, Sieur de Petit- Puy. | 
 
 A Paris, | Chez Pierre Eocolet, Impr. & Lib. | Ordin. du Eoy & de 
 la Maiaon de Ville, | au Palais. | M.DC.LIV [1654.] | Auec Priuilege 
 de Sa Majest6. | ba. jcb. 
 
 15 p. 11., pp. 1-463. ia°. 
 
 Diotionnaire de la langue Galibienne, pp. 393-433. 
 
 430 Bozman (John Leeds). A | Sketch | of the | History of Maryland, | 
 during the | Three First Tears After its Settlement: | to which is 
 prefixed, | a | Copious Introduction. | By John Leeds Bozman. | 
 
 Baltimore: | Published by Edward J. Coale, | 'So. 176, Baltimore- 
 street. I 1811. I BA. c. 
 Pp. i-viii, ili-iv, 9-388. 8°. 
 This edition contains no linguistic material. 
 
 431 The I History of Maryland, | from | its first Settlement, 
 
 in 1633, I to | the Eestoration, in 1660, | with | a Copious Introduc- 
 tion, I and I Kotes and Illustrations. | By John Leeds Bozman. | 
 Vol. I [li]. I 
 
 Baltimore : | James Luc|S & E. K. Deaver. | 1837. | BA. 0. 
 
 2 vols. 8°. 
 
 Vol. 1, Section vii, pp. 103-193, contains a general sketch of the tribes of 
 Indians inhabiting Virginia, which includes extracts from and comments upon 
 Heckewelder's "Historical Account of the Indians who once inhabited Pennsyl- 
 vania and the neighbouring states"; the "Powhatan nuinerals," 1 to 10, from 
 Smith's History of Virginia; the "Delaware (or Lenape) numerals," 1 to 10, from 
 Thomas; and copious notes on the geographic names of rivers, etc., given in 
 Smith's History of Virginia. 
 
 432 Brackett {Col. A. Gr.) Vocabulary of Ae Absaraka, or Crow. 
 
 Manuscript. 11 pp. folio. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. Col- 
 lected at Fort Wyoming, 1879. 
 
 433 Bradbury (John). Travels | in | the interior of America, | in the | 
 Tears 1809, 1810, and 1811; | including | a description of Upper 
 Louisiana, | together with | the States of Ohio, Kentucky, Indiana, 
 and I Tennessee, | with the | Illinois and Western Territories, | and 
 containing | Eemarks and Observations | useful to | persons emi- 
 grating to those countries. | By John Bradbury, P. L. S. London, | 
 Corresponding Member [&c., two lines]. 
 
 Liverpool: | printed for the author, | By Smith and Galway, ( and 
 published J)y Sherwood, Keely, and Jones, London. | 1817. | ba. c. 
 
 Pp. i-xii, 9-364. 8°. 
 
 Vocabulary of some words in the Osage Language, pp. 213-219. 
 
 434 -. Travels | in | the Interior of America, | in the | Tears 1809, 
 
 1810, and 1811, | including | a description of Upper Louisiana, | 
 together with | the States of Ohio, Kentucky, Indiana, and | Ten- 
 
86 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Bradbury (John) — continued. 
 
 nessee, | with the | Illinois and "Western Territories, | and contain- 
 ing I Eeuiarks and Observations | useful to | persons emigrating to 
 those countries. | Second Edition. ( By John Bradbury, F. L. S. Lon- 
 don, I Corresponding Member [&c., two lines]. 
 Loudon: Published by Sherwood, Keely, and Jones. | 1819. | c. 
 
 Pp. i-xiv, 17-34C. 8°. 
 
 Vocabulary of some words in the Osage Language, pp. 221-227. 
 
 435 Bradford (Alexander Warfleld). American Antiquities | and | Ee- 
 searches | into the | Origin and History of the Eed Eace. | By | 
 Alexander W. Bradford. | 
 
 New York: | Dayton and Saxton, | Corner of Pulton and Nas- 
 sau I streets. | Boston : Saxton and Pierce. | 1841. | ba. c. 
 
 Pp. 1-435. 8°. 
 
 Chapter VII. Origin of the Ahorigines — Language, pp. 309-314. Chapter VIII. 
 Origin of the Aborigines — Astronomy, pp. 315-338, gives names of the months in 
 the Mexican language. 
 
 Sabin gives an edition, same date, but with different publishers, as follows : 
 
 436 American Antiquities, and Eesearches into the Origin and 
 
 History of the Eed Eace. By Alexander W. Bradford. 
 
 New York: Wiley & Putnam. 1841. ♦ 
 
 435 pp. 8°. 
 
 437 American Antiquities | and | Eesearches into the | Origin 
 
 and History of the Eed Eace. | By | Alexander W. Bradford. | 
 
 New- York: | Wiley & Putnam, 161 Broadway. | 1843. | c. 
 
 Ip.I., pp. 1-435.' 8'=. 
 Linguistics as in edition of 1841. 
 
 438 Brant (Joseph). The Gospel according to St. Mark. Translated 
 into the Mohawk Tongue, by Captain Brant. 
 
 Second heading : 
 
 Ne orighwadogeahti Gospel Eoyadadogeaghti Mark roghyatouh 
 tekaweanadennyoh Teyandanega, kanyenkehaga kaweanondagh- 
 kouh. 
 
 In Book of Common Prayer in Mohawk, pp. 176-341. London, 1787. 12°. 
 
 Above are headings to pp. 176 and 177, respectively. 
 
 439 The Gospel according to St. Mark, translated into the 
 
 Mohawk Tongue, by Captain Brant. As also several portions of the 
 
 ^O Sacred Scriptures, translated into the same language. 
 
 New York: Published by the New York District Bible Society: 
 McElrath & Bangs, Printers; 1829. 
 
 Second title: 
 
 Ne Eoyadado Kengh Ty | orighwadokenghty | Eoghyadon 
 S. Mark, | dekawennadenyonk | Kanyenkehhaka Kawennon- | 
 daghkonh, | Thayentaneken Tehhawen- | natenyonh. | Otyake 
 skaro ronh no righwadokengh ty | Skaghyadon Owenna, | kanyen- 
 kehhaka. I 
 
BRADBURY BRASSEUR DE BOURBOURG. 87 
 
 Brant (Joseph) — continued. 
 
 New York: j Published by the New York District Bible Society, | 
 McElrath & Bangs, Printers. | 1829. | ba. 
 
 Pp. l-a39, alternate Euglisli and Mohawk. 12°. 
 
 Some chapters in Genesis, pp. 6-21 ; some chapters in the Gospel of St. Matthew, 
 pp. 20-37 ; the Gospel according to St. Mark, pp. 38-177 ; a collection of Sentences 
 of the Holy Scriptures, pp. 178-239. 
 
 440 Ne Raorihwadogenti ne Shonwayaner Yesus Keristus Jen- 
 
 thorihoten ue Eoyatadogenti Mark, &c. 
 
 New York : Printed by McElrath and Bangs for the New York 
 District Bible Society. 1829. * 
 
 239 pp. 12°. Title from O'Callaghan's American Bibles, No. 201. 
 
 441 Brantz (Lewis). Some words from the Language of the Choctaws. 
 
 In Schoolcraft (H. R.) Indian Tribes, vol. 3, p. 347. Philadelphia, 1853. 4°. 
 
 ^ 442 Brasseur de Bourbourg {AhU Charles Etienne). Histoire | des Na- 
 tions civilis^es | du Mexique | et de I'Am^rique-Centrale, | durant 
 les siecles ant^rieurs ^ Christophe Oolomb, | 6crite sur des docu- 
 ments originaux et entierement | in^dits, puis6s aux anciennes | 
 archives des indigenes, | par | M. L'Abb6 Brasseur de Bourbourg, j 
 ancien aumonier de la legation de Prance au Mexique, | et adminis- 
 trateur ecclesiastique des Indiens de Eabinal | (Guatemala). | Tome 
 premier, | comprenant les temps h^roiques et I'histoire | de I'empire 
 des Toltfeques. | [-Tome Quatrifeme.] 
 
 Paris, I Arthus Bertrand, ^diteur, | libraire de la Soci6t6 de G^o- 
 graphie, | rue Hautefeuille, 21. | 1857 [-1859]. | • ba. 0. 
 
 4 vols, large 8°. 
 
 Besides many Mexican terms passim and quotations from other authors, this 
 work contains, vol. 1, pp. xlv-lix, the picture writing of the Mexicans, with 
 explanations; pp. Ixii-lxvii, "Listedes gens de Teocaltitlan " ; pp. 425-427, "Ex- 
 tralts du Codex Chimalpopoca," with French translation; pp.428, 429, "Manii- 
 Bcrit Cakchiquel ou Memorial de Tecpan-Atitlan, avec la formalion des premiers 
 hommes"; "Proph^ties encore c616bres dans I'Yucatan, trouv6es dans Lizana, 
 texte maya et espagnol," vol. 2, pp. 603-606. 
 
 443 Collection j de Documents dans les Langues Indigenes | 
 
 pour servir a I'etude de I'histoire efc de la philologie | de I'Am^rique 
 ancienne. | Volume Premier. [-Quatrieme.] | 
 
 [Paris and London: 1861-1868.] 0. 
 
 4 vols. 8°. Each volume has a general half title, as above, and its own full 
 title; these are as follows : 
 
 d 444 Popol Vuh. | Le | Liyre Sacr6 | et les mythes | de I'anti- 
 
 quit6 Am6ricaine, | avec les livres heroiques et historiques des 
 Quich6s. I Oavrage original des indigenes de Guatemala, | texte 
 qnich^ et traduction frangaise en regard, accompagn^e de notes | 
 philologiques et d'nn commentaire | sur la mythologie et les migra- 
 tions des peuples anciens de I'Amerique etc., | couipos6 sur des 
 documents originaux et inedits, | par | l'Abb6 Brasseur de Bour- 
 bourg, I Auteur [&c., 5 lines]. | [Printer's device.] 
 
88 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Brasseur de Bourbourg {Abbe Charles Etienne)— continued. 
 
 Paris, I Arthus Bertrand, Editeur, | 21, Eue Hautefeuille. | Lon- 
 don, Triibner and Co., 60 Paternoster-Eow. | 1861. | BA. C. 
 
 1 p. 1., pp.i-cclxsix, 1-368. 8°. Vol.1. Collection de Documents. 
 
 ^ 445 Grammatica de la Lengua Quich6. | Grammaire | de la | 
 
 Langue Quichee | Espagnole-Frangaise | mise en parallfele avec ses 
 deux dialectes, Cakchiquel et Tzutuhil, | Tir^e des manuscrits des 
 meilleurs auteurs guat^maliens. | Ouvrage accompagn^ de notes 
 philologiques | avec uu Vocabulaire | comprenant les sources prin- 
 cipales dn Qiiicb^ compar6es aux langues germaniques | et suivi 
 d'un essai sur la po6sie, la mnsique, la danse et Part dramatique | 
 Chez les Mexicains et les Gnat^malteques avant la conqu6te; | ser- 
 vant d'iutroduction au | Eabinal-Achi | drame indigene avec sa mu- 
 sique originale, texte quich^ et traduction frangaise .en regard. | 
 Eecueilli par | I'AbbcS Brasseur de Bourbourg, | Auteur de I'Histoire 
 [&c., &c., 5 lines]. | 
 
 Paris, I Arthus Bertrand, Editeur, | 21, Eue Hautefeuille. | Lon- 
 don, Trubner and Co., 60 Paternoster-Eow. | 1862. | C. 
 
 2 p. 11., pp. i-xvii, 1-246. 8°. Vol. 2. Collection de Documents. 
 Appended : 
 
 Eabinal-Achi | vepu | xahoh-tun | u bi xahoh rech vae tinamit 
 rabinal | x-u tzibam nabe | Bartolo Ziz, mama ah rabinal, | ri 
 x-elezah-vi quxtubal-ta re c'al qui qahol. | X-e xahon rech mamaib 
 Ah-Eabinaleb clii nima-gih ri san Pablo, chi 25 gih ri iq enero | chi 
 huiiab 1856 | rumal qui cahau ri cui'a mamaxel, | ahau Brasseur de 
 Bourbourg, | ri xu-tzolcomih-vi ronohel tzih vae xahol rumal Qui- 
 che chabal chi pranzez. | 
 
 Paris, I Arthus Bertrand, ahvuh, | 21, chi amag Hautefeuille u 
 bi. I 1862. I 
 
 Second titje: 
 
 Eabinal-Achi | ou | le drame-ballet du tun | pifece sc^nique de la 
 ville de Eabinal | transcrite pour la premiere fois par | Bartolo Ziz, 
 ancieii de la meme ville, | pour la laisser comme un souvenir k ses 
 enfants. | Les anciens de Eabinal la repr^sentferent le jour de la fete 
 de la Conversion de Saint Paul | le 25 Janvier de I'ann^e 1856, | pour 
 la satisfaction de leur pfere, administrateur et ancien, | M. Brasseur 
 de Bourbourg, | qui la traduit en entier de la langue Quichee en 
 Frangais. | 
 
 Paris, I Arthus Bertrand, Editeur, | 21 Eue Hautefeuille. | 1862 | 
 
 Pp. 1-12-2, 16 11. Quichee title verso of 1. 1 (p. 2) ; French title recto of 1. 2 (p. 3). 
 
 Some copies have the imprint : Pans, | Auguste Diirand, Libraire, | 7, Rue des 
 Gr^s. I Madrid, Bailly-Bailliere, Libraire. | 1862. | 
 
 / 446 Eelation | des Choses | de Yucatan | de Diego de Landa | 
 
 Texte Espagnol et Traduction Frangaise en regard | comprenant les 
 Signes du Calendrier | et de I'Alphabet Hi6roglyphique de la Langue 
 
BRASSEUE DE BOUEBOUKG. 89 
 
 BrasEenr de Bourtourg (Abbe Charles Btieune) — continued. 
 
 Maya | accoinpagnd de documents divers historiques et clironolo- 
 giques, | avec une Grammaire et un Vocabulaire Abi 6g6s Prangais- 
 Maya | pr(§c6d6s d'nn essai sur les sources de I'liistoire primitive | 
 du Mexiqiie, et de l'Am6rique Centrale, etc., d'aprfes les monuments 
 figyptiens | et de I'Histoire primitive de I'figypte d'apr^s les monu- 
 ments Am6ricains, | par | l'Abb6 Brasseur de Bourbourg, Ancien 
 Administrateur eccl^siastique des ludiens de Eabinal (Guate- 
 mala), I Membre de la Commission scientifique du Mexique, etc. | 
 
 Paris, I Aiiguste Durand, !l6diteur, | 5, Rue des Gres | Ballly- 
 Bailliere, A Madrid. | 1864. | C. 
 
 2 p. 11., pp. i-cxii, 1-516. 8°. Vol. 3. Collection de Documents. 
 
 Esquisse d'uue grammaire de la langue Maya d'aprfcs celles de Beltran et de 
 Cruz, pp. 459-479; Vocabulaire Maya-Frinpais d'aprfes divers auteurs anciens et 
 moderues, pp. 480-512. 
 
 tA 447 Quatre Lettres | sur | le Mexique | exposition absolue du 
 
 syst^me hi^roglyphique Mexicain | la tin de I'^ge de pierre. Epoque 
 glaciaire temporaire | commencement de Page de bronze. Origines 
 de la civilisation | et des religions de l'antiquit6 | d'aprfes le Teo- 
 Amoxtli I et autres documents Mexicains, etc. | Par | M. Brasseur 
 de Bourbourg | Ancien administrateur eccl^siastique des Indiens de 
 Eabinal (Guatemala), etc. | 
 
 Paris I Maissoneuve et 0'°, Libraires | 15, Qnai Voltaire. | Lon- 
 don, Triibner and C", 60, Paternoster-liow. | 18C8 | Tous droits 
 r6serv6s | 0. 
 
 Pp. i-xx, l-4()3. 8°. Vol. 4. Collection de Documents. 
 
 Some copies have the imprint : Paris, | Auguste Durand et Pedore, Editeurs, | 
 5, EueCujas, | Bailly-Baillifere, Librairell Madrid, | 1868. | Tous droits rfeerviSs. | 
 
 448 Monuments Anciens du Mexique | Palenqu6 | et autres 
 
 mines | de I'ancienne civilisation | du Mexique | Collodion de Vues, 
 Bas-Reliefs | Morceaux d'architecture. Coupes, Vases, Terres cuites. 
 Cartes et Plans | dessin^s' d'aprfes nature et relev^s | par M. de Wal- 
 deck I Texte r^dig^ par M. Brasseur de Bourbourg | Membre de la 
 Commission scientifique du Mexique, etc. | Ouvrage publi6 | sous 
 les auspices de S. E. M. le Ministre de I'Instruction Publique. | 
 
 Paris I Arthus Bertrand, Editeur | Libraire de la Soci6t(§ de Geo- 
 graphic I 21, Eue Hautefeuille | 1860. | 
 Second title : 
 
 Eecherches | sur les | Euines de Palenqu6 | et sur les origines del a 
 civilisation | du Mexique | par | M. I'Abbe Brasseur de Bourbourg | 
 Membre de la Commission scientifique du Mexique | Texte public | 
 . avec lesdessins de M. de Waldeck | sur les auspices de | S. E. M. le 
 Ministre de I'Instruction Publique. | 
 
 Paris I Arthus Bertrand, Editeur | Libraire de la Society de Geo- 
 graphic I 21 Eue Hautefeuille | 1866. | ba. c. 
 
 1 p. 1., pp. i-xxiii, 1-84, i-viii. folio. Many aboriginal terms passim. 
 
J 
 
 90 NORTH AMEEICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Brasseur de Bourbourg {Abde Charles litieune) — continued. 
 
 449 i\Ianuscrit Troauo. | Etudes | sur | le Systeme Graphifiue et 
 
 la Langue | des Jlayas, | par | J\I. Brasseur de IJourbourg, | Aucien 
 Administrateur Ecclesiastique des ludiens de Eabinal (Guat6 
 mala), | Membre do la Commission scientiflqiie du Mexique, etc. | 
 Tome Premier [-Second]. | 
 
 Paris. I Imprimerie Imp^riale. | M DOCC LXIX [-M DCCC- 
 LXX]. [18G9-1870.] | BA. C. 
 
 2 vols, folio. Vol. 1, 2 p. 11., pp.i-vili, 1-244, and Table des Matiferes, 221-224, 
 G9 pis. ; vol. 2, 2 p. 11., pp. i-xllx, 1-464. 
 
 Premiere Partie. JIanuscrit Troami. Mouographio et Exposition du Systfemo 
 graphique, vol. 1, jip. 1-220; SuppI(Sment, vol. 1, pp. 221-224; Introductiou aux 
 ^l^ments de la Langue Maya, vol. 2, pp. 1-xlix. 
 
 Deuxifeme Partie. Grammaire (repriut of that of Antoine-Gabritl do Saiut- 
 Buenaventura, Mexico, 1084) et Chrestomathie, vol. 2, pp. 1-122. 
 
 Troisifeme Partie. Voeabulaire g^n^ral Maya-Frangais et Espaguol, vol. 2, pp. 
 123-462. 
 
 This work was reprinted, minus the plates, as follows: 
 
 450 Dictionnaire, Grammaire et Chrestomathie | de | la langue 
 
 Maya | precedes d'une | Etude sur le Systeme Graphique | des In- 
 digenes du Yucatan, (Mexique) | par | M. Brasseur de Bourbourg, | 
 Ancien Missionnaire, [etc., 3 lines]. 
 
 Paris, I Maisonneuve & C", Libralres Editeurs, 15-Quai Vol- 
 tairc-15 | M DCCC LXXII [1872]. | g. 
 
 1 p. 1., pp. i-vii, 1-244, 221-224, i-xlix, 1-464. folio. 
 A portion of this volume was issued separately, as follows : 
 
 451 Catalogue des caractferes Mayas. 
 
 Paris, Imprimerie Imp6riale, 1869. * 
 
 23 pp. 4°. Cast at the Imprimerie ImpiSriale for the publication of the Manu- 
 
 scrit Troano, Etudes snr le systfeme graphique et la langue des Mayas. — Branseiir 
 
 de Bourhourg. 
 
 452 Sommaire des voyages scientifiques et des travaux de geo- 
 graphic, d'histoire, d'arch^ologie et de philolbgie americaines. 
 
 Saint-Cloud, veuve Belin, 1862. * 
 
 13 pp. 8°. Not seen ; title from Catalogue of books in Library of Congress. 
 
 453 Lettre a M. L6on de Eosny sur la d^couverte de documents 
 
 relatifs k la haute antiquity am^ricaine, et sur le dechiffrement dc 
 I'ecriture phonetique et figurative de la langue maya. 
 
 Paris, Amyot, 1869. * 
 
 Extract from the M^moires de la Soci6t6 d'Ethnographie de Paris. — Brasseur 
 de Bourhourg. 
 
 454 Antiquit^s Mexicaines. A propos d'un m^moire sur la pein- 
 
 ture didactique et I'ficriture figurative des anciens Mexicains, par 
 M. J. M. A. Aubin. # 
 
 In Revue Archeologique, Paris, 1852. 
 Not seen ; title from^Sabin's Diet. 
 
BEASSEUR DE BOURBOUEG. 91 
 
 BraoBour de Bourbonrg {Abbe Charles Etienue) — continued. 
 
 455 Essai Listorique sur les sources de la philologie mexicaine 
 
 et sur I'ethnographie de I'Am^rique Centrale. * 
 
 In RevuG Orientale et Am^iicaine, vol. 1, pp. 341-380; vol. 2, pp. 04-7,5. 
 Paris, 1859. S-^. 
 
 Contains bibliography of -works in the languages of Central America. 
 
 Title furnished by Mr. Eames. Also, according to Sabin's Diet., printed sepa- 
 rately. 
 
 456 Coup d'ceil sur la Nation et la Langue des Wabi population 
 
 maritime de la c6te de Tehuantapec (Mexique). Par Brasseur de 
 Bourbouig. 
 
 In Revue Orientale et Americaine, vol. 5, pp. 261-271. Paris, 1861. 8°. 
 Eeprinted in Societe Americaine de France, Archives, nouvelle s^rie, tome 1, 
 pp. 131-142. Paris, 1875. 8°. 
 
 457 Quelques traces d'une Emigration de I'Burope Septentrio- 
 
 nale en Am^rique dans les traditions et les langues de I'AmE.rique 
 Centrale. Lettre adress^e a M. C. C. Eafn, Secretaire de la Soci^tE 
 Koyale des Antiquaires du Nord a Copenhague, par M. FAbb6 Bras- 
 seur (le Bourbourg. 
 
 In Jlouvelles Ancales des Voyages, vol. 4, 1858, pp. 261-292 (vol. 160 of the 
 the collection). Paris, n. d. 8°. 
 
 Vocabulary, pp. 281-289. "The greater number of these words belong equally 
 to the three sister languages, Quioh^e, Cakchiqnfele, and Tzatohile. I will indi- 
 cate in a special manner those which belong to another language." — Brassewr de 
 Bourbourg. 
 
 458 Notes d'un Voyage dans I'Am^rique Centrale. Lettres a 
 
 M. Alfred Maury, Bibliothicaire de I'Institut. 
 
 In Nouvelles Annales des Voyages, vol. 3, 1855, pp. 129-158 (vol. 147 of the 
 collection). Paris, n. d. 8°. 
 
 General remarks on the languages of Central America. 
 
 This was replied to by Mr. E. G. Squier (q. v.) in the succeeding volume of the 
 above series. 
 
 459 Esquisses d'Histoire, d'Arch^ologie, d'Ethnographie, etc. 
 
 [Paris, 1864.J * 
 
 Not seen ; title from Bancroft's Native Eaces. 
 
 400 Codex Chimalpopoca contenant les fipoques, dites Histoire 
 
 des Soleils et I'Histoire des Eoyaumes de Colhuacan et de Mexico. * 
 
 Manuscript. 93 11. i°. Mexican tex . (corrected after that of M. Aubin), witli 
 an attempt nt a French translation in juxtaposition. Copied and translated by 
 the undersigned. This is the copy of the document marked at No. 13, § viii of the 
 catalogue of Boturini, under the title of "Historia de los Eeynos de Colhuacan 
 y Mexico, etc.'' 
 
 This documi nt, in which for the first time I have lifted the mysterious veil that 
 covered the symbols of the religion and history of Mexico, is the most important 
 of all those which remain to us of ancient Mexican annals. It embraces, chro- 
 nologically arranged, the geological history of the world, by periods of 13 years, 
 commencing more than 10,000 years before the Christian era, according to Mexi- 
 can calculations. — Brasseur de Bourhourg. 
 
 Possibly this has been printed, as I find the following in a book catalogue, the 
 date of which I do not know : 
 
92 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Brasseur de Bourbourg {AbM Oliarles Etienue) — continued. 
 
 4G1 Codex Cbimalpopoca. Manuscrit en langue naliuatl de 
 
 I'ancienne collection de Boturini sous le litre de Historia de los 
 reynos de Colhuacan y Mexico. • 
 
 " lu press. M. Brasseur de Bourbourg is making a duplicate translation of the 
 first part of this work, which will soon appear. Under the fictions of mythologic 
 story and under those of Quetzalcoatl and of the kings of Tollan, is veiled 
 the history of that ancient cataclysm occasioned by the termination of the glacial 
 epoch in America; it confines itself chiefly to the glaciers of the Amazon, 
 described with minutest details, the volcanic eruptions which fixed the present 
 continent, the age and epoch of sandstone which covers so great a part of these 
 regions, and that of all the deposits which cover the Amazonian valleys. The 
 ■whole of these revelations given by the Mexican geologists through ten thousand 
 years agree in the closest possible manner even to the present time with the work 
 of M. Agassiz. It explains fully what that savant so long sought, the origin and 
 extent of the ancient Amazonian barriers, and reveals even to the smallest par- 
 ticulars those mysterious deposits of gold, silver, sapphire, emerald, and jade of 
 whose discovery the Spaniards, in their search for the Eldorado, vainly dreamed."— 
 Maisonneuve Book Cat. 
 
 See Galicia (F. C), Mendoza (G.), and Solis (F. S.) 
 
 462 Bravo {Fr. Juan). Arte de la Lengua de Michoacan. — Confeso- 
 
 uario. — Preparacion para bien morir. — Explicacion del Salmo: 
 
 Miserere. — Explicacion del Salmo: Beati qui audiunt. — Explicacion 
 
 de las Letanias. * 
 
 Three works in the Tarascan Language, printed in Mexico by Pedro Balli, in 
 1574. 8°. — Beristain. 
 
 463 [Breboenf {R. P. Jean).] Doctrine | Chrestienne, dv E. P. Ledesme 
 de la I Compagnie de lesvs. | Traduite en Langage Canadois, pour 
 la Con- I uersion des habitans du dit pays. | Par vn pere de la menie 
 Compagnie. | 
 
 A Roveu, I Chez Richard I'AUemant, | pres le College. | 1630. | 
 Pp. 1-26. 1G°. JCB. 
 
 Ludewig erroneously states that Breboeuf's translation was printed at Rouen, 
 KilO. 8°. 
 
 4^64 Doctrine Chrestienne, dv E. P. Ledesme de la Compagnie de 
 
 lesvs. Traduicte en Langage Canadois, autre que celuy des Mon- 
 tagnars, pour la conuercion des habitans du dit pays. Par le E. P. 
 Breboeuf de la mcsme Compagnie. 
 
 In Champlain (S. de). Les Voyages de la Novvelle France, pp. 1-15. Paris, 
 Claude Collet, 1632. 4°. 
 
 465 Doctrine Chrestienne, Dv E. P. Ledesme de la Compagnie 
 
 de lesvs. Traduicte en Langage Canadois, autre que celuy des 
 Montagnars, pour la conuersion des habitans du dit pays. Par le 
 E. P. Breboeuf de la meme Compagnie. 
 
 In Champlain (S. de). Les Voyages de la Novvelle France, pp. 1-1.5. Paris, 
 Louis Sevestre, 1632. 4°. 
 
 Ludewig, quoting from Vater, states that the edition— Paris, Collet, 1627, 8°— 
 contains the linguistic pieces by Breboeuf and Mass^. This is not correct. ' 
 
BRASSEUE DE BOUEBOUEG — BRETON. 93 
 
 [Breboeuf (B. P. Jean)] — continued. 
 
 466 Doctrine Chrestienne, dv E. P. Ledesme, de la Compagnie 
 
 de lesvs. Traduicte en Langage Canadois, autre que celuy des 
 Montagnars, pour la conuersion des habitans du dit pays. Par le 
 R. P. Breboeuf de la mesme Compagnie. 
 
 In Champlain (S. de). Les Voyages do la Novvelle France, pp. 1-15. Paris, 
 Clande Collet, 1G40. 4°. 
 
 467 Doctrine Chrestienne, dv E. P. Ledesme de la Compagnie 
 
 de lesvs. Traduicte en Langage Canadois, autre que celuy des 
 Montagnars, pour la conuersion des habitans du dit pays. Par le 
 E. P. Breboeuf de la mesme Compagnie. 
 
 In Champlain, (Euvres de, vol. 5, pt. 2, pp. 1-15 (pp. 1.^3-1407 of the series). 
 Quebec, 1870. 8°. 
 
 468 Eelation | de ce qvi s'est pass6 | en la | Novvelle France | 
 
 en I'ann^e 1636. | Bnuoy^e an | E. Pere Provincial | de la Compagnie 
 de lesvs | en la Prouince de France. | Par le P. Paul le leune de la 
 mesme Compagnie, | Superieur de la Eesidence de Kebec. | 
 
 A Paris, | chez Sebastien Cramoisy Imprimeur | ordinaire du 
 Eoy, I M. DC. XXXVII [ 1 637]. | Avec Privilege dv Eoy. | 
 
 4 p. II., 172 pp. Relation . . . d^s Hurons . . . [par Jean do Br^bcnf], pp. 2-23. 
 Not seen ; title from Sabin's Diet. 
 
 469 Eelation de ce qvi s'est pass6 dans le pays des Hvrons. 
 
 En I'ann^e 1636. Enuoy^e k Kebec au E. P. Paul le leune, Supe- 
 rieur de la Mission de la Comi)agnie de lesvs, en la Nouuelle France. 
 (D'aprfes I'^dition de Sebastien Cramoisy, publiee ^ Paris en I'ann^e 
 1637.) 
 
 In Relations des Jesultes, vol. 1, pp. 76-139. Quebec, Cot ^-1858. 8°. 
 
 Oraison [in Huron, with interlinear French translation], pp. 89,90. Chapi- 
 tre iv. De la langne dis Hurons, pp. 91-100. 
 
 Jean do Brebosuf was one of the first five Jesuit missionaries who came to 
 Canada with Champlain in 1625. After having passed the winter following 
 among the Montagnais, he was sent in 162G among the Hurons, to whom he was 
 the first Jesuit missionary. The conquest of the country by the English inter- 
 rupted his mission, hut Canada having been restored to Franco he in 1634 entered 
 a second time into his work. In the spring of 1649, the Iroquois having taken 
 St. Lonis, where he worked with Pere Gabriel Lalemant, made prisoners of the 
 two missionaries, and subjected them to tho most cruel martyrdom. — Jesuit Eola- 
 tions. 
 
 470 -Huron Grammar. * 
 
 Manuscript. Referred to by Chaumonot in his life, hut now lost.— Hist. Mag. 
 
 471 Breton [B. P. Eaymond). Petit | Cat^chisme | ov.| Sommaire des 
 Trois Pre- | miferes parties de la Doctrine | Chrestienne. | Tradnit 
 du Frangois, en la langue des Ca- | raibes Insulaires, par le E. P. 
 Eaymond | Breton Sous-Prieux du Conuent des | Frferes Prescheurs 
 de Blainuille. | 
 
 A Avxerre. | Par Gilles Bovqvet, Imprimeur or- | dinaire du 
 Eoy. I MD.C.LXIV [1664]. | . JOB. 
 
 Pp. 1-70. 16=. 
 
94 NOKTII AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Breton {R. P. Raymond) — continued. 
 
 472 Dictionnaire | Caraibe-Franfois, | Mesl6 de quantity do 
 
 Kemarques | historiques pour I'eclaircisseraent | de la Laiigue. | 
 Compost par le R. P. Raymond Breton, | Rcligieux de I'ordre des 
 Frferes Prescheurs, | & I'vn des premiers Missionaires Apo- | sto- 
 liques en I'Isle de la Gardeloupe & an- | tres circonuoisines de 
 l'Am6rique. | 
 
 A Avxerre. | Par Gilles Bovqvet, Imprimeur | ordinaire du Roy. | 
 M.D.O.LXV [1665]. | 0. JOB. 
 
 8 p. 11., pp. 1-480. IC-'. 
 
 473 Dictionnaire | Fran§ois-Oaraibe, | Compost par le R. P. 
 
 Raymond Bieton, | Religieux de I'ordre des Freres Prescheurs, | & 
 I'vn des quatre premiers Frangois | Missionaires Apostoliques en 
 PIsle de la | Gardeloupe, & autres circonuoisines de | I'Am^rique. | 
 
 A Avxerre. | Par Gilles Bovqvet, Imprimeur | ordinaire du Roy. | 
 M.D.C.LXVI [1666]. | C. JOB. 
 
 Title, reverse blank, 1 1., 4 other p. 11., pp. 3-415. 16°. 
 
 474 Grammaire | Caraibe. | Compos6e par le R. P. Raymond 
 
 Breton | Religieux de I'Ordre des Freres Prescheurs, | & I'vn des 
 quatre premiers Missionnaires | Apostoliques en I'Isle de la Garde- 
 loupe, I & autre circonuoisines de l'Am6rique. | 
 
 A Avxerre. | Par Gilles Bovqvet, Imprimeur | ordinaire du Roy. | 
 M.D.C.LXVII [1667]. | JOB. 
 
 Pp. 1-136. 16°. Ludewig mentions an edition of 1668, 8°. 
 
 475 Grammaire caraibe, snivie du Cat^chisme caraibe. par le 
 
 P. Raymond Breton. Nouvelle Edition conforme h I'originale, pu- 
 bli6e par L. Adam et Oh. Leclerc. 
 
 Paris, 1878. * 
 
 xxxii, 80 and ?>S pp. 8°. Forms vol. 3 of I he collection of American linguistics 
 puhlished by Maisonneuve & Co., Paris. — Leclerc. 
 
 476 Bretton {Baron de). Origines des Peuples de I'Am^rique. 
 
 In Cong. Int. des Americanistes, Compte- Rendu, premifere session, tome 1, 
 pp. 438-449. Nancy and Paris, 1875. 8°. 
 
 Comparative vocabulary "Indien" and "Danois," p. 448. 
 
 477 Breve y mis compendiosa Doctrina Christiana en lengua Mexicana 
 y Castellana, que contiene las cosas m4s necessarias.de nuestra 
 sancta fe catholica, para aprovechamieiito destos indios naturales 
 y salvacioh de sus dnimas. Con licencia y privilegio. 
 
 Colophon : 
 
 A honra y gloria de Nuestro Senor Jesu-christo, y de la Virgen 
 Sautissima su madre, fue impressa esta Doctrina Christiana, por 
 mandado del senor don Fray Juan de Zamarraga, primer obispo 
 desta gran ciudad de Tenuchtitlan, Mexico desta Nueva Bspana y 
 a su costa, en casa de Juan Cromberger, ano de mill y quinientos y 
 treinta y nueve. [1539.] * 
 
 10 11. 4°. Title from Cartas de Indias, Madrid, 1877, p. 787. 
 
BRETON BEINTON. 95 
 
 Breve y mis compendiosa Doctrina Christiana, etc.T-continued. 
 
 In his work on the life and writings of Bishop Zum^rraga, Sr. Icazba.lceta 
 gives this title and says: "I copy literally this title which I find in the Cartas de 
 Indias. The notice of a hook printed in Mexico prior to all others deserves a 
 more exact and wider notice. Notwithstanding my relations with some of the 
 editors of that publication and the interest that my friend Sr. Tamayo y Bans 
 took in the subject, it has been impossible for me to obtain further information 
 respecting this precious work — even whence the title was obtained. 
 
 478 Brice (Wallace A.) History | of | Fort Wayne, | from | the eailiest 
 known accounts | of | this point, | to the present period. | Embra- 
 cing an extended view of the Aboriginal Tribes | of the Northwest, 
 including, more especially, | the Miamies, of this locality — their 
 habits, I customs, etc. — Together with a comprehen- | sive summary 
 
 ■ of the General Relations | of the Northwest, from the latter | part 
 of the seventeenth cen- ( tury, to the struggles of 1812-14; | with a 
 sketch of the | Life of General Anthony Wayne; | including also a 
 lengthy | Biography of the late Hon. Samuel Hanna, | together 
 with short | Sketches of several of the early pioneer | settlers of 
 Fort Wayne. | Also an account of the | Manufacturing, Mercantile, 
 and Railroad Interests | of Fort Wayne and Vicinity. | By Wallace 
 A. Brice. | With illustrations. | 
 
 Fort Wayne, Ind: | D. W. Jones & Son, Steam Book and Job 
 Printers. | 1868. | BA. 0. 
 
 Pp. i-xvi, 1-324, 1-33. 8°. 
 • A few tribal names with English signification, p. 17. 
 
 479 Brickell (John). The Natural | History | of | North-Carolina. | 
 With an | Account | of the | Trade, Manners, and Customs of the | 
 Christian and- Indian Inhabitants. II- | lustrated with Copper- 
 Plates, whereon are | curiously Engraved the Map of the Country, | 
 several strange Beasts, Birds, Fishes, Snakes, | Insects, Trees, and 
 Plants, &c. I By John Brickell, M. D. | [One line quotation.] | 
 
 Dublin: | Printed by James Carson, in Coghill's-Court, Dame- ( 
 street, opposite to the Castle Market. | For the Author, | 1737. | 
 
 Pp. i-viii, 1-408. 8°. map. BA. C. JCB. 
 
 The material for this work was stolen from LawBon. — Field. 
 
 Short comparative vocabulary of the Tuskeruro Indians, Pamticoe Indians, 
 and Woccon Indians, p. 407. 
 
 480 The Natural History of North Carolina. With an account 
 
 of the Trades, Manners and Customs of the Christian and Indian 
 Inhabitants. Illustrated with Copper-Plates, whereon are curiously 
 Engraved the Map of the Country, several strange Beasts, Birds, 
 Fishes, Snakes, Insects, Trees and Plants, etc. 
 
 Dublin: 1743, * 
 
 408 pp. 8°. The same as the edition of 1737 with a new title-page.— 5aj-He«. 
 
 481 Brinton [Dr. Daniel Garrison). Notes | on the | Floridian Penin- 
 sula, I its I Literary History, | Indian Tribes and Antiquities. | 
 By I Daniel G. Brinton, A. B. | 
 
96 NOETH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Brinton (Dr. Daniel Garrison) — continued. 
 
 Philadelphia: | Published by Joseph Sabin, | Ko. 27 South Sixth 
 Street, above Chestnut. | 1859. | BA. 0. 
 
 Pp. i-vlii, 13-202. 12°. 
 Remarks on the Timuqnana language, with a few examples, pp. 134-138. 
 
 482 The | Myths of the New World: | a treatise | on the | Sym- 
 bolism and Mythology | of the ( Eed Eace of America. | By | Daniel 
 G. Brinton, A. M., M. D., | Member of [&c., &c., three lines.] | 
 New York: | Leypoldt & Holt. | 1868. | BA. 0. 
 
 Pp. i-viii, 1-307. 8°. 
 
 A few remarks on American languages, pp. 7-10, and, scattered throughout, 
 many aboriginal words. 
 
 483 The | Myths of the New World | A treatise | in the Symbol- 
 ism and Mythology | of the | Eed Eace of America | By | Daniel 
 G. Brinton, A. M., M. D. | Member of [&c., &c., six linesj. | Second 
 edition, revised. | 
 New York | Henry Holt and Company | 1876 | • 
 
 2 p. 11., pp. i-viii, 1-331. 12°. Not seen ; title furnished by Mr. W. Eames. 
 
 484 The | Ancient Phonetic Alphabet | of | Yucatan. | By D. G. 
 
 Brinton, M. D. | [Printer's device.] 
 New York: | J. Sabin & Sons, No. 84 Nassau Street. | 1870. | 
 Pp. 1-8. large 8°. BA. WB. 
 
 485 [Eemarks on the Nature of the Maya Group of Languages.] 
 
 In Am. Philosoph. Soc, Proc, vol. 11, pp. 4-6. Philadelphia, 1871. 8°. 
 
 486 Contributions to a Grammar of the Muskokee Language. 
 
 By D. G. Brinton, M. D. 
 
 In Am. Philosoph. Soc, Proc, vol.11, pp. 301-309. Philadelphia, 1871. 8°. 
 
 Historical notes on the language, its dialects, affinities and literature, pp. :?01- 
 304 ; the Alphabet, pp. 304-305 ; Remarks on Buokner's Maskokee Grammar, 
 pp. 305-306 ; the Muskokee Verb, pp. 307-308 ; Specimen Sentence, pp. 308-309. 
 
 Separately issued as follows: 
 
 487 Contributions | to a | Grammar | of the | Muskokee Lan- 
 guage, I by I D. G. Brinton, M. D., | Member of the American 
 Philosophical Society; the Pennsylvania | Historical Society; Cor- 
 responding Member of the | American Ethnological Society, etc. | 
 (From the Proceedings of the American Philosophical Society.) 
 
 Philadelphia: | McCalla & Stavely, Printers, 237-9 Dock Street, | 
 1870. I A. T. WE. JBD. Avns. 
 
 Printed cover, pp. 301-309. 8°. 
 
 488 On the Language of the Natchez. 
 
 lu Am. PhUosoph. Soc, Proc, vol. 13, pp. 483-499. Philadelphia, 1873. 8°. 
 
 Vocabulary of the Natchez, procured by Mrs. A. E. W. Robertson, and including 
 Gallatin's vocabulary, pp. 486-491 ; Numerals (1-1,000,000), p. 491; Verbal forms, 
 p. 492; Indicative forms, pp. 492-494; Comparison of Natchez terms with those 
 of the Maskoki, Seminole, Choctaw, Koosatis, and Mikasuki, pp. 495-497 ; Words 
 from early French authors, pp. 497-498. 
 
BRINTON BKISBIN. 97 
 
 Brinton {Dr. Daniel Garrison) — continued. 
 
 489 The Names of the Gods in the Kiche Myths, Central 
 
 America. By Daniel G. Brinton, M. D. Eead before the American 
 Philosophical Society, November 4, 1881. 
 
 In Am. Philos. Soc, Proceedings, vol. 19, pp. 613-647. Philadelphia, 1881. 8°. 
 Contains specimens of the Kiche names, prayers, &c. 
 Issued separately as follows : 
 
 490 The | Names of the Gods | in the | Kiche Myths, Central 
 
 America. | By Daniel G. Brinton, M. D., | Secretary [&c., &c., five 
 lines]. ] (Read before the American Philosophical Society, Novem- 
 ber 4, 1881.) I 
 
 Philadelphia: | McCalla & Stavely, Prs., 237-9 Dock St. | 1881. | 
 Pp. 1-37. 8°. JWP. 
 
 491 The Natchez of Louisiana, an offshoot of the Civilized Na- 
 tions of Central America. By D. G. Brinton, M. D. 
 
 In Hist. Mag., second series, vol. 1, pp. 16-18. Morrisania, N. Y., 1867. sm. 4^^. 
 
 A few words of Natchez and Choctaw compared and a "Comparative Vocabu- 
 lary of the Natchez, Huasteca, and Maya tongues." 
 
 492 The National Legend of the Chahta-Muskokee Tribes. By 
 
 D. G. Brinton, M. D. 
 
 In Hist. Mag., second series, vol. vii, pp. 118-126. Morrisania, N. Y., 1870. 
 sm. 4°. 
 
 Contains a few native terms with English signification, and the Tribal divi- 
 sions of the Muskokees according to several authors. 
 
 Separately issued as follows : 
 
 493 The | National Legend | of the | Chata-Muskokee Tribes. | 
 
 By I D. G. Brinton, M. D. | Morrisania, N. Y. : | 1870. | A. s. T. 
 
 Printed title on cover, title 1 1., "prefatory note" 1 1., pp. 5-13. large 8°. 
 
 494 The Books of Chilan Balam, | The Prophetic and Historic 
 
 Eecords | of the Mayas of Yucatan. | By Daniel G. Brinton, M. D. | 
 Vice-President [&c., six lines]. [Seal.] 
 
 Edward Stern & Co., | Philadelphia. | [1882.] JWP. 
 
 Pp. 1-19. 8°. 
 
 Reprinted from the Penn Monthly, March, 1882. 
 
 495 Notes on the Codex Troano and the chronology of the 
 
 Mayas. 
 
 In American Naturalist, vol. 15, pp. 719-724. Philadelphia, 1881. 8°. 
 
 Uditor. 
 
 See Byington (Cyrus). 
 496 Brisbin {Genl. James S.) The Language of Signs, universally 
 known and used by all American Tribes of Indians. By Genl. Jas. 
 S. Brisbin, U. S. Army. 
 
 Manuscript, 36 pp., 4°, in the Smithsonian Institution. 
 Contains many Crow, Sioux, and Snake terms. 
 7 Bib 
 
98 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 497 British and Foreign Bible Society. St. John III. 16 | in some of the | 
 Languages and Dialects | in which the | British and Foreign | Bible 
 Society | has printed and circulated | the Holy Scriptures. | 
 
 London: | British and Foreign Bible Society, Queen Victoria 
 Street. | Philadelphia Bible Society, cor. Walnut and Seventh Sts., | 
 Philadelphia. | WE- J^^- 
 
 No imprint. Printed title on cover, pp. 3-30. 12°. 
 Contains St. John III. 16 in the following American languages: 
 Greenland, p. 29, Cree, p. 29, Mohawk, p. 30. 
 
 Esquimaux, p. 29, Ojibwa, p.29, Mayan, p. 30. 
 
 Tinne, p. 29, Maliseet, p. 30, 
 
 498 St. John iii, 16, in most of the Languages and Dialects in 
 
 which the British and Foreign Bible Society has printed or circu- 
 lated the Holy Scriptures. Enlarged Edition. 
 
 London: Printed for the British and Foreign Bible Society. 
 1878. ABS. 
 
 1 p. 1., pp. 1-50. 16°. 
 
 St. John iii, 16, in the following American languages : 
 
 Eskimo, p. 26, Chippewyan or Tinne (syllabic char- 
 
 Greenland, p. 26. acters), p. 27. 
 
 Tukudh (Loucheux) Indians, p. 26 Ojibwa, p. 27. 
 
 Cree (Eastern), in syllabic characters, Maliseet, p. 27. 
 p. 26. Micmac, p. 28. 
 
 Cree (Western), Roman characters, Mohawk, p. 28. 
 p. 27. Mexican or Aztec, p. 28. 
 
 Brown (D.) 
 See Butrick (D. S.) and Brown (D.) 
 
 Mayan, p. 28. 
 
 499 Brown (H. B.) [Vocabularies of the Tribes of California.] 
 
 In Po'nrell (J. W.) Contributions to N. A. Ethnology, vol. 3. Washington, 
 
 1877. 4°. 
 
 Vocabulary of the Colouse and Teharra, pp. 518-529; Of the Digger [Maidu], 
 pp. 586-597. 
 
 500 Brown (Theodore V.) Vocabulary of the Pa-Uta. 
 
 In Wheeler (G. M.) Report upon U. S. Geog. Surveys, vol. 7, pp. 424-465, 471. 
 Washington, 1879. 4°. 
 
 501 Bruce (W. H.) Vocabulary of the Menomonee. 
 
 In Schoolcraft (H. R.) Indian Tribes, vol. 2, pp. 470-481. Philadelphia, 
 1852. 4°. 
 
 502 Briihl {Dr. Gustav). Aztlan— Chiromoztok. ( Eine ethnologische 
 Studie. I Von Dr. Gustav Briihl. | 
 
 New York, Cincinnati und St. Louis. | Druck iind Verlag von 
 Beuziger Brothers. | 1879. | ASG. 
 
 Pp. 1-16. 8°. A few Aztek words scattered through. 
 
 503 Brun or Bruun (Rasmus). Gronland Psalmbog Kiobenhavnime 
 1761. • 
 
 Not seen title from Nyerup. 
 
BRITISH AND FOREIGN BIBLE SOCIETY — BRYANT. 99 
 
 504 Branson (Alfred). Wisconsin Geographical Names. By Alfred 
 Brunson. 
 
 In "Wisconsin Hist. Soo. Coll., vol. 1, pp. 110-115. Madison, 1855. 8". 
 A few aboriginal terms, with English signification. 
 
 505 Bruyas {Bev. James). Radices | Verborum Iroquaeorum. | Auc- 
 tore I E. P. Jacobo Bruyas, | Societatis Jesu. | 
 
 Neo-Eboraci: | Typis J. M. Shea. | 1863. | 
 
 Second title : 
 
 Eadical Words | of the | Mohawk Language, | with their deriva- 
 tives. I By Rev. James Bruyas S. J. | Missionary on the Mohawk. | 
 New -York: | Oramoisy Press. | 1862. | ba. jwp. 
 
 2 p. II., pp. 1-123. 8°. Latin title recto 1. 2; English title recto 1. 3. 
 Shea's Library of American Linguistics, vol. x. Reprinted as follows : 
 
 506 (E.) I Eadical Words | of the | Mohawk Language, | with 
 
 their derivatives. | By Eev. James Bruyas, S. J., | Missionary on the 
 Mohawk. | Published from the Original Manuscript. | * 
 
 Title 1 1., pp. 3-123. 8°. 
 
 In Sixteenth Annual Report of the Regents of the University of the State of 
 New York, on the condition of the State Cabinet of Natural History. Albany 
 1863, 8°, but with the heading: "Fifteenth Report on the Cabinet of Nat. His- 
 tory.'' 
 
 Title furnished by Mr. W. Eames from copy in his possession. 
 
 507 Bryant (^ — ). Table to shew the Affinity between the Languages 
 spoken at Oonalashka and Norton Sound, and those of the Green- 
 landers and Esquimaux. 
 
 In Cook (J.) and King (J.) Voyage to the Pacific Ocean, vol. 3, pp. 552-553. 
 London, 1784. 4°. 
 
 Contains vocabularies of Oonalashka, Norton Sound, Greenland (from Crantz), 
 and Esquimaux. 
 
 These vocabularies appear in both the English editions of 1784 (g. v. under 
 Cook and Dizon) ; in the Dublin ed., 1784, 3 vols. 8°. (vol. 3, pp. 554-555) ; in the 
 extract of Cook and Dixon's voyage in Kerr (R.) Gen. Hist, and Coll. Voyages and 
 Travels, Edinburgh, 1811-1817, 17 vols. (Vols. 17, pp. 310-311) ; and, according 
 to Ludewig, p. 70, in Pallas (Peter Simon). Neue Nordische Beitraege zur 
 physikalischen und geographischen Erd- und Voelkerbeschreibuug, Natnrge- 
 sohichte und Oekonomie, vol. 1, p. 308. St. Peter.sburg, 1781-1796; 7 vols. 8°. 
 
 508 Bryant (Edwin). What I saw in California ( Being the | Journal 
 of a Tour, | by the Emigrant Eoute and South Pass of the Eocky 
 Moun- ( tains, across the Continent of North America, the | Great 
 Desert Basin, and through California, ( in the years 1846, 1847. | 
 [One line quotation.] | By Edwin Bryant, | late Alcade of St. Fran- 
 cisco. I 
 
 New York: | D. Appleton & Company, 200 Broadway. | Phila- 
 delphia: I Geo. S. Appleton, 148 Chestnut Street. | MDCCCXL- 
 VIII. I BA. c. 
 
 Pp. 1-455. 8°. 
 
 Short Utah vocabulary, p. 165. 
 
 Another edition, London, 1849, 12°, vi, 137 pp., minus the linguistics. 
 
100 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Bryant (Edwin) — continued. 
 
 509 What I saw in California: | being the | Journal of a Tour, | 
 
 by the Emigrant Eoute and South Pass of the Eocky | Mountains, 
 across the Continent of North | America, the Great Desert Basin, | 
 and through California, | in the Years 1846, 1847. | "All which [ 
 saw, and part of which I was." Dryden. | By | Edwin Bryant, | 
 late Alcalde of St. Francisco. | Seventh Edition. | With | An 
 Appendix, | containing | Accounts of the Gold Mines, Various 
 Eoutes, I Outfit, etc., etc. | 
 
 New -York: | D. Appleton & Company, 200 Broadway, | Phila- 
 delphia: I Geo. S. Appleton, 164 Chestnut Street. | MDCCCX- 
 LIX. I JWP. 
 
 Pp. 1-480. 12°. 
 
 Short vocabulary of the Utah, p. 165. 
 
 510 Buchanan (James), M. B. M. Consul. Sketches | of the | History, 
 Manners and Customs | of the | North American Indians, | with | a 
 plan for their melioration. | By James Buchanan, Esq. | His Brit- 
 tanic Majesty's Consul for the State of New York. | In two vol- 
 umes. I Vol. I. [-11.] I 
 
 New York: | Published by William Borredaile. | No. 130 Pulton- 
 street. I 1824. I HTJ. 0. 
 
 2 vols. 16°. 
 
 Chapter x. Language of the Indians. By Peter S. Dnponceau. Vol. 2, pp. 48-77. 
 
 Catalogue of Manuscript Works on the Indians and their Languages, presented 
 to the American Philosophical Society or deposited in their Library. Vol. 2, pp. 
 79-82. 
 
 These two articles reprinted from Am. Phil. Soc. Trans., Hist, and Lit. Com., 
 vol. 1. Phila., 1819. 8°. 
 
 511 Sketches | of the | History, Manners, and Customs | of 
 
 the I North American Indians. | By James Buchanan, Esq. | His 
 Majesty's Consul for the | State of New York. | 
 
 London: | Printed for Black, Young, and Young, | Tavistock- 
 Street. | MDCCCXXIV. [1824.] | ba. lsh. 
 
 Pp. i-xi, 1-371. 8°. Contents as in American edition. 
 
 512 Buekner (H. F.) The Lord's Prayer in Comanche. jwp. 
 
 In Texas Baptist. 
 
 I have seen only the scrap cut from the Texas Baptist, and am unable to give 
 the date. It was copied into The Standard July 12, 1877. 
 
 513 Buekner (H. F.) and Herrod (G.) A | Grammar | of the | Maskoke. 
 or Creek Language. | To which are prefixed | Lessons in Spelling, 
 Reading, and Defining. | By | H. F. Buekner, | a Missionary, under 
 the patronage of the Domestic and Indian | Mission Board of the 
 Southern Ba])tist Convention; | assisted by his interpreter, | G. 
 Herrod, | Superintendent of Public Instruction, etc., | Micco Creek 
 Nation. | 
 
 Marion, Ala. : | Published by | the Domestic and Indian Mission 
 Board | of the Southern Baptist Convention. | 1860. I ba.o. jwp. 
 Pp. 1-139. 12°. 
 
BRYANT — BUREAU OF ETHNOLOGY. 101 
 
 Buckner (H. P.) and Herrod (G.) — continued. 
 
 514 The Gospel | according to John. | Oponvkv hera chanicho- 
 
 yvten, | oksumkvlki irkinvkv, | H. F. Buckner | (ichobonvnwv), | 
 inyvtikv G. Herrod itipake Masoke | imoponvk tohiylhoechvtet 
 omis. I Pohesayechv Ghesuo hechkvte atekat ohrolope | chokpi rok- 
 kohvmkin, chokpi chinv- | pakin, pali-epakvtis. | 
 
 Marion, Ala.: | Published by the Domestic and Indian | Mission 
 Board of the Southern | Baptist Convention: | 1860. | ABS. o. jwp. 
 Pp. 1-186, 2 11. 16°. 
 See Davis (John) and Lykins (J.) for earlier edition. 
 
 515 Maskoke Hymns. | Original, collected, and revised. | By | 
 
 H. F. Buckner, | A Baptist missionary, | and | G. Herrod, | Inter- 
 preter. I [Two lines quotation.] | 
 
 Marion, Ala: | Published by the | Domestic and Indian Mission 
 Board | of the Southern Baptist Convention. | 1860. | ba. c. 
 
 Pp. 1-140. 24°. 
 
 A printed note says many of the hymns were revised and corrected from an old 
 manuscript collection, composed or translated by Elder James Prettyman, a native 
 Baptist preacher. For an earlier edition see Fleming (John). 
 
 516 Buenaventura (Gabriel de San). Arte | de | la Lengva |.Maya, | 
 Compuesto por el E. P. Fr. | Gabriel de San Buenaventura a | Pre- 
 dicador, y definidor habitual de la Provincia de San Joseph | de 
 Yucatan del Orden de N. P. S. | Francisco. [Design.] 
 
 Ano de 1684. | En Mexico, por la Viuda de Bernardo Calde- 
 ron. I JOB. 
 
 8 p. 11., 41 11. sm. 4°. Lndewig erroneously quotes an edition of 1560; there is 
 no such edition. 
 
 517 Diccionario Mayo-Hispano 6 Hispano-Mayo. * 
 
 Manuscript in 3 vols., in the library of the Franciscan Fathers of Yucatan. It 
 consists of 500 11., and is at the same time a work on the medical and botanical 
 products of the country. — Beristain. 
 
 518 Buk. The | Buk ov Djenesis. | In Mikmak. 
 
 Printed for the British and Foreign Bible Society, by | Isaac Pit- 
 man, Bath. I 1857. | c. 
 Pp. 1-213. 16°. In phonetic characters. 
 
 619 The I Buk of Samz. | In Mikmak. | 
 
 Printed for the British and Foreign Bible Society, by | Isaac Pit- 
 man, I Bath. 1859. | S. 
 Pp. 1-282. 16°. In phonetic characters. 
 
 Y/ 520 Bureau of Ethnology. First Annual Eeport | of the | Bureau of 
 Ethnology | to the | Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution | . 
 1879-'80 I by J. W. Powell | Director | [Design] | 
 
 Washington | Government Printing Office | 1881 | jwp. 
 
 Pp. i-xxxv, 1-603. royal 8°. map. 
 
 Dorsey (J. O.), Gatschet (A. S.), and Riggs (S. R.) Illustration of the method 
 of recording Indian languages, pp. 579-589. 
 
102 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Bureau of Ethnology — continued. 
 
 Hofiinan (W. J.) Sentences with interlinear translation, p. 483, et al. 
 Mallery (Garrick). Sign language among the North American Indians, pp. 
 263-552. 
 
 Powell (J. W. ) On the evolution of language, pp. 1-16. 
 Wyandott government, pp. 57-69. 
 
 521 Burton (Richard F.) The City of the Saints and across the Rocky 
 Mountains to California. By Richard F. Burton. 
 London: Longman [etc.] 1861. | * 
 
 Pp. X, 2, 707. 8°. maps. Title from Sahin's Dictionary. 
 
 522 The City of the Saints, | and Across the Rocky Mountains 
 
 to California. | By | Richard F. Burton, | author of | "The Lake 
 Regions of Central Africa," etc. | With Illustrations. | 
 
 New York : | Harper & Brothers, Publishers, | Franklin Square. | 
 1862. I JWP. 
 
 Pp. v-xii, 2 11., pp. 1-574. 8°. Map. 
 
 Remarks on the Sioux or Dakotah language, pp. 120-122. 
 
 Sabin's Dictionary adds: Second edition. London, Longman, 1862. 8°. 
 
 523 Buschmann (Johann Carl Eduard). tJber den Naturlaut. Von Hrn, 
 Bnschniann. 
 
 In Konig. Akad. der Wiss. zu Berlin, Abhandlungen, aus dem Jahre 1852. 
 Pt. ;!, pp. 391-423. Berlin, 1853. 4°. 
 
 Contains a few words of Dahcota, Monnitarri, Kadjak, Yankton, Eskimo, Gron- 
 landisch, Cherokee, Chwachamajul, Pawni, Konza, Oto, Cahita, Maya, Wyandot, 
 Cayuga, Seneca, Pottawatameh, Blackfoot, Tarrahumara, Katahba, Chippeway, 
 Shawans, Cochiini, Omaha, Quappa, Nez Perc6, Koloschien, Tepeguana, Kinai, 
 Klicatat, Inilik, and Olamentke. 
 
 Issued separately as follows : 
 
 524 Tiber | defi Naturlaut, | von | Joh. Carl Ed. Buschmann. | 
 
 Berlin, | In Ferd. Diimmler's. Verlags-Buchhandlung. | 1853. | 
 
 Gedruckt in der Druckerei der koniglichen Akademie | der Wissen- 
 schaften. | * 
 
 1 p. 1., pp. 1-34. 4°. Title furnished by Mr. W. Eames. 
 
 525 tJber die Aztekischen Ortsnamen. Von Hrn. Buschmann. 
 
 In Konig. Akad. der Wiss. zu Berlin, Abhandlungen, aus dem Jahre 1852. 
 
 pt. 3, pp. 607-811. Berlin, 1853. 4°. 
 Separately issued as follows: 
 
 Y 526 tJber die | Aztekischen Ortsnamen, | von | Joh. Carl Ed. 
 
 Buschmann. | Erste Abtheilung. | 
 
 Berlin, | In Fei^d. Diimmler's Verlags-Buchhandlung. | 1853. | Ge- 
 druckt in der Druckerei der Koniglichen Akademie | der Wissen- 
 schaften. | ASq., 
 
 Ip.l., pp. 1-206. 4°. 
 
 527 Die Spuren der aztekischen Sprache im nordUchen Mexico 
 
 und hoheren Amerikanischen ISTorden. Zugleich eine Mustering der 
 Volker und Sprachen des nordlichen Mexico's und der Westseite 
 
BUREAU OF ETHNOLOGY — BUSCHMANN. 103 
 
 Buschmann (Johann Carl Eduard) — continued. 
 
 Xordamerika's von Guadalaxara an bis zum Eismeer. Von Job. 
 Carl Ed. Buschmann. 
 
 In Konig. Akad. der Wiss. zu Berlin, Abhaudlungen, aus dein Jahre 1854, 
 Zweiter Snpp.-Band, pp. 1-819. Forms tlie whole volume. Berlin, 1859. 4°. 
 
 Erster Theil. Die Spuren der aztekischen Spraohe im nordUohen Mexico : etc. 
 
 CONTENTS. 
 
 Pima-Cepata local names, p. 19. 
 
 Tarahumara local names, pp. 20-23. 
 
 Tepeguara local names, pp. 23-35. 
 
 Remarks on Cahita and Tarahumara words in Ternaux Compans (Nouvelleg 
 Annales), pp. 32-34. 
 
 Cora, Cahita, and Tepeguara polysynthetic words, pp. 36-39. 
 
 Vocabulary of the Cora, Cahita, Tarahumara, and Tepeguara, pp. 68-110. 
 
 Grammatic comments tin. the preceding list, pp. 110-147. 
 
 Zweiter Theil. Musterung der Volker nnd Sprachen Mexico's und der Wostseite 
 Nordamerika's von Guadalaxara, etc. 
 
 CONTENTS. 
 
 Lord's prayer in Tubas ; and same analyzed, pp. 164-170. 
 
 Affinities of the Tubas with other languages, pp. 120-173. 
 
 Lord's prayer in Hiaqni ; and comments, pp. 212-218. 
 
 Lord's prayer in Eudeve ; and comments, pp. 223-227. 
 
 AflSnities of the Eudeve and other languages, pp. 227-229. 
 
 Lord's prayer in Opata ; and comments, pp. 230-236. 
 
 Numerals (1-10) and a few words of Coco Maricopa (from Emory in Am. Eth. 
 Soc. vol. 2), p. 266. 
 
 A few words of Coco, Maricopa, and Yuma compared, p. 267. 
 
 Vocabulary of the Yuma (from Whipple), pp. 271-274. 
 
 Vocabulary of the Moqui (from Simpson), p. 289. 
 
 Af&nities of the Moqui with other languages, pp. 291-293. 
 
 Comparative vocabulary of the Navajo and Jicorilla (from Simpson), p. 320. 
 
 Short vocabulary of the Yutah (from Simpson), p. 349. 
 
 Comparison of Yutah with kindred languages, pp. 352-357. 
 
 Vocabulary of the Comanchen (from Kriwitz), pp. 371-375. 
 
 Vocabulary of the Comanchen (from Neighbors in Schoolcraft, vol. 2), pp. 375- 
 377. 
 
 Vocabulary of the Comanchen (from Marcy), pp. 377-378. 
 
 Comanche words, pp. 378-379. 
 
 Analysis of Comanche words, pp. 383-386, 389-391. 
 
 Affinities of Comanche with kindred tribes, pp. 392-403. 
 
 Comparative vocabulary of the Caddo (from Gray), Caddo (from Marcy), and 
 Wichita (from Marcy), pp. 445-448. 
 
 Comments on the Caddo and Wichita, pp. 448-450. 
 
 Vocabulary of the Kiaway (from Whipple), pp. 450-451. 
 
 Comparative vocabulary of the Waco and Kichai (from Whipple), pp. 452-453. 
 
 Lord's prayer in Waicuri, p. 484. 
 
 Twelve Articles of Faith in Waicuri, pp. 484, 485. 
 
 Vocabulary of the Waicuri, pp. 485-487. 
 
 Grammatic sketch of the Waicuri, pp. 489-492. 
 
 Affinities of the Waicuri with other languages, pp. 493-495. 
 
 Lord's prayer in Cochimi (five versions, from Hervas and Duflot de Mofras), 
 pp. 496, 497. 
 
 Short Christian doctrine of the Cochimi (from Hervas), pp. 498,499. 
 
 Short catechism in Cochimi (from Hervas), pp. 499, 500. 
 
104 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Buschmann (Johanu Carl Eduard) — continued. 
 
 Short sentences in Laymonische (Ducrue, in Murr's Spanish Amerika), pp. 500, 
 
 501. 
 
 List of words in Cochimi, -with grammatic remarks, pp. 502-511. 
 
 Vocabulary of the language of S. Diego, S. Barbara, S. Luis Obispo, and S. 
 Antonio (from Coulter), pp. 536, 537. 
 
 List of words of the Diegunos (from Whipple, in Schoolcraft, vol. 2), p. 537. 
 
 Lord's prayer in San Diego (from Duflot de Mofras), p. 537. 
 
 Grammatic remarks on the San Diego, pp. 538-539. 
 
 List of words of the Cooomaricopa (from Whipple and Emory), pp. 542, 543. 
 
 List of words of the Mohave (from Whipple), p. 543. 
 
 List of words of the Yuma, pp. 544-546. 
 
 Names and words of Netela (from Padre Boscana), pp. 546-549. 
 
 Lord's prayer and numerals of the Mission of San Luis Eey (from Duflot de 
 Mofras), pp. 549, 550. 
 
 List of words of the ilission of San Luis Eey (from Bartlett, in Whipple), p. 551. 
 
 List of words of the Chemehuevi and Cahuillo (from Whipple), pp. 551, 552. 
 
 Grammatic remarks on the Schoschonen languages of California, pp. .W6-559. 
 
 Lord's prayer in the language of the Mission of San Fernando (from Duflot de 
 Mofras), p. 560. 
 
 Lord's prayer in the language of the Mission of San Luis Obispo (from Duflot 
 de Mofras), p. 560. 
 
 Lord's prayer in the language of the Mission of Santa Ines (from Duflot de Mo- 
 fras), p. 560. 
 
 Lord's prayer in the language of the Mission of San Antonio (from Duflot de 
 Mofras), p. 561. 
 
 Numerals (1-10) of the language of the Mission of Del Carmelo (from Duflot de 
 Mofras), p. 561. 
 
 Numerals (1-10), and a few words in Achastlien (from La Perouse), p. 562. 
 
 Numerals (1-10), and a few words in Ecclemach (from La Perouse), p. 563. 
 
 Vocabulary of the Eslen (from Eelacion del Viage), p. 563. 
 
 Numerals and a few words of the Eunsieu (from Eelacion del Viage), p. 563. 
 
 Lord's prayer in the language of the Mission of Santa Clara (from Duflot de 
 Mofras), pp. 564, 56.^. 
 
 Lord's prayer in the language of the Mission of San Eaphael (from Duflot de 
 Mofras), p. 566. 
 
 Lord's prayer in the language of the Mission of Solano (from Duflot de Mofras), 
 p. 566. 
 
 Vocabulary of the Olamentke (from Kostromitonow), pp. 568,569. 
 
 Vocabulary of the Chwachamajul (from Kostromitonow), pp. 568,569. 
 
 Numerals (1-10) of Cushna (from Schoolcraft, vol. 2), p. 571. 
 
 Lord's prayer in the language of the Chocouyem (from Duflot de Mofras), p. 572. 
 
 Eemarks on Hale's vocabulary of the Shasta, p. 572. 
 
 Grammatic remarks on the language of the Hoopah, pp. 575,576. 
 
 Comparison of the Scheyenne vocabularies of Abert, in Trans. Eth. Soc, vol.2. 
 Smith, in Schoolcraft, vol. 3, and Priuz Maximilian zu Wied, pp. 610,611. 
 
 Comparison of Blackfoot and Arapahoe, with other Algonkin languages, p. 611. 
 
 List of words of 1-he Waiilatpu, Molele, Watlala, two dialects of Chinuk, and 
 Calapuya, pp. 620-625. 
 
 Supplementary vocabulary of the Chinuk and Calapuya (from Parker, Soouler, 
 Eafinesque, and Archieolog. Amer.), pp. 625,626. 
 
 Lord's prayer in Chinuk (from Duflot de Mofras), p. 626. 
 
 Vocabulary of the Yamkallie (from Tolmie in Scouler), pp. 626-627. 
 
 Grammatic remarks on the preceeding vocabularies, pp. 627-631. 
 
 Vocabulary of the Schoschonen and Wihinasht (from Hale), pp. 641, 642. 
 
 Vocabulary of the Schoschonen (from Say), p. 643. 
 
BUSCkMANN. 105 
 
 Buschmann (Johann Carl Bduard) — continued. 
 
 Vocabulary of the Snake (from Prinz Max. zu Wied), p. 643. 
 
 Vocabulary of the Snake (from Wyeth in Schoolcraft, vol. 1), p. 643. 
 
 Grammatic remarks on the Schoschonen, pp. 646-652. 
 
 Vocabulary of the Kaigani (from Eadloft), p. 679. 
 
 Vocabulary of the Tun Ghasse (from Tolmie in Scouler), pp. 679, 680. 
 
 Comparison of the language of Portlock Harbor, with the Koloschen (from 
 Krusenstern), p. 681. 
 
 Numerals (1-100) of the language of Porte de Fraugais, p. 682. 
 
 Comparison of terms of the Jakutat and Ugalenzen, p. 683. 
 
 Comparison of terms of the Ugaljachmutzi and Aztek, pp. 684-685. 
 
 Vocabulary of the Ugalenzen (from Eesanow and Wrangell), pp. 688-689. 
 
 Vocabulary of the Atnah (from Wrangell), pp. 691, 692. 
 
 Comparison of language of Prince William Sound (from Portlock), with the 
 Tschugatschen (from Wrangell), p. 693. 
 
 Comparison of the Tschugatschen (from Wrangell), with the Kadjak (from 
 Wrangell), and the Innuit of Kotzebue Sound, pp. 693. 694. 
 
 Comparative vocabulary of the Unalaschkisch, (from Billings, Lisiansky, Wen- 
 jaminow, and Wrangell), pp. 700, 701. 
 
 Comparison of the dialects of Stuart, Nuniwok, and Tschnakak Islands, with 
 Eskimo dialects, pp. 703, 704. 
 
 Vocabulary of the Inkilik (from Sagoskin and Wassiljew), pp. 707, 708. 
 
 Vocabulary of the Inkalit-Jug-eljnut (from Sagoskin), p. 708. 
 
 Vocabulary of the Koltschanen (from Wrangell), pp. 709, 710. 
 
 VSeplarately issued as follows: 
 528 Die | Spuren der aztekischen Sprache | im nordlichen Mex- 
 ico I und hoheren amerikanischen Korden. | Zugleich | eine Muste- 
 rung der Volker und Spraclien | des nordlichen Mexico's | und der 
 Westseite Ifordamerika's | von G-iiadalaxara an bis zura Eismeer. | 
 Yon Job. Garl Ed. Buschmann. | 
 
 Berlin. | Gedruckt in der Buchdruckerei der Konigl. Akademie | 
 der Wissenschaften. | 1859. | * 
 
 1 p. 1., pp. vii-xii, 1-819. 4°. Title furnished by Mr. W. Eames. 
 
 "This work consists of two volumes ; for the portions taken from it and pub- 
 lishf d as separate treatises will have to be added to it as a second or supplement- 
 ary volume, according to the author's explanation on pp. 119 and 120. Their sepa- 
 ration from the main work has been owing to practical reasons; and they form, 
 as shown by the continuous pagination, essential parts of the work. In fact, 
 without their embodiment into the Work, the use of the copious geographical in- 
 dex, which also refers to them, would be made nugatory. These treatises, or 
 chapters, .should be added to the second volume in the following order: I. Die 
 Lautverauderung aztekischer Worter in den sonorischen Sprachen. II. Die Pima 
 Sprache. III. Der Athapaskisohe Spracbstamm. IV. Die Volker und Sprachen 
 Neumexicos. V. Die Volker und Spraclien des britisohen Ostlandes (contained in 
 the October part of 1858 of "Monatsberichte der Berliner Akademie," pp. 465 to 
 486). VI. Die Sprachen Kizh und Netela von Neu-Californien." — Sabin's Dictionary. 
 
 629 Der athapaskische Sprachstamm, dargestellt von Hrn. 
 
 Buschmann. 
 
 In Konig. Akad. der "Wiss. zu Berlin, Abhandlungen, aus dem Jahre 1855. 
 pp. 144-319. Berlin, 1856. 4°. 
 
 Numerals (1-16) of the Chepewyan and ICulchin, p. 163. 
 
 Vocabulary of the Chepewayan (from Eichardson), pp. 174-177. 
 
 Vocabulary of the TacoUies (from Harmon), 177-179. 
 
 Vocabulary of the Kutchin and Dog Eib (from Eichardson), pp. 179, 180. 
 
106 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Buschmann (Johann Carl Eduard) — continued. 
 
 A few Umpqua words (from Tolmie), p. 180. 
 
 Vocabulary of the Chepewyan (from Mackenzie), p. 180, 181. 
 
 Vocabulary of the Chepewyan (from Dobbs), pp. 181, 182. 
 
 A few works of the Chepewyan (from Arch. Am.), p. 182. 
 
 Vocabulary of the Chepewyan (from Richardson), pp. 182, 183. 
 
 Vocabulary of the Dog Rib (from Richardson), p. 183. 
 
 Comparative vocabulary of the Chepewyan (from Dobbs, Mackenzie, and Rich- 
 ardson), p. 183. 
 
 Short comparative vocabularies of the Chepewyan (from the above) and Tahkoli 
 (from Harmon), p. 184. 
 
 Comparative vocabularies of the Chepewyan and Kutchin, p. 185. 
 
 Comparative vocabularies of the Chepewyan and Dog Rib, p. 186. 
 
 Comparisons between words of the Chepewyan and Umpqua; Tahkoli and 
 Kutchin; Tahkoli and Dogrib ; Tahkoli and Umpqua ; Kutchin and Dogrib ; Sus- 
 see and Umpqua; Dogrib and Umpqua; and Tlatskanai and Umpqua, pp. 186-188. 
 
 Comparative lists of words from the Chepewyan, Tahkolli (of Harmon), Tah- 
 koUi (of Hale), Kutchiu, Dogrib, Umpqua, Tlatskanai, and Sussee, pi). 188-209. 
 
 Vocabularies of the Kinai (from Dawydow, Resanow, Krusenstern, WrangeU, 
 and Lisiansky), pp. 233-245. 
 
 Comparative vocabularies of the Chepewyan, Tahkoli, Kutchin, Sussee, Dogrib, 
 Tlatskanai, Umpqua, Navajo, Jicorilla, Kiwai, Atnah, Ugalenzen, lukalik, Inka- 
 lit, Kaltschanen, and Koloschisch, pp. 242-313. 
 
 Separately issued as follows : 
 
 530 Der | athapaskiscbe Sprachstamm | dargestellt ( von | 
 
 Joli. Carl Ed. Buschmann. | Aus den Abhandlungen der Konigl. 
 Akademle der Wissenschaften | zu Berlin 1855. | 
 
 Berlin. | Gredruckt in der Druckerei der konigl. Akademie | der 
 Wissenschaften | 1856. | In commission bei F. Dummler's Verlags- 
 Buchhandlung. ASG. 
 
 1 p. 1., pp. 149-320. 4°. 
 
 531 Die Sprachen Kizh und Netela von Neu-Californien, darge- 
 stellt von Hrn. Buschmann. 
 
 In Konig. Akad. der Wiss. zu Berlin, Abhandlungen aus dem Jahre 18i>5. 
 Pp. 501-531. Berlin, 1856. 4°. 
 
 Comparative vocabulary of the Kizh (San Gabriel) and Netela (San Juan 
 Capistrano), pp. 504-509. 
 
 Published also as a separate paper, as follows : 
 
 532 Die Sprachen | Kizh und Netela | von | Neu^Californien | 
 
 dargestellt | von | Job. Carl Ed. Buschmann. | Aus den Abhand- 
 lungen der Konigl. Akademie der Wissenschaften | zu Berlin 1855. | 
 
 Berlin | Gedruckt in der Druckerei der Konigl. Akademie | der 
 Wissenschaften | 1856. | In Commission bei F. Dummler's Verlags- 
 Buchhandlung. | * 
 
 1 p. 1., pp. 501-531. 4°. Title furnished by Mr. W. Eames. 
 
 533 Die Pima-Sprache und die Sprache der Koloschen, darge- 
 stellt von Hrn. Buschmann. 
 
 In Konig. Akad. der Wiss. zu Berlin, Abhandlungen, aus dem Jahre 1856. 
 Pt. 3, pp. 321-432. Berlin, 1857. 4°. 
 Pima vocabulary, pp. 367-375. 
 Short comparative vocabulary Mexican and Koloschen, p. 384. 
 
BUSCHMANN. 107 
 
 Busoliinann (Johaiin Carl Eduard) — continued. 
 
 Short comparative vocabulary Koloscheu and Eskimo, p. 389. 
 Comparative list of Koloschen from Dawydow, Eesanow, Krusenstern, Wran 
 gell, Lisiansky, Marchand, and WeDJaminow, pp. 390-427. 
 Separately issued as follows: 
 
 534 Die Pima-Sprache ] tmd | die Sprache der Koloschen | 
 
 dargestellt | von | Job. Carl Ed. Buschmann. | Aus den Abhand- 
 lungen der Konigl. Akademie der Wissenschaften | zu Berlin aus 
 dem Jahre 1856. | 
 
 Berlin. | Gedruckt in der Druckerei der Konigl. Akademie | der 
 Wissenschaften \ 1857. | In Commission bei F. Diimmler's Verlags- 
 Buchhandlung. | * 
 
 1 p. 1., pp. 391-432. Title cominunicated by Mr. W. Eames. 
 
 535 Die Lautverauderung aztekischer Worter in den sono- 
 
 rischen Sprachen und die sonorische Bndung ame, dargestellt von 
 Hrn. Buschmann. 
 
 In Konig. Akad. der VTiss. zu Berlin, Abhandlungen, aus dem Jahre 1856, 
 pp. 433-557. Berlin, 1857. 4°. 
 
 Issued also as a separate pamphlet as follows : 
 
 V 636 Die | Lautverauderung aztekischer Worter | in | den so- 
 
 norischeu Spraclien | und | die sonorische Endung AMU \ darge- 
 stellt I von I Joh. Carl Ed. Buschmann. | Aus den Abhandlungen 
 der Konigl. Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Berlin aus | dem 
 Jahre 1856. | 
 
 Berlin. | Gedruckt in der Buchdruckerei der Konigl. Akademie | 
 der Wissenschaften. | 1857. | In Commission bei F. Diimmler's Ver- 
 lags Buchhandlung. | * 
 
 1 p. ]., pp. 433-557. 4°. Title from Mr. W. Eames. 
 
 537 Die Volker und Sprachen Neu-Mexiko's und der Westseite 
 
 des britischeu Nordamerika's, dargestellt von Hrn. Buschmann. 
 
 In Konig. . Akad. der 'Wiss. zu Berlin, Abhandlungen, aus dem Jahre 1857, 
 pp. 209-414. Berlin, 1858. 4°. 
 
 Vocabularies of the Pueblo Indians (from Simpson), as follows (pp. 280-282): 
 1. S. Domingo, S. Felipe, S. Ana, Sella, Inquna, Pojuate, Acoma, Cochiti. 2. 
 S. Juan, S. Clara, S. Ildefonso, Pojuaque, Nambe, Tesuque. 3. Taos, Picoris, 
 Sandia, Iselta. 4. Jenez (alt Pecos; nach Davis; Taquo oder Tano). 5. Zuni. 
 
 Vocabulary of Tesuque (Whiting), and Zuni (Eaton), pp. 283-295. 
 
 A few Zuni phrases (Whipple), p. 295. 
 
 Vocabulary of the Kinomi, Cochitimi and Acoma (Whipple), pp. 299-301. 
 
 Numerals and a few phrases of Pah-Yutah (Carvalio), p. 307. 
 
 Vocabulary of the Pima (Whipple), p. 308. 
 
 Vocabulary of the Comanche (Whipple), pp. 309-312. 
 
 Vocabulary of Fuca Straits and Nutka, p. 324. 
 
 Numerals of Prince William's Sound and Coot's Eiver, Norfolk Sound, and King 
 George's Sound, p. 326. 
 
 Vocabularies of Nutka Sound (Hale, Cook, Jewett, and Eelacion del Viage), pp. 
 343-349. 
 
 The above compared, pp. 355-357. 
 
 The above compared with the Tl.aoquatsh (Scouler), pp. 365-366. 
 
 A few words of Nutka, Halltzuk (Tolmie), and Hailtsa (Hale), p. 366. 
 
 A few words of Nutka and Eskimo, p. 367. 
 
108 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Buschmann (Johann Carl Bduard) — continued. 
 
 A few words of Niitka compared with Souora languages, p. 368. 
 
 A few words of Nutka compared with Aztec languages, pp. 369-370. 
 
 A few words of Chinuk and Cathlascon (Scouler), p. 374. 
 
 Vocabulary of the Tlaoquatch, Kawitchen, Noosdalum, Sqnallyomisb, and 
 pseiido-Chinuk (Cathlascon I) (Scouler), pp. 375-378. 
 
 Numerals (1—10) of the Hailtsa (Hale) and Fitzhugh Sound, p. 381. 
 
 Vocabulary of the Hailtzuk (Tolmie), Hailtsa (Hale), and Bellechoolo 
 (Tolmie), pp. 3^5-390. 
 
 Vocabulary of the Haidah (Tolmie) and Skiltageet, pp. 395, 396. 
 
 Vocabulary of the Haidah (Tolmie) and Skiltageet and Queen Charlotte Island 
 (Marchand), pp. 396,397. 
 
 A few words of Haidah and Tun Ghasse, pp. 397. 
 
 Vocabulary of the Chimesyan (Tolmie), 402,403. 
 
 Issued .also as follows : 
 
 y' 538 Die Volker und Sprachen | Neu-Mexico's | und | der West- 
 
 seite I des | Britischen Nordamerika's | dargestellt | von Job. Carl 
 Ed. Buschraaun. | Aus den Abhandlungen der Konigl. Akademie 
 der Wissenscbaften | zu Berlin 1857. | 
 
 Berlin. | Gedruckt in der Buchdruckerei der Konigl. Akademie | 
 der Wissenscbaften | 1858. | In Commission bei F. Dtimmler's Ver- 
 lags-Bucbbandlung. | * 
 
 1 p. 1., pp. 209-414, 4°. Title furnished by Mr. W. Eames. 
 
 539 Systematiscbe Worttafel des athapaskischen Spracbstamms, 
 
 aafgestellt und erlautert von Hrn. Buscbmann. (Dritte Abtheilung 
 des Apacbe.) 
 
 In Eonig. Akad. der 'Wiss. zu Berlinr Abhandlungen aus dem Jahre 1859. 
 Pt. 3, pp. 501-586. Berlin, 1860. 4°. 
 
 Comparative vocabulary of the Chepewyan, Biber, and Sicanni (from Howse), 
 pp. 520-527. 
 
 Comparative vocabulary of the Chepewyan and Biber (from McLean), pp. 
 529-531. 
 
 Comparative vocabulary of the Apache, Apachen der Kupfergruben, Atnah, 
 Biber-Indianer, Chepewyan, Dogrib, Hoopah, Inkilik, Inkalit-Kinai, Koltschaner, 
 Kutcliiu, Kivalhioqua, Loucheux, Navajo, Northern Indians, Pinaleno, Sussee, 
 Sicani, Tahkoli oder Tacullies, Tlatskanai, Ugalenzen oder Ugalachmjut, Ump- 
 qna, and Xicarilla, pp. 546-586. 
 
 Issued also as follows : 
 
 540 Systematiscbe Worttafel | des athapaskiscben Spracb- 
 stamms, I aafgestellt und erlautert ( von Job. Carl Ed. Buscbmann. | 
 Dritte Abtheilung des Apache | Aus den Abhandlungen der Konigl. 
 Akademie der Wissenscbaften zu Berlin 1859. | 
 
 Berlin. | Gedruckt in der Druckerei der Konigl. Akademie | der 
 Wissenscbaften. | 1860. | In Commission von P. Dummler's Verlags- 
 Buchhaudlung. | * 
 
 J 1 p. 1., pp. 501-586. Title furnished by Mr. W. Eames. 
 
 541 Das Apacbe als eine athapaskische Sprache erwiesen von 
 
 Hrn. Buscbmann; in Verbiudung mit einer systematischen Wortta- 
 fel des athapaskischen Sprachstamm. Erste Abtheilung. 
 
 In Konig. Akad. der Wiss. zu Berlin, Abhandlungen, aus dem Jahre 1860, 
 pp. 187-282. Berlin, 1861. 4°. 
 
BUS'.'HMANN. 109 
 
 Baschmann (Johann Oarl Eduard) — continued. 
 
 Comparative vocabulary of the Apache (Henry), Navajo (Eaton), Navajo 
 (Whipple), Pinaleflo (Whipple), and Hoopah (Gibbs), pp. 250-261. 
 
 Comparative vocabulary of the Apache (Henry), Navajo (Eaton), and PinaleSio 
 (Whijiple), pp. 262-269. 
 
 Comparative vocabulary of the Navajo (Eaton), and Pinaleflo (Whipple), pp. 
 269-272. 
 
 Vocabulary of the Coppermine Apache (Bartlett), p. 272. 
 
 Vocabulary of the Xicarilla (Simpson), p. 273. 
 
 Issued also as follows: 
 
 y 542 Das Apache als eine athapaskische Sprache erwiesen; in 
 
 Verbindung mit einer systematiscben Worttafel des athapaskischen 
 Sprachstammes, von Job. Oarl Ed. Buschmana. Erste Abtheilang. 
 Aus den Abhandluugen der Konigl. Akademie der Wissenschaften 
 zu Berlin 1860. 
 
 Berlin: Dummler. 1860. , * 
 
 94 pp. 4*^. Title from Sabin's Dictionary. 
 
 543 Die Yerwandtscliafts-Verhaltnisse der athapaskischen Spra- 
 
 chen dargestellt von Hrn. Buschmann. (Zweite Abtheilung des 
 Apache. ) 
 
 In Konig. Akad. der 'Wiss. zu Berlin, Abhandluugen aus dem Jahre 1862, 
 pp. 195-252. Berlin, 186a. 4°. 
 Issued also as follows : 
 
 544 Die Verwandtschafts-verhaltnisse der athapaskischen Spra- 
 
 chen dargestellt. Zweite Abtheilung des Apache. Aus den Abhand- 
 lungeu der Konigl. Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Berlin 1862. 
 
 Berlin: Dummler. 1863. * 
 
 Pp. 1-60. 4°. Title from Sabin's Dictionary. 
 
 545 Das Lautsystem der sonorischen Sprachen dargestellt von 
 
 Hrn. Buschmann. (Erste Abtheilung der Grammatik der vier sono- 
 rischen Hauptsprachen.) 
 
 In Konig. Akad. der Wiss. zu Berlin, Abhandlnngen aus dem Jahre 1863, 
 pp. 309-453. Berlin, 1864. 4°. 
 Separately issued as follows: 
 
 546 ■ Grammatik der sonorischen Sprachen, vorzuglich der Tara- 
 
 humara, Tepeguama, Cora, und Cahita, als ix. Abschuitt der Spu- 
 ren der aztekischen Sprache ausgearbeitet. Erste Abtheilung. 
 Das Lautsystem. Aus den Abhandlnngen der Konigl. Akademie 
 der Wissenschaften zu Berlin 1863. 
 
 Berlin: DUmmler. 1864. * 
 
 Pp. 1-85. 4°. Title from Sabin's Dictionary. 
 
 54.7 Das Zahlwort dpr sonorischen Sprachen dargestellt von 
 
 Hrn. Buschmann. Dritte Abtheilung der sonorischen Grammatik. 
 
 In EcSnig. Akad. der Wiss. zu Berlin Abhandlungen aus dem Jahre 1867, 
 pp. 23-215. Berlin, 1838. 4°. 
 
 Numerals 1-10 and 20 of the Tarahumara, Tepeguara^ Cora, Cahita, Eudeve, 
 Pima, Piede, Kizh, Netela, Cherehuen, Cahuillo, Kechi, Comanche, Sohoshonen, 
 and Wihinasht, face p. 24. 
 
 Numerals (decimal and sigesimal system) of above dialects, face p. 70. 
 
 Numerals 10-19 of above dialects, face p. 82. 
 
110 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Buschmann (JoliaDn Carl Bduard) — continued. 
 
 548 Der souorischeu Grammatik zweite Abtbeilung : der Arti- 
 
 kel, das Substantivum nnd Adjectivum; dargestellt von Hrn.Buscb- 
 mann. 
 
 In Konig. Akad. der Wiss. zu Berlin, Abhandlungen aiis dem Jalire 1869, 
 pp. 67-263. BerliD, 1870. 4°. 
 
 549 Die Ordinal-Zahlen der mexicanischen Sprache. * 
 
 [Aus Konig. Akad. der Wiss. zu Berlin. Berlin, 1880.] 
 
 Oi pp. 4°. Title from bookseller's catalogue. 
 
 550 Die Volker und Sprachen im Innern des britischen Nord- 
 
 amerika's. 
 
 In Konig. Akad. der Wiss. zu Berlin, Monatsberichte, aus dem Jahre 1856, 
 pp. 465-486. Berlin, 1859. 8°. 
 
 551 Verwandtscliaft der Kinai, Idiome des russiscber Nord- 
 
 amerika's mit dem grossen athapaskiscben Spracbstamme. 
 
 In Konig. Akad. der Wiss. zu Berlin, Bericbt aus dem Jabre 1854, pp. 231- 
 236. Berlin, n. d. 8°. 
 
 Comparative vocabulary of the Kenai Sprachen (Kenai, Atnah, Koltscbanen, 
 Inkilek, Inkalit, and Ugaleuzen), with the Athapaslcische Sprachen (Chepewyau 
 Tahkoli, Kutchiu, Sussee, Dogrib, Tlatskarai, and Umpqua, face p. 236. 
 
 552. Butcher (Br. H. B.) and leyendecher (Jobn). Vocabulary of the 
 Com^ncbe Indians. 
 
 Manuscript, 200 words. 611. folio. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. 
 Butel-Dumont {M.) 
 See Dumont (If.) 
 
 553 Butler (WiUiam). Numerals of the Cherokees. 
 
 In Schoolcraft (H. E.) Indian tribes, vol. 2, pp. 209-211. Philadelphia, 
 1852. 4°. 
 
 Numerals one to three hundred millions. 
 
 554 Butrick (D. S.) and Brown (D.) Tsvlvki Sqclvclv. | A | Cheroke | 
 Spelling Book. | By | D. S. Butrick & D. Brown. | For the Mission 
 Establishment at Brainerd. | 
 
 Knoxville: Printed by | P. S. Heiskell & H. Brown. | 1819. | Aas. 
 Pp. 1-62. 16°. Cherokee and EngUsh. Printed prior to" the invention of 
 Cherokee characters. 
 
 555 Buynitzky (Stephen H'estor). English-Aleutian | vocabulary | pre- 
 pared by I Stephen N". Buynitzky. | 
 
 Published by the Alaska Commercial Company. | San Francisco. 
 
 " Alta California" book and job printiug house. No. 529 California 
 
 St. 1871. . # 
 
 13 pp. 8°. Title furnished by Mr. Marcus Baker, from copy in possession of the 
 author. 
 
 550 Byington (Eev. Cyrus). Holisso Anumpa ToshoU, | An | English 
 and Choctaw Deflner; | for the Choctaw Academies and Schools. | 
 By Cyrus Byington. ( First Edition, 1500 copies. 
 
 New York: | S. W. Benedict, 16 Spruce Street. I 1852. I hit. C. 
 
 Pp. 1-252. 16°. 
 
BUSCHMANN BYINGTON. Ill 
 
 Bjrington {Bev. Cyrus)— continued. 
 
 Tables 43, 44, parts of Matthew and Luke (pp. 199-207) are given as "literal 
 translations into Choctaw." 
 
 Tables 45-51, parts of Matthew, Luke, etc., are " literal translations of Choctaw 
 into English." 
 
 557 Vocabulary of the Choctaw. 
 
 In "Whipple {Lieut. A. W. ) Report upon the Indian tribes, in Pao. R. R. Repts., 
 vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 62-64. "Washington, 1856. 4°. 
 
 558 Grammar of the Choctaw Language. Prepared by the Eev- 
 
 erend Cyrus Byington, and Edited by Dr. Brinton. 
 
 In Am. Philosoph. Soc. Proc. vol. 11, pp. 317-367. Philadelphia, 1871. 8°. 
 Introduction by Dr. D. G. Brinton, pp. 317-320. Part 1. Orthography, pp. 320- 
 324. Part 2. Grammatical forms and inflections, pp. 324-367. 
 Issued also as follows : 
 
 559 Grammar | of the | Choctaw Language, | by the | Eev. 
 
 Cyrus Byington. | Edited from the original MSS. in the Library of 
 the American | Philosophical Society, | by D. G. Brinton, M. D., | 
 Member of [&c., three lines.] | 
 
 Philadelphia: | McCalla & Stavely, Printers, 237-9 Dock Street. | 
 1870. I BP. C. 
 
 Pp. 1-56. 8°. 
 Introduction, pp. 1-6 ; Grammar, pp. 7-56. 
 
 560 — Chata Dictionary: Ohata-English and English-Chata. 
 
 Manuscript, 5 vols, folio in the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. 
 
 This manuscript prepared by the late Rev. Cyrus Byington, for many years 
 missionary to the Choctaws, contains about 16,000 words with English definitions. 
 The material has been placed in the hands of Prof. O. T. Mason, of Columbian Col- 
 lege, to be edited and prepared for publication as one of the series of "Contribu- 
 tions to North American Ethnology," He has compiled from it an English-Chata 
 dictionary of 10,000 words to accompany the original work. 
 
 561 Grammar of the Choctaw language. 
 
 Manuscript in the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. 
 
 This material also has been placed in the hands of Prof. O. T. Mason, of Colum- 
 bian College, who is preparing it for publication by the bureau, as one of the series 
 of Contributions to North American Ethnology. 
 
 As left by Mr. Byington it consists of several parts. The first is dated Stock- 
 bridge, Choctaw Nation, June 23d, 1865, and contains 85 pages of an old journal 
 sewed together, in which a first attempt is made at systematizing the principles 
 of the language. The remainder appears to be subsequent revisions of the chap- 
 ters in the first edition. It is in the form of two or more foolscap sheets pinned 
 or stitched together. Of some of the least understood portions of the language 
 there are four or five copies, and it is not always possible to select the latest. 
 
 Dr. Daniel Brinton examined this manuscript and published an epitome which 
 has been compared by Mr. Mason with the original with great care. It is a very 
 careful piece of work considering the state of the manuscript. 
 
 The grammar evidently was designed to consist of nine chapters: 
 
 1. Introduction and alphabet. 
 
 2. Article-pronouns. [Post-positives, quantitives, and determinatives.] 
 
 3. Pronouns. 
 
 4. "Verbs. 
 
112 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Byington {Bev. Cyrus) — continued. 
 
 5. Prepositions. 
 
 6. Nouns. 
 
 7. Adjectives. 
 
 8. Adverbs. 
 
 9. Conjunctions and interjections; 
 
 Mr. Mason has made copies of all these chapters in the various editiono, and is 
 now collating them. 
 
 Mr. Byington's material was left in an unfinished condition; it needs but 
 a casual glance at liis manuscript, however, to iind that he looked forward to the 
 wants e^en of our most advanced philology. 
 
 It is probable that Mr. Byington translated the Acts of the Apostles in Choctaw ; 
 see No. 16 of this catalogue. 
 
 See Edwards (J.) and Byington (C.) 
 
 562 Cabrera {Br. Cayetano). Arte en lengua Mexicana. • 
 
 Title from Pimentel. 
 
 563 [Cabrera (Jos6 Maria), Galicia (Faustino Chimalpopoca), Romero 
 ( Jos6 Guadalupe), and Pimentel (Francisco).] Sobre el Origin de la 
 Palabra Mexico. 
 
 In Soc. de Geog. Max. Bol., tom. 8, pp. 405-417. Mexico, 1860. 8°. 
 Etymologia y motive del nombre de Mexico. J. M. Cabrera. 
 El primer rey de Mexico Acamapitzin y la Chinampa. J. M. Cabrera. 
 Apuntes sobre el origin de las palabras "Mexica" y Mexico. F. C. Galicia. 
 Otra vez el nombre de Mexico. J. G. Romero, F. Pimentel. 
 
 564 Cabrera {Fr. Juan de). Alabado dispuesto per el E. P. Fr. Antonio 
 Margil de Jesus, Missionero Apostolico, y traducido del Castellano 
 al Idioma ^^lexicano por el 1?. V. Fr. Juan de Cabrera, de la Eegular 
 Observancia de N. S. P. San Francisco, Predicador y Ministro Coad- 
 jutor en San Matheo Atenco. 
 
 Con liceucia en Mexico: en la Imprenta del Nuevo Kezado de 
 Doiia Maria de Eibera, en el Empedradillo. » 
 
 11., folio, printed on one side only. The Spanish text is In verse, so bad as 
 not to be verse. — Icazhalceta's Apuntes, No. 174. 
 
 565 [Calendar for the year 1880, in Eskimo.] 
 
 Nungme nakitigkat, L. Miller. C. 
 
 1 sheet, folio. 
 
 566 Calkins (Hiram). Indian Ifomenclature of Northern Wisconsin, 
 with a sketch of the manners and customs of the Chippewas. By 
 Hiram Calkins, Esq., of Wausau. 
 
 In ■Wisconsin Hist. Soc. Coll., vol. 1, pp. 119-126. Madison, 1855. 8°. 
 
 567 Calzado (Jose). Parts of Catechism "Mos Antiguos", in the lan- 
 guage of the Indians of Santa Inez, Cal. By Jos6 Calzado. • 
 
 Manuscript sent to the Smithsonian Institution by Alex. S. Taylor. 
 
BYINGTON — CAMPANIUS. 113 
 
 568 Gamacho {Fr. Alonso). Tratado de los siete Sacramentos, y uu 
 discurso sobre la palabra divina. * 
 
 In the Zapoteca language. Title from Pimentel. 
 669 Camargo (Uomingo Munoz). Histoire de la E^publique de Tlax- 
 callan, par Domingo Manoz Camargo, Indien, natif de cette ville; 
 Traduite de I'espagnol sur le manuscrit in^dit de la bibliothfeque de 
 M. Ternaux-Compaiis. 
 
 In Nouvelles Aunales des Voyages, vol. 2, 1843 (vol. 98 of the collection), 
 pp. 129-204; and vol. 3, 1843 (vol. 99), pp. 129-197. Paris, n. d. 8°. 
 Many aboriginal terms and proper names. 
 
 570 Camiao del Cielo. * 
 
 Manuscript of the 17th century. 4°. [In the Mexican language.] 
 
 Although this inanuscripfc has the title of "Camino del Cielo," after a most 
 
 diligent comparison with the printed book of Father Leon which has that title, 
 
 we have been unable to discover any relation between the one and the other. 
 
 The contents of this volume can easily be recognized, and may be divided into 
 
 two parts. 
 
 I. An extensive Confesionario occupies the first part, consisting of thirty 
 leaves, including six blank leaves. 
 
 II. A collection of sermons and religious instructions on different subjects, 
 occupying one hundred and ninety leaves, of which sixteen are blank leaves. 
 
 On one of the blank leaves we read "Al Pe. Oracio Carochi," which seems to 
 intimate that the manuscript belonged to him. 
 
 The greater portion of it is written in an almost microscopic handwriting, 
 although very clear and legible. — Ramirez Sale Cat. 
 
 571 [Campanius (Johan).] Catechismvs Lutheri | Lingva | Svecico- 
 Americana. | 
 
 Second title: 
 
 Lutheri | Catechismus/ | 6fwersatt | pS, | American- Virginiske | 
 Spr§,ket. I 
 
 Stockholm/ | Tryckt vthi thet af Konigl. | may*'' privilege. | 
 Burchardi Tryckeri", af J. J. Genath/f. | Anno M DC XC VI [1696]. | 
 
 Engraved title 1 1., printed title 1 1., 7 other p. 11., pp. 1-160. 12". JCB. s. 
 
 At p. 133 is the following title : 
 
 Vocabularium | Barbaro- | Virgineo- | rum. | Additis passim locu- 
 tion!- I bus & observationibus Histo- | ricis brevioi.bus ad- lingua 
 plenia | rem notitiam. | Anno MDCXCVI [1696]. | JOB. s. 
 
 Pp. 1.55-160 contain: Vocabula Mahakuassica. 
 
 572 Campanius Holm (Thomas). Novae Svecise | Seu | Pennsylvania | in 
 America | desoriptivo. | 
 
 Second title : ' 
 
 Kort Beskrifning | Om | Provincien | Nya Swerige | uti | Ame- 
 rica, I Som nu fortjdeu af the Engelske kallas | Pensylvania. | Af 
 larde och trowardige M5.ns skrifter och berS-ttelser ihopale- | tad 
 och sammanstrefwen/ samt med athskillige Figurer | utzirad af ( 
 Thomas Campanius Holm. | [Figure.] 
 
 Stockholm/ Tryckt uti Kongl. Boktr. hos Sal. Wankijfs | Ankia- 
 med egen bekostnad/ af J. H. Werner. Ihr MDCCII [1702]. | job. o. 
 
 Engraved title 1 1., printed title 11,7 other p. 11., pp. 1-190. sm. 4°. maps. 
 8 Bib. 
 
114 NORTH AMEBIC AN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Campanius Holm (Thomas) — continued. 
 
 En Orde- ocli Samtals-Bok pade Americaners Sprak wid Nya Swerige eller som 
 det nu kallas Pensylvania, pp. 153-179. 
 
 Om the Myncqueser eller Mynckussar och theraB Sprak, pp. 180-184. 
 
 573 A short description of the Province of New Sweden now 
 
 called by the English, Pennsylvania, in Ameriea. Compiled from 
 the relations and writings of persons worthy of credit, and adorned 
 with maps and plates. By Thomas Campanius Holm. Translated 
 from the Swedish, for the Historical Society of Pennsylvania. 
 With Notes. By Peter S. Du Ponceau, LL.D., President of the 
 American Philosophical Society, Member of the Eoyal Academy of 
 History and Belles Lettres of Stockholm, and one of the Council of 
 the Historical Society of Pennsylvania. 
 
 In Penn. Hist. Soc. Memoirs, vol. 3, pt. 1, pp. 1-166. Philadelphia, 1834. 8°. 
 
 Book III.. Chap. i. Of the origin and language of the Indians in Virginia and 
 New Sweden, xip. 112-115. 
 
 Book IV. Chaps, i-xi. Vocabulary and phrases in the American language of 
 New Sweden, otherwise called Pennsylvania, pp. 144-156. 
 
 Addenda. Chap. i. Of the Minques, or Minckus, and their language [including 
 vocahulary], pp. 157-159. 
 
 Issued also as follows : 
 
 574 A I Short Description | of the | Province of New Sweden. | 
 
 Now Called, by the English, | Pennsylvania, in America. | Com- 
 piled I from the relations and writings of persons worthy of credit, | 
 and adorned with maps and plates. | By Thomas Camj)anius Holm. | 
 Translated from the Swedish, | for the Historical Society of Penn- 
 sylvania. I With Notes. | By Peter S. Du Ponceau, LL.D. | Presi- 
 dent of the American Philosophical Society, Member of the Eoyal 
 Academy of | History and Belles Lettres of Stockholm, and one of 
 the Council of | the Historical. Society of Pennsylvania. | 
 
 Philadelphia: | M'Carty & Davis, No. 171, Market Street. | 
 1834. I BA. 
 
 Pp. 1-166. 8°. 
 
 575 Campbell (John). Origin | of the | Aborigines of Canada. | A 
 Paper read before the Literary and Historical Society, | Quebec, | 
 by I Prof. J. Campbell, M. A., | (of Montreal,) | Del6gu6 G6n6ral de 
 I'Institution Ethnographique de Paris. | 
 
 Quebec: | Printed at the "Morning Chronicle" Oflace. | 1881. | 
 
 2 p. U., pp. 1-33, and appendix i-xxxiv. 8°. JWP. 
 
 The first part of this paper is an endeavor to show a resemblance between 
 various famiUes of the New World and between these and various peoples of the 
 Old World. The appeudix contains: 
 
 Comparative vocabulary of the Wj andot-Iroquois and Japanese-Koriak lan- 
 guages, pp. i-v. 
 
 Comparative vocabulary of the Dacotah and Japanese-Koriak languages, pp. 
 vi-xi. 
 
 Comparative vocabulary of the Tinneh and Tungus languages, pp. xii-xiv. 
 
CAMPANIUS — CAMPBELL. 115 
 
 Campbell (John) — continued. 
 
 Comparative vocabulary of the Algonquin and Malay-Polynesian languages, 
 pp. xv-xix. 
 
 Comparative vocabulary of the Haidah and Malay-Polynesian languages, pp. 
 xx-xxii. 
 
 Comparative vocabulary of the Chimsyan and Malay-Polynesian languages, 
 pp. xxiii-xxv. 
 
 Comparative vocabulary of the Hailtzukh and Malay-Polynesian languages, 
 pp. xxvi-xxviii. 
 
 Comparative vocabulary of the Nootkan and Malay-Polynesian languages, pp. 
 xxix-xxxi. 
 
 Comparative vocabulary of the NiskwalU and Malay-Polynesian languages, 
 pp. xxxii-xxxiv. 
 
 576 On the origin of some American Indian Tribes. By John 
 
 Campbell. [First article.] 
 
 In Nat. Hist. Soc. of Montreal, Proc, vol. 9, new series, pp. 65-80. Montreal, 
 1879. 8°. 
 
 Vocabulary of Algonquin dialects, and of the Maya-Quiche, showing similarities 
 with the Malay-Polynesian, pp. 72-73. 
 
 577 On the origin of some American Indian Tribes. By John 
 
 Campbell. [Second article.] 
 
 In Nat. Hist. Soc. of Montreal, Proc., vol. 9, pp. 193-212. Montreal, 1879. 8°. 
 
 Wyaudot-Iroquois vocabulary, pp. 199-200; Dacotah vocabulary, p. 202; Te- 
 huktchi numerals, 1-10, compared with those of various northwest tribes, p. 204 ; 
 Aleutian, Kadiak, and Unalashka words compared with those of the peninsula, 
 pp. 204-205; Kadiak and Aleutian words compared with Dacotah, 205-206; Ka- 
 diak and Aleutian words compared with Wyaudot-Iroquois, p. 206; Kadiak and 
 Aleutian words compared with Cherokee-Choctaw, p. 207. 
 
 578 Hittites in America. By John Campbell, M. A. [First 
 
 article.] 
 
 In Nat. Hist. Soc. of Montreal, Proc, vol. 9, pp. 296-318. Montreal, 1879. 8°. 
 The first of two articles, the second of which (q. v.) contains linguistics. 
 
 579 Hittites in America. By John Campbell, M. A. [Second 
 
 article.] 
 
 In Nat. Hist. Soc. of Montreal, Proc, vol. 9, pp. 345-367. Montreal, 1879. 8°. 
 
 Comparative vocabulary of the Basque and Iroquois, pp. 345-346; the same of 
 the Circassian and Dacotah, pp. 347-348; the same showing analogies between 
 the Barbara and varioixs American dialects, pp. 355-358 ; Table of numerals, 1-10, 
 showing analogies between the Peruvian and various North American dialects, 
 pp. 360-361. 
 
 580 The AfSliation of the Algonquin Languages. By John 
 
 Campbell, M. A. 
 
 In Canadian Institute, Proc, new series, vol. 1, pt. 1, pp. 15-53. Toronto, 
 1879. 8°. 
 
 Comparative vocabulary [of the Algonquin (various dialects), Malay-Polyno- 
 ^sian, Ural-Altais, Asiatic-Hyperborean, and Peninsular], pp. 26-44. 
 
 Comx)arison of characteristic forjns in Algonquin with the same in the neigh- 
 boring families [Athabascan, Iroquois, Dacotah, and Choctaw], pp. 45-50. 
 
 Comparison of pronouns [Algonquin and Malay-Polynesian], p. 50. 
 
 Vocabulary of miscellaneous terras [Algonquin and Malay-Polynesian], pp. 
 50-53. 
 
 Issued also as follows : 
 
116 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Campbell (John) — continued. 
 
 581 The Affiliation of the Algonquin Languages. By Johu 
 
 Cambell, M. A., Professor of Church History, Presbyterian College, 
 Montreal. s. 
 
 Pp. 1-41. 8°. 
 
 582 Asiatic Tribes in North America. By John Campbell, M. A. 
 
 Professor in the Presbyterian College, Montreal. jwp. 
 
 No title-page. pp. l-:58. 8°. Extract from the Proceedings of the Canadian 
 Institute. I liave not seen the volume in which it originally appeared. 
 
 Comparative vocabulary of the Tinneh and Tungus languages, pp. 22-23; 
 Numerals, 1-9, of the Tinneh and PeninsuLar languages compared, p. 24 ; Com-, 
 parative vocabulary of the Cherokee-Choctaw and Peninsular languages, pp. 24- 
 26; Comparative vocabulary of the Wyandot-Iroquois and Peninsular languages, 
 pp. 26-29 ; Comparative vocabulary of the Dacotah and Peninsular languages, 
 pp. 34-38. 
 
 583 Proposed reading of the Davenport Tablet. 
 
 In Am. Antiquarian and Oriental Journal, vol. iv, pp. 145-153. Chicago, 
 
 1882. 8°. 
 
 Short vocabulary showing "verbal connection of the languages of the Aztec 
 Sonora family with that of the Yukahiri of Siberia," p. 152; Vocabulary of the 
 cremation scene, pp. 1.52, 153. 
 
 584 Campbell (Judge). Vocabulary of the Cherokee. * 
 
 Manuscript in the library of the American Philosophical Society ; presented by 
 Mr. Jefferson. 
 
 585 Camposeca (Marcial). Confesionario para confesar ii los Indios por 
 su idioma, sacado en Lengua Chanabal por Marcial Camposeca para 
 el uso del M. E. P. Fray Benito Correa, en Comitan, 4 16 de julio 
 del aiio de 1813. * 
 
 Manuscript, 7 11., 4", only, but with that of Father Paz the only monument 
 known of the Chanabal language. This language, from what the people of Comi- 
 tan say of it, is called thus only because it issued from and is composed of the four 
 neighboring languages, spoken around the district of Comitan : the Tzendal on 
 the east, the Tzotzil on the north, the Mam of Soconueco on the west, and the 
 Pokoman of Jacaltenango on the south. The Chanabal language then is limited 
 to a very small number of localiiies, around Comitan and in a, radius of about 
 twelve leagues in diameter, stretching especially toward the frontier of Guate- 
 mala on the south. — Brasseur de Bouriourg. 
 
 586 Canadian Institute. The | Canadian Journal: | a repertory of | In- 
 dustry, Science, and Art, | and a record of the | Proceedings of the 
 Canadian Institute. | Edited by | Henry Youle Hind, M. A., | Pro- 
 fessor of Chemistry in the University of Trinity College; | assisted 
 by I the Publishing Committee of the Canadian Institute. I Vol. 1 
 [-3]. 1 
 
 Published by Hugh Scobie, | for the | Council of the Canadian 
 Institute. | Toronto, 1853 [-1855]. | G. 
 
 3 vols. 4°. 
 Continued as follows : 
 
CAMPBELL CAM TARES. 117 
 
 Canadian Institute — contiuued. 
 
 587 The | Canadian Journal | of | Industry, Science, and Art: | 
 
 Conducted by | the Editing Committee of the Canadian Institute. I 
 New Series. | Vol. I [-XIJ. | 
 
 Toronto: ( Printed for the Canadian Institute, | by Lovell and 
 Gibson, Yonge Street. | MDCCCLVI [-1868]. I o, 
 
 11 vols. 8°. 
 Assiklnack (F.) The Odahwah Indian Language, vol. 3, pp. 481-485. 
 
 Remarks ou above paper, vol. .5, pp. 182-186. 
 
 0'M[eara]. (F. A.) Review of Schoolcraft's Indian Tribes, vol. 3, pp. 437-451. 
 OronUyatekha. The Mohawk Language, vol. 10, pp. 182-194. 
 Vol. 12 issued with change of title as follows : 
 
 588 ■ ■ The | Canadian Journal | of Science, Literature, and His- 
 tory: I conducted by | the Editing Committee of the Canadian In- 
 stitute. I New Series. | Vol. XII [-XV]. | 
 
 Toronto: | Printed for the Canadian Institute | by Copp, Clark & 
 Co., King Street East. | MDCCCLXX [-1878]. | ' c. 
 
 Vols. 12-15. 8°. 
 
 Oronhyatekha. The Mohawk Lr^nguage, vol. 15, pp. 1-12. 
 This article appeared originally in vol. 10. 
 
 589 The Canadian Journal: [ Proceedings of the Canadian In- 
 stitute. I New Series. Vol. I. Part I. | 
 
 Toronto: | Copp, Clark & Co. | 1879. | c. 
 
 149 pp. 8°. 
 
 Campbell (J.) The affiliation of the Algonquin Languages, pp. 15-53. 
 
 590 Cancer {Fr. Luis). Varias coplas, versos e himnos en Lengua de 
 Coban Verapaz, sobre los misterios de la religion para uso de los 
 Neo&tos de la dicha provincia, compuestos por el Veu. Padre Fray 
 Luis Cancer, de la orden de Santo Domingo. * 
 
 Manuscript, 33 11. 4°. 
 
 This document comes from the ancient archives of the bishopric of Coban, in 
 Verapaz. When I arrived at Rabinal it was in the possession of Ignacio Coloch^, 
 then secretary of the native municipality, and who presented me with it, together 
 with many other documents of the same kind. He also assured me that it was 
 attributed traditionally to the Venerable Luis Cancer, one of the first apostles of 
 Verapaz. Fray Luis Cancer, born at Balbastro, in Arragon, was the companion 
 of Las Casas and Angulo, and it is known with what holy ardor he defended the 
 liberty of the natives, in the reunion of the bishops and theologians held at 
 Mexico in 1546. He, with Las Casas, composed the first Christian hymns, which 
 were destined to gain the natives of Verapaz, among whom they were introduced 
 by some merchants, to the new faith. These hymns were written first iu the 
 Quiche idiom of Zacapulas, then in the Cacchi of Coban, etc. Having returned 
 to Spain in the interest of tlie Indians, he was sent from there to Florida, wheie 
 he was put to death by the savages, in 1549. 
 
 'Th's manuscript is the only one of the sort at present extant. The airs to 
 which the canticles were sung are found noted. — Brasseur de Bouriourg. 
 
 591 Cantares Mexicanos. * . 
 
 Manuscript, 179 11. 4°. 
 
 Modern transcript from the original manuscript formerly existing in the library 
 of the University of Mexico. On the first page is the following: 
 
118 NOETH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Cantares Mexicanos — continued. 
 
 ' ' Advertencia.'' 
 
 Esta copia se saco de un volumen, 4 to. MS. que se conserva en la Biblioteca 
 de la Universidad intitulada, por la parte de afuera, Cautares de los Mexicanos 
 y otros opuscules, para mas asegriarmi de la fidelidad de la copia la encomieud^ 
 al Lie. D. Fanstino Galicia. Este opuscule es el primero en la coleccion y los 
 otros tienen los siguientes titulos. 
 
 2. Kalendario Mexicano. 3. Arte dlYinatorio de los Mexicanos. 4. Ejemplos 
 de la SS. Eucharistia en Mexicano. 5. Un sermon sobre aquello de "Estote 
 sancti." 6. Memoria de la Muerte. 7. Vida de San Bartolonie. 8. Fabulas de 
 Esopo. 9. Historia de la Pasion. 
 
 Todos ellos, con exepcion del 2" y 3° estan escritos por diversas personas, y algu- 
 nas de sus formas pueden pertenecer al siglo XVI. Los demas parecen del sigu- 
 ente. Mexico, Mayo, 12 de 1859. D. Jos6 F. Ramirez. 
 
 The entire -volume of this precious collection is in the clear and distinct hand- 
 writing of Don Fanstino Chimalpopoca, whose name is a sufficient guarantee for 
 the faithfulness of the copy. The original manuscript having disappeared, ac- 
 cording to Senor Icazbalceta (Cat. de Esori tores, p. 146), this is, in all probability, 
 the only complete copy existing of these remnants of ancient Mexican poesy. — 
 Jxamirez Sale Cat. 
 
 592 Cantos en Lengua Mexicana. * 
 
 Manuscript, 18 11. sm. folio. 
 
 One original, the others translated from the Othomi. Copied by me at the li- 
 brary of the Uuiversity of Mexico, in the month of February, 1865. It bore neither 
 name iior date; from the writing it appears to belong to the XVII"> century, but 
 the hynms contained in it date back for the most p.art to a time anterior to the 
 conquest. At the head of each of these hymns is an indication of the air and the 
 intonation to be given it, aud also in some cases the instrument which should 
 accompany it, according to musical measure of the Mexican ihjthw .-^Brasseur 
 de Bourbourg. 
 
 593 Carceres [Fr. De). 5 Eu el iiombre del S. Comienga una Artezilla 
 de la lengua Otomi cogida de las migajas de los padres benemeritos 
 della y del cornadillo offrecido por el menor de los menores a gloria 
 y alaban§a de nfo senor Jhu. xpo y de la sagrada virgen su sanc- 
 tissima madre y vtilidad desta pobre gente. Eecopilado por el p^. 
 F. p". de Carceres. g. de queretaro. * 
 
 Manuscript, 57 11. 4°. Gothic letters of the sixteenth century, small and so 
 well formed that at first sight it appears to be printed. — Icazbalccta's Jpvv les, No. 95. 
 
 It is undoubtedly, if not the first, one of the first grammars written on the 
 Otomi. — Ramirez Sale Cat. 
 
 594 Cdrdenas {Br. Carlos). Oonfesionario en lengua Mexicana. * 
 
 Title from Pimentel. 
 
 595 Cardenas (Fr. Pedro). Varios Libros doctrinales en Lenguas de los 
 Indies, y muchos sermones, y Dracmas. * 
 
 Title from Beristain, who quotes from Vasquez. 
 
 596 Cardenas {Fr. Thomas de). Arte de la Lengua Cacchi, de Coban en 
 la Verapaz, tompuesto por el lllmo Sr. Don fray Thomas de Carde- 
 nas, de la Orden de Predicadores, quarto obispo de Coban. * 
 
 Manuscript of 75 11., one of which is missing. 4°. This document comes from 
 the ancient episcopal archives of Coban and was given to me at Eabinal by 
 Ignacio Coloch^, then secretary of the native municipality. He assured me that 
 tradition attributed it to the fourth bishop of Yeia.Tpa,z.—ISrasseur de Bourbourg. 
 
CANTAEES— -CAELI 119 
 
 Cardenas {Fr. Thomas de)— continued. 
 
 ^^'^ Doctrina cristiana y documentos morales y politicos en 
 
 Lengua Zacapula. # 
 
 Title from Beristain. 
 
 Cardenas y Leon (Carlos Caledonlo Velasquez de). 
 
 See Velasquez de Cardenas y Leon (Carlos Caledonlo). 
 Carey (Mathew). 
 
 See American Museum. 
 
 598 Carheil {Bev. Stephen de). Eacines Huronnes, or Eadical Words 
 of the Huron Language, by Rev. Stephen de Garbeil, of the Society 
 of Jesus. * 
 
 Manuscript, 260 and 302 pp. 
 
 This manuscript forms two small duodecimo volumes. The radical words are 
 arranged under five conjugations, and the derivatives with examples in many 
 cases given after each root or primitive. 
 
 The work is properly in Latin, but as definitions and the translation of the 
 examples are given in Trench, the whole is a curious mosaic of €he three lan- 
 guages. The copy here described was made, as appears by a date at the end, 
 in 1744. — Hist. Mag. 
 
 599 Carillo (D. Crescendo). Apuutes para un Catalogo de las palabras 
 Mexicanas introducidas al Castellano. II. Catalogo de las princi- 
 pales Mayas usadas en el Castellano que se habla en el Estado de 
 Yucatan, por el Presbitero D. Crescendo Carillo. c. 
 
 Appended to Mendoza (E.) Apuntes para un Catalogo, pp. 57-75. Mexico 
 1872. 8°. 
 
 600 [Carli (Gian Einaldi).] Delle | Lettere | Americane | Parte Prima 
 [-Seconda] | [Vignette.] | 
 
 Cosmopoli I MDCCLXXX [1780]. * 
 
 2 vols. 12°. map. 
 
 Numerals 1-100, 1000 in Mexican, vol. 1, pp. 235-236 divisions; of the year, pp. 
 238-240. Title furnished by Mr. W. Eames. 
 
 Sabin adds : Nuova edizione corretta ed ampliata coUa aggiunta della Parte 
 III, ora per la prima volta impresa. Cremona, 1781-83. 3 vols. 8°. map. 
 
 This edition was published by Isidore Bianchi, dedicated by him to Franklin, 
 and is sometimes erroneously attributed to Bianchi. 
 
 001 Lettres | Am^ricaines, | Dans lesquelles on examine 
 
 I'Origine, I'Etat | Civil, Politique, Militaire & Eeligieux, les | Arts, 
 I'Industrie, les Sciences, les Mceurs, les | Usages des anciens Habi- 
 tans de ]'Am6rique, | les grandes Epoques de la Nature, Pancienne | 
 Communication des deux Hemispheres, & la | dernifere E6 volution 
 qui a fait disparoitre | I'Atlantide: pour servir de suite aux Md- 
 moires | de D. Ulloa. | Par M. le Comte J. E. Carli, | President 
 ^m^rite du Conseil Supreme d'ficonomie | Publique, & Conseiller 
 priv^ d'fitat de Sa M. Imp6riale | & Eoyale. | Avec des Observa- 
 tions & Additions du Traducteur. | Tome Premier [-Tome II]. | 
 
 A Boston, I Et se trouve A Paris, | Chez Buisson, Libraire, rue 
 Haute-Feuille, | Hdtel de Coetlosquet, N<> 20. | M.DCC.LXXX- 
 VIII [1788]. I 0. 
 
 Pp. i-xxij, 1-520. 3 vols. 8°. map. 
 
120 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Carli (Giau Einaldi)— continued. ,^ ■ . ^^ 
 
 Numerals 1-100, and 1000, and a few terms in Mexican (from De Laet) and the 
 divisions of the year, vol. 1, pp. 387-388, 393-395. 
 To the above, .Sabin adds:+Paris, 179-2. 2 vols. 8°. 
 
 602 Briefe iiber Amerika, nach der neuesten, verbesserten, und 
 
 mit dem dritten Theile veriDehrten Ausgabe, aus dem Italianisclien 
 des Grafeu Carls Carli ubersetst, und mit einigen Anmerkungen 
 versehen von Christian Gottfried Hennig. 
 
 Gera: Beckmann. 1785. 
 
 3 vols. sm. 8'^. Not seen ; title from Sabin's Dictionary. 
 
 603 Las Cartas Americanas. Nueva edicion corregida y aumen- 
 
 tada con la agregacion de la parte tercera que ahora por primera vez 
 se da iinpresa. Traduccion del Italiano por Agustin Pomposo Fer- 
 nandez. 
 
 Mexico. 1821-1822. * 
 
 3 vols. 4°. Not seen ; title from Sabin's Dictionary. 
 
 The original work is also contained in Tomo xi-xiv, "Delia opera del Don 
 Gian-inaldo Conte Carli. Milano, MDCCLXXXIV-XCIX. 19 vols. 8°.-SaMn'8 
 Dictionary. 
 
 604 [Carnegie (Sir James).] Saskatchewan | and | the Eocky Mount- 
 ains. 1 A Diary and Narrative of Travel, Sport, | and Adventure, 
 during a Journey through the | Hudson's Bay Company's Territo- 
 ries, I in 1859 and 1860. | By | the Earl of Southesk, | K. T., F. E. 
 G. B. I [Sir James Carnegie]. [Seven lines quotation.] | With maps 
 and illustrations. | 
 
 Edinburgh: | Edmonston and Douglas. | 1875. | HU. c. 
 
 Pp. i-xxx, 1-448. 8°. maps. 
 
 Letter from the Mountain Assiuiboines [syllabic characters], face p. 250 ; Crce 
 syllabic characters, terminations, etc., 4 sheets following p. 422. 
 
 605 Carochi (P. Horacio). Arte | de | la Lengua | Mexicana | con la 
 declaracion de los | adverbios della. | Al lUustriss." y Eeueren- 
 diss." I Senor Don Juan de Manozca Argobispo de | Mexico, del 
 Con.sejo de su Magestad, &c. | Por el Padre Horacio Carochi [ iiec- 
 tor del Colegio de la Compaflia de Jesus de San | Pedro, y san Pablo 
 de Mexico. | ADo de 1645. | Impresso con licencia. | 
 
 En ]\rexico : por luan Euyz. Ano de 1645. | * 
 
 6 p. 11., 11. 1-132 4=. Not seen ; title from Icazbalceta's Apuntes, No. 16. 
 
 First edition of the celebra'ed grammar of Father Carochi. It is excessively 
 rare, and was so even 200 years ago, as is learned from the preface of the edition 
 prepared by Father Paredes, the title of which is given below. 
 
 Ludewig makes mention of a Grammatica y Vocabulario de la Lengua Othomi, 
 Mexico, 1645, 4°, by Carochi, which is probably meant for the above. 
 
 "Father Carochi was a Milanese Jesuit who laboured for 30 years in the Mexi- 
 can Missions and died in Mexico in 1666." — Ramirez Sale Cat. 
 
 606 Compendio | del Arte | de la Lengua Mexicana | del P. 
 
 Horacio Carochi | de la Compaiiia de Jesvs ; | Dispuesto con breve- 
 dad, claridad, y propriedad, | Por el P. Ignacio de Paredes | de la 
 
CAELI — CAERIEDO. 121 
 
 Carochi (P. Horacio) — continued. 
 
 misma Oompania, y morador del Colegio | destinado salamente para 
 Indies, de S. Gregarlo | de la Oompania de Jesvs de Mexico: | T 
 dividido en tres partes: En la j^rimera se trata de | todo lo pertene- 
 ciente ^ Eeglas del Arte, con toda su | variedad, excepciones, y 
 anomalias; en que nada se | podrii desear, que no se halle. En la 
 segunda se |. ens(5na la formacion de unos vocablos, de ostros. 
 T I assi con sola una voz, que se sepa, se podran | con facilidad deri- 
 varotras muchas: En la tercera j se pouen los Adverbios m^s neces- 
 sarios de la Lengna. | Con todo lo qual qualquiera k poco trabajo, y 
 en I breve tiempo podr4 con facilidad, propriedad, y | expededicion 
 hablar el Idiorua. | Y el raisaio no menos afectuoso, que rendido, | y 
 reverente lo dedica, y consagra | al Gloriosissiuio Patriarcba | San 
 Ignacio de Loyola, | Autor, y Pundador de la Oompania de Jesus. | 
 
 Con las licencias necessarias, | En Mexico en la Imprenta de la 
 Bibliotheca Mexicana en | frente de S. Augustin. Ano de 1759. | 
 
 12 p. n., pp. 1-202. SID. 40. JOB. 
 
 An abridgment of the Arte of 1645, by Father Paredeg. Brasaeiir de Bourboiirg 
 gives it the date of 17.50 ; Pimentel gives it 1751. I bave also seen mention of 
 an edition of 1749. 
 
 607 ^ Vocabulario copioso de la lengua Mexicana. * 
 
 608 Gram^tica de la lengua Otomi. * 
 
 609 Vocabulario Otomi. * 
 
 In the library of Tepozotlan. 
 
 610 Sermones en lengua Mexicana. * 
 
 1 vol. 4°. In the library of the College of S. Gregorio, Mexico. 
 
 The four titles above from Bcrisfain. 
 
 611 Carranza {Fr. Diego). Doctrina cristiana. — Exercicios espiritu- 
 ales. — Sermones. * 
 
 All in the Choutal language. Author referred to by Burgoa, Davila, Nicolas 
 Antonio, and'the Franciscans Quetif and Echard. — Berislain. 
 
 612 Carranza (Joseph de). Arte donde se contiene aquellos rudimentos 
 y principios preceptivos que conducen a la legua Mexicana. Divi- 
 dese en siete libros. Por el Mui Eeverendo Padre Presentado Prai 
 Joseph de Carranza del orden de Predicadores. * 
 
 Manuscript, 233 pp. 4°. Not seen ; title from Icazbalceta's Apuntes, No. 96. 
 
 613 Carriedo (Juan Bautista). Estudios, | Historicos y Bstadisticos, | 
 del I Departamento de Oaxaca. | Escritos por | Juan B Carriedo, j 
 y I comenzac'os A [)ublicar en perio- | dico titulado el " Pasatempo" 
 en el | aiio pasado de 1846. | 
 
 Oaxaca. Imprenta del Autor. 1847. ] A. 
 
 3 p. 11., pp. 1-141, 2 n, pp. 1-54 4°. (imperfect; p. 54 breaks off the middle of 
 a sentence.) 
 
122 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Carriedo (Juan Bautista) — continued. 
 
 Contains explanation of several Mexican and Zapoteo names of places, p. 29. 
 Capitiilo 23. Religiosos que escribieron en las lenguas Indias. — Naturates [sic'] 
 qne tambien lo hisieron. — Idiomas que se hablan en el Departamento, pp. 103-107, 
 containing on page 107 specimens of six words in Zapoteco. 
 
 The following is perhaps the second edition: 
 
 614 Estndios hist6ricos, y estadisticos del estado Oaxaqueno. 
 
 Oaxaca. 1850. * 
 
 2 vols. 8°. 
 
 Not seen; title from Sabin's Dictionary, which does not mention any other 
 edition. 
 
 The author prepared a third edition tor press (perhaps never printed) under 
 the following title : 
 
 615 Oajaca Historica estadistica y monumental, o sean Estudios 
 
 del estado Oaxaqueno. Bscritos por Juan B. Carriedo, Socio corre- 
 sponsal de la Sociedad de Geografia y Estadistica de Mexico. Ter- 
 cera edicciou corregida y auotada. A. 
 
 Manuscript ; title, additions and corrections made in a copy of the first edition 
 (the copy described above), which is preserved in the Astor Library, New York. 
 The manuscript introduction entitled " Advertencia. Motives q. se hau tenida 
 para hacer estatercera ediccion" 3 leaves manuscript is signed " Oaxaca Sept" 8. 
 an 1856 J. B. Carriedo." This and the numerous manuscript annotations are 
 evidently in the handwriting of Carriedo. 
 
 616 Cartier (Jacques). Brief Eecit, & | succincte narration, de la 
 nauiga- | tion faicte es ysles de Canada, Ho- | chelage & Saguenay 
 & autres, auec | particulieres meurs, langaige, & ce- | remonies des 
 habitans d'icelles: fort | delectable 4 veoir | [Figure]. | 
 
 Avec priuilege | On les uend k Paris au second pillier en la 
 grand | salle du Palais, & en la rue neufue Nostredame a | I'en- 
 seigne de lescu de fra§e, par Ponce Eoff'et diet | Foucheur, & An- 
 thoine le Clerc freres. | 1545. | * 
 
 48 pp. sm. 8°. Title and collation from Tross' reprint, 1863, q. v. 
 
 "The first edition of Cartier's Relations, printed at Paris in 1545, has proved 
 hitherto to be of such eStreme rarity that but a single copy has been known 
 to exist for nearly three hundred years. The editor of the third, printed at Rouen 
 in 1598, announces that he had translated it from a foreign language, which wa", 
 doubtless, the Italian of the second edition of Ramusio, a fact which proves that 
 even at a date so early as only fifty years after its publication, the first edition 
 • was unknown. Cartier's Relations afford us the first positive information reganl- 
 ing the Indians of Canada, and contain the first vocabularies ever printed of the 
 languages of any nation of American aborigines." — Field. 
 
 617 Prima Eelatione di lacqves | Carthier della Terra Nvova | 
 
 detta la nuova Francia, trouata nell' anno | M.D.XXXIIII. | 
 
 In Ramusio (G. B.) Terzo Volume della Navigationi et Viaggi, 11.435-440. In 
 Venetia, 1556. folio. 
 
 Linguaggio della terra nuouamente scoperta chiamata la nuoua Francia. verso 
 1. 440. ' 
 
CARRIEDO CARTIER. ~ 123 
 
 Cartier (Jacques) — continued. 
 
 618 Breve et svccinta narratione del la | nauigation fatta per 
 
 ordine del la Maesta Christianissima all' Isole di Cana- | da, Hoche- 
 laga, Saguenai, & altre, al presente dette la nuoua Francia | con 
 particolari costumi, & cerimonie de gli habitant!. | 
 
 In Ramilsio (6. B.) Terzo Volume della Navigationi et Viaggi, 11. 441-456. In 
 Venetia, 1.556. folio. 
 
 "Seguita 11 linguaggio de paesl & Reami di Hochelaga & Canada da noi chia- 
 mati la nuoua Francia & prime li nomi de numeri" [1-10] f " Seguitano li voca- 
 .boli delle parti dell' huomo", recto and verso 1. 453. 
 For other editions of this volume see Ramusio (G. B.) 
 
 619 T A shorte and | briefe narration of the two | Nauigations 
 
 and Discoueries | to the north- weast portes called | Newe Fravnce : | 
 First translated out of French into Italian by that famous | learned 
 man Gio: Bapt: Ramutius, and now turned | into English by lohn 
 Florio: Worthy the read- | ing of all Venturers, Trauellers, and 
 Discouerers. 
 
 Imprinted at Lon- | don, by H. Bynneman, dwelling in Thames 
 Streate, neere vnto | Baynardes Castell. | Anno Domini | 1580. | 
 
 4 p. U., 80 pp. sm. 4°. JOB. 
 
 First Relation, pp. 1-27; A short and briefe narration, etc. (second relation), 
 pp. 28-78; Hochelaga Vocabulary, pp. 78-80. 
 
 620 Discovrs | dv | Voyage j fait [en 1534] par le Capi- | taiue 
 
 laqves Oartier | aux Terres-neufues de Canadas, No- | rembergue, 
 Hochelage, Labrador, et | pays adjacens, dite Nouuelle France, | 
 auec particuliferes moeurs, langage, et | ceremonies des habitans 
 d'icelle. 
 
 A Eoven, | de I'imprimerie | De Eaphael du Petit Val, Libraire 
 et Imprimeur | du Eoy, k I'Ange Raphael. | M. D. XO VIII [1598]. | 
 Avec permission. | * 
 
 Title ftom fac-simile in the Tross' reprint of 1865, q. v. 
 
 621 The first relation of Jacques Carthier, of St. Malo, of the 
 
 new land called New France, newly discouered in the yere of our 
 Lord 1534. • 
 
 In Hakluyt (R.) Principal Navigations, &c., vol. 3, pp. 201-212. London, 1600. 
 folio. 
 
 The language that is spoken in the Land that is newly discouered called New 
 France, pp. 211,212. 
 
 622 The third voyage of discouery made by Captain laques Car- 
 thier, into the countries of Canada, Hochelaga and Saguenay. 
 
 In Hakluyt (R.) Principal Navigations, vol. 3, pp. 213-232. London, 1600. 
 folio. 
 
 Vocabularies, pp. 231-232. 
 
 623 The first relation of laques Carthier of S. Malo, of the new 
 
 land called New France, newly discouered in the yere of our Lord 
 1534. 
 
]-24 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Cartier (Jacques)— continued. 
 
 In Hakluyt (R.) Collection of the early voyages, vol. 3, pp. 250-262. London, 
 1810. folio. 
 
 The language that is spoken in the Land newly discouered, called New Franco 
 [vocabulary], pp. 261-262. 
 
 Q'2i A shorte and briefe narration of the Nauigation made by the 
 
 commandement of the King of France, to the Islands of Canada, 
 Hochelaga, Saguenay, and divers others which now are called New 
 France, with the particular customes and manners of the inhabi- 
 tants therein. 
 
 In Hakluyt (R. ) Early collection of voyages, vol. 3, pp. 262-285. London, 1810. 
 folio. 
 
 "Here foUoweth the language of the countrey and kingdomes of Hochelaga 
 and Canada, of vs called New France: But first the names of their numbers" 
 [1-10]. "Here follow the names of the chiefest partes of man, and other words 
 necessary to be knowen", pp. 284-285. 
 
 625 The Voyage of Jacques Cartier from St. Maloes to New- 
 foundland and Canada, in the years 1534 and 1535. [First and sec- 
 ond voyages.] 
 
 In Kerr (R.) A General History and Collection of Voyages and Travels, vol. 6, 
 pp. 15-68. Edinburgh and London, 1824. 8°. 
 
 Specimen of the language of Newfoundland, pp. 32-33; Specimen of the lan- 
 guage of Hochelaga and Canada, pp. 676-8. 
 
 62G Disco vrs de Voyage fait par le Capltaine Jaques Cartier 
 
 aux terres neufues de Oanadas, Noretnbergue, Hochelage, Labrador, 
 et pays adjacens, dites nouuelle France, auec particuliferes moeurs, 
 laugage, et c^r^monies des habitants d'icelle. A Eouen, de I'im- 
 primerie de Raphael du Petit Val, libratre et imprimeur du Eoy, h 
 I'ange Eaphael. M. D. XCVIII. — Avec permission. 
 
 In Ternauz-Compans (H.) Archives des Voyages, vol. 1, pp. 117-153. Paris, 
 [1840]. 8°. 
 
 Langage des pays et Royaumes de Hochelage et CanMas, pp. 120-124. 
 
 Above title (caption) is ;» reprint from the 1598 edition. Ternaux, in a foot- 
 note, says: "The first edition of the Relation is of very great rarity; I have not 
 been able to discover a single copy." 
 
 627 Les Trois Voyages de Jacques Cartier au Canada, en 1534, 
 
 1535, et 1540. 
 
 In Quebec Societe Litteraire et HiBtorique, Vovages, pp. 1-77. Quebec, 
 
 1843. 8°. 
 
 Le Langage de la Tcrre Nouvellemeut descouverfce, appellee Nouvelle France, 
 p. 23; Ensuit le Langage de Hochelaga efc Canada, 67-69. 
 
 628 Voyages de D^couverte en Canada entre les ann^es 1534 et 
 
 1542; par Jacques Quartier, le Sieur de Eoberval, Jean Alphonse de 
 Xauctoigne, . . . r^imprim^s sur d'anciennes relations, et publics 
 sous la direction de la Society litt^raire et historique de Quebec, 
 avec preface et notes. 
 
 Quebec: W. Cowau. 1843. * 
 
 6, 130, pp. 8° Title from Sabin's Dictionary. 
 
CARTIEE — CAEVALHO. 125 
 
 Cartier (Jacques) — continued. 
 
 629 Bref E^cit et Succincte Karratiou | de la | Navigation | 
 
 faite en MDXXXV et MDXXXVI | par le Capitaine | Jacques Oar- 
 tier I aux iles de ( Oauada | Hochelaga, Saguenay | et autres | E6- 
 impression Figur^e | de I'^ditiou originale rarissime de MDXLY | 
 avec les variantes des manuscrits | de la Biblioth^que Imperiale |. 
 Pr6c6d6e | d'une breve et succincte | Introduction | Historique | par 
 M. D'Avezac j 
 
 Paris I Librairie Tross | Passage des deux Pavilions (Palais 
 Eoyal), K°- 8 | 1863 | c. 
 
 Reprint of tie 1545 edition. Title, reverse blank, 1 1. ; Introduction, 11. i-xvi ; 
 Fac-simile of original title, reverse dedication, 11.; Av Eoy, 11. 1-5. Tlie Narra- 
 tion occupies 11. (i-4S; Notes, variantes, etc., 11.49-68. 
 
 "Ensuyt le lagetge des pays & Eoyaulmes de Hoohelaga & Canada, aultrement 
 appellee nous la nouuelle France", verso 1. 46 & 11. 47-48. 
 
 630 Voyage | de | Jaques Cartier | av Canada | en 1534 | Nou- 
 
 velle Edition, publics d'apres l'6dition de 1598 ( et d'apres Eamusio | 
 Par M. H. Michelant | avec deux cartes | Documents in^dits | sur 
 Jaques Cartier et le Canada | communiques | Par M.Alfred Eam6 | 
 
 Paris I Librairie Tross ( 5, Eue Neuve des-petits-ch3,mps, 5 j 
 1865 I c. JOB. 
 
 Eeprint of 1598 edition. Title, reverse blank, 1 1. ; Fac-simile of original title- 
 page, reverse blank, 1 1. ; "L'imprimevr aux Lecteurs", pp. 3-4; "Svr le voyage 
 de Canadas" (poem), pp. 5-8; Ensvjt le Langage Hocbelage et Canadas, p. 9; 
 Ensvyt les noms des parties du corps de I'homme, pp. 10-14 ; Extrait du Privilege, 
 1 1. unnumbered, recto blank, verso Extrait, etc. ; Introduction, pp. i-vii, reverse 
 of vii blank ; Discovrs, etc., pp. 17-68 ; Le Langage des payes et E6yaumes Hoche- 
 lage et Canada, d'aprfes Eamusio, pp. 69-71. 
 
 Cartier's Voyages are reprinted in Pinkerton's Voyages, vol. 12, without the 
 vocabularies. 
 
 631 Cartilla mayor en Lengua Castellana, Latina, y Mexicana. Nueva- 
 mente Corregida, y Enmendada, y Eeformada en esta vltima Im- 
 pression. 
 
 8 11., and 4 11. vs-ith a Catechism. 4°. On the title-page is a hideous engraving 
 of the two arms on the cross with a Latin verse half effaced and almost illegible. 
 Below is the alphabet. 
 
 Colophon: 
 
 Oquimo nahuatlatolcuipili Padre F. Balthazar del Castillo, temach- 
 tiani, yhuan Ministro nican Altepetl S. Luis Obispo Vexotlau mani- 
 meztli 16 de lulio de 1683 anos. M. S. S. 0. S. E. E. 
 
 5 Con Licencia. En Mexico : por la Viuda de Bernardo Galderon 
 en la calle de S. Augustin. * 
 
 Not seen; title from Icazbaloeta's Apuntes, No. 97. 
 
 632 Carvalho (S. N.) Incidents | of | Travel and Adventure | in the | 
 Far West; | with | Col. Fremont's last Expedition | across the 
 Eocky Mountains: including three months' residence in | Utah, and 
 a perilous trip across the | Great American Desert, | to the Pacific. | 
 By S. N. Carvalho, | Artist to the Expedition. | 
 
126 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Carvalho (S. X.) — continued. 
 
 New Tork: | Derby & Jackson, 119 Nassau St. | Cmcinnati:^H. 
 W. Derby & Co. | 1857. | C. 
 
 Pp.i-xv, 17-380. 8=. 
 A few sentences and numerals (1-100) of the Piecle dialect, pp. 224-225. 
 
 633 Incidents | of | Travel and Adventure | In the | Far West; 
 
 with I Col. Fremont's last Expedition | across the Eocky Mount- 
 ains : including three months' residence in | Utah, | and a peril- 
 ous trip across the | Great American Desert, | to the Pacific. | By 
 S. N. Carvalho, | Artist to the Expedition. | 
 
 New York: Derby and Jackson. 1860. | BA. 
 
 Pp. i-xv, 17-250; appendix, 1-130. 
 
 634 Carver (Jonathan). Travels | through the \ interior parts | of | 
 North America, | in the | Years 1706, 1767, and 1768. | By J.Carver, 
 Esq. I Captain of a company of provincial | troops during the 
 late I war with France. | Illustrated with copper plates. | 
 
 London: | Printed for the Author; | And sold by J. Walter, at 
 Charing-cross, and | S. Crowder, in Paternoster Eow. | MDCCL- 
 XXVill [1778]. I HU. 0. JOB. 
 
 10 p. 11., pp. i-xvi, 17-543. 8°. maps. 
 
 Chapter xvii. "Of their Language, Hieroglyphicks, &c.", pp. 414-441, con- 
 tains : A short vocabulary of the Chip^way language, pp. 420-432 ; the uuraerioal 
 terms [1-1000] of the Chip6ways, pp. 432-433; a short vocabulary of the Naudo- 
 -wessie language, pp. 433-438; the numerical terms [1-1000] of the Naudowessies, 
 pp. 439-440. 
 
 Besides appearing in the various editions given below, these vocabularies have 
 been reprinted many times. 
 
 635 Travels | through the | interior parts | of | North Am erica, | 
 
 in the | Years 17G6, 1767, and 1768. | By J. Carver, Esq. | Captain 
 of a company of provincial |. troops during the late | war with 
 France. | Illustrated with copper plates. | The second edition. | 
 
 London: | Printed for the Author, | By William Eichardson in the 
 Strand; | and sold by J. Dodsley, in Pallmall; J. Eobson in New | 
 Bond-street; J. Walter at Charing cross; J. Bew, | in Pater-Noster 
 Eow; and Mess. Eichardson and | Urquhart, at the Eoyal Ex- 
 change. I MDCCLXXIX [1779]. j 0. JOB. 
 
 12 p. 11., pp. i-xvi, 17-543. 8'^. map. Linguistics as in first edition. 
 
 636 Travels | through the | Interior Parts | of | North-Amer- 
 ica, I in the j Years 1766, 1767, and 1768. | By J. Carver, Esq. | 
 Captain of a Company of Provincial | Troops during the late | War 
 with France. | Illustrated with copper plates. | 
 
 Dublin: | Printed for S. Price, E. Cross, W. Watson, W. and H. | 
 Whitestone, J. Potts, J. Williams, W. Colles, | W. Wilson, E. Mon- 
 crieffe, C. Jenkin, G. \ Burnet, T. Walker, W. GUbert, L, L. | Flin, 
 
C A BVALHO — CARVER. 127 
 
 Carver (Jonathan) — continued. 
 
 J. Exshaw, L. White, J. Beatty, | and B. Watson. | MDCCLXXIX 
 [1779]. I JOB. 
 
 10 p. 11., pp. i-xiii, 15-508. 8^. map. 
 Of their laaguage and hieroglyphiois, pp. 387-412. 
 
 637 Johann Carvers | Reisen j durch | die iunern Gegenden | 
 
 von I Nord-Amerika | in den Jahren 1766, 1767 und 1768, | mit einer 
 Landkarte. | Aus dem Englischen. | 
 
 Hamburg, | bey Carl Ernst Bohn. 1780 | job. 
 
 xxiv, 456 pp. 12°. map. 
 
 Ein kurzes Verzelohnisz von Wortern aus der Tsohipiwaisohen Sprache, pp. 
 350-359. 
 
 638 Travels | through the | interior parts | of | IsTorth Amer- 
 ica, I in the | Years 1766, 1767, and 1768. | By J. Carver, Esq. | 
 Captain of a company of provincial | troops during the late | war 
 with France. | Illustrated with Copper plates, | coloured. | The third 
 edition. | To which is added. Some Account of the | Author, and a 
 Copious Index. | 
 
 London: | Printed for C. Dilly, in the Poultry; H. Payne, in | 
 Pall mall; and J. Phillips, in George- Yard, | Lombard-Street. | MD- 
 CCLXXXI [1781]. I BA. 0. JOB. 
 
 2 p. 11., pp. 1-22, 11 11., pp. i-xvi, 17-543; index, 10 11. 8o. 
 
 Same as original edition, except addition of preliminary pages, ■which contain 
 " Some account of Captain J. Carver", and index at end. 
 
 639 Three years | travels, | through the | Interior Parts of 
 
 North America, | for more than | five thousand miles, | contain- 
 ing, I An Account of the great Lakes, and all the Lakes, | Islands, 
 and liivers. Cataracts, Mountains, Minerals, | Soil and Vegetable 
 Productions of the North West | Eegions of that vast Continent; | 
 with a I Description of the Birds, Beasts, Eeptiles, | Insects, and 
 Fishes peculiar to the Country. | Together with a concise | History 
 of the Genius, Manners, and | Customs of the Indians | Inhabiting 
 the Lands that lie adjacent to the Heads and to. the | Westward of 
 the great River Mississippi; | and an | Appendix, | Describing the 
 uncultivated Parts of America that are the | most proper for forming 
 Settlements. | By Captain Jonathan Carver, | of the Provincial 
 Troops in America. | 
 
 Philadelphia: | Printed and sold by Joseph Crukshank in Mar- 
 ket Street | and Robert Bell, in Third Street. | MDCCL XXXIV 
 [1784]. I JOB. 
 
 xxi,217pp. 8°. 
 
 Of their language, hieroglyphicks, &o., pp. 170-179. 
 
 640 Voyage | dans | les Parties Interieurs | de | L'Am^rique 
 
 Septentrionale, | Pendant les anuses 1766, 1767 & 1768. | Par Jona- 
 than Carver, | Ecuyer, Capitaine d'une compagnie de troupes | pro- 
 vinciales pendant la guerre du Canada | entre U France & I'Angle- 
 
128 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Carver (Jonathan) — continued. 
 
 terre. | Ouvrage traduit sur la troisieme Edition | Angloise, par M. 
 de C... avec des remar- | ques & quelques additions du traduc- 
 teur. I 
 
 Yverdon. | M.DCG.LXXXIV [1784]. | JOB. 
 
 xxvi, 436 pp. 12°. 
 
 Des langues des Indians, pp. 304-322. 
 
 641 Voyage | dans | les parties int^rieurs | de | I'Amerique 
 
 Septentrionale, | Pendant les ann^es 1766, 1767 & 1768. | Par Jona- 
 than Carver, | Ecuyer, Oapitaine d'une Compagnie de Tronpes | 
 Provinciales pendant la guerre du Canada entre la | France & I'Au- 
 gleterre. | Ouvrage traduit sur la troisifeme Edition | Angloise, par 
 M. de C . . . . avec des remarques & | quelques additions du Traduc- 
 teur. I 
 
 A Paris, | Chez Pissot, Libraire, quai des Augustins. | M. DCC. 
 LXXXIV [1784]. I Avec Approbation & Privilege du Eoi. | c. job. 
 
 24,.xxviii, 451 pp. 8°. map. 
 
 Des laugues des Iiidiens, & des signes hiiSroglyphiques q^ui leur tiennent lieu 
 d'dcriture, pp. 315-334. 
 
 642 Three Years | Travels | through the | Interior Parts | of | 
 
 North America, | for more than | Five Thousand Miles, | contain- 
 ing I Au Account of the great Lakes, and all the | Lakes, Islands, 
 and Elvers, Cataracts, | Mountains, Minerals, Soil and Vegeta- | ble 
 Productions of the North- West Ee- | gions of that vast Continent; | 
 with a I Description of the Birds, Beasts, Eep- | tiles, Insects, and 
 Fishes peculiar | to the Country. | Together with a concise [History 
 of the Genius, Manners, and | Customs of the Indians | Inhabiting 
 the Lands that lie adjacent to the Heads and | to the Westward of 
 the great Eiver Mississippi, | and an | Appendix, | Describing the 
 uncultivated Parts of America that are | the most proper for form- 
 ing Settlements. | By Captain Jonathan Carver, | of the Provincial 
 Troops in America. | 
 
 Philadelphia: | Printed by Joseph Crukshank, in Market Street, | 
 between Second and Third-Streets. | M DCC L XXXIX [1789]. | job. 
 
 Pp. i-xvi,i-viii, 9-282. 12°. 
 
 Of their language, hieroglyphics, &c., pp. 211-228. 
 
 643 Three Years | Travels | throughout the | Interior Parts | 
 
 of I North-America, | for more than | Five Thousand Miles | con- 
 taining I An Account of the great Lakes, and all the Lakes, | 
 Islands, and Elvers, Cataracts, Mountains, | Minerals, Soil and 
 Vegetable Productions | of the North-west Eegions of that Vast | 
 Continent; | with a | Description of the Birds, Bxjasts, Rep- | tiles. 
 Insects, and Fishes peculiar | to the Country. | Together with a 
 concise | History of the G-euius, Manners, and | Customs of the In- 
 dians I Inhabiting the Lands that lie adjacent to the Heads and | 
 to the Westward of the Great Eiver Mississippi; | and an | Appen- 
 
CARVER. 129 
 
 Carver (Jonathan) — continued. 
 
 dix, I Describing the uncultivated parts of America, that are | the 
 most proper for forming Settlements. | By Captain Jonathan Car- 
 ver, I of the Provincial Ti^oops in America. | 
 
 Printed at Portsmouth, New Hampshire, | by Charles Peirce, for 
 David West, | 'So. 36, Marlborough-Street, Boston. | M,DCC,XCIV 
 [1794]. I JCB. 
 
 Pp. i-xvi, i-viil, 9-282. 12°. 
 
 Of their language, hieroglyphics, &o., pp. 212-228. 
 
 644 Three years | Travels | through the | interior parts | of | 
 
 North- America, | for more than | five thousand miles; | contain- 
 ing I An Account of the great Lakes, and all the Lakes, Islands, | 
 and Rivers, Cataracts, Mountains, Minerals, | Soil and Vegetable 
 Productions of the North- | West Eegions of that vast Continent; | 
 with a I Description of the Birds, Beasts, | Reptiles, Lisects, and 
 Fishes | peculiar to the Country. | Together with a concise | History 
 of the Genius, Manners, and customs | of the Indians inhabiting 
 the lands that lie | adjacent to the heads and to the westward | of 
 the great river Mississippi; | and an | appendix, | Describing the 
 uncultivated parts of America that | are the most proper for form- 
 ing settlements. | By Captain Jonathan Carver, | of the provincial 
 troops in America. | 
 
 Philadelphia: | Published by Key & Simpson. | 1796. | c. 
 
 Pp. l-xx, i-x, 11-360. List of subscribers, pp. 1-20, 1-8. 8°. 
 Of the language, hieroglyphics, &c., pp. 273-293. 
 
 645 Reize | door de | Binnenlanden | van | Noord-Amerika, | 
 
 door I Jonathan Carver, Schildkn. | Kapitein van eene Compaguie 
 Provintiaale | Troepen Geduurende den Oorlog | met Frankrijk. | 
 Naar den derden Druk uit het Engelsch vertaald | door | J. D. Pas- 
 teur I met Plaaten. | Eerste [-Tweede] Deel. | [Portrait of Carver.] 
 
 Te Leyden, | bij A. en J. Honkoop, 1796. | job. 
 
 2 vols. 8^. Title of vol. 2 has no portrait. 
 Linguistics, vol. 2, pp. 150-172. 
 
 646 Three Years | Travels | throughout the | Interior Parts | 
 
 of I North-America, | for more then | Five Thousand Miles, | 
 containing | An Account of the Great Lakes, and all the Lakes, 
 Islands, I and Rivers, Cataracts, Mountains, Minerals, Soil and 
 Ve- I getable Productions of the North-west Regions of that | vast 
 Continent; | with a | Description of the Birds, Beasts, Reptiles, In- | 
 sects, and Fishes peculiar to the Country. | Together wilh a con- 
 cise I History of the Genius, Manners, and Customs | of the In- 
 dians I inhabiting the Lands that lie adjacent to the heads and | to 
 the westward of the great river Mississippi ; | and an | Appendix, | 
 describing the uncultivated parts of America, | that are the most 
 proper for forming | Settlements. | By Captain Jonathan Carver, | 
 of the Provincial Troops in America. | 
 
 9 Bib 
 
130 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Carver (Jonathan) — continued. 
 
 Printed | by Jolin Eussell, for David West, | No. 50, Cornhill, 
 Boston. I 1797. | BA. JOB. 
 
 Pp. i-xvi, 5-3f3. 12°. 
 Of their Language, bieroglypliios, &c., pp. 237-254. 
 
 647 Carver's Travels | in | Wisconsin. | From the Third London 
 
 Edition. | 
 
 New-York: | Printed by Harper & Brothers, | 82 Olifi'-Street. | 
 1838. I C. 
 
 Pp. i-xxxii, 33-376. 8°. maps. 
 
 Of their language, hieroglyphieks, &c., pp. 255-272. 
 
 • 648 Aventures | de Carver | chez les Sauvages | de | l'Am6rique 
 
 Sei)tentrionale. | 
 
 Tours I A"i Mame & O'^ | Editeurs. | 
 
 Second title : 
 
 Aventures | de Carver | chez les Sauvages de l'Am(5rique Septen- 
 trionale | Cinquieme Edition. | 
 
 Tours I A* Mame et C", Imprimeurs-Libraires | 1852 | c. 
 
 Engraved title 1 1., printed title 1' 1., pp. 1-236. 12°. 
 
 Du langage et des hi^roglyphes des Indiens [no vocabulary], pp. 214-217. 
 
 Besides the editions of Carver given above, there are, according to the cata- 
 logue of the Brown Library, editions in English as follows: Philadelphia, Joseph 
 Cruikshanli, 1792, 12° ; Philadelphia, 1795, 8° ; Edinburgh, 1798, 8° ; Charlt-stown, 
 1802, 12°; Edinburgh, 1807, 8°; Walpole, N. H., Isaiah Thomas & Co., 1813, 12°; 
 ibid., 1838, 12°. Sabin's Dictionary adds to the above: Edinburgh, 1808. 8". 
 
 649 Casey {Capt. J. C.) Hitchittee or Chell-o-kee dialect numeration. 
 
 In Schoolcraft (H. R.) Indian Tribes, vol. 2, pp. 220-221. Philadelphia, 
 1852. 4°. 
 
 650 Vocabulary of the Muskogee or Creek. 
 
 In Schoolcraft (H. R.) Indian Tribes, vol. 4, pp. 416-429. Philadelphia, 
 1854. 4°. 
 
 651 fCass (Lewis).] Inquiries respecting the History, Traditions, Lan- 
 guages, Manners, Customs, Religion, &c., of the Indians living in 
 the United States. 
 
 Detroit : Sheldon and Eeed. 1823. * 
 
 64 pp. 8°. Not seen ; title from Sabin-s Dictionary. Reviewed by Schoolcraft 
 (H. R.), iu North American Review, vol. 45, p. 34. 
 
 652 Additional Inquiries respecting the Indian Languages. BA. 
 
 No title-page. 32 pp. 16°. 
 
 Contains several examples in the Delaware, Chippewa, and Wyandot languages. 
 
 653 [Review of] Manners and Customs of several Indian Tribes, 
 
 located west of the Mississippi. By John Hunter. 
 
 In North American Review, vol. 22, pp. 53-119. Boston, 1826. 8°. 
 
 The greater part of this review is taken up with a criticism upon and extracts 
 from Heckewelder's papers iu the Am. Phil. Soc. Trans. Hist, and Lit. Comm. 
 It was answered by Rawle (W.) in Penn. Hist. Soc. Mem., vol. 1, pt. 3, pp. 238-275. 
 
CAEVEE — CASTIGLIONI. 131 
 
 [Cass (Lewis)] — contiuued. 
 
 Philadelpliia, 1828. 8^. Mr. Eawle's article was answered by Mr. Cass (g. v.) in 
 the North American Eeview, vol. 26. 
 Issued also as follows : 
 
 654 Eeinarks | on the | Condition, Character, and Languages, | 
 
 of the I North American Indians. | From the | North American 
 Eeview, | No. L, for January, 1826. | 
 
 Boston: | Cummiugs, Hilliard and Company. | 1826. | AAS. 
 
 Pp. 1-70. 8'^. 
 
 655 1. [Eeview of] Travels in the Central Portion of the Mis- 
 sissippi Valley [&c., &c.] By Henry E. Schoolcraft. [&c.] 
 
 2. [Eeview of] A Vindication of the Eev. Mr. Heckewelder's His- 
 tory of the Indian Nations. By William Eawle. [&c.] 
 In North Americaii Review, vol. 26, pp. ;5r)7-403. Boston, 1828. 8°. 
 Criticisms upon and extracts from Heckeweldcr, pp. 370-403. 
 
 656 Cassell (Johann Philipp). Dissertatio Philologico-Historica, do 
 Navigationibus Portuitis in Americam, ante Chr. Columbum factis. 
 
 Magdeburgi. 1742. * 
 
 15 11. 4°. Not seen; title from Sabin's Dictionary. 
 
 657 Castafio (Bartholom6). Catecilsmo breue de lo que pre- | cisamente 
 ha de saber el Christiano. | Sacado a luz por el E. P. Bartholome 
 Castaiio, de la Compauia de Jesus. | 
 
 Eeimpresso en Mexico por la Vidua de I). Joseph Bernardo de 
 Hogal, Calle de las Capuchinas. | ADo de 1744. [ * 
 
 One large fold, printed only on one side. On the left is the Spanish text, the 
 title of which I have copied, and ou the right the translation into the Mexican. 
 Each language is in a square and may be separated. I have loose copies of the 
 middle fold in which is the Mexican part. — Icazbalceta's Apimtes, No. 18. 
 
 658 Catecismo Breve, con el Acto de Coutricion y el Credo, 
 
 Mexicano y Espanol, por Castano. 
 
 [Mexico] Calle de Eapiritu Santo, 1S17. * 
 
 2 11. folio. Not seen; title from Quaritch's Cat. 
 
 659 Methodo breve para coufessar a uu ludio, en Idioma Othonii ; 
 
 Catecismo y breve explicaciou de la Doctriua, en Idioma Othoini. 
 Lo que precisameute debe saber el Christiano: por el Padre Bartho- 
 lom6 Castano, de la Comi)ania de Jesus. * 
 
 12°. Title from the Fischer Sale Cat. Leclerc gives the collation as 6 11. 
 
 660 Catechismo, y breve explicaciou de la doctrina Christiana 
 
 en idioma othomi. * 
 
 8 11. 4"^. Manuscript, unedited, of the last century. On 11. (i-8 we find "Lo 
 que procissaraente debe saber el christiano: Por el Padre Bartholome Castano de 
 la comiiaiiia de, Jesus", in two columns, Spanish and Othouni. — icc/CTc. 
 
 661 Castiglioni (Luigi). Viaggio | negli | Stati LTniti | dell' | America 
 Settentrionale | fatto uegli auni 1785, 1786, e 1787 j da | Luigi Cas- 
 tiglioni I Patrizio Milanese [&c., three lines]. Con alcune Osserva- 
 
132 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Castiglioni (Liiigi) — cmtinued. 
 
 zioni sui Yegetabili | piu utili di quel Paese. | Tomo Primo [-Se- 
 cundo]. 
 
 Milano. | Nella Staniperia di Giuseppe Marelli | Con Permis- 
 sione. | 1790. | BA. 0. 
 
 2 vols. 8°. Vocabulary of the Chaotaw and Cerochcso, vol. 1, jip. 259-266. 
 
 662 . . . Eeise durch die Vereinigten Staateu von Nord- America 
 
 in den Jaliren 1785, 1786 und 1787. . . . Aus dem Italienisclien von 
 Magnus Petersen. Erster Theil. Mit Kupfern. 
 
 Memmingen: bey Andreas Seigler. 1793. * 
 
 Title, 7 11., 495 jip. H°. maps and plates. Not seen; title from Sabin's Dic- 
 tionary. 
 
 663 Castillo (F. Balthasar del). Luz, y | Guia de los Ministros | Evan- 
 gel icos. I Para navegar por el mar proceloso deste mundo | hasta 
 llegaral puertod.'lasalvacion, ygozar | eternameiilede los tbesoros 
 de la gloria, | y bienaventurauza. | Dedicala ol P. Fr. Baltliasar del 
 Castillo, I Predicador, y IMinistro, (]ne luedeel Conventode | S.Luis 
 Obispo, y pueblo de Uexotlan, a sus devotos. | Al Patriarca S. Jo- 
 seph, J y a la gloriosa Santa Theresa de Jesus. | 
 
 Con liceucia. | En Mexico: i)or Juan Joseph Guillena, Carras- 
 coso, I Impressor, y jMercader de Libros, en el Empedradillo, | junto 
 las easas del Marques, Ano de 1094 | * 
 
 5 p. 11., 11. l-ll; 2 11. not numbered; 3 ]1. follow, id. and then the leaves are 
 numbered from 3 to 16. These 17 last leaves are in tlae Mexicaii language and 
 appear to be in part a translation from the Spanish. — Icazljaheia's Apuntcs, -Vo. 98. 
 
 064 Castillo {Fr. Pedro). Vocabulario de la Lengua Otonii. * 
 
 Title from Beristain. 
 
 665 Castro {Fr. Andres). Arte y Diccionario de la Lengua Blatla 
 zinga. * 
 
 600 Sermones y Catecismo en dicho idioma. * 
 
 These manuscripts, with a treatise on " Matrimonio," well written and bonnd, 
 exist in the Biblioteca de Santiago Tlatelnlco, where I have hceu tJ)em. — Ikrhtain. 
 
 607 Sermones en lengua Matlazinga. 1542. * 
 
 Manuscript. 4~^. 
 
 These sermons in the Matlazinga Language are the originals by Fr. Andres de 
 Castro, the first Spaniard who spoke and wrote the said language.— Fisc/iei- SaJe 
 Cat, 
 
 Whether this is the same manuscript as the Sermones mentioned above I do 
 not know. 
 
 008 Castro (P. Jnan de Dios). Arte 6 gram4tica de la Lengua Otomi. « 
 
 Manuscript. 4". 
 
 009 Vocabulario de la Lengua Otomi. * 
 
 ^ Manuscript. 4'\ Bot'i books are preserved in maniiscript in the library of the 
 
 College of Tepozotldii.— 7io-is/«i«. 
 
SeminoJes, 
 
 
 Otta, 
 
 Muscogee or 
 
 Creek, 
 
 Pawnee, 
 
 Cherokee, 
 
 
 Winnebago, 
 
 Osage, 
 
 
 Kansas, 
 
 Sank, 
 
 
 Fox, 
 
 Shawnee, 
 
 
 loway, 
 
 CASTIGLIONI — CATECISMO. 133 
 
 670 Catalogue | of | one hundred and seventeen | Indian Portraits, | 
 representing | eighteen different tribes, | accompanied by | a few 
 remarks | on the | character, &c. of most of them. | Price 12| 
 cents. I LSH. 
 
 No imprint. Pp. 1-24. 8°. 
 
 This little pamphlet is a list of prominent persons belonging to tribes named 
 below, whose portraits were painted by King, of Washington, and copied by 
 Innian. The names of most of them, with English signification, are given. The 
 following tribes are represented in the pollection : 
 
 Choctaw, 
 
 Chippewa, 
 
 Sioux, 
 
 Menomine, 
 
 Ottawa. 
 
 G71 Catechism. | fin the Cherokee language.] ba. s. 
 
 No title-page. Pp. 1-4. 3-2°. In Cherokee characters. Appended to Chero- 
 kee Primer, q. v. 
 
 C72 Catechism of the Christian Doctrine, by Lucas M atco. * 
 
 24 11., double columns, Mexican and Spanish. Dated August 19th, 1714. A 
 modern transcript in the handwriting of Professor Galicia Chimalpopoca. Not 
 seen; title from the Ramirez Sale Cat. 
 
 673 Catechism Iroquois. 
 
 Poissy. 1842. • 
 
 8°. Not seen ; title from Sabin's Dictionary. 
 
 674 Catecismo. Catecismo Breve en Lengua Mexicana con el Acto de 
 Contricion, en Idioma Mexicana. * 
 
 No date. 1 1. folio. Not seen; title from the Fischer Sale Cat., No. 347. 
 
 675 Catecismo Breve que precisamente de saber el Cristano. 
 
 Puebla, 1854, » 
 
 12°, In the Mexican language. Title from the Fischer Sale Cat., No. 1939. 
 
 676 Catecismo | en | Idioma Mixteco, | segun se habla en los 
 
 curatos | de la | Misteca baja, | que pertenecen al obispado | de 
 Puebla, I formado nuevamente | de oren [sic pro orden] del Exmo. 
 6 lUmo. Sr. Obispo | Dr. D. Francisco Pablo Vasquez. | E impresso 
 d sus espensas. | Por una Comision de curas. | 
 
 Puebla. I Imprenta del Hospital de San Pedro. | 1837. | B, 
 
 7 p. 11., pp. 1-21, in 2 col. 4°. 
 
 677 Catecismo | en el Idioma Mixteco | Montanez, | para el uso 
 
 de los Caratos | que van senalados en la lista que se | inserta. | For- 
 mado I de oren [sic] del Exmo. 6 Illmo. Sr. Obispo | de la | Puebla 
 
 I Dr. D. Francisco Pablo Vasqnez. | Tradncido al castellano,. por 
 una Comision | unida de Curas de la Misteca baja y Montanez. | 
 
 Puebla. I Imprenta del Hospital de San Pedro, | 1837. | B. 
 
 2 p. 11., pp. 1-20, in 2 col. 4°. 
 
 "These three works [including Manual en Lengua Mixteca, q. ■».], although 
 printed separately, form in reality but, one, as is shown by the prologue of the 
 
134 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Catecismo — contiuiied. 
 
 first, and from the table of errata which is common to the three. The authors 
 promise an Arte and Vocabulario which I think has not been published. Mention 
 is made in this work of another Catecismo Mixteco printed in 1834 by order of 
 the same bishop. I have not seen it." — Icazialceta. 
 
 678 Catecismo del Quarto Concilio Mexicano. * 
 
 126 11. 4°. Anonymous manuscript of the 18th century. It was ordered to be 
 printed by the fourth Provincial Council of Mexico. Originally it was composed 
 by the Fathers of the third Mexican Council in 1585. It was printed in the second 
 half of last century, but the Catechism of Father Eipalda, which had been in gen- 
 eral use since the beginning of the 17th century, held its place and this never 
 came iuto use. The book has become scarce. This manuscript is a beautiful speci- 
 men of Mexican handwriting, and is preceded by a long description by the late 
 Mr. Ramirez. — Ramirez Sale Cat. 
 
 679 Cathecismo de la Doctrina Christiana traducido en Lengua Cahita. 
 Compuesto por vu Padre de la Compania de Jesus, Missionero en 
 la Provincia de Cynaloa. La qual dedica al Patriarcba Senor San 
 Joseph. Con licencia de los superiores. 
 
 En Mexico: por Francisco Xavier Sanchez, en el puente de Pala- 
 cio. Ano de 1737. * 
 
 10 11. 8°. Not seen ; title from Icazbalceta's Apuntes, No. 86. 
 
 680 Catlin (George). Letters and Notes | on the | Manners, Customs, 
 and Condition | of the | North American Indians. | By Geo. Cat- 
 lin. I Written during eight years' travel among the Wildest Tribes 
 of I Indians in North America. | In 1832, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38 and 
 39. I In two volumes, | with four hundred illustrations, carefully en- 
 graved from his original paintings. ( Vol. I [-II]. [ 
 
 New York : | Wiley and Putnam, 161 Broadway. | 1841. | BA. 
 
 2 vols, royal S^. Pp. viii, 204; viii, 266, 312 plates and maps. 
 
 681 Illustrations of the Manners and Customs and Condition of 
 
 the North American Indians, with Letters and Notes written during 
 eight years of Travel and Adventure among the wildest and most 
 remarkable Tribes now existing. With three hundred and sixty en- 
 gravings from the Author's original Paintings, by Geo. Catlin. 
 
 London; 1841. • 
 
 2 vols, large 8°. Pp. 264+266+179 colored plates. 
 
 A number of copies (often announced to have been but twelve) have the 
 etchings colored. — FieM, No. 260. 
 
 " Second edition, ibid., 1842, 2 vols., 8° ; third edition, iiid., 1842; fourth edition, 
 1843 ; sixth edition, 1846. 
 
 "Some copies have the imprint, "London: Wiley and Putnam"; others, "Lon- 
 don: Published by the Author. 1841." The plates to this work were afterwards 
 sold to Mr. H. G. Bbhn, who issued the work with the title: Illustrations of the 
 Manners, Customs, &c."— Saftjn's Dictionary. 
 
 682 Letters and Notes | on the | Manners, Customs, and Condi- 
 tion I of the I North American Indians, | By George Catlin. | Writ- 
 ten during eight years' travel among tbe wildest tribes of | Indians 
 in North America. | In 1832, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38 and 39. I In two 
 
CATECISMO — CATLIN. 135 
 
 Catlin (George) — continued. 
 
 volumes, | with four hundred Ulustratious, carefully engraved from 
 his original paintings. | Third Edition. | Vol. I [II]. | 
 
 Kew York : | Wiley and Putnam, 161 Broadway. | 1844. | c. jwp. 
 
 3 vols. 8°. 
 
 A few words of Mandan compared with the "Welsh, vol. 2, p. 261 ; Vocabulary 
 of the Mandan, Blaokfoot, Eiccareo, Sioux, and Tiiskarora, vol.2, pp. 262-265. 
 
 683 Illustrations | of the | Manners, Customs, and Condition | 
 
 of the I North American Indians: | in a series of | Letters and 
 Notes I written during eight years of travel and adventure among 
 the I wildest and most remarkable tribes now existing. | With three 
 hundred and sixty engravings, | from the | Author's Original Paint- 
 ings. I By Geo. Catlin. | In two volumes. | Vol. I [-11]. | Fifth Edi- 
 tion. I 
 
 London: | Henry G. Bohn, York Street, Covent Garden. | MDCCC- 
 XLV [1845]. I c. 
 
 2 vols, large 8°. 
 
 A few words of Mandan and Welsh compared, vol. 2, p. 161 ; Vocabulary of the 
 Mandan, Blaokfoot, Eicoaree, Sioux, and Tuscarora, vol. 2, pp. 262-265. 
 
 684 Die Indianer Nord Amerika's und die wahrend eines acht- 
 
 jahrigen Aufenthalts unter den wildesten ihrer Stamme erlebten 
 Abentheuer und Schicksale, von G. Catlin. Nach der fiinften engli- 
 schen Original- Ausgabe deutsch herausgegeben von Dr. Heinrich 
 Berghaus. 
 
 Briissel und Leipzig. [1846-] 48. * 
 
 Pp. xii, 382. 8°. 20 colored plates. Not seen ; title from Sabin's Dictionary. 
 
 685 Illustrations | of the | Manners, Customs, and Condition | of 
 
 ;the I North American Indians : | in a series of | Letters and Notes | 
 written during eight yeais of Travel and Adventure among the | 
 wildest and most remarkable Tribes now existing. | With three hun- 
 dred and sixty engravings | from the Author's Original Paintings. | 
 By Geo. Catlin. | In two volumes. | Vol. I [II]. | Seventh edition. | 
 
 London: | Henry G. Bohn, York street, Covent Garden. | 
 MDCCCXLVIII [1848]. | A. 
 
 2 vols. 8°. Maps. 
 
 A few words of Mandan compared with the Welsh, vol. 2, p. 261 ; Vocabulary 
 of the Mandan, Blaokfoot, Riccaree, Sioux, and Tuscarora, vol. 2, pp. 262-265. 
 
 Sabin, No. 11537, mentions: Eighth edition, London, H. G. Bohn, 1857; 
 Ninth, ibid.; Tenth, ibid., 1866. 
 
 686 Die Indianer Nord Amerika's und die wahrend eines acht- 
 
 jahrigen Aufenthalts unter den wildesten ihrer Stamme erlebten 
 Abentheuer und Schicksale von G. Catlin. Nach der fuuften engli- 
 schen Ausgabe deutsch herausgegeben von Dr. Heinrich Berghaus. 
 Mit 24 vom Verfasser nach der Natur entworfeneu Gemaldeu. 
 Zweite Ausgabe. 
 
 Briissel, Muquardt, 1851. * 
 
 382 pp. 8". Not seeu ; title from Triibner in Ludewig, who says the vocabu- 
 laries are on pp. 248-252. 
 
136 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Catlin (George );— continued. 
 
 687 Letters and [Notes on the Manners, Customs, and Condi- 
 tion of the North American Indians, by George Catlin. Written 
 during eight years' travel, from 1832 to 1839, amongst the Wildest 
 Tribes of Indians in North America. With One hundred and iifty 
 illustrations, on steel and wood. 
 
 Philadelphia: Willis P. Hazard. 1857. * 
 
 2 vols. 8°. pp. 729 ; title from Sabin's Dictionary. 
 
 688 Illustrations | of the | Manners, Ctistoms, and Condition | 
 
 of the I North American Indians | with | Letters and Notes | wiitten 
 during eight years of travel and adventure among the | wildest and 
 most remarkable tribes now existing. | With three hundred and 
 sixty engravings, | from the | Author's Original Paintings. | By Geo. 
 Catlin. I In two volumes. Vol. I [-11]. | Tenth edition. | 
 
 London: | Henry G. Bohn, York Street, Covent Garden. | 1866. | 
 2 vols, large 8°. ba. 
 
 689 Illustrations of the Manners, Customs and Condition of the 
 
 North American Indians. With Letters and Notes written during 
 Eight Years of Travel and Adventure among the Wildest and most 
 Eemarkable Tribes now Existing. With 360 colored engravings 
 from the author's original paintings. 
 
 London, 1876. * 
 
 2 vols. 8°. Title from Woodward's Trade Cat. 
 
 690 Catlin's Notes | of | Eight Years' Travels and Eesidence | 
 
 In Europe, | with his | North American Indian Colleotion: | with 
 anecdotes and incidents of the travels and adventui-es of three | dif- 
 ferent parties of American Indians whom he introduced | to the 
 Courts of I England, France and Belgium. | In two volumes oc- 
 tavo. I Vol. I [-II]. I With numerous illustrations. | 
 
 New York: | Burgess, Stringer & Co., 22 Broadway. | 1848. | jwp. 
 
 2 vols. 8c. 
 
 Vol. 1, pp. 2.'i3-277, contains a list of Mr. Catlin's collection of Indian portraits, 
 witb names of personages, the English signification of which Is usually given. 
 For this list see, infra, Descriptive catalogue, 1848, 92 pp. 8°. The same volume 
 has, pp. 293-295, a list of names of Ojibbeway and iQway persons; and vol. 2, p. 
 13, a list of names of loTvays, with English signification. 
 
 691 Adventures | of the j Ojibbeway and loway Indians | in | 
 
 England, France and Belgium; | being notes of | eight years travel 
 and residence in Europe | with his | North American Indian Collec- 
 tion, I by Geo. Catlin. j In two volumes. | Vol. I [II]. ( With numer- 
 ous Engravings. | Third edition. | 
 
 London : | Published by the author | at his Indian collection, No. 
 6, Waterloo Place. | 1852. | BA. 
 
 2 vols. 8°. 
 
 An English reprint of Notes of Eight years' travel in Europe. Catalogue, vol. 
 1, pp. 253-277. 
 
CATLIN. 137 
 
 Catlin (George) — continued. 
 
 692 O-kee-pa: | A Eeligious Ceremony; | and | other customs of 
 
 the Mandans. | By George Catlin. | With Thirteen Coloured Illus- 
 trations. I 
 
 Philadelphia: | J. B. Lippincott and Co. | 1867. | c. 
 
 3 p. 11., 52 pp. large 8". 
 
 Short comparative vocabulary of the Mandaii and Welsh, p. 45. 
 
 693 O-kee-pa: | A Eeligious Ceremony; | and other J customs of 
 
 the Mandans. | By | George Catlin. | With Thirteen Coloured Illus- 
 trations. I 
 
 London: | Triibner and Co., 60 Paternoster Row. | 1867. | All 
 rights reserved. | ba. 
 
 52 pp. large 8°. 
 A few words of Mandan compared with the Welsh, p. 45. 
 
 694 Life amongst the Indians. A Book for Youth. By George 
 
 Catlin. 
 London: S. Low, Son & Co. 1861, • 
 
 8 11., pp. xii, 339. 16°. Not seen; title from Sabin's Dictionary. 
 
 695 Life | amongst | the Indians. | A Book for Youth. | By 
 
 George Catlin, | Author of "Notes of Travels amongst the North 
 American Indians," etc. | 
 
 London : Sampson Low, Son, & Marston, | Milton House, Ludgate 
 Hill. I 1867. I (The right of translation is reserved.) | A. 
 
 Pp. xii, 1-339'. 16°. 
 
 696 ■_ — Life | amongst | the Indians. | A Book for Youth. | By 
 
 George Catlin, | Author of "Notes of Travels amongst the North 
 American Indians", etc. | 
 
 New York: | 1). Appleton & Co., 443 & 445 Broadway. | 1867. | c. 
 
 Pp. i-xii, 1-339. sm. 4°. 
 
 Mandan and Iowa proper names with English signification. 
 
 697 La Vie chez les Indiens; scenes et aventurcs de voyage 
 
 parmi les tribus des deux Am^riques. Ouvrage 6crit pour la jeunesse. 
 Traduit et annot^ par F. de Lanoye et illustrd de 25 grav. sur bois. 
 
 Paris: L. Hachetteet C'«. 1863. * 
 
 12°. -f seconde Edition. Paris : L. Haohette et CK 1866. 396 pp. 18°. Title 
 and note from Sabin's Dictionary. 
 
 698 Catalogue | of | Catlin's Indian Gallery | of | Portraits, 
 
 Landscapes, | Manners and Customs, | Costumes &c. &c., | collected 
 during seven years' travel amongst thirty-eight dif- | fereut tribes, 
 speaking different languages. | 
 New York : | Pierey & Eeed, Printers, 7 Theatre Alley. | 1837. | 
 
 36 pp. 12°. HIT. LSH. 
 
 A4ist of prominent personages of different tribes, giving their names with 
 English meaning. 
 
 699 Catalogue | of | Catlin's Indian Gallery | of | Portraits, 
 
 Landscapes, | Manners and CustWs, | Costumes, &c. &c. | Collected 
 
138 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Catlin (George) — continued. 
 
 during seven years' travel amongst thirty-eight | different tribes, 
 spealiing diflereut langiiages. | 
 If ew York: | Piercy&Eeed,J'riuters,7 Theatre Alley. | 1838. | HU. 
 
 36 pp. 16° 
 
 Names of personages of the following tribes, most of them with English sig- 
 nification : 
 
 Osage (Wa-Sa-See), Po-to-wa-to-mie, 
 
 Sacs (Sau-Kie), Pi-an-ke-shaw, 
 
 Foxes, Mus-ko-gee (Creek), 
 
 Pawnee Picts (Tow-e-ahge), Win-ne-ba-go, 
 
 Konza, I-o-wa, 
 
 Comanchee (Ko-manche), Sen-e-ca, 
 
 Ki-o-wa, 0-nei-da, 
 
 Wee-co, Qua-paw, 
 
 Sioux (Dah-co-ta), Ot-ta-wa, 
 
 Puncah, Pe-o-ri-a, 
 
 Crows (Bel-ant-se-a), Sho-sho-nie, 
 Mandans (Se-pohs-ka-nn-ma-kah-kee), 0-ma-haw, 
 
 Black Foot, 0-toe, 
 
 Me-nom-o-nie, Mis-sou-ries, 
 
 Shawnee (Sha-wa-no), Kick-a-poo, 
 
 Grosventres (Min-a-tar-rees), We-ah, 
 
 Chippeway (0-jib-be-way), Kas-kas-ki-a, 
 
 I-ro-quois, Cree (K'nis-te-neux), 
 
 Ric-ca-ree, Choc-taw, 
 
 Flat Heads, Del-a-ware, 
 
 As-sin-ne-boin (Stone Boilers), Pawnees of the Platte, 
 
 Shi-enne, Sem-i-noles, 
 
 Cher-okee, Euchees. 
 Field, No.— gives the title of an edition of 1838. 40 pp. 12°. 
 
 700 A I Descriptive Catalogue | of | Oatlin's Indian Gallery | 
 
 containing | Portraits, | Landscapes, Costumes, &c., | and | rei)rc 
 sentation of the Manners and Customs | of the | North American 
 Indians. | Collected and printed entirely by Mr. Catlin, | during 
 seven years travel amongst 48 tribes, mostly speaking different lan- 
 guages. I Exhibited for nearly three years, with great success, in 
 the, I Egyptian Hall, Piccadilly, London. | Admittance One Shil- 
 ling. I 
 
 Colophon: C. and J. Adlard, Printers, Bartholomew Close, Lon- 
 don. [1840.] BA. 
 
 48 pp. 4°. 
 
 701 Catalogue Eaisonn^ | de | La Galerie Indienne de M"" Cat- 
 lin, I renfermant I des Portraits, | des Paysages, des Costumes, 
 etc., I et I des Scenes de Mceurs et Coutumes | des | Indiens de 
 I'Am^rique du Nord. | Collection eutierement faite et peinte par M'' 
 Catlin I pendant un sejour de 8 ans parmi 48 tribus sauvages.. Pri.x: 
 50 centimes. | 
 
 [No place.] Imprimerie de Wittersheim, Eue Montmorency, 8. 
 1845. I • HtJ. 
 
 47 pp. 8°. 
 
CATLIN. 139 
 
 Catlin (George) — continued. 
 
 702 A Descriptive Catalogue | of | Oatliu's Indian Collection, | 
 
 containing | Portraits, Landscapes, Costumes, &c., | and | represen- 
 tations of the Manners and Customs | of the | North American In- 
 dians. I Collected and painted entirely by Mr. Catlin, during eight 
 years' travel amongst | forty-eight tribes, mostly speaking different 
 languages. | Also | opinions of the press in England, France, and 
 the United States. | 
 
 London : | Published by the Author, | at his Indian Collection, 
 No. 6, Waterloo Place. | 1848. | HU. lsh. 
 
 92 pp. 8°. 
 
 A reprint of the list which appears in Catalogue Eaisonn^. It is also printed 
 in Notes of Eighc Years' Travel * * in Europe, New York, 1848, vol. 1, pp. 253-277; 
 and in : Adventures of the Ojibbeway and loway Indians, London, 1852, vol. 1, 
 pp. 253-277. The litt of tribes represented is as follows : 
 
 Sacs (S^ukies), Chippeways (Ojibbeways), 
 
 Foxes, Iroquois, 
 
 Konzas, Ottawas, 
 
 Osage or Wasawsee, Winnebagoes, 
 
 Camanchees, Menomonies, 
 
 Pawnee Picts (Toweeahge), Potowatomie, 
 
 Kiowa, Kickapoo, 
 
 Weeco, Kaskaskia, 
 
 Sioux (Dahoota), Weeah, 
 
 Puncab, Peoria, 
 
 Pawnees, Piankesha\y, 
 
 Omabas, loway, 
 
 Otetoes, Seuecas, 
 
 Missouries, Oneida, 
 
 Biccarees, Tuskarora, 
 
 Mandans, Moheecoiineu or Mohegan, 
 
 Shienne, Delawares, 
 
 Flat Heads or Nez Percys, Shawano (Shawnee), 
 
 Chinoot, Cherokees, 
 
 Black Feet, Muskogee (Creek), 
 
 Crows (Belantsea), . Choctaw, 
 
 Gros Ventres (Minatarrees), Seminole, 
 
 Crees (Knisteneux), Uchee. 
 
 Assineboins, 
 
 703 North and South American Indians. | Catalogue | Descrip- 
 tive and Instructive | of | Catlin's | Indian Cartoons. | Portraits, 
 Types, and Customs. | 600 paintings in oil. | With | 20,00,i full length 
 iigures | illustrating their various games, religious ceremonies, and 
 I other customs, | and | 27 canvas paintings | of | Lasalle's Discov- 
 eries. I 
 
 New York : | Baker and Godwin, Printers, Printing-House 
 Square, I 1871. I c.lsh. 
 
 99 pp. 8°. 
 
 This catalogue is a reprint, with some additions, of that published in 1848. 
 The following tribes which are not named in the earlier publications are repre- 
 sented in the later one : 
 
140 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS 
 
 Catlin (George) — continued. 
 
 Arajiaho, Wallawalla, Chippewyan, 
 
 Micmac, Yutah, Esquimaux, 
 
 Navaho, Stone, Aleutian, 
 
 Shoshonee, Copper, Cochimtee, 
 
 Nayas, Spokan, Mohave, 
 
 Hyda, Athapasca, Yuma, 
 
 Klahoquaht, Dogrib, Yumaya, 
 
 Klatsop, Selish, Maya. 
 
 704 Fourteen | loway Indians. | Key | To their various Dances, 
 
 Games, Ceremonies, Songs, | Religion, Superstitions, Costumes, 
 Weapons, «&;c. &c. | By Geo. Catlin. | 
 SeQond title: 
 
 Unparalleled Exhibition. | The | fourteen | loway Indians | and 
 their | Interpreter, | just arrived from the Upper Missouri, near | the 
 Eocky Mountains, North America. | " White Cloud," | the head chief 
 of the tribe, is with this interesting | party, giving them that pecu- 
 liar interest, which | no other party of American Indians have had 
 in a I foreign country; and they are under the immediate | charge 
 of I G. H. C. Melody, | who accompanied them from their country, | 
 with their favorite Interpreter, | Jeffrey Doraway. | Price Six- 
 pence. I 
 
 London: | W. S. Johnson, "Nassau Steam Press", Nassau-Street | 
 Soho. I MDCCCXLIV [1844]. | C. 
 
 Outside title and 28.pp. 16". 
 Proper names with English signification. 
 
 705 Cepeda {Fr. Francisco). Artes de las Lenguas Chiapa, Zoque, Cel- 
 dales y Cinacanteca. 
 
 Mexico, 1560. * 
 
 4°. Title from Beristain. Leclero says no copy of the above is known to exist. 
 
 706 Chacon (P. Tomas). Arte de la Lengua Tarasca, y Sermones en la 
 misma. * 
 
 Manuscript in the library of the College of S. Gregorio, in Mexico. — Beriataiu. 
 
 707 Chahta. ChahtaAlmanak | Hvpin Chitokaka yvt vtta tok a afvmmi 
 holhtena | 1843. | [Three lines English ; three lines Choctaw.] | 
 Chalaki yakni ak o aivlhta ha tok. | 
 
 Park Hill : | Mission Press, John Candy, Printer. | [n. d.] abo. 
 
 44 pp. 16°. 
 
 For Choctaw almanac of previous years see Holisso Hvshi. 
 
 708 Chahta Almanak | Hvpin Chitokaka yvt vtta tok a afvmmi 
 
 holhtina. | 1844. | [Three lines English, three lines Choctaw.] | 
 Chalaki yakni ak o aivlhta ha tok. | 
 
 Park Hill: | Mission Press, John Candy, Printer. | 1843. | ABO. 
 
 24 pp. 16°. 
 
 709 Chahta | Holisso. | 
 
 . Boston: I Printed by Crocker & Brewster. I 1830. I BA. ABO. 
 
 108 pp. 18°. Choctaw Spelling Book. 
 
 First edition, 1827, 65 ^^.—ByingtoWs Mas. Diet. 
 
CATLIN-^CHAHTA. 141 
 
 Chalita — continued. 
 
 710 '— Chahta Holisso | Ai isbt ia vmmona. | Third edition, | Ee- 
 
 vised. I 
 
 Boston: | Printed for the American Board of Commissioners for | 
 Foreign Missions, by Crocker and Brewster; | 1835. | BA. AAS. 
 
 Pp. 1-72. 12°. 
 Fourth edition, 1846, 108 pp. — Byington's Mss. Diet. 
 
 711 Chahta Holisso | ai islit ia vmmona. | The | Choctaw Spell- 
 ing Book. I Fifth Edition, | revised and enlarged. | 
 
 Boston: | Press of T. E. Marvin. | 1849. | c. 
 
 107 pp. 16°. 
 
 712 Chahta Holisso | ai isht ia vmmona. | The | Choctaw Spell- 
 ing Book. I Sixth Edition, revised. | 
 
 Boston: | Press of T. E. Marvin. | 1852. | bp. abc, 
 
 107 pp. 16° 
 
 713 Chahta Holisso | it im anumpuli. | Or the | Choctaw 
 
 Eeader. | For the use of | Native Schools. | 
 
 Union : | Printed for the American Board of Commissioners for For- 
 eign Missions. | John F. Wheeler, Printer. | 1836. | jwp. lsh. ba. 
 Pp. 1-123., 2 U., contents. 1G° 
 
 714 ATukla, | or | the Second Chahta Book: | containing trans- 
 lations I of I Portions of the Scriptures, | Biographical Ifotices | of | 
 Henry Obokiah and Catharine Brown, | a Catechism, | and Disserta- 
 tions on I Eeligions Subjects. | 
 
 Cincinnati: | Printed by Morgan, Lodge, and Fisher. | 1827. | BA. 
 Pp. 1-144. 18°. 
 
 715 Chahta I Kana | or the | Choctaw Friend. | Being a Collec- 
 tion of I Moral and Eeligious Tracts, original and selected | in the | 
 Choctaw Language. | 
 
 Union: | Printed for the American Board of Commissioners for 
 Foreign Missions. | John F. Wheeler, Printer. | 1836. | ABC. jwp. 
 
 Pp. i-iv, 1-187 pp. 1G°. 
 
 This little volume contains a numher of tracts each paged separately, but in- 
 cluding a continuous pagination on the inner edge of the page. ■ The following 
 are the titles : 
 
 Hinili Ubokaia, pp. 1-20. 
 
 Keti Bilaun, pp. 21-35. 
 
 Poor Sarah, the, Indian Woman, pp. .37-52. 
 
 Am I a Christian? Fno vt «ba anumpuli sia hoh oto? pp. 52-57. 
 
 The Bible. Holisso holitopa isht anumpa, pp. 58-59. 
 
 Explanation of the Teu Commandments, pp. 61-98. 
 
 A Poison Tree and Sin, pp. 98-100. 
 
 Translation of the Book of Jonah, pp. 101-110. 
 
 Story of Naaman and Gehazi, pp. 110-116. 
 
 Patient Joe, pp. 116-119. 
 
 Psalm 116. Anumpa holisso holitopa a kucha, pp. 119-120. 
 
 The Worth of a Dollar, pp. 121-130. 
 
 Providence Acknowledged, pp. 130-132. 
 
142 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Chahta — continued. 
 
 The Incorrigible Simier forewarned of his doom, pp. 133-144. 
 
 He that toucheth yon toucheth the apple of his eye, pp. 145-150. 
 
 Do as yon would be done by, pp. 150-155. 
 
 Irreverence in the house of God, pp. 157-165. 
 
 Pray for them which persecute you, pp. 165-168. 
 
 The Troublesome Garden, pp. 169-186. 
 
 Parents' neglect of their children, pp. 186-187. 
 
 Some of these tracts were issued at an earlier date than the above. Byington's 
 Manuscript Choctaw Diet, mentions "Henry Obakiah, abridged, 1827; Catherine 
 Brown, abridged, 1827 ; Book of Jonah, 1835." See No. 714 of this catalogue. 
 
 716 Chahta Naholhtina: | or | Choctaw Arithmetic. | 
 
 Boston: | Printed for the American Board of Commissioners for | 
 
 Foreign Missions, by Crocker & Brewster; | 1835. | ABC. C. BA. 
 
 72 pp. 12°. 
 Second edition, 1845, 72 pp. — Byington's Mss. Diet. 
 
 717 Chamberlain (Montague). Words, Phrases, and Sentences in the 
 Melicite (Malisit) Language, River St. John, New Brunswick. * 
 
 Manuscript in the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. Collected December, 
 1880. Recorded in a copy of the Introduction to the Study of Indian Languages, 
 first edition. 
 
 718 Chamberlayn (John), Editor. Oratio | Dominica | in Diversas Om- 
 nium fere | Gentium Linguas | versa | et | Propriis cvjvsqve Lin- 
 gvao I characteribvs expressa, | Una cum Dissertationibus noiinul- 
 lis de Linguarum | Origine, variisque ipsarum permutationibus. | 
 Editore | Joanne Chamberla.vnio | Anglo-Britanno, Eegiae Socie- 
 tatis Londinensis & | Berolineusis Socio. | 
 
 Amsteleda;mi, | Typis Guilielmi & Davidis Goerei. | MDCCXV 
 [1715]. I * 
 
 24 p. 11., pp. 1-94, 3 11. 4". 
 
 Contains the Lord's Prayer in : Mohogice and Savanahice, p. 89 ; Virglnice 
 and Karirice, p. 90 ; Mexicanc, p. 91 ; Poconchine, p. 92. 
 
 Followed b}': "Appendix continens quatuor precipuas voces in Orationibus 
 Dominicis occurrentes . ... ex Americanis" viz: Pater, Coelum, Terra, Panis 
 in Algonkine, Caraibice, Chilice, Mohogice, Savanahice, Crickice, Chackta- 
 wice, Apalachice, Virginiane, Guarinice s. Brasilice, Mexicane, Poconchiue. 
 
 Title and note furnished by Mr. W. Eames. 
 
 719 Champlain (Samuel de). Les | Voyages | dela | Novvelle France | 
 occidentale, dicte | Canada, | faits par le S^ de Champlain | Xainc- 
 tongeois, Capitaine pour le Roy en la Marine du | Ponant, & toutes 
 les Descouuertes qu'il a faites en | ce pai's depuis I'an 1603. iusques 
 en Pan 1629. | On se voit comme ce pays a est6 premierement descou- 
 uert par les Fran§ois, | sous l'authorit6 de nos Roys tres-Chrestiens, 
 iusques au regne | de sa Majesty a present regnaute Lovis XIII. | 
 Roy de France & de Nauarre. | Avec vn traitte des qualitez & condi- 
 tions requises a vn bon & parfaict Nauigateur | pour coguoistre la 
 dinerisit6 des Estimes qui se sont en la Nauigation ; Les | Marques 
 & enseignements que la prouidence de Dieu k mises dans les Mers I 
 
CHAHTA CHAMPLAIN. 143 
 
 Champlain (Samuel de) — continued. 
 
 pour redresser les Marin iers en leur routte, sans lesquelles ils tom- 
 beroient en | de grands dangers. Et la maniere de bien dresser 
 Cartes marines auee leurs | Ports, Rades, Isles, Sondes, & autre 
 chose necessaire a la Nauigation. | Ensemble vne Carte geueralle de 
 la description dudit pays faicte en son Meridien selon | la declinaison 
 de la guide Aym3,ut, & vn Catechisme ou Instruction traduicte | du 
 Francois au langage des peuples Sauuages de quelque contree, auec | 
 ce qui s'est passe en ladite Nouuelle France en I'annee 1631 | A 
 Monseignevr le Cardinal Dvc de Eicheliev. | 
 
 A Paris. | Chez Clavde Collet au Palais, en la Gallerie des Prison- 
 niers, | a I'Estoille d'Or. | M.DC.XXXII [1632]. | Auec Priuilege du 
 Roy I JOB. 
 
 8, 308, 16, 310, 20, 54, 8 pp. 4°. maps. 
 
 BreboBUf(J.) Doctrine Chrestienne * * en Langage Canadois, pp. 1-15. 
 
 Masse (fi.) L'Oraisou Dominicale tradvite en Langage des Montagnars, pp. 
 16-20. 
 
 According to Brnnet a portion' of the edition of 1632 bears the imprint of Pierre 
 Le Mur; another that of Louis Sevestre; the former I have not seen, the title to 
 the latter is as follows : 
 
 720 Les I Voyages | de la | Kovvelle France | Occidentale, 
 
 dicte I Canada, | Faits par le S"' de Champlain | Xainctongeois, Capi- 
 taine pour le Roy en la Marine du | Ponant, & toutes les Descou- 
 uertes qu'il a faites en | ce pais depuis I'an 1603. iusques en I'an 
 1629. I Ou se voit comme ce pays a est6 premierement descouuert 
 par les Frangois, | sous I'authorit^ de nos Roys tres-Chrestiens, ius- 
 ques au regne | de sa Majesty k present regnante Lovis XIII. | Roy 
 de France & de Kauarre. | Auec vn traitte des qualitez & conditions 
 requises d, vn bon & parfaict Nauigateur | pour cognoistre la diuer- 
 sit^ des Estimes qui se font en la Nauigation. Les | Marques & 
 enSeignements que la prouidence de Dieu d, mises dans les Mers | 
 pour redresser les Mariuiers en leur routte, sans lesquelles ils torn 
 beroient en | de grands dangers, Et la maniere de bien dresser 
 Cartes marines auec leurs | Ports, Rades, Isles, Sondes, & autre 
 chose necessaire a la I^Tauigation. | Ensemble vne Carte generalle do 
 la description dudit pays faicte en son Meridien selon | la declinaison 
 de la guide Aymant & vn Catechisme ou Instruction traduicte | du 
 Francois au langue des peuples Sauuages de quelque contree, auec | 
 ce qui s'est pass6 en ladite Nouuelle France en I'annee 1631. | A 
 Monseignevr le Cardinal Dvc de Richeiiev. | 
 
 A Paris. | Chez Lovis Sevestre Imprimeur-Libraire rue du Meurier 
 pr6s la Porte | S. Victor & en sa Boutique dans la cour du Palais. | 
 M.DC.XXXII [1632]. ] Auec Priuilege du Roy. | BA. job. 
 
 16, 308, 310, 8, 54 and aO pp. 4°. map. 
 
 Linguistics as in previous title. 
 
 721 Les I Voyages j de la | JSTovvelle France | occidentale, dite | 
 
 Canada: | faits par le S"' de Champlain j Xainctongeois, Oapitaine 
 
144 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Champlain (Samuel de) — continued. 
 
 pour le Eoy en la IMarine du | Ponant, & toutes les Descounertes 
 qu'il a faites en | ce Pais depuis I'an 1603. iusques en I'an 1029. ( 
 On se Yoit comme ce Pays a este premierement descouuert par les 
 Francois, | souz l'authorit6 de nos Eoys tres-Chrestiens, iusques au 
 regne | de sa Majeste a present regnante Lovis XIII. | Eoy de 
 France & de Nauarre. | Auec vn Traict6 de qualitez & conditions 
 requises k vu bon & parfait Naui- | gateur pour cognoistre la diuer- 
 sit6 des Estimes qui se sont en la l^auigation: | Les marques & en- 
 seignements que la prouidence de Dieu a mises dans les | Mors pour 
 redresser les Mariniers en leur routte, sans lesquelles ils tombe- | 
 roiet en de grands dangers: Et la maniere de bien dresser cartes 
 marines, auec | leurs Ports, Eades, Isles, Sondes, & autres choses 
 necessaires a la Nauigatiou. | Ensemble vne Carte generale de la 
 description dudit Pays faite en son Meridien, selon | la declinaison 
 de la Guide-Aymant; & vn Oatechisme ou Instruction traidaite | 
 du Fran9ois au langage des Peuples Sauuages de quelque contr6e: 
 Auec I ce qui s'est passe en ladite Nouuelle France en Faunae 1631. | 
 A Monseignevr le Cardinal Dvc de Eicheliev. | 
 
 A Paris. | Chez Clavde Collet, au mout sainct Hilaire, pres le 
 Puits Certain. | M.DC.XL [1640]. | Avec privilege dv Eoy. | .tcij. 
 
 16, 308, 310, 8, 54, -JO pp. 4°. map. 
 
 BrebcEuf (J.) Doctrine Chrestienue en Langage Canadois, pp. 1-15. 
 
 Masse (fi.) L'Oraison Dominicale tradvite eu Langage des Montagnars, 
 pp. Hi-20. 
 
 722 CEuvres | de | Champlain | publi^es | sous le patronage | de 
 
 I'Universit^ Laval | Par I'Abbe C.-H. Laverdifere, M. A. | Professeur 
 d'Histoire h la Faculte des Arts | et Biblioth^caire de I'lTniversiie | 
 Seconde Edition | Tome I [-V]. | 
 
 Qu6bec I Imprim^ au S^minaire par Geo.-E. Desbarats | 1870 | 
 
 2 p. II., Ixxvi, 1478 pp. royal 8°. 5 vols. ; vol. .5 in 2 parts. BA. JOB. C!. 
 
 Paged at top with original pagination, at. bottom consccntively. 
 
 Vol. o (in 2 parts) is a. reprint in fac-simile, as to arrangement, of Les Voyages, 
 de )a Novvelle France. Paris, Sevestre, 1632. 
 
 Brebceuf (.1.) Doctrine Chrestienue, vol. 5, pt. 2, pp. 1-15 (pp. 1393-1407 of the 
 series). 
 
 Masse (E.) L'Oraison Dominicale, vol. 5, pt. 2, pp. 16-20 (pp. 1408-1412 of the 
 series). 
 
 The edition of Paris, 1830, 2 vols., 8°, does not contain the above articles, 
 
 723 CIianal(Cflp^ Prosper). Vocabulaire de Tchinkitane Cote Nord- 
 Ouest de I'Am^rique a 57 degr^s de latitude Nord. 
 
 In Fleurleu (C. P. C.) Voyage autonr du Monde, vol. 1, pp. GSS-.'iOl. Piiris An. 
 vi-viii. 4'^. On pp. 284-286 of the same volnme are: Nnmerala (1-40) of the 
 Tchinkltan6, and of Qneeu Charlotte's Island, and a few remarks on the Tchinki- 
 tane? language. 
 
 ReprintM in vol. 1, pp. 380-384, and vol.2, pp.25&-267, of the English edition. 
 London, 1801. 2 vols. 8'^. 
 
CHAMPLAIN CHARENCEY. 145 
 
 724 Chapin(Bet). AlonzoB.) Glastenbury | for | Two Hundred Years : | 
 a I Centenuial Discourse, | May 18th. A. D. 1853. | With an Appen- 
 dix, I containing | Historical and Statistical Papers of Interest. | 
 By Eev. Alonzo B. Chapin, D. D. | Eector of St. Luke's Church, 
 [&c., 3 lines]. | [Quotation, 3 lines.] | 0. t. 
 
 Hartford: | Press of Case, Tiffany and Company. | 1853. | 
 252 pp. 8°. 
 
 "Indian History and Sale," pp. 9-25, giving tlie etymology and signification 
 of Indian names of places. 
 
 725 Chapin (Gol. O.) Vocabulary of the Sierra Blanco Apaches. 
 
 Manuscript. 1011. 4°. In the Library of the Bureau of Ethnology. Collected 
 in 18B7, at Camp Goodwin, Arizona. 
 
 726 Chappell {Lieut. Edward). Ifarrative | of a | Voyage | to | Hud- 
 son's Bay I in | His Majesty's Ship Eosamond | containing some" 
 accoaut of | the Korth-eastern Coast of America | and | of the 
 Trib3s I inhabiting | that remote region. | By | Lieut. Edward 
 Chappell, E. N. | [One line quotation.] | 
 
 London: | Printedfor J. Mawman, Ludgate Street: | By E. Watts, 
 Crown Court, Temple Bar. | 1817. | ba. c. 
 
 Gp.ll., 279 pp. 8°. map. 
 
 A short Esquimaux vocabulary (21 words) ,p. 116. Appendix F. "A vocabulary 
 of the language of the Cree or Knisteneaux Indians inhabiting the western shores 
 of Hudson's Bay. Presented to the Author by a Trader who had resided Thirty 
 Years in that country," pp. 256-279. 
 
 727 Chareneey (Hyacinthe de). De la parents de la langue japonaise 
 avec les idiomes tartares et am6ricains. 
 
 Paris: Challamel. 1858. • 
 
 8°. Kepublished from the Annales de philosophic chi^tienne. — Sabiii's Dic- 
 tionary. 
 
 728 Notice sur un Ancieu Manuscrit Mexicain dit Codex Telle 
 
 riano-Eemensis. [Signed H. de Chareneey.] * 
 
 In Revue Oiientale et Americaine, tome ii, pp. 215-219. Paris, 1859. 8°. 
 Title furnished by Mr. W. Eamos. Issued separately as follows: 
 
 729 l^otice sur un ancien manuscrit mexicain, dit Codex Telle- 
 
 riano-Eemensis. 
 
 Paris, Challamel, 1859. * 
 
 7 pp. 8°. 1 pi. Extract from the Eevue Orieutale et Americaine.— iec?e)-c. 
 
 730 Elements | de la | Grammaire Othomi | traduit de I'Es- 
 
 pagnol I accompagn^s d'une ISTotice d'Adelung sur cette langue | 
 traduite de I'Allemand | et suivie d'une | vocabulaire compare 
 Othomi-Chinois. | 
 
 Paris I Maisonneuve et C«, | Libraires-fiditeurs | a la Tour de 
 Babel. | 1863. | s. 
 
 Pp. 1-39. 8°. 
 
 731 Eecherches sur la famille de langues Tapijualapane-Mixe 
 
 (Mexiqup.) 
 
 Havre, Lepelletier, 1867. 
 15 pp. 8°. Title from Leclero. 
 10 Bib 
 
146 NOETH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS, 
 
 Charencey (Hyactnthe de) — continued. 
 
 732 Eecherches sur la famille de langues Am^ricaines Pirinda- 
 
 Othomi. 
 Paris, 1867. * 
 
 10 pp. 8°. Extract from the Annales de philosophie chr^tienne. — Leclero, 
 
 733 Des aflQnit^s de la langue Basque avec les Idiomes du S'ou- 
 
 veaa-Monde, Par M. H. De Charencey, Membre correspondant. o. 
 In Acad^mie Nationale des Sciences, Arts et Belles-Lettres de Caen, M^moires, 
 pp. 204-238. Caen; 1868. 8°. 
 Issued separately as follows : 
 
 734 Des aflEinites de la langue basque avec les idioines du Nou- 
 
 veau Monde. * 
 
 Caen, 1867. 
 37 pp. 8°. Not seen; title from the Dufoss^ Catalogue. 
 
 7.S5 Le Pronom Personnel | dans les Idiomes | de la Famille Ta- 
 
 pachulane-Huastfeque | par | M. H. De Charencey | Membre Corre- 
 spondant de l'Acad6mie imp6riale des Sciences, Arts | et Belles- 
 Lettres de Caen | [Vignette.] 
 
 Caen | Imprimerie de F. Le Blanc-Hardel | Eue Froide, 2 1 1868 1 Asa. 
 1 p. 1., 22 pp. 8°. Extr.ict from the M^moires de I'Acad^mie imp6riale des 
 Sciences, Arts et Belles-Lettres de Caen, for 1868. 
 
 736 Essai de d^chiffrement d'un fragment d'inscription palen- 
 
 qu^enne. * 
 
 In Soc. Philologique, actes, tome i. 1869-72. 
 
 Not seen; titlefromlistof contents of "Actes,'' etc. Separately issued as follows: 
 
 737 Essai de d^chiffrement d'un fragment d'inscription palen- 
 
 qa^enne. 
 
 Paris, 1870. * 
 
 15 pp. 8°. Not seen ; title from Maisonneuve Catalogue. 
 
 738 Notice | sur | quelques Families | de | Langues du Mexique 
 
 I Par H. De Charencey | 
 
 Havre | Imprimerie Lepelletier | 1870 | ASG. 
 
 39 pp. 8°. 
 
 Grammatio notes on the ChichimCque, pp. 1-23; Pirinda-Othomi, pp. 23-29; 
 Zoque-Mixe, pp. 29-33; Mam-Huastfeque, pp. 33-36; Californiennes, pp. 36-39. 
 
 739 Le Mythe | de Votan | Etude sur les origines asiatiques | de 
 
 la civilisation Am6ricaine | par | H. de Charencey. | 
 
 Alengon | Imprimerie de E. de Broise | Place d'armes. | 1871 | A. 
 
 3 p. 11., pp. 7-144. 8°. 
 
 Explanation of Maya and Quiche terms scattered through. 
 
 710 H. de Charencey. | Eecherches | sur les j Lois Phonetiques | 
 
 dans les | Idiomes de la | Famille Mame-Huastique. | 
 
 Paris. I Maisonneuve et Cie. | Libraires-Editeurs, 15 Quai Vol- 
 taire. I g. 
 1 p. 1., pp. 1-39. 8°. Extract from Revue de Linguistique. [1872.] 
 
 741 Essai d'analyse grammaticale d'un texte en langue Maya, 
 
 Par M. H. De Charencey, Membre correspondant. 
 
 In Academie Nationale des Sciences, Arts et Belles-Lettres de Caen. M^moires, 
 pp. 142-161. Caen, 1874. 8°. 
 
CHAEENCEY. 147 
 
 Charencey (Hyacintbe de) — continued. 
 
 742 Essai d'analyse graminaticale d'uu texte en laugue maya. 
 
 Caen, Le Blanc-Hardel, 1873. * 
 
 22 pp. 8°. Title from Leolerc's Supplement. 
 
 743 Essai d'Analyse G-rammaticale | d'un | Texte en Langue 
 
 Maya | Par H. De Obarencey | Membre Correspondant de la Soci6t6 
 Havraise | d'iStudes diverses | 
 
 Havre | Imprimerie Lepelletier | 1 875 | asg. 
 
 9 pp. 8°. 
 
 744 Essai de dechiifrement d'un fragment du manuscrit troano. 
 
 Paris, 1875, • 
 
 8°. Not seen; title from L<;roux's Catalogue, 1879. 
 
 745 Fragment de Olirestomathie | de la langne | Maya antique | 
 
 par I H. de Charencey | 
 
 Paris, Ernest Leroux, fiditeur | [etc., four lines] | 1875 | A. 
 
 Printed cover, title 1 1., pp. 3-8. 8°. 
 
 746 Etude sur la proph6tie en langue Maya d'Ahkuilchel. 
 
 Paris, 1876. 
 
 8°. Not seen ; title from Leroux's Catalogue. 
 
 747 Recherches sur le codex Troano. • 
 
 Paris, 1876. 
 
 8°. Not seen ; title from Dufoss6 Catalogue. 
 
 748 Melanges | sur | Dift'6rents Idiomes | de la | Nouvelle Es- 
 
 pagne | par H. de Charencey | 
 
 Paris I Ernest Leroux, fiditeur | [etc., four lines] | 1876 | A. DGB. 
 
 Printed cover, half-title 1 1., title 1 1., pp..'>-31. 8°. 
 
 Fragment de vocabulaire Cliiapaneque-Francais, pp. 6-11 ; S6rie des noma de 
 nombre dans les idiomes Tzendale, Zapotfeqne, Mixt&que, pp. 11-12; Fragment de 
 grammaire de la langue Qii<51fene, pp. 12-24 ; Melanges surla langue Cakgi, pp. 24t31. 
 
 749 Des Couleurs | consider^es comnie | Symboles des Points de 
 
 I'Horizon | chez les Peuples dn Nouveau-Monde | par | H. De Cha- 
 rencey I 
 
 Paris I Ernest Leroux, ;fiditeur | Libraire [&c., 5 lines] | 1877 | ASG. 
 2 p. 11., pp. 149-212, 1 1. 8°. From Actos do la Soci6t6 Philologique, tome vi, 
 no. 3, octobre 1876. 
 
 750 — : Les couleurs symboliques appliqu^es aux points de I'espace 
 
 chez les Am^ricaines. 
 
 Paris. 1877. * 
 
 8°. Title from Leronx Catalogue, 1879. 
 
 751 Chronologic | des | Ages ou Soleils | d'aprfes la Mythologie 
 
 Mexicaine I par I M. De Charencey | Membre Correspondant de 
 l'Ac^d6mie Nationale des Sciences | Arts et Belles-Lettres de Caen 
 
 I [Vignette.] 
 
 Caen | Imprimerie de F. Le Blanc-Uardel | Eue Froide, 2 et 4 | 
 187-8 I ASG. 
 
 29 pp. 8°. Extract from M^moires de I'Acad^mie de Caen. 
 
148 NOllTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Chareneey (Dyacinthe de) — continued. 
 
 752 Des | Animaux S.ymboliques | daus leur relation avec les 
 
 points de I'espace | cliez les Aiu6ricains | par | H. De Cliarencey | 
 Paris I Ernest Leroux,Editeur | Libraire[&c.,41ines] | 1878 | ASG. 
 19 pp. b°. 
 
 753 Etudes de paleograpliie am6ricaine. D($cliiffrement des 
 
 6critures calcaliformes ou Mayas. Le bas-relief de la croix de Paleu- 
 
 que et le MSS. Troano. 
 
 Alengon, De Broise, 1879. * 
 32 pp. 8*^. Not seon; litle from Leclerc's Supplement, 1H8I. 
 
 754 Des Expletives Nuuierales dans les Dialectes de la Famille 
 
 Maya-Quiche. ASG. 
 
 No title-page. 48 pp. 8°. Extract from the Revue de Linguist ique. [Paris, IBfcO.] 
 
 755 Des siffnes de numeration en maya. * 
 
 Alengon, De Broise, 1881. 
 
 7 pp. 8°. Title from the Leclerc Supplement. 
 
 Sec Cuoq (J. A.) 
 
 756 Charlevoix (Pierre Fran5ois Xavier de). Histoire | et Description 
 Generale | de la | Nouvelle France, | avec | le Journal Historique | 
 d'un Voyage fait par ordre da Eoi dans | I'Am^rique Septentrionale. | 
 Par le P. De Charlevoix, de la Compaguie de J6sus. | Tome Premier 
 [-Troisieme]. | 
 
 A Paris, | Chez Nyon Fils, Libraire, Quai des Augustins, a I'Occasion . | 
 M. DCC.XLIV [1744]. | Avec approbation et privilege du Eoi. | c. jcb. 
 
 :i vols. 4°. maps. The third volume has a different title-page, as follows: 
 Journal | d'un | Voyage | fait ])ar ordre du Eoi | dans | 
 L'Amerique Septentrionale ; | Adresse a Madame la Duchcssc | Dc 
 Lesdiguieres. | Par le P. De Charlevoix, de la Compagnie de J^sus. | 
 Tome Iroisieme. | 
 
 A Paris, | Chez Nyou Fils, Libraire, Quai des Augustius, i\ I'Oc- 
 casion. I M. DCC.XLIV [1744]. | Avec approbation et privilege du 
 Eoi. I c. JCB. 
 
 "Onzifeme Lettre'' contains, p. 189, a few remarks on the Huron language. 
 
 Sabin's Dictionary adds the following imprints: 
 
 + A Paris, chez Pierre Francois Giffart, rue Saint Jacques b, Sainte Therese. 
 M. DCC. XLIV. 3 vols. 4°. 
 
 + A Paris, chez la Veuve Ganeau, Libraire, rue S. Jacques, prfes la rue du 
 Piatre, aux Armes de Dombes. M. DCC. XLIV. Avec approbation et jiriviliSge 
 du Roi. 3 vols. 4°. 
 
 +AParis: chez Roliu Fils, Libraire. Quai des Augustins. MDCCXLIV. 3vols.4<^. 
 
 757 Histoire | et | Description G6n6rale | de la | Nouvelle 
 
 France, | avec | le Journal Historique | d'un Voyage fait par ordre 
 du Eoi I dans l'Am6rique Septentrionale. | Parle P. De Charlevoix, 
 de la Compagnie | de Jesiis. | Tome [&c.| | 
 
 A Paris, | Chez Pierre Fran ^'ois Gifiart, j rue Saint Jacques, a 
 Sainte Therese. | M DCC XLIV [1744]. | Avec Approbation &privi 
 l(5ge du Eoy. | • ba. jcb. 
 
 C vols. 12°. Vols. 5 and 6 have title-page as follows: 
 
CHAEENCEY I'HAEI.EVOIX. 149 
 
 Charlevoix (Pierre Fraugois Xavier de) — continued. 
 
 Journal | d'un | Voyage | fait par ordre dn Roi | dans | l'Ain6- 
 rique | Septentrio.inale; | addresse i\ Madame la Duchesse | de Le^i- 
 diguiercs. | Par le P. De Oliarlevoix, de la Compagnie | de J6sus. | 
 Tome [&c.] | 
 
 A Paris, | Obez Pierre-Francois Giffart, | rue Saint Jacques, a 
 Sainte Therese. | MDGCXLIV [1744]. | Avec Approbation & privi- 
 lege du Eoy. I BA. JOB , 
 
 Vol. V, Letter xii, contains, pp. 289-292, remarks ou tlie Huron language. 
 
 Sabin's Dictionary, and Leclerc's Bib. Am. add the following : 
 
 + Paris: Nyon. MDGCXLIV. 6 vols. 12°. 
 
 + Paris: Ganeau. MDGCXLIV. 6 vols. 12°. 
 
 + Paris: Didot. MDCGXLI.V. 6 vols. 12°. 
 
 + Paris: Didot. MDCCXLIX. 6 vols. 12°. 
 
 + Paris: Eolin fils. MDCCXLIX. 6 vols. 12°. 
 
 The "Journal d'un Voyage" h.is been reprinted in English, as follows: 
 
 758 Journal | of a | Voyage | to | North- America. | Undertaken 
 
 by Order of tbe | French King. | Containing | The Geographical De- 
 scription and Natural | History of that Country, particularly | Can- 
 ada. I Together with | An Account of the Customs, Cliaracters, | 
 Religion, Manners and Traditions | of the original Inhabitants. | In 
 a Scries of Letters to the Duchess of Lesdiguieres. | Translated 
 from the French of P. De Charlevoix. | In Two Volumes. | Vol. I 
 
 i-ii]- 1 
 
 London: | Printed for R. and J. Dodsley, in Pall Mall. | 
 MDCCLXI [1761]. I BA. 
 
 2 vols. 8°. 
 Eemarks on the Huron language, vol. 1, pp. 299-303. 
 
 759 Letters | to the [ Dutchess of Lesdiguieres ; | giving an Ac- 
 count of a I Voyage to Canada, | and | Travels through that vast 
 Conntry, | and | Louisiana, to the Gulf of Mexico. | Undertalien | By 
 Order of the present King of France | By Father Charlevoix. | 
 Being a more full and accurate De- | scription of Canada, and the 
 neigh- | bouring Countries than has been | before published; the 
 Character of I every Nation or Tribe in that vast | Tract being given; 
 their Religion, | Customs, Manners, Traditions, Go- | vernmeat, 
 Languages, and Towns; | the Trade carried on with them, | and at 
 what places; the Posts or | Forts, and Settlements, established | by 
 the French; the great Lakes, | Water Falls and Rivers, with the | 
 manner of navigating them; the | Mines, Fisheries, Plants, and 
 Ani- I mals of these Countries. | With reflections on the Mistakes 
 the I French have committed in carrying | on their Trade and Settle- 
 ments ; I and the most proper method of | proceeding pointed out. | 
 Including also an Account of the An- | thor's Shipwreck in the Chan- 
 nel of I Bahama, and Return in a Boat to | the Mississippi, along 
 the Coast of | the Gulf of Mexico, with his Voy- | age from thence to 
 St. Domingo, | and back to France. | 
 
150 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Charlevoix (Pierre Fran9ois Xavier de) — continued. 
 
 Printed for R. Goadby, and Sold by E. Baldwin in Pater- | Noster- 
 Eow, London, 1763. | BA. 0. JOB. 
 
 xvi, 384 pp. 8". map. Sabiu's Dictionary says some copies have the date 1764. 
 Remarks on the Huron and Algonkin Languages, pp. 120-124. 
 
 760 A I Yoyao-c | to | North-America: | Undertaken by Com- 
 mand of the present I King of France. | Containing | the Geographi- 
 cal Description and JSTatural History | of | Canada and Louisiana. | 
 With I The Customs, Manners, Trade and Eeligion | of the Inhabi- 
 tants ; a Description of the Lakes and | Rivers, with their Naviga- 
 tion and Manner of passing | the Great Cataracts. | By Father 
 Charlevoix. | Also, | A Descrijition .and Natural History of the 
 Islands in the | West Indies belonging to the different Powers of | 
 Europe. Illustrated with a number of curious Prints | and Maps 
 not iu any other Edition. | In two volumes. | 
 
 Dublin: | Printed for John Exshaw, and James Potts, in | Dame- 
 Street. I MDCCLXYI [1766]. | C. JOB. 
 2 vols. 8^. maps.' 
 Brief remarks on the Huron Language, ^ol. 1, pp. 163-166. 
 
 1 have seen several partial reprints of Charlevoix which do not contain the 
 linguistic matter. 
 
 761 Chase (Pliny Barle). On Certain Primitive Names of the Supreme 
 Being. 
 
 In Am. Philosoph. Soo. Proc, vol. 9, pp. 420-424. Philadelphia, 1869. 8°. 
 Terms used by the Algonkin, Cheyenne, Blackfeet, Cushna, Arapaho, Pawnee, 
 Crow, Iowa, and Assiuiboin. 
 
 762 On the Eadical Significance of Numerals. 
 
 In Am. PhUosopb. Soc. Proc, vol. 10, pp. 18-23. Philadelphia, 1869. 8°. 
 Examples in several Indian languages from Eiggs' Dakota Diet. ; Hayden's 
 Ethnology Missouri Tribes ; Gibbs' Chinook Jargon ; Rasle Abnaki Diet. 
 
 763 Chateaubriand (Viscount Fran§ois Auguste de). Atala, | Ren(5, | 
 Les Abencerages, | suivis du | Voyage en Am6rique, | par M. le Yi- 
 comte I de Chateaubriand. | 
 
 Paris, I LibrairedeFirminDidotFrferes, Fils et Cfe., | Imprimeurs 
 de I'Institut de France, | Rue Jacob, 56. | 1857. | s. 
 
 2 p. 11. pp. 1-52.5, 1 1. 12°. 
 
 Langues ludiennes (Algonkin and Huron), by Father Marcoux, pp. 400-409. 
 This article does not appear in other editions of the above work examined. 
 
 764 Chaumonot (Pierre Joseph Marie). LaYie | du | E. P. Pierre Joseph 
 Marie | Chaumonot, | De la Compagnie de J(5sus, | Missionnairedans 
 la Nouvelle France, | ecrite par lui-meme par ordre de son Su- 
 perieur, | Pan 1688. 
 
 Nouvelle York, | Isle de Mauate, | a la Presse Cramoisy de Jean- 
 Marie Shea. I M. DCCC. LYIII [1858]. | ba. s. 
 
 Pp. 1-108. 16°. 
 
 Voeu a la Sainte Vierge dc la nation des Hnrons en langue Huronne, euvoy6 an 
 chapitre de Cbartres en 1678. 
 
CHARLEVOIX — CHEROKEE. 151 
 
 Chaumonot (Pierre Joseph Marie) — continued. 
 
 The above work was translatefl by Mr. Shea and printed by Munsell, of Albany, 
 from a manuscript in the Hotel Dieu, Quebec. The original of the Huron letter 
 belongs to M. Doublet de Borsthibault, and a French translation of it is given in 
 his "Les Voeux des Hurons et des Abnaquia h Notre Dame de Chartres." 
 
 765 Grammar of the Huron Language, by a Missionary of the 
 
 Village of Huron Indians at Lorette, near Quebec, found amongst 
 the papers of the Mission, and Translated from the Latin, b.y Mr. 
 John Wilkie. 
 
 In Quebec Lit. and Hist. Soc. Trans., vol. 2, pp. 94-198. Quebec, 1831. 8°. 
 
 He has written a grammar, a dictionary, and a catechism in the Huron lan- 
 guage. These three works still exist in manuscript, the first has been translated 
 into English by John Wilkie and printed. — Ltolerc. 
 
 766 Chavero (Alfredo). La Piedra del Sol. 
 
 In Museo Nacional de Mexico, Anales, tomo 1, pp. 353-386. Mexico, 1877; 
 and in tomo 2, pp. 3-46, 128-130. Mexico, 1880. 4°. 
 
 767 L. J. 0. & M. J. I Chemin de la Oroix | et autres Prieres | a I'usage 
 des sauvages des postes d'Alba- | ny, Savern, Martin's Falls, (Baie ( 
 d'Hudson). [3 lines syllabic characters.] 
 
 Montreal: | Imprimerie de Louis Perrault. | 1856. | s. 
 
 Pp. 1-63. 32°. 
 
 768 Cherokee. [Two lines Cherokee characters.] | 1836. | Cherokee Al- 
 manac I For the year of our Lord | 1836. | Calculations copied from 
 the Temperance Almanac as adapted | to the latitude of Charles- 
 ton. I [Design.] [Bight Ijnes Cherokee; double column.] 
 
 Union : [ Mission Press : | John F. Wheeler, Printer. | [n. d.] [One 
 line in Cherokee characters.] BA. ABC. 
 
 Pp. 1-16. 16°. In Cherokee characters. 
 The issue of 1854 mentions one of 1837; I have seen no copy of it. 
 
 769 [Two lines Cherokee characters.] | Cherokee Almanac | For 
 
 the year of our Lord | 1838. | Fitted to the Meridian of Fort Gibson. | 
 [Eight lines Cherokee characters ; four lines English verse.] 
 
 Park Hill : j Mission Press, John F. Wheeler, Printer. | [One line 
 Cherokee characters.] | 1837. j abc. 
 
 Pp. 1-24. 16°. In Cherokee characters. 
 
 770 [Two lines Cherokee characters.] Cherokee almanac | For 
 
 the year of our Lord | 1839. | [Three lines Gen. 8, 22, and three lines 
 Cherokee characters.] 
 
 Park Hill: | Mission Press, John F. Wheeler, Printer. | [One line 
 Cherokee characters.] | [n. d.] ABO. 
 
 Pp. 1-31. 16^\ In Cherokee characters. 
 
 I have seen the Cherokee Almanac, with but slight change of title, for the 
 years 1840, 1842, 1844, 1846, 1847, 1848, 1849, 1850, 1851, aud 1852. 
 
 771 [Two lines Cherokee characters.] | 1853. | Cherokee Alma- 
 nac I For the year of our Lord | 1853. | [Three lines Cherokee charac- 
 ters, and two lines English, Gen. 8, 22.] 
 
]62 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Cherokee — continued. 
 
 Park Hill: | Mission Press, Edwin Archer, Printer. | [One line 
 Cherokee characters.] [n. d.] ^'^^• 
 
 Pp. 1-36. 16°. In Cherokee characters. 
 
 772 [Two lines Cherokee characters.] | 1854. | Cherokee Alma- 
 nac I 1854. I Calculated for the Cherokee Nation, Lat. 38° 50' K Lon. 
 950 7' w. I [Three lines Cherokee characters, and two lines English, 
 Gen. 8, 22.] For a part of the calculations in this Almanac we are 
 indebted to the | kindness of Benjamin Greenleaf, A. M., author of 
 "Kational | Arithmetic", "Practical Algebra", &c, | 
 
 Park Hill: | Mission Press, Edwin Archer, Printer. [One line 
 Cherokee characters.] [n. d.] ABO. 
 
 Pp. 1-36. 16°. In Cherokee characters. 
 
 773 [Two lines Cherokee characters.] | 1855. | Cherokee Almanac 
 
 1855. I [Three lines Cherokee characters, and two lines English, Gen. 
 8, 22.] Calculated by Benjamin Greenleaf, A. M., Author of "Na- 
 tional I Arithmetic", " Practical Algebra", &c., for the Latitude | 
 and Longitude of Tallequah, Cherokee Nation. | 
 
 Park Hill: | Mission Press, Edwin Archer, Printer. | [One line 
 Cherokee characters.] [n. d.] ABC. 
 
 Pp. 1-36. 16°. In Cherokee characters. For the j'ears 1856, 1857, 1858, 1859, 
 1860, 1861 the almanac appears with no change of title except in the date. 
 
 Cherokee Advocate. 
 
 See Ross (W. P.), Editor. 
 
 774 Cherokee Alphabet. Cherokee Baptist Mission Press: H. 
 
 Upham, Printer. * 
 
 1 sheet folio. Title from Ludewig, p. 38. 
 
 775 Cherokee Alphabet, j ABC. 
 
 No imprint. 1 p. 4°. 
 
 Includes, also, Lord's Prayer in Cherokee characters and " Interpretation, with, 
 pronunciation according to the alphabet." 
 
 776 Cherokee Alphabet. | 
 
 Pendleton's Lithography, Boston. | jwp. 
 
 1 1. large 4°. Lithographed for the Am. Board of Com. for Foreign Missions. 
 
 777 Cherokee Alphabet. | Characters as arranged by the inven- 
 tor. I BA. 
 
 No title-page. One sheet. 4°. 
 
 778 [Cherokee Alphabet, characters, sounds, systematic arrange- 
 ment, &c.] LSH. 
 
 In Missionary Herald, vol. 24, pp. 162-163. Boston, n. d. 8°. 
 
 Cherokee Messenger. 
 
 See Jones {Sev. Evan), Editor. 
 
 Cherokee Phoenix. 
 
 See Boudmot (Elias), Editor. 
 
^^ ma. 
 
 
 
 a 
 
 Kife- 
 
 JrZitz 
 
 fwo. 
 
 AfO, 
 
 yj'co 
 
 Whe 
 
 a 
 
 M-Atie 
 
 'que 
 
 "•tfe 
 
 zS'e 
 
 
 m/3-fn 
 
 M. n 
 
 MM.1U, 
 iW qui 
 
 I isi 
 
 mo 
 
 7U> 
 
 Z 
 J. 
 
 A JO 
 
 j\jo 
 
 K 
 
 tlo 
 
 tsa 
 
 wo 
 
 €1 
 
 is 
 
 ^«» 
 
 J"« 
 
 
 
 gv 
 
 W 
 
 R 
 
 P 
 
 6 
 B 
 
 nv 
 
 qilV 
 
 Sir 
 
 dv 
 
 tLv 
 
 tsv 
 
 WW 
 
 Sounds represented bjvowels. 
 
 rt. as a -in ^ther or sfwrtfis a in rwoL 
 A as a tn hjite or short as e ul -met 
 i as i in. jrique or short as i in. pit 
 
 (^ as tm in. Imv or short as o irmot 
 a as no tjt fiol or sTu>rtas « in pull 
 V as It in tut , nasahked^ 
 
 CoTisonant Sounds. 
 ^ nmr^- as in^vgli^h, bat apprvachinff lok..d, Tieariy as in Eru/lish tutof^froacking tft.^luh Itwjv. q,s. I. w.y, asmJvgllsJv. 
 Syllables Veffirmiry iriffi^, excepts TiOfe sometimes ^ power (fk, A.s.s^ are sometimes sotmded.'io, in., tv; cmA syllai>les vritteninffcll, 
 
 eXfCfpt H. sometimes -vtijiy to dl . 
 
 'Jviditiffa't Ziihoanpfig.'Bastmui 
 
 
 776,— FAC-SIMILE OF CHEROKEE ALPHABET; REDUCED ONE-HALF. 
 
CHEROKEE CHILD's. 153 
 
 Cherokee — continued. 
 
 779 [Two lines Cherokee characters.] | Cherokee Primer. | 
 
 Park Hill: | Mission Press, John Candy, Printer. | [One line 
 Cherokee characters.] | 1840. | c. 
 
 24 pp. 24°. In Cherokee characters. 
 
 780 [Two lines Cherokee characters.] | Cherokee Primer. | 
 
 Park Hill: | Mission Press, John Candy, Printer. | [One line 
 Cherokee characters.] | 1846. | ba. 
 
 . 24 pp. 24°. In Cherotee characters. 
 
 781 [One line Cherokee characters.] j The Cherokee Singing 
 
 Book. I 
 
 Printed for the | American Board of Commissioners for Foreign 
 Missions, | by Alonzo P. Kenrick, j at C. Hickling's ofifice, 20 Dev- 
 onshire Street, Boston, Mass. | 1846. | ba. gb. 
 
 Pp. 1-86, 11., index, oblong 8°. 
 
 An ordinary school singing-book, the first sixteen pages containing instruc- 
 tions in music, the remainder hymns set to music, the words in Cherokee. 
 
 782 Cherokee or Tseloge Vocabulary. 
 
 Manuscript. 3 11. folio. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. 
 
 783 Chever (Edward E.) Vocabulary of familiar words used by the In- 
 dians of California. By Edward E. Chever. 
 
 In Essex Inst. Bull., vol. 2, pp. 65-66. Salem, Mass., 1871. 8°. 
 
 784 The Indians of California. By Edward E. Chever. 
 
 In Am. Naturalist, vol. 4, pp. 129-148. Salem, Mass., 1871. 8°. 
 Numerals, 1-12, of the California Indians, p. 144. 
 
 785 Chew (William). Vocabulary of the Tuscarora, from William 
 Chew, written out and transmitted by the Eev. Gilbert Eockwood. 
 
 In Schoolcraft (H. E.) Report to the Secretary of State, pp. 251-258. New 
 York, 1846. 8°. This work issued also under the title "Notes on the Iroquois." 
 New York, 1846. 8°. Vocabulary, pp. 251-2.'i8. Reissued, enlarged, "Notes on 
 the Iroquois." New York, 1847. 8°. Vocabulary, pp. 393-400. 
 
 786 Child's. The | Child's Book j on | the creation. | Flla I Holisso | 
 Nana Moma Toba Tok A Nan Anoli Ka, | Eev. C. A. Goodrich vt 
 ho]i.ssochi tok a, | Yuskololit Chahta im anumpa a toshowi?t fohka 
 hoke. I Second Edition revised. | 
 
 Park Hill, Cherokee Nation : | Mission Press, John Candy and John 
 F. Wheeler, Printers. | 1845. | ba. 
 
 Pp. 1-14. 12°. 
 First ed., 1839, 14 pp. — Byington'a Manuscript Dictionary. 
 
 787 The Child's Book on the Creation, [and other stories.] 
 
 Park Hill, Cherokee nation: Mission Press: John Candy and 
 
 John F. Wheeler, Printers 1845. BA. 
 
 Pp. 1-159, 1 1., contents. 12°. 
 
 This little volume is made up of fourteen separate articles in Choctaw, most of 
 them with separate pagination, but only a few of them with title-pages. The 
 
154 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Child's — continued. 
 
 following are the titles, the Eaglisli translation having been taken from the 
 "Contents" when not given in the heading of the article: 
 
 I. The Child's Book of Creation, 2d ed., pp. 1-14. 
 
 II. Bible Stories, 2d ed., pp. l--'4. 
 
 III. The New Birth, Atuklant Vita, (no title-page), pp. 1-16. 
 
 IV. Hatak Yoshnba, Sinners in the hands of an angry God, pp. 1-25. 
 
 V. Chihowa [God], (no title-page), pp. 26-28. 
 
 VI. I will give Liberally, Na Yukpa, (half title), pp. 1-16. 
 
 VII. Chitokaka I Ntak [The Lord's Day], (no title-page), pp. 1-4. 
 
 VIII. Salvation by Jesus Christ, Cbisvs Kilarst, (no title-page), pp. 1-6. 
 
 IX. Representation by the Holy Spirit, Himoua Vita, (no title-page), pp. 7-13. 
 
 X. Repentance necessary to Salvation, Ilekostinichi, (no title-page), pp. 13-18. 
 
 XI. The Resurrection, Hatak illi, (no title-page), pp. 18-28. 
 
 XII. Ai-yiramika [Salvation by Faith], (no title-page), pp. 1-13. 
 
 XIII. How do we know there is a God ? Chahowa hvt asha ka, (no title-page), 
 pp. 13-20. 
 
 XIV. Haksichika, Fraud exposed and detected, (no title-page), pp. 1-9. 
 
 788 Child's Book on the Soul ; in the Choctaw Language. 
 
 1840. * 
 
 16 pp. Not seen ; title from Byington's Manuscript Dictionary. 
 
 789 Chimalpain (D. Domingo). Cronica de M^gico desde el ano 1068 
 hasta el de 1597 de' la Bra vulgar. * 
 
 790 Apuntamientos de sucesos desde 1064 hasta 1621. * 
 
 791 Relaciones originales de los Eeynos de Acolhuacdn, Megico 
 
 y otras Pfovincias desde muy reraotos tiempos. * 
 
 792 Eelacion de la Conquista de Megico par los Espanoles. " 
 
 These manuscripts and original works in the Nahuatl or Mexican language were 
 in the possession of D. Cilrlos Sigiienza y G6ngora, who lent them to the P. Fr. 
 Augustin Betancur as the latter admits in his Teatro megicano. Sigiienza placed 
 them with other very valuable manuscripts in the College of S. Pedro y S. Pabio 
 de los Jesuitas de Mexico where they were copied by Boturini. I have seen in the 
 College of S. Gregorio of the said capital various loose quadernos of Chimalpain. — 
 JBeristain. 
 
 793 Compendio de la Historia Mexicana. Escrito por D. Do- 
 mingo de S. Anton. Munoz Chimalpain, Quanhatchuarritzin Indio 
 Cacique Maestro qui fue de Estudios, en Lengua Mexicano. * 
 
 Manuscript XVII. cent. 4°. This curious manuscript contains a compendious 
 History of Mexico, from 1064 to 1526, in the Mexican language. The author was 
 a descendant of the Ancient Kings of Mexico. — Fisnher. 
 
 Chimalpopoca Galicia (Paustino). 
 See Galicia (Faustino Chimalpopoca). 
 
 794 Chinook. The Chinook Jargon and English and French Equiva- 
 lent Forms. 
 
 In Steamer BuUetin, San Francisco, June 21, 1858. 
 Unarranged vocabulary of 354 words and phrases. 
 
 Title from Gibbs^s Chinook Jargon Bibliography. For other editions see Com- 
 plete; and Dictionary. 
 
child's — CISNEEOS. 155 
 
 795 Chippeway Vocabulary. • 
 
 Manuscript of the last century, important and unpublished. It comprises 75 
 pp. in 2 columns 4°. — Leclerc. 
 
 796 Chitokaka I Mtak Holitopa IsLt Anumpa. 
 
 [No imprint. Park Hill, Cherokee Nation : Mission Press, John 
 Candy and John F. Wheeler, Printers. 1845.] ba. 
 
 4 pp. 12°. Tbe Lord's Day ; in the Choctaw language. 
 
 797 Choctaw. The Choctaw Girl. Written for the American Sunday 
 School Union. 
 
 PMladelpMa, [n. d.] * 
 
 16 pp. 18°. Title from Sabin's Dictionary. 
 
 Chromtschenko (V. S.) 
 See Khromcbenko CV. S.I 
 
 798 Chronicles of the North Americau Savages. May, 1835-Sep., 1835. c. 
 
 No title-page, pp. 1-80. &°. 
 
 A periodical of sixteen pages, the collation of which I have taken from Field. 
 I have seen four numbers, June, 1835-Sept., 1835 (pp. 17-80), in the Library of 
 Congress, but am unable to say whether its publication ceased with the latter 
 number. The linguistic contents of these numbers are as follows: 
 
 James (E.) Essay on the Chippewa Language, pp. 73-80. 
 I Vocabulary of the Saw-kee and Mus-qnaw-ke Indian Tongue; continued 
 
 from page 12, pp. 46-48. 
 
 Vocabtilary of the Saw-kee and Mus-quaw-ke Indian Tongue; continued from 
 page 48, p. 80. 
 
 799 Church Litany of the United Brethren, in the Cherokee language. 
 1830. * 
 
 12 pp. Not seen ; title from the Missionary Herald, 1833. 
 
 800 Chute (James Andrew). Vocabulary of the Delawares of Missouri. 
 
 In Maine Hist. Soo. Coll., vol. 4, pp. 115-117. Portland, 1856. 8°. Included iu 
 an article by Willis (W.) Language of the Abnaquis. 
 
 See Lykins (J.) and Chute (J. A.) 
 
 801 Cipriano (Fr. Salvador). Libro de los Idolos de la Provincia de 
 Zacapula. * 
 
 Written in the language of that country. The author sent it to Fr. Antonio 
 Remesal and then to Fr. Juan Aillon in order to have it translated into Spanish. — 
 Biristain. 
 
 802 Historia de la entrada de los Espaiioles en Zacapula. * 
 
 Manuscript. 
 
 803 Hechos de los PP. Fr. Luis Cancer, Fr. Bartolom6 de las 
 
 Casas, y Fr. Pedro Angulo en la predicacion del Evangelio. * 
 
 Manuscript. Although these two works wore united to the iirst book, Libro 
 de los Idolos, it U doubtful whether they were written in the Zacapula language. 
 It is also doubtful whether the title is de los Idolos or de los Indios, since Leon 
 Piuelo in one place says the one and in another, the other. — Bcrisiain. 
 
 804 Cisneros {Fr. Garcia). Sermones compuestos en Lengua Megicana. 
 
 Torquemada, Betancur, Pinelo, D. Nicolas Antonio, Wadingo, and the Biblio- 
 teca Franciscana mention this. — Beristain. *• 
 
156 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 805 Ciudad Eeal (D. ABtonio). Serniones cle Santos en Lengua Maya. 
 
 Manuscript. 4". Title from Beristain. 
 
 806 Gran Diccionario, 6 Calepino de la Lengua Maya de Yucatan. 
 
 Manuscript, C vols, folio. 
 
 It existed, accoriling to Dr. Nicolils Antonio, in tbe Libreria del Dnque del In- 
 fantado ; part of the original is also preserved in the Convent of Yucatan. It cost 
 the author, says Cogolludo, twenty years of labor. — Beristain. 
 
 Celebrated for his learning, the Maya language found in Fr. Antonio de Ciudad- 
 Real its greatest ornament. He dedicated himself to the study, cultivated llterji- 
 ture in this language, and wrote a large Maya-Spanish or Spanish-Maya Diction- 
 ary, and the Calepino de la lengua Maya, in six volumes, more than a thousand 
 two hundred folds in substance, in which laborious and delicate undertaking he 
 spent piany years of continuous toil and study. He wrote in the same language 
 a Curso practico de oratoria sagrada de los santos y feJtivadades de iodo d auo, and 
 besides these works in the Yucatec idiom, he wrote in Spanish, while secretary 
 to the fifteenth comissario-general of New Spain, a work entitled Tratado de las 
 grandezas de la Xuwa Espana. 
 
 The historian of Yucatan, Lopez Cogolludo, has immortalized, as it deserves, 
 the name of Fr. Antonio de Ciudad-Real, by simply stating his learned labor.s in 
 the Maya language. He says of him: "He knew the language of these Indians 
 [of Yucatan] so thoroughly as to bo the greatest master of it which this country 
 has ever known. As such he preached, taught, and wrote, veith great eloquence, 
 sermons for the Saints' days and for the whole year. He not only made Vocabu- 
 laries, one of which begins with Spanish and the other with the native language, 
 but he composCil a work, so remarkable for its extent, as to be designated Cale- 
 pino de la lengna Maya. It is in six volumes, of two hundred folds of writing cacli, 
 and by means of it many difficulties which present themselves in the native lan- 
 guage are explained. It contains all that can be desired on the subject of the 
 different modes of speech, which are almost innumerable, and it is so copious that 
 not one word will be found wanting. It was an occup.ation that cost more than 
 forty years of labor, and .as the idiom, though peculiar to this province, is geueral 
 in others, the work was, without doubt, one of the most celebrated given to the 
 world in these realms." — Carillo. 
 
 807 Claesse (Lawrence). The | Morning and Evening Prayer, | Tlio | 
 Litany, | Church Catechism, | Family Prayers, | And | Several 
 Chapters of the Old and New-Testament, | Translated into the Ma 
 haque Indian Language, | By La\vrence Claesse, Interpreter to 
 William | Andrews, Missionary to the Indians, from the | Ilonoura- 
 ble and Keverend the Society for the Propogation | of the Gospel in 
 Foreign Parts. | Ask of me, and I will give thee the Heathen for 
 thine Inheritance | and the Utmost Parts of the Earth for thy Pos- 
 session, Psalm I -i. 8. I 
 
 Printed by William Bradford in IN'ew York, 1715. | 
 
 Second title : 
 
 Ne I Orhoengene neoni Yogaraskhagh | Yondereanayen- 
 daghkwa, | JSTe | Ene Niyoh Itaodeweyena, | Onoghsadogeaghtige 
 Yondadderighwanon- | doentha, | Siyagonnoghsode, Enyondereana- 
 yendagh- | kwagge, | Yotkade Kapitelhogough ne Karighwadagh- 
 kwe- I agh Agayea neoni Ase Testament, neoni Niyadegari- | wagge, 
 ne Kanninggahoga-Siniye wenoteagh. | Tehoenwenadenyough Law- 
 rance Claesse; Eowenagaradatsk | William Andrews, Ilonwa.nha- 
 
CIUDAD REAL — CLARK. 157 
 
 Claesse (Lawrence) — continued. 
 
 ugh Ongwehoenwighne. | Eodirighhoeni Eaddijadaiiorough neoni- 
 Ahoenwadi- | gonuyosthagge Thoderighwawaakliogk ne Wahooui | 
 Agarighhowanba Niyoh Eaodeweyena Myadegogli- | whenjage. | 
 Eghfeeraggwas Bghtjeeagh ne ong-wehoonvve, neoni ne | siyodogli- 
 whenjoolitannighhoegh etho ahadyeandough. | nyhs. 
 
 English title, yerso blank, 1 1; Mohawk title., verso blank, 1 ]., pp. 1-115, verso 
 of p. 115 blank, sm. 4°. The Church Catechism, a Morning Prayer for Masters and 
 Scholars, Kvening Prayers, etc., etc., pp. 1-21. 
 
 The only copy I have seen, that in the library of the N. Y. Historical Society, 
 is minus the English title, which I have supplied from Sabin's Dictionary, and 
 also his note, as follows : 
 
 " This interesting volume is a fine specimen of Bradford's printing; and the 
 impressions having been chiefly distributed among, the Indians, and by them de- 
 stroyed, it has become a book of almost matchless rarity. It is the earliest Book 
 of Common Prayer in any tongue in this country. Mr. Claesse is said to be the 
 translator, but the greater portioa of it was prepared, some years previopsly, by 
 a Mr. Freeman, a Calvinist minister at Schenectady, N. Y. In the 'Hist. Mag.,' 
 i, 14, it is said to bo without date or imprint, which is an error, the copy de- 
 scribed being imperfect. Some interesting particulars concerning this work will 
 be found in Humphrey's ' Historical Account of the Soc. for Prop, the Gospel,' 
 c. xi; Hawkin's 'Notes'; O'Callaghan's 'List of Bibles,' &c." 
 
 For other editions see Book of Common Prayer, 1787 ; Morning and Evening 
 Prayer, 1763; Andrews, Barclay and Ogilvie, 1769; Clause (D.), 1780; Nelles and 
 Hill, 1842; Williams (Eleazer), 1853, 1867, and 1875. 
 
 808 Clara y sucinta exposicion | del | Pequeno Oatecismo | impreso en 
 el idioma Mexican© | siguieudo el orden mismo preguntas y respu- 
 estas I Para la mejor instruccion de los feligreses | Indies, y de los 
 que coinieuzan a aprender- 1 dicho idioma. | Por un Sacredote devoto 
 de la Madre San- | tisima de la Luz, bajo cuyo amparo la pone, | y 4 
 ciiya lionra la dedica. | Y a beneficio de la gente ijobre se expeuder 
 & I dos reales cad'a exemplar. | Con las licencias necessarias. | 
 
 Puebla. I Oflcina del Oratorio de S. Felipe IST^ri. | 1819. | job. 
 
 3 p. 11., 11. 1-67. 16°. 
 
 809 Clare (James E.) Terms of Eelationship of the Eskimo, West of 
 Huds'on's Bay, collected by James E. Clare, York Factory, Hudson's 
 BayTy. 
 
 In Morgan (L. H.) Systems of consanguinity and affinity, pp. 293-382. Wash- 
 ington, 1871. 4". 
 
 810 Clark (Joshua V.H.) Onondaga; | or | Eeminiscences | of | Earlier 
 and Later Times; |. being a series of historical sketches relative to 
 Onondaga; with | notes on the several towns in the county, | and | 
 Oswego. I By Joshua V. H. Clark, A. M. | Corresponding Member of 
 the New York Historical Society. | In two volumes. | Vol I [II]. | 
 
 Syracuse: | Stoddard and Babcock. | 1849. | . BA. c. 
 
 2 vols. 8°. 
 
 Vol. 1, Chapter 10, Reminiscences, pp. 322-326, gives a list of aboriginal names 
 of lakes, streams, and localities in Onondaga County, N. Y., and vicinity, with 
 English signification. 
 
158 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 811 Clark (W. G.) Vocabulary of the Modoc of Southern Oregon. 
 
 Manuscript. 12 pp. 4^. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. It waB col- 
 lected in 1878 at Yaneks, and is recorded in a copy of the first edition of the Intro- 
 duction to the Study of Indian Languages. 
 
 812 Clarke (Hyde). Tlesearches | in | Prehistoric and Protohistoric | 
 Comparative Philology, | Mythology and Archaeology, | in connec- 
 tion with the I Origin of Culture in America | and the | Accad or 
 Sumerian FamiUes, | by | Hyde Clarke, | Member of [&c., three 
 lines] . I 
 
 London: | Published by N. Trubner & Co., | 57 & 59, Ludgate 
 Hill, B. C. I 1875. I (Copyright reserved.) | HU. c. 
 
 Pp. i-xi, 1-74. 8°. 
 
 813 The I Khita and Khita-Peruvian | Epoch: | Khita, Hamath, 
 
 Hittite, Canaanite, | Etruscan, Peruvian, Mexican, etc. | By | Hyde 
 Clarke, | P. E. Hist. Soc. ; [&c., eight lines]. | 
 
 London : | N. Trubner & Co., 57 and 59 Ludgate Hill, E. C. | 
 1877. I WJH. 
 
 Pp. i-vii, 1-88. 8°. 
 
 Mexican, Maya, Othomi, Misteca, Huastec, Poconchi, Tarahumara, and Cora 
 words, names of towns, rivers, lakes, &c. 
 
 814 Les origiues des langues, de la mythologie et de la civilisa- 
 tion de I'Amerique, dans I'Ancien Monde. 
 
 In Congr^s Int. des Ameiicanistes. Compte-rendn, seconde session, tome 1, 
 pp. 158-169. Luxembourg and Paris, 1878. 8°. 
 
 815 Clarkson (Matthew). Words in the Osage Language. 
 
 In Schoolcraft (H. E.) Indian Tribes, vol. 4, p. 275. Philadelphia, 1854. 4°. 
 
 81G Claus (Daniel). The Order | For Morning and Evening Prayer, | 
 And Administration of the | Sacraments, | and some other | Offices 
 of the Church | Of England, | Together .with | A Collection of 
 Prayers, and some Sentences of the Holy | Scriptures, necessary for 
 Knowledge and Practice. | NeYakawea. | Niyadewighniserage Yon- 
 dereanayendakhkwa Orhoenkene | neoui Yogarask-ha Oghserag- 
 wegouh; | Ne oni Yakawea, | Orighwadogeaghti Youdatnekos- 
 seraghs, | Tokarighwageahhadont, ( Neoni oya Aderednayent ne 
 Onoghsadogeaghtige, | Oni | Ne Watkeanissa-aghtouh odd'yako 
 Adereanaiyent ueoni tsi niyoght-hare ne Kaghyadoghseradogeaghti 
 ne wahoeni | Ayakoderi^ndarake neoni Ahondatterihhoninie. | The 
 Third edition. Formerly collected and translated into the Mohawk 
 or Iroquois Lan- | guage, under the direction of the Missionaries 
 fiom the Venerable | Society for the Propagation of the Gosp< 1 in 
 foreign Parts, to the | Mohawk Indians. | Published | By Order of 
 His Excellency Frederick Haldimand, | Captain-general and Com- 
 mander in Chief of all His Majesty's | Forces in the Province of Que- 
 bec, and its Dependencies, and | Governor of the same, &c., &c., 
 «&c. I Eevised with Corrections and Additions by | Daniel Claus, 
 
CLARK CLAVIGEEO. 159 
 
 Esq., P. T. Agent, | For the Six Xation Indians in the Province of 
 Quebec. | 
 
 [Quebec] Printed in the Year, M. DOO. LXXX [1780]. | gb. 
 
 Title, 1 1. Advertisement and Contents, 2 11., verso of second blank. Text, pp. 
 1-208. 12°. 
 
 "As the number then printed was small, and some of the copies were unfor- 
 tunately lost, another impression became necessary." — Preface to London edition of 
 1787. 
 
 For other editions of the Mohawk Book of Common Prayer, see Claesse (L.), 
 1715, and note thereto. 
 
 817 Clavigero (D. Francesco Saverio). Sfcoria Antica | del Messico | 
 cavata da' migliori Storici spagnuoli, | e da' manoscritti, e dalle pit- 
 ture antiche degl' Indiani: | divisa in dieci libri, | e corredata di 
 carte geograflche, | edivarie figure: | e | dissertazioni | Sulla Terra, 
 sugli Aniinali, e sugli abitatori del Messico. j Opera | dell' Abate | 
 D. Francesco Saverio | Clavigero j Tomo I [-IV]. [ [Design.] 
 
 In Cesena M DCCL XXX [1780]. | Per (Jregorio Biasini all' In- 
 segna di Pallade | Con Licenza de' Superiori. | ba. 0. job. 
 
 4 vols. 4°. maps. 
 
 Sn la lengua Messicana, vol. iv, pp. 240-247. 
 
 818 The I History | of | Mexico. | Collected from ( Spanish and 
 
 Mexican Historians, | from.| Manuscripts, and Ancient Paintings of 
 the Indians. | Illustrated by | Charts, and other Copper Plates. ( To 
 which are added, | Critical Dissertations | on the | Land, | the Ani- 
 mals, and Inhabitants of Mexico. | By Abb6 D. Francesco Saverio 
 Clavigero. | Translated from the Original Italian, | By Charles Cul- 
 len, Esq. | In Two Volumes. | Vol. I [-II]. | 
 
 London, | Printed for G. G. J. and J. Eobinson, No. 25, Pater-nos- 
 ter Bow. | M DCC L XXXVII [1787]. | c. BA. 
 
 2 vols. 4°. maps. 
 Of the languages of the Americans, vol. 2, pp. 394-400. 
 
 819 Geschichte | von | Mexico | aus | spanischen und mexicani- 
 
 schen Geschicht- | schreiben, Handschriften und Ge- | maiden der 
 Indianer ( zusammengetragen | unddurchChartenundKupferstiche 
 erlautert | nebst einigen critischen Abhandlungen | iiber die | Be- 
 schaffenheit des Laiides, der Thiere und Ein- | wohner von Mexico. | 
 Aus dem Italienischen | des Abts D. Franz Xaver Clavigero | 
 durch I den Ritter Carl CuUen ins Englische, j und aus diesem ins 
 Teutsche iibersetzt. | 
 
 Leipzig, I im Schwickertschen Verlage. | 1789 [-1790]. | JOB. 
 2 vols. 8°. map. Linguistics, vol. 1, pp. 269-273. 
 
 820 -^ The | History | of | Mexico. | Collected from | Spanish and 
 
 Mexican historians, | from | manuscripts and ancient paintings of 
 the Indians. | Illustrated by | charts, and other copper plates. | To 
 which are added, | critical dissertations | on the | land, the animals, 
 and inhabitants of Mexico. | By Abb6 D. Francesco Saverio Clavi- 
 
160 NORTH AMEEICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Clavigero (D. Francesco Saverio) — coutinued. 
 
 gero. I Translated from the original Italian, | By Charles Cullen, 
 Esq. I The second edition. | In two volumes. | Vol. I [II]. | 
 
 London: | printed for J. Johnson, St. Paul's Churchyard, | by 
 Joyce Gold, Shoe Lane. | 1807. | 0. 
 
 2 vols. 4°. 
 
 Of the languages of tbe Americans, vol. 2, pp. 394-400. 
 
 Sabin's Dictionary mentions an edition: Eichmond, 1806, 3 vols. 8°. 
 
 821 The I History | of | Mexico. | Collected from | Spanish and 
 
 Mexican Historians, | from manuscripts, and | ancient paintings of 
 the Indians: | Together with the | Conquest of Mexico | by | the 
 Spaniards, | illustrated by engravings. | With critical disserta- 
 tions I on the I land, animals, and inhabitants of Mexico. | By Abbe 
 D. Francesco Saverio Clavigero. | Translated from the Original Ital 
 ian, I by Charls Cullen, Esq. | In three volumes. | Vol.1 [-HIJ. | 
 
 Philadelphia: | Published by Thomas Dobson, at the Stone House, 
 No. 41, South Second Street, j 1817. | c. 
 
 3 vols. 8°. maps. 
 
 Of the language of the Mexicans, vol. 3, pp. 346-354. 
 
 822 Historia Antigua | de | Mcgico: | sacada de | los raejores 
 
 historiadores Espaiioles y de los manuscritos | y de | las pinturas 
 Autiguas de los Indios; | dividida en diez libros; | Adornada con 
 Mapas y Estampas, | E lllustrada con Disst-rtaciones sobre la tierra, 
 los animales y los habitantes | de Megico | escrita por | D. Francisco 
 Saverio Clavigero; | y traducida del Italiano | por Jose Joaquin de 
 Mora. I Tomo I [-11]. | 
 
 Londres: | Lo Publica E. Ackermann, Strand, j y en su estableci- 
 miento en Mexico: | asimismo | en Colombia, en Buenos Ayres, Chile, 
 Pe u, y Guatemala. | 1826. | c. 
 
 2 vols, large 8°. maps. 
 
 Lengaa Mexicana, vol. 2, pp. 375-383. 
 
 823 Historia antigua de Mexico y de su conquista, sacada de los 
 
 mejores historiadores espaiioles, y de los mss. y pinturas autiquas 
 de los Indios. Traducido por Joaquin de Mora. 
 
 Mexico, Lara, 1844. * 
 
 2 vols. sm. 4°. pp. ix, 285 ; 321, 2 11. Not seen ; title from Leclerc's Supplement, 
 18S1. 
 
 824 Historia antigua de Mejico. Obra escrita en italiano, tradu- 
 cida por F. P. Vasquez. Con muchas laminas. 
 
 Mejico. 1853. ♦ 
 
 4°. Not seen; title from Sabin's Dictionary. 
 
 825 Storia | della | California | opera postuma | del nob. Sig. 
 
 Abate | D. Francesco Saverio | Clavigero. | Tomo I [II]. | 
 
 In Venezia, I M DCC L XXXIX [1789]. | Appresso Modesto 
 Penzo. I Con Licenza de' Superiori, e Privilegio. | c. 
 
 2 vols. 12°. 
 
CLAVIGERO — CODICE. 161 
 
 Clavigero (D. Francesco Saverio) — continued. 
 
 Comments on the Cochimi Language, vol. 1, pp. 110-111. Paternoster in va- 
 rious dialects of the Cochimi; of the Missions of S. Francesco Saverio and S. 
 Giuseppe di Comondu, pp. 264-265; of the Missions of S. Francesco Borgia, Santa 
 Gertrude and Santa Maria, p. 265 ; of the Mission of S. Ignacio, pp. 265-266. 
 
 826 Historia ( de la | Antigua 6 Baja California. | Obra postu- 
 
 ma I del Padre Francisco Javier Glavijero, | dela Compania de 
 Jesus. I Traducida del Italiano | For el presbitero don Mcolas Gar- 
 cia de San- Vicente. | 
 
 Mexico. I Imprenta de Juan E. Navarro, Editor. | 1852. | c. 
 
 4 p. 11., V, 252pp., Indice 311., large 8°. 
 
 Habitantes, su lengna, arithmetica y ano, pp. 21-22 ; Lord's prayer in Cochimi 
 " eu el dialecta de las misiones de San Francisco Javier y San Joa6 Comondu," 
 p. 116; ibid., de Borja, Santa Gertrudis y Santa Maria, p. 116; ibid., San Igna- 
 cio, p. 116. 
 
 Gierke (Captain). 
 See Cook (Copteire James) and King (^Captain James). 
 
 Cleveland {Bev. William Joshua). 
 See Cook (J. W.), Cleveland (W. J.), and Selwyn (W. T.) 
 
 827 Coast Survey. Eeport | of | the Superintendent. | of the | Coast [and 
 G-eodebic] Survey, | showing the progress of the Survey | during | 
 the year 1852 [-1877]. | jwp. 
 
 Washington: | Eobert Armstrong, Public Printer. | 1853 [-1880]. | 
 26 vols. 4°. 
 
 Ballard (Bev. Edward). Geographical names on the coast of Maine, 1868, pp. 
 243-259. 
 
 Davidson (George). Report relative to Alaska Territory, 1867, pp. 187-329. 
 
 828 Coats (Captain W.) The | Geography | of | Hudson's Bay: | be- 
 ing the I remarks of Captain W. Coats, | in many voyages to that 
 locality, | between the years 1727 and 1751. | With an Appendix, j 
 containing | extracts from the log of Captain Middleton on his 
 voyage for | the discovery of the North- west Passage, in | H. M. S. 
 "Furnace", in 1741-2. | Edited by John Barrow, Esq., F. E. S., 
 F. S. A. I [7 lines quotation.] | 
 
 London: | Printed for the Hakluyt Society. | M. DCCC. LII 
 [1852]. I BA. c. 
 
 3 p. 11., X, 147 pp. 8°. 
 Contains, scattered throughout, many native names of geographic features. 
 
 829 Codice. Codice Anonimo. * 
 
 Manuscript. 53 11. 4". 
 
 The estimable parish priest of Tizimin, D. Manuel Lilcian Perez, has greatly 
 surprised ns by sending us an ancient original Maya manuscript, accompanied by 
 a letter of the date of March 23rd of the present year (1870), in which he says 
 among other things: 
 
 "I have the pleasure of sending with this a manuscript book which I have pre- 
 served fur many years as a great treasure, since it treats of some important 
 events with respect to the conquest of our country and especially of certain oc- 
 currences belonging to the history proper of the natives and various other mat 
 
 11 Bib 
 
162 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Codice — continued. 
 
 ters. It has the great merit of antiquity and of being written throughout in 
 pure Yncatcc of the same epoch and undoubtedly by the hand of a native. The in- 
 teresting literary periodical entitled Revista de M^rida, and its dissertation on 
 the history of the Yucatec or Maya language, having just come under my observa- 
 tion, I have seen the deserved enthusiasm with which you speak of the Perez Co- 
 dex, and the reading of it has convinced me that the book which I have the 
 pleasure to remit to you, contains much of the first part of the said Codex and also 
 many other things which the Codex does not contain." 
 
 This boob, with which the kindness of the parish priest of Tizimiu has enriched our 
 cabinet is in pure Yucatec, nud is another document agreeing with those which we 
 have described, lacking ouly the delineation of ancient signs and characters. Not 
 having the signature of the author we classify it under the name of Codice Anonimo. 
 
 The presbyter, D. Eusebio Barcelo, now curate ad interim of Oxkutzcab, has also 
 certified to the existence, to within the last few months, of a Maya manuscript in 
 the possession of a native family bearing the name of Xiu. This manuscript is 
 of considerable size, with a variety of drawings. It would greatly gratify us if 
 the person who now has this book or can give any notice of it, would communicate, 
 with us. In consequence of the said book having belonged to the family of Xiu 
 at Oxkutzcab and the short distance of that place from Ticnl, we insert the fol- 
 lowing note from a celebrated periodical of the year 1845, which says: 
 
 "Among the curious notices which are the result of our incessant investiga- 
 tions, one of the most interesting is on the existence of an ancient manuscript, 
 the work of one of the most notable members of the family of Tutul Xiu, which 
 became very illustrious after the arrival of the Spaniards. And as from the 
 power of his family, its aniiqnity and traditions, he was perfectly informed in the 
 history of his ancestors, ho drew up a history which began with the first appear- 
 ance of the native tribes and reached to the conquest. The book is in folio, 
 covered with parchment; it has been transmitted in order of succession to the 
 heirs of the family name. 
 
 "k. few years ago this book was found at Ticul, and in consideration of a real, 
 could be read by any one who desired to do so. If our illustrious fellow laborer, 
 Fr. Estanislao Carillo, could have visited the town at that time and could have se- 
 cured the book, it is certain that we would have at least a copy of that produc 
 tion, which in its way would be of great interest and would render clear certain 
 matters which are uow the subject of doubt and conjecture. 
 
 "Sr. D. Juan Pio Perez made great eiforts to obtain it. He spoke with many 
 persons who had read it, but when he endeavored to secure it, offering much more 
 than others were accustomed to give, this precious manuscript disappeared. 
 
 " It is very desirable that the lovers of their country, her history and past glories, 
 should devote themselves to discovering the hiding place of this book, which re- 
 mains hidden doubtless because many persons have given it its due importance, 
 which is unknown to its possessors, and these latter, fearful of losing it, or else 
 being imbecile egotists, make a, mystery of what is so worthy of being made 
 known and published. 
 
 "We being very desirous to find a book so important from every point of view, 
 charge all who are interested in their country to be active in the search for this 
 book, which certainly exists, if not in Ticul, in some neighboring town. If it can be 
 discovered, and if the work is such as it hcs been described to ns by several persons 
 who have seen it, the editor of this periodical will suitably reward the discoverer." 
 
 Wo will say in conclusion, that a manuscript work of the Chilan Balam order, 
 which we had seen and handled in company with the Sr. Dr. Berendt, was on the 
 way from the town of Hocab^ to this city [Mexico] where it was destined for our 
 cabinet. Through an error the person a\ ho had it in charge consigned it to the 
 mercantile house of D. Pedro Leal, the result being the loss of the manuscript 
 aud great iujury to the cause of historical research. — Carillo. 
 
CODICE — GOLDEN. 163 
 
 Codice — continued. 
 
 830 Codice Chumayel in the Maya Language. ♦ 
 
 Manuscript. 112 pp. 4°. 
 
 As Sr, D. Juan Pio Perez found- the Libro Divino, or " Chilan Balam" of Mam, 
 and other works in various places in the Peninsula, so we had the good forture 
 to find that of Chumayel, a town in the district of Tekax, or Sureste del Estado; 
 hence the name Codice Chumayel. It is evident that in consequence of its an- 
 tiquity and the neglect into which it has fallen there are some leaves missing 
 at the beginning. It is subscribed on page 44 under date of January 20, 1780, 
 by the noble Indian D. Juan Joti Hoil, who, to judge from the character of the 
 writing, wrote the whole text, with the exception of some insignificant intercal- 
 ations in another hand. — Carillo. 
 
 831 Golden (Oadwallader). The | History | of the | Five Indian Na- 
 tions I Depending on the Province | of | New York | In America. | 
 By Oadwallader Colden. I 
 
 Printed and sold by William Bradford in New York, | 1727. | job. 
 
 Title, 1 p. 1., xviii, 119 pp. 12°. 
 
 A short vocabulary of some words and names used by the French authors, 
 which are not generally understood by the English that undert'tand the French 
 language, and may therefore be useful to those that intend to read the French ac- 
 counts, or compare them with the accounts now published, pp. xi-xiii. 
 
 832 The | History | of the | Five Indian Nations | of | Canada, | 
 
 which are dependent | on the Province of New -York in America, | 
 and I are the barrier between the English .and French | in that part 
 of the World. | With | accounts of their Eeligion, Manners, Cus- 
 toms, Laws and Forms of | Government; their several Battles ind 
 Treaties with the European Na- | tions; particular Eelations of their 
 several Wars with the other Indians ; | and a true Account of the pres- 
 ent State of our trade w^ith them. | In which are shewn | The great 
 Advantage of their Trade and Alliance to the British Nation, | and 
 the Intrigues and Attempts of the French to engage them from us; | 
 a subject nearly concerning all our American Plantations, and 
 highly I meriting the Consideration of the British Nation at this 
 Juncture. | By the Honourable Cadwallader Colden, Esq; | One of 
 his Majesty's Counsel, and Surveyor-general of New- York. | To 
 which are added | Accounts of tbe several other Nations of Indians 
 in North- America, their | Numbers, Strength, etc., and the Treaties 
 which have been lately | made with them. A work highly enter- 
 taining to all, and particular- | ly usfful to the Persons who have 
 any Trade or Concern in that Part of | of [sic] tbe World. | 
 
 London: | Printed for T. Osborne, in Gray's-Iun MD CC XLVII 
 [1747]. I BA. j<;b. 
 
 XX, 204, 283 pp. 8°. map. . 
 
 A vocabulary of some words, etc., pp. xv-xvi. 
 
 833 The | History | of the | Five Indian Nations | of | Canada, | 
 
 which are | the Barrier between the English and | Fiench in thnt 
 part of the World. | With | Particular Accounts of their IJeligion, 
 Manners, Customs, Laws, | and Government; tlubir several Battles 
 
164 NOKIH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Golden (Cadwallader) — utiutiuuecl. 
 
 and Treaties with tlie | EuroiieunNatioiiti; | thcirWars with the other 
 Indians; | and | A true Account of the present State of our Trade 
 with them. | In wliich are shewn, | The great Advantage of their 
 Trade and Alliance to the British Nation; | and the Intrigues and 
 Attempts (.f the French to engage them from us; | a subject nearly 
 concerning all our American Plantations, and highly | meriting the 
 Consideration of the British Nation. | By tlie Honourable Cadwal- 
 lader Coklen Esq ; | One of his Majesty's Counsel, and Surveyor- 
 General of New- York. | To which are added, | Accounts of the sev- 
 eral other Nations of Indians in North America, their | Numbers, 
 Strength, &c and the Treaties which have been lately | made with 
 them. I The Second Edition. | 
 
 London : | Printed for John Whiston at Mr. Boyle's Head, and | 
 Lockyer Davis at Lord Bacon's Head, both in Fleet- | street, and 
 John Ward opposite the Eoyal Exchange. | MDCCL [1750]. | job. 
 
 xvi, 2rt3i)p. 8". 
 
 Vocabulary of some words, &c.,p. xvi. 
 
 Vocabulary reprinted in: Gentleman's Magazine, vol. 26. London, n. d. 8°. 
 p. 405. 
 
 I have seen an edition, London, 1755, which does not contain the vocabulary. 
 
 834 The History | of the Five Indian Nations | depending on 
 
 the Province of New York. | By | Cadwallader Colden. Eeprinted 
 exactly from Bradford's New York edition (1727) | With an Intro- 
 duction and Notes | by John Gilmary Shea. | 
 
 New York : | T. H. Morrell, 134 Fulton Street. | 1866. | job. 
 
 Pp. i-xl, 1 1., ])p. i-xvii, 1-141. 8°. 
 Vocabulary, pp. xi-xiii, and 125-l-'7 of notes. 
 
 835 Colleccion. Colleccion polidiomica mexicaua qui contiene la oracion 
 dominical, vertida en 52 idiomas indigenes de aquella republica. 
 
 Mexico 1859. * 
 
 Folio. Not seen; title from the Andrado Sale Cat. A later edition as follows: 
 
 836 Colleccion Polidiomica Mexicana | que contiene | la Oracion 
 
 Dominical | vertida en cincuentay dos idiomas indigenos | de aquella 
 Kepublica. | Dedicada | a N. S. P. el Seuor Pio IX, Pont. Max. | por 
 la Sociedad ilexicana <le Geografia y Estadistica. | 
 
 Mexico. LibreriadeEugenioMaillefcrty Comp., | esquina del Ee- 
 
 fugio V Pte. del Espiritu Santo. | [Imprenta de Andrade y Esca- 
 
 lante.] 18611. | * 
 
 vil, 52 pp. fol. Title iiom Icazbalceta's Apuntes, No. 21. Leclerc also gives 
 
 Ibis title, in brief, and adds contents as follows: 
 
 The seven preliminary pages contain a dissertation on the Othomi language, 
 and upon several translations of the Lord's Prayer in that language at different 
 epochs. The 52 idioms in which the prayer is translated are as follows: 
 Californio, Mazahua, Serrano, 
 
 ChaDabal, Mazateco (2 dialects), Tarasco, 
 
 Chiapaneco, Mexicauo, Taraumaro (4 dialects), 
 
 Chihuaheno, _ Mixe, Tepehuano, 
 
COLDEN COLLINS. 165 
 
 CoUeccion — con tinued. 
 
 Choi, Mixteco (3 versions), Totoiiaco (2 dialects), 
 
 Cuicateco (-i dialects), Opata, Tubano, 
 
 Huaxteco (3 dialects), Otomi (6 dialects) Tzapoteco, 
 
 Joba, Fame (3 dialects), Yaqui (2 dialects), 
 
 Lipauo, Papagol, Zoque, 
 
 Matlatzinoa, Pimo, Zozil. 
 
 Maya, Piros, 
 
 Mayo, Sendal, 
 
 837 Collection. Collection | of | Hymns | for | the use of Native Christ- 
 ians I of I the Iroquois, .j Tahkoopehahtawun kuya nahmindt | Ahni- 
 shenapa Nahkahmoohwenun | kahahnekahnootahpeahkin | owh 
 Kahkewagwennaby. | 
 
 New- York: | Printed at the Conference Oflce, | by A. Hoyt. | 
 1827. I 
 
 Second title : 
 
 Collection | of | Hymns | for | the use of Native Christians | of | 
 the Iroquois. | To which are added a few Hymns | in the | Chippe- 
 way tongue: | translated by Peter Jones. | 
 
 New York: | Printed at the Conference Office, | by A. Hoyt. | 
 1827. I S. 
 
 Pp. 1-45, 1-45, alternate Indian and English; pp. 46-54, English Hymns. In- 
 dian title verso 1. 1., English title recto 1. 2. 
 
 Jones (P.) Hymns for the use of Native Christians of the Chippeway Nation; 
 also, several Hymns for Sabbath Schools of Native Children, pp. 37-45, 37-45. 
 
 838 A Collection of Passages from the Holy Scriptures in Latin, 
 
 with their corresponding meanings in Mexican by an anonymous 
 author of the 17th Cent. * 
 
 39 11. 4°. Not seen; title from Eamirez Sale Cat. 
 
 839 Collin {Bev. Nicholas). Philological view of some very Ancient 
 Words in several Languages. By the Eev. Nicholas Collin, D. D. 
 
 In Am. Phllos. Soo. Trans., vol. 4, pp. 476-509. Philadelphia, 1799. 4°. 
 
 840 Collins {Lieut. C. E.) Report on the Languages of the different 
 tribes of Indians inhabiting the Territory of Utah. By Lieut. C. R. 
 Collins, Topographical Engineer. 
 
 In Simpson (J. H.) Report of explorations, pp. 415-474. Washington, 1876. 4°. 
 
 Tiio foHowing vocabularies were collected by Capt. Simpson and placed In 
 Lient. Collins' hands for examination : Ute, or Utah ; Shoshonee, or Snake ; Pi 
 Ute, .and Washo; also, a few sentences in Ute and the numerals, 1-10 in I-at. 
 
 841 Collins {Lieut. Frederick). Eeport of a Survey of the Proposed 
 lloute for an Interoceanic Shiji-canal- by way of the Atrato, 
 Napipi and Doguado Eivers, in the Canton of Choco, State of Cauda, 
 United States of Colombia, by the United States Expedition of 
 1875, Lieutenant Frederick Collins, U. S. N., Commanding. 
 
 In LnU (E. p.) and Collins (F.) Eeports of explorations, pp. 55-124. Wash- 
 ington, 1879. 4°. 
 
 "Vocabulary of the language of the Indians of the Canton of Choco, State of 
 Cauca, United States of Colombia, obta,ined by Lieut. Frederick Collins," pp. 
 118-121. 
 
166 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS 
 
 842 ColUnson (John). The Indians of the Mosquito Territory. By 
 John Collinson, C. E., F. E. G. S., P. A. S. L., etc., etc. 
 
 In Anth. Soc. London, Mem., vol. 3, pp. 148-156. London, 1870. 8°. 
 Woolua vocabulary, pp. 155-156. Mosquito vocabulary, p. 156. 
 
 843 Collinson (Rev.) [Table of Eelationships in the Masset dialect of 
 the Haida Indians.] 
 
 In Dawson (G. M.) Report on tbe Queen Charlotte Islands, p. 177. Montreal, 
 
 1880. 8°. 
 
 844 Coloquios de la paz y tranquilidad Christiana. Interlopadores vn 
 Eeligioso y vn Oolegial. 
 
 Colophon : 
 
 Yninamatlomix, Itla pan ytech coUoquios qui osmi pani xi huisl y 
 herani pani metztl i deno bienbre Afios bien bre ADnos D. 1683 Ke- 
 
 huatl Lorenzo. * 
 
 Manuscript of the seventeenth century, in the Nahuatl language, 132 11. 8°, in 
 a very distinct hand. — Andrade Sale Cat. 
 
 845 Come. Come for Eternity urges you. 0. 
 
 2 pp. 12". Tract in the Chippewa language. 
 
 846 Come for Jesus loves Sinners. C. 
 
 2 pp. 12'=. Tract in the Chippewa language. 
 
 847 Cornelias (Rev. Padre Juan). Yocabulary of the Indians living 
 near Santa Cruz Mission, in Santa Cruz County, taken by Eev. Padre 
 Juan Comelias, September, 1856. 
 
 In Taylor (A. S ) Indianology of California; in California Farmer, vol. 13, no. 
 8. San Francisco, Apr. 5, 1860. 
 
 Reprinted in Hist. Mag., first series, vol. 8, pp. 68-69. New York, 1864, sm. 
 4° ; and in Powell (J. W.) Cont. to N. A. Ethnology, vol. 3, pp. .'•)35-549. Wash- 
 ington, 1877. 4°. 
 
 848 [Conunuck (Thomas).] Sketch of the Brothertowu Indians. 
 
 In Wisconsin Hist. Soc. Coll., vol. 4, pp. 291-298. Madison, 1859. 8°. 
 Indian words [six] of the Narragansett tribe, p. 297. 
 
 849 Compendio | del confessionario | en | Mexicano y Castellano | para | 
 que los que ignoren el primero puedan 4 los menos | en los casos de 
 necesidad administrar a los | indigenas el Sacramento de la Peni- 
 tencia. | Por | un Sacerdote del Obispado | de Puebla. | 
 
 [Puebla:] Impreuta antigna en el Portal de las Plores. | 1840. | c. 
 Pp. 1-43. 8". The Fischer Sale Cat. gives [Madrid] as i)lace of publication, 
 as does also Sabin's Dictionary. Leclerc j^ives Puebla. 
 
 850 Complete. A Comjilete Dictionary of the Chinook Jargon ; to which 
 is added, IS^umerous Conversations, thereby enabling any person to 
 speak the Chinook correctly. Third edition. 
 
 Portland, O. T. 1856. • 
 
 24 pp. 24°. Title from Sabin's Dictionary. 
 
COLLINSON — CONGEES. 167 
 
 Complete — continued. 
 
 851 A Complete Dictionary of the Chinook Jargon. English- 
 Chinook and Chincok-Bnglish. To which is added numerous conver- 
 sations, &c. Third Edition. 
 
 Portland, Oregon: S. J. McCormick : 1862. • 
 
 Title from Gibbs' Chinook Jargon Bibliography. For other editions see 
 Chinook; and Dictiouary. 
 
 852 Comstock (Theodore B.) Geological Report. By Prof. Theo. B, 
 Crimstock. 
 
 In Jones (W. A. ) Report upon the reconnoissance of Northwestern Wyoming, 
 pp. 85-291. Washington, 1875. 8°. 
 
 Chapter XV of this report is entitled " Philological Notes on the Eastern 
 Shoshone Dialect." It includes a " Vocabulary of two hundred and twenty words 
 of the dialect of Washakie's Band of Eastern Shoshones (located on the Wind 
 River Reservation, Wyoming)." To this has been added for comparative purposes 
 a, similar list of the Comanche and Chemehuevi, from Whipple (Pac. R. R., 
 vol. 3, pt. 3). The vocabularies occupy pp. 282-280. These are followed by 
 "Some Remarks on the Shoshone Grammar," "Table of Shoshone Numerals' 
 [1-19] and twenty-five sentences in Shoshone, with English translation. 
 
 The first edition of Jones' report (Washington, 1873) contains only chapters 
 i-viii of Prof. Comstock's paper ; these do not include the philologic chapter. 
 
 853 Confesionario en lengua Kahchi, en metodo breve. * 
 
 Manuscript, 10 11. 4'^. Written by a father of the Order of Santo Domingo, of 
 the pueblo of Taktic, in 1812. This work was given to me by a priest of Taktic, 
 a village in which the Pocomchi language is spoken and which is situated not far 
 from Coban. He told me that it had been written by one of his predecessors, a 
 Dominican monk of Verapaz. On verso of the 7thleaf bsgius: Para administrar 
 el Sacramento del matrimonio, followed, on recto of 8th, by numerals in the 
 Cacchi language, and on verso of 8th, by : Modo de administrar el Saci'° del 
 Viatico. — Brasseur de Bourbourg. 
 
 854 Confessionario. Confessionario en el Idioma Tarasco, segun le ha- 
 blan el dia de oy los Naturales de esta Provincia de Michoacan, y 
 un vocabulario. * 
 
 Manuscript of 1765. 28 pp. 12°. Title from the Fischer Sale Cat. 
 
 855 Confessionario en la lengua de San Miguel Chicah, dialecto 
 
 de la lengua Quiche de Eabinal. * 
 
 Manuscript. 11 11. Title from Brasseur de Bourbourg. 
 
 856 Confessionario (Fragmentos de nn) en Lengua Othomi. * 
 
 Manuscript of the 19th century. 4°. Not seen ; title from the Fischer Sale Cat. 
 
 857 Congres International des Aiii6ricanistes. Congres | International | 
 des I Am^ricanistes | Compte-Eendu | de la | Premiere Session | 
 Nancy— 1875. | Tome Premier [-Second]. | 
 
 Nancy | G. Cr^pin-Leblond | Imprimeur | U, Grand' Eue Ville- 
 Vieille | Paris | Maisonneuve et C'^ | Editeurs | 15, Quai Voltaire | 
 1875 I ^^ 
 
 2 vols. 8°. 
 
 Adam (L.) Esquisse d'une grammaire * * Chippeways et ' * Crees, 
 
 vol. 2, pp. 88-148. 
 
168 NOETH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Congr^s International des Amdricanistes — continued. 
 
 Bretton (M. le laron de). Origine des peuples de I'Am^rique, vol. 1, pp. 438- 
 449. 
 
 Mallet (J.) Les Caraibes, vol. 1, pp. 394-438. 
 Petitot {Le B. P.) Les Esquimaux, vol. 1, pp. 329-339. 
 
 Di5n^ Diudji^s, vol. 2, pp. 13-37. 
 
 Vinson (J.) La langne basque et les langues am<5ricaiue3, vol. 2, pp. 46-80. 
 
 858 Congrfes | International | des | Am6ricanistes | Compte- 
 
 Eendu | de la | Seconde Session | Luxembourg — 1877 | Tome Pre- 
 mier I [Second] [Design inclosing: Luxembourg | 1877 | ] 
 
 Luxembourg | Victor Biick | Libraire | Rue du Cur6. | Paris | 
 Maisonneuve et C'« | Editeurs | 25, Quai Voltaire | 1878 | SD. 
 
 2 vols. 8^. 
 
 Adam (L.) Examen grammatical compart de seize langues am^ricaines, vol. 
 2, pp. 161-244. 
 
 Clark (H.) Les origines des langues de I'AmiSrique, dans I'ancien Monde, 
 vol. 1, pp. 158-169. 
 
 Malte-Brun (V. A.) Tableau de la distribution des langues au Mexique, vol. 
 2, pp. 10-44. 
 
 Pipart(J.) filiSments pbon^tiqnes dans les ficritures figuratives des anciens 
 Mexioains, vol. 2, pp. 346-368. 
 
 Remas {B. P.) Principes de la langue crise, vol. 2, pp. 244-253. 
 
 859 Connecticut Historical Society. Collections | of the | Connecticut 
 Historical Society. | Volume I [II]. | 
 
 Hartford: | Published for the Society. | 1860 [-1870]. |' hxj. c. 
 
 2 vols. 8°. 
 
 Trumbull (J. H.) Composition of Indian geograpbical names, vol. 2, pp. 1-50. 
 
 860 [Constitution. Constitution j and | Laws | of the | Cherokee Na- 
 tion. I Published by authority of the national council. | [Seal of the 
 Cherokee Nation.] | 
 
 St. Louis: I E. & T. A. Bnnis, stationers, printers and bookbind- 
 ers, I 118 Olive street. | 1875,] j c. jwp. 
 
 Pp. 1-233, i-vi. 8°. The above is the translation of the title which, as is also 
 the work, is in Cherokee characters. 
 
 861 Constitution | of the | Cherokee Nation, | formed by a Con- 
 vention of Delegates from the | Several Districts, at ( New Echota, 
 July 1827. I [Two lines Cherokee characters.] | ba. aas. 
 
 No imprint. 28 pp. parallel columns, English, and Cherokee, in Cherokee char- 
 acters. 
 
 862 The | Constitution | and | Laws | of the | Choctaw Nation. | 
 
 Park Hill, Cherokee Nation : | John Candy, Printer. | 1840. | ba. 
 Pp. 1-34, 1 1., pp. 1-40. 16°. 
 
 Jppended: 
 
 ChahtaYaUni | nan vlhpisanishkoboka, j micha | anumpavlhpisa 
 aiena Jonathan Cogswell vt | Chahta anumpa atosholi tolt. | 
 Park Hill, Cherokee Natiou : | John Candy, Printer. | 1840. | BA. 
 Pp. 1-40. 16°. In the Choctaw language. 
 
SJ^(rj, AVmOnBZ 
 
 Dd" e«i<v«. 
 
 jeeacr^j 
 
 essy 
 
 GWyDvpf SO^ibT 
 
 Dipr s=sw0ja:io°r/io» j^s^siwo^. 
 
 B. Dd" T. A. KhB, AiSJr UaZWOioBy, aScTB^oBy, l><r Wtlf^lff' TkHWlfl AiJisr> 
 
 118 c6r9 swo«ir»T. 
 
 '1873. 
 
 860. — FAC-SIMII/E OF TITLE-PAGE OF CHEROKEE CONSTITUTION AND LAWS. 
 
CONGERS COOK. 109 
 
 863 Contreras {Fr. Pedro de). Manval | de Adminis- | Irar los Sanc- 
 tos I Sacramentos a los Espa- | Holes, y naturalos desta uueua 
 Espana | conforme 4 la reforma de Paulo | V. Pont. Max. | Orde- 
 nado I porel Padre | Fra,y Pedro de Contre- | ras GallaTdo, Predica- 
 dor, y Guardian del Conueuto | de la Coucepcion de l^fa SeHora de 
 Theoacan, | hijo desta sanota Prouincia del saucto | Euangelio de 
 Mexico. I 
 
 ^ Impresso con licencia, y priuilegio. | En Mexico. | En la Imprenta 
 de loan Euyz. Ano de | 1638. | job. 
 
 Ll. 1-147, 3 )1., unnumbered. 16°. In the Mexican language. 
 
 Au'exoeedingly rare work, of which only a very imiierfect copy appeared in the 
 Abb6 Fischer's Catalogue. A former edition, in Latin and Mexican, was published 
 in 1637. — Ramirez Sale Cat. 
 
 864 Conversaciones, etc., in Lengua Mexicana ; and other papers ou the 
 same language. * 
 
 27 11. Not seen ; title from the Bamirez Sale Cat. 
 
 865 [Cook (C. H.)] Parts of the | Holy Bible, | in the Pima Indian 
 Language, for the use | of Missionaries and Sunday Schools. | 
 
 Pima Agency, Arizona Territory. | Press and Type donated by 
 James G. Baldwin | of Middletown, Conn. | 1875. | JWP. 
 
 1 p. 1. pp., 1-21. 16°. 
 
 The Lord's Prayer, p. 1 ; the Ten Commandments, pp. 2-3 ; the First and Great 
 Commandment, p. 4; the Parable of the Lost Sheep, of the Piece of Silver, and of 
 the Prodigal Son, pp. 4-8; the New Birth, the Great Love of God, Coudemnation 
 for Unbelief, pp. 8-11; the Transfiguration of Christ, pp. 11-12; the Eulers con- 
 spire against Christ, pp. 13-20. 
 
 Translated by C. H. Cook, missionary, aided by Antonitto, Huan, and Huan 
 Emajiol, scholars of the Pima day-school. 
 
 866 [Cook {Joseph Winfleld).] Form | for making Catechists | in the | 
 Missionary Jurisdiction |. of | Niobrara. | Niobrara | Yewicasipi Ma- 
 koce Obaspe | kin en, | Catechist wicakagapi woecon kin. | 
 
 Yankton Agency: [ St. Paul's School Press. | 1878. | JWP. 
 
 Title, pp. 2-5 and 2-5, alternate English and Dakota. 16°. lu the Santee dia- 
 lect of I he Dakota. 
 
 867 [Paul's Epistles to Timothy and Titus; in the Santee dialect 
 
 of the Dakotan language. By Eev. Joseph W. Cook. 
 
 Yankton Agency, Dakota: 1878.] JWP. 
 
 No title-page. Pp. 1-26, printed on one side only. 8°. 
 
 Prepared by Mr. Cook and sent to his fellow missionaries among the Dakotans 
 for correction. The work has not been published. 
 
 868 [An Analysis of the Bible ; in the Yankton dialect of the Da- 
 kotan language. By Eev. Joseph W. Cook. 
 
 Yankton Agency, Dakota: 1879.] JWP. 
 
 Pp. 1-48. 12°. 
 
 Concerniug the above fragment the author, in a letter to me, says that he had 
 "compiled the Analysis to the end of the Old Testament, but the printing was cut 
 short at the Book of Psalms on account of the burning of tbe mission printing 
 office." No title-pago was composed, and but a few copies were printed. 
 
170 NORTH AMEEICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Cook (Joseph Winflekl) — coutiniied. 
 
 869 OknaHayake WakauKicunpikiQcn | wocekiye kin. | JWP. 
 
 No title-page. 1 \>. 16°. 
 
 Literal translation : In vestments sacred they put on the in | Prayers the. | i. e. 
 Prayers in the vestry. In the Yankton dialect of the Dakotan. 
 
 See Hinman (S. D.) amd Cook (J. W.) 
 
 See Hinman (S. D.), Cook (J. W.), Hemans (D. W.), and Walker (L. C.) 
 
 870 , Cleveland ( William Joshua), and Selwyn (William T.), Editors. 
 
 Aupao. I The Day Break. | Published by the Niobrara Mission. 
 " Wankantauhan Anpao kin hiyounhipi." Price, Fifty Cents a 
 Tear. | Vol. I, 'So. 1. January, 1878. Address Anpao, Yankton 
 Agency, Dakota. | jwp. 
 
 A four-page paper, issued weekly, three pages of which are in the Yankton dia- 
 lect of the D.akotan, and one in English. It is still in course of publication; the 
 last number I have Kteu is that of Dec, 1881. 
 
 871 Cook {Captain Jami^s) and King {Captain James). A | Voyage | to 
 the I Pacitic Ocean. | Undertaken, | by the Command of His Ma- 
 jesty, I for making- | Discoveries in the Northern Hemisphere. | Per- 
 formed under the Direction of Captains Cook, Clerke, and Gore, | in 
 His Majesty's Ships the Eesolution and Discovery ; in the Years 1770, 
 1777, 1778, 1779, and 1780. | In three volumes. | Vol. I and II writ- 
 ton by Captain James Cook, F. E. S. | Vol. Ill by Captain James 
 King, LL. D. and F. E. S. | Published by Order of the Lords Com- 
 missioners of the Admiralty. | Vol. I [-III]. | 
 
 London : | Printed for G. Nicol, Bookseller to His Majesty, in the | 
 Strand; and T. Cadell, in the Strand. | M. DCC. LXXXIV [1784]. | c. 
 
 .3 vols. 4°. atlas folio. 
 
 Anderson (A.) Nootka words and numerals, vol. 2, pp. 335-336; Vocabulary 
 of Prince William's Land, pp. 375-376; and Vocabulary of the Nootka, vol. 3, pp. 
 540-546. 
 
 Bryant (Mr.) Vocabularies of Oonalashka, Norton Sound, Greenland, and 
 Esquimaux, vol. 3, pp. 552-553. 
 
 I have seen in the library of Harvard University an edition of the same date, 
 differing in title-page from the above as follows: 
 
 872 A I Voyage | to the | Paciiic Ocean. | Undertaken, | by the 
 
 Command of his Majesty, | for making | Discoveries in the North- 
 ern Hemisphere. | To determine | the Position and Extent of the 
 West Side of North America; | its distance from Asia; and the Prac- 
 ticability of a I Northern Passage to Europe. | Performed under the 
 direction of | Captains Cook, Clerke, and Gore, | in his Majesty's 
 Ships the Eesolution and Discovery. | In the Years 1776, 1777, 1778, 
 1779, and 1780. | In three volumes. | Vol. I and II written by Cap- 
 tain James Cook, F. li. S. | Vol. Ill by Captain James King, LL. D. 
 aud F. K. S. I Illustrated with maps and charts, from the Original 
 Drawings made by Lieut. Henry Eoberts, | under the direction of 
 
COOK. 171 
 
 Cook (Captain James) and King {Captain James)— continued. 
 
 Captain Cook ; and with a great variety of Portraits of Persons, 
 Views I of Places, and Historical Representations of Remarkable 
 Incidents, drawn by Mr. | Webber during the Voyage, and engraved 
 by the most eminent Artists. | Published by Order of the Lords 
 Commissioners of the Admiralty. | Vol. I [-III]. | 
 
 London: | Printed by W. and A. Strahan: | for G-. Mcol, Book- 
 seller to His Majesty, in the Strand; | and T. Cadell, in the Strand: | 
 M DCC LXXXIV [1784]. | HU^ 
 
 3 vols. 4°, and atlas folio. 
 
 Linguistics as in edition above, vol. 2, pp. 335-336, 375-376; vol. 3, pp. 542- 
 548, 554-555. 
 
 Reprinted as follows : 
 
 873 A I Voyage | to the | Pacific Ocean. | Undertaken, | by 
 
 the Command of His Majesty, for | making | Discoveries in the 
 Northern Hemisphere, j To determine | the Position and Extent of 
 the West Side of North America; | its Distance from Asia; and the 
 Practicability of a | Northern Passage to Europe. | Performed under 
 the direction of | Captains Cook, Clerke, and Gore, | In his Majesty's 
 Ships the Resolution and Discovery. | In the Years 1776, 1777, 1778, 
 1779, and 1780. | In three volumes. | Vol. I and II written by Captain 
 James Cook, F. R. S. | Vol. Ill by Captain James King, LL. D. and 
 F. R. S. I Illustrated with Maps and Charts, from the Original Draw- 
 ings made by Lieut. | Henry Roberts, under the Direction of Captain 
 Cook. I Published by Order of the Lords Commissioners of the Ad- 
 miralty. I Vol. I [II]. I 
 
 Dublin: Printed for H. Chamberlaine, W. Watson, Potts, [&c., 7 
 lines]. I M, DCC, LXXXIV [1784]. | c. ba. 
 
 3 vols. 8°. maps. 
 
 Linguistics as in 4° edition, in vol 2, pp. 835-336, 375-376 ; vol. 3, pp. 542-548, 
 554-555. 
 
 Sabin's Dictionary says : 2d edition, London, 1785, 3 vols. 4°, and atlas folio. 
 
 Mr. Marcus Baker has furnished me with the following title from SokolofFs 
 Bibliography in 3aDHCKB, etc., Journal of the Russian Navy Department, vol. 8, 
 p. 411, St. Petersburg, 1850, 8^, and translation of the same: 
 
 874 nyTemecTBie Bt ctBepaMS iHxifi oitean'L, no noBejiniio Kopoja Teoprifl III npe^Dpiaioe, 
 
 mn onpe4'6.ieHia DOJoateBia aanaAiiuxi. BeperoBt CiBepBoH AaepHKH, pascToanin ohoB on Aain, 
 a B03M0!KH0CTn ctBepBaro npoxo^a aai Tuxaro ei ATjanTHMecKiii OKeani, no^i eaiajicTBOMi 
 KannTaiiOBi KyKa, Kiepna a Topa, na cy/iaxi. Praojwuia a 4HCK0BepH, m, npojo^aieoie 1776, 
 77, 78, 79 H 1780 ro^OBi. Ci Arirj. T. Aorraab rojeHameBi-KyTyaoBi. 
 
 CaHKinerepfiyprB 1805 h 1810. 
 
 300, 209 pp. 4°. 10 charts. 
 
 Translation. — Voyage to the North Pacific Ocean, undertaken by direction of 
 King George III, to determine the situation of the western shores of North 
 America, their distances from Asia and the possibility of a northern passage from 
 the Pacific to. the Atlantic ocean, under the direction of captains Cook, Clerke 
 and Gore in the ships Resolution and Discovery during the years 1776, 77, 78, 79 
 and 1780. (Translated) from the English by Mens. Loggin Golenitshoff-Kutuzoff. 
 * St. Petersburg. 1805 and 1810. 
 
172 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Cook [Captain James) and King {Captain James) — continued. 
 
 875 A voyage to the Pacific Ocean, undertalten by the command 
 
 of His Majesty, for making discoveries in the Northern Hemisphere; 
 to determine the position and extent of the west side of North 
 America, its distance ft"om Asia, and the practicability of a north- 
 ern passage to Europe. Performed under the direction of Captains 
 Cook, Gierke, and Gore, in His Majesty's Ships the Eesolution and 
 Discovery, in the years 1776, 1777, 1778, 1779, & 1780. 
 
 In Kerr (R.) A general history and collection of voyages ami travels, vol. 15, 
 pp. 114-514; vol. 16 and vol. 17, pp. 1-311. Ediuburg, 1811-16, 17 vols. 
 
 Linguistics, vol. 16, pp. 255-257, 285-286 ; vol 17, pp. 300-309, 310-311. 
 
 Extractafrotn this work are printed inPlnkerton, and Pelham, but they contain 
 no linguistics. 
 
 876 Cooper (Dr. J. G.) Vocabulary of the Gros Ventres and Blackfoot. 
 
 Manuscript. 6 pp. folio. 
 
 877 Vocabulary of the Siksikhoa, or Blackfoot. 
 
 Manuscript. 7 pp. folio. 180 words. 
 
 878 Vocabulary of the Tshihalish. 
 
 Mantiscript. 6 11. folio. 180 words. 
 
 These maauscripts are in the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. 
 
 879 Copeland {Rev. Charles C.) Come to Jesus. | Chisvs A Ho Im Ai 
 Vlah. I Chahta anumpa atoshowa hoke. | By Eev. C. C. Copeland, | 
 Missionary to the Choctaws, 1868. | 
 
 Published by the | American Tract Society : | New York. | ABC. 
 Pp. 1-102. 16°. In the Ghoctaw language. 
 
 8 Terms of Relationship of the Chocta and Chickasa, col- 
 lected by the Eev. Charles C. Copeland, Missionary, Bennington, 
 Choctaw Nation. 
 
 In Morgan (L. H.) Systems of consanguinity and affinity, pp. 293-382. 
 Washington, 1871. 4'=. 
 
 881 Copway (George). The | Life, History, and Travels, | of | Kali-ge- 
 ga-gahbowh | (George Copway), | ayoung Indian Chief of theOjebwa 
 Nation, | a convert to the Christian Faith, and a Missionary | to his 
 people for twelve years ; | with a | Sketch of the Present State of the 
 Ojebwa Nation, | in regard to | Christianity and their futnre pros 
 pects. I Also an Appeal; | with all the names of the chiefs now liv- 
 ing, who have | been christianized, and the missionaries now | labor- 
 ing among them. | Written by himself. | 
 
 Albany: | Printed by Weed and Parsons. | 1847. | c. 
 
 4 p. 11., pp. i-vii, 5-224. 8°. 
 
 Hynms in English and Ojebwa, p. 11. 3-4; Songs with translations, pp. 63, 77. 
 
 882 The | Life, History, and Travels | of | Kah-ge-ga-gah-bowh, | 
 
 (George Copway) | a young Indian Chief of the Ojebwa Nation, | a 
 convert to the Christian faith, and a Mis- | sionary to his people for 
 twelve years; | with a | Sketch of the Present State of the Ojebwa 
 Nation, | in regard to | Christianity and their future prospects. I 
 
COOK — c6rdoba. 1 73 
 
 Copway (George) — contiuued. 
 
 Also au appeal; | with all the names of the chiefs now living, who 
 have I been christianized, and the missionaries now | laboring 
 among them. [ Written by himself. | Second edition. | 
 Philadelphia : | James Harmstead, No. 40 N. Fourth St. I 1847. I 
 Pp. i-x, 11-158. 8°. Songs, pp. 29, 48, 57. ^^^ 
 
 883 ^ The Life, Letters and Speeches of Kah-ge-ga-gah-bowh, or, 
 
 G. Copway, Chief Ojibway Nation. 
 New York : S. W. Benedict 1850. * 
 
 224 pp. 120. 
 
 884 EecoUections of a Forest life: or the Life and Travels of 
 
 Kah-ge-ga-gah-bowh, or George Copway, Chief of the Ojibway 
 Nation. 
 London : H. Lea, 1850. * 
 
 256 pp. 12°.+London, 1854. 256 pp. 12°. Two titles above from Sabin's Dic- 
 tionary. 
 
 883 — '■ — The Traditional History and Character[i]stic Sketches of 
 the Ojibway Nation. By G. Copway, or Ka-ge-ga-gah-bouh, Chief 
 of the Ojibway Nation. 
 Loudon: C. Gilpin. 1850. * 
 
 xii, 298 pp. 8°. Not seen ; title from Sabin's Dictionary. 
 
 886 The | Traditionary History | and | Characteristic Sketches | 
 
 of the I Ojibway Nation. | By G. Copway, | or, kah-ge-ga-gah-bowh, 
 Chief of the Ojibway Nation. | Illustrated by Darly. | 
 
 Boston: | Benjamin B. Mussey & Co. | 29 CornhiU. | 1851. | hu. 0. 
 
 Pp. 1-26C. 8°. 
 
 Chapter s, their language and writings, pp. 122-136. 
 
 887 Hymn in Chippeway. 
 
 In Tapper (M. F.) A Hymn for all Nations in thirty languages, p. 48. Lon- 
 don, 1851. 8°. 
 
 See Hall (S.) and Copway (G.) 
 
 888 Corbusier (Dr. William H.) Vocabulary of the Apache-Mojave, or 
 Yavape; and of the Apache- Yuma, or Tulkepa. 
 
 Manuscript. 54 pp. 4°. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. The ma- 
 terial was collected at the Rio Verde Agency, Arizona, in the years 1873, '74, '75. 
 It is recorded in a copy of the Introduction to the Study of Indian Languages, first 
 edition, and is enriched by many ethnologic notes. 
 
 889 [Cordoba (Fr. Juan).] Yocabulario de la Lengua Zapoteca, 6 Diccio- 
 nario Hispano-Zapoteco. * 
 
 Mexico, Ocharte, 1571. 
 
 4°. The Dominicans, authors of the work, "Scriptores Ordinis Praedicatoruui," 
 agree that the author of this vocabnlario was Fr. Pedro Feria, Provincial of St. 
 Dominic of Mexico, confounding this book with the Confesonario Zapoteca, which 
 was really written by Feria. And D. Nicholas Antonio was near falling into the 
 same error, when speaking of the Confesonario of Father Feria, he called it Voca- 
 bnlario. — Beristain. 
 
174 NOETH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Cordoba (Fr. Juan) — continued. 
 
 Coucerning this work, Sr. Icazbalceta writes me as follows: 
 
 I have not seen this book, nor do I know wliether any copy exists. Of the 
 authors who mention it, Beristain is the only one who gives the (late of the 
 edition and the name of the printer, Pedro Ocharte, 1571, in 4°. It appears that 
 Beristaiu saw it; but, notwithstanding this, I believe the date to be an error, and 
 that it should be 1578. 
 
 Father Burgoa (Geogr. Descrip., fol. 255) declares that Father Cordoba fin- 
 ished the Vocabulario after he was relieved of the office of Provincial. This is 
 proved to have been on the 7th of October, 1570, and between this event and his 
 retirement to the Convent of Hamechahnya, where he finished the work, there 
 would not have been time for all that Father C6rdoba accomplished, much less 
 for the printing of the work. 
 
 In the liceuse given by the bishop of Oajaca for the printing of the Arte, dated 
 June 8th, 1578, it says of the Vocabulario, "That it is now printed in the said 
 language." The liceuse also speaks of a Confesonario breve which does not appear. 
 
 890 Arte en Len | gva Zapoteca, com | puesto por el muy^ reu- 
 
 erendo padre | Fray luan de Cordoua, de la | orden de los Pre- 
 dica- I dores desta nue | uaEspana. | [A large cross.] 
 
 En Mexico. | f En casa de Pedro Balli. | ADo de 1578. | 
 
 7 p. 11. 8°. L. 7 is a print of Our Lady of the Eosary. The Arte follows in 125 
 11., with curious notices on the calendar, omens, superstitions, etc., of the Zai)o- 
 , tecas ; 1 1. errata and 1 1. with the following : 
 
 A gloria y honra de Dios ) uuestro Senor, y de la gloriosa 
 virgen Sancta | Maria su bendita madre, se acabo de | Imprimer este 
 Arte Zapoteca, | a ocho dias del mes de Agosto. | En Mexico, en 
 casa de | Pedro Balli. Ano de 1578. | * 
 
 Title from Icazbalceta's Apuntes, No. 99. 
 
 891 Corliss {Capt. A. W.) Vocabulary of the Lacotah, or Sioux, Brul6 
 band. 
 
 Manuscript. 50 pp. 4°. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. 
 
 "Notes made while at Spotted Tail's Agency of Brul6 Sioux Indi.ans on the 
 White Eiver, in Dakota and Nebraska, in 1874. ■' Copied from the original manu- 
 script owned by Captain Corliss. 
 
 892 Coronel (jPr. loan). Doctrina | Christiana, en Len- [ guadeMaya. | 
 Eecopilada, j eumendada por el P. F. loan | Coronel, de la Orden 
 de N. S. P. S. Francisco, Guardian del | Oonuento de Ti Kax, muy 
 vtil para los Indios. | Dirigida al lUvst™". S. Don | Fray Gongalo de 
 Salazar, del Consejo | de su Magestad, Obispo de Yucathan. 
 
 En la Empren a de Diego Garrido. | Por Cornelio Cesar. 
 [Mexico.] M.DC.XX [1620]. | * 
 
 8°. Roman letter. Title, reverse blank. Between the title and the imprint 
 is the design I H S ; at the left and reading from below upward is: Con Licencia; 
 aud at the right, from above downward, is: De los Svperiores. 22 11. not num- 
 bered, and one appears to be missing, since, on the f itle-page, the signature a i i j 
 follows. These 22 11. contain the Doctrina and the Exposicion. 4 11. follow with 
 the "Tabla de los discur- | discursos {_sic'] y materias que se contie- | nen en este 
 libro, aeerca de los Articulos de la Fh." Dedicatoria, 3 11. unnumbered. It sets 
 forth that by command of the bishop the following has been clearly transcribed 
 for printing: "Unas platicas espirituales, con la exposicion del Pater noster y de 
 
c6rD0BA-- COETES. 175 
 
 Coronel {Fr. loan) — continued. 
 
 los articulos de la fe. La Doctrina cristiana con su declaracion; imos ejemplos 
 do la. Sagrada Escritura, y sobre los siete sacramentos, con un Confesionario breve 
 y Arte"; tliat he had preached 27 years in that territory, and had taught the 
 language to the priests. Dated at Merida, January 16th, 1620. 
 
 3 11., not uumhored. Commission of the bishop for the examination of the 
 said wiitings, 17th of January, 1620. Approval of Fr. Francisco Torralva, 25th 
 of January, 1620. Approval of the clergyman loan Gomez Pacheco, 27th of Jan- 
 uary, 1620. License of the bishop, 29th of February, 1620. License of the order, 
 9th of March, 1650. Preface, which says that he .availed himself of the works of 
 the ancient fathers. 
 
 Maya text, 11. 1-240 (from 72 there is a break till 83, and from 93 it returns 
 to 81). Contains: Spiritual Discourses and predioables; Exposition of the Pater 
 Noster; Examples from the Holy Scriptures; Discourse on the Seven Sacraments; 
 Discourse for the baptized; Discourse for after marriage; Devotions, etc., for 
 confession and communion; Short Confesonario, Spanish and Maya; The names 
 of kindred among the Indians; End; Laus Deo. 
 
 .Title, notes, &c., communicated by Sr. Icazbalceta, who was furnished them 
 by M. Ad. L. Pinart. 
 
 Beristaiu gives this title in brief, and adds: 
 
 Fr. Juan de S. Antonio, in his Biblioteca Franoiscana, asserts that in the library 
 of the College of S. Buenaventura of Seville, Letter M, number 165, there exists, 
 in manuscript, a Doctrina Christiana in the language of Yucatan, by our Coronel, 
 more diifuse than the printed copy. 
 
 Fray Juan Coronel, Franciscan, graduated at the University of Alcala in Spain, 
 went to Yucatan in the year 1590, where he learned and publicly taught the lan- 
 guage of the Indians. He was one of the disciples of the Chronicler Cogolludo. 
 He was guardian of the Recollect Convent of Mejorada, and died in one of the 
 Convents of Merida, in the year 1651, aged 83 years. 
 
 893 Arte para aprender la lengua Maya. * 
 
 Printed in Mexico, according to Cogolludo. 
 
 894 Discursos predicates y tratados espirituales en lengaa Maya. 
 
 Mexico, 1620. . * 
 
 Printed by Garredo at the expense of Pedro Gutierrez. — Beristain. 
 
 895 Oatecismo de doctrina cristiana, en lengua Maya. * 
 
 896 Confesionario 6 instruociones para los nuevos ministros, en 
 
 lengua Maya. * 
 
 The two foregoing titles from Carillo, wlio says they were printed in Mexico. 
 
 897 Corral (Z). Felipe Ruiz). Arte y Vocabulario para uso de los Ouras 
 de Gruatemala. 
 
 According to Beristain this work is preserved in the archives of the Church in 
 Guatemala. According to other authorities, Corral wrote a work. Arte y Vo- 
 cabulario de la Lengua de Guatemala, which was printed. Whether the same 
 as that mentioned above, is unknown. — Sguiet: 
 
 \J 898 Cortes (Hernau). Historia | de Ifueva-Espana. | Escrita por su 
 esclarecido conquistador | Hernan Cortes, | aamentada | con otros 
 documentos, y notas, | por el illustrissirao Seuor | Don Francisco 
 Antonio | Lorenzana, | Arzobispo 'de Mexico. | [One line quota- 
 tion.] I [Design.] | Con las licencias necesarias. | 
 
176 NOETH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Cortes (Hernan) — continued. 
 
 En Mexico en la Imprenta del Superior Gobierno, del Br. D. Joseph 
 Antonio de Hogal | en la Calle de Tiburcio. | Anno de 1770. I BA. 
 
 Frontispiece engraved by Navarro; preface 9 II. Viage de Hernan Cortes, 
 xvi pp. Map of Nevr Spain, drawn by J. A. de Alzate y Ramirez, Mexico, 1769 ; 
 plan of the grand temple of Mexico ; picture representing the ancient Mexican 
 calendar. Text 400 pages, index 9 11. folio. The map of California, which is 
 found between pages 3<i8 and 329, was drawn in Mexico, in 1541, by the pilot 
 Domingo del Castillo. 
 
 "An extremely important work, containing valuable documents on the history 
 of the conquest of Mexico. It suffices to say that the three celebrated letters 
 (the second, third, and fourth) of Feruand Cortes are reproduced in this volume 
 in order that one may judge of its historical value, which the notes of the learned 
 Archbishop of Mexico further enhance. Between pages 176 and 177, under the 
 title " Cordillera de los pueblos que antes de la conquista pagaban tribute ^ el 
 Emperador Mnctezuma, y en que especie y cantidad," are 31 pp. (numbered 32) 
 giving the fac-simile of a Mexican book in hieroglyphic characters, with the 
 transcript in Latin letters, and Spanish translation. ♦ 
 
 " This important document uiakes part of the celebrated collection of Boturini. 
 As the title indicates, it contains the list of the different cities which, before the 
 conquest, paid tribute to the Emperor Montezuma." — Leclerc. 
 
 Imperfectly reprinted as follows : 
 
 899 Historia de M^jico, escrita por su esclarecido conquistador 
 
 Hernan Cortes: aumentada con otros docuineutos y notas, por D. 
 •Francisco Antonio Lorenzana, Antiguo Arzobispo de Mejico. Eevi- 
 sada y adaptada 4 la ortografla moderna, por D. Manuel del Mar. 
 
 Nueva York: Sres. White, Gallagher y White. 1828. * 
 
 Pp. 110, 614. large 8°. Title from Sabin's Dictionary. 
 
 900 Cortes y Zedeno (Geronymo Thomas de Aquino). Arte, | Vocabu- 
 lario, I y Confessiouario | en el | Idioma Mexicano, | como se usa en 
 el Obispkdo de Guadalaxara. | Compuestos | por el Br. D. Geronymo 
 Thomas de Aquino, | Cortes, y Zedefio, Clerigo Presbytero, y Domi- 
 ciliario de el Obis- | pado de Guadalaxara, Descendiente de los Con- 
 quistadores de la | IsTuevaEspana, Cathedratico Interino, que fue 
 del Real, y Ponti- | ficio Colegio de Sr. S. Joseph de la mismaCiudad 
 de Guadalaxara, | y actual Substituto de dicha Cathedra, y Exami- 
 nador Synodal de | dicho Idioma en el mismo Obispado. | Quien 
 afectuoso los dedica | al Senor Mayorazgo | D.Buenaventura Guada- 
 lupe I Villa-Senor, Ortega, Solorzano, | y Arriola, de la Ilustre Casa 
 de Aragon, y Descendiente de los | Conquistadores de Jaen, y 
 Murcia, | a cuyas expensas se imprime. | 
 
 Con las licencias necesaarias : | En la Imprenta del Colegio Eeal 
 de San Ignacio de la Puebla de los Angeles. | Ano de 1765. j * 
 
 7 p. 11., pp. 1-184 (numbered incorrectly 984), 11. index. 4°. Not seen; title 
 from Icazbalceta's Apuntes, No. 23. 
 
 901 Coruna y CoUudo (Antonio de). Zoque— the language spoken at 
 Santa Maria de Chimalapa, and at San Miguel and Tierra Blanca, in 
 
V' 
 
 COETES C0THR13N, 177 
 
 Conina y CuUudo (Antonio de) — continued. 
 
 the State of Chiapas, Mexico. By Anton o de Coruna y Colludo. 
 (Translated from the author's manuscript by J. A. Daeno.) 
 
 In St. Louis Academy of Science Trans., vol. 4, pt. 1, pp. 36-42. St. Louis 
 1880. 8°. 
 
 Patsr Noster in Zoqae, p. 37; Vocabulary, pp. 37-39 ; A brief essay on the 
 southern Mexican and Central American languages, pp. 39-42. 
 
 902 [Costanso (Miguel).] Diario Historico delos Viages de mar y tierra 
 hechos al norte de California, de orden del Virrey de Nueva Espafia 
 Marques De Croix y por direccion de D. Jose Galvaz. Executados 
 por la tropa destinada & dicho objeto al mando de Gaspar de Por- 
 tola, y por los Paquebotes S. Carlos y S. Antonio de orden del 
 Exc. Sr. Virrey. 
 
 Mexico : En la imprenta del Gobierno. 1776. • 
 
 56 pp. folio. Signed D. Miguel Costanso. Printed for private distribution. — 
 
 Sdbin's Diotionary. 
 
 I have seen vocabularies, printed in various works, taken from the above, one 
 
 of which, the Santa Barbara, from a manuscript by Geo. Gibbs, is in Powell 
 
 (J. W.) Contributions to N. A. Ethnology, vol. 3, pp. 560-565. Washington, 1877. 
 
 4°. There are also a few San Autonio words in Mithridates, vol. 3, pp. 201, 202, 
 
 205, taken from the above work. 
 
 903 An Historical Journal of the Expeditions by Sea and Land 
 
 to the IJTorth of California : in 176S, 1769, and 1770 ; when Spanish 
 Establishments were first made at San Diego and Monte Eey. From 
 a Spanish MS., translated by William Kevely, Esq. Published by 
 A. Dalrjmple. 
 
 London : George Bigg. 1790. • 
 
 76 pp. 4°. 2 maps. Not seen ; title from Sabin's Diotionary, which says it is 
 probably a translation of Diario Historico. 
 
 904 Cotheal (Alexander I.) A Grammatical Sketch of the Language 
 spoken by the Indians of the Mosquito Shore. By Alexander I. Cotheal. 
 
 In Am. Bth. Soo. Trans., vol. 2, pp. 235-264. New York, 1848. 8°. 
 
 Grammar of the Mosquito Indians,-pp. 237-256; Lord's Prayer and Introduction 
 to the Ten Commandments, with interlinear translation, p. 257 ; Vocabulary, pp. 
 257-264. 
 
 Probably issued separately ; see next title. 
 
 905 A Grammatical Sketch of the Language spoken by the In- 
 dians of the Mosquito Shore. * 
 
 N. p.,n.d. 8°. Not seen; title from Sabin's Dictionary. 
 
 906 Cothren (William). History | of | Ancient Woodbury, | Connecti- 
 cut, I from I the First Indian Deed in l6o9 to 1854, | including the | 
 Present Towns of Washington, Southbury, Bethlera, Eoxbury, | and 
 a part of Oxford and Middlebury. | By William Cothren. | Volume 
 I [-III]. I [Quotation, 8 lines.] | Waterbury, Conn.: | Published by 
 Bronson Brothers. | 1854 [-1879]. | A. c. T. w. 
 
 3 vols. 8°. 
 
 List of principal Pootatucks, vol. 1, pp. 94-96 ; Names of places and significa- 
 tions, vol. 2, pp. 877. 
 12 Bib 
 
178 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 907 Goto [Pe. F. Thomas). Vocabulario | De la Lengua cakcMquel, v, 
 Guatimalteca [ Kueuameute hecho y recopilado con summo eatn- 
 dio I trauajo y erndiciou por el P.« F. Thomas Goto, Pre | dicador y 
 Padre de esta Pronj.^ de el S. S."" Nobre | de Jesus de Guatiraahi. 
 En que se contieuen | todos los modes y frases elegantes conque 
 los I Naturales la hablan y d. q. se puedeu valer | los Ministros estu- 
 diossos para su mejor | educacion y ensenanza. * 
 
 Manuscript, 476 11. foUo, in the library of the American PhUosophical Society, 
 Philadelphia. 
 
 Title taken from Dr. D. G. Briuton's article in the American Journal Science 
 and Arts, v. 7, pp. 222-230, where he describes it as follows: 
 
 This dictionary is a splendid testimonial to the zeal and scholarship of the 
 Franciscan missionaries. The pages are large, with double columns, 37 hnes to 
 a page, written qnite distinctly, though here and there the ink has faded so that 
 it is difficult to read. The first 15 pages are handsomely written in imitation of 
 printed letters. The characters of Parra are adopted for the five peculiar sounds. 
 Unfortunately, the copy is incomplete, ending with the word vendible. As it is 
 exclusively Spanish and Cakchiquel, it complements the Cakohiquel and Spanish 
 Calepino of Varea. 
 
 It should be observed that the letter C is wrongly hound so that the latter part 
 of it comes first, and several other letters do not seem to have been finished. 
 This copy appears to date from early in the last century, and is unique so far as I 
 know. Coto was a- native of Guatemala and lived in the latter part of the 17th 
 century. Mr. Squier gives under his name only one title "Thesaurus Verborum ; 
 6 Prases y Eleganoias de la Lengua de Guatemala ; " which, probably, is the same 
 work as the above. It is peculiarly valuable, not only for the linguistic material 
 it contains, but for the light it throws on numerous customs of the natives, on the 
 botany and zoology of the country, and for its quotations of manuscript works in 
 Cakchiquel. Coto's principal authorities are Father Francisco Maldonado's ser- 
 mons in that tongue, those of Father Antonio Saz (de san Joachim, de la visita- 
 cion, de la asunciou, de la concepcion, manual en la lengua, and others, none of 
 them mentioned by Mr. Squier or Pimentel), Father Domingo Vico, bishop of 
 Chiapas, and the "calepino" of Varea. 
 
 908 Thesaurus Verborum: 6 Frases y eleganoias de la Lengua 
 
 de Gaatemala. * 
 
 Manuscript in the library of the principal convent. — Beristain. 
 
 909 Cotton (Josiah). Vocabulary of the Massachusetts (or Natick) 
 Indian Language. By Josiah Cotton. [Edited by John Pickering.] 
 
 In Mass. Hist. Soc. Coll., third series, vol. 2, pp. 147-257. Cambridge, 
 1830. 8°. 
 
 " Advertisement " (which includes " Notice of the Manuscript ; with remarks on 
 the Author's Orthography and the Pronunciation of the Language", signed J. P.), 
 pp. 147-149; Vocabulary, 155^243; Appendix, 244-257. 
 
 The words of the vocabulary are grouped or classified, having such headings 
 as "Of Arts," "Of Beasts," "Of Rational Creatures," &c. ; "Adjectives,' 
 "Verbs," "Imperative Mood," "Participles,'' "The Creed," "A talk between 
 two," "Adverbs," "Pronouns," "Sentences," and "A Dialogue''; it also contains 
 a letter, the Natick version being signed Jno. Nemumin. 
 
 The Appendix contains "Examples from the Indian Primer" (Eliot's), words 
 of from one to fifteen syllables; two versions of the Lord's Prayer from Eliot's 
 Bible, and two from the Indian Primer; the Ten Commandments, from the 
 Primer; "A Sermon preached by Josiah Cotton to the Massachusetts Indians in 
 
GOTO COURT DE GEBELIN. 179 
 
 Cotton (Josiah) — continued. 
 
 1710 " ; and " Extracts from a Sermon in English and Indian, the English part be- 
 ing in the hand-writing of Josiah Cotton, and the Indian in that of his father, 
 John Cotton.'' 
 
 The above vocabulary though written, according to the statement of the edi- 
 tor, in 1707-'8, was printed here for the first time. It was issued also separately, 
 with title-page as follows: 
 
 910 Vocabulary | of the | Massachusetts ( or Natick ) | Indian 
 
 Language. | By Josiah Cotton. | 
 
 Cambridge: | Printed by E. W. Metcalf and Company. | 1829. | c. 
 Pp. 1-112. 8°. Contents as above. Some copies with same title are paged 147- 
 257. 
 
 911 Coulter {Dr. John). [Vocabularies of California Indians.] 
 
 In Scouler (J.) Observations of the Indian Tribes of the N. W. Coast; in 
 Royal Geog. Soc. Jour., vol. ii, pp. 215-251. 
 
 Vocabularies of the Pima; San Diego; San Juan Capistrauo; San Gabriel; 
 San Luis Obispo ; San Antonio. 
 
 912 Court de Gebelin (Antoine de). Monde Primitif, | analyst et com- 
 part I avec le Monde Moderne, | consid^re | dans son genie all6go- 
 rique | et dans les allegories | auxquelles conduisil ce g6nie ; | pre- 
 cede I du plan g6n6ral | des diverses parties qui composeront | ce 
 monde primitif: | Avec des Figures en Taille-douce. | Par M. Court 
 de Gebelin, | Ue la Soci6t6 Econom. de Berne, des Academies Eo- 
 yales de la Eochelle | & de Dijon, de la Society Libre d'fimiilatiou de 
 France. | Nouvelle Edition. | 
 
 A Paris, | Che?; L'Auteur, rue Ponp6e, Maison de M. Boucher, 
 Secretaire du Roi. | Boudet, Imprimeur-Libraire, rue Saint Jac- 
 ques. I Valleyre l'aiu6, Imprimeur-Libraire, rue de la vieille Bou- 
 clerie. | Veuve Duchesne, Libraire, rue Saint Jacques. | Saugrain, 
 Libraire, quai des Augustins. | Euault, Libraire, rue de la Harpe. | 
 M.DCC.LXXVII [-M. DCC.LXXXIl] [1777-1782]. | Avec Appro- 
 bation et privilege dn Eoi. | 
 
 9 vols. H°. 
 
 The above is the title of vol. 1, Monde Primitif. • Each of the 9 vols, has its own 
 title, that of vol. 8, the only one containing North American linguistics, being as 
 follows : 
 
 913 Monde Pripitif, | analyst et compart | avec le Monde 
 
 Moderne, | consider^ | Dans divers Objects concernant I'Histoire, le 
 Blason, les Mon- | noies, les Jeux, les Voyages des Pheniciens autour 
 du I Monde, les Langues Am6ricaines, &c. | ou | Dissertations Me- 
 lees. I Tome Premier, j Remplies de D^couvertes int^ressantes ; | 
 Avec uue Carte, des Planches, & un Monument d'Am6rique. | Par 
 M. Court de Gebelin, | de diverses Academies, Censeur Eoyal. | 
 [Design.] 
 
 A Paris, | Chez L'Auteur, rue Pou|>6e, Maison de M. Boucher, 
 Secretaire du Eoi. | Valeyre I'aine, Imprimeur-Libraire, rue de 
 
180 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Court de Gebelin (Autoine de) — coutinued. 
 
 la vieille Bouclerie. | Sorin, Libraire, rue Saint Jacques. | 
 M. BGV. LXXXI [1781]. | Avec approbation et privilege du 
 lioi. I C. 
 
 Essai surles rapports des mots, eutre leslangues du Noiiveau Monde et celles de 
 I'Ancien, pp. 489-560, contains: 
 
 Langue des Esquimaux et des Groenlandois (witli vocabulary), pp. 493-498. 
 
 Langue du Canada (including vocabularies from Vincent, Lafitau, Sagard, 
 and Lahontan), pp. 499-504. 
 
 Langues des Caraibea & de Galibis (with vocabularies), pp. 504-514. 
 
 Langue des Abenaquis, pp. 514-515. 
 
 Langue des Virginiens, pp. 515-520. 
 
 Langue des Chipeway et des Naudowessies, pp. 520-523. 
 
 Langue de Pensylvanie, p. 523. 
 
 Langue Mexicaine, pp. 523-525. 
 
 Langue de Californie, pp. 553-555. 
 
 Sabiu's Dictionary gives first edition: Paris, Boudet, 1775, 9 vols. 4°. 
 
 914 Cox (Ross). Adventures | on the | Columbia Eiver, | including | 
 the Narrative of a Eesidence | of Six Years on the Western side of | 
 the Eocky Mountains, | among | Various Tribes of Indians | hitherto 
 unknown : | together with | a Journey across the American Conti- 
 nent. I By Eoss Cox. | In two volumes. | Vol. I [II]. | 
 
 London : | Henry Colburn and Eichard Bentley, | New Burling- 
 ton Street. | 1831. | ba. 
 
 2 vols. 8°. 
 
 Numerals, l-i;0, and a few words and phrases of the "natives who reside about 
 the mouth of the Columbia," vol. 2, p. 134. 
 
 Sabin's Dictionary gives second edition : London, 1832. 
 
 915 Adventures | on the | Columbia Eiver, j including | the Nar- 
 rative of a Residence | of Six Years on the Western Side of | the 
 Eocky Mountains, | among | Various Tribes of Indians | hitherto 
 unknown: | together with | a Journey Across the American Conti- 
 tent. I By Eoss Cox. | 
 
 New York : | Printed and published by J. & J. Harper, 82 Clifi', 
 Street. | And sold by the Principal Booksellers throughout the 
 United States. | 1832. | HU. c. 
 
 Pp. i-xv, 25-335. 8°. 
 
 Numerals (1-20) and a few words and phrases of "the natives who live about 
 I he mouth of the Columbia," pp. 225-226. 
 
 910 Coxe (WOliam). Account | of the Eussiau Discoveries | between | 
 Asia and America. | To which are added | The Conquest of Siberia, | 
 and I the History of the Transactions and | Commerce between 
 Eussia and China. | By William Coxe, A. M., Fellow of King's College- 
 Cambridge, and Chaplain to his Grace the | Duke of Marlborough. | 
 
 London, | Printed by J. Nichols, | for T. Caddell. in the Strand. | 
 M DCC L XXX [1780]. ' ba. 
 
 Pp. i-xxiii, 1-344, and index, 13 pp. uunumbered. 4°. maps. 
 
COURT DE GEBELIN^ — CRANZ. 181 
 
 Coxe (William) — continued. 
 
 Specimen of the Aleutian Language (12 words, and numerals 1-10), appendix, 
 p. 303. 
 
 I have seen in the Boston Athenaeum an edition of this work with title-page 
 similar in all respects to the ahove, with the addition of: The second edition, 
 revised and enlarged. 
 
 917 Account | of the | Eussian Discoveries | between |- Asia and 
 
 America. | To which are added, | the Conquest of Siberia, | and | 
 The History of the Transactions | and Commerce between Russia 
 and China. | By William Coxe, A. M. P. E. S. | Que of the Senior 
 Fellows of King's College, Cambridge; | Member of the Imperial 
 OEcouomical Society at St. Peters- | burg, of the Eoyal Academy of 
 Sciences at Copenhagen ; and | Chaplain to his Grace the Duke of 
 Marlborough. | The third edition, revised and corrected. | 
 
 London, | Printed by J. Nichols, | for T. Cadell, in the Strand | 
 MDCCLXXXVII fl787J. 0. 
 
 1 p. ]., xxviii, 454 pp., 1 1. 8°. maps. 
 
 "Specimen of the Aleutian Language" (12 words, numerals 1-10), appendix, 
 p. 386. 
 
 I have seen the following editions which contain no linguistics. Neuchatel, 
 1781. 8°. Frankfurt und Leipzig, 1783. 8°. London, 1803. 8°, and 4°. Loudon, 
 1804. 8°. 
 
 918 Craig (E. O.) Vocabulary of the Skaget and of the Snohomish. 
 
 Manuscript. 4 11. 4°. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. 
 
 919 [Crane [Bev. J. C.)] [Spelling Book in the Tuscarora Dialect; by 
 the Eev. Mr. Crane, Missionary to the Tuscarora Tribe.] AAS. 
 
 No title-page. 15 pp. 18". 
 
 This little work is really a vocabulary, pp. 3-15 being occupied with Tuscarora 
 words arranged alphabetically, with English signification. On pp. 14-15 is the 
 Lord's Prayer in Tuscarora and English. 
 
 "He [Mr. Crane] accordingly prepared, and has had printed, 500 copies of 
 Brown's Catechism, and 400 copies of a Spelling Book, both in the Tuscarora lan- 
 guage, of which he has sent copies to the Board for their inspection. Nothing 
 before this was ever published in their language." — liejport of the Nmv Forfc Mia- 
 sionarij Sodeti/^ApTU, 1820, pp. 43-44. 
 
 920 Cranz (David). David Cranz | Historic | von | Gronland | enthal- 
 tend I Die Beschreibung des Landes und der | Einwohner &c. | ins- 
 besondere | die ] Geschichte | der dortigen | Mission | der | Bvaii- 
 gelischen | Brilder | zu | ISTeu-Herrnhut | und | Lichteufels. ( Mit 
 acht KupferitafelQ und einem Register. | 
 
 Barby bey Heinrich Detlef Ebers, und in Leipzig | in Commission 
 bey Weidmanns Erben und Eeich. | 1765. | c. 
 
 17 p. 11., pp. 1-1132,1311. 12°. maps. 
 
 VI. Abschnitt. Von den Wissenschaften der Gronliinder, pp. 277-304, contains 
 remarks on the grammatio construction of the language of Greenland, with exara- 
 I)les, and the Creed. 
 
 A Greenland song, pp. 939-972; Letters written by the Natives, pp. 109G-1100. 
 
 921 — The I History | of | Greenland | containing | a Descrip 
 
 tion I of I the Country, | and | its Inhabitants: | and particularly, | 
 
182 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Cranz (David) — continued. 
 
 A Eeliition of the Mission, carried on for above | these Thirty Years 
 by the Unitas Fratrum, | at | New Herrnhuth and Lichtenfels, in 
 that Country | by David Crantz. ] Translated from the High-Dutch, 
 and illustrated with | Maps and other Copper-plates. | In two Vol- 
 umes I Vol. I [II]. I 
 
 Loudou, I Priuted for the Brethren's Society for the Furtherance 
 of the I Gospel among the Heathen : | And sold by J. Dodsley, in 
 Pall Mall ; T. Becket and | P. A. de Hondt; and T. Cadell, Successor 
 to I A. Millar, in the Strand; W. Saudby, in | Fleet-street; S. Bla- 
 don, in Pater-noster-row ; | E. and C. Dilley, in the Poultry ; and at | 
 all the Brethren's Chapels. | MDCCLXVII [1767]. JOB. 
 
 2 vols. 8°. 
 
 Linguistics, vol. 1, pp. 217-229; vol. 2, pp. 350-352, and 446-451. 
 
 922 Histoiie | van | Groenland | Behelzende | Eene nauwkeu- 
 
 rige Beschrijvinge | van | 's Lands ligging, gesteldheid, en natuur- 
 lijkeZeldzaamheden; | Den Aart, Zeden en Gewoonten | Der Inwoo- 
 neren aan de West-Zijdebij de | Straate Davis; | 's Lands aloude en 
 nieuwe Geschiedenisse; | en in't bijzouder | de Verrichtingen der 
 Mission arissen | van de | Broeder-Kerk, | door welkeu | Twee Ge- 
 meenten van bekeerde Heidenen aldaar gesticht zijn. | Alles in eigen 
 Perzoon onderzocht en opgesteld | door | David Cranz. | Met Plaa- 
 ten versierd, in III Deelen | uit het Hoogduitsch vertaald. | 
 
 Te Haarleem bij C. H. Bohn Amsterdam bij H. de Wit Boek- 
 verkoopers. | 1767. | JOB. 
 
 3 vols. 8'". 
 
 Liugnistics, vol. 1, pp. 243-256; vol. 3, pp. 236-238, 352-357. 
 
 923 Historia | om j Gr6iiland, | deruti | Landet och desz Inbyg 
 
 gare &c. | I syunerhet | Evangeliska Brodra Forsamlingens | der 
 warands | Mission, | och Desz Forrattninger | I | Ny-Herrnhut och 
 Lichtenfels, | beskrifwas ; | Af | David Crantz | pa Tyska forfatted. 
 Men I lijr desz miirkwardiga Innehall pii Swensta ofwersatt, | och | 
 med fullst andigt Eegister forstedd. | Forra Delen, | Om | Landet, 
 Inbyggame och Missionerue, intil Ar 1740. | 
 
 Stockholm, | Tryckd och uplagd af Johan Georg Lange, | Ar 
 1769. I 
 
 Vol 2. lias a different title, as foUovrs: 
 
 924 Groniandsta | Historiens | Sednare Del, j Om | Br6dra- 
 
 Fdrsamlingens | Missioiier | Ifra,n 1740arsb6rjantill762 | arsslut. | 
 [Quotation, 2 lines.] 
 
 Stockholm. | Tryckt och uplagd af Johan Georg Lange, | Ar 
 1769. I jBC. 
 
 2 vols. : vol. 1, 1 p. 1., pp. 1-526; vol. 2, pp. 529-1216. 12°. 
 
 Linguistics, vol. 1, pp. 279-294; vol. 2, pp. 1011-1013,1142-1147. 
 
 925 The | History of Greenland : | including | an Account of the 
 
 Mission | carried on by the | United Brethren | in that Country. | 
 
CEANZ — CRONISE. 183 
 
 Cranz (David) — continued. 
 
 From tlie German of David Crantz. | With | a Continuation to the 
 present time; | Illustrative Notes; | and an Appendix, containing a 
 Sketch of the Mission | of the Brethren in Labrador, | [19 lines quo- 
 tation.] I In two volumes. | Vol. I [II]. | 
 
 London : | Printed for Longman, Hurst, Eees, Orme, and Brown, | 
 Paternoster- Row. | 1820. | c. ba. job. 
 
 2 vols. 8°. 
 
 Sketch of the Greenland Language, vol. 1, pp. 201-209; Creed, &c., pp 345- 
 346; Letters by Natives, vol. 2, pp. 225-239, 320; remarks on the language of 
 Labrador, pp. 293-294. 
 
 Reprinted, according to Ludewig, p. 72, in : Bibliothek der neuesten Eeisebe- 
 schroibungen, vol. xx. Frankfurt und Leipzig, 1779-1797, 21 vols. 8°. 
 
 I have seen the following editions of this work which contain no linguistics: 
 Barby, 1770, 12°; Frankfurt und Leipzig, 1779, 8°; Nurnberg und Leipzig, 
 1782, 12°. 
 
 926 Cremony (John C.) Life | among the Apaches: | By | John C, Cre- 
 mony, | Interpreter [&c., four lines]. | 
 
 San Francisco : | A. Roman & Company, Publishers. | New York : 
 27 Howard Street. | 1868. | JWP. 
 
 Pp. 1-322. 12°. 
 
 Numerals, 1-1000, in Apache, pp. 238-239 ; a few Apache words and sentences, 
 pp. 239-243. 
 
 927 Vocabulary of the Mescalero Apaches. 
 
 Manuscript. 6 11. folio. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. Obtained 
 by Captain Cremony at Fort Sumuer, Bosque Eedondo, on the Pecos Eiver, N. 
 Mex., in 1863. 
 
 928 Vocabulary and Grammar of the Mescalero Apache lan- 
 guage. * 
 
 Manuscript. Mentioned in Bancroft's Native Eaces, vol. 3, p. 596, where some 
 examples of it are given. He says it is " the only Apache grammar known to ex- 
 ist." He also refers to an article by Cremony in the Overland Monthly, Sept., 
 1868, pp. 306-307. 
 
 929 Cr6ve Coeur (St. John de). The Nantucket Indians described by St. 
 John Cr6ve Coeur. 
 
 In Mag. of Am. Hist., vol. 2, pp. 360-363. New York, 1878. 8°. 
 
 930 Cronise (Titus Fey). The j Natural Wealth | of | California | com- 
 prising | Early History; Geography, Topography, and Scenery; 
 Climate; Agriculture and Commercial | Products; Geology, Zoology, 
 and Botany; Mineralogy, Mines, and Mining Pro- | cesses; Manu- 
 factures; Steamship Lines, Railroads, and Commerce; | Immigra- 
 tion, PopvTlation and Society; Educational In- | stitutions and Litera- 
 ture; together with | a Detailed Description of each County; | its to- 
 pography, scenery, cities and towns. Agricultural | advantages, min- 
 eral resources, and | varied productions. | By | Titus Fey Cronise. | 
 
 San Francisco: | H. H. Bancroft & Company. | New York: 113 
 William Street. | 1868. | A. B. YC. 
 
 xvi, 696 pp. 8°. 
 Comparative vocabulary of 17 Indian, Chinese and English words, p. 32. 
 
184 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 931 Crook (Lieut. George). [Vocabularies of the Tribes of California.] 
 
 In PoweU (J. W.) Contributious to N. A. Ethnology, vol. 3. Washington, 
 
 1877. 4°. 
 Vocabulary of the Arra-arra, pp. 447-459 ; Alik wa, pp. 461-471 ; Shasta, pp. (i07-G13. 
 
 932 Vocabulary of the Hoopah of the Lower Trinity Eiver, Cal- 
 ifornia. 
 
 Manuscript. 2 11. 4°. 180 words. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. 
 
 933 Vocabulary of the Tahluwah. 
 
 Manuscript. 3 11. folio. 180 words. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. 
 
 See ■Williamson (lAeut. R. S.) and Crook {Lieut. George). 
 
 934 Cruz {Fr. Juau). Catecismo de la Doctrina cristiana en lengua 
 Huaxteca. 
 
 Printed in Mexico in 1571; reprinted in 1689. 4°.—Beristain. See No. 1050 of 
 this catalogue. 
 
 935 Catecismo en lengua Maya por Fr. Juan Cruz. 
 
 Mexico, 1571-1639. * 
 
 Title from Pimentel. Possibly an error, and intended for above. 
 
 936 Cuartos {Fr. Julian de). Arte Compendiado de la lengua Ma-ya. * 
 
 It is not knowu whether the Arte by P. Cuartos was printed. Neither Pimen- 
 tel nor Squier cites this author. — Carillo. 
 
 937 Cueba (Fr. Pedro de la). Parabolas y exemplos sacados de los cos- 
 tumbres del Campo, obra escrita en lengua Zapoteca para el cou- 
 suelo 6 instruccion de los naturales de la misma lengua por el E. P. M. 
 Fray Pedro de la Cueba, de la orden de Predicadores. * 
 
 Original manuscript of 123 leaves, i°, containing the names of different degrees 
 of relationships in Zapotfeque. Lower down, after an illegible word, the name of 
 the author, Pedro de la Cueba^ with paragraph, leaf 3: "De lo que causa el agua- 
 cero llovedifo sobre la tierra." Title followed by a blank. Two blank leaves 
 wanting in the order of numeration. On the leaf preceding the conmieucemeut 
 of the work, I have \\ ritten a title in Spanish according f o the data furnished by 
 the table of subjects, as well as the history of the author according to Burgoa. 
 At the end, table 16 11. The entire manuscript is in the same handwriting as the 
 signature. 
 
 Beside the numerous manuscripts existing, lately in the library of his monas- 
 tery, %v6 have from him the following: 
 
 938 Arte de la Gramatica de la lengua Zapoteca, conforme A la 
 
 Gramatica Latina que escribio Antonio Nebrija. 
 
 Mexico, 1607. * 
 
 8°. Title from Brasseur de Bourbonrg. 
 Pimentel gives this the date of 1667. 
 
 939 Cuellar (Fr. Lope). MuchosSermonesDoctrinalesenLenguaMist^ca. 
 
 Manuscript. Title from Beristain. * 
 
 940 Ctilbertson (Thaddeus A.) Journal of an Expedition to the Man. 
 vaises Terres and the Upper Missouri in 1850: By Thaddeus A- 
 Culbertsou. 
 
 In Smiths'n Inst. Aun. Rep. for the year 1850, pp. 84-145. Washington, 1851. 8°. 
 
 A Tabular View of the Sioux Nation on the Upper Missouri, A. D. 1850 (giving 
 tribal names with English signification), pp. 141-142. 
 
 Tabular View of several Indian Nations on the Upper Missouri, A. D. 1850, pp. 
 143-144. 
 
CROOK CUOQ. 185 
 
 941 Cull (Eichard). A Description of Three Esquimaux from Kinnook- 
 sook, Hogarth Sound, Cumberland Strait. By Eichard Cull. 
 
 In Eth. Soo. of London, Jour., vol. 4, 1856, pp. 215-225. London, n. d. 8°. 
 Numerals 1-30 of the Esquimaux of Labrador, and of Cumberland Strait (from 
 Sutherland), 221. 
 
 942 CuUen {Dr. Edward). Isthmus of Darien Ship Canal; with a full 
 History of the Scotch Colony of Darieu, several Maps, views of the 
 country, and Original Documents. Bj'^ Dr. Cullen, P. R. G. S. 
 Second Edition much enlarged. 
 
 London: Efhngham Wilson, 1853. HU. 
 
 xii, 204 pp. 8°. 
 
 Vocabulary of words in the language of the Tule or Darieu Indians, pp. 99-102. 
 "First edition London: Efiingham Wilson, 1852. A selection from this work, 
 called 'The Darien Indians,' was published in 1863." — Sabin's Dictionary. 
 
 943 Vocabulary of the Language of the Yule [Tule?] Indians, 
 
 who inhabit the Rivers and the Coast of Darien, from the mouth of 
 the Atrato to the Coast of San Bias. By D' Ed. Cullen. 
 
 In Royal Geog. Soc. Jonr., vol. 21, pp. 241-242. Loudon, 1851. 8°. 
 "Reprinted, with corrections and additions in vols. IV. and VI of the transac- 
 tions of the same society." — Berendt in Am. Siit. Record, vol. 3, j). 56. 
 
 944 The Darien Indians. By Dr. Cullen. 
 
 In Eth. Soc. of London Trans., vol. 5, pp. 150-175. London, 1868. 8°. 
 
 Darieu sentences, p. 167; Short comparative vocabulary — Darien and Choc<5, 
 p. 167 ; Vocabulary of words in the language of the Toole or Darieu Indians, pp. 
 172-175. 
 
 945 Cummings (Richard W.) Vocabulary of the Delaware and of the 
 Shawnee. 
 
 In Schoolcraft (H. R.) Indian Tribes, vol. 2, pp. 470-481. Philadelphia, 
 1852. 4°. 
 
 94G [Cuoq {Eev. Jean Andr6).] Kaiatonsera | lonteSeienstakSa. | [Cruci- 
 fix.] 
 Tiohtiaki [Montreal] : | Tehoristorarakon John Lovell. | 1857. | 
 Pp. 1-24. 12°. Primer in the Iroquois language. O-B. 
 
 947 Aiamie TipadjimoSiu | Masinaigan | ka Ojitogobauen | 
 
 Kaiat ka ]Sriina8isi | Mekate8ikonaie8igobanen kanactageng, j 
 8ak8i ena8indibanen. | 
 
 Oki MagSabikickoton John Lovell, | Moniang [Montreal] : | ate 
 Mekate8ikonaie8ikamikong, | Kanactageng. | 1859. | jwp. 
 
 Pp. i-iv, 5-339. 16°. 
 
 History of the Old Testament in the Algonkin language— Nipissing dialect. • 
 
 948 Kaiatonserase. ) TsionkSe, hetsise8am"enton ne EaSenniis. | 
 
 Tiotiaki [Montreal]: | Tehoristorarakon John Lovell. | 1860. | 
 
 Printed cover, pp. 1-132. 12°. J"WT. 
 
 Hymns, prayers, &c., in Iroquois. " lutroit de Noel," with music, pp-97-127. 
 
 Title on cover reads: Kaiatonserase | ou | Vade-mecum | du | Chantre Iro- 
 quois. I 
 949 KaTitc | Tebeniminang Jezos, | ondaje aking. | Oom masi- 
 naigan I ki ojitogoban ka ojitogobanen j aiamie tipadjimoSin masi- 
 naigan, I 8ak8i ena8indibanen. | 
 
186 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Cuoq (Bev. Jean Andr6) — continued. 
 
 O ki magSabikickoton Jolm Lovell, [ Moniang [Montreal]: | Ate 
 niekateSikonaieSikamikong. | Kanactageng. | 1861. | JWP. 
 
 Pp. i-iv, 5-396. 1G='. Life of Jesus, in the Algonkin language— Nipissing dia- 
 lect. 
 
 950 Catechisme Algonquin | avec | Syllabaire et Oantiques. | 
 
 ■ Niina Aiamie Kak8edjindi8iuiinasinaigan | ate gaie | Kekinoamage- 
 magak | Masinaigan gaie aiamie nikamonan. | Kanactageng. | 
 Moniang [Montreal]: | Tak8abikickote. endatc John Lovell. | 
 
 1865. I GB. 
 Pp. 1-53. 18°. In the Nipissing dialect of the Algonkin language. 
 
 951 Tsiatak NihononSentsiake j onk8e on8e | Akoiatonsera, j 
 
 Ionterennaientak8a, teieriSakSatha, | iontaterihonnien- | nitha, ion- 
 tateretsiaronkSa, iakentasetatha, | iekaratonk8atokentisouha oni. j 
 Kaliiaton oni tokara nikarennake erontaksneha. | Kaneshatake tia- 
 koson. I Le | Livre des Sept Nations | on | Paroissen Iroquois. | 
 Auquel on a ajout6, pour I'usage de la mission du j Lac des Deux- 
 Moutagnes, quelques oantiques | en langue algonquine. j 
 
 Tiohtiake [Montreal.] | Tehoristorarakon John Lovell. | 1865. | s. 
 
 12 p. 11., pp. 1-460. 12°. 
 
 In addition to the Processional, Livre de Chant for mass, vespers, &c., in Iro- 
 quois, the volume contains the mass and nearly a hundred chants and hymns in 
 the Nipissing dialect of the Algonkin. Many of the hymns in both dialects are 
 set to music. Appended : 
 
 Marcoux (Rev. J.) lonterrennaientakSa sohna ou Formulaire de Priferes, pp. 
 27.5-410. 
 
 952 Etudes Philologiques | sur quelques | Langues Sauvages | 
 
 de I I'Amerique, | Par N[ij-kwenatc-auibic]. 0[rakwanentakon]. | 
 Ancien Missionnaire. | [Four lines quotation.] | 
 
 Montreal | Dawson Brothers | 55, Grande Eue St. Jacques. | 
 
 1866. I BA. JWP. 
 Pp. 1-160. large 8^. 
 
 Preface and Preliminary Chapter, pp. 5-10. 
 
 First Part. Critical Examination of some of the works of H. E. Schoolcraft and 
 Peter S. Dnponceau, pp. 11-34. 
 
 Second Part. Grammatical System of the Algonquin and Iroquois Languages, 
 pp. 35-122. 
 
 Third Part. Comparative vocabularies of the Algonquin and Iroquois (from 
 McKenzie, Duponeean, Schoolcraft, Catliu, and others), pp. 123-157. 
 
 The initials N. 0. adopted by Father Cuoq are the first letters of the names, 
 as above, given him by the Indians among whom he lived, the first being an Al- 
 gonkin name meaning the beautiful double leaf, the second an Iroquois name 
 meauing the fixed star. 
 
 953 Cantique en langue Algonquine. 
 
 Paris: Maisonneuve et Cie. 1869. * 
 
 4 pp. 8°. No. 4, vol. 1, Actes de la Soc. Philologique. — Zeclerc. Accompanied 
 by notes by H. de Charencey. 
 
 954 Jugement erron6 | de | M. Ernest Kenan | sur les | Lan- 
 gues Sauvages | par | I'auteur des Etudes Philologiques. j Deuxifeme 
 Edition entierement refondue. | [Four lines quotation.] | 
 
cuoQ. 187 
 
 Cuoq {Bev. Jean Audrey — continued. 
 
 Montreal | Dawson Brothers, | 55, Grande Rue St. Jacques, 55 | 
 J. B. Roland & Fils, | 12 & 14, Rue St. Vincent, 12 & 14 | 1870. | 
 Pp. 1-113. large 8°. j-^rp. 
 
 Chap. I. Lingnistiqne Am^ricaine. — Son Importance au point de vue ethno- 
 gr.iphique comme au point de vue philologiqne, pp. 5-9. 
 
 Chap. II. Les Langues Am^ricaines comparfies anx Langues S^m^tiques et aux 
 Langues ludo-Europfiennes, pp. 10-15. 
 
 Chap. III. Eichesse dea Langues Am^rioaines, pp. 16-20. 
 
 Chap. IV. Syst&me Phonique et Graphique des Langues Am6ricaines, pp. 21-25. 
 
 Chap. v. Curieuses Analogies entre les Langues Am^ricaines et les Langues 
 des Races Civilis6es, pp. 26-30. 
 
 Chap. VI. Caractfere des Langues Am^ricaines, pp. 31-35. 
 
 Chap. VII. Formation des Noms des Langues Am^rioaines [Algonquin and 
 Iioquois], pp. 36-44. 
 
 Chap. VIII. Des Accidents dans certaines espfeces de mots de la Langne Algon- 
 quine, pp. 45-51. 
 
 Chap. IX. Des Accidents Verbaux et autres Accidents de la Langne Iroquoise, 
 pp. 52-66. 
 
 Chap. X. Diverses Classifications des Verhes Algonquins, pp. C6-78. 
 
 Chap. XT. Espfeoes Partiouliferes de Verbes Algonquins, pp. 79-88. 
 
 Chap. XII. Mots formes par Onomatopee, pp. 88-90. 
 
 Chap. XIII. Tour et Construction des Phrases [Prodigal son and Lord's Prayer 
 in Iroquois and Algonquin], pp. 91-100. 
 
 Chap. XIV. Espouse b, diverses questions, pp. 101-112. 
 
 First edition, Montreal, 1864, not seen. 
 
 955 Kaiatonsera | lonteweienstakwa | Kaiatonserase. | Nou- 
 
 veau syllabaire Iroquois. | [Picture of Indian.] 
 
 Tiohtiake: | Tehoristorarakon Jolin Lovell, | 1873. | JWP. 
 
 Pp. 1-69, 1 1. contents. 8°. Eeading lessons, prayers, hymns, &c., in Iroquois, 
 some with Latin, others French and English translations. 
 
 956 Lexique | de la | Langue Iriquoise | avec | Notes et Ap- 
 pendices I par I J. A. Cuoq | Pr6tre de Saint-Sulpice. | [Six lines 
 quotation.] 
 
 Montreal | J. Chapleau & Fils, Imprimeurs-Elditeurs, | 31 et 33 
 rue Oott^. I JWP. 
 
 Pp. i-ix, 1-215. 8°. 
 
 Eacincs Iroquoises, alphabetically arranged, pp. 1-73 ; D^riv^s et Composes, 
 alphabetically arranged, pp. 75-151; Notes Suppl^mentaires, pp. 153-182; Appen- 
 dices, pp. 183-215. 
 
 ^57 Actes I dela i Soc6t6 Philologigue | Tome III.— No. 2, Avril 
 
 1873 I Chrestomathie Algonquine | 
 
 Paris I Maisonneuve et C% \ Libraires-Bditeurs | 15, Quai Vol- 
 taire, 15 I 1873 I ^- T. 
 Printed title on cover, pp. 39-51. 8°. Contains "Les huit Beatitudes (Saint 
 Mathieu, ch. v.)" 
 
 958 L'Oraison Dominicale (Texte Algonquin avec Glose) 
 
 [signed] N. O. * 
 
 In Soc. Philol.,.Aotc8, tome 4, pp. 199-205. Paris, 1874. 8°. 
 
188 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Cuoq {Bev. Jeau Andr^) — continued. 
 
 959 La Salutation Ang^ique (Texte Algonquin avec Glose) 
 
 [signcdl N. O. 
 
 In Soc. PhUol., Actes, tome 4, pp. 207-209. Paris, 1874. 8°. 
 These two titles furnisliecl by Mr. W. Eames. Reprinted, according to Leclerc, 
 as lollows: 
 
 960 L'oraison dominicale et la Salutation Ang61ique, texte algon- 
 
 quiiie, avec gloses. 
 
 Paris : Maisonneuve et Cie. 1874. * 
 
 11 pp. 8^. 
 
 961 Fragments de Ohrestomathie Algonquin^. [Symbole des 
 
 Apdstros.] * 
 
 In Soc. Philol., Actes, tome 4, pp. 287-311. 
 Title from W. Eames. Issued separately as follows. 
 
 962 Fragments de Ohrestomathie algonquine ^ Symbols des 
 
 Apotres.) 
 
 Paris: Maisonneuve et Cie. 1875. * 
 
 28 pp. 8°. 
 
 lu addition to tlie above works the author informs me he has written: Cat6- 
 chisme Ir. quois, and : Principes de la Foi Catholique, in Iroquois. 
 
 963 Gushing (Frank Hamilton). Catalogue of objects collected by the 
 Bureau of Ethnology at the pueblo of Zuiii, during the summer of 
 
 1S81. 
 
 Manuscript. 279 pp. folio. After the English names of these articles Mr. 
 Gushing has placed the Zurd synonyms. 
 
 964 A Census of the Ashi-wi or Zuiii Nation. 
 
 Manuscript. 100 pp. folio. Includes the Gentes, Phratries, and Societies; and 
 the names, wiih English signification, of all the members of the tribe. 
 
 965 Collection of Zuiii songs and poetry. 
 
 Manuscript. 30 pp. folio. 
 
 966 Collection of native ZuQi speeches. 
 
 Manuscript. CO pp. folio. With interlinear and free translations; illustrative 
 of Zuui grammar and oratory. 
 
 967 The Exclamative and Imitative Elements in the Origin of 
 
 Human Languages, as illustrated by studies of the Etymology of tbo 
 ZuDi. 
 
 Manusorij)t. 80 pp. 4°. 
 
 968 Graminatic forms illustrating the parts of speech, cases, 
 
 moods, tenses, syntax, and orthoepy of the ZuQi language. 
 
 Manuscript. 40 pp. folio. With copious notes and text. Introductory to a 
 Grammar of the A-shi-wi. 
 
 969 Introductory vocabularies of a Dictionary of the A-shi-wi, 
 
 or Zuiii language. 
 
 Manuscript. 80 pp. folio; contains between 2, 000 and 3, 000 words. 
 
cuoQ— cusicir. 189 
 
 Cushing (Frank Hamiltou) — continued. 
 
 970 Prayers, Rituals and Directionss for Ceremonials in the ZuQi 
 
 language. 
 
 Manuscript. 50 pp. folio. Collected from tho priesthood and sacred societies of 
 theZuuis. lutliHoriginallanguage, with intrrliiiear and free translations, notes, etc. 
 
 971 ^ Prayers, Eltuals and Songs of the A pi-thlan shi-wa-ni or 
 
 Zuui " Priesthood of tlie Bow." 
 
 Manuscript. 31 pp. folio. In the original language, with interlinear and free 
 translations, explanatory texts, etc. 
 
 972 Translations of Zufii Folk-lore, including twelve stories or 
 
 t6-lap-na-we, with portions of original text. 
 
 Manuscript. 190 pp. folio. 
 
 973 Vocabulary of Archaic words in the Zufii language. 
 
 Manuscript. 24 pp. fulio. Gathered chiefly from the ritualistic, mythic, and 
 folk-lore, and from the ancient songs of the Znuis ; with notes. 
 
 974 Proverbs, Idioms and Archaic figures, collected from the 
 
 Zuiii folk-lore. 
 
 Manuscript. 20 pp. folio 
 
 These manuscripts were prepared by Mr. Cusbing during his stay in Zuiii in the 
 employ of the Bureau of Ethnology. These manuscripts will form part of the 
 volume or volumes to be piepared by him and to be published by the Bureau. 
 
 975 Cusick (David). Sketches of the Ancient History of the Six Nations. 
 By David Cusic. 
 
 In Schoolcraft (H.E.) Indian Tribes, vol. 5, pp. 631-646. Washington, 1855. 4". 
 Numerals, 1-10, of the Mohawk and Tusoarora, p. 645. 
 
 976 David Cusick's | Sketches of | Ancient History | of the | 
 
 Six Nations, | — comprising — | first — a tale of the Foundation of 
 the I Great Island, | (now North America,) | the Two Infants 
 Born, I and the | Creation of the Universe. | Second — a Real Account 
 of the Early Settlers of North | America, and their dissensions. | 
 Third — Origin of the Kingdom of the Five Nations, which | was 
 called I A Long House: | The Wars, Fiercii Animals, «&;c. | 
 
 Lockport, N. Y.: | Turner & McCollum, Printers, Democrat 
 OfSce. I 1848. [ ba. jwp. 
 
 Pp. 1-35. 8°. 
 
 Numerals, 1-10, of the Mohawk and of the Tusoarora, p. 35. 
 
 Acoordi g to Sabiii's Dictionary the first edition was published : Tusoarora Vil- 
 lage, 1825; the secon l : Tusoarora Village [Lewiston, Niagara Co.], 1828, 36 pp. 
 
 977 Cusick (James N.) The | Collection | of | Sacred Songs, | for the 
 use of the | Baptist Native Christians | of the | Six Nations. | Re- 
 vised by I James N. Cusick. | 
 
 Philadelphia: | American Baptist Publication Society. | 1846. |, 
 
 Second title : 
 
 Ne Kproron | ne | Teyerihwahkwatha | igen | ne enyontste | ne 
 yondatteskos yagorihwiyoghstonh | rotinensyonih kaweanondahko | 
 ne sokwatigwen, | James N. Cusick. | 
 
 Kanadayengowa : | Wasdonrohnon yehdatteskos tehatiris- | tora- 
 raks. I 184C. | gb. 
 
 Pp. 1-125. 32°. Englisli title recto 1. 1 (p. 1), Indian title recto 1. 2 (p. 3). 
 
190 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 978 Daa (Liidwig Kristeuseii). On tbe Affinities between the Languages 
 of the Northern Tribes of the Old and New Continents. By Lewis 
 Kr. Daa, Esq., of Christiana, Norway. 
 
 Ill Philolog. Soc. of London, Tra s., 1850, pp. 251-294. Loudon, n. d. 8°. 
 Comparative table showing affinities between Asiatic and American languages, 
 pp. 264-285. 
 
 979 Dairyman. The | Dairyman's | Daughter: | By Eev. Legh Eich- 
 mond. I [Two lines Clierokee characters.] | 
 
 Park Hill: | Mission Press, J. Candy & E. Archer, Printers. | 
 [One line Cherokee characters.] | 1847. | BA. 
 
 57 pp. 24°. In Cherokee characters. 
 Appended, pp. 57-07, is Bob the Sailor Boy, q. v. 
 
 980 Dakota Vocabulary. * 
 
 In Soc. Ethnologique, M6moires, vol. 3, p. 26 1. Paris, 1845. 8^^. 
 Title from Ludewig. 
 
 981 Dall (William Healey). Alaska | and | its Resources. | By | Wil- 
 liam H. Dall, I Director of the Scientific Corps of the late Western 
 Union | Telegraph Exi)edition. | [Design.] | 
 
 Boston: | Lee and Shepard. | 1870. | BA. c. 
 Pp. i-xii, 1-628. 8°. map. 
 
 Glossary, pp. 529-.')33, contains explanation of Alaskan names of tribes, etc. 
 Appendix F, Vocabularies, pp. 547-575, contains vocabularies of the following: 
 
 Unalitskan from Saur. Sitkawan from Lisiansky. 
 
 Atkan from Gibbs. Stakhi'ukwan from Gibbs. 
 
 Ugaliikmut from Wrangell. Yiikutat from Gibbs. 
 
 Chug^tchigmut from Wrangell. Ugal(5ntsi from Wrangell. 
 
 Koni^gmut from Saur. Ahtena from Wra!igell. 
 
 NushergSgmnt from Gibbs. Kenaitena from Wrangell. 
 
 Kuskw6gmut Irom Baer. Tendin-kntch'-in from Dall. 
 
 Ek6graut from Dall. Kutcliakutch'in from Keunicott. 
 
 Ilnaligmiit from Dall. Kiliyuhkhataua (Ulukuk) frojii Dall. 
 
 M^hlemut from Dall. Kaiynkhatana (Northeastern) from Dall. 
 
 Kaviiigmut from Dall. Unakbatiina iroiii Dall. 
 
 Greenlandic from Egede. Nuliito (lu'galik) Irora Dall. 
 
 Chil'klukmut from Hall (in part). Ulu'kuk (In'galik) from Dall. 
 
 Kygilui from Gibbs. Tanan^ (In'galik) from Dall. 
 
 982 On the distribution of the Native Tribes of Alaska and the 
 
 adjacent territory. By W. H. Dall. 
 
 lu Am. Ass. Adv. Sci., Proc, vol. 18, pp. 203-273, and 2 folding sheets. Cam- 
 bridge, 1870. 8°. 
 
 Contains a vocabulary of 27 words, and the numerals 1-10 of the tribes of which 
 vocabularies are given in the same author's: Alaska and its Resources. 
 
 983 On some peculiarities of the Eskimo Dialect. By William 
 
 H. Dall. 
 
 In Am. Ass. Adv. Sci., Proc, vol. 19, pp. 332-349. Cambridge, 1871. 8°. 
 Conjugation of the affirmative form of the indicative niodo of the verb ermityuk, 
 to wash, pp. 335-349. 
 
 984 Tribes of the Extreme Northwest. By W. H. Dall. 
 
 In Powell (J. W.) Contriliutions to N. A. Ethnology, vol. 1, pp. 1-lOG. Wash- 
 mgton, 1877. 4°. 
 
DAA— ^DANFOETH. 191 
 
 Dall (William Healey) — continued. 
 
 "Appeudis to Part I. Linguistics,'' pp. 107-156, contains lingnistio contribu. 
 lions from several authors, a full list of which is given under Powell (J. W.), g. v. 
 Mr. Dall's is as follows : 
 
 Terms of Relationship used by the Innuit, pp. 117-119. 
 
 985 Dalton (Henry G.) The | History of British Guiana. | Compris- 
 iug I a General Description of the Colony; | a Ifarrative of some of 
 the Principal Events from the earliest | period of its Discovery to 
 the present time ; | together with | an Account of its Climate, Geol- 
 ogy, Staple Products, | and Natural History. | By | Henry G. Dal- 
 ton, M.D. I Member [&c., five lines]. | In two volumes. ( Vol.Tj-II]. | 
 Loudon: | Longman, Brown, Green, and Longmans. | 1855. | • * 
 2 vols. pp. i-xv, 1-518; i-vii, 1-580. 8°. Contains vol. 1, p. 74, a list of Carib 
 terms (from Eochefort) compared with similar words in Oriental dialects, [He- 
 brew, &c.], (taken from Edwards' West Indies, vol. 1, p. 117). 
 Title from Mr. W. Eames. 
 
 98(5 Dana ( — ). Vocabulary of the Upper Sacramento, Talatui, Piyuni, 
 Lekurane, and Tsamak. 
 
 In Hale (H.) Ethnography and Philology (U. S. Ex. Ex., vol. 6), pp. 630, 631, 
 632, 633. Philadelphia, 1846. 4°. 
 
 Eeprinterl in Am. Bth. Soc, Trans. , vol. 2, pp. 132, 123, 124, 125. New York, 
 1848. 8°. 
 
 Reprinted, with the exception of the Sacramento, in Powell (J. W.) Contribu- 
 tions to N. A. Ethnology, vol. 3, pp. 552-557,, 599, 600. Washington, 1877. 4°. 
 
 Also reprinted, in whole or in part, in many other places. 
 
 987 D[anforth] (S[amuel]). Masukkenukeeg | Matcheseaenvog | Weque- 
 toog kah Wuttooamitoog. | UppeyaonontChristohkahne | Yeuyeu f 
 Teanuk | Wonk, aUche nunnukquodt missinninnuh uk- ( quohquen- 
 aount wiitainskoianatamooonganoo- | Kah Kelietookaonk papaume 
 Wussittum- I wae kesukodtum : kah papaume nawhutch | onkatogeh 
 Wunuomwayeuongash. | Nashpe Increase Mather. | Kukkootomweh- 
 teaenuh ut oomveuwehkomong- | anit ut Bostonut, ut New Eng- 
 land. I Eccles. 12. 13. Nootamuttuh pakodtittumoonk mamurse ke- | 
 ketookaonk, qush God kah nanawehteaush wutamooteamotongash, | 
 wutche yeu mainusse wunneseonk missanuinnung. | Acts 20. 21. 
 Noowauwohheunneau Jewsog kah Greeksog | aiuskoianatamowonk 
 uogque en Godut, kah oonamptamowonk | nogquein kum Manitoo- 
 niuuonut Jesus Christ. | Yeush kulikookootomwehteaongash qush- 
 kinnu- l.munash en Indiane unnontoowaonganit nashpe S. D. | 
 
 Bostonut, Printuoop nashpe Bartholomew Green, | kah John Allen. 
 1098. I AAS. 
 
 Title; reverse blank ; pp. 3-6 wanting. Text, pp. 7-161. 18°. 
 
 The copy of the above seen by me in the library of the Am. Ant. Soc, was 
 not complete, judging from the description of the copy in the Brinley Library, 
 described in the Catalogue of Books and Tracts, in: Am. Ant. Soc, Proc, No. 61, 
 where the following translation and description is given : 
 
 Translation : Greatest Sinners called and encouraged to come to Christ, and that 
 Now, quickly. Also, that it is very dangerous for people to delay their repentance, 
 And a Disco arse concerning the Judgment Day ; and concerning some other Truths. 
 
192 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Danforth (Samuel) — contiuued. 
 
 By Increase Mather, Teacher of the Church iu Boston These 
 
 Discourses are translated into Indian language by S. D. 
 
 Five Sermons of Increase Mather's, translated by Samuel Danforth, who sub 
 scribes "The Epistle Dedicatory" to the Author, from Taunton, 14 bh, 8, 1698. 
 The last sermon ends on page 162. A "Postscript," pp. 163, 164, certifies to the 
 success of Experience Mayhew's labors among the InJians of Martha's Vineyard. 
 
 The first Indian book known to have been printed after the removal of the 
 press to Boston. 
 
 988 The Woful effects of Druukenness. A sermon at Bristol, 
 
 Oct. 12, 1709 when two Indians, Josias and Joseph were Executed 
 for Murther. 
 
 Boston, B. Green, 1710. * 
 
 1 1., iv, 52 pp. sm. 12°. 
 
 At the end, pp. 43-52, are "A few words addressed to the poor condemned mur- 
 derers" in the Indian language. — Brinlei/ Sale Cat., pt. 1, No. 765. 
 
 989 Davalos {Fr. Luis). Sermones de Quaresma y Pestividades en Idi- 
 oma Kiche. * 
 
 Manuscript. Title from Beristain. 
 
 990 Davidib | assingitalo tuksiarutsiningit nertordlerutingillo | iiiigeru- 
 sertaggit. | The Book of Psalms | translated into the | Esquimaux 
 Language, | by | the Missionaries | of the | Unitas Pratrum, or 
 United Brethren. | Printed for the use of the Mission, | Ity | The 
 British and Poreign Bible Society, | 
 
 London: | W. M'Dowall Printer, | 1830. | abs. 
 
 Pp. 1-216. 12°. 
 
 Sabin's Dictionary, No. 22868, gives an edition of 18:11, and Bagster's Bible of 
 Every Land mentions one of 1826, and another of 1842, the latter translated by 
 Rev. Valentine MuUer. 
 
 See Kustumiutut. See Tuksiautit. 
 
 991 Davidoff (Gavrila Ivanovich). [Two Voyages to America of the 
 Naval Of&cers Khwostoff and Davidoft', described by the latter.] 
 
 St. Petersburg, Morskaia typografla. 1810-1812. * 
 
 2 vols. 8°. 
 
 In Russian. This title and the one below from Dall and Baker's Alaska Bib- 
 liography. According to Ludewig, p. 93, it contains a Konai vocabulary, vol. 2, 
 pp. xiii-xxviii, and a Kolush vocabulary, vol. 2, p. 1 et seq. 
 
 992 Eeise der Euss. kais. Plott-Offlciere Chwostow uud Dawydow 
 
 von St. Petersburg durch Siberien nach Amerika und zuruck, in 
 den Jatiren 1802-1804. Beschreibt von Dawydow und aus dem 
 Russ. iibersetzt von Dr. Carl Schultz. 
 
 Berlin, 1816. ♦ 
 
 8°. 
 
 993 Davidson (George). Eeport of Assistant George Davidson relative 
 to the resourci's and the coast features of Alaska Territory. 
 
 In Coast Siurvey Ann. Rept., 1867, pp. 187-329. Washington, 1869, 4°. 
 
DANFOETH DAVIS. 193 
 
 Davidson (George) — continued. 
 
 Vocabulary of the languages of the natives of Kadiak, Unarlaska, Kenai, and 
 Sitka (from Lisiansky), pp. 293-298. 
 
 Vocabulary of the Spuch'-se-lotz tribe of the Tchim'-chsB-an' people (David- 
 son), pp. 325-329. 
 
 994 Report of Assistant George Davidson relative to the coast, 
 
 features, and resources of Alaska Territory. lsh. 
 
 In 40Ui Congress, 2d Session. House of Eepresentatives. Ex. Doc. No. 177. | 
 Russian America. | Message | from the | President of the United States, | in an- 
 swer to I A resolution of the House of 19th of December last, transmitting cor- 
 respondence I in relation to Russian America. | 
 
 No imprint. [Cincinnati, Feb. 17, 1868.] 361 pp. ; and Part 2, 19 pp. 8°. 
 
 Mr. Davidson's report occupies pp. 219-361, and contains, pp. 328-333, vocabu. 
 laries of the Ooualashka, Kadiak, Kenay, Sitka, all from Lisiansky's Voyage round 
 the World. 
 
 Davies (John), Translator. 
 See [Rochefort (Louis C6sar de)]. 
 
 995 Davila Padilla {Fr. Antonio). Arte para aprender la Lengua Me- 
 gicana. * 
 
 Title fiom Beristain. 
 
 996 Davis {Rev. B.) On the origin of thie name 'Canada.' By Eev. B. 
 Davis, L. L. D., Member of the Council of the Philological Society 
 of London. 
 
 In Nat. Hist. Soo. of Montreal, Proc, vol. 6, iirst sess., pp. 430-432. Mont- 
 real, 1861. 8". 
 
 997 Davis (John) and Lykins (Johnston). Heeat Oponaka Hera Cane 
 Coeatetest. Momen Mata Oponakau Cane Tyfet Canetan Liken, 
 tepake Maskoke Ponaka escoeatest. 
 
 Shawanoe Baptist Mission, Ind. Ter. 1835. abs. 
 
 Pp. 1-190. 24°. 
 
 Literal translation : This word John wrote. And that word John Davis Jona- 
 than Lykens together Muskoki Language wrote in. 
 
 For other editions, see Buckner (H. F.) and Herrod (Gt.); Loughridge (R. M.) 
 and Robettson (W. S.) 
 
 998 Davis {Bev. Solomon). A | Prayer Book, | in the Language of the 
 Six Nations of Indians | containing | the Morning and Evening Ser- 
 vice, I the Litanj', Catechism, some of the Collects, | and the 
 Prayers and Thanksgivings upon | several occasions, | in the | Book 
 of Common Prayer | of the | Protestant Episcopal Church : | to- 
 gether with I forms of Family and Private Devotion. | Compiled 
 from various Translations, and prepared for publication by re- 
 quest I of the Domestic Committee of the Board of Missions of the 
 Protestant | Episcopal Church in the United States of America. | 
 By tlie Eev. Solomon Davis, | Missionary to the Oneidas, at Duck- 
 Creek, Territory of Wisconsin. | 
 
 New- York : | Swords, Stanford, & Co. | D. Fanshaw, Printer. | 
 1837. I BA. JWP. 
 
 Pp. 1-168. 12°. 
 Hymns, pp. 166-168. 
 13 Bib 
 
J 
 
 194 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 999 Davis (W. W. H.) El Gringo; | or, | New Mexico aud her peo- 
 ple. I By I W. W. H. Davis, | late United States Attorney. | 
 
 ]^ew York : | Harper & Brothers, Publishers, | Franklin Square. | 
 1857. I 0. 
 
 Pp. i-xU, 13-4.32. 12°. 
 
 "A complete vocabulary of words in the languages of the Pueblo or civilized 
 Indians of New Mexico" (from Simpson), pp. 157-159, as follows: 
 1. Santo Domingo. 2. San Juan. Picoris. 
 
 San Felipe. Santa Clara. Sandia. 
 
 Santa Ana. S. Ildefonso. Isleta. 
 
 Silla. Pojuaque. 4. Jemez. 
 
 Laguna. Nambe. Old Pecos. 
 
 Acoma. Teznzue. 5. Zuni. 
 
 Cochiti. 3. Taos. 6. Moqui. 
 
 "Vocabulary of upward of sixty Words in Nabajo and English," pp. 419-420. 
 
 1000 Dawson (George M.) Geological Survey of Canada. | Alfred E. C. 
 Selwyn,P. E. S., F. G. S., Director. | Eeport | on the | Queen Char- 
 lotte Islands | 1878 | by | George M. Dawson, D. S., A. E. S. M., F. 
 G. S. I [Vignette.] | Published by authority of Parliament. | 
 
 Montreal : | Dawson Brothers. | 1880. | jwp. 
 
 In Selwyn (A. R. C.) Geological Survey of Canada. Eeport of Progress for 
 1878-79. 2 11., pp. 1-239 B, map. Mom real, 1880. 8°. 
 
 Appendix A. On the Haida Indians of the Queen Charlotte Islands (containing 
 Haida terms passim), pp. 103-175. 
 
 Ajipendix B. Vocabulary of the Haida Indians of the Queen Charlotte Islands 
 (Skidegate and Masset dialects), pp. 177-189. 
 
 The vocabulary contains a list of relationships in the Masset dialect furnished 
 by Rev. Mr. Collison. 
 
 This report is also issued separately with its own Table of Contents, making 
 the collation 1 p. 1., pp. i-v, 1-239 B. 
 
 1001 Dawson (S. J.) Eeport | on the | Exploration of the Country | be- 
 tween I Lake Superior and the Eed Eiver Settlement, | and | be- 
 tween the latter place and the Assinniboine and | Saskatchewan. | 
 By S. J. Dawsou, Esquire, C. E. | Printed by Order of the Legisla- 
 tive Assembly. | [Vignette.] 
 
 Toronto: | John Lovell, Printer, Corner of Yonge and Melinda 
 Streets. | 1859. | jwp. 
 
 2 p. 11., 22(5 unnumbered pp., maps and plates. 4"^'. 
 
 Forms appt-ndix 36 to vol. 17, Journals of f he Leg. Ass. of Canada, session 1859. 
 
 Chapter xiii, Indian Antiquities, Numbers and Distribution, pp. 117-125, con- 
 tains, p. 124, a list of months in the Dakota, with English signification, aud a few 
 sentences of the Loid's Prayer with interlinear translation. 
 
 lOOJ Dearborn (Henry Alexander Scammell). A | Sketch of the Life | 
 of the I Apostle Eliot, | prefatory to a subscription | for | Erecting 
 a Monument | to his memory. | [Quotation, six lines.] | By Henry 
 A. S. Dearborn. | 
 
 Eoxbury: | Norfolk County Journal Press. ( Over Central 
 Market. | 1850. | WE. 
 
 3 p. 11., pp. 7-32. 8°. plate. The two leaves following the title contain fac- 
 simile title-page of Eliot's Indian Bible, 1663, and ten verses from the first chap- 
 ter of Genesis ia the Natick language. 
 
DAVIS DlSjEAN. 105 
 
 1003 De Brahm (John Gerar William). History | of the | Proviiice of 
 Georgia: | with | Maps of Original Surveys. | By | John Gerar Wil- 
 liam De Brahm. | His Majesty's Surveyor-General | for the South- 
 ern District of | North America. | B'ow First Printed. | 
 
 Wormsloe. | MDCOCXLIX [1849]. | BA. 
 
 Pp. 1-55, 1 1. large 4°. 
 
 List of Cherokee Indian towns in the Province of Georgia, p. 54 ; List of Creek 
 Indian towns in the Province of Georgia, pp. 54-55. 
 
 Printed privately for the editor. The impression was limited to forty-nine 
 copies. 
 
 1004 De Forest (John William). History | of the | Indians of Connecti- 
 cut I from the | Earliest known Period | to 1850. | By John W. De 
 Forest. | Publishedwith the sanction of the | Connecticut Historical 
 Society. | [Pour lines quotation.] | 
 
 Hartford : | Wm. Jas. Hamersley. j 1851. | BA. c. 
 
 Pp. i-xxvi, 1-509. large 12°. map. 
 
 "Language," being general remarks on the Massachusetts, Narragansett, and 
 Pequot languages, and containing the Lord's Prayer in Mohegan (from Gov. Sal- 
 tonstall) and in the Massachusetts (from Eliot's Bible), pp. 38-42. 
 
 Appendix I. Short vocabulary of the Massachusetts, Narragansett, Mohican, 
 Pequot, and Naugatuck, p. 491, 
 
 1005 History | of the | Indians of Connecticut | from the | 
 
 Earliest known Period | to 1850. | By John W. De Forest. | Pub- 
 lished with the sanction of the | Conueclicut Historical Society. | 
 [Quotation, four lines.] | 
 
 Hartford : | Wm. Jas. Hamersley. | 1852. | WE. 
 
 Pp. i-xxvi, 1-509. 8°. map. 
 
 J006 History | of the | Indiansof Connecticut | from the | Earliest 
 
 known Period | to 1850. | By John W. De Forest. | Published with 
 the sanction of the | Counecticut Historical Society. | [Pour lines 
 quotation.] | 
 
 Hartford : | Wm. Jas. Hamersley. | 1853. | c. 
 
 Pp. i-xxvi, 1-509. 8°. map. 
 
 Linguistics as in previous editions. 
 
 1007 History | of the | Indians of Connecticut | from | the Earliest 
 
 known Period | to | A. D. 1850. | By John W. De Forest. | [Four 
 lines quotation.] | 
 
 Albany: | J. Munsell, 82 State Street. | 1871. | LSH. 
 
 Pp. i-xxvi, 1-509. 8°. map. 
 
 A part of the earlier edition fell into Mr. Mnnsell's hands, who issued it wilh 
 above title. Linguistics as in the previous edition'^. 
 
 1008 Ddjean (Aug.) Anichinabek amisinahikaniwa, kicheanameatchik, 
 catonik, Otawak wakanakessi. 
 
 Wyastcnong [Detroit], G. L. Whitney, 1830. * 
 
 106 pp. 18". 
 
 Catechism in the Ottawa language, followed by an alphabet and phrases in 
 French and in Ottawa. Published by the missionary.Dejeau and printed in De- 
 troit. Between pages 10-11 is found a cartoon numbered II, printed on one side 
 only. — Leclerc. 
 
196 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Dejean (Aug.) — continued. 
 
 1009 Lettre de M. Dejean, missionnaire apostolique [dated "L'Ar- 
 
 bre Croche, 29 octobre 1829"]. 
 
 In Annales do la Propagation de la Foi, vol. iv, pp. 491-496. Contains, on 
 pp. 494-495, a few Ottawa words and phrases, with definitions. 
 Title furnished by Mr. W. Eames. 
 
 1010 [De Kay (J. E.)] (Not published.) Note. [Indian Names of Places 
 on Long Island. By J. E. De Kay.] WE. 
 
 IColophon : Holman & Gray, Boole and Job Printers, 90 Fulton street, N. Y.] 
 
 N. p., n. d. Pp. l-li. 12°. Dated January 1st, 1851. 
 
 List sent to persons in the hope of eliciting further information. 
 
 1011 Delafield (John, jr.) and Lakey (James). Au Inquiry | into the ori 
 gin of the | Antiquities of America. | By | John Delafield, Jr. | 
 With I an appendix, | containing notes, and "A view of the causes 
 of the superiority of the men of | the Northern over those of the 
 Southern Hemisphere." | By | James Lakey, M. D. | 
 
 New York : | Published for subscribers, by | Colt, Burgess & Co., | 
 London: | Longman, Eees, Orme, Brown, Green & Longman. | 
 Paris: | A. & W. Galignani & Co. | 1839. | c. 
 
 Pp. 1-142, and folding plate. 4°. 
 
 Vocabulary of words in various American dialects compared with those of va- 
 rious Asiatic dialects (from Mitliridates), p. 25. 
 
 Some copies have a slightly diiferent title, as follows: 
 
 V 1012 An Inquiry | into the origin of the | Antiquities of Amer- 
 ica. I By I John Delafield, Jr. | With | an appendix, | containing 
 notes, and "A view of the causes of the superiority of the men | of 
 the Northern over those of the Southern Hemisphere." | By | James 
 Lakey, M. D. | 
 
 New-York : | Published for Subscribers, by | J. 0. Colt. | Lon- 
 don: I Longman, Eees, Orme, Brown, Green, & Longman. | Paris: | 
 A. & W. Galignani & Co. | 1839. | BA. jwp. 
 
 Pp. 1-14 i, .lud folding plate. 4°. According to Sabin's Dictiouary, some 
 co])ie8 have the imprint: Cincinnati, N. G. Burgess & Co. 
 
 1013 Delano(A.) Second Thousand. | Life on the Plains | and | amongthe 
 Diggings; | being | scenes and adventures | of an | overlandjonrney 
 to California: | with particular | incidents of the route, | mistakse 
 and sufferings of the emigrants, | the Indian tribes, | the present 
 and the future of the great West. | By A. Delano. | 
 
 Auburn and Buffalo: | Miller, Orton & Mulligan. | 1854. | c. 
 
 Pp. i-xi, 13-384. 8°. 
 
 Short Maidu vocabulary, p. 303. 
 
 1014 Delgado {Fr. Damiau). Arte y Diccionario de dichas Lenguas. 
 [Quiche y Kachiquel.] * 
 
 1015 Sermones paralos Domingos despues de Pentecostes en los 
 
 mismos Idiomas. [Qaiche y Kachiquel.] * 
 
 2 vols. 'J'hcse works have been of much use to the missionaries among the 
 people. — Beristain. 
 
D^JEAN — DKNCKE. 197 
 
 Delgado [Fr. Dainian) — continued. 
 
 1016 — Conipendio del Arte Quiche del P. F. Damian Delgado, Ord. 
 
 Praed. Siguese la Doctrina Oliristiaiia en lengua quiche del mismo 
 Autor, con sermones del inismo Padre y otios, de la Orden de N. P. 
 Santo Domingo. * 
 
 Manuscript. 35 U. 4°. The Arte occupies the first 9 11. ; the 11 following con- 
 tain the Doctrina Christiana; the remainder, various subjects; the salutation of 
 the native alcades in transmitting to each other the baton of ofBce, "Mnudanfa 
 de varas," and other salutations imitated more or less from the speeches anciently 
 made by the native lords on solemn occasions. The last important portion of 
 this manuscript is a sermon for Good Friday, composed and preached by P. 
 Damian Delgado, to the title of which the copyist has added these words: " Con 
 este solo sermon sabias bien lengua." — Brasseur de Bouibourg. 
 
 1017 Sermones varios, predicados en lengua Quiche por el padre 
 
 fray Damian Delgado, y trasladados, para el uso de los padres de 
 la Santa Orden de n'™ padre Santo Domingo en Rabinal (por el padre 
 fr. Domingo de Basseta), etc. * 
 
 Manuscript. 123 11. 4°. The first 83 11. comprise homilies and sermons on Sun- 
 days and feast days, by P. Damian Delgado, preceded by these words: "Qna- 
 derno de Evangelios en la lengua quiche, los qnales saquc de nu librito viejo que 
 no tenia principio," and ending with these: "Fin de los Evangelios que estaban 
 escriptos de letra de Fr. Damian Delgado." Signed "Basseta." 
 
 The two sermons following are also in the handwriting of father Domingo de 
 Basseta, but do not appear to be by hini : they were written or re-copied by him, 
 in the last years of the 17th century ; his vocabulary, whi h I have, is of the 
 year 169H. The three following are subsequent, and according to the note which 
 ends them, were preached in the villages of Zacualpa, San Antonio and Santa 
 Cruz del Quiche, by father Joaqnin Ramirez, of Agnilera, in 1712. These have 
 no titles. 
 
 P. Fr. Damian Delgado wrote, besides these sermons, "Arle y Vocabulario" 
 of the languages mentioned by Beristaiu. — Brasseur de Bouriourg. 
 
 1018 Demers (Modeste), Blanchet (Frances Norbert), and St. Onge (L. N.) 
 J. M. J. I Chinook | Dictionary, Catechism, | Prayers and Hymns. | 
 Composed in 1838 & 1839 by | Rt. Rev. Modeste Demers. | Re- 
 vised, corrected and completed, | in 1S67 by | Most Rev. F. N. 
 Blanchet. | With modifications and additions by | Rev. L. N. St. 
 Onge Missionary | among the Yakamas and other Indian Tribes. | 
 
 Montreal. | 1871. | JWP. lsh. 
 
 Pp. 1-C8. sq. 16°. 
 
 Outside title: The | Missionaiy's Companion | on the | Pacific Coast. | [Three 
 lines quotation. ] | 
 
 1019 Demilier (P. Edmond). Lettre de M. Edmond Demilier [dated 
 " Pleasant Point, le 20 avril 1834 "]. 
 
 In Anuales de la Propagation de la Foi, vol. viii, pp. 191-200. Contains, on 
 pp. 196-198, remarks on the language, the " Pater noster," "Ave Maria," " Sancta 
 Maria," and definitions of about a dozen words in the Abnaki language. 
 
 Title furnished by Mr. Eames. 
 
 1020 Dencke (Christian Frederick). Nek | nechenenawachgissitschik | 
 Bambilak | naga | Greschiechauchsitpanna | Johannessa | elekhan- 
 gup. I Gischitak elleniechsink, | untschi C. F. Dencke. | 
 
198 NORTH AMKRICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Dencke (Cbristian Frederick) — continued. 
 
 New York: | Printed for the American Bible Society. | D. Fan- 
 shaw, Printer. | 1818. | 
 
 Second title : 
 
 The I Three Epistles | of the | Apostle John. | Translated into 
 Delaware Indian, | By C. P. DenCke. | 
 
 Few York: | Printed for the American Bible Society. | D. Fan- 
 shaw, Printer. | 1818. | JWP. 
 
 Pp. 1-21, 1-21, alternate Delaware and English. 32°. Delaware title verso of 
 1. 1., English title recto of 1. 2. 
 
 In mentioning the above wort, Bagster's Bible in Every Land, adds: "Ho 
 afterwards furnished a version of the Gospels of St. .lohn and St. Matthew, and 
 an edition of these portions, printed in parallel columns, with English version, 
 was published by that society." 
 
 1021 Essay of a Chippeway Indian Spelling Book. 
 
 Easton, 1803. * 
 
 29 pp. 12°. Title from catalogue of sale of Dr. Gilbert's library, in New 
 York, 1873. 
 
 1022 Denig (E. T.) Vocabulary of the Assiniboine. 
 
 In Schoolcraft (H. R.) Indian Tribes, vol. 4, pp. 416-431. Philadelphia, 
 1854. 4°. 
 
 1023 Vocabulary of the Gros Ventres. 
 
 In PaUisser (John). Journal, Detailed Eeporfs, British North America, i)p. 
 207-208. Loudon, 1863. folio. 
 
 1024 Vocabulary of the Blackfoot, by E. T. Denig, Indian agent, 
 
 Fort Union. 
 
 Manuscript. 6 pp. folio. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. 
 
 1025 [Denis (Ferdinand).] PaMographieMexicaiue. Documents publics 
 par M. Ramirez, de Mexico. [Signed " Ferdinand Deuis."] * 
 
 In Revue Orientale et Am^ricaiuo, vol. v, pp. 70-73. Paris, 1861. 8°. 
 Title furnished by Mr. W. Eames. 
 
 1026 Denny (Major Ebenezer). Vocabulary of words in use with the 
 Delaware (Fort Mcintosh January 1785) and Shawanee (Fort Fin- 
 ney January 1786) Indians. 
 
 In Penn. Hist. Soc, Memoirs, vol. 7, pp. 478-48.'). Philadelphia, 1860. K°. 
 
 1027 Denton (Daniel). A | Brief Description | of | New York, | former- 
 ly called I New Netherlands, | with the places thereunto adjoin- 
 ing. I Likewise | a brief relation | of the customs of the Indians 
 there. | By Daniel Denton. | A new edition with an introduction 
 and copious historical notes. | By Gabriel Furman, | Member of the 
 New York Historical Society. | [Quotations, 18 lines.] | 
 
 New York: | William Gowaus. | 1845. | a. c. w. jbd. 
 
 Pp. l-17,211.,pp. l-.^>7, catalogue, 1-20. 8°. 
 
 Denton's work contaius no linguistics, but the notes, by Mr. Furman, contain 
 "Indian names of the islands and bay of New York," pp. 23-27. 
 
DENCKE— DICTIONARY. 199 
 
 1028 [De Puydt.(R.)] Cana Vocabulary. * 
 
 De Puydt's Cuna Vocabulary, talsen between the Atrato and the headwaters 
 of the Tiiyra Eivor, was published in the 38th volume of the journal of the same 
 corporation [Royal Geographical Society Journal], in 1869." — Berendt rni the Da- 
 rien Language, in Am. Hist. Record, p. 56. 
 
 1029 Devocionario | en | Mejicano.- 1 
 
 Reimpreso eu Oriisaba. | Oflcina de P. Mendarte. | 1842. | c. 
 
 Pp. 1-14 pp. 16°. 
 
 Diario Historico. 
 See [Costanso (iVIiguel)]. 
 
 1030 Diccionario. Diccionario de la lengua Maya de Yucatan. Maya y 
 Espanol. Diccionario de la lengua Maya de Yucatan. Espanol y 
 Maya. job. 
 
 Manuscript. 4°. This valuable manuscript is in the library of the late Hon. 
 J. Carter Brown, Providence, R. I. Mr. Bartlett, in his catalogue of that library, 
 thus speaks of it : 
 
 "This dictionary bears internal evidence that the original copy was composed 
 between the years 1590 and 1600, by a Franciscan priest long resident in Yucatan, 
 and that the present copy is a transcript made during the following century. It 
 Ih beautifully written, and from the large number of words and full definitions 
 which it contains, could only have been compiled by one familiar with the lan- 
 guage. In extent the dictionary is not surpassed by that of any aboriginal lan- 
 guage of America, and, if printed, would probably make a volume as large as the 
 well-known dictionary of the Mexican language by Molina. 
 
 " The Maya language is spoken by the native tribes of Yucatan and parts of the 
 adjacent provinces; and wbat adds to its interest is the belief that it is the lan- 
 guage of the people who erected the remarkable monuments of Yucatan, made 
 known to the world through the works of Waldeck, Stephens, Catherwood, and 
 Norman. This dictionary has never been printed, and it is not known that any 
 other manuscript copy exists." 
 
 The late Dr. C. H. Berendt made a copy of the above which is now in the 
 hands of Dr. D. G. Brinton, Philadelphia. 
 
 1031 Diccionario Selecto, de las Voces Mexicanos mas Usados y 
 
 Comunes en Lengua Castellana y Mexicana. * 
 
 Manuscript. Cent, xviii, 150 pp. This manuscript contains a Dictionary of the 
 Mexican words most generally in use; towards the end will be found " Com- 
 pendio de la Gramatica Mexicana." — Fiacher's Sale Cat. 
 
 1032 Dictionary. A | Dictionary | of the | Chinook Jargon, | or | Indian 
 Trade Language, | Of the North Pacific Coast. | [Design.] 
 
 Published by T. N. Hibben & Co., | Victoria, B. C. | [n. d.] j^vp. 
 
 Priuted cover and pp. 1-29. 8°. 
 
 Chinook English, pp. 1-18; Enghsh-Chindbk, pp. 19-29; Lord's Prayer in 
 Jargon, p. 29. 
 
 1033 Dictionary | of the | Chinook Jargon | to which is added | 
 
 Numerous Conversations, | thereby enabling any person | to speak 
 Chinook correctly. | Seventh edition. | 
 
 Portland, Oregon. | F. L. McCormick, Publisher, 91 Second 
 
 street. | 1879. | c. jwp. lsh. 
 
 Printed cover and pp. 1-26. 12°. For earlier editions, see Complete Dictionary. 
 
200 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 1034 Dictionnaire. Dictionnai.re Cakchiquel. 
 
 Manuscript in the Bibliothfeque ImpiSriale. " I have avail, d myself of a Cak- 
 chiquel dictionary in manuscript of great extent, which belongs to the Imperial 
 Library."— re)-«a«x-ConijpaJis in Nouvelles Annates, vol. 4, 1840. 
 
 1035 Dictionnaire Prangais— Wallawalla^Kaliketat. 
 
 Manuscript of 34 11. 16°, in the possession of J. G. Shea, Esq., the last five 
 
 leaves of which are devoted to a " grammaire indienne." 
 
 1036 Dictionnaire Galibis Frangais. * 
 
 Manuscript. 41 11. 4°. Title from Leclerc (1878). 
 
 1037 Dictionnaire Iroquois-Frangois, M. S. C. N. etc. * 
 
 Manuscript, folio. In Mazariu Library, Paris. — Ludewig. 
 
 1038 Diehl (Israel). Vocabulary of the Nome Lackee. 
 
 In Powell (J. W.) Contributions to North American Ethnology, vol. 3, pp. 
 519-529. Washington, 1877. 4". 
 
 1039 Diez (P. Fr. Manuel). Conciones in lingua Tzeldaica, ex^ratas a 
 Revei endo Patre Pr. Manuel Diez, Ordinis S" Dominici, de Proviu- 
 cia Sancti Vincentii, dicta de Chiapa et Guatemala. 1675. * 
 
 Manuscript. 103 11. 4°. It comprises 123 sermons in the Tzendale language. 
 The name of the author is signed twice — first on the recto of 1. 1, and, second, on 
 the verso of the last leaf but one, following a sort of allocution to the alcades of 
 the place where he wrote. This place seems to have been the pueblo of Tzibac- 
 ha, otherwise called Ocotitan, from the words "Tzibac-ha vinic " man, or inliab- 
 itant of Tzibac-ha, which are found under the last signature, unless they indicate 
 the place of his birth. These sermons were preached in various places as we see 
 from the titles of some, which have the date of 1672 and 1675. — Brasseurde Bour- 
 bourg. 
 
 1040 Diezman (F. J.) . Grammar of the Mosquito Indian Language, pre- 
 pared by P. J. Diezman, of San Juan del Norte, Nicaragua. 
 
 Manuscript. 16 11. 4°. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. 
 
 1041 Discursos Mexicanos. * 
 
 Manuscript of the 17th century. 4°. Thirteen leaves, in a small, but very neat, 
 and legible handwriting. They are without a title, but we suppose them to be 
 more or less, the same as those published by Fr. Juan Bautista under the title of 
 Huehuetlahtolli, but of which, unfortunately, onlyone or two fragments have been 
 preserved. — Ramirez Sale Cat., No. 521. 
 
 1042 Dixon {Ga-pt. George). A | Voyage round the World; | but more 
 particularly to the | north-west coast of America: | performed in 
 1785, 1786, 1787, and 1788, | in | the King George and Queen Char- 
 lotte, I Captains Portlock and Dixon. | Dedicated by permission, 
 to I Sir Joseph Banks, Bart. | By Captain George Dixon. | 
 
 Loudon : | Published by Geo. Goulding, | Haydn's Head, No. 6, 
 James Street, Gov ent Garden, | 1789. | ba. hu. c. 
 
 Pp. i-xxix, 1 1., pp. 1-352; Appendix, pp. 353-360; Appendix 2, pp. 1-47, map. 
 4°. 
 
 Numerals, 1-10, of Prince Wilham's Sound and Cook's River, Norfolk Sound, 
 and King George's Sound, p. 241. Indian song as generally sung by the natives 
 of Norfolk Sound, p. 243. 
 
DICTIONNAIRE — ^DOBBS. 201 
 
 Dixon {Gapt. George) — contiilued. 
 
 1043 — — Voyage autour du monde et principalement k la cote nord- 
 
 ouest de l'Ara6rique, fait, en 1785, 86, 87 et 88, k bord du Kiug- 
 
 George et de la Queeu Charlotte, par les capitaiues Portlock et 
 
 Dixon. Traduit de I'anglois, par M. Lebas. 
 
 Paris, Maradan, 1789. * 
 
 1 p. 1., 499 pp. 4°. "Appendix No. 2," 46 pp., 1 p. 1., 1.5 fig., .5 maps. Not 
 seen; title from Leclero. 
 
 1044 Der | Kapitaine Portlock's und Dixon's | Eeise um die 
 
 Welt I besonders nacli | der Nordwestliclien Kuste von Amerika | 
 walirends der Jahre 1785 bis 1788 | in den Schiffen King George 
 und Queen Charlotte, | Herausgegeben | von dem | Kapitain Georg 
 Dixou. I Aus dem Englischen iibersetzt und mit Anmerkungen 
 erlautert | von | Johann Eeinhold Forster, | der Eechte, Mediciu 
 und Weltweisheit Doktor, Professor der Naturgeschichte und Mine- 
 ralogie | auf der Konigl. Preusz. Friedrichs-Universitat, Mitgleid 
 der Konigl. Akademie der hohern | und schonen Wissenschaften 
 zu Berlin. | Mit vielen Kupfern und einer Landkarte. | 
 
 Berlin, 1790. | Bei Christian Friedrich Bosz und Sohn. ( jcb. 
 
 4 p. 11., xxii, 314 pp. 4°. map. Linguistics, pp. 216-218. 
 
 See Portlock (N.) See Portlock (N.) and Dixon (G.) 
 
 1045 Dobbs (Arthur). An | Account | of the Countries adjoining to | 
 Hudson's Bay, ( in the | North-west Part of America: | containing | 
 aDescripiion of their Lakes and Elvers, the Nature of the | Soil and 
 Climates, and their Method.s of Commerce, &c. | Shewing the Bene 
 fit to be made by settling Colonies, and | opening a Trade in these 
 Parts; whereby the French will be | deprived in a great Measure of 
 their Trafflck in Furs, and | the Communication between Canada 
 and Mississippi be cut off. | With | An Abstract of Captain Middle- 
 ton's Journal, and Observations upon | his Behaviour during his 
 Voyage, and since his Eeturn. | To which are added, | 
 
 I. A Letter from Bartholomew de Fonte, | Vice- Admiral of Peru 
 and Mexico; | giving an Account of his Voyage from | Lima in 
 Peru, to prevent, or seize upon ( any Ships that should attempt to 
 find I a Northwest Passage to the South Sea. | 
 
 II. An Abstract of all the Discoveries | which have been publish'd 
 ofthelslands | andCountriesinandadjoiningtothe | Great Western 
 Ocean, between Ame- | rica, India, and China, &c. pointing | out the 
 Advantages that may be made, | if a Short Passage should be found 
 thro' I Hudson's Streight to that Ocean. | 
 
 III. The Hudson's Bay Company's Charter. | 
 
 IV. The Standard of Trade in those | Parts of America; with an 
 Account I of the Exports and Profits made an- | nually by the Hud- 
 son's Bay Company. | 
 
 V. Vocabularies of the Languages of se- | veral Indian Nations 
 adjoining to Hud- | son's Bay. | 
 
202 NOETH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Dobbs (Arthur) — continued. 
 
 The whole intended to shew the great Trobability of a North- 
 west I Passage, so long desired; and which (if discovered) would be 
 of the I highest Advantage to these Kingdoms. | By Arthur Dobbs, 
 
 Esq; I 
 London: | Printed for J. Eobinson, at the Golden Lion in Ludgate- 
 
 Street. | M DOG XLIV [1744]. | BA. 
 
 Pp. i-ii, 1-211, with map. 4°. 
 
 Thompson (Edward). A short vocabulary spoke amongst the Indians inhab- 
 iting the N. W. part of Hudson's Bay, pp. 206-211. 
 
 Vocabulary of Euglish and Eskimo words, pp. 203-205. 
 
 1046 Doctrina. [Doctrina Christiana, Arte, etc., in Gakchiquel.] * 
 
 Manuscript. 109 11. sm. 4°. In library of the Philosophical Society, Philadel- 
 phia. 
 
 Title taken from Dr. D. G. Brinton's article in the American Journal of Science 
 and Arts, vol. xlvii, pp. 222-230, where he describes it as follows : 
 
 Unfortunately the first leaf, with the general title, is missing. The top of the 
 second leaf commences in the midst of a sentence in a Doctrina Christiana in 
 Cakchiquel. This covers ten leaves, and is followed by two leaves of " Pregnntas 
 de la Doctrina," all in Cakchiquel. Next comes a " Confessionarlo breve en leu- 
 gua Cakchiquel." The Spanish translation of each question and answer is also 
 given. After the Confessionarlo are three leaves, unnumbered and blank, except 
 that on the recto of the second is a Latin prayer to the Virgin, difficult to de- 
 cipher. On the recto of the next leaf is the following : 
 
 Arte I de la lengua cak | chiquel. 
 
 It is written in a clear, small hand, covers fifty-four pages, with 30 lines, on an, 
 average, to the page, sometimes with one column, sometimes with two, and closes 
 with this colophon — 
 
 Martes ii 24 de Junio de 1692 aBos dia del Nacimiento de S. Juan Baptista se 
 acavo el traslado de orafiones y Arte en Kakchiquel. 
 
 From the close of this to the 96th leaf there is another series of doctrinal ques- 
 tions headed — 
 
 Vae iTutubal JThabal ti | Kut ubex richin Christianos | cakchiquel ^habal 
 ri I chiu cakchiquel vinak. 
 
 (I designate the peculiar modification of the consonants by italics.) 
 
 Another " Confessionarlo breve en lengua castellana y cakchiquel" then fol- 
 lows, twelve pages in length, differing considerably from the previous one. The 
 rest of the volume is taken up with "Platicas," short discourses on religious sub- 
 jects. One of them is an incident from the life of Saint Vincent Ferrer, related 
 for the purpose of "terrifying the natives, and dispelling the shame they usually 
 have about confessing." There is an index to the book, and on the verso of the 
 last leaf this note in regard to the binding, "Este quaderno es de Fr. Alberto Mi- 
 guez"; said "quaderno" being in dark calf, without boards, and with, strings. 
 The characters of Parra are employed in all the divisions of the work, and the 
 writing is mostly quite legible. 
 
 There is no hint throughout where this work was written, nor by whom. The 
 colophon above quoted seems to show that it is the original, at least of the Arfe 
 and the prayers. From the mention of Saint Vincent Ferrer, a Dominican, and 
 fr, m the known rivalry of the two orders at that time in Central America, I am 
 inclined to attribute it to a Dominican rather than a Franciscan. None of the 
 bibliographical authorities already quoted mention any writer of either order 
 who prepared works of this kind in Cakchiquel at or very near 1692. The manu- 
 script proceedings of the Philosophical Society for Sept., 1836, when the booka 
 were received throw no light on the matter. 
 
l^lJ©ocmna cDtiftiaita enia Icngua 
 
 QuajlecacolaleJtgua cafiellatta^ La ^uafiecacorre\^ndiente acai 
 
 dAod^ra: degaafteco^i Scgits ^ je fodotderar edafra^s; dc l0 
 
 lengfiagaalleca'. conpuejia j^oryndufim de V* 
 
 JTAjUdt icL ordsttdel gloriole fanct 
 
 AugaflimObi^oyio 
 
 ctordelafanctt^ 
 
 1050.— FAC-SIMILB OF TITLE-PAGE OF DOOTRDSTA OF 1571. 
 
DOBBS DOCTBINA. ' 203 
 
 Soctrina — continued. 
 
 The lingdistic v alne of the Arte is considerable. Only two grammatical notice, 
 of the hmguage seem to have been published, one abont 1560 in Mexico, another 
 in 17G3, in Guatemala. Both of them are excessively rare, and indeed it is 
 doubtful if any copy of the first is in existence. The Cakchiqnel is peculiarly 
 important in the comparative study of this group of languages, and with the rich 
 materials here at hand to illustrate all its constructions, a publication of this short 
 manuscript with notes would be most welcome to American linguists. 
 
 1047 Doctrina Christiana en Lengua Totonaca. * 
 
 Manuscript. 1780. 4°. Title from the Fischer Sale Cat. 
 
 1048 Doctrina Christiana Totonaca. • 
 
 Manuscript. Cent, xviii. 4°. Title from the Fischer Sale Cat. 
 
 1049 Doctrina Christiana etc., in the Otomi Language. * 
 
 Manuscript. 57 11. Its contents are : 1. Doctrina Christiana, in Spanish and 
 Otomi, 13 11. 2. Confessionario: 11. 14-29, in Spanish and Otomi. 3. Manual 
 do Administrar los Sacramentos, 11. 30-40, Latin, Spanish, and Otomi. 4. Con- 
 versational Phrases in Spanish and Otomi, 11.41-57. — Ramirez Sale Cat., No, 637. 
 
 1050 Doctriana Cristiana en la Lengua Guasteca con la Lengua 
 
 Castellana, la Guasteca correspoudiente 4 cada palabra de Guasteco 
 [sic\ segun que se pudo tolerar en la frasis de la lengua guasteca, 
 compuesta por industria de un fraile de la ordeu del glorioso Sant 
 Augustin, obispo y Doctor del a Santa Yglesia [An engraving of 
 St. Agustin.] 
 
 En Mexico, en casa de Pedro Ocharte. 1571. 
 
 Colophon (1. 50) : 
 
 Acabose esta Doctrina Cristiana en el mes de Septiembre de 
 1570 alios en el convento de Huexutla, y fue vista y examinada en 
 presencia del P. Juan de Mesa, lengua guasteca, y de Cristobal de 
 
 Frias, y Lope Corzo &c., &c. Concluyose en Huexutla a 30 
 
 de Junio de 1571 anos. 
 
 En Mexico, en casa de Pedro Ocharte, k 15 de Septiembre de 1571 
 anos. * 
 
 50 11. and 2 11. at end ; gothic letter. 4°. Title communicated by Sr. Icazbalceta, 
 with the following note : "I have not seen this work. Of its existence I have no 
 doubt, but I do not vouch for the accuracy of the description taken from No. 1950 
 of "Ensayo do una Biblioteca de Libros raros y curiosos, formado con los Aj uu- 
 tamientos de D. Bartholom^ Jos6 Gallardo, coordinados y aumentados por Zareo 
 del Valle y Rayon," and from the original annotation of Gallardo, which, strange 
 to say, does not wholly conform to the printed title. This Doctrina was, ac- 
 cording to Berlstain, reprinted in 16d9, and this statement is confirmed by a pas- 
 sage in the Noticia de la lengua huasteca, of Tapia Ceuteno." 
 
 I presume this is by Fr. Juan Cruz, though Sr. Icazbalceta does not put it 
 under his name. Sec No. 934 of this catalogue. 
 
 1051 Doctriana cristiana en lengua Opata. * 
 
 No tiilc-page. 11 unnumbered 11. 8°. Titlefromlcazbalceta'sApuntes, No. 101. 
 
 1052 5 Doctrina xpiaua en legua Mexicana. ([Per signu crucis. 
 
 Icamachiotl Cruz ^ yhuicpa ggiu toyaohua Xitechmomaquixtili gg 
 Totecuiyoe diose. lea inmotocatzin. Tetatzl. ^. yhua Tep . . . 
 yhuan spiritis sancti. i^. Amen. Jesu ... * 
 
204 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Doctrina — continued. 
 
 Title from Sr. Icazbalceta's Life and Writinga of Bishop Zumarraga, -where it 
 is described as follows: In 8° Gothic letter. An edition, unknown, communi- 
 cated to me by Sr. D. Joa6 M. de Agreda. The text, wholly in Mexican, com- 
 mences on the verso of the frontispiece without any other title than "Doctrina." 
 The alphabet follows, and immediately thereafter "Nican ompehua in doctrina 
 xpiana mexico tlatolU tiquitohua i nemach tiliz in xpianome ceca monequi in- 
 ixquieh tlacatl," &c., which continues to fol. ciij, wanting the remaining leaves, 
 most likely one only, since there are 7 of the signature N. Neither the name of 
 the author, nor the date of the edition is given, though it is withont doubt a pro- 
 duction of the presses of Cromberger or Juan Pablos, corresponding to the first 
 years of our typography. The types and typographic oruameuls are the same 
 which were employed in the first impressions of this house. There is likewise, 
 on the frontispiece, the Episcopal scutcheon of Sr. Zumarraga, which shows the 
 edition to have been made at his expense and during his life. I judge it to be 
 of the year 1547. 
 
 Concerning the author of this anonymous Doctrina there appears to me to be 
 sufficient reason to attribute it to Fr. Pedro de Gante. 
 
 1053 Doctrina Cristiana en lengua espanola y mexicana, heclia 
 
 per los religiosos de la orden de Santo Domingo. * 
 
 Title from Sr. Icazbalceta's Life and writings of Bishop Zumarraga, where it is 
 described as follows : 
 
 Signatures A-T of 8 11., and V of 4 11., 156 numbered 11. of 2 columns, Spanish 
 and Mexican. 4°. Gothic letter. 
 
 I have seen but one copy of this most rare work: it belonged to Sr. D. Jos<5 F. 
 Ramirez, passing afterwards into the possession of Sr. D. Alfredo Chavero, and 
 since into that of Sr. D. Manuel Fernandez del Castillo, who bought it at a sale 
 in London for £59. It is the same as that described in my Apuntes, No. 100. 
 It is incomplete, wanting all of fold A, and the first leaf of B, or the first 9 11., 
 begiuning with the tenth, numbered x. It lacks, also, the upper part of the last 
 leaf on which was the colophon ; but these faults have been supplied as to certain 
 points by means of a luanuscriiit copy made in 1775, which I have among my 
 books. It bears a frontispiece which pretends to be a fac-simile. and it agrees 
 with that of the editiou of 1550, given below. Above it says: "Veritas domiiii 
 manet in eternum," followed by a scutcheon of S. Domingo, and at the foot: 
 Declaracion y exposioion de la Doctrina Christiana enLeugua Espanola & Mexi- 
 cana: echa por los religiosos de la orden de Sancto Domingo. Auo de 154S. 
 
 On the verso of the last leaf is the colophon, which, completed by means of the 
 manuscript copy, read-s thus: 
 
 Con PrirUcijw Imperial. A gloria y alabanza de nuestro Kedemptor 
 Jesti Ghristo y de su bendita Madre, aqui se acaba la declaracion de la 
 Doctrina Chrhtia net en Lengua espafiola y Slexicana, y una columna 
 corresponda d otra : sentencia por sentencia: de grande uiilidad y 
 provecho para la i;alud de las animas, y en especial para los naiurales 
 dsta tierra/ | ]> q sean fundados y roborados en las cosas d nra sctii 
 fe cato- I lica: y animados pa la gnarda d los mandamietos diuinos: 
 y pa I q todos sepan los grades- dones y reqzas que nro clemetis- 
 siiuo I redemptor qso comunicar mediant© sus sactos sacramentos 
 con I el e.xercicio de las obras rt mla: assi corporales como spuales: 
 to I do lo ql se cotiene e. los qreta sermocicos aq contenidos. Ua 
 sacu I da la legua e lata claridad como acj parece: assi porq mejor 
 se d I todo a enteder a estos naturales/ como, table porq mejor I lo 
 
DOCTKINA. 205 
 
 Doctrina — continued. 
 
 tomen ft coro los q lo qsierg tomar. Fue impssa 5 esta | muy leal 
 ciudad d mexico ecasa d juapablospor ma | dado dl reueredisslmo 
 seELor do fray Jua Qumarra | ga primer Obpo de Mexico. Y porq en 
 la CO I gregacio q los senores obpos tuuiero se or- | deno q se hizies- 
 sen dos doctrinas: vna bre | ue y otra larga: y la breue es la q el 
 ano I de. M. d. xlvj. se emprimio. Mada | su senoria reueredissima q 
 la otra | grande puede ser esta : pa dcla | racion de la otra peqneBa. | 
 
 Acabose de imprimir a. | xvij. dias del mes de | enero. Aiio d 
 M. I d. y xlviij. [1548]. Anos. | ^ Soli Dpo honor & gloria in secula 
 seculorti. Ame. | 
 
 It begins with a prologue, whioli is followed by the Tabla of the sermons. Fol- 
 lowing is the cartilla 6 silibario, and the Doctrina chiquita, or the text of the doc- 
 trina cristiana in Spanish and Mexican, except the Per signum crucis and the 
 four prayers. Credo, Padre nuestro, Ave Maria, and Salve, which are in Latin 
 and Mexican. 
 
 The printing was done by order of the Bishop Zumarraga, and at his expense. 
 It belongs, most likely, to the year 1547, since it was finished the 17th of Januarj', 
 1548. The work was not held in much esteem, since in the following year, 1549, 
 that* of the death of Bishop Zumarraga, there appeared the following edition: 
 
 1054 : — ^Ueritasdominimanetineternum. | [Engraving.] | |g( Doc- 
 trina Christiana I en legua Espanola y Mexicana: hecha |.por los re- 
 ligiosos de la orden de scto Domingo. | Agora nueuamete corregida 
 y entnedada. Aiio. 1550. | 
 
 9 unnumbered 11., 11. x-clvj double columns, Spanish and Mexican. 4°. 
 
 Colophon, verso 1. clvj : 
 
 Con preuilegio Imperial. | ([ A gloria y alaban9a de nio redemp- 
 tor Jesu I Xpo y de su bendita madre | aqui se acaba la declaracio 
 delado | ctriuaxpiana en legua Espanola y Mexicana: y vnacoluna 
 cor I respode a otra : sentecia por sentecia : d grade vtilidad y pue- 
 cho I pa la salud d las alas: y en especial pa los naturales dsta 
 tierra/ | pa q sea fundados y roborados en las cosas de nfa seta fe 
 catho I lica: y animados pa la guarda de los madamietos diuinos: y 
 pa I q todos sppan los grades dones y riquezas q nro clementissimo | 
 redemptor quiso comunicar mediate sus sctos sacrametos con el | ex- 
 ercicio de las obras de mia: assi corporales conio si)uales: todo | lo 
 ql se cotiene en los qrenta sermoncicos a^ cotendos. Ua saca | 
 da la legua e tata claridad como a4 | parece: assi porq mejor 
 se de I todo a enteder a estos naturales | como table porq mejor | lo 
 tome de coro los q le qsiere tomar. Fue impssa e esta | muy leal 
 ciudad d mexico e casa d jua pablos por ma ] dado de reueredis- 
 simo seiior do fray Jua gumarra | ga primer Obpo de Mexico. Y 
 porq en la con | gregacio q los senores obpos tuuiero se or- | 
 deno q se hiziessen dos doctrinas: vnabre- | ue y otra larga: y la 
 breue es la q el ano | de M. d. xlvj. se imprimio. Manda | su se- 
 noria reuerendissima q la otra | grande puede ser esta: pa de- 
 cla I racion de la otra pequeiia. | Acabose de imprimir a | xij. dias 
 del mes do | hebrero. Ano d | M. d. 1. anos j 1 1 1 1 | t tt | t | La ql 
 
206 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Doctrina — continued. 
 
 ha sido agora nueuamente corregida y einedada. | C Soli deo honor 
 y gloria in secula seculorii. Amen. | 
 
 Title from Icazbalceta's Apuutes, No. 24, with corrections furnished by that 
 gentleman. The title and colophon of an edition, dated two months later, a 
 copy of which is in the Library of Congress, aro as follows: 
 
 1055 fl Veritas domini manet in eternum. | [Design. | ^ Doc- 
 trina Christiana | en lengua Espanola y Mxicana [sic]: hecha por | 
 los religiosos de la orde de scto Domingo. | Agora nueuamete cor- 
 regida y emedada. Auo d. 1550. 
 
 156 11., first 9 not numbered. Two columns, Spanish on the left, Mexican on 
 the right, gothic letter. 
 
 Colophon, verso 1. 156: 
 
 Con priuilegio Imperial. | ([ A gloria y alabaga de nnestro redep- 
 tor Jesu I xpo y de su bendita madre, aqui se acaba la declaracio de 
 la do I ctrina xpiana cu legua Espanola y Mexicana: y vna colua 
 cor I responde a otra: sentecia por sentecia: d' grade vtilidad y 
 I)rouc I (!ho pa la salud d' las alas : y en especial para los natnralea 
 d' sta I trfa, pa q sea fuiidados y roborados en las cosas de nra seta 
 fee I catholica: y animados pa la guarda d' los madaraietos diuinos | 
 y pa q todos sepa los grades dones y riqzar q nro clemetissimo | re- 
 demptor quiso comunicar mediate sus sctos sacrametos co el | exer- 
 cicio de las obras de mla: assi corporales como spQales: to- | do lo ql 
 se contiene en los qreuta sermoncicos aqcotenidos. Ua | sacada la le- 
 gna en tata claridad como a4 parece : assi porq me- | jor se de todo 
 a enteder a estos naturales, como table porq me- | jor lo tome de coro 
 los q lo qsiere tomar. Fue impssa en esta | uiuy real ciudad 
 d'mexicoe casad' Jua pablospor ma | dadod'l reuercdissimo sefior 
 do fray Jua 5umarra | ga primer Obpo de Jlexico. Y porq en lai 
 con- I gregacio q los senores obispos tnuier5 se or- | deno q se hizies- 
 sen dos doctrinas: vna bre- | ue y otra larga: y la breue es la 
 q el aSio | deM. d. xlvj. se impriinio. Manda | su senoria reuerendis- 
 sima q la otra | graude puede ser esta: pa decla | racion de la otra 
 pequeQa. | Acabose de imprimir a | xvij dias del mes de | Abril. 
 Ano de | 1550. | Auos. | ^ | ^ tH | l9 | La ql ha sido agora nueua- 
 mete corregida y enmendada. | ([ Soli deo honor y gloria in secula 
 seculoru. Amen. | o. 
 
 I05G Doctrina pequena en Mexicano. Tepiton TeotlatoUi. 
 
 Colophon : 
 
 Mexico, 1831. Imprenta del ciudadano Alejandro Valdes. * 
 
 15 pp. K)'^. No title-page. Not seen ; title communicated by Sr. Icazbaloeta. 
 
 1057 Doctrines and Discipline. | [Methodist Episcopal Church.] [11 lines 
 Cherokee characters.] | 
 
 Park Hill. Mission Press: John Candy, Printer. | [( )ne line Cher- 
 okee characters.] | 1842. | BA. 
 
 45 pp. 24°. Ill Chcroliee characters. 
 
DOCTEINA — DOMENECH. 207 
 
 1058 Dodd {Captain). Vocabulary of the Stakbinkwan. 
 
 In Powell (J. W.) Contributions to N. A. Ethnology, vol. 1, pp. 121-133. 
 Washington, 1877. 4°. 
 
 1059 Dodge (J. Eichards), Red Men of the Ohio Valley: | an | Aborigi- 
 nal History | of the | Period commencing A. D. 1650, and ending at 
 the treaty of | Greenville, A. D. 1795; embracing notable facts 
 and I Thrilling Incidents in the Settlement by the | Whites of the 
 States of Kentucky, Ohio, | Indiana and Illinois. | By J. R. 
 Dodge. I Editor of the American Euralist. | 
 
 Springfield, O. : | Euralist Publishing Company. 1 1860. | A. c. jbd. 
 
 1 p. 1., pp. v-x, 13-435. 12°. 
 
 Specimen of the Shawnee and Wyandot languages, pp. 51-60, both from Am. 
 Antic[. Soc, Trans., vol. 1. 
 
 1060 Dodge (Col. Richard Irving). Our Wild Indians: | thirty-three 
 years' personal experience | among the | Red Men of the Great 
 West. I A popular account of | their social life, religion, habits, 
 traits, customs, exploits, etc. | with | Thrilling Adventures and Ex- 
 periences I on the great plains and in the mountains | of our wide 
 frontier. | By | Colonel Eichard Irving Dodge, | United States 
 Army. | Aid-de-Camp to General Sherman. | With an introduc- 
 tion I By General Sherman, | Fully Illustrated with Portraits on 
 Steel, Full-page Engravings on Wood, ] and Fine Chromo-Litho- 
 graph Plates. | 
 
 Hartford, Conn.: | A. D. Worthington and Company. | A. G. Net- 
 tleton & Co., Chicago, 111. N. D. Thompson & Co., St. Louis, Mo. | 
 C. C. Wick & Co., Cleveland, O. W. E. Dibble & Co., Cincinnati, 
 O. I A. L. Bancroft & Co., San Francisco, Cal. | 1882. | jwp. 
 
 Pp. i-xxxix, 29-650. 8°. 
 
 Wonderful diversity of the Indian languages, pp. 44-48 ; Indian names, their 
 meaning and significance, pp. 226-228; Cheyenne names of the larger streams of 
 the Plains, p. 231; Cheyenne songs, with English translation, pp. 352-353; 
 Dance songs with music, pp. 354-355; The sign-language with vocabulary, 
 pp. 379-394. 
 
 1061 Domenech {Abbe Emmanuel). Seven Tears' Eesidence | in the 
 gTcat I Deserts of North America" | by the | Abb6 Em. Domenech | 
 Apostolical Missionary : Canon of Montpellier : Member of the Pon- 
 tifical Academy Tiberina, | and of the Geographical and Ethno- 
 graphical Societies of Prance, &c. | Illustrated with fifty-eight 
 woodcuts by A. Joliet, three | plates of ancient Indian Music, 
 and a map showing the actual situation of | the Indian tribes and 
 the country described by the author. | In two volumes | Vol. 
 
 I [11]. I 
 London | Longman, Green, Longman, and Eoberts | 1860. | BA. o. 
 
 2 vols. 8°. 
 
 List of "Indian Tribes of North America," vol. 1, pp. 440-445. "Indian 
 Languages" (including examples of the Natchez, Ojibbeways, Cacotas, Algon 
 
208 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Domenech {Abbe Emmanuel) — continued. 
 
 quill and Mexican), vol. 2, pp. 109-163. " Vocabularies [82 words] of North 
 
 American Languages," vol. 2, pp. 164-189, as follows : 
 
 Blackfeet, Kioway, Onondaga, 
 
 Cahuilo, Mandan, Osage, 
 
 Cayuga, Menomonee, Pima, 
 
 Chactas, Miami, Querfes, 
 
 Cherokee, Mojave, Eiccaree, 
 
 Chinook, Mohawk, Shawnee, 
 
 Comanche, Navajo, Sheyenne, 
 
 Dacola, Nez Percys, Tuscarora, 
 
 Delaware, Ojibbeway, Yuma, 
 
 Hueco, Oneida, Zufii. 
 
 1062 Voyage pittoresque dans les grands d6serts du Nouveau 
 
 Monde. 
 
 Paris, Morizot. 1862. * 
 
 608 pp. imp. 8°. Not seen. Said to contain texts of Aztec and Maya songs. 
 
 Domingo de la Anunciacion. 
 
 See Anunciacion (Domingo de la). 
 
 1063 Dominguez (D. Francisco). Catecismo | de la | Doctrina Gris- 
 tiana | puesto | en el idioma Totonaco | de la cierra [sic] baja de 
 iS^aoliugo, I distinto del de la cierra alta de Papantla. | For | el 
 Lie. D. Francisco Dominguez, | cura interino de Xalpan. | 
 
 EeimpresoenPueblaeulaimprenta | del hospital de Sau Pedro. | 
 1837. I 0. 
 
 38 pp., 1 p. errata. 16°. 
 
 Complete vocabnlary of the dialects of Cierra Alta, and Cierra Baja, 
 pp. 26-37. 
 
 "The first edition of the Christian Doctrine appeared after the Arte, of the same 
 author published at Puebla in 1752."— ie Clerc. 
 
 1064 Dominguez y Argaiz {Dr. D. Francisco Eugenio). Pldticas de los 
 principales mysteries de nuestra S'" Fee, Con una breve exort;icion 
 al fin, del modo con que deben exitarseal dolor de las culpas. He- 
 cbas en el Idioma Yucateco, por orden del Illmo. y Emo. Sr. D'' y 
 Mtro D. F. Ignacio de Padilla, Del Sagrado Orden de San Augus- 
 tin, Dignissimo Arzobispo Obispo de estas Provincias de Yucatan, 
 de el Cousejo de su Majestad, Por el Doctor D. Francisco Eugenio 
 Dominguez y Argaiz, Curo proprio de la Parrocbial del Santo 
 Nombre de Jesus, intramuros de la Ciudad, y Examinador Synodal 
 del Obispado de Yacatau \sie\. Quien las dedica al dicho Illmo. y 
 Emo. SeOor. Contiene seis Platicas: la 1. la Explicacion de N. 
 Santa Fee: la 2. el Mysterio de la SS. Trinidad: la 3. el dela En- 
 caruaeion del Verbo Divino : la 4. el de la Eucbaristia : la 6. la Ex- 
 plicacion del Fin ultimo para que fue criado el bombre: que es solo 
 Dios : la 6. la Explicacion del modo cou que deben excitarse al do- 
 lor de las culpas. 
 
DOMENECH— DONCK. 209 
 
 Dominguez y Argaiz {Dr. D. Francisco Engenio) — continued. 
 
 Impressas en Mexico en la Imprenta del Eeal y mas Antiguo 
 Oolegio de S. Yldefonso. Ano de 1758. * 
 
 6 p. 11., pp. 1-24. 4°. On the recto of the last leaf, without number, is the Act 
 of Contrition in verse. Not seen ; title communicated by Sr. Icazbalcetato whom 
 it was furnished by Dr. Berendt, who owned a copy of the work. 
 
 Carillo, who has a copy also, says 6 p. 11. and text, pp. 1-25. 4°. 
 
 1065 Donck (Adriaen van der). Beschryvinge | Van | Meuvv-Nederlant, | 
 (Ghelijck het tegenwoordigh in Staet is) | Begrijpende de Nature, 
 Aert, gelegentheyt en vrucht- | baerheyt van het selve Lant; mits- 
 gadersdeproffljtelijckeen- | degeweustetoevallen,diealdaertoton- 
 derhout der Menscben, (soo | uyt haer selven als van buyten inge- 
 braclit) gevonden woiden. | Als Mede | De maniere en onghemeyne 
 eygensohappen | vande Wilden ofte ISTaturellen van den Lande. | 
 Ende | Een bysonder verhael vanden wonderlijcken Aert | ende 
 het Weesen der Bevers, | Daer Noch By GeVoeght Is | Een Discours 
 over de gelegentheyt van Nieuw Nederlandt, | tusschen een Neder- 
 landts Patriot, ende een | ISTieuw Nederlander. | Beschreven door | 
 Adriaen vander Douck, | Beyder Rechten Doctoor, die teghen- 
 woor- I digh noch in Meuw Nederlant is. | 
 
 t' Aemsteldam, ( By Evert Nieuwenhof, Boeck-verkooper, woon- 
 ende op 't | Ruslandt in 't Schrijf-boeck. Anno 1655. | * 
 
 4 p. 11., pp. 100, Register, 3 pp. 4°. Title from Sabin's Dictionary. 
 
 1066 Beschiyvinge | Van | Nieuvv-Kederlant, | (Gelijck het te- 
 genwoordigh in Staet is) | Begrijpende de Nature, Aert, gelegent- 
 heyt en vruchtbaerheyt | van het selve Landt; mitsgaders de prof- 
 fljtelijcke ende gewenste toevallen, die | aldaer tot onderhoudt der 
 Menschen, (soo uyt haer selven als van buyten inge- | bracbt) ge- 
 vonden worden. Als mede de maniere en ongemeyne Eygenschap- | 
 pen vande Wilden ofte Naturellen vanden Lande. Ende een by- 
 sonder verhael | vanden wonderlijcken Aert ende het Weesen der 
 Bevers. | Daer noch by-gevoeght is | Een Discours over de gelegent- 
 heyt van Nieuw-Nederlandt | tusschen een Nederlandts Patriot, 
 ende een Meuw Nederlander. | Beschreven door | Adriaen van 
 der Donck, | Beyder Eechten Doctoor, die tegenwoordigh | noch in 
 Meuw-Nederlandt is. | En hier achter by gevoeght | Het voordee- 
 ligh Reglement vande Ed: Hoog. Achtbare | Heereu de Heeren 
 Burgermeesteren deser Stede, | betrefifende de saken van Nieuw-Ne- 
 derlandt. | Den tweeden Druck. | Met een pertinent Kaertje van 
 t' zelve Landt vergiert, | en van veel druckfouten gesuyvert. 
 
 t' Aemsteldam, | By Evert Nieuwenhof, Boeck-verkooper, woo- 
 nende op | 't Euslandt, in't Schrijf-boeck, Anno 1656. | Met Privi- 
 legie voor 15 Jaren. * 
 
 4 p. 11., pp. 100, Register, 4 pp., 4 11. map. Title from Sabin's Dictionary. 
 
 14 Bib 
 
210 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 I Donck (Adriaen van der) — continued. 
 
 V 1067 Description of the New Netherlands, by Adrian Van der 
 
 Donck, J. U. D. Translated from the original Dutch, by Hon. 
 Jeremiah Johnson, Of Brooklyn, N. Y. 
 
 In New York Hist. Soc. Coll. Second series, vol. 1, pp. 125-242. 
 "Of the different Nations and Languages,'' pp. 205-206. 
 
 Issued separately with title-page which is a translation of that of the 1656 
 edition. 
 
 1068 [Dorsey (Bev. James Owen).] Ponka | A B Wa-ba-rn. | Mis- 
 sionary Jurisdiction of Mobrara. | 
 
 New York, | 1873. | JWP. 
 
 Pp. 1-16. sq. 16°. 
 
 1069 How the Eabbit killed the (Male) Winter. An Omaha 
 
 Fable. By J. O. Dorsey. 
 
 In Am. Ant., vol. 2, pp. 128-132. Chicago, 1878-79. 8°. 
 
 In the Omaha language with interlinear translation in English. 
 
 1070 The Rabbit and the Grasshopper. An Otoe Myth. Trans- 
 lated by Eev. J. Owen Dorsey. 
 
 In Am. Ant., vol. 3, pp. 24-27. Chicago, 1881. 8°. 
 
 In the Otoe language with interlinear translation in English. 
 
 1071 Myths, Stories, and Letters in the (JJegiha Language. 
 
 This material is in the hands of the printer and will form Part I, Vol. VI, Con- 
 tributions to North American Ethnology, to be published by the Bureau of 
 Ethnology. It comprises 72 stories and myths and 48 letters, each with inter- 
 linear translation, explanatory notes, and free translation; 544 pp. 4° are in type 
 and stereotyped. 
 
 1072 Letters in the (pegiha Language. 
 
 Manuscript. 200 pp. folio. These are 258 in number and were dictated by 
 Omaha Indians. It was intended to incorporate them in Vol. VI, Part I, Contribu- 
 tions to North American Ethnology, but the material already in type for that 
 volume was so extensive as to prevent. 
 
 1073 — Grammar of the (pegiha Language. 
 
 Manuscript. 800 pp. folio. Will form Part II of Vol. VI, Contributions to 
 North American Ethnology. 
 
 1074 (pegiha Dictionary — (pegiha-English and English-(pegiha. 
 
 Manuscript. 22,000 slips. Contains 20,000 words alphabetically arranged. Will 
 form Part III of Vol. VI, Contributions to North American Ethnology. 
 
 1075 Linguistic Material of the lowas, Otos, and Missouris. 
 
 Manuscript. 1,600 pp. folio. Consists of myths, stories, and letters with inter- 
 linear translations, explanatory notes, and free translations, a dictionary of 9,000 
 words, and a grammar. 
 
 1076 Linguistic Material of the Winnebago Language. 
 
 Manuscript. 75 pp. folio, and 2,100 slips. Consists of a letter with interlinear 
 translation, notes, and free translation, grammatic notes, and a dictionary of 
 2,000 words. 
 
 1077 Kansas and Omaha Words and Phrases. 
 
 Manuscript. 5 pp. folio. These manuscripts are in the Library of the Bureau 
 of Ethnology. 
 
DONCK DOUGHERTY. 211 
 
 Dorsey {Rev. James Owen) — continued. 
 
 1078 , Gatschet (Albert Samuel), and Riggs (Stephen Eeturn). 
 
 Illustration of the Method of recording Indian Languages. From 
 the manuscripts of Messrs. J, O. Dorsev, A. S. Gatschet, and S. E. 
 Eiggs. 
 
 In Bureau of Ethnology, First Ann. Eept., pp. 579-589. Waahmgton, 1881. 
 imp. 8°. 
 
 These three gentlemen have prepared monographs which are now in course of 
 puhlioation by the Bureau of Ethnology; to illustrate the manner in which they 
 will appear, the following extracts were given. Each is accompanied by inter- 
 linear translation in English, with notes: 
 
 Dorsey (J. O. ) How the Rabbit caught the sun in a trap. An Omaha myth, 
 pp. 581-!J83. 
 
 Gatschet (A. S. ) Details of a Conjuror's practice. In the Klamath Lake dia- 
 lect, pp. 583-584. 
 
 The Relapse. In the Klamath Lake dialect, pp. 585-.586. 
 
 Sweat Lodges. In the Klamath Lake dialect, pp. 586-587. 
 
 Riggs (S. R.) A Dog's Revenge. A Dakota Fable, pp. 587-589. 
 
 1079 Dougherty (Bev. Peter). The First | Initiatory Catechism, | By 
 James Gall ; | with the i Ten Commandments, | and the Lord's 
 Prayer: | Translated into Ojibwa, | By the Eev. P. Dougherty. | 
 Printed for the Board of Foreign Missions of the | Presbyterian 
 Church. I 
 
 New York: | John Westall, Printer. 29, Ann-Sbreet. | 1844. | BA. 
 
 Pp. 1-24, alternate English and Ojibwa. 12°. 
 
 For later edition see Dougherty (P.) and Rodd (D.) 
 
 1080 A I Chippewa Primer. | Compiled by the | Eev. Peter 
 
 Dougherty. | Printed for the Board of Foreign Missions of the | 
 Presbyterian Church. | 
 
 Few-Tork: | John Westall, Printer, 29 Ann-Street. | 1844. | ba. c. 
 
 Pp. 1-84. 12°. 
 
 A vocabulary of words, phrases, and sentences. 
 
 1081 A I Chippewa Primer. | Compiled by the | Eev. Peter 
 
 Dougherty. | Printed for the Board of Foreign Missions of the | 
 Presbyterian Church. | Second edition — enlarged. | 
 
 New-York: | John Westall & Co., Printers, 11 Spruce Street. | 
 1847. I BA. MHS. 
 
 Pp. 1-123. 1,2°. 
 
 1082 Vocabulary of the Ojibwa of Grand Traverse Bay. 
 
 In Schoolcraft (H. R.) Indian Tribes, vol. 2, pp. 458-469. Philadelphia, 
 1852. 4°. 
 
 1083 Terms of Eelationship of the Ojibwa of Lake Michigan 
 
 (Ojibwank) collected by Eev. P. Dougherty, Missionary, Chippewa 
 and Ottawa Mission, Grand Traverse Bay, Mich. 
 
 In Morgan (L. H.) Systems of Consanguinity, pp. 293-38^. Washington, 
 1871. 4°. 
 
 1084 and Rodd (D.) Easy Lessons | on | Scripture History : | in 
 
 the I Ojibwa Language : | translated by | Eev. P. Dougherty, | 
 
212 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Dougherty (Be». Peter) and Rodd (D.)— continued. 
 
 aided by | D. Kodd. | Printed for the Board of Foreign Missions of 
 the I Presbyterian Church. | 
 
 Grand Traverse Bay. | 1847. | John Westall and Co., Printers, | 
 11 Spruce street, New-York. | ba. c. 
 
 Pp^ 1-69, alternate EDglisli and Ojibwa. 16°. 
 
 1085 The First | Initiatory Catechism; | by James Gall; | with 
 
 the I Ten Commandments | and the | Lord's Prayer | in the | Ojib- 
 wa Language: | translated by | Eev. P. Dougherty, | aided by | D. 
 Eodd. I Printed for the Board of Foreign Missions of the | Presby- 
 terian Church. I 
 
 Grand Traverse Bay. | 1847. | John Westall and Co., Printers, | 
 11 Spruce street, New-York. | BA. C. 
 
 Pp. 3-69, alternate English and Ojibwa. 16°. 
 
 1086 Short Reading Lessons | in the | Ojibwa Language; | 
 
 translated by | Eev. P. Dougherty, | aided by | D. Eodd. | Printed 
 for the Board of Foreign Missions of the | Presbyterian Church. | 
 
 Grand Traverse Bay. | 1847. | John Westall and Co., Printers, j 
 11 Spruce street, New York. | BA. GB. 
 
 Pp. 1-95, alternate English and Ojibwa. 12°. 
 
 1087 Drake (Samuel Gardner). Indian Biography, | containing the 
 lives of more than | Two Hundred | Indian Chiefs: | Also such 
 others of that race as have rendered their names | conspicuous in 
 the History of North America from its first | being known to 
 Europeans to the present period. | Giving at large their most | cel- 
 ebrated speeches, memorable sayings, | numerous anecdotes ; | and 
 a I History of their wars. | Much of which is taken from Manu- 
 scripts never before published. | By Samuel G. Drake. | [Four lines 
 quotation in English and two in Indian.] 
 
 Boston : | Published by Josiah Drake, at the Antiquarian Book- 
 store, I 56 Cornhill. | CIq. Iq- CCCXXXII [1832]. | BA. 
 
 1 p. 1. , pp. i-viii, 9-348. 12°. 
 
 First edition of the work afterwards expanded into "Biography and His- 
 tory," and subsequently titled "Book of the Indians." This edition contains no 
 linguistics and is given simply because it is the first. 
 
 Sabin's Dictionary mentions : Second edition, Boston, 1833. 8°. 
 
 1088 Biography and History | of the ( Indians of North Amer- 
 ica; I comprising | a General Account of them, | and | Details in 
 the Lives of all the most distinguished chiefs, and | others, who 
 have been noted, among the various | Indian Nations upon the 
 Continent. | Also, | a History of their Wars; | their Manners and 
 Customs; and the most celebrated Speeches | of their Orators, 
 from their first being known to | Europeans to the Present Time. | 
 Likewise | exhibiting an Analysis | of the most distinguished, as 
 well as absurd authors, who j have written upon the great ques- 
 
DOUGHERTY DRAKE. 213 
 
 Drake (Samuel Gardner) — continued. 
 
 tion of the | First Peopling of America. | [Picture of an Indian ; 
 quotation, six lines.] | By Samuel G. Drake, | Member oi the New 
 Hampshire Historical Society. | Third Edition, | -with large addi- 
 tions and corrections, and numerous Engravings. | 
 
 Boston: | O. L. Perkins, 56 Cornhill, and Hilliard, Gray & Co. | 
 New York: G. & C. & N. Oarvill. J Philadelphia : Grigg & Elliot. | 
 1834. I A. 0. WHS. 
 
 Engraved title, pp. viii, 28, 120, 132, 73, 158,1 1., pp. 18,1 plain leaf, pp. 12. 8°. 
 plates. 
 
 Short vocabulary of the Kamskadale and Al^outean, Book 1, p. 15; Lord's 
 Prayer in the Muhhekaneew language. Book 2, p. 89 ; Lord's Prayer in the Wam- 
 panoag. Book 3, p. 40 ; Specimen of the language of the Tarratines, Book 3, p. 
 129; A few words in the Mohawk language. Book 5, p. HI. 
 
 Fourth edition, Boston, 1835. 
 
 1089 Biography and History | of the | Indians of North Amer- 
 ica. I From its first discovery to the present time; | comx^rising | 
 details in the lives of all the most distinguished chiefs and | coun- 
 sellors, exploits of warriors, and the celebrated | speeches of their 
 orators; | also | a history of their wars, | massacres and depreda- 
 tions, as well as the wrongs and | sufferings which the Europeans 
 and their | descendants have done them; | with an account of their | 
 Antiquities, Manners and Customs, | Eeligion and Laws; | likewisie 
 exhibiting an analysis of the most distinguished, as well as absurd | 
 authors, who have written upon the gr'eat question of the | first 
 peopling of America. | [Monogram; six lines quotation.] By 
 Samuel G. Drake. | Fifth Edition, | With large Additions and Cor- 
 rections, and numerous Engravings. | 
 
 Boston : | Antiquarian Institute, 56 Cornhill. | 1836. | o. 
 
 xii, 48, 120, 144, 96, 168 pp. 8°. 
 
 Short vocabulary of the Kamskadale, and Al^ontean, Book 1, p. 16 ; Lord's 
 Prayer in the Muhkekaneew language (from Edwards), Book 2, p. 87 ; Lord's 
 Prayer in the Wampanoag, Book 3, p. 45 ; A specimen of the language of the 
 Tarratines, Book 3, p. 137 ; Numerals (1-10) in Choctaw, Book 4, p. 24 ; Lord's 
 Prayer in the language of the Six Nations, Book 5, p. 5; Lord's Prayer in the 
 Shawnee language, Book 5, p. 127 ; Afew words of Mohawk, and of Mohawk 
 and Welsh compared, Book 5, p. 132; 
 
 According toSabiu's Dictionary there appeared the following: Sixth Edition: 
 Boston, 1836. 8°. Seventh Edition : Boston Antiquarian Institute, 1837, pp. xiii, 
 120,144,96,160,12. 8°. 
 
 1090 The I Book of the Indians; | or, | Biography and History | 
 
 of the I Indians of North America, | from its first discovery | to the 
 year 1841. | [Eight lines quotations.] [ By Samuel G. Drake, ( Fel- 
 low [&c., two lines.] | Eighth Edition, | With large Addition and 
 and Corrections. | 
 
 Boston: | Antiquarian Book Store, 56 Cornhill. | M.DCCC.XLI 
 [1841]. I BA. c. 
 
 xii, 48, 120, 156, 156, 200 and Index, 16 pp. 8°. 
 
214 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTFCS. 
 
 Drake (Samuel Gardner) — continued. 
 
 Linguistics as in Fifth Edition, q. v. 
 
 According to Sabin's Dictiop.«ry: Ninth Edition: Boston, 1845, 748 pp. 8°. 
 Tenth Edition: Boston, MDCCOXLIII. 8°. [Should be MDCCCXLVIII.] 
 
 1091 Biography and History of the Indians of North America, 
 
 from its first Discovery. By Samuel G. Drake. Eleventh Edition. 
 
 Boston: Benjamin B.Mussey. M.DCCC.LI [1851]. • 
 
 Pp. 1-720. 8°. Linguistics iis in Fifth Edition. 
 
 Some copies of this edition have the imprint : Boston, Sanborn, Carter & 
 Bazin, 18.57. Another edition is Boston, 1858. — SaMn's Dictionary. 
 
 1092 The | Aboriginal Races | of | North America; | compris- 
 ing I Biographical Sketches of Eminent Individuals, ( and | an 
 Historical Account of the Different Tribes, | from | the First Discov- 
 ery of the Continent | to | the Present Period | With a Disserta- 
 tion on their | Origin, Antiquities, Manners and Customs, | Illus- 
 trative Narratives and Anecdotes, | and a | copious analytical in- 
 dex I By Samuel G. Drake. | Fifteenth Edition, | revised, with val- 
 uable additions, | by J. W. O'Neill. | Illustrated with Numerous 
 Co'ored Steel-plate EngTavings. | (Quotation, six lines.] | 
 
 Philadelphia: ] Charles Desilver, | No. 714 Chestnut Street, | 
 1860. I A. B. 
 
 Pp. 1-736. 8°. Linguistics as in Fifth edition, pp. 32, 151, 229-230, 321, 364, 501, 
 623, 627-628. 
 
 This is the Biography of the Indians, with a new title-page and some additions.' 
 
 1093 The | Aboriginal Eaces | of | North America; | compris- 
 ing I Biographical Sketches of Eminent Individuals, | and | an His- 
 torical Account of the Different Tribes, | from | the First Discov- 
 ery of the Continent | to | the Present Period | With a Dissertation 
 on their | Origin, Antiquities, Manners and Customs, ( Illustrative 
 Narratives and Anecdotes, | and a | copious analytical index | By 
 Samuel G. Drake. | Fifteenth Edition, | revised, with valuable ad- 
 ditions, I by Prof. H. L. Williams. | [Quotation, six lines.] | 
 
 New York. | Hurst & Company, Publishers. | 122 Nassau 
 Street. | [n. d., copyright, 1880.] WE. 
 
 Pp. 1-787. 8°. Linguistics as in Fifth edition, pp. 32, 151, 229-230, 321, 364, 501, 
 623, 627-628 ; and in addition: 
 
 Gatschet (A. S. ) Indian Languages bf the Pacific States and Territories, pp. 
 748-763. 
 
 Smith (B.) Comparative Vocabularies of the Seminole and Mikasuke 
 Tongues, pp. 763-767. 
 
 Squier (E. G.) Historical and Mythological Traditions of the Algonquins, 
 pp. 718-736. 
 
 Title and notes from Mr. W. Eames. 
 
 1/ 1094 The | Old Indian | Chronicle; | being a collection of ex- 
 ceeding rare tracts | written and published in the time of King | 
 Philip's war, by persons residing in | the country; to which are j 
 now added marginal | notes and | Chronicles of the Indians | From 
 
DRAKE — DUFLOT DE MOPEAS. 215 
 
 Drake (Samuel Gardner) — continued. 
 
 the discovery of America to the present time. | By S. Gr. Drake. | 
 [Monogram.] | 
 
 Boston : | Published at the | Antiquarian Institute, 56 Comhill. | 
 MDCCOXXXyi [1836]. | BA. 
 
 2 p. 11., pp. 1-208. 16°. plates. Contains, pp. 1-38, reprint of The Present 
 State of New England, q. v. 
 
 1095 — The | Old Indian Chronicle; | being a collection of | Exceed- 
 ing Eare Tracts, | written and published in the | Time of King 
 Philip's War, | by persons residing in the country. | To which are 
 now added an | Introduction and Notes, | By Samuel G. Drake. | 
 
 Boston: | Samuel A. Drake, 151 Washington St. | 1867. | WE. 
 
 Pp. i-xi, 1-333. sm. 4°. 
 
 Contains, pp. 119-169, reprint of The Present State of New-England. 
 
 1096 Drennen (John). Numerals of the Choctaw Language. 
 
 In Schoolcraft (H. E.) Indian Tribes, vol. 2, pp. 204-206. Philadelphia, 
 1852. 4°. 
 
 Numerals 1-1,000,000,000. 
 
 1097 Dryasdust [Dr.), ^seud. Indian Names, Along the southern border 
 of Washington County [New York]. jwp. 
 
 in "WaBhington County [N. Y.] Post, vol. 16, No. 24. August 22, 1850. 
 ^ Names of creeks, towns, &c., their etymology and meaning. 
 
 ^ 1098 Duchateau ( Julien). Sur l'6criture calculiforme des Mayas. Par M. 
 Julien Duchateau. * 
 
 In Soc. Americaine de France, Archives, nouvelle s6rie, tome 1, pp. 31-34. 
 Paris, 1875. 8°. 
 
 Title from Mr. W. Eames. 
 
 1099 Ducrue (Franz Benno). Specimina Lingvae Californicae. Briefen 
 des Herrn P. Franz Benno Ducrue. 
 
 In Murr (C. G.) Journal zur Kunstgeschichte, vol. 12, pp. 268-274. Niiren- 
 berg, 1787. 16°. 
 
 Short sentences with interlinear translations. 
 
 1100 Dudley (Paul). English Definitions of Indian Terms From Paul 
 Dudley's Papers. Furnished by J. Wingate Thornton. 
 
 In Maine Hist. Soc. Coll., vol. 5, pp. 425-429. Portland, 1857. 8°. , 
 "The Lord's Prayer in the Indian tongue, viz: the Indians of Norridgewock 
 and Penobscot in New England and Nova Scotia,'' pp. 427-428. 
 "Descriptions of Indian Words from Paul Dudley's MSS.," pp. 428-429. 
 
 1101 Dnflot de Mofras (Eugfene). Exploration | du Territoire | de l'Or6- 
 gon, ( des Californies | et de la Mer Vermeille, | ex^cut6e pendant 
 les ann^es 1840, 1841 et 1842, | par M. Duflot de Mofras, | Attach^ 
 k la Legation de France 4 Mexico; | Ouvrage publi6 par ordre du 
 Eoi, I sous les auspices de M. le Mar6chal Soult, Due de Dalmatie, | 
 President du Conseil, | et de M. le Ministre des Aiiaires Etran- 
 gferes. I Tome Premier [Second]. | 
 
 Paris, j Arthus Bertrand, fiditeur, | Libraire de la Soci6t6 de 
 G^ographie, | Rue Hautefeuille, n» 23. | 1844 | BA. c. 
 
 2 vols. 8°. 
 
216 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Duflot de Mofras (Eugene) — continued. 
 
 Philologie.— Diveisit(5s des langues.— Examen comparatif des idioraes oc6a,- 
 niens et am^ricaina. — Systfemes de numeration binaire et quaternaire. — * 
 Table g^nfirale analytique et alphab^tique de I'ouvrage (Chapitre xiii, pp. S87- 
 484, vol. 2) contains the Pater Noster in the following languages: 
 
 Tchinoiik du Rio Colombia, Guiluco de la Mission de San Francisco Solano, 
 pp. 390-391; Choooiiyem du Rio del Sacramento, Joukiousm^ de la Mission do 
 San Rafael, de la Valine de los Tulares, de la Mission de Santa Clara, Tatch6 ou 
 T^lami de la Mission de San Antonio de Padua, pp. 391-392 ; de la Mission de Santa 
 Infes, San Fernando, San Gabriel, p. 393; de la Mission de San Juan Capistrano, 
 San Luiz Rey de Franoia, p. 394; de la Mission de San Diego, San Francisco de 
 Borgia, Santa Gertrudis, p. 395; de la Mission de San Ignaoio de Loyola, des 
 Aztfeques du Mexique, p. 396. 
 
 Numerals 1-10 of the following languages, p. 401 : 
 
 Cote Nord-oneat de VAmirique. Calif ornie. 
 
 Sitka. Mission del Carmelo. 
 
 He da Roi George. N. S. de la Soledad. 
 
 Indiens Haidaa. San Luiz. 
 
 Atnas. San Juan. 
 
 Noutka. San Gabriel. 
 
 Tchinouks. Indien Pima. 
 
 Umpquas. Indien Aztfeque. 
 Systfemes de Numeration des ludiens, p. 402. 
 
 1102 [Dukes (Joseph).] The | History | of | Joseph and his Brethren. | 
 In the Choctaw Language. | 
 
 Utica: | Press of William Williams. | 1831. | BA. ABC. ATS. 
 
 Pp. 1-48. 24°. "This little tract is indebted for its existence to Mr. Joseph 
 Dukes, a native interpreter.'' Reprinted 1836. 
 
 1103 Dumont [M.) M6moires | Historiques | sur | la Louisiane, | conte- 
 nant ce qui y est arriv6 de plus | ni<Smorable depuis I'ann^e 1687. 
 jus- I qu'a present; avec P^tablissement de la | Colonic Frau(;oise 
 dans cette Province | de I'Am^rique Septentrionale sous la | direc- 
 tion de la Compagnie des Indies; | le climat, la nature & les pro- 
 ductions I de ce pays; Porigine & la Keligioii des | Sauvages qui 
 I'habitent; leurs moBurs | & leurs coutumes, &c. | Composes sur les 
 M6moires de M. Dumont, | par M. L. L. M[ascrier]. | Ouvrage en- 
 richi de Cartes & de Figures. | Tome Premier [Second]. | 
 
 A Paris, | Chez CI. J. B. Bauche, Libraire, Quai | des Augustins, 
 k I'image Ste Genevieve. | M. DCC. LIU [1753]. | Avec approbation 
 & Privilege du Eoi. ( c. 
 
 2 vols. 16°. maps. 
 
 Du Gouvemement des Sauvages, de leur Noblesse & de leur Langue, vol. 1, 
 pp. 175-182. Also a few aboriginal terms en passant in the same volume. 
 
 1104 [Dunbar (John).] Lawyrawkvlarits | Pany Kwta. j 
 
 Fkytarul^kwryhut6skwr6t kitsutyryhu. | 1836. | AAS.ABS. JWP. 
 Pp. 1-24. 12°. 
 Exercises in spelling, reading, numerals, &o., in Pawnee. The translation of 
 the title is : Book | Pawnee his. | City very great near water great [Boston") 
 was printed. | 1836. I 
 
DUFLOT DE MOFRAS DUPONCEAU. 217 
 
 1105 [Dunbar (John B.)] The Pawnee Indians, their History and Eth- 
 nology. [By John B. Dunbar.] 
 
 In Mag. of Am. Hist., vol. 4, pp. 241-281. New York, 1880. 4°. 
 Pawneo proper names passim, and list of relationships, pp. 270-271. 
 
 1106 Grammatical Sketch and Vocabulary of the Pawnee lan- 
 guage. * 
 
 Manuscript prepared by Mr. Dunbar to accompany his article in the Maga- 
 zine of American History ; it is not yet published. 
 
 1107 Dvmbar (William). On the Language of Signs among certain 
 North American Indians. By William Dunbar, Esq., of the Mis- 
 sissippi Territory, communicated by Thomas Jefferson, President 
 of the Society. 
 
 In Am. Philosoph. Soc, Trans., vol. 6, pp. 1-8. Philadelphia, 1804. 4°. 
 
 1108 Dunn (John). History | of | the Oregon Territory | and British 
 North- American | Pur Trade ; | with | An Account | of the Habits 
 and Customs of the Principal Native ] Tribes on the Northern Con- 
 tinent. I By John Dunn, | late of the Hudson's Bay Company; 
 eight years a resident in the | country. | 
 
 London : | Edwards and Hughes, Ave Maria Lane. | 1844. | c. 
 
 Pp. i-viii, 1-359. 8°. map. 
 
 "A few specimens of the Language of the MUlbank and Chinook Tribes," pp. 
 358-359. 
 
 Second edition, London, 1846, viii, 359 pp. 8°. map. 
 
 The edition : Philadelphia, Zeiber & Co. 1845, 236 pp. 16°, contains no lin- 
 guistics. 
 
 1109 Dunne (John). Notices relative to some of the Native Tribes of 
 North America. By John Dunne, Esq. 
 
 In Royal Irish Acad. Trans., vol. 9, pp. 101-137. Dublin, 1803. 4°. 
 "Some imperfect strictures on [Algonkin] Indian Language,'' with examples, 
 pp. 130-137. 
 
 1110 Duponceau (Peter Stephen). Eeport of the Corresponding Secre- 
 tary [of the Hist. & Lit. Com. of the Am. Philosoph. Soc] to the 
 Committee of his Progress in the Investigation committed to him 
 of the General Character and Forms of the Languages of the 
 American Indians — Bead, 12th Jan., 1819. 
 
 Ill Am. Philosoph. Soc, Trans. Hist, and Lit. Com., vol. 1, pp. xvii-xlvii. 
 Philadelphia, 1819. 8°. Reprinted in 
 
 Buchanan (J.) Sketches of the History of the North American Indians, pp. 
 269-306. London, 1824. 8° ; and in iMd. .- vol. 2, pp. 48-77. New York, 1824, 2 vols. 
 8° ; and in French in 
 
 Duponceau (S.) M^moiresur » * * Langues de quelques Nations Indiennea, 
 pp. 413-464. Paris, 1838. 8'=. Original article reviewed by 
 
 Pickering (J.j In North American Review, vol. 9, pp. 179-187. Boston, 
 1819. 8°. 
 
 Separately issued as follows : 
 
 1111 Keport I made | t-o the Historical & Literary Committee | 
 
 of the I American Philosophical Society, | held at Philadelphia, 
 for promoting | useful knowledge, | By their Corresponding Secre- 
 
218 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Duponceau (Peter Stephen) — continued. 
 
 tary, | stating | His Progress in the Investigation committed to 
 Him, of the | General character and Forms | of the 1 Languages 
 of the American Indians. | Eead in committee, | 12th January, 
 1819. I BA. 
 
 Pp. 1-34. 8°. 
 
 1112 M^moire k I'effet de determiner le caractfere grammatical 
 
 des langues de I'Am^rique Septentrionale, connues sous les noms de 
 Lenni Lenap6, Mohegan, Chippeway, qui a obtenu le prix de lin- 
 guistique k I'Institut de Frange fond6 par M. de Volney. Par M. 
 Pierre S. Du Ponceau. 
 
 Paris. 1836. * 
 
 8°. Title from Sabin's Dictionary. 
 
 1113 M6moire | sur | le Systems Grammatical | des langues | 
 
 de I quelques Nations Indiennes del' Am^rique | duNord; | ouvrage 
 qui, a la stance pnblique annuelle | de | I'Institut Eoyalde France, | 
 le 2 Mai 1835, | a remport6 le prix fond6 par M. le Comte de Vol- 
 ney : I par M. P. -Et Du Ponceau, LL. D. | President [«&;c., six lines]. 
 
 Paris, I A la librairie d'A. Pihan de la Forest, | Eue des Noyers, 
 37 I Gide, Librairie, | Eue de Seine S. G. 6 bis. | Dentu, Libraire, 
 Au Palais Eoyal. | 1838. | BA. HU. c. 
 
 xvi,464pp. 8°. 
 
 Memoir on the grammatical character of the North American languages, 
 chapters v-xx being devoted to the Algonliin, pp. 75-2.'>6. 
 
 Appendix A. Comparative vocabulary of the Algonkin (Leuapi, from Hecke- 
 welder) and Iroquois (Onondago from Zeisberger), pp. 257-269. 
 
 Appendix B. Comparative vocabulary, with notes, of the Algonkin, pp. 271- 
 411. 
 
 Report on the general character and forms of the American languages: made 
 to the Hist. & Lit. Com. Am. Phil. Soc, by the Cor. Sec, P. S. Dnpouceau, pp. 
 413-464. 
 
 1114 Notes and Observations on Eliot's Indian Grammar. Ad- 
 dressed to John Pickering Esq. By Peter S. Du Ponceau. 
 
 In Mass. Hist. Soc. Col., second series, vol. 9, pp. i-xlvii [313-359]. Boston, 
 182-2. 8°. 
 
 The above article is supplementary to the reprint of Eliot's Indian Grammar, 
 which is preceded by " Introductory Observations," by John Pickering, q. v. 
 
 See Heckewelder (J. G. E.) and Duponceau (P. S.) 
 
 See Pickering (J.) and Duponceau (P. S.) 
 
 See Zeisbel-ger (iJeti. David). 
 
 1115 Dupont ( — ). Essai sur la langue des Indiens Galibis. • 
 
 In Revue de Linguistique, tome douzifeme, pp. 148-164 ? Paris, Maisouneuve. 
 1879. ri^. 
 
 Not seen ; title from contents of vol. xii, of which I have seen only part 4. 
 
 1116 [Duralde (Martin).] Vocabulaire de la Langue d'Atacapa. 
 
 lu Vater (J. S.) Aualekten der Sprachenkunde, pp. 63-72. Leipzig, 1821. 8°. 
 
 1117 Vocabulaire de la Langue des Chetimachas. 
 
 In Vater (J. S.) Analekten der Sprachenkunde, pp. 73-84. Leipzig, 1821. 8°. 
 
V 
 
 DUPONCEAU DU TEETRE. 219 
 
 1118 Siiran (Fr. Diego). Historia | de las | Indias de I^ueva-Espaiia | 
 y Islas de Tierra Firme, | por | el Padre Fray Diego Duran | Eeli- 
 gioso de la Orden de Predicadores | (Bscritor del siglo xvi) | La 
 publica con un Atlas de estampas, Notas 6 Illustraciones, | Jos6 F. 
 Eamirez | Individuo de varias Sociedades Literarias | Nacionales y 
 Extranjeras. | Tomo I. | 
 
 Mexico 1 Imprenta de J. M. Andrade y F. Escalente. | Bajos de 
 San Agustin num. 1. | 1867. | A. B. 
 
 Pp. 1-xvl, 1-535. 4°. 
 
 The foot-notes of the editor contain numerous explanations and translations 
 of Mexican words. 
 
 1119 Dnret (Claude). Thresor de I'histoire des Langues de cest Uni- 
 vers, contenant les origines, Ijeautez, perfections . . . . et autre 
 ruines des Langues Hebraique .... des animaux et oiseaux. 
 
 Cohi. 1613. »* 
 
 4°. Title from Auer s Spraohenhalle. 
 
 1120 Tliresor de | I'Histoire des | Laugves de cest | Univers, | 
 
 Contenant les Origines, Beautez, Perfections, De9adences, Muta- 
 tions, I Ohangements, Oonuersions, & Euines des Langues | He- 
 braique, Chananeenne, * * * * Indienne des Terres neufues * # » . | 
 Par M. Clavde Dvret Bovrbonnois, | President a Movlins. | Kous 
 auons adioust^ Devx Indices: L'vn des Chapitres: L'autre des 
 principales | matieres de tout ce Thresor. | Seconde Edition. | 
 
 A Yverdon, | De I'Imprimerie de la Society Helvetiale Caldo- 
 resqvi. | M. DC. XIX fl619]. | C. 
 
 16 p. 11., 1030 pp. 4°. 
 
 Numerals, 1-10, of Canada, ancient and modern, and of the Souriquois and 
 Etchemins (all from L'Escarliot), p. 955. 
 
 Durocher (P.) 
 
 See Aiame, Xo. 38, and Aiamieu, No. 40, of this catalogn 
 
 1121 Du Tertre (B. P. lean Baptists). Histoire | G6n6rale, | des Isles | 
 de S. Cliristophe, | delaGvadelovpe, | delaMartiniqve, | etavtres | 
 dans I'Am^riqve. | Oil Ton verra I'establissement des Colonies 
 Fran- | goises, dans ces Isles; leurs guerres Ciuiles & | Estrangferes, 
 & tout ce qui se passe dans les | voyages & retours des Indes. | 
 Comme aussi plusieurs belles particularitez des Antisles de VAm6- 
 rique: | Yne description generale de I'Isle de la Guadeloupe: | de 
 tons ses | Mineraux, de ses Pierreries, de ses Riuieres, Fontaines 
 & I Estangs: & de toutes ses Plantes. | De plus, la description de 
 tons les Animaux de la Mer, de I'Air & de la | Terre: & un Traits 
 fort ample des Mceurs des Sauuages du pays, de I'Estat | de la 
 Colonic Fran9oise, & des Eclaues, tant Mores, que Sauuages. ( Par le 
 E. P. lean Baptiste dv Tertre, Eeligieux de I'Ordre des P. F. Pre- | 
 Bcheurs, du Kouitiat du Faux-Bourg Sainct Germain de Paris, j 
 Missionaire Apostolique dans I'Am^rique. | [Device.] 
 
220 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Du Tertre (B. P. lean Baptiste)— continued. 
 
 A Paris, | Chez lacqves Langlois, Imprimeur Ordinaire du Eoy, | 
 Au Mont de sainte Geneuiefve, vis ^ vis la Fontaine. | Et Em- 
 man vel Langlois, dans la grand' Salle du Palais, | a la Eeyne de 
 Paix. I M. DO. LIV [1654]. | Avec Priuil6ge du Eoy, & Approba- 
 tion des Superieurs. | B-*- *^' 
 
 10 p. 11., 481, 7 unnumbered pp. 8°. map. 
 
 "Advis av lectevr," p. 11. 5 & 6, contains the following prayers in Carib, ex- 
 tracted from the manuscript of Sr. E. P. Raymond Breton : 
 
 "L'Oraison Dominioale," "La Salutation Angelique," "Symbole des Apos- 
 tres," "La benediction auant le repas," "Action de graces apres le repas," and 
 " Les commandemens de Dieu." 
 
 Leclerc, No. 2133, saj s there are two editions of this work with different dedi- 
 cations, one beginning "A Monsieur Achilles de Harlay;" the orher "A Messire 
 Achilles de Harlay." The latter is the one I have handled. 
 11^2 Eastman (Mrs. Mary H.) Dahcotah; | or, | Life and Legends of 
 the Sioux | around Fort Snelling. | By Mrs. Mary Eastman, | 
 with I Preface by Mrs. C. M. Kirkland. | Illustrated from drawings 
 by Captain Eastman. | 
 
 New York: | John Wiley, 161 Broadway. | 1849. | HU. 0. 
 
 Pp. i-xxsi, 33-268. 8°. 
 
 A list of Sioux Chiefs with English signification, p. xxv; Sioux names for 
 children, in order of birth, p. xxv ; List of Gods of the Dahcotahs with English 
 signification, p. xxxi. 
 
 1123 Eaton [Gapt. J. H.) Vocabulary of the Indians of the Pueblo of 
 Zuiii, New Mexico, and of the Navajos of New Mexico. 
 
 In Schoolcraft (H. E.) Indian Tribes, vol. 4, pp. 416-431. Philadelphia, 
 
 1854. 4°. 
 
 1 124 Edinburgh Philosophical Journal. The | Edinburgh | Philosophical 
 Journal, | Exhibiting a view of | the progress of discovery in Na 
 tural Pliilosophy, | Chemistry, Natural History, Practical Me- 
 chanics, I Geography, Statistics, and the Fine and Useful | Arts, | 
 for I June .... October 1819. | Conducted by | Dr. Brewster and 
 Professor Jameson. | To be continued quarterly. Vol. I [-XIV]. 
 
 Edinburgh: | Printed for Archibald Constable and Company. | 
 1819 [-182GJ. BA. c. 
 
 Conliuued as follows: 
 
 1125 Edinburgh New Philosophical Journal. The | Edinburgh New | 
 Philosophical Journal, | exhibiting a view of the | progressive im- 
 provements and discoveries | in the | Sciences and the Arts. | Con- 
 ducted by I Eobert Jameson, | Begins Professor [&c., 15 lines]. | 
 April . . . October 182C. | To be continued quarterly. | 
 
 Edinburgh: | Printed for Adam Black, North Bridge, Edin- 
 burgh ; I and Longman, Eees, Orme, Brown, & Green, | London. | 
 1826 [-1854]. BA. C. 
 
 57 vols. 8°. 
 
 Scouler (John). On the Indian tribes inhabiting the Northwest coast of 
 America, vol. 41, pp. 168-192. 
 
 Continued as follows : 
 
DU TERTRE —EDWARDS. 221 
 
 Edinburgh New Philosophical Journal — continued. 
 
 1126 The I Edinburgh New | PhilosoitbicalJournal, | exhibiting 
 
 a view of the | progressive discoveries and improvements | in the 
 Sciences and the Arts. | Editors. | Thomas Anderson, M. D., P. E. 
 S. B., &c., I Begins Professor [&c.] Sir William Jardine, Bart., F. 
 K. S. E,, &c., I and | John Hntton Balfour, M. D., P. E. S. E. 
 
 &c., I Professor [&c.] | January April 1855. | Vol. I [-XIX]. 
 
 New Series. | 
 
 Edinburgh: | Adam and Charles Black. | Longman, Brown, 
 Green, & Longmans, London. -| MDCOOLV [-MDCCOLXIV] 
 [1855-1864]. I BA. 
 
 19 vols. 8°. 
 
 1127 Edwards (Bryan). The | History, | Civil and Commercial, | of | 
 The British Colonies in the West Indies: | In two volumes. | By 
 Bryan Edwards, Esq. | of the Island of Jamaica. | Vol. I [II]. | 
 
 London: | Printed for John Stockdale, Piccadilly. | M. DCC- 
 XCIII [1793]. i C. 
 
 2 vo's. : pp. i-xxxvi, 1-494; 1 p. ]., pp. 1-494, folding tables. 4°. 
 Charaibe terras (from Rochefort) compared with similar terms from Oriental 
 
 dialects (Hebrew, &c.), vol. 1, p. 114. 
 
 1128 The I History, | Civil and Commercial, | of j The British 
 
 Colonies in the West Indies: | In two volumes. | By Bryan Ed- 
 wards, Esq. I of the Island of Jamaica; | F. E. S. S. A. and Mem- 
 ber of the American Philo- | sophical Society of Philadelphia. | 
 The Second Edition, | Illnstrated with Maps. | Vol. I [-III]. | 
 
 London: | Printed for John Stockdale, Piccadilly. | M.DCC- 
 XCIV [-1801]. I c. 
 
 Svols.: pp.liv, 1-494; 1 1., pp. 1-520, 11.; 1 ]., pp. v-xx, 1-443. 4°. 
 
 Charaibe terms (from Rochefort) compared with similar terms from Oriental 
 dialects (Hebrewj &c.), vol. 1, p. 117. 
 
 1129 The I History, | Civil and Commercial, | of the | British 
 
 Colonies | in the | West Indies. | By Bryan Edwards, Esq, P. E. S. 
 S. A. I In three volumes. | Third edition, | with considerable addi- 
 tions. I Illustrated with Plates. | Vol. I [-III]. | 
 London : | Printed for John Stockdale, Piccadilly. | 1801. | A. w. 
 
 3 vols.: pp. i-xxiv, i-xxiii, 1-576; pp. i-viii, 1-617 (1); 1 p. 1., pp. i-xxxii, 
 1-477. 8°. 
 
 Charaibe terms, etc., vol. 1, p. 145. 
 
 Sabin's Dictionary gives tiie following : 
 
 + DQb]in: Luke White. M. DCC.XCIII. 2 vols. 8°. 
 
 -)- Fourth edition. Philadelphia : James Humphreys. 1805-6. 4 vols. 8°, and 
 atlas 4°. 
 
 + Fourth edition, with considerable additions. Illustrated with plates. Lon- 
 don : John Stockdale, 1807. 3 vols. 8°. 
 
222 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Edwards (Bryan) — continued. 
 
 + With a continuation to the present time. Fifth edition. London: G. and 
 W. B. Whitaker. 1819. 5 vols. 8° and atlas 4°. 
 + Baltimore : Coaleifc Thomas. 1810. 4 vols. 8°. 
 + Philadelphia : Levis & Weaver. 1810. 4 vols. 8°. 
 + Charleston: E. Morford, Willington & Co. 1810. 4 vols. 8°. 
 
 1130 Histoire civile et commerciale des Indes Occidentales de- 
 
 puis leur d6couverte; suivie d'un tableau historique et politique de 
 I'ile de St. Domingue. Traduite de I'Anglaise. 2« edition corrig^e. 
 
 Paris: Dentu, 1804. 
 
 8°. Title from Sabin's Dictionary, as also the following: 
 
 1131 Burgerlijke en handelkundige gescliiedenis van de Engel- 
 
 sche volkplantingen in de West Indien, door B. Edwards. 
 Haarlem. 1794-1799. * 
 
 6 vols. 8°. Abridgments were published: London: J. Parsons. 1794. 2 
 vols. 8°, and London: J. Crosby. 1798. 8°. 
 
 1132 Edwards [Bev. John) and Byington (Bev. Cyrus). Terms of Rela- 
 tionsMp of the Ohocta, (Chata) collected by Eev. John Edwards 
 and Eev. Cyrus Byington, Missionaries, Wheelock, Ohocta Kation. 
 
 In Morgan (L. H.) Systems of consanguity and affinity of the Human Fam- 
 ily, pp. 293-382. Washington, 1871. 4°. 
 
 1133 Edwards (Jonathan). Observations | on the | Language | of the | 
 Muhhekaneew Indians; | in which the extent of that language in | 
 North-America is shewn ; | its Genius is | Grammatically traced : 
 some of its Peculiari- | ties, and some Instances of Analogy be- 
 tween 1 that and the Hebrew are pointed out. | Communicated to 
 the Conned icut Society of | Arts and Sciences, and published at 
 the I Bequest of the Society. | By Jonathan Edwards, D. D. | Pas- 
 tor of a Church in New-Haven, and | Member of the Connecticut 
 Society of | Arts and Sciences. | 
 
 New Haven, Printed by Josiah Meigs, | M, DCC, LXXXVIII 
 [1788]. I HU. C. 
 
 Pp. 1-17 12°. 
 
 Comparative vocabulary of the Mohegan, and Shawnee (from Gen. Parsons), 
 pp. 6-7 ; Comparative vocabulary of the Mohegan, and Chippewa (from Carver), 
 pp. 7-8 ; Numerals, 1-10, Mohegan, and Mohawk, p. 9 ; Pater Noster in Mohe- 
 gan, p. 9 ; Pater Noster in the language of the Six Nations (from Smith's New 
 York), p. 10 ; Grammatical Notes, pp. 10-17. 
 
 Reprinted as follows: 
 
 11 '4 Observations | on the | Language | of the | Muhhekaneew 
 
 Indians; | in which | The Extent of that Language in North- Ame- | 
 rica is shewn; its Genius is grammatically | traced; some of its 
 Peculiarities, and some | Instances of Analogy between that and 
 the I Hebrew are pointed out. | Communicated to the | Connecti- 
 cut Society of Arts and Sciences, | And published at the Bequest 
 of the Society. | By Jonathan Edwards, D. D. | Pastor of a Church 
 in New- Haven and Member of the | Connecticut Society of Arts 
 and Sciences. I 
 
EDWARDS. 223 
 
 Edwards (Jonathan) — continued. 
 
 NewHaven,printedbyJosiali Meigs, 1787; | London reprinted by 
 W. Justins, I Shoemaker-Eow, Blackfriars. | M, DCO, LXXXVIII 
 [1788]. I BA. 
 
 Pp. i-iv, 5-16. 8°. Contents as in American edition. Some copies differ in 
 date as follows: New Haven, printed by Josiah Meigs, 1788; London, reprinted 
 by W. Justins, Shoemaker Row, Blackfriars. M, DCC, LXXXIX. 
 
 1135 A I Sermon. | at the Execution of | Moses Paul, an In- 
 dian ; I Who had been guilty of Murder, | Preached at New Haven 
 in America. | By Samson Occom, | A native Indian, and Missionary 
 to the Indians, who was in England | in 1766 and 1767, collecting 
 for the Indian Charity Schools. | To which is added | a Short Ac- 
 count of the I late Spread of the Gospel, | among the Indians. | 
 Also I Observations on the Language of the | Muhhekaneew In- 
 dians; I communicated to the | Connecticut Society of Arts and 
 Sciences. | By Jonathan Edwards, D. D. | 
 
 ISew Haven, Connecticut: Printed 1788. ( London: Printed, 1789, 
 and Sold by Buckland, Pater- | noster-Eow; Dilly, Poultry; 
 Otridge, Strand; J. Lepard, | No. 91, Newgate-street; T. Pitcher, 
 No. 44' Barbican; Brown, | on the Tolzey Bristol; Binns, at Leeds; 
 and Woolmer, at Exeter. | c. jcb. 
 
 Pp. i-iv, .5-24, 1-16. 8°. The first 16 pp. comprise the Observations, &c., as 
 in No. 1134. 
 
 Reprinted in Carey (Mathew), editor. American Museum or Repository of * * * 
 fugitive pieces, &o., vol. 5, pp. 21-25, 141-144. Philadelphia, 1789. 8°. Also 
 (according to Ludewig) New York, 1801. 8°. And again as follows: 
 
 1136 Observations on the Language of the Muhhekaneew Indi- 
 ans; I In which the Extent of that Language in North America is 
 shewn; [.its Genius is grammatically traced; some of its Peculiari- 
 ties, I and some instances of Analogy between that and the Hebrew 
 are | pointed out. | Communicated to the Connecticut Society of Arts 
 and Sciences, and | published at the Eequest of the Society. | By 
 Jonathan Edwards, D. D., Pastor of a Church in New Haven | and 
 Member of the Connecticut Society of Arts and Sciences. | New 
 Haven, Printed by Josiah Meigs, M, DCC, LXXXVIII. ba. 
 
 In Mass. Hist. Soc. Coll., second series, vol. 10, pp. 81-160. Boston, 1823. 8°. 
 
 This reprint is preceded by an "Advertisement" signed John Pickering, and 
 dated Salem, Mass., May 15, 1822, which occupies pp. 81-84. 
 
 The contents of the Observations are the same as the original and occupy pp. 
 84-98. 
 
 , "Notes, By the Editor," occupy pp. 98-160, the contents of which, in addition 
 to comments and remarks on affinities, grammatic structure, etc., are as follows: 
 
 Numerals, 1-10, of the Minsi and Unami (from Heckewelder), p. 101; Numer- 
 als, 1-10, from the Mohawk Primer, and from Edwards, p. 101; Pater Noster, 
 from the Mohawk Primer and from Edwards, p. 102 ; Cherokee verbs (from Buth- 
 rick), p. 121. 
 
 "Comparative Vocabulary [45 words] of various dialects of the Lenape (or 
 Delaware) Stock of North American Languages, together with a Specimen of 
 the Winnebago (or Nipegon) Language," which includes the following : 
 
224 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Edwards (Jonathan) — continued. 
 
 Mohegan (from Edwards), p. 136 ; Mohegan (from Rev. W. Jenks), p. 137 ; 
 Lenape or Delaware (from Rev. Mr. Hecke welder), p. 137 ; Munsee, or Minsi (from 
 Dr. Barton), p. 138 ; Shawanese (from Edwards), p. 138; Shawanese (from Ar- 
 chaeologia Americana), p. 138; Nanticoke (from Gen. Murray and Mr. Hecke- 
 welder), p 139 ; Naraganset (from Roger Williams), p. 139 ; Massachusetts (from 
 Eliot), p. 140; Penobscot (from French Missionaries' MS.), p. 140; Abnaki (from 
 Fatbor Rale's MS. dictionary), p. 141 ; St. Franci Indians (from Rev. Dr. Holmes 
 and Rev. Mr. Noyes), p. 141; Messisaugas (from Barton's New Views), p. 142; 
 Algonkiu (from La Hontan), p. 142 ; Algonkin (from MoKenzie), p. 143 ; Chip- 
 peway (from Edwards), p. 143; Cbippeway (from Long's Travels, London edi- 
 tion, 1791), p. 144; Knisteneaux (from McKenzie), p. 144; Knisteneaux (from 
 Harmon's Journal, 1820), p. 145; "Winnebago or Nippegon (from Professor Say), 
 p. 145. 
 
 Comparative table of the Sioux or Naudowessie Stock; comprehending the 
 Winnebago, communicated by Mr. Du Ponceau, p. 151. 
 
 Postscript. Translation of the 19th Psalm into the Muh-he-con-nuk language 
 done at the Cornwall School under the superintendence of Rev. John Sergeant, 
 Missionary (from Rev. Dr. Morse's Report on Indian Affairs), pp. 152-154. 
 
 ludex of Mohegan and other Indian words, explained in Edwards' Observa- 
 tions, pp. 155-157. 
 
 Index of the principal matters in Edwards' Observations and the Editor's 
 notes, pp. 158-160. 
 
 This reprint in the Mass. Hist. Soc. Coll. was also published as a separate 
 paper with addition of title-page, but otherwise unchanged, as follows: 
 
 1137 Observations | on the | Language | of the Muhheekaneew 
 
 Indians. | By Jonathan Edwards, D. D. | A new edition: | with 
 notes, I by | John Pickering. | As published in the Massachusetts 
 Historical Collections. | 
 
 Boston : | Printed by Phelps and Farnham. | 1823. | ba. 
 
 Pp. 1-82. 8°. Reprinted, according to Sabin's Dictionary, as follows: 
 
 1138 Observations on the Language of the Muhhekaneew In- 
 dians. By Jonathan Edwards. A New Edition, with I^otes by 
 John Pickering. 
 
 Boston : Little and Brown. 1843. * 
 
 8°. 
 1139 The Works | of | Jonathan Edwards, D. D. | Late Presi- 
 dent of Union College. | With a | Memoir of his Life and Charac- 
 ter, I by Tryon Edwards. | In two volumes. | Vol. I [II]. | 
 
 Andover: | Printed and Published by Allen, Morrill & Ward- 
 well. I New York: Dayton and Newman. | Philadelphia: Henry 
 Perkins.— Boston : Crocker and Brewster, | Gould, Kendall and 
 Lincoln, Tappan and Dennett. | Hartford: Tyler and Porter. I 
 1842. I • * 
 
 2 vols. 8°. Title from Mr. W. Eames. 
 
 Observations on the Language of the Muhhekaneew Indians, vol. 1, pp. 469-480. 
 
 Another edition : Boston, 1850. 2 vols. 8°, not seen. 
 
 1140 Eells (Rev. Myron). Hymns | in the | Chinook Jargon Language | 
 compiled by | Rev. M. Eels, [sic] \ Missionary of the American Mis- 
 sionary Association. | [Design.] 
 
EDWARDS EELLS. 225 
 
 Eells {Bev. Myron) — continued. 
 
 Portland, Oregon : | Publishing House of Geo. H. Himes. ( 
 1878. I jrvpp. 
 
 Pp. 1-30. sq. 16°. 
 
 Hymns, pp. 4-27; Lord's Prayer, pp. 28-29; Blessing before meals, p. 30. 
 114:1 The Twana Indians of the Skokoinish Eeservation in Wash- 
 ington Territory. By Eev. M. Eells, Missionary among these Indians. 
 
 InHayden (F. V.) Bnlletin, vol. 3, pp. 57-114. Washington, 1877. 8°. 
 Numerals 1-1000, pp. 86-87; Names of days, months, &c., 87-88; Chinook 
 songs, pp. 91-92; Vocabulary, 211 words, pp. 93-98. 
 
 1142 Indian Music. 
 
 In Am. Antiquarian, vol. 1, pp. 249-253. Cleveland, 1878; Chicago, 1879. 8°. 
 Short songs in Clallam and Chemakum, -with music, p. 252. 
 
 114:3 The Twana Language of Washington Territory. By Eev. 
 
 M. Eells. 
 
 In Am. Antiquarian and Oriental Journal, vol. 3, pp. 296-303. Chicago, 
 1881. 8°. 
 
 Grammatic forms of the Twana or Skokomish, pp. 296-298 ; of the Skwaksin 
 dialect of the Niskwalli, pp. 298-299 ; of the Clallam, pp. 299-301 ; of the Che- 
 makum, pp. 301-303 ; of the Spokane, pp. 302-303 ; of the Chinook Jargon, p. 303. 
 
 1144 The Twana, Chemakum, and Clallam Indians of Washing- 
 ton Territory. By Eev. Myron Eells, Missionary of the American 
 Missionary Association. 
 
 Manuscript. Pp. 1-435, 4°. 
 
 Chapter XIII. Language and Literature, pp. 219-268, contains, pp. 219-230, 
 remarks and examples of the languages of Washington Territory. 
 
 1145 Words, Phrases, and Sentences in the Chemakum lan- 
 guage. 
 
 Manuscript. 37 11. 4°, Recorded in a copy of Introduction to the Study of In- 
 dian Languages, Ist edition. Collected at the Skokomish Reservation, Wash- 
 ington Territory, 1878. 
 
 1146 Words, Phrases, and Sentences in the S'klallam or Sclal- 
 
 1am language. 
 
 Manuscript. 52 11. 4°. Recorded in a copy of Introduction to the Study of In- 
 dian Languages, 1st edition, complete. Collected at the Skokomish Reserva- 
 tion in 1878. Includes plural forms and possessive cases of nouns and pronouns 
 and the partial conjugation of the verb "to eat." 
 
 1147 Words, Phrases, and Sentences in the Skwaksin Dialect of 
 
 the Niskwalli Language. 
 
 Manuscript. 52 11. 4°. Recorded in a copy of Introduction to the Study of In- 
 dian Languages, 1st edition, complete. Collected in 1878. Includes plural 
 forms, possessive cases and diminutives of nouns, comparison of adjectives, 
 cases of pronouns, and partial conjugation of the verbs "to eat " and "to drink." 
 
 1148 Words, Phrases, and Sentences in the Twana Language. 
 
 Manuscript. 52 11. 4°. Recorded in a copy of Introduction to the Study of In- 
 dian Languages, 1st edition, complete. Collected in 1878. Includes plural 
 forms, possessive cases and genders of nouns, comparison of adjectives, possessive 
 case of pronouns, and partial conjugation of the verbs "to eat" and "to drink." 
 
 These manuscripts are in the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. 
 15 Bib 
 
226 NORTH AMEKICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 1149 Egede (Haus). De gamle Gronlands nye perlustration, eller en 
 kort beskrivelse om de gamle l^Tordske coloniers begyndelse og 
 undergang etc. forst Anno 1724 forfattet af H. Egede, og nu Anno 
 1729 efterseet . . . af een der paa nog en tiid har vaeret i Gronland. 
 
 Kjobenhavn, H. Chr. PauM, 1729. * 
 
 Title and 58 pp. sm. 8°. 
 
 This seems to be the first essay of Egede's celebrated work on Greenland 
 which was first published in 1741. Both are very similar in the division, etc., 
 but the latter is of course much more simple.— -JfaZZer's Cat. 
 
 The following is, I presume, a translation of the above : 
 
 1150 Des Alton | Gronlands | Neue | perlustration, \ Oder— 
 
 Eine kurtze Beschreibung | Derer | Alten Nordlschen Colonien | 
 Anfang und Untergang in Gronland, | wobey desselben Situation, 
 Beschaifenlieit | der Gewachsen, Thieren, Vogeln und Fischen, 
 Lufft und I Temperament, des Himmels Constitution, der jetzigen 
 Eiu- I wohner Verhalten Wohnungen Sprache Gestalt Ause- | hen, 
 Kleider-Tracht Nahrung Gebrauche Handthierung | Speisen Hand- 
 lung Spracli Ebestands-Oeremonien | und Kinderzucht; | Nebst 
 ihrer Eeligion oder Superstition | und anderer so woM in ihren 
 Zusammen | kiinfiften, als auch zu Hausz gebraucMiclien Sitten. | 
 Erstlich vou Hans Egede, | Missionarius bey der [&c., &c., five 
 lines]. I 
 
 Frankfurt, bey Stock Erben und Schilling Ad, 1730. | JOB. 
 
 47 pp. 12°. 
 
 Chapter XI. On the language of Greenland, pp. 34-47. 
 
 1151 ■ Det gamle | Grji^nlands | Kye | Perlustration, | Eller | Ka- 
 
 turel-Historie, | Og | Beskrivelse over det gamle Gronlands Situa- 
 tion, I Luft, Temperament og Beskaffenhed; | De gamle ISTorske 
 Coloniers Begyndelse og Undergang der | Samme-Steds, de itzige 
 Indbyggeres Oprindelse, Vaesen, | Leve-Maade og Handt£eringer, 
 samt Hvad ellers Landet-| Yder og giver af sig, saasom Dyer, 
 Fiske og Fugle &c. med | hosf^yet nyt Land-Caart og andre Kaa- 
 ber-Stykker | over Landets Katuralier og Indbyggernis | Handtse- 
 ringer, | Forfattet af | Hans Egede, | Forhen Missionair udi Gron- 
 land. I 
 
 Kjobenhavn, 1741. | Trykt hos Johan Christoph Groth, boende 
 paa Ulfelds-platz. | 0. JOB, 
 
 6 p. 11., 131 pp. sm. 4°. map. 
 
 Greenland song, with interlinear translation, pp. 86-92. 
 
 Chapter XVII, pp. 94-105, is on language and customs; besides general re- 
 marks it contains a vocabulary, pp. 96-97 ; grammatic construction, with ex- 
 amples, pp. 97-103, and the creed and Lord's prayer translated into the Greenland 
 language, pp. 104-105. 
 
 There are also scattered throughout many native terms. 
 
 1152 Des alten Gronlands Neue Perlustration, oder Naturell- 
 
 Historie Und Beschreibung Der Situation, Beschaffenheit, Lufft 
 und des Temperaments dieses Landes; Wie auch vom Anfange 
 
EGEDE. 227 
 
 Egede (Hans) — continued. 
 
 und Untergange, derer alteu l^Torwegischen Colonien daselbst; 
 vom UrspruBge, der Sitten, Lebensart und den Gebrauchen derer 
 jetzigen Einwohuer, und was dieses Land an Thieren, Pischen, 
 Vogeln ec. heget und mittheilet; deme beygefiiget Eine neue 
 Land-Charte und andere in Kupfer gestochene Figuren und Abbil- 
 dungen der Naturalien und Handtbierungen derer dasigen Ein- 
 wohner; Verfasset und beschrieben von Hans Egede .... Aus den 
 Danischen ins Teutscbe iibersetzt. 
 
 Copenhagen : gedruckt bey Johann Christoph Grothen. 1742. | * 
 Title, 12, 144 pp. 4°. map. Title from Sabin's Dictionary. 
 
 1153 A I Description | of | Greenland. | Shewing | The Natural 
 
 History, Situation, Boundaries, | and Pace of the Country; the 
 Nature of the | Soil; the Else and Progress of the old Nor- | we- 
 gian Colonies; the ancient and modern | Inhabitants; their Genius 
 and Way of Life, | and Produce of the Soil; their Plants, Beasts, | 
 Pishes, «&c. I with | A new Map of Greenland. | And | Several Cop- 
 per Plates representing different Animals, | Birds and Fishes, the 
 Greenlanders Way of Hunting | and Pishing; their Habitations, 
 Diess, Sports | and Diversions, &c. | By Mr. Hans Egede, Mis- 
 sionary in that Country for twenty five Years. | Translated from 
 the Danish. | 
 
 Loodon: | Printed for 0. Hitch in Paternoster Eow; S. Austen 
 in I Newgate-Street; and J. Jackson near St. James's Gate. | MDC- 
 OXLV [1745]. I JOB. 
 
 xvi pp., 2 11., 220 pp. 12°. 
 
 Linguistics as in 1741 eclitiou, pp. 155-159, 163-174. 
 
 1154 Beschryving | van | Oud-Groenland, | Of eigentlyk van de 
 
 zoogenaamde | Straat Davis: | Behelzende | Deszelfs Natuurlyke 
 Historic, Stg.ndsgelegenheid, Gedaante, | Grenscheidingen, Veld- 
 Gewassen, Dieren, Vogelen, Visschen, enz. | Mitsgaders | Den 
 Oirsprong en Voortgang der Aeloude | Noorweegsche Volkplanti- 
 gen I in dat Gewest; | Benevens | Den Aart, Inborst, Wooningen, 
 Levenswyze, Klediug, Spraak, | Bygelovigheid, Dichtkunst, Uit- 
 spanningen en Tydverdry ven der | Hedendaagsche Inboorlingen. | 
 Eerst in de Deensche Taal beschreven door | M^. Hans Egede, | 
 Van den jare 1721 tot 1736 Missionaris of Luitersch Pi«dikant al- 
 daar, | En nu in 't Nederduitsch overgebragt. | Met | Een Nieuwe 
 Kaart van dat Landschap en | Aardige Printverbeeldingen ver- 
 ciert. I 
 
 Te Delft | By Eeinier Boitet, 1746. | job. 
 
 12 p. 11., 192 pp. sm. 4°. map. 
 
 Linguistics, pp. 131-134, 137-150. 
 
 1155 Description | et | Histoire Naturelle | du | Greenland, | 
 
 par Mr. Eggede, [sic] | Missionnaire & Ev6que du Gronland. | Tra- 
 duite en Prangois | par Mr. D. E. D. P. | 
 
228 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Egede (Hans) — continued. 
 
 a Copenhague et a Genfeve, | chez les Frferes 0. & A. Philibert. | 
 M DCC LXIII [1763]. I C.JCB. 
 
 Pp. i-xxviii, 1-171. 12°. Translated by Mr. D[es] R[oches] D[e] P[arthenay ]. 
 Linguistics, pp. 119-122, 124-135. 
 
 1156 Herrn Hans Egede, | Missionars und Bischofes in Gron- 
 
 laud, I Beschreibung | und | Katur-Gescbichte | von | Gronland, | 
 ubersetzet | von | D Jo^. Ge. Krunitz | Mit Kupfern. | 
 
 Berlin, | verlegts August Mylius. | 1763. | 0. 
 
 xxii, 237 pp. 8°. maps. 
 Linguistics, pp. 173-176, 180-192. 
 
 1157 A I Description of Greenland. | By Hans Egede, | who 
 
 was a missionary in tbat country | for | twenty-five years. | A new 
 edition. | With an | Historical Introduction | and | a life of the 
 author, j Illustrated | with a map of Greenland, and numerous 
 engravings on wood. | [Picture.] 
 
 London: | Printed for T. and J. Allman, | Princes Street, Han- 
 over Square; | W. H. Eeid, Charing Cross; and Baldwin, Cradock, 
 and Joy, | Paternoster Eow. | 1818. | BA. 
 
 cxviii, 225 pp. 8°. map. 
 
 Linguistics, pp. 158-161, 165-178. 
 
 1158 Elementa fldei Christianae, in qvibus in Gronlandorum 
 
 vernacula proponuntur. 1, Ordo Salutis, 2, Catechismus Lutheri, 
 3, Prsetinuentse qvaedam et Psalmi, item 4, Formula baptizandi In- 
 fantes & Adultos. 
 
 Hafn. 1742. * 
 
 8°. Not seen ; title ftom Giessing's Nye Samling af Danske- Norske- og Is- 
 laudske- Jubel- Lserere, vol. 3. Kiobenliavn, 1779. 
 
 1159 Egede (Paul). Evangelium Okansek tussarnersok Gub Marnanik 
 Innungortomik, okansianiglo, Usornartuleniglo, tokomello uman- 
 nelo. Killaliarmello , Innuin annauniartlugit, aggerromartomiglo, 
 tokorsut tomasa umartitsartortlugit. Koralit okausiet attuattlugo 
 aglekpaka Paul Egede. 
 
 Kiobenbavnme. 1744. * 
 
 8°. The Gospels, in tlie Eskimo language, translated by Paul Egede. — SaUn'a 
 
 Dictionary. 
 
 Nyerup gives this title in brief, and adds : Subsequently issued in 1758, adding 
 
 tbe "Wanderings of tlie Apostles." Bagster's " Bible of Every Laud" mentions 
 
 this latter edition also. 
 
 1160 Dictiona- | rium | Gronlandico- | Danico- | Latinum, | 
 
 Complectens | Primitiva cum suis | Derivatis, | qvibus | interjectae 
 sunt voces primariae | e | Kireudo Angekkutorum, | adornatum | 
 a I Paulo Egede. | 
 
 Hafinae, | Anno MDCOL [1750]. Sumptibus & typis Orphan 
 Eegii, I Excudit Gotum Frid Kisel, Orphanotroph, Eeg. Typogr. | 
 8 p. 11., pp. 1-312. 12°. jf,^ 
 
EGEDE. 229 
 
 Egede (Paul) — continued. 
 
 1161 Catechismus | Mingnek | D. M. Lutherim | Aglega | Inna- 
 
 suinnut InnungnuUo Gum | Okausianik illisimangangitsut, | suna 
 ope- I rekuUugo, kannorlo innukullugit Tokorsub kingornnane Kil- 
 lang- I mut pekkuUugit. | [Design.] 
 
 Ki6benh.avn, | lUiarsuin Igloenne nakittet | Kakittairsomit Gott- 
 man Fridericli Kisel. 1. 1756. | to. 
 
 Pp. 1-160. 120. 
 
 Luther's Catechism, with a selection of Hymns, translated into the language 
 of Greenland. Introduction signed Paul Egede. Catechism, pp. 5-56; Hymns, 
 pp. 57-148; Register, pp. 149-160. See Eateskismuse Luterlm. 
 
 1162 Grammatica | Gronlandica | Danico-Latina, Edita ( a | 
 
 Paulo Egede. | 
 
 Havinse | Sumptibus & typis Orphantrophii Eegii | Excudit Gott- 
 man, Frid. Kisel. An. 1760. | JCB. 
 
 8p. n.,<i36pp. 12°. 
 
 1163 Testamente | Nutak, | eller | Det Nye | Testaraente, | 
 
 oversat | i det | Gronlandske Sprog, j med | Forklaringer, Paral- 
 leler | og udforlige Summarier, | af | Paul Egede, | Professor Theol. 
 Nat. ved Klobenhavns | Universitet, Inspector og Proost for | den 
 Gronl. Mission, og Prsest ved det | Kongel. AIeq. Hospital | i Kio- 
 beuhavn. | 
 
 Kiobenhavn, | Trykt paa Missionens Bekostning, | af Gerhard 
 Giese Salikath, | 1766. | 0. 
 
 12 p. 11., 1000 pp., 411. 12°. 
 
 Ne-w Testament translated into the XJreenlandish language, with commenta- 
 ries, parallels, and extensive summaries. 
 
 I1C4 Ajokoersoirsun Atuagekseit Nalegbingne Grondlandme. 
 
 Eitnal over Kirke-Forretningerne ved den Danske Mission paa 
 Gronland. 
 Kiobenhavn, H. Ch. Schroder. 1783. * 
 
 63 pp. 8°. Greenland and Danish. Ecclesiastical Ritual for the use of the 
 Danish Missions in Greenland, translated hy Egede? It is a volume heretofore 
 almost unknown. Printed lor distribution in Greenland, but few copies were 
 retained in Europe. — Leelerc. 
 
 Nyerup gives this title in brief under Paul Egede. For later edition, see 
 Fabricius (O.) ' 
 
 1165 Thomas a Kempis de imitative Christ, overs, paa Gronl. 
 
 Kiobenhavnime, 1787. * 
 
 Title from Nyerup. 
 
 1166 Kristusimik | Mallingnaursut | pivdlugit | Thomasib §l 
 
 Kempisib Aglega. | Kaladlin okauzeennut nuktersimarsok | Pele- 
 siunermit | Paviamit Egedemit, | lUegeegnerublo ussornartorsub 
 "Det Danske Mis- | sions Selskabimik" taiutiglub ama | nakittar- 
 komago, | narkingniarkiksaralloara | A. F. Honnib. | 
 
 Kjobenhavnime. | lUiarsuin iglose'nne nakittarsimarsok | 1824. | 
 0. F. Skubartimit. j 0. 
 
 6 p. 11., pp. 1-168. 16°. 
 Imitation of Christ, in the Eskimo language. 
 
230 NORTH AMERICA^r LINGUISTICS. 
 
 1 167 Egercicto Devoto en Honor del Sagrado Corazon de Jesus en Idioma 
 Mejicano. * 
 
 127 pp. No title-page. Not seen ; title from Eamirez Sale Cat. 
 
 See Ejercicio. 
 
 1168 Eichthal (Gustav D'). Etudes sur I'Histoire primitive des Eaces 
 Oc6aniennes et Americaines, par Gustav D'Eichtlial, Secretaire- 
 adjoint de la Society Bthnologique. 
 
 In Soc. Etlmologique, M^moires, tome second, pp. 151-3"20. Paris, 1845. 8°. 
 
 "Hnitifeme fltude. Rapport des langues Caribe et Polyn&ienne" [witli vocab- 
 nl.iries], pp. 253-269. 
 
 ' ' Neu vieme fitude. Rapports entre quelques langues Americaines et le Copte," 
 pp. 270-289. . 
 
 "Dixifeme fitude. Rapports des langues Caribe et Ouolofe," pp. 290-309. 
 
 This paper with half title (fitudes sur I'histoire, &c.) issued also as a separate 
 pamphlet, pp. 1-173. 8°. 
 
 "Huitifeme Etude," pp. 105-121; "Neuvifeme Etude," pp. 123-141; "Dixifeme 
 Etude," pp. 138-161. 
 
 1169 Ejercicio, El Ejercicio del Santo Viacrucis puesto en lengua maya 
 y copiado de un antiguo manuscrito. Lo da a la prensa con supe- 
 rior permiso el Dr. D. J. Vicente Solis Eosales, quien desea se pro- 
 pagua esta devocion entre los fieles, principalmente de la clase 
 indigena. Va corregida por el E. P. Fr. M. Antonio Peralta. — 
 
 Merida. — Imprenta de J. D. Espinosa 6 hijos. — 1869. ** 
 
 32 pp. 8°. Title from Carillo, who says of it: "There is a manuscript which 
 has for a literjil title the following: 'Manesscrito de estacion de Pixilii, y yo, 
 Damiau Chim, maestro de capilla.' 48 pp. 4°. From a note it appears that 
 the copy was concluded by the Indian Damian Chim. By another title which 
 appears after the frontispiece it seems that the author of this work was Sr. Dr. 
 D. Pedro Nolasco de los Reyes: 'A devocion del Dr. D. Pedro Nolasco de los 
 Reyes, cura interino de la parroquia de Santiago. H61e en 30 de Euero de 1826 
 alios.' The work was finally given to the press in 1869 with the above title." 
 
 Extracts, in Maya only, reprinted as : Textes Mayas, in Archives de la Soci6t6 
 Amgricaine de France, nouvelle s6rie, tome 1, pp. 373-378. * 
 
 See Egercicio. 
 
 1170 Elder (P. E.) Terms of Eelationship of the Osage, Collected by 
 P. B. Elder, U. S. Indian Agent for the Osages, 2^eosho Agency, 
 Fort Scott, Kansas. 
 
 In Morgan (L. H.) Systems of Consanguinity and Affinity of the Human 
 Family, pp. 293-382. Washington, 1871. 4°. 
 
 1171 [Elementary Ojibway Grammar.] JWP. 
 
 No title-page; pp. 1-8. 24°. Title taken from nmning heading at top of page. 
 It contains: Pronouns, pp. 1-3; Adverbs, pp. 3-5; Nouns, pp. ■'i-S. 
 
 1172 Eliza Marpicokawin, | raratonwan oyate en wapiye sa; | qa Sara 
 Warpanica Qon, | he nakun ikcewicaxta oyate wan etanhan | 
 
 Boston: | Published for the American Tract Society, by | Crocker 
 & Brewster. | 1842. | BA. JTTP. 
 
EGERCICIO ELIOT. 231 
 
 Eliza Marpicokawin, etc. — continued. 
 
 Translation. — Eliza Cloud center woman [i. e., in the midst of the cloud] | falls 
 village* people in repairer [medicine man] | and Sara Poor | that also common 
 man [Indian] people one from. | 
 
 Pp. 1-12. 12°. In the Dakota language. 
 
 Eliza Marpicokawin, raratonwan oyate en wapiye sa, pp. 1-6. Sara Warpa- 
 nica Qon, pp. 7-12. 
 
 1173 [Eliot (John).] A further Accompt | of the Progresse of the | Gos- 
 pel I amongst the Indians | in | New-England, | and | Of the means 
 used effectually to advance the same. | Set forth | In certatae Let- 
 ters sent from thence declaring a | purpose of Printing the Script- 
 ures in the | Indian Tongue into which they are already | Trans- 
 , lated. I With which Letters are likewise sent an Epi- | tome of some 
 Exhortations delivered by the In- | dians at a fast, as Testimonies 
 of their Obedi- | ence to the Gospell. | As also some helps direct- 
 ing to the Indians how to | improve naturall reason unto the knowl- 
 edge I of the true God. \ 
 
 London, Printed by M. Simmons for the Corpo- | ration of 'Eew- 
 Eugland, 1659. | * 
 
 Title and 4 p. 11., pp. (1), 1-35 (1). 4°. Title from Sabin's Dictionary. 
 
 Feirson (A.) Some helps for the Indians, pp. 22-35. 
 
 A reprint of the first sheet of Peirson's Indian Catechism * * which was 
 then in press at Cambridge. The portion reprinted ends in the middle of a sen- 
 tence (p. 35), and has the catch-word of the following sheet, which was not yet 
 received in England. — Brinley Sale Cat., Part 1. 
 
 1174 The New | Testament | of our | Lord and Saviour [ Jesus 
 
 Christ. I Translated into the | Indian Language, | and | Ordered to 
 be Printed by the Commissioners of the Vnited Colonies | in New- 
 England, I At the Charge,, and with the Consent of the | Corpora- 
 tion in England | For the Propagation of the Gospel amongst the 
 Indians | in New-England. | — | 
 
 Cambridg: [sic] | Printed by Samuel Green and Marmaduke John- 
 son. I MDOLXI [1661]. I — I 
 Second title: • 
 
 Wusku I Wuttestamentum ( Nul-Lordumun | Jesus Christ | 
 Nuppoquohwussuaeneumun. | — | [Printer's device, 32 stars.] | — j 
 
 Cambridge: | Printed by Samuel Green and Marmaduke John- 
 son. I MDCLXI [1661]. I HU.BA, 
 
 Translation. — ^New | his-Testament | our-Lord | Jesus Christ | our-deliverer. | 
 
 2 blank 11. ; English title, within an acorn pattern border, verso blank, 1 1. ; 
 Dedication of New Testament (A' and A^), 2 11. ; Indian title, within an acorn 
 pattern border, verso blank, 1 1. ; Matthew to Revelation, A^ to L*, Aa to Xx^ in 
 fours ; 1 blank leaf (Xx^) : = 4 p. 11. and 126 11. of text. sm. 4°. 
 
 1175 MamvSse | Wunneetnpanatamwe | Up-Biblum God | na- 
 
 neeswe | Nukkone Testament | kah wonk | Wusku Testa- 
 ment. I — I Ne quoshkinnumuk nashpe Wuttinneumoh Christ | 
 noh asoowesit | John Eliot. | — | 
 
 * Dakotan name for the Ojibwas, so called from their former residence at Sault Ste. 
 Marie, Michigan. 
 
232 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Eliot (John) — continued. 
 
 Cambridge : | Printeiioop nashpe Samuel Green kah Marmaduke 
 Johnson. | 1663. | 
 
 Translation. — The- whole | Holy | his-Bible God, | both | Old Testament | and 
 also I New Testament. | This turned by the-servant-of Christ | who is-called | 
 John Eliot. | 
 
 2 blank 11. ; Indian title, within an acora pattern border, verso blank, 1 1. ; 
 names of Books, etc., of the Old and New Testaments (in English), recto blank, 
 1 1.; Genesis to Malachi, A to Mmmmm^ in fours ::= 2 p. 11. and 414 11. of test, 
 sra. 4°. 
 
 Appended is the New Testament as follows: 
 
 Wusku I Wuttestamentum | Nul-Lordumun | Jesus Christ | 
 Nuppoqaohwussuaeneumun. | — | [Printer's device, 32 stars.] | — | 
 
 Cambridge: | Printed by Samuel Green and Marmaduke John- 
 son. I MDCLXI [1661]. I MHS. HIT. 
 
 Indian title, within an acorn pattern border, verso blank, 1 1. ; Matthew to 
 Revelation, A^ to !,■<, Aa to Xx^ in fours; 1 blank 1. [Xx-i] : = 1 p. 1. and 126 11. of 
 text. sm. 4°. Followed by the Psalms in meter : 
 
 Wame | Ketoohomae Uketoohomaongash | David, | 
 [Cambridge: 1663.] 
 
 Translation. — All the singing-songs of David. 
 
 A to verso in N'^ in fours : = 50 11. sm. 4°. Followed by a brief catechisni : 
 
 NoowomGo Wuttinnoowaonk God, Gen. 5, 22. Enobh weeche | 
 pomushau God nishwudt pasukcoe kodtumwaeu. Wonk | noowomco, 
 Prov. 2.'3, 17: Qush leovah neteagu: newaj | ken atcctomoush. | 
 
 1 1., ending on verso of N'; 1 blank 1. sm. 4°. 
 
 This is the whole Bible as bound for the use of the Indians. 
 
 1176 The I Holy Bible : | containing the | Old Testament | and 
 
 the New. | — | Translated into the | Indian Language, | and | Or- 
 dered to be Printed by the Commissioners of the Vnited Colonies I in 
 New-England, | At the Charge, and with the Consent of the | Cor- 
 poration in England | For the Propagation of the Gospel amongst 
 the Indians | in New-England. | — | 
 
 Cambridge: | Printed by Samuel Green and Marmaduke John- 
 son. I MDCLXIII [1663]. ( AAS. GB. 
 
 1 blank 1.; English title, within an acorn pattern border, verso, blank, 1 1.; 
 Dedication of the whole bible "To the High and mighty Prince, Charles the 
 Second," A^ and A<, 2 11. ; names of Books, &o., of the Old and New Testaments 
 (in English), recto blank, 1 1. (inserted in the manner of maps); Genesis to 
 Malachi, A to Mmmmm' in fours : = 4 p. 11. and 414 11. of text. sm. 4°, followed by 
 the New Testament, Psalms, and Catechism as in preceding number. 
 
 Only twenty copies of this description were sent to England, by order of the 
 Corporation, for presentation to the universities and to such persons as the Gov- 
 ernor of the Corporation should think fit. These were bound in England, and 
 probably in uniform style. 
 
 Of this edition I have seen two copies— one in the library of the American 
 Antiquarian Society and one at the Brinley sale— the latter the copy formerly 
 belonging to Mr. John Allan. 
 
 The titles to an edition, with English title to the Bible and Indian title to the 
 Testament, without the printer's marks, are given in O'Callaghan's American 
 Bibles, as follows: 
 
ELIOT. 233 
 
 Eliot (Jo^n) — continued. 
 
 1177 '■ — The I Holy Bible: | containing the | Old Testament | and 
 
 the New. | — | Translated into the | Indian Language, | and | Or- 
 dered to be Printed by the Commissioners of the Vnited Colo- 
 nies I in New-England, | At the Charge, and with the Consent of 
 the I Corporation in England | For the Propagation of the Gospel 
 amongst the Indians | in New-England. | — | 
 
 Cambridge: | Printed by Samuel Green and Marmaduke John- 
 son. I MDCLXIII [1663J. | 
 
 Title, within an ornamental border, 11., verso blank. ; Dedication, 2 11. ; List 
 of books, 1 1. ; t6xt, Genesis to Malachi as in other editions, sm. 4^. 
 Title to New Testament : 
 
 Wusku I Wuttestamentum | Nullordumun | Jesus Christ | Nup- 
 poquohwussuaeneumun. | — | [1^ inch space.] | — | 
 
 Cambridge: | Printed by Samuel Green and Marmaduke John- 
 son. I MDCLXI [1661]. I ♦ 
 
 Title, 1 1., verso blank. Text as in New Testament already described, followed 
 by Psalms in Indian meter and Catechism as in previously described bible of 
 1663. 
 
 With the exception of the absence of the "stars" on the Indian title to the 
 New Testament, this does not differ from the Allan copy already described. 
 
 1178 VVvskv I Wuttestamentum | Nul-Lordumun | lesus 
 
 Christ I Nuppoquohwussuaeneumun. | — | [^ inch space.] | — | 
 
 Cambridge, | Printed for the Eight Honourable | Corporation in 
 London, for the | propogation [sic] of the Gospel among the In- | 
 dians in New-England. 1580. | 
 
 Indian title, within an acorn pattern border, verso blank, 1 1. ; Matthew to 
 Eevelation, A^ to recto of Kk^ in fours, verso of Kk^ blank :=1 p. 1. and 129 11. 
 sm. 4°. 
 
 Followed by the Psalms in meter: 
 
 Wame Ketoohomae uketoohomaongash David. 
 [ Cambrid ge. 1682. | AAS. MHS. 
 
 Kk» to verso of Yy in fours :=53 11. sm. 4°. Followed by the catechism ; 
 title as in edition of 1663, 1 1. sm. 4°. 
 
 1179 Mamvsse | Wunneetupanatamwe | Up-Biblum God | Na- 
 
 neeswe | Nukkone Testament | kah wonk | Wusku Testa- 
 ment. I — I Ne quoshkinnumuk nashpe Wuttinneumoh Christ | 
 noh as»wesit | John Eliot. | Nahohtdeu ontchetde Piinteuoo- 
 muk. I — I 
 
 Cambridge. | PrinteuGop nashpe Samuel Green. MDCLXXXV 
 
 [1685]. I HU.BA.AAS. 
 
 Indian title, within an acorn pattern border, verso blank, 11.; Genesis ot 
 Malachi, A to verso of Ppppp' in fours; names of Books, &c., of the Old and 
 New Testaments (in English), recto blank, 1 I. : = 1 p. 1., 424 11., and^ 1. sm. 4°. 
 Followed by the New Test.iment of 1680 : 
 
 VVvskv I Wuttestamentum | Nul-Lordumun ( lesus Christ | 
 Nuppoquohwussuaeueumun. | — | [^ inch space.] | — | 
 
 Cambridge, | Printed for the Eight Honourable | Corporation in 
 
234 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Eliot (John) — continued. 
 
 Loudon, for the | propogation [sic] of the Gospel among the In- | 
 dians in New-England. 1680. | AAS. HV. BA. 
 
 Indian title, within an acorn pattern border, verso blank, 1 1. ; Matthew to 
 Revelation, A^* to recto of Kk' in fours, verso of Kk^ blank: = 1 p. 1. and 129 U. 
 sm. 4°. Followed by the Psalms in meter : 
 
 YVame Ketoohomae iiketcoohmaongash David. 
 
 [Cambridge. 1682.J 
 
 Kk' to verso of Yy< in fours : = 53 11. sm. 4°. Followed by a brief catechism ; 
 title as in edition of 1663, 1 1. sm. 4°. 
 
 John Eliot, born 1604, died 1690, came to New .England in 1631, commenced 
 the study of the Indian language about 1646, and from that time on devoted 
 himself to the teaching of the Indians. His translation of the Bible was com- 
 pleted in 1658, after a labor of eight years. Portions had already been printed — 
 Genesis in 1655, Matthew, and a few Psalms in meter. The printing of the New 
 Testament was commenced about 1659 and completed in 1661 in an edition of 
 about 1500 copies, of which 200 were ordered by the commissioners to be bound 
 in leather for the immediate use of the Indians. Twenty copies, with a dedica- 
 tion of the New Testament to Charles II., were sent to England for presentation. 
 The Old Testament was finished in 1663 in an edition of about 1040 copies. Most 
 of these were bound with the New Testament, Psalms, and one leaf Catechism, 
 as occasion required. Those intended for the use of the Indians had both titles 
 in Indian only. A dedication of the whole Bible to Charles II., and a general 
 title in English in place of the Indian one, were prefixed to a few copies, twenty 
 of which were sent to England. Two of these dedication copies, one of which is 
 now in the Library of Brown University at Providence, contain the general title 
 in both English and Indian. Another, formerly in the possession of the Rev. 
 Thaddeus M. Harris, contains both of the royal dedications.* In some of the 
 dedication copies the New Testament title is without the printer's device of 32 
 sta.rs. Some copies have the running title to Luke xxi and xxiv incorrectly 
 numbered "10" and "15"; others have these errors corrected, but in so doing 
 the last letter of the catch-word waaieh on L^ has been pushed into the margin, 
 thus : waabe h. 
 
 Fifteen years later, at the close of the Indian war of 1675-8, this edition had 
 been exhausted. Many of the Bibles had been carried away or destroyed, and 
 those in use were mostly imperfect. After a thorough revision by Mr. Eliot and 
 the Rev. John Cotton, the printing of the new edition of the New Testament was 
 commenced in 1680, but, although the title bears ^e date of this year, it was 
 not completed until 1682, The edition was 2,500, OifjWhich 500 were bound for im- 
 mediate use.t No copy of this separate edition is known to be extant. Late in 
 1685, or early in 1686, after six years' labor, the printing of the new edi tion of 
 the Old Testament was completed in an edition of 2,000 copies, most of which 
 were bound with the remaining New Testaments. The title, which bears date 
 of 1685, may have been printed in both Indian and English,): but no copy has 
 yet been found with the latter. A dedication to the Hon. Robert Boyle, dated 
 October 23, 1685, and printed on the recto of a single leaf, was prefixed to a few 
 copies, only three of which are now known. § 
 
 'Thomas, vol. 1, p. 398, 2d ed.; 1 Mass. Hist. Col., vii, pp. 223-228; Francis's 
 Eliot, ^ 223. 
 
 t Thomas, vol. 1, pp. 58, 73. 
 
 t Thomas, vol. 1, p. 73. 
 
 5 Trumbull in Brinley Cat., No. 789. 
 
ELIOT. 235 
 
 Eliot (John) — continued. 
 
 Notwithstanding the comparatively large number printed of both editions, 
 but few copies have been preserved to the present time. Six copies of the New 
 Testament of 1661 are known in this country. Three of these are in public li- 
 braries, one of which, now in the Lenox Library, was purchased at the Briuley 
 sale in 18?9 for $700. Of the first edition of the Bible, over thirty copies are 
 known, and nearly as many of the second edition. Most of these are iu public 
 libraries. The rarity and importance of this remarkable work, the first BibJe 
 printed in America, has been fully recognized only within the last twenty-five 
 years. Forty years ago the original edition was priced in a well-known London 
 bookseller's catalogue at 12s., and an eminent American collector purchased a 
 fine copy for SOs. A copy of the second edition was sold at the Furman 
 sale in New York in 1846 for |11. But since the sale of Corwin's copy of the 
 first edition in 1856 for $200 the price has rapidly advanced, and good copies 
 of this edition have repeatedly been sold for upwards of |1,000. 
 
 See O'Callaghan's List of Am. editions of Holy Scriptures, pp. 1-18 ; Thomas's 
 History of Printing, 2d ed., vol. 1, pp. 53-58, 06, 67, 73, 74, 393-403 ; Hist. Mag., Ist 
 series, vol. 2, p. 277, 306-308, vol. 3, pp. 87, 88, vol. 5, p. 59; Field's Indian Bib- 
 liography, pp. 119, 120 ; Sabin's Dictionary, vol. 6, pp. 137-139 ; Francis's Life of 
 Eliot, pp. 216-242; Mass. Hist. Coll., vol. vii, pp. 222-228. 
 
 1180 [The Book of Genesis, and the Gospel of Matthew, trans- 
 lated by John Eliot. Cambridge, 1655]. * 
 
 Eliot wrote, Aug. 16, 1655: "Genesis is printed, and'we are upon Matthew." 
 (Tliorowgood's Jewes iu America, pt. ii, p. 53.) In December, 1658, he mentions 
 " those pieces that were printed, viz.. Genesis and Matthew," which he "had sent 
 to such as he thought had best skill in the language, and entreated their animad- 
 versions, but beard not of any faults they found." (A further Accompt of thePro- 
 gresse, etc., pp. 2, 3). — Trumbull. 
 
 1181 [Psalms in Metre. 1658?] * 
 
 In a postscript to the "Epitomy of such Exhortations as these Indians . . . 
 
 .... did deliver," etc., sent by Eliot to the Corporation, Dec. 28, 1658, he wrote : 
 " They have none of the Scriptures printed iu their own language, save Genesis 
 and Matthew, and a few Psalmes in Meeter." (A further Accompt etc.) The 
 Treasurer's account presented Sept., 1659, includes a payment "To Mr. Green, in 
 part for printing the Psalmes." — Trumbull. 
 
 1182 [The Psalter. 1663.] * 
 
 The Commissioners, S -pt. 10, 1664, write that 500 Psalters have been printed 
 (Eec. U. Cols., ii, 316), ai 1 the same year there is an item iu the Treasurer's ac- 
 count for "printing 9 sheets of the Psalter, at 20 shillings a sheet." This charge 
 is too small to include composition, and it is probable that these 500 copies of 
 the Psalms were worked from the forms used in printing the Old Testament and 
 were bound up separately. — Trumbull. 
 
 1183 Wame Ket oohomae uketoo homaongash David. * 
 
 [Cambridge. 1663.] 
 
 50 U. sm. 4°. 
 
 -|- [Cambridge. 1682. J 53 11. sm. 4°. Poetical translation of the Psalms into 
 the Indian language of Massachusetts. Some copies of the Psalms were issued 
 separately, and passed through several editions. Marvin refers to one dated Cam- 
 bridge, 1664. 8°. pp. 50. — Sabin's Dictionary. 
 
'23G 
 
 NOr.TH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 ■\u> ', W^' L .V / / 
 
 ^1 
 
 I £6,800 Paid for Translalion 
 In Bay State Indian Language 
 
 From The Nfu: lort- Ilerahl rribuiic'..- 
 Jbo^idon Bureau l^'^^S 
 
 Cop5-rlght, 1525, New York TrIbJnolnc. 
 LONDO>f, May 4.— Dr. A. S. W. 
 Rosenbach paid £6,800 to-day for .John 
 Eliot's translation into the language of 
 the Massachusetts Indians of Richard 
 Baxter's "•Call to the Unconverted," in 
 the original boards, at Sotheby's sale 
 of the famous Norfolk book collection. 
 
 P"FiNDS OLD^BOOK RARE PRIZE 
 
 ! Alton, 111., Minister Hears Other Copy 
 i of Volume Brought $32,640 
 
 .Mdm, III., May Hi l.\P).-- r'rizcU only 
 liocausf it \»as old and had lioeii handed 
 down /hrciugh four generations, an ancient 
 tome in possession of the Iter. X. .1. Hilton 
 of Alton has been revealed a.s a mate of 
 Richard Baxter's ".V Call to the Vncon- 
 vertrd." tor whiih. London dispatches 
 said yesterday, an .\merican book collector 
 paid $.32.1)40. hclieviirt; it the only copy 
 extant. 
 
 Origin of Dr. Milton's i .ip>' i-* lost in 
 antiquity, other than thai it came t" liini 
 fi-om his grandfather. F-lljah Xorton. 
 
 Eliot (.Tdliii) — (■(iiitiimed. 
 
 1184 [A Ctitecbism, by John Eliot. 1053-54.] * 
 
 I'lic C.uunii.ssioncis of the U. Colonics wrote, Sept. 24, 16.53: "Mr. Eliot ia 
 l)ic;iaiitii; to print a Catecliisni in the Indian language," etc. ; ami they author- 
 ized tin- t'omniissioucrs f(n- Massachusetts to order the printing of 500 or 1,000 
 copies. (UcrordHof Conmi'rs, II, 111.",, lOii.) The uext year, Sept. '25, they wrote : 
 "One Catechism is already printed, and Mr. Peirson is preparing another," etc. 
 (Id., l-'0."i Of this little hook, which, so far as is known, appears to have been the 
 lirst printed in New England in the Indian language, no copy has been found. 
 A "new iinpression" was made in 1(362. — TrmnliiiJI. 
 
 1185 [A Catfclii.siu, by John Eliot. Second Impression. 16C2.] * 
 
 Tins "new impression of a Catechism " is mentioned by the Conmiissioners in 
 lliiil, in their estimate of expenditure for the enstting year. Mr. Usher was in- 
 structed "to take order for reprinting of 1,000 copies" (Rec. U. Cols., II, 260, 265). 
 In his acrouut, presented Sept., 1662, is .an item for "printing 1,500 catechisms, 
 £15.00.00" {ibid., 278). The cost of printing, at this jieriod, was about £2.10 per 
 sheet, for 1,0110 copies (exclusive of paper, which was supplied by the Corpora- 
 tion), and this would not be increased more than twenty i>er cent, (to £:i) by the 
 press-work on 500 additional copies. At £3 per sheet, the Catechism must have 
 required live sheets (60 pages, sm. 8^), to bring the cost of the edition to £15. This 
 agrees nearly with the cluirge of paper for printing the first edition in 1651 ; when 
 " iiir the two Catechisms," Eliot's and Peirson's, Green used 30 reams. Not more 
 than 111 ri-anis wasre(|uired for Peirson's (4i .sheets per copy, edition of 1,. 500), leav- 
 ing at least 15,} for Eliot's, m- sul'hcicnt for a small b° of 70 to 75 pages. — TriimhulJ. 
 
 118(i [ Wehlioiiiaongauoo asquam Peantogig kah asquain Qiiin- 
 
 iitippegig, etc. 
 
 Cambridge: Printed by Marmadnke Johnson, 1664.] * 
 
 liaxtcr's Call to the Unconverted, translated by Eliot. On the last page is 
 "Finitnr, 166:!, December 31." It was "printed and dispersed" in an edition of 
 
 l.tllil) copies, before .Sept., 1664.— TriimfcHH. 
 
 1187 Wehkoiuaouganoo | asqnam | Peantogig | kah asquam 
 
 QaiiiiHipiiegig, | Tokonogqiie mahclie woskeche Pean- | tamwog. 
 (Jiik woh sanipwnttea- | hae Peantamwog. | WtitanakaiisiiouU wiin- 
 iieetoitnoh | nohtompeaiitog. | — | ITsso\vesnMr. EichardBaxter. | 
 Kah I Yenyeu qnshkiiinninitii en Indiaiie | Wuttinuontccwaoiiga- 
 nit. I Wifssohsiimxwontaninuat ccwesuonk | Gotl ut Christ Jesus 
 ut, kah I 7:iieneheouat ludiansog. | Ezek. 33. 11. | Qushkek, qush- 
 Icelc, tohwhutcli wolt nuppok, -vroi Israeles weh. | 
 
 Cambridge: | Printed by S. G. for the Corporation in London | 
 for the Indians in Xew England 1088. | Mns. p. 
 
 188 pp. 1.8^. fseconil edition of ISaxter's Call. 
 
 1 188 Manitowompae | Pomantamoonk : | Samp'wshanau | Cliris- 
 
 tiauoh ( Uttoh -^-oh an | Pomantog | Wussikkitteahouat | God. | 
 I Tim. 4. 8. I ^laiiitoODiik ohtoxmcc quoshoatuougash yeuyeii ut po- 
 man- | tamxonganit kah ue paomwng. | 
 Camliridge: | Printed in the Year 1665. | AAS. 
 
 :'97 and 3 unininibered pp. 16=. Eliot's abridged tran.slation of The Practice 
 
 of Piety, by Lewis Ilayly, Bishop of Baugor. 
 
 Traimldtidii. — (Jodly Living: Directs a-Chri,sti.an how he may live to-please 
 God. 
 
ELIOT. 23.7 
 
 Eliot (John) — continued. 
 
 1189 — Manitowompae | Pomantamoonk ( Sampwahanau | Ohris- 
 
 tianoh | Uttoh woh an | Pomantog | Wussikkitteahonat | God | 
 I Tim. 4.8. I Manittooonk ohtooomoo qnoshoditungash yeuyeu ut 
 poman- | tamooongamut kah ne paomooug. | 
 
 Cambridge. | Printed for the right Honorable Corperation in 
 London | for the Gospelizing the Indians, in New-England. | 
 1685. I Hu. p. JOB. 
 
 333 pp. (=349 as numbers 273-288, inclusive, are duplicated). 16°. Second 
 edition, Eliot's version Practice of Piety. 
 
 1190 The I Indian | Grammar | Begun: or, ( An Essay to bring 
 
 the Indian Language | into | Eules, | For the Help of Sach as de- 
 sire to Learn the same, for | the furtherance of the Gospel among 
 them. I — I By John Eliot. | — | [Nine lines quotation: Isa. 33. 19, 
 Isa. 66. 18, Dan. 7. 14, Psal. 19. 3, and Mai. 3. 11.] | — | 
 
 Cambridge: Printed by Marmaduke Johnson: | 1666. | JCB^rw'^ 
 
 Title, verso blank, 1 1. ; Dedication, To the Bight Honourable, Eobert Boyle, 
 Esq., 1 1. ; text 66 pp. sm. 4°. 
 
 At the close of the book, Mr. Eliot speaks of his work as follows: 
 '•I have now finished what I shall do at present; and in a word or | two to 
 satisfie the prudent enquirer how I found out these new wayes | of Grammar, 
 which no other Learned Language (so farre as I know) useth ; I thus inform 
 him: God first put into my heart a compassion | over their poor souls, and a 
 desire to teach them to know Christ, and to | bring them into his kingdomo. 
 Then presently I found out (by Gods | wise providence) a pregnant witted young 
 man, who had been a ser- | vant in an English house, who pretty well understood 
 oar Language, | better that he could speak it, and well nnderstood his own Lan- 
 guage: | Him I made my iuterpreter * * * *." 
 
 1191 The Indian Grammar Begun: or an Essay to bring the 
 
 Indian Language into Eules. By John Ehot. [Thirteen lines quo- 
 tation.] Cambridge: Printed by Marmaduke Johnson. 1666. 
 
 In Mass. Hist. Soc. Coll., second series, vol. 9, pp. '323-312, i-liv. Cam- 
 bridge, 1822. 8°. 
 
 Reprint of Eliot's Grammar, preceded by "Introductory Observations" on 
 the Massachusetts language, by John Pickering, which occupies pp. 223-242, fol- 
 lowed by the Grammar, pp. 243-312. This is followed by "Notes and Observa- 
 tions by Peter S. Dnponceau," pp. i-xxis. "Supplementary Observations. 
 By the Editor,'' followed by an "Index of Indian Words in Eliot's Gram- 
 mar: including select Words from his Translation of the Bible," the joint work 
 of Messrs. Pickering and Daponceau, conclude the paper. 
 
 Issued also as a separate paper, with a few additions, as follows : 
 
 v/ 1192 A I Grammar | of the | Massachusetts Indian Language. ) 
 
 By John Eliot. | A New Edition: | With Notes and Observations, j 
 by I Peter S. Du Ponceau, L. L.D. j and ( an Introduction and Sup- 
 plementary Observations, | by | John Pickering. | As published in 
 the Massachusetts Historical Collections. | 
 
 Boston: | Printed by Phelps and Farnham: | 1822. | ba. 
 
 Pp. 1-28, 3-66, i-lvi. 8°. IM . H - S «. i.<<! ^ 
 
238 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Eliot (Johu) — continued. 
 
 Tl e contents are the same as above, except that two pages have been added 
 from Mr. Dupouccau, giving the numerals, 1-10, of the True Nantiooke, the 
 Nanticoke according to Dr. Barton, and the Bambara Africans. 
 
 1193 The I Indian Primer; | or, | The way of training up of 
 
 our I Indian Youth in the good | knowledge of God, in the | 
 knowledge of the Scriptures | and in an ability to Eeade. | — | Com- 
 posed by J. E. I — I 2 Tim. 3. 14, 15. Qut ken nag- | wutteansh nish 
 uahtuhtauanish | kah pohkontamanish, waheadt | noh nahtuhtau- 
 onadt I 15. Kah wutch kummukkiesuin- | neat koowabteo wunnee- 
 tupana- | tainwe wussukwhongash, &c. | — | 
 
 Cambridge, Printed 1669. | * 
 
 61 II., unnumbered. 24°. Title from a fac-simile of the original in the reprint 
 
 of 1877, given below, which says the only perfect copy of the original known to 
 
 exist is in the library of the University of Edinburgh. 
 
 1194 [Indian Primer. By John Eliot. 168-.] mhs. 
 
 Title-page missing. 13 unnumbered, 62 pp., 2 11. 32°. Indian and English. 
 The only copy of this edition I have seen, and the only one known, is in the 
 
 library of the Mass. Hist. Soc. Contains the Lord's prayer, "The Ancient 
 Creed," "The Large Catechism," "A Short Catechism," and "The Numeral 
 Letters and Figures." 
 
 For edition of 1720, see Eliot, (J.) and Ra^vson (G.) 
 
 1195 The I Indian Primer; | or, | The way of training up of our 
 
 Indian Youth in | the good knowledge of God. | By John Eliot. | 
 Eepriuted from the original edition of 1669. | With an Introduction 
 by I John Small, M. A., | Librarian, University of Edinburgh. | 
 
 Edinburgh : Andrew Elliot. | 1877. | jwp. ba. 
 
 lutroductiou, pji. i-xl; Reprint in fac-simile, 61 unnumbered 11. 16°. 
 
 V 1 196 The | Indian Primer; | or, | The way of training up of our 
 
 Indian Youth in | the good knowledge of God. 1669. ( By John 
 Eliot, I To which is prefixed | The Indian Covenanting Confes- 
 sion. I Eeprinted from the Originals in the Library of | the Uni- 
 versity of Edinburgh. | With an Introduction | By John Small, M. 
 A., F. S. A. Scot. I 
 
 Edinburgh: Andrew Elliot. | 1880. | o. 
 
 Title, reverse blank, 1 1. ; Introduction, pp. i-xl. The Indian Covenanting Con- 
 fession, pp. xli-liv, and folding-sheet fac-simile of original q. v. infra, the Intro- 
 duction by Mr. Suiall occupying pp. xli-xlvi ; Indian Primer in fac-simile, 61 un- 
 numbered 11. 16°. 
 
 1197 Christiane OOnowae Sampeoowaonk. | The same in Eng- 
 lish: I A Christian Covenanting Confession. | coNG. 
 
 1 1., reverse blank, sra. 4°. Two columns, Indian and English. 
 
 The only copy of this sheet I have seen is in the Congregational Library, Bos- 
 ton ; this is damaged, part of the English translation having been destroyed, but 
 has been supplied in modem handwriting. 
 
 There is also a copy in the library of the University of Edinburgh, a fac- 
 simile being given in the 1880 reprint of Eliot's Indian Primer, 3. v. gupra, made 
 from the original in that institution. 
 
 s/ 
 
$ abcchdefg h i j kima ^ 
 4b • - 4gfc 
 
 jABChDEfGHlKLM? 
 
 X ^ 
 
 ^ ^r/i fur »x»c -* 
 
 ^ ^ 
 
 •» •«"*«• ^ 
 
 •* a c i e a. 
 
 ^ Nccfontoovra«(h. 
 ^ ai att ci y.^ cm oi oo a> ou, 
 
 1194. — FAC-SIMILB OF RECTO OF SECOND LEAF OF ELIOT'S PRIMER. 
 
ELIOT— ELLIOT. 239 
 
 Eliot (John) — continued. 
 
 1198 Psalm C. | To be sung at the Tea Party given in the Town- 
 Hall at Natick, | October 28, 1846, | for the purpose of raising 
 means to purchase a copy of Eliot's Indian Bible, | to be preserved 
 in the Archives of the Town. | mhs. ba. 
 
 No title-page. 1 p. folio. Extract from Eliot's translation of the Psalms. 
 
 1199 and Rawson (Grindal). Sampwutteahae | Quinnuppekom- 
 
 pauaenin | Wahuwdmook oggussemesuog Sampwutteahde | Wun- 
 namptaniwaenuog, | Mache wussukhumun ut English-Mane Un- 
 nontoowaonk nashpe | Ke muttae - wunnegenue Wuttiuneumoh 
 Christ I Noh ascowesit | Thomas Shephard. | Quinnuppentimun en 
 Indiane Unnontcowaonganit nashpe | Ne Quttianatamwe wuttinneu- 
 moh Christ | 'Soh aswwesit | John Eliot. | Kah nawhutche ut 
 aiyeuongash oggussemese ontcheteauun | Nashpe | Grindal Eaw- 
 son. I — I Matth. 24. 14. Kah yeu asscotamacorgaue wunnaun- | che- 
 mcokaonk pish kuhka>tam6adtin wame muttaobkit ne- | watch 
 QDwauwaenutinneate wame wutohtimoineash.. | Eom. 10. 14, 15. 
 Kah toh woh wuttin nootamunneau- | matta Kuhkcotamwohteae- 
 nuunnccg'? Kah toh woh ben Kuh- | kcotamiihkou matta anunit- 
 tumuk. I Mattb. 28. 19. Towatche moncheek, kah kuhkooamuh- | 
 teagk wame wutohtimoneasb. | 
 
 Cambridge. | Printed by Samuel Green, in tbe Tear, 1689. | 
 2p.ll.,161pp. 18^. AAS. JOB. 
 
 Translation. — Tlie-Sincere Convert [literally, " man wlio stands turned- 
 about"]. Making-known they-are-few sincerely wJao-believe. Having-beeo 
 written in Englishman's language by that very-excellent Servant-of Christ who 
 is-named Thomas Shepard, is-turned into Indian language by that honoured 
 Servant-of Christ who is-named John Eliot, and in some places a-little amended 
 by Grindal Eawson. 
 
 1200 Indiane | Primer | Asuh | Negonneyeuuk. | Ne nashpe 
 
 Mukkiesog | Woh | tauog wuiinamuhkuttee | ogketamunnate In- 
 diane I Unnontoowaonk. | Kah | Menninunk wutch | Mukkiesog. | 
 
 Mushauwomuk: | Printeuun | nashpe B. Green. | 1720. | 
 
 Second title: 
 
 The Indian j Primer | or | The First Book. | By which Children | 
 may | know truely |.to read the Indian | Language. | And | Milk 
 for I Babes. | 
 
 Boston: | Printed | by B. Green. | 1720. | P. 
 
 Pp. 3-84, 3-84, alternate Indian and English. Indian title, verso 1. 1. Eng- 
 lish title, recto 1. 2. 16°. 
 
 Cotton's Milk for Babes, with Eawson's translation, occupy pp. 30-46, 30-46. 
 
 1201 Elliot {Bev. Adam). Vocabulary of the Mohawk, and of the 
 
 Cayuga. 
 
 In Schoolcraft (H. R.) Report to the Secretary of the State of New York, 
 pp. 264-270, 271-277. New York, 1845. 8°. Reprinted in : 
 
 Notes on the Iroquois. New York, 1846. 8°., pp. as above. Reprinted 
 
 in Ibid., pp. 393-400. New York, 1847. 8°. Reprinted in 
 
 Indian Tribes, vol. 2, pp. 482-493. Philadelphia, 1852. 4°. 
 
240 NORTH AMEBICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 1202 Ellis [Rev. Robert). Observations on Dr, Trumbull's "Ifumerals 
 in Korth American Languages.'^ 
 
 In Am. PhUolog. Ass. Proc, Eighth Ann. Sess., 1876, 8°, pp. 8-10. 
 The paper is followed by a few remarks by Mr. Trumbull. 
 
 1203 Ellis (W.) An Authentic l^arrative of a voyage performed by 
 Captain Cook and Captain Gierke, in his Majesty's Ships Resolu- 
 tion and Discovery, During the years 1776, 1777, 1778, 1779, and 
 1780; in search of a North-West Passage Between the Continents 
 of Asia and America. Including A faithful Account of all their 
 Discoveries, and the unfortunate Death of Captain Cook. Illus- 
 trated with A Chart and a Variety of Cuts. By W. Ellis, Assist- 
 ant Surgeon to both vessels. 
 
 London: G. Robinson. MDCCLXXXII [1782]. * 
 
 2 vols. : 6 pp. 11., 358 pp. ; 4 p. 11., 347 pp. 8°. Title from Sabin's Dictionary. 
 As the paging of this and the second edition are the same, the vocabulary is 
 probably to be found on the same page in this edition, vol. 1, pp. 224-229. 
 
 1204 An Authentic | Narrative | of a | Voyage | performed by | 
 
 Captain Cook and Captain Clerke, | in His Majesty's Ships | Reso- 
 lution and Discovery, | During the years 1776, 1777, 1778, 1779, 
 and 1780; | in Search of a | North-West Passage | Between the 
 Continents of Asia and America. | Including | A faithful Account 
 of all their Discoveries, | and the | unfortunate Death of Captain 
 Cook. I Illustrated with | A Chart and a Variety of Cuts. | By W. 
 Ellis, I Assistant Surgeon to both vessels. | The Second Edition. | 
 Vol. I [IIJ. I 
 
 London, | Printed for Gr. Robinson, Paternoster Row; J. Sew- 
 ell, I Cornhill; and J. Debrett, Piccadilly. | MDCCLXXXIII 
 [1783]. I • 
 
 2 vols.: 6 p. 11., pp. 1-358, 11. ; 4 p. 11., pp. 1-347. 8^^. Title from Mr. W. Eames. 
 
 Vocabulary of the language of King George's Sound, vol. 1, pp. 224-229. 
 Sabin's Dictionary gives: Third Kdition. London: G. Eobinson, MDCCLXXXIV. 
 2 vols. 8°. 
 
 1205 Zuverlassige Nachricht von der dritten und letzten Reise 
 
 der Kap. Cook und Clerke in den koniglichen Schifi'en, die Reso- 
 lution und Discovery, in den Jahren 1776 bis 1780, besonders in 
 der Absicht, eine nordwestliche Durchfarth [sic] zwischen Asien 
 und Amerika auslindig zu machen.- Von W. Ellis, Unterwundarzt 
 auf beyden Schiffen. Aus dem Englischen iibersetzt, nebst einer 
 Charte. 
 
 Frankfurt und Leipzig, auf Kosten der Verlagskasse. 1783. * 
 324 pp. map. 8°. Title from Sabin's Dictionary. 
 
 1206 Emmons (George Falconer). Vocabulary of the Klatsop. 
 
 In Schoolcraft (H. E.) Indian Tribes, vol. 3, pp. 233-224. Philadelphia, 
 1853. 4°. 
 
ELLIS EPISTLE. 241 
 
 1207 Emory {Lieut. Col. William Helmsley). Thirtieth Congress— First 
 Session. | Ex. Doc. No. 41. | Notes of a Military Eeconnoissance, | 
 from I Fort Leavenworth, in Missouri, | to | San Diego, in Cali- 
 fornia, I including part of the | Arkansas, Del Norte, and Gila 
 Kivers. | By Lieut. Col. W. H. Emory. | Made in 1846-7, with the 
 Advanced Guard of the "Army of the West." | February 9, 1848.— 
 Ordered to be printed. | [&c., four lines.] 
 
 Washington: | Wendell and Van Benthuysen, Printers. | 1848. | 
 Pp. 1-614 8°. j-VfP. 
 
 Abert (J. W.) Report of Exploration of New Mexico, pp. 417-548. 
 An edition of this work, 30th Cong., 1st sess.. Senate Executive, No. 7, pp. 
 1-416, does not contain Abort's article. 
 
 1208 Vocabulary of the Coco Maricopa. 
 
 Id GaUatin (A.) Hale's Indians of N. W. America, in Am. Bth. Soc. Trans., 
 vol. 2, Introductory, p. cix. New York, 1848. 8°. 
 
 Encyclopedia Americana. 
 See Lieber (Francis), Editor.' 
 
 1209 Encyclopaedia Britannica. The | Encyclopaedia Britannica | a | 
 Dictionary | of | Arts, Sciences, and General Literature | Ninth 
 Edition | Volume I [-XII]. | 
 
 New York: Charles Scribner's Sons | M DCCC LXXVIU [-M D- 
 CCC LXXXI] [1878-1881J. | (All rights reserved.) | jwp. 
 
 12 vols. 4°. 
 Keane (A. H.) American Indians, vol. 12, pp. 823-830. 
 
 1210 English-Pottowatami Dictionary | copied from a manuscript at | St. 
 John's College, Fordham. ] , s. 
 
 Manuscript. 44 11. 16° Preceded by a brief grammatio notice. In possession 
 of Dr. J. 6. Shea, Elizabeth, N. J. 
 
 1211 Epistle. The | Epistle | of | James | Translated into the Choctaw 
 Language. | Chemis i Holisso h»t | Chahta anumpaisht atoshowa- 
 hoke. I 
 
 Park Hill, | Mission Press : John Candy, Printer. | 1843. | ba. 
 
 Pp. 1-23. 24°. 
 
 1212 Epistle to the Corinthians, and a part of Galatians. * 
 
 96 pp. 24°. In the Cherokee language. Title from Forty-ninth Eep. Am. Bd. 
 
 Com. for For. Mis., 18.58. 
 
 1213 The Epistle of Paul to the Phillipians [Colossians and 
 
 ThessaloniansJ. | [One line Cherokee characters.] | 0, 
 
 No title-page; 43 pp. 24°. In Cherokee characters. 
 Phillipians, pp. 1-14 ; Colossians, pp. 14-26 ; Tbessalonians, pp. 26-43. 
 
 1214 The I Epistle | of | Paul to Timothy. | [Two lines Cherokee 
 
 characters.] | 0. 
 
 No title-page; pp. 1-24. 24°. In Cherokee characters. 
 
 16 Bib 
 
242 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Epistle — continued. 
 
 1215 The I Epistle of Paul | to Titus. | [Philemon and Hebrews.] 
 
 [Two lines (Jherokee characters.] | C. 
 
 No title-page ; 49 pp. 24°. In Cherokee characters. 
 Titus, pp. 2-7; Philemon, pp. 7-10; Hebrews, pp. 10-49. 
 
 1216 Epistles. The | Epistles | of | John, | Translated into the Ohahta 
 Language. | Chani I Hohsso Fhleha | Ohahta anumpa isht ato- 
 showa hoke. | 
 
 Park Hill, j Mission Press, John Candy, Printer. | 1841. | BA. 
 
 Pp. 1-27. 24°. 
 
 First edition, 1840, 27 pp. — Byington's Manuscript Diet. 
 
 1217 The I Epistles | of | John | translated into the Cherokee 
 
 Language. | [Two lines Cherokee characters.] | 
 
 Park Hill : | Mission Press : John Candy, Printer. | [One line 
 Cherokee characters.] | 1840. | BA. ABO. C. 
 
 Pp. 1-20. 24°. In Cherokee characters. 
 
 1218 The [ Epistles | of | John | translated into the Cherokee 
 
 Language. | [Two lines Cherokee characters.] | Second Edition. | 
 
 Park Hill : | Mission Press : John Candy, Printer. | [One line 
 Cherokee characters.] | 1843. | BA. ABC. 
 
 Pp. 1-20. 24°. In Cherokee characters. 
 
 1219 The I Epistles | of | John. | Translated into the Cherokee 
 
 Language. | [Two lines Cherokee characters.] | Third Edition. | 
 
 Park Hill : | Mission Press : Edwin Archer, Printer. | [One line 
 Cherokee characters.] | 1848. | 0. 
 
 Pp. 1-20. 24°. In Cherokee characters. 
 
 1220 The | Epistles | of | Paul to Timothy. | Translated inta the 
 
 Cherokee Language. | [Two lines in Cherokee characters.] | 
 
 Park Hill: | Mission Press: John Candy, Printer. | [One line in 
 Cherokee characters.] | 1844. | ABO.C. 
 
 Pp. 1-28. 24°. In Cherokee characters. 
 
 1221 The I Epistles | of | Peter. | c. 
 
 No title-page ; 24 pp. 24°. In Cherokee characters ; second edition. 
 
 ] 222 Epistolas. Epistolas y Evangelios en Mexicano. * 
 
 Mannscript beginning : 
 
 ^ Iiicipiunt Bpistole et euagelia Que in Diebus Dominicis per 
 ani totius circulum legiitur traducta in lingua Mexicanam. 
 
 This first page bordered with red and black with a large initial N in both 
 colors. 
 
 74 unnumbered 11. 4°. Letters of the 16th century ; headings in red. No date. 
 Title from Icazbalceta's Apuntes, No. 103. 
 
 1223 Epistolas y Evangelios en Mexicano. * 
 
 Manuscript of the sixteenth century. 4°. Begins with a calendar, II. 1-8. 
 5 Incipiunt Epistole et euangeU a feria quarta cinerum. 
 LI. 1-57. 
 
EPISTLE — ESCOBAE. 243 
 
 Epistolas — continued. 
 
 5 Incipiuut Epistole et Euagelia Dominicalibus oflOlciis cogruetias 
 que per anni totius Discursu leguantur traducta in lingua Mexicana. 
 
 Ll. 1-46. 2 blank 11. follow, on one of wMoh in more modern letters we read: 
 Este libro pertese [sic^ a la casa de novisios de Santo Domingo mi p". 
 
 Incipiuntur euangelia quae per ani totius Tractum leguuntur in 
 diebus festis. 
 
 LI. 1-46; at the end: 
 
 1" Axcan miercoles a xxj dias del mes de Febrero de 1596. Anos 
 otlan y micuillona Sancto Euang™. 
 
 Small letters neat and clear, with titles in red. — Icazbalceta's Apuntes, No. 102. 
 
 1224 Erdmann (Priedrich). Eskimoisclies Worterbuch, gesammelt von 
 den Missionaren in Labrador, revidirt und herausgegeben von 
 Friedricli Erdmann. 
 
 Budissin, E. Moritz Monse. 1864. * 
 
 2 p. 11., 360 pp. 4°. Not seen; title from Platzmann and Leclero. 
 Prof. Eink has furnished me the collation of an Eskimo- Worterbuch, doubt- 
 less the same as the above, as follows: 1st part, Eskimo-German, 365 pp. large 
 8° ; 2d part, German-Eskimo, 242 pp. large 8°. 
 
 1225 Eriniugkat nutigdlit. 105 tamalanik imagdlit, iliniarflngne igdlu- 
 nilo atortugssat. * 
 
 160 pp. 8°. Song-book with notes for school and private use. Title from a 
 Greenland missionary, through Prof. Kink. 
 
 1226 Erman (Georg Adolph), Editor. Archiv | fiir | wissenschaftliche 
 Kunde [ von | Russland. | Herausgegeben | von \ A. Erman. | Erster 
 [-Funfundzwanzigster] Band. | 1841 [-1867]. | Mit drei Tafeln. | 
 
 Berlin, | gedruckt und verlegt von G. Eeimer. [n. d.] c. 
 
 25 vols. 8° 
 
 Lo-we (F.) Wenjaminowiiber die Aleutischen, vol. 2, pp. 459-495. 
 Romberg (H.) Ein TschuktschischerWorterverzeichniss, vol. 19, pp. 340-345. 
 Schott (W.) Etwas iiber die Sprache der Kolosohen, vol. 3, pp. 439-445. 
 
 Ueber die Sprachen des russischen Amerika's, nach Wenjaminow, vol. 
 
 7, pp. 126-143. 
 
 Ueber ethnographische Ergebnisse der Sagoskinschen Eeise, vol. 7, 
 
 pp. 480-512. 
 
 1227 Escalona {Fr. Alonso). Sermones en Lengua Megicana, que tra- 
 dujo despues a la Achi Guatimalteca. * 
 
 1228 Comentario sobre los diez preceptos del Decdlogo en Len- 
 gua Megicana. * 
 
 The two titles above from Beristain, who says that D. Nicolas Antonio attri- 
 butes to him other writings which are certainly by Fr. Alonso do Molina. 
 
 1229 Escamilla (Z>. Juan Francisco). Arte 6 Gramdtica de la Lengua 
 
 Otomite. * 
 
 Escamilla was professor of Otomi in the University of Mexico. — Beristain. 
 
 1230 Escobar (D. Sebastian). Cartas en Lengua Otomi 4 varies sugestos. 
 
 Manuscript. 8°. In the Biblioteca del Seminario Tridentino de Megico. — 
 Beristain. 
 
244 NORTH AMEEICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 1231 Eskimo. Vocabularies (60 words each) of the Asiagmut, of Norton 
 Bay; Kuskokvims, of Norton Bay; of the Indians near Mount St. 
 Elias; of Kadiak Island; and of the Indians of Bristol Bay. 
 
 Manuscript. 5 11. folio. In tlie library of the Bureau of Ethnology. 
 
 1232 Espinareda {Fr. Pedro). Arte y vocabulario del Idioma de los 
 Zacatecas. * 
 
 Manuscript seen by P. Arlequi in the archives of the convent of the town of 
 Nombre de Dios. — Beristain. 
 
 1233 Espinosa {D. Fr. Juan). Arte y Vocabulario completo del Idioma 
 
 Concho. * 
 
 Manuscript seen by P. Arlequi and referred to in his catalogue. — Beristain. 
 The Concho is a dialect of the Mexican language. 
 
 1234 Espinosa de los Montesos. Interpretacion del Escudo y Tau, signos 
 estampados en el altissimo picacho del ceno Tianquiztepetl en la 
 sierra de Metztitlan. * 
 
 Manuscript of the nineteenth century ; 42 leaves. 
 
 Two interesting essays to decipher some hieroglyphics found in one of the 
 Mexican mountains. The author, a canon of the Church of Our Lady of Guada- 
 lupe, endeavours to explain these hieroglyphics in such a manner as to bring 
 them in connection with some of the prophecies of the Old and [New] Testa- 
 ment. — Bximeriz Sale Cat. 
 
 1235 Essex Institute. Bulletin | of the | Essex Institute, | Volume I 
 [-XIII]. 18G9 [-1881]. I 
 
 Salem, Mass. | Essex Institute Press. | 1870 [-1882]. | 0. 
 
 13 vols. 8°. 
 
 Chever (E. E.) Vocabulary of familiar words used by the Indians of Cali- 
 fornia, vol. 2, pp. 65-66. 
 
 1236 Esta explica j cion de la Doctrina Christiana | va con el mismo 
 testo de la cartilla impresa el Aflo [ de mill y quinientas y ginquenta 
 y seys por explicar los j terminos que los Yndios Saben mal en- 
 tendidos, por tuvien | do el mismo authorre fformado la dicha Car- 
 tilla por man | dado de ill.™" Senor Don fray juan gapata y Sancto- 
 val I obispo de guatemala, se puso aqui en la misma forma | que 
 la Conrregie para que sirva de brevi.*^" exposicion A | la antigua 
 sub cen Sura Sanct | te Eomane eccle | ssie. * 
 
 Manuscript. 9 11. folio. In the library of the Am. Philosoph. Soc, Philadel- 
 phia. 
 
 At the close is a table of contents followed by this colophon in Cakchiquel: 
 
 Chupam 6 de Julio huna 1748 ano mixgizvi vugibaxic vae vutz 
 libro Eamillette manual tihobal quichin Yndios chupam vutzilz 
 Dios Doctrina Christiana yn Seuastian lopez tzarin vae ueva voch- 
 Sancta Maria Asumpgion tecpanatitan de tzolala. 
 
 Then follow two leaves in Cakchiquel headed: A la emperatrix a la vergen 
 Maria Senora Nra su humilde esclavo. 
 
 From this evidence we learn that this is a copy made in 1748 by Sebastian 
 Lopez at Solola on Lake Atitan of two works, the older printed in 1556, author 
 not given, the other by Francisco Maldonado \_q. ».]. The former must be the 
 
ESKIMO — ^ETTWEIN. 245 
 
 Esta, etc. — continued. 
 
 "Doetrlna Cristiana en Lengua Utlateca," or Quiche, published at Mexico in 
 that year, whose author, Fray Francisco Marroquin, died in 1563. It is true that 
 this was said to be in Quiche,* and that Zapata y Sandoval was not a bishop un- 
 til 1613.+ But as I have never seen a copy of Marroquin's Doctrina, I am unable 
 to reconcile these discrepancies.— ^rijiton. 
 
 1237 Ethnological Society of London. Journal | of the | Ethnological 
 Society | of | London, | Vol. I [-IV]. | 1848 [-1856]. | 
 
 Edinburgh [and London]: Neill and Company, Printers, Old 
 Fishmarket. | [n. d.] HU. 0. 
 
 4 vols. 8°. 
 
 Bollaert (W. ) Observations on the Indian Tribes of Texas, vol. 2, pp. 262-283. 
 
 CuU (R.) A Description of Three Esquimaux from Einnooliisook, vol. 4, pp. 
 215-225. 
 
 Kennedy (J.) On the Probable Origin of the American Indians, vol. 4, pp. 
 226-267. 
 
 Latham (R. G.) On the Language of Oregon Territory, vol. 1, pp. 154-166. 
 
 On the Ethnography of Russian America, vol. 1, pp. 182-191. 
 
 Soouler (John). Ou the Indian Tribes inhabiting the Northwest Coast of 
 America, vol. 1, pp. 228-252. 
 
 Sutherland (P. C.) Oh the Esquimaux, vol. 4, pp. 193-214. 
 
 1238 The | Journal | of the | Ethnological Society | of London. | 
 
 Edited by | Professor Huxley, F. E. S., President of the Society. | 
 George Busk, Esq., P. E. S. | Sir John Lubbock, Bt., F. E. S. | 
 Col. A. Lane Fox, Hon. Sec. | Sab-Editor J. H. Lanprey, Esq. | 
 New Series. | Vol. I [II]. | Session 1868-69 [1869-70]. | 
 
 London: | Trubner & Co., 60 Paternoster Eow. | 1869 [1871]. | c. 
 
 2 vols. 8°. 
 
 Blackmore (Wm.) The North American Indians, vol. 1, pp. 287-320. 
 
 1239 Transactions | of the | Ethnological Society | of London. | 
 
 Vol, I [-VII]. Sew Series. | 
 
 London: [ Published for the Ethnological Society, | by | John 
 Murray, Albermarle Street. | 1861 [-1869]. | o. 
 
 7 vols. 8°. 
 " Cvllen (Dr.) The Darien Indians, vol. 5, pp. 150-175. 
 
 Markham (C. R.) The Arctic Highlanders, vol. 4, pp. 125-137. 
 
 Tylor (E. B.) Remarks on Buschmann's Researches in North American 
 Philology, vol. 2, pp. 130-136. 
 
 Whymper (F.) Russian America, or "Alaska," vol. 7, pp. 167-18.5. 
 
 The Ethnological Society in 1871 was, with the Anthropological Society of 
 London, merged into the Anthropological Institute of Great Britain and Ire- 
 land, q. V. 
 
 1240 Ettwein {Rev. John). Eemarks upon the Traditions, &c., of the 
 Indians of North America, By Eev, John Ettwein. 
 
 In Penn. Hist. Soc. Bulletin, vol. 1, pp. 29-44. Philadelphia, 1848. 8°. 
 "Of their Languages," pp. 39-44, includes "A Collection of words" of the 
 Maqua, Delaware, and Mahikan, pp. 41-44. 
 
 *rr. Pedro de Betanzos, who died in 1570, published a "Doctrina en Lengua 
 de Guatemala," also at Mexico, year unknown. If this should prove to have ap- 
 peared in 1563 also, one of the difficulties would be surmounted. 
 
 tSquier, Monograph, p, 52. 
 
246 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 1241 Euphrasia {Sister M.) Exercises in the Papago Language, by Sis- 
 ter M. Euphrasia, St. Xavier's Ooiiveat, Arizona. 
 
 Manuscript. 6 11. folio. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. 
 Twenty-seven exercises and phrases and sentences. 
 
 1242 Evangelio. Bl | Evangelio | de S. Lucas, | del | latin al Mexi- 
 cano, I 6 mejor Nahuatl. | 
 
 Impresso por Samuel Bagster, | en Londres. | 1833. | yc. 
 
 Title and 139 pp. 8°. See Kanzi {Dr. Pazos), No. 2052. 
 
 1243 Evans (James). The Speller and Interpreter, in Indian and Eng- 
 lish, for the Use of the Mission Schools, and such as may desire to 
 obtain a Knowledge of the Ojibway Tongue. By James Evans . . . 
 
 New-York: D. Fanshaw. 183 L * 
 
 195 pp. 12°. Not seen ; title from Sabiu's Dictionary. 
 
 1244 The | Speller and Interpreter, | in | Indian and English, | 
 
 for the use of | The Mission Schools, | and such as may desire to 
 obtain | a knowledge of the | Ojibway Tongue. | By James Evans, 
 Wesleyan Missionary. | [Picture.] 
 
 D. Fanshaw, Printer, | No. 160 Nassau-street, | New- York. | 
 
 1837. I BA. MHS. JWP. 
 
 Pp. 1-195. 16°. 
 Conjugation of the verb to see, pp. 180-195. 
 
 See [Jones (Bev. P.), Evans (Eev. J.), and Henry (CJ.)]. 
 
 1245 [ and Henry (George).] Nu-gu-mo-nun | O-je-boa | an-oad | 
 
 ge-e-se-iiu-ne-gu-noo-du-be-ting | uoo | muun-gou-duuz | gu-ea | 
 moo-ge-gee-seg | ge-ge-noo-ii-muu-ga-oe-ne-ne-oug. | [Three lines 
 Ojibwa quotation, Jamz, 5-13.] | 
 
 New- York: | Printed by D. Fanshaw, | 150 Nassau-street. | 
 1837. 1 BA. MHS. c. 
 
 Pp. 1-392. 24°. Hymns in Ojeboa. Translator's preface signed James Evans 
 and George Henry, and it states that two editions had already been printed. For 
 later editions see Jones (P.), Evans (J.), arid Henry (G.) 
 
 1246 Events | in | Indian History, | beginning with an account of the ( 
 Origin of the American Indians, | and Early Settlements in North 
 America, | and embracing | Concise Biographies | of the Principal 
 Chiefs and Head-Sachems | of the Different Indian Tribes, | with | 
 Narratives and Captivities, | including | the Destruction of Schen- 
 ectady, Murder of Miss M'Crea, | Destruction of Wyoming, Battle 
 of the Thames and | Tippecanoe, Braddock's Defeat, General 
 Wayne's | Victory at Miami, Life of Logan, Massacre | of the In- 
 dians at Lancaster, Pa., «&;c. | also | an appendix, | containing the 
 statistics of the population of | the U. States, and an Indian vocab- 
 ulary. I Illustrated with eight fine engravings. | 
 
 Lancaster : | Published by G. Hills & Co. | Dryson, Pearsol and 
 Wimer, Printers. | 1841. | 0. 
 
 Pp. 1-633. 8°. 
 
EUPHRASIA. EXPLICACION. 247 
 
 Events, etc. — continued. 
 
 Dictiouary of [Knistteuaux] words and phrases (from Mackenzie), pp. 529-536. 
 Have seen an edition of 1843 -with title-page exactly similar, except that after 
 "engravings" comes: (CopyrigM secured.) 
 
 1247 Everett (William B.) Vocabulary of the Sioux, alphabetically ar- 
 ranged; by Will. E. Everett, Government Scout. 
 
 Manuscript. 91 pp. folio. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. 
 
 1248 Evil. [Three lines Cherokee characters.] The | Evil | of | Intoxi- 
 cating Liquor, | and | the Remedy. | 
 
 Park Hill: | Mission Press : John P. Wheeler, Printer. | [One line 
 Cherokee characters.] | 1838. | ABC. 
 
 Pp. 1-12. 24°. In Cherokee characters. 
 
 1249 [Four lines Cherokee characters.] The Evil | of | Intoxi- 
 cating Liquor, | and | the Eemedy. | Second Edition. | 
 
 Park Hill: | Mission Press: John Candy, Printer. | [One line 
 Cherokee characters.] | 1844. | BA. 
 
 Pp. 1-24. 24°. In Cherokee characters. 
 
 Ewbank (Thomas). 
 See Whipple (^lAeut. A. W.) 
 
 1250 I. Examen critico de la Gramatica Otomi de Neve y Molina. * 
 
 Manuscript of the 18th century. 4°. 55 11. in a very clear and neat hand- 
 writing. 
 
 II. Discursu critico de la Doctrina Otomi. * 
 
 15 11. in the same condition. 
 
 Both works from the same anonymous writer, who tells us, however, that he 
 is a native of Otomi, who hy forty years of continental study and practice con- 
 siders himself a perfect master of this, the most difficult and intricate of all 
 American languages. 
 
 The first of the two treatises is one of the bitterest and severest critiques that 
 has ever been written. After annihilating the grammatical rules which Neve 
 intended to apply to the Otomi language, our author holds him up to ridicule 
 and contempt; now lashing him in prose, and then in verse; sometimes in pure 
 Spanish, at others calling to his aid his nati%'e Otomi. We suppose that the 
 bitterness which characterizes the first tract prevented its publication, bnt both 
 are worthy of that honour. They contain not only valuable information on the 
 language of the inhabitants of the Mexican Valley before the immigration of 
 the Toltecs and the rise of the Mexicans — still largely in use among the natives — 
 but also interesting historical notices. — Ramirez Sale Gat. 
 
 1251 Explicaoion | clara y sucinta | de los | principales Misterios | de | 
 nuestra santa F6, | oracion dominical, | Mandamientos | y Sacra- 
 mentos | en el idioma | Mexicano | 6, beneficio de los Indies, y en 
 el Cas- I tellano para los que aspiran al minis- | terio de estos. | 
 Compuesta por un Cura del Obispado | de la Puebla, puesta al 
 honor yam- | paro de la Magestad de Ntro. Sr. Je- | sucristo y de la 
 Madre Sma. de la Luz. | Con la licencia necesaria. | 
 
 Puebla. Imprenta del Hospital de S. Pedro. 1835. 0, 
 
 266 pp., 1 1. errata. 16°. 
 
248 NORTH -AMERICAK LINGUISTICS. 
 
 1252 Fabricius (Otho). Favaa | Groenlandica, | pystematice sistens | 
 Animalia Groenlandiae Occiden- | talis Hactenvs Indagata, Qvoad 
 Nomeu | specificvm, triviale, vernacvlvmqve; synonyma avcto | 
 rvm plvrivm, descriptionem, locvm, victvui, genera- | tionem, mores, 
 vsvm, captvramqve singvli, provt | detegendi occasio fvit, maxi- 
 maqve parte secvn- | dvm proprias observationes. | Othonis Fa- 
 bricii | Miuistri Evangelii [&c., four lines]. | [Device.] 
 
 Hafniae et Lipsiae, | Impensis loannis Gottlob Eotbe, | Avila 
 atqve vnivers. reg. bibliopolae. | M DOO LXXX [1780]. | bp. 
 
 Pp. i-xvi, 1-452. 12°. 
 A number of Eskimo words scattered throughout. 
 
 1253 Forsog til en forbedret Gronlandsk Grammatica. 
 
 Kjobenhavn, C. Friderich Schubart, 1791. * 
 
 viii, 322 pp. and 4 tables. 8°. Title from Leolerc. 
 
 1254 Forsog | til | en forbedret | Gronlandsk Grammatica | 
 
 ved I Otbo Fabricius, | Sogneprsest ved Vor Frelseres Kirke paa 
 Cliristianshavn. | Andet Oplag. | 
 
 Kijzibenhavn, 1801. | Trykt udi det Kongelige Yaysenhuses Bog- 
 trykkprie, | af C. F. Schubart. | c. 
 
 Pp. i-viii, 9-388. 12°. Grammar in the Eskimo language, of Greenland. 
 
 1255 Testamente | Nutak | Kaladlin okauzeennnt | nuktersimar- 
 
 sok, uar'kiutingosen- ( niglo sukuiarsimarsok. | 
 
 Kiobenbavnime, | Illiarsuin iglosenne pingajueks^nik nakittarsi- 
 marsok | 1799. | 0. F. Shubartimit. | C. w. job. 
 
 Pp. i-viii, 9-107^. 16°. New Testament in the Eskimo language. Preface 
 signed Otho Fabricius. Erslew mentions an edition of 1794. 
 
 1256 Testamente l^Tutak kaladlin okauzennut nuktersimarsok, 
 
 narkiutingoaenniglo sukuiarsimarsok. 
 
 Kiobenhavnime. 1827. * 
 
 Title from Sabin's Dictionary. 
 
 1257 Ivngerutit Tuksiutidlo, Kaladlinnut Opertunnut. Attuse- 
 
 gekfset. 
 
 Kiobenhavnime, Illiarsuin iglosenne aipeksinik nakittarsimarsut 
 C. F. Skubartimit. 1801. HU.W. 
 
 Pp. 1-528. 24°. Psalms in meter. Prayers, pp. 386-528. Preface signed Otho 
 Fabricius. 
 
 Erslew mentions a psalm book with appendix of prayers, in the Eskimo 
 language, Kjobenhavnime, 1788. 8°. 
 
 1258 Den | Gr^nlandske Ordbog, j forbedret og for^get, j udgi- 
 
 vet I ved | Otho Fabricius, | Sogneprsest ved vor Frelsers Kirke 
 paa Ohristianshavn. j 
 
 Kjobenhavn, 1804. | Trykt i det Kongel. Yaisenhuses Bogtryk- 
 kerie | af Carl Frid. Schubart. | BA. 0. 
 
 Pp. i-viii, 1-795. 12°. 
 Greenlandish-Danish, pp. 1-544; Register, pp. 545-795. 
 
FABRICIUS FAGES. 249 
 
 Fabricius (Ottio)— contiuued. 
 
 1259 Arkiksutiksak | Pellesinnut Ajoksersoirsunnudlo, | Kan- 
 
 nong-illivdlutik pirsaromarput | Mlegiartorbingne, | Kaladlit Nu- 
 nsenne. | Eitual | over | Kirke-Porretningerue | ved | den Daiiske 
 Mission i Gr^nlaud. | 
 
 Omarbeidet og for0get | ved | Otho Fabricius, | og 2den gang 
 trykt i det Kongelige Waysenhuses Bog- | trykkerieiKi^benhavn | 
 1819 I at" Carl Priedricli Schubart. | HU. 
 
 . Pp. l-b7. 16°. Alternate pp., Eskimo and Danish. Eitual prepared for the 
 Danish missions in Greenland. For earlier edition, see Egede (Paul). 
 
 1260 Okalluktuset Opernartut | Texs^uko | Bibeleimit | Testa- 
 
 uientitokamidlo Testamentitamidlo ] Ottob Fabriciusib | Pellesifine- 
 rub I Kennerej attuaegeksaukadlugit Inuungniit | koisimarsunnut. | 
 
 Kiobenhavnime | lUiarsumiglosennenakkittarsimarsat. | 1820. |- 
 C. F. Skubartimit. | c. 
 
 Pp. 1-25G. 16°. True narratives from the Bible in Greenlandish-Eskimo. 
 
 1261 Testamentitokamit | Mosesism Aglegej | Siurdleet. | Ka- 
 
 ladlin okauzeennut | nuktersimarsut | narkiutingosenniglo sukkn'i- 
 arsimarsut | Pellesiuuermit | Ottomit Fabriciusimit, | Attusegek- 
 saukiidlugit innungnut koisimarsunnut. | 
 
 Kiobenhavnime, | lUiarsuin iglosenne nakkittarsimarsut. | 
 1822. I C. P. Skubartimit. | c. w. JWP. 
 
 Pp. l-a02. 16°. In the Eskimo language. 
 
 1262 Bibelingoak | Merdlainnut | imaloneet: | Gudim Okauzee- 
 
 saillejt kennikkaet, | n^itsunnik kajumiksarnernik illakartut, | 
 merdlertunnut nalektartunnut. | Kablunsen okauzeenne agleksi- 
 magalloak, | mana kaladlin okauzeenut miktersimarsok | Pellesiti- 
 nermit | Ottomit Fabriciusmit. | 
 
 Kiobenhavnime, | lUiarsiiin iglosenne nakkitarsimarsok | 1-22. | 
 C. P. Skubartimit. I C. 
 
 Pp. 1-68. 16°. Bible teachings for children in the Eskimo language. 
 
 1263 Bibelingoak | imal6n§t: | Gudim o6aus6ssa illseit kener- 
 
 simassut I naetunigdlo oliauliiksarultingoamk. | illakardluttik. | 
 
 Havniame nakittarsimassok |.1849. | J. G. Salomonimit. | hu. 
 59 pp., 1 1. 16°. The Small Bible in the Eskimo language. 
 
 1264 Fages (I>. Pedro). Voyage en Californie, par D. Pedro Pages; 
 Traduit de I'espagnol sur le manuscrit in^dit de la bibliotheque de 
 M. Ternaux-Compans. o. 
 
 In Nouvelles Annales des voyages, vol. 1, 1844 (vol. 101 of the collection), 
 pp. 141-183, 311-347. Paris, n. d. 8°. 
 
 "Pour terminer cette relation, jeoiterai une soixantaine de mots indiens, dela 
 signification desquels j'ai pu m'assurer. lis sont de la langue que parlent ceux 
 qui habitent dans un rayon d'uno vingtaine de lieues autour des missions de Saint 
 Ijouis," [Vocabulary, 66 words.] Pp. 345-347. 
 
250 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 12G5 Fairbanks ( — ). Numerals of the Chippewa (Ojibwa) of the upper 
 
 Mississippi. 
 
 In Schoolcraft (H. E.) Indian Tribes, vol.2, pp. 216-218. Philadelphia, 
 1852. 4°. 
 
 1266 Falknem (Daniel). Curieuse Nachrioht von Pensylvanie .... Von 
 Daniel Falknern .... 
 
 Frankfurt und Leipzig. 1702. * 
 
 Pp. iv, 58. 12°. Title from Sabin's Dictionary. Probably a translation of 
 Thomas's Pensilvania, q. v. 
 
 1267 Farmer. The | Farmer's Monthly Visitor ; | intended to promote | 
 the interest of the Farmer ; | to defend the | dignity of the agri- 
 cultural profession, I and encourage the ( practice of domestic econ- 
 omy. I By Isaac Hill. | Vol. 1, for 1839. | 
 
 Concord, IST. H. | Pablished by William P. Foster, | for the 
 editor. | [n. d.] hit. 
 
 Vols. 1-11, 4°, edited by Isaac Hill. 
 
 1268 The Farmer's | [Picture.] | Monthly Visitor, [Edited by C. 
 
 E. Potter.] I A monthly periodical, devoted to | agriculture, horti- 
 culture, mechanic arts | and education. | Terms, $1,00 per Annum 
 in Advance. | Vol. XII. January, 1852. 'So. 1. | 
 
 Manchester, N". H. | Eowell, Prescott, and Company, Proprie- 
 tors. I Ofiice .... 88 Elm Street, corner of Manchester 
 Street. | [n. d.J HU. 
 
 Vols. 12-13, 8°, edited by C. E. Potter.' 
 
 Biography of Passaconnaway, v. 12, pp. 33-40, contains some Indian words 
 with English meanings. Language and Religion of the Pennacooks, v. 13, pp. 
 323-325, includes a list of " Primitive nouns used in forming the nomenclature of 
 the Merrimack Valley." 
 
 1269 Farrar {Rev. Frederic William). Families of Speech : | Four Lect- 
 ures I delivered before | the Royal Institution of Great Britain | In 
 March 1869 | By the | Eev. Frederic W. Farrar, M. A., F. E. S. | 
 Late Fellow of Trinity [t&c, four lines]. | Published by request. | 
 
 London : | Longmans, Green, and Co. | 1870. | BA. o. 
 
 Pp. i-xiv, 1-192. 12°. A few polysynthetic words in the Mexican, p. 177-179. 
 
 1270 Fasting (Ludvig). Sendebrev til aUe Gronlcenderne i Norden (Ag- 
 lekkset neksiutset Kaladlinnut tamannut auangnar miunnut). 
 
 Kjobenhavn, Fabritius de Tengnagels, 1838. * 
 
 23 pp., 2 11. 8°. In Danish and Greenlandish. Title from Leclerc's Supple- 
 ment, No. 2763. 
 
 1271 Fauvel-Gouraud (Francis). Practical | Cosmophonography; | a 
 System of Writing and Printing all | the Principal Languages, with 
 their exact Pronunciation, | by means of an original | Universal 
 Phonetic Alphabet, | Based upon Philological Principles, and rep- 
 resenting Analogically all the Component Elements of the Human | 
 Voice, as they occur in | Different Tongues and Dialects; | and ap- 
 pMcable to daily use in all the branches of business and learning; | 
 
FAIRBANKS — FEEIA. 251 
 
 Fauvel-Gouraud (Francis) — continued. 
 
 Illustrated by l^umerous Plates, | explanatory of the | Calligraphic, 
 Steno-Phonographic, and Typo-Phonographic | Adaptations of the 
 System; | with specimens of | The Lord's Prayer, | in One Hundred 
 Languages : | to which is prefixed, | a General Introduction, | eluci- 
 dating the origin and progress of language, writing, stenography, 
 phonography, | etc., etc.^ etc. | By | Francis Fauvel-Gouraud, D. 
 E. S. I of the Eoyal University of France. | 
 New York: | J. S. Eedfleld, Clinton Hall. \ 1850, | A. 
 
 1 p. 1., pp. 1-186, 1 1., plates 1-21, A-T, 4. 8°. 
 
 The Lord's Prayer in Cherokee (New Echota, 1832, 2d edition), plate 8, No. 30 ; 
 Greenlandish (London, 1822), plate 14, No. 57 ; Esquimaux (Coast of Labrador, 
 London, 1813), plate 14, No. 58 ; Choctaw (New Testament, Am. Bible Society, 
 1848), plate 14, No. 59; Mexican, plate 20, No. 93; Poconchian, plate 20, No. 94. 
 
 1272 Featherstonhaugh (George William). A Canoe Voyage | up | the 
 Minnay Sotor; | with | an Account of the Lead and Copper Depos- 
 its in Wisconsin; | of the Gold Region in the Cherokee Country; | 
 and sketches of Popular Manners; | &c. &c. &c. | By G. W. 
 Featherstonhaugh, F. E. S., F. G. 8. | Author of "Excursion 
 through the Slave States." | In two volumes. | Vol. I [II]. | 
 
 London: | Eichard Bentley, New-Burlington Street, | Publisher 
 in Ordinary to Her Majesty. | 1847. | c. 
 
 2 vols. 8°. 
 
 Numerous Sioux names of places and chiefs, &c., with English significations, 
 scattered through. 
 
 1273 [Fellechner (A.), Mullet (Dr.), and Hesse (C. L. C.)] 
 
 See Bericht iiher die, &c. 
 
 1274 Felt (Joseph Barlow). Statistics of towns in Massachusetts. Pre- 
 pared by Joseph B. Felt. 
 
 In Am. Statistical Ass. Coll., vol. 1, pp. 7-99. Boston, 1847. 8°. 
 Indian names of many of the towns in Massachusetts. 
 
 1275 Feria {Fr. Pedro de). [Doctrina Christiana en lengua castellana 
 y gapoteca ; compuesta por el Eev. Padre Fray Pedro de Feria, pro- 
 vincial de la orden de Sancto Domingo, en la provincia de Sancti- 
 ago de la Nueva Hespana. 
 
 En Mexico, en casa de Pedro Ocharte 1567.] 
 
 Colophon : 
 
 H Al gloria y alabanga de nfo Eedeptor Jesu Xpo, y de | su ben- 
 ditissima madre nra senora, y de nro glorioso y san | ctissimo 
 padre sancto Domingo : y pa vtilidad y proue- | cho de las alas, 
 aquise acaba la declaracio breue y cope | diosa d' la doctria xpiana 
 en legua Espanola y 9apoteca, | sentecia por sentecia: copuesta 
 por el muy E. P. Fray | Pedro d' Feria, prior prouincial de la orde 
 de los Frayles | Predicadores de Sancto Domigo, ensta nueua 
 Espana. | Fue impssa ensta muy leal y insigne ciudad de Mexico | 
 en casa de Pedro Ocharte ipressor de libros, co licecia | d' 1 illus- 
 
252 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Feria {Fr. Pedro de) — continued. 
 
 trissiino y reveredissimo senor do Fray Aloso de | Motufar, argo- 
 bispo meritissimo d' la dicha ciudad : aca | bose, a diez y ocho dias 
 d'l mes d' Marco, de, 1567 aSos. | job. 
 
 Title and 7 p. 11.; text, 11. 1-116. sm. 4°. The Spanish in Gothic, the Zapoteca 
 in Roman letters; double columns; wood-cut in text. Copy seen in library of 
 John Carter Brown ; it is minus the title-page which is taken from the catalogue 
 of the same library. 
 
 Feria was born 1524, went to Mexico, joined the Dominicans, became a mis- 
 sionary amongst the Zapotecas, and after filling many posts of dignity in the 
 church, was made Bishop of Chiapas, in 1575. He died about the year 1586. 
 
 1276 Vocabulario de la Lengua Zapoteca. * 
 
 1277 Confesonario en la misma Lengua. * 
 
 Printed, according to Remesal. — Beristciin. 
 
 1278 Fernandez (Benito). Doctrina Christiana en lengua Mixteca. 
 
 Mexico, 1550. * 
 
 4°. An elaborate article ou this work, which is noticed by Davila Padilla, 
 
 Alonso Fernandez, Fr. Francisco Burgoa.Barcia, and others, appears in Harri.sse's 
 
 Bibliotheca Americana Vetustissima, New York, 1866. It was prepared by Sr. 
 
 Icazbalceta, who says no copy is known of this edition, nor is he entirely satisfied 
 
 that it was jjrinted. 
 
 1279 Doctrina Christiana en lengua mixteca. 
 
 Coloplion : 
 
 5 A gloria y ala | banga de Kuestro Eedep | tor lesu Chrjsto, y 
 de su I vendita MadreSancta | Maria, yprouech ode- | losproximos. 
 Aqui se aca | ba la Doctrina en lengua | misteca: compuesta por 
 el I muy | Reuerando Padre | fray Benito Hernandez | Vicario pro- 
 uincial de la | Misteca de la Orden de | los Predicadores en esta 
 nueuaEspana. | 
 
 Fue im- | j)ressa en Mexico en casa | de Pedro Ocharte | imj)re- 
 sor de libros | acabose. a. 22. de | Kouiembre. | de 1567. | anos. | 
 5 Laus Deo. (^ * 
 
 clxxxix 11. 4°. Gothic letter, double columns. Title from Icazbalceta's 
 Apuntes, No. 106. 
 
 1280 Doctrina en lengua Mixteca. * 
 
 A volume lacking the first leaf. Begins with 1. ii, signature aij ; as the text 
 d oes not begin on this leaf it may be inferred that it commences on the verso of the 
 title. At present the copy includes from 1. ii to the following subscription : 
 
 5 A gloria y alabanga de nuestro Re | deptor | lesu xpo. Aqui se 
 acaba la Doctrla Xpia | na en lengua Mixteca: copuesta por el muy 
 R. I padre fray Benito Hernadez. Fue impre | ssa en Mexico, en 
 casa de Pedro O- | charte, impressor de libros. A- | cabose, a veynte 
 y quatro | dias dl mes d Enero d 1568. Anos. | 
 
 Then follows 1 1. unnumbered, signature BB, lines complete, the whole in Mix- 
 teca. The eud of the book is lacking. Gothic letter, in two columns, 4°, the whole 
 in Mixteca. Many coarse wood engravings and some plain chants; the notes in 
 red and black. 
 
PEEIA — FEREY. 253 
 
 Fernandez (Benito)— continued. 
 
 Atti'ution is directed to the fact tliat at the same time two editions were made 
 of the Dootrina of Fr. Benito Fernandez, the printing of one (see the preceding 
 number) was completed on the 22d of November, 1567, and the other on the 24th 
 of .January, 1568. Taking the time into account there is no doubt that the print- 
 ing of this last alone lasted two months, and consequently it began to be printed 
 before the completion of the other. But the whole is explained by this single 
 observation : that his two works were written in different dialects of the Mexi- 
 can language. It is enough to compare the two volumes to prove it. According 
 to Sr. Pimentel, the edition of 1567 is in the dialects of Tlachiaoo and Chintla, 
 and that of 1.568, in that of Tepuzculula, which is the principal language. 
 Father Hernandez (or Fernandez), being so well versed in the languages of those 
 provinces and wishing, without doubt, to be useful to the missionaries, labored 
 at the two Doctrinas in two of these principal dialects, and published them 
 at about the same time. lu the library of the Sociedad de Geografia y Estadis- 
 tica there is a manuscript of 220 11., 4°, which begins thus: "Aqui comienzan 
 algnnos modos de bien hablar en lengua Cinchona (another dialect of the Mix- 
 teco) de Cuextlahuaca." -And near the end: "Index seu tabula oim contentor 
 in hac salnbri doctrina f. Benedict! ferdinandii bonae mem" viri apl'ici." 
 
 There is also another manuscript in 4°, much mulitated, which contains, ac- 
 cording to Sr. Pimentel, doctrine and orations and christian morals, in the 
 Tepuzculula language. In one of the leaves there is a note in Mixteco, in which 
 we can only read the name of " Fray Benito.'' Probably this manuscript is his 
 also. — Icazialoeta's Apnnles, No. 107. 
 
 "El E. P. Fr. Benito Fernandez oompuso . . . . los misterios de la Santa f6 
 en idioma Misteco y esoribid un arte de rudimentos gramaticales del rmsmo idioma." — 
 Carnedo. 
 
 1281 Fernandez {Fr. Jos6). Arte y vocabulario de la Lengua Tepehu- 
 ana, gen6rica en la Sierra Madre. * 
 
 Title from Beristain who quotes from Arlequi. 
 
 Ferrall (Simon Ansley). 
 See O'Perral (S. A.) 
 
 1282 Ferry (Hypolite). Description | de la Nouvelle | Californie | G^o- 
 graphique, Politique et Morale | contenant | L'historique de la d6- 
 couverte de cette contr^e. | Un pr6cis des ev^nements politiques 
 qui s'y sont accomplis. | Des renseignements d6taill6s sur sa topo- 
 graphie, son climat, ses produc- | tions min^rales, v^g^tales et ani- 
 males. | Des notions sur la min^ralogie, la m^tallurgie et la geo- 
 logic. I Le caractfere, les mceurs, usages, coutumes de ses habi- 
 tants. I La description de ses baies, ports, villes, missions, vil- 
 lages. I Des instructions nautiques sur ses baies et ses ports. | 
 Le tarif des douanes en Californie. | Des renseignements g6n6raux 
 concernant les routes qui conduisent en | Californie, les lieux de 
 passage, description de Chagres, | Panama, du Cap Horn et de la 
 Terre-de-Feu, etc., etc. | Par Hypolite Ferry, | Membre de la So- 
 ciety de gdographie de Paris. | Avec un grande carte de la nou- 
 velle Californie. | Des cartes particuli feres des baies de Monterey et 
 de San-Francisco. | De I'lsthme de Panama. | Du Cap Horn et du De- 
 troit de Magellan. | Bt plusieurs vues int^ressantes de la Californie. | 
 
 Paris. I 1850. | * 
 
254 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Ferry (Hypolite) — continued. 
 
 2 p. 11., pp. 1-386. 12°. maps and plates. Title from Mr. W. Eames. 
 Short comparative vocabulary of American Indian and Asiatic Words, p. 203 ; 
 Specimens of the Rumsen language, pp. 215-216 ; Lord's Prayer in language of 
 the Indians of the valley of Tulares, p. 217. 
 
 1283 Figueroa [Fr. Francisco Antonio de la Eosa). Tesoro Catequistico 
 Indiano. Espejo deDoctrina cristiana y politica para la instruc- 
 cion de los Indios, en el idioma Oastellano y Mexicano, por Fr. 
 Francisco Antonio de la Eosa Figueroa. * 
 
 Original manuscript of the 18th century, 4 p. 11. and 279 11. of text, of which 
 a few are blank. — Ramirez Sale Cai. 
 
 1284 Vindicias de la Verdad por el E. Pe. Fr. Francisco Anto- 
 nio de la Eosa Figueroa. • 
 
 Manuscript of the 18th century. 148 pp. 
 
 During the eighteenth century several efforts were made by Spaniards of high 
 official position to extinguish the native languages of the Indians. Archbishop 
 Lorenzaua was persuaded to enter into this crusade, and to give a long "In- 
 forme" to the king of Spain, in which he indicates the ways and means to ac- 
 complish the proposed extinction. 
 
 Father Figueroa, an enlightened missionary and an untiring friend of the In- 
 dian, took up his pen, and, in rather indignant terms, undertook to show, not 
 only the injustice, but also the impracticability of the project. Incidentally he 
 goes into the question of the mental capacity of the Indians, and gives mnch in- 
 formation not to be found elsewhere. — Ramirez Sale Cat. 
 
 1285 Figueroa (P. Geronimo). Arte y copioso vocabulario de las Len- 
 guas Tepehuana, y Tarahumara. * 
 
 1286 Oatecismo y confesonario en dichas lenguas. * 
 
 Of these books he left four copies in his own hand, according to P. Florencia 
 
 in the life of that venerable Jesuit who wrote in 1689. — Beristain. 
 
 1287 FUley (William). Life and Adventures | of | William Filley, | who 
 was I stolen from his home | in | Jackson, Michigan, | by the In- 
 dians, I August 3rd, 1837, | and his | safe return from captivity, | 
 October 19, 1860, after an absence of | 29 years. | 
 
 Chicago: | George H. Fergus, Book and Job Printer, | 12 and 14 
 Clark Street. | 1867. | c. 
 
 Pp. 1-96. 8°. 
 
 Religious chant of the Camanche Indians with English translation, p. 66. 
 Another edition as follows: 
 
 1288 Life and adventures | of | William Filley, | who was ( 
 
 stolen from his home | in | Jackson, Mich., by the Indians, | Au- 
 gust 3d, 1837, I and his safe return from captivity, | October 19, 
 1866. I after an absence of 29 years. | 
 
 Chicago: | Published by FiUey & Ballard. | 1867. | BA. 
 
 Pp. i-vi, 7-112. 8°. 
 Religious Chants, &c., p. 82. 
 
 The author signs himself "Chief Medicine Man, Camanch Tribe, Rocky Mount- 
 ains, Oregon." 
 
FERKY FIRST. 255 
 
 1289 Finley (Bev. James B.) History | of | the Wyandott Mission, | 
 at I Upper Sandusky, Ohio, | under the direction of the Methodist 
 Episcopal Church. | Bv Rev. James B. Finley. | [Three lines, Isaiah 
 ix, 2.] I 
 
 Cincinnati: | Published by J. F. Wright & L. Swormstedt, | for 
 the Methodist Episcopal Church, at the book concern, | corner of 
 Main and Eighth-streets. | R. P. Thompson, Printer. ( 1840. | BA. 
 
 Pp. 1-432. 12°. 
 
 Hymn in the Wyandott Language, p. 221. 
 
 1290 Life among the Indians; | or, | Personal Eeminiscences | 
 
 and I Historical Incidents | illustrative of | Indian Life and Char- 
 acter. I By I Eev. James B. Finley, | "the Old Chief," or Ea-wah- 
 wah. I Edited by Eev. D. W. Clark, D. D. | 
 
 Cincinnati: | Printed at the Methodist Book Concern, | for the 
 Author. I E. P. Thompson, Printer. | 1859. | * 
 
 Pp. 1-548. 12°. plates. Title from Mr. W. Fames. 
 
 Wyandott hymn, p. 386. 
 
 Other editions: + Cincinnati, 1857; + [I5i(i.], 1860; + [/M.], 1868. 
 
 1291 First. The | First and Second Books of Samuel, | and the | First 
 Book of Kings, | translated into | the Choctaw Language. | Samuel 
 I Holisso I Fmmoua, Atukla Itatuklo, | micha | Miko "Fhleha, | 
 isht anumpa Fmmona | aiena k??t Toshowvt | Chahta anumpa toba 
 hoke. I 
 
 New York: | American Bible Society, | Instituted in the year 
 MDCCCXVI. I 1852. | ABB. G. 
 
 Pp. 1-256. 12°. 
 Samuel I, pp. 3-92; Samuel II, pp. 93-167; Kings, pp. 169-256. 
 
 1292 The | First and Second Books of Samuel, | and the | First 
 
 Book of Kings, | translated into | the Choctaw Language. | Samuel 
 I Holisso I Fmmona, Atukla Itatuklo, | micha | Miko yhleha, | 
 isht anumpa Fmmona | aiena kvt toshowi)t | Chahta anumpa toba 
 hoke. I 
 
 New York: | American Bible Society, | Instituted in the year 
 MDCCCXVI. I 1871. I JWP. 
 
 Pp. 1-339. 16°. 
 
 1293 The First Epistle of Paul the Apostle to the Thessalonians. 
 
 [In the Cherokee language.] ABC. 
 
 No title-page. 12 pp. 12°. In Cherokee characters. 
 
 Included under the ahove heading are the following : Second epistle of Paul 
 the Apostle to the Thessalonians; ibid., to Titus; ibid., to Philemon; the general 
 epistle of Jude. 
 
 1294 The | First three Chapters | of the | Eevelation | of | 
 
 John I translated into the Choctaw Language. | Fbanumpeshi 
 Chani a nan im ot-yni | tok holisso Chapta tuchina | kvt Chahta 
 anumpa ato- | showa hoke. | 
 
 Park Hill: Mission Press: | John Candy, Printer. | 1844. | 
 
 Pp. 1-20. 24°. BA.ABO. 
 
256 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 1295 Fish (Lucy E.) Words, plirases, and sentences in the language of 
 the Gros Ventres of the Prairies. 
 
 Mauuscript. 151 pp. 4°. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. Col- 
 lected In 1881 at Fort Belknap, Montana Territory, at the request of the Bureau 
 and written on one of its forms, Introduction to the Study of Indian languages, 
 2d edition, though the alphabet there recommended is nob used. It has evi- 
 dently been prepared with care, and for the iirst time the schedules of rela- 
 tionship have been completely filled. 
 
 1296 Fish (Paschal) and Harvey (Simon D.) Terms of Relationship of 
 the Kickapoo, collected by Paschal Fish and Friend Simon D. 
 
 Harvey. 
 
 In Morgan (L. H.) Systems of Consanguinity, pp. 293-382. Washington, 
 1871. i°. 
 
 1297 Fisher (William). New Travels | among the | Indians of North 
 America; | being | a compilation, taken partly from the commu- 
 nications already | published, of | Captains Lewis and Clark, | 
 to the I President of the United States; | and | partly from 
 other authors who travelled among | the various Tribes of Indians. | 
 Containing | a variety of very pleasant anecdotes, remarkably cal- 
 culated I to amuse and inform the mind of every curious reader; | 
 With I a Dictionary of the Indian Tongue. | Compiled | by William 
 Fisher, Esqr. | 
 
 Philadelphia: | Published by James Sharan. | J. Maxwell, 
 printer. | 1812. | JWP. 
 
 1 p. 1., pp. i-xii, 13-300. 12°. 
 
 List of ra ; ons in Knisteneaux, p. 132 ; Examples of their language, pp. 135- 
 141; both from Mackenzie. 
 
 1298 An I Interesting Account | of the | Voyages and Travels | 
 
 of I Captains Lewis and Clark, | in the years 1804, 1805, 1806. j 
 Giving a faithful description of the River Missouri and | its source 
 — of the various tribes of Indians through | which they passed — 
 manners and customs — soil — climate — | commerce — gold and silver 
 mines — animal and vege- | table productions; interspersed with 
 very enter- | taining anecdotes, and a variety of other useful and | 
 pleasing information remarkably calculated to de- | light and in- 
 struct the readers. To which is added | a complete dictionary of 
 the Indian tongue. | By William Fisher, Esq. | 
 
 Baltimore : | Printed by Anthony Miltenberger, | For the Pur- 
 chasers. I 1812. I C. 
 
 Pp. v-XT, 16-326. 12°. Vocabulary of the Knisteneaux (from Mackenzie), 
 pp. 148-155. 
 
 1299 An I Interesting Account | of the | Voyages and Trav- 
 els I of I Captains Lewis and Clark, | in the years 1804-5, & 6. | 
 Giving a faithful description of the Eiver Missouri and | its source 
 — of the various tribes of Indians through | which they passed — 
 manners and customs — soil — | climate — commerce — gold and sil- 
 
FISH FLEMING. 257 
 
 Fisher (William) — continued. 
 
 ver I mines animal and vegetable | productions. | Interspersed | 
 With very entertaining anecdotes, and a variety of other useful 
 and pleasing information re- | markably calculated to delight and | 
 instruct the readers. | To which is added | A Complete Dictionary 
 of the Indian Tongue. | By William Fisher, Esq. | 
 
 Baltimore : | Printed and Published by P. Mauro, | No. 10, North 
 Howard St. | 1813. | 0. 
 
 Pp. iii-xii, 13-262. 16°. 
 
 "Examples of their Language" [Knisteneaux], pp. 116-124. 
 
 "William Fisher, esq., must have been a bold man, and he may not have been 
 a bad man too. Whereas the compiler, or editor, or whatever he may have been, 
 of the editions of 1809 [see Le^vis (Capt. Meriwether), No. 2282] retired behind 
 an anonym, William Fisher not only stole his i reduction bodily, and gave 
 it another name, but also formally announced himself as the author of the 
 same ; for the edition of 1812 is a literal reprint, as nearly as may be, of that of 
 1809 — even to the snake story and Master Neddy. Tlie edition of 1813 is nearly 
 another reprint ; the title reads substantially the same, though the typography 
 of the title-page is entirely different. In this edition. Master Neddy is dropped. 
 The edition is notable as the first of this series of apocrypha which was illus- 
 trated. The smiling faces of ' Captains Lewis and Clarke, returned' greet us; 
 we have a tragic scene of an Indian ' destined to death ' by the flames ; a thrilling 
 view of a man with a boar behind and a precipice in front, &c. William Fisher 
 does not appear to have possessed the copyright of this production." — Coues. 
 
 1300 Flacheneoker (Rev. George). Notes on the Shyenne Language, 
 by Eev. Geo. Flachenecker, Lutheran Missionary, Deer Creek, Ne- 
 braska, September, 1862. 
 
 Manuscript. 7 pp. folio. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. 
 
 1301 [Fleming (John).] The | Mvskoki Imvnaitsv. | Muskokee (Creek) 
 Assistant. | [Picture.] 
 
 Boston: | Printed by Crocker & Brewster, ( 47 Washington 
 Street. | 1834. | Ats. aas. 
 
 Pp. 1-101. 18°. Alternate pages Muskoki and English. 
 
 1302 A^ Short Sermon: | also | Hymns, | in the Muskokee or 
 
 Creek Language. | By Eev. John Fleming, | Missionary of the 
 American Board of Commissioners for Foreign | Missions. | 
 
 Boston: | Printed for the Board, by Crocker & Brewster, | 47 
 Washington Street. | 1835. | BA. c. JWP. 
 
 Pp. 1-35. 18°. 
 
 Mvskoki Alphabet, pp. 3-4; Sermon (John iii, 16), pp. ."i-ll ; Hymns, pp. 13-35. 
 
 For later editions of the Hymns, see Asbury (D. B.), Buckner (H. F.), 
 and Herrod (C); Harrison (P.) and Aspberry (D. P.) ; Lcngbridge (R. M.); 
 Loughridge (R. M.) and Winslett (David) ; Loughridge (R. M.), 'Winslett 
 (D.), and Robertaon (W. S.) 
 
 1303 Istutsi in Naktsok^. | Or | the Child's Book. | By Eev. John 
 
 Fleming. | Missionary of the American Board of Commissioners 
 for I Foreign Missions. | [Picture.] 
 
 Union : ] Mission Press: JohnF. Wheeler, | Printer. 1 1835. | c. JWP. 
 Pp. 1-24. 18°. In the Muskoki language. 
 
 17 bib 
 
258 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Fleming (Johu) — contiuaed. 
 
 1304 The | Maskoke Semahayeta, | or | Muskokee Teacher. | 
 
 Cemo Hayate. | 
 
 Union : | Mission Press, John F. Wheeler, Printer. | 1836. | C. 
 
 Pp. 1-54. 16°. Primer in Muskoki. 
 
 1305 Fletcher (Jonathan 0.) Magic Song in the Chippewa Language. 
 
 In Schoolcraft (H. R.) Indian Tribes, vol. 2, p. 223. Philadelphia, 1852. 4°. 
 
 1306 List of Moons in the Winnebago Language. 
 
 In Schoolcraft (H. R.) Indian Tribes, vol. 4, pp. 239-240. Philadelphia, 
 1854. 4°. 
 
 1307 [Fletcher {Bev. Eichard).] Breve devocionario | para | todos los 
 dias I de I la semana | Payalchioob | utial | tulacal le u Eaniloob | 
 tile I Semana. | 
 
 Londres. | 1865. | * 
 
 37 pp., 17 Spanish, 17 Yucatec. 8°. 
 
 1308 Oatecismo | de los metodistas | No. 1. | para los miuos de- 
 
 tierna edad. | Oatecismo | ti le nietodistavol | No. 1 | utial mehen 
 palaloob. | 
 
 Londres. | 1865. | * 
 
 37 pp., 17 Spanish, 17 Yucatec or Maya. 8°. < 
 
 1309 Leti u Evanhelio Hezu Orizto hebix Huan. 
 
 Londres. — 1869. Cambridge. — Printed for the British and forc- 
 ing [sic] bible society by C. J. Clay M. A. at the university press. * 
 
 ICO pp., a few more or less. 8°. 
 
 The three titles above are from Carrillo, in Bol. Geog. Soc. Mex. ; the first 
 two have since been furnished me in extenso by that gentleman. The first 
 two are in Brasseur de Bourbpurg also, but are ascribed to Henderson (Alexan- 
 der), and the collation of each given as 17 pp., 8°, adding to the first " in Span- 
 ish-Maya.'' The collation of the third, Sabin gives as 83 pp. 
 
 To reconcile these differences I wrote to Sr. Icazbalceta, of the city of Mexico, 
 for an explanation; he kindly forwarded my letter to Sr. Carrillo who replied 
 as follows : 
 
 "The Catecismo . . . and the Devocionario . . are anonymous, and I tlo 
 not know what reason any writer has had to attribute them to Mr. Henderson. 
 I have attributed them to Mr. Fletcher because that gentleman, on the occasion 
 of a visit which he paid me in the year 1871, told me that they were his 
 works, onr deceased friend, Sr. D. Carlos H. Berendt, being witness. (See the 
 note which he appended to my dissertation on the History of the Maya language 
 on page 191 of the Boletin de la Soc. Mex., vol. 4, 1872.) I have in my possession 
 a copy of each of these little works and I forward copies of their respective title- 
 pages which are in Maya and Spanish. 
 
 "As regards the 'Leti u Evanhelio Hezu Cristo hevix Huan,' I have uo copy; 
 but Mr. Fletcher, who told me he was its author, showed me a copy aud re- 
 gretted that he could not let me have it, for it was the only cue he had. He 
 then copied the title-page. As I had forgotten to count the pages I calculated 
 afterwards that it must have about 100 pages, and this is why in the Boletin 
 (p. 91) I say 'lOOp^gs. poco mas 6 menos,' a phrase which I do not use about 
 other books. I do not doubt that Sabin was right when he said 83 pages.'' 
 
FLEMING FLORES. 259 
 
 1310 Fletcher (Robert H.) Vocabulary of the Nez Percys. 
 
 Manuscript. 10 11. folio. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. Col- 
 lected in 1873 iu Idaho. 
 
 1311 Fleuri (— ). See Ruz (Joaquin), No. 3415. 
 
 1312 Fleurieii (Charles Pierre Claret, Gomtc de). Voyage | autour du 
 monde, | pendant les ann^es 1790, 1791, et 1792, | Par Etienne Mar- 
 chand, | pr6c6d6 | d'une Introduction Historique; | auquel on a 
 joint I des recherches sur les Terres Australes de Drake, | et | 
 nn examen critique du voyage de Eoggeween; | avec cartes et 
 figures: | Par C. P. Claret Fleurieu, | De I'Institut national des 
 Sciences et des Arts, et du Bureau | des Longitudes. | Tome I. 
 [II. III. Quatrifeme.] | 
 
 A Paris, | de I'Imprimerie de la E^publique. | an VI [-V1II] 
 [1798-1800] I C. 
 
 4 vols. 4°. 
 
 Numerals, 1-40, of the language of Nootka Sound, from Cook, vol. 2, and Dix- 
 on ; of the Tchinkitan^, according to Chanal and from Dixon ; and of Queen 
 Charlotte's Island, according to Chanal, vol. 1, p. 284; Remarks on the Tchinki- 
 ta,n6 Language, vol. 1, pp. 284-286 ; A few words in the language of Queen Char- 
 lotte's Island, vol. 1, p. 361 ; Vocabulaire de Tchinklt4ne, C6te Nord-Ouest do 
 I'Am^rique, k 57 degr^s de latitude Nord, [by Surgeon Eoblet and Captain 
 Chanal], vol. 1, pp. 585-591. 
 
 1313 A I Voyage | round the World, | performed | during the 
 
 years 1790, 1791, and 1792, | by | fitienne Marchand, j preceded | 
 by a Historical Introduction, | and | Illustrated by Charts, etc. | 
 Translated from the French | of | C. P. Claret Fleurieu | of the 
 National Institute of Arts and Science, | and of the Board of Longi- 
 tude of France. | Vol. I [II]. | 
 
 London : | Printed for T. N. Longman and O. Eees, Pater- | Nos- 
 ter-Eow; and T. Cadell, Jan. and W. Da vies, | in the Strand. | 
 1801. I C. 
 
 2 vols. 8°. 
 
 Linguistics as in the French edition, vol. 1, pp. 380, 381-382, 483, and vol. 2, 
 pp. 258-267. 
 
 1314 Flores {Fr. Ildefonso Joseph). Arte de la Lengua Metropolitana 
 del Eeyno Cakch^quel, 6 Guatemalico, con uu Paralj^lo de las Leu- 
 guas Metropolitanas de los Eeynos Kich^, Cakchiquel, y Zutuhl, 
 que hoy integran el Eeyno de Guatemala. Compuesto por el P. F. 
 Ildefonso Joseph Flores, hijo de la Santa Provincia del Dulcissme 
 Nombre de Jesus de Guatemala, de la Eegular Observancia de N. 
 Seraphico P. S. Francisco, Ex-lector de Phylosophia, Predicador, y 
 Cura Doctrinero por el Eeal Patronato del Pueblo de Santa Maria 
 de Jesus. 
 
 En Guatemala, por Sebastian de Arebalo, ano de 1753. * 
 
 26 11., 387 pp. sm. 4". Title from Squier's Monograph of Authors. 
 
260 NOETH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 1315 Foeher {Fr. Juan). Arte de la lengua Megicana. * 
 
 Title from Beristain, wlio quotes from Torquemada. 
 
 1316 Fonte (P. Juan). Arte y Vocabulario de la Lengua Tepehuana. * 
 
 Title from Beristain. 
 
 1317 Forbes (Alexander). California: | A History | of | Upper and 
 Lower California | from their first discovery to the present time, | 
 comprising | an Account of | the climate, soil, natural productions, 
 agriculture, commerce, | &c. | A full view of | the Missionary Es- 
 tablishments and condition I of the free and domesticated Indians. | 
 With an appendix relating to | steam navigation in the Pacific. | 
 Illustrated with a new map, plans of the harbours, | and numerous 
 Engravings. | By Alexander Forbes, Esq. | 
 
 London: | Smith, Elder, & Co., Cornhill. | 1839. | C. 
 
 xvi, 35/J pp. S°. map. A few aborij^ nal terms passim. 
 
 1318 Forster (Johann Georg Adam). Geschichte der Eeisen, | die seit 
 Cook I an der | Nordwest- und Nordost-Kiiste | von Amerika | 
 und in dem | nordlichsten Amerika selbst | von | Meares, Dixon, 
 Portlock, Coxe, Long u. a. m. | unternommen worden sind. ) Mit 
 vielen Karten und Kupfern. | Aus dem Englischen, | mit zuziehung 
 aller anderweitigen HUlfsquellen, ausgearbeitet | von | Georg 
 Forster. | Erster [-Dritter] Band. | 
 
 Berlin, 1791. | In der Yossischen Buclihandlung. | -*• 
 
 3 vols. 4°. pp. i-ix (1), 1-130, 1-302; 5 p. 11., pp. i-xxii, 1-314; 1-xv, i-iii, 1-74, 
 1-380. 
 
 Comparative vocabulary, numerals 1-10, of tlie languages of Prince William's 
 Sound and Cook's Eiver, Norfolk Sound, and" King George's Sound (from Port- 
 lock and Dixon), vol. 2, pp. 216-217; Song in the language of Norfolk Sound 
 (from Portlock and Dixon), vol. 2, p. 219; Vocabulary in language of Prince 
 William's Sound (from Portlock), vol. 3, pp. 119-121 ; Vocabulary of tbe lan- 
 guage of the Northwest Coast of America (from Portlock), vol. 3, p. 145. 
 
 Sabiu's Dictionary says there was an 8° edition, 1791, 3 vols. 
 
 1319 Foster (John Wells) and Whitney (Joseph Dwight). Eeport | on 
 the I Geology and Topography | of a portion of the | Lake Supe- 
 rior Land District, | in | the State of Michigan: | By | J. W. Foster 
 and J. D. Whitney, | United States Geologists. | In two parts. | 
 Part 1. I Copper Lands. | [Part II. The Iron Eegion.] 
 
 Washington: | Printed for the House of Eeps. | 1850 [1851]. ( JWP. 
 
 2 vols. 8°. 
 
 Origin and Orthography of some of the proper names in the Lake Superior 
 District (in which are a few Chippewa terms with English signification), pt. 2, 
 pp. 396-400. 
 
 1320 Foster (John William). Prehistoric Eaces | of the | United States 
 of America. | By J. W. Foster, L. L. D., | Author of [&c., six lines]. 
 
 Chicago: | S. C. Griggs and Company. | London: Triibner & 
 Co. I 1873. I BA. c. 
 
 Pp. i-xv, 17-415. 8°. 
 
 Remarks on American languages in general, from Gallatin, Bancroft, etc., pp. 
 318-322. • 
 
V 
 
 FOCHEE FRANKLIN. 261 
 
 1321 Poster {Br. Thomas), Editor. Yol. I, | No. 1 [-3]. Foster's Indian 
 Eecord and Historical Data. | jwp. 
 
 A four-page paper, of wliicli only three numbers were issued, the first Nov. 30, 
 1876, the other two between that date and March 1st, 1877. The editor was 
 "Indian Historiographer," and his sheet partook of the nature of a semi-official 
 publication of the Indian Bureau. It was intended as a vehicle for the prelimi- 
 nary publication of material to be afterwards embodied in a series of monographs 
 to be prepared by him and to be published by the government. There are many 
 notes of value and interest to the philologist and a few vocabularies, as follows : 
 
 Vocabulary of the Attacapas (from Duralde's Manuscript in the Library of 
 American Philosophical Society); Names of loway children in order of birth; 
 Proper names in Winnebago, with translations; Vocabulary of the Winnebago. 
 
 1322 Fragorri (P. Juan). Vocabulario y Didlogos [en lengua Mexi- 
 
 cana]. * 
 
 Title from Pimentel. See Iragorri (I. F.), No. 1948. 
 
 1323 Francliere (Gabriel). Eelation | d'un | Voyage | a la cdte du | 
 Nord-ouest | de | I'Am^rique Septentrionale, | dans les ann^es | 
 1810, 11, 12, 13, et 14. | Par G. Franchere, Ms. | 
 
 Montreal: | de I'imprimerie de 0. B. Pasteur. | 1820. ( jbm. 
 
 Pp. 1-284. 8°. 
 
 Quelques mots de la langue Chinouque ou Tchinoque, pp. 204-205. Also native 
 terms passim. 
 
 I have seen an English translation by J. V. Huntington, New York, 1854, 
 376 pp., 12°, which contains no vocabulary. 
 
 1324 Francis (Oonvers). Life | of | John Eliot, | the | Apostle to the 
 Indians. | By Oonvers Francis. | 
 
 Boston: | Hilliard, Gray, and Co. | London: | Richard James 
 Kennett. | 1836. | A. 0. t. 
 
 Pp. i-xii, 1-357. 16°. 
 
 Remarks on the Indian languages in Note 3, pp. 352-354. 
 
 1325 [Franco (P.)] Coleccion | de | Linguistica y Etnografla Ameri. 
 canas. | Publicada por | A. L. Pinart. | Tomo IV.. | Noticias de los 
 Indios de Departamento de Veragua, y | Vocabularies de las Len- 
 guas I Guaymi, Norteno, Sabanero y Dorasque. ) 
 
 San Francisco : | Imprenta de A. L. Bancroft y Oa., | 721 Calle 
 de Market. | 1882. | ASG. 
 
 Pp. 1-73. royal 8°. Title, 1 1. ; Dedication to Comte de Lesseps, 1 1. ; Preface, 
 by Alph. Pinart, 1 1. ; Notioia de los Indios Guaymies y de sus Constumbres, by 
 Pere Franco, pp. 7-20. 
 
 Vocabulario Castellano, Guaymi y Norteno, pp. 21-49; Vocabulario de las 
 Lenguas Guaymi, Sabanero y Dorasque, pp. 50-73. 
 
 1326 Franklin {Gapt. John). Narrative of a Journey | to the Shores 
 of I the Polar Sea, | in the Years | 1819, 20, 21, and 22. | By John 
 Franklin, Captain R. N., F. E. S., | and Commander of the Expe- 
 dition. I With an Appendix on various subjects relating to | Science 
 and Natural History. | Illustrated by numerous Plates and Maps. | 
 Published by authority of the Eight Honourable the Earl Bathurst. | 
 
2f^2 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Franklin [Capt. Johu) — continued. 
 
 London: | John Murray, Albemarle-street. | M DCCC XXIII 
 
 [1823]. I A. 0. 
 
 2 p. 11. , pp. vii-xvi, 1-681. 4°. Plates and maps. 
 
 Names of animals, fish, plants, etc., in Eskimo, -veitli English significations, 
 pp. 87-93; Blackfoot vocaliulary, 18 words, p. 109; Names of the various parts 
 of an Eskimo house, with English significations, p. 267. 
 
 1327 Narrative of a Journey | to the Shores of the | Polar 
 
 Sea, I in | the Years 1819-20-21-'i2. ( By | Johu Franklin, Capt. 
 E. N., F. E. S., M. W. S., I and Commander of the Expedition. | 
 Published by authority of the Eight Honourable | the Earl Bath- 
 urst. I Third Edition. | Two Vols.— Vol. I [II]. | 
 
 London: | John Murray, Albemarle-street. | MDOCOXXIV 
 [1824]. I • 
 
 2 vols. 8°. pp. i-xix, 1-370; 1 p. 1., pp. i-iv, 1 1., pp. 134-145, 170. 
 
 Linguistics as in previous edition, vol. 1, pp. 87-93, 109 ; vol. 2, p. 267. 
 
 Sabiu's Dictionary gives : + Second edition, Loudon : John Murray. MDCCC- 
 XXIV, pp. 370, 399, 2 vols. 8°. 
 
 1328 Narrative of a Journey to the Shores of the Polar Sea, in 
 
 the years 1819-20-21-22. By John Franklin, With an Ap- 
 pendix containing Geognostical Observations and Eemarks on the 
 Aurora Borealis. 
 
 Philadelphia: Carey & Lea. 1824 , • 
 
 482 pp. 8°. 
 
 1329 Narrative of a Journey to the Shores of the Polar Sea, in 
 
 the years 1819-20-21-22 ; with a brief account of the Second Journey 
 in 1825-2C-27. By John Franklin, Capt. E. N., F. E. S., and Com- 
 mander of the Exhibition. With Plates. 
 
 London: John Murray. M DCCC XXIX [1829]. * 
 
 4 vols. 18°. Titles from Sahiu's Dictionary. 
 
 Freeman {Bev. Bernardus). 
 See Another Tongue. 
 
 See Claesse (Laurence). 
 
 1330 Fremiot (N. M.) Lettre du E. P. Fr^miot. * 
 
 In Annales de la Propagation de la Foi, vol. xxvi, pp. 241-269. 
 Contains remarks ou the language and a few Indian words and definitions (in 
 Ojibway?). Title from Mr. W. Eames. 
 
 Friese (Valentine).. 
 See Amy (W. F. M.) 
 
 1331 [Fritz (Johann Friedrich).] Orientalisch- und Occidentalischer | 
 Sprachmeister | Welcher | nicht allein hundert Alphabete | nebst 
 ihrer Aussprache, | So bey denen meisten | Europaisch-Asiatisch- 
 Africanisch- und | Americanischen Volckern und Nationen | ge- 
 
FRANKLIN — FROST. 263 
 
 [Fritz (Johann Friedrich)] — continued. 
 
 brauchlich sind, | Anch einigen Tabulis Polyglottis verschiedener | 
 Sprachen* uud Zahlen vor Augen leget, | Souderu auch | dais Ge- 
 bet des H. Errn, | In 200 Sprachen und Mund-Arten | mit dersel- 
 benCharacterenund Lesung,nac]ieiner | Geographischen Ordnung 
 mittbeilet. | Aus glaubwiirdigen Auctoribus zusammen getragen, 
 und mit | darzu nothigen Kupfern verseheu. | 
 
 Leipzig, I Zu flnden bey Christian Friedrich Gessnern. | 
 1748. I JE. 
 
 10 p. 11., 224, 128 pp. ; Appendix, 7 11. 8°. Title from copy in possession of Mr. 
 Joseph Euthoeffer, Washington, D. C. 
 
 Pater Noster, Mexicana and Poconchica, p. 124; Carabaica and Savanahica, 
 p. 125; Virginiana and Moliogica, p. 126. 
 
 Short vocabulary (4 words) of Mexicane, Poconchine, Caraibiee, Apalachice, 
 Algonkine, Chacktawice, Savanahice, Crickioe, Virginiane, Mohogice, App., p. 
 6 (unnumbered). 
 
 The first clause of the Lord's Prayer, " Our Father which art iu Heaven," was, 
 according to Auer's Sprachenhalle, reprinted in the various languages in Geo- 
 graphisch-philologische Karten von Homann's Erben in Numberg, 4 sheets, 
 small folio. 
 
 1332 Frobel (Julius). Aus Amerika, Erfahrungen, Eeisen und Studien. 
 Von Julius Frobel. 
 Leipzig: Weber. [1857-58.] * 
 
 2 vols. pp. xvii, 550 ; xvi, 616. 8°. 
 
 Contains vocabulary of the Woolwa, spoken by the Indians of Chontales, 
 Nicaragua, vol. 1, pp. 400-401. 
 
 \,/ 1333 Seven Years' Travel in Central America, Northern Mexico, 
 
 and the Far West of the United States. By Julius Frobel. . . . 
 
 With Illustrations. 
 
 London: Eichard Bentley. M. DCCC. LIX [1859]. * 
 
 xiv, 587 pp. 8°. 
 
 1334 A travers l'Am6rique par Julius Froebel. Traduction de 
 
 I'AUemand, par Bmile Tandel. 
 
 Bruxelles: Lacroix, Van Menen. Paris: E. Jung-Treuttel. 
 1861. * 
 
 3 vols. 12°. Three titles above from Sabin's Dictionary. 
 
 \/ 1335 Vocabulary of the Woolwa spoken by the Indians of Chon- 
 
 tales, Nicaragua. Obtained by Mr. Jidius Froebel. 
 
 In Squier (E. G.) The States of Central America, pp. 255-256. New York, 
 
 1858. 8°. 
 
 1336 Frost (John). The | Book | of the | Aborigines. | [Picture.] 
 New York : | D. Appleton & Company. 
 
 Second title : 
 
 The Book | of the | Indians | of | North America: | illustrating | 
 their manners, customs and present state. [Picture.] | Edited by 
 John Frost, L. L. D. | Author of the "Book of the Navy," "Book of 
 the Army," &c., t&c. | 
 
264 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Frost (John) — continued. 
 
 New York: | D. Appleton & Co., 200 Broadway. | Philadelphia: | 
 George S.Appleton, 148 Chestnut St. | MDCCOXLVfl845]. |hu.c. 
 
 Engraved title; 1 p. l.,pp.i-x, 13-283. 12°. 
 
 A few Camancliee proper names with English signification, p. 43; ibid, of the 
 Sioux, p. 44; ibid, of the Sac, pp. 44-45; ibid, of the Crow, p. 46; A few Sioux, 
 Maudan, Blackfoot, Riccaree and Tnskarora terms, pp. 60-61 ; Numerals, 1-10, 
 of the Riccaree, p. 62. 
 
 Sabin's Dictionary gives: +Nevr York: M DCCC XL VIII. 
 
 Frost (J. H.) 
 See Lee (D.) and Frost (J. H.) 
 
 1337 Fry (Edmund), Compiler. Pantographia; | containing | accurate 
 copies of all the known | Alphabets in the World; | together with | 
 An English explanation of the peculiar | force or power of each 
 letter: | to which are added, | Specimens of all well-authenticated | 
 Oral Languages; | forming | a comprehensive digest of | Pho- 
 nology. I By Edmund Fry, | Letter-Founder, Type Street. | 
 
 London. | Printed by Cooper and Wilson, | For John and Arthur 
 Arch, Gracechurch-Street; | John White, Fleet-Street; John Ed- 
 wards, Pail-Mall; and | John Debrett, Picadilly. | M DGC XC IX 
 [1799]. I BA. c. 
 
 2p.ll.,xxxvi,320pp. S°. 
 
 Lord's Prayer in the language of New England (from Wilkin's Essay), p. .58. 
 
 Short vocabulary and numerals (1-10) of the Ecclemach (from Perouse),p. 78; 
 ibid, of the Esquimaux (from Cook), p. 80; ibid, of the language of Greenland 
 (from Cook), p. 104; Lord's Prayer in the Mexican language (from Orat. Dom.), 
 p. 200; ibid, in the Mohawk language (from Orat. Dom.), p. 202; Vocabulary of 
 the language of Nootka Sound (from Cook), p. 210; ibid, of Norton Sound (from 
 Cook), p. 212; ibid, of Oonalashka (from Cook), p. 214; Lord's Prayer in the Po- 
 conchi language (from Wilkin's Essay), p. 224; Numerals, 1-100, of the language 
 of Port des Francais (from Perouse), p. 232; Short vocabulary and numerals (1-8) 
 of the language of Prince William's Sound (from Cook), p. 240 ; Lord's Prayer in 
 the Savanna language (from Orat. Dom.), p. 258; ibid, in the Virginian language 
 (from Orat. Dom.), p. 300; Numerals, 1-10, of the Achastlien language (from 
 Perimse), p. 308. 
 
 1338 Fuensalida {Fr. Luis). Sermones en Lengua Mexicana. * 
 
 Manuscript in the Biblioteca de Santiago Tlatelulco de Mexico. — Beriatain. 
 
 Fuente (D. Jose Antonio Perez de la). 
 See Perez de la Fuente (2>. J. A.) 
 
 1339 Fueute de los verbos Mexicanos, seguida de la fuente de los nom. 
 
 bres mexicanos. * 
 
 Manuscript. 28 11. 4°. Sliort vocabulary — Spanish-Mexican. — Braaseur de 
 Bourbourg. 
 
 1340 Fuentes (D. iUanuel). La doctrina Christiana en la lengua Mam, 
 hallada entre los papeles que quedaron del defunto Sr. presbitero 
 Don Manuel Fuentes, cura que ta6 de San Miguel Ixtlahuacan. * 
 
 Manuscript, 18 11., 12°, containing two distinct parts, and in different hand- 
 ■writing. Both were given to me iis having been composed and written nearly 
 thirty years before my sojourn in this parish, by my predecessor Don Manuel 
 
FROST — FURUHELM. 265 
 
 Fuentes {I), Manuel) — continued. 
 
 Fuentes This little manuscript, and the following, *ith the vocabu- 
 lary which I have made, are all that remain at present of the ancient language 
 of the Mames of Guatemala. — Brasseur de Bourbourg. 
 
 1341 Preguntas p'' admiiiistrar el Santo Sacram'^'' del matrimo- 
 
 nio en Mam conformes al Manual que usamos. Siguen las varias 
 partes de la doctrina cristiana en mam y en castellano, etc., lo todo 
 hallado entre los papeles que quedaron del defunto Sr. presbitero 
 Don Manuel Fuentes, cura propio que fu6 de la parroquia de San 
 Miguel Ixtlahuacan. * 
 
 Manuscript. 8 11. 4°. Title from Brasseur de Bourbourg. 
 
 1342 Fuentes y Guzman (D. Francisco Antonio). 1. Eecordacion Flo- 
 rida; Discnrso historico, natural, material, militar, y politico del 
 Eeyno de Guatemala. * 
 
 This work exists in manuscript in the Archives of the Cabildo of Guatemala, 
 and is supposed to contain much information bearing on the history and lan- 
 guages of the aborigines. — Squier's Monograph of Authors. 
 
 Beristain gives this title as follows : Recordacion florida, 6 Historia de Guate- 
 mala. Tres Tomos. He adds : Two of these volumes are preserved in the Archives 
 of the city of Guatemala, the other having been sent to Madrid to be printed. 
 
 1343 Fuertes (E. A.) Yocabularies of the Chimalapa or Zoque; Gui- 
 chiovian or Mixl; Zapoteco; and Maya. 
 
 Manuscript. 17 11. 4°. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. They 
 consist of 200 words each, arranged in parallel columns, and are accompanied 
 by grammatic notes. 
 
 Further Correspondence, &c. 
 See Arctic Expedition. 
 
 1344 Further Papers | relative to the | Eecent Arctic Expeditions | in 
 search of | Sir John Franklin | and the crews of | H. M. S. "Erebus" 
 and "Terror." | Presented to both Houses of Parliament by Com- 
 mand of Her Majesty. | January 1855. | 
 
 London : | Printed by George Edward Eyre and William Spottis- 
 woode, I Printers to the Queen's Most Excellent Majesty. | For Her 
 Majesty's Stationery Ofiace. | 1855. | A. 
 
 Pp. i-iv, 1-958. folio. 
 
 Simpson (John). Observations on the Western Esquimaux and the Country 
 they inhabit, pp. 917-94-i. 
 
 Contains the names of the seasons and months in Esquimaux, pp. 933. 
 
 1345 Furuhelm ( Gov. Hjalmar). Notes on the Natives of Alaska. (Com- 
 municated to the late George Gibbs, M. D., in 1862.) By his Excel, 
 lency J. Furuhelm, late Governor of the Russian American Colonies- 
 
 In Powell (J. W.) Contributions to N. A. Ethnology, vol. 1, pp. 111-116, 
 121-133. Washington, 1877. 4°. 
 
 Vocabulary and grammatic comments on the Sitka, pp. 111-114; iKd., Aleut, 
 pp. 115-116; Vocabulary of the Yakutat, pp. 121-133. 
 
266 NOETH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS, 
 
 Fumhelm {Gov. Hjalmar) — contiuued. 
 
 1346 Vocabulary of the Venambakaiia. 
 
 In Powell (J. W.) Contributions to N. A. Ethnology, vol. 3, pp. 504-508. 
 Washington, 1877. 4°. 
 
 1347 Gaa nah shoh. Gaa nah slioh | Ne | De o Wafh' sS o' nyoh gwah [ 
 Xa' wen ni' yuh. | Honont'gahdeli hodi' yado' nyoh. | 
 
 Do syo wa: j [Seneca Mission Press.] | 1843. | BA. mhs. jwp. 
 
 Pp. i-vi, 7-136. 160. 
 
 Hymns in the Seneca language. Prefaced with Wright (A. ) Method of writ- 
 ing Seneca. 
 
 See Young (J.) for edition of 1829. 
 
 1348 Gaa nah shoh | Neh | Deo WaSh' sft o' nyoh gwah | Na' 
 
 wen ni' yuh. Honont'gahdeh hodi'yado' nyoh. | 
 
 Published by the | American Tract Society, | 150 N"assau Street, 
 New York. | 1852. | Abc. mhs. 
 
 Pp. 1-232. 16". 
 
 1349 Gaa nah shoh | Neh | Deo Wafih' sS o' nyoh-gwah | 
 
 Na'wgnni'yuh. | Honont'gahdeh hodi'yado'nyoh. | 
 
 Published by the | American Tract Society, | 150 Nassau-Street, 
 New- York. | ATS. 
 
 No date. pp. 1-352. 16°. Appended to this worli is "Songs of Zion," 31 un- 
 numbered 11. ; songs in English, with music, inserted for the benefit of the 
 Indians. 
 
 1350 Gaa nah shah | Neh | Deo | Waah's2.o'nyoh gwah | 
 
 Na'w6nni'yuh. | Honont'gahdeh hodi'yado'nyoh. | 
 
 Published by the | American Tract Society, | 150 Nassau-Street, 
 New- York. | c. 
 
 No date. pp. 1-416. 12°. 
 
 1351 Gabb (Dr. William M.) On the Indian Tribes and Languages of 
 Costa Eica. 
 
 In Am. Philosoph. Soc, Proc, vol. 14, pp. 483-602. Philadelphia, 1876. 8°. 
 
 General ethnologic notes, pp. 483-526; The Bri-bri Language (grammalic 
 and miscellaneous notes), pp. 527-539; "Vocabulary of the Language of the 
 Bri-bri Indians, pp. 539-.578; Comparative vocabulary of the Cabecar of Estella 
 Eivcr, Cabecar of Coen River, Tiribi, Terraba, and Brunka languages, pp. 
 579-602. 
 
 Issued also as a separate pamphlet, as follows : 
 
 / 1352 On the | Indian | Tribes and Languages | of | Costa Eica. | 
 
 By Wm. M. Gabb. | (Eead before the American Philosophical So- 
 ciety, Aug. 20, 1875.) I 
 
 Philadelphia: | McCalla and Stavely, Printers, Nos. 237-9 Dock 
 St. I 1875. I SI. 
 
 1 p. ]., pp. 483-G02. 8°. Contents as above. 
 
 1353 Vocabulary of the Trinity Indians. 
 
 In Powell (J. W.) Contributions to N. A. Ethnology, vol. 3, pp. 518-529. 
 Washington, 1877. 4°. 
 
PURUHELM — GAGE. 267 
 
 . Gabb {Br. William M.)— continued. 
 
 V 1354 Vocabulary of the Kutchan, H'taau, Kiliwi, and Cocbimi. 
 
 In G-atschet (A. S.) Yuma-Sprachstamm, in Zeitsohrift fur Ethnologie, pp. 
 390-407. Berlin, 1877. 8°. 
 
 1355 Vocabularies of the Cochimi and Kiliwee. 
 
 Manuscript. 10 11. 4°. 211 words each. Collected April, 1867. The Cochimi 
 vocabulary was collected in the center of the peninsula of Lower California, in 
 the vicinity of San Borja and Santa Gertrude; the Kiliwee 150 miles farther 
 north. 
 
 1356 Vocabulary of the Klamath of Southern Oregon. 
 
 Manuscript. 10 11. 4°. 150 words. Collected in 1864. 
 
 1357 Vocabulary of the Yuma. 
 
 Manuscript. 6 11. folio. 186 words. 
 
 1358 Vocabulary of the Yuma and H'taam. 
 
 Manuscript. 1011. 4°. Collected in 1867. These manuscripts are in the library 
 of the Bureau of Ethnology. 
 
 1359 Gabelentz (Hans Georg Conon von der). Beitrage | zur | Spracheu- 
 kunde | von | H. C. von der Gabelentz. | Erstes [-Drittes] Heft. | 
 
 Leipzig: | F. A. Brockhaus. | 1852. | c. jwp. 
 
 Pp. 48, 64, 64. 8°. 3 parts in 1 vol., each with its own title. That of part 2 is: 
 
 Grammatik | der | Dakota- Sprache | von | H. C. von der Gabe- 
 lentz. [ 
 
 Leipzig : I F. A. Brockhaus. | 1852. | 
 Pp. 1-64. 8°. 
 
 1360 Kurze Grammatik der Tscherokesischen Sprache. Vom 
 
 Staatsminister Dr. H. 0. von. der Gabelentz. 
 
 In Zeitscbrift fiir die Wissenschaft der Sprache. Herausgegeben von Dr. 
 Albert Hoefer. Dritter Band, pp. 257-300. Drittes Heft, Greifswald, G. A. Koch, 
 1852. 8^^. 
 
 Sabin's Dictionary says: Issued separately as follows: 
 
 1361 Kiirze Grammatik der Tscherokesischen Sprache. * 
 
 42 pp. 8°. 
 
 1362 Gabriel. Specimen of the Mountaineer, or Sheshatapooshshoish, 
 SkoflSe, and Micmac Languages. 
 
 In Mass. Hist. Soo. Coll., first series, vol. 6, pp. 16-33. Boston, 1800. 8°. 
 
 The above vocabularies appear without authorship. In the preliminary re- 
 marks the writer states: "The ensuing vocabulary I transcribed viva voce from 
 Gabriel, a young Mountaineer Indian. ' * * He spoke both French and English 
 tolerably, and was well acqnainted with the SkofHe, Micmac, and Mountaineer." 
 
 1363 Gage (Thomas). The English- American his Travail by Sea and 
 Land: | or, | ANewSvrvey | of the | West-India's, | containing | A 
 Journall of Three thousand and Three hundred | Miles within the 
 main Land of America. | Wherein is set forth his Voyage from 
 Spain to St. John de Vlhua; | and from thence to Xalappa, to 
 
268 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Gage (Thomas) — contiuued. 
 
 Tlaxcalla, the City of Angeles, aud | forward to Mexico; With the 
 description of that great City, | as it was in former times, and also 
 at this present. | Likewise his Journey from Mexico through the 
 Provinces of Guaxaca, | Chiapa, Guatemala, Vera Paz, Truxillo, 
 Comayagua; with his |. abode Twelve years about Guatemala, and 
 especially in the | Indian towns of Mixco, Pinola, Petapa, Amati- 
 tlan. I As also his strange and wonderfuU Conversion, and Calling 
 from those | remote Parts to his isativeOountrey. | With his return 
 through the Province of Nicaragua, and Costa Eica, | to Nicoya, 
 Pauama, Portobelo, Cartagena, and Havana, with divers | occur- 
 rents and dangers that did befal in the said Journey. | Also, | A 
 New and exact Discovery of the Spanish Navigation to | those 
 Parts; And of their Dominions, Government, Religion, Forts, | 
 Castles, Ports, Havens, Commodities, fashions, behaviour of | 
 Spaniards, Priests and Friers, Blackmores, Mulatto's, Mestiso's, | 
 Indians; and of their Feasts and Solemnities. | With a Grammai', 
 or some few Eudiments of the Indian Tongue, | called, Poconchi, or 
 Pocomau. | By the true and painfull endevours of Thomas Gage, 
 now Preacher of | the Word of God at Acris, in the County of 
 Kent, Anno Dom. 1648. | 
 
 London, Printed by E. Cotes, and are to be sold by Humphrey 
 Blunden at the | Castle in Cornhill, and by Thomas Williams at the 
 Bible in Little Britain, 1648. | JCB. 
 
 5 p. 11., 220 pp., 6 11. folio. 
 
 Some lirlef and short rules for the better learning of the Indian tongue oalled 
 Poconchi, or Po-coman, commonly used about Guatemala and some other parts of 
 Honduras, pp. 213-220. 
 
 1364 A New Survey | of the | West-India's: | or, | The English 
 
 American his Travail by Sea and Land: | containing j A Journal of 
 Three Thousand and Three hundred | Miles within the main Land 
 of America. | Wherein is set forth his Voyage from Spain to St. 
 John de Vlhua; | and from thence to Xalappa, to Tlaxcalla, the 
 City of Angels, and | forward to Mexico; With the description of 
 that great City, | asitwasinformer times, and alsoat this present. | 
 Likewise, his Journey from Mexico, through the Provinces of 
 Guaxaca, | Chiapa, Guatemala, Vera Paz, Truxillo, Comayagua; 
 with his I abode Twelve years about Guatemala and especially in 
 the I Indian-Towns of Mixco, Pinola, Petapa, Amatitlan. | As also 
 his strange and wonderfull Conversion and Calling from those | re- 
 mote Parts, to his Native Countrey. | With his return through the 
 Province of Nicaragua, and Costa Eica, to | Nicoya, Panama, Porto- 
 belo, Cartagena, and Havana, with divers | Occurrents and Dan- 
 gers that did befal in the said Journey. | Also, | A New and Exact 
 Discovery of the Si)anish Navigation | to those Parts: And of their 
 Dominions, Government, Eeligion, Forts, | Castles, Ports, Havens, 
 
GAGE 269 
 
 Gage (Thomas) — continued. 
 
 Commodities, Fashions, Behaviour of | Spaniards, Priests and 
 Friers, Blackmores, Mulatto's, Jlestiso's, | Indians; and of their 
 Feasts and Solemnities. | With a Grammor, or some few Rudiments 
 of the Indian Tongue, | called Poconchi, or Pocomau. | The Second 
 Edition enlarged by the Author, and beautified with Maps. | By 
 the true and painful endevours of Thomas Gage, Preacher of the | 
 Word of God at Deal in the County of Kent. | 
 
 London, Printed by E. Cotes, and sold by John Sweeting | at the 
 Angel in Popes-head -alley M. DC. LV [1655]. ] ba. job. 
 
 5 p. 11., ySO pp., 6 11. contents, folio, map. 
 Some brief aud short rules, &c., pp. 213-220. 
 
 V l.'5G5 A New Survey of the | West- Indies: | or, | The English- 
 American his Travel by Sea and Land: | containing a Journal of 
 Three thousand and Three hundred' Miles | within the main Land 
 of I America: | Wherein is set forth | His voyage from Spain to S. 
 Jolm de Ulhua; and thence | to Xalappa to Tlaxcalla, the City of 
 Angtels, and forward to | Mexico: With the Description of that 
 great City, as it | was in former times, and also at this present. | 
 Likewise His Journey from Mexico, through the Provinces of 
 Gua- I xaca, Chiapa, Guatemala, Vera Paz, Truxillo, Commaya- 
 gua,, I with his abode xii. years about Guatemala, especially in | 
 the Indian Towns of Mixco, Pinola, Petapa, Amatitlan. | As also | 
 His strange and wonderful Conversion and Calling from | those re- 
 mote Parts to his native Couutrey: With his Return | through the 
 Province of Nicaragua and Costa Eica, to Nicoya, | Panama, 
 Porto bello, Cartagena and Havana, with divers Occur- | rents and 
 Dangers that did befal in the said journey. | Also | A new and ex- 
 act Discovery of the Spanish Navigation | to those Parts: And of 
 their Dominions, Government, Reli- | gion. Forts, Castles, Ports, 
 Havens, Commodities, Fa- | shions. Behavior of Spaniards, 
 Priests and Friers, | Black-moors, Mulatto's, Indians; | and of their 
 Feasts and Solemnities. | With a Grammar, or some few Rudiments 
 of I the Indian Tongue, called Poconchi or Pocomau. | The third 
 Edition enlarged by the Author, with a new and accurate map. | 
 By Thomas Gage. | 
 
 London: Printed by A. Clark, and are to be sold by | John 
 Martyn, Robert Horn and Walter Kettilby. 1677. | c. 
 
 4 p. 11., 477 pp., 9 11. contents, map. sm.8°. 
 
 Some brief and short rales, «fec., pp. 465-477. 
 
 1366 Novvelle | Relation | des | Indes Occidentales, | conte- 
 
 naut I Les Voyages de Thomas Gage dans la | Nouvelle Espagne, 
 ses diverses avantures. | Et | son retour par la Province de Nicara- 
 gua, jusques | a la Havane, avec la description de la Ville de | 
 Mexique, telle qu'elle estoit autresfois, & comme | elle est il pr<S- 
 sent. I Ensemble | Vne Relation exacte des Terres & Provinces que 
 
270 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Gage (Thomas) — continued. 
 
 poss^dent | les Espagnols en I'Amerique, de la forme de leurGou- | 
 veiiiement Eccl6siastique, & Politique, de leur Com- | merce, de 
 leurs mceurs, & de celles des CrioUes, des Me- | tifs, des Miilatres, 
 des Indiens, & des Negres. Et vn | Traitte de la Langue Poconchi 
 ouPocomane. | l)4di6 a Monseigneur Colbert Secretaire | d'Estat. | 
 Le tout traduit de I'Anglois, par le sieur De | Beavliev Hues O 
 Neil. I 
 
 a Paris, | chez Gervais Clouzier, au Palais, sur les degrez | en 
 montant pour aller ^ la Ste Chappelle, au Voyageur. ( M. DC- 
 LXXVII [1677]. I Avec Privilege dv Eoy. | * 
 
 4 vols. 12°. The date of the other vols, is MDCLXXVI. Tirle from Mr. W. 
 Eamps. 
 
 Poconchi dictionary, vol. 4, pp. 125-153. 
 
 Sabin's Dictionary, in a note to the above edition, quoting from Bmnet, says 
 " the Poconchi Grammar is sometimes found separately.'' 
 
 Nine other editions of the French translation of Gage's travels appeared, none 
 of. which contain the Poconchi vocabulary. They are as follows : Amsterdam, 
 1680, 1685, 1687, 1694, 1695, 1699, 1720, 1721, 1722; all in 12°. 
 
 1367 Meuwe ende seer naeuwkeurige | Eeyse | Door de Spaen- 
 
 sche West Indien | van | Thomas Gage; | Met seer curieuse boo 
 Land-kaerten als Historische Eigne- | ren verciert ende met twee 
 Kegisters voorsien. | Overgeset door | H. V. Q. | 
 
 Tot Utrecht, | By Johannes Eibbius, Boeckverkooper in de | 
 korte St. lans-straet. M. DO. LXXXII [1682]. | job. 
 
 9 p. 11., 450 pp., 33 11. sm. 4°. 
 
 " Korte ouderwysinge Om de Indiaansche Taale, welke men Poconchi orte 
 Pocoman noemt, te leeren, werdende desel ve in ende omtrent Guatimala gesproo- 
 cken, gelijckook in eenige gedeelfen van do Honduras," pp. 439-450. 
 
 1368 Thomas Gage | Neue merckwiirdige Eeise-Beschreibung | 
 
 Nach I NeiiSpanien/ | Wasihmdaselbstseltsamesbegeguet/und | 
 wie er durch die Provintz Nicaragua wider zuriick | uach der Ha- 
 vana gekehret: | In welcher zu linden ist | Ein ausfiihrlicher Be- 
 richt von der Stadt Mexico, | wie selbte so wol vor Alters gewesen/ 
 als auch wie sie ietzo | beschaffen sey : | Ingleichen | Eiue vollkom- 
 mene Beschreibuug aller Lan- | der und Provinzen/ welche die 
 Spanier in ganz Ame- j rica besitzen ; von ihrem Kirchen- und Poli- 
 cien-Eegiment ; ihrem | Handel : wie auch von ihren und der Criol- 
 len, Mestifen, | Mulaten, Indianer und Schwartzen/ Sitten | und 
 Lebens-Art. | Deme allem zum Beschlusz noch beygefiiget ist | Ein 
 kurtzer Unterricht von der Poconchischen | oder Pocomanischen 
 Sprache, j Aus dem Frantzoschen ins Deutsche iibersetzt. j 
 
 Leipzic/ | Verlegts Johann Herbordt Klosz/ Buchhandl, | Anno 
 M. DC. XCIII [1693]. I JOB. 
 
 3 p. 11., 471 pp. sm. 4°. 
 
 Kurtzer Unterricht Die Indianische Spr:;che/ die man Poconchi oder Poco- 
 man nennct/ und in der Gegend umb Gvatimala, und au etlichen Ortheu der 
 Honduras gebrauchlich ist/ zuerlernen, pp. 457-471. 
 
GAGE. 271 
 
 Gage (Thomas) — continued. 
 
 13C9 A New Snrvey of the | West-Indies. | Being | a Journal of 
 
 Three thousand and Three hundred Miles | within the main Land 
 of I America: | By Tho. Gage, the only Protestant that was | ever 
 known to have travel'd those Parts. | Setting forth | His Voyage 
 from Spain to S. John de Ulhua; and thence | to Xalapa, Tlax- 
 calla, the City of Angels, and | Mexico: With a Description of that 
 great | City, as in former times, and at present. | Likewise | His 
 Journey thence through Guaxaca, Ohiapa, Guate- | mala. Vera 
 Paz, &c. with his abode XII. years about | Guatemala, His won- 
 derful Conversion and Calling to | his Native Country : With his 
 Beturn through Nica- | ragua and Costa Eica, to Nicoya, Panama, 
 Porto bello, | Cartagena, and Havana. | With | An Account of the 
 Spanish Navigation thither; their | Government, Castles, Ports, 
 Commodities, Religion, | Priests and Friers, Negro's, Mulatto's, 
 Mestiso's, Indians; | and of their Feasts and Solemnities. | With a 
 Grammar, or some few Eudiments of | the Indian Tongue, called 
 Poconchi or Pocoman. | The fourtli Edition enlarg'd by the Author,* 
 with an accurate Map. | 
 
 London: Printed by M. Clark, for J. Nicolson at | th.e Kings 
 Arms in Little Britain and T. Newborough, at | the Golden-Ball in 
 S. Pauls Church Yard. 1099. I BA. 
 
 Title; To the Reader, 5 pp.; text, 477 pp.; The Contents, 18 pp. With a map of 
 Mexico. 8°. 
 
 Some brief and short rules, &c., pp. 465-477. 
 
 1370 Nieuwe ende seer naeuwkeurige | Reyse | Door de Spaen- 
 
 sche West-Iudien | van | Thomas Gage; | Met seer curieuse soo 
 Land-kaerten als Historische Figue- | ren verciert ende met twee 
 Registers voorsien. | Overgeset door | H. V. Q. | Den Tweeden 
 Druk. I 
 
 t'Amsterdam, | By Willem de Coup, Willem Lamswelt, Philip ( 
 Verbeek en Johannes Lamsvelt, | Boekverkoopers. Anno 1700. | 
 
 9 p. U., 450 pp., 32 11. sm. 4°. JOB. 
 
 Korte ondevoysinge, &c. (as in 1682), pp. 439-450. 
 
 1371 A Survey of the | Spanish- West-Indies. | Being | A Journal 
 
 of Three thousand and Three hundred Miles | on the Continent of | 
 America: | By Tho. Gage, Gent. | Giving | An Account of the 
 Spanish Navigation thither; their | Government, Castles, Ports, 
 Commodities, Religion, | Priests and Friers, Negro's, Mulatto's, 
 Mestiso's, Indians; | and of their Feasts and Solemnities. | Also | 
 His own Voyage from Spain to S. John de Ulhua; and | thence to 
 Xalapa, Tlaxcalla, Ciudad de los Angelos, | and Mexico : With a de- 
 scription of that I great City, as in former times, and at present. | 
 Likewise | His Journey thence through Guaxaca, Chiapa, Guate- | 
 mala. Vera Paz &c. with his abode XII. years about | Guatemala, 
 and an Account of Return into | his Native Country England: De- 
 
272 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Gage (Thomas) — continued. 
 
 scribing Nicaragua | and Costa Eica, to Mcoya, Panama, Porto 
 bello, Carta- ( gena and Havana. | With a Grammar, or some few 
 Eudiments of | the Indian Tongue, called Poconchi or Pocoman. 
 With an exact Map of the Country. | 
 
 London: Printed for Thomas Home, at the | South ^Entrance of 
 the Eoyal Exchange. 1702. | JOB. 
 
 4 p. 11., 477 pp., 9 11., table. 16°. map. 
 
 1372 A 'Sew Survey of the | West Indies: | being, | a Journal 
 
 of Three thousand and Three hundred Miles | within the main 
 Land of | America. | By Tho Gage, the only Protestant that was | 
 ever known to have travel'd those Parts. | Setting forth ( His Voy- 
 age from Spain to S. John de Ulhna: and thence | to Xalapa, 
 Tlaxcalla, the City of Angels, and | Mexico: With a Description of 
 that great | City, as in former times, and at present. | Likewise | 
 His Journey thence through Guaxaca, Chiapa, Guate- | mala. Vera 
 
 f. Paz, «&c. with his abode XII. years about | Guatemala. His won- 
 derfull Conversion and Calling to | his Native Country: With his 
 Eeturn through Nica- | ragua and Costa Eica, to Nicoya, Panama, 
 Porta bello, | Cartegena, and Havana. | With | An Account of the 
 Spanish Navigation, thither; their | Government, Castles, Ports, 
 Commodities, Eeligion, | Priests and Friers, Negro's, Mulatto's, 
 Mestiso's, Indibus; | and their Feasts and Solemnities. | Witli a 
 Grammar, or some few Eudiments of | the Indian Tongue, called 
 Paconchi or Pacoman. | The 4th Edition enlarg'd by the Author, 
 with an accurate Map. | 
 
 London; Printed by Benj. Motte, for Tho. Home, | at the South- 
 Entrance of the Eoyall-Exchange, 1711. | job. 
 
 4 p. 11., 477 pp., 811. 16°. map. 
 
 1373 : The Traveller. Part I. Containing, A Journal of Three 
 
 Thousand Three Hundred Miles, through the Main Land of South- 
 America. r>y Mr. Thomas Gage, an Englishman; and a Mission- 
 ary Friar in New-Spain, twelve Tears. In which is set forth, His 
 Journey from St. John de Ulva to Mexico, with a Description of 
 that great City as in former Times, and at present; as also his 
 Travels through many other Parts of New-Spain ; with an Account 
 of their Government, Castles, Ports and Commodities ; as also their 
 ecclesiastical State, in which the lascivious Intrigues, and wicked 
 Lives of the Jesuits and Friars in those Parts, and their grand Impo- 
 sitions upon the poor ignorant Natives, are truly delineated. To 
 which is added, The Policy, Manners, Behaviour, Arts and Sciences, 
 religious Eites and Ceremonies, Feasts and Solemnities of the Na- 
 tive Indians. Concluding with The Wonderful Conversion of the 
 Author to the Protestant Eeligion; his Escape from the Spaniards, 
 in South- America ; his Eeturn to England, his Native Country ; 
 
GAGE GALICIA. 273 
 
 Gage (Thomas) — continued. 
 
 and the reception he met with thoi'e by his Eelations, after an ab- 
 sence of four-and-twenty Years. To be published Monthly in the 
 New American Magazine. 
 
 Woodbridge, in New- Jersey : Printed and Sold by James Parker. 
 *1758. " • 
 
 136 pp. 8°. Title from Sabin's Dictionary. I do not know whether it contains 
 thd Pooonehi Grammar. 
 
 V 1374 — Nueva Eelacion que contiene los viages de Tomas Gage en 
 
 la Nueva Espana. 
 Paris : Eosa, 1838. * 
 
 2 vols. 12°. Title from Ludewig. 
 
 1375 Gailland (Rev. Maurice). Potewatemi | Neraewinin | ipi | Nemeni- 
 gamowinin. | Eev'd Maurice Gailland, S. J. | Wespaniouag. | 
 
 St. Louis, Mo. I Francis Saler, Okimisinakisan. | 1866. | s. 
 
 Pp. 1-119. 32°. Roman Catholic prayer-book, hymns, &c., in the Potewatemi 
 language. 
 
 1376 Potewatami | Nememisenitikin | ipi | Nemenigamowinin. | 
 
 Eev. Maurice Gailland, S. J. | 
 
 Oincinnatinag : | Wewikaneitidjik Benziger, | okimisinakisa- 
 nawa. | 1868. | c. 
 
 Pp. 1-550. 16°. 
 
 See Pote'wateme for other editions. 
 
 1377 Gaiwayandahgoh h^nfiowayeeh n4w6nniyh. s. 
 
 4 pp. 8°. Tract in the Seneca language. 
 
 1378 Galbraith (Frank G.) Vocabulary of the Indians of the Pueblo of 
 Santa Clara, New Mexico. 
 
 Manuscript. 14 11. folio. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. Col- 
 lected in 1880. 
 
 1379 Galdo Guzman [Fr. Diego de). Arte | Mexicano | por el Padre Fr. 
 Diego I de Galdo Guzman, Eeli- | gioso, y Predicador del Orden 
 de I N. P. S. Augustin, Cathedratico Pro- | prietario de las Lenguas 
 Mexica- | na, y Otomi, en la Eeal Vniuer- | sidad de Mexico. | Di- 
 rigido a N. Eeverend™" | P. M. Fr. Francisco de Mendo9a, Prouin- 
 cial de | el Orden de N. P. S. Augustin, en esta Pronin- | cia del San- 
 tissimo Nombre de lesus | desta Nueua Espana. | Con privilegio. | 
 
 En Mexico, por la Viuda de Bernardo Caldero, | en la calle de 
 S. Augustin. Ano 1642. | * 
 
 8 p. 11., pp. 1-206, table 4 pp. Title from Icazbalceta's Apuntes, No. 28. Lude- 
 wig gives it the date of 1643. 
 
 1380 Galicia (Faustino Chimalpopoca). Silabario | de ) Idioma Mexi- 
 cano. I Por el Lie. D. Faustino Chimalpopocalt [sic] Galicia. | 
 
 Mexico: 1849. | Imprenta de las Escalerillas n. 7, ) Dirigida por 
 M. Castro. ] c. 
 
 Pp. 1-17 sm. 4°. 
 
 1381 Silabario | de | Idioma Mexicano, | dispuesto por el | Lie. 
 
 Faustino Chimalpopoca GaUoia, | Catedrdtico propietario | del 
 
 18 Bib 
 
274 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Galicia (Faustino Chimalpopoca) — continued. 
 
 mismo idioma en la Nacional y Pontiflcia Universidad | de esta 
 capital. I 
 
 Mexico. 1859, | Tipografia de Manuel Castro. | Escallerillas 
 num. 10. I B. 
 
 32 pp. 8°. Much more copious than the edition of 1849. 
 
 1382 Epitome | 6 | modo facil | de aprender el | Idioma Na- 
 
 huatl I 6 Lengua Mexicana, | per el lie. | Faustino Chimalpopoca. | 
 
 Mexico. — 1869. I Tip. de la V. de Murguia 6 . hijos Portal del 
 Aguila de Oro. | 0. 
 
 Pp. 1-124. 16°. 
 
 1383 Disertacion sobre la Eiqueza, etc., del Idioma Mexicano. • 
 
 In Museo Mezicana, tome 4. Mexico, 1844. 8°. Title from Bancroft's Native 
 
 Races. 
 
 1384 Notas en la parte Mexicaua, 4 las noticias estadisticas 
 
 sobre el Departamento de Tuxpan, por Eduardo Fages. 
 
 In Soc. de Geog. Mex., Bol., tomo 4, pp. 325-338. Mexico, 1854. 8°. 
 
 1385 Devocionario para oirMisa (en lengua Mexican a). Dedicado 
 
 in los Indios p' el Lie. Faustino Chimalpopocatl Galicia. * 
 
 Manuscript. 33 pp. 32°. Title from Brasseur de Bourhourg. 
 
 1386 Apuntes i^ara una Gramatica Mexicana 6 Nahuatl, por el 
 
 Lie. Faustino Chimalpopoca Galicia, aiio de 1852. * 
 
 Manuscript. 38 II. 4°. The author, a descendant of one of the ancient lords 
 of Mexico, was an excellent scholar in all matters relating to Mexican history 
 and languages. — Bamirez Sale Cat. 
 
 See [Cabrera (J. M.), and others']. 
 
 1387 , Mendoza (Gumesindo), and Sdlis (Felipe Sanchez). Anales 
 
 de Cuauhtitlan. 
 
 In Museo Nacional de Mex., Anales, tomo 1, no. 7. Mexico, 1879. 4°. 
 
 An anonymous manuscript in the NahuatI language, found originally in the 
 College of San Gregorio at Mexico, bul now in the library of the Museo Na- 
 cional. A copy of it was owned hy Mr. Aubin. At the instance of the Abb6 C. 
 E. Brasseur de Bourbourg, who calls it the Codex Chimalpopoca, the Licentiate 
 Faustino Chimalpopoca Galicia translated it into Spanish, and the Museo Na- 
 cional is now publishing the original text, Galicia's translation, and a new 
 translation by Mendoza and Sdlis, in parallel columns. Beginning in the Anales 
 as above, as an appendix separately paged, it has run through to vol. 4, pt. 4. 
 Mexico, 1881 — 40 pages in all. 
 
 1388 Galindo ( OoZ. Don Juan). Description of the Eiver XJsumasinta, 
 in Guatemala. Communicated by Col. Don Juan Galindo, of the 
 Central American Service, corresponding Member of the Eoyal 
 Geographical Society. Dated Flores, on Lake Peten, 12th March, 
 1832. Bead 26th Nov.. 1832. 
 
 In Royal Geog. Soc. of London, Jour., vol. 3, pp. 59-64. London, 1834. 8°. 
 Short Maya and Putunc Vocabulary, p. 63. 
 
GALICIA GALLATIN. 
 
 275 
 
 OaUndo (Col. Don Juan) — continued. 
 
 1389 Notice of the Caribs in Central America. Communicated 
 
 by Colonel Don Juan Galindo, P. E. G. S. Dated Government 
 House, Trugillo, 1833. 
 
 In Royal Geog. Soc. of London, Jour., vol. 3, pp. 290-291. London, 1834. 8°. 
 Carib Vocabulary, 28 words, p. 291. 
 
 1390 Galindo (M.) M^moire de M. Galindo, offlcier sup6rieur de la r6- 
 publique de I'Am^rique Centrale, adress6 k M. le secretaire de la 
 Society de g^ograpliie de Paris. c. 
 
 In Soc. de Geog., Bull., premifere s6rie, tome 18, pp. 198-214. Paris, 1832. 8°. 
 L'oraison dominicale et le symbole des ap6tres en maya, p. 213; Numerals, 
 1-10, in Maya, p. 213; Numerals, 1-100, in Kakchiquel,p. 214. 
 
 V 1391 Gallatin (Albert). A Synopsis of the Indian Tribes within the 
 United States East of the Eocky Mountains, and in the British and 
 Eussian Possessions in North America. By the Hon. Albert Gal- 
 latin. 
 
 In Am. Ant. Soc, Trans. (Archseologia Americana), vol. 2, pp. 1-422. Cam- 
 bridge, 1836. 8°. 
 
 Section vi, Indian Languages, pp. 160-422, contains, pp. 160-208, a general 
 discussion on the construction of Indian languages, witli examples in various 
 tongues; the contents of the remainder of the article, as follows: 
 Grammatical notices : 
 ESKIMAUX (from " Mithridates " and Crantz), pp. 211-214. 
 Athapascas (from Du Ponceau), pp. 215-216. 
 
 Algonkin Lenapb, Massachusetts (from Eliot's Indian Grammar), pp. 216- 
 220; Delaware (from Zeisberger's Grammar, translated by Mr. Du Pon- 
 ceau), pp. 220-224; Chippeway Nouns (from Schoolcraft's Lectures), pp. 
 224-228; Micmaos (from Father Maynard), pp. 228-232. 
 Iroquois, Onondago (from Zeisberger), pp. 232-236 ; Hurons or Wyandots 
 
 (from Father Brebeuf ), pp. 236-238. 
 Cherokee (from Pickering), pp. 239-250. 
 Sioux (from Gen. Lewis Cass), pp. 251-252. 
 Choctaw or Chahta (from Missionary Spelling Book and Alfred Wright's 
 
 notes), pp. 252-250. 
 MusKOGHS (from Mr. Compfere), pp. 256-258. 
 Verbal Forms. Specimens of simple conjugations and transitions, pp. 267-300. 
 Cherokee Alphabet, p. 301. 
 Vocabularies and select sentences, pp. 303-422. The following is Mr. Gallatin's 
 
 GENERAL TABLE OF THE TRIBES, OF WHICH VOCABULAEIES ARE ANNEXED. 
 
 Names of Tribes. 
 
 Authorities. 
 
 n. 
 in. 
 
 Esquimaux : 
 
 Hudson's Bay 
 
 Eotzebne's Sound 
 Tshuktchi (Asia) 
 
 Gieenland 
 
 Xadiak 
 
 Kdjai 
 
 Athapascas : 
 
 TaculUes 
 
 Cheppeyans 
 
 Susaees 
 
 Parry, [pp. 305-367). 
 Beeohy, [pp. 305-3fi7]. 
 Koscheloff (German), [pp. 305-367]. 
 Egede; Crantz (German), [p. 368]. 
 maprotli (German), [p. 368]. 
 Kesenoff (German), [pp. 305-367). 
 
 Harmon, [pp. 305-367]. 
 M'Kenzie, [pp. 305-367]. 
 UmfreviUe, [p. 374]. 
 
276 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Gallatin (Albert) — continued. 
 
 
 Names of Tribes. 
 
 Authorities. 
 
 IV. 
 
 7 
 
 Algonkin-Lenape : 
 
 Harmon; M'Kenzie, [pp. 305-367]. 
 Schoolcraft; James; Keating, [pp. 305-367]. 
 M'Kenzie, [p. 368]. 
 
 ♦Hamelin (French); James, [pp. 305-367]. 
 *WarDepaTtmenl; Barton, [p. 375]. 
 LaHontan, [pp. 305-367] . 
 John Long, [p. 369]. 
 Barton, [p. 375]. 
 Gabriel, [pp. 305-367]. 
 
 Gabriel, [p. 369]. 
 
 ♦father Maynard (French) ; * Bromley; Gabriel, [pp. 
 
 305-367]. 
 [p. 369]. 
 
 * Kellogg; * Treat, [pp. 305-367]. 
 
 Father Easle, [pp. 305-367]. 
 *Mrs. Gardiner; * Treat, [p. 370]. 
 Eliot; Cotton, [pp. 305-367]. 
 Wood, [p. 370]. 
 
 Williams; * Treat, [pp. 305-367] . 
 'Jefferson; * Heckeweldor ; Edwards; Jenks, [pp. 
 305-367]. 
 
 * Jefferson; Wood, [305-367). 
 *Heckewelder; Zeisberger, [pp. 305-367]. 
 DeLa«t, [p. 371]. 
 
 C. Holm, [p. 371]. 
 
 * Heckewelder, [p. 370]. 
 
 *Van Murray; * Heckewelder, [pp. 305-367]. 
 Smith; Beverly, [p. 376]. 
 Lawson; Heriot; Lano, [p. 375]. 
 
 * Thornton; * War Department, [pp. 305-367]. 
 *Anon., Buponceau Collection, [pp. 305-367]. 
 ♦Jefferson; *War Department; Johnston; Barton; 
 
 Gibson; Butler; Parsons, [pp. 305-367]. 
 Keating, [pp. 305-367]. 
 *Doty; * War Department; James, [pp. 305-367]. 
 
 Johnston; Barton; War Department, [pp. 305-367]. 
 Sagard, [p. 372]. 
 
 *Parish; 'Dwight, [pp. 305-367 and 383-397]. 
 De Laet, [p. 376]. 
 
 * Zeisberger, [pp. 305-367]. 
 
 * War Department; Parish, [pp. 305-367 and 383-397]. 
 
 * Jefferson; Barton, [pp. 305-367]. 
 Barton, [p. 376]. 
 
 * Parish, [pp. 305-367]. 
 
 * I. Wood; *Trevezant, [pp. 305-367]. 
 
 *Boilvin; 'Cass; *WarDep.; Maj. Long, [pp.305-367]. 
 Keating; Maj. Long; *Cas8, [pp. 305-367). 
 Say, [pp. 305-367]. 
 
 8 
 
 
 9 
 
 Algonkins { M'Ken- 
 zie's). 
 
 d 
 10 
 
 e 
 f 
 
 Pottowotamies 
 
 OldAlgonkin 
 
 Chippeways (eastern) 
 
 11 
 
 g 
 
 Sheshatapoosh (Lab- 
 rador). 
 Scofilies 
 
 12 
 
 Micmacs 
 
 /3 
 
 
 13 
 14 
 
 Btcbemins (Fassama- 
 
 quoddy). 
 Abenakies 
 
 15 
 
 Massachusetts 
 
 16 
 
 
 17 
 
 
 18 
 
 
 19 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 Y 
 h 
 
 New Sweden 
 
 Minsi 
 
 rV. 20 
 
 
 i 
 k 
 
 PoWbattans 
 
 Pampticoes 
 
 21 
 
 
 22 
 23 
 
 TlbTiois 
 
 Sbawnoes 
 
 24 
 25 
 V. 
 26 
 
 Saukies 
 
 Menomenies 
 
 Iroquois: 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 27 
 
 
 p 
 
 Hochelaga 
 
 28 
 29 
 
 Onondagoes. 
 
 30 
 
 
 I 
 31 
 32 
 
 Cayugas 
 
 Tnscaroras 
 
 Nottoways 
 
 TI. 
 33 
 
 Sioux : 
 
 "WlTlTlftbR-^JOl^S 
 
 34 
 
 Dabcotabs . . . . 
 
 35 
 
 Tanttons 
 
GALLATIN. 
 
 277 
 
 Gallatin (Albert) — continued. 
 
 
 Names of Tribes. 
 
 Authorities. 
 
 YI. 
 
 Sioux— Continued. 
 
 
 
 
 Umfreville, [p. 374]. 
 
 * Gen. Izard, [pp. 305-367]. 
 
 *Dr. Murray; 'Cass; Bradbury, [pp. 305-367]. 
 Say, [pp. 305-367]. 
 
 * Cass, [p. 377]. 
 Say, [pp. 305-367]. 
 Say, [pp. 305-367]. 
 Say, [p. 377]. 
 
 Indian Treaties, [p. 379]. 
 
 36 
 
 Quappas 
 
 37 
 
 Osages 
 
 38 
 
 Ottoes 
 
 
 
 39 
 
 
 40 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 vn. 41 
 
 
 Indian Treaties (doubtful), [p. 379]. 
 * J. L. Miller; Barton, [pp. 305-367]. 
 
 Catawbas 
 
 VHI. 42 
 
 
 * Boudinot ; Worcester, [pp. 305-367 and 398-404]. 
 
 rx. 
 
 Chahtas: 
 
 
 43 
 44 
 
 Choctas 
 
 *A. "Wright; Missionary Spelling Book, [pp. 305-367; 
 
 382-396, and 405-400] . 
 * Gallatin, from a Chioasa boy, [pp. 305-367] . 
 
 X. 
 
 MUSKHOGEE : 
 
 
 45 
 /3 
 
 Muskhogee 
 
 Hawkins' Mnskhogee. 
 
 * Gallatin ; *Comp4re, [pp.305-367; 382-396, and 405-406]. 
 
 'Hawkins, [p. 372]. 
 
 *Eldge (a Cherokee), [p. 377.] 
 
 XI. 46 
 
 
 *Eidge; Ware, [pp. 305-3K7]. 
 
 •GaUatin, [pp.305-367]. 
 
 * Sibley, [pp.305-367]. 
 
 Duralde, [pp. 305-367]. 
 
 Duralde, [pp. 305-367]. 
 
 *G. Gray, [pp. 305-367 and 383-397]. 
 
 Say, [pp. 305-367]. 
 
 *Anon., Duponceau Collection, [pp. 305-367J. 
 
 Lawson, [p. ^72]. 
 
 trmfreville, [p. 373]. 
 
 XII. 47 
 
 
 XTIT 'IR 
 
 Adaize 
 
 XIV. 49 
 
 
 XV 50 
 
 Attacapab 
 
 XV 1. 51 
 
 
 XVll 52 
 
 Pawkeeb 
 
 XVIII 53 
 
 Salibh . . 
 
 X 1\ .lU 
 
 
 XX. 55 
 
 
 XXI. 56 
 
 
 Umfreville, [p. 373]. 
 
 XXII. 57 
 
 
 Say, [p. 378]. 
 
 M'Kenzie, [p. 378]. 
 
 Voyage of Sutil y Mexicana, [p. 378]. 
 
 Jewitt. 
 
 XXni. 58 
 
 XXIV. 59 
 
 XXV. 60 
 
 Atnahb 
 
 Straits OP FuoA 
 
 "Wakabh 
 
 XXVI. 61 
 
 Salmon Kiver (Friendly 
 Village). 
 
 M'Kenzie, [p. 378]. 
 
 Davidoff, [p. 371]. 
 *IYanch6re, [p. 379]. 
 *Sturgis; * Bryant, [p. 380]. 
 
 XXVin. 63 
 XXIX. 64 
 
 Chinooks 
 
 Queen Chaklotte's Ibl. 
 
 Eoman numerals, indicate families ; Arabic numbers, and letters indicate ar- 
 rangement. 
 
 The mark " denotes manuscript authorities. The Greek letters /3 and y are du- 
 plicates or varieties. 
 
 Select sentences in Muskhogee, Chocta, and Caddo, pp. 408-413; Select sen- 
 tences in Ojibway, or Chippeway, Cherokee, and Seneca, pp. 414-418; Supple- 
 mentary Cherokee Transitions, pp. 418-420; The Lord's Prayer in Cherokee, 
 and ]Muskhoghee, p. 421 ; The Lord's Prayer in Chocta, and Dahcota, 422. 
 
 This volume as a whole, but more particularly that part of it relating to Al- 
 gonkin languages, was reviewed by Schoolcraft (H. R.) in North American 
 Review, vo). 45, p. 34. Boston. 8°. 
 
278 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 , Gallatin (Albert) — continued. 
 
 ■^ 1392 Notes oa the Semi-civilized Nations of Mexico, Yucatan, 
 
 and Central America. By Albert Gallatin. 
 
 In Am. Eth. Soc. Trans., vol. 1, pp. 1-352. New York, 1845. 8°. 
 
 Sec. 1. Languages — Vocabularies, grammar, derived and compounded words. 
 
 Sec. 2. Numeration — Vigiutesimal. 
 
 Sec. 3. Calendars and astronomy. 
 
 Sec. 4. History and chronology. 
 
 Sec. 5. Conjectures on origin of semi-civilization in America. 
 
 No. 1. Appendix. Grammatical notices of the 
 
 Mexican ; fiom Father Carochi's Grammar, and Curate Carlo's and Tapia 
 Zenteno's Grammar. 
 
 Tarasca, or Language of Michoaoan; from Father Diego Basalenqne's 
 Grammar. 
 
 Maya, or Language of Yucatan; from Father Beltram's Grammar and 
 manuscript notes of Pio. Perez, Giefe Politico. 
 Poconchi, spoken in Guatemala (Including Lord's Prayer). 
 Quiche (Lord's Prayer). 
 
 Huasteca, spoken in province of the same; from Father Tapia Zenteno. 
 Otomi Grammar and Dictionary; from Licenciate Louis de Neve y Molina 
 and Emanual Naxera's Dissertation ; includes comparative vocabulary of 
 Otomi, Mexican, Huasteca, and Maya. 
 
 \j 1393 — Hale's Indians of North- West America, and Vocabula- 
 ries of North America; with an Introduction. By Albert Gallatin. 
 
 In Am. Eth. Soc. Trans., vol. 2. Introduction, pp. i-clxxxviii, Hale's Indians 
 of North America, pp. 1-130. New York, 1848. 8". 
 
 Article HI of the Introduction, entitled "Philology," occupies pp. xcviii- 
 cxliv, and includes : 
 
 Section I. Vocabularies, which contains : A short vocabulary of the Coco- 
 Maricopa, from Emory, p. cix; A comparative vocabulary of the Chocta and 
 Muskhogee, p. cxii ; Affinities of the Sastika or Blackfeet Language, with those of 
 the Algonkins, pp. cxiii-cxiv ; Affinities of the Shyenne, with Languages of the 
 Algonkiu Family, pp. cxiv-cxv; Affinities of the Upsaroka, or Crow Language, 
 with thatof the sedentary Missouri Minetares, andthoseof theSioux, pp. cxv-cxvi ; 
 Vocabulary of the Shyenne Language, with some notes; fromAbert, pp. cxvi-cxviii. 
 
 Section II. Grammar, with examples of grammatio forms in several lan- 
 guages, pp. cxix-cxliv. 
 
 Part First. Hale's Indians of North- West America, extracted from Hale's Eth- 
 nology, pp. 1-70, contains : Names of the months in Piskwaus and Selish, p. 13 ; 
 Grammatic forms of the Tsihaili-Selish, pp. 26-34 ; Grammatio forms of the Sa- 
 haptin, pp. 34-55 ; Grammaticformsof the Tshinuk, pp. 56-70 ; Part Second. Vo- 
 cabularies of North America, pp. 71-130 ; Below is given a copy of Mr. Gallatin's 
 
 INDEX TO THE VOCABDXAKIES. 
 
 Families. Languages or Dialects. 
 
 A I. Eskimaux Hudson's Bay, pp. 78-82. 
 
 III. Athapascas Tahculi, pp. 78-82. 
 
 IV. Algonkins Chippewa, Delaware, pp. 78-82. 
 
 V. Iroquois Mohawk, Wyandot, pp. 79-83. 
 
 B IX. Cherokees Cherokee, pp. 82-88. 
 
 X. Chocta-Muskhog Chocta, Muskhog, pp. 82-88. 
 
 VI. Sioux Dacotah, Osage, Upsaroka, pp. 83-89. 
 
 C IV. Algonkin Blackfeet, pp. 88-94. 
 
 XXXII. Shoshonees East Shoshonees, pp. 88-94. 
 
 XXIIL Selish Flatheads, pp. 88-84. 
 
GALLATIN. 279 
 
 Gallatin (Albert)-r-continued. 
 
 Families. Languages or Dialects. 
 
 C . . .XXIV. Sahaptin Nez Percys, pp. 89-95. 
 
 XXVI. ChiDOok Lower TsMnook, pp. 89-95. 
 
 XXI. Wakasli Newittee, pp. 89-95. 
 
 D ....Vm. Catawbaa pp. 94-96. 
 
 XL Uchees pp. 94-96. 
 
 Xn. Natchez pp.94-96. 
 
 XIIL Adaise pp. 95-97. 
 
 XIV. Chetemachas pp. 95-97. 
 
 XV. Attaoapas pp. 95-97. 
 
 E XVI. Caddos Caddo, pp. 96-98. 
 
 XVII. Pawnies Pawnie, pp. 96-98. 
 
 VII. Arrapahoes ArrapalioeB, pp. 96-98. 
 
 XXII. kitimalia Flatbows, pp. 97-99. 
 
 XXV. Waiilatpu Cayuse, pp. 97-99. 
 
 XXVII. Kalapuya Willamet, pp. 97-99. 
 
 J. ..XXIX. Lutnami pp. 98-100. 
 
 XXX. Saste pp. 98-100. 
 
 XXXL Palaiks pp. 98-100. 
 
 XXVIIL Jacons pp. 99-101. 
 
 IL Kinai pp. 99-101. 
 
 G...XVIIL Koulisohen Koulischen, Sitka, p. 102. 
 
 XIX. Queen Charlotte Island.. Skittagete, p. 102. 
 
 H XX. Naass Hailstla, Haceltzuk, Billechola^ Chimeysan, 
 
 p. 103. 
 
 L I. Eskimaux Greenlatxd, Kotzehue's Sound, Tshuktchi, 
 
 Kadiac, p. 104. 
 
 M III. Athapascas Cheppeyans, Tlatskanl, Umqwas,p. 105. 
 
 N IV. Algonkins Knlstinaux, Old Algonkin, p. 106 ; Eastern 
 
 Chippewas, Ottowas, Potewotamies, p. 
 107. 
 
 " Sheshapootosh, Scoffies, p. 108; Micmacs, 
 
 Etchemins, Abenakis, p. 109. 
 
 P " Massachusetts Narragansets, Mohicans, 
 
 p. 110 ; Long Island, Minsi, Nanticokes, 
 p. 111. 
 
 Q " .Miamis, Illinois, p. 112; Shawnoes, ^aukies, 
 
 Mnemones, p. 113. 
 
 JJ V. Iroquois Onondagos, Senecas, Oneidas, p. 114 ; Cayu- 
 
 gas, Tnacaroras, Nottoways, p. 115. 
 
 S VI. Sioux... , Yanktons, Winebagos,p. 116; Quappas, Ot- 
 
 toes, Omaha, Minetares of Missouri, p. 117. 
 
 T... XXIII. Selish Atnahs, Skitsuish, Piskaws, p. 118 ; Skwale, 
 
 Tsihailish, Kowelitz, p. 119. 
 
 I7...XXIIL " Nsietshaws,p. 120. 
 
 XXIV. Sahaptin Walawala, p. 120. 
 
 XXV. Waiilatpu Molele, p. 120. 
 
 XXVI. Tshinuk Watlala.p. 121. 
 
 XXXIL Shoshonee Wihinacht, p. 121. 
 
 XXL Wakash Nootka Sound, p. 12L 
 
 V California San Francisco, Kij, Netela, p. 128. 
 
 W " Pima, San Diego, Sta. Barbara, S. Luis 
 
 Obispo, S. Antonio, p. 129. 
 
 X Not in America Onoolaska, Aleutan Islands, Kamchatka, 
 
 p. 130. 
 
280 NOETH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Gallatin (Albert)— continued. 
 
 1394 Sur I'ancienne civilisation du Nouveau Mexique, des bords 
 
 du Eio Gila et des contr^es voisines. Par feu M. Albert Gallatin, 
 
 President. 
 
 In Nouvelles Aimales des Voyages, vol. 3, 1851 (vol. 131 of the collec- 
 tion), pp. 237-311. Paris, n. d. 8°. 
 
 Numerals, 1-10, and a few words of the Maricopa (from Emory), p. 294. 
 
 1395 Table of Generic Indian Families of Languages. 
 
 In Schoolcraft (H. E.) Indian Tribes, vol. 3, pp. 401-402. Philadelphia, 1853. 4°. 
 
 1396 Gallaudet's | Picture defining | and reading book: | also, | New- 
 Testament'Stories, | in tbe Ojibua language. | 
 
 Boston : | Printed for tbe American Board of Commissioners | for 
 Foreign Missions, by Crocker & Brewster. | 1835. | BA. AAs. 
 
 Pp. 1-123. 12°. 
 
 1397 Gambino (D. Pedro J.) Piadoso | Devocionario | en honor | del | 
 8agrado Corazon de Jesus. | Contiene el Devoto egercicio que la 
 Pia I Union de la Ciudad de la Puebla confor- | me & la general de 
 Eoina, practica todos | los Domingos del auo en la Iglesia del Es- | 
 piritu Santo; y la Novena para la Fiesta | del Santisimo Corazon, 
 que compuso el | P. D. Teodoro de Almeida. | Traducido al idioma 
 Mexicano, para utili- | dad de los devotos congregantes de | la Pia 
 Union de | Santiago Tlilapan | por el Presbitero D. Pedro J. Gam- 
 bino, I quien lo dedica | 4 su Prelado, el Escmo. 6 Illmo. Sr. Dr. 
 D. I Francisco Pablo Vazquez. | 
 
 Orizava | Imprenta de Felis | Mendarte | 1839. | c. 
 
 4 p. 11., 128 pp. 16°. 
 
 1398 Gante {Fr. Pedro de). Doctrina en lengua Mexicana. 
 
 Ambreres 1528 + Mexico 1559. • 
 
 Title from Pimentel. 
 
 1399 Doctrina cristiana en lengaa mexicana. 
 
 Colophon : 
 
 \ A honrra y gloria de nues- | tra Senor lesu xpo y de su bedita 
 ma- I dre aqui se acaba la presente do- | ctrina xpiana en legua 
 Mexica | na. La ql fue recopilada por | el E. p. fray Pedro de 
 Ga I te de la orde de sant Fracisco. 
 
 Fue impressa en | casa de lua pablos | impressor de libros. | Aiio. 
 de. 1553. I * 
 
 172 11. 8°. Gothic letter. Title-page missing. Title from Icazbalceta's Apnn- 
 tes, No. 109. 
 
 See Doctrina Cristiana (1548). 
 
 1400 [Gaona {Fr. Juan).] Colloquies de | la paz y tranquilidad Chri- | 
 stiana, en lengua | Mexicana. | [ An engraving of St. Francisco. ] 
 Con licencia, y | priuilegio. | 
 En Mexico, e casa d Pedro Ocharte. | M.D.LXXXII [1582]. | 
 
 Colophon : 
 
 A honra, y gloria | de nro senor lesu Christo, y d su be | dita 
 madre : acabarose de impri- | mir estos coUoqos, co licecia | y priui- 
 
COLLOqyTOSJDE-»'S 
 (a paz, y ^-anqoilidad CKri- 
 /iiaxja, ciilcngua 
 Mexjcaua. 
 
 llU**!*/, 
 
 CON LICENClAiY 
 
 Priyilcgio. 
 En Mexico, e cafa d Pedro Ocharce. 
 M.D.LXXXII. 
 
 1400.— FAC-SIMILE OF TITLE-PAGE OF GAONA'S COLLOQUIOS. 
 
GALLATIN— GARCIA. 281 
 
 Gaona {Fr. Juan) — continued. 
 
 legio: en Mexico, en | casa d Pedro Ocbarte, | k. xxviij de Octubre, | 
 de M. D. Lxxxij [1582]. | Auos. | [Verse in Latin.J * 
 
 I6p. 11., 11. i-iai. 8°. 
 
 According to Beristain this edition is the second ; hut he does not indicate the 
 date of the first. Temaux comments on two editions: one in 1583, the other in 
 1593. I have seen only that of 1582, and 1 do not believe there is any other. 
 The approvals and licenses are all from April to August, 1582. 
 
 P. Gaona died in 1560, and his -work was published by P. Fr. Miguel de Zarate. 
 The dedication of this to the viceroy, dated May 26, 1582, clearly indicates that 
 it treats of a first edition. 
 
 The copy which I possess is intercallated, in alternate leaves, with a manu- 
 script translation of the same work into another native language, which, up to 
 the present time, I have not been able to identify, nor have I found any one who 
 could tell me what it is. The lettering is of the sixteenth century, very clear 
 and even, and with the titles in red ink. — Icazbalceta's Apuntes, No. 31. 
 
 See Coloquios, No. 844, of this catalogue. 
 
 1401 CoUoquios de la paz y tranquilidad Christiana. • 
 
 Manuscript. 8°. Lettering of the xvi. century, red and black. 
 
 Anonymous translation. It begins in the same way as that mentinned in No. 
 31, and is ihe same lettering. It occupies 91 leaves. I believe that it is in 
 Otomi, because there follows in the volume a treatise of IS-i leaves which is de- 
 clared to be in Otomi, and it appears to be the same language. — Icazbalceta's 
 Apuntes, No. 110. 
 
 The above-mentioned manuscript belonged to Sr. Eamirez. In the sale cata- 
 logue of his books it is titled and describeid as follows: 
 
 I. Coloquios de la paz y tranquilidad Christiana. Interlocutoues: TTn religiose 
 y un colegial. Manuscript of 91 leaves. (A translation.) II. A course of reli- 
 gious instructions by an anonymous writer; 11. 138; in 1 vol. 8vo. 
 
 Both these works are in the Othomi language, written during the sixteenth 
 century, in a small, clear, and beautiful handwriting, with titles and initials in 
 red. This is one of the most precious gems of this collection. 
 
 In Tross' Bib. Mex., a manuscript with the same title is given under Gaona; 
 the collation is 148 11., 8°, and the date 1683 ; it is said to be a copy of the prini ed 
 edition of 1582. 
 
 1402 Garcia (P. Fr. Bartholom6). Manual | para adininistrar | los santos 
 Sacramentos | de Penitencia, | Eucharistia, Extrema-Uncion, | j- 
 Matrimonio: | Dar Gracias despues de Comulgar, | y Ayudar A 
 bien Morir | A los Indies de las Naciones: Pajalates, Orejones, | 
 Pacaos, Pacoas, Telijayas, Alasapas, Pausanes, y otras- 1 niuchas 
 diferentes, que se hallau en las Missiones del | Rio de San Anto 
 nio y Elo Grande, i)ertenecientes | & el Colegio de la Santissiina 
 Cruz de la Ciudad de | Queretaro, como son: los Pacuaches, Me- 
 scales, I Pampdpas, T^cames, Chayopines, Venados, Pama- | ques, 
 y toda la Juventud de Pihuiques, Borrados, Sanipaos, y Manos de 
 Perro. | Gompuesto | por. el P. Fr. Bariholom^ Garcia, | Predicador 
 Apostolico, y actual Misslonero de la | Mission de N. S. P. S. Fran- 
 cisco de dicho Colegio, | y Eio de San Antonio en la Provlncia de | 
 Texas. Impresso con las Licencias necessarias en la Imprenta de 
 los Herederos de | Dona Maria de Eivera, en la Calle de S. Ber- 
 nardo, y esquina de la Plazuela | de el Volador. Ano de 1760. | 
 
282 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Garcia (P. Fr. Bartholom6) — contiaueri. 
 
 8 p. 11., 88 pp. 4°. Beristain has no mention of this work. JWP. 
 
 1403 Garcia (Fr. Gregorio). Origen de los Indies de el Nuevo Muiido, e 
 Indias Occidentales. Averiguado con discurso de opiniones, por 
 
 el Padre Presentado Fr. Gregorio Garcia, Tratanse eu este 
 
 libro varias cosas y puntos curiosos tocantes k diversas cieucias y 
 facultades con que se hace varia historia, de mucho gusto para el 
 ingenio y entendimiento de hombres agudos y carioses. 
 Valencia: Pedro Patricio Mey, 1607. * 
 
 14 p., 11., pp. 535. sm. 8°. Not seen; title from Sabin's Dictionary. 
 
 ■ / 1404 1^ I Origen | de los Indios | de el Nuevo Mundo, | e Indias 
 
 Occidentales, | averiguado con discurso de opiniones | por el Padre 
 Presentado Fr. Gregorio Garcia, | de la orden de Predicadores. | 
 Tratanse en este libro varias cosas, y puntos | curiosos, tocantes k 
 diversas Ciencias, i Facultades, con que se hace varia | Historia, de 
 mucho gusto para el Ingenio, i Entendimiento deHouibres | agudos, 
 i curiosos. | Segunda Impresion. | Enmendada, y Aiiadida de algu- 
 nas opiniones, | 6 cosas notables, en maior pruebade lo quecontiene, 
 con tres tablas mui | puntuales de los capitulos, de las materias, y 
 autores, | que las tratan. | Dirigido | al Angelico Doct. S*-". Tomas | 
 de Aquino. | [Engraving.] | Con privilegio real. | 
 
 En Madrid : en la Imprenta de Francisco Martinez Abad. Ano 
 de 1729. I BA. 
 
 14 p. 11., pp. 3-6, 1-336, index, 40 11. folio. 
 
 Numerous Mexican words scattered through, particularly pp. 232-316, where 
 the manners, customs, languages, &c., of various nations of the Old World are 
 compared with those of the Mexicans and Peruvians. 
 
 14:05 Gardiner (William H.) Vocabulary of the Sisseton Dakotas, by 
 W. H. Gardiner, Assistant Surgeon, TJ. S. A. 
 
 Manuscript. 1011. 4°. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. Collected 
 in 1868. 
 
 1406 Gardiner (Bishop — ). Some forms of the Chipewyan verb. 
 
 Manuscript. 5 U. folio. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. 
 
 1407 Garin (B. P.) L. J. C. & M. J. | ^ | Cat^chisme, | recueil de | 
 Priferes et deOantiques | k I'usage des | Sauvages d'Albany, (Baic- 
 d'Hudson). | [Three lines syllabic characters.] [Oblate seal.] 
 
 Montreal : | Imprimerie de Louis Perrault, | No. 22 Eue Saint- 
 Vincent. I 1854. I ' c. s. 
 
 1 p. 1., pp. 1-94. 12°. In syllabic characters. Alphabet, with French equiva- 
 lents, reverse of title. 
 
 1408 Gamier ( — ). Huron Grammar. * 
 
 Manuscript. "Referred to by Chaumonot in his life, but now lost." — Bist. 
 Mag. 
 
«§*r^«o. »** «|§o. *^* olio. *^,*, ^fo. *^'- 
 
 
 
 ARTE 
 
 DE LENGVA MEXICANA 
 COMPyESTO FOR ELBACHILLERD. 
 
 AjitonioVafquez Gaflelu.el Reyde Figue- 
 
 roa: Cathedratico de dicha lengu a ea los Rea - 
 
 les Collegios de San Pedro, ySan Juan. 
 
 Corregido fegunfu original par el Br. 2). 
 
 Ant onto de Olmedo.y Torre, Cur a Tbeniente ^2 **'?^ 
 
 de la Tarrcchia AuxitiardelEvangelifia S fl P** 
 
 Marcos de la Qudad Ae los ty£ngeles. '^^ ^ 
 
 
 "^^.l» 
 
 
 «>§^i; ConliVcMenlaPaeWi.porDifgoFcrnidfzdaLeo, S'^l^ 
 ^ i> yporJuorlgiodeoUlmprtnMdeFraodkoXavier ^ |S^ 
 
 Sl**'^ ''' Moralw, y Salazar, Impreffor, y Meroder de Li 
 ^* ^ *''°t^ '' P°"/ *^^ ^**^'' '''*"'4« 'e vende. 
 
 3-^ 
 
 »ii|f^|f|'||'j|^^fj'^g'|Jg"J^^|-||'J'|.||'|.^ 
 
 1412. — ^FAC-SIMILE OF TITLE-PAGE OF GASTELU'S ARTE OF 1726. 
 
GARCIA — 6ASTELU. 283 
 
 1409 Gastelu (D. Antonio Yasquez). Arte | de Lengva Mexicana | Com 
 pvesto I Per el Bachiller Don Antonio Vasquez Gastelu | el Rey 
 de Pigueroa: Cathedra tico de dicha Len- | gua en los Eeales Col- 
 legios de S. Pedro, y S. Juan | Sacalo Alvz | Por orden del lUus- 
 trissimo Senor Doctor Don Manuel Fernandez de Sancta Cruz, 
 Obispo de la Puebla de los | Angeles: Diego Fernandez de Leon. | 
 Ylededica | AlosSenpresLigenciadosDonlvanximenezdeLeon, j 
 Cura Beneflfiado, Vicario, y Juez Bcclcsiastico del Partido de | 
 Santiago Tecalli, por su Magestad : que antes lo fufe del Castillo, j 
 y Real Fuerza de San Juan de Vllula. ( Y | A Don Alonso Cordero 
 Zapata, Cura Beneflgiado | por su Magestad, de diclio Partido, de 
 Santiago Tecalli, avien- | dolo sido antes de el de Coscatlan, y Ori- 
 zaba, de este dicho | Obispado. | 
 
 Con Licencia en la Puebla de los Angeles, en la Imprenta nueva 
 de Diego | Fernandez de Leon, ano de 1689. | Impresso k la costa: 
 Hallarase en su Libreria. | job. 
 
 6 p. 1., 11.1-42. am. 4'=. 
 
 1410 Arte | de Lengua Mexicana | Compvesto | Por el Bachiller 
 
 D. Antonio Vasquez Gastelu | el Rey de Figueroa : Cathedratico 
 de dicha | Lengua en los Reales Collegios de S. Pedro, | y San 
 Juan. I Dase a la estampa segvnda vez. De orden del Illustrissitno 
 Senor Doctor D. Manuel | Fernandez de Santa Cruz, Obispo de la 
 Puebla de | los Angeles. | Va anadido, y enmendado en esta se- 
 gunda I + Impression. + | [Engraving.] 
 
 Con licencia en la Puebla de los Angeles, en la Tm- ( prenta de 
 Diego Fernandez de Leon, ario de 1693. | Impresso a su costa: hal- 
 larase en su Libreria en el | portal de las flores. | c. 
 
 50 U. am. 4°. 
 
 1411 Arte de Lengua Mexicana corregido segun su original por el 
 
 Br. D. Antonio de Olmedo y Torre, cura theniente de la parrochia 
 auxiliar del Evangelista S. Marcos de la ciudad de los Angeles. 
 
 Con licencia eh la Puebla por D. F. de Leon; y por su Original 
 en la Imprenta de F. X. de Morales y Salazar, 1716. * 
 
 Title, Ip. 1., 54 pp. 4°. Third edition; so rare that Leclerc (1878, p. 604) 
 charges Ludewig with an error in mentioning this edition, although there was a 
 copy in the Fischer catalogue which produced £4. 48. — Ramirez Sale Cat., No. 351. 
 
 1412 Arte | de Lengva Mexicana | Compuesto por el Bachiller 
 
 D. I Antonio Vasquez Gastelu, el Rey de Figue- | roa: Cathedra- 
 tico de dicha lengua en los Eea- | les Collegios de San Pedro, y 
 San Juan. | Corregido segun su original por el Br. D. | Antonio de 
 Olmedo, y Torre, Cura Theniente | de la Parrochia Auxiliar del, 
 Evangelista S. | Marcos de la Ciudad de los Angeles. | 
 
 Con li9ecia en la Puebla, por Diego Fernadez de Le5, | y por su 
 original en la Imprenta de Francisco Xavier | de Morales, y Sala- 
 
284 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Gastelu (D. Antonio Vasquez)— continued. 
 
 zar, Impressor, y Mercador de Li- | bros en el Portal de Borja, 
 donde se vende. | Ano de 1726. | c. job. 
 
 2 p. 11., 11. 1-54. 4°. 
 
 1413 Arte de lengua Mexicana compuesto por el Bachiller D. 
 
 Antonio Vasquez Gastelu, el Rey de Figueroa : Cathedratico de 
 dicha lengua en los Eeales collegios de San Pedro, y San Juan. 
 Oorregido segun su original por el Br. D. Antonio de Olmedo y 
 Torre, etc. 
 
 En la Puebla, imprenta de Francisco Xavier de Morales y Sala- 
 zar, etc. Ano de 1756. * 
 
 1 unnumbered 1., 34 11. 4°. Followed by: 
 
 1414 Oonfesonario breve en lengua Mexicana y Castellana. * 
 
 Ll. 34-54. 
 
 Gastelu was a native of the diocese of Puebla. He was a secular Driest and 
 professor of the Mexican language in the royal colleges of San Pedro and San 
 Juan, of that city. — Brasseur de Bourbourg. 
 
 1415 Cathecismo Breve, queprecisamentedeve saber el Christ! 
 
 ano. Dispuesto en Lengua Mexicana por el Licenciado Don Anto- 
 nio Vasquez Gastelu [sic] el Eey de Figueroa, CatliedrAtico que 
 fufe, de diclia Lengua, en los Reales Colegios de S. Pedro y S. Juan. 
 T sali6 a luz de orden de el 111 ■"" y Exc."" Sr. Doct. D. Manuel 
 Fernandez de Santa Cruz, Obispo, que fah, de este Obispado de la 
 Puebla de los Angeles, del Consejo de su Magestad, &c. 
 
 Eeimpresso en la Puebla: Por la Viuda de Miguel de Ortega, en 
 el Portal de las Flores, donde se vende. Ano de 1733. * 
 
 Title, pp. 1-10. 4°. Title from Icazbalceta's Apuntes, No. 112. 
 
 1416 Catecismo breve que precisamente debe saber el Cristiano. 
 
 Dispuesto en Lengiia Mexicana por el Lic.'^'' D. Antonio Vasquez 
 Gastelu el Rey de Figueroa, Catedr^tico que fue de dicha Lengua 
 en los Reales y Pontiflcios Colegios de San Pedro y San Juan de 
 esta Ciudad de la Puebla de los Angeles. 
 
 Reimpresso en la Imprenta de D. Pedro de la Rosa, en Portal de 
 las Flores. Ano de 1792. * 
 
 8 unnumbered 11. 4°. Title furnished by Sr. Icazbalceta, from copy in his 
 possession. 
 
 1417 Catecismo Breve | que precisamente | debe saber el cristi- 
 ano, I dispuesto | \)ot el Licenciado | D. Antonio Vasquez Gas- 
 telu. I Lleva anadidos | Los actos de F6, Esperanza y Caridad, y 
 le I Confesion general. | 
 
 Puebla. I Imprenta del hospital de San Pedro. | 1838. | c. 
 
 30 pp. 16°. In the Mexican language. 
 
 1418 Catecismo | Breve | que precisamente | Debe saber el cris- 
 tiano, I dispuesto | en el Idioma Mejicano | por el Licenciado | D. 
 Antouio Vasquez Gastelu | el Rey de Figueroa, | catedratico que 
 fue de dicha lengua de | los nacionales y pontiflcios colejios de | 
 
GASTELU— GATSCHET. 285 
 
 Gastelu (D. Antonio Vasquez)— continued. 
 
 San Pedro y San Juan de la ciudad de la | Puebla de los Anje- 
 les. I 
 
 Eeimpreso en Orizaba. | Oflcina de Felis Mendarte. | 1842. | c. 
 
 16pp. 16°. 
 
 1419 — ■ — Catecismo | breve | que precisamente debe saber ( el cris- 
 tiauo, I dispuesto en el idioma mejicano per el Lie. | D. Antonio 
 Vasquez Gastelu | el Eey de Figueroa. | Corregido y adicionado, 
 por un Sacerdote | profesor de dicho idioma en el Obispado de | 
 Puebla. 
 
 Reimpresso en Orizava. | Impr. de la Caja de ahorros, dirigida 
 por I J. Eamon Matos. | 1846. | * 
 
 16 pp. 8°. Title from Icazbalceta's Apuntes, No. 34. 
 
 1420 Catecismo in idioma Mexicano por Ant. Vasquez Gastelu. 
 
 Puebla. 1854. * 
 
 8°. Title from Sabin's Dictionary. 
 
 1421 Breve Catecismo de la Doctrina Cristiana, traducido al 
 
 Mexicano. 
 
 Orizaba : B. Aburto. 1865. * 
 
 19 pp. 8°. Title from Tross' Bib. Mex., No. 127. 
 
 1422 Gatschet (Albert Saituel). Zwolf Sprachen | ausdem | Sudwesten 
 Nordamerikas | (Pueblos- und Apaclie-Mundarten ; Tonto, Ton- 
 kawa, I Digger, Utah.) | Wortverzeichnisse | herausgegeben, er- 
 lautertund miteinerEinleitung uberBau, | Begriffsbildung und lo- 
 cale Gruppirung der amerikanischen | Sprachen versehen | von | 
 Albert S. Gatschet. | 
 
 Weimar | Hermann Bohlau | 1876. | jwp. 
 
 Pp. i-v, 1-150. 8°. 
 
 In addition to general remarks, grammatic examples, &c., pp. 87-115 of this 
 work contain vocabularies, as follows : 
 
 Loe^w (O.) Vocabulary of the Pueblo of Isleta, Jemez, Moqui, Tehua (I-II), 
 Acoma, and Queres; of the Apache, Navajo, Tonto, Tonkawa, Diggers [Win- 
 tun], and Utah. 
 
 White (J. B.) Vocabulary of the Apache [Coyotero]. 
 
 Yarro'W (H. C.) Vocabulary of the Pueblo of Taos. 
 
 1423 The Klamath Indians of Oregon. 
 
 4°. In press. 
 
 This paper will form vol. 3, Contributions to North American Ethnology. 
 Part 1 will consist of texts, with interlinear translations and explanatory notes, 
 and of the grammar of the language ; 197 pages are in type. Part 2 will include 
 the Klamath-English and English-Klamath dictionary; 305 pages are in type. 
 
 v/ v/ 1424 Eeport on the Pueblo Languages of New Mexico, and of 
 
 the Moquis in Arizona ; their affinity to each other and to the lan- 
 guages of the other Indian Tribes : By Alb. S. Gatschet, Philol- 
 ogist. 
 
 In'Wlieeler(£ieitt. G.M.) Ann. Eept. 1875, pp. 180-187. "Washington, 1875. 8°. 
 
 Based on vocabularies collected by Dr. Oscar Loew and Dr. H. C. Yarrow. 
 
 Lieut. Wheeler's Eeport also forms Appendix LL of the Annual Eeport of the 
 Chief of Engineers for 1875. Mv. Gatschet's paper occupies pp. 1100-1107. 
 
286 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Gatschet (Albert Samuel) — continued. 
 
 1425 Analytical Eeport on Eleven Idioms spoken in Southern 
 
 California, Nevada, and on the Lower Colorado River, their pho- 
 netic elements, grammatical structure, and mutual afSnities. By 
 Alb. S. Gatschet. 
 
 In Wheeler {Lieut. G. M.) Ann. Rep. 1876, pp. 330-349. Washington, 1876. 8°. 
 
 The tribes treated of are the Kasuii, Kauvuya, Takhtam, Gaitchim, Kizh, 
 Southern Payutes, Chemehuevi, Western Payutes, Mohave, Hualapai, and 
 DiegneHo. 
 
 Lieut. Wheeler's Report also formed Appendix J.Tof the Annual Report of the 
 Chief of Engineers for 1876, and in that connection Mr. Gatschet's paper occu- 
 pies pp. .^50-563. It was also issued as a separate pamphlet, as follows: 
 
 1426 U. S. Geographical Surveys west of the 100th Meridian. | 
 
 Analytical Eeport | upon | Indian Dialects spoken in Southern 
 California, Ke- | vada, and on the lower Colorado Eiver, &c. &c., | 
 based upon vocabularies collected by the | Expeditions for Geo- 
 graphical Surveys | west of the 100th Meridian, Lieut. | Geo. M. 
 Wheeler, Corps of En- | gineers, U. S. Army, | in charge, | by | 
 Alb. S. Gatschet ; | being ( extract from | Appendix JJ. | of the j 
 Annual Report of the Chief of En- | gineers for 1876. | 
 
 Washington: | Government Printing OfSce. | 1876. | JWP. 
 
 Printed cover, title 1 ]., errata 1 1., pp. 550-563. 8°. 
 
 1427 Appendix. Linguistics. Prefaced by a Classification of 
 
 Western Indian Languages. By Albert S. Gatschet. 
 
 In WTieeler (Capt. G. M.) Report upon U. S. Geographical Surveys, vol. 
 7, pp. 399-485. Washington, 1879. 4°. 
 
 Mr. Gatschet's prefatory remarks occupy pp. 403-421. For contents of paper, 
 see Wheeler (Capt. Geo. M.) 
 
 1428 Die Sprache der Tonkawas. Von Albert S. Gatschet. 
 
 In Zeitschrift far Ethnologie, pp. 64-73. Berlin, 1877. 8°. 
 
 1429 Volk und Sprache der Timucua. Von Albert S. Gatschet. 
 
 [First article.] 
 
 In Zeitschrift fiir Ethnologie, pp. 245-260. Berlin, 1877. 8°. 
 
 1430 Der Yuma-Sprachstamm nach den neuesten handschrift- 
 
 licheu Quellen dargestellt von Albert S. Gatschet. 
 
 In Zeitschrift fur Ethnologie, pp. 341-350, 365-418. Berlin, 1877. 8°. 
 Besides his own remarks, comparisons, &c., Mr. 6. gives the following vocab- 
 ularies : 
 
 Tonto (Oscar Loew and J. B.White). Cocopa (Major Heintzleman). 
 Mancopa (Whipple and Bartlett). Diegueno (Oscar Loew). 
 
 Hualapai (Oscar Loew). Diegueno (J. R. Bartlett) 
 
 Mohave (Oscar Loew). H'taam (Dr. Wm. M. Gabb). 
 
 Mohave (George Gibbs). Kiliwi (Dr. Wm. M. Gabb). 
 
 Kutchan (Lieut. Whipple). Cochimi (Dr. Wm. M. Gabb). 
 
 Kutchan (Dr. Wm. M. Gabb). Cochimi (J. R. Bartlett). 
 
 1431 Farbenbenennungen in nordamerikanischen Sprachen. 
 
 Von Albert S. Gatschet in Washington. jwp- 
 
 In Zeitschrift fur Ethnologie, pp. 293-302. Berlin, 1879. 8°. 
 
GATSCHET. 28-7 
 
 Gatschet (Albevt Samue!)— continued. 
 
 1432 Volk und Sprache der Timucua. Von Albert S. Gatschet 
 
 in Washington. [Second article.] 
 
 In Zeitschrift fur Ethaologie, pp. 189-200. Berlin, 1881. 8". 
 
 1433 Land und Volk der Timucua. Von A. S. Gatschet. * 
 
 In BeUetristisches Journal [a weekly periodical publislied in New York], 
 
 4. Mai 1877. 
 
 Not seen; title furnished by Mr. Gatschet. 
 
 1434 A sketch of the Klamath Language. By Albert S. Gat- 
 schet, U. S. Special Agent for Linguistics, Ethnology and Sta- 
 tistics. JWP. 
 
 In The Ashland Tidings [a weekly paper published at Ashland, Oregon], Dec. 
 28, 1877. 
 
 1435 Indian Languages of the Pacific States and Territories. 
 
 In Magazine Am. History, vol. 1, pp. 145-171. New York, 1877. 4°. 
 Contains comparative vocabulary Chocuyem and Mutsun, p. 158. 
 Issued separately as follows : 
 
 1436 Indian Languages | of the | Pacific States and Territories | 
 
 by I Albert S. Gatschet | Reprinted from March E^umber of The 
 Magazine of American History | JWP. 
 
 Half title 1 1., pp. 145-171. Reprinted in 
 
 Beach (W. W.) Indian Miscellany, pp. 416-447. Albany, 1877. 8°; and in 
 Drake (S. G.) Aboriginal Eaces of North America, pp. 748-763. New York, 
 [1880]. 8°. 
 
 A supplementary paper as follows : 
 
 1437 Indian Languages of the Pacific States and Territories and 
 
 of the Pueblos of New Mexico. 
 
 In Magazine Am. History, vol. 8, pp. 254-263. New York, 1882. 
 Issued separately as follows : 
 
 1438 Indian Languages | of the | Pacific States and Territories | 
 
 and of I The Pueblos of New Mexico. | By Albert S. Gatschet. j 
 Reprinted from the Magazine of American History, April, 1882. | 
 
 New York: | A. S. Barnes & Co. | 1882. | jwp. 
 
 Printed title on cover; 5 unnumbered 11. 4°. 
 
 1439 Proper Names of California Indians. 
 
 In Magazine Am. History, vol. 1, pp. 758-759. New York, 1877. 4°. 
 Wrongly titled ; should be: Tribal names of Oregon Indians. 
 
 1440 Vocabulary of the Chumt^ya. 
 
 In Pow^ell (J. W.) Contributions to North American Ethnology, vol. .3, pp. 
 536-549. Washington, 1877. 4°. 
 
 1441 People and Language of the Timucua. jwp. 
 
 In Semi-Tropical Magazine, pp. 329-331. Jacksonville, Fla., 1877. 
 
 1442 Remarks upon the Tonkawa Language. By Albert S. Gat- 
 schet. 
 
 In Am. Fhilosoph. Soo. Proc, vol. 16, pp. 318-327. Philadelphia, 1877. 8°. 
 Also separately issued without title-pago but repaged, 1-10. 
 
288 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Gatschet (Albeit Samuel) — continued. 
 
 1443 — The Timucua Language. By Albert S. Gatschet. [First 
 
 article.] 
 
 In Am. Philosoph. Soc. Proc, vol. 16, pp. 626-642. Philadelphia, 1877. 8<^. 
 
 Historical and Ethnological Remarks, pp. 626-629; Phonetic Elements, pp. 
 629-630; Inflection, pp. 630-631; Selected Text (from Pareja), pp. 633-639; 
 Words .and Sentences, pp. 639-642. 
 
 Albo separately issued without title-page, but repaged, 1-17. 
 
 1444 The Timucua Language. By Albert S. Gatschet. [Second 
 
 article.] 
 
 In Am. Philosoph. Soc. Proc, vol. 17, pp. 490-504. Philadelphia, 1878. 8°. 
 Selected words, text, and sentences, from Pareja. 
 
 1445 The Timucua Language. By Albert S. Gatschet. [Third 
 
 article.] 
 
 In Am. Philosoph. Soc. Proc, vol. 18, pp. 465-502. Philadelphia, 1880. 8°. 
 
 Timu'cua-Maskoki Afifinities; Timucna-Carib Affinities; Grammatic Notes, 
 Prefixes, Suffixes, &c., pp. 477-488; Selected Texts (from Pareja), pp. 489-494; 
 Address sent to the King of Spain by Timucua chiefs (from Buckingham Smith, 
 with corrected text and English translation, by Mr. Gatschet), pp. 495-497 ; 
 Words and Sentences, pp. 498-503. 
 
 1446 Sketch of the Klamath Language of Southern Oregon. By 
 
 Albert S. Gatschet. 
 
 In Am. Antiquarian, vol. 1, pp. 81-84. Cleveland, 1878, and Chicago, 1879. 8°. 
 
 1447 Mythologic Text in the Klamath Language of Southern 
 
 Oregon. Commented by Albert S. Gatschet. 
 
 In Am. Antiquarian, vol. 1, pp. 161-166. Cleveland, 1878, and Chicago, 
 
 1879. 8°. 
 
 1448 The Numeral Adjective in the Klamath Language of 
 
 Southern Oregon. By Albert S. Gatschet. 
 
 In Am. Antiquarian, vol. 2, pp. 210-217. Chicago, 1879-80. 8°. 
 Issued separately as follows : 
 
 1449 The Numeral Adjective | in the Klamath Language of 
 
 Southern Oregon. | By Albert S. Gatschet | From the American 
 Antiquarian, vol. II, No. III. | JWP. 
 
 Pp. 1-8. 8°. 
 
 1450 The Test of Linguistic Affinity. By Albert S. Gatschet. 
 
 In Am. Antiquarian, vol. 2, pp. 163-165. Chicago, 1879-80. 8°. 
 
 Issued separately as follows: 
 
 1451 The Test of Linguistic Afflnity. By Albert S. Gatschet. 
 
 [Followed by " Linguistic Notes."] j^P. 
 
 Pp. 1-7. 8°. 
 
 1452 Linguistic Notes. Edited by Albert S. Gatschet, Wash- 
 ington, D. 0. 
 
 In Am. Antiquarian, vol. 1, pp. 267-269. Cleveland, 1878, iiad Chicago, 
 1879. 8°. Vol. 2, pp. 76-79, 171-174, 236-2:58, 318-319. Vol. 3, pp. 66, 249-25' 
 337-338. Vol. 4, pp. 73-77, 235-238. Chicago, 1879-82. 8°. 
 
 Brief comments, reviews, &c. 
 
GATSCHET. 289 
 
 Gatschet (Albert Samuel) — continued. 
 
 1463 Ou Syllabic Eeduplicatiou as observed in Indian Lan- 
 guages, and in the Klamath Language of South-western Oregon in 
 particular. 
 
 In Am. Philolog. Ass. Proc, Eleventh Ann. Sess., pp. 35-37. Hartford, 1879. 
 
 8°. 
 
 1454 Volk und Sprache der Maklaks im siidwestlichen Oregon. 
 
 Von Alb. S. Gatschet in Washington. [Articles I and II.] * 
 
 In Globus Illustrirte Zeitschrift fur Lander- und Volkerkunde, Band 35, No. 
 11, pp. 167-171, 187-189. Braunschweig, 1879. 
 
 This article includes a vocabulary of 31 words of the following Pacific Coast 
 tribes : 
 
 Takilma, by Dr. [Gen.] Hazen. Y^kona, from Horatio Hale. 
 
 Takilma, by Dr. Earnhardt. Als^ya, by Dr. Milhau. 
 
 Kusa, by Dr. Milhau (two dialects). Sayuskla, by Dr. Milhau. 
 
 Not seen ; title furnished by the author. 
 
 1455 Adjectives of color in Indian Languages. By Albert S. 
 
 Gatschet. 
 
 In Am. Naturalist, vol. 13, pp. 475-485. 
 
 1456 Vocabulary of the Achomawi, Pit Eiver Valley, Northeast- 
 ern California. 
 
 Manuscript. 11 pp. folio. Includes the dialects of Big Valley; Hot Springs; 
 Goose Lake. 
 
 1457 Vocabulary of the Ara (Karok), Klamath Eiver, California, 
 
 from Eed Caps to Clear Creek, near mouth of Scott Eiver. 
 
 Manuscript. 6 11. folio. 211 words. 
 
 1458 Linguistic material of the Cha'hta Language, as spoken in 
 
 the parishes north of Lake Pontchartrain, Louisiana. 
 
 Manuscript. 82 11. 4°. Recorded in a, copy of Powell's Introduction to the 
 Study of Indian Languages, 2d ed. It contains over 1000 terms and sentences. 
 Obtained from Indians in New Orleans, La., and at Manderville, St. Tammany 
 Parish, La., 1881-82. 
 
 1459 Cheroki Linguistic Material obtained from Eichard M. 
 
 Wolfe, Delegate of the Cherokee Nation to the United States Gov- 
 ernmenti 
 
 Manuscript. 5 11. folio. Principally phrases and sentences. 
 
 1460 Linguistic material of the Tchdlagi or Cheroki Language : 
 
 Mountain Cheroki dialect of North Carolina. 
 
 Manuscript. Containing about 350 words alphabetically arranged, on slips, 
 and some phrases ; obtained in December, 1881, from Sampson Owl, a Cheroki, 
 stopping at Kat^ba Nation, York Co., S. C. The alphabet used is that given in 
 Powell's Introduction, 2d ed. 
 
 1461 Words, Phrases, and Sentences in Clackama. 
 
 Manuscript. Kecorded in a copy of Introduction to Study of Indian Lan- 
 guages, Ist ed. The Clackamas belong to the Chinuk family. Material col- 
 lected at Grande Ronde Reservation, Yamhill County, Oregon, December, 1877. 
 
 19 Bib 
 
21)0 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Gatschet (Albert Samuel) — continued. 
 
 1402 Creek or Maskoki Linguistic Material obtained from Gen- 
 eral Pleasant Porter and Mr. E. Hodge, Delegates of the Creek 
 Nation to the United States Government, 1879-'80. 
 Manuscript. 4 11. folio. Principally phrases and sentences. 
 
 1463 Kdyowe Linguistic Material. 
 
 Manuscript. 10 pp. folio. Composed principally of sentences with translation. 
 Collected February and March, 1880, from Itiili Dn" moi, or "Hunting Boy," a 
 young pupil of the Hampton, Va., school, employed at the Smithsonian Institu- 
 tion, and afterwards sent to the Indian School at Carlisle, Pa. 
 
 1464 Linguistic Material of the Kalapuya family, Atfdlati dialect. 
 
 Manuscript. Pp. 1-399. sm. 4°, in five blank books. Consists of texts with 
 interlinear translation, grammatio notes, words, phrases, and sentences. Col- 
 lected at Grande Eonde Agency, Oregon, in 1877. 
 
 1465 List of Suffixes of the Kalapuya family, Tualati or Atfdlati 
 
 dialect. 
 
 Manuscript. Blank book. sm. 4°. Arranged in 1878. 
 
 1466 Words, Phrases, and Sentences of the Kalapuya family, 
 
 Atf^lati or W4patu Lake Language. 
 
 Manuscript. Recorded in a copy of Introduction to the Study of Indian Lan- 
 guages, 1st ed., nearly complete. Collected at Grande Ronde Agency, 1877. 
 
 1467 Vocabulary of the Kalapuya family, Lukamiute and 
 
 Ah^ntchnyuk dialects. 
 
 Manuscript. 16 pp. 4°. Recorded in a copy of Introduction to the Study of 
 Indian Languages, Isfc ed., incomplete. Collected at Grande Ronde Indian 
 Agency, 1877. 
 
 1468 Words, Phrases, and Sentences of the Kalapuya family, 
 
 Yamhill dialect. 
 
 Manuscript. 9 pp. 4°. Recorded in a copy of Introduction to the Study of 
 ludian Languages, Ist ed., incomplete. Collected at the Grande Ronde Agency, 
 1877. 
 
 1469 Vocabulary of the jKansas or Kaw. 
 
 Manuscript. 12 pp. 4°. Recorded in a copy of Introduction to the Study of 
 Indian Languages, 1st ed., incomplete. 
 
 1470 Linguistic material of the Kat^ba Language, spoken on 
 
 Katiiba Eiver, York Co., South Carolina. 
 
 Manuscript. 37 11. folio. It contains over 1200 words, 400 sentences, and a few 
 texts. Obtained in December, 1881, at Kat^ba Nation, York Co., S. C. The 
 alphabet used is that given in Powell's Introduction, 2d ed. 
 
 1471 Linguistic Material collected at the Chico Eancherfa of the 
 
 Michopdo Indians (Maidu family), Sacramento Valley, California. 
 
 Manuscript. 84 pp. sm. 49. Blank book. Text with interlinear translation, 
 phrases, and sentenees. Collected in 1877, 
 
 1472 Words, Phrases, and Sentences in the Molale Language. 
 
 Manuscript. 30 11. 4°. Recorded in a copy of Introduction to the Study of In- 
 dian Languages, 1st ed. Collected at the Grande Ronde Agency, Oregon 1877. 
 
GATSCHKT. 291 
 
 Gatschet (Alb^t Samuel) — continued. 
 
 1473 Texts in the Molale Language with interlinear Translation. 
 
 Manuscript. 1211. folio. Consists of a short desoripiiou of marriage ceremo- 
 nies, the " Myth of the Coyote," and a " Eaid of the Cayuse Indians." Collected 
 from Stephen Savage at the Grande Ronde Reserve in 1877. 
 
 1474 Vocabulary of the Mohawk. 
 
 Manuscript. 7 11. folio. Collected from Charles Carpenter, an Iroquois of 
 Brantford, in 1876. 
 
 1475 Vocabulary of the Nonstoki or Festucca dialect, Selish 
 
 family. 
 
 Manuscript. 1011. 4°. Collected in 1877 from an Indian called "Jack," of 
 Salmon River, Oregon Coast. 
 
 1476 Sasti-English and English-Sasti Dictionary. 
 
 Manuscript. 84 11. sm. 4° Alphabetically arranged from materials collected 
 at Dayton, Polk County, Oregon, in November, 1877. The iulorinants vfcre two 
 young men, the brothers Leonard and Willie Smith, pure blood Shasti (or S&ti) 
 Indians, who had come from the Grande Rondo Indian Agency, a distance of 25 
 miles. Their old home is the Shasti Valley, near Yroka, Cal. 
 
 1477 Shasti-English and English-Shasti Dictionary. 
 
 Manuscript. 69 11. sm. 4°. Obtained from "White Cynthia", a Klamath 
 
 woman living at Klamath Lake Reservation, Williamson River, Lake County, 
 Oregon, in September, 1877. Dialect spoken at Crescent City, Cal. 
 
 1478 Shawano Linguistic Material. 
 
 Manuscript. 24 pp. folio. Texts with interlinear tr&nslation.grammatic forms, 
 phrases, and sentences. Collected February and March, 1880, from Charles Blue- 
 jacket, delegate of the Shawano tribe to the United States Government; 
 
 1479 Vocabulary of the S4wano or Shawnee. 
 
 Manuscript. 7 pp. folio. Collected in 1879 from Bluejacket. Includes clans 
 of the Shawnees with their totems. 
 
 1480 Texts of the Shetimasha Language. 
 
 Manuscript. 13 11. folio. Collected in December, 1881, and January, 1883, at 
 Charenton, St. Mary's Parish, La. It is accompanied by an interlinear trans- 
 lation in English. The alphabet used is that given in Powell's Introduction, 
 2ded. 
 
 148:j. Dictionary of the Shetimasha Language. 
 
 Manuscript, containing about 1,500 words .•alphabetically arranged, on slips, 
 and including over three hundred sentences, partly taken from the texts above. 
 The alphabet used is that given in Powell's Introduction, 2d cd. 
 
 1482 Tonkawa-Bnglish and English-Tonkawa Dictionary. 
 
 Manuscript. 52 pp. sm. 4"^. 
 
 1483 Words, Phrases, and Sentences in the Umpkwa Language. 
 
 Manuscript. 22 11. 4°. Recorded in a copy of Introduction to the Study of In- 
 dian Languages, 1st ed. Collected at Grande Ronde Agency, 1877. 
 
 1484 Vocabulary of the Warm Spring Indian dialect, Sahaptin 
 
 family; Des Chutes Elver Valley, Oregon. 
 
 Manuscript. 10 11. 4°. 200 words. Collected in 1875. 
 
292 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Gatschet (Albeit Samuel) — continued. 
 
 1485 Vocabulary of the Wasco and Waccan6ssisi dialects of the 
 
 Chinuk Family. 
 
 Manuscript. 7 pp. folio. Taken at the Klamath Lake Agency, Oregon, 1877. 
 
 I486 Vocabulary of the Zufiian Language, with grammatic re- 
 marks. 
 
 Mannscript. 10 11. folio. Obtained from a Zuni boy about 10 years old, who 
 was attending the Indian school at Carlisle, Pa., in 18i0. 
 
 These manuscripts are in the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. 
 
 See Dorsey (J. 0.), Gatschet (A. S.), and Riggs (S. R.) 
 
 Gebelin (Antonio de Court de). 
 See Court de Gebelin (Antonio de). 
 
 1487 Gebow (Joseph A.) A Vocabulary | of the | Snake, | or, | Sho-sho- 
 nay Dialect | by | Joseph A. Gebow, Interpreter. | Second Edi- 
 tion, I Eevised and Improved, January 1st, 1864. | 
 
 Green Eiver City, Wg. Ter. : | Freeman & Bro., Book and Job 
 Printers. | 1868. | c. jwp. 
 
 Pp. 1-24. 8°. 
 
 1488 Geisdorff {Dr. Francis). Vocabulary of the Mountain Crows. 
 
 Manuscript. 10 11. 4°. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. 
 
 1489 General. The | General Epistle | of | James. | Translated into the 
 Cherokee Language. | [One line Cherokee characters.] | 
 
 Park Hill. | Mission Press: Edwin Archer, Printer. | [One liiio 
 Cherokee characters.] | 1847. | ABC. c. 
 
 16 pp. 24°. In Cherokee characters. 
 
 1490 The | General Epistle | of | James, j Translated into the 
 
 Cherokee Language. | Second Edition. | [Two lines Cherokee char- 
 acters.] I 
 
 Park Hill. | Mission Press: Edwin Archer, Printer. | [One line 
 Cherokee characters.] j 1850. | abc. c. 
 
 lb pp. 24°. In Cherokee characters. 
 
 1491 The General Epistle of Jude. [One line Cherokee (jharac- 
 
 ters.] c. 
 
 No title-page. 66 pp. 24°. In Cherokee characters. 
 
 1492 General Kules | of the j United Societies | of the Metho- 
 dist Episcopal I Church, j Translated into the Chahta Language. | 
 
 . Mehlotist Iksa | i nana -ylhpisa puta. | Chahta anumpa isht ato- 
 showa hoke. | 
 Park Hill. |, Mission Press, John Candy, Printer. | 1841. | 
 24 pp. 24°. BA. ABC. 
 
 1493 Geografi ubvdlo: Nunaksub nunangita okautigijauningit. * 
 
 84 pp. 8°. Descripliou of the countries of the globe. Title from a Greenland 
 missionary, through Prof. Rink. 
 
 Geographical Society of London. 
 See Royal Geographical Society. 
 
GATSCHET — GIBBS. 293 
 
 1494 Georgia Historical Society. Collections | of the | Georgia | Histo- 
 rical Society. | Vol. I [-IV]. | [One liue quotation]. 
 
 Savannah: Printed for the Society. | M. DOCO X L [-1878]. | c. 
 
 4 vols. 8°. 
 
 Hawkins (B.) A Sketch of the Creek Country, vol. :i, pt. 1, pp. 1-88. 
 
 1495 Gibbs (George). Alphabetical Vocabulary | of the | Chinook Lan- 
 guage. I By I George Gibbs. | [Design.] 
 
 New York : | Cramoisy Press. | 1863. | ba. jwp. 
 
 1 p. 1., pp. i-viii, 9-23. 8°. " Shea's Library of American Linguistics. XIIL" 
 Preface, pp. iii-v ; Orthography, p. vi ; Bibliography, pp. vii-viii ; Vocabulary, 
 
 pp. 9-20; Local Nomenclature, pp. 21-23. 
 
 1496 Alphabetical Vocabularies | of the | Clallam and Lumini. | 
 
 By I George Gibbs. | [Design.] 
 
 New York: | Cramoisy Press. | 1863. | [Design.] BA. jwp. 
 
 Pp. i-vii, 9-40. 8°. "Shea's Library of American Linguistics. XI." 
 Vocabulary of the Clallam, pp. 9-19 ; Local Nomenclature of the Clallam tribe, 
 
 p. 20; Vocabulary of the Lummi, pp. 21-36; Local Nomenclature of the Lummi 
 
 tribe, pp. 37-39; Names of Lummi Chiefs, p. 40. 
 
 1497 A I Dictionary | of the | Chinook Jargon, | or, | Trade Lan- 
 guage of Oregon. | By George Gibbs. | [Design.] 
 
 New York : | Cramoisy Press. | 1863. | BA. jwp. 
 
 Pp. i-xvi, 1-44. H°. "Shea's Library of American Linguistics. XII." 
 Issued also as follows : 
 
 1498 Smithsonian Miscellaneous Collections. | 161 | A | Dic- 
 tionary I of the I Chinook Jargon, | or | Trade Language of Ore- 
 gon. I Prepared for the Smithsonian Institution. | By | George 
 Gibbs. I [Seal of the Institution.] 
 
 Washington: | Smithsonian InvStitution : | March, 1863. | jwp. 
 
 Pp. i-xvi, 1-44. 8°. Also forms part of vol. 7, Smithsonian Institution Mis- 
 cellaneous Collections. Preface (including a few words of Tlaoquatch and 
 Nntka, and Columbian, from Scouler), pp. v-xi. 
 
 Bibliography of thu Chinook Jargon, pp. xiii-xiv; Part 1, Chinook-English, 
 pp. 1-29 ; Part 2, English-Chinook, pp. 33-43 ; The Lord's Prayer in Jargon, p. 44. 
 
 1499 Smithsonian Miscellaneous Collections. | 160 | Instmc- 
 
 tions I for research relative to the | Ethnology and Philology | of | 
 America. | Prepared for the Smithsonian Institution, j By | George 
 Gibbs. I [Seal of the Institution.] 
 
 Washington: | Smithsonian Institution: | March, 1863. | jwp. 
 
 2 p. 11., pp. 1-51. 8'^. Also forms part of vol. 7, Smithsonian Institution Mis- 
 cellaneous Collections. Prepared for and distributed to collectors, resulting in 
 the securing of manj' manuscripts, mostly philologic, which are now in the 
 library of the Bureau of Ethnology. 
 
 Numerals, 1-10, of the Mexican (from Molina), and Selish; of the Niskwally ; 
 of the Lenni Lenape (from Zeisberger). 
 
 A portion of this paper, including the numerals, reprinted in Hist. Mag., first 
 series, vol. 9, pp. 249-2r)2. New York, 1865. 4°. 
 
 1500 Observations on some of the Indian Dialects of Northern 
 
 California. By G. Gibbs. 
 
 In Schoolcraft (H. E.) Indian Tribes, vol. 3, pp. 420-423. Philadelphia, 
 1853. 4°. 
 
294 NORTH AMEKICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Gibbs (George) — continued. 
 
 1501 Vocabularies of Indian Languages in Northwest California. 
 
 By George Gibbs, Esq. 
 
 In Schoolcraft (H. E.) Indian Tribes, vol. 3, pp. 428-445. Philadelphia, 
 1853. 4>^. 
 
 Vocabulary of the Tohokoyem, Copeh, Kula-Napo, and Yukai, pp. 428-434. 
 
 Vocabulary of the Choweshak, Batenidakaioe, Weeyot, and Wishosk, pp. 4.34- 
 440. 
 
 Vocabulary of the Weitspek, Hoopah, Tahlewah, and Ehnek, pp. 440-445. 
 
 These vocabularies, with the exception of the Hoopah and Tahlewah, reprin ted 
 in PoweU (J. W.) Contributions to North American Ethnology, vol. 3, pp. 439- 
 613. Washinston, 1877. 4°. 
 
 1502 Notes on the Dispersion of the Tlatscalcas. By George 
 
 Gibbs. 
 
 In Hist. Mag., first series, vol. 7, pp. 99-100. New York and London, 1863. 4°. 
 Includes vocabulary of the Tlatscalcas. 
 
 1503 On the language of the aboriginal Indians of America. 
 
 In Smithsonian Institution Ann. Eept. 1870, pp. 364-367. Washington, 
 1871. 8°. 
 
 1504 The Mode of Expressing Number in certain Indian Lan- 
 guages. 
 
 V In Am. Philolog. Ass. Proc., third Ann. Sess., pp. 25-26. New York, 1872. 8°. 
 
 1505 Terms of Relationship of the Spokane (Sinhu) and Yakoma, 
 
 Steilacoom, Washington Ty., and of the Kootenay. 
 
 In Morgan (L. H.) Systems of Consanguinity and Affinity, pp. 293-382. 
 Washington, 1871. 4°. 
 
 1506 Vocabulary of the Mohave. 
 
 In Gatschet (A. S.) Yunia-S rachstamm, in Zeitschrift fiir Ethnologie, pp. 
 390-407. Berlin, 1877. 8°. 
 
 1507 [Vocabularies of Tribes of the Extreme Northwest.] 
 
 In Powell (J.W.) Contributions to North American Ethnology, vol. 1, pp. 
 107-156. Washington, 1877. 4°. 
 
 Vocabulary of the Skatkwan, pp. 121-133 ; VocabuK-iry of the Tongas, Kai- 
 gani, Chutsinni, Skitaget, and Kaniagmut, pp. 135-142 ; Vocabulary of the Naas, 
 Hailtzukh, and Kwakiutl, pp. 143-153; Note on the use of Numerals among the 
 Toimsian, pp. 155-156. 
 
 1508 [Vocabularies of the Tribes of California.] 
 
 In Povrell (J. W.) Contributions to North American Ethnology, vol. 3. 
 Washington, 1877. 4°. 
 
 Vocabulary of the Arra-arra and Ehnek (from Schoolcraft), pp. 447-459 ; of the 
 Alikwa (1 and 2, the latter from Schoolcraft), pp. 400-473; of the Wishosk and 
 Wiyot (from Schoolcraft), pp. 478-482 ; of the Batemdakaii (from Schoolcraft), 
 pp. 491-503; of the Chainslek and Yukai (from Schoolcraft), pp. 492-503 ; of the 
 Kulanapo (from Schoolcraft), pp. 504-508 ; of the Kop6 (from Schoolcraft), pp. 
 519-529; of the Tchokoyem (from Schoolcraft), pp. 535-549; of the Lutuami, pp. 
 601-600. 
 
 1509 Part II. Tribes of Western Washington and Northwestern 
 
 Oregon. By George Gibbs. 
 
 In Powell (J. W. ) Contributions to North American Ethnology, vol. 1, pp. 
 157-241. Washington, 1877. 4°. 
 
GIBBS. 295 
 
 Oibbs (George) — continued. 
 
 "Appendix to Part II, Linguistics" (pp. 243-'361), contains contributions from 
 various authors. Those of Mr. Gibbs are as follows : 
 
 Vocabulary of the Shihwapmukh, Nikutemukh, Okinaken, Shwoyelpi, Spokan, 
 and Piskwaus, pp. 247-26.5 ; Vocabulary of the Kalispelin, Belhoola, Lilowat, 
 Tait, Komookhs, and Ku wahtsk, pp. 267-283 ; Dictionary of the Niskwalli, Nisk- 
 walli-English, pp. 285-307 ; EngUsh-Niskwalli, pp. 309-3G1. 
 
 1510 Account of Indian Tribes upon the Northwest Coast of 
 
 America. 
 
 Manuscript. 10 11. folio. 
 
 1511 Comparisons of the Languages of the Indians of the North- 
 west. 
 
 Manuscript. 23 11. 8° and folio. 
 
 1512 Miscellaneous Notes on the Eskimo, Kinai, and Atna Lan- 
 guages. 
 
 Manuscript. 25 11. 4° and folio. 
 
 1513 Notes on the Language of the Selish Tribes. 
 
 Manuscript. 10 11. folio. 
 
 1514 Notes to the Vocabularies of the Klamath Languages. 
 
 Manuscript. 7 11. folio. 
 
 1515 Indian Nomenclature of Localities, Washington and Oregon 
 
 Territories. 
 
 Manuscript. 7 11. folio. 
 
 1516 Observations on the Indians of the Klamath Eiver and 
 
 Humboldt Bay, accompanying Vocabularies of their Languages. 
 
 Manuscript. 25 11. folio. 
 
 1517 Principles of Algonquin Grammar. 
 
 Manuscript. 5 pp. 4°. 
 
 1518 Vocabulary of the Chemakum and Mooksahk. 
 
 Manuscript. 3 11. folio. 180 words. 
 
 1519 _ Vocabulary of the Chikasaw. 
 
 Manuscript. 10 11. 4°. 200 words. Collected in 1866. 
 
 1520 Vocabulary of the Clallam. 
 
 Manuscript. 3 11. folio. 180 words. 
 
 1521 Vocabulary of the Cowlitz. 
 
 Manuscript. 10 11. 4°. 200 words. 
 
 1522 Vocabulary of the Creek. 
 
 Manuscopt. 10 11. folio. 200 words. Collected in 1866. 
 
 1523 Vocabulary of the Eskimo of Davis Strait. 
 
 Manuscript. 6 11. folio. 211 words. 
 
 1524 Vocabulary of the Hitchittie, or Mikasuki. 
 
 Manuscript. 10 11. 4°. 200 words. Collected in 1866. 
 
296 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Gi1>l)s (George) — continue*!. 
 
 1525 Vocabulary of the Hoopah. 
 
 Manuscript. 4 11. folio. 180 words. Collected at the mouth of the Trinity 
 River, In 1852. 
 
 1526 Vocabulary of the Indians of the Pueblo of Ysletta, 
 
 Manuscript. 10 11. 4°. Collected in 1868. 
 
 1527 Vocabulary of the Klikatat. 
 
 Manuscript. 6 11. folio. 150 words. Obtained from Yahtowet, a subchief, in 
 1854. 
 
 1528 Vocabulary of the Kwantlen of Eraser's River. 
 
 Manuscript. 5 11. folio. 180 words. Collected in 1858. 
 
 1529 Vocabulary of the Makah. 
 
 Manuscript. 4 11. 4°. 200 words. 
 
 1530 Vocabulary of the Makah. 
 
 Manuscript. 6 11. folio. 180 words. 
 
 1531 Vocabulary of the Molele, Santiam Band. 
 
 Manuscript. 3 11. folio. 
 
 1532 Vocabulary of the Toanhootch of Port Gambol. 
 
 Manuscript. 311. folio. 180 words. 
 
 1533 Vocabulary of the Willopah Dialect of the Tahcully, Atha- 
 
 pasca. 
 
 Manuscript. 6 11. folio. 100 words. 
 
 1634 Observations on the Indians of the Colorado Eiver, Cali- 
 fornia, accompanying Vocabularies of the Yuma and Mohave Tribes. 
 
 Manuscript. 7 pp. folio. 
 
 1535 Vocabulary of the Mohave. 
 
 Manuscript. C 11. folio. 180 words. Obtained from a chief, Iritaba, in New 
 York, 1863. 
 
 1536 Vocabulary of the Sawanwan. 
 
 Manuscript. 10 11. 4°. 211 words. 
 
 1537 Vocabulary of the Yamhill Dialect of the Kalapuya. 
 
 Manuscript. 6 11. folio. 211 words. 
 
 These manuscripts are in the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. 
 
 See Pandosy (Rev. M'". C'".) 
 
 1538 Gil (2). Hilarion Bomero). Memoria sobre los descubrimientos 
 que los espanoles hicieron en el siglo XVI en la region occidental 
 de este continente, en la parte 4 que se le dio el nombre de Nueva 
 Galicia, Eeinos y Cacicazgos que contenia, su poblacion, religion, 
 gobierno, lenguas, costumbres y origen. Escrita por el lie. D. Hi- 
 larion Eoraero Gil. 
 
 In Soc. de Gteog. Mex. Bol., tome 8, pp. 474-501. Mexico, 1860. 8°. 
 
GIBBS— GILBERTI. 297 
 
 1539 Gilbert (Grove Karl). Vocabulary of the Arivaipa. 
 
 In Wheeler (G. M.) Eeport upon U. S. Geog. Surveys, vol. 7, pp. 424-465. 
 Washington, 1879. 4°. 
 
 1540 Vocabulary of the Hualapai language of Arizona. 
 
 Manuscript. 23 U. 4°. 411 words. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. 
 
 1541 Gilberti {Fr. Maturino). Dialogo de la Doctrina cristiaua en Len- 
 gua Tarasca: dedicalo al Virey D. Luis de Velasco. 
 
 Mexico, 1555. * 
 
 Title from Beristain. 
 
 1542 Arte en lengua de Michoacan. 
 
 Colophon : 
 
 5 A honra y gloria | de nuestro Senor lesu Christo, y de su ben- 
 dita I madre: aqui se acaba el arte en la lengua Oa- | stellana, y 
 en la lengua de Mechuacan: hecha | por el nmy. E. padre Fr. 
 Maturino Gyl- | berti de la orde del Seraphico padre sant Pra | 
 Cisco: con la qual se podran aprouechar della | todos los que pre- 
 tendieren aprender la | lengua de Mechuacan: y tambien | podra 
 seruir para los indios de | Mechuacan para apren- | der la lengua 
 Castella- | na. acabose de imprimir a ocho de | Octubre. de 1558. | 
 Anos. I * 
 
 8°. Italic lettering. The whole of signature A is missing, including the title- 
 page. 
 
 Title from Icazbalceta's Apuntes, No. 113. The Ramirez Sale Cat., describing 
 the same copy, gives the collation as 171 numbered 11. ; colophon and table 2 
 11. 12°, and adds: wants title and about 20 11. 
 
 1543 ^ Thesoro Spiritual en Lengua | de Mechuaca, en el ql se 
 
 contiene la doctrina | xpiana y orones pa cada dia, y el exaine d la 
 CO I ciecia, y declaracio d la missa. Copuesto por el | E. p. fray 
 Maturino Gilberti, de la orde del se | raphico padre sant Francisco. 
 Ano de 1658. • 
 
 This title is under the Episcopal seal of Sr. Montufar. 8°. Roman lettering. 
 
 I have seen no mention of this Thesoro Espiritiial, which is seventeen years 
 anterior to the Thesoro spiritual de pobres (No. 116 of the Apuntes), nor do I 
 know of any other copy than the one described, which belongs to Sr. D. J. M. de 
 Agreda. 
 
 Title and note commnnicated by Sr. Icazbalceta. 
 
 1544 Thesoro spiritual de | pobres en legua de Michuaca: Diri- 
 
 gida I al muy Illustre y. E. Senor Don | Fray loan de Medina Ein- 
 con Electo dignissimo Obispo | de la dicha Prouincia. | Por el muy. 
 E. Padre Fray Maturino | Gilberti de la orde de los menores. | [A 
 picture of Calvary.] 
 
 En Mexico. | Gon licencia, por Antonio de Spiuosa. | 1575. | » 
 Ll. 1-302. 8°. Title from Icazbalceta's Apuntes, No. 116. 
 "The rarity of this valuable work is extreme. It is not less important from 
 a philological point of view than from a bibliographical one, for it must ever 
 remain, with the author's other works ou the same language, authorities for the 
 Tarasca language, in relation to which there are so few printed works, ancient 
 op modem. — Ramirez Sale Cat. 
 
2,98 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Gilbert! {Fr. Maturiuo) — continued. 
 
 1545 5 Yocabulario | en lengua de | Mechua | can. | Compvesto 
 
 por el I reuerendo padre Pray | Maturino Gilbert! | de la orde del 
 sera | pliico padre | sant Fran | cisco. | Fue visto y examinado | y 
 con licencia impresso. ( Dirigido al muy | Illustre y reuerSdissimo 
 Se I Dor Do Vasco de Quiro- | ga Obispo de Mechua | can. A5o de. 
 1559. I 
 
 4°. Title. LI. 2-79 contain the Tarasca-Spanish part in: two columns; 11.80-87 
 contain: "unos verbos . . . S los quales algnnos han querido llamar rayzes . . . 
 y no los he qnerido poner en el arte porque es materia muy dificultosa.'' One 
 blank leaf follows, and then the title of the second part: 
 
 d Aqui comienga el Vocabulario | en la lengua Castellana y | 
 Mechuacana. Compuesto por el muy Eeuerendo | padre Fray Ma- 
 turino Gylberti de la orden del Se | raphico padre Saut Fran- 
 cisco. I * 
 
 This is followed by an engraving of St. Francis, and around it these words: 
 Signasti domine seruam | tuum Francisous sig | nis redemptionis nostre. [ 
 
 Below the engraving is the verse : Indorum nimia te fecit prole parentem, &c. 
 
 180 11. Spanish-Tarasca. At the end, on one unnumbered leaf: 
 
 ] A honrra y gloria de nuestro Se- | nor lesu Christo, y de su ben- 
 dita madre la virgen Maria, | aqui se acaba el Vocabulario en len- 
 gua de Mechuacan | y Castellano: becho y copilado por el muy. 
 E. Pa- I dre Fray Maturino Gylberti, de la orden del Se- | rapbico 
 padre Sant Francisco. Fue impresso 5 | casa de luan Pablos Bres- 
 sano, con licencia | del Ulustrissimo Senor don Luys de Ve | lasco, 
 Visorrey y Capitan general en | esta nueua Espana por su Mage | 
 stad. Y assimesmo con licScia | del muy yllustre y Ecue- | rendis- 
 simo Seiior do | Alonsode Mon- | tufar Argobis | po desta | grande 
 ynsigne y muy leal ciudad d | Mexico. Acabose de imprimir | a 
 siete dias del mes de | Setiembre de | 1559. | Aiios. | * 
 
 On the reverse we read some Latin lines : in laudum authoris, and a note in 
 Tarasco. 
 
 Not seen ; title from Icazbalceta's Apuntes, No. 115, with corrections furnished 
 me by that gentleman from copy in his possession. 
 
 1546 iDialogo de Doctrina | Christiana en la lengua d Mechu- 
 
 aca. Hecho | y copilado de muchos libros de Sana doctri- | na, por 
 el muy Eeuerendo padre Fray Ma- | turino Gylberti de la orden 
 del seraphico Pa | dre sant Fracisco. Trata de lo que La de saber | 
 creer, hazer, dessear, y aborrecer, el Christia- | no. Va pregun- 
 taudo el discipulo al Maestro. | 
 
 Followed by a title in Tarasco. Folio; Gothic letters; preliminaries iu Ro- 
 man, 11. i-ocxcv ; 1. ccvi is duplicated, and 11. ccv-ccxii are repeated. On the 
 reverse of 1. ccxliv is an inscription in Tarasco, and another on the reverse of 
 coxcv. Another numbering follows : 1-25 ; on the reverse of 1. 22 we read : 
 
 'i A horra y gloria d nuestro Senor lesu Xpo | y de su bendita 
 madre la virgen Maria, aqui se acaba el libro Ham ado dia | logo de 
 doctrina Christiana en lengua de Mechuacan: hecho y copila- | do 
 
ABffil 
 
 en lenguade 
 
 Alechua 
 
 can 
 
 C0MPVEST0P0R.E2. 
 
 reuerendo padre Fray 
 
 Miturino Gilberti 
 
 delaordedclfera 
 
 phico Padr« 
 
 fant Fran 
 
 cifco, 
 
 J5^Fue vtftoy examfnado 
 
 y con ficencia impreflb. 
 
 DIR'IG/DO A/, MVV 
 
 Illuftre y reueredilTiino Se 
 
 norDo VafcodeQuiro- 
 
 ga Obifpode Mechua 
 
 can.Ano.de,i55£;, 
 
 l0Ui\ 
 
 1545.— FAC-SIMILB OF TITLE-PAGE OF GILBERTl'S VOCABULAMO. 
 
Jiil 
 
 • J -t'n"ii' ^ 
 
 
 ^DIALOGO DE DOCTRINA 
 
 Chriftiana^cnU Icngua d' McchuacLHccho 
 ycopiladodc muchoshbrosi^etana dodri 
 ndjpordmuyReiKrendopadrcFray Ma- 
 tunnoGyibeiadeiaorden ddferaphko Pa 
 dre fanttridfco. Trau ddoquehadelabes 
 crttr»hazer,dc{rear,y aborrcccr, d Chxiftia- 
 nPtVa prcguntando d dilcipiilo al Maelbo. 
 
 JYTBTlSIMNDil r QJ^l ^^ 
 
 ringohaca Dialogoanngani,ycbuhcahi- 
 
 ho thnpengabafiui CbriHiatioen^anig 
 
 yn^ui yea tata cbe capre^ fray 
 
 ^aturino Gilbtru \ant Fra- 
 
 cijco tatat Ttfar'mettto am 
 
 hsquetitMa hurtngia 
 
 rtri curamatdjati 
 
 itfcrihureK' 
 
 iil^fw,(Ja hurtniahpeti mayfh 
 
 iucH^anfiabAii hurtndaeqtmhanu 
 
 «.' 
 
 r Y 
 
 wm 
 
 
 :: <(iPiiwff i^- 
 
 1546.— FAC-SIMILB OF TITLB-PAGB OF GII.BEKTl'S DIALOGO. 
 
GILBEETI GILDKR. 299 
 
 Gilbert! {Fr. Maturino)— continued. 
 
 de, muphos liferos de sana doctrina por el muy. E. P. Pray Ma- | tu- 
 rino Gylberti de la orden del serai)hico padre Sant Francis | co : el 
 qnal fue visto y examinado por el muy Eeuerendo | padre Fray 
 Alonso de la Veracruz, maestro en sancta | Theologia y provincial 
 de la orden del Senor Sant | Augustin. Fue impresso en casa de 
 Juan Pa- | bios Bressano, con licencia del Illustrissi- | mo S'eQor 
 Don Luys de Velasco Vi- | sorrey y Oapitan general en esta nu | 
 eua Espana por su Magestad. | Y assimesmo con licencia | del muy 
 lllustre y lie | uerendissimo Se | nor don A15 | so de Mo | tuf'ar. | 
 Argobispo desta grande ynslgne y | muy leal ciudad de Mexico. 
 A I cabose de Imprimir a xv. di | as del laes de lunio de | 1559. 
 Anos. J iSf I • 
 
 The six pages remaining are occupied -witli the table of subjects and notes in 
 Tarasco. 
 
 Title from Icazbaloeta's Apuntes, No. 114. 
 
 1547 Cartilla para los Ninos en Lengua Tarasca. Imp. en M6- 
 
 gico 1559. y corregida se reimprimio en 1575. * 
 
 It begins thus : ,,Chemendo casireqna acha hurendahperi, care noz an'' andih- 
 mapirlni, ysquire naugatezan ouiripeni aripiringa hureudani „ Cartilla, hinguix 
 yamendo Christianoecha himbo undahaca hurenquareni." — Beristain. 
 
 "I have not seen the edition of 1559. The reprint of 1575 must be that which 
 is included in the Thesoro Espiritual de Pobres, printed in the same year. At 
 least the Cartilla begins there with the same words quoted by Beristain." — Icaz- 
 ialceta. 
 
 1548 Evangelios en Tarasco. * 
 
 Manuscript. 224 11. 8°. 
 
 A precious mannacript in the writing of the very learned P. Gilberti. It con- 
 tains, up to leaf 17, a series of Scripture texts in Latin, with the version in Ta- 
 rasco following each, appropriate to the title of each Thema. The first of these 
 is entitled : Para que so oiga la voz del Senor. Beginning with the 2d, they all 
 have the name of voices : Voz ad credulos et incredulos; Voz ad infructoosos ; 
 Voz ad charitatiuos et incharitatiuos, etc. , and there are ten of these voices. On 
 the reverse of page 17 begins a new series of texts in alphabetic order, which 
 extends to the reverse of page 76, and these are preceded only by the word 
 Thema. The five following leaves are blank. On the 81st is given the be- 
 ginning of the Evangelios de los Santos, which is finished on the 118th leaf. 
 'On the two succeeding leaves, and in a different writing, is the theme appropri- 
 ate to the Feast of St. Francis, and from the 121st nearly to the end, which is 
 not complete, are the Evangelios Dominicales de todo el afio, preceded by a 
 short Auiso to preachers, signed by the author. Exceptiug this Auiso and the 
 Latin texts, tiie whole is in Tarasca, in very clear and beautiful lettering. 
 
 Title and description from El Museo Mexicano, vol. 3, p. 436. Mexico, 1844. 8°. 
 
 1549 Gilder (William H.) Schwatka's Search | Sledging in the Arctic in 
 quest of I the Franklin records | By | William H. Gilder | Second 
 in Command | With maps and illustrations | 
 
 ISew York | Charles Scribner's Sons | 743 and 745 Broadway | 
 1881 I BA. WE. 
 
 Pp. iii-xvi, 1-316. 8°. 
 
300 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Gilder (William H.) — continued. 
 
 Iiinuit Philology, pp. 299-316, contains, pp. 299-307, general remarks on the 
 Esqnimaux language and, pp. 308-316, a glossary which "comprises all Iho 
 words in general use in conversation between the na'ives and traders in Hudson 
 Bay and Cumberland Sound," alphabetically aiTanged. 
 
 1550 Innuit Philology. How Esquimaux Talk with White 
 
 Hen. The Old Language and the Kew. Dsefnl Glossary of a 
 
 Strange Tongue. JWP. 
 
 In New York Herald, No. 16219, Monday, January 17, 1881. 
 
 Vocabulary of about 450 words of the Eskimo of Greenland collected by 
 
 Mr. Gilder while with the " Schwatka Expedition." This vocabulary reprinted 
 
 with a few additions in Schwatka's Search. 
 
 1551 The Chuckchees. Some Account of the Strange Customs 
 
 of a Primitive Tribe. A Race without Eeligion. Superstitious and 
 Medicine Men. . . . How Babies are Brought Up. Rotten Walrns 
 and Fish. Revolting Viands Which Constitute Their Daily Food. 
 Peaceful and Kindly Though Filthy. * 
 
 In New York Herald, July 31, 1882. Title from Mr. W. Eames. 
 Contains vocabulary, 6!) words, of Chuckchee and English. 
 
 Gilflllan (Joseph Alexander). 
 See O'Meara (,Rev. James D.) 
 
 1552 Gilg (P. Adamo.) Vocabulario de las Lenguas Eudeve, Pima y 
 
 Seris. * 
 
 Manuscript. Title from Beristain. 
 
 1553 Gilij {Abate Filippo Salvadore). Saggio | di Storia Americana | 
 o sia I storia naturale, civile, e sacra | De regni, e delle provint-ie 
 Spagnuole di Terra-feriua | nell' America meridionale | descritta 
 dair Abate | Filippo Salvadore Gilij | E consecrata alia Santifa di 
 K. S. I Papa Pio Sesto | Feliceniente Regnante | Tomo 1 [-IV]. | 
 
 Roma MDCCLXXX [-MDCCLXXXIV] [1780-1784J. | Per 
 Luigi Perego Erede Salvioni | Stampator Vaticano nellaSapien;'a | 
 Con Licenza de' Suiteriori. | o. 
 
 4 vols. 8°. Each of the four volumes has a special title, the third being ms 
 follows: "Delia religioue, e delle lingue degli Orinochesi, e di altri Americani," 
 xvi, 430 pp. 8°. 1783. 
 
 Appendice II, Delle piii celebri lingue Americane. Delia lingua Aitina [S. 
 Domingo], pp. 220-228; Delia lingua Messicana, pp. 228-233; Delia lingua Al- 
 gonchina, edHurona, pp. 265-272; Cataloghi dialcune lingue Americane per fame 
 il confronto tra lore, e con queste del nostro emisero, pp. 355-357; Hurona, ed 
 Algonchina, pp. 384-385. 
 
 1554 [Giorda [Rev. J.), 8. J.] A | Dictionary | of the | Kalispel or Flat- 
 head Indian Language, | compiled by the | Missionaries of the So- 
 ciety of Jesus I Part I | Kalispel -English. | 
 
 St. Ignatius Print. Montana. | 1877-8-9. | c. jwp. 
 
 2 p. 11., pp. 1-644 8°, and appendix as follows : 
 
GILDER — GOMEZ. 301 
 
 Giorda (Rev. J.), S. J. — coutiuued. 
 
 1555 — • — Appendix | to the j Knlispel-Eiiglisb Dictionary. | Com- 
 piled by the | Missionaries of tlie Society of Jesus | 
 
 St. Ignatius Print, Montana. | — 1879 — | 0. jwp. 
 
 2p. ll.,pp. l-.i6. 8°. 
 
 The Appendix is composed entirely of verbal conjugations. 
 
 The work is copyrighted by Eev. J. Giorda, S. J., as author and proprielor. 
 But fifty copies, I think, were printed and but few have found their way into the 
 trade. 
 
 1556 A I Dictionary | of the | Kalispelor Flat-head Indian Lan- 
 guage, I compiled by the | Missionaries of the Society of Jesus | 
 Part II. I English-Kalispel. | 
 
 St. Ignatius Print, Montana. | 1877-8-9. | jwp. 
 
 4 p. 11., pp. 1-456. 8°. 
 
 1567 Lu I tel baiiiiintis holinzuten | kuitlt smii mii. | Some Nar- 
 ratives, From the Holy Bible, in Kalispel. | Compiled by the | Mis- 
 sionaries of the Society Of Jesus. | 
 
 SU. Ignatius Print, Montana. | 1879. | c. jwp. 
 
 Printed cover, 2 p. 11., pp. 1-140, l-i4. 8°. 
 
 1558 Szniim^ie-s Jesus Christ. | [Cross.] A Catechism ( — of 
 
 the — I Chrisitan Doctrine | — in the — ] Flat- Head or Kalisp61 
 Language | composed by the | Missionaries of the Society of 
 Jesus. I 
 
 St. Ignatius Print, Montana. | 1880 |. jwp. 
 
 Printed cover, 2 p. 11., pp. 1-45. 8°. 
 
 Girard (Just), pseud. 
 See [Roy ( 1. J.)] '' 
 
 Gladstone { W. S. ) , jr. 
 See Lanning (CM.) 
 
 1559 Gomdra (Francisco Lopez de). Historia | de las Conquistas | de | 
 Hernando Cortes, | escrita en Bspanol | por | Francisco Lopez de 
 Gom4ra, | tradncida al Mexicano y aprobada por verdadera | por 
 D. Juan Bautista de San Anton Mufion | Chimalpain Quauhtle- 
 huanitzin, | Indio Mexicano. | Publicala | Para instrnccion de la 
 juventnd | nacional, con varias notas y | adiciones, | Carlos Maria 
 de Bustamaiite. | [Quotation, six lines.] | Tomo P [-11°] | 
 
 Mexico: Imprenta de la testamentafia de Ontiveros. Afio de 
 
 1826. I A. c. 
 
 U vols.: 1 p. 1., pp. i-xiii, 1-315; 1 p. 1., pp. 1-187, 1 1., pp. 1-39, Index 211. sm. 4°. 
 
 De las letras de Mexico, tomo 1, p. 165; El niodo de contar [numerals 1-20 
 in Mexican], tomo 1, p. 165; Names of the months, days, years, &c., in Mexican, 
 tomo 1, pp. 166-169, 178-192; Calendario Indiano Tulteco, tomo 1, pp. 193-211. 
 
 1560 Gomez {Fr. Francisco). Varies Opusculos sobre la inteligencia de 
 la Leiigua Megicana. * 
 
 Title li-orn Beristain. 
 
302 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 1561 Gonzalez [Fr. Autonio). Traduccion de el Gathecismo castellano 
 del P. M. Greronimo de Eipalda de la Compania de Jesus, en el 
 idioma Mixteco. Por el E. P. Fr. Antonio Gonzales del Orden de 
 Predicadores, Cura de la Doctrina de Nochistlan, y Prior del Con- 
 vento de Cuilapa, con vn resumen curioso de los principales miste- 
 rios de nuestra Catholica fee, y el modo de administrar el Viatico ^ 
 los ]!faturales en diclio idioma. Dedicalo a su querida Madre la 
 Santa, may docta, y exemplarissima Provincia de Oaxac. 
 
 Con licencia de los Superiores en la Puebla en la Imprenta de la 
 viuda de Miguel de Orttega. Aiio de 1719 * 
 
 56 unnumbered 11. 8°. Title from Icazbalceta's Apuntes, No. 118. 
 
 1562 Cathecismo y explicacion de la Doctrina Christiana. Com- 
 
 puesto por el P. Geronymo de Eipalda, de la Sagrada Compania de 
 Jesus. Y traducido en Lengua Mixteca. Por el M. E. P. Fr. Anto- 
 nio Gonzales, del Sagrado Orden de Predicadores, Ministro Mixteco, 
 y Cura de la Casa de Nocliistlan. Tiene aiiadido los Mysteries ne- 
 cessaries, de necessitate medi para el comun de los Indios, y la 
 forma de d^r el viatico d los Enfermos. Dedicalo a su querida 
 Madre la Santa Provincia de Oaxaca, Orden de Predicadores. 
 
 Eeimpresso en la Puebla, en la Imprenta de la Viuda de Miguel 
 de Ortega. En el Portal de las flores. Ano de 1755. • 
 
 9 p. 11., pp 1-38. 4°. 
 
 The approvals and licenses are dated 1719: this and the word "reimpreso" 
 makes me believe that this is a new edition of the former number (118)j but I have 
 not been able to compare the two books in order to assure myself oi^ it. — Icazbal- 
 ceia's Apuntes, No. 119. 
 
 1563 [Gonzalez (P. Diego Pablo).] Manual | para administrar] 4 los In- 
 dios I del idioma Cabita | los santos | Sacramentos, | segun la re- 
 fornia de NN. SS. PP. | Paulo V. y Urbauo VIII. | Compuesto | 
 por un Sacerdote de la Compania de Jesus, | Missiouero eu las de 
 la Provincia | de Zynaloa. | Sacalo 4 luz | la piedad del Alferez D. 
 Sebastian Lopez | de Guzman, y Ayala. | Y lo dedica | al Gloriosis- 
 simo Patriarca Seiior | S. Joseph. | 
 
 Impresso en Mexico ; con las licencias necessa- | rias, en la Im- 
 prenta Real del Superior Gobierno | de Dona Maria de Eibera, en 
 el Erapedradillo. | Ano de 1740. | » 
 
 1.3 p. 11., pp. 1-164, 2 unnumbered 11. 8°. Title from Icazbalceta's Apuntes, No. 
 42, where no author is given. Brasseur de Bourbourg puts it under Gonzalez, 
 and says: "Tlae name of the author is mentioned only on the last leaf. It is 
 strange the editor omitted it from the title.'' Beristain also puts it under the 
 same author. 
 
 1564 Gonzalez {Fr. Jacinto). Instituciones gramaticales para aprender 
 con facilidad y perfeccion la Lengua Megicana. * 
 
 Manuscript iq the library of the Conveuto principal de la Merced, Mexico.— 
 Beristain. 
 
GONZALEZ — GOOD. 303 
 
 1565 Good (i^CT. John Booth). The Morning and Evening Prayer, | And 
 the Litany, j With Prayers and Thanksgivings, | translated into 
 the I Neklakapamuk | Tongue, | for the use of the Indians of the | 
 St. Paul's Mission, ) Lytton, British Columbia. | [By Eev. J. B. 
 Good, S. P. G. Missionary.] 
 
 Victoria, B. 0. | Printed by the St. Paul's Mission Press. | 
 1878. I JWp. 
 
 Printed cover, 1 1., pp. 1-48. Outside title, printed cover, reads as follows: 
 The Morning and Evening Prayer, | And the Litany, | Also Prayers and 
 Thanksgivings, | with | Office for the Holy Communion, and | Select Hymns. | 
 Translated into the | Neklakaparauk Tongue | for the use of the Indians of the | 
 St. Paul's Mission, | Lytton, British Columbia. | 
 
 Victoria, B. C. | Printed by the St. Paul's Mission Press. | 1878. | 
 Morning and Evening Prayer, pp. 1-33 ; Administration of the Lord's Supper, 
 pp. 34-48. 
 Pp. 34-48 of this work are also issued as a separate pamphlet as follows : 
 
 1566 The Ofiftce for the Holy Communion | translated into the | 
 
 Neklakapamuk | Tongue, | for the use of the Indians of the | St. 
 Paul's Mission, j Lytton, British Columbia. | 
 
 Victoria, B. C. | Printed by the St. Paul's Mission Press. | 
 1878. 1 JWP. 
 
 Printed cover, 1 l.,pp. 32-48. 8°. Outside title, printed cover, reads as follows : 
 
 The I Office for the Holy Communion, and | Select Hymns. | Translated into 
 the I Neklakapamuk Tongue, | for the use of the Indians of the | St. Paul's Mis- 
 sion, I Lytton, British Columbia. | 
 
 Victoria, B. C. | Printed by the St. Paul's Mission Press. | 1878. | 
 
 1567 — '. — The | Office for Public Baptism | and the Order of Con- 
 firmation, I with I Select Hymns and Prayers | translated into 
 the I Neklakapamuk | or | Thompson Tongue | for the use of the 
 Indians of the | St. Paul's Mission, | Lytton, British Columbia. | 
 
 ( By aid of the Venerable Society for Promoting Christian | 
 Knowledge.) | 
 
 Victoria: j B. C, | Printed by the S, Paul's Mission Press ( S, P. 
 C. K.) I Collegiate School. | 1879. | jwp. 
 
 Printed cover, pp. 1-32. 8°. 
 
 1568 Offices for the | Solemnizat[i]on of Matrimony | the | Visi- 
 tation of the Sick, | and | the Burial of the Dead. | Translated into 
 the I Nitlakapamuk | or | Thompson Indian Tongue. | By J. B. 
 Good, S. P. G. Missionary, Yale-Lytton. | By aid of a Grant from 
 the Ven. Society for Promoting | Christian Knowledge, j 
 
 Victoria, B. C. | Printed by the St. Paul's Mission Press, ( S. P. 
 C. K.) I Collegiate School, 1880. | jwp. 
 
 Printed cover, pp. 1-15. 12°. 
 
 1569 A Vocabulary | and | Outlines of Grammar | of the | Mt- 
 
 lakapamuk | or | Thompson Tongue, | (The Indian language spoken 
 
304 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Good {Rev. John Booth) — continued. 
 
 between Yale, Lillooet, | Cache Creek and Nicola Lake.) | Together 
 with a I Phonetic Chinook Dictionary, | Adapted for use in the 
 Province of | British Columbia. [ By J. B. Good, S. P. G. Mission- 
 ary, Yale-Lytton. | By aid of a Grant from the Eight Hon. Super- 
 intendent of Indian | Affairs, Ottawa. | 
 
 Victoria,: | Printed by the St. Paul's Mission Press, (S. P. 0. K. | ) 
 C. K.) I Collegiate School, 1880. | JWP. 
 
 Printed cover, pp. 3-46. 12°. Outside title has a slightly different imprint, as 
 follows : 
 
 Victoria, B. C. : | Printed by the St. Paul's Mission Press, (S. P. C. K.) | Col- 
 legiate School, 1880. I 
 
 1570 [Goodrich (Samuel Griswold).] The Manners, Customs, | and | 
 Antiquities of the Indians | of | North and South America: | by the 
 Author of I Peter Parley's Tales. | 
 
 Boston: | J. E. Hickman. | 12 School Street. | [1844.J * 
 
 Pp. 1-336, plates. 16°. Title from Mr. W. Eames. 
 
 The 23d Psalm in the Massachusetts Indian language (from Eliot), pp. 261- 
 262; Chippewa song, with translation, pp. 263-264. 
 
 1571 Gordon (Thomas). Indian names, with their signification. 
 
 In Barber (J. W.) and Ho^we (H.) Historical Collections of the State of 
 New Jersey, p. 512. New York, 1845. 8°. 
 
 Gore [Capt.) 
 
 See Cook (Capt. J.) and King {Capt. J.) 
 
 1572 Gorman {Bev. Samuel P.) Terms of Eelationship of the people of 
 Laguna, collected by Eev. Samuel P. Gorman, missionary, Pueblo 
 of Laguna, N. M. 
 
 In Morgan (L. H.) Systems of Consanguinity and Affinity, pp. 293-382. 
 Washington, 1871. 4°. 
 
 1573 Gospel. The | Gospel according to John, | translated into the | 
 Choctaw Language. | Vbanumpa. | Chani vt holissochi tok, | 
 Chahta anumpa isht a toshowa hoke. | 
 
 Boston: | Printed for the American Board of Commissioners for | 
 Foreign Missions, by Crocker & Brewster; | 1845. | ba. 
 
 Pp. 1-95 8°. 
 
 1574 Gospel according to St. John in the Mikmak Language. 
 
 London: British and Foreign Bible Society. 1854. * 
 
 Title from Bagster's Bible of Every Land. 
 
 1575 Gospel according to St. John in the Cree (of Eupert's Land) 
 
 Language. 1855. 
 
 12°. Title from Quaritch's Cat., 1879. 
 
GOOD GOSPEL. 305 
 
 Gospel — continued. 
 
 1676 The | Gospel according to Luke, | translated into the | 
 
 Ohoctaw Language. | Vbanumpa. | Luk vt holissochi tok, | Ohahta 
 anumpa isht a toshowa hoke. | 
 
 Boston: | Printedfor the American Board of Commissioners for | 
 Foreign Missions,, by Crocker & Brewster. | 1845. | ba. 
 
 127 pp. 8°. 
 
 1577 The Gospel | according to | Luke. | Translated into the 
 
 Cherokee Language. | [Two lines in Cherokee characters.] 
 
 Park Hill. | Mission Press: Edwin Archer, Printer. | [One line 
 Cherokee characters.] | 1850. | abs. 
 
 134 pp. 24°. In Cherokee characters. 
 
 1578 The Gospel according to | Saint Luke. | In Mikmak. | 
 
 Printed for the British and Foreign Bible Society, by | Isaac Pit- 
 man, Bath. I 1856. | c. 
 
 Pp. 1-148. 16°. In phonetic charactfrs. 
 
 1579 The Gospel according to Mark. [One line Cherokee char- 
 acters.] 
 
 Colophon : 
 
 Cherokee Ifation, Baptist Mission Press. c. 
 
 No title-page. 28 pp. 12°. In Cherokee characters. 
 
 1580 [The Gospel of Mark, in the Cherokee Language.] c. 
 
 No title-page. 56 pp. 24°. In Cherokee characters. 
 
 1581 [The Gospel of Mark, in the Cherokee Language.] abs. 
 
 No title-page. 70 pp. 24°. In Cherokee characters. 
 
 1582 The | Gospel according to Mark, | translated, into the | 
 
 Choctaw Language. | T^banumpa. | Mak vt holissochi tok, | Chahta 
 anumpa isht a toshowa hoke. | 
 
 Boston: | Printed for the American Board of Commissioners for | 
 Foreign Missions, by Crocker & Brewster. | 1845. | BA. abc. 
 
 Pp. 1-73. 8°. 
 
 1583 The | Gospel according to St. Matthew. | lsh. jwp. 
 
 No title-page. Pp. 3-32. 8°. Parallel columns, Chippewa and English. 
 See Mesah oowh. See Minuajimouin. 
 
 1584 The | Gospel according to Matthew, | translated into the | 
 
 ChoctawLanguage. | Fbanumpa | Malilu t?t holissocbitok. j Chahta 
 anumpa isht atosbowa hoke. | 
 
 Boston: | Printedfor the American Board of Commissioners | for 
 Foreign Missions, by Crocker & Brewster. | 1842. | ba. abc. c. 
 
 Pp. 1-198. 12°. 
 
 1585 The | Gospel according to Matthew, | translated into the | 
 
 ChoctawLanguage. | Fbanumpa | Mahlu?jtholissochitok,| Chahta 
 anumpa isht a toshowa hoke. | Second Edition. | 
 
 Boston: | Printed for the American Board of Commissioners for | 
 Foreign Missions, by Crocker & Brewster. | 1845. | ba. 
 
 Pp. 1-115. 8°. 
 20 Bib 
 
306 NOETH AMEEICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Gospel — continued. 
 
 1586 Gospel of St. Matthew in the Cree Language. 
 
 Church Missionary Society 1852. * 
 
 Title from Bagster's Bible in Every Land. 
 
 1587 The Gospel | according to Saint Matthew, | in the Mic- 
 
 mac Language. | Printed | for the Use of the Micmac Mission | by 
 the British and Foreign | Bible Society. | 
 
 Charlottetown : | Printed by G. P. Hazard. | 1853. | ABS. 
 
 2 p. 11., pp. 1-118. 16°. 
 
 1588 Gospels. The | Gospels | according to | St. Matthew, St. Mark, St. 
 Luke, I and | St. John, | translated into the Language | of | the 
 Esquimaux Indians, | ontheCoastof | Labrador; | bythe | Mission- 
 aries I of the I Unitas Fratrnin ; or. United Brethren. | Eesiding | 
 at Nain, Okkak, and Hopedale. | Printed | for the use of the Mis- 
 sion, I by I the British and Foreign Bible Society; | 
 
 London: | Printed by W. M'Dowall, Pemberton Eow, Gough 
 Square. | 1813. | jwp. ABS. c. 
 
 1 p. 1., pp. 1-416. 12°. The work does not contain the Gospel of John. The 
 Report of the British and Foreign Bible Society, vol. 1, gives the title : The 
 Four Gospels in Esquimaux. British and Foreign Bible Society, 1811 & 1813. 
 Bagster's Bible of Every Land says John was published in 1810, the remaining 
 three in 1813. 
 
 See Tamedsa in present catalogue for the former. 
 
 1589 Gospels and Epistles in the Greenland language. 
 
 Copenhagen. 1848. * 
 
 744 pp. 16°. Title from Sabin's Dictionary ; note to No. 22853. 
 
 1590 Gospels and Epistles in the Mixteca language.' * 
 
 "Two versions of the Gospels and of the Epistles are, however, said by Le 
 
 Long to have been made in Misteco, a language likewise spoken in the State of 
 Oajaca. The first version was made by Benedict Ferdinand, who flourished about 
 A. D. 1568 ; and the second version by Arnold S, Bosaccio. It is doubtful whether 
 either of these versioils are extant." — Bagster's Bible of Every Land. 
 
 1591 Graah (Wilhelm August). Undersogelses-Eeise | til | Ostkysten 
 af Gronland. | Bfter kongelig Befaling udf^lrt | i Aarene 1828-31 | 
 af W. A. Graah, | Capitain-Lieutenant i Soe-Etateu. | 
 
 Kiobenhavn. | Trykt has J. D. Qvist, i det Christensenske Oftt- 
 cin. I Ostergade Nr. 53. | 1832. | C. 
 
 Pp. i-xviii, 1-216. 4°. map. 
 
 Botanisk og zoologiske Gienstande. Planter Pattedyr, Fugle og Fiske, hvilke 
 forlkomme paa 0stkysten af Gronland, App. 2, pp. 191-105. 
 
 1592 Narrative of an Expedition | to the | East Coast of Green- 
 land, I sent by order of the King of Denmark, | in search of [ the 
 lost colonies, | under the command of | Capt" W. A. Graah, of the 
 Danish Eoyal Navy, | Knight of Dannebrog, &c. | Translated from 
 the Danish, | by | the late G. Gordon Macdougali, F. E. S. N. A., | 
 for the I Eoyal Geographical Society of London. | With the | origi- 
 nal Danish chart completed by the Expedition. I 
 
GOSPEL — GRANT. 307 
 
 Oraah (Wilhelm August) — continued. 
 
 London: | John W. Parker, West Strand. | M. DCOC. XXXVII 
 
 [1837]. I C. 
 
 Pp. i-xvi, 1-199. 8°. map. 
 Greenland names of Mammalia, Birds, and Fish, Appendix B, pp. 178-180. 
 
 1593 Gramatica. Gramatica Mexicana, Modo facil y breve para apren- 
 der el Idioma Mexicano. * 
 
 Manuscript. Cent, xviii. 12°. Title from the Fischer Sale Cat. 
 
 1594 Gramatica Mexicana, Metodo facil y Breve en Idioma 
 
 Mexicano. Modo de Bscribialo y Pronunciato. * 
 
 Manuscript. Cent, xviii. 4°. Title from the Fischer Sale Cat., No. 1934. 
 
 1595 Gramatica y Vocabulario de la Lengua Mexicana. • 
 
 Manuscript. 284 11. 12°. Cent. xvi. 
 
 This valuable manuscript is undoubtedly of a period immediately subsequent 
 to the discovery and conquest of Mexico. — Fischer Sale Cat. 
 
 1596 Grammar. Grammar, Catechism, Sermons, and Eeligious Poetry 
 in the Zapoteca Language. * 
 
 Manuscript. Cent, xvii, 167 pp. 4°. Title from the Fischer Sale Cat., No. 2036. 
 
 1597 Graipmar of the Mexican Language, to which is added a 
 
 short Catechism. * 
 
 Manuscript. Cent, xviii. 12°. Title from the Fischer Sale Cat., No. 193H. 
 
 1598 Granados y Galvez {Fr. Joseph Joaquin). Tardes | Americanas: | 
 Gobierno Gentil y Catolico : | breve y particular noticia ( de toda 
 la Historia Indiana: | Sucesos, casos notables, y cosas ignoradas, 
 desde la | entrada de la Gran Kacion Tulteca 4 esta tierra | de 
 Anahuac, hasta los presentes tiempos. | Trabajadas | por un Indio, 
 y un Espanol. | , Sacalas a Luz | El M. R. P. Fr. Joseph Joaquin 
 Granados | y Galvez, Predicador general de Jure, ex-Deflni- | dor 
 de la Provincia de Michoacan, y Guardian que fue | de los Conveu- 
 tos de Xiquilpan, Valladolid, Rio- | verde, y Custodio de todas sus 
 Missiones, | y las dedica | al Excmo. Sr. D. Joseph de Galvez, | 
 Caballero de la Real distjnguida Orden de Car- | los III., del Con- 
 sejo de Estado, Gobernador del | Supremo de las Indias, y Secre- 
 tario del Des- | pacho universal de ellas. | 
 
 Mexico: En la nueva Imprenta Matritense de D. Felipe | de 
 Ztiniga y Ontiveros, calle de la Palma, ano de 1778. | A. 0. 
 
 36 p. 11., pp. 1-540. 4°. 
 
 Names of months, days of the month, Theogony, etc., in Mexican, with inter- 
 pretation, pp. 57-69 ; Ode of Netzahualcoyotl in Otomi, pp. 90-91 ; Otomi numerals 
 1-100, p. 131. 
 
 1599 Gram (W. Colquhouu). Description of Vancouver Island. By its 
 first Colonist, W. Colquhoun Grant, Esq., F. R. G. S., of the 2nd Dra- 
 goon Guards, and late Lieut.-Col. of the Cavalry of the Turkish 
 
 Contingent. 
 
 In Royal Geog. Soc, Jour., vol. 27, pp. 268-320. London, n. d. 8°. 
 Numerals, 1-100, of the Macaw or Nitteenat, and Tsclallum, p. 295. 
 
308 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 1600 Gravier [Rev. James). Dictionary of the Illinois Language. * 
 
 Manuscript. Mentioned by Dr. J. Hiimmond Trumbull, in his Forty Algonkin 
 Versions of the Lord's Prayer, p. 99. lu a note on the Illinois version of the 
 prayer, printed by Bodoni, 1806, "ex MS.," Dr. Trumbull says: "A copy of this 
 version, evidently from the same original, was communicated to Dr. John Pick- 
 ering in 1823 as from a MS. grammar and dictionary of the Illinois language. 
 The MS. may have been that of Father Boulanger, missionary to the Illinois in 
 1721. The version is more probably that of Father James Gravier, S. J., mission- 
 ary from 1687 to 1706, who ' was the first to analyze the language thoroughly 
 and compile its grammar, which subsequent missionaries brought to perfection.' 
 I have recently had the good fortune to discover the long-lost dictionary of 
 Gravier, with additions and conections by his successors in the Illinois Mission, 
 and by its aid I am enabled to correct some — though not all — of the errors of 
 Bodoni's copy." 
 
 Dr. Shea (History of Catholic Missions, 1855, p. 415, note) had mentioned the 
 fact that "a catechism and dictionary [by Gravier] were extant some years 
 since, but seem to have perished." 
 
 Of the manuscript dictionary mentioned by Dr. Trumbull, he gives me the 
 following description : 
 
 "It is a stout volume in quarto or small folio, the leaf measuring llj by 8J 
 inches. It has been bound, but is now, and probably for many years has been, 
 without its covers. It has lost the first two or three leaves at the beginning, 
 and perhaps as many at the end, and a few other leaves have been somewhat 
 injured by mice. There remain 293 leaves (586 pages), which average about 38 
 lines to the page, indicating a total of about 22,000 words. The arrangement is 
 Illinois-French (not French-Illinois). The dialect is that of the Peorias (Peoiia- 
 ria), readily distinguished from the Miami-Illinois by the use of r for Miami I. 
 Occasionally, however, words and phrases are introduced which are marked as 
 'Miami.' The manuscript is very neat and legible. The handwriting and the 
 orthography, in my opinion and in that of French scholars who have inspected 
 it, show that it was written before or not many years after the beginning of the 
 18th century; certainly, I should say, not later than 1710. If so, it cannot have 
 been the work of the Rev. Jos. I. Le Boulanger, whose connection with the Illi- 
 nois Mission has not been traced before 1719. On nearly every page, however, 
 there are additions, corrections, or explanations iu at least two later and distinct 
 hands ; but these are not more frequent than two or three to the page on the 
 average. 
 
 "Throughout the work references are made to another volume or volumes, 
 which contained a grammar, lists of radicals, names of animals, plants, medi- 
 cines, etc. 
 
 "I conclude that this dictionary was compiled by Gravier, though I cannot 
 positively say that it is iu his autograph, and that the additions and emenda- 
 tions were made by his successors in the mission, some of them, perhaps, by Le 
 Boulanger. 
 
 "The French-Hlinois dictionary, discovered by the late Hon. Henry Clay Mur- 
 phy (see the Historical Magazine, vol. 3, pp. 227, 228; New York, 1859), which 
 Dr. J. G. Shea proposed to edit, and which was unfortunately lost about 1865, 
 may have been the French-Illinois counterpart of the Illinois-French dictionary 
 of Gravier, or may have been a transcript of that counterpart revised and com- 
 pleted by Le Boulanger; but from the article above cited it appears that Mr. 
 Murphy's manuscript was in the Jlfiami-Illinois dialect, while the earlier work I 
 have described is unquestionably in that of the PeoMaria-Illinois, among whom 
 Gravier labored. Mr. Murphy (to whom I showed the volume here described) 
 believed it to be of earlier date than the counterpart (French-Illinois), which 
 disappeared from his ofBce-desk about 1865, after the first form of it had been 
 printed by Dr. Shea. (See No. 2230.)" 
 
GRAVIER — GUADALAXAEA. 309 
 
 1601 Green (J. S.) Extracts from the report of an exploring tour on 
 the north-west coast of North America in 1829, by Eev. J. S. 
 Green. lsh. 
 
 lu Missionary Herald, vol. 26, pp. 343-345. Boston, u. d. 8°. 
 
 Contains remarks on the languages of the above locality,, and a few examples 
 of the language of the Queen Charlotte Island language compared with the jar- 
 gon of the traders. 
 
 1602 Greenleaf (Moses). Indian Names of some of the Streams, Islands, 
 &c., on the Penobscot and St. John Elvers in Maine : furnished by 
 Moses Greenleaf, Esq. 
 
 Id Am. Soc, First Ann. Rept., pp. 49-53. New Haven, 1824. 8°. 
 
 1603 Grijelmo {Fr. Domingo). Sermones en Lengua Zapoteca, de mucho 
 uso entre los Misioneres. * 
 
 The p. Fray Domingo Saenz de Miera, Dominican of Oajaca, possessed, in the 
 year 1746, a manuscript volume by Grijelmo, entitled : 
 
 1604 Sesenta y siete Textos de la Santa Escritura explicados 
 
 moralmente en Lengua Zapoteca. * 
 
 The first of these texts is: Quasi £ facie colubri fuge peocatum; and the 
 last: Nemo potest venire ad me, nisi Pater meus traxerit eum. — Beristain. 
 
 1605 Groenlandsk A B D Bog. 
 
 Kjobenhavn, 1760. * 
 
 8°. Title from Ludewig. For reprint, see Kattitsiomarsut. 
 
 1606 Grossman {Capt. Frederick E.) Some Words of the Languages 
 of the Pimo and Papago Indians of Arizona Territory. 
 
 Manuscript. 80 pp. 4°. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. 
 
 English-Pimo and Pimo-English, alphabetically arranged. Accompanied by a 
 few grammatic notes, and three stories with interlinear English translation. 
 Collected at the Gila River Reservation, during 1871. 
 
 1607 Guadalaxara (P. Thomas de). Compendio del Arte de la Lengua 
 de los Tarahumares, y Guazapares. Dedicado ^ la Eeyna de los 
 Angeles Maria Santiss™^ Virgen siempre Madre de Dios, Puris- 
 sima, y Senora Nuestra. Dirigido al Eey nuestro Senor Carlos II 
 Patron Defensor, y Propagador de Nuestra Santa Fee Catholica 
 Eomana en este Nuevo Orbe, y agora nuevamente en las gentili- 
 dades de la Nueva Vizcaya. Compuesto por el Padre Thomas de 
 Guadalaxara Missionero de la Compania de lesus. Oontiene cinco 
 libros de la Gramatica, vn Vocabulario, que comienza en Tarahu- 
 mar, y otro en Oastellano, y otro de nombres de parentesco. 
 
 Con Licenzfa' en la Puebla de los Angeles por Diego Fernan- 
 dez de Leon. Ano de 1683. * 
 
 11 p. 11., 11. 1-35. 8°. Title from Icazbalceta's Apuntes, No. 120. 
 
 The copy described by Sr. Icazbalceta was that in the library of Sr. Ramirez. 
 The sale catalogue of that gentleman's books describes it as follows : Title, 9 
 p. 11. , text, folios 1-35 (wants end ) ; 2 woodcut figures ; and wood-cut of the arms 
 of Spain, coarsely executed. An excessively rare, if not unique, grammar of the 
 Tarahamar language, apparently quite unknown to bibliographers. 
 
310 NORTH AMEEICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Guadalaxara (P. Thomas de.) — coutiuued. 
 
 1608 Arte general de diferentes Idiomas de los Indies bar- 
 
 baros. * 
 
 P. Oviedo makes mention of this work in his Menologio, and adds that P. 
 Guadalajara died on the 6th of January, 1720, at the Mission of San Geronimo 
 Huexotilan, in ancient Tarahumara. — Beristain. 
 
 1609 Giien (Hamon). lontaterihounieunitakSa | ne | KariSiioston Tei- 
 eiasontha, | ne Eoiatonserison aSennishete kenha, | ou | Instruc- 
 tion sur la Foi Catbolique, | par M. H. Guen, Ancien Missionaire. | 
 [Three lines quotation.] 
 
 Tiotiake-Moutreal : | Tehoristorarakon John Lovell. | 1870. | GB- 
 
 Pp. 1-23. 16°. In the Iroquois Language. 
 
 M. Hamon Giien died at the Lake of the Two Mountains, in 1761, aged 74, after 
 passing more than 50 years among the Indians, now at the Mission Sault and 
 E^collet, now at thab of the Lake of the Two Mountains. The above is the only 
 work by this venerable missionary which has been printed. I have changed 
 such terms as have fallen into disuse, and modified the orthography. — Extract 
 from a letter from Father Cnoq. 
 
 1610 Guerena [Fr. Marcos). Via Crucis; 6 modo de hacer las Estacio- 
 nes; en Lengua de los Indios del Norte. ' 
 
 Title from Beristain. 
 
 1611 Guerra (Fr. Joan). Arte | de la Lengua Mexicana | segun la acos- 
 tumbran hablar los Indios en todo | el Obispado de Guadalaxara, 
 parte del de | Guadiana, y del de Mechoacan. | Dispuesto | por 
 orden y mandato de N. M. E. P. | Fr. loseph de Alcaras, Pre- ( 
 dicador, Padre de la Santa Provincia de Zacate- | cas, y Ministro 
 Provincial, de esta Santa Provin- | cia de Santiago de Xalisco, y 
 por el Reverendo | y Venerable Diflnitorio de ella en | Gapitulo 
 Intermedio. | Dedicado | a la Santa Provincia de Santiago de 
 Xalisco, I Por el R. P. Fr. Joan Guerra, Predicador, y Diflnidor 
 actual de dicha | Provincia. | 
 
 Con licencia, en Mexico, por la Viuda de Fran- | cisco Eodriguez 
 Lupercio, en la puente | de Palacio, ano de 1692. | » 
 
 8 p. 11. Arte, 11. 1-27; Vocabulario, 11. 28-49; Instruccion para administrar 
 los Sacraraentos, 11. 49-62; Index, 1 1. 8°. 
 
 Title from Icazbalceta's Apuntes, No. 121. 
 
 1612 Arte de la Lengua megicana segun el Dialecto de los Pue- 
 blos de la Nueva Galicia. 
 M^gico por Lupercio, 1699. * 
 
 4°. Title from Beristain. Ludewig quotes it, same date. Pimentel gives it 
 the date of 1669. 
 
 1613 Guerra (Jos6 Maria). Pastoral del Ilustrisimo SeSor Obispo, di- 
 rigida d los Indigenos de esta diocesis. 
 
 Merida de Yucatan, impreso por Antonio Petra, 1848. • 
 
 8 pp. 4°. In the Maya language. A pastoral letter addressed by this bishop 
 to the rebel Indians. — Brasaeur de Bouriourg. 
 
 1614 Guevara (P. Jos6). Sermones Megicanos. • 
 
 Manuscript. Title from Beristain. 
 
GUAD ALAX AEA GUEy AEA. 311 
 
 1615 Guevara [Fr. Juan). Doctrina Oristiana eh Lengua Huasteca. * 
 
 Printed In Mexi6o as is affirmed by P. Juau Cruz in his dedication to his Cate- 
 cismo Huasteco. 
 
 Concerning this wort, Sr. Icazbalceta writes me as follows : Beristain mentions 
 this work, but omits the date of the edition which is given, at least approximately, 
 in the dedication of the Doctrina in the same language, printed by P. Juan de 
 la Cruz in 1571. I say approximately as the expression of P. Cruz is " se impri- 
 mi6 en la sede vacante del alio de 1548," that is to say, in that of Sr. Zumarraga 
 which began in that year and lasted to the year 1553. 
 
 1616 Guevara {Fr. Miguel de). I 6 S. Arte Doctrinal i modo G^. para 
 aprender la lengua Matlaltzinga Para administracion de los sanctos 
 sacramentos asi para confessar cassar i PrEedicarla con la Diffinicion 
 de sacramentis y demas cossas necessarias para Ablarla i enten- 
 derla Por el modo mas ordinario y versado comun ig^.m***. para no 
 ofuscarse en su inteligencia. Hecho y ordenado Por el Padre Fray 
 Miguel de Guevara Miuistro Prsedicador i Oj^erario Euangelico en 
 las tres lenguas q G^.mente corren Mexicana, tharasca y Matlalt- 
 zinga en esta Prouincia de Michhuacan. Prior actual del conuento 
 de stiago athatzithaquaro. Ano de 1638. 
 
 Original manuscript. 4°. Title and dedication " a los P"' estudiantes Matlal- 
 zingos"; lines by the author, 4 11.; Arte, 62 11. 
 
 Declaracion y Modo de mostrar el Ministro la doctrina Chris- 
 tiana y para examinar a los N^aturales la Quaresma y quando los 
 prsescentan para contraher Matrimonio como esta dispuesto &c. 
 
 1911. 
 
 Suma de Sacramentis. Bdita planse et distinctae declarata. Per 
 patrem Fratrem Michaelem A Guevara Sacrae Ordinis Heremitarum 
 Dini Aurelij Augustini &c. 
 
 53 11., which include the Confesonario. 
 
 Declaracion literar conform e a la letra de los Euagelios y Epis- 
 tolas desde la primera douica del Aduiento y Pasquas .... 
 Traduccido conforme al dialogo del P. P". fr. Maturino Gilbert!, 
 buelto en la lengua Matlalzinga Por Orden del P^- fr. Miguel de 
 Gueuara Ministro Prsedicador en las Tres lenguas Mexicana tha- 
 rasca y Matlaltzinga. Ano de 1634. 
 
 131 11., table, 811. 
 
 Para el Eosario de nfa senora. 
 
 13 11. 
 
 Apocalipse del Benerable S". Gregorio Lopes de felis recordacion 
 .... Traducido Por el F". F. Miguel de Gueuara Prior de 
 s*tiago Udameo. * 
 
 63 11. The last part is in Spanish. — Icazbalceta' s Apuntes, No. 122. 
 This has been printed, in part, as follows : 
 
 1617 Arte Doctrinal y modo general para aprender la lengua 
 
 Matlaltzinga, para la administracion de los Santos Sacramentos, 
 asi para confesar, casar y predicar con la definicion de Sacramentis 
 y demas cosas necesarias para hablarla y entenderla, por el modo 
 
312 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Guevara (Fr. Miguel D.) — continued. 
 
 mas ordinario y versado comun y generalmente para no ofuscarse 
 en su inteligencia. Hecho y ordenado per el padre Fr. Miguel de 
 Guevara, Ministro [&c.] Ano de 1638. 
 
 In Soc. de Geog. Mex., Bol., tomo 9, pp. 197-260. Mexico, 1863. 8°. 
 
 Grammar, pp. 198-245; Doctrina Cristiana, pp. 245-252; Modos y Tiempos del 
 verbo, pp. 253-260. 
 
 This last is from the manuscript of Father Diego de Basajenque, and was 
 inserted to supply the deficit caused by the loss of thirty-nine pages of the orig- 
 inal manuscript of Guevara. 
 
 This article was probably also issued separately, as Brasseur de Bourbourg 
 gives the title and adds the imprint: [Mexico, imprenta de Vicente Garcia Tor- 
 res, 1862], 8 preliminary pages, and 64 pp. Grammar. 
 
 1618 Arte, Yocabulario y Manual de la Lengua Pirluda. * 
 
 Manuscript in the Convent of Charo. — Beristain. 
 
 1619 Guide to the Province of British Columbia for 1877-8, compiled 
 from the latest and most authentic sources of Information, includ- 
 ing the various Prize Essays on the Province, Government Eeports, 
 etc. Also a Dictionary of the Chinnook Jargon, the Indian Trade 
 Language of the North Pacific Coast. Part 1. Chinnook English. 
 Part 2. English Chinnook. 
 
 Victoria (B. C.) 1877. * 
 
 8°. Title from bookseller's catalogue. 
 
 1620 Guthrie (Be?J. H. A.) Terms of Eelationship of the Otoe; collected 
 by Rev. H. A. Guthrie, at the Otoe Mission, Kansas. 
 
 In Morgan (L. H.) Systems of Consanguinity, and affinity pp. 293-382. 
 Washington, 1871. 4°. 
 
 1621 Glitip okausisa ilait. * 
 
 64 pp. 8°. Bible quotations for school use in the Eskimo language. Title 
 from a Greenland missionary, through Prof. Eink. 
 
 Guzman {Fr. Diego de Galdo). 
 See Galdo Guzman {Fr. Diego de). 
 
 1622 Guzman {Fr. Pantaleon de). Compendio de nombres en Lengua 
 Cakchiquel, y Significados de verbos por Imperativo y Acusativo 
 recipricos : En doce Tratados, por el Pe. Predicador F. Pantaleon 
 de Guzman, Cura Doctrinero por el Eeal Patronato desta Doctrina, 
 y Curato de Santa Maria de Jesus Pache; en 20 dias del mes de Oc- 
 tubre, de 1704 anos. * 
 
 Manuscript. 336 pp. sm. 4°. 
 
 1623 Doctrina Christiana y dos Eoman9es al Nacimiento de 
 
 Christo, etc. * 
 
 The only known works of Guzman are the above, of which the originals are 
 in the possession of the author of this Monograph. — Squier. 
 
 Gylberti {Fr. Maturino). 
 See Gilbert! (Fr. Maturino). 
 
GUEVARA HAKLUYT. 313 
 
 1024 Haedo (D. Francisco). Gram^tica de la Lengiia Otomi, y m6todo 
 para confesar 4 los Indios en ella. * 
 
 Printed for tile second time in Mexico, 1731. 8°. — Berislain. 
 
 1625 Hagen (Carl). Ndparsimassugdlid | atuartagagssait. | nugterdlu- 
 git kavdlunait nakorsaisa agdlagait, | mallgtariueruvdlugit : | 
 "Thornams Lasgebog," | "Huslsegen af Easpail" | agdlagkat Oarl 
 Hagen mit. | 
 
 Kungme. | Nunap nalagata nakiteriviane nakitat, | L. Moller 
 mit. I 1866. I jwp. 
 
 Pp. 1-72. 8". Medical manual in the Eskimo language of Greenland. 
 
 1626 HaikiscMka | ik achukmo oteninchi. | Fraud exposed and de- 
 tected. I Abridged from Eev. Edward Payson, D. D. | 
 
 [Park Hill, Cherokee Nation : | Mission Press, John Candy and 
 John F. Wheeler, Printers. | 1845.] | ba. 
 
 No imprint, pp. 1-11. 12°. In the Choctaw language. Byingtou, in his manu- 
 script dictionary, says it contains 16 pp. 
 
 1627 Hakluyt (Richard). The | principal navi | gations, voiages, traf- 
 fiqves and disco | veries of the English Nation, made by Sea, or 
 ouer land, to the remote and farthest di- | stant quarters of the 
 Earth at any time within | the compasse of these 1500 yeeres. De- 
 uided I into three seuerall Volumes, according to the |: positions of 
 the Regions, whereunto | they were directed. This first volume 
 containing the woorthy Discoueries, | &c. of the English toward 
 the North and Northeast by sea, | as of Lapland, Scrikflnia, Core- 
 lia, the Bale of S. Nicolas, the Isles of Col- | goieuse, Vaigatz, and 
 Noua Zembla, toward the great riuer Ob, | with the mighty Empire 
 of Russia, the Caspian Sea, Geor | gia, Armenia, Media, Persia, Bo- 
 ghar iuBactria, | and diners kingdoms of Tartaria: Together with 
 many notable monuments and testimo | nies of the ancient forren 
 trades, and of the warrelike and | other shipping of this realme of 
 England in former nges. | Whereunto is annexed also a briefe Com- 
 mentarie of the true | stateof Island, and of the Northern Seas and ( 
 lands situate that way. | And lastly, the memorable defeate of the 
 Spanish huge | Armada, Anno 1588, and the famous victorie | at- 
 chieved at the citie of Cadiz, 1596, | are described by Richard Hak- 
 luyt, Master of | Artes, and sometimes Student of Christ- | Church 
 in Oxford. | 
 
 Imprinted at London by George | Bishop, Ralph Newberie | and 
 Robert Barker. | 1598. | job. 
 
 3 vols., each with its own title-page, folio, maps. 
 
 Cartier (J.) Voyages of Jaques Carthier, vol. 3, pp. 201-232. 
 
 There are two earlier editions of Hakluyt's voyages : London, 1582, and iUd., 
 1589, each in one volume. Neither contains Cartier's voyages. 
 
 1628 Hakluyt's | Collection of the Early | Voyages, Travels, 
 
 and Discoveries, | of the | English Nation. | A new edition, with 
 additions. | Vol. I [-V and Supplement]. | 
 
314 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Hakluyt (Richard) — continued. 
 
 London; | Printed for E. H. Evans, 26, Pall Mall; J. Mackinlay, 
 Strand; | and E. Priestley, Holborn. | 1809 [-1812]. | BA.C. 
 
 5 vols. 4°, and supplement. 
 Cartier (J.) [Voyages of Jacques Cartier], vol. 3, pp. 250-294. 
 
 1629 Haldeman (Samuel Stehman). Analytic Orthography: | An | In- 
 vestigation of the Sounds of the voice, | and their | alphabetic nota- 
 tion; I including | themechanlsm of speech, | and its bearing upon | 
 Etymology. | By | S. S. Haldeman, A. M., | Professor in Delaware 
 College; | Member [&c., six lines]. 
 
 Philadelphia: | J. B. Lippiucott & Co. | London: Trubner & Co. 
 
 Paris: Benjamin Duprat. | Berlin: Ferd. Diimmler. | 
 
 1860. I BA. JWP. WE. 
 
 Pp. i-viii, 5-148. 4°. 
 
 Lord's Prayer, witli interlinear translation, in Clierokee and Wyandot, and 
 a short vocabulary in Kansa and Chippeway, pp. 133-136. 
 
 Numerals, 1-10, of the Cherokee, Creek, Choctaw, Iroquois, Wyandot, Co- 
 manche, Waco, Lenape (two versions), Chippeway, Penobscot, Passamaquoddy, 
 Potewjltemi, Shawanee, Kansa, Osage, Eskimo, Cape Flattery, Apache, Yuma, 
 and Chinook, pp. 144-146. 
 
 1630 On the Phonology of the Wyandots. 
 
 In Am. PhU. Soc, Proc, vol. iv, pp. 268-269. Philadelphia, 1847. 8°. 
 Wyandot numerals, 1-10, in phonetic characters, p. 269. 
 
 1631 On some Points of Linguistic Ethnology: with Illustra- 
 tions, chiefly from the Aboriginal Languages of America. By Prof. 
 S. S. Haldeman, A. M. 
 
 In Am. Ass. Adv. Science, Proc, 2d meeting, pp. 423-426. Boston, 1850. 8°. 
 Reprinted, with additions, as follows : 
 
 1632 On somePoints in Linguistic Ethnology; with Illustrations, 
 
 chiefly from the Aboriginal Languages of North America. By 
 S. S. Haldeman, A. M. 
 
 In Am. Acad. Arts and Sciences, Proc, vol. 2, pp. 165-178. Boston- and 
 Cambridge, 1852. 8°. 
 
 1633 Hale (Edward Everett). Kanzas and Nebraska: | The | History, 
 geographical and physical Characteristics, | and political position 
 of those Territories; | an account of the | Emigrant Aid Com- 
 panies, I and I directions to emigrants. | By | Edward E. Hale. | 
 With an | original map from the latest authorities. | 
 
 Boston: | Phillips, Sampson and Company. | New York: J. C. 
 Derby. | 1854. | ba. c. 
 
 Pp. i-viii, 9-256. 12°. 
 A few Mandan and Welsh words (from Catlin) compared, p. 32. 
 
 1634 H[ale] (Horatio E.) Remarks | on | Some Words in the Language | 
 of the I St. John's or Wlastukweek Indians, | By H. E. H. j 
 
 [Cambridge, 1834.] GB. 
 
 Pp. 1-4. 16°. 
 
HAKLUYT HALE 
 
 315 
 
 Hale (Horatio E.) — continued. 
 
 1635 United States | Exploring Expedition. | During the years | 
 
 1838, 1839, 1840, 1841, 1842. | Under the Command of | Charles 
 WUkes, U. S. N. | Vol. VI. | Ethnography aud Philology. | By | 
 Horatio Hale, | Philologist of the Expedition. | 
 
 Philadelphia: | Printed by 0. Sherman. | 1846. | c. 
 
 Pp. i-xiii, 1-666. 4°. map. 
 
 Languages of Northwestern America, pp. 553-650, includes general remarks 
 and examples of the language of the : 
 
 Tahkali-TJmkwa family, pp. 534-535; Kitunaha, p. 535; Tsihaili-Selish 
 family, pp. 535-542; Sahaptin family, pp. 543-561; Waiilatpu family, p. 561; 
 Tshinuk family, pp. 563-564 ; S. Kalapuya, pp. 564-567 ; Bemarks on the vocah- 
 laries, pp. 567-568. 
 
 The following is a copy of Mr. Hale's list of vocabularies, which occupy pp. 
 569-629: 
 
 Families. 
 
 Tahkali-TJinkwa. 
 Kitunaha 
 
 Dialects. 
 
 •C: 
 
 Tlatskanai. 
 Kwalhioqna. 
 
 Northern 
 Branch 
 
 Middle 
 . Tsihaili-Selish . ^ Branch 
 
 "Western 
 Branch 
 
 Sonthem 
 Branch 
 
 Languages. 
 
 CA. Tahkali (Carriers). 
 
 < B. Tlatskanai 
 
 I, O. TJmkwa (Umpqua). 
 D. Kitunaha (GoutaniesFlat- 
 
 hOTTS. 
 
 '.E. Shush wapumsh ( Shush- 
 waps, Atnahs). 
 
 I c. Kullespelm (Ponderays). 
 
 F. Selish (Flatheads) < d. Tsakaitsitlin (Skokan Inds.) 
 
 Q. Skitsuish (€cDur d'altoe). ^'' Soaiatlpi (Kettle-falU, &o.) 
 ,S. Piskwaus (Piscous). 
 
 I I. Skwale (Nasqually). 
 
 rJ. Tsihailish (Chickailis, 
 I Chilis). 
 
 I K. Kawelitsk (Couelits). 
 
 < L. Nsletshawus (Killamuks)- 
 
 /. Tsihailish. 
 g. Kwalantl. 
 h. Kwenaiwitl. 
 
 fJlf. Sahaptin (Nez-Percfis). ,,-, Pelus (Pelooses). 
 
 4. Sahaptin ^ 
 
 I if. Walawala (Wallawallas) ..ij. Jaakema (Yakema). 
 
 li:. Tlakatat (Klikatats). 
 ( O. Waiilatpu (Willetpoos, 
 
 5. "Waiilatpu < (Cayuse). 
 
 ( P. Molele. 
 
 r Q. Watlala (Upper Chinooks) / '• ^^^^^l" ^^'^"^^ ^^«-'- 
 (7/1. Nihaloitih (Echeloots). 
 
 6. Tshinuk i f». Tshinuk. 
 
 (iJ. Tshinuk (Chinooks) \o. Tlatsap (Clatsops). 
 
 Ip. "Wakaikam (Wahkyecnms) 
 
 7 Kalanuva S. Kalapuya J^' *Pyy*- 
 
 (.ijjud,puya i- Ir. Tnhwalati(roUaties). 
 
 8. lakon T. lakon (Lower Killamuks). 
 
 9. liUtuaml - - . l^. Lutuami (Tlamatl, Clamets). 
 
 10. Saste - F. Saste (Shasties). 
 
 11. Palaihnih TT. Palaihnih (Palaiks). 
 
 ex. Shoahoni (Shoshonees, Snakes). 
 
 12. Shoshoni | ^ Wihinasht (Western Shoshonees). 
 
 13. Satsikaa . . , Z. Satsikaa (Blaokfeet) . 
 
 14. Nootka .-. Kwoneatshatka. 
 
 15. 5 ; San Raphael. 
 
 16. Kizh San Gabriel. 
 
 17. Netela San Juan Capestrano. 
 
316 NOETH AMER CAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Hale (Horatio E.)— contiuued. 
 
 Miscellaneous vocabularies as follows: 
 
 (1.) Upper Sacramento (collected by Mr. Dana), p. 630; (3.) Talatui (collected 
 by Mr. Dana), p. 631; (3.) Pnjuni,(4.) Sekumne, (5) Tsamak (from Dana), pp. 
 632-633; (6.) La Soledad, (T.) San Miguel, pp. 633-634; (8.) Hailtsa (from Mr. 
 A. Anderson), p. 634; The Jargon or Trade Language of Oregon, pp. 635-6:0. 
 
 1636 Vocabulary of the Tutelo, with remarks on the same. 
 
 Manuscript. 30 pp. 4°. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. 
 
 1637 Halftnoon (Charles). A Collection | of | Muncey and English | 
 Hymns, | for the use of the Kative Indians. | Translated by 
 Charles Halfmoon, | Local Preacher. | [Two lines quotation.] 
 
 Toronto: | Printed for the Missionary Society of the Wesleyau | 
 Methodist Church in Canada. | Conference Office, No. 9, Welling- 
 ton Buildings. | 1842. | 
 
 Secovd title: 
 
 Minseeweh | Nuhkoomwawaukunul, | nuhkoomwaghtohteetij | 
 Neik Linnaupawug. | Auneh kowhwaujmoowhwaig hungkeil | 
 I^un Kashohweish, | local preacher. | [Two lines quotation.] 
 
 Toronto : | Printed for the Missionary Society of the Wesleyan | 
 Methodist Church in Canada. | Conference Offlce, No. 9, Welling- 
 ton Buildings. | 1842. | JWP. 
 
 2 p. 11., pp. 1-206, alternate pp. English and Muncey. 24° English title verso 
 1. 1, recto blank ; Muncey title recto 1. 2, verso blank. 
 
 1638 A I Collection of Hymns, | in | Muncey and English, | for 
 
 the use of the native Indians. | Translated | By Charles Half- 
 moon, I Assistant Missionary. | [Two lines quotation.] 
 
 Toronto : | Printed for the Wesleyan Missionary Society, at the | 
 Conference Ofidce, 80 King Street East. | 1874. | 
 
 Second title: 
 
 Minseewee, | Loonzwaywaukunnul, | loonzwaghtohteedt | Neek, 
 Linnaupaywug, | onnihkowhwoj moowhwaig hummohteedt. | Nnn, 
 Kayshohweesh, | Weej mod Paimtoonhayleed. | [Two lines quota- 
 tion.] 
 
 Toronto : | Printed for the Wesleyan Missionary Society, at the | 
 Conference Office, 80 King Street East, j 1874. | jwp. 
 
 Pp. 1-96, 1-96, alteriiate pp. English and Muncey ; index in English, pp. 97-102. 
 16°. English title verso 1. 1 ; Muncey title recto 1. 2. 
 
 1639 Hall (Charles Francis). Arctic Eesearches | and | Life among the 
 Esquimaux: | being the | narrativeof an Expedition in search of Sir 
 John I Franklin, | in the years 1860, 1861 , and 1862. | By | Charles 
 b'rancis Hall. | With maps and one hundred illustrations. | 
 
 New York: | Harper & Brothers, Publishers, | Franklin Square. | 
 1865. I BA. c. 
 
 Engraved title, pp. i-xxviii, 29-595. 8°. map. 
 
 Lord's Prayer in Esquimaux, p. 69 ; Innuit numerals, 1-10, p. 577. 
 
 Sabin's Dictionary gives a title: Life with the Esquimaux: A Narative of 
 Arctic Experience in Search of Survivors of Sir John Franklin's Expediti6n, 
 
HALE HALY. 317 
 
 Hall (Charles Francis) — continued. 
 
 Loudon : S. Low, Son & Co., pp. x-547. 8° ; and Field, No. 640, one : Life with 
 tbo Esquimaux : The Narrative of Captain C. F. Hall, * * * discovering some 
 of the survivors of Sir John Franklin's Expedition • * » London: Sampson 
 Low & Co. 18(54. 2 vols. 8°. 
 
 Perhaps they are the same as the above. 
 
 1640 Narrative | of the | Second Arctic Expedition | made by | 
 
 Charles F. Hall : | His Voyage to Kepulse Bay, Sledge Journeys to 
 the Straits of Fury | and Hecla and to King William's Land, | 
 and I Residence among the Eskimos during the Tears 1864-'69, | 
 Edited under the Orders of the Hon. Secretary of the Navy, | by | 
 Prof. J. E. Nourse, U. S. N. | U. S. Naval Observatory, | 1879. | 
 
 Washington : | Government Printing Office. | 1879. | jwp. 
 
 5 p. 11., pp. i-l, 1-644. 4°. maps. 
 
 Besides many Eskimo terms passim, there are also in this work four lists of 
 names of geographic features, a few with English signification, in the follow- 
 ing localities : 
 
 Northeast coast of Fox Channel (50 names), p. 354; Too-noo-uee-noo-shuk, or 
 Admiralty Inlet (40 names), pp. 355-356; Pond's Bay (33 names), p. 370; King 
 William's Land, and the adjacent country (16 names), p. 398. 
 
 1641 [Hall (22eD. Sherman).] Ojibwa nugumoshang. | Ojibwa Hymns. | 
 
 Published by the American Tract Society, | 150 Nassau-Street, 
 New York. | [n. d.] JWP. 
 
 Pp. 1-7, 1-95, alternate pages English and Chippewa. 16°. Rev. J. A. Gil- 
 fiUan, an Ojibwa missionary, says these hymns are not original translations, but 
 adapted from other collections, by Mr. Hall. 
 
 1642 and Copway (George). Minuajimouin gainajiraot' | au | St. 
 
 Luke. I Anishinabe enuet giizhianikunotabiu'Bg, | au | S. Hall, | 
 mekvdeuikonaie; | gaie au | George Copway, | anishinabe gvgi- 
 kueuinini. | 
 
 Boston : | Printed for the American Board of Commissioners ] for 
 Foreign Missions, by Crocker & Brewster. | 1837. | ba. mhs. 
 
 Literal translation. — The good tidings as he told it | that | St. Luke. | The In- 
 dian as he speaks they have translated and put it in writing, | that | S. Hall, | 
 the one clothed in black [minister] | and that | George Copway, | Indian 
 preacher man. | 
 
 Pp. 1-112. 12°. Gospel of Luke in the Chippewa language. 
 
 1643 Odizhijigeuinua | igiu | Gaauoninjig. | Anishinabe enuet 
 
 anikijnotabi^ng | au | Sherman Hall | gaie au | George Copway. | 
 (Acts of the Apostles in the Ojibwa Language.) | 
 
 Boston: | Printed for the American Board of Commissioners | for 
 Foreign Missions, by Crocker & Brewster. | 1838. | ba. abc. 
 
 Literal <ra«gZa(ioB.— Their actions | those | who were hired. | The Indian as he 
 speaks they translate and put it in writing | that | Sherman Hall | and that | 
 George Copway. | 
 
 Pp. 1-108. 12°. 
 
 1644 Haly (— ). A Short Vocabulary in the language of the San Bias 
 
 Indians. 
 
 In Berendt (C. H.) The Darien Languages, in Am. Hist. Record, vol. 3, p. 
 
 59. 1874. 4°. 
 
318 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Haly ( — ) — continued. 
 
 At the coast of San Bias, Mr. Haly, an English trader, ^\ ho lived for many 
 years in Blewiields (Mosqnito coast), has collected in 1834 a list of words which 
 has not yet been published. I obtained it from the Rev. Alexander Henderson, 
 the well-known linguist and missionary in Belize, who made his first entry into 
 the mysteiies of the Mosquito language under the guidance of Mr. Haly. — 
 Berendt. 
 
 1645 Hamilton (A. S.) Vocabulary of the Haynarger Dialect of the 
 Tahcully, Athapasca. 
 
 Manuscript. 511. folio. 180 words. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. 
 
 1646 Hamilton (S. M.) Chippewa Vocabulary. 
 
 Manuscript. 20 pp. folio. ] 80 words. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. 
 
 1647 [Hamilton {Rev. William).] Translations | into the | Omaha Lan- 
 guage, I with I Portions of Scripture ; | also, | a few Hymns. | 
 
 jSTew York : | Printed by Edward O. Jenkins, | 20 North William 
 Street. | 1868. |- jwp. 
 
 Pp. 1-30. 10°. 
 
 Scriptural sentences with interlinear translation, pp. 7-14 ; Exodus xx, pp. 
 14-17; Psalm li, pp. 1^-19; Lord's Prayer, p. 20; Hymns, pp. 20-30. 
 
 1648 Eemarks on the Iowa Language. 
 
 In Schoolcraft (H. E.) Indian Tribes, vol. 4, pp. 397-406. Philadelphia, 
 1854. 4°. 
 
 1649 Vocabulary of the Pawnee Language. 
 
 Ill Hayden (F. V.) Contributions to the Ethnology and Philology of the 
 Tribes of the Missouri Valley, in Am. Philosoph. Soc, Trans., new series, vol. 
 12, pp. 347-351. Philadelphia, 1863. 4°. 
 
 1650 Vocabulary of the Iowa and Omaha. 
 
 Manuscript. 12 11. 112 words, oblong folio. 
 
 1651 Vocabulary of the Omaha, alphabetically arranged. 
 
 Manuscript. 33 11. 4°. These manuscripts are in the library of the Bureau of 
 Ethnology. 
 
 1652 and Irvin (Bev. S. M.) Wr-wv-kv-hae | e-ya e-tu u-na- 
 
 ha I Pa-hu-cfe e-cse | se-ta-wre, mv-he-hvn-yae e-cae | ra praetse-ksB. | 
 Wvkvnfse — Frae-cse | Wv-kun-fse — Jweh-cse-ku | se-wv-uu-yekae: | 
 wv-kxn-ta wv-je-kae se-ta-wse, | Prse-spa-te ra a-na-ae-na-ha, | u-ke- 
 cae e-tan-ta wv-ke-kun-fce-na-ha | wv waye ae-tawa5 ce-wcen-ye-ce | 
 pa-ce-fae-ig-ae E. cae-prae-tae-kae | 
 
 Pa-hu-cae Fv-kae-ku Wv-kun-fae ae-ta-wce Wv-wv-kv-hcB-u-na-ha 
 ae-ta-wae-ta. | 1843. | 
 Second title : 
 
 An Elementary Book | of the | loway Language, | with an | 
 English Translation. | By | Wm. Hamilton, and | S. M. Irvin. | 
 Under the direction of the B. F. Miss, of the [ Presbyterian 
 Church. I J. B. Eoy, Interpreter. | 
 
 loway and Sac Mission Press, | Indian Territory. | 1843. | ba. 
 
 101 pp. 8°. 
 
HALY HAMILTON. 319 
 
 Hamilton {Rev. William) and Irvin (Rev. S. M.) — continued. 
 
 1653 Ya-w8B | pa-hu-cse | e-cse se-ta-wje | e-tu-hce wa-una-ha. | 
 
 Pa-Lu-cse fa-kte-ku | wv-kun-fse ae-ta-wse | ae-wv-u-nye-kse. | W. 
 W'kse. L'nta. wv'ha, | wv-wa-ye ae-ta-wcB ae-wsen-ye-ce: | Prse- 
 spa-te-ra-ya-na-se-na-ha. | " Ta-wse cse-kseh-ce ye-ho-wv o- 1 ke-ya-wse- 
 we-rse: mv-ya-pro-kseye-ho- 1 wv o-ke-ya-wse-we-rse." | W. Y. xcvi-C, | 
 
 Pa-hu-cce Pa-kce-ku Wv-kun-fce | ce-ta-wce Wv-wv-kv-hse-u-na- 
 ha I {B-ta-wse-ta, | 1843. | 
 Second title : 
 
 Original | Hymns, | in the | loway Language. | By | the Mis- 
 sionaries, I to the loway & Sac Indians, | Under the direction of 
 the I Board of Foreign Missions of the | Presbyterian Church. | 
 [Two lines quotation.] 
 loway and Sac Mission Press, | Indian Territory, | 1843. | 
 Pp. 1-62. 18°. Indian title recto 1. 1 ; English title recto 1. 2. bA. JWP. 
 
 1654 An I loway Grammar, | illustrating | the principles | of 
 
 the I Language | used by the | loway, Otoe and Missouii | In- 
 dians. I Prepared and printed | by | Eev. Wm. Hamilton | and | 
 Eev. S. M. Irvin. | Under the direction of the Presbyterian B. P. M. | 
 
 loway and Sac Mission Press. | 1848. | c. jwp. 
 
 Pp. i-xiv, 9-152. 16°. 
 
 1G55 The | loway | Primmer | composed of the most common | 
 
 words, and arranged in | al^jhabetic order. [ Compiled and printed | 
 for the loway School | by | Wm. Hamilton | and | S. M. Irvin. | 
 Under the direction of the Presbyterian B. F. M | 
 loway and Sac Mission Press. | 1849. | jwp. 
 
 Pp. 1-8. 16°. 
 
 1656 The | loway Primmer | Second Edition | Prepared and 
 
 printed | by | Wm. Hamilton | and | S. M. Irvin. | Under the di- 
 rection of the Presb'n. B. F. Missions. | 
 
 loway and Sac Mission Press | 1850. | jwp. 
 
 1511. 16°. 
 
 The pagination of this little pamphlet is curiously mixed. I have seen but 
 one copy of it, -that in the library of Maj. J. W. Powell, and but infrequent refer- 
 ences. It is bound with the first edition (q. v.), which ends with p. 8. The 
 second edition, which has its own title-page, as above, is paged 12 on reverse of 
 title, followed by 13 on recto of 1. 2, the verso of which is paged 9, followed on 
 recto of 1. 3 by p. 7, verso not paged ; the recto of 1. 4 is paged 9, and the pagi- 
 nation runs consecutively to 24; the recto of 1. 12 is numbered 17, but the verso 
 26 is correct, as is also p. 27, the reverse of which is blank. The recto of the 
 14th leaf is numbered 21, verso 30 ; the fifteenth, recto p. 31, verso p. 24. 
 
 No series of books has given me so much trouble as the publications iu the 
 Iowa language. Usually they have no title-page, nor any caption in Englibh, so 
 that without a knowledge of the language it is well nigh impossible to form ah 
 idea of the subject matter. They are sometimes bound with one work, some- 
 times with another, sometimes in whole, sometimes in part. 
 
 1657 -: Oe^sxs | wo-ra-kse-pe ae-ta-wse^ | Mat-fn JS-wv-kv-hse-na- 
 
 ha, I A-rse-kse. | ba. jwp. 
 
320 NOETH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Hamilton {Bev. William) and Irvin {Eev. S. M.)— continued. 
 
 No imprint. Pp. 1-32 (?). 16°. The copies seen were incomplete, coutaiuiug 
 but six chapters. 
 
 Literal translation. — Jesus | good news his | Matthew he who wrote it | that 
 is it. I Gospel of Matthew in the Iowa language. 
 
 1658 We-wv-lise-kju. JWP. 
 
 No imprint. Pp. 1-29. 16°. Catechism in the Iowa language. The transla- 
 tion of the heading is: Some questions. 
 
 1659 Wv-ro-hae. ba.jwp. 
 
 No imprint. Pp. 1-24. 18°. Prayers in the Iowa language. 
 
 1660 Hammond {Mrs. L. M.) History | of | Madison County, | State of 
 New York. | By Mrs. L. M. Hammond. | 
 
 Syracuse: | Truair, Smith & Co., Book and Job Printers. | 
 1872. I c. 
 
 Pp. 1-774, 1 1. 8°. 
 
 Names of the months, and numerals, 1-10, in Mohawk, pp. 19-20; Names of 
 the several degrees of relationship in the Seneca language, p. 40. 
 
 1661 Handy (Charles W.) Vocabulary of the Miami. 
 
 In Schoolcraft (H. E.) Indian Tribes, vol. 2, pp. 470-481. Philadelphia, 
 1852. 4°. 
 
 1662 Hanson (John W.) History | of | Gardiner, | Pittston and West 
 Gardiner, | with a sketch of the | Kennebec Indians, & New Ply- 
 mouth Purchase, | comprising historical matter from | 1602 to 
 1852; I with genealogical sketches of many families. | By J. W. 
 Hanson. | Author of "Historj^ of Norridgewock and Canaan, 
 Me.;" I "History of Dan vers, Mass.;" &c. &c. | 
 
 Gardiner: | Published by William Palmer. | 1852. ( BA.BP. c. 
 Pp. i-xii, 13-343. 12°. 
 
 Various aboriginal names of places in Maine and their significations, pp. 
 20-21. 
 
 Hara {Fr. Domingo de). 
 See Ara {Fr. Domingo de). 
 
 1663 Hardy {Lieut. Campbell). Sporting adventures | in | the New 
 World; | or, | days and nights of Moose-Hunting | in | the pine 
 forests of Acadia. | By Lieut. Campbell Hardy, | Eoyal Artillery. | 
 In two volumes. | Vol. I [II]. | 
 
 London: | Hurst and Blackett, Publishers, | Successors to Henry 
 Colburn, | 13, Great Marlborough Street. | 1855. | c. 
 
 2 vols. 12°. 
 A few terms in the Micmac dialect, vol. 2, p. 227, et seq. 
 
 1664 Harmon (Daniel Williams). A | Journal | of | Voyages and Trav- 
 els I in the | Interiour of North America, | between the 47th and 
 58th degree of north latitude, extend- | ing from Montreal nearly 
 to the Pacific Ocean, a distance | of about 5,000 miles, including an 
 account of the prin- | cipal occurrences during a residence of nine- 
 teen I years, in different parts of the country. | To which are ad 
 
HAMILTON HAERI8. 321 
 
 Harmon (Daniel Williams) — continued. 
 
 ded, I a concise description of the face of the country, its inhabi- 
 tants, I theirmanners, customs, laws, religion, etc., and considera- | 
 ble specimens of the two languages, most extensively | spoken; 
 tegethier witii an account of the princi- | pal animals, to be found 
 in the forests and | prairies of this extensive region. | Illustrated, 
 by a map of the country. | By Daniel Williams Harmon, | a part- 
 ner in the Korth West Comijany. | 
 
 Andover: | Printed by Flagg and Gould. | 1820. | BA. C. 
 
 Pp. i-xxiii, ■25-432. 8°. map. 
 
 Names of the seasons in the Cree tongue, pp. 368-369 ; Names of the moons in 
 the Cree tongue, pp. 369-370; A specimen of the Cree or Knisteneux tongue, 
 which is spoken by at least three-fourths of the Indians of the northwest coun- 
 try, on the east side of the Eocky Mountains, pp. 385-401; Numerical terms, 
 1-1000, of the Crees or Knisteneux, pp. 402-403 ; A specimen of the Tacnlly or Car- 
 rier Tongue, pp. 403-412; The numerical terms, 1-1000, of the TaciiUies, p. 413. 
 
 These vocabularies reprinted many times. 
 
 1665 Harris (Thompson S.) Ne | Hoiwiyosdosheh Noyohdadogehdih | 
 ne I Saint Luke, | nenonodowohga nigawenohdah. | 
 
 New-York. | Printed for the American Bible Society. | D. Fan- 
 shaw, Printer. | 1829. j 
 Second title : 
 
 The Gospel | according to Saint Luke, | translated ( into the 
 Seneca tongue, | by T. S. Harris. | 
 
 New- York. | Printed for the American Bible Society. | D. Pan- 
 shaw. Printer. | 1829. | ba. abs. jwp. 
 
 Pp. 1-149, 1-149, double numbers, alternate Seneca and English. 18°. Seneca 
 title verso of 1. 1 ; English title recto of 1. 2. 
 
 1666 [Gospel of Matthew in the Seneca language. About 1829.] * 
 
 The gospel of Matthew, translated by the Rev. Mr. Harris, and published by 
 the American Bible Society. — Bist. of Am. Missions. 
 
 1667 [Collection of Hymns in the Seneca Language.] , * 
 
 Two small collections of hymns in the Seneca language have recently been 
 published, one by the Eev. T. S. Harris, missionary at Seneca, and the other by 
 Mr. Thayer, the teacher at Cattaraugas, aided by interpreters. — Missionary 
 Herald, 1829. 
 
 1668 and Young (J.) Christ | Hagonthahninoh | Nonodaga- 
 
 hyot. I 
 
 New-York. | Printed for the American Tract Society, | By D. 
 Fanshaw. | 1829. | 
 
 Second title : 
 
 Christ's I Sermon on the Mountain. | Translated | into the Seneca 
 Tongue, | by T. S. Harris and J. Young. | 
 
 New-York. | Printed for the American Tract Society. | By D. 
 Fanshaw. | 1829. | ats. 
 
 Pp. 1-16, 1-16, double numbers. 18°. Indian title verso 1. 1 ; English title 
 recto 1. 2 ; alternate pp., Seneca and English. 
 21 Bib 
 
322 NOETH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 1669 Harrison [Rev. P.) and Aspberry (D. P.) The | Muskoke Hymns. | 
 Prepared and Translated by | Eev. P. Harrison and D. P. Asp- 
 berry, I Native Missionaries. | 
 
 Park Hill : | Mission Press: J. Candy and E. Archer, Printers. | 
 1847. I BA. 
 
 Pp. 1-101. 24°. 
 
 Includes also the Ten Commandments, Lord's Prayer, and Chief Command- 
 ments. 
 
 For other editions of Muskoki Hymns, see note to FleBiing (J.), No. V302. 
 
 1670 The | Muskoke Spelling Book. | Prepared by | Eev. P. Har- 
 rison and D. P. Aspberry, | Native Missionaries. | Mvskokvlke En 
 Nakgvkvg. | • 
 
 Park Hill, Cherokee Nation: | Mission Press: Edwin Archer, 
 Printer. | 1847. | BA. 
 
 Pp. 1-36. 24°. 
 
 1671 [Hartgers (Joost), editor.] Beschrijvinghe | Van | Virginia, | 
 Nieuw Nederlandt, | Meuw Engelandt, | En d'Eylanden | Bermu- 
 des, I Barbadoes en S. Christoffel. | Dienstelyck voor elck een der- 
 waerts handelende, en alle voort-planten | van nieuw Colonien. | 
 Met koperen Figuren verciert. | 
 
 't Amsterdam, | By Joost Hartgers, Boeck-verkooper op den 
 Dam, bezyden 't Stadt-huys, | op de hoeck vande Kalver-straet, 
 inde Boeck-winckel, Anno 1651. | * 
 
 Pp. 1-88. 4°. map and plates. Title from Sabin's Dictionary, No. 5045; Miiller's 
 Catalogue, 1872, Nos. 1069, 1089; N. Y. Hist. Soc. Coll., 2d ser., vol. 3, p. 141. 
 
 Megapolensis (J. ) Korte Ontwerp van de Mahakuase ludianen in Nieuw 
 Nederlandt, pp. 42-49. 
 
 1672 Harvey (Henry). History | of the | Shawnee Indians, | from the 
 year 1681 to 1854, inclusive. | By | Henry Harvey : | a Member of 
 the Eeligious Society of Friends. | 
 
 Cincinnati : | Ephraim Morgan & Sons. | 1855. ( A. C. 
 
 Pp. i-x, 11-316. 16°. 
 
 Penn (W.) Letter [etc.], pp. 12-21. 
 
 Contains the brief vocabulary, p. 13. 
 
 1673 Harvey (Simon D.) Terms of Eelationship of the Shawnee (Saw- 
 
 anwakee), collected by Friend Simon D. Harvey, Shawnee Eeser- 
 
 vation, Kansas. 
 
 In Morgan (L. H.) Systems of Consanguinity, pp. 293-382. Washington, 
 1871. 4°. 
 
 See Pish (Pascal) and Harvey (Simon D.) 
 
 1674 Hassey (Oloardo), translator. De la Lengua Waicura de la Baja- 
 California. Traducido del aleman, de una obra andnima de un 
 Jesuita Missionero publicada en 1773, por Oloardo Hassey. 
 
 In Soc. de Geog. Mez., Bol., segunda €poca, tomo 4, pp. 31-40. Mexico 
 
 1872. 8°. 
 
 El Padre Nuestre en Lengua Waicura, p. 36; El Credo, pp. 36-38 ; Conjugaciou 
 complet.i del verbo Amukisi, Jugar, pp. 39-40, (from Baegert). 
 
HARRISON — HAVEN. 323 
 
 1675 Hatak Yoshuba | i?hlehaht)t | ChihowaAnukhobelaYalbbakFoy- 
 uka. I Sinners in the Hands | of an Angry God. | A Sermon by the 
 Eev. President Edwards. | 
 
 Park Hill, Cherokee Nation: | Mission Press; | John Candy and 
 John F. Wheeler, Printers. | 1845. | ba. 
 
 Pp. 1-25. 12°. Appended, pp. 26-28, is a tract entitled " Cliihowa" [God]. 
 
 1676 Hatchets. The Hatchets, to hew down the Tree of Sin, which 
 bears the Fruit of Death, or, The Laws, by which the Magistrates 
 are to punish Offenders, among the Indians, as well as among the 
 English. Togkuukash, tummethamunate Matcheseongane mehtug, 
 ne meechumuoo Nuppooonk. Asuh, Wunnaumatuongash, nish 
 nashpe Nananuacheeg kusnunt sasamatahamw'og matcheseongash 
 ut kenugke Indiansog netatuppe ouk ut kenugke englishraansog. 
 (asuh Ohohkquog.) * 
 
 Colophon : 
 
 Boston : Printed by B. Green. 1705. 
 
 One sheet of 15 pp. sm. 8°. On the first page, the double title, as above, and 
 an introduction to the Lavs, beginning: "The Laws are now to be declared, 
 O Indians," &c. This introduction and each of the twenty laws are followed, 
 in order, by the Indian translation. At the end, on p. 15, are two paragraphs of 
 admonition, and on the lower half of the page, between single rules, is the colo- 
 phon, as above. In the language of the Indians of Massachusetts. 
 
 Title and note from Trumbull's Books and Tracts in the Indian Language, 
 where he says there are copies in the libraries of George Biinley and the Am. Ant. 
 Soc. A diligent search by me in the library of the latter, during the winter of 
 1878, failed to bring it to light. 
 
 1677 Hathaway (Joshua). Indian Karnes. By Joshua Hathaway. 
 
 In ■Wisconsin Hist. Soc, Coll., vol. 1, pp. 116-118. Madison, 1855. 8°. 
 A partial list of aboriginal names of rivers, lakes, &c., in the State of Wis- 
 consin. 
 
 1678 Haumont (J. D.), Parisot (J.), and Adam (Lucien). Grammaire et 
 Vocabulaire | de la | Langue Taensa | avec | textes traduits et 
 comment6s | par | J.-D. Haumonte, Parisot, L. Adam. | [Design.] 
 
 Paris I Maisonneuve et C®, Libraires-fiditeurs | 25, Quai Voltaire, 
 25 I 1882 I ASG. 
 
 2 p. 11., pp. i-xix, 1-111, and table 1 1. 8". Forms vol. 9 of the BibUothfeque 
 Linguistique Am^ricaine. 
 
 Grammaire, pp. 1-42 ; Textes avec traduction et commentaire perp6tuel, pp. 
 43-54; Cancionero Taensa, pp. 55-77; Priferes, p. 78; Vocabulaire Taensa-Fran- 
 jais, pp. 79-111. 
 
 1679 Haven (Samuel F.) Smithsonian Contributions to Knowledge. | 
 Archaeology | of the | United States. | Or | Sketches, Historical 
 and Bibliographical, of the Progress of | Information and Opinion 
 respecting vestiges of | Antiquity in the United States. | By | 
 Samuel P. Haven. | 
 
 Washington City: | Published by the Smithsonian Institution. | 
 July, 1856. I New York: G. P. Putnam & Co. | JWP. 
 
 Printed title on cover, 2 p. 11. , pp. 1-168. 4°. Forms portion of Smithsonian 
 Contributions to Knowledge, vol. 8. 
 
 Languages of the American Indians, pp. 53-72. 
 
324 NOETH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 1680 Hawkins (Benjamiu). A | Sketch of the Creek Country | in 1798 
 and '99. | By | Col. Benjamin Hawkins, j U. S. Agent for Indian 
 Afl'airs. | With an introduction and historic sketch | of the | Creek 
 Confederacy. | By W. B. Hodgson, of Savannah, Georgia. | 
 
 New York: | Bartlett & Welford. | 1848. | C. 
 
 88 pp. 8°. Forms Vol. 3, Pt. 1, Georgia Historical Society Collections. 
 The towns on Chat-to-ho-che, p. 25; The towns on Coo-sau and Tal-la-poo-sa 
 p. 25; The towns of the Semiuoles, p. 25; Names of physic plants. 
 
 1681 A Sketch of the Creek Country with a Description of the 
 
 Tribes, Government, and Customs of the Creek Indians. By Colo- 
 nel Benj. Hawkins, for Twenty Tears Eesident Agent of that Nation. 
 Preceded by a Memoir of the Author and a History of the Creek 
 Confederacy. 
 
 Published by the Georgia Historical Society. Savannah. 1848. * 
 1 p. 1., 88 pp. 8°. Title from Sabin's Dictionary and Field's Ind. Bib. 
 
 1682 Vocabulary of the Creek, Chickasaw, Cherokee and Choc- 
 taw languages. * 
 
 Manuscript in the library of the American Philosophical Society, presented by 
 Mr. Thomas Jefferson. 
 
 Eight volumes of manuscript relating to the Indians, written by Col. Benj. 
 Hawkins, are in the possession of the Georgia Historical Society. Some of these 
 contain vocabularies. 
 
 1683 Hawley (Eev.) Mohawk Numbers, By Eev. Mr. Hawley, of Marsh- 
 pee. From President Stiles' MSS. 
 
 In Mass. Hist. Soc. Coll., first series, vol. 10, p. 137. Boston, 1809. 8°. 
 Numerals, 1-1000, of the Mohawk. 
 
 1684 Hayden (Ferdinand Vandeveer). ASketchof theMandanludians, 
 with some observations illustrating the Grammatical Structure of 
 their Language. By Dr. F. V. Hayden. 
 
 In Am. Journal Science and Arts, vol. 34, pp. 57-66. New York, 1862. 8^. 
 Taken in pare from Contributions to the Ethnology and Philology of the In- 
 dian Tribes of the Missouri Valley, q. v. infra. 
 
 / 1685 Contributions to the Ethnography and Philology of the In- 
 dian Tribes of the Missouri YaUey. By P. V. Hayden, M. D. 
 
 In Am. Philosoph. Soc, Trans., new series, vol. 12, pp. 231-461. Philadel- 
 phia, 1863. 4°. 
 
 Chapter 1, Introduction, pp. 231-234. 
 
 Chapter 2, Ethnographical History, Kuisteneaux or Crees, pp. 234-248. 
 
 Chapter 3, Blackfeet; Ethnographical History, pp. 248-256. 
 
 Chapter 4, Remarks on the Grammatical Structure of the Blackfoot language, 
 pp. 257-266. 
 
 Chapter 5, Vocabulary of the Sik-aik^ or Blackfoot language, pp. 266-273. 
 
 Chapter 6, Shyennes; Ethnographical History, pp. 274-283. 
 
 Chapter 7, Remarks on the Grammatical structure of the Shyenne language, 
 pp. 283-293. 
 
 Chapter 8, Vocabulary of the Shyenne language, pp. 294-320. 
 
 Chapter 9, Arapohos ; Ethnographical History and Remarks on the Gram- 
 matical Structure of their language, pp. 321-327. 
 
HAWKINS — HAYDEN. 325 
 
 Hayden (Ferdinand Vandeveer)— continued. 
 
 Chapter 10, Vocabulary of the Arapoho language, pp. 328-339. 
 
 Chapter 11, Atsinasf Ethnographical History, pp. 340-344; Vocabulary of the 
 Atslna dialect of the Ar^poho language, pp. 344-345. 
 
 Chapter 12, Pawnees; Ethnographical History, pp. 345-347. 
 
 Hamilton {Bev. W.) Vocabulary of the Pawnee language, pp. 347-351. 
 
 Chapter 13, Arlkaras ; Ethnographical History, pp. 351-356 ; Phrases, numerals, 
 &c., pp. 356-358; Vocabulary of the Arickara dialect of the Pawnee language, 
 pp. 358-363. 
 
 Chapter 14, Dakotas; Ethnographical History, pp. 364-375; Names of Dakota 
 bands, with their principal chiefs, pp. 375-376 ; Names of months or moons, riv- 
 ers, animals, &o., pp. 376-377 ; Vocabulary of the Dakota language, pp. 377-378. 
 
 Chapter 15, Assiniboins ; Ethnographical History, pp. 379-389 ; Vocabulary of 
 the Assiniboiu dialect of the Dakota language, pp. 389-391. 
 
 Chapter 16, Aub-sS-ro-ke, or Crow Indians; Ethnographical History, pp. 391- 
 395 ; Eemarks on the Grammatical Structure of the Aub-s^ro-ke or Crow lan- 
 guage, pp. 395-401 ; Phrases and sentences, pp. 401-402. 
 
 Chapter 17, Vocabulary of the Aub-s^-ro-ke or Crow language, pp. 402-420. 
 
 Chapter 18, Minnitarees ; Ethnographical History, pp. 420-424 ; Vocabulary 
 of the Minnitaree dialect of the Aubs&okee or Crow language, pp. 424-426. 
 
 Chapter 19, Mandans; Ethnographical History, pp. 426-435. 
 
 Chapter 20, Observations on the Grammatical Structure of the Mandan lan- 
 guage, pp. 435-439. 
 
 Chapter 21, Vocabulary of the Mandan language, pp. 439-444. 
 
 Chapter 22, Omahas-Iowas, or Otos, pp. 444-448 ; Vocabulary of the Omaha 
 language, pp. 448-452 ; Vocabulary of the Iowa or Oto language, pp. 452-456. 
 
 This work was also issued with title page, as follows : 
 
 1686 Contributions | to the | Ethnography and Philology | of 
 
 the I Indian Tribes | of the | Missouri Valley. | By Dr. F. V. Hay- 
 den, I Member of the American Philosophical Society, of the Acad- 
 emy of ]Sratural Sciences of | Philadelphia, etc. etc. | Prepared 
 under the direction of Capt. William F. Eaynolds, T. E. U. S. A., | 
 and published by permission of the War Department. | 
 
 Philadelphia : | C. Sherman "& Son, Printers. | 1862. | jwp. 
 
 2 p. 11., pp. 231-461. 4°. map. 
 
 1687 Brief I^Totes on the Pawnee, Winnebago, and Omaha Lan- 
 guages. By F. V. Hayden, M. D. 
 
 In Am. Philosoph. Soc, Proc, vol. 10, pp. 389-421. Philadelphia", 1869. 8°. 
 
 Pawnee. Grammatical forms and phrases, pp. 390-396 ; The Lord's Prayer in 
 Pawnee, pp. 396-397 ; Vocabulary, pp. 397-406. 
 
 Omaha. Grammatical forms and phrases, pp. 406-407 ; Vocabulary, pp. 407-411. 
 
 Winnebago. Grammatical forms and phrases, pp. 411-415; Vocabulary, pp. 
 415-421. 
 
 1688 , in charge. Department of the Interior. | Bulletin ( of | the 
 
 United States | Geological and Geographical Survey of | the Terri- 
 tories. I [F. V. Hayden, in charge.] JSTo. 1 [-Vol. VI. Number 2]. ( 
 
 Washington : | Government Printing Office. | 1874 [-1881 J. | jwp. 
 
 5 vols, and two numbers of vol. 6. 8°. It was not the intention when started 
 to make these Bulletins into volumes, consequently the first volume is irregularly 
 paged and titled. The publication will be discontinued upon the completion of 
 the sixth volume. 
 
326 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Hayden (Ferdinand Vandeveer) — continued. 
 
 AinsUe (Bev. G. ) Notes on the Gramm.ar of the Nez Percys, vol. 2, pp. 271-277. 
 Barber (E. A.) Language of the modem Utes, vol. 2, pp. 71-76. 
 
 Comparative Vocabulary of Utah Dialects, vol. 3, pp. 533-545. 
 
 Eells (Bev. M.) The Twana Indians, vol. 2, pp. 57-114. 
 
 1689 Hayes (Dr. Isaac Israel). Tlie Open Polar Sea; | A | JSTarrative of a 
 Voyage of Discovery | towards the North Pole, | iu the | Schooner 
 "United States". | By | Dr. I. I. Hayes. | [Picture.] 
 
 New York: | Published by Hurd and Houghton. | 459 Broome 
 Street. | 1867. j ba. jwp. 
 
 Pp. i-xxiv, 1-454. 8°. maps. 
 
 Eskimo names with meanings, passim. 
 
 1690 Haywood (John). The | Natural and Aboriginal | History | of | 
 Tennessee, | up to the | First Settlements therein | by the | White 
 People, I in the | year 1768. | By John Haywood, | of the county of 
 Davidson, in the State of Tennessee. | 
 
 Nashville : | Printed by George Wilson. | 1823. | c. 
 
 Pp. i-viii, 1-390, i-liv. 8°. 
 
 Lingual AflSnities and Hebraisms of the Cherokees, pp. 281-282; Vocabulary 
 of the Cherokee, pp. 282-285. 
 
 1691 Hazard (Ebenezer). Historical Collections; | consisting of | State 
 Papers, | and other Authentic Documents; intended as materials 
 for I an History of the | United States of America. | By Ebenezer 
 Hazard, A. M. | Member of the American Philosophical Society, 
 held at | Philadelphia, for Promoting Useful Knowledge; | and fel- 
 low of the American Academy | of Arts and Sciences. | Volume 1 
 [II]. I [Quotation, three lines. | 
 
 Philadelphia: | Printed by T. Dobson, for the Author. | MDCC- 
 XCII [-M DCC XOIV] 11792-1794:]. | A. c. T. 
 
 2 vols.. pp.iv,639,x; iv,654. 4°. 
 
 Megapolensis ( J. ) A short account of the Maquaas Indians, iu New- 
 Netherland, vol. 1, pp. 517-526. 
 
 1692 Hazen {Qen. William B.) Vocabulary of the Shasta. 
 
 In Powell (J. W. ) Contributions to North American Ethnology, vol. 3, pp. 607- 
 613. "Washington, 1877. 4°. 
 
 1693 Vocabulary of the Takilma. 
 
 Manuscript. 6 11. folio. 211 words. 
 
 1694 Vocabularies of the Upper Eogue River Languages — Ap- 
 
 plegate (Umpkwa), Takilma, and Shasta. 
 
 Manuscript. 3 11. folio. 180 words each. These manuscripts are iu the library 
 of the Bureau of Ethnology. 
 
 1695 Hazlitt (William Carew). The | Great Gold Fields of | Cariboo; | 
 with an authentic description, brought down | to the latest period, j 
 of I British Columbia | and | Vancouver Island. | By William Carew 
 Hazlitt, I of the Inner Temple, Barrister-at-Law. | With an accurate 
 map. I 
 
HATDEN — HECKEWELDEK. 327 
 
 Hazlitt (William Carew)— continued. 
 
 London: | Eoutledge, Warne, and Eoutledge, | Farringdon 
 Street. | New York: 56, Walker Street. | 1862. | A. B. 
 
 Pp. i-viii, 1-184. 16°. map. 
 
 Contains, from the San Francisco Bulletin of 4th June [n. d.], a vocabulary 
 of the Chinook Jargon in treble columns, pp. 177-180. 
 
 It is possible the vocabulary also appears in the same author's : British Colum- 
 bia and Vancouver's Island. London, 1858. 12°. 
 
 1696 Heaviside (J. T. C.) American Antiquities, or the New World the 
 Old, and the Old World the New. By J. T. O. Heaviside. 
 
 London: Trubner & Co. 1868. • 
 
 46 pp. 8°. Title from Sabin's Dictionary. This title, in one of Triibner's cata- 
 logues, is put among the works on the Aboriginal Languages of America. 
 
 1697 Heckewelder (John Gottlieb Ernestus). An Account of the His- 
 tory, Manners, and Customs, of the Indian Nations, who once in- 
 habited Pennsylvania and the Neighbouring States. By the Eev. 
 John Heckewelder, of Bethlehem. 
 
 In Am. Philosoph. See, Trans, of the Hist, and Lit. Com., vol. 1, pp. 1-347. 
 Philadelphia, 1819. 8°. 
 
 Chapter ix. Languages, pp. 104-114, contains notices of the Karalit, the Iro- 
 quois, the Lenapi, and the Floridian languages. 
 
 This article was reviewed by Cass (L.) in the N. A. Review, vol. 22, pp. 
 53-119. Boston, 1826. 8°. This was answered by Rawle (W.) in Penn. Hist. 
 Soc. Mem., vol. 1, pt. 2, pp. 238-275. Philadelphia, 1826. 8° ; and this in turn by 
 Cass (L.) in the N. A. Review, vol. 26, pp. 357-403. Boston, 1828. 8°. 
 
 Reprinted as follows : 
 
 1693 Johann Heckewelder's | evangelischen Predigers zu Beth- 
 lehem. I Nachricht | von der | Geschichte, den Sitten und Ge- 
 brauchen | der | indianischen Volkerschaften, | welche ehemals 
 Pennsylvanien und die benach- | barten Sta^ten bewohnten. Aus 
 dem Englischen iibersetzt und mit den Angaben | anderer Schrift- 
 steller iiber eben dieselben Gegenstande | Carver, Loskiel, Long, 
 Yolney vermehrt | von | Fr. Hesse | evangelischen Prediger zu 
 Nienburg. | Nebst einem die Glaubwurdigkeit und den anthro- 
 polo- I gischenWerth der Nachrichten Heckewelder's | betreffenden 
 Zusatze I von G. E. Schulze. | 
 
 Gottingen | bey Vandenhoeck und Euprecht. | 1821. | c. 
 
 xlviii, 582 pp., 1 1. 8°. 
 
 Linguistics, pp. 158-199. 
 
 1699 Histoire, | Mceurs et coutumes | des ( Nations Indiennes | 
 
 qui habitaient autrefois la Pensylvanie | et les 6tats voisins; | par 
 le E6v6rend | Jean Heckewelder, | Missionnaire Morave, | Traduit 
 de 1' Anglais | Par le Chevalier Du Ponceau. ( 
 Paris, I ChezL. DeBure,Librair6rueGu6n6gaud,no.27. | 1822. | 
 Pp.'i-xii, 13-571. 8°. C. 
 
 Chapitre ix. Des langues. Le Karalit, I'lroquois, le Lenape, le Floridien, 
 pp. 170-188. 
 
328 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Heckewelder (John Gottlieb Ernestus) — continued. 
 1700 — History, | Manners, and Customs | of | The Indian Na- 
 tions I who once inhabited Pennsylvania and | the neighbouring 
 states. I By the | Rev. John Heckewelder, | of Bethlehem, Pa. | 
 New and Revised Edition. | With an | Introduction and Notes | by 
 the I Rev. William Reichel | of Bethlehem, Pa. | 
 
 Philadelphia: | Publication Fund of | the Historical Society of 
 Pennsylvania, | No. 820 Spruce Street. | 1876. | 
 
 In Perm. Hist. Soc. Memoirs, vol. xii, pp. 15-348. Philadelpliia, 1876. 8°. 
 
 Chapter ix. Languages, pp. 118-127. 
 
 1701 Words, Phrases, and Short Dialogues, in the Language of 
 
 the Lenni Lenape, or Delaware Indians. By the Rev. John Hecke- 
 welder, of Bethlehem. 
 
 In Am. Pliilo3oph. Soc, Trans, of the Hist, and Lit. Com., vol. i, pp. 450- 
 464. Philadelphia, 1819. 8°. Reprinted as follows: 
 
 1702 Words, Phrases, and Short Dialogues in the Language of 
 
 the Lenni Lenape, or Delaware Indians. By the Rev. John Hecke- 
 welder, of Bethlehem. 
 
 In Penn. Hist. Soc. Mem., vol. xii, pp. 435-442. Philadelphia, 1876. 8°. 
 
 1703 Names which the Lenni Lenapes or Delaware Indians, who 
 
 once inhabited this country, had given to Rivers, Streams, Places, 
 &c., &c., within the now States of Pennsylvania, New Jersey, Mary- 
 land and Virginia; and also Names of Chieftains and distinguished 
 Men of that Nation ; with the Significance of those Names and Bio- 
 graphical Sketches of some of those Men. By the late Rev. John 
 Heckewelder, of Bethlehem, Pennsylvania. Communicated to the 
 American Philosophical Society April 5*"^, 1822, and now published 
 by their order; revised and prepared for the press by Peter S. Du 
 Ponceau. 
 
 In Am. Fhilosoph. Soc, Trans., new series, vol. 4, pp. 351-396. Philadelphia, 
 1634. 4°. 
 
 Letter of Peter S. Duponceau to Franklin Baohe, M. D., Chairman Publishing 
 Committee, pp. 351-353; Introductory Remarks by the Rev. John Heckewelder, 
 p. 354 ; Indian Names of Rivers, Streams, and other Noted Places in the State of 
 Pennsylvania, pp. 355-374; Indian Names of Rivers, Creeks, &c., in New Jersey, 
 from maps, pp. 375-376 ; Indian Names of Rivers, Creeks, &c., in Maryland, pp. 
 377-379; Indian Names of Rivers, Persons, &o., in Virginia, pp. 379-382; Names 
 of Delaware Chiefs and other Noted Characters i)i this Nation, since the arrival 
 of William Penn, together with the Signification of some of the Names here pre- 
 sented, and short Biographical Sketches, pp. 333-396. 
 
 This article was also issued as a separate pamphlet with-addition of title-page, 
 as follows: 
 
 1704 Names | given by | the Lenni Lenape or Delaware Indians to 
 
 Rivers, Streams, ) Places, &c., in the now States of Pennsylvania, | 
 New Jersey, Maryland and Virginia ; | and also | Names of Chief- 
 tains and distinguished men of that Nation: I with I Their Significa- 
 tions, and some Biographical Sketches. | By the late | Rev. John 
 Heckewelder, | of Bethlehem, Pennsylvania. | Communicated to 
 
HECKEWELDER. 329 
 
 Heckewelder (John Gottlieb Brnestus) — continued. 
 
 the American Philosophical Society, April 5, 1822, and now pub- 
 lished by I their order; revised and prepared for the press by Peter 
 S. Du Ponceau. | 
 
 Printed by | James Kay, Jun. and Co., Philadelphia, | Printers 
 to the American Philosophical Society. | 1833. | ba. 
 
 Reprinted as follows : 
 
 1705 Memorandum of the Names and Significations which the 
 
 "Lenni Lenape" otherwise called "the Delawares" had given to 
 Elvers, Streams, Places, &c., within the States of Pennsylvania, 
 New Jersey, Maryland and Virginia, together with the names of 
 some Chieftains and eminent men of this nation. Taken from the 
 papers of the Eev. John Heckewelder, during his mission among 
 the Indians of Pennsylvania. Presented to the " Historical Society 
 of Pennsylvania" by Maurice C. Jones, of Bethlehem, Pa. 
 
 In Penn. Hist. Soc, Bulletin, vol. 1, pp. 121-135, 139-154. Philadelphia, 
 1848. 8°. 
 
 Reprinted as lollows : 
 
 1706 Names which the Lenni Lennape or Delaware Indians gave 
 
 to Rivers, Streams and Localities within the States of Pennsylvania, 
 New Jersey, Maryland and Virginia, with their significations, by 
 John Heckewelder. * 
 
 In Moravian Hist. Soc, Trans., pp. 227-282. Nazareth, 1876. 8°. 
 Title from r. W. Eames. MIssued separately as follows : 
 
 1707 Names | which the | Lenni Lennape or Delaware Indians | 
 
 gave to I Elvers, Streams, and Localities, | within the States of | 
 Pennsylvania, New Jersey, Maryland and Virginia, | with their sig- 
 nifications. I Prepared for the transactions of the | Moravian His- 
 torical Society, from | a MS. by John Heckewelder, | by | William 
 C. Eeichel. | 
 
 Nazareth. | 1872. | WE. 
 
 Title 11., pp. 227-282. 
 
 In preparing this edition the author has placed the names in alphabetic order 
 and added numerous philologic notes. Field, No. 948, gives a title similar to 
 above with the imprint: Bethlehem, H. T. Clauder, Printer, 1872. 58pp. 8°. 
 
 1708 A Vocabulary of the Mahicanni, taken down from the 
 
 mouth of one of that nation, born in Connecticut. * 
 
 Manuscript. 
 
 1709 A Vocabulary of the Shawans; taken down from the mouth 
 
 of a white woman, who had been twenty years a prisoner with that 
 nation. * 
 
 Manuscript. 
 
 1710 A Vocabulary of the Nanticoke, taken from the mouth of 
 
 a Nanticoke chief, in 1785. * 
 
 Manuscript. 
 
330 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Heckewelder (John Gottlieb Brnestus) — continued. 
 
 1711 A Comparative Vocabulary of the Lenni Lenape and Al- 
 gonquin. * 
 
 Manuscript. 
 
 1712 A Comparative Vocabulary of the Lenni Lenape proper, 
 
 the Miami dialect, the Mahicanni, ISTatik or Nadik, Chippeway, 
 Shawans, and Nanticoke. * 
 
 Manuscript. 
 
 1713 A Comparative Vocabulary of the Lenni Lenape and 
 
 Twightwee. * 
 
 Manuscript. 
 
 1714 Names of various trees, shrubs and plants in the Language 
 
 of the Lenni Lenape or Delaware, distinguishing the dialects of the 
 Unamis and Minsi. * 
 
 Manuscript. 
 
 The above manuscripts are in the possession of the Am. Philosoph. Soc, having 
 been presented by the author. 
 
 1715 and Duponceau (Peter Stephen). A Correspondence be- 
 between the Eev. John Heckewelder, of Bethlehem, and Peter S. 
 Duponceau, Esq., Corresponding Secretary of the Historical and 
 Literary Committee of the American Philosophical Society, respect- 
 ing the Languages of the American Indians. 
 
 In Am. Philosoph. Soc, Trans, of the Hist, and Lit. Com., vol. 1, pp. 351- 
 448. Philadelphia, 1819. 8°. Reprinted as follows: 
 
 1716 A Correspondence between the Eev. John Heckewelder, of 
 
 Bethlehem, and Peter S. Duponceau, Esq., Corresponding Secre- 
 tary of the Historical and Literary Committee of the American 
 Philosophical Society, respecting the Languages of the American 
 Indians. 
 
 In Perm. Hist. Soc. Memoirs, vol. xii, pp. 349-433. Philadelphia, 1876. 8°. 
 Reviewed by Pickering (J.) in N. A. Revievr, vol. 9, pp. 129-187. Boston, 
 ton, 1819. 8°. 
 
 1717 Heintzelman {Gen. Samuel P.) Vocabulary of the Cocopa. 
 
 In Gatschet (A. S.) Yuma-Sprachstamm, in Zeitschrift fiir Ethnologie, pp. 
 390-407. Berlin, 1877. 8°. 
 
 1718 Vocabulary of the Cocopa. 
 
 Manuscript. 6 11. folio. 100 words. 
 
 1719 Vocabulary of the Hum-mock-a-ha-vi. 
 
 Manuscript. 6 11. folio. 180 words. These manuscripts are in the library of 
 the j^ureau of Ethnology. They were furnished by the Hon. John R. Bartlett, 
 who copied them from the originals in the possession of Gen. Heintzelman. 
 
 v/ 1720 Heller (Carl Bartholomaeus). Eeisen | in | Mexiko | in den 
 Jahren 1845-1848. | von Carl Bartholomaeus Heller. | Mit zwei 
 Karten, sechs Holzschnitten und einer Lithographic. | 
 Leipzig, I Verlag von Wilhelm Engelmann. | 1853. | C. 
 
 sxiv, 432 pp. 8°. maps. 
 
HECKEWELDEE HENDERSON. 331 
 
 Heller (Carl Bartholomaeus) — continued. 
 
 Betrachtungen iiber die alten Sprachen Mexikos, pp. 377-378, includes gram- 
 matic remarks on the Maya, pp. 380-381 ; Numerals, 1-100, of the Maya, and 
 1-400, of the Azteca, p. 386 ; a few Maya and Aztek words, pp. 387-388. 
 
 Helmersen (Gregor von). 
 
 See Baer (K. E. von) and Helmersen (G. von). 
 
 1721 Helmsing (J. S.) Vocabulary of the M'mat of Southwest Arizona 
 and Southeast California. 
 
 Manuscript. 10 11. 4°. 211 words. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. 
 
 1722 [Hemans {Rev. Daniel Wright).] Ihanktouwan lapi. | Ikce Wo- 
 cekiye Wowapi Kin, | qa Minahanska Makoce | kin en | Token 
 Wokduze, | qa okodakiciye wakan en | tonakiya woecon kin, | hena 
 de he wowapi kin ee. ( 
 
 Yankton Agency, D. T. | Mission Press. | 1870. | jwp. 
 
 Pp. 1-108. 16°. 
 
 Literal translation. — Yankton speech | Crying to [Ordinary Prayer] Some- 
 thing-written the, I and knife-long [American] Land | the in | How thing-not-to- 
 he-touched [sacred thing, sacrament] | and fellowship sacred in | how-many- 
 ways things-done the, | those this that something-written the that-is-it. | 
 
 Parts of the Book of Common Prayer in the Yankton dialect of the Dakota, 
 translated by Mr. Hemans, a full-blood Santee. 
 
 1723 The King's Highway. | Wicastayatapi Tacauku : | qais, | 
 
 Woahope Wikcemna | Oyakapi kin. | Eev. Richard Newton, D. 
 D., I Kaga. | Kev. Daniel W. Hemans, | Dakota lapi en | Kaga. | 
 
 Yankton Agency : | St. Paul's School Press. | 1879. | jwp. 
 
 Pp. 3-427. 16°. 
 
 Above preceded by an engraved title-page composed of chain of ten links, 
 each link representing a commandment, inside of which is "The King's High- 
 way. Illustrations of the Ten Commandments. Eev. E. Newton, DD." The 
 work is entirely in Dakota, having been translated by Mr. Hemans, a native Da- 
 kotan (Santee), educated by Eev. Mr. Hinman. The translation was revised by 
 the Eev. J. W. Cook. 
 
 See [Hinman (S. D.), Cook (J. W.), Hemans (D.W.), and "Walker (L.C.)]. 
 
 1724 Henderson (Alexander). A | Grammar | of | the Moskito Lan- 
 guage, I by I Alexander Henderson. | Belize, Honduras. | 
 New York: | Printed by John Gray, 104 Beekman St. | 1846. | c. 
 
 47 pp. 8°. 
 
 1725 Araidatiu Tumurau segung Madeju karabagungte lau Alex- 
 ander Henderson (The Gospel according to Mathew in the Cha- 
 ribbean language translated by A. H.) 
 
 Edinburg. 1847. • 
 
 88 pp. 8°. Not seen ; title from Brassenr de Bourbourg. 
 
 1726 The Maya Primer. By Alexander Henderson, Belize, Hon- 
 duras. 
 Birmingham : Printed by J. Showell. [n. d.] • 
 
 13 pp. 6°. Title from Mr. W. Eames. 
 
332 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Henderson (Alexander) — continued. 
 
 1727 Catecismo de los Metodistas [in Maya]. • 
 
 17, pp. 8°. 
 
 1728 Breve Devocionario [in Maya]. * 
 
 17 pp. 8°. Titles from Sabin's Dictionary, No. 31305. 
 
 1729 Grammar and Dictionary of the Karif Language of Hon- 
 duras (from Belize to Little Eock). Belize, 1872. 
 
 Manuscript. Pp. 1-340. 12°, in eight blank books. In the library of the Bu- 
 reau of Ethnology. 
 
 1730 Henderson ( Capt. George). An | Account | of the | British Settle- 
 ment of Honduras; | being | a View of its Commercial and Agri- 
 cultural Eesources, Soil, Climate, Natural History, &c. | To which 
 are added, Sketches | of the | Manners and Customs | of the | 
 Mosquito Indians, | preceded by the Journal of a Voyage to the | 
 Mosquito shore. | Illustrated by a Map. | By Capt. Henderson, | of 
 his Majesty's 5th West India Eegiment. | 
 
 London: | Printed by and for C. and E. Baldwin, | New Bridge 
 Street, | 1809. | c. 
 
 Pp. i-xi, 1-203. 8°. map. Signiiication in English of some words in the 
 Mosquito tongue, pp. 193-195. 
 / 1731 An I Account [ of the | British Settlement | of | Hondu- 
 ras; I being | a view of its commercial and agricultural resources, | 
 soil, climate, natural history, &c. | To which are added, | Sketches | 
 of the I Manners and Customs | of the | Mosquito Indians, | pre- 
 ceded by the Journal of a Voyage to the | Mosquito Shore. | Illus- 
 trated by a map. | Second Edition, enlarged. | By Capt. Hender- 
 son, 44th Eeg*. I 
 
 London: | Printed for E. Baldwin, Paternoster Eow. 1 1811. | A. a. 
 
 Pp. i-xi, 1-237. 8°. map. 
 Mosquito vocabulary, pp. 2<J7-229. 
 
 1732 Henley ( — ). A list of Words in the Chinese and Indian [of Cali- 
 fornia] Languages. 
 
 In Cronise (T. F.) Natural Wealth of California, pp. 31-32. San Francisco. 
 1868. 
 
 1733 Henry (Charles A.) Vocabulary of the Apachee. 
 
 In Schoolcraft (H. R.) Indian Tribes, vol. 5, pp. 578-589. Philadelphia, 
 1855. 4°. 
 Henry (George). 
 
 See [Evans (J.) and Henry (G.)]. 
 
 See [Jones (Eev. P.), Evans (Rev. J.), and Henry (G.)]. 
 
 1734 Henry (Victor). Esquisse d'une grammaire de la langue Innok 
 
 DGB. 
 
 38 pp. 8°. Extrait de la Revue de Linguistique. 
 
 1735 Esquisse d'une grammaire raisonn^e de la langue al^onte 
 
 (suite et fin.) • 
 
 In Revue de Linguistique, vol. 12, pp. 1-62. Paris, 1879. 8°. 
 Title from contents of vol. 12 of which I have seen only Part 4. Reprinted as 
 
 follows: 
 
HENDERSON — HERLEIN. 333 
 
 Henry (Victor) — continued. 
 
 1736 Esquisse | d'une Grammaire Eaisonn^e | de la | Langue 
 
 Almonte I d'aprfes la grammaire et le vocabulaire de Ivan V6nia- 
 minov | Par V. Henry. | 
 
 Paris I Maisonneuve et 0'», Libraires - fiditeurs | 25, Quai Vol- 
 taire, 25 I 1879. I ASG. 
 2p. 11., 73 pp., 11. 
 
 1737 Hequembourg (C. L.) Pai-yu-te Vocabulary. By 0. L. Heqijem- 
 bourg, Post Chaplain, D. S. A. 
 
 Manuscript. 211 words, and many phrases. In the library of the Bureau of 
 Ethnology. 
 
 1738 Herdesty (W. L.) Terms of Eelationship of the Kutchin or Lou- 
 chieux, collected by W. L. Herdesty, Fort Liard, Hudson's Bay Ty. 
 
 In Morgan (L. H.) Systems of Consanguinity and Affinity, pp. 293-382. 
 Washington, 1871. A°. 
 
 1739 Heriot (George). Travels | through | the Canadas, | containing | 
 A Description of the Picturesque Scenery | on some of the Eivera 
 and Lakes; | with an account of the | Productions, Commerce, and 
 Inhabitants | of those Provinces. | To which is subjoined a | Com- 
 parative View of the Manners and Customs 1 of several of the | In- 
 dian Nations of North and South America. | By George Heriot, 
 Esq. I Deputy Post Master General of British North America. | 
 Illustrated with | a map and numerous Engravings, from drawings 
 made at the | several places by the author. | 
 
 London : | Printed for Eichard Phillips, | No. 6, Bridge-Street, 
 Blackfriars. | 1807. | By T. GiUet, Wild-court. | BA. 0. 
 
 Pp. i-sii, l-(302. 4°. maps. 
 
 Chapter xx. Origin of language — Indian languages in general capable of 
 being arranged under rules of grammar — Infinite diversity of tongues in Amer- 
 ica — Examples of four different languages, pp. 569-602, contains: O! salutaris 
 Hostia, &c. (from Father Easles), in Abinaquis, Algonquin, Huron, and Illi- 
 nois, pp. 578-579; Vocabulary of the Algonquin Tongue, pp. 579-599; Indica- 
 tive mode of the verb Sakia, "to love," in Algonquin, pp. 599-600; Numeration, 
 according to the Algonquins [1-1000], pp. 601-602. 
 
 Partly reprinted, minus the linguistics, in Phillips' Voyages, vol. 8. 
 
 1740 [Herlein (J. D.)] Beschryvinge | van de | Volk-Plantinge | Zuri- 
 name: | vertonende | De Opkomst dier zelver Colonic, de Aanbouw 
 en Be- | werkinge der ZuikerPlantagien. Nessens den aard | der 
 eigene natuurlijke Inwoonders of Indianen; | als ook de Slaafsche 
 AfrikaanscheMooren; | deze beide Natien haar Levens-manie- 1 reu, 
 Afgoden-dienst, Eegering,. | Zeden, Gewbonten en dage- | lijksche 
 Bezigheden. | Mitsgaders | Een vertoog van de Bosch-grond, 
 "Water- en Pluim-Gedier- | tens; de veel vuldige hecrlijke Vrugten, 
 Melk-artige | Zappen, Gommen, Olyen, en de gehele ge- | steltheid 
 van de Karaibaansche Kust. | Door | J. D. HI. | Verrijkt met de 
 Land-Kaart (daar de legginge der Plan- | tagien worden aang«we- 
 zen) en Kopere Platen. | Den Tweden Druk. | 
 
334 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Herlein (J. D.) — continued. 
 
 Te Leevwarden, | By Meindert Iniema, Boek-drukker en | Ver- 
 koper voor aan in de St. Jacobs-straat, 1718. | 0. 
 
 10 p. 11., pp. 1-262, 1 1. sm. 4°. maps. 
 Karaibaansch Woorden-Boek (from Rochefort), pp. 249-262. 
 
 1741 Hermes (P.) tJber die Natur der amerikanischen Indianer- 
 sprachen. C. 
 
 In Herrig's Archiv fur das Studium der neuem Sprachen, Band 29, pp. 231- 
 254. Braunscliweig, 1861. 8°. 
 
 Title furnished by Mr. A. S. Gatschet. 
 
 1742 Hernandez ( Francisco ). De Materia Medica Nouae Hispanise 
 Pbilippi Secimdi Hispanearum ac Indiarum Regio invictissimi iussu 
 collecia a Doctore Francisco Hernando noui Orbis primario, ac in 
 ordinem digesta a Doctore Nardo Antonio Eecio eiusdem Maiesta- 
 tis medico, libris quatuor. * 
 
 Manuscript of about 450 closely written pages. 4°. 
 
 The original .autograph manuscript of Dr. Nardo Antouio Reccio, bound in old 
 red morocco, with the arms of Cardinal Zelanda, from whose library the volume 
 came. It is not the work as finally printed. — Stevens's Bib. Hist., 1870, No. 891. 
 
 1743 Quatro Libros. De la naturaleza y virtudes de las Plantas 
 
 y aniniales que estan recividos en el uso de Medicina en la Nueva 
 Espana, y la methodo y coreccion y preparacion que para admini- 
 strallas se requiere con lo que el Doctor Hernandez escrivio en 
 lengua latina. Muy util para todo genero de gente que vive en 
 estancias y Pueblos, do no ay Medicos ni Botica. Traduzido y 
 aumentados muchos simples y compuestos y otros muchos secretos 
 curativos por Fr. Francisco Ximenez. 
 
 Mexico, en casa de la Viuda de Diego Lopez Davalos. 1615. * 
 
 Sm. 4°. Title and note from Sabin's Dictionary and Rich, No. 140. 
 
 Ximcnes, in his introduction, remarks that the work of Hernandez, abridged 
 by the Neapolitan physician Nardo Antonio Reecho, by strange ways reached 
 the Indies and fell into his hands; and that he was induced to publish this trans- 
 lation, adding such examples as fell into his way. 
 
 1744 — Eerum Medicarum Novae Hispanise Thesaurus, sen Planta- 
 
 rum Animalium Mineralium Mexicanorum historia ex Francisci 
 Hernandi Noui orbis medici Primarij relationibus in ipsaMexicana 
 vrbe conscriptis a Nardo Antonio Beccho. . . . Collecta ac in 
 ordinem digesta h Joanne Terrentio Lynceo notis illustrata; cum 
 Indice, et Historise Animalium et Mineralium libro. Nunc primum 
 in naturaliii reru studiosor gratia et utilitate studio et impensis 
 Lynceorum Publici iuris facta Philippo magno dicata. 
 
 Eomffi. M.DOXXVIII[1628]ExTypograplieioJacobiMascardi. * 
 Folio. Engraved title, pp. 950, 17 11., followed by: "Histori® Animalium," pp. 
 90, 3 U. folio. Title and note from Sabin's Dictionary. 
 
 This edition was abridged, and edited from the author's manuscript by Dr. 
 Reecho, of Naples ; pp. 345-455 are additions by Terrentius de Constance ; pp. 460- 
 840, by John Faber; pp. 841-899 are annotations by Fabio Colonno; the tables 
 by Prince Cesi. Leclerc, No. 546, describes : Fabii (Joannia lyncei). Animalia 
 
HEKLEIK — HERNANDEZ. 335 
 
 Hernandez (Francisco) — continued. 
 
 Mexicana Desoriptioiiibus, scholijsq. exposita. Romi©, 1628, folio, whicli is merely 
 an extract, pp. 460-840, irom the foregoing. 
 
 Leon Pinelo says an edition was printed in Germany previous to 1629. 
 
 1745 Eervm medicarvm | Novae Hispanise | Thesavrvs | sev | 
 
 Plantarvm Animalivni | Mineralivm Mexicanorvm | Historia | ex 
 Franclsci Hernandez | Noui Orbis Medici Priraarij relatiouibus | in 
 ipsa Mexicana Vrbe conscriptis | A Nardo Antonio Eeccho | Monte 
 Coruinate Oath. Maiest. Medico | Et Neap. Eegni Archiatro Gene- 
 rali I lussu Philippi II, Hisp. Ind. etc. regis | Collecta ac in ordinem 
 digesta | k loanne Terrentio Lynceo | Constantiense Germ". Pho 
 ac Medico | Notis Illustrata | Nunc prim ii in jSTaturaliurer Studiosor 
 gratia | lucubrationibus Lynceoru publici iuris facta. | Quibus Jam 
 excussis accessere demum alia | quof omnium Synopsis sequenti 
 pagina ponitur | Opus duobus voluminibus diuisum | Pliilippo 
 I HI. Eegi Catholico Magno | Hispaniaf vtriusqz Sicilise et Indiara 
 etc. Monarchse | dicatum. | 
 
 Cum Priuilegijs. Eomse Superior permissu, Ex Typographeio 
 Vitalis Mascardi. M. DO. XXXXXI [1651]. | * 
 
 4 p. 11., pp. 1-590, 1 1., index 7 11. folio. Engraved title in center of a hand- 
 some frontispiece. Followed by : 
 
 1746 Historiae animalivm et mineralivm novae Hispaniae, liber 
 
 Vnicus. • 
 
 Pp. 1-90, 3 11. folio. Titles from Mr-. W. Eames. 
 
 Contains the Mexican names with latin equivalents, and wood-cut engrav- 
 ings, of plants, pp. 1-159; animals, pp. 460-840; followed by- Aunotationes & 
 Additiones, pp. 841-899. Vocum quornndam Americanarum explicatio, on the 
 recto of the 12th leaf of the index. The Historiae Animalium et Mineralium also 
 contains the Mexican and Latin names. 
 
 Some copies are dated 1649, and others have a printed title as follows: 
 
 1747 Nova Plantarum, animalium et mineralium Mexicanorum 
 
 Historia a Francisco Hernandez Medico in Indiis prsestantissimo 
 primum compalita, deim a Nardo Eecho in volumen digesta, a Jo 
 Terentio, Jo Fabro et Fabio Columna Lynceis Notis et additionibus 
 longe doctissimus illustrata. Cui demum accessere alliquot ex Prin- 
 cipis Federici Csesii Prontispiciis Theatri Naturalis Phytosophicae 
 Taliulae Vna'cum quam plurimis Iconibus, ad octingentas, quibus 
 singula contemplanda graphice exhibentur. Cum Priuilegiis. 
 
 Eomae, Blasii Deuersini et Zanobij Masotti. 1651. * 
 
 Title from Rich, No. 282, and Sabiu's Dictionary, No. 31516. See the former 
 for other variations in this edition. 
 
 1748 Francisci Hernandi, | Medici atqae Historici | Philippi II. 
 
 Hisp. et Indiar. Eegis, | et totius Novi Orbis Archiatri, | Opera, | 
 cum edita, tum inedita, | ad autographi fidem et integritatem ex- 
 pressa, | impensa et Jussu Eegio. | Volumen Primum [-Tertium]. | 
 
 Matriti. | Ex Typographia Ibarrae Heredum. | Anno M. DOC. 
 LXXXX [1790]. I ^- ^^ 
 
 3 vols. : 1 p. 1., pp. i-xviii, 4 11., pp. 1-452; 2 p. 11., pp. 1-562; 1 p. 1., pp. 1-571 
 (1). 4°. 
 
\) 
 
 336 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Hernandez (Francisco) — continued. 
 
 This is ihe work of Hernandez unabridged, but without engravings. It is 
 entirely taken up with the Historia Plantarum Novae Hispaniae, containing 
 the Mexican names of the plants, with the latin equivalents. — Fames. 
 
 ThisjBditiou is not to be compared with the work of Dr. Ricci. This is more 
 of Hernaudi s without his editors, more correct, with many additions, but with- 
 out any illustrations. Ilernandes, the celebrated naturalist, was sent to New 
 Spain by Philip the Second about 1595, where he spent seven years in active 
 research into the natural history of the country, and returned to Europe with an 
 herbarium, the very richness and magnitude of which overwhelmed the men of 
 science. A part of the original collection was burnt with the library of the 
 Escurialiu 1671.— Sto'ens's Bil. Hist., 1870, pp. 76, 226. 
 
 The natural history of Dr. Hernandez gives evidence [of the copiousness of 
 the Aztec language], in which are described twelve hundred different species of 
 Mexican plants, two hundred or more species of birds, and a, large number of 
 quadrupeds, reptiles, insects, and metals, each of which is given its proper name 
 in the Mexican language. — Bancroffs Native Races, vol. 3, p. 728. 
 
 1749 Hernandez [D. Vicente). Apuntamiento de Idioma Kicb^. Junio 
 de 1854. * 
 
 Manuscript. 16 11. folio. At the foot of the title-page these words are added 
 in the same hand: "Esdel Padre Presb. Vincente Hernandez Spinai, cura de 
 Santa Catarina Ixtlanacan.'' 
 
 I received ^his document from my friend Dr. Padilla, deceased, who assured 
 me it was the original of the Vocabulary, described by Dr. Karl Scberzer, of 
 Vienna, since printed in volume 15 of the Sitzungsberichte der philosophisoh- 
 historischen Klasse der kaiserlicbeu Akademie der Wissensohaften. Wien, 1855, 
 pp. 28-35. — Braaseitr de Bourbourg. 
 
 1750 Herrera {Fr. Alonso). Sermones Dominicales y de Santos en Len- 
 gua Megicana. * 
 
 Printed, according to Clavigero. 
 
 1751 Diccionario-Mexicano. * 
 
 Title from TrUbner in Ludewig, p. 230. 
 
 1752 [Herrera y Perez (Manuel Maria).] Tlahuac Cabecera, Linderos, 
 Pueblos de su jurisdiccion, Barrios de la Cabecera, Pescados, Patos, 
 Yerbas, Arboles, Senorios, y varies animales de la Tierra. 
 
 In Soc. de Geog. Mex., Bob, tercera 6poca, tomo 1, pp. 294-303. Mexico, 
 
 1873. 8°. 
 
 Herrod (G.) 
 
 See Buckner(H. F.) and Herrod (G.) 
 
 1763 Hervas (D. Lorenzo). Idea | dell' Universo | che contiene | la 
 storiadella vita dell' uomo, | element! cosmografici | viaggio estatico 
 al niondo planetario, | se | Storia della Terra. | Opera | del Signer 
 Abate | Don Lorenzo Herv&s. | Tomo Prime [-XVIII]. | Conce- 
 zione, nascimente, infanzia, e puerizia dell' Uomo. | [Figure.] 
 
 In Cesena MDCCLXXVIII [-MDCCLXXXV] [1778-1785J. | Per 
 Gregorie Biasini all' Insegnadi Pallade | Con Licenzade' Superiori. | 
 
 Vols. 1-18. sm. 4°. A. 
 
 The only copy of the above work I have seen is in the Astor Library. Lude- 
 wig collates it as follows : Cesena, 1778-1781 [1787], xxi vols. 4°. Vol. xxii, Fu- 
 ligno, 1792, 4°, and names the later volumes as follows : 
 
HERNANDEZ HEEVAS. 337 
 
 Hervas (D. Lorenzo) — continued. 
 
 Vol." xvii (1784), Catalogo delle Lingue conosoiuti e notizia della loro afSnitJl 
 e diversity. 
 
 Of this vohime an enlarged Spanish edition was published by the author: 
 Madrid, 1800-1805. 6 vols. 4°. See below. 
 
 Vol. xviii (1785), Origine, Formazione, Meoanismo ed Armonia degli Idiomi. 
 
 "Vol. xix (178G), Aritmetica dolle Nazioni. 
 
 Vol. XX (1787), Vocabnlario Poliglotto con Prolegomeni soprapili di CL Lingue. 
 
 Vol. xxi (1787), Saggio pratioo dclle Lingue coa Prolegomeni ed una raccolla 
 di orazioni dominicali in piil di trecento lingue e dialetti. 
 
 It is probable the volumes were numbered consecutively to vol. 22, for I find 
 vols. 17 and 18 each with two different title-pages, one with the volume number, 
 one without ; she Astor Library has no copy of the volumes above 18 with the 
 number on the title-page — each of the others having an individual title. The 
 titles of the volumes containing North American Linguistics are as follows : 
 
 1754 Catalogo | delle Lingue conosciute | e Notizia | della loro 
 
 affluit^, e diversity. ( Opera | del Signor Abate | Don Lorenzo Her- 
 vas. I [Figure.] 
 
 In Oeseua MDCCLXXXIV [1784]. | Per Gregorio Biasini aU' 
 Insegna di Pallade. | Con Licenza de' Superiori. | A. c. 
 
 1 p. 1., pp. 1-260. sm. 4°. 
 
 Capitolo i. Lingue Americane : loronumero: ' * * p. 14. 
 
 Articolo 5. * * * * Nelle province di Popayan, Darien, e Veraguas si nosano 
 52 nazioni di varj linguaggj poco conosciuti, e 24 villaggj di Darieni rubelli. 
 Forse in Darien, e Veraguas si parlano dialetti caribi, p. 69. 
 
 Art. 6. Lingue del Contineute della Nuova-Spagna, Messicana, Otomita (col 
 sui dialettp Mazahui), Tarasca, Pirinda, Cora, Maya (o Yucatana), Mizteca, To- 
 tanaca, Hiaki, Tarahumara, Tubar, Opata, Eudeve, Pime, Guaima, Tepehuana, 
 Huasteca, Pame, Matlazinga, Mazahua, Cuitlateca, Zapoteca, Chinanteca, Po- 
 pbluca, Chontal, Chocona, Mazateca, Mixe, Chiapaneca, Mame, Lacandona, 
 Zoke, Celdala, Kiche, Cakchikel, ed Utlateca. Si annoverano altre otto lingue 
 sconosoiute del Nuovo Messico, p. 72. 
 
 Catalogo di alcuni nomi Tolteki e Chichimeki, co' quali si prova, che parlarono 
 il Messicano queste due antichissime nazioni, p. 77. 
 
 Art. 7. Lingue della California, e de' paesi settentrionali dell' America. Nella 
 California lingue Pericil estinta, Guaicura (co' dialetti Loretano, Cora, Uchitie, 
 ed Aripe) e Cochiml con 4 dialetti. Colonia Cinese al nord della California, p. 81. 
 
 Groenlandese, ed Eskimese lingue affini: linguaggio Lapponico-Teutonico 
 nella Groenlandia ; Hurone, ed Irokese afSui ; Algonkino con 43 dialetti) che vi 
 si nominano. Si notano 17 linguaggj della Florida Spagnuola, p. 85. 
 
 This volume enlarged and reprinted as follows : 
 
 1755 Catalogo de las Lenguas j de las Naciones Conocidas, | y 
 
 numeracion, division, y clases de estas | segun la diversidad [ de 
 BUS Idiomas y Dialectos. | Su Autor | el Abate Don Lorenzo Her- 
 vds, I Teologo del Eminentisimo Senor Cardenal Juan Francisco | 
 Albani [&c., three lines]. | Yolumen I [-VI]. | Lenguas y Naciones 
 Aciericanas. | Con licencia. | En la imprenta de la adininistracion 
 del real arbitrio de beneflcencia. | 
 
 Madrid ABlo 1800 [-1805]. [ Se hallara en la Libreria de Eamz 
 calle de la Cruz. | HU. 
 
 6 vols. sm. 4°. 
 22 Bib 
 
338 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Hervas (D. Lorenzo) — contiuued. 
 
 Capitulo vi. Leni^uas que se hablan en el continente de la Nuev£?-Espalia. 
 
 Capitulo vii. Lenguas que se hablan en la California en su costa septen- 
 trional hasta el estreoho de Anian, y en la vasta extension de paises que hay 
 entre el rio Misisipi, Florida y Groenlandia. 
 
 1756 Origine | Formazione, Meccanismo, ed Armonia degl' Idi- 
 
 omi. I Opera | dell' Abate j Don Lorenzo Hervas | Socio della Eeale 
 Accademia delle Scienze, ed Autichita | di Dubliuo. | [Figure.] 
 
 In Cesena M DCO LXXXV [1785]. | Per Gregorio Biasini all' 
 Insegna di Pallade | Con Licenza de' Superiori. | A. 
 
 Ip 1., pp. 1-180. 8m.40. 
 
 The Introductory letter in this issue occupies pp. 1-4 (the title being the p. 1.), 
 aud is much longer than that in the issue with "Tomo xviii" on the title-page, 
 the letter in the latter occupying pp. 3-4, the title being pp. 1-2. 
 
 Contains words in many American languages scattered throughout. 
 
 1757 Aritmetica delle Nazioni j e Divisione del Tempo | fra 
 
 1' Oriental!. | Operi | dell' Abate | Don Lorenzo Hervas | Socio della 
 Eeale Accademia delle Scienze, ed Anticliit^ | di Dnblino. | [Fig- 
 ure.] 
 
 In Cesena M DCC LXXXVI [178 J]. | Per Gregorio Biasini all' 
 Insegna di Pallade. | Con Licenza de' Superiori. | A. 
 
 Pp. 1-201. sm.4°. 
 
 Darien-Itsmo numerals and remarks, p. 106 ; Tarasca numerals, 1-13, and re- 
 marks, p. 107 ; Messicana numerals, 1-48000, and remarks, pp. 107-109 ; Otomita 
 numerals, 1-1000, and remarks, pp. 109-110 ; Maya numerals, 1-72000, pp. 110-111 ; 
 Cora numerals, 1-400, pp. 111-113; Timukuana numerals, 1-10, p. 113; Cochimi 
 numerals, 1-20, p. 113 ; Tnskrura numerals, 1-1000, pp. 113-114; Woccon numer- 
 als, 1-20, p. 114 ; Pampticough numerals, 1-10, p. 114 ; Algonkina numerals, 1-1000, 
 p. 114; Comparison of numerals of the Tuskrura, Woccon, Pampticough, and 
 Algonkina, p. 115. 
 
 1758 Vocabolario Poligloto | con prolegomini | sopra piii di CL. 
 
 Lingue | Dove sono delle scoperte nuove, ed utili all' antica | storia 
 dell' uman genere, ed alia cognizione del | meccanismo delle pa- 
 role. I Opera dell' Abate | Don Lorenzo Hervas | Socio della Eeale 
 Accademia delle Scienze, ed An- | tichita di Dubliuo, e dell' Etrusca 
 di Cortona. | [Figure.] 
 
 In Cesena M DCC LXXXVII [1787]. | Per Gregorio Biasini all' 
 Insegna di Callade. | Con Licenza de' Superiori. | a. 
 
 Pp. 1-247. sm. 4°. Only a few American words. 
 
 1759 Saggio Pratico | delle Lingue | con prolegomeni, e una rac- 
 
 colta di orazioni Dominicali in | piii di trecento lingue, e dialetti, 
 con cui si dimostra | 1' infusione del primo idioma dell' uman genere, 
 e la I confusione delle lingue in esso poi succeduta, e si | additano 
 la diramazione, e dispersione della na- | zioni con molti risultati 
 utili alia storia. | Oflcia | dell' Abate | Don Lorenzo Hervas | Socio 
 della Eeale Accademia delle Scienze, ed Antichit^ ( di Dublino, e 
 dell' Etrusca di Cortona. | [Figure.] 
 
HERVAS HESS. 339 
 
 Hervas (D. Lorenzo) — continued. 
 
 In Cesena M DCC LXXXVII [1787]. | Per Gregorio Biasini all' 
 Insegna di Pallade | Con Licenza de' Superiori. | A. 
 
 Pp. 1-256. sin.4". 
 
 Lord's Prayer in Carib, with comments, p. 112 : in Poconchi, with comments, 
 pp. 113-115; in Maya, with comments, pp. 115-116; in Messicana, with comments, 
 pp. 116-118; in Mixteca, p. 118; in Totonaca, pp. 118-119 ; in Otomita, with com- 
 ments, pp. 119-120; in Tarasca, p. 120; in Pirinda, p. 120 ; in Cora, with com- 
 ments, p. 121 ; in Hiaki, or Hiaque, p. 121 ; in Tubar, p. 122; in Tarahumara, with 
 comments, pp. 122-123; in Eudeve, pp. 123-124; in Opata,p. 124; in Pima, pp, 
 124-125; in Cochimi (Missione di S. Saverio),p. 123; in Cochimi (Missione di S. 
 Borgia e di S. Maria), p. 123 ; in Shavanna, p. 126 ; in Virgineae, p. 126 ; in Groen- 
 landese (two dialects), with comments, pp. 126-127; Orazione in Lingua Hurona 
 (with interlinear translation), pp. 231-232; Lingue Abnakise, Hurona, Algon- 
 kina, ed Ilnfe (from Easles),p. 233; Instruzione in Cochimi secondo il dialetto 
 * * * di S. Saverio, e S. Giuseppe Comniandu (with interlinear translation), pp. 
 234-236 ; Catecismo nel dialetto Cochimi delle Missione di S. Geltrude, S. Borgia, 
 e Santa Maria, pp. 236-237. 
 
 1760 Analisi | Filosoflco-Teologica | della Natura | della Ca- 
 
 rit^ I ossia dell' | Amor di Dio | opera dell' Abate | Don Lorenzo 
 Hervas. | [Figure.] 
 
 In Fuligno 1792. | Per Giovanni Tomassini Stampator Vesco- 
 vile. I Con approvazione. | A. 
 
 Pp. 1-323. sm.40. 
 
 1761 Herzog (Wilbelm). Ueber die Verwandtschaffc des Yumasprach- 
 stamraes mit der Sprache der Aleuten und der Eskimostamme. 
 Von WilU. Herzog, Pfarrer. 
 
 In Zeitschrift fur Etbnologie, etc., Jahrgang 1878, pp. 449-459. 
 Comparative vocabulary of various Yuma dialects with the Aleut, pp. 450-452 ; 
 Comparative vocabulary of various Yuma dialects with the Eskimo, pp. 453-457. 
 
 Hess (William). 
 See Hill (H. A.), Hess (Wm.), and Wilkes (J. A.), jr. 
 
 1762 and Wilkes (J. A.), jr. ISTe Yehohyaton ne Eoyatadogenhti 
 
 Paul jinonka ne Galatians. 
 
 ]!^ew-York : Published by Howe & Bates, for the Young Men's 
 Bible Society of New-York, auxiliary to the Bible Society of the 
 Methodist Episcopal Church. 1835. * 
 
 12°. The Epistle to the Galatians, translated into tlie Mohawk language, 
 by William Hess, with corrections by J. A. Wilkes, jr. Title from O'Callaghan's 
 American Bibles, p. 4. 
 See Hill (H. A.), Hess (W.), and 'Wilkes (J. A.), jr., for edition of same date. 
 
 1763 Ne tyotyerenhtonh | kahyatonhsera | ne Paul | ne royata- 
 
 dogenhti shagohyatonni | jinonka ne | Corinthians, | William 
 Hess, I tehaweanatennyon oni shogwatagwen ne | J. A. Wilkes, 
 Jr. I 
 
 New- York: | Published by Howe & Bates, | for the Young Men's 
 Bible Society of New -York, | auxiliary to the | Bible Society of the 
 Methodist Episcopal Church. | 1836. | 
 
340 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Hess (William) and Wilkes (J. A.), jr. — continued. 
 Second title : 
 
 The [First] Epistle | of | Paul the Apostle | to the | Corinthi- 
 ans, I translated into the IMohawk language, | by William Hess, | 
 with corrections by | J. A. Wilkes, Jr. | 
 
 2^ew-Tork: | Published by Howe & Bates, | for the Young Men's 
 Bible Society of New- York | auxiliary to the | Bible Society of the 
 Methodist Episcopal Church. | 1836. | JWP. 
 
 Pp. 2-.55. 12<^. Entirely iu Mohawk. Moliawk title verso 1. 1 ; English title 
 recto 1. 2. 
 
 See Hill (H. A.) and Wilkes (J. A.), jr., for edition of 1834. 
 
 1764 Ne Yehohyaton | ne Eoyatadogenhti Paul | jinonka ne | 
 
 Philippians, | William Hess, | Tehaweanatennyon oni shogwata- 
 gwen ne | J. A. Wilkes, Jr. | 
 
 NeW'York: | Published by Howe & Bates, | for the Young Men's 
 Bible Society of New- York, | auxiliary to the | Bible Society of the 
 Methodist Episcopal Church. | 1836. | 
 
 Second title : 
 
 The Epistle | of | Paul the Apostle | to the | Philippians, | trans- 
 lated into the Mohawk language, | by William Hess, | with correc- 
 tions by I J. A. Wilkes, Jr. | 
 
 New- York: | Published by Howe & Bates, | for the Young Men's 
 Bible Society of New-York, | auxiliary to the | Bible Society of the 
 Methodist Episcopal Church. | 1836. | ba. jwp. 
 
 Pp. 2-17. 12°. Entirely in Mohawk. Mohawk title verso 1. 1 ; English title 
 recto 1. 2. 
 
 1765 Ne Yehohyaton | ne Eoj atadogenhti Paul | jinonka ne | 
 
 Colossians, | William Hess, ( tehaweanatennyon oni shogwata- 
 gwen ne | J. A. Wilkes, Jr. | 
 
 New- York: | Published by Howe & Bates, | for the Young Men's 
 Bible Society of New-York, | auxiliary to the | Bible Society of the 
 Methodist Episcopal Church. ( 1836. | 
 
 Second title : 
 
 The Epistle | of | Paul the Apostle | to the | Colossians, | trans- 
 lated into the Mohawk language, | by William Hess, | with cor- 
 rections by I J. A. Wilkes, Jr. | 
 
 New- York : | Published by Howe & Bates, | for the Young Men's 
 Bible Society of New-York, | auxiliary to the | Bible Societyof the 
 Methodist Episcopal Church. | 1836. | ba. jwp. 
 
 Pp. 2-lG. 12°. Entirely in Mohawk. Mohawk title verso 1. 1 ; English title 
 recto 1. 2. 
 
 1766 Ne Tyotyerenhton | ne Eoyatadogenhti Paul | yehohyaton 
 
 jinonka ne | Thessalonians, | William Hess, | tehaweanatennyon 
 oni shogwatagwen ne | J. A. Wilkes, Jr. | 
 
 New-York: | Published by Howe & Bates, | for the Young Men's 
 Bible Society of New- York, | auxiliary to the | Bible Society of the 
 Methodist Episcopal Church. | 1836. | 
 
HESS. 341 
 
 Hess (William) and Wilkes ^J. A.), jr. — continued. 
 
 Second title : 
 
 The Epistle[s] | of | Paul the Apostle | to the | Thessaloniana, | 
 translated into the Mohawk language, | by William Hess, | with 
 corrections by | J. A. Wilkes, Jr. | 
 
 New-York : | Published by Howe & Bates, | for the Young Men's 
 Bible Society of New-York, | auxiliary to the | Bible Society of the 
 'Methodist Episcopal Church. | 1836. | ba. jwp. 
 
 Pp. 3-22. 12°. Entirely in Mohawk. Mohawk title verso 1. 1 ; English title 
 recto 1. 2. 
 
 let Thesaalonians, pp. 5-15; 2d Thessalonians, pp. 16-22. 
 
 1767 Ne ne Tyotj'erenhton | ne Royatadogenhti Paul | yehohya- 
 
 tonni ne | Timothy, | William Hess, | tehaweanatennyon pni shog- 
 watagwen ne | J. A. Wilkes, Jr. | 
 
 New -York: | Published by Howe & Bates, | for the Young Men's 
 Bible Society of New -York, | auxiliary to the | Bible Society of the 
 Methodist Episcopal Church. | 1836. | 
 
 Second title: 
 
 The Epistle[s] | of | Paul the Apostle | to | Timothy, | translated 
 into the Mohawk language, | by William Hess, | with corrections 
 by I J. A. Wilkes, Jr. | 
 
 New -York : ( Published by Howe & Bates, | for the Young Men's 
 Bible Society of New -York, | auxiliary to the | Bible Society of the 
 Methodist Episcopal Church. | 1836. | ba. jwp. 
 
 Pp. 2-31. 12°. Entirelj' in Mohawk. Mohawk titl evereo 1. 1 ; English title 
 recto 1. 2. 
 
 1st Timothy, pp. 5-20; 2d Timothy, pp. 21-31. 
 
 1768 Ne Yehohyaton | ne Eoyatadogenhti Paul | jinonka | ne 
 
 Titus, I William Hess, | tehaweanatennyon oni shogwatagwen ne ( 
 J. A. Wilkes, Jr. | 
 
 New York: | Published by Howe & Bates, | for the Young Men's 
 Bible Society of New -York, | auxiliary to the | Bible Society of the 
 Methodist Episcopal Church. | 1836. | 
 
 Second title: 
 
 The Epistle | of | Paul the Apostle | to | Titus, | translated into 
 the Mohawk language, | by William Hess, | with corrections by | 
 J. A. Wilkes, Jr. | 
 
 New -York : | Published by Howe & Bates, | for the Young Men's 
 Bible Society of New -York | auxiliary to the | Bible Society of the 
 Methodist Episcopal Church. | 1836. | ba. jwp. 
 
 Pp. 2-11. 12". Entirely in Mohawk. Mohawk title verso 1. 1; English title 
 recto 1. 2. 
 
 1769 Ne Yehohyaton | ne Eoyatadogenhti Paul | jinonka ne | 
 
 Philemon, | William Hess, | tehaweanatennyon oni shogwatagwen 
 ne I J. A. Wilkes, Jr. | 
 
 New -York : | Published by Howe & Bates, | for the Young Men's 
 Bible Society of New -York, | auxiliary to the | Bible Society of the 
 Methodist Episcopal Church. | 1836. | 
 
342 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Hess (William) and Wilkes (T. A.), jr. — continued. 
 
 l<econd title : 
 
 The Epistle | of | Paul the Apostle | to | Philemon, | translated 
 into the Mohawk language, | by William Hess, | with corrections 
 by I J. A. Wilkes, Jr. | 
 
 New -York: | Published by Howe & Bates, ] for the Young Men's 
 Bible Society of New -York | auxiliary to the | Bible Society of the 
 Methodist Episcopal Church. | 1836. j BA. JWP. 
 
 Pp. 2-7. 12°. Entirely in Mohawk. Mohawk title verso 1. 1 ; English title 
 recto 1. 2. 
 
 1770 Ne Yehohyaton | Ne Eoyatadogenhti Paul | jinonka ne | 
 
 Hebrews, | William Hess, | Tehaweanatennyon oni shogwatagwen 
 ne |*J. A.Wilkes, Jr. | 
 
 New -York: | Published by Howe & Bates, | for the Young Men's 
 Bible Society of New -York, | auxiliary to the | Bible Society of the 
 Methodist Episcopal Church. | 1836. | 
 
 Second title : 
 
 The Epistle | of | Paul the Apostle | to the ( Hebrews, | trans- 
 lated into the Mohawk Language, | by William Hess, | with cor- 
 rections by I J. A. Wilkes, Jr. | 
 
 New -York : | Published by Howe & Bates, | for the Young Men's 
 Bible Society of New -York, | auxiliary to the | Bible Society of the 
 Methodist Episcopal Church. | 1836. | gb. 
 
 P|). 1-44. 16°. Entirely in Mohawk. Indian title verso 1. 1 (p. 2), recto blank ; 
 English title recto 1. 2 (p. 3), verso blank. 
 
 1771 Hidalgo {Fresh. D. Manuel). Libro en que se trata de la lengua 
 Tzotzil ; se continua con el Bocabulario breve de algunos brevos y 
 nombres, etc. La Doctrina Cristiana; el Forinulario para admi- 
 nistrar los Santos Sacrameutos; el confesionario y sermones en la 
 misma Lengua Tzotzil. Obra (segun parece) del Presbitero Don 
 Manuel Hidalgo, insigne sierbo de Maria Santisima. * 
 
 Manuscript. 66 pp. fol. I have inscribed it under the name of D. Manuel 
 Hidalgo, who is given on page 10 as the author of the hymn to the Holy Virgin 
 there found. The document has no indication as to the date, except these words 
 on page 59: "De el pueblo de San Pablo en el ano [17] 35 20 qu., etc." 
 
 The Tzotzil, Zotzil, or Tzotzlem language is the second in importance in the 
 state of Chiapas. Its chief seat was formerly the strong city of Tzotzlein (dwell- 
 ing of the bat), called by the Mexicans, who garrisoned ii in the time of Monte- 
 zuma, Tzinacantlan, or Cinacantlan, whence the name Cinacanteca, given also 
 to this language. The present most considerable place of the Tzotziles Indians is 
 Alanchen, commonly called San Bartolom6 de los Llanos. — Brasseur de Bourbourg. 
 
 1772 Hierro (1). Diego Fernandez del). Arte [Mexicana]. * 
 
 Title from Beristaiu, who quotes from the author of "AUegaciones del Clero 
 Angelopolitano." 
 
 . 1773 Higgins (N. S.) Notes on the Apaches of Arizona. 
 
 Manuscript. 30 pp. folio. In the library < f the Bureau of Ethnology. It 
 includes a vocabulary of 200 words, names of tribes, &c. 
 
HESS — HILL. 343 
 
 1774 Hill (A. H.) Ne | Ijaroron | iie | Teyerighwaghkwatha | ne ne 
 enyontste | ne yagorihwiyoghston | kanyengehaga niyeweano- 
 ten. I Ne Tehaweanaclenyon | kenweiideshon. | 
 
 Kew-York, | Conference Office tsi uonwe t'karistoh- | rarakon 
 by J. CoUord. | 1829. | 
 Second title : 
 
 A I Collection | of | Hymns | for | the use of native christians | 
 of the I Mohawk Language. | Translated chiefly by A. H. Hill. | 
 
 Kew-York, | Printed at the Conference Ufftce | by J. OoUord. | 
 1829. 1 jwp. 
 
 ' Pp. 1-39, 1-39, alternate Mohawk and English ; pp. 40-69, hymns in Mohawk ; 
 
 pp. 70-106, hymns in English; Index in Mohawk, pp. 107-109 ; Index in English, 
 pp. 109-112. 16°. 
 
 1775 Ne I Karoron | ne | Teyerihwahkwatha | igen | ne enyont- 
 ste I ne yagorihwiyoghstonh | Kanyengehaga Kaweanondahkon. | 
 Oni ohnagen non ka kahyaton yotkate | Teyerihwafakwatha dc ex- 
 baogon ah | enyonste ji yonaderihonnyeanitha. | 
 
 New -York: | M'Elrath & Bangs, Teharistohrarayon, | No. 85 
 Chatham -street. | 1832. | 
 
 Second title: 
 
 A I Collection | of | Hymns | for | the use of Native Christians | 
 of the I Mohawk Language; | to which are added, | a number of 
 Hymns for Sabbath Schools, j 
 
 New -York: | Printed by M'Elrath & Bangs, | No. 85 Chatham - 
 Street. | ,1832. | gb. 
 
 Pp. 1-39, 1-39, 40-69, 70-106, 70-106, 107-146. 16°. Indian title verso 1. 1 (p. 1) ; 
 English title recto 1. 2 (p. 1); alternate pages Mohawk and English, except pp. 
 40-69 (Hymns, Nos. 54-86), which are not translated into English, and pp. 107- 
 146 (English Hymns, pp. 107-137; and Index, pp. 138-146). 
 
 1776 Ne I Karoron | ne | Teyerihwahkwatha | igen | ne enyont- 
 ste I ne yagorihwiyoghstonh | kanyengehaga kaweanondahkoga | 
 Ni ohnagen non ka kahyaton yotkate | Teyerihwahkwatha ne ex- 
 haogon ah | enyonste ji yondaderihonnyeanitha. | 
 
 New -York: | D. Fanshaw, Teharistohraragon, | No. 150 Nassau- 
 Street. I 1835. I 
 
 Second title : 
 
 A I Collection | of | Hymns | for | the use of Native Christians | 
 of the I Mohawk Language; | to which are added | a number of 
 Hymns for Sabbath | Schools. | 
 
 New York: | Printed by D. Fanshaw. | 1835. | BA. 
 
 Pp. 1-39, 1-39, alternate Mohawk and English; pp. 40-68 in Mohawk; p. 69 
 blank; pp. 70-106, 70-106, alternate Mohawk and English; pp. 107-137 in Eng- 
 lish; pp. 139-142 index in Mohawk; pp. 143-147, same in English; Mohawk title 
 verso 1.1; English title recto 1.2. 24°. 
 
 1777 Ne I Karoron | ne | Teyerihwahkwatha | kanyengehaga 
 
 kaweanondahkon | yayak ni ononhwenjageh raonaweuk. | Kora- 
 rahkowahne Tkentyohkawyen | 
 
 Oghronwakon [Hamilton]: | Printed at Euthven's Book & Job 
 Office, &c. I King-street. | 1^39. | 
 
344 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS 
 
 Hill (A. H.)— continued. 
 
 Second title : 
 
 A I Collection | of | Psalms and Hymns, | in the | Mohawk lan- 
 guage, I for the use of the Six Nation Indians. | By the Kew -Eng- 
 land Corporation. | 
 
 Hamilton: | Printed at Euthven's Book & Job Office, &c. | 
 King-street. | 1839. | BA. JWP. 
 
 Pp. 1-62, 1-62 (double numbers), alternate pages Mohawk and English; pp. 63- 
 77 in Mohawk ; pp. 78-80, index in Mohawk. 16<^. Mohawk title verso 1. 1 (p. 1) ; 
 English title recto 1. 2 (p. 1). 
 
 Triibner's Catalogue gives this title, same date and place, 144 pp. 16°. 
 
 1778 Ne I Karoron | ne | Teyerihwahkwatha | igen | ne enyont- 
 
 ste I ue yagorihwiyoghstonh | kanyencehaga kaweanondahkoga | 
 ni ohnagen non ka kahyaton yotkate | Teyerihwahkwatha ni ex- 
 haogon ah | enyontste ji yondaderihonnyeanitha. | 
 
 New- York: | Published by Lane & Scott, | For the Missionary 
 Society of the Methodist | Episcopal Church. | Joseph Longking, 
 Printer. | 1850. | 
 
 Second title: 
 
 A I Collection | of | Hymns | for | the use of Native Christians | 
 of the I Mohawk language; | to which are added | a number of 
 Hymns for Sabbath | Schools. | 
 
 New- York: | Published by Lane & Scott, | for the Missionary 
 Society of the Methodist | Episcopal Church. | Joseph Longking, 
 Printer. | 1850. | GB. JWP. 
 
 Pp. 2-240. 16°. Indian title verso 1. 1 (p. 2), recto blank; English title recto 
 1. 2 (p. 3) ; pp. 1-195 alternate pages Mohawk and English; pp. 197-230, " Hymns 
 for Children" in English; Mohawk index, pp. 231-235; English index, pp. 236- 
 240. 'Nearly a reprint of 1832 ed. 
 
 1779 Ne I Karoron ( ne | Teyerihwahkwatha | igen | ne enyontste 
 
 ne yagorihwiyoghstonh | Kanyengehaga Kaweanondahkoga | ni | 
 ohnagen non ka kahyaton yotkate teyerihwahk- | watha ne ex- 
 haogon ah enyontste ji | yondaderihonnyeanitha. | 
 
 New- York: | American Tract Society. | [1853?] 
 
 Second title: 
 
 A I Collection of Hymns, | for | the use of Native Christians ( 
 of I the Mohawk Language ; | to | which are added a number of 
 hymns | for | Sabbath- Schools. | 
 
 Published by the | American Tract Society, | 150 Nassau -Street, 
 
 New-York. | [1853?] IB. 
 
 •Pp. 1-146, 1-146 (double numbers), alternate pages Mohawk and English; pp. 
 
 147-188, Hymns for children, in English; pp. 189-19.5, index in Mohawk ; pp. 194- 
 
 198, index in English. Reprint of edition of 1850. 
 
 1780 Ne I Tsiuihhoweyea-nenda-onh | orighwa do geaty, | Eog- 
 
 hyadon Eoyadado Geaghty, | Saint Luke. | 
 
 New York, | Printed for the American Bible Society. | A. Hoyt, 
 Printer. | 1827. | 
 
HILL. 345 
 
 Hill (A. H.) — continued. 
 
 Second title ; 
 
 The Gospel | according to Saint Luke | translated into the Mo- 
 hawk tongue. I By H. A. Hill. | 
 
 ifew York : | Printed for the American Bible Society. | A. Hoyt, 
 Printer, | 1827. | ba. 
 
 Pp. 1-157, 1-157 (double numbers), alternate Mobawk and English. 16°. Mo- 
 hawk title verso 1. 1 ; English title recto 1. 2. 
 
 See Hill(H. A.) and Wilkes (J. A..), jr., for edition of 1833. 
 
 1781 and Wilkes (J. A.), jr. Ne Raorihwadogenhti | ne | Shong- 
 
 wayaner Yesus Keristus, | jenihorihoten ne | Eoyatadogenhti 
 Luke, I kariyengehaga kaweanondahkon kenwendeshon | Tehawe- 
 anatenyon | oni shogwatagwen | ne J. A. Wilkes, Jr. Oshwegon 
 Kaihonhatatye, IT. 0. | 
 
 New York: | Published by the Young Mens' Bible Society of 
 New York, | auxiliary to the Bible | Society of the Methodist Epis- 
 copal Church. I M'Elrath, & Bangs Printers. | 1833. | 
 
 Second title : 
 
 The Gospel | of our | Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ, | according 
 to I Saint Luke, | translated into the Mohawk Language | by [H.J 
 A. Hill, I and corrected by | J. A. Wilkes, Jr. Grand River, U. C. | 
 
 New York: | Published by the Young Mens' Bible Society of 
 New York, | auxiliary to the | Bible Society of the | Methodist Epis- 
 copal Church. I M'Elrath, & Bangs Printers. | 1833. | ba. 
 
 Pp. 1-109, 1-109 (double numbers), alternate Mohawk and English. 12°. Mo- 
 hawk title verso 1. 1; English title recto 1. 2. 
 
 See Hill (H. A.) for edition of 1827. 
 
 1782 The Gospel | of our | Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ, | ac- 
 cording to I Saint Matthew, translated into the Mohawk Language, | 
 by A. Hill, | and corrected by | J. A. Wiikes, Jr. Grand Eiver, 
 IJ. C. I 
 
 New York : | Published by the Young Men's Bible | Society of 
 New York, | auxiliary to the Bible Society of the | Methodist 
 Episcopal Church. | McElrath & Baugs, Printers. | 1831. ( 
 
 Second title: 
 
 Ne Eaorihwadogenhti | ne | Shongwayaner Yesus Keristus, | 
 jinihorihoten ne | Eoyatadogenhti Matthew, | kanyengehaga kawe- 
 anondahkon kenwendeshon | Tebaweanatenyon | oni shotwatag- 
 wen I ne J. A. Wilkes, Jr. Oshwegon Kaihonhatatye, TJ. C. | 
 
 New York: | Published by the Young Men's Bible | Society of 
 New York, | auxiliary to the Bible Society of the | Methodist 
 Episcopal Church. | McElrath & Bangs, Printers. | 1831. | ABS. 
 
 197 pp., alternate Mohawk and English. 16°. English title verso 1. 1; Mo- 
 hawk title recto 1. 2. 
 
 1783 Ne Eaorihwadogenhti | ne | Shongwayaner Yesus Keris- 
 tus, I jinihorihoten ne | Eoyatadogenhti Matthew, | kanyengehaga 
 
346 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Hill (A. H.) and Wilkes (J. A.),i^. — continued. 
 
 kaweanondahkon kenwendeshon | Tehaweanatenyou | oui shog- 
 watagwen | ne J. A. Wilkes, Jr., Osliwegon Kaihonhatatye, U. G. | 
 
 New- York: | Published by the Young Men's Bible | Society of 
 New- York, | auxiliary to the Bible Society of the | Methodist 
 Episcopal Church. | Howe & Bates, Printers. | 1836. | 
 
 Second title: 
 
 The Gospel | of our | Lord and Saviour Jesus Ghrist | according 
 to I Saint Matthew, | translated into the Mohawk language | by A. 
 Hill, I and corrected by | J. A. Wilkes, Jr., Grand Eiver, U. 0. | 
 
 New- York: | Published by the Young Men's Bible | Society of 
 New-York, | auxiliary to the Bible Society of the | Methodist Epis- 
 copal Church. I Howe & Bates, Printers. | 1836. | jwp. 
 
 Pp. 2-99. 12°. Entirely iu Mohawk. Mohawk title verso 1. 1 ; English title 
 recto 1. 2. 
 
 1784 Ne tyotyerenhton kahyatonhsera ( ne | Eoyatadogenhti 
 
 Paul shagohyatonni | ne | Corinthians, ( kanyengehaga kaweanon- 
 dahkon | H. A. Hill, | ne tehaweanatenyon | oni shogwatagwen | 
 ne J. A. Wilkes, Jr., Oshwegon kaihonhatatye, U. C. | 
 
 New York: | Published by the Young Men's Bible Society of 
 New York, | auxiliary to the | Bible Society of the Methodist Epis- 
 copal Church. ( McElrath, Bangs & co.. Printers. | 1834. | 
 
 Second title ; 
 
 The First Epigtle | of | Paul the Apostle | to the. | Corinthians, | 
 translated into the Mohawk Language, | by H. A. Hill, | and cor- 
 rected by J. A. Wilkes, Jr. | 
 
 New York: | Published by the Young Men's Bible Society of 
 New York, | auxiliary to the | Bible.Society of the Methodist Epis- 
 copal Church. I McElrath, Bangs & co.. Printers. | 1834. | r. 
 
 50 and 50 pp., alternate Mohawk and English. 16°. Mohawk title verso of 1. 
 1 ; English title recto of I. 2. 
 
 See Hess (W.j and Wilkes (J. A.), jr., for edition of 1H36. 
 
 1785 Ne Orighwadogenhty | ne jinitya^^a-onh ne Eoyatado- 
 
 genhty ne | John. | 
 
 [New York : Young Men's Bible Society. 1836.] gb. jwp. 
 
 No title-page ; pp. 5-91. 12°. Gospel of St. John in the Mohawk language. 
 
 1786 [Epistles in the Mohawk Language.] gb. 
 
 No title-page. pp. 1-57. 16°. 
 
 Ne Yehhonwaghyadonnuhhne | James. | [General Epistle of .Tames.] Pp. 1-lb. 
 
 Ne'Tyntyerenghdouk | yehhonwaghyadonnyhorighwakwekonhne | Kwiter. | 
 (Yayadakweniyn.) [First Epistle of Peter.] Pp. 19-33. 
 
 Ne. Teke-Nihhadoud | yehhonwaghyadonnyh rayadakwe-niyii | Kwiter. | 
 [Second Epistle General of Peter.] Pp. 35-44. 
 
 Ne Tyutyadonghseratyerenghdonh | Rayadakwe-niyu ne | Janyh. | [First 
 Epistle of John.] Pp. 4.5-57. 
 
 1787 Ne ne Tekaghyadonghserakehhadont ne | Janyh. | gb. 
 
 No title-page ; pp. 5-6. 16°. Second Epistle of John in the Mohawk language. 
 
HILL. 347 
 
 Hill (A. H.) and Wilkes (J. A.), jr. — continued. 
 
 1788 Ne Agsenhhadont | Nikaghyadonghserakeh ne | Janyh. | gb. 
 
 No title-page ; pp. 5-C. 16°. Third Epistle of John in the Mohawk language. 
 
 1789 — "■ XeEayadakwe-niyu | Yehhonwaghyadonnyh | Jude. | gb. 
 
 No title-page ; pp. 5-8. 16°. General Epistle of Jnde in the Mohawk language. 
 
 1790 Ne ne | Eevelation | Konwayats. | gb. 
 
 No title-page; pp. 5-64. 16°. Eevelation of John in the Mohawk language. 
 
 1791 , Hess (William), and Wilkes (John A.), jr. Ne ne jinihodi- 
 
 yeren | ne | Eodiyatadogenhti, | kanyengehaga kaweanondah- 
 kon 1 ne Tehaweanatennyon ne kenwendeshon [ nok oni shodigwa- 
 tagwen | ue William Hess and John A. Wilkes, Jr. | 
 
 New- York: | Published by the Young Men's Bible | Society of 
 New-York, j auxiliary to the Bible Society of the | Methodist Epis- 
 copal Church. I Howe & Bates, Printers. | 1835. | 
 
 Second title: 
 
 The Acts I of | the Apostles, | in | the Mohawk language, | 
 translated by | H. A. Hill, | with corrections by | William Hess and 
 John A. Wilkes, Jr. | 
 
 New-York: | Published by the Young Men's Bible | Society of 
 New-York, | auxiliary to the Bible Society of the | Methodist Epis- 
 copal Church. I Howe & Bates, Printers. | 1835. | 0. JWP. 
 
 1 1., pp. 1-121. 12°. Entirely in Mohawk. Mohawk title verso of 1. 1; Eng- 
 lish title recto of 1. 2. 
 
 1792 Ne ne Shagohyatonni | Paul ne Eoyatadogenhti | jinonka- 
 
 dih ne Eomans, | kanyengehaga kaweanondahkon | ne Tehaweana- 
 tennyon ne kenwendeshon | nok oni shodigwatagwen | ne William 
 Hess and John A. Wilkes, Jr. | • 
 
 New- York: | Published by the Young Men's Bible | Society of 
 New-York, | auxiliary to the Bible Society of the | Methodist Epis. 
 copal Church. | Howe & Bates, Printers. | 1835. | 
 
 Second title : 
 
 The Epistle | of»t Paul the Apostle, | to the | Eomans, | in ( the 
 Mohawk language, | tra,uslated by | H. A. Hill, | with corrections 
 by I William Hess and John A. Wilkes, Jr. | 
 
 New- York: | Published by the Young Men's Bible | Society of 
 New-York, | auxiliary to the Bible Society of the | Methodist Epis- 
 copal Church. I Howe & Bates, Printers. | 1835. | BA. C. JWP. 
 
 1 p. 1., pp. 1-56. 12°. Entirely in Mohawk. Mohawk title verso of 1. 1 ; Eng- ' 
 lish title recto of 1. 2. 
 
 1793 _ Ne ne Shagohyatonni | Paul ne Eoyatadogenhti | jinon- 
 
 kadih ne | Galatians, | kanyengehaga kaweanondahkon, | ne Teha- 
 weanatennyon I ne kenwendeshon nok oni shodigwatagwen ne | 
 William Hess aud J. A. Wilkes, Jr. | 
 
 New-York: | Published by the Young Men's Bible | Society of 
 New- York, | auxiliary to the Bible Society of the | Methodist Epis- 
 copal Church. I Howe & Bates, Printers. | 1835. | 
 
348 NORTH AMERICAN LTNGUISTICiS. 
 
 Hill (A. H.), Hess (William), and Wilkes (John A.), jr. — continued. 
 
 Second title : 
 
 The Epistle | of | Paul, the Apostle, j to the | Galatians, | in the 
 Moliawk language, | translated by | H. A. Hill, | with corrections 
 by I William Hess and J. A. Wilkes, Jr. | 
 
 New- York: | Published by the Young Men's Bible | Society of 
 New-York, | auxiliary to the Bible Society of the | Methodist Epis- 
 copal Church. I Howe & Bates, Printers. | 1835. | BA. jwp. 
 
 Pp. 1-17, 1-17 (double numbers), alternate Mohawk and English. 12°. Mo- 
 hawk title verso 1. 1 ; English title recto 1. 2. 
 
 1794 Ne lie Shagohyatonni | Paul ne Eoyatadogenhti | jinonka- 
 
 dih ne | Ephesians, | kanyengehaga kaweanondahkon, | ne Teha- 
 weanatennyon | ne kenwendeshon nok oni shodigwatagwen ne | 
 William Hess and J. A. Wilkes, Jr. | 
 
 New- York: | Published by the Young Men's Bible | Society of 
 New- York, | auxiliary to the Bible Society of the | Methodist Epis- 
 copal Church. I Howe & Bates, Printers. | 1835, ( 
 
 Second title : 
 
 The Epistle | of | Paul, the Apostle, ( to the | Ephesians, | in 
 the Mohawk language, | translated by | H. A. Hill, | with correc- 
 tions by I William Hess and J. A, Wilkes, Jr. | 
 
 New-York: | Published by the Young Men's Bible | Society of 
 New- York, | auxiliary to the Bible Society of the | Methodist Epis- 
 copal Church. I Howe & Bates, Printers. | 1835. | ba. jwp. 
 
 Pp. 1-18, 1-18, alternate Mohawk and English. 12°. Mohawk title verso 1. 1; 
 English title recto 1. 2. 
 
 1795 Hill (Ira). Antiquities | of | America | Explained. | By Ira Hill, 
 A. M. I [Quotation, three lines.] 
 
 Hagers-town: | Printed by William D. Bell, | 1831. | A, 
 
 131 pp. 12°. 
 
 Comparative vocabulary English, Indian, and Hebrew, p. 84. 
 
 1796 Hill (John). Yoedereanayeadagwha 1 ne | Akonouhsakouh | or- 
 hoekene nok yokarasneha | kanyeakehaka kaweanoetaghkouh. | 
 Johu Hill, I Tehaweanateuyouh. | 
 
 Belleville, | Intelligencer Office, | Canada West. | 18M. | JWP. 
 Pp. 1-8. 12°. Prayer.i in the Mohawk language. 
 
 Hill (John,) jr. 
 See Nelles (7?CT. A.) and Hill (John), jr. 
 
 1797 Hind (Henry Youle). North- West Territory. Eeports of Prog- 
 ress; together with a Preliminary and General Report on the As- 
 siniboine and Saskatchewan Exploring Expedition, made under in- 
 structious from the Provincial Secretary, Canada. By Henry 
 Youle Hind, M. A., Professor of [&c.] In charge of the Expedi- 
 tion. Printed by order of the Legislative Assembly. 
 
 Toronto: Printed by John Lovell: 1859, hu. 
 
 xi,205pp. 4°. 
 
HILL HIND. 349 
 
 Hind (Henry Toule) — continued. 
 
 The Sionx, or Dakotah Indians, pp. 115-116, includes remarks on language, 
 list of moons ; a sentence, with translation, &c., from Kiggs' Grammar. 
 Eepriuted as follows : 
 
 1798 — '■ — Eapports sur I'Exp^dition d'Exploration de I'Assiniboine 
 et de la Saskatchewan. 
 
 Toronto, 3859. • 
 
 4°. Title from Sabin's Dictionary. 
 
 1799 — '■ — British North America. ] Eeports of Progress, | together 
 with I A Preliminary and General Report | on the | Assinniboine 
 and Saskatchewan | Exploring Expedition ; | made under instruc- 
 tions from I the Provincial Secretary, Canada. | By Henry Youle 
 Hind, M. A., | Professor of Chemistry and Geology in the Univer- 
 sity of Trinity College, Toronto, | in charge of the Expedition. | 
 Presented to both Houses of Parliament by Command of Her Ma- 
 jesty, ! August, 1860. I 
 
 Loudon : | Printed by George Edward Eyre and William Spottis- 
 woode, I Printers to the Queen's Most Excellent Majesty. | For her 
 Majesty's Stationery Office. | 1860. | c. 
 
 220 pp. folio, maps. 
 
 The Sioux or Dakotah Indians, pp. 126-128. 
 
 1800 Narrative | of | the Canadian Red Eiver | Exploring Ex- 
 pedition of 1857 I and of the | Assinniboine and Saskatchewan | 
 Exploring Expedition of 1858 | by | Henry Youle Hind, M. A. P.R. 
 G. S. I Professor of Chemistry and Geology in the University of 
 Trinity College, Toronto | In Charge of the Assinniboine and Sas- 
 katchewan Expedition | In Two Volumes | Vol. I [II]. | 
 
 London | Longman, Green, Longman, and Roberts | 1860. | The 
 right of translation is reserved. | 0. 
 
 The Sioux or Dakotah Indians, vol. 2, pp. 153-166, contains a few tribal 
 names with English signification, list of moons in Dakotah, a sentence with 
 translation, and a few remarks on language. 
 
 1801 ^ Explorations in the Interior | of | the Labrador Peninsula | 
 
 the country of | the Montagnais and Nasquapee Indians. | By j 
 Henry Youle Hind, M. A.- F. E. G. S. | Professor of Chemistry and 
 Geology in the University of Trinity College, Toronto: Author of | 
 'Narrative of the Canadian Red River Exploring Expedition of 
 1857, and of the | Assinniboine and Saskatchewan Exploring Ex- 
 pedition of 1858.' I In two volumes. | Vol. I fll]. | 
 
 London: | Longman, Green, Longman, Roberts, & Green. | 
 1863. I BA. HU. JWP. 
 
 A few words in Montagnais, vol. 1, p. 32. 
 
 1802 A I Preliminary Report | on the | Geology of New Bruns- 
 wick, I together with | a special report | on the distribution of the | 
 "Quebec Group" | in the Province. | By | HenryYouloHind,M. A., 
 F. R. G. S. I (Late Professor of Chemistry and Geology in the Uni- 
 
350 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Hind (Henry Youle) — continued. 
 
 versity of Trinity College, Toronto.) | Author of [&c., two lines]. | 
 [Seal.] 
 
 Fredericton. | G. E. Fenety, Printer to the Queen's Most Excel- 
 lent Majesty. | 1865. | JWP. 
 
 Pp. i-xviii, 19-2^3 8°. 
 
 Origin of the names of certain rivers and places in New Brunswick, containing 
 a short vocabulary of the Micmac and Milicete languages, pp. 257-259. 
 
 Names of places and rivers derived from the Abenaquis language, pp. 260-261. 
 
 1803 Hiaman (Bev. Samuel Dutton). Calvary | Catechism, | in the | 
 Dakota Language. | Translated for the Mission of St. John. | [By 
 Eev. S. D. Hinmau.] [Two lines quotation.] 
 
 Fairbault, Minn.: | Central Republican Book and Job Ofi&ce, | 
 O'Brien's Block, Main Street. | 1864. | * 
 
 50 pp. 32'^'. Title furnished by Mr. J. F. Williams, librarian Minn. Hist. Soc. 
 
 1804 Calvary Catechism, | in | Santee Dakota. | Translated by 
 
 permission | for the | Collegiate Mission. | H. | [Two lines quota- 
 tion.] 
 
 Mission Press. | Archdeaconry of the Mobrara. | 1871. | JWP. 
 
 Outside title: Calvary Wiwicawangaj)! kin. | Isanyati Dakota lyapi en. | 
 [Cross composed of eleven stars.] | Yewicaxipi okodakiciye. | [Two lines quota- 
 tion.] 
 
 Niobrara Taokiye Itancan makoce en, | Wowapi kaga kin. | Santee Agency, 
 Neb. I 1871. I 
 
 Pp. 1-28. 16° "Second edition, revised and corrected." — S. D. Binman. 
 
 1805 Ikce wocekiye wowapi. | Qa isantanka makoce. | Kin en | 
 
 token wohduze, | qa okodakiciye wakau en | tonakiya woscon kin, | 
 hena de he wowapi kin ee. | Samuel Dutton Hinman, | Missionary 
 to Dakota s. | 
 
 Saint Paul: | Pioneer Printing Company, | 1865. | c. 
 
 X, 321 pp. 8°. 
 
 Literal tranalation. — Common Prayer Book. | And knife-large [American] Coun- 
 trj'. I The in | how sacrameut, | and fellowship holy in | how many doings the, | 
 those that this book the it [is] it. | Samuel Dutton Hinman, &c. 
 
 1800 Odowan. | XXII. | H. | 
 
 Philadelphia: | McCalla & Stavely, prs. | 1869. | * 
 
 2Gpp. 32°. 
 
 Hymns in the Santee dialect of the Dakota. Title firom Mr. J. F. Williams, 
 librarian of the Minn. Hist. Soc. 
 
 1807 Exercises in Dictation, in English and Santee Dakota, for 
 
 Collegiate Mission. H. 
 
 Mission Press : Archdeaconry of the Niobrara. 1871. * 
 
 50 (?) pp. li°. Title furnished by the author, wlio says the work was not 
 completed, about fifty pages only having been printed; it was printed on the 
 mission press for use in the schools. 
 
 1808 Hauranna Qa Rtayetu j Cekiyapi en Odowan Kin. | 
 
 Psalms and Hymns | of | Morning and Evening Prayer, | in j 
 Santee Dakota. | Pointed for Chanting. | 
 
HIND HINMAN. 351 
 
 Hinman (Bev. Samuel Dutton) — continued. 
 
 Mission Press. | Archdeaconry of the Niobrara. | Santee Agency, 
 Ne.b. I 1871. I SI. 
 
 Pp. 1-17. 12°. Second edition, revised and corrected, by S. D. Hinman. 
 
 1809 — -■ Hymns and Psalms | in | Santee Dakota. | For the | Col- 
 legiate Mission, | to the | Dakota Indians. | 
 
 Mission Press : | Archdeaconry of the Mobrara. | Santee Agency, 
 Neb. I 1871. I ' SI. 
 
 Pp. 1-81. 12<^. Second edition, revised and corrected, bj S. D. Hinman. 
 
 1810 The Mission Service. Wocekye Wowapi. Isantanka qa 
 
 Isanyati, lyapi en. Collegiate Mission. 
 
 Mission Press : Archdeaconry of the Niobrara. 1871. * 
 
 Pp. 1-143. 12°. Title furnished by the author. 
 
 In English and Santee Dakota. It is published also in Santee alone (see 
 next title), and there was also a translation into the Yankton dialect by Hemaus 
 (D. W.) 
 
 1811 Wocekiye Wowapi. Isanyati lyapi en Yewicaxipi okoda- 
 
 kiciye Niobrara Taokiye Itancan makoce kin en. 
 
 Santee Agency: 1871. ' * 
 
 Literal translation.- — Prayer Book Santee speech in. They-sent-them fellowship 
 Niobrara His-servant chief country the in. . , 
 
 Santee edition of the mission service. Title communicated By the author. 
 
 1812 Hymns in Dakota, | for use in the | Missionary Jurisdiction 
 
 of Niobrara. | 
 
 Published | by the | Indian Commission | of the | Protestant 
 Episcopal Church. | 1874. | JWP. 
 
 Pp. 1-1-.-7. 16°. 
 
 1813 Hymns in Dakota, | for use in the | Missionary Jurigdictioh 
 
 of Niobrara. | 
 
 Published | by the | Indian Commission | of the | Protectant 
 Episcopal Church. | 1879. | ' jwp. 
 
 Pp. 1-127. 1(5°. 
 
 1814 Prayer for Indian Missions. JWP. 
 
 No title-page; 1 p. 16°. In the Dakota language. 
 
 1815 — and Cook (Joseph Winfield). English and Dakota | Ser- 
 vice Book: I beiijg parts of the | Book of Common Prayer | set forth 
 for use in the | Missionary Jurisdiction | of | Niobrara. | 
 
 Published by | the Indian Commission | of the | Protestant Epis- 
 copal Church. I 18T5. | AAS. abs. jwp. 
 1 p. ]., pp. 2-135, 2-135 (double numbers), alternate English and Dakota. 12°. 
 
 1816 English and Dakota | Service Book : | being parts of the | 
 
 Book of Common Prayer | set forth for use in the | Missionary Ju- 
 risdiction I of I Niobrara. | 
 
 I'ublished by | the Indian Commission | of the | Protestant Epis- 
 copal Church. I 1879. | J-WP. 
 1 p. 1., pp. 2-135, 2-135, alternate English and Dakota. 12°. 
 
352 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Hinman {Eer. Samuel Button) — continued. 
 
 1817 [ , Cook (Joseph W.), Hemans (Daniel WOjOwd! Walker (Luke 
 
 C.)] Okodakiciye | Wocekiye Wowapi kin, | qa | okod'akiciyapi 
 token wicaqupi kin; | qa | okodakiciye wakan kin en woecon qa 
 wicoLan | kin, America makoce kin en. United States | en, Protest- 
 ant Episcopal Cburch I unpikinohnayan: | qanakun | Psalter, Qais 
 David Tadowan kin. | 
 
 [New York :] Published by | the New York Bible and Common 
 Prayer Book Society | for | the Indian Commission of the Protest- 
 ant Episcopal Church. I 1878. | ABS. JWP. 
 
 Pp. i-xxii, t-664. 12°. 
 
 Lite)-al irannlalion. —dXiwvch \ Prayer Book the, | and | sacraments how them 
 they give the; | and | Church Holy the in rites and ceremonies | the, America 
 conntry Ihe ju, United States | in, Protestant Episcopal Church | use the ac- 
 cording to: I and also | Psalter, or David his song[8] the. | 
 
 1818 and Welsh (William). Taopi | and his Friends, | or the | 
 
 Indians' | Wrongs and Eights. | 
 
 Philadelphia. | Claxton Eemsen & Haflfelflnger. | 1869. | be. 
 1 p. 1., pp. i-xviii, 1-125. 8°. 
 
 Missionary carol in Dakota, with English translation by S. D. Hinman, pp. 
 45-46. 
 
 1819 and Whipple (Henry Benjamin). Journal | of the | Rev. 
 
 S.D. Hinman, | Missionary | to the | Santee Sioux Indians. | And | 
 Taopi, I by | Bishop Whipple. | [Three lines quotation.] 
 
 Philadelphia: | McCalla «& Stavely, Printers. | 1869. | jwp. 
 
 Pp. i-xviii, 1-87. 12°. 
 
 Mr. Hinman's Journal occupies pp. 1-49. On pp. 45-46 is a missionary carol 
 in Dakota, with English translation. 
 
 1820 Historical Magazine. The | Historical Magazine, | and | Notes and 
 Queries | concerning | the Antiquities, History, and Biography | 
 of I America. | Vol. I [-X]. | [First Series.] | 
 
 Boston: j C. Benjamin Eichardson. | London: | John Eussell 
 Smith. I 1857 [-1866]. ) HU. JWP. 
 
 10 vols. sm. 4°. 
 
 AuderEon (A. C.) Notes on Indian tribes N. W. Coast, vol. 7, pp. 73-78. 
 
 Baird (H. S.) Indian Tribes, Chiefs and Treaties, vol. 8, pp. 178-179. 
 
 Cornelias (J.) Dialects of the Mutsun of California, vol. 8, pp. 68-69. 
 
 Gibbs (G.) Notes on the dispersion of the Tlascaltecas, vol. 7, pp. 99-100. 
 
 In<lian system of Numerals, vol. 9, pp. 249-252. 
 
 BQstory of the translation of the Book of Common Prayer into the Mohawk 
 Language, vol. 1, pp. 14-16. 
 
 Indian Numerals, vol. 9, p. 252. 
 
 Jimeno (A.) Vocabulary of Santa Cruz, vol. 7, pp. 220-222. 
 
 Le Clerq (C.) Language of the Gaspesiens, vol. 5, pp. 284-285. 
 
 Macgowan(D. G.) [Sign Language], vol. 10, pp. 86-87. 
 
 PeflFerkom (Father). Indian Names in Sonora, vol. 5, p. 370. 
 
 Ross (Lieut. E.) Vocabularies of the Yuba and Yukeh, vol. 7, pp. 123-125. 
 
 Shea (J. G.) The Identity of the Andastes, &c., vol. 2, pp. 294-296. 
 
 Micmac Hieroglyphics, vol. 5, pp. 289-292. 
 
 Inhabitants of Stadacona and Hochelaga, vol. 9, pp. 144-145. 
 
HINMAN — HISTORICAL. ,353 
 
 Historical Magazine — continued. 
 
 Smith (B.) The Timuquana Language, vol. 2, pp. 1-3. 
 
 Specimens of the Appalachian Language, vol. 4, pp. 40-41. 
 
 Mame Vocabulary, vol. 5, pp. 117-118, 149. 
 
 Vocabulary of the Nevome, vol. 5, pp. 202-203. 
 
 The Opata Language, vol. 5, p. 236. 
 
 Vocabulary of the Eudeve, vol. 6, pp. 18-ld. 
 
 Vocabularies of the Seminole and Mikasuke, vol. 10, pp. 239-243. 
 
 Lord's Prayer in Mikasuka, vol. 10, p. 288. 
 
 Squier (E. G.) Specimen of the Montagnais Language, vol. 7, pp. 26B-269. 
 Taylor (A. S.) Santa Ytez Vocabulary, vol. 9, pp. 147-148. 
 Turner (W. W.) Mutsun Manuscript, vol. 1, pp. 205-206. 
 Vocabulary of the Iroquois, vol. 10, p. 115. 
 
 1821 The I Historical Magazine, | and | ISTotes and Queries, | 
 
 concerning the | Antiquities, History and Biography | of | Araer- 
 rica. I Vol. 1 [-IX]. | [Second Series.] 
 
 Morrisania, N. Y. : | Henry B. Dawson. | 1867 [-1871]. | HtJ. jwp. 
 
 Vols, i-ix, and x, Nos. 1 and 2, sm. 4°. 
 
 Brinton (D. G.) The Natchez of Louisiana, vol. 1, pp. 16-18. 
 V National Legend of the Chahta-Muskokee Tribes, vol. 7, pp. 118-126. 
 
 Riley (J. H.) Vocabulary of the Kahweyah and Kahsdway, vol. 3, pp. 
 238-240. 
 
 Rockvirell (E. F.) Analogy between Japan proper names and Indian proper 
 names, vol. 3, pp. 141-142. 
 
 Sevirall (E. K.) Wawenoc Numerals, vol. 3, pp. 179-180. 
 
 Trumbull (J. H.) Indian Names in Virginia, vol. 7, pp. 47-48. 
 
 Thevet's specimens of the Indian Language of Norumbega, vol. 7, p. 239. 
 
 But two numbers of vol. x (Nos. 1 and 2, July and August, 1871) were printed. 
 The publication of the remaining numbers was postponed on account of the ill- 
 ness of the publisher, he intending to make them up at a future time ; this was 
 never done. 
 
 1822 The | Historical Magazine, | and I Notes and Queries, | 
 
 concerning | the Antiquities, History and Biography | of | Amer- 
 ica. I Vol. I [II]. Third Series. | 
 
 Morrisania, X. Y. j Henry B. Dawson. | 1872 [-1875]. | c. jwp. 
 
 Vols. i-ii,and iii,Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4. 
 
 Simms (J. E.) Indian Names [Mohawk Valley], vol. 1, pp. 120-121. 
 
 Of vol. iii of this series there was published Nos. 1, 2 and 3, January, Feb- 
 ruary, and March, 1874. There was then no number issued until April, 1875. The 
 directions "To the 'Binder,'' which aooompaaies this part, says: "There are no 
 numbers bearing date, from April, 1874, to March, 1875, both inclusive ; and this 
 number, dated April, 1875, follows that dated March, 1874, in the same volume, 
 as it would were it dated 1874 instead of 1875. 
 
 "The perfect Volume III, therefore, will consist of numbers dated January, 
 1874, February, 1874, March, 1874, Extra for March, 1874, Extra No. II, Extra 
 No. Ill, Extra No. IV, April, 1675, Extra, No. V, May, 1875, June, 1875, Extra, 
 No. VI." The parts for May and June and Extra No. VI were never published. 
 
 Besides the linguistic articles given above there have appeared in this maga- 
 zine 11 any notes and queries concerning Indian languages, lists of names of 
 places by E. B. O'C, H. E. S., and others; etymology of many Indian words, «fec. 
 
 23 Bib 
 
354 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 1823 History. History of the Delaware and Iroquois Indians. 
 
 See American Sunday School Union. 
 
 1824 The History of the Passion of our Saviour, in the Mexican 
 
 Language. * 
 
 Manuscript. Cent, xvii, 39 11. 12°. Bound with this is another treatise in the 
 Mexican language. Manuscript. Cent, xvii, 33 11. 12°. — Fischer Sale Cat. 
 
 1825 History of the Translation of the Book of Common Prayer 
 
 into the Mohawk Language. 
 
 In Hist. Mag., first aeries, vol. 1, pp. 14-16. Boston and London, 1857. sm. 4°. 
 
 In addition to the title of the several editions of the Book of Common Prayer 
 this article includes the Lord's Prayer in Mohawk. 
 
 The Rev. W. M. Beauchamp (g. v.) has also given an interesting account of 
 the "History of the Indian Prayer Book," in the Church Eclectic, vol. 9, No. 5, 
 pp. 415-422. Utica, 1881. 8°. 
 
 1826 Hitchcock ( — ). [Tracts in the Cherokee Langnage.] • 
 
 Six cards translated and written in the characters of Guess, by Mr. Hitch- 
 cock, of D wight, have been lithographed in Boston * * * embracing the Ten 
 Commandments, the Fourth Commandment, and the Eighth, each separate; 
 John Preaching in the Wilderness, The Star in the East, and the Prodigal Son. — 
 Missionary Herald. 
 
 Hodge (David M.) 
 See Loughridge (R. M.), Winslett (D.), Ferryman (L.), and Hodge (D. M.) 
 
 See Robertson (A. E. W.), Ferryman (J.), Ferryman (T. W.), and Hodge 
 (D. M.) 
 
 1827 Hodgson (Adam). Letters | from | Iforth America, | written | Dur- 
 ing a Tour | in the | United States and Canada. | By Adam Hodg- 
 son. I In two volumes. | Vol. I [II]. | 
 
 London: | Printed for Hurst, Eobinson. & Co, | and | A. Con- 
 stable & Co. Edinburgh. | 1824. | A. o. 
 2 vols. 1 p. 1., pp. i-xv, 1-405; 1 p. 1., pp. 1-iv, 1-473. 8°. maps.. 
 
 Contains translation of part of the 19th Psalm into the Muh-he-con-nuk 
 language, done at the Cornwall School, under the superintendence of the Rev. 
 John Serjeant, Missionary, in double columns, Indian and English, vol. 2, p. 413. 
 
 The New York edition of 1823 contains no linguistics. 
 
 1828 Hoffman (Charles Fenno). Wild Scenes | in the | Forest. | By 
 C. F. Hoffman, Esq. | Author of "A Winter in the Far West." | 
 Two Volumes in One. | 
 
 Loudon: | Eichard Bentley, New Burlington Street. | Publisher 
 in Ordinary to Her Majesty. | [n. d.] A. 
 
 1 p. 1., pp. 1-292,1-284. 12°. 
 
 Medicine song of an Indian Hunter [in Ojibbwa? with translation], vol. 1, 
 pp. 17:^-181 ; Medicine song of an Indian lover [in Ojibbwa? with translation], 
 vol. 1, p. 208. 
 
 1829 Wild Scenes in the Forest and Prairie. By C. F. Hoffman, 
 
 Esq. Author of "A Winter in the Far West." In Two Volumes. 
 
 London: Eichard Bentley, New Burlington Si let t. 1839. * 
 
 2 vols. : vi, 292 pp. ; (4), 284 pp. 12°. Title from Field's Indian Bibliography, 
 No. 707. 
 
HISTORY HOIWIYOSDOSHAH. 355 
 
 Hofiman (Charles Feuno) — continued. 
 
 1830 Wild Scenes in the Forest and Prairie. With Sketches of 
 
 American Life. By 0. F. Hoffman, Esq. . . . 
 
 New York: William H. Colyer. 1843. * 
 
 2 vols. : viii, 13-207 pp. ; (4), 13-210 pp. 12°. Title from Sabin's Dictionary. 
 
 1831 Wilde Sceneu in Wald und Prairie, mit Skizzen amerika^ 
 
 uischen Lebens. 1845. * 
 
 2 vols. 8°. Title from Sabin's Dictionary. 
 
 1832 Hoffman {Dr. Walter James). Notes on the Migrations of the 
 Dakotas. 
 
 In Am. PhUolog. Ass., Proc, Ninth Ann. Sess., pp. 15-17. Hartford, 1877. 8°. 
 Various comments on language, with examples in Dakota. 
 
 1833 List of Mammals found in the Vicinity of Grand Eiver, 
 
 D. T. By W. J. Hoffman, M. D., Late U. S. Army. 
 
 In Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., Proc, vol. 19, pp. 94-102. Boston, 1878. 8°. 
 Twenty eight names of animals in the Dakota Language (Tetonoway 
 dialect). 
 
 1834 Vocabulary of the Pa-Uta. 
 
 In Wheeler (6. M.) Report upon U. S. Geog. Surveys, vol. 7, pp. 424-465, 
 471. Washington, 1879. 4°. 
 
 1835 Sentences with interlinear translation. 
 
 In Mallery (G.) Sign Language among North American Indians, in Bureau 
 of Ethnology, First Ann. Rept. Washington, 1881. 8°. 
 
 BniI6 Dakota sentences, pp. 483, 492; Ponka sentence, p. 484; Pani sen- 
 tence, p 484; Pima sentences, p. 485; Wichita, p. 525. 
 
 The above are given in connection with and as explanatory of gesture lan- 
 guage. 
 
 1836 Vocabulary of the Arikdre Language, to which are appen- 
 ded phrases with translations, and remarks concerning the origin 
 and definition of the word Arik^re. 
 
 Manuscript. 11pp. 4°. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. Collected 
 at Ft. Berthold, Dak., September, 1881. 
 
 1837 Vocabulary of the Mandan. 
 
 Manuscript. 11 11. 200 words. 4°. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. 
 Collected at Ft. Berthold, Dak., September, 1881. 
 
 1838 Hoiwiydsdgshah. HoiwiyoSdoshgh | iieh | Cha gfioheedvs, | geeih- 
 nig^ya doshSgee | neh | nai&dowahgaah heniadiwanoh dSiSh. | The 
 Four Gospels | in the | Seneca Language. | 
 
 New York: | American Bible Society, | Instituted in the year 
 MDCCOXVI. I 1874. | ABS. 
 
 Pp. 1-445. 16°. 
 
 1839 Hoi'wiyos'doshah | neh | Cbaga'oheedvs, | geeih'niga'ya 
 
 dos' ha gee, | neh | nau'do wah'gaah he'ni a'di wg'noh dSfth. | The 
 four Gospels | in the | Seneca Language. | 
 
 New York : | American Bible Society, | Instituted in the year 
 MDGCCXVL I 1878. | 0. 
 
 Pp. 1-445. 16°. 
 
356 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 1840 Holden (A. W.) A | History | of the | Town of Queensbury, | in 
 the I State of ISTew York, | with | Biographical Sketches | of [ many 
 of its Distinguished Men, | and | some account of the Aborigines 
 of I Northern New York, | By A. W. Holden, M. D. | [Quotation, six 
 lines.] 
 
 Albany, N. Y.: | Joel Munsell. ( 1874. | A. C. 
 
 Pp. i-viii, 1 1., pp. 1-519. 8°. plates. 
 Vocabulary of Indian Names, pp. 23-35. 
 
 1841 Holisso. Holisso Holitopa, | Chitokaka Chisus Im Anumpeshi 
 Luk, Cbani | Itatuklo kut Holissochi tok Mak O, | a kashapa kut | 
 Chahta im auumpa isht holisso hoke. | 
 
 Utica: | Press of William Williams, Genesee St. | 1831. | ba. ats. 
 
 Pp. 1-152, 1 1. 16°. Gospels of Luke and John and a few chapters of Matthew 
 in the Choctaw language. 
 
 1842 Holisso | hvshi holhtena isht anoli. | Chahta Almanac | for 
 
 the year of our Lord | 1836 : | Adapted to the latitude of the Choc- 
 taw Country. | [Five lines Choctaw.] 
 
 Union : | Mission Press, John F. Wheeler, Printer, | 1836. | ABO. 
 Pp. 1-16. 160. 
 
 1843 Holisso | hvshi holhtena isht anoli. | Chahta Almanac | for 
 
 the year of our Lord | 1837 : | Calculations copied from the Louis- 
 iana and Mississippi Almanac — adapted to the latitude and merid- 
 ian of Natchez. | [Eight lines Choctaw.] 
 
 Union: | Mission Press, John F. Wheeler, Printer, | 1836. | abc. 
 Pp. 1-24. 1G°. 
 
 1844 Holisso | hvshi holljtena isht anoli afvmmi 1839. | Chahta 
 
 Almanac ( For the Year of our Lord | 1839. | [One verse Choctaw; 
 one verse English.] 
 
 Park Hill: | Mission Press, John F. Wheeler, Printer. | [n. d.] 
 Pp. 1-24. 16°. ABC. ATS. 
 
 For editions of later years, see Chahtah Almanac. 
 
 Holm (Thomas Campanius). 
 See Campauius Holm (Thomas). 
 
 1845 Holmberg (Heinrich Johann). Ethnographische Skizzen | iiber die 
 Volker | des Eussischen Amerika, | von | H. J. Holmberg. | Erste 
 Abtheilung. | Nebst einer Karte. [ (Aus den Atken der Pinnl. So- 
 ciet. d. Wissensch. | besonders abgedruckt.) | 
 
 Helsingfors. | Gedruckt bei H. C. Priis. | 1855. | JWP. 
 
 1 1., pp. 1-142. 4". map. Native terms passim. 
 
 1846 [Holmes ( Abiel).] [Memoir of the Moheagan Indians.] 
 
 In Mass. Hist. Soo. Coll., first series, vol. 9, pp. 75-99. Boston, 1804. 8°. 
 
 Contains, pp. 90-99, a discussion on the language of these Indians, which 
 includes Specimens of the Chactaw language, pp. 94-95; Comparative vocabu- 
 lary of 10 words of the Chactaw and Moheagan, p. 96; Numerals, 1-10, of the 
 Chactaw and Moheagan, p. 97 ; Specimen of the Moheagan language, taken at 
 Cambridge, 1804, by Wm. Jenks, pp. 98-99. 
 
 Issued separately as follows: 
 
HOLDEN HOEDEN. 357 
 
 Holmes (Abiel) — continued. 
 
 1847 A Memoir of the Mohe[a]gan Indians, written in the year 
 
 1804. 
 
 [Boston. 1804.] * 
 
 Half title, pp. 1-27. 8°. Title from Field's Indian Bibliography. 
 
 Honne (Andreas Pridsh). 
 See Egede (Paul). 
 
 1848 Hooper {Lieut. William Hulme). Ten Months | among | the Tents 
 of the Tuski, | with Incidents of an | Arctic Boat Expedition in 
 search of | Sir John Franklin, | as far as the Mackenzie Eiver, and 
 Cape Bathurst. | By Lieut. W. H. Hooper, R. N. | With a Map and 
 Illustrations. | 
 
 London : | John Murray, Albemarle Street. | 1853. | A. c. 
 
 Pp. xvi,- 1-417. map. 8". 
 
 Tuski phrase, with translation, p. 87 ; Tuski song of rejoicing, with translation, 
 p. 181 ; and many terms scattered through. 
 
 1849 '■ List of Esquimaux Words collected between Point Barrow 
 
 row and Cape Bathwrsh, 1849-50, by Lieut. W. H. Hooper, R. N. 
 In Arctic Expeditions, pp. 179-186. London, 1852. fol. • • 
 Contains vocabulary of the Eastern and Western Esquimaux, and of the Coast 
 and Inland Tchouski, pp. 179-184; List of Esquimaux persons, p. 185. 
 
 1850 Horden {Eev. John). The Book | of | Common Prayer, | and ad- 
 ministration of I the Sacraments, | and other rites and ceremonies 
 of the Church, | according to the use of the | United Church of 
 England and Ireland. | Translated into the language of the | Moose 
 Indians | of the Diocese of Rupert's Land, North -West America. | 
 ("Eev. J. Horden's Translation.") | 
 
 London: | Printed by W. M. Watts, | for the | Church Missionary 
 Society, | 14, Salisbury Square. | 1859. | jwp. Job. 
 
 Title, 1 1, pp. 1-361. 12°. In syllabic characters. 
 
 1851 [Three lines syllabic characters.] The iN'ew Testament, | 
 
 translated into j the Cree Language, | by the | Eight Rev. John 
 Horden, D. D., | Bishop of Moosonee. | 
 
 London: | Printed for the | British and Foreign Bible Society, | 
 Queen Victoria. Street, E. C. | 1876. | JTVP. 
 
 1 p. 1. , pp. 1-245. 12°. In syllabic characters. See Mason ( W. ) No. 2494. 
 
 1852 [Three lines syllabic characters.] Proper Lessons | from | 
 
 The Old Testament, | for the | Sundays and other Holy Days j 
 throughout the year. | In the Cree Language. | By the Eight Eev. 
 J. Horden, D. D. | Bishop of Moosonee. | 
 
 Printed for the | Society for Promoting Christian Knowledge, | 
 77, Great Queen Street, Lincoln's-Inn-Fields. | 1878. | jwp. 
 
 1 p. 1., pp. 1-317. 12°. In syllabic characters. 
 
 1853 A Grammar of the Cree Language as spoken by the Cree 
 
 Indians of North America. 
 
 London. 1881. * 
 
358 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Hordeu {Rev. John) — continued. 
 
 viii, 238 pp. sm. 8°. Title from Trubner's Catalogue of Dictionaiios and Gram- 
 mars. 1882. 
 
 "He has translated into the Cree language the Bible, New Testament, Prayer- 
 book, Hymn-book, Psalter, Gospel History, and all the lessons appointed by 1 he 
 Church for Sundays and holy-days. The first hooks the Bishop printed and 
 bound with his own hands. Into Ojibbeway he has translated the Bible, the 
 Book of St. Matthew, Gospel History, and Hymn-book." — N. Y. Times. 
 
 1854 and Kirkby {Rev. W. W.). [One line syllabic characters.] | 
 
 A Collection | of | Psalms and Hymns, | in the language | of the | 
 Cree Indians | of North West America. | Compiled by the | Right 
 Rev. John Hordeu, D. D. | Bishop of Moosonee. | Adapted for the 
 use of the Indians of the York Factory | District, by the Rev. 
 W. W. Kirkby. | 
 
 London: | Printed for the | Church Missionary Society, | Salis- 
 bury Square. | 1876. | JWP. 
 Pp. 1-128. IC^ In syllabic characters. 
 
 1855 and Sanders (Rev. John). The | Moosonee Hymnal, | trans- 
 lated into the | Ojibbeway Language | by the | Right Rev. The 
 Bishop of Moosonee, | and the | Rev. John Sanders, | ISTative Mis- 
 sionary to the Ojibbeways of the Diocese | of Moosonee. | 
 
 London : | Society for Promoting Christian Knowledge, | North- 
 umberland Avenue, Charing Cross; | 4, Royal Exchange; and 48, 
 Piccadilly. | 1879. | JWP. 
 
 Pp. 1-112. 16"^. In syllabic characters. 
 
 1856 The Book of Common Prayer | and | Administration of the 
 
 Sacraments, and other | Rites and Ceremonies of the Church, | ac- 
 cording to the use of | the Church of England. | Translated into the 
 language of | the Ojibbeway Indians | in the Diocese of Moosonee, | 
 by j the Right Rev. the Bishop of Moosonee | and the Rev. J. Sanders, 
 of Matawakumma. | (Some of the Occasional Offices are omitted.) | 
 
 Society for Promoting Christian Knowledge, | Northumberland 
 Avenue, Charing Cross, London. ( 1880. | jwp. 
 
 Pp. 1-152. 16°. In syllabic characters. 
 
 1857 St. Matthew's Gospel, j Translated into the language | of 
 
 the I Ojibbeway Indians | in the | Diocese of Moosonee, | by | the 
 Right Rev. the Bishop of Moosonee | and the | Rev. J. Sanders, of 
 Matawakumma. | 
 
 Society for Promoting Christian Knowledge, | Northumberland 
 Avenue, Charing Cross, London. | 1880 | jtwp. 
 
 Pp. 1-141. 12°. 
 
 1858 Hossler ( — ). Eskimos. 
 
 In Ersch ( J. S.) and Gruber ( J. G. ) AUgemeine Encyklopadie, vol. 38, pp. 108- 
 130. Leipzig, 1843. 4°. 
 
 Two versions of the Lord's Prayer in Eskimo, p. 111. 
 
HORDEN — HOWE. 359 
 
 1859 Hough (Franklin B.) A | History | of | St. Lawrence and Frank- 
 lin I Counties, New York, | from the | Earliest Period to the Pres- 
 ent time. I By | Franklin B. Hough, A. M., M. D., | Corresponding 
 Member of the New "York Historical Society. | [County seals.] 
 
 Albany: | Little & Co., 53 State Street. | 1853. | BA. 0. 
 
 Pp.i-xvi, 17-719, 1 1. 8°. maps. 
 
 Indian names of places of the St. Regis (Caughnawaga) Indians, pp. 178-181. 
 Notes on the language of the Mohawk dialect of the Iroquois: the Mohawk 
 numerals, 1-1000 (from Dwight), and the Lord's Prayer in Mohawk (from Davis), 
 pp. 707-708. 
 
 1860 House (J.) Vocabularies of certain North American Languages. 
 By J. House, Esq. 
 
 In Philolog. Soo. [of London], Proc, vol. 4, pp. 102-122. London, 1850. 8°. 
 
 Vocabulary (words and sentences) of the Nipissing, Shawnees, Brunswick, 
 Blackfoot (1), Blackfoot (2), pp. 104-112; Vocabulary (words and sentences) of 
 the Iroquois, Mohawks, Hvu-ons (Amherstbuig), Stone Indians (from J. Bird), 
 pp. 114-121. 
 
 1861 Vocabularies of certain North American Languages. By 
 
 T. [J.?] House, Esq. 
 
 In FhUolog. Soc. [of London], Proc, vol. 4, pp. 191-206. London, 1850. 8°. 
 
 Vocabulary [words, phrases, and sentences] of the Chipewyan (1), Chipe- 
 wyan (2), Beaver (1), Beaver (2), Sikanni (of New Caledonia), pp 191-193; Vo- 
 cabulary of the Kdtani, Flat-head, Okanagan, Atna, or Shoushwhap, pp. 199-206. 
 
 1862 Howe (Henry). Historical Collections of Ohio ; containing a col- 
 lection of the most interesting facts, traditions, biographical 
 sketches, anecdotes, etc. relating to its General and Local History : 
 with Descriptions of its Counties, Principal Towns and Villages, 
 niustrated by 177 engravings, giving views of the Chief Towns, 
 Public Buildings, Eelics of Antiquity, Historic Localities, Natural 
 Scenery, etc. By Henry Howe. 
 
 Cincinnati: Published for the Author by Derby, Bradley & Co. 
 Price Three Dollars. 1847. * 
 
 581 pp. 8°. map. Title from Thomson's Bibliography of Ohio. 
 
 \/ 1863 Historical Collections of Ohio; containing a collection of 
 
 the most interesting facts, traditions, biographical sketches, anec- 
 dotes, etc. relating to its General and Local History: with De- 
 scriptions of its Counties, Principal Towns and Villages. Illus- 
 trated by 177 engravings, giving views of the Chief Towns, Pub- 
 lic Buildings, Eelics of Antiquity, Historic Localities, Natural 
 Scenery, etc. By Henry Howe. 
 
 Cincinnati: Bradley & Anthony. 1848. * 
 
 .599 pp. 8°. Title from Field's Sale Cat., No. 1033. 
 
 Johnston, {Col. John). Vocabularies of the Shawanoese and Wyandott 
 languages, pp. 590-594. 
 1864 Historical Collections | of | Ohio ; | containing | a collec- 
 tion of the most interesting facts, traditions, | biographical sketches, 
 anecdotes, etc. | relating to its | General and Local History : | with | 
 Descriptions of its Counties, Principal Towns and | Villages. | D- 
 
360 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Howe (Henry) — continued. 
 
 lustrated by | 180 Engravings, | giving | Views of the chief towns, 
 — public buildings, — relics of anti- | quity, — historic localities, — 
 natural scenery, etc. | By Henry Howe. | [Seal of the State.] 
 
 Cincinnati: | Published for the Author by Bradley & Anthony. | 
 Price Three Dollars. | 1850. | A. 
 
 599 pp. 8°. map and plates. 
 
 Johnston {Col. John). Vocabularies of the Sha'wanoese and Wyandott lan- 
 guages, etc., pp. 590-594; Names of rivers by the Shawanese, p. 594. 
 
 Other editions : + Cincinnati, 1849. 8°. + Eighteenth thousand. Cincin- 
 nati: H. Howe. 1857. pp.620. 8°. 
 
 1865 Historical Collections | of | Ohio; | containing | a coUec- 
 
 tionof the most interestingfacts, traditions, | biographical sketches, 
 anecdotes, etc. | relating to its | General and Local History : | with | 
 Descriptions of its Counties, Cities, Towns, and Tillages, | illustra- 
 ted by 180 engravings, | giving views of the chief towns, public 
 buildings, relics of antiquity, | historic localities, natural scenery, 
 etc. I By Henry Howe. | 
 
 Cincinnati : | Robert Clarke and Company. | 1869. | ♦ 
 
 599 pp. 8°. 
 
 Vocabulary as in other editions, pp. 590-594. Another editions Cincinnati, 
 1875, £99 pp. 8°. 
 
 1866 Howison (Robert R.) A | History of Virginia, | from its | Discov- 
 ery and Settlement | by Europeans | to | the present time. | By | 
 Robert R. Howison. | Vol. I [II]. | Containing the History of the 
 Colony to the | Peace of Paris, in 1763. | 
 
 Philadelphia: | Carey & Hart. | 1846 [-1848]. | A, c. 
 
 2 vols. ; pp. 496; 538. 8°. 
 
 A short vocabulary and specimen of the Indian language (from Smith's Vir- 
 ginia), vol. 1, p. 113. 
 
 1867 Howse (Joseph). A Grammar | of the | Cree Language; | with 
 which is combined | An Analysis | of the | Chippeway Dialect. | 
 By Joseph Howse, Esq. F. R. G. S. | and Resident twenty years in 
 Prince Rupert's Land, in the | Service of the Hon. Hudson's Bay 
 Co. I 
 
 London : | J. G. P. and J. Rivington, | St. Paul's Church Yard, 
 and Waterloo Place, Pall Mall. | 1844. j bp. 
 
 Pp. i-xx, 1-324 8°. There is another edition vrith change of title only : Lon- 
 don, Triibner, 1865. 
 
 1868 Hubbard {Dr.) Vocabulary of the Lototen or Tutatamys (from 
 
 Dr. Hubbard's Notes, 1856.) 
 
 In Taylor (A. S.) Indianology of California, in California Fanner, vol. 13, 
 No. 16, June 8, 1860. 
 
 1869 [Huggins (Eliza) and Williamson (N"ancy J.)] Dakota Text-Book. | 
 Waniyetu, Modoketu | iyahna | anpetu otoiyohi on | oehde wanji- 
 dan I wowapi wakan etanhan. | Wakantunka i oie kin tewahinda 
 woyute I mitawa isanpa. Job 23 : 12. | 
 
HOWE — HUMBOLDT. 361 
 
 Huggins (Eliza) and Williamson (Nancy J.) — continued. 
 
 American Tract Society, | 150 Nassau Street, New York. | 
 [1872.] • • c. BE. 
 
 Pp. 1-108. 32°. Reverse of title "A verse for each day In the year. Selected 
 from the Holy Scriptures by Eliza W. Huggins and Nancy J. Williamson.'' 
 
 1870 Humboldt (Friedrich Heinrich Alexandre Freiherr von. Voyage | 
 de I Humboldt et Boupland. | Premiere Partie, | Eelation Histori- 
 que. I Atlas Pittoresque. | 
 
 A Paris, | Chez F. SchoeU, rue des Foss^s-Saint-Germain-l'Au- 
 xerrois, N.° 29. | 1810. | 
 Second title. : 
 
 Vues I des Cordillferes, | et Monumens | des Peuples Indigenes | 
 de l'Am6rique. | Par Al. de Humboldt. | 
 
 A Paris, | Chez F. SchoeU, rue des Foss^s-Saint-Germain-l'Au- 
 xerrois, N." 29. | 1810. | A. 
 
 5 p. 11., pp. i-xvi, 1-350, 1 1. ; plates 1-69 on 68 sheets, folio. 
 
 ■Numerals, 1-13, in Azteque and Nontka, compared with Qquichua, Muysca, 
 Mantchou, Mongole, and Oigour, pp. 140-141. Names of the Aztec months, 
 cycles, days, signs of time, and calendar, pp. 132-134, 140, 144-147, 152, 160, 162, 
 178, 307. Fac-simile of portion of a Maya manuscript, plate 45. 
 
 Also, according to Sabin's Dictionary : Paris. 1813. folio. 
 
 1871 Vues des Cordillferes, et Monumens des Peuples Indigenes 
 
 de I'Am^rique. Par Al. de Humboldt. 
 
 Paris: Maze. 1815. * 
 
 2 vols. 8°. + A Paris: Ala Libraire grecque • . . 1816. 2 vols. 8°. Titles 
 from Sabin's Dictionary. Translated into English under the following title : 
 
 1872 Eesearches, | concerning | the Institutions & Monu- 
 ments I of I the Ancient Inhabitants j of | America, | with Descrip- 
 tions & Views I of some of the most | striking scenes | in the | 
 Cordilleras ! | Written in French by | Alexander de Humboldt, | & 
 Translated into English by | Helen Maria Williams. | Vol. I [II]. | 
 [Engraving.] 
 
 London: | Published by Longman, Hurst, Eees, Orme & Brown, 
 J. Murray & H. Colbum. | 1814. | BA.O. 
 
 2 vols. 8". 
 
 Comments on language, length of Aztec words, Aztec names of days of months, 
 &e., scattered througbout. 
 
 1873 Essai Politique | sur le royaume | de | la Nouvelle- 
 
 Espagne; | par Alexandre de Humboldt. | Avecun atlas | Physique 
 et G6ographique, fond6 sur des Observations Astronomiques, des 
 Mesures | Trigonom^triques et des Nivellemens Barom^triques. | 
 Tome Premier [Deuxifeme]. | 
 
 A Paris, | chez F. SchoeU, Libraire, Rue des Foss6s-Saint-Ger- 
 main-1'Auxerrois, N". 29. | 1811. | De I'lmprimerie de J. H. St6ne. | 
 
 2 vols, folio. ^-*- ^^ 
 
 Diversity des langues, vol. 1, p. 81; Numerals, 1-10, of the Mexican, Escelen, 
 
 Rumsen, and Noutka, vol. 1, p. 322. Reprinted, according to Sabin : Paris, 1811. 
 
362 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Humboldt (Friedrich Heinricli Alexandre Freiherr Ton) — continued. 
 
 1874 Political Essay | on the | Kingdom of New Spain. | Con- 
 taining I Eesearches relative to the Geo | graphy of Mexico, the 
 Extent I of its Surface and its political | Division into lutendancies, 
 the I physical Aspect of the Conn- | try, the Population, the State | 
 of Agriculture and Manufac- | turing and Commercial In- | dustry, 
 the Canals projected | between the South Sea and | Atlantic 
 Ocean, the Crown | Revenues, the Quantity of the | precious 
 Metals which have | flowed from Mexico into Eu- | rope and Asia, 
 since the Dis- [ co\'ery of the New Continent, | and the Military 
 Defence of | New Spain. | By Alexander de Humboldt. | With | 
 Physical Sections and Maps, | founded on Astronomical Observa- 
 tions, and I Trigonometrical and Barometrical | Measurements. | 
 Translated from the original French. | By John Black. | Vol. I 
 
 [-IV]. I 
 
 London : | Printed for Longman, Hurst, Eees, Orme, and Brown ; 
 and I H. Colburn : and W. Blackwood, and Brown and Crombie, | 
 Edinburgh. | 1811. | - A. 
 
 4 vols. 8°. Linguistics, vol. 1, p. 138; vol. 2, 
 p. 346. 
 
 According to Sabin's Dictionary, reprinted as follows: 
 
 -f- Second edition. London. 1814. 4 vols. 8°. 
 
 + Third edition. London. 1822. 4 vols. 8°. 
 
 -I- New York: I. Riley. 1811. Vols. 1 and 2. 8°. (All published.) 
 
 1875 Versuch iiber den politischen Zustand des Konigrelchs 
 
 Neu-Spanien . . . Yon Friedrich Alexander von Humboldt. 
 
 Tiibingen: J. G. Cotta. 1811 [-1814]. * 
 
 5 vols. 8". Title from Sabin's Dictionary. 
 
 1876 Ensayo Politico | sobre el Reino | de | la Nueva-Espana, | 
 
 Por Alej. de Humboldt; | Traducido al Espanol, | Por Dou Vin- 
 cente Gonzalez Arnao, | condosmapas. | TomoPrimero[-Cuarto]. | 
 
 Paris, I en casa de Rosa, gran patio del palacio real, | y calle de 
 Montpensier, N" 5. | 1822. | A. 
 
 4 vols. 8°. Linguistics, vol. 1, p. 151 ; vol. 2, 
 
 pp. 154-155. 
 
 According to Sabin's Dictionary, reprinted as follows: 
 
 + Paris : J. Renouard. 1827. 5 vols. 8°. 
 
 -I-Terciaedicion. Paris. 1836. 5 vols. 8°. 
 
 Also an abridgement : Madrid. MDCCCXVIII. 2 vols. 8°. 
 
 1877 — '■ Essai Politique | sur le Royaume | de la | Nouvelle-Es- 
 
 pagne, | par Alexandre de Humboldt. | Deuxlfeme Edition. | Tome 
 Premier [-Quatrifeme]. | [Anchor.] 
 
 A Paris, | Chez Antoine-Augustin Renouard. | M DCCC XXV 
 [-M DCCC XXVIIJ [1825-1827]. | • ■ # 
 
 4 vols. S°. Title from Mr. W. Eames. Linguistics, vol. 1, pp. 324-826, 352, 
 353; vol. 2, p. 280. 
 
HUMBOLDT. 363 
 
 1878 Humboldt (Karl Wilhelm von). tJber | die Kawi-Sprache auf der 
 Insel Java, | nebst | einer Binleituug | iiber | die Verschiedenheit 
 des menschlichen Sprachbaues | und ihren Einfluss auf die geistige 
 Entwiclielung des 1 Menschengescblechts. | Von | Wilhelm von 
 Humboldt. | Erster [-Dritter] Band. | 
 
 Berlin. | Gedruckt in der Druckerei der koniglicben Akademie | 
 der Wissenschaften. | 1836 [-1839]. | In commission bei F. Damm- 
 ler. I HTJ.C. 
 
 3 vols. 4°. Forms Konig. Akad. der Wiss. zu Berlin, Abhandlungen, aus dem 
 Jahre 1832. Zweiter Thell. Berlin, 1836. 4°. 
 
 Character and Origin of the Delaware Langnage, pp. cccxxxii-eecxxxviii. 
 
 1879 Wilhelm von Humboldt's | gesammelte Werke. | Erster 
 
 [-FunfterJ Band, j 
 
 Berlin, | gedruckt undverlegt bei Gr.Eeimer.| 1841 [-1846]. | A.w. 
 
 .5 vols. 8°. 
 
 Ueber die Meinung der nahen Verwandtschaft des Vaskisohen mit ameri- 
 canischen Sprachen, vol. 2, pp. 189-194. 
 
 Ueber das Entstehen der grammatischen Formen, und ihren Einfluss auf die 
 Ideenentwicklung, vol. 3, pp. 269-306, containing grammatic examples in Ka- 
 raiben, Lule, Brasiliauischen, Mexikanischen, Huasteca, Tamanaca, Mixteca, &c. 
 
 1880 [Grammars of the Cora and Tarahumara languages.] • 
 
 Manuscript. Referred to, and extracts given in, Buschmann's Spuren der 
 
 aztek Spracheu, pp. 46-50, and in Bancroft's Native Races, vol. 3, pp. 666, 713. 
 
 1881 Otomitische Grammatik. * 
 
 Manuscript. 66 pp., and 10 pp. appended. 4°. 2 pp. in handwriting of Busch- 
 mann. 
 
 1882 Otomi Grammatik. • 
 
 Manuscript. 41 11., and 22 11. appended, folio. An older draft. 
 
 1883 Otomi Grammatik. ♦ 
 
 Manuscript. 39 pp. folio. Followed by notes, 20 pp. A new revision. 
 
 1884 Maya Grammatik. • 
 
 Manuscript. 36 pp. folio. In Humboldt's handwriting; 82 pp. and table in 
 
 handwriting of his secretary. To this are appended 15 pp. explanatory notes 
 and a list of grammatic affixes in Humboldt's handwriting. 
 
 1885 Mixteca Grammatik. • 
 
 Manuscript. 28 pp. folio. 
 
 1886 Totonaca Grammatik. * 
 
 Manuscript. 56 pp. folio, and appendix. 
 
 1887 Huasteka Grammatik. * 
 
 Manuscript. 55 pp. in the handwriting of Humboldt's secretary, and 46 pp. in 
 
 his own. folio. 
 
 1888 Cora Sprache. * 
 
 Manuscript. 15 pp. folio. In the handwriting of Humboldt's secretary. 
 
 1889 A treatise intended to form an introduction to a general 
 
 treatise on American languages. * 
 
 Manuscript. 151 pp. In Humboldt's handwriting. Contains: a. Prefatory 
 remarks on American languages; h. Phonetic system of the languagesia general; 
 c. On the grammar of the languages in general. 
 
364 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Humboldt (Karl Wilhelm von)— continued. 
 
 1890 Onondago Grammatik von W. v. Humboldt. * 
 
 Manuscript. 60 pp. folio. Iii Humboldt's handwriting, with notes by Busch- 
 maun. 
 
 1891 W. V. Humboldt's Massachusett's Grammatik. * 
 
 Mauuscript. 57 pp. folio. In tbe handwriting of Humboldt, with some notes 
 by Buschmann. 
 
 1892 Ueber die amerikanischen Sprachen. * 
 
 Manuscript. 40 pp. folio. Auxiliary papers by Hnmboldt and Buschmann. 
 
 1893 AUgemeine amerikanische Arbeiten. TJntersachungen 
 
 iiber die amerikanischen Sprachen, angefangen den 18. Mai 1826. ' 
 
 Manuscript. 21 pp. folio. 
 
 1894 Sprachtabelleu. * 
 
 Manuscript. 38 II. folio. 
 
 1895* 6 — Ueber das Verbum in den amerikanischen Sprachen. * 
 
 Manuscript. Wholly in Humboldt's own hand; 40pp., and 13 pp. lead-pencil 
 notes by ? 
 
 189G Ueber die amerikanischen Sprachen. * 
 
 Manuscript. 19 pp. folio. Incidental papers. 
 
 1897 Ueber die amerikanischen Sprachen. Introduction. * 
 
 Manuscript. 51 pp. folio. 
 
 1898 Muhhekaneew Grammatik. * 
 
 Manuscript. 20 pj). folio. 
 
 Above titles from Stargardt's Cat., 135, Amerika und Orient. 
 
 1899 Hunfalvy (Paul). A | Dakota ^^Tyelov | Huufalvy P41toil. | Kii- 
 lonnyomat a m. acad. Ertesitobol. 
 
 Pesten. | Nyomatott Landerer 6s heckenastn41. | 1856. | s. 
 
 Pp. 1-68. 8'^. Extract from the Bulletins of the Hungarian Academy. 
 
 1900 [Hunter (Rev. James).] Oo Meyoo Abchemowin | S. Matthew. | 
 
 London : | Church Missionary House, | Salisbury Square. | 
 1853. I JWP. 
 
 Title, reverse blank, 1 I., pp. 1-148. 12°. Gospel of St. Matthew in the Cree 
 language. 
 
 1901 Oo I Meyo Achimoowin | St. Matthew. | The Gospel ] ac- 
 cording to I St. Matthew; | translated into the language of the | 
 Cree Indians, | of the Diocese of Rupert's Land, | North-west 
 America, | by | the Venerable James HuniL:)r, D. D., | late Arch- 
 deacon of Cumberland, Rupert's Land. | 
 
 Loudon : | Printed for | the British and Foreign Bible Society. | 
 1877. I JWP. 
 
 2 p. 11., pp. 1-136 16°. 
 
 1902 Oo I Meyo Achimoowin | St. Mark. | The Gospel | accord- 
 ing to I St. Mark; | translated into the language of the | Cree In- 
 dians, I of the Diocese of Rupert's Land, | North-west America. | 
 
 London : | Printed for | the British and Foreign Bible Society. | 
 1855. I C.JWP. 
 
 2 p. U., pp. 1-87. 16°. 
 
HUMBOLDT HUNTER. 365 
 
 Hunter {Bev. James) — continued. 
 
 1903 Oo I Meyo Achimoowin | St. Mark. | The Gospel | accord- 
 ing to I St. Mark; | translated into the language of the | Oree In- 
 dians, I of the Diocese of Eupert's Land, | North-west America, | 
 by I the Venerable James Hunter, M. A., | late. Archdeacon of 
 Cumberland, Eupert's Land. | 
 
 Loudon: | Printed for | the British and Foreign Bible Society. | 
 1876. I jwp. 
 
 Pp. 1-90. 16°. 
 
 1004 Oo I Meyo Achimoowin | St. John. | The Gospel | accord- 
 ing to I St. John ; | translated into the language of the | Cree In- 
 dians, I of the Diocese of Eupert's Land, | North-west America. | 
 
 London : | Printed for | the British and Foreign Bible Society, j 
 1855. I ABS. JWP. 
 
 Pp. i-iv, 1-108. 16°. 
 
 1905 Oo I Meyo Achimoowin | St. John. | The Gospel | accord- 
 ing to I St. John; | translated into the language of the | Cree In- 
 dians, I of the diocese of Eupert's Land, | North-west America, | 
 by I the Venerable James Hunter, D. D., | late Archdeacon of 
 Cumberland, Eupert's Land. | 
 
 London : | Printed for | the British and Foreign Bible Society. | 
 1876. I JWP. 
 
 Pp; 1-126. 16°. 
 
 Hunter (Mrs.) Nistum oo Mamowe MussLnaiiumakawIn John. The First 
 Epistle General of John, pp. 111-121. 
 
 1906 Liturgy of the Church of England in the Cree Language. 
 
 Society ibr Promoting Christian Knowledge. 1854. * 
 
 In Roman characters. Title from Bagster's Bible of Every Land. 
 
 1907 Oo TapwStumoowin | mena | Oo Tipetotumoowin | Oota- 
 
 yumehaw. | The Faith and Duty | of | a Christian, [ translated into 
 the language of the | Cree Indians, | of the Diocese of Eupert's 
 Land, North west America. | 
 
 Printed for the | Society for Promoting Christian Knowledge, | 
 Great Queen Street, Lincoln's Inn Fields. | 1865. | jwp. 
 
 Pp. i-iv, 5-54. 12°. 
 
 1908 Ayumehawe Mussinahikun. | The Book | of | Common 
 
 Prayer, | and Administration of | the Sacraments, | and other 
 Eites and Ceremonies of the Church, | according to the use of the | 
 United Church of England and Ireland. | Translated into the lan- 
 guage of the I Cree Indians, | of the Diocese of Eupert's Land, | 
 North-west America. | 
 
 Printed for the | Society for Promoting Christian Knowledge, | 
 Great Queen Street, Lincoln's Inn Fields. | 1855. | jwp. gb. 
 
 Pp. i-iv, 1-274. 12°. 
 A selection of Hymns, pp. 249-274. 
 
366 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Hunter (Rev. James) — continued. 
 
 1909 Portions of | the Book | of | Common Prayer | according to 
 
 the use of the | United Church of England and Ireland | in the 
 Language of the | Cree Indians, | of the Diocese of Eupert's 
 Land. | (Transmuted into the Phonetic Syllabic Symbols.) | Pub- 
 lished under the Sanction and Superintendeuce | of the | Eight 
 Rev. David, Lord Bishop of Rupert's Land. | Specially designed as 
 an aid to the | Family aud Private Devotion of the Indians, while 
 at I a distance from the Public Means of Grace. | 
 
 London: Church Missionary House, | Salisbury Square. | 1856. | 
 Lithographed by J. J. Tiletherclift, Sen., 100, St. Martin's Lane. | 
 
 ■> p. 11., pp. i-viii, l-5r.'. 6°. GB. 
 
 Tht; lutroductory Observations and appended diagrams supply a key to the 
 "Phonetic Syllabic Symbols" of the text. 
 
 1910 [One line syllabic characters.] The Book | of | Common 
 
 Prayer, | and Administration of | the Sacraments, | and other 
 Kites and Ceremonies of the Church, | according to the use of the | 
 United Church of lingland and Ireland. | Translated in the Lan- 
 guage of the I Cree Indians | of the Diocese of Eupert's Land, 
 North-west America. | 
 
 London: | Printed for the | Society for Promoting Christian 
 Knowledge, | Great Queen Street, Lincoln's Inn Fields. | 1860. | GB 
 
 •i p. 11., pp. l-iyu. 12°. In syllabic characters. 
 
 191 1 Ayumehawe Mussin^hikun, | mena | Ka Isse Makinane- 
 
 wukee | Kunache K6che Issetwawina, | mena | ateet kotuka issfet- 
 \*awiiia ayumehavfinik, | ka isse aputchetanew6kee | akayasewe 
 ayumehawinik: | ussitche ( David oo Mkumoona, | ka isse niku- 
 moonanewukee apo ka isse ayumetanewukee | aj'umehawekumi- 
 ko6k. I A isse Mussin&,huk naheyowe isse keeswa- | wiuik, akaya- 
 sewe mussiniihikunikoche, | the Ven. Archdeacon Hunter, D. D., | 
 (Late Archdeacon of Cumberland, Rupert's Land), | Vicar of St. 
 Matthew, Bayswater, London. | 
 
 Printed for the | Society for Promoting Christian Knowledge, | 
 Great Queen Street, Lincoln's-Inn Fields. | 1877. | jwp. 
 
 2p. 11., pp. 1-739. Vi°. Book of Common Prayer in the Cree language. Psalms, 
 pp. 469-739. 
 
 Literal translation. — The prayer book | and | for the administration | of the 
 holy great feasts | and | those other rites of prayer | which are therein | also Da- 
 vid's Psalms I which are to be sung or to be said | in the church. | 
 
 1912 A Lecture | on the | Grammatical Construction | of | the 
 
 Cree Language, | delivered by | the Yen. Archdea(;ou Hunter, 
 M. A. I (Late Archdeacon of Cumberland, Eupert's Land, and 
 now I Vicar of St. Matthew's, Bayswater, W.), | before the | Insti- 
 tute of Eupert's Land, | at the | Court House, Fort Garry, Red 
 River Settlement; | On the 2nd April, 1862. | The Eight Eeverend | 
 the Lord Bishop of Eupert's Land, | President of the Institute, in 
 the Chair. | Also | Paradigms of the Cree Verb, | with its | vari- 
 ous Conjugations, Moods, Tenses, Inflections, &c. | 
 
HUNTER. 367 
 
 Hunter {Bev. James) — continued. 
 
 London : | Printed for the Society for Promoting Christian Knowl- 
 edge, I Great Queen Street, Lincoln's-Inn Fields. | 1875. | jwp. 
 
 2 p. 11., pp. 1-267. royal 8". 
 
 Lecture, pp. 1-14; Paradigms of the Cree verb, with its various conjuga- 
 tions, moods, tenses, inflections, &c., pp. 15-267. 
 
 1913 Hunter (Mrs. James). Nistum | oo Mamowe Mussing Humakawin | 
 John. I The First Epistle General | of | John ; | translated into the 
 Language of the | Oree Indians, | of the Diocese of Eupert's 
 Land, North-west America. | By Mrs. Hunter. | 
 
 London : | Printed for | the British and Foreign Bible Society. | 
 1855. I JWP. ABS. 
 
 Pp. 1-18. 16°. In the Cree language. 
 
 1914 [Three lines syllabic characters.] The First Epistle General | 
 
 of I John, I Translated by | Mrs. Hunter | into the | Language of 
 the Crees. | Transmuted into the Phonetic Syllabic Symbols | of 
 the I Indians of Eupert's Land, North West America, | under the | 
 Superintendence of the | Eight Eev. David | Lord Bishop of Eu- 
 pert's Land. | 
 
 [London: Church Missionary House. 1856.] GB. 
 
 1 p. 1., pp. 1-13. 8°. 
 
 1915 Nistum 00 Mamowe Mussin&humakawin John. The First 
 
 Epistle General of John. [In the Cree language.] 
 
 In Hunter {Sev. .T.) Oo Meyo » , St. John, pp. 111-126. London, 1876. 16°. 
 
 1916 Kukwach6toowe | Mussin&hikun. | A Catechism | for the | 
 
 Cree Indians of Eupert's Land | (North-west America), | by | Mrs. 
 Hunter. | 
 
 London: | Printed for the | Society for Promoting Christian 
 Knowledge, | Great Queen Street, Lincoln's-Inn Fields. | 1874. | 
 
 Pp. 1-8. 12°. JWP. 
 
 1917 Hunter (John Dunn). Manners and Customs [ of | Several Indian 
 Tribes | Located West of the Mississippi ; | Including some account 
 oftheSoil, Climate and Vegetable | Productions, and the Indian Ma- 
 teria Medica : to which is | prefixed the History of the Authoir's 
 Life during a resi- | dence of several years among them, j By John 
 D. Hunter. | 
 
 Philadelphia: | Printed and Published for the Author, | by J. 
 Maxwell, | S. E. Corner of Fourth and Walnut Streets. I 1823. | 0. 
 
 Pp. i-ix, 11-402. 8°. 
 
 List of remedies used by the Indians; in the Osage (?) language, with Eng- 
 lish signification, pp. 369-394. 
 
 1918 Memoirs j of a | Captivity | among | the Indians [ of | 
 
 North America, | from childhood to the age -of nineteen: | with | 
 anecdotes descriptive of | their Manners and Customs. | To which 
 
368 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Hunter (John Dunn) — continued. 
 
 is added, | some account of the | Soil, Climate, and Vegetable Pro- 
 ductions I of the Territory westward of the Mississippi. ( By John 
 D. Hunter. | 
 
 London: | Printed for | Longman, Hurst, Rees, Orme, and 
 Brown, | Paternoster-Eow. | 1823. | BA. c. LSH. 
 
 Pp.i-ix, 1-447. 8°. List of remedies, &c., pp. 402-427. 
 
 1919 Memoirs | of a | Captivity | among | the Indians | of | 
 
 North America, | from childhood to the age of nineteen : | with j 
 anecdotes descriptive of | their Manners and Customs. | To which 
 is added, | some account of the | Soil, Climate, and Vegetable Pro- 
 ductions I of the Territory westward of the Mississippi. | By John 
 D. Hunter. | A new edition, witli portrait. | 
 
 London: ) Printed for | Longman, Hurst, Bees, Orme, Brown, 
 and Green, | Paternoster-Eow. j 1823. | T. 
 
 Pp. i-lx, 1-447. b°. 
 
 1920 Memoirs of a captivity among the Indians of North 
 
 America, from Childhood to the Age of Nineteen; with Anecdotes 
 Descriptive of their Manners and Customs. . . . By John D. Hunter. 
 The Third Edition, with Additions. 
 
 London: Longman & Co. 1824. • 
 
 xi, 468 pp. 8°. Title from Menzie's Sale Catalogue. 
 
 1921 Der | Gefangene unter den Wilden | in | Nord-Amerika; | 
 
 nach J. D. Hunter's Denkwiirdigkeiten | seines | Aufenthalts unter 
 denselben und seiner Schilderung | des Charakters und der Sitten 
 der westlich | vom Mississippi wohnen Stiimme, | herausgege- 
 ben I yon | W. A. Lindau. | Erster [-Dritter] Theil. | 
 
 Dresden, bei P. G. Hilscher. | 1824. | c. 
 
 3 vols. 1G°. List of medicines, &c., vol. 3, pp. 90-119. 
 
 1922 Minnesteckningar rorande an fangenskap bland Indianerna 
 
 i Nord-Amerika, ifran barndomen till nitton ars alder. 
 
 Mariefred, Collin et Comp., 1826. * 
 
 320 pp., 11. 8°. Swedish translation of Hnuter'sinterestingnaxrative. — Leclerc, 
 1878, No. 2548. 
 
 1923 Huntington (Dimmick B.) A few words | in the | Utah and Sho- 
 sho-ne | dialects, | alphabetically arranged: | Collected by D. B. 
 Huntington. | Second edition — revised and enlarged. | 
 
 Printed by W. Eichards, | G. S. L. City, U. T., | 1854. | yc. 
 
 Pp. l-:36. 16°. Utah, 1-25; Shoshone, 26-36. 
 
 1924 Vocabulary | of the | Utah and Sho-sho-ne | or Snake | 
 
 Dialects, | with Indian Legends and Traditions. | Including a Brief 
 Account of I the Life and Death of Wahker, | the Indian Land 
 Pirate, | By | D.-B. Huntington, | Indian Interpreter. | Third Edi- 
 tion — Eevised and Enlarged. | 
 
HUNTER — HYDE. 369 
 
 Huntington (Dimmick B.) — continued. 
 
 Salt Lake City: | Printed at the Salt Lake Herald Office : | 1872. | 
 Pp. 1-32. 16°. j-^^fp. 
 
 Utah Vocabulary, pp. 5-16; Shoshone Vocabulary, pp. 17-32. 
 
 1925 Hurlburt (Bev. Thomas). A Memoir on the Inflections of the Chip- 
 pewa Tongue. 
 
 In Schoolcraft (H. R.) Indian Tribes, vol. 4, pp. 385-396. Philadelphia, 
 1854. 4°. 
 
 1926 On the Structure of the Indian Languages. 
 
 In Am. Philolog. Ass., Proc, first Ann. Sess., pp. 26-27.. New York, 1870. 8°. 
 
 1927 ,. editor.. Petaubun. | Peep of Day. | Vol. 1. Sarnia, 0. 
 
 W., August, 1861. No. 7. I [Vol. 2. August, 1862, Ko. 8.] s. 
 
 4°. The above are the first and last numbers I have seen of this paper. It is 
 a quarto of four pages, printed three pages in Chippewa, the fourth iu English, 
 and issued monthly. I presume it began in January, 1861, but whether it still 
 continues I do not know. 
 
 The colophon is: "Printed and Published by Rev. Thomas Hurlburt," and 
 he is frequently addressed, in communications by contributors, as editor. 
 
 See Iu Pitabvn. 
 
 1928 Huron. Huron Manuscript. * 
 
 " There also exists a small volume, comprising extracts from the Gospels, in- 
 structions, a treatise on the existence of God, another on religion, and some 
 addresses to deputations, in some cases with a French or Latin version." — Sist. 
 Mag., vol. 2, p. 197. 
 
 1929 Husband (Bruce). Vocabulary of the Sioux. 
 
 Manuscript. 611. folio. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. Collected at 
 Fort Laramie, 1849. 
 
 1930 Hutchings (James M.) Scenes | of | Wonder and Curiosity | in | 
 California. | Illustrated with over one hundred engravings. | A 
 Tourist's Guide | to the | Yo-semite Valley, | The Big Tree Groves, 
 [&c., six lines]. | By J. M. Hutchings | (of Yo-semite). | 
 
 New York and San Francisco: | A. Eoman and Company, Pub- 
 lishers. I 1870. I BA. C. 
 
 Pp. 1-292. 8°. 
 
 Aboriginal names of water-falls and mountains in the Yo-semite Valley, with 
 English signification, p. 169. 
 
 There are earlier editions, one dated 1861, one no date, and, perhaps others, 
 none of which I think contain the list of names with meanings. 
 
 1931 Hyde ( Jabez B.) Kianasa, | nana nonedowaga | Neuwenuda. | In- 
 dian Hymns, | in the | Seneca Language ; | By Jabez B. Hyde. | 
 
 Buffalo: | Printed by H. A. Salisbury. | 1818. | WB. 
 
 Pp. 1-19, alternate Seneca and English. 16°. 
 
 Hymns, pp. 2-11 ; John, Chap, iii, pp. 10-17 ; Lord's Prayer, pp. 18-19 ; Al- 
 phabet, p. 20. 
 
 1932 Kianasa, | nana nonedowaga | Neuweniida. | Hymns, | in 
 
 the I Seneca Language; | By Jabez B. Hyde. | 
 
 Buffiilo: I Printed by H. A. Salisbury. | 1819. | V. AAS. 
 
 Pp. 1-40, alternate Seneca and English. 16°. 
 24 Bib 
 
370 NOKTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Hyde (Jabez B.) — continued. 
 
 1933 Christ's Sermon on the Mount: In the Seneca Tongue. 
 
 New York: American Bible Society. 1829. * 
 
 18°. Not seen ; title from O'Callaglian's Bibles. 
 
 Mr. [J. B. ] Hyde has finished a new edition of a Spelling Book in the 
 Seneca language, and is about publishing in the same language Christ's Sermon 
 on the Mount, and the first six chapters of the Gospel of the Evangelist John. 
 The Seneca Hymns which he formerly published have been found highly useful 
 in the tribe. Indeed the great test of renouncing Paganism and becoming a 
 caudida,te for Christian instruction is the use of these Hymns. — Ann. Rep. New 
 York Miss. Soc, April, 1820, p. 40. 
 
 1934 Hymns. Hymns | in the ( Ojibway | Language: | 
 
 Published by | Alonzo Barnard, | Omena, Mich. | [n. d.] JWP. 
 1 1., pp. 1-20, 1 1. 32°. 
 
 1935 [Hymns in the Abnaki Language.] JWP. 
 
 4 unnumbered 11. printed on one side only. 12°. 
 
 1936 I will give liberally. | By the Rev. William Nevins, D. D. | 'Ra, 
 • Yukpa Hosh Nana Ka Bohli Lashke. | 
 
 [Park Hill, Cherokee Nation: Mission Press, John Candy and 
 John F. Wheeler, Printers. 1845.J BA. 
 
 Pp. 1-16. 12°. 
 
 1937 Imgerutit. Imgeriitit | attorekset | illagektunnut | Labrador- 
 emetunnut. | 
 
 Loebaume, | J. A. Duroldtib Nenilauktangit. | [1840?] GB. 
 
 Pp. i-xii, 1-340. 16°. A collection of hymns, in the dialect of Labrador. 
 
 1938 Imgerutit attoraeksat illag^.ktunut Labrador-emetunut. * 
 
 410 pp. 8°. Hymn book for the Moravian communities of Labrador. Title 
 
 from a Greenland missionary, through Prof. Kink. 
 
 1939 Indian. Indian Prayer Book, compiled and arranged for the bene- 
 fit of the Penobscot and Passamaquoddy Tribes. Printed by order 
 of the Rt. Rev. B. Fenwick. 
 
 Boston, 1834. • 
 
 18°. Title from the Finotti Sale Cat. 
 
 1940 Indian Treaties, | and | Laws and Regulations | relating 
 
 to Indian Affairs: | to which is added | an Appendix, | containing 
 the Proceedings of the Old Congress, and other | important State 
 Papers, in relation to Indian Affairs. | Compiled and Published 
 under Orders of the Department of War of | the 9th February and 
 6th October, 1825. | 
 
 Washington City: | Way & Gideon, Printers. | 1826. [ ♦ 
 
 XX, 529 pp. 8°. Title from Mr. W. Eames, from copy in his possession. 
 
HYDE INSTITUTO. 
 
 371 
 
 Indian — continued. 
 
 Contains numerous lists of names of the Indian chiefs, many of which are ac- 
 companied by the English signification in full, in the following languages: 
 
 Delaware, p. 7, 
 
 Six Nations, pp. 11-12, 
 
 Seneca, pp. 39-40, 
 
 Ottawa, Chippewa, Wyandot, Shawa- 
 nee, pp. 62-63, 
 
 Chippewa, Ottawa, Pattawatime, Wy- 
 andot, Delaware, Shawanee, Seneka, 
 Miami, Kickapoo, pp. 68-70, 76-81, 
 94-96, 102-103, 
 
 Wea and Kickapoo, p. 83, 
 
 Peoria, KasUaskia, Mitchigamia, Ca- 
 hokia, Tamarois, p. 105, 
 
 Cherokee, pp. 114-115, 119-120, 122, 
 12.5-126, 130, 
 
 Creek, pp. 193-194, 
 
 Piankeshaw, p. 228, 
 
 Sac and Fox, pp. 234-237, 239, 242, 
 
 Great and Little Osage, pp. 249-252, 
 257, 
 
 Wea, pp. 261-262, 
 
 Kickapoo, p. 264, 
 
 Teeton, p. 277, 
 
 Sioux, pp. 278-281, 
 
 Yancton, p. 282, 
 
 Maha, pp. 283-286, 
 
 loway, p. 387, 
 
 Kanzas, pp. 290, 294, 
 
 Winnebago, pp. 295-296, 
 
 Menomenee, p. 296, 
 
 Ottoe, pp. 298-299, 301, 
 
 Poncara, pp. 302, 305, 
 
 Quapaw, p. 308, 
 
 Pawnee, pp. 317-320, 323, 
 
 Yancton, Teton, pp. 338-339, 
 
 Sioune and Ogallala, pp. 341-343, 
 
 Chayenne, p. 345. 
 
 Hunkpapa (Sioux), p. 348, 
 
 Eicara, p. 350, 
 
 Mandan, pp. 353-354, 
 
 Minnetaree, pp. 356-357, 
 
 Crow, pp. 359-360, 
 
 Sioux, Winnebago, Menominie, Chip- 
 
 •pewa, Ottawa, Pottawatomie, Sac, 
 
 Fox, loway, pp. 367-370, 
 Great and Little Osage, pp. 418-419, 
 Kanzas, p. 421, 
 Cherokee alphabet, with the names of 
 
 the letters, p. 485. 
 
 1941 Indrenius (Andreus Abraham). Specimen Academicum | De | 
 Esquimaux, | Gente | Americana, | Quod | In Eegio Fennorum 
 Lyceo, | Consent. Ampliss. Facult. Philos. | Sub Umbone | Viri 
 Ampliss. atque Celeberrimi | Dn. Petri Kalm, | Oeconom. Profess. 
 Eeg. & Ord. item | Eeg. Scient. Acad. Holm. Membri, | Placidae 
 eruditorum discussioni submittitur | Ab | Andrea Abrabami Indre- 
 nio, I Tavast. | ad Diem XIX. Junii, Anni ourrentis MDCCLVI 
 [1756]. I Loco horisque consvetis. | 
 
 Aboae, Impressit Direct. & Typogr. Eeg. Magn. Due. | Finland. 
 Jacob Merckell. | jcb. 
 
 1 p. 1., pp. 1-24. sm. 4°. 
 
 Vocabula Esquimatica, 100 words, pp. 23-24. 
 
 1942 Inin | tibajimouinun | gaozhibiumagouajin | igin abinojiug | inin | 
 
 kekinoamagenijin. | 
 Oberlin: | 1849. | * 
 
 Tales for children, in Ojibwa, by their teacher. For the above title I am 
 
 indebted to Rev. J. A. GilfiUan, a missionary to the Ojibwas, who says "It is a 
 
 collection of tales in the purest and most idiomatic Ojibway. Translator to me 
 
 unknown, but, I think, Mr. Blatchford." 
 
 Institute Kacional de Geografia Estadistica de la Eepublica 
 Mexicana. 
 
 See Sociedad de Geografia * * Mexicana. 
 
372 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS 
 
 1943 Instructions. Instructions | en | Langue Orise | sur | toute la Doc- 
 trine Catholique I par I un Missionuaire Oblat de la Saskatchewan | 
 [Two lines French and two lines Gree quotation.] 
 
 St. Boniface: | Imprimerie du Journal Le Metis | Anno Domini 
 1875. I 0. 
 
 Pp. 1-505, i-iv. 16°. 
 
 1944 Instructions on religious subjects by an anonymous author 
 
 of the beginning of the 17th century. * 
 
 Manuscript. 23 11. 4°. In the Mexican language. — Samirez Sale Cat. 
 
 1945 Interpretation of Indian Names of Places, &c. By a Missionary to 
 the Odjibwas. 
 
 In Maryland Hist. Soc, Supp.to Fund Pub., No. 7, pp. 40-44. 1877. 8°. 
 An attempt to give the signification of various Indian names of geographic 
 features in Maryland. 
 
 1946 Invention of the Cherokee Alphabet. 
 
 In Missionary Herald, vol. 24, pp. 330-332. Boston, n. d. 8°. 
 Contains the Lord's Prayer in Cherokee, with literal translation. 
 
 1947 Ir I Mishiniigin. | Bku omeru | tshe apatstats ishkuamishkomuts, 
 uiapo- I kornuts, uashaornuts, ekuandfornuts, | mashkuarornuts, 
 shikotinniornuts | kie piokuakamiornuts. | [Cross.] 
 
 Moniants [Montreal] : | Akonikano nte etat Louis Perrault. | 
 1852. I T. 
 
 Pp. 1-168. 12°. Mass, pp. 1-21 ; Songs for Mass, pp. 21-44 ; Hymns, pp. 44-150; 
 Litanies, pp. l.'')l-155 ; Prayers, pp. 155-163 ; Tahle, pp. 165-168. Probably by P&re 
 Flavien Durocher. In Algonkin. 
 
 1948 Iragorri (P. Juan Francisco). Vocabularies y Didlogos megicanos. 
 
 Manuscript. 4°. In the library of the University of Mexico. — Beriatain. * 
 See Fragorri (P. Juan), No. 1322. 
 
 1949 Iriondo {Fr. Jos6). Exposicion del Simbolo de S. Atanasio en 
 Idioma Kachiquel. * 
 
 Manuscript. Title from Beristain. 
 
 Irvin (Rev. S. M.) 
 See Hamilton (Rev. W.) and Irvin (Bev. S. M.) 
 
 1950 Isbester (J. A.) On a Short Vocabulary of the Loucheux Language. 
 By J. A. Isbester. 
 
 luPhilolog. Soc. [of London], Proc, vol. 4, pp. 184-185. London, 1850. 8°. 
 Vocabulary (35 words) of the Loucheux, to which is added for comparison a 
 few words (14) of the Keuay, p. 185. 
 
 L951 IuPitab«n; | gemagaie | Okikinoamaguziuiniua | igiuabinojii^g. | 
 The Peep of Day ; | or | a series of the | Earliest Eeligious Instruc- 
 tion I the infant mind | is capable of receiving. | 
 
 Boston : | Printed for the American Board of Commissioners | for 
 Foreign Missions, by T. E. Marvin. | 1844. | ba. S. 
 
 Pp. i-viii, 1-144. 12°. In the Ojibwa language. 
 
 See Hurlburt (Bev. T.) 
 
 19513 tvangMliunik isumasiutit sapatine nagdliussivingnilo atugagssat. * 
 
 2 parts, 224 pp. 8°. Sermons for Sundays and holy-days. Title from a Green- 
 land missionary, through Prof. Rink. 
 
INSTRUCTIONS — JAMES. 373 
 
 1953 [Jacker {Bev. Edward).] The Eed Man gauged by his speech. 
 
 In Am. Catholic Quarterly Review, April, 1877, pp. 304-324. 8°. 
 
 Review of Lacombe's Dictionnaire de la Langue des Ciis, and the same 
 author's Grammaire de la Langue des Cria. Contains many Algonkin terms, ex- 
 amples, &c. 
 
 1954 Jacker (Francis). Nawagijig's Story; in the Ojibwa language. 
 
 In Mallery (G.) Sign Language among the North American Indians, in 
 Bureau of Ethnology, First Ann. Kept., pp. 518-520. Washington, 1881. 8°. 
 
 Mr. Jacker contributed to this report a story in signs and appended the oral 
 part of it in Ojibwa, with English translation. 
 
 1955 Jackson (George W.) Vocabulary of the Wintoon Language. B. 
 
 Manuscript. In possession of Mr. H. H. Bancroft, of San Francisco, Cal. 
 Partly printed in Bancroft's Native Races, vol. 3, p. 641. 
 
 Jacobs {Rev. Peter). 
 See O'Meara (Bev. James D.) and Jacobs {Bev. P.) 
 
 1956 Jacobs (Sarah S.) Nonan turn and Natick. | By | Sarah S. Jacobs. | 
 "Written for the Massachusetts Sabbath School Society | [&c.] 
 
 Boston: | Massachusetts Sabbath School Society. | Depository 
 13 Cornhill. | 1853. | 0. 
 
 Pp. 1-336. 12°. 
 
 A few specimens from Eliot's Indian Bible, pp. 177, 180. A list of names of 
 tribes, persons, places, »&c., many of them with English signification, pp. 333-336. 
 
 Reissued with the following title: 
 
 1957 The | White Oak and its ITeighbors. | By Sarah S. Jacobs. .| 
 
 [Engraving.] | Written for the Massachusetts Sabbath School So- 
 ciety, and revised by the Committee | of Publication. | 
 
 Boston: | Massachusetts Sabbath School Society. | Depository, 
 13 Cornhill. | [n. d.] * 
 
 336 pp. 12°. Title from Mr. W. Fames. 
 
 1958 James (Edwin). Account | of | an Expedition | from | Pittsburgh 
 to the Eocky Mountains, | performed in the years 1819 and '20, | 
 by order of | The Hon. J. C. Calhoun, Sec'y of War: | under the 
 command of | Major Stephen H. Long. | From the notes of Major 
 Long, Mr. T. Say, and other Gen- | tlemen of the Exploring Party. | 
 Compiled | by Edwin James, | Botanist and Geologist for the Ex- 
 pedition. I In two vols. — With an atlas. | Vol. I [II]. | 
 
 Philadelphia: | H. C. Carey and L Lea, Chestnut St. | 1823. | ba. c. 
 
 2 vols. 8°. atlas, 4°. 
 
 Brief references to the languages of the Otoes, Missouries, and loways, vol. 1, 
 pp. 343-343; Indian language of signs, pp. 378-394. 
 
 Long ( M(y. S. H. ) Vocabularies of various Indian languages, vol. 2, pp. Ixxxvi- 
 Ixzzviii. 
 
 Say (T. ) Vocabularies of Indian languages, vol. 2, pp. Ixlx-lxxviii. 
 
374 
 
 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 James (Edwio) — continued. 
 
 The account of Major Long's Expedition of 1819-'20 was reprinted with title- 
 page, essentially the same as above : Loudon : Longman, Hurst, Rees, Orme, and 
 Brown: 1823, 3 vols. 8°; the Language of Signs occupying vol. 1, pp. 271-268; 
 the remarks on language, vol. 2, pp. 65-66; the vocabularies are not given. 
 
 1959 A I Narrative | of | the Captivity and Adventures | of j 
 
 John Tanner, | (U. S. Interpreter at the Saut de Ste. Marie,) | 
 during | thirty years residence among the Indians | in the | inte- 
 rior of North America. | Prepared for the press | by Edwin James, 
 M. D. I Editor of An Account of Major Long's Expedition from 
 Pittsburgh | to the Eocky Mountains. | 
 
 New York : | G. & 0. & H. Carvill, 108 Broadway. | 1830. | BA. 
 
 Pp. 1-426. 8°. 
 
 "Catalogue of Plants and Animals found in the country of the Ojibbeways, 
 with English names as far as these could be ascertained," pp. 294-312; Minerals, 
 p. 312. 
 
 "Catalogue of totems amongthe Ottawwaws and Ojibbeways, with the name 
 of some to whom they belong," pp. 314-316 ; List of moons in Ottawwaw and 
 Menomonee, p. 321 ; List of Stars, pp. 321-322. 
 
 Comparison of numerals, 1-10, in the following languages, pp. 324-333 : 
 
 Oto (from Say), 
 
 Konza, 
 
 Omawhaw, 
 
 Yauktong, 
 
 Dahkotah of Upper Mississippi, 
 
 Minnetahse, 
 
 Pawnee, 
 
 Choktaw, 
 
 Ojibbeway, 
 
 Muskwake, 
 
 Minsi (from Heckewelder), 
 
 Algonkin (from Heckewelder), 
 
 Delaware (from Heckewelder), 
 
 Mahnomonie, 
 
 Cree (from Say), 
 
 Winnebago, 
 
 Adage (from Duponceau), 
 
 Muskogee (from Adair), 
 
 Choktah and Chickasah (from Adair), 
 
 Cherokee (from Adair), 
 
 Quaddies (Maine) (from Duponceau), 
 
 Quawpaw (from Duponceau manu- 
 script), 
 
 Penobscot (from Duponceau manu- 
 script), 
 
 Miami (from Duponceau manuscript), 
 
 Shawnese (from Duponceau manu- 
 script), 
 
 Unachog (from Duponceau manu- 
 script). 
 
 Nousaghauset, 
 
 Sonrikwbsiorum (from De Laet), 
 
 Canadenses (from Lesoarbot), 
 
 Saukikani (from De Laet), 
 
 Algonkin (from J. Long), 
 
 Chippeway (from J. Long), 
 
 New Stockbridge (from Kaono-mut, a 
 woman who had beeu living on Fox 
 River, 1827), 
 
 Mohegan, 
 
 Monsee (from an Indian at Buffaloe), 
 
 Naudoway (from Tanner), 
 
 Seneca (from an Indian at Buffaloe, 
 1827), 
 
 Potiwattomie (from an Indian at De- 
 troit, 1827), 
 
 Ottawwaw (from Tanner), 
 
 Chippewyan (from a German inter- 
 preter), 
 
 Chippewyan (from M'Kenzie), 
 
 Chippewyan (from a woman, a native 
 of Churchill), 
 
 Cree (from M'Kenzie), 
 
 Algonkin (from M'Kenzie), 
 
 Chippewyan (from a Chippewyan), 
 
 Winnebago (from a Winnebago), 
 
 Cree (from a native), 
 
 Mahnesheet (Slow Tongues, residing 
 on the St. Johns, N. B., from a na. 
 tive). 
 
 Natick (from Eliot's Bible), 
 
 Chapter 3. Music and poetry of the Indians, including songs, &c., pp. 334-381. 
 
 Chapter 4. Languages of the North American Indians, pp. 382-426, includes 
 
 " Comparison of words and sentences in the dialect of the Ottawwaws, and Me- 
 
JAMES. 375 
 
 James (Edwin) — continued. 
 
 nomonies," pp. 392-398; "Ojibbeway words and phrases," pp. 399-411 ; "Conju- 
 gation of a verb" [To tie], pp. 419-417; " Lord's Prayer in Ojibbeway," p. 418 ; 
 "Comparison of the language of Eliot's version of the Bible, with some of the 
 dialects of the present day," pp. 419-420; " Comparison of the language of some 
 versions of the Bible with the Ottawwaw of the present time," pp. 421-422; 
 "Comparison of a Greek sentence with the dialect of the Ottawwaw,'' p. 423; 
 "First chapter of Genesis translated into the Ojibbeway language," pp. 424-426. 
 
 1960 A I IS'arrative | of | the Captivity and Adventures | of | 
 
 John Tanner, | (U. S. Interpreter at the Saut de Ste. Marie,) | 
 during | thirty years residence among the Indians | in the | Interior 
 of North America. | Prepared for the Press | By Edwin James, M. 
 D. I Editor of an Account of Major Long's Expedition from Pitts- 
 burgh I to the Eocky Mountains. | 
 
 London: | Baldwin & Cradock, Paternoster Eow. | Thomas 
 Ward, 84 High Holborn. | 1830. | A. t. 
 
 426 pp. 8°. portrait. The American edition with a new title-page only. 
 
 1961 John Tanner's Denkwilrdigkeiten tiber seinen dreissigjahri- 
 
 gen Aufenthalt uuter den Indianern Nord-Amerika's. Aus dem 
 Enghschen iibersetzt von Karl Andre. 
 
 Leipzig: Engelmann. 1840. * 
 
 344 pp. 8°. Title from Sabin's Dictionary. 
 
 1962 M6moires de John Tanner, ou Trente Annies dans les de- 
 serts de I'Am^rique du Nord. 
 
 Paris: 1855. * 
 
 2 vols. 8°. Title from Sabin's Dictionary. 
 
 1963 Chippewa First Lessons | in | Spelling and Reading. ( By 
 
 Edwin James, M. D. | 
 
 Boston: | Published by the Baptist Board of Missions. | 1832. | 
 
 Pp. 1-16. 12°. ABC. 
 
 Grammar, pp. 12-16, contains Outlines of the Paradigm of a Chippewa 
 verb — ^Nenodandum, I hear. 
 
 For an earlier edition, see Bingham (A.) 
 
 1964 Outlines of the Paradigma on the Chippewa vocabulary. 
 
 Albany, [n. d.] * 
 
 Folio. Title from Ludewig. 
 
 1965 Kekitchemanitomenahn | Gahbemahjeinnunk | Jesus 
 
 Christ, I otoashke | Wawweendummahgawin. | 
 
 Albany: | Packard and Van Benthuysen, Printers. | 1833. [ 
 
 Pp. 1-484. 12° ' C- MHS. ABS. 
 
 New Testament in the Chippewa language. This is the first Chippewa ver- 
 sion of the whole of the New Testament. It was made by Dr. James with the 
 help of John Tanner. 
 
 See Blatohford (H.), for later editions. 
 
376 NOETH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 James (Edwin) — continued. 
 
 1966 [Review of] A Grammar of the Language of the Lenni 
 
 Lenape or Delaware Indians, by Zeisberger. * 
 
 In American Quarterly Review, vol. 3, pp. 391-422. PhiladelpMa, 1828. 8°. 
 With the heading "Indian language and condition." Contains grammatio 
 examples of the Delaware, &o. — Eames. 
 
 1967 Essay on the Chippewa Language; Eead before the Amer- 
 ican Lyceum, at the third annual meeting, in the City of New York, 
 May 3rd, 1833. 
 
 In Chronicles of North American Savages, No. 5, pp. 73-80. Sept., 1835. 8°. 
 
 1968 Janssen (Carl Emil). Kalatdlit Inuvdluar-Kugamigit 1857. 
 
 Nungme. 1858. * 
 
 27 pp. 8°. Printed at Godthaah on the first printing-press sent to Greenland, 
 in the summer of 1857. — SaMn's Dictionary. 
 
 1969 Silamiut ingerdlausi^nik, . . . C. E. Janssen. 
 
 Copenhagen, 1861. * 
 
 136 pp. 8°. History of the world in Eskimo. — Binh. 
 
 1970 Blementarbog | i | Bskimoernes Sprog | til Brug for | Bu- 
 
 ropseerne ved Colonierne i Grj^^nland. ( Ved | C. E. Janssen. | 
 
 Kj(^benhavn. | Louis Kleins Bogtrykkeri. | 1862. | TWP. 
 
 Pp. 1-92, 1 1., index. 12°. In the Eskimo language of Greenland. 
 
 1971 Blementarbog i Bskimoernes sprog til brug for Europae- 
 
 erne ved coloni*i'ue i Gronland. 
 
 Kjobenhavn. 1869. * 
 
 Not seen ; title from Steiger's Bib. Glot., I. 
 
 1972 Jarvis (Samuel Farmar). A discourse on the Eeligion of the In- 
 dian Tribes of North America: delivered before the New York His- 
 torical Society, December 20, 1819. By Samuel Farmar Jarvis, 
 D. D. A. A. S. 
 
 In New York Hist. Soc. Coll., vol. 3, pp. 181-268. New York, 1821. 8°. 
 
 A few Delaware and Iroquois words of the Onondago dialect (from Zeisber- 
 ger), p. 229; Numerals, 1-10, of the Onondago dialect of the Iroquois (from 
 Zeisberger), of the Lenap^ or Delaware (from Zeisberger), and the Cherokee, 
 Chickesaw and Choctaw, and Creek or Muskoghee (from Adair), p. 230 ; Gram- 
 matical forms of the Onondago and Lenap^ compared with the Hebrew, pp. 231- 
 232; Example of a noun in the Lenap€ with the inseparable pronouns (from 
 Heckewelder), p. 233; Example of the verb "To love" in the Lenap6 and Iro- 
 quois compared with the Hebrew, pp. 234-288; Example of the personal forms 
 in Delaware and Hebrew, pp. 239-245. 
 
 Issued, also, as follows: 
 
 1973 A I Discourse | on the | Eeligion of the Indian Tribes | 
 
 of I North America. | Delivered before | the New-York Historical 
 Society, | December 20, 1819. | By Samuel Farmar Jarvis, | D. D. 
 A. A. S. I [Four lines quotation.] 
 
JAMES JEFFEEYS. 377 
 
 Jarvis (Samuel Farmar) — continued. 
 
 New- York: | Published by C. Wiley & Co. 3 Wall Street. | C. 
 S. Van Winkle, Printer. | 1820. | we. bp. c. ba. 
 
 Pp. 1-111. 8°. 
 
 Reviewed by Pickering (J.), in the North American Eeview, vol. 11, pp. 103- 
 113. Boston, 1820. 8°. 
 
 1974 Jean [Pdre). [Al^oute Catechism.] * 
 
 Father Jean has joined to his translation of the Catechism some observations 
 upon the language of the AMouts. — Lailee, vol. 1, p. 236. 
 
 1975 Jefferson (Thomas). Fragments of a Comparative Vocabulary of 
 several Indian Languages. * 
 
 Manuscript in the library of the American Philosophical Society. 
 
 1976 Vocabulary of the Unquachog. * 
 
 Manuscript in the library of the American Philosophical Society. 
 
 1977 Jefferys (Thomas). The Natural and Civil | History | of the | French 
 Dominions | in | North and South America. | Giving a particular 
 Account of the | Climate, | Soil, | Minerals, | Animals, | Vegeta- 
 bles, I Manufactures, | Trade, | Commerce, | and | Languages, I to- 
 gether with I the Religion, Government, Genius, Character, Man- 
 ners and I Customs of the Indians and other Inhabitants. | Illus- 
 trated by I Maps and Plans of principal Places. | Collected from the 
 best authorities, and engraved by | T. Jefferys, Geographer to his 
 Eoyal Highness the Prince of Wales. | Part I. Containing | A De- 
 scription of Canada and Louisiana. ( [Part II. Containing | Part of 
 the Islands of St. Domingo and St. Martin, | The Islands of | St. 
 Bartholomew, Guadaloupe, Martinico, La Grenade, | and | The 
 Island and Colony of Cayenne.] | 
 
 London, | Printed for Thomas Jefferys at Charing Cross. | MDO- 
 CLX [1760]. I C. 
 
 Part 1 : 4 p. 11., 168 pp. ; Part 2: 2 p. 11., 246 pp. folio, maps. 
 
 Of the origin, languages * * * of the different Indian nations inhabiting 
 Canada [Eskimaux, Sioux, Assiniboels, Algonkins, Boundheads, Saltuers, Mal- 
 hommes, Hurons], part 1, pp. 43-97. 
 
 1978 The Natural and Civil [ History | of the | French Domin- 
 ions I in I North and South America. | With an Historical Detail 
 of the Acquisitions and Conquests made by the | British Arms in 
 those Parts. | Giving a particular Account of the | Climate, | Soil, | 
 Minerals, | Animals, | Vegetables, | Manufactures, | Trade, | Com- 
 merce I and I Languages. | Together with | the Eeligion, Govern- 
 ment, Genius, Character, Manners and | Customs of the Indians 
 and other Inhabitants. ( Illustrated by | Maps and Plans of the 
 principal Places, | Collected from the best Authorities, and en- 
 graved by I T. Jefferys, Geographer to his Majesty. | Part I. Con- 
 taining I A Description of Canada and Louisiana. | [Part H.] 
 
378 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Jefferys (Thomas) — continued. 
 
 London: | Printed for T. Jefferys, at Oharing-Cross; W. Johns- 
 ton, in Ludgate-street; J. Richardson | in Pater-noster-Eow ; and 
 B. Law and Co. in Ave-Mary-Lane. | MDCOLXI [1761]. | 0. 
 
 Parti: 4p. 11., 168pp. maps; PartS: 2 p. 11., 246 pp. folio, maps. Conteutsas 
 in edition of 1760. 
 
 1979 Jenks (William). Specimen of the Moheagan Language, taken at 
 Cambridge, 1804. 
 
 In Holmes (A.) Memoir of tLe Moheagan India,n8, In Mass. Hist. Soc. 
 Coll., first series, vol. 9, pp. 98-99. Boston, 1804. 8°. 
 
 1980 Jerusalemib asserornekamera. | [Picture.] 
 
 [ISr. p.] 1845. I ATS. 
 
 Pp. 1-8. 16^. Tract In the Eskimo language of Labrador. 
 
 1981 Jesus, Judit n41eganner^et. | [Picture.] ATS. 
 
 No title-page, 1 p. 1., pp. 1-8 24°. Bible lessons in the Eskimo dialect of Green- 
 land. 
 
 1982 Jesuse, Judikut attauinget. | [Design.] ATS. 
 
 No title-page ; I p. 1., pp. 1-8. sq. 24°. Bible lessons in the Eskimo dialect of 
 Labrador. 
 
 1983 Jesusib. Jesusib Kristusib ajokaersutai pirssariakarnerit. * 
 
 ' 75 pp. 8°. Abstract of Christ's doctrines, in the Eskimo language. 
 
 1984 Jesusib Kristusib ajokertutingita pijariakarnerpango- 
 
 ningit. * 
 
 116 pp. 8°. A summary of Christian Doctrine in the Eskimo language. The 
 two titles above from a Greenland missionary, through Prof. Rink. 
 
 1985 Jewitt (John R.) A | Narrative | of the | Adventures and Suffer- 
 ings, I of I John R. Jewitt ; | only survivor of the crew of the | 
 ship Boston, | during a captivity of nearly three years among the 
 savages of l-Nootka Sound: | with an account of the | Manners, 
 Mode of Living, and Religious | Opinions of the Natives. | Embel- 
 lished with a plate, representing the ship in | possession of the 
 Savages. | [Two lines quotation.] 
 
 Middletown: | Printed by Seth Richards. | 1815. | ba. lsh. 
 
 Pp. 1-204. 16°. 
 
 A list of words in the Nootkian language, the most in use, p. 5 ; War song of 
 the Nootka tribe, p. 204. 
 
 1986 A I Narrative | of the | Adventures and Sufferings | of | 
 
 John R. Jewitt; | only survivor of the crew of the | Ship Boston, | 
 during a captivity of nearly three years among the savages of | 
 Nootka Sound: | with an account of | the manners, mode of living, 
 and religious | opinions of the Natives, j Embellished with a plate 
 representing The ship in | the possession of the Natives. | [Two 
 lines quotation.] | 
 
 New York: | Printed by Daniel Panshaw, | No. 241. Pearl 
 Street. ( 1810. | CCA. BA. 
 
 Pp. 1-208. 16°. Vocabulary, p. 4; War song, p. 208. 
 
JEFFERYS — JOHNES. 379 
 
 Jewitt (John E.) — continued. 
 
 1987 Narrative | of the | Adventures and Sufferings | of | John 
 
 E. Jewitt; | Only Survivor of the Crew of the Ship | Boston, | 
 during a captivity of nearly three years among the | Savages of 
 Ifootka Sound: | with an account of the | Manners, Mode of Liv. 
 ing, and Eeligious | Opinions of the IN^atives. | Embellished with 
 engravings. | 
 
 Ithaca, N. Y.: I Mack, Andrus, & Co. | 1849. | c. 
 
 Pp. 3-116. 10°. A list of words, &c., p. 5; War song, p. 166. 
 
 1988 Narrative | of the | Adventures and Sufferings | of | John 
 
 E. Jewitt; | only survivor of the crew of the | Ship Boston, | dur- 
 ing a captivity of nearly three years among the | Savages of 
 Nootka Sound : | with an account of the | manners, mode of living, 
 and religious | opinions of the natives. | Embellished with ten en- 
 gravings. I 
 
 New York: | Printed for the Publisher. | [n. d.] JWP, 
 
 Pp. 1-166. 16°. A list, &e., p. 5; War song, p. 166. 
 
 Sabin's Dictionary gives the following editions of Jewitt : 
 
 Middletown, Loomis & Richards. 1815. 203 pp. 12°; [/6M.]1816. 208 pp. 12°; 
 Wakefield [England]. 1816. 12°; Middletown. 1820. 208 pp. 12°; Edinburgh. 
 1824. 12°; Ithaca. 1840. 8°; llhid.-i 1851. 12°. 
 
 Jimeno (Bev. Antonio). 
 See Timeno (Em. Antonio). 
 
 1989 Johnes (Arthur James). Philological Proofs | of the | original 
 unity and recent origin | of the | Human Eace. | Derived from a 
 comparison of the languages | of | Asia, Europe, Africa, and Amer- 
 ica. I Being an inquiry | how far the differences in the languages of 
 the globe | are referable to causes now in operation. | By | Arthur 
 James Johnes, Esq. | [Three lines quotation.] 
 
 London : | Samuel Clarke, 13, Pall Mall East. | 1843. | o. 
 
 Pp. iii-lx, 1-172, and appendices 102 pp. 8°. 
 
 On the origin of the American Tribes, pp 155-172, contains. Words from the 
 North American Indian Dialects of the Algonquyn Class comp.ared with anal- 
 ogous Terms in Asiatic and European Languages; Table showing Mandan 
 and Welsh affinities (from Catlin); Conjugations in the Chippeway, and Lenni 
 Lenape dialects ; Algonquyn Pronoun Prefixes. 
 
 Appendix A. Analytical comparison of some of the most important words 
 in the African languages with the analogous words in the languages of Asia, 
 Europe and America, pp. 1-82. 
 
 1990 Philological Proofs | of the | original unity and recent 
 
 origin | of the | Human Eace. | Derived from | a comparison of the 
 languages | of | Asia, Europe, Africa, and America. | Being an in- 
 quiry how far the difference in the languages of | the globe are re- 
 ferrible to causes now in operation. | By | Arthur James Johnes, 
 Esq. I [Three lines quotation]. 
 
380 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Johnes (Arthur James) — continued. 
 
 London : | John Eussell Smith, | 4, Old Oompton Street, Soho 
 Square. | MD OCC XLVI [1846]. | " * 
 
 Pp. iii-lx, 1-172, 1-103. 8°. Title from Mr. W. Eames. 
 
 1991 Johnson (Adam). Languages of California. 
 
 In Schoolcraft (H. R.) Indian Tribes, vol. 4, pp. 406-415. PhUadelphia, 
 
 1854. 4°. 
 
 Includes grammatio comments and vocabularies of tbe Tuolumne, pp. 408- 
 412; Coconoms, p. 413; Indians of Kings River and Tulare Lake, pp. 413-414; 
 and of the Upper Sacramento, pp. 414-415. 
 
 Reprinted in PoweU (J. W.) Contributions to North American Ethnology, 
 vol. 3, pp. 518-529, 535-549, 570-585. Washington, 1877. 4°. 
 
 1992 Vocabulary of the Cushna. 
 
 In Schoolcraft (H. E . ) Indian Tribes, vol. 2, pp. 494-505, 506-508. Philadel- 
 phia, 1852. 4°. 
 
 Reprinted in PoweU (J. W.) Contributions to North American Ethnology, 
 vol. 3, pp. 586-597. Washington, 1877. 4°. 
 
 1993 [Johnson (Anna C.)] The Iroquois; | or, | The Bright side of In- 
 dian Character. | By | Minnie Myrtle [Anna C. Johnson]. | 
 
 New York : | D. Appleton and Company, | 346 and 348 Broad- 
 way, I 1855. I 0. 
 Pp. 1-317. 12°. 
 
 "The Language of the Iroquois," pp. 298-301, contains a short Iroquois vo- 
 cabulary, the Lord's Prayer, and Specimen of an Indian Hymn. 
 
 1994 Johnson's | Kew | Universal Cycloptedia: | a j Scientific and 
 Popular I Treasury | of | Useful Knowledge, j Illustrated ^vith 
 maps, plans, and engravings. | Editors-in-Chief. | Frederick A. P. 
 Barnard, S. T. D., LL. D., L. H. D., M. K A. S., | President of Co- 
 lumbia College, New York ; | Arnold Guyot, Ph. D., LL. D., M. N. 
 A. S., I Professor of Geology and Physical Geography, College of 
 New Jersey. | Associate Editors. | Martin B. Anderson, LL. D., 
 &c., 30 lines]. | Assistant editors. | [Two lines.] | With numerous 
 contributions from writers of distinguished eminence in every de- 
 partment j of letters and science in the United States and in Eu- 
 rope. I Not to Exceed Four Volumes, including Appendix, j Vol- 
 ume I [-IV]. I A — E [-S — Appendix]. | (Testimonials at the end 
 of this volume.) | 
 
 A. J. Johnson & Son, | 11 Great Jones Street, New York. | 
 W. D. Cummings, Pittsburg, Pa. H. D. Watson, San Francisco, 
 Cal. I MDCCCLXXVII [-MDCCCLXXVIII] [1877-1878]. | JWP. 
 
 4 vols, royal 8°. 
 
 Trumbull (J. H.) Indian languages of America, vol. 2, pp. 1155-1161. 
 
 Johnson (Jeremiah), Translator. 
 See Donck (Adriaen Van der). 
 
 1995 Johnson (J. C.) Vocabulary of the Nishinam. 
 
 In Powell (J. W.) Contributions to North American Ethnology, vol. 3, pp. 
 587-598. Washington, 1877. 4°. 
 
JOHNES— JOHNSTON. 381 
 
 1996 Johnson (John). Vocabulary of the Wyandot. 
 
 In Schoolcraft (H. E.) Notes on the Iroquois, pp. 393-400. New York, 
 1847. 8°. 
 
 1997 Johnson (Bev. Philip), Dakota ABO Wowapi. Eev. Philip 
 Johnson, Kaga. 
 
 Mission Press : Archdeaconry of the Mobrara. 1871. si. 
 
 Pp. 1-32. 12°. Primer in the Dakota language. 
 
 1998 Dakota A B | Wowapi. | Eev. Philip Johnson, Kaga. | 
 
 New York | American Church Press Co., Ill East Ninth Street, j 
 
 1872. I jwp. 
 
 Pp. 1-23. 16°. 
 
 1999 Johnson {Sir William). Extracts of some Letters, from Sir Wil- 
 liam Johnson Bart, to Arthur Lee, M. D., F. E. S. on the Customs, 
 Manners, and Language of the Northern Indians of America. 
 
 In Royal Soc, [of London], Philosoph. Trans. , vol. 63, pp. 142-148. London, 
 1773. 8m.4". 
 
 Contains a few Mohawk terms. 
 
 2000 Extracts of some letters, from Sir William Johnson, Bart. 
 
 to Arthur Lee, M. D., F. E. S. on the customs, manners, and lan- 
 guage of the northern Indians of America. 
 
 In Am. Museum, vol. 5, pp. 19-21. Philadelphia, 1789. 8°. 
 
 2001 On the Customs, Manners, and Languages of the Indians 
 
 [of the Six Nations]. 
 
 In O'CaUaghan (E. B.) Doc. Hist, of New York, vol. 4, pp. 430-437. New 
 York, 1851. 8°. 
 
 Reprinted in Stone (W. L.) Life and Time of Sir William Johnson, vol. 2, 
 pp. 481-488. Albany, 1865. 8°. 
 
 2002 [Johnston (George).] The | Morning | and | Evening Prayer, j 
 translated from the | Book of Common Prayer | of the Protestant 
 Episcopal Church in the | United States of America, | together with 
 a selection j of Hymns. | 
 
 Detroit: | Geiger and Christian, Printers. | 1844. | ba. 
 
 1 p. 1., pp. 1-59. 12°. In the Ottawa language. 
 
 The Ten Commandments, pp. 27-28; Hymns, pp. 30-59, alternate EngUsh and 
 Ottawa. 
 
 2003 Vocabulary of the Ojibua of St. Mary's. 
 
 In Schoolcraft (H. K.) Indian Tribes, vol. 2, pp. 458-469. Philadelphia, 
 1852. 4°. 
 
 //'2004 Johnston (John). Account of the Present State of the Indian 
 Tribes inhabiting Ohio. In a Letter from John Johnston, Esq. 
 United States Agent of Indian Affairs, at Piqua, to Caleb Atwater, 
 Esq. Communicated to the President of the American Antiqua- 
 rian Society. 
 
 In Am. Ant. Soc, Trans., vol. 1, pp. 269-299. Worcester, 1820. 8°. 
 
382 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Johnston (John) — continued. 
 
 Vocabulary of the language of the Shawanoese, pp. 287-292 ; Speoimeu of the' 
 Wyandot language, pp. 292-297 ; Names of the rivers by the Shawanoese, pp. 
 297-299. 
 
 The Wyandot vocabulary reprinted in Schoolcraft (H. R.) Notes on the 
 Iroquois, pp. 292-400. 
 
 The Shawanoese and Wyandot vocabularies reprinted in Dodge (J. R.) Red 
 Men of the Ohio Valley, pp. 51-60. Springfield, 1860. 12°; and in Howe (H.) 
 Historical Collections of Ohio, pp. 590-594. Cincinnati, 1850. 8°. 
 
 2005 Johnston (William). Vocabulary of the Ojibwa of Michilimacknac. 
 
 In Schoolcraft (H. R.) Indian Tribes, vol. 2, pp. 458-469. Philadelphia, 
 1852. 4°. 
 
 2006 Jomard (Edme Francois). Langue des Indiens Cheyennes. 
 
 In Soc. de Geog., Bull., troisifeme s6rie, tome 6, pp. 384-386. Paris, 1846. 8°. 
 Comments on Lieut. Abert's Cheyenne vocabulary. 
 Reissued in the following : 
 
 2007 Kote sur les Botecudos, accompagn6e d'un Vocabulaire de 
 
 leur laugue et de quelques remarques. WE. 
 
 1 p. 1., pp. 1-13. 8°. Extrait du Bulletin de la Soci6t6 de Geographic. (No- 
 vembre et decembre 1846. ) 
 
 Langue des Indiens Cheyennes, pp. 8-10. 
 
 2008 Jones {Bev. David). A | Journal | of | Two Visits | made to some 
 Nations of | Indians | on the west side of the Eiver Ohio, | in the 
 Years 1772 and 1773. | By the Eev. David Jones, | Minister of the 
 Gospel at Freehold, in New-Jersey. | 
 
 Burlington: | Printed and sold by Isaac Collins: | M. DOC- 
 LXXIV [1774]. I HTJ. 
 
 Pp. i-iv, 5-95. 16". 
 
 The numerals, 1-10, a few terms, and remarks on the Shawannee language, 
 and the numerals, 1-10, of the Delaware, pp. 44-45. 
 
 2009 A I Journal | of | Two Visits Made to some Nations of In- | 
 
 dians on the West Side of the Eiver | Ohio, in the years 1772 and 
 1773. I By the | Eev. David Jones, | Minister of the Gospel at Free- 
 hold, in New Jerse.v. | With a | Biographical Notice of the Au- 
 thor, I by I Horatio Gates Jones, A. M., | Corresponding Secre- 
 tary Historical Society of Pennsylvania. | 
 
 New York: | Eeprinted for Joseph Sabin. | 1865. | C. BA. 
 
 Pp. i-xi, v-x, 11-127. 8°. Linguistics, pp. 61-62, 106-107. 
 
 L'OIO Jones (Electa F.) Stockbridge, | Past and Present; | or, records 
 of I an Old Mission Station. | By Miss Electa F. Jones. | 
 
 Springfield : | Samuel Bowles & Company. | 1854. | BA. c. 
 
 Pp. 1-275. 8°. 
 
 ■'The language of the Mnh-he-ka-ne-ok" (chiefly from Edwards), pp. 30-37, 
 contains a, short comparative vocabulary of the Muh-he-ka-neew, Shawanoe, 
 and Chippeway, pp. 31-32; Grammatical forms, p. 33; Lord's Prayer In the Lan- 
 guage of the Eastern Indians (from Eliot), p. 36 ; Lord's Prayer, in the dialect of 
 the Six Nations, pp. .36-37 ; Lord's Prayer in the dialect of the Stockbridge In- 
 dians, p. 37. 
 
JOHNSTON — JONES. 383 
 
 2011 Jones {Rev. Evan). Terms of Eelationship of the Mountain Cliero- 
 kee, collected by Eev. Evan Jones, Missionary. 
 
 In Morgan (L. H.) Systems of Consangumity and Affinity, pp. 293-382. Wash- 
 ington, 1871. 4°. 
 
 2012 [New Testament in Cherokee.] * 
 
 "The translation of the [Cherokee] New Testament was completed by Mr. 
 
 [E.] Jones in 1847." — Nnvoomb'a Cyolop. of Missions. 
 
 2013 , editor. The Cherokee Messenger. | [One line Cherokee 
 
 characters.] | Vol. I. August, 1844. No. 1. | [—Vol. I. May, 1846. 
 No. 12.] I [One line Cherokee characters.] ABC. c. 
 
 Pp. 1-192. 8°. A sixteen-page, two-column paper issued irregularly, mainly 
 devoted to religious and temperance topics; published by H. Upham. Cherokee, 
 Baptist Mission Press. It was printed almost entirely in Cherokee characters, 
 less than four columns of English appearing in the first number, and scarcely 
 anything but the titles of articles in the last. 
 
 A series of articles on Cherokee grammar began in No. 1, on pronouns, con- 
 tinued in Nos. 2, 6, 7, and 9 on verbs. 
 
 The title given above is the caption of No. 1. It is probable each issue had 
 outside cover with title-page; the only one I have seen, however, is that of No- 
 vember, 1845, which reads as follows: The Cherokee Messenger. | Edited by | 
 Evan Jones. | [Two lines Cherokee characters.] November 1845. | Cherokee: | 
 Baptist Mission Press. H. Upham, Publisher. | [Two lines Cherokee characters.] 
 1845. I 
 
 Perhaps these twelve numbers are all that was issued of this series. I have 
 seen one later issue: Vol. 1, No. 2, Sept., 1858, J. Buttrick Jones, Editor. Baptist 
 Mission, Cherokee Nation, Mark Tyger, Printer. 16 pp. 8°. 
 
 2014 and Jones (John Buttrick). The | Epistle of Paul, the 
 
 Apostle, I to the | Ephesians. | Translated into Cherokee, | for 
 the Am. Baptist Missionary Union, j by Evan Jones, and John B. 
 Jones. I [Five lines Cherokee characters.] 
 
 Cherokee: | Baptist Mission Press: H. Upham, Printer. | [Two 
 lines Cherokee characters.] | 1848. | c. 
 
 Pp. 1-24. 24°. In Cherokee characters. 
 
 2015 Jones (John). The Tower of Babel; or. Essays on the Confusion 
 of Tongues, from a ground-work of the late Mr. Le. Brigant, with 
 comparisons between the languages of the Old and New World, 
 and a defence of those rights which Ancient Britons derive from 
 the first European Settlement formed in America by a Prince of 
 Wales. By John Jones. 
 
 London: Theodore Page. [18001] * 
 
 92 pp. 8°. 
 
 An essay to establish the existence of a tribe of Welsh Indians and the dis- 
 covery of America by their ancestors. "We feel bold to refer unbelievers to 
 original papers in possession of Lady Juliana Penn, we mean the good and great 
 William Penn's M. S. Journals, where the Welsh Indians are frequently mentioned 
 without the least doubt of their existence." — Page 77 — Salin's Dictionary. 
 
384 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 2016 Jones (John) and Jones (_Bev. Peter). The | Gospel | according 
 to I St. John. I Translated into the Ohippeway Tongue | by John 
 Jones, I and | revised and corrected by Peter Jones, | Indian 
 Teachers. | 
 
 London : | Printed for the British and Foreign Bible Society, | 
 Instituted MDCCCIV. | 1831. ( 
 Secovd title: 
 
 Menwahjemoowin | kahezhebeegaid owh | St. John. | Ahneshe- 
 nahba anwaid keezhe ahnekahnootahbeung | owh | Thayendane- 
 gen, I kiya owh | Kahkewaquonaby, ( ahneshenahba kekenooah- 
 mahga-wenenewug. ( 
 
 London. | 1831. | JWP. BA. 
 
 280 unnumbered pp., alternate English and Chippeway. 16°. English title 
 verso ]. 1 ; Chippeway title recto 1. 2. 
 
 2017 Minuajimouin Gaizhibiiget | au | St. John. | The Gospel of 
 
 St. John I in the ] language of the Ojibwa Indians. | 
 
 Boston : | Printed for the American Board of Commissioners | for 
 Foreign Missions, by Crocker & Brewster. | 1838. | BA. ABC. JWP. 
 
 Pp. 1-83. 12°. Verso of title says : Translated by John and Peter Jones, native 
 religious teachers. 
 
 2018 Jones (John Buttrick). Vocabulary of the Cherokee; mountain 
 dialect. 
 
 Manuscript. 1011. 4°. 200 words. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. 
 CoUected in 1866. 
 
 See note to Jones (E.), editor. 
 
 See Jones (E.) and Jones (J. B.) 
 
 2019 Jones {Eev. N. W.) Ko. I. | Indian Bulletin | for 1867. | Contain- 
 ing a brief | Account of the North American Indians, | and the | 
 Interpretation of many Indian names. | By | Eev. N. W. Jones. | 
 
 New York: | Printed by 0. A. Alvord, | 1867. | c. jwp. lsh. 
 
 Pp. 1-16. 8°. Imprint of printed cover reads : New York : | C. A. Alvord, 15 
 Vandewater Street. | 1867. | 
 
 Interpretation of Indian Names in New York, p. 13 ; on Long Island, pp. 13-14; 
 inPeunsylvania, p. 14; in New Jersey, pp. 14-15 ; in Massachusetts, p. 15 ; in Con- 
 necticut, pp. 15-16; in Rhode Island, p. 16; in New Hampshire, p. 16; in Maine, 
 p. 16. 
 
 2020 No. II. I Indian Bulletin | for 1868. | Containing a brief | 
 
 Account of Chinese Voyages to the North-west | coast of Amer- 
 ica. I And the | Interpretation of 200 Indian names. | By I Eev. 
 N. W. Jones. | 
 
 New York: | Printed by C. A. Alvord | 1869. | o. JWP. LSH. 
 
 Pp. 1-26. 8°. 
 
 Interpretation of Indian Names in New York, pp. 12-14 ; on Long Island, pp. 14- 
 15; in Pennsylvania, pp. 15-16; in New Jersey, pp. 16-17; in Delaware, p. 18 ; in 
 Maryland, p. 18; in Maine, pp. 18-20; in New Hampshire, pp. 20-21; in Massa- 
 chusetts, pp. 21-23; onNantucket, p. 23; in Rhode Island, pp. 23-25 ; in Connec- 
 ticut, pp. 25-26; Western Indian Names, p. 26. 
 
JONES. 385 
 
 Jones {Rev, N. W.) — continued. 
 
 2021 Notes upon the Esopus Indians [Algonkin family] and 
 
 their Language. By the Rev. N. W. Jones. BA. 
 
 In Ulster Hist. Soc, Coll., vol. 1, pp. 92-96. Kingston, 1860. 8°. 
 
 A few Minsi words, with English significations, pp. 94-95. 
 
 1022 Jones (Bev. Peter). Ojebway Spelling Book. * 
 
 Translated 1828. Title from Sahin's Dictionary. 
 
 2023 Parts of the | New Testament | of our | Lord aud Saviour | 
 
 Jesus Christ, | translated into the Chippewa tongue, | from the 
 Gospel by St. Matthew. | By Peter Jones, | Native Missionary. ( 
 Pungkeh | ewh Ooshke .M ahzenahekun | Tepahjemindt owh | ke- 
 lookemahwenon kahnahnauntahweenungk | Jesus Christ. | Ahne- 
 shenahpay anwadt keezhe ahnekahrootahpe | ekahtaigk ewh oote- 
 pahjemoowin owh | St. Matthew. | Kahahnekahnootahpeungk | 
 owh kah kewaqonnaby, ) ahneshenahpay makahtawekoonakya. | 
 
 York : | Printed at the U. C. Gazette Oflce, by Eobert Stanton. | 
 1829. I V. 
 
 Pp. 1-32. 8°. Matthew, chaps, i-vii; 2 columns, Chippewa and English. 
 
 2024 Nahkahnoonun | kanahnahkahmoowaudt | ekewh | ahne- 
 
 sheuahpaegk anahmeahchik. | Kahahnekahnootahpeungken owh | 
 kahkewaquonnaby, | ahneshenahpa makahtawekoonnahya. | 
 
 New York, | Printed at the Conference Office | By J. CoUord. | 
 1829. I 
 
 Second title: 
 
 Collection | of | Hymns | for | the Use of Native Christians | of 
 the I Chippeway Tongue. | Translated by Peter Jones, | Native Mis- 
 sionary. I 
 
 New York, | Printed at the Conference Office | By J. CoUord. | 
 1829. I s. 
 
 Pp. 2-37, 3-37, alternate pages Chippewa and English. 32°. English hymns, pp. 
 38-92. 
 
 2025 Netum | ewh oomahzenahegun owh Moses, | Genesis | 
 
 azhenekahdaig. | Kahahnekahuootamahmoobeung owh kahkewa- 
 qunaby, | ahneshenahba makohdawekoonahya. | 
 
 Toronto: ( Printed for the Toronto Auxiliary Bible Society, | at 
 the Christian Guardian Office. | 1835. | 
 
 Second title: 
 
 The First Book of Moses, | called | Genesis. | 
 
 Toronto: | Translated by P. Jones, for the Auxiliary Bible So- 
 ciety. I Guardian Office.— J. H.Lawrence, Printer. | 1835. | BA.A.BS. 
 
 Pp. 1-178. 12". In the Chippewa language. Chippewa title recto 1. 1 ; Eng- 
 lish title recto 1. 2. 
 2026 Part of the Book of Genesis in the Chippewa Language. 
 
 Boston : American Board of Commissioners for Foreign Missions : 
 
 1835. * 
 
 Title from Bagster's Bible of Every Land. 
 
 25 Bib 
 
386 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS 
 
 Jones {Rev. Peter) — continued. 
 
 2027 Kvgt'mouint'n | Gen«)n«gt;mouat | igiu | Anishinabeg 
 
 Aui^miajig. | 
 Boston : | Printed for the American Board of Commissioners | for 
 
 Foreign Missions, by Crocker & Brewster. | 1836. | BA. abc. jwp. 
 
 Pp. 1-52. 12°. Hymns in the Chippewa language. 
 
 A note on the reverse of the title says these hymns were taken from a collec- 
 tion prepared by Mr. Peter Jones, an Ojibwa convert and licensed preacher, the 
 only alteration consisting in substituting the orthography of Mr. Pickering for 
 that used by Mr. Jones. 
 
 For later editions, see Jones {Bev. P.), Evans (Eev. J.), and Henry (G.) 
 
 2028 Hymns for the use of Native Christians of the Chippeway 
 
 Nation ; also, several Hymns for Sabbath Schools of Native Chil- 
 dren. 
 
 In Collection of Hymns * * * of the Iroquois, pp. 37-45, 37-45 (double num- 
 bers). New York, 1827. 8°. 
 
 2029 History | of the | Ojebway Indians; | with especial refer- 
 ence to their I Conversion to Christianity. | By | Eev. Peter Jones, | 
 (Kahkewaquonaby,) | Indian Missionary. | With a brief | Memoir 
 of the Writer; | and | Introductory Notice by the Eev. G. Osborn, 
 D.D., I Secretary of the Wesley an Methodist ( Missionary Society. | 
 London: | A. W. Bennett, 5, Bishopsgate Street Without, j 
 Houlston and Wright, Paternoster Eow. | [1861.] BA. c. 
 
 Pp. i-viii, 1-278. 12°. 
 
 Names of the seasons and months, pp. 135-136; Specimens of Indian proper 
 names, with literal translations, pp. 161-162, 163-164 ; A short vocabulary of words 
 in use among the settlers, "spelled in English," " as pronounced by Indians," and 
 their signification, p. 164. 
 
 "The Indian Languages,'' pp. 178-190, contains general remarks and vocabu- 
 laries of 20 words, of the following: 
 
 Ojebway, Munsee, Onondaga, 
 
 Odahwah, Cree, Seneca, 
 
 Poodawahduhme, Mohawk, Oneida, 
 
 Delaware, Cayuga, Tuscarora. 
 
 Conjugation of the verb "to walk" in Ojebway; "Specimen of an Ochepwa 
 verb : Waubi, He sees," and the Lord's Prayer in Ojebway. 
 
 See Jones (.1.) and Jones (Sev. P.) 
 
 2030 [ , Evans {Bev. James), and Henry (George).] Ojibue | N«- 
 
 g^mouin^n, | Geaiouajin | igiu | anishinabeg envmiajig. | 
 
 Boston: | Printed for the American Board of Commissioners | 
 for Foreign Missions, by Crocker & Brewster, j 1844. | ba. 
 
 Pp. i-xii, 9-212. 16°. Hymns in the Chippewa language. 
 
 The preface to the above work says these hymns were collected from the 
 Hymn Book of the Rev. Peter Jones, and that prepared by Rev. James Evans 
 and George Henry, the latter published by the Am. Tract Society, N. Y. The 
 orthography was changed. 
 
 For an earlier edition, see Jones (Bev. P.) 
 
JONES. 387 
 
 Jones (Rev. P.), Evans (Bev. J.), and Henry (G.) — continued. 
 
 2031 A Collection | of | Ohippeway and English | Hymns, | for 
 
 the use of the Native Indians. | Translated by Peter Jones, | Indian 
 Missionary. | To which are added | a few hymns translated by the 
 Eev. I James Evans and George Henry. | [Two lines Scripture.] 
 
 New York : | Published by Lane and Tippett, | for the Missionary 
 Society of the M. E. Church | 200 Mulberry-Street. | 1847. | 
 
 Second title : 
 
 Ojebway | Nuhguhmonun, kanuhnuhguhmowahjin | Owh Kah- 
 kewaquonaby, | uhneshenahba kuhgeequawenene. | Kuhya dush 
 go pungee enewh Ojebway | nuhguhmonuu kahahnekuhnootuhmo- 
 beeuh- | mowahjin egewh mookegeezhig kuhya | mongwuhdaus. | 
 [Two lines Scripture in Ojibway.] 
 
 New York: | Publishedby Lane and Tippett, | for the Missionary 
 Society of the M. B. Church | 200 Mulberry-Street. ( 1847. | BA. 
 
 Pp. i-vi, 1-289, alternate English and Chippeway. 24°. 
 
 2032 A Collection | of j Chippeway and English | Hymns, | for 
 
 the use of the native Indians. | Translated by Peter Jones, ) Indian 
 Missionary. | To which are added | a few hymns translated by the 
 Eev. James j Evans and George Henry. | [Two lines quotation.] 
 
 New- York: | Published by Lane and Scott, | for the Missionary 
 Society of the M. E. Church, | 200 Mulberry-Street. | 1851. | 
 
 Second title: 
 
 Ojebway | Nuhguhmonuu, | kanuhnuhguhmowahjin | Egewh 
 Uhneshenahbaig. | Kahahnekuhnootuhmobeeungin J owh Kah- 
 kewaquonaby, | uhneshenahba kuhgeequawenene. | Kuhya dush 
 go pungee enewh Ojebway | nuhguhmonuu, kahahnekuhnootuhmo- 
 beeuh- | mowahjin egewh mookegeezhig kuhya | mongwuhdaus. | 
 [Three lines quotations.] 
 
 New York: | Published by Lane and Scott, | for the Missionary 
 Society of the M. E. Church, | 200 Mulberry-Street. | 1851. | JWP. 
 
 Pp. i-vi, 1 1., pp. 3-289, alternate English and Chippewa. 24°. English title 
 verso 1. 1; Indian title recto 1. 2. 
 
 Triibner, Bib. Hisp. 1870, gives the English title of an edition : New York, 
 1853, vi, 290 pp. 24°. 
 
 2033 '■ — Ojebway | Nuhguhmonuu, | kanuhnuhguhmowahjin | 
 
 egewh uhneshenahbaig. | Kahahnekuhnootuhmobeeungin | owh 
 kahkewaquonaby, | uhneshenahba kuhgeequawenene. | Kuhya 
 dush go pungee enewh Ojebway | nuhguhmonuu, kahahnekuhnoo- 
 tuhmobeeuh- | mowahjin egewh mookegeejhg kuhya | mongwuh- 
 daus. I [Three lines quotation.] 
 
 Cincinnati : Published by John D. Thorpe, | for the Chippewa 
 and Ottawa Mission Presbyterian Board, | Little Traverse, Middle 
 Village. I 74 West Fourth Street. | 1857. | s. 
 
 Pp. 1-144. 32°. 
 
388 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Jones {Bev. P.), Evans {Bev. J.), and Henry (G.) — continued. 
 
 2034 A Collection | of | Ojebway and English | Hymns, | for the 
 
 use of the Native Indians. | Translated | by the late Eev. Peter 
 Jones, I Wesleyan Indian Missionary. | To which are added a few 
 Hymns | translated by the Eev. James | Evans and George 
 Henry. | [One line quotation.] 
 
 Toronto : | Printed for the Wesleyan Missionary Society, at | the 
 Conference Ofi&ce, 9, Wellington Buildings, | 1860. | 
 
 Second title : 
 
 Ojebway | Nuhguhmonun, | kanuhnuhguhmowahjin | egewh 
 uhneshenahbaig ( kahahnekuhnootuhmobeeungin | OwhKahkewa- 
 quonaby, | ubneshenahba kuhgeequawenene. | Kuhya dush go 
 pungee enewh Ojebway nuhguh- | monun, kahahnekuhnootuhmo- 
 beeuhmowahjin | egewh, mookegeezhig kuhya mongwuhdaus. | 
 [Two lines quotation.] 
 
 Toronto : | Printed for the Wesleyan Missionary Society, at | the 
 Conference Office, 9, Wellington Buildings, | 18G0. | gb. 
 
 Pp. i-vi, 1-236. 16°. Englisli title verso 1. 1 (p. 2); Indian title recto 1.2 
 (p.'3). 
 
 2035 A Collection | of | Ojebway and English j Hymns, | for the 
 
 use of the native Indians. | Translated | by the late Eev. Peter 
 Jones, I Wesleyan Indian Missionary. | To which are added a few 
 hymns trans- | lated by the Eev. James Evans | and George 
 Henry. | [Two lines quotation.] 
 
 Toronto: | Printed for the Methodist Missionary Society, j at the 
 Methodist Conference Office. | 1877. | 
 
 Second title: 
 
 Ojebway | Nuhguhmonun, | kanuhnuhguhmowahjin | Egewh 
 Uhneshenahbaig | kahahnekuhnootuhmobeeungin | owh Kahke- 
 waquonaby, | ubneshenahba kuhgeequawenene. | Kuhya dush go 
 pungee enewh Ojebway nuh- | guhmonun, kahahnekuhnootuhmo- 
 beeuh- | mowahjin egewh, mookegeezhig | kuhya mongwuhdaus. | 
 [Three lines quotation.] 
 
 Toronto: | Printed for the Methodist Missionary Society, j at the 
 Methodist Conference Office. | 1^77. ) jvpp. 
 
 Pp. i-vi, 1 1. , pp. 3-234. 16°. English title verso 1. 1 ; Chippewa title recto 1. 2. 
 
 2036 A Collection | of | Chippeway and English | Hymns, | for 
 
 the use of the native Indians. | Translated by Peter Jones, | Indian 
 Missionary. | To which are added | a few hymns translated by the 
 Eev. James | Evans and George Henry. | [Two lines quotation.] 
 
 New York: | Nelson & Phillips. | Cincinnati: Hitchcock & Wal- 
 den. I Sunday school Department, j [n. d.] 
 
 Second title : 
 
 Ojebway | Nuhguhmonun, j kanuhnuhguhmowahjin | egewh 
 uhneshenahbaig. | Kahahnekuhnootuhmobeeungin | owh Kahke- 
 
JONES. 389 
 
 Jones (Rev. P.), Evans [Bev. J.), and Henry (G.) — continued. 
 
 waquouaby, | uhneshenahba kuhgeequawenene | kuhya dush go 
 pungee enewh Ojebway | nuhguhmonun, kahahnekuhnootuhmo- 
 beeuh- | mowahjin egewh mookegeezhig kuhya | mongwuhdaus | 
 [Three lines quotation.] 
 
 New York : | Nelson & Phillips. | Cincinnati : Hitchcock & Wal- 
 den. I Sunday-school Department. | [n. d.] jwp. 
 
 Pp. i-vi, 11., pp. 3-289, alternate English and Chippewa. 24°. English title 
 verso 1. 1 ; Chippewa title recto 1. 2. 
 
 2037 A Collection | of | Chippeway and English | Hymns, | for 
 
 the use of the Native Indians. | Translated by Peter Jones, | Indian 
 Missionary. | To which are added | a few Hymns translated by the 
 Eev. James j Evans and George Henry. | [Two lines quotation.] 
 
 New York: | Published by Carlton & Porter, | for the Missionary 
 Society of the M. E. Church, | 200 Mulberry- Street. | [n. d.] 
 
 Second title : 
 
 Ojebway | Nuhguhmonun, | kanuhnuhguhmowahjin | egewh 
 Uhneshenahbaig. | Kahahnekuhnootuhmobeeungin | owh Kahke- 
 waquonaby, | uhneshenahba kuhgeequawenene | kuhya | dush go 
 pungee enewh Ojebway | nuhguhmonun, kahahnekuhnootuhmo- 
 beeuh- | mowahjin egewh mookegeezhig kuhya | mongwuhdaus. | 
 [Three lines quotation.] 
 
 New York': | Published by Carlton & Porter, | for the Missionary 
 Society of the M. E. Church, | 200 Mulberry-Street. | [n. d.] gb. 
 
 Pp. i-vi, 1-289. 24°. English title verso 1. 1 (p. ii) ; Indian title recto 1. 2 
 (p. iii). "Advertisement to the Second Edition,'' p. 3. 
 
 2038 Jones (Pomroy). Annals | and | Eecollections | of | Oneida 
 County. I [Seven lines quotation.] | By Pomroy Jones. | 
 
 Eome: | Published by the Author. | 1851. | A. 
 
 Pp. i-Kvi, 1-893. 8°. 
 
 Names of localities in Indian, with English significations, pp. 871-872. 
 
 Jones (Thomas Eupert), editor. 
 See Royal Society [of London]. 
 
 2039 Jones [Capt. William A.) 48d Congress, 1st Session. House of 
 Eepresentatives. Ex. Doc. No. 285. | Eeport | upon | the Eecon- 
 naissance [ of | Northwestern Wyoming, | made in | the summer of 
 1873 I by I William A. Jones, | Captain of Engineers U. S. A. | 
 
 Washington : | Government Printing Ofiice. | 1874. | jwp. 
 
 Pp. i-v, 1-210. 8°. maps. 
 
 Putnam (J. D.) Entomological Eeport [names of insects and colors in the 
 Shoshone language], pp. 206-210. 
 
 2040 Eeport | upon | the Eeconnaissance | of | Northwestern 
 
 Wyoming, | including | Yellowstone National Park, | made in | 
 the summer of 1873 | by | William A. Jones, | Captain of Engineers 
 U. S. A. I With Appendix. | 
 
390 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Jones (Capt. William A.) — continued. 
 
 Washington: | Government Printing Office. | 1875. | JWP. 
 
 Pp. i-vi, 1-331. 8°. maps. 
 
 Comstock (T. B.) Geological Report [Chap. 15, Philological Notes], pp. 85- 
 291. 
 
 Putnam (J. D.) Entomological Report [includes names of insects and colors 
 in the Shoshone language], pp. 315-318. 
 
 2041 Jordan [Capt. Thomas). Vocabulary of the Cayuse. 
 
 Manuscript. 3 11. folio. 180 words. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. 
 
 2042 Jorensen (Thoger). Nagdliutorsiutit ernaglit. 
 
 Nungme, 1875. * 
 
 94 pp. 12°. Psalms in Eskimo. — Bink. 
 
 Jorgensen (H. F.) 
 See Eleinschmidt (S.) 
 
 2043 Juarez (D. Diego). Memorial de cosas memorables en mexicano. * 
 
 Title from Pimentel. 
 
 2044 Juarros (D. Domingo). Compendio | dela Historiadela Ciudad | 
 de I Guatemala. | Bscrito por el Br. D. Domingo Juarros, | Preslii- 
 tero Secular de este Arzobispado. | Tomo I. | Que comprendre los 
 prelim mi n aires | de dicha Historia. | [Tomo II. | Contiene un croni- 
 con del Eeyno de | Guatemala.] | 
 
 Con licencia, en Guatemala. | Por D. Iguacio Beteta, | Ano de 
 1808. I c. 
 
 2 vols. sm. 4°. Contains many references to the native languages of Central 
 America. 
 
 V 2045 A I Statistical and Commercial | History | of the Kingdom 
 
 of Guatemala, | in | Spanish America: | containing ( important 
 particulars relative to its productions, | manufactures, customs, &c. 
 &c. &c. I With an account of its | conquest by the Spaniards, | and 
 a narrative of the principal events down to | the present time : | 
 from original records in the archives; actual observations; | and 
 other authentic sources. | By Don Domingo Juarros, | a native of 
 New Guatemala. | Translated by J. Baily, Lieutenant R. M. | Em- 
 bellished with two maps. | 
 
 London: | Printed for John Hearne, 81, Strand; | by J. F. Dove, 
 St. John's Square. | 1823. | o. 
 
 Pp. i-viii, 1-520. 8°. maps. Linguistic contents as above. 
 
JONES KALADLIT. 391 
 
 2046 Eagakimzouiasis | Ueji | Uo'banakiak | Adali Kimo'gik Aliuit- 
 zo'ki I za Plasua. | 
 
 Imprim6 par Frechette & Cie. | Eue Lamontagne, No. 25, Basse- 
 Ville, Qu6bec. | 1832. | v. JWP. lsh. 
 
 Pp. 1-44. 16°. In tlie Abnaki (?) language. 
 Primer, pp. 1-8, followed by a Roman Catholic catechism, acts, prayers, &c. 
 
 2047 Kaiserliche Akademie der Wissenschaften. Fiewwa. Sitzungsberichte | 
 der kaiserlichen | Akademie der Wissenschaften. | Philosophisch- 
 bistorische Classe. | Erster [-89J Band. | 
 
 Wien : | Aus der k. k. Hof- imd Staatsdruckcrei. | In Commission 
 ber W. Braumiiller, Bucbhandler des k. k. Hofes und der | k. Aka- 
 demie der Wissenschaften. ( 1848 [-1878]. | ba. 
 
 89 vols. 8°. 
 
 Miiller ( F. ) Der grammatische Ban der Algonkin Sprachen, Band ij6, 
 pp. 133-154. 
 — Scberzer ( Dr. K. ) Sprachen der Indianer Central-Amerikas, Band 15, 
 
 pp. 28-37. 
 
 2048 Kaladlit. Kaladlit Assillaliait | Grjiinlandske Traesnit. | Kirken, 
 Seminariet og Inspektenrboligen | ved Kolonien Godthaab. | 
 
 Godthaab. | Trykt I Inspektoratets Bogtrykkeri af L. M^i^Uer | 
 og E : Bertbelseu. | 1860. | jwp. c. 
 
 Title and 25 pp. 4°. 
 
 Thirty-nine engravings designed and engraved on wood by Eskimos of (Jreen- 
 laud. It is probable the copies seen by me are imperfect, as Field, No. 810, says: 
 Title, 2 pp. text, 39 engi'avings and a folding colored plate. 
 
 These interesting engravings are the result of some experiments made be- 
 tween the years 1858-60, to determine whether among the Eskimos there existed 
 taste or genius for this branch of the arts. They were all engraved, and, with the 
 exception of Nos. 1-8, designed by five or six natives, without any other assist- 
 ance than the furnishing of the wood and of the most necessary instruments. 
 The greater part of these engravings are the work of an Eskimo named Awn, 
 who has received no more than the common education of his countrymen. — 
 Behrendt Sale Cat., No. 2342. 
 
 2049 Kaladlit Assilialiait | ou | quelques gravures, dessin^es et 
 
 gravies ( sur bois | par | des Esquimaux du Gronland. | [Picture 
 of a ship, with two lines explanation in French. | 
 
 Godthaab | Imprim^ cbez I'Inspecteur du Groenland Meridional | 
 par L: Mjiiller et E: Berthelsen. | 1860. | to- 
 
 25 11. Prints with Eskimo titles. 
 
 2050 Kaladlit Okallaktual- | liait. | kalMlisut kablunatudlo. | 
 
 Attuakset siurdliaet. | 
 
392 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Kaladlit — continued. 
 
 Noungme. | Nunnap Ealegata Nakitteriviane Nakitat | L. M01- 
 lermit, | Irsigirsoralugo E : Berthelsen. | 1869 [-1863]. | 
 Second title : 
 
 GronlandskeFolkesagsen, | opskrevneogmeddeelteaflndf^dte, | 
 med dansk Overssettelse. | F0rste [-Fjerde] Bind. | Medtraesnit, | 
 tegnede og udskaaresse af | en indfji^dt. | 
 
 Godthaab. | Trykt I Inspectoratets Bogtrykkeri | af L: Miller, | 
 under tilsyn af bjelpelserer | E. Berthelsen. | 1859 [-1863]. | BA. c. 
 
 4 vols. 8°. 1859: 4p. 11., 137 pp., ll.,8pp. mnsic; 1860: 4 p. 11., 111pp., charts; 
 1861: 4 p. U., 136 pp., 12 pp. illustrations, numbered 1-12 f 1863: 3 p. 11., 123 pp., 
 alternate Eskimo and Danlsli. 
 
 Greenlaudish folklore; popular tales and legends. The Illustrations were 
 made by native Greenlanders. Rink, in "Eskimoeske Eventyr og SagD," says 
 Berthelsen (Rasmus) aided in the translations. 
 
 2051 Kane (Paul). Wanderings of an Artist | among the | Indians of 
 North America | from Canada | to Vancouver's Island and Ore- 
 gon I through the Hudson's Bay Company's Territory | and | back 
 again. | By Paul Kane. | 
 
 London | Longman, Brown, Green, Longmans, and Eoberts. | 
 1859. I BA. 0. 
 
 Pp. i-xviii, 1-455, 4 U. 8°. maps. 
 
 List of Indian tribes inhabiting northwest coast of America (census of 1846); 
 4 unnumbered 11. at end. 
 
 2052 Kanzi {Dr. Pazoa). Gospel of St. Luke in the Mexican Language. 
 
 British and Foreign Bible Society. [About 1829.] * 
 
 Title from Bagsttr's Bible of Every Land. See Evangelio de S. Lucas, No. 1242. 
 
 2053 Karo ron, | ne | Te ye rihwahgwatha. | [Four lines quotation.] 
 
 Brantford : | Printed at the Courier Office. | 1877. | gb. 
 
 Pp. 1-53. 32°. Hymns in the Mohawk language. See Hill (A. H.) for earlier 
 editions. 
 
 2054 Katekismuse. Katekismuse j Luterim | Aglega | Tersa | Iliuiarkau- 
 tiksset Gudimiglo pekkorsejnig- | lo innungnut nalegeksaeunik, pi- 
 dluarsin- | naungorkudlugit nunametidlutik | tokublo kingorn- 
 gagut. I 
 
 Kiobenhavnime, | Pingajuks^nik nakittarsimarsok | 1797. | 
 
 1. E. Thielimit. | JWP. 
 
 Pp. 1-22. 16°. Luther's Catechism in the Eskimo language. Also reprint: 
 
 2055 Katekismuse | Luterim | Aglega. | Tersa | Iliniarkdutik- 
 
 saet Gudimiglo pekkorsejnig- | lo innungnut nalegekssennik, pidlu- 
 arsiu, | naungorkudlugit nunametidlutik | tokublo kingorngagut. | 
 
 Kiobenhavnime, | llliarsuiu iglosenne fissameksdnik nakittarsi- 
 marsok I 1816 I C. F. Schubartimit. | c. 
 Pp. 1-24. 16°. 
 See Ajokaersutit oppersartut; also Egede (Paul). 
 
entliallend den lalcchismus, BdiacUimg, Gesang. 
 
 Die kaiserliclie m aacb kooigliche BudidrDckerci 
 bat es gedrncU 
 
 Ln^p^ mnno 5^0^ 
 
 in der liaiseilichen Sladl Wicn in Ocslcrreidi 
 
 iMf?Mr^?**"ln^^=&-$''*s&4&*'J5AR 
 
 2057.— FAC-SIMILE OF TITLE-PAGE OF KAUDER'S CATECHISM, ETC. 
 
K A LAD I -IT — K A UDER. 
 
 393 
 
 2056 Kattitsiomarsut attuaromarsullo Malligekseit. 
 
 Gnadau, 1835. • 
 
 8°. Gfreenland primer; reprint of Groenlandsk A 13 D Bog. Reprinted: Kjo- 
 benhavn, Missions-Collegium, 1849, 20 pp. 8°.—Ludev}ig. 
 
 
 
 _pc 
 
 omp 
 
 Buchdracterei 
 
 0^? fy? 
 
 (ilballtod den lalcchisigiH, lelracnluifg, 
 
 LcxJ^? A ^ n_i 
 
 tie kaiserlicbe trie agch liiijigUch: 
 Jul (s gedrackl 
 
 Loi-P^rmio 
 
 io ill kaiserlichen Slult Witn in Oc'tnrreidi 
 
 ^^^ 
 
 ^^^ 
 
 2057 Zander (Rev. Christian). Buch | das gut | enthaltend den Kate- 
 chismus, Betrachtung, Gesang. | 
 
 Die kaiserliche wie auch konigliche Buchdruckerei | hat es ge- 
 druckt I in der kaiserlichen Stadt Wien in Oesterreich | 1866. | s. 
 
 Catechismus, 4 p. 11., pp. 1-14'i; Betrachtungsbuch, pp. 1-111; Gesangbuch, 
 pp. 1-210. 
 
 This embraces two other works, as follows: 
 
 2058 Buch I das gut | enthaltend den Katechismus, Betrach 
 
 tung. I ■ 
 
 Die kaisiTliche wie auch konigliche buchdruckerei | hat es ge- 
 druckt in derkaiserlichen Stadt Wien in Oesterreich. | 1866. | hu. s. 
 
 4 p. 11., pp. 1-146, 1-109, 1 1. 12°. ' ' 
 
 2059 
 
 Buch I das gut | enthaltend den Gesang. 
 
 Die kaiserliche wie auch konigliche Buchdruckerei | hat es ge 
 druckt I in der kaiserlichen Stadt Wien in Oesterreich, | 1866. | hu. s. 
 
 4 p. 11., pp. 1-210. 12°. 
 
 These works are printed in special characters for the use of the Mikmak In- 
 dians. The titles are also in those characters, with the German equivalent un- 
 derneath each. 
 
 The following note is from Mr. J. G. Shea's introduction to Le Cleroq's First 
 Establishment of the Faith : 
 
394 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Eauder (Her. Christian) — continued. 
 
 As these Heroglypliics are still in nse among the Micmacs, who write and 
 read them, and a font of type for them has actually been oast at Vienna, in which 
 a prayer-book has been printed in our day, through the exertions of Rev. Charles 
 Kander, a Redemptorist missionary, who spent some years at Tracadie, it will not 
 be out of place to give [Father Christian] Le Clercq's own words: 
 
 "The easy method which I found for teaching our Gaspesians their prayers 
 with certain characters which I have formed, effectually convinces me that the 
 majority would soon become instructed ; for, indeed, I should find no more diffi- 
 culty, in teaching them to read than to pray to God by my papers, in which each 
 arbitrary letter signifies a particular word, and some even two together. They 
 80 readily grasp this kind of reading that they learn in a single day what they 
 would never have been able to retain in a whole week without the aid of these 
 cards, which they call Kignamotinoer or Kateguerme. They preserve these in- 
 structive papers so carefully and prize them so highly that they keep them very 
 neatly in little bark cases adorned with wampum, beads, and porcupine quills. 
 They hold them in their hands as we do our prayer-books during holy mass, after 
 which they replace them in their cases. The main utility and advantage result- 
 ing from this new method is that the Indians teach one another, wherever they 
 may happen to be. Thus the children teach the father, the wife her husband, 
 and children the aged, their great age giving them no repugnance to learn from 
 their little nephews, and even from girls, the principles of Cbristianity. 
 
 " It is, therefore, easy to judge hereby of the use of these characters to a mis- 
 sionary who wishes to produce a great deal of fruit in a short time throughout 
 the whole extent of his district ; for, poor as our Indians' memory may be, they 
 can not only easily learn their prayers by these characters, but when they forget 
 them it is easy to bring them to mind again by counting them one after another, 
 in the manner shown them. 
 
 " Our Lord inspired me with this method the second year of my mission, when, 
 being greatly embarrassed as to the mode in which I should teach the Indians 
 to pray, I noticed some children making marks on birch bark with coal, and they 
 pointed to them with their fingers at every word of the prayer which they pro- 
 nounced. This made me think that by giving them some form which would aid 
 their memory by iixed characters, I should advance much more rapidly than by 
 teaching on the plan of making them repeat over and over what I said. I was 
 charmed to know that I was not deceived, and that these characters which I bad 
 traced on paper produced all the effect I desired, so that in a few days they learned 
 all their prayers without difficulty. I caunot describe to you the ardor with 
 which these poor Indians competed with each other in praiseworthy emulatinu 
 which should be the most learned and the ablest. It costs, indeed, much time 
 and pains to make all that thej' require, and especially since 1 enlarged them so 
 as to include all the prayers of the Church, with the sacred mysteries of the 
 Trinity, Incarnation, Baptism, Penance, and the Eucharist. But, after all, what 
 ought we not to do for God's sake? 
 
 "As I sought in this little formulary only the good of my Indians and the 
 easiest and readiest method of instructing them, I always used them with greater 
 pleasure since several persons of merit and virtue have been kind enough orally 
 and in letters to exhort me to continue, even forcing me to send specimens to 
 them in France, in order to show the curious a new method of learning to read, 
 and how God avails Himself of the least things to manifest the glory of His holy 
 name to these tribes of Gasp^sie. The approbation of Monseigneur de Saint 
 Valier, now Bishop of Quebec, has more than sufficiently authorized their use, 
 and that worthy prelate has esteemed them so highly that after witnessing in 
 person their advantage and utility in a very painful voyage which he made to 
 Acadia, he asked some specJimens from the Rev. Father Moreau, to whom I had 
 imparted them some years before." 
 
KAUDEE KEATING. 395 
 
 Zander (Rev. Christian)— contimied. 
 
 Mr. Shea, in the Historical Magazine, vol. 5, p. 259, says : 
 
 " A manuscript in this character Is said to exist in one of the public libraries 
 at Paris, and steps have been taken to have It copied In whole or in part. As 
 described to me, it is of the seventeenth century ; and it may possibly bo one of 
 those sent to France by Father Le Clercq himself, who states that he was re- 
 quested to furnish specimens, and did so. From its age, it will be' of great value 
 for comparison. 
 
 "Of the last century I know one specimen in the British Museum, of which 
 Mr. E. G. Squier has shown me a copy that he made." 
 
 2060 Eanmajok | nellojunnik | kaumatsitiksak. | [Design.] ats. 
 
 N. p.,n. d. 1 p. 1., pp. 1-8. sq. 24°. Bible lessons in the Eskimo dialect of 
 Labrador. Published also in the Greenland dialect, as follows: 
 
 2061 Eauinarsok naellursunnut | kaumarsautiksak. | [Picture.] ats. 
 
 N.p.,n.d. 1 p. 1., pp. 1-8. 24°. 
 
 2062 Kautz (August Valentine). Vocabulary of the Indians of the 
 Pueblo of Isleta, N. Mex. 
 
 Manuscript. 10 11. 4°. Collected in 1869. 
 
 2063 Vocabulary of the Too-too-ten. 
 
 Manuscript. 6 11. folio. 180 words. 
 
 Tlese manuscripts are in the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. 
 
 2064 Eeane (A. H.) Appendix. Ethnography and Philology of Amer- 
 ica. By A. H. Keane. 
 
 In Bates (H. W.) Central America, the West Indies, &c., pp. 451-561. Lon- 
 don, 1878. 8°. 
 
 Languages — Polysynthesls, Consequences, Syncope — Letter-change — Evanes- 
 cence — Vast number of American languages accounted for — Their classification, 
 pp. 451-459. 
 
 General scheme of American races and languages, pp. 460-483, as follows: 
 
 Sub Arctic races, Columbian races, 
 
 Athabascan or Tinney family, Calif orni an races, 
 
 Algonquin family, Shoshonee and Pawnee families, 
 
 Wyandot-Iroquois family, New Mexican and Arizona races, 
 
 Dacotah family, Mexican races, 
 
 Appalachian races. Central American races. 
 
 Alphabetical list of all known American tribes and languages, pp. 498-561. 
 
 2065 American Indians. 
 
 In Encyclopaedia Biitannica, ninth edition, vol. 12, pp. 823-830. New York, 
 ■ 1881. 4°. 
 
 Remarks on language, pp. 823-824. 
 
 2066 Keating ( William H. ) Narrative | of | An Expedition | to the | 
 Source of St. Peter's Eiver, | Lake Winnepeek, Lake of the 
 Woods, I &c. &c. I Performed in the year 1823, | by order of | the 
 Hon. J. C. Calhoun, Secretary of War, | under the command of | 
 Stephen H. Long, Major U. S. T. E. | Compiled from the Notes of 
 Major Long, Messrs. Say, | Keating, and Colhoun, [sic] | by | Wil- 
 liam H. Keating, A. M. &c, ) Professor of Mineralogy and Chemistry 
 as applied to the arts, in | the University of Pennsylvaniaj Geol- 
 
396 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Keating (William H.) — continued. 
 
 ogist and | Historiographer to the Expedition. | In two volumes. | 
 Vol. I [II]. I 
 Philadelphia: | H. 0. Carey & I. Lea— Chestnut Street. | 1824. | 
 
 2 vols, b . maps. ^-^^ *-'• 
 
 Keating (W. H.) Names of moons iu Dakota, vol. 1, pp. 422-423; Names of 
 moons in Chippewa, vol. 2, p. 169. 
 
 Vocabulary of the Sakewi or Sauk; of the Dacota or Sioux; of the 
 
 Ochippewag or Chippewa, vol. 2, pp. 450-459. 
 
 Say (T.) Vocabulary of the Killisteno or Cree, vol. 2, pp. 450-459. 
 
 2067 JSTarrative j of an | Expedition | to the | Source of St. Peter's 
 
 Eiver, | Lake Winnepeek, | Lake of the Woods, &c. | Performed in 
 the year 1823, | by order of the Hon. J. C. Calhoun, | Secretary of 
 War, I under the Command of Stephen H. Long, U. S. T. E. | Com- 
 piled I from the Notes of Major Long, Messrs. Say, Keating, & 
 Colhoun, [sic] | ByWilliam H. Keating, A.M. &c. | Professor of Min- 
 eralogy and Chemistry, as applied to the Arts, in the University 
 of I Pennsylvania; Geologist and Historiographer to the Expedi- 
 tion. I In Two Volumes. | Vol. I [II]. | 
 
 London: | Printed for Geo. B. Whittaker, Ave-Maria-Lane, | 
 
 1825. I BA. c. 
 
 2 vols. 8°. Linguistics, vol. 1, p. 441; vol. 2, p. 165; Appendix, pp. 147-1.56. 
 
 2068 Kellogg {Rev. Elijah). Vocabulary of Words in (he Language of 
 the Quoddy Indians; (Name Passamaquoddie, its meaning. Pollock 
 Fish) located in Perry Pleasant Point, State of Maine, on the Waters 
 of Schoodak, adjoining the British Provinces. (Pleasant Point in 
 Indian is Seboiak; Schoodak is an Indian word and signifies Burnt 
 Land.) 
 
 InMass.Hist.Soc, Coll., third series, vol 3, pp. 181-182. Cambridge, 1833. 8<^. 
 There are also a few words of the Shawanoes on p. 181. 
 
 2069 Kennedy {Dr.) Vocabulary of the Tsimsian. 
 
 In Pov^ell (J. W.) Contributions to North American Ethnology, vol. 1, pp. 
 145-153. Washington, 1877. 4°. 
 
 Kennedy (C. M.), editor. 
 See Kennedy (James^. 
 
 2070 Kennedy ( Jauies). On the Probable Origin of the American Indians, 
 with particular reference to that of the Caribs. By James Kennedy, 
 Esq., L. L. B. Late H. B. M's Judge in the Mixed Court at Havana. 
 
 In Eth. Soc. [of London], Jour., vol. 4, pp. 226-267. London, [1856]. 8°. 
 Words of the Carib langnage, showing affinilies with those of various African 
 tribes, pp. 264-265. 
 
 Issued separately as follows: 
 
 2071 Probable Origin of the American Indians with particular 
 
 reference to that of the Caribs. A Paper read before the Ethno- 
 logical Society the 15"> March 1854. And printed at their special 
 request. By James Kennedy, Esq. LL. B. [&c.] 
 
 London: E. Lumley, 126 High Holburn, 1854. * 
 
 1 p. 1., pp. 1-42. 8". Title from Field's Bibliography. Reprinted in: 
 
KEATING KENNICOTT. 397 
 
 Kennedy (James) — continued. 
 
 2072 Ethnological and Philological Essays. By James Kennedy, 
 
 Esq. ... I. Probable Origin of the American Indians. II. Ques- 
 tion of the supposed Lost Tribes of Israel. . . . 
 
 London: Hall and Virtue. 1855. * 
 
 42, 57, 30 pp. 8°. Title from Sabin's Dictionary.. Reprinted in : 
 
 2073 Essays | Ethnological | and | Linguistic | by the late | 
 
 James Kennedy Esq., LL. B. | Formerly her Britannic Majesty's 
 Judge at the Havana. | Edited by | C. M. Kennedy, B. A. | 
 
 Williams & Norgate | 14 Henrietta Street, Covent Garden, Lon- 
 don; I and I 20 South Frederick Street, Edinburgh. | 1861. | c. 
 Pp. i-vii, l->!30. 8°. 
 Carib words showing afiSnities with dialects of Africa, pp. 120-121. 
 
 2074 Kennicott (Eobert). Kotch-^-Kutchin Vocabulary. Words from 
 the language of the Kotch-d-Kutchin — the Indians of Yukon Elver, 
 at the mouth of Porcupine River, in northern Alaska. 
 
 In Whymper (F.) Travel and Adventure in Alaska, pp. 322-328. London, 
 
 1868. 8°. 
 
 This vocabulary also appears in the reprint of Whymper, N. Y., 1869, 8"^, pp. 
 345-350 ; and in the same, N. Y., 1871, 8°, same pages. It is also printed in Whym- 
 per's article on Russian America, in Eth. Soc. of London, Trans., vol. 7, pp. 183- 
 185. London, 1869. 8°. Issued also by the Smithsonian Institution, 5 unnum- 
 bered 11. folio, printed on one side only. 
 
 2075 Vocabulary of the Slave Indians, Tenne. jwp. 
 
 7 unnumbered 11. folio, printed on one side only; issued by the Smithsonian 
 Institution. 
 
 " Slave Indians of Liard River, near Fort Liard. They call themselves A-che- 
 t6-etin'-ne, as distinguished from the other Tenne; it means 'People of the low- 
 lauds,' or 'People living out of the wood.' " 
 
 2076 Terms of Relationship of the Slave Lake Indians (Achao- 
 
 tinue) Fort Liard, Mackenzie Elver District, Hudson's Bay Ty., and 
 of the Utahs (Tabegwaches) collected at Washington, D. C, from 
 a delegation of Utahs. 
 
 In Morgan (L. H.) Systems of Consanguinity and Affinity, pp. 293-382. 
 Washiugton, 1871. 4°. 
 
 2077 Vocabulary of the Chipewyan of Slave Lake. 
 
 Manuscript. 6 11. folio. 
 
 2078 Vocabulary of the Hare Indians, of Fort Good Hope, Mac- 
 kenzie Eiver. 
 
 Manuscript. 6 11. folio. 
 
 2079 Vocabulary of the Kahawny Indians of the Mountains west 
 
 of Fort Liard. 
 
 Manuscript. 6 11. folio. 
 
 2080 Vocabulary of the Tsuhtyuh (Beaver People)— Beaver In- 
 dians of Peace Eiver west of Lake Athabasca; and of the Thekenneh 
 (People of the Eocks) Siccanies of the Mountains, south of FortLiard. 
 
 Manuscript. 6 11. folio. These manuscripts are in the library of the Bureau of 
 Ethnology. 
 
398 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 2081 Kent ( — ). List of names of Iowa Indians, with English transla- 
 tion. 
 
 Manuscript. 8 pp. folio. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. It is ac- 
 companied by a similar list revised by the Rev. William Hamilton, 7 pp. folio. 
 
 2082 Kerr (Eobert). A | General History and Collection | of | Voyages 
 and Travels, | arranged in systematic order; | forming a complete 
 history of the origin and progress | of navigation, discovery, aud 
 commerce, | by sea and land, | from the earliest ages to the present 
 time. I By | Eobert Kerr, F. E. S. & F. A. S. Ediu. | Illustrated by 
 maps and charts. | Vol. I [-XVII]. | 
 
 Ediuburgh: | Printed by George Eamsay and Company, | for 
 William Blackwood, South Bridge Street; | J. Murray, Fleet 
 Street, E. Baldwin, Paternoster Eow, | London; and J. Cuming, 
 Dublin. I 1811 [-1816]. | 0. 
 
 17 vols, folio. 
 
 Cartier (J.) The Voyages of Jacques Cartier, vol. 6, pp. 15-68. 
 
 Cook (J.) and Dixon (J.) A Voyage to the Pacific Ocean, vol. 15, pp. 114- 
 514; vol. 16, and vol. 17, pp. 1-311. 
 
 2083 Keti Bilaun. | ATS. 
 
 No title-page. Pp. 1-15. 16°. Katie Brown, in the Choctaw language. For 
 another edition see Cbahta I Kana. 
 
 2084 Khromchenko {Capt. Vasili Stepanovich). Journal kept during a 
 Cruise along the Coast of Eussian- America. * 
 
 In Northern Archives for History, Statistics, and Voyages (in Eussian), Nos. 
 11-18. St. Petersburg, 1824. 8°. 
 
 Contains vocabulary of the Kadjak. Translated into German: Hertha, 1825. 
 Vocabulary, pp. 2l8-iUl.—Ludewig. 
 
 Khuostoff (Nikolai Alexandrovich). 
 SeeDavidoffCG. I.) 
 
 2085 Kidder (Frederic). The Abenaki Indians; their Treaties of 1713 
 & 1717, and a Vocabulary : with a Historical Introduction. By 
 Frederic Kidder, of Boston. 
 
 In Maine Hist. Soc. Coll., vol. 6, pp. 229-263. Portland, 1859. 8°. 
 
 "Extracts from a Spelling Book in the Abenaki language. Published in 
 Boston in 1830 and called ' Kimzowi Awighigan,' the last word being the term 
 for book," pp. 245-249. See Uzokkilain (pp. ). 
 
 Issued separately as follows : 
 
 2086 The Abenaki Indians; their Treaties of 1713 & 1717, and 
 
 a Vocabulary: with a Historical Introduction. By Frederic Kid- 
 der of Boston. 
 
 Portland: Printed by Brown Thurston : 1859. hu. 
 
 Pp. 1-25 [35] 8°. 
 
 2087 Vocabulary of the Openango or Passamaquoddy language. 
 
 In Schoolcraft (H. R.) Indian Tribes, vol. 5, pp. 689-690. Philadelphia, 
 
 1855. 4°. 
 
KENT KINGSBOROUGH. 399 
 
 208S King (Edward, Lord Kingsborough). Antiquities of Mexico: |- 
 coniprisiiig | fac-similes | of | Ancieut Mexican Paintings and 
 Hieroglyphics, | preserved | in the Eoyal Libraries of Paris, Berlin, 
 and Dresden; | in the Imperial Library of Vienna; | in the Vatican 
 Library; | in the Borgian Museum at Eome; | in the Library of the 
 Institute at Bologna; | and in the Bodleian Library at Oxford. | 
 Together with | the Monuments of New Spain, | By M. Du Paix: j 
 with their respective | scales of measurement and accompanying 
 descriptions. | The whole illustrated by 1 many valuable inedited 
 manuscripts, | by Augustine Aglio. | In seven [nine] volumes. | 
 Vol. I [-IXJ. I 
 
 London: | Published by A. Aglio, 36, Newman Street; | To be 
 had also of Whittaker, Treacher, and Co. Ave-Maria Lane. | 
 M. DCGO. XXX [-MDCCOXLVIII] [1830-1848]. | o. Di. 
 
 9 vols, folio. The titles of vols. 6, 7, 8, and 9 are changed somewhat and have 
 different imprint. 
 
 Adair (J. ) History of the North American Indians [Arguments 1-23], vol. 8, 
 pp. 273-:575. 
 
 [Alva (B. de).] Extract from a Manual of Confession published in Mexico 
 in 1634 (in Mexican), vol. 8, p. 110. 
 
 Fao-simile of an original Mexican [Mayan] Painting preserved (in the Eoyal 
 Library at Dresden), 74 pages on 27 plates, vol. 3. (In Maya hieroglyphics.) 
 
 There are many aborigin.al terms scattered throughout each of the volumes. 
 
 A part of the edition was bought by Havell who changed the title so as to 
 make it read the same in all the volumes, as follows : 
 
 2089 Antiquities of Mexico: ( comprising | facsimiles | of | An- 
 cient Mexican Paintings and Hieroglyphics, | preserved | in | the 
 Eoyal Libraries of Pans, Berlin, and Dresden; | in the Imperial 
 Library of Vienna ;_ ) in the Vatican Library; | in the Borgian Mu- 
 seum at Eome; | in the Library of the Institute at Bologna; | and 
 in the Bodleian Library at Oxford. | Together with | the Monuments 
 of New Spain, | By M. Dupaix : | with their respective | scales of 
 measurement and accomijanying descriptions. | The whole illus- 
 trated by many valuable | Inedited Manuscripts, | By Lord Kings- 
 borough. I The drawings, on stone, by A. Aglio. | In seven [nine] 
 volumes. \ Vol. I [-IXJ. | 
 
 London: | Printed by James Moyes, Oastle Street, Leicester 
 Square. | Published by Eobert Havell, 77, Oxford Street; | and | 
 Golnaghi, Son, and Co. Pall MaU East. | M. DCCC. XXXI [-M. 
 DCCC. XLVIII] [1831-1848]. | JWP, 
 
 9 vols, folio. 
 
 2090 Kingdon {Rev. John). Dictionary Maya-Spanish-English, and 
 EnglishSpanish-Maya. • 
 
 Manuscript. In possession of American Bible Society. — Turner, in Imdewig. 
 
 Kingsborough (Lord). 
 See King (Edward). 
 
400 NORTH AMERICAN I.INGUISTICS. 
 
 2091 Enzie (Mrs. John H.) Wau-Buu, | the | "Early Day" | in | the 
 Northwest. | By Mrs. John H. Kinzie, | of Chicago. [ Second 
 edition, with illustrations. 
 
 Chicago: | D. B. Cooke & Co., Publishers. | 1857. | ba. 
 
 Pp. i-xii, 13-498. large 12°. 
 Winnebago (?) terms passim. 
 
 2092 Wau-bun, | the | Early Day in the Northwest. | By | Mrs. 
 
 John H. Kinzie, | of Chibago. | [Three lines quotations.] 
 
 Philadelphia: | J. B. Lippincott & Co. | 1873. | C. 
 
 Pp. 1-390. 1^°. Winnebago (?) terms passim. 
 
 2093 Kip (Lawrence). Army Life on the Pacific; | a journal | of the | 
 Expedition Against the Northern Indians, | the tribes of the | 
 Coeur D'Aleues, Spokaus, and Pelouzes, | in the Summer of 1858. | 
 By I Lawrence Kip, | Second Lieutenant of the Third Kegiment of 
 Artillery, U. S. Army. | 
 
 Eedfield, | No. 34 Beekman Street, New York. | 1859. | ba. c. 
 
 Pp. i-vi, 7-144. 12°. 
 
 A few aboriginal terms scattered through. 
 
 2094 Kip {Bev. William Ingraham). The | Early Jesuit Missions | in | 
 North America; | compiled and translated from the letters of the | 
 French Jt-suits, with notes. | By the | Eev. William Ingraham Kip, 
 M. A., I Corresponding Member of the New York Historical Soci- 
 ety. I Part I [II]. I 
 
 New York: | Wiley and Putnam, 161 Broadway. | 1846. | BA. c. 
 
 Pp. i-xiv, 2 11., pp. 1-321. 12°. 
 
 A few remarks on langnage, and the "O Salutarns Hostia" in the Abnakis, 
 Algonkin, Huron, and Illinois languages (from Father Rasles), pp. 29-30. 
 
 2095 The | Early Jesuit Missions ( in | North America; | com- 
 piled and translated from the letters of j the French Jesuits, with 
 notes. I By the | Eight Eev. William Ingraham Kip, D, D., | 
 Bishop of California, Honorary Member N. Y. Historical Society. | 
 
 Albany, N. Y. : | Pease & Prentice, 82 State Street, | 1866. | HU. 
 Pp. i-xiv, 1 1., pp. 1-325. 12°. Linguistics, pp. 29-30. 
 
 2096 The | Early Jesuit Missions | in | North America; | com- 
 piled and translated from the letters of | the French Jesuits, with 
 notes. I By the | Eight Eev. William Ingraham Kip, D. D., | Bishop 
 of California, Honorary Member N. Y. Historical Society. | 
 
 Albany, N. Y. : | Joel Munsell, 82 State Street. | 1873. | A. 
 
 Pp. i-xiv, 1 1., pp. 1-325. 12°. map. 
 
 2097 Kipp (James). Vocabulary of the Mandan. 
 
 In Schoolcraft (H. R.) Indian Tribes, vol. 3, pp. 255-256,446-459. Philadel- 
 phia, 1853. 4°. 
 
 Kipp (Joseph). 
 See Lanning (C. M.) 
 
KINZIE — KIRKBY. 401 
 
 2098 Kirk (Charles W.) Hymns in tlie Wyandot Language. 
 
 Manuscript. 24 11. 4°. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. 
 
 2099 Kirkby {Eev. William West). Hymns and Prayers : | for the | Pri- 
 vate Devotions | of the | Slave Indians of McKenzie's Eiver. | By 
 Eev. W. W. Kirkby. | 
 
 New York : | Eennie, Shea & Lindsay. | 1862. | jwp. 
 
 11., pp. 1-16. 12°. In syllahic characters. 
 
 2100 A Manual | of | Devotion and Instruction | for the | Slave 
 
 Indians of M'Kenzie Eiver, | by | the Eev. W. W. Kirkby. | [Seal.] 
 
 [London:] | Printed by W. M. Watts, | 80, Gray's Inn Eoad. | WE. 
 Pp. 1-65. 16°. In Roman characters. 
 
 2101 A Manual | of | Devotion and Instruction | for the | Slave 
 
 Indians of McKenzIe Eiver. | By | Eev. W. W. Kirkby. | 
 
 London: | Printed by W, M. Watts, | 28, Whitefriars Street, 
 City. I [l-'64?] I JWP. 
 
 Pp. 1-76. 16°. In syllabic characters. 
 
 2102 A Manual | of | Devotion and Instruction | for the | Slave 
 
 Indians of McKenzie Eiver, | by Eev. W. W. Kirkby. | [Seal.] 
 
 With the approbation of j the Lord Bishop of the Diocese. | 
 [S. p., n. d.] ATS. JWP. 
 
 Pp. 1-86. 24°. In syllabic characters. 
 
 2103 Manual | of [ Devotion and Instruction, | in the | Chipe- 
 
 wyan Language, | for the | Indians of Churchill, j By the Eev. 
 W. W. Kirkby. J 
 
 London : | Church Missionary House, | Salisbury Square. | [N. d.] 
 Pp. 1-113. 16°. In syllabic characters. JWP. 
 
 2104 The Gospel | according to j Saint John. | Translated into 
 
 the Tinn6 Language. | [Three lines syllabic characters.] 
 
 London : | British and Foreign Bible Society. | 1870. | jwp. 
 
 Pp. 3-93. 16°. In syllabic characters. 
 
 2105 Natsun kaothet nake kendi | Jesus Christ | be konde 
 
 nezo I Saint Mark | ekaonte adikles | Tinne yatie kesi. | 
 
 London: | 1874. | JWP. 
 
 Pp. 1-64. 16°. Gospel of St. Mark in the Tinnfe language. 
 
 2106 St. Mark. [ JWP. 
 
 No title-page. Colophon : [Loudon.] W. M. Watts, 80, Gray's Inn Eoad. 
 Pp. 1-06. 16". Gospel of St. Mark in the Tinn€ language (Ft. Simpson). In 
 
 syllabic characters. 
 
 2107 The Gospels | of | the Pour Evangelists, | St. Matthew, St. 
 
 Mark, St. Luke, | and St. John. | Translated into the language | 
 of I The Ohipewyan Indians | of | ISTorth-West America. | 
 
 London : | Printed for the British and Foreign Bible Society. | 
 1878. I JWP. 
 
 Pp. 1-344. 12°. In syllabic characters. 
 
 2108 Portions | of the | Book of Common Prayer, j Hymns, 
 
 &c., I in the | Chipewyan Language. | By Archdeacon Kirkby. | 
 
 26 Bib 
 
402 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Kirkby {Bev. William West) — continued. 
 
 Printed at the request of | the Bishop of Eupert's Land, | by 
 
 the I Society for Promoting Christian Knowledge, | 77, Great 
 
 Queen Street, Lincoln's-Inn-Fields, London. | [n. d.] JWP. 
 
 Pp. 1-195. 16°. In syllabic characters. For another edition, see Kirkby (W. 
 
 W.) and Bompas (W. C.) 
 
 See Horden {Rev. John) and Kirkby (Bev. W. W.) 
 
 2109 and Bompas (W. 0.) Portions | of the ( Book of Common 
 
 Prayer, | Hymns, &c., | in the | Chipewyan Language. | By Arch- 
 deacon Kirkby. | Adapted for the use of | the Slavi Indians | by 
 the I EightEeverendW. C. Bompas, D. D., | Bishop of Athabasca. | 
 
 Printed by the | Society for Promoting Christian Knowledge, j 
 77, Great Queen Street, Lincoln's-Inn-Fields, London. | [n. d.] JWP. 
 
 Pp. 1-176. 16°. In syllabic characters. For another edition, ace Kirkby 
 (W. W.) 
 
 2110 Kishemanito Miizinaigun Te- | zhiuindvmiin, | Josip T-yzhimint, | 
 Auesi^g pineshiwg Gaie Ti'- | zhimintuag. | Or | Old Testament 
 Bible Stories, | Story of Joseph, | and | l^Tatural History. | 
 
 Boston: | Printed for the American Board of Commissioners | 
 for Foreign Missions, by Crocker & Brewster. | 1835. | BA. jwp. v. 
 Pp. i-v, 7-72. 12°. In the Chippewa language. 
 
 2111 Kjer (Kuud). Tuksiautit | Julesiutit | makko | nukterdlugidlo- 
 neet arsillincardlugidloneet | narkringuiardlugidloneet katterso- 
 rei I nakrittoegangortidlugidlo. | K. Kjer-ib | Amertlormiut ma- 
 neetsormiudlo pellesiaeta. Tussarnersunnik umativsigut tuksi- 
 ardluse nalekkamut. | Koloss. 3. 16. | 
 
 Kjobenhavnime. | Fabritius de Tengnagelikut nakrittareit. | 
 1831. I S. 
 
 Pp. 1-34, 1 1. 16°. Hymns in the Eskimo language. 
 
 2112 Illerkorsutit . . . K. Kjer. 
 
 Aarhusime, 1832. * 
 
 89 pp. 8°. Psalms in the Eskimo language. — Rink. 
 
 2113 Sannerutiliugmik. Tugsiautitait K. Kjermit. 
 
 Odensime, 1834. * 
 
 237 pp. 8°. Psalm book in the Eskimo language. — Bink. 
 
 2111 Ivngerutit K. Kjerimit. 
 
 Kjobenhavnime, 1838. * 
 
 490 pp. 8°. Psalm book in the Eskimo language. — Rink. 
 
 2115 Jungerutitutit kerssungme senningarsome Kikiektomic 
 
 ajokaersu tjeniglo. 
 
 Kjobenhavn. 1838. » 
 
 Three hundred and thirty spiritual songs in the Eskimo language. Title from 
 Steiger's Bib. Glot. 
 
 2116 Kattsengutigeek. | K. Kjerib j nuktigej. | 
 
 Kjobenhavnime. | Fabritius de Tengnagelib nakitteriviane | na- 
 
 kittarsimarsut. | 1838. | jWP. 
 
 Pp. 1-4.S. 16°. A story in the Eskimo language. 
 
KIRKBY KLETT. 403 
 
 Kjer (Knud) — continued. 
 
 2117 ■ — Tuksiautit | Kikiektugarursomik,pellesibK.Kjerimaglegij 
 
 kattersugejlo. | [Seven lines quotation.] | Tapekarput. | 
 
 M. Vogeliusib Nakittsegej, Frederikshavnime, 1856. | hxj. 
 
 Pp. i-xviil, 1-385, 2 11., pp. 1-97. 24°. In the Eskimo language. 
 
 2118 Kj0benhavnske Selskab. Skrifter, | somudi | det Ki0beuhavn8ke | 
 Selakab | af | Lserdoins og Videnskabers Elskere | ei-e fremlagte og 
 oplseste I i Aarene 1743 og 1744. | F{((rste f-Tolvte] Deel. | 
 
 KjjiJbenhavn, | Udi det Kongelig W&ysenhuses Bogtrykkerie | 
 og paa dets Forlag. | Trykt af Gottmann Friderich Kisel. Aar 
 1745 [-1779]. I A. 
 
 12 vols. 4°. plates. After the tenth volume the name of the society appears 
 on the title-page as "Kongelige Videnskabers Selskab.'' 
 
 Woldike (M.) Betsenkning om det Gr(4nlandske Sprogs Oprindelse og Uliig- 
 hed med andre Sprog, vol. 2, pp. 129-156. 
 
 2119 Scriptorum | k \ Societate | Hafniensi | Bonis artibus pro- 
 
 movendis | dedita | Danice editorum, | nunc autem | in Latinum 
 sermonem conversorum | Interprete | P. P. | Pars Prima [-Terti a]. | 
 
 Hafnise, | Anno MDCCXLV [-MDCCXLVII]. [1745-1747.] 
 Sumptibus & typis Orphanotrophii Eegii | Excudit Gottmann. 
 Frid. Kisel, Orphanotroph. Eeg. Typogr. | a. 
 
 3 vols. 4°. 6 11., 394 pp., 1 1. ; 2 11., 384 pp., 14 11. ; 2 11., 418 pp., 5 II., plates. No 
 more published. 
 
 ■Woldike (M.) Meletema, de Lingvse Groenlandicae origine, ejusque a csBteris 
 lingvis differentia, vol. 2, pp. 137-162. 
 
 2120 Kleinschmidt (Samuel). Grammatik | der | gronlandischen 
 Sprache | mit theilweisem Eiusdiluss des Labradordialects | von 
 S. Kleinschmidt. | 
 
 Berlin, 1851. | Druck und Verlag von G. Eelmer. | c.v. 
 
 Pp. i-x, 1-182. 8°. 
 
 2121 Silame iliornerit . . . S. Kleinschmidt. 
 
 ]S'ungme,[Godthaab], 1859. * 
 
 128 pp. 8°. History of the world in Eskimo. — Binlc. 
 
 2122 Den Gronlaudske Ordbog, | omarbeidet | af | Sam. Klein- 
 schmidt; I udgiven | paa Foranstaltning af Ministeriet for Kirke- 
 og TJnderviisningsvaesenet og med | det kongelige danske Viden- 
 skabernes Selskabs Understottelse | ved | H. F. Jorgenseu. | 
 
 Kiobenhavn. | Louis Kleins Bogtrykkeri. [ 1871. | c. 
 
 Pp. i-x, 1 1., pp. 1-460. 8<^. 
 
 2123 Terms of Eelationship of the Eskimo, Greenland, collected 
 
 by Samuel Kleinschmidt, Godthaab, Greenland. 
 
 In Morgan (L. H.) Systems of Consanguinity and Affinity, pp. 293-382. 
 Washington, 1871. 4°. 
 
 2124 Klett (Francis). Vocabulary of the Pa-Uta, and of the Pueblo of 
 Acoma. 
 
 In 'Wheeler (G. M.) Report upon U. S. Geog. Surveys, vol. 7, pp. 424-465, 
 471. Washington, 1879. 4°. 
 
404 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 2125 Knipe {Rev. 0.) Some account of the Tahkaht language as spoken 
 by several tribes ou the western coast of Vancouver Island. [Quo- 
 tation.] 
 
 London: Hatcliard; 1868. * 
 
 80 pp. 8°. Title from M. Alph. Pinart. 
 
 Introduction, pp. 1-8; Grammar, pp. 9-3t ; Vocabulary, part 1, Tahkaht- 
 English, pp. 33-58; part 2, Englisli-Talikaht, pp. 59-78. 
 
 2126 Nootka or Tahkaht Vocabulary. 
 
 Manuscript. 711. folio. 250 words. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. 
 
 2127 Kohl ( Johann Georg ). Kitschi - Garni oder Erzahlungen vom 
 Obern-See. Ein Beitrag zur Oharakteristik der amerikanischen 
 Indianer. . . . 
 
 Bremen: Schiinemann. 1859. * 
 
 2 vols. 8°. pp. viii, 600. Title from Sabin's Dictionary. 
 
 2128 Kitchi-gami. | Wanderings round Lake Superior. | By | 
 
 J. G. Kohl, I author of "Travels in Eussia," &c. | [Five lines 
 quotation.] 
 
 London: | Chapman and Hall, 193, Piccadilly. | 1860. | Eegis- 
 tered according to International copyright Act. | 0. 
 
 Pp. i-xii, 1-428. 8°. 
 
 A few Chippeway geographic terms, names of certain stars, &o.,pp. 118-119; 
 "Language of signs, symbolic writings," &c., pp. 137-159. 
 
 2129 Koniglich-bayerische Akademie der Wissenschaften. Gelehrte 
 Anzeigen | heradsgegeben | von Mitgliedern der k. bayer. Akade- 
 mie I der Wissenschaften. | Erster [-Fiinfzigster] Band. | 
 
 Miinchen, | im k. Central- Schulbiicher-Verlage. | 1835 [-I860]. | 
 50 vols. 40. C. 
 
 Schubert (H. von). Correspondenz-Nachrichten aus Labrador, Band 18, 
 columns 217-430. 
 
 2130 Koniglich preussische Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Berlin. 
 Abhandlungen der koniglichen Akademie der Wissenschaften in 
 Berlin. Aus den Jahren 1804 [-1878]. Nebst der Geschichte der 
 Akademie in diesem Zeitraum. | [Design.] 
 
 Berlin: finder Realschut Buchhandlung. | 1815 [-1879]. | ba. 0. 
 
 75 vols. 4°. 
 
 This publication was begun in 1723 with the following title : Miscellanea Bero- 
 linensia, ad increm scientiarum, ex scriptio societatis regiae exhibita. Vols. 1-7. 
 1723-1744, and continuation to vol. 7, 1746 ; followed by : 
 
 Histoire del'Acad^mie Royale des Sciences et Belles Lettres de Berlin. Ann4e 
 M DCC XLIV [-M DCC LVIII]. Berlin: M DCC XLIV [-MDCC LXV]. 
 
 14 vols. 4°. Continued as follows : 
 
 Nouveaux M^moires de 1' Academic Royale des Sciences et Belles Lettres. 
 Ann^e M DCC LXXVI [-M DCC LXXXVI]. Berlin : M DCC LXXIX [ -M DCC 
 LXXXVIII]. 
 
 Vols. 15-2.5. 4°. Continued as follows : 
 
 M^moires de I'Acad^mie Royale des Sciences et Belles Lettres. Ann^e M DCC 
 LXXXVI [-M DCCCIV]. Berlin : M DCC XCII [-M DCCC VIIIJ. 
 
 Vols. 26-38. 4°. This was followed by title as above "Abhandlungen," &c. 
 
 Buschmanu (J. C. E.) tjber den Natnrlaut, 1852, pt. 3, pp. 391-423. 
 
 Uber die aztekischen Ortsnamen, 1852, pt. 3, pp. 607-811, 
 
KNIPE — KRAGH. 405 
 
 Eoniglich preussische Akademie der Wissenschafteii zu Berlin — cont'd. 
 
 Buschmann (J. C. E.) Die Sparen der aztekisclien Spraohe im nordlichen 
 Mexico, 1854, Zweiter Suppl.-Band, pp. 1-819. 
 
 Der atliapaskische Sprachstamm, 1855, pp. 149-319. 
 
 Die Sprachen Kizh uud Netela vou Neu-Californien, 1855, pp. 501-531. 
 
 Die Pima Sprache und der Sprache der Kolosclien, 1856, pp. 321-432. 
 
 Die Lantveranderung aztekischer Worter, 1856, pp. 443-4.')7. 
 
 Die Volker und Sprachen Neu Mexico's uud der Westseite des briti- 
 
 sclien Nordamerika's, 1857, pp. 209-414. 
 
 Systematische Worttafel des athapaakisclien Sprachstamms, 1859, 
 
 pp. 501-586. 
 
 Das Apache als eine athapaskisohe Sprache, 1860, pp. 187-282. 
 
 Die Verwandtschafts-Verhaltnisse der athapaskischen Sprachen, 1862, 
 
 pp. 195-252. 
 
 Das Lautsystem der sonorischen Sprachen, 1863, pp. 369-453. 
 
 Das Zahlwort der sonorischen Sprachen, 1867, pp. 23-215. 
 
 Der sonorischen Grammatik, 1869, pp. 67-266. 
 
 Humboldt (W. von). Uber die Kawi-Sprache auf der Insel Java * * *. 
 1832. Zweiter Theil (3 volumes). 
 
 2131 Bericht | iiber die | zur Bekanntmachung geeigneten | Ver- 
 
 handlungen | der konigl. preuss. Akademie der Wissenschaften | 
 zu Berlin. | Aus dem Jahre 1836 [1] [-1855]. 1 
 
 Berlin. ] Gedruckt in der Druckerei der koniglichen Akademie | 
 der Wissenschaften. | [n. d.-1855.j c. 
 
 ? vols. 8°. Title taken from volume for 1848, the earliest I have seen. 
 Buschmann (J. C. E.) Verwaudschaft der Kinai Idiome, 1854, pp. 231-236. 
 In 1856 the title was changed as follows: 
 
 2132 Monatsberichte | der | koniglichen | preuss. Akademie der 
 
 Wissensehaften | zu Berlin. | Aus dem Jahre 1856 [-1878]. | Mit 11 
 Tafeln. | 
 
 Berlin. | Gedruckt in der Druckerei der koniglichen Akademie | 
 der Wissenschaften. | 1856 [-1879]. | 0. 
 
 fvols. 8°. 
 
 Buschmann (J. C. E.) Volker und Sprachen im Innem des brittischen Nord- 
 amerikas, 1856, pp. 465-486. 
 
 2133 Kragh (Peter). Testamentitokab | Makp^rssegfejsa IlUngoeet, | 
 Profetit Mingnerit | Danieliblo Aglegeit, | KalMlin okauzeennut 
 nuktersimarsut, | nafk'igutingoaenniglo sukuMrsimarsut | Pellesi- 
 mit I Petermit Kraghmit. | Attusegeksaukudlugit inntingnut koisi- 
 marsunnut. | 
 
 Kjobenhavnime: Fabritiusit de Tengnagehb. 1829. | w. 
 
 Pp. i-viii, 2 II., pp. 1-290, 1 1. 16°. Parts of the Old Testament in the Eskimo 
 language. 
 
 2134 Okalluktutatit | sajmaubingmik ann6kbingmiglo | Jesuse- 
 
 Kristusikut, | makp6rs8Bkknnit Kablunait adlsedlo | okauzeenne 
 agl6ksimarsunnit | kattersorsimarsut, | Kal4dlidlo ok^uzeenut 
 nuktersimarsut] I^ellesimit Peter-Kraghmit. | [Three lines quotation.] 
 
 Kjobenhavnime. Fabritiusib de Tengnagelib nak'itterivi^ne nak- 
 ke'ittarsimarsut \ 1830. | c. 
 
 4 p. 11., pp. 1-292. 16°. Salvation througih the mediation of Jesus Christ, in the 
 Eskimo language. 
 
406 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Kragh (Peter) — continued. 
 
 2135 Tracts in Greenlandish. (21.) 
 
 Kjobenhavnime, 1830. * 
 
 19 sheets. 12°. The English consul, Mr. Brown, bore the expense of this pub- 
 lication. — Erslew. 
 
 2136 Testamentitokab | Makp^rsegejsa lUangoeet, | Mosesim 
 
 Aglegfejsa I Ardlejt Tedlimejdlo, | Jobib, Esrab, Nehemiab, Este- 
 rib I Rutiblo Aglegejt, | Kaladlin okauzeennut nuktersimarsut, | 
 nar'k'igutingosenniglo sukuidrsimarsut | Gjerlevimiut Bnslevi- 
 miudlo Pellesis^nnit | Peter Kraghmit. | Attusegeksmukudtugit 
 innangnut koisimarsuunut. | 
 
 Kjobenhavnime: Fabritiusib de Tengnagelib. 1832. | w. 
 
 Pp. 1-633, 1 1. 16°. Parts of the Old Testament in the Eskimo language. 
 
 2137 Okalloutit, | Sabbatinne akkudleesiksset, | Evangeliumit 
 
 suku'iautfejt okiokuu | attuseg^ksset, | kattersorsimarsut | Kala- 
 dlidlo okauzeennut nuktersimarsut | Pellesimit Peter-Kraghmit. | 
 [Five lines quotation.] 
 
 Kjobenhavnime 1833. | Fabritiusib de Tengnagelib nak' itteri- 
 vi^ne nak' ittdrsi- j marsut. | GB. 
 
 Pp. i-viii, 1 1., pp. 1-464, 2 II. (one folding). 16°. Prayers and lessons on the 
 Gospels, for Sundays and holy-days, in the Eskimo language. 
 
 2138 Testamentitokab makpersaegejsa illangoeet, Josvab er'- 
 
 kartoursirsudlo aglegejt, Samuelim agleg^j siurdleet ardlejdlo, 
 agl^kkset Kongiunik siurdleet ardlejdlo .... nuktersimarsut 
 Peter Kragh-mit. 
 
 Kjobenhavnime, 1836. * 
 
 708 pp. 8°. Parts of the Old Testament.— &flfc. 
 
 2139 Erkarsautigirseksset | sill4rsoarmik, | agl6ksimarsut | 
 
 G. F. Ursinimit, | nuktersimarsut | P. Kragh-mit, | Lintrupimiut 
 Pellesisennit. | 
 
 Kjobenhavnime. | Fabritius de Tengnagelib nak'itterivi^ne nak'- 
 ittarsimarsut. | 1839. | JWP. 
 
 Pp. 1-23. 16°. Treatise on astronomy, by Ursini, translated into Eskimo by 
 Kragh. 
 
 It is probable that this work was issued also with alternate pages, Danish and 
 Eskimo, as Erslew mentions an edition : Kiobenhavnime, 1839. 8°. 45 pp. 
 
 2140 Okalluktnaliset, | nuktersimarsut, | R. J. Brandt-mit, | 
 
 Karsome niiivertuksaugalloamit, | ark'iksorsimarsut titarnekartisi- 
 marsudlo | P. Kragh-mit | Lintrupimiut Hjertingimiudlo Pellesiafen 
 nit I 
 
 Kjobenhavnime. | Fabritius de Tengnagelib nak'itterivi^ne nak'- 
 itt4rsimarsut. | 1839. | Hu. jwp. 
 
 Pp. 1-118. 10°. Dialogues, tables, &c., in Greenlandish Eskimo. 
 
 2141 Attuaegautit, | Evangeliumit sukui^utejtPaaskimit | Trini- 
 
 tatis Sabbateesa kingurdlisen- | nut attusegeksset, | kattersorsimar- 
 
KEAGH — KEISTUMIUTUT. 407 
 
 Eragh (Peter) — continued. 
 
 sut Kaladlidlo | okauzeennut nuktersimarsut | Pellisimit Peter 
 Kraghmit, | [Three lines quotation. ] 
 
 Kjobenhavnime: | Bianco Lunobnakk'itterividnenakk'ittarsimar- 
 sut. I 1848. I HTJ. 
 
 Pp. i-viii, 1-731, 2 11. 18°. Explanation of the Gospels in the Eskimo language. 
 
 2142 Attuaekksen illuarsautiksaet (W. A. Wexelsen) nuktersi- 
 marsut P. Kraghmit. 
 
 Kjobenhavnime, 1850. * 
 
 206 pp. 8°. Sermons in the Eskimo language. — Eink. 
 
 2143 Unnersoutiksak | ernisuksiortunnut | Kal^dlit nunaBnng- 
 
 tunnut, I Kablunain okauzeenne agl6ksimarsok | nekkursaiirsomit 
 Lerklmit, | KalMlidle okauzeennut nuktersimarsok | Pellesimit | 
 Peter-Kraghmit. | 
 Kjobenhavnime. | Louis Kleinib nak'itt'eriviksodne. ( 1867. | 
 
 Second title: 
 
 tJnderretning | for Jordem^dre | i Greenland, | skreven paa 
 Dansk | af | OhirurgLerch, | oversatpaaGr^nlandsk | af | Praesten 
 Kragh. | 
 
 Kj^ibenhavn. | Louis Kleins Bogtrykkeri. | 1867. | jwp. 
 
 Pp. 2-63. Alternate pages Eskimo arid Danish. Eskimo title verso 1. 1 ; Dan- 
 ish title recto 1. 2. 16°. 
 
 2144 Johannesib koirsirsub nejs^ innukajuitsame .... nukter- 
 simarsok P. Kraghmit. 
 Haderslevime, 1871. * 
 
 98 pp. 8°. Story of John the Baptist in the Eskimo language. — Mnk. 
 
 2145 Greenlandish Sermons. (27.) * 
 
 27 sheets. 8°. Printed at the expense of the Danish Missionary Society. — Bink. 
 
 2146 [Krausen ( Johann Ulrich ) and Wagner ( Johann Oh. ), editors. ] 
 Oratio Dominica ■7:oXu-)-Xwtto^ xai izoloiiopfoq nimirum plus centum 
 Unguis, versionibus aut characteribus reddita et expressa, editio 
 novissima, speciminibus variis quam priores auctior. Das ist : das 
 Gebet des Herrn oder Yater Unser in viel Sprachen und Schreib- 
 arten, nemlich, in mehr als hundert Sprachen, Uebersetzung und 
 Schriften verfasset und vorgestellet, die letzte Edition, um unter- 
 schiedliche Bxempel vermehrter als die vorige. Verlegt von Joh. 
 Ulr. Krausen, u. J. Oh. Wagner. 
 
 [N. p., n. d.] * 
 
 Folio. This was printed at Augshurg about 1710 or 1712, and is generally 
 called the Augsburg collection. Title from Auer Sprachenhalle. Sabin's Dic- 
 tionary, No. 57434, gives the collation: pp. ("4), 22. 4°. 
 
 Contains the Mexican, Poconohi, and Virginian versions of the Lord's Prayer. 
 
 See [Mottus (B.), editor~\. 
 
 2147 Kristumiutut tugsiautit. 
 
 Kjobenhavnime, 1876. * 
 
 115 pp. 8°. Psalm boo^^in the Eskimo language. — Bmk. 
 See Davldeb assingitals ; also, Tuksiautib. 
 
408 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 2148 Kruger (F.) The | First Discovery of America, | and its early civ- 
 ilization. I Translated and enlarged from the German of | Dr. F. 
 Kruger, | by | W. L. Wagener, | Professor [&c., two lines]. [Two 
 lines quotation.] 
 
 New York: | Sheldon & Company, | 335 Broadway, cor. Worth 
 St. I 1863. I C. 
 
 Pp. 1-134. 12°. 
 A few words of ' ' Indian '' compared with tliose of different peoples, pp. 96-128. 
 
 2149 Krusenstern (Adam Johann von). Worter-Sammlungen | aus den 
 Sprachen | eiuiger Volker | des | ostlichen Asiens | und | der Nord- 
 west-Kiiste von Amerika. | Bekannt gemacht | von | A. J. v. Kru- 
 senstern I Capitain der Eussisch Kaiserlichen Marine. | 
 
 St. Petersburg. | Gedruckt in der Druckerey der Admiralitat | 
 1813. I JWP. 
 
 1 ]., pp. i-xi, 1 1., pp. 1-68, 1 1. 4°. 
 
 Wortersammlung aus der Sprache der Koljusohen (from Eesanoff, Lisiansky, 
 Khlebnikolf), pp. 45-5.'5 ; Wortersammlung aus der Spraclie der Kenai (from Dawi- 
 doff, Resanoff, and Lisiansky), pp. ,59-67. 
 
 2150 Kumlien (Ludwig). Department of the Interior: | U. S. National 
 Museum. | 15 | Bulletin | of the | United States National Mu- 
 seum. I No. 15. I Published under the direction of the Smithsonian 
 Institution | 
 
 Washington: | Government Printing Office. | 1879. | 
 
 Second title : 
 
 Contributions | to the | Natural History | of | Arctic America, | 
 made in connection with | the Howgate Polar Expedition, 1877^ 
 78, I by I Ludwig Kumlien, | Naturalist of the Expedition. | 
 
 Washington : | Government Printing Oflce. | 1879. | jwp. 
 
 Outside title: 
 
 Department of the Interior: | U. S. National Museum. | — 15 — | Bulletin | of 
 the I United States National Museum. | Contributions to the Natural History of 
 Arctic America, | made in connection with the Howgate | Polar Expedition, 
 1877-78, I by Ludwig Kumlien, | Naturalist of the expedition. | 
 
 Washington: | Government Printing Office. | 1879. 
 
 Printed cover 1 1., pp. 1-179. 8°. 
 
 Mr. Kumlien's contributions to this pamphlet are as follows : Ethnology, pp. 
 11-46; Mammals, pp. 47-67; Birds, pp. 69-105. The first contains a few Innuit 
 terms passim, and numerals 1-10 ; the latter two contain many names of animals 
 and birds in the Cumberland Eskimo. 
 
 Reprinted, in part, as follows : 
 
 2151 Ethnology. Fragmentary Notes on the Eskimo of Cum- 
 berland Sound. By Ludwig Kumlien. jwp. 
 
 In Science. A weekly record of scientific progress, vol. 1, pp. 85-88, 100-101, 
 214-218. New York, 1880. 4°. 
 Innuit numerals, 1-10, p. 216. 
 
 2152 Kiingip tugdliata ijerkussutai | Kalatdlit misigssuissortait piv- | 
 dlugit nunataloakigssautaipivdlugit, | Kungip tugdliata suit vflane 
 agdlagsimassut.1872 me | Januarip 31 ane. | .jwp. 
 
 No title-page. Pp. 1-18. 8°. Instructions for the trading posts in Greenland, 
 in the Eskimo language. 
 
KRUGER LACOMBE. 409 
 
 L. J. C. et K. I. 
 
 For titles of works beginning with these letters, see next word of title. 
 
 2153 [La Brosse {Bev. Jean Baptiste de).] Kehiro-Iriniui | aiamihe | 
 Massinahigan, | Shatshegutsh, Mitinekapitsh, | Iskuamiskutsh, 
 Netshekatsh, | Misht', Assinitsh, Shekutimitsh, | Bkuanatsh, As- 
 huabmushuanitsli | Piakuagamitsh, | Gaie missi missi nehiro-iriniui 
 Astshitsh I ka tatjits, ka kueiasku aiamihatjits ka utshi. | 
 
 TTabistiguiatsli [Quebec]. | Massinahitsetuau, Broun gaie G-ir- 
 mor. I 1767. | c. HU. 
 
 Pp. 1-96. sm. 4°. Prayer-book in the Montagnais language. 
 
 In the approbation by Bishop Briant prefixed to the volume the compiler's 
 name appears in its Montagnais form as Tshitshisahigan, i. e., "the broom" (la 
 brosse). The title-page shows that the manual was designed for all the praying 
 Indians who live at Shatshegu, Mitinekaiii, Iskuamisku, Netskeka [Lake Nitche- 
 guaii?], Mishtassini ["the great rook'' on the river of that name, between Lake 
 St. John and Hudson's Bay], Shekutimi [now Chicoutimi, near Lake St. John], 
 Ekuani [Agwanus, on the St. Lawrence?], Ashuabmushuaui [now Assuapmou- 
 son, one of the king's posts, in Saguenay county], and Piakuagami [Picoutimi, 
 on Lake St. John], and all Nehiro-Irinui places, everywhere. — Trumbull. 
 
 In 1769 * * he composed an alphabet and a catechism for the Montagnais. * * 
 He wrote a dictionary of the Montagnais language, and died about the year 
 1776. — Hind's ExploraUons. 
 
 2154 [Lacombe {Bev. Albert),] Dictionnaire et Grrammaire | de la | 
 Langue Crise | par | un Misslonnaire de la Saskatchiwan | Pros- 
 pectus I 
 
 Montreal | C.-O. Beauchemin & Valois, Llbraires-Imprimeurs | 
 237 et 239, Eue St-Paul | 1872 | jwp. 
 
 Pp. 1-17. 8°. A prospectus of the work afterwards issued ; contains remarks 
 upon and examples of the Cree language. 
 
 2155 Dictionnaire | de la | Langue des Oris | par | Le E6v. Pfere 
 
 Alb. Lacombe, Ptre, | Oblat de Marie ImmacuMe. | [Six lines quo- 
 tation.] 
 
 Montreal | 0. O. Beauchemin & Valois, | Imprimeurs-Libraires | 
 237 et 239, Rue St-Paul | 1874 | C hit. jwp. 
 
 Outside title : 
 
 Dictionnaire et Grammaire | de la | Langue des Oris | par | Le R6v. P&re Alb. 
 Lacombe, Ptre, | Oblat de Marie Immacul6e. | [Six lines quotation.]' ~ 
 
 Montreal | C. O. Beaucfiemin & Valois, Libraires-Impriraeurs | 237 et 239, Eue 
 St-Paul I 1874 I 
 
 Printed cover, 6 11., pp. v-xx, 1-713. 8°. map. 
 
 Fransais-Cris, pp. 1-274; Cris-Frangais, pp. 277-663; Liste des noms de pa- 
 rents, pp. 664-672 ; Noms des diff^rentes parties du corps, pp. 672-680 ; Racines du 
 dictionnaire Oris, pp. 681-704; fitymologie, pp. 705-710; Le symbole des apdtres, 
 p. 712 ; Las Commandements de Dieu, p. 713. 
 
410 
 
 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Lacombe {BSv. Albert)— continued. 
 
 2156 Grammaire | de la | Langue des Oris, | par le R. P. A. La- 
 combe, Ptre I de la | Congregation des Oblats de M. I. | [Design.] 
 
 Montreal | G. O. Beauchemin & Yalois, Libraires-Imprimeurs, | 
 237 et 239, Eue Saint-Paul | 1874 | HU. C. JWP. 
 
 lp.l.,pp.i-iii,l-190. 8°. 
 
 2157 [Four lines syllabic characters.] | (Livre de Priferes, etc., 
 
 en Sauteux.) | [One line syllabic characters.] [Seal of the Oblates.J 
 
 [Two lines syllabic characters.] Beauchemin & Valois, | [One and 
 one-half lines syllabic characters.]— 1880— [One-half line syllabic 
 characters.] | JWP. 
 
 <[irV Lr^Q.Ab> 
 
 SH" >' Ar-'C'A'* 
 
 b4 
 
 <(irA llbJQ.> CdAAbU<-> 
 
 (UVEE DE PRIERES, Etc., EN SAUTEUX.) 
 
 r Vr'CK-' hDfh <]Q.r<n^ 
 
 qnLPr^<]-' PPJ]<U<l-t>-^ 
 
 j[ri7» >u(i» 
 Lr-^DLAbcrHA-[rcr[>" V'C<i-/ 
 
 AAo A>-i880-b <]d CTP' SH- 
 
 Pp. i-iv, 1 1., pp. 1-382. 16°. Eomau Catholic prayer book in the Sauteux lan- 
 guage. In syllabic characters. The verso of title iu some copies is blank ; others 
 have a paster bearing the approbation of the Most Rev. Alex. A. Tach6, archbishop 
 of St. Boniface, and notice of copyright by Albert Lacombe, Ptre. O. M. S. Others 
 have a smaller paster bearing the approbation but minus the copyright. The 
 preface, p. iv, is signed : G. Belcourt, Ptre, Missionnaire, and the title is the same 
 
<Pa.V-Prtj-' 
 
 JAMVIEK.— Xa Sle HnnrnnlW do J.-C. 
 
 1 8 8 S - i <-rccDrcji <i^4-N 
 
 PSAr^i 
 
 rPr^A-Ar'<F 
 
 XllllllXIIIIIIXIIIIIIXIIIIIiXII 
 
 PEVBrEK^N.-D.deflDouleQrs- ^^ qq THr'AV 
 
 IIIIXIIIIIIXIIIIIIXIIIlllXll c 
 
 MABS.-StJoscplu „ „ ^0' 
 
 iiiixiiium xiiiiiixillll 
 
 
 <14PA-Ar-'' 
 
 ><-bV->A-Ar'< 
 
 O X 
 
 IXUULIXIIIIIIXIIIIIIXIIIIIIX 
 
 MAI.-MolsdoJI.rie. >ACrW'A 
 
 iiiiiixiiiiiixiiiliixiiiiii^iii 
 
 JDET.— Le StiorS Cccur de Jiiaus. t>*^"bV" 
 
 liixiiiiiixiiiiiixiiiiiixiiiii 
 
 JUILLBT.— Le Prnjiaai Sang. ^^^ 
 
 ixiiiiimiiiiixiiiiiixiiiiiixi 
 
 AOUT.— Ia Socri CCGur Jo Uarlc. D>i<[>Z 
 
 IllllXIIIIIIXIIIIilJCIIilllXIIII 
 
 BBPTEMBBE.— St IDchel AroliaoEC Jir'A 
 
 iixiiiiiixiiiiiixiiiiiixiiiiii 
 
 OOTOBEE.— Lea SS. Angea Garfiens.- b"b3n 
 
 xiiiiiixiiiiiixiiiiiixiiiiiixii 
 
 NOVEJIBBE.- Lc3 Amea dn Porgatolre. .^^U.n 
 
 niixiiiiiixiiiiiixiiiiiixiiii 
 
 PECEMBHE.— La Ste"EDfaiice. ^^ 
 
 iixiiiiiixiiiiiixiiiilixiiiiiix 
 
 X-dA-Ar": 
 
 !>i<>A-ArJ> 
 
 JinADA-Ar'' 
 
 b-bnJA-Ar'" 
 
 44b-njlA-Ar^< 
 
 «-L/PQj-'< 
 
 
 P^T^ 
 
 EXPLIOAIIONai-X BimandiB.— X Bimanche avoo fsto.— I Jour de jetoe at d'absHnenoe. CarSine.-TFSte a'oMigaHcau 
 
 2159. — P AC-SIMILE OP CREE CAXBNDAE; REDUCED ONE-HALF. 
 
LACOMBE — ^LAET. 411 
 
 Lacombe {Bev. Albert) — continued. 
 
 as that of the edition of 1839, No. 334 of this catalogue. It may be the same ■w^ork, 
 put into syllabic characters, by Father Lacombe. See fao-simile of title-page. 
 
 The follovring transliteration from the syllabic characters was furnished by 
 Archdeacon Kirkby ; the English translation by Eev. J. A. GilflUan : 
 
 Sauteux transliteration. — Anamiwemasinaikan | Jesus ot isitwawin | kaye | ana- 
 mii nakamonan takopiikatewan | (Livre de Priferes, etc., en Sauteux.) | Mi esit- 
 wawat Katolik anamiachik { 
 
 Ketimakisiwat kikinoamowawuk | Moniya otena | Beauchemin & Valois, | 
 Masinaikanikewininiwuk entawafc | iwew pipoon-1880-ka ako nikit Jesus. | 
 
 English, translation. — The Prayer Book | Jesus his religion of | and | sacred 
 hymns printed therewith | (Book of Prayers, etc., in Sauteux.) | The religion 
 Catholic according to. | 
 
 The poor for teaching them | Montreal | Beauchemin & "Valois | the publish- 
 ■ ers' residence. | The year-18S0-8inoe the birth of Jesus | 
 
 2158 Abr6g6 | du | Oat^chisme | dans la | Langue des Sauteux | 
 
 Montreal | Beauchemin & Valois, Libraires-Imprimeurs | 256 et 
 258, rue St-Paul. | [1881.] JWP. 
 
 Printed cover, 1 l.,pp. 1-43, 1 1. 32°. 
 
 2159 [Calendar for tbe Saskatchewan Indians.] 
 
 [Montreal: Beauchemin & Valois. 1882.] JWP. 
 
 ' 1 sheet, folio. See fac-simile. 
 
 , editor. 
 
 See Baraga {Bev. F.) and Belcourt {Bev. G. A.), in Additions and Corrections. 
 
 2160 Laet (Joannes de). Kieuwe Wereldt | ofte | Beschrijvinghe | 
 van I West-Indien, | uit veelerhande Schriften ende Aen-teekenin- 
 gen I van verscheyden Fatten by een versamelt | Door | loannes de 
 Laet, I Ende met | Noodighe kaerten en Tafels voorsien. | 
 
 Tot Leyden, | In de Druckerye van Isaack Ekevier | Anno 
 
 1625. I Met Privilegie der Ho. Mo. Heeren Staten Generael, voor 
 
 12 Jaren. | 
 
 1 p.l.,pp. xxii,526. folio, maps. Title from Sabin's Dictionary. 
 
 2161 Beschrijvinghe | van | West-Indien | door | loannes de 
 
 Laet: | Tweede druck: | In ontallijcke plaetsen ver- | betert, ver- 
 meerdert, met eenige | nieuwe Oaerten, beelden van | verschyden 
 dieren ende | planten verciert. | 
 
 Tot Leyden, bij de Elzeviers. A". 1630. | c. 
 
 14 p. 11., pp. 1-622, "Register" 17 pp. folio, maps. 
 
 Numerals, 1-10, of the Hochelaga (from Cartier), p. 70 ; ibid., of the Indians of 
 Canada (from Lesoarbot), p. 70 ; Names of the parts of the human body in Hoch- 
 elaga (from Cartier), p. 70 ; Numerals, 1-10, parts of the human body, and a short 
 vocabulary of the Souriquois, p. 74. 
 
 2162 Novvs Orbis | seu | Descriptionis | Indise Occidentalis | . 
 
 Libri XVIII. | Authore | loanne de Laet Antverp. | Novis Tabulis 
 G-eographicis et variis | Animantium, Plantarum Fructuumque | 
 Iconibus illustrati. | Ovm Privilegio. | 
 
 Lvgd. Batav. apud Elzevirios. A". 1633. | ba. 0. 
 
412 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Laet (Joannes de) — continued. 
 
 Engraved title-page, 16 11., pp. 1-690 (in reality only 590, p. 105 wrongly num- 
 bered 205, and the error continued throughout), Index, 9 11. folio, mapa. 
 
 Numerals, 1-10, of the Hoohelaga, and of the Indians of Canada, p. 52; Names 
 of the parts of the body in Hochelaga, pp. 48-49; Vocabulary of the Souriquois, 
 p. 53 ; Numerals, 1-10, of the Etchemin, p. 54; Vocabulary of the Sankikani, pp. 
 75-76; Vocabulary of the Mexican, pp. 241-242. 
 
 2163 L'Histoire | dv | Nouveau Monde | ou | Description | des 
 
 ludes I occidentales, | Contenant dix-huict Liures, | Par le Sieur 
 lean de Laet, d'Anuers; | Enriche de nouuelles Tables G^ographi- 
 ques & Figures des | Animaux, Plautes & Fruicts. | [Figure.] 
 
 A Leyde, | Chez Bonauenture & Abraham Elseuiers, Impri- 
 meurs | ordinaires de I'Vniuersite. | GIO ICO XL [1640]. | . BA. C. 
 
 16 p. 11., pp. 1-632, 6 11. folio, maps. Linguistics, pp. 52, 57, 58, 81, 153, 154. 
 
 Partly reprinted as follows: 
 
 2164 L'Histoire | du | Xouveau Monde | ou | Description | des | 
 
 Indes Occidentales | Nouvelle France | Livre Second | E6impres- 
 sion I 
 
 Quebec | Typographic de P.-G. Delisle | 1882 | D. 
 
 Outside title 1 1., followed by reprint of title-page of the 1640 edition and a 
 second title-page as above, pp. 1-98. 8°. Chaps, i-xxii. 
 
 Chap, xii. Habits * * langage des Sauvages, pp. 52-57, contains, pp. 56-57, 
 a Hochelagoes vocabulary, 25 words. 
 
 Chap, xvi, Mceurs, Coutumes, Langage des Souriquois, pp. 70-74, contains, pp. 
 72-73, names of the parts of the body, relationships and elements. 
 
 But 200 copies of this edition were printed. 
 
 2165 Extracts | from | The New World, | or | A Description of 
 
 the West Indies. | By | J6hn de Laet, | Director of the Dutch 
 West India Company, &c. j Translated from the original Dutch, | 
 by the Editor [George Folsom]. | 
 
 In Neiw York Hist. Soc, Coll., second series, vol. 1, pp. 281-316. New York, 
 1841. 8'^. 
 
 Numerals, 1-10, parts of the human body, names of sexes, elements, animals, 
 birds and fishes, in the language of the Sankikans, p. 313. 
 
 2166 loannis de Laet | Antwerpiani | ISTotte | ad | Dissertatio- 
 
 nem | Hugonis Grotii | De Origine Gentium Americanarum : | et | 
 Observationes | aliquot ad meliorem indaginem difflcilimEB | illius 
 Qusestionis. | [Figure.] 
 
 Amstelodami, | Apud Lvdovicvm Elziyirivm | CIO IOC XLIII 
 [1643]. I BA. c. 
 
 Pp. 1-223. 16°. 
 
 A few words of Huron, Hochelaga, Souriquoi, Saukkani, Maqna, and Mexican, 
 pp. 147-151 ; Huron and Mexican vocabulary, pp. 173-178 ; Maqua vocabulary, pp. 
 178-180. 
 
 2167 loannis | de Laet | Antuerpianl | Notse | ad | dissertatio- 
 
 nem | Hvgonis Grotii | De Origine Gentium Americanarum : [ et 
 observationes aliqvot | ad meliorem indaginem difiScil- | limse illius 
 Qusestionis. | 
 
LAET LAHONTAN. 413 
 
 Laet (Joannes de) — continued. 
 
 Parisiis, | apud Viduam Gvilielmi Pel6, | via Icobsea sub signo 
 crucis aurete. | M. DC. XLIII [1643]. [ * 
 
 Pp. 1-223. sm. 8°. 
 
 It contains, pp. 139-151, comparative vocabularies of the Irish, Gaelic, Ice- 
 landish, Sonriquois, and Mexican languages. — SoMn'a Dictionary, 
 
 2168 lafitau (P. Joseph Frangois). Moeurs | des Sauvages | Ameri- 
 quains, | compar^es aux Moeurs | des premiers temps. | Par le P. 
 Lafitau, de la Compagnie de J6sus. | Ouvrage enrichi de Figures 
 en taille-douce. | Tome Premier [Second]. | [Design.] 
 
 A Paris, | Chez Saugrain I'ain^, Quay des Augustins, prfes la 
 rue I Pav^e, k la Fleur de Lys. | Charles Bstienne Hochereau, h I'en- 
 tree | du Quay des Augustins, a la descente du Pont S. Michel, | au 
 Phoenix. | M DCC XXIV [1724]. | Avec Approbation et Privilege 
 dv Eoy. I 
 
 2 vols. 4°. BA. C. 
 
 De la Laugue [Huron], vol. 2, pp. 458-490. 
 
 2169 Moeurs des sauvages Am6riquains, compar^es aux mceurs 
 
 des premiers temps. 
 
 Paris, Saugrain, 1724. * 
 
 4 vols. 12°. Title from catalogue of the Brown library, vol. 3, pt. 1, No. 345, 
 ■where it says : " Reprinted at Rouen the following year in 4 vols. 12°. * * Mr. 
 Rich notices a quarto edition in 1723, which is probably an error." Sabin's Dic- 
 tionary mentions an edition: Amsterdam, 1730, 4 vols. 12°. 
 
 2170 De I Zeden | der | Wilden | Van | Amerika | Zyude | Ben 
 
 nieuwe uitvoerige en zeer kurieuse Beschryviug van derzelver 
 Oor- I sprong. Godsdienst, manier van Oorlogen, Huwelyken, 
 Opvoe- I ding, Oeffeningen, Feesten, Danzeryen, Begravenissen, en 
 andere zeldzame gewoonteu ; | Tegen | De Zeden der oudste Volke- 
 ren Vergeleken, en met getugenissen uit de oudste [ Grieksche en- 
 andere Schryveren getoetest en bevestigt. | Door den zeer geleer- 
 den. I J. F. La Fiteau, | Jesuit en Zendeling in Amerika; in't 
 Fransch beschreven. | Eerste [Tweede] Deel. | 
 
 In's Gravenhage. | By Gerard Vander Poel, Boekverkoper. | 
 M DCC. XXXI [1731]. I JOB. 
 
 2 vols, paged continuously, 1 p. 1., pp. 1-555. folio. Linguistics, p. 529 and 
 following. 
 
 German translation in Baumgarten (,S. J. ) Al Igemeine Geschichte der Lander 
 und Tolker von America. Halle, 1752. 4°. Von der Sprache, vol. 1, pp. 490-504. 
 
 lagunas [Fr. Juan Baptista de). 
 See Baptista de Lagunas {Fr. Juan). 
 
 2171 Lahontan {M. le Baron). Nouveaux | Voyages | de | Mr. Le Baron 
 de Lahontan, | dans | I'Am^rique | Septentrionale, | . Qui contien- 
 nent une relation des difKrens Peuples | qui y habitent, la nature 
 de leur Gouvernemeut; leur | Commerce, leurs Coutumes, leui- Ee- 
 ligion, & I leur manifere de faire la Guerre. | L'int^ret des Fran9ois 
 
414 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Lahontan {M. le Baron) — continued. 
 
 & des Anglois dans le Cora- | merce qu'ils font avec ces Nations; 
 I'avantage que | I'Angleterre pent retirer dans ce Pais, (5tant | en 
 Guerre avec la France. | Le tout enricbi de Cartes & de Figures. | 
 Tome Premier. | [Figure.] 
 
 A La Haye, | Chez les Frferes I'Honor^, Marchands Libraiies. | 
 M. DOG. Ill [1703]. [ 
 
 Title to vol. 2, as follows: 
 
 M^moires | de l'Am6rique | Septentrionale, | ou la suite | des 
 Voyages de Mr. le | Baron de Lahontan. | Qui contiennent la De- 
 scription d'une graude 6ten- \ due de Pais de ce Continent I'iut^ret 
 des Frangois & des | Anglois, leurs Com- | merces, leurs Naviga- 
 tions, I les Mceurs & | les Coutumes des Sauvages, &c. | Avec un 
 petit Dictionnaire de la Langue du Pais. | Le tout enrichi de Cartes 
 & de Figures. | Tome Second. | [Figure.] 
 
 A La Haye, | Chez les Frferes I'Honor^, Marchands Libraires. | 
 M DCC III [1703]. I 
 
 Title to vol. ."?, as follows : 
 
 Supplement | aux Voyages | du | Baron Lahontan, | Ou I'on 
 trouve des Dialogues curieux | entre | I'Auteur | et j un Sau- 
 vage I de bons sens qui 4 voyag6. | L'on y voit aussi plusieurs Ob- 
 servations faites par le meme j Auteur, dans ses voyages en Por- 
 tugal, en Espagne, j en Hollande, en Dannemarck, &c. | Tome Troi- 
 sifeme. I Avec Figures. | [Figure.] 
 
 A La Haye. | Chez les Frferes I'Honor^, Marchands Libraires. | 
 M. DCC. Ill [1703]. I JOB. 
 
 3 vols. 12°. Vol.1: 10 p. 11., 279 pp. ; vol.2: 220pp., table, 8 11. ; vol.3: 7 p. 11., 
 322 pp. , 4 plates, and 2 maps. 
 
 The only copy I have seen of the 3-vol. edition of 1703 was in that the Carter 
 Brown library. Sabin's Dictionary, No. 38636, says this is the original edition, 
 and adds: "In enumerating the succeeding editions I do it with some diffi- 
 dence, for there are some variations which are not very clear ; for example, in 
 the edition of 1742, the "Suite" reads as vol. 2, and the "M^moires" as vol. 3. 
 Some editions include the Dialogues, others do not. To be quite sure about these 
 details, one ought to have them under the eye at the same time, and that has 
 not been possible." 
 
 2172 Nouveaux j Voyages ( de | Mr. le Baron de Lahontan, | 
 
 dans I l'Am6rique ] Septentrionale,] qui contiennent une relation des 
 diffSrens Peuples | qui y habitent: la nature de leur Gouverne- 
 ment; | leur Commerce, leur Coutumes. leur Reli- ( gion, & leur 
 maniere de fake la Guerre. | L'int6r6t des Frangois & des Anglois 
 dans le Commer- | ce qu'ils font avec ces Nations; I'avantage que | 
 I'Angleterre peut retirer dans ce Pais, 6tant | en Guerre avec la 
 France. | Le tout enrichi de Cartes & de Figures. | Tome Premier. | 
 [Design.] 
 
 A la Haye, | Chez" les Frferes I'Honor^, Marchands Libraires | 
 M. DCC. Ill [1703]. I 
 
LAHONTAN. 415 
 
 Tjahontan {M. le ^arow)~ continued. 
 
 Title of vol. 2 : 
 
 M6inoires | de | I'Am^rique \ Septentrionale, ou la suite des 
 voyages | de | Mr. le Baron de Lahontan. | Qui contiennent 
 la Description d'une graude 6tendue de | Pais de ce Continent, 
 I'int^rfet des Frangois & des | Anglois, leurs Commerces, leurs Navi- 
 gations, les I Moeurs & les Coutumes des Sauvages, «&c. | Avec un 
 petit Dictionnaire de la Langne du Pais. | Le tout enrichi de Cartes 
 & de Figures. | Tome Second. | [Design.] 
 
 A la Haye, | Chez les Freres I'Honore, Marchand Libraires. | 
 M. DCC. Ill [1703J. I BA. 0. 
 
 2 vols. 12°. Vol.1: Engraved fi-ontispiece, title 1 l.,Epltre, 2 11; Preface, 7 
 pp. ; table, 11 pp. ; iu all, including title, 12 p. 11., foUo-wed by small map, pp. 1- 
 279. Large map at p. 136. Vol.2: 220 pp., including title; table,911.; map at p. 4. 
 
 Petit Dictionnaire de la Langne des Sauvages [Algonkin], vol. 2, pp. 195-218 ; 
 Qnelques mots Hurous, vol. 2, pp. 219-220. 
 
 2173 Nouveaux | Voyages | de | Mr. Le Baron de Lahontan, [ 
 
 dans I l'Am6rique | Septentrionale, | Qui contiennent une Eelation 
 des difKrens | Peuples qui y habitent; la nature de leur | Gou- 
 vernement; leur Commerce, leur Cou- ( tumes, leur Religion, & 
 leur maniere de | faire la Guerre. | L'Int6r6t des Fran§6is & des 
 Anglois dans le Commer- | ce qu'ils font avec ces Natioiis ; I'avan- 
 tage que | I'Angleterre pent retirer dans ce Pias, 6tant | en Guerre 
 avec la France : | Le t6ut enrichi de Cartes & de Figures. Tome 
 Premier, j 
 
 A la Haye, | Chez les Freres I'Houor^, Marchands Libraires. | 
 M. DCC. Ill [1703]. I 
 
 Title of vol. 3 : 
 
 M6moires | de | I'Am^rique | Septentrionale | ou la suite des 
 voyages ) de | Mr. le Baron de Lahontan, | Qui contiennent la 
 Description d'une grande | ^tendne de Pais de ce Continent, I'int^- 
 r6t I des Frangois & des Anglois, leurs Com- | merces, leurs Navi- 
 gations, les Moeurs, & | les Coutumes des Sauvages, &c. | Avec un 
 petit Dictionnaire de la Langue du Pais. | Le tout enrichi de Cartes 
 & de Figures. | Tome second, j [Design.] 
 
 A la Haye, | Chez les Freres I'Honori, Marchands Libraires. | 
 M. DCC. Ill [1703]. I BA. JOB. 
 
 2 vols. 12°. Vol 1: Engrared frontispiece of an Indian, 11 p. 11., text pp. 
 1-279 ,~ one large and one small map. Vol. 2 : 220 pp., table 9 11., and one map. 
 
 Petit Dictioonaire de la Langue des Sauvages, vol. 2, pp. 195-218 ; Quelques 
 mots Hurons, vol. 2, pp. 219-220. 
 
 Althongh this bears the same imprint as the work which precedes it [3- vol. 
 ed., 1703], a comparison shows them to be different editions. The text of the 
 latter is, page for page, like that of volumes 1 and 2 of the former. The type, 
 however, is smaller, and all the capitals and ornaments at the head of the chap- 
 ters are different in the two copies. The Epistle, Prologue, and table of con- 
 tents differ in the two. The engravings in the Jatter are very inferior to the 
 former, and were evidently got up expressly for this edition, which is probably 
 a spurious one. — Bartlett. 
 
416 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 lahontan (M. le Baron) — continued. 
 
 2174 New I Voyages | to | North- America. | Containing | an Ac- 
 count of the several Nations of that vast Con- | tinent ; their Cus- 
 toms, Commerce, and way of | Navigation upon the Lakes and 
 Eivers ; the seve- | ral Attempts of the English and French to dis- 
 possess i one another ; with the Eeasons of the Miscarriage | of the 
 former ; and the various Adventures be- | tween the French, and 
 the Iroquese Confederates of | England, from 1683 to 1694. | A Geo- 
 graphical Description of Canada, and a Natu- | ral History of the 
 Country, with Eemarks upon | their Government, and the Interest 
 of the English | and French in their Commerce. | Also a Dialogue 
 between the Author and a General of the | Savages, giving a full 
 View of the Eeligion and strange | Opinions of those People : With 
 an Account of the Au- | thor's Eetreat to Portugal and Denmark, 
 and his Eemarks | on those Courts. | To which is added, | A Dic- 
 tionary of the Algonkine Language, which is generally j spoke 
 in North-America. | Illustrated with Twenty three Mapps and 
 Cutts. I Written in French | By the Baron Lahontan, Lord Liev- 
 tenant | of the French Colony at Placentia in New- | foundland, 
 now in England. | Done into English | In Two Volumes. | A great 
 part of which never Printed in the Original. ( 
 
 London : | Printed for H. Bonwicke in St. Paul's Church-yard ; ( 
 T. Goodwin, M. Wotton, B. Tooke, in Fleetstreet ; and S. Manship in 
 Cornhil, 1703. | 
 
 Title of vol. 2, as follows: 
 
 New I Voyages | to [ North- America. | Giving a full Account 
 of the Customs, | Commerce, Eeligion, and strange O- | pinions of 
 the Savages of that Country: | With | Political Eemarks upon the 
 Courts I of Portugal and Denmark, and the Present | State of the 
 Commerce of those Countries. | Never printed before. | Written | 
 By the Baron Lahontan, Lord | Lieutenant of the French Colony 
 at I Placentia in Newfoundland : Now in | England. | Vol. II. | 
 
 London : | Printed for H. Bonwicke in St. Paul's Church-yard; T. 
 Goodwin, M. Wotton, B. Tooke in Fleetstreet; and S. Manship in 
 Cornhil, 1703. | htj. job, 
 
 2 vols. 8°. maps. 
 
 A Short Dictionary of the most Universal Language of the Savages, vol. 2 
 pp. 287-301 ; Some Huron words, pp. 301-302. 
 
 2175 Nouveaux | Voyages | de Mr. Le Baron | de Lahontan | 
 
 dans I I'Am^rique | Septentrionale. | Qui contiennent une relation 
 des differens Pen- | pies qui y habitent, la nature de leur Gouver- | 
 nement, leur Commerce, leur Coiitume, leur | Eeligion, & leur ma- 
 miere de faire la Guerre. | L'int^rfit des Fran9oi8 & des Anglois dans 
 le I Commerce qu'ils font avec ces Nations, I'a- | vantage que I'An- 
 gleterre pent retirer dans ce Pais, etant en Guerre avec la France. | 
 Le tout enrichi de Cartes & de Figures. | Tome Premier. | 
 
LAHONTAN. 417 
 
 Lahontan (Jf. le Baron) — continued. 
 
 A La Haye. | Chez les Preres L' Honors, Marchands Libraires. | 
 M.DCGIV [1704]. I JOB. 
 
 2 vols. 12°. map. Vol. 2., Mfimoires, &c., not numbered. Dictionary, vol. 2, 
 pp. 199-220; Huron words, pp. 220-222. 
 
 2176 Voyages | du Baron | de la Hontan | dans | l'Am6rique | 
 
 Septentrionale, | Qui contienneut une Eelation des diff^rens Peu- 
 ples I qui yhabitent; la nature de I'eur Gouvernemeut ; leur | Com- 
 merce, leurs Coutumes, leur Eeliglon, & | leur manifere de faire la 
 G-uerre; L'interfet des Francois & des Anglois dans le Com- | 
 merce qu'ils font avec ces ISTations; I'a vantage que | I'Angleterre 
 pent retirer de ce Pais, 6tant | en Guerre avec la Prance. Le tout 
 enrichi de Cartes «& de Figures. | Tome Premier [Second]. | Seconde 
 Edition, revue, corrigee & augraentee. | 
 
 A La Haye, | Chez Jonas I'Honor^, & Compagnie. | MDCCV 
 [1705]. I JCB. 
 
 2 vols. 12°. map. Vol. 2, M^moires, &c. Dictionary, vol. 2, pp. 310-335 ; Hu- 
 ron words, pp. 335-336. 
 
 2177 Voyages | du Baron | de Lahontan | dans | I'Am^rique | 
 
 Septentrionale, | Qui contiennent une Relation des differens | Peu- 
 ples I qui y habitent ; la nature de leur j Gouvernemeut, leur | Com- 
 merce, leurs I Coutumes, leur Eeligion,& | leurmanifere | de faire la 
 Guerre: | L'lnt^rfit des Pran9ois & des Anglois dans le Com- | merce 
 qu'ils font avec ces Nations; I'avantage que | I'Angleterre pent 
 retirer de ce | Pais, 6tant | en Guerre avec la Prance. | Le tout en- 
 rich! de Cartes & de Figures. | Tome Premier [Second]. | Seconde 
 Edition, revue, corrigee & augmentee. | 
 
 Amsterdam, Chez Frangois L'Honor6 & Compagnie. MDCCV 
 [1705]. I BA. 
 
 2 vols. 12°. Vol. 2, M^moires, &c. Dictionary, vol. 2, pp. 311-335 ; Huron 
 words, pp. 335-336. 
 
 2178 Voyages | du Baron | de la Hontan | dans | L'Am^rique | 
 
 Septentrionale, j Qui contiennent une Eolation des ditt'drens Peu- 
 plee I qui y habitent; la nature de leur Gouvernemeut; leur | Com- 
 merce, leur Coutumes, leur Eeligion ; & | leur manifere de faire la 
 Guerre: | L'interet des Praugois & des Anglois dans le Com- | merce 
 qu'ils font avec ces ISTations; I'avantage que | I'Angleterre pent 
 retirer de ce Pais, 6tant | en Guerre avec la France. | Le tout enrichi 
 de Cartes & de Figures. | Tome Premier [Second], j Seconde Edi- 
 tion, revue corrigee & augment6e. | [Design.] 
 
 A La Haye, | Chez Charles Delo, sur le Singel. | MDCCVI 
 [1706]. I JOB. 
 
 2 vols. 12°. map. Vol. 2, M^moires, &c. Dictionary, vol. 2, pp. 311-335; Hu- 
 ron words, pp. 335-336. 
 
 27 Bib 
 
418 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Lahontan (M. U Baron) — continued. 
 
 2179 Nouveaux | Voyages | de Monsieur \ le Baron de Lahon- 
 tan, I dans l.l'Amerique | Septentrionale, | Qui contiennent une Ee- 
 latiou des diff^- | rens Peuples qui y habitent, la nature | de leur 
 Gouvernement, leur Commerce, | lours Coutumes, leur Eeligion, & 
 leur I manifere de faire la Guerre. | L'int6r6t des Fran9ois & des 
 Angloisdansle | Commercequ'ilsfontavec cessations; | I'avantage 
 que la France, pent retirer dans ce | Pai's, 6tant en Guerre avec 
 I'Angleterre. | Le tout enricbi de Cartes & de Figures. | Tome 
 Premier [-Troisieme]. | 
 
 A la Haye, | Chez Isaac Delorme, Libraire. | M. DCO VII 
 [1707]. I 0. 
 
 3 vols. 10°. Vol. 2, M^moires, &c. ; vol. 3, Dialogues de M. Lahontan, &o. 
 Dictionary, vol. 2, pp. 217-237; Huron words, pp. 238-239. 
 
 2180 Nouveaux | Voyages | de Mr. Le Baron | De Lahontan, | 
 
 dans I L'Amerique | Septentrionale. ( Qui contiennent une re- 
 lation des diff6rens Pen- | pies qui y habitent, la nature de leur 
 Gouver- | nement, leur Commerce, leur Coutume, leur | Eeligion, 
 & leur maniere de faire la Guerre. | L'int^ret des Fran9ois & des 
 Anglois dans le | Commerce qu'ils font avec ces N^ations, Pa- | 
 vantage que I'Angleterre pent retirer dans ( ce Pais, 6tant en 
 Guerre avec la France. | Le tout enrichi de Cartes & de Figures. | 
 Tome Premier [Second]. | 
 
 A La Haye, | Chez les Frferes L'Honor^, Marchands | Libraires. | 
 M.DCCIX[1709]. I JOB, 
 
 2 vols. 12°. map. Dictionary, vol. 2, pp. 199-220 ; Huron words, pp. 220-222. 
 
 2181 Des berilhmten | Herrn | Baron De Lahontan | neueste 
 
 Eeisen | nach | Nord Indien | oder dem | mitternachtischeu Ame- 
 rica, I mit vielen besondern und bey keinem Scribenten | beflnd- 
 lichen | Curiositseten. | Aus dem Frantzosischen ilbersetzet | 
 von I M. Vischer. | 
 
 Hamburg und Leipzig. | Im Neumannischen Verlag. | MDCOIX 
 [1709]. I JOB. 
 
 6p. 11., 459 pp. 12°. map. AnhangeinesWorter-BuchsvonderWildenSprachen, 
 pp. 433-454. 
 
 2182 Des berilhmten | Herrn | Baron De Lahontan | Keueste 
 
 Eeisen | nach | Nord-Indien/ | oder dem | mitternachtischen 
 America | mit vielen besondern und bey keinem Scribenten beflnd- 
 lichen | Curiositaeten. | Auchbeydieserandern Auflagemit | seiner 
 Keise nach Portugall/ Dennemarck und | Spanien/ vermehret. | 
 Aus dem Frantzosischen ilbersetzet | von | M. Vischer. I 
 
 Hamburg und Leipzig/ | Im Neumannischeu- Verlag/ MDCCXI 
 11711]. I JOB. 
 
 l-i p. 11., 753 pp. 16°. map. Anhang eines Worter-Buchs von der Wilden 
 Sprachen, pp. ,563-590. 
 
LA,HONTAN. 419 
 
 lahontan {M. le Baron) — continued. 
 
 2183 Voyages | du Baron | de Lahontan | dans | I'Am^rique | 
 
 Septentrionale, | Qui contiennent une Eolation, des difllSrens | 
 Peuples qui y habitent; la nature 4,e leur | Gouvernement ; leur 
 Commerce, leurs | Cofitumes, leur Religion, & leur manifere | de 
 faire la Guerre : | L'lnt^rfit des PrangoiSi & des Anglois dans le | 
 Comnierce qu'ils font avec ces Nations; 1'% | vantage que I'Angle- 
 terre pent retirer de ce | Pais, 6tant en Guerre avec la Prance. | Le 
 tout enrichi de Cartes & de Pigures. | Tome Premier [Second]. | 
 Seconde Edition revue, corrig6e & augment^e. \ [Design.] 
 
 A Amsterdam, | Chez Pran9ois l'Honor6, vis-a-yis de la Bourse. | 
 M.DCC.XXVIII [1728]. | BA. job. 
 
 3 vols. 12°. maps. Vol. 2, M^moires, &c. The third volun^?, Suite du voyage, 
 &c., has the imprint: Amsterdam, | Chez la Veuve de Boeteman. | M. DCC. 
 XXVIII. I 
 
 Dictionary of the Algonkin, vol. 2, pp. 311-336. 
 
 2184 Kew I Voyages | to | North- America. | Containing | an 
 
 Account of the several Nations of that vast Con- | tiuent; their 
 Customs, Commerce, and Way of Naviga- | tion upon the Lakes 
 and Eivers; the several Attempts of j the English and Prench to 
 dispossess one another; with the reasons | of the Miscarriage of 
 the former; and the various | Adventures between the Prench, 
 and the Iroquese Confe- | derates of England from 1683 to 1694. | 
 A Geographical description of Canada, and a | Natural History of 
 the Country, with Eemarks upon | their Government, and the In- 
 terest of the English and | Prench in their Commerce. | Also a 
 Dialogue between the Author and a General | of the Savages, giv- 
 ing a full jT'iew of the Religion and | strange Opinions of those 
 people : With an Account of ( the Author's Retreat to Portugal and 
 Denmark, and his | Remarks on those Courts. | To which is added, | 
 A Dictionary of the Algonkine Language which is | generally 
 spoke in North-America. | Illustrated with Twenty -three Maps and 
 Cuts. I Written in Prench | By the Baron Lahontan, | Lord Lieu- 
 tenant of the Prench Colony at Placeutia | in Newfoundland, at 
 that Time in England. | Done into English. The Second Edition. | 
 In Two Volumes. | A great Part of which never Printed in the 
 Original. | Vol. I [II]. | 
 
 London: | Printed for John Brindley, Bookseller, at the Kings- 
 Arms I in New-bond-street, Bookbinder to her Majesty and his | 
 Royal Highness the Prince of Wales; and Charles | Corbett, at 
 Addison's-head. Temple-bar. 1735. | job. 
 
 2 vols. 8°. maps. The imprint to vol. 2, New voyages * * giving a -full ac- 
 count of the customs, commerce, religion, &c., is: Printed for J. Brindley * * and 
 C. Corbett, ' * M. DCC. XXXV. 
 
 Dictionary, vol. 2, pp. 289-303 ; Huron words, pp. 303-304. 
 
 2185 New | Voyages | to | North-America. | Containing | An 
 
 Account of the several Nations of that vast Con- | tinent; their 
 
420 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 lahontan (M. le Baron) — continued. 
 
 Customs, Commerce, and Way of Naviga- | tion vi?pon the Lakes 
 and Eiveis: the several Attempts of | the English and French to 
 dispossess one another; with the | Eeasons of the Miscarriage of 
 the former; and the various | Adventures between the French, and 
 the Iroquese Confe- | derates of England, from 1683 to 1694. | A 
 Geographical Description of Canada, and a | JS'atural History of 
 the Country, with Eemarks upon their | Government, and the In- 
 terest of the English and French | in their Commerce. | Also a 
 Dialogue between the Author and a General of the | Savages, giv- 
 ing a full View of the Religion and strange Opi- | nions of those 
 People: With an Account of the Author's Eetreat | to Portugal and 
 Denmark, and his Eemarks on those Courts. | To which is added, | 
 A Dictionary of the Algonkine Language, which is | generally 
 spoke in North-America. | Illustrated with Twenty-three Maps and 
 Cuts. I Written in French | By the Baron Lahontan, | Lord Lieu- 
 tenant of the French Colony at Placentia | in l^Tewfoundland, at 
 that time in England. | Done into English. The Second Edition. | 
 In Two Volumes. | A great Part of which never Printed in the 
 Original. | Vol. I [II]. | 
 
 London: | Printed for J. and J. Bonwicke, E. Wilkin, S. 
 Birt, T. Ward, | E. Wicksteed; and J. Osborn. M. DCC. XXXV 
 [1735]. I BA. 0. 
 
 2 vols. 8°. maps. Title to vol. 2 has the imprint: London: | Printed for J. 
 Walthoe, E. Wilkin, J. and J. Bonwicke, | J. Osborn, S. Birt, T. Ward and E. 
 Wicksteed. | 1735. | 
 
 Algonkin Dictionary, vol. 2, pp. 289-303; Huron words, pp. 303-304. 
 
 2186 Eeizen | van den Baron | van La Hontan | in het | Noor- 
 
 delyk | America, | Vervattende een Verhaal van verscheide 
 Volkc- I ren die het bewooneu, den aart hunner Ee- | geering, hun 
 Koophandel, hun Ge- | woontens, hun Godsdienst, en | hun wys 
 van Oorloogen. | NeevenshetBelangderFranschenenderEngel- | 
 schen in hun Koophandel met die Volkeren ; en | 't voordeel dat 
 Engeland, met Vrankryk in | Oorlog zynde, van dat Land kan 
 trekken. | Alles met verscheide Aanteekeningen vermeer- | dert 
 en opgeheldert, en met Kaarten en | Plaaten verciert. | Eerste 
 [Tweede] Deel. | Vertaalt door | Gerard Westerwyk. j 
 
 In's Gravenhage, | By Isaac Beauregard. 1739. | c. JOB. 
 
 2 vols. 12°. map. Woordenbook van de Taal der Wilden, vol. 2, pp. 524-551 ; 
 Eenige Huronsche Worden, pp. 551-552. 
 
 2187 ; Voyages | du Baron | de Lahontan | dans | I'Am^rique | 
 
 Septentrionale. | Qui contiennent une Eelation des dift"6- | reus 
 Peuples qui y habitent; la nature | de leur Gouvernement; leur 
 Commer- | ce, leurs Coutumes, leur Eeligion, & | leur manifere de 
 faire la Guerre: | L'Int6ret des Frangois & des Anglois dans le | 
 Commerce qu'ils font avec ces Nations, I'a- | vantage quel'Angleterre 
 
LAHONTAN — LAMBEET. 421 
 
 Lahontan [M. le Baron) — continued. 
 
 pent retirer de ce | Pais, 6tant en Guerre aveo la France. | Le tout 
 enrichi de Cartes & de Figures. | Tome P[r]emier [-Troisifeme]. | 
 Seconde Edition, revfte, corrig^e & augment^e. 1 
 
 A Amsterdam, | Chez FranQois L'Honord, vis-^-vis de la 
 Bourse. | M. DOO. XXXXI [1741J. | job. 
 
 3 vols. 12°. maps. Tome Second : Suite | des Voyages | du Baron | De La 
 Hontan | &c. Tome Troisi^me : Mfimoires | de | I'Am^rique | &o. 
 
 Dictionary, vol. :5, pp. 219-236; Huron words, pp. 236-237. 
 
 Other editions of La Hontan are mentioned by Sabiu and Leclero, as follows: 
 
 A Amsterdam, Chez Francois I'Honorg, MDCCXXI, 2 vols. 12°. 
 
 A Amsterdam, Fr. L'Honorg, 1731, 2 vols. 12°. 
 
 La Haye, Chez ]es Frferes I'Honorg, MDCCXXXI, 2 vols. 12°. 
 
 In addition to the foregoing, I have seen the following partial reprints of La- 
 hontan, which are not accompanied by the Dictionary : 
 
 Geographical Description of Cacnada, in Harris (J.) Collection of Voyages, 
 vol.2, 1705. 
 
 Reise aus dem langeu Flusse, in AUgemeine Hist., vol. 16, 1758. 
 
 Travels in Canada, in Pinkerton (J. ) Collection of Voyages, vol. 13, 1812. 
 
 Lakey (James). 
 See Delaiield (John), jr., and Lakey (James). 
 
 2188 [Lalemant (P. Jerome).] Eelation De ce qui s'est pas86 de plus 
 remarquable en la Mission des Pferes de la Oompagnie de lesus aux 
 Hvrons pays de la Novvelle France, depvis le mois de Ivin de Tan- 
 nic 1640. Ivsqves av mois de Ivin de I'ann^e 1641. Addressee an 
 Eeuerend Pere Jacques Dinet, Prouincial de la Compagnie de 
 lesus, en la Prouince de France. [Signed H. L'Alemant.] 
 
 Pp. 1-104. 8°. Appended to Vimont (Barth.) Eelation de ce qvi s'est pass6 en 
 la Novvelle France, es ann^es 1640 et 1641. Paris, M. DC. XLII. 8°. Reprinted 
 in Relations des J^suites, vol. 1, 1641, pp. 59-86. Quebec, 1858. 8°. Containing 
 prayer in Huron, with interlinear French translation, pp. 84-86. 
 
 Pfere Jerome Lalemant went among the Hurons in 1638, remaining until 1645. 
 In 1650, after the destruction of the Huron Nation, he returned to France. In 
 1659 he obtained permission to return to his neophytes, and was chosen Superior 
 of the Missions of Canada. He died in that country January 26, 1673, aged 80 
 years. — Jesuit Belationa. 
 
 2189 Principles of the Huron Language. * 
 
 Manuscript. "Referred to by Jaques in one of his letters, but now lost." — 
 Hist. Jffli9.,vol.2,p. 197. 
 
 2190 Lamanon (Jf. de). [Notes on various Indian dialects.] 
 
 In La Perouse (J. F. G. de). Voyage Autour du Monde, vol. 2, pp. 210-292. 
 Paris, 1797. 4°. 
 
 Numerals, 1-10, of the Indians of Port des Frangais, and observations on their 
 language, vol. 2, pp. 210-213 ; Observations on and numerals, 1-10, of the Achast- 
 liens, vol. 2, pp. 288-291; Notes on and a short vocabulary of the Ecclemachs, 
 vol. 2, pp. 291-292. 
 
 Reprinted in the various editions of La Perouse, q. v. 
 
 2191 Lambert {M. VabbS). Curious | observations | upon the | Manners, 
 Customs, Usages, different ( Languages, Government, Mytho- | 
 
422 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS 
 
 Lambert (M. VabM) — continued- 
 logy, Chronology, Antient and Modern | Geography, Ceremonies, 
 Eeligion, | Mechanics, Astronomy, Medicine, | Physics, Natural 
 History, Commerce, | Arts, and Sciences, | Of the several Nations 
 of I Asia, Africa, and America. | Translated from the French of | 
 M. L'Abb6 Lambert. | Vol. I [11], | 
 
 London : | Printed for G. Woodfall, at the King's Arms, Oha- | 
 ring Cross; W. Eussel, at Horace's Head, without | Temple- 
 Bar; and W. Meyer, in May's-Buildings, | St. Martin's-Lane. | 
 [1750.] I 0. 
 
 2 vols. 8°. 
 
 Chapter xxviii. The different languages of the Hurons, of the Abnakls, the 
 Algontins, the Illinese, the Outaouaoks, and several other nations of New France, 
 " • vol. 1, p. 277. 
 
 The promise given above is not carried out, as the statement itself constitutes 
 about all there is on language in this work. 
 
 Other editions : London, M DCCL, 2 vols. 8° ; London, 1755, 2 vols. 8° ; Lon- 
 don, 1760, 2 vols. 8°. 
 
 2192 Lambert (Edward E.) History | of the | Colony of New Haven, | 
 before and after | the Union with Connecticut. | Containing a par- 
 ticular description | of the towns which composed that government, 
 viz., I New Haven, | Milford, | Guilford, | Branford, | Stamford, 
 & I Southold, L. I. I with a notice of the towns which have been set 
 off from I " The Original Six." | Illustrated bj Fifty Engravings. | 
 [Engraving.] | By | Edward E. Lambert. | 
 
 New Haven : | Printed and published by Hitchcock & Stafford. | 
 1838. I A. c. T. 
 
 Pp. 1-216. 12°. plates. 
 Vocabulary of the Montauk Indians, p. 184. 
 
 2193 Landa (Diego de). Arte perfeccionado de la lengua maya. • 
 
 Title from Carillo, in the Bulletin of the Mexican Geographical Society. 
 
 See Brasseur de Bourbourg (C. E.), No. 446 of this catalogue. 
 
 2194 Lane (William Carr). Letter on affinities of Dialects in New Mex- 
 ico. Gov. W. C. Lane. 
 
 In Schoolcraft (H.E.) Indian Tribes, vol. 5, p. 689. Philadelphia, 1855. 4°. 
 
 2195 Lanmau (Charles). Haw-ho-noo; | or, | Eecords of a Tourist. | 
 By I Charles Lanman, | Author of "Letters from the Alleghany 
 Mountains," etc. | [Quotation, three lines.] 
 
 Philadelphia: | Lippincott, Grambo and Co., | Successors to I 
 Grigg, Elliot and Co., | 14 North Fourth Street. | 1850. | c. 
 
 4 p. 11., pp. 13-266. 12°. 
 Chippeway song, with translation, p. 208. 
 
 2196 Adventures | in the | Wilds of the United States | and | 
 
 British American Provinces. | By | Charles Lanman, | author of 
 
LAMBERT — LA PiSeoUSE. 423 
 
 Lanman (CLarles)^-continued. 
 
 [&c., one line.] | Illustrated by the Author and Oscar Bessau. | 
 [Quotation, one line.] | With an appendix, by Lieut. Campbell 
 Hardy. | In two volumes. | Vol. I [II]. | 
 
 Philadelphia: | John W. Moore, No. 195 Chestnut Street. | 
 1856. I BA. HU. 
 
 2 vols. 8°. Chippewa song, with translation, vol. 2, p. 415. 
 
 Reprinted: London, 1856, 2 vols. 8°. + Second Edition, London, 1859, 2 
 vols. 8°. 
 
 2197 — ^ The Eed Book | of | Michigan; | a | Civil, Military and 
 
 Biographical History. | By | Charels Lanman, | Author "Dic- 
 tionary of Congress," etc. | 
 
 Detroit: | E. B. Smith & Company. | Washington: | Philp & SoL 
 omons. I 1871. | C. 
 
 Pp. i-xiv, 7-549. 8°. 
 
 Aboriginal names of geographic features in the State of Michigan, with Eng- 
 lish signification, p. 133. 
 
 2198 Lanning (C. M.) A Grammar | and | Vocabulary | of the | Black- 
 foot Language, | Being a Concise and Comprehensive Grammar 
 for I the use of the Learner, to which is added an | exhaustive 
 Vocabulary, contaiing [ sic ] upwards | of Five Thousand Words, 
 Phrases and | Sentences, upon Five Hundred differ- | ent Subjects 
 of everyday occur- | rences, all arranged under | their respective 
 headings, | with the Negations '| and Interrogations | of each. | 
 Compiled by | C. M. Lanning | from | Original Translations | by | 
 Joseph Kipp and W. S. Gladston, Jr. | 
 
 Fort Benton, | Published by the Author. | [1882.] JWP. 
 
 Outside title : 
 
 A Grammar | and | Vocabulary | of the | Blackfoot Language | by | C. M. Lan- 
 
 Fort Benton. | Montana Territory, | 1882. | 
 
 Printed cover 1 1., title 1 1., errata 1 1., introduction, pp. iii-iv. Grammar and 
 Vocabulary, pp. 5-143. sq. 24°. 
 
 2199 La Pdrouse (Jean Prangois Gallup, Gomte de). Voyage | de La P6- 
 rouse I Autour du Monde, | public | conform^ment au D^cret du 23 
 Avril 1791, | et r^dig^ | par M. L. A. Milet-Mureau, | G^n^ral de 
 Brigade dans le Corps du Gt^nie, Directeur des Fortifications, | 
 Ex-Constituaiit, Membrede plusieurs Societ^s litt^raires de Paris, j 
 Tome Premier [Second]. | 
 
 A Paris, | de I'lmprimerie de la E^publique. | An V (1797). | ba.o. 
 
 4 vols. 4°, and atlsis. 
 
 Lamauou (M. de). Numerals, 1-10, of the Indians of Port des Frangais, and 
 observations on their language, vol. 2, pp. 210-213. 
 
 Observations on, and numerals, 1-10, of, the Achastliens, vol. 2, pp. 288- 
 
 291. 
 
 Notes on, and a short vocabulary of, the Ecclemechs, vol. 2, pp. 291-292. 
 
424 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 La P6rouse (Jean Frangois Gallup, Compte de)— continued. 
 
 2200 A I Voyage | Bound the World, | in the years 1785, 1786, 
 
 1787, and 1788, | by J. F. G. de la Perouse: | published conforma- 
 bly to the decree of the | Xational Assembly, | of the 22d of April, 
 1791, I and edited by | M. L. A. Milet-Mureau, | Brigadier General 
 in the Corps of Engineers, | Director of Fortifications, Ex-Constitu- 
 ent, j and member of several literary societies at Paris. | In three 
 volumes. | Translated from the French. | Vol. I [-III]. | 
 
 London: | Printed for J. Johnson, St. Paul's Church Yard. | 
 1798. I BA. C. JOB. 
 
 3 vols. 8°. Linguistics as in Freucli ed., vol. 2, pp. 152-156, 242-244, 244-246. 
 
 Sabin's Dictionary gives the titles of editions : London, 1798, 2 vols. 8° -|- 
 London, Allen, 1798, 1 vol. 8° + Edinburgh, 1798, 1 vol. 8°. 
 
 2201 Voyage | de la Perouse | autour du Monde, | publi6 con- 
 
 form^ment au D(5cret du 22 Avril, 1791 | et r6dig6 | Par M. L. A. 
 Milet-Mureaa, | G^n^ral de Brigade dans le Corps du G^nie, Di- 
 recteur des Fortifications, Ex-Oonstituant, | Membre de plusieurs 
 SoC'i6t(§s litt^raires de Paris. | Tome Premier [Second]. | 
 
 A Londres: | de I'Imijrimerie d'A. Hamilton: | Se vend Chez G. 
 G. et J. Robinson, Paternoster- Eow; j J. Edwards, Pall-Mallj et 
 T. Payne, Mews-Gate, Castle-Street. | 1799. | job. 
 
 2 vols. 4°. maps. Linguistics, vol. 1, pp. 412-415, 470-471. 
 
 2202 A I Voyage | round the World, j performed | In the Tears 
 
 1785, 1786, 1787, and 1788, | By the Boussole and Astrolabe, | Un- 
 der the Command of | J. F. G. de la Perouse : | Published by Order 
 of the jSTational Assembly, | under the Superintendence of | L. A. 
 Milet-Mureau, | Brigadier General in the Corps of Engineers, Di- 
 rector of Portifi(;ations, Member of the | Constituent Assembly, and 
 Fellow of several literary Societies at Paris. | In two Volumes. | 
 Illustrated by a variety of Charts and Plates | in a separate folio 
 volume. I Translated from the French. | Vol. I [II]. | 
 
 London: | Printed by A. Hamilton, | for G. G. and J. Eobinson, 
 Paternoster-Eow ; | J. Edwards, Pall-Mali; and T. Payne, Mews- 
 Gate, Castle-Street. | 1799. | job. 
 
 2 vols. 4*^. atlas. Linguistics, vol. l,pp, 409-411, 467-469. 
 
 The catalogue of the Brown library gives the title of an edition : London, 
 J. Johnson, 1799, 3 vols. 9°. Ludewig mentions one : Berlin, 1799, 2 vols. 8°. 
 Sabin's Dictionary gives the title of others: Boston, Joseph Bumstead, 1801. 
 12° -I- London, 1807, 3 vols. 8° + Paris, Arthus Bertrand, 1831. 8°. 
 
 Lara (Fr. Domingo de). 
 See Ara (Fr. Domingo de). 
 
 2203 Larios (Fr. Geronimo). Arte 6 Gramdtica de la Lengua Mame. 
 
 Megico, 1607. » 
 
 Title from Beristain. Ludewig gives it the date, 1697. 
 
 Lasso de la Vega (Luis). 
 See Vega (Luis Lasso d« la). 
 
LA pi ROUSE LATHAM. 425 
 
 2204 Latham (Robert Gordon). Miscellaneous Contributions to the 
 Ethnography of North America. By R. G. Latham, M. D. 
 
 In Philolog. Soc. [of London], Proc, vol. 2, pp. 31-50. [London], 1846. 8°. 
 
 Comparative vocabulary of the Fall Indian (from Umfreville), Ahnenin, and 
 Minetare,p. 31. 
 
 Table of words showing affinities between the Ahnenin and the following: 
 Sheshatapoosh, Passamaquoddy, Caddo, Tahculi, Uche, Miami, Shawnee, Omo- 
 haw, Osage, Quappa, Old Algonkin, Massachusetts, Natchez, Onondagos, Paw- 
 nee, Muskoghe, Catawba, Mohawk, Sack and Fox, Tuscarora, Nottoway, Seneca, 
 Wyandot, Dacota, Yancton, Choctaw, Chickasaw, Abenaki, Miami, Illinois, 
 Oneida, Blackfoot, Kenay, Narragansett, Mohican, Montaug, Ojibbeway, Ottawa, 
 and Knistenaux, pp. 32-34. 
 
 Table of words showing affinities between the Blackfoot and most of the tribes 
 mentioned above, and, in addition thereto, the following: Delaware, Nanti- 
 coke, Catawba, Upsaropa, Esquimaux, Menomeni, Attacapa, Micmac, and Chipe- 
 wyan, pp. 34-:}8. 
 
 Numerals, 1-10, of the Blackfoot, of Umfreville, the Blackfoot, of Mackenzie, 
 and the Indians of Fitz-Hugh Sound, p. 38. 
 
 Comparative vocabulary, 60 words, of the Mandan, and Crow, pp. 38-40. 
 
 Table showing affinities between the Mandan and many other Indian lan- 
 guages, pp. 40-42. 
 
 Comparative vocabulary, 50 words, of the Pawnee (from Say), and Eiccaree 
 (from Catlin), pp. 42-43. 
 
 Table showing affinities between the Eiccaree and other Indian langaages, 
 pp. 43-44. 
 
 Table showing affinities between the Natchez and other Indian languages, pp. 
 44-47. 
 
 A few words of the language of the Missions of San Juan Capistrano and San 
 Gabriel, p. 47. 
 
 Table showing affinities between the Severnow and Bodega, and the Esqui- 
 maux, pp. 47-48. 
 
 Table showing affinities between the Iowa and other Indian languages, pp. 
 48-60. 
 
 A few words, and the numerals, 1-10, of the Iowa of Hamilton and Irvin 
 compared with those of Cass, p. 50. 
 
 2205 On the Languages of the Oregon Territory. By E. G. 
 
 Latham, M. D. 
 
 In Eth. Soc. of London, Jour., vol. 1, pp. 154-166. Edinburgh, [1848]. 8°. 
 
 Short vocabulary, 16 words, of Queen Charlotte's Island (from Stnrgis and Bry- 
 ant, Tolmie, and Mithridates), p. 154; Short vocabularies, 11 words, of Friendly 
 Village, and Billechoola (from Tolmie), p. 155 ; The numerals, 1-10, of Fitz-Hngh 
 Sound, compared with the Haeltzuk and Billechoola, p. 155 ; Vocabulary, 12 
 words, of Cook's Nootka and Tlaoquatch (from Tolmie), p. 159 ; Six words of 
 Fnca, Tlaoquatch (from Tolmie), and Wakash (from Jewett), p. 156 ; Ten words 
 of Atnah, and Noosdalum, p. 157 ; Vocabulary of 19 words of the Salish (Arch. 
 Am. ), and Okanagan, p. 138 ; Twenty-four words of Shoshonie, showing miscella- 
 neous affinities ("such as they are") with the Chenook, Haidah, Cathalascon, 
 Blackfoot, Souriquois, Penobscot, Micmac, Echemin, Pima, Calapooiah, Cheti- 
 macha, Onondago, New Sweden, Algonkin, Shahaptan, Pima, Chocta, Crow, 
 Kawitchen, Nez Perces, Ahnemin, Potowotami, Ojibbeway, Ottawa, and Old Al- 
 gonkin, pp. 159-160 ; A table of 10 Sussee words, showing miscellaneous affinities 
 with the Kenay, Taculli, Chipewyan, Illinois, Minitare, Eskimo, Mohawk, On- 
 ondago, Seneca, Oneida, and Nottoway, p. 161 ; Short comparative vocabulary, 9 
 words, of the Sitka and Ka'diaok, p. 163 ; A few words of Tunghaase (from Tol- 
 
426 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Latham (Eobert Gordon) — continued. 
 
 mie), and Sitca, compared, p. 163 ; Table showing miscellaneous affinities between 
 the languages of Oregon Territory and the Eskimo, pp. 164-165. 
 
 2206 On the Ethnography of Eussian America. By E. G. La- 
 tham, M. D. 
 
 In Eth. Soc. of London, Jour., vol. 1, pp. 182-191. Edinburgh, [1848]. 8°. 
 Contains general remarks on the classification of the languages of the above 
 region, and a list of the vocabularies which have been printed. 
 
 2207 The | Natural History | of | The Varieties of Man. | By | 
 
 Eobert Gordon Latham, M. D., F. E. S., | late Fellow of King's 
 College, Cambridge; | one of the Vice-Presidents of the Ethnolog- 
 ical Society, London; | Corresponding Member to the Etlmological 
 Society, | New York', etc. | 
 
 London: | John Van Voorst, Paternoster Eow. | M. D. CCCL 
 [1850]. I C. 
 
 Pp. i-xxviii, 1-574. 8°. 
 
 American Mongolidae, pp. 287-460, includes remarks on the Eskimo language, 
 pp. 288-294 ; on the Koluch, pp. 294-295 ; "Doubtful Koluohes " (vocabularies of 
 the Loucheux and Kenay), pp. 297-300; " Billechlila" (short vocabulary of 
 Friendly Village, from M'Kenzie, and Billechula, from Tolmie), pp. 300-301 ; " The 
 Athabaskans '' (vocabularies of the Chippewyan, Tlatskanai, and Unkwa), pp. 
 302-310; "The Tsihaili" (names of the seasons iu Piskwaus and Salish; and a 
 vocabulary of the Chekeeli and Wakash, from Scouler), pp. 310-316; "Chiuuk" 
 (short vocabulary of the Jargon), pp. 317-323; Difference in American languages, 
 P15. 352-358; Vocabularies of the Uch6, Natchez, and Adahi, pp. ,366-367 ; Vo- 
 cabularies of the Cayuse and Willamet, pp. 368-370 ; Vocabularies of the Beaver 
 Indian and of the Cliippewyan, pp. 370-371 ; Table showing miscellaneous affini- 
 ties of the Adahi with other Indian languages, pp. 371-375 ; A few words of the 
 language of the Missions of San Juan Capistrano and San Gabriel, p. 385 ; Vo- 
 cabulary of the Coco-Maricopas (from Emory), and of the San Diego, p. 394 ; 
 Comparison of the Otomi with the Seriform languages, pp. 405-406 ; Comparison 
 of the Maya with the Seriform languages, p. 407. 
 
 2208 The | Ethnology | of | the Bi itish Colonies | and | depend- 
 encies. I By I E. G. Latham, M. D., F. E. S., | Corresponding Mem- 
 ber to the Ethnological Society, | ISTew York, | etc., etc. | 
 London: | John Van Voorst, Paternoster Eow. | M DCCC LI 
 
 [1851]. I C. 
 
 Pp. i-vi, 1-264. 12°. 
 
 Chapter vi. Dependencies in America, pp. 224-264, contains references to, and 
 a few examples of, the languages of North America. 
 
 2209 Notes upon the Language of Central America. By E. G. 
 
 Latham, M. D. 
 
 In Royal Geog. Soc. of London, Jour., vol. 20, pp. 189-190. London, 1851. 8°. 
 
 Remarks on the language of Central America, a vocabulary (27 words, 6 sen- 
 tences) of the Chols, and a, table showing want of affinity between the Chola 
 and the languages of Venezuela and Colombia. 
 
 2210 Man and his Migrations, j By | E. G. Latham, M. D., F. 
 
 E. S., I Corresponding Member to the Ethnological Society, New 
 York, I etc., etc. | 
 
LATHAM. 427 
 
 Latham (Eobert Gordon) — continued. 
 
 New York: | Charles B. 'Norton, 71 Chambers Street, | Irving 
 
 House. I 1852. | c. 
 
 Pp. i-vil, 9-261. 12°. Conialns various comments on North American languages. 
 
 I have seen mention of an edition : London, John Van Voorst, M DCCC LI. 12°. 
 
 i211 — ■ — The I Native Eaces | of | the Eussian Empire. | By | E. G. 
 Latham, Ttt. B., F. E. S., &c., | Author of [&c., two lines]. | With a 
 large coloured map, J Taken from that of the Imperial Geograph- 
 ical Society of St. Petersburg, | and other illustrations. | 
 
 London: | Hippolyte Bailliere, 219, Eegent Street; | and 290, 
 Broadway, New York, U. S. | Paris: J. B. bailliere, Eue Haute- 
 feuille. I Madrid: Bailly Bailliere, Calle de Principe. \ 1854. | c. 
 
 Pp. i-viii, 1-340. 8°. maps. 
 
 Definition of Northwest tribal names, pp. 288-297. 
 
 2212 On the Languages of New California, By E. G. Latham, 
 
 M. D. 
 
 In Philolog. Soc. [of London], Proc, vol. 6, pp. 72-86. London, 1854. 8°. 
 
 Comparative vocabulary of the Uta (from Simpson), and the Comanch (from 
 Neighbours), pp. 73-74. 
 
 Paternoster in the language of the Indians of the Mission of San Diego (from 
 Duflos de Mofras), p. 75. 
 
 A few words of the Mission of San Gabriel and San Juan Capistrano (from 
 Coulter), p. 76. 
 
 A few words of the Kij and Netela (from Hale), p. 76. 
 
 Paternoster in the languages of the Missions of San Gabriel, San Juan Capis- 
 trano, San Luiz Eey de Francia, p. 76. 
 
 Paternoster in the language of the Missions of San Fernando (from Duflot de 
 Mofras), p. 77. 
 
 A few words of the language of the Mission of San Fernando (from Mithridates 
 and Dr. Coulter), p. 77. 
 
 A few words in the language of the Missions of San Luis Obispo and Santa 
 Barbara (from Coulter), p. 78. 
 
 A few words in the language of the Missions of San Miguel (from Hale), p. 77. 
 
 Numerals, 1-10, in the language of the Missions of San Miguel (from Hale), 
 and San Antonio (from Coulter), p. 78. 
 
 A few words (12) in the language of the Mission of La Soledad (from Hale), 
 p. 78. 
 
 Numerals, 1-10, in the language of the Mission of La Soledad (from Hale and 
 Duflot de Mofras), p. 78. 
 
 Numerals, 1-10, in the language of the Mission of Carmel (from Duflot de 
 Mofras), Eslen (from Bourgoing), Mission of La Soledad (from Duflot de Mofras), 
 and the Euslen (from Bourgoing), p. 79. 
 
 Comparative vocabulary of the Pujuni, Sekumne, and Tsamak (from Dana), 
 pp. 80-81. 
 
 Comparative vocabulary of the Talatui and San Eaphael (from Dana), p. 81. 
 
 Short vocabulary of the Indians of the Upper Sacramento (from Dana), p. 82. 
 
 Paternoster in the language of the Missions of Santa Clara, Santa Ines, 
 Indians of Tulare Valley, Mission of San Francisco, Chocuyem dialect, and the 
 Mission of San Eaphael (all from Duflot de Mofras), p. 83. 
 
 Numerals, 1-10, in the languages of the Missions of San Luis Obispo, San Juan 
 Capistrano, and San Gabriel (from Duflot de Mofras), p. 84. 
 
 A few words of Weeyot, Wishosk, Hcopah (all from Gibbs), Navajo, and 
 Jicorilla, p. 85. 
 
428 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Latham (Eobert Gordon) — continued. 
 
 2213 On certain additions to the Ethnographical Philology of 
 
 Central America, with remarks upon the so-called Aztec Conquest 
 
 of Mexico; by E. G. Latham, M. D. 
 
 In Phllolog. Soc. [of London], Trans. , 1854, pp. 151-156. London, n. d. 8°. 
 
 2214 On the Languages of Northern, Western, and Central 
 
 America. By E. Gr. Latham, M. D. 
 
 In Philolog. Soc. [of London], Trans., 1856, pp. 57-115. London, n. d. 8°. 
 
 Table showing affinities between the Betbuck and various Algonkiu dialects, 
 pp. 58-61. 
 
 Comparative vocabulary of tbe Arrapaho and Sbyenne, pp. 62-63. 
 
 Table showing affinities between the Arrapaho and "other Algonkin lan- 
 guages,'' pp. 63-64. 
 
 Tribal divisions of the Takulli, p. 66 ; of the Kutshin, with English significa- 
 tion, p. 67. 
 
 Some tribal names of the Athabascans, with English signification, p. 69. 
 
 Numerals, 1-8, of the Sahaptin and Cayus, p. 73. 
 
 A few words of the Lutuami, Palaik, and Shasti (from Hall), pp. 74-75; of the 
 Shoshoui, showing affinities with the Palaik, Lutuami, and Shasti, p. 75 ; of the 
 Jakon, showing affinities with the Palaik, Lutuami, and Shasti, p. 76. 
 
 Short comparative vocabulary of the Ehnek and Tahlewah, pp. 76-77 ; of the 
 Khwakhlamayu and Kulanapo, p. 77 ; of the Weitspek and Kulanapo, pp. 78-79 ; 
 of the Copeh, Indians of Mag Readings and upper Sacramento River, pp. 79-80 ; of 
 the Copeh and Shasti, &c., p. 80 ; of the Secumne and Cushna, p. 81 ; of the Tuo- 
 lumne and Talutui, p. 82 ; of the Costano and Tshokoyem, pp. 82-83 ; of the Cos- 
 tano and Ruslen, p. 84 ; of the Coconoous and Tulare, pp. 84-85 ; of the Pimo, 
 Cuchan, Cocomaricopa, and Dieguno, pp. 86-87. 
 
 Lord's Prayer in the Cochimi of San Xavier (Southern California), p. 87. 
 
 Short comparative vocabulary of the St. Xavier, S. Borgia, Loretto, and Wai- 
 kur, p. 90. 
 
 Lortfs Prayer in Waikur, p. 90. Fragments of the Waikur conjugation, p. 91. 
 
 Paternoster in Opata, Hiaque, Tubar, Tarahumara, and Cora [Sonora], pp. 
 92-93. Paternoster in Piriuda, p. 95 ; in Tarasoa, p. 96. 
 
 Short comparative vocabulary of the Navaho and Apatch, pp. 96-97 ; of the 
 Zuni and Tesuque, p. 98. 
 
 Table showing affinities between the several Pueblo languages, pp. 98-99 ; be- 
 tween the several Pueblo languages and the Navahos and Jecorillas, pp. 99-100. 
 
 Short comparative vocabulary of tlje Caddo and Wichita, pp. 104-105. 
 
 Paternoster in Totonaca (two versions), pp. 107-108 ; in Mixteca, p. 109. 
 
 Short comparative vocabulary of the Guajiquiro, Opatoro, and Intibuca [Hor.- 
 duras and San Salvador], pp. 109-110; of the Nagranda and Choretega [Moskito 
 Country], pp. 111-112; of the Wulwa and Waikna [MoskitoCountry], p. 112; of 
 the Talamenca [Costa Rica], p. 113. 
 
 Short comparative vocabulary of the Cunacuna and Darian [Veragua], pp. 
 113-114 ; of the Mokorosi and Moxa [South America], p. 114. 
 
 Numerals, 1-9, of the Timuacuana [Mexico], p. 115. 
 
 2215 Opuscula. | Essays | chiefly | Philological and Ethnograph- 
 ical I by I Eobert Gordon Latham, | M.A., M.D., P.E.S.,etc. | Late 
 Fellow of King's College, Cambridge, late Professor of English | in 
 University College, Londo-n, late assistant physician | at the Mid- 
 dlesex Hospital. I 
 
LATHAM. 429 
 
 Latham (Robert Gordon) — contiaued. 
 
 "Williams & Norgate, | 14 Henrietta Street, Covent Garden, Lon- 
 don I and I 20 South Frederick Street, Edinburgh. | Leipzig, E. 
 Hartmann. | 1860. | bp. c. 
 
 Pp. i-vi, 1-418. 8°. 
 
 Oa the Languages of the Oregon Territory, pp. 249-265 ; On the Ethnography 
 of Russian America, pp. 266-274 ; Miscellaneous Contributions to the Ethnog- 
 raphy of North America, pp. 275-297 ; On a short Vocabulary of the Loucheux 
 Language, by J. A. Isbester, pp. 298-299 ; Ou the Languages of New California, pp. 
 300-316; On certain additions to the Ethnographical Philology of Central Amer- 
 ica, with remarks upon the so-called Aztek Conquest of Mexico, pp. 317-322 ; 
 Note upon a paper of the Honourable Captain Fitzroy's on the Isthmus of 
 Panama, published in the Transactions of the Royal Geographical Society, No- 
 vember 25, I8o0 ; On the Language of Central America, pp. 323-325 ; On the 
 Laoguages of Northern, Western and Central America, pp. 326-377 ; Addenda 
 and Corrigenda (1859), pp. 378-418. 
 
 The above papers are but reprints of articles read before the Ethnological and 
 Philological Societies of London. To one of them, "Languages of Oregon Ter- 
 ritory," a few additions have been made — extracts from Dr. Scouler's article on 
 the N. W. Coast, viz : A Comparative Vocabulary of the Tlaoquatch and Nootka, 
 and Columbia ; and one of the Shahaptan, Walla walla, and Kliketat. 
 
 Addenda and Corrigenda contains a Vocabulary of the Ahnenin (from 
 M'Kenzie), pp. 379-380 ; A Comparative vocabulary of the Blackfeet and Crow 
 (from M'Kenzie), pp. 380-384 ; A few words of Cherokee and Iroquois compared, 
 p. 384 ; Comparative vocabulary of the Navaho and Pinaleno, p. 385 ; Kutanai 
 vocabulary (from Howse), pp. 386-3 S8; Miscellaneous afiSnities of the Jakon, p. 
 389 ; Numerals, 1- 10, of the Piede (from Carvalho), p. 390 ; Vocabulary of the 
 Kioway (from. Whipple), p. 390 ; Comparative vocabulary of the Chemehuevi, 
 and Cahuillo, p. 391 ; Comparative vocabulary of the Mohave (from Whipple), 
 Cuchan, Dieguno, and Cocomancopa [Cocomarioopa], p. 392; Comparative table 
 of words of the Old Californian and Yuma, pp. 393-394 ; Comparative vocabulary 
 of the Tarahuraara and Pima, pp. 394-395 ; Miscellaneous affinities of the Otomi, 
 pp. 395-396 ; Affinities of the Otomi with the languages akin to the Chinese en 
 masse, pp. 395-396; Affinities of the Maya with the languages akin to the Chinese 
 en masse, p. 398 ; Comparative vocabulary of the Acoma, Coohetime, and Kiwomi, 
 p. 399; Comparative vocabulary of the Kichai; and Hueco, pp. 399-400; Miscel- 
 laneous affinities of the Adahi, pp. 402-405 ; of the Uche, pp. 409-410 ; Numerals, 
 1-5, of the Eskimo, Aleutian, and Kamskadale, p. 410 ; Comparative vocabulary 
 of the Cay use, and Willamet, pp. 412-413; of the Beaver Indians, and Cheppe- 
 wyan, p. 413 ; of the Selish, Chinuk, and Shoshoni, pp. 415-416 ; of the Wish- 
 osk and Wiyot, p. 416 ; of the Hupa and Tahlewah, p. 416 ; of the Dieguno and 
 Cuchan, pp. 416-417. 
 2316 Elements | of | Comparative Philology. ( By | E. G. La- 
 tham, M. A., M. D., F. E. S., &c., | Late Fellow of King's College, 
 Cambridge; and late Professor of English | in University College, 
 London. | 
 
 London : | Walton and Maberly | Upper Gower Street, and Joy 
 Lane, Paternoster Eow ; | Longman, Green, Longman, Eoberts, and 
 Green, | Paternoster Eow. | 1862. | The Eight of Translation is 
 reserved. | c. 
 
 Pp. i-xxxii, 1-774. 8°. 
 
 Chapter Iv. Languages of America, The Eskimo, The Athabaskan dialects, 
 The Kitunaha, The Atna, The Haidah, Chewesyan, Wakash, and Chinuks, pp. 
 
430 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Latham (Eobert Gordon) — continued. 
 
 384-403, coBtaiDS Comparative vocabulary of the Unalr.shka, Kadiak, Knsknt- 
 shewac, and Labrador, pp. 386-387 ; Two Eskimo [Asiatic] vocabularies, p. 387 ; 
 Tribal divisions of the Takulli, p. 388; of the Kntshin, with English significa- 
 tion, p. 389 ; Athabaskan tribal names, with English signification, p. 390 ; Com- 
 parative vocabulary of the Keuay, Kutshin, Slave, and Dog-rib, pp. 390-391; 
 Comparative vocabulary of the Chepewyan and Takulli, pp. 391-392 ; of the Uga- 
 len1s, Atua, and Kolstshani, pp. 392-393; of the Tlatskanai, Kwaliokwa, and 
 Umkwa, p. 394 ; of the Navaho, Apatsh, and Pinalero, pp. 394-395 ; of the Hoopah, 
 and Jecorilla, p. 395; Vocabulary of the Kutani, pp. 396-399; Comparative vo- 
 cabulary of the Atna, Piskaws, S!<wali, and Kowelitsk, pp. 399-400; Compara- 
 tive vocabulary of the Kolush of Sitka, Skittegats, Chemmesyan, and Hailtsa, 
 pp. 401-402 ; of the Nsietshawus, Watlala, and NrJtka, pp. 402-403. 
 
 Chapter Ivi. Languages of Oregon and California, Cayus, &c., Lutuami, &c.. 
 Ebnek, Weitspek, Kulanapo, Copeh, Pujuni, &c., Costano, &c., Eslen, Netela, 
 San Diego, &c., pp. 404-422, contains Comparative vocabulary of the Selish, 
 Tshimik, and Shoshoni, p. 404 ; of the Wishosk and Weiyot, p. 405 ; of the Die- 
 guno and Cuchan, p. 405 ; of the Caylis and Willamet, pp. 406-407 ; of the Lutu- 
 ami, Shasti, Palaik, and Jakon, pp. 407-408 ; Affinities between the Sahaptin and 
 Cayus, p. 409 ; between the Shoshoni and Palaik and Lutuami, p. 409 ; Compar- 
 ative vocabulary of the Ehnek and Tahlewah, pp. 409-410 ; Vocabulary of the 
 Weitspek, p. 410 ; of the Khwakhlamayu, p. 411 ; of the Kulanapo, p. 411 ; Com- 
 parative vocabulary of the Copeh, Mag Readings, and Upper Sacramento, p. 412; 
 of the Pujuni, Sekumne, and Tsamak, pp. 412-414; of the Talatui, and San 
 Raphael, pp. 414-415 ; Vocabulary of the Tshokoyem, p. 415 ; of the Costano, 
 pp. 415-416 ; Comparative vocabulary of the Coconoons and Tulare, p. 416 ; of 
 the Eslen, Ruslen, Soledad, San Miguel, and San Antonio, pp. 416-417 ; of the 
 Santa Barbara and San Lins Obispo, pp. 417-418; of the Netela and Kiz, 
 pp. 419^-0 ; of the Cuchan, Cocomaricopa, and Dieguno, pp. 420-421. 
 
 Chapter Ivii. Old California, pp. 422-426, contains The Paternoster in the Co- 
 chimi of San Xavier, p. 422 ; Comparative vocabulary of the San Xavier, San 
 Borgia, Loretto, and Waikur, p. 424 ; The Paternoster in Waikur, p. 425 ; Frag- 
 ments of the Waikur Conjugation, p. 425-426. 
 
 Chapter Iviii. Languages of Sonora, Guatemala, Honduras, Nicaragua, &c., 
 pp. 4-27-438, contains Vocabulary of the Pima, p. 427; Specimen of Opata, Hiaqui, 
 Tubar, Tarahumara, and Cora, pp. 428-429 ; of the Pirinda, p. 432 ; Paternoster 
 in Tarasoa, and a few words of the same, p. 432 ; Paternoster in Mixteca, p. 433 ; 
 Comparative vocabulary of the Guajiquiro, Opataro, and Intibnca (Honduras), 
 pp. 43.5-436; of the Masaya and Subtiabo (Nicaragua), p. 436; Vocabulary of the 
 Wulwa, (Nicaragua), p. 436 ; of the Waikna, p. 437 ; of the Talemenca (Costa 
 Rica), p. 437 ; Comparative vocabulary of the Savaneric and Bayano (St. Salva- 
 dor), pp. 437-438 ; of the Cuuacuua and Darien (Darien), p. 438. 
 
 Chapter lis. Sahaptin, Padnoa, and Pueblo Languages, pp. 439-446, contains 
 Comparative vocabulary of the Sahaptin, Wallawalla, and Klikiketat, pp. 440- 
 441 ; of the Shoshoni and Wihinasht, p. 442 ; of the Uta, and Comanch, p. 443; 
 Vocabulary of the Piede (or P^uta), p. 443; Comparative vocabulary of the 
 Chemuhuevi and Cahuillo, pp. 443-444 ; Vocabulary of the Kioway, pp. 444-445 ; 
 of the Pueblo of Tesuque, p. 445 ; Comparative vocabulary of the Acoma, Coche- 
 timi, and Kiwomi, p. 446. 
 
 Chapter Ix. Languages between the Athabaskan, the Rocky Mountains, and 
 the Atlantic, the Algonkir e, the Sioux, the Iroquois, the Catawba, Woccon, Uche, 
 Natchez, Chetimacha, Adahi, and Attacapa Languages, the Pawni, Riccari, and 
 Caddo, the Languages of Texas, pp. 447-477, contains Comparative vocabulary 
 of the Blackfoot and Menomeni, p. 448; of the Ojibwa, Ottawa, and Potowotami, 
 pp. 449; of the Old Algonkin and Knistinaux, pp. 449-450; of the Sheshata- 
 
LATHAM LAWSON. 431 
 
 Latham (Eobert Gordon) — continued. 
 
 poosh and Skoffl, p. 450 ; of the Mioinao, Etchemin, and Abenaki, pp. 451 ; of the 
 Minsi, Nantiook, and Mohikan, pp. 451-452; of the Massachusetts and Jifarra- 
 gansetts, p. 452 ; of the Miami, Illiuois, Sauki, and Shawni, pp. 452-453 ; Table 
 of words of the Beth nek having affinities with various dialects of the Algonkin, 
 pp. 453-455; Table showing affinities between the Arapaho and other Algonkin 
 languages, pp. 456-457 ; Comparative vocabulary of the Arapaho and Shyenne, 
 p. 458 ; of the Mandan and Crow, pp. 458-460 ; of the Yankton, Winebago, Dah- 
 cota, and Osage, pp. 460-461 ; of the Omaha and Minetari, pp. 461-462 ; of the Mo- 
 hawk, Cayuga, Tusoarora, and Nottoway, p. 463 ; Vocabulary of the Wyandot, 
 p. 464; Comparative vocabulary of the Onondago, Seneca, and Oneida, pp. 464- 
 465; Vocabulary of the Catawba, pp. 465-466; Comparative vocabulary of the 
 Cherokee, Chocktaw, and Muskogulge, p. 468; of the Uohee, Natchez, Adaihe, and 
 Chetemacha, pp. 469-470 ; of the Pawni and Eiccari, pp. 470-471 ; of the Caddo 
 and Witshita, p. 475 ; of the Kichai and Hueco, pp. 475-476 ; Vocabulary of the 
 Attakapa, pp. 476-477 ; Specimen of the Heve or Eudeve, pp. 754-755 ; Compar- 
 ative vocabulary of the Huasteca, Maya, Mexican, and Otomi, p. 755. 
 
 2217 Note upon a paper of the Honourable Captain Fitzroy's on 
 
 the Isthmus of Panama. * 
 
 In RoyaLGeog. Soo. [of London], Trans., vol. ? 
 
 SeeLIoyaCT. G. B.) 
 
 2218 Latrobe {Bev. Peter). Vocabulary of the Eskimo of Labrador. 
 
 In Richardson {Sir John). Arctic Searching Expedition, pp. 483-496. New 
 York, 1852. 8^. 
 
 I 
 
 2219 Laverlochere ( — ). Extrait d'une lettre du R. P. Laverlochfere, 
 oblat de Marie ImmacuMe [dated Lac des Deux-Montagnes, 25 
 aout 1844]. 
 
 In Annales de la Propagation de la Foi, vol. xvii, pp. 257-264. Contains, 
 p. 262, a specimen of the Montagnais (?) language, with translation. 
 
 2220 Missions de la Baie d'Hudson. Suite de la lettre du E. P. 
 
 Laverlochere, oblat de Marie ImmacuMe [dated Montreal, d^cem- 
 bre 1849]. 
 
 In Annales de la Propagation de la Foi, vol. xxiii, pp. 202-220. Contains 
 scattered pbrases, examples of long words, &c., with translations in the Make- 
 gong language of Fort Albany. 
 
 2221 Lettre du E. P. Laverlochere [&c., from Lac des Deux- 
 Montagnes]. 
 
 In Annales de la Propagation de la Foi, vol. xxiv, pp. 69-79. Contains, p. 77, 
 a specimen of the Iroquois language. 
 
 2222 Lawson (John). A New | Voyage | to | Carolina; [ Containing 
 the I Exact Description and Natural History | of that | Country: | 
 Together wich the Presant [sic] State thereof | and | A Journal } 
 Of a Thousand Miles Travel'* thro' several | Nations of Indians, j 
 Giving a particular Account of their Customs, | Manners &c. | By 
 John Lawson, Gent, Surveyor- j General of North Carolina. | 
 
 London, | printed in the year 1709. j [No publisher.] C 
 
432 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 lawson (John) — continued. 
 
 2 p. 11., pp. 1-258. sm. 4°. Forms part of Stevens (John). A new collection 
 of voyages and travels. London, 1708-09. 
 
 The only copy of the 1708-09 edition of Stevens I have seen is that in the Li- 
 brary of Congress ; it is minus the title-page to Lawson's Voyage, and this I have 
 supplied from Field, No. 896. The collation is as follows: title-page (missing); 
 Dedication, 1 1. ; Preface, 11. ; Introdnction, pp. 1-5; Journal, pp. 1-60; A de- 
 scription of N. C, pp. 61-168; Account of Lidians of N. C, pp. 169-238 ; Charters 
 of N. C, p. 239; Advertisement, 11.; Vocabularies of the Tuskeruro, Pampti- 
 cough, and Woccon, pp. 225-230. 
 
 Stevens' Nuggets, No. 1662, says this edition of Lawson "was originally pub- 
 lished in numbers having the several titles to the April, May, June, and July 
 numbers, 1709." For full titles to the work in numbers, see Stevens (J.) 
 
 2223 A New | Voyage | to | Carolina; | Containing the | Exact 
 
 Description and Natural History | of that | Country: | Together 
 with the Present State thereof. | And | A Journal | Of a Thousand 
 Miles, Travel'd thro' several | Nations of Indians. | Giving a par- 
 ticular Account of their Customs, | Manners, &c. | By John Law- 
 son, Gent. Surveyor- | General of North Carolina. | 
 
 London : | Printed in the Year 1709. | nths. 
 
 3 p. II., pp. 1-258. sm. 4°. maps. Forms part of Stevens (John). A New Col- 
 lection of Voyages and Travels. London, 1711, 2 vols. sm. 4°. 
 
 Vocabularies: Tuskeruro, Pamticough, and Woccon, pp. 225-230. 
 
 2224 Allerneuste Beschreibung | der Provintz | Carolina | in | 
 
 West-Indien, | samt einem | Eeise- Journal | von mehr als | tau- 
 send Meilen | unter allerhand | indianischen Nationen, | auch 
 einer | accuraten Land-Carte und andern | Kupfer-stichen. | Aus 
 dem Englischen iibersetzet durch | M. Vischer. | 
 
 Hamburg, | Gedruckt und verlegt | durch seel. Thomas von 
 Wierings Erben/ | bey der Borse/ im gulden A, B, C. Anno 1712. | 
 Sind auch zu Franckfurt und Leipzig/ bey Zacharias Herteln | za 
 bekommen. | HU. job. 
 
 7 p. ])., pp. 1-368. 16°. map. Vocabularies, pp. 341-348. 
 
 2225 The | History | of | Carolina ; | containing the | exact de- 
 scription and Natural History | of that | Country; | Together with 
 the Present State thereof. | And | a Journal | of a Thousand 
 Miles, Travel'd thro' several | Nations of Indians. | Giving a par- 
 ticular Account of their Customs, Manners &c. | By John Lawson, 
 Gent. Surveyor-General | of North-Carolina | 
 
 London: | Printed for W. Taylor at the Ship, and T. Baker at the 
 Black- I Boy, in Pater-Noster-Eow, 1714. | o. 
 
 3 p. 11 ,]. p. 1-258. sm. 4°. map. Vocabularies, pp.2;i5-230. 
 
 2220 The | History | of | Carolina; | containing the | exact de- 
 scription and Natural History | of that | Country; | Together with 
 the Present State thereof. | And | a Journal | of a Thousand Miles, 
 Travel'd thro' several | Nations of Indians | giving a particular 
 account of their Customs, | Manners, &c. | By John Lawson, Gent. 
 Surveyor-General I of North-Carolina. I 
 
LAWSON LE BOULANGER. 433 
 
 Lawsou (John) — continued. 
 
 London: | Printed for T. Warner, at the Black -Boy in Pater 
 Noster I Eow, 1718. Price Bound Five Shillings. | ba. hu. job. 
 3 p. 11., pp. 1-258. 8m.4°. map. "Vocabularies, pp. 225-230. 
 
 2227 The | History of Carolina, | containing the \ exact de- 
 scription I and I Natural History of that Country, | together with 
 the present state thereof and a journal of | a thousand miles trav- 
 eled through several na- | tions of Indians, giving a particular | 
 account of their customs, | manners, &c., «&c. | By John Lawscfn, | 
 Gent. Surveyor-General of North Carolina. | London : | Printed for 
 W. Taylor at the Ship, and F. Baker at the | Black Boy in Pater- 
 Noster Eow, 1714. | 
 
 Ealeigh: Printed by Strother & Marcom at their Book and Job 
 OfSce, I 1860. I c. 
 
 Pp. 1-390. 12°. Vocabularies, pp. 366-377. See Brickell (John), for editions 
 of 1737 and 1743. 
 
 2228 Lazaro {Fr. Juan). Arte y Vocabulario y Sermones [in various 
 languages of Guatemala]. * 
 
 Manuscript. Title from Beristain. Squier says Vasques, in his Chronicle, 
 and Aroohena, in his Catalogue, make mention of a work by Lazaro, entitled : 
 
 2229 Combinacion y Analogia de diversos Idiomas del Eeyno de 
 
 Guatemala. • 
 
 2230 [Le Boulanger (i?^. Joseph Ignatius)]. [French-Illinois Dictionary.] 
 
 No title-page. Pp. 1-8. large 6°. JWP. 
 
 The above is the first signature, and the only one that was printed, of a work 
 intended to form one of the series of Shea's American Linguistics. When this 
 portion had been put in type, about 1805, the manuscript was sent by Dr. Shea to 
 the owner and was never returned. The following description is taken from 
 Dr. Shea's prospectus: "A manuscript dictionary exists of the Illinois language, 
 which, in extent and in careful preparation, exceeds any work known on any. of 
 the Algonquin dialects. It is to all apnearance the work of the Jesuit Father 
 Le Boulanger, whose labors on the Illinois language are highly extolled in the 
 Lettres fidifiahtes. The Illinois have now disappeared, but for purposes of 
 research and study their language is one of the most interesting of the various 
 dialects of the widespread Algonquin * » "* Their language, as shown in this 
 dictionary, throws much light on Western names of tribes, rivers, lakes, &c., and 
 by comparison with that of the kindred Lenni or Delawares, as preserved by the 
 Moravians, furnished the amplest known material for the study of the Algonquin 
 language. * * * 
 
 "The dictionary will form over five hundred pages, in fine type, double 
 column, similar to that used in the French-Onondago Dictionary issued by me." 
 
 See Gravier (Sev. James), No. 1600. 
 
 Rev. J. I. Le Boulanger, S. J., was born in France, July 22, 1664; entered the 
 order in 1700, came to America, and was on the Illinois Mission as early as 1719, 
 and probably some years previous to that date, and is said to have died there in 
 1744. 
 
 28 Bib 
 
434 NORTH AMEEICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 2231 [Lebret (— ).] L. J. 0. et M. I. | Mina | Aiamie Masinaigaa | 
 ou I Eecueil de Prieres | et de | Oantiques | a I'usage des Sauvages 
 de Temiscaming, d'Abbitibi, | du Grand Lac, de MataSan et du 
 Port William. | [Design.] 
 
 Moniang [Montreal]: | TakSabikickote endatc John Lovell. | 
 1866. I GB. 
 
 Pp. 1-277 .12°. Compilation from different authors by Father Lebret, O. M. 
 S. I. In the Nipissiug dialect of the Algonkin. 
 
 2232 le Caron {Father Joseph). [Dictionary of the Huron Language.] 
 
 The dictionary of the Huron language was first drafted by Father Joseph Le 
 Caron in 1616. The little Huron whom he took with him when he returned to 
 Quebec aided him greatly to extend it. He also added rules and principles dur- 
 ing his second voyage to the Hurons. He next increased it by notes which Fa- 
 ther Nicholas sent him, and at last perfected it by that which that holy religions 
 had left when descending to Quebec, and which the French placed in his hands: 
 so that Father George, Procurator of the Mission in France, presented it to the 
 king with the two preliminary dictionaries of the Algonquin and Montagnais 
 languages in 1625. — Extract from Father Le Clerog's Establishment of the Faith. 
 
 2233 Lecciones Espirituales | para | las taudas de Ejercicios | de S. Igna- 
 cio, I dadas A los Indios | en el idioma | Mexicano. | Compuestas 
 por un Sacerdote del Obispado de la | Puebla de los Angeles. | 
 Quien las dedica 4 la Luz increada, bajo el poderosisimo | amparo 
 de la Madre Santisima de ella. | 
 
 Puebla. I Imprenta Antigua en el Portal de las flores. | 1841. | B. 
 Pp. 1-213. 8°. The preface is signed J. J. P. 
 
 2234 leclercq (P.) Dictionnaire caraiibe-frangais, par le Pfere Leclercq. 
 
 Rennes. 1665. ' * 
 
 Title from Temaux-Compans, No. 830. 
 
 2235 Le Clercq(P. Ohrestien). Nouvelle | Relation | dela | Gaspesie, | 
 qui contient | les Moeurs & la Religion des Sau- | vages Gas- 
 pesiens Porte-Croix, | adorateurs du Soleil, & d'autres | Peu- 
 pies de I'Amerique Septen- | trionale, dite le Canada. | D^dide ^ 
 Madame la | Princesse d'Epinoy, | Par le P6re Chrestien le 
 Clercq, | Missionnaire RecoUet de la Province de | Saint Antoine 
 de Pade en Artois, & | Gardien du Convent de Lens. | 
 
 A Paris, j Ciiez Amable Auroy, rue Saint | Jacques a I'Image S. 
 J6r6me, attenant | la Fontaine S. Severin. | M. DC. XCI [1691]. | 
 Avec privilege du Roy. | BA. 0. 
 
 14 p. 11., pp. 1-572. 16°. 
 
 " De la Langue des Gaspesiens," pp. 160-164. Extract as follows: 
 
 2236 Language of the Gaspesiens. 
 
 In Hist. Magazine, first series, vol. 5, pp. 284-285. New York, 1861. sm. 4°. 
 
 2237 First | Establishment of the Faith | in ]Srew France. | By | 
 
 Father Christian Le Clercq, | Recollect Missionary. | l!fow first trans- 
 lated, with notes, | by | John Gilmary Shea. | Vol. I [II]. j [Seal.] 
 
 New York : | John G. Shea. | 1881. | ^wp. 
 
LEBEET LEE. 
 
 435 
 
 Le Clercq (P. Chrestien) — continued. 
 
 2 vols, large 8°. The original edition of this work is: Paris, MDCXCI; the 
 titles of the various editions are given in this edition. 
 
 Mr. Shea, in his sketch of Father Le Clercq, gives, vol. 1, p. 16, the Lord's 
 Prayer in Micmao hieroglyphics, as below. See Kauder (Bev. C.) 
 
 ^ ¥ i^T^ i 
 
 iinBliiDen 'Wajolc 
 Out Father In hearen 
 
 ebln 
 Boated 
 
 tchlptool: 
 may 
 
 dAvlga 
 ilqrDiiiitf 
 
 niL 
 
 etlr: I lh=^ 
 
 mcgutdodemelc \Tniok 
 lie respected Id heaven 
 
 n'telidanen tcUptook 
 to ua may 
 
 IgnemTfek 
 Eiant 
 
 ulfl. 
 tbeo 
 
 iqo S<t> 3i ^ ££ 
 
 'JEoi 
 
 nomulek 
 to see 
 
 uledcchinen. Natel wajok 
 in staying. There la heaven 
 
 dell 
 
 as 
 
 chkedoolK 
 thou art obeyed 
 
 1 5 2 
 
 u) 
 
 B i^i ©> 2 
 
 tcUptook dell 
 
 may 8o 
 
 be 
 
 chkeduiek 
 obeyed 
 
 maklmtgnek 
 on Wth 
 
 K^c^c' a it 
 
 A. 
 
 >/"■ 
 
 etmefc 
 vrhere we an. 
 
 e^a 
 
 Pelamiikubeniguai cclioniiewuel apch 
 
 .As thou hast given it to us in the 6amo manner also 
 
 ncgufcti kichkook 
 now to-day 
 
 ee— c^c' ?=bB 2^^ -«ct^; 
 
 clelamooktcch 
 
 givoit 
 
 poni^ffiiuncnwin nHCLQcn ; 
 our nourishment to us ; 
 
 dell abikchiktnlcAchlfic 
 wo forgivo thnsa 
 
 f g T^ ? J? A B ^i^ ^T^=0 
 
 ■wegaiwinamctnik elp kd nixkam 
 who have offended us so thou O God 
 
 H 
 
 £€ 
 
 vo<^ 
 
 molkeninrech 
 hold ns strong 
 
 winrchudil 
 by tho band 
 
 c ^ 
 
 ma 
 not 
 
 nbikchiktwin 
 forgive 
 
 k'tjrgalinen 
 to fall 
 
 clweuUicIc 
 our faults 
 
 koglnnkamkcl 
 keep far from us 
 
 i^^ 311 h^/P l^ 
 
 IvEnnchiguel 
 Bufferings 
 
 twaktwin. 
 evils. 
 
 K'doUctoh. 
 Amen* 
 
 TSE LORD'S PRATER VS. MICMAC HIEROGLTPHrCS. 
 
 2238 Lee (Daqjel) anS, Frost (J. H.) Ten Tears in Oregon. | By D. Lee 
 and J. H. Frost, | late of the Oregon Mission of the Methodist 
 Episcopal Church. | [Picture.] 
 
 |few York: | Published for the Authors: 200 Mulberry-Street. | 
 J. Collord, Printer. | 1844. | BA. c. 
 
 Pp. 1-344. 8°. map. 
 
 A specimen of Indian dialects (KjUemook, Checalish, and Clatsop), pp.339-344. 
 
436 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 2239 le Fort (Abraham). Vocabulary of the Onondago Language. 
 
 In Schoolcraft (H. R.) Indian Tribes, vol. 2, pp. 481-493. Philadelphia, 
 
 1852. 4°. 
 
 2240 lefroy (J. H.) A Vocabulary of Chepewyan and Dog-Eib words. 
 
 In Richardson {Sir John). Arctic Searching Expedition, vol. 2, pp. 400-402. 
 London, 1851, 2 vols. 8°. 
 
 2241 Le Hir {Abbe Arthur-Marie). Etudes Bibliques, par M. I'abb^ Le 
 Hir, avec introduction et sommaires par M. I'abb^ Grandvaux. 
 
 Paris, Joseph Albanel, 15, rue de Tournon, 15. [1868 ?] • 
 
 2 vols. 8°. Title from Cuoq's Jugement Erron6. 
 
 Contains an article, "Des langues am^ricaines," in which many analogies are 
 shown between the Algonkin and the Aryan and Semitic languages. 
 
 2242 leigh {Rev. J.) Vocabulary of the Language of the Natives of 
 Newfoundland; procured by the Eev. J. Leigh, from Mary March, 
 a Native Woman, taken up the Bay of Exploits by Mr. Peyton, in 
 March, 1818. 
 
 In Royal Gteog. Soc, Jour., vol., 4, pp. 218-220. London, 1834. 8°. 
 
 2243 Le Jeune (P. Paul). Eelatiou | de ce qvi s'est pass6 en | la Nov- 
 velle France | en I'ann^e 1633. | Enuoy^e | av E. P. Earth, lacqvi- 
 not I Prouincial de la Compagnie de | lesvs en la prouince de | 
 Prance. | ar [sic] le P. Paul le leune de la mesme Compa- | gnie, 
 Superieur de la residence de Kebec. | 
 
 A Paris, | chez Sebastien Cramoisy, | . . . | M. DC. XXXIV 
 [1634]. I Avec Privilege dv Eoy. | • 
 
 216 pp. 8°. Title from Sahin's Dictionary. Reissned with a slight change in 
 the title : 
 
 2244 Eelation | de ce qvi s'est pass6 | en la | Nowelle France | 
 
 en I'ann^e 1633. | Enuoy^e an E. P. Earth. lacqvinot j Prouincial de 
 la Compagnie de | lesvs en la Prouince de | de [sic] France. | Par 
 le P. Paul le leune de la mesme Compagnie, | Superieur de la resi- 
 dence de Kebec. | 
 
 A Paris. | Chez Sebastien Cramoisy, rue sainct | lacques, aux 
 Cicognes. | M.DC. XXXIV [1634]. | Avec Privilege dv Eoy. | * 
 
 216 pp. 8°. Title from Sahin's Dictionary and O'Callaghan's manuscript bib- 
 liography. 
 
 Reprinted in Relations des J^suites, vol. 1, 1633, pp. M4. Quebec, 1858. 8°. 
 Contains, p. 23, a prayer in Montagnais. 
 
 2245 Eelation | de ce qvi s'est pass6 | en la | Novvelle France, I 
 
 en I'ann^e 1634. | Enuoy^e au | E. Pere Provincial | de la Compa- 
 gnie de lesvs | en la Prouince de France. | Par le P. Paul le leune 
 de la mesme Compagnie, | Superieur de la residence de Kebec. | 
 
 A Paris, | chez Sebastien Cramoisy, Imprimeur | ordinaire du 
 Eoy, rue S. lacques, aw Cicognes. | M. DC. XXXV [1635J. | Avec 
 Privilege dv Eoy. | * 
 
 2 p. 11., pp. 1-342, 1 1. 8°. Title furnished by Mr. W. Eames, from O'Calla- 
 ghan's manuscript bibliography. Reprinted at Paris the same year, with several 
 errors in the text and pagination corrected, and again as follows : 
 
LE FORT — LE MEECIER. 437 
 
 Le Jeune (P. Paul) — continued. 
 
 2246 Relation | de ce qvi s'est pass6 | en la Nouuelle France | en 
 
 I'ann^e 1634. | Enuoy^e au R. Pere Provincial de la Oompagnie de 
 lesvs en la | Prouince de France | Par le Pere le levne de la Oom- 
 pagnie, Superieur de la | Residence de Kebec. | 
 
 En Avignon | de I'Imprimerie de laqves Bramereav, | Imprimeur 
 de sa Sainctet^, de la Yille & | Vniversit6. Auec permission des 
 Superieurs. | M. DO. XXXVI [1636]. | * 
 
 5 p. 11., pp. 1-416. 8°. Title from Sabin's Dictionary 
 
 Eepriuted in Relations des J^suites, vol. 1, 1634, pp. 1-92. Quebec, 1858. 8°. 
 
 Contains: Chapitre xi. De la langiie des Sauuages Montagnais, pp. 48-51; 
 Deux Oraisons (with interlinear French translation), p. 76. 
 
 Le Jeune's Relation for 1636 contains Breboeuf's supplementary relation for 
 the same year, which has the linguistics on pp. 48-49, 79-84. See Breboeuf (B. 
 P. Jean), Nos. 468 and 469 of this catalogue. 
 
 Pfere Paul Le Jenne may be regarded as the father of the Jesuit Missions in 
 this country, although he did not come to Canada until 1632, after the restora- 
 tion of Quebec to the French. He had always cherished a desire to evangelize 
 the savages of Canada, and after the treaty of St. Germain,* came over with P. 
 Anne de None, arriving at Quebec in July, 1632. In a short time he acquired so 
 thorough a knowledge of the Montagnais that he wrote a catechism for those 
 Indians in that language. — Jesuit Relations. 
 
 2247 Leland (Charles Godfrey). The | Union Pacific Railway, | Eastern 
 Division, | or, | three thousand miles in a railway car, | By Charles 
 Godfrey Leland. | U. P. R. W., B. D. | 
 
 Philadelphia: | Ringwalt & Brown, Steam-Power Book and Job 
 Printing, | Nos. Ill and 113 South Fourth Street. | 1867. | jwp. 
 
 Printed cover 1 1., pp. 1-95. 6°. 
 
 Short vocabulary of the Kaw language, p. 71. " Obtained from the natives 
 and from Mr. H. L. Jones, of Salina." 
 
 2248 Fusang | or | The Discovery of America | By | Chinese 
 
 Buddhist priests in the | Fifth Century. | By | Charles G. Leland. | 
 
 New York: | J. W, Bouton, 706 Broadway. | 1875. | WE. 
 
 Pp. i-xix, 1-212. 12°. 
 
 Contains, pp. 101-109, an extract from Roehrig (F. L. 0.) The language of 
 the Dakotas, published in Smithsonian Inst. Ann. Eept. for 1871. 
 
 2249 Fusang | or | The Discovery of America | By | Chinese 
 
 Buddhist priests in the | Fifth Century. | By | Charles G. Leland. | 
 
 London : | Trubner & Co., Ludgate Hill. | 1875. | (All rights re- 
 served.) I ^• 
 Pp. i-xix, 1-212. 12°. 
 
 2250 Le Mercier (P. Fran5oi8 Joseph). Relation | de ce qvi s'est pass6 | 
 en la Mission des Peres | de la Compagnie de lesvs, | en la | Nov- 
 velle France, | fes annees 1653. & 1654. | Enuov6e au R. P. Nicolas 
 Eoyon, | Prouincial de la Prouince de France. | Par le R. P. Fran- 
 5ois Le Mercier, | Superieur des Missions de la mesme | Com- 
 pagnie. I 
 
438 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 le Mercier (P. Frangois Joseph) — continued. 
 
 A Paris, | chez | Sebastien Cramoisy, | Imprimeur ordinaire du 
 Eoy, I <& de la Reyne, | et Gabriel Cramoisy | rue S. | lacqves | aux 
 Ci- I cognes. | M. DO. LV [1655]. | Avec Privilege dv Eoy. | * 
 
 2 p. 11., pp. 1-176. 8°. Title furnished by Mr. W. Eamea firom O'Callaghan's 
 manuscript bibliography. 
 
 Reprinted in Relations des J^suites, vol. 2, 1654, pp. 1-34. Quebec, 1858. 8°. 
 Contains letters in Huron, with accompanying French translation, pp. 27-28. 
 
 Francois Joseph Le Mercier, who came to Canada in 1635, was Superior from 1653 
 to 1656, and accompanied Captain Dupuis to the Onontagufis, where he preached 
 the gospel. After having been three years at the Mission of Three Rivers he be- 
 came Superior for the second time in 1665 fulfilling the charge until 1670. — Jesuit 
 Belations, 
 
 2251 Lennan (Cyrus). Vocabulary of the Pima language, prepared by 
 Mr. Cyrus Lennan, in Arizona, by filling up one of the blanks pub- 
 lished by the Ethnological Society in 1852. * 
 
 Manuscript in possession of the American Ethnological Society, New York, 
 A short extract is printed in Am. Eth. Soc, Bulletin, 1861-62, p. 6. New 
 York, [1863]. 8°.—Eames. 
 
 2252 Leon (Martin de). Camino del | Cielo en lengua Mexicana, | con 
 todos los requisitos necessaries para conseguir este | fin, co todo lo 
 que vn Xpiano deue creer, saber, | y obrar, desde el punto que 
 tiene vsode | razon, hasta que muere. | Copuesto, por el P. F. Mar- 
 tin de Leo, de la orde de Predicadores. | 1 Dirigido al Excelentis- 
 simo Senor Don Fray G-arcia | Guerra de la orde de nfo padre S. 
 Domingo, Argo | bispo de Mexico, y Virrey desta Nueua Espana. | 
 
 5 En Mexico, En la Emprenta de Diego Lopez daualos. | Y a costa 
 de Diego Perez de los Eios. Ano. De. 1611. | 
 
 Colophon : 
 
 1 A honra y gloria de nuestro SeBor lesu Christo, y de su Bendi- 
 tissima Madre, y de Nro glorioso P. S. Domingo, y de la gloriosa 
 Madalena, se acabb este libro de imprimir d, 16. de Diziembre, ano 
 de 1611. B. 
 
 12 p. 11., the last of which is entirely filled with a curious table of contents; 
 11. 1-160; 6 11. not numbered, the first three of which contain tables, the last 
 three : Los Goveruadores, y Virreyes que an gouernado esta tierra, desdel Marques 
 del VaUe que la gano, hasta el Excelentissimo Senor Don Fray Garcia Guerra, de 
 la orden de Nuestro Padre S. Domingo, Ar^obispo de Mexico y Virrey desta 
 nuena EspaBa, q de presete la gouierna. 
 
 2253 Primera Parte | del Sermona- | rio del tiempo de todo el 
 
 ano, I duplicado, en lengua Mexicana. | ^ Compuesto por el E. P. 
 Martin | de Leon, de la Orden de Predicadores de N". P. sancto 
 Domingo. | Dirigido a nuestro muy E. P. Maestro | fr. Hernado Ba- 
 5an Cathedratico jubilado de la Vniuersi- | dad Eeal, y Prouincial 
 de esta Prouincia de | Sanctiago de Mexico. | 
 
 En Mexico, con licencia. | 5 En la Emprenta de la Viuda de Diego 
 Lopez Daualos. | Por C.Adriano Cesar. Ano M.D.C.XIIII [1614]. | * 
 
 8 p. 11., 11. 1-330; 1 1. Tabla and Errata. 4°. According to a statement by the 
 author, at the end of the work, it should consist of four volumes whose contents 
 
V 
 
 LE MEEraifR LEON Y GAMA. 439 
 
 Leon (Martin de) — continued. 
 
 he gives ; but only the present volume was published.— JoazftaJceto's Apuntes, 
 No. 38. 
 
 Quaritch's Catalogue, Feb., 1879, gives the following: Sermonario del tiempo 
 de todo el alio duplicado en Mexicana. Mexico, 1610. 
 
 Leon was born in New Spain, joined the Augustinians in 1574, and died in the 
 beginning of the 17th century. He was most learned and eloquent in the Mexi- 
 can tongue. — Ramirez Sale Cat. 
 
 2254 Manual | breve y forma de ad- | ministrar los Santos 
 
 Sacramen- | tos & los Yndios. | Eecopilado por el Padre fray Mar- 
 tin de I Leon, de la Orden de los Predicadores. Y agora nueua- 
 mente corregido, y anadidas | algunas cosas. | Dirigido k nfo M. R. 
 P. Fr. Gaspar | de Ledesma, Prior Prouincial desta Pro- | uincia de 
 Sanctiago de Predicadores. | Por el Oonuento de Nfa. S. de la 
 Piedad. | 
 
 En Mexico, Por el Bachiller loan de Alcafar, | junto k la Inqui- 
 sicion, Alio de 1617. | * 
 
 55 11. 8°. Contains several exhortations in the Mexican language. — leaisbal- 
 eeta's Apuntes, No. 39. 
 
 2255 Manual Breve y Forma de administrar los santos Sacra- 
 
 mentos 4 los Indios, agora nuevamente corregido, y anadidas algu- 
 nas cosas, por el Convento de S. Domingo de Mexico (en Lengua 
 Mexicana, Espanola y Latina.) 
 
 En Mexico en la Imprenta de Francisco Robledo : 1640. * 
 
 Title, 1 p. 1., 52 numbered 11., and table 3 pp. 12°. Title from the Ramirez Sale 
 Cat., No. 445. 
 
 2256 Manual Breve, y forma de administrar los Santos Sacra- 
 
 metos k los Yndios. Por el Padre Fr. Martin de Leon, de la Orden 
 de Predicadores. Y agora nuevamete sacado k luz, y anidido [sic] 
 por el P. Lector Fr. Diego Oortezero, Cathedratico de legua Mexi- 
 cana en el Convento Eeal de N. Padre Santo Domingo desta Ciudad 
 de Mexico. 
 
 Con licencia : Impresso en Mexico. Por Francisco Eodriguez 
 Lupercio. 1669. * 
 
 5 p. U., 11. 1-85, table, 1 1. 8°. Title from loazbalceta's Apuntes, No. 124. 
 
 2257 Leon y Gama (Antonio de). Descripcion | Historica y Cronol6- 
 gica I de las dos Piedras | que con ocasion del Nuevo Empedrado | 
 que se est^ formando | en la Plaza Principal de Mexico, | se halla- 
 ron en ella el Ano de 1790. | Expllcase el sistema de los Calendarios 
 de los Indios, el | m^todo que tenian de dividir el tiempo, y la cor- 
 reccion | que hacian de ^1 para igualar el ano civil, de que usaban, | 
 con el aiio solar tropico. I'J'oticia muy necesaria para la.| perfecta 
 inteligenica de la segunda piedra: 4 que se ana- | den otras curi- 
 osas 6 iustructivas sobre la Mitologia de los | Mexicanos, sobre su 
 Astronomia, y sobre los ritos y cere- | monias que acostumbraban 
 en tiempo | de su Gentilidad. | Por Don Antonio de Leon y Gama. | 
 [Design.] 
 
440 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Leon y Gama (Antonio de) — continued. 
 
 Mexico. I En la Imprenta de Don Felipe de Zfiniga y Ontiveros. | 
 Alio de M.DCC.XOII [1792J. | 0. 
 
 3 p. 11., pp. 1-116, 11. 4°. 
 
 $ I, Mctodo de dividir el tiempo, que tenian los Mexicanos, &c., pp. 14-35, 
 and ^ III, Explicase el sistenia de los Calendarios de los Indloa, &c., pp. 47-62, 
 contain the names of the divisions of time in Mexican, with translation ; Calen- 
 darios Mexicanos, pp. 63-76. 
 
 2258 Saggio | dell' Astronomia Cronologia | e Mitologia | Degli 
 
 Antichi Messicani | Opera | di D. Antonio Leon e Gama ] Tradotta 
 dallo Spagnuolo, e dedicata | Alia Molto Nobile Illustre ed Impe- 
 riale | Citta di Messico | [Engraving.] 
 
 Eoma I Presso il Salomoni | 1804 | Con Permesso | A. 
 
 Engraved title, pp. i-xiii, (1),1-184,2 plates. 8°. 
 
 Names relating to the Mexican Calendar, with translations, pp. 24-26, 39, 49, 
 97-110. 
 
 \ / 2259 Descripcion | Hist6ricayOronol6gica | delasdospiedras, | 
 
 que con ocasion del nuevo empedrado | que se esta formando | en 
 la plaza principal de Mexico, | se hallaron en ella el ano de 1790. | 
 Explicase el sistema de los calendarios de los Indies, el mctodo | 
 que tenian de dividir el tiempo, y la correccion que hacian de | 4>l 
 para igualar el aiio civil, de que usaban, con el ano solar tro- | pico. 
 Noticia muy necesaria jiara la perfecta inteligencia de la | segunda 
 piedra : 4 que se aiiaden otras curiosas 6 instructivas so- [ bre la 
 mitologia de los Mexicanos, sobre su astronomia, y sobre | los ritos 
 y ceremouias que acostumbraban en tiempo de su | gentilidad. | 
 Por Don Antonio de Leon y Gama. | Dala a luz | con notas, bio- 
 grafia de su autor y aumentada con la segunda parte que estaba 
 in^dita, y bajo la proteccion del Gobierno | general de la Union: | 
 Carlos Maria de Bustamente, | diputado al congreso general mexi- 
 cano. I Segunda edicion. | 
 
 M6xico, I Imprenta del ciudadano Alejandro Vald^s. | 1832. | 0. 
 
 1 p. ]., pp. i-viii, 1-114, 1-148, 5 plates, sm. 4°. 
 
 Names relating to the Mexican Calendar, with translations, pt. 1, pp. 16-18, 
 26, 27, 31, 62-75. 
 
 Numerous extracts, in Mexican, from the Manuscripts of Cristobal del Castillo, 
 in Bust-imente's notes, pt. 1, pp. 20, 43, 47, 59, 60, 78, 82, 83, 86, 88, and 27 lines 
 on p. 96. 
 
 Ap^ndice Segundo. Sobre la aritm^tica de los Mexicanos, pt. 2, pp. 128-148, 
 contains Mexican numerals and mathematical words, with translations. 
 
 2260 Le Page du Pratz [M.) Histoire I de la | Louisiana, | Contenent la 
 D^couverte de ce vaste Pays ; | sa Description g^ographique ; un 
 Voyage | dans les Terres; I'Histoire Naturelle; les | Mceurs, Cou- 
 tumes, & Religion des Natu- | rels, avec leurs Origines; deux Voy- 
 ages I dans le ISTord du Nouveau Mexique, dout | un jusqu'^ la 
 Mer du Sud : oru6e de deux | Cartes & de 40 Planches en Taille 
 douce. I Par M. Le Page du Pratz. | Tome Premier [-Troisifeme]. | 
 
^ 
 
 LEON Y GAMA LE PLONGEON. 441 
 
 Le Page du Pratz (ilf.)— continued. 
 
 A Paris, | Chez De Bure, l'Ain6, sur le Quai ties Augnstins, | k 
 S. Paul. I La Veuve Delaguette, rue S. Jacques, fl | I'Olivier. | Lam- 
 bert, rue de la Cornddie-Frangoise. | M. DCO. LVIII [1758]. | hu. c. 
 3 vols. 16°. map. 
 A few remarks on the language of the Natchez, vol. 2, pp. 323-325. 
 
 2261 The | History | of Louisiana, | or of | The Western Parts | 
 
 of I Virginia and Carolina: | containing | a Description of the 
 Countries that lye | on both Sides of the Eiver Missisippi : | with | 
 An account of the Settlements, Inhabitants, | Soil, Climate, and 
 Products. I Translated from the French, | (lately published) | By 
 M. Le Page Du Pratz ; | with | Some Notes and Observations | re- 
 lating to our Colonies. | In Two Volumes. | Vol. I [II]. | 
 
 London, | Printed for T. Becket and P. A. DeHondt | in the 
 Strand. M DCC L XIII [1763]. | H0. 
 
 2 vols. 16°. 
 
 Of the language, government, religion, ceremonies and feasts of the natives, 
 vol. 2, pp. 170-196, contains a few remarks on the language of the Natchez. 
 
 2262 The | History | of | Louisiana, | orof | the Western Parts | 
 
 of I Virginia and Carolina : | Containing a Description of the | 
 Countries that lie on both Sides of the Eiver Missisippi : | With 
 an Account of the \ Settlements, Inhabitants, Soil, | Climate, and 
 Products. I Translated from the French | of M. Le Page du Pratz ; | 
 With some Notes and Observations relating to our Colonies. | A 
 new Edition. | 
 
 London, | Printed for T. Becket, Corner of the Adelphi, in the 
 
 Strand. | MDCCLXXIV [1774]. | BA. c. job. 
 
 Ip. 1., pp. i-xxxvi, 1-387. 8°. maps. Of the language of the natives, pp. 327-3"i9. 
 
 2263 An Account of Louisiana, exhibiting a Compendious 
 
 Sketch of its Political and Natural History and Topography, with 
 a Copious Appendix containing several Important Documents. 
 
 Newbern : Franklin & Garrow. 1804. * 
 
 2 11., 272, cxviii pp., 1 1. 18°. Title from Sabin's Dictionary. 
 
 2264 le Plongeon (Dr. Augustus). Vestiges of the Mayas, | or, | Facts 
 tending to prove that Communications and Intimate Eelations must 
 have I existed, in very remote times, between the inhabitants of | 
 Mayab | and those of | Asia and Africa. | By | Augustus Le Plon- 
 geon, M. D., I Member [&c., three lines.] 
 
 New York: j John Polhemus, Printer and Stationer, | 102 Nassau 
 Street. | 1881. | ba. we. 
 
 Printed title 1 l.,pp. 1-68. 8°. 
 
 Names of Maya deities, p. 39, and following; and many Maya terms scattered 
 throughout. 
 
 2265 Letter from Dr. Augustus Le Plongeon. [To the Eight Eev. 
 
 Bishop Courtenay, Bishop of Kingston.] 
 
 In Am. Ant. Soc, Proc.No. 73, pp. 113-117. Worcester, 1879. 8'^, 
 
442 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 le Plongeon {JDr. Augustus) — continued. 
 
 Comments on tlie Maya language, showing its affinity with those of the 
 ancient nations of the eastern continent. To it is added a ' = Note by the 
 Publishing Committee," signed S. F. H[aven], citing authorities showing a 
 concurrence in Dr. Le Plongeon's views. 
 
 2266 [Letter to Eight Eev. Bishop Courtenay, Bishop of King- 
 ston, on the Antiquity of the Mayas.] 
 
 In The Present Century. A weekly journal, No. 22, vol. 2. New York, 1880. 
 Contains Maya terms compared with the Sanskrit, Welsh, &c. 
 
 2267 Lerch ( — ). Unnersoutiksak ernisuksiortunut . . . Lerch. Kjoven- 
 havnime, 1867. • 
 
 63 pp; 8°. Manual for midwives, in the Eskimo language. — Sink. 
 
 2268 Lescarbot (Marc). Histoire | de la Novvelle | France | Contenant 
 les navigations, decouvertes, & habi- | tations faites par les Prangois 
 is Indes Occiden- | tales & Is^ouvelle-France souz I'avoeu & autho- | 
 rite de uoz Eois Tres-Chr6tiens, & les diverses | fortunes d'iceux 
 en I'execution de ces choses, | depuis cent ans jusques t\ hui. | En 
 quoy est comprise I'Histoire Morale, l^Taturele, & Geo- | graphique 
 de ladite province : Avec les Tables & | Figures d'icelle. | Par Marc 
 Lescarbot Advocat en Parlement, | Temoin oculaire d'vne partie 
 des choses ici r6cit6es. | Multa renascentur quae iam cecidere, 
 cad^ntque. | 
 
 A Paris | Chez lean Milot, tenant sa boutique sur les degrez | de 
 la grand' salle du Palais. | M. DO. IX [1609]. | Avec privilege dv 
 Eoy. I JOB. 
 
 24p. 11., pp. 1-888. 16°. maps. 
 
 Chap. vii. "Du Langue," contains numerals, 1-10, "Aucien" and "Nou- 
 veau" of Canada, and of the Souriquois and Etechemin, pp. 697-703. 
 
 2269 Histoire | de la Novvelle | France | Contenant les naviga- 
 tions, decouvertes, & habi- | tations faites par les Fraugois es Indes 
 Occiden- | tales & Nouvelle-France souz I'avoeu & autho- | rite de 
 noz Roys Tres-Ohretiens, & les diverses | fortunes d'iceux en I'exe- 
 cution de ces choses, | depuis cent ans jusques k hui. | En quoy est 
 comprise I'Histoire Morale, ISTaturele, & Geo- | graphique de laditi; 
 province: Avec les Tables | & Figures d'icelle. | Par Marc Lescar- 
 bot Advocat en Parlement. | T6moin oculaire d'vne partie des 
 choses ici r6cit6es. | Multa renascentur quae iam cecidere ca- 
 d^ntque. | Seconde Edition, reveue, corrig6e, & augmeutee par 
 I'Autheur. | 
 
 A Paris | Chez lean Millot, devant S. Barthelemi aux trois | 
 Coronnes : Et en sa boutique sur les degrez de la | grand' salle du 
 Palais. I M.DO.XI [1611]. | Avec Privilege dv Eoy. | job. 
 
 26 p. 11., pp. 1-877. 16°. Du Langue, pp. 686-699. 
 
 2270 Histoire | de la Novvelle- | France | Contenant les naviga- 
 tions, decouvertes et habi- | tations faites par les Frangois ^s Indes 
 Occiden- | tales et N"ouvelle-France souz I'avoeu & utho- | rite de 
 noz Eoys Tres-Chr6tiens, et les diverses | fortunes d'iceux en I'exe- 
 
LE PLONGEON — LESCABBOT. 443 
 
 Lescarbot (Marc) — contiimed. 
 
 cution de ces choses, | depuis cent ans jusques & hui. | En quoyest 
 comprise I'Histoire Morale, Katurele et Geo- | graphique de ladite 
 province; avec les Tables | et Figures d'icelle. | Par Marc Lescar- 
 bot, Advocat en Parlement. | T^moin oculaire d'vne partie des 
 choses ici recit^es. | [One line quotation.] | Seconde Edition, reveue, 
 corrig^e, et augment^e par I'Autheur. | [Design.] 
 
 A Paris | Chez lean Millot, devant S. Barthelemi aux trois | 
 Coronnes; Et en sa boutique sur les degrez de la | grand' salle da 
 Palais, (m. be. XII [1612]. | Avec privilege du Eoy. JOB, 
 
 10 p. 11., pp. 1-877, 14 11. sm. 8°. maps. Du langue, pp. 686-699. 
 
 2271 Histoire | de la Novvelle- | France. | Contenant les naviga- 
 tions, d^couvertes, & ha- | bitations faites par les Frangois 6s Indes 
 Occi- I dentales & Nouvelle-France, par commission | de noz Eoys 
 Tres-0hr6tiens, & les diverses | fortunes d'iceux en I'execution de 
 ces choses, | depuis cent ans jusques k hui | En quoy est comprise 
 I'hlstoire Morale, Naturale, & | Geographique des provinces cy 
 d^crites; avec | les Tables & Figures necessaires. | Par Marc Les- 
 carbot Advocat en Parlement | T^moin oculaire d'vne partie des 
 choses ici recit^es. | Troisifeme Edition enrichie de plusieurs choses 
 singulieres, | outre la suite d I'Histoire. | [Printer's emblem.] 
 
 A Paris, | Chez Adrian Perier, rue saint | lacques, au Compas 
 d'or I M. D. C. XVIII [1618]. | JOB. 
 
 27 p. 11., pp. 1-971 16°. maps. Du Langage, pp. 734-786. 
 
 The third edition, that of 1617, I think, is the same, except the title, as 
 ' that of 1618. Translated into English by P. Eroudelle, and printed in London, 
 1619.— Leclcrc. 
 
 2272 Histoire | de la | Nouvelle France | par Marc Lescarbot | 
 
 suivie des | Muses de la ]Srouvelle-France, | Nouvelle Edition | 
 publi^e par Edwin Tross | avec quatre cartes g^ographiques | 
 Premier [-Troisieme] Volume | 
 
 Paris I Libraire Tross | 5, Eue Neuve-des-petits-Ohamps, 5 | 
 1866 I BA. QHS. 
 
 :) vols., 12°, paged continuously: "Vol. 1, 6 p. 11., pp. i-xviii, 1 1., pp. 1-287; 
 vol. 2, 2 p. 11., pp. 289-586; vol. 3, 1 p. 1., pp. 587-851, 13 11. Eeprint of edition 
 of 1612, the title-page of which is given in vol. 1. The pagination of the original 
 is shown hy cross bars and side numbers. 
 
 Chap. vii. Du langage, pp. 661-671, contains the numerals 1-10, Ancien et 
 Nouveau langage dn Canada, p. 662; of the Souriquois and Etchemins, p. 663 ; 
 vocabulary, 65 words, pp. 665-668. 
 
 2273 Nova Francia | Or the | Description | of that part of | 
 
 New France, | which is one continent with | Virginia. | Described 
 in the three late Voyages and Plantation | made by Monsieur de 
 Monts, Monsii'ur du Pont-Grau6, and | Monsieur de Poutrincourt, 
 into the countries called | by the I>ench men La Cadie, ly- | ing to 
 the Southwest of | Cape Breton. | Together with an excellent 
 seuerall Treatie of all the commodities ( of the said countries, and 
 
444 NORTH AMEEICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Lescarbot (Marc) — continued. 
 
 manners of the na,turall | inhabitants of the same. \ Translated out 
 of French into English by | P. E[rondelle]. | 
 
 London, | Printed for Andrew Hebb, and are to be sold at the 
 signe I of the Bell in Pauls Ohurch-yard. | [1609?] c. job. 
 
 7 p. 11., pp. 1-307 am. 4°. Of their Language, pp. 168-172. 
 
 2274 NovaFrancia: | Or the | Description | of that part of | 
 
 New France, | which is one continent with | Virginia. | Described 
 in the three late Voyages and Plantation made by | Monsieur de 
 Monts, Monsieur du Pont-Grau6, and | Monsieur de Poutrincourt, 
 into the countries | called by the Frenchmen La Cadie, | lying to 
 the Southwest of | Cape Breton. | Together with an excellent 
 seuerall Treatie of all the commodities | of the said countries, and 
 maners of the naturall | inhabitants of the same. | Translated out 
 of French into English by | P. E[rondelle]. | 
 
 Londini, | Imponsis Georgii Bishop. | 1609. | * 
 
 18 p. 11., pp. 1-307. 4°. Title from Field, No. 916. 
 
 2275 l^oua Prancia. | Grundliche History | Von Erfiindung | 
 
 [&c., six lines]. 
 
 Anno M. DO. XIII [1613]. | Gedruckt zu Augspurg bey Ohryso- | 
 stomo Dabertzhofer. | c. 
 
 4 p. 11., 86 11. 4°. No linguistics. 
 
 2276 Lesley (Joseph Peter). On the Insensible Gradation of Words, 
 by J. P. Lesley. 
 
 In Am. Philosoph. Soc, Proc., vol. 7, pp. 129-155. Philadelphia, 1862. 8°. 
 
 Contains the word for Stone in Karib, Greenland Esquimaux, Comanche, 
 Tschuktsch, Cora (New Mexico), Mexican, Koljusoh (N. W. Am. ), pp. 136-139 ; the 
 word for Jair in Tuscarora, Penobscot, Comanche, Mexican, Onondago, Huron, 
 Hochelaga, Nagailer, Chipewyan, Wacooon, Souriquois, Kuskatchewak, and Lab- 
 rador, pp. 145-148; the word for jffeod in Florida Waccoon,Yavi, Carib, Delaware, 
 Sankikani, Huastecan, Kuscatchewan, Mohegan, Caynbaba (N. A.), Minsi, Na- 
 guiler, Chippewyan, Hudson's Bay, Kadjak (N. A.), Tsohegavi (N. A.), Othomi, 
 Mexican, pp. 148-152. 
 
 2277 Lesseps (Jean Baptiste Barth^lemy, baron de). Journal Histori- 
 que I du Voyage | de M. de Lesseps, | Consul de France, employ^ 
 dans rexp6dition | de M. le comte de la P6rouse, en quality | d'in- 
 terprfete du Eoi; | Depuis I'instant ou il a quitt^ les frigates Fran- 
 9oises I au port Saint-Pierre & Saint-Paul du Kamtschatka, | 
 jnsqu'^ son arriv^e en France, le 17 octobre 1788. | Premiere 
 [Seconde] Partie. | 
 
 A Paris, ( de I'Imprimerie Eoyale. | M. DCCXO [1790]. | c. 
 
 2 vols. 8°. 
 
 Vocabulaire des langues Kamtschadale, Koriaqne, Tchouktchi et Lamoute, 
 vol. 2, pp. 355-375 ; Vocabulaire de la langue Kamtschadale, vol. 2, pp. 376-380. 
 
 2278 Travels | in | Kamtschatka, | during the years 1787 and 
 
 1788. I Translated from the French of | M. de Lesseps, Consul of 
 
LESCAEBOT — LEVANTO 445 
 
 Lesseps (Jean Baptiste Barth61eiiiy, baron de) — coatinued. 
 
 France, | and | interpreter to the Couut de la Perouse, now | en- 
 gaged in a voyage round the world, by | command of His Most 
 Christian Majesty. | In two volumes. | Volume I [III. | 
 
 London: | Printed for J. Johnson, St. Paul's Churchyard. | 
 1790. I BA 
 
 2 vols. 8°. Linguistics, vol. 2, pp. 384-403, 404-408. 
 
 2279 [Lesson Book in the Mohawk Language.] IB. 
 
 A copy of the above is in tlie possession of Rev. Isaac Barefoot, Point Edward, 
 Canada. It is 16° in size, and contains pp. 5-108, p. 5 being A^. It is minus the 
 title-page and the last leaf is torn in such a way as to render it impossible to tell 
 whether it is the end of the book or not. Pp. 5-6 contain the alphabet ; pp. 7-8, 
 words of one syllable, gradually increasing to words of eleven syllables (Lesson 
 X, p. 17). These are followed by reading exercises (Lessons I-XI) to p. 42; 
 Prayers for different occasions, pp. 43-64 ; Collects from the Prayer Book, pp. 65- 
 102; Hymns, pp. 102-108. 
 
 Mr. Barefoot thinks it was published about 1820. 
 
 2280 Lettres | fidiflantes et Curieuses | concernant | L'Asie, L'Afrique, 
 et L'Am^rique, | avec | quelques relations nouvelles des missions, | 
 et des notes g6ographiques et historiques. | Publi^es sous la direc- 
 tion I de M. L. Aim6-Martin. | Tome Premier [-Quatrifeme]. | 
 Grece. — Turquie. | Syrie. — Arm^nie. — Perse. — Egypte. | AmMque 
 septentrionale. | 
 
 Paris I Auguste Desrez, Imprimeur-Editeur, | 50, rue Neuve- 
 des-petits-champs. | MDCCCXXXVIII [-MDCCCXLIII] [1838- 
 1843]. I 0. 
 
 4 vols, large 8°. 
 
 Rasles (P.) Lettres du P. S^bastien Easles, vol. 1, pp. 668-669. 
 Sabin's Dictionary mentions other editions as follows: 
 
 Paris, 1772-1776, 34 vols. 12°. Paris, 1861, 3 vols. 8°. 
 
 Paris, 1780-1783, 26 vols. 12°. Paris, 1875-1877, 4 vols. 8°. 
 
 A Toulouse, 1810-1811, 26 vols. 12°. Madrid, 1753-1757, 16 vols. 4°. 
 
 Lyon, 1819, 14 vols. 8°. Milano, 1825-1829, 6 vols. 8°. 
 Paris, 1824-1826, 8 vols. 8°. 
 
 '\/^'^2281 Levanto (Fr. Leonardo). Cathecismo | de la Doctrina | Christi- 
 ana, I en lengua Zaapoteca. | Dispuesto | Por el M. E. P. Mr6. Fr. 
 Leonardo j Levanto, Provincial que fu6 dos veces | de la Provincia 
 de S. Hypolito Martyr | de Oaxaca, y una de la de S. Miguel, y | 
 Santos Angeles de la Puebla, Prior tres | veces del Convento 
 Grande, y otras tres | del Convento de Eecoleccion de N. P. Sto. | . 
 Domingo Soriano, Comisario del Smo. | Eosario, Asistente Eeal, 
 Examinador | Synodal del Obispado de Oaxaca, Con- | suitor del 
 Santo Oflcio, y su Corrector | de Libros, &c. | 
 
 Impreso con las Licencias necesarias en la Puebla por | la Viuda 
 de Miguel de Ortega: y por su Original en | la Oflcina Palafoxiana 
 de dicha Ciudad, aiio de 1776. | job. 
 
 5 p. 11., pp. 1-32. am. 4°. The approvals and licenses are dated 1732, probably 
 the date of the first edition. 
 
446 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 2282 Lewis (Gapt. Meriwether). The | Travels | of | Capts. Lewis & 
 Clarke, | by order of the | Government of the United States, | per- 
 formed in the years 1804, 1805, & 1806, | being upwards of three 
 thousand miles, from | St. Louis, by way of the Missouri, and | Co- 
 lumbia Elvers, to the | Pacifick Ocean: | Containing an Account of 
 the Indian Tribes, who inhabit | the Western part of the Continent 
 unexplored, | and unknown before. | With copious delineations of 
 the Manners, Cus- | toms Eeligion, &c. of the Indians. | Compiled | 
 Prom various authentic sources, and Documents. | To which is sub- 
 joined, I A Summary of the Statistical view of the Indian | Nations, 
 from the Official Communication of | Meriwether Lewis. | Embel- 
 lished with a ]\Iap of the Country inhabited by | the Western tribes 
 of Indians, and five Engravings | of Indian Chiefs. | 
 
 Philadelphia: | Published by Hubbard Lester. | 1809. | Price— 
 1 dollar 62J cts. | C. 
 
 Pp. i-xii, 13-300. 12°. 
 
 Names of tlie moons in Cree, p. 132; Vocabulary of the Knisteneaux (from 
 Mackenzie), pp. 133-141. 
 
 Of the many editions of Lewis and Clarke examined, the one above, the two 
 following, and those under Fisher (q.v.) are the only ones containing linguistic 
 materia], and these have all borrowed the Cree vocabulary of Mackenzie. 
 
 2283 The | Travels | of | Capts. Lewis & Clarke, | from | St. 
 
 Louis, by way of the Missouri and Columbia Elvers, | to the | Pacific 
 Ocean ; | Performed in the years 1804, 1805, & 1806, | by order of 
 the I Government of the United States. | Containing | delineations 
 ofthe Manners, Customs, | Eeligion, &c. | Of the Indians, | compiled 
 from I Various Authentic Sources, and Original Documents, | and | 
 a Summary ofthe Statistical view of | the Indian Nations, | from the 
 ofScial communicatiou of | Meriwether Lewis. | Illustrated with a 
 Mapof the Country, inhabited by the | Western Tribes of Indians. | 
 
 London: | Printed for Longman, Hurst, Eees, and Orme, Pater- 
 noster Eow. I 1809. I s. 
 Pp. i-tx, 1-309. 8°. Linguistics, pp. 132-142. 
 
 2284 The | Journal | of | Lewis and Clarke, | to the Mouth of 
 
 the Columbia Eiver | beyond the Eocky Mountains. | In the years 
 1804-5, & 6. I Giving a faithful description of the Eiver Missouri | 
 and its source — of the various tribes of Indians | through which 
 they passed — manners and cus- | toms — soil — climate — ^commerce — 
 gold and | silver mines — animal and vegetable | productions, «&c. | 
 New Edition, with Notes. | Eevised, corrected, and illustrated with 
 numerous | wood cuts. | To which is added | a complete dictionary 
 of the Indian tongue. | 
 
 Dayton, O. | Published and sold by B. P. Ells. | John Wilson, 
 printer. | 1840. | c. 
 
 Pp. i-xiv, 15-240. 16°. Another edition: Dayton: Ells, Claflin & Co., 1851, 
 240 pp. 12^. According to Cones in Hayden's Bulletin, second series. No. 6, all 
 these editions of Lewis and Clarke are spurious as far as they claim to be narra- 
 tions of the expedition. 
 
LEWIS— LINCOLN. 447 
 
 Leyendecher (John Z.) 
 See Butcher {Dr. H. B.) and Leyendecher (John Z.) 
 
 2285 Lieber (Francis). Plan of thought of the American Languages. 
 
 In Schoolcraft (H. E.) Indian Tribes, vol. 2, pp. 346-349. Philadelphia, 
 1852. 4°. 
 
 2286 , editor. Encyclopsedia Americana. | A | Popular Diction- 
 ary I of I Arts, Sciences, Literature, History, Politics and | Biog- 
 raphy, 1 brought down to the present time; | including | a copious 
 collection of original articles | in | American Biography; | on | the 
 basis of the seventh edition of the German | Conversations- 
 Lexicon. I Edited by | Francis Lieber, | assisted by ] E. Wiggles- 
 worth and T. G. Bradford. | Vol. I [-XIII]. | 
 
 Philadelphia: | Carey and Lea. | Sold in Philadelphia by E. L. 
 Carey and A. Hart — in l^Tew York | by G. & C. & H. Carvill — in 
 Boston by | Carter, Hendee & Babcock. | 1829 [-1847J. | 0. 
 
 13 vols, and supplement (vol. 14). 8°. 
 
 [Pickering (John).] Appendix. Indian Languages of America, vol. vi, pp. 
 581-600. 
 
 2287 Lieber (Oscar Montgomery). Vocabulary of the Catawba Lan- 
 guage, with some Remarks on its Grammar, Construction and Pro- 
 nunciation. -By Oscar M. Lieber, State Geologist of S. C. 
 
 In South Carolina Hist. Soc. Coll., vol. 2, pp. 327-342. Charleston, 1858. 8°. 
 Issued also separately as follows : 
 
 2288 Vocabulary ( of the | Catawba Language, | with some re- 
 marks on I its grammar, construction and pronunciation. | By 
 Oscar M. Lieber, | State Geologist of South -Carolina. | (Prom Col- 
 lections of the South-Carolina Historical Society, Vol. II.) | 
 
 Charleston, S. C. | James and Williams, Printers, | 16 State- 
 Street. I 1858. I 0. 
 Pp. 1-18. 8°. 
 
 2289 Linapi'e | Lrkvekun, | Apwivuli Kavuni Vawinj Wato. | Opvaloqr- 
 peas, I Nelahi Maneto. | [One line in Delaware.] 
 
 Shawnee Mission; | J. Meeker, Printer; | 1834. | BA. 
 
 Pp. 1-24. 16°. Primer in the Delaware language. 
 
 2290 Linapie Lrkvekun, ave Apwatuk. Wuhni Nrtyrvekrs— Maneto. 
 Irpnna bni lepwrokun. 
 
 Shawannoe Mission: J. Meeker, Printer. 1834. mhs. 
 
 Pp. 1-48. 18°. 
 
 2291 Lincoln (Enoch). Eemarks on the Indian Languages [of Maine]. 
 
 In Maine Hist. Soc. Coll., vol. 1, pp. 310-323. Portland, 1831. 8°. 
 
 A posthumous paper edited by Rev. Edward Ballard ; it includes : Eemarks on 
 the grammatic structure of the Norridgewock, pp. 310-317 ; Vocabulary of the 
 Norridgewock, pp. 317-318 ; Grammatic structure of the Micmac, pp. 319-321. 
 
 This volume was reprinted in 1865, the above paper occupying pp. 41^-427. 
 
448 NOETH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 2292 [Lionnet {RSv. — ).] Vocabulary | of the | Jargon or Trade Lan- 
 guage I of Oregon. ( 
 
 Colophon : 
 
 Published by the Smithsonian Institution, | Washington, D, C, | 
 April, 1853. | S. 
 
 No title-page, 1 p. 1., PP- 1-22. 4°. 
 
 Printed in octavo form on quarto page : wide margin for corrections and addi- 
 tions. It was " obtained in Oregon" by Dr. B. Rush Mitchell, "and is said to 
 have been compiled by a French Catholic ijriest. It was submitted to Prof. W. 
 W. Turner, and, in accordance with his suggestion, the vocabulary has been or- 
 dered to be printed for distribution in Oregon.'' 
 
 2293 Lissiansky (Ca/pt. XJriy). nyxemecTBie | Boitpyn. CBtia bt, | 1803. 4. 5. H 1806 
 ro4axT>, I no DODejIiHiio | ero iiMDepaiopcKaro Be.iiiiecTBa | AjeKcaiMpa HepBaro, | HaKOpaOJli | 
 HeBt, I aonT, iia-JiUbCTBOMTi I *.iOTa naniiiami-jeiiTeHaHTa, nuDfi KanHiaua | 1-ro panra a 
 KaBa-iepa | lOpia JlHcancKaro. | 'lacib nepBaa [-BTopaa]. | 
 
 CanKT neTepOypri, bi> THnorpa'i>in 0. 4pexcjepa, | 1812. | C. 
 
 Translation. — Voyage | aronnd the world | in the years 1803, 4, 5 and 1806 | 
 by order of | His Imperial Majesty | Alexander I, | on the ship Neva, | under 
 command | of Captain-Lieutenant of the Navy, now Captain | of the 1st rank | 
 and Knight Uriy Lissiansky. | Vol. I [II]. | 
 
 St. Petersburg, | in tlie printing office of Th. Drechsler, | 1812. | 
 
 2 vols. 8°. 
 
 Short Vocabulary of the languages of the Northwestern parts of America, 
 with Russian translation. Russian-Kadiak-Kenai and Eussian-Sitka-Ooua- 
 lashka, vol. 2, pp. 154-181, 182-207. » 
 
 2294 A I Voyage Eound the World, | in | the years 1803, 4, 5, & 
 
 6; I performed | by order of His Imperial Majesty | Alexander the 
 First, Emperor of Eussia, | in | the ship Keva, | by | Uriy Lissi- 
 ansky, I Captain in the Eussian Navy, and | Knight of the Orders 
 of St. George and St. Vladimer. | 
 
 London : | Printed for John Booth, Duke Street, Portland Place; 
 and I Longman, Hurst, Eees, Orrae, & Brown, Paternoster Eow; | 
 by S. Hamilton, Weybridge, Surrey. | 1814. | ba. 
 
 Pp. i-xxi, 1 1., pp. 1-388. 4°. maps. 
 
 Appendix No. 3. Vocabulary of the Languages of the Islands of Cadiack and 
 Oonalaschca, the Bay of Kenay and Sitca Sound, pp. 329-337. 
 
 These vocabularies reprinted in Davidson (G.) Report relative to * * Alaska; 
 in Coast Survey, Ann. Eept., 1867, pp. 293-298, Washington, 1869, 4°; and in 
 Davidson (G.) Report relative to * * Alaska, in Ex. Doc. 77, 40th Cong., 2d 
 sess., pp. 328-333; and in Coast Survey, Coast Pilot of Alaska, pp. 215-221. 
 Washington, 1869. 8°. 
 
 2295 Literary and Historical Society of Quebec. Transactions | of the | 
 Literary and Historical | Society | of Quebec: | Forwarded, Janu- 
 ary 6,1824. I Volume I [-V]. | 
 
 Quebec: | Printed for the Literary and Historical | Society: by 
 Frangois Leraaitre, | Star OfSce. | 1829 [-1862]. | " qhs. 
 
 5 vols. 12°. The Transactions are followed by "New Series," parts 1-9, 1863- 
 1872; these by "Sessions," 1872-1881-82, and these in turn by "New Series," of 
 which only part 1, 1882, has been issued. 
 
 Campbell (John). Origin of the Aborigines of Canada, Sess. 1880-81, pp. 61- 
 93, and i-xxxiv. 
 
 [Chaumonot (P. J.M.)] Grammar of the Huron language, vol. 2, pp. 94-198. 
 
LIONNET — LOAIZA. 449 
 
 2296 Liturgiit, upvalo : tubsiarutsit imgerutillo kujalitibsat nertordle- 
 
 rutiksatdlo atoraksat illagfibtunut Labradoremfitunut. * 
 
 278 pp. 8°. Collection of liymns sung during week-day services. Title from 
 a Greenland missionary, through Prof. Eink. 
 
 2297 Lloyd (J. A.) Notes respecting the Isthmus of Panama. * 
 
 In Royal Geog. Soc, Jour., vol. 1. 
 
 Not seen. Supposed to contain a shoi-t Darien vocabulary on p. 69, which is 
 reprinted in Bollaert (W.) Antiquarian, Ethnological, and other Researches, 
 p. 70. London, 1860. 8°. 
 
 2298 Lloyd (T. G. B.) On the " Beothiics," a Tribe of Eed Indians, 
 supposed to be extinct, which formerly inhabited Newfoundland. 
 By T. G. B. Lloyd, C. B., F. G. S., M. A. I. 
 
 In Anthrop. Inst., Jour., vol. 4, pp. 21-39. London, 1875. 8°. 
 Vocabulary of Mary March's language, presented to Mr. John Peyton by the 
 Eev. John Leigh, pp. 37-39. 
 
 2299 A Further Account of the Beothucs of Newfoundland. 
 
 By T. G. B. Lloyd, C. E., F. G. S., M. A. L 
 
 In Anthrop. Inst., Jour., vol. 5, pp. 222-230. London, 1876. 8°. Conjectures 
 on the»[Beothuc] Vocabulary, p. 229. 
 
 2300 Loa en Obsequio de la Aparicion de Nuestra Senora de Guadalupe. 
 (En lengua Azteca.) 
 
 [Mexico,] 1866. 
 
 Title from Bancroft's Native Eaces, vol. 1, p. xxxiv. 
 
 2301 Loaiza (Francisco de). Historia y Fundacion de la Ciudad de 
 Tlascala y sns quatro caveceras sacada por Francisco de iSoria 
 [Loaiza], de lengua castellana a esta mexicana. Ano de N. S. Jxpo. 
 de 1718. * 
 
 Manuscript. 48 11. 4°. A modern copy in the possession of Senor Eamirez.' 
 The original is in the Archive General, in a volume without number, entitled 
 Seccion de Historia. — Icazbaloeta's Apuntes, No. 123. 
 
 The copy belongiug to Sr. Eamirez was badly made, the name of Soria being 
 given instead of that of Loaiza. The same mistake occurs in the Eamirez 
 Sale Catalogue, No. 810. Sr. Icazbalceta has since examined the original in 
 the Archivo General and "found the name of Loaiza very distinctly writlen at 
 the top." 
 
 Triibner's Bibliotheca Hispano-Americana, London, 1870, gives the following 
 notice : 
 
 2302 Historia y fundacion de la Ciudad de Tlaxcala, y sus cnatro 
 
 caveceras. Sacada por Francisco de Loaiza de lengua Castellana d, 
 esta Mexicana. Ano de 1718. Con una traduccion Castellana, 
 publicado por S. Leon lleinisch. 
 
 In preparation, one volume in folio, with 25 photographic plates (fac-aimile of 
 the Aztec text). 
 
 Don. J. G. Icazbalceta first drew attention to this interesting work. On the 
 history of Tlaxcala very little moie has hitherto been known than what is occa- 
 sionally briefly mi ntioned in the larger historical works on Mexico by Clavijero, 
 Lorenzana, Veytia, Solis, etc. The discovery of a manuscript representing the 
 entire history of Tlaxcala in its principal outline is therefore all the more im- 
 29 Bib 
 
450 ■ NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 loaiza (Francisco de) — continued. 
 
 portant. The author of this work, originally written in Spanish, is not known. 
 All that can be gathered from the title of the manuscript is that in the year 1718 
 Don Francisco de Loaiza translated the work into the Mexican (Aztec) language, 
 probably in order to make it accessible to native readers of the Aztec race. We 
 need not take the loss of the original Spanish text to heart, as, instead of it, the 
 Aztec translation has been preserved to us, which is all the more valuable, for, 
 in addition to its being a great historical gaiu, it is a most interesting philologi- 
 cal acquisition. This work is the first profane text in the Aztec language that 
 has ever appeared in print, as all the Aztec texts hitherto published belong to 
 the so-called edifying literature, such as catechisms, prayer-books, and biblical 
 texts, and all, therefore, poor reading for investigators desirous of impressing 
 themselves with the spirit of the Aztec language. 
 
 The original of the work, 48 pages, large folio, is contained in a large volume 
 entitled "Seceion de la Historia. Documentos relativos & la Historia de Colima 
 y California," in the archives of Mexico. The copying and literal translation of 
 the original was done at the expense of the editor, by Don Francisco Rosales, 
 sworn government interpreter of the Aztec language. In order to make the 
 original accessible to scholars for the purpose of comparison, the editor has had 
 the entire text photographed. It forms 25 plates, and will be issued with the 
 work. 
 
 2303 Loew {Br. Oscar). [Vocabularies of various Indian dialects.] 
 
 In Gatschet (A. S.) Zwolf Sprachen aus dem Sudwesten Nordamerikas, 
 pp. 98-115. Weimar, 1876. 8°. 
 
 The vocabularies are as follows : Pueblos of Isleta, Jemes, Moqui, Tehua (I 
 and II), Aooma, and Queres; and of the Apache, Navajo, Tonto, Toukowa, Dig- 
 gers [Wintun] and Utah. 
 
 In addition to the above Dr. Loew has contributed grammatic comments and 
 phrases of most of the above-mentioned languages. 
 
 The Digger vocabulary is reprinted in Poivell (J. W. ) Contributions to North 
 American Ethnology, vol. 3, pp. 518-529. Washington, 1877. 4°. 
 
 2304 Vocabulary of the Tonto, Hualapai, Mohave, and Diegueno. 
 
 In Gatschet (A. S.) Yuma-Sprachstamm, in Zeitschrift fur Ethnologic, pp. 
 
 390-407, 412-418. Berlin, 1877. 8°. 
 
 2305 Notes upon the Ethnology of Southern California and 
 
 adjacent Eegions. By Dr. O. Loew. 
 
 In Wheeler (LieMtG.M.) Ann. Rept. 1876, pp. 321-327. Washington, 1876. 8°. 
 
 "Table showing Indian words similar to Chinese or Japanese." The Indian 
 words are selected from the Southern and Western Payute, Moqui, Mohave 
 Takhtam, Kauvuya, Gaitchini, Tobikhar, and Kasua. 
 
 Table showing similarity of words for land and water in different languages 
 p. 326. 
 
 Lieut. Wheeler's Report also forms Appendix JJ of the Ann. Kept, of the Chief 
 of Engineers, for 1876; in this connection Dr. Loew's paper occupies pp. 541-547. 
 
 2306 Ueber Wortahnlichkeiten zwischen amerikanischen und 
 
 ostasiatischen Sprachen. Separat-Abdruck aus den Sitzungsbe- 
 richten der Miinchener anthropologischen Gesellschaft. Ordent- 
 liche Sitzung den 18. Januar 1878. jwp. 
 
 Pp. 1-6. 8°. 
 
 Comparison of the Japanese and Chinese with various dialects of the Rocky 
 Mountain region. 
 
LOAIZA— LONG. 45 1 
 
 Loew {Dr. Oscar) — continued. 
 
 2307 1 Vocabularies of various Western Indian Languages.] 
 
 lu Wheeler {Capt. G. M.) Eeport upon U. S. Geog. Surveys, vol. 7. Wash- 
 ington, 1879. 4°. 
 
 Contains vocabularies of the: 
 
 Arivaipai, pp. 424-465, 468-469, Diegueno, pp. 424-466, 
 
 Navajo, pp. 424-465, 469, Isleta Pueblo, pp. 424-465, 482, 
 
 Southern Pa Ura, pp. 424-465, 475-479, Tehua Pueblo on Moqui Mesa, pp. 424- 
 
 Pa Uta of Cal. , pp. 424-465, 475-479, 465, 
 
 Chemehuevi, pp. 424-465, 472, Tehua, San Juan Pueblo, pp. 424-465, 
 
 Moqui Pueblo, pp. 424-465, 473, 482-483, 
 
 Takhtam, pp. 424-465, 473, Jemez or Vallatoa Pueblo, pp. 424-465, 
 
 Kauvuya, pp. 424-465, 473-474, 484, 
 
 Gaitchini, pp. 424-465, 474-475, 475-479, Acoma and Laguna Pueblo, pp. 424-465, 
 
 Tobikhar, 424-465, 475, 484, 
 
 Mohave, 424-465, 475-479, 480-481, Silla Pueblo, pp. 424-465, 484, 
 
 Hualapai, 424-465, 481, Wintun, pp. 424-465, 484, 
 
 Tonto, pp. 424-465, Kasua, pp. 424-465, 485. 
 
 2308 Logan (John H.) A | History | of the | Upper Country | of | 
 South Carolina, | from the | earliest period | to the | close of the 
 War of Indepepdeiice. | By | John H. Logan, A. M. | Vol. I. | 
 
 Published by | ."^. G. Courtenay & Co., Charleston, | P. B. Glass, 
 Columbia. | 1859. | C. 
 
 Pp. i-xi, 1-521. 12°. Only vol. 1 was published. It contains Cherokee terms 
 passim. 
 
 2309 Lombardo (Natal). Arte de la Lengua Teguima vulgarmente 11a- 
 mada Opata. Compuesta por el P. Natal Lombardo de la Compania 
 de Jesus, y Missionero de mas de veinte y seis anos en la Provincia 
 de Sonora. Le dedica al General D. Juan Fernandez de la Fuente, 
 Oapitan Vitalicio de el Eeal Presidio de S. Phelipe, y Santiago de 
 Janos, y Theniente de Gapitan General en aquellas fronteras por 
 su Mages tad. 
 
 Con Licencia En Mexico, por Miguel de Eibera, Impressor y Mer- 
 cader de libros, aiio de 1702. * 
 
 8 p. 11., 11. 1-251; the last page appears to be missing. 4°. The original 
 manuscript of this grammar is in the library of Sr. Ramirez. — Icaztalceta' s 
 Apuntes, No. 126. 
 
 2310 Vocabulario de la Lengua Teguima y Platioas doctrinales 
 
 en ella. Por Natal Lombardo. 
 
 Mexico, 1702. 
 
 4°. Title from Ludewig, and Sabin's Dictionary. 
 
 London Geographical Society. 
 See Royal Geographical Society. 
 
 London Philological Society. 
 
 See Philological Society [of London]. 
 
 2311 Long (John). Voyages and Travels | of an | Indian Interpreter 
 and Trader, | describing | the Manners and Customs | of the | 
 North American Indians; | with | an Account of the Posts | the 
 
452 NORTH AMEEICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Loi^^ (John) — continued. 
 
 Eiver Saint Laurence, Late Ontario, &c. | To which is added, | A 
 Vocabulary | of | the Chippeway Language. | Names of Furs and 
 Skins, in English and French. | A list of words | in the | Iroquois, 
 Mohegan, Shawanee, and Esquimeaux Tongues, | and a table, 
 shewing | the Analogy between the Algonkin and Chippeway Lan- 
 guages. I By J. Long. | 
 
 London: | Printed for the author and sold by Eobson, Bond- 
 Street; Debrett, | Picadilly; T. and J. Egerton, Charing-Oross; 
 White and Son, Fleet- | Street; Sewell, Oornhill; Edwards, Pall 
 Mall; and Messrs. Tay- | lors, Holborn, London; Fletcher, Oxford: 
 and Bull, Bath. | M, DOC, XCI [1791]. | BA. 0. 
 
 1 p. 1., pp.i-xi, 1-295. 4°. map. 
 
 Vocabulary of the Esquimaux, 22 words, p. 183; Numerals, 1-1000, of the 
 Iroquois, Algonkin, and Chippeway, pp. 184-195; A table of words shewing, in 
 a variety of instances, the difference as well as analogy between the Algonkin 
 and Chippeway languages, with the English explanation, pp. 196-208 ; Vocabu- 
 lary of the Mohegan, 46 words, pp. 209-210 ; Shawanee, 26 words, p. 209j Algon- 
 kin and Chippeway, 20 words, p. 211 ; Iroquois, pp. 212-215 ; Chippeway [clas- 
 sified], pp. 218-252; Table of words, Chippeway arranged alphabetically, pp. 
 253-282; Familiar phrases in the English and Chippeway language, pp. 284-295. 
 
 2312 J. Long's | westindischen Dollmetschers und Kaufmanns | 
 
 See-und Land-Eeisen, | enthaltend: | eine Beschreibung der Sitteu 
 und Gewohnheiten | der | nordamerikanischen Wilden; | der [ 
 englischen Fortes Oder Schanzenlangsdem St. Lorenz- | Flusse,dem 
 See Ontario u. s. w. ; | ferner | ein umstandliches Worterbuch der 
 Chippewaischen und anderer | nordamerikanischen Sprachen. | 
 Aus dem Englischen. | Herausgegeben | und mit einer kurzen Ein- 
 leitung liber Kanada und einerierbesserten | Karte versehen | von | 
 E. A.W.Ziminermann, | Hofrath und Professor in Braunschweig. | 
 Mit allergnadigsten Freiheiten. | 
 
 Hamburg, 1791. | bei Benjamin Gottlob Hoffmann. | job. 
 
 Pp.i-xxiv, 1 1., pp. 1-334. 8°. map. Linguistics, pp. 217-334. 
 I have seen a German edition of Long's travels : Berlin, 1792, 8°, and a French 
 one : Paris, 1794, 8°, neither of which contain the linguistic materia'. 
 
 2313 Long {Maj. Stephen Harriman). Vocabularies of the Winnebago, 
 Puant or Nippegon, and Naudowessies of (Jarver and Hennepin. 
 
 In James (E.) Account of an Expedition, vol. 2, pp. Ixxxvi-lxxxviii. Phila- 
 delphia, 1822. 8°. 
 
 "Taken down by Major Long during his tour on the upper Mississippi iu the 
 year 1817." 
 
 2314 Longfellow (Henry Wads worth). The Song of Hiawatha. By 
 Henry Wadsworth Longfellow. 
 
 Boston: Ticknor and Fields. MDCCCLV [1855]. * 
 
 Pp. i-iv, 1-316. 12°. 
 
 "Vocabulary" [Chippewa], pp. 314-316. 
 
 The earliest edition I have seen is that of 1856. Mr. Longfellow kindly furnished 
 me the above title to the first edition. Reprinted many times, among others: 
 
LONG — LOREA BAQUIO. 453 
 
 Longfellow (Henry Wadsworth) — continued. 
 
 London, 1855, 1856, 1858, 1859; Paris, 1861. 8°. It has also been reprinted in 
 the complete poetical works of the author ; among others : Boston, 1858, 1863, 
 1865, 1866, 1867, 1868, 1869, 1871, 1872, 1873, 1874, 1875, 1876, 1877, 1878, 1880, 1881. 
 There are many English editions also, some of which are: London, 1856, 1861, 
 1864, 1866, 1868. There is a German edition ; Leipzig, 1856, 3 vols. 16°. The 
 latest edition is as follows: 
 
 2315 The | Poetical Works | of | Henry Wadsworth Long- 
 fellow I In four volumes | Vol. I [-IV]. | 
 
 Boston I Houghton, Mifflin and Company | The Eiverside Press, 
 Cambridge | 1882 | * 
 
 4 vols. 12°. Vocabulary [Chippewa], vol. 2, pp. 203-205. Title from Mr. W. 
 Eames. 
 
 2316 Lopez Yepes {Fr. Joaquin). Catecismo | y Declaracion | de la Doc- 
 triua Christiana | en lengua | Otomi, | con un Vocabulario del 
 mismo idioma. | Compuesto | por el E. P. Fr. Joaquin Lopez 
 Yepes, I Predicador Apostolico, y Discreto del Colegio de Pro- | 
 paganda fide de N. S. P. S. Francisco de Pachuca. | Con las licen- 
 cias necesarias. | 
 
 Megico: 1826. | Impreso en la oficina del ciudadano Alejandro 
 Vald6s, calle de santo | Domingo y esquina de Tacuba. | c. 
 
 Pp. 1-256. 4°. 
 
 Grammatic Remarks, pp. 3-17 ; Catechism and Christian Doctrine, pp. 18-92 ; 
 Dictionary, pp. 93-251 ; Table of numbers, &c., pp. 252-254. 
 
 " The author was a native Mexican, and a religious of the Franciscan College 
 at Pachuca. His vocabulary is still the most complete which has been published 
 of this language. — Bamirez Sale Cat. 
 
 2317 Lord's. The Lord's Prayer in Shawanese. 
 
 In Am. Museum, vol. 6, p. 318. Philadelphia, 1789. 8°. 
 
 2318 The | Lord's Prayer, | the | Ten Commandments, | and | 
 
 Apostles' Creed; | also, | Other Portions of the Church Service: j 
 together with a | Selection of Hymns, | in the | Ojibwa (or Chip- 
 pewa) Language. | 
 
 Toronto: | Henry Eowsell, Printer, | MDCCCXL [1840]. | JWP. 
 Pp. 1-33. 32°. 
 
 Loring (Frederick Wadsworth). 
 
 See Richardson (E. M.) and Loring (F. W.) 
 
 2319 Lorra Baquio (D. Francisco de). Manval | Mexicano, | de la ad- 
 ministracion | de los santos Sacramentos, | conforme al Manual | 
 Toledano. | Compuesto en lengua Mexicana, por el Bachi- | Her 
 Francisco de Lorra Baquio | Presbytero. | Dirigido al Doctor An- 
 dres Fernandez | de Hipen9a, Prothonotario Apostolico, | Prouissor 
 de los Naturales, Inez de Tes- | tamentos, y Capellanias, y B'xami- 
 na- |. dor Synodal en este Ar§obis | pado de Mexico. | [Design.] 
 
 Con privilegio, | En Mexico, por Diego Gutierrez, ano 1634. | c. 
 8 p. 11., the first containing a coat of arms, 11. 1-135. Pimentel gives this work 
 the date of 1633. 
 
454 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Lorra Baquio [D. Francisco de) — continued. 
 
 2320 Explicacion de los efectos de los Santos Sacramentos en 
 
 Lengua Mexicana. * 
 
 Title from Beristain, who quotes from the author of the Alegaoiones por el 
 Clero Angelopolitano. 
 
 2321 Losfciel (Georg Heinrich). GescMchte | der | Mission der evan- 
 gelisclien Brudei' | unter | den Indianern in Nordamerika | durch | 
 Georg Heinrich Loskiel. | [Design.] 
 
 Barby | zu flnden in den Brudergemeinen, und in Leipzig in 
 Commission bey Paul Gotthelf Kummer. | 1789. | BA. HU. c. 
 
 8 p. 11., pp. 1-783. 8°. 
 
 Of the Indian languages, pp. 2.3-28; Lord's Prayer In Delaware, p. 28; Vo- 
 cabulary of the Delaware, and Iroquois, pp. 29-30. 
 
 2322 History | of the | Mission | of the | United Brethren | 
 
 among the | Indians in North America. | In three parts. | By | 
 George Henry Loskiel. | Translated from the German | by Chris- 
 tian Ignatius La Trobe. | 
 
 London: | Printed for the Bretliren's Society for the | Further- 
 ance of the Gospel: | Sold at No. 10, Nevil's Court, Fetter Lane; | 
 and by John Stockdale, opposite Burlington House, | Piccadilly. | 
 1794. I c. 
 
 Pp. l-xii, 1-159, 1-234, 1-233, Index 11 II. 8°. map. Of the languages, &c., 
 p. 22 and following. 
 
 lossing (Benson John), editor. 
 See American Historical Record. 
 
 2323 Loughridge {Bev. Eobert M.) Nakchokv Bsyvhiketv. | Muskokee 
 Hymns, collected and revised | by | Eev. E. M. Loughridge. | 
 [Picture.] 
 
 Park Hill: Mission Press. John Candy, Printer. | 1845. | BA. 
 Pp. 1-47. 24°. Includes Ten Commandments and the Lord's Prayer. 
 See Fleming (J.), for earlier editions. See Loughridge (R. M. ) and Winslett 
 (D.), for later editions. 
 
 2324 Mvskoke Mopunvkv, j Nakchokv Setempohetv. ] Transla- 
 tion of the Introduction to the '| Shorter Catechism into the | Creek 
 Language. | By | E. M. Loughridge, | Missionary to the Creek 
 Indians. ( 
 
 Park Hill, | Mission Press: J. Candy & E. Archer, Printers I 
 
 Pp. 1-31. 24°. See Loughridge (R. M.) and 'Winslett (D.); Loughridge (R. 
 M.), -Winslett (D.), and Robertson (W. S.), for later editions. 
 
 2325 Cesvs Klist, | em opunkv hera, | Maro | Coyvte. | The | 
 
 Gospel I according to | Matthew. | Translated into the Muskokee 
 Language. | 
 Park Hill, | Mission Press : | Edwin Archer, Printer. I 1855 I 
 ^^■^-^^^■^^°- abcAbs. 
 
LOERA BAQUIO — LOUGHEIDGE. 455 
 
 loughridge {Bev. Eobert M.) — continued. 
 
 Appendedis " Opunkv — hera Cane Coy vte," the first chapter of John, translated 
 by Mr. Loughridge, pp. 1-7. For the whole gospel of John, see Loughridge 
 (E. M.), Robertson (W. S.), and Robertson (A. E. W.) 
 
 2326 Oesvs Klist | em opunkv-herv | Maro Coy vte. | The Gospel 
 
 according to | Matthew, | translated from the original Greek | into 
 the Muskokee Language. | 
 
 New York : | American Bible Society, | Instituted in the year 
 M DCCO XVI. I 1867. | ABS. JWP. 
 
 Pp. 1-92. 16°. 
 
 2327 Gesvs Klist | em bpunkv-herv | Maro Coy vte. | The Gospel 
 
 according to | Matthew, | translated from the original Greek | into 
 the Muskokee Language. | 
 
 New York: | American Bible Society, | Instituted in the year 
 M DCCC XVI. I 1875. | C. 
 
 Pp. 1-92. 16°. 
 
 2328 Terms of Kelationship of the Creek, collected by Eev. E. 
 
 M. Loughridge, Missionary, Talahasse Mission, Creek Agency. 
 
 In Morgan (L. H.) Systems of Consanguinity and Affinity, pp. 293-382. 
 "Washington, 1871. 4°. 
 
 2329 English and Creek Dictionary. Collected from various 
 
 sources, and revised by Eev. E. M. Loughridge, A. M., Presby- 
 terian Mission. Weaklaka, I. T., 1882. 
 
 Manuscript. Title, verso 1. 1. Creek alphabet, 1 1. ; 97 other unnumbered 11. 
 written on both sides. 4°. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. Alphabet- 
 ically arranged, English -Muskokee. Verso of last leaf contains names of the 
 months. 
 
 2330 A brief grammar of the Creek language. 
 
 Manuscript. 18 11., written on both sides. 4°. In the library of the Bureau of 
 Ethnology. 
 
 2331 «w(Z Winslett [Bev. David). Nakcokv Esyvhiketv | Musko- 
 kee Hymns : | collected and revised | by | Eev. E. M. Loughridge, | 
 of the Presbyterian Mission, | and | David Winslett, | Interpre- 
 ter. I [One line quotation.] [Two lines Muskokee.] 
 
 Park Hill : | Mission Press : | Edwin Archer, Printer : | 1851. | c. 
 Pp. 1-144. 24°. Temperance pledge, English and Muskokee, p. 139. 
 For earlier editions, see Loughridge (E. M.), and for later ones, see Lough- 
 ridge (R. M.), Winslett (D.), and Robertson (W. S.) 
 
 2332 Nakcokv esyvhiketv. | Muskokee Hymns. | Collected and 
 
 revised by | Eev. E. M. Loughridge, A. M. | of the Presbyterian 
 Mission, | and | David Winslett, | Interpreter. | [Two lines quota- 
 tions, one Muskokee, one English.] | Third edition, revised and 
 enlarged. | 
 
 New York: | Mission House, 23 Centre Street. | 1859. | 0. 
 
456 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Loughridge (Rev. Robert M.), and Winslett (David).— continued. 
 
 Pp. 1-216. 16°. Four Yoochee hymns, pp. 199-203. 
 
 For later edition, see Loughridge (E. M.), Winslett (D.), and Robertson 
 
 (W. S.) 
 
 2333 Nakcokv Setempohetv. | Introduction [ to the | Shorter 
 
 Catechism. | Translated into the Creek Language. | By Eev. E. M. 
 Loughridge, A. M., | and Eev. David Winslett. | Second Edition, | 
 Eevised and Improved. | 
 
 Philadelphia: | Presbyterian Board of Publication, No. 821 
 Chestnut Street, | 1858. | 0. JWP, 
 
 Pp. 1-34. 24°. For earlier edition, see Loughridge (R. M.) 
 
 2334 Nakcokv Setempohetv. | Introduction j to the | Shorter 
 
 Catechism. | Translated into the Creek Language. | By | Eev. E. M. 
 Loughridge, A. M., | and | Eev. David Winslett. | Third Edition. | 
 Eevised and Improved. | 
 
 Philadelphia: | Presbyterian Board of Publication, | 1880. | JWP. 
 
 Pp. 1-30. 24°. 
 
 2335 , Robertson (iiCT.W.S.),aM<7 Robertson (A. E.W.) Opunvkv 
 
 Hera, | Cane Coyvte. | The Gospel according to | John, | trans- 
 lated I from the original Greek | into the Muskokee Language. | 
 
 New York: | American Bible Society, | Instituted in the year 
 MDCCCXVI. I 1871. I ABS. c 
 
 Pp. 1-73. 16°. SeeDavi3(J.)andLykins(J.); Buckner (H. F.) and Herrod 
 (G. ), for earlier editions. The first chapter was translated by Mr. Loughridge (g. ». ) 
 and appended to Cesvs Klist * *. Gospel of Matthew : Park Hill, 1855, pp. 1-7. 
 
 2336 Opunvkv Hera, | Cane Coyvte. | The Gospel according 
 
 to I John, I translated | from the original Greek | into the Muskokee 
 Language. | 
 
 New York: | American Bible Society, | Instituted in the year 
 MDCCCXVL I 1875. | 0. 
 
 Pp. 1-73. 16°. 
 
 2337 , Winslett [Beo. D.), and Robertson {Bev. W. S.), Narcoky 
 
 Esyvhiketv. Muskogee hymns, collected and revised by Eev. E. 
 M. Loughridge of the Presbyterian Mission and Eev. David Wins- 
 lett, Interpreter. Fourth edition, revised and enlarged. By Rev. 
 W. S. Robertson. 
 
 New York, Mission House, 23 Centre Street, 1868. » 
 
 221 pp. 24°. Title from Field, No. 9.57. 
 
 2338 Nakcokv esyvhiketv. | Muskokee Hymns. | Collected and 
 
 revised by | Eev. R. M. Loughridge, A. M. | of the Presbyterian 
 Mission, | and | Rev. David Winslett, | Interpreter. | [Two lines 
 quotation, one English, one Muskokee.] | Fourth edition, revised 
 and enlarged. | By Rev. W. S. Robertson. | 
 
LOUGHRIDGE LUBBOCK. 457 
 
 Longhridge (E. M.), Winslett (D.), anA Robertson (W. S.) — continued. 
 
 New York : | Mission House, 23 Centre Street. | 1871. | c. 
 
 1 p. 1., pp. 1-221. 16°. 
 
 I have seen in the library of Congress, and in that of J. W. Powell, editions 
 of the above, similar in all respects except change of date, and all called Fourth 
 edition, dated 1873, 1878, 1880. The following persons are named as the 
 "Translators or Writers of Hymns" in these editions: 
 Rev. Daniel Asbury, Miss Wilmot Hambly, Lewis Ferryman, 
 
 John Davis, Eev. R. M. Loughridge, Legnest C. Ferryman, 
 
 Rev. .John Fleming, Rev. James Ferryman, Rev. J. Ross Ramsay, 
 
 David Hodge, Rev. Joseph M. Ferryman, Mrs. A. E. W. Robertson, 
 
 Rev. Feter Harrison, Henry Ferryman, Eev. David Winslett. 
 
 For earlier editions, see Loughridge (R. M.) and Winslett (D.) 
 
 2239 Lowe (F.) Wenjaminow tiber die aleutischen Inseln und deren 
 Bewohner. Von Herrn P. Lowe. 
 In Erman (A. ) Archiv fiir wissenschaftliche Eunde von Russland, vol. 2, pp. 
 459-495. Berlin, 1842. 8°. 
 
 Brief remarks on the Aleut language, pp. 486-487, and on the Koloschen, p. 
 494. Reprinted as follows : 
 
 2340 Les Isles Almontes et leurs habitants. Par M. Venjaminov. 
 
 Article de M. Erman [F. Lowe]. Traduit de I'allemand. 
 
 In Nouvelles Annales des Voyages, &c., vol. 2, 1849 (vol. 122 of the collec- 
 tion), pp. 66-82. Paris, n. d. 8°; and vol. 4, 1849 (vol. 124 of the collection), 
 pp. 112-148. Paris, u. d. 8°. 
 
 2341 Lowry (A. A.) Klamatli Vocabulary. * 
 
 Manuscript. In possession of H. H. Bancroft. Collected in 1873. Title from 
 Bancroft's Native Races. 
 
 2342 Lowry {Miss Elizabeth). Numerals [1-1,000,000,000] of the Winne- 
 bago. 
 
 In Schoolcraft (H. E.) Indian Tribes, vol. 2, pp. 214-216. Philadelphia, 
 1852. 4°. 
 
 2643 Loziferes (Louis Narcisse Baudry de). 
 See Baudry de Lozi^res (L. N.) 
 
 2344 Lubbock {Sir John). The | Origin of Civilisation | and the | Prim- 
 itive Condition of Man. | Mental and Social Condition of Savages. | 
 By I Sir John Lubbock, Bart., M. P., F. E. S. | Author [&c., two 
 lines]. 
 
 London: | Longmans, Green, and Co. | 1870, | A. 
 
 Pp. i-xvi, 1-380. 
 
 2345 The | Origin of Civilisation | and the | Primitive Condi- 
 tion of Man. I Mental and Social Condition of Savages. | By | Sir 
 John Lubbock, Bart., M. P., F. E. S. | Author [&c., two lines]. 
 
 New York: | D. Appleton and Company, | 90, 92 & 94 Grand 
 Street. | 1870. | we. 
 
 Pp. i-xvi, 1-380. 8°. 
 
 "Father" and "Mother" in the language of the Costanos, Tahkali, Tlatsia- 
 nai, Nasqually, Nootka, Athapascans, Omahas, Minuetarees, Chootas, Oaribs, and 
 South American languages, p. 288. 
 
458 * NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Lubbock (Sir John) — continued. 
 
 Other editious, as follows : Second edition witli additions, London, Longmans, 
 XX, 426 pp. t)°; Third edition, London, 1875. 8°; Jena, Costenohle, 1875, xxiii, 
 472 pp. 8°; Fourthedition, Loudon, Longmans, 1881, XX, 548 pp. 8°; New York, 
 D. Appleton & Co., 1882, xx, 548 pp. B^. 
 
 2346 Luckenbacb (Abraham). Forty-six | select | Scripture Narra- 
 tives I from the | Old Testament. | Embellished with | Engravings, 
 for the use of Indian Youth | Translated into Delaware Indian, | 
 by A. Luckenbach. | [Two lines quotation.] 
 
 New York: | Printed by Daniel Fanshawe, | No. 150 Nassau- 
 street. I 1838. I 
 
 Second title : 
 
 Newinachke & guttasch | pipinasiki | gisehekhasiki elekpanui 
 wendenasiki | untschi | mechowek | nachgundowoagani bambil. | 
 gischitasik elleniehsink | untschi A. Luckenbach. | [Three lines 
 quotation.] ats. jwp. 
 
 Pp. i-xvi, 1-304. 12°. English title recto 1. 1 ; Indian title recto 1. 2. 
 
 Preface in English and Delaware, pp. ix-xvi. Sahiu's Dictionary gives an 
 "uncertain title from an auctioneer's catalogue," with the imprint: New Fair- 
 field, Eiver Thames, U. C, ia;6. This was taken from the preface of the ahovo 
 edition. 
 
 2347 A I Collection of Hymns, | for the use of the Delaware | 
 
 Christian Indians, I of the Missions of the | United Brethren, | in | 
 North America, j Second edition revised and abridged by | A. 
 Luckenbach. | 
 
 Bethlehem: | Printed by J. and W. Held. | 1847. | ATS. rwp. 
 
 4 p. 11., pp. l-:i05, Appendix 2 11. 16°. See Zeisberger (D.), for earlier edition. 
 
 2348 Lucy-Fossarieu (P. de). Les langues indiennes de la Californie; 
 6tude de philologie ethnographique. 
 
 Paris, Impr. Nat. 1881. * 
 
 55 pp. 8°. Title from Koehler's Catalogue No. 364. 
 
 2349 Lull (Edward Phelps). Vocabulary of the Language of the 
 Indians of San Bias and Caledonia Bay, Isthmus of Darien. By 
 Edward P. Lull, Commander U. S. Navy. 
 
 In Am. PhUolog. Ass., Trans., 1873, pp. 103-109. Hartford, 1874. 8°. 
 Also separately issued, pp. 1-7. 
 
 2350 and Collins (Frederick). 45th Congress, 3d Session, Senate. 
 
 Ex. Doc. No. 75. | Reports | of | Explorations and Surveys | for 
 the I Location of Interoceanic Ship-canals | through the Isthmus of 
 Panama, | and | by the valley of the Eiver Napipi, | by | U. S. 
 Naval Expeditions. | 1875. | CommanderJEdwardP.Lull,U. S. N., | 
 commanding Panama Expedition. | Lieutenant Frederick Collins, 
 U, S. N., I commanding Napipi Expedition. | 
 
 Washington: | Government Printing Of&ce. | 1879. | jwp. 
 
 Pp. 1-124. 4°. Lieut. Collins' paper occupies pp. 55-124 of this volume, and 
 
 contains a " Vocabulary of the language of the Indians of the Canton of Chooo." 
 
LUBBOCK — LYKINS. 459 
 
 2351 Luque Butron (D. Juan). Catecismo de la Doctrina Gristiana en 
 Lengua Kiclie. * 
 
 Title from Beristain. Sqnier copies tliis title and says : It is probably the 
 same as the book mentioned by the Abb6 Biasseur, under the following title : 
 
 Confessionario y Oraciones, etc., en Lengua Kich6, por el R. P. Juan Luque 
 Butron, Guatemala, 1752. 
 
 2352 Lushbaugh (B. F.) Terms of Eelationship of the Eepublican Paw- 
 nee (Kit-ka) collected by B. P. Lushbaugh, U. S. Indian Agent, 
 Geneva, 2>reb. 
 
 In Morgan (Lewis H.) Systems of Consanguinity and Affinity, pp. 293-382. 
 Washington, 1871. 4°. 
 
 2353 Lutk6 (Peodor Petrovich). nyiemecTBie soKpyn * * 1826, 1827, 1828 H 1829. 
 
 St. Petersburg, 0. Hintze, 1835. * 
 
 2 vols. 4°, and atlas folio. Title from Dall and Baker's Bibliography of 
 Alaska. 
 
 2354 ^ — Voyage | Autour du Monde, | ex6cut6 par ordre | de sa 
 
 Majesty L'Bmpereur Mcolas 1"', | Sur la Gorvette Le S6niavine, | 
 Dans les ann6es 1826, 18:i7, 1828 et 1829, | par Pr^deric Lutk6, j 
 Gapitaine de Vaisseau, Aide-de-Gamp de S. M. L'Bmpereur, | Gom- 
 mandant de L'Exp^dition. | Partie Historique, | avec un atlas, litho- 
 graphic d'apres les dessins originaux \ ©'Alexandre Post els et du 
 Baron Kittlitz. | Traduit du Eusse sur le manuscrit original, sous 
 les yeux | de I'auteur, | par le Gonseiller d'etat F. Boy6. | Tome 
 Premier [-Troisieme]. | 
 
 Paris, I Typographie de Pirmin Didot Pr^res, | Imprimeurs de 
 I'institut, Eue Jacob, N" 24. | 1835 [-1836]. | 0. 
 
 3 vols. 8°. maps. 
 
 Remarks upon the language, and a vocabulary of the Ounalaohka, vol. 1, pp. 
 236-247. 
 
 Dall and Baker's Bibliography of Alaska gives a brief title of a French edition : 
 Paris, Engelman & Cie., 1835-1836. 
 
 2355 Lykins (Johnston). Siwinowe | Eawekitake. | Ginstin Liekens, 
 Wastoti. Pokimiwe Kesbwi. | 
 
 Shawannoe Mission, | J. Meeker, Printer. | 1834. | BA. 
 
 Pp. 1-54. 16° . Shawnee Speller and Reader. 
 
 2356 Siwinowe | Eawekitake. | Liekens | Wastoti. | [ Two lines 
 
 quotation in Shawnee.] 
 Shawanoe Mission, | J. G. Pratt, Printer. | 1838. | BA. 
 
 Pp. 1-24. 16°. Shawnee Speller aud Reader. 
 
 2357 The | Gospel | according to Matthew, | and the | Acts of 
 
 the Apostles ; | translated into the | Putawatomie Language. | By 
 Johnston Lykins. | Garefully compared with the Greek text. | Pub- 
 lished under the Patronage of the American | and Foreign Bible 
 Society, by the Board of 1 Managers of the American Indian Mis- 
 sion Asso- I elation. | 
 Louisville, Ky. | William G. Buck, Printer. | 1844. | 
 
460 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 lykins (Johnston) — continued. 
 
 Second title : 
 
 Oti ere | Mnoahemowun | Kaonuperuk Mrto, | epe | katotmoat 
 nwakanhik | kao nuperuk e putrwatmemwun. | [Picture of open 
 book.] I O Hanstan TSTykens, | 1844 tso pponkit pe kanekit | Hesus 
 Knyst. I [No imprint.] BA. 
 
 Pp. 1-240. 16°. Gospel according to Matthew, pp. 7-123 ; Acts of the Apostles, 
 pp. 125-240. 
 
 See Lykins (J.) and Chute (J. A.), for earlier editions. 
 
 2358 , editor. Shawanowe Kesauthwau or Shawanoe Sun. 
 
 In McCoy's History of Baptist Indian Missions, Washington, 1840, 8°, p. 567, 
 it says "There was issued (from the Shawano Press), until late difficulties occa- 
 sioned a suspension, a small monthly paper of only a quarter sheet, edited by 
 Mr. Lykins, entitled: 'Shawanowe Kesauthwan — Shawanoe Sun.'" This was 
 written by Dr. McCoy late in 1839. 
 
 "Early in 1834 Mr. Lykins commenced the publication on the ' new system,' 
 of a small periodical called the ' Shawanoe Sun.' This was the first newspaper 
 ever published entirely in an Indian language^ Many of the natives were ex- 
 tremely interested in it. * * Some wrote for it, and in one instance seven com- 
 munications were made to the editor, for a single number." — Hist, of American 
 Missions, p. 542. 
 
 2359 and Chute (James Andrew). The | Gospel | according to | 
 
 Saint Matthew | translated | into the | Shawanoe Language | by 
 Johnston Lykins. | Revised and compared with the received | Greek 
 text, I by J. A. Chute, M. D. | 
 
 Shawanoe Baptist Mission, Ind. Ter. [ J. Meeker, Printer. 1 1836. | 
 
 Eeverse title : 
 
 Owase I Opeaticemowa | Oeses Kliest, | tapalamalikwa okwe- 
 bile. I Mabew | Otiwekiti. | Oinstin Liekins, | Lieipiwekitiki. | 
 
 Ealimapeaskiki, Chena pinete, ( Chena cose, | nieitimiwicke. | 
 1836. I BA. 
 
 Pp. 1-64. 16°. Appended are hymns (Nikimoani), pp. 1-16. 
 
 "Nine chapters and a half of the Gospel of Matthew in Shawanoe" were 
 printed in 1835 in an edition of 500 copies. — Sist. of American Missions, p. 542. 
 
 2360 The Gospel according to Saint Matthew. Translated 
 
 into the Shawanoe Language, by Johnston Lykins, Missionary of 
 the Amer. Bap. Bd. of For. Missions. Aided in revising and com- 
 paring with the Greek, by James Andrew Chute, M. D. 
 
 Shawanoe Baptist Mission Press: J. G. Pratt, Printer. 1842. 
 Reverse title : 
 
 Owase Opeaticemowa Ceses Kliest, tapalamalikwa okwebile. 
 Mabew Otiwekiti Cinstin Liekins, Lieipiwekitiki. 
 Ealimapeaskiki, Chena Pinete, Chena Cose, nieitimiwicke, 1842. 0. 
 Pp. 1-116. 16°. 
 
 2361 Lynde (James VV.) History of the Dakotas. [From] J. W. Lynde's 
 Manuscripts. 
 
 In Minn. Hist. Soc. Coll., vol. 2, pt. 2, pp. 57-84. St. Paul, 1865. 8°. 
 - Paper translated by Eev. S. E. Eiggs, the portion here published being 
 "Chapter 6, Religion of the Dakotas." It contains a number of Dakota terms. 
 
LYKINS MACDONALD. 461 
 
 2362 Macauley (James). The | natural, statistical and civil | History | 
 of the I State of New-York. | In three volumes. | By James Macau- 
 ley. I Volume I [-III]. I 
 
 New- York: | Published by Gould & Banks, | and | by William 
 Gould & Co. I Albany. | 1829. | A. S. Gould, Printer. | o. 
 
 3 vols. 8°. 
 
 " Of the several Tribes of Indians on Long Island, &o." (from Silas Wood's 
 Sketches of first settlements of Long Island), pp. 25^275, contains remarks on 
 the Moheakanneew and Huron Languages, Montauk, Massachusetts, and Narra- 
 gansett vocabularies. Also a Powhatan vocabulary from Smith's Virginia,, and 
 a collection of one hundred and fifty Agoneasean words. 
 
 2363 McBeth {Miss S. L.) Grammar of the Nez Perc6 language. 
 
 Manuscript. 66 11. foUo. 
 
 2364 Vocabulary of the Nez Perc6 language. 
 
 Mauuscript. 7 11. folio. 150 words. These two manuscripts are in the library 
 of the Bureau of Ethnology. 
 
 2365 McCoy (Isaac). History | of | Baptist Indian Missions : | embrac- 
 ing I remarks on the former and present condition | of the | Abo- 
 riginal Tribes; | their settlement within the Indian Territory, | and 
 their | future prospects. | By Isaac McCoy. | [Four lines quotation.] 
 
 Washington: | William M. Morrison; | New- York: | H. and S. 
 Eaynor 76 Bowery, New- York, and | Bennett, Backus and Hawley, 
 Utica. I 1840. | ba. c. jwp. 
 
 5 p. 11., pp. 3-611. 8°. 
 
 A few remarks and examples of the Putawatomie language, p. 10. 
 
 2366 MoCuUoh (James H.), jr. Researches, | Philosophical and Anti- 
 quarian, I concerning the | Aboriginal History of America. [ By J. 
 H. McCuUoh, Jr., M. D. | 
 
 Baltimore: | Published by Fielding Lucas, Jr. | 1829. | c. 
 
 Pp. i-x, 13-535. 8°. map. 
 
 Chapter ii. On the Languages of the American Indians, pp. 33-63, is a general 
 discussion on this subject, with extracts and examples from several authors, 
 Heckewelder, Zeisberger, Dixon, Cook, Edwards, Eafinesque, Barton, Dupon- 
 ceau, &c. 
 
 There are two editions earlier than the above: Baltimore, 1816, 8°, auAihid., 
 1817, 8°, neither of which contain the linguistic material. 
 
 2367 McDonald (Angus). Vocabulary of the Kootenay. 
 
 Manuscript. 611. folio. 200 words. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. 
 
 2368 Macdonald (Duncan George Forbes). British Columbia | and | 
 Vancouver's Island | comprising | a Description of these Depend- 
 encies: their Physical | Character, Climate, Capabilities, Popula- 
 tion, Trade, Natural History, | Geology, Ethnology, Gold-Pields, 
 
462 NORTH AMERICAN LINGLTISTICS. 
 
 Macdonald (Duncan George Forbes) — continued. 
 
 and Future Prospects | also | An Account of the Manners and 
 Customs of the Kative Indians | by | Duncan George Forbes Mac- 
 donald, 0. B. I (Late of the Government Survey Staff of British 
 Columbia, and of the International Boundary | Line of North 
 America) Author of 'What the Farmers may do with the | Land* 
 'The Paris Exhibition' 'Decimal Coinage' &c. | With a Compre- 
 hensive Map. I 
 
 London | Longman, Green, Longman, Eoberts, & Green | 1862. | 
 
 Pp. i-xiii, 1-524. 8°. map. C. 
 
 Proper names of thirteen members of tlie Songisli Tribe, pp. 164-165; Chinook 
 Jargon and English Equivalents, pp. 394-398. 
 
 According to Sabin's Dictionary: Second edition, London, Longman, 1863. 8°. 
 
 2369 M'Donald (Rev. Robert). A Selection | from the | Book of Com- 
 mon Prayer, | according to the use of the | United Church of Eng- 
 land and Ireland. | Translated into | Tukudh, | by the Eev. R. 
 M'Donald, | Missionary of the Church Missionary Society. | 
 
 London: | Society for Promoting Christian Knowledge, | 77, 
 
 Great Queen Street, Lincoln's-Inn-Fields; | 4, Eoyal Exchange; 
 
 and 48, Piccadilly. | 1873. | jwp. 
 
 1 p. 1., pp. 1-123. 16°. Hymns, pp. 105-123. 
 
 2370 Nuwheh Kukwadhud Jesus Christ | vih kwunduh nirzi | 
 
 Matthew, Mark, Luke, John | ha rsiotitinyokhai kirre | kwitinyi- 
 thutluth kwikit. | John rsiotitinyoo vih etunetle | tig ha | Tukudh 
 tsha zit I thleteteitazya. | 
 
 London, | 1874. | jWP. 
 
 Literal translation.— Omt Lord Jesus Christ | the Gospel of | Matthew, Mark, 
 Luke, John | by them written | epistle first of | John written by him | into the | 
 Tukudh tongue | translated. | 
 
 Pp. 1-267. 12°. 
 
 2371 -Terms of Relationship of the Tukuthe, collected by R. 
 
 McDonald, Peel River Fort, Hudson's Bay Ty. 
 
 lu Morgan (L. H.) Systems of Consanguinity and Affinity, pp. 293-382. 
 Washington, 1871. 4°. 
 
 2372 McElroy (Patrick D.) Vocabulary of the Jicarilla Apache. 
 
 Manuscript. 15 11. 4°. 275 words. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. 
 Compiled at Cimarron, Colfax County, N. Mex., in 1875. 
 
 2373 Macgowan {Br. D. G.) [Sign Language of the Caddos, Wichitas, 
 
 and Comanches.] By Dr. D. G. Macgowan. 
 
 In Hist. Magazine, first series, vol. 10, pp. 86-87. Morrisania, N. Y., 1866. 
 sm. 4°. 
 
 -374 Vocabulary of the Caddo, with Linguistic notes. 
 
 Manuscript. 8 pp. folio. 
 
 2375 Vocabulary of the Comanches. 
 
 Manuscript. 6 11. 4°. 200 words. Collected in 1865. 
 
 These manuscripts are in the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. 
 
MACDONALD — MCINTOSH. 463 
 
 237G Mcintosh (John). The Discovery of America by Christopher Co- 
 himbus ; and the Origin of the l^orth American Indians. By J. 
 Mackintosh. 
 Toronto: Printed by W. J. Ooates. 1836, 
 
 152 pp. 8°. • 
 
 Particularities of the Indian Languages, pp. 43-47. 
 
 2377 The | Origin | of the | North American Indians; | with a | 
 
 Faithful Description of their manners and customs, both civil | 
 and military, their religions, languages, dress, and | ornaments. | 
 To which I is prefixed, a brief vifw oe [sic] the creation of the 
 world, the situation | of the garden of Eden, the Antediluvians, 
 the foundation of | nations by the posterity of Noah, the progeni- 
 tors I of the N. Americans and the discovery ( of the New World 
 by Columbus. | Concluding with a copious selection of Indian 
 speeches, the antiquities | of America, the civilization of the Mexi- 
 cans, and some | .final observations on the origin of the | Indians. | 
 By John Mcintosh. | 
 
 New York: | Published by Nafis & Cornish, | 278 Pearl Street. | 
 1843. I C. 
 
 Pp. iii-xxxvi, 37-311. 8°. 
 
 Particularities of tlie Indian Languages [Algonquin, Huron, Sioux], pp. 92-97. 
 
 A comparative view of th(t Indian and Asiatic Languages, includes a few 
 words, from the Lenni Lenape, or Delawares, Algonquin and Chippewas, Onon- 
 dagas, Kikkapoos, Narragansetts, Pottawatameh, Miamis, Naudowessies, Darien 
 Indians, Poconchi, Caraibees, lodians of Pennsylvania, Piankashaws, Acadians, 
 Indians of Penobscot and St. Johns, Tnskaroras, Shawnees, Macicanni, Indians 
 of New England, Chikasah, Indians of North Carolina, Muskohge, Cherokee, 
 and Wyandots, pp. 100-103. 
 
 2378 The | Origin | of the | North American Indians; | with a | 
 
 faithful description of their Manners and | Customs, both Civil and 
 Military, their | Eeligions, Languages, Dress, | and Ornaments: | 
 including | various specimens of Indian Eloquence, as well as His- 
 tor- I ical and Biographical Sketches of almost all the | distin- 
 guished Nations and celebrated | Warriors, Statesmen and Ora- 
 tors, I among the | Indians of North America. | New Edition, im- 
 proved and enlarged. | By John Mcintosh. | 
 
 New York : | Cornish, Lamport & Co., Publishers, | No. 8 Park 
 Place. I 1849. | bp. 
 
 Pp. 1-345. 8°. Linguistics as in edition of 1843, pp. 93-98, 101-104. I have 
 seen an edition of 1853 with title similar to the above, except in date, and Sa- 
 bin's Dictionary mentions editions of: New York, 1844. 8°, and ibid., 1858. 8°. 
 
 2379 The | Origin | of the | North American Indians; | with a | 
 
 Faithful Description of their Manners and | Customs, both Civil 
 and Military, their | Eeligions, Languages, Dress, | and Orna- 
 ments. I Including | Various Specimens of Indian Eloquence, as 
 well as HiStor- | ical and Biographical Sketches of almost all the | 
 distinguished nations and celebrated | Warriors, Statesmen and 
 
464 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Mcintosh (John) — continued. 
 
 Orators, | among the | Indians of Korth America. | New Edition, 
 improved and enlarged. | By John Mcintosh. | 
 
 New York: | Sheldon and Company. | No. 115 Nassau Street. | 
 1859. I WHS. WWB. 
 
 1 p.l.,pp. v-xxxv, 39-345. 8°. 
 
 2380 Mackay {Rev. John A.) [One line syllabic characters.] | Psalms 
 and Hymns | in the language | of the | Cree Indians | of North- 
 west America. | Compiled by the | Eev. J. A. Mackay, | C. M. S. 
 Missionary. | Sanctioned by the | Bishop of Saskatchewan. | 
 
 London: | Printed by the | Society for Promoting Christian | 
 Knowledge, Great Queen Street. | 1877. | JWP. 
 
 Pp. 1-108. 32°. In syllabic characters. 
 
 2381 M'Keevor (Thomas). A | Voyage | to | Hudson's Bay, | during 
 the summer | of 1812. | Containing | a particular account of the 
 icebergs and other | phenomena which present themselves | in those 
 regions ; | also, | a description of the Bsquimeaux and North Ame- | 
 rican Indians; their manners, customs, | dress, language, &c. &c. 
 &c. I By I Thomas M'Keevor, M. D. | of the Dablin Lying-in Hos- 
 pital. I [Six lines quotation.] 
 
 London : | Printed for Sir Eichard Phillips and Co. | Bride-Court, 
 Bridge-Street. | 1819. | 0. 
 
 2 p. 11., pp. 1-7G. 8°. Appended, with full title-page, is: Voyage to the North 
 Pole by the Chevalier de la Poix de Freminville, pp. 77-96. 
 
 Vocabulary, 27 words, of the Esqaimaux, pp. 29-30. 
 
 Vocabulary, 125 words, of the Oochepayyans or Northern Indians, pp. 73-75. 
 
 A few familiar phrases in the Chippewa language, p. 76. 
 
 2382 [McKenney {Eev. Edward).] [Omahaw Primer.] JWP. 
 
 H pp. 16°. Curiously paged, the recto of 1. 1 having no number, the verso 
 paged 3 ; 1. 2 is paged 4, both recto and verso ; 1. 3 unpaged ; 1. 4 recto paged 7, 
 verso 8. 
 
 The only copy I have seen is minus the title-page ; the first page begins : Les- 
 son I. Alphabet of Omahaw Syllables. 
 
 It contains, in addition to the alphabet and words of two or more syllables, 
 the Lord's Prayer, Account of the Creation and Fall of Man, and two hymns. 
 
 The first publication in the Omaha language. The author, a Presbyterian 
 missionary to the Omahas, from 1846 to 1853, was aided in his work by Louis 
 Sans Souci, a native Omaha. 
 
 2383 McKenney (Thomas Lograine). Sketches | of a | Tour to the 
 Lakes, | of the character and customs of the | Chi ppe way Indians, | 
 and of incidents connected with | the Treaty of Pon du Lac. j 
 By Thomas L. McKenney, | of the Indian Department, | And joint 
 Commissioner with his Excellency Gov. Cass, in negotiating the 
 Treaty. [ Also, | a Vocabulary ) of the | Algic, or Chippeway Lan- 
 guage, I formed in part, and as far as it goes, upon the basis of one 
 furnished | by the Hon. Albert Gallatin. | [Two lines quotation.] 
 
m'iNTOSH — MACKENZIE. 465 
 
 McEenney (Thomas Lograine) — continued. 
 
 Ornamented with twenty-nine engravings, of Lake Superior, and 
 other I scenery, Indian likenesses, costumes, &c. | 
 
 Baltimore: | Published by Fielding Lucas, Jun'r. | 1827. | BA. c. 
 
 Pp. i-viii, 9-493. 8°. 
 
 Ottawa Hymn, with English trainslation, pp. 166-167; Ojibwa Song, p. 187; 
 Verses in Mohawk, p. 432 ; Vocabulary of the Algio, or Chippeway Language, 
 pp. 487-493. 
 
 2384 Mackenzie (Alexander). Voyages | from | Montreal, | ontheEiver 
 St. Laurence, | through the | Continent of North America, | to 
 the I Frozen and Pacific Oceans; | in the years 1789 and 1793. | 
 With a preliminary account | of the Eise, Progress, and Present 
 State of I the Fur Trade | of that Country. | Illustrated with 
 maps. I By Alexander Mackenzie, Esq. | 
 
 London: | Printed for T. Cadell, Jun. and W. Davies, Strand; 
 Cobbett and Morgan, | Pall-Mali ; and W. Creech, at Edinburgh. | 
 By E. Noble, Old-Bailey. | M. DCCO. I [1801]. | BA, c. 
 
 1 l.,pp. i-viii, i-cxxxii, 1-414. 4°. maps. 
 
 Some account of the Knisteneaux Indians, pp. xoi-oxvi, includes : The names 
 which they give the moons, pp. ov-cvi; Examples of the Knisteneaux andAl- 
 gonkin Tongues, pp. ovii-cxvi. 
 
 Some account of the Chepewyan Indians, pp. oxvi-cxxxii, includes: Exam- 
 ples of the Chepewyan Tongue, pp. cxxix-cxxxii. 
 
 Vocabulary in the languages of the Nagailer, or Chin Indians, and the Atnah 
 or Carrier Indians, 35 words, pp. 257-258. 
 
 Vocabulary of the Indians of Friendly, Village, 25 words, p. 376. 
 
 2385 Voyages | from | Montreal | through the | Continent of 
 
 North America, | to the | Frozen and Pacific Oceans; | In the 
 Years 1789 and 1793. | With a preliminary account | of the rise, 
 progress, and present state of | the fur trade | of that country. | 
 With original notes by Bougainville, and Volney, | Members of the 
 French Senate. | Illustrated with maps. | By Alexander Macken- 
 zie, Esq. I Vol. I [II]. I 
 
 London : | Printed for T. Cadell, Jun. and W. Davies, Strand ; | 
 Cobbett and Morgan, Pail-Mall ; and W. Creech, | at Edinburgh. | 
 By E. Noble, Old-Baily. j M. DCCC. II [1802]. | c. 
 
 2 vols. 8°. maps. Linguistics, as in first editiou, vol. 1, pp. 129-130, 131-142, 
 153-162; vol. 2, pp. 148-149, 203. 
 
 2386 Voyages | D'Alex.'''^^ Mackenzie; | dans I'int^rieur | de | 
 
 l'Am6rique Septentrionale, | Faits en 1789, 1792 et 1793; | Le l.<"-, 
 de Montreal au fort Chipiouyan et ^ la mer Glaciale; | Le 2.'"«, du 
 fort Chipiouyan jusqu'aux bords de I'Oc^an | paciflque. | Pr^c^d^s 
 d'un Tableau historique et politique sur | le commerce des Pellete- 
 ries, dans le Canada. | Traduits de I'Anglais, | par J. Cast^ra, | 
 Avec des Notes et un Itin^raire, tir^s en partie des | papiers du 
 vice-amiral Bougainville. | Tome Premier [-III]. | 
 30 Bib 
 
466 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Mackenzie (Alexander) — continued. 
 
 Paris, I Dentu, Imprimeur-Libraire, Palais du Tribunat, | gale- 
 ries de bois, n.» 240. | An X.— 1802. | C. 
 
 3 vols. 8°. maps. Linguistics, vol. 1, pp. 257-258, 261-274, 304-310; vol. 3, 
 pp. 20, 277. 
 
 2387 Voyages | from | Montreal, | on the Eiver St. Laurence, | 
 
 through the | Continent of North America, | to the | Frozen and 
 Pacific Oceans; | in the years 1789 and 1793. | With a preliminary 
 account | of the rise, progress, and present state | of | the Fur 
 Trade | of that Country. | Illustrated with | a general map of the 
 Country. | By Sir Alexander Mackenzie. | 
 
 Philadelphia : | Published by John Morgan. | E. Carr, Printer. | 
 1802. I * 
 
 2vol8.ini. 3p. ll.,pp. i-viii,i-oxxvi,l-113, 115-392. maps. 8°. Linguistics, 
 pp. c-cx, cxxiii-cxxvi, 247, 358-359. Title from Mr. W. Eames, who says: 
 
 I have seen a copy of the above edition, which reads: J Illustrated with maps 
 and a portrait of the author. | 
 
 According to Sabin's Dictionary: Tirst American Edition. New York: Printed 
 and Sold by G. F. Hopkins. 1802, pp. viii, ix, 94, 296. 8°. 
 
 2388 Reisen von Montreal durch Nordwestamerika nach dem 
 
 Eismeer und der Siid-See in den Jahren 1789 und 1793. Nebst 
 einer Geschichte des Pelzhandels in Canada. Aus dem Englischen. 
 
 Hamburg. 1802. * 
 
 8°. Title from Sabin's Dictionary. Linguistics, pp. 118-131, 145-149. 
 
 2389 Voyages | from Montreal, | on the Eiver St. Laurence, | 
 
 through the | Continent of N^orth- America, | to the | Frozen and 
 Pacific Oceans : | in the years 1789 and 1793. | With a Preliminary 
 Account of I the Eise, Progress, and Present State of the | Fur 
 Trade | of that country. | Illustrated by a map. | By Alexander 
 Mackenzie, Esq. | Third American Edition. | 
 
 New-York : | Published by Evert Duyckinck, Bookseller. | Lewis 
 Nichols, Printer. | 1803. | C. 
 
 Pp. i-viii, 9-437. 16° Linguistics, pp. 93, 94-99, 110, 314, 409. 
 
 2390 Tableau historique et politique du commerce des pelleteries 
 
 dans le Canada depuis 1608 jusqu'a nos jours. Contenant beau- 
 coup de details sur les nations sauvages qui I'habitent, et sur les 
 vastes contrees qui y sont contigues ; avec un Vocabulaire de la 
 langue de plusiears peuples des ces vastes contrees. Traduit de 
 I'anglais par J. Castera. 
 
 Paris, Dentu, 1807. ♦ 
 
 310 pp., 1 1. An extract of the translation of vol. 1, pp. 1-310 of the edition : 
 
 Paris, 1802, 3 vols. 8°.—Leclerc (1867), No. 920. 
 
 Vocabulary of the Algonquin and of the Knisteneaux, pp. 261-274; of the 
 
 Chipeway, pp. 304-310. 
 
 2391 Voyages | from | Montreal, | on the Eiver St. Laurence, | 
 
 through the | Continent of North America., | to the | Frozen and 
 
MACKENZIE — MADIEE DI MONTJAU. 467 
 
 Mackenzie (Alexander) — continued. 
 
 Pacific Oceans; | in the years 1789 and 1793. | With a preliminary- 
 account I of the rise, progress, and present state | of | the Fur 
 Trade | of that Country. ( Illustrated with maps and a portrait of 
 the author. | By Sir Alexander Mackenzie. , Vol. I [II]. | 
 New -York: | Published by W. B. Gilley. i 1814. | c. 
 
 2vols. 3p.ll.,pp.i-viii,i-cxxvi,l-113; ll.,pp.ll5-392. 8°. Linguistics, pp. c- 
 cx, cxxiii-cxxvi, 247, 358-359. 
 
 McKillop (John). 
 See Robertson (W. S.), McKillop (J.), and 'Winslett (D.) 
 
 2392 McLean (J. J.) and Vanderbilt (J. M.) A Dictionary of the Thlingit 
 Language of Southeastern Alaska. By J. J. McLean and J. M. 
 Vanderbilt. 
 
 Manuscript. Preface, 2 p. 11., vocabulary 11. 1-52. folio. In the library of the 
 Bureau of Ethnology. 
 
 Arranged alphabetically under English words. Includes the numerals 1-1000, 
 names of the months, conjugation of the verbs "to work" and "to eat," and the 
 Lord's Prayer, with interlinear English translation. 
 
 2393 M'lean (John). ISTotes | of a | Twenty-Five Years' Service | in 
 the I Hudson's Bay Territory. | By John M'Lean. | In Two Vol- 
 umes. I Vol. I [II]. I 
 
 London: ( Eichard Bentley, New Burlington Street, | Publisher 
 in Ordinary to Her Majesty. | 1849. | BA. c. 
 
 2 vols. 12°. Field, No. 996, gives brief title of an edition: London, Bentley, 
 1842, 2 vols. 12°, which is probably a mistake. 
 
 Vocabulary of the principal Indian Dialects in use among Ihe tribes in the 
 Hudson's Bay Territory (Sauteu, or Ogibois, Cree, Beaver Indian, and Chippe- 
 wayan), vol. 2, pp. 323-328. 
 
 2394 M'Murray {Mr.) and M'Pherson (Mr.) Vocabulary of the Kutchin 
 of the Yukon or Kutchi-Kutchi, drawn up by Mr. M'Murray; to 
 which the Cheppewj^an Synonyms were added by Mr. M'Pherson. 
 
 In Richardson (Sir J.) Arctic Searching Expedition, vol. 2, pp. 382-385._ 
 London, 1851. 2 vols. 8°. ' 
 
 M'Pherson (Mr.) 
 See M'Murray (Mr.) and M'Pherson {Mr.) 
 
 2395 M'Pherson (Mrs.) Fragment of a vocabulary of the Chepewyan 
 dialect. 
 
 In Richardson (Sir J.) Arctic Searching Expedition, vol. 2, pp. 387-395. 
 London, 1851. 2 vols. 8°. 
 
 2396 Madier de Montjau (fid.) Sur quelques manuscrits figuratives de 
 I'ancien Mexique par Ed. Madier de Montjau. * 
 
 In Soc Americaine de France, nouvelle sfirie, tome 1, pp. 227-256. Paris, 
 
 1875. 8°. 
 
 Contains specimens, with interlinear translations. 
 
 2397 Discours sur les Etudes Am6ricaines. Par Ed. Madier de 
 
 Montjau, President. 
 
 In Soc. Americaine de France, Annuaire, 1874, pp. 5-30. Paris, 1875. 8°. 
 
468 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Madier de Montjau (fid.) — coutinued. 
 
 2398 Homelies sur les fivangiles en langue Nahuatl. Publi6 
 
 par Ed. Madier de Montjau. 
 
 In Soc. Americaine de France, Archives, nouvelle s^rie, tome 1, pp. 269-275. 
 Paris, 1875. 8°. 
 
 2399 [ ] Textes Mayas. 
 
 In Soc. Americaine de France, Archives, nouvelle s&ie, tome 1, pp. 373-378. 
 Paris, 1875. 8°. 
 
 Contains extracts from Ejercicio del Santo Viaorucis. M^rida, 1869. 
 
 2400 Madison (James). Vocabulary of the Delaware in 1792. Prom 
 the papers of James Madison. 
 
 In Schoolcraft (H. R.) Indian Tribes, vol. 3, pp. 424-427. Philadelphia, 
 1853. 4°. 
 
 2401 Madre de Dios {Fr. Ambrosio de la). Arte y Diccionario de la 
 Lengua de la Nueva Segovia. * 
 
 2402 Bxplieacion de los Bvangelios en dicha lengua. • 
 
 2403 Doctriua Cristiana en la misma. * 
 
 2404 La Pasion de Ntro Sr. Jesucristo en la misma. 
 
 According to the Cronista Franco these works were printed at Manilla. — 
 Beristain . 
 
 2405 Magazine of American History. The | Magazine | of | American 
 History | with | Notes and Queries | Vol. I [-VIII]. | [Edited by 
 JohnAusten Stevens, Librarian of the New York Historical Society.] 
 
 A. S. Barnes & Company | New York and Chicago | 1877 
 [-1882]. I BA. C. 
 
 8 vols. sm. 4°. 
 
 Crfeve Coeur (H. St. J. de). The Nantucket Indians, vol. 2, pp. 360-363. 
 
 Dunbar (J. B.) The Pawnee Indians, vol. 4, pp. 241-281; vol. 5, pp. 321-345. 
 
 Gatschet (A. S). Indian Languages of the Pacific States and Territories, 
 vol. 1, pp. 145-171 . 
 
 Proper names of California Indians, vol. 1, pp. 758-759. 
 
 Indian languages of the Pacific States and Territories, and of the 
 
 Pueblos of New Mexico, vol. 8, pp. 254-2b3. 
 
 Robertson (R. S.) Long Island Indians, vol. 2, pp. 370-371, 501. 
 Trumbull (J. H.) Indian Names of Places on Long Island, derived from 
 esculent roots, vol. 1, pp. 386-387. 
 
 Oregon. The origin and meaning of the name, vol. 3, pp. 36-38. 
 
 In addition to the above articles there are various short notices, etymologies, 
 &c. , scattered through the ' ' Notes and Queries " department of the magazine. 
 
 2406 Mahan (I. L.) Words, Phrases, and Sentences in Odjibwe. 
 
 Manuscript, pp. 8-102. 4°. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. 
 
 Recorded in a copy of Introduction to the Study of Indian Languages, Ist 
 edition, nearly complete. Collected at Bayfield, Wis., in 1879,- with the aid of 
 Abb^ Ferrard. Mr. Mahan is the Indian agent at Red Cliff Reserve, Wis. 
 
 24S)1 Maillard {Abhe). Grammar | of the | Mikmaque Language | of 
 Nova Scotia, | Edited from the Manuscripts of the Abb6 Maillard | 
 by the | Eev. Joseph M. Belleuger. | 
 New York : | Cramoisy Press. | 1864. | 
 
MADIER DE MONTJAU — MALCOLME. 469 
 
 Maillard [Abbe) — continued. 
 
 Second title : 
 
 Grammaire | de la | Langue Mikmaque, ] par | M. ]'Abb6 Mail- 
 lard, I Eedig6e et Mise en Ordre par Joseph M. Bellenger, Ptre. | 
 
 Nouvelle-York : | Presse Cramoisy de Jean-Marie Shea, j 
 1864. I BA. JWP. 
 
 Pp. 3-101. 8°. English title recto 1. 2; Frenoli title recto 1. 3. 
 
 "Shea's Library of American Linguistics, ix." In French. 
 
 2408 Maine Historical Society. Collections | of the | Maine Historical 
 Society. ] Vol. I [-VII]. | 
 
 Portland [and Bath]: | Printed by Day, Fraser & Co. . . . 
 Exchange St. | 1831 [-1876]. | BA. C. 
 
 7 vols. 8°. Vol. 1 reprinted, with additions: Portland, 1865. 8°. 
 
 Dudley (Paul). English Definitions of Indian Terms, vol. 5, pp. 427-429. 
 
 Kidder (F. ) The Abenaki Indians, vol. 6, pp. 229-263. 
 
 Lincoln (Enoch). Eemarks on the Indian Languages, vol. 1, pp. 310-333. 
 
 Potter (C.E.) Appendix to "Language of the Abnaquis,"vol. 4, pp. 185-193. 
 
 VetromUe (ifer. E.) The Abenaki Indians, vol. 6, pp. 203-227. 
 
 Acadia and its Aborigines, vol. 7, pp. 337-349. 
 
 •Willis (W.) The Language of the Abnaquies, or Eastern Indians, vol. 4, 
 pp. 93-117. 
 
 The Indians of Hudson's Bay, and their Language, vol. 6, pp. 265-272. 
 
 2409 [B[alcoline(jBCT. David).] An | Essay | on the Antiquities of | Great 
 Britain and Ireland : | Wherein they are | Placed in a clearer Light 
 than hitherto. | Designed | As an Introduction to a larger Work, | 
 especially an Attempt to shew an AflSnity j betwixt the Languages, 
 &c., of the anci- | ent Britains and the Americans of the | Isthmus 
 of Darien. | In answer to an Objection against revealed Religion. | 
 [Six lines quotation.] 
 
 Edinburgh, | Printed by T. and W. Ruddimans, and sold | by 
 Alexander Kincaid, Bookseller. M DCC XXX VIII [1738]. | c. 
 
 16, 8, 24, 32, 32, 32, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 48 pp. 8°. 
 
 A few aboriginal words passim, including a short vocabulary of the Darien 
 Indians (from Wafer), with observations thereon. 
 
 2410 and others. A | Collection of Letters, | in which | The Im- 
 perfection of Learning, even a- | mong Christians, and a Remedy 
 for it, are | hinted. | The Usefulness of the Celtick is instanced, in | 
 illustrating the Antiquities of the British Isles, | in pointing out 
 the errors of Mr. Innes, and | the most ancient People and Lan- 
 guage; some I Elements of which are set down. | The AfBnity 
 betwixt the Language of the Ame- | ricans of the Terra Firma, and 
 these of the ancient | Britains, is proved. The Scripture-Account 
 of I Things is conflrm'd. An Objection against Re- | vealed Re- 
 ligion, heretofore not fully answered, is | removed. A Specimen 
 of a Dictionpry, English- | Celtick, and Celtick-English, is given. | 
 As also, I A Collection of Papers, | In which the Proceedings of 
 the Honourable So- j ciety of Improvers, the Honourable and 
 
470 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS 
 
 Malcolme {Rm. David) and others — continued. 
 
 Learned | Faculty of Advocates, some General As- | semblies, their 
 Commissions and Committees, and the | Testimonies of some 
 learned Men about tbis Affair, | are represented. | [Quotation, 
 seven lines.] 
 Edinburgh, | Printed in the year MDCCXXXIX [1739]. | * 
 
 Second title : as in preceding number. 2 p. 11., pp. 30, 48, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 32, 
 24, 8, 16, 4. 8°. Title from Mr. W. Eames. 
 
 The sixth part contains a comparison of Darien words with the ancient Scot- 
 tish ; the eighth part contains Wafer's specimen of D-arien words on pp. 5, G ; and 
 the seventh, ninth, and tenth parts contain observations and comparisons of the 
 Darien with other languages. 
 
 2411 . . . Letters, Essays, and other Tracts, illustrating the 
 
 Antiquities of Great Britain and Ireland; together with many 
 Curious Discoveries of the Affinity betwixt the Language of the 
 Americans and the Ancient Britains to the Greek and Latin, &c. 
 Also Specimens of the Celtick, Welsh, Irish, Saxon, and American 
 Languages. By D. Malcolme. 
 
 London, 1744. * 
 
 8°. Title from Sabin's Dictionary. 
 
 2412 Maldonado (Fr. Francisco). [Arte, Doctrina Christiana, &c. in the 
 Cakchiquel language.] * 
 
 Ma.nuscript. 77 unnumbered 11. folio. In the library of the American Philo- 
 sophical Society, Philadelphia, described by Dr. Brinton in the American Journal 
 of Science and Arts, vol. 47, pp. 222-230, as follows : 
 
 On the recto of the second leaf is the following title : 
 
 Arte pronunciacion y ortographia de la lengua en el mismo 
 ydioma | Cakchiquel. | 
 
 On the fourth line of the verso of the same leaf: 
 
 J^amilette, Manual para los Yndios sobre | la Doctrina Christi- 
 ana I por fray francisco Maldonaldo minorita, | Sub Censura sante 
 Eomane eclesie Dialogo primo. 
 
 This "nosegay," or anthology, consists of twelve dialogues on the confession, 
 creed, sacraments, good works, &c., between a priest and his catechumen. After 
 the twelfth dialogue there is an addition of nine leaves in C^kchic[uel, with the 
 title: [See Esta explicaoion]. 
 
 The Dialogos is a work hitherto unknown of Maldonado, one of the most 
 learned of the Franciscan missionaries. He lived in the latter half of the 17th 
 century. The only one of his productions given by Mr. Squier is "Sermones y 
 Panegiricos en Lengua Cakchiquelohe," which is that also chiefly referred to by 
 Father Goto in his dictionary. 
 
 2413 Ha nima Vuh vae Theologia Indorum ru binaam. * 
 
 Manuscript. 178 11. folio. Preceded by 1 1. with these words: "Dios nima 
 Akauh ti qohe auiquin at nu lokol ah tata,'' followed by these : "De la libreria 
 de N. P. S. Fran<:<> de Guat>." Signed A. de la Eaya. 
 
 Following 1. 178 are two others in Cakchiquel, but in a very diiferent hand, 
 and signed "Yn Fran<:° Gonz.alez." 
 
 Although the name of Maldonado does not appear, there is no doubt that he 
 is the author, as only he and Father Domingo de Vico wrote a book of this sort 
 in the Cakchiquel language. As to the latter, the manuscript bears his name, 
 and it is entirely different from the first. — Braaaeur de Bourbourg. 
 
MALCOLME — MALLEEY. 471 
 
 Kaldonado {Fr. Francisco) — continued. 
 
 2414 Sermones super evangelia que in sanctorum festivitatibus 
 
 leguntur: Cum eorumdem vitis, et transitis idiomathe Guatimalensi 
 Cakchiquel. Per fratrem Pranciscum Maldonado. Ordinis divi 
 Francisci predicatorem. Olim que diffinitorem nominis Jesu Gua- 
 themalensis provincie alumnum licet Matriti natum. Anno D. M. 
 LXXI [1671] [sic\. * 
 
 Manuscript. 2 unnumbered 11., 153 11. folio. 
 
 He had an admirable knowledge of the three dialects of the principal lan- 
 guage of this country, QuicM, Cakchiquel, and Tzutuhil, in which he wrote a 
 great number of religious works and treatises, all of which remained in manu- 
 script. Such was the estimation in which they were held that many were trans- 
 lated into Spanish for the use of missionaries and priests. — Brasseur de Bourhourg. 
 
 Beristain speaks of this author, as follows : 
 
 He united so admirably the most profound theological knowledge with the 
 perfect understanding of the difficult Quich6, Cakchiquel, and Tutuchil idioms, 
 that he formed a complete Teologfa Indiana, very useful to the teaching priests 
 of those provinces and very advantageous to the neophytes. 
 
 He left at his death 13 volumes in manuscript, some of which are preserved 
 
 in the library of the Franciscan Fathers of Guatemala, and others translated into 
 
 Spanish are in possession of the missionaries and parish priests, according to P. 
 
 Arochena, who thus enumerates the writings of this author: 
 
 2415 Instruccion teol6gica de los Indios. ^ 
 
 3 vols, of more than 100 pp. each. 
 
 2416 Explicacion del Simbolo de la Fe. • 
 
 1 vol. 
 
 2417 Explicacion de los milagros de Jesucristo. * 
 
 Ivol. 
 
 2418 Di41ogo moral y politico. • 
 
 1 vol. 
 
 2419 Sermones varios. * 
 
 2 vols. 
 
 2420 Explicacion de los Sacramentos. — Ex^men de penitentes. — 
 
 Prdctica de Gonfesores. — Explicacion de los Indulgencias. * 
 
 4 vols. All in the idioms mentioned. 
 
 2421 Mallery {Col. Garrick). Smithsonian Institution — Bureau of Eth- 
 nology I Introduction .| to the | Study of Sign Language | among 
 the I Korth American Indians j as | illustrating the gesture speech 
 of mankind | By Garrick Mallery | Brevet Lieut. Ool., U. S. 
 Army | 
 
 Washington | Government Printing Office | 1880 | jwp. 
 
 Printed cover 1 1., pp. i-iv, 1-72. 4°. 
 
 2422 Smithsonian Institution — Bureau of Ethnology | J. W. 
 
 Powell, Director | A Collection | of | Gesture-Signs | and Signals | 
 of the I Jiforth American Indians | with | some comparisons | by | 
 Garrick Mallery | Brevet Lieut. Col. and formerly Acting Chief 
 Signal Officer, U. S. Army | Distributed only to collaborators | 
 Washington | Government Printing Office | 1880 | jwp. 
 
 Printed cover 1 1. , title, reverse blank 1 1., pp. 1-329. 4°. Only 200 copies of this 
 were printed. 
 
472 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Mallery {Col. Garrick) — continued. 
 
 2423 A calendar of the Dakota Nation. 
 
 In Hayden (F. V.) Bulletin, vol. 3, pp. 3-25. Washington, 1877. 8°. Da- 
 kota terms passim. Also separately issued with half-title. 
 
 2424 The former and present number of our Indians. By Gar- 
 rick Mallery. 
 
 In Am. Ass. Adv. Sci., Proc, vol. 26, pp. 340-366. Salem, 1878. 8°. Also 
 separately issued with half-title. 
 
 Various comments on language, etymologies, synonomies, &c. 
 
 2425 The Sign Language of the Indians of the Upper Missouri, 
 
 in 1832. By Col. Garrick Mallery. 
 
 In Am. Antiquarian, vol. 2, pp. 218-228. Chicago, 1879-80. 8°. 
 
 2426 The Sign Language of the North American Indians. By 
 
 Garrick Mallery, U. S. Army, Washington, D. 0. 
 
 In Am. Ass. Adv. Sci., Proc, vol. 28, pp. 493-519. Salem, 1880. 8°. 
 
 2427 The Sign-language of the North American Indians. By 
 
 Garrick Mallery. 
 
 In Am. Annals of the Deaf and Dumb, vol. 25, No. 1, pp. 1-20. Washington, 
 
 [1880]. 8°. 
 
 2428 The Sign-language of the North American Indians. 
 
 [Signed Garrick Mallery.] 
 
 In United Service, vol. 2, No. 2, pp. 226-243. Philadelphia, 1880. 8°. 
 A few Ojibwa terms, p. 234. 
 
 2429 The Sign Language of the North American Indians. By 
 
 Garrick Mallery. 
 
 In Anthrop. Soo. of Washington, Trans., 1880-81, pp. 19-21. Washington, 
 
 1881. 8<^. 
 
 2430 Sign Language among North American Indians compared 
 
 with that among other peoples and deaf-mutes. By Garrick Mal- 
 lery. 
 
 In Bureau of Ethnology, First Ann. Kept., pp. 263-552. Washington, 1881. 8°. 
 Hofiinan (W. J.) Sentences with interlinear translation, p. 483 and following. 
 Jacker (F.) Nawagijig's Story, pp. 518-520. 
 Issued a Iso separately, with title-page as follows : 
 
 2431 Sign Language | among | North American Indians | com- 
 pared with I that among other peoples and deaf-mutes | By | Gar- 
 rick Mallery | Brevet Lieut. Col. U. S. Army | (Extracted from the 
 First Annual Eeport of the Bureau | of Ethnology) | 
 
 Washington | Government Printing OfiBce | 1881 | JWP. 
 
 Outside printed cover 1 1., pp. 263-552. royal 8°. 
 
 2432 Mallet (J.) Les Caraibs. 
 
 In Congr&s Int. des Am^ricanistes, compte-rendu, premifere session, tome 1, 
 pp. 394-40d. Nancy et Paris, 1875. 8°. 
 A short Carib vocabulary, p. 403. 
 
 2433 Maltby (Prank). The Lord's Prayer [in the Comanche language]. 
 
 In Am. Naturalist, vol. 13, p. 790. Philadelphia, 1879. 8°. 
 
MAL1.ERY MALTE-BEUN. 473 
 
 2434 Malte-Brun (Malthe KoDrad Brun, known as). Precis | de la | 
 Geographic TJniverselle, | ou | Description | de toutes les parties 
 du Monde, | sur un plan nouveau, | d'apr^s les grandes divisions 
 naturelles du Globe; ] Pr^c^d^e de I'Histoire de la G6ographie chez 
 les Peuples anciens | et modernes, et d'une Th^orie g^n^rale de la 
 G6ographie | Math^matique, Physique et Politique; | Et accom- 
 pagn^e de Cartes, de Tableaux analytiques, synoptiques et | 616- 
 mentaires, et d'une Table alphab6tique des noms de Lieux. | Par 
 M. Malte-Brun. | Tome Premier [-Huitifemej. | Histoire de la G.6o- 
 graphie. | 
 
 a Paris, | Chez Fr. Buisson, Libraire-6diteur, | Eue gilles-cceur, 
 N» 10. I 1810 [-1829]. I A. 
 
 8 vols. 8°, and atlas 4°. 
 
 Tableau de I'enchataement gfiographique des langues am^rloaines et aslatiques, 
 vol. 5, pp. a27-234. Being a comparison between various American and Asiatic 
 words. Also, according to Sabin's Dictionary : 
 
 H- Seconde Edition, corrig^e. Paris, 1812-1829, 8 vols. 8°. 
 
 + Nouvelle Edition. Paris, 1831-1837, 12 vols. 8°. 
 
 + Cinquifeme Edition revue, corrig^e et augment^e de toutes les nouvelles 
 d^couvertes. Par M. J.-J.-N. Huot, Paris, Furne et CK 1841, 6 vols. 8°. 
 
 -f Paris, Gamier Frferes, 1853, 6 vols. 8°. 
 
 + Nouvelle Edition, . . . par V. A. Malte-Brun file, Paris, Penaud Frferes, 
 1852-1856, 8 vols. 8°. 
 
 The succeeding editions (Paris, 1855-1857, &c.) do not contain the linguistics. 
 
 2435 Malte-Brun's neustes Gemalde von Amerika und seinen 
 
 Bewohnern. Aus dem Franzosischen iibersetzt und mit Zusatzen 
 vermehrt von E. W. von Greipel. 
 
 Leipzig. 1819. 8°. * 
 
 + Leipzig. 1834. 2 vols. 8°. Title from Sabin's Dictionary. 
 
 4236 Universal | Geography, | or | A Description | of | all the 
 
 parts of the world, | on a new plan, | according to the great natural 
 divisions of the globe; | accompanied with | analytical, synoptical, 
 and elementary tables. | By M. Malte-Brun. | Improved by the ad- 
 dition of the most recent information, derived | from various 
 sources. | Vol. I [-II IJ. | Containing the theory or, mathematical, 
 physical, and | political principles, of geography, &c. | 
 
 Philadelphia: | Published by Anthony Pinley, | north east corner 
 of Fourth and Chestnut Streets. | William Brown, Printer. | 
 1827. I C. 
 
 3 vols. 8°. Table of the geographical connection of the American and Asiatic 
 languages, vol. 3, pp. 148-154. 
 
 2437 A I System | of | Universal Geography, | or | a Descrip- 
 tion I of I all the parts of the world, | on a new plan, | according 
 to the Great Natural Divisions of the Globe; | Accompanied with | 
 Analytical, Synoptical, and Elementary Tables. | By M. Malte- 
 Brun, I Editor of the " Annales des Voyages," &c. | With additions 
 
474 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Malte-Bmn (Malthe Konrad Brun, Tcnown as) — continued. 
 
 and corrections, | by James G. Percival. | Emtellished with | a 
 complete atlas, | and | a series of beautiful engravings. | In three 
 volumes. | Vol. I [-III]. | 
 
 Boston : | Printed and Published by Samuel Walker. | Published 
 also in Philadelphia [&c., four lines]. | 1834. | . c. 
 
 3 vols. 4°. Table of the geographical connexion of the American and Asiatic 
 languages, vol. 2, pp. 173-176. 
 
 Sahin's Dictionary gives the following editions: 
 + Edinburgh, Adam Blaci, 1832, 10 vols. 8°. 
 4- Boston, Wells and Lilly, 1824-1831, 9 vols. 8°. 
 4- Philadelphia, Anthony Finley, 1827-1832, 6 vols. 8°. 
 + Boston, 1828, 3 vols. 4°. 
 + Philadelphia, 1832-1837, 5 vols. 8°, atlas 4°. 
 + Boston, 1847, 1851, 1865, 3 vols. 4°. 
 
 2438 Malte-Brun (Victor Adolphe.) Tableau de la Distribution Ethno- 
 graphique des nations et des langues au Mexique. 
 
 In Congr^s Int. des Am^ricanistes, compte-rendu, seconds session, tome 2, 
 pp. 10-44. Luxembourg et Paris, 1878. 8°. Accompanied by "Carte Ethno- 
 graphique du Mexique d'aprfes cells ds M. Orozoo y Berra. 
 
 2439 Manual [de administrar los Sacramentos] | en Lengua Mixteca ( 
 de I ambos dialectos | Bajo y Montanez, | para | los Curatos de la 
 Sagrado Mitra | de Puebla | en los que | se habla este idioma. | 
 Formado | por una Comision de Curas, | de orden de Su Excelencia 
 Illma. I el Sr. D. D. Francisco Pablo Vasquez, | Dignisimo Obispo 
 de esta Diocesis. 
 
 Puebla. I Imprenta del Hospital de San Pedro. | 1837. | B. 
 
 Pp. 1-75 in 3 columns, Mixteco Bajo, Spanish, and Mixteco Montanez, 1 1. in- 
 dex and errata. 
 
 These three works [including Catecismo Mixteco and Catecisnio Mixteco 
 Montanez], although printed separately, form in reality but one, as is shown by 
 the prologue of the first, and from the table of errata which is common to the 
 three. The authors promise an Arts and Vocabulario which I think has not 
 been publishsd. Msntion is made in this work of another Catecismo Mixteco, 
 printed in 1834 by order of the same bishop. I have not seen it. — Icazhalceta's 
 Apuntes, No. 19. See Doctrina Christiana, 1834, No. 1050o. 
 
 2440 Manualito para Administrar el Vlatico y Extrema uncion, en 
 Idioma Mexicano .... 
 
 Mexico: A. Vald^s. 1817. * 
 
 8°. Title from Sabiu's Dictionary, No. 48528. 
 
 2441 Manuscripts. [Manuscripts in the Algonquin language.] * 
 
 While on a visit to the mission of the Lac des deux Montagues, or, as it is now 
 better known on the maps, the village of Oka, Canada, during the autu mn of 1882, 
 I had the pleasure of inspecting a number of manuscripts in the library of Father 
 Lsclaire, ths missionary at that place. The titles and descriptions of these will 
 be found in their proper places in this catalogue. There is also a large number 
 preserved in the Convent of the Sisters of the Congregation at the same place, of 
 the existence of which I was not aware at the time. I have, however, been fnr- 
 
MALTE-BRUN MANUSCRIPTS. 475 
 
 Manuscripts— continued. 
 
 nished with a list of them by Mrs. Ermiunie A. Smith, an employ^ of the Bureau 
 of Ethnology, who is engaged in the preparation of a grammar and dictionary 
 of the various dialects of the Iroquois. A number of these manuscripts are 
 anonymous, and I have grouped them under the above general title. In the 
 descriptions, Mrs. Smith was aided by Father Leolaire and the Sisters of the 
 convent. They are as follows: 
 
 2442 Dictionnaire Algonquin-Frangais de Pan 1661. 
 
 Manuscript, sm. 4°. Preserved in the archives of the convent at the mission 
 of the Lac des deux Montagues. 
 
 This work has passed through the hands of M. Mathevette, a former missionary 
 at this place, as one clearly sees by an inspection of the cover, which is entirely 
 covered with short notes in Algonquin written by this missionary ; besides these 
 he has made many additions throughout the dictionary. 
 
 Other additions and corrections have been made by the hand of another mis- 
 sionary, whose name is not known, but from whom we have a large number of 
 Algonquin manuscripts. To this author belong the sis pages which end the 
 work. 
 
 These writers were evidently very capable men, and already far advanced in 
 the knowledge of the language. 
 
 Another anonymous author has compiled a 
 
 2443 Dictionnaire Frangais -Algonquin. 
 
 Which appears equally ancient. It is not complete, beginning with the letter 
 B and ending with the letter T. The mice have partially destroyed it, but the 
 remainder is in a readable state. 
 
 The hand of this same author is to be seen in a manuscript of 99 11., containing, 
 in abridged Latin and Algonquin, a discourse on Purgatory, and a part of Gen- 
 esis in Algonquin. 
 
 The Algonquin-French dictionary of 1661 appears to be the work of a Jesuit 
 priest ; the incomplete French- Algonquin, that of a priest of the same order, and 
 his contemporary. 
 
 The three works above named were all corrected and augmented by a Jesuit 
 Father, who wrote in 1699, and who knew the language perfectly, for he wrote 
 concerning the roots of the Algonquin, and also a 
 
 2444 Dictionnaire Frangais-Algonquin. 
 
 This is in a very bad condition ; leaves torn, &c. He also wrote 
 
 2445 Instructions siir les symboles, &c. 
 
 A fifth Jesuit missionary, not less ancient than the preceding, wrote a large 
 volume in 18°, well preserved, containing: 
 
 2446 Grammaire, Petit Cat^chisme, Priferes et Cantiqes. 
 
 Another priest of the same order and epoch has left a fragment of a 
 
 2447 Dictionnaire Fran§ais-Algonquin. 
 
 And a large book of instructions, &c., and a seventh has left a catechism 
 which is contained in a 12° volume. No. 4. 
 
 2448 Cat^ehisme Algonquin. 
 
 140 pp. 4°. Used by the, Sisters in teaching the children of their school. The 
 one now in use is a copy made, they think, about fifty years ago. Besides the 
 catechism it contains many psalms and hymns. 
 
476 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 2449 Manuscrit. Manuscrit Mexicain Original. • 
 
 15 U. 4°. Ancient title on maguey paper of the territory of Zenpualan and 
 other places, painted and written in the first years following the conquest of 
 Mexico. * * The inscriptions in Latin characters are all in the Nahuatl lan- 
 guage. — Brasseur de Bourtourg. 
 
 2450 Manuscrit Mexicain IST" 2 de la Bibliothfeque Impgriale, 
 
 photographic (sans redaction). Par ordre de S. E. M. Duruy, 
 Ministre de I'Instruction Publique, President de la commission 
 scientiflque du Mexique. 
 
 Paris, 1864. Imprimerie Bonaventure et Ducessois. — Imprimerie 
 photographique Benoist. * 
 
 22 plates, large folio. This manuscript is, in characters, identical with the 
 manuscript Troano and the Dresden Codex. It is the most perfect of the three 
 in regard to the beauty and delicacy of the writing ; but it is also the one that 
 had suffered most. But 50 copies were published.— Brassear de Bourbourg. 
 
 2451 Manuscritos en Mexicano. 
 
 A volume iu folio containing fourteen original pieces in manuscript and three 
 printed ones, the manuscript occupying two hundred and six leaves. They 
 extend from 1580 to 1847. — Ramirez Sale Cat. 
 
 2452 Marcel (Jean Jacques). Oratio Dominica | CL Unguis Versa | et 
 propriis cuj usque linguae | characteribus | plerumque expressa ; | 
 Bdente J. J. Marcel, | Typographeii Imperialis Administro Gene- 
 rali. I [Design.] 
 
 Parisiis, | Typis Imperialibus. | Anno repar. sal. 1805, | Impe- 
 riique Napoleonis Primo. | c. 
 
 7 p. 11., 11. 1-150, 1 1., usually printed on one side only. 
 
 Pars Quarta, Linguas Americanas complectens, 11. 132-150, contains the Lord's 
 Prayer in Groenlandioe (ex Evang. groenland. Hafnise edito), Canadice, mon- 
 tium dialecto (ex Masseo), Illinice (ex Manuscripto), Mohogice, novi eboraci 
 dialecto (ex Chamberlaynio), Virginice (ex Bibliis Virginice impressis Canta- 
 brigie), Savanahice (ex Chamberlaynio), Mexicane (ex Wilkinsio), Poconchine 
 (ex Wilkinsio), Caraibice (ex Catechismo caraibice edito), Otomitice (ex Lan- 
 rentio Hervas). 
 
 Marchand (Eltienne). 
 See Pleurieu (C. P. C.) 
 
 2453 Marcoux (iJew. Fran9ois Xavier). Eoman Catholic Church Service 
 in the Mohawk dialect of the Iroquois language. * 
 
 Manuscript. 300 pp. 8°. Set to music. Title communicated by the author, 
 a missionary to the Mohawks at St. Regis, Canada. He has spent fifty-six years 
 among the Iroquois, and his knowledge of the language is most thorough. The 
 manuscript is in his possession. 
 
 2454 and Burtin (Bev. Nicholas Victor). Kaiatonsera | teierSa- 
 
 k8atha onkSe onSe neha | tseiehasens iokarenre oni | Eeson Teio- 
 ronhiatthe akesasronon ron8ahueh | Livre de Chants en Sauvage | 
 pour la Messe & les Vepres | composes par M. P. Marcoux Missri a 
 St. Eegis. I 1878 | ov. 
 
 Manuscript. Pp. 1-530. 4°. The mass and vespers in the Mohawk language. 
 In the archives of the Roman Catholic Church at the Indian village of Caugh- 
 nawaga, Canada. The vespers was translated into Caughnawaga and the whole 
 set to music by Pfere N. V. Burtin, now missionary at that village. Six copies 
 exist, in one or two of which Pfere Burtin was aided by one of his Indian choristers. 
 
MANUSCRIT MAECOUX. 477 
 
 2455 [Marcoux [R6v. Joseph).] lonteriSaienstakSa | ne | kariSiioston 
 Teieiasoutha, | KahnaSakeha. | [Crucifix]. 
 
 Tiohtiaki [Montreall, | Tehoristorarakon Louis Perrault. | 
 1844. I jWP. 
 
 Pp. 1-39. 18°. Catechism in the Caughnawaga dialect of the Iroquois. 
 2456 ^lonteriSaienstakSa | ne | KariSiioston Teieiasontha, | Kah- 
 naSakeha. I [Crucifix]. 
 
 Tiohtiaki [Montreal], | Tehoristorarakon Louis Perrault. | 
 1854. I V. B. 
 
 Pp. 1-48. 24°, Catechism, prayers, &o., in Iroquois. Second edition : Issued 
 under the supervision of Abh^ J. A. Cuoq. 
 
 2457 lonteriSaienstakSa | ne | kariSiioston teieiasontha, | Kah- 
 naSakeha. I [Design]. 
 Tiohtiake [Montreal] | Tehoristorarakon J. Chapleau et Fils. | 
 
 1875. I jwp. 
 
 Outside title as follows: Cat^ohisme | Iroquoise. | (Troisifeme Edition.) | 
 Printed cover, 1 p. 1. , pp. 1-66. 16°. 
 
 2458 Kaiatonsera lonterennaientakSa | ne teieiasontha | ne 
 
 taiakosSateten tsi iakoriSiioston j KahnaSake Tiakoshbn. | Tsiatak 
 nihononSentsiake | OnkSe OnSe | Akoiatonsera. | 
 
 Tiohtiaki [Montreal] : | tehoristorarakon John Lovell. 1 1852. | we. 
 
 Pp. 1-204. 12°. Prayer-hook in the Caughnawaga dialect of the Iroquois. See 
 Marcoux (J.) and Burtin (N. V.), for later edition. 
 
 2459 Lettres | de | feu M. Jos. Marcoux, | Missionnaire du 
 
 Sault, I aux | Chefs Iroquois | du | Lac des Deux Montagnes. ) 
 
 1848-49. I Nene tesakoiatonnihne ne ratikoSanenskSe | kanesata- 
 
 kehronon ne tharonhiakanere- | kenha kahnaSakehronon ronSani- 
 
 kenha. | [Two lines quotation.] 
 
 Tiohtiake [Montreal]: | Tehoristorarakon John Lovell. j 1869. | 
 
 Printed cover 11., pp. 1-27. 16°. JWP. GB. 
 
 2460 Vie | de | Catherine TekakSita | (Traduction Iroquoise.) 
 
 Tiohtiake [Montreal] | Tehoristorarakon J. Chapleau et Fils | 
 
 1876. I JWP. 
 Outside title 1 1., pp. 1-53. 18°. 
 
 2461 lonterennaientakSa sohna ne tharonhiakanere kenha roson 
 
 KahnaSakeronon ronSanikenha. Ou Formulaire de Priferes par fea 
 M. Marcoux, Missionnaire du Sault St. Louis. 
 
 In [Cuoq (J. A.)] Tsiatak NihononSentsiake, pp. 296-410. Tiohtiake, 1865. 12°. 
 In the Iroquois language. 
 
 2462 Langues Indiennes. 
 
 In Chateaubriand (— ). Atala, Een6, «fcc., pp. 400-409. Paris, 1857. 12°. 
 Comments on the Algonkin and Huron, with conjugation of a Huron verb. 
 
 2463 Dictionnaire Iroquois. | Iroquois-Frangais | [et Frangais- 
 
 Iroquois]. cv. 
 
 Manuscript. 2 vols, folio, bound ; arranged alphabetically. The Iroquois- 
 French portion is dated 1844 and contains pp. 1-820 ; the French-Iroquois con- 
 tains pp. 1-590, each written on both sides. In the archives of the Roman Cath- 
 olic Church at the Indian village of Caughnawaga, Canada. The last word in 
 
478 NOETH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Marcoux {Rev. Joseph) — continued. 
 
 the French-Iroquois portion is zele, " soyona z&le pour la gloire de Dieu, Tewata- 
 Bkennha ra-wenniieraarisa | Finis | Ad Majorem Dei gloriam. | J. M. | This dic- 
 tionary, in the Mohawk dialect, is probably the most valuable contribution yet 
 made to the Iroquois stock of dialects. 
 
 2464 Grammaire Jroquoise | ou | La Langue Jroquoise | redu- 
 
 ite I en Principes Fixes | Par Moi | Sault Saint Louis | 1828. | 
 
 Manuscript. Title-page, in the upper right hand corner of which is "Jos. 
 Marcoux ptre " ; reverse blank, 1 1. ; 7 blank 11. ; pp. 1-157 ; reverse of 157 blank ; 
 5 blank 11. followed by Table des Matiferes, 3 pp. ; oblong folio. In the archives 
 of the Roman Catholic Church at the Indian village of Caughnawaga, Canada. 
 
 It is in the Mohawk dialect, although these people have been so isolated from 
 the other tribes that they consider themselves only as the Iroquois. The maun, 
 script has been well preserved and is nicely bound. The first page begins with 
 the preface or introduction entitled: Grammaire Iroquoise. The six tribes of 
 Iroquois are briefly referred to, and the page closes with the statement that 
 " Cette grammaire sera divis^e en trois parties, fl^mens, syntaxe, et idiotismes." 
 Premifere partie, El^mens, p. 1. In this is given the number of letters used, and 
 their different sounds. Efegles de prononciation, p. 2. Five rules are given. On 
 the middle of page 3 begins the chapter : Des Noras. Then follow three pages 
 on the noun. At the end of p. 5 is the paragraph: Du Paradigme K- des Noms. 
 Two pages are devoted to the conjugations of this paradigm. Then follow two 
 pages of the conjugations in Paradigm A of the nouns. These tables are very 
 elaborate. On p. 10 is the heading ot a chapter : Des Genres et nombres. Page 
 11 begins another : Noms de Nombre. These are divided into cardinal, ordi- 
 nal, distributive, and multiplicative. 1st Division, Nombres Cardinaux— the 
 numerals 1-1,000,000. Page 14 begins a paragraph entitled: Observations, fol- 
 lowed by: Nombres Ordinaux, Nombres Distributifs, p. 15; Nombres Multipli- 
 catifs, p. 16. The next division is: Des Adjectifs, observations, followed by the 
 divisions: comparatif et superlatif, p. 17. The eighteenth page begins with: Des 
 Pronoms. This contains a very complete table of the personal pronouns. The 
 following page has a table of: Pronoms Possesslfs. Page 21 is devoted to Pro- 
 noms Ind^termin^s. Page 22 begins a new chapter : Du Verbe. " Le verbe est le 
 mot par excellence de I'lroquois, puisque dans cette langue tout est verbe, noms, 
 pronoms, adjectifs.'' All of the pages to 108 are filled with the paradigms of the 
 different conjugations, &c. 
 
 Then follows, p. 109 : Seconde Partie, Syntaxe. This is divided into para- 
 graphs headed: Syntaxe d'accord, p. 109 ; Tour N6gatif, p. 110; Tour luterroga- 
 tif, p. 110; Tour Imp6ratif, p. 111. The next division is: Syntaxe des Pronoms, 
 p. Ill, followed by the paragraphs : Que aveo les verbes, p. 112 ; De — Pour aveo les 
 verbes, p. 113; Noms d'instrument, de cause, de matifere, &c., p. 113; Regime d'un 
 verbe siir un autre verbe, p. 114 ; Des pronoms en ¥, p. 114 ; Adverbes de lien, p. 
 115; Des Quantit^s, p. 115; Des Comparaisons, p. 118. 
 
 On p. 118 begins : Des Mesnres, followed by Table des Mesures, Monoies, 
 Poids, Longueur et Largeur, p. 119 ; Liquides, with table, p. 120 ; Tems, with table, 
 p. 121 ; Relations de Parents, pp. 121-128. 
 
 Then begins, p. 129 : Troisi&me Partie, Idiotismes. Forty of these are given, 
 • each in numbered paragraphs, extending to p. 139. Pp. 140-150 are blank. 
 
 Page 151 begins a new section : Diflf^rences dans les Dialectes Iroquois entr'eux 
 et avec la langue Huronne. On p. 153 begins an appendix: Remarques addi- 
 tionelles et explications, which closes with p. 157. Reverse of p. 157 blank, fol- 
 lowed by 6 blank 11. unpaged; then : Table des matieres, 3 pp. unnnmbered. 
 
MARCOUX— MARCY. 479 
 
 Marcoux {Rev. Joseph) — continued. 
 
 2465 Formules I des annonces ^ faire du prdne | [par E6v. Joseph 
 
 Marcoux]. OV. 
 
 Manuscript, pp. 1-282. 4°. Rewritten and augmented by P&re Burtin ; see 
 
 Marcoux (J.) and Burtin (N. V.) 
 
 2466 J. M. J. I Instructions | Sur la Doctrine Chr^tienne &c. | 
 
 en langue iroquoise | 1855 | D'aprfes le plan de Mr. P. I. Henri, cur6 
 de Surice. | [Par E^v. Joseph Marcoux.] cv. 
 
 Manuscript. 1 1., reverse blank, pp. 1-112, written on both sides. 4°. 
 
 In the archives of the Roman Catholic Church at the Indian village of Caugh- 
 nawaga, Canada. It was left unfinished. 
 
 2467 Traduction iroquoise | de la Vie de N S. J^sus Christ, par 
 
 le Pfere de Ligny, S. J. [Translated by E6v. Joseph Marcoux. ] ov. 
 
 Manuscript, pp. 1-173. folio. In the .archives of the Roman Catholic Church 
 at the Indian village of Caughnawaga, Canada. It comprises extracts from the 
 four evangelists. 
 
 Pfere Joseph Marcoux, bom at Quebec, March 15, 1791, was a secular priest of ' 
 the diocese of Montreal, having been ordained June 12, 1813. From 1813 to 1819 
 he was missionary to the Mohawks at St. Regis, and from 1819 until his death, 
 May 29, 1855, to the Mohawks at Sault St. Louis (Caughnawaga). 
 
 In addition to the above manuscripts Father Marcoux left translations of the 
 Church discipline and the pastoral letters of the bishops, on loose sheets of large 
 size without titles, and a great number of his sermons written in Mohawk, which 
 are still preserved in the church at Caughnawaga, where he so long officiated. 
 
 2468 and Burtin (Bev. Nicolas Victor). Kaiatonsera | lonteren- 
 
 naientak8a | ne roson | tharonhiakanere kenha, | Oia sonha 8aho- 
 roke Tekaronhianeken. | Formulaire | de Priferes | par Feu M. Jo- 
 seph Marcoux, | Missionnaire du Sault St. Louis, | revn et aug- 
 ment6 | par le Eev. P. Burtin, O. M. I. | 
 
 Montreal : | J. Chapleau & Fils, Imprimeurs et Eelieurs, | 31, Eue 
 Cott6, 31 I 1879 I B. JWP. 
 
 Pp. i-iv, 1-288. 16°. Preface, pp. iii-iv, signed N. V. Tekaronhianeken [Bur- 
 tin]. See Marcoux (J.), for earlier edition. 
 
 2469 Cahier d'annonces | k faire | pour les prdnes | (ancienne 
 
 Edition de M. Marcoux | recopi^e et augment^e j de plusieurs an- 
 nonces nouvelles) [par N. V. Burtin]. | 
 
 Caughnawaga | 1878. | CV. 
 
 Manuscript, pp. 1-268 followed by 41 blank U. ; Table des matiferes, 4 11. 4°. 
 See Marcoux (J.), for original manuscript. 
 
 2470 Marcy [Gajpt. Eandolph Benton). Specimens of the Caddo and 
 Wichita Languages. By Oapt. E. B. Marcy, U. S. A. 
 
 In Schoolcraft (H. R.) Indian Tribes, vol. 5, pp. 709-712. Philadelphia, 
 1855. 4'^. 
 
 Tho Wichita vocabulary given here is not the same as that in the Red River 
 Exploring Expedition. The few words given in both works (numerals 1-10) 
 differ greatly in spelling. 
 
480 NORTH AMEEICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Marcy (Capt. Randolph Benton)— contiuued. 
 
 2471 and McClellan (Gapt. George Brintou), 32d Congress, 2d 
 
 Session. Senate. Executive No. 54. | Exploration | of the | Eed 
 Elver of Louisiana, | in the year 1852: | By | Randolph B. Marcy, | 
 Captain Fifth Infantry U. S. Army; | assisted by | George B. 
 McClellan, | Brevet Captain TJ. S. Engineers. | With Reports on 
 the Natural History of the Country, | and numerous illustrations. | 
 
 Washington: | Robert Armstrong, Public Printer. | 1853. | LSH. 
 1-320. 8°. maps. 
 
 "Appendix H. Ethnology. Vocabularies of words in the languages of the 
 Comanches and Wichitas. By Capt. R. B. Marcy"; with Remarks on the 
 preceding vocahularies, by Prof. W. W. Turner, pp. 305-311. 
 
 2472 33d Congress, 1st Session. Ho. of Reps. Executive Doc. | 
 
 Exploration | of the | Red River of Louisiana, | in the year 1852: j 
 by I Randolph B. Marcy, | Captain Fifth Infantry U. S. Army; j 
 assisted by | George B. McClellan, | Brevet Captain U. S. Engi- 
 neers. I With reports on the Natural History of the Country, | and 
 numerous illustrations. | 
 
 Washington: | A. O. P. Nicholson, Public Printer. | 1854. | jwp. 
 Pp. i-xv, 1-286. 8°. Linguistics as in previous edition, pp. 273-276. 
 
 2473 Marial sacro y Santoral. Sermones en la Lengua ^iche, escritos 
 l)or varies autores, principalmente por un Indio por lo qual hay 
 mucho que correjir, o emendar en todos los Textos Latinos. ,Per- 
 tenece al uso del P"- P"^- F'- 1«- A. S. hijo de la S*^^- Prov*- del dul- 
 cismo nbre de J. H. S. Guatem"- ano de 1796. * 
 
 Manuscript in the Imperial Library, Paris. Contains 23 sermons. — Ludewig. 
 
 2474 Markham (Clements Robert). The Arctic Highlanders. By C. R. 
 Markham, Esq. 
 
 In Eth. Soc. of London, Trans., vol. 4, pp. 125-137. London, 1866. 8°. 
 A short comparative vocabulary of the Greenlanders and Siberian, p. 133. 
 
 2475 Language of the Eskimo of Greenland. 
 
 In Royal Geog. Soc. of London. Arctic Geography aitd Ethnology, pp. 189- 
 229. London, 1875. 8°. 
 
 In addition to a lengthy vocabulary Mr. Markham gives the Eskimo names of 
 many geographic features, with English signification. The above is the third of 
 a series of " Papers on the Greenland Eskimo," by Mr. Markham, in this volume. 
 
 2476 Marroquin {D. Francisco). Catecismo y Doctrina Cristiana en 
 idioma Utlateco, por el Illmo D. Francisco Marroquin, obispo de 
 Guatemala. 
 
 Impreso en Mexico, por Juan Pablos, 1556. * 
 
 4P. Title furnished by Sr. Icazbalceta, who says: Factitious title; no copy of 
 this edition is known ; that of another edition, very rare, is as follows : 
 
 2477 Doctrina Cristiana en iBgna Guatemalteca Ordenada por 
 
 el Reueredissimo Senor Don Francisco Marroquin, primer obispo 
 de Guatemala, y del Cnsejo de su Majestad &. Con parecer de los 
 
MAECY ^MAKTIN. 481 
 
 Marroquin (D. Francisco) — continued. 
 
 int^rpretes de las Eeligiones del Senor Santo Domingo, y 8. Fran- 
 cisco : Frai Jua de Torres y Frai Pedro de Betangos. 
 
 Verao : 
 
 Ohristianoil tzitz pa Cakchiquel ^habal relegan chan Obispo D. 
 Francisco Marroquin : nabei Obispo Cakchiquel chi Santo Domingo 
 San Francisco Padre Frai Juan de Torres, Frai Pedro de Betangos. 
 
 En Guatemala Co licecia de los Superiores, por el B. Antonio 
 Velasco, 1724. * 
 
 32 unnumbered 11. sm. 4°. The first 30 11., and 6 lines of the 31st, in 2 columns. 
 LI. 1-3, preface in Spanish and Latin, the first paragraph of which corresponds, 
 with frequent variations, with the copy mentioned by Remesal, p. 116. LI. 4-31, 
 Doctrina Christiana in the language of Guatemala. Ohristianoil tztiz po cak- 
 chiquel ^habal, in Spanish and Cakchiquel. LI. 31-32, Protestation of faith, 
 act of contrition, and hymn in praise of the Sacrament, in Cakchiquel only, and 
 in one column. 
 
 Title furnished by Sr. Icazbaloeta, to whom it was communicated by Dr. 
 Berendt. 
 
 2478 Arte para aprender las Principales Idiomas de Guatemala. 
 
 Besides the Arte and Doctrina, Marroquin seems to have compiled a Kachi- 
 qnel dictionary. At any rate his name appears at the end of a Kachiqnel dic- 
 tionary in ray possession, as also at the end of another in the Imperial Library 
 of Paris. Both of these, however, are copies of a single original. — Squier. 
 
 2479 Marshall (Orsamus H.) Narrative | of the Expedition of | the 
 Marquis de Nonville, | against | the Senecas, | in | 1687, | trans- 
 lated from the French, with an introductory notice and notes. | 
 By I Orsamus H. Marshall. | 
 
 New York: | Bartlett & Welford, | No. 7 Astor House. | 1848. | * 
 Pp. 1^8,2 maps. 8°. Reprinted from New York Hist. Soc. Coll., second 
 
 series, vol. 2. Title from Mr. W. Eames. 
 
 Explanation of the map, pp. 41-43, contains a list of Seneca names of places, 
 
 with definitions. 
 
 2480 The Niagara Frontier: Embracing Sketches of its Early 
 
 History and Indian, French, and English Local Names. Eead be- 
 fore the Buffalo Historical Club, February 27th, 1865, By Orsamus 
 H. Marshall. Printed for Private Circulation. [1865.] • 
 
 No imprint. 46 pp. 8°. 
 
 2481 The Niagara Frontier. Embracing Sketches of its Early 
 
 History, and Indian, French and Enghsh local names. Eead be- 
 fore the Buffalo Historical Society, February 27, 1865. By Orsamus 
 H. Marshall. Eeprinted for private circulation from Pub. of Buff. 
 Hist. Soc. 
 
 Buffalo. 1881. * 
 
 8°. Title from Magazine of American History. 
 
 2482 Martin (Eobert Montgomery). History | of | Nova Scotia, | Cape 
 Breton, the Sable Islands, | New Brunswick, | Prince Edward 
 Island, the Bermudas, | Newfoundland, &c. &c. | By | E. Mont- 
 gomery Martin, F. S. S. | [Seal.] 
 
 31 Bib 
 
482 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Martin (Eobert Montgomery) — continued. 
 
 London: | Whittaker & Co. Ave Maria, Lane. | MDCCCXXXVII 
 [1837]. I 0. 
 
 Pp. i-viii, l-:?64. Also forms vol. 6 of Martin's British Colonial Library, Lon- 
 don, MDCCCXLIV. 16°. 
 
 Robinson (Capt. Hercules). Vocabulary of the language of the Red Indians 
 of Newfoundland, pp. 300-301. 
 
 2483 Martinez {Fr. Marcos). Arte de la lengaa TJtlateca 6 Kiche, vul- 
 garmente llainado el Arte de Totonicapan: compuesto por el Edo 
 Padre Pray Marcos Martinez, de la orden de Predicadores. 
 
 Manuscript, 65 11., 4°, in old and very regular writing, which has become a lit- 
 tle pale. I received it from the Belgian engineer Van de Gehuchte, who obtained 
 it at Toconicapan ; it had remained from time immemorial in the presbytery, 
 whence it must have been removed at the epoch of the revolution. It bore the 
 name of "Arte de Totonicapan," and it was in that town that Remesal says he 
 saw it in the hands of the Franciscans who administered this parish. * * * It 
 is, in eifect, a grammar, composed with much care, and seems to have served as 
 a model fur the grammar of Ximenez, and for the Cakchiquel grammar of Father 
 Ildefonso Flores. The first 47 11. contain the grammar proper; the following 11 
 give the analysis of a certain number of words, and the 6 last a catechism, 
 abridged, of the Christian Aootrine.—Brasseur de Bourbourg. 
 
 Martinez de Araujo (D. Juan). 
 See Araujo (Martinez de). 
 
 2484 Martins (Dr. Carl Friedrich Philipp von). Beitrage | zur ( Ethno- 
 graphie und Sprachenkunde | Brasiliens. | Yon | Dr, Carl Friedr. 
 Phil, von Martins. | II. | Zur Sprachenkunde. | 
 
 Brian gen. | Druck von Junge & Sohn. | 1863. | 
 
 Second title: 
 
 Glossaria | Linguarum Brasiliensium. | Glossarios | de diversas 
 lingoas e dialectos, que | Fallao os Indies no Imperio do Brazil. | 
 Wortersammlung | brasilianischer Sprachen. | Von | Dr. Carl 
 Friedr. Phil, von Martins. | [Three lines quotation.] 
 
 Erlangen. | Druck von Junge & Sohn. | 1863. | c. 
 
 2 vols. 8°. First title verso 1. 1 ; second title recto 1. 2. I have seen no copy 
 of vol. 1. 
 
 Dictionnaire Galibi. Dictionarium gallice, latine et galibi (from Sauvage), 
 vol. 2, pp. 325-370. 
 
 2485 Beitrage | zur | Ethnographic | und | Sprachenkunde 
 
 Amerika's | zurnal | Brasiliens. ) Von | Ur. Carl Friedrich Phil. v. 
 Martins. | I [II]. | Zur Ethnographie. | Mit einem Kartchen. | 
 
 Leipzig I Friedrich Fleischer. | 1867. | 
 
 Second title : 
 
 Zur j Ethnographie Amerika's | zumal | Brasiliens. | Von ( Dr. 
 Carl Friedrich Phil. v. Martins. | Mit einem Kartchen | iiber die 
 Verbreitung der Tupis und die Sprachgruppen. | 
 
 Leipzig I Friedrich Fleischer | 1867. | o. 
 
 2 vols. 8°. First title verso 1. 1; second recto 1. 2. Vol. 2 also has two titles, 
 the second of which differs from the above. 
 
 Dictionnaire Galibi, vol. 2, pp. 325-370. 
 
MARTIN MASON. 483 
 
 2486 Martyr (Peter). loannes ruffus foroliniensis Archiepus Cosenti | 
 n': legata': apo. ad lectore de orbe nouo. ( Accipe non noti prae- 
 clara uolumina mundi | Oceani: & magnas noscito lector opes. | 
 Plurima debetur typhis tibi gratia: gentes | Ignotas: & aues qui 
 uehis orbe nouo. | Magna quocy autori referenda est gratia nos- 
 tro: I Qui facit haec cunctie regna uidenda locis. | Autor. | Siste 
 pedem lector: breuibus compacta libellis | Haec lege: principibus 
 uariis de cimoq, leoui | Pontifici summo inscripta. hie noua multa 
 uidebis. | Oceani magnas terras: | uasta aequora: linguas | Hac- 
 tenus ignotas : a.tq aureafaeculanosces: | Et gentes nudas expertes 
 feminis atri: | Mortiferi nummi: gemmisqj auroq, feracem | Torren- 
 tem zonam: parcat ueneranda uetustas. | De orbe nouo Decades | 
 
 Colophon : 
 
 Cura & diligentia uiri Celebris Magistri Antonii Ne- | brissensis 
 historiciregii fuerunt hae tres protouo | tarii Petri martyris decades 
 Impressae in | coutubernio Arualdi Guillelmi in | Illustri oppido 
 carpetanae pui | ciae copluto quod uulgari | ter dicitur Alcala pfe | 
 ctu est nonis No | uebris An. | 1516 | job. 
 
 65 unnumlDered and 16 numbered 11. folio. 
 
 The 63d, 64th, and 65th unnumbered 11. contain a Vocabvla Barbara of about 
 300 words alphabetically arranged ; they are for the greater part proper names, 
 among which are a few Cabau, Central American, and Darien. 
 
 2487 De Orbe No- | uo Petri Martyris ab | Angleria Mediola- 
 
 nen | sis Protonotarij | Cesaris Sena | toris de- | cades. | ^ | 
 
 ([ -Oum priuilegio Imperiali Gompluti apud Micha | ele d' Eguia 
 Anno I M. D. XXX [1530]. | 
 
 Colophon : 
 
 Excvsvm Complvti in aedibvs | Michaelis de Eguia. Anno Vir- 
 ginei | partus M. D. XXX [1530]. | Mense Decebri. | job. 
 
 cxvii 11., including title, folio, map. "Vocabula Barbara," 3 11. 
 
 2488 [Cross.] | Masinaigan | ka | Patakaikatek. | Ka ako nikigobanen 
 Jezos, I 1857 gaie 1858. | t Manadjitagani8an. | P. Pakitandjikena- 
 ni8an. | K. Kiigocimonani8an. | 
 
 Moniang [Montreal]: | Tak8abikickote endatc | John Lovell. | 
 1857. I JWP. 
 
 Outside printed title, 1 1., and 6 unnumbered 11. narrow 16°. Calendar, July, 
 1857, to June, 1858, in the Algonkin language. Probably by the Abb^ Cuoq. 
 
 2489 Mason (Mrs.) [One line Cree characters.] Watfs First Cate- 
 chism I for I Children, | the Lord's Prayer, the Apostles' Creed, | 
 and I the Ten Commandments. | Translated by Mrs. Mason | into 
 the language of the | Cree Indians of Eupert's Land, | North-west 
 America. | 
 
 [London : Printed by W. M. Watts, Crown Court, Temple Bar.] 
 May 7th, 1859. | 38, Craven Street, Strand. | jwp. 
 
 Pp. 1-8. 12°. In syllabic characters. 
 
484 NOETH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 2490 Mason {Rev. William). Gospel of St. John in the Cree language. 
 
 British and Foreign Bible Society. 1854. * 
 
 In syllabic characters. — Bagster's Bible of Every Land. 
 
 2491 [Seven lines syllabic characters.] 
 
 London : | Printed by W. M. Watts | for the | British and For- 
 eign Bible Society, | 10 Earl Street, Blackfriars. | 1859. | 0. 
 
 2 p. 11. , pp. 1-612. 12°. New Testament in the Cree language. In syllabic 
 characters. 
 
 Cree traMliteration. — Oski | Testament | Ketipiyiohikeminow mina Kipimachi- 
 yiwerainow | Chisus Krist | Amiskochiitasinaak neiyaweinik | by | William 
 Mason Ayiimiewikinow. | 
 
 English translation. — New | Testament | Our Lord and Saviour | Jesus Christ | 
 the Cree Language translated into | by | William Mason, Minister. | 
 
 2492 A Collection | of | Psalms and Hymns. | Translated into the 
 
 language | of the | York Indians | of the Diocese of Eupert's 
 Land, | North-West America. | By the | Eev. W. Mason. | 
 
 London : | Society for Promoting Christian | Knowledge, | 77, 
 Great Queen-Street, Lincoln's Inn Fields; | 4, Eoyal Exchange; 
 and I 16, Hanover Street, Hanover Square. | 1860. | aB. 
 
 Pp. 1-163. 32°. In the Cree language; syllabic characters. 
 
 2493 [Ten lines syllabic characters.] | 
 
 London: | Printed for the British and Foreign Bible Society. | 
 1861. 1 JWP. 
 
 2 p. 11., pp. 1-855. 8°. The Bible in the Cree language. In syllabic characters. 
 See fac-simile of title-page. 
 
 The following transliteration into the Cree language, and English translation 
 of the same, were furnished by the Rev. W. W. Kirkby, as were also those of the 
 New Testament below: 
 
 Cree transliteration. — Kanachi | Kichi Masinaikan, | Kayasi Testement, | 
 mina | Oski Testement, | Ketipeyichikeminow mina Kipimachiyiweminow | 
 Chisas Knist. | Emiskochiitasinahat ueiyawewinik issi, | William Mason, aya- 
 miewikimaw. 
 
 English translation. — Holy | the Great Book, | Old Testament, | and | New 
 Testament, | Our Lord and Saviour of | Jesus Christ. | Translated these same 
 are, | William Mason, | Minister. | 
 
 The New Testament has its own pagination and a separate title, as follows : 
 
 2494 [Seven lines syllabic characters.] | 
 
 London : | Printed by W. M. Watts | for the | British and For- 
 eign Bible Society, | 10, Earl Street, Blackfriars. | 1862. | jwp. 
 
 2 p. 11., pp. 1-292. 8°. New Testament in the Cree language. In syllabic char- 
 acters. See fac-simile of title-page. 
 
 Cree transliteration. — Oski | Testament | Ketipeyichikeminow mina Kipimachi- 
 yiweminow I Chisas Knist | emiskochiitasinahat neiyawewinik | issi | William 
 Mason ayamiewikimow | 
 
 English translation. — New | Testament | Our Lord and Saviour of | Jesus 
 Christ I Translated these same | are | William Mason, Minister. | 
 
 So far as I am aware, the whole Bible has been printed in bnt three American 
 languages — the Massachusetts, the Cree, and the Dakota. 
 
bir 
 
 PT LKd."Ab'. 
 
 PnV^''P'^r a." f-a PALp^V•^al• 
 
 Vf '*<IPACi'a.<^ -oA^V'A'o-* Ai», 
 
 A-S^'7« !<'>. 
 
 <yrvA.PL». 
 
 LONDOJST; 
 FEINTED FOB THE BEITiaH AOT) FOEEIGtN BIBLE SOCOETr. 
 
 1861. 
 
 2493.— PAC-SIMILE OF TITLE-PAGE OF CREE BIBO!. 
 
>«p 
 
 n " u r^^ 
 
 p nv^'TqrQ." ra p ALPr^v«ra« 
 
 A/ 
 A'SSV« Tr", <lVr7A«PLO. 
 
 LONDON : 
 PRINTED BY "VT. M. "WATTS 
 
 FOR THE 
 
 BltlTISH AND FOREIGIf BIBLE SOCIETY. 
 10. EAEL STREET, BLACKTHIAHS, 
 
 1862. 
 
 2494._I.AC-SIMILE OF TITLE-PAGE OF CEEB NEW TESTAMENT. 
 
MASON MASS6 485 
 
 2495 Mass. A Mass and Vesper Book | ia Micmac | written in hiero- 
 glyphics by a I Chief of | Cape Breton in 1858. | 
 
 ManOscript. 35 unnumbered 11. 16°. In poasession of J. G. Shea, esq., Eliza- 
 beth, N. J. 
 
 2496 Massachusetts Historical Society. Collections | of the | Massachu- 
 setts Historical Society, I For the Year 1792 [-1878?]. | Vol. 1 [Fifth 
 series Vol. 6]. | 
 
 Boston: j Printed in the Year 1792. | Ee-printed by Monroe & 
 Francis, Court-Street, Printers to the Historical Society. | 1816 
 [1792-1879]. I A, o, 
 
 45 (?) vols. 8° ; in four series of 10 vols, each, and a fifth of five. 
 
 CONTENTS riEST SERIES. 
 
 [Gabriel.] Specimens of the Mountaineer, or Sheshatapooshshoish, Skoffle, 
 and Micmac languages, vol. 6, pp. 16-33. 
 
 Hawley {Bev.) Mohawk Numbers, vol. 10, p. 137. 
 Holmes (A.) Memoir of the Moheagan Indians, vol. 9, pp. 75-99. 
 Rasle ( JJei\ S.) Numbers in the Norridgwog, vol. 10, pp. 137-138. 
 WilUams (R.) A Key into the Language of America, vol. 3, pp. 203-239. 
 - _ Vocabulary of the Narragansett Language, vol. .5, pp. 80-106. 
 
 CONTENTS SECOND SERIES. 
 
 ^ Du Ponceau (P. S.) Notes* * on Eliot's Grammar, vol. 9, pp. i-liv [313-366]. 
 —^ ^ EdTwards {Dr. J. ) Observations on the Mohegan Language, vol. 10, pp. 81-98. 
 "^ Eliot (J.) The Indian Grammar Begun, vol. 9, pp. 243-312. 
 
 Pickering (J.) [The Massachusetts Language.] Introductory to Eliot's In- 
 "-.^ dian Grammar Begun, vol. 9, pp. 223-242. 
 
 Notes on the foregoing, by the editor, vol. 10, pp. 98-160. 
 
 Schermerbom (J. F.) Report respecting the Indians inhabiting the western 
 parts of the United States, vol. 2, pp. 1-45. 
 
 CONTENTS THIRD SERIES. 
 
 ■^ Cotton ( J. ) Vocabulary of the Massachusetts ( or Natick) Indian Language, 
 vol. 2, pp. 147-257. 
 
 Kellogg {Bev. E.) Vocabulary of words in the language of the Quoddy In- 
 dians, vol. 3, pp. 181-182. 
 
 Morgan {Col. G.) The Lord's Prayer in Shawanese, vol. 5, pp. 286-287. 
 The fourth series, and fifth so far as seen, contain no linguistic material. 
 
 2497 Massd (P. Enemond). L'Oraison | Dominicale, | Tradvite en Lan- 
 gage I des Montagnards | de Canada, | Par le E. P. Mass6 de la 
 
 Compagnie | de lesvs. j 
 
 In Champlain (S. de). Les Voyages de la Nov velle France, pp. 16-20. Paris, 
 Claude Collet, 1632. 4°. 
 
 2498 L'Oraison | Dominicale, | Tradvite en Langage | des Mon- 
 tagnards, I de Canada, j Par le E. P. Mass6 de la Compagnie j de 
 
 lesvs. I 
 
 In Champlain (S. de). Les Voyages de la Novvelle France, pp. 16-20. Paris, 
 Louis Sevestre, 1632. 4°. 
 
 2499 L'Oraison | Dominicale, | Tradvite en Langage | des Mon- 
 tagnards, I de Canada, ( Par le E. P. Mass6 de la Compagnie | de 
 lesvs. I 
 
 In Champlain (S. de). Les Voyages de la Novvelle France, pp. 16-20. Paris, 
 1640. 4°. 
 
486 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS 
 
 Mass6 (P. finemond) — continued. 
 
 2500 L'Oraison Dominicale, tradvite en language des Monta- 
 
 gnars de Canada, Par le R. P. Mass6 de la Compagnie de lesvs. 
 In CEuvres de Champlain, vol. 5, pt. 2, pp. 16-aO, pp. 1408-1412 of the series, 
 
 Quebec, 1870. 8°. 
 
 2501 L'Oraison Dominicale | et autres priferes | traduites | en 
 
 langue des Montagnards de Canada | par le E. P. Mass^ | de la 
 Compagnie de J^sus | (Extraites des Voyages du sieur de Cham- 
 plain) I [Picture.] 
 
 Orleans | H. Herluison, Libraire-fidit6ur | 17, Eue Jeanne 
 d'Arc I 1865 | V. 
 
 Outside title 1 1., pp. 1-12. 12°. 
 
 2502 Mather {Bev. Cotton). Wussukwhonk En Christianeue asuh pean- 
 tamwae Indianog, Wahteauwaheonaount Teanteaquassinash, Nish 
 Bnglishmansog Kodtantamwog Indianog Wahteaunate kah Usse- 
 nate. En michemohtae Wunniyeuonganit. — Wussukwhosik nashpe 
 Cotton Mather, Englishmanne Nohtompeantog, nampoohamunato 
 kodtantamoonk Edward Bromfleld Englishmanne Ifanawunnuae- 
 nuh, noh ukkodaninnumau yen womoausue Magooonk en In- 
 diansut. 
 
 Mvshavwomvk, Printeuum nashpe Bartholomew Green, kah John 
 Allen, 1700. 
 
 Second title : 
 
 An Epistle to the Christian [or praying] Indians, Giving them A 
 Short Account, of what the English Desire them to know and to 
 do, in order to their Happiness. — Written by [Cotton Mather] an 
 English Minister, at the Desire of [ Edward Bromfleld ] an English 
 Magistrate, who sends unto them this Token of Love. — * 
 
 Boston, Printed by Bartholomew Green, and John Allen. — 1700. 
 
 One slieet 16°; the page numbers doubled. Indian title on verso of first 
 leaf; English, on recto of second leaf, the verso of which is page 1 of the Indian 
 text, with page 1 of the English, opposite. Ends on (double) page 14. Title 
 from Trumbull's Books and Tracts in the Indian language. 
 
 2503 Wussukwhonk | En Christianeue asuh peantamwae j In- 
 dianog, I Wahteauwaheonaount | Teanteaquassinish, | nish j En- 
 glishmansog | Kodtantamwog Indianog | Wahteaunate kah Usse- 
 nate, | En michemohtae Wunniyeuonganit. | — | Wussikwhosik 
 nashpe Cotton Mather, | Englishmanne Nohtompeantog, nampoo- | 
 hamunate kodtantamoonk Edward | Bromfleld Englishmanne Nana- 
 wunnuaenuh, | noh ukkodaninnumau yeu womoausue | Magooonk 
 en Indiansut. | — | 
 
 Mvshavwomvk, | Printeuum nashpe Bartholomew Green. | 
 1706. I 
 
 Second title : 
 
 An Epistle | to the Christian | Indians, | Giving them | A Short 
 Account, of what the | English | Desire them to know and to do, | 
 
MASS£ MATUIVETTfi. 487 
 
 Mather {Bev. Cotton) — continued. 
 
 Iii order to their Happiness. | — | Written by an English Minister, 
 at the I Desire of an English Magistrate, | who sends unto them 
 this I Token of Love. | — | The Second Edition. | — | 
 
 Boston, I Printed by Bartholomew Green. | 1706. | mhs. 
 
 1 1., pp. 1-14, 1-14, alternate Indian and English. 16°. Indian title verso 1. 1; 
 English title recto 1. 2. 
 
 2504 Family Religion | Excited, and Assisted. | — | By Doctor 
 
 Cotton Mather. | — | 
 
 Teashshinninneongane Peantamooonk, | Wogkouunumun kah 
 Anunumwontamun. | — | !N"ashpe Doctor Cotton Mather. | — | 
 
 English colophon : Boston: Printed by B. Green. 1714. | 
 
 Indian colophon: Bostonnut: Printeunap nashpe B. Green. 
 1714. I AAS. 
 
 No title-page ; pp. 2-19, 2-19 ; recto 1. 1 and verso 1. 20 blank ; English caption 
 verso 1. 1 ; Indian caption recto 1. 2. English colophon verso p. 19 ; Indian colo- 
 phon recto p. 19 (1. 20). Alternate pp. English and Indian. 
 
 2505 India Christiana | — | A Discourse, | Delivered unto the | 
 
 Commissioners, | for the | Propagation of the Gospel among | the 
 American Indians | which is | Accompanied with several Instru- | 
 ments relating to the Glorious | Design of Propagating our Holy | 
 Religion in the Eastern | as well as the Western Indies | An Enter- 
 tainment which they that are | Waiting for the .Kingdom of God j 
 will receive as Good News | from a far Country. | By Cotton 
 Mather, D. D. ( and F. E. S. | 
 
 Boston in New England: | Printed by B.Green. 1721. | ba. p. AAS. 
 
 ll.,pp. i-ii, 1-94. 16°. Title recto of 1. 1; reverse blank; pp. 52-55 are double 
 numbers, the even-numbered pages being printed in Indian, the odd in English, 
 these four pages of Indian being the only ones in the work. 
 
 On p. 51 is the following heading: II. Versus Christianismus. Or, the Sum 
 of the Christianity taught unto the Indians. That Strangers may see the Nature, 
 and Marrow, and Spirit of the Religion, wherein our Indians are instructed ; and 
 that the more Curious may also have a Taste of the Language wherein their 
 Instructors give it unto them; We shall here insert the Ensuing Instrument. 
 
 The Indian heading, p. 52, is as follows: Wame wunetooog Wusketompaog 
 pasukqunnineaout ut yeunnag peantamweseongash. 
 
 2506 [A Monitor for Communicants. By Cotton Mather. 17 ?] * 
 
 Mather, in his discourse entitled India Christiana (p. 32), mentions this 
 among the books which had been added to the "Indian Library.'' The Indian 
 translation must have been printed between 1714 and 1721. No copy has been 
 found. The (English) title appears in the list of Mather's publications under 
 the year 1714. — TrumlulVs Books and Tracts. 
 
 See Another Tongue. 
 
 2507 Mathivette (P. — ). priferes de la ste famille | ouvrages de M. Mathi- 
 vette no. 5" | mission du lac | J. P. Eoupe ptre | ldm. 
 
 Manuscript. 6 11. 4°. In the Mohawk language. In the archives of the 
 Boman Catholic Church at Lac des deux Monfcagnes (Oka), Canada. 
 
488 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 MatHvette (P. — ) — continued. 
 
 2508 [Sermons et Instructions Iroquois, par M.Mathivette (Taior- 
 
 hensere).] 
 
 Manuscripts in the Convent of the Sisters of the Congregation at Lao des 
 deux Montagues (Oka), Canada. The following list has been furnished by P&re 
 Leclaire, the missionary at that place: 
 
 sur la guerre Confession — impur6t6s, 
 
 increpation, Amour de Marie, &o. 
 
 lea cendres, Passion.— Eglise—Ascention, 
 
 Nos devoirs envers Dieu, Penitence. — avis — exortation, 
 
 sur les prochain et envers nous'ni, Annouce des Rogation, 
 
 Pourqnoi sommes nous en a monde, Avis. — Mariage — ann de St. Jdt. 
 
 Bapteme e-Confirmation, Venderes d'eau de vie — tire des sages 
 
 Parole de Dieu, entretien, 
 
 57° ch. du 111 1. dtt limitation, Ste. J. B.— P6oh6.— Vol, 
 
 education des enfants, Purgatoire — Toussaint, 
 
 Ann de Li procession du St. Sacrement, Service de Dieu et Serv. du monde, 
 
 St. Luc — St. Andr6, Avis. — Salut— jugement dernier avis 
 
 C de M. Guen, Si, 
 
 1" D. de I'avent, Paresse — emploie du temps, 
 
 St. Jeant 1 evangeliste, Economies de la Religion Francais en 
 
 Qu'ou abandonne pas le pauvres. Ron- regard, 
 
 iatonkowa, Penteo6te. moyen de perseverer, 
 
 Femme n'.aller pas a Montreal, jugement dernier — prifere — Toussaints, 
 
 Toussaint. — Purgatoire — St. Michel, l''"^ D. de I'avenfc St. Francois X, 
 1" .Janvier (de meditatione mortes), concepcion — diverses petites olioses, 
 Sur la Ste. "V. Marie, Laff duSaluts — Ste. famille — MortAne- 
 
 puriiication inrognerie, disance, 
 
 surle Peter sur la priferes, difierentesautreschoses — circoncission. 
 
 Commandments, 
 
 Of his works there have been lost the book A, containing Trinity, Euchariste, 
 Processionnal, Pentec6te, Croix de Calvaire, Enfer, Angelus ; also Cahier C, con- 
 taining Cat^chisme, Priferes, &c. ; L'Histoire de I'ancien Testament L'Histoire 
 du nouveau Testament ; plusieurs psaumes, cantiques, prierfes, &c. 
 
 2509 Matthews [Br. Washington). Grammar and Dictionary | of the | 
 Language of the Hidatsa | (Minnetarees, Grosventres of the Mis- 
 souri). I "With an | Introductory Sketch of the Tribe. | By | Wash- 
 ington Matthews. ( 
 
 New York : | Oramoisy Press. | 1873. | ba. jwp. 
 
 Pp. i-xxv, 27-148. large 8°. " Shea's American Linguistics, Series II, No. 1." 
 Introduction, pp. v-xxv ; Hidatsa Grammar, pp. 27-59 ; Dictionary of the Hi- 
 datsa Language, pp. 61-148. 
 
 2510 Hidatsa. (Minnetaree) English | Dictionary. | By | Wash- 
 ington Matthews. | 
 
 New York: | Oramoisy Press. | 1874. | ba. jwp. 
 
 2 p. 11., pp. 149-169. large &°. " Shea's American Linguistics, Series II, No. 2." 
 English-Hidatsa Vocabulary, pp. 149-168. 
 
 2511 Department of the Interior. [ United States Geological and 
 
 Geographical Survey. | P. V. Hayden, U. S. Geologist-in-Charge. | 
 Miscellaneous Publications, No. 7. | Ethnography and Philology j 
 
MATHIVETTE — MAURY. 489 
 
 Matthews {Dr. Washington) — continued, 
 
 of the I Hidatsa Indians. | By | Washington Matthews, | Assistant 
 Surgeon United States Army. | 
 
 Washington : | Government Printing Office. | 1877. | jwp. 
 
 Pp. i-Ti, 1-239. 8°. 
 
 Ethnography, pp. 3-72, includes list of relationships, pp. 55-56 ; Philology, 
 pp. 73-85; Hidatsa Grammar, pp. 87-121; Hidatsa Dictionary, pp. 123-212; 
 English-Hidatsa Voeahulary, pp. 213-239. 
 
 2512 [The best way of studying the aboriginal tongues.] 
 
 In Am. PhUolog. Ass., Proc. Third Ann. Seas., pp. 26-27. New York, 1872. 8°. 
 
 2513 Navajo Grammar and Dictionary. 
 
 Manuscript. Grammar, 150 pp. ; Navajo-English' Dictionary, 250 pp. ; English- 
 Navajo, 70 pp. folio. 
 
 Dr. Matthews, who is now (1882) stationed at Fort Wingate, is collecting 
 material for a monograph on the Navajo Indians, to be published by the Bureau 
 of Ethnology. 
 
 2514 Xotes and Vocabulary of the Modoc. 
 
 Manuscript. 50 pp. foUo. 
 
 2515 Vocabulary of the Pah-IJtes of Owen's Valley, California. 
 
 Manuscript. 17 pp. folio. 
 
 2516 Vocabulary of the Pah-Utes of Surprise Valley, California. 
 
 Manuscript. 30 pp. folio. 
 
 2517 Vocabulary of the Shoshone. 
 
 Manuscript. 6 pp. foKo. These manuscripts are in the possession of the 
 author. 
 
 2518 Haner (Georg Pistorius). Pater Noster, oder das Vater unser in 
 viertzig unterschiedenen Sprachen. Gedruckt zu Olmiitz. 1621. * 
 
 12°. Title from Adelung's Mithridates and Auer's Sprachenhalle. 
 
 2519 Maurault (Abbe J. A.) Histoire | des | Abenakis, | depuis 1605 
 jusqu'^ nos jours. [ Par I'abbe J. A. Maurault. \ [Eleven lines quo- 
 tation.] 
 
 [N". p.] Imprim6 | d, I'atelier typographique de la "Gazette | de 
 Sorel" I 1866. | V.BA. qhs. 
 
 3p. ll.,pp. ii-xi, numbered reverse of usual way, 1-631; conclusion 1 1.,'I'able 
 311. 8°. 
 
 List of English words introduced by the Abenakis into their language, p. viii. 
 
 Short Abenaki vocabulary, p. 275. 
 
 s 
 
 2520 Maury (Alfred). On the distribution and classiication of Tcmgraes, — 
 their relation to the geographical distribution of Races ; and on the 
 inductions which may be drawn from these relations. By Alfred 
 Maury. 
 
 Im Nott (J. C.) and' GHiddon (6. E.) Indigenous Races, pp. 25-86. Phila- 
 delphia and London, 1871. 4°. 
 
 Contains remarks on American languages, pp. 81-84. 
 
490 NORTH AMEEICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 2521 Maximilian (Alexander Philipp, Prinzvon Wied-Neuwied). Keise | 
 in I das ianere Nord-America | in den Jahren 1832 bis 1834 | von | 
 Maximilian Prinz zn Wied. | Mit 48 Kupfern, 33 Vignetten, vielen 
 Holzschnitten und einer Charte. | Erster [Zweiter] Band. | 
 
 Coblenz, 1839 [-1841]. | Bei J. Hcelscher. | C. 
 
 2 vols. 4°. 
 
 The first volume of this work, though having no part specially devoted to 
 linguistics, contains numerous references to and examples of language; p. 401 
 gives the gentes of the Crow Indians; p. 403, names of the prairie antelope in 
 several dialects; pp. 584-585, the numerals 1-100 and a few words of Blackfoot, 
 the latter compared with the same words collected by Capt. Franklin; pp. 647- 
 648, the names, with signification, of chiefs of the Sacs, Foxes, Sioux, Omahas, 
 Joways, and Otoes. 
 
 Anhang ii, vol. 2, pp. 455-653, is entitled: Sprachprohen versehiedener Vol- 
 kerstamme des nord-westliclien Americas, and contains Sprachprohen der Arik- 
 karas, Eikkaras oder Eis der Franzosen, pp. 465-474 ; Sprachprohen der Assini- 
 hoins, pp. 474-480; Sprachprohen der Black-foot-Sprache, pp. 480-486; Ein Paa.r 
 Worte der Chayennes (Shyennes der Anglo-Americaner), pp. 487-489; Ein Paar 
 Worte der Crows (Corheaux), p. 490; Sprachprohen der Dacota (Sioux) vom 
 Stamme der Yanktonans, pp. 491-498 ; Ein Paar Worte der Tetons (Dac6ta), 
 p. 498 ; Einige Worte der Fall-Indians oder Grosventres des Prairies, pp. 499-500 ; 
 Ein ige Worte der Flat-heads in den Eocky-Mountains, pp. ."iOl-SOS; Ein Paar 
 Worte der Kickapus, pp. 502-503; Ein Paar Worte der Konsa-Sprache, p. 504; 
 Einige Worte der Krih- oder Knistenaux-Sprache, pp. 505-511 ; Einige Worte der 
 Kutanii- oder ICutnehii-Sprache, pp. 511-514 ; Sprache der Mandans oder Numang- 
 kake, pp. 514-544 ; Grammatlcalischer Versuch iiher die Mandan-Spraohe, pp. 544- 
 557; Ahweichungen der Mandan-Sprache in den heidenDorfem dieses Stammes, 
 pp. 557-561; Sprachprohen der Monnitarris, pp. 562-590; Worte der Musquake 
 (Fox) Sprache, pp. 590-592; Sprachprohen der Ojibwii's oder Ojibuii's (Chipewa's) 
 oder Algonkin's, pp. 592-598; Worte der Omaha-Sprache, pp. 599-612; Worte der 
 O'to-Sprache, pp. 612-630; Ein Paar Worte der Pahui-Sprache, pp. 630-632; Einige 
 Worte der Punca's (Pons der Canadier),p. 632; Einige Worte der Saukia oder 
 Sakis (Sacs der Franzosen), pp. 633-634; Ein Paar Worte der Snake-Indians 
 (Schoschone's in den Eocky-Mountains), pp. 635-636; Sprachprohen der Wasaji 
 (Osagen), pp. 637-645 ; Indianische Zeichensprache, pp. 645-653. 
 
 2522 Voyage | dans I'int^rieur | de | I'Amerique du Nord, | ex6- 
 
 cnt6 pendant les ann^es 1832, 1833 et 1834, | par | le prince Maxi- 
 milien de Wied-Neuwied. | Ouvrage | accompagn6 d'un Atlas de 80 
 planches environ, | format demi-colombier, | dessin^essurleslienx | 
 Par M. Charles Bodmer, | et | gravees par les plus habiles artistes 
 de Paris et de Londres. | Tome Premier [-Troisieme]. | 
 
 Paris, I chez Arthus Bertrand, ^diteur, | Libraire de la Soci6t^ 
 de G6ographie de Paris, | et de la Society royale des antiquaires du 
 Nord, I Eue Hautefeuille, 25. | 1840 [-1843]. | c. 
 
 3 vols. 8°. But a portion of the linguistics appearing in the German edition 
 is given in the above. Notice sur les langues de diff^rentes Nations an nord-onest 
 de I'Amerique, vol. 3, pp. 37:5-398, contains a vocabulary of 23 words of the dif- 
 ferent languages treated of in the German edition, pp. 379-382; Essai d'uijo gram- 
 maire de la langue Mandane, pp. 383-388; De la, langue des signes en usage chez 
 les Indiens, pp. 389-398. 
 
MAXIMILIAN MAYHEW. 491 
 
 Maximilian (Alexander Pliili))p, Prinz von Wied-Neuwied) — continued. 
 
 2523 Travels in the Interior of North America. By Maximilian 
 
 prince of Wied. 
 London, Ackerman & Co., M DCCC XLIII [1843]. * 
 
 5 p. 11. and 520 pp. 4°, and 1 vol. folio of plates. 
 
 The wiseacre who gave it an English dress, takes credit to himself in his 
 preface, for omitting the very extensive vocabularies found in the German edi- 
 tion, occupying nearly one quarter of volume second, or pp. 455 to 560. — FieM, 
 No. 1036. 
 
 / 2524 Mayer (Brantz). Mexico | as it was and as it is: | by | Brantz 
 Mayer, | Secretary of the U. S. Legation to that country in 1841 
 and 1842. | With numerous illustrations on wood, | engraved by 
 Butler from drawings by the author. | [Engraving — Pyramid of 
 Papantla.] 
 
 New-York: | J. Winchester, New World Press. | London and 
 Paris: | Wiley and Putnam. | MDOCGXLIV [1844]. | ba. we. 
 
 Pp. i-xii, 1-390. 8°. 
 
 Fac-simile of a page of the Codex Mexicanus faces p. 258. Names of Mexican 
 Deities, with English meanings, pp. 109-114. 
 
 Other editions : Ibid., 1847; Ibid., lH5i. 
 
 2525 Mexico, | Aztec, Spanish and Eepublican : | A historical, 
 
 geographical, political, statistical and social | account of that coun- 
 try from the period of the invasion | by the Spaniards to the present 
 time; | with a view of the ( ancient Aztec Empire and civiliza- 
 tion; I a historical sketch of the late war; | and notices of | New 
 Mexico and California | by | Brantz Mayer, | formerly Secretary of 
 Legation to Mexico. | In two volumes | Volume I [II]. | 
 
 Hartford: | S. Drake and Company. | MDCCCLII [1852]. | o. 
 
 2 vols. 8°. Another edition: Ibid., 1853. 
 
 Names of the 20 days of the Yucatan month in Yucatec, Chiapa, Mechoacan, 
 Nicaragua, and Mexican, vol. 2, p. 174; Yucatan cycle of 52 years, p. 175; Table 
 of Yucatese month, p. 177. 
 
 2526 Mayhew {Bev. Experience). Ne Kesukod Jehovah Kessehtun- 
 kup. I — I Kekkuttoohkaonk | Papaume | kuhquttummooonk | 
 kah I Nanawehtoonk | Ukkesukodum Lord. | — | Mussohhomun- 
 nap Monuppeantamooonk- | anut ut Boston. 4 Kesudod I. Nu- 
 pauz, 1703. I — I Nashpe noh quhtiantamwe Kuhkootumweh- | 
 teaenin assoowesit, Cotton Mather. | — | Kah woh Oo neuuneh- 
 qunnaout Indiansog, | Ukquishkunumun en wuttunnonttoowa- | 
 onkannoowout Experience Mayhew. | — | Chrysostom ut I. Kekut- 
 toohkaonk papaume | Lazerus unnoowau. | Sabbath Matta wutche 
 uhnunummaatin woli waske- | tompaog na wuttut Kahkonapin- 
 naout, qut onk woh | mahche chippehtamehtit wutchagonttam- 
 mooonkanoo | mohmohtshae Chaguasinish, wuttouwohkonoo ma- | 
 musse ne Anwosonnooonk ut hahshauanittoowin- | nunkoh- 
 kish. I — ! 
 
 Boston, N. E. Up-Printhamun B. Green. 1707. | 
 
4&2 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Mayhew {Bev. Experience)— continued. 
 
 Second title : 
 
 Tlie Day which the Lord hath made. | — | A | Discourse | Con- 
 cerning I the Institution | and | Observation | of the | Lord's 
 Day. I — I Delivered in a Lecture, at Boston, | 4 d. Im. 1703. | — | 
 Chrysostom. Horn. I. de Lazaro. | The Sabbath was not allowed for 
 Idleness, | but that men being withdrawn from | the Cares of Tem- 
 poral Things, its | Eest should be spent in Spirituals. | — | 
 
 Boston, N. E. Ee-printed by B. Green. | 1707. | AAS. MHS. 
 
 36, 36, ii, 2 pp. 16°. Indian title Yerso 1. 1 ; English title recto 1. 2 ; text begins 
 verso English title ; 33 and 36 pp. alternate Indian and English, followed by 4 
 pp. numbered I, I, 2, 2 — two pp. Indian, two English, the former he.aded: Noh- 
 wutche nekone Chapter John. | The English headed: Some parts of the first 
 Chapter of John | (Inserted in these supernumerary Pages, for the more | special 
 Meditation of the Indian Reader.) | 
 
 The copy seen in the library of the Massachusetts Historical Society is minus 
 the Indian title and last leaf. 
 
 2527 Massachusee Psalter: | asuh | Uk-kuttoohomaongash | 
 
 David I Wecbe" | wunnaunchemoobaonk | Ne ansukhogup John, | 
 Ut Indiane kah Bnglishe | Nepatuhquonkash. | Ne woh sogkom- 
 pagunukhettit | Kakoketahteaekuppannegk, aketumunnat, | kah 
 wohwohtamunat Wunnetuppantam- | we Wussukwhongash. | — | 
 John V 39 I Natinneakontamook Wus.sukwhonkanash, newut- | 
 che ut yeush kuttunnantamumwoo Kuttahtom- | woo micheme po- 
 mantammooonk; kah nish | nashog wauwaonunkquenish. | — ( 
 
 Boston, N. E. | Upprinthomunneau B. Green, kah J. Printer, j 
 wutche quhtiantamwe Chapanukkeg | wutche onchekehtouunnat 
 wunnaunchum- | mookaonk ut New-England. &c. 1709. | 
 
 Second title : 
 
 The I Massachuset Psalter: | or, | Psalms of David | with the | 
 Gospel I According to John, | In columns of Indian and English. | 
 Being | An Introduction for Training up the | Aboriginal Natives, 
 in Beading and Un- | derstanding the Holy Scriptures. | ■ — | John 
 V. 39 I Search the Scriptures, for in ttem ye think | ye have eter- 
 nal Life, and they are they | which testifie of me. | — | 
 
 Boston, N.E. | Printed by B. Green, and J. Printer, for the | Hon- 
 ourable Company for the Propa- | gation of the Gospel in New-Eng- 
 land, &c. I 1709. I BA. AAS. JOB. 
 
 Psalter 152 unnumbered 11., Gospel of John 51 11. 16°. Indian title Terso of 
 1. 1 ; English title recto of 1. 2. 
 
 2528 Letter dated 1721. 
 
 Manuscript. In possession of J. Wingate Thornton, esq., of Boston. Con- 
 tains the Lord's Prayer in "the dialect of the Pequot Indians." The prayer is 
 printed in Trumbull (J. H.) Notes on Forty Versions, p. 34. 
 
 2528 Mead (Daniel M.) A History | of the Town of | Greenwich, | 
 Fairfield County, Conn., | with | Many Important Statistics. | By | 
 Daniel M. Mead, | Attorney, etc., at Law, Greenwich, Conn. | 
 
Majpwhufee PSALTER : 
 
 ASUH. 
 
 Uk'kutcoohomaongafli 
 
 DAVID 
 
 Wcche 
 WUNNAUNCHBMOOKAONK 
 
 Ne anfukhogup JOHN, 
 
 Uc hetiatie kali Eiigljjhe 
 Nepatuhquonkaln. 
 
 ■ 'S'e woh fogkompagunukhettic • ■> 
 Kakoketahceaekuppannegk, akccamunnat, 
 kali wohwohtamunac Wunncti^pancam- 
 wc WulTokwhongafti. 
 
 Jolin'V. 39. 
 tftnlmeakoiitimoek ffuffuiaibmiana/h, neiiout- 
 cheutyeufh kuttmmaiitamumwat kuttahtna- 
 wet r/iichetiie petAaatammiotnk ; kab nifih 
 ttajhog waumanukqitenijh. 
 
 BQ^STOtf, tf.B. 
 
 Upprinthomunheau fi. Green, kah J. Prhten 
 
 wutche quhtiantamwe CHAPANUKKEG 
 
 wutclie onchckchcouunnat wumiauncMm- 
 
 raookaonk ut N(rw-£i»g/«»'/-8£c. 4.<7 o 9 
 
 t / THS 
 
 ^\£afachufet PSALTER 
 
 PSALMS of DAVID 
 
 With the fiJ^^~ 
 
 GOSPEL 
 
 According to JOHN* 
 
 In Columns of hjian and Engfijh. 
 
 BEING t^^y^' 
 
 An Inttodudioii for Training up the 
 Aboriginal Natives, in Reading and Un- 
 deflhndiiTgtbeUOLY SCRIPTURES. 
 
 t«C' 
 
 ^ i^ rf . ' 
 
 Jolw y. 39. 
 Seareh tbe-Scripturet^ for In tbem ye thhl 
 j( have eternal Life^ tuul they tre th^ 
 which uftife of Me. 
 
 BOSTON, tJ.E. 
 Piintcd by B- Green, and J. f rimer, for the 
 Honourable COMPANY for the Propa-, 
 gatioaof the Golpel inlfeiD-MnglaiiJ, ^c' 
 1709. 
 
 8587.— FAC-SIMILB OF TITLE-PAGES OP MASSACHUSETTS FSALTEB, 
 
MAYHEW MEDINA EINCON. 493 
 
 Mead (Daniel M.) — continued. 
 
 New York: | Baker & Godwin, Printers. | Corner Nassau and 
 Spruce Streets. | 1857. | C. 
 
 Pp. 1-7,1:5-318. lz°. 
 Indian names of places, with significations, pp. 245-246. 
 
 \/ 2530 Medina (Francisco de). La Vida | Y milagros del glorio- | so S. 
 Nicolas de Tolentino, de la orden | de Sanct Augustin, Doctor de 
 la I Yglesia | Traduzida en lengua Mexicana, por el padre fray 
 Fran- | cisco de Medina, de la Orden del Seraphico | Padre Sanct 
 Francisco, Predicador | Guardian del Oouento de Tepepulco. | Di- 
 rigiila al Dr. D. Pedro de Vega | y Sarmiento, Maestro cuela de 
 la I Cathedral de Tlaxcallan. | [Engraving.] 
 
 En Mexico, con licencia | |[ En casa de Diego Lopez Daualos, y 
 k su costa. I Ano de 1605. | 
 
 Title fiirnislied by Sr. Icazbalceta from a complete copy belonging to Sr. D. 
 A. Chavoro. The following description is given in his Apnntes from the incom- 
 plete copy belonging at that time to Sr. Ramirez, but since bought by himself: 
 1 p. 1., with approval of Fi'. Francisco de Ferra, prior of Coyoacan, dated Feb. 
 2, 1604, and another by the celebrated P. Fr. Jiiau Baiitista, dated at Santiago 
 Tlaltelolco, July 16, 160i. LI. 1 to 60 follow, the end missing. 8°. 
 
 The Ramirez Sale Cat. gives the collation: Title, 7 p. II.; text, 81 numbered 
 11.; table 4 pp. 
 
 2531 Medina Plara (Fr. Juan). Explicacion del simbolo de la Fe en 
 Lengua Tarasca 6 Pirinda; y Sermones para los domingos y fiertan 
 del ano en dicha Lengua. * 
 
 Title from Beristain. 
 
 2532 Medina (P. Juan). Doctrinalis fldei | in Mechvacanensivm in- 
 dorvin lingva: aeditus | ab admodvm Eeverendo Patre fratre | 
 loanne Metinensi, Betbico, Augustiniani ordinis | & Priore con- 
 uentus Cuisensis. | Tomus Primus. | Ad lllustrissimum etEeveren- 
 dissimvm | D. Dominum Fratrem loannem a Medina Binconeum | 
 Micbnacanenseni Episcopum, einsde instituti. | Accessere sermones 
 qvattuor. Scilicet in festo | sancti loannis Baptistse in festiuitate 
 Apostolorum Petri & Pauli. In festo magni patris | Augustiiii 
 Ecclcsi£e Doctoris. In festo sancti Fracisci ordinis fundatore. | 
 [Engraving.] 
 
 Mexici. j Cum licencia. In ajdibns Antonij Eicardi Typogra- 
 phie. I Via apostoloru Petri & Pauli. Anno. 1577. | B. 
 
 LI. 1-61, 1-72. folio. 2 cols. The approvals say the work contains in two 
 books ''la exposicion de los Articulos de nuestra sancta fe catholica y los sacra- 
 mentos de la sancta yglesia, y los preceptos del Decalogo, y los mandamientos 
 de la yglesia, y los siete pecados capitales, y las catorze obras de misericodia, 
 con vn Dialogo al cabo de Metheorologicas impressiones cosas naturales." 
 
 "The copy described appears to be incomplete, since it contains only the fol- 
 lowing: 7 p. 11., unnumbered; 11. 1 to 61 with sermons and dialogues on the arti- 
 cles of faith ; 1 to 72 (new numeration and new signatures) with sermons and 
 dialogues on the sacraments. It concludes with Lavs Deo, without colophon. 
 Here may have followed, with separate numeralinn, the other treatises, which 
 are missing; or, it may be, they never were printed. It is a rare book and is 
 not mentioned by any bibliographer."— /ea2&aZceto's Apunte8,'Sfo. 127. 
 
494 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 2533 Meditaciones | del | Santo Via Crucis | que compuso en lengua 
 italiana | el beato Leonardo | de | Porto Mauricio, | y | tradujo d la 
 castellana el E. P. Fr. Juan de San | Jos6 de la provincia de des- 
 calzos de Cas- | tilla la Nueva. Trasladadas al idio- | ma mexicano 
 per un cura | del obispado de | Puebla. [ 
 
 Jmprenta del Hospital de San Pedro, | Portal de las Flores. | 
 1837. I * 
 
 34 pp. 8°. Title from Icazbalceta's Apuntes, No. 44. 
 
 2534 [Meeker (Jotham).] Lenapi Wawipoetakse aie Apwatuk. First 
 Lessons in Delaware. 
 
 Baptist Shawanoe Mission. 1834. • 
 
 48 pp. 18°. Title from Sabin's Dictionary, No. 47377. 
 
 2535 Lenapee Spelling Book. 
 
 Shawanoe Mission. For the Baptist Society. 1834. • 
 
 24 pp. 12°. Title from Sabin's Dictionary, No. 47377. 
 
 2536 Ottawa | First Book. | Prepared by | Jotham Meeker, | 
 
 Missionary of Am. Bap. Bd. For. Missions. | 
 
 Shawanoe Mission, | J. G. Pratt, Printer. | 1838. | BA. 
 
 Pp. 1-24. 24°. 
 
 2537 Original and Select Hymns, in the Ottawa Language. By 
 
 Jotham Meeker, Missionary of the Amer. Baptist Board of Foreign 
 Missions. [Two lines quotation.] 
 
 Press of Amer. Baptist Board of For. Missions: Shawanoe, Ind. 
 Ter. 1845. BA. 
 
 Pp. 1-96. 24°. 
 
 2538 Hymns | in | the Ottawa Language, | Original and Select, | 
 
 by I Jotham Meeker, | Missionary of the American Baptist Mis- 
 sionary Union. I Third edition. | O Praise the Lord all ye Heathen, | 
 Praise Him all ye Nations. | 
 
 Ottawa Baptist Mission Station. | J. Meeker, Printer. | 1850. | s. 
 Pp. 1-127. 32°. 
 
 2539 Ottawa | First Book, | Containing | Lessons for the 
 
 Learner; j portions of | the Gospel by Luke, omitted by | Matthew 
 and John; | and the Ottawa Laws. | By Jotham Meeker, | Mis- 
 sionary of I the Amer. Bap. Mis. Union. | Second Edition. ( 
 
 Ottawa Baptist Mission Station. | J. Meeker, Printer. | 1850. | BA. 
 Pp. 1-128. 24°. 
 
 2540 and Barker (Francis). The | New Testament | of | our Lord 
 
 and Saviour Jesus Christ; | translated into the Ottawa Language | 
 by I Jotham Meeker, | Missionary of the Amer. Bap. Board of For. 
 Missions. | Carefully revised, and compared with the Greek, | by | 
 Eev. Francis Barker, A. M. | Baptist Missionary to the Shawanoes. | 
 
 Shawanoe Baptist Mission Press, | J. G. Pratt, Printer. | 1841. j 
 Reverse tide: 
 
 Me Su Mantu | Katepahimint Kuer Kailihekrt | kapekrskoninuf 
 HesusKnist. | HihakKuerLafwal|mekaanekunotakrolepeikrhik. | 
 
MEDITACIONES MEGISEK. 495 
 
 Meeker (Jotham) and Barker (Francis) — continued. 
 
 Lawunonaf ketuli olepeikatr, | Kauko Tukwilif Hesus | mantu 
 minik tso pepon. | 1841. ( BA. 
 
 Pp. 1-125. 12°. 
 
 2541 The | Gospel | according to John, | translated into the Ot- 
 tawa Language | by j Jotham Meeker, | Missionary of the Amer. 
 Bap. Board of For. Missions. | Eevised, and compared with the 
 Greek, | by | Rev. Francis Barker, A. M. | Baptist Missionary to 
 the Shawanoes. | 
 
 Press of Amer. Baptist Board of For. Missions, | Shawanoe. | 
 1844. I . C. BA. 
 
 Pp. 1-98. 16°. 
 
 2542 Megapolensis ( Johann), jr. Een kort ontwerp vande Mahakvase 
 ludianen, haer landt, tale, statuere, dracht, godes-dienst ende Ma- 
 gistrature. Aldus beschreven ende nu kortelijck den 26 August! 
 1644 opgesonden uit Nieuwe Neder-Lant. Door Johannem Mega- 
 polensem Juniorem, Predicant aldaar. Mitsgaders een kort verhael 
 van het leven ende statuere der Staponjers, in Brasiel. 
 
 t' Alckmaer, by Ysbr. Jansz. v. Houten. [N. d.] * 
 
 32 pp. 8°. plate. Title from the only known copy, in the University Library 
 of Gend.— ^. Mailer's Catalogue, 1872, p. 122. 
 
 2543 Korte Ontwerp van de Mahakuase Indianen in Nieuw Ke- 
 
 derlandt, haer landt, stature, dracht, manieren, en Magistraten; be- 
 schreven in 't Jaer 1644; door Johannem Megapolensem, Juniorem, 
 Predikant aldaer. 
 
 In [ Hartgers (Joost) ]. Beschrijvinghe van Virginia, Nieu'w Nedeilandt, 
 Nleuw Engelandt, &o., pp. 42-49. Amsterdam, 1651. 4°. 
 
 2544 A short account of the Maquaas Indians, in New-Nether- 
 
 land, their Country, Stature, Dress, Customs and Magistrates, writ- 
 ten in the Year 1644. By John Megapolensis, Jun. Minister there. 
 
 In Hazard (E.) Historical Collections, vol. 1, pp. 517-526. Philadelphia, 
 1792. 4°. 
 
 \/ 2545 A short sketch of the Mohawk Indians in New Ketherland, 
 
 their land, stature, dress, manners, and magistrates, written in the 
 year 1644, by Johannes Megapolensis, Junior, minister there. Ee- 
 vised from the translation in Hazard's Historical Collections, with 
 an introduction and notes, by John Eomeyn Brodhead. 
 
 In New^ York Hist. Soo. Coll., second series, vol. 3, pt. 1, pp. 137-160. New- 
 York, 1857. 8°. A few copies were issued separately. 
 
 Several Mohawk phrases in this article. 
 
 2546 Megiser (Hieronymus). Specimen XL diversarum linguarum, 
 quibus Oratio dominica est expressa. 
 
 Frankfurt, 1592. * 
 
 8°. Contains specimens of American languages, according to Sabin's Dic- 
 tionary. 
 
496 NORTH AMERICAK LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Megiser (Hieronymus) — continued. 
 
 2547 Specimen L diversarum linguarum . . . 
 
 Frankfurt, 1593. • 
 
 4°. 
 
 2548 Prob einer Verdolmetschung in fiinfzig unterschiedlichen 
 
 Sprachen, darin das heylyg Vater unser, der Engli'sch Gruss, die 
 zwolf Artikel uusers Ohristlichen Glaubens, die zehen Gebott, 
 sampt mehr audern geistlichen Spruchen transferiret vnnd mit 
 grossem Fleisz zusammengebracht vnnd in Truck verfertiget wor- 
 den, durch Hieronymum Megiser. 
 
 Frankfurt. 1603. • 
 
 Sm. 8°. Titles from Adelung's Mithridates and Auer's Sprachenhalle. Hervas 
 mentious an edition : Frankfurt, 1650. 
 
 2549 Meiners (Christopher). Geschichte des weiblichen Geschlechts. 
 
 Hanover, Helwing, 1788-1800. • 
 
 4 vols. 4°. Title from Ludewig, p. 32. 
 
 On the Caril) language as spoken by females, vol. 1, p. 47. 
 
 2550 History | of the | Female Sex; | comprising | a view of the 
 
 habits, manners, and influence of | women, among all nations, from 
 the ear- | liest ages to the present time. | Translated from the Ger- 
 man of I C. Meiners, | Councillor of State to his Britannic Majesty, 
 and Professor | of Philosophy at the University of Gottingen. | By 
 Frederic Shoberl. | In Four Volumes. | Vol. I [-IV]. | 
 
 London: | Printed for Henry Colburn, Conduit-Street, | Kew 
 Bond-Street, | 1808. | 0. 
 
 4 vols. 16°. 
 Brief allusions, from Du Tertre, to the language of the Carib women, vol. 1, p. 40. 
 
 2551 Meletta (— ). Pah-Utah Vocabulary. * 
 
 Manuscript in possession of H. H. Bancroft, San Francisco, Cal. Title from 
 Native Races, vol. 1, p. xxxvi. 
 
 2552 Meline (James P.) Two Thousand Miles | on | Horseback | Santa 
 F6 and Back. | A Summer Tour through Kansas, Nebraska, ( Colo- 
 rado, and New Mexico, in the | year 1866. | By | James P. Meline. | 
 [Design.] 
 
 New York: | Published by Hurd and Houghton, I 459 Broome 
 Street. | 1867. | ^^^ 
 
 Pp. i-x, 1-317. 12°. map. Another edition : Hid., 1868. 
 
 "Pueblo Indians," pp. 195-233, contains, pp. 203-205, a few remarks on lan- 
 guage, and vocabularies, 15 words, of the people of the following pueblos (from 
 Don Domingo de Cruzate, Governor of New Mexico, and Lieut. Simpson, U. S. A. ) : 
 
 Santo Domingo. San Juan. Picuris. 
 
 San Felipe. Santa Clara. Sandia. 
 
 Santa Aaa. San Ildefonso. Isleta. 
 
 Zia. Pojuaque. James. 
 
 Laguna. Nambe. Old Pecos. 
 
 Acoma. Tesuque. Zum. 
 
 Cochiti. Taos. 
 
MEGISEE — MENDOZA. 497 
 
 Meline (James F.) — continued. 
 
 2553 Two Thousand Miles | on | Horseback. | A Summer Tour 
 
 to the Plains, the Rocky | Mountains, and New Mexico. | By | 
 James F. Meline. | Fourth Edition. | 
 
 Kew York: | The Catholic Publication Society, | 9 Warren 
 Street. | 1873. | • 
 
 Pp. i-x, 1-317 pp. 12°. Title from Mr. W. Eames. 
 
 2554 Mena {Fr. Carlos). Sermon y Opuscules piadosos en Lengua 
 Yucateca. • 
 
 Title from Beristain, who quotes from Cogolludo and Pinelo. 
 
 "He wrote two works, both in the native idiom, namely: I. Coleooion de ser- 
 mones; II. Materias varias. Ho wrote many sermons and other things, says 
 Lopez de Cogolludo (Op., loo. cit.), in the idiom of these Indians, with an elo- 
 quence esteemed hy all the ministers who have succeeded him and have made 
 use of his works." — Carillo. 
 
 2555 [Menaul (John).] Child's Catechism. | in | English and Laguna. | 
 Translated and Printed | at. the | Laguna Mission Station. | 
 
 Laguna. | Valencia Co. | I^Tew Mexico. | 1880. | JWP. 
 
 5 p. 11., verso of 11. 1, 2, 5, and recto of 1. 3 blank, pp. 5-69. sq. 16°. ; p. 69 wrongly 
 numbered 96. One hundred and forty-five questions and answers in English and 
 Laguna. 
 
 2556 Laguna Indian Translation | of | Mc Gufeyf s [sic] l*few 
 
 First Eclectic Header. | Translated and Printed | by | John 
 Menaul: | 
 
 Laguna, New Mexico. | 1882. | ^ JWP. 
 
 Directions to the book-binder, reverse blank, 1 1. ; title, reverse blank, 1 1. ; 
 introduction, pp. i-iv ; text, pp. 7-84, wrongly numbered 82. No page vi, and 
 recto of page 7 blank. This little work is arranged to be interleaved with 
 McGuffey's New First Eclectic Eeader. The Arabic pagination is peculiar, the 
 odd numbers being on the left and the even on the right-hand pages, that they 
 may face the corresponding pages of the English Eeader. In order that the sig- 
 natures may fold properly there are but 14 printed pages to each, the middle two 
 of each being left blank. These are the verso of 12, 28, 44, 60, and 76; and the 
 recto of 13, 29, 46, 61, and 77. 
 
 2557 [An Address to the friends of the Laguna Mission.] jwp. 
 
 No title-page; pp. 1-20. sq. 16°. An address prepared by the Eev. John Menaul, 
 missionary at the Pueblo of Laguna, in New Mexico, and printed on the Mission 
 press. It contains a few remarks on the language of the Indians of the Mission, 
 a sentence from the Bible, with literal translation, and the Lord's Prayer Ln the 
 same language. 
 
 These works were set up and printed by Mr. Menaul with the aid of his In- 
 dian assistants. 
 
 2558 Mendoza (Eufemio). Eufemio Mendoza. | Apuntes | para nn | 
 cat41ogo razonado de las palabras Mexicanas | introducidas al Cas- 
 tellano. | 
 
 Mexico. I Imprenta del Gobierno, en Palacio, | 6, cargo de Jos6 
 Maria Sandoval. | 1872. | 0. 
 
 32 Bib 
 
498 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Mendoza (Eufemio) — continued. 
 
 Pp. 1-88. 8°. The above paper occupies pp. 1-55, followed by : 
 
 CariUo (D. C.) Apnntes para im Catilogo de las palabras Mexicanas intro- 
 ducidas al Castellano, pp. 57-75. 
 
 Catdlogo de voces formado por el Instituto Smithsoniano de Washing- 
 ton, para las comparaciones filoWgioas. Version Mexicana de Eufemio Mendoza, 
 pp. 77-88. 
 
 Vocabulary of 199 words, pp. 77-83; Nooiones de Aritmetica Mexicana, 
 pp. 83-86. 
 
 See Najera (Pr. Manuel). 
 
 2559 Mendoza (Gumesindo). Bstudio comparativo entre el Sanscrito y 
 
 el Nagliatl. 
 
 In Museo Nacional de Mexico, Anales, tomo 1, pp. 75-84. Mexico, 1877. 4°. 
 
 Comparison of words in Sanscrit and Naguatl, Greek, Latin, and German, 
 pp. 79-82. 
 
 2560 Complemento al erudito articulo del Senor Orozco y Berra, 
 
 escrito por el Senor Gr. Mendoza, Director del Museo. 
 
 In Museo Nacional de Mexico, Anales, tomo 1, pp. 217-226. Mexico, 1877. 4°. 
 Lord's Prayer iu Nahuatl, pp. 218-219; Naliuatl and Sanscrit roots, suffixes, and 
 prefixes, pp. 220-221. 
 
 2561 Trabajo Comparativo entre el Sanscrito, el Naguatl, Griego 
 
 y Latin, por el Sr. G. Mendoza. 
 
 Id Museo Nacional de Mexico, Anales, tomo 1, pp. 286-288. Mexico, 1877. 4°. 
 Table showing affinities between the above languages, p. 287. 
 
 2562 Gosmogonia Azteca, por el Professor G. Mendoza. 
 
 In Museo Naoicnal de Mexico, Anales, tomo 1, pp. 340-353. Mexico, 1877. 4°. 
 
 See Galicia (F. C), Mendoza (G.), and SdUs (F. S.) 
 
 2563 Mendoza {Fr Juan). Doctrina cristiana en Lengua Megicana. • 
 
 2564 Flos Sanctorum, 6 Vidas de Santos en Lengua Kachiquel. * 
 
 2565 P14ticas doctrinales, sobre los Evangelios de todo el ailo 
 
 en dicha Lengua. • 
 
 Titles from Beristain. 
 
 2566 Mengarini {Bev. Gregory). A | Selisli or Plat-Head | Grammar. | 
 By the | Eev. Gregory Mengarini, | Of the Society of Jesus. | [De- 
 sign.] 
 
 New York: | Cramoisy Press.. | 1861. | 
 
 Second Hlle : 
 
 Grammatica | Linguae Selicse. | Auctore | P. Gregorio Menga- 
 rini, I Soc. Jesu. I 
 
 Neo-Eboraci. | 1861. | BA. jwp. 
 
 Pp. i-viii, 1-122. 8°. English title recto 1. 2; Latin title recto 1. 3. Shea's 
 "Library of American Linguistics, ii." In Latin. 
 
 2567 Vocabulary of the Santa Clara, by the Eev. Professor Men- 
 garini. 
 
MENDOZA M^TODO. 499 
 
 Uengarini {Rev. Gregory) — continued. 
 
 In Taylor (A. S.) Indianology of California, in California Farmer, San Fran- 
 cisco, vol. 14, No. 13, Nov. 23, 1860. 
 
 Reprinted in Po-well (J. W.) Contributions to North American Ethnology, 
 vol. 3, pp. 538-549. Washington, 1877. 4°. 
 
 2568 Vocabulary of the Skoyelpi, Schitsui, and Selish proper. 
 
 In Powell (J. W.) Contributions to North American Ethnology, vol. 1, 
 pp. 248-265,267-283. Washington, 1877. 4°. 
 
 2669 Mercado (P. Mcol4s). Arte de la Lengua Megicana, segun el Dia- 
 lecto, que usan los Indios de la Costa del Sur de Cinaloa. * 
 
 Manuscript which was prepared for the press. — Beristain. 
 
 3570 Merlet (Imcien). Histoire | des Eelations | des Hurons et des Ab- 
 naquis | du Canada | avec Notre-Dame de Chartres, | suivi de 
 documents in6dits | sur la Sainte Chemise, | Par M. Luc. Merlet, | 
 Ancien Elfeve des Chartres et de I'^cole d'Administration. | 
 [Design.] 
 
 Chartres. | P^trot-Garmer, Libraire, | Place des Halves, 16 et 
 17. I 1858. I V. 
 
 Outside title, 1 1., one other 1., pp. i-xxiii, 1-78, 1 1. 12°. 
 
 Ouendat Lor6tr6non Tesatontarige haon Gonastaenchouindik, &c., pp. 3-4. 
 Translation of same : Vceu k la Sainte Vierge, de la Nation des Hurons, en Nou- 
 velle France, 6nonc6 en Frangais, envoys an Chapitre de Chartres; avecun col- 
 lier on ceinture de grains de porcelaine, en 1678, pp. 5-6. 
 
 Vceu des Sauvages Abnaquis de la Mission de Saint-fYanjois de Sales, en la 
 Nouvelle France, pp. 23-24. This is in Abnaki. At the end the editor says: 
 
 La traduction de ce vceu des Abnaquis n'existe plus aux Archives d'Eure-et- 
 Loir, nous ue savons m&me si elle, a jamais exists, quoique I'AbbiS Brillon disc, 
 dans ses notes, que le Vceu des Abnaquis avait 4t6 traduit en latin. 
 
 2571 Merrill (Moses). Wdtwhtl | Wdwdklha Tva | Eva Wdhonetl. | 
 Marin Awdofka. | Otoe Hymn Book. | By Moses Merrill. | 
 
 Shawannoe Mission. | J. Meeker, Printer. | 1834. | BA. 
 
 Pp. 1-12. 16°. 
 
 "Early in 1837, Mr. Merrill completed the translation of a pt)rtion of the 
 [Otoe] New Testament, and sent enough for thirty-two pages to Shawanoe to be 
 printed." — Mist, of Am. Missions, p. 556. 
 
 2572 Mesah Oowh | menwahjemoowin, | Kahenahjemood Owh | St. 
 Matthew. | Kahkewagwonnaby Kiya | Tyentennagen | kahahne- 
 kahnootahmoobeungig keahmoonegoowod enewh | York | Auxil- 
 iary Bible Society. | 
 
 York : | Printed at the York Colonial Advocate Office, | by James 
 Baxter, Printer. | 1831. | BA. s. 
 
 Pp. 1-67. 8°. 
 
 Gospel of Matthew in Chippewa. Bagster's Bible of Every Land says this 
 translation was made by the Rev. John and Peter Jones. P^or other editions, see 
 Minuajitnouin; also Gospel. 
 
 2573 Mdtodo facil y breve para aprender el Idioma Mexicano. * 
 
 Manuscript. 14 11. 4°. Title furnished by Sr. Icazbalceta. 
 
y 
 
 500 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 2574 Meulen [Lieut. E. de). Vocabulary of the Sitka-Kwan. 
 
 In Powell (J. W.) Contributions to North American Ethnology, YoJ. 1, 
 pp. 121-133. Washington, 1877. 4°. 
 
 2575 Vocabulary of the Kenay of Cook's Inlet. 
 
 Manuscript. 10 11. 4°. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. 
 
 2576 Mexican. Mexican or Aztec Manuscript. * 
 
 A roll composed of 15 skins of parchment joined together, 19 feet 4 inches long, 
 about 7 inches wide, written in a character presumed to be that of one of the 
 aboriginal languages of America, most probably Mexican or Aztec; apparently 
 very ancient. 
 
 This manuscript has baffled all the experts to whom we have shown it, to 
 none of whom is the character known. It would seem from the disposition of 
 the lines to read from left to right. In any case it must be regarded as a, groat 
 curiosity. — Beremdt Sale Cat., No. 2956. 
 
 2577 Mexican or Aztec Manuscript, with some rude drawings. * 
 
 Manuscript. 6 pp. 4°. 
 
 Of great autiq[uity and curiosity. The fabric (paper) upon which it is writ- 
 ten, the character, and the drawings are all of the highest interest to the stu- 
 dent of aboriginal remains. — Fischer Sale Cat., No. 1926. 
 
 2578 Mexican Paintings. * 
 
 Two long sheets on which are painted some of the principal events of the Con- 
 quest of Mexico ; they date from the 16th century ; copies made at that time 
 from the originals which existed in the ancient convent of San Francisco in 
 Mexico, and which have been destroyed long ago. Size, 11 feet 10 inches by 2 
 feet 10 inches; and 11 feet 8 inches by 23 inches. 
 
 They contain numerous figures, with explanations in the Mexican language. — 
 Ramirez, Sale Cat., No. 540. 
 
 2579 Mexican MS. Pintura del Gobernador, Alcades, y Regi- 
 
 dores de Mexico. Oodice en gerogliflcos Mexicanos y en lengua 
 castellana y azteca existente en la Biblioteca del Duque de Osuna. 
 
 Madrid, M. G. Hernandez, 1818. * 
 
 10 pp., 39 11. fac-similes. folio. Only one hundred copies printed. — Ramirez 
 Sale Cat, No. 1141. 
 
 2580 Miscellanea en Lengua Mexicana. ♦ 
 
 Manuscript. Cent, xvi and xvii, 600 pp. 12°. 
 
 A curious collection of treatises in the Mexican language on historical and 
 theological subjects, also one or two pieces of a dramatic character. — Fischer 
 Sale Cat., No. 1946. 
 
 2581 Mijangos [Fr. Juan de). Espeio Divi- | no en Lengva Mexicana, | 
 en qve pveden verse los pa- | dres, y tomar documento para acertar 
 a doctri- | nar bien 4 sus hijos, y aflcionallos a las virtudes. | ] Oom- 
 pvesto por el Padre F. loan | de Mijangos, Eeligioso indigno, y 
 humilde de la Or- | den del glorioso Padre Augustino, Doctor de 
 la I Yglesia, y Obispo de Yponia, &c. | ] In nomine Sanctae, & indi- 
 viduae Trinitatis, Patris, & Filij, & | Spiritus sancti. Amen. Da 
 Domine lesu virtutem manibus | meis, & illumina qui illuminasti, 
 per multos cecos cecum in- | telectuni meum semper Virgine inter- 
 cedente. I 
 
MEULEN MIJANGOS. 501 
 
 Uijangos {Fr. Juan de) — continued. 
 
 1" En Mexico, con licencia. | ^ En la Bmprenta de Diego Lopez 
 Daualos. 1607. | 
 
 On the recto of the last leaf is : 
 
 5 Fve corrector de la Lengva | Augustin De la Fuente, natural 
 de Sanctiago Tlatilulko, | muy entendido (que en esta obra, y en 
 todas las demas que el | Padre Pray loan Baptista, de la Orden del 
 Seraphico | Padre Sanct Francisco hizo a ayudado mucho, y | 
 seruido aNnestro SeSor) el se lo pague, y | le guarde muchos anos. | 
 Fray loan de Mijangos. | Acabose deimprimir esta | presente obra 
 en la muy noble, y leal Oiudad de | Mexico, a veynte y quatro de 
 Iulio,Vispera | del Grlorioso Apostol Sanctiago Patron | deEspana. 
 Ano de 1607. | 
 
 ^En la emprenta de Diego Lopez Daualos. | o. 
 
 8 p. 11., pp. 1-562, 1 1. sm. 4°. Icazhalceta's Apuntes says there are 3 un- 
 numbered pp. at end, the last containing a table. 
 
 2682 Primera Parte del j Sermonario, Dominical, y | Sanctoral, 
 
 en lengua Mexica- | na. Oontiene las Dominicas, que ay desde la 
 Septua- J gesima, hasta la vltima de Peuthecostes, Platica para los 
 que Comulgan el | lueues Sancto, y Sermon de Passion, Pasqua de 
 Eesurreccion, y del Es- | piritusanto, con tres Sermones del Sanctis- 
 simo Sacrameto. | 5 Oompuesto por el P. Maestro. Fr. Ivan de 
 Milan- | gos, de la Orden del glorioso Padre, y Doctor de la Iglesia. 
 S. Augustin. I [An engraving of St. Augustin followed by this 
 verse :] 
 
 1 Hoc opus Aurelio patri, sacro quiescit 
 
 Mens mea, nee Votis spes obitura meis 
 
 Paruula sunt, fateor, patri munuscula tanto 
 
 Quae ferimus, toto prestita corde tibi. 
 
 En Mexico en la Imprenta del Licenciado luan | de Alca9ar, Ano 
 1624. Vendese en la libreria de Diego de Eibera. | 
 
 9 p. 11., pp. 1-564. 4°. Concludes with 46 unnumbered leaves, containing: 
 1st. Tabla de los Sermones que | contiene este libro. | 
 
 ip. 
 
 2d. Table de los lugares asi de | la Sagrada escriptura, como de 
 los Doctores, y | Sanctos, que se alegan en esta primera pate, 
 [sic] I y estan aqui mas flelmente sacados. | 
 
 25 pp. 
 
 3d. Table remissiva | a otras Evangelios, assi | de Dominicas, 
 como de Santos, para que los Pa- | dres Predicadores puedan hazer 
 otros sermo- | nes, &c. 
 
 48 pp. 
 
 4th. Phrases, y modos de | hablar elegantes y metaphori- | cos, de 
 los Tndios Mexicanos, y porq he vsndo de algunos dellos en el dis- 
 curso de estos Sermo- | nes, y los que estan por imprimir, me pare- 
 cio I bien que se | imprimiessen, para que se tenga noticia, y vso 
 dellos, I • 
 
502 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Mijangos (Fr. Juan de) — continued. 
 
 14 pp. The Mexican phrases are accompanied hy a Spanish translation. Pol- 
 lowed by 5 pp. erratas and 1 p. blank. Title from loazbalceta's Apuntes, No. 46. 
 
 Beristain, in giving the above title, adds: "He left many other manuscript 
 sermons and the parable of the Prodigal Son, in the same idiom." 
 
 "Mijangos was born in Antequera, the capital of Oajaca. He took the habit 
 of an Augustiuian, and taught philosophy and theology in the University of 
 Mexico. He preached to and taught the natives in their own language, in 
 the knowledge of which he was most eminent." — Bamirez Sale Cat. 
 
 2583 Milhau {Dr. John J.) Vocabulary of the Anasitch (Coos Bay, 
 
 No. 1). 
 
 Manuscript. 6 11. foUo. 211 words. 
 
 2584 Vocabulary of the Indians of Coos Bay, 'No. 2. 
 
 Manuscript. 6 11. folio. 211 words. 
 
 2585 Vocabulary of the Coast Indians living on the streams 
 
 emptying between Umpqua Head and Cape Perpetua, Oregon, and 
 on the Umpqua Eiver for twenty miles above the mouth. 
 Mauuscript. 3 11. folio. 
 
 2586 Vocabulary of the Hewut, Upper Umpqua, Umpqua Val- 
 ley, Oregon. 
 
 Manuscript. 6 11. folio. 180 words. 
 
 2587 Vocabulary of the Umpqua, Umpqua Valley, Oregon. 
 
 Manuscript. 3 11. folio. 180 words. 
 
 2588 Vocabulary of the Takona. 
 
 Manuscript. 3 11. folio. 180 words. Language of the Coast Indians lying be- 
 tween Cape Perpetua and Cape Foulweather, and up the Alseya and Yakona 
 Rivers. 
 
 These manuscripts are in the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. 
 
 2589 Mills (Eobert). Statistics | of | South Carolina, | including | a 
 view I of its | Natural, Civil, and Military History, | general and 
 particular. | By Eobert Mills, | of South Carolina, P. A. Engineer 
 and Architect. | [Four lines quotation.] | 
 
 Charleston, S. C. | Published by Hurlbut and Lloyd. | 1826. ( we. 
 1 p. 1., pp. i-ix, 17-182, 1-47. 8°. map. 
 
 The Catawba Indian Tongue, exemplified in the pronunciation of the nine 
 digits, and a few common phrases, p. 111. 
 
 2590 Minnesota Historical Society. Annals | of the | Minnesota Histori- 
 cal Society, | for | Eighteen hundred and fifty-three. | Number IV 
 [I-VJ. I Printed by order of the Executive Council. | 
 
 Saint Paul: | Owens & Moore, Printers, | 1853 [1850-1856]. j we. 
 
 Title from No. 4, the only one seen; printed title 11. title, 1 1., pp. :j-64. In 
 the preface to vol. 1 of the Collections of this society it says: " The volume of 
 which this [vol. 1] is a reprint was composed of five parts or pamphlets, issued 
 in various years" from 1850 to 1856. 
 
 Belcourt (G. A.) Department of Hudson's Bay, No. 4, pp. 16-32. 
 
 Weill (E. D.) Dakota Land and Dakota Life, No. 4, pp. 45-64. 
 
MIJANGOS — MITCHELL. 503 
 
 Minnesota Historical Society — continued. 
 
 2591 Collections | of the ( Minnesota Historical Society, | Vol- 
 ume I [-III]. [Seal of the Society.] Being a Eepublication of the 
 Original Parts | Issued in 1850-51-52-53-56. | 
 
 St.Paul: I RamaleyGhaney& Co., Printers. | 1872 [-1874]. | c.bp. 
 
 3 vols. 8°. 
 
 Belcourt (G. A. ) Department of Hudson's Bay, voj. 1, pp. 207-244. 
 Lynde (J. W.) History of the Dakotas, vol. 2, pt. 2, pp. 56-84. 
 NeiU (iJOT. E. D. ) Dakota Land and Dakota Life, vol. 1, pp. 254-294. 
 Pond (G. H. ) Dakota Superstitions, vol. 2, pt. 3, pp. 32-62. 
 Riggs (S. E.) The Dakota Language, vol. 1, pp. 89-107. 
 
 2592 Ilinseeweh | Nuhkoomwawaukunul. | JWP. 
 
 Half-title, pp. 2-34. 16°. Hymns in the Algonkin language. Appended to 
 Morning and Evening Prayers. London, 1847. 16°. 
 
 2593 Minnajimouin | an | St. Matthiu. | The Gospel according to 
 Matthew | in the | Ojibwa Language. | 
 
 Boston: | Printed for the American Board of Commissioners | for 
 Foreign Missions, by Crocker & Brewster. | 1839. | ba. abs. JWP. 
 Pp. 1-112. 12°. 
 See Mesah ooT^b ; also GospeL 
 
 2594 Miranda (Francisco de). Catecismo | breve | en lengua Otomi, | 
 dispuesto | por el P. Francisco de Mi- | randa de la Compania de j 
 Jesus. I 
 
 Impresso en Mexico, en la | Imprenta de la Bibliotheca | Mexi- 
 cana. Ano de 1759. | b. 
 
 1 p. 1., pp. 1-14. 16°. 
 
 2595 Miriewo (Theodor Jan Kiewitch de). Sravnitel niy Slovar, etc. 
 (Comparative vocabulary of all the languages and dialects.) 
 
 St. Petersburg, 1790-1791. * 
 
 4 vols. 4°. Pallas having published, in 1786 and 1789, the first part of the 
 Vocabularium Cathaiinseum (a comparative vocabulary of 286 words in the lan- 
 guages of Europe and Asia), the material contained therein was published in the 
 above edition in another form, and words of American languages added. The 
 book did not come up to the expectations of the government, and was therefore 
 not published, so that but few copies of it can be found. — Lwdewig. 
 
 2596 Misceldnea Hispano-Americana de ciencias, literatnra i artes. 
 Obra especialmente dirijida, 4 dar conozer el estado i d promover, 
 los progresos de la instruccion en Hispano-America. 
 
 Londres. 1827-1829. » 
 
 4 vols.; 320; 320; 314; 314 pp. 8°. Title from Sabin's Dictionary, No. 49434. 
 Morenas ( — ). Sobre la Lengua de los Salvajes de la America del Norte, vol. 4. 
 
 2597 Miscellaneous Pieces. 
 
 Colophon : Mission Press, Park Hill. 1844. ba. 
 
 No title-page ; heading only; 24 pp. 24°. In Cherokee characters. Temper- 
 ance tract in the Cherokee language. 
 
 Mitchell {Dr. B. Eush). 
 See Lionnet (_M.) 
 
504 
 
 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 2598 Mitchell {Dr. Samuel L.) Letter from Dr. Samuel L. Mitchell, of 
 New York, to Samuel M. Buruiside, Esq. Corresponding Secretary 
 of the American Antiquarian Society. 
 
 In Am. Ant. Soc, Traus., vol. 1, pp. 313-317. Worcester, 1820. 8°. 
 Two Cherokee songs, witli translation, p. 317. 
 
 2599 Mitre (Manuel Francisco). Prayer Book in the Mexican Lan- 
 guage, by Manuel Francisco Mitre. * 
 
 Manuscript, 1758. 80 11. 18°. Title from the Fischer Sale Catalogue, No. 1991. 
 Mofras (Eugene Duflot de). 
 See Duflot de Mofras (Eugfene de). 
 
 2600 Molina [Fr. Alonso de). ([ Aqui comienga vn Tocabula- | rio-en la 
 leugua Oastellana y Mexicana Compuesto | por el muy reuerendo 
 padre fray Alonso de | Molina : Guardia dl coueto d sant Antonio 
 d I Tetzcuco dla orde de los frayles Menores. | 
 
 C Indorum nimia te fecit prole parentem. 
 
 qui gennit moriens, quos pater alme foues. 
 Confixus viuis, langues: cum mente reuoluis. 
 vulnera, cum spectas, stigmata carne geris. 
 Title in alternate lines red and black letters; wood-CTit in center; reverse, 
 wood-cut filUng the page (see below), with i. h. ^., Gothic letters, in center, 1 1., 
 5 other p. 11. ; 11. 1-259. sm. 4° ; followed by 1 1., containing colophon, as follows: 
 C A honrra y gloria de nues- | tro senor lesu xpo y de eu bedita 
 madre aq se aca | ba la presente obra: la ql fue compuesta por el I 
 
MITCHELL — MOLINA. 
 
 505 
 
 Molina {Fr. Alonso de) — continued. 
 
 muy reueredo padre fray Aloso d molina. | Imprimio fe e la muy 
 grade & inslgue y | muy leal ciudad de Mexico, en casa de | lua 
 pablos, CO liceucia del Illustrissi | mo seiior Do Luys de Velasco | 
 Visorrey y Gouernador dsta | Neueua Espana, y de la Au | diecia 
 Eeal q e ella resi 1 de. Y assimismo co | licencia del Eeue | reudis- 
 slmo Se- I fior do fray | Aloso de | Mou | tufar por IdgraciadeDlos 
 Ar9obisi)0 iiieri | tissimo rtla dicha ciudad de Mexico. Fuc | vista 
 y examinada est a presente obra | por el reueredo padre fray Fran- 
 cis I CO de Lintorne, Guardian del | monestero de sant Francisco | 
 de Mexico, y por el Beue | redo padre fray bernar | dino d SahagQ, 
 dela I dicha orde, a quie | el exame della | fuecometido. Acabe fe 
 d 1 imprimir a qtro di | as del mes de | Mayo, de | 1555. | fff | JCB. 
 
 2601 Vocabvlario | en lengva Castellana y Mexicana, com- | 
 
 puesto por el muy Eeuerendo Padre Fray Alonso de Molina, de 
 la I Orden del bienauenturado nuestro Padre sant Francisco. | Di- 
 rigido al mvy Excelente Senor | Don Martin Enriquez, Visorrey 
 desta nueua Espaila. | [Wood-cut of a shield.] 
 
 En Mexico, | En Casa de Antonio de Spinosa. | 1571. | JOB. 
 
 Title; reverse, ■'Licencias," "EpistolaNvncopatoria," 1 1. ; " Prologo al Lec- 
 tor," 1 1. ; "Avisos," 1 1. ; text, 121 11. "Dirigatvr Oratiomea," &o., with wood- 
 cut, reverse, wood-cut, 1 1. foUo. Followed by : 
 
506 NOETH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Molina {Fr. Alonso de) — continued. 
 
 2602 Yocabvlario | en lengva Mexicana y Oastellana, com- | 
 
 puesto por el muy Eeuerendo Padre Fray Alonso de Molina, de 
 la I Orden del bienauenturado nuestro Padre sant Francisco. | 
 Dirigido al mvy Bxcelente Senor | Don Martin Bnriquez, Visorrey 
 desta nuena Espana. | 
 
 En Mexico, | En Casa de Antonio de Spinosa. | 1571. | 
 
 Colophon : 
 
 ]] Aqvi hazen tin los dos vocabvlarios, en lengva Caste | liana 
 y nahual o Mexicana que hizo y repoilo el muy Reuerendo padre, 
 fray Alonso de Mo | lina: de la orden de senor san Francisco. Im- 
 primieronse en la muy insigne y gran ciudad | de Mexico : en casa 
 de Antonio de Spinosa, en el Ano de nuestra redepcion, de 
 1571. I JOB. 
 
 Title, with wood-out of St. Francis ; reverse, " Prologo al Lector," 1 1. ; 
 " Avisos," 1 1. ; text, 1-162 11. ; reverse of last leaf a wood-cut. folio. 
 
 2603 Vocabulario | de la | Lengua Mexicana | compuesto por el 
 
 P. Fr. Alonso de Molina | publicado de nuevo | por | Julio Platz- 
 mann | Edicion facsimilaria | 
 
 Leipzig I B. G. Teubner | 1880 | ASG. 
 
 Half title, 1 1. ; title, 1 1. ; dedication to Catherine of Russia, 2 11. ; fac-simile of 
 original title-page, Castellana j Mexicana, reverse Licencias, 1 1., &c., as in 
 original edition, 3 11.; in all, 8 p. 11. Text, 121 11.; Dirigator, &c., 1 1.; fac- 
 simile of original title-page, Mexicana y Castellana, reverse Prdlogo, 1 1. ; Avisos, 
 1 1. ; Text, 162 11. ; reverse of last leaf, wood-cut with I. H. S. 
 
 2604 Confessionario breue, en lengua | Mexicana y Castellana: | 
 
 compuesto por el muy reueredo | padre fray Alonso de Molina, de 
 la orde del sera- | phico padre Sant Francisco. | 
 En Mexico en casa de Antonio de Bspinosa, Impressor. | 1565. | 
 Title, with large wood-cut of a crest; reverse, Privilege, 1 1.; text, 11. 2-20, 
 in double columns, Gothic letter. 4°. JOB. 
 
 2605 Confessionario breue, en len- | gua Mexicana y Castellana : 
 
 compuesto por | el muy Eeuerendo Padre Fray Alo | so de Molina, 
 de la orden del Se | rapMco Padre sant | Francisco. \ [Engraving.] 
 
 5 En Mexico. | En casa de Pedro Balli. | 1577. | ' * 
 
 Between the title and imprint there is a singular engraving which I have not 
 seen in any other book of this epoch, which represents the saviour placed in a 
 press with two screws, and shedding from the five wounds torrents of blood, 
 which flow out below the press and are caught by two angels, in a chalice. 
 
 On the reverse of fhe title-page is the license of the viceroy, D. Martin Enri- 
 riquez; 11.1-20, gothic letters, 2 columns, one in Spanish, one in Mexican; en- 
 graving on wood. 4°. There is no colophon, and it terminates with: Gracias 
 scan dadas & nuestro Senor Dios. Laus Deo. 
 
 Title furnished by Sr. Icazbalceta, from copy belonging at the time to Pbro. 
 D. Augustin Fischer, and afterwards sold in London. 
 
 2606 Confessionario mayor, en lengua Mexicana y Castellana. | 
 
 En Mexico, por Antonio de Espinosa. | 1565. I 
 
MOLINA. 507 
 
 Molina {Fr. Alonso de) — continued. 
 
 Colophon ; 
 
 C Acabose de impri- | mir este Confessionario, en la muy in | 
 signe y gran ciudad de Mexi(!0 : en casa de An- | tonio de Espinosa 
 impressor de libros, jun | to a la yglesia de Senor St nt Augu- | 
 stin: a quinze de Mayo. | Af[o de 1565. | Laus dec. | jcb. 
 
 Title, with a wood-cut of the Crucifixion, nearly filling the page ; reverse, Pri- 
 vilege, 11.; "Epistola nuncupatoria," dated 1564, 11.; text, 121 numbered 11., 
 in double columns ; table, 3 11. 4°. Gothic letter. 
 
 2607 Confes | sionario Ma- | yor, en la lengna [sic] Me | xicana 
 
 y Oastellana. | Compuesto per | el muy Reuerendo padre | Fray 
 Alonso de Mo | lina, de la orden del | Seraphico sant | Francisco. | 
 
 En Mexico. | 1" En casa de Pedro Balli. | Ano de 1578. | * 
 
 Ll. 1-2, title and dedication; 11. 3-132 (wrongly numbered 113), the Confessio- 
 nario; 411., unnumbered, table and privilege; Gothicletter, 2 columns 4°. Title 
 from Icazbalceta's Apuntes, No. 131. 
 
 2608 Doctrina xpiana breue traduzida en lengua Mexicana, por 
 
 el p« frai Alonso de Molina de la Orden de los menores, y exami- 
 nada por el E*° p« loan gongalez, Canonigo de la ygl'ia Cathedral 
 de la yiudad de Mexico, por mandado del Emo. S"' don frai loa de 
 Qumarraga, obpo de la dha. giudad, el qual la hizo imprimir en el 
 afio de 1546 a 20 de lunio. 
 
 It is known that Fr. Alonso de Molina wrote a Doctrina, major and minor, in 
 the Mexican language; P. Mendieta expressly says so in his Sisiaria Ecckside- 
 tica Indiana, book iv, chap. 44, and this notice has been printed many times. P. 
 Torquemada has incorporated it literally iu chap. 33, book xix, of his Monarquia 
 Indiana. Gonzaga says the same in his work De Origine Seraphicw Seligionis, p. 
 1242. In the colophon of the Doctrina castellana y mexicana, of 1.548 (No. 13), 
 there is mentioned, with sufficient clearness, the edition of the Doctrina breve, 
 made in 1546, although without stating the name of the author. "Iu the con- 
 gregation held by the bishops it was ordered that there should be made two 
 doctrinas, one short and the other large, and the short one is that which was 
 printed in the year 1546. The reverend senors commanded that the other, the 
 great one, should be for the fuller explanation of the small one." This indication 
 cannot refer to the Doctrina of 1546, spoken of here (No. 10), for that is in Casti- 
 llan alone, and this speaks evidently of one in Castilian and Mexican, like that 
 of 1548(No. 13), of which it is a mate. [See No. 1053 of this catalogue.] Never- 
 theless, D. Nicolas Antonio, well versed in the books of America (Bibl. Hisp. 
 Nova, vol. 1, p. 37), has spoken of this edition, since among the writings of P. 
 Molina he places the following : " Cathedsmo mayor y menor. Doubtless this is 
 the same as the Doctrina Christiana in the Mexican tongue, edited in Mexico in 
 1546 [1564], again in 1606. 4°." Pinelo Barcia (column 726) mentions "two 
 Doctrinas Christianas, greater and less, printed 1546, 1606" — a notice which I 
 think is I aken from Antonio. Finally P. Molina himself, in the dedication of his 
 Arte, 1571, asserts that he has printed a Doctrina Christiana — a reference which 
 cannot apply to that of 1578, for Ihat was made afterwards. In spite of all this 
 and of the mention by less noted authors of four editions of the Doctrina breve 
 in Mexican (1675, 1718, 1732, 1735, in 8°), without counting one of 1571 (of which 
 there are clear indications in the license of the Voeabulario of said year), nor that 
 of 1606 mentioned by Antonio y Barcia, which I have not seen nor found cited 
 anywhere else, Berislain does not put such a Doctrina menor among the writings 
 of P. Molina, except only the Mexican one of 1578. 
 
608 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Molina {Fr. Alonso de) — continued. 
 
 I have neve]- met an example of the edition of 1546. A certain knowledge of 
 it, and also of its text in Castilian and Mexican, is found in the Codice fraruAscano 
 ■which I have already spoken of (p. 247, note 2). This codex contains, among a 
 multitude of important documents, a copy of the Doctrina, with the title which 
 I have given ahove. — Icazhalceta's Life, <^o., of Bishop Zumdrraga, No. 9. 
 
 2609 Doctrina | Christiana en lengua Me | xicana muy neces- 
 
 saria: en la qual | se contienen todos los princi | pales mysteries de 
 nue- I stra Sancta Fee ca- | tholica. Compuesta por el muy Eeve- | 
 rendo Padre Fray Alonso de Molina, de la orden | del glorioso 
 Padre Sant Francisco. | 
 
 Con Priuilegio. | En Mexico, En casa de Pedro Ooharte. | MDL- 
 XXVni [1578]. I * 
 
 Ll. ii-xci, table 4 11. 8°. Title from Icazhalceta's Apuntes, No. 51. . 
 
 Beristain says: Reprinted in Sevilla, with the approbation of the Cardinal 
 Quiroga, Inquisidor General, 1584. 4°. 
 
 2610 Doctrina Christiana y Cathecismo en Lengua Mexicana. 
 
 Nueuamente Emendada, Dispuesta, y Anadida ; para el vso, y en- 
 sei5an9a de los Naturales. Compuesta Por el P. Fr. Alonso De 
 Molina, de la Orden del Glorioso Padre San Francisco. 
 
 Ano de 1675. Con licencia. En Mexico, Por la Viuda de Ber- 
 nardo Calderon. • 
 16 unnumbered 11. 8°. Title from Icazhalceta's Apuntes, No. 133. 
 
 2611 Doctrina Christiana, y Cathecismo, en Lengua Mexicana. 
 
 Compuesta por el P. Fr. Alonso de Molina, de la Orden del Glo- 
 rioso Padre S. Francisco. Corregida ahora nuevameute por el E. 
 Padre Lector Fr. Manuel Perez, Cathedratico de Lengua Mexicana 
 en esta Eeal Vniversidad, del Orden de San Augustin. Para la 
 buena ensenan9a de los Naturales. 
 
 Ano de 1718. Con licencia : En Mexico, por Francisco de Eibera 
 Calderon. . * 
 
 16 unnumbered 11. 8°. Title from Icazhalceta's Apuntes, No. 134. 
 
 2612 Doctrina Christiana, y Cathecismo en Lengua Mexicana. 
 
 Compuesta por el P. Fr. Alonso de Molina, de la Orden del Glorioso, 
 y Seraphico Padre San Francisco. Corregida flelmente, por su 
 original. 
 
 Ano de 1732. Eeimpressa en Mexico: Por la Viuda de Francisco 
 de Eibera Calderon, en la Calle de San Augustin. * 
 
 16 unnumbered 11. 8°. Title from Icazhalceta's Apuntes, No. 135. 
 
 2613 — Doctrina | Christiana | y Cathecismo | en Lengua Mexi- 
 cana. I Compuesta | por el P. Fr. Alonso de | Molina, de la Orden 
 del I Glorioso Seraphico Padre | San Francisco. | Corregida fiel- 
 mete, por su original. | 
 
 Alio de j 1735. [ Eeimpressa en Mexico: | Por la Viuda de Fran- 
 cisco de Eivera, | Calderon en la Calle de S. Augustin. | * 
 16 unnumbered 11. 8°. Title from IcazbaUeta's Apuntes, No. 52. 
 
DOCTRINA 
 
 CHRISTIANA,EN LENGVAME 
 
 Alcana muy neceffaria : cnlaqual 
 
 fe coiitkncn todos los pnnci 
 
 pales myftcrios de nuc- 
 
 ftra SanftaPce ca- 
 
 tholica .:. 
 
 COt^PVESTA POK^EL MVX REVl^^ 
 
 f endo Padre Frajft/ihufidet^eltHAjdeUerdeit 
 delghriofi'P*dre Sant FraticifcO, 
 
 EnMexico,Eii cafadc Pedro Ocharre* 
 M.D.LXXVin. 
 
 ,—E AC-SIMILE OF TITLE-PAGE OF MOLINA'S DOCTRINA OE 1578. 
 
MOLINA. 509 
 
 Molina {Fr. Alonso de) — continued. 
 
 2614 d Arte de la lengna Mexi | cana y Castellana, Compuesta 
 
 por cl muy Ee | uerendo padro fray Alonso de Mo- | Una de la or- 
 
 den de Senor I sant Francisco. I 
 
 ([En Mexico en casa de Pedro Ocharte. 1571. | JCB, 
 
 Title, reverse Privilege, 1 1. ; Epistola nuncupatoria, 2 11. ; text, 11. 1-82; 
 Segunda Parte, 11. 1-3.5, Gothic letter. 12°. 
 
 2615 ([ Arte de la Lengna Me | xicana y Castellana, Compuesta 
 
 por el muy | E. P. Fray Alonso de Molina, de la orden de | Senor 
 sant Francisco, de nueuo en esta segun | da impression corregida, 
 emendada y anadi | da, mas copiosa y clara que la primera. | Di- 
 rigida al Muy Excelente Seiior Vissorrey, &c. | 
 
 Mexico, en casa de Pedro Balli, 1576. | job. 
 
 Title 1 1., Licence 2 11., Epistola 4 11. ; Arte, 1st part, 11. 1-78; 2d part, 11. 79- 
 112. Portrait of St. Francis on title same as first edition. 
 
 2616 Vida de S. Francisco de Asis en megicano. • 
 
 Printed. 
 
 2617 Oflcio parvo do la Virgen Maria en megicano. * 
 
 2618 Los Eyangelios traducidos al megicano. * 
 
 The 1 hrcc t itles above from Beristain, who says : These last two works were not 
 allowed to be printed, in consequence of the ancient prohibition against transla- 
 tions of iho Bible into common tongues. 
 
 Molina (Luis de ISTcve y). 
 See Neve y Molina (Luia de). 
 
510 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 2619 Mombert (J. I.) An | Authentic History | of | Lancaster County, | 
 in the | State of Pennsylvania. | By | J. I. Mombert, D. D. | Mem- 
 ber of the Historical Society of Pennsylvania. | 
 
 Lancaster, Pa. : | J. E. Barr & Co. | 1869. | c. 
 
 Pp. i-viii, 1-617, 11., pp. 1-175. 8°. 
 
 Lord's Prayer in the language of the Six Nations, p. 13 ; Indian localities in 
 Lancaster County, -with definitions and remarks, p. 386. 
 
 2620 Moncrovie (J. B.) Vocabulary of the Satsika, or Blackfeet (Upper 
 Missouri). JWP. 
 
 In Schoolcraft (H. E.) Indian Tribes, vol. 2. pp. 494-505. Philadelphia, 
 1852. 4°. 
 
 2621 Monte y Tejada (Antonio del). Hlstoria | de | Santo Domingo | 
 desde su descubrlmiento hasta nuestros dias, | por Don Antonio del 
 Monte y Tejada | Tomo I. | 
 
 Habana. | Establecimiento Tip<^.gralico de Soler | calle de la Mu- 
 ralla num 82. | M DOCCLIIL | 0. 
 
 3 p. II., pp. i-xxx, l-6a0. 8°. No more published. 
 Remarks, with examples, on the Yucayo language, of Hayti, pp. 366-379. 
 
 Montreal Natural History Society. 
 See Natural History Society of Montreal. 
 
 2622 Monumentos. Monumentos Guadalupanos. • 
 
 First series, 3 vols. 4°. Vol. 1, 223 11. ; vol. 2, 272 11., and vol. 3, 154 11. 
 
 Manuscripts, partly original and partly modern transcripts, some in Spanish 
 and others in the native languages of Mexico, illustrated by several old engrav- 
 ings executed in Mexico, and representing Our Lady of Guadalupe. 
 
 These three volumes, with the second series, comprise everything which the 
 late indefatigable Mr. Ramirez was able to collect on both sides of the Atlantic, 
 respecting this renowned Sanctuary, embracing a period of more than three 
 hundred years. 
 
 They not only comprise many originals which have reference to the renowned 
 Apparition, but whenever Mr. Ramirez was unable to obtain the originals, he had 
 copies made of them and incorporated them in this collection. The copies of 
 documents in native languages are all made by the well-known scholar Lie. Ga- 
 licia Chimalpopoca, who also gives their respective translations. 
 
 A bibliographical notice not only furnishes information of all that has been 
 written and printed on the subject in sermons and devotional books, but also 
 lists of works which, in his judgment, ought to contain information on the sub- 
 ject, but do not. Among the pieces in the Mexican language are two "Colo- 
 quios," or theatrical representations in refei'ence to the Apparition. Whenever 
 copies occur, Mr Ramirez has always noted their sources. — Ramirez Sale Cat., 
 No. 379. 
 
 2623 Monumentos Guadalupanos. * 
 
 Second series, 2 vols, folio. Vol. 1, 13611.; vol. 2, 364 11. Manuscripts from the 
 17th to the 19th century. This second series is a continuation of the preceding, 
 containing mostly original pieces, with a few in the Mexican language.— J?aB>t- 
 
 res Sale Cat., No. 380. 
 
 26J4 [Moor (Edward).] Oriental Fragments. | By | the author of | the 
 Hindu Pantheon. | [Quotation, four lines.] 
 
MOMBERT — MOEAN. 511 
 
 [Moor (Edward)] — continued. 
 
 London : ( Smith, Elder, and Co., Cornhill, | Booksellers, by ap- 
 pointment, to their Majesties. | 1834. | 0. bl. 
 Pp. viii, 537. 12°. plates. 
 
 Sanskrit names in North America and South America, pp. 416-431. 
 
 Moor {Bev. Thorowgood). 
 See Another Tongue. 
 
 2625 Moore (Martin). Memoirs | of | the Life and Character | of | Eev. 
 John Eliot, | Apostle of the N. A. Indians. | By Martin Moore, A. 
 M. I Pastor of the Church in Katick, Mass. | [Two lines quotation.] 
 
 Boston: | Published by T. Bedlington. | Flagg & Gould, print- 
 ers. I 1822. I HTJ. 
 Pp. 1-174. 16°. 
 A few sentences in the Natiok language, p. 41. 
 
 2626 Memoir | of Eliot, | Apostle to the | North American In- 
 dians. I By Martin Moore, | [One line quotation.] Second Edition, | 
 revised and corrected. | 
 
 Boston: | Seth Goldsmith, | and Crocker & Brewster. | 1842. | hu. 
 
 Pp. 1-144. 16°. 
 
 Lord's Prayer in the Natick language, pp. 95-96. 
 
 2627 Mora (D. Pedro). Disertacion sobre la palabra cuatiquia [Mexi- 
 can] equivalente d la latina baptize. * 
 
 Title from Pimentel. 
 
 2628 Morales (D. Francisco Antonio). Arte y Vocabulario [Mixteco] 
 por el cura D. Francisco Antonio Morales. * 
 
 Manuscript. 1761. Title from Pimentel. 
 
 2629 Moran (Bev. Francisco). [Cholti Grammar, Confessionario, and 
 Vocabulary.] * 
 
 Manuscript. 92 11. sm. 4°. In the library of the American Philosophical So- 
 ciety, Philadelphia. 
 
 A work ou the Cholti dialect of the Maya, by Francisco Moran. It is a small 
 quarto of 92 leaves. The first three pages contain a narrative in Spanish, difBl- 
 cult to decipher, by Thomas Murillo, a layman, touching the missions in 1689-92. 
 Then comes one leaf not numbered, with notes on the verso in Cholti, nearly il- 
 legible. On the recto of the fourth leaf: 
 
 Arte I en lengua cholti que qui | ere decir lengua de mil | peros. 
 
 Thirty-two pages in a clear hand, ornamented with scroll work and pen 
 sketches of birds and grotesque animals. On page 35 : 
 
 Libro de lengua cholti que quiere | decir lengua de milperos. 
 
 Twenty-four pages in a cramped but legible hand. At the end the colophon : 
 
 Fin del arte q® trae no. M. E.*° P.® Frai Fran"" moran en un libro 
 de quartilla grande alto, que enquaderno i Eecogio de nuestro Ee- 
 ■ ligiosos i barias cosas (anadi6), el E.^" P." Frai Alonzo de Triana; 
 Eequiescant in pace todos. Amen Jesus, Maria Joseph. 
 
 A few notes on elegant phrases are added, "que mi dio el P. AngeL" 
 
512 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Moran {Rev. Francisco) — continued. 
 
 This is a duplicate of the preceding Arte, differing from it, however, in sev- 
 eral particulars, being more full and accurate. They both seem to be copies of 
 the original of Moran, not the one of the other. 
 
 After the Libro follow eight leaves of questions and answers at the confessional 
 &o., in Cholti. On p. 77 commences : 
 
 Confessiouario en lengua | cholti, escrito en el pue | bio de san 
 lucar salac de | el chol, ano de 1685 : 
 
 Three leaves ending with a catchword, indicating that it is but a fragment. 
 
 The remaining leaves are occupied by a vocabulary, Spanish and Cholti, 
 chiefly on the rectos only. At the commencement is the following marginal 
 note: 
 
 Todo el Vocabulario grande de no. M. E. P.« fr. fran™ moran esta 
 tra Dusldo en este libro, Por el ABesedario, 1 algunos bocablos mas. 
 
 The colophon is: 
 
 En este pueblo de lacandones Uamado de Nta Senora de los do- 
 lores en 24 de Junio dia de S." Juan de 1695 anos. 
 
 We have here therefore two copies of the grammar and one of the vocabulary 
 of the Dominican missionary, Francisco Moran, referred to by Father Francisco 
 Vasquez in his Cronica (1714) as written in the characters invented by the Fran- 
 ciscan friar, Francisco de la Parra (about 1550), to express the five pecular conso- 
 nants of the M.aya group of languages. These are modifications of k, p, ch, t, 
 and tz.' Both these copyists have, however, adopted Roman letters. 
 
 Neither the original nor any other copies are known to exist, nor any other 
 work in the Cholti dialect, though a certain Father Cdrdoba also wrote a gram- 
 mar of it.2 It has even been uncertain whether the Cholti was an independent 
 dialect. It is not mentioned at all in Ludewig's "Literature of American Abo- 
 riginal languages," and Mr. Squier gives the title of Moran's work from Vasquez 
 thus: Arte de la Lengua Cholti (Chorti?).' The Chorti, however, was spoken 
 in Chiquimula and vicinity, while the Cholti, Choi, or Putum, was the dialect 
 of the village of Belen in Vera Paz, of parts of Chiapas, and generally of the 
 eastern Lacandones among the mountains between the former province and 
 Guatemala. The name chol means cornfield, in Mexican Spanish milpa, and 
 ahcholoi or cholti owners or cultivators of cornfields, mitperos. From the short 
 vocabulary of Chorti collected by Mr. Stevens at Zacapa it appears to be farther 
 than the Cholti from p re Maya. 
 
 The grammar of Moran is succinct, clear, and comprehensive, and eminently 
 deserves publication, together with selections from the vocabulary. I have made 
 a careful cojiy of it for my own use and have found it of great service as illus- 
 trating certain points of growth in these idioms, for instance, with reference to 
 the devehipment of the personal pronouns, recently discussed in a scholarly essay 
 by M. de Gharencey;'' and affording some additional illustration of the "vowel 
 echo," l'6cho vocalique of the Maya dialects, to which the same writer has called 
 attention as analogous to the law of the harmonic sequence of vowels common 
 in Scythian languages.^ — Brinton. 
 
 ' I have also noticed the occasional use in these manuscripts of a peculiar 
 vowel sound represented by an i with a diacritical mark beneath it. 
 
 ^ Pimentel : Cuadro Descriptive de las Lenguas Indigenas de Mexico, t. ii, 
 p. 234. C6rdobii is not mentioned by Mr. Squier. 
 
 3 Monograph of Authors, &c. p. 38., 
 
 ■• Le pronom personnel dans les idiomes de la famille Tapachulane-Huast^qne. 
 Caen, 1868. 
 
 ' Etude comparative sur les langues de la famille Maya-Quich€. Eevne Am€- 
 ricainoj tome i. 
 
MOEAN — MOKCH. 613 
 
 2630 Moran (George). Vocabulary of the Ojibwa of Saginaw. 
 
 In Schoolcraft (H. R.) Indian Tribes, vol. 2, pp. 458-469. Philadelphia, 
 1852. 4°. 
 
 2031 Moran (P. Fr. Pedro). Arte breve y compendiosa de la lengua 
 Pocomcbi de la provincia de la Verapaz compuesto y ordenado por 
 el venerable Padre fray Dionysio de Quniga para los principiantes 
 que comien§an & aprender, y traducido en la lengua Pocoman de 
 Amatitan por el padre fray Pedro Moran, quien lo empe5o 4 escre- 
 bir en este conv*" de N. P. S'" Domingo de Goath^ oy juebes diez 
 del mes de abril de este ano de mill cetessientos y veynte. * 
 
 Majtiscript. 8 11. folio. Title from Brasseur de Bourbonrg. 
 
 2632 Bocabulario de solo los nombres de la lengua Pokoman, es- 
 
 crito y ordenado por el padre fray Pedro Moran en el convento de 
 N. P. S*" Domingo de Goatbemala. * 
 
 Manuscript. 120 11. folio. Comprises only the words from A to N, inclusive, 
 but very copious. — Brasseur de Bourhourg. 
 
 2633 Bocabulario de nombres que comiencjan en romance en la 
 
 Lengua Pokoman de Amatitan. Ordenado y compuesto por el 
 padre fray Pedro Moran, en este convento de N. P. S*° Domingo de 
 Goatbemala. * 
 
 Manuscript. 99 11. folio. A dictionary of conversation, the phrases of which 
 begin with Spanish. The author entitles it romance, that is, the vulgar tongue. — 
 Brasseur de Bowbourg. 
 
 2634 Yidas de santos en forma de homilias, en Pokoman y cas- 
 
 tellano, para los principiantes que comiengan k aprender la lengua 
 pokoman de Amatitan, ordenadas por el padre fray Pedro Moran, 
 en este conv*" de N. P. S*" Domiugo de Goatbemala. * 
 
 Manuscript. 92 11. folio. Comprises a succession of homilies in the Pokomane 
 language, with the Spanish translation interlined, followed by notes and expla- 
 nations, evidently made to facilitate the study of the language. It is a copious 
 work, and the only one of the sort with which I am acquainted. — Brasseur de 
 Bourhourg. 
 
 2635 Morch (Johan Christian). Kaladlit | PelleserkangoEeta | Hans 
 Egedib | Okalloutei Uunukorsiutit | ajoksersukkaminut, | agleksi- 
 magalloset | Johan Christian Morch-mit | Kakortormiut niuvertori- 
 gallos^nuit | m^nalo tit^rnekartisimarsut | Peter Kragh-mit | Gjer- 
 levimiut Pellesi£§nnit. | 
 
 Kjobenhavuime. | Pabritius de Tengnagelib nakk'itterivi^ne | 
 nakk'itt4rsimarsut. | 1837. | c. HU. JWP. 
 
 Pp. 1-189. 16°. In the Eskimo language. The work is also issued with Dan- 
 ish translation, with title as above, followed by title in Danish, as follows : 
 
 2636 Gronlaendernes | forste Praists | Hans Egedes | Aften- 
 
 Samtaler | med sine Diciple, | forfattede efter Oanpe | af | .Johan 
 Christian Morch, | forhenvserende Kj^bmand ved Julianehaab, | 
 og nu udgivne af | Peter Kragh, | Prsest i Gjerlev. 
 33 Bib 
 
514 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Morch (Johan Christian) — continued. 
 
 Kjobenhavn: | Trykt i Pabricius de Tengnagels Bogtrykkeri: | 
 1837. I ^' Htr. 
 
 Pp. 1-376. 16°. Alternate pages Danish and Greenlandish. Eskimo title 
 verso 1. 1 ; Danish title recto 1. 2. Evening Conversations of Hans Egede, trans- 
 lated by Morch. 
 
 2637 Mor6nas (M.) Noticia sobre la lengua de los salvajes de la Ame- 
 rica del Norte por M. Mor^nas. * 
 
 In Misoelanea Hispano-Am^ricana de ciencias, Hteratura i artes. Londres, 
 1827. 4 vols. 8=. 
 
 Title from Sabin's Dictionary, No. 49434, and bookseller's catalogue. 
 
 2638 Moreno {Fr. Geronimo). Arte y gramatica de Zapoteco. * 
 
 " Fr. 6er6nimo Moreno compuso arte y gramatica de Zapoteco - - y tradujo 
 S. esta lengua el simbolo de San Atanasio, los evangelios, y epistolas de san 
 Pablo." — Carriedo. 
 
 2639 Sermones en Lengua Zapoteca. * 
 
 2640 Tratado curioso de las raices y formacion de los Verbos de 
 
 la Lengua Zapoteca. * 
 
 Manuscripts. Titles from Beristain. 
 
 2641 Morgan (Alfred). A description of a Dakotan Calendar, with a 
 few ethnographical and other notes on the Dakotas, or Sioux In- 
 dians, and their territory. By Alfred Morgan. 
 
 In Lit. and Philos. Soc. of Liverpool, Proc, vol. 33, pp. 233-253. London, 
 and Liverpool, 1879. 8°. 
 
 Names of Dakota bands, pp. 239-240, and a number of Dakota terms passim. 
 
 2642 [Morgan [Col. George).] A letter from Col. George Morgan to Gen. 
 Washington, inclosing the Lord's Prayer in Sha-wa-nese. [Signed 
 " George Morgan."] 
 
 In Mass. Hist. Soc. Coll., third series, vol. 5, pp. 286-287. Boston, 1836. 8°. 
 
 2643 Morgan (Lewis Henry). League | of the | Ho-d^-no-sau-nee, | or | 
 Iroquois. | By Lewis H. Morgan, | Corresponding Member of the 
 New York Historical Society ; of the | American Ethnological So- 
 ciety, etc. I [Two lines quotation,] [Picture.] 
 
 Eochester: | Sage and Brother, Publishers. | New York: — Mark 
 H. Newman & Co. | Boston: — Gould tSc Lincoln. | 1851. | c. BA. WB. 
 
 Pp. i-xx, 1-477. 8°. map. 
 
 Titles or Sachemships of the Iroquois, founded at the institution of the 
 League (English signification in foot-notes), pp. 64-65. 
 
 Table exhibiting the scientific [and Seneca] names of the animals adopted by 
 the Iroquois as the emblems of their respective tribes, foot-note, p. 80. 
 
 Terms of relationship among the Ho-d^-no-sau-nee, in the language of the 
 Senecas, foot-note, p. 86. 
 
 Schedule of Iroquois dances, p. 290. 
 
 Book iii. Chap. ii. Language of the Iroquois ; Alphabet; The Noun; Adjec- 
 tive ; Comparison ; Article ; Adverb ; Preposition ; Species of Declension ; The 
 Verb; Fulness of Conjugation; Formation of Sentences ; The Lord's Prayer, pp. 
 394-411. This also includes : "Table exhibiting the dialectical variations of the 
 
MORCH — ^MORGAN. 515 
 
 Morgan (Lewis Henry) — continued. 
 
 Language of the Iroquois, as illustrated in their geographical names,'' giving the 
 names of 24 geographic features in the State of New York, in the Seneca, Cayuga, 
 Onondaga, Tuscarora, Oneida, and Mohawk dialects, with English signification, 
 folding sheet, facing p. 394. 
 
 Schedule explanatory of the Indian map, giving English equivalents of Indian 
 geographic names, pp. 465-474. 
 
 Table exhibiting, in the Seneca dialect, the conjugation of the verb G6-yase, 
 " I shoot," pp. 475-477. 
 
 2644 Circular in reference to the degrees of relationship among 
 
 different nations. 
 
 [Washington. Smithsonian Institution: 1862.] 0. JWP. 
 
 No title-page; pp. 1-3:5. 8°. Smithsonian Institution Miscellaneous Collec- 
 tions, No. 138. Also forms part of vol. 2, Smithsonian Institution Miscellaneous 
 Collections. 
 
 Contains a list of relationships in the Seneca language. 
 
 2645 Smithsonian Contributions to Knowledge. | 218 | Sys- 
 tems I of I Consanguinity and Affinity | of the | Human Family. | 
 By I Lewis H. Morgan. | 
 
 Washington City: | Published by the Smithsonian Institution. | 
 1871. I C. WE. JWP. 
 
 Outside title, 1 1. , pp. i-xiv, i-xii, 1-590. 4°. Forms vol. 17, Smithsonian Contri- 
 butions to Knowledge. 
 
 Pronominal inflections of the Knisteneaux or Cree, Cherokee, and Seneca-Iro- 
 qnois, p. 137. 
 
 Specializations in the dual and plural (Cherokee), p. 137. 
 
 Table of Consanguinity, &c., of the Seneca-Iroquois and Yankton-Dakota, pp. 
 167-169. 
 
 Table of relationships, Winnebagoe and Isauntie-Dakota, p. 181. 
 
 Comparative vocabulary of the Mandan, Kau, Otoe, Isauntie-Dakota and 
 Wiunebagoes (Gallatin), p. 182. 
 
 Comparative vocabulary of the Minnataree (Morgan), Crow (Morgan), Choeta 
 (Bylngton), Creek (Casey), Cherokie (Morgan), Wyandote (Morgan), p. 183. 
 
 A few words in the Crow language, p. 186. 
 
 Table of relationships in Seneca, Wyandote, Yankton, Mandan, Kaw, Otoe, 
 Choeta, Cherokee, p. 194. 
 
 Comparative vocabulary of the Grand Pawnee (Morgan), Arickaree (from 
 Maximilian), Kicbai (from Lieuteuaut Whipple), Wichita (from Captain Marcy), 
 Hueco (from Lieutenant Whipple), p. 195. 
 
 Relationships in Pawnee, p. 196 ; Possessive Pronouns, p. 197. 
 
 Comparative vocabulary of the Cree, Ojibwa, Potawattamie, Blood-Blackfoot, 
 Ahahnelin, p. 209. 
 
 Comparative vocabulary of the Shawnee (Morgan), Menominee (from Bruce), 
 Shiyan (from Smith), Arapahoe (from Smith), Ahahnelin (Morgan), p. 214. 
 
 Comparative vocabulary of the Slave Lake Indians (Keunicott), Beaver In- 
 dians (Keunicott), Chepewyan Indians (Richardson), Dog Rib Indians (Richard- 
 son), Kutchin Indians (Richardson), p. 232. 
 
 Relationships of the Yakama (Pandosy), p. 253. 
 
 Comparative vocabulary of the Eskimo of Behring's Sea (Kuskutchewak) 
 (Richardson), Eskimo of Hudson's Bay (from Gallatin), Eskimo of Labrador 
 (from Latrobe), Eskimo of Northumberland Inlet (Morgan), Eskimo of Green- 
 land (Cranz and Egede), p. 268. 
 
 System of Consanguinity and Affinity of the Ganow^nian Family, Tables I 
 and II, pp. 293-382, contains the terms of relationship of the following peOt»les: 
 
516 
 
 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Morgan (Lewis Henry) — continued. 
 
 Ganowanias FamilT. 
 
 Olattes. 
 
 Sakotan Stem. 
 
 Branches. 
 
 Hod6no- 
 saimian > 
 
 INations. 
 
 Dalcota Na- 
 tions. 
 
 Missouri 
 Nations. 
 
 Upper 
 Missouri 
 Nations. 
 
 Gulf 
 
 Nations. 
 
 I Prairie Na- 
 tions. 
 
 Great Lake 
 Nations. 
 
 Algonkin Stem. 
 
 Mississippi 
 Nations. 
 
 Nations or languages. By whom collected. 
 
 1. Seneca Lewis H. Morgan. 
 
 2. Cayuga Lewis H. Morgan. 
 
 3. Onondaga Lewis H. Morgan. 
 
 4. Oneida Lewis H. Morgan. 
 
 5. Mohawk Lewis H. Morgan. 
 
 6. Tusoarora Lewis H. Morgan. 
 
 7. Two Mountain Iroquois Lewis H. Morgan. 
 
 8. 'Wj-andote Lewis H. Morgan. 
 
 9. Dakota : Isauntie Eev. Stephen E. Eiggs. 
 
 10. Dakota: Yankton Lewis H. Morgan. 
 
 11. Dakota: Tanktonajs Lewis H. Morgan. 
 
 12. Dakota: Sisseton Lewis H. Morgan. 
 
 13. Dakota: Ogalalla Lewis H. Morgan. 
 
 14. Dakota: Bral6 Lewis H. Morgan. 
 
 15. Dakota: TJncpapa Lewis H. Morgan. 
 
 16. Dakota: Blaokfoot Lewis H. Morgan. 
 
 17. Asiniboine Lewis H. Morgan. 
 
 18. Punka Lewis H. Morgan. 
 
 19. Omaha Eev. Charles Sturges. 
 
 20. Iowa Lewis H. Morgan. 
 
 21. Otoe (Missouri the same) Lewis H. Morgan. 
 
 22. Kaw Lewis H. Morgan. 
 
 23. Osage (QuSppii the same) P. E. Elder. 
 
 24. Winnebagoe Lewis H. Morgan. 
 
 25. Mandan Lewis H. Morgan. 
 
 26. Minnitaree Lewis H. Morgan. 
 
 27. Crow Lewis H. Morgan. 
 
 ( 28. Chocta Eev. John Edwards. 
 
 129. Chocta Eev. Ch. C. Copeland. 
 
 j 30. Chickaaa Eev. Ch. C. Copeland. 
 
 Creek Eev.E.M. Loughridge. 
 
 Cherokee Eev. C. C. Torrey. 
 
 Mountain Cherokee Eev. Evan Jones. 
 
 Eepublican Pawnee B. F. Lushbaugh. 
 
 Grand Pawnee Lewis H. Morgan. 
 
 Arickaree i- Lewis H. Morgan. 
 
 37. Cree: of the Prairie Lewis H. Morgan. 
 
 38. Cree: oftheWoods Lewis H. Morgan. 
 
 39. Cree : of the Lowlands Lewis H. Morgan. 
 
 40. Ojibwa : Lake Superior Eev. Father Ed. Jacker. 
 
 41. Ojibwa: Lake Michigan Eev. P. Dougherty. 
 
 42. Ojibwa: Lake Huron Lewis H. Morgan. 
 
 43. Ojibwa: Kansas Lewis H. Morgan. 
 
 44. Otawa Lewis H. Morgan. 
 
 45. Pot^wattamie Lewis H. Morgan. 
 
 46. Miami Lewis H. Morgan. 
 
 47. Peoria Lewis H. Morg.m. 
 
 48. Piankeshaw Lewis H. Morgan. 
 
 49. Kaskaakie Lewis H. Morgan. 
 
 50. "Weaw Lewis H. Morgan. 
 
 51. Sawk and Fox Lewis H. Morgan. 
 
 52. Menomine Lewis H.Morgan. 
 
 53. Shiyan (Arapahoe the same) Lewis H. Morgan. 
 
 54. Kikapoo Paschal Fish. 
 
 55. ShawTiee Simon D. Harvoy. 
 
MORGAN. 
 
 517 
 
 Morgan (Lewis Henry) — continued. 
 
 Ganowanian Family— oontinned. 
 
 Olaises. 
 
 Athapasco- 
 Apaolie Stem. 
 
 Branches. 
 
 Eocky 
 Mountain 
 Nations. 
 
 Atlantic 
 Algonkin 
 l^ations. 
 
 Athapascan 
 Nations. 
 
 NatUmi or languages. 
 
 By whom eolUcted. 
 
 SelishStem 4 . 
 
 Saliaptin Stem 
 
 Kootenay Stem . . . 
 Slioslionee Stem . - . 
 
 Pueblo Stem. 
 
 56. 
 
 57. 
 
 58. 
 
 59. 
 
 60. 
 
 61. 
 
 62. 
 
 63. 
 f64. 
 
 65. 
 
 66. 
 
 67. 
 
 68. 
 ;69. 
 \70. 
 .71. 
 .72. 
 .-73. 
 
 r74. 
 
 \75. 
 76. 
 
 77. 
 
 Ah-ali'-ne-liii{Gros Ventres ofPrairie). Lewis H. Morgan. 
 
 Piegan Blackfoot Lewis H. Morgan. 
 
 Blood Blackfoot Lewie H.Morgan. 
 
 Micmac Rev. Silas T. Rand. 
 
 Etchemin, or Malisete Eev. Silas T. Hand. 
 
 Mohegan Lewis H. Morgan. 
 
 Delaware Lewis H. Morgan. 
 
 Munsee Lewis H. Morgan. 
 
 Slave Lake Indians, or A-chaZ-o-tin-ne Robert Kennicott. 
 
 Hare Indiana, or Ta-na' tin-ne Lewis H. Morgan. , 
 
 Red Knife, or Tal-sote'-e-na Lewis H. Morgan. 
 
 KUtchin, or Louchieux W. L. Herdesty. 
 
 Tukuthe (Peel River) 
 
 Spokane Geo. Gribbs. 
 
 OkinJlkan Lewis H. Morgan. 
 
 Yakama Geo. Gibbs. 
 
 Kootenay Geo. Gibbs. 
 
 Utabs (Tabegwacbes) Robert Kennicott. 
 
 Laguna Rev. Samnel Gorman. 
 
 Tesuque Michael Steck, M D. 
 
 Cbontal (Tabasco) Guillenno Garcia. 
 
 Chibcba, or mnyska (New Grenada) . .E. Uricoechea. 
 
 Arctic Family. 
 
 I Eskimo Na- 
 tions. 
 
 1 
 
 r78. Eskimo (west of Hudson's Bay) James R. Clare. 
 
 79. Eskimo (Greenland) Samuel Kleinscbmidt. 
 
 Eskimo (Northumberland Inlet) Lewis H. Morgan. 
 
 2646 
 
 — Ancient Society | or | Eesearches in the Lines of Human 
 Progress | from Savagery, through Barbarism | to Civilization | 
 by I Lewis H. Morgan, LL. D | Member of the National Academy 
 of Sciences. Author of "The League of the Iroquois," | "The 
 American Beaver and his Works," "Systems of Consanguinity 
 and [ Affinity of the Human Family," Etc. | [Two lines quotation.] 
 
 New York | Henry Holt and Company | 1877 | 0. JWP. 
 
 Pp. i-xvi, 1-560. 8°. 
 
 Proper names in Omaha, with English signiiication, p. 78. 
 
 ' ' Table of sachemships of the Iroqaois, " witli English signification ; Mohawks, 
 Oneidas, Onondagas, Cayngas, and Seneoas, pp. 130-131. 
 
 Gentea of the following tribes : 
 Iroquois and Wyandotes, p. 153. 
 Puukas and Omahas, p. 155. 
 lowas, Otoes and Missouris, 
 
 Kaws, p. 156. 
 Winnebagoes, p. 157. 
 Mandans and Minnitarees, p. 158. 
 Upsarokas, or Crows, p. 159. 
 Creeks, p. 161. 
 Choctas, p. 162. 
 
 Chickasas, p. 163. 
 Cherokees, p. 164. 
 Ojibwas, p. 166. 
 and Potawattamies, p. 167. 
 
 Miamis and Shawnees, p. 168. 
 Sauks and Foxes, p. 170. 
 Blood Blackfeet and Piegan Black- 
 feet, p. 171. 
 Delawares, pp. 171-172. 
 Phratriea of the Mohegans, p. 174. 
 
 2647 Department of the Interior | U. S. Geographical and Geo- 
 logical Survey of the Eocky Mountain Eegion ] J. W. Powell in 
 
518 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Morgan (Lewis Henry) — continued. 
 
 Charge | Houses and House-Life | of the | American Aborigines | 
 by I Lewis H. Morgan | [Seal] 
 
 Washington | Government Printing Oflace | 1881 | c. we. jwp. 
 
 Pp. i-xiv, 1-281. 4°. Forms vol. 4 of Powell (J. W.) Contributions to North 
 American Ethnology. 
 
 Table of sachemships of the Iroquois, in the Seneca dialect, with translations, 
 pp. 30-31. 
 
 2648 Laws of Descent of the Iroquois. By Lewis H. Morgan, of 
 
 Eochester, N. Y. 
 
 In Am. Ass. Adv. Sci., Proc, vol. 11, pp. 132-148. Cambridge, 1858. 8°. 
 Names of the several degrees of relationship recognized among the Iroquois, 
 in the dialect of the Senecas, p. 137. 
 
 2649 Laws of Descent of the Iroquois. By Lewis H. Morgan of 
 
 Eochester. 
 Kew York. * 
 
 16 pp. b°. Title from Field, No. 1092. Perhaps separate issne of above. Sa- 
 
 bin's Dictionary, No. 50665, gives titles of editions : N. p., n. d., 16 pp. 8°. ; and, 
 
 Eochester, 1859, 12 pp. 12'=. 
 
 ^2650 Letters on the Iroquois, by Skenandoah, addressed to Al- 
 bert Gallatin, LL. D., President Kew York Historical Society. 
 
 In Am. Review, vol. 5, pp. 177-190, 242-257, 447-461 ; vol. 6, pp. 477-490, 626- 
 633. New York, 1847. 8°. 
 
 Contains a list of the sachemships of the Iroquois confederacy, vol. 5, pp. 181- 
 182 ; Seneca names of animals, vol. 5, p. 186 (foot-uote) ; List of Seneca relation- 
 ships, vol. 5, p. 188 ; Table exhibiting, in the Seneca dialect, the conjugation of 
 the verb Geyase, and remarks on language, vol. 5, pp. 457-461 . 
 
 Scattered throughout are a great number of Iroquois terms, geographic and 
 proper names, &o. 
 
 Partly reprinted as follows: 
 
 2651 Letters on the Iroquois by Skenandoah: addressed to 
 
 Albert Gallatin, L. L. D., President N. York Historical Society. * 
 
 In Craig (N. B.) The Olden Time, vol. 2. Pittsburgh, 1847. 8°. 
 Reprinted in Craig (N. B. ) The Olden Time, vol. 2, pp. 68-87, 117-139, 289-307. 
 Cincinnati, 1876. 8°. Linguistics, pp. 81, 84, 301-307. 
 
 Titles Irom Mr. W. Eames, the latter from copy seen in the Astor Library. 
 
 2652 [List of Donations] from Lewis H. Morgan, of Eochester 
 
 [to the Historical and Antiquarian Collection in the New York 
 State Cabinet of Natural History]. 
 
 In New York University, second ann. rept., pp. 74-75. 1849. 8°. 
 
 List of 49 articles, some of which have names in the Seneca dialect. Reprinted, 
 with additions (Nos. 1-67), in Catalogue of the Cabinet of Natural History of the 
 State of New York, Appendix, pp. 1-6. Albany, 1853. 6°. Pp. 22-24 of this ap- 
 pendix contain a further list of articles (Nos. 66-153) made by the ludiaus of 
 Western New York ; and pp. 25-28, a list of articles (Nos. 154-271) made by the 
 Indians residing in Canada West, the name of each article being given in the 
 Seneca dialect. 
 
 2653 Schedule of Articles obtained from Indians residing in 
 
 western New- York, being the product of their own handicraft and 
 
MORGAN. 519 
 
 Morgan (Lewis Henry) — continued. 
 
 manufacture, for the l<rew-York Historical and Antiquarian Collec- 
 tion, under the direction of Lewis H. Morgan, of Rochester. 
 
 In New York University, third ann. rept., pp. 57-60. Albany, 1850. 8°. 
 Each article is given its name in the Seneca language. 
 
 \/ 2654 Eeport to the Eegents of the University, upon the articles 
 
 furnished the Indian Collection : by L. H. Morgan. December 31, 
 1849. 
 
 In Ne-w York University, third ann.rept., pp. 65-97. Albany, 1850. 8°. 
 
 List of articles used by Indians, with names in the Seneca dialect, accompanied 
 by 17 colored plates of dress, ornaments, &c. 
 
 2655 The Fabrics of the Iroquois. 
 
 In American Quarterly Register, vol. 4, pp. 319-343. Washington [1850]. 8°. 
 Contains names of many articles in the Seneca dialect. Eeprinted as follows : 
 
 2656 Eeport on the fabrics, inventions, implements and uten- 
 sils of the Iroquois, made to the Eegents of the University, Jan. 22, 
 1851, by Lewis H. Morgan. Illustrative of the Collection annexed 
 to the State Cabinet of Natural History, With Illustrations. By 
 Eichard H. Pease, Albany. 
 
 InNew York University, fifth ann.rept., pp. 67-117. Albany, 1852. 8°. 
 List of implements and utensils, with names in the Seneca dialect, accom- 
 panied by 20 colored plates. 
 
 2657 Donations [of Indian Articles] from Lewis H. Morgan. 
 
 In Neiw York University Catalogue, pp. 3-6. Albany, 1853. 8°. 
 
 2658 Purchases from Lewis H. Morgan, of Eochester [of] Arti- 
 cles manufactured at special request, by Indians residing in West- 
 ern New York and Canada West. 
 
 In New York University Catalogue, pp. 22-28. Albany, 1853. 8°. 
 
 2659 A Conjectural Solution of the Origin of the Classificatory 
 
 System of Eelationship. By Lewis H. Morgan, of Eochester, New 
 
 York. 
 
 In Am. Acad. Arts and Soi., Proc, vol. 7, pp. 436-477. Boston and Cambridge, 
 1868. 8°. 
 
 Comparative Table of the System of Eelationship of the Seneca Iroquois In- 
 dians * * * and of the People of South India, pp. 456-460. 
 
 Separately issued as follows : 
 
 2660 A I Conjectural Solution | of the | Origin of the Classifica- 
 tory System | of | Eelationship. | By | Lewis H. Morgan, | Associ- 
 ate Fellow [&c., seven lines.] (From the Proceedings of the Ameri- 
 can Academy of Arts and Sciences, I Vol. Yll, February 11, 1868.) | 
 
 Cambridge: | Welch, Bigelow and Company, | Printers to the 
 University. | 1868. htj. 
 
 Pp. 435-477. 8°. 
 
 "Lewis H. Morgan was bom in Aurora, Cayuga County, New York, November 
 21, 1818. He was graduated by Union College, Schenectady, in the class of 
 1840. Returning from college to Aurora, Mr. Morgan joined a secret society com- 
 posed of the young men of the village and known as the ' Grand Order of the 
 
520 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Morgan (Lewis Henry) — continued. 
 
 Iroquois.' This h.ad n great influence upon his future career and studies. 
 The 'Order' was instituted for sport and amusement, but its organization was 
 modeled on the governmental system of the Six Nations f and chiefly under Mr. 
 Morgan's direction and leadership the objects of the 'Order' were extended, if 
 not entirely changed, and its purposes improved. To become better acquainted 
 with the social polity of the Indians, young Morgan visited the aborigines remain- 
 ing in New York — a mere remnant, but yet retaining, so far as they were able, 
 their ancient laws and customs ; and he went so far as to be adopted as a mem- 
 ber by the Senecas. Before the ' Council of the Order,' in the years 1844, '45, 
 and '46, he read a series of papers on the Iroquois, which, under the nom- de-plume 
 of ' Skenandoah,' were published in 1847 in the American Quarterly Review, 
 in the form of letters addressed to Albert Gallatin. From this source they were 
 transferred the following year to the columns of Olden Time, a pioneer historical 
 magazine published in Pittsburgh, Pa.^ Mr. Morgan died in Rochester, N. Y., 
 D. cember 17, 1881." 
 
 2661 Morillot {AbM). Mythologie et Legendes des Esquimaux du Green- 
 land. 
 
 In Soc. Philologique, Actes, vol. 4, pp. 215-286. Paris, 1875. 8°. 
 Contains remarks on the Eskimo language. 
 Separately issued as follows : 
 
 2662 Actes | de la | Soci6t6 Philologique | Tome IV.— No. 7.— 
 
 Juillet 1874. | Mythologie & Legendes | des | Esquimaux ( du 
 Groenland | 
 
 Paris I Maisonneuve & Cie, Libraires-Bditeurs | 15, Quai Vol- 
 taire, 15 I 1874. I A. T. 
 Printed title on cover, pp. 215-288. 8°. 
 
 2663 Morning. Morning and Evening | Prayers, | the | Administration 
 of the Sacraments, | and | other rites and ceremonies of | the 
 Church. I According to the use of | The United Church of England 
 and Ireland. [ 
 
 London: | Printed for the | Society for Promoting Christian 
 Knowledge. | 1847. | JWP. 
 
 1 p. 1., pp. 1-157, alternate English and Algonkin. 16°. 
 
 Minseeweh | IN'uhkoomwawaukunul. | 
 
 Pp. 1-34. 16°. Hymns — entirely in the Algonkin language. 
 
 2664 The | Morning and Evening Prayer. | The Litany, and 
 
 Church Catechism. | Ne | Orhoengene neoni Yogaraskhagh | Yon- 
 dereanayendaghkwa, | Ke Bne Myoh Kaodeweyena, neoni | Onogh- 
 sadogeaghtige Youdadderigh- | wanondoentha. | 
 
 Boston, New-England: | Printed by Richard and Samuel Draper. 
 1763. I GB. 
 
 1 p. 1., pp. 1-24, 1-18. sm. 4°. In the Mohawk language. 
 
 The Order for Morning Prayer daily throughout the year, pp. 1-16 ; The Lit- 
 any, pp. 17-24 ; The Church Catechism, pp. 1-9; Prayers, pp. 10-18. 
 
 Seen at the Brinley sale, from the catalogue of -which, pt. 3, no. 5708, the fol- 
 lowing note is taken : 
 
MORGAN — MORSE. 521 
 
 Morning — continued. 
 
 " It may have been printed at the instance of the Rev. Dr. Eleazer Wheelock, or 
 by the Boston Commissioners of the (Scotch) Society for Propagating Christian 
 Knowledge, for the use of the missionaries and school-masters sent from New 
 England to the Six Nations. 
 
 " Wm. Weyman was employed by Sir Wm. Johnson, in 1762, to print a new 
 edition of the Mohawt Prayer-Book, and began the work early in 1763, under 
 the supervision of the Rev. Dr. Barclay. Its progress was interrupted by the 
 death of Dr. Barclay, in 1764, and less than half the book was printed when 
 Weyman died, in July, 1768. In the meantime several missionaries had gone 
 from New England to the Six Nations ; Mr. Cornelius Bennett, a catochist of the 
 Episcopal church, was teaching school among the Mohawks in 1764 ; Mr. C. J. 
 Smith (accompanied by young Joseph Brant) and the Rev. Samuel Kirtland 
 went, the same year, from Lebanon, as missionaries to the same field — sent by 
 the Boston Commissioners, and several others were preparing themselves at Leb- 
 anon for this mission. This Prayer-Book and Catechism was probably printed 
 for the use of these missionaries and their Indian scholars. It seems to be a re- 
 print, so far as it goes, of the first edition (Wm. Bradford, 1715), omitting the 
 ' Several Chapters of the Old and New Testament' ; and founded, like that edition 
 on the translations made 'by Mr. Freeman, a xeiy worthy Calviuist minister.'" 
 
 For other editions of the Book of Common Prayer, see Claesse (L.), 1715, and 
 note thereto. 
 
 2665 Morris (Bev. Richard). Fifth Annual Address of the President 
 to the Philological Society, delivered at the Anniversary Meeting, 
 Friday 19th May, 1876. 
 
 No title-page. 125 pp. 8°. 
 
 On the North American Languages, pp. 83-95. 
 
 2666 Morse {Rev. Jedidiah). A | Eeport | to the | Secretary of War | 
 of the United States, | on Indian Affairs, | Comprising a Narrative 
 of a Tour | performed | in the summer of 1820, under a commission 
 from the President of | the United States, for the purpose of ascer- 
 taining, for I the use of the government, the actual state of | the 
 Indian Tribes in our country: | Illustrated by a map of the United 
 States; ornamented by a | correct portrait of a Pawnee Indian. | 
 By the Eev. Jedidiah Morse, D. D. | Late Minister of the First 
 Congregational Church in Charlestown, near Boston, now resident | 
 in l^Tew-Haven. | 
 
 New-Haven: | Published by Davis & Force, Washington, D. C. ; 
 Cushing & Jewett, Balti- | more ; W. W. Woodward, and B. Lit- 
 tell, Philadelphia; Spalding & Howe, | and E. N. Henry, New- 
 York ; E. & E. Hosford, Albany ; Howe & | Spalding, New-Haven ; 
 G. Goodwin & Sons, Hudson & Co. O. D. Cooke | & Sons, Hart- 
 ford; Eichardson & Lord, S. T. Armstrong, Lincoln & Ed- | munds, 
 Cummings & Hilliard, and G. Clark, Boston. | Printed by S. Con- 
 verse. I 1822. I C. BA. JWP, 
 
 Pp. 1-96, and Appendix 1-400. 8°. map. 
 
 Scattered throughout this vohime are a number of aboriginal terms; on p. 
 128 of the Appendix are a few Sauk words ; pp. 306-308, a list of names of Indian 
 villages in Florida, with English signification; and on pp. 356-360, an article en- 
 titled " Indian Languages," which includes, pp. 359-360, " Translation of the 19th 
 
522 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Morse {Eev. Jedidiah) — continued. 
 
 Psalm into the Muli-he-con-nuk language .... under the superintendanoe of 
 Rev. John Sergeant, Missionary." Pp. 361-374 give a "Statistical Table of all 
 the Indian Tribes vrithin the limits of the United States ". 
 
 See American Society. 
 
 2667 Mosesib aglangita sivorlingit .... The Book of Genesis translated 
 into the Esquimaux Language. 
 
 London, M'Dowall, 1834. * 
 
 166 pp. 12°. Title from Leclero's Supplement, No. 2671. 
 
 2668 Mosesil Aglangit. The Five Books of Moses, translated into the 
 Esquimaux Language. By the Missionaries of the Unitas Fra- 
 trum, or, United Brethren. 
 
 London, 1841. * 
 
 678 pp. 12°. Title from Clark's Bibliotheoa Americana, 1878, No. 4379. 
 
 2669 Motolinia d Benavente {Fr. Toribio). Doctrina Cristiana en lengua 
 Megicana. • 
 
 Title from Beristain. 
 
 2670 [Mottiis (B.)j, editor. Oratio Dominica KoXoyXmrzoi;, TzoXu/iopKpo^, 
 nimirum plus Unguis, versionibus aut characteribus reddita et 
 expressa. Editio novissima, speciminibus variis quam priores 
 comitatior. 
 
 Londini, apud Dan. Brown et W. Keble white, 1700. * 
 
 Pp. 76. sm. 4°. Preface signed " B. M. Typogr. Lond." Title from Aner's Spra- 
 chenhalle and Bruuet's Manuel. 
 
 Contains the Mexican, Poconchi, and Virginian versions. 
 
 According to Sabin's Dictionary, reprinted as follows: London, 1713, pp. (4), 
 71, 4°;+ London, 1736, 4°. 
 
 See Auer (A.); [Bodoni (G.B.)]; Chamberlyn (J.); Krausen (J. U.) and 
 Wagner (J. C); Marcel (J. J.); [Mottus (B.)]; and Miiller (A.) 
 
 2671 Mouilla [Fr. Gregorio de). Explicacion | de la Doctrina qve | 
 compvso el cardenal | Belarmino, por mandado del | Senor Papa 
 Clemente 8. | [^] | \ Tradvcida en Lengva | Floridiana: | Por el 
 Padre | Fr. Gregorio de Mouilla DifBnidor de la Pro- | uincia de 
 santa Elena, de la Orden de S. Fran- | cisco, natural de la Villa de 
 Carrion de los | Condes, hijo de la Prouincia de la Con- | cepcion, 
 y del Conuento recolecto de | nfa Senora de Calahorra. | (*) | Cor- 
 regida, eumendada | y aiiadida en esta segunda impression, | por 
 el mesmo Autor. | — * — (*) — * — | 
 
 En Mexico. | Impressa con Ucencia en la Imprenta de luan | 
 Euyz. Ano de 1635. | 
 
 Colophon: . 
 
 Acabose A q. de Enero de 1636. | con Mcencia en Mexico, por luan 
 
 Euyz- I NYHS. 
 
 12 unnumbered 11. , 11. 1-197. 16°. First edition, according to Beristain, printed 
 in Madrid, by Francisco Martinez, 1631. 8°. 
 
MORSE ^MULLEE. 523 
 
 Mouilla {Fr. Gregorio de) — continued. 
 
 2672 Forma Breve | de administrar los | Sacramentos a los | 
 
 Indies, y EsiJanoles que viuen | entre ellos. | I'Approbado por 
 Av I toridad Apostolica, y sacado del Manual | Mexicano, que se 
 vsa en toda la nueua Es- | pana y Pirii, mutatis mutandis,, esto es, 
 lo q I estaua en legua Mexicana traducido en len- | guaFloridia | na. 
 Para vso de los Eeligiosos | de nro Padre S. Francisco, que son los 
 mi- I nistros de las Prouincias de la Florida. | ^ | 1 ^^^ ®^ Padre 
 Fr. Gre- | goria de Mouilla. | \ Con licencia del senor Don Lope 
 Al I tamirano Comissario general de la | santa Cruzada. | — i^ — 
 
 *-aB-i 
 
 Impresso en Mexico | Por luan Euyz. Ano de 1635. | NYHS. 
 3211. 16°. 
 
 2673 Mowry {Lieut. Sylvester). Vocabulary of the Diegano. 
 
 Manuscript. 611. folio. 175 words. Taken from the interpreter at Fort Yuma — 
 an intelligent Diegano who spoke Spanish fluently. 
 
 2674 Vocabulary of the Mohave. 
 
 Manuscript. 6 11. folio. 180 words. Collected from Miss.Olive Oatman, who 
 was for years a prisoner among these Indians. 
 
 These manuscripts are in the Library of the Bureau of Ethnology. 
 
 2675 Mozo (I>. Benito Maria de). Cartas M6jicanas, escritas por D. 
 Benito Maria de Moxo, ano de 1805. Segunda Edicion Correjida 
 y Enmendada. 
 
 Genova: Tipogratia de Louis Pellas. [1839.] * 
 
 4 p. 11., pp. 416. plates. 8°. Title from Sabin's Dictionary, No. 51213. 
 
 According to Ludewig, p. 229, this contains : Numerals, 1-21, 30, 800, 8000. 
 Tabla aritmetica comparada de los Mejicanos y Tarascos, p. 68. 
 
 There is a copy in the Bancroft Library, San Francisco. See Bancroft's Native 
 Races, vol. 3, p. 746, note, for a reference to Mox6 relating to the Tarasco language. 
 
 Rich, vol. 2, p. 332, says : By the prologue to this work we learn that its author, 
 a native of Cervera, died young, immediately after a revolution in South America 
 in which this work came near being buried in "eternal oblivion"; that it was 
 brought to Europe and printed, but so hastily that it could hardly be read for the 
 many orthographic errors with which it was stained; in consequence of which it 
 was thought proper to prepare the present edition, which is. Indeed, handsomely, 
 but not very correctly, printed. The " Entretenientos de un Prislonero," etc., by 
 Baron de Juras Reales, a nephew of the autlior, is almost entirely made up from 
 these letters, copied verbatim, without .any other acknowledgment than that he 
 had, for some of his dissertations, made use of a certain manuscript which his 
 uncle, the late Archbishop of Charcas, D. Benito Maria de Moxo, had left him, 
 relating to Mexico, which he should have published before, but he thought it 
 better to wait until he could procure his uncle's "Cartas Poruanas" to join with 
 them. Now, all the baron's dissertations are copies of the letters, with a few 
 n tes added, and the omission of the passages which shew that they were writ- 
 ten in Mexico. 
 
 2676 [MiUler (Andreas).] Orationis Dominicse versiones ferme centum. 
 
 Second title: 
 
 Oratio Orationum. S. s. Orationis Dominicse versiones praeter 
 authenticam fere centum, eiique longe emendatius quam antehac, 
 et e probatissimis autoribus potius quam prioribns collectionibus, 
 
524 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 [Miiller (Andreas)] — continued. 
 
 jamque singula genuinis lingua sua characteribus, adeoque magnam 
 partem ex sere ad editionem a Barnimo Hagio traditae editfe editse- 
 que a Thoma Ludekenio, Solq. March. 
 
 Berolini, ex offlcina Eungiana, Anno 1680. * 
 
 4°. Title from Auer's Spraclienhalle. 
 
 Contains only 83 specimens, including the Mexican, Pooonchi, and Virginian. 
 Thomas Ludeken and Barnimo Hagio are both pseudonyms of Andreas Miiller. 
 
 A new edition, as follows : 
 
 2677 — : Alphabeta ac Notfe diversarum linguarum pene LXX, 
 
 turn et versiones Oratiouis dominicse prope centum, collecta olim 
 
 et illustrata ab Andrea Mtillero, Greiilenliagio cum prsefatione 
 
 de vita ejus et i)rgesertim opusculorum historia. 
 
 Berolini. [n. d.] • 
 
 4°. The preface is signed " S. G. Stark," and dated " 1703." Title from Auor's 
 
 Sprachenhalle. 
 
 See Auer (A.); [Bodoni (G.B.)]; Chamberlyn (J.); Krausen ( J. U. ) OJid 
 
 Wagner (.I.e.); Marcel (J. J. ) ; [Mottus (B.)]; and Miiller (A. ) 
 
 2678 Miiller {Dr. Friedrich). Grundriss | der | Sprachwissenschaft | 
 von I Dr. Friedrich Miiller | [etc., three lines]. | I. Band | I. Abthei- 
 lung. I Einleitung in die Sprachwissenschaft [-II. Band. | Die 
 Sprachen der Schlichthaarigen Eassen. | II. Abtheilung. | ]. | 
 
 Wien 1876 [-1882]. | Alfred Holder | K. K. Universitats-Buch- 
 handler. | Eothenthurmstrasse 15. | 
 
 2 vols, in four parts, 8°, each with a double title. Vol. 2, part 1, which in- 
 cludes the American languages, has the following special title : 
 
 Die Sprachen | der | schlichthaarigen Eassen | von | Dr. Frie- 
 drich Miiller | Professor [&c.^ eight lines]. | I. Abtheilung. | Die 
 Sprachen der australischen, der hyperboreischen | und der ameri- 
 kauischen Easse. | 
 
 Wien 1882 | Alfred Holder | K. K. Hof- und Hniversitats-Buch- 
 handler | Eothenthurmstrasse 15. | jwp. 
 
 Pp. i-x, 1-440. 8=. 
 
 The contents are as follows: Die Sprache der: 
 
 Aleuten, pp. 146-161. Otomi (XiU-Xm), p. 277. 
 
 Innuit (Eskimo), pp. 162-180. Tarasken, p. 283. 
 
 Athapasken- (Tinne-) und Kinai- Totonaken, p. 288. 
 Stamme, p. 184. Matlatsinken, p. 294. 
 
 Algonkin-Stamme, p. 193. Mixteken (Misteken), p. 298. 
 
 Irokesen, p. 206. Zapoteken, p. 302. 
 
 Dakota, p. 214. Maya-Sprachen, p. 305. 
 
 Tscherokesen (Tselake), p. 223. Mosquito (Miskito), p. 314. 
 
 Choctaw (TSa;t:ta), p. 232. Bribri, p. 318. 
 
 Koloschen (T;t;linkit), p. 239. Arowaken und der Caraiben, p. 322. 
 
 Tsihaili-Selisch (Ts;t;ailis-Seli8), p. 243. Arowaken (Lukuuu) und der Goajfiros, 
 
 Sahaptin-Walawala, p. 248. p. 323. 
 
 Tshinuk (Tsinuk, Tsinuk), p. 254. Caraiben des Festlandes (Karina, Ga- 
 
 Mutsun,p.257. libi),p.333. 
 
 Nahuatl (Nawatl), p. 260. Caraiben der InseM (Kalinago), p. 339, 
 
 Sonoriseheu Sprachen, p. 271. 
 
 Pp. 429-439 contain the numerals in the following American languages: Paw- 
 
MULLEE MURR. 525 
 
 Miiller [Br. Friedricli) — continued. 
 
 neo (Pani), Eiccara, Hiieco (Weko), Kitunaha, Waiilatpu, Molele, Kalapuya, 
 Yakon (Lower Killamuk), Lutuami, Palaihnih (Palaik), Shastie (Saste), Yurok, 
 Alikwa, Wisohosk, Wiyot, Porno, Gallinomero, Yokaia, Arraarra, Pehtsik, Ehnek, 
 Konkau, Nishinam, Cushna, Kasua, Santa Cruz, Yokuts, Tinlinneh, Yunia, Pue- 
 blos (Isleta, Jemes, Tehua, Taos, Aconia, Queres, Moqui), Tonkawas, Kioway, Ca- 
 liuillo (Kauwnya), Chimeliuevi, Mixes (Mises), Bayanos (Darien), Chinchasuyu, 
 Zamuoos, Cayubabos, Cotoxos, Sapiboconos, Puelche (Puel-tse). 
 
 2679 Der grammatische Bau der Algonkin - Sprachen. Ein 
 
 Beitrag zur amerikanischen Linguistik. Von Dr. Friedricli Miil- 
 ler, Professor &c. 
 
 In Eaiserliche Akad. der 'Wissensch., Sitzungsb. , vol. 56, pp. 133-154. Wlen, 
 1867. 8°. . Separately issued : Wien, 1867. 23 pp. 8°. 
 
 2680 Miiller [Baron Johann Wilhelm von). Eeisen | in den | Vereinig- 
 ten Staaten | Canada | und | Mexico | von Baron J. W, von Miil- 
 ler, I Dr. phil., [&c., two lines]. | In drei Banden. | Mit Stahlsich- 
 ten, Lithographien und in den Text gedruckten Holzschnitten, | 
 Erster [-Dritter] Band. | [Design.] 
 
 Leipzig: | P. A. Brockhaus. | 1864 [-1865]. | B. 
 
 3 vols. sm. 4°. 
 
 Aztekische Kalender, chap. 3, vol. 3, pp. 62-90. Die aztekisohe Sprache, 
 chap. 5, vol. 3, pp. 105-108, is a short discussion of tho Aztek grammar; it is 
 taken almost literally from Clavigero. 
 
 2681 Mungwandus. An | account | of the | Chippewa Indians, | who 
 have been travelling among the whitee, | in the | United States, 
 England, Ireland, Scotland, j Prance and Belgium; | with very 
 Interesting incidents in relation to the general | characteristics of 
 the English, Irish, Scotch, French, | and Americans, with regard to 
 their hospi- | tality, peculiarities, etc. | Written by Mungwandus, | 
 The Self -Taught Indian of the Chippewa Nation, for the benefit of 
 his youngest | Son, called Ifoodinokay, whose Mother died in 
 England. | Price 12 1-2 Cents. | 
 
 Boston: | Published by the author. | 1848, | whs. 
 
 Printed cover, I 1, pp. 1-16. 8°. 
 
 Hymns in Chippewa with English translation, pp. 14-16. 
 
 2682 Murr (Christoph Gottlieb von). Christoph Gottlieb von Murr | 
 Journal | zur | Kunstgeschichte | und | zur allgemeinen | Littera- 
 tur. I Erster [-Siebenzehnter] Theil. | [Two lines quotation.] 
 
 Niiruberg, | bey Johann Eberhard Zeh | 1775 [-1789]. | c. 
 
 17 vols. 16°. 
 
 Ducrue (Fr. Benno). Specimina Lingvae Californioae, vol. 12, pp. 268-274. 
 
 2683 lifachrichten | von | verschiedenen Landern | des span- 
 
 ischen Amerika. | Aus eigenhandigen Aufsatzen | einiger Mis- 
 sionare der Gesellschaft Jesu | herausgegeben | von | Christoph 
 Gottlieb von Murr. | Erster [Zweiter] Theil. | 
 
 Halle, I verlegt bey Job. Christian Heudel. | 1809 [-1811]. | c. 
 2 vols., pp. i-xxi, 1-388 ; 3 11., pp. 391-616. 8°. 
 
 Ducrue (F. B.) Reise aus Califoruien » * * im Jahr 1767, vol. 2, pp. 389-430; 
 containing " Californische (Laymonisohe) Sprachproben," pp. 394-397. 
 Steffel (S. M.) Tarahumarisohes Worterbuoh, vol. 1, pp. 393-374. 
 
526 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Murr (Christopli Gottlieb von)— continued. 
 
 2684 Worter der Osage-Sprache aufgenommen von Dr. Murray. 
 
 In Vater ( J. S. ) Analekten der Sprachenkunde, pp. 53-62. Leipzig, 1821. 8°. 
 
 2685 Murray (Br. — ). A Vocabulary of the Language of the Osage 
 Indians, by Dr. Murray, of Louisville, Kentucky. * 
 
 Manuscript in tlie library of tlie American Philosophical Society, Philadelphia. 
 
 2686 [Murray {Mr. — ).] Collection of words having a similar sound 
 and signification in the Kutchin and Dogrib languages. 
 
 In Richardson {Sir J. ) Arctic Searching Expedition, vol. 1, pp. 399-400. Lon- 
 don, 1651,2 vols. 8°. 
 
 V 2687 Museo Mexicano. El | Museo Mexicano, | 6 | Miscelanea Pinto- 
 resca de Amenidades Curiosas | 6 Instructivas. | [One line quota- 
 tion.] I Tomo Primero [-Quarto]. | 
 
 Mexico. I Lo imprime y publica Ignacio Cumplido, | Calle de los 
 Rebeldes casa numero 2. | 1843 [-1844]. | C. 
 
 4 vols, royal 8°. 
 
 Consulta a los estudiosos sobre la lengua Mexicana, vol. i, pp. 251-253. 
 
 \ / 2688 Museo Nacional de Mexico. Anales | del | Museo Nacional | de 
 ^ Mexico. I Tomo I | [-III Entrega 2"]. | 
 
 Mexico. I Imprenta Poliglota de Carlos Eamiro, | calle de Santa 
 Clara esquiua al callejon | 1877 [-1883]. | C JWP. 
 
 Vols. 1 and 2 and pts. 1-2 of vol. 3. 
 
 Chavero (A.) La piedra del sol, vol. 1, pp. 353-386; vol. 2, pp. 3-46; 107-126; 
 233-266. 
 
 Galicia (G.) et al. Anales de Cuahtitlan, vol. 1, no. 7 — vol. 2, no. 7, pp. 1-64. 
 
 Mendoza (G.) Trabajo comparativo entre el Sansorito, el Naguatl, Griego y 
 Latin, vol. 1, pp. 286-288. 
 
 Estudio comparativo entre el Sansorito y el Naguatl, vol. 1, pp. 75-84. 
 
 7- Complemento al erudito articulo del Senor Orozco y Berra, vol. 1, 
 
 pp. 217-226. 
 
 Mitos de los Nahxas, vol. 2, pp. 271-278, 315-322 ; vol. 3, pp. 31-36. 
 
 Cosmogonia Azteca, vol. 1, pp. 340-353. 
 
 Orozco y Berra (M.) El Cuauhxicalli de Tizoc, vol. 1, pp. 3-39. 
 
 ( '6dice Mendozino. Ensayo de descripacion geroglifioa, vol. 1, pp. 120-186. 
 
 Doctrinas en geroglificos, pp. 202-216. 
 
 Cedice Mendozino. Ensayo de descrifracion georoglifica (continued), 
 
 vol. 1, pp. 242-270, 289-339 ; vol. 2, pp. 47-82, 128-130, 205-232. 
 
 Sanchez (J.) Glosario de voces Castellanos derividas del Idioma Nahiiatl 
 6 Mexicano, vol. 3, pp. 57-67. 
 
 Valentini (Ph. J. J.) Discurso acerca de la piedra Uamada Calendario Mexi- 
 cano, vol. 1, pp. 226-241. 
 
 2689 Muskoki. Muskoki Hymn : What a friend we have in Jesus. 
 Manuscript. 1 1. folio. 
 
 2690 Muskoki Vocabularies (Creek and Cherokee dialects). 
 
 Manuscript. 10 11. folio. 211 words in parallel columns. These manuscripts 
 are in the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. 
 
 Myrtle (Minnie), jjseted. 
 See Johnson (Anna C.) 
 
MURRAY NAGERA. 527 
 
 2691 Nadezhdin (Ivan). [Works in the Koloshian language!.] * 
 
 The following list of works, translated into the Koloshian language hy Ivan 
 
 Nadezhdin, is taken from " Russian-American Colonies, report of the committee" 
 
 [in Russian], St. Petersburg, 1863, 8°, vol. 2, Table 5, a copy of which I have 
 
 seen in the Library of Congress : 
 
 1. EsaHrwie on. MaieeH (The gospel according to Matthew). 
 
 2. JlHiypria (The liturgy). 
 
 3. OrnycTBTejbnue BOCKpecEibi Tponapn b KOH^aKH ocbmh rjacoBi (Doxologies and 
 hymns for eight voices). 
 
 4. Tponapb a KOHjaKi vb iiea'Siio naia/iecaTHHqBi (Canticle and short hymn for Pen- 
 tecost week). 
 
 5. AnocTOJT. BT. RentJiK) 30 3aH. 258. 
 
 6. EBanrejie na nem Cb. Ilacxn (The gospel for holy Easter day). 
 
 7. 4ecaTb aanoBtaefl (The ten commandments). 
 
 H3T. BceHOiUBOfi (From the all-night [service]). 
 
 1. B.iaroc.ioBH ^yme moh TocnoAa (Bless my soul, O Lord!). 
 
 2. BjaHtem. iiyati. (Blessed man). 
 
 3. XBa.iHTe HMfl rocno4He (Praise the name of the Lord); 
 
 4. BocKpeceHle XpacTOBO BHdtBme (The visible resurrection of Christ). 
 
 5. BocKpeceoie TBoe, Xpncre Cnace (Thy resurrection, O Christ, the Saviour). 
 
 6. Bejiaqanie CBaTHTejaJiT. (Exaltation of the saints). 
 
 7. XpnCTOCi BOcKpece (Christ is risen). 
 
 8. IIpoEHMiibi BOCKpecHbi ocbMH rjacoBT. JHTypriH H TpH MoiHTBH (ResuiTection hymns 
 for eight voices, the liturgy and three prayers). 
 
 CjOBa 4Ja paaroBopa (Words for conversations). 
 
 1. EojKccTB* H B'Bp-S, npa34HHKaxi, o Bce.ieHDOfi h BpeiieHH h BpeMeBaxT> roAa, o laioBtKli 
 B lacTflx'L ero, o tojitsaax-h, o ikhbotdmxi leiBepoHorHXi, ninqaxi, pbiOaxi, o /(epesbaxi, 
 paCTcninxi, o qsOTaxi, TpaBaxi ii n.w^axi h npoi (On God and religion, on festivals, 
 on the universe and time and the seasons, on man and his parts, on sickness, on 
 quadrupeds, birds, fishes, on trees, plants, on flowers, grasses, and fruits, etc.). 
 
 lauavb (On numbers). 
 KojHecTBeHHBixT,, nopa40<iHbix-b H flpoOaxi (Cardinals, ordinals, and fractions). 
 
 Cjosa (Words). 
 CoBpaHHua no a.i*aBHTy d Pyccnaro na Ka.iomHBCKifi (Collection arranged alphabet- 
 ically from Russian into Koloshian). 
 
 HpHMtpbi A.ia ren3M*HaeMbix'L qacTea pli>!H (Examples of the invariable parts of 
 speech). 
 
 2692 Nagera Yangnas (Fr. Diego de). Doctrina, | y | Ensenanga | en la 
 leng.ua Magahva | de cosas mvy vtiles, y pro- | uechosas para los 
 Ministros de Doctrina, | y para losnaturalesquehablanla | lengua 
 Magahua | gg | ly dirigido ,^1 | Al illustrissimo senor | Don Fran- 
 cisco Manso, | y guniga, Ar5obispo de Me- ] xico, del Oonsejo de 
 su Magestad ( y de el Eeal de las Indias | (*) | ^Fov el Licenciado 
 Diego I deNageraYangvas,Beneflciado | del partido de Xocotitlan : 
 Comissario del santo | Officio de la Inquisicion, y examinador | en 
 la dicha lengua magahua | * (*) * | 
 
 Con Licencia. | Impresso en Mexico por Juan Euyz. Ano de 
 1637. I JOB. 
 
 Title, in manuscript, and 4 other p. U. ; 11. 1-177 ; tabla, 2 mmumbored 11. 8°. 
 
528 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Nagera Yanguas {Fr. Diego de) — continued. 
 
 2693 Manual para administrar los St6s. Sacramentos en la Len- 
 
 gua Mazahuatl. * 
 
 8°. Title from Beristain. 
 
 2694 ITajera [Fr. Manuel de San Juan Crisostomo). De Lingua Otho- 
 mitorum Dissertatio; Auctore Emmanuele Naxera, Mexicano, Aca- 
 demiae Litterarite Zacatecarum Socio. Communicated to the Amer- 
 ican Philosophical Society, 6th March 1835. 
 
 lu Am. Philosoph. Soc. Trans., new series, vol. 5, pp. 249-296. Philadel- 
 phia, 1837. 4°. Separately issued as follows : 
 
 2695 De Lingua Othomitorum Dissertatio. Auctore Emmanuel 
 
 ifaxera. 
 
 Philadelphise : Ex Prelis James Kay, Jun. ac Fratris. MDOOC- 
 XXXV [1835]. * 
 
 Pp. 2, 48. 4=. Title from Sabin's Dictionary, No. 52131. 
 
 2696 De Lingua Othomitorum Dissertatio. Auctore Emauuele 
 
 Naxera, Mexicano, Academise Litterarise Zacatecarum Socio. (Ex 
 quinto tomo Ifovffi Seriei Actorum Societatis Philosophicae Ameri- 
 canse decerpta.) Philadelphia. 1835. 
 
 In Royal G-eog. Soc. [of London] Jour. , vol. 5, pp. 355-361. London, 1835. 8°. 
 
 The Lord's Prayer (from Andreas Olmos) (two versions) and numerals (1-11) 
 in the Ot'honii language, pp. 359-361. 
 
 2697 De Othomitorum Lingua, Dissertatio . . . nunc cor- 
 
 recta et aucta, utque, praeside E. P. Mexicanae jubente, iterura typis 
 mandata. 
 
 Mexico, 1845. * 
 
 Pp. 116. 4°. Title from Sabin's Dictionary, No. 52138, Trubner's Catalogue of 
 Grammars and Dictionaries, and TrUbner's Bib. Hispano-Americana. 
 
 2698 Disertacion | sobre | la Lengua Othomi, | leida en latin | 
 
 en la Sociedad Pilosoflca* Americana de Piladelfla, | y publicada de 
 su orden | en el tomo 5.° de la nueva s^rie de sus actas; | traducida 
 al castellano por su autor | F. Manuel Crisostomo Naxera, | indi- 
 viduo I de varias sociedades literarias. | Publicase | de orden del 
 E. S. Presidente | de la Ee|»ublica. | 
 
 Mexico. I En la imprenta del Aguila. | 1845. | b. o. 
 
 1 l.,pp. i-xiii, 1 1. Latin title, pp. 1-145. large 8°. 
 
 2699 Observations critiques sur le chapitre XIII. du dernier vo- 
 lume de I'ouvrage intitule : " Exploration du territoire de POr^gou, 
 des Californies, et de la mer Vermeille ex^cut^e pendant las anuses 
 1840, 1841 et 1842, par M. Duflot de Mofras, attach^ h la legation 
 de France k Mexico." Par le Pfere Emmanuel I'l'^jera, Mexicain. 
 
 Mexico, 1845. * 
 
 Pp. 16. 8°. Title from Sabin's Dictionary, No. 51734, and Trubner's Bib. His- 
 pano-Americana. The latter puts this title among the special works on the 
 Mexican language. It is probably a review of the linguistic chapter of Duflot 
 dc Mofras's work. 
 
NAGERA — NALUNAERUriT. 529 
 
 Najera {Fr. Manuel de San Juan Crisostomo) — continued. 
 
 2700 Gram^tica del Tarasco | compuesta | por el M. E. P. Prior 
 
 del Carmen | Fr. Manuel de S. Juan | Crisostomo N4jera. | Copiada 
 del autografo | Por Agustin F. Villa. | Quien tiene el honor de 
 dedicarla al Sr. Goberaador de | Michoacau | Lie. D. Justo Men- 
 doza. I Morel ia. | 
 
 Imprenta de Octaviano Ortiz, | Plazuela de Villalongin, n". 2. | 
 1870. I * 
 
 45 pp. sm. 8°. Title communicated by Sr. Icazbalceta from copy in his pos- 
 session. 
 
 2701 Gramatica de la Lengua Tarasca, precedida de una diser- 
 
 tacion sobre el mismo Idioma por el M. E. P. Fray Manuel de San 
 Juan Crisostomo Kajera. Publicada segun el original por Eufemio 
 Mendoza. 
 
 In Soc. de Geog. Mex., Bol., segunda 6poca, tomo 4, pp. 664-684. Mexico, 
 1872. 4°. 
 
 2702 Naleganta. Jesusil Ej?istusim Annaurcirsinta sullirsei, okantsinnik 
 Tussarnersunnik, Aglegniartut sissamaet Pissitansimaput Attantsi- 
 mut. 
 
 Barbine. 1804. » 
 
 280 pp. 12°. The history of the passion of Jesus Christ, in the Greenland lan- 
 guage. — Sabin's Dictionary, No. 2'i861. 
 
 2703 Nalegapta. Nalegapta | Jesusib Kristusib | Piulijipta | Pinniar- 
 ningit, Auialervinga | Nelliutingmet | Okautsinnik Tussarnertun- 
 nik. I Aglengniartut Sittamset | Katissimavut at- | tautsimut. | 
 [Design.] 
 
 Barbime, 1800. GB. 
 
 Pp. 1-132. 12°. The Life of Christ, in the Eskimo dialect of Labrador. 
 
 2704 Ifalegapta Jesusib Kristusib, piulijipta pinniarningit; 
 
 okautsiQik tussarnertunik, aglangniartut sittamjet, kattisimavut 
 attautsimut. 
 
 Loudonneme, W. M.'=Dowallib, 1810. 
 
 8 p. 11., 366 pp. 12°. New Testament in the Eskimo language of Labrador. 
 Printed for the Brethren's Society for the furtherance of the Gospel among the 
 Heathen ; for the use of the Christian Esquimaux in the Brethren's settlements, 
 Nain, Okkak, and Hopedalc, on the Coast of Labrador.— £ec?erc, 1867, No. 1461. 
 
 2705 Nalekab okausee. | [Picture.] ATS. 
 
 No title-page. Ip. l.,pp. 1-8. 24°. Tract in the Eskimo language of Greenland. 
 Matth. 15, 21-28; Luk. 8, 5-8; Luk. 22, 39-44; Ebr. 12, 18-24. 
 
 2706 Nilekam okausinga. | [Picture.] ats. 
 
 No title-page. 1 p. 1., pp. 1-8. sq. 24°. Bible lessons in the Eskimo language 
 of Labrador. 
 
 Matth. 15, 21-28; Luk. 8, 5-18; Luk. 22, 39-44; Ebr. 12, 18-24. 
 
 2707 Nalunaerutit. ISTalunaerutit | sinerissap kujat^ne misigssuissut | 
 pivdlugit. I 1862-1866 [-1867]. | 
 
 Meddelelser | vedkommende Forstanderskaberne | i Sydgrji^n- 
 land. I 1862-1866 [-1867]. | JWP. 
 
 1 p. 1., pp. 1-172, 1-20, 1-7. 8°. 
 
 34 Bib 
 
530 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Nalunaerutit — continued. 
 
 2708 Nalanaerutit | sinerissap kujatane misigssuissut pivdlu- 
 
 git. I 7-9. 1 1868-70. | 
 Meddelelser | vedkommende Forstanderskaberne i Syd- | gr^n- 
 
 land. I 7-9. | 1868-70. | JWP. 
 
 Ip.l.,pp.l-iri7. 8°. 
 
 2709 Kalunaerutit | sinerissap kujatane misigssuissut pivdlu- 
 
 git. I 10. I 1870-71. I 
 
 Meddelelser | vedkommende | Forstanderskaberre i SyAgr6n- 
 land. I 10. I 1870-71. | JWP. 
 
 1 p. 1., pp. 1-54. 8°. 
 
 2710 Ifalunaerutit | sinerissame kujatdlarme misigssuissut | 
 
 pivdlugit. I 11. I 1871-72 | 
 
 Meddelelser, | vedkommende | Forstanderskaberne i Sydgrjin- 
 land. I 11. I 1871-72. | JWP. 
 
 1 p. 1., pp. 1-43. 8°. 
 
 Reports concerning the Municipal Council of South Greenland, and statistical 
 tables. Printed at Gothaab, Greenland. 
 
 2711 Nalungiak Bethleheme. | [Picture.] 
 
 [Stuttgart, J. F. Steinkopf.] | 1847. | ATS. 
 
 1 p. 1., pp. 1-8. 16°. Tract in the Eskimo language of Labrador. 
 
 2712 Nana a kaniohmi | Baibil a foka kt)t I harak-ychi yoke. | JWP. 
 
 Half-tiile. pp. 1-30. 16°. Things made known in the Bible, in the Choctaw 
 language. The following are the contents — translations of the headings : 
 
 Attributes of God — The Bible, how and when written ; its translation into the 
 English and other languages — What the Bible teaches about angels — The Bible 
 account of the creation and fall of man — What the Bible teaches about the duty 
 of public worship and aiding religious teachers — What the Bible teaches in 
 relation to the Sabbath— The goodness of God manifested in his works — How 
 do you know there is a God? 
 
 2713 Naphegyi (Gabor). The | Album of | Language | illustrated by 
 the I Lord's Prayer | in | one hundred languages. | By G. Naphegyi, 
 M. D., A. M. Member of the " Sociedad Geografica y Estadistica" of 
 Mexico, I and ''MejorasMateriales" of Texoco. | Lith. & Printed in 
 colors by Edward Herline, 630 Chestnut St. Philadelphia, j Pub- 
 lished I by I J. B. Lippincott | & Co. | Philadelphia. | 
 
 Printed title : 
 
 The I Album of Language. | Illustrated by | the Lord's Prayer | 
 in I One Hundred Languages, | with | historical descriptions of the 
 principal languages, interlinear translation and | pronunciation of 
 each prayer, a dissertation on the languages of | the world, and 
 tables exhibiting all known | languages, dead and living. | By G. 
 Naphegyi, M. D. A.M. | Member of the "Sociedad Geografica y 
 Estadistica," of Mexico, and "Mejoras Materiales," of Texoco, of 
 the I Numismatic and Antiquarian Society of Philadelphia, etc. | 
 
 Philadelphia: | J. B. Lippincott & Co. | 1869. | c. bp. 
 
 Pp. 1-324. 4°. 
 
NALUNAERUTIT — NATURAL. 531 
 
 Naphegyi (Gabor) — continued. 
 
 Tho Lord's Prayer in the following languages : 
 
 Cherokee, p. 295. Kolusic, p. 304. 
 
 Delaware, pp. 296-297. Greenland, p. 305. 
 
 Micmac, pp. 298-299. Mexican, pp. 30&-307. 
 
 Totonac, pp. 300-301. Mistekic, pp. 308-309. 
 
 Heiang-hyong, or Ot'homi, p. 302. Mayu, or Yucatekic, pp. 310-311. 
 Cora, p. 303. 
 
 2714 Narciso (J.) [Maya Grammar. Madrid, 1838.] * 
 
 Euz, in his Preface, speaks of a [Maya] grammar by J. Narciso, of Herranz and 
 Quiros, printed at Madrid in the year 1838.— Ludeivig, p. 227. Squier also gives 
 this title. 
 
 2715 Narragansett Club. Publications | of the | Narragansett Club. | 
 (First Series.) Volume I [-VI]. | 
 
 Providence, E. I. | M DCCC LXVI [-M DCCO LXXIV (1866- 
 1874)]. I 0. BA. 
 
 6 vols. sm. 4°. 
 
 ■Williams (Roger). A Key into the language of America, edited by J. Ham- 
 mond Trumbull, vol. 1, pp. 1-219 and 3 pp. n. n. 
 
 2716 Nash (— ). English Aztec Vocabulary. * 
 
 Manuscript about 1850. 16°. — Quariich's Catalogue. 
 
 2717 Natural History Society of Montreal. The | Canadian | Naturalist 
 and Geologist. ( [and Proceedings of the | IvTatural History Soci- 
 ety I of Montreal, | Conducted by a Committee of the Natural His- 
 tory Society]. | By E. Billings. | Volume I. | [-V1II.] 
 
 Montreal: | Printed by John Lovell, at his steam printing estab- 
 lishment I St. Nicholas Street. | 1857 [-1863]. | c. jwp. 
 
 8 vols. 8°. Title changed as above in vol. 2. 
 
 Davies (JSev. B.) On the origin of the name " Canada,'' vol. 6, pp. 430-432. 
 On the Indian Tribes of McKenzie River District and the Arctic Coast, from a 
 correspondent, vol. 4, pp. 190-197. 
 
 Continued, with change of title, as follows : 
 
 2718 The | Canadian Naturalist | and Geologist: | ABi-Monthly 
 
 Journal of Natural Science, | conducted by a Committee of the 
 Natural | History Society of Montreal, j New Series. — Vol.1. | [-3.] 
 (With two maps.) | Editing committee. | General Editor: David 
 A. P. Watt. I J. W. Dawson, LL. D., F. E. S., | [&c., 8 lines.] 
 
 Montreal: | Dawson Brothers, Great St. James Street. | 1864 
 [-1868]. I 0. JWP. 
 
 3 vols. 8°. 
 Continued, with change of title, as below : 
 
 2719 The | Canadian Naturalist | and | Quarterly Journal of 
 
 Science, | with the | Proceedings of the Natural History | Society 
 of Montreal. | Conducted by a Committee of the Society. | New 
 Series — Vol. 4 [-9]. | (With two plates and a map.) | Editing Com- 
 mittee. I Acting Editor : J. F. Whiteaves, F. G. S., etc. | [«&c., 9 
 lines.] 
 
532 NORTH AMEEICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Natural History Society of Montreal — continued. 
 
 Montreal: Dawson Brothers, 55 to 59 St. James Street. | 1869 
 [-1880]. I 0- JWP. 
 
 Campbell (J.) On the origin of some American Indian Tribes [first article], 
 vol. 9, pp. 65-80. 
 
 On the origin of some American Indian Tribes [second article], vol. 9, 
 
 pp. 193-212. 
 
 Hittites in America, vol. 9, pp. 275-296. 
 
 Hittites in America [second article], vol. 9, pp. 345-367. 
 
 2720 Naughtawkkoa kollin-illoaet? | [Picture.] 
 
 [n. p.] 1844. I ATS. 
 
 No title-page, 1 p. 1., pp. 1-8. 16°. Bible stories in the Eskimo language of 
 Labrador. 
 
 Luc. 4, 24-26, p. 1; Luc. 4, 27, p. 2; Jac. 5, 16-18, pp. 3-4 ; Matth. 23, 34-39, pp.5- 
 (i; Timoth. 1,1-5; 3, 15-17, pp. 7-8. 
 
 2721 Nauk taipkoaneinenik'? | [Picture of Eskimo.] 
 
 [n. p.], 1844. I ATS. 
 
 No title-page. 1 p. 1., pp. 1-8. 16°. Bible stories in the Eskimo language of 
 Labrador. 
 
 Luc. 4, 24-26, p. 1 ; Luc. 4, 27, p. 2 ; Jacobi 5, 16-18, pp. 3-4 ; Matth. 23, 34-39, 
 pp. 5-6; 2 Timoth. 1, 1-5 ; 3, 15-17, pp. 7-8. 
 
 Though this tract has the same contents as the previous one, it is not the 
 same work ; where the stories run through more than one page, the pages do not 
 end alike. There are also verbal discrepancies throughout. 
 
 Naxera (Fr. Manuel de S. Juan Orisostomo). 
 See Najera {Fr. Manuel de S. Juan Orisostomo). 
 
 Naxera Yanguas {Fr. Diego de). 
 See ITagera Yanguas (Fr. Diego de). 
 
 2722 Ne. Ne | Kaghyadoughsera | ne | Eoyadadokenghdy | ne 
 Isaiah. | c. ABS. jwp. whs. 
 
 New -York : | Printed for the American Bible Society. | D. Fan- 
 shaw, Printer. | 1839. | 
 
 Pp. 1-243. 18°. Book of Isaiah in the Mohawk language. 
 
 2723 Ke neh | Yonaderihhonnyen ni tha | ka nyen kehhaka 
 
 kawen nondaghkonh | teke nih skarighware | nok royanen ra o de 
 ren nayengh | d ye ry wennyh, | ro ty ya da do kenghty, | ro digh- 
 yadon ye righ wa nendon th'a | i wak yadon | O nengh deyogh se 
 raghsenh shik he rihhon ny en ny=Yayak | niya kaonghwenjakeh. 
 Ex ha ho konah. | I sho na jowa ne. | 
 
 New- York, Printed at the Conference Ofiflce | by J. Oollord. | 
 1829 I o. 
 
 Pp. 1-32. 32°. Mohawk Primer. Lord's Prayer, Apostles' Creed, Ten Com- 
 mandments, and Prayers, pp. 20-32. 
 
 2724 Ne neh j yondaderihhonnyen ni tha | ka nyen kehhaka 
 
 rawen nondaghkonh | teke nih skarighware | nok royaner ra o de 
 ren nayengh | o ye ry wennyh, | ro ty ya da do kengh ty. j Eo digh- 
 
NATUEAL NEIGHBORS. 533 
 
 He — continued. 
 
 yadon ye righ wa nendon tha | i wak yadon | O nengh deyogh se 
 raghsenh stik he riblion ny en ny | Yayak niya kaonghwenjakeh | 
 Ex ha ho konah. | I sho na jowa ne. | 
 
 Belleville: | Printed at the ''Intelligencer" Office, by Bowell & 
 Moore. | 1851. | jwp. 
 
 Pp. 1-16. 16°. Primer in the Mohawk language. 
 
 2725 JSTe | Yeriwanontontha | ne ne | Wesleyan Methodists. | 
 
 Lynn, Mass. : | Newhall and Hathorne. | 1834. | ba. 
 
 Pp. 1-12. 16°. Catechism in the Mohawk language. 
 
 2726 Neal (Daniel). The | History | of | New-England | Containing 
 an I Impartial Account | of the | Civil and Ecclesiastical Affairs | 
 Of the Country | To the Year of our Lord, 1700. | To which is 
 added | The Present State of New-England. | With a New and 
 Accurate Map of the Country. | And an | Appendix | Containing 
 their | Present Charter, their Ecclesiastical Disci- j pline, and their 
 Municipal-Laws. | In Two Yolumes. | By Daniel Neal. | Vol. 
 I [-II]. I 
 
 London: | Printed for J. Clark, at the Bible & Crown in the 
 Poultry, I R. Ford, at the Angel in the Poultry, and R. Crut- | 
 tenden, at the Bible and Three Crowns in Cheapside | M DCC XX 
 [1720]. I c. 
 
 2 vols. 1 p.l.,pp. i-vi,i-ix, ll.,pp. 1-330; 2 p. 11., pp. 331-713, i-xvi. map. 8°. 
 
 A few Indian words and sentences, with English translations, vol. 1, pp. 44-45, 
 
 2727 The j History | of | New-England, | Containing an | Im- 
 partial Account I of the | Civil and Ecclesiastical Affairs | Of the 
 Country, | To the Year of our Lord, 1700. | To which is added, | 
 The Present State of New-England. | With a New and Accurate 
 Map of the Country. | And an | Appendix | Containing their | 
 Present Charter, their Ecclesiastical Disci- | pline, and their Mu- 
 nicipal-Laws. I In Two Volumes. | The Second Edition. | With 
 many Additions by the Author. | By Daniel Neal, A. M. | Vol. 
 I [-11]. I 
 
 London: | Printed for A. Ward, in Little-Britain; T. Longman | 
 and T. Shewell, in Paternoster-Eow ; J. Oswald, | in the Poultry; 
 A. Millar, in the Strand; and | J. Brackstone, in Cornhill. M DCC 
 XLVII [1747]. I * 
 
 2 vols. 1 p. 1., pp. i-vi, i-vi, 1 1., pp. 1-392 ; 2 p. 11., pp. 1-380, 8 11. map. 8°. 
 Title from Mr. W. Eames, from a copy in the Astor library. 
 
 A few Indian words and sentences, with English translations, vol. l,pp. 47, 48. 
 
 2728 Negro. The Negro Servant c. 
 
 No title-page. Pp. 1-40. 24°. Except heading above, entirely in Cherokee 
 characters. 
 
 2729 Neighbors (Robert S.) Commanche Numeration. 
 
 In Schoolcraft (H. E.) Indian Tribes, vol. 2, pp. 129-130. Philadelphia, 
 1852. 4°. 
 
534 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Neighbors (Robert S.) — contiaued. 
 
 2730 Vocabulary of the Nauni, or Comanche (Texas). 
 
 In Schoolcraft (H. R.) Indian Tribes, vol. 3, pp. 494-505. Philadelphia, 
 1852. 4°. 
 
 2731 Neill (Edward Duffleld). Annals | of the | Minnesota Historical 
 Society. | MDCOCLVI, | containing | Materials | for the | History 
 of Minnesota. | [Seal.] | Prepared by | Edward D. Neill, Secretary 
 of the Society. | 
 
 Saint Paul : | Joseph B. Brown, Territorial Printer, | Pioneer and 
 Democrat Ofiace. | 1856. | 
 
 Second title: 
 
 Materials | for the future | History of Minnesota ; | being a | Re- 
 port I of the I Minnesota Historical Society | to the | Legislative 
 Assembly, | in accordance with a joint resolution. [ Fifteen hun- 
 dred copies ordered to be printed for the use of the Legislature. | 
 
 Saint Paul: | Joseph E. Brown, Territorial Printer, | Pioneer 
 and Democrat Offlce. | 1856. | * 
 
 1 p. 1., pp. 1-141, 1-17. 8°. Title from Mr. W. Eames, from a copy in the Astor 
 library. 
 
 Names of the Bands of the Scioux of the East, with their significations, p. 40. 
 
 2732 The | History of Minnesota: | from the | Earliest French 
 
 Explorations | to the | Present Time. | By | Edward Dufi&eld 
 Neill, I Secretary of the Minnesota Historical Society. | [Quotation 
 one line.] | 
 
 Philadelphia: | J. B. Lippincott & Co. | 1858. | * 
 
 628 pp. 8'^. Title from Mr. W. Eames from copy in the Astor library. 
 Dakota hymn,with translation, p. C4 ; Dakota names for the months, with trans- 
 lations, p. 86 1 Dakota alphabet, p. 97. 
 
 + Second Edition. Philadelphia, 1873, pp. lii, 50-758. 8°. 
 
 2733 Dakota Land and Dakota Life. By Edward D. Neill. 
 
 In Minn. Hist. Soc; Annals, No. 4, pp. 45-64. Saint Paul, 1853. S'-'. 
 
 Names of the Scioux of the East, with their signification, pp. 46-47; Lan- 
 guage, pp. 49-50 ; Song and translation, p. 53 ; List of Moons, p. 62. 
 
 Repriuted in Minn. Hist. Soc, Coll., vol. 1, pp. 254-294. Saint Paul, 1872. 8°. 
 
 2734 The | History of Minnesota : j from the | Earliest French 
 
 Explorations | to the | Present Time, | By the | Eev. Edward Duf- 
 field Neill, | President of Macalester College; | Corresponding 
 Member of Massachusetts Historical Society ; Author of j " Vir- 
 ginia Company of London," "The English Colonization of | Amer- 
 ica," ["] Founders of Maryland," Etc., Etc., Etc. | [One line quota- 
 tion.] Fourth Edition, Revised and Enlarged. | 
 
 Minneapolis : | Minnesota Historical Company, j 1882. ) c. 
 
 Pp. i-xlix, i-iii, 49-928, 1-10, 1-16, 1-4. 8°. Linguistics as in 1858 edition. 
 
 2735 Nelles {Bev. Abraham) and Hill (John), jr. The Book of | Com- 
 mon Prayer, | according to the use of the | Church of England, | 
 translated into the Mohawk language, | compiled from various 
 translations, revised, corrected, and | prepared for the press, under 
 the direction of j the Rev. Abraham Nelles, | Chief Missionary in 
 
NEIGHBOES — NEUES. 535 
 
 Nelles (Eev. Abraham) — continued. 
 
 the service of the Company for the Propagation of the | Gospel 
 in IJTew England and the parts adjacent in America. | The Col-, 
 lects, the Service of Baptism of such as are of Eiper Years, the | 
 Order of Confirmation, the Visitation of the Sick, the Communion | 
 of the Sick, Thanksgiving of Women after Child Birth, &c. j 
 Translated by John Hill, Junr., | Appear in Mohawk for the first 
 time, in this Edition of the Prayer Book. | 
 
 Hamilton : | Printed at Euthven's Book and Job Office, &c.. King 
 Street. | 1842, | 
 
 Second title : 
 
 "Se Kaghyadouhsera ne | Yoedereanayeadagwha, | tsiniyouht ne 
 yontstha ne | Skanyadaratiha Onouhsadokeaghty, | tekaweanate- 
 nyouh kanyeakehaka kaweanoetaghkouh, | watkeanisaaghtouh ne 
 tekaweanatenyoehokouh, watkease, skagwada- | gwea, neoni ka- 
 weyeaneatase ne tsiteyeristoghraraktha, | ne raoteweyeanoeny- 
 aghtshera | ne Eatsi. Abraham Nelles, | Earighwawakhouhtsherag- 
 weniyoh ne shakonatsteristase ne Tsikeatyogh- | gwayea ne Teha- 
 dirighwarenyatha ne Orighwadokeaghty ne Ase | Skanyadaratiha 
 neoni aktatyeshouh ne America. | Ne Adereanayeathokouh, ne Yoe- 
 datnekosseraghtha ne Yakaoseragwea, | ne Yoedaderighwahnirats- 
 tagweanitha, Yoedadenadarenawitha ne | Yakonouhwaktauy, Yoe- 
 douhradaghgwha Tyakothoewisea, &c. | Ne Tehaweanatenyouh 
 John Hill, Junr., | Nene toetyereaghte waokeatane ne Kanyeake- 
 hakake ne keaiekea Kaghya- | douhserakouh ne Yoedereanayea- 
 dagwha. I 
 
 Oghroewakouh : | Tekaristoghrarakouh Euthven Tsiteharistogh- 
 raraktha ne Kaghyadouh- | sera, &c., Koraghkowah Tsitekanato- 
 kea. I 1842. | 
 
 Pp. i-viii, 1-432, alternate pages English and Mohawk. 8". English title verso 
 1.1; Mohawk title recto 1. 2. 
 
 Appended : 
 
 Ne I Karoegwea | ne ase tekaweanatenyouh | ne | teharighwag- 
 wathaokouh ne David, | ne kaghsaeany | ne eayontsthake | Onouh- 
 sadokeaghtike. | 
 
 Hamilton: | Printed at Euthven's Book and Job Office, &c.. 
 King Street. | 1842. | c. BA. WB. jwp. 
 
 Pp. 433-456. Part of the singing psalms and hymns. 
 
 For other editions of the Book of Common Prayer in Mohawk, see Claesse (L. ), 
 and note thereto. 
 
 2736 Neues | Lausitzisches Magazin. | Unter Mitwirkung der Oberlau- 
 sitzischen | Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften, | herausgegeben 
 und verlegt | von | Johann Gotthelf Neumann, | Diakonus an der 
 Kirche zu, St. Petr. und P., Secretair | der Oberl. Gesellsch. der 
 Wissensch. und Chrenmitglied der | Schles. Gesellschaft fftr vater- 
 landische Kultur. | Erster [-Dreiundvierzigster] Band. | Mit 4 
 Steindrucken und mehrern Tabellen. I 
 
536 NORTH AMER'CAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Neues — con tinued . 
 
 G6rlitz, I beim Herausgeber und in Commission bei 0. G. Zobel. | 
 1822 [-1866]. I Gedruckt bei Johann Gottlieb Dressier. | c. 
 
 43 vols. 8". 
 
 Hasling (— .) Eine Probe der Esquimaux-Spraclie, vol. 14, pp. 260-262. 
 
 2737 NeuviUe {Bev. Jean Baptiste). [Cat^chisme en langue Iroquoise.] 
 
 Manuscript. 26 unnumbered leaves. 24°. No title-page. Some pages missing 
 at beginning. CV. 
 
 2738 Neve y Molina (Luis de). Eeglas | de Orthographia, | Dicciona- 
 rio, I y Arte | del Idioma Othomi, | breve instruccion | para los . 
 principiantes, | que dicto | El L. D. Luis de Neve, y Molina, | Ca- 
 thedratico Proprietario de diclio Idioma | en el Eeal, y Pontiflcio 
 Colegio Seminario, | Examinador Synodal, e Interprets de el | Tri- 
 bunal de Fe en el Provisorato de Indios | de este Arzobispado, 
 y Capellan del | Hospital Eeal de esta Corte. | Dedicalo | al Glorio- 
 sissimo | Senor San Joseph, | Padre Putativo del Verbo Eterno, | 
 
 y bajo su Proteccion lo saca a luz. ( 
 
 Impressas en Mexico, con las licencias necessarias, | en la Im- 
 prenta de la Bibliotheca Mexicana, en el | Puente del Espiritu 
 Santo. Alio de 1767. | B. 0. JOB. 
 
 12 p. 11., pp. 1-160. sin.40. 
 
 2739 Eeglas de Ortografla, | Diccionario | y Arte del Idioma 
 
 othomi: ) breve instruccion | para los principiantes, que | dicto | 
 D. Luis de Neve y Molina. | Catedrdtico propietario | de dicho 
 idioma en el Eeal y Pontiflcio Colejio | Seminario, examinador 
 sinodal e interprete | del Tribunal de la F6 en el provisorato de 
 indios de | este arzobispado y capellan del Hospi- | tal Eeal de esta 
 Corte. I Dedicalo | al gloriosisimo | Sr. San Jose, | Padre putativo 
 del Verbo Eterno, y bajo su | proteccion lo saca 4 luz. | 
 
 Mexico : 1863. | Tipografla de Mariano Villanueva. | Calle de Or- 
 tega mim. 24. I c. 
 
 Pp. 1-256. 16°. 
 
 According to Naxera (Disertaoion, &c.), the author was an Othomi native. 
 He became a priest in the seminary of the district, "where he taught his mother 
 tongue, and -was made interpreter of the Tribunal of the Faith for the native 
 section of the Ecclesiastical Court. 
 
 2740 Grammatica [ della Lingua Otomi | esposta in Italiano | 
 
 dal conte j Enea Silvio Vincenzo Piccolomini | membro de piu Ac- 
 cademie e Societa Scientiflche, | Secondo la Traccia del licenziato 
 Luis de Neve y Molina | col vocabulario Spagnuolo-Otomi | spiegato 
 in Italiano. | [Design.] 
 
 Eoma I nella tipografla di propaganda tide | 1841. j b. v. 
 
 Outside title 1 ].,pp. 1-82, 1 1. 12°. Grammar of the Otomi language, trans- 
 lated into Italian by Count Piccolomini, from the Spanish-Otomi of Neve y Mo- 
 lina. 
 
 See Charencey (H. de), No. 730 of this Catalogue. 
 
NEUES NEWTON. 537 
 
 2741 New. The ISew Birth. Atuklant Ftta. 
 
 [Park Hill, Cherokee Nation : Mission Press, 1845.] * ba. 
 
 Pp. 1-16. 12°. No title-page. "First ed., 1827; Second ed., 1836."— Byi»^<om. 
 
 2742 [The New Testament in the Cherokee Language. 
 
 Mission Press, Park Hill, 1850.] - * 
 
 2 vols. 24°. Title from Catalogue of Books in Library Am. Bib. Soo. 
 
 2743 [The New Testament in the Cherokee Language. Five 
 
 lines in Cherokee characters.] 
 
 New York : | American Bible Society, | Instituted in the year 
 MDCCCXVI. I 1860. | 0. WE. JWP. 
 
 Pp. 1-408. 12°. In Cherokee characters. 
 
 2744 The | New Testament | of | our Lord and Saviour Jesus 
 
 Christ, I translated into | the Choctaw Language. | Pin | Chitokaka 
 pi okchaliiichi Ohisvs Klaist | in Testament Himona, | Chahta 
 anumpa atoshowa hoke. | 
 
 New York: | American Bible Society, | Instituted in the year 
 MDCCOXVL I 1848. | 0. WE. ABC. ABS. 
 
 Pp. 1-818. 12°. Have seen editions of 1854, 1858, and 1871, with no change of 
 title-page except in date. 
 
 2745 Newcomb (Harvey). The | North American Indians : | being | a 
 series of conversations | between | a mother and her children, | 
 illustrating the | character, manners, and customs | of the | Natives 
 of North America. | Adapted both to the general Reader and to 
 the Pupil of the j Sabbath School. | In two volumes. | Vol. I [II]. | 
 By Harvey Newcomb. | 
 
 Pittsburgh: | Published by Luke Loomis, | No. 79, Market 
 Street. | [1835.] c. whs. 
 
 2 vols. 16°. 
 
 Appendix, vol. 1, pp. 155-169, contains remarks on Indian languages from Bou- 
 dinot's Star in the West, Adair, Colden, Edwards, and a table, from Edwards, 
 of English, Charibbee, Creek, Mohegan, and Hebrew words. 
 
 2746 New Hampshire Historical Society. Collections | of the | New-Hamp- 
 shire I Historical Society, | for the year 1824. | [No date in v. 8.] 
 Volume I [-VIII]. | 
 
 Concord: | Published by Jacob B. Moore. | 1824 [-1866]. | c. ba. 
 
 8 vols. 8°. 
 
 Ballard (Bev. E.) Indian mode of applying names, vol. 8, pp. 446-452. 
 
 2747 Newton (Alfred). Notes on Birds which have been found in 
 Greenland. 
 
 In Royal Soc. [of London]. Manual of the Nat. Hist., Geol., and Physics of 
 Greenland, &c., pp. 94-115. London, 1875. 8°. 
 Esquimaux names of birds, passim. 
 
 2748 Newton (J. H.), edUor. History | of | Venango County, | Penn- 
 sylvania, I and incidentally of petroleum, | together with | accounts 
 of the early settlement and progress of each township, | borough 
 
538 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Newton (J. H.), editor — continued. 
 
 and village, | with | personal and biographical sketches of the 
 early settlers, represen- | tative men, family records, Ete. | By au 
 able Corps of Historians. | With illustrations | Descriptive of its 
 Scenery, Private Residences, Public Buildings, Farm Scenes, Oil | 
 Derricks, Manufactories, etc., from Original Sketches. | Edited 
 by I J. H. Newton. | 
 Columbus, Ohio: | Published by J. A. Caldwell. | 1879, | c. 
 
 Pp. 1-651. 4°. 
 
 "Chapter 8, Language of the Iroquois," pp. 24-25, contains general remarks 
 on the language of the Iroquois, and a short vocabulary; Lord's Prayer with 
 interlinear translation, and a hymn in Seneca. 
 
 New York (State of). 
 See O'Callaghan (Edmund Bailey), editor. 
 
 2749 New York Historical Society. Collections | of the | New- York | 
 Historical Society, | for the year 1809 [-1830]. | Volume I [-V]. | 
 [One line quotation.] 
 
 New York: Printed and published by I. Eiley. | 1811 [-1830]. | 
 
 5 vols. 8°. C. BA. 
 Jarvis (S. F.) A Discourse on the Religion of the Indian Tribes of North 
 
 America, vol. 3, pp. 181-268. 
 
 Smith (W.) History of the late Province of New York, vols 4 and 5. 
 
 2750 Collections | of the | New -York | Historical Society. | 
 
 Second Series. | Vol. I [-HI]. | [Three lines quotation.] 
 
 New -York: | Printed for the Society, | by H. Ludwig, 72 Vesey- 
 Street. | 1841 [-M DCCC LVII (1857)]. | " c. BA. 
 
 3 vols. 8°. 
 
 Benson (E.) Memoir read before the Society, vol. 2, pp. 77-148. 
 
 Donck (A. Van der). Description of the New Netherlands, vol. 1, pp. 125-242. 
 
 Laet (J. de). Extracts from the New World, vol. 1, pp. 281-316. 
 
 Marshall (O. H.) Narrative of the Expedition of the Marquis de Nonville, 
 vol. 2, pp. 149-192. 
 
 Megapolensis (J.), jr. A short sketch of the Mohawk Indians, vol. 3, pp. 
 137-160. 
 
 2751 Collections | of the | New -York Historical Society | for the 
 
 year | 1868 [-1876]. | Publication Fund Series [vols. 1-9]. | 
 
 New York: | Printed for the Society. | MDCCCLXVIII 
 [-MDCC0LXXV1I (1868-1877)]. | C. BA. 
 
 9 vols. 8°. 
 
 2752 Proceedings | of the | New York Historical Society. | For 
 
 the year 1843 [-1848]. | 
 
 New York: | Press of the Historical Society. | 1844 [-1848] | C.BA. 
 
 6 vols. 8°. 
 
 Schoolcraft (H.R.) Comments on the Aboriginal names * * of the State 
 of New York, vol. 2, pp. 77-115. 
 
 Thompson (B. F.) Paper upon the Indian names of Long Island, vol. 3, 
 pp. 126-131. 
 
NEWTON NICAN. 539 
 
 2753 New York ITniversity. [First-Thirty-flrst] Annual Eeport[sJ | of 
 the I Eegents of the University, ] on the | Condition of the State 
 Cabinet | of | Natural History. | With | Catalogues of the same. | 
 Made to the Senate April 11, 1848. | 
 
 Albany: | C. Van Benthuysen, Printer, | 1848 [-1879]. | c. 
 
 31 vols. 8°. 
 
 Bruyas (Ee v. J. ) Eadical words of the Mohawk language, appended to six- 
 teenth ann. rept.,pp. 1-123. 
 
 Morgan (L. H.) List of articles furnished the Indian coUeotion, second ann. 
 rept., pp. 74-76. 
 
 Schedule of [88] Articles obtained from Indians residing in western 
 
 New -York, being the product of their own handicraft and manufacture, &c., 
 third ann. rept., pp. 57-60. 
 
 Report upon the articles furnished the Indian collection, third ann. 
 
 rept., pp. 65-97. 
 
 Report on the fabrics, inventions, &c., of the Iroquois, fifth ann. rept., 
 
 pp. 67-117. 
 
 2754 Catalogue | of the | Cabinet of Natural History | of the 
 
 State of New -York, | and of the | Historical and Antiquarian Col- 
 lection I annexed thereto. | Printed by Order of the Eegents of the 
 University. | 
 
 Albany : | C. Van Benthuysen, Printer to the Legislature, | 
 1853. I c. 
 
 Pp. 1-34, 1-61, 1-22, i-53, 1-31, 1-28. 1-22. 8°. 
 
 Morgan (L. H.) Donations [of Indian articles] from Lewis H. Morgan, of 
 Rochester, with names of a few in the Seneca dialect, 6th paper, pp. 3-6. 
 
 Purchases, from Lewis H. Morgan, of Rochester, [of] articles manu- 
 factured at special request, by Indians residing in western New York and Canada 
 West, with names of each article in the Seneca dialect, 6th paper, pp. 22-28. 
 
 2755 Nez-Perces | First Book. | Designed for Children and New Begin- 
 ners. I 
 
 Clear Water: (Mission Press.) | 1839. | BA. ABC. jwp. mhs. 
 
 Pp. 1-20. 16°. 
 
 2756 Nican. ([ Nican ycuiliuhtic ayninri | Hapovalcatca mexica ca 
 naulitetl | ymiuhqueutova ceaca yuitlamia- | xiij acatl cetecpatl 
 quitlomi | a xiij icciiatl. cecatliqui | tlamia xiij. call i. cetoch | Hi 
 quitl amia xiij= | tochtli. Aihyni | quae otlami ( tonauhte | ixtin= | 
 in I mamolpiain toxiuhypanynomca catlxi ] sitl ompovalxiuhti 
 caommatlica | ypan on xivitl Velcemcueti | tiztli. quin omicilloni | 
 con mexico a xxvij | dias. clmes | de Sell | e | brede 1576 as | 
 
 Colophon : 
 
 [Paris:] Lith. J. Desportes, inst nat des Souards Muets. — P. D. 
 script. I B. 
 
 1 p. 1., pp. 1-158. 8°. Mexican hieroglyphs with explanations in Aztec. A 
 manuscript of the 16th century belonging to M. Aubin, who had it reproduced in 
 fac-simile. The copy seen was from the library of Mr. Squier, to whom it was 
 presented by M. Aubin. 
 
540 NORTH AMEEICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Nican — continued. 
 
 2757 Mean tecpantoc ihcuiliuhtoc centzacuhtoc tepoztocatoc, in 
 
 tlamantli mo9entoca ihqui techmo machtililia ihqui techmo ixpauti- 
 lilia, ihqui techmo ititilia, ihqui techmo uezcayotilia in theo amoch 
 tlacuilacatzin S°. Lucas, theo amoch tl^cuilolpantzinco. 
 
 Colophon : 
 
 Se acabaron. estos Evangelios de trasladar oy quatro de Agosto 
 dia de N. P. S'". Domingo en este ano de mil setesientos y veinte 
 y Sinco (1725). * 
 
 Unedited manuscript of 154 leaves, 4°, in very regular writing. The author 
 of this work is entirely unknown to us. It is a volume of sermons drawn from 
 the Evangelists.— -tccZerc, 1878, ]S/o. 2329. 
 
 2758 Nichols (A. Sidney). Vocabulary of the Navajo. 
 
 Manuscript. 10 11. foUo. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. 
 
 2759 Nihina | Ayamie-Mazinahigan. | Kanachchatageng. | [Crucifix.] 
 
 Moniang [Montreal]: | Fabre-Endatch. | 1830. | 
 
 Colojihon : 
 
 Montreal: | Imprim6 par Ludger Duvernay, | a I'lmprimerie de 
 la Minerve. | 1830. | JWP. 
 
 Pp. 1-100. 18°. Prayers, catechism, hymns, prayers for mass, litany, &c., in 
 the Algonkin language. Pp. 97-100 contain a brief primer. 
 
 2760 Niina | Aiamie Masinaigan. | Kanactageng. | [Cross.] 
 
 Moniang [Montreal] : | TakSabikickote endatc John Lovell. | 
 1854. I S. JWP. 
 
 Picture of cross p. 1, reverse blank; title p. 3, reverse contains "Approbation"; 
 pp. 5-156. 16°. Catholic book of prayers in the Algonkin language.- 
 
 2761 Nitvk Hollo Mtvk A Isht | Anumpa Hoke. J ATS. 
 
 No title-page. Pp. 1-17. 16°. Tract "On the Sabbath" in the Choctaw lan- 
 guage. 
 
 2762 Noah (Mordecai Manuel). Discourse | on | the evidences | of | 
 the American Indians | being the descendants ( of the | Lost Tribes 
 of Israel. | Delivered before the | Mercantile Library association, | 
 Clinton Hall. | By M. M. ISToah. | 
 
 New York: | James Van Norden, | No. 27 Pine-street. | 
 1837. I WE. WHS. 
 
 Pp. 1-40. 8°. According to Sabin there is a German translation : Altona, bei 
 Johann Friedrich Hammerich. 1838. 
 
 Indian words from Hebrew roots, pp. 10-12. 
 
 Nolasco de los Reyes (Z>. Pedro). 
 See Ejercicio, No. 1169. 
 
 2763 Nondfi,dyu 6gi Gaanah. Dosyowah Ganok'daySh, Tgais'dani'yont, 
 Msah 24*i>, 1845 Donation Hymn. (Seneca Mission, January 24''', 
 1845.) ABC. 
 
 No title-page. 1 sheet. 8°. In Seneca and English. 
 
 2764 Noosoluph Vocabularies, (Noosoluph, or Upper Chihalis, and Kwi- 
 naiutl dialects). 
 
 Manuscript. 11pp. 4°. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. 
 
NICAN NORTON. 541 
 
 2765 NordhofF (Charles). California: | for ( Health, Pleasure, and Resi- 
 dence. I A book for travellers and settlers. | By Charles ITord- 
 hoff, I Author of "Cape Cod and all along Shore," &c., &c. | 
 
 New York: | Harper & Brothers, Publishers, | Franklin Square. | 
 1872. I C. 
 
 3 p. U., pp. 11-255. 8°. 
 
 iBclians names of places in the Yosemite Valley, witli English significations, 
 p. 75. 
 
 2706 California | for | Health, Pleasure, and Eesidence | A 
 
 Book for travellers and settlers | New Edition, thoroughly Re- 
 vised I giving I detailed accounts of the culture of the wine and 
 raisin grape | the orange, lemon, olive, and other semi-tropical 
 fruits I colony settlements, methods of irrigation, etc. | By | 
 Charles Nordhoff | With maps and numerous illustrations | 
 New York | Harper & Brothers, Publishers | 1882 | c. 
 
 2 p. 11., pp. 9-206. 8°. Indian names of places in the Yosemite Valley, with 
 • English significations, p. 58. 
 
 y 2767 Norman (Benjamin Moore). Rambles in Yucatan; | or, | Notes 
 of Travel through the Peninsula, | including | a visit to the 
 remarkable Ruins | of | Chi-chen, Kabah, Zayi, and Uxmal. | With 
 numerous illustrations. | By B. M. Norman. | 
 
 New York: | J. & H. G. Langley, 57 Chatham Street. | Philadel- 
 phia: Thomas, Cowperthwait, & Co. | New Orleans: Norman, Steel, 
 & Co. I MDCCCXLIII [1843]. | B. c. WE. 
 
 Engraved title 1 1., printed title 1 l.,pp. 3-304. "Second edition" and "Third 
 edition" similar in all respects to above except the addition of the quoted words. 
 Fourth edition, N.Y., 1844; Seventh edition, N. Y., 1849. 8°. map. 
 
 Lord's Prayer in Maya, p. 68. 
 
 Chapter xiv. Remarks on American Languages in general — Conflicting Opin- 
 ions of Philologists — Religious Zeal a Stimulus that has produced the Grammars 
 and Vocahularies of the American Languages — Sketch of the Grammar of the 
 Maya Tongue — Concluding Observations respecting its Origin, pp. 236-251. 
 
 A brief Maya Vocabulary, pp. 255-263. 
 
 Rafinesqiie (C. S.) Ancient Languages of the First Inhabitants of America, 
 pp. 292-296. 
 
 2768 Norris (Philetus W.) The | Calumet of the Coteau, | and other | 
 poetical legends of the border. | Also, | a glossary of Indian names, 
 words, and | western provincialisms. | Together with | a guide- 
 book I of the I Yellowstone National Park. | By P. W. Norris, | 
 five years Superintendent of the Yellowstone National Park. | All 
 rights reserved. | 
 
 Philadelphia: | J. B. Lippincott & Co. | 1883. | jwp. 
 
 Pp. 3-275. sm.80. 
 
 Glossary of "Indian words'' and "provincialisms,'' pp. 223-233, contains 
 Dakota, Ojibwa, Pani, Chinook, Nootka, Chinook Jargon, Kickapoo, and Sho- 
 shone terms. 
 
 2769 [Norton (John).] Ne raowenna j Teyoninhokarawen | Shakona- 
 donde ne rondaddegenshon ne | rondadhawakshon | Rodinonght- 
 
542 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 [Uorton (John).] — continued. 
 
 syoni | TsiniyodGrigliwagennoni ne | Eaorighwadogenghte | ne 
 ne I Sanctus Jolin. | Address to | the Six nations; | recommending 
 the I Gospel of Saint John. | By | Teyouinhokarawen, | The Trans- 
 lator. — London. | 
 
 London: | Printed by Phillips and Fardon, George Yard, Lom- 
 bard Street. | 1805. | nu. 
 
 Half title : 
 
 Nene | karighwiyostoh | tsinihorighhoten ne | Saint John j 
 The I Gospel | according to | Saint John. | 
 
 London : | Printed for the | British and Foreign Bible Society, | 
 By Phillipps & Fardon, George Yard, Lombard Street. | 
 
 Pp. i, ii-vii, ii-vii, 1 1. , pp. 1-125, 1-125 (double numbers), alternate Mohawk and 
 English; 1 1. Mohawk. 16°. 
 
 2770 Nene | Karighyoston | tsinihorighhoten ne | Saint John. | 
 
 New -York: | Printed for the American Bible Society. | D. ¥%ii- 
 
 Shaw, Printer. | 1818. | 
 Second title: 
 
 The I Gospel | according to | Saint John. | (In the Mohawk Lan- 
 guage.) I [By Tryoninhokaraven, called John Norton, a Chief of the 
 Six Nations.] 
 
 New -York : | Printed for the American Bible Society. | D. Fan- 
 shaw, Printer. [ 1818. | C. BA. jwp. 
 
 Pp. 1-116, 1-116 (double numbers), alternate Mohawk and English ; one page 
 corrigenda in Mohawk. Mohawk title verso of 1. 1 ; English title recto of 1. 2. 
 16°. 
 
 2771 Nene | Karighwiyoston | Tsinihorighhoten ne | Saint 
 
 John. I The | Gospel | according to | Saint John. | 
 
 London : printed for the | British and Foreign Bible Society, | 
 By Phillips & Fardon, George Yard, Lombard Street. | [n. d.] 
 
 ABS. JWP. 
 
 Pp. 1-126, 1-126 (double numbers), alternate pages Mohawk and English. 16°. 
 
 Trumbull gives this the date of 1805 ; Kohlers' catalogue puts it under 1804 ; 
 Sabin, [about 1805] ; and MuUer, 1820. 
 
 2772 Notice sur les moeurs et coutiimes des Indiens Esquimaux de la 
 baie de Bafiflns, au p61e arctique, suivie d'un vocabulaire esquimau- 
 fran§ais. 
 
 Tours: Marae. 1826. * 
 
 Pp. 24. 12°. Title from Sabin's Dictionary, No. 22863. 
 
 2773 Notices | of | Bast Florida, | with an Account | of the | Seminole 
 Nation of Indians. | By a Kecent Traveller in the Province. | 
 
 Charleston: | Printed for the Author, | By A. E. Miller, 4 Broad- 
 Street. I 1822. I BP. 
 Pp. 1-106. 16°. 
 Vocabulary of the Seminole language, pp. 97-105. 
 
NORTON — NOUVELLES. 643 
 
 2774 Noticia Brebe de los vocables mas usuales de la Lengua Oacchi- 
 quel. * 
 
 Manuscript. 92 U. 4°. Title from Brasseur de Bourbourg. 
 
 2775 Nott (Josiah Clark) and Gliddon (George Eobins). Indigenous 
 Eaces | of [ the Earth ; [ or, | iSTew Chapters of Ethnological En- 
 quiry; I including | monographs on special departments of Philol- 
 ogy, Iconography, [ Cranioscopy, Palaeontology, Pathology, Ar- 
 chaeology, Com- I parative Geography, and Natural History : | con- 
 tributed by I Alfred Maury, | Biblioth^caire [&c., seven lines], | 
 Francis Pulszky, | of Lubocz and Cselfalva, | Fellow [«&c., six 
 lines], I and J. Aitken Meigs, M. D., | Professor of [&c.,' seven 
 lines], I (With Communications from Prof. Jos. Leidy, M. D., and 
 Prof. L. Agassiz, LL. D.) | presenting fresh | investigations, docu- 
 ments, and materials; I by I J. C. IsTott, M. D., | Mobile, Alabama, | 
 and Geo. E. Gliddon, | Formerly U. S. Consul at Cairo, | Authors 
 of "Types of Mankind." | 
 
 Philadelphia: | J. B. Lippincott & Co. | London: Triibner &Co. | 
 1857. I C. BA. WE. JWP. 
 
 Pp. i-xxiv, 25-656. 4°. 
 Maury (Alfred). On the distribution and classification of tongues, pp. 25-86. 
 
 2776 Nouvelle Bretagne. Vicariat Apostolique d'Athabaska et Mac- 
 kenzie. * 
 
 In Annales de la Propag. de la Foi, vol. 43, pp. 457-478. Paris, 1871. 8°. Title 
 from Mr. W. Eames. 
 
 Contains remarks on the Esquimaux and Oris languages. 
 
 2777 Nouvelles Annales | des Voyages, | de la Geographic | et de I'His- 
 toire, I ou | recueil | Des relations originales in^dites, copmuni- 
 qu^es par I des voyageurs frangais et Strangers ; | Des voyages , 
 nouveaux, traduits de toutes les langues | europ^ennes; | Et des 
 m^moires historiques sur I'origine, la langue, les | moeurs et les 
 arts des peuples, ainsi que sur les pro- | ductions et le commerce 
 des pays jusqu'ici pen ou mal | connus; | Accompagn6es d'un bulle- 
 tin ou I'on annonce toutes les d6couvertes, recherches et entreprises 
 qui tendent | k acc616rer les progrfes des sciences historiques, et | 
 sp6cialement de la geographic. | Avec des cartes et planches, | 
 gravies en taille-douce, | publi^es par | MM. J. B. Eyrifes et Malte- 
 Brun. I Tome Premier [-208]. | 
 
 Paris, I Librairie de Gide Fils, | Eue Saint-Marc-Feydeau, No. 
 16. I 1819 [-1870]. I 0. BA. 
 
 208 vols. 8°. This work has been published in series as follows : 
 
 First series, 1819-1826, 30 vols. ; Second series, 1827-1833, 30 vols. ; Third series, 
 1834-1839,24 vols.; Fourth series, 1840-1844, 20 vols.; Fifth series, 1845-1854, 40 
 vols. ; Sixth series, 1855-1865, 44 vols. ; Seventh series, 1866-1870, 20 vols. 
 
 The volumes are not numbered consecutively, each year having its own series, 
 usually 1-4. 
 
 Brasseur de Bourbourg (C. E. ) Notes d'un voyage dans I'Am&ique centrals, 
 1855, vol. 3, pp. 129-168. 
 
544 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Nouvelles — continued. 
 
 Quelques traces d'une Emigration de I'Europe septentrionale en Am6- 
 
 rique, 1858, vol. 4, pp. 261-292. 
 
 Camargo (D. M.) Histoire de la EEpublique de Tlaxcallan, 1843, vol. 2, pp. 
 129-204; vol. 3, pp. 129-197. 
 
 Gallatin (A.) Sur I'ancienne civilisation du Nouveau Mexique, 1851, vol. 3, 
 pp. 237-311. 
 
 Pages (P.) Voyage en Califomie, 1844, vol. 1, pp. 145-183, 311-347. 
 
 [Lowe (F.)] Les lies Almontes et leurs habitans, 1849, vol. 2, pp. 66-82 ; vol. 
 4, pp. 112-148. 
 
 Squier (E. G.) Lettre k propos de la lettre de M. Brasseur de Bourbourg, 
 1855, vol. 4, pp. 273-285. 
 
 Les Indiens Xicaques du Honduras, 1858, vol. 4, pp. 133-136. 
 
 Temaux-Compans (H.) Vooabulaire des priiicipales langues du Mexique, 
 1840, vol. 4, pp. 5-37 ; 1841, vol. 4, pp. 257-287. 
 
 Tezozomoc (A. ) Histoire du Mexique, 1844, vol. 2, pp. 5-93, 129-160, 257-291 ; 
 1844, vol. 3, pp. 5-29; vol. 4, pp. 5-64, 129-178, 257-281; 1845, vol. 3, pp. 300-311; 
 1846, vol. 3, pp. 329-345 ; vol. 4, pp. 98-109, 172-209 ; 1847, vol. 1, pp. 161-184 ; vol. 
 2, pp. 184-206; vol. 4, pp. 308-320; 1848, vol. 1, pp. 168-185; vol. 2, pp. 204-221; 
 vol. 3, pp. 275-292; vol. 4, pp. 148-160; 1849, vol. 1, pp. 286-304. 
 
 TJrrtia (J. A. ) Nonvelles d^couvertes d'antiquit^s monumeutales dans 
 l'Am6rique centrale, 1857, vol. 1, pp. 175-186. 
 
 Venjaminov (I.) Langues de I'Am^rique Russe, 1850, vol. 1, pp. 359-364. 
 
 Wrangell ( — ). Observations sur les habitants des cotes nord-ouest de l'Am6- 
 rique, 1853, vol. l,pp. 195-221. 
 
 2778 Nukakpiak pernertok saniarsimarsok. | [Picture.] 
 
 [Druct von J. F. Steinkopf, in Stuttgart.] | 1849. | ATS. 
 
 1 p. 1», pp. 1-8. 16°. Tract in the Eskimo language of Labrador. 
 
 2779 Nukakpiarkaek, Gudemik okau- | seeniglo assEeniktuk. | [Picture of 
 Bible.] 
 
 [Druct von J. F. Steinkopf in Stuttgart.] | 1851. | Ais. 
 
 1 p. 1., pp. 1-7. 16°. Tract in the Eskimo language of Labrador. 
 
 2780 Nukapiak angerarviksab nelliuuingane. | [Picture.] 
 
 [Druct von J. F. Steinkopf iu Stuttgart.] | 1849. | ATS. 
 
 1 p. 1., pp. 1-8. 16°. Tract iu the Eskimo language of Labrador. 
 
 2781 Numipuain | Shapahitamanash | Timash. | Ma hiwash naks ka 
 watu timash hisukuatipaswisha. | 
 
 Lapwai. 1840. | ABC. 
 
 Pp. 1-52. sq. 16°. Primer in the Nez Perces language. 
 
 2782 Nunalerutit. Nungme sanat, 1858. * 
 
 60 pp. 8°. Geography iu Eskimo. — Mnh. 
 
 2783 Nunez (Fr. Joan). Algunas cossas curiossas en lengua Chapaneca 
 sacadas de pposito p» doctrina de los yn^^ y p* q. los p*= que de- 
 prenden esta lengua se aprovechen dellas por no aver en ella nada 
 escrito. Los padres perdonen y E°»° el buen desseo que tuho q*" 
 lo trauajo por servirles y aprouechar las almas destos pobres. * 
 
 Manuscript. 5411. 4°. Signed iu the margin, Fr. Joan Nunez. It is a series of 
 homilies oi sermons, and is unique of its kind, since, as the author says, nothing 
 had been written for the instruction of the natives in the Chiapaneque. — Bras- 
 seur de Bourbourg. 
 
NOUVELLES o'CALLAGHAN. 545 
 
 Nunez {Fr. Joan) — continued. 
 
 2784 Sermones de Doctrina en lengua CLapaneca compuestos 
 
 por el E. P. Fr. Joan Nunez, domiuieo, recogidos en la familia del 
 Sr. D. Bsteban K'ucamendi, gobernador que fue de Acal^. * 
 
 Manuscript. 80 11., many of which are injured. 4°. Title irom Brasseur de 
 Bourhourg. 
 
 2785 Nuttall (Thomas). A | Journal | of | Travels | into the | Arkan- 
 sa Territory, | during the year | 1819. | With occasional observa- 
 tions on the manners of the | Aborigines. | Illustrated by a map 
 and other engravings. | By Thomas Kuttall, P. L. S. | Honorary 
 member of the American Philosophical Society, and of | the Acad- 
 emy of Natural Sciences, &c. | 
 
 Philadelphia: | Printed and published by Thos. H. Palmer. | 
 1821. I - . - C.BA. 
 
 Pp. i-xiv, 9-296. 8°. map. A few words in the Natchez language (from Du 
 Pratz), p. 271, foot-note. 
 
 2786 Nuwheh kukwadhud Jesus Christ | vih kwunduk nirzi | Matthew, 
 Mark, Luke, John | ha rsiotitinyokhai kirre | kwitinyithutluth 
 kwikit. I John Esiotitinyoo vih etuuetle | tig ha | Tukudh tsha 
 zit I thleteteitazya. | 
 
 London, | 1874. | ' JWP. 
 
 Pp. 1-267. 12^. The Four Gospels, and epistles of John, in the Tukudh language. 
 
 2787 Ober (Frederick A.) Vocabulary of the Carib; Islands of Domi- 
 nica and St. Vincent. 
 
 -Manuscript. 10 11. folio. 211 words. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. 
 
 2788 O'Brian {Mr.) A Vocabulary of Fort Simpson Dog-Eib, by Mr. 
 O'Brian, of the Hudson's Bay Company. 
 
 In Richardson (Sir J.) Arctic Searching Expedition, vol. 2, p. 398. London, 
 1851. 8°. 
 
 2789 Vocabulary of the language of a tribe dwelling near the 
 
 sources of the Eiver of the Mountains, and known to the voyagers 
 by the name of "Mauvais Monde," and of the Dog-rib dialect, 
 drawn up by Mr. O'Brian, of the Hudson's Bay Company's service. 
 
 In Richardson {Sir J. ) Arctic Searching Expedition, vol. 2, pp. 399-400. Lon- 
 don, 1851. 8°. 
 
 2790 O'Callaghan (Edmund Bailey). The | Documentary History | of 
 the I State of New- York; | arranged under direction of the | Hon. 
 Christopher Morgan, | Secretary of State. | [Vignette.] | By E. B. 
 O'Callaghan, M. D. | Vol. I [-IV]. | 
 
 Albany: | Weed, Parsons & Co., PubKc Printers. | 1849 
 [-1851]. I 
 
 4 vols. 8°. 
 35 Bib 
 
546 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 O'Callaghan (Edmund Bailey)— continued. 
 
 Johnson (Sir W.) On the Customs, Manners, and Languages of the Indians. 
 Vol. 4, pp. 430-437. 
 
 "Waasenaer (C.) Description and first settlement of New Netherland. Vol. 
 3, pp. 27-48. 
 
 2791 The | Documentary History | of the | State of New- York, | 
 
 arranged under direction of the | Hon. Christopher Morgan, | Sec- 
 retary of State. I [Vignette.] | By B. B. O'Callaghan, M. D. | Vol- 
 ume I [-1V]. I 
 
 Albany: | Weed, Parsons & Co., Public Printers. | 1850 [1851]. | 
 
 4 vols. 4°. 
 
 Johnson (Sir W.) On the Customs, Manners, and Languages of the Indians, 
 Vol. 4, pp. 269-273. 
 
 Wassenaer (C.) Description and first settlement of New Netherland. Vol, 
 3, pp. 19-31. 
 
 2792 , editor. Documents | relative to the | Colonial History | of 
 
 the State of New-York; | procured in | Holland, England and 
 France, | by | John Eomeyn Brodhead Esq., | Agent, | under and 
 by virtue of An Act of the Legislature [&c. seven lines] Edited by | 
 E. B. O'Callaghan, M. D., L.L.D. | With a General Introduction by 
 the Agent. | Yol. I [-XIII]. | 
 
 Albany: | Weed, Parsons and Company, Printers. | 1856 
 [-1881]. I c. BA. JWP. 
 
 13 vols. 4°. The eleventh volume of this work (Albany, 1861) is a "General 
 Index'' to the preceding ten volumes. Under "Indian Language" Mr. O'Calla- 
 ghan has brought together, pp. 282-284, the different Algonkin, Cherokee, and 
 Iroquois terms occurring in the work, with their English signification. 
 
 2793 Occom (Samson). A | Sermon | at the Execution of | Moses Paul, 
 an Indian; | who had been guilty of Murder, | Preached at New 
 Haven in America. | By Samson Occom, j A native Indian, and 
 Missionary to the Indians, who was in England | in 1776 [sic for 
 1766] and 1777, [sic for 1767] collecting for the Indian Charity 
 Schools. I To which is added | A Short Account of the | Late Spread 
 of the Gospel, | among the Indians. | Also | Observations on the 
 Language of the | Muhhekaneew Indians; | Communicated to the 
 Connecticut Society of Arts and Sciences, | By Jonathan Edwards, 
 D.D. I 
 
 New Haven, Connecticut: Printed 1788. | London: Eeprinted, 
 1788, and Sold by Buckland, . ♦ 
 
 Pp. 24, 16. 8°. Title from Sabin's Dictionary. In the second edition, London, 
 1789 (see next title ; also No. 1135 of this catalogue), the dates on the title-page 
 are correctly given. 
 
 2794 A I Sermon | at the Execution of | Moses Paul, an In- 
 dian ; I Who had been guilty of Murder, | Preached at New Haven 
 in America. | By Samson Occom, | A native Indian, and Missionary 
 
O'CALLAGHAN OJIBUE. 547 
 
 Occom (Samson) — continued. 
 
 to the Indians, who wa's in England | in 1766 and 1707, collecting 
 for the Indian Charity Schools. | To which is added | a Short Ac- 
 count of the I late Spread of the Gospel, | among the Indians. | 
 Also I Observations on the Language of the | Muhhekaneew In- 
 dians; I communicated to the | Connecticut Society of Arts and 
 Sciences. | By Jonathan Edwards, D. D. | 
 
 New Haven, Connecticut : Printed 1788. | London: Printed, 1789, 
 and Sold by Buckland, Pater- | noster-Eow ; DUly, Poultry ; Otridge, 
 Strand; J. Lepard, | No. 91, Newgate-street; T. Pitcher, No. 44 
 Barbican; Brown, | on the Tolzey Bristol; Binns, at Leeds; and 
 Woolmer, at Exeter. | c. job. 
 
 Pp. i-iv, 5-24, 1-16. 8°. The final 16 pages contain Edwards' Observations, as 
 in title No. 1134 of this catalogue, and note thereto. 
 
 2795 Ocki Aii | masinaiganikikinohamagan | ou | Nouveau Syllabaire 
 Algonquin. | [Design.] 
 
 Moniang [Montreal] : | Takwabikickote endatc John Lovell. | 
 1873. I JWP. 
 
 Outside printed cover 1 1., pp. 1-64. 16°. Primer, prayers, hymns, &c., in the 
 Algonquin language. 
 
 2796 O'Ferrall (Simon Ansley). A | Eamble | of | six thousand miles | 
 through I the United States j of | America. | By | S. A. Ferrall, 
 Esq. I [Design.] 
 
 London : | Published by Effingham Wilson, | Eoyal Exchange. | 
 1832. I C. BA. 
 
 Pp. i-xii, 1-360. 8°. 
 
 Fac-simile of the first two paragraphs of the leading article in the " Cherokee 
 Phoenix" of July 31, 1830, faces title-page. 
 
 Ogilvie {Eev. John). 
 See Andrews (W.), Barclay (B..),avd Ogilvie (J.) 
 
 2797 Ojihue. O-jib-ue | Spelling Book, | designed | for the use of | Na- 
 tive Learners. | 
 
 Utica: | Printed by G. Tracy. | 1833. | ba. 
 
 Pp. 1-72. 18°. For earlier editions, see Bingham (A.) and O-jip-ue. 
 
 2798 O-jib-ue | Spelling Book, | Designed for the use of | Native 
 
 Learners. | Second Edition, | Corrected and Enlarged. 
 
 Boston: | Printed for the American Board of Commissioners 
 for I Foreign Missions, by Crocker and Brewster. | 1835. | jwp.lsh. 
 Pp. 1-107. 12°. 
 
 2799 Qjibue | Spelling Book. | [Part I.] 
 
 Boston: | Printed for the American Board of Commissioners 
 for I Foreign Missions, by Crocker & Brewster. ( 1846. | jwp. 
 
 Pp.l-G4. sq.l8°. 
 
548 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Ojibue — continued. 
 
 2800 Ojibue | Spelling Book. | Part" II. | 
 
 Boston : | Printed for the American Board of Commissioners 
 for I Foreign Missions, by Crocker & Brewster. | 1846. | JWP. 
 
 Pp. 1-96. sq. 18°. See Bingham (A.), and O-jip-ue. 
 guistics. 
 
 2801 Ojibway Muzzeniegun. | The | Catechism | of the | Church of En- 
 gland; I written in the ] Ojibwa (or Chippewa) Language. | 
 
 Toronto: | Printed by Eobert Stanton. | 1834. | JWP. LSH. 
 
 Pp.l-IH. 12°. 
 
 2802 O-jip-ue | Spelling Book. | 
 
 Colophon : 
 
 TJtica: | William Williams, Book Printer, 60 Genesee Street. | 
 1832. I ^rwF. 
 
 Pp. 1-12. 12°. Entirely the Ojipue language. For earlier edition, see Bing- 
 ham (A.) ; for later ones, see Ojibue. 
 
 2803 Oka homi ishko shahli nan isht im achukma kvt ilvppak | oke. | 
 
 No title-page. Pp. 1-8. 16°. Reward of drunkenn«8s, in the Choctaw lan- 
 guage. ATS. 
 
 2804 Okalautsit attoraksat kattimajunut Sontagine, piluartomik katti- 
 mavingmit apsimanerme. * 
 
 2 parts, 271 pp. 8°. Sermons and addresses. Title from Greenland mission- 
 ary, through Prof. Rink. 
 
 2805 Okautsit | Testamentitokame agleksimarsut illeit. | ATS. JWP. 
 
 No title-page, 1 p. 1., pp. 1-8. 18°. Bible stories in the Eskimo language of 
 Greenland. 
 
 2806 Okikinoadi-Mezinaigan. | i. e. Spelling and Reading Book in the 
 Chippeway language ; | Containing Scripture Histories of the Old 
 and New Testament | with an addition of a few Hymns. | 
 
 Detroit: | Daily Tribune Book and Job Print. | No. 34 Woodward 
 Avenue, | 1852. jht. 
 
 Pp. 1-144. 16°. See James (E.) for Chippewa Speller and Reader of 1832. 
 
 2807 Okpemermik mallingninganiglo. | [Picture.] ATS. JWP. 
 
 No title-page. 1 p. 1., pp. 1-8. 16°. Bible stories in the Eskimo language of 
 
 Labrador. 
 
 2808 Old Eecords from New Jersey. 
 
 In Am. Hist. Record, vol. 1 , pp. 308-311. Philadelphia, 1872. 4°. 
 
 Contaiua 267 words and phrases in the language of the New Jersey Indians, 
 with English definitions. The original manuscript, "Indian Interpreter, 1684," 
 is preserved in the Salem Records, Liber B, in the office of the Secretary of State, 
 at Trenton, N. J. 
 
OJIBUE — OLEARIUS. 549 
 
 2809 Olearius (Adam). Vermehrte | Fewe Beschreibung | der | Musco- 
 witischen und Persisclieii | Eeyse | so durcli gelegenheit einer 
 Holsteiniscben Gesandschafft an | den Eussischen Zaar und Konig 
 in Persien geschehen. | Worinnen die Grelegenheit derer Orter und 
 Lander/ durch | welche die Keyse gangen/ als Liffland/ Eussland/ 
 Tartarien / Meden und | Persien/ sampt dero Einwohner Natur/ 
 Leben / Sitten/ Hans=Welt=und Geistlichen | Stand mit fleiss auff- 
 gezeichnet/ und mit vi^len meist nacli dem Leben | gestelleten 
 Figuren gezieret/ zu befluden. | Welche | zum andern mahl heraus 
 gibt I Adam Olearius Ascanius/ der F'tirstlichen Eegierenden | 
 Herrschafift zu Schleswig Holstein Bibliothecarius und Hoff Mathe- 
 maticus. | [Design.] | Mit Eom: Kayserl. May est. Privilegio nicht 
 nachzudrucken. | 
 
 Schleswig/ | Gedruckt in der Fiirstl. Druckerey/ durch Johan 
 Holwein/ | Im Jahr MDCLVI [1656]. | bp. 
 
 19 p. 11., pp. 1-778, 17 11. folio, maps, plates. Engraved title recto 1. 1. 
 
 Greenlandish vocabulary, 106 words, p. 171. 
 
 2810 Eelation | dv | Voyage | d'Adam Olearivs | en Moscovie, 
 
 Tartaric | et Perse. | Avgment^e en cette uovvelle Edition | de plus 
 d'vn tiers, & particulierement d'vne eeconde Partie | contenant le 
 Voyage de | lean Albert de Mandelslo | avx Indes Orientales. | 
 Traduit de I'AUemand par A. de Wicqvefort, | Eesident de Bran- 
 debourg. | Tome Premier [Second]. | [Device.] 
 
 A Paris, | Chez lean dv Pvis, rue Saint Jacques, k la Couronne 
 d'or. I M. DC. LIX [1659]. | Avec privilege dv Eoy. | BA. 
 
 2 vols. 4°. maps, plates. Greenlandish vocabulary, 106 words, vol. 1, pp. 133- 
 134. 
 
 2811 The I Voyages & Travels | of the | Ambassadors | from 
 
 the I Duke of Holstein, to the Great Duke j of Muscovy, and the 
 King of Persia. | Begun in the year M. DO. XXXIII and flnish'd 
 in M. DC. XXXIX. | Containing a compleat History of | Muscovy, 
 Tartary, | Persia, j And other adjacent Countries, | with several 
 Public Transactions reaching neer [sic] the Present Times; | In 
 Seven Books. | Illustrated with diverse accurate Mapps and Fig- 
 ures. I By Adam Olearius, Secretary of the Embassy. | Eendered 
 into English, by John Davies of Kidwelly. | [Design.] 
 
 London | Printed for Thomas Dring, and John Starkey, and are 
 to be sold at their Shops, at the George | in Fleet-street, near Clif- 
 ford's-Inn, and the Mitre, between the Middle-Temple-Gate | and 
 Temple Barr. M. DC. LXII [1662]. | hu. 
 
 12 p. 11., pp. 1-424. folio. Frontispiece, maps, plates. Greenlandish vocabulary, 
 pp. 71-73. Mandelslo's Voyages are appended with separate title, same imprint, 
 pp. 1-187, 5 11. 
 
 2812 The j Voyages and Travels | of the | Ambassadors | Sent 
 
 by Frederick Duke of Holstein, | to the Great Duke of Muscovy, 
 and the King of Persia. | Begun in the year M. DC. XXXIII. and 
 
550 NORTH AMEEICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Olearius (Adam) — continued. 
 
 finish'd in M. DC. XXXIX. | Containing a Compleat | History | 
 of I Muscovy, Tartary, Persia. | And other adjacent Countries. | 
 With several Public Transactions reaching near the Present 
 Times; | In VII. Books. | — | Whereto are added | The Travels of 
 John Albert de Mandelslo, | (a Gentleman belonging to the Em- 
 bassay) from Persia, into the | East- Indies. ( Containing | A par- 
 ticular Description of Indosthan, the Mogul's Empire, the | Oriental 
 Hands, Japan, China, &c. and the Eevo- | lutions which happened 
 in those Countries, within these few years. | In III. Books. | The 
 whole Work illustrated with divers accurate Mapps, and Fig- 
 ures. I — I Written originally by Adam Olearius, Secretary to the 
 Embassy. | — | Faithfully rendred into English, by John Davies 
 of Kidwelly. ( — | The Second Edition Corrected. | — | 
 
 London, | Printed for John Starkey, and Thomas Basset, at the 
 Mitre near Temple-Barr, and at the George near | St. Dunstans 
 Church in Fleet-street. 1669. | * 
 
 10 p. 11., pp. 1-316. Maudelslo's Travels are appended with separate title, 3 p. 
 U., pp. 1-232, 5 11. folio. Greenlandish vocabulary, pp. 53-54. Title from Mr. W. 
 Eames from copy in the Astor Library. 
 
 2813 Eelation | du | Voyage | d'Adam Olearius | en Moscovie, | 
 
 Tartaric, | et Perse, | Augment^e en cette nouvelle Edition | de 
 plus d'un tiers, & particulierement d'une seconde Partie; | conle- 
 nant le voyage de | lean Albert de Mandelslo | aux Indes Orien- 
 tales. I Traduit de I'AUemand par A. de Wicqvefort, | Eesident de 
 Brandebourg. | Tome Premier [Second]. | Seconde Edition. | [De- 
 vice] 
 
 A Paris, | Chez Antoine Dezallier, rue Saint Jacques, | k la Cou- 
 ronne d'or. | M. DC. LXXIX [1679] | Avec privilege du Eoy. | BA. 
 
 2 vols. 4°. maps. Greenlandish vocabulary, 106 words, vol. 1, pp. 133-134. 
 
 2814 Voyages | tres curieux & tvhs renommez, | faits en | Mos- 
 covie, I Tartaric, et Perse, | par | le S'. Adam Olearius, | Bibliothe- 
 caire du Due de Holstein, & Mathematicien de sa Cour. | Dans 
 lesquels on trouve une Description curieuse & la Situation | exacte 
 des Pays & Etats, par-ou il a pass6, tels que sont la | Livonie, la 
 Moscovie, la Tartaric, la Medie, & la Perse; | Et on il est parl6 du 
 Naturel, des Manieres de vivre, des Moeurs, & des Coutumes | de 
 leurs Habitans; du Gouvernement Politique & Ecclesiastique ; des 
 Earetez | qui se trouvent dans ce Pays; & des Ceremonies qui s'y 
 observent. | Traduits de I'Original & augmentez j par le S"^. De 
 Wicquefort. | Conseiller aux Couseils d'Estat & Priv6 du Due de 
 Brunswic & Lunebourg Zell &c. | Auteur de I'Ambassadeur & de 
 ses fonctions. | Divisez en deux parties. | Nouvelle Edition reviie 
 & corrig6e exacteraent, augment6e considerablement, tant | dans 
 les corps de l'Ou\Tage, que dans les Marginales, & surpassant en 
 bont6 I & en beaut6 les pr^cedentes Editions. | A quoi on a joint 
 
* OLEAKIUS OLMOS. 551 
 
 Olearins (Adam) — continued. 
 
 des Cartes Geographiques, des Eepr^sentations des Villes, & 
 autres | TaiUes-douces trfes belles & trfes exactes. | Tome Premier 
 [Second]. | [Design] 
 
 A Leide, | Chez Pierre Vander Aa, Marchand Libraire, | Impri- 
 meur ordinaire de l'TJniversit6 & de la Ville, demeurant dans I'Aca- 
 demie. | Chez qui I'on trouve toutes sortes de Livres curieux, comme 
 aussi de Cartes Geographiques, des Villes, | tant en plan qu'en 
 profil, des Portraits des Hommes lUustres, & autres TaiUes-douces. | 
 MDCCXVIIII [1719]. I Avec Privilege. | A. 
 
 2 vols, folio. . maps, plates. Greenlandisli vocabulary, vol. 1, columns 187-188. 
 
 2815 Voyages | Trfes-curieux & trfes-renommez | faits en | Mos- 
 
 covie, I Tartaric et Perse, | par le Sr. | Adam Olearius, | Bibliothe- 
 caire du Due de Holstein, & Mathematicien de sa Cour. | Dans 
 lesquels on trouve une Description curieuse & la Situation exacte 
 des I Pays & Etats, par oil il a pass6, tels que sont la Livonie, | la 
 Moscovie, la Tartaric, la Medie, & la Perse ; | et oii il est parl6 du 
 Naturel, des Manieres de vivre, des Mceurs, & des Coutumes de | 
 leurs Habitans ; du Gouvernement Politique & Ecclesiastique, des 
 Earetez qui | se trouvent dans ce Pays ; & des Ceremonies qui s'y 
 observent. | Traduits de I'Original & Augmentez | par le Sr. De 
 Wicquefort, | Conseiller aux Conseils d'Etat & Priv6 du Due de 
 Brunswick & Lunebourg, Zell, &c. | Auteur de I'Ambassadeur & de 
 ses Fonctions | Divisez en Deux Parties. | Nouvelle Edition reviie 
 & corrig6e exactement, augment^e considerablement, tant dans le 
 Corps de j I'Ouvrage, que dans les Marginales, & surpassant en 
 bont6 & en beaut6 les | pr6cedentes Editions. | A quoi on a joint 
 des Cartes Geographiques, des Eepr^sentations des Villes, & autres 
 Taille-douces | trfes-belles & trfes-exactes. | Tome Premier [Se- 
 cond]. I [Design.] 
 
 A Amsterdam, | Chez Michael Charles Le C6ne, Libraire, | Chez 
 qui I'on trouve un assortiment general de Musique. ( MDCCXXVII 
 [1727]. I Avec Privilege. | c. bp. 
 
 2 vols, folio, maps, plates. No page numbering ; columns, two on a page, 
 numbered. Greenland vocabulary, about 100 words, vol. 1, columns 187-188. 
 
 I have also seen mention of the following editions. In German : Sleswig, 
 1647; +1663; +1669; -1-1671. Hamburg, 1690. Dutch : Amsterdam, 1691. An 
 Italian edition, Viterbo, 1658, contains no linguistics. 
 
 2i816 Olinano (P. Olin H). Arte en lengua Pima 6 Nevome. • 
 
 Title from Pimentel. 
 
 Olmedo y Torre (D. Antonio de). 
 
 See Gastelu (Antonio Vasquez). 
 
 2817 Olmos (Fr. Andres de). Arte de la Lengua Mexicana. 
 
 Mexico 1555. * 
 
552 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Olmos {Fr. Andres de) — continued. 
 
 This work is dedicated, in Latin letter very chaste and very learned, to the 
 Bishop of Tlaxcalla, D. Fr. Martin de Hojacastro, he being Comisario-General of 
 New Spain. Torquemada recommends the wort for learning this idiom, and for 
 teaching it to others. 
 
 There is in the library of the Santa Iglesea of Toledo a manuscript of the Arte 
 y Vocabulario Megicauos of P. Olmos, and the original was seen by Sr. Eguiara 
 in the pueblo of Tlanepantla. Betancur asserts that the works in Huasteca are 
 preserved in Ozolvama, a town in Tampico. I have seen the greater number of 
 the works in Mexican in the library of the College of San Gregory in Mexico. — 
 Beristain. 
 
 2818 Grammaire | de | la Langue Nahuatl | ou Mexicaine, | com- 
 
 pos6e, en 1547, | par le Franciscain Andr^ de Olmos, | et | publico 
 avec notes, ^claircissements, etc. | Par E6mi Simeon. | [Design.] 
 
 Paris. I Imprimerie K'ationale. | M DCCC LXXV [1875J. | bp. yc. 
 
 2 p. ll.,pp.i-xv, 1-274. 8°. Introduction, pp. xiii-xv ; Epistola Nvnovpatoria, 
 p. 3 ; Prologo al Lector, p. 7 ; Primera parte, p. 13 ; Segvnda parte, p. 68 ; Tercera 
 parte, p. 171 ; Indice, p. 265 ; Table, p. 267. 
 
 "The above work is printed from two manuscripts, one in the Bibliothfeque 
 Nationale, the other belonging to us. This last is now in the valuable collection 
 of M. Pinart. See my former catalogue, No. 1097 ."—Leolerc, 1878, No. 2330. 
 
 From statements made by the author in the several manuscripts of the Arte 
 made by him, it is doubtful whether it was printed in 1555 as stated by Beristain 
 and his predecessors. There are four of these manuscripts known to exist: one 
 in the possession of M. Aubin, of Paris ; a second belonging to M. Alph. Pinart 
 and described in the Leclerc Catalogue of 1878, No. 2330; a third in the Biblio- 
 thfequo Nationale at Paris ; and a fourth formerly belonging to the late Senor 
 Ramirez, now in the Bancroft Library, San Francisco, where I have seen it. In 
 the sale catalogue of his books the statement is made that Sr. Ramirez con- 
 sidered the copy belonging to M. Aubin as the oldest, the next in date that in 
 the National Library, and the most modern his own. The latter two are very 
 fully described by Sr. Icazbalceta (Apuntes, No. 88, and additions and corrections 
 thereto) and their differences pointed out. From this description I take the fol 
 lowing : 
 
 "That this Arte (or another by the same author) was printed in Mexico in the 
 year 1555, 1 have always doubted, and now doubt the more, in that in this manu- 
 script of 156;! nothing is said of its- having been printed eight years before, 
 although the author gives a history of the book. Certain it is that no one claims 
 to have seen the edition of 1555, and the opinion favorable to its existence is sup- 
 ported, so far as I know, by but one passage, not very clear, in the additions to 
 the Biblioteca Universa Franciscana of Fr. Juan de San Antonio. 
 
 " Still less do I believe in the existence of the Arte y Vocabulario de Las Len- 
 guas Mexicana, Totonaca y Huasteca, which, it is asserted, was printed in Mexico, 
 1560, 2 vols. 4°." See No. 2819 of this catalogue. 
 
 2819 Gramatica et Lexicon Linguae Mexicause, Totonaquse et 
 
 Huastecae. 
 Mexico, 15G0. * 
 
 2vols. 4°. Title from Clavigero. Vater gives the dates 1555, 1560. TheMith- 
 ridates, vol. 3, pt. 3, p. 9i, gives the title also, and adds : Cum Catechismo, Evan- 
 geliis, Epistolisque Mexicanice. Mexico, 1560, 2 vols. 4°. Neither Beristain, 
 Brunet, Rich, nor Ternaux-Compans mentions this work. It probably never was 
 printed. 
 
OLMOS — o'meara. 553 
 
 Olmos {Fr. Andres de) — continued. 
 
 2820 Vocabnlario Mexicano. • 
 
 2821 Tratado de los Pecados Capitales, en Megicano. • 
 
 2822 Tratado de los Santos Sacramentos, en Megicano. • 
 
 2823 : Tratado de los Sacrilegios, en Megicano. • 
 
 2824 Arte y Vocabnlario de la lengua Totonaco. * 
 
 2825 Arte, Vocabnlario, Oatecismo, Confesonario y Sermones 
 
 Huaxtecos. • 
 
 Titles.from BeristaiD, who says : In addition to these works, which are given 
 by Torquemada and Betanour, and several of which I have seen in the libraries 
 of Mexico, Leon Pinelo adds : 
 
 2826 Tratado de las Antiquedades Megicanos. • 
 
 On pp. v-vi of the Grammaire of 1875 the following list of his works is given : 
 
 En langue Nahuatl. En langvs Muaxi&que. 
 
 1. Arte de la lengua Mexicana. 9. Arte de la lengua guaxteca. 
 
 2. . Vooabulario. 10. Vocabnlario. 
 
 3. El jnicio final. 11. Doctrina Christiana. 
 
 4. Flaticas que los senores Mexicanos 13. Confessionarlo. 
 
 hacian a sus hijos. 13. Sermones. 
 
 5. Libro de los siete sermones. 
 
 6. Tratado de los siete pecados mor- En langue Toionague. 
 
 tales y sus hijos. 
 
 7. Tratado de los sacramentos. 14. Arte de la lengua Totonaca. 
 
 8. Tratado de los sacrilegios. 15. Vocabnlario. 
 
 Sobron, p. 37, says the Gramd^tica megicana, the Vocabnlario megicano espa- 
 Hol, the Arte and Vooabulario totonaca, and the Arte and Vocabnlario guaxteca 
 were printed in Mexico. In addition to the works given above by various au- 
 thorities, Sobron gives the following: Doctrina cristiana in Totonaca, in Mexi- 
 can, and in Tepehua; Vocabulario in Tepehua; and Confesonario in Mexican. 
 
 Father Andres de Olmos was born near Ona, in the district of Burgos, but 
 having been brought up at Olmos, took the name of that place. He entered the 
 Franciscan order at Valladolid, and went to Mexico in 1528 with Bishop Zumar- 
 raga. He soon was a complete toaster of the Mexican, Totonac, Tepeguan, and 
 Huasteca languages. After a life of labor and holiness, he died at Tampicane, 
 near Panuco, on the 8th October, 1571.^5Aca. 
 
 2827 OmajibiigeTiinvn au John. | The | Epistles of John. | In the | Ojibwa 
 Language. | 
 
 Boston : | Printed for the American Board of Commissioners | for 
 Foreign Missions, by Crocker & Brewster. | 1840. | ba. jwp. lsh. 
 Fp.1-30. 12°. 
 
 2828 0'B[[eara] {Bev. Frederick A.) [Review of] Historical and Statis- 
 tical Information respecting the History and Prospects of the Indian 
 Tribes of the United States. Collected and prepared under the di- 
 rection of the Bureau of Indian Affairs. Vols. I and II. 
 
 In Canadian Inst., Proc, new series, vol. 3, pp. 437-451. Toronto, 1858. 8'^, 
 Criticism of Schoolcraft's linguistics, with examples. 
 
554 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 2829 O'Meara [Rev. James D.) Ewh | Oomenwahjemoowin | owh Ta- 
 wanemenung | Jesus Christ, | kahenahjemoowand egewb newin 
 manwahjemoojig | owh St. Matthew owh St. Mark owh St. Luke | 
 kuhya owh St. John. | Keahnekuhnootuhbeegahdag | Anwawand- 
 egewh Ahneshenahbag Ojibwag anindjig. | Keenahkoonegewaud 
 kuhya ketebahahmahgawaud | egewh mahyahmahwejegajig | Soci- 
 ety for Promoting Christian Knowledge, | ewede London Anduh- 
 zhetahwaud. | 
 
 Toronto : | Printed by A. F. Plees, Ko. 7 King Street. | 1850. | * 
 Literal translation: That | His-good-tidings | that-one Our-Lord [ very literally, 
 "that-oue-who-o-wns-us"] | Jesus Christ, | as- they-have-told-the-story those four 
 who-relate-good-tidings | that-one St. Matthew that-one St. Mark that-one St. 
 Luke I and that-one St. John. | Translated- and- written-iuto | as-the-manner-of- 
 their language-is those Indians Chippewas who-are-called. | As-they-have-deter- 
 mined-that-it-should-be-done and have-pald-for-it | those who-are-associated-to- 
 gether-in-doing- | Society for Promoting Christian Knowledge, | there London 
 where-they-work. | 
 
 338 pp. 8°. The four gospels in Chippewa translated by Rev. Dr. O'Meara.— 
 CCallagltan. 
 
 2830 Ewh I Oowahweendahmahgawin | owh Tabanemenung | 
 
 Jesus Christ, | keahnekuhnootuhbeegahdag | anwamand egewh 
 Ahneshenahbag Ojibway anindjig. | Keenahkoonegawaud kuhya 
 ketebahahmahgawaud | egewh mahyahmahwejegajig | Society for 
 promoting Christian Knowledge, | ewede London anduhzhetah- 
 waud. I 
 
 Toronto : ■ | Henry Eowsell, King Street. | 1854. | we. jwp. 
 
 Literal translation: That | His-promise-which-He-niakes | that-one Our-Lord 
 [very literally, "that-one-who-owns-us"] | Jesus Christ, | translated-into-and- 
 written | as-their-language-isthoee Indians Chippewas who-are-called. | As-they- 
 have-determined-that-it-should-be-done [very literally, "as they have passed a 
 law that it should be done"] and have-paid-for-it | those who-are-associated-to- 
 gether-in-work | Society-for promoting Christian Knowledge, | there London 
 where-they-work. | 
 
 1 p. 1., pp. 1-766. 12°. New Testament in the Ojibwa language. 
 
 2831 Oowahweendahmahgawin | owh tabanemenung | Jesus 
 
 Christ, I keahnekuhnootuhbeegahdag | anwamand egewh Ahneshe- 
 nahbag Ojibwag anindjig. | Keenahkoonegawaud Kuhya Keteba- 
 hahmahgawaud I egewli mahyahmahwejegajig | Society for pro- 
 moting Christian Knowledge, | ewede London anduhzhetahwaud. | 
 
 Toronto: | Bell & Co., 13 Adelaide Street East. | 1874. | jwp. 
 
 Literal translation : His-promise-that-he-makes | that-one Our-Lord | Jesus 
 Christ, I translated-into-and- written | as-their-language-is those Indians Chippe- 
 was who-are-called. | As-they-have-determined-that-it-should-be-done [very lit- 
 erally, " as-they-have-passed-a-law-that-it-should-be-done "] and have-paid-for- 
 it I those who-are-associated-together-in-doing | Society for promoting Christian 
 Knowledge, | there London where-they-work. | 
 
 Pp. 1-771. 12°. New Testament in the Ojibwa language. 
 
 2832 Shahguhnahshe | Ahnuhmeahwine Muzzeneegun, | Ojib- 
 wag anwawand Azheilhnekenootah- | beegahdag. | 
 
o'meaea. 555 
 
 O'Ueara {Bev James D.) — continued. 
 
 Toronto : | Printed by Henry Eowsell, ) for the Venerable Society 
 for Promoting Christian Knowledge, | London. | MDGCCLIII 
 [1853], I JWP. 
 
 Literal translation: English | prayer book, | the-Chippewas as-their-language- 
 is Bo-translated-and-put- | in-writing. | 
 
 Pp. 1-272, i-coolvi. 12°. English prayer-book translated into the language of 
 the Ojibwas. Administration of the sacraments, &o., pp. i-oxx; psalms, pp. 
 cxxi-cccxxv ; hymns, pp. cocxxvii-ccclvi. 
 
 2833 Shahguhnahshe | Ahnuhmeahwine Muzzeneegun. | Ojib- 
 
 ■wag anwawaud azheiihnekenootah- | beegahdag. | (The Benedicite 
 Omnia Opera and Athanasian Creed are omitted | for reasons stated 
 herein.) | [Seal.] 
 
 London: | Society for Promoting Christian Knowledge; | North- 
 umberland Avenue, Charing Cross. | WB. 
 
 1 p. 1., pp. 1-643. 12°. In the Ojibwa language. Book of common prayer, 
 pp. 1-270 ; administration of the sacraments, etc., pp. 270-392 ; psalms, pp. 392-601 ; 
 hymns, pp. 603-643. 
 
 2834 Oodahnuhmeahwine | Nuhguhmoowinun owh David. [ 
 
 Ojibwag Anwawaud | azhetthnekenootahbeegahdagin. | 
 
 Toronto : | Printed by H. Eowsell | for the Upper Canada Bible 
 Society. | 1856. | * 
 
 Literal translation: His-religion | songs that David. | The-Chippewas as-their- 
 language-is | so-translated-and-put-in-writing. | 
 
 1 p. l.,pp.l-204. 12°. Songs of David, in the Ojibwa language. Translated 
 by the Rev. Dr. O'Meara. — Bev. J. A. Gilfillan. 
 
 2835 Ewh I Kechetwah-Muzzeneegun. | Nahnun muzzeneegu- 
 
 nun I Moses kahoozhebeiihmoowahjin | keahnekuhnootuhbeegah- 
 dag anwawaud | egewh Ahnishnahbag Ojibwag | anindjig. | Kee- 
 nahkoonegawaud kuhya ketebahahmahgawaud egewh mahyah- 
 mah- I wejegajig | Society for Promoting Christian Knowledge, | 
 ewede London anduzhetahwaud. | 
 
 Toronto: | Printed by Lovell and Gibson, Yonge Street. ( 
 1861. I JWP. 
 
 Literal translation : That | Sacred-Book. | Five books | Moses which-he- 
 wrote I as-it-has-been-translated-into-aud-written aa-their-language-is | those 
 Indians Chippewas | who-are-called. | They-having-determined-that-it-should- 
 be-doneandhave-paid-for-it those who-are-associated- together- | in- work | Soci- 
 ety for Promoting Christian Knowledge, | there London where-they-work. | 
 
 Pp. 3-587. 8°. The Five Books of Moses in the Ojibwa language. 
 
 2836 and Jacobs (iJeiJ. Peter). Nuhguhmoowinun, | Kanuhguh- 
 
 moowahjin | egewh | Ahnishenahbag Ojibwag | anindjig. | Kah- 
 ahnekuhnootuhbeuhmoowahjin egewh | makuhdawekoonuhyag, | 
 Eev. Dr. O'Meara, | kuhya | Eev. Peter Jacobs. | 
 
 Toronto: | Printed by Lovell and Gibson Yonge Street. | 
 1861. I JWP. 
 
556 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 O'Meara {Bev. James D.) and Jacobs {Rev. Peter) — continued. 
 
 Litrral translation : Songs [or hymns], | wMcti-they--will-sing | those | In- 
 dians Chippewas | who-are- called. | Whicli-they-have-translated -and- written 
 those I clergymen, | Rev. Dr. O'Meara, | and | Rev. Peter Jacohs. | 
 
 Pp. 1-94. 32°. Hymn-book in the Ojibwa language. No English hymns. 
 
 2837 [ , GilfiUan {Eev. Joseph Alexander), Beaulieu (Paul), Warren 
 
 (Truman A.), and Bellair (Francois).] Mizi Anamiawinun | Anamie. 
 Muzinaigun | Wejibweuissing | Wejibwemodjig | tcM abadjito- 
 wad. I 
 
 Published | by the | Indian Commission | of the | Protestant 
 Episcopal Church, | New York. | 1875. | BE. JWP. LSH. 
 
 Literal translation: Common Prayers | Prayer-Book | in-the-Chippewa- 
 tongue I those-whovspeak-Chippewa | to use. | 
 
 1 p. 1., pp. 1-101. sq. 24°. Ojibwa mission service used at the Indian Church 
 of St. Colnmba, White Earth, Minn. Revised from Dr. O'Meara's Book of Com- 
 mon Prayer, by Rev. J. A. Gilfillan with the aid of three half-breeds. Mr. Gil- 
 fiUan, in a letter to the compiler, says : " Being only a revision of a translation 
 of one whose mother tongue was not Ojibway, it is not purely idiomatic." 
 
 I am indebted to the Rev. J. A. Gilfillan for the above English translations of 
 Ojibwa titles. 
 
 2838 [Onasakenrat(C'7we/ Josep/t).] The Holy Gospels. | Translated from 
 the authorized English version | into the Iroquois Indian dialect, 
 under the | supervision of the Montreal Auxiliary | to the British 
 and Foreign Bible | Society. | 
 
 Printed by John Lovell & Son, for the British | and Foreign 
 Bible Society. | Montreal. | 1880. | 
 
 Second title: 
 
 Neh I NasetsiShokSatakSen | ne | SonkSaianer lesos-Keristos. | 
 Tsiniiottsi tehoSennateniononi tsi roiahton | nesoseonasakenrat. | 
 
 Tri teharistoraraksta ne John Lovell, teio- | teristorarakon, neh 
 rotikariakon tsi teka- ( ristorarakon ne kaiatonseratokenti | tehon- 
 reniatha SkaniataratikoSa | oni tiotiake ratitiok8aien. | Tiotiake 
 1880. I JWP. 
 
 Pp. 1-324. 16°. English title verso 1. 2 (p. 4) ; Indian title recto 1. 3 (p. 5). 
 
 2839 TeieriwakwattaOnkwe-onweneha | tsiniionststatsiiakot- | 
 
 kennison oni | akohnonskonsson, niakoianere. | [Four lines quota- 
 tion.] I Sose Onasakenrat. | 
 
 Montreal: | "Witness" Printing House, 33 & 35 Bonaventure 
 Street. | 1880 | jwp. 
 
 Outside title (with date 1881), reverse blank, 1 1., pp. 1-46. 18°. Hymns in the 
 Iroquois language. 
 
 He translated, from the English, the New Testament and Moody and Sankey's 
 Hymns, and at the time of his death was engaged in translating the remainder 
 of the Bible into Iroquois. — N^ T. Herald, FeVruary 9, 1881. 
 
 One thing needful. 
 See STTirisB. 
 
o'mEAEA — OEDENACION. 557 
 
 2840 [Oppert (Gustav).] On the Classification of Languages. A Con- 
 tiibution to Comparative Philology. [By Dr. Gustav Oppert.] c. 
 
 In Madras Journal of Literature and Science for the year 1879, pp. 1-137. 
 London, 1879. 8°. 
 
 In addition to frequent allusions to American languages, there is, on pp. 110- 
 112, a table of relationships of the Dakota nations, Missouri nations, Upper Mis- 
 souri nations, Gnlf nations, Prairie nations, Selish stem, Arctic family, and, on 
 pp. 114-115, of the Algonquin family ; taken, with few exceptions, from Morgan's 
 Systems of Consanguinity and Affinity. 
 
 2841 Oracion Dominical en las lenguas Cahita, Teguima y Opata. * 
 
 7 II. 4°. The same in Mazahua, with an interesting letter of the Curate of 
 Atlacomulco to the Archbishop of Mexico, August 29, 1857, on the actual state 
 of that language. — Ramirez Sale Cat., No. 160. 
 
 2842 Oraciones en el Idioma Chocho. . • 
 
 Manuscript, xvii cent. 10 11. Extremely rare and interesting. We know of 
 no other work, either printed or in manuscript, in this American dialect. Dr. 
 Cullen has published a vocabulary. — Fischer Sale Cat., No. 1850. 
 
 2843 Oratio Dominica in CCL Linguas Versa .... 
 
 Romae: Typographia S. 0. Propoganda Fide. 1870. * 
 
 4°. Title from Sabin's Dictionary, No. .^7438, note. 
 
 See Auer (A.); [Bodoni (G. B.)]; Chamberlaya (J.); [Krauaen (J. U.) 
 and "Wagner (J. Ch.)]; Marcel (J. J.); [Mottus (B.)]; [Miiller (A.)]. 
 
 2844 Orbigny (Alcide Desallines d'). Voyage | dans | I'Am^rique M6- 
 ridionale | (Le Br6sil, la E6publique Orientale de I'TJruguay, la 
 E6publique | Argentine, la Patagonie, la E6publique du Chili, la 
 E^pubUque de Bolivia, | la E^publique du P6rou), | execute pendant 
 les ann6es 1826,. 1827, 1828, 1829, 1830, 1831, 1832 et 1833, | par | 
 Alcide d'Orbigny, | Chevalier [&c., two lines]. | Ouvrage dedi6 an 
 Eoi, I et public sous les auspices de M. le Ministre de I'Instruction 
 publique | (commence sous M. Guizot). | Tome Premier [-jSTeuvieme]. | 
 
 Paris, I Chez Pitois-Levrault et C.«, Libraires-Editeurs, | Eue de 
 la Harpe, N." 81; | Strasbourg, | Chez V.« Levrault, Eue des Juifs, 
 N." 33. I 1835 [-1847]. j . c. bp. 
 
 9 vols. 4°. Vol. 4, L'Homme Am^ricain (de I'Am^rique m^ridionale), contains, 
 p. 79, a few words of Delaware, Pottawatameh, and Pennsylvanien. 
 
 \/ 2845 L'Homme Am6ricain | (de l'Am6rique M6ridionale), | con- 
 
 sid6r6 I sous ses rapports physiologiques et moraux; | par | Alcide 
 d'Orbigny, | chevalier [&c., four lines]. Tome Premier [Second]. | 
 
 Paris: | Chez Pitois-Levrault etC.% Libraires-Editeurs, | Ruedela 
 Harpe, N."^ 81 ; j Strasbourg, Chez F. G. Levrault, rue des Juifs, 
 N.» 33. I 1839. I A. BP. 
 
 2 vols. 8°. and atlas 4°. A few words of Delaware, Pottawatameh, Pennsyl- 
 vanien, and Galibi, vol. 1, p. 162; Carib vocabulary (17 words) and numerals 
 (1-10), vol. 2, pp. 274, 291 ; Galibi and Carib vocabulary, vol. 2, p. 276. 
 
 2846 Ordenacion de Mexico ciudad. | B. 
 
 Manuscript. 25 11. 4°. In the Bancroft Library, San Francisco. An ordinance 
 of the cabildo of the city of Mexico, in the Mexican language; in 55 paragraphs, 
 beginning "Inic 1," "Inio 2," &c. Comers and edges of the mannscript much 
 worn. Dated in 1629; signed by some of the city ofQcials. 
 
658 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 2847 Ordenancas de su mag.* | B. 
 
 Manuscript. 5 11. 4°. lu the Bancroft Library, San Francisco. Ordinances 
 of the king of Spain, in the Mexican language. Eluminated capital letter at 
 beginning of first paragraph. Clearly written, in handwriting of middle of 16th 
 century. 
 
 2848 Ordonez (Fr. Diego). Doctrina dogmatica en Lengua de Guate- 
 mala. * 
 
 Manuscript. 1 vol. 
 
 2849 Exhortaciones sobre la Penitencia y Oomunion en la 
 
 mistna lengua. * 
 
 Manuscript. 1 vol. 
 
 2850 Sermones panegericos y morales" en la misma. • 
 
 Manuscript. 2 vols. Titles &om Beristain. 
 
 2851 O'Reilly (Bernard). Greenland, j the | Adjacent Seas, | and | The 
 N^orth-Wcst Passage | to the | Pacific Ocean, | illustrated in a voy- 
 age to Davis's Strait, I during the summer of 1817. | With charts 
 and numerous plates, | from drawings of the author taken on the 
 spot. I By I Bernard O'Eeilly, Esq. | 
 
 London: | Printed for Baldwin, Oradock, and Joy, | 47 Pater- 
 noster-Eow. | i818. | C. HU. 
 
 Pp. i-viii, 1-293. 4°. maps, plates. 
 
 Remarks on the language of Greenland, pp. 60-61, 83-84 ; " Brief list of words 
 [27] from the language of the Greeulander," pp. 84-8.5. 
 
 2852 Greenland, | the | Adjacent Seas, | and | the North-west 
 
 Passage | to the | Pacific Ocean, | illustrated in a | Voyage to 
 Davis's Strait, | During the Summer of 1817. | By Bernard O'Eeilly, 
 Esq. I 
 
 New York: | Published by James Eastburn and Co. | at the 
 literary rooms, Broadway. | Clayton & Kingsland, Printers. | 
 1818. C. BA. 
 
 Pp. i-viii, 1-251. 8°. maps. Linguistics, pp. 73-74. 
 
 2853 Original. Original | and | Select Hymns, | in | the Shawanoe Lan- 
 guage. I By I Missionaries of the Amer. Baptist Board | of Foreign 
 Missions. | [Two lines quotation.] Second Edition. | 
 
 Shawanoe Baptist Mission Press, | J. G. Pratt, Printer. | 1842. | 
 
 Second title : 
 
 Fikimowani | Siwinwike Ealitowawice | wastowice | paptesewe 
 mkitawkolieake, | chena kotikike. | [Three lines quotation in Sha- 
 wanoe.] 
 
 Ealimapeaskiki | lieipicemoti. | 1842. | o. 
 
 Pp. 1-48. sq. 16°. English title recto of 1. 1 ; Shawanoe title verso of 1. 1. 
 
 2854 Original and Select | Hymns, | in the Shawanoe Lan- 
 guage. I Published by one of the Missionaries to | the Shawanoe 
 Indians. | [Two lines quotation.] Fourth Edition. | 
 
 St. Louis: I Printed at the Methodist Book Depository. | 1859. | 
 
OKDENAN^AS OROZCO, 559 
 
 Original — continued. 
 
 Second title : 
 
 Mkimowani | siwinwike ealitowawice, ( wastowice | paptesewe 
 mkitawkolieake, | chena kotikike. | [Two lines quotation.] 
 
 Balimapeaskiki. | Lieipicemoti. | 1859. | 
 
 Pp. 1-48. 16°. English title recto 1. 1 ; Shawanoe title verso 1. 2. Title from 
 copy in possession of a delegate of the Shawanoes visiting Washington. 
 
 2855 Oronhyatekha. The Mohawk Language. By Oronhyatekha. 
 
 In Canadian Inst., Proc, new series, vol. 10, pp. 182-194. Toronto, 1865. 8°. 
 Grammatic notices, numerals 1-150, and a few words of the Mohawk, Oneida, 
 Onondaga, Cayuga, Tuscarora, and Delaware. 
 
 2656 The Mohawk' Language. By Oronhyatekha, of the Mo- 
 hawk Nation. 
 
 In Canadian Inst., Proc, new series, vol. 15, pp. 1-12. Toronto, 1878. 8°. 
 Reprint of the article which appeared in vol. 10 of same journal. 
 
 2857 Oroz {Fr. Pedro). Gramatica de la Lengua Otomi mas correcta y 
 aumentada que la de Ft. Pedro Palacios. * 
 
 Title from Beri stain. 
 
 2858 Sermones en Lengua Megicana para todos los Domingos 
 
 y Pestividades del ano. * 
 
 Manuscripts in many libraries of America. Pinelo says that these sermons 
 were translated froin those written in Portugal by Fr. Felipe Diaz. They are 
 different, however, and original. — Beristain. 
 
 See Palacios (-Fr. Pedro). 
 
 Ny 2859 Orozco y Berra (Manuel). Geografia de las Lenguas | y | Carta 
 EtnogrMca | de Mexico | precedidas de un ensayo de clasiflcacion 
 de las mismas Lenguas | y de apuntes para las inmigraciones de 
 las tribus | por el lie. j Manuel Orozco y Berra | [Five lines quota- 
 tion.] Inter folia frvctvs [in a picture]. 
 
 Mexico j Imprenta de J. M. Andrade y P. Escalante | Alle de 
 Tiburcio Num. 19 | 1864. | B. c. BA. bp. 
 
 Pp. i-xiv, 1-392. royal 8°. map. 
 
 Primera Parte. Ensayo de clasificacion de las lenguas de Mexico, pp. 1-76, 
 contains: Chap. 1. Ojeada sobre la carta etnogr^fica * * *,pp. 3-8; Chap. 2. Los 
 nahdas. — Diferencia establecida entre el nahda y el mexioano * ♦ », pp. 8-15 ; 
 Chap. 3. Segunda familia, el othomi 6 hia hiu. — Etimologia. — Sus dialectos * * », 
 pp. 16-18; Chap. 4. Familia huaxteca — may a — quiche. — Los cuextecas. — El hu- 
 axteco y sus dialectos * * *, pp. 18-25 ; Chap. 5. Familia mixteca— Zapoteca.— El 
 mixteco y sus dialectos * * *, pp. 25-29; Chap. 6. El matlaltzinca * * *, pp. 29-31 ; 
 Chap. 7. Familia 6pata — tarahumar — pima. — El 6pata. — Sus lenguas heimanas 
 * * *, pp. 32-40 ; Chap. 8. Familia apache 6 yavipai.— El chemegue.— El yuta.— El 
 muca oraive.— El faraon.— El Uanero.— El lipan, pp. 40-41 ; Chap. 9. El s6ri.— El 
 upauguaima.— El guaima,p.42; Chap. 10. El guaioura y sus dialectos.— El oo- 
 chimi y los suyos, pp. 43-43 ; Chap. 11. Lenguas sin clasiflcacion.— El zoque.— 
 El chiapaneco.— El huave * * ', pp. 43-54; Chap. 12. Tabla general de clasifica- 
 cion pp. 54-62 ; Chap. 13. Cat^logo general de los nombres de las lenguas de 
 
560 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Otozco y Berra (Manuel) — continued. 
 
 Mexico, pp. 62-66 ; Chap. 14. Lista alfab^tica de los nombres de las tribns en 
 Mexico, pp. 67-76. 
 
 Segunda Parte. Apuntes para las inmlgraciones de las tribus en Mexico, pp. 
 
 77-152 , contains : Chap. 5. El c alendario en los pueblos de filiacion tolteca, etc. 
 pp. 102-108. 
 
 Tercera Parte. Geografia de las lenguas de Mexico, pp. 153-387. 
 
 2860 El Cuauhxicalli de Tizoc. 
 
 In Museo Nacional de Mexico, Anales, vol. 1, pp. 3-39. Mexico, 1877. 4°. 
 Aztec words scattered throughout. 
 
 2861 Codice Mendozino Ensayo de descifracion geroglifica por 
 
 Manuel Orozco y Berra. 
 
 In Museo Nacional de Mexico, Anales, vol. 1, pp. 120-186, 242-270, 289-339 ; 
 vol. 4, pp. 47-82, 128-130, 205-232. Mexico, 1877, 1880. 4°. 
 
 In addition to a number of Aztec terms scattered throughout, there is, on pp 
 258-270, an account of the numeral system spoken and written ; Cronologia, pp. 
 289-306; Intercalacion — Comparacion, pp. 306-316; Nuestro Systema, pp. 316- 
 332 ; El Calendario Astronomico, pp. 332-339. 
 
 2862 Doctrinas en Geroglificos. 
 
 In Museo Nacional de Mexico, Anales, vol. 1, pp. 202-216. Mexico, 1877. 4°. 
 Lord's Prayer in Nahuatl, pp. 205-213. 
 
 2863 Ortega (P. Joseph de). Doctrina cristiana, oraciones, confesona- 
 rio, ai te y vocabulario de la Lengua Cora. * 
 
 Printed at the expense of Illmd Sr. D. Nicolas Gomez de Cervantes, Bishop of 
 Guadalajara, 1729. — Beristain. 
 
 2864 Vocabulario en Lengua Castellana, y Cora, dispueato por 
 
 el P. Joseph de Ortega, de la Compania de Jesus, Missiouero de los 
 Pueblos del Eio de Jesus, Maria, y Joseph, de la Provincia de 
 Senor San Joseph del Nayaerit {sic) y visitador de la mesma Pro- 
 vincia. Y lo dedica al 111."'" Senor Doctor Don Mcolas Carlos de 
 Cervantes, Dignissimo Obispo, que fufe de Guatemala, y aora de la 
 Nueva-Galicia, del Consejo de su Magestad. Con licencia. 
 
 En Mexico: Por los Herederos de la Viuda de Francisco Eodri- 
 guez Lupercio, en la Puente de Palacio. Ano de 1732. * 
 
 9 p. 11., 43 11. 4°. Title from Icazbalceta's Apuntes, No. 138. 
 
 2865 Vocabulario en Lengua Castellana y Cora dispuesto por el 
 
 Padre Joseph de Ortega, de la Compania de Jesus, [&c.] 
 
 In Soc. de Geog. Mex., Bol., tomo 8, pp. 561-602. Mexico, 1860. 8°. 
 Notas por Francisco Pimentel, pp. 603-6U5. 
 
 2806 Ortiz {Fr. Francisco). Arte y Gramdtica de la Lengua Misteca, y 
 
 Catecismo cristit-no en la misma, dedicado A la Provincia del SSm6. 
 
 Nombre de Jesus del Orden de S. Agustin. • 
 
 Manuscript. Seen by Eguiara in the library of the College of San Pablo, in 
 
 Mexico. — Beristain. 
 
OKOZCO OVIEDO. 561 
 
 2867 Osagiitiuin Au Jesus, | gibinibotauat | luiu Mejiizhiuebizinijin. | 
 In the I Ojibwa Language. | 
 
 Boston : | Printed for the American Board of Commissioners | for 
 Foreign Missions, by Crocker & Brewster. | 1840. | ba. 
 
 Literal translation : His-love that Jesus, | in-that-he-died-for | those who-were- 
 wicked. | 
 
 Pp. 1-21. 16°. The love of Jesus in coining to die for sinners. 
 
 2868 Oshki IS'agumowin | nagamotiwik Mauito | Jesus | j6s | Maria 
 Joseph I p. 
 
 No imprint. Title, 1 1., pp. 1-18. 16°. In the Ojibwa language. Printed at 
 Wikwemikong, Lake Huron, 186.'>, by the Catholic missionaries. 
 Reverse of title, a prayer ; prayers, pp. 1-4 ; hymns, pp. 5-17. 
 
 2869 Osorio {Fr. Diego). Arte y Vocabulario de la Lengua Megicana, 
 
 « 
 
 / 
 
 preparados para las prensas. 
 Title from Beristain. 
 
 Osunkhirhine (Peter Paul). 
 See Wzokhilain (P. P.) 
 
 2870 Oviedo y Valdes (Gonzalo Fernandez de). Historia | General y 
 Natural de las Indias, | Islas y Tierra-firme del Mar Oceano, | 
 por I el Capitan Gonzalo Fernandez de Oviedo y Valdes, | primer 
 Cronista del Nuevo Mundo. | Publicala la Eeal Academia de la His- 
 toria, I cotejada con el codice original, enriquecida con las enmien- 
 das y adiciones del autor, | 6 ilustrada con la vida y el juicio de las 
 obras del mismo | por | D. Jos6 Amador de los Eios, | Individuo 
 [&c., one line]. Primera [-IVJ Parte. | [Design.] 
 
 Madrid. | Imprenta de la Eeal Academia de la Historia. | A cargo 
 de Jose Eodriguez, Calle de S. Vicente Baja, Num. 74. | 1851 
 [-1855]. I B. c. BA. 
 
 4 vols. 4°. 
 
 Voces Amerioanas empleadas por Oviedo, vol. 4, pp. 593-607. Alphabetically 
 arranged, and coni ains a number of words of Nicaragua, Nueva Espafia, etc. 
 
 36 Bib 
 
562 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 2871 Pacheco (D. Francisco). Doctrina, Christiana traducida de la 
 lengua Castellana en lengua Zapoteca Nexitza, por el Licenciado 
 D. Francisco Pacheco de Sylva, Cura Beneflciado por su Magestad, 
 del Partido de Yahee y Taneche. 
 
 Mexico, 1687. * 
 
 8°. The title-page missing. I have formed the title by collecting the data 
 scattered throughout the Approvals and Licenses. The last are of May, 1687, 
 In which year the book must have been printed in Mexico. In the copy vrhich 
 I have at hand there are only 27 preliminary 11. remaining, and 11. 1 to 135 ; those 
 at the end being pissing. It is a translation from P. Ripalda. — Icazbalceta's 
 Apuntes, No.ASQ^ ' / 
 
 2872 Packard (Eobert L.) Terms of relationship used by the Navajo 
 Indians. 
 
 Maunscript. 4 11. folio. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. Col- 
 lected at the Navajo Reservation, New Mexico, in 1881. This manuscript has 
 been corrected and supplemented by Dr. "Washington Matthews, Fort Wingate, 
 N. Mex. 
 
 2873 Paez (Fr. Bernab6). Eeglas para aprender con facilidad la Lengua 
 megicana. * 
 
 2874 Los Quatros Evangelios puestos y explicados en Megicano. * 
 
 2875 M6todo de Confesion Sacramental en Megicano. * 
 
 2876 El Simbolo de S. Atanasio en Megicano con Notas. * 
 
 Manuscripts. Titles from Beristaiu. 
 
 2877 Palacio {Dr. JD. Diego Garcia de). Carta | dirijida al | Eey de 
 Bspaiia, | por el [ Licenciado Dr. Don | Diego Garcia de Palacio, | 
 Oydor de la Eeal Audiencia de Guatemala; | Aiio 1576. | Being 
 a Description of the Ancient Provinces of | Guazacapan, Izalco, 
 Cuscatlan, and Chiquimula, | in the Audiencia of Guatemala: | 
 with I An Account of the Languages, Customs and Eeligion | of 
 their Aboriginal Inhabitants, and a | Description of the Euins of 
 Copan. I 
 
 [New York: Charles B, Norton. I860.] c. BA. we. 
 
 1 p. 1., pp. 1-131. sm. 4°. Forms No. 1 of Squier (E. G.) Collection of Rare 
 and Original Documents. 
 
 Also printed in "Coleocion de Docnmentos Iii(5ditos relativos al Descubrimi- 
 ento, Conqnista y Colonizaciou de lis Posesiones Espaiiolas en America," vol. 6 
 pp. 5-40. Madrid, 1866. 8°. A translation into German by Dr. A. von Frantzius 
 was published in Berlin, 1873, pp. xv, 70. 8°. A French translation is included in 
 Temaux-Compans's " Recueil de Documents et M6moires originaux surl'Histoire 
 de la D^couverte de I'Am^rique." Paris, 1840. 8°. 
 
 2878 Palacios (Fr. Pedro). Arte de la lengua Otomi. • 
 
 2879 Vocabulario Megicano y Otomi. * 
 
 2880 Corono de Ntro. Sr. Jesucristo en Lengua Otomi. * 
 
 Manuscripts. 8°. In the library of the College of Tlateluloo, Mexico. Fr. Pedro 
 Oroz corrected and enlarged the Otomi Grammar, which was printed many 
 ti mes. — Beristai n . 
 
PACHECO — PALMER. 563 
 
 2881 Palafox y Mendoza (Juan de). Manual de los Sanctos Sacramentoa 
 corregido por Alvarez de Abreu. 
 
 Madrid 1758. * 
 
 4°. Pages 25-28 contain the office of the Sacrament of Baptism administered 
 to the Indians, in the Mexican language. Title and note from Sabin's Dictionary, 
 No. 58297. 
 
 2882 Pallisser {Capt. John). Exploration. — British North America. | 
 The I Journals, Detailed Eeports, and Observations | relative to j 
 the Exploration, | by Captain Palliser, | of | That Portion of British 
 North America, | which, | in Latitude, lies between the British 
 Boundary Line, and the | height of la.nd or Watershed of the North- 
 ern I or Frozen Ocean respectively, | and | in Longitude, between 
 the western shore of Lake Superior and | the Pacific Ocean, | 
 During the Years 1857, 1858, 1859, and 1860. | Presented to both 
 Houses of Parliament by command of Her Majesty, | 19'^ May, 
 1863. I 
 
 London: | Printed by George Edward Eyre and William Spottis- 
 woode, I Printers to the Queen's Most Excellent Majesty, | for Her 
 Majesty's Stationery Office. | 1863. | [Arms.] ba. 
 
 Pp. 1-325. folio. 
 
 Denig (E. T.) Vocabulary of the Gros Ventre, pp. 207-208. 
 
 Sullivan ( J. W. ) Various vocabularies of the Northwest Indians, pp. 207-216. 
 
 2883 Palma (D. Victoriano). Exdmen critico de todos los catecismos 
 publicados en lengua Mexicana. * 
 
 Title from Pimentfel. 
 
 2884 Palmer {Dr. Edward). Vocabulary of the Indians of the Pueblo 
 of Taowa. 
 
 Manuscript. 2 11. folio. 40 words. 
 
 28S5 Vocabulary of the Pinaleno and Arivaipa Apache. 
 
 Manuscript. 3 11. 4°. 200 words. These manuscripts are in the library of the 
 Bureau of Ethnology. 
 
 2886 Palmer (Joel). Journal of Travels | over the | Rocky Mountains, | 
 to the I Mouth of the Columbia River; | made during the years 
 1845 and 1846: | containing minute descriptions of the | Valleys of 
 the Willamette, Umpqua., and Clamet; | a general description of | 
 Oregon Territory; | its inhabitants, climate, soil, productions, etc., 
 etc.; I a list of | necessary outfits for emigrants; | and a | Table of 
 Distances from Camp to Camp on the Route. | Also; | A Letter 
 from the Rev. H. H. Spalding, resident Missionary, for the last ten 
 years, | among the Nez Perc6 Tribe of Indians, on the Koos-koos- 
 kec River; The | Organic Laws of Oregon Territory; Tables of 
 about 300 words of the Chinook | Jargon, and about 200 Words of 
 the Nez Perc6 Language; a Description of | Mount Hood; Inci- 
 dents of Travel, &c., &c. | By Joel Palmer. \ 
 
664 NOETH AMEEICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Palmer (Joel) — continued. 
 
 CiiicinDati: | J. A. & U. P. James, Walnut Street, | between 
 Fourth and Filth. | 1847. | 0. 
 
 Pp. i-iv, 9-189. 12°. Issued also in 1852, with no change except date on title- 
 page. 
 
 Words used in the Chinook Jargon, pp. 147-151; Chinook mode of computing 
 numhers.p. 152; words used in the Nez Perc6 language, pp. 152-156; Nez Perc6 
 mode of computing numbers, p. 157. 
 
 2887 Pandosy {Rev. M«. C'''^) Grammar | and | Dictionary | of the | 
 Takama Language. | By | Eev. M'«. G^^^. Pandosy, | Oblate of Mary 
 Immaculate. | Translated by George Gibbs and J. G. Shea. | 
 
 New York: | Cramoisy Press. | 1862. | 0. BA. WB. jwp. 
 
 Pp. iii-viii, 9-59. 8°. " Shea's Library of American Linguistics. VI." 
 
 Grammar of the P'shwan-wa-pam, Wala-wala, Tairtia, Eoil-roil-pam, and 
 
 Palus languages, pp. 9-30; specimens of the Yakama language (Lord's Prayer), 
 
 p. 31 ; peace song, composed by Father Pandosy, pp. 32-34 ; dictionary, pp. 35-59. 
 
 2888 Pangua (P. Diego Diaz). Arte de la Lengua Chichimeca; Diccio- 
 nario de la misma, y Oatecismo en la misma. • 
 
 Manuscripts. Title from Beristain. 
 
 2889 Psini. Pani Vocabulary; Hueco or Waco dialect. 
 
 Manuscript. 6 11. folio. 50 words. 
 
 2890 Pani Vocabulary; Kichai dialect. 
 
 Manuscript. 6 11. folio. 30 words. These manuscripts are in library of the 
 Bureau of Ethnology. '- 
 
 \/ 2891 Paredes (P. Ignacio de). Oatecismo Mexicano, | Que contiene 
 todo la Doctrina Christiana con todos | sus Declaraciones:lien que 
 el Ministro de Almas ha- | llar^, lo que k estas debe ensenar: y 
 estas hallaran lo | que para salvarse, deben saber, creer, y ob- 
 servar. | Dispusolo primeramente en Castellano | el Padre Ge- 
 ronymo Deripalda | de la Compania de Jesus. | Y despues para la 
 comun utilidad de los Indios; y es- 1 pecialmente para alguna ayuda 
 de sus zealosos Minis- | tros, clara, genuina, y literalmente lo tra- 
 duxo del I Castellano, en el puro, y proprio Idioma Mexicano | El 
 Padre Ignacio de Paredes | de la misma Compania de Jesus. | Y le 
 anadio la Doctrina pequena con otras cosas, a | todos utilissimas, 
 para la vida del Christiano, que se | hallaran en el ludice, que esta 
 al fin de esta Obra. | Y el mismo, no menos afectuoso, que reve- 
 rente, y | rendidq, lo dedica | Al Ilmo Senor | D. D. Manuel Jo- 
 seph I Rubio, y Salinas, | Dignissimo Arzobispo de esta | Diecesi 
 de Mexico, del Consejo | de su Magestad, &c. | 
 
 Con las licencias necessarias, y permisso de la Con- | gregacion 
 de la Anunciata de S. Pedro, y S. Pablo, en | Mexico, en la Im- 
 prenta de la Bibliotheca Mexicana, | enfrente de San Augustin. 
 Ano de 1758. | 
 
PALMER — PAREDES 565 
 
 Paredes (P. Ignacio de) — continued. 
 
 Mexican title : 
 
 Christianoyotl | Mexicanemachtiloni, | In itech onactica, ihuan 
 ontzauctica in Imelahualoca [ ihuan in Icaquiztica in Izquitla- 
 manth nepapan Teo | tlatolli, ihuan Teometachtilli ; in cemix- 
 quich in Teo | tlaneltocani, in Christiano Tlacatl ci huei ina- 
 hua [ til huei imamal, inic cacicamatiz, quichicahua | caneltocaz, 
 ihuan quitequipanoz, inic momaquixtiz. | Auh yehuatlin Temach- 
 tilli oquimachtopatecpanil | Caxtillancopa in Toteopixcatazin Y6- 
 huatzin | Padre Geronymo de Eipalda | de la Compania de Jesus. ( 
 Auh quingatepan in ireoh oquimocopinili, ihuan ma- | cehualcopa 
 Mexicatlatolcopa ocuimocuepili in | Toteopixcatatzin, Yehuatzin | 
 Padre Ignacio de Paredes, | de la Compania de Jesus. | Auh gau- 
 yeno nican iculiuhtoc in Tepiton Teo tlatolli | ihuan in oc izquitla- 
 mantli quallachihualli, in itcol | huei onmonequi in iyecnemiliz in 
 Christiano. | Aut ganno j'ehuatzin huei tetlagotlaliztica, Tema- 
 huizti- I liliztica, ihuan nepechteqniliztica, quimohuemmanilili | 
 in Cenquizcamahuiztililont Cenquizcaixtililoni, in hue | Teopix- 
 catepachocatzuitli, Yehuatzin in Mahuiztic | Tlatoani, | D. D. 
 Manuel Joseph Eubio, | y Salinas, | Teoyotica Ichcapixcatzintli, 
 5a9enca huei Tlacnopilhui- | ani Arzobispo, in iz Tlatocayopan, 
 itocayocan Mexi- | comoteyacanilia; ihuan §anyenoyuh qui in itech 
 om- I mohuitia in Tlatocanendnotzaloyan, in ompa | Oastillan 
 mantimani, &c. | 
 
 In nican Mexico omotepuzicuilo in Tepuztl^cuiloloyan, in Ixpan 
 S. I Augustin mantimani, ipan ipin, in tichualtoca, Xihuitl 
 1768. I A. JOB, 
 
 17p. ll.,pp. 1-170, Indicell. 12°. Spanish title recto 1. 1 ; reverse, quotations ; 
 picture of St. JYancis Xavler, 11.; Mexican title recto 1. 3 ; reverse, coat of arms. 
 
 2892 Promptuario | Manual Mexicano. | Que h, la verdad podrd 
 
 ser utilissimo ^ los Parrochos para | la ensenanza; h los necessita- 
 dos Indios para su instruccion; | y h, los que aprenden la leugua 
 para la expedicion. ( Contiene | quarenta, y seis Platicas con sus 
 Exemplos, y morales | exhortaciones, y seis Sermones morales, 
 acomodados a los | seis Domingos de la Quaresma. | Todo lo qual 
 corresponde h los cinquenta, y dos Domingos | de todo el ano ; en 
 que se suele explicar la Doctrina | Christiana a los feligreses. | En 
 las platicas se v^n explicando, uno por uno, todos los puntos, | que 
 todo Christiano debe saber, y entender. | En los Sermones se trata 
 de aquellas materias mas solidas, y | conducentes al provecho, y 
 Conversion de las Almas. | Aiiadese por fin un Sermon de | Nues- 
 tra Santissima Guadalupana | Senora, | con una breve narraciou 
 de su historia; y dos | Indices: que se hallar^n al principio de la 
 Obra. I La que con la claridad, y propriedad en el Idioma, que 
 pudo, I dispuso I El P. Ignacio de Paredes de la Compaiiia de | 
 Jesus, Morador del Colegio destinado para solos Indios, | de S. 
 
566 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Paredes (P. Ignacio de) — continued. 
 
 Gregorio de la misma Compania de la Oiudad | de Mexico. | Y 61 
 mismo en compania de otro Noble, lionrado. y agradecido | Cabal- 
 lero, lo dedica afectuoso, y rendido | Al Senor D. Peliz Venancio 
 Malo de Villaviceucio, | del Cousejo de su Magestad, y su meritis- 
 simo Oydor de la Real | Audieucia de Mexico, &c. | 
 
 Con las licencias necessaiias, | En Mexico, en la Imprenta de la 
 Bibliotheca Mexicana, enfrente de | San Augustiu. Ano de 1759. | 
 
 23 p. 11., PP- 1-380, 1-xo. sm. 4°. The Ramirez SaleCat.,No.649, gives the colla- 
 tion as: "Froiii.; title; 22prel. 11. ; text, pp. 380, xc, and Ixxiii to clxxxviii. 
 After p. xo the pagination begins with Ixxiii and runs to clxxxviii. These 58 11. 
 comprise sermons, platicas, &c." The copies seen by me do not contain these 
 final pages numbered in Roman, nor does Icazbalceta, Brasseur de Bourbourg, or 
 Leclerc mention them. A. B. JCB. 
 
 Since the above was put in type Mr. W. Eames has furnished me the following 
 full collation from a copy in the Astor Library which contains the extra pages : 
 
 Frontispiece; 23 p. 11.; pp. 1-380; i-xc; Iblankl. ; plate; pp.lxxiii-clxxxviii. 
 Bm. 4°. The supplementary matter consists of "Sermon Primero [-Sexto] de 
 Quaresma," pp. i-lxxii ; " Sermon de nuestra gran reyna, poderosissima Patrona, 
 Madre, y Senora nuestra, Maria Santissima de Guadalupe," pp. Ixxiii-xc; 1 blank 
 leaf; 1 plate entitled "CopiadelaMIlagr. Imagen de Jesus" * * * ; "Sermon 
 Primero [-Sexto] de la publicacion de la Mission, y del Santo Jubileo," pp. Ixxiii- 
 clvii ; " Platica Primera [-Quarta] del acto de Contriciou de la Mission," pp. clviii- 
 clxxvii; "Exhortacion * » » ^" with the top heading "Avigos al Alma," 
 pp. clxxviii-clxxxv ; "Saetas al Alma," in verse, pp. clsxxvi-clxxxviii. These 
 additional pages, numbered in Roman, are, except the headings, entirely in the 
 Mexican language. 
 
 2893 Compendio del Arte de la Lengua Mexicana del P. Horacio 
 
 Carochi; Dispuesto con brevidad, claridad, y propriedad, Por el P. 
 Ignacio de Paredes. 
 
 Mexico, 1759. b.job. 
 
 For full title, see Carochi (P. Horacio). 
 
 2894 Doctrina breve sacada del Catecismo Mexicaiio, que dis- 
 
 puso el P. Ignacio de Paredes, de la Compania de Jesus. 
 
 Colo2>hon : 
 
 Eeimpresa en la Oflcina de D. Mariano de Zufiiga y Antiveros, 
 ano de 1809. * 
 
 No title-page. 8 unnumbered II. 8°. Title furnished by Sr. Icazbalceta from 
 copy in his possession. 
 
 2895 Pareja (P. Fr. Francisco). Gathecismo, | en Lengva | Castellana, 
 y I Timuquana. | En el qual se contiene lo que se les pue- | de en- 
 seiiar a los adultos que an | de ser baptizados. | Compvesto por el 
 P. P. Fran- | cisco Pareja, Eeligioso de la Orden del seraphico | P. 
 S. Francisco, Guardian del Conuento de | la purissima Cocepcion 
 de N. Senora de | S. Augustin, y Padre de la Gusto- | dia de sancta 
 Elena de la ( Florida. | [Vignette.] 
 
 En Mexico. | En la Impreta de la Viuda de Pedro Balli. | Por C. 
 Adriano Cesar. M. DC. XII [1612]. ] nyhs. 
 
 Title; reverse, woodcuts, 1 l.,and 79 other unnumbered 11. 8°. Some pages 
 two columns, some but one. 
 
PAEEDES — PAEEJA. 567 
 
 Fareja (P. Fr. Francisco) — continued. 
 
 2896 Catechismo. | y Breve Expo- | sicion de la Doc- | trina 
 
 Christiana. | Muy vtil y necessaria, asi para los Espanoles, co- | 
 mo para los Naturales, en Lengua Castellana, y Timu- | quana, en 
 modo de preguutas, y respuestas. Copuesto | por el P. F. Fran- 
 cisco Pareja de la Orden de N. | Seraphico P. S. Fracisco, Padre 
 de la Custodia | de S. Elena de la Florida. | [Vignette.] 
 
 Colophon ; 
 
 Con Licencia de los Svpe- | riores, en Mexico, en casa de la 
 vinda de | Pedro Balli. Ano de 1612. | Por C. A. Cesar. | nyhs. 
 
 176 11. 8°. Some pages two columns, some but one. 
 
 2897 Catecismo de la Doctrina cristiana en diclia [Timuquana] 
 
 Lengua. 
 
 Megico, 1617. * 
 
 Title from Beristain. 
 
 2898 Cathecismo, y | Examen Pa- | Ea Los Que Comulgan. 
 
 En I lengua Castellana, y Timuquana. | En el qual se cotiene el 
 respecto que se deue tener & \ los templos, con algunos Similes del 
 santissimo Sa- | cramento y sus effectos ; y la preparacio para la 
 CO- I munion actual y espiritual, y para quado se d^ d los | enfer- 
 mos. Las gracias que despues de la comunion | se deuen dar & 
 Dios, que se recibe en ella. T algunos | milagros deste santissimo 
 Sacramento. Y diclios de | Santos, y de personas doctas, que 
 aconsejan | y exortan d su frequencia. | Aora en Esta II. Impres- 
 sion I corregido, y enmendado, y alojo necessario anadido | Por el 
 Padre Fr. Francisco Pareja, Eeligioso de | la Orden de IT. Sera- 
 phico P. S. Francisco, y Padre de la | Provincia de Santa Elena de 
 la Florida, natural de | Aunon diocesi del Arcobispado de Toledo. | 
 
 Con Privilegio | En Mexico, en la Imprenta de Juan Euyz. | 
 Ano de 1627. | * 
 
 Title furnished by E. H. Major, from copy in the British Museum, to Buck- 
 ingham Smith, who prints it in the Historical Magazine, first series, vol. 2, p. 1. 
 
 2899 Confesonario en Lengua Timuquana de la Florida. 
 
 M6gico 1612. 
 
 Title from Beristain. 
 
 2900 Confessionario | En lengua Castella- | na, y Timuquana 
 
 Con algunos con- | sejos para animar al penitente. | * | ^Y assi 
 mismo van declarados algunos effectos y | prerrogariuas deste 
 sancto Sacramento de la confes- | sion. Todo muy vtil y proue- 
 choso, assi para que | los padres confessores sepan instruyr al 
 peni- I tente como para que ellos aprendau a | co saberse confes- 
 sar. CO I [Design.] 5 OrdenadoporelPadreFr.Fran- | cisco Pareja, 
 Padre de la Custo- | dia de Santa Elena de | la Florida. | | Eeligi- 
 oso de la Orden de nuestro Seraphico | Padre san Francisco. | j^ | 
 
 \ Impresso con licencia en Mexico, en la Em | prenta de la Viuda 
 de Diego Lopez | Daualos. Ano de 1613. | nyhs. 
 
568 NOETH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Pareja (P. Fr. Francisco) — continued. 
 
 Title; reverse, wood-eut, followed by 15 unnumbered 11., containing indul- 
 gence, official preface, errata, contents, &c.; 11.9-230. 16°. 
 
 In the official preface to the Confeesionario, 1. 3, the president and auditors of 
 the royal "Audiencia" of New Spain mention the following writings composed 
 by this author: " Fray Francisco Pareja de la Orden de san Francisco * • * 
 a compuesto, traduzido y declarado la Doctrina Christiana, tres Cathecismos, Con- 
 fessionario. Arte, y Vocabulario, y otro tratado de las penas del Purgatorio, y de 
 las penas del infierno : y gozos de la Gloria, y el Rosario de la Virgen con otras 
 cosas de deuocion, en lengua Castellana y Floridana, y gastado en esto mas de 
 diez y seys alios." 
 
 2901 Gramatica de la Lengua Timuquana. 
 
 M6gico 1614. 
 
 Title from Beristain, who c[uotes from Antonio. 
 
 The "Arte de la lengua Timuquana,'' was found by Charles Leclerc, and its 
 discovery announced to the " Congr&s des Am^ricanistes " at the Madrid meeting 
 in 1881. It was published by Juan Ruiz, Mexico, 1614. Pages 1-158 (probably 
 leaves) are printed, and the remainder is in manuscript, and written by the 
 author's own hand, as attested by a remarli of Father Aix, pasted inside the 
 book. There are many manuscript corrections on it, made by himself and others. 
 A new edition is in press for Maisonneiive & Co., Paris, edited by Lucien Adam 
 and Julien Vinson. — A. S, Gatschet. 
 
 2902 Parisot (J.) Notes sur la langue des Taensas (ancienne Louisiane.) 
 
 In Revue de Linguistiqne, vol. 13, pp. 166-186. Paris, 1880. 8°. • 
 Priuciples of the Taensa Grammar, pp. 168-183 ; texts, songs, and prayers, with 
 
 translation, pp. 183-186. 
 
 Also issued separately, according to Leclerc, but whether with addition of 
 
 title-page I do not know. 
 
 See Haumonte (J. D.), Parisot (J.), and Adam (Lucien). 
 
 2903 Parker (Ely S.) Vocabulary of the Seneca.. 
 
 In Schoolcraft iH.R.) Notes on the Iroquois, pp. 393-400. New York, 1847. 8°. 
 
 2904 Parker (Bev. Samuel). Journal | of an | Exploring Tour | beyond 
 the Eocky Mountains, | under the direction of the | A. B. C. F. M. | 
 Performed in the years | 1835, '36, and '37; | containing | a descrip- 
 tion of the geography, geology, climate, and | productions; and the 
 number, manners, and | customs of the natives. | With a | Map of 
 Oregon Territory. | By Rev. Samuel Parker, A. M. | 
 
 Ithaca, N. Y. | Pablished by the author. | Mack, Andrus, & 
 Woodruff, Printers. | 1838. | o. ba. bp. 
 
 Pp. i-xii, 13-371. 12°. map. Vocabulary of the Nez Perc^ language, pp. 327-330 ; 
 of the Klicatat, pp. 330-333; of the Calapooa, pp. 333-336 ; of the Cheuook, pp. 
 336-338. 
 
 2905 Journal | of an | Exploring Tour | beyond the Eocky 
 
 Mountains, | under the direction of the | American Board of Com- 
 missions for Foreign Missions, | in the years 1835, '36, and '37 ; | 
 containing | a description of the geography, geology, climate, pro- 
 ductions I of the country, and the number, manners, and | customs 
 
PAEEJA PARKER. 569 
 
 Parker {Bev. Samuel) — continued. 
 
 of the natives : | with a | Map of Oregon Territory. | By Eev. Sam- 
 uel Parker, A. M. | Second edition. | 
 
 Ithaca, N. T. | Published by the Author. | Mack, Andrus, & 
 Woodruff, Printers. | 1840. | c. 
 
 Pp. i-xvi, 17-400. 12". map. Linguistics as in first edition, pp. 385-389 ; 
 389-392; 392-396; 396-898. 
 
 2906 A Journey | Beyond the Eocky Mountains | in 1835, 1836, 
 
 and 1837. | By the | Eev. Samuel Parker, A. M. | Corrected and ex- 
 tended in the present edition. | 
 
 Edinburgh: Published by William and Eobert Chambers. | 
 1841. I c. 
 
 1 p. 1., pp. 1-78. 8°. Does not contain the vocabularies. 
 
 2907 Journal | of an | Exploring Tour | beyond the Eocky 
 
 Mountains, | under the direction of the | A. B. C. F. M. | in the 
 years 1835, '36 and '37 ; | containing | a description of the geogra- 
 phy, geology, climate, produc- | tions of the country, and the num- 
 bers, manners, | and customs of the natives : | with a | map of Ore- 
 gon Territory. | By Eev. Samuel Parker, A. M. | Third Edition. | 
 
 Ithaca, N. Y. | Mack Andrus, & Woodruff. | Boston [&c., three 
 lines]. 1842. | b. 
 
 Pp. i-xvi, 17-408. 12'^. map. Linguistics as in previous editions, pp. 395-398; 
 399-402; 402-405; 405-408. 
 
 2908 Journal of an Exploring Tour beyond the Eocky Mount- 
 ains, under the direction of the A. B. C. P. M. Containing a De- 
 scription of the geography, geology, climate, productions of the 
 country, and the Numbers, Manners, and Customs of the Natives, 
 with a Map of 'the Oregon Territory. By Eev. Samuel Parker. 
 Fourth edition. 
 
 Ithaca, N. Y., 1844." * 
 
 416 pp. 12°. map. Vocabularies, pp. 401-416. Title from Field, No. 1175. 
 
 2909 Journal | of an | Exploring Tour | beyond the Eocky 
 
 Mountains, | under the direction of the | A. B. C. F. M. | contain- 
 ing I a description of the geography, geology, climate, | produc- 
 tions of the country, and the numbers, | manners, and customs of 
 the natives : | with a | Map of Oregon Territory. | By Eev. Samuel 
 Parker, A. M. | Fifth edition. | 
 
 Auburn: | J. C. Derby & Co.; | New- York: Mark H. Newman & 
 Co.,— Geneva: G. H. Derby & Co. | Cincinnati: Derby, Bradley & 
 Co. I 1846. I C. 
 
 Pp. i-xvi, 17-422. 12°. map. Vocabularies, pp. 407-411 ; 411^15 ; 415-418 ; 
 419-421. 
 
 2010 Parker (W.B.) Notes taken | during the Expedition | commanded 
 by Capt. E. B. Marcy, U. S. A., | through | Unexplored Texas, | in 
 
570 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Parker (W. B.) — continued. 
 
 the Summer and Fall of 1854. | By W. B. Parker, | Attached to the 
 Expedition. | 
 
 Philadelphia: | Hayes & Zell,:^^o. 193 Market Street. | 1856. | c. 
 
 Pp. i-xii, 9-241. 12°. List of tribes of Texas, p. 221. 
 
 2911 Parra {Fr. Francisco). Vocabulario Trilingue Guatilmateco de 
 los tres principales Idiomas, Kachiquel, Quiche y Tzutuchil. * 
 
 The original is preserved in the library of S. Francisco de Guatemala.— Beristain. 
 
 2912 Parry (Dr.) Vocabulary of the Pima Indians. 
 
 Manuscript. 611. folio. 150 words. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. 
 
 2913 Parry (C. 0.) Vocabulary of the Pimo. 
 
 In Schoolcraft (H. R.) Indian Tribes, vol. 3, pp. 461-462. Philadelphia, 
 1853. 4°. 
 
 2914 Parry {Capt. William Edward). Journal | of a | Second Voyage 
 for the Discovery of a | North-west Passage | from the Atlantic to 
 the Pacific ; | performed in the years 1821-22-23, | in His Majesty's 
 Ships I Fury and Hecla, | under the orders of | Captain William 
 Edward Parry, E. l>r., F. R. S., | and Commander of the Expedi- 
 tion. I Illustrated by numerous plates. Published by Authority of 
 the Lords Commissioners | of the Admiralty. | 
 
 London : | John Murray, | Publisher to the Admiralty, and Board 
 of Longitude. | M DCCC XXIV [1824]. | c. BA. bp. 
 
 4 p. ll.,pp.i-xxxii, 1-571. 4°. maps, plates. 
 
 Grammatic remarks and a few examples of the Esquimaux language, pp. 
 551-558; vocabulary of Esquimaux words and sentences, pp. 559-569 ; Esqui- 
 maux names of places, pp. 570-571. 
 
 2915 Journal | of a | Second Voyage for the Discovery | of a | 
 
 North- West Passage | from | the Atlantic t6 the Pacific; | per- 
 formed in the years 1821-22-23, | in His Majesty's Ships | Fury and 
 Hecla, I under the orders of | Captain William Edward Parry, E. 
 N., F. R. S., I and commander of the Expedition. | 
 
 New- York: | Published by E. Duyckinck, C Long, Collins & Co., 
 Collins & Hannay, | W. B. Gilley, and Henry I. Megarey. | W. E. 
 Dean, Printer, 90 William-Street: | 1824. | c. ba. 
 
 Pp. i-vii, i-xx, 1-464. 8°. Linguistics as in English edition, pp. 451-457 ; 
 459-464. According to Sabin a German translation was published at Jena, 1824. 8°. 
 
 2916 Parsons (James). Remains of Japhet: [ being [ Historical Enqui- 
 ries I into I the Affinity and Origin | of | the European Lan- 
 guages. I By James Parsons, M. D. Member of the College of Phy- 
 sicians, I and Fellow of the Eoyal and Antiquary Societies of Lon- 
 don. I [Quotation, five lines.] | 
 
 London, | Printed for the Author: | And sold by L. Davis and 
 C. Eeymers, in Holbourn; J. Whiston, at | Boyle's Head, B. White, 
 at Horace's Head, Fleet Street; | and G. Faulkner, at Dublin. 
 MDCCLXVII [1767]. | C. 
 
1/ 
 
 PABKEK— PAUW. 57 1 
 
 Parsons (James) — continued. 
 
 Pp. i-xxxii, 1-419. 4°. 
 
 Observations on the names of the numbers of the American Indians, pp. 
 341-345 ; containing, on p. 345, the numerals 1-100, 1000, in the languages of the 
 Mohawks, Oneydoes, Onondagas, Cayugas, Seneckas, Wanats, Shawanese, Dela- 
 wares, and Carribeans. 
 
 2917 Parsons (Ge«. Samuel H.) Discoveries in the Western Country, by 
 General Parsons. 
 
 In Am. Acad. Arts and Sciences, Memoirs, vol. 2, pt. 2, pp. 119-127. Boston 
 and Cambridge, 1793. 4°. 
 
 Short comparative vocabulary, 6 words, of the Shawanese, Delawares, and 
 Wyandots. 
 
 2918 Parsons (Usher). Indian ]S'ames | of | Places in Ehode- Island : | 
 Collected by | Usher Parsons, M. D., | for the E. I. Historical So- 
 ciety. I 
 
 Providence : | Knowles, Anthony & Co., Printers. | 
 
 1861. I BP. GB. WE. JWP. 
 
 Pp. i-iv, 5-32. 8°. Names given by the Narragansetts to places in Rhode 
 Island. 
 
 2919 P[aiiw] (Cornelius de). Eecherches | Philosophiques | sur les | 
 Am6ricains, | ou | M^moires int^ressants pour servir a j I'Histoire 
 de I'Espece Humaine. | Par Mr. De p * * *. | Avec une Disserta- 
 tion sur l'Am6rique & les | Am6ricains, par Don Pernety. | Et la 
 Defense de I'Auteur des Eecherches | centre cette Dissertation. | 
 [One line quotation.] Tome I [-III]. | [Design.] 
 
 A Berlin, | M. DCC. LXX [1770]. j C. BA. 
 
 3 vols. 16°. Du d^fant des mots num^riques chez les Am^ricains, vol. 3, 
 pp. 141-147. 
 
 2920 Eecherches | Philosophiques | sur | les Americains, | ou | 
 
 M^moires int^ressants pour servir ^ | I'Histoire de I'Espece Hu- 
 maine. I ParM. deP * * *. | Avec une Dissertation sur l'Am6rique 
 & les I Am6ricains, par Dom Pernety. | [One line quotation.] | — | 
 Tome Premier [-Troisieme]. | [Engraving.] 
 
 A Londres. | M. D.CC.LXXI[1771] [—A Berlin. | — | M.DCC- 
 LXXI (1771).] * 
 
 3 vols. 16°. Du d^faut, &c., vol. 3, pp. 129-134. The third volume is entitled 
 "Defense des Recherches Philosophiques sur les Americains." Title from Mr. 
 W. Eames from copy in the Astor Library. 
 
 2921 Eecherches | Philosophiques | sur | les Americains, | ou | 
 
 Memoires int^ressants pour servir ^ | I'Histoire de I'PJspece Hu- 
 maine. I Par M. de P * * *. I Nouvelle Edition, augment6e d'une 
 Dis- I sertation critique par Dom Pernety, & | de la Defence de 
 I'Auteur des Eecherches | centre cette Dissertation. | [One line quo- 
 tation.] I Tome Premier [-Troisi^-me] | [Design.] 
 
 A Berlin. | MDCCLXXIV [1774]. | BA. 
 
 3 vols. 8°. Du d^faut, &c., vol. 3, pp. 129-131. Issued also in 1777, with no 
 change except date on title-page. 
 
572 NOETH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 P[auw] (Cornelius de) — continued. 
 
 2922 Eecherches | Philosophiques | sur | les Am6ricains, | Ou 
 
 m^moires int^ressans pour servir ii | I'histoiredel'espfecehuniaine. | 
 [One line quotation.] Tome I [-HI]- | 
 
 A Paris, | chez Jean-Fran9ois Bastien. | L'an III [1795] de la 
 E^publique frangaise, une et indivisible. | 0. 
 
 3 vols. 8°. Dad^faut, &c.,vol.3,pp.337-345. 
 
 Sabin notes the following additions: 
 
 A Berlin : George Jacq ues Decker. MDCCLXVIII-MDCCLXX. 3 vols. + A 
 Berlin. M.DCC.LXX. 3 vols. + A Berlin. M. DCC. LXXI. 3 vols. + Berlin. 
 MDCCLXXII. 3 vols. + Clfeves. MDCCLXXII. 3 vols. + Berlin. M. DCC- 
 LXXIV. 3 vols. +ALondres. M. DOC. LXXIV. 3 vols. + A Berlin, M.DCC- 
 LXXVII. 3 vols. + Paris. 1799. 7 vols. + A Dutch translation. Deventer, 
 1771-'72. 3 vols. 
 
 2923 Paz {Fr. Alonzo). Escala del Cielo, en la Lengua Kacliiquel. * 
 
 Title from Squier. 
 
 2924 Paz (i^r. Domingo). ConfesionarioyDoctrina Christiana en lengua 
 Chanabal de Oomitan y Tachinulla en las Chiapas, su autor el E. 
 Padre Fray Domingo Paz, de la orden de Santo Domingo, el ano 
 de 1775. * 
 
 Manuscript, 8°, comprising 4711. in Chanabal, followed by 3 blank leaves; then 
 a Doctrina Christiana, in Spanish, 25 11. The last leaf gives the names of the 
 numerals 1-21. This little manuscript is of great value, heing, with the excep- 
 tion of the Confesionario of Camposeca, the only existing monument of the 
 Chanabal language. — Brasseur de Bourbourg. 
 
 V 2925 Peabody Museum {Camhridge). Eeports | of the j Peabody Mu- 
 seum I of I American Archaeology and Ethnology j in connection 
 with I Harvard University, j Volume I [-III, No. 2]. | 1868-1876 
 [1882]. I 
 
 Cambridge: | Printed by order of the Board of Trustees. | 1876 
 [-1882]. I WE. JWP. 
 
 2 vols, and pts. 1 and 2 of vol. 3. 8°. 
 
 BandeUer (A. F.) On the Art of War * » » of the Ancient Mexicans, 
 vol. 2, pp. 95-161. 
 
 On the distribution * * * of lands * * • among the Ancient 
 
 Mexicans, vol. 2, pp. 385-448. 
 
 On the Social Organization * * * of the Ancient Mexicans, vol. 2, 
 
 pp. 557-699. 
 
 2926 Peck (Edmund). Portions of the Holy Scripture, | for the | Us • 
 of the Esquimaux | on the | Northern and Eastern Shores of Hud- 
 son's Bay, I Edited by | Edmund Peck, | C. M. S. Missionary to the 
 Esquimaux. | 
 
 Printed for the | Society for Promoting Christian Knowledge. | 
 77, Great Queen Street, Lincoln's- Inn-Fields. | 1878. | we. jwp. 
 
 2 p. 11., pp. 1-93. 16°. In syllabic characters, similar to those used in the 
 publications in the Cree language. 
 
 Peet {Bev. Stephen D.), editor. 
 
 See American Antiquarian. 
 PeflFerkorn (Ignaz). 
 
 See Pfefferkom (I.) 
 
PADW— PEIKSON. 573 
 
 2927 Peintures et Antiquit^s mexicaines. • 
 
 la 11. iu blacli and color, engraved at Paris and Berlin, folio. Fac-simile of 
 the Mexican Codex of Berlin, 1 ].; of the Codex preserved at Vienna, Nos. 1 to 3, 
 3 11. ; of the manuscript of Dresden, 2 11. ; of the Collection of Mendoza, 1 1. 
 Hieroglyphic history of the Aztecs from the Deluge to the foundation of Jilexico 
 (copied from the work of Gemelli), 1 1. Lunar Calendar of the Muyscas (drawn 
 by the Canon Dnquesne in 1801, at Santa Fd de Bogota), 1 1. Granite vases 
 found on the coast of Honduras, 11. Ruins of Mitla, in the province of Oaxaoa, 1 1. 
 Aztec Idol, in basalt, found in the valley of Mexico, 1 l.—Leclerc, 1878, No. 2332. 
 
 2928 Peirson (Abraham). Some | helps for the | Indians | Shewing 
 them I How to improve their natural Eea- | son, To know the True 
 God, and | the true Christian Religion. | 1. By leading them to see 
 the Di- I vine Authority of the Scriptures. | 2. By the Scriptures 
 the Divine | Truths necessary to Eternal Salvation. | Undertaken | 
 At the Motion, and published by | the Order of the Commission- j 
 ers of the United Colonies. | by Abraham Peirson. | Examined and 
 approved by Thomas | Stanton Interpreter-General to the U- | 
 nited Colonies for the Indian Language, | and by some others of 
 the most able | Interpeters [sic] amogst [sic] us. | 
 
 Cambridg, j Printed by Samuel Green 1658. | £. 
 
 Pp. 1-67. sm. 8°. Iu Indian and English, interlinear throughout. 
 
 "Only 
 two copies of this Catechism are known to the editor of the present reprint. One 
 of these is in the library of Mr. James Lenox, of New York ; the other is in the 
 British Museum. The title-pages of the two differ in several particulars. That 
 V)f Mr. Lenox's copy, which is proved by its agreement with the English reprint 
 of the first sheet to be the earlier, has a border of the acorn pattern. The other 
 has no border; the lines are longer, and the page less compact. After the title 
 proper, ending with the words 'Eternal Salvation,' the Museum copy has — 
 
 " 'By I Abraham Peirson | Pastor of the Church at Brandford [sic], | — | Ex- 
 amined and approved by that | Experienced Gentleman (in the In- | dian Lan- 
 guage) Captain | John Scot. | — | Cambridge: | Printed for Samuel Green, 
 1658.' 
 
 , "Here no reference appears to the Commissioners of the United Colonies, and 
 the imprint, it may be observed, is 'for' (not 'by') Samuel Green. 
 
 "The second title-page of the Catechism, on which he is named as an 'expe- 
 rienced gentleman,' may have been prefixed to part of the edition — to all the 
 copies, perhaps, which were sent to England about the time of the Restoration, 
 arid subsequently — with the knowledge of Mr. Peirson and the Commissioners; 
 or the substitution may have been Scot's own device to give himself, in London, 
 a certificate of position and character, and perhaps add weight to his statements 
 in support of the title of the Narragansett proprietors and of his own claims to 
 lands for which he had procured deeds from Indians on Long Island." — TrumiiiV. 
 
 Mr. Trumbull, in his Catalogue of Books and Tracts, says: "The advice of 
 the commissioners 'to turn it into the Narragansett or Pequot language' was 
 not followed. The Catechism remains in the dialect of 'the southwest parts' — 
 i.e., the Quiripi (or Quinnipiac) spoken from New Haven westward, near Long 
 Island Sound, and presents the only known specimen of that dialect." 
 
 The following is a copy of Scot's title-page taken from fac-simile in Mr. Trum- 
 bull's reprint : 
 
 2929 Some Helps for the | Indians; | Shewing them how to | 
 
 Improve their Natural Reason, | to know the true God, and the | 
 
574 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS, 
 
 Peirson (Abraham) — continued. 
 
 Christian Eeligion. | 1. By leading them to see the Divine | Au- 
 thority of the Scriptures. | 2. By the Scriptures, the Divine | truths 
 necessary to Eternal sal- | vation. | By | Abraham Peirson | Pastor 
 of the Church at Branford. | — | Examined and approved by that | 
 Experienced Gentleman (in the In- | dian Language) • Captain j 
 John Scot. I 
 Cambridge: | Printed for Samuel Green, 1658. | * 
 
 The first sheet of the catechism was reprinted in [Eliot (John)] A further 
 Accompt of the Progresse of the Gospel amongst the Indians in New England, 
 pp. 23-35. London, 1659. 4°. The portion reprinted has a separate title-page 
 [p. 22], on which the imprint "London: Printed by M. Simmons, 1659." is enb- 
 stituted for Green's, and ends in the middle of a sentence (p. 35), and has the 
 catch-word of the following sheet, which was not yet received in England. — 
 Brinley Catalogue, Part 1, No. 448; A. A. S. Proc, Oct., 1873, pp. 46-47. 
 Reprinted as follows : 
 
 2930 Some Helps for the Indians : | A Catechism | in the Lan- 
 guage of the Quiripi Indians | of l>rew Haven Colony, | By the Eev, 
 Abraham Pierson [sic]. | Eeprinted from the original edition, Cam- 
 bridge, 1658. I With an Introduction, | by J. Hammond Trumbull. | 
 From theCoUectionsof theConnecticutHistoricalSociety,Vol.IIL j 
 
 Hartford: | Printed by M. H. Mallory & Co. | 1873. | JWP. 
 
 Introduction, pp. 1-11; reprint, G7 pp., with interlinear translation, 2fao-simile 
 titles, and fac-simile of p. 4 of original. 8°. 
 
 The edition of vol. 3, Conn. Hist. Soc. Coll., of which this paper formed a part, 
 was burned when ready for the binder, and the extra copies (100) of the Cate- 
 chism printed for the author were the only ones which came into circulation. 
 
 2931 Pela Kesagiinoodumumkawa | tan tiila | utsakumamenoo w6sto- 
 woolkw' I Sasoogoole Clistawit | ootenink. | Megiimoweesimk. | 
 
 Chebooktook [Halifax] : | Megumagea' ledakiin-weekiiggmkawa 
 moweome. | 1871. | s. 
 
 Pp. l-12ii. 24°. The Gospel of St. Matthew in the Micmao language. Trans- 
 lated probably by S. T. Rand. 
 
 2932 Pelleprat (P. Pierre). Eelation | des Missions des PP. | de la 
 Compagnie ( de lesvs | Dans les Isles, & dans la terre ferme | de 
 I'Amerique Meridionale. | Divisee en devx parties: | avec vne in- 
 trodvction | k la langue des Galibis Sauuages de la | terre ferme 
 de I'Amerique. | Par le Pere Pierre Pelleprat, de | la Compagnie 
 de lesvs. | [Design.] 
 
 A Paris, | Chez Sebastien Cramoisy, & Gabriel | Cramoisy, rue 
 S. lacques, aux Cicognes. | M. DC. LV [1655]. | Auec Priuilege du 
 Eoy, & Approbation. | C. ba. 
 
 8 p. 11. , pp. 1-93, 1 1. , pp. 1-125, 1-31. 12°. Appended to and occupying the final 
 31 pp. of this work is the following : 
 
 2933 Introdvction | a la Langve | des Galibis, | Savvages de la 
 
 Terre Ferme | de I'Amerique Meridionale. | Par le P. Pierre Pelle- 
 prat, de I la Compagnie de lesvs. | [Design.] 
 
PEIRSON — PENN. 575 
 
 Pelleprat (P. Pierre)— continued. 
 
 A Paris, | Chez Sebastien Cramoisy, Imprimeur | du Eoy & de 
 la Reins. | Et Gabriel Cramoisy, rue S. lacques | aux Cieognes. | 
 M. DC. LV [1655]. | Avec privilege dv Eoy. |. c. BA. 
 
 Pp. 1-31. 12^. 
 
 Introdvotion a la langve des Galibis, pp. 3-15; les termes dont on a le plus 
 de besoln dans la conuersation des Galibis, pp. 15-31. 
 
 Pierre Pelleprat was born in 1606, at Bordeaux. In 1639 he embarked for the 
 missions, visited the different houses which the Jesuits possessed in the French 
 islands, and then passed into Mexico, where he lived eleven years. He died at 
 Puebla de los Angeles, April 21, 1667. 
 
 Pefla (D. Andres Saenz de la). 
 See Saenz de la Fena (X). Andres). 
 
 2934 Penn (William). A | Letter | from | William Penn | Poprietary 
 \sic] and Goveruour of | Pennsylvania | In America, | to the | Com- 
 mittee I of the I Free Society of Traders | of that Province, residing 
 in London. | Containing | A General Description of the said Prov- 
 ince, its Soil, Air, Water, Seasons and Produce, | both lifatural and 
 Artificial, and the good Encrease thereof. | Of the Natives or Abo- 
 rigines, their Language, Customs and Manners, Diet, Houses or 
 Wig- I warns. Liberality, easie way of Living, Physick, Burial, Ee- 
 ligion, Sacrifices and Oantico, | Festivals, Government, and their 
 Order in Council upon Treaties for | Land, &c. their Justice upon 
 Evil Doers. | Of the first Planters, the Dutch, &c. and the present 
 Condition and Settlement of the | said Province, and Courts of 
 Justices, &c. I To which is added, an Account of the City of | Phila- 
 delphia I newly laid out. | Its Scituation between two Navigable 
 Eivers, Delaware and Skulkill, | with a | Portraiture or Platform 
 thereof, | Wherein the Purchasers Lots are Distinguished by certain 
 Numbers inserted, directing | to a Catalogue of the said Purchasers 
 Names, | And the Prosperous and Advantagious [sic] Settlements 
 of the Society aforesaid, within | the said City and Country, &c. | 
 
 Printed and Sold by Andrew Sowle, at the Crooked-Billet in 
 HoUoway-Lane in | Shoreditch, and at the several Stationers in 
 London, 1683. | * 
 
 Pp.10 (4). plan, folio. There were two editions. In the second "Poprie- 
 tary" is corrected to "Proprietary," and the signature variesfrom "Your Kind 
 Cordial Friend," in the first, to " Your Kind and Cordial Friend" in the second. — 
 Sabin's Dictionary, No. 59712. 
 
 Contains an account of the language of the Pennsylvania Indians, with a 
 brief vocabulary. 
 
 Translated into Dutch, as follows : 
 
 2935 Missive | van | William Penn, | Eygenaar en Gouverneur 
 
 van I Pennsylvania, | In America. | Geschreven aan de Commissa- 
 rissen van de Vrye Socie- | teyt der Handelaars, op de selve Pro- 
 vintie, j binnen London resideerende. | Behelsende: | Een generale 
 beschrijvinge van de voornoemde Provintie : te weten, van | hare 
 
.576 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Penn (William) — continued. 
 
 Grond, Lucht, Water, Saisoenen en't Product, soo uyt de natuur 
 als I doorhetbouwen,neffensdegrootevermeerderingeof meenigh- 
 vuldin- I ge, welke het Land aldaar uytgevende is. | Alsmede: van 
 de l*faturellen of Inboorlingen des Landts, liaer Taal, Gewoontens, 
 en Manieren, haar Spijsen, Huysen of Wigwams, | Mildheyt, ge- 
 mackelijckemaniervan leven, Medicijnen, manieren,van | Begraaf- 
 fenis, Godsdienst, Offerhanden en Gesangen, haar Hooge- | feesten, 
 Eegeeringe, en ordre in hare Eaden, wanneer sy met yemandt | 
 handelen over het verkoopen van Landeryen, etc. Nevens hare 
 Justi- I tie, of Recht doen over quaatdoenders. | Mitsgaders een 
 Bericht van de eerste Coloniers de Hollanders, etc. En | van de 
 tegenwoordige toestant en welgestelthey t van de voornoemde Pro- | 
 vintie en Eechtbanken, etc. aldaar. | Waar by noch gevoeght is een 
 Beschrijving van de Hooft-Stadt | Philadelphia. | Nu onlangs uyt- 
 geset, en gelegen tusschen twee Navigable Eivieren, | namentlijk: 
 tusschen Delaware en Schuylkil. | Ende een verhaal van de voor- 
 spoedige en voordeelige standt van saken van | de voornoemde 
 Societeyt binnen de voornoemde Stadt en Provintie, etc. | 
 
 Amsterdam, | Gedruckt voor Jacob Glaus, Boekverkooper in de 
 Prince-straat, 1684. | * 
 
 Pp. 23. 4°. plan. Title from Sabin's Dictionary, No. 59716. 
 
 2936 Missive | van | William Penn, | Eygenaar en Gouverneur 
 
 van I Pennsylvania, | In America. ( Geschreven aan de Commissa- 
 rissen van de Vrye Societeyt der | Handelaars op deselve Provintie, 
 binnen London residerende. | Behelsende: | Een generale beschrij- 
 vinge van de voornoemde Provintie : te weten/ van | hare Grondt/ 
 Lucht/ Water/ Saisoenen en't Product/ soo uyt de natuur | als 
 door het bouwen/ neffens de groote vermeerderinge of meenigh- 
 vuldin- I ge/ welke het Land aldaar uytgevende is. | Als niede: 
 van de Naturellen of Inboorlingen des Landts/ haer Taal/ | Ge- 
 woontens en Manieren/ haar Spijsen/ Huysen of Wigwams/ | 
 Mildheyt/ gemackelijcke manier van leven/ Medicijnen/ manieren 
 van I Begraaffenis/ Godsdienst/ Offerhanden en Gesangen/ haar 
 Hooge- I feesten/ Eegeeringe/ en ordre in hare Eaden/ wanneer 
 sy met yemandt | handelen over het verkoopen van Landeryen/ 
 etc. Nevens hare Justi- | tie of Eecht doen over quaatdoenders. | 
 Mitsgaders een Bericht van de eerste Coloniers de Hollanders/ etc. 
 En I van de tegenwoordige toestant en weltgesteltheyt van de 
 voornoemde Pro- | vintie en Eechtbanken/ etc. aldaar. | Waar by 
 noch gevoegt is een Beschrijving van de Hooft-Stadt | Philadel- 
 phia. I Nu onlangs uytgeset, en gelegen tusschen twee Navigable 
 Eivieren, | namentlijk: tusschen Delaware en Schuylkil. | Ende een 
 verhaal van de voorspoedige en voordeelige standt van saken van | 
 de voornoemde Societeyt binnen de voornoemde Stadt en Provintie/ 
 etc. I Waar by noch komt een Voor-reden/ gevende een korte onder- 
 
PENN PENNSYLVANIA. 577 
 
 Penn (William) — continued. 
 
 rechtinge van de | Conditien/ hoe de Gouverneur sijn Landt nu 
 verkoopV en verhuurt op een | eeuwige Erf-pacht/ als mede van 
 eenige van de voornaamste Wetten/ etc. | Den tweeden Druk. | 
 
 t'Amsterdam, | By Jacob Glaus, Boekverkooper in de Prince- 
 straat, 1684. | * 
 
 Pp.28. 4°. ^lan. Linguistics, p. 12. Title from Mr. W. Eames, from copy in 
 the librSTy of the late E. B. O'Callaghan. 
 
 2937 A I collection | of the ( works | of | William Penn. | In 
 
 Two Volumes. | To Which is Prefixed | A Journal of His Life. | 
 With many | Original Letters and Papers | Fot Before Published. | 
 Volume the First [Second]. | [Two lines quotation.] 
 
 London: | Printed and Sold by the Assigns of J. Sowle, at the | 
 Bible in George-Yard, Lombard-Street. 1726. | c. 
 
 4 p. 11., pp. 1-9 U; 2p.ll., p.1-916. 4°. "A Letter," etc., vol. 2, pp. 699-706. 
 
 The letter reprinted in Barber (J. W.) The History and Antiquities of New 
 England, New Yori, New Jersey, and Pennsylvania, pp. 536-540. Hartford, 184:1, 
 1846,1847,1856. 8°. InClarkson(T.) Memoirs of the Private and Public Life of 
 William Penn, vol.1, pp. 375-406. London, 1813. 8°. Ini6«., vol. 1, pp. 292-315. 
 New York, 1813. 12°. In lUd., pp. 137-148. London, 1849. 12°. In Cornell 
 (W.M.) The History of Pennsylvania, pp. 111-125. New York, 1879. 8°. lulbid., 
 Philadelphia and Boston, 1876. 8". In Harvey (H.) History of the Shawnee 
 Indians, pp. 12-21. Cincinnati, 18.55. 16°. In Janney (S. M.) The Life of Wil- 
 liain Penn, pp 227-238. Philadelphia, 1852. 8°. In Proud (E.) The History of 
 Pennsylvania, vol. 1, pp. 246-264. Philadelphia, 1797. 8°. 
 
 2938 Pennsylvania Historical Society. Memoirs | of the | Historical So- 
 ciety. I of I Pennsylvania. | [Double seal.] 
 
 Philadelphia: | Published by M'Carty and Davis, | No. 171 High 
 Street, | 1826 [-1876]. | c. 
 
 12 vols. 8°. 
 
 Campanius Holm (T.) A short description of the Province of New Sweden, 
 vol. 3, pt.l, pp. 38-166. 
 
 Denny (E.) Vocabulary of words in use with the Delaware and Shawanee 
 Indians, vol. 7, pp. 478-485. 
 
 Hecke^velder (J.) History, Jtfanners, and Customs of the Indian Nations 
 who once inhabited Pennsylvania, vol. 12, pp. 1-348. 
 
 A correspondence respecting the Languages of the American Indians, 
 
 vol. 12, pp. 349-433. 
 
 Words, phrases, and short dialogues, in the language of the Delaware 
 
 Indians, vol. 12, pp. 43.5-442. 
 
 2939 The | Bulletin | of the | Historical Society | of | Pennsyl- 
 vania. I [Seal.] I Volume I. | 1845-1847. | 
 
 Philadelphia: | Printed for the Society. | By Merrihew & Thomp- 
 son, No. 7 Garter's Alley. | 1848. | C. HU. 
 
 180 pp. 8°. There are also three papers paged independently, 16, 40, and 33. 
 
 Ett^wein (Bev. J.) Remarks on the Traditions, &c., of the Indians of North 
 America, pp. 29-44. 
 
 Heokewelder (Bev. J. ) Memorandum of the Names and Significations which 
 the "Lenni Lenape" had given to Eivers, &c.,pp. 121-135, 139-154. 
 
 37 Bib 
 
578 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 2940 Pentateuch. Pentateuch in Eskimo. 
 
 London, 1847. * 
 
 Title from Bagster's Bible of Every Land. 
 
 2941 [The Pentateuch, in the Oakchiquel language.] * 
 
 Manuscript. 202 pp. 4°. A fine manuscript, apparently a translation of the 
 Pentateuch, elegantly and clearly written in the ancient characters, hearing 
 date, at end, 1553. In Bibliothfeque Imp6riale of Paris. — Squier. 
 
 Peralta {Fr. M. Antonio). 
 See Iljercicio, No. 1169. 
 
 2942 Perez (D. Francisco). Catecismo | de la | Doctrina Cristiana | 
 en Lengua Otomi, | traducida literalmente al Castellano | por | 
 el Presbitero D. Francisco Perez, \ catedratico Propietario de dicho 
 idioma | en la nacional y pontiticia universidad | de la ciudad fede- 
 ral de los estados Mexi- | canos, examinador sinodal de dicho 
 idio- I ma de este arzobispado. | 
 
 Mexico : I Imprenta de la testamentaria de Vald^s, | & cargo de 
 Jos6 Maria Gallegos. | 1834. | B. c. Hu. jwp. 
 
 5 p. 11., pp. 1-17, parallel columns Otomi and Spanish, sm. 4°. Followed by : 
 
 2943 Manualito | Otomitica | para los principiantes. | Dispu- 
 
 esto I por I el Presbitero D. Francisco Perez, | Catedratico propie- 
 tario de dicho idioma en la ISTa- | clonal y Pontiflcia Universidad de 
 la Ciudad Federal | de los Estados Mexicanos, Ecsaminador Sino- 
 dal de di- I cho idioma en este Arzobispado. | 
 
 [Mexico: Jos6 Maria Gallegos. 1834.] B.C. hit. JWP. 
 
 Pp. 1-44, 1 1. errata, sm. 4°. 
 
 2944 Instruccion para examinar la conciencia de los penitentes 
 
 en la confecion [sic), y modo de dar las manos. Dispuesta en Ydi- 
 oma Othomi, y traducida al Castellano por el Presbitero D.° Fran- 
 cisco Perez para el uso de sus Dicipulos. Mejico Ano de 1823. * 
 
 Manuscript. 36 11. 8°.—Leclerc, 1878, No. 2376. 
 
 2945 Perez (Jos6). Note sur un ancien manuscrit Am^ricain in^dit 
 [Signed Jos6 Perez.] * 
 
 In Revue Orientale et Americaine, vol. 1, pp. 35-39. Paris, 1859. 8°. 
 Title from Mr. W. Eames from copy in the Astor Library. Issued separately, as 
 follows : 
 
 2946 Note sur un ancien manuscrit Am6ricain. 
 
 Paris, 1858. * 
 
 8°. Extract from the Revue Orientale et Americaine, No. 1, October, 1858. — 
 Leclerc, 1867, No. 1151. 
 
 2947 M6moire sur les Eelations des Anciens Am^ricains avec les 
 
 Peuples de I'Burope, de I'Asie et de I'Afrique. [Signed Jos6 Perez.]* 
 
 In Revue Orientale et Americaine, vol. 8, pp. 162-198. Paris, 1863. 8°. 
 Comparison of Algonkin and Irish words, pp. 180-181 ; comparison of various 
 American, European, Asiatic, and African words, pp. 181-183. 
 
PENTATEUCH PEREZ. 570 
 
 Perez (Jos6) — continued. 
 
 2948 M^moire sur les Eelations des Anciens Am^ricains avec les 
 
 Peoples de VEurope, de I'Asie et del'Afrique [continued]. [Signed 
 Jos6 Perez.] * 
 
 In Revue Americaine, S^ s^rie, vol. 2, pp. 162-175, 300-310. Paris, 1865. 8°. 
 Comparison of American and Sanscrit words, p. 308. 
 Titls above from Mr. W. Eames from copies in the Astor Library. 
 
 \/ 2949 Perez (D. Juan Pio). Diccionario | de la | Leugua Maya | por | 
 D. Juan Pio Perez | 
 
 Merida de Yucatan | Imprenta Literaria, de Juan P. Molina 
 Soils I 1866-1877 | c. we. 
 
 Pp. i-x, i-xx, 1-437. 4°. Maya-Spanish. 
 
 Eeviewed under the title " Native American Languages" in The Critic, vol. 
 3, No. 61 , pp. 96-97. New York, 1883. 4°. See Gatschet (A. S. ) and De Kay (C. ), 
 in Additions and Corrections. 
 
 '\r 2950 Ancient Chronology of Yucatan; or a true exposition of 
 
 the method used by the Indians for computing time. Translated 
 trova the manuscript of Don Juan Pio Perez, Yucatan. 
 
 In Stephens (J. L.) Incidents of travel in Yucatan, vol. 1, pp. 434-459. New- 
 York, 1843. 2 vols. 8°. 
 
 Contains names of the days, months, years, &c., in Yucateco, vol. 1, pp. 434-459. 
 
 Reprinted in the 1860 edition of Stephens, same volume and page; in Brasseur's 
 Cosas de Yucatan, Paris, 1864 ; and, according to Briuton.in: liegistro Yuca- 
 teco, tome 3 ; Diccionario Universal de Historia y Geografia, tome 8, Mexico, 
 1855 ; Diccionario Historico de Yucatan, tome 1, Merida, 1866. 
 
 I have seen a, manuscript copy of this article, possibly the original, in the 
 library of M. Alph. Pinart, San Francisco, Cal. Its title is as follows: 
 
 Explicacion | delCalendarioy delacronologiea | antiqua de Yucatan, | escrita 
 por D. Pio Perez, | juez que fu6 de Peto. | 
 
 Manuscript. 14 11. folio. 
 
 \ / 2951 A manuscript written in the Maya language, treating of 
 
 the principal epochs of the history of the Peninsula of Yucatan 
 before the Conquest. With comments by Don Pio Perez. 
 
 In Stephens ( J. L. ) Incidents of Travel in Yucatan, vol. 2, pp. 465-468. New 
 York, 1843. 2 vols. 8°. 
 
 2952 Codice Perez, in the Maya language. * 
 
 Manuscript. 200 pp. 4°. In the library of D. Crescendo Carrillo. 
 
 2953 Apuntes para una Gramatica Maya. * 
 
 Manuscript, pp. 45-136. In possession of Dr. D. G. Brinton, Philadelphia, 
 
 who thus speaks of it in his Maya Chronicles: "The eminent antiquary, Don 
 Juan Pio Perez, contemplated writing a Maya grammar, and collected a number 
 of notes for that purpose, as did also the late Dr. Berendt, but neither brought 
 his work to any degree of completeness. I have copies of the notes left by both 
 these diligent students, as also both editions of Beltran, and an accurate MS. 
 copy of Buenaventura, from all of which I have derived assistance in complet- 
 ing the present study." 
 
 Carrillo gives, under Perez, the following title: Gramatica Maya de Ifi lengua 
 Maya, and speaks of it as follows: "It is evident that Sr. Perez left it written, 
 
580 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Perez (P. Juan Pio) — continued. 
 
 since not only do we find proofs of it in vaxious documents -wliich we have ex- 
 amined, but we have also had in our hands a leaf which is known to have been 
 taken from the original hook, in small 4°, in the handwriting of the author, and 
 which is in possession of the Lie. D. CMos Peon." It is probable that the manu- 
 script spoken of is the one now belonging to Dr. Brinton. 
 
 i3954 Perez (Manuel). Arte | de el Idioma | Mexicano. | Por el P. Fr. 
 Manuel Perez, ] del Ordeu de N. P. San Augustln, hijo de la Santa | 
 Provincia del Santissimo Nombre de Jesvs, ac- | tual Visitador en 
 ella, Cura-Ministro, por su Ma- | gestad, de la Parroquia de los 
 Naturales del Eeal | GoUegio de San Pablo, y Oathedratico de | 
 dicho Idioma en la Eeal Yniversidad | de Mexico. | Dedicalo | a la 
 dicha Santis- | sima Provincia. | [Design.] 
 
 1[ Con Licencia. | En Mexico, por Francisco de Ribera Calderon, 
 en la | calle de San Augustin. Ano de 1713. | B. c, 
 
 8 p. 11., pp. 1-80. " Indice," 3 pp. sm.4°. 
 
 w 2955 Farol | Indiano, | y Gvia de Curas | de Indios. | Summa 
 
 de los cinco Sacramen- | tos que administran los Ministros Bvan- 
 gelicos en | esta America. Con todos los casos morales que su- | 
 ceden entre Indios. Deducidos de los mas clasicos | Authores, y 
 amoldados a las costumbres, y pri- | vilegios de los Naturales. | 
 Por el P. Fr. Manuel Perez, | del Orden de N. P. S. Augustin, hijo 
 de esta Provincia | del Santissimo N^ombre de Jesus, Visitador ac- 
 tual de I ella, Oura-Ministro, por su Magestad, de la Parroquia 
 de I Naturales de S. Pablo de Mexico, y Oathedratico | de Lengua 
 Mexicana en la Eeal | Vniversidad. | Dedicala | Al Santissimo Es- 
 poso de la Esposa, y Madre de | Dios, y Patron de esta Nueva Bs- 
 paua, I Senor San Joseph. | 
 
 Con licencia de los Svperiores. | En Mexico, por Francisco de 
 Eivera Calderon, en | la calle de San Augustin. Ano de 1713. | c. 
 
 24 p. 11., pp. 1-192 ; Indice and erratas, 2 11. 4°. 
 
 2956 Alfabeto espailol latino y megicano, 
 
 Megico por Calderon 1714 • 
 
 4°. Title from Beristain. 
 
 2957 Cathecismo | Romano, | traducido | en Castellano, | y 
 
 Mexicano, | Por el P. F. Manvel | Perez, | del orden de N. P. S. 
 Agvstin. I Hijo de la Santa Provincia del Santissimo | Nombre de 
 Jesus de la Nueva-Bspaiia : | Ex- Visitador de dicha Provincia: 
 Cura- I Ministro por su Magestad, de la Parro- | quia de los Natu- 
 rales de San Pablo de Me- | xico; y Oathedratico de Lengua Mexi- 
 ca- I na, veinte y dos aHos ha, en la Eeal | Vniversidad. | Dedicalo 
 a la di- | cha SS."* Provincia. | 
 
 Con Licencia, en Mexico, por Francisco de | Eivera Calderon. 
 Anode 1723. I C.B. 
 
 14 p. 11., pp. 1-248. sm. 4°. 
 
PEREZ. 581 
 
 Perez (Manuel) — continued. 
 
 2958 M^todo para auxiliar inoribundos en Lengua Mexicana con 
 
 las Indulgencias que concedio el lUmd. Sr Arzopispo Lanciego. * 
 
 Printed several times. — Berisiain. 
 
 2959 Perez (Pedro Alcdntara). Silabario del idioma otomi | Dispuesto | 
 Por Pedro Alcdutara Perez exsustituto de la Gate- | dra de aquel 
 idioma en la Nacional y Pontiflcia | Universidad de Mexico, y socio 
 de la compania | Lancasteriaua aprobadO por el Sr. Br. D. Manuel | 
 Garrido Gura de la Parroquia de S.** Gatarina Mar | tin y Sinodal del 
 espresado idioma en este Arzobis | pado y por el Sr. Br. D. Manuel 
 Ibarra cura pro | pio de San Antonio Huisquiluca, poi*encargo de | 
 dicha compania como Direccion Gral. de instru | -cion primaria. | 
 Dedicalo | k [ Maria Santisima de Guadalupe tierra Madre | de los 
 indios y fuente de su ilustracion. | B. 
 
 Manuscript title ; 1 p. printed; 13 pp. manuscript. 4°. No date.' 
 The printed page contains words of one, two, and three syllables in Otomi. Of 
 the manuscript, p. 1 contains the alphabet ; pp. 2-9, words of one, two, and three 
 syllables ; pp. 10-11 , the numerals ; pp. 11-13, a brief moral discourse. The manu- 
 script is of the present century. 
 Perez was professor of the Othomi language at the University of Mexico. 
 
 2960 Perez de la Fuente (D. Joseph Antonio). Gartilla Mexicana, y 
 Gastellana. * 
 
 Manuscript. 12 11. folio. Title from Boturini. 
 
 2961 Gramatica en Idioma Kahuatl. * 
 
 Manuscript. 36 11. 4°. 
 
 A correct mstructor of the most elegant Nahuatl idiom — ^that is, a grammar of 
 the said idiom. Faulty at the end. — Boturini. 
 
 2962 Manuscripts in the Kahuatl language. * 
 
 Diverse works in Nahuatl and Spanish, and some in Nahuatl alone. They are 
 
 in a book of 19 11. folio, and are as follows : 
 
 Eelacion de la admirable Aparicion de Nuestra Senora de Guadalupe. ■ In 
 Spanish and Mexican. 
 
 Interrogatorio para confessar k los ludios Mexic^nos. In Spanish and Mexican. 
 
 Practica de ayudar % bien morir recopilada del Ritual Romano, In the 
 Nahuatl language. 
 
 El Portento Mexic^no. Drama in Mexican verse of the Apparition of Our 
 Lady of Guadalupe. 
 
 El Dia Festivo del Alma. Written by various authors and translated into 
 the Mexican language. 
 
 Mercurio Encomiastico. Fourteen lines in Mexican verse. 
 
 Borradores Devotes. Contains various prayers of the Most Holy Rosary and 
 much else. 
 
 Versos Mexictaos de Nuestra Senora de Guadalupe. 
 
 Sacra Philomfena, que discanta en el Idioma Mexic^no los Misterios del San- 
 tissimo Rosario. 
 
 Consideracion de la Santissima Trinidad. In the Mexican language. 
 
 La Gartilla con todas sus Oraciones. In the Mexican language. 
 
 Titles from Boturini. 
 
582 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 2963 [Pcrrault {Bev. Charles Ovide).] Prieres L. J. C. & M. J. Can- 
 tiqnes et Oatechisme, en langue Montagnaise, ou Chipewyan. [One 
 line of Indian characters, with motto and emLlem in a circle.] 
 
 Montreal, Impriinerie de Louis Pcrrault, 1857. * 
 
 144 pp. 24°. Prayers, sacred songs, and catechism, in the Montagnais, or Chipe- 
 wyan language. — Field, No. 1243. 
 
 2964 L. J. C. & M. J. I Prieres, | Cantiques et Oatechisme | en 
 
 langue | Montagnaise ou Ohipeweyan. | [One line syllabic charac- 
 ters.] I [Oblate seal.] 
 
 Montreal: | Imprimerie de Louis Perrault et Compagnie. | 
 1865. I # o. s. WE. 
 
 Pp. i-xi, 3-179. 24°. Pp. 3-179 are in syllabic characters. One of the three 
 copies of the above work seen by me, that in the possession of Mr. Eames, differs 
 in collation from the other two, the 11 preliminary pages being missing, and after 
 pp. 1-179 follows "Explication de quelqnes Images propres £l I'instruction des 
 Montagnais," pp. 145-180; which is i)robabiy a continuation of the edition of 
 1857, No. 2963, bound with this later edition for convenience, the pagination of 
 that work, as will be observed, ending at page 144. 
 
 2965 Prieres L. J. C. & M. T. Cantiques, Oatechisme etc. en 
 
 langue Crise. [Indian characters, one line, and motto.] 
 
 Montreal, Imprimerie de Louis Perrault et Compagnie, 1866. * 
 324 pp. 24°. Prayers, sacred songs, catechism, etc., in the Cree language. 
 Printed in a species of phonetic characters. — Field, No. 1242. 
 
 Ferryman (James). 
 See Robertson (A. E.W.), Ferryman (J.), Ferryman (T. W.), and Hodge 
 (D.M.) 
 
 Ferryman (Leguest Chateau). 
 See Loughridge (R. M.), Wiaslett (D.), Ferryman (L.), and Hodge (D. M.) 
 
 2966 Ferryman (S. W.) and Ferryman (L. C.) Constitution and Laws | 
 of the I Muskokee or Creek Nation, | translated into | Muskokee 
 Language, | by | S. W. & L. C. Perry man, | by | An Act of the 
 National Council. | 
 
 Washington City : | McGill & Witherow, Printers and Stereo- 
 typers. j 1868. | jwp. lsh. 
 
 Pp. 1-16. 8°. Preceded by the same in English, 15 pp. 
 
 Ferryman (Thomas W.) 
 See Robertson (A. E. W.), Ferryman (J.), Perrj'man (T. W.), and Hodge 
 (D. M.) 
 
 2967 and Robertson (Mrs. A. E. W.) Cesvs oh Vyares. | I will 
 
 go to Jesus. I By Rev. J. B. Waterbury, D. D. | Translated into 
 Creek | by Thomas Perryman, Esq., j and | Mrs. A. B. W. Eobert- 
 son, TuUahassee Mission. | 
 
 Published by the | American Tract Society | 150 Nassau-street, 
 New York. | [N. d.] jwp. 
 
 Pp. 1-23. 24°. 
 
PEEEAULT — PETITOT. 583 
 
 2968 Petitot (P. E.) Dictionnaire | de la | Langue Dfenfe-Dindji^ | dia- 
 lectes I Montagnais ou Chippewayan, Peaux de Lifevre et Loucheux | 
 reiifermant en oatre [ un grand nombre de termes propres a sept 
 autres dialectes de la meme langue | pr^c6d6 | d'une monograpbie 
 des Dfen^-Dindji^ | d'une grammaire et de tableaux synoptiques 
 des conjugaisons | par | le E. P. E. Petitot | MlssionnaireOblat de 
 Marie ImmacuMe, Offtcier d'Academie, Membre correspondant de 
 1' Academic de IsTancy, | de la Soci6t6 d'Anthropologie et Membre 
 honoraire de la Soci6t6 de Philologie de Paris. | [Two lines quota- 
 tion.] [Design.] 
 
 Paris I Ernest Leroux, fiditeur | libraire des Soci6t6s Asiatiqnes 
 de Paris, de Calcutta, de New-Haven (fitats-Unis), de Shanghai 
 (Chine) | de I'ficole des langues Orientales Vivantes, de la Soci6t6 
 Philologique, etc. | 28, Eue Bonaparte, 28 | Maisonneuve, quai Vol- 
 taire,15 | SanFrancisco,A.-L. Bancroft and 0°. | 1876 | b.o.ap.jwp. 
 
 Pp. i-lxxxviii, 1-367, 5 folding sheets. 4°. Forms vol. 2 of: Pinart (Alph. L.) 
 Bibliothfeque de Linguistique et d'Ethnographie Am^ricaines. 
 
 Avant-propos, pp. xi-xviii. MonograpMe des D&nfe-Dlndji^, pp. xix-xxvi. 
 Essai sur I'Origine des Dfenfe-Dindji^, pp. xxvii-xlv. Precis de Grammaire com- 
 par^e des trois principanx dialectes Dfenfe-Dindji^, pp. xlvii-lxxxv. 
 
 Dictionnaire de la Langue Dfenfe-Dindj i^, pp. 1-367. 
 
 Tableau g^n^ral des verbes Montagnais. Suite des conjugaisons des verbes 
 Montagnais. Folding ebeets. 
 
 Tableau g€n6ral des verbes Peaux de Lifevre. Folding sheet. 
 
 Tableau g^n^ral des verbes Loucheux. Verbes Loucheux k desinences irr^gu- 
 liferes. Folding sheets. 
 
 2969 Monographie des D^nh-Dindji^. 
 
 Paris, E. Leroux, 1876. * 
 
 109 pp. 8°. Extract from the Dictionary.— iec?e}-c, 1878, No. 2217. 
 
 2970 Vocabulaire | Frangais-Esquimau | Dialecte des Tchiglit | 
 
 des bouchea du Mackenzie et de 1' Anderson | prec^d^ d'une | mouo- 
 graphle de cette tribu | et de notes grammaticales | par | le E. P. 
 JB. Petitot I Missionnaire Oblat de Marie-ImmacuMe, Officier d'Aca- 
 demie, Membre correspondant de 1' Academic de Nancy | et des Soci- 
 6t6s d'Anthropologie et de Philologie de Paris | [Design.] 
 
 Paris I Ernest Leroux fiditeur | Libraire de la Society Asiatique | 
 de I'Ecole des Langues Orientales vivantes, de la Soci6t6 Philolo- 
 gique I des Soci6t6s de Calcutta, de New-Haven (Etats-Unis), de 
 Shanghai, etc. | 28, Eue Bonaparte, 28 j Maisonneuve, 15 Quai Vol- 
 taire I San Francisco. A. L. Bancroft and C | 1876 | fi. ap. BP. jwp. 
 
 3 p. 11., pp. i-lxiv, 1-78. 4"^. Forms vol. 3 of: Pinart (Alph. L.) Bibliothfeque 
 de Linguistique et d'Ethnographie Am^ricaines. 
 
 Introduction , pp. iii-viii. Monographie des Esquimaux Tchiglit du Mackenzie 
 et de I'Anderson, pp. ix-xxxvi. Precis de Grammaire Esquimaude, &c., pp. 
 xxxix-lxiv. 
 
 Dictionnaire Fran5ais-Esquiniau,pp. 1-75. 
 
 2971 Monographie des Esquimaux Tchiglit. 
 
 Paris, Leroux, 1876. * 
 
 28 pp. 4°. Extract from the Vocabulary.— ZecZerc, 1878, No. 2231. 
 
584 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS., 
 
 Petitot (P. E.) — continued. 
 
 2972 D^n6 Dindjies. 
 
 In Congrfes Int. des Americanistes, Compte-rendu, premifere session, tome 2, 
 pp. 13-37. Nancy et Paris, 1875. 8°. 
 
 Comparison of D6n6-Dindjie terms with those of various other languages, 
 pp. 13-15. 
 
 Comparative table Navajo, D^n6 (different dialects) and Dindjie, pp. 20-21. 
 
 2973 Les Esquimaux. 
 
 In Congreslnt. des Americanistes, Compte-rendu, premifere session, tome 1, 
 pp. 329-339. Nancy et Paris, 1875. 8°. 
 
 Comparative Vocabulary of the Esquimaux of Bathurst, Tagal, Malais and 
 Tuluk, Maori or Kanak, and Japonais, pp. 333-334. 
 
 Myths (The Deluge, and Origin of the Human Family) in Eskimo, with French 
 translation, pp. &36-337. 
 
 2974 Pewani. A. M. D. Gr. | Pewani Ipi Potewatemi | Missinoikan, | 
 eyowat nemadjik, | Catholiques Endjik. | [Design.] 
 
 Baltimomak : | John Murphy, Okimissinakisan | Ote Missinoi- 
 kan. I 1846. I BA. WE. JWP. MHS. 
 
 Printed cover 1 1., title, reverse alphabet, 11., pp. 5-31. 24°. Outside title 
 same as above, except slight differences in ends of lines. Elementary book in 
 Potewatami. 
 
 2975 Pfefferkorn (Ignaz). Beschreibung | der | Landschaft | Sonora | 
 samt I andern merkwlirdigen Nachrichten | von den inneren 
 Theilen | Neu-Spaniens | und | Eeise aus Amerika | bis in | 
 Deutschland, | nebst einer Landcharte von Sonora. | Von Ignaz 
 Pfefferkorn, | eilfjahrigen Missionar daselbst. | Erster [Zweiter] 
 Band. | [Engraving.] | Mit allergnadigster kaiserlicher Preiheit. ( 
 
 Auf Kosten des Verfassers | gedrukt zu Koln am Ehein in der 
 Langenschen | Buchhandlung 1794 [-1795]. | A. 
 
 2 vols. : 8p.ll.,pp. 1-455, 511., map; 1 p. 1., pp. 1-447, 7 11. sm. 8°. 
 
 Sprache der Sonorer, vol. 2, pp. 240-264, contains grammatic forms, num- 
 erals, etc., particularly " von der pimischen Sprache " ; Indian names of localities 
 in Sonora, with significations, pp. 258-264. 
 
 2976 Indian l^ames in Sonora and their signification. 
 
 In Hist. Mag., iirst series, vol. 5, p. 370. New York and London, 1861. sm. 4°. 
 Extract from Father Pfefferkorn's work on Sonora. 
 
 2977 Philological Society. Proceedings | of the | Philological Society [of 
 London] | for | 1842-43 and 1843-44 [-1852 and 1.-53]. | Vol. 
 I [-VI]. I 
 
 London : | Published for the Society, | by George Bell, 186, Fleet 
 Street, London, j 1854 [1844-1854]. | A. BA. 
 
 6 vols. 8°. 
 
 Hovrse (J.) Vocabularies of certain North American languages, vol. 4, pp. 
 102-122; 191-206. 
 
 Isbester (J. A.) On a short vocabulary of the Loucheux Indians, vol. 4, pp. 
 184-185. 
 
 Latham (R. G.) Miscellaneous contributions to the ethnography of North 
 America, vol. 2, pp. 31-50. 
 
 On the language of New California, vol. 6, pp. 72-86. 
 
\J 
 
 PETITOT PICKEKING 585 
 
 Philological Society — continued. 
 
 Schomburgk {Sir E. H.) Contributions to the Philological Ethnography of 
 South America, vol. 3, pp. 228-237. 
 
 A vocabulary of the Maiongkong Language [S. America], vol. 4, pp. 
 
 217-222. 
 
 2978 Transactions | of tlie | Philological Society [of London]. | 
 
 1854 f-1877-8-9]. | 
 
 Published for the Society | by George Bell, 186, Fleet Street, | 
 London. | [n. d.— 1879.] A. BA. 
 
 15 vols. 8°. 
 
 Charnock (Dr. E. S.) and Blake {Dr. C. C.) Notes on the Woolwa and Mos- 
 quito vocabularies, 1873-74, pp. 350-353. 
 
 Daa (L, K.) On the affinities between the languages of the northern tribes 
 of the Old and New Continents, 1856, p. 251. 
 
 Latham (E. G. ) On certain additions to the ethnographical philology of Cen- 
 tral America, 1854, pp. 151-156. 
 
 On the languages of Northern, Western, and Central America, 1856, 
 
 pp. 57-115. 
 
 Trumbull (J. H.) On the North American Indian Languages, 1875-76, pp. 
 355-367. 
 
 2979 Philology — Indian Languages. jwp. 
 
 In The Investigator, vol. 1, nos. 9 and 10, pp. 261-265 and 289-293. Septem- 
 ber and October, 1845. Of this publication I have seen but the two examples 
 mentioned above. Where it was published I do not know. The first article 
 contains a Chippewa vocabulary, and comments on various Indian dialects; the 
 second, an "Illustrative and Comparative Vocabulary," containing words of the 
 Chippeway, Ottawa, Potawotamie, Menomanie, Sahkey, Delaware, Munsee, Mo- 
 hegan, Oneida, Cayuga, Seneca, and Winnebago. 
 
 Piccolomini (Enea Silvio). 
 See Neve y Molina (Luis de). 
 
 2980 Pickering (John). A Grammar of the Cherokee Language. 
 
 Boston, Mission Press, 1830. * 
 
 8°. Title from Ludewig, p. 38, who says : "Only four sheets (pp. 9-40) printed. 
 By the invention of Sequoyah's new alphabet, the work was stopped in its fur- 
 ther progress." 
 
 2981 On the Adoption of a Uniform Orthography for the Indian 
 
 Languages of !N"orth America. 
 
 In Am. Acad. Arts and Sc, Memoirs, vol. 4, pt. 2, pp. 319-360. Boston, 1818. 
 4°. Issued also as a separate pamphlet, as follows : 
 
 2982 An | Essay | on a | Uniform Orthography | for the | Indian 
 
 Languages | of | North America, | as published in the Memoirs of 
 the American Academy | of Arts and Sciences. | By John Picker- 
 ing, A. A. S.| 
 
 Cambridge; | Univ. Press— Hilliard and Metcalf. | 1820. | 
 
 1 p. 1., pp. 1-42. 4°. 0. WE. JWP. LSH. 
 
 2983 1. [Eeview of] Report of the Corresponding Secretary 
 
 (Peter S. Duponceau, Esq.) to the Hist. & Lit. Com. of the Am. 
 Phil. Soc. of his progress in the Investigation of the General Char- 
 acter and Forms of the Languages of American Indians. 
 
586 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Pickering (John) — continued. 
 
 2. [Eeview of] A Correspondence between the Eev. John Hecke- 
 welder * * and Peter S. Duponceau * * respecting the lan- 
 guages of the American Indians. [By John Pickering.] 
 
 In North Am. Review, vol. 9, pp. 179-187. Boston, 1819. 8°. 
 
 Review of the above works, and short comparative vocabulary of the "Penob- 
 scot dialect of the present day" and the " Norridgewock of about the year 1700." 
 
 2984 [Review of] A Discourse on the Eeligion of the Indian 
 
 Tribes of North America ; delivered before the N. Y. Hist. goc. Dec. 
 1819. By Samuel Farmer Jarvis. [By John Pickering.] 
 
 In North Am. Review, vol. 11, pp. 103-113. Boston, 1820. 8°. 
 Gives extracts from Jarvis's work. 
 
 2985 Indian Languages of America. 
 
 In Lieber (F.) Encyclopedia Americana, vol. 6, pp. 581-600. Philadelphia, 
 1831. 8°. Reprinted as below. 
 
 Consists principally of references to and extracts from Duponceau, Heoke- 
 welder, and Zeisberger, and the conjugation of the Cherokee verb " To tie"- 
 
 2986 Eemarks j on the | Indian Languages | of | IJTorth Amer- 
 ica. I By John Pickering. | From the Encyclopedia Americana, vol- 
 ume VI. 1 Published in 1831. | Eeprinted, 1836. | [N. p.] mhs. whs. 
 
 Printed cover 1 1., title 1 1., pp. 581-600. 8°. A German edition, as follows : 
 
 2987 Ueber j die indianischen Sprachen | Amerikas. | Aus dem 
 
 Englischen des Nordamerikaners | Herrn John Pickering | iiber- 
 setzt I und mit Anmerkungeu begleitet | von | Talvj. | [Mrs. T. A. 
 Eobinson.] 
 
 Leipzig 1834 | bei Friedr. Christ. Wilh. Vogel. | C. 
 
 Pp. i-viii, 1-80. 8°. 
 
 See Rasles (Father Sebastian). 
 
 , editor. 
 
 See Eliot (John). 
 
 2988 Pickett (Albert James). History j of j Alabama, j and incident- 
 ally of I Georgia and Mississippi, | from the earliest period. | By j 
 Albert James Pickett, | of Montgomery. | In two volumes, | Vol. I 
 [II]. I Third Edition. | 
 
 Charleston : | Walker and James, | 1851. | g. ba. bp. 
 
 2 vols. 12°. I have seen mention of first edit ion: Charleston, 1851. 2 vols. 12°. 
 A few terms in Mnscogee or Creek, Choctaws, Chickasaws, and Cherokees, 
 ■with lists of towns, &c., from Bartram and Hawkins, scattered through. 
 
 Pierson (Abraham). 
 See Peirson (A.) 
 
 2989 Pierz (Franz). Die Indianer | in Nord-Amerika, | ihre j Lebens- 
 weise, Sitten, Gebrauche u. s. w., | nach vieljahrigem Aufent- 
 halte I uiid gesammelten Erfahrungen unter den verschiedenen | 
 Stammeu, | bearbeitet von | Franz Pierz, f Katholischem Mis- 
 sionar. I 
 
V 
 
 PICKERING— PIMENTEL. 587 
 
 Pierz (Franz) — continued. 
 
 St. Louis, Mo. I Druck und Yerlag der Buchhandlung von Franz 
 Taler u Co. | 1855. | s. 
 
 Pp. 1-130, 11. index. 8°. 
 Die Spraohe der Indianer in Nord-Amerika, pp. 11-14. 
 
 2990 Pike ( Gen. Albert). Verbal forms in the Muscoki language. 
 
 Manuscript. 20 11. folio. Seven verbs run through various tenses and modes. 
 
 2991 Verbal forms of the Muscoki and Hichitathli languages. 
 
 Manuscript. 27 11. folio. 
 
 2992 Vocabularies of the Creek or Muscogee, Uchee, Hitchita, 
 
 Natchez, Co-os-au-da or Co-as-satte, Alabama, and Shawnee. 
 
 Manuscript. 56 11. folio. These vocabularies are arranged in parallel columns 
 for comparison, and contain from 1,500 to 1,700 words each. The manuscript 
 was submitted to Mr. J. H. Trumbull, of Hartford, Conn., for examination, and 
 was by him copied on slips, each containing one English word and its equiva- 
 lent in the dialects given above, spaces being reserved for other dialects. They 
 were then sent to Mrs. A. E. W. Robertson, of TuUahassee, Ind. T., who inserted 
 the Chickasaw equivalents. 
 
 2993 Vocabulary of the Osage language. 
 
 Manuscript. 11 11. folio. 200 words. 
 
 2994 Vocabulary of the Toncawe language. 
 
 Manuscript. 10 11. 4°. 175 words. These manuscripts by Gen. Pike are in the 
 library of the Bureau of Ethnology. 
 
 2995 Pila (Fr: Pedro). Doctrina moral y cristiana en Lengua Tarasca. * 
 
 Printed, according to some, and manuscript in the library of the College of S. 
 Pablo, Mexico. — Beristain. 
 
 2996 Pilling (James Oonstantine). Words and phrases in the Wnndat 
 or Wyandot language. 
 
 Manuscript. 3611. folio. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. Recorded 
 in a copy of the Introduction to the Study of Indian Languages, first edition, in- 
 complete. Collected from John Grayeyes, a Wyandot chief, in 1880. 
 
 2997 Pillitikset Kittornganut. | [Picture.] | 
 
 [N. p.] 1845. I ATS. 
 
 1 p. 1., pp. 1-8. 16°. Bible stories in the Eskimo language of Labrador. 
 
 2998 Pimentel (Francisco). Cuadro Descriptivo y Comparativo | de 
 las I Lenguas Indlgenas de.M^xico | por | D. Francisco Pimentel | 
 Socio de numero | de la Sociedad Mexicana de Geografla y Estadis- 
 tica. I [Two lines quotation.] | Tomo Primero [Segundo]. | [Design.] 
 
 Mexico I Imprenta de Andrade y Escalante | Calle de Tiburcio 
 numero 19. | 1862 [-1865]. | B. 0. BA. we. 
 
 2 vols. Pp. lii, 539, 1 1. ; pp. vi, 427, 2 11. 8°. 
 
 Introduction, vol. 1, pp. v-lii. El Eudeve, Heve 6 Dohema, vol. 2, pp. 
 
 El Huaxteco, Vol. 1, pj). 3-34. 151-169. 
 
 El Mixteco, vol. 1, pp. 35-78. El Mixe, vol. 2, pp. 171-189. , 
 
 El Mame 6 Zaklohpakap, vol. 1, pp. El MazahuadMazahui, vol. 2, pp. 191- 
 
 79-113. 203. 
 
588 NORTH AMEEICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Pimentel (Francisco) — continued. 
 
 El Othomi 6 Hia-hiu, vol. 1, pp. 115- El Guaicura 6 Valcura, vol. 2, pp. SOS- 
 ISO. 215. 
 El Mexicano.Nahuatl 6 Azteca,vol. 1, El Cochiml y el Lalmon, vol. 2, pp. 
 
 pp. 151-220. 217-227. 
 
 El Totonaoo, vol. 1, pp. 221-268. El Chafiabal, el Chiapaueco, el Choi, 
 
 El Tarasco, vol. 1, pp. 269-316. el Tzendal, el Zoque y el Tzotzil, 
 
 El Zapoteco, vol. 1, pp. 317-360. vol. 2, pp. 229-245. 
 
 El Tarahumar, vol. l,pp. 361-400. El Joba, el Lipan, el Piipago, el Piro 
 
 El Opata 6 Teguima, vol. 1, pp. 401- y el Tuliar, vol. 2, pp. 247-255. 
 
 450. El Cuicateco, el Mazateco y el Chu- 
 
 El Cahita, vol. 1, pp. 451-495. chon, vol. 2, pp. 257-262. 
 
 El Matlatzinca 6 Pirinda, vol. 1, pp. El Pame y el Serrano, vol. 2, pp. 263- 
 
 497-539. 267. 
 
 El Yuoateco 6 Maya, vol. 2, pp. 1-39. Vocabulario manual de la lengua 
 El Tepehuan, vol. 2, pp. 41-68. Opata, vol. 2, pp. 269-340. 
 
 El Cora, Cliora 6 Chota, vol. 2, pp. 69- El Comanche, vol. 2, pp. 343-362. 
 
 90. El Mutsun, vol. 2, pp. 363-387. 
 
 El Pima 6 N^vome, vol. 2, pp. 91-118. El Tatch6 6 Telam^, vol. 2, pp. 389- 
 El Qnichg, Cachiqael y ZutiiMl, vol. 2, 405. 
 pp. 119-150. El Tejano 6 Coahuilteco, vol. 2, pp. 
 
 407-413. 
 Varios idiomas de la Alta California (el Gniluco; el Chocouyem ; el Jouki- 
 onsm^; elTularefio; idioma de la Mislon de Santa Clara; idioma de la Mision 
 de Santa Ines ; idioma de la Mislon de San Fernando ; idioma de la Mision de 
 San Gabriel; idioma de la Mision de San Juan Capistrano; idioma de la Mi- 
 sion de San Luis ; idioma de la Mision de San Dif go), pp. 415-427. 
 
 2999 Cuadro descriptive y comparative | de las | Lenguas Indi- 
 
 genas de Mexico, | o tratado de filologla Mexicana, | por | Fran- 
 cisco Pimentel | Miembro de varias | sociedades cientiflcas y litera- 
 rias de Mexico, | Europa y Estados Unldos de America. | (Seguuda 
 Edicion unica completa.) | Tomo Primero [-Tercero]. |. 
 
 Mexico. I Tipografia de Isidore Epstein | Calle de NuevoMexice 
 N». 6. I 1874 1 1875]. | C. 
 
 3 vols. 12°. 
 
 3000 Algunas observacienes sobre las palabras Maye y Maya. 
 
 In Soc. de Geog. Mex., Bol., tomo 8, pp. 415-417. Mexico, 1860. 8°. 
 
 3001 Vocabulario Manual de la Lengua Opata, per Francisco 
 
 Pimentel. 
 
 In Soc. de Geog. Mex., Bol., tomo 10, pp. 287-313. Meixco, 1863. 8°. 
 
 30,02 Observacienes de Francisco Pimentel a la Disertacien so- 
 bre el Idioma Otomi, leida en la Sociedad Mexicana de Geografia 
 y Estadistica, per el Sr. D. Gumesinde Mendoza. 
 
 In Soc. de Geog. Mex., Bol., segunda ^poca, tomo 4, pp. 224-236. Mexico, 
 1872. 8°. 
 
 3003 Eeplica de Francisco Pimentel al Sr. D. Gumesinde Men- 
 doza, acerca de su Disertacien sobre el Idioma Jthomi. 
 
 lu Soc. de Geog. Mex., Bol., segunda 6poca, tomo 4, pp. 629-636. Mexico, 
 
 1872. 8°. 
 
PIMENTEL — PINIARTUT. 589 
 
 Pimentel (Francisco) — continued. 
 
 3004 Sobre los nombres deparantesco en las Lenguas Indigenas. 
 
 (Contestacion al Senor Don Ignacio Eamirez.) 
 
 In Soc. de Geog. Mez., Bol.,tercera 6pooa, tomo 1, pp. 208-211. Mexico, 
 
 1873. 8". 
 
 See [Cabrera (Jos6 Maria) and others]. 
 
 3005 Pinart (AlphonseL.) EsMmaux et Koloches | Id6es Eeligieuses et 
 Traditions des Kaniagmioutes | par M. Alphonse Pinart. 
 
 Colophon : 
 
 Paris. — Typographic A. Hennuyer, rue du Boulevard, 7. jwp. 
 
 Pp. 1-8. 8°. Extract from the Eevne d'anthropologie, 1873. Eskimo terms 
 2ias8im. 
 
 3006 Alph. Pinart | Sur | Les Atnahs | Extrait de la Eevue de 
 
 Philologie et d'Ethnographie, IsT." 2. | 
 
 Paris I Ernest Leroux, Editeur | Libraire de Soci^tes Asiatiques 
 de Paris, de Calcutta, de New-Haven | (Etats-Unis), de Shanghai 
 (Chine) | 28, Eue Bonaparte, 28 | 1875 | ' jwp. 
 
 Pp. 1-8. 8°. General remarks and vocabulary. 
 
 3007 , editor. Bibliothfeque | de | Linguistique et d'Ethnogra- 
 phie I Am^ricaines | publiee | Par Alph.-L. Pinart | Volume I 
 
 [-IV]. I 
 
 [Paris et San Francisco : 1875-1882.] ap. rwp. 
 
 4 vols. 4°. Title of vol. 4 in Spanish. 
 
 Albomoz (Fi: Juan de). Arte de la Lengua Chiapaneca y Doetrina Cristiana 
 en la misma lengua escrita por El Padre M"^" Fray Luis Barrientos. Paris, 1875. 
 Vol. 1. 
 \/ [Franco (P. — ).] Noticias de los Indies del Departamento de Veragua, y 
 vocabularios, &c. San Francisco, 1882. Vol. 4. 
 
 Petitot Xp. E. ) Dictionnaire de la Langue Dfenfe-Dindji6. Paris, 1876. Vol. 2. 
 
 Vocabulaire Frangais-Esquimau. Paris, 1876. Vol. 3. 
 
 3008 Pinelo (D. Bernardino). Manual Megicano para la administracion 
 recta de los Sacramentos. * 
 
 Title from Beristain. 
 
 3009 Pingortitsinermik. | [Picture.] 
 
 [Druck von J. F. Steinkopf in Stuttgart.] | 1848. | ATS. 
 
 1 p. 1., pp. 1-8. 16°. Tract in the Eskimo language of Labrador. 
 
 3010 Piniartut | pissainut titartauvfit katiternere. | Kakortume, Pa- 
 miune, Nungme, Manitsume, | Amerdlumilo. | ukiunel8'^!74-18'°|76. | 
 Sammendrag | af Fangelister for | Julianehaabs, Frederikshaabs, 
 Godthaabs, | Sukkertoppens, og Holstensborgs Districter; | for 
 Aarene | 18'3|,4-18'=|76. | 
 
 Nungme nakitigkat, | L. Miller. | 1877. | jwp. 
 
 Titlell.,pp. 1-41. 12°. Census, for above-mentioned years, of Eskimo residents. 
 
V 
 
 590 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 3011 Pinkerton (John). A | General Collection | of the | best and most 
 interesting | Voyages and Travels | in all parts of the World; | 
 many of which are now first translated into English. | Digested on 
 a new plan. | By John Pinkerton, | Author of Modern Geography, 
 &C.&C. I Illustrated with plates. |.Volume the first [-seventeenth]. | 
 
 London: | Printed for Longman, Hurst, Eees, and Orme, Pater- 
 noster-Eow; | and Cadell and Davies, in the Strand. | 1808 
 [-1814]. I 0. BA. 
 
 17 vols, folio. 
 
 Smith (John). The General History of Virginia, vol. 13, pp. 1-353. 
 
 There are also printed in Pinkerton, Cartier's Voyages, vol. 12, pp. 629-674, and 
 Lahoutan's Travels, vol. 13, pp. 254-335, but in neither are the linguistics given. 
 
 3012 Pintura del Gobernador, Alcaldes y Eigidores de Mexico. Codice 
 en geroglificos mexicanos y en lenguas castellana y azteca, exis. 
 tente en la biblioteca del Duque de Osuna. 
 
 Madrid, Hernandez, 1878. ♦ 
 
 10 pp., 40 plates, folio. Title from Leclerc's Supplement, No. 2903. 
 
 3013 Pipart (AbM Jules). Astronomic, Chronologic, et Eites des Mexi- 
 cains d'aprfes leur Calendrier, Par l'abb6 J. Pipart, de Vernou-sur- 
 Brenne. 
 
 In Soc. Am^ricaine de France, Archives, nouvelle s6rie, tome 1, pp. 5-18. 
 Paris, 1875. 8°. 
 
 Les 20 jours d'un mois mexicain, p. 17 ; Les 18 mois de I'ann^e, p. 18. 
 
 3014 filaments pbon^tiques dans les Ecritures figuratives des 
 
 Anciens Mexicains. 
 
 In Cong. Internat. des Am^ricanistes, Compte-rendu, seconde session, tome 
 2, pp. 346-368. Luxembourg et Paris, 1878. 8°. 
 
 3015 [Piquet (AftfiePr.)] lonteriSeienstagSa | ne | tsiatag oriSatogeuton 
 ogonha. ( 
 
 Parisiis. | Onouthioke. | Tehoristoraragon D.-P. Lefebvre. | 
 1826. I , S.V. GB. JWP. 
 
 Pp. 1-72. 12°. Catechism in the Iroquois language, translated, I am informed 
 by the Abb6 Cuoq, by the AbbS Piquet. Prayers, pp. 63-72. 
 
 3016 Platica de los principales misterios de la religion, en Poconchi, etc. * 
 
 Manuscript. 32 pp. 8°. Written by a <mr^ of the town of Taktie, in Verapaz, 
 in 1856. — Brasseur de Bourbourg. 
 
 3017 PUticas. P14ticas en castellano y mexicano. * 
 
 Manuscript. 2311. folio. Small letters ; dated April 28, 1739. In the library 
 of Sr. Ramirez. — Tcazbaloeta's Apuntes, No. 143. Possibly the same as No. 1944 of 
 this catalogue. 
 
 3018 'Platicas piadosas en lengua Mexicana Vulgar de Guate- 
 mala. * 
 
 Manuscript. 10 11. folio. The writing appears to belong to the last century. — 
 Brasseur de Bourtoura. 
 
PIN KEETON — POK. 591 
 
 3019 Platzmann (Julius). Amerikanisch-asiatische Etymologien | via 
 Behrlng-Strasse | 'from the East to the West, | von | Julius Platz- 
 mann. I 
 
 Leipzig, I Druck von B. G. Teubner. | 1871. | c. 
 
 4 p. 11., pp. 1-112. 8°. 
 
 3020 Playter (George D.) The History of Methodism in Canada: with 
 an Account of the Else and Progress of the Work of God among 
 the Canadian Indian Tribes, and occasional K^otices of the Civil 
 Affairs of the Province. By George D. Playter, of the Wesleyan 
 Conference. 
 
 Toronto: Published for the Author by Anson Green. 1862. * 
 Pp. viii, 413, 1 1. 12°. Title furnished by Mr. W. Eames, who gives linguistic 
 
 contents as follows : 
 
 A four-line verse of a hymn in Mohawk, with English translation, p. 224. A 
 
 six-line verse of a hymn in the language of the Indians of Grape Island, Bay of 
 
 Quinte, with English translation. 
 
 3021 Poetry of the Indians. c. lsh. 
 
 In Harper's Mag., June, 1878, pp. 104-108. New Yort, 1878. 8°. 
 Songs in Chippewa and Cherokee, 23d Psalm in Algonquin. . 
 
 3022 Poirier {Mgr. Ch.) Lettre de Mgr Ch. Poirier, dv^que de Eoseau. 
 
 In Annales de la Propagation de la Foi, vol. 37, pp. 453-462. Paris, 1865. 8°. 
 Dated Eoseau, le 20 novembre 1864. Title from Mr. W. Eames. 
 
 Contains,p. 461, the Lord's Prayer in Caraibe, with interlinear French trans- 
 lation (from Raymond Breton). 
 
 3023 Pok. I kalalek avalangnek, nunalikame nuna- | katiminut okaluk- 
 tuartok. | Angakordlo | palasimik najjitsivdlune aigssortuissok. | 
 agdlagkat pisorkat navssarissat nong- | mint ilanit. | Aket missig- 
 ssuissut avguasavait uvig- | dlarnernut kainakut pisut kinguai- 
 nut. I [Design.] 
 
 Nongme. 1857. | nalagkap nongmitup nakitirivflaue naki- | 
 tigkat E: Bertelsenmit Pelivdlo ernera- | nit Lars MoUermit. | 
 
 The above is the front-cover title. Inside title : 
 
 Pok, I kalalek avalangnek, nunalikame | nunakatiminut okalug- 
 tuartok. | Augakordlo, | palasimik napitsivdlune agssortui- 1 ssok. | 
 agdlagkat pisorkat navssarissat | nongmiut ilanit. | nalagkap nong- 
 metup nakitirivflane | nakitigkatE: Bertelsenmit Pelivdlo | erne- 
 ranit Lars Mollermit. | 1857. | 
 
 Title on hack cover : 
 
 Pok, I en Gronlsender, som bar reist og ved sin | Hjemkomst 
 fortseller derom til sine Lands- | msend | og ( Angekokken | som 
 moder Prsesten og disputerer med ham. [Efter gamle Haand- 
 skrifter, fundne hos | Gronlsendere ved Godthaab. | Hele indtsegteu 
 skal t\t forstanderska- | berne deles mellem enker, som have mi- | 
 stet deres msend ved kajakfangst. | 
 
 Godthaab. 1857. | Trykt af E: Bertelsen og L: MoUer, | Peles 
 Son, i Inspecteurens Bogtrykkeri. | A. gb. 
 
592 NORTH AMEE CAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Pok — continued. 
 
 Printed cover, title 1 1., pp. 1-18. 8°. 4 plates on 2 leaves. Written, printed, 
 and illustrated by natives of Greenland. The ■wood-cuts and their coloring are 
 curious specimens of native ari;. 
 
 3024 [Pomeroy (James Margarum), fifiitor.] Charter | of the | Choctaw 
 and Chickasaw | Central | Eailroad Company. | Published for the 
 information of the Choctaw and Chickasaw Peoples. | Chahta Chi- 
 kaska itatuklo | Chata | Iklvna Tvli Hina Kvmpeni oke. | Chahta 
 mikmvt Chikasha Okla nana akostenecha chi puUa ,kuk o holisso 
 illvpvt toba hoke. | 
 
 Little Eock, Ark. : | Woodruff and Blocher, Printers, Binders and 
 Stationers, Markham Street. | 1870. | • 
 
 Pp. v, 24 and 24 (double numbers), alternate English and Choctaw facing each 
 other, royal 8°. Marginal notes in English and Choctaw. On p. iii Mr. Pome- 
 roy is named as editor. 
 
 302.') Charter | of the | Choctaw and Chickasaw | 35th Parallel | 
 
 Railroad Company. | Published by the Company, for the informa- 
 tion of the Choctaw and Chickasaw Peoples. | = | Chahta Chika- 
 sha itatuklo I Chata | Palelil Pokole Tuchena Akocha Tvlhape 
 Bachaya ka Tvli Hina Kvmpeni oke. | Chahta mikmvt Chikasha 
 Okla nana akostanecha chi pulla kuk o Kvmpeni illvpvt holisso ha 
 ikbe tok oke. | 
 
 Little Eock, Ark. : | Woodruff and Blocher, Printers, Binders and 
 Stationers, Markham Street. | 1870. | * 
 
 Pp. V, 24 and 24 (double numbers), alternate English and Choctaw facing each 
 other, royal 8°. Marginal notes in English and Choctaw. On p. iii Mr. Pome- 
 roy is named as editor. 
 
 The two titles above are from a bibliography of the writings of the alumni 
 and faculty of the Wesleyan University, by Messrs. G. Brown Goode and Newton 
 P. Scudder, published by the University. 
 
 3026 Pond (Bev. Gideon H.) Wootanin Waxte Luka Owa Qon. The 
 Gospel by Luke, in the Dakota language; translated by G. H. 
 Pond, Esq. 
 
 In Pond (G. H.) and Renville (J.), sr. Wootanin Waxte Lulsa qa Jan, 
 pp. 163-241. Cincinnati, 1843. 12°. This latter work is appended to, and paged 
 continuously (161-296) with: Wiooicage Wowapi. Cincinnati, 1842. 12°. 
 
 3027 Power and Influence of Dalcota Medicine-Men. 
 
 In Schoolcraft (H. E. ) Indian Tribes, vol. 4, pp. 641-651. Philadelphia, 1854 
 4°. Contains Dakota medicine song, with translation. Song reprinted in iWd., 
 vol. 6, p. 655. 
 
 3028 Dakota Superstitions. By G. H. Pond, of Bloomington. 
 
 In Minnesota Hist. Soc, Coll. , vol. 2, pt. 3, pp. 32-62. St. Paul, 1867. 8°. 
 Contains Dakota songs, with translation. 
 
 See Riggs (Rev. S. E.) and Pond {Bev. G. H.) 
 
 See Pond (Bev. S. W.) and Pond (JJe». G. H.) 
 
POK POND. 593 
 
 Pond {Bev. Gideon H.) — continued. 
 
 3029 , editor, Dakota Tawaxitku Kin, j or j the Dakota Friend. | 
 
 Published by the Dakota Mission. | Vol. I. St. Paul, Minnesota, 
 November, 1850. No. I [Vol. II. August, 1852. No. VIII]. Edited 
 by G. H. Pond. | c. hu. 
 
 A four-page, twelve-column paper, issued monthly, printed partly in Dakota, 
 partly in English, moat articles t)eing printed in both languages, though occasion- 
 ally only in the one or the other. An illustrated heading was added to issue No. 
 7, vol. 1. Vol. 1 ended with the issue of October, 1851, vol. 2 beginning January, 
 1852, with the size of the sheet much enlarged. The publication was suspended 
 with the issue of August of the same year, in which number the following edi- 
 torial notice appears: "The Dakota Mission deems it undesirable, while the 
 Indians are so unsettled, to continue the Friend. If the prospect is more encour- 
 aging it will be resumed hereafter." 
 
 There is much of interest to the philologist in this paper: lessons for learners, 
 •^ammacio forms, vocabularies, &o, 
 
 3030 r- and Renville (Joseph), sr. Wootanin Waxte | Luka qa 
 
 Jan, I owapi qon hena eepi; | matorota qa psincinca okagapi. | 
 The I Gospels | of | Luke and John, | in the Dakota Language; j 
 translated | by Mr. G. H. Pond and Mr. Joseph Eenville, Sr. | Pub- 
 lished by the American Board of Commissioners for Foreign Mis- 
 sions. I 
 
 Cincinnati : | Kendall and Barnard, Printers. [ 1843. | c. BA. jwp. 
 
 Pp. 161-296. 12°. This work is appended to, and paged continuously Tvith : 
 Wiooioage Wowapi. Cincinnati, 1842. 12°. and comprises the following ar- 
 ticles, each with its own heading : 
 
 PondCG.H.I V^^ootanin Waxte Luka * » * Gospel by Luke, pp. 163-241. 
 
 Renville (J.), sr. Wootanin "Wa,xte Jan * * * Gospel of John, pp. 242-295. 
 
 3031 Pond (Eev. Samuel W.) Wowapi Inonpa. | Wowapi wakan etan- 
 han taku wanjikji | oyakapi kin he dee. | Wanmdiduta kaga. | The 
 Second | Dakota Eeading Book. | Consisting of Bible Stories from 
 the Old Testa- | ment. By Eev. S. W. Pond, | Missionary of the A. 
 B. C. F. M. I 
 
 Boston: | Printed for the American Board of Commissioners | 
 for Foreign Missions, by Crocker | and Brewster. | 1842. j 
 
 Pp. 1-54. 16°. BA. BP. HU. MHS. 
 
 3032 Dakota | wiwangapi wowapi. | Catechism | in the | Dakota 
 
 or ^ioux Language. | By Eev. S. W. Pond, | Missionary of the A. 
 B. C. F. M. I 
 
 New Haven : | Printed by Hitchcock & Stafford. | 1844. | ba. 
 Pp. 1-12. 12°. 
 
 3033 and Pond (Gideon H.) The | History | of | Joseph, | in the 
 
 language of the [ Dakota or Sioux Indians. | Translated from Gen- 
 esis, by I Samuel W. and Gideon H. Pond | (Missionaries). | Printed 
 for the American Board of Commis | sioners for Foreign Missions. | 
 
 Cincinnati : | Kendall and Henry Printers. | 1839. | ba. 
 
 Pp. 1-40. 16°. 
 38 Bib 
 
594 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS, 
 
 3034 Poor Sarah ( the Indian Woman. | ATS. 
 
 No title-page. Pp. 1-23. 16°. In the Choctaw language. Appended : Am I 
 a- Christian ? pp. 16-21.— The Bible, pp. 22-23. 
 
 For another edition of these tracts, see Chahta I Kana, No. 71.5. 
 
 3035 Pop (Eugenio). Doctrina Christiana en Lengua Quecchi, escrita 
 por padron del pueblo de San Augustin Lanquin, en la Verapaz, 
 por Eugenio Pop, alcalde que ta6 en el ano de 1795. * 
 
 Manuscript. 17 11. 4°. The first leaf appears to be wanting, although the 
 work is complete. It bears on the margin of ]. 3, recto, these words : " Padron 
 del pueblo de San Agustin," and on the 17th, "Alios de 1795, en 22 de junio, 
 Doctrina Christiana : ha yn Eugenio Pop," the whole in the same hand as the 
 rest of the work; indicating clearly that he himself wrote it, probably at the 
 request of the oure, as a translation of the Spanish catechism. The additions, 
 in another hand, and the name of the alcaldes Juan Xol and Carlos Kal, Janu- 
 ary 18th, 1806, etc., prove that the work was by a former alcalde, and that it was 
 transmitted each year by succeeding alcaldes, according to the custom of the 
 natives of Verapaz. — Brasseur de Bourbourg. 
 
 3036 Pope {Maj. E. L.) Vocabulary of Words from the Siccany Lan- 
 guage. 
 
 Manuscript. 14 pp. 4°. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. " The 
 tribe known as the Siccannies inhabit the tract of country lying to the northwest 
 of Lake Tatla, in British Columbia, and their language is nearly the same aa 
 that spokeu by the Connenaghs, or Nahonies, of the Upper Stikine.'' 
 
 3037 Portlock {Gapt. Nathaniel). A | Voyage round the World; | but 
 more particularly to the | North-west Coast of America: | Per- 
 formed in 1785, 1786, 1787, and 1788, | in | the King George and 
 Queen Charlotte, | Captains Portlock and Dixon. | Embellished 
 with twenty copper-plates. | Dedicated, by permission, to | His Maj- 
 esty. I By Captain Nathaniel Portlock. | 
 
 London: | Printedfor John Stockdale, opposite Burlington- House, 
 Piccadilly; | and George Goulding, James Street, Covent Garden. | 
 M. DCC. LXXXIX [1789J. | b. c. ba. hu. 
 
 Pp. i-xii, 1-384, appendix i-xl. 4°. maps. 
 
 Vocabulary of the language of Prince William's Sound, pp. 254-255.— Vocab- 
 ulary of the language of Portlock's Harbor, p. 293. 
 
 See Dixon (George). 
 
 3038 and Dixon (George). Eeis | naar de | Nord-west Kust | 
 
 van I Amerika. | Gedaan in de Jaren 1785, 1786, 1787 en 1788. j 
 Door I de Kapteins | Nathaniel Portlock | en | George Dixpn. | Uit 
 derzelver oorspronklijke Eeisverhalen zamengesteld en vertaald. | 
 Met platen. | 
 
 Te Amsterdam, bij | Matthijs Schalekamp. | 1795, | o. job. 
 
 Pp. i-xvi, 1-265. sm. 4°. map. 
 
 Vocabulary of the natives of.Piince William's Sound (from Portlock), pp. 
 109-110.— Vocabulary of the natives of Portlock Harbor (from Portlock), pp. 
 140-141.— Numerals (1-10) of Prince William's Sound, Norfolk Sound, and King 
 George'.s Sound (from Dixon), p. 209. 
 
 3039 Poston (Charles D.) Vocabulary of the Pima Indians of Arizona. 
 
 Manuscript. 1011. 4°. 180 words. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. 
 
POOE POTT. 595 
 
 3040 Potewateme. A. M. D. G. | Potewateme | Missinoni-kan Cate- 
 chisme | ipi | nemeonin etchitek | Wayowat Kwiyuk Enemadjik | 
 Catholique Echinikasidjik. | 
 
 Cincinnati: | Stereotyped by Monfort and Conahans. [1850 C?)] 
 Pp. 1-67. 18°. Catechism in the Potewateme language. bA. HTJ. MHS. 
 
 3041 Potewatemi. Potewatemi | Nememissinoikan. | A. M. D. G. \ 
 
 Saint Louis: | W. J. Mullin ogimesennakesan ote messenaken. | 
 1844. I g. BA. 
 
 Pp. 1-63. 18°. Roman Catholic prayer-hook in the Potewatami language. 
 
 3042 Potewatemi | ISTememissinoikan | Ewiyowat lyTemadjik | 
 
 Catholiques Endjik. | [Design.] 
 
 Baltiinoinak : | John Murphy, Okimissinakisan | Ote Missinoi- 
 kan; | 1846. | ba.mhs. 
 
 Pp. 1-160. 18°. Roman Catholic prayer-hook in the Potewatami language. 
 See Gailland {Eev. M.), for other editions. 
 
 3043 Potier {Eev. Peter). Huron Grammar. * 
 
 Manuscript. 105 pp. It seems hased on Chaumonot's, many phrases heing 
 identical ; hut much, if not most, of it is new. It is methodical, well arranged, 
 divided into chapters, and, in fact, a work which no time should be lost in put- 
 ting into a permanent shape. After the grammar are some pages not numbered, 
 containing questions for one learning, a scheme of relationship with the various 
 possessive adjectives, an abridgment of the Racines, and, curiously enough, a cen- 
 sus of the Huron village in 1745, with a very valuable list of Indian tribes, Eng- 
 lish and French towns, etc., with their names in Huron and French. — Historical 
 Magazine, vol. 2, p. 198. 
 
 3044 Eacines Huronnes, by Eev. P. Potier of the Society of 
 
 Jesus. * 
 
 Manuscript. 295 pp. 12°. Completed by the author on the 20th of September, 
 1751. — Historical Magazine, vol. 2, p. 198. 
 
 3045 Potrwatome Nkumwinin, | epe | Natotatewinin. | Siseminwrn epe 
 JTorqit, | Okena'tonawa. | Pukon Kesis, 1835. | [Three lines Potr- 
 watame.J 
 
 Shawanoe Baptist Mission: | J. Meeker Printer: | 1835. | BA. 
 Pp. 1-84. 18°. Catechism and hymns in the Potrwatame language. 
 
 3046 Pott (August Friedrich). Die | quinare und vigesimale | Zahl- 
 methode | bei Volkern aller Welttheile. | Nebst ausfiihrlicheren 
 Bemerkungen | iiber die Zahlworter indogermanischen Stammes | 
 und einem Anhange iiber Fingernamen. | Von | Dr. August Frie- 
 drich Pott, I ord. Prof, der [&c., four linesj. 
 
 Halle, I C. A. Schwetschke und Sohn. | 1847. | A. 
 
 Pp. i-viii , 1-304. , 8°. Numerals of the : 
 
 Tschuktschi, Aleut, Kadjak, Tschu- Mexican, p. 69. 
 
 gazi, Koljusok, and Eskimo, pp.59-61. Carib, pp. 69-71. 
 
 Cochimi, Rumsen, and Eslene, p. 63. Darien, p. 72. 
 
 Algonquin, pp. 64-65. Othomi, pp. 90-91. 
 
 Cheppewyan, TacouUies, Timucuana, Huasteca, and Quiche, p. 92. 
 
 p. 66. Maya, pp. 93-95. 
 
 Sioux-Osage, and Omahaw, pp. 67-68. Mexican, p. 97. 
 Woccon, Paegan, and Panis, p. 68. 
 
59 G NOETH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Pott (August Friedricli) — continued. 
 
 3047 Doppelung als eines der wichtigsten Bildungsmittel der 
 
 Spracbe; beleuchtet an Sprachen aller Welttheile. 
 
 Lemgo und Detmold, (Meyer) 1862. * 
 
 304 pp. 8°. Title furnished by Mr. A. S. Gatschet from copy in the Astor 
 Library. It contains Tarabumara and Osage material. 
 
 3048 Die Sprachverschiedenheit in Buropa an den Zalwortern 
 
 nachgewiesen sowie die quinare und vigesimale Zalmethode. Von 
 Professor Dr. Aug. Friedr. Pott. 
 
 In Pott (A. F.) and Gosche (E.) Festgabe zur xxv. Versammlung deutscher 
 PhilologeD , pp. 1-109. Halle, 1867. 
 
 Contains inquiries into the origin of numerals in languages of all parts of the 
 world, and amongst them the: Cree, pp. 50-52; Other Algonkins, p. 52; Black- 
 feet, p. 56; Shyenne, pp. 56-57; Ar^pftho, pp. 57-58; Atsina, p. 58; Arikara, pp. 
 59-63; Pawnee, pp. 63-64; Crow and Mandan, pp. 64-66; Dakota, p. 67. 
 
 Issued separately as follows : 
 
 3049 Die | Sprachverschiedenheit | in Europa | an den Zahl- 
 
 wortern nachgewiesen | sowie | die quinare und vigesimale Zahl- 
 methode | von | D'. Friedr. August Pott, ( Prof, [etc., tliree lines]. | 
 
 Halle I Verlag der Buchhandlung des Waisenhauses. | 1808. | * 
 1 p. l.,pp. 1-109. 8°. Title from Mr. W. Eames fromcopyintlie Astor Library. 
 
 3050 and Gosche (Eichard). Festgabe | zur | xxv. Versamm- 
 lung I deutscher | Philologen Orientalisten und Schulmanner | 
 in I Halle a. d. S. | von | Aug. Friedr. Pott und Eichard Gosche | 
 ordentlichen Professoren an der Universitat | Halle -Wittenberg. | 
 
 Halle I Verlag der Buchhandlung des Waisenhauses. | 1867. | 
 4 p. 11., pp. 1-109. 8". ASG. 
 
 Pott (A. F. ) Die Sprachverschiedenheit, pp. 1-109. 
 
 3051 Potter (Chandler Eastman). The | History of Manchester, | for- 
 merly Derryfleld, I in I New-Hampshire; | including that of Ancient 
 Amoskeag, | or the Middle Merrimack Valley ; | together with the 
 Address, Poem, and other Proceedings, | of the | Centennial Cele- 
 bration, I of the I Incorporation of Derryfield; | at Manchester, 
 October 22, 1851. | By C. E. Potter, | Corresponding member [etc., 
 three lines]. | 
 
 Manchester, | C. E. Potter, Publisher. | 1856. | ♦ 
 
 Pp. i-xiii, 1 ]., pp. 1-67, 1-763, 2 11. 8'=. Title furnished by Mr. W. Eames from 
 copy in the Astor Library. 
 
 Names of Indian tribes and localities in the Men imack Valley, with definitions, 
 pp. 5-6, 25-28, 31. 
 
 See Farmer's Monthly Visitor, No. 1268 of this catalogue. 
 
 3052 Appendix to the "Language of the Abenaquies" [by Wil- 
 liam Willis]. By C. E. Potter. 
 
 In Maine Hist. Soc, Coll., vol. 4, pp. 185-195. Portland, 1856. 8°. 
 
 Contains a number of Abenaqui names of geographic features in the State of 
 Maine. 
 
POTT POWELL. 597 
 
 3053 [Potter (Woodburne).J The | War | in | Florida: | being | an Ex- 
 position of its causes, ) and | an accurate History | of tlie | Cam- 
 paigns I of I Generals | Clinch, Gaines and Scott. | [Two lines quo- 
 tation.] By a late Staff Officer. | 
 
 Baltimore: | Lewis and Coleman. | 1836. | c. 
 
 Pp. i-viii, 1-184. 12°. map. 
 
 Names of Seminole cliiefs, pp. 9-10, 30. 
 
 3054 Powell (J. W.) Vocabulary of the Kootenay. 
 
 Manuscript. 211. folio. 185 words. Inthelibraryof the Bureau of Ethnology. 
 Mr. Powell is superintendent of Indian Affairs, Canada. 
 
 3055 Powell (John Wesley). Eeport | of | Explorations in 1873 | of ( 
 the Colorado of the West | and | its Tributaries, | By [ Professor 
 J. W. Powell, I under the | Direction of the Smithsonian Institu- 
 tion. I 
 
 Washington : | Government Printing Office. | 1874. | c. we. jwp. 
 Pp. 1-36. 8°. Pai-Ute songs, with translation, p. 32. 
 
 3056 — ■- Introduction | to the | Study of Indian Languages, | with 
 
 words, phrases, and sentences to be collected. | By J. W. Powell. | 
 
 Washington: | Government Printing Office, j 1877. | c.s.BA. jht. 
 
 Pp. 1-104, and 10 unnumbered, ruled 11. 4°. 
 
 As a number of the manuscripts now in the library of the Bureau of Ethnology, 
 titles of which are given in this catalogue, are recorded in copies of the above 
 work, it seems proper to give a somewhat lengthy account of its contents and 
 the causes which led to its preparation. 
 
 In 1863 the Smithsonian Institution published a paper by Mr. Geo. Gibbs, No. 
 1499 of this catalogue, designed for collectors. Under the head of Philology, Mr. 
 Gibbs gave a brief account of some of the peculiarities of Indian languages, with 
 general directions for the best method of collecting certain words ; a simple and 
 practical alphabet; and a vocabnlary, in English, Spanish, French, and Latin, of 
 211 words. Speaking of the latter, he says : 
 
 "In view of the importance of a uniform system in collecting words of the 
 various Indian languages of North America, adapted to the use of oificers of the 
 government, travellers, and others, the following is recommended as a Standard 
 VOCABULAKY. It is mainly the one prepared by the late Hon. Albert Gallatin, 
 with a few changes made by Mr. Hale, the Ethnologist of the United States 
 Exploring Expedition, and is adopted as that upon which nearly all the collec- 
 tions hitherto made for the purpose of comparison have been based. For the 
 purpose of ascertaining the more obvious relations between the various mem- 
 bers of existing families this number is deemed sufficient. The remote affinities 
 must be sought in a wider research, demanding a degree of acquaintance with 
 their languages beyond the reach of transient visitors." 
 
 The vocabulary given in this paper was separately printed on writing paper, 
 10 11., 4°, and reprinted, 6 11., folio, and was distributed widely among the mis- 
 sionaries, Indian agents, travelers, and local collectors in ethnology, and has 
 served a valuable purpose, resulting in the collection by the Smithsonian Insti- 
 tution of a large number of vocabularies, comprising many of the languages and 
 dialects of the Indian tribes of the United States, British America, and Mexico. 
 
 This material, as it was received, was placed in the hands of Mr. Gibbs for 
 revision and classification — a work in which he was engaged at the time of his 
 death, which occurred before any of it was published. 
 
 In 1876, Professor Henry turned this material over to Maj. J. W. Powell, then 
 in charge of the United States Geographical and' Geological Survey of the Eocky 
 Mountain Region, now Director of the Bureau of Ethnology, to be consolidated 
 
598 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Powell (John Wesley) — continued. 
 
 and published in connection with like material collected by himself and his 
 assistants -while among the Indians of the western portion of the United States. 
 A number of these vocabularies were accordingly published in the "Contribu- 
 tions to North Amtrican Ethnology," Vols. I and III, a quarto series issued by 
 the Survey. The remaining ones are in the library of the Bureau. 
 
 Wishing to extend the work already begun by the Smithsonian lustitution, 
 Major Powell, in 1877, prepared the above p.aper. In his oijening remarks, refer- 
 ring to the manuscripts derived from the distribution of Mr. Gibbs' paper, the 
 author says: "It has, in fact, greatly stimulated investigation, giving wiser 
 direction to inquiry, and the results have abundantly proved the value of the 
 ' Instructions ' and the wisdom of its publication ; and it serves to mark an epoch 
 in the history of ethnographic investigation in America. The material which 
 has thus been accumulated is of great amount, and its study has led to such im- 
 portant conclusions that it is deemed wise to prepare a new system of instruc- 
 tion, more comprehensive in plan and more elaborate in detail. First, it is found 
 necessary to enlarge the alphabet so as to include a greater number of sounds, 
 which have been disctvered in the North American languages, and to mark other 
 letters with greater precision. Second, it is necessary to enlarge the vocabulary 
 so as to modify it somewhat, as experience has dictated, in order that new words 
 may be collected. Third, it is desirable that many simple phrases and sentences 
 should be given — so chosen as to bring out the more important characteristics of 
 grammatic structure." 
 
 The words, phrases, and sentences to be collected are arranged in schedules, 
 each preceded by instructions, and followed by blanks for additions, as follows: 
 I. Persons, 15 words. 
 II. Parts of the body, 103 words. 
 III. Relationships: 
 
 Relationships arising from the first and second generations, 58 
 
 words. 
 Relationships arising from the third generation, 224 words. 
 Relationships arising from the fourth generation, 24 words. 
 Names of children in order of birth, 26 words. 
 IT. Social organization. 
 v. Governmental organization, 22 words. 
 VI. Religion, 6 words. 
 VII. Disposal of the dead, 8 words. 
 VIII. Dress and ornaments, 39 words. 
 IX. Dwellings, 26 words. 
 X. Implements and utensils, 36 words. 
 Basket-ware, 15 words. 
 Woodenware, 7 words. 
 Utensils of shell, horn, bone, &c., 5 words. 
 Stone implements, 13 words. 
 Pottery, &c., 11 words. 
 XI. Food, 6 words. 
 XII. Games and sports, 5 words. 
 XIII. Animals: 
 
 Mammals, 91 words. 
 
 Parts of the body, &c., of mammals, 36 words 
 Birds, 192 words. 
 
 Parts of the body, &o. , of birds, 26 words. 
 Fish, 12 words. 
 
 Parts of the body, &c., of fish, 12 words. 
 Reptiles, 6 words. 
 Insects, 11 words. 
 
POWELL. 599 
 
 Powell (John Wesley) — continued. 
 
 XIV. Trees, shrubs, fruits, &c., 8 words. 
 XV. The firmament, meteorologio and other physical phenomena and ob. 
 
 jects, 41 words. 
 XVI. Geographic terms, 8 words. 
 XVII. Geographic names. 
 XVIII. Colors, 13 words. 
 XIX. Numerals: 
 
 Cardinal numbers, 58 words (L-1000>. 
 Ordinal numbers, 30 words. 
 
 Numeral adverbs denoting repetition of action, 23 words. 
 Mnltiplicatives, 22 words. 
 Distributives, 23 words. 
 XX. Measures. 
 
 XXI. Divisions of time, 29 words. 
 XXII. Standard of value. 
 
 XXIII. New words, 84 words. 
 
 XXIV. Phrases and sentences, 545 phrases, &c. 
 
 3057 Smithsonian Institution — Bureau of Ethnology | J. W. 
 
 Powell Director | Introduction | to the | Study of Indian Lan- 
 guages I with I Words Phrases and Sentences to be collected ( By 
 J. W. Powell I Second edition — with charts | 
 
 Washington | Government Printing Ofiice | 1880 | B. ba.we. jht. 
 
 Pp. i-xii, 1-228, and 8 unnumbered, ruled 11. 4°. Between pp. 74 and 75 two 
 leaves are inserted, paged 74 a, 74 6, and 74 c; reverse of the latter, blank. 
 
 "The progress made by various students, and the studies made by the author, 
 alike require that a new edition be prepared to meet the more advanced wants 
 and to embody the results of wider studies. Under these circumstances the 
 present edition is published. It does not purport to be a philosophic treatment 
 of the subject of language; it is not a comparative grammar of Indian tongues; 
 it is simply a series of explanations of certain characteristics almost universally 
 found by students of Indian languages — the explanations being of such a char- 
 acter as experience has shown would best meet the wants of persons practically 
 at work in the field on languages with which they are unfamiliar. The book is 
 a body of directions for collectors." — Extract from Preface. 
 
 Experience had demonstrated the propriety of some changes in the alphabet 
 and a considerable enlargement of the scheme as given in the first edition of the 
 work, and in the second Major Powell has made many modifications. The 
 schedule of relationship being so large, graphic representation was considered 
 necessary, and charts were prepared which it was thought both the student and 
 the Indian could follow with comparative ease. 
 
 As in the first edition, blank spaces are given after each schedule for such 
 additions as may suggest themselves to the collector; and, further to facilitate 
 the work, separate alphabet cards of convenient size accompany the volume. 
 
 Chapter I. — On the Aiphabbt. 
 
 Page. 
 
 Vowels '- 4 
 
 Diphthongs 5 
 
 Consonants 6 
 
 Mutes 6 
 
 Nasals 7 
 
 Spirants 8 
 
 Sibilants 9 
 
600 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Powell (John Wesley) — continued. 
 
 Page. 
 Consonants : 
 
 W,Y,R,L,andH 9 
 
 Interrupted sounds 11 
 
 Synthetic sounds 12 
 
 Complex combinations 13 
 
 Alphabet 14 
 
 Chapter II. — Hints and Explanations. 
 
 § 1. — Persons 18 
 
 § 2.— Parts of the body 18 
 
 § 3. — Dress and ornaments 18 
 
 5 4. — Dwellings 20 
 
 5 5. — Implements and utensils 23 
 
 § 6.— Food 24 
 
 § 7.— Colors 25 
 
 § 8. — Numerals 25 
 
 § 9. — Measures 26 
 
 § 10. — Division of time 27 
 
 ^ 11. — Standards of value 27 
 
 ^ 12.— Animals 28 
 
 § 13.— Plants, &c 29 
 
 } 14. — Geographic terms 29 
 
 } 15. — Geographic names 30 
 
 § 16. — The firmament, meteorologic and other physical phenomena and 
 
 objects 30 
 
 § 17.— Kinship 30 
 
 5 18. — Social organization 38 
 
 § 19. — Government 40 
 
 5 20.— Religion 41 
 
 5 21. — Mortuary customs 42 
 
 J 22.— Medicine 43 
 
 § 23. — Amusements '. 44 
 
 § 24.- New words 45 
 
 Remarks on nouns 46 
 
 § 25. — Accidents of nouns — demonstrative and adjective pronouns 46 . 
 
 § 26. — Personal and article pronouns — transitive verbs 47 
 
 5 27. — Possession 49 
 
 ^ 28. — Intransitive verbs — adjectives, adverbs, prepositions, and nouns 
 
 used as verbs 49 
 
 ^ 29. — Voice, mode, and tense 51 
 
 § 30. — Additional investigations suggested 55 
 
 § 31. — On the best method of studying materials collected 59 
 
 § 32. — The rank of Indian languages 69 
 
 Chaptbk III. — Schedules. 
 
 Schedule 1. — Persons 77 
 
 2.— Parts of the body 78 
 
 3.-rDress and ornaments 82 
 
 4. — Dwellings 84 
 
 5. — Implements and utensils 88 
 
 Wooden ware 90 
 
 Stone implements 91 
 
 Shell, horn, bone, &c 92 
 
 Basket ware ff.i 
 
 Pottery 94 
 
POWELL. 601 
 Powell (John "Wesley) — continued. 
 
 Page. 
 
 Schedule 6.— Food 95 
 
 7.— Colors 96 
 
 8. — ^Numerals — Cardinal numbers 97 
 
 Ordinal numbers 99 
 
 Numeral adverbs, &c 100 
 
 Multiplicatives 101 
 
 Distributives 103 
 
 9. — Measures 103 
 
 10. — Division of time 105 
 
 11. — Standards of value 107 
 
 12. — Animals — Mammals 109 
 
 Parts of body, &o., of mammals 113 
 
 Birds 115 
 
 Parts of body, &c., of birds 121 
 
 Fish 122 
 
 Parts of the body, &c., of fish 123 
 
 Reptiles 124 
 
 Insects , 125 
 
 13.— Plants '. 127 
 
 14. — Geographic terms - 129 
 
 15. — Geographic names 131 
 
 16. — The firmament, meteorologio and other physical phe- 
 nomena and objects 132 
 
 17. — Kinship. — Relatives. — Lineal descendants of self, male 
 
 speaking 134 
 
 Lineal ascendants of self, male 
 
 speaking , 135 
 
 First collateral line, male speaking. 136 
 Second collateral line, male speak- 
 ing 137 
 
 Third collateral line, male speak- 
 ing 139 
 
 Fourth collateral line ( male 
 
 branch), male speaking 146 
 
 Fourth collateral line (female 
 
 branch), male speaking 147 
 
 Lineal descendants of self, female 
 
 speaking 148 
 
 Lineal ascendants of self, female 
 
 speaking 149 
 
 First collateral line, female speak- 
 ing 150 
 
 Second collateral line, female 
 
 speaking 151 
 
 Third collateral line, female speak- 
 ing 153 
 
 Fourth collateral line ( male 
 
 branch), female speaking 160 
 
 Fourth collateral line ( female 
 
 branch), female speaking 161 
 
 Affinities through relatives — Descendants of 
 
 self, male 
 
 speaking 163 
 
602 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Powell (John Wesley) — continued. 
 
 ^ " Page. 
 
 Schedule 17 — Kinship. — Affinities through relatives— First collateral 
 
 line, male 
 
 speaking 163 
 
 Second collater- 
 al line, male 
 
 speaking 164 
 
 Third collateral 
 line, male 
 
 speaking 166 
 
 Affinities through the marriage of self, male 
 
 speaking 171 
 
 Affinities through relatives — Descendants of 
 
 self, female 
 
 speaking 172 
 
 First collateral 
 line, female 
 
 speaking 173 
 
 Second collater- 
 al line, female 
 
 speaking 174 
 
 Third collateral 
 line, female 
 speaking . . . . 176 
 Affinities through the marriage of self, female 
 
 speaking 181 
 
 Ordinal names of children 182 
 
 18. — Social organization 183 
 
 19. — Government - 185 
 
 20.— Religion 186 
 
 21. — Mortuary customs 187 
 
 22.— Medicine 189 
 
 23. — Amusements 191 
 
 24. — New words 192 
 
 25. — Numher and gender of nouns — Demonstrative and ad 
 
 jective pronouns 196 
 
 26. — Personal and article pronouns — Transitive verbs 200 
 
 27. — Possession 206 
 
 28. — Intransitive verbs, adjectives, adverbs, prepositions, and 
 
 nouns used as verbs 210 
 
 29. — Voice, mode, and tense 221 
 
 30. — Additional investigations suggested 22 * 
 
 3058 Wyandotte Government, A Short Study of Tribal Society, 
 
 Delivered at the Boston Meeting of the American Association for 
 the Advancement of Science, August 1, 1880. By Major J. W. 
 Powell, Director, Bureau of Ethnology, Washington. jwp. 
 
 In Science, a, weekly record of scientific progress, vol. 1, No. 17, pp. 20.")-209. 
 New York, October 23, 1880. 
 
 List of proper names in Wyandotte, with English signification. 
 
 3059 — : — - Address by Professor J. W. Powell, Chairman of Subsec- 
 tion of Anthropology. Wyandotte Government. A short study of 
 Tribal Society. 
 
 In Am, Ass. Adv. Sc, Proc, vol. 29, pp. 675-688. Cambridge, 1881. 8°. 
 Proper names, p. 676. Separately issued as follows: 
 
POWELL. 603 
 
 Powell (John Wesley) — coutinued. 
 
 3060 Wyandotte Government— A Short Study of Tribal Soci- 
 ety. I An Address | by J. W. Powell | before the Subsection of 
 Anthropology, American Association | for the Advancement of 
 Science. | Boston Meeting, August, 1880. | 
 Salem, Mass : | Printed at Salem Press. | 1881. | c. ba. bp. 
 
 Printed cover! 1., pp. 1-16. 8°. List of proper names, p. 4. 
 
 3061 Wyandotte Government — A Short Study of Tribal Society. 
 
 By J. W. 'Powell. 
 
 In Anthrop. Soc. 'Wash., Trans. , 1880-1881, pp. 76-92. Washington, 1881. 8°. 
 
 3062 Wyandot Government: A short study of tribal society. 
 
 By J. W. Powell. 
 
 InBureau of Ethnology, First Ann. Eept., pp. .57-69. Washington, 1881. 8°. 
 
 3063 Wyandot Government | A Short Study | of | Tribal Soci- 
 ety I by I J. W. Powell | (Extracted from the First Annual Report 
 of the Bureau | of Ethnology) | [Picture.] 
 
 Washington | Government Printing Office | 1881 | c. bp. 
 
 Printed cover 1 1., pp. 57-69. 8°. List of proper names, p. 60. 
 
 3064 On the Evolution of Language, as exhibited in the special- 
 ization of the grammatic processes, the differentiation of the parts 
 of speech, and the integration of the sentence ; from a study of 
 Indian languages. By J. W. Powell. 
 
 In Bureau of Bthnology, First Ann. Eept., pp. 1-16. Washington, 1881. 8°. 
 
 Issued separately as follows : 
 
 3065 On the | Evolution of Language | as exhibited in | the spe- 
 cialization of the grammatic processes | the | differentiation of the 
 parts of speech and the integration | of the sentence | from a | 
 study of Indian languages | by | .1. W. Powell | (Extracted from 
 the First Annual Eeport of the Bureau | of Ethnology) | [Picture.] 
 
 Washington'! Government Printing Office | 1881 | c. ba.bp. 
 
 Printed cover 1 l.,pp. 1-16. 8°. 
 
 3066 — Annual Address of the President, J. W. Powell. On the 
 
 Evolution of Language, as Exhibited in the Specialization of the 
 Grammatic Processes, the Differentiation of the Parts of Speech, 
 and the Integration of the Sentence; from a Study of Indian Lan- 
 guages. 
 
 In Anthrop. Soc. VTash., Trans., 1880-1881, pp. 35-54. Washington, 1881. 8°. 
 
 3067 Vocabulary of the Gosi-Ute. 
 
 Manuscript. 71 11. 4°. Collected from an Indian named ■Segnits, from Skull 
 Valley, Nev., 1873. 
 
 3068 Vocabulary of the Hu-muk-a-hd-va (Mojaves). 
 
 Manuscript. 4 11. 4°. 55 words. Collected at Las Vegas, Nev., October, 1873. 
 
 3069 — ^ — Vocabulary of the Indians of Las Vegas, Nev. 
 
 Manuscript. 9311. 4°. Collected at Las Vegas, Nev., October, 1873. Includes 
 conjugation of the verbs "to strike" and "to eat." 
 
604 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Powell (John Wesley) — continued. 
 
 3070 Vocabulary of the Navajo. 
 
 Manuscript. 8 11. folio. Collected in 1870 at Fort Defiance, New Max. 
 
 3071 Vocabulary of the Noje language. 
 
 Manuscript. 10 11. 4°. Collected at Red Bluff, Cal., in 1881. 
 
 3072 Notes on the Songs, Mythology, and Language of the Pai- 
 
 Utes, 1871-'72. 
 
 Manuscript. 194 pp. folio. 
 
 3073 Vocabulary of the language of the Pavants of Utah. 
 
 Manuscript. 17 11. 4°. Obtained from Kanosh, a chief of the Pavants, at Corn 
 Creek, Utah, in 1873. 
 
 3074 Vocabulary of the Paviotso language. 
 
 Manuscript. 61 11. 4°. Collected from Naches, Salt Lake City, Utah, 1873. 
 
 3075 Vocabulary of the Paviotso language. 
 
 Manuscript. 7711. 4°. Collected in Humboldt Valley, Nev., 1880. 
 
 3076 Vocabulary of the Paviotso language, Western Nevada. 
 
 Manuscript. 25 pp. 4°. Recorded in a copy of Introduction to the Study of 
 Indian Languages, 2d ed., incomplete. Collected in 1880. 
 
 3077 Vocabulary of the language of the Shoshoni of Nevada. 
 
 Manuscript. 9 11. 4°. 
 
 3078 Vocabulary of the Shoshoni of Western Nevada. 
 
 Manuscript. 37 11. 4° and folio. Collected at Pyramid Lake, Nev., in 1880. 
 
 3079 Vocabulary of the Tabuat Utes, Grand Eiver, Colorado. 
 
 Manuscript. 10 11. 4°. On Smithsonian form. Collected in 1868. 
 
 3080 Vocabulary of the Tantawaits (Shimawiva) language. 
 
 Manuscript. 18 11. 4°. Obtained from an Indian at Las Vegas, Nev., 1873. 
 
 3081 Vocabulary of the Tosauwihi — Shoshoni of Eastern Nevada. 
 
 . Manuscript. 5611. 4°. Collected from an Indian called Captain Johnson, in 1873. 
 
 3082 Vocabularj- of the Uchi language. 
 
 Manuscript. 2 11. folio. 50 words. 
 
 3083 — ■ Vocabulary of the language of the Ute Indians of Utah. 
 
 Manuscript. 16 11. 4°. Obtained of an Indian named Pompuwar, in 1873. 
 
 3084 Vocabulary of the language of the Utes of Weber Eiver, 
 
 Utah. 
 
 Manuscript. 23 pp. ti° and 4°. Collected in 1867. 
 
 3085 Vocabulary of the Utes of the White and Uinta Rivers, 
 
 Utah. 
 
 Manuscript. 6211. 4°. 
 
 3086 Ute Vocabulary. 
 
 Manuscript. 1111. 4°. Contains, also, abrief list of duals and plurals of nouns, 
 adjectives, pronouns, and verbs. 
 
 3087 Conjugation of Ute Verbs. 
 
 Manuscript. 43811. 4°. 
 
 3088 Miscellaneous Linguistic Notes on the Utes and Pai-Utes 
 
 of Colorado and Utah. 
 
 Manuscript. 12011. 4°. 
 
POWELL. 605 
 
 Powell (John Wesley) — continued. 
 
 3080 Notes on the Shinumo Language. 
 
 Manuscript. 44 pp. 4°. Collected at the pueblo of Oraibi, Arizona, in 1870. 
 
 3090 Vocabulary of the Wintun language. 
 
 Manuscript. 40 11. 4°. Collected on Pitt River and at Mt. Shasta, Cal., in 1880. 
 
 3091 Words, Phrases, and Sentences in the Kaivavwit Dialect 
 
 of the Shoshoni Language. 
 
 Manuscript. 103 11. 4°. Obtained from a band of Indians living on Eaibab 
 Creek, southern Utah. 
 
 3092 '■ — Words, Phrases, and Sentences of the Ute Indians of Utah 
 
 Territory. 
 
 Manuscript. 487 11. 4°. Bound. 
 
 Thepe manuscripts are in the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. 
 
 3093 —^ , in charge. Department of the Interior. | U. S. Geograph- 
 ical and Geological Survey of the Eocky Mountain Region. | J. W. 
 Powell, Geologist in Charge. | Contributions | to | North American 
 Ethnology. | Volume I [III, IV, V]. | [Seal of the Department of 
 the Interior.] 
 
 Washington: | Government Printing Office. | 1877. | s. WB.AAS. 
 Vols. 1, 3, 4, and 5 ; vols. 2, 6, 7 in press. 
 
 Each volume, in addition to the general title above, has its individual title- 
 page, which, with contents, are as follows : 
 
 3094 Department of the Interior. | U. S. Geographical and Geo- 
 logical Survey of the Rocky Mountain Region. | J. W. Powell, 
 Geologist in Charge. | Tribes of the Extreme Northwest. | By | W. 
 H. Dall. I Tribes of Western Washington and Northwestern Ore- 
 gon. I By j Geo. Gibbs. | [Seal of the Department of the Interior.] | 
 
 Washington : | Government Printing Office. | 1877. | s. WE. AAS. 
 
 Pp. i-xiv, 1-361. 4°. 2 maps. Mr. Call's paper occupies pp. 1-106, and to it is 
 appended, pp. 107-156 : Appendix to Part I. Linguistics. 
 
 Dall (W. H.) Terms of relationship used by the Innuit, pp. 117-119. 
 
 Dodd {Capt.) Vocabulary of the Stakhin'-kwan, pp. 121-133. 
 
 Furuhelm. (J.) Notes on the natives of Alaska, pp. 111-116. 
 
 Vocabulary of the Yak'-utat, pp. 121-133. 
 
 Gibbs (George). Vocabulary of the Skat-kwan, pp. 121-133. 
 
 Vocabularies of the Tongas, Kai-ga'-ni, and Chut'-sin-ni, pp. 135-142. 
 
 Vocabularies of the Skif-a-get, and Kaniag'.-mut, pp. 136-142. 
 
 Vocabulary of the Naas, pp. 143-153. 
 
 Vocabularies of the Ha-ilt'-zukh, and Kwa'-kiutl', pp. 144-153. 
 
 Note on the use of numerals among the T'sim si-an', pp. 155-156. 
 
 Kennedy {Dr.) Vocabulary of the T'sim-si-au', pp. 143-153. 
 
 Meulen (E. de). Vocabulary of the Sit'-ka-kwan, pp. 121-133. 
 
 Tolmie (,Dr.) Vocabulary of the Taku-kwan, pp. 121-133. 
 
 Vocabulary of the Kit-tist-zu, pp. 143-153. 
 
 Mr. G'bbs' paper occupies pp. 157-241, and to it is appended, pp. 243-361 : Ap. 
 pendix to Part II. Linguistics. 
 
 Gibbs (G. ) Vocabulary of the Shihwapmukh, pp. 247-265. 
 
 Vocabularies of the Nikutemukh, and Okina'ken, pp. 248-265. 
 
 Vocabulary of the Shwoyelpi, pp. 248-265. 
 
606 NORTH AMEKICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Powell (John Wesley) — continued. 
 
 Gibbs (G.) Vocabularies of the Spokan and Piskwaus, pp. 249-265. 
 
 Vocabulary of the Kalispelni, pp. 267-283. 
 
 Vocabularies of the Belhoola, Lilowat, Tait, Ko-mookhs, and Kuwalitsk, 
 
 pp. 269-283. 
 
 Dictionary of the Niskwalli, Niskwalli-English, pp. 285-307. 
 
 Dictionary of the Niskwalli, English-Niskwalli, pp. 309-361. 
 
 Mengarini (iJeu^ G.) Vocabulary of the Skoylpeli, pp. 248-265. 
 
 Vocabularies of the Sohitzui and Selish proper, pp. 267-283. 
 
 Tolmie ( W. F. ) Vocabulary of the Shooswaap, pp. 247-265. 
 
 Vocabulary of the Wa-ky-ua-kaine, pp. 248-265. 
 
 Vol. 2 will be entitled : The Klamath Tribes of Oregon, by Albert S. Gatschet. 
 Its contents will consist of : Part. l,Myth8, Tales, Legends, etc., in the Klamath 
 Lake and Modoc dialects of the Klamath, with interlinear translation and copious 
 notes; 197 pp. are in type. Part 2, Dictionary of the Klamath Language. The 
 Klamath-English portion, pp. 1-491, and a part of the English-Klamath, pp. 
 493-641, are in type. Part 3, a grammar of the same language and ethnologic 
 notes. 
 
 3095 Departn ent of the Interior. | U. S. Geographical and Geo- 
 logical Survey of the Eocky Mountain Eegion. | J. W. Powell, 
 in Charge. | Tribes of California. | By | Stephen Powers. | [Seal of 
 the Department of the Interior.] 
 
 Washington : | Government Printing Office. 1 1877. | B. s. WE. AAS. 
 
 1 p. 1., pp. 1-3, 1-635. 4'^. map. 
 
 Mr. Powers' paper occupies pp. 1-438, and to it is appended, pp. 439-613 : Ap- 
 pendix. Linguistics. Edited by J. W. Powell. 
 
 Alcantara (Pedro). Vocabulary of the Costano, pp. 535-549. 
 
 Am. Eth. Soc, Trans. , v. 2. Vocabulary of the Shastie, pp. 607-613. 
 
 Arroyo (P.F.) Vocabulary of the Mutsuu, pp. 535-549. 
 
 Azpell (Dr. T. F.) Vocabulary of the Klamath, pp. 460-473. 
 
 Bartlett (J. E.) Vocabulary of the Ynke, pp. 483-488. 
 
 Vocabulary of the H'hana, pp. 504-508. 
 
 Brown (H. B.) Vocabularies of the Colouse, and Tehama, pp. 518-529. 
 
 Vocabulary of the " Digger," pp. 586-597. 
 
 Cornelias (P. Juan). Vocabulary of the Santa Cruz, pp. 536-!549. 
 
 [Costanso (M.)] Vocabulary of the Santa Barbara, pp. 560-565. 
 
 Crook (Lieut. G.) Vocabulary of the Arra-arra, pp. 447-459. 
 
 Vocabulary of the Alikwa,pp. 461-471. 
 
 Vocabulary of the Shasta, pp. 607-613. 
 
 Dana ( Mr.) Vocabulary of the Talatui, p. 552. 
 
 Vocabularies of the Punjani, Sekumne, and Tsamak, pp. 599-600. 
 
 Diehl (I. S.) Vocabulary of the Nome Lackee, pp. 519-529. 
 
 Fnrujelm (Gov. J.) Vocabulary of the Venaamfcakaiia, pp. 504-508. 
 
 Gabb (Dr. W. A.) Vocabulary of the " Trinity Indians," pp. 518-528. 
 
 Gatschet (A. S.) Vocabulary of the Chumte'ya, pp. 536-549. 
 
 Gibbs (G.) Vocabularies of the Arra-arra and Ehnek, pp. 447-459. 
 
 Vocabulary of the Alikwa (1 and 2), pp. 460-473. 
 
 Vocabulary of the Wishosk and Wiyot, pp. 478-482. 
 
 Vocabulary of the Batemdakaii, pp. 491-503. 
 
 Vocabulary of the Chauishek, and Yukai, pp. 492-503. 
 
 Vocabulary of the Kulanapo, pp. 504-508. 
 
 Vocabulary of the Kope', pp. 519-529. 
 
 Vocabulary of the Tchokoyem.pp. 538-549. 
 
 Vocabulary of the Lutuami, pp. 601-606. 
 
POWELL. 607 
 
 Powell (John Wesley) — continued. 
 
 Hale (H.) Vocabulary of the San Raphael Mission, p. 552. 
 Hazen(W.B.) Vocabulary of the Shasta, pp. 607-613. 
 Johnsou (A.) Vocabulary of the Upper Sacramento, pp. 511^529. 
 
 Vocabulary of the Tuolumne, pp. 535-549. 
 
 Vocabularies of the King's Eiver, and Coconoons, pp. 570-585. 
 
 Vocabulary of tl^p Cushna, pp. 586-597. 
 
 Johnson (J. C.) Vocabulary of the Nishinam, pp. 587-598. 
 Iioew ( Dr. O. ) Vocabulary of the Digger, pp. 519-529. 
 
 Vocabulary of the Kasna', pp. 560-566. 
 
 Mengarini {Uev. G.) Vocabulary of the Santa Clara, pp. 536-549. 
 Powers (S.) Vocabulary of the Ka' rok, pp. 447-459. 
 
 Vocabulary of the Yurok (1), pp. 460-473. 
 
 Vocabulary of the Yurok (2), pp. 461-471. 
 
 Vocabulary of the Chimariko, pp. 474-477. 
 
 Vocabularies of the Yu'ki and Huch' nom, pp. 483-488. 
 
 Vocabularies of the Pomo, Gt llinome' ro, and Yokai' a, pp. 491-503. 
 
 Vocabulary of the Ka' binapek, pp. 504-508. 
 
 —. Vocabulary of the Wintun' , pp. 518-529. 
 
 i — Vocabularies of the Patwin' and Num' 8u,p. 530. 
 
 Vocabulary of the Mi wok, pp. 535-549. 
 
 Vocabularies of the Yo' kuts, Wi'chikik, and Tin' linneh, pp. 570-585. 
 
 Vocabularies of the Kon'kau, Holo' lupai, Na' kum, and M' shinam, pp. 
 
 586.-597. 
 
 : — Vocabulary of the Achoma' wi, pp. 601-606. 
 
 Vocabulary of the Shasti' ka, pp. 607-613. 
 
 Reiley (T. H. ) Vocabulary of the Kaw^ya, pp. 550-551. 
 Roehrig (F. L. O.) Vocabulary of the Chwachamaju (from Kostromilov), 
 with notes, pp. 509-517. 
 
 Vocabulary of the Olamentke (from Kostromilov), with notes, pp. 
 
 553-559. 
 
 Ross (Lieaf. E.) Vocabulary of the Peh'-tsik, pp. 447-457. 
 
 Vocabulary of the Yuke, pp. 483-489. 
 
 Vocabulary of the ^uba, pp. 587-597. 
 
 Vocabulary of the Shaste, pp. 607-613. 
 
 Sitjar (B.) Vocabulary of the San Antonio, pp. 568-569. 
 Stone (L.) Vocabulary of the Wintun', pp. 531-534. 
 Taylor (A. S.) Vocabulary of the Santa Inez, pp. 560-567. 
 
 Vocabulary of the Indians of Calaveras Co. , pp. 571-585. 
 
 Timnero {Rev. A..) Vocabulary of the Indians of Santa Cruz, pp. 560-565. 
 WiUiams (E.) Vocabulary of the Kowilth, pp. 478-482. ' 
 
 3096 Department of the Interior | TJ. S. Geographical and Geo- 
 logical Survey of the Eocky Mountain Eegion | J. W. Powell in 
 Charge | Houses and House-Life | of the | American Aborigines | 
 by I Lewis H. Morgan. | [Seal of the Department of the Interior.] 
 
 Washington | Government Printing Office | 1881 | 
 Pp. i-xiv, 1-281. 4°. B. S. BA. BP. WE. A AS. 
 
 Besides native terms, pas»im, there is a Table of Sachemships of the Iroquois, 
 with English signification, pp. 30-31. 
 
 Volume 5 comprises three papers, the first two of which contain "no linguis- 
 "ticsi The third is titled as follows : " 
 
 3097 Department of the Interior | U. S. Geographical and iGeo- 
 
 logical Survey of the Eocky Mountain Eegion | J. W. Powell in 
 dharge | A Study | of the | Manuscript Troano | by | Cyrus Thomas 
 
608 NOETH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Powell (John Wesley) — continued. 
 
 Ph. D. I With an | Introduction by D. G. Brinton M. D. | [Seal of 
 the Department of the Interior.] 
 
 Washington | Government Printing Office | 1882 | WE. 
 
 Pp. i-xxxvii, 1-237. 4°. 
 
 It contains many Maya terms passim, names of days, months, years, etc. 
 
 Volume 6 will be devoted to the (|!egiha (Omaha and Ponka) language, by 
 Rev. J. Owen Dorsey. It will be in three parts, of about 500 pages each. Part 
 1, Myths, Stories, and Letters, in the (fegiha, with interlinear literal English 
 translation, notes, and free translation, is in type — pp. 1-544. Part 2 will com- 
 prise the Dictionary — ({legiha-English and English-(j-'egiha. Part 3 will include 
 a grammar of the language and ethnologic notes. 
 
 Volume 7 will consist of two parts: Part 1, Dakota-English Dictionary and 
 Grammar of the Dakota (Santee), by Rev. S. R. Riggs — being an enlarged edition 
 of the work published by the Smithsonian Institution in 1852. Pp. 1-665 are in 
 type; these include the Dictionary. Part 2 will comprise the English-Dakota 
 portion of the Dictionary. 
 
 a098 Powers (Stephen). Department of the Interior. | U. S. Geograph- 
 ical and Geological Survey of the Eocky Mountain Eegion. | 
 J.W.Powell, in Charge. | Tribes of California. | By | Stephen Pow- 
 wers. I [Seal of the Department of the Interior.] 
 
 Washington: | Government Printing Office. | 1S77. | b.s.we.aas. 
 
 Forms vol. 3 of Povcell (J. W.) Contributions to North American Ethnology, 
 vol. 3, pp. 1-438. Washington, 1877. 4°. 
 
 For complete list of linguistic contents of the Appendix to the volume, see 
 Po'well (J. W. ), in charge. Mr. Powers' linguistic contributions are as follows : 
 
 Dancing song of the Karok and Konkou,p.28. — Ynrok, Karok, and Modok 
 numerals 1-10, p. 45. — Patawat and Viard numerals 1-10, p. 99. — Huch'noni 
 songs, p. 144. — Ballo-Kai-Pomo songs, p. 148. — Pom o (4 dialects) numerals 1- 10, 
 p. 167. — A few words of Yuki, Huchnom, and Wappo, p. 197. — Wintun and Patwin 
 numerals 1-10, p. 232. - Shasta numerals 1-10, p. 250. — Achomawi numerals 
 1-10, p. 273.— Nozi numerals 1-10, p. 277. — Konkau sacred songs, pp. 307-309. — 
 Short Maidu vocabulary, modern and archaic, p. 310. — Konkau, Yuba, Nishinam, 
 and Wapumui numerals 1-10, p. 313. — Miwok numerals 1-10, p. 360. — Miwok 
 names of points in the Yosemite, pp. 362-365. — Yokuts (3 dialects) numerals 
 1-10, p. 378. — Kem Lake numerals 1-10, p. 392. — Numerals, 1-10, of the Indians of 
 Kern River, Millerlon, and Tejon Pass, p. 399. — Nishinam names (73) of plants, 
 &c., pp. 420-427. Yokuts names of plants, &c., pp. 428-431. 
 
 Vocabularies of the following dialects : 
 
 Ka'rok, pp. 447-456. Patwin' and Numsu, p. 530. 
 
 Yu'rok (1 and 2), pp. 460-471. Miwok, pp. 535-549. 
 
 Chimari'ko, pp. 474-477. Yo'kuts, Wi'chikik, and Tin'linneh, 
 
 Yu'ki and Huch'nom, pp. 483-488. pp. 570-585. 
 
 Porno, Gallinome'ro, and Yokai'a, pp. Kon'kau, Holo'lupai, Na'kum, and 
 491-503. Ni'shinam, pp. 586-597. 
 
 Ka'binapek, pp. 504-508. Achoma'wi, pp. 601-606. 
 
 Wintun', pp. 518-529. Shasti'ka, pp. 607-613. 
 
 3099 The Northern California Indians. ba. we. 
 
 In Overland Monthly, vol. 8, pp. 325-333, 425-436, 530-539 ; vol. 9, pp. 155-164, 
 305-313, 498-507, April-December, 1872. San Francisco, 1872. 8°. 
 
 A series of six articles, scattered through which are a few native terms ; No. 
 1, April, containing a few Cahloc ; No. 2, June, a few Euroe ; No. 4, August, a few 
 Hoopa ; and, No. 6, December, a few Porno. 
 
POWELL PRECES. 609 
 
 Powers (Stephen) — continued. 
 
 3100 The California Indians. ba. we. 
 
 In Overland Monthly, vol. 10, pp. 322-333, 535-545 ; vol. 11, pp. 105-116 ; vol. 
 
 12, pp. 21-31, 412-424, 530-540 ; vol. 13, pp. 542-550. April, 1873, to December, 1874. 
 San Francisco, 1873-1874. 8°. 
 
 A series of seven articles numbered 7 to 13: No. 7, April, 1873, contains a few 
 words in the Meewoc dialect ; No. 9, August, 1873, a few in the Yocuts ; No. 10, 
 January, 1874, a few in the Neeshenam ; No. 11, May, 1874, numerals 1-10, in the 
 Noze ; No. 12, June, 1874, a few words in Wintun. 
 
 3101 Aborigines of California. An Indo-Chinese Study, we. 
 
 In Atlantic Monthly, vol. 33, pp. 313-323. Boston, 1874. 8°. 
 
 3102 Vocabulary of the Modoc language. 
 
 Manuscript. 1 sheet, folio. 31 words. 
 
 3103 Vocabulary of the Tolowa language. 
 
 Manuscript. 1 1. folio. 10 words. 
 
 3104 Vocabularies of the Wailakki and Hupa Languages. 
 
 Manuscript. 6 11. folio. 211 words each. 
 
 3105 Vocabulary of the Washo language. 
 
 Manuscript. 10 11. 4°. 211 words. Collected at Carson City , Nev. , 1876. 
 These manuscripts are in the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. 
 
 3106 Pozarenco {Fr. Juan). Doctrina Christiana en Lengua Tzoque, 
 seguida de un confesionario y del modo de dar el viatico A los en- 
 fernios, en la misma lengua; obra del Edo Padre Maestro Fray 
 Juan Pozarenco, quien la acabo en veinte y dos de agosto del ano 
 de 1696. * 
 
 Manuscript. 38 11. 4°. Signed at the foot of the last page with the author's 
 name, half effaced by that of Fray Luis Molina, who, perhaps, wished to claim 
 the honor himself. The work is clear, well written, and is followed, at the end, 
 by a sort of vocabulary of the names of different parts of the body, and different 
 degrees of relationship. This document comes from the monastery of the Do- 
 miuicains of Ciudad Eeal (San Cristobal). — Brasseur de Bourbourg. 
 
 3107 Pozo {Fr. Antonio). Arte de la Lengua Zapoteca. * 
 
 Title from Beristain. 
 
 3108 Prayers. [Prayers and Catechism in the Mohegan Language.] AAS. 
 
 No title-page. 15 pp. 24°. There is no English except the headings to the 
 prayers, as follows : 
 
 A Morning Prayer, pp. 1-6. An Evening Prayer, pp. 6-7. Catechism, 
 
 pp. 8-15. 
 
 3109 [Prayers in the Mohegan Language.] AAS. 
 
 No title-page. 23 pp. 24°. Bound with the foregoing. No. 3108. Contains: 
 
 A prayer before Sermon, pp. 1-8. A prayer after Serniou and Baptism, pp. 8- 
 
 10. A prayer to be used at the Sacrament, &c., pp. 10-14. A prayer for the 
 
 Sick, pp. 15-16. For the Afflicted, pp. 16-17. Thanks returned for Recovery, 
 
 &c , pp. 17-18. Aprayer after Sermon, pp. 18-21. General Prayers, pp. 22-23. 
 
 3110 Preces ( sancti | Nersetis Clajensis | Armeniorum Patriarchae | 
 triginta tribus linguis | editae | 
 
 Venetiis | in Insula S. Lazari | 1862 | we. 
 
 Engraved title, 1 1. ; printed title as above, 1 1. ; Dedication, &o., 7 11. ; pp. 1- 
 502. 32°. Prayer in the Greenland language, pp. 181-194. 
 
 39 Bib 
 
610 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 3111 Prefontaine (Jlf. de). Maison | Eustique, | al'usage | DesHabitans 
 de la paitie de la France | ^quinoxiale, connue sous le nom de 
 Cayenne. | Par M. de Pr^fontaine, anoien Habitant, Che- | valier 
 de I'Ordre de Saint-Louis, Commandant | de la partie du Nord de 
 la G-uyane. | [Figure.] 
 
 A Paris, Quai des Augustins, | Chez CI. J. B. Bauche, Libraire, k 
 Sainte Genevieve, | & k Saint Jean dans le desert. | M. DCC. LXIII 
 [1763]. I Avec Approbation df Privilege du Roi. | 0. 
 
 3 p. 11. , pp. 1-215. 12°. Bound with the above is the following : 
 S[auvage] (if. deia). Dictionnaire Galibi. Though this is a separate work, 
 with distinct pagination, individual title, &c., the two belong together, as is 
 shown by the "Approbation" on the last leaf of the book, which covers both 
 works. 
 
 3112 Prescott (Philander). Dacota Numeration, [1-1,000,000,000]. By 
 Philander Prescott. 
 
 In Schoolcraft (H. R.) Indian Tribes, vol. 2, pp. 206-208. Philadelphia, 
 
 1852. 4°. 
 
 3113 Present. The | Present State | of | New-England, | with Eespect 
 to the I Indian War. j Wherein is an Account of the true Eeason 
 thereof, | (as far as can be Judged by Men.) | Together with most 
 of the Eemarkable Passages that have hap- | pened from the 20th 
 of June, till the 10th of November, 1675. | Faithfully Composed by 
 a Merchant of Boston, and Communicated | to his Friend in Lon- 
 don. I Licensed Decemb. 1-5. 1675. Eoger L'Bstrange. | [Design.] 
 
 London, | Printed for-Dorman Newman, at the Kings- Arms in 
 the Poultry, and at the | Ship and Anchor at the Bridg-foot on 
 Southwark side. 1675. | c. BA. 
 
 Pp. 1-19. folio. Isaiah xxiii, 1-3, in the Massachusetts language, from Eliot's 
 Bible, p. 11. 
 
 3114 The I Present State | of | New-England | with respect to 
 
 the I Indian War. | Wherein is an Account of the true Eeason 
 thereof, | (as far as can be Judged by Men.) | Together with most 
 of the Eemarkable Passages that | have happened from the 20th 
 of June, till | the 10th of November, 1675. j Faithfully Composed 
 by a Merchant of Boston and Com- | municated to his Friend in 
 London. | Licensed Decemb. 13. 1675. Eoger L'Estrange | [Picture 
 of an Indian.] | London, | Printed for Dorman Newman, at the 
 King's Arms in the Poultry, and | at the Ship and Anchor at the 
 Bridgfoot on Southwark side, 1675. | 
 
 Boston : Josiah Drake, Antiquarian Bookstore, 56 Cornhill. | 
 MDCCCXXXIII [1833]. | 
 
 In Drake (S. G.) The Old Indian Chronicle, pp. 1-38. Boston, [1836]. 16°. 
 Isaiah xxiii, 1-3, in the Massachusetts language, from Eliot's Bible, pp. 22-23. 
 
 "This edition of ' The Present State of New-England,' together with another 
 tract entitled 'A Continuation of the State of New-England,' was printed in 
 1833 in a pamphlet of 69 pages; but, according to Drake, 'there was no demand 
 
PR^FONTAINE PRESERVATION. 611 
 
 Present — continued. 
 
 for it, and it lay some three years on band, excepting what were gratuitously dis- 
 tributed.' They 'were not reprinted (for the first edition [of the old Indian 
 Chronicle] ), as enough of them remained on hand in 1836 to complete the edition 
 of some 250 copies.' 
 
 "These two tracts were reprinted, however, shortly afterwards, in order to 
 complete the remainder of this edition of the Old Indian Cbronicle, of which 500 
 copies had been printed in all. In the Astor Library there is a copy of this later 
 impression of the Old Indian Chronicle, without any general title-page, which 
 contains this second reprint of the first two tracts. They differ from the edition 
 of 1833 in the arrangement of nearly every page. The remaining portion of the 
 volume (pp. 69-208) is identical with the 1836 edition." — Eames. 
 
 The title of this second reprint is as follows : 
 
 3115 The I Present State | of | Kew-England | with respect to 
 
 the I Indian War. | Wherein is an | Account of the true reason 
 thereof, | (as far as can be judged by men.) | Together with most of 
 the remarkable | passages that have happened from | the 20th of 
 June, to the | 10th of ISTovember, 1675. | Faithfully composed by a 
 Merchant of Boston and | communicated to his friend in London. | 
 Licensed Decemb. 13, 1675. Eoger L'Bstrange. | 
 
 London, | Printed for Dorman IN'ewman, at the King's Arms | in 
 the Poultry, and at the Ship and Anchor at | the Bridgefoot [sic] on 
 Southwark side, 1675. | 
 
 In Drake (S. G.) The Old Indian Chronicle, pp. 1-37. [Boston, 1836?] 16°. 
 
 Linguistics, pp. 22-23. Reprinted a third time, as follows :' 
 
 3116 The I Present State | of | New-England | with respect 
 
 to the I Indian War. | Wherein is an Account of the true Reason | 
 thereof, (as far as can be | judged by Men.) | Together | With most 
 of the Remarkable Passages that have | happened from the 20th 
 of June, till the 10th. | of November, 1675. | Faithfully composed 
 by a Merchant of Boston and communicated | to his friend in Lon- 
 don. I Licensed Decemb. 13, 1675. Eoger L'Estrange. | 
 
 London: | Printed for Dorman Newman, at the King's Arms in 
 the Poultry, and | at the Ship and Anchor at the Bridgfoot on 
 Southwark Side, 1675. | 
 
 In Drake (S.G.) The Old Indian Chronicle, pp. 119-169. Boston, 1867. sm. 4°. 
 
 Contains, p. 146, Isaiah xxiii, 1-3, in the Massachusetts language, from Eliot's 
 Bible. 
 
 3117 Preservation. 19*'' Congress, | 1=* Session. | (Doc. N" 102.) | Ho. of 
 Eeps. I War Dept. | Preservation and Civilization of the Indians. | 
 Letter | from ( the Secretary of War, | to the | Chairman of the 
 Committee on Indian Affairs, | accompanied by a bill for the | 
 Preservation and Civilization | of the | Indian Tribes within the 
 United States. | February 21, 1826. | Laid before the House by the 
 Chairman of the Committee on Indian Affairs, and | ordered to be 
 printed. | 
 
 Washington: | Printed by Gales & Seaton. | 1826. | JWP. LSH. 
 Pp. 1-22. 8°. Cherokee alphabet, with explanations, p. 22. 
 
612 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 3118 Preston (Capt. William). Vocabulary of the Delewes [Delawares]. 
 
 Manuscript. 1 p. folio. 
 
 3119 Vocabulary of the Potawatomy language. 
 
 Manuscript. 1 p. folio. 50 words. 
 
 3120 Words aud Sentences in the Miami language. 
 
 Manuscript. 6 pp. folio. 
 
 3121 Words, Phrases, and Sentences in Shawannee. 
 
 Manuscript. 7 pp. folio. These vocabularies were taken in 1796 by Capt. 
 
 William Preston, Fourth United States Regulars, and recorded in a memorandum 
 book now in the possession of his grandson, Prof. William P. Johnson, of the 
 Washington and Lee University. Copies are in the library of the Bureau of 
 Ethnology. 
 
 3122 ['Prevost (P.)] Ka Patakaikatek | Masinaigan | ka ako nikigoba- 
 nen ] Jesos | 1882 & 1883 | t Manadjitaganisan | P. Pakitandjike- 
 nani8an. | K KiigocimonaniSan | [Design.] 
 
 Moniang ( J. Ohapleau & Fils, endatc. | [1882.] JWP. 
 
 Printed cover 1 1., title 1 1., and 14 unnumbered pages. 16°. Algonkiu calen- 
 dar, June, 1882-July, 1883. See Masinaigan, No. 2488. 
 
 3123 Prichard (James Cowles). Eesearches | into the | Physical His- 
 tory I of I Mankind. | By | James Gowles Prichard, M. D. | Second 
 Edition. | In two volumes, j Vol. I [II]. | 
 
 London: | Printed for John and Arthur Arch, | Cornhill. 1 1826. ] * 
 2 vols. : pp. i-xxxii, 1-544; 2p. 11., pp. 1-623. 11 plates. 8°. Title furnished by 
 Mr. W. Eames. I have seen mention of: First edition, London, 1813. 8°. 
 
 Relations between the American languages, vol. 2, pp. 341-349. On their 
 
 languages, pp. 350-355. Comparative vocabulary of American and Asiatic lan- 
 guages (Tuscaroras, Six Nation.s, Greenland, Penobscot, Illinois, Delaware, Aca- 
 dia, N. England, Mahican, Huastec, Caribbee, Tarahumara, Kotow, Mexican, 
 
 Cora, etc.), pp. 353-354. Comparative vocabulary, Irish and Algonquin, p. 
 
 354. Comparative vocabulary, Mexican, Ugaliachmutzi, and Koluschi, p. 381. 
 
 3124 Eesearches | into the | Physical History j of | Mankind. | 
 
 By I James Cowles Prichard, M. D. F. E. S. M. E. I. A. | Corre- 
 sponding Member [&c., three lines]. | Third edition. | Vol. I [-V]. | 
 
 London: | Sherwood, Gilbert, and Piper, | Paternoster Eow; j 
 aud J. and A. Arch, | Cornhill. | 1836 [-1847]. | b. c.ba.we. 
 
 5 vols. 8°. 
 
 General remarks on the American languages, vol. 5, pp. 302-308. Of the 
 
 Characteristics of the American Languages, pp. 308-313. Universality of these 
 
 Characteristics among the American Languages, pp. 313-316. General Obser- 
 vations on the Relations of the American Languages, pp. 316-320. Languages 
 
 of Mexico and Central America, pp. 339-342. Numerals, 1-20, and short vocab- 
 ulary of the Mexican, Guatemalan, Yucatan, and Huastecan (from Ternanx- 
 
 Compans), p. 344. On the Languages of the Nations inhabiting the Western 
 
 Coast of North America, pp. 438-441. Comparative vocabulary, Esquimaux, 
 
 Kiuai, and Ugaljachmutzi, p. 440. A few Caraibean words compared with 
 
 Woccon, Tarahumara, Sankihani, etc.,p. 526. 
 
 3125 Eesearches | into the | Physical History | of | Mankind. | 
 
 By James Cowles Prichard, M. D. F. E. S. M. E. I. A. | Corre- 
 sponding Member [&c., four lines]. | Fourth edition. | Vol. I [-V]. 
 
PRESTON PEIERES. 613 
 
 Friohard (James Cowles) — oontinued. 
 
 London : | Sherwood, Gilbert, and Piper, ( Paternoster Eow - | 
 1841 [-1851]. I A. 
 
 5 vols. 8°. Paging and contents the same as in the third edition. 
 
 There is a copy of this work, 5 vols., in the Library of Congress, composed of 
 volumes from different editions. 
 
 3126 The | Natural History | of | Man; | comprising | inquiries 
 
 into the modifying influence of | physical and moral agencies | on 
 the different tribes of the human family. | By | James Cowles 
 Prichard, M. D., F. E. S., M. R. I. A. | Corresponding Member [&c., 
 six lines]. | Third edition, enlarged, | with | Fifty Coloured and 
 Five Plain Illustrations | engraved on steel, | and ninety- seven 
 engravings on wood. | 
 
 London: | Hippolyte Bailliere, Publisher, 219 Eegent Street; | 
 Foreign Bookseller to the Eoyal College of Surgeons, | and to the 
 Eoyal Medico-Chirurgical Society. | Paris : J. B. Bailliere, Libraire 
 de I'academie royale deMedecine. | Leipsic : T. O.Weigel. 1 1848. | A. c. 
 
 Pp. i-xvii, 1-677. 8°. Brief comparative vocabulary, Irish and Algonkin, p. 
 
 304. Brief reference to languages of American tribes, p. 360. 
 
 First edition, London, 1843. 8°. Second edition, Loudon, 184.5. 8°. 
 
 3127 The | Natural History | of | Man ; | comprising | inquiries 
 
 into the modifying influence of | physical and moral agencies | on 
 the different tribes of the Human Family. | By | James Cowles 
 Prichard, M. D. F. E. S. M. E. I. A. | President of the Ethnological 
 Society, | Corresponding Member of the National Institute, | and 
 of the Eoyal Academy of Medicine, and of the Statistical Society 
 of France, | Member of the American Philosophical Society ; etc. | 
 Fourth Edition, Edited and Enlarged by | Edwin Norris, | of the 
 Eoyal Asiatic Society of Great Britain and Ireland. | Illustrated 
 with sixty-two coloured plates engraved on steel, | and one hundred 
 engravings on wood. | In two volumes. | Vol. I [II]. | 
 
 London : | H. Bailliere, Publisher, 219, Eegent Street, | and 290, 
 Broadway, New York, U. S. | Paris : J. B. Bailliere, Libraire, Eue 
 Hautefeuille. I Madrid : Bailly Bailliere, calle del principe. 1 1855. | we. 
 
 2 vols. : pp. i-xxiv, 1-343 ; i-vii, 344-720. plates. 8°. Title furnished by Mr. 
 W. Eames from copy in his possession. Brief comparative vocabulary, Irish and 
 Algonquin, vol. 1, p. 333. 
 
 3128 Prieres. Prieres des Sauvages Abnakis de St. Francois. t. 
 
 Manuscript. 33 pp. 12°. Seen at the Brinley sale, from the catalogue of which, 
 part 3, no. 5695, the following note is taken : 
 
 The writing resembles that of the preceding volume [Book of Prayers, No. 
 415 of this catalogue] and is probably by the same hand; but it shows that the 
 writer has become more familiar both with the language and with the pen. The 
 character used by the French missionaries for ou or Euglish ic (8) is employed, 
 and the nasals are marked as in Easles's Dictionary, by H. In addition to the 
 prayers contained iu the earlier manual, it has the Litanies of the Virgin, and of 
 the Holy Name of Jesus, the Psalms and Antiphons for Vespers, and the hymns 
 "Lncis Creator" and " Vcni Creator." 
 
614 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Priferes — continued. 
 
 3129 [Prieres, etc., en la langue Algonkin.] ldm. 
 
 Manuscript. 1 p.]., pp. 1-lCO, 8 unnumbered 11. 12<^. lu tiie archives of the 
 
 Catholic Church at the mission of Lac des Deux Montagues (Oka), Canada. It 
 is fairly written, well preserved, and is hound. 
 
 Prifere avant le Cat^chisme, p. 1. -Aotes de remerclment, de contrition, p. 1 ; 
 
 d'offrande, de foi, p. 2 ; de charity, p. 3. Pater noster, p. 3. Ave Maria, Credo, 
 
 p. 4. Coniiteor, p. 6. Les commandemens de Dieu, de I'^glise, p. 7. 
 
 Priferes h I'ange gardien, St. Joseph, St. Michel, St. patron, h tous les sts., I'an- 
 
 gelus, aiamiata, pp. 8-11. P. 12, blank. Cat^ohisme, pp. 13-35. Actes, 
 
 pp. 35-43. Messe de la ste. Vierge, introit, pp. 45-47. Pseaumes, pp. 47- 
 
 54. Messe des morts, introit, &c., pp. 54-64. Cantiques, pp. 64-87. Les 
 
 litanies de la ste. Vierge, pp. 87-96. Hymne des Anges, &c., pp. 96-148. 
 
 Acte de conformity ^ la volenti de Dieu, pp. 149-150. Hymnes, pp. 150-160. 
 
 8 unnumbered 11. at end. 
 
 3130 [Priferes, etc., en la langue Mohawk.] * 
 
 Manuscript. 70 11. 4°. In the archives of the Convent ot the Sisters of the 
 
 Congregation at Oka, Canada. The following description is furnished by Mrs. 
 rminnle A. Smith: In the convent there are a number of manuscript copies of 
 religious books pertaining to the doctrines of the Roman Catholic Church. 
 These are quarto in size, and contain seventy leaves, which are written upon 
 both sides. The questions and answers, the prayers, bible slories, articles of 
 faith, deadly sius, &c., are written in French, with the Mohawk translation on 
 the opposite page. These copies were made by the sisters at least one hundred 
 years ago, and some of the penmanship equals that of a steel engraving. Page 
 1 contains a prayer entitled: Pri&re avant le Cat^cbisme; p. 2, Priferes du matin 
 et du soir, followed by the prayer in French, then Pour le matin; Pour le soir; 
 Pause ; Acte de Contrition ; on the opposite page is the translation of these prayers 
 in Mohawk ; p. 4 contains the Confiteor, Pendant la Messe, and Offraude de la 
 Messe; p. 5 begins with article first of the faith, followed by the Ave Maria, 
 Credo, and the following prayers: ^ St. Michel, il I'ange gardien, h, St. Joseph, 
 pour le Clerg6, pour le Eoi, pour les Parents, pour les morts; these are followed 
 by the Angelus, Prions, Sub tuum praesidium, Acte de Foye, D'esp^rance, de 
 Charity. 
 
 Under the heading Chapelet occur — Dimanche et Lundi pour les morts ; Mardi, 
 I'ange gardien; Mercredi, St. Joseph; Jeudi, le St. Sacrement; Vendredl, la 
 Croix ; Samedi, la Ste. Vierge. 
 
 Page 20 begins with a prayer which is followed by the small catechism, which 
 occupies twenty pages. Then Priferes aprfes le Cat^chisme ; then the Grand Cat6- 
 chisme, Des Sacrements, followed by Du BaptSme, the questions and answers of 
 which fill ten pages, and by questions and answers upon Explication des C6r6- 
 monies du Baptfeme, which occupy three pages. These are followed by : Pratiques ; 
 De la Confirmation; Actes avant la Confirmation, Actes aprfes la Confirmation; 
 De I'Euchariste ; De la Communion ; Prieres avant la Communion, Le Confiteor, 
 Actes aprfes la Communion; De la Penitence ; De I'Exameu; De la Contrition; 
 Du ferme Propus; De la Confession ; De la Satisfaction; Des indulgences; De 
 la Confession g(5ii<5rale; De I'extrferae ouctiou. P. 68 begins: De VOrdre; Dn 
 Mariage ; Du P^chiS actuel. This is followed by the bible story, Histoire des trois 
 Enfans dans la fournaise ; Pratiques — questions upon Du P^ch6 ViSniel ; followed 
 by Histoire des Enfans, d6vor€s des Ours; Des P(5ch6s Capitanx; Do I'orgueil ; 
 Nabucodonasar chang6 en Bete; Del'avarice; DelaLuxure; Del'Envie; De la 
 Gourma- dise ; Pratiques, Do la Colfere ; DelaParesse; DuScandale; Delagr^ce 
 deDieu; DesVertus; Vertus Th^ologales ; Prifere apres le cat^chisme. Fin. 
 
PEIERES — ^PRIEST. 6 1 5 
 
 3131 [Priest (Josiah).] The |. Wonders | of | Nature and Providence, | 
 Displayed. | Compiled | from authentic sources, both ancient and 
 modern, | giving an | account of various and strange phenomena | 
 existing in nature, | of | Travels, Adventures, Singular Providences, 
 &c. I [Quotation, one line.] | 
 
 Albany: | Published by Josiah Priest. | E. and E. Hosford, Print- 
 ers. I 1825. I * 
 
 Pp. i-viii, 9-600. 8°. Title furoished by Mr. W. Eames. English, Indian, and 
 Hebrew vocabulary and phrases, p. 308. 
 
 V 3132 American Antiquities, | and Discoveries in the West: | 
 
 being | an exhibition of the evidence | that an ancient popula- 
 tion of partially civilized nations, | differing entirely from those 
 of the present In- | dians, peopled America, many centuries 
 before | its discovery by Columbus. | And | inquiries into their ori- 
 gin, I with a I copious description | of many of their stupendous 
 Works, now in ruins. | With | conjectures of what may have | be- 
 come of them. I Compiled | from travels, authentic sources, and the 
 researches | of | Antiquarian Societies. | By Josiah Priest, j 
 
 Albany: | Printed by Hoffman and White, No. 71, State-Street. | 
 1833. I HU. 
 
 Pp. 1-400. 8°. 
 
 Rafinesque (C. S.) American Languages — Wahtani or Mandan, pp. 393-39.'i. 
 
 Languages of Oregon — Chopunish and Chinuc, pp. 395-397. 
 
 3133 American Antiquities, | and | Discoveries in the West: | 
 
 being | an exhibition of the evidence | that an ancient population 
 of partially civilized nations, | differing entirely from those of the 
 present In- | dians, peopled America, many centuries before | its 
 discovery by Columbus. | And | Inquiries into their Origin, j with 
 a I Copious Description | Of many of their stupendous Works, now 
 in ruins. | With | conjectures concerning what may have | become 
 of them. I Compiled | from Travels, Authentic Sources, and the 
 Eesearches | of | Antiquarian Societies. | By Josiah Priest. | Third 
 Edition Revised. | 
 
 Albany: | Printed by Hoffman and White, | No. 71, State-Street. | 
 1833. I * c. HTJ. 
 
 Pp. i-viii, 9-400. map and two plates. 8°. 
 
 Rafinesque (C. S.) Ancient Languages of the first Inhabitants of America, 
 pp. 304-309. 
 
 Tabular View of the American Generic Languages, pp. 309-312. 
 
 The Atlantic Nations of America, pp. 313-316. 
 
 Further Accouutsof Colonies fromEurope settled in America, pp. 316-325_ 
 
 American Languages — Wahtani or Mandan, pp. 393-395. 
 
 Languages of Oregon— Chopunish and Ghinuc, pp. 39.5-397. 
 
 3134 American Antiquities | and | Discoveries in the West: | 
 
 being an exhibition of the evidence | that an ancient population of 
 partially civilized nations | differing entirely from those of the 
 present Indians peopled | America many centuries before its dis- 
 covery by I Columbus, and inquiries into their Origin, | with a | 
 Copious Description | of many of their stupendous works, now in 
 
616 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Priest (Josiah) — continued. 
 
 ruins, | with conjectures concerniijg what may have | become of 
 them. I Compiled from Travels, Authentic Sources, and the | Re- 
 searches of Antiquarian Societies. | By Josiah Priest. | (Fourth 
 Edition.) | 
 
 Albany: | Printed by Hoffman & White. [ 1834. | • 
 
 Pp. i-viii, 9-400. map and two plates. 8°. Title furnislied by Mr. W. Eames. 
 
 Rafiuesque (C. 8.) Ancient Languages of the first Inhabitants of America, 
 pp. 309-313. 
 
 The Atlantic Nations of America, pp. 313-316. 
 
 The other Rafinesque articles are omitted in this edition. 
 
 3135 American Antiquities | and | Discoveries in the West: | 
 
 being an exhibition of the evidence | that an ancient population of 
 partially civilized nations differing | entirely from those of the 
 present Indians peopled America | many centuries before its dis- 
 covery by Columbus, | and inquiries into their origin, | with a | 
 copious description | of many of their stupendous works, now in 
 ruins, | with | conjectures concerning what may have become of 
 them. I Compiled from Travels, Authentic Sources, and the | Ee- 
 searches of Antiquarian Societies. | By Josiah Priest. | Fifth Edi- 
 tion. — 22,000 volumes of this work have been published within 
 thirty months, | for subscribers only. | 
 
 Albany: | Printed by Hoffman and White. | 1835. | A. 
 
 Pp. i-viii, 9-400. 2 plates. 8°. 
 
 Rafinesque (C. S.) The Atlantic Nations of America, pp. 313-315. 
 
 The other Rafinesque articles are omitted in this edition. 
 
 According to Thomson's Bibliography of Ohio the first edition was published 
 in 1832, and the sixth edition in 1841. I have seen an edition in the Bancroft 
 Library, San Francisco, with imprint : Albany l] Printed by Hoffman & White | 
 1838. I Pp. i-viii, 9-400, 8°, which does not contain the Rafinesque articles. 
 
 3136 Primer. A Primer for the Use of the Mohawk Children, to acquire 
 the Spelling and Reading of their own, as well as to get acquainted 
 with the English Tongue which for that purpose is put on the oppo- 
 site Page, 
 
 Montreal, Printed at Henry Mesplets, 1781. * 
 
 12°. Title from Bibliotheca GrenviUiana, vol. 2, p. 574, from the copy now in 
 the British Museum. 
 
 3137 A I Primer, | for the Use of the | Mohawk Children, | 
 
 To acquire the Spelling and Reading of their | own, as well as to 
 get acquainted with the | English, Tongue; which for that Pur 
 pose is put I on the opposite Page. | Waerighwaghsawe | I ksaon- 
 goenwa | Tsiwaondad-derighhonny Kaghyadoghsera ; Na.von- | 
 deweyestaghk ayeweanaghnodon ayeghyMow Ka- | nlyenkehtlga 
 Kaweanondaghkouh ; Dyorheaf-haga | oni tsinihadiweanotea. 
 
 London, | Printed by C. Buckton, Great Pultney-Street. | 1786. | 
 Pp. 1-98, alternate English and Mohawk, sq. 24°. (jg, g-jj. 
 
PRIEST PEOUD. 617 
 
 3138 Principes. t | viue Jesus | Principes De La Langue | Iroquoise. | 
 Oette Langue a 5 parties | La 1« Des principes | La 2^» Des re- 
 marques sur les princi | pes | La 3""= La table des Eelations en | 
 abreg6 leplus au long en coll des conjugasions en abreg6 au long | 
 la 4™» vne nomenclature en abreg6 | du dictionnaire | La S'"^ Les 
 Eacines. | Premiere Partie | De Principes. | Chapitre Premier | De 
 Alphabet. | ~ ldm. 
 
 Manuscript of the latter part of the 17th century. 131 11. 12°. Bound. In 
 the archives of the Catholic Church at Lac des Deux Montagues. 
 
 Title, &c. , recto, 1. 1 ; verso, De Alphabet. Chapitre 2, Du Verbe, recto 1. 2 ; 
 
 Seconde partie, Des Kemarques sur La grammaire, recto 1. 13. Eemarques Des 
 
 Dialects [huron, tsonontSan, orogSen, onontage, oneiSt, agnie], recto 1. 14. 
 
 Des ooningaisons, verso 1. 15. Eemarques sur I'ordre Du Diotionaire, recto 
 
 1. 17. LI. 21-23 and recto 1. 24, blank. Les conjugaisons, verso 1. 24 and recto 
 
 1. 25. LI. 26-27, blank. L. 28 begins Ilya 3 rootes, etc. , verso blank, as is also 
 
 1. 29 and recto of 1. 30. Premi&re conjugaison Du Paradigme G. begins verso of 
 
 1. 30, ends recto 1. 32, the verso of which is blank, as are also 11. 33-51. Eacines 
 
 agnieres, recto 1. 52. Paradigme G., verso 1. 52, continuing, with the exception 
 
 of occasional blank leaves, to verso of 1. 65. Eecto of 1. 66 blank. 
 
 On verso of 1. 66 is the beginning of a dictionary, the Iroquois in one column, 
 theFrenchin another ; it contains only words beginning with the letter a, and ends 
 on recto of 1. 68, on the verso of which is: Verbes de la seconde conjugaison du 
 
 paradigme G. This occupies the versos of 11. 68-78, the rectos being blank. 
 
 Verbes Eelatifs 2% versos 11. 79-86; rectos blank. T I'affirmatif 2% versos 11. 
 
 87-88. Noms De La 2*" coDJug., verso 1. 89 to verso of 1. 93.—; — ^Verbes De La 
 
 3me^ verso 11. 94-95. Eelatifs de la 3""=, verso 1. 96. Noms de la 3""=, verso 
 
 1. 97. "Verbes De La 4"», verso 1. 98. Eelatifs De La 4™=, verso 1. 99. 
 
 Noms de la 4"«, verso 1. 100. Verbes absolus De La 5™=, versos 11. 101-102. 
 
 Eelations 5™* conjugaisons, verso 1. 102. Noms De La 5"'^, verso 1. 103. 
 
 Paradigme 8 1", versos 11. 104-105. Noms De La 1", verso 1. 106. Verbes de 
 
 la 2, 8% versos 11. 107-110. T afSrmatif de la 2«, versos 11. 111-112. Noms de 
 
 la 2*«, versos 11. 113-116. Verbes de la .3, verso 1. 117. Verbes de la 5, Noms 
 
 de la 5°", verso 1. 118. Nomenclature en abr^g^, verso 1. 119 to verso 1. 120. 
 
 LI. 121-131, blank. 
 
 3139 Proud (Eobert). The | History of Pennsylvania, | in | Ijforth 
 America, | from the | Original Institution and Settlement of that 
 Province, under | thefirst Proprietor and Governor William Penu, | 
 in 1681, till after the Year 1742; | with an | Introduction, | respect- 
 ing, I The Life of W. Penn, prior to the grant of the Province, and 
 the religious | Society of the People called Quakers ; — with the first 
 rise of the neighbouring | Colonies, more particularly of West-New- 
 Jersey, and the Settlement | of the Dutch and Swedes on Dela- 
 ware. I To which is added, | A brief Description of the said Prov- 
 ince, I and of the | General State, in which it flourished, principally 
 between the Years 1760 and 1770. | The whole including a Variety 
 of Things, | Useful and interesting to be known, respecting that 
 Country in early Time, &c. | With an Appendix. | Written princi- 
 pally between the Years 1776 and 1780, | By Eobert Proud. | [Four 
 lines quotation.] | Volume I [II]. | 
 
618 NOETH AMEEICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Proud (Eobert) — continued. 
 
 Philadelphia: | Printed and sold by Zachariah Poulson, Junior. | 
 Number eighty, Chesnut-Street. | 1797 [-1798]. | A. c. BA. BP. HU. 
 
 2 vols. 8°. map. 
 
 Penn (W.) Letter, vol. i, pp. 246-264, contains a few words of the language 
 
 of the Indians of Pennsylvania, p. 252. Lord's Prayer in the language of the 
 
 Six Nations, vol. 2, p. 301. 
 
 3140 [Prudhomme (Louis).] Voyage ( a la Guiane | et | a Cayenne, | 
 Fait en 1789 et Ann6es suivantes; | Contenant une Description 
 G^ographique de ces Contr^es, | I'Histoire de leur D^couverte ; les 
 Possessions et Etablissemens | des Fraugais, des HoUaudais, des 
 Espagnols et des Portngais | dans cet immense Pays. | Le climat, 
 les Productions de la Terre, les Animaux, les Noms | des Eivieres, 
 celui des diffi6rentes JS'ations Sauvages, leurs | Coutumes et le Com- 
 merce le plus avantageux qu'on pent y faire. | Les ])articularit4s les 
 plus remarquables de I'Orenoque et du | Fleuve des Amazones. | 
 Des Observations 1°. pour entrer dans le Port de Cayenne et y j 
 bien mouiller; 2". pour en sortir en 6vitaut tons les dangers; | 3". 
 Les distances et les Routes des principaux Lieux de la | Guiane, les 
 Vents qui r^gnent sur les C6tes. | Suivi d'un Vocabulaire Fraugais 
 et Galibi des Noms, V^rbes et | Adjectifs les plus usit6s dans notre 
 Langue, compar^e a celle | des Indiens de la Guiane, pour se faire 
 entendre relativement | aux objets les plus n^cessaires aux besoins 
 
 de la vie. | Par L M.... B...., Armateur. | Ouvrage ovu6 
 
 de cartes et de gravures. | 
 
 A Paris, | chez I'Editeur, Eue des Marais, N". 20, F. G. | An VI 
 [1797] de la E^publique. | o. 
 
 Pp. i-x, 1-40D. 8°. map, 3 plates. Vocabulaire Franjais et Galibi, A I'usage 
 de ceux qui voyagent dans les contr^es de la Guiane et k Cayenne, pp. 371-400. 
 
 3141 Purchas (Samuel). HaMvytvs Posthumus j or | Pvrcbas his Pil- 
 grimes. | Contayning a History of the | World, in Sea voyages, & 
 lande- | Trauells, by Englishmen & | others, | Wherein God's Won- 
 ders in Nature & Pro- | uidence, The Actes, Arts, Varieties, | & 
 Vanities of Men, w*'' a world of | the Worlds Earities, are by a 
 world I of Eywitness- Authors, Ee- | lated to the World. | Some k'lt 
 written by Mr. Haklnyt at his | death. More since added. | His 
 also perused, | & perfected. All examined, abbreviated, | Illustra- 
 ted w*'' Dis- I courses, Adorned w**" pictures, and | Expressed in 
 Mapps. In foure | Parts, Each containing flue | Bookes. | By Sam- 
 vel Pvrchas. B: D. | 
 
 Imprinted at London for Hen- | ry Fetherston at V signe of | the 
 rose in Pauls Churchyard. 1625 [-1626]. | 
 
 Second title : 
 
 Pvrchas | his | Pilgrimes. | In Five Bookes. | The first, contayn- 
 ing the Voyages and Perigrinations made | by ancient Kings, Patri- 
 arkes, Apostles, Philosophers, and [ others, to and thorow the 
 
PRUDHOMME— -PUYDX. 619 
 
 Fnrchas (Samuel) — continued. 
 
 remoter parts of the knowne World : | Enquires also of Languages 
 and Religions, especially of the | moderne diuersiiied Professions 
 of Christianitie. | The second, A Description of all the Oircum- 
 Nauigations | of the Globe. | The third, Nauigations and Voyages 
 of English-men alongst the Coasts | of Africa, to the Gape of Good 
 Hope, and from thence to the Eed Sea, | the Abassine, Arabian, 
 Persian, Indian Shoares, | Continents and Islands. | The fourth, 
 English Voyages beyond the East Indies, to the Islands of Japan, | 
 China, Cauchinchina, the Philippine with others, and the Indian 
 Nauigations | further prosecuted : Their iust Commerce, nobly vin- 
 dicated against Turkish | Treacherie ; victoriously defended against 
 Portugall' Hostilitie; | gloriously aduanced against Moorish and 
 Ethnike Perfldie; | hopefully recouering from Dutch Malignitie; 
 iustly maintayned | against ignorant and malicious Calumnie. | The 
 fifth, Nauigations, Voyages, Traffiques, Discoueries, of the English 
 Nation | in the Easterne Parts of the World: continuing the 
 English-Indian occuri-ents, | and contayning the English Affaires 
 with the Great Samorine, in the Persian | and Arabian Gulfes, and 
 in other places of the Continent, and Islands of and | beyond the 
 Indies : the Portugall Attempts and Dutch Disasters, 1 diners Sea- 
 fights with both; and many other remarkable | Eelations. | The 
 First Part. | Vnus Deus, Vna Veritas. | 
 
 London | Printed by William Stansby for Henrie Fetherstone, 
 and are to be sold at his shopi in | Pauls Church-yard at the signe 
 of the Eose. 1625 [-1626]. | A. o. 
 
 5 vols, folio. I have also seeu, in tlie Library of Congress, a copy of vol. 4 of 
 this work, dated f613. It agrees in contents with the 1625 ed._ Brunet says vol. .5 
 bears dates of 1613, 1617, 1626. The Boston Athenaeum has a copy dated 1614. 
 
 Rosier (James). Extracts of a Virginia Voyage made An. 1605, by Captaine 
 George Waymouth, vol. 4, pp. 1659-1667. 
 
 3142 Puron (D. Francisco). Arte de la Lengua de los Otomites con 
 todos sus diferentes Dialectos. * 
 
 Manuscript in the library of the University of Mexico. — Beristain. 
 
 3143 Putnam (J. Duncan). Entomological Eeport. By J. D. Putnam. 
 
 In Jones ( W. A. ) Eeport upon the reconnoissance of Northwestern Wy oming, 
 pp. 206-210. Washington, 1874. S°. 
 
 Indian [Shoshoni] names of insects, p. 209. Colors, in Shoshoni, p. 210. 
 
 Reprinted in the 1875 edition of the same work, pp. 315-318. Linguistics, 
 pp. 317-318. 
 
 3144 Puydt (Lucien de). Account of Scientific Explorations in the 
 Isthmus of Darien in the years 1861 and 1865. By M. Lucien de 
 
 Puydt. 
 
 InRoyalGeog.Soc, Jour., vol. 38, pp. 69-110. London, [n.d.] 8°. 
 Vocabulary and Phrases of the Cuna Language (Isthmus of Darien), pp. 
 100-105. 
 
620 NORTH AMEEICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 3145 Pyrlseus {Eev. Chr.) A collection of words and phrases in the 
 Iroquois or Onondago language explained into German. By the 
 Eev. Ghr. Pyrlaeus. * 
 
 Manuscript. 140 pp. 4°. 
 
 3146 Adjectiva, Nomina et Pronomina Linguae Macquaicse, cum 
 
 nonnullis de Verbis Adverbis Prsepositionibus ejusdem Linguae. * 
 
 Manuscript. 86 pp. 4°. 
 
 3147 AfBxa Nominum et Verborum linguae Macquaicae. * 
 
 Manuscript. 178 pp. 4°. With tliis work are bound several Iroquois vocabu- 
 laries and collections of phrases. These manuscripts are in the library of the 
 American Philosophical Society, deposited by the Society of United Brethren of 
 Bethlehem. 
 
 3148 ftuaderno. Quaderno del idioma zapoteco del valle, que contiene 
 algunas reglas las mds comunes del Arte, un Vocabulario algo 
 copioso y otras cosas que verA el christiano Lector. Se ha escrito 
 procurando todo lo posible imitar la pronunciacion de este Idioma. 
 Sea todo a mayor honra y gloria de Dios ntro. Sor., alivio de los 
 Ministros, y utilidad de las almas. S°. Martin Xilcaxete y Junio 22 
 de 1793. * 
 
 Manuscript. Title, and 11. 1-288. 4°. Arte, 11, 1-12. Vocabulario, 11. 13-26G, 
 
 in two columns. List of numbers most in use, 11. 267-272. Confessionario, 
 
 11. 273-285. Protestacion de la F6e, &c., 11. 285-286. luterrogatorio |iara 
 
 presentacion de casamiento, 11. 287-288. Title furnished by Sr. Icazbalceta who 
 received it from Dr. Berendt. 
 
 3149 Quaderno en lengua Tzendal, hecho en el ano de 1798. * 
 
 Manuscript. 9 11. 4°. Anonymous. Confession in Spanish and Tzendal in 
 questions and answers, convenient for facilitating the study of this language. — 
 Brasseur de Bourbourg. 
 
 ftuebec literary and Historical Society. 
 See Literary and Historical Society of Quebec. 
 
 3150 ftu^bec Soci6t6 Litt^raire et Historique. Voyages | de | D^couverte ( 
 au I Canada, | eutre les ann^es 1534 et 1542, | par | Jacques Quar- 
 tier, le Sieur de Eoberval, | Jean Alphonse de Xanctoigne, &c. | 
 Suivis I de la Description de Quebec et de ses environs en | 1608, 
 et de divers extraits relativement au lieu | de I'hivernement de 
 Jacques Quartier en 1535-36. | (Avec gravures fac simile) | E^im- 
 primes sur d'aucienues relations, et publics | sous la direction | de 
 la Soci^te Litt^raire et Historique de Qu6bec. 
 
 Quebec: | Imprime chez William Cowan et Fils. | 1843. | ba. 
 
 Pp. i-iv, 1 1., pp. 1-130. 8°. 
 
 Cartier (Jacques). Les Trois Voyages de Jacques Cartier, pp. 1-77. 
 
PYEL^US QUIROS. 621 
 
 3151 ftuestions | on the | Apostles' Creed, | with other simple instruc- 
 tion, I for the I Caribi Indians | at the | Missions in Guiana. | 
 
 [ Verao of title : 
 
 Printed by William M. "Watts, Crown Court, Temple Bar.] we. 
 Pp. 1-16. 8°. In the Carib dialect of the Upper Pomeroon and Isororo. Con- 
 tains the Lord's Prayer, Apostles' Creed, Ten Commandments, &c. 
 
 3152 ftuiche. Quiche Vocabulary. • 
 
 Manuscript in possession of Abb€ Dominic Jehl, of Palin, near Amatitan, 
 Guatemala. — Ludewig, p. 157. 
 
 3153 Quiche Vocabulary. * 
 
 Manuscript. 32 pp. Without title and apparently quite recent. — Squier. 
 
 3154 Quimper {D. Manuel). Segundo reconocimiento de la entrada de 
 Fuca y costa | comprendida entre ella y la de Nootka, hecho | el 
 ano de 1790 con la balandra "Prin- | cesa Eeal" mandade por el 
 alferez de | navio D. Manuel Quimper. | B. 
 
 Manuscript, 62 pp. , in the Bancroft Library, San Francisco. Forms pp. 385-445 
 of: Viages | eu la | costa al' Norte | de las | Californias. | 1T74-1790. | Copia 
 Sacada | de los Archives de Espafia. | Bancroft Library | 1874. | 
 
 Short vocabulary of the inhabitants of the coast between lat. 48° and 50°, 
 pp. 21-23 (405-407). Nootka vocabulary, collected with the assistance of In- 
 graham, pp. 34-45 (418-429). ^Names of villages and chiefs, p. 46 (430). 
 
 3155 Quintana {Fr. Augustin de). Confessonario | en Lengua | Mixe. | 
 Con vna Construccion de las Oraciones | de la Doctrina Christiana, 
 y vn Compen- | dio de Voces Mixes, para ensenarse a pro- | nunciar 
 la dicha Lengua. Escrito todo | por el P. Fr. Augustin | de Quin- 
 tana de la Orden de Predicado- | res, Cura q fu6 de la Doctrina de 
 S. Juan I Bautista de Xuquila. | Dedicalo. | Al Glorioso Apostol 
 de la Europa. | S. Vicente Ferrer. | 
 
 Con licencia : en la Puebla por la Viuda | de Miguel de Ortega. 
 Ano de 1733. | JCB. 
 
 8 p. 11., pp. 1-148. Indice 3 unnumbered pp. 4°. 
 
 3156 Gram^tica y Diccionario en lengua Mixe, por Pr. Agnstin 
 
 Quintana. * 
 
 Title from Pimentel. "Quintana was a native of Oajaca, and labored for 
 twenty-eight years as a missionary among the Mijes, whose difficult dialect he 
 perfectly mastered." — Ramirez Sale Cat. 
 
 3157 ftuiros {Br. Severino Bernadino de). Arte del idioma Guasteco 
 proporcionado en todas sus reglas con el de Antonio de Nebrija. 
 Compuesto por el Br. Severino Ber*". de Quiros, estudiante teologo. * 
 
 Manuscript. Dedication and approvals, dated 1722, 5 11. ; Arte, 19 11.; Vocab- 
 ulary 27 11. 8°. Title from Icazbaloeta's Apuntes, No. 145. 
 
622 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 3158 RadlofF (Leopold). Binige kritische Bemerkungen uber Hrn. 
 Buschmanu'sBehandlungderKinai-Sprache; von Leopold Eadloff. * 
 
 Pp. 364-399. 8°. From the Acad. Imp. des Sci., Melanges russes, v. iii. St. 
 Petersburg, 1857. 
 
 3159 tJber die Sprache der TJgalachmut. * 
 
 8°. From St. Petersburg Academy. 1857. 
 
 3160 Tiber die Sprache der Tschuktschen u. ihr Verhaltniss zum 
 
 Korjak. 
 
 St. Petersburg, 1861. * 
 
 4°. Titles from Kohler's Catalogue, No. 38. 
 
 3161 M^moires | de | L'Acad^mie Imp^riale des Sciences de St.- 
 
 P6tersbourg, VIP Serie. | Tome XXI, N" 8. | Leopold Radloff's | 
 Worterbuch der Kinai-Sprache | herausgegeben | von | A. Scbief- 
 ner. | (La le 5 mars 1874.) | 
 
 St.-Petersbourg, 1874. | Commissionnaires de l'Acad6mie Imp6- 
 riale des sciences: | 4 St.-P6tersbourg: | MM. Eggers et C'«, H. 
 Schmitzdorff, | J. Issakof et Tcberkessof; | a Uiga: | M. N. Kym- 
 mel; | 4 Odessa: | M. A. E. Kecbribardsbi ; | ^ Leipzig: | M. Leo- 
 pold Voss. I Prix: 40 Kop.=13Ngr. | WE. 
 
 1 p. 1., pp. i-x, 1-33. 4°. Brief grammatio sketch, with songs, pp. i-x. Ger- 
 
 man-Kinai Dictionary, pp. 1-32. — ^Numerals, 1-1,000, pp. 32-33. 
 
 3162 Einige Nachrichten uber die Sprache der Kaiganen ; von 
 
 L. Badloff. B. 
 
 In Acad. Imp. des Sci., Melanges russes, tome 3, pp. 569-607. St.-P€tersboui-g, 
 
 1858. 8°. Kohler's Catalogue says : Also issued separately, 1868 [1858?]. 8°. 
 
 Contains a grammatic account of the language, pp. 569-593. Vocabulary, 
 
 alphabeticaily arranged, pp. 593-607. 
 
 316 J Rafinesque (Gonstantine Samuel). Ancient History, | or | Annals 
 of Kentucky; | with a survey of the Ancient Monuments | of North 
 America, | And a Tabular View of the Principal Languages and 
 Primi- | five Nations of the whole Earth. | By C. S. Eaflnesque, A. 
 M, Ph. D, j Prof, [etc., nine lines]. | (Numquam otiosus.) | 
 
 Frankfort, in Kentucky. ] Printed for the author. \ 1824. | c.ba.bp. 
 
 Pp. i-iv, 1-39. 8°. — Ethnological and Philological Table of the Piimitive Na- 
 tions and Languages [including a few American words], pp. iii-iv. 
 
 31 64 Atlantic Journal, | And | Friend of Knowledge. | In eight 
 
 numbers. | Containing about 160 original articles and tracts on 
 Natural and | Historical Sciences, the Description of about 150 
 New Plants, | and 100 New Animals or Fossils. Many Vocabula- 
 ries of Langua- | ges, Historical and Geological Facts, &c. &c. &c. | 
 By 0. S. Eaflnesque, AM... PH. D. | Professor of Historical and 
 Natural Sciences, Member of seve- | ral learned societies in Europe 
 and America, &c. | Knowledge is the mental food of man. | Fig- 
 
KADLOFF — EAFINESQUE. 623 
 
 Rafinesque (Constantine Samuel) — continued. 
 
 ures. I Melissa or Balm, page 14 | Mammoth Cave, 27 | Franklinia, 
 79 I Fossil Teeth, 100 | Tubular shell, page 127 | 7 New Fossil Shells, 
 142 I American and Lybian Glyphs or Primitive Alphabets, 38. | 
 
 Philadelphia: | 1832-1833. | (Two Dollars.) | 0. BA. 
 
 2 p. 11., pp. 1-212. 12°. 
 
 Tabular View of the American Generic Languages, and Original Xations 
 
 pp. 6-8. The Atlantic Nations of America [including vocabulary of the Taras- 
 
 cas], pp. 8-10. On the Zapotecas and other tribes of the State of Oaxaca, pp. 
 
 51-56. Vocabulary of the Wahtani or Mandan, pp. 132-133. Langnageg of 
 
 Oregon, Chopunish and Chinuc, pp. 133-134. 
 
 3165 Number 1. Spring 1836. | [Number 2. Summer of 1836.] 
 
 The I American Nations; | or, | Outlines of A National History; | 
 of the I Ancient and Modern Nations | of ( North and South 
 America. | [Four lines verse.] First Number, or Volume: | Gene- 
 ralities and Annals. | [Second Number, or Volume: | Origin and 
 Kesearches.] By Prof. 0. S. Eaflnesque. | 
 
 Philadelphia, | Published by C. S. Eaflnesque, | No. 110 North 
 Tenth Street, j sold by the principal booksellers, j and in London 
 by O. Rich, | in Paris by Meilhac & Baillere. | 1836. | 
 
 Second Htle : 
 
 The I American Nations; | or, | Outlines of their | General His- 
 tory, I Ancient and Modern : | including the whole history of the 
 earth | and mankind in the Western Hemisphere; | the philosophy 
 of American History ; | the Annals, Traditions, Civilization, | Lan- 
 guages, &c., of all the Ameri- | can Nations, Tribes, Empires, | and 
 States. I With Maps, Plates, Views, and Plans of Monuments, | 
 Tables, Notes, and Illustrations. | By C. S. Eaflnesque: | Professor 
 of Historical and Natural Sciences, | Member of inany Learned 
 Societies in Paris, Bor- | deaux, Bruxels, Bonn, Vienna, Zurich, 
 Naples, &c, | in Europe. — Philadelphia, New York, Cincinnati, | 
 Lexington, Nashville, &c., in America. — The Ameri- | can Antiqua- 
 rian Society, &c. | First [Second] Volume. | [Six lines quotation.] 
 
 Philadelphia: | C. S. Eaflnesque, 110 North Tenth St. | Printed 
 by F. Turner, 367 Market St. | 1836. |- c. UA. 
 
 2 vols. 12°. Original Annals and Historical Traditions of the Linapis, from 
 the creation to the flood, passage and settlements in America, as far as the At- 
 lantic Ocean, &c., till 1820, &c., vol. l,pp. 121-161, contains aboriginal terms. 
 
 3166 American Languages — Wahtani or Mandan. 
 
 InPriest (Josiah). American Antiquities, pp. 393-395. Albany, 1833. 8°. In 
 ihd., third edition, pp. 39.3-395. Albany, 1833. 8°. 
 
 Contains a vocabulary of 23 words and numerals, 1-10, of the Mandan. This 
 article is omitted in subsequent editions. 
 
 3167 Ancient Languages of the first Inhabitants of America. By 
 
 C. S. Rafinesque. 
 
 In Priest (J.) American Antiquities, third edition, pp. 304-309. Albany, 
 1833. 8°. In iUd., fourth edition, pp. 309-313. Albany, 1834. 8°. 
 This article is omitted in subsequent editions. 
 
624 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Bafinesqne (Gonstantine Samuel) — continued. 
 
 3168 Further Accounts of Colonies from Europe settled in Amer- 
 ica. On the Zapotecas, and other Tribes of the State of Oaxaca. 
 By C. S. Eafinesque. 
 
 In Priest (J.) American Antiquities, third edition, pp. 316-325. Albany, 
 1833. 8". 
 
 Comparative vocabulary, Zapoteca and Mizteca, p. 318. Comparative vocab- 
 ulary, Othomiz and Mizteca, p. 319. 
 
 This article is omitted in subsequent editions. 
 
 3169 Languages of Oregon — Ghopunish and Ghinuc. 
 
 In Priest (Josiah). American Antiquities, pp. 395-397. Albany, 1833. 8°. In 
 ibid., third edition, pp. 39.5-397. Albany, 1833. 8°. 
 
 Vocabulary of 23 words of the Chopiinish ; the same and numerals, 1-10, of 
 the Chinuc. This article is omitted in subsequent editions. 
 
 3170 Tabular View of the American Generic Languages and 
 
 Original Nations, by the same author. 
 
 In Priest (J.) American Antiquities, third edition, pp. 309-312. Albany, 
 1833. 8°. 
 
 This article is omitted in subsequent editions. 
 
 3171 The Atlantic Nations of America. 
 
 In Priest (J.) American Antiquities, third edition, pp. 313-316. Albany, 
 
 1833. 8°. 
 
 Comparative vocabulary of English, Tala (Tarasca), and Italian, p. 314. 
 
 Vocabulary (85 words) of the Tala (Tarasca) and English languages (from Basal- 
 enque), pp. 314-316, Reprinted in ihid., fourth edition, pp. 313-316. Albany, 
 
 1834. 8°. Partly reprinted in ibid., fifth edition, pp. 313-315. Albany, 1835. 8°. 
 Contains only the brief English, Tala, and Italian vocabulary, p. 315. 
 
 Rale (Bev. Sebastien). 
 See Rasles (Sebastien). 
 
 3172 Ramirez {Fr. Antonio de Guadalupe). Breve compendio de todo 
 lo que debe saber y entender el Ghristiano, dispuesto en Lengua 
 Othomi. 
 
 Mexico, 1783. . * 
 
 41 U. sm. folio. Title from the Ramirez Sale Catalogue, No. 627. Probably a 
 mistake in date ; the title-page of Ihe copy described is in manuscript. 
 
 3173 Breve Gompendio de todo lo que debe saber, y entender el 
 
 Gristiano, para poder lograr, v6r, conocer, y gozar k Dios Nuestro 
 SeBor en el Gielo eternamente. Dispuesto en Lengua Othomi, y 
 construido literalmente en la Lengua Gastellana por el P. Fr. An- 
 tonio de Guadalupe Ramirez, Predicador Apostolico y ex-Guardian 
 del Apostolico Golegio de Propaganda Fide de N. S. P. S. Francisco 
 de Pachucha. 
 
 Villa de Guadalupe, 1784. * 
 
 Pp. xvi, 80. 4°. Title from Triibner, in Ludewig, p. 234. 
 
RAFINESQUE — RiMUSIO. " 625 
 
 Eamirez {Fr. Antonio de Guadalupe) — continued. 
 
 3174 Breve Compendio | de todo lo que debe saber, | y entender 
 
 el Christiano, | para poder lograr, | ver, conocer, y gozar | de Dios 
 N"uestro Seflor | en el cielo eternameute. | Dispuesto | en Lengua 
 Othomi, I y Construido literalmente en la Lengua Castellana, | Per 
 el P. Fr. Antonio de Guadalupe Eamirez, | Predicador Apostolico, 
 y ex-Guardian del Apostolico j Oolegio de Propaganda Fide de 2*r. 
 S. P. S. Francisco | de la Ciudad de Pachuca. | Quien | Por Decreto 
 del Venerable Concilio Provincial IV. expedido el | dia 17. de 
 Agosto de 1771. formo un Catbecismo Breve en Len- | gua Othomi, 
 el que (en la parte k que dieron lugar las inciden- | cias del tiempo) 
 fue vieto, examinado, y aprobado por los Seriores | Siiiodales de dicho 
 Idioma, nombrados por el mismo Venerable | Concilio. Haviendose 
 tenido sobre la materia Sesiones particula- | res en el Palacio Arzo- 
 bispal, como consla de sus Actas ; en las que | igualmente se acordo, 
 el que siempre, que se diese a la Estampa | dicho Cathecismo, se 
 incorporase en 61, el Alfabeto de dicho | Idioma, para que se pudiese 
 leer sin error. | 
 
 Impreso en Mexico en la Imprenta nueva Madrilena de los 
 Herederos | del Lie. D. Joseph de Jauregui; en la Calle de San 
 Bernardo. | Ano de 1785. | A. B. 0. 
 
 8 p. 11., pp. 1-80. am. 4°. The "Censura" is dated at San Gregorio de esta 
 Corte ^ 7 de Dicicmbre de 1784, anos. Printed in characters showing the sounds 
 in Otomi which do not occur in Spanish. 
 
 Sr. Icazbalceta, in his Apuntes, No. 62, says that his copy contained a loose 
 sheet, printed in the same characters, as follows : 
 
 3175 Epitome de lo que debe saber, y entender el Christiano, | 
 
 para que pueda conseguir veer, conocer y gozar de Dios eterna- 
 meute en la gloria. | Sacado en breve Compendio que Yo Fr. Anto- 
 nio de Guadalupe Eamirez, form6 en el Idioma Ofoml, y Literalmente 
 construi en la Lengua Castellana, que oy corre en el publico | con las 
 licencias necessarias : para que los Enfermos, Cathequisandos, Viejos 
 y Eudos, de dicho idioma, puedan conseguir su necesaria Instruc- 
 cion con menos trabajo. | Con las licencias necessarias. | 
 
 En Mexico en la Imprenta nueva Madrilena en )a Calle de San 
 Bernardo. | A. 
 
 Text in Otomi alone ; 5 columns. The reverse is blank. 
 In the Astor Library copy this additional sheet (lacking the Spanish heading) 
 has been cut into columns and pasted on the fly leaves at the end of the volume, 
 making four pages of two columns each. 
 
 3176 Bamirez (Fr. Juan). Vocabulario y Sermones en Lengua Tarasca, 
 por Fr. Juan Eamirez, Maestro en Teologia de la Provincia de S. 
 McoMs Tolentino de Michoacan. * 
 
 Manuscript. Title from Boristain. 
 
 3177 Eamusio (Giovanni Battista). Primo [-Terzo] Volume | Delle 
 Navigationi | et Viaggi | nel qval si contiene | la descrittione dell' 
 
 40 Bib 
 
626 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Eamusio (Giovanui Battista) — continued. 
 
 Africa, | Et del paese del Prete lanni, con uarii uiaggi, dal mar 
 Eosso k I Calicut, & infin all' isole Molucche, doue nascono le 
 Spetierie, | Et la Nauigatione attorno il mondo. | Li nomi de gli 
 avttori, et le navigationi, et | i viaggi piv pai ticolarmente si mos- 
 trano | nel foglio segvente. | [Device.] ' Coo priuilegio del Sommo 
 Pontefice, & dello | lUustriss. Senato Venetiano. | 
 
 In Venetia appresso gli heredi | di Lvcantonio Givnti | 1' anno 
 MDL f-MDLXXXIII-MDLVI] [1550-1583-1556]. | 0. BA. 
 
 3 vols, folio. 
 
 Cartier (laoqves). Prima Relatione de laoqves Cartier, vol. 3, 11. 435-440. 
 
 Breve et Svccinta Narratione, vol. 3, 11. 441-456. 
 
 3178 Primo [-Terzo] volume, & Seconda editione | delle Naviga- 
 tioni I et Viaggi | in molti Ivoghi corretta, et ampliata, | nella qvale 
 si contengouo | la Descrittione dell' Africa, | & del paese del Prete 
 lanni, con varij viaggi, dalla Citt^ di Lisbona, & dal Mar | Eosso 
 k Calicut, & infln' all' isole Molucche, doue nascono le Spetierie, | 
 Etla Nauigatione attorno il Mondo. | Aggiuntouidinuouo | LaEe- 
 latione dell' isola Giapan, nuouamente scoperta nella parte di Set- 
 tentrione. | Alcuni Capitoli appartenenti alia Geograpbia estratti 
 dell' Historia del S. Giouan | di Barros Portoghese. | Tre Tauole di 
 Geograpbia in disegno, secondo le Carte da nauigare de Porto- 
 ghesi, I & fra terra secondo gli scrittori che si contengono in questo 
 volume. I Vn' Indice molto copioso, delle cose di Geograpbia, costu- 
 mi, spetierie, & altre cose | notabili, che in esso si contengono. | 
 [Vignette.] | Con priuilegio del Sommo Pontefice, & dello | lUus- 
 triss. Senato Veneto. | 
 
 In Venetia nella Stamperia de Givnti. | L' anno M D LIIII 
 [-M DCVI]. [1554-1606] | . A. 
 
 3 vols. foUo. Vol. 1, 1554 ; vol. 2, 1606 ; vol. 3, 1606. 
 
 Cartier (lacqves). Prima relatione di lacqves CartMer, vol. 3, 11. 369-376. 
 
 Breve et svccinta narratione, vol. 3, 11. 376-385. 
 
 Eacli volume has been printed several times. Tome I in 1550, 1554 (with the 
 title: secunda edizione), 1563 (with the title: terza edizione), 1588, 1606, 1613. 
 M. Crognara says the editions of 1588 and 1606 differ only in title. Tome II in 
 1559, 1564, 1574, 1583, 1606, 1613. The editions prior to 1583 are not complete ; 
 those of 1588 and 1606 appear to differ only in title. Tome III, 1556, and with 
 change of title, 1565 ; other editions, 1606, 1613. The two last only are complete. 
 There is no edition of the second volume known earli6r than that of 1559, 
 which is strange, from the fact that the first edition of the third volume is dated 
 1556. A new edition of this collection, edited by Louis Pezanna, was printed at 
 Venice, 1835, 4°, in two columns. — Brunei. 
 
 3179 Rand (Eev. Silas Tertius). A | Short Statement of Pacts | relat- 
 ing to I the History, Manners, Customs, Language, and | Litera- 
 ture I of the I Micmac Tribe of Indians, | in Nova-Scotia and P. E. 
 Island. I By S. T. Band. | Being the substance of Two Lectures de- 
 livered in Halifax, in November, | 1849, at Public Meetings held for 
 
EAMUSIO EANGEL. 627 
 
 Rand {Eev. Silas Tertius) — continued. 
 
 the purpose of instituting a | Mission to that Tribe. | Published 
 under the direction of the Committee for Super- | intending the 
 Mission. | 
 
 Halifax, N. S. | Printed by James Bowes & Son. | 1850. | JBD. 
 
 Printed cover 1 l.,pp. 1-40. 8°. 
 
 Chapter III, The Micmac language, pp. 18-24, contains gramniatic forms and 
 specimens. 
 
 3180 Eerst Reding Buk | in J Mikmak. | Kompeild bei de Eev. 
 
 S. T. Rand, | Migonari tu de Mikmak Indianz, l!fova Skogia. | 
 
 Lundon : j Fred Pitman Ponetik Depo, 20, Paternoster Ro. | Car- 
 lotvil Prins Ed wardz Eiland, North Amerika: | Djordj T. Hazard. | 
 
 1854. I Preis Sikspens. | o. s. 
 Printed cover, 1 1., pp. 1-40. 16°. In phonetic characters. 
 
 3181 A I First Reading Book | in the | Micmac Language: | com- 
 prising I the Micmac Numerals, and the Names | of tbe different 
 kinds of | Beasts, Birds, Fishes, Trees, &c. | of the | Maritime 
 Provinces of Canada. | Also, some of the | IndlanNames of Places, | 
 And many Familiar Words and Phrases, | translated literally into 
 English. I 
 
 Hahfax: | Nova Scotia Printing Company, | 1875. | jbd. 
 
 Pp. l-iv, 5-108. 16°. 
 
 He probably translated into the Micmac language the boolis of Genesis, Exo- 
 dus, and Psalms, the gospels of Matthew, Luke, and John, the Acts, and the 
 Ten Commandments and Lord's Prayer. See Nos. 414, 518, 519, 1574, 1,578, 1587, 
 and 2931 of this catalogue, and Sabin's Dictionary, No. 4412:3. 
 
 3182 Vocabulary of the Micmac. 
 
 In Schoolcraft (H. E.) Indian Tribes, vol. 5, pp. 578-589, Philadelphia, 
 
 1855. 4°. 
 
 3183 Lord's Prayer in Milicete. 
 
 In Schoolcraft (H. E.) Indian Tribes, vol. 5, p. 592. Philadelphia, 1855. 4°, 
 
 3184 Milicete Numerals. 
 
 In Schoolcraft (H. E.) Indian Tribes, vol. 5, pp. 690-691. Philadelphia, 
 1855. 4°. 
 
 3185 Terms of Relationship of the Micmac, and Etchemin or 
 
 Malisete, collected by Rev. S. T. Rand, Missionary, Hantsport, 
 Nova Scotia. 
 
 In Morgan (L. H.) Systems of Consanguinity and Affinity, pp. 293-382. 
 Washington, 1871. 4°, 
 
 3186 Rangel (JV. Alonso). Arte de la Lengua Megicana. * 
 
 3187 Sermones Megicanos para todo el ano. * 
 
 3188 Arte y Catecismo de la Lengua Otomi. • 
 
 Titles from Beristain. 
 
628 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 3189 Rasles (Sebastieu). Leitre du Pere Sebastien Easles, missionnaire 
 de la Compagnie de Jesus dans la Nouvelle Prance. A Monsieur 
 son Trere. A Nanrantsouak ce 12 Octobre 1723. • 
 
 In Lettres Edifiantes, vol. 23, pp. 198-307. Paris, 1738. 12°. 
 Contains, pp. 215-216, the hymn O Salutaris Hostia, in Abenaklse, Algonkine, 
 Huronne, and Illinoise. 
 
 3190 Lettre du Pere Sebastien Easles, Missionnaire de la Com- 
 pagnie de Jesus dans la Ifouvelle France, a Monsieur son frere. * 
 
 In Lettres Edifiantes, vol. 6, pp. 153-225. Paris, 1781. 16°. Linguistics as 
 above, p. 165. 
 
 3191 Lettre du pfere Sebastien Easles. * 
 
 In Choix des Lettres Edifiantes, vol. 7, pp. 137-152. Paris, 1809. 8°. Hymn, 
 
 as above, pp. 145-146. 
 
 3192 Lettre du pfere Sebastien Easles. * 
 
 In Lettres Edifiantes, vol. 4, pp. 95-138. Lyon, 1819. 8°. Hymn, as above, 
 
 in Abnakise, Algonkine, Huronne, and Illinoise, p. 102. 
 
 3193 Lettres du P. Sebastien Easles. 
 
 In Lettres Edifiantes, vol. 1, pp. 668-669. Paris, 1838. 8°. Contains linguis- 
 tics as in previous editions. 
 
 3194 Carta del P. Sebastian Easles, Missionero de la Compania 
 
 de Jesus, en la Nueva Francia: al Oavallero su Hermano. I^Ta- 
 vrantsvak 12. de Octubre de 1723. * 
 
 In Cartas Edificantes, vol. 13, pp. 339-384. Madrid, 1756. 4°. Hymn in 
 Abnakisa, Algonkina, Nurona, Ylinesa, pp. 346-347. 
 
 3195 Ifumbers in the Norridgwog Language, from Ealle's MS. 
 
 Dictionary of the Norridgwog Language, in the Library of Harvard 
 College. 
 
 In Mass. Hist. Soc, Coll., first series, vol. 10, pp. 137-138-. Boston, 1809. 8°. 
 
 \/ .3196 A Dictionary of the Abnaki Language, in North America; 
 
 by Father Sebastian Easles. With an Introductory Memoir and 
 Notes, By John Pickering, A. A.. S. 
 
 In Am. Acad. Arts and Sci., Mem., new series, vol. 1, pp. 370-574. Cambridge, 
 1833. 4°. Issued separately as below. 
 
 Introductory memoir, pp. 370-374. — Dictionaiy, from the original manuscript, 
 pp. 375-565. — Supplementary notes and observations on Father Rasles's Diction- 
 ary, by John Pickering, pp. 566-574. 
 
 3197 A Dictionary of the Abnaki Language in North America 
 
 By Father Sebastian Easles With an Introductory Memoir and 
 Notes by John Pickering. 
 
 Cambridge: Charles Folsom printer, 1833. * 
 
 4°. Title from the Field Sale Catalogue, No. 1911. 
 
 Sebastian Rale was born in 1658, in Franche Comt6, where his family occupied 
 a respectable position. After teaching Greek in the College of Nismes, he came 
 to America in 1689, arriving in Quebec on the 13th of October in that year. Sent 
 first to the Abnaki mission of St. Francis, he was, about 1693, sent to Illinois, 
 
EASLES KAWSON. 629 
 
 Rasles (Sebastien) — continued. 
 
 but in 1695, at least, was on the Kennebec. His life there we have briefly 
 sketched. 
 
 His Abnaki Dictionary is still preserved as a treasure at Harvard College, and, 
 to the great joy of all philologists, was published in the Memoirs of the American 
 Academy in 1833. In the same year. Bishop Fenwick, of Boston, once a Father 
 of the Society of Jesus, raised a monument to the memory of Father Rale on the 
 spot where he was buried one hundred and nine years before. — Shea's Catholic 
 Missions, pp. 151-152. 
 
 \/ 3198 Rau (Charles). Smithsonian Contributions to Knowledge. | 
 —331— I The I Palenque Tabfet | in the | United States National 
 Museum, | Washington, D. C. | By | Charles Eau. | 
 
 Washington City : | Published by the Smithsonian Institution. | 
 1879. I A. c. SI. JWP. 
 
 Pp. i-ix, 1-81. 4°. Plates. 
 
 Chapter 5, Aboriginal writing in Mexico, Yucatan, and Central America, pp. 
 47-64, contains discussion of the Maya alphabet and codices, and a few examples 
 in the Maya tongue. 
 
 This work was issued separately, with addition of outside printed cover, both 
 titles worded as above, but in different type. 
 
 .editor. 
 
 See Baegert (Jacob). 
 
 3199 Raum (John O.) The | History of New Jersey, ( from its | Earli- 
 est Settlement to the Present Time. | Including | a brief Historical 
 Account of the First Discoveries and Settlement of the Country, | 
 by I John O. Eaum, | Author [&c., three lines]. | In two volumes. | 
 Vol. I [IIJ. I [Design.] 
 
 Philadelphia: | John E. Potter and Company, | 617 Sansom 
 Street. | [1877.] A. c. 
 
 2 vols., 1 p. 1., pp. 5-450; 1-496. 8°. Brief vocabulary of the New Jersey In- 
 dians (from Smith), vol. 1, p. 122. 
 
 3200 Ravoux {Bev. Augustin). Wakantanka ti ki canku. 
 
 St. Paul: Pioneer Offtce. 1863. • 
 
 Literal translation.— Sa,CTeA-giea.t [God] house the road. 
 
 88 pp. 16°. Road to Heaven, in tbe Dakota language; revised edition. Title 
 from Williams' Dakota Bibliography. The author informs me the first edition 
 was published in 1843 or 1844. 
 
 3201 Rawle (William). A Vindication of Eev. Mr. Heckewelder's His- 
 tory of the Indian Nations. By William Eawle. 
 
 In Penn. Hist. Soc, Mem., vol. 1, pt. 2, pp. 238-275. Philadelphia, 1826. 8°. 
 
 A reply to an article by Cass (Lewig) in North American Review, vol. 22. Mr. 
 Rawle's letter was in turn answered by Cass (Lewis) in North American Re- 
 view, vol. 26. 
 
 3202 Rawson {Bev. Grindal). Nashauanittue Meninnunk | wutch | 
 Mukkiesog, | Wussesfemumuu wutch Sogkodtunganash | Naneeswe 
 Testamentsash ; | wutch | Ukkesitchippcoonganoo Ukketeahogkou- 
 nooh. I Negonde wussukhiimun ut EnglishmAnue TJnnon- | tc»waon- 
 
630 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Rawson {Rev. Grindal) — contiuued. 
 
 ganit, nashpe ne 4nue, wuniiegenue | Nohtompeantog. | Noli asoo- 
 wteit I John Cotton. | Kah yeuyeu qushkinniiinun en Indiane Un- 
 nontx- 1 waonganit wutch oonenehikqun^out Indiane | Mukkiesog, | 
 Nashpe | Grindal Rawson. | Wunnaunchemookae Nohtompeantog 
 ut kenugke | Indianog. | — | Onatuh mishketuog kodtantamook 
 pahke meninnunnue | Wuttinnaowaonk, onk woh kenashpekinean. 
 I Pet. 2. 2. I — I 
 
 Cambridge : | Printeucop nashpe Samuel Green, Kah | Bartholo- 
 mew Green. 1691. | * BA. AAS. 
 
 Translation. — Spiritual milk for babes, drawn from tbe breasts of both Testa- 
 ments, for the nourishment of their souls. Formerly written in English lan- 
 guage, by that most excellent minister who is named John Cotton, and now 
 turned into Indian language for the benefit of Indian children, by Grindal Raw- 
 son, minister of the gospel among the Indians. 
 
 Pp. 1-13. 18°. Translation from Trumbull's Book and Tracts. 
 
 3203 A I Confession | of | Faith | Owned and consented unto by 
 
 the I Elders & Messengers | of the Churches | Assembled at Bos- 
 ton in JSTew-Eugland, | May 12, 1680. | Being a Second Session of 
 that I Synod. | — | Eph. 4. 5.— One Faitb. ( Col. 2. 5.— Joying and 
 beholding your Order, | and the stedfastness of your Faith in 
 Christ. I - I 
 
 Boston. I Eeprinted by Bartholomew Green, and | John Allen. 
 1699. I 
 
 Second title: 
 
 Wunnamptamoe | Sampooaonk \ Wussampoowantamun | Nashpe 
 moeuwehko- | munganash ut | New-England. | Qushkenumun en 
 Indiane | Unnontowaonganit. | — | Nashpe | Grindal Rawson, 
 &c. I — I Eph. 4. 5. Pasuk Wunnamptamoonk. | Col. 2 5. Mennsh- 
 koht aj Koonamptamoong | anoo ut Christut. | 
 
 Mushau Womuk. | Printeuun nashpe Bartholomew Green, kah | 
 John Allen. 1699. | P. bp. aas. 
 
 8 p. 11., pp. 1-161, 4 unnumbered pp. ; alternate Indian and English. 16°. 
 English title verso 1. 1 ; Indian title recto 1. 2. The Epistle Dedicatory begins 
 recto 1. 3, ends recto 1. 8. 
 
 3204 Reaume (— ). Further Specimens of the Chippewa dialect. 
 
 In Am. Soc, First Ann. Rept., pp. 56-57. New Haven, 1824. 8°. 
 
 Reecho (Nardo Antonio), editor. 
 See Hernandez (Francisco). 
 
 3205 Records | of the | Colony | of | New Plymouth | in | New Eng- 
 land. I Printed by order of the Legislature of the | Commonwealth 
 of Massachusetts. | Edited by | David Pulsifer, | Clerk in the Office 
 of the Secretary of the Commonwealth, | [&c., three lines]. | Acts 
 of the Commissioners of the United Colonies of New England. I 
 Vol. I [II]. I 1643-1651 [1653-1679]. | 
 
EAWSON KELAND. 631 
 
 Secords of the Colony of Kew Plymouth, etc. — continued. 
 
 Boston; | From the Press of William White, | Printer to the 
 Commonwealth. | 1859. | A. 
 
 2 vols. 4°. These form vols. 9 and 10 of "Records of the Colony of New Ply- 
 mouth in New England," Boston, 1855-1861. 12 vols. 4°. 
 
 Lamentation of David over Sanl and Jonathan. — 2 Samuel i. 17-27, (from 
 a copy of the First Edition of Eliot's Indian Bible, in the Boston AtheiiEeum), 
 vol. 2, p. viii. 
 
 3206 Recneil. Eecueil d'Observations curieuses sur les Moeurs, les Coii- 
 tumes, les Usages, les difKrentes Langues, le Gouvernment, la 
 Eeligion, le Commerce, la !N"avigation, les Arts, Sciences, etc. de 
 differens Peuples de I'Asie, de I'Afrique, et de l'Am6rique. 
 
 Paris, chez David le jeune, 1749. * 
 
 4 vols. 12°. TitlefromtheFischer Sale Cat., No. 1451. Trubner's Catalogue ' 
 gives the following contents : Vol. II. Chap. VIII. Langues differentes des Hu- 
 rons, des Abnakis, des Algonkins, des Illinois, des Outaouaks, et des autres nations 
 de Nouvelle France. — Chap. XII. Des Sauvages Natches: leur Eeligion, C6t6- 
 monies, Loix, etc. 
 
 3207 Eecueil de pifeces manuscrites' en langue Kakchiquel. • 
 
 Manuscript, 31 11., of the last century, in different handwritings. Religious 
 pieces, prayers, sermons, translations of the Bible, etc. — Leolere, 1878, No. 2271. 
 
 3208 Eecueil de priferes, Cat6chisme et Cantiques a I'usage des 
 
 sauvages de la bale d'Hudson. 
 
 Montreal, L. Perrault, 1866, * 
 
 108 pp. 18°. Printed in characters imitating stenography. — Leclerc, 1878, No. 
 2219. Probably the same as No. 2965 of this catalogue. 
 
 3209 Eegister. [A Eegister of Baptisms made in 1599.] B. 
 
 Manuscript. 24 11. 4°. In the Mexican language. It was bought at the Ra- 
 mirez sale by Mr. H. H. Bancroft, and is now in his library in San Francisco. It 
 is probably of Teocotitlan, a hamlet near the city of Mexico. Dates of baptisms 
 are from 1597 to 1610. The signatures of the officiating friars, the names of the 
 .neophytes, and the dates are in Spanish. 
 
 Reichel {Rev. William), editor. 
 See Heckewelder (John Gottlieb Emestus). 
 
 3210 [Eejon (8r. Garcia).] Vocabulario del Idioma Comanche. 
 
 In Soo. de Geog. Mex., Bol., tomo 11, pp. 631-659. Mexico, 1865. 8". 
 
 VocabularioEspanol-Comanche, pp. 638-649. — Vocabulario Comanche-Espanol, 
 pp. 650-658. — The following notice precedes the vocabulary : "En cumplimiento 
 de la oomision que se ha servido durme el senor vicepresidente para que ecsamine 
 un Vocabulario manuscrito del idioma comanche, escrlto per el Sr. Garcia Rejon, 
 y dedioado por su autor S, esta Sociedad, paso S. manifestar el juicio que he formado 
 del referido trabajo. * * * Mexico, Marzo 23 de 1865 — Francisco Pimentel." 
 
 3211 Beland (Hadrian), Hadriani Eelandi | Dissertationum | Miscel- 
 lanearvm | Pars Prima [-Tertia, et ultima]. | [Vignette.] | 
 
 Trajecti ad Ehenum, | Ex OfScina Gulielmi Broedelet, | Biblio- 
 polae, CIOIOCCVI [-CIOIOCCVIII] [1706-1708], | A. 
 
632 NORTH AMEEICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Beland (Hadrian) — continued. 
 
 3 vols. IC". This 
 
 ■work contains 13 dissertations, of which the twelfth, "Dissertatio de linguis 
 Americanis,'' vol. 3, pp. 141-229, contains grammatical sketches and vocabularies 
 of the Brasilian, Chilian, Peruvian, and the following North American languages : 
 De lingua Pocomanica (from Gage), pp. 197-198. — De lingua Caraibica, pp. 198- 
 200. — Vocabula linguae Caraibicae (from Rochefort), pp. 200-206. — De lingua 
 Mexicana, pp. 206-207. — De lingua Virginica, pp. 208-211. — Excerpta ex Bibliis 
 Virginicis (Genesis i. 1-12, from Eliot's Indian Bible, second edition), pp. 
 211-214. — De lingua Algonkina (from Lahontan), pp. 214-219. — De lingua 
 Huronum (from Lahontan), pp. 219-220. 
 
 3212 Dissertationum Miscellanearum. Editio secunda. 
 
 Trajecti ad Ehenum, 1713. * 
 
 3 vols. 12°. This work was published in 1706-08. The copies of the date of 
 
 1713 have only the title changed. — Zeclerc, 1867, No. 1277. 
 
 3213 Relations | des J^suites | contenant | ce qui s'est pass6 de plus 
 remarquable dans les Missions des Peres | de la Compagnie de 
 J^sus I dans la | Nouvelle-France | Ouvrage public sous les aus- 
 pices du Gouvernement Canadien | Volume I [-III] | Embrassant 
 les ann^es 1611, 1C26 et la p6riode de 1632 4 1641 | [1656 k 1672] | 
 
 Quebec I Augustin Cot6, fiditeur-Imprimeur | pr^s de I'Arche- 
 v^cM I 1858 I A. 0. WE. JWP. 
 
 3 vols. 8°. Vol. 1 contains twelve relations of the dates 1611, 1626, 1632-1641 ; 
 vol. 2, fourteen relations dated 1642-1655 ; vol. 3, seventeen relations dated 1656- 
 1672. The relations of each year are paged separately and form forty-three dis- 
 tinct memoirs. Each volume has its own index, and vol. 3 has a general table 
 of contents. 
 
 [Brebceuf (P. Jean de).] Relation * * * en l'ann€e 1636, vol. 1, 1636, pp. 
 76-139. 
 
 [Lalemant (P. J^rdme).] Relation * * * de I'ann^e 1640 * ' " 1641, vol. 1, 
 1641, pp. 59-86. 
 
 Le Jeune (P. Paul). Relation * * * en I'ann^e 1633, vol. 1, 1633, pp. 1-44. 
 
 Relation * * * en I'ann^e 1634, vol. 1,1634, pp. 1-92. 
 
 Le Mercier (P. F. J.) Relation * * * es ann^es 1653-1654, vol. 2, 1654, pp. 1-34. 
 
 Vimont (P. Barth61emy). Relation » * * en Faunae 1643, vol. 2, 1643, pp. 1-83. 
 
 3214 Religious. [A Religious tract by an anonymous author.] * 
 
 Manuscript. 19 11. 4°. In Mexican, the text surrounded with curious painted 
 borders, evidently the work of a native Mexican. — Uamirez Sale Cat., No. 509. 
 
 3215 Religious Tracts | in the | Choctaw Language. | Second 
 
 edition, | Revised. | 
 
 Boston: j Priutedfor the American Board of Commissioners for | 
 Foreign Missions, by Crocker & Brewster. | 1835. | A. B. c. JWP. 
 
 Pp. 1-39. 12°. Chisvs Kilaist * * * or Salvation by Jesus Christ, pp. 5-12.— 
 Himona Vtta, or Regeneration by the Holy Spirit, pp. 12-19. — Ilekostininchi, or 
 Repentance necessary to Salvation, pp. 20-25.— Hvtvk lUi * * * or The Resur- 
 rection and Final Judgment, pp. 26-39. 
 
 For later edition of these tracts, see Salvation, No. — . 
 
 3216 [Religious tracts, in the Choctaw Language.] • 
 
 The Act of Faith, 4 pp.— The World to Come, 4 pp.— Self-dedication, 4 pp. 
 Titles from Byington's Manuscript Choctaw Dictionary. 
 
RELAND — RENSHAWE. 633 
 
 3217 Bemas (P.) Principes de la langue Crise. 
 
 In Congr^s Int. des Americanistes, Compte-rendn, seconde session, tome 2t 
 pp. 244-253. Luxembourg et Paris, 1878. 8°. 
 
 3218 Kemy (Jules). Voyage | au pays | des Mormons | Eelation — G6o- 
 graphie | Histoire Naturelle — Histoire — Th^ologie | Moeurs et Cou- 
 tumes I par | Jules Eemy | Tome jiremier [second] | Ouvrage orn6 
 de 10 gravures sur acler et d'une Carte | 
 
 Paris I E. Dentu, Libraire-fiditeur | Palais-Koyal, 13, Galerie 
 D'Orl^ans | 1860 | Tons droits r^sery^s. | A. c. ba. 
 
 2 vols. 8°. 
 
 A few words of Washo, vol. l,p. 41. — A few words of Paiuli, vol. 1, p. 49. — Short 
 vocabulary of Shoshoni, vol. 1, pp. 109-110. — ^A few words of Payusitas, vol. 2, 
 p. 387. — A few words of Kusiutas, vol. 2, p. 347. 
 
 3219 and Brenchley (Julius). A Journey | to | Great- Salt-Lake 
 
 City, I by | Jules Eemy, and Julius Brenchley, M. A.; | Witli a 
 sketch of the | History, Eeligion, and Customs of the Mormons, | 
 and an introduction on | the religious movement in the United 
 States. I By Jules Eemy. | In two volumes. | Vol. I [II]. [ With 
 Ten Steel Engravings and a Map. ( 
 
 London: | W. Jeffs, 15, Burlington Arcade, | Foreign Book- 
 seller to the Eoyal Family. | MDCCCLXI [1861]. | Translation re- 
 served. I A. B.C.BA. 
 
 2 vols, royal 8°. Linguistics as in Frencb edition, vol. 1, pp. 46, 55, 125 ; vol. 2, 
 pp. 389, 412. 
 
 3220 E^nan (Ernest). Histoire G6n6rale | et Syst^me compart | des | 
 Langues S6mitiques, | par | Ernest E6nan, | Membredel'Institut. | 
 Ouvrage couronn^ par I'Institut. | Premiere Parte. | Histoire Gen6- 
 rale des langues S^mitiques. | Seconde Edition, revue et aug- 
 ment^e. | [Design.] 
 
 Paris. I Imprim6 par autprisation du garde des sceaux | a I'lm- 
 prime Imp^riale. | M DCCC LVIII [1858J. | jcs. 
 
 Pp. i-xvi, 1-515. 8°. Part 2 not published. Though this work does not refer 
 to American languages, the title is given a place here from the fact that the Abb6 
 Cuoq has used it as a basis for his : Jugement erron4, No. 954 of this catalogue. 
 
 3221 Histoire G^n6rale | et Systfeme compart | des | Langues 
 
 S^mitiques, | par | Ernest Eenan, j Membre de I'Institut, Profes- 
 seur au College de France. | Ouvrage Couronne par I'Institut. | 
 Premiere Partie. | Histoire G6n6rale des Langues S^mitiques. | 
 Troisifeme Edition, Hevue et Augment^e. | 
 
 Paris. I Imprim6 par Autorisation du Garde des Sceaux | a I'lm- 
 primerie Imp^riale. | M DCCC LXIII [1863]. | c. 
 
 Pp. i-xvi, 1-527. 8°. Fourth edition, same place and date. 
 
 3222 Eenshawe (John Henry). Vocabulary of the Hualapi. 
 
 Manuscript. 21 11. 4°. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. Recorded 
 in a copy of Introduction to the Study of Indian Languages, Ist ed., incomplete. 
 Collected in 1878 on the Colorado Plateau, Arizona. 
 
634 NORTH AMER.CAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 3223 Renville (John B.) Woonspe Itakihna. | Ehakeun okaga. | Precept 
 upon Precept : | translated into the | Dakota Language. | By John 
 B. Eenville. | Prepared for the press | by S. E. Eiggs, | Missionary 
 of the A. B. C. F. M. | 
 
 Published by the | American Tract Society, | 117 Washington 
 Street, Boston, | Hurd and Houghton, 13 Astor Place, N. Y". | The 
 Eiverside Press, Cambridge, Mass. | [1864?] JWP. whs. 
 
 Pp. i-iv, 5-228. 16°. 
 
 3224 Renville (Joseph), sr. Extracts | from | Genesis, and the Psalms: | 
 with the I Third Chapter of Proverbs, | and the | Third Chapter of 
 Daniel, | in the Dacota Language. | Translated from the French 
 Bible, as published by the | American Bible Society, by | Joseph 
 Eenville, Sr. | Compared with other Translations, and prepared | 
 for the press, by | Thomas S. Williamson, M. D., | (Missionary.) | 
 Published for the American Board of Commis- | sioners for Foreign 
 Missions. | 
 
 Cincinnati : | Kendall and Henry, Printers. | 1839. | 
 
 Second title : 
 
 Otokahe Ekta | Wakantanka Taku Owasin Kage cin | qa IX | 
 Genesis Eciyapi qa, | Odowan Wakan | qa is Psam Eciyapi, | 
 Wowapi Wakan Waxicu tawa hetanhan Psin- | cinca le ska Dena 
 oyaka qa | Pejihuta Wicaxta owa kin ee. | 
 
 Maza on Kagapi. 1 Cincinnati, Ohio. | Omaka. | 1839. | BA. whs. 
 
 Literal translation. — In-the-beginningiii | sacred-great [God] what allhe-make 
 the I and also | Genesis they-call and, | hymn sacred | and also Psalm they-call, | 
 book sacred French his that-from Eice-Child [S. W. Pond] | talk white there he- 
 tell and. | Medicine Man [T. W. Williamson] write the it-[is]-it. \ Metal with 
 they make. | Cincinnati, Ohio. | Year. | 1839. | 
 
 Pp. i-vl, 7-72. sq. 24°. English title recto 1. 1 ; Dakota title verso 1. 1. 
 
 3225 Extracts | from the Gospels of | Matthew, Luke & John, | 
 
 from the | Acts of the Apostles, | and from the | First Epistle of 
 John, I in the Language of | the Dacota, or Sioux Indians. | Trans- 
 lated from the French, as published by the | American Bible Society, 
 by I Joseph Eenville, Sr. | Written and prepared for the Press, by | 
 Thomas S. Williamson M. D., | (Missionary.) | 
 
 Cincinnati : | Kendall and Henry, Printers, | 1839. | BA. whs. 
 Pp. 1-48. sq.240. 
 
 3226 The | Gospel | according to | Mark, | and Extracts from 
 
 some other Books of | The New Testament, | in the Language of the 
 Dakotas. | Translated from the French by ( Joseph Eenville, Sr. | 
 Written and prepared for the Press, by | Thomas S. Williamson M. 
 D., [ (Missionary.) | Published for theAmerican Board of Commis- | 
 sioners for Foreign Missions. | 
 
 Cincinnati : | Kendall and Henry Printers. | 1839. | 
 
RENVILLE— EEP0ET8. 636 
 
 Benville (Joseph), sr. — continued. 
 
 Second title : 
 
 Wotanin Waxte | Markus owa kin | Dee. | 
 Maza on Kagapi. | Cincinnati, Ohio. | Ixtawayazan wi j Omaka | 
 1839. I BA. WHS. 
 
 Literal translation. — Kews good | Mark -write the | this-[is]-it. | Metal with 
 they-make. | Cincinnati, Ohio. | Eyes-sore moon [March] | year | 1839. | 
 Pp. 1-96. 24°. English title recto 1. 1 ; Dakota title recto 1. 2. 
 
 3227 Wootanin Waxte Jan Owa Qon He Dee. The Gospel of 
 
 John, in the Dakota Language; translated from the French, by 
 Mr. Joseph Renville, Sr. 
 
 In Fond (G. H.) and Renville (Joseph), sr. Wootanin Waxte Lnka qa Jan, 
 pp. 242-296. Cincinnati, 1843. 12°. This latter work is appended to, and paged 
 continnously, 161-296, with : 'Wicoicage Wowapi. Cincinnati, 1842. 12°. 
 
 3228 and Williamson (Thomas S.) Wiconi Owihanke Wannin | 
 
 TaninKin. | Dr. Watt's Second Catechism for Children | in the Da- 
 kota Language. | 
 
 Boston: Printed for the American Board of Commissioners for | 
 Foreign Missions, by Crocker and Brewster. | 1837. | ba. 
 
 Pp. 1-23. 12°. 
 
 3229 and others. Dakota | dowanpi kin. | Hymns | in the | 
 
 Dakota or Sioux Language. | Composed by | Mr. J. Eenville and 
 Sons, I and the | Missionaries of the A. B. C. F. M. | 
 
 Boston: | Printed for the American Board of Commis- 
 sioners I for Foreign Missions, by Crocker | and Brewster. | 
 1842. I C. BA. JWP. MHS. 
 
 Pp. 1-71. 16°. I have seen copies of this work with pp. 73-105 added, p. 73 
 being headed : Dowanpi Kin. | 1846. | A copy of this latter is in the library of 
 Maj. J. W. Powell. 
 
 The initials given in the index show these hymns were translated by S. E. 
 Eiggs, G. H. Pond, S. W. Pond, T. S. Williamson, J. Eenville, and Alfred L Eiggs. 
 
 3230 Benzi (M. A.) Memoires | de la Soci6t6 des Antiquaires | de 
 I'Am^rique du Nord. | Partie Linguistique | par M. Gallatin ; | Rap- 
 port I fait a I'Institut Historique, | par M. A. Renzi, | membre de la 
 1" classe. I (Extrait de I'Investigateur, journal de I'Institut His- 
 torique, 90® livraison.) | 
 
 Paris I A Ren6 et C"., Imprimeurs - Editeurs, | Rue de Seine, 
 32. I 1842. I c. 
 
 Pp. 1-15. 8°. Eeview of Gallatin's work in American Antiquarian Society, 
 Transactions, vol. 2, pp. 1-422. 
 
 3231 Reports. 33d Congress, 2d Session. House of Representatives. 
 Ex. Doc. No. 91. I Reports | of | Explorations and Surveys, | to | 
 ascertain the most ])racticable and economical route for a Railroad | 
 from the | Mississippi River to the Pacific Ocean. | Made under the 
 direction of the Secretary of War, in | 1853-4, | according to Acts of 
 
636 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Reports — continued . 
 
 Congress of March 3, 1853, May 31, 1854, and August 5, 1854. | 
 Volume I f-XII. Book II]. | 
 
 Washington: | A. O. P. Nicholson, Printer. | 1855 [-I860]. | 
 
 l.s vols. 4°. A- c- J"WP. 
 
 Whipple (Lieut. A. W.), Ewbank (Thomas), and Turner (Prof. W. W.) Re- 
 port upon tlie Indian tribes, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 1-127. 
 
 Williamson {Lieut. R. S.) and Crook i^Lieui. G.) Vocabulary of the Klamath 
 language, vol. 6, pp. 71-72. 
 
 3232 Revelation. The Eevelation of John. Translated into the Cherokee 
 Language. [Two lines Cherokee characters.] 
 
 Park Hill : Mission Press : Edwin Archer, Printer. 1850. ABS. 
 28pp. 24°. In Cherokee characters. Atranslation of chapters i-v and xx-xxii. 
 
 Revue Am^ricaine. 
 See Revue Orientale et Americaine. 
 
 3233 Revue | de | Linguistique | et de | Philologie compar^e | Eecueil 
 trimestriel | de documents pour servir a la science positive | des 
 Langues, a I'EthnoIogie, | a la Mythologie et a I'Histoire | Tome 
 Premier | I""^ Fascicule — Juillet 1867 [-Onzieme]. 
 
 Paris I Maisonneuve et C'^, Libraires-Editeurs | 15, Quai Voltaire 
 [N. d.-1878]. Yc' 
 
 11 vols. 8°. 
 
 [Adam (L.)] De la derivation verhale sp^cifique * * * dans la langue Da- 
 kota, tome 9, pp. 3-25. 
 
 De la langue Chibcha, tome 9, pp. 99-133. 
 
 Du polysynth^tisme * * • dans la langue Nahuatl, tome 9, pp. 231-254. 
 
 Du polysynth^tisme * * * les langues Quiche et Maya, tome 10, pp. 
 
 34-74. 
 
 Du parler des hommes et du parler des femmes dans la langue caraibe, 
 
 tome 12, pp. 275-305. 
 
 [Charenoey (H. de)]. Recherches ' * * de la FamiUe Mame Huastfeqiie, 
 tome 5, pp. 129-167. 
 
 Recherches * * * en laugue Maya, tome 6, pp. 42-61. 
 
 Etude sur la Proph^tie en langue Maya D'Ahkuilchel, tome 8, pp. 
 
 320-332. 
 
 [Henry (V.)J Esquisse d'une Grammaire de la langue Innok, tome 10, pp. 
 223-260. 
 
 Esquisse d'une Grammaire raison^e de la langue Al^oute, tome 11, pp. 
 
 247-257 ; tome 12, pp. 1-62. 
 
 Parisot (J.) Notes sur la laugue des Taensas, tome 13, pp. 166-186. 
 
 3234 Revue Orientale et Americaine. Eevue | Orientale | et | Ameri- 
 caine I publi^e avec le concours | de Membres de I'Institut, de Di- 
 plomates, de Savants | de Voyageurs, d'Orientalistes et d'lndus- 
 triels I par | L6on de Eosny | Tome Premier [-Dixifeme] ( 
 
 Paris I Challamel Aiu6, Editeur | Commissionaire pour I'Alg^rie 
 et I'etranger | 30, rue des Boulangers | 1859 [-1865] | * 
 
 10 vols. 8°, 
 
EEPOETS — REVUE. 637 
 
 Eevue Orientale et Am^ricame — continued. 
 
 Aubin (M. A.) Notice sur la peinture mesicaine du corps l^gislatif, tome 3, 
 pp. 165-169. 
 
 M^moire sur la peinture didaotique et I'^criture figurative des anciens 
 
 mexicains, tome 3, pp. 224-255 ; tome 4, pp. 33-51, 270-282 ; tome 5, pp. 361-392. 
 
 Brasseur de Bourbourg (C.E.) Essai historique sur les sources de la philo- 
 logie mexicaine, tome 1, pp. 354-3t!0 ; tome 2, pp. 64-75. 
 
 Coup d'oeil sur la nation et la langue des Wabi, tome 5, pp 261-271. 
 
 Charencey (H. de). Notice sur un ancien manuscrit mexicain dit Codex Tel- 
 leriano-Remensis, tome 2, pp. 215-219. 
 
 [-; ] filaments de la grammaire Othomi, tome 8, pp. 15-49. 
 
 Denis (F. ) Pal^ographie mexicaine, tome 5, pp. 70-73. 
 
 Perez ( Jos6). Note sur un ancien manuscrit am^ricain in^dit, tomel, pp. 35-39. 
 
 M^moire sur les relations des anciens ani^ricains avec les penples de 
 
 I'Europe, de I'Asie et de I'Afrique, tome 8, pp. 162-198. 
 
 tTmery (J.) Sur I'identitfi du mot m^e dans les idiomes de tons les peuples, 
 tome 8, pp. 335-338. 
 
 Continued as follows: 
 
 IHalf title :] 
 
 3235 Eeviie Amdricaine | 2" S6rie.— Tome 11. | 
 
 [Title.-I 
 
 M^moires | sur | I'Arch^ologie Am6ricaine | et sur | I'Ethnogra- 
 phie du Nouveau-Monde | publics | par la Soci^t6 d'Bthnographie | 
 Tome second | 
 
 Paris I aux Bureau de la Soci6t6 d'Ethnographie | 47, Quai des 
 Augustius, 47 I MDCCCLXV | [1865]. A. 
 
 Pp. i-vi, 7-404. plates. 8°. Discontinued. Tome I, to contain a proposed 
 Bibliographie am^ricaine, has not been published. This second volume was 
 subsequently issued as Tome IV of Actes de la Soci6t6 d'Ethnographie. 
 
 Perez (Jos6). M^moire sur les relations des anciens Am^ricains avec les 
 peuples de I'Europe, de I'Asie et de I'Afrique (suite), pp. 162-175, 300-310. 
 
 Rosny (L6on de). L'fioriture hi6ratique de I'Am^rique Centrale, pp. 241-245. 
 
 Smith (J.) Notice sur la langue Tarasca, pp. 180-186. 
 
 A later continuation, as follows: 
 
 3236 Eevue | Orientale | et | Am^ricaine | v6Aig6e \ par MM. ■ 
 
 Aubin, Burnouf, Cahun, Castaing, Feer, | Foucaux, Garcin de 
 Tassy, Hal^vy, D'Hervey-Saint-Denys, Lenormant. | Madier de 
 Montjau, Marre, Oppert, Eosny, Schoebel, | S^dillot, Vinson, et 
 autres Professeurs, Orientalistes et | Am^ricanistes Fran9ais et 
 Etrangers, | et publi^e | Par L^on de Eosny. | Nouvelle S^rie. — 
 Ann6e 1875. | 
 
 Paris I Union Centrale des Soci^t^s Savantes, | 20, Eue Bona- 
 parte, I 1875 I A. 
 
 Pp. 1-264. plates. 8°. Also issued as Tome XIII (troisifeme volume de la 
 seconde s6rie) des M^moires de la Soci6t6 d'Ethnographie, Paris, 1875. Continued 
 as follows: 
 
 3237 Eevue | Orientale | et | Am^ricaine | r6dig6e | par MM. 
 
 Aubin, Burnouf, Cahun, Castaing, Feer, | Foucaux, Garcin de 
 
 , Tassy, Hal6vy, D'Hervey-Saint-Denys, Lenormant, | Madier de 
 
638 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Bevne Orientale et Americaine — continued. 
 
 Montjau, Marre, Oppert, Eosny, Schoebel, | Vinson, et autres Pro- 
 fesseurs, Orientalistes et | Am^ricanistes Frangais et Strangers, | 
 et publi6e | Par L^on de Eosny | Nouvelle S6rie.— Tome Premier j 
 [Seal] I 
 
 Paris I Maisonneuve et C'", Editeurs | 25, Quai Voltaire, | Ad- 
 ministration, 7, Place Saint- Sulpice. | 1876. | A. 
 
 Pp. 1-208. plates. 8°. 
 
 Rosny (L6on de). Lea sources de I'Histoire Ant^-Colombienne da Nouveau- 
 Monde, pp. 139-156. 
 
 3238 Reward of Ten Thousand Dollars. O. 
 
 2 pp. 12°. Tract in the Chippewa Language. 
 
 3239 Eeyes {Fr. Antonio de los.) Arte | Bu Lengva | Mixteca, Com- | 
 puesta por el Padre Fray | Antonio de los Eeyes, | de la Orde de 
 Predica | dores, Vicario de | Tepuzculula. | [Picture of Virgin and 
 Child.] 
 
 En Mexico, j En casa de Pedro BaUi. Ano | de 1593. | • 
 
 12 p. 11., 11. 1-68. 8°. The word Tepuzculula is on a slip of paper pasted on 
 the title, underneath which we read Tamaczulapa. Title from fac-simile fur- 
 nished by Sr. Icazbalceta. Description from his Apuntes, No. 63. 
 
 3240 Arte en Lengua Mixteca. 
 
 En Mexico y per su original reimpresso en la Impreta de la Viuda 
 de Miguel de Ortega, 1750. * 
 
 Title ; 12 11. ; text, 163 pp. 12°. This edition is unknown to Beristain, and 
 is not found in Brasseur de Bourbourg, Leolerc, or the Fischer Catalogue. The 
 original edition was published in Mexico by P. Balli in 1593. — Bamirez SaU Cat., 
 No. 558. 
 
 3241 Reyna (Joseph de). Vocabulario en Lengua Mexicana. • 
 
 Manuscript, 1770. Title from the Fischer Sale Catalogue, No. 2000. 
 
 "3242 Reynoso(JV. Diego de). Arte, | y Vocabulario | en lengua Mame. | 
 Dirigido | a nnestro Eeuerendissimo Padre Maestro F. Marcos j 
 Salmeron, Califlcador del Supremo Consejo de la In- | quisiciou. 
 General de todo el Orden de 1^. Senora de | la Merced, senor de la 
 Varonia de Algar. | [An engraving of S. Pedro Nolasco.] 
 
 Con licencia en Mexico. | Por Francisco Eobledo, Impressor del 
 secreto del S. Oflcio. 1644. | 
 
 Leaf 1 has the following title : 
 
 Arte I Vocabulario, | Confessionario, | y Modo de administrar 
 el I Santissimo Sacramento de la Bucharestia, y el de la Bx- | trema 
 Viicion, y Doctrina Christiana, y otras aduerten- | cias necessarias, 
 y conuenientes para mayor inteligencia, | y noticia desta Lengua, a 
 quien vulgarmente llamau Ma- | me, 6 Indios Mames, k los desta 
 Sierra, porque ordinaria- | mente hablan, y responden con esta 
 palabra Man, que | quiere dezir Padre: y por esto les Uaman 
 
REVUE RICHARD. 639 
 
 Reynoso (Fr. Diego de)^ontinued. 
 
 Mames; | y esta Lengua Mame, la qual segun su anti- | gualla, se 
 llama Zaelopaeap. | Gompuesto por el Padre Predicador Fray 
 Diego I de Eeynoso. | * 
 
 3 p. 11., Arte, 11. 1-36; Vocabulario, 11. 37-87. 4°. Prom the above it seems 
 that the book contained only the Arte and Vocabulario as the title-page declares. 
 The work seems to be complete, since it concludes with Laus Deo. In this second 
 title, and at the end of the preface, the name of the author is given, which is not 
 the case on the first title. — Icazbalceta'a Apuntes, No. 146. 
 
 3243 Beyu Puhval Mak, etc. Oonfessionario en lengua Pokoman. • 
 
 Manuscript. 18 U. 4°. Anonymous, and in a hand seemingly of the last part 
 of the 18th century. — Brasseur de Bourbourg. 
 
 3244 Rhode Island Historical Society. Collections | of the | Rhode Island | 
 Historical Society. | Vol. I [-VI]. | 
 
 Providence : | Printed by John Miller. | 1827 [-1867]. | A. c. BA. 
 
 Cvols. 8°. 
 
 'Williams (Roger). A Key into the Language of America, vol. 1, pp. 17-166. 
 
 3245 Ribas (Fr. Juan). Doctrina Cristiana en Lengua Mexicana. * 
 
 3246 Sermones Dominicales y Dialogos morales en Megicano. * 
 
 These writings are referred to by Torquemada, Betancur, and the authors of 
 
 the Bibliotheca Hispana y Pranciscana. — Beristain. 
 
 3247 Ribero {Fr, Sebastien). Vocabulario de la Lengua Otomi. • 
 
 Priuted in Mexico, according to Pinelo. — Beristain. 
 
 3248 Dialogos de la Doctrina Cristiana en Lengua Mexicana. * 
 
 3249 Tratado de la Paz del alma en Megicano. * 
 
 Manuscripts. P. Pr. Juan de Sau Antonio, author of the Bibliott ca Prancis- 
 cana, says that he saw these original manuscripts in the library of the Convent 
 of S Diego de Zaragoza, letter K, number 136. — Beristain. 
 
 3250 [Richard (P. Pierre).] Tchipayatik-o-mikan. | Kanachtageng. | 
 [Crucifix.] 
 
 Moniang [Montreal], | Takkwabikichkote L. Perrault | en- 
 datch. I 1843. | V. T. 
 
 Pp. 1-26. 12°. The Way of the Cross, in the Nipissing dialect of the Algonkin 
 language. 
 
 3251 [Manuscripts in the Algonkin language.] * 
 
 The following list of manuscripts preserved in the archives of the Catholic 
 church at the mission of the Lao des Deux Montagnes (Oka), Canada, was fur- 
 nished by Mrs. Erminnie A. Smith. They are bound in books which are lettered. 
 
 A C — continued. 
 
 • Jagement dernier. Blaspheme. 
 
 Eglise. Distinction du bien & du mal. 
 
 B Quelques questions historiques de 
 P6ch6. catechisme. 
 
 Ciel. Combats du Chretien dans ce monde. 
 
 C Prophetic concernaht le messie. 
 Culte des Saints. 
 
 4me ^t, dn Symbole. F6te patronale (annonciation). 
 
 St. Paul. Commemoration des trepass^s. 
 
 Scandals. Prifere. 
 
640 
 
 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Eichard (P. Pierre) — continued. 
 
 D 
 
 Des Anges. 
 
 Des livres Saintes. 
 
 Motif de notre foi. 
 
 Ximmac, conreption. 
 
 Mystfere de la redemption. 
 
 Noel. 
 
 Dernier jour de I'annee. 
 
 Epiphanie. 
 
 St. nom de Jesus. 
 
 Sur la detraction. 
 
 Devoirs des Pasteuis. 
 
 E 
 Importance du Salut. 
 Disposition k la St^ Communion. 
 Necessite du la penitence. 
 Prifere. 
 
 St, Jean Baptiste. 
 St. Pierre et St. Paul. 
 
 Grandeur du Dien. 
 
 Trinite. 
 
 Presence reelle. 
 
 Communion. 
 
 Respect humain. 
 
 Mort. 
 
 Jugement dernier. 
 
 Respect humain 3"". 
 
 Enfer. 
 
 Insensibility spirituelle. 
 
 K 
 
 Art. I du symbole. 
 Art. II du symbole. 
 Art. Ill du symbole. 
 Necessity de la prifere. 
 Qualities de la pri&re. 
 
 Divers avis. 
 Instruction. 
 Examen. 
 
 G 
 
 Pensees impures. 
 Meroredides Cendres. 
 Ceremonies du bapt6me. 
 Force chretienne. 
 TouBsaiut. 
 
 H 
 
 Pour le carfime 1844. 
 Bienfait du christianisme. 
 Dimanche des rameaux. 
 St" Famine. 
 Dieu AuteuT de la Religion. 
 
 I 
 
 Bien declarer tons ses p6ch68. 
 Pensees sur I'Enfer. 
 Assomption. 
 
 Chemin du ciel. 
 
 P^ch^s retenus en confession. 
 
 Pens^e du ciel. 
 
 Pentecdte. 
 
 Jugement de Dieu. 
 
 Mariage. 
 
 M 
 
 1"' dimanobe de I'avent. 
 
 Difference entre I'esprit de seigneur & 
 
 celui du Demon. 
 Epiphanie. 
 Cendres. 
 2" dim. de carSme. 
 
 Confession. 
 
 Eglise. 
 
 Fins demieres. 
 
 Avis. 
 
 Resurrection. 
 
 N 
 
 3252 Eichardson (Albert Deane). Beyond the Mississippi : | from the 
 Great River to the Great Ocean. | Life and Adventure | on the | 
 Prairies, Mountains, and Pacific Coast. | With more than two hun- 
 dred illustrations, from photographs and original | sketches, of the 
 Prairies, Deserts, Mountains, Elvers, Mines, | Cities, Indians, Trap- 
 pers, Pioneers, and great natural | curiosities of the New States 
 and Territories. | 1857-1867. | Bj' | Albert D. Richardson, | Author 
 of 'Field, Dungeon and Escape.' | [Two lines advertisement.] | 
 
 Hartford, Conn. | American Publishing Company. | National 
 Publishing Company, | Philadelphia, Pa., Cincinnati, O., Chicago, 
 
RICHARD RICHAI DSON. 641 
 
 Bichardson (Albert Deaue). 
 
 111., St. Louis, Mo., I New Orleans, La., Atlanta, Ga., Eichmond, 
 Va. I Bliss & Company, New York. | 1867. ( A. c. 
 
 3 p. U., pp. i-xvi, 17-572. 8°. Some copies of this edi tion vary slightly in the 
 imprint, and omit the date. Another edition : Hartford, 1869. 8°. 
 
 Brief vocabulary and numerals, 1-10, 20, 30, 100, 1000, in the Chinook jargon, 
 pp. 502-503. 
 
 3253 Beyond the Mississippi : | from the Great Eiver to the 
 
 Great Ocean. | Life and Adventure | on the | Prairies, Mountains, 
 and Pacific Coast. | With more than two hundred illustrations, from 
 photographs and original | sketches, of the Prairies, Deserts, Moun- 
 tains, Elvers, Mines, j Cities, Indians, Trappers, Pioneers, and 
 great natural | curiosities of the New States and Territories. | 
 New edition. | Written down to summer of 1869. | By | Albert D. 
 Eichardson, | Author of 'Field, Dungeon and Escape,' and 'Per- 
 sonal I History of Ulysses S. Grant.' | [Two lines advertisement.] | 
 
 Hartford: | American Publishing Company, | 1875. | t. 
 
 2 p. 11., pp. i-xvi, 17-620. map and plates. 8°. 
 
 Brief vocabulary and numerals, 1-1000, in the Chinook jargon, pp. 502-503. 
 
 3254 Richardson (E. M.) Vocabulary of the Mohave. 
 
 In TATheeler ( Capt. G. M. ) Report upon U. S. Geographical Surveys, vol. 7, pp. 
 434-465,475. Washington, 1879. 4°. 
 
 3255 and Loring (Frederic W.) Vocabulary of the Shoshoni Lan- 
 guage. 
 
 In WTieeler ( Vapt. G. M. ) Report upon U. S. Geographical Surveys, vol. 7, pp. 
 424-465,470. "Washington, 1879. 4°. 
 
 3256 Richardson {Sir John). Arctic | Searching Expedition: | a | 
 Journal of a Boat- Voyage | through Eupert's Land and the Arctic 
 Sea, I in search of | the Discovery Ships under command of | Sir 
 John Franklin. | With an Appendix on the physical geography | 
 of North America. | By Sir John Eichardson, 0. B., P. E. S. | In- 
 spector of Naval Hospitals and Fleets, | etc. etc. etc. | In two vol- 
 umes. I Vol. I [II]. I Published by authority. | 
 
 London: | Longman, Brown, Green, and Longmans. | 1851. | 
 
 2 vols. 8°. maps, plates. A. B. C. BA. 
 
 Remarks on the Eskimo language, with examples of nouns declined transit- 
 ively and intransitively, vol. 2, pp. 363-368. 
 
 Comparative table of the dialects spoken by the Beering's Sea and Labrador 
 Eskimos, comprising the two following: 
 
 Baer (K. E. von). Kuskutohe wak vocabulary, vol. 2, pp. 369-382. 
 
 Iiatrobe {Rev. Peter) and Washington (Capt.) Vocabulary of the Labrador 
 Eskimo, vol. 2, pp. 369-382. 
 
 Lefroy ( J. H. ) Vocabulary of the Chepewyan and Dog-Rib, vol. 2, pp. 400-402. 
 
 M'Murray (Mr. — ) and M'Pherson {Mr. — ). Vocabulary of the Kntchin of 
 the Yukon or Kutchi-Kutchi, vol. 2, pp. 382-385. 
 
 M'Pherson {Mrs. — ). Chepewyan vocabulary, vol. 2, pp. 387-395. 
 
 41 Bib 
 
642 NORTH AMEEICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Richardson (Sir John) — continued. 
 
 Murray (Mr. — ). Vocabulary showing resemblances between the Kutchin 
 and Dog-rib, vol. 1, pp. 399-400. 
 
 O'Brian (Mr. —). A vocabulary of Fort Simpson Dog-Eib, vol. 2, p. 398. 
 
 Vocabulary of the Mauvais Monde and Dog-Rib, or Slave, vol. 2, pp. 
 
 399-400. 
 
 Richardson (Sir J.) Comments on the Cree language, vol. 2, p. 53. 
 
 Dog-Eib [of Fort Confidence] vocabulary, vol. 2, pp. 395-396. 
 
 Vocabulary of the Dog-Eib of Fort Simpson, by an officer of the Hudson's 
 Bay Co., vol. 2, p. 397. 
 
 3257 Arctic | Searching Expedition : | a | Journal of a Boat- 
 Voyage through Eupert's | Land and the Arctic Sea, | in search of 
 the Discovery Ships under command of | Sir John Franklin. | With 
 an Appendix on the Physical Geogra- | phy of North America. | By 
 Sir John Richardson, C. B., F. E. S., | Inspector of Naval Hospitals 
 and Fleets, | etc., etc., etc. | 
 
 New York : | Harper & Brothers, Publishers, | 82 Cliff Street. | 
 1852. I HU. 
 
 Pp. i-xi, 13-516. 12°. Linguistics, pp. 235-236, 273, 479-516. 
 Another edition : New York, Harper & Brothers, 1856. 516 pp. 1-°. — Field. 
 
 3258 Eicketson (Daniel). The | History of New Bedford, | Bristol 
 County, Massachusetts: | including | a History of the old township 
 of Dartmouth | and the present townships of Westport, | Dart- 
 mouth, and Fairhaven, | from their settlement to the present time. | 
 By Daniel Eicketson. | 
 
 New Bedford: | Published by the Author. | 1858. | C. 
 
 Pp. i-xii, 13-412. 12°. Explanation of Indian names [of places], pp. 134-136. 
 
 3259 Ridgway (Eobert). Ornithology. By Eobert Eidgway. jwp. 
 
 In King (Clarence). Eeport on the Geological Exploration of the Fortieth 
 Parallel, vol. 4, pp. 305-643. Washington, 1877. 4°. 
 
 Contains names of birds in Washoe, Paiute, and Shoshone. 
 
 3260 Vocabulary of the Washo language. 
 
 Manuscript. 5 11. folio. 75 words. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology, 
 Collected at Carson City, Nev. 
 
 3261 Riggs {Rev. Alfred Lougley). Wicoie Wowapi Kin. | The Word 
 Book. I By I Alfred L.Eiggs,B.D.l Missionary of the A. B.C.F.M. I 
 
 Published for the Dakota Mission, | American Tract Society: 
 New York. | 1 877. | jwp. whs. 
 
 1 p. 1., pp. 1-49. 12°. Primer in the Dakota language. There is an 1881 edition 
 with no change of title except in the date. 
 
 3262 Wicoie Wowapi j Wowapi Pehanpi kin. | The Word Book 
 
 Wall EoU I By A. L. Eiggs, A. M. | [Picture.] | 
 
 Published for the Dakota Mission, by the | American Tract So- 
 ciety, I New York City. | [1881.] jwp. 
 Literal translation. — Word book | book folded-up the. | 
 
 Title, reverse blank, 1 1., and 25 other unnumbered 11. folio. 21-ix31i in. 
 Primer in the Dakota language. 
 
RICHARDSON RIGGS. 643 
 
 Biggs [Bev. Alfred Longley) — continued. 
 
 3263 Woonspe Wankantu. jwp. 
 
 Literal translation. — Lesson high. 
 
 4 pp. 8°. Circular of the "Santee Normal Training School, Santee Agency, 
 Nebraska. For the year ending Jane 30, 1879." 
 
 An address in Dakota, and Dakota names of pupils, with English signification. 
 
 3264 Language of the Dakotas and cognate tribes f by Alfred 
 
 L. Riggs, A. B., B. D., Missionary of the American Board. 
 
 Manuscript. 24 11. 8°. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. General 
 characteristics, verbal forms, <fco. 
 
 See Riggs (Bev. Stephen Return) and Riggs (Bev. Alfred Longley). 
 
 See "Williamson (Bev. J. P.), Riggs (Bev. S. R.), and Riggs (Bev. A. L.), editors. 
 
 3265 [ and Williamson (John Poage)], editors. Dakota Odowan. | 
 
 Dakota Hymns. | Published by | the Dakota Mission | of the j 
 American Board | and the | Presbyterian Board of Foreign Mis- 
 sions. I 
 
 Printed by the | American Tract Society, | 150 Nassau Street, 
 
 New York. | 1879. | ATS. 
 
 Pp. 1-133. 8m.4'^. Most of the hymns are set to music. Preface signed by 
 
 Messrs. Riggs and Williamson as editors. The contributors are: 
 
 Thomas S. Williamson. Joseph Renville, jr. 
 
 Stephen R. Riggs. Antoine Renville. 
 
 Samuel W. Pond. John B. Renville. 
 
 Gideon H. Pond. Daniel Renville. 
 
 Amos W. Huggins. Antoine D. Frenier. 
 
 John P. Williamson. Lorenzo Lawrence. 
 
 Alfred L. Riggs. Edwin Phelps. 
 
 W. J. Thomas Robertson. 
 
 Joseph Renville. 
 
 3266 Dakota Odowan. ( Dakota Hymns. | Published by | the 
 
 Dakota Mission | of the | American Missionary Association | and 
 the I Presbyterian Board of Foreign Missions. | 
 
 Printed by the | American Tract Society, | 150 Nassau street, 
 New York. | 1883. | • 
 
 Pp. 1-133. 4°. Title furnished by Mr. W. Earaes. 
 
 For an edition "with tunes," see Riggs (Bev. S. R.) ; and for others, without 
 music, see Renville (J.), sr., and others; and Riggs (Eev. S. R.) and Williamson 
 (Bev. J. P.), editors. 
 
 3267 Eiggs (Bev. Stephen Return). Wowapi Mitawa. | Tamakoce 
 Kaga. I My own Book. | Prepared from Rev. T. H. Gallaudet's 
 "Mother's Primer," and | "Child's Picture Defining and Reading 
 Book," in the Dakota | language. | By S. R. Riggs, A. M. | Mis- 
 sionary of the A. B. 0. Foreign Missions. | 
 
 Boston : | Printed for the American Board of Commissioners for 
 For- I eign Missions, by Crocker and Brewster. | 1842. | 
 
644 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Riggs (Bev. Stephen Eeturu) — continued. 
 
 Printed cover : 
 
 Wowapi Mitawa. | Tamakoce Kaga. | [Four lines verse in Da- 
 kota.] 
 
 Wicaxta nom | uman Crocker ecijapi qa uman ix Brewster | eci- 
 papi hena maza on kagapi, otonwe wan Boston | eciyapi he etu. | 
 1842. I A. C. BA. MHS. 
 
 lAteral translation.— Book my, | his-oountry he make [t. e., S. R. Riggs]. Man 
 two I one Crocker they-call | and other Brewster | they-oall those metal with 
 they-make town one Boston | they call that at. | 
 
 Printed cover 1 1., pp. 1-64. sq. 24°. 
 
 3268 Jesus | Ohnihde Wicaye Cin Oranyanpi Qon: | qa | Palos 
 
 Wowapi kage Ciqon; | nakuu, | Jan Woyake ciqon dena eepi. | 
 Tamakoce Okaga. | The | Actsof the Apostles; | and the | Epistles 
 of Paul; I with the | Revelation of John; | in the Dakota Lan- 
 guage; I translated from the Greek, | by Stephen E. Riggs, A. M. ( 
 
 Published by the American Bible Society. | Cincinnati : | Kendall 
 and Barnard, Printers. J 1843. | 0. BA. ABC. JWP. 
 
 Pp. 1-228. 1-2°. Acts, pp. 3-61.— Epistle of Paul, pp. 62-198.— Revelation, pp. 
 199-228. 
 
 3269 The | Constitution of Minnesota, | in the | Dakota Lan- 
 guage, I translated by | Stephen R. Riggs, A. M. | By order of the 
 Haizelwood Republic. | 
 
 Boston: | Press of T. R. Marvin & Son: | 1858. | ABC. 
 
 Pp. 1-36. 12°. 
 
 3270 Wowapi Mtawa. Tour own Book. A Dakota Primer for 
 
 Schools. By S. R. Riggs. 
 
 Minneapolis: 1863. * 
 
 32 pp. sq. 12°. Title from William's Dakota Bibliography. 
 
 3271 Dakota | Wowapi wakan kin. | The New Testament, | in 
 
 the I Dakota Language : | Translated from the original Greek, | by 
 Stephen R. Riggs, A. M. | Missionary of the A. B. C. P. M. | 
 
 New York: | American Bible Society, | instituted in the year 
 MDCCCXVI. I 1865. | A. BS. ABC. 
 
 Pp. 1^08. 16°. I have seen editions of 1866, 1867, 1871, 1874, 1878, 1880, in all 
 respects similar to the above, except in date. 
 
 3272 The Book of Psalms. Translated from the Hebrew into 
 
 the Dakota language, by S. R. Riggs, Missionary of the A. B. G. F. M. 
 
 New York : American Bible Society. 1869. * 
 
 133 pp. 16°. Title Irorn Williams's Dakota Bibliography. 
 
 3273 Psalm Wowapi. | The | Book of Psalms, | in the | Dakota 
 
 Language.: | trauslated from the Hebrew, | by S. E. Riggs, A. M., | 
 Missionary of the A. B. C. F. M. I 
 
EIGGS. 645 
 
 Biggs {Bev. Stephen Eetarn) — continued. 
 
 New York: | American Bible Society, Instituted in the year 
 M DCCO XVI. I 1871. I JWP. lsh. 
 
 Pp. 1-265. 12°. Psalm Wowapi, pp. 1-133. — Wicoie Wakan [Proverbs], pp. 
 135-169. — Eyanpaha Kin [Eoclesiastes], pp. 171-183.— Dowanpi Odowan [Song 
 of Solomon], pp. 183-189. — Isaya, &c. [Isaiah], pp. 189-265. 
 
 I have seen an edition of 1874 with no change except that of date. For earlier 
 editions of part of the Psalms, see Riggs (S. E.) and Renville (J.), sr. 
 
 The Psalms are sometimes issued separately, 133 pp. 16°, and sometimes the 
 following is appended to the fuller edition: 
 
 3274 Jeremiah, Ezekiel, Daniel, | qa | Wicasta Wokcan Tokto- 
 
 keca, I Dakota lapi En. | Tamakoce Okaga. | Jeremiah, Ezekiel, 
 Daniel, | and the | Minor Prophets : | in the | Dakota Language. | 
 Translated from the Hebrew by S. K. Eiggs. | 
 
 New York: | American Bible Society, | Instituted in the year 
 ■M DOCC XVI. I 1877. | ABS. jwp. 
 
 1 p. 1., pp. 267-531. 16°. 
 
 3275 Dakota | A B Wowapi Kin. | Tamakoce Kaga. | 
 
 Chicago : | Dean and Ottoway, Printers. | 1866. | ABC. 
 
 Literal translation. — Dakota | A B C book the. | His country made [i. c, S. E. 
 Eiggs]. 
 
 Pp. 1-40. sq. 16°. 
 
 3276 Dakota | A B C Wowapi. | By Eev. S. E. Eiggs. | 
 
 Published by the | American Tract Society, | 150 Nassau-street, 
 
 New York. | [N. d.] JWP. 
 
 Pp. 1-32. sq.24°. 
 
 3277 Dakota | A B Wowapi. | By Eev. S. E. Eiggs. | 
 
 Published by the | American Tract Society, | 150 Nassau-street, 
 
 New York. | [1868?] c. ABC. jwp. 
 
 Pp. 1-64. sq. 24°. Enlarged edition of previous work, the first 32 pages being 
 a reprint thereof. 
 
 3278 Dakota | Tawoonspe. | Wowapi 1. | Tamakoce Kaga. | 
 
 Louisville, Ky. | Morton and Griswold. 1 [N. d.] 
 
 Eeverse title : 
 
 Dakota Lessons. [ Book I. | By S. E. Eiggs, A. M. | Missionary 
 of A. B. C. F, M. I 
 Louisville, Ky. | Morton and Griswold. | c. BA. 
 
 Pp. 1-48. sq. 16°. 
 
 3279 Dakota | Tawoonspe. | Wowapi II. ( Dakota Lessons. | 
 
 Book II. I By S. E. Eiggs, A. M. | Missionary of A. B. C. P. M. | 
 
 Louisville, Ky. | Morton and Griswold. | [N. d.] c. ba. 
 
 Pp. 1-48. sq.l6°. 
 
 3280 Dakota | Wiwicawangapi Kin. | Dakota Catechism. | 
 
 By S. E. Eiggs, A. M. | Missionary of A. B. C. F. M. | 
 
 Published by the | American Tract Society, | 160 Nassau-street, 
 New York. | [N. d.] c. be. abc. jwp. 
 
 Pp. 1-36. 24°. 
 
646 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Riggs {Eev. Stephen Eeturn) — continued. 
 
 3281 HeTuweHe. 
 
 [Eepublican Print, Chicago.] JWP- 
 
 No title-page. pp. 1-7. 4°. Hymn: That who? (i. «., Who is that?) in the 
 Dakota language. 
 
 3282 Latota | A B Wowapi. | By Eev. S. E. Eiggs. | 
 
 Published by the | American Tract Society, | 150 Nassau-street, 
 
 New York. | [N. d.] WE. jwp. 
 
 Pp. 1-32. sq. 16°. In the Teton dialect of the Dakota Language, one pecu- 
 liarity of which is the nse of the letter "1" instead of "d." 
 
 3283 Model | First Eeader. | Wayawa Tokaheya. | Prepared | 
 
 in 1 English -Dakota. | By S. E. Eiggs, LL. D. | 
 
 Chicago : | Geo. Sherwood & Co. | Printed at the Lakeside Press 
 Chicago. I [N. d.] JWP. 
 
 Pp. 1-112. 12°. 
 
 3284 The | Pilgrim's Progress, | by John Bunyan. | In | the Da- 
 kota Language, | translated | by Stephen E. Eiggs, A. M,, | Mis- 
 sionary of the A. B. C. F. M. I 
 
 Published by the | American Tract Society, | 150 Nassau street, 
 New York. | [N. d.] 
 
 Reverse title: 
 
 Mahpiya Bkta Oicimani Ya; | John Bunyan | oyaka. | Dakota 
 lapi En | tamakoce okaga. | [Picture.] c. ABC. jwp. whs. 
 
 Pp. 1-264. 16°. 
 
 3285 Tah-koo Wah-kan ; J or, | The Gospel among the Dakotas.J 
 
 By 1 Stephen E. Eiggs, A. M. | Missionary of the A. B. C. F. M., and 
 author of the Dakota Grammar | and Dictionary. | With an Intro- 
 duction, I by I S. B. Treat, | Secretary of the A. B. 0. F. M. | Writ- 
 ten for the Congregational Sabbath- School and Publishing ( So- 
 ciety, and approved by the Committee of Publication. | 
 
 Boston: | Congregational Publishing Society, | Congregational 
 House, I Beacon Street. | [1869?] c. jwp. 
 
 Pp. i-xxxvi, 1-491. 12°. The copy seen in the Library of Congress differs 
 from the above in imprint, being as follows: 
 
 Boston: | Cong. Sabbath-School and Publishing Society. | Depository, 13 
 Cornhill. | 
 
 Scattered throughout this volume are many terms in Dakota. Chap. 2, pp. 
 7-14, is a short dissertation on the Dakota language, and on pp. 61-75 is a list of 
 the names of the gods of the Dakotas, with English signification; hymn, with 
 music, p. 476. 
 
 3286 — — Concerning Dakota Beliefs. 
 
 In Am. Philolog. Ass., Proc.jthird aun. sess., pp.5-6. New York, 1872. 8°. 
 Dakota names of gods, &c. ' 
 
 3287 The Dakota Language. By Eev. S. E. Eiggs. 
 
 In Minn. Hist. Soc, Coll., vol. 1, pp. 89-107. St. Paul, 1872. 8°. 
 
RIGGS. 647 
 
 Biggs (Bev. Stephen Eeturn) — continued. 
 
 3288 Terms of Eelationship of the Dakota Isauntie, collected 
 
 by Eev. Stephen E. Eiggs at the Dakota Indian Mission, Paputazl. 
 In Morgan (L. H.) Systems of Consanguinity and Affinity, pp. 293-383. 
 
 Washington, 1871. 4°. Follows line "9" through those pages. 
 
 3289 The Theogony of the Sioux. By Eev. Stephen E. Eiggs, 
 
 LL. D. 
 
 In American Antiquarian, vol. 2, pp. 265-270. Chicago, 1879-80. 8°. 
 Dakota terms, passim. 
 
 3290 Of the Dakota Language. 
 
 In American Antiquarian, vol. 3, pp. 243-244. Chicago, 1881. 8°. 
 
 3291 Comparative Vocabulary of the Dakota, Winnebago, Omaha, 
 
 and Ponka dialects. 
 
 Manuscript. 9 11. folio. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. Includes 
 a few grammatic forms. 
 
 3292 Dictionary of the Santee Dakota — Dakota-English. 
 
 Manuscript. 820 pp. folio. This material is in the hands of the printer, and 
 will form a portion of Part 1 of Vol. 7, Contributions to North American Eth- 
 nology. The remaining portion of Part 1 will consist of myths and stories, with 
 interlinear translations, and a grammar of this dialect. 665 pp. are in type. It 
 will be published by the Bureau of Ethnology. 
 
 Part 2 will consist of the English-Dakota Dictionary. It is now in course of 
 preparation by Messrs. J. P. Williamson and A. L. Kiggs. 
 
 See Dorsey (J. O.), Gatschet (A. S.), and Riggs (S. E.) 
 
 See Williamson (Bev. J. P.), Riggs (Rev. S. E.), and Riggs (Bev. A. L.), editors. 
 
 3293 , editor. Grammar and Dictionary | of the | Dakota Lan- 
 guage. I Collected | by the members of the Dakota Mission. | Ed- 
 ited I by Eev. S. E. Eiggs, A. M., | Missionary of the Am. Board of 
 Com. for Foreign Missions. | Under the patronage of the Historical 
 Society of Minnesota. | Accepted for publication | by the Smith- 
 sonian Institution, | December 1851. | 
 
 In Smithsonian Institution, Contributions to Knowledge, vol. 4, pp. ix-xx, 
 1-64, 1-338. Washington, 1853. 4°. Issued, also, with slight change of title as 
 below. 
 
 Introduction, pp. xv-xix. — Dakota bibliography, p. xx. — Grammar, pp. 1-61. — 
 Interlinear translations, pp. 61-64. — Dictionary of the Dakota : Dakota-English, 
 pp. 1-278; English-Dakota, pp. 279-338. 
 
 3294 Smithsonian Contributions to Knowledge. | Grammar and 
 
 Dictionary | of the | Dakota Language. | Collected | by the Members 
 of the Dakota Mission. | Edited | by the Eev. S. E. Eiggs, A. M., | 
 Missionary of the Am. Board of Com. for Foreign Missions. | Under 
 the patronage of the Historical Society of Minnesota. | 
 
 Washington City : | Published by the Smithsonian Institution. | 
 June, 1852, | New York: G. P. Putnam. | b. s. we. 
 
 Pp. i-xx, 1-64 and 1-338. 4°. 
 
648 NOETH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Riggs {Rev. Stephen Eeturn), editor— continued. 
 
 3295 An | Englisli and Dakota | Vocabulary, | by | a Member 
 
 of the I Dakota Mission. | Published by the A. B. C. F. M. | 
 
 New York: | Printed by E. Craighead. | 1852. | BA. 
 
 Pp. 1-120. 8°. Extract from tlie Dictionary of the Dakota Language, printed 
 on smaller sheets. 
 
 3296 Dakota Odowan. | Hymns | in the | Dakota Language. | 
 
 with tunes. | Edited | By S. R. Eiggs, A. M. | Missionary of A. B. 
 0. F. M. I 
 
 Published by the | American Tract Society, | New York : 150 
 Nassau-Street. | Boston : 28 Cornhill. | [N. d.] ATS. JWP. WHS. 
 
 Pp. 1-127. 12°. Most of the hymns arc set to music. See Riggs (A. L.) for 
 an edition with tunes. 
 
 Contributors.— T. S. Williamson, S. E. Eiggs, A. L. Eiggs, S. W. Pond, Joseph 
 Eenville, G. H. Pond, A. D. Frenier, Lorenzo Lawrence. 
 
 3297 and Pond (Bev. Gideon H.) The | Dakota | First Beading 
 
 Book, I prepared by | Stephen E. Eiggs and Gideon H. Pond, | 
 (Missionaries). | Printed for the American Board of Commis- | sion- 
 ers for Foreign Missions. | 
 
 Cincinnati : | Kendall and Henry, Printers. | 1839. | 
 
 Second title : 
 
 Dakota | [Picture] | Oyawa Wowapi. | Otokahe kin. | 1839. | 
 
 Pp. 1-40. 16°. A. BA. MHS. 
 
 3298 and Renville (Joseph), sr. Odowan Wakan. Part of the 
 
 Psalms in the Dakota Language ; Translated from the Hebrew, by 
 
 Stephen E. Eiggs, A. M., and Mr. Joseph Eenville, Sr. 
 
 In Wicoicage Wowapi, pp. 107-160. Cincinnati, 1842. 12°. 
 
 For later editions of the Psalms, see Riggs {Bev. Stephen Eeturn J. 
 
 3299 «w^ Riggs (i2e». Alfred Longley.) Maka-Oyakapi. ( Guyot's 
 
 Elementary Geography | in the ] Dakota Language. | By S, E. Eiggs 
 LL. D., and Eev. A. L. Eiggs. | Published for the Dakota Mission. | 
 
 New York: | Scribner, Armstrong, & Co., 743 Broadway. | 
 1876. I BE. JWP. 
 
 Pp. 1-83 and map 2 pp. 4°. Bound with and following this, is : 
 
 3300 Makoce | wowapi wakan kin en cajeyatapi kin. | Geography 
 
 of 'Bible Lands. | [Picture "Arabia en wowanyake wqn."] be. jwp. 
 ' No imprint. Title, 4 pp. and map. 
 
 3301 and Williamson (John Poage), editors. Dakota Odowan. | 
 
 Hymns | in the ] Dakota Language. 1 Edited j by Stephen E. Eiggs, | 
 and I John P. Williamson, | Missionaries of the A. B. C. F. M. | 
 
 Published by the | American Tract Society, | 150 Nassau-Street, 
 New York. | [18G3 ?] ABC. JWP. WHS. 
 
 Pp. 1-162. 16°. For an earlier edition "with tunes," see Riggs (S. E.), editor; 
 and for later ones, see Riggs (A. L.) and Williamson (J. P.), editors ; and Wil- 
 liamson (J. P.) and Riggs (A. L.) An enlarged edition as follows : 
 
RIGGS — EINCON. 649 
 
 Biggs (E&v. Stephen Eeturn), editor — continued. 
 
 3302 Dakota Odowan. | Hymns | in the | Dakota Language. | 
 
 Edited | by Stephen E. Riggs | and | JohnP.Williamson, | Mission- 
 aries of the A. B. C. F. M. | 
 
 Published by the | American Tract Society, | 150 Nassau-Street, 
 New York. | [N. d.J 0. ATS jwp. 
 
 Pp. 1-184. 18°. These two editions run alike to p. 148, inclusive ; and pp. 
 169-178 of the latter are like pp. 149-158 of the former. 
 
 Contributors to hoth editions. — T. S. Williamson, Alfred Riggs, Stephen E. Eiggs; 
 S. W. Pond, A. W. Huggins, Joseph Renville, 6. H. Pond, A. D. Frenier, and 
 Loienzo Lawrence. 
 
 3303 E[iley] (T. H.) Vocabulary of the Kah-we-yah and Kah-so-wah. 
 
 In Taylor (A. S.) Indianology of California, in : California Farmer, Vol. 
 XIII, No. 14. San Francisco, May 25, 1860. 
 
 A note says this "vocabulary was published in the San Francisco Wide West, 
 in July, 1856, by a writer signing himself ' T. H. E.' " 
 
 Reprinted in Hist. Mag., second series, vol. 3, pp 238-240. Morrisania, N. Y., 
 186H. 8m.4°; and in Powell ( J. W.) Contributions to North American Kthnology, 
 vol. 3, pp. .^50-551. Washington, 1877. 4°. 
 
 V 3304 Rinaldini (P. Benito). Arte | de la Lengua | Tepeguana, | con | 
 Vocabulario, Confessionario, | y Catechismo | En que se explican 
 los Mysterios de Nuestra Santa | Ffe Catholica, Mandamientos de 
 la Ley de Dios, | y de Nuestra Santa Madre Iglesia. | Por el P. 
 Benito Einaldini, | de la Compania de Jesus, | Visitador de la Pro- 
 vincia Tepeguana, y Tarau- | mara antigua. | Quien en nombre de 
 todos los Jesuitas Missioneros | de aquella su Provincia lo dedica | 
 a la Milagrosa Imagen | de Maria Santissima | Nuestra Sefiora, | 
 Que con la Advocacion de los Martyres se venera | en la Mission 
 del Zape, ceutro de los Tepeguanes. | 
 
 Impresso en Mexico (con las Licencias necessarias) por la Viuda | 
 de D. Joseph Bernardo de Hogal : Calle de las Capuchinas. | Ano 
 de 1743. I JWP. 
 
 8 p. 11.; Arte, pp. 1-72; Catecismo and Confessionario, pp. 1-48; Vocabulario, 
 pp. 1-148 ; errata, 1 1. 4°. 
 
 3305 Eincon (P. Antonio del). Arte | Mexicana | compvesta por el | 
 Padre Antonio | del Eincon de la | compaiiia de lesus. | Dirigido al 
 Illustrissioio y reuerendissimo | S. don Diego Eomano Obispo de 
 Tlaxcal- | Ian, y del consejo de su Magestad. &c. | [Figure of cross, 
 &c., IHS.] 
 
 En Mexico en casa de Pedro, Balli. 1595. | a. 
 
 8 p. 11., 11. 1-78, and 18 unnumbered 11. 16°. 
 
 3306 Arte de la lengua Mexicana, compuesta por el padre An- 
 tonio del Eincon. 
 
 Mexico. 1598. • 
 
 12°. Second edition. Title from Temaux, No. 225. 
 
650 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 3307 Rinfret (Antoine). [Sermons in the Mohawk language.] cv. 
 
 Manuscripts, quarto in size, preserved in the archives of the Roman Catholic. 
 Church at the village of Caughnawaga, Canada. They are unhonnd, nicely 
 written, and for the most part well preserved. The title is usually followed hy 
 the date or dates at which the sermon was delivered. The following is a list of 
 these sermons arranged according to the date of the first delivery: 
 
 Pour la fSte de St. Laurent, prech6 en 1789. 6 11. 
 
 Pour le jour.de Paettie— Sur le Mystfere du jour. 1799, 1800, 1810. 7 11. 
 
 Pour le jour de I'ascension. 1799, 1810. 12 pp. 
 
 Instruction pour le jour de la pentecoste. 1799, 1810. 14 pp. 
 
 Discours sur la nativity de Notre Seigneur. 1799, 1809. 7 11. 
 
 Pour la fSte de St. Franfois Xavier — Sur les fetes de patrons. 1799, 1811. 7 11. 
 
 Pour le jour de la f6te Dieu. 1799, 1812. 11 pp. 
 
 Instruction pour le jour des Rois. 1799, 6 11. 
 
 Premifere Instruction sur le premier commandement de Dieu. 1799, 1809. 6 11. 
 
 Seconde Instruction sur le premier comniandement. 1799,1800. 711. 
 
 If- dimanche du carSme — Sur le devoir pascal. 1799, 1808. 14 pp. 
 
 4= dimanche aprfes la pentec6te — Sur L'empressement S, entendre La parole de 
 Dieu, 1799 ; pr6ch6 a. St. Regis en 1807. 7 11. 
 
 Discours sur la fSte de L'Ascension, 1800 ; pr6ch6 h, St. Regis en 1807. 7 11. 
 
 Instruction pour le jour de L'annonciation de la Ste. Vierge. 1800, 1811. 7 11. 
 
 Pour la fete de St. Joseph. 1800. 7 11. 
 
 Instruction pour le jour de la nativity de notre Seigneur. 1800, 1808. 7 11. 
 
 Discours sur la passion de notre S. J€sus Christ. 1801, 1811. 29 pp. 
 
 Pour la fete de St. Franpois Xavier. 3 d^cembre, 1801, 1813. 17 pp. 
 
 Discours sur la passion de notre Seigneur J^sus Christ. 1802-1820. 26 pp. 
 
 &= dimanche aprfes la pentec6te — Sur I'yvrognerie an Sault, 1802 ; prdchS h, St. 
 Regis en 1807. 11 11. 
 
 Lel8™"'dim. aprfesLaPent.— ParessedanslesExercices spirituels. 1803, 1818. 811. 
 
 Sermon pour Le Jour de La Pentecdte 1803. 1816 — 6juin; il tomba de la vierge 
 pendant 7 ou 8 heures. 5 11. 4°.— St. Pierre. 1803. 8 pp. 
 
 Instruction pour le jour de la f&te-Dieu — Sur L'^pltre du jour et les motifs de 
 la profession ; prSchfi jl St. Regis en 1807. 8 11. 
 
 Instruction pour le 8" dimanche aprfes La Pentecdte — Sur les paroles re(?(fe ra- 
 tionem villicationia ttia; sur le jugement particulier; prdch^ S, St. Regis en 1807. 
 Au Sault 1810. 911. 
 
 Premier dimanche aprfes la Pentecdte ; pr6ch6 k St. Regis en 1807. 15 pp. 
 
 Onzifeme dimanche aprfes La pentecdte — Sur la surdity spirituelle, xi" di- 
 manche ; prfech^ h St. Regis 180f ; 1809 au Sault. 8 11. 
 
 Discours sur la fete de St. Franpois Xavier. 1808. 9 11. 
 
 Instruction sur le troisifeme commandement. 1808, 1809. 6 11. 
 
 Le dimanche de I'avent — Sur les moeurs des Chretiens. 1808. 9 pp. 
 
 Pour le second dimanche d'aprfes piques — Sur le nom de Chretien. 1808. 4 II. 
 
 Instruction sur la prifere. 1808. 13 pp. 
 
 Premier dimanche de I'Avent — Discours sur le jugement dernier. 1808. 611. 
 
 Second dimanche de I'avent — Emprisonnement de St. Jean Baptiste et la cause 
 de sa mort. 1808. 9 11. 
 
 3^ dimanche du carfime. 1808. 14 pp. 
 
 4= dimanche de I'avent — Sur la fr^quente communion. 1808. 18 pp. 
 
 4« dimanche de I'avent— Sur la penitence. 1808,1809. 12 pp. 
 
 18= dimanche aprfes la pentecdte — Sur la paresse dans les exercices spirituels. 
 1808. 811. 
 
 19" dimanche aprfes la Pentecdte — Instruction sur le petit nombre des flus. 
 1808—2 fois. 7 11. 
 
 24" dimanche apr&s la pentecdte. 1808—20 novembre. 8 11. 
 
 Devoir des enfans envers lenrs parens. Ste. Anne. 1809. 5 11. 
 
EINFRET. 651 
 
 Binfret (Antoine) — continued. 
 
 Discoars sur la f6te de la purification de la Ste. Vierge. 1809, 1811. 7 11. 
 Discours pour le jour de piques — Sur la fausse resurrection des pScheurs. 
 
 1809. 611. 
 
 Instruction pour le jour de la fete de St. Jean Baptiste. 1809. 18 pp. 
 
 Instruction pour le jour des Rameaux. 1809, 1810. 7 11. 
 
 Instruction pr^liminaire sur les commandements de Dieu. 1809. 6 IL 
 
 Instruction sur le second commandement. 1809. 6 11. 
 
 Instruction sur le cinquifeme commandement. 1809. 8 11. 
 
 Instruction sur le 8° commandement. 1809. 6 11. 
 
 Instruction 4™<= dimanche du car^me. 1809. 17 pp. 
 
 Pour la fete de la Ste. famille. 1809. 6 11. 
 
 Pour le Jeudi Saint. 1809. 14 pp. 
 
 Seconde instruction sur le quatrifeme commandement — devoir des enfans envers 
 leurs parens. 1809. 6 11. 
 
 Sur la c^r^monie des Andres. 1809. 5 11. 
 
 4* dimanche aprfes la pentecdte — Sur les paroles doltbat de naviculd turbos. 
 S'attacher a, son village. 1809. 911. 
 
 geme (Jimauche aprfes la Pentecdte — Sur I'abns qu'on fait des graces. 1809. 6 11. 
 
 21« dimanche apr^s la pentecdte — De la vengeance. D^cembre 1809. 
 
 Discours sur la fSte de la purification de la Ste. Vierge, commun^ment appel- 
 lee la chandeleur. 1810. 13 pp. 
 
 Instruction pour le jour de la f6te de Ste. Anne — Sur I'fiducation des enfans. 
 
 1810. 14 pp. 
 
 Instruction pour le jour de St. Frangois Xavier. 1810. 7 U. 
 
 Instruction pour le 3= dimanche aprfes p4ques — Sur la f&te de la Ste. famille. 
 1810. 8 11. 
 
 Instruction sur le dimanche apr&s la pentec6te — Plusieurs sortes de personnes 
 prophS^nents la maison de Dieu. 1810. 9 11. 
 
 Premier dimanche de I'Avent — Discours sur le jugement dernier; en 1810, 
 pr6ch6. 7 11. 
 
 Second dimanche aprfes piques — Sur l'autorit6 et le caraotfere des pasteurs. 
 
 1810. 15 pp. 
 
 Instruction pour le dimanche quatrifeme aprfes la Pentecdte. 1810. 
 Des t^nfebres et de I'^tat du p€ch6 dans une Ame. 1810. 
 4" dimanche aprfes paques. 1810. 
 Du d^sir du ciel ; pr^ch^ en 1810. 16 pp. 
 Instruction pour le jour de la pentecdte. 1811. 12 pp. 
 2* dimanche apr6s la pentecdte. 1811. 12 pp. 
 
 18« dimanche aprfea la pentecdte — instruction sur l'6pltre du jour. 1811. 
 Kamakaviton ? 9 11. 
 
 191= dimanche aprfes la pentecdte— Sur I'dpltre du jour. 1811 — 27 octobre. 7 11. 
 
 20" dimanche apr^s la pentecdte — Sur I'^pltre du jour. 1811. 6 11. 
 
 21" dimanche aprfes la pentecdte — Sur I'fipltre du jour. 1811. 7 II. 
 
 22"' dimanche aprfes la pentecdte — Sur nos devoirs envers nos Souverains. 
 
 1811. 611. 
 
 22" dimanche apr&s la pentecdte — Sur I'^pltre du jour. 1811. 6 11. 
 23" dimanche aprfes la pentecdte — Sur I'^pltre du jour. 1811. 6 11. 
 Instruction pour le jour de la nativity de N. S. 1811, 1812. 8 11. 
 Instruction pour le jour de I'ascension. 1811. 16 pp. 
 Instruction pour le second dimanche aprfes PS,ques. 1811. 18 pp. 
 Instruction pour ]e second dimanche de I'avent. 1811. 14 pp. 
 Instruction pour le quatrifeme dimanche de I'avent — Sur I'^pltre et I'^vangile. 
 1811. 16 pp. 
 
 Ins ruction sur les Rogations. 1811. 16 pp. 
 
 Explication de la Semaine Sainte, et ou dimanche des Rameaux. 1812. 8 11. 
 
652 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Rinfret (Antoine) — continued. 
 
 Instruction sur I'^pltre du 22™« dimanclie aprfes la penteo6te — aux. Phil. l,v. 1, 
 &c. 13 octobre 1812. 5 11. 
 
 Instruction pour la iSte de St. Nom de J^sus. 1812. 8 11. 
 
 Instruction pour la f§te de St. Simon et St. Jude. 1812. 7 11. 
 
 Instruction pour le dimanche du carSme. 1812. 18 pp. 
 
 Instruction pour le jour de la f'6te de Saint Laurent. 1812. 14 11. 
 
 Instruction pour le jour de la f6te de St. Thomas. 1812, 1823. 8 11. 
 
 Instruction pour le jour de L'Epiphanie. 1812. 8 11. 
 
 Instruction pour le jour de piques — Sur I'^pltre. 1812. 711. 
 
 Instruction pour le premier dimanche du car§me. 1812. 15 pp. 
 
 3™" dimanche aprfes la penteodte, 1812 — Sur la conduite qu'il faut tenir k 
 regard des m^chans. 9 11. 
 
 Dernier jour de la neuvaine de St. Franfois Xavier — Discours sur la Rechute. 
 1813. 811. 
 
 Discours sur I'annonciation de la Ste. Vierge. 1813. 6 11. 
 
 Instruction pour le dimanche des Eameaux — Sur la Semaine Sainte. 1813. 811. - 
 
 Instruction pour le jour de la f6te Dieu. 1813. 14 pp. 
 
 Instruction pour le jour de la f6te de la Ste. famille, 3« dimanche aprfes pdques. 
 1813. 8 11. 
 
 Instruction pour le jour de la ffite de St. Jacques. 25 juillet 1813. 12 11. 
 
 Instructions pour le jour de la fSte de St. Pierre. 1813. 16 pp. 
 
 Instruction pour le jour de la pentoc6te — Sur le mystfere du jour. 1813. 7 11. 
 
 Instruction pour le jour dep3,ques — Sur la resurrection deJ^sus Christ. 1813. 711. 
 
 Instruction pour le jour des Eois. 1613. 15 pp. 
 
 Instruction pour le 17« dimanche aprfes la pCntecdte — De I'amour du prochain. 
 1813. 
 
 Instruction sur ces paroles: omnis arbor quce non facit fructum honnm, excidetur 
 et in ignem mittetur. St. Matth., c. 7 — 1813. 711. 
 
 Instruction pour le jour de la fSte de I'asoension. 1813. 13 pp. 
 
 Instruction pour le jour de la fSte de la d^dicace des ^glises. 1813. 15 pp. 
 
 Instruction sur I'esp^rauce chr^tienne. 1813. 18 pp. 
 
 Instruction sur la prifere — n^cessit^ de la psi&re, 1813. 5'= dimanche aprfes p&qucs. 
 1813. 16 pp. 
 
 Instruction s>ir la fete au St. nom de J^sus. 1813. 8 11. 
 
 Instruction sur I'^pltre, et I'gvaugile du jeudi aprfes les cendres. 1813. 15 pp. 
 
 4" dimanche du carfeme — Instructions sur le devoir pascal. 1813. 13 pp! 
 
 Conception. 1819. 4 11. 
 
 Pour la dedicace. 1819. 17 pp. 
 
 Considerations sur la f6te de I'assomption de la Sainte Vierge. 5 11. 
 
 fivangile du S""" dimanche aprfes La Pentec6te — Conduite qu'il faut tenir ii 
 I'^gard des m^chauts. 7 11. 
 
 Instruction pour le dimanche dans I'octave de la f6te-Dieu. 9 11. 
 
 Instruction ponr le dimanche qui pr^cfede I'^piphanie. 16 pp. 
 
 Instruction pour le jour de I'ascension. 5 11. 
 
 Instruction sur la nativity de notre seigneur. 6 11. 
 
 Le dimanche dn carfime. 17 pp. 
 
 Pour le troisifeme dimanche de carfeme. 7 pp. 
 
 Vendredi saint — Discours sur la passion de N. S. J. C. 27 pp. 
 
 7" dimanche aprfes la pentec6te — Necessity des Bonnes-CBUvres. 8 11. 
 
 18" dimanche aprfes la pentecdte — Dn hon usage des maladies. 9 11. 
 
 2,3« dimanche apr6s la pentecote — De la raillerie. 8 11. 
 
 Sermon ponr le jour de la Ste. Famille. 5 11. 
 
 Antoine Rinfret was born at Quebec, June 18, 1756; ordained November 11, 
 1781; at Sault St. Louis (Caughnawaga), 1796-1802; at St. Regis, 1806; died at 
 La Chene, March 9, 1814. — Shea. 
 
RINFEET RIVAS. 653 
 
 3308 Bink (Heinrik Johannes). Eskimoiske | eventyr og sagn | over- 
 satte I efter de indfj^dte fortselleres opskrifter | og meddelelser | 
 af I H. Kink, | inspektcir i sydgr^nland. | 
 
 KjfJbenhavn. | C. A. Eeitzels Boghandel. | Louis Kleins Bog- 
 
 trykkeri. | 1866. | c. 
 
 Pp. i-vi, 11., pp. 1-376. 8°. Songs in Eskimo, pp. 349-350. — "Alfebetisk 
 
 Folklaring over forskjellige Udtryk og Bensevnelser, (t.ildeels fastsatte blot for 
 
 Afbenyttelse i dette Skrift)", pp. 369-376. 
 
 3309 Tales and Traditions | of the | Eskimo | with a sketch of | 
 
 their Habits, Eeligion, Language | and other peculiarities | by | 
 Dr. Henry Eink | Knight of Dannerbrog J [&c., four lines]. | 
 Translated Lorn the Danish by the Author | Edited by | Dr. Eobert 
 Brown | F. L. S., F. E. G. S. j Author of 'The Eaces of Mankind', 
 etc. I With numerous illustrations, drawn and j engraved by Es- 
 kimo I 
 
 William Blackwood and Sons | Edinburgh and London | 
 MDCOCLXXV [1875]. I A.BA. 
 
 Pp. i-xii, 1-473. 12°. Language, pp. 13-32. — A myth-song, witk translation, 
 pp. 66-67. — Scattered throughout are also many Eskimo words. 
 
 3310 Danish Greenland | its People and its Products | By | Dr. 
 
 Henry Eink | Knight of the Order of [&c., four lines. Seal]. Edited 
 by I Dr Eobert Brown, F. L. S. F. E. G. S. ( Author of 'The Eaces 
 of Mankind' etc. | With Illustrations by the Eskimo, and a Map | 
 
 Henry S. King & Co., London [ 1877 | A. 0. HU. WE. 
 
 Pp. i-xvii, 1-468. 8°. maps, plates. Remarks on the Language of the Natives 
 of Greenland, pp. 197-198. — Vocabulary of Eskimo Words and Names, pp. 394- 
 402. — Scattered throughout are many Eskimo words. 
 
 3311 Rio {Fr. Diego). Diccionario copioso y erudito de la Lengua 
 Misteca. * 
 
 3312 Tratados espiritnales y Sermones en la misma Lengua. * 
 
 Manuscripts. Titles from Beristain. 
 
 3313 Ripley (George) and Dana (Charles Anderson), editors. The | 
 American Cyclopaedia : | a | Popular Dictionary | of | General 
 Knowledge. | Edited by | George Eipley and Charles A. Dana. | 
 Vol. I [-XVI]. I A-Asher [-Trombone-Zymosis]. | 
 
 'Sew York: | D. Appleton and Company, j 549 and 551 Broad- 
 way. I London: 16 Little Britain. | 1873 [-1876]. | A. 0. jwp. 
 16 vols. 8°. 
 Shea (J. G.) Languages of the American Indians, vol. 1, pp. 407-414. 
 
 3314 Rivas (D. Fernando). Varias tratados en mexicano. * 
 
 3315 Rivas {Fr. Juan). Doctrina cristiana, Sermones [en lengua Mexi- 
 cana]. * 
 
 Titles from Pimentel. 
 
654 NOETH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 3316 Bivera (Gregorio). Silabario | de la | lengua mexicana. | Por el 
 I'resbitero | D. Gregorio Eivera. | Con superior permiso. | 
 
 Mexico : 1818. | En la oficina de D. Mariano Ontiveros, | calle del 
 Espiritu Santo. | • 
 
 Title and 29 pp. 8^. Title from Icazbaloeta's Apuntes, No. 65. 
 
 3317 Silabario de la lengua Mexicana. 
 
 Mexico, 1849. * 
 
 Title from the Andrade Sale Catalogue, No. 4468. 
 
 3318 Eivero {D. Sebastian). Dialogos sobre la doctrina cristiana [en 
 lengua MexicanaJ. * 
 
 Title from Pimentel. 
 
 3319 Roa (P. Agustin). Arte para aprender el Idioma de los Taraha- 
 mares. * 
 
 Seen and studied by P. Juan Baltasar, missionary of the said province, and 
 afterward Provincial of New Spain. — Beristain. 
 
 3320 Robeck (Dr. — ). [Vocabularies of Asiatic and American Lan- 
 guages.] • 
 
 In Saiicheff (G. A. ) [Journey of Captain Billings, etc. St. Petersburg, 1811. ] 
 4°. Title and note from Ludewig, p. 190. 
 
 Tscbukchi vocabulary, pp. 102-111. — Aleut and Fox Island vocabulary, pp. 
 121-129. 
 
 3321 Roberts {Bev.) Eemarks on the Cherokee Language. 
 
 In Am. Soc, First Ann. Kept., pp. 58,59. New Haven, 1824. 8°. 
 
 3322 [Robertson (Jl^rs. Ann Eliza Worcester)]. CokvCems | mekusapvlke 
 omvlkvn ohtotvte. | Cokv vpastvl Pal | Titvs Ohtotvte. | Cokv 
 vpastvl Pal I Efesvnvlken Ohtotvte. | The General Epistle of 
 James, | and the Epistles of Paul | to Titus and to the Ephe- 
 sians, | translated from the original Greek | into the Muskokee 
 Language. | 
 
 New York : | American Bible Society, | Instituted in the year 
 
 I4DCCCXVI. I 1876. I C. SI. WE. ABS. 
 
 Pp. 1-31. 16°. Mrs. Eobertson was assisted by Messrs. J. and T. W. Perry- 
 man, T. W. and D. M. Hodge. 
 
 General Epistle of James, pp. 2-12. — Titus, pp. 13-17. — Ephesians, pp. 19-31. 
 
 3323 Vpastelvlke Em FuUetv. | The Acts of the Apostles, | 
 
 translated from | the original Greek | into | the Muskokee Lan- 
 guage. I 
 
 New York: | American Bible Society, | Instituted in the year 
 MDCCCXVL I 1879. I we.jwp. 
 
 Pp. 1-94 and Corrigendae ii. 16°. Originally translated in 1860-01 by Legu^t 
 Perryman and D. M. Hodge, under the supervision of Rev. E. M. Loughridge. 
 Retranslated between ten and twenty years later by Mrs. A. E. W. Eobertson, 
 assisted by Eev. Jas. W. Perryman, Eev. Thos. W. Perryman, Leguest Ferryman, 
 and Miss K. K. Winslett. 
 
RIVEEA — ROBERTSON. 655 
 
 Eobertson (Mrs. Ann Eliza Worcester) — continued. 
 
 3324 Opunvkv-herv | Mak Goyvte. | Tiie Gospel according to | 
 
 Mark, ( translated from | the original Greek | into the Muskokee 
 Language. | 
 
 New York: ( American Bible Society, | Instituted in the year 
 MDCCCXVI. I 1880. | WE. JWP. 
 
 Pp. 1-59. 16°. Mrs. Robertson was assisted by Rev. Thos. W. Perryman and 
 N. B. Sullivan in correcting tlie above work. 
 
 3325 Opunvkv-herv | Luk Coyvte. | The Gospel According to | 
 
 Luke, I translated from | the original Greek | into the. Muskokee 
 Language. I 
 
 New York : | American Bible Society, | Instituted in the year 
 MDCCCXVI. I 1880. | AVE. jwp. 
 
 Pp. 1-99. 16°. A small portion of the above was translated originally by 
 Rev. Mr. Ramsay, of the Seminole Mission, with the help of an incompetent in- 
 terpreter. It was retranslated by Mrs. Robertson, with the assistance, in cor- 
 recting, of Rev. Thos. W. Perryman and N. B. Sullivan. 
 
 3326 Mvskoke | nettvcako cokv-heckv | cokv esyvhiketv. | 
 
 Yvhiketv "pnnvkv-herv esyvhiketv" | momet cokv eti aenkvpv- 
 ket. I The Muskokee S. S. Song-Book. | Prom Gospel Songs and 
 other collections. | By A. E. W. Eobertson. | 
 
 [N. p.] From the press of the | American Tract Society. | 1880. | 
 
 Title, 1 1., pp. 1-96. 16°. JWP. 
 
 3327 Cokv Vpastel Pal | Lomvnvlke Ohtotvte. ] The Epistle of 
 
 Paul the Apostle to the | Eomans, | translated | from the original 
 Greek I into the Muskokee Language. | ' 
 
 New York : | American Bible Society, | instituted in the year 
 MDCCCXVI. I 1881. I WE. JWP. 
 
 Pp. 1-41. 16°. In correcting the above Mrs. Robertson was assisted by Rev. 
 Thos. W. Perryman and N. B. Sullivan. 
 
 3328 Cokv enhvteceskv | svhokkalat tepakat | vpastel pal j 
 
 kvlenrvlke ohtotolvte. | The Epistle of Paul the Apostle to the | 
 Corinthians, | translated | from the original Greek | into the Mus- 
 kokee language. | 
 
 New York : | American Bible Society, | instituted- in the year 
 MDCCCXVL I 1883. I JWP, 
 
 Pp. 1-67. 16°. Rev. T. W. Perryman assisted iu revising this \york. 
 
 3329 Vocabulary of the Natchez. 
 
 In Brinton (Dr. D. G. ) On the Language of the Natchez. In Am. Fbilosoph. 
 Soc, Proc, vol. 13, pp. 486-491. Philadelphia, 187:i. ,8°. 
 
 3330 Double Consonants in the Creek Language. [By Mrs. A. 
 
 E. W. Eobertson.] JWP. 
 
 In Indian Journal, vol. .5, No. 42. Muskogee, June 23, 1881. folio. 
 
 3331 Vocabulary of the Chickasaw. 
 
 Manuscript. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. See Pike (Gen. A.) 
 
 See Loughridge (R. M.), Robertson (W. S.), and Robertson (Mrs. A. E. W.) 
 
 See Perryman (Thomas.) cmd Robertson (Mrs. A. E. W.) 
 
666 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Bobertson (Mrs. Ann Eliza Worcester) — continued. 
 
 3332 , editor. Our Monthly. | Jan 1873 Tallahassee Creek Nation. 
 
 Vol. II No. 1 [-Vol. IV, No. 10, October, 1875]. | JWP. 
 
 A 4 pp. 4°. paper, issued irregularly, bat usually at iutervala of one month. 
 The first printed issue consisted of 2 pp. only. Vol. 1, begun in 1870, was in 
 manuscript. Mrs. Robertson was assisted in the editorial work by her daughter, 
 Miss A. A. Robertson, and in the English department by her husband. Dr. W. 
 S. Robertson. It is almost wholly in Mnskokee, and forms a valuable contribu- 
 tion to linguistic knowledge. 
 
 3333 [ and Sullivan (N. B.)] Early Creek History | Speech of | 
 
 Hon. William P. Eoss | at the | Tullahassee Manual Labor Board- 
 ing School. I July 18th, 1878. | 
 
 [Printed at the OflBce of the Indian Journal. Muskogee, Creek 
 Nation.] WE. jwp. 
 
 No title-page. 4 pp. 8°. Speech delivered in English and translated into Mus- 
 kokee by the above. Mrs. Robertson has furnished the Bureau of Ethnology 
 with an interlinear English translation of this speech. 
 
 3334 [Robertson (Robert S.)] Long Island Indians. 
 
 In Magazine Am. Hist., vol. 2, pp. 370-.371, 501. New York, 1878. 8". 
 Aboriginal geographic terms, with English signification. 
 
 Robertson (Williatn Schenck). 
 See Loughridge (R. M.), Robertson (W. S.), and Robertson (A. E. W.) 
 
 See Loughridge (R. M.), "Winslett (D.), and Robertson (W. S.) 
 
 3335 am«Z Winslett (David). Nakcoky es Keretv Enhvteceskv. | 
 
 Mnskokee, | or ( Creek First Reader. | By W.S.Robertson, A.M., | 
 and I David Winslett. | 
 
 New York: | Mission House, 23 Centre Street. | 1856. | whs. 
 
 Pp. 1-48. 16^. 
 
 3336 Nakcokv es Kerretv Enhvteceskv. | Muskokee or Creek | 
 
 First Reader. | By | W. S. Robertson, A. M., | and | David Wins- 
 lett. I Fourth edition. | 
 
 New York: | Mission House, 23 Centre Street. | 1870. | ATS. 
 
 Pp. 1-48. 12°. I have seen editi.ms of 1875 and 1878 with no change of title- 
 page except in date. 
 
 3337 Mvskoke ( Nakcokv Eskerretv Bsvhokkolat. | Creek | Sec- 
 ond Reader. | Rev. W. S. Robertson. | Rev. David Winslett. | 
 
 Published by the | American Tract Society, | 150 Nassau- Street, 
 New York. | [1871.J 0. jwp. 
 
 Pp. 1-90. 12°. 
 
 3338 , McKillop (John), aM<Z Winslett (Ect. David). Come to Jesus. I 
 
 Cesvs a oh Vtes. | Erkenvkv Hall | coyvte, momen | W. S. Rob- 
 ertson, John McKillop, I Rev. David Winslett, | esyomat Mvskoke 
 empuuvkv ohtvlecicet os. | 
 
 From the Press of the | American Tract Society, | 150 Nassau- 
 Street, New York. | C. lsh. jwp. 
 1 p. 1. , pp. 3-63. 16°. Entirely in the Muskoke language. 
 
ROBERTSON — ROCHEFORT. 657 
 
 Eobertson (William Schenck) — continued. 
 
 3339 , Ferryman (Thomas Ward), and Hodge (David McKillop). 
 
 Cokv enhvteceskv | Mekusapvlke Vtekat | cane | ohtotvte. | 
 
 [New York : American Bible Society. 1875.] c. "WE. 
 
 No title-page. Pp. 1-14. 169. Epistles of John in the Muskoki language : I 
 John, pp. 1-10; II John, pp. 11-12; III John, pp. 13-14. 
 
 3340 [Robinson (A.)] Life in California: | during a | Eesidence of Sev- 
 eral Years in that Territory, | comprising a | Description of the 
 Country and the | Missionary Establishments, | with | Incidents, 
 Observations, etc., etc. | Illustrated with numerous engravings. | 
 By An American. | To which is annexed | A Historical Account | 
 of the I Origin, Customs, and Traditions, | of | the Indians of Alta- 
 California. | Translated from the original Spanish Manuscript. | 
 
 New York : | Published by Wiley & Putnam, | No. 161 Broad- 
 way. I 1846. I A. c. BA. 
 Pp. i-xiv, 1-341. 12°. 
 Boscaua {Ree. G.) Chinigchinich ; a Historical Account, &o., pp. 229-341. 
 
 3341 Robinson {Gapt. Hercules). A Vocabulary of the Eed Indians of 
 New Foundland. 
 
 In Martin (R. M.) History of Nova Scotia, pp. 299-301. London, 1837. 16°. 
 Taken " from an interesting female of the Red Indians, named Mary March." 
 
 3342 [Roblet (Surgeon).] Vocabulaire de Tcbinkitane, C6te Nord-Ouest 
 de I'Am^rique, a 57 degres de latitude Nord. 
 
 In Fleurieu (C. P. C.) Voyage autour du monde par Etienne Marchand, 
 vol. 1, pp. 585-591. Paris, 1798. 4°. 
 
 Reprinted in the English edition, vol. 2, pp. 265-267. London, 1801. 2 vols. 8.° 
 
 3343 [Rochefort (Louis C6sar de).] Histoire | Naturelle et Morale ( des | 
 lies Antilles de | I'Amerique. | 
 
 A Rotterdam, I Chez Arnout Leers. Marchant Libraif . 1658. | 
 
 Printed title : 
 
 Histoire | Naturelle et Morale | des | lies Antilles | de I'Ame- 
 rique. I Enrichie de plusieurs belles figures des Earetez les plus | 
 considerables qui y sont d'^crites. ] Avec vn Vocabulaire Oaraibe. | 
 
 A Eoterdam, j Chez Arnould Leers, | M.DC.LVIII [1658J. | A. 
 
 Engraved title recto 1. 1; printed title recto J. 2; 6 other p. 11., pp. 1-527; 
 table of contents 13 nnniimbered pp. 4°. Leclerc, 1878, No. 2134, gives the 
 above printed title, with imprint : Amsterdam, Arnould Leers, 1658. 
 
 Vocabulaire Caraibe, pp. 515-527. 
 
 3344 Natuurlijke en zedelijke historie van d'Eylanden de voor- 
 
 eylanden van America. Met eenen Caraibischen Woordenschat. 
 Vertaalt door H. DuUaart. 
 
 Rotterdam. A Leers, 1662. * 
 
 20 p. 11., pp. 475, table 6 U. plates. 4°. Title from F. MuUer's Catalogue, 1872, 
 No. 1374; collation from Bartlett's Catalogue of the J. Carter Brown library. 
 
 42 Bib 
 
658 NOETH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Rochefort (Louis O^sar de) — continued. 
 
 3345 Histoire | Natvrelle et Morale | Des | lies Antilles de | 
 
 I'Amerique. | 
 Printed title : 
 
 Histoire | Naturelle et Morale | des | lies Antilles | de I'Ame- 
 rique. I Enriche d'un grand nombre de belles Figures en taille 
 douce, I des Places & des Earetez les plus considerables, | qui y 
 sont d^crites. | Avec un Yocabulaire Oaraibe. | Seconde Edition. | 
 Reveue & augmentee de plusieurs Descriptions, & de quelques | 
 ^claircissemens, qu'on desiroit en la precedente. | 
 A Eoterdam, | Chez Arnout Leers, | M. DC. LXV [1665]. | * 
 18 p. 11., text 583 pp., ' Table' 13 pp. 4°. Carib vocabulary, pp. 571-583. Title 
 from Stevens' Nuggets, 2388. 
 
 \/ 3346 The | History | of the | Caribby-Islands, | viz. | Barbados, 
 
 St. Christophers, St. Vincents, | Martinico, Dominico, Barbouthos, 
 Mon- I serrat, Mevis, Antego, &c. in all XXVIII. | In two Books. | 
 The First containing the Natural ; The | Second, the Moral History 
 of those I Islands. | Illustrated with several Pieces of Sculpture, 
 representing | the most considerable Earities therein Described. | 
 With a I Caribbiau-Vocabulary. | Rendred into English | by John 
 Davies of Kidwelly. | 
 
 London, | Printed by J. M. for Thomas Dring and John 
 Starkey, and | are to be sold at their Shops, at the George in Fleet- 
 street neer | Clifford's- Inn, and at the Mitre between Middle Tem- 
 ple- I Gate and Temple-Bar. 1666. | A. job. 
 
 4 p. 11., pp. 1-351, 8 unnumbered 11. folio. Carib vocabulary on lirst 5 un- 
 numbered 11. 
 
 3347 Histoire | Natvrelle | des 1 lies Antilles | de i L'Ameriqve: | 
 
 Par Mr. De Eochefort. | Tome Premier [Second], j 
 
 A Lyon, | Chez Christofle Fovrmy, [ rue Merciere, ^ la Biblio- 
 theque. | M.DC.LXVII [1667]. | job. 
 
 2 vols. 16"^. Vocabvlaire Oaraibe, vol. 2, pp. 652-680. 
 
 3348 Historische | Beschreibung | Der | Antillen Inseln in ( 
 
 America gelegen | In sich begreiffend deroselben | Gelegenheit, 
 darinnen befindli- | chen natiirlichen Sachen, sampt deren | Ein- 
 wohner Sitten und Gebrauchen mit | 45. Kupflerstucken gezieret. | 
 von I dem Herrn de Eochefort, | zum zweyten mahl in Franzosi- j 
 scher Sprach an den Tagge- | geben, | nunmehr aber | indieTeut- 
 sche iibersetzet. | 
 
 Frankfurt, | In Verlegung Wilhclm Serlins, Buchdru- | ckers und 
 Buchhandlers. 1668. j ' * 
 
 2 vols. 12°. Title from Stevens' Nuggets, No. 2392. 
 
 3349 Histoire | Naturelle et Morale | des | lies Antilles ( de 
 
 I'Amerique, | Bnrichie d'un grand nombre de belles Figures en taille 
 douce, qui | representent au naturel les Places, & les Earetez les 
 plus I considerables qui y sont d^crites. | Avec un Vocabulaire 
 
KOCHEFOET EODD. 659 
 
 Rochefort (Louis C^sar de) — continued. 
 
 Caraibe. ) Dernier Edition. | Reveue & augmentee par I'Autheur 
 d'un Eecit de PEstat present des | celebres Colonies de la Virginia, 
 de Marie-land, de la Caroline, du | nouveau Duch6 d'York, de Penn- 
 sylvania, & de la nouvelle An- | gleterre, situ^es dans I'Amerique 
 septentrionale, & qui rele- | vent de la Couronne du Eoy de la 
 grand'Bretagne. | Tir6 fldelement des memoires des habitans des 
 mfimes Colonies, | en faveur de ceus, qui auroyent le dessein de s'y | 
 transporter pour s'y 6tablir. | 
 AEotterdam, | Chez Eeiuier Leers, | M. DC. LXXXI [1681]. | job. 
 
 17 p. 11., pp. 1-583; table, 13 unnumbered 11. Vocabulaire Caraibe, pp. 571-583. 
 
 Leclerc, 1878, No. 2137, mentions an edition : Amsterdam, 1716, 4°, and says it 
 is the same as the 1665 edition, with a new title. 
 
 The Karaibaansch WoordeuBoek is reprinted, in part, in [Herlein (J. D.)] 
 Beschryvinge van de Volk-plantinge Zuriname, pp. 249-262. Leevwarden, 
 1718. sm. 4°. 
 
 Rochelle {M. Eoux de). 
 
 See Roux de RocheUe (M.) 
 
 3350 Rockwell {Prof. E. P.) Analogy between the Proper Ifames in 
 Japan and the Indian Proper Names in the United States. By 
 Professor E. P. Rockwell, of Davidson College, N. C. 
 
 In Hist. Mag., second series, vol. 3, pp. 141-142. Morrisania, N. Y., 1868. sm. 4°. 
 
 Rockwood {Bev. Gilbert). 
 See Chew (William), No. 785. 
 
 3 i51 Rodaz {Fr. Juan de). Arte de la lengua Tzotzlem 6 Tzinacanteca. 
 Con explicacion del Ano solar y un Tratado de las Quentas de los 
 Indios en Jengua tzotzlem. Lo todo escrito el ano de 1688, asi 
 mismo como las Prases y Oracioues utiles y Provechosas en esta 
 lengua tzotzlem para que con facilidad apreheuda el Ministro y 
 sepa hablar. Sacadas a Inz por el P. Pr. Juan de Eodaz, predi- 
 cador y cura por su Mug* del Conv*" de IST™ S™ de la Assumpciou 
 de Guegtyupa. — T ahora trasladadas nuevamente por el padre fray 
 Diouycio Pereyra Diacono y Conventual del couvento de N. P. 
 S'° Domingo de Comitlan. Del Sagrado Orden de Predicadores, 
 etc. Oy dia 27 de henero de mill setecientos y veinte y tres. Alios 
 1723. * 
 
 Manuscript. 3011. folio. It is numbered 49-98, which proves that it was origi- 
 nally bound with other documents of the same kind. The work is nevertheless 
 complete. I received it from Sr. Don Domingo Eobles, Dean of the Catliedralof 
 Ciudad Eeal (San Cristobal), of Chiapas. The first 19 leaves comprise the Arte ; 
 the following leaf gives the name of the 18 months of the Tzotzlem solar year, 
 with explaoations. As to the months the author omits them, but we have them 
 fortunately in Nuaez de la Vega, Boturini, etc. Then comes the treatise on ac- 
 counts or numeration in the Tzotzlem language, 11. 20-25. The last four leaves 
 contain a sort of dictionary of conversation, Spanish and Tzotzlem, terminating 
 with a third signature of the copyist, Fr. Dionycio Pereyra. — Brasseur de Bourbourg. 
 
 Rodd (D.) 
 See Dougherty {Bev. Peter) and Rodd (D.j 
 
660 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 3352 RSdiger (E.) A Grammatical Outline of the Otomi Language. * 
 
 In Ersch iiiid Gruber's Encyclopaedia, vol. 7, third section, pp. 358-361. Leip- 
 zig, 1836. 4°. 
 
 Title from Trubner in Ludewig, p. 235. 
 
 3353 Rodriguez (Fr. Diego). Arte de la Lengua Tarasca. * 
 
 3354 Rodriguez {Fr. Juan). Arte y Yocabulario en el Idioma Ka- 
 chiquel. * 
 
 3355 Rodriguez (Fr. Luis). Doctrina Cristiana, Sermones y otros Tra- 
 tados en Lengua Megicana. * 
 
 Title.i from Beristain. 
 
 3356 Roehrig (F. L. O.) On the Language of the Dakota or Sioux In- 
 dians. By F. L. O. Eoehrig. 
 
 In Smithsonian Inst., Ann. Rept., 1871, pp. 434-450. WaBhington, 1873. 8°. 
 Separately issued as follows : 
 
 3357 The Language | of | the Dakota or Sioux Indians. | By F. 
 
 L. O. Eoehrig. | From the Eeport of the Smithsonian | Institution 
 
 for 1871. I 
 
 Washington: | Government Printing Office. | 1872. | a.jwp.whs. 
 
 Printed cover 1 1., pp. 1-19. 8°. There is a lengthy extract from this paper in 
 Leland(C.G.) Fusang, pp. 99-109. New York, 1875. 12°. 
 
 3358 Vocabulary of the Ohwachamaju, and Olamentke, with 
 
 notes by Prof.'F. L. O. Eoehrig. 
 
 In Po'well (J. W.) Contributions to North American Ethnology, vol. 3, pp. 
 509-517,553-559. Washington, 1877. 4°. 
 
 The vocabularies are from Kostromilov, with comments and notes by Prof. 
 Roehrig. 
 
 3359 Comparative Vocabulary of the Selish Languages. 
 
 Manuscript. 50 pp. folio. Includes words in Selish proper, or Flathead ; Ka- 
 lispelm ; Spokan ; Skoyelpi ; Okinaken ; S'chitsui Shiwapmuth ; Piskwaus. 
 
 3360 Comparative Vocabulary of the Selish Languages, second 
 
 series. 
 
 Manuscript. 4211. 4°. Includes words of the following dialects: Clallam; 
 Lummi; Nooksahk; Nanaimook; Kwantlen; Tait. 
 
 These manuscripts are in the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. 
 
 3361 Rogers (Joseph M.) Words, phrases and sentences in the lan- 
 guage of the Menomonee Indians of Shawano Co., Wisconsin. 
 
 Manuscript. Pp. 77-228, 1 1. 4°. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. 
 Collected in 1881 in Shawanee County, Wis., at the request of the Bureau, and 
 written on one of its forms — Introduction to the study of Indian languages, 2d 
 edition. Only partly filled. 
 
 3362 Rojas (Aristides). Estudios Indigenas. | Contribuciones ( a la 
 HistoriaAntisrua de Venezuela, | por | Aristides Eojas. | Laureado 
 de la Universidad central de Venezuela, | etc., etc., etc. | Obraman- 
 dada pnblicar por orden del Gran Democrata, | General Francisco 
 
CARTILLAY 
 
 POCTRINA CHRISTIANA,RREVE Y COM PEN 
 
 diofa, para enlonarl os nifiosry cierrag preguntas tocantes aU dichaDo- 
 
 ^rin'a poi* nianera deDialogo: traduzida,compiieftajOrdenada, yro* 
 
 mancada c?n ia lengua Chuchonadel pueblo de Tepexicdela Se 
 
 da porelmuy Keiicrcndo Padre Fray barrhoIomcRol- 
 
 danideldorde delgloriofo Padre Sanfto Domingo. 
 
 CON LICENCIA. 
 
 Eft McKicOjEn cafadc Pedro Ocharte. 
 
 M D-LXXX, 
 
 3363. — FAC-SIMILE OF TITLE-PAGE OE KOLDAN'S CAKTILLA Y DOCTEINA. 
 
EODIGER— EOMEY. 661 
 
 Rojas (Aristides)— continued. 
 
 Linares Alcdntara, Presidente | Constitucional de los Estados 
 Unidos I de Venezuela. | 
 
 Caracas. | Imprenta Nacional. | 1878. | wjh. 
 
 Pp. i-xi, 1-217, 2 nnmunbered 11. Lord's Prayer in Carib (from Breton), p. 204. 
 
 3363 Roldan(Fr.Bartholome). Oartillay | Doctrina Christiana, breve y 
 compen- | diosa, para ensefiar los niiios: y ciertas preguntas tocan- 
 tes a la dicha Do- | ctrina, por manera de Dialogo: traduzida, com- 
 puesta, ordenada, y ro- | man§ada en la lengua Chuchona del pueblo 
 de Tepexic de la Se- | da, por el muy Reuerendo Padre Pray Bartho- 
 lome Eol- | dan, de la orde del glorioso Padre Sancto Domingo. | 
 
 Con licencia: | En Mexico, En casa de Pedro Ocharte. | 
 MD. LXXX [1580]. | * 
 
 Ll. i-v preliminary ; Calendar, 11. vii, vii, and vii (for vi, vii, and viii). LI. ix-xvi, 
 "Cartilla," are missing ; Doctrina, &o., 11. xvii-lxvi, Gothic and Eoman letters. 4°. 
 
 On the reverse of 1. Ixvi we read : 
 
 IT A honra y gloria de la sanctissima tri- | nidad, y de la virgen nuestra seflora 
 sanota Maria y pro- | uecho de los fieles Christianos, se acabo de imprimir es- | ta 
 presente Obra, compuesta y traduzida en la lengua | Chuchona, por el K. padre 
 Fray Bartholome Eol- | dan de la orden del bienauenturado padre Sancto | Do- 
 mingo, en casa de Pedro Ocharte, im- | pressor de libros, a diez dias del mes | 
 de Octubre, de mU y quinien- | tos y ochenta Afios. 
 
 Table 3 pp., 1 blank p. Title from Icazbalceta's Apuntes, No. 148. 
 
 3364 Bomagne (Rev. — ). Book of Prayers for Missionary use; in the 
 Abnaki Language. 1834. • 
 
 Picked-up title. See Indian Prayer Book, No. 1939. 
 
 3365 Bomanones [Fr. Juan). Sermones y otros Tratados espirituales en 
 Lengua Megicana. * 
 
 Manuscript. Torquemada, Betancur, and the Biblioteca Franoiscana speak 
 of this author and his writings. — Beristain. 
 
 3366 Romberg (Heinrich). Ein Tschuktschisches Worterverzeichniss. 
 Von Herrn Heinrich Romberg. 
 
 In Erman(A.) Archiv fiir wissenschaftliche Kunde von Russland, vol. 19, 
 pp. 340-345. Berlin, 1860. 8°. Chuckchee vocabulary and numerals 1-100. 
 
 3367 Romero (Fr. Antonio). Arte de las Artes de lengua mexicana. * 
 
 Title from Pimentel. 
 
 3368 Romero (D. Eugenic). Arte 6 Gramdtica de la Lengua Totonaca. * 
 
 Gil Gonzalez, D. NiooMs Antonio, Pinelo, and the author of the Alegaoiones 
 del Clero Angelopolitan speak of this book. — Beristain. 
 
 Romero (Jos6 Guadalupe). 
 See [Cabrera (Job6 Maria), Galioia (Faustina Chimalpopoca), Romero (Josfi 
 Guadalupe), avid Pimentel (Francisco).] 
 
 Romey (Charles). 
 See Arenas (Pedro de). 
 
662 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 3369 Resales (F. T.) La Salve Eegina, en lengna mexicana. 
 
 [Mexico], por Sixto Casillas, 1866. • 
 
 1 1. folio. Loa en obsequio de la aparicion de Nuestra Senora de Guadalupe; 
 avec UDC gravure sur bois. — Tross, No. 155. 
 
 See Loa en Obsequio, No. 2300. Bancroft's Native Races, vol. 3, p. 728, gives 
 the title : Resales, Loa en Obsequio de la Aparicion de Nuestra SeBora de Guada- 
 lupe, Poem, 158i!. 
 
 3370 Rosa Lopez Figueroa {Fr. Antonio). Arte de las Artes, 6 Florilegio 
 de los Artes de la Lengua Megicana, que se han escrito; y en que 
 con nuevo y facil modo se ensena su Grara4tica. * 
 
 Manuscript. 1 vol. 4°. In tbe library of the Convent of S. Francisco de 
 M6gico. — Beristain. 
 
 3371 Rosier (James). A | True Relation | of the most prosperous voy- 
 age I made this present yeere 1605, | by Captaine George Wa.v- 
 mouth, I in the Discouery of the land | of Virginia: | Where he 
 discovered 60 miles of | a most excellent River; to- | gether with a 
 most I fertile land. | Written by lames Rosier | a Gentleman em- 
 ployed I in the voyage. | 
 
 Londoni, Impensis Geor. Bishop. 1605. nths. 
 
 20 unnumbered 11. sm. 4°. This edition does not contain the vocabulary men- 
 tioned below. 
 
 3372 Extracts of a Virginia Voyage made An. 1605 by Captaine 
 
 George Waymovth, in the Arch-angell. Set forth by the Eight 
 Honorable Henry Barle of South-hampton, and the Lord Thomas 
 Arvndel, written by James Rosier. 
 
 In PvTchas his Pilgrimes, vol. 4, pp. 1G59-1667. London, 1625. folio. 
 
 "Words which I learned of theSauages in their Language"; about 75 words 
 and a few proper names, p. 1667. 
 
 "As it [the abridgment in Purchas] contains additional particulars, it is 
 believed that Purchas obtained them direct from the navigators on their return 
 from England." — Burtlett's Catalogue of the Brown Library. 
 
 In the Mass. Hist. Soc. Collections, third series, vol. 8, pp. 125-157, is given 
 what purports to be a reprint of this work. On the reverse'of the title it says: 
 "In the fourth volume of Purchas's Pilgrims is a chapter containing extracts 
 from this work. The whole is here reprinted from a transcript procured in Eng- 
 land by Professor Sparks, and communicated by F. C. Gray." This reprint does 
 not contain the vocabulary. There is also a reprint of it edited by Geo. Prince, 
 published at Bath, 1860, which does not contain the vocabulary. 
 
 3373 Rosny (L6on de). L'^criture hieratique de I'Am^rique Centrale, 
 par L6on de Rosny. 
 
 In Revue Amerlcaine, 2= s6rie, tome 2, pp. 241-S45. Paris, 1865. 8°. 
 
 3374 Archives | PaMographiques | del'0rientetdel'Am6rique | 
 
 publi^es I avec des notices historiques et philologiques | par | Leon 
 de Rosny | Professeur a I'^cole speciale des langues orientales | se- 
 cretaire dela Society d'Ethnographie I Tome Premier | [Vignette.] | 
 
 Paris I Maisonneuve et 0'% Libraires-Elditeurs | 15, Quai Voltaire, 
 15 I 1869. I A. DGB. 
 
V 
 
 KOSALES— ROSNY. 663 
 
 Bosny {L6on de) — continued. 
 
 Pp. i-xviii, 19-240. 157 plates. 8°. Some copies, with a slight variation in 
 the title, are dated : Paris, 1870. 
 
 Explicacion del Codex Telleriano-Eemensis, pp. 190-232. 
 
 3375 Les | ficritures Piguratives | et | Hi^roglyphiques | des | 
 
 diff(6rents peuples anciens et modern es | par | L6on de Eoshy j 
 Professeur a I'^cole imperiale des langues orientales | secretaire de 
 la Society d'Ethnographie, etc. | Seconde Edition | augment^e de 
 planches nouvelles et d'un tableau de la classification | des Ventures 
 flguratives | [Vignette.] 
 
 Paris I Maisonneuve et C**, Libraires Editeurs | 15, Quai Voltaire, 
 15 I 1870 I A. 
 
 Pp. i-viii, 1-76. plates. 4°. 
 
 Chapitre deuxifeme: Ecrituios Am^ricaines. Peinture figurative des Mexi- 
 caines. — Divers genres, pp. 14-21. 
 
 First edition, Paris, 1860, pp. viii, 75. 4°. — Leclerc. 
 
 3376 L'Interpr6tation des anciens Textes Mayas, par L6on de 
 
 Eosny. 
 
 In Soo. Americaine de Prance, Archives, nouvelle s6rie, tome 1, pp. 53-118. 
 Paris, 1875. 8°. Separately issued as helow. 
 
 Notes sur la grammaire Maya, pp. 61-82. — Specimens de textes Mayas, pp. 
 83-94. — Vocabulaire Maya-Frang ais, pp. 95-118. 
 
 3377 I/Interpr^tation | des anciens | Textes Mayas | Par | L6on 
 
 De Eosny | Professeur de I'Enseignement sup^rieur, membre de la 
 Soci6t6 Americaine | de France. | Suivie d'un | Aper§u de la Gram- 
 maire Maya | D'un choix de textes originaux avec traduction | et 
 d'un vocabulaire. | [Seal.] 
 
 A Paris | On le vend chez Gustave Bossange | 16, Eue du Quatre- 
 Septembre, 16. | 010. OGCG. LXXV [1875J. | A. dgb. 
 
 Pp. 1-70, 1 1. 8°. The edition was limited to 85 copies. 
 
 Grammaire, pp. 13-34. — ^Textes Mayas, pp. 35-46. — Vocabulaire Maya-Frangois, 
 pp. 47-70. 
 
 3378 M^moire sur la numeration dans la langue et dans I'ecriture 
 
 des anciens Mayas. 
 
 Nancy, Gongrfes international des Americanistes, 1875. • 
 
 8°. Title furnished by Mr. A. S.Gatschet. 
 
 3379 Essai | sur le dechiffrement | de | L'Ecriture Hieratique | 
 
 de I L'Amerique Oentrale | par | L^on de Eosny | Public par la 
 Society Amdricaine de France | [Vignette.] | 
 
 Paris I Maisonneuve et G", Libraires-fiditeurs | 25, Quai Vol- 
 taire I 1876 I A. CT. 
 
 4p. 11., pp. 1-60. 19 plates, folio. Issued in 4 parts. 200 copies printed. In 
 this examination of nearly all the hieratic texts and inscriptions of the Mayas 
 which are known, a large number of signs and hieroglyphics are recorded and 
 classified, and many of them explained. 
 
664 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Rosny (L^on de) — contiuued. 
 
 3380 Les sources de I'Histoire Ant6-Colombienne du Nouveau- 
 
 Monde par L6on de Eosny. 
 
 In Revue Orientale et Americaine, nouvelle e^rie, tome 1, pp. 139-156. Paris, 
 1876. 8°. Contains Mexican terms and hieroglyphics, with explanations. 
 
 See Charencey (H. de), No. 730, which article is sometimes credited to Rosny. 
 
 , editor. 
 
 See Revue Americaine. 
 
 See Revue Orientale et Americaine. 
 
 3381 Ross (Alexander). Adventures | of the First Settlers on the | 
 Oregon or Columbia River : | being | a Narrative of the Expedition 
 fitted out by | John Jacob Astor, | to establish the | " Pacific Fur 
 Company ; " | with an account of some | Indian Tribes on the Coast 
 of the Pacific. | By Alexander Ross, | one of the Adventurers. | 
 
 London: | Smith, Elder and Co., 65, Cornhill. | 1849. | A.B. c.ba. 
 
 Pp. i-xvi, 1-352. 8°. map. 
 
 Chinook Vocabulary, pp. 342-348.— Chinook Jargon, p. 349. 
 
 3382 The Fur Hunters | of the Far West ; | a Narrative of | 
 
 Adventures in the Oregon and | Rocky Mountains. | By Alexander 
 Ross, I Author of "Adventures of the First Settlers on the Oregon 
 or. I Columbia River." | In two Volumes. | Vol. I | [II]. 
 
 London : | Smith, Elder and Co., 65, Cornhill. | 1855. | A. B. 0. BA. 
 
 2 vols. sm. 8°. m.ap, plate. 
 
 Vocabulary of the Languages spoken by the Nez Percys and other tribes in- 
 habiting the country about the Great Forks of Columbia River, vol. 1, pp. 313- 
 323. — Vocabulary of the "Snake L.anguage," vol. 2, pp. 1.5:3-154. 
 
 3383 Ross {Lieut. Edward). Vocabularies of the Yuba and Yukeh lan- 
 guages of California. Collected by Lieut. Edward Ross. [With 
 notes by George Gibbs.] 
 
 In Hist. Mag., first series, vol. 7, pp. 123-125. New York and London, 1863. 
 sm. 4°. 
 
 3384 [Vocabularies of the Tribes of California.] 
 
 In PoTvell ( J. W. ) Contributions to North American Ethnology, vol. 3. 
 Washington, 1877. 4°. 
 
 Vocabulary of the Pehtsek, pp. 447-459. — Vocabulary of the Yuke (partly from 
 Hist. Mag.), pp. 483-489. — Vocabulary of the Yuba (from the Hist. Mag.), pp. 
 587-597.— Vocabulary of the Shaste, pp. 607-613. 
 
 3385 Ross (/Sir John). A | Voyage of Discovery, | made under the orders 
 of the Admiralty, | in | His Majesty's Ships Isabella and Alex- 
 ander, I for the purpose of | exploring Bafl&n'sBay, | and inquiring 
 into the probability of a | North- West Passage. | By John Ross, K. 
 S. Captain Royal Navy. | 
 
 London : | John Murray, | Albemarle-Street. | 1819. ( A. hu. 
 
 2 p. ll.,pp. i-xl, 1-252, i-cxxxiv, 1 1. 4°. maps. A comparative list of the 
 Northern and Southern Esquimaux language, p. 122. — Words the same in both 
 di.alects, pp. 122-123. 
 
ROSNY HOSS. 665 
 
 Ross {Sir John) — continued. 
 
 3386 ■■ — A I Voyage of Discovery, | made under the Orders of the 
 
 Admiralty, | in | his Majesty's Ships | Isabella and Alexander, | 
 for the Purpose of | exploring BafiBn's Bay, | and enquiring into 
 the Probability | of a | North-west Passage. | By John Eoss, 
 K S. Captain Eoyal Navy. | Second Edition. | In two volumes I 
 Vol. I [II]. I 
 
 London: | Printed by Strahan and Spottiswoode, Printers- 
 Street; I Por Longman, Hurst, Eees, Orme, and* Brown, | Pater- 
 noster-Eow. | 1819. | ba. 
 
 2 vols. 8°. map. Linguistics, as in lirst edition, vol. 1, pp. 167-168. 
 
 3387 Entdeckungsreise | der | koniglichen Schiffe Isabella und 
 
 Alexander | nach der Bafflns-Bai, | zur Untevsuchung der Moglich- 
 keiteiner Nord-West- I Durchfahrt. | Nach dem Englischen | des | 
 Herrn John Eosz, | Capitains der koniglichen Marine. | (Aus dem 
 Ethnographischen Archiv besonders abgedruckt.) | 
 
 Jena, | in der Bran'schen. Buchhandlung. | 1819. | A. 
 
 Pp. i-iv, 1-184. 8°. 
 
 Vergleichungs-Liste der nordlichen und siidlichen Esquimaux-Sprache, p. 99. — 
 Worte, die in beiden Mundarten gleioh sind, p. 100. 
 
 A Dutch translation : s'Grravenhaag, 1831, 8°, is mentioned in F. Miiller's Cata- 
 logue, 1872, No. 1378. 
 
 3388 Narrative | of a | Second Voyage in Search of | a | North- 
 West Passage, | and of a | Eesidence in the Arctic Eegions | dur- 
 ing the years 1829, 1830, 1831, 1832, 1833. | By | Sir John Eoss, C. 
 B., K. S. A., K. C. S., &c. &c. I Captain in the Eoyal Navy. | In- 
 cluding the Eeports of | Commander, now Captain, James Clark 
 Eoss, E. N., P. E. S., F. L. S., &c. | And | The Discovery of the 
 Northern Magnetic Pole. | 
 London : | A. W. Webster, 156, Eegent Street. | 1835. | A. c. ba. 
 
 4 p. 11., pp. i-xxxiv, 1-740. 4°. maps, plates. Hymn in the Esquimaux lan- 
 guage, p. 76. 
 
 3389 Narrative | of a | Second Voyage | in search | of a North- 
 west Passage, I and of I a Eesidence in the Arctic Eegions, | during 
 the years 1829, 1830, 1831, 1832, 1833; | By Sir John Eoss, C. B., 
 K. S. A., K. C. S., &c. &c. I Captain in the Eoyal Navy. | Includ- 
 ing I the Eeports of Commander (now Captain) J. C. Eoss, E. N. 
 p. E. S., F. L. S., &c. I and | the Discovery of the Northern Mag- 
 netic Pole. I 
 
 Philadelphia: | E. L. Carey & A. Hart. | Baltimore: | Carey, 
 Hart & Co. | 1835. | BA. 
 
 Pp. i-xxiii, 1-456. 8°. map. Hymn in Esquimaux, p. 43. An edition : London, 
 n. d., 463 pp., 12°, does not contain the Esquimaux hymn. 
 
 3390 Eelation | du | Second Voyage | fait a la recherche | d'un 
 
 passage an Nord-Ouest, | Par Sir John Eoss, | Capitaine de la 
 Marine Eoyale, Chevalier de I'Ordre du Bain, etc., etc. | Et de sa 
 
666 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Boss {Sir John) — continued. 
 
 residence dans les E6gions Arctiques | pendant les ann^es 1829 a 
 1833 ; I Contenant le rapport dn Oapitaiue de la Marine Eoyale Sir 
 James Clarck Eoss, et les | observations relatives a la d6couverte 
 du Pole Nord ; | Ouvrage traduit sous les yeux de I'Auteur, | par 
 A.-J.-B. Defauconpret, | Traducteur des CEuvres de W. Scott, etc. ; | 
 Accompagn6 d'une Carte du Voyage et orn6 du portrait de I'Auteur, 
 gTav6 I a Londres, par Eobert Hart, et des deux Vues les plus re- 
 marquables de | ces regions, gravies sur acier, d'apr^s Finden, par 
 Skelton. | Tome Premier [Deuxieme]. | 
 
 Paris, I Bellizard, Barthfes, Dufour et Lowell, | Libraires de la 
 Oour Imp6riale de Eussie, Eue de Verneuil, 1 bis. \ 1835. ( 0. 
 
 2 Tols. 8°. maps. Hymn in the Eskimo language, vol. 1, p. 99. 
 
 Another edition in English : Brussels, 1835, 8°, is mentioned in F. Miiller's Cata- 
 logue, 1872, No. 1379. 
 
 3391 Appendix | to the | Narrative | of a | Second Voyage in 
 
 search | of a | North-west Passage, | and. of a | Eesidence in the 
 Arctic Eegions | during the years 18J9, 1831, 1832, 1833. | By | Sir 
 John Eoss, 0. B., K. S. A., K. 0. S., &c. &c. | Captain in the Eoyal 
 Navy. I Including the Eeports of I Commander, now Captain, James 
 Clark Eoss, E. N., P. E. S., P. L. S., &c. | and | The discovery of the 
 Northern Magnetic Pole. | 
 
 London : | A. W. Webster, 156, Eegent Street. | 1835. | A. c. HU. 
 
 Pp. i-xii, 1-120, i-cxliv, i-cii. 4°. 
 
 Vocabulary of the English, Danish, and Esquimaux languages, pp. 61-89. — 
 Dialogues in the English, Danish, and Esquimaux languages, pp. 91-104. 
 
 33 2 Ross (E. B.) Vocabulary of a Dialect of the Tinnean language. 
 Manuscript. 6 11. folio. 
 
 3393 Vocabulary of the Chipewyan language. 
 
 Manuscript. 6 11. folio. 
 
 3394 Vocabulary of the Natsit Kutchin (Strong Men) language. 
 
 Manuscript. 611. folio. Procured from an Indian who had been several years 
 
 in the Hudson Bay Company's service. 
 
 3395 Vocabulary of the Nehaunay of Nehaunay Eiver. 
 
 Manuscript. 611. folio. Collected from a member of one of the tribes residing 
 in the mountainous country between the Liard and Mackenzie Rivers. 
 
 3396 Vocabulary of the Kutcha Kutchin, Yukon Eiver. 
 
 Manuscript. 6 11. folio. Procured from Mr. Hardesty, who had resided among 
 
 these Indians about ten years. 
 
 3397 Vocabulary of the language of the Sikani. 
 
 Manuscript. 6 11. folio. 
 
 These manuscripts are in the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. 
 
 3398 Ross (William P.), editor. Cherokee Advocate. | Volume L Tahle- 
 quah , Clierokee Nation, September 26, 1844. Number 1 [-Volume 9. 
 Wednesday, September 28, 1853. Number 22]. | c. 
 
ROSS ROUPE. 667 
 
 EosB (William P.), editor — continued. 
 
 Vols. 1-9. folio. A four-page, twenty-four column newspaper. "Published 
 every Saturday morning, both in the English and Cherokee languages, by Wm. 
 P. Ross, editor." TLe first few numbers, owing to the scarcity of Cherokee 
 type, contained but little matter in those characters. When these were supplied, 
 &om four to six columns were given. 
 
 It is probable the issue of the date given above, September 28, 1853, was the last 
 of this series, for in it the following notice appears: "Kind Readers: The foreman 
 tells us ' I can't get out a full paper.' The consequence is you receive a half sheet. 
 The cause, the Foreman, says, is for the want of an apprentice ; we don't say that 
 is the cause. There is an old adage which says, 'That there are none so blind as 
 he who can see and won't see.' 
 
 " We shall be compelled to suspend issue, unless we can get help sufficient, 
 or the Council does something. We have all the hired help the law allows, and 
 we cannot find a boy that wishes to learn to use the ' printer's stick.' " 
 
 The form and size of the paper remained the same throughout. 
 
 Mr. W. P. Ross having been " appointed in connection with others to proceed 
 to Washington," in December, 1846, Mr. Daniel H. Ross assumed the editorship ; 
 W. P. Ross returning to the position May, 1847. D. H. Ross was again editor from 
 February to July, 1848. From November 20, 1848, to April 30, 1849, Mr. James S. 
 Vann was the editor, and again from October 20, 1850, to the end, with Mr. Wm. 
 P. Boudinot at times temporarily in charge. Mr. David Carter edited the sheet 
 from April 30, 1849, to October 22, 1850. 
 
 The translators at different times were J. D. Wofford and.Joseph B. Bird. 
 
 The paper contained much linguistic material — origin of the alphabet, laws of 
 the Cherokee Nation, &c. 
 
 The publication of the Advocate was resumed somewhere about May, 1870, I 
 judge; the first number of the second series I have seen is dated October 26, 
 1872, vol. 3, No. 30, with W. P. Boudinot as editor, and "published by the Chero- 
 kee Nation." The sheet appears increased in size to 32 columns. Six columns 
 of the third page are printed iu Cherokee characters. The next issue I have 
 seen, vol. 4, No. 52, May 9, 1874, John L. Adair, editor, has five columns on the 
 third page and three on the fourth in Cherokee characters. 
 
 Another break in the publication must have occurred, and a third series begun, 
 for I find the issue of November 9, 1878, marked vol. 3, No. 34. In this Geo. W. 
 Johnson is named as editor. Nos. 34, 35, and 40 are all I have seen of vol. 4; in 
 these but five columns each are given in Cherokee characters. These and the 
 subsequent numbers mentioned are in the library of Maj. J. W. Powell. 
 
 Of vol. 4 I have seen Nos. 34-52, December 3, 1879-April 14, 1880. The editorial 
 chair is now filled by E. C. Boudinot, jr., who devotes the same space, five col- 
 umns, to the native language. Of vol. 5, April 21, 1880-April 27, 1881, Major 
 Powell has all but a few numbers. Beginning with the issue of April 13, the 
 whole of the third page is printed in Cherokee characters, and a Cherokee head- 
 ing added thereto. Mr. Boudinot still continues as editor. The only change in 
 vol. 6 (of which I have seen Nos. 1-30, May 4, 1881-November 25, 1881), is in the 
 editorship, Mr. D. H. Ross assuming that position in the last-mentioned issue. 
 
 3399 Eoupe {Pere J. P.) Oantiques [en langue Mohawk]. cv. 
 
 Manuscript. 54 unnumbered 11. 4<=. A few of the hymns set to music. In the 
 archives of the Roman Catholic church at Caughnawaga, Canada. 
 
 3400 Eoupe Ko" | § 1" Esp^rance | §2'"'* Pri^re j §3° Quality de 
 
 la Priere | § 4" Oraison Dominicale | LBM. 
 
 Manuscript. In the Iroquois language. In the archives of the Roman Catholic 
 church at the Mission of Lac des Deux Montagues, Canada. Title, reverse blank, 
 1 1. — De L'Esp^ranoe, recto 1. 2— recto 1. 5; verso of latter blank. — De la Prifere, 
 
668 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Boupe {Pere J. P.) — continued. 
 
 recto 1. 6-Terso 1. 9.— De La Pri&re, suite, recto 1. 10-recto 1. 13. — Verso 13 blank. 
 At this point there begins a pagination, the recto of 1. 14 being p. 1 ; this pagina- 
 tion continues to p. 67, followed by 6 unnumbered 11. in the same handwriting and 
 on the same subject; these pp. and 11. are taken up with an explanation of the 
 Lord's Prayer, each phrase being given in French, followed by the explanation 
 in Iroquois. The manuscript is neatly written and well preserved. 
 
 3401 Roux de Rochelle {M.) Analyst d'un ouvrage de M. Gallatin sur 
 les tribus indiennes qui resident aux Etats Unis et dans les posses- 
 sions brittaniques k I'E. des montagnes Eocheses. (Lue k la So- 
 ci6t6 * * » par M. Eoux de Eochelle.) 
 
 In Soc. de Geog., Bull., deuxifeme s^rie, tome 18, pp. 176-195. Paris, 1843. 8°. 
 
 3402 Rowan (Capt.) [Journal of the Ship Eliza, Capt. Eowan, to the 
 Northwest Coast in the year 1799.] d. eb. 
 
 Manuscript. 93 sheets. 4°. Belonging to Mrs. Henry Adams, Washington, 
 D. C. Copies are in possession of Dr. Emil Bessels, of the Smithsonian Institu- 
 tion, and Dr. W. H. Dall, of the U. S Coast Survey, both of which I have seen, 
 and the first of which is here described. 
 
 Contains, 11. 90-93, a vocabulary of 150 words of the Caiganee and Sheetkah. 
 
 Roy (J. B.) 
 See Hamilton (William) avd Irvin (S. M.) 
 
 3403 [Roy (J. J.)] Excursion | d'un touriste | Au Mexique | pendant 
 I'ann^e 1854 | publi^e | par Just Girard | 
 
 Tours I A'' Mame et C'«, Imprimeurs-Libraires | M DOGG LIX 
 [1859]. I c. WE. 
 
 Title, reverse blank, pp. 1-188. 8°. 
 
 Contains, Chap. IX, "Langues usit^es dans I'ancien Mexique; Langue aztfe- 
 que; • * * La langue othomite ; Singulifere analogie de cette langue aveo le 
 chinois." * * * On page 139, 12 Othomi words are compared with the same 
 number of Chinese words. 
 
 3404 Royal Geographical Society. The Journal | of the | Eoyal Geo- 
 graphical Society | of j London. | Volume the First [-Forty ninth]. | 
 
 London: | John Murray, Albemarle Street. | M DCCO XXXII 
 [-n. d.] [1832-1879]. I A.C.BA. 
 
 49 vols. 8°. The Library of Congress set is composed in part of volumes of a sec- 
 ond edition, the title-page of vol. Ibearing "Second edition" and the date of 1833. 
 
 Cullen (Dr. E.) Vocabulary of the Language of the Yule Indians, vol. 21, 
 pp. 241-242. 
 \y Galindo (Col. Don J.) Description of the River Usumasinta, in Guatemala, 
 vol. 3, pp. 59-64. 
 
 Notice of the Caribs in Central America, vol. 3, pp. 290-291. 
 
 Grant (W. C.) Description of Vancouver Island, vol. 27, pp. 268-320. 
 
 Latham (E. G.) Note upon the Language of Central America, vol. 20, pp. 
 189-190. 
 
 Leigh (Bev. J.) Vocabulary of the natives of Newfoundland, vol. 4, pp. 
 218-220. 
 
 Naxera (E.) De Lingua Othomitorum Dissertatio, vol. 5, pp. 355-361. 
 
 Puydt (Lucien de). Account of Scientific Explorations in the Isthmus of 
 Darien, vol. 38, pp. 69-110. 
 
 Scouler (J. ) Observations on the Indigenous Tribes of the Northwest Coast 
 of America, vol. 11, pp. 215-251. 
 
EOUPE RUDIGEE. 669 
 
 Royal Geographical Society — continued. 
 
 3405 Arctic Geography and Ethnology. | A selection of Papers | 
 
 on I Arctic Geography and Ethnology. | Eeprinted, and presented 
 to I theArctic Expedition of 1875, | by | the President, Council, and 
 Fellows of the | Eoyal Geographical Society. | 
 
 London : | John Murray, Albemarle Street. | 1875. | jwp. 
 
 Pp. i-xii, 1-292. 8°. maps. 
 
 Markham (C. R.) Language of the EsMmo of Greenland, pp. 189-229. 
 
 3406 Royal Irish Academy. The | Transactions | of the | Eoyal Irish 
 Academy. | M.DCO. LXXXVJI [-1878]. | 
 
 Dublin: | Printed by George Bonham, Great George's-Street, | 
 for the Academy. | [1787-1878.] A. c. BA. 
 
 26 vojs. 4°. 
 
 Dunne (J. ) Notices relative to some of the Native Tribes of North America 
 by John Dunne, esq., vol. 9, pp. 101-137. 
 
 3407 Royal Society [of London]. Philosophical | Transactions: [of the 
 Eoyal Society of London] | giving some | Accompt | of the pres- 
 ent I Undertakings, Studies, and Labours | of the | Ingenious | in 
 many | considerable parts | of the | World. | Vol. I | [-172] For 
 Anno 1665, and 1666 [-1881]. | 
 
 In the Savoy, | Printed by T. N. for John Martyn at the Bell, a 
 little with- I out Temple-Bar, and James AUestry in Duck-Lane, | 
 Printers to the Eoyal Society. | [N. d.] A. c. BA. 
 
 172 vols. 4°. Several slight changes of title have occurred. 
 
 Johtison (ii'ir Wm.) Extracts from some letters on the customs, manners, and 
 language of the Northern Indians of America, vol. 63, pt. 1, pp. 142-148. 
 
 ;i408 Manual | of the | natural history, geology, and physics | 
 
 of I Greenland | and the neighbouring regions ; | prepared for the 
 use of the Arctic Expedition of 1875, under the | direction of the 
 Arctic Committee of the Eoyal Society, | and edited by | Professor 
 T. Kupert Jones, P. E. S., F. G. S., «&c., &c., «&c., | together with | 
 Instructions | suggested by the Arctic Committee of the Eoyal So- 
 ciety I for the use of the expedition. | Published by authority of 
 the Lords Commissioners of the Admiralty. | [Seal.| 
 
 London : | Printed for Her Majesty's stationery office, | and sold 
 by I John Murray, Albemarle Street; Longmans, Green, & Co., 
 Paternoster Eow; | [&c., four lines]. | 1875. | Price Thirteen Shil- 
 lings and Sixpence. | JWP- 
 
 Title, pp.i-vi, 1-86, i-xii, 1-784. 8°. maps. 
 
 Brown (Kr.K.) On the History * * * of the Cetacea frequenting Davis 
 Strait, &o., pp. 69-93. 
 
 Newton (A.) Notes on birds which have been found in Greenland, pp. 
 94-115. 
 
 3409 Rtidiger ( Johann Ohristoph). Numerals (1-10) of the Indians of 
 
 Canada. 
 
 In Grundriss einer Geschichte der menschliohen Sprache, Thl. 1, p. 123. Leip- 
 zig, 1782. Title from Turner in Ludewig, p. 215. 
 
670 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 3410 [Rudolph ( — ).] Anner' lab iimungorsimasub j pArinek 'arneranik, | 
 Eudolph-ib | Nekkurs^isub ag' legfeiuik. | aipagssauik nakitigkat, 
 sujugdlit assilinardlugit. | 
 
 Kj0benhavn. | Louis Kleins Bogtrykkeri. | 1870. | JWP. 
 
 Pp. 1-16. 16°. In the Eskimo language. 
 
 3411 Ruiz de Alarcou {Br. Hernaud). Tratado de las supersticiones de 
 los Naturales de esta N. E. por el Br. Hernand Ruiz de Alarcon. * 
 
 Manuscript. 109 uununiberc d 11. 4°. Written in Mexico in 1629. It contains 
 many long passages in the Mexican language with Spanish translation. — Icaz- 
 balceta's Apuntes, No. 150. 
 
 3412 Ruiz Perea (Miguel). Oracion | Panegyrica | En la Solemnidad 
 plausible, y Publicacion de la Santa | Bulla, Deciala en la Santa 
 Yglesio. Metropolitana de Mex | loo en la Dominica primerade Ad vi- 
 ento I el B". Miguel Ruiz Perea, | Domiciliario de este Aryobispado, 
 indigno Beneficiado ( por su Magestad Vicario in Oapite, y Juez 
 Ecclesiastico | de la Doctrina del Real de Minas de Tzaqualpan, | 
 Ministro Mexicano. Othomi. Mazahua. Olmeco. | Tepehua. Totonac, 
 y Castellano. | Dedicala como su humilde Oriado, fe inflmo subdito 
 a la I Dignidad y Senoriadeel | Senor Doctor Don Manuel de Esca- 
 lante | Golombres, y Mendoza, Meritissimo Ohantre | de la S. Iglesia 
 Cathedral Metropolitana de Mexico, dignissimo | Comissario Apos- 
 tolico Subdelegado General de la S. Oruzada, Gathedratico jubilado 
 de Prima de Ganones en la Real Universi- | dad ; Rector que ha sido 
 en ella quatro vezes, Abad perpetuo de la | Gongregacion de iff. P. 
 Senor S. Pedro, Inez Provi- | sor, y Vicario General deste Argobis- 
 pado por el Venerable Senor | Dean, y Gabildo Sede Vacate de la S. 
 Iglesia Gathedral Metropo- | litana de Mexico, Vicario Visitador de 
 los Oonventos de N. Se- | iiora de la Goncepcion, y Valvanera, y luez 
 del Real Golle- | gio Seminario de esta Santa Iglesia. | 
 
 Gon licencia en Mexico : por los Herederos de la Viuda de | Fran- 
 cisco Rodriguez Lupercio, en la puente de Palacio. | Ano delTOO. | * 
 
 8p. 11., Sermon 1211. 4°. In the Mexican language. Title from Icazbalceta's 
 Apuntes, No. 149. 
 
 3413 Rupp (Isaac Daniel). History | of the | Gounties | of | Berks and 
 Lebanon: | containing a brief account of the Indians | Who inhab- 
 ited this region of country, and the numerous Murders by | them ; 
 notices of the first Swedish, "Welsh, French, German, Irish, | and 
 English settlers, giving the names of nearly five thousand | of them, 
 Biographical Sketches, topographical descriptions | of every Town- 
 ship, and of the Principal Towns | and Villages; the Religious His- 
 tory, with I much useful Statistical information; | notices of the 
 Press & Education. | Embellished by several appropriate engrav- 
 ings. I Compiled from Authentic Sources | by I. Daniel Rupp, | 
 Author of He Pasa Ekklesia, etc., etc. | 
 
RUDOLPH — RUZ. 671 
 
 Bupp (Isaac Daniel) — coutinued. 
 
 Published and sold | by G. Hills, Proprietor ; | Lancaster, Pa. | 
 1844. I * 
 
 Pp. 1-512. 8'^. Title from Mr. W. Eanies. Specimen of the Indian laBguage 
 of Pennsylvania (from Penn), pp. lti-19. — Specimen of the Delaware language 
 (from Dencke), p. 19. — Lord's Prayer in the language of the Iroquois or Six Na- 
 tions, p. 19. 
 
 3414 Ruttenber (Edward M.) History | of the | Indian Tribes of Hud- 
 sou's Eiver; | their | Origin, Manners and Customs; tribal | and 
 sub-tribal organizations ; | wars, treaties, etc., etc. j By | B.M. Rut- 
 tenber, | Author of the History of New burgh. | [Four lines quota- 
 tion.] [Design.] 
 
 Albany, N.T.: | J. Munsell, 82 State Street. | 1872. | a.c.ba.we. 
 
 Pp. i-vi, 7-415. 8°. 
 
 Appendix II. Language, pp. 333-360, contains a general account, with speci- 
 mens, of the several Algonkin dialects; a grammar of the Algonkin language; 
 aud, on page 360, a comparative vocabular^\' of 24 words (from Schoolcraft and 
 Gallatiu) of the Old Algonquin, Long Island, Massachusetts, Mahican, Dela- 
 ware, Minsi, Shawanoes, Chippeway, and Mohawk. — Appendix III. Geograph- 
 ical Nomenclature and Traditions, pp. 361-399, contains explanations of the In- 
 dian names of places in the jieigliboihood of Hudson Eiver. 
 
 3415 Ruz {Fr. Joaquin). Catecismo | Historico | 6 | Compendio de la 
 Istoria | sagrada, | y de la | Doctrina Gristiana. | Con preguntas, y 
 respuestas, y lecciones | seguidas, por el Abad Fleuri; y traducidas 
 del I castellano al idioma Yucateco, con un brebe ex- | orto para el 
 entrego del santo Cristo 4 los en- | fermos, por el P. P. Fr. Joaquin 
 Euz de la Orden de San Francisco. | Para | Instruccion de los Natu- 
 rales. | 
 
 Con licencia. | En Merida de Yucatan | En la Oflcina ^ cargo de 
 Domingo Canton : | ano de 1822, 2." de la independencia del | Im- 
 perio Mejicano. | B. 
 
 4 p. 11., pp. 3-186, IL 16°. 
 
 A translation into Yucateo of the Catficisme historique of the Abb6 Claude 
 Fleury (Paris, 1690, 2 vols. 12°, plates), in an abbreviated form. 
 
 3416 El Devoto instruido en el Santo Sacriflcio de la Misa, por 
 
 el P. Luis Lanzi, de la Compania de Jesus. Traduccion libre al 
 Idioma Yucateco, con unos afectos. Por el P. Fr. Joaquin Euz. 
 Con las licencias necesarias. 
 
 M6rida de Yucatan. Impreso por Jo86 Antonio Pino. 1835. * 
 9 unnumbered 11. 4°. Title furnished by Sr. Icazbalceta from copy in pos- 
 session of Sr. J. M. Andrade. 
 
 3417 Gramdtica Yucateca | por | El P. Fr. Joaquin Euz, | for- 
 
 mada | para la instruccion de los Indigenas, | Sobre el compendio 
 de D. Diego | Narciso Herranz y Quiros. | [Design.] 
 
 M6rida de Yucatan. | Por Eafael Pedrera. 1844. | B. 
 
 4 p. 11., pp. 8-119, numbered reverse of the usual way. 4°. 
 
672 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Ruz (Fr. Joaquin) — continued. 
 
 3418 Cartilla | 6 | Silabario de lengua Maya, | para la ense- 
 
 nanza | de los niiios indigenas, | por el Padre | Fr. Joaquin Euz. | 
 [Design.] 
 
 M^rida de Yucatan. | Por Eafael Pedrera. 1845. | b. 
 
 Pp. 1-16. 16°. 
 
 3419 Manual Eomano Toledauo, y Tucateco para la adminis- 
 
 tracion de los Santos Sacramentos, por el E. P. Fr. Joaquim Euz. 
 
 M^rida de Yucatau. En la oflcina de Jos6 U. Espinosa. 1846. * 
 14 p. 1]., 191 pp. 4°. Title from Brasseur tie Bourbourg. 
 
 Instructions for baptism, p. 10 ; for confession, p. 29; for communion, p. 43; for 
 the viaticum, p. 51 ; for extreme unction, p. 55; for marriage, p. 96. 
 
 3420 Colleccion | de | Sermones | para los domingos de todo el 
 
 ano I y Ouaresma, | tornados de varios autores y tradu- | cidos libre- 
 mente al idioma Yucateco | por el Padre | Fray Joaquin Euz. | 
 
 ]Merida. Imprenta de Jos6 D. Espinosa. 1846 [-1850]. | * 
 
 4 vols. 8° and 4°. Title from loazbalceta's Apuntes, No. 152. Carrillo gives 
 tlie contents :ind collations as follows: 
 
 Tomo primero. Contiene las dominicas desde adviento hasta quincuag^sima. 
 Merida. Imprenta de Jos6 Espinosa. 1846. 11, 145 pp. 4". 
 
 Tomo spgundo. Contiene desde ceniza, vi^rnes de cuaresma y dominicas hasta 
 Peutecost^s. Merida. Impreso por Nazario Novelo. 1849. 268 pp. 4°. 
 
 Tomo tercero. Contiene desde Pentecost^s hasta la domfnica vig^simaouarta. 
 Impreso por Nazario Novelo. 1850. 254 pp. 4°. 
 
 Tomo cuarto. Contiene las festividades principales del Senor, de Nuestra 
 Senora, de algunos santos, y cuatro pliiticas de itnimas, sobre el dogma. Merida. 
 Impreso por Nazario Novelo. 1850. 
 
 3421 Catecismo | y | Exposicion Breve | de la j Doctrina Gristi- 
 
 ana, | por el Padre Maestro Geronimo de | Eipalda de la conipaiiia 
 de Jesus. | Traducido [ al idioma Yucateco | con unos afVctos para 
 socorrer & los | moribundos por el M. E. P. Fr. Joa- | quin Euz. | 
 
 Merida de Yucatan. | Impreso por Jos6 D. Espinosa. 1847. | * 
 88 pp. 8^=. Title from Icazbalceta's Apuntes, No. 154. 
 
 3422 Explicaciou de una parte de la Doctrina Cristiana 6 instruc- 
 
 ciones dogmatico-morales, en que se vierte toda la doctrina del 
 catecismo romano por el E. P. M. Fr. Placido Eico ; traducido al 
 Idioma Yucateco por el E. Padre Fr. Joaquim Euz. Part. 1. 
 
 Merida de Yucatan. Oflcina de S. D. Espinosa. 1847. * 
 
 2 11., 389 pp. 4°. Title from Brasseur de Bourbourg, who says the second part 
 has not been published. 
 
 3423 A I Yucatecan Grammar: | translated | from the | Spanish 
 
 into Maya, | and abridged | for the Instruction of the Native In- 
 dians, I by the | Eev. J. Euz, of Merida. | Translated | from the | 
 Maya into English, | by | John Kingdon, | Baptist Missionary, 
 Belize, Honduras. | 
 
Euz. 673 
 
 Ruz {Fr. Joaquin) — continued. 
 
 Belize: Printed at tlie Baptist Mission Press. I MDCCOXLVII 
 
 [1«47]- I A. 
 
 2 p. 11., pp. 3-68. 8°. 
 
 3424 Via Sacra | del Divino Amante | Corazon de Jesus, | Dis- 
 
 puesta I per las cruces del Calvario, | por el Presbitero | Jos6 de 
 Herrera Villaviceucio. | Traducida | al Idioma Yucateco | Por el 
 E. P. Fr. Joaquin Euz. | 
 Merida de Yucatan. | Impreso por Nazario Novelo. I 1849. I dgb. 
 
 Pp. 1-34. 16°. 
 
 3425 Analisis | del Idioma Yucateco | al | Castellano | por el E. 
 
 P. Fray | Joaquin Euz. | 
 
 Merida deYucat,.n: I Impreso por Mariano Guzman. I 1851. I dgb. 
 Pp. 1-16. 16°. 
 
 3426 Leti u cilich Evangelio Jesucristo hebix San Lucas. 
 
 Londres. 1865. W. M. Watts. Crown court, temple bar. * 
 
 90 pp. 8°. Gospel of St. Luke in the Maya language. Title from Carrillo. 
 
 3427 Catecismo explicado en treinta y nueva instrucciones, 
 
 sacadas del romano, primera parte. * 
 
 I possessed a copy of this work, which has unfortunately been taken from my 
 library. It was printed in Merida, Yucatan, and has about 200 pages, 4°. — Carrillo. 
 
 Possibly this is the same work as that given in No. 3415 of this catalogue. 
 
 P. Euz, the most fluent of the writers in the Maya language that Yucatan has 
 produced, was born in that peninsula about the end of the last century. Whilst 
 still young he entered the Franciscan Convent of Merida, in which he assumed 
 the habit, some years before the revolution devastated and broke up the religious 
 orders of Yucatan. He knew the Maya language perfectly, and did not cease to 
 preach in it to the end of his days. His discourses were well delivered, and his 
 audience heard him with pleasure and advantage. He died in Merida, at an old 
 age, not many years ago [1855]. — Bibliografia Scmfrmiceeeana. 
 
 43 Bib 
 
67 t NOETH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 3428 Saavedra (P. F. Marcos de). Confessonario | Breve | active, y pas- 
 sive, I En Lengua Mexicaua. | Con el qual | Los que coraienzan 
 (sabiendolo bien de | memoria) parece que qualquiera estara | sufl- 
 ciente mientras apreude mas. | Dispuesto | por el P. F. Marcos de 
 Saavedra,, | Predicador General en el Orden del Sr. Sto. | Domingo 
 y Provincia de Santiago de Pre- | dicadores de Nueva-Espana. | 
 
 Eeimpresso en Mexico : | En la Imprenta Real del Superior Gobi- 
 erno, y | del Nuevo Rezado, de Doria Maria de Eivera, | en el 
 Empedradillo. Ano de 1746. | C. 
 
 8 unnumbered 11. 16°. 
 
 3429 Arte de la Lengua de la Nueva Segovia y Sermones en la 
 
 misma, para todo el ano. * 
 
 Title from Beristain. 
 
 3430 Saenz de la Pena [B. Andres). Manual de los Santos Sacramentos. 
 Conforme al Ritual de Paulo Quinto. Formado for [sic] mandado 
 del Reverom. \sic] Illustriss"'". y Excell™". Senor D. luan de Pala- 
 fox, y Mendo^a, Obispo de la Puebla de los Angeles, Electo Argo- 
 bispo de Mexico, Gouernador de su Argobispado, del Consejo de su 
 Magestad en el Real de las Indias, Capellan, y Limosnero mayor 
 de la Serenissima Emperatriz de Alemania, Virey, Gouernador, y 
 Gapitan General de la Nueua Espaiia, Presidente de su Real Chan- 
 cilleria, y Visitador General de este Reyno, &c. Por el Doctor 
 Andres Saenz de la Pena, Oura Beneficiado de la Oiudad de Tlax- 
 cala, por su Magestad. 
 
 Con Privilegio. En Mexico por Francisco Robledo, Impressor 
 del Secrete del Santo Officio. Ano de 1642. * 
 
 8 p. II., which include an exhortation by Sr. Palafox to the curates and vicars 
 of his bishopric; text 194 11., some of which are in Mexican. 8°. Preceding the 
 title-page is a leaf with the Episcopal seal and the title: Manual de los Santos 
 Sacramentos. There is another edition, in 4°, with the licenses dated 1691. The 
 copy seen is minus beginning and end. — Icaztalceta'a Apuntes, No. 157. 
 
 The author was a native of the Canary Isles. He went to Mexico in 1636, 
 became canon of the Cathedral of Michoacan, and afterwards of Puebla de los 
 Ange'es, where he died. — Ramirez Sale Cat. , No. Gn8. 
 
 3431 Sagard {Fr. Gabriel). Le Grand | Voyage dv Pays | des Hurons, 
 situ^enL'A- | merique uers la mer douce | ezdernieres conlinsde | 
 la nouuelle France | Ou il est traicte de tout | ce qui est du i)ays & 
 du I gouuernement des Sauuages | Auec un Dictionnaire | de la 
 Langue Iiuronne | Par Fr. Gabriel Sagard | Recollect de S*. Fran- 
 cois I de la Prouince S*. Denis | 
 
 A Paris Chez Deny's | Moreau rue S*. lacques ^ | La Sala- 
 mandre 1632 | 
 
SAAVEDEA SAGAED, 675 
 
 Sagard [Fr. Gabriel) — continued. 
 
 Second title: 
 
 Le Grand Voyage | dv Pays des Hvrons, | situ6 en I'Amerique 
 vers la Mer | douce, es derniers conflns | de la nouuelle France, | 
 dite Canada. | Ou il est amplement traits de tout ce qui est du 
 pays, des | mceurs & du natnrel des Sauuages, de leur gouuerne- 
 ment | & fagons de faire, tant dedans leurs pays, qu'allans en 
 voya I ges: De leur foy & croyance; De leurs conseils & guerres, 
 & I de quel genre de tourmens ils font mourir leurs prisonniers. [ 
 Comme ils se marient & esleueut leurs enfans : De leurs Me | decins, 
 & des remedes dont ils vsent ^ leurs maladies: De | leurs dances 
 & chansons: De la chasse, de la pescLe, & des | oyseaux & ani- 
 maux terrestres & aquatiques qu'ils ont. Des | richesses du pays : 
 Comme ils cultiuent les terres, & accom- | modent leur Menestre. 
 De leur deiiil, pleurs & lamenta- | tions, & comme ils enseuelissent 
 & enterrent leurs morts. | Auec vn Dictionaire de la langue Hu- 
 ronne, pour la commodi- | t6 de ceux qui ont h voyager dans le pays, 
 & n'ont I I'intelligence d'icelle langue. i Par F. Gabriel Sagard Theodat. 
 EecoUet de | S. Francois, de la Prouince deS. Denys en France. | 
 
 A Paris, | Chez Denys Moreav, rue S lacques, k \ la Salaman- 
 dre d'Argent. | M. DC. XXXII [1632]. | Auec Priuilege du 
 
 Eoy. I A. S. HIT. JOB. 
 
 First title illustrated page, reverse blank, 1 1 ; second title, reverse bl.ink, 11.; 
 "AvEoy des Eoys,'' 211.; "A tres-illvstre, Genereux puissant Prince Henry," 
 21.; "AvLectevr,"31. ; Table des Chapitres," 3pp. ; " Privilege dv Eoy," 2 pp. ; 
 " Approbation des Peres de I'Ordre," 1 p. ; in all, 12 p. 11. Voyage Dv Pays, 380 pp. 
 sm. 4°. Appended to the above, and with its own title, is : 
 
 3432 Dictionaire | de la Langve | Hvronne, | Necessaire ^ ceux 
 
 qui n'ont I'intelligence d'icelle, | & ont k traiter auec les Sauuages 
 du pays. | Par Fr. Gabriel Sagard, EecoUet de | S. Frangois de la 
 Prouince de S. Denys. | [Vignette.] 
 
 A Paris, ) Chez Denys Moreav, rue S. lacques, a la ( Sala- 
 mandre d'Argent. | M. DC. XXXII [1632]. | Auec Priuilege du 
 
 Roy. I A.S.HU. JOB. 
 
 Preliminary remarks, pp. 1-12 ; " Les Mots Franjois tournez en Huron," 66 un- 
 numbered 11. ; "Table des choses," 13 unnumbered pp. sm. 4°. 
 
 3433 Le Grand Voyage | du | Pays des Hurons | Situ6 en I'Ame- 
 rique vers la Mer | douce, fes derniers conflns | de la | Nouvelle 
 France I dite j Canada j aveo un dictionnaire de la langue Huronne | 
 par I F. Gabriel Sagard Theodat ( EecoUet de S. Francois, de la 
 province de S. Denys en France | JSTouvelle edition | publi^e par M. 
 Emile Chevalier | 
 
 Paris I Librairie Tross | 5, Rue Keuve-des-Petits Champs | 
 1865 I A. c. s. BA. 
 
 1 1. ; title, reverse blank, 1 1. ; advertisement, 2 II.; illustrated title, fac-simile 
 of original, reverse blank, 1 1. ; fao-simile of original title, reverse blank, 11.; 
 Av Eoy des Eoys, pp. v-viii; Dedioatiou, pp. ix-xi; Au Lectevr, pp. xiii-xvii; 
 contents, pp. xix-xxi; Privilege dv Eoy, pj). xxii-xxiv; Approbation, pp. xxiv- 
 XXV ; text, piJ. 1-268. 8°. Appended is the following : 
 
676 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Sagard {Fr. Gabriel) — continued. 
 
 3434 Dictionaire | de la | Langve Hvroune | necessaire a cevx 
 
 qui n'ont I'intelligence | d'icelle, et ont a fcraiter avec | les Savvages 
 dv Pays j par Fr. Gabriel Sagard | Eecollet de S. Francois, de la 
 Prouince de S. Denys. | [Design.] 
 
 A Paris, | Chez Denys Moreav, rue S. lacques, | k la Salamandre 
 d'Argent. M.DG.XXXIL [i632J. | AuecPriuilegeduEoy. |A.C.S.BA. 
 
 Title, reverse blank, 1 1. Introductory remarks, pp. 3-12. The Dictionary oc- 
 cupies 66 unnumbered leaves, and is followed by Index, 7 11., and Approbation, 1 1. 
 
 3435 Histoire | dv Canada | et | Voyages que les freres | Mi- 
 
 neurs Recollects y ont faicts pour | la conuersion des Infidelles. | 
 Divisez en quatre livres | Ou est amplement traict6 des choses 
 principales ar- | riu^es dans le pays depuis Pan 1615 iusques k la 
 pri- I se qui en a este faicte par les Anglois. Des biens & | commo- 
 ditez qu'on en pent esperer. Des moeurs | ceremonies, creance, loix 
 & coustumes merueU- | lenses de ces inhabitans. De la conuersion 
 & baptes- I me de plusieurs, & des moyes necessaires pour les | 
 amener k la cognoissance de Dieu. L'entretien or- | dinaire de nos 
 Mariniers, & autres particularitez | que se remarqueut en la suite 
 de I'hiistoire. | Fait et compos6 par le | F. Gabriel Sagard ( Theo- 
 dat, Mineur EecoUect de la Prouince de Paris. ) 
 
 A Paris, | Chez Claude Sonnivs, rue S. Jacques a I'Escu de | 
 Basle, & au Compas d'or. | M. DC. XXXVI [1636]. | Auec Priuilege 
 & Approbation. | job. 
 
 Title and 13 other p. 11 ; text, pp. 1-1005 ; table, etc., 23 11. 8°. Huron songs, 
 pp. 310-313, with three lines of music. Reprinted as below. 
 
 3436 Histoire | du Canada j et Voyages | que les frferes Mi- 
 
 neurs recollects y ont faicts | pour la conversion des infidfeles | de- 
 puis I'an 1615 I par I Gabriel Sagard Theodat | avec un dictionnaire 
 de la langue Huronne | Nouvelle Edition | publico par M. Edwin 
 Tross. I Premier [-Quatri^me] Volume. | 
 
 Paris I Librairie Tross | 5, rue neuve-des-petits-champs, 5. | 
 1866. I A. c. s. BA. 
 
 4 vols. 8°. Paged consecutively. Huron songs, vol. 2, pp. 291-292.— " Musique 
 pour L'Histoire du Canada," being the accompanying music to the above songs, 
 occupies the four unnumbered pages following p. 542 of the same volume. 
 
 The "Dictionaire de la Langve Hvronne" is given at the end of the fourth 
 volume, being a reprint, page for page, of that in the 1865 reprint of Le Grand 
 Voyage. The dictionary is also issued separately, as follows : 
 
 3437 Dictionnaire | de la | Langue Huronne | par | Gabriel Sa- 
 gard Theodat | Eecollet de S. Frangois de la Province de S. Denys | 
 en France. | E6impression figur^e | de I'Mition rarissime de 1632. [ 
 Tirage a part k 66 exemplaires. | 
 
 Paris I Librairie Tross | 1865 | g. xwp. 
 
 Title, verso blank, 1 1. ; fac-simile of original title, reverse blank, 1 1. ; pp. 3-12; 
 66 unnumbered 11. large 8°. 
 
SAGAED — SAHAGUN. 677 
 
 3438 [Sage (Eufus B.)] Scenes | in the | Eocky Mountains, | and in | 
 Oregon, California, ¥ew Mexico, Texas, and | the Grand Prairies; | 
 or I notes by the way, | during an excursion of three years, | with 
 a I description of the countries passed through, | including their | 
 Geography, Geology, Eesources, Present Condition, and | the Dif- 
 ferent Nations inhabiting them. | By a New Englander. | 
 
 Philadelphia : | Published by Carey & Hart. | 1846. | c. 
 
 Pp. i-xii, 13-303. 12°. A few words and sentences in Sioux, p. 137. 
 
 3439 Scenes | in the | Eocky Mountains, | and in | Oregon, Califor- 
 nia, New Mexico, Texas, and | the Grand Prairies; | or, | Notes by 
 the Way, | during an Excursion of three years, | with a | descrip- 
 tion of the countries passed through, | including their | Geography, 
 Geology, Eesources, Present Condition, | and the DiflFerent Nations 
 inhabiting them. | By Eufus B. Sage. | Second Edition Ee vised. | 
 
 Philadelphia: | Carey and Hart. ( 1847. | c. 
 
 Pp. i-xii, 13-303. 12°. A few words and sentences in Sionx, p. 137. 
 
 3440 Eocky Mountain Life; | or, | Startling Scenes | and | Peril- 
 ous Adventures | in the | Far West, | during an expedition of three 
 years, | By Eufus B. Sage, | The Western Adventurer. | 
 
 Boston: | Thayer & Eldridge, | 114 & 116 Washington Street. | 
 1860. I * 
 
 2 p. U.; pp. vii-xiv, 1 1. , pp. 29-363. 12°. Title furnished by Mr. W. Eames. A 
 few words and sentences in Sioux, p. 183. 
 
 Another edition: Boston, Wentworth & Co., 1857, pp. 363. Vil°.— Field. 
 Sagoskin (Lieut. Laurenti Alexieff). 
 
 See SarocKHBT. (JleHT. jABPEiiiiil A.) [Zagoskin (Lieui. Laurenti A.)] 
 
 3441 Sahagim (Bernardino de). Psalmodia | Christiana, y Sermona- | 
 rio de los Sanctos del Ano, en lengua Mexicana: | copuesta por el 
 muy. E. Padre Pray Bernardino | de Sahagun, de la orden de Sant 
 Francisco. | Ordenada en cantares o Psalmos: para que canten 
 los I Indies en los areytos, que hazen en las Iglesias. | [Picture of 
 Calvary.] 
 
 En Mexico. | Con licencia, en casa de Pedro Ocharte. | M. D. 
 LXXXIII [1583]. Anos. | * 
 
 4 p. 11., 11. 1-236. 4°. Bold Roman letter; many engravings. Title furnished 
 by Sr. Icazbalceta from a copy belonging to P. Juarez, of Tezcoco. No other 
 perfect copy is known, the title in Icazbalceta's Apuntes, No. 160, being taken 
 from an imperfect copy belonging to the late Sr. Eamirez. In the sale catalogue 
 of the latter gentleman's books, the following statement is made: 
 
 In the beginning of this volume is an interesting manuscript note of seven 
 pages in the hand of SeHor Eamirez, in which he shows, on the authority of a 
 manuscript, 'Bibliotheca,' of Father Figueroa, who was librarian of the convent 
 of S. Francisco de Mexico, that this is one of the rarest examples of early Mexican 
 typography, in consequence of its being condemned by the Inquisition, and the 
 copies rigorously destroyed. So far as is known no perfect copy exists, and it 
 would appear that Senor Eamirez considered the present copy as unique. It is 
 printed in bold Eoman characters, and illustrated with wood-outs coarsely exe- 
 cuted. Beristain speaks of having seen a copy in the college of S. Gregory of 
 Mexico, which was probably the present. 
 
V 
 
 U78 NOKTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Sahagun (Bernardino de) — continued. 
 
 3442 Evangeliarium | Epistolarium et Lectionarium | Aztecum 
 
 Sive Mexicanum | ex ;mtiquo codice Mexicano nuper reperto | de- 
 promptufli I cum prsefatione interpretatione adnotationibus glossa- 
 rio I Edidit | Bernardinus Biondelli | 
 
 Mediolani | Typis Jos. Bernardoni Q.-" Johannis | MDUOCLVII 
 [1857] I ' S. 
 
 4 pp. 4°. Title, p. 1. — P. 2, conditioDS, 450 copies in 5 parts each, at 20 francs 
 eacli, and names Triibuer, Franz of MuDich, and Bernardoni, to whom subscrip- 
 tions could be sent. — P. 3, a Latin announcement, in which it is said to be the 
 long lost work of Sahagun, whose name, the editor states, was on the cover of the 
 manuscript. — P. 4, a fac-simile of part of the manuscript differing from that given 
 in the volume, though purporting to be of the same part, and a specimen of the 
 Mexican and Latin texts. 
 
 3443 Evangeliarium | Epistolarium et Lectionarium | Aztecum 
 
 Sive Mexicanum | ex antiquo codice Mexicano nuper reperto | de- 
 promptum | cum prsefatione interpretatione adnotationibus glossa- 
 rio I Edidit | Bernardinus Biondelli. | 
 
 Mediolani | Typis Jos. Bernardoni Q.™ Johannis | MDCCCLVIII 
 [1858]. I B. c. s. 
 
 Pp. i-xlix, fac-simile of page of Mexican manuscript, 1 l.,pp. 1-574. 4°. 
 
 This work is based on a Mexican manuscript on maguey paper, written in 1532 
 " for the use of Father Dominie de Canizarez ", and forming a folio of 250 pages, 
 one leaf being lost ; but it contained merely references for two feasts, as ap- 
 pears by .an index of later date. It was found by Beltrami in 1826, in a library 
 in Mexico, as he himself tells in his Mexique, vol. 2, p. 167. (See, also, Eevuo 
 Encyclop^dique, vol. 32, p. 611.) 
 
 As Father Bernardine de Sahagun, who came to Mexico in 1529, is said by 
 Torquemada (vol. 3, p. 487) to have written " a very elegant Postil ou the Epis- 
 tles and Gospels for the Sundays" of the year, Beltrami concluded that this was 
 the work, which was regarded by Torquemada as lost, Sahagnn's manuscripts 
 having been taken to Spain by a governor, who gave them to a historian. When 
 Biondelli acquired the manuscript after Beltrami's death, in 1854, and began to 
 prepare it for the press ; he found, however, that it did not contain Postils — 
 that is, homilies on the Epistles and Gospels — but a very faithful Mexican trans- 
 lation of the Epistles and Gospels themselves, without the slightest comment. 
 The Gospels are selections from the Four Evangelists which are read in the mass, 
 and the Epistles are selections from the rest of the New and from the Old Testa- 
 ment, read also in the mass before the Gospels. They differ for each Sunday and 
 Holiday ; and religious orders having special holidayshave some additional ones, 
 forming what is called a "Proper." This manuscript follows the Franciscan 
 proper. The manuscript is, therefore, not the Postil of Sahagun ; but as Father 
 Canizarez was one of his disciples, it may be a translation made or revised by Sa- 
 hagun. As priests are required on Sundays to read the Epistle and Gospel to the 
 people in the vernacular and explain them, this translation may beolder than the 
 date of this copy. Sahagun in three years could scarcely be able to make so per- 
 fect a translation. 
 
 Biondelli gives the Mexican text with the Latin from the Missal, in parallel 
 columns. His introduction contains, pp. xxi-xxxix, a short treatise on the Mex- 
 ican language, De Lingua Azteca, p. xxi ; Generales Linguse Azteca?. Proprie- 
 tates, including the conjugation of the verb, &c., p. xxiii; De AfSnitatibus Lin- 
 gua Nahaatl cum aliis, p. xxs; specimen of vocabulary, pp. xxxviii-xxxix; he 
 gives a facsimile of a page of ihe Mexican manuscript, following p. xlix; and 
 adds a Glossarium Azteco Latinum, pp. 427-553. 
 
SAHAGUN. 679 
 
 Sahagun {Bernardino de) — continued. 
 
 3444 Catecismo de la Doctrina cristiana en Lengua Megicana. 
 
 Mexico, Ocharte, 1583. * 
 
 4"^. Title from Beristain. 
 
 3445 Sermones en mexicano. * 
 
 Original manuscript on thick maguey paper ; large folio. It has the following 
 title on the first leaf, the lower half of which is missing: 
 
 1^ Siguense vnos sermones de dominicas y de sanctos en len- 
 gua mexicana: no traduzidos de sermonario alguno sino copues- 
 tos nuevamente a la medida de la capacidad de los indios : breves 
 en materia y en lenguaje congruo venusto y llano facil de entender 
 para todos los que le oyere altos y baxos principales y macegales 
 hombres y mugeres. Compusierose el ano de 1540. anse comengado 
 a corregir y anadir este ano de 1663. en este mes de Julio infraoctava 
 Visitationis. El avtor los somete a la correctio de la madre sancta 
 yglesia romana co todas las otras obras que en esta lengua mexicana 
 a copuesto. fray bnardio de sahagun. 
 
 Several successive leaves are missing, and two are loose. At the top of the 
 following leaf is this note : ' 
 
 Siguense unos sermones breves en la lengua mexicana. el autor dellos los 
 somete a la correptio de la madre sancta yglesia co todas las demas obras suyas. 
 son para todo el ano de dominicas y de sactos : no estan corregidos. fray bnardio 
 de sahagun. 
 
 There remains of the manuscript 95 11., with wide margins, in which are many 
 notes in the hand of P. Sahagun. — Icazialoeta's Apuntes, No. 158. 
 
 3446 Doctrina cristiana en mexicano. * 
 
 Manuscript. 27 11. folio. Faulty at end; it begins thus: 
 
 Moan vnpeoa yn neumachtiliz tlatolli .... oquichiuh fray Bernardino 
 de Sahagun. 
 
 This note is followed by twenty-six additions, made by the author during the 
 many years it was in the author's hands, before the book was published. It is 
 the same as that which comes first under the title of: declaracio breue de las tres 
 virtudes theologales. 
 
 On the reverse is a preface in Spanish, which concludes as follows : 
 
 jl Este mismo ano de 1579 se puso por apendiz de esta Postilla, 
 en lo vltimo vn tratado que contiene siete CoUationes en lengua 
 mexicana : en las quales se contienen muchos secretos, de las cos- 
 tumbres destos naturales: y tambien muchos secretos y primores 
 desta lengua mexicana : y pues que este volumen no a de andar sino 
 entre los sacerdotes, y predicadores, no ay porque tener recelo de 
 las antiguallas, que en el se contienen, antes daran mucha lumbre 
 y contento a los predicadores del sancto Euangelio. 
 
 This treatise is not found in the manuscript; only twenty-four additions in 
 16 11. ; badly bound, the last seven leaves being out of place.— /ca^ftaZeeto's Apuntes, 
 No. 159. 
 
 Bbturini, $ 25, IT 1, has the following : Doctrina Christiana en Figuras y Cifras. 
 11 11. on European paper. 
 
 3447 Exercisios Quotidianos en lengua Mexicana. * 
 
 Manuscript of the 16th century, containing 43 11. 4°. On the first page: 
 
 + Comienza un exercicio en lengua Mexicana, sacado del Sancto EvangeUo y 
 
680 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Sahagnn (Bernardino de) — continued. . 
 
 distribuido por todos los dias de la semana contiene meditaciones devotas mny 
 provechosis para cualquier xpiano que se quiere llegar a Dios. At the end : 
 
 Este exercicio halle entre los yndios, do se quien lo hize nl quien se le dio tenia 
 muchas faltas e incongruidades mas con verdad se puede dezir que se hizo de 
 nuevo que no se emendo. Este alio de 1574, fray Bernardino de Sahagun. 
 
 The handwriting is clear and legible, and the manuscript in perfect preserva^ 
 tion. — Ramirez Sale Cat., No. 764. 
 
 This manuscript is given by Beristain under the title: Tratado de las virtudes 
 Teologales, en megicano. 
 
 3448 Vocabulary in Spanish, Latin, and Mexican. * 
 
 Manuscript. 155 11. 4°. In a very small but clear handwriting of the 16th 
 
 century, in double columns, the Mexican part being written in red ink. This is 
 supposed to be either the original, or at least a copy, of the vocabulary composed 
 by Father Sahagun. — Eau.irez Sale Cat., iVb. 545. 
 
 "The fourth work of this learned franciscan was a trilingiie vocabulary, of 
 which Torquemada says, in his Monarquia Indiana: 
 
 ' ' ' Escribio tambien otro vocabulario que llam6 Trilingiie, en lengua mexicana, 
 castellaua y latina, de grandisima erudiciou, en este exercicio de la lengua cas- 
 tellana.' 
 
 "Betanoourt, in his Menologio, says that ho saw this manuscript. It was after- 
 wards thought to have been lost, and there are not lacking persons who deny 
 its existence; yet it came into the possession of Sr. Chavero, and from his hands 
 has passed into those of Sr. Castillo. The work in question is a thick volume 
 in 4°, email Spanish, and on Genoese paper, written in beautiful characters, 
 which has been attributed to Martin Jacobita, a pupil of Sahagun. Saha- 
 gtin's handwriting appears on only one of the pages of the book. The dictionary 
 is arranged in two columns; on each line the first word is Spanish, then follows 
 the Latin translation, and above the lines, in red ink, is the Mexican pronuncia- 
 tion, though lacking in some places." — Llanos. 
 
 3449 Manuscript in the Mexican language. * 
 
 Ten loose leaves from different Mexican manuscripts of the 16th century (some 
 
 with beautiful, illuminated initials); four leaves signed Don Martin Enriquez, 
 and dated Mexico, 16th of February, 1578, on the last leaf. 4°. 
 
 These leaves seem to be the remnants of an unknown work of the indefatigable 
 Fr. B. de Sahagun, as the last contains the permission of the Viceroy giveu to 
 him to print "el dicho Manuel del Christiano." Whether it was ever printed 
 we are unable to state, ,is the present is the only reference to the work mentioned 
 which we know of. — Ramirez Sale Cat., No. 544. 
 
 3450 Arte de la Lengua Megicana. * 
 
 Title from Beristain. 
 
 3451 Explicacion de los Evangelios y Epistolas de la Misa. * 
 
 An excellent work, from wliich Betancur confesses that he learned many 
 beautiful forms of speech in Mexican. — Beristain. 
 
 The first work of P. Sahagun, according to Sr. Chavero, was a manuscript in 
 small quarto, in the handwriting of Sahaglin, although without the name of the 
 author. It was written in the Mexican language, .and comprised the "Evange- 
 lios y I'jpistolas de las dominicas." It contains 74 11., and 1 1. index in a differ- 
 ent handwriting and of a later epoch. It formed part of the rich library of Sr. 
 Chavero, and to-day exists in possession of the Mexican collector, Don Manuel 
 Fernandez del Castillo. — Llanos. 
 
 3452 Vida de S. Bernardino de Sena en megicano. * 
 
 He wrote this at the request of the Indians of Xochimilco, who regarded him 
 
 as their patron saint. — Beristain. 
 
SAHAGUN ST. ONGE. 6H1 
 
 Sahagun (Bernardino de) — continued. 
 
 3453 De Mexico 6 de la Nueva Espana. * 
 
 Sr. Adolfo Llanos gives, in the Museo Nacional de Mexico, Anales, vol. 3, pt. 3, 
 
 an account of : Sahagun y su Historia de Mexico, from which the above title is 
 taken. He says : The Aoademia Espanola de la Historia intends to publish a 
 manuscript of P. Sahaglin, preserved in its library, written in the Jilexican lan- 
 guage, with a translation in Spanish, titled as above. 
 
 Bernardino Eibeira was bom iu the early part of the 16th century, in the 
 town of Sahagun, in the kingdom of Leon. Whilst yet a child he commenced 
 his studies in the University of Salamanca, and iu the flower of youth he as- 
 sumed the Franciscan habit in the Salamantine Convent, and soon embarked 
 for New Spain, where he arrived in the year 1529. The principal object of the 
 priests of this Order was to teach and convert the Indians, and to accomplish 
 this it was necessary to learn the language of the natives, a task which Saha- 
 glin accepted with singular determination and beneficial results, for of him it 
 was said by another illustrious friar, Mendieta, in the Historia Eclesi^stica 
 Indiana, that none other had ever equaled or approached him in discovering the 
 secrets of the Mexican language or in writing so much in it. 
 
 Sahagdn dedicated himself to the instruction of the Indiaus, entering in the 
 College of Santa Cruz, in Santiago Tlatelolco, and purposely refused positions and 
 preferments in his Order, so as to dedicate himself exclusively to study. From a 
 teacher he became translator, and from translator historian, in which last phase of 
 his life he reached immortality.. He died the 5th of February, 1590. — Llanos. 
 
 3454 St. Louis Academy of Sciences, The | Transactions | of the | Acad- 
 emy of Science | of St. Louis. | Vol. T [-Vol. IV, Pt. 1]. 1856-18G0. | 
 With 21 plates, illustrating papers. | 
 
 St. Louis : I George Knapp & Co., Printers and Binders. | 1860 
 [-1880J. I A.R. 
 
 Vols. 1-3, and 4, pt. 1. 
 
 Corunay Colludo (A. de). Zoque Language, spoken at Santa Maria de Chi- 
 malapa, vol. 4, pt. 1, pp. 36-42. 
 
 3455 St. Mark [in the Abnaki language]. | ABS. jwp. 
 
 No title-page. Pp. 1-58. 12°. 
 
 3456 St. Onge {Bev. Louis Napoleon). Alyhabet [sic] Yakama | Oonte- 
 nant | Les Prieres, les Cantiques et le Oat^chisme dans | la meme 
 langue. j A I'usage des enfants de la tribu des Takamas, | sous le 
 patronage des E. E. P. P. Jesuites. | Par | L. IST. St. Onge Pretre, | 
 Ex-Missionnaire des Takamas. | 
 
 Imprim^ k la Providence. | Montreal. | 1872. | 
 
 Second litle: 
 
 Sapsikuatpama | timash | mamachatumki. | Yakamiei mianash- 
 maraiei. | Anakunak I ua Skulitpama sapsikuat, | ku Tanamutem, 
 ku uampash: kuuare I ua tana- | mutempana sapsikuat. | I ti- 
 mana \ Pel Santos. | c. s. jwp. 
 
 Printed cover 11., 2 11., pp. 1-104. sq. 16°. Dedication, reverse blank, 1 1. ; por- 
 trait of the author, reverse blank, 1 1. ; title, reverse vignette, pp. 1-2 ; Yakama 
 title, reverse blank, pp. 3-4. 
 
 See Demers (M.), Blanchet (F. N.), and St. Onge (L. N.) 
 
682 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 3457 Salazar (D. Manuel Santos). Coloquio en Lengua Megicana de la 
 Invencion de la Santa Oruz por Sta. Elena. * 
 
 Written in the year 1714, together with a small dramatic piece in the same 
 language. The manuscript exists, in 4", in the library of the University of Mex- 
 ico. — Beristain. 
 
 3458 Salcedo {Fr. Francisco de). Arte y Diccionario de la Lengua Megi- 
 cana. * 
 
 3459 Sermones Trilingues. * 
 
 2 vols. 
 
 3460 Documentos Cristianos en tres lenguas. * 
 
 Some of these works arc in the library of the Franciscans of Guatemala; 
 
 others are scattered among the sacred ministers of that province, as mentioned 
 by P. Arochena in his Catalogue. — Beristain. 
 
 P. Fr. Francisco de Salcedo was a native of the city of Chiapa, with a knowl- 
 edge of the principal languages of the country, which are the Cakchiquel, the 
 Quichfe, and the Tzutuhil. He was made jiublic professor in Guatemala, and 
 wrote a Grammar, a Dictionary, and several Christian Doctrines. — Bibliografia 
 Savfrancescana. 
 
 3461 Salomonib Okalagataningit | Profeteniglo. | The Proverbs of Solo- 
 mon and the Prophe- | cies of Jeremiah, Ezekiel, Daniel and | the 
 Twelve Minor Prophets: | Translated into | the Esquimaux Lan- 
 guage I by I the Missionaries | of the | Unitas Pratrum, or United 
 Brethren. | 
 
 London : | Printed for the use of the Mission in Labrador, | by 
 the British and Foreign Bible Society. | 1849. (, abs. 
 
 1 p. 1., pp. 1-675. 12°. 
 
 3462 Saltonstall {Gov. Gurdon). The Lord's Prayer in the language 
 of the Mohegan and Pequot Indians living in the Colony of Con- 
 necticut in Kew-England procured by the Hon. Gov. Saltonstall, 
 at Kew London, February 1721. 
 
 In Am. Soc, First Ann. Rept., p. 54. New Haven, 1824. 8°. 
 
 3463 Salvation by Jesus Christ. Chisvs Kilaist Chihowa Ushi Hatak 
 Aiokchaya Isht Anumpa Hoke. 
 
 [Park Hill, Cherokee Nation: Missionary Press, John Candy and 
 John F. Wheeler, Printers. 1845.] BA. 
 
 Pp. 1-28. 12°. Tracts in the Choctaw language. The one above occupies pp. 
 1-6, followed by : Regeneration by the Holy Spirit ; Himona Ftta, pp. 7-13.— Re- 
 pentance necessary to Salvation; Ilekostinichi, pp. 13-18.— The Resurrection 
 and Final Judgment; Hatak lUi homi tana he nitak micha nana rlhpisa chito 
 ahe aiena isht auoli hoke, pp. 18-28. 
 
 For earlier edition of these tracts, see Religious Tracts, No. 3215. 
 
 3464 San Antonio (D. Juan de). [Manuscript in the Nahuatl language.] * 
 
 A fragment, on European paper, of the Senores of Tetzciico. Written Deo. 
 13th, 1564. — Boturini. 
 
 3405 Sanborn (John Wentworth). Legends, Customs | and | Social 
 Life I cf the | Seneca Indians, | of | Western New York, | by [John 
 Wentworth Sanborn, | ("0-yo-ga-weh.") | (Clear Sky.) | 1878. | 
 
\J 
 
 SALAZAR SANCHEZ DE LA BAQUEEA. 683 
 
 Sanborn (John Wentworth)— contiuued. 
 
 Horton & Deming, "Enterprise" Print, | Gowanda New 
 York. 1 c. S. BA. HU. WE. WHS. 
 
 Pp. 1-76. 8°. " The Seneca Language," pp. 68-73, includes the conjugation of 
 the verb to go, and the Lord's Prayer. 
 
 3466 The Psalms and many New Hymns from the Methodist 
 
 Episcopal Hymnal, Translated into the Seneca Tongue. 
 
 Published by John Wentworth Sanborn, Perry, N. Y. * 
 
 ■200 pp. 16°. Title from the Bibliography of the Alumni and Faculty of Wes- 
 
 leyan University, by G. Brown Goode and Newton P. Scudder. 
 
 A new edition is in preparation and will soon be issued. The title-page, a 
 
 copy of which has been sent me by Mr. Sanborn, is as foHows : 
 
 3467 and Turkey (Joseph P.) A | Collection Of | Psalms: also 
 
 Many New Hymns | from | The+Methodist+Episcopal+Church+ 
 Hymnal, | Translated into | the Seneca Tongue | By John W. San- 
 born and Joseph P. Turkey. | 
 
 Batavia, N. T. | John Wentworth Sanborn, | 1883. | * 
 
 16°. 
 
 3468 Seneca + Indian + Hymns | Translated by John W. San- 
 
 bom and Joseph P. Turkey. | jwp. 
 
 No title-page. 4 pp. 16°. 
 
 3469 Sanchez (Jesus). Glosario de voces castellanas derivadas del idi- 
 oma Nahiiatl 6 Mexicano. 
 
 In Museo naclonal de Mexico, Anales, tomo 3, entrega 2», pp. 57-67. M&ico, 
 1883. 4°. 
 
 Spanish words, Acahual to Zochil 6 Zuchil, followed by the Mexican original. 
 
 3470 Sanchez (D. Jos6 M.) Gramatica | de la | Lengua Zoque. | For- 
 mada | por el Presbitero Br. | D. Jose M. Sanchez | para que sirva 
 de texto en el | Colegio Tridentino de la | Diocesis da Ohiapis. ( 
 
 Julio de I 1877. | Imprenta de la "Sociedad Catolica" d cargo 
 de I Mariano Armendariz. | jwp. 
 
 Title on cover as above. 56pp. sm.4°. A folding leaf at the end with "Tabla 
 de oraciones segundas," etc. 
 
 3471 , editor. Gramatica del Zotzil. 
 
 Colophon : — 1°. de Enero de 1818 : estube administrando. * 
 
 No title-page ; pp. 1-43. sm. 4°. (Edited by P= Sanchez.) 
 
 Confecionario [_8ic'] en dicha lengua, que deben saber los ministros, in Spanish 
 
 and Zotzil, p. 21. — Para administrar el Santo Sacramento del Matrimonio, in 
 
 Spanish and Zotzil, p. 30. — Dootrina cristiana en lengua Tzotzil, in Spanish and 
 
 Zotzil, p. 35. 
 
 Title and description furnished by Sr. Icazbalceta. 
 
 Sanchez de Aguilar (D. Pedro). 
 See Aguilar (D. Pedro Sanchez). 
 
 3472 Sanchez de la Baquera (Juan), fff Lvz y Gvya ^ | para leer, escre- 
 byr, Pronvncyar | y saber | la Lengva Othomy | enque se contienen, 
 Ortogaphia, Arte, Bocabulario, | Oraciones, Doctrina, Confesonario, 
 Manual, Y tres | Misterios principales de uuestra santa fe con sus 
 
684 NORTH AMERICAKT LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Sanchez de la Baquera (Juan) — continued. 
 
 exemplos | Dyspvesta | Por Jvan Sanches de la Bacvera Espanol 
 l^acional y | Besino de el Pueblo del Senor San Joseph de Tvla | 
 Que I Eeberente, y humilde dedica a la Soberana Empera | tris de 
 los Clelos y Patrona de toda esta Nueba EspaSa | Marya Santysyma 
 De Gvadalvpe | en el ano de | 1751 | Septimo traslado que se saco 
 de su original de la mis ma letra j del An tor, y si hubiere aquien le 
 agrade ade dar por el, el | valor de una mortaja de nuestro Seraflco 
 Padre S°. francisco. | A | B. 
 
 Manuscript. In the Bancroft Library, San Francisco. Bought at the Eatnirez 
 sale, London ; it is entered in the catalogue of that sale under No. 636. 
 
 Title, reverse dedication, 1 p. — LI. 1-7, orthography. — LI. 7-9, of verhs. — L. 9, 
 of pronouns. — LI. 9-10, of nouns. — LI. 10-12, of the different parts of speech. — 
 L. 13, vocabulary of adverbs. — LI. 14-17, vocabulary of verbs. — LI. 17-27, vocabu- 
 lary of nouns. — L. 27, numerals. — L. 28, additional vocabulary. — L. 29, list of 
 Spanish words having no equivalents in Otomi. — LI. 30-39, questions and answers, 
 in Otomi and Spanish, for use at confession. — LI. 39-41, the ordinary prayers of 
 the church. — L. 41, the commandments. — LI. 42-43, articles of faith, works of 
 mercy, capital sins, enemies of the soul, virtues, powers of the soul, senses, gifts 
 of the spirit, fruits of the holy ghost, blessed ones, venial sin. — L. 43, general con- 
 fession and act of contrition. — LI. 44-45, short catechism. — LI. 46-48, manual for 
 administration of last sacrament. — LI. 48-49, marriage service. — LI. 50-52, ex- 
 planiition of the mystery of the holy trinity. — LI. 52-54, declaration touching the 
 mystery of the incarnation. — LI. 54-56, explanation of the mystery of communion. 
 
 Libro segundo, 110 unnumbered 11. follow, on much newer paper and in more 
 distinct handwriting. They are devoted to a consideration of the verb and its 
 relation to other parts of speech. 
 
 3473 Sanderl {Bev. Simon). Vocabulaire Pran9ais, Anglais, Ottowa, 
 Chippewa. * 
 
 Manuscript made by Father Sanderl in 1833, and now in possession of the Ee- 
 demptiorist Fathers at Ilchester Mills, Md. It is interleaved wi'th a copy of 
 Nugent's Pocket French and English Dictionary, Paris, 1823. 4°. 
 
 Father Sanderl was Superior of the first body of Eedemptiorists who came to 
 this country. He arrived in New York from Vienna in 1832, and was soon after 
 among the Indians at Arbre Croche. Title and note from Dr. J. G. Shea. 
 
 3474 [Sanders {Eev. Daniel Clarke).] A | History | of the | Indian 
 "Wars I with the | First Settlers of the TJni- ( ted States, | particu- 
 larly I in New-England. | Written in Vermont. | [Quotation three 
 lines.] I 
 
 Montpelier, Vt. j Published by Wright and Sibley. | 1812. j 
 Wright & Sibley Printers | whs. 
 
 Pp. 1-319. 24°. 
 
 Comparison of several Asiatic and American words, Poconchi, Delaware, Chip- 
 pewa, etc., pp. 191-192. 
 
 "The mystery which surrounded the authorship, history , and origin of this very 
 rare volume has been slowly dispelled by successive fragments of information. 
 So few copies have survived the holocaust to which it was devoted, that its very 
 existence was unknown to the most zealons collectors of Indian and Vermont 
 history. Published anonymously, without preface, it was known to but few 
 that the author was the Eev. Daniel Clark[ e] Sanders, President of the University 
 of Vermont. Immediately after its appearance, some person, evidently a per- 
 
SANCHEZ DE LA BAQUEEA SANDOVAL. G85 
 
 Sanders (Bev. Daniel Clarke)— continued. 
 
 Konal enemy of the author, published an acrimonious critique upon the boot, in 
 the Liberal and Philosophical Eepository. The animus of the critic was evi- 
 denced, not only by the bitterness of his language, but by his ignorance of the 
 subject of Indian wars, being more profound than that of the author of the book 
 he scored. Such was the effect of the article upon either Mr. Sanders, or the 
 publishers, that the work was suppressed. But very few copies could have 
 escaped the hands that were now as zealous to destroy, as they had lately been 
 to create. In fact, so nearlj"^ complete was the destruction of the book that it 
 was forgotten by those who professed to know most of its author, his biogra- 
 phers. Neither Thompson, Williams, or Hemmenway, who published memoirs 
 of him, mention his authorship of the Indian wars." — Fields' Essay, No. 1351. 
 
 3475 A I History | of the | Indian Wars | with the | First Set- 
 tlers of the United States | to the commencement of | the late 
 war; | together | with an appendix, | not before added to this his- 
 tory, I containing interesting accounts of | the battles fought bj | 
 Gen. Andrew Jackson. | With two plates. | 
 
 Rochester, N. T. | Printed by Edwin Scrantom [sic]. | 1828. | * 
 Pp. 1-180, second title 1 1., pp. 187-196. 12°. Notwithsta,nding the scorning de- 
 ficiency between pp. 180 and 187, the work is complete, .'>.nd the signatures run in 
 regular order ( A to P in sixes). Linguistics, as above, pp. 116-117. — Eames. 
 
 Sanders {Rev. J.) 
 See LHorden (iJei;. John)] and Sanders {Rev. J.) 
 
 3476 Sandoval [D. Eafael Tiburcio). Arte | de la | Lengua Mexicana | 
 por I el Br. en sagrada Teologia D. Eafael | Sandoval, Oura propio 
 que fu6 de los | partidos de Chiconquauhtla, Ecatzinco, | y Tetela 
 del Volcan, Misionero y Gate- | drdtico de dicha lengua en el Eeal 
 Cole- I gio de Tepotzotliin, y actual en la Eeal | y Pontiticia TJni- 
 versidad, y en el Tridentino Eeal y Pontiflcio Colegio Seminario | 
 de esta Corte. | 
 
 Con las licencias necesarias. | En Mexico, en la oficina de D. 
 Manuel Anto- | nio Valdes, ano de 1810. | b. 
 
 9p. 11. ; Arte, pp. 1-62 ; 11. errata; Doctrina Breve, 8 unnumbered 11. The lat- 
 ter has the colophon: Eeimpresa en la Oficina de D. Mariano de Zuniga y Onti- 
 veros, ano de 1B09. The copy described in Icazbalceta's Apuntes, No. 68, has 
 also two leaves in verse, by Br. D. Jos6 de la Mota, with the above colophon. 
 The original manuscript is as follows: 
 
 3477 Arte | de la lengua Mexicana | por | El Br. en sag. Teologia 
 
 D. Eafael | Tiburcio Sandoval Cura que fue de | los Partidos de 
 Ohiconquautla, Eca | -cingo, y Tetela, Misionero, y Cathedra | -tico 
 de la lengua Mexicana en el E. | Colegio de Tepotzotlan; y actual 
 en el | Pontiflcio, y Eeal Semenario de esta | Corte. | Ano de mil 
 ochocientos ocho, [1808]. | b. 
 
 Manuscript, pp. 1-119. 16°. On parchment. In the library of Mr. H. H. Ban- 
 croft, San Francisco; bought at the Eamirez sale, London, in the catalogue of 
 which it is numbered 768. 
 
 Of syllables necessary to be learned for the correct pronunciation of Mexican, 
 p. i._Of nouns, pp. 1-16.— Of pronouns and semi-pronouns, pp. 16-32.— Of verbs, 
 pp. 32-94.— Of compound nouns, pp. 95-103.— Of prepositions, pp. 103-109.— Of 
 conjunctions and adverbs, pp. 109-114.— Of interjections, p. 114.— Of mexicanisms 
 and' quantities, pp. 114-119. 
 
686 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 3478 Sanford (Ezeldel). A | History | of | the United States | before 
 the Revolution : | with | Some Account | of | The Aborigines. | By 
 Ezekiel Sanford. | 
 
 Philadelphia : | Published by Anthony Finley. | William Brown, 
 Printer. | 1819. | c. BA. 
 
 Pp. i-cscii, 1-341. 8°. 
 
 Comp.ar.ative vocabulary of the Charibbee, Creek, and Mohegan and Northern 
 Languages, with the Hebrew (from Boudinot'a Star in the West), i)p. xxviii- 
 XXX. — Comparative vocabulary of American and Tartar (from Biirton's New 
 Views), pp. xxxi-xxxiii. — List of Tribes, showing difference in English and 
 French spelling (from Boudinot's Star in the West), p. xxxvi.^List of Tribes in 
 Massachusetts (from Hutchinson's History of Massachusetts), p. cxl. — List of 
 Tribes in New Jersey (from Smith's New Jersey), p. cxlvi.— List of Tribes in Vir- 
 ginia, pp. clvii-clviii. — List of Tribes in North Carolina, p. clx. — List of Tribes in 
 Louisiana (from Brackenridge's Views), pp. clxvi-clxvii. 
 
 3479 San Francisco {Fr. Juan). Conferencias espirituales con ejemplos 
 y doctrinas de Santos, en Lengua Megicana. * 
 
 3480 Sermones morales y panegiricos, en Lengua Megicana. * 
 
 Titles from Berifitain. 
 
 3481 Santa Maria (Fr. Domingo). Doctrina cristiana en Lengua Mis- 
 teca. * 
 
 3482 Los Evangelios y Bpistolas del ano en dicha [Misteca] 
 
 Lengua. * 
 
 Titles from Beristain. 
 
 3483 Arte i Ensenanza de la Lengua Misteca. * 
 
 Mentioned iu Barcia's edition of Pinclo, but not known to be printed. — Trubtier. 
 
 3484 Santo Domingo [Fr. Thomas de). Vocabulario en la Lengua Cak- 
 chiquel [y espaiiolaj Eichin Fratris Thomae a S*" Dominico e coetu 
 fratrum sacri ordinis Praedicatorum superopidi de Zumpan anima- 
 rum curam intendentis, etc. * 
 
 Manuscript. 3 unnumbered 11., 139 11.; 4°; with the capital letters in red; 
 beautiful writing, of the early part of the 17th century. The author of this 
 vocabulary, as he announces in the preliminary page, belonged to the order of 
 St. Dominic, and was cura of the town of Zumpango, inhabited by the Indians 
 speaking the Cakchiquel l.i,nguage. The vocabulary is well made and very com- 
 plete ; it is one of the best works in my library. — Brasseur de Bourbourg. 
 
 3485 Santoral Mexicano. B. 
 
 Manuscript. 11.197-445; sq. 12°; very neat, and in m.any different hands; no 
 title-page. In the Bancroft Library, San Francisco ; bought at the Ramirez sale, 
 London, in the catalogue of which it is entered under No. 542, and in loazbal- 
 ceta's Apuntes, No. 162. 
 
 Life of St. Catherine, 11. 197-225.— Of St. Euphemia, 11. 229-233.— Of St. Justine, 
 11. 233-237.— Of St. Margaret, 11. 237-241.— Of St. Christine, 11. 241-244.— Brief dis- 
 courses, 11. 245-252.— A bull of Sixtus V, and its publication,ll. 253-269.— Moral 
 discourses, 11.270-289. — Ordination of priests, 11.290-295. — Sermons and moral 
 tales, 11. 296-412. — Proverbs and metaphors, with Spanish translation, 11. 413- 
 420. — Brief descriptions of animals, birds, and reptiles, and translations of Span- 
 ish fables, 11. 421-445. 
 
SANFOED — SAUEE. 687 
 
 3486 Santoyo (Z). Antonio). Catecismo y Oonfesonario en Lengua To- 
 tonaca. * 
 
 Title from Beristain. 
 
 3487 Sapame unfikut atugagssat ardlait. * 
 
 7 pp. 8°. Litany Catecliiam. Title from a Greenland Missionary, through 
 Professor Eink. 
 
 3488 CAPbiiEBT. (FaBpHJo AB/ipeenHii) [ Saricheff (Gavrila Andreevich) ]. uyie- 
 niecTBie Kan. BH.ijHnrca, ( etc. ). [Journey of Captain Billings through 
 the Ohukotsk country from Bering strait to the Nizhnikolimsk 
 post, and Oapt. Hall's Yoyage to the north Pacific Ocean. 
 
 St. Petersburg, 1811.] * 
 
 Pp. iv, 191. 4'^. maps. Title from Dall and Baker's Catalogue of Publications 
 on Alaska. According to Leclero's Supplement, No. 2675, this work, pp. 91-129, 
 contains several vocabularies of different dialects spoken in Eussian America. 
 Lndewig says it contains a Tsohukohi vocabulary, pp. 102-111, and an Aleut and 
 Fox Island vocabulary, pp. 121-129, collected by Dr. Eobeck. 
 
 3489 Saner (Martin). An | Account | of a | Geographical and Astro- 
 nomical I Expedition | to the | Northern Parts of Russia, | for as- 
 certaining the degrees of latitude and longitude of | the mouth of 
 the river Kovima; | of the whole coast of the Tshutski, to. East 
 Cape; | and of the Islands in the Eastern Ocean, stretching to | 
 the American coast. | Performed, | By Conamand of Her Imperial 
 Majesty Catherine the Second, | Empress of all the Eussias, | By 
 Commodore Joseph Billings, | In the years 1785, &c. to 1794. | The 
 whole narrated from the original papers, | by Martin Sauer, | Sec- 
 retary to the Expedition. | 
 
 London : | Printed by A. Strahan, Printers Street ; | For T. 
 Cadell, Juu. and W. Davies, in the Strand. | 1802. | A. B. 0. BA. bp. 
 
 Pp. i-xxvii, 1-332, and Appendix pp. 1-58. 4°. map. 
 
 Vocabulary of the languages of Kamtshatka, Aleutian Isles, and Kadiak, 
 pp. 9-14. 
 
 3490 Voyage | fait par ordre de l'imp6ratrice de Eussie | Cathe- 
 rine II, I dans le nord | de la Eussie Asiatique, | dans la mer Gla- 
 ciale, I dans la mer d' Anadyr, et sur les | cdtes de I'Amerique, | 
 depuis 1785 jusqu'en 1794, | par le commodore Billings; | redig6 
 
 • par M. Sauer, I Secr^taire-Interprfete de I'Exp^dition, | et traduit 
 de I'anglais avec des notes, | par J. Castera. | Avec une Collection 
 de quinze Planches, format in-4o., dessin^es sur les Lieux. | Tome 
 Premier [Second]. | 
 
 A Paris, | chez F. Buisson, Impriraeur-Libraire, rue Hautefeuille, 
 No. 20. I an X (1802) | 0. 
 
 2 vols. 8°. atlas 4°. 
 
 Vocabulaire Kamtohadale, vol. 2, pp. 289-295!— Vocabulaire Al^oute, vol. 2, pp. 
 296-303.— Vocabulaire de la langue de Kadiak, vol. 2, pp. 304-311. 
 
 According to Ludewig there -was a German translation : Berlin, 1802, 8°, the 
 vocabularies occurring on pp. 399-406. 
 
688 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 3491 S[auvage]. (M. D[e]. L[a].)- Dictionnaire | Galibi, | Pr6sent6 sous 
 deux formes ; | 1° Commengant par le mot Francois ; | 11" Parle mot 
 Galibi. | Precede d'un essai de grammaire. | Par M. D. L. S. | 
 [Figure.] 
 
 A Paris, | Chez Bauche, Libraire, Quai des Augustins, | d, I'lmage 
 Sainte Genevieve & a Saint Jean | dans le Desert. | M DCC LXIII 
 [1763]. I Avec approbation, et privilege du Eoi. | A. c. s. 
 
 lp.l.,pp.i-xvi, 1-24, 1-126, 11. 8°. The "Approbation," on the last leaf of 
 the book, includes both Pr^fontaine's and Sauvage's works. The latter, how- 
 evev, has its own title-p.ige, pagination, &c. According to Leolero and Liidewig, 
 Sauvage compiled this diction.ary from Beyer, Biet, Pellepr.at, Barrere, and others. 
 Leolero says that the author was also called Dela Salle de Lestang. 
 
 Essai de Grammaire sur la langue des Galibi, pp. 1-24. — Dictionnaire Galibi, 
 pp. 1-126. 
 
 3492 Dictionnaire Galibi. | Dictionarium | gallice, latine et ga- 
 libi. I JDigestum e libro: | Dictionnaire galibi, pr6seut6 sous deux 
 formes, 1° commencaut par le | mot frangois, 2° par le mot galibi, 
 precede, d'un essai de Grammaire, | par M. D. L. S. k Paris 1763. 
 8°. (Suite de la Maison rustique de Cayenne.) | Auctum sermone 
 latino. I 
 
 In Martius (Fried. Ph.) Beitrage zur Ethnogr.iphie nnd Sprachenkunde 
 Amerika's zumal Brasiliens, vol. 2, pp. 325-370. Erlangen, 1863, 8°, und Leip- 
 zig, 1867. 8°. 
 
 Contains, also, Animalia (praeposito nomine Galibi), pp. 360-363; Plantae, 
 pp. 364-369. 
 
 Also issued separately, n. p., n. d., 48 pp. 8°. — FielcCs Indian Bibliography, 
 No. 1238. 
 
 3493 Say (Thomas). Vocabularies of Indian Languages. 
 
 In James (Edwin). Account of an Expedition under command of Maj. S. H. 
 Long, vol. 2, pp. Ixx-lxxsv. Philadelphia, 1823. 8°. 
 
 Wah-tok-ta-ta, or Oto, pp. Ixx-lxxviii. Wah-tok-ta-ta, or Oto language (pro- 
 Konza language, pp. Ixx-lxxviii. miscuous words), p. Ixxx. 
 
 0-maw-haw langu.age, pp. Ixx-lxxviii. 0-maw-haw language (promiscuous 
 Sioux (Yancton band) language, pp. words), pp. Ixxxi-lxxxii. 
 
 Ixx-lxxviii. 0-maw-haw names of persons, pp. 
 
 Min-ne-ta-re, or Gros ventre language, Ixxxii-lxxxiii. 
 
 pp. Ixx-lxxviii. 0-maw-haw interjections and excla- 
 
 Paw-ne language, pp. Ixx-lxxviii. mations, p. Ixxxiii. 
 
 Chel-a-ke, or Cherokee languiige, pp. Sioux (Yancton band) language, p. 
 
 Ixx-lxxviii. Ixxxiv. 
 
 Shos-ho-ne language, p. Ixxix. Min-ne-ta-re, or Gros ventre language, 
 
 Up-sarro-ka, or Crow language, p. pp. Ixxxiv-lxxxv. 
 
 Ixxix. Paw-ne language, p. Ixxxv. 
 
 The Ups.iroka and Minnetaree vocabularies reprinted in Schoolcraft (H. R. ) 
 Indian Tribes, vol. 3, pp. 255-256. Philadelphia, 1853. 4°. 
 
 3494 Vocabulary of the Killisteno or Cree. 
 
 In Keating (W. H.) Narrative of an Expedition under Maj. S. H. Long, vol. 2, 
 pp. 450^59. Philadelphia, 1824. 8°. 
 
 Reprinted in the English edition of the above work, vol. 2, pp. 143-156. Lon- 
 don, 1825. 8". 
 
SAUVAGE — SCUERZEE. 689 
 
 3495 Saz (P. Antonio). Sermones en la lengua Cakcliiquel. * 
 
 Mentioned by Brinton in his article on the manuscripts in the library of the 
 American Philosophical Society, the titles of which he gives as follows: "de San 
 Joachim, de la visitacion, de la asnncion, de la concepcion, manual en la lengua, 
 and others; none of them mentioned by Squier or Pimentel." 
 
 3496 Adiciones al Arte de la lengua de Guatemala, para utili- 
 
 dad de los ludios y comodidad de sus Ministros: by Father Anto- 
 nio Saz, of the Order of San Francisco. 
 
 A manuscript preserved in thaCouvent of San Francisco in Guatemala. — Squier. 
 
 3497 Scheppig (Eichard). Ancient Mexicans, Central Americans, Chib- 
 chas, and Ancient Peruvians. Compiled and abstracted by Eichard 
 Scheppig, Ph. D. 
 
 Forms Part 2 of Spencer (Herbert). Descriptive Sociology. New York, D. 
 Appleton and Company. [1874.] folio. 
 
 "Language,'' pp. 50-53, contains quotations from many different authors, on 
 the languages of the Mexicans, Central Americans, &o. 
 
 3498 Scherer (Johann Benedict). Eecherches | Historiques | et G6o- 
 graphiques | sur | le Nouveau-Monde. | Par Jean-Benoit Scherer, 
 Pensionnaire du Eoi; | Employ^ aux affaires 6trangeres; Membre 
 de plusieurs | Academies & Soci6t6s litt6raires; ci-devant Juris- 
 con- I suite du College Imperial de Justice k Saint-Petersbourg, | 
 pour les affaires de la Livonie, d'Bsthonie & de Finlande. | [Design.] 
 
 A Paris, | Chez Brunet, Libraire, rue des ficrivains. | M. DCC- 
 LXXVII [1777]. I A.C.BA. 
 
 Pp. i-xii,2 ll.,pp. 1-352. 8°. map. plates. 
 
 Short vocabulary, 17 words, Esquimaux and Greenland, p. 19. — ^Essai sur les 
 rapports des mots entre les Langues du Nouveau-Monde & celles de I'Aucieu, 
 par I'Auteur du Monde Primitif, pp. 302-34ii, contains : Langue des Esquimaux & 
 des Groenlaudois, pp. 306-312; du Canada, pp. 313-319; des Caraibes & des Gali- 
 bis, pp. 319-327; des Abenaquis, pp. 327-328; des Virginiens, pp. 328-331; de 
 Pensylvanie, p. 331 ; Mexicaine, pp. 332-334. 
 
 3499 Schermerhorn (John F.) Eeport respecting the Indians inhabiting 
 the western parts of the United States. Communicated by Mr. 
 John F. Schermerhorn to the Secretary of the Society for propa- 
 gating the Gospel among the Indians and Others in North America. 
 
 In Mass. Hist. Soc, Coll., second series, vol. 2, pp. 1-45. Boston, 1814. 8°. 
 Comments on the language of the Shawauoes, Delawaies, Miamies, Algon- 
 quins, Chactaws, and various tribes west of the Mississippi. 
 
 3500 Scherzer (Br. Karl, Bitter von). Wanderungen | durch die | mittel- 
 amerikanischen Freistaaten | Nicaragua, Honduras und San Salva- 
 dor. I Mit Hinblick | auf deutsche Emigration uad deutscher 
 Handel, | von | Dr. Carl Scherzer. | Mit zwei Karten. | 
 
 Braunschweig, | Druck und Verlag von George Westermann. j 
 1857. I A.B. 
 
 Pp. i-xviii, 1-516. 8°. plates. 
 
 Hundertachtzig Wurzelworte aus der Sprache der Tlaskalteken im Dorfe 
 Isaieo im Staate San Salvador (from Gallatin), pp. 504-507. 
 ■ij The English edition : Travels in the Free States of Central America, London, 
 
 1857, 2 vols., 12°, does not contain the root words. 
 44 Bib 
 
690 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Scherzer {Dr. Karl, Eitter von) — continued. 
 
 3501 Sprachen der Indianer Central- Amerika's. Wahrend seineu 
 
 mehrjalirigen Eeisen in den verschiedenen Staaten Mittel- Amerika's 
 aufgezeichnet und zusammengestellt von Dr. Karl Scherzer. 
 
 In Eaiserliche Akad. der Wiss. Sitzungsbericlite, philosophisoh-liistorischen 
 Classe,vol.l5,pp.28-37. Wien, 1855. 8°. 
 
 Sprache der Tlascaltekas Indianer (Mexioanisoh), im Dorfe Isalco, im Staato 
 San Salvador. — Spraelie der Indianer von IxtMvacan (QuicM), 10 engl. Meileii 
 von Quesaltenango, Guatemala. — Spraelie der Indianer von Palin (Poconclii),24 
 engl. Meilen von Neu-Guatemala. — Spraelie der Indianer von St. Maria, am Fusse 
 des Wasser Vulcans (Pupuluka Katchikel), 5 engl. Meilen von Antigua Guate- 
 mala. — Sprache der 'wilden Indianerstamme der Blaneos, Valientes und Tala- 
 mancos, entlang der Ostkiiste zwischen dem Rio Zent und Bocco del Tore imf 
 Staate Costa Rica. 
 
 Issued separately, also, with same title. See Field's Essay, No. 1359. 
 
 See Wagner (Dr. Moritz) and Scherzer (Dr. Carl). 
 
 3502 Schomburgk ( Sir Eobert H. ) Contributions to the Philological Eth- 
 nography of South America. By Sir E. H. Schomburgk. 
 
 In Philolog. Soc. [of London], Proc., vol. 3, pp. 228-237. London, 1848. 8°. 
 
 "Affinity of words in the Guinau with other Languages and Dialects in Amer- 
 ica," pp. 236-237, contains examples in Carib, Delaware, Wyandot, Cherokee, 
 Chippeway, Massachusetts, Nanticokes, Saukies, Algonkins, Muscoghe, Dahco- 
 tahs, Yanktons, Ottoes, Kinai, Quappas, Osages, Omahas, Minetares, Ottowaa, 
 Old-Algonkin, Illinois, Tuscaroras, Nottoways, Caddoes, Eskimaux of Hudson's 
 Bay, Pima, Onondago, Atnah, Yucatan, &.g. 
 
 3503 A Vocabulary of the Maiongkong Language [South Amer- 
 ica]. By Sir Eobert Schomburgk. 
 
 In Philolog. Soc. [of London], Proc, vol. 4, pp. 217-222. London, 1850. 8"^. 
 
 Contains the word for Sun in several South American languages and in Huas- 
 teca, Cora, Eslenes, Choctas, Muskhogee, Shawanno, Kikkapoos, Miusi, New 
 Sweden, Algonkin, Mohicans, Chippeways, Messisaugis, Chepewyan, Tribes of 
 the northwest coast of America, Kinai, Esquimaux, Tchouktche American or 
 Aglemoute, &c. 
 
 3504 Schoolcraft (Henry Eowe). Travels | in the | Central Portions | of 
 the I Mississippi Valley : | comprising observations on its | Mineral 
 Geography, Internal Eesources, | and Aboriginal Population. | 
 (Performed under the Sanction of Government, in the year 1821.) | 
 By Henry E. Schoolcraft, U. S. I. A. | Hon. Memb. [&c., six lines]. 
 
 New- York : | Published by Collins and Hannay, | 230 Pearl- 
 Street. I J. & J. Harper, Printers. | 1825. | c. BA. bp. hu. 
 
 Pp. i-iv, 1-459. 8°. 
 
 Classification of Indian Languages, dialects of the Algoaquins, foot-note, p. 
 299. — Pronominal affixes, Chippewa, foot-note, p. 340.— History and Language 
 of ihe Potto wattomies (extract from a letter written by Dr. Wolcott, containing 
 a few examples of Pottowattomie), foot-note, pp. 380-386.— Songs in Chippewa, 
 pp. 427-431.— Address in Chippewa, with translation by Mrs. Jane Schoolcraft, 
 p. 433. 
 
 3505 Jfarrative | of an | Expedition | Through the Upper Missis- 
 sippi I to Itasca Lake, | the actual Source of this Eiver; | embrac- 
 
SCHEKZER — SCHOOLCRAFT. 691 
 
 Schoolcraft (Henry Eo we)— continued. 
 
 ing I an Exploratory Trip through the St. Croix | and Burntwood 
 (or Broule) Eivers: | in 1832. | Under the direction of | Henry E. 
 Schoolcraft. | 
 
 New-York : | Published by Harper & Brothers, | No. 82 Cliff- 
 Street. I 1834. I A. C. BA. HU. 
 
 lp.l.,pp.i-vi, 7-307. 8°. map. 
 
 Lectures I and II on the Chippewa Substantive, pp. 169-202 —A vocabulary of 
 words and phrases in the Chippewa language (letters A and B), pp. 203-210. 
 
 Lectures III and IV of this series are printed in Onedta, or Red Race of America, 
 New York, 1844 ; lUd., New York, 1845; Red Race of America, New York, 1847; 
 Indian in his Wigwam, New York, 1848; and in Western Scenes, Auburn, 1853. 
 
 3506 Algic Eesearches, | comprising | Inquiries respecting the 
 
 mental | characteristics ( of the | North American Indians. | First 
 series. | Indian tales and legends. | In two volumes. | Vol. I [IIJ. | 
 By Henry Rowe Schoolcraft. | Author of [&c., three linesj. 
 
 NewYorIi: | Harper & Brothers, 82 Cliff-Street. | 1839. | 
 2 vols. 12°. Songs, with translations, vol. 1, pp. 168, 169, 197 ; vol. 2, pp. 35, 37, 
 115, 209. Reprinted in : Myth of Hiawatha, No. 3521. ±, o. HTJ.WHS. 
 
 3507 Cyclopedia Indianensis : | or a | General Description | of 
 
 the I Indian Tribes of North and South America. | Comprising | 
 their origin, history, biography, manners and customs, language 
 and religion; j their numbers and divisions into tribes, their ethno- 
 graphical afiQnities, | territorial possessions and geographical and 
 proper names ; their an- ] tiquities and monumental remains, their 
 mythology, hierogly- | phics and picture-writing, their allegories, 
 oral tales and | traditions; their civil polity, arts, employments 
 and I timusements, and other traits of their character | and condi- 
 tion, past and present; together | with a comprehensive lexicon of 
 In- 1 dian words and phrases. | The whole alphabetically arranged. | 
 By I Henry E. Schoolcraft, | assisted by a number of literary and 
 scientific gentlemen in America and Europe. | In 8 Nos., to make 2 
 Vols, lioyal 8vo., 700 pages each. | With portraits of distinguished 
 Chiefs, Engravings of Ancient Euins, Hiero- | glyphics, etc., | At 
 $1.50 per No., $6 per volume. | 
 
 New- York : | Published by Piatt & Peters, | at the ofiBce of the 
 American Biblical Eepository and the American Eclectic, | 36 Park 
 Eow, opposite the City Hall. | 1842. | University Press, John F. 
 Trow, Printer. | JWP. lsh. 
 
 1 p. 1., 16 pp. royal S'-". Prospectus of a work to be issued, as stated therein, 
 in 8 numbers, to make 2 vols., royal octavo, 700 pages each. The work has not 
 been published. 
 
 3508 Onedta, | or | the Eed Eace of America : | their History, 
 
 Traditions, Customs, | Poetry, Picture-writing, &c. | lu extracts 
 from I Notes, Journals, and other unpublished writing. | By Henry 
 E. Schoolcraft. I 
 
692 NOETH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Schoolcraft (Henry Eowe) — continued. 
 
 New York: | Published by Burgess, Stringer, & Co., | No. 222 
 Broadway, corner of Ann Street. | American Museum Buildings. | 
 [1844^1845.] B. BA. 
 
 Issued in 8 numbers of 64 pp. each, with printed cover. Reprinted as fol- 
 lows r 
 
 3509 Oneota, | or | Characteristics | of the | Eed Eace of Amer- 
 ica. I From Original Notes and Manuscripts. | By Henry E. School- 
 craft, I Memb. Eoyal Geographical Society of London, and of 
 the Eoyal Society of Northern Antiquaries, | Copenhagen; Hon. 
 Memb. of the Natural History Society of Montreal [&c., twelve lines]. 
 
 New York & London: | "Wiley «& Putnam. | 1845. | A. 0. bp. HU. WHS. 
 
 Pp. i-vi, 5-512. 8°. 
 
 Ojibwa Song, pp. 15-16. — Geographical Terminology of the United States, 
 derived from the Indian Language, pp. 36-40. — XXIIId Psalm, from Eliot's Bible, 
 pp. 46-47. — Chant to the Fire-Fly, Chippewa Algonquin, p. 61. — Lectures on the 
 Grammatical Structure of the Indian Language (being Lecture III, delivered be- 
 fore the St. Mary's committee of the Algio Society ; the Algonquin is selected 
 as the topic of inquiry), pp. 93-104. — Ethnological gazetteer of the Indian tribes 
 of the American continent, pp. 119-125, 154-172, 286-294.^A psalm, by Mrs. 
 Schoolcraft, Ojibwa- Algonquin, pp. 126-127. — ^Names of the seasons, and cardinal 
 points, Ojibwa, p. 128. — Nursery and cradle songs, pp. 212-220. — Lecture IV- 
 Grammatical structure of the Indian languages, pp. 221-232. — Corn Song, pp. 255- 
 256. — Traditionary war-songs of the Ojibwa Algonquins, pp. 346-351. 
 
 Reviewed in American Review, a Whig Journal, &c., vol. 1, pp. 90-94. New 
 York, 1845, 8°, in which is given love-songs in the Chippewa language. 
 
 3510 Eeport of Mr. Schoolcraft, to the Secretary of State [of 
 
 New York], transmitting the census returns in relation to the In- 
 dians [of the State of New York]. State of New York: Senate 
 Document No. 24. Jan. 22, 1846. o. BA. 
 
 Pp. 1-285, 1 1. 8°. Also issued with title-page, as below. 
 
 The Report on the Census of the Iroquois occupies pp. 3-20, and is followed 
 by a "Supplementary Report of Henry R. Schoolcraft to the Secretary of State. 
 Antiquities— History — Ethnology", pp. 21-285, which contains the following: 
 
 Chew (W.) Vocabulary of the Tuscarora [350 words], pp. 251-258. 
 
 Elliot (Bev. A.) Vocabulary of the Mohawk [220 words], pp. 264-270. 
 
 Vocabulary of the Cayuga [320 words], pp. 271-277. 
 
 Shearman (R. U.) Vocabulary of the Oneida [101 words], pp. 278-281. 
 
 3511 Notes on the Iroquois: | or. Contributions to the | Statistics, 
 
 Aboriginal History, Antiquities and General Ethnology | of | West- 
 ern New- York. | By Henry E. Schoolcraft, | Hon. Mem. [&c., seven 
 lines]. 
 
 New-York : | Bartlett & Welford, | Astor House. | 1846. | 
 Pp. i-vii, 1-285, 1 1. 8°. Contents as in Senate Document. Reprinted as fol- 
 io""'^ : A. C. S. BA. WE. WHS. 
 
 3512 Notes | on | the Iroquois ; | or Contributions to | American 
 
 History, Antiquities, | and | General Ethnology. | By Henry E. 
 Schoolcraft, | Hon. Memb. [&c.,' eight lines]. 
 
 Albany : | Erastus H. Pease & Co., 82 State Street. | 1847. | 
 
 Pp. i-xv, 1-498. 8<^. A. 0. LSH. 
 
SCHOOLCEAFT. 693 
 
 Schoolcraft (Henry Eowe) — continued. 
 
 Comments on the Cherokee language, pp. 158-160.^'Chapter XI, Language: 
 Structure of the class of American languages-Comparative vocabulary of the • 
 Iroquois and its cognate, the Wyandot, pp. 383-400, contains, pp. 393-400, the 
 following vocabularies : Mohawk (Eev. A. Elliot) ; Oneida (H. E. S. and E. U. 
 Shearman); Onondaga (H. E. S. and Arch. Am.); Cayuga (Eev. A. ElUot); 
 Seneca (E. S. Parker, H. E. S., and Arch. Am.) ; Tuscarora (Eev. G. Eookwood and 
 W. Chew) ; Wyandot (J. Johnson, H. E. S., and Arch. Am.). — Brief comments on 
 the Seneca language, p. 456. — A few phrases in Tuscarora (Eev. G. Eockwood), 
 p. 487. 
 
 3513 The | Eed Eace of America. | By Henry E. Schoolcraft. | 
 
 New York: | Wm. H. Graham, Tribune Buildings, | 161 Nassau 
 
 Street. | 1847. | c. 
 
 Pp. 1-416. 8°. 
 
 XXIII Psalm in Massachusetts, from Eliot's Bible, pp. 226-227. — Schoolcraft's 
 American Cyclopfedia, or Ethnological Gazeteer, &c. (letter A), pp. 231-265. — 
 Lectures 3 and 4 on the Grammatical Structure of the Indian Language, 
 pp. 266-290. — Geographical Terminology of the United States, derived from the 
 Indian Languages (extracts from "Cycloptedia Indiauensis," a manuscript work 
 in preparation), pp. 304-308. — Names of the seasons in Odjibwa, p. 308. — ^Names 
 of the cardinal points in Odjibwa, p. 308. 
 
 Issued, also, with the following title, and with contents as above. 
 
 3514 The Indian in his Wigwam, | or | Characteristics | of the | 
 
 Eed Eace of Americi. | From original notes and manuscripts. | By 
 Henry E. Schoolcraft, | Member [&c., twelve lines]. 
 
 New York | Dewitt & Davenport, | Tribune Buildings. | 
 
 1848. I A. BA. HTJ. AVE. 
 
 Pp. 1-416. 8". Field says it was also issued with the imprint : Buffalo : Derby 
 & Hewson. 1848. Eeissued, with new title and some additions, as follows: 
 
 3515 The | American Indians. | Their History, | Condition and 
 
 Prospects, | from | Original notes and Manuscripts. | By Henry E. 
 Schoolcraft. | Together with an appendix, containing thrilling | 
 narratives, daring exploits, etc. etc. | New revised edition. | 
 
 Eochester: | Wanzer, Foot and Co. | 1851. | b. o. whs. 
 
 Pp. 1-495. 8°. Also issued with the following title : 
 
 3516 Western Scenes | and | Eeminiscences: | together with 
 
 Thrilling |, Legends and Traditions | of the | Eed Men of the For- 
 est. I To which is added | several Narratives of adventures among 
 the Indians. | 
 
 Auburn: | Derby and Miller. | Buffalo: | Derby, Orton & Mulli- 
 gan. I 1853. I c- 
 Pp. 1-495. 8°. 
 
 3517 Personal Memoirs | of a | Eesidence of Thirty Years | with 
 
 the I Indian Tribes | on the | American Frontiers: | with brief | 
 notices of passing events, facts, and opinions, | A. D. 1812 to A. D. 
 1842. I By Henry E. Schoolcraft. | 
 
 Philadelphia: | Lippincott, Grambo and Co., | Successors to 
 Grigg, Elliot and Co. | 1851. | A. c. whs. 
 
 Pp. i-xlviii, 17-703. 8°. 
 
694 NOKTH AMEEICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Schoolcraft (Henry Eowe) — continued. 
 
 Etymology of the -word Chippewa, p. 129. — ^Names of the seasons in Chippewa, 
 p. 132.— Genesis i, 3, in Chippewa, p. 141.— Numerals, 1-10, in Chippewa, p. 144. — 
 A few examples in Chippewa, pp. 155-159. — Remarks on the structure of the 
 Chippewa, with examples, pp. 171-174, 178, 435, 453.— Etymology of the word Chi- 
 cago, p. 478. — Verses in Chippewa (?) by Mrs. Schoolcraft, with translation by 
 H. E. S. , pp. 632-633.— A few words of the New England Tribes (from Wood's Now 
 England's Prospect), compared with the Chippewa of Lake Superior, p. 644.— 
 Etymology of geographic names on the Hudson, pp. 646-647. — A few words of 
 Chippewa and Ottawa compared, p. 670. — English, German, Welsh, and Algon- 
 quin compared, p. 692. — Numerals, 1-10, of Polynesian and Algonquin com- 
 pared, pp. 695-696. 
 
 3518 Inquiries, | respecting the | History, Present Condition, | 
 
 and I Future Prospects, | of the | Indian Tribes of the United 
 States. I By Henry E. Schoolcraft, | OfBce Indian Affairs, | Wash- 
 ington, D. 0. I 
 
 Philadelphia: | Lippincott, Grambo & Co., Publishers. | 
 1851. I B. JWP. 
 
 , Printed cover 11., title 11., pp. 523-568. 4°. Extractfrom vol. 1 of the following: 
 
 3519 Historical | and | Statistical Information, | respecting 
 
 the I History, Condition and Prospects | of the | Indian Tribes of 
 the United States: | collected and prepared under the direction | 
 of the I Bureau of Indian Affairs, | per Act of Congress of March 
 3d, 1847, I by Henry E. Schoolcraft, LL. D. | Illustrated by S. East- 
 man, Capt. U. S. A. I Published by Authority of Congress. | Part 
 I [-VI]. I 
 
 Philadelphia: | Lippincott, Grambo & Company, | (Successors to 
 Grigg, Elliot & Co.) | 1851 [-1857]. | A. B. c. s. BA. jwp. 
 
 6 vols. 4°. maps and plates; each volume with engraved title and printed 
 title, the former worded as above but differing slightly in arrangement. Two 
 editions of this work were published by the same house, one on thinner and 
 somewhat smaller paper, of which only five volumes were printed, and the edi- 
 tion is therefore incomplete. 
 
 Contents. — Part I. 
 
 Eliot ( J. ) Vocabulary of the Massachusetts Indians, pp. 288-299. 
 
 Proverbs xxx, 25-32, iu the Massachusetts Indian language, p. 404. 
 
 Schoolcraft (H. R.) Medicine songs of the Chippewas, pp. :j62-366, 368-380, 
 383-384, 398-401. 
 
 List of totems, with English signification, pp. 417-419. 
 
 War song, p. 402. 
 
 Wyeth (Nathaniel J.) Vocabulary of the Shoshonees, pp. 216-218. 
 
 Part II. 
 
 Alcantara (Pedro). Vocabulary of the Costanos, pp. 494-505. 
 
 Bruce ( W. H. ) Vocabulary of the Menomonee language, pp. 470-481. 
 
 Butler (William). Cherokee numeration, pp. 209-211. 
 
 Casey {Capt. J. C.) Hitchittee or Chell-o-kee dialect numeration, pp. 220-221. 
 
 Cherokee alphabet, facing p. 228. 
 
 Cummings (Richard W. ) Vocabulary of the Shawnee language, pp. 470-481. 
 
 Vocabulary of the Delaware language, pp. 470-481. 
 
SCHOOLCRAFT. 695 
 
 Schoolcraft (Henry Rowe) — continued. 
 
 Doughertj' {Eev. P.) Vocabulary of the Ojibwa of Grand Traverse Bay, 
 pp. 458-469. 
 
 Drennen (John). Choctaw numeration, pp. 304-206. 
 
 Elliot (-Rei'. Adam). Vocabulary of the Mohawk language, pp. 482-493. 
 
 Vocabulary of the Cayuga language, pp. 483-493. 
 
 Fairbanks (Mr.) Chippewa (Ojibwa) of the Upper Mississippi, pp. 216-218. 
 
 Fletcher (Jonathan C.) Magio song, p. 223. 
 
 Handy (Charles W.) Vocabulary of the Miami language, pp. 470-481. 
 
 Johnson (Adam). Vocabulary of the Cushna, pp. 494-505. 
 
 Cushna sentences, numbers, proper names, &c., pp. 506-508. 
 
 Johnston (George) Vocabulary of the Ojibua of St. Mary's, pp. 458-469. 
 
 Johnston ( W. ) Vocabulary of the Ojibwa of Michillmackinac, pp. 458-469. 
 
 Le Fort (Abraham). Vocabulary of the Onondaga language, pp. 482-493. 
 
 Lieber {Dr. F. ) Plan of thought of the American languages, pp. 346-349. 
 
 Lowry {Miss Elizabeth). Winnebago numeration, pp. 214-216. 
 
 Monorovie (J. B.) Vocabulary of the Satsika, or Blackfeet, pp. 494-505. 
 
 Moran (G.) Vocabulary of the Ojibwa of Saganaw, pp. 458-469. 
 
 Neighbors (E. S.) Comanche numeration, pp. 129-130. 
 
 Vocabulary of the Nauni, or Comanche, pp. 494-505. 
 
 Prescott (Philander). Dakota numeration, pp. 206-208. 
 
 Prodigal Son (in Cherokee characters), facing p. 228. 
 
 Schoolcraft (H. E. ) Chippewa war songs, pp. 61-62. 
 
 Indian languages of the United States, pp. 340-345. 
 
 An essay on the grammatical structure of the Algonquin language, 
 
 pp. 351-442. 
 
 Kekeenowin, or Hieratic Signs of the Medawin and Jee8ukawin,pp. 
 
 358-366, includes songs in Ojibwa. 
 
 Simonise (William S.) Carib song, p. 312. 
 
 Skenando. Vocabulary of the Oneida language, pp. 483-493. 
 
 Walker (William). Wyandot numeration, pp. 218-220. 
 
 Warren (W.W.) Numeration of the Ojibwa of Chegoimegon and of the 
 Pillagers and Northern Ojibwas, pp. 311-213. 
 
 Whipple {Lieut. A. W. ) Vocabulary of the Diegunos, pp. 103-104. 
 
 Vocabulary of the Yuma (Cuchan),pp. 118-131. 
 
 Worcester {Eev. S. A. ) Eemarks on the principles of the Cherokee language, 
 
 pp. 443-456. 
 
 Part III. 
 
 Analysis of pronominal and verbal forms of the Indian languages in the Ex- 
 hibition of "Words and Forms of Speech, prepared with a view to obtain their 
 Equivalents in various Indian Dialects," in French and English only, pp. 407-411. 
 
 Brantz (Lewis). Some words from the language of the Choctaws, p. 347. 
 
 Emmons (George F. ) Vocabulary of the Klatsop, pp. 333-324. 
 
 Gallatin (A.) A letter, enclosing a table of Generic Indian families of lan- 
 guages, pp. 397-402. 
 
 G-ibbs (G.) Observations on some of the Indian dialects of Northern Cali- 
 fornia, pp. 420-423. 
 
 Vocabularies of the Tcho-ko-yem, Cop-€h, Kula-napo, and Yukai, pp. 
 
 428-434. 
 
 Vocabularies of the Chow-e-shak, Batem-da-kai-ee, Wee-yot, and Wish- 
 
 osk, pp. 434-440. 
 
 Vocabularies of the Weits-pek, Hoo-pah, Tah-le-wah, and Eh-nek, 
 
 pp. 440-445. 
 
 Kipp (James). Vocabulary of the Mandan, pp. 255-256. 
 
 Vocabulary of the Mandan, pp. 446-459, 
 
696 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Schoolcraft (Henry Eowe) — coutinued. 
 
 Madison (James). Vocabulary of the Dela wares, pp. 424-427. 
 
 Parry (C. C.) Vocabulary of the Pimo, pp. 460-462. 
 
 Say (Thomas). Vocabulary of the Upsaroka, pp. 255-256. 
 
 Vocabulary of the Minnetaree, p. 256. 
 
 Schoolcraft (Henry R.) Chippeway songs, pp. 325-328. 
 
 A reply to some of the historical and philological topics of investigar 
 
 tion brought forward in the foregoing letter of Mr. Gallatin, pp. 403-407. 
 
 Replies, in the Ojibwa language, to the preceding analytical forms, 
 
 pp. 412-416. 
 
 Grammatical comments on the preceding analytical forms, pp. 417-419. 
 
 Plan of a system of geographical names for the United States founded 
 
 on the Aboriginal languages, pp. 501-509. 
 
 A descriptiou of the Aboriginal American nomenclature with its ety- 
 mology (Letter A), pp. 510-549. 
 
 Smith (John S.) Vocabulary of the Arapahoes, pp. 446-459. 
 
 Vocabulary of the Cheyennes, pp. 446-459. 
 
 Whiting (David V. ) Vocabulary of the Pueblo of Tusuque, pp. 446-459. 
 
 Part IV. 
 
 Casey ( J. C. ) Vocabulary of the Muskogee, or Creek, pp. 416-429. 
 
 Clarkson (Matthew). Words in the Osage language, p. 275. 
 
 Denig (E. T. ) Vocabulary of the Assiniboine, pp. 416-431. 
 
 Eaton (Capt. 3. H.) Vocabulary of the Navajo, of New Mexico, pp. 416-431. 
 
 Vocabulary of the Pueblo, of Zuni, New Mexico, pp. 416-431. 
 
 Fletcher (J. E.) List of moons (Winnebagoes), with English signification, 
 pp. 239-240. 
 
 Hamilton {Eev. William. ) Remarks on the Iowa language, pp. 397-406. 
 
 Hurlburt (ZJct. T.) A memoir on the inflections of the Chippewa tongue, pp. 
 385-396. 
 
 Johnson (Adam). Languages of California, pp. 406-415. 
 
 Pond (Gideon H.) Medicine song (Dakota), (reprinted in vol. vi, p. 655), p. 649. 
 
 Schoolcraft (H. R.) Observatious on the manner of compounding words in 
 the Indian languages, pp. 371-385. 
 
 A bibliographical catalogue of books, translations of the Scriptures, 
 
 and other publications in the Indian tongues of the United States, with brief 
 critical notices, pp. 523-551. 
 
 American nomenclature; being a critical dictionary of Indian names in 
 
 the history, geography, and mythology of the United States, alphabetically ar- 
 ranged (Letter B), pp. 554-564. 
 
 Part V. 
 
 Bonneville (B. L. E.) Etymology of the word Oregon, pp. 708-709. 
 
 Edv7ards (Jonathan). Lord's Prayer in Mahican, p. 591. 
 
 Eliot (John). Vocabulary of the Natic, foot-note, p. 39. 
 
 Vocabulary of the Apache and Algonquin, foot-note, p. 202. 
 
 Lord's Prayer in Massachusetts, p. 591. 
 
 Henry (Dr. C. A.) Vocabulary of the Apachee, pp. 578-589. 
 
 Kidder (Frederic). Vocabulary of the Passaraaquoddy, jjp. 689-690. 
 
 Lane (W. C.) Letter on afSnities of dialects in New Mexico, p. 689. 
 
 Lavrson (John). Vocabulary of the Algonquin and Pamptico, foot-note, p. 38. 
 
 Comparisons of the languages of the ancient Pampticos of North Caro- 
 lina with the Algonquin language, and of the ancient Waccoa of that State and 
 the Catawba, of South Carolina, pp. 552-558. 
 
 Lord's Prayer in Choctaw and Dacotah or Sioux, p. 592. 
 
SCHOOLCRAFT. 697 
 
 Schoolcraft (Henry Eowe) — continued. 
 
 Marcy (E. B.) Specimens of the Caddo and Wichita languages, pp. 709-712. 
 
 Rand (Bev. Silas T. ) Vocabulary of the Micmac, pp. 578-.589. 
 
 Lord's Prayer in Milicite, p. 592. 
 
 Milicite numerals, pp. 690-691. 
 
 Schoolcraft (Henry R. ) Chippewa language, pp. 297-388. 
 
 Chippewa declension of the word God, p. 416. 
 
 Chippewa songs, pp. 429-431, 439. 
 
 A list of Anglo-Indian words incorporated into the English language, 
 
 or employed by approved writers, pp. 535-542. 
 
 Philosophy of Utterance [including vocabulary of the Chinook Jargon], 
 
 pp. 543-551. 
 
 Original words of Indian songs literally translated [Chippewa], pp. 
 
 559-564. 
 
 A lexicon of the Algonquin language [Letter A], pp. 565-569. 
 
 Indian geographical nomenclature of the United States [Letter C], 
 
 pp. 570-577. 
 
 Lord's Prayer in Chippewa, p. 592. 
 
 Etymology, with examples, pp. 593-600. 
 
 Some data respecting the principles of the Chippewa and Mahican 
 
 languages, in a series of letters written during the period from 1822 to 1827, 
 pp. 601-620. 
 
 Names based on the Indian vocabularies, which are suggested as appro- 
 priate for new subdivisions of the public domain, pp. 621-625. 
 
 Indian numerals, p. 712. 
 
 Swan (Caleb). List of moons in Creek, with English signification, pp. 276-277. 
 
 Part VI. 
 
 Schoolcraft (H. R. ) Principles of the structure of the Indian language (with 
 examples in Ojibwa), pp. 671-684. 
 
 3520 Summary Narrative | of an | Exploratory Expedition | to 
 
 the I Sources of the Mississii>pi Eiver, | in 1820: | resumed and 
 completed, ( by the | Discovery of its Origin in Itasca Lake, in 
 1832. I By Authority of the United States. I With appendices, | 
 comprising the | original report on the copper mines of Lake Supe- 
 rior, and observations | on the geology of the lake basins, and the 
 summit of the Mississippi; | together with | all the oflicial reports 
 and scientific papers of both expeditions. | By Henry R. School- 
 craft. I 
 
 Philadelphia: | Lippincott, Gram bo, and Co. | 1855. j c. we. 
 
 Pp. i-xx, 17-596. 8°. 
 
 Etymology of the word Mississippi, p. 140. — Of the Indian word for St. Anthony's 
 Falls, p. 151. — Of the India.n word for St. Peter's River, p. 156. — Of the Indian word 
 for Wisconsin, p. 179. — List of Quadrupeds, Birds, &c., in Algonquin, pp. 413- 
 415. — Examination of the elementary structure of the Algonkin language as it 
 appears in the Chippewa tongue, pp. 442-447. — Observations on the Grammatical 
 structure and flexibility of the Ojibwa substantive (Inquiries 1 and 2), pp. 453- 
 489. — Principles governing the use of the Ojibwa noun-adjective (Inquiry 3), 
 pp. 489-502.— Some remarks respecting the agglutinative position and properties 
 of the pronoun (Inquiry 4), pp. 502-515. 
 
 3521 The Myth | of | Hiawatha, | and | other oral Legends, | 
 
 Mythologic and Allegoric, | of the | liforth American Indians. | 
 By I Henry E. Schoolcraft, LL. D. | 
 
698 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Schoolcraft (Henry Eowe) — continued. 
 
 Philadelphia: | J. B. Lippincott & Co. | London: | Triibner & 
 Co. I 1856. I BA. HU. WB. WHS. 
 
 Pp. i-xxiv, 13-343. 12°. A reproduction of: Algic Researches, No. 3506. 
 Algonkin terms, passim. Songs of the Chippewas, pp. 40, 41, 114, 140, 276. 
 
 3522 Discourse delivered before the Historical Society of Michi. 
 
 gan. By Henry E. Schoolcraft. BA. 
 
 In Historical and Scientific Slietches of Michigan, pp. 51-109. Detroit, 1834. 8°. 
 List of names of Chippewa warriors, with English significations, p. 99. 
 
 3523 Mythology, Superstitions and Languages of the Xorth 
 
 American Indians. By Henry E. Schoolcraft, Esq., MichiUmacki- 
 nac, Michigan. WB. 
 
 In New York Theological Review, vol. 2, pp. 96-121. New York, 1835. 8°. 
 Contains criticisms on Peter Jones's translation of the Gospel of John in the 
 Chippewa language. 
 
 3524 [EeviewofJl.Archseologia Americana: Transactions • • * 
 
 Yol. 21. 
 
 2. Inquiriesrespecting the History, Traditions, Languages # * #j 
 of the Indians living within the United States. 
 
 In North American Review, vol. 45, pp. 34-59. Boston, 1837. 8°. 
 
 Taken up almost entirely with a criticism of Mr. Gallatin's remarks on the 
 Algonkin language, with vocabularies and grammatic comments. The second 
 work, to which hut slight reference is made, the reviewer thinks was written by 
 Mr. Cass, and issued as a means of collecting information. See No. 651 of this 
 catalogue. 
 
 3525 Comments, Philological and Historical, on the Aboriginal 
 
 Names and Geographical Terminology, of the State of New York. 
 Part First. Valley of the Hudson. In a Eeport from the Commit- 
 tee on Indian names «&c. [H. E. Schoolcraft, Chairman]. 
 
 In New York Hist. Sbc, Proc. for 1844, pp. 77-115. New York, 1845. 8-^. 
 Issued separately, also, as follows : 
 
 3526 Eeport | of | the Aboriginal Names | and | Geographical 
 
 Terminology | of the | State of New York. | Part I — Valley of the 
 Hudson. I Made to the New York Historical Society — By the Com- 
 mittee appointed to | prepare a map, etc., and read at the stated 
 meeting of the | Society, February, 1844. | By Henry E. School- 
 craft. I Published from the Society's Proceedings for 1844. | 
 
 New York : | Printed for the Society. | 1845. | BA. jwp. lsh. 
 
 Pp. 1-43. 8°. 
 
 3527 Chippewa Language. S, 
 
 Manuscript, pp. 1-37. 4°. In possession of Dr. J. G. Shea. It is a reply to 
 
 Governor Cass's second set of inquiries. It contains a vocabulary and gram- 
 matic notices. 
 
 3528 [Sohott (W.)] Etwas uber die Sprache der Koloschen [nach Wen- 
 jaminow]. 
 
 In Ermau (A.) Archiv fiir wissenschaftllche Kunde von Russland, vol. 3, 
 pp. 439-445. BerHn,i843. 8°. 
 
SCHOOLCRAFT — SCOULER. 699 
 
 [Scliott (W.)]— continued. 
 
 3529 Ueber die Sprachen des russisclien Amerika's, nach Wen- 
 
 jaminow. 
 
 In Iiiman (A.) Archiv fiir 'wissenschaftliohe Kunde von Russland, vol. 7, 
 
 pp. 126-143. Berlin, 1849. 8°. 
 
 3530 Ueber ethnograpMsche Ergebnisse der Sagoskinschen 
 
 Eeise, von W. Schott. 
 
 In Snaan (A. ) Archiv fur wissenschaftliolie Kunde von Russland, vol. 7, pp. 
 480-512. Berlin, 1849. 8°. 
 
 Vocabulary of the Inkilik and Inkalit-Ingelmut (from Zagoskln), pp. 481-487. — 
 Vocabulary of the Tschuagmjuten, Kwigpak und Knskowigmjutes (from Zagos- 
 kin), Kadjaker (from Billings and Lissianskj), and NamoUer (from Robek), 
 pp. 488-512. 
 
 3531 Die Sprache der Eskimos auf Greenland. * 
 
 In Magazin fiir die Literatur des Auslands, Nob. 38, 39. Berlin, 1856. Title 
 
 from Ludewig, p. 221. 
 
 3532 Schubert (Hofralh von), editor. Oorrespondenz-Nachriohten aus 
 Labrador. Mitgetheilt von Hrn. Hofrath v. Schubert. 
 
 In Eonig. Akad. der Wiss. zn Miinchen, vol. 18, columns 417-430. Miinchen 
 [1844]. 4°. 
 
 Eskimo vocabulary, columns 41T-422, 425-429. 
 
 3533 Schwatka {Lieut. Frederick). Vocabulary of the Eskimo. * 
 
 Manuscript in possession of the author, Vancouver Barracks, Washington Ter- 
 ritory. Concerning it he writeii me as follows: My linguistic material per- 
 taining to the Eskimo is in rough manuscript form, containing probably 500 or 
 600 words in most common use by the Inkillik Innuits of Repulse Bay, gathered 
 from August, 1878, to August, 18H0, while sojourning with this tribe; each word 
 is noted in a small calf-bound journal, as its use made it prominent, and I became 
 assured that I had it sufiSciently correct for conversational purposes. 
 
 3534 Scouler {Br. John). Observations on the Indigenous Tribes of the 
 N. W. Coast of America. By John Scouler, M. D., F. L. S., &c. 
 
 In Royal Geog. Soc. of London, Jour., vol. 11, pp. 215-251. London, 1841. 8°. 
 
 Introductory remarks on language, pp. 218-229. — Vocabularies of the north- 
 west coast, as follows: Haeeltzuk (Coast: Lat. 50° 30-53° 30' N.), Bilechoola 
 (Salmon River Lat. 53° 30' N.), Chimmesyan (Coast: Lat. 53° 30'-55° 30' N. ), 
 Haidah (Queen Charlotte's Island), Tun Ghasae (Lat. 55° 30'-60° N.), pp. 230-235; 
 Kliketat (between Fort Nez Percys, Mount Rainier, and Columbia Falls), Sa- 
 haptin or Nez Perots, Okanagan (Fraser's River), Kalapooiah (Wallamat Plains), 
 YamkaUie (sources of Wallamat River), Umpqua (Umpqua River), pp. 236-241 ; 
 Kawitchen (entrance of Tradiog River), Tlaoquatch (southwest extremity Van- 
 couver's Island), Noosdalura (Hood's Canal), Squallyamis-h (Pugct's Sound), 
 Cheenook (entrance of Columbia River), Cathlascon (Cathlascou?) (banks of 
 Columbia), pp. 242-247. 
 
 Vocabularies of the State of California, as follows : Pima, San Diego, San Juan 
 Capistrano, San Gabriel, San Lnis Obispo, San Antonio, pp. 246-251. 
 
 Of these vocabularies, those of the northwest coast were furnished by Dr. 
 W. F. Tolmie, and those of California by Dr. Coulter. 
 
 3535 On the Indian Tribes inhabiting the ISTorth-West Coast of 
 
 America. By John Scouler, M. D., F. L. S. Communicated by the 
 Ethnological Society. 
 
700 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Scouler {Dr. John) — continued. 
 
 In Edinburgh New Fhilosoph. Jour., vol. 41, pp. 16fc(-192. 
 1846. 8°. 
 
 Short vocabulary of the language of ChikeeUs, showing affinities with the 
 Tlaoquatch of Tolmie and Nootkan of Moziuo and Jewett, p. 176. — Vocabulary 
 of the Sahaptin, Wallawalla, and Kleketat, pp. 190-192. 
 
 Reprinted in Eth. Soc. of London, Jour., vol. 1, pp. 228-252. Edinburgh, n. d. 
 8°. Vocabularies, pp. 236, 950-252. 
 
 3536 Scripture. Scripture Biography. | From | Adam to Koah. | By 
 Eev. T. H. Gallaudet. | Abridged, and Translated into the Choctaw 
 Language. | Alam Atok a isht ia hosh ISToah | atok a ont vhli isht 
 anumpa. | Eev. T. H. Gallaudet | vt holissochi tok vt, ik falaiot 
 toshowvt Chahta | anumpa toba hoke. | 
 
 Published by the | American Tract Society, | 150 ITassau Street, 
 New York. | [1851.J ABC. 
 
 Pp. 1-68. 18°. 
 
 3537 Scripture Biography. | The History of Abraham. | By | 
 
 Eev. T. H. Gallaudet. | Abridged, and Translated into the Ghoctaw 
 Language. | Eblaham isht anumpa | Eev. T. H. Gallaudet. | Vt 
 holissochi tok vt, ik falaiot toshowvt Chahta | anumpa toba hoke. | 
 
 Published by the | American Tract Society, | 150 E'assau Street, 
 New York. | [1851.] ABC. 
 
 Pp. 1-88. 18°. 
 
 3538 Scripture Biography. | The History of Joseph. | By | Eev. 
 
 T. H. Gallaudet. | Abridged, and Translated into the Choctaw | 
 Language. | Chosef isht anumpa. | Eev. T. H. Gallaudet | vt holis- 
 sochi tok vt, ik falaiot toshowvt Chahta | anumpa toba hoke. | 
 
 Published by the | American Tract Society, | 150 Nassau Street, 
 New York. | [3851.] ABC. 
 
 Pp. 1-42. 18°. 
 
 3539 Scripture Biography. | The History of Moses. | By | Eev. 
 
 T. H. Gallaudet. | Abridged, and Translated into the Choctaw 
 Language. | Moses isht anumpa. | Eev. T. H. Gallaudet. | Yt holis- 
 sochi tok vt, ik falaiot toshowvt Chahta | anumpa toba hoke. | 
 
 Published by the | American Tract Society, | 150 Nassau Street, 
 New York. [ [1851.] abc. ats. 
 
 Pp. 1-207. 18°. 
 
 3540 Scriptures. [Portions of the Scriptures ; in the Choctaw language.] 
 1827. # 
 
 48 pp. Title from Byington's Manuscript Choctaw Dictionary. Contains se- 
 lections from Genesis— most of the first eleven chapters ; 1st and 146th Psalms; 
 Matthew— 3d, 8th, 13th, 14th, 26th, 27th, and 28th chapters, and parts of Ist, 3d, 
 9th, 17th, and 25th chapters— John : 3d and 11th chapters and parts of 2d chapter ; 
 the Ten Commandments. 
 
 3541 Seaver (James E.) A Narrative | of the life of | Mrs. Mary Jemi- 
 son, I who was taken by the Indians, | in the year 1755, | When 
 only about twelve years of age, and has continued | to reside 
 
SCOULEE SEAVER. 701 
 
 Seaver (James B.) — continued. 
 
 amongst them to the present time. | Containing an account of the | 
 murder of her father and his family; | her sufferings; | her marriage 
 to two Indians; [ her troubles with her children; | Barbarities of 
 the Indians in the French and Revolutionary Wars ; | the life of 
 her last husband ; | And many Historical Pacts never before pub- 
 lished. I Carefully taken from her own words, | Nov. 29th, 1823. | 
 To which is added, | An Appendix, | Containing an Account of the 
 Tragedy at the Devil's | Hole, in 1763, and of Sullivan's Expedition ; 
 the Tradi- | tions. Manners, Customs, &c., of the Indians, as be- 
 lieved I and practised at the present day, and since Mrs. | Jemi- 
 son's captivity; together with some Anecdotes, | and other enter- 
 taining Matter. | By James E. Seaver. | 
 
 Howden : | Printed for E. Parkin : [ Sold by T. Tegg, 73, Cheap- 
 side, London; | Wilson and Sons, York; J. Noble, Hull; W. 
 Walker, | Otley; and by every other bookseller. | 1826. | 0. 
 
 Pp. i-xiii, 14-180. 16°. Seneca names, with signification, passim. 
 
 3542 Deh-he-wa-mis: | or | a Narrative of the Life of | MaryJem- 
 
 ison: | otherwise called | The White Woman, | who was taken cap- 
 tive by the Indians in MDCOLY; and I who continued with them 
 seventy-eight years. | Containing an account of the murder of | her 
 father and his family; her | Marriages and Suiferings; | Indian 
 Barbarities, Customs and Traditions. | Carefully taken from her 
 own words. | By James E. Seaver. | Also | the Life of Hiokatoo, 
 and Ebenezer Allen; a Sketch | of General Sullivan's Campaign; 
 Tragedy of the | "Devils Hole," etc. | The whole revised, corrected 
 and enlarged : with | descriptive and historical sketches of the Six 
 Nations, the Genesee Country, and other | interesting Facts con- 
 nected with I the Narrative: | By Ebenezer Mix. | Second Edition. | 
 
 Batavia, N. Y. | Published by William Seaver and Son, 1 1842. | c. 
 Pp. i-xii, 13-192. 16°. Seneca names, with signification, ijassim. 
 Third edition: Batavia, 1844. \&° .—Allibone. 
 
 3543 Deh-he-wa-mis : | or | a narrative of the life of | Mary Jemi- 
 
 son : I otherwise called | the White Woman, | who was taken cap- 
 tive by the Indians in MDCCLV; | and who continued with them 
 seventy-eight | years. Containing an account of the | murder of 
 her father and his family; | her marriages and sufferings; | Indian 
 Barbarities, Customs and | Traditions. | Carefully taken from her 
 own words. | By James E. Seaver. | Also | the life of Hiokatoo and 
 Ebenezer Allen ; and | Historical Sketches of the Six Nations, 
 the I Genesee Country, and other interesting | facts connected 
 with the narrative: j By Ebenezer Mix. | 
 
 Devon, | Published by S. Thorne, Prospect-Place, Shebbear. | 
 London, | W. Tegg, 73, Cheapside. | 1847. | * 
 
 Pp. i-xii, 13-184. 18°. Scattered terms and phrases in Seneca. Title furnished 
 by Mr. W. Eames. 
 
702 NOETH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Seaver (James E.) — continued. 
 
 3544 Life | of | Mary Jemison: | Deh-he-wa-mis. | By James E. 
 
 Seaver. | Fourth edition, [ with geographical and explanatory 
 
 notes I 
 
 New York and Auburn: | Miller, Ortou & Mulligan. | Eochester: 
 D. M. Dewey. | 1856. | A. o. ba. 
 
 Pp. 1-312. 12°. ludian geographic names in the State of New York (from 
 Morgan), pp. 300-312. 
 
 3545 Life | of | Mary Jemison : | Deh-he-wa mis. | By James E. 
 
 Seaver. | Fourth edition, | with geographical and explanatory 
 notes I 
 
 New York: | 0. M. Saxton, Barker & Co., | No. 25 Park Eow. | 
 
 1860. I * 
 
 Pp. 1-312. 12°. Indian geographic names (from Morgan), pp. 300-312. 
 
 3546 Life \ of | Mary Jemison : | Deh-he-wa-mis. | By James E. 
 
 Seaver. | Fifth edition, with appendix. | 
 
 Buffalo, N. Y. : | Printing House of Matthews & Warren, | Offlce 
 of the "Buflalo Commercial Advertiser." | 1877. | * 
 
 2 p. 11., pp. 7-303. 9 plates. 12°. Indian geographical names (from Morgan), 
 pp. 291-303. Titles furnished by Mr. W. Eames, the latter from a copy in the 
 library of W. W. Beach, Yonkers, N. Y. 
 
 3547 Sedelmair (P. Jacobo 6 Santiago). Vocabulario de la Lengua 
 Pina. [Pima?] * 
 
 Manuscript. Title from Beristain. 
 
 V 3548 Seeman (Berthold). Narrative | of the | Voyage of H. M. S. Her- 
 ald I during the years 1845-51, | under the command of | Captain 
 Henry Kellett, R. N., C. B.; | being | A Circumnavigation of the 
 Globe, I and three cruizes to the Arctic Regions in search | of Sir 
 John Franklin. | By Berthold Seeman, F. L. S., | Member of [&c., 
 two lines]. | In two volumes. | Vol. I [II]. | 
 
 London: | Reeve and Co., Henrietta Street, Covent Garden. ( 
 1853. I A. B. BA. 
 
 2 vols. B°. Brief reference to the Eskimo language, vol. 2, pp. 68-69. 
 
 ]/ 3549 The Aborigines of the Isthmus of Panama. By Berthold 
 
 Seeman. 
 
 In Am. Eth. Soc, Trans., vol. 3, pt. 1 , pp. 173-182. New York, 1853. 8°. 
 
 Vocabulary of the Savam ric, Cholo, and Bayano, pp. 179-181. 
 
 3550 Select Passages | from the Holy Scriptures. | The Creation, and 
 the fall of man. | Genesis I-III. | A. c. ABC. 
 
 No title-page. Pp. 1-24. 24°. The Missionary Herald, July, 1836, gives date 
 of 1836 to the above. Sabin's Dictionary says 1844. 
 
 Contains, also. The Ten Commandments. — The Birth of Jesus Christ. — Parable 
 of the Prodigal Son. — ^The Rich Man and Lazarus. — The Pharisee and the Publi- 
 can. — The Lord's Supper. 
 
 3551 Seleny or Zelenoi (S. J.) Auszug aus dem Tagebuche des Lieu- 
 tenants Sagoskin uber seine Expedition auf dem fasten Lande des 
 nordwestlichen Amerikas. * 
 
SEAVER— SERIES. 703 
 
 Seleny or Zelenoi (S. J.)— continued. 
 
 lu Bonkschriflen der Eussisclien Geographisohen Gesellschaft zu St. Peters- 
 burg, Band 1, Weimar, 1849. 8°.. (A translation, from the Russian, of vols. 1 
 and 2 of the Memoirs of the Russian Geographical Society.) 
 
 A comparative vocabulary of the Kangjulit (Tshnagmjut, Kwikhpak and 
 Kuskokwimjut) and the Kadjak, pp. 359-374. Also, a Ttynal vocabulary (of the 
 dialects Inkilik, Inkalit and Ingelmut). 
 
 In the Memoirs of the Russian Geographical Society (in Russian), 2d edition, 
 the Kangjulit and Kadjak vocabularies are in vol. 2, pp. 250-266. 
 
 The above vocabularies are reprinted in Schott (W. ) Ueber ethnographische 
 Ergebnisse der Sagoskinschen Reise, in Erman (A.) Arohiv fiir wiss. Kunde 
 von Russland, vol. 7, pp. 481-512. Berlin, 1849. 8°. 
 
 Title from Bancroft's Native Races, vol. 1, p. xliii, and Ludewig, p. 93. The 
 latter, however, does not mention the name of Seleny. 
 
 3552 Selwyn (Bev. William T.) 
 
 See Cook (J. W.), Cleveland (W. J.), and Selwyn (W. T.) 
 
 3553 Semple (J. E.) Vocabulary of the Clatsop Language. 
 
 Manuscript. 1 1. 4". 35 words. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. 
 Collected in 1870, near Fort Stevens, Oregon. 
 
 3554 Senfkomesutepok. | [Picture.] ATS. JWP. 
 
 No title-page. Pp. 1-8. 24°. Bible stories in the Eskimo language of Green- 
 land, containing: Apost. sull., 7, 9-14, pp. 1-2. — Joh., 10, 12-18, pp. 3-4. — Matth., 
 20, 29-34, pp. 5-6.— Apost. sull., 8, 27-39, pp. 7-8. 
 
 3555 Senfkornetun-Ipok. | [Picture.] ATS. 
 
 No title-page. 1 p. 1., pp. 1-8. sq. 24°. Bible lessons in the Eskimo language 
 of Labrador, containing: Apostetit Piuiarningit, 7, 9-14.— Job., 10, 12-18. — 
 Matth. , 20, 29-34.— Apost. Pin., 8, 27-39. 
 
 3556 Sergeant (Bev. John). Translation of the 19th Psalm into the Muh- 
 he-con-nuk language, done at the Cornwall School, under the su- 
 perintendence of Eev. John Sergeant, Missionary. 
 
 In Morse ( J. ) Report to the Secretary of War on Indian Affairs, pp. 359-360. 
 Washington, 1827. 8°. 
 
 John Sergeant was born at Newark, N. J., in the year 1710. He was gradu- 
 ated at Yale College in 1729, and was tutor there from 1731 to 1735, when he left 
 the College to undertake a mission among the wandering Mohegan Indians, 
 whom his labors ultimately collected at Stockbridge into a tribe which still 
 bears that name. He became well acquainted with their language and trans- 
 lated into it several prayers and Dr. Watts' first Catechism for the use of child- 
 ren. He also translated "those parts of the Old Testament which contain an 
 account of the creation, of the fall of our first parents, of the calling of Abraham, 
 of the dealings of God with the patriarchs and children of Israel, and those 
 which relate to the coming of Christ, and the whole of the New Testament ex- 
 cepting the Revelation." He died in July, 1749, at the age of 39. His son, John 
 Sergeant, also ministered to the Indian congregation at Stockbridge from 1775 to 
 his death, in 1824. — Sprague's Annals of the Am. Pulpit, vol. 1, pp. 388-394. 
 
 See Nos. 174, 175, 3108, and 3109 of this catalogue. 
 
 3557 Series. A Series | of | Catechisms ; | otherwise, | Q'Jeamooltoo- 
 whwee Uhkaghkeendwaukunul | wauk | Nurhkootauseakeal, | &c., 
 &c., &c. I 
 
704 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Series — continued. 
 
 Toronto: | Printed by Thomas Hugh Bentley, | No. 9, Wellington 
 Buildings, King Street. | 1852. | * 
 
 Pp. 1-16. 16°. Probably in the Munoey dialect of the Delaware. Title fur- 
 nished by Mr. W. Eames from copy in the library of W. W. Beach, Yoiikers, N. Y. 
 
 3558 Sermon. Sermon [and Story of David Eouge] | by the Eev. A. 
 Dickinson. | BA. 
 
 No title-page. Pp. 1-24. 24°. In Cherokee characters. Story of David Rouge, 
 pp. 18-24. 
 
 3559 Sermon de N. Gran Eeyna, poderossima Patrona, Madre, 
 
 y Senora Nuestra Maria Santissima de Guadalupe. 
 
 * 
 
 "Extremely rare and curious • * * being printed in the Mexican dialect." — 
 Fischer Sale Cat., No. 1712. 
 
 3560 Sennones. (Jin nomine dominiincipiuntsermoes | dominicales per- 
 totum anni circutus | in lingua mexicana. | B. 
 
 Manuscript. 11.1-611. 16^. In the Bancroft Library, San Francisco ; bought 
 at the Ramirez sale, London. It is entered in the catalogue of that sale under 
 No. 543, and iu Icazbalceta's Apuntes, No. 163. 
 
 No author's name ; beautifully written, in several different handwritings of 
 the 16th century — so neat and uniform as to resemble type. There are two, some- 
 times three, sermons for each Sunday in the year, beginning with the first Sun- 
 day in Advent. The titles and the frequent citations from Scriptures are in 
 Latin, and these, as well as the many Spanish and Latin words introduced, are iu 
 red ink. At the commencement of each sermon is a large capital letter, such as 
 are met with iu printed books of the period. Throughout the manuscript the 
 type used by the early Spanish printers is carefully imitated. 
 
 3561 Sermones en Mexican©. ' 
 
 Manuscript. 28 pp. 4°. Numbered from 229 to 256, and 21 11. unnumbered. 
 
 I suspect that these sermons are by P. Sandoval, as one of the leaves is an old 
 one written over, on which we read : S'' L*" D" Rafael Sandoval : viva m». a". 
 Cathedratico de ydeoma en el Colegio de Tepozotlan. — Icazbalceta's Apun tes, No. 69. 
 
 3j62 Sermones en lengua Achi 6 Tzutuhil, compuestos para el 
 
 uso de los padres de la Orden de Santo Domingo de Guatemala, a 
 principios del Siglo XVII, conforme al estilo del E. P. Pray Do- 
 mingo de Vico. * 
 
 Mauuscript. 174 11. 4°. In a correct and beautiful handwriting, without the 
 author's uame, although one of the folios bears the date of 1635. It is composed 
 of thirty-three sermons in Tzutuhile, having for their subject the principal feasts 
 of the saints and of the year. From the note placed at the end of the Theologia 
 Indorum, in Tzutuhil, by P. Domingo de Vico, these sermons, as well as this last 
 work, must have been translated and transcribed -with the aid of some instructed 
 Indians, who made interpolations in their own manner, which are not quite ortho- 
 dox, being more in harmony with their ancient, idolatrous rites than with Christi- 
 anity, " adding," says the annotator, "some foolish things." Apparently for this 
 same reason, the line at the commencement of the sermon on the Last Judgment 
 is completely effaced. 
 
 The Tzutuhil, or Achi language, as it is called by the annotator of the Theologia 
 Indorum, cited above, was and still is the language of the population gathered 
 about Atitan in Guatemala, and on the south and west slopes of the mountain 
 
SERIES SEKRA. 705 
 
 Sermoned — continued. 
 
 which commands this volcano. As to the name of Aehi, which is here given it, 
 it signifies courageous or hero, which would mate the Tzutuhil dialect the 
 heroic language of Guatemala; thus the annotator ranks it ahove its sister 
 dialects, the Qiiioh6 and the Cakohiquel. 
 
 I will observe, in conclusion, that the folios of this manuscript are incorrectly 
 numbered, having been transposed by an unskillful hand. To arrange them 
 orderly I have been obliged to place at the end several pages which had been 
 inscribed at the beginning of the volume after the Theologia Indorum, which 
 I detached. — Brasseur de Bourbourg. 
 
 3563 Sermones en Lengua Mexicana. ' 
 
 Manuscript of early date, probably the early part of the 15th century. It 
 contains various sermons, homilies, and expositions of the various books of the 
 l&WAe:.— Fischer Sale Cat., No. 2008. 
 
 3564 Sermones en Lengua Mexicana. * 
 
 A curious manuscript of the 17th century. 4°. — Fischer Sale Cat., No. 2009. 
 
 3565 Sermones en Lengua Quiche de Rabinal. * 
 
 Manuscript. 98 11. The first and last sermons are complete ; some leaves are 
 missing in the intermediate lessons. They appear to have been written toward 
 the end of the last century. — Brasseur de Bouriourg. 
 
 3566 Sermones en Lengua Tarasca. * 
 
 Manuscript of the 16th century. 4°. Title from the Fischer Sale Catalogue, 
 No. 2019. 
 
 3567 Sermones en Lengua Totonaca. ' 
 
 Avery curious and interesting manuscript of the 16th century; not quite com- 
 plete.— J"iscAer Sale Cat., No. 2033. 
 
 3568 Sermons. Sermons, Catechism and Vocabulary in the Matzahua 
 Language. b. 
 
 Manuscript. 24 11. 12°. In the Bancroft Library, San Francisco. It was 
 bought at the Ramirez sale, London, and is No. 493 of the catalogue of that sale. 
 LI. 1-7 contain two sermons in the Matzahua language; reverse of last folio, 
 a few Matzahua words with Spanish equivalents; writing of 17th century. — 
 CatechisiM of the Roman Catholic Church, in Matzahua; writing of 17th cen- 
 tury, 11. 8-14.- — ^Vocabulary in Spanish and Matzahua; extends only to letter T; 
 only about one-half of Spanish words have Matzahua equivalents, 11. 15-24. 
 
 3509 An anonymous Collection of Sermons in the Mexican Lan- 
 guage. * 
 
 Manuscript of the 16th century. 4°. Title from the Fischer Sale Catalogue, 
 No. 1933. 
 3570 Sermons in the Mexican Language. * 
 
 Manuscript, folio. Written during the last century on the backs of curious 
 printed broadsides; also some proclamations made by the late Emperor Maxi- 
 milian, translated and printed for distribution among the interior Mexicans, by 
 order of His Majesty. A curious collection, particularly interesting to the Mexi- 
 can student, as shewing the changes the language has undergone.— i^iscAw Sale 
 Cat., No. 19S7. 
 
 3571 Serra {Fr. Angel). Manual Trilinque, latino, castellano y tarasco, 
 para Administrar los Sacramentos 4 los Espanoles y & los Indios. 
 Migico por Eibera 1697. * 
 
 45 Bib 
 
706 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Serra {Fr. Angel) — continued. 
 
 4°. Title from Beristain. Leclerc, 1878, No. 2436, also gives the above title, 
 and adds : We give this title, from Ludewig, to a volume which we possess and 
 which is much abused. The title and many leaves are wanting, and the greater 
 part of what remains is in very bad condition. From its contents and after ex- 
 amination we are confirmed in the opinion that the book is no other than the 
 Manual of P. Angel Serra, in Latin, Spanish, and Tarasca. The volume is com- 
 posed of about 136 leaves, plus the index. 
 
 3572 Manual | de administrar | los Santos Sacramentos | 4 los 
 
 Espanoles y Naturales de esta Provincia | de los gloriosos Apos- 
 toles S. Pedro y S. Pablo | de Michuacan, conforme & la reforma 
 de Paulo V. y Vrbano VIII. | Compuesto | por el M. E. P. Fr. 
 Angel Serra, | Predicador, ex-Oustodio de dicha Santa Provincia, 
 Cura I colado, que fue, de la doctrina del pueblo de Charapan | en 
 la sierra, Obispado de Valladolid, Guardian y Cura | del Convento 
 y Doctrina de N. P. S. Francisco de la | Ciudad de Queretaro, y 
 Arzobispado | de Mexico. ( Dedicalo | 4 N. E.""" P. F. Fernando 
 Alonso I Gonzalez, Lector Jubilado, Oalificador del San- | to Officio, 
 Padre, y ex-Ministro Provincial de | la referida Santa Provincia de 
 Michuacan y | Commissario General de todas las | de esta Nueua 
 Espana, | Joseph Bernardo de Hogal, | Ministro e Impressor del 
 Eeal y Apostolico | Tribunal de la Santa Oruzada | en todo este 
 Eeyno. | 
 
 En cuya Imprenta se reimprimio por su original impresso en | 
 Mexico con licencia el ano de 1697 este presente de 1731. | * 
 
 6 p. 11., 11. 1-138; tabla 4 11. In the Tarascan language. Title from Icazbal- 
 ceta's Apuntes, No. 70. The copy described in the catalogue of the Eamirez sale 
 was minus 11. 135-136, "but," says the compiler, "it is doubtful whether they 
 were printed." 
 
 3573 El Oatechismo del P. Bartolom^ Castano, traducido al ta- 
 
 rasco. * 
 
 Printed. Title from Beristain. 
 
 3574 Arte, Diccionario y Confessonario de dicha lengua [Ta 
 
 rasca]. * 
 
 Manuscript prepared for the press. ^ — Beristain. 
 
 3575 Severance (Mark Sibley). Vocabulary of the Uta, and of the Huar 
 lapai. 
 
 In Wheeler {Capt. G. M.) Report upon U. S. Geographical Surveys, voL 7, 
 pp. 424-465, 472, 481. Washington, 1879. 4°. 
 
 3576 Sewall (E. K.) Wawenoc Numerals. 
 
 In Hist. Magazine, second series, vol. 3, pp. 179-180. Morrisania, N. Y., 1858. 4°. 
 Numerals, 1-20. 
 
 3577 Shea (John Gilmary). History | of the | Catholic Missions | among 
 the I Indian tribes of the United States. | 1529-1854. | By John 
 Gilmary Shea. | Author [&c., three linens]. [Design.] 
 
 Ifew York: | Edward Dunigan & Brother, | 151 Fulton-Street, 
 near Broadway. | 1855. | A. c. s. ba. 
 
 Engraved title 1 1., pp. 1-514. 12°. 
 
SEERA— SHEA. 707 
 
 Shea (Joliii Gilmary) — continued. 
 
 Lord's Prayer in the language of the Indiana of the Mission of San Diego, 
 p. 92; in Tatohe, or Telame, p. 93; in the language of the Indians of Alta Cali- 
 fornia (from Duflot de Mofras), p. 99.— Initial words of the Lord's Prayer, in the 
 language of the Indians of the Mission of San Fernando, San Gabriel, San 
 Rafael, Jonskiousm^ and Chocouyem, San F. Solano, Guilucos, San Luis Rey, 
 Kechi, and Santa Inez (from Duflot de Mofras), p. 109. — Lord's Prayer in Ab- 
 naki (from Demilier), p. 137 ; in Huron (from BreboBuf), p. 164 ; in Mohawk (from 
 Claesse), p. 210 ; in Soneca (ftom Morgan), p. 290; in Caughnawaga (from Mar- 
 coux), p. 345. — Two lines of the Litany of Loretto (from old manuscript and from 
 Marcoux),p. 345. — Lord's Prayer in Ottawa (from Baraga), pp. 359-360. — Portion 
 of the Lord's Prayer in Chippeway (from Baraga), p. 360. — Lord's Prayer in Pot- 
 tawotamie (from De Smet), p. 363; in Menomonee (from Eonduel), p. 363. — 
 "O Salutaris Hostia," in the Illinois language (from Rasle), p. 415. — Lord's 
 Prayer in Choctaw, pp. 450-451 ; in Osage (from Bishop Mifege and Rev. F. Schoen- 
 makers), p. 454; in Flathead and Pends-d'oreilles (De Smet), p. 468; in Flatbow 
 and Koetenay (De Smet), p. 473; in Assiniboin and Blackfoot, p. 478. 
 
 3578 History | of the | Catholic Missions | among the | Indian 
 
 Tribes ofthe United States, | 1529-1854. | By John Gilmary Shea, | 
 Author of [&c., three lines]. 
 
 New York : | T. W. Strong, | Late Edward Dunigan & Brother, | 
 Catholic Publishing House, | 599 Broadway. | [N. d.] lsh. 
 
 1 p. l.,pp. 7-514. 8°. Contents as in edition of 1855. 
 
 3579 Geschichte | der | katolischen Missionen | unter den | In- 
 
 dianer-Stammen der Vereinigten Staaten. | 1529-1860. | von | John 
 Gilmary Shea, | Verfasser [&c., two lines] . Aus dem Englischen 
 iibersetzt | von [ J. Both. | Sr. Heiligkeit Papst Pius IX gewid- 
 met. I Mit 6 Stahlstichen. | 
 
 WUrzburg. | Verlag von C. Etlinger. | * 
 
 Pp. 1-668. 12°. Title from the author. 
 
 One line of Our Father in several California dialects, and in Abuaki, Huron, 
 Mohawk, Caughnawaga, Ottowa, Flathead and Pend d'Oreille, Blackfoot and 
 Osage, pp. 570-573. — O' Salutaris in Illinois, p. 573. 
 
 3580 Early Voyages | Up and Down the Mississippi, | by | Cave- 
 
 lier, St. Cosme, Le Sueur, | Gravier, and Guignas. | With an Intro- 
 duction, Notes, and an Index, | By John Gilmary Shea. | 
 
 Albany: | Joel Munsell, 1861. | [Design.] A. o. s. BA. 
 
 Pp. i-ix, vii-xiv, 15-191. sm. 4°. Munsell's Historical Series, No. VIII. 
 Names of the Scioux Nations of the Eastern part, and their signification, p. 
 111. — Scioux of the Western part, of whom we have any knowledge, p.lll. 
 
 3581 The Indian Tribes of Wisconsin. By John Gilmary Shea, 
 
 of New York. 
 
 In Wisconsin Hist. Soc, Coll., vol. 3, pp. 125-138. Madison, 1856. 8°. 
 Names of tribes in Wisconsin, some with English signification. 
 
 3582 The Identity of the Andastes, Minquas, Susquehannas, 
 
 and Conestogues. By John Gilmary Shea. 
 
 In Hist. Magazine, first series, vol. 2, pp. 294-296. New York and London, 
 1858. 8m.40. 
 
 A few remarks on language. 
 
708 NOETH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Shea (John Gilmary) — continued. 
 
 3583 Micmac or EecoUect Hieroglyphics. [By John G. Shea.] 
 
 In Hist. Magazine, first series, vol. 5, pp. 289-292. New York and London, 
 
 1861. 4°. 
 
 The Lord's Prayer in Miomac, and Micmac hieroglyphs. 
 
 Partly printed in Schoolcraft (H. R.) Indian Tribes, vol. 6, pp. 137-141. 
 Philadelphia, 1856. 4°.. 
 
 3584 Gerogliflci inventati dal Missionario Francescano Eecol- 
 
 letto Padre Oristiano le Olerque, a fine di esprimere la lingua della 
 Tribu Indiana dei Micmacs. * 
 
 In Cronica delle Mission! Francescane Compilata dal Padre Marcellino de 
 Civezza M. O., Anno III, pp. 40-45. Rome, 1862. 8'^. 
 The Lord's Prayer in Micmac and in hieroglyphs. 
 
 3585 Of what nation were the Inhabitants of Stadacona and 
 
 Hochelaga at the time of Oartier's Yoyage? 
 
 In Hist. Magazine, first series, vol. 9, pp. 144-145. New York, 1865. sm. 4°. 
 
 Numerals, 1-10, from Cartier, compared with Huron (from Sagard), Onondaga, 
 Caughnawaga, Chippeway, Micmac, Malochite, and Penobscot; also a few words 
 from Cartier and Sagard. 
 
 3586 Languages of the American Indians. 
 
 In Ripley (G.) and Dana (C. A.), editors. American Cyclopaedia, vol. 1, pp. 
 407-414. New York, 1873. 8°. 
 
 Grammatical specimens of the Esquimaux, Delaware, Algonquin, Iroquois, 
 Dakota, Selish or Flathead, Cherokee, Muskokee, Mexican, Otomi, Maya, Tar- 
 asca, Pima or Nevome, and Carib languages. 
 
 3587 -, editor. A | French-Onondaga | Dictionary, | from a man- 
 uscript of the seventeenth | century. | By | John Gilmary Shea, | 
 Member of the New York, Massachusetts, Maryland, Wisconsin, | 
 Michigan Historical and New England Histoiic- | Genealogical So- 
 cieties. I 
 
 New York : | Cramoisy Press. | 1860. | 
 
 Second title: 
 
 Dictionnaire | Fran9ois-Onontagu6, | 4dit6 | d'aprfes un manu- 
 scrit du 17" siecle | par Jean-Marie Shea. | 
 
 Nouvelle York : | A la presse Cramoisy. | 1859. | A. c. s. WE. XWP. 
 
 Pp. iii-vlii, 1-103. 8°. English title recto 1. 2 ; French title recto 1. 4. Shea's 
 "Library of American Linguistics, I." In French. 
 
 See Alsop (George), No. 69 of this catalogue. 
 
 See Chaumonot (Pierre Joseph Marie), No. 764 of this catalogue. 
 
 See Leclerq (P. Christian), No. 2237 of this catalogue. 
 
 3588 , general editor and publisher. Library of American Lin- 
 guistics. I-XIII. 
 New York; Cramoisy Press. 1860-1863. A. C.S. JWP. 
 
 13 vols. 8°. Some also in 4'^. For full titles, see authors' names. 
 Arroyo de la Cuesta (F.) Grammar of the Mutsun language. No. 4. 
 
 Vocabulary or Phrase Book of the Mutsun language, No. 8. 
 
 Bruyas (J. ) Radices Verborum Iroquseorum, No. 10. 
 
SHEA— SHORT. 709 
 
 Shea (John Gilmary) — continued. 
 
 Gibbs (G.) Alphabetical vocabularies of 1he Clallam and Lummi, No. 11. 
 
 Dictionary of the Chinook Jargon, No. 12. 
 
 Alphabetical vocabulary of the Chinook language, No. 13. 
 
 Maillard {AIM). Grammar of the Mikmaque language, No. 9. 
 
 Mengatini (G.) .Selish or Flat-hpad grammar. No. 2. 
 
 Pandosy (M. C. ) Grammar and dictionary of the Yakama language. No. 6. 
 
 Shea (J. G.), editoi: French Onondaga dictionary, No. 1. 
 
 Sitjar (B. ) Vocabulary of the language of San Antonio Mission, No. 7. 
 
 Smith (B.), editor. Grammar of the Pima or N6vome language. No. 5. 
 
 — Grammatical Sketch of the Heve language, No. 3. 
 
 3589 Shea's American Linguistics. Series II. Nos. I-II. 
 
 'Sew York: Cramoisy Press. 1873-1874. A. c. s. we. jwp. 
 
 2 vols. 8°. For full titles, see author's name. 
 
 Matthe'vtrs (W. ) Grammar and dictionary of the language of the Hida.tsa, No.l. 
 
 Hidatsa English dictionary, No. 2. 
 
 3590 Sheafer (P. W.), editor. Historical Map | of | Pennsylvania. | 
 Showing the | Indian Names of Streams, and Villages, and | Paths 
 of Travel; | the sites of Old Forts and Battle-fields; | the successive 
 purchases from the Indians; and the | Names and Dates of Coun- 
 ties and County Towns; | with j tables of Forts and Proprietary 
 Manors. | Edited by | P. W. Sheafer | and others. | 
 
 [Philadelphia :] Publication Fund | of the | Historical Society of 
 Pennsylvania, | 820 Spruce Street, Philadelphia. | 1875. | a.ba.lsh. 
 Pp. 1-26. 8°. map. 
 
 3591 Sherman (Richard Updike). Vocabulary of the Oneida. 
 
 In Schoolcraft (H. E. ) Report to the Secretary of State, New York, pp. 279- 
 281. New York, 1845. 8°. 
 
 Reprinted in Schoolcraft (H. R.) Notes on the Iroquois, pp. 279-281. New 
 York, 1846. 8° ; and in JMd., pp. 393-400. New York, 1847. 8°. 
 
 3592 Sherwood (Lieut. W. L.) Vocabulary of the Sierra Blanco and 
 Coyotero Apaches, with notes. 
 
 Manuscript. 7 11. folio. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. 
 
 3593 Shingwauk | Hymn Book. | 
 
 Printed | by Indian boys at the | Shingwauk Home | Sault Ste. 
 Marie. | 1877. | Price 5 cents. | jwp. 
 
 51 unnumbered pp. 24°. Compiled probably by Rev. Edward Wilson. 
 
 3594 Short. A | short vocabulary [ in the | Language | of the | Seneca 
 Nation, | and in | English. | TJng-eish-neut teu-au-geh neh-huh yoh- 
 weh-neut-dah | Eng-lish. | 
 
 London: | Printed by W. & S. Graves, 66, Cheapside. | 
 
 1818. I WE. JWP. LSH. 
 
 Pp. 1-35. 12°. On verso of p. 35 is this notice: "Shortly to be Published, 
 Phrases and Religious Lessons in the Language of the Teu-au'-get, or Seneca 
 Nation ; and in English." 
 
 3595 Short (John T.) The | North Americans | of | Antiquity | their 
 origin, migrations, and type of | civilization considered | By John 
 T. Short I [Design.] 
 
710 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Short (John T.) — continued. 
 
 New York | Harper & Brothers, Publishers | Franklin Square | 
 
 1880 I A. BA. WE. JWP. 
 
 2 p. 11., pp. vii-xviii, 19-544. 8°. plate. 
 
 Chapter ix, "Chronology, Calendar Systems, and Religious Analogies," con- 
 taining names of the days and months in Maya (from Landa), and the Mexican 
 Calendar, pp. 435-468. — Chapter x, "Langnage and its relation to North Ameri- 
 can Migrations," containing Short Vooabnlary of the Chiapaneo (from SeBor 
 Melgar), compared with the Hebrew, Epitome of Maya Grammar, Lord's Prayer 
 in Maya, Outlines of Aztec Grammar, Lord's Prayer in Aztec, Traces of Aztec in 
 Oregon, Short Vocabalary of the Othomi (from Naxera) compared with Hebrew, 
 Short Comparative Vocabulary, Indian and Chinese (from Cronise), pp. 469-497. 
 
 3596 Shorter. The | Shorter Catechism | of the | Westminster Assem- 
 bly of Divines. | Translated into the Choctaw Language. | Yba- 
 numpa | isht | vtta vhleha hvt | Westminsta | ya ai Itonahvt 
 aiashvt | Katakism | ik falaio ikbi tok. | Chahta anumpa isha a 
 toshowa hoke. | 
 
 Park Hill, Cherokee Nation: ( Mission Press, J. Candy & E. 
 Archer, Printers. | 1847. | ABC. 
 
 Pp. 1-48. 24°. Select Passages of Scripture, pp. 43-48. 
 
 3597 — ■ The | Shorter Catechism | of the | Westminster Assembly 
 
 of Divines | Translated into the Choctaw Language. | Fbanumpa | 
 isht «tta vhleha hvt \ Westminsta | ya ai it»nah«t arashvt | Kati- 
 kisma | ik falaio ikbi tok. | Chahta anumpa isht a toshowa hoke. | 
 
 Eichmond: | Presbyterian Committee of Publication. | [N. d.] 
 Printed cover 1 1., pp. 1-48. sq. 24°. WHS. 
 
 3598 Shortess (Eobert). Vocabulary of the Chinook. 
 
 Manuscript. 5 pp. folio. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. 
 
 3599 Shufeldt (Robert W.) 42d Congress, | 2d Session. 1 Senate. | Ex. 
 Doc. I No. 6. I Eeports | of | Explorations and Surveys, | to ascer- 
 tain I the practicability of a Ship-canal | between | the Atlantic 
 and Pacific Oceans, | by the way of ( the Isthmus of Tehuantepec. | 
 By I Eobert W. Shufeldt, | Captain United States Navy. | Made 
 under the direction of the Secretary of the Navy. | 
 
 Washington: | GovernmentPrinting Office. | 1872. | A.c.BA.JWP. 
 Pp. 1-151. 4°. 20 maps. 11 plates. 
 
 Spear (J. C.) Report on the » » * Inhabitants » * * of the Isthmus of 
 Tehuantepec, pp. 99-139. 
 
 3600 Sibley {Dr. —). [Vocabulary of the Caddo Language.] 
 
 In American Naturalist, vol. 13, pp. 787-790. Philadelphia, 1879. 8°. 
 
 3601 Sickles (A. W.) Ne | Karoron ne | Teyerihwahkwatha | igen | ne 
 enyontste | ne yagorihwiyohston | igen | Kanyengehaga Kawen- 
 uondahkon | oni | skayestonh dohka | nikarennage | ne | Onenio- 
 deaka Kawennondahkon | tehawennate nyon | shonyowane. | 
 
 Toronto: | Published by the Wesleyan Missionary Society, | at 
 the Wesleyan Book Eoom, | King Street, | 1855. | 
 
\) 
 
 SHORT— SIMONISE. 711 
 
 Sickles (A. W.) — continued. 
 
 Second title: 
 
 A I Collection of | Hymns, | in the | Oneida Language, | for | the 
 use of Native Christians, | translated | by Kev. A. W. Sickles, | 
 Wesleyan Missionary. | 
 
 Toronto : | Published by the Wesleyan Missionary Society, | at 
 the Wesleyan Book Eoom, | King Street. | 1855. | ib. 
 
 3 p. 11., pp. 1-245. 16°. Oneida title verso 1. 1, English title recto 1. 2. Pp. 1- 
 85, alternate pages English and Oneida; pp. 86-235, Oneida; pp. 236-245, Index, 
 Oneida and English. 
 
 3602 Simeon (E.) Dictionnaire mexicain-franyais. * 
 
 8°. Announced as in press, in Maisonneuve's Catalogue des livres de fonds, 
 1878, and Triibner's Catalogue of Grammars and Dictionaries, 1882. 
 
 3603 [Simerwell {Bev. Eobert).] Vocabulary of the Pottawattomie lan- 
 guage. JBD. 
 
 Manuscript. 20 11., 10 of which are blank, sm. 4°, and 33 11. 18°. In possession 
 of John B. Dunbar, Bloomfield, N. J. Consists of words, phrases, and short sen- 
 tences, with English translations, and a portion of the Gospel of Matthew (as far 
 as chapter 3, verse 6), in the Pottawattomie language. 
 
 The Rev. Robert Simerwell, a Baptist missionary, also prepared a hymn book 
 in the Pottawattomie language, which was printed at Shawanoe previous to 
 1837. — History of American Missions, pp. 543-544. 
 
 3604 Simon (Barbara Anne). The Hope of Israel; | Presumptiye Evi- 
 dence I that the | Aborigines of the Western Hemisphere | are 
 descended from the | Ten Missing Tribes of Israel. | [Five lines He- 
 brew.] I By Barbara Anne Simon. | 
 
 London: | Published by E. B. Shelley, and W. Burnside: | and 
 sold by L. B. Lecley and Sons, Fleet street, | J. Hatchard and 
 Son, Piccadilly, and | J. Nisbet, Berners street. | MDCCCXXIX 
 1 1829]. I JWP. LSH. 
 
 Pp. i-viii, 1-328. 8°. Scattered through this wort are general remarks on 
 Indian languages.^ 
 
 A new edition, as follows: 
 
 3605 The Ten Tribes of Israel | historically identified | with 
 
 the I Aborigines ] of | the Western Hemisphere. | By Mrs. Simon. | 
 [Quotation, four lines.] [ 
 
 Published by E. B. Seeley and W. Burnside; | and sold by L. 
 andG.Seeley, | Fleet Street, London. | MDCCCXXXVI [18361.1a, 
 
 1 p. 1., pp. Y-xl, 1-370, folding plate. 8°. 
 
 Explanation of the hieroglyphic drawing of Gumelli Carerri, pp. 39-49. — Mex- 
 ican calendar, pp. 150-157.— Language, pp. 163-173.— Numerous scattered terms. 
 
 3606 Simms (Jeptha Eoot). Indian Names [in the Mohawk Valley]. 
 [Signed J. E. Simms.] 
 
 In Hist. Magazine, third series, vol. 1, pp. 120-121. Morrisania, N. Y., 1872-73. 
 sm. 4°. 
 
 3607 Simonise (William S.) Carib Song. 
 
 In Schoolcraft (H. E. ) Indian Tribes, vol. 2, p. 312. Philadelphia, 1852. 4°. 
 
712 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 3608 Simpson {Lieut. James H.) Journal of a military reconnaissance 
 from Santa F6, New Mexico, to the S"avajo country, made with the 
 troops under the command of Brevet Lieutenant Colonel John M. 
 Washington, chief of the 9th military department, and governor of 
 New Mexico, in 1849, by James H. Simpson, A. M., First Lieuten- 
 ant Corps of Topographical Engineers. A. jwp. 
 
 In Reports of Secretary of War: Senate Ex. Doc. No. 64, 31st Cong., Ist Sess., 
 pp. 56-168. Washington, 1850. 8°. 
 
 A comparative vocabulary of words in the languages of the Pueblo or civilized 
 Indians of New Mexico and of the wild tribes inhabiting its borders, pp. 140-143, 
 contains the following vocabularies: 1. Santa Domingo, San Felipe, Santa 
 Anna, Silla Laguna, Pojuate, Acoma, Cochiti. — 2. San Juan, Santa Clara, S. Al- 
 derfonso, Pojuaque, Nambe, Tesuque. — 3. Taos, Picoris, Sandia, Isleta. — 4. J^mez 
 (old Pecos). — 5. Zuni. — 6. Moqui. — 7. Navajos. — 8. Ticorillas (a branch of the 
 Apaches). — 9. Utahs. 
 
 3609 Journul | of a | Military Reconnaissance, | from |. Santa P6, 
 
 New Mexico, | to the | Navajo country, | made with the | troops 
 under the command of Brevet Lieutenant Colonel John | M. Wash- 
 ington, chief of Ninth Military Department, | and Governor of New 
 Mexico, in 1849. | By | James H. Simpson, A. M., | First Lieuten- 
 ant Corps of Topographical Bngiheers. | 
 
 Philadelphia : | Lippincott, Grambo & Co., | successors to Grigg, 
 Elliot and Co. | 1852. | A. B. WB. 
 
 Pp. 1-140. 8°. A comparative vocabulary, &c., as above, pp. 128-130. The 
 vocabularies are also reprinted in Davis (W. W. H.) El Gringo, No. 999. 
 
 3610 Eeport by Captain James H. Simpson, corps of Topograph- 
 ical Engineers, of reconnaissances, &c., in the Territory of TJtah, 
 in the months of August, September, and October, 1858, under in- 
 structions from Brevet Brigadier General A. S. Johnston, TJ. S. A., 
 commanding the department of TJtah. [Dated Dec. 28, 1858.] 
 
 84 pp. Senate Ex. Doc. No. 40, 35th Cong., 2d Sess. 
 
 A vocabulary and sentences in Utah, a short Shoshone or Snake vocabulaiy, 
 and the numerals 1-10 in I-at, pp. 81-84. 
 
 3611 Engineer Department, Ur S. Army. | Eeport | of | Explor- 
 ations I across the | Great Basin of the Territory of Utah | for a | 
 direct wagon-route from Camp Floyd to Genoa, in Carson Valley, | 
 in 1859, I by | Captain J. H. Simpson, | corps of Topographical 
 Engineers, TJ. S. Army, | (now Colonel of Engineers, Bvt. Brig. 
 Gen., U. S. A.) | Made | by authority of the Secretary of War, and 
 under instructions from Bvt. Brig. Gen. A. S. Johnston, | TJ. S. 
 Army, commanding the Department of Utah. | 
 
 Washington : | Government Printing Oflce. | 1876. | A. JWP. 
 
 Pp. 1-518. 4°. maps. 
 
 Vocabulary of the Ute or Utah, Shoshonee or Snake, Pi-Ute, and Washo, a few 
 sentences in Ute, and the numerals 1-10 in I-at, prefaced by a discussion on the 
 same by Lieut. C. R. Collins, Topographical Engineers, pp. 465-474. 
 
 3612 Simpson ( Dr. John). Observations on the Western Esquimaux and 
 the Country they inhabit; from notes taken during two years at 
 
SIMPSON— SIVEES. 713 
 
 Simpson {Br. John) — continued. 
 
 Point Barrow, by Mr. Jolin Simpson, E. N., Her Majesty's Dicovery 
 Ship "Plover." * 
 
 In Further Papers relative to the recent Arctic Expeditions, pp. 917-942. 
 London, 1855. folio. 
 
 Contains the names of the seasons and months in Esquimaux, p. 933. 
 
 3613 Sisseton and Wahpeton | Treaty, | of February, 1867, | in Da- 
 kota. I * 
 
 No title-page, (i pp. 8°. Title from Williams' Dakota Bibliography. 
 
 3614 Sitjar (P. Bonaventure). Vocabulary | of the | Language of | San 
 Antonio Mission, California. | By | Father Bonaventure Sitjar, | of 
 the Order of St. Francis. | [Design.] 
 
 New York : | Cramoisy Press. | 1861. | 
 
 Second title: 
 
 Vocabulario | de la | Lengua de los Naturales | de la | Mision de 
 San Antonio, | Alta Galifornia. | Compuesto por el | Eev. Padre 
 Fray Buenaventura Sitjar, | del Orden Seraflco de N. P. San Fran- 
 cisco. I 
 
 Nueva-York. | 1861 . | A. c. S. BA, jwp. 
 
 Pp. i-xxiii, 9-53. 8°. "Shea's Library of American Linguistics, VII." In 
 Spanish. Englisli title recto 1. 2; Spanish title recto 1. 3. 
 
 Grammatical notes, pp. ix-xix. — Interrogatories, p. xxi. — Our Father (from 
 Duflot de Mofras), p. xxiii. — Dicoionario, pp. 9-53. 
 
 3615 Partial Vocabulary of the Indians near San Antonio Mis- 
 sion, situated in a valley of the Santa Lucia Mountains, about 
 seventy miles southeast of Monterey. 
 
 In Taylor (A. S.) Indianology of California, in: CaUfomia Fanner, San 
 Francisco, vol. 13, No. 10, April 27, 1860. 
 
 " This partial vocabulary was made on the leaf of an old book, about 1787, by 
 Padre Baltazar Sitjar, at San Antonio Mission, in Monterey County, and was 
 carefully copied and compared." — Taylor. 
 
 Eeprinted in Po-well (J. W.) Contributions to North American Ethnology, 
 vol. 3, pp. 508-569. Washington, 1877. 4°. 
 
 3616 Oonfesonario in the language of the Indians of San Antonio 
 
 Mission. * * 
 
 Manuscript. 32 pp. 4°. lu Indian and Spanish. In possession of Mr. J. G. 
 Shea, Elizabeth, N. J. 
 
 Pere B. Sitjar was born at Perreras, near Palma, on the Island of Majorca, De- 
 cember 9th, 1739. He was one of the founders of the San Antonio Missions in 
 1774, and of the San Miguel in 1797. He died at San Antonio, September 3rd, 
 1808, and was interred near the altar of the Church of the Misssion. — Bibliografia 
 Sanfranceacana. 
 
 3617 Sivers ( Jeg6r von). Ueber | Madeira und die AntiUen | nach Mit- 
 telamerika. | Eeisedenkwttrdigkeiten und Forschungen | von | 
 Jegor von Sivers. | 
 
 Leipzig, I Verlag von Carl Fr. Fleischer. | 1861. | A. b. 
 
 Pp. i-xii, 1-388. 8°. 
 
 Numerals, 1-1,000, of the Comanohes and Kiowa (from Frosbel), Tequiristeo - 
 •sprache, Guabesprache, Maya, Quixe (from Gage), Lacandones, Tloscaltekisoh, 
 Missquito, Walwa, and Blancos, Valientes and Talamancas, pp. 290-291. 
 
714 NOETH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 3618 Six Principles of Eeligion, translated into the Indian tongue. * 
 
 Experience Mayhew, in a notice of an Indian convert who died at Martha's 
 Vineyard in 1717, says: "Mr. Perkins's Sis Principles of Religion, having been 
 translated into the Indian tongne, was what she took great delight in reading." 
 (Indian Converts, p. 1(38.) No copy of this translation has beeu discovered, and 
 it is not certain, from Mayhew's mention of it, that it was printed. — TrunibuU. 
 
 3619 Skenando. Vocabulary of the Oneida Language. By Young Ske- 
 nando, Oneida Castle. 
 
 In Schoolcraft (H. E.) Indian Tribes, vol. 2, pp. 482-493. Philadelphia, 
 
 18,')2. 4°. 
 
 3620 Sketch | of the | Seminole War, | And | Sketches | during a Cam- 
 paign. I By a Lieutenant, | of the Left Wing. | 
 
 Charleston : | Dan. J. Bowling, | Sold by J. P. Beile and W. H. 
 Berrett; and | Booksellers in the Principal Cities. | 1836. | A. hit. 
 Pp. i-vi, 1-311. 8°. A vocabulary of the Seminole Language, pp. 90-108. 
 
 3621 Slight (Benjamin). Indian | Researches; | or, | facts concerning | 
 the North American Indians; | including | notices of their present 
 state of I improvement | in their social, civil, and religious condi- 
 tion; I with I hints for their future advancement. | By Benjamin 
 Slight. I 
 
 Montreal; | Printed for the Author, by J. E. L. Miller. | 
 1844. I S.WHS. 
 
 Pp. i-xii, 13-179. 12°. Chapter iv. Language, pp. 28-35, contains general 
 remarks ; pp. 170-174, a number of words and phrases in Chippewa and Wyan- 
 dot, and two verses with English translation. 
 
 3622 Smart (Cajp*. Charles). Notes on the "Tonto" Apaches. By Charles 
 Smart, Brevet Captain and Assistant Surgeon U. S. Army, Fort 
 McDowell, Arizona. 
 
 In Smithsonian Inst., Ann. Eept., 1867, pp. 417-419. Washington, 1868. 8°. 
 
 Preceding this article is this note: "A partial vocabulary of the language 
 accompanied the original, which will appear elsewhere." I presume the follow- 
 ing is meant : 
 
 3623 Vocabulary of the Coyotero Apaches, with notes. 
 
 Manuscript. 811. folio. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. Collected 
 
 in 1866 at Fort McDowell, Ariz. 
 
 3624 Smet {Rev. Peter J. de). Oregon Missions | and | Travels | Over 
 the Rocky Mountains, | in 1845-46. | By | Father P. J. De Smet, | 
 Of the Society of Jesus. | 
 
 New -York: | Published by Edward Dunigan, | 151, Fulton- 
 Street. I M DCOC XLVII [1847] | A. B. C. S. HIT. WE. 
 
 4 p. 11. , pp. 13-408, 2 11. map, engraved title, 13 plates. 16°. 
 
 The four unnumbered pages at the end contain the Lord's Prayer in the Flat- 
 head and Peud-d'OreiUe, Flat-bow and Koetenay, Assiniboin, Cree, Black-foot, 
 and Potawotomie languages ; Vocabulary of the Flat-head, Black-foot, and Cree ; 
 and Numerals 1-10 of the Cree and Assiniboin. 
 
 3625 Missions de I'Oregou | et Voyages | aux Montagues Ro- 
 
 cheuses | aux sources | de la Colombie, de 1' Athabasca et du Sas- 
 catshawin, | en 18 5-46. | [Picture entitled:] Marie Quillaxdans la 
 
SIX — SMET. 715 
 
 Smet {Bev. Peter J. de) — continued. 
 
 bataille centre les Corbeaux. (Aout 1846) | Par le Pfere P. J. de 
 Smet, I de la Soci6t6 de J^sus. | 
 
 Gand, | Impr. & Lith. de V«. Vauder Schelden. | Editeur. | 
 [1848.] B. c. s. 
 
 2p.ll.,pp.i-ix,9-389. 16°. map. 
 
 Notre Pfere en langue Tfite-Plate et Pend-d'Oreille, Arc-a-pla' et Koetenai, 
 Assiniboine, Pied-Noir, des Cries, Potowotomie, pp. 351-356. — Vocabulaire T6te- 
 Plate, Pied-Nolr, Crie, Mandan, Eiccaree, Sioux, Tuskarora, Checalisli, p. 358. — 
 Numerals, 1-10, of the Assiniboin, Pied-Noir, Crie, Mandan, Eiccaree, Sioux, 
 Tnskarora, p. 359. — Table comparative de langues Indiennes et Asiatiques, tir^e 
 particuliferement du Pfere Santini, de Barton et d'Abernethy, pp. 373-377, com- 
 prises a few words taken from the Lenui-Lenape, Algonquins, Chippewas, Onon- 
 dagas, Kikkapoes, Potowotomies, Cries, Narrangasets, Miamis, Naudowessis, 
 Darien Indians, Poconchi, Caraibes, Indiens de la Pensylvanie selon W. Penn, 
 Indiens de Penobscot, St. Jean, et Narrangasets, Piankashaws, Acadians, Tuska- 
 ras, Shawnees, Macicanni, Indiens de la Nouvelle Angleterrfe, Chikasah Indiens 
 fNonv. Caroline], Muskohge, and Cherakee, compared with the Asiatic. 
 
 3626 Missions de I'Oregon et voyages dans les Montagues Eo- 
 
 cheuses en 1845 et 1846, par le Pere P. J. De Smet, de la Societe de 
 Jesus. Ouvrage traduit de I'Anglais, Par M. Bourlez. * 
 
 Paris, 1848. 
 Pp. 408, engraved title and 12 plates. 12°. Title from Field's Essay, No. 1425. 
 
 3627 Voyages | aux | Montagues Eocheuses | chez les tribus In- 
 diennes du vaste territoire de I'Oregon, | dependant des Etats- 
 TJnis d'Amerique. | Par le E. P. de Smet. | Quatrifeme Edition. | 
 
 Lille I L. Lefort, Imprimeur-Libraire, J MDGCOLIX [1859]. | B. 
 
 Pp. i-vi, 7-240. 12°. 
 
 Priferes (Pater, Ave et Credo) en langue T&te-PIate et Pond^ras. 
 
 Other editions, according to Lorenz : Malines, 1644, portrait and plates, 8° ; 
 and Lille, Lefort, 1846, 12°. Also: Voyages dans I'Am^rique Septentrionale. 
 Oregon. Paris, 1874. 8°. Portrait and map. German translation, as follows : 
 
 3628 Eeisen | zu | den Pelsen-Gebirgen | uud | ein Jalir | unter 
 
 den I wildeii Indianer-Stammen des Oregon-Gebietes ( von | P. J. 
 de Smet, S. J. | Aus dem Franzosisclien ilbersetzt | von | L. Hins- 
 sen, Priester. | 
 
 St. Louis, Mo. I Druck und Verlag von Franz Saler. | 1865. | c. 
 Pp. i-iv, 1-220. 12°. Lord's Prayer, Ave Maria, and Credo, in the language of 
 the Flat-Head and Pend-d'Oreille, pp. 64-66. 
 
 3629 Western | Missions and Missionaries : [ A Series of Let- 
 ters, I by I Eev. P. J. De Smet, | of the Society of Jesus, | Author of 
 "Indian Sketches," "Oregon Missions," Etc. | [Picture:] Excelsior | 
 
 'New Tork: | James B. Kirker, | Late Edward Dunigan and 
 Brother, | 599 Broadway (up-stairs). | 1863. | a. b. c. ba. 
 
 Pp. 1-532. 12°. First edition 1859. 
 Pater and Ave, in Osage, with interlinear translation, pp. 278-279. 
 
 3630 Western | Missions and Missionaries : | a series of letters, | 
 
 by I Eev. P. J. de Smet, | of the Society of Jesus, | Author of "In- 
 dian Sketches," "Oregon Missions," Etc. | 
 
716 NOETH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Smet {Bev. Peter J. de) — continued. 
 
 New York: | P. J. Kenedy, | Excelsior Catholic Publishing 
 House, I 5 Barclay Street. | 1881. | * 
 
 1 p. 1. , pp. .5-532. 8^. Title from Mr. W. Eames. There is another edition with 
 the imprint : New York : | T. W. Strong, | Late Edward Dunigan & Bro., | Cath- 
 olic Publishing House, | 599 Broadway. | 
 
 3631 New Indian Sketches. | By | Eev. P. J. de Smet, S. J. | 
 
 New York: | D. & J. Sadlier & Co., 31 Barclay-St. | Montreal— 
 Cor. Notre-Dame and St. Francis Xavier Sts. | [1865.] c. s. BA. 
 
 Pp. 1-175. 16°. The above is the title, of ti e Library of Congress copy; the 
 title of the copy in the Boston Athenseum differs from this by having immedi- 
 ately before the word "Montreal" in the imprint: Boston— 128 Federal-Street. 
 
 A vocabulary of the Skalzi, or Koetenay tribe, inhabiting the Kocky Mountains 
 on the headwaters of the Clarke and Macgilvray Elvers, pp. 118-125. —Numerals, 
 1-10, of the Omaha, Otto, Mandan, Pawnee, and Eickarie, p. 126.— The Short In- 
 dian Catechism, in use among the Platheads, Kalispels, Pends D'Oreilles, and 
 other Eocky Mountain Indians (alternate pages Indian and English), pp. 147-175. 
 
 I have seen a work by this author entitled "Letters and Sketches," &c., Phil- 
 adelphia, 1843, 12°, which contains no linguistics. 
 
 In addition to the above works there is mentioned in " Western Missions and 
 Missionaries," the following, by Father De Smet. It is prohable some of them 
 contain linguistic material : 
 
 Eeis naar het Eotsgebergte. Deventer, n. d. ; and an Italian edition : Palermo 
 1847. 
 
 Missien van den Oregon. Gand. 12°. 
 
 Voyage an Grand Dfeert. Bruxelles, 1853. 18°. 
 
 Cinquante Nouvelles Lettres. Paris, 1858. 12°. 
 
 Lorenz mentions: Cinquante nouvelles lettres du E. P. De Smet, publi^es par 
 le E. P. Terwecoren. Toumai, Casterman, 1858, 12°. ; the same, Bruxelles, Van- 
 dereydt, 1860. 18°. 
 
 3632 1 — Lettre du P. J. de Smet. 
 
 In Axmales de la Propagation de la Foi, vol. 11, pp. 479-498. Paris, 1838. 8°. 
 Headed "Nation des Potto watomies aux Council Bluffs." Contains a few 
 Pottowatomi words and phrases. 
 
 3633 Smith (Buckingham). [Documents in the Spanish and two of the 
 early tongues of Florida (Apalachian and Timuquan).] • c. 
 
 No title-page. 6 sheets Spanish, 2 Apalachian, and 1 Timuquan. folio. On 
 the fly-leaf of the only copy I have seen is the following manuscript note: "Peter 
 Force, Esq., these documents (seven sheets) in the Spanish and two of the early 
 tongues of Florida (Apalachian and Timuquan) from his friend and obedient 
 servant Buckingham Smith. Washington City, Jan'y, 1860." On the reverse of 
 this fly-leaf is a further note : " 1 of 5Q copies." 
 
 A letter addressed to the king by Diego de Quiroga y Lossada, governor and 
 captain-general, dated " San Augi" de la Florida y Abril 1 de 1688." In Span- 
 ish. 1 1. — A letter addressed to the governor by Margelo de S. Joseph, who was 
 charged with the translation of the letter addressed to the king by the caciques 
 of the Province of Apalachia, dated " S. Agustin y feb" 19 de 1688 a^. In Spanish. 
 1 1. — Fac-simile of said letter in Apalachian. 211. — Translation of the same into 
 Spanish. 2 11. — Letter to the governor, dated " 17 de febrero de [1]688 afios," and 
 signed Fran'^" de Roxas, who was charged with the translation of the letter of the 
 Timuquana caciques to the king ; in Spanish. 1 1. — Fac-simile of said letters in 
 Timuquan. 2 11., 1 blank. — Translation of the same into Spanish. 1 1. 
 
SMET— SMITH. 717 
 
 Smith (Buckingham) — continued. 
 
 The text of the Timuquana is reprinted in Mr. Gatschet's article on this lan- 
 guage in Am. Phil. Soc, Trans., yoI. 18, p. 496, with corrections. 
 
 3634 The Timuquana Language. By Buckingham Smith. 
 
 In Hist. Magazine, first series, vol. 2, pp. 1-3. New York and London, 1858- 
 sm. 4°. 
 
 Vocabulary of the Timuquana (from Pareja), p. 3. — Specimen of the Timu- 
 quana (from Pareja), p. 3. 
 
 3635 Specimen of the Appalachian Language. 
 
 In Hist. Magazine, first series, vol. 4, pp. 40-41. New York and London, 1860. 
 sm. 4°. 
 
 ' ' A passage in Apalachian taken from an original letter sent by some caciques 
 of the country now in part comprising Middle Florida, to Ferdinand IV, King 
 of Spain." Translated into Spanish and English. 
 
 3636 Mame Vocabulary. Buckingham Smith, Esq. 
 
 In Hist. Magazine, first series, vol. 5, pp. 117-118, 149. New York and Lon- 
 don, 1861. em. 4°. 
 
 3637 Vocabulary of the Nevome, as spoken by the Pima of Moris, 
 
 a town of Sonora. Mr. Buckingham Smith. 
 
 In Hist. Magazine, first series, vol. 5, pp. 203-203. New York and London, 
 1861. sm.4°. 
 
 Contains, also, the Lord's Prayer in, and remarks on the grammar of, the 
 Nevome language. 
 
 3638 The Opata Language. Buckingham Smith. 
 
 In Hist. Magazine, fii^t series, vol. 5, p. 236. New York and London, 1861. 
 sm. 4°. 
 
 Vocabulary of the Opata. 
 
 3639 Vocabulary of the Eudeve. A dialect of the Pima Lan- 
 guage, spoken in Sonora. Buckingham Smith. 
 
 In Hist. Magazine, first series, vol. 6, pp. 18-19. New York and London, 1862. 
 sm. 4°. 
 
 3640 Comparative Vocabularies of the Seminole and Mikasuke 
 
 Tongues. Buckingham Smith. 
 
 In Hist. Magazine, first aeries, vol. 10, pp. 239-243. Morrisania, N. Y., 1866. 
 sm. 4°. 
 
 Vocabulary of the Seminole, Mikasuke and Hitchitee (the latter from Galla- 
 tin and Capt. Casey), pp. 239-243. — Lord's Prayer in Mikasuke, p. 288. 
 
 Reprinted in Beach (W. W.) The Indian Miscellany, pp. 120-126. Albany, 
 1877. 8°. 
 
 Also in Drake (S. G.) The Aboriginal Races of North America, pp. 763-767. 
 New York, [1880]. 8°. 
 
 3641 , editor. A | Granimatical Sketch | of the | Heve Lan- 
 guage, I Translated from an unpublished | Spanish Manuscript. | 
 By I Buckingham Smith. | 
 
 :Sew York: | Oramoisy Press. | 1861. j A. c. s. BA. we. jwp. 
 
 Pp. 1-26. 8°. Shea's " Library of American Linguistics. III." 
 Notices of the Heve language, pp. 5-7.— Grammar of the Heve language, 
 pp. 9-24. — Vocabulary, pp. 25-26. 
 
718 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Smith (Buckiugham), editor — continued. 
 
 3642 Grammar | of the | Pima or N^vome, | a Language of 
 
 Sonora, | from a. Manuscript of the XVIII Century, | Edited by | 
 Buckingham Smith. | 
 
 IsTew York: | Oramoisy Press. | 1862. | 
 Second title : 
 
 Arte I de la | Lengua N6vome, | que se dice | Pima, | Propia de 
 Sonora; | con la | Doctriua Christiana y Confesionario | anadidos. | 
 
 San Augustin de la Florida. | Ano de 1862. | A. c. S. BA. JWP. 
 
 Ip. l.,pp. 1-97. 8°. " Shea's Library of American Linguistics, "V." In Spanish. 
 Appended to tins is — 
 
 3643 Doctrina Christiana | y | Confesionario | en | Lengua Ne- 
 
 vome, 6 Sea la Pima, | Propia de Sonora. | 
 
 San Augustin de la Florida. | Ano de 1862. | A. c. S. BA. jwp. 
 Pp. 1-32. 8°. 
 
 3644 Smith (De Cost). Words of the Onondaga Dialect. 
 
 Manuscript. In possession of the author, New York City. A copy is in the 
 library of the Bureau of Ethnology. A few words and phrases only ; collected at 
 the Onondaga Reservation, N. Y., October, 1882. 
 
 3645 Smith (E. Everett). Vocabulary of the Malemute, Kotzebue Sound. 
 
 10 pp. 4°. 190 words. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. 
 
 3646 Smith (Mrs. Erminnie A.) The Languages of the Iroquois. By 
 Mrs. E. A. Smith. JWP. 
 
 In Science : A Weekly Record of Scientific Progress, vol. 1 , No. 11, pp. 137-138. 
 New York, September 11, 1880. 4°. 
 
 General remarks and a few words "borrowed from the English." 
 
 y' 3647 Myths of the Iroquois. 
 
 In Bureau of Ethnology, Second Ann. Kept., pp. 47-116. Washington, 1883. 
 imp. 8°. Iroquois terms, passim. 
 
 3648 English-Tuscarora Dictionary. EAS. 
 
 Manuscript. 2 vols., arranged alphabetically by English words. Vol. 1. A- 
 
 Glass, 91 pp. ; Vol. 2. Glisten-Zealous, 155 pp. folio. 
 
 3649 Words, phrases, and sentences, in the Tuscarora lan- 
 guage. EAS. 
 
 Manuscript. 85 11. 4°. Recorded in a copy of Introduction to the Study of 
 Indian Languages, 2d edition ; complete. Collected at the Tuscarora Reserva- 
 tion, Lewiston, N. Y., during 1879 and 1880. 
 
 3650 Words, phrases and sentences in the Mohawk language. BAS. 
 
 Manuscript. 85 11. 4°. Recorded in a copy of Introduction to the Study of 
 
 Indian Languages, 2d edition; complete. Collected at the Grand River and 
 Caughnawaga Reservations, Canada, during 1881 and 1882. 
 
 3651 Words, phrases, and sentences in the Onondaga lan- 
 guage. EAS. 
 
 Manuscript. 85 11. 4°. Recorded in a, copy of Introduction to the Study of 
 Indian Languages, 2d edition; complete. Collected at the Onondaga Reserva- 
 tion, Onondaga County, N. Y., during the summers of 1880 and 1881. 
 
SMITH 719 
 
 Smith {Mrs. Erminnie A.) — continued. 
 
 3652 Words, phrases, and sentences in tlie Seneca limguage. eas. 
 
 Manuscript. 85 11. 4°. Kecorded in a copy of Introduction to the Study of 
 Indian Languages, 2d edition ; complete. Collected at the Seneca Eeservation, 
 Cattaraugus County, N. Y., during 1880 and 1881. 
 
 3653 Words, phrases, and sentences in the Cayuga language, eas. 
 
 Manuscript. 25 11. 4°. Recorded in a copy of Introduction to the Study of 
 Indian Languages, 2d edition; partly filled. Collected at the Grand River Res- 
 ervation, Canada, during 1881. 
 
 3654 Words, phrases, and sentences in the Oneida language, eas. 
 
 Manuscript. 35 11. 4°. Recorded in a copy of Introduction to the Study of 
 Indian Languages, 2d edition; partly filled. Collected at the Grand River Res- 
 ervation, Canada, during 1881. " 
 
 Mrs. Erminnie A. Smith has been engaged for some years, under the auspices 
 of the Bureau of Ethnology, in the study of the Iroquois stock of languages, 
 visiting the different reservations for that purpose, and her work when finished 
 will be published by the Bureau. In the collection of material she has used as 
 a basis the second edition of Powell's Introduction to the Study of Indian Lan- 
 guages, but in many instances she has gone beyond the limits of that work. In 
 the Tuscarora, Mohawk, Onondaga, and Seneca, for instance, she has added the 
 Lord's Prayer, the conjugation of verbs, synopsis of the grammar, etc. She has 
 also in preparation a dictionary of the Mohawk, which will probably exceed in 
 extent that of the Tuscarora. In addition to the material collected by herself, 
 it will include a translation of the French Mohawk dictionary prepared by Pfere 
 J. Marcoux, and described in No. 2463 of this catalogue. 
 
 3655 Smith (Ethan). View of the Hebrews; Exhibiting the destruction 
 of Jerusalem; the certain restoration of Judah and Israel; and an 
 address of the Prophet Isaiah relative to their restoration. By 
 Ethan Smith, Pastor of a ChUrch in Poultney, (Vt.) [Two lines 
 scripture.] 
 
 Poultney, (Vt.) Printed and Published by Smith & Shute. 
 1823. BA. 
 
 Pp. 1-187. 12°. 
 
 Ashort comparative vocabulary, "Indian" and "Hebrew," showing analogies 
 between the two. 
 
 3656 View of the Hebrews; | or the | Tribes of Israel in Amer- 
 ica. I Exhibiting | Chap. I. The Destruction 6f Jerusalem. Chap. 
 II. The Cer- | tain Eestoration of Judah and Israel. Chap. III. 
 The I Present State of Judah and Israel. Chap. IV. An | Address 
 of the Prophet Isaiah to the United | States relative to their restora- 
 tion. I By Ethan Smith, | Pastor of a Church in Poultney (Vt.) | 
 [Four lines quotation.] Second edition, improved and enlarged, j 
 
 Published and Printed by Smith & Shute, | Poultney, (Vt.) | 
 1825. I 0. s. BA. 
 
 Pp. i-xii, 13-285. 12°. Indian vocabulary, pp. 90-91. The above is the arrange- 
 ment of the title-page of the copy in the Library of Congress. In the title to 
 the copies belonging to Mr. Shea and to the Boston Athenaeum, "Second edition 
 improved and enlarged," appears immediately preceding "By Ethan Smith." 
 
720 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 3657 Smith (J.) Notice sur la langue Tarasca, par J. Smith. 
 
 In Reviie Americaine, 2" s^rie, tome 2, pp. 180-186. Paris, 1865. 8°. 
 
 3658 Smith (John). The | GeDerall Historic | of | Virginia, New-Eng- 
 land, and the Summer | Isles : with the names of the Adventurers, | 
 Planters, and Governours from their | first beginning An" : 1584. to 
 this I present 1624. | With the Procedings of those Severall Colo- 
 nies I and the Accidents that bei'ell them in all their | Journyes and 
 Discoveries. | Also the Maps and Descriptions of all those | Coun- 
 tryes, their Commodities, people, | Government, Customes, and 
 Religion | yet knowne. | Divided into sixe Bookes. | By Captaine 
 lohn Smith sometymes Governour | in those Countryes & Admi- 
 rall. I of New England. | 
 
 London. | Printed by I. D. and | I. H. for Michael | Sparkes. | 
 1624. I C. JOB. LSH. 
 
 7 p. 11. , pp. 1-96, 105-248. folio. 4 maps. Title in center of engraved page. 
 
 "Because many doe desire to know the manner of their language I have in- 
 serted these few words" [a short vooahulary], p. 40. 
 
 3659 The | Generall Historic | of | Virginia, New-England, and 
 
 the Summer | Isles : with the names of the Adventurers, | Planters, 
 and Governours from their | first beginning An" : 1684. to this | 
 present 1626. | With the Procedings of those Severall Colonies | 
 and the Accidents that befell them in all their | Journyes and Dis- 
 coveries. I Also the Maps and Descriptions of all those | Countryes, 
 their Commodities, people, | Government, Customes, and Eeligion | 
 yet knowne. | Divided into sixe Bookes. | By Captaine lohn Smith 
 sometymes Governour | in those Countryes and Admirall. | of New 
 England. | 
 
 London. | Printed by I. D. and | I. H. for Michael | Sparkes. | 
 
 1626. I Ht7. JOB. 
 7 p. 11., pp. 1-96, 105-248. folio. 4 maps. Title in center of engraved page. 
 
 In this edition the inscription round the portrait of Charles is altered from "Car- 
 olas Princeps," as in the 1624 edition, to " Carolas Rex." Vocabulary, p. 40. 
 
 3660 The | Generall Historic | of | Virginia, New England, and 
 
 the Summer | Isles: with the names of the Adventurers, | Planters, 
 and Governours from their | first beginning An" : 1584. to this | Pres- 
 ent 1626. I With the Procedings of those Severall Colonies | and 
 the Accidents that befell them in all their | Journyes and Discov- 
 eries. I Also the Maps and Descriptions of all those | Countryes, 
 their Commodities, people, | Government, Customes, and Religion | 
 yet knowne. | Divided into sixe Bookes. | By Captaine lohn Smith 
 sometymes Governour | in those Countryes & Admirall. | of New 
 England. | 
 London. | Printed by I. D. and | I. H. for Michael | Sparkes. | 
 
 1627. I 0. MHS. 
 7 p. 11., pp. 1-96, 105-248. foiio. 4 maps and 2 portraits. Title in center of en- 
 graved page. 
 
SMITH. 721 
 
 Smith (John) — continued. 
 
 1 have seen only the copy in the Library of Congress, in the title of which 
 the last figure of the date, both in the body of the title and in the imprint, is a 
 neat pen-made 6. A manuscript note accompanying the volume reads : "This is 
 evidently the edition of 1627, with the date altered to 1626." It is not apparent 
 why the figure 6 of the date in the body of the title should also be made with a 
 pen, since that date stands 1626 in every edition except the original. 
 
 3661 The | Generall Historie | of | Virginia, New-England, and 
 
 the Summer | Isles: with the names of the Adventurers, ( Planters, 
 and Governours from their | first beginning An" : 1584. to this | 
 present 1626. | With the Procedings of those Severall Colonies j 
 and the Accidents that befell them in all their | Journyes and Dis- 
 coveries. I Also the Maps and Descriptions of all those | Couutryes, 
 their Commodities, peiiple, | Government, Customes, and Eeligion ( 
 yet knowne. | Divided into sixe Bookes. | By Captaine John Smith 
 sometymes Governour | in those Countryes & Admirall | of New 
 England. | 
 
 London. | Printed by I. D. and | I. H. for Edward | Blackmore | 
 Anno 1632. | c. BA. HU. job. 
 
 7 p. 11. , pp. 1-96, 105-248. folio. 4 maps. Vocabulary, p. 40. 
 
 " There were distinct issues in 1624, 1626, 1627, and two in 1632. The printed 
 portion is identical in them all, and all want the sheet O, pp. 97-104. The varia- 
 tions are in the frontispiece, printed title, maps, and plates." — Menzieif Catalogue. 
 
 3662 The | Trve Travels, | Adventvres | and,j Observations | 
 
 of I Captaine lohn Smith, | in | Europe, Asia, Africke, and Amer- 
 ica: I beginning | about the yeere 1593, and continued | to this 
 present 1629. | Vol. I. | From the London edition of 1629. | 
 
 Eichmond : | Eepublished at the Franklin Press. | William W. 
 Gray, Printer. | 1819. | 
 
 Title of vol. ^■. 
 
 The I Generall Historie | of | Virginia, New-England, and the 
 Summer lies, j with | the names of the adventurers, planters, and ( 
 governours from their first beginning, | An. 1584. to this present 
 1626. I With I the Proceedings | of those severall colonies and the 
 accidents | that befell them in all their iournyes | and discoveries. | 
 Also I the maps and descriptions | of those couutryes, their com- 
 modities, people, government, customes, | and religion yet knowne. | 
 Divided into sixe bookes. | By Captaine lohn Smith, | sometymes 
 Governour of those Couutryes and Admirall of New England. | 
 Vol. II. I Prom the London edition of 1629 [sic\. \ 
 
 Eichmond : | Eepublished at the Franklin Press. | William W. 
 Gray, Printer. | 1819. | A. 0. s. BA. 
 
 2 vols. : 7 p. 11., pp. 1-247; i-xi, 1-282. 8°. 5 maps and plates. The Generall 
 Historie comprises a part of the first and nearly the whole of the second volume. 
 Vocabulary, vol. 1, pp. 147-148. 
 
 46 Bib 
 
722 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Smith (Johu) — continued. 
 
 3663 The General History of Virginia, New England, and the 
 
 Summer Isles: with the Names of the Adventurers, Planters, and 
 Governors, from their first beginning, Anno 1584, to this present 1624 ; 
 with the Proceedings of those several Colonies, and the Accidents 
 that befell them in all their Journies and Discoveries. Also, the 
 maps and descriptions of all those countries, their commodities, 
 people, government, customs, and religion, yet known. Divided 
 into Six Books. By Captain John Smith, Sometime Governor in 
 those Countries, and Admiral of New England. 
 
 In Pinkerton (John). A General Collection of * * * Voyages and Travels, 
 vol. 13, pp. 1-253. London, 1812. 4°. "Beoausemany dodesirotoknow,"&c.,p.45. 
 
 3664 Smith (John Jay) and Watson (John Fanning). American | His- 
 torical and Literary Curiosities; | consisting of | fac-similes of orig- 
 inal documents relating to the | events of the Eevolution, | &c. 
 &c. I with a variety of | Eeliques, Antiquities and Modern Auto- 
 graphs. I Collected and edited | by | J. Jay Smith, | Librarian of 
 the Philadelphia and Loganian Libraries, | and | John P. Watson, | 
 Annalist of Philadelphia and New York. | Fifth edition, with addi- 
 tions. I 
 
 New York: | G. P. Putnam. | 1852. | A. ghm. 
 
 68 plates, oblong 4°. Fac-simile of title-page of Eliot's Indian Bible, 1663, 
 and of Psalms I to III, 3, in the Massachusetts Indian language, plate 48. 
 
 First edition, Philadelphia, 184G; second and third editions, Philadelphia, 
 1847 ; fourth edition. New York, 1850 ; sixth edition, Philadelphia, 1861. 
 
 3665 Smith (John S.) Vocabularies of the Arapahoes and Cheyennes. 
 
 In Schoolcraft (H. K.) Indian Tribes, vol. 3, pp. 446-459. Philadelphia, 
 1853. 4°. 
 
 3666 Smith (Philip H.) General History | —of— | Duchess County, | — 
 from — I 1609 to 1876, inclusive. | Illustrated with | numerous wood- 
 cuts, maps and full- | page Engravings. | By Philip H. Smith. | 
 
 Pawling, N. Y. : | Published by the Author. | 1877. | A. c. s. 
 
 1 p. 1., pp. 7-507. 8°. Indian geographical terms, pp. 21-22. 
 
 3667 Smith (Samuel). The | History | of | the Colony | of | Nova-Csesa- 
 ria, or New- Jersey: | Containing, | an Account of its First Settle- 
 ment, I Progressive Improvements, J the Original and Present Con- 
 stitution, I and other events, | to the year 1721. | With | some par- 
 ticulars since; | and | a short view of its present state. | By 
 Samuel Smith. | 
 
 Burlington, in New- Jersey : | Printed and sold by James Parker : 
 Sold also by I David Hall, in Philadelphia. M,DCC,LXV[1765]. | A.o. 
 
 Pp. i-x, 1-574. 8°. Brief vocabulary (names of animals) in the language of 
 the New Jersey Indians, p. 137. 
 
 A fac-simile reprint, with the addition of a new preface, a sketch of the author, 
 and a map, but without a new title, was published at Trenton, N. J. , by William S. 
 Sharp, in 1877 : pp. i-xiv,l blank 1., pp. 1-573, 11., map. 8°. Vocabulary, p. 137. 
 
SMITH. 723 
 
 3668 Smith (Silas B.) On the Chinook names of the Salmon in the 
 Columbia Elver. By Silas B. Smith. jwp. 
 
 In National Museum, Proc. , vol. 4, pp. 391-392. Washington, 1883. 8°. 
 Contains the names of half dozen varieties of salmon. 
 
 3669 Smith (William). The | History | Of the Province of | New- 
 York, I from the | First Discovery to the Year M. DCC. XXXII. | 
 To which is annexed, | A Description of the Country, with a short 
 Account of the | Inhabitants, their Trade, Eeligious and Political 
 State, and the | Constitution of the Courts of Justice in that 
 Colony. I [Quotations, six lines.] | By William Smith, A. M. | 
 
 Loudon: | Printed for Thomas Wilcox, Bookseller at Virgil's 
 Head, opposite the \ New Church in the Strand. | M. DCC. LVIl 
 [1757]. I A.O.S. 
 
 Pp. i-xi 1,1-255. 4°. plan. 
 
 Spencer {Eev. Elihu). [Letter on the language of the Five Nations], pp. 39-40. 
 
 3670 Histoire de la Nou veil e- York, depuis la D^couverte de 
 
 cette Province jusqu'a uotre Si^cle, Dans laquelle on rapporte les 
 d6m616s qu'elle a eus avee les Canadiens & les Indiens; les Guerres 
 qu'elle a soutenues contre ces Peuples ; les Trait^s & les Alliances 
 qu'elle a faits avec eux, &c. On y a joint Tine Description G6ogra- 
 phique du Pays, & une Histoire Abr^g^e de ses Habitans, de leur 
 Eeligion, de leur Gouvernement Civil & Eccl6siastiq.ue, &c Par 
 William Smith. Traduite de I'Anglois par M. E * * * 
 
 A Londres. M. DCC. LXVII [1767]. * 
 
 Pp. xvi, 415. 8°. Title from Stevens's Nuggets, No. 2524. 
 
 3671 The j History | of the Province of | New- York, | from the | 
 
 first discovery. | To which is annexed | A Description of the Coun- 
 try, an Account of the | Inhabitants, their Trade, Eeligious and Po- 
 litical I State, and the Constitution of the Courts | of Justice in 
 that Colony, j [Six lines quotation.] | By William Smith, A. M. | 
 
 London: | Printed for J. Almon, opposite Burlington-House, | 
 Piccadilly. | M DCC LXXVI [1776]. | c. 
 
 Pp. i-viii, 1-334. 8". 
 Spencer (BeiK Elihu). [Letter on the language of the Five Nations], p. 52. 
 
 3672 The | History | of the Province of | New -York, | from the 
 
 first discovery to the year 1732. | To which is annexed, a descrip- 
 tion of the country, with | a short account of the inhabitantSj their 
 reli- I gious and political state, and the cou- | stitution of the courts 
 of jus- I tice in that colony. | [Quotation, four lines.] | The second 
 edition. | By William Smith, A. M. | 
 
 Philadelphia: | From the Press of Matthew Carey. | April 9 — 
 M. DCC. XCII [1792]. I C. 
 
 Title 11., 1 blank 1. , 2 11., pp. 7-276. 8°. 
 Spencer (Bev. Elihu). [Letter on the language of the Five Nations], pp. 52-53. 
 
 3673 History | of | New -York, | from the first discovery to the 
 
 year M. DCC. XXXII. | To which is annexed, a description of the 
 
724 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Smith (William) — continued. 
 
 country, with a short | account of the inhabitants, their religious 
 and political | state, and the constitution of the Courts of | Justice 
 in that Colony. | [Quotation, four lines.] | By William Smith, A.M. | 
 With a continuation, | From the Year 1732, to the Commencement 
 of the Year 1814. | 
 
 Albany: | Printed by Ryer Schermerhorn. | Sold by himself and 
 G. Forbes, Albany; H. Stockwell, Troy; A. Seward, Utica; | and 
 Andrus & Starr, Hartford. | 1814. | C. 
 
 Pp. i-xv, 17-512. 8°. 
 
 Spencer {Rev. Elihu). [Letter on the language of the Five Nations], pp. 73-74. 
 
 3674 The | History | of the late | Province of N"ew-York, | 
 
 from I its discovery, | to the | Appointment of Governor Colden, | 
 in I 1762. I By the Hon. William Smith, | Formerly of New -York, 
 and late Chief Justice of Lower Canada. | Vol. I [II]. 
 
 New- York: j Published under the direction of the New -York | 
 Historical Society. | 1829. ( c. ba. 
 
 2 vols. 8°. Form vols. 4 and 5 of the Collections of the New York Historical 
 Society. The second volume (vol. 5 of the Collections), containing the continn- 
 atlon of Smith's History, was first published by itself in 1826 as vol. 4 of the Col- 
 lections, 4 p. 11. , pp. 1-308 ; hut was reprinted as above, in 1829, to accompany the 
 new edition of Smith's History, which forms the new vol. 4 of the Collections. 
 
 Spencer (JJct. Elihu). [Letter on the language of the Five Nations], vol. 1, pp. 
 53-54. 
 
 3675 The | History | of the late | Province of New -York, | 
 
 from I its Discovery, | to the j appointment of Governor Colden, ( 
 in I 1762. I By the Hon. William Smith, | Formerly of New -York, 
 and late Chief Justice of Lower Canada. | Vol. I [II]. | 
 
 New -York: ] Published under the direction of the New -York | 
 Historical Society. | Grattan, Print. | 1830. | A. c. 
 
 2vols.,pp. i-xvi,l-390; 4 p. 11. , pp. 1-390. 8". 
 
 Spencer {Eer. Elihu). [Letter on the language of the Five Nations], vol. 1, 
 pp. 59-60. 
 
 3676 Smithsonian Institution. 30th Congress, | 2d Session. | (Ho. of 
 Reps.) I Miscellaneous. ] No. 48. | Third Annual Report | of the j 
 Board of Regents j of | the Smithsonian Institution, | to | the Sen- 
 ate and House of Representatives, | showing | the Operations, | 
 Expenditures, and Condition of the Institution | during the year 
 1848 [-1881]. I February 19, 1849. | Laid upon the table, and ordered 
 to be printed. | 
 
 Washington : | Tippin & Streeper, Printers. | 1849 [-1883]. -J 
 
 36 vols. 8°. The first and second reports were Congressional documents with- 
 out title-page. Subsequent to the third the titles are substantially as above; 
 but beginning with the eleventh they commence : Annual Report — dr.'pping the 
 ordinal. A. c. si. JWP. 
 
 Baegert (Jacob). An account of the aboriginal inhabitants of the California 
 Peninsula, 1363, pp. 352-369 ; and 1864, pp. 378-399. 
 
 Berendt (C. H.) On a Grammar and Dictionary of the Carib language, 1873, 
 pp. :B63-364. 
 
SMITH — SOCIEDAD. 725 
 
 Smithsonian Institution — continued. 
 
 Culbertsou (T. A.) Journal of an Expedition to the Mauvaises Terres, 1850, 
 pp. 84-145. 
 
 Gibbs (George). Ou the language of the Aboriginal Indians of America, 1870, 
 pp. 364-367. 
 
 Rcehrig (F. L. O.) On the language of the Dakota or Sioux Indians, 1871, 
 pp. 434-450. 
 
 Turner (W. W.) Letter on Indian Philology, 1851, pp. 93-97. 
 
 3677 Smithsonian | Contributions to Knowledge. | Vol. I 
 
 [-XXII]. I [Two lines quotation.] 
 
 City of Washington: | Published by the Smithsonian Institu- 
 tion.] MDCCCXLVIIl [-MDCCCLXXX] [1848-1880]. | A.c.si.JWP. 
 
 22 vols. 4°. The monographs composing these volumes are issued as separate 
 pamphlets, each with its own pagination, and afterwards bound together to form 
 the volumes of Contributions. 
 
 Morgan (L. H. ) Systems of Consanguinity and Affinity of the Human Family, 
 vol. 17. 
 
 Riggs (S E.) Grammar and Dictionary of the Dakota Language, vol. 4. 
 
 Swan (James G.) The Indians of Cape Flattery, vol. 16. 
 
 The Haidah Indians of Queen Charlotte's Islands, vol. 21. 
 
 3678 Smithsonian [ Miscellaneous Collections. | Vol. I [-XXI]. | 
 
 [Seal of the Institution and two lines quotation.] 
 
 Washington : | Published by the Smithsonian Institution. | 
 1862 [-1883]. I A. c. SI. JWP. 
 
 27 vols. 8°. The articles contained in this series are issued as separate pam- 
 phlets, each with its own pagination, and afterwards combined into volumes. 
 
 Gibbs (George). A dictionary of the Chinook Jargon, vol. 7. 
 
 Instructions for research into the Ethnology and Philology of America, 
 
 vol. 7. 
 
 Morgan (L. H.) Circular in reference to the degrees of relationship among 
 different nations, vol. 2. 
 
 Stanley (James). Portraits of North American Indians, vol. 2. 
 
 3679 Smithsonian Miscellaneous Collections. | 216. | Photo- 
 graphic Portraits | of | North American Indians | in the Gallery 
 of the I Smithsonian Institution. | 
 
 Washington: | Smithsonian Institution. | 1867. | Si. LSH. 
 
 Pp. ,1-42. 8°. Not included in the volumes of Miscellaneous Collections. Con- 
 tains many proper names, with English signification. 
 
 3680 Sobron (Felix C. y). Los idiomas | de la ( America Latina | estu- 
 dios biograflco-bibliogrdflcos ( por | D. FMix C. y Sobron | M6dico- 
 cirujano 6 individuo de varias Sociedades cientificas | 
 
 Madrid | Imprenta 4 Cargo de Victor Saiz | Calle de la Colegiata, 
 num. 6 I [1877] JWP. 
 
 Pp. 1-137, 1 1. 12°. 
 
 Comments on the Mexican language, pp. 15-21. — Verses in Mexican, from Al- 
 daraa, pp. 2:^-24. — "Oh salutaris Hostia," &c., in Huron, Abnakj, and Illinois 
 (from Easles), p. 101. 
 
 3681 Sooiedad de Geografia y Estadistica de la Repiiblica Mexicana. Bole- 
 tin I del I Instituto Nacional | de | Geografia y Estadistica | dela j 
 
726 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Sociedad de Geografia y Estadistica de la Repftblica Mexicana — continued. 
 Eepublica Mexicana, | presentado al | Supremo Gobierno de la Na- 
 cionpor la Junta Meuor | del mismo Cuerpo. | [Two lines quotation.] 
 
 Mexico. I Tipografia de E. Rafael, | Calle de Oudena numero 13. | 
 1850 [-1865]. f 0. 
 
 12 vols. 8°. maps. Beginniug with the second volume the title was changed 
 to read: Boletin de la Sociedad Mexicana de Geografia y Estadistica. Tom. II, 
 &c. The first volume is made up of numbers each with its own pagination ; the 
 subsequent ones are paged consecutively. 
 
 [Cabrera(J.M.)e« oi.] Sobre el origon dela palabra Mexico, tomo 8, pp. 405-417. 
 
 [Galicia (F. C.)] Notas en la parte mexicana, & las noticias estadisticas sobre 
 el Departamento de Tuxpan, por Eduardo Fages, tomo 4, pp. 325-338. 
 
 Gil (H. R.) Memcria sobre los descubrimientos, &c.,tomo 8, pp. 474-501. 
 
 Guevara (M. de). Arte Doctrinal * * * la lengua Matlaltzinga, tomo 9, 
 pp. 198-260. 
 
 Oraciones en Idioma Mexicano, tomo 5, pp. 447-450. 
 
 Ortega (J. de). Vocabulario en lengua Castellana y Cora, tomo 8, pp. 561-602. 
 
 Pimentel (F.) Algunas observaciones sobre las palabras Mayo y Maya, tomo 
 8, pp. 471-472. 
 
 Vocabulario Manual de la lengua Opata, tomo 10, pp. 287-363. 
 
 Rejon (G.) Vocabulario del Idioma Comanche, tomo 11, pp. 631-659. 
 
 Tellechea (Fr. Miguel). Compendio Gramatical * » » del Idioma Tara- 
 humaro, tomo 4, pp. 145-166. 
 
 3682 Boletin | de la Sociedad | de Geografia y Estadistica | de 
 
 la I Eepublica Mexicana. | Segunda fipoca. | Tomo I [-IV]. 
 
 Mexico. I Imprenta del Gobierno, en Palacio, | d cargo de Jo86 
 Maria Sandoval. | 1869 [-1872]. | 0. 
 
 4 vole, royal 8°. maps. 
 
 Alejandre (Marcelo). Noticia de Lengua Huasteca, tomo 2, pp. 733-790. 
 V/ Carrillo (C.) Disertacion sobre la historla de la lengua Maya, tomo 4, pp. 
 134-195. 
 
 Hassey (Oloardo). De la lengua Waicura, tomo 4, pp. 31-40. 
 
 Mendoza (Gumesindo). Disertacion, &c. * » » tomo 4, pp. 41-52. 
 
 Najera (Manuel). Gramatica de la lengua Tarasca, tomo 4, pp. 664-684. 
 
 Pimentel (F. ) Observaciones d la Disertacion » * » por el Sr. D. Gu- 
 mesindo Mendoza, tomo 4, pp. 224-236. 
 
 Replica al Sr. Mendoza, tomo 4, pp. 629-636. 
 
 3683 Boletin | de la j Sociedad de Geografia y Estadistica | de 
 
 la Eepublica Mexicana j Tercera Epoca | Tomo I [-V] 
 
 Mexico I Imprenta de Diaz de Leon y Wliite | Calle de Lerdo 
 Numero 2 | 1873 [-1880]. | 0. 
 
 5*vol8. 8°. 
 
 Herreray Perez (M.M.) Tlahnao, Cabecera, Linderos « • » y varies 
 animales de la tierra, tomo 1, pp. 294-303. 
 
 Pimentel (F.) Sobre * » » las lenguas Indigenas, tomo 1, pp. 208-211. 
 
 Sociedad Mexicana de Geografia y Estadistica. 
 See Coleccion Polidi6mica. 
 
 3684 Societe Am6ricaine de France. Archives | de la | Soci6t6 Am^ri- 
 caine | de France | redig^es par | MM. Aubin, Em. Burnouf, Oas- 
 taing, Geslin, Madier de Montiau | Malte-Brun, AJph. Pinart, Pi- 
 
SOWED AD — SOCI^TE. 727 
 
 Soci6te AmMcaiiie de France — continued. 
 
 part, Eeinisch, Eosny, Schcebel, Torres- | Caicedo, Waldeck, et 
 autres sa,vaiits | fran9ais et strangers, | et publi^es par | Ed. Ma- 
 dier de Montjau, | President de la Soci6t6. | Nouvelle S6rie. — Tome 
 Premier. | [Design.] 
 
 Paris I Aux Bureaux de la Soci<St6 Am^ricaine, | et chez tons les 
 libraires correspondauts de la Soci6t6. | 1875. | A. a. 
 
 1 p. 1., pp. 1-400. 8°. 23 plates. 
 
 Aubin (M. A.) Examen des anciennes peintures figuratives de I'anoien 
 Mexique, pp. 283-295. 
 
 Essai sur la langue Mexioaine, pp. 333-353. 
 
 BrasseurdeBourbourg(C.E.) Coup d'ceil sur * * * ] a langue des Wabi, 
 pp. 131-142. 
 
 Duchateau (Julien). Sur I'^critnre calouliforme des Mayas, pp. 31-33. 
 
 Madier de Montjau (Ed.) Sur quelques manuscrits figuratives de I'ancien 
 Mexique, pp. 227-256. 
 
 Homilies * * * en langue Nahuatl, pp. 269-275. 
 
 Testes Mayas, pp. 373-378. 
 
 Pipart (jiftW J.) Astronomie " * * des Mexicains, pp. 5-18. 
 
 Rosny (L6on de). L'interpr6tation des Anciens Textes Mayas, pp. 53-118. 
 
 3685 Annuaire | de la | Soci6t6 Am^ricaine | public | avec le 
 
 concours de la commission de redaction | par | Ed. Madier de Mont- 
 jau, I President de la Soci6t6. | 1874. | 
 
 Paris Gustave Bossange | 16 rue du Quatre-Septembre, 16 | Bu- 
 reaux de la Soci6t6 : 20, rue Bonaparte. | 1875. | c. 
 
 Pp. 1-48. 8°. 
 
 Madier de Montjau (Ed.) Discours sur les Etudes Am^ricaines, pp. 7-30. 
 
 According to Leclerc (1878), No. 2551, there have been published three volumes, 
 8°, 1863-76, of the Annals of the society: vol. 1,232 pp.; vol. 2, 200 pp.; vol. 
 3, 156 pp. I have seen but a few scattered numbers, none of which, except the 
 above, contained material relating to American linguistics. 
 
 3686 Soci6t6 Ethnologique. M^moires | de la | Soci4t6 Ethnologique. | 
 Tome Premier [Second]. | Premiere Partie. | 
 
 Paris. I Librairie Orientale de M""* V* Dondey-Dupr6, | Eue des 
 Pyramides, 8. | 1841 [-1845]. | A. c. 
 
 2 vols. 8°. 
 
 Eichtbal (Gustav D'). fitudes sur I'histoire primitive * « * Amfiricames, 
 vol. 2, pp. 151-320. 
 
 3687 Soci6t6 de G^ographie, Paris. Bulletin | de la | Soci6t6 de Geo- 
 graphic. I Tome Premier [-Vingtifeme]. | 
 
 Paris, I Se trouve au Secretariat de la Society, | Eue Taranne, 
 N". 12. i 1822 [-1833]. | A. c. 
 
 First series, 20 vols. 8°. 
 
 Baezo {Perfeeto). Vocabulario de las lenguas Castellano y Maia, vol. 18, 
 pp. 215-217. 
 
 Galindo (Juan). M^moire sur les mines de Palenqu6, vol. 18, pp. 198-214. 
 
 3688 Bulletin | de la Society | de G6ographie. | Deuxi^me 
 
 S6rie. | Tome Premier [-Vingtifeme]. | 
 
728 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Society de G6ograpMe — continued. 
 
 Paris, I Chez Arthus Bertrand, | Libraire de la Soci6t6 de G6o- 
 graphie, | Eue Hautefeuille, N". 23. | 1834 [-1843J. | A. c. 
 
 Second series, 20 vols. 8'^. 
 
 Roux de Rochelle (M.) Analyse d'un ouvrage de M. Gallatin sur les tribus 
 indiennes ' * * fitats-Unis, vol. 19, pp. 177-195. 
 
 3689 Bulletin | de la | Soci6t6 de G6ographie, | Troisi^me S6rie. | 
 
 Tome Premier f-Quatorzieme]. | 
 
 Paris, I Chez Arthus-Bertrand, | Libraire de la Soci6t6 de G6o- 
 graphie, | Eue Hautefeuille, N". 23. | 1844 [-1850]. | A. C. 
 
 Third series, 14 vols. 8°. 
 
 Jomard (E. F.) Langue des Indiens Cheyennes, vol. 6, pp. 384-386. 
 
 The fourth series, 20 vols., 1851-1860 ; fifth, 18 vols., 1861-1870 ; sixth, 15 vols., 
 1871-1878, contain no linguistics. 
 
 3690 Eecueil | de | Voyages et de M^molres | public | par la So- 
 
 ci6t6 de G^ographie. | Tome Premier [-Septieme]. | 
 
 Paris, I De I'Imprimerie d'fiverat, Eue du Cadran, N». 16. | 
 M D COO XXIV [-M D COG LXIV] [1S24-1864J. ] A. 0. 
 
 7 vols. 4°. 
 
 ■Warden (M.) Eecherches sur les Antiquit6s des Etats-Unis, tome 2, pp. 
 372-509. 
 
 3691 Society Philologique. Actes | de la | Soci6t6 Phllologique | Pre- 
 mier [-Quatrieme] volume | 1869-1872 [-1874] | 
 
 Paris I Imprimerie D. Jouaust | Eue Saint-Honor6, 338 ( 1872 
 [-1875] I YO. 
 
 4 vols. 8°. 
 
 [Charencey (H. de).] Essai de d^chiffreinent d'un fragment d'inscription 
 , Palenqu^enne, vol. 1, pp. 45-60. 
 » Le Mythe de Votan, forms vol. 2. 
 
 [Cuoq (J. A.)] Cantique en langue Algonquine, vol. 1, pp. 73-76. 
 
 Fragments de Chrestomathie de la langue Algonquine, vol. 3, pp. 39-51. 
 
 L'Oraison Dominicale (Texte Algonquine avec glose), vol. 4, pp. 199-205. 
 
 La Salutation Ang^lique (Texte Algonquine avec glose), vol. 4, pp. 
 
 207-209. 
 
 Morillot (466e). Mythologieet l^gendes des Esquimaux, vol. 4, pp. 215-288. 
 
 3692 Solano (JV. Alonso). Diccionario Mayo y Espanol. * 
 
 3693 Sermones en Lengua Maya. * 
 
 Titles from Beristain, who quotes from Cogolludo. Carrillo, in Bol. Geog. Soc. 
 
 Mex., gives the following list of his works in the Maya language. 
 
 3694 Diccionario Yucateco. * 
 
 3695 Apuntaciones de las Santas Escrituras. * 
 
 3696 Apuntaciones sobre las antigiiedades mayas 6 yucatecas. * 
 
 3697 — — Estudios historicos sobre los indios. * 
 
 3698 Coleccion de sermones. * 
 
 3699 Sermones varies. * 
 
 Cogolludo, speaking of this author and of his writings in the Maya, says : ' ' He 
 comprehended the language of the Indians in so short a time that for many years 
 
SOCIETlfi — SORIANO. 729 
 
 Solano (Fr. Alonso) — continued. 
 
 he wa8 master of it. He wrote a very copious Vocabulario, Sermonarios, and 
 many Sermoiies Sueltos, with as much propriety as if he had been an Indian, well 
 versed in the elegancies of his language ; also many notes on the Holy Scriptures, 
 and several narratives. He investigated the antiquities of the Indians, and left 
 many writings on the subject which cannot now be found." — Carrillo. 
 
 Soil's (Felipe Sanchez). 
 See Galicia (P.C), Mendoza {Cc.),and Soils (F. S.) 
 
 3700 Soils y Rosales (Dr. D. Jos6 Vicente). Vocabulario de la lengua 
 Maya, compuesto y redactado por el Sr. Dr. Don Jos6 Vicente Solis 
 y Eosales, para el uSo del Sr. abate Brasseur de Bourbourg, quien 
 le dd aqui las gracias. * 
 
 Manuscript. 1811, two columns, folio. 
 
 A short modern work, which was given me by the author at the time of my 
 sojourn in Yucatan, in 1870. — Brasseur de Bouriourg. 
 
 3701 Sonnesclimid {M.) Eemarks on Mexico and the Mexican Language. 
 By M. Souneschmid. B. 
 
 In Am. Monthly Magazine, vol. 3, pp. 118-119. New York, 1818. 8°. 
 A brief discussion, of no value, devoted principally to methods of pronuncia- 
 tion and praise of the pretty ways of speecli of Mexican women. 
 I have seen but two numbers of this periodical. 
 
 Soria (Francisco de) 
 See Iioaiza (Francisco de). 
 
 3702 Soriano {Fr. Juan Guadalupe). Arte y Vocabulario en Lengua 
 Pame y Otomi &c. * 
 
 Original manuscript, 4°, in possession of Sr. Icazbalceta, who has furnished 
 me with the following description : 
 
 Doctrina Christiana, para la facil ensenanza he [sic] intelligencia 
 de los Misterios de Ntra. Sancta Fee en el Ydioma Pamee, que 
 para bien de las Almas. Dispussola Fr. Juan Guadalupe Soriano, 
 fraucisco Descalzo de la Sta. Provincia de S''. Diego de Mexico, 
 Ministro actual de la Mission de Fuen-Clara y Presid'^. de ella. La 
 dedica al Purissimo Corazon de Maria Santissima Nuestra Senora 
 el dia 15 de Julio de 67 [1767]. 
 
 Below this title, on the first page, and in another handwriting, are some 
 words in the Chino idiom, with Spanish equivalents, and at the end this note : 
 " Muri6 el P. Soriano el mes de de ." Unfortunately the annotator has 
 
 left the date blank. 
 
 L. 2 prologue, verso blank. — L. 3 ' ' Orthografia en Othomii, por Fray Juan Gua- 
 daloupe," 5 11. — " Libro primero de los prinoipales rudimentos del idioma Othomi," 
 9 n. — " Libro Segundo," 12 11. — "Libro en que se da razon breve del genero do 
 los nombres y de las quantidades de todos Vocables; por vna olarissima Or- 
 tographia," 5 11. 
 
 Arte del Ydioma Pame, dedicado a la Purissima Eeyna, con el 
 titulo de los Eemedios, q^. se venera en el Comvento de Franciscos 
 Descalzos del Eeligioso Comvento de S?^. S". Antonio de Queretaro 
 hizolo Fr. Juan Guadalupe Soriano, Eeligioso del mismo orden 
 Descalzo de N. P''. S". Frau™. lo comeuzo dia 2 de Junio de 1764 a^ 
 en la Mision de N. S. de Guadalupe de Zerro Prieto. 
 
730 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Soriano (Fr. Juan Guadalupe) — coutinued. 
 
 Immediately following is the " Dedicatoria," signed P. Soriano, which con- 
 cludes the page. The title following is : Prologo Historial, which occupies 4 11. 
 On the next, the 5th, begins the Arte del Ydioma Pani6e, por Fray Juan Guada- 
 lupe Soriano, 8 11. This is followed by: Idioma Chino. The leaf following: 
 
 ^ Dificil tratado, del Arte, y vnion de los Ydioma;S Othomii y 
 Pamee, cuyos dos idiomas se aprenden por vnas mismas Eeglas, 
 para la facil y uecessaria administrac". de las Missiones de Sierra 
 Gorda. Dedicala a N. S. la Virgen Maria en su Milagrossa Yma- 
 gen de los Eemedios, q se venera en el comvento de S''. S. Antonio 
 de Eeligiosos descalzos de Queretaro, y a el Milagrosso y Divino 
 Seiior Cruciflcado con el Titulo de la Gantera. Trata tain bien de 
 otras muchissimas Curiosidades, para la facil Pred°. de los Missio- 
 neros. Trabajola, el Minimo entre los Menores, Fray Juan Guada- 
 lupe Soriano, Pred"". Apostholico de Propaganda Fide, Ministro y 
 Presidente de la Mission de Fuen-Clara, Eeligioso de la mas estrecha 
 observancia de Eeligiosos Franciscos de la Sancta Provincia de S". 
 Diego de Mexico. Ano de 1766. mens. 7 bris. Loco Xiliapam. 
 
 Reverse blank ; 87 11., with a "Dedicatoria" and a "Prologo Historial," very 
 extensive and filled with curious notices. On the reverse of 1. 20 is this title : 
 
 Arte de los dos Ydiomas Othomii y Pamee, q en nombre de Dios 
 y para gloria suya, k fuerza de gran trabajo, lo dispone, bajo el Pa- 
 trocinio de Maria Purissima de los Eemedios, y del Soberano S'^. 
 Cruciflcado de la Gantera, Fr. Juan Guadalupe Soriano, Eeliosso 
 Francisco Descalzo de la Sancta Provincia de San Diego de Mexico. 
 Predicador Apostholico y Ministro Missionero de la Mission de S"^. 
 San Joseph de Fuen-Glara, 6 Xiliapam. Trata tambien, auuque en 
 extract© de los dos idiomas Mexicano y Jonaz. Que todo ceda eu 
 honra y gloria de Dios y de Maria Sma. y q. sea para provecho de 
 muchas almas necesitadas. Amen. O. S. C. S. M. E. 
 
 Then follows, on the succeeding leaf: 
 
 Modo de pronunciar los dos Tdiomas Othomii y Pamee. 
 
 And on the reverse begins the 
 
 Vocabularios de los Ydiomas Pamee y Othomii, Mexicano y Jonaz. 
 
 The words in this vocabulario number 1,352, placed in the following manner: 
 
 - . El Sol. 
 
 Othom. Pamee. Mexicano. Jonaz. 
 
 Nahiadii. Nampae. Tonalli. Nane. 
 
 The four-fold character is not preserved throughout. Many have only three 
 or two corresponding meanings of the Spanish word. The Jonaz is most fre- 
 quently faulty, the Mexican more rarely; the Otomi and Pamee meaning is 
 usually fouud. There is no alphabetic order, hut the words are grouped more or 
 less according to their an.ilogy. The numerals extend to 20 and 30. There are 
 corresponding words in Pamee for objects which certainly were unknown to 
 the Indians, as iron, gold, fire-lock, spurs, etc., and even baptismal names, as 
 Agustiu, Pedro, G^rouimo and Rosa. There are also found tlie names of towns. 
 The Mexican words are generally incorrectly written. 
 
SORIANO — SPALDING. 731 
 
 Soriano [Fr. Juan Guadalupe) — continued. 
 
 Towards the end of the Vocabulary, and in'errupting it, is an "Explicaoion 
 de los m^s principales rudiment os de los dos Ydiomas Othomii y Fame, dedicados 
 &, el Purissimo Corazon de Jesus, dia 3 de Julio do 1768." The Explicaoion occu- 
 pies a little more ihan 7 pages, and then the Vocabulary is continued. At the 
 conclusion of this there are 'A leaves of devotions and doctrine in Mexican. 
 
 This terminates that part of the manuscript relating to the native languages; 
 4 11. in Spanish follow, which treat of "brujos, grados entre los indios prohibi- 
 dos, y de volcanos." 
 
 "Promptuario necessario & los Confesores, del Derecho Civil y Candnico, y 
 otras cui-iossidades, que dedica al Purissimo Corazon de Jesus, su minimo Devoto 
 Fr. Juan Guadalupe Soriano, Eeligiosso menor .... «&c., se comenzo el dia 25 
 de Junio dia memorable por la expulsion de los de la Compania de Jesus, ano de 
 1767. Ceda todo en honray gloria de Dies, ydesuPnrisimaMa.dre. Amen." 8511. 
 
 3703 S0reiiseii (B. F.) Ktipernerit n^paut4uput tunitdlauvdlutik kisidne 
 tikiutartut; .&c. 
 
 [Nungine aipagssanik nakitigkat. | L. MoUer. | 1874. | ] jwp. 
 No title-page or caption ; begins as above. Pp. 1-6. 8°. In the Eskimo lan- 
 guage. 
 
 3704 Soto (Hernando de). Letter | of | Hernando de Soto, | and | Me- 
 moir I of I Hernando deEscalanteFontaneda. | Translated from the 
 Spanish, | by | Buckingham Smith. | 
 
 Washington: | 1854. ( A. 0. s. 
 
 Pp. 1-67. Iarge4°. map. " These translations are made from manuscripts in the 
 original Spanish, belonging to the Historical collection of James Lenox, esq. One 
 hundred copies printed for Geo. W. R[iggs]. Washington, D. C." — Reverse of title. 
 
 A few Chahta words, p. 19. 
 
 3705 Sotomayor ( Fr. Pedro). Arte, Vocabulario y Sermones Guatimal- 
 tecos. * 
 
 Title from Berietain. 
 
 370G Couth Carolina Historical Society. Collections | of the | South-Caro- 
 lina Historical Society. |, Volume 1 [-IIIJ. | Published by the South- 
 Carolina Historical Society. | 
 
 Charleston, S. C. | S. G. Courtenay & Co., | Booksellers, 9 Broad- 
 Street. I 1857 [-1859]. I A.C.BA.MHS. 
 
 3 vols. 8°. 
 
 Lieber(0. M.) Vocabulary of the Catawba Language, with some remarks 
 on its Grammar, vol. 2, pp. 327-342. 
 
 3707 [Spalding (Bei;. H. H.)] Matthewnim Taaiskit. [Picture.] Printed 
 at the Press of the Oregon Mission, under the direction of the 
 American Board, C. F. Missions. 
 
 Clear Water: M-G-l?oisy, Printer. 1845. abs. 
 
 Pp. 1-80. sq. 18°. Gospel of Matthew in the Nez Perces language. 
 
 3708 Matthewnim Taaiskt. | The Gospel according to | Mat- 
 thew, I Translated into the Nez Perces Language, | by Eev. H. H. 
 Si)alding, Missionary | of the A. B. C. F. M. | 
 
 New York : | American Bible Society, | instituted in the year 
 JMDCCCXVL I 1871. I A.JWP. 
 
 Pp. 1-130. 16°. 
 
732 NOETH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 3709 Spanish-Mexican ^'ocabulary. ^• 
 
 Manuscript. 2711. 12°. No author or date given ; writing apparently of the 
 latter part of the 18th century. In the library of Mr. H. H. Bancroft, San Fran- 
 cisco. 
 
 3710 [Sparks (Jared).] [Review of] Journal of a Tour around Hawaii, 
 the largest of the Sandwich Islands. By a Deputation from the 
 Mission in those Islands. Boston. 1825. Crocker & Brewster. A. c. 
 
 In North American Review, vol. 22, pp. 334-364. Boston, 1826. 8°. 
 Contains, in a note on pp. 359-360, a few specimens of Mohawk and New Eng- 
 land Indian words. 
 
 3711 Spear (John 0.) Eeport on the Geology, Mineralogy, Natural His- 
 tory, Inhabitants, and Agriculture of the Isthmus of Tehuantepec. 
 By John G. Spear, Surgeon, TJ. S. N. 
 
 In Shufeldt (R. W.) Reports of Explorations and Surveys, Isthmus of Te- 
 huantepec, pp. 99-139. Washington, 1872. 4°. 
 
 Languages of the Aboriginal Tribes, p. 128, contains vocabularies of the Za- 
 poteco (Tehuantepec), Loque [Zoque] (San Miguel), and Chimalapa. 
 
 3712 Spelling. A | Spelling Book | written in the | Ghahta Language | 
 with an | English translation ; | prepared and published under the 
 direction of the | Missionaries | in the Ghahta Nation, | with the 
 aid of I Gaptain David Folsom, Interpreter. | [Three lines quota- 
 tion.] 
 
 Gincinnati : | Published by Morgan, Lodge and Fisher for the | 
 Missionary Society. | 1825. | YC. 
 
 Pp.i-iv,5-84. 16°. 
 
 Title, reverse blank, 1 1. — Advertisement, pp. iii-iv. — Alphabet, pp. 5-6.— Tables 
 I-VI, Words of two letters, &c., pp. 7-12.— Pp. 13-72 missing.— Tables XL-XLI, 
 pp. 74-75.— Translation into Chahta of Lord's Prayer, p. 76. — Ten Commandments, 
 pp. 76-78. — Parable of the Rich Man and Lazarus, pp. 78-79. — John, Chap, ill, pp. 
 79-83.— A hymn, pp. 83-84. 
 
 3713 A I Spelling Book | written in the | Ghahta Language, | 
 
 with an | English translation. | [Design. | | Second Edition, lie- 
 vised. I 
 
 Gincinnati: | Printed by Morgan, Lodge and Fisher. | 1827. | BA. 
 Pp. 1-160. 18°. 
 
 3714 Spencer (jRei). Elihu). [Letter on the language of theFive Nations.] 
 
 In Smith (W.) The History of the Province of New York, pp. 39-40. Lon- 
 c.on, 1757. 4°. 
 
 General remarks, and the Lord's Prayer in the language of the Five Nations. 
 
 Also in the various editions of the above, for which see Smith (William), Nos. 
 3669-3675. Reprinted in Barber (John W.) The History and Antiquities of 
 New England, New York and New Jersey, pp. 90-91. Worcester, 1841 ; and sub- 
 sequent editions. 8°. 
 
 The Rev. Elihu Spencer was born at East Haddani, Conn., Feb. 12, 1721. He 
 graduated at Yale College in 1740, and commenced the study of the Indian lan- 
 guage, with the intention of undertaking a mission among the Six Nations. It 
 is particularly recorded of him that he formed a large and accurate vocabulary 
 of the language of the Oneida Tribe, which was deemed of great value. He 
 
SPANISH SQUIEK. 733 
 
 Spencer {Rev. Elihu) — continued. 
 
 spent some months in actual missionary labor in the western part of the Province 
 of New York, and was ordained to the work of the ministry in 1748. He did not 
 continue in the Indian Mission, however, but removed to New Jersey in 1750. 
 He died at Trenton, N. J., D. c. 27, 1784, in the 64th year of Ms age. — Sprague'a 
 Annals of the American Pnlpit, vol. 3, pp. 165-169. 
 
 3715 Spencer (Herbert). Descriptive | Sociology; | or, groups of | soci- 
 ological facts I classified and arranged | by | Herbert Spencer. | 
 Compiled and abstracted | by | David Duncan, M. A., Professor of 
 Logic, &c, in the Presidency College, Madras ; | Eichard Scheppig, 
 Ph. D.; and James Collier. | [No. 1.] English. | Compiled and 
 abstracted | by | James Collier. | [liTo. 2. Ancient Mexicans, Cen- 
 tral Americans, | Chibchas, and Ancient Peruvians. | Compiled 
 and abstracted | by | Eichard Scheppig, Ph. D. | ] [No. 3. Types of 
 Lowest Eaces, Negritto Eaces, | and Malayo-Polynesian Eaces. | 
 Compiled and abstracted | by | Prof. David Duncan. | ] [No. 4. Afri- 
 can Eaces. I Compiled and abstracted | by | Prof. David Duncan. | ] 
 [No. 5. Asiatic Eaces. | Compiled and abstracted j by | Prof. David 
 Duncan. | ] [No. 6. American Eaces. | Compiled and abstracted 
 by I Professor Duncan, M. A. | ] 
 
 New York: | D. Appleton and Company, | 549 and 551 Broad- 
 way. I [1873-1878.] A. C. JWP. 
 
 6 vols. , each with printed cover, large folio. 
 
 Duncan (David). American Press. Forms No. 6. 
 
 Scheppig(R.) Ancient Americans, Central Americans, Chibchas, andAncient 
 Peruvians. Forms No. 2. 
 
 3716 Sproat (Gilbert Malcolm). Scenes and Studies j of Savage Life. | 
 By I Gilbert Malcolm Sproat. | [Two lines quotation.] 
 
 London: Smith, Elder and Co.: | 1868. | B. c. S. bp. 
 
 Pp. i-xii, 1-317. 12°. 
 
 Chapter xv. Intellectual Capacity and Language [of the Ahts], contains a 
 discussion on the numeral system; divisions of the year; grammatical analysis; 
 the Nitinaht dialect [of the Aht] ; Cook's list of Nootkah words; affinity of the 
 Indian languages of the northwest coast; a table showing affinities between 
 the Chinook Jargon and Aht; and tribal names, pp. 119-143. — Vocabulary of 
 the Aht language, with a list of the numerals 1-200 ; an alphabetical list of 
 words obtained at Nitinaht (or Barclay) Sound, but fairly representing the lan- 
 guage of all the Aht Tribes on the west coast of Vancouver Island, including words 
 inveuted since their contact with white men, pp. 295-307. — List of Aht Tribes on 
 the outside coast of Vancouver Island in 1860, p. 308. — Aht names of men and 
 women, pp. 308-309; of places, p. 310 ; of berries, p. 310. 
 
 3717 Squier (Ephraim George). American Archaeological Eesearches, 
 No. 1. I The I Serpent Symbol, | and the worship of the | Eecipro- 
 cal Principles of Nature | in | America. I By E. G. Squier, A. M. | 
 Foreign Member [&c., four lines]. [Design.] [Two lines quotation.] 
 
 New York : | . George P. Putnam, 155 Broadway. | MDCCC LI 
 
 [1851]. I B.C.HU.WE. 
 
 Pp. i-xvi, 11-254. 8°. 
 
 Aztec names of gods, generally with English meaning, scattered through. 
 A Spanish translation : Habana, 1855. 226 pp. 8°.— Squier. 
 
734 NORTH AMERICA!^ LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Squier (Ephraim George) — continued. 
 
 / 3718 Nicaragua ; | its | People, Scenery, Monuments, | and the 
 
 proposed | Interoceauic Canal. | With | numerous original Maps 
 and Illustrations. | By E. G. Squier. | Late Charge d' Affaires of the 
 United States to the Eepublics of Central America. | [Seal.] | [One 
 line quotation.] | In two volumes. | Vol. I [II]. | 
 
 New York: | D. Appleton & Co., Publishers. | MDCCCLII 
 [1852]. I A.C. BA.WE. 
 
 2 vols. 8°. 
 
 Aboriginal Nations of Nicaragua, their geographical distribution, languages, 
 and monuments, vol. 2, pp. 303-339, contains : Comparative Table (24 words) of 
 the Nagrandan, Cborotegan or Dirian, Nlquirau, Mexican, Waikna or Moscan, 
 and Chondal (?),p. 314.— Grammatical Remarks on the Nagrandan (through the 
 assistance of Col. Francisco Diaz Zapata), pp. 315-319. — Vocabulary of 200 words 
 of the Nagrandan, Chorotegan or Dirian, Moscan (from Cotheal), pp. 320-323. — 
 Chondal (?) vocabulary (from Froebel), pp. 324-325.— Numerals, 1-4000, of the 
 Nagrandan, pp. 326-327. 
 
 3719 Nicaragua; | its | People, Scenery, Monuments, | and the 
 
 proposed | Interoceauic Canal. | With | numerous original maps 
 and illustrations. | By E. G. Squier. | Late Charg^ d'Affaires of the 
 United States to the Eepublics of Central America. | [Design.] 
 [One line quotation.] New Edition. | Vol. I [II]. | 
 
 New York: D. Appleton & Co., Publishers. | MDCCOLVI 
 [1856]. I B. 
 
 2 vols. 8=. Linguistics as in edition of 1852. The edition : New York, Harper 
 & Brothers, 1860, 8^, does not contain the linguistics. 
 
 Issued also with the following title: 
 
 V 3720 Travels | in | Central America, | particularly in | Nicara- 
 gua : I with a description of its | Aboriginal Monuments | Scenery 
 and People, | their languages, institutions, religions, &c. | Illus- 
 trated by I numerous maps and colored illustrations. | By B. G. 
 Squier, | late Charge d'Affaires of the United States to the Eepub- 
 lics of Central America. | In two volumes. | Vol. I [II]. | 
 
 13. Appleton & Co., Publishers, | New York: | MDCCCLIII 
 [1853J. I B. 
 
 2 vols. 8°. Linguistics as in edition of 1852. 
 
 Issued also with the imprint, London : Longman & Co., MDCCCIAl.— Squier. 
 
 3721 Der Centralamerikanische Staat Nicaragua in Bezug auf 
 
 sein Volk, seine Natur und seine Denkmaler. Nebst einer ausfuhr- 
 lichen Abhandlung iiber den projectirten interoceanischen Kanal. 
 Von E. G. Squier .... Ins Deutsche iibertragen von Eduard 
 Hopfner und mit einem Vorworte begleitet von Carl Eitter. 
 
 Leipzig, 1854. # 
 
 Pp. xviii, 570. 8°. maps and plates. Title from Squiees List of Books, etc. 
 
 ^ 3722 Waikna; | or, | Adventures | on the | Mosquito Shore. | 
 
 By Samuel A. Bard, [pseud.] | [Seven lines quotation.] | With sixty 
 illustrations. I 
 
SQUIER. 735 
 
 Squier (Ephraim George) — continued. 
 
 New York: | Harper & Brothers. | 329 & 331 Pearl Street. | 
 1855. I A. C. WE. 
 
 Pp. i-xii, 13-366. 8°. Brief vocabulary of the Mosquito language, pp. 363-366. 
 
 3723 Adventures | on | the Mosquito Shore. | By Samuel A. 
 
 Bard, [pseud.] \ [Six lines quotation.] | With illustrations. | 
 
 London: | James Blackwood, Paternoster Eow. | M. DCOO LVI 
 [1856J. I c. 
 
 Pp. i-viii, 1-310. 16°. map. Brief vocabulary, &c., pp. 307-310. 
 
 Another edition, Lomlon: Sampson Low & Son, 1856. 188 pp. 16°. — Squier. 
 
 \ / 3724 Notes | on | Central America; | particularly the states of | 
 
 » Honduras and San Salvador : | their geography, topography, cli- 
 
 mate, population, | resources, productions, etc., etc., | and the pro- 
 posed I Honduras Inter-Oceanic Railway. | By E. Q. Squier, | for- 
 merly Charg6 d' Affaires of the United States to the republics | of 
 Central America. | [In sigillo :] Estado soberano de Honduras. | 
 "With Original Maps and Illustrations. | 
 
 New York: | Harper & Brothers, Publishers, | Franklin Square. | 
 1855. I A. B. C. BA. 
 
 1 p. l.,pp. i-xvi, 17-397. 8°. 4 maps. 10 plates. Vocabulary of the Nahual of 
 Mexico, Nahual of Balsam Coast, and Nahual of Izalco, pp. 351-352. 
 
 Another edition : London, 1856. — Squier. 
 
 3725 Apuntamientos j sobre | Centro- America | particularmente 
 
 sobre los estados | de Honduras y San Salvador : | su jeografla, 
 topografla, | Clima, Poblacion, Riqueza, Producciones, etc., etc. | y 
 el propuesto | Camino de hierro de Honduras | per E. G. Squier | 
 Autiguo [&c., two lines]. | Traducidos del Ingles | por un Hondu- 
 rendo | 
 
 Paris I Imprenta de Gustavo Gratiot | Calle Mazarine, 30 | 
 1856 I B, 
 
 Pp. i-xii, 1-384. 8°. map. 
 
 Vocabulary of the Lenca language of Guajiquiro, Opatoro, Intibuc^, and Simi- 
 laton, pp. 371-373. This vocabulary first appears in this Spanish edition. 
 
 3726 Die Staaten | von | Central- Amerika | insbesondere | Hon- 
 duras, San Salvador und die Moskito KiLste. | Von | E. G. Squier, | 
 ehemaligem [&c., two lines]. | In deutscher Bearbeitung herausge- 
 geben |. von Karl Andree. | 
 
 Leipzig I Verlagsbuchhandlung von Carl B. Forck. | 1856. | A. B. 
 Printed cover, 1 1.,2 other p. 11., pp. i-xlviii, 1-275. 12°. Vocabularies as in 
 English edition, pp. 216-217. 
 
 3727 The States | of | Central America ; [ their | geography, to- 
 pography, climate, population, resources, | productions, commerce, 
 political organization, | aborigines, etc., etc., | comprising chapters 
 on Honduras, San Salvador, Nicaragua, Costa Eica, | Guatemala, 
 Belize, the Bay Islands, the Mosquito Shore, | and the | Honduras 
 Inter-Oceanic Railway. | By E. G. Squier, | formerly charge d'Af- 
 
V 
 
 736 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Squier (Bphraim George)— contiuued. 
 
 faires of the United States to the Eepublics of | Central America. | 
 With Numerous Original Maps and Illustrations. | |In sigillo:] Es- 
 tado soberano de Honduras. | 
 
 New York: | Harper & Brothers, Publishers, | Franklin Square. | 
 1858. I B. C. BA. WE. 
 
 Pp. i-svi, 17-782. 8°. 5 maps. 13 plates. 
 
 Brief Vocabulary of the Leuca Language, as spoken in the towns of Gua- 
 jiquero, Opatoro, lutibucat, and Similaton, pp. 253-255.— Vocabulary of the 
 Wool wa, spoken by the Indians of Chontales, Nicaragua ; obtained by Mr. Julius 
 Frcebel, pp. 2o5-25().— Vocabulary of the Carib, North Coast of Honduras (from 
 Galindo in Royal Geog. Soc, Trans., vol. 3), p. 256.— Vocabulary of theNaljuatl of 
 Mexico, Nahuatl of Balsam Coast, and Nahuatl of Izalco, pp. 339-340. — Compara- 
 tive vocabulary of the Peten, Maya, and Kachiquel, pp. 552-553. 
 
 3728 Die Staaten | von | Central- Amerika | insbesondere | 
 
 Honduras, San Salvador und die Mpskitokiiste. | Yon \ B. G-. 
 Squier, | ehemaligem Geschaftstrager der Vereinigten Staaten von 
 Nordamerika bei den | centralamerikanischen Staaten. | In 
 deutscher Bearbeitung herausgegeben | von | Karl Andree. | Neue 
 Ausgabe. | 
 
 Leipzig, 1805. | Verlag von G. Senf's Buchhandlung. | c. 
 
 Title 1 1 , pp. i-xlviii, 1-275. Vocabularies as in preceding edition. 
 
 3729 Observations | on the | Chalchihuitl | of | Mexico and Cen- 
 tral Araerica. | By ] E. G. Squier, M. A. | Fellow [&c., two lines]. | 
 Extract from the Annals of the Lyceum of Natural History of | 
 New York. | 
 
 New York : | 1869. | c. si. WE. 
 
 Pp. 1-22. 8°. Many aboriginal terms passim. 
 
 3730 Historical and Mythological Traditions of the Algonquius; 
 
 with a translation of the " Walum-Olum", or Bark Eecord of the 
 Linni-Lenape. A. 0. we. 
 
 In American Eevieiv, new series, vol. 3, pp. 27.3-293. New York, 1849. 8°. 
 
 Song I. The Creation (with interlinear translation), pp. 277-280. — Song II. 
 The Deluge (with interlinear translation), pp. 282-283. Also issued separately, 
 pp. 1-23, 8°, a copy of which is in the Astor Library. 
 
 Reprinted iu Beach (W. W.) The Indian Miscellany, pp. 9-42. Albany, 1877. 
 8°; and in Drake (S. G.) The Aboriginal Races of North America, pp. 718-736. 
 New York, [1880]. 8°. 
 
 v^ 3731 Observations on the Archaeology and Ethnology of Nica- 
 ragua. By E. G. Squier. 
 
 Ill Am. Eth. Soc, Trans., vol. 3, part 1, pp. 83-158. New York, 1853. H°. 
 '■Languages,'' pp. 99-119, contains, p. 101, a Comparative Table, 24 words, of 
 the Nagrandan, Chorotegan or Dirian, Niquiran, Mexican, Waikna or Moscan, and 
 Woolwa.— Grammatic remarks, with examples, of the Nagrandan, pp. 101-105. — 
 Comparative vocabulary, 200 words, of the Nagrandan, Chorotegan or Dirian, and 
 Moscan (Mosquito Shore, from Cotheal), pp. 106-110.— Vocabulary of the Woolwa, 
 56 words, p. 111.— Nuraei als, 1-4,000, of the Nagrandan, pp. 112-1 13.— " Day s of the 
 mouth and their order," in Nicaragua and Mexico, with the English significance, 
 and the signs, pp. 154-158. 
 
SQUIER STANLEY. 737 
 
 Squier (Ephraim George) — continued. 
 
 3732 Lettre de M. Squier k propos de la lettre de M. Brasseur 
 
 de Bourbourg, ins6r6e au cahier des Annales d'Aofit 1855. 
 
 In Nouvelles Annales des Voyages, vol. 4, 1855 (vol. 148 of the collection), 
 pp. 273-285. Paris, n.fl. 8°. 
 
 General remarks on the languages of Central America, in reply to observations 
 by the Abb6 Brasseur de Bourbourg. See No. 458 of this catalogue. 
 
 3733 Les Indiens Xicaques du Honduras. 
 
 In Nouvelles Annales des Voyages, vol. 4, 1858 (vol. 160 of the collection), 
 pp. 133-136. Paris, n. d. 8°. Vocabulary of the Xicaque, p. 135. 
 
 \/ 3734 , editor. Collection | of | Rare and Original | Documents 
 
 and Relations, | concerning | The Discovery and Conquest of Amer- 
 ica. I Chiefly from the Spanish Archives. | No. I. | Published in the 
 Jriginal, | with translations, illustrative notes, maps, and | bio- 
 graphical sketches, | By E. G. Squier, M. A., P. S. A. | Member of 
 the Society of Antiquaries of France ; Royal Society of Antiquaries 
 of Den I mark ; Archaeological Institute of Great Britain : Amer- 
 ican Ethnological Society, | &c., &c., &c. | 
 
 New York : | Charles B. Norton, Agent for Libraries. | MDCCC 
 LX [I860]. I C. BA. WE. 
 
 1 p. 1., pp. 1-131. sm. 4°. map. No more published. 
 
 Falacio (Diego Garcia de). Carta dirijida al Rey de Espana, pp. 1-131. 
 
 3735 Specimen of the Montagnais language of Lower Canada. 
 
 From the. British Museum. Transmitted by Hon. E. G. Squier. 
 
 In Hist. Magazine, first series, vol. 7, pp. 268-269. New York and London, 
 1863. sm.4°. 
 
 3736 The Hieroglyphics of Mexico : an Exposition of their Na- 
 ture and Use; containing also a Hieroglyphical Dictionary, and a 
 Translation of several Historical and other Mexican Manuscripts. 
 Edited by E. G. Squier. * 
 
 Manuscript. Title from Squier's List of Books, etc. 
 
 See Bartram (William), No. 309. 
 
 See TJrrutia (Jos6 Antonio). 
 
 3737 Stanley (J. M.) Catalogue | of | Pictures | in | Stanley & Dicker 
 man's | North American | Indian Portrait Gallery ; | J. M. Stan- 
 ley, artist. I 
 
 Cincinnati : | Printed at the " Daily Enquirer Oflace." | 
 1846. I LSH. WHS. 
 
 Printed cover 1 l.,pp. 1-34. 8°. 
 
 Names of Indians of various tribes, vrith English signification. 
 
 3738 Portraits | of | North American Indians, | with sketches 
 
 of scenery, etc., | painted by | J. M. Stanley. | Deposited with | the 
 Smithsonian Institution. | [Seal of the Institution.] 
 Washington : | Smithsonian Institution, | December, 1852. | 
 
 47 Bib 
 
738 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Stanley (J. M.) — continued. 
 
 Pp. 1-76. 8°. Smitlisoniau Institution Miscellaneous Collections, 53. Also 
 forms part of vol. 2, Smithsonian Institution Miscellaneous Collections. 
 
 Contains the names of personages of many Indian tribes of the United States, 
 to a number of -which is added the English signification. C. WE. JWP. 
 
 3739 Star. The Star Vindicator. | Vol. V. Progress and A Higher Civ- 
 ilization. No. 17. I McAlester, Choctaw Nation, Indian Territory, 
 Saturday, June 8, 1878 [-Vol. V, No. 48, January 11, 1879]. | JWP. 
 
 A four-page weekly newspaper, folio, E. W. Folsom, editor. The only copies I 
 have seen are those embraced above, each of which contains more or less matter 
 in the Choctaw language. 
 
 Stark (Sebastien Gottfried), editor. 
 See Miiller (Andreas), No. 2677. 
 
 3740 Steck (Michael). Terms of Eelationship of the people of Tesuque, 
 
 collected by Michael Steck, M. D., TJ. S. Indian Agt. 
 
 In Morgan (L.H.) Systemsof Consanguinity and Affinity, pp. 293-382. Wash- 
 ington, 1871. 4°. Follows line 75 through the above pages. 
 
 3741 Steenholdt (Wittus Frederik). Inniib uangminek' isumaliornera 
 Gudib'lo tekkotinera . . . Wittus Frederik Steenholdtimit. 
 
 Kjobenhavnime, 1851. • 
 
 75 pp. b°. Religious tract in the Eskimo language. — Bink. 
 
 3742 OkalluktusBt Bibelimit pisimasut | Kristumiudlo Apostelit 
 
 kingorneesigut | okalluktuarisaunerset tapusimavlune. | Aglaeksi- 
 masut I KavluuaitPelleseesai]l8ennit,Balslevimit; | nuktersimasut 
 Wittus Frederik Steenholdtimit. | 
 
 Kjobenhavnime. | nakkittarsimasut Bianko- Lunomit: 1 1854. | HU. 
 1 p. 1., pp. 1-136. 16°. Bible stories in the Eskimo language. 
 
 3743 Tlerkuksamut imal6neet illuarnermik ajokensout . . . nuk- 
 
 tersimarsok Wittus F. Steenholdtimit. 
 Noungme, 1860. * 
 
 20 pp. 8°. Ethics in the Eskimo language.— JJijifc. 
 
 3744 Steffel (P. Matthaus). TarahumarischesWorterbuch,nebsteinigen 
 Nachrichten von den Sitten und Gebrauchen der Tarahamaren,in 
 Neu-Biscaya, in der Audiencia Guadalaxara im Vice-Konigreiche 
 Alt-Mexico oder Neu-Spanien. 
 
 Brunn, 1791. * 
 
 8°. Title from Ludewig, p. 181, and Trubner's Catalogue of Dictionaries and 
 Grammars. 
 
 3745 Tarahumarisches Worterbuch, nebst einigen Nachrichten 
 
 von den Sitten und Gebrauchen der Tarahumaren, in Nen=Biscaya. 
 in der Audiencia Guadalaxara im Vice =K6nigreiche Alt=Mexico! 
 Oder Neu=Spanien. Von P. Matthaus Stefifel. [Dated "Brunn' 
 den28Marz 1791."] 
 
 In Murr (C. G. von). Nachrichten, vol. 1, pp. 293-374. Halle, 1809. 8°. 
 
 Deutsch-Tarahumarisches Worterbuch, pp. 301-353.— Tarahumarisch-Deut- 
 tches W5rterbuch, pp. 353-368. - Numerals, pp. 369, 370.-Tarahumarische 
 Sprachprobe, pp. 371-374. 
 
STANLEY — STEPHENS, 739 
 
 3746 Steinthal {Dr. H.) Cliarakteristik | der liauptsachlichsten | 
 Typen des Sprachbaues. | Voq | Dr. H. Steinthal, | Privatdoceaten 
 fiir allgemeine Spracliwissenschaft | an der Universitat zu Berlin. | 
 Zweite Bearbeitung | seiner | Classification der Sprachen. | 
 
 Berlin, | Ferd. Diimmler's Yerlagsbuchhandlung 1 1860. | A. BA. HU. 
 
 Pp. i-ix, 1 1., pp. 1-336. 8°. 
 
 V. Die amerikanisohen Spracheu, Einverleibung, pp. 202-231, includes: 
 (o) Das Mexilianische iusbesondere, pp. 202-220 ; (6) Die amerikanischen 
 Sprachen liberhaupt, mit besonderer EUcksicht auf das Gronlandische, pp. 
 220-231. 
 
 3747 Stenberg (Karl Junius Optatus). Bibelimit ujarsimmassut | okral- 
 luktuset, I mferkraen illinnisegseksait, | Kaladlit nunnanne pselles- 
 siogalloab K. J. O. Stfenberg- ib nuktigai. | 
 
 Kjobenhavnime. | Bianko-Lunomit nakkrittinnekratut. 1 1854. | HU. 
 
 1 p. 1. , pp. 1-125. 16°. Bible stories in tbe Eskimo language. 
 
 3748 Stephens (John). A Primer for young children, applicable <o the 
 Indian language as spoken by the Mee-lee-ceet Tribe in New Bruns- 
 wick. 
 
 Fredericton, 1855. * 
 
 Title from Hind's Preliminary Report on the Geology of New Brunswick. 
 
 3749 Stephens (John Lloyd). Incidents of Travel | in | Central 
 America, Chiapas, | and | Yucatan. | By John L. Stephens, ( 
 author of [&c., two lines]. Illustrated by numerous engravings. | 
 In two volumes. | Vol. I [II]. | 
 
 New-York. | Published by Harper & Brothers^ | No. 82 Cliff- 
 Street. I 1841. I B.C. JWP. 
 
 2 vols. 8°. Lord's Prayer in Quiche, vol. 2, pp. 190-191.— Numerals, 1-1000, 
 p. 191. 
 
 Twelve editions were published in less than one year. Also, with slight 
 change in imprint only: New York, 1841, 1842, 1845, 1846, 1848, 1851, 1852, 1855, 
 1858, 1860, 1863, 1867, all of which are entitled "Twelfth edition." Also, Lon- 
 don : 1841, 1842, l':;43, 1844, all in 2 vols. 8°. 
 
 Another edition as follows : 
 
 3750 Incidents of Travel ) in | Central America, Chiapas, | and 
 
 Yucatan. | By the late | John Lloyd Stephens. | With numerous 
 Engravings. | Kevised from the latest American edition, with addi- 
 tions, I by Frederick Catherwood. | 
 
 London : | Arthur Hall, Virtue & Co. | 25, Paternoster Row. | 
 
 1854. I * 
 
 Pp. i-xvi, 1-548. 8°. map and plates. Title from Mr. W. Eames. The Lord's 
 Prayer and numerals 1-1000 in Quiche, p. 340. 
 
 3751 Incidents of Travel | in | Yucatan. | By John L. Steph- 
 ens, I Author of "Incidents of Travel in Egypt, Arabia Petr£ea, 
 and the | Holy Land," "Incidents of Travel in Central America, 
 Chiapas, | and Yucatan," etc. | Illustrated by 120 engravings. | In 
 two volumes. | Vol. I [IIJ. | 
 
740 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Stephens (Jolin Lloyd) — continued. 
 
 yew-York : | Harper & Brothers, 82 ClifiF Street. | 1843. | A. C. BA. 
 
 2 vols. 8°. 
 
 Perez (D. Juan Pio). Ancient Chronology of Yucatan, vol. 1, pp. 434-459. 
 
 A manuscript written in the Maya language, with translation, vol. 2, 
 
 pp. 465-468. 
 
 Also, with slight variation in imprint only, New York : 1847, 1848, 1855, 1856, 
 1858, 1860, 1868. An English edition, London : John Murray, MDCCCXLIII. 2 
 vols. 8°. A Spanish translation as follows : 
 
 y 3752 Yiaje a Yucatan a fines de 1841 y principios de 1842, tra- 
 duce en Castellano con algunas notas D. Just. Si6rra. 
 Campeche, 1848. * 
 
 2 vols. 8°. Title from the Ramirez Sale Catalogue, No. 820. 
 
 3753 A short vocabulary of the Chorti language of Zacapa. 
 
 In Gallatin (A.) Notes on the Semi-civilized Nations of Mexico, Yucatan, 
 and Central America; in Am. Eth. Soc, Trans., vol. 1, pp. 9-10. New York, 
 1845. 8°. 
 
 3754 [Stevens (Rev. J. D.)] Sioux Spelling-Book. | Designed for the use 
 of I Native Learners. | [Picture.] 
 
 Boston : | Printed for the American Board of Commissioners | for 
 Foreign Missions, by Crocker and Brewster. | 1836. | BA. mhs. 
 
 Pp. 1-22. 16°. 
 
 3755 [Stevens (John)], editor. A New | Collection | of | Voyages | and | 
 Travels : j with | Historical Accounts | of ( Discoveries and Con- 
 quests I In all Parts of the | World. | None of them ever before 
 Printed in English ; being now | first Translated from the Spanish, 
 Italian, French, Dutch, | Portuguese and other Languages. | 
 Ailorn'd with Cuts. | For the month of December, 1708. | To becon- 
 tinu'd Monthly. | 
 
 London Printed, and Sold by J. Knapton, in St. Pauls Church- 
 Yard; J. Eouud, in | Exchange- Alley, in Cornhill, N. Cliffe, at the 
 Golden Candlestick in Cheapside, E. | Sanger, at the Post-House, 
 and A. Collins, at the Black-Boy in Fleet-street, 1708. | c. 
 
 2 vols. sm.4°. 
 
 Lawson (John). A New Voyage to Carolina, &o. "Vol. 1, 2 [3?] p. 11., 258 pp. 
 
 The only copy of this edition of the voyages I have seen is in the Library of 
 Congress. The work was issued in parts, each with a general title, similar to 
 above, with change of date, and a separate title to each paper. That to Lawson 
 is missing in the copy handled by me, and I have supplied it from Field, No. 896. 
 (See Lawson.) The last general title preceding Lawson in the copy seen is dated 
 January, 1708, so it is probable no edition of Lawson was dated previous to 1708. 
 
 3756 A New | Collection | of | Voyages | and | Travels, | into 
 
 Several Parts of the World, none | of them ever before printed in 
 English, I Containing. I 1. The Description, &c., of the Mo | lucco 
 and Philippine Islands, by | I. de Argensola. | 2. A new Account of 
 Carolina, by | Mr. Lawson. | 3. The Travels of P. de Cieza in ) 
 Peru. I 4. The Travels of the Jesuits in E | thiopia. | 5. The Cap- 
 
STEPHENS— STONE. 741 
 
 [Stevens (John)], editor — continued. 
 
 tivity of the Sieur Mouette | in Fez and Morocco. | 6. The Travels 
 of P. Teixeira from | India to the Low Countries by | land. | 7. A 
 voyage to Madagascar by the | Sieur Cauche. | In Two Volumes, 
 'illustrated with several Maps and Cuts. | 
 
 London, Printed for J. Knapton, Andrew Bell, D. Midwinter, 
 WUl. I Taylor, A. Collins, and T. Baker. 1711. | A. job. nyhs. 
 
 2 vols. sm. 4°. 
 
 Lawson ( John). A New Voyage to Carolina, &c. Vol. 1,3 p. II., 258 pp. 
 
 Bartlett, in the catalogue of the John Carter Brown Library, mentions an 
 edition of 1710. 
 
 3757 Stevenson (James). Illustrated catalogue of the collections ob- 
 tained from the Indians of New Mexico and Arizona in 1879. 
 
 In Bureau of Ethnology, Second Ann. Kept., pp. 307-422. Washington, 1883. 
 imp. 8°. Many Indian terms passim. 
 
 3758 Catalogue of Collections made at Zufii, New-Mexico, and 
 
 Wolpi, Arizona, during the field season of 1881. By James Ste- 
 venson. 
 
 Manuscript. Pp. 1-14, 1-393. folio. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. 
 It will be published in the Third Annual Report of the Bureau, it contains the 
 names of about 600 articles in the Zuni language, furnished by Mr. P^rank Cushing. 
 
 3759 Stickney (B. P.) Language of the Wyandots. s. 
 
 Manuscript. 23 11. folio. .In possession of J. G. Shea, Esq, Elizabeth, N. J. 
 Contains a vocabulary and grammatic notices. 
 
 3760 Stimpson {Dr. William) and Hall (Prof. Asaph). Chukchee vocab- 
 ulary. 
 
 In Dall (W. H.) Alaska and its Kesources, pp. 552-554. Boston, 1870. 8°. 
 
 3761. Stone (Livingston). Report of Operations during 1872 at the 
 United States Salmon-hatching Establishment on the McCloud 
 Eiver, and on the California Salmonidae generally; with a list of 
 specimens collected. By Livingston Stone. 
 
 In Baird (S. F.) Report of the Commission of Fish and Fisheries, part 2, 
 pp. 168-200. Washington, 1876. 8°. 
 
 List of the Indian words of the McCloud dialect, pp. 198-200. 
 
 Reprinted in Pov7ell (J. W.) Contributions to North American Ethnology, 
 vol. 3, pp. '■'31-534. Washington, 1877. 4°. 
 
 3762 A list of McCloud Indian Words supplementary to a list 
 
 contained in the Eeport of 1872. By Livingston Stone. 
 
 In Baird (S. F.) Report of the Commission of Fish and Fisheries, part 3, 
 pp. 428-429. Washington, 1876. 8°. 
 
 Reprinted in Powell (J. W.) Contributions to North American Ethnology, 
 vol. 3, pp. 531-534. Washington, 1877. 4°. 
 
 3763 Stone (William Leete). The | Life and Times | of | Sir William 
 Johnson, Bart. | By | William L. Stone. | Vol. I [IIJ. | [Vignette.] | 
 
 Albany: | J. Munsell, 78 State Street. | 1865. | A. w. 
 
 2 vols. 8°. 
 
 Johnson (Sir William). On the Customs, Manners, and Languages of the In- 
 dians [of the Six Nations], vol. 2, pp. 481-488. 
 
742 NOETH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 3764 Strachey (William). The | Historie of Travaile | into | Virginia 
 Britannia; | expressing the | cosmographie and comodities of the 
 country, | together with the Manners and | Customes of the Peo- 
 ple. I Gathered and observed as well by those who went | first 
 thither as collected by | William Strachey, Gent., | the First Sec- 
 retary of the Colony. | Now first edited from the original manu- 
 script, in the | British Museum, by | E. H. Major, Esq., | of the 
 British Museum. | 
 
 London: | Printed for the Hakluyt Society. | M. DCGO. XLIX 
 [1849]. I A. 0. S. W. 
 
 Pp. i-viii, i-xxxvi,311., l-a03. 6°. map and plates. Forms vol. 6 of the Hakluyt 
 Society Publications. 
 
 "A Dictionarie of the Indiau Language for the better enabling of such who 
 shall be thither ymployed," pp. 183-196. 
 
 3765 Strale (Frederick A.) The Lord's Prayer. Matt. Ch.VI. vv9-13 | 
 In upwards of Fifty different Languages, arranged mostly geograph- 
 ically according | to Fr.^ Adelung's View. 
 
 Kew York Sept.'^ 1841. Compiled by F. A. Strale. | Lith. of En- 
 dicott 22 John Street. | JWP. 
 
 Broadside, 25f Xl9f inches. 
 
 The Lord's Prayer in Greenlandish, Esquimaux (Coast of Labrador), and 
 Cherokee. 
 
 3766 Street (Alfred Billings). The | Indian Pass. | By | Alfred B. 
 Street, | Author of "Fugitive Poems;" "Frontenac," a Poem.; 
 "Forest Pictures in | the Adirondacks," a Series of Poems; "The 
 Council of Revision; | with Sketches of its Members and Early 
 Courts, and its | Vetoes;" "Woods and Waters; or. Summer in 
 the I Saranacs," etc., etc. | [Design.] 
 
 New York | Hurd and Houghton, Publishers. | Cambridge: 
 Riverside Press. | 1869. | c. 
 
 Pp. i-lviil, 1-201. 12°. Aboriginal names of places in and about the Adiron- 
 dack Mountains, pp. xiv-xviii. 
 
 3767 Strickland (Maj. Samuel). Twenty-seven Years | in | Canada 
 West; I or, | the Experience of an Early Settler. | By Major [Sam 
 uel] Strickland, C. M. | Edited by Agnes Strickland, | author of 
 "The Queens of England," etc. | [Five lines quotation.] ( In two 
 volumes. | Vol. I [II]. | 
 
 London: | Richard Bentley, New Burlington Street. | Publisher 
 in Ordinary to Her Majesty. | 1853. | a. c. hu. 
 
 2 vols. 8°. Hymn in Chippeway and English, vol. 2, pp. 77-78. 
 
 3768 Strickland (W. P.) Old Mackinaw; ( or, | the Fortress of the 
 Lakes | and | its Surroundings. | By | W. P. Strickland. | 
 
 Philadelphia: | James Challen& Son, | New York: Carlton&Por- 
 ter.— Cincinnati: Poe & Hitchcock. | Chicago: W. H. Doughty 
 
STEACHEY — SULLIVAN. 743 
 
 Strickland (W. P.) — coDtinued. 
 
 Detroit: Patnam, Smith & Co. | Nashville: J. B. McFerrin. | 
 1860. I s. 
 
 Pp. 1-404. 12°. Ojibwa love song, with English translation, pp. 90-91. 
 
 Stryker's American Register. 
 See American Quarterly Register, in Additions and Corrections. 
 
 3769 Stuart (G-ranville). Montana as it is; | being | A General Descrip- 
 tion of its Eesources, ] both Mineral and Agricultural, | including 
 a 1 Complete Description of the Face of the [ Country, its Climate, 
 Etc., I illustrated with a | Map of the Territory, | drawn by Capt. 
 W. W. De Lacy, | Showing the Different Eoads and the Location 
 of I the Different Mining Districts. | To which is appended, | a 
 Complete Dictionary | of | the Snake Language, | and also of the | 
 Famous Chinnook [sic] Jargon, | with | Numerous Critical and Ex- 
 planatory Notes, I concerning the Habits, Superstitions, Etc., of | 
 these Indians, | with | Itineraries of all the Routes across the 
 Plains. I By Granville Stuart. | 
 
 New York: | C. S. Westcott & Co., Printers, | No. 79 John 
 Street. | 1865. | A. B. c. s. WE, 
 
 Pp. 1-17.5. 8°. Dictionary of the Snake Indian Language, pp. 21-48. — Explan- 
 atory Notes, pp. 49-98. — Dictionary of the Chinnook Jargon, pp. 99-119. -Short 
 Dialogues in Chinnook Jargon, pp. 120-121. — Explanatory Notes, pp. 122-127. 
 
 Stuart (Bev. John). 
 
 See Book of Common Prayer, No. 413. 
 
 The Eev. John Stuart Tvas born at Harrisbnrg, Pa., Feb. 24, 1740, and died 
 at Kingston, U. C, Aug. 15, 1811. He was ordained in England, returned to 
 Philadelphia about 1770, and for seven years officiated as a missionary among the 
 Indians of the Mohawk Valley. For them he made a translation of the New 
 Testament into the Mohawk language. — Drake's Am. Biog. 
 
 3770 Stubbs (A. W.) Vocabulary of the Kansas or Kaw. 
 
 Manuscript. 40 pp. 4°. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. 
 
 3771 Sturges {Bev. Charles). Terms of Eelationship of the Omaha, col- 
 lected by Eev. Charles Sturges, at the Omaha Mission, Blackbird 
 Hills, Neb. 
 
 In Morgan (L. H. ) Systemsof Consanguinity and Affinity, pp. 293-382. Wash- 
 ington, 1871. 4°. 
 
 3772 Suarez (P.Lorenzo). Sermones en Lengua Megicana del ano 1617. * 
 
 Title from Beristain. 
 
 3773 Yocabulario de la lengua abigira y la Doctrina Cristiana 
 
 en el mismo idioma. * 
 
 Title from Sobron, p. 55, according to whom these two works were printed. 
 
 3774 Sullivan {Dr. Jeremiah). Words, Phrases, and Sentences in the 
 Hopitu language. 
 
 Manuscript. 15211.4°. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. Recorded 
 in a copy of Powell's Introduction to the Study of Indian Languages, 2d edi- 
 tion, complete. Collected at the Moki Pueblos, Ariz., 1882. Besides filling the 
 schedules, Dr. Sullivan has added a number of explanatory notes. 
 
744 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Sullivan [Dr. Jeremiah) — continued. 
 
 3775 Bu-liu-ti-ki-ba, or "Dance of the Virgins." 
 
 Manusciipt. Pp. 1-6. folio. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. Con- 
 tains .1 Moquis, or Ho-pi-tu, song, p. 6, and Indian terms throughout. 
 
 3776 Sullivan (John W.) [Vocabularies of the Indians of Northwest 
 America.] 
 
 In Pallisser (John). Journal, Detailed Reports » * * British North 
 America, pp. 207-216. London, 1863. folio. 
 
 Vocabulary and numerals, 1-100, of the Suroee Indians, pp. 208-210.— Vocab- 
 ulary and numerals, 1-200, of the Rooky Mountain Stoney Indians, pp. 210-212. — 
 Vocabulary and numerals, 1-300, of the Blackfoot of the Plains, pp. 212-215. — 
 Ten Commandments in the language of the Blackfoot of the Plains, pp. 215-216. 
 
 SulUvan (IST. B.) 
 See "Worcester (A. E. W. ) and Sullivan (N. B. ) 
 
 3777 Summerfield (John). Sketch | of | Grammar | of the | Ohippeway 
 Language, | to which is added | A Vocabulary | of some of the most 
 common Words. | By John Summerfield, | alias | Sahgahjewagah- 
 bahweh. | 
 
 Cazenovia: | Press of J. F. Fairchild & Son. | 1834. | jwp.-whs. 
 Pp. 1-35. 16°. "The first attempt to reduce the Chippeway language to any 
 [grammatic] system.'' Sketch of Grammar, pp. 3-21. — Vocabulary, pp. 23-35. 
 
 3778 Sutherland (P.O.) On the Esquimaux. By P.O. Sutherland, M.D. 
 
 In Eth. Soc. of London, Jour., vol. 4, 1856, pp. 193-214. London, n. d. 8°. 
 Numerals, 1-10, 16-30, of the Esquimaux, pp. 208-209. 
 
 3779 Sutter (Emil V.) Maidu Vocabulary. 
 
 Manuscript. 211. folio. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. Collected 
 from the Indians of the Feather and Yuba rivers, California. 
 
 3780 Swan {Major Caleb). Position and State of Manners and Arts in 
 the Creek or Muscogee Nation in 1791. 
 
 In Schoolcraft (H. R.) Indian Tribes, vol. 5, pp. 251-283. Philadelphia, 
 1855. 4°. 
 
 List of Creek moons, pp. 276-277. 
 
 3781 Swan (James G.) The | Northwest Coast ; | or, | Three Tears' 
 Residence in Washington | Territory. | By James G. Swan. | [Terri- 
 torial Seal.] I With numerous illustrations. | 
 
 New York: | Harper & Brothers, Publishers, | PrankUn Square. | 
 1857. I A.B.C.BA. 
 
 Pp. i-xvi, 17-435. 12°. map. 
 
 A Vocabulary of the Chehalis and Chenook or Jargon Languages, with the 
 Derivation of the Words used in the latter, pp. 412-420.— Numerals, I-ICOO, of 
 the Chehalis and Chenook, pp. 420-421.— List of Words in the Nootkan Lan- 
 guage the most in use, from John R. Jewett's Narrative of the Massacre of the 
 Crew of the Ship Boston, by the Savages of Queen Charlotte's Sound, 1803, pp. 
 421-422.- Comparative Words [12] in theNootka and Chenook or Jargon, p. 422. 
 
 3782 The | North- West Coast; | or, | Three Tears' Eesidence in 
 
 Washington | Territory. | By | James G. Swan. | With numerous 
 Illustrations. | 
 
SULLIVAN — SYLVESTFR. 745 
 
 Swan (James G.) — continued. 
 
 London: | Sampson Low, Son, & Co.-, 47, Ludgate Hill. | New 
 York: Harper & Brothers. | 1857. | * 
 
 Pp. 1-435. 12°. map and plates. Title from Mr. W. Eames. Linguistics, pp. 
 412-422. 
 
 3783 Smithsonian Contributions to Knowledge. | 220 | The | 
 
 Indians of Cape Flattery, | at the Entrance to the Strait of Fuca, j 
 Washington Territory. | By | James G. Swan. | 
 
 Washington City: | Published by the Smithsonian Institution. | 
 1869. I SI. WE. jwp. 
 
 Printed title on cover, pp. i-ix, 1-108. 4'^. Also included in Smithsonian In- 
 stitution, Contributions to Knowledge, vol. 16. Washington, 1870. 4°. 
 
 Makah vocabulary, pp. 93-105. — Local nomenclature of the Makah, pp. 105-106. 
 
 3784 Smithsonian Contributions to Knowledge. | 267 | The | 
 
 Haidah Indians | of | Queen Charlotte's Islands, British Colum- 
 bia. I With a I brief description of their carvings, tattoo designs, 
 etc. I By I James G. Swan, | Port Townsend, Washington Territory. | 
 
 Washington City: | Published by the Smithsonian Institution. | 
 [August, 1874.] I SI. WE. JWP. 
 
 Printed title on cover, pp. i-iii, 1-18. 4'-'. 7 plates. Also included in Smithso- 
 nian Institution, Contributions to Knowledge, vol. 21. Washington, 1876. 4°. 
 
 Contains a few aboriginal terms. 
 
 3785 A Criticism on the Linguistic Portion of Vol. I, Contribu- 
 tions to North American Ethnology. 
 Manuscript. 4 U. folio. 
 
 3786 A Vocabulary of the Language of the Haida Indians of 
 
 Prince of Wales Archipelago. 
 
 Manuscript. 19 pp. 8°. 
 
 3787 Vocabulary of the Makah language. 
 
 Manuscript. 21 11. folio. Alphabetically arranged. 
 
 3788 Vocabulary of the Makah language. 
 
 Manuscript. 10 11. 4°. These manuscripts are in the library of the Bureau of 
 Ethnology. 
 
 3789 Swiss. The Swiss Peasant. | By Eev. Cesar Malan, of Geneva. | 
 [Two lines Cherokee characters.] | The One Thing Needful. | [One 
 line Cherokee characters.] | 
 
 Park Hill : | Mission Press : | Edwin Archer, Printer. | [One line 
 Cherokee characters.] [ 1848. | s. ABO. 
 
 Pp. 1-24. 8°. In Cherokee characters. The first article occupies pp. 3-16 ; the 
 second, pp. 16-24. 
 
 3790 Sylvester (Nathaniel Bartlett). Historical Sketches | of | Northern 
 New York | and the | Adirondack Wilderness: | including | Tradi- 
 tions of the Indians, Early Explorers, | Pioneer Settlers, Hermit 
 Hunters, &c. | By | Nathaniel Bartlett Sylvester, | of the Troy 
 Bar. I [Quotation, ten lines.] | 
 
 Troy, N. Y. : I William H. Young. | 1877. | c. 
 
 3p.n.,pp.iii-viii,9-316. 8°. 
 
 Indian names of the several naions of the league, p. 19.— Numerous Indian 
 names of places, with significations, scattered throughout. 
 
746 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 3791 Tache {Mgr. A.) Esquisse | sur le | Nord-Ouest de I'Am^rique | 
 par I Mgr. Taclie, fiveque de St. Boniface, 1868. | 
 
 Montreal | Typographic du J^ouveau Monde | 23, Eue St. Vin- 
 cent. I 1869 I S. 
 
 Printed cover 1 1., pp. 1-146. 8°. 
 
 A few remarks on the Oris, and the pronouns moi, toi, lui, in Saulteux, Mask^- 
 gon, Cris, Athabaska Oris, He S, la Crosse Cris, and Forest Cris, p. 82. 
 
 3792 St etch | of the | North-west of America. | ByMgr.Tach6 | 
 
 Bishop of St. Boniface, | 1868. | Translated from the French, by 
 Captain D. E. Cameron, | Eoyal Artillery. [ 
 
 Montreal : | Printed by John Lovell St. Mcholas Street. | 
 1870. I QHS. 
 
 Pp. 1-216. 8°. Linguistics as in the French edition, p. 123. 
 
 3793 Extrait d'une lettre de Mgr. Tach6, Vicaire Apostolique 
 
 de la Bale d'Hudson. 
 
 In Aanales de la Propagation de la Foi, vol. 24, pp. 329-354. Paris, 1852. 8°. 
 Dated 4 Janvier 1851. Contains a few remarks on the Montagnais language, 
 pp. 340, 341. 
 
 3794 Taggart (G. W.) Indian Vocabulary of the Klamath Eiver, in the 
 Vicinity of the Mines. [Accompanying letter signed G. W. Tag- 
 gart.J 
 
 In Taylor (A. S.) Indianology of California, in California Farmer, San 
 Francisco, vol. 13, No. 6, March 23, 1860. 
 
 3795 Talley {Rev. A.) [Portions of the Scriptures in the Choctaw lan- 
 guage.] * 
 
 The Rev. A Talley was one of the earliest of the Methodist missionaries among 
 the Choctaw Indians in Mississippi and Alabama, 1828 to 1833. He translated 
 portions of the Scripture into the Choctaw language, which were printed for the 
 use of the Indians. He died in l':34. — History of American Missions, p. 541 . 
 
 3796 Tamedsa. Tamedsa Gudib kakkojanga. | ATS. JWP. 
 
 No title-page. 11., pp. 1-8. sq. 24°. Bible lessons in the Eskimo language 
 of Labrador. 
 
 3797 Tamedsa | Johannesib Aglangit, | okautsiiiik Tussarner- 
 
 tuHik, I Jesuse Kristusemik, | Gudim Erngninganik. | Printedfor | 
 the British and Foreign Bible Society ; | For the use of the Christ- 
 ian Esquimaux in the Mission-Settlements | of the United Brethren 
 at Nain, Okkak, and Hopedale, | on the Coast of Labrador. | 
 
 Londonneme: | W. M'Dowallib, Nenilauktangit. | 1810. | s.wwb. 
 1 p. 1., pp. 1-124. 12°. See Gospels, No. 1588 of this catalogue. 
 
 3798 Tamersa makperksaeket imakartut okautsinnik Kristominut ajo- 
 kaersutiksennik appersutiksennik akkirsutiksenniglo attortuksaur- 
 sunnik innusuit ajokaersorniarlugit. * 
 
 72 pp. 8°. Catechism in the Eskimo language. Title from a Greenland mis- 
 sionary, through Professor Rink. 
 
V 
 
 TACHl^ TAPIA. 747 
 
 3799 Tamerssa timmiusaut | killangmit pirsok. | [Picture.] ATS. 
 No title-page. 1 p. 1., pp. 1-8. 24°. Bible Lessons in the Eskimo language of 
 
 Greenland. 
 
 Tan Teladakadidjik. 
 See Teladakadidjik, No. 3809. 
 
 Tanner (JohnV 
 See James (Edwin), Nos. 1959-1962. 
 
 3800 Tapia Zenteno (D. Carlos). Arte Kovissima | de Leugua Mexi- 
 cana, | Que dicto | D. Carlos de Tapia Zentetio, | Colegial en el 
 Eeal, y Pontiflcio Seminario, Cura Bene- | flciado, que fue de la 
 Diecesis de Tampamolon, Juez | Ecclesiastico de la Villa de los 
 Valles, y su Jurisdiccion, | Commissarid de el Santo Oflcio de la In- 
 quisicioii, y su | Eevisor, Notario Apostolico, Colegial en el Apos- 
 tolico I Colegio de N. P. S. Pedro, y Secretario de su muy | lUustre 
 Congregacion, Capellan mayor del Eeligiosissimo | Monasterio de 
 Santa Infes, Examinador Synodal general | de este Arzobispado, 
 Cathedratico proprietario de Pri | ma de dicha Lengua en la Eeal 
 Universidad de esta | Corte, y primero en el mesmo Eeal, y Ponti- 
 flcio I Colegio Seminario, &c. | Qnien lo saca a luz | debajo de la 
 proteccion | del Illmo. Sr. Dr. D. Manuel Eubio, | Salinas, | Del 
 Consejo de Su Magestad, Dignissimo Arzobispo | de esta Santa 
 Iglesia de Mexico, | Por cuyo mandado se erigio esta nueva Cathe- 
 dra. I 
 
 Con licencia de los Superiores. | En Mexico por la Viuda de D. 
 Joseph Bernardo de Hogal. | Ano de 1753. | B. c. nu. job. 
 
 11 p. 11., pp. 1-58. sm.4°. 
 
 yj 3801 Noticia | de la | Lengua Huasteca, | que en beneflcio de sus 
 
 nacionales, | de orden | del Ilm6. Sr. Arzopispo | de esta Santa Igle- 
 sia Metropolitana, | y a sus expensas, | da Carlos de Tapia Zen- 
 teno, I Cura, que tnh de la Iglesia Parrochial de Tampamolon, | 
 Juez Eclesiastico dela Villa de los Valles, Commissario | del Santo 
 Oflcio de la Inquisicion, Cathedratico de Prima | de Lengua Mexi- 
 cana en esta Eeal Universidad, y el | primero en el Eeal, y Pontifl- 
 cio Colegio Seminario, | Examinador Synodal de este Arzobispado, 
 y Capellan | Mayor del Monasterio de Santa Infes. | Con Cathecis- 
 mo, I y Doctrina Christiana | para su instruccion, segun lo que 
 ordena el Santo | Concilio Mexicano, Enchiridion Sacramental | 
 para su administracion, con todo lo que parece | necessario hablar 
 en ella los Neoministros, y | copioso Diccionario para facilitar | su 
 inteligencia. | 
 
 Con licencia de los Superiores : | En Mexico, en la Imprenta de 
 la Bibliotheca Mexicana. | En el Puente del EspirituSanto, ano 
 de 1767. I A. B. c. JOB. 
 
 5 p. 11., pp. 1-128. sm.4°. 
 
748 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Tapia Zenteno (D. Carlos) — continued. 
 
 3802 Paradigma Apologetica, que desea persuadir ingenuo escri- 
 
 biendo desapasionado la Noticia de la Huasteca, a los V. V. Sacer- 
 dotes, que pueden cultivaila. Descripcion de su pais y demon- 
 stracion evideute de la vauidad de el honror, que se le tiene. * 
 
 Manuscriiit. 16 11. 4°. Followed by a manuscript copy of the Grammatica 
 Huasteca, 145 pp., and to which Tapia alludes in his preface as having been 
 omitted, so as not to make the printed volume too bulky. — Bamirez Sale Cat., 
 No. 829. 
 
 3803 Gramatica de la Lengua Huasteca. * 
 
 3804 Dicciouario, Manual y Catecismo. * 
 
 Titles from Beristain. Lndewig gives to the Arte de la Lengua Huaxteoa the 
 
 date 1747. 
 
 3805 Tapis {Bev. Estevan). Doctrina Cristiana en Idioma de Santa 
 Barbara. S. 
 
 Manuscript. 24 pp. small folio. Copy of one in the Smithsonian Institution. 
 In Indian and Spanish. It contains a preparatory prayer, the Lord's Prayer, 
 Angelical Salutation, Creed, Decalogue, Commandments of the Church, the 
 Sacrament, and a brief catechism. There are corrections by Father Uria, show- 
 ing dialectic differences, and also an Act of Faith, by Father Uria. 
 
 3806 Tassin (Lieut. A. G.) Yocabulary of the Arrapaho. 
 
 Manuscript. 1 1. folio. 60 words. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. 
 
 3807 Taylor (Alexander S.) California Notes. By Alex. S. Taylor. 
 The Indianology of California. S. AAS. J-WP. 
 
 In California Farmer and Journal of Useful Sciences, San Francisco, vol. 13, 
 no. 3, February 22, 1860— vol. 20, no. 12, October 30th, 1863. 
 
 This periodical contained several series of " California Notes," by Mr. Taylor, 
 on the resources, &c., of the State. The above, on Indianology, ran through four 
 series, one of 17, one of 25, a third of 53, and a fourth of 55 — in all, 151 numbers 
 of the paper. The first series began February 22, 1860, and ran to June 29th of 
 the same year; the second, October 26, 1860, ending April 20, 1861; the third. 
 May 24, 1861, to August 1, 1862; the fourth, August 15, 1862, to September 11, 
 1863, with an addenda on October 30. 
 
 The issues between March and November, 1860, contain vocabularies as 
 follows : 
 
 [Alcala-Galiano (D.)] Languages of the Eslenes and Runsienes, near Mon- 
 terey, taken from the voyage of the Sutil and Mejicana, in 1792, as published at 
 Madrid, in 1802, vol. 13, no. 9, April 20, 1860. 
 
 Clavigero (F. S.) Lord's Prayer in the dialects of the Missions of San Fran- 
 cisco Xavier and of San Jose de Comondre ; of San Francisco de Borgia, Santii 
 Gertrudis and Santa Maria; and of San Ignacio de Kadakamand, vol. 15, no. 1, 
 March, 1861. 
 
 Cornelias (P. Juan). Vocabulary of the Indians living near Santa Cruz Mis- 
 sion, in Santa Cruz County, taken in September, 1856, vol. 13, no. 8, April 5, 1800. 
 
 Hubbard (Dr.) Vocabulary of the Lototen or Tulatamys (from Dr. Hub- 
 bard's notes, 1856), vol. 13, no. 16, June 8, 1860. 
 
 Mengarini (Eev. Gregory). Vocabulary of the Santa Clara Indians, vol. 14, 
 no. 13, November 23, 1860. 
 
 Reed (Hugo). Vocabulary of the Indians of Los Angeles County (from Hugo 
 Reed's notes, 1852), vol. 13, no. 16, June 8, 1860. 
 
 R[iley] (T. H.) Vocabulary of the Kah-w6-yah and Kah-so-wah Indians, 
 vol. 13, no. 14, Mi%y 25, 1860. 
 
TAPIA— TELLECHEA. 749 
 
 Taylor (Alexander S.) — continued. 
 
 Sitjar (P. Baltazar). Partial vocabulary of the Indians near San Antonio 
 Mi sion, situated in a valley of the Santa Lucia Mountains, about seventy miles 
 southeast of Monterey, vol. 13, no. 10, April 27, 1860. 
 
 Taggart (G. W.) Indian vocabulary of the Klamath Eiver, in the vicinity of 
 the mines, vol. 13, no. 6, March 23, 1860. 
 
 Taylor (A. S.) Vocabulary of the Indians living near Dent's Ferry and 
 vicinity, on the Stanislaus River, in the Sierra Nevada of Calaveras County, vol. 
 13, no. 6, March 23, 1860. 
 
 Vocabnlary of the Indians living near Petaluma in Marin County (of 
 
 the Yo-Nios Eancheria), taken in October, 1856, vol. 13, no. 7,M.a,iah 30, 1860. 
 
 Vocabularies of the Eselenes, or Ecselenas Indians, living near the 
 
 Mission of San Carlos, in Cannelo Valley, near Monterey, taken by the writer 
 in October, 1856, vol. 13, no. 9, April 20, 1860. 
 
 Vocabulary of the Indians living near Santa Ynez Mission, in Santa 
 
 Barbara County, taken by the Author, in April, 1856, from an Indian man, thirty- 
 five years old, born near the Mission, vol. 13, no. 11, May 4, 1860. 
 
 Vocabulary of the Indians living near the Mission of San Gabriel, in 
 
 Los Angeles County, taken by the author, in November, 1856, vol. 13, no. 12, 
 May 11, 1860. 
 
 Vocabulary of the Indians living near the Mission of San Luis Key, 
 
 voj. 13, no. 12, May 11, 1860. 
 
 Vocabulary of the Indians living near the Mission of San Miguel, vol. 
 
 13, no. 13, May 18, 1860. 
 
 Timeno {Bev. Antonio). Vocabulary of the Indians formerly living at the 
 Island of Santa Cruz, vol. 13, no. 11, May 4, 1860. 
 
 Of the above vocabularies by Taylor, the following are reprinted : Vocabu- 
 lary of the Indians living near Dent's Ferry, in Poivell (J. W.) Contributions 
 to North American Ethnology, vol. 3, pp. 570-585. Washington, 1877, 4° ; Vocab- 
 ulary of Santa Ynez Mission, in Hist. Magazine, first series, vol. 9, pp. 147-148. 
 New York, 1865 ; and in Po-well (.T. W.) Contributions to North American Eth- 
 nology, vol. 3, pp. 560-567. Washington, 1877. 4°. 
 
 Nearly all have been reprinted in Lucy-Fossaiieu (P. de). Les langues in- 
 diennes de la Californie. Paris, 1881. 8°. 
 
 3808 Precis India Oalifornicus. By Alexr. S. Taylor. 
 
 In Knight (W. H), editor. Hand-book almanac for 1864, pp. 27-41. San Fran- 
 cisco, 1864. 16°. 
 
 Their language, pp. 29-31, contains general remarks only. 
 
 3809 Teladakadidjik. Tan Teladakadidjik | Ap6stalewidjik. | De Akts 
 ov de Aposelz. | In Mikmak. | 
 
 Printed for de Britic and Foren Beibel Soseieti, bei | Eizak Pit- 
 man, Bah (Bath). | 1863. | ABS. JWP. 
 Pp. 1-140. 16°. In phonetic characters. Probably translated by Rev. S. T. 
 Rand. 
 ^ 3810 Tellechea (P. Fr. Miguel). Compendio | Gramatical | para la inte- 
 ligencia | del | Idioma Tarahumar, | Oraciones, Doctrina Christi- 
 ana, Pl^- I ticas, y otras cosas necesarias para | la recta administra- 
 cion de los Santos | Sacramentos en el mismo idioma. | Dispuesto, | 
 por el P. Fr. Miguel Tellechea Predicador mis- | sionero Apostolico 
 del Colegio de Nuestra Senora de | Guadalupe de Zacatecas, Minis- 
 tro del Pueblo de Chi- | nipas y Bx-Presidente de las Missiones de 
 la Ta- j rahumara. | 
 
750 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Tellechea (P. Fr. Miguel)— continued. 
 
 Mexico Auo de 1826. | Imprenta de la Federacion en Palacio. [ 
 6 p. U., pp. 1-16-2, i-vi, and 3 11. sm. 4". '^- HU- 
 
 "The Tarabumara is the dialect spoken in the western parts of Chihuahua, 
 called Tarahumara. Father Telleoha's is the best known grammar of the dia- 
 lect which has been published. The author was missionary apostolic of the Col- 
 lege of our Lady of Guadalupe de Zacalecas, and ex- President of the Missions 
 to the Tarahumares in North Mexico."— iJamires Sale Cat, No. 830. 
 
 3811 Oompendio Gramatical para la inteligencia del Idioma Ta- 
 
 rahumaro. Oracioues, doctrina cristiana, pl^ticas y otras cosas 
 necesarias pai a la recta admiuistracion de los santos sacramentos 
 en el mismo idioma. Dispuesto Por el P. Pr. Miguel Tellechea, 
 Predicador y Misionero apostolico del Oolegio de nuestra Senora de 
 Guadalupe de Zacatecas, Ministro del. pueblo de Ohinipas y ex- 
 presidente de las Misiones de la Tarahumara. 
 
 lu Soc. de Geog. Mex., Bol., tomo 4, pp. 145-166. Mexico, 1854. 8°. 
 
 3812 Temperance. Temperance Song for the Fourth, [and] Temperance 
 Song. ABO. WWB. 
 
 1 sheet. 4°. In two columns. In the Seneca language. 
 
 3813 [Temperance tract. Three lines Cherokee characters. 
 
 Picture.] 
 
 [Two lines Cherokee characters. (Park Hill.)] | 1842. | BA, 
 
 Pp. 1-11. 24°. In Cherokee characters. Picture on title-page represents a 
 mao throwing a stool at a woman. 
 
 Temperance ode, p. 10, with English translation, p. 11. 
 
 3814 Ten. The Ten Commandments, | The Lord's Prayer, | etc. | In the 
 Maliseet Language. | 
 
 Printed for the Micmac Missionary Society, | Halifax, Nova Sco- 
 tia. I 1863. I S. YC. 
 
 Pp. 1-22, 1 1. 12°. In phonetic characters ; printed by Isaac Pitman, Bath, 
 Englaud. Probably translated by Rev. S. T. Rand. 
 
 3815 TeotamacMlizti iny iuliliz auh yni miquiliz Tu Temaquizticatzim 
 Jesu Christo quenami in quim pua teotaculloque itech teomauxti; 
 6 Sea Tratado de la Vida y muerte de Nuestro Senor Jesu Christo, 
 en lengua Vulgar Mexicana de Guatemala. 
 
 [Guatemala (Antigua), en la imprenta de las Animas 16 . . ]. * 
 3;i 11. 4°. This work, the title of which I have composed from the first page, 
 is the only copy I know of a book in the Mexican vernacular of Guatemala. 
 Although the author, whose name is not found, makes a distinction between this 
 idiom and the "Pipil," I believe I can assert it to be the same language, that is to 
 say, a Mexican dialect deprived of the sonorous consonants, and in particular of 
 the le'.ter I after the t, which is one of the beauties of the Mexican. It is the same 
 dialect which Sguier calls " Nahnal of the coast of the Balsamo, i^u Salvador." — 
 Brasseur de Bouriourg. 
 
 3816 Teotlatol nemachtiloni ipau in Nahuacopa. * 
 
 This is the modern title of a manuscript work in 4°, in small, clear writing. 
 It seems to be part of a more extensive work, because it begins on 1. 92 with the 
 
TELLECHEA— TEELAYE. 751 
 
 Teotlatol nemauhtiloni jpan in Kahuacopa — continued. 
 
 title of Libro III. It is composed of four parts. The first occupies leaves 93 to 
 166; 11. 167 to 171 are blant. Here the writing recommences and proceeds from 
 172 to 205; 1. 206 is blank and 1. 207 missing. The writing recommences on 1. 208 
 with the following title iu Spanish : Declaracion de los Sacramentos, and con- 
 cludes on 1. 227 ; 11. 228, 229, and 231 (230 is missing) are in blank. The title on 
 1. 232 is simply De miserioordia, and the writing proceeds to 1. 261, the reverse of 
 which is blank.— JcazJaieefa's Apuntes, No. 77. 
 
 3817 [Terlaye (P. Pran5ois Auguste Magon de).] [Sacred History.] cv. 
 
 Manuscript. No title-page, pp. l-,568. folio. In the Mohawk language. In 
 the archives of the Catholic church at Caughnawaga, Canada. 
 
 3818 Histbire du peuple de Dieu. * 
 
 Manuscript. 2 volsr, 600 and 541 pp. 4°. In the Mohawk language. In the 
 archives of the Catholic church at the Mission of Lac des Deux Montagues, 
 Canada. The work is not divided into chapters, but is written continuously. 
 It is beautifully written and well preserved. The following notice appears on 
 the page at the beginning of the first volume : 
 
 "Avis de I'annotateur 
 
 "Le present ouvrage a 6t6 compost par Mr. I'abb^ Francois Auguste Magon de 
 Terlaye, Missionnaire d'abord a Soekatsi 1754-1760 et ensuite au lac des deux Mon- 
 tagues jusqu'a sa mort arriver le 17 Mai 1777. 
 
 " L'auteur a suivi en I'abregeant le P. Berruyer, et quoique, dans sa traduction, 
 il est 6vit6 les defauts si justement reproch^s au c^lfebre Jesuite, son ouvrage 
 laisse toutefois beaucoup h d&irer et aurait besoin d'etre entiferement refondu, 
 avant d'&tre mis en lumifere. 
 
 " Certains traits, par exemple, I'admirable chastet^ du Patriarche Joseph qui 
 aurait pu et du Stre racont^e sans tons les details marques dans la St" Ecriture, 
 se sont a peine indiqu^s, tandisque d'autres qui auraient du etre ecart<5s entifere- 
 ment, se tronvent rapport^sdansleurs plusm&mes circonstances. — II parait bleu 
 que le traduction a vu aprfes coup.* 
 
 " M. Je C. Mathe vet a 6t6 plus heureux dans la petite bible Algonquins. II s'est 
 attach6 uniquement aux traits prinoipaux de I'Histoire Sainte; les a racout^s 
 dans un style irreprochable et les a accompagn^s des reflections les plus judi- 
 cieuses. Ainsi a-t-on cru d'avoir le faire imprimir. Lai"''" partie contenant I'his- 
 toriques de I'ancieu testament a paru 1859 et la 2^" renfermant la concordance des 
 Evangelistes avec un court precis des Actes des Apdtres, en 1881. 
 
 "En revenant S. M. de Terlaye nous ajouterons qu'une copie de son ouvrage, 
 tout entifere de sa propre main a 6t6 douner dans le dernieres annees a la Mission 
 du Sault S' Louis. II manquait a celle-ci les 40 premiferes pages egar^es depuis 
 la mort de l'auteur, on ne s'est comment ; nous les avons transcrites de la 1"'^ 
 copie en les accompagnant de diverses notes qui nous esp^rons, pourront 6tre de 
 quelque utility aux nouveaux missionnaires." 
 
 3819 Sermons | de | M. Aug. Magon de Terlaye | * 
 
 Manuscript. Preserved in the archives of the Catholic church at the mission 
 
 at Lac des Deux Montagues, Canada. It is a bound volume, 4°, containing the 
 following sermons, each paged separately : 
 
 Sur le pater, 75 pp. — Second sermon, 8 pp. — Third sermon, 18 pp. — Third ser- 
 mon, dated 1782, 42 pp. — Fifth sermon, 13 pp. — Sixth sermon, 18 pp. — Sermon sur 
 
 *"Voici comment s'exprime notre auteur pa. 151 : Wahowennentan^ ne Puti- 
 phar rove Joseph : ne kati wakastonte uahonannhoton, — La femme de Putiphar 
 calomnia Joseph et ainsi fut cause qu'on bien forma qu'il avait eu tort de vouloir 
 faire entrer dans son ouvrage certains Episodes peu edifiants, car 11 a eu soin de 
 les souligner." 
 
752 
 
 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 [Terlaye (P. Frangois Auguste Magou tie)]— continued. 
 
 la priere (raduit dc mon sermon Frangais et fini lo lOfev. 17G9, 19 pp.— The next 
 contains the dates, 1776, 1814, 1830, and contains 7 pp.— No. 13, dated 1774, 1779, 
 5pp.— 1776, 13 pp., followed by one of 11 pp., and anotherof 10 pp.— No. 17, Imacu- 
 16e Conception, 1778, 1779, 1813, 7 pp., followed hy one of 8 pp.— No. 19, 7 pp.— No. 
 20, 7 pp. Sermon sur I'assomtiou traduit de mon sujet d'oraison frangais fini 1'='' 
 avril 1769, 9 pp.-" No. 22," l.->pp.-"No. 23," 8pp.— "No. 24," 8pp.— "No. 25," 
 8 pp.-" No. 27," 8 pp.-" No. 28," 6 pp.-"No.29," 12 pp.-" No. 30," 9 pp.-" No. 
 31," 6 pp.-" No. 34," 8 pp.— " No. 35," 8 pp.— " No. 36," 7 pp. 
 
 These sermons are now used by P. Thibault, missionary and assistant pastor 
 at Lao des Deux Montagnes, in preaching to the Indians of that mission. 
 
 38:o Sermons et Instructions Iroquois, par M. Magon de Ter- 
 laye (Tharonbiakanere) Ancien Missionaire du Lac des Deux Mon- 
 tagues. 
 
 Manuscript. In the archives of the Catholic church at the above mission. 
 
 Pater. 
 
 Priere. 
 
 Suite du pater. 
 
 Cananean. 
 
 Passion (3 discours). 
 
 Resurrection (3 discours). 
 
 Ascension (3 discours). 
 
 St Sacrement. 
 
 Sur la priere. 
 
 Dans I'octave du St Sacrement. 
 
 Immaculfi Conception (2 discours). 
 
 Compassion de la Ste V. 
 
 Assomption (2discour8). 
 
 Nativity de la Ste V. 
 
 Exalt, de la S"= X. 
 
 Annonciation (2 discours). 
 
 Presentation de la Ste V. 
 
 Purification (3 discours). 
 
 Trinity. 
 
 Pentec6te. 
 
 Ascension. 
 
 Dispersion des Ap6tres. 
 
 D^dicace (2 discours). 
 
 St Jean B. 
 
 St Pierre. 
 
 Toussaint (2 discours). 
 
 St Louis. 
 
 St Laurent. 
 
 Impuret^. 
 
 Noel. 
 
 Medisance (2 discours). 
 
 Scandale. 
 
 Jugement t^meraire. 
 
 Colore. 
 
 Parole de Dieu. 
 
 Colore. 
 
 Orgueuil. 
 
 Enfant prodigue. 
 
 La pecheresse. 
 
 Penitence (4 discours). 
 
 Souffrance. 
 
 Amour de Dieu. 
 
 Aumfine. 
 
 Aversion pour le monde. 
 
 Pardon des injures. 
 
 Mort des p^cheurs. 
 
 Mort de justes. 
 
 Mort (2 discours). 
 
 Mepris du monde. 
 
 Jugement dernier. 
 
 Enfer. 
 
 Sur la conscience. 
 
 Ciel. 
 
 Pens^e du ciel. 
 
 Chant de I'Eglise. 
 
 Parole de Dieu. 
 
 Amour de Dieu. 
 
 Amour du prochains. 
 
 Etat du p^cheur. 
 
 3821 
 
 Formal du prone. 
 
 [Hymns in the Algonkin language.] * 
 
 Manuscript in the archives of the Catholic church at the mission of Lac des 
 
 Deux Montagues (Oka), Canada. 
 
 The titles and desfcriptions of the above manuscripts, except the iirst, were 
 
 furnished by Mrs. ErmlnnieA. Smith, who saw them during the fall of 1882 while 
 
 prosecuting linguistic studies at the mission. 
 
 Pfere F. A. M. de Terlaye, priest of St. Sulpice, was bom at St. Malo in France 
 
 July 24, 1724. He arrived in Canada September 15,1754; was ordained priest 
 
 May 24, 1755. He died at Lac des Deux Montagues May 17, 1777. 
 
TERLAYE— TESTAMENTETOKAK. 753 
 
 3822 Ternaux-Compans (Henri). Archives | des Voyages | ou | Collec- 
 tion" d'anciennes Relations | in^dites ou trfes-rares | de lettres, m6- 
 moires, itin^raires et autres documents | relatifs a la Geographic et 
 aux Voyages | suivies | d'analyses d'anciens voyages et d'anecdotes 
 relatives aux voyageurs | tir6es des m^moires du temps | Ouvrage | 
 destine a servir de complement a tons les recueils de voyages | 
 frangais et strangers | Par H. Ternaux-Compans. | Tome I [11]. 
 
 Paris, 1 Arthus Bertrand, Libraire-fiditeur, | Libraire de la Soci- 
 ety de Geographic, | Editeur des Nouvelles Annales des Voyages, | 
 Eue Hautefeuille, 23. | [1840-1841.] A. c. 
 
 2 vols. 8'^. 
 
 Cartier (Jacques). Discovrs dv Voyage fait aux terres-neufues de Canadas, 
 vol. 1, pp. 117-153. 
 
 3823 Vocabulaire des principales langues du Mexique. 
 
 In Nouvelles Annales des Voyages, third series, vol. 4, 1840 (vol. 88 of the 
 Collectiou),pp. 5-37. Paris, n. d. 8°. 
 
 Vocabulary of the Mexican (from Molina), Guatemalfeque (from manuscript), 
 Otomi (from manuscript), Yucatfeque (from Beltran de Santa Eosa), and Huas- 
 tfeque (from Tapia Zenteno). 
 
 3824 Vocabulaire de principales langues du Mexique. 
 
 In Nouvelles Annales des Voyages, &o. , fourth series, vol. 4, 1841 (vol.92 of 
 the Collection), pp. 257-287. Paris, n. d. 8°. 
 
 Vocabulary of the Capotfeque (from Cordova), Mistfeque (from Antonio de 
 los Reyes), Cahita (from Arte Cahita, Mexico, 1737), Totonaque (from Zambrano 
 Bouilla), and Tarahumar (from Tellechea). 
 
 3825 Testamantitorkamik agdlagsimassut ilait okalugtuarissat, ajokersu- 
 tinik ilasimassut. * 
 
 179 pp. 8°. Bible stories from the Old Testament. Title from a Greenland 
 missionary, through Professor Rink. For replies and queries to above, see 
 Aperssiitit, No. 133 of this catalogue. 
 
 3826 Testamentetak | tamedsa : | I^alegapta Piulijipta | Jesusib Kristu- 
 sib I Apostelingitalo | pinniarningit okausingillo. | Printed for | 
 The British and Foreign Bible Society, | for the use of the Chris- 
 tian Esquimaux in the mission-settlements | of the United Brethren 
 on the coast of Labrador. | 
 
 London: | W. M'Dowall, Printer, Pemberton-Eow, | Gough- 
 Square. | 1840. | A. o. 
 
 2p. 11., pp. 1-637. 12^. New Testament in the Eskimo language. See Egede 
 (Paul), No. 1163 of this catalogue, for an edition of 1766. 
 
 3827 Testamentetokak. Testamentetokak | Hiobib Aglangit, Salomo- 
 blo I Imgerusersoanga Tikkilugit. | Printed for | The British and 
 Foreign Bible Society in London, | for the use of the Moravian 
 Mission in Labrador. | 
 
 Stolpen : | Gustav Winterib Neuerlauktangit. | 1871, | jwp. 
 
 2 p. 11., pp. 1-274. 8°. Job to Songs of Solomon in the Eskimo language. 
 
 3828 Testamentetokak Testamentilarto. * 
 
 Holy Scriptures — Old and New Testament. Title from a Greenland mission- 
 ary, through Professor Rink. 
 
 48 Bib 
 
754 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 3829 Testamentetotak ; | Josuab aglanginit, Esterib | aglangit tikkiln- 
 git. I Printed for | The British ancl Foreign Bible Society in Lon- 
 don, I for the use of the Moravian Mission in Labrador. | 
 
 Stolpen : | Gustav Winterib Nenerlauktangit. | 1869. | JWP. 
 
 2 p. 11., pp. 1-527. 6°. Josliija to Esther in the Eskimo language of Labrador. 
 
 3830 Testamentitak. Testamentitak, | terssa: | N41egauta annaursir- 
 sivta j lesusib Kristusib, | ajokfersugeisalo. j sullurseit okauseello. | 
 Translated | into the Greenland language | by the | Missionaries | of 
 the I Unitas Fratrum ; or United Brethren. | Printed for the use of 
 the Mission | by | the British and Foreign Bible Society. | 
 
 London: | W. M'Dowall, Printer, 4, Pemberton Eow, Gough 
 Square. | 1822. | o. s. w. 
 
 2 p. 11., pp. 1-584, 2 11. 12°. Bagster's Bible of Every Land mentions an edition 
 of the New Testament of 1826. 
 
 3831 Testamentitak | terssa | N^legauta Annaursirsivta | le- 
 susib Kristusib, | ajoksersugeisalo, | sullirseit okauseello. | The 
 New Testament. | Translated | into the Greenland Language | by 
 the Missionaries | of the | Unitas Fratrum or United Brethren. | 
 Second Edition. | Printed for the use of the Mission by | the Brit- 
 ish and Foreign Bible Society. | 
 
 Budisime | Printed by Ernst Moritz Mouse. | 1851. | A. 0. 
 
 2 p. 11., pp. 1-583. 8°. Professor Rink has furnished me with a similar title, 
 no date, 553 pp. 8°. 
 
 3832 Teza (Bmilio). Saggi Inediti | di | Lingue Americane | Appunti 
 Bibliograflci ] di | B. Teza | 
 
 In Pisa I Dalla Tipografla Mstri | Premiata all' Esposiz. Univ. 
 di Parigi del 1867 | MDCOCLXVIII [1868] | ap. jwp. 
 
 Pp. 1-91, and 1 unnumbered 1. 8°. From a manuscript of the Cardinal Mez- 
 zofanti, with an appendix. Only 70 copies printed "e non sono in oommercio." 
 The Notes, without the appendix, were first printed in the Annali della Univer- 
 sity di Pisa, 1868, vol. 10. Mainly devoted to South American languages, but 
 contains a brief discussion and a few examples of Algonkin and Iroquois, pp. 
 14-22. —Our Father, in Tarasco, pp. 60-62. 
 
 3833 Intorno agli studi | del Thavenet | sulla lingua Algon- 
 
 china | osservazioni | di | E. Teza | 
 
 Pisa I Tipografla T. Nistri e C. | 1880 | ap. 
 
 Printed cover 1 1., half title 1 1., title 1 1., pp. 1-22. 4°. Extract from vol. 17 
 of the Annali della Universita toscane. See Thavenet (Ab1>4). 
 
 3834 Tezozomoc (Fernando de Alvarado). Cronica Mexicana. 
 
 In [King (E.)] Antiquities of Mexico, vol. 9, pp. 1-196. London, 1848. folio. 
 Translated into French, as follows : 
 
 3 -35 Histoire du Mexique, par Don Alvaro Tezozomoc, traduite 
 
 sur le manuscrit in^dit de la bibliotheque de M. Ternaux-Compans. 
 In Nouvelles Annales des Voyages, &c., vol. 2,1844 (vol. 102 of the Collec- 
 tion), pp. 5-93, 129-160, 257-291, Paris, n. d., 8° ; vol. 3, 1844 (vol. 103), pp. 5-29, 
 Paris, n. d., 8°; vol. 4, 1844 (vol.104), pp. 5-64, 129-178, 257-281, Paris,n. d., 8°; 
 vol.3, 1845 (vol.107), pp. 300-311, Paris, n. d, 8"; vol.3, 1846 (vol.111), pp. 329- 
 345, Paris, n. d., 8° ; vol. 4, 1846 (vol. 112), pp. 98-109, 172-209, Paris, n. d., 8° ; vol. 
 1,1847 (vol.113), pp. 161-184, Paris, n.d., 8°; vol. 2, 1847 (vol.114), pp. 184-207, 
 
TESTAMENTETOTAK THEVET. 755 
 
 Tezozomoc (Fernando de Alvarado) — continued. 
 
 Paris, n. d., 8° ; vol. 4, 1847 (vol J16), pp. 308-320, Paris, n. d., 8° ; vols. 1, 2, 3, and 
 4,1848 (vols. 117, 118, 119, and 120), pp. 168-185, 204-221, 275-293, 148-160, Paris, 
 11. d., 8°; vol. 1,1849 (vol. 121 ), pp. 286-304, Paris, n. d. 8°. 
 
 Numerous native terms scattered throughout. Reprinted : Paris, A. Bertrand, 
 1847-1849. 2 vols. 8° ; and again as follows : 
 
 3836 Histoire | du Mexique | par Don Alvaro Tezozomoc | tra- 
 
 duite sur un manuscrit in6dit | par H. Ternaux-Compans. | Tome 
 Premier [Second]. | 
 
 Paris I Chez P. Jannet, Libraire | Eue des Bons-Enfants, 28 | 
 1853. I * 
 
 2 vols. : pp. xix, 305; 2p. 11., pp. 256. 8°. There is a copy in the Astor Library, 
 and another in the Boston Athenaium. 
 
 3837 Thavenet {AhbS). Oatechismo | dei Missionari Cattolici | in Lingua 
 Algonchina | publicato | per cura di E. Teza | 
 
 Pisa I Tipografla Nistri | 1872 | 0. 
 
 Pp. 1-12, 1-81. 8°. 100 copies printed. Catechism in Algonkin, Latin, and 
 French, pp. 11-64. — Vocabulary, pp. 65-81. 
 
 Publication made from a manuscript preserved in the library at the Uni- 
 versity of Bologna, which bears the following title, taken from Leclerc, 18?8, No. 
 2097: 
 
 3838 Oat^chisme Algonquin, traduit mot pour mot en latin, et 
 
 phrase pour phrase en fran5ais. MDCOCVI [1806]. * 
 
 It is followed by a small vocabulary of 300 words. 
 
 3839 [Algonkin-French Dictionary.] * 
 
 Manuscript in the archives of the Catholic church at the mission of the Lac 
 des Deux Montagues (Oka), Canada. Title furnished by Erminnie A. Smith, 
 who says M. Thavenet has also left the beginning of a grammar and some small 
 compositions on different subjects. 
 
 See Teza (Emilio), No. 3833 of this catalogue. 
 
 3840 Thayer (Bev. William A.) [Collection of Hymns in the Seneca 
 Language.] * 
 
 Two small collections of hymns in the Seneca language have recently been 
 published : one by the Eev. T. S. Harris, missionary at Seneca, and the other by 
 Mr. Thayer, the teacher .at Cattaraugas, aided by interpreters. — Missionary Her- 
 ald for 1829, vol. 25, J?. 365. 
 
 3841 Thessoro dos Yezes Eico, aunque sin valor alguna Mxo. genuiono 
 del elegantiss. el Idiom a Nahuatl, * 
 
 Manuscript of the eighteenth century. 3411. 4°. Title from the Fischer Sale 
 Catalogue, No. 1952. 
 
 3842 Thevet (Andr6). La | Cosmogra- | phieVniverselle | d'Andr^The- 
 vet Cosmo- | graphe dv Eoy. | Illvstree de diverses flgvres des | 
 choses plvs remarqvables veves par | I'Auteur, & iucogneues de noz 
 Anciens & Modernes. | Tome Premier [Second]. | [Vignette.] | 
 
 A Paris, | Chez Pierre I'Huillier, rue sainct laques, a I'Oliuier. | 
 1575. I Auec Priuilege du Eoy. | * 
 
 2 vols. : 20 p. 11. , 11. 1-467, table 12 11. (on? blank) ; 8 p. 11. , 11. 469-1025, table 17 11. 
 folio. Title furnished by Mr. W. Eames, from copy in the Astor Library. 
 
756 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Thevet (Andr6) — contiuued. 
 
 Oraison dominicale, Salutation Augelique, Le Siinboldes Apostresen sauvage 
 [Carib], vol. 2, 1. 925.— De la terre du Canada [etc.], vol. 2, 11. 1008-1013, contains 
 scattered words and phrases in tlie Indian language of Norumbega. The latter 
 is reprinted in the Mag. of American History, vol. 8, pp. 130-138. New York, 
 1882, sm.4°; and partly reprinted in Trumbull (J. H.) Thevet's specimens of 
 the Indian language of Norumbega, in Hist. Mag., second series, vol. 7, p. 239. 
 Morrisania, N.Y.,1870. sm. 4°. 
 
 3843 [Thibault {Rev. Jean Baptiste).] Katolik | Ayamihew-masinahi- 
 gan. I Avec approbation de Monseigneur Alexandre | Tach6, 
 Eveque de Saint-Boniface. | 
 
 Kebekok [Quebec]: | Aug. Kote Omasinahiganikew. | 1855. ( 
 Tatto pipun aspin ka nittawikit Jesus. S. 
 
 Pp. 1-142, 1 1. 24°. Catechism in the Cree language. 
 
 3844 L. J. C. & M. I. I Prieres, | Oantiques, | Cat^chisme, etc., | 
 
 en Langue Crise. [One line syllabic characters.] [Oblate seal.] 
 
 Montreal: j Imprimerie de Louis Perrault. | 1857. | v. G-B. 
 
 Pp. 1-288. 18°. In syllabic characters. Approbation signed: Alexandre, 
 Ev§que de St. Boniface. Introduction signed : J. Bte. Thibault. 
 
 \ 3845 Thomas {Prof. Cyrus). The Manuscript Troano. By Professor 
 Cyrus Thomas. 
 
 In Am. Naturalist, vol. 15, pp. 625-641. Philadelphia, 1881. 8°. 
 
 Names of days, months, &c., in the Maya language. This article is followed 
 by another on the same subject, vol. 15, pp. 767-772. 
 
 V 3846 Department of the Interior | U. S. Geographical and Geo- 
 logical Survey of the Eocky Mountain Eegion | J. W. Powell in 
 charge | A Study | of the | Manuscript Troano | by | Cyrus Thomas 
 Ph. D. I with an | Introduction by D. G. Brinton M. D. | [Seal of 
 the Department of the Interior.] 
 Washington | Government Printing Office | 1882 | we. jwp. 
 
 Pp.i-xxxvii, 1-237. 4°. 
 
 Forms part of Powell (J. W. ) Contributions to North American Ethnology 
 vol.5. Washington, 1882. 4°. ' 
 
 The introduction, by Dr. Brinton, occupies pp. xvii-xxxvii, and contains a dis- 
 cussion of the Maya alphabet, an account of the printed codices, and, incidentally, 
 comments on and examples in the Maya language. 
 
 Professor Thomas's paper contains the names of the days, months, and yeajs 
 in Maya, and also many Maya terms passim. 
 
 This paper was issued separately, with title as above and with outside printed 
 title, to which is added just before the Department seal : | (From "Contributions 
 to North American Ethnology," Vol. V.) | 
 
 3847 Thomas (Gabriel). An Historical and Geographical Account | of 
 the I Prot^iuce and Country | of | Pensilvania; j and of | West-New- 
 Jersey I in I America. | The Eichness of the Soil, the Sweetness of 
 the Situation | the Wholesomness of the Air, the Navigable Eivers 
 and I others, the prodigious Encrease of Corn, the flourishing | Con- 
 dition of the City of Philadelphia, with the stately | Buildings, and 
 other Improvements there. The strange | Creatures, as Birds, 
 Beasts, Fishes, and Fowls, with the | several sorts of Minerals' 
 
THEVET— THOMAS. 757 
 
 Thomas (Grabriel) — continued. 
 
 Purging Waters, and Stones, | lately discovered. The Natives, 
 Aborogmes [sic], their Lan- | guage, Eeligion, Laws, and Customs; 
 The first Planters, | the Dutch, Sweeds, and English, with the num- 
 ber of I its Inhabitants ; As also a Touch upon George Keith's | 
 New Eeligion, in his second Change since he left the | Quak- 
 ers. I — I With a Map of both Countries. | — | By Gabriel Thomas, | 
 who resided there about Fifteen Years. | — | 
 
 London, Printed for, and Sold by A. Baldwin, at | the Oxon Arms 
 in Warwick-Lane, 1698. | c. job. 
 
 4 p. 11., pp. 1-55. sm. 8°. map. 
 
 A specimen of the Indian language of Pensilvania (six lines), with English 
 translation, p. 47. 
 
 Appended to this work is the following : 
 
 3848 An Historical Description | of the | Province and Coun- 
 try I of I West-jSTew-Jersey | in | America. | A short View of their 
 Laws,' Customs and Eeligion : As | also the Temperament of the 
 Air and Climate ; The | fatness of the Soil, with the vast Produce 
 of Eice, &c. I The Improvement of their Lands (as in England) to | 
 Pasture. Meadows. &c. Their making great quanti- | ties of Pitch 
 and Tar, as also Turpentine, which pro- | ceeds from the Pine Trees, 
 with Eozen as clear as | Gura-Arabick, with particular Eemarks 
 upon their | Towns, Pairs and Markets ; with the great Plenty of | 
 Oyl and Whale-Bone made from the great number of | Whales they 
 yearly take : As also many other Pro.flta- | ble and New Improve- 
 ments. I — I Never made Publick till now. | — | By Gabriel 
 Thomas. | — | 
 
 London : | Printed in the Year 1698. | c. JOB. 
 
 6 p. 11., pp. 1-34. sm. 8°. Short dialogues in " The Indian Tongue" and " The 
 English of it, " pp. 8-13. 
 
 A fac-simile reprint was published in New York in 1848, with the following 
 note on verso of both titles: "New- York: | Lithographed for | Henry Austin 
 Brady, Esquire, | Counsellor at Law, | Member of the New- York Historical So- 
 ciety, &c. I By Francis Michelin. | lt48." | Collation the same as in original edi- 
 tion. A. c. S. WE. JWP. 
 
 3849 Thomas {Gen. George H.) Vocabulary of the Navajo and Yuma 
 Languages. 
 
 Manuscript. 8 11., 4°. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. 35 words 
 in the Navajo, and 100 words in the Yuma. 
 
 3850 Thomas (Isaiah). The | History of Printing | in | America. | With 
 a I Biography of Printers, | and an | Account of Newspapers. | To 
 which is prefixed a concise view of | the Discovery and Progress of 
 the Art | in | other parts of the world. | In two volumes. | By Isaiah 
 Thomas, | Printer, Worcester, Massachusetts. | Volume I [II]. | 
 [Four lines quotation.] | 
 
 Worcester: | from the Press of Isaiah Thomas, Jun. | Isaac Stur- 
 tevant. Printer. | 1810. | A. 0. 
 
 2 vols. : pp. i-vi, 7-487 ; i-iv, 5-576. 8°. plates. 
 The Lord's Prayer (from Eliot's Bible), vol. l,pp. 478-479. 
 
75 H NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Thomas (Isaiah) — continued. 
 
 3851 The | History of Printing | in America, | with a | Biog- 
 raphy of Printers, | and an | Account of ISTewspapers. | In two vol- 
 umes. I By Isaiah Thomas, LL. D. | Printer, late President of the 
 American Antiquarian Society, Member of | the American Philo- 
 sophical Society, and of the Massachusetts | and New York Histor- 
 ical Societies. | Second edition. | With the Author's Corrections and 
 Additions, | and a catalogue of | American Publications | previous 
 to the Revolution of 1776. | Published under the supervision of a 
 special committee | of the American Antiquarian Society. | Vol. I 
 
 [11]- I 
 Albany, N. Y. : | Joel Munsell, Printer. | 1874. | 0. 
 
 2 vols. : pp. i-Ixxxvii, 1-423; i-viii, 1-666, 1 1., pp. 1-47. 8°. 
 
 Also published as vols. 5 and 6 of the Transactions and Collections of the 
 American Antiquarian Society. 
 
 The Lord's Prayer (from Eliot's Indian Bible), vol. 1, p. 402. 
 
 3852 Thompson (Almon Harris). Vocabulary of the Navajo language. 
 
 Manuscript. 5 11. 12°, and 8 U. 4°. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. 
 
 3853 Thompson (Benjamin F.) Paper upon the Indian names on Long 
 Island ; by Benjamin P. Thompson, of Hempstead, L. I. — Read by 
 Mr. Thompson, June 3rd. 
 
 In New York Hist. Soc.Proc.for the year X845, pp. 125-131. New York, 
 1846. 8°. 
 
 3854 Thompson (Edward). A Short Vocabulary of the Language spoke 
 among the Northern Indians inhabiting the North-west Part of 
 Hudson's Bay, as it was taken at different times from the Mouths 
 of Nabiana and Zazana, two Indians, who were on board His 
 Majesty's Ship the Furnace in the year 1742, by Edward Thompson, 
 Surgeon of the said Ship. 
 
 In Dobbs (A.) An Account of the Countries adjoining to Hudson's Bay, 
 pp. 206-211. London, 1744. 4°. 
 
 3855 Thoreau (Henry David). The | Maine Woods. | By | Henry D. 
 Thoreau, | Author of [&c., two lines]. [Design.] 
 
 Boston : | Ticknor and Fields. | 1864. | c. 
 
 3 p. 11., pp. 1-328. 12°. 
 
 Indian names of animals, etc., p. 99.— Indian names of places, pp. 143-145, 206, 
 248. — Indian inscription, with English translation, p. 204. — A list of Indian words 
 [names of places, &c.], pp. 324-326.— [The same continued] From William Willis 
 on the Language of the Abnaqnies (Maine Hist. Coll., vol. Iv), pp. 326-328. 
 
 .3856 The | Maine Woods. | By | Henry D. Thoreau, | Author of 
 
 "A Week on the Concord and Merrimack Rivers," | "Walden," 
 "Excursions," etc. etc. j Fourteenth edition. | 
 
 Boston: | Houghton, Mifflin and Company. | The Riverside Press, 
 Cambridge. | 1883. | 
 
 4p. 11., pp. 1-328. 12°. Linguistics as in first edition. 
 
THOMAS THOEOWGOOD. 759 
 
 3857 Thorhallesen (Egil). Schema Conjugationis Gronlandicse Verbo- 
 rum in ok, vok et rpok definentiiim. 
 
 Hafn. 1776. » 
 
 3858 Expositio Catechiemi Gronlandici. * 
 
 Kj0bh. 1776. 
 
 3859 Precationee et hymni gronlandici in singulos septimanse 
 
 dies. 
 
 Kj0bh. 1776. * 
 
 Titles from Nyerup's Dansk-norsk Litteraturlexioon, Kjobenhavn, 1818. 
 
 Thornton (J. Wingate), editor. 
 See Dudley (Paul), No. 1100 of this catalogue. 
 
 3860 Thornton (W.) Vocabulary of the Miami language. ♦ 
 
 Manuscript in the library of the American Philosophical Society, presented 
 by Mr. Thomas Jefferson. 
 
 3861 Thorowgood (Thomas). lewes in America, | or, | Probabilities | 
 That the Americans are of | that Eace. | With the Eemovall of 
 some I contrary reasonings, and earnest de- | sires for effectuall 
 endeavours to | make them Christian. | Proposed by Tho: Thorow- 
 good, B. D. one of the | Assembly of Divines. | [Quotations, eight 
 lines.] 
 
 London, Printed by W. H. for Tho. Slater, and are to be sold | 
 at his shop at the signe of the Angel in Duck lane, 1650. | o.bp.jcb. 
 
 21 p. 11., pp. 1-139. sm. 4°. 
 
 "Chap. V. The third Conjecture," pp. 14-16, is an attempt to show analogies 
 between the American languages and the language of the Jews. 
 
 "This is the first dissertation in English on that fertile subject of controversy 
 and hypothesis, the origin of the American Indians. The Puritans of New Eng- 
 land awoke to it with a zeal untempered by the knowledge that keener intellects 
 and higher scholarship had been stimulated by its attractive mystery a century 
 before. They seem to have been unaware that Las Casas, Torquemada, Garcia, 
 and Herrera, Grotius, Horn, and De Laet had wrought the vein until all the 
 metal was exhausted. But a new cycle of disputation now commenced, and iu 
 1652 Thorowgood's. treatise was answered by Hamon L'Estrange in a tract en- 
 titled Americans no Jews. London, 1652. Thorowgood made his replication in 
 a second work : lewes in America, or Probabilities that those Indians are Judaical. 
 London, 1660."— Meld. 
 
 3862 Digitus Dei : | 'Sew Discoveryes ; | with | Sure Arguments to 
 
 prove that the Jews (a 'Sa- \ tion) or People lost in the world for the 
 space of near | 200 [sie] years, inhabite now in America; How they 
 came thi- | ther; Their Manners, Customs, Eites and Ceremonies; 
 The I unparallel'd cruelty of the Spaniard to them; And | that the 
 Americans are of that Eace. | Manifested by Eeason and Scripture, 
 which foretell the | Calling of the lewes; and the Eestitution of 
 them into their | own Land, and the bringing back of the Ten Tribes 
 from all | the ends and corners of the Earth, and that great | Bat- 
 tell to be fought. I With the Eemovall of some contrary Eeasonings, 
 and an earnest | desire for effectuall endeavours to make them 
 
760 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Thorowgood (Thomas) — continued. 
 
 Christians. | whereunto is added | An Epistolicall Discourse of Mr. 
 lohn Dury, with the History of | Ant: Mouterinos, attested by 
 Manasseh Ben Israel, a chief Eabby. | By Tho: Thorowgood, B : D. | 
 [Quotation, four lines English, two lines Latin.] 
 
 London, Printed for Thomas Slater, and are to be sold at his 
 shop I at the signe of the Angell in Duck-Lane. 1652. | BA. JOB. 
 
 20 p. 11., pp. 1-139. sm. 4''. Contents as in edition of 1650. 
 
 3863 Jews | in | America, | or | Probabilities, that those Indians 
 
 are | Judaical, made more probable by some Ad- | ditionals to the 
 former Conjectures. | An Accurate Discourse is premised of j Mr. 
 John Elliot, (who first preached the Gospel | to the Natives in 
 their own Language) touching | their Origination, and his Vindi- 
 cation of the I Planters. | [Ten lines quotation.] Tho. Thorowgood 
 S.T.B. Norfolciencls. | 
 
 London, | Printed for Henry Brome at the Gun in Ivie-lane. 
 1660. I O.JCB. 
 
 .5 p. 11., 33, 2, 28, 67 pp. 4°. Some resemblances in language betwixt the Jews 
 and Indians, chap. iv. 
 
 3864 Timeno {Rev. Antonio). Vocabulary of the Indians formerly living 
 at the Island of Santa Cruz in Santa Barbara county, taken by 
 Eev. Antonio Timeno, on 4'''' November, 1856, from a Christian In- 
 dian named Joseph Camuluyazet, aged eighty years, who was bap- 
 tized by Eev. Padre Antonio EipoU, in the Mission of Santa Barbara. 
 
 In Taylor (A. S. ) Indianology of California, in California Farmer, San Fran- 
 cisco, vol. 13, No. 11, May 4, 1860. 
 
 Reprinted in Hist. Magazine, first series, vol. 7, pp. 220-222. New York and 
 London, 1863. sm. 4°. And in Powell (J. W. ) Contributions to North American 
 Ethnology, vol. 3, pp. 560-565. Washington, 1377. 4°. 
 
 It is probable that Jinieno is the proper spelling of the author's name, that 
 being a frequent Spanish form; not so the above. 
 
 3865 Tinne vocabulary, Hong Kutchin dialect. 
 
 Manuscript. 4 11. folio. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. 
 
 3866 Tishnoff (Elias). [Seven lines Cyrillic type.] | D.ibHMt TuainoiiaMi dhjlh. | 
 
 [Two lines Cyrillic type.] | 1847. | j^p. 
 
 Translation.— Chi\sX,\&n \ Guide Book. | Containing | Saint Michael | history | 
 and I Michael Catechism. | Elias Tishnoff made. | S. Petersburg. I Synod Press 
 1847. I 
 
 Title 1 1. , pp. 1-96. 8°. In the Aleutian language. In Cyrillic type, with the 
 addition of several specially cast for the purpose. See fac-simile of title-page. 
 The work is based on Veniaminoff (I.) and Netzvietoff (J.) Origin of Chris- 
 tian Creeds. St. Petersburg, 1840, No. 3998 of this catalogue. 
 
 3867 [Six lines Cyrillic characters.] | Ha AjeyTCKo-Ka4b«KCKiij nauirL 
 
 Depeseji H. Tbia;noBi. | 
 
 C. neiepeypri. | Bi cyH04a.ibR0ii Tiinorpai.iB. | 1848. | jj j^p 
 
 2Vans?o«i(m.— Matthew | Holy | Evangel. | Matthew | Holy | Evangel. | Into 
 
 the Aleutian-Eadiak dialect translated E. Tishnoff. | St. Petersburg, I synod 
 
 press, I 1848. | 
 
 1 p. 1., pp. 1-270, double columns, 1 1. 8°. 
 

 
 I n 
 
 mmmmk mhpuimex 
 
 ./ 
 
 YiWum&,m. 
 
 ^xm 
 
 iMHRHiirSEX MTHXHinHUIdiEZ. 
 
 
 0. n^TePfi^Frx. 
 
 ." ' 
 
 i84r. 
 
 3866.— FAC-SIMILE OP TITLE-PAGE OF TISHNOPF'S CHRISTIAN GUIDE-BOOK. 
 
fiHKTrf/HZ mSH^d 
 
 d m iO ¥ K d T 2. 
 
 AJIEyXCKO-KA^LflKCKlfi 
 
 B y R B A P L 
 
 CeemaG. Hdbn ThimKoe'^, 
 
 o.^noTOPFj.i^prx 
 
 18 4 8. 
 
 3868.— FAC-SIMILE OP TITLE-PAGE OF TISHNOFF'S ALEUTIAN KADTAK PRIMER. 
 
THOROWGOOD TOLMIE. 761 
 
 Tishnoff (Blias)— continued. 
 
 3868 [Two lines Cyrillic characters.] | AjeyTCKo-KaAbnncKiii | oyKBapb. | 
 
 COCTHB. BjbH TtDKIIOBl. | 
 
 C. neTepOypn.. | Bi cynojajbnoH THDorpa*iH. | 1848. | JWP. 
 
 Translation. — Aleutian Kadiak J Primer. | Aleutian Kadiak | Primer. | Made 
 by Elia Tischnoff. | St. Petersburg. | Synod press. | 1848. | 
 Title 1 1., pp. 1-52. 16°. See fac-simile of title-page. 
 
 3869 [Two lines Cyrillic characters.] | AjeyicKo-Ka^biiKCKiii | fiyKBapb. | 
 
 COCTaB. Hjba TbDKHOBl. I 
 
 C. UerepSypn.. | Bi cyn04aJbH0fi TBnorpai-iH. | 1848. | C. JWP. 
 
 Translation. — Aleutian Kadiak | Primer. | Aleutian Kadiak | Primer. | Made 
 by Elia Tisobnoff. | St. Petersburg. | Synod press. | 1848. | 
 
 Pp. 1-33. 16°. Though identical in title with the one given above, it is not the 
 same work. The two agree to the middle of page 8, but thereafter they differ 
 materially. 
 
 3870 Titulo Eeal de Don Francisco Izquin, ultimo Ahpop Galel, 6 Eey de 
 Nehaib, en el Quiche, otorgado por los senores que le dieron la inve- 
 stidura de su real dignidad, firmada por el ultimo Eey delQuich^, con 
 otros varies principes, en dia 22 de noviembre del ano de 1558. * 
 
 11 11. folio. Original manuscript in the Quiche language, containing beside 
 the usual symbolic prefaces, the history of the conquest of the cities of Lower 
 Verapaz and Quiche by the tribes of this name, and especially by the three royal 
 houses, of which that of Nehaib was the lowest in rank. It bears the signatures of 
 the last Quiche princes, who, like those of Mexico, eagerly adopted, early in the 
 conquest, the characters of the Latin alphabet, in order, by means of them, to 
 perpetuate their histories without danger of being suspected of idolatry or re- 
 bellion. I have translated this document into French at the request of Dr. Don 
 Mariano Padilla; this translation exists at present among the archives of the 
 library of the University of Guatemala. — Brasseur de Bourbonrg. 
 
 3871 Tobar Cano y Moctezuma (D. Antonio). Elementos de la Gram^tica 
 Megicana. * 
 
 Title from Beristain, who quotes from Eguiara. 
 
 3872 [Tolmie {Dr. William Eraser).] [Vocabularies of the I^Torthwest 
 Coast of America.] , 
 
 In Scouler (John). Observations on the Indigenous Tribes of Northwest 
 America, in Royal Geog. Soc. of London, Jour., vol. 11, pp. 215-251. London, 
 1841. 8°. 
 
 The vocabularies given in the article were contributed by Drs. Tolmie and 
 Coultei- ; those of the former are as follows : Haeeltzuk (coast) ; Billechoola (Sal- 
 mon Eiver) ; Chimmesyan (coast) ; Haidah (Queen Charlotte's Isles) ; Tun Ghaase, 
 pp. 230-235. — Kliketat (between Fort Nez Percys, Mount Rainier, and Columbia 
 Falls); Sahaptin or Nez Percys ; Okanagan (Eraser's River) ; Kalapooiah (Wal- 
 lamat Plains); Yamkallie (sources of Wallamat River); Umpqua (Umpqua 
 River), pp. 236-241. — Kawitchen (entrance of Trading River); Tlaoquatch 
 (Southwest extremity Vancouver's Island); Noosdalum (Hood's Canal); Squal- 
 lyamish (Puget's Sound) ; Cheenook (entrance of Columbia River) ; Cathlascon 
 (Cathlascou?) (Columbia River), pp. 241-247. 
 
 3873 [Vocabularies of Tribes of Northwest America.] 
 
 In Powell (J. W.) Contributions to North American Ethnology, vol. 1. 
 Washington, 1877. 4°. r 
 
 Vocabulary of the Takukwan, pp. 121-133.— Kittistzu, pp. 143-153.— Shoo- 
 swaap, Wakynakaiue, pp. 247-265.— KuUeespelm, pp. 267-283. 
 
762 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 [Tolmie {Br. "William Fraser)] — continued. 
 
 3874 Vocabulary of the Cootonais or Cuttoonasha language. 
 
 Manuscript. 1 1. folio. 
 
 3875 Vocabulary of the Kootnay language. 
 
 Manuscript. 3 11. folio, 165 words. 
 
 3876 Vocabulary of the Tahko Tinneh language. 
 
 Manuscript. 1 1. folio, 60 words. These manuscripts are in the library of the 
 Bureau of Ethnology. 
 
 3877 Toner (Joseph Meredith). Address | before the | Eocky Mount- 
 ain I Medical Association | June 6, 1877 | containing | some ob- 
 servations I on the I geological age of the world | the appearance 
 of animal life on the globe, | the antiquity of man, and the archaeo- 
 logical I remains of extinct races found on the American Conti- 
 nent, I with views of | the origin and practice of medicine among | 
 uncivilized races, more especially | the North American Indians. | 
 By I J. M. Toner, M. D. | C. WE. JWP. 
 
 Washington, D. C. | Published for the Association. | 1877. | 
 Pp. 1-112. 12°. Names applied by Indians to their physicians, pp. 62-64. 
 The copy in the Library of Congress has an appendix containing a synopsis 
 
 of previous addresses, and biographies of members of the Association — in all, 
 
 414 pp. 
 
 3878 Toral {Fr. Francisco). Arte y Vocabulario de la Lengua Totolaca 
 6 Totonaca y varies Optisculos Oatequisticos en la misma. * 
 
 Title from Beristain. 
 
 3879 Toro {Fr. Juan). Sermones en Lengua de los Indies Mistecos. * 
 
 Of these the P. Mtr6. Fr. Tomds Buron, curate of Azompa in 1746, preserved 
 one volume, Miaterios de Jesucristo y do la Virgen. — Beristain. 
 
 3880 Torralva {Fr. Francisco). Sermones doctrinales en Lengua Maya 
 6 de Yucatan. * 
 
 Manuscript. Title from Beristain, who gives it on the authority of Cogolludo, 
 Pinelo, and Antonio. 
 
 3881 Torresano {Fray Estevan). Arte de Lengua Cakchiquel, etc., in- 
 cluiendo un Parallelo delas Lenguas Kiche, Cakchiquel, y Zatuhil; 
 Guatemala, ano 1754. * 
 
 Manuscript. 305 pp., 20 11. sm. 4°. 
 
 This is an adaptation of the works of Plores, made by a more skillful and 
 critical hand, omitting many of the cumbersome involutions and repetitions of 
 the original. The original manuscript is in the Biblioth&que Imp^riale, of 
 Paris. — Squier. 
 
 3882 Torrey {Bev. C. C.) Terms of Relationship of the Cherokee, 
 (Tsalokee,) collected by Eev. C. C. Torrey, Missionary, Park Hill, 
 Tahlequah, Cherokee Nation. 
 
 In Morgan (L. H. ) Systems of Consanguinity and Affinity, pp. 293-382. 
 Washington, 1871. 4°. Follows line 32 through those pages. 
 
TOLMIE — TEUAX. 763 
 
 3883 Tract respecting Christ, bis life, character and doctrines. 1827. * 
 
 31 pp. Title from Byiugton's manuscript Choctaw dictionary. He adds: 
 Second edition, 1836, 39 pp. ; third edition, 1845, 28 pp. It contains the follow- 
 ing: New Birth, its nature and necessity. — Repentance necessary to Salvation. — 
 Eesurrection and general judgment. See Child's Book on the Creation, No. 787, 
 and Ne'w Birth, No. 2741, of this catalogue. 
 
 3884 Tracts. Tracts in Micmac 'So. 1.) | Bread cast upon the waters. — 
 No. 7. TSlekesuhsutadfiks? How are you to be saved? | 
 
 Colophon : London Gospel Tract Depot, Warwick Lane, Pater- 
 noster Eow. I s. 
 
 3885 Tracts in Micmac No. 2.) | Bread cast upon the waters. — 
 
 No, 2. I ' Wokumayaan." | "Be thou clean." | 
 
 Colophon: London Gospel Tract Depot; Warwick Lane, Pater- 
 noster Eow. I s. 
 
 3886 Tracts in Micmac No. 3.) | Bread cast upon the waters. — 
 
 No. 4. I Uktuloowawoodeel | abiksikfasigiil." | "Thy sins are for- 
 given thee." I 
 
 Colophon: London Gospel Tract Depot, Warwick Lane, Pater- 
 noster Eow. I s. 
 
 3887 Tracts in Micmac No. 4.) | Bread cast upon the waters. — 
 
 No. 8. I wan teiadgggt? I Who is to blame? | 
 
 Colophon : London Gospel Tract Depot, Warwick Lane, Pater- 
 noster Eow. I s. 
 Each of the above tracts pp. 1-4. 16°. 
 
 3888 Treatise. A Treatise on Marriage [in the Cherokee language]. 
 
 [Park Hill: 1843?] . O.BA. 
 
 Pp. 1-20. 24°. In Cherokee characters. 
 
 3889 Treaty. A Treaty | between | the United States | and the | Choc- 
 taws and Chickasaws. | 
 
 Reverse title : Unaitet States | micha | Chahta, Chikasha aiena | 
 nan itim apisa | anumpa. | - - - we. jwp. 
 
 No imprint. Pp. 1-56. 8°. Parallel columns Choctaw and English. "Done 
 at the City of Washington, this tenth day of July, in the year of our Lord one 
 thousand eight hundred and sixty-six, and of the Independence of the United 
 States of America, the ninety-first." For a prior treaty between the same, see 
 United States, No. 3954 of this catalogue. 
 
 3890 Triumphant deaths | of | Pious Children. | In the Choctaw Lan- 
 guage. I By Missionaries of the American Board of Commissioners 
 for I Foreign Missions. | 
 
 Boston: | Printed for the Board, by Crocker & Brewster, | 47 
 Washington Street. | 1835. | BA. ATS. JWP. 
 
 Pp. 1-54. 24°. Hymns, pp. 47-54. 
 
 Truax (Bev. William B.) 
 See Arny (W. F. M. ), No. 161 of this catalogue. 
 
764 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 3891 True (N. B.) Indian Names on the Androscoggin. N. B. True. 
 
 In Hist. Magazine, first series, vol. 8, pp. 237-238. New York, 1864. sm. 4°. 
 
 3892 Trugillo {Fr. Alonso). Sermones para todos los Domingos y festi- 
 vidades del Alio; quatro diferentes para cada dia, en Lengua 
 Megicana. * 
 
 Title from Beristain. 
 
 3893 Trumbull (J. Hammond). On Shawmut [the Indian name of Bos- 
 ton]. * 
 
 In Mass. Hist. See. , Proc, Dec, 1866, pp. 376-379. Boston, 1867. 8°. 
 
 3894 On the name of Massachusetts. 
 
 In Am. Antiq. Soc, Proe. , Oct. , 1867, pp. 79-84. Worcester, 1868. 8°. 
 
 3895 Indian Names [of places in ConnecticutJ. 
 
 In Woodward CA.) Historical Address at Franklin, Conn., in Celebration 
 of the 150tli Anniversary, pp. 46-48. New Haven, 1869. 8°. 
 
 3896 The Oomposition of Indian Geographical Names, illustrated 
 
 from the Algonkin Languages. By J. Hammond Trumbull. 
 
 In Conn. Hist. Soc, Coll., vol. 2, pp. 1-50. Hartford, ] 870. 8°. 
 Following the general index of this volume is an index of "Indian Names" 
 used in the above article, pp. 378-380. Issued separately, also, as follows: 
 
 3897 The Composition | of | Indian Geographical Names, [ illus- 
 trated from the ( Algonkin Languages. | By | J. Hammond Trum- 
 bull, I President of the Connecticut Historical Society. | From the 
 Conn. Historical Society's Collections, Vol. II. | 
 
 Hartford. | Press of Case, Lockwood & Brainard. | 1870. | si. 
 Pp. 51, 3. 8°. 
 
 3898 Indian Names in Virginia. By Hon. J. Hammond Trum- 
 bull, President of the Connecticut Historical Society. 
 
 In Hist. Magazine, second series, vol. 7, p. 47-48. Morrisania, N.Y., 1870. sm. 4°. 
 
 3899 Thevet's Specimens of the Indian Language of Norumbega. 
 
 By Hon. J. Hammond Trumbull, President of the Connecticut His- 
 torical Society. 
 
 In Hist. Magazine, second series, vol. 7, p. 239. Morrisania, N. Y. , 1870. sm. 4°. 
 
 3900 The true method of studying the North American Lan- 
 guages. 
 
 In Am. Philolog. Ass., Proc, 1869, pp. 25-26. New York, 1870. 8°. An ab- 
 stract of the following : 
 
 3901 On the best Method of Studying the North American Lan- 
 guages. By J. Hammond Trumbull, of Hartford, Conn. 
 
 In Am. PhUolog. Ass., Trans., 1869-70, pp. 55-79. Hartford, 1871. 8°. Also 
 issued separately. 
 
 Contains examples in Algonkin, Sioux-Dakota, Choctaw, Chippeway, &c. 
 
TRUE TKUMBULL. 765 
 
 Trumbull (J. Hammond) — continued. 
 
 3902 Some Mistakes concerning the Grammar, and in Vocabu- 
 laries of the Algonkin Language. 
 
 lu Am. Philolog. Ass., Proc, 1870, pp. 13-14. New York, 1871. 8°. An ab- 
 stract of the followiDg : 
 
 3903 On some Mistaken Notions of Algonkin Grammar, and on 
 
 Mistranslations of words from Eliot's Bible, &c. By J. Hammond 
 Trumbull. 
 
 In Am. Philolog. Ass., Trans., 1869-70, pp. 105-123. Hartford, 1871. 8°. Also 
 separately issued as follows : 
 
 3904 (From the Transactions of the American Philological Asso- 
 ciation, 1869-70.) I On some | mistaken notions of Algonkin Gram- 
 mar, I and on mistranslations of words from Eliot's Bible, &c. | 
 By J. Hammond Trumbull. ( * 
 
 No title-page. pp. 1-19. 8°. Title from Mr. W. Eames, from a copy in the 
 possession of Mr. W. W. Beech, Yonkers, N. Y. 
 
 3905 On Algonkin names of the Dog and Horse. 
 
 In Am. Philolog. Ass., Proc. , 1870, pp. 16-17. New York, 1871. 8°. 
 
 3906 On some alleged specimens of Indian Onomatopoeia. By 
 
 J. Hammond Trumbull. 
 
 In Conn. Acad, of Arts and Sciences, Trans., vol. 2, pp. 177-185. New 
 Haven, 1870. 8°. Examples in various Indian languages. 
 
 3907 A Mode of Counting, said to have been used by the Wawe- 
 
 noc Indians of Maine. By Hon. J. H. Trumbull. 
 
 • In Am. Philolog. Ass., Proc, 1871, pp. 13-15. New York, 1872. 8°. 
 
 3908 : — Algonkin Names of Man, by Hon. J. H. Trumbull. 
 
 la Am. Philolog. Ass., Proc, 1871, p. 23. New York, 1872. 8°. An abstract 
 of the following : 
 
 3909 On Algonkin Names for Man. By J. Hammond Trumbull. 
 
 In Am. Philolog. Ass., Trans., 1871, pp. 128-159. Hartford, 1872. 8°. Also 
 
 issued separately, 23 pp. 
 
 3910 Contributions to the Comparative Grammar of the Algon- 
 kin Languages. 
 
 In Am. Philolog. Ass., Proc, 1871, pp. 28-29. New York, 1872. 8°. 
 A brief abstract of a paper subsequently published as "Notes on Forty Ver- 
 sions of the Lord's Prayer," &c.. No. 3914 of this catalogue. 
 
 3911 English Words derived from Indian Languages of North 
 
 America. 
 
 In Am. PhUolog. Ass., Proc, 1872, pp. 12-13. Hartford, 1873. 8°. An ab- 
 stract of the following : 
 
 3912 On some Words derived from Indian Languages of North 
 
 America. By. J. Hammond Trumbull. 
 
 In Am. Philolog. Ass., Trans., 1872, pp. 19-32. Hartford, 1873. 8°. Also 
 issued separately. Reprinted in (Herrig's) Archio f ilr das Studium d. neueren 
 Sprachen, vol. 55, pp. 451-458. Braunschweig, 1876. 8". 
 
 3913 Indian Local Names in Ehode Island, by Hon. J. H. Trum- 
 bull. 
 
 In Am. Philolog. Ass. , Proc, 1872, pp. 19-20. Hartford, 1873. 8°. 
 
766 NORTH AMEEICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Trumbull (J. Hammond) — continued. 
 
 3914 Notes on Forty Versions of the Lord's Prayer in Algonkin 
 
 Languages. By J. Hammond Trumbull. 
 
 In Am. Philolog. Ass., Trans., 1872, pp. 113-218. Hartford, 187.3. 8°. 
 
 Contains the Lord's Prayer in the following dialects: 
 
 1 Miemac (from Mithridates, Th. iii, Abth. 3, p. 401). 
 
 2 (a) Miemac (from Kauder, in Historical Magazine, vol. 5, p. 289). 
 
 2 (6) Miemac (from Vetromile's Good Book, p. 225). 
 
 3 Miemac (from Gospel according to St. Matthew, Charlottetown, 1853). 
 
 4 Milicite (from Vetromile's Good Book, pp. 71, 529). 
 
 4 (fc) Milicite (from manuscript). 
 
 5 Milicite (from S. T. Rand, in Schoolcraft's Indian Tribes, vol. 5, p. 592). 
 C Abnaki, Passamaquoddy (from Vetromile's Good Book, p. 268). 
 
 7 Abnaki, Passamaquoddy (from Vetromile's Good Book, p. 578). 
 
 8 Abnaki, Penobscot (from Demilier in Annales de la Prop, de la Foi, vol. 8, 
 
 p. 197). 
 
 9 Abnaki, Canniba (from manuscript). 
 9 (6) Canniba (from manuscript). 
 
 10 Massachusetts (from Eliot's Indian Bible). 
 
 11 Connecticut, Niantic? (from Mayhew's manuscript). 
 
 12 Connecticut, Peqnot-Mohegan ? (from Saltonstall in Morse's Report). 
 
 13 Mohegan of Stockbridge, Mass. (from Edwards' Observations). 
 
 14 Mohegan of Stockbridge, Mass. (from Assembly's Catechism, 1795). 
 
 15 Quiripi (from Peirson's Helps for the Indians). 
 
 16 Delaware, Renapi of New Sweden (from Campanius' Luther Catechism). 
 
 17 Delaware, Lenni Lenape, of Northern Pennsylvania (from Zeisberger's 
 
 Spelling Book). 
 
 18 Cree (Knisteno), Red River (from Pri&res, &c., en langue Crise). 
 
 19 Cree, Saskatchewan? (from De Smet's Oregon Missions). 
 
 20 Cree (from Gospel of St. Matthew, London, 1853). 
 
 20 (i) Cree, Red River (from Hunter's translation of the Prayer Book). 
 
 20 (c) Cree, West Coast of Hudson Bay (from Hunter's translation of the 
 
 Prayer Book). 
 
 21 Montagnais, near Quebec (from Mass^, in Champlaiu's Voyages). 
 
 22 Montagnais, Saguenay River and Lake St. John (from La Brosse's 
 
 Nehiro-Irinui). 
 
 23 Algonkin, Nipissing (from Cat6chisme Algonquine, Montreal, 1865). 
 
 24 Chippeway (Southern) (from Baraga's Anamie Masinaigan). 
 
 25 Chippeway (Northern) (from Belcourt's Anamihe-Masinahigan). 
 
 26 Chippeway (Eastern), Missisauga (from Jones's Hist. Ojibway Indians;. 
 
 27 Chippeway (from New Testament, New York, 1856). 
 
 28 Ottawa (from Baraga's Katolik Anamie-Masinaigan). 
 
 29 Ottawa (from Meeker's version of St. Matthew). 
 
 30 Potawotami (from Lykins's version of St. Matthew). 
 
 31 Potawotami (from De Smet's Oregon Missions). 
 
 32 Menomoni (from Bondnel in Shea's Cath. Missions). 
 
 33 Shawano (from American Museum, vol. 6, 1789, p. 318) 
 
 34 Shawano (from Butler, in Mithridates, vol. 3). 
 
 35 Shawano (from Lykins's Gospel of Matthew). 
 
 [Pseudo] Sliawano ("Savanahic6," from Chamberlayne's Oratio Do- 
 minica). 
 
 36 Illinois, Peouaria (from Bpdiani's Oratio Dominica). 
 
 37 Illinois, modern Peoria? (from Pewani Missinoikan, 1846). 
 37 Sitsika, Blackfoot (from De Smet's Oregon Missions). 
 Issued separately, also, as follows : 
 
TRUMBULL. 767 
 
 Trumbull (J. Hatamond) — continued. 
 
 3915 Notes on | Forty Algonkin Versions | of the Lord's Prayer. | 
 
 By J. Hammond Trumbull. | Prom the Transactions of the Am. 
 Philological Association, 1872. | 
 
 Hartford : | 1873. | WE. JWP. 
 
 Printed cover, 1 p. 1., pp. 1-116. 8°. 
 
 3916 Numerals in American Indian Languages, and the Indian 
 
 mode of Counting. 
 
 In Am. PhUolog. Ass., Proc, 1874, pp. 17-19. Hartford, 1874. 8°. Abstract 
 of the following : 
 
 3917 On Numerals in American Indian Languages, and the 
 
 Indian Mode of Counting. By J. Hammond Trumbull, of Hart- 
 ford, Conn. 
 
 In Am. PhUolog. Ass., Trans., 1874, pp. 41-76. Hartford, 1875. 8°. Issued 
 also as a separate pamphlet, as follows : 
 
 3918 On I Numerals | in | American Indian Languages, | and 
 
 the I Indian Mode of Counting. ( By J. Hammond TrurabuU, 
 LL. D. I (From the Transactions of the Am. Philological Associa- 
 tion, 1874.) I 
 
 Hartford, Conn. | 1875. | JWP. 
 
 1 p. 1.. pp. 1-36. 8°. 
 
 3919 Names for Heart, Liver, and Lungs. 
 
 In Am. PhUolog. Ass., Proc, -1874, pp. 31-32. - Hartford, 1874. 8°. 
 Synonyms of these three words in various Indian languages, with etymologies. 
 
 3920 [Indian Names of Game Birds.] * 
 
 In Am. Sportsman, vol. 3, p. 227, 1874. Title from Coues's Bibliography of 
 
 Birds. 
 
 3921 Annual Address delivered by the President, Dr. J. Ham- 
 mond Trumbull [before the American Philological Association]. 
 
 In Am. PhUolog. Ass., Proc., 1875, pp. 5-8. Hartford, 1875. 8°. 
 Mainly devoted to a discussion of Indian languages. 
 
 3922 The Algonkin Verb. 
 
 In Am. PhUolog. Ass., Proc, 1876, pp. 28-29. Hartford, 1876. 8°. 
 The subject is treated more fully in the Transactions of the same society, as 
 follows : 
 
 3923 The Algonkin Verb. 
 
 In Am. PhUolog. Ass., Trans., 1876, pp. 146-171. Hartford, 1877. 8°. 
 
 3924 Names of the Sun and of Water, in some American Lan- 
 guages. 
 
 In Am. Philolog. Ass., Proc, 1876, p. 45. Hartford, 1876. 8°. 
 
 3925 Indian Languages of America. 
 
 In Johnson's Cyclopajdia, vol. 2, pp. 1155-1161. New York, 1876. 8°. 
 
 3926 On the North American Indian Languages. 
 
 In PhUolog. Soc. [of London], Trans., May, 1876, pp. 83-95. London, 1876. 8°. 
 
 3927 — Indian names of places on Long Island, derived from escu- 
 lent Eoots. 
 
 In Magazine of Am. History, vol. 1, pp. 386, 387. New Tork, 1877. sm. 4°. 
 
768 NOETH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Trumbull (J. Hammond)— continued. 
 
 3928 Pembina. [The origin and meaning of the name.J 
 
 In Magazine of Am. History, vol. 1, p. 47. New York, 1877. sm. 4°. 
 
 3929 Oregon. The origin and meaning of the name. 
 
 In Magazine of Am. History, vol. 3, pp. 36-38. New York, 1879. sm. 4°. 
 
 3930 The Indian Tongue and its Literature as fashioned by 
 
 Eliot and others. By the Hon. J. Hammond Trumbull, LL. D., 
 President of the Connecticut Historical Society. 
 
 In AWinsor (Justin). Memorial History of Boston, vol. 1, pp. 4fi5-480. Bos- 
 ton, 1880. 4°. 
 
 3931 Indian Names | of Places, etc., in and on the borders of | 
 
 Connecticut : | with Interpretations of some of them. | By J. Ham- 
 mond Trumbull. | 
 
 Hartford : | 1881. | WE. JWP. WHS. 
 
 Pp.i-xi,l-93. 8°. 
 
 3932 On the Algonkin Name "Manit" (or "Manitou"), some- 
 times translated "Great Spirit," and " God." By J. H. Trumbull, 
 Hartford, Conn. • C. WE. 
 
 In Old and New, vol. 1, pp. 337-342. Boston, 1870. 8°. 
 
 3933 [Translation of the Catechism in the first and second edi- 
 tions of Eliot's Bible.] 
 
 (7oiop/(ow.- Printed by J. Munsell, Albany, | January 20, 1865. | BA. 
 7 unnumbered pp. sm. 4°. 
 , editor. 
 
 See 'Williams (Roger). See Feirson (Bev. Abraham). 
 
 3934 Tugsiautit angnerit kat4ngutigingnianut kalatdlit nunanitunut 
 
 atortugssat. * 
 
 494 pp. 8°. Hymn-book in Eskimo for the use of the Moravian Community 
 in Greenland. Title from a Greenland missionary, through Professor Eiut. 
 
 3935 Tuksiarutsit attorekset lUagektunnut Labradoremetunnut. Es- 
 kimo Hymn-book for the use of the Eskimos in Nain, Okkak, and 
 Hopedale, on the Coast of Labrador. 
 
 London, 1809. * 
 
 277 and 34 pp. 12°. Title from Triibner's Catalogue. 
 
 3936 Tuksiautit. Tuksiautit attuagaekset illageennut innuit nunsenne- 
 tunnut. 
 
 Barbime, 1785. * 
 
 304 pp., 1611. 8°. Canticles in Greenlandish, probably by Paul Egede. Printed 
 
 .at the establishment of the Moravian Brothers at Barby. — Leclerc, 1878, No. 2235. 
 
 3937 Tuksiautit erinaglit Testamentitokame agleksimarsut. * 
 
 200 pp. 8°. Psalms of David. Title from a Greenland missionary, through 
 
 Professor Rink. See Davidib assingitalo. No. 990 : also Kristumiutut, No. 2147. 
 
 3938 Tuksiautit ussornautitsagMt attuagaekset illageeuut innuit 
 
 nunaennetunnut. * 
 
 160 pp. 8°. Liturgic manual, with prayers for public worship, &c., in Eskimo. 
 Title from a Greenland missionary, through Professor Rink. 
 
TEDMBULL — TUTTLE. 769 
 
 3939 Tupin (Charl. de). Arte Novissima de Lengua Mexicana. 
 
 Mexico: 1753. • 
 
 4°. Title from Triibner, in Ludewig, p. 229. Probably refers to Tapia Zen- 
 teno (Carlos de), No. 3800 of this catalogue. 
 
 3940 Tupper (Martin Farquhar). A Hymn for all Nations. | 1851. | 
 By I M. P. Tupper, D. 0. L., F. E. S., | Author of "Proverbial Phi- 
 losophy." I Translated into Thirty Languages. | (Upwards of Fifty 
 Versions.) | TheMusic Composed expressly | by | S.Sebastian Wes- 
 ley, Mus. Doc. I 
 
 London: | Printed by Thomas Brettell, Eupert Street, Hay- 
 market; I and sold by | Thomas Hatchard, 187, Piccadilly; | and 
 all booksellers. | c. s. 
 
 Pp. 1-72. 8°. On p. 4i:i occurs a Chippewa version by George Copway. 
 
 Turkey (Joseph P.) 
 See Sanborn (John W.) and Turkey (Joseph P.) 
 
 3941 Turner (William Wadden). Professor Turner's Letter on Indian 
 Philology. 
 
 In Smithsonicin Inst., Ann. Kept., 1851, pp. 93-97. Washington, 1852. 8°. 
 Comments on Eiggs' Dakota Grammar and Dictionary, and, incidentally, on 
 Indian languages generally. 
 
 3942 Mutsun Manuscript. 
 
 In Hist. Magazine, first series, vol. 1, pp. 205-206. Boston and London, 18.57. 
 sm. 4°. 
 
 Description of a manuscript temporarily in possession of the Smithsonian 
 Institution, treating of one of the tribes of California. The article contains a 
 short comparative vocabulary of San Juan Bautista, La Soledad, and San Carlos. 
 
 , editor. 
 
 See Lionnet (Eev. — ). See Marcy (Capt. E. B.). See Whipple (Lieut. A. W.), 
 Bwbank (T.), and Turner (W.W.) 
 
 3943 Tussajungnik siutelik tussarle. | [Design.] ATS. 
 
 No title-page. 1 p. 1., pp. 1-8. sq. 24°. Bible lessons in the Eskimo language of 
 Labrador. 
 
 3944 Tuttle (Bev. Edmund B.) The Boy's Book | about Indians. | Be- 
 ing I what I saw and heard for three years | on the plains. | By | 
 Eev. Edmund B. Tuttle, | Post- Chaplain, U. S. A,, Fort D. A. Eus- 
 sell, Wyoming Territory, 1870. | [One line quotation.] | 
 
 Philadelphia: | J, B. Lippincott & Co. | 1873. | 0. 
 
 Pp. iii-xii, 13-207. 8°. Some copies are dated 1874. 
 
 List of names of chiefs of the following tribes, with English signification : 
 Brule, pp. 34-35. — Ogallah, pp. 35-38. — Yanctonai, pp. 38-39. — Arapahoe, 
 p. 39. — Minneconjon, pp. 39-41. — Unopapa Sioux, p. 41. — Blackfeet Sioux, 
 p. 42.— Ogallalla Sioux, p. 42. — Two-Kettle Band, p. 42.— Sansareh Sioux, 
 p. 43. — Santee Sioux, p. 43. — Eed Cloud's Staff [Sioux], p. 102.— Names of squaws 
 of High Blood, pp. 102-103. — Indian Language, Counting, &o. [short Sioux 
 vocabulary], p. 160. — Lord's Prayer in the Sioux Language, p. 205.— Apostle's 
 Creed [Sioux], p. 206. 
 
 49 Bib 
 
770 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 3945 Tylor (Edward Burnett). Primitive Culture | Eesearches into the 
 Development of | Mythology, Philosophy, Eeligion, | Language, 
 Art and Custom | By | Edward B. Tylor, LL. D., F. B. S | Author 
 of " Eesearches into the Early History of Mankind," &c | [Quota- 
 tion, five lines.] | First American, from the second English Edi- 
 tion I In two volumes | Volume I [II] | 
 
 New York | Henry Holt and Company | 1874 | WE. jwp. 
 
 2 vols. 8". 
 
 Chapters V and VI., Emotional and imitative language, vol. 1, pp. 160-239, and 
 Chapter VII., The Art of Counting, vol. 1, pp. 240-272, contain scattered words in 
 various North American languages. 
 
 First edition, London, 1871. 2 vols. 8°. 
 
 3946 Anthropology: | An Introduction to the Study of | Man 
 
 and Civilization. | By | Edward B. Tylor, D. C. L., F. E. S. | With 
 illustrations. | 
 
 New York: | D. Appleton and Company, | 1, 3, and 5 Bond 
 
 Street. | 1881. | we. jwp. 
 
 Pp. i-xv, 1-448. 12°. 
 
 Chapters IV. and V., Language, pp. 114-151, contain scattered words and 
 phrases in North American Indian languages. 
 First edition, London, 1881. 
 
 3947 Eemarks on Buschmann's Eesearches in North American 
 
 Philology. By Edward B. Tylor. 
 
 In Ethnol. Soc. of London, Trans., vol. 2, pp. 130-136. London, 1863. 8°. 
 
TYLOR UMFREVILLE. 771 
 
 3948 Uhde (Adolph). Die Lander | am untern Eio bravo del Forte. | 
 Geschichtliches und Erlebtes | von | Adolph Uhde, | Konigl. 
 Wlirtembergischer Artillerie-Hauptmann a. D. | Mit einer Ueber- 
 slchtskarte. | Das Recht der Uebersetzung behalt slch der Ver- 
 fasser vor. | 
 
 Heidelberg. | In Commission bei I. 0. B. Mohr. | 1861. | ASG. 
 Pp. i-viii, 1-432. 8°. Short vocabulary of the Carrizo language (spoken near 
 Reynoso, state of Chihuahua, Mexico), pp. 185-186. 
 
 3949 Ulrici (Emil). Die | Indianer Nord-Amerikas. | Eine ethnogra- 
 phische Skizze | von | Emil Ulrici. | 
 
 Dresden, | Woldemar Turk. | 1867. | lsh. whs. 
 
 Pp. 1-39. 8°. 
 
 A short vo,oabulary (eight words) of the following languages, arranged in 
 tabular form, is inserted after p. 39. They are all from Schoolcraft (H. R.) 
 Indian Tribes, vol. 2, pp. 458-505. Philadelphia, 1852. 4°. 
 
 Ojibwas of St. Mary (G. Johnston); Mohawks (Rev. A. EUiott); 
 
 Grand Traverse Bay (Rev. P. Dough- Oneidas (Young Skenando); 
 erty); Cayngas (Rev. A. Elliott); 
 
 Saganaw (G. Moran); Onondagas (A. Le Fort); 
 
 Michelmaok (W. Johnston); Comanches (R. S. Neighbors); 
 
 Mianiis (C. N. Handy); Satsika, or Blackfeet (J. B. Moncro- 
 
 Menomenes (W. H. Bruce) ; vie) ; 
 
 Shawnees (R. W. Cummings) ; Costanos (Pedro Alcantara); 
 
 Delawares (R. W. Cummings); Cushnas (Adam Johnson). 
 
 3950 Umery (J.) Sur l'identit6 du mot Mere dans les idiomes de tons 
 les peuples. [Signed J. Umery.] * 
 
 In Revue Orientale et Ameiicaine, tome 8, pp. 335-338. Paris, 1863. 8°. 
 
 Contains the word for mother, in Huron, Touscaroras, Delaware ou Lennapp^ 
 Noutka, Ougaljakhmoutzi, Groenlandais, Aleoutien d'Ounalaska, Houast&que, 
 Othouii, Aztfeque, Maya. 
 
 3951 Umfreville (Edward). The | Present State | of | Hudson's Bay. | 
 Containing a full description of | that settlement, and the adjacent 
 country; | and likewise of | the Fur Trade, | with hints for its 
 improvement, &c. &c. | To which are added, | remarks and observa- 
 tions made in the inland | parts, during a residence of near four 
 years; | a specimen of five Indian languages; and a | journal of a 
 journey from Montreal to New- | York. | ByEwdard Umfreville; | 
 eleven years in the service of the Hudson's Bay Com- | pany, and 
 four years in the Canada | Fur Trade. | 
 
 London : | Printed for Charles Stalker, No. 4, Stationers- | Court, 
 Ludgate-Street. | MDCCXC [1790]. | A. c. s. BA. job. 
 
 2 p. 11., pp. i-vii, 1-230. 1 1. 8°. 
 
 Names of the months in the language of the Hudson's Bay Indians, with signifi- 
 cation, pp. 54-55.— Nehethawa names of the moons, pp. 191-192.— "A Specimen 
 
772 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Umfreville (Edward) — continued. 
 
 of sundry Indian Languages spoken in tlie Inland Parts of Hudson's Bay, between 
 that Coast aad the Coast of California," being a vocabulary of 44 words (on fold- 
 ing sheet facing p. 202) of the following languages: Nehethawa, or Ka-lis-te-no; 
 As-sin-e-po-e-tuc, or Stone Indians; Fall Indians; Blackfoot Indians; Snake 
 Indians [column blank]; Sussee Indians. 
 
 3952 Eduard Umfreville | iiber | den gegenwartigen Zustand — 
 
 der I Hudsonsbay, | der dorfcigen | Etablissemeuts | und ihres Han- 
 dels, I nebst I einer Beschreibung | des Innern von JSTeu Wallis, | 
 und einer | Eeise von Montreal nach Keu York. | Aus dem Eng- 
 lischen. | Mit | einer eigenen neuen Cbarte, einer kurzen Geo- 
 graphie | dieser Lander und mehreren Erlauterungen | herausge- 
 geben | von | E. A. W. Zimmerman, | Hofrath und Professor in 
 Braunschweig. | 
 
 Helmstadt, bey Fleckeisen. 1791. | JCB. 
 
 Pp. l-xxvi, 1-164. 8°. map. Vocabularies, folding sheet forms p. 148. 
 
 3953 TJnipkautsit 52git maggoertorlugit Bibelemit. lUinniarringnut 
 kittorngarenuUo illingajut. 
 
 Calev, Barthib sonnalauktangit ; Stuttgart, J. P. Steinkopfib 
 nelilauktangit, 1852. * 
 
 Pp.-vi,205. 12°. Bible stories in the Eskimo language. — Sdbin's Dictionary, 
 No. 3703. 
 
 3954 United States | micha | Chahta micha Chikasha aiena | Treaty 
 anumpa | ai itim apoBa tok. | 
 
 Reverse title : Treaty | between | the United States | and the | 
 Choctaw and Chikasaw Indians. | s. JWP. 
 
 No imprint. Pp. 1-19. 4°. Parallel columns Choctaw and English. "Done 
 at the city of Washington, this fourth day of March, A. D. one thousand eight 
 hundred and fifty-six, and of the independence of the United States the eight- 
 ieth." 
 
 For a subsequent treaty between the sanic, see Treaty, No. Z^dQ di this cata- 
 logue. 
 
 3955 Urbano {Fr. Alonzo). Arte breve de la Lengua Otomi, compuesto 
 por el Pe. Fr. Alonzo Urbano, de la Orden N. P. S. Agustin. * 
 
 Manuscript. 15 11. 4°. In the National Library at Paris. It is dated 1605. 
 A manuscript copy, on 45 11., was in the possession of E. G. Squier of New York. 
 The original is accompanied with a large and very complete dictionary, Otomi, 
 NahUatl (Mexican), and Spanish, 421 11., 4°, quite equal in extent to Molina's 
 celebrated Vocabulario Mexicano. — Ladewig, p. 143 ; Sguier^s Sale Cat., No. 775. 
 
 Uria (Rev.) 
 See Tapis (,Bev. Estevan). 
 
 3956 Uricoechea (Ezequiel). Suscripcion | al | Diccionario | de Voces 
 de Historia K'atural | Americanas | por E. Uricoechea | 
 
 Paris, 1878. | j^. 
 
 2 pp. 8°. Prospectus of dictionary to contain Spanish, English, French, 
 Dutch, Creole, and Indian American names, with applications and use of the 
 objects named. I think the work has not been published. One page of the 
 Dictionary, Aca-Arch, is given. 
 
UMFEEVILLE — VALDjfiS 773 
 
 3957 [Urrutia (J. A.)] Nouvelles d6couvertes d'antiquit^s monumen- 
 tales daus l'Am6rique Centrale. 
 
 In Nouvelles Annales des Voyages, etc., vol. 1, 1857 (vol. 153 of the Collection), 
 pp. 175-186. Paris, n.d. 8°. 
 
 The preliminary remarks to this article are hy E. G. Squier, and contain 
 remarks on the Central American languages, with a few examples in Maya, , 
 Quiche, and Kachiquel. 
 
 3958 TTssornakaut ndkinniktut. | [Picture.] ATS, 
 
 No title-page. 1 p. 1., pp; 1-8. 16°. Bible lessons in the Eskimo language of 
 Labrador. I have seen the same tract with outside title: | Pilloridlarput nftpki- 
 niktnt. | 
 
 3959 Vaca [D. Diego). Oatecismo de la Doctrina cristiana en Lengaa 
 Megicana. * 
 
 Title from Beristain, who quotes from Alegaciones por el Clero Angelopolitano. 
 
 3960 Vae Ri Qutubal qhabal, Kalahigabal pe richin Christianoil tzih 
 Doctrina Christiana tucheex. 
 
 [En Guatemala (Antigua), por Sebastian de Arebalo, ano de 
 
 17 . . ]. * 
 
 24 pp. 4°. This little work, in the Cakchlquel language, is bound with other 
 small works in Spanish, but the title-page having been lost I have reconstructed 
 it, adding the name of the printer, and also that of the town where it was pub- 
 lished, for it appears to have been printed at ancient Guatemala, and from the 
 same types as the grammar of Father Flores. It is possible that he was the 
 author of it, though I have discovered nothing which could enable me to speak 
 positively on the subject. At any rate it is, up to this time, the only printed 
 work, the grammar of Flores excepted, extant in the Cakchiquel language, and 
 the only copy known. I owe it, with various other documents, to the kindness 
 of Dr. Murguia, physician at Guatemala. — Brasseur de Bowrbourg. 
 
 3961 Vail (Eugfene A.) IJTotice | sur j les Indiens 1 de I'Am^rique du 
 Nord, I orn6e de quatre portraits colori^s, dessin^s d'aprfes | na 
 ture, et d'une carte, | par | Eugene A. Vail, | Citoyen des fitats- 
 Unis d'Am^rique, membre de plusieurs soci6t6s savantes. | 
 
 Paris, I Arthus Bertrand, Elditeur, | libraire de la Soci6t6 de 
 G6ographie et de la Soci6t6 Eoyale des Antiquaires du Nord, | 
 Eue Hautefeuille, 23. | 1840. | A. c. s. BA. hit. 
 
 Pp. 1-246. 8°. map, plates. 
 
 "Des Langues Indiennes," pp. 40-58, contains a few examples in Muskhogee, 
 Delaware, Massachusetts, and Dacotah, and the Lord's Prayer in Cherokee. 
 
 3962 Val {Fr. Miguel). Comparaciones entre las lenguas castellana y 
 mexicana. * 
 
 Title from Pimentel. 
 
 3963 Valadez [Fr. Diego). Oatecismo y otros opiisculos [en lengua 
 
 Mexicana]. 
 
 Title from Pimentel. 
 
 Vald6s (G. P. de Oviedo y). 
 
 See Oviedo y Valdes (Gonzalo Fernandez de). 
 
774 NOETH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 3964 Valdivieso (Gabriel de). [Treatises in Mixteca.] * 
 
 Compuso (en Misteca) oraoiones, tratados espirituales, veinte y siete libros 
 grandes y pequefios de mucha erudicion y t^rminos. — Carriedo. 
 
 [j 3965 Valentini (Philipp J. J.) Vortrag tiber den mexicanischen Calen- 
 der-Stein, gehalten am 30. April 1878 in Republican Hall vor dem 
 deutscli ges. wissenschaftl. Verein. 
 New-York, 1878, * 
 
 Pp. 32, 1 plate. 8°. Title from Heinsius AUgemeines Bucher-Lexikon. 
 
 3966 Discurso acerca de la piedra llamada Oalendario Mexi- 
 
 cano pronunciado Por el Professor Ph. Valentini, el 30 de Abril 
 de 1878 en el "Eepublican Hall" (New York), ante una Sociedad 
 Cientifico-Alemana. 
 
 In Museo Nacional de M€zico, Anales, tomo 1, pp. 226-241. Mexico, 1877. 4°. 
 Aztek terms scattered througliout. 
 
 V 3967 The Mexican Calendar Stone. By Philipp J. J. Valentini, 
 
 Ph.D. 
 
 In Am. Ant. Soc, Proc., No. 71, pp. 91-108. Worcester, 1878. 8°. 
 Mexican terms, passim. 
 
 
 3968 Mexican Copper Tools. By Philipp J. Valentini, Ph. D. 
 
 In Am. Ant. Soc, Proc., No. 73, pp. 81-112. Worcester, 1879. 8°. 
 Many Mexican words, passim, with their etymologies. 
 
 3969 The Katunes of Maya History. By Philipp J. J. Valen-^ 
 
 tini, Ph. D. 
 
 In Am. Ant. Soc, Proc, No. 74, pp. 71-117. Worcester, 1880. 8°. 
 
 Maya text, with above title, and translation, pp. 74-76. — Names of days and 
 months in Maya, pp. 82-83, &c. 
 
 The history of the original manuscript is given; and an effort made to prove 
 its genuineness. This text was first printed in Stephens (J. L.) Incidents of 
 Travel in Central America, Chiapas, Eind Yucatan. The translation there given 
 was made into Spanish by Don Juan Pio Perez, and from the Spanish into Eng- 
 lish by Mr. Stephens. 
 
 3970 The Landa Alphabet ; A Spanish Fabrication. By Philipp 
 
 J. J. Valentini, Ph. D. 
 
 In Am. Ant. Soc, Proc, No. 75, pp. 59-91. Worcester, 1880. 8°. Separately 
 issued, as follows : 
 
 V 3971 The | Lauda Alphabet ; | A | Spanish Fabrication. | By 
 
 Philipp J. J. Valentini, Ph. D. | From Proceedings of the American 
 Antiquarian Society, | April 28, 1880. | 
 Worcester, Mass. | Press of Charles Hamilton. | 1880. | s. si. 
 
 Pp. 1-35. 8°. 
 
 3972 The Olmecas and the Tultecas : a study in early Mexican 
 
 ethnology and history. By Philipp J. J. Valentini. (Translated 
 from the German by Stephen Salisbury, Jr.) 
 
 In Am. Ant. Soc, Proc, vol. 2, pp. 193-230. Worcester, 1883. 8°. Aborigi- 
 nal terms, passim. Issued separately, as follows : 
 
VALDIVIESO VALLANCEY. 775 
 
 1, / Valentini (Philii^p J. J.) — continued. 
 
 3973 The | Olmecas and the Tultecas. | A study in early Mexi- 
 can ethnology and history, | by | Philipp J. J. Yalentini, Ph. D. | 
 (Translated from the German by Stephen Salisbury, Jr.) | With a 
 Map and two Cuts. | From Proceedings of the American Antiqua- 
 rian Society, October 21, 1882. | 
 
 Worcester: | Press of Charles . Hamilton, | 311 Main Street. | 
 1883. I JWP. 
 
 Pp. 1-42. 8°. map. 
 
 3974 Vocabulary of the language spoken in the village Boruca, 
 
 Costa Eica. * 
 
 Manuscript. 144 words. Title from Berendt (C.H.") The Darien Language, in 
 the Am. Hist. Record, vol. 3, p. 58. 
 
 3975 Valeriano (2). Antonio). Caton cristano en Lengua Mexicana. * 
 
 Title from Beristain. 
 
 3976 [Vales (2>. Jos6 Pilar).] Woithuun haeh noh tzicbenil Ahaucan 
 Ahmiatz Leandro E. de la Gala, ti 1i hach yamailoob mehenoob 
 yanoob tu nachilcahtaliloob Nohol y Chikin ti le luumcabil Yuca- 
 tan laa. 
 
 Ho [Merida]. Uoalhuun Jos6 D. Espinosa. Tu hunpic cabak 
 catac oxhal lahunpiz H habiloob [1870] Cristo Ahlohil. * 
 
 Translation. — Letter of the Illustrious Sr. Bishop Dr. D. Leandro E. de la Gala 
 to his well-beloved sons, who live apart or segregated in the cantons of the South 
 and East of this territory of Yucatan. Merida. In the printing house of Job6 
 D. Espinosa. In the year of Christ the Redeemer, 1870. 
 
 8 pp. 4°. Double columns, Spanish and Maya. The illustrious Sr. D. Lean- 
 dro K. de la Gala addressed a pastoral letter to the natives, which was put into 
 elegant and pure Maya by the presbyter, D. Job6 PUar Vales, whom, for this 
 reason, we include in the list of Maya writers. The edition abounds in typo- 
 graphic errors. — Carrillo. 
 
 3977 Valladolid (Fr. Bernardino de). Dioscorides en Lengua de Yuca- 
 tan, con adiciones. * 
 
 He defended some theologio opinions in the Yucatec idiom, which, accord- 
 ing to Leon Pinelo, were given to the press. — BerUtain. 
 
 3978 [Vocabulary in the Maya language.] * 
 
 A [Maya] vocabulary is mentioned to have been written by Fray Bernardino de 
 Valladolid, who was known by his perfect pronunciation of the language. — Lude- 
 wig, p. 103. 
 
 3979 Vallancey (Charles), editor. Collectanea | de | Eebus Hibernicis. | 
 Vol. [I-V]. I Published from | Original Manuscripts, | by | Lieut. 
 Col. Charles Vallancey, | Soc. Antiq. Hib. Soc. j 
 
 Dublin: | Printed by E. Marchbank, Castle-street, | Printer to 
 the Antiquarian Society. | [M, DCC, LXXIV-M, DCC, XC (1774^ 
 1790)]. I c. 
 
 5 vols., vols. 3 and 4 having 2 parts each. 8°. Title from vol. 2, the copy 
 of vol. 1 seen having no general title. The earlier date is taken from the title- 
 page of article No. I of vol. 1. 
 
776 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Vallancey (Charles), editor — continued. 
 
 Number XII, vol. 3, a folding sheet facing p. 577 contains: Table III Names, 
 of numbers of some of the Indians of America, containing numerals 1-1000 of 
 the Mohawks, Oneydoes, Onandagas, Cayugas, Seneckas, Wanats, Shawanese, 
 Delawares, Carribeans, and Galibis or Cayennes. 
 
 Vanderbilt (J. M.) 
 
 See McLean (J. J.) and Vanderbilt (J. M.), No. 2392 of this catalogue. 
 
 3980 Varea {Fr. Francisco de). Calepino | en lengua cakchi | quel por 
 Fray Francis | co de Varea hijo de | esta S. Provincia del | SS. 
 nombre de Jesos | de Eeligiosos de | N. P. S. Francisco de Goa- 
 tema | la. | 
 
 Colophon : Acabose de Escrevir y trasladar este bocabulario yo 
 fray fran"" ceron, siendo guardian aunque sine meritis deste con- 
 vento de S. Pedro de la laguna, oy dia catorse de enero del aSo 
 del Seiior de mil seyscientos y noventa y nuebe, dia del Dulcissimo 
 nombre de Jesus Patron de nuestra S. Prov^ de Gua.^** y en el 
 tercer ano del Provincialato de N. M. E. P. fr. Juan Bautista. * 
 
 Manuscript. 1 p. 1., 11. 1-227, 11 unnumbered 11. sm. 4°. In the library of the 
 American Philosophical Society, Philadelphia. 
 
 The title is on the recto of the second leaf. On the recto of the first leaf is 
 the form of absolution in Latin and Cakchiquel ; on the verso a note; dated lt32, 
 to the effect that the owner, a priest, received this volume in payment for masses 
 for the soul of its previous possessor, a certain Senor Achutegui. 
 
 The dictionary is Cakchiquel and Spanish, written closely but legibly, with 
 35 lines to a page and averaging about four lines of examples to each word. An 
 abundance of phrases and forms are given, but the alphabetical order is not 
 strictly preserved. The characters of Parra are used throughout. 
 
 No author by the name of Varea is mentioned by Mr. Squier. But Francisco 
 Varela is said to have gone to Guatemala in 1596 and to have composed a 
 " Calepino" in 400 pages folio. No doubt this is the same person, and unless the 
 original still exists in the convent of San Francisco de Guatemala, this is prob- 
 ably the only monument of his labor extant. — Brinton. 
 
 Varela (Francisco de). 
 See Varea (Francisco de). 
 
 3981 Vargas {F. Melchior de). ^ Doctrina Christiana, muy vtil, y | ne- 
 cessaria en Castellano, Mexicano y Otomi : tradu- | zida en lengua 
 Otomi por el muy. E. padre Fray | Melchior de Vargas, de la orden 
 de sant Augu- | stin, Prior de Atocpan. Ordenada por ma- | dado 
 del yllustrissimo y Eeuerendis- | simo senor Do Pedro Moya de | 
 Contreras, Argobispo de | Mexico, del consejo | de su Magestad : y 
 CO I licencia im- | pressa. [Engraving of St. Augustin.] 
 
 Con Privilegio. | En Mexico, en casa de Pedro Balli. Anode 1576. | * 
 
 4°. With many small wood engravings. The dedication is on reverse of title. 
 On p. 3 there is a Silabario in Otomi, and these two notes: 
 
 CLos auisos para saber leer la lengua Otomi, | van a la postre en la vltima 
 hoja deste libro. | 
 
 Manda su Senoria yllustrissima a todos los Curas y Vicarios deste | Ar^obis- 
 pado, que so pena de diez pesos de minas, teugan y ense- | nen esta Doctrina 
 Christiana a sus subditos, y se la hagan tomar, para q | scan instruydos en las 
 cosas de la Fe, como en ella se contiene, y que | no ensenen por otra, porque no 
 
VALLANCEY VATER. 777 
 
 Vargas (F. Melchior de) — continued. 
 
 aya confusion. Y ruega y eucarga a to- | dos Ids Perlados, aasi Obispos como 
 religiosos, assi uieamo liagan en- | senar a los Indios i)o ■ ella. | 
 
 On page 4 begins the Doctrina, arranged in this way: the odd numbered 
 pages contain the Mexican, in one column only; the even numbered pages are 
 printed in two columns, on the left Spanish and on the right Otomi. The Spanish 
 is in Roman and the other two are in gothic lettering. 
 
 Of this book only the fragment which I possess is known up to Ihe present 
 time. It contains only the tirst 23 leaves and the 27th, which is not the last. 
 
 I have found no mention of P. Vargas or his work in any bibliography. The 
 article in the last edition of the Manuel du Libraire is taken from notes given 
 by me to M. Brunet. — Icazbalceta's Apuntea, No. 78. 
 
 Vasquez Gastelu (D. Antonio). 
 . See Gastelu (D. Antonio Vasquez), Nos. 1409-1421 of this catalogue. 
 
 3982 Vater (Johann Severin). Untersuchuugen | liber | Amerika's Be- 
 volkerung 1 aus dem | alten Kontinente | dem | Herrn Kammer- 
 herrn | Alexander von Humboldt | gewidmet | von | Johann Seve- 
 rin Vater | Professor und Bibliothekar. | 
 
 Leipzig, I beiFriedrich Christian Wilh elm Yogel. | 1810. | a.o.hu. 
 
 Pp. i-xii, 1-212. 12°. 
 
 A few words of Algonkin compared with the Irish, p. 23. — A few words of 
 Gronland., Tuscaroras, Pensylvau., Mexican, Chippeways, Algonkins, Illinois, 
 Onondagos, Narraganset. , Pottawatam., Delawar., Neu-England, Mahicann., 
 Senecas, Penobscot, Minsi, Miamis, Chikkasah u. Choktah, Shawnees, Cheerak., 
 Muskohg., Poconch., Woccons, Creeks, pp. 47-55.— A few words of Gronland, 
 Huastek., Yucatan, Cora, Coohim., Tarahumar., Chippeway, Mexican, Pimas, 
 Totonak., Unalasohka., Othom., Miami, Knisteneaux, Nadowess, Mahicauni, 
 Huron, Mixtek,, Poconchi.pp. 156-174. — A few words of Othom., Huron, Huast., 
 Algonk. , Totonak, Yucatan, Mexican, Gronland, Muskohg., Poconch., Carib, Tara- 
 humar, Delawar, Chippeway, Mixtek, Cochim., Mexikau, Cora, Miami, Nutka- 
 Sund, Pimas, Wyandots, Mixtee, Onondagos, Eskimo's, Nadowess, pp. 195-203. 
 
 3983 Proben | Deutscher | Volks-Mundarten, | Dr. Seetzen's 
 
 linguistischer Kachlass, | und andere | Sprach Forschungen und 
 Sammlungen, | besonders liber | Ostindien, | herausgegeben ( 
 von I Dr. Johann Severin Vater. | 
 
 Leipzig, 1816. | Bei Gerhard Fleischer dem Jilngern. j A. c. 
 
 Pp.i-xiv,l-382,211. 8°. 
 
 Worter Americanischer Sprachen, der Butocudos, in Brasilien. 
 
 A. der Muysca, ehemals in Neu-Granada, der Mixteca, Totonaca, Huasteca 
 und Othomi, im Reiche Mexico, und der Cora in Neu- Mexico, pp. 351-375. — B. 
 Worter aus ehemaligen Sprachen Virginiens : 1. Aus demdamaligen Neuschweden, 
 pp. 376-380: 2. Worter der Mynqnesser, pp. 381-382. 
 
 3984 Analekten | der | Sprachenkunde. | Von | Dr. Johann 
 
 Severin Vater. | 
 
 Leipzig, I in der Dykschen Buchhandlung | 1821. | APS. 
 
 Pp. 1-124. 12°. 
 
 [Duralde (M.)] Vocabulaire de la Langue d'Atacapas, pp. 63-72. 
 
 Vocabulaire de la Langue des Chetimachas, pp. 73-84. 
 
 Murray (Dr. — ). Worter der Osage- Sprache, pp. 53-62. 
 Zeisberger (D.) Verbal-Biegungen der Chippewayer, pp. 15-50. 
 
 See Adelung (J. C.) and Vater (J. S.), No. 28 of this catalogue. 
 
778 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 3985 Vega (Luis Lasso de la). Huey | tlamahuiQoltica | omonexiti iu 
 illiuicac Tlatoca | Qihuapilli | Santa Maria | Totlagonantzin | 
 Guadalupe in nican huei altepe- | nahuac Mexico itocayocan Tepe- 
 yacac. | [Engraving of Our Lady of Guadalupe.J 
 
 Impress© con licencia en Mexico : en la imprenta de luan Euyz. | 
 Ano de 1649. \ * 
 
 3 p. 11., followed by a copper-plate engraving with this title : Apariclon De la 
 imagen de nuestra S°. De guadalupe de Mexico. LI. 1-17 and 1 unnumbered 1.4°. 
 
 It is the history of the appearance of Our Lady of Guadalupe, written by Br. 
 Luis Lasso de la Vega, chaplain and vicar of the sanctuary of the same name. — 
 Icazialceta'8 Apuntes, No. 35. 
 
 Printed entirely in the Mexican language. — Ramirez Sale Catalogue. 
 
 3986 Vega (Nunez de la). Constituciones Diocesanas del Obispado de 
 Chiappas. Eoma, 1702. * 
 
 This work is divided iuto a preamble and ten parts. The preamble is most 
 curious and valuable for archseological purposes, since it contains extracts from 
 the ancient book of the Tzendales and other nations of the vast diocese of Chiapa. 
 These ancient books appear to have been deposited by the bishop in the archives 
 of the bishopric at Ciudad Real, for the use of the Curas of the diocese. The 
 second part has also some interest, consisting of an exhortation directed to 
 the ancient idolaters against the superstitution of Nagualism, and contains a 
 description of the rites attending its practice. La Vega had a complete acquaint- 
 ance with the Tzendal language, the probable root of the Maya, Quich6, and 
 the other affiliated dialects of Guatemala and Yucatan. — Squier. 
 
 3987 Vela (Jos6 Canuto). Carta que yo presidente de la Mision evan- 
 gelica dirigo & los caudillos de los indios sublevados del Sur y 
 Oriente de esta peninsula de Yucatan, en Tekax, 23 de febrero de 
 1848. Jos6 Canuto Vela. 
 
 M^rida de Yucatan. Impreso por Antonio Petra, 1848. * 
 
 1 folio. An appeal, in the Maya language, to the Maya Indians still in revolt 
 iu Yucatan against the descendants of the Spaniards. — Braaseur (le' Bourbourg. 
 
 "Ou the pastoral visit made to his bishopric, subsequent to the insurrection 
 of the natives, by the illustrious bishop Dr. D. Jos^ Maria Gijerra, Sr. D. Jos6 
 Canuto Vela was confessor and preacher iu the Maya language. 
 
 "We place his name among Maya writers, because the 'Carta pastoral' of the 
 prelate we have mentioned, addressed to the natives of the country in February, 
 1848, was translated into the Yuoatec idiom by Sr. Vela. It is printed, in 4°, of 
 8 leaves only, iu Spanish and Yucatec, under the following title: 'Pastoral del 
 IUm6 Sr. obispo dirigida & los indigenas de esta didcesis.' Merida de Yucatan. 
 Impreso por Antonio Petra. 1848. 8 pp. 4°. 
 
 "We have seen it asserted that another edition of this pastoral was made in 
 the same year or a little later, but we are ignorant whether the copy in our col- 
 lection belongs to the first or second edition, since it contains no notice relative 
 to the date. 
 
 " The Maya style of the curate Vela is perfect, and as he was a great orator in 
 this idiom, we are fortunate in having, at least as a specimen, the pastoral of 
 1848."— CarriZZo. 
 
 Possibly this is the same work catalogued by Brasseur de Bourbourg under 
 Guerra (Jos6 Maria), and given in this catalogue as No. 1613; though Brasseur 
 de Bourbourg gives both Vela and Guerra. 
 
yKA3AHlE 
 
 ^ ^ 1' M 
 
 H O y-H E H I £• 
 
 HA 
 
 A^EyTCKO-.lHCBEBCKOM'L 
 H 3 bl K 'B , 
 
 OO^HHEHHOB 
 
 CBXlIHeHIIMKOM'B loaHHOM'b 
 BeHiciMJiHOOUM'6, 
 
 18 3 3 roftA.. 
 
 aiets 
 
 Bn CvHOflaa&HoS Tunorpa^lH, 
 
 3992. — FAC-SIMILE OF TITLE-PAGE OF VBNIAMINOFF'S GUIDE ROAD. 
 
VEGA— VENIAMINOFF. 779 
 
 3988 Velasco (Juan Baptista). Arte de lengua Sinalva. * 
 
 Mentioned in the Report of the Cinaloan missions anna 1604, a copy of which 
 is in the Bancroft library. 
 
 Velasco died in 1612. His confreres speak of him as well versed in the native 
 languages. 
 
 3989 Velasco (P. Pedro). Arte de una de las Lenguas de Oinaloa. * 
 
 Manuscript. Title from Beristain. 
 
 3990 Velasquez de Cardenas y Leon (Carlos Celedonio). Breve Pr4ctica, 
 y Kegimen | del Confessonario | de Indios, | en Mexicano, y Castel- 
 lano; | para instruccion | del Confessor principiante, | habilitacion 
 y examen | del penitente, | que dispone | Para los Seminaristas | 
 El Br. D. Carlos Celedonio Velas- | quez de Cardenas, y Leon, 
 Colegial Real del Ponti- | ficio, y Eeal Colegio Seminario, y su 
 Yice-Eector, Ca- | thedrAtico dos veges de Philosophla, de Mayo- 
 res, I Rhetorica, y Letras Humanas, Examinador Synodal | de este 
 Arzobispado, Cura del Partido de S. Miguel | Xaltocan, y Juez 
 Eclesiastico de 61, y sus anexos | Quautitlan, y Tultitlan. De 
 Zumpahuacan, Capu- | luac, y ahora de la Concepcion de Otumba, 
 Cura por | S. M. y Juez Eclesiastico por el Ilmo. Sr. Dr. Don | 
 Manuel Joseph Eubio, y Salinas, de la Santa Sede | Apostolica, 
 del Consejo de S. M. Dignissimo | Arzobispo de Mexico. | Y la 
 dedica | al Bminentissimo SeSor | San Carlos Borromeo, | Cardenal 
 de Santa Praxede, Vigilantissimo Arzobispo | de Milan. | 
 
 Con las licencias necessarias. | Impresso en Mexico en la Imprenta 
 de la Bibliotheca Me- | xicana, junto & las RE. MM. Capuchinas. 
 Ano de 1761. | B. gb. 
 
 12 p. 11., pp. 1-54. 16°. 
 
 3991 Velazquez (D. Caledonio). Doctrina Cristiana en Lengua Megi- 
 cana. * 
 
 Title from Beristain. 
 
 3992 Veniaminoff (John), ysasanie | ny™ | bi | ijapcTBie BeOecBoe, I noyTCHie. ] Ha | 
 AjevTCKO-JHCbeBCROMi I aauK'i, | coiHHeHHoc I CBHiqenHUKOMi loaHBOui | BeniaMHiioBbiMi. I 
 1833 ro^a. | 
 
 MtCKoa. I Bi CvHOAWtRofi THHorpatiH, I 1840. | C. JWP. 
 
 Translation. — Guide | road | into the | kingdom heavenly | explained. | In 
 Aleutian-Fox | dialect, | made | hy Reverend John | Veniaminoff. | 1833 in the 
 year. | Moscow. | At Synod press, | 1840. | 
 
 Russian title, reverse blank, 1 1. Title-page in Cyrillic characters, reverse 
 blank, II.; 69 other U. in Cyrillic characters. 16°. See fac-simile of title-page. 
 
 3993 3aDHCKH I o6i ocTpooaxT, I ynaJaiuKHiCKaro | mxim, \ cocTaBjeDBua | H. BeBla- 
 
 MHHOBbiMi. I lacTb nepsai [BTopab]. | Ds^aiio HiK^HBeBieJii PocciBcKO-AMepHKaBCKoa | kom- 
 naflin. | 
 
 CanKTBeiepfiypn. | 1840. | b.d. 
 
 Translalion.—NoteB | on the island^' | of the Unalashkan | district, | Com- 
 piled I by 1. Veniaminoff. | Part First [Second]. | Published at the expense of 
 the Russian-American | Company. | St. Petersburg: | 1840. | 
 
 2 vols. : 4 p. 11., pp. i-ix, 1-364 ; 4 p. 11., pp. 1-409, 8 11., and table. 8°. Vol. 3 has 
 a different title, as follows : 
 
780 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Veniaminoff (John) — coiitiiiiiod. 
 
 3994 SanacKB | o6i | atsobckhxi AMYtaxi \ h | Kojomaxi. | H. BeaiaNHBOBa, | cocia- 
 
 B-inromie | ipeiiio lacTb | aanncoKi | oOt. ocTposaxi | ynaiauiKHncKaro OT^t^ia. | HSflano 
 H/K^HBeHiesii PocciiicKo-AMepiiKaHcKofi I KojinauiB. | 
 
 CaHKTDeTepQj pn>, | 1840. | B. D. 
 
 Translation. — Notes | on | the Atkan Aleuts | and | Koloshia,n8. | By I. Venia- 
 minoff, I being | the tliird part | of Notes j on the islands | of the Unalashkan dis- 
 trict. I Published at the expense of the Russian- American | Company. | St. Peters- 
 burg, I 1S40. I 
 
 2 p. 11., pp. 1-155. 8°. Scattered Aleutian words, with Russian synonyms 
 throughout. — Vol. 2, part 2, pp. 264-271, gives some account of the Aleutian gram- 
 mar. Chap. 16, pp. 298-305, on the songs, gives five songs in parallel columns of 
 Aleut and Russian. — Vol. 3, chap. 1, relates to the Atkha Indians, and treats 
 chiefly of the distinctions in language between the Atkhans and Unalashkans; 
 pp. 20-26 give songs and stories in Atkha and some in Russian. Chap. 2 relates 
 to the Koloshiaus ; pp. 135-154 treat of their language and grammar and include 
 numerals, 1-200, pp. 148-149; pp. 152-154 contain sentences, &c., in Tlinkit and 
 Russian. 
 
 3995 SaMC'iaiiia | o Ko-iomencKOMt n I.'adLnKCKOiii | iiSLiuaxT. | ii | oTiacTH o npoiHXT. 
 
 PocciiiCKo-AMepBhaiiCKHxi, I CI npiicoBOKvn.ieiiieMi | Pocciiicuo-Ko.iomenCKaro | cJOBapx, | 
 co4ep>Kamaro SoJ'te 1000 c.iobi, n3% kohxt. iia uSKOTOptin c^fciaBLi | noncHeHia. | CocxaBBJi. 
 Hsani BeniaMunoBi, | bt> cnixt. | 
 
 CanKineTepOypn | bt. TiiDorpa*in HjinepatopcKOii AKa^emiB naVKT.. | 1846. | jwp. 
 
 Translation. — Remarks | on the Koloshian and Kadiak | languages | and | con- 
 cerning other Russian-American [languages] | with the addition | of a Russian- 
 Koloshian | vocabulary, | containing over 1000 words, some of which are fully | 
 defined. | Compiled Ivan Veniaminov, | at Sitka. | St. Petersburg, | in the Print- 
 ing Office of the Imperial Academy of Sciences. | 1846. | 
 
 Printed cover, with title briefer than above, 1 l.,pp. 1-81, 1 1. errata. 8°. See 
 fac-simile of title-page. 
 
 General remarks on the language and grammar of the Koloshian, pp. 1-24. — 
 Translations, pp. 25-26. — Kadiak grammar, pp. 27-35. — Kadiak translations, pp. 
 36-37. — Russian- Kolosh vocabulary, pp. 40-81. 
 
 3996 OnHrt I rpaMMaiHKB | AjeyTCKO-.lHCbeBCKaTO asbiKA. | CBamsHHBKa n. BeniaMH- 
 
 HOBa, I Bi yHajauiK-6. | 
 
 CanKTneTepJyprb | bi Tiinorpa*iH ininepaTopcKoB aKa^eiuiii eayn. | 1846. | B. by. 
 
 Translation. — An essay | upon the grammar | of the Fox dialect of the Aleutian 
 language. | By Reverend I. Veniaminoff, | of Unalashka. | Saint Petersburg | in 
 the press of the Imperial Academy of Sciences. | 1846. | 
 
 2 p. 11., pp. i-xv, 1-67, i-iii, 1-120, i-vi, and 2 folding tables. 8°. 
 
 The grammar occupies pp. 1-87.— Introduction to dictionary, pp. i-iii. — Aleut- 
 Russian dictionary, pp. 1-76.— Russian- Aleut dictionary, pp. 77-111.— Aleut 
 phrases, with Russian translation, pp. 113-120.— Errata, pp. i-vi, and two folding 
 leaves, conjugation of verbs. 
 
 3997 Langues de I'Am^rique Eusse. Par Ivan Venjaminov. 
 
 In Nouvelles Annales des Voyages, vol. 1, 1850 (vol. 125 of the Collection), 
 pp. 359-364. Paris, n.d. 8°. 
 See Schott (W.), No. 3529. 
 
 3998 and NetzvietoflF {Bev. Jacob). HaiarKu | xpacTiaHCKaro yienia | b.ib | 
 
 KpaiEan CBameHHaa | nciopin | a | EpaTnlii xpnCTiaacKiii | KaiHXBSBci. | ci Pyccitaro aauKa aa 
 A.ieyTCi;(>-,IncbeBCKiii ncpeBe.ii | CBnineBnuKi loaBUb BeniaMUHOBi 1827 ro^a, h bt, 1837 | ro4y 
 HcnpaBH.1 ; a CBamcmmKh laKODX He^B•l;TOB^ | paaCMaipHBan oiibia, cbohmh noacueHlBMH 
 C4t.ia.ib HXT. I DOHHTHbiMn n n.m AixBnqoBT., bmIjiouibxt. CBoe lairi-jie. | 
 
 CanKTDeTepjyprb, | Bt, CvB04a.ibBoii TnDOrpa*iB. | 1840. | jwp. 
 
ROJlOniEHCKOMI) D KAilMECROfb 
 
 a 
 OTQAGIH O nPOQHXlt POCCl£[CKO-AI}lEPHKAHCKHX!b» 
 
 CK nPHCOBOKynJEHIEUl 
 
 FOCGI^GKO-KO^OUIEHGKArO 
 
 CJIOBAPA, 
 
 copMHAro mm looo urn. mi mro ha B^Kommfl ci[^JiMi 
 
 nOHCHEHW. 
 
 CbciB<iffa.is Hean& BemaMUHoes, 
 
 Vb GHTX£. 
 
 CABKTIIETEPByPrB 
 Eb •DonirpaaiiB KjuiefatofckoS AKaienia ^^Kb 
 
 181^6. 
 
 3995. — P AC-SIMILE OP TITLE-PAGE OP VBNIAMINOPP'S KOLOSHIAN AND KADIAK WORK. 
 
H A ^ A r K M 
 
 XPHCTIAHCKArO Y^EHIS 
 
 KPATKAH CBSmEHHAff 
 
 n 
 KPATKlil XPHCTIAHGKlfi 
 
 CB PyccKaro asBiKa Ha A.«eyincKo-JfactcBCKiS nepcBOJs 
 CBfliueHHHK-b loaHH-b BeHJaMHHOB* 1827 ro^a, k bi 1837 
 coAy HciipaBiuiosj a CBau^eHHHK'B laKOB^b IIeij(B'&moB% 
 paacMampHBan oubirf, cbohiuh noacHeHi<iMH c^^.aaj'b wx-h 
 nosAnuffiiMH H ^ii AniXBHUOBi), Bfii£ioiiiujt'B CBOG Hapt.<ue. 
 
 ai«#«s*46*'^fe>>« 
 
 CAHKTnETEPEyPrii, 
 
 B£ CvHO^aasHofi THiiorpaffiiH* 
 
 1840. 
 
 3998. — FAC-SIMILE OF TITLE-PAGE OF VBNIAMINOFF & NBTZVIETOFF'S SACRED 
 HISTORY AND CATECHISM. 
 
flflOtOX XPHOTtOK/HZ 
 
 • I 
 
 
 K4C4KAA\Z Tl?H^r4HZ Hi/wHHZ KhAITAMTL TJ/h^P^HZ H<1HHZ 
 4828 »r}^ilA\41HC4itHI«2 n K4MJ(Z ^836 CilM/lAri*HZ UAAHZ 
 4T](Af tft4KAif HHZ ^ 
 
 Tap A EdAirA . t^kk^aiz Iako&s Hti)&<lTCK8 iiiAXTirAHZ 
 AT;(dr^cAr{^cAAHKz im^n Uaf^nisia , *r^u^MZ hhakaj^ta 
 
 AlATAHAFAHZ , AAdH'HHZ KAtF'V^^S/cHi'llKZ ll*r}(&rHflZ. 
 
 3999.— FAC-SIMILB OF CYRILLIC TITLE-PAGE, GOSPEL OF MATTHEW. 
 
IHCyCA XPMCTA 
 
 Rift ^^^ttlM. 'Sil 
 
 HAnHGAHHCE 
 
 AIIOCTOJLOM'b lUATOliElUli. 
 
 Ct PyCCKArO HSLIKA ha A^lEyTCKO-JEnCLEBCKoii nEPEBE.It 
 CjiaKJEHHHK-L lOAHHt BeHIAMHHOB-B 1828 XO^A, H ,B'h 
 
 1836 ro^y hcitpabhj'bs 
 
 a CBflu^eHHHRi IaKOBi« HeaatTOBTb paacMaipHBafl ero 
 
 OKOHiaTeJbHOj CBOHMH jioflCHeHinMH cji,-hjiajn> noHBiauni'b 
 
 V. fl,An ATxnamoh'bj iii/ihiQu\nx'b CBoe Bapb^ie* 
 
 3999.— FAC-SIMILB Off EUSSIAU TITLE-PAGE, GOSPEL OF MATTHEW. 
 
V 
 
 VENIAMINOFF— VETANCUET. 781 
 
 Veniaminoff (John) and. NetzvietofF {Rev. Jacob)— continued. 
 
 T/awsZa/ion.— Origin | of Christian Creeds | or | Short Sacred | History | and | 
 Short Christian | Catechism. | From the Russian tongue into Aleutian-Fox trans- 
 lated I by Eeverend John Veniaminoff 1827 in the year, and in 1837 | the year 
 finished ; and the Eeverend Jacob Netzvietoff | revising it with his notes has made 
 it I intelligible for the Atchini, who understand [only?] their own language. | St. 
 Petersburg, | At Synod Press. | 1840. | 
 
 2 p. 11., pp. i-xix, 1-24, 1-104, 1-51. 8°. 
 
 Half-title in Cyrillic type and Eussian, reverse title in Eussian, as above, 1 1. ; 
 title in Cyrillic type (same as Eussian title minus the imprint) 1 1. ; preface by 
 Veniaminoff in parallel columns of Aleutian (Cyrillic type) and Eussian, pp. i-vii ; 
 preface by Netzvietoff in parallel columns, Aleutian (Cyrillic type) and Eussian, 
 pp. ix-xix ; primer in Aleut and Eussian, pp. 1-24 ; Short Sacred History in Aleu- 
 tian, pp. 1-104 ; Short Christian Catechism in Aleutian, pp. 1-51. 
 
 See fac-simile of title-page. For a later edition of the Sacred History and 
 Catechism, see Tishnoff (Elias), No. 3866 of this catalogue. 
 
 3999 rocnoaa Hamero | iHcyca XpHcia | EBaerwie, | HanHcaRnoe | anocTO.iOMi Maio- 
 
 ■SeM'. I CiPyccKaroasbTKaHa AjeyTciio-.lHCbeBcKofl nepeoeji | CeamoHSHxi loaHHi BeniaMHeOBi 
 1828 r^oa, h b1> | 1836 r04y HcnpasHji; | a CBameHHHKT> laKOBi. HeiialiTOBi pascMaTpoBaH ero | 
 on oniaiejbno, cbobmb noacneaiJiMH C44.iajii noBHTHtiMi' | a },m Atxbhijobi, bm^ioiubxi CBOe 
 B.iptiie. I 
 
 [Moscow : Synod Press, about 1848.] jwp. 
 
 Tranalaiion. — Lord of our | Jesus Christ | the Evangel, | written | by the apos- 
 tle Matthew. | From the Eussian tongue into the Aleutian-Fox translated ) by 
 Eeverend John Veniaminoff 1828 in the year, and in | 1836 the year finished; | 
 and the Eeverend Jacob Netzvietoff revising it | finally, with his notes has made 
 intelligible | also for the Atchini, who understand [only?] their own language. 
 
 3 p. 11., pp. i-xiv, 15-237 (erroneously paged 247), 1-21. 8°. 
 
 Title in Cyrillic type (12 lines), reverse of 1. 2 ; Eussiau title, recto 1. 3 ; Pre- 
 face by Veniaminoff in parallel columns of Aleut (in Cyrillic type) and Eus- 
 sian, pp. i-v; Preface by Netzvietoff in parallel columns Aleutian (Cyrillic type) 
 and Eussian, pp.vi-xiv ; Gospel by Matthew, parallel columns Aleutian (Cyrillic 
 type) and Eussian, pp. 15-237 ; Form of worship for the paschal feast, and first 
 and second chapters of Luke, in Cyrillic type only, pp. 1-21. See fac-simile of 
 title-page. 
 
 4000 Vergara {Fr. Diego). Sermones [en la lengua Zapoteco]. * 
 
 Title from Pimentel. 
 
 4001 [Verweyst (Christian Adrian).] Mikana Gijigong Enamog. | Kato- 
 lik I Anamie-masinaigan | oma masinaiganing | nibiwa atewan | 
 anamiewinan, gagikwewinan | gaie | Nanagatawendamowinan. | 
 
 Amerika Printing House, | O gi-masinakisan mandan masinai- 
 gan I 106 N. Third Street, | St. Louis, Mo. | 1880. | s. WWB. 
 
 Pp. 1-602. 16°. Prayer and meditation book in the Chippewa language. Ap- 
 proved by Michael Heiss, Bishop of La Crosse. Preface signed by Verweyst. 
 
 Pp. 287-602 contain a reprint of [Baraga (iJeu. F.)] Kagige Debwewiuan, Ka- 
 ginig getakwendang Katolik enamiad. See No. 263 of this catalogue. Some 
 copies have appended: [Baraga (i?w. F.)] Otohipwe Klkinoamadi-Masinaigans. 
 No title-page. Pp. 1-8. 16°. See No. 264 of this catalogue. 
 
 4002 VetancTirt (-FV. Augustin de). Arte | de lengva | Mexicana, | ^ 
 dispvesto j^ | Per orden, y mandato de N. E"" P. | Fr. Francisco 
 Trevifio, Predica- | dor Theologo, Padre de la santa Provincia de 
 Burgos, y Comissario | General de todas las de la Nueva-Espana, 
 
782 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Vetancurt (Fr, Augustin de) — continued. 
 
 y por el Eeverendo, | y Venerable Diffinitorio de la Provincia del 
 Santo Evangelic. | Dedicado al Bienventvrado | S. Antonio de 
 Padva. I Por el P. Fr. Augustin de Vetancurt hijo de | la dicha 
 Provincia del Santo Evangelic, Predicador jubilado, ex | lector de 
 Theologia, y Preceptor de la lengua Mexicana, Vicario | de la Ca- 
 pilla de S. Joseph de los Naturales en el Oonvento | de N. P. S. 
 Francisco de Mexico. | [Engraving of S. Antonio de Padua.] 
 Con licencia, en Mexico por Francisco Eodriguez Lupercio. 1673. | 
 6 p. 11., 11.1-49, 8 unnumbered 11, 4°, containing "Instrvooion breve para ad- 
 ministrar los Santos Sacrametos de la Confession, Uiatico, Matrimonio y Vela- 
 oiones en la la Isic'] lengua Mexicana," and a " Catecismo Mexicano." A. JOB. 
 
 "Temaux cites another edition, 1573 ; evidently an error, since Vetancurt was 
 not yet born." — Icazialceta's Apuntes, No. 80. 
 
 4003 El Via Crucis en Lengua Megicana. * 
 
 Printed many times. — Beristain. 
 4004 Sermones en Lengua Mexicana. * 
 
 Manuscript. Title from Beristain. 
 
 Vetancurt, Vetancur or Betaucurt, as others write his name, was born in Mex- 
 ico in 1620 of parents descended from Jean de Bethencourt, a French gentleman, 
 who made conquest of the Canaries and became king of them. Our author was 
 not considered an elegant writer, but he was profoundly versed in the Mexican 
 language and could avail himself, in the composition of his Chronicle, of the 
 numerous documents in existing that language. — Brasseur de Bourhourg. 
 
 4005 Vetromile (Rev. Eugene). Indian Good Book, | made by | Eu- 
 gene Vetromile, S. J., | Indian Patriarch, | for the | benefit of 
 the I Penobscot, Passama- | quoddj, St. John's, | Micmac, | and 
 other tribes of | the Abnaki Indians. | This year one thousand 
 eight hun- | dred and fifty- six. | Old-Town Indian Village, | and 
 Bangor. | 
 
 ISew York : | Edward Dunigan & Brother, | 151 Fulton Street. | 
 1856. 1 
 
 Second title : 
 
 Entered according to Act of Congress, in the year 1856, by | Ed- 
 ward Dunigan & Brother, in the Clerk's Office of the | District 
 Court for the Southern District of New York. | Alnambay Uli | 
 Awikhigan, | kisi tunessa | Eugin Vetromile, S. J., | Alnambay 
 Patlias, I ulihalakona | Penaubsket, Sybayk,Ulastook, | Micmac, | 
 teba minaktakik etalaunsisik | Wanbanakki alnambak. | Yo pemi- 
 katook nekutam- | qu^ke nsansook kessak- | tekoy teba noninska | 
 teba nekutans. | Penaubsket alnambay | udenek, | teba kandoskik. | 
 
 New York : | Edward Dunigan & Brother, | 151 Fulton Street, j 
 1856. I JWP. 
 
 3 p. 11. , pp. 7-450. 12°. English title verso 1. 1, Indian title recto 1. 2 ; dedication 
 in English to Pius the Ninth, verso 1.2; the same in Indian, recto 1. 3, verso blank. 
 
 Roman Catholic prayer book, including service for mass, catechisms, hymns,, 
 &c., in various dialects of the Abnaki. These prayers are sometimes given in 
 
VETANCUET VETEOMILE. 783 
 
 Vetromile {Bev. Eugene) — continued. 
 
 one dialect only, sometimes in two, the dialect being named in some oases, in 
 otliers not. The dialects represented are the Montagnais, Passamaquoddy, Mare- 
 schite, Micmac, and Penobscot, the catechism being given in the two latter. Bules 
 for reading the language of the Abnaki Indians are given on pp. 13-17. 
 
 4006 Indian | Good BooJs, | made by | Eugene Vetromile, S. J., | 
 
 Indian patriarch, | for the benefit of the Penobscot, Passama- 
 quoddy, I St. John's, Micmac, | and other tribes of | the Abnaki 
 Indians. | This year | One Thousand Eight Hundred and Fifty- 
 Seven. I Old-Town Indian Village, and Bangor. | Second edition. | 
 
 New York : | Edward Dnnigan & Brother, | (James B. Kirker,) j 
 371 Broadway. | 1857. | 
 
 Second title : 
 
 Alnambay | Uli Awikhigan, | kisi tunessa | Bugin Vetromile, S. 
 J., I Alnambay Patlias, | ulihalakona | Penaubsket, Sybayk, Ulas- 
 took, Micmac, | teba minaktakik etalaunsisik | Wanbanakki Al- 
 nambak. | Yo Pemikatook nekutamqu^ke nsansook kessaktekoy | 
 teba noninska teba tambawans. | Penaubsket alnambay udenek, | 
 teba kandoskik. | Nisda nandjikketawikkaso. | 
 
 Manhattan udenek: | Edwald Dunigan Hatchi Awidjal, | (Safe 
 B. Kirker,) | 371 Broadway. | 1857. | o. s. WHS. 
 
 3 p. 11. , pp. 7-450. 12°. English title, p. 1 ; Indian title, p. 3. 
 
 4007 Indian | Good Book, | made by | Eugene Vetromile, S. J., | 
 
 Indian Patriarch, | for the benefit of the Penobscot, Passama- 
 quoddy, I St. John's, Micmac, | and other tribes of | the Abnaki In- 
 dians. I This year | One Thousand Eight Hundred and Fifty- 
 eight. I Old-town Indian Village, and Bangor. | Third Edition. | 
 
 New York: | Edward Dunigan & Brother, | (James B. Kirker,) | 
 371 Broadway. | 1858. | 
 Second title : 
 
 Alnambay | Uli Awikhigan, | kisi tunessa | Bugin Vetromile, S. 
 J. I Alnambay Patlias, | ulihalakona | Penaubsket, Sybayk, Ulas- 
 took, Micmac, | teba minaktakik etalaunsisik | Wanbanakki Al- 
 nambak. | Yo pemikatook nrkutamqu^ke ntsansook kessaktekoy | 
 teba noninska teba ntsansek. | Penaubsket Alnambay Udenek, | 
 teba Kandoskik. | Ntseta nandjikketawikkaso. | 
 
 Manhattan Udenfek : | Edwald Dunigan Hatchi Awidjal, | (S^k 
 B. Kirker), | 371 Broadway. | 1858. | A. s. BA. we. lsh. 
 
 1 p. 1., pp. 1-586, errata 1 1. 16°. plates. 
 
 4008 Adlachemudiguichkek | Meiaulakwey. | Wen kedwi paka- 
 
 buguet, deli annkidagit. | Tchibat'ku'musse. | [Vignette I H S] | 
 
 New York : | Edward Dunigan & Brother, | (James B. Kirker.) j 
 371 Broadway. | 1858. | S. WE. JWP. 
 
 Pp. 1-70. 8°. Vespers, Compline, Te Deum, &o. , in dialects of the Abnaki, Mic- 
 mac, Mareschit, and Penobscot. 
 
784 NORTH AMEEICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Vetromile {Rev. Eugene) — continued. 
 
 4009 Ahiamihewintuhangan; | The Prayer Song, | arranged by | 
 
 Eev. Eugene Vetromile, S. J. | 
 
 New York : | Published by Edward Dunigan & Brother, | (James 
 B. Kirker,) | No. 371 Broadway. | 1858. | s. BA. WE. JWP. 
 
 Pp. i-Ti,7-45. 8°. "The design of this volume is not only to give some prac- 
 tical iustruotions in cliurcli music, in order to aid the native Americans [Abuakis] 
 to sing the praises of the Lord according to the different rites of the Catholic 
 Church, but also to preserve several unwritten national tunes, kept by them only 
 in tradition."— ^-ciracf from Preface. 
 
 4010 Of Vetromile's | Noble Bible. | Such as happened Great- 
 Truths. I Made by | Eugene Vetromile, | Indian Patriarch, | Cor- 
 responding member of the Maine Historical Society, &c., | for the 
 benefit of | the Penobscot, Micmac, | and other tribes of the | Ab- 
 naki Indians. | Old Town, Indian Village, and Bangor. 1868. | 
 
 New York-Village: | Eennie, Shea & Lindsay. | 1860. | 
 
 Second title : 
 
 Vetromile | Wewessi Ubibian. | Elit'biklang'sa | K'Tchiulameu- 
 hanganal. | Ututchi kisituneppan | Eugin Vetromile, | Alnambay 
 patlias, I Maine Hannekanadzemuhangan Ketchi-awikhigh^, | uli- 
 hal'konan | Pannawanbskewiak, Schiuliquok, | te hatchi minakta- 
 kik etalanusitsik | Wanbanakki Alnambak. | Pannawabskek Al- 
 nambay udenek, | quali kandoskik. 1858. | 
 
 Manhattan udenek : | Eennie, Shea & Lindsay. | 1860. | 
 
 Ip. l.,pp. i-xii, 1-572. 16°. English title, p. i. ; Indian title, p. iii. Intendedto 
 "give the red man a brief and clear knowledge of the most remarkable events 
 recorded in the Sacred Writ ' * * written in Penobscot and Micmac (with a _ 
 literal En;4lish translation)." C. s. ba. we. jwp. 
 
 401 1 The Abnakis ; and | their History. | Or | Historical Notices | 
 
 on the I Aborigines of Acadia. | By | Eev. Eugene Vetromile, | Mis- 
 sionary of the Etchemins, corresponding member of the Maine | 
 Historical Society, etc. | 
 
 New York : | James B. Kirker, | 599 Broadway, TJp Stairs. | Sold 
 for the benefit of the Indians. | 1866. | c. s. HU. 
 
 Pp. i-xi, 11-171. 8°. 
 
 Chapter 5. Manners and Language of the Abnakis, pp. 34-39. — Chapter 6. 
 Abnaki handwriting, pp. 40-43, contains : Lord's Prayer in [Micmac and] Micmac 
 Hieroglyphics, p. 42. — Table of seasons and months, pp. 79-80. — Days of the week, 
 and divisions of the months, pp. 83-84. — Divisions of the day and night, p. 85. — 
 Letter of the Abnakis Indians to the Canons of Chartres [in the Abnaki lan- 
 guage], pp. 168-169. 
 
 4012 A Tour | in | Both Hemispheres ; | or, | Travels around the 
 
 World. I By | Eev. Eugene Vetromile, D. D., | Apostolic Mission- 
 ary ; I Corresponding Member [&c., four lines]. [Two lines quo- 
 tation.] 
 
 New York : | D. & J. Sadlier & Co., Publishers, | 31 Barclay 
 Street. | Montreal : 275 Notre Dame Street. | 1880 | c. jwp. 
 
 Pp. i-xii, 1-502. 8°. A few aboriginal terms, mostly geographic, with Eng- 
 lish signification, scattered throughout. 
 
\J 
 
 VETEOMILE VEYTIA. 785 
 
 Vetromile [Eev. Eugene) — continued. 
 
 4013 The Abnaki Indians. Communicated by Eugene Vetro- 
 mile, S. J., Professor in the College of the Holy Cross, at Worces- 
 ter, Mass. With a Brief Memoir of Professor Vetromile, by Eev. 
 Edward Ballard, of Brunswick, Me. 
 
 In Maine Hist. Soc. , Coll. , vol. 6, pp. 203-227. Portland, 1859. 8°. 
 Specimen of the Micmao language, pp. 226-227. 
 
 4014 Acadia and its Aborigines. Communicated January 16, 
 
 1862, by Eev. Eugene Vetromile, S. J., of Worcester, Mass. 
 
 In Maine Hist. Soc, Coll., vol. 7, pp. 337-349. Portland, 1876. 8°. 
 Names of seasons, list of months, divisions of the month, days of the week, 
 divisions of the night, and divisions of the day, in the Abnaki language. 
 
 4015 Alnambay 1858 Almanac. S. AAS. 
 
 [New York, Lith. by T. W. Strong.] 
 
 1 sheet folio. 
 
 4016 Sande Awikhigan. 1859. S. AAS. 
 
 1 sheet folio. 
 
 4017 Indian Almanac for 1860. 
 
 S. Chism, Franklin Printing House, Hawley Street, corner of 
 Franklin, Boston. * 
 
 Title furnished by Mr. J. G. Shea from copy in his possession. 
 
 4018 Sande Awokhlgan. 1866. Eugene Vetromile, Alnambay 
 
 Patlias. AAS. 
 
 1 sheet folio. I have seen the same for 1862, 1867, 1870, 1871, 1873, 1874, 1875, 
 and 1876. 
 
 4019 A Dictionary of the Abnaki Language — English- Abnaki 
 
 and Abnaki-English. 
 
 Manuscript. 3 vols, folio. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. Ma- 
 terial collected by Father Vetromile during the years 1855 to 1873, while mis- 
 sionary among the Abnakis. Volume 1, pp. 1-573, contains prefatory remarks, 
 description of the alphabet used, synopsis of the Abnaki language, including 
 brief grammatio remarks, a table of abbreviations, and the Abnaki-English dic- 
 tionary from A to H, inclusive. Volume 2, pp. 3-595, contains further remarks 
 on the grammar, and a continuation of the Abnaki-English dictionary, I to Z, 
 inclusive. The dictionary in each of these volumes is divided into four columns ; 
 the first containing words from the Abnaki dictionary of the Eev. Father Easles ; 
 the second, words in the Penobscot ; the third, Mareschit ; and the fourth, Mic- 
 mac. Volume 3, pp. 1-791, contains the English- Abnaki dictionary, A to Z, and 
 includes words in the Penobscot, Etchimiu, Mareschit, Micmac,Montagnie, and 
 Passamaquoddy dialects. 
 
 4020 Veytia {D. Mariano). Historia Antigua | de | M^jico, | escrita 
 por I el Lie. D. Mariano Veytia. | La publica | con varias notas y un 
 apendice | el C. F. Ortega. | Tom. I [-III]. | 
 
 M^jico. I Imprenta a Cargo de Juan Ojeda, | Calle de las Escale 
 rillas numero 2. | 1836. | B. C. S. BA. 
 
 3 vols. 8°. Contains constant references to and examples in the Nahuatl 
 language. Mexican calendar, vol. 1, pp. 305-318. 
 
 50 Bib 
 
786 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 4021 Viana {D. Francisco). [Manuscripts.] * 
 
 Arte de la lengua de Vera Paz. — Vocabulario y sermones de la misma. — Flos 
 santorum.— Metodop^confesario.— Catecismo.— Vida de Jesucristo. — Tratado de 
 los Novisimos del Hombre.— Metodo de asister & la santa Misa. Todo en lengua 
 de los Indies. — Tratado de la Justicia p* los Alcaldes mayores de Indias. 
 
 Dr. Franc" Viana was a native of Alava, a member of the Dominican order, 
 to -which he consecrated himself at Salamanca. He moved to the province of 
 Chiapa and lived in the convent of Cohan, which he not only directed but also 
 rebuilt, as well as that of Zacapula. He was at various times Definidor of his 
 province, and died in 1609, leaving the foregoing manuscripts. 
 
 Most of the above works were translated into the Kiche idiom of Guatemala 
 by Fr. Dionysio de Zutiiga, Dominican of the same province of St. Vicente. — 
 Bei-istain. 
 
 4022 Vico (P. Fr. Domingo de). Vae rucam ru vuhil nima viitz Theo- 
 logia Indorum, ru binaam, tihobal quichim Indio cristiano, pa ru 
 chabal. Dios Niijia — Abau pa Cacchequel chicovi [Auctore Ven. P. 
 Fr. Dominico de Vico, Ord. Sancti Dominici]. * 
 
 1 unnumbered 1. , containing a notice by the copyist, Fr. Juan Ruiz ; 130 11., in 
 writing which appears to belong to the 17th century, folio. 
 
 4023 Theologia Indorum, scripta in Lingua Tzutuhila a Ven. 
 
 Patre in Christo Fr. Dominico de Vico, ordinis Prsedicatorum de 
 Prov* dicta de Sancti Vincentii de Chiapa el Guatemala. * 
 
 Manuscript. 26 11. 4°. The first leaf with the title is missing. A translation, 
 written in a clear and beautiful hand, in the Tzutuhile language, of the life of 
 Our Lord Jesus Christ. 
 
 4024 Sermones de San Mathias Apostol, de la Annnciacion de 
 
 Maria Santissima y de San Marcos Evangelista, en Lengua Tzutuhil. 
 
 Manuscript. 16 11. folio, which the annotator of the Theologia Indorum seems 
 
 to attribute to Father de Vico. — Brasseur de Bourbourg. * 
 
 4025 Arte de la lengua Qiche 6 Utlatecat. Seguido del mode 
 
 de bien vivir en la misma lengua, sacado de los escritos del Ven. 
 Padre Fr. Domingo de Vico. * 
 
 Manuscript. 34 11. 4°. The first 18 leaves contain the grammar; the next leaf 
 is missing ; the others contain the second part. 
 
 This manuscript was given to me by a native chief of Rabinal, in 1855. He 
 assured me that it was by Father Domingo de Vico, which would seem to be 
 confirmed by the final t of the word Utlatecat, here found — an ancient form long 
 since obsolete. Upon the word of this chief I have inscribed the name of Vico 
 on this document. 
 
 Vico had an admirable knowledge of the principal languages of Guatemala, 
 and wrote, among other works, six grammars of different languages. These 
 works remained in manuscript and disappeared one after the other, with the 
 exception of those which are mentioned here. The one which is most to be re- 
 gretted is a Historia de los Indies, de sus fabulas, superstioiones, costumbres, 
 etc., mentioned by Remesal. 
 
 To Father de Vico all the Guatemalan writers refer when a work written or 
 about to be written in one of the native languages is in question. No one un- 
 derstood them equally well or could make use of them in a manner so complete 
 and so remarkable. — Brasseur de Bourbourg. 
 
 Beristain, quoting from Remesal, gives the following list of works by P. Vico : 
 Teologias para los Indies, en Lengua de Vera Paz. 4 tomos.— Libro de los 
 
VI ANA VIE. . 787 
 
 Vico (P. Fr. Domingo de) — continued. 
 
 Granda Nombres : o Hlstoria de los Patriaroas, Reyes y Hombres grandes del An- 
 tiguo y Nuevo Testamento ; en la misma Lengna. — El Parano Terreno; en la 
 propia Lengua. — Hietoria de los Indies, sus fabulas, supersticlones, costumbres 
 &c. — Seis Artes y Vocabularios de diferentes Lengnaa de los Indios. — Frases e 
 Idiotismos de dha. Lenguas.— Poesias Sagradas de la Pasion de Jesucristo y de los 
 Hechos de los Apdstoles, en Eachiquel. — Varlos Catecismos. — Sermones varies. 
 
 4026 Maria. Jesus. Joseph. Eonohel vtzil atobal, xehul hut xeua 
 
 chin naipe rumal cahaual eca voo vtzil xenima hulu ch!rih acavae 
 
 quibi : loconic, ca melali, cuibali, mebail, penitencia Toutes 
 
 les vertus ont brille avec 4clat par notre Seigneur; mais les cinq 
 vertus qui ont brill6 avec le plus d'^clat au dessus des t6nfebres sont 
 celles qu'on nomme la charity, I'humilit^, la patience, la pauvret6, 
 la penitence, etc. * 
 
 Manuscript. 8°. Written on very heavy parchment. It is composed now of 
 103 leaves, in long lines, written in half-Gothic characters. Leaves 2-8, 25-28, 
 56-59, and 104 to the end are wanting. 
 
 This manuscript is one of those precious works undertaken by the mission- 
 aries for the conversion of the Indians. We are indebted to the kindness of M. 
 Brasseur de Bourbourg for the translation of some words of the title which we 
 give, and for the following observations : 
 
 "The volume announced above is a collection of prayers and meditations, 
 written a few years after the conquest of Guatemala, in a dialect which resem- 
 bles both the Quiche and the Kakchiquel, analagons to that which is yet spoken 
 by the natives of Zipacapa, department of Huehuetenango. That it was the 
 work of P. Domingo de Vico, dominioain, the wisest man of that time among the 
 companions of Las Casas and who was killed by the Lacandons in 1555, would 
 not be surprising." 
 
 Though incomplete, the above manuscript deserves to be preserved, not only 
 as an historic document but as a specimen of the language spoken by the natives 
 at the time of the conquest. In point of curiosity and variety it is the finest 
 article of our collection. It is so mucli the more important because we believe 
 it unique in execution ; it is written on parchment, and generally the first works 
 written by the missionaries were on maguey paper. 
 
 P. Domingo de Vico, prior of the convents of Guatemala, Chiapa, and Coban, 
 founded the City of San Andres. He was constituted bishop of Vera Paz. — 
 iecJerc, 1867, JVb. 942. 
 
 4027 Victoria {Fr. Tom^s). Sermones doctrinales en Lengua de 
 Zacatula. * 
 
 4028 Victorino {Fr. Jos4). Arte y Vocabulario completo de la Lengua 
 Tarahumara, general en toda la Oustodia del Parral. * 
 
 402 ) Vidales {Fr. Luis). Dos Vocabularios y Sintaxis del Idioma Tu- 
 cateco, 6 Mayo. * 
 
 Titles from Bcristain. Carrillo gives the titles of the Dos Vocabularios as : Vo- 
 cabulario hispano-maya, and Vocabulario maya-hispano, and adds: Sintaxis de 
 la lengua Maya. 
 
 4030 Vie de Tobie. cv. 
 
 Manuscript. 39 pp. folio. In the Iroquois language. By a Sulpician at the 
 mission of Lac des deux Montagues, Canada. In the archives of the Roman 
 Catholic Church at Caughnawaga, Canada. 
 
788 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 4031 Vilches (Fr. Jacinto). M^todo de rezar el rosario con medidas en 
 verso zapoteco. 
 
 Title from Pimentel. 
 
 4032 Villaoaflas (^r. Benito). Arte para aprender la LenguaKachiquel: 
 y Diccionario de ella. 
 
 Title from Beristain. Sobron gives this title also, and adds: En la misma 
 lengua escribid otro libro titulado : Sucessus fidei ortodoxse, que trata del conoci- 
 miento de Dies, etc. 
 
 4033 Villafane (P. Fornando). Arte 6 Gramdtica de la Lengua Guasave. 
 
 Manuscript. A language spoken in tbe province of Michoacan. — Benstain. 
 
 4034 Villalpando {Fr. Luis de). Doctrina cristiana en idioma yucateco 6 
 maya. * 
 
 The authors of the Yucatec Register place the name of P. Villalpando on 
 page 359, vol. 1, as the author of two works printed and lost, which are the Arte 
 and Vocabulario. Sr. D. Francisco Pimentel, in his " Cuadro Descriptive y Com- 
 parative de las Lenguas Indfgenas de Mexico," vol. 2, speaks of the works of Vil- 
 lalpando, reproducing the notices by our writer Beltran. — Carrillo. 
 
 4035 Arte y Vocabulario de la Lengua de Yucatan. * 
 
 Printed, according to Pinelo and others who make mention of this author. — 
 
 Beristain. 
 
 " The first Maya grammar was composed by Father Luis de Villalpando, the 
 first Catholic priest that set foot upon the peninsula of Yucatan at Campea- 
 chy. This grammar was never published and was much improved by Father 
 Landa. His treatise with the additions of the bishop remained in manuscript, 
 but was the basis of the grammars of Fathers Juan Coronel and Gabriel de San 
 Bonaventura, which in their turn were largely used by Father Pedro Beltran." — 
 Norman's Eamtles in Yucatan. 
 
 " The first Maya dictionary printed was issued in the City of Mexico in 1571. 
 It was published as that of Father Luis de Villalpando, but as he had then been 
 dead nearly twenty years, it was probably merely based upon his vocabulary. 
 It was in large 4to, of the same size as the second edition of Molina's Vocabula- 
 rio de la Lengua Mexicana. At least one copy of it is known to be in existence. 
 For more than three centuries no other dictionary was put to press, although for 
 some unexplained reason that of Villalpando was unknown in Yucatan." — Brin- 
 ton's Maya Chronicles, pp. 74-75. 
 
 4036 Villanueva {Fr. Vicente). Dramas 6 Actos de los principales Mis- 
 terios de la Fe cristiana en verso Zapoteco. * 
 
 4037 Los Misterios del Eosario en verso Dram^tico Zapoteco. * 
 
 Titles from Beristain. 
 
 4038 Villavieencio (Diego Jaymes Eicardo). Luz | y | Methodo | de con- 
 fesar | idolatras, y des- | tierro de Idolatrias, debajo del | Tratado 
 siguiente. | Tratado de avisos | y puntosimportautesdelaabomi- j 
 nable Seta de la Idolatria: para examinar por ellos al penitente | 
 en el fuero interior de la couciencia, y exterior judicial. Sacados j 
 no de los Libros, sino de la experiencia en las aberiguaciones | 
 con los Eabbies de ella. | Por el Lie. Diego Jaymes Eicardo | Villa- 
 vieencio, originario del Pueblo de Quechula, de | la Provincia de 
 
VILCHES VINSON. 789 
 
 Villavicencio (Diego Jaymes Kicardo) — continued. 
 
 Tepeaca, deslie obispado de la Puebla | de los Angeles : Cura Bene- 
 flciado por sn Magestad, | Vicario, y Inez Ecclesiastico del Par- 
 tido de Santa | Cruz Tlatlaccotepetl deste dicho Obispado, y assi- 
 mismo | luez Ooniissario de dicho Partido en causas de F6 cotra | 
 Idolatrias, y otras supersticiones del demonio. | T lo dedica su Au- 
 thor I al 111™", y E™°. Senor | Doc.D. IsidrodeSarifiana,yCuenca, | 
 dignissimo Obispo de Antequera, Valle de Oaxaca, del | Consejo de 
 su Magestad &c. | 
 
 Con licencia en la Puebla de los Angeles en la Imprenta de 
 Diego I Fernandez de" Leon. Auo de 1692. | * 
 
 14 p. 11. ; pp. 1-136, 1-51 ; 1 1. index. 4°. The leaf preceding the title has a very 
 poorly executed cut of Calvary. A rare and curious book. It has something in 
 Mexican at the end. — Icazbalceia's Apuntes, Ko. 164. 
 
 4039 Villavicencio {D. Miguel). Prontuario del idioma mixteco dividido 
 entres partes, arte, vocabulario y manual, escrito en 1755 por el 
 cura D. Miguel Villavicencio. * 
 
 Manuscript. Title from Pimentel. 
 
 4040 Vimont (P. Barthelemy). Eelation | de ce qvi s'est pass6 | en la | 
 Novvelle France, | es ann^es 1640. et 1641. | Enuoy^e au E. Pere 
 Prouincial de la | OompagniedeIesv8,dela | Prouiuce de France. | 
 Par le P. Barthelemy Vimont de la mesme | Compagnie, Superieur 
 de la Eesidence de Kebec. | [Design.] 
 
 A Paris, | ch6s [sic] Sebastien Oramoisy, Imprimeur ordinaire | 
 du Eoy, rue S. lacques, aux Cicognes. | M. DO. XLII [1642]. | 
 Avec Privilege dv Eoy. | L. 
 
 4 p. 11., pp. 1-216, 1-104. 
 
 [Lalemant (P. Jerome).] Relation de ce qui s'est pass6 * * * aux Harons, 
 appended, pp. 1-104. 
 Reprinted in Relations des J^suites, vol. 1, 1641, pp. 1-86. Quebec, 1858. 8°. 
 
 4041 Eelation | de ce qvi s'est passe | en la | Novvelle France | 
 
 en I'ann^e 1642. & 1643. | Enuoy^e au E. P. lean Filleav | Prouin- 
 cial de la Compagnio de lesvs, | en la Province de France. | Par le 
 E. P. Barthelemy Vimont, de | la mesme Compagnie, Superieur 
 de I toute la Mission. | [Design.] 
 
 A Paris, | chez Sebastien Oramoisy, | Imprimeur ordinaire du 
 Eoy I et I Gabriel Oramoisy. | rue S. lac | ques aux | Cicoignes 
 [sic], I M. DO. XLIV. I Auec Priuilege du Eoy, | l. 
 
 4 p. 11., pp. 1-309, 11. 8°. 
 
 Contains i letter in Huron, dictated by an Indian, with interlinear French 
 translation, p. 16. 
 
 Reprinted in Relations des J^suites, vol. 2, 1643, pp. 1-83. Quebec, 1858. 8°. 
 
 4042 Vinson (Julien). La langue basque et les langues am^ricaines. 
 
 In CongrSs Int. des Am^rioanistes, Compte-Rendu, premiere session, tome 2, 
 pp. 46-80. Nancy et Paris, 1875. 8°. 
 
 Analys" sommaire du basque et des langues amSricaines en g6n6ial, pp. 60-74, 
 includes a comparative vocabulary of the L6nap^, Algonquin, Cri, Iroquois, and 
 Basque, pp. 70-73. Issued separately as follows : 
 
790 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Vinson (Julien) — continued. 
 
 4043 Le Basque | et les | Langues Am^ricaines | Etude Com- 
 parative I Lue au Oongrfes des Am^ricanistes | a Nancy | le 23 
 Juillet 1875 | par | Julien Vinson | Correspondant de I'Acad^mie 
 de Stanislas | [Vignette.] 
 
 Paris I Maisonneuve et C'», Libraires-Editeurs | 15, Quai Vol- 
 taire, 15 I M DGCO LXXVI [1876] | A. 
 
 Pp. 1-39. 8°. 
 Comparative vocabulary, p. 32. 
 
 4044 Vito (P. Andres). Gramatica, Diccionario i Catecismo en Lengua 
 [Timuquana] de Mariland en la Florida. 1642. * 
 
 Mentioned in Baroia's edition of Pinelo, but not known to be printed — Triiiner 
 in Ludewig,p. 242. See White (JJct. Andrew), No. 4105 of this catalogue. 
 
 4045 Vila I Katikisma: | or | Child's Catechism in Choctaw : | being a 
 translation of | Dr. Watts' Second Catechism for Children. | Second 
 Edition, | Revised. | 
 
 Boston : | Printed for the American Board of Commissioners for | 
 Foreign Missions, by Crocker & Brewster. | 1835. | ba.abo.jwp. 
 
 Pp. 1-16. 12°. According to Byington's manuscript Choctaw Dictionary the 
 first edition is 1827, 12 pp. 
 
 4046 Vocabulaire des Kootenays j Counarrha ou Skalza | Eecueilli par 
 le r. p. •** Missionaire Oblat de Marie Im. au milieu de trop d'occu- 
 pations pour qu'il soit satisfaisant. | AP. 
 
 Manuscript on printed form, dated Le 15 Janvier 1883, 1 1., pp. 1-20, 1 1. folio. 
 In the library of M. Alph. Pinart, San Francisco, Cal. The form is printed in 
 French ; prepared probably by M. Pinart. 
 
 4047 [Vocabularies of some of the Indian Tribes of Northwest America.] 
 
 Manuscript. 2 vols., 82 pp. folio. Seen at the sale of the library of the late 
 JJr. Geo. Brinley, the sale catalogue of which says they came from the library 
 of Dr. John Pickering, to whom, probably, they were presented by Mr. Dnpon- 
 ceau. They were presented "to Peter S. Duponceau, Esq., with J. K. Town- 
 shend's respects. Fort Vancouver, Columbia River, September, 1^35." 
 
 Specimens of a language spoken by the following tribes in Puget's Sound, viz : 
 the Nisqually, Poo-yal-aw-poo,Tough-no-waw-mish, So-qua-mish, Skay-wa-mish, 
 Too-wanne-noo, 72 words. — Walla-walla, near Walla-walla Fort, Columbia 
 River, 53 words. — Nez-perces, 53 words. — Chinook, 194 words and phrases. — 
 [Chinook Jargon] used as the means of communication between the Indians 
 and whites on Columbia River, 146 words. — Carrier or TacuUi Indians of New 
 Caledonia, 342 words and phrases. — Kayouse Indians, lower waters of the Colum- 
 bia, 131 words. — Kootenai, near the sources of the Columbia, 206 words. — Japan- 
 ese, taken from three men oast away on the northwest coast, 74 words. 
 
 4048 Vocabnlario. Vocabulario breve y manual en la Lengua de Michu- 
 acan. En 28 de Junio de 1647 alios. * 
 
 Manuscript. 73 11. 4°. Title from Icazbaloeta's Apuntes, No. 165. 
 
 4049 Vocabulario de la Idioma Totonaca, conforme al usso de 
 
 la Sierra Alta. * 
 
 Manuscript of the eighteenth century. 4°. Very curious and interesting. — 
 Fischer Sale Catalogue, No. 2024. 
 
VINSON— VOCABULARIO. 791 
 
 Vocabulario — continued. 
 
 4050 Yocabulario de la lengua Cakchiquel y Espanola, con un 
 
 Arte de la misma lengua. 1813. * 
 
 Manuscript. lv!0 11. 4°. The vocabulary occupies the first 110 11., the grammar 
 the last 10 11. There is no clue to the author. The writing, although very pale, is 
 modern, and appears to belong to the year 1813, which date is given at the top 
 of the first leaf, with the name Bavinal. This name would indicate, perhaps, 
 that the manuscript had been left in that place by one of my predecessors, trans- 
 ferred from some Catohiquel parish to that of Rabinal. The vocabulary is, in 
 respect to its compilation, a carefully prepared book, and by a good author. I 
 received it from Ignacio Coloohe, chief of one of the principal native families of 
 Rabinal. — Brasseur de Bouriourg. 
 
 4051 Vocabulario en Lengua Castellana y Guatemalteca, que se 
 
 llama Cdk-chi-quel-chi. * 
 
 In small quarto, very full ; contains between 400 and 500 pages ; without date, 
 but very old. There is also a copy of the same in the Bibliothfeque Imp^riale, 
 of Paris, badly made, with a few additions at the end ; evidently quite recent ; 
 endorsed as having been obtained from the convent of Papum, and marked, erro- 
 neously, Kiche. — Squier's Monograph. 
 
 4052 Yocabulario Copioso de las Lenguas Cakchiquel, y Tiche. 
 
 Manuscript. 706 pp. 4°. Paper and handwriting of eighteenth century. * 
 Title from Squier's Sale Catalogue, No. 779. 
 
 4053 Vocabulario Manual, de las Lenguas Castellana y To- 
 
 tonaco. * 
 
 Manuscript of the eighteenth century. 4°. Very rare, curious, and interesting. 
 Totonaca is the language or dialect of the Indians in the districts of Zatlacan, 
 in the State of Puebla, and of Vera Cruz. — Fischer Sale Catalogue, No. 2027. 
 
 4054 Vocabulario Mexicano, • 
 
 Manuscript. 74 11. 8°. Only a portion of the title-page remains, thus: 
 
 T CO . . . Escrito por un . . . en este curato de . . . Lucas Evan- 
 
 gelista Iztapalapan. En el Mez de Abril del ano de 1788. 
 
 It is divided into two parts, the first containing verbs, the second nouns, both 
 
 Spanish-Mexican. — Icazbaloeta's Ajmntes, No. 81. 
 
 4055 Vocabulario Mexicano. * 
 
 A Spanish-Mexican Vocabulary. Manuscript of the eighteenth century. 256 
 
 pp., very clearly written. 4°. Title from the Fischer Sale Catalogue, No. 1936. 
 
 4056 Vocabulario Otomi. * 
 
 Colophon: Acabose este vocabulario de trasladar lunes en 
 
 treinta de Enero de 1640 aSos. 
 
 Manuscript. 470 11. folio. On the reverse of 1.468 is the following: Acab€ de 
 corregir este diccionario jueves quinze de Enero de 1699 aBos. 
 
 In view of these dates it is natural to suppose that the reviser of the work 
 was not the author. It is not probable that after the length of time necessary 
 to compile such an extensive vocabulary that the author's life should have 
 been prolonged fifty-nine years. — Icazbaloeta's Apuntes, No. 167. 
 
 4057 Vocabulario Otomi, 6 Mazahua. * 
 
 Manuscript. 36011. folio. Lettering of eighteenth century ; unfinished. The 
 manuscript lacks a title, and it has not been possible to assert definitely to what 
 idiom it belongs. I am inclined to consider it Otomi, but Sr. Pimentel, in his 
 Cuadro Descriptivo, classifies it as Mazahua,.— Icazialceta's Apuntes, No. 168. 
 
792 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 4058 Vocabulario y Idiomato Tonaca [sic] y Castellana, comenzad 
 
 I. D. Febrero de 1789 Anos. * 
 
 Manuscript. 4°. Very curious and interesting. — Fischer Sale Cat, No. 2026. 
 
 4059 Vocabulary. Vocabulary | of the | Chinook Jargon: | the com- 
 plete language | used | by the | Indians of Oregon, | Washington 
 Terri- | tory and British Possessions. | 
 
 San Francisco : | Published by Hutchings & Eosenfleld, | 146 
 Montgomery street. | Towne & Bacon, Printers, 125 Clay street, 
 cor. Sansome. | 1860. | B. 
 
 Pp. 1-8. 16°. Chinook-English vocabulary, pp. 1-6.— Table of distances, pp. 7-8. 
 
 4060 Vocabulary, Prayers, etc. in the Mixe Language. * 
 
 Manuscript of the eighteenth century. 12°. Title from the Fischer Sale Cat- 
 alogue, No. 1949. 
 
 4061 Volney (Constantine Frangois Chassebceuf). Tableau | du | Oli- 
 mat et du sol | des Etats-Unis | d'Am6rique. | Suivi d'6claircisse- 
 mens sur la Floride, sur la colonic | Frangaise au Scioto, sur quel- 
 ques colonies Canadiennes | etsurlesSauvages. | Enrichi de quatre 
 Planches gravies, dont deux Cartes | G6ographiques et une coupe 
 flgur^e de la chiite de | Niagara. | Par C.-F. Volney, | Membre 
 du S6nat conservateur, de I'Institut national de France, | Membre 
 honoraire de la Soci6t6 philosophique Am^ricaine de | Philadel- 
 phie; de la Soci^t6 Anglaise-asiatique de Calcutta; | des Athen^es 
 d' Avignon, d'Alenyon, etc. [ Tome Premier [SecondJ. | 
 
 A Paris, | Chez | Courcier, Imprimeur-Libraire, quai des [ Augus- 
 tins, n". 71. | Dentu, Imprimeur-Libraire, Palais du Tri- | buuat, 
 Galleries-de-Bois, n" 240. | An XII.— 1803. | A. c. BA. hu. 
 
 2 vols. 8°. map. Vocabulaire de la Langue des Miamis, vol. 2, on four leaves 
 between pp. 524 and 533, numbered 1-8. 
 
 In the copy in the Library of Congress there is a manuscript Osage vocabulary 
 corresponding to the printed Miami. 
 
 4062 View | of the Climate and Soil | of the | United States of 
 
 America : | to which are annexed | some accounts of Florida, the 
 French co- | lony on the Scioto, certain Canadian co- | lonies, and 
 the savages or natives: | translated from the French | of | 0. F. 
 Volney, | member of the Conservative Senate, and the French 
 Na- I tional Institute, and Honorary Member of the Ameri: | can 
 Philosophical Society at Philadelphia, the Asiatic | Society at Cal- 
 cutta, the Atheneums of Avignon, | Alenyon, &c. | With maps and 
 plates. I 
 
 London : | Printed for J. Johnson, | 72, St. Paul's Church Yard, | 
 By C. Mercier and Co. 6, Northumberland-Court. | 1804. | A. c. ba. 
 
 Pp. i-xxiv, iii-vi, 1-503. 8°. Folding maps and plates. Vocabulary of the 
 Miami language, pp. 49:i-503. 
 
 4063 A View | of | the Soil and Climate | of the ( United States 
 
 of America: | with supplementary remarks | upon Florida; on the 
 
VOCABULARY— WAFER. 793 
 
 Volney (Constantine Fran9oi8 Chasseboeuf)— continued. 
 
 French colonies on the Mississippi | and Ohio, and in Canada; and 
 on the Aboriginal Tribes | of America. | By 0. P. Volney, | Mem- 
 ber of the Conservative Senate, &c. &c. | Trans'ated, with occa- 
 sional remarks, | by C. B. Brown. | With maps and plates. | 
 
 Philadelphia, | Pubhshed by J. Conrad & Co. Philadelphia; M. 
 & J. Conrad & Co. | Baltimore; Eapin, Conrad, & Co. Washing- 
 ton City; Somervell | & Conrad, Petersburg; and Bonsai, Conrad, 
 & Co. Norfolk. I Printed by T. & G. Palmer, 116, High Street. | 
 1804. I c. BP. HU. 
 
 Pp. i-xxviii, 1-446. 8°. maps and plates. Vocabulary of the Miami language 
 (English pronunciation from Barton and Wells), pp. 429-439. 
 
 4064 Tableau du Climat et du Sol des Etats TJnis D'Am^rique. 
 
 Suivi d'^claircissemens sur la Floride, sur la colonic Prangaise au 
 Scioto, sur quelques colonies Canadiennes et sur les Sauvages. 
 Par C.-F. Volney. 
 
 Paris : Courcier & Dentu. 1822. 
 
 2 vole., continuous pagination. 8°. maps. Vocabulaire de la Langue des Mi- 
 amis, vol. 2, pp. 525-532. 
 
 4065 Vose (Henry). Choctaw Analogies. By Henry Vose, of Missis- 
 sippi. LSH. 
 
 In the National Intelligencer, Washington, D. C, May 16, 1835. 
 Analogy of Choctaw terms with those of the Hebrew, Greet, Chinese, &c. 
 
 4066 Wabass ( — ). Vocabularies of the Chinook and Cowlitz Languages. 
 
 Manuscript. 1 1. folio. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. 
 
 4067 Wafer (Lionel). A new | Voyage | and | Description | of the | 
 Isthmus of America, | Giving an Account of the | Author's Abode 
 there, | The Form and Make of the Country, | the Coasts, Hills, 
 Elvers, &c. Woods, | Soil, Weather, &c. Trees, Fruit, Beasts, | 
 Birds, Fish, &c. | The Indian Inhabitants, their Features, | Com- 
 plexion, &c. their Manners, C'u- j stoms, Employments, Marriages, 
 Feasts, | Hunting, Computation, Language, &c. | With Eemarka- 
 ble Occurrences in the South | Sea, and elsewhere. | By Lionel 
 Wafer. | Illustrated with several Copper-plates. | 
 
 London: | Printed for James Knapton, at the Crown in | St. 
 Paul's Church-yard, 1699. | A. 0. BA. HU. JOB. 
 
 4 p. 11.. pp. 1-224, 7 11. 8°. map and 3 folding plates. Darien numerals and 
 vocabulary, pp. 181-184, 186-188. 
 
 A German translation of this work appears in: AUgemeine Historic der Eeisen 
 zu Wasser nnd Lande, vol.15, chap. 3, pp. 253-316, Leipzig, 1757. Linguistics, 
 p. 280. (c.) Ludewig mentions a French translation in: Dampier's Voyage 
 antour du Monde, Amsterdam, 1705, 8°. 
 
794 NORTH AMERICAN I.INGUISTICS. 
 
 Wafer (Lionel) — continued. 
 
 4068 Nieuwe Eeystogt en Beschryving van de Land-Engte van 
 
 Amerika, Behelzende een Verhaal van des Schryvers verblyf en 
 zonderlinge avontuuren aldaar, de gesteltenisse van't land, de lius- 
 ten bergen, rivieren .... beesten, vogelen, visschen enz .... 
 Door Lionel Wafer, uyt Let Engelsch A'ertaal door W. Sewel. 
 
 In's Gravenhage, By Abraham de Hondt, Boekverkooper op de 
 Zaal van't Hof, in de Fortuyn 1700. * 
 
 2 p. 11., text 88 pp., table 8 pp. 5 plates. GotMc letter. 4°. Title from Bart- 
 lett's catalogue of the John Carter Brown library. 
 
 4069 A new | Voyage | and | Description | of the | Isthmus of 
 
 America. | Giving an Account of the | Author's Abode there, | The 
 Form and Make of the Country, the Coasts, Hills, | Elvers, &c. 
 Woods, Soil, Weather, &c. Trees, Fruit, | Beasts, Birds, Fish, 
 &c. I The Indian Inhabitants, their Features, Complexion, «&c. | 
 their Manners, Customs, Employments, Marriages, ( Feasts, Hunt 
 ing. Computation, Language, «&c. | With Eemarkable Occurrences 
 in the South-Sea and | elsewhere. | By Lionel Wafer. | The Second 
 Editon. I To which are added, | The Natural History of those 
 Parts, I By a Fellow of the Eoyal Society: | and | Davis's Expedi- 
 tion to the Gold Mines, in 1702. | Illustrated with several Copper- 
 Plates. I 
 
 London, | Printed for James Knapton, at the Crown in | St. Paul's 
 
 Church-Tard. MDCCIV [1704]. | c. bp. job. 
 
 8 p. 11., pp. 1-283; index, 6 unnumbered 11. 8°. map. Linguistics, pp. 145-150. 
 
 4070 Les | Voyages | de | Lionel Wafer | contenant | nne de- 
 scription I trfes-exacte de I'Isthme de I'A- | merique & de toute la 
 nouvelle | Espagne. | Traduits de I'Anglois par Monsieur | De 
 Montirat Interprete 1 des Langues. | Avec les Cartes Geographiques 
 tr^s-exactes | & tres-curieuses. | 
 
 A Paris, | Chez Cellier, rue S. Jacques, | k la Toison d'or. | 
 M. D. CCVI [1706]. I Avec privilege dv Eoy. | A. s. job. 
 
 4 p. 11. , pp. 1-398, 2 11. 16°. Linguistics, pp. 203, 205-206. 
 
 4071 Voyage de Mr. Wafer, on I'on trouve la description de 
 
 I'isthme de I'Am^rique. 
 
 Amsterdam. Chez la Veuve de Paul Marret 1714. * 
 
 12°. 262 pp. and table. Wafer was surgeon to Dampier's expedition across 
 
 the Isthmus, and was left among the Indians to recover from a wound. No one 
 
 since his time has seen so much of them. — Bartlett. 
 
 4072 Lionel Wafers | merkwiirdige | Eeisen | nach der | Erd- 
 
 Enge Darien ; ] auch durch | die Siid-See, | und das | mittagige At- 
 lantische Meer : | nebst | einer Eeise Davis | nach den Spanischen ( 
 Gold-Minen, | undAnhange | der niitzlichsten und souderbarsten | 
 Fatur-Gaben | in den Gegenden von Darien. | Nach der zweyten 
 Englandischen Ausgabe iibersetzt : | Mit Kupfern. | 
 
WAFER — WAND ALL. 795 
 
 Wafer (Lionel) — continued. 
 
 Halle, I Druck und Verlag Joh. Ghristoph Mich. Vesters, 1 1759. | * 
 Pp. iii-xix, 1-356. map, plate. Linguistics, pp. 170, 175-176. There is a copy 
 in the library of Harvard University. 
 
 Wagener (W. L.) 
 See Kruger (F.), No. 2148 of this catalogue. 
 
 4073 "Wagner (Dr. Moritz) and Scherzer {Dr. Carl). Die | Eepublik 
 Costa Eica | iu | CentralAmerika | mit besonderer Berucksictiti- 
 gung der Naturverhaltnisse und der Frage | der deutschen Aus- 
 wanderung und Colonisation. | Eeiseatudien und Skizzen | aus den 
 Jaliren 1853 und 1854 | von | Dr. Moritz Wagner und Dr. Carl 
 Scherzer., | Mit einer Karte. | 
 
 Leipzig, I Arnoldische Buchhandlung. | 1856. | c. 
 
 Pp. i-xvi, 1-578. 8". 
 
 Kleines Worter-Verzeichniss aus den Sprachen der wilden Starame der Blanco-, 
 Valientes-, und Talamanca-Indianer, entlang der Ostkiiste zwischen dem Rio- 
 Zent und Boca del Toro, im Staate Costa Rica, pp. 573-576. 
 
 V 4074 Waldeck (Fr^d^ric de). Voyage PittoresQue | et Arcb^ologique | 
 dans la Province | ■ d'Yucatan | ( Am^rique Centrale), | pendant les 
 ann^es 1834 et 1836, | par Fr6d6ric de Waldeck, | d6di6 | a la m6- 
 moire de feu | le Vicomte de Kingsborough. | 
 
 Paris, I Bellizard Dufour et C°, Editeurs, | Eue de Verneuil, 
 1 bis; I A Londres, Chez J. et W. Boone, 29, IJTew-Bond- Street, | 
 
 [A Londres Chez] Bossange Barthes et Lowell, 14, Great- 
 
 Marlborough-street. | M DCCC XXXVIII [1838]. | A. c. bp. 
 
 1 p. l.,pp. i-x, 1-110. folio, map, plates. 
 
 Tableau des noms des villes, villages, cures, etc., de I'^tat d' Yucatan, pp. 
 29-33. — Vocabulaire Maya avecles noms de nombre et quelques phrases a. I'usage 
 des voyageurs, Spanish, French, and Maya, pp. 79-90. 
 
 [Walker (Luke C.)] 
 
 See [TTinman (Samuel D.), Cook (Joseph W.), Hemans (Daniel W.), and 
 Vralker(LukeC.)] 
 
 4075 Walker (William). Numerals of the Wyandot. 
 
 In Schoolcraft (H. R.) Indian Tribes, vol. 2, pp. 218-220. Philadelphia, 
 1852. 4°. 
 
 4076 Walker (Bey. William). Gospel Hymns j and | Sacred Songs, | 
 translated into the | Ojibway Language ( by the | Eev. William 
 Walker, | French Bay, Saugeen, | Ontario. | 
 
 Published by | Alonzo Barnard, | Omena, Mich. | 1879. | JWP. 
 Printed cover 1 1., pp. 1-24. 16°. 
 
 4077 Wandall (Erik Adolf). Kissitsisilliornermik | iliniarkautiksaet | 
 Kaladlinnut attusegeksaursut. | Kaladlisut nuktersiraagalloaet j 
 nark'iksarej sennak' iglugidlo | Erik Adolf Wandall-ib, | Tolstrupi- 
 miut pellesiseta. | 
 
 Aalborgime. | 1845. | 
 
796 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Wandall (Erik Adolf )— continued. 
 
 Second title : 
 
 Begyndelsesgrnndene | i | Eegning | til Brug for Gr^ienlsen- 
 derne. | Overssettelsen paa Grji^nlandsk | rettet og tildeels omar- 
 beidet | af | Erik Adolf Wandall, | Praest i tolstriip. | 
 
 Aalborg. | 1845. | HU. 
 
 Pp. 1-91, alternate Eskimo and Danish; Eskimo title verso ]. 1, Danish title 
 recto 1. 2. 16°. Elements of arithmetic in Greenlandish Eskimo. 
 
 4078 iSTaitsungordlugo ( nunab aglautigenera | Stoud-Platou- 
 
 mit. 1 Kaladlit okauzeennut nuktersimaga | E. A. Wandall-ib, | 
 Tolstrupimiut | pellesiseta. | 
 
 Aalborgime. [ Stiftibnakk'iterivianenakk'ittarsimarsut. 1 1848. | HU. 
 Pp. 1-109. Geography in Greenlandish Eskimo. 
 
 4079 Ward (Lester Frank). Savage and Civilized Orthoepy. By Lester 
 F. Ward. 
 
 In Anthrop. Soo. of Washington, Trans., 1880-81, pp. 106-111. Washington, 
 
 1881. 8°. 
 
 "Consists principally of remarks and strictures on the first chapter of [Pow" 
 ell's] Introduction to the Study of Indian Languages.'' 
 
 4080 Warden (Da\id Baillie). Eecberches | sur les | Antiquit6s de 
 I'Am^rique | Septentrionale, | Par D. B. Warden, | Membre Corre- 
 spondaut de l'Acad6mie des Sciences de I'Institut | Eoyal, etc., 
 etc. I (Extrait dn 2« volume des M6moires de la dite Soci6t6.) | 
 
 Paris, 1 Everat, Imprimeur-Libraire, | Eue du Oadran, No. 16. | 
 1827. I 0. 
 
 Pp. 1-144. 4°. 
 
 Pr^tendue affinity des langues indiennes avec celles de divers peuples, being 
 extracts from Barton, Heokewelder, Loskiel, Heriot, and others, pp. 112-120. 
 
 4081 Eecherches sur les Antiquit^s des Etats-Unis de I'Am^rique 
 
 Septentrionale, Par M. Warden. 
 
 In Soc. de Geog., M6m., tome 2, pp. 372-509. Paris, 1835. 4°. 
 "Pr^tendue affinity des langues indiennes avec celles de divers peuples," pp. 
 481-489. 
 
 4082 Eecherches | sur | lesAntiquit^s | de I'Am^rique du Nord | 
 
 et de I l'Am6rique du Sud, | et sur | la Population primitive | de 
 ces deux continents, | par | M. Warden, | Ancien Consul-General 
 [&c., three lines]. [Design.] 
 
 Paris, I Imprimerie et Fonderie normales de Jules Didot l'ain6, | 
 Boulevart d'Enfer, No. 4. | 1834. | a. b. 
 
 Pp. 1-224. folio. Forms Deuxifeme Partie, Deuxi&me Division, Tome Second, 
 of Antiquit^s Ani^ricaines, Paris, 1834, 2 \ ols. folio. 
 
 Analogic entre des mots Am^ricains et des mots Chinois et Tartares selon 
 divers auteurs, including a table of Otonii words compared with the Chinese, and 
 the Lord's Prayer in Otomi, pp. 125-129. — A few words of Scripture, St'. Mat- 
 thew and St. John, in the EscLuimaux of Labrador and of Greenland com- 
 pared. — Du langage par signes (from Dunbar), with vocabulary, pp. 176-179. — 
 Brief discussion of the Cherokee alphabet, p. 180. 
 
WANDALL WASHINGTON. 797 
 
 4083 Warren {Luut. Gouvernour Kemble). 34tli Congress, | 1st Ses- 
 sion. I Senate. | Ex. Doc. | No. 76. | Explorations | in the | Dacota 
 Country, | in the year 1855. | By | Lieut. G. K. Warren, | Topo- 
 graphical Engineer of the Sioux Expedition. | 
 
 Washington : | A. O. P. Nicholson, Senate Printer. | 1856. | 
 
 1 p. 1. , pp. 1-79, i-vi. 8°. map. Names of Dacota tribes, with English signifi- 
 cation, pp. 15-16. A. JWP. LSH. 
 
 4084 Warren (Henry P.), Warren (Bev. William), and Warren (Samuel). 
 The History | of | Waterford, Oxford County, Maine, | comprising | 
 Historical Address, | By Henry P. Warren ; | Eecord of Families, | 
 By Kev. William Warren, D. D.; | Centennial Proceedings, | By 
 Samuel Warren, Esq. | Published by Direction of the Town. | 
 
 Portland : | Hoyt, Fogg & Donham, | 1879. | 0. 
 
 1 p. l.,pp. v-viii,9-371. 8°. Meaning of some of the Indian names of places 
 in Maine, pp. 17-18. 
 
 4085 Warren (William W.) Numeration of the Ojibwa of Chegoime- 
 gon, and of the Pillagers, and Northern Ojibwas. 
 
 In Schoolcraft (H. E.) Indian Tribes, vol. 2, pp. 211-213. Philadelphia, 
 1852. 4°. 
 
 4086 Washashe Wageressa Pahvgreh | Tse. | The Osage First Book. | 
 
 Boston: j Printed for the American Board of Commissioners | 
 for Foreign Missions, by Crocker & Brewster, j 1834. | c.ba.aas. JWP. 
 
 Pp. 1-123. 16°. The greater part of the work is occupied by biblical stories, 
 the following caption appearing on p. 25 and relating to the remainder of the 
 volume: Washashe Wakshunsa Tse ; Wageressa Wasuhu Ikshi Echit Hv Eusapi 
 Tse. The Osage Instructor ; Selections from the Scriptures. 
 
 Translated, probably, by the Rev. W. B. Montgomery. 
 
 4087 [Washington (0«7>*. John).] Eskimaux and English Vocabulary, | 
 for the use of the Arctic Expedition. | Published by Order of the 
 Lords Commissioners of the Admiralty. | 
 
 London: | John Murray, Albemarle Street, j 1850. | A. c. s. GB. WHS. 
 
 Pp. i-xvi, 1-160. oblong 12°. " Compiled for the use of the Arctic Expeditions 
 fitted out at the expense of the British Government to carry relief to Sir John 
 Franklin and his companions." Extract from preface, signed John Washington, 
 Captain, E. N. 
 
 Brief sketch of the Eskimaux Grammar, pp. xi-xvi. — English and Eskimaux 
 vocabulary [Labrador, or Eastern ; Winter Island and IgMlik, or Central ; Kotze- 
 bue Sound, or Western], pp. 1-100. — Specimen of Dialogues [Lahrador-Eski- 
 maux], pp. 101-107. — Eskimaux or Innnit Names of Places in or near Melville 
 Peninsula [Labrador-Eskimaiix], pp. 108-109. — ComparativeTableof afew words 
 of the Eskimaux (or Innuit), Chukchi, Aleutian, and Karyak languages, chiefly 
 from Balbi's Atlas EthnograiJhique and Klaproth's Sprach- Atlas, pp. 110-113. — 
 Eskimaux and English vocabulary, pp. 115-160. 
 
 4088 Greenland-Eskimo and English Vocabulary. [Compiled 
 
 by Capt. Washington, E. N.] 
 
 London, 1853. * 
 
 Oblong 12°. Title from Brown's North- West Passage, p. 451, London, 1858 ; and 
 Quaritch's General Catalogue, 1877, p. 1019. 
 
798 NORTH AMEEICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 4089 "Wassenaer (Glaes). Description and First Settlement of l^ew 
 Netherland. [From Wassenaers Historie Van Enropa. Amster. 
 dam; 1621-1 632.J 
 
 In O'Callaghan (E. B. ) The Documentary History of the State of New-York, 
 vol. 3, pp. 27-48. Albany, 1850. 8°. 
 
 Numerals 1-10, and names of the months in the Indian [Mohawk ?] language, 
 p. 33. Reprinted in O'Callaghan (E. B. ) The Documentary History of the State 
 ofNew-York,vol.3,pp. 19-31. Albany, 1850. 4°. Linguistics on p. 22. 
 
 The original is contained in vol. 6 of the following: 
 
 4090 Historisch Verhael | al der ghedenck-weerdichste geschie- 
 
 denissen, | die hier en daer in Europa, als in Duijtschlant, Yranck- 
 rijck, I Bnghelant, Spaengien, Hungarijen, Polen, Seven-berghen, 
 Walla I chien, Moldavien, Turckijen en Neder-lant, van den be- 
 ginne | des jaers 1621: totdenHerfst toe, voorgevallen syn. | Door 
 Doct. Claes Wassenaer. | 1622 [-1632]. | 
 
 t' Amstelredam | Bij Jan Evertss Kloppenburgh op 't Water. | * 
 21 vols. 4". Title from Asher, No. 330. 
 
 4091 Waters (Abraham). A | Vocabulary of | Words in Hancock's 
 Harbor | Language, | On the North West Coast of N. America. | 
 Taken by Abraham Waters, who | sailed to that place with Capt. 
 Gray of | Boston (about 20 years ago) whose widow | presented the 
 Original, from which this is | transcribed, to Elbridge G. Howe. | 
 Paxton Dec. 13. 1828. | AAS. 
 
 Manuscript containing about 200 words. In the library of the American An- 
 tiquarian Society, Worcester, Mass. 
 
 4092 Watkins (Bev. B. A.) A Dictionary | of the | Oree Language, | as 
 spoken by the Indians | of the | Hudson's Bay Company's Territo- 
 ries. I Compiled by j the Eev. E. A. Watkins, | Missionary of the 
 Church Missionary Society. | Consisting of | Part L English- Cree. | 
 Part IT. Cree-English. | 
 
 London: | Society for Promoting Christian Knowledge; | sold at 
 the depositories: | 77 Great Queen Street, Lincoln's Inn Fields; | 
 4 Eoyal Exchange; 48 Piccadilly. | And by all booksellers. | 1865. | 
 
 Pp. i-xxiv and 1-460. sq. 24°. Part I. English-Cree, pp. 1-183.— Part II.- 
 Cree-English, pp. 184-460. WE. JWP. 
 
 4093 Terms of Relationship of the Cree of the Prairie (Muskota- 
 
 wenewuk), collected by Eev. E. A. Watkins, Devon, Siskachewun 
 District, Hudson's Bay Ty. 
 
 In Morgan (L. H.) Systems of Consanguinity and Affinity, pp. 293-382. 
 Washington, 1871. 4°. Follows line 37 through those pages. 
 
 4094 Watson (John F.) Annals | of | Philadelphia and Pennsylvania, | 
 in the olden time; | being a collection of | Memoirs, Anecdotes, and 
 Incidents | of the | City and its inhabitants, | and of the | earliest 
 settlements of the inland part of Pennsylvania, | from | the days 
 of the founders. | Intended to preserve the recollections of olden 
 time, and to exhibit society in its | changes of manners and cus- 
 
WASSENAER — WEISEK. 709 
 
 Watson (John F.) — continued. 
 
 toms, and , the city and country in | their local changes and im- 
 provements. I Embellished with engravings, by T. H. Mumford. | 
 By John F. Watson, | Member of the Historical Societies of Penn- 
 sylvania, Kew York, and Massachusetts. | In two volumes. | Vol. I 
 [II]. I [Six lines quotation.] 
 
 This edition purchased and for sale by j Carey and Hart — Phila- 
 delphia. I 1845. I C. 
 
 2 vols. 8". Indian names of places in Pennsylvania, from Hecte welder, vol. 2, 
 pp. 180-181. 
 
 The first edition, Philadelphia, 1830, does not contain the list of places. Issued 
 also with the imprint, Philadelphia : | Printed and published for the author, and 
 for sale by | John Penington and Uriah Hunt. — New York, Baker & Crane. | 
 1844. I 
 
 4095 Annals | of | Philadelphia and Pennsylvania, | in the olden 
 
 time; | being a collection of | Memoirs, Anecdotes, and Incidents | 
 of the I City and its inhabitants, | and of the | earliest settlements 
 of the inland part of Pennsylvania, | from j the days of the found- 
 ers. I Intended to preserve the recollections of olden time, and to 
 exhibit | society in its changes of manners and customs, and the 
 city I and country in their local changes and improvements. | Em- 
 bellished with engravings, by T. H. Mumford. | By John F. Wat- 
 son, I Member of the Historical Societies of Pennsylvania, IsTew 
 York, and Massachusetts. | In two volumes. | Vol. I [II]. [Six lines 
 quotation.] 
 
 Philadelphia: | Published by Elijah Thomas, No. 5 S. Sixth 
 Street. | 1857. | • 
 
 2 vols. 8°. Indian names, as above, vol. 2, pp. 181-182. There is a copy of this 
 edition in the Boston Athenseum library. Also issued with a supplementary vol- 
 ume, Philadelphia: J. M. Stoddart & Co. 1879. 3 vols. 8°. 
 
 4096 Wea. The | Wea Primer, | Wev mvs nv kv ne, | to | Teach the 
 Wea Language. | 
 
 Cherokee ISTation: | Mission Press. John F. Wheeler, Printer. | 
 1837. I ABC. 
 
 Pp. 1-48. sq. 24°. 
 
 4097 Weikamp (Bev. John B.) Appendix [of the Mass and Vespers in 
 Latin; and Prayers in the Ottawa-Indian Language. By Eev. 
 John B. Weikamp, Tert. O. S. F.] 
 
 In Baraga (F.) om(J Weikamp (John B.) Katolik Anamie Masinaigan, pp. 
 323-346. New York and Cincinna i [1874], 16°. The prayers in Ottawa occupy 
 pp. 337-346. 
 
 4098 Weiser (Conrad). Table of the Karnes of Numbers of several 
 Indian Nations. • 0. 
 
 In Gentleman's Magazine, vol. 26, p. 386. London, n. d. 8°. 
 Numerals 1-1000 of the Mohawks, Oneiders, Onontagers, Cayiukers, Sinickers, 
 Delawares, Shawanose, and Wanats. 
 
800 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 4099 Wheeler (iieM^. George M.) Annual Report | upon the | Geograph- 
 ical Explorations and Surveys West of the | One Hundredth Merid- 
 ian, in California, Nevada, | Nebraska, Utah, Arizona, Colorado, 
 New I Mexico, Wyoming, and Montana, | by | George M.Wheeler, ( 
 First Lieutenant of Engineers, TJ. S. A.; | being | Appendix LL | of 
 the I Annual Report of the Chief of Engineers for 1875. | 
 
 Washington : | Government Printing Office. | 1875. | JWP. 
 
 Pp. i-iv, 1 1. errata, pp. 1-196. 6°. 
 
 Gatschet (A. S. ) Report on the Pueblo languages of New Mexico, and of the 
 Moquis in Arizona, pp. 180-187. 
 
 Lieutenant Wheeler's report also appears as pp. 921-1108 of the Annual Report 
 of the Chief of Engineers for 187ti. In this connection Mr. Gatschei's paper 
 occupies pp. 1100-1107. 
 
 4100 Annual Report | upon the | Geographical Surveys West 
 
 of the One Hundredth | Meridian, in California, Nevada, Utah, 
 Colorado, | Wyoming, New Mexico, Arizona, and Montana, | by | 
 George M. Wheeler, | First Lieutenant of Engineers, U. S. A.; | 
 being | Appendix JJ | of the | Annual Report of the Chief of 
 Engiueers for 1876. | 
 
 Washington : | Government Printing Office. | 1876. | jwP. 
 
 t p. 1,, pp. i-vi, 1-355. 8°. maps. 
 
 Gatschet (A. S. ) Analytical report on eleven idioms spoken in Southern Cali- 
 fornia, Nevada, &c., pp. 330-343. 
 
 Loew (Dr. 0.) Notes upon ethnology of Southern California and adjacent 
 regions, pp. 321-327. 
 
 Lieutenant Wheeler's report also appears as pp. 219-563 of the Annual Report 
 of the Chief of Engineers for 1876. In this connection the above papers occupy 
 pp. 550-563, 541-547. 
 
 4101 Engineer Department, U.S. Army. | Report | upon | United 
 
 States Geographical Surveys | West of the One Hundredth Meri- 
 dian, I in charge of | First Lieut. Geo. M. Wheeler, | Corps of En- 
 gineers, U. S. Army, | under the direction of | Brig. Gen. A. A. 
 Humphreys, | Chief of Engineers, U. S. Army. | Published by 
 authority of the Honorable the Secretary of War, | in accordance 
 with Acts of Congress of June 23, 1874, and February 15, 1875. | Li 
 Seven Volumes, accompanied by one Topographical and one | Geo- 
 logical Atlas. I Vol. II. — Astronomy and Barometric Hypsometry. 
 [-VII. — Archaeology.] ( 
 
 Washington: 1 GovernmentPrinting Office. 1877 [1875-1879]. jwp. 
 
 Vols. 2-7. 4°. The above is the title of vol. 2; vol. 1 is not yet issued. The 
 volumes did not appear in numerical order, vols. 3 and 5 appearing in 1875, 2 
 and 4 in 1877, and 7, though dated 1879, in 1881. 
 
 A number of vocabularies, collected by members of the survey, with an intro- 
 duction by Mr. Gatschet, appear in an appendix to vol. 7, pp. 399-485, as follows: 
 
 Bergland {Lieut. Eric). Vocabulary of the Kechi, pp. 424-465, 475. 
 
 Vocabulary of the Yuma or Kutoh^n, Arizona, pp. 424-465, 481. 
 
 Brown (Theo. V. ) Vocabulary of thePa-Uta, Las Vegas, Nev., pp. 424-465, 4*1. 
 
 Gatschet (A. S.) Classification of western Indian languages, pp. 403-421. 
 
 Gilbert (Grove K ) Vocabulary of the Arivaipa, Camp Grant, Ariz., pp. 424-465. 
 
 Hoffman {Dr. W. J.) Vocabulary of the Pa-Uta, Las Vegas, Nevada, 
 pp. 424-465, 471. 
 
WHEELER — WHIPPLE. 801 
 
 Wheeler [Lieut. George M.) — continued. 
 
 Klett (Francis). "Vocabulary of tlie Pa-Uta, Las Vegas, Nev., pp. 424-465, 471. 
 
 Vocabulary" of tlie Acoma Pueblo, New Mexico, pp. 424-465. 
 
 Loe-w (Dr. Oscar). Vocabulary of the Arlvafpa, Arizona, pp. 424-465, 468-469- 
 
 Vocabulary of the Navajo, New Mexico, pp. 424-465, 469. 
 
 Vocabulary of the Southern Pa-Uta, Cal. and Nev., pp. 424-465, 475-479. 
 
 Vocabulary of the Pa-Uta of California, pp. 424-465, 475-479. 
 
 Vocabulary of the Chemehnevi, California, pp. 424-465, 472. 
 
 Vocabulary of the Moqui Pueblo, Arizona, pp. 424-465, 473. 
 
 Vocabulary of the Takhtam, Southern California, pp. 424-465, 473. 
 
 Vocabulary of the Kauvtiya, S. Cal., pp. 424-465, 473-474, 475-479. 
 
 Vocabulary of the Gaitchim, S. Cal., pp. 424-465, 474-475, 475-479. 
 
 Vocabulary of the Tobikhar, California, pp. 424-465,475. 
 
 Vocabulary of the Mohave, Ariz, and Cal. , pp. 424-465, 475-479, 480-481. 
 
 Vocabulary of the Hualapai, Arizona and California, pp. 424-465, 481. 
 
 Vocabulary of the Tonto or Gohun, Arizona, pp. 424-465. 
 
 Vocabulary of the DiegueSlo, California and Arizona, pp. 424-465. 
 
 Vocabulary of the Isleta Pueblo, New Mexico, pp. 424-465, 482. 
 
 Vocabulary of the Tehua or Moqui Mesa, Arizona, pp. 424-465. 
 
 Vocabulary of the Tehua, San Juan Pueblo, N. Mex., pp. 424-465, 482-483. 
 
 Vocabulary of the Jemez or Vallatoa Pueblo, N. Mex., pp. 424-465, 483. 
 
 '■ — Vocabulary of the Aconia and Laguna Pueblo, N. Mex. , pp. 424-465, 484. 
 
 Vocabulary of the Silla Pueblo, New Mexico, pp. 424-465, 484. 
 
 Vocabulary of the Wintlin, Colorado, pp. 424-495, 484. 
 
 Vocabulary of the Kasu^ at Santa Barbara, California, pp. 424-465, 485. 
 
 Richardson (E. M.) Vocabulary of the Mohave, Arizona, pp. 424-465, 480. 
 
 and Loring (FredW.) Vocabulary of the Shosboni, Nev., pp. 424- 465,470. 
 
 Severance (M. S.) Vocabulary of the Uta, Utah, pp. 424-465, 472. 
 
 Vocabulary of the Hualapai, Arizona, pp. 424-465, 481. 
 
 Yarro'w (Dr. H. C. ) Vocabulary of the Jicarilla, N. Mex. , pp. 424-465, 470. 
 
 Vocabulary of the Shoshoni, Utah and Nevada, pp. 424-465, 470. 
 
 Vocabulary of the Capote Uta, New Mexico, pp. 424-465, 472. 
 
 Vocabulary of the Uinta Uta, Utah, pp. 424-465, 472-473. 
 
 Vocabulary of the Tehua, Los Luceros Pueblo, N. Mex., pp. 424-465, 482. 
 
 Vocabulary of the Taos Pueblo, New Mexico, pp. 424-465, 483. 
 
 Vocabulary of the Pa-Vant, Utah, pp. 424-465, 472. 
 
 4102 Whipple [Lieut. Amiel W.) Extract from a Journal of an expedi- 
 tion from San Diego, California, to the Rio Colorado, from Sept. 11 
 to December 11, 1849, by A. W. Whipple, Lieutenant United States 
 Topographical Engineers. 
 
 lu Report of the Secretary of War, communicating * * * the report of 
 Lieutenant Whipple's expedition from San Diego to the Colorado, pp. 2-28. 
 [Washington, 1850.] 8°. 
 
 Vocabulary of the Diegunos, pp. 5-6. — Vocabulary of about two hundred and 
 fifty words in Yuma and English, pp. 23-28. 
 
 Reprinted in Schoolcraft (H. R. ) Indian Tribes, vol. 2, pp. 103-104, 118-121. 
 Washington, 1852. 4°. 
 
 4103 , Ewbank (Thomas), and Turner (William W.) Report upon 
 
 the Indian Tribes, by Lieut. A. W. Whipple, Thomas Ewbank, 
 Esq., and Prof. W". W. Turner. Washington, D. C, 1855. 
 
 In Reports of Explorations, vol. 3, part 3, pp. 1-127. Washington, 1856. 4°. 
 Chapter V. Vocabularies of North American Languages, pp. 54-103, contains 
 the following matter; the chapter was edited by Professor Turner, and the vo- 
 
 51 Bib 
 
802 NOETH AMEEICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Whipple [Lieut. Amiel W.), Ewbank (T.), and Turner (W. W.)— cont'd. 
 cabularies, when not otherwise mentioned, were oolleoted by Lieutenant Whipple : 
 Vocabulary of the Delaware and Shawnee, pp. 5C-61.— Vocabulary of the 
 Choctaw (from Byington), pp. 62-64.— Vocabulary of the Kichai and Hueco.pp. 
 65_68.— Short comparative vocabvdary of the Pawnee (from Say), Eiccaree 
 (ti-om Prince Max.), Kichai, Wichita (from Marcy), and Hueco, pp. 68-69.— Short 
 Vocabulary of the Caddo, p. 70.— Vocabulary of the Comanche, Chemehuevi, and 
 Cahuillo, pp. 71-76.— Comparative Vocabulary of the Cahuillo, Kechi (manu- 
 scripts of J. E. Bartlett), Netela (from Hale), and Kizh (from Hale), p. 77.— 
 Vocabulary of the Kioway, pp. 78-:80.— Table showing Kioway and Shoshonee 
 Affinities, p. 80.— Vocabulary of the Navajo and Pinal Leuo, pp. 81-83.— Compar- 
 ative Vocabulary of Hudson's Bay (from Dobbs), Chepewyan (Mackenzie), Dog- 
 Eib (Eichardson), andTacuUy (Harmon), p. 84.— Comparative Vocabulary of the 
 Umkwa (from Hale), Hoopah (Schoolcraft), Navajo (Schoolcraft), and Apache 
 (Bartlett's manuscript), p. 85.— Vocabulary of the Kiwomi, Cochitemi, and 
 Acoma, pp. 86-89.— Vocabulary of the Zuni, pp. 91-93.— Vocabulary of the Pima, 
 p. 94. — Vocabulary of the Cuchan, Coco-Maricopa, Mojave, and Diegeno, pp. 95- 
 101. — Diegeno numerals, 1-10 (from Coulter and Whipple), p. 103. 
 
 The Maricopa and Cuchan vocabularies are reprinted in Gatschet (A. S.) 
 Yuma-Sprachstamm, in Zeitschrift fur Ethuologie, Band 9, pp. 390-407. Berlin, 
 1877. 8°. 
 
 Whipple {Bishop Henry Benjamin). 
 See Hinman {Bev. S. D.) and Whipple (H. B.), No. 1819 of this catalogue. 
 
 4104 White (Ammi M.) Vocabulary of the Pima and Papago Indians. 
 
 Manuscript. 10 11. 4°. 200 words. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. 
 Collected at the Pima and Maricopa Agency, Arizona, 1864. 
 
 4105 White [Father Andrew). Grammar, Dictionary and Catechism in 
 the language of the Maryland Indians. * 
 
 " Father White labored among the Piscataways, and these works were proba- 
 bly in their language. When Eev. Father William McSherry found White's 
 Eelatio Itineris in the Archives of the Professed House of the Jesuits at Eome 
 about 1832, au Indian catechism accompanied that document. A copy of it was 
 promised me, but in the troubles in Italy the valuable papers were boxed up 
 and stored for safety." — J. G. Shea. 
 
 "Father White, the illustrious founder of the Maryland mission, was born in 
 London, about 1579. Educated at Douay, he became a priest, and was banished 
 from England in 1606. Entering the recently opened novitiate of the Society 
 of Jesus at Louvain, in 1607, he was, after his probation, sent to England, and 
 after being a missionary there, was professor of Hebrew, Theology, and Holy 
 Scripture in Spain, at Louvain and at Liege. From Virginia he was sent to 
 England— tried, and banished. After in vain endeavoring to reach Maryland he 
 returned to England, and died December 27, 1656 (O. S.)." — Shea's Catholic Mis- 
 sions, p. 494. 
 
 See Vito (P. Andres), No. 4044 of this catalogue. 
 
 4106 White [Dr. John B.) Vocabulary of the Tonto. 
 
 In Gatschet (A. S.) Tuma-Sprachstamm, in Zeitschrift fiir Ethnologie, 
 Band 9, pp. 390-407. Berlin, 1877. 8°. 
 
 4107 Tonto -Wortverzeichniss. 
 
 In Gatschet (A. S.) Yuma-Spraohstamm, Zweiter Artikel, in Zeitschrift 
 fur Etbnologie, Band 15, pp. 142-147. Berlin, 1883. 8°. 
 
WHIPPLE — WHYMPEE. 803 
 
 White (Dr. John B.)— continued. 
 
 4108 Vocabulary of the Apache [Coyotero]. 
 
 In Gatschet (A. S.) Zwolf Spraohen aus dem Siidwesten Nordamerikas, pp. 
 87-115. Weimar, 1876. 8°. 
 
 4109 Classified List of the Prepositions, Pronouns, &c., of the 
 
 Apache Language. 
 
 Manuscript. 2 11. 4°. 
 
 4110 Degrees of Eelationship in the Language of the Apache. 
 
 Manuscript. 2 11. 4°. 
 
 4111 Names of the different Indian Tribes in Arizona, and the 
 
 Names by which they are called by the Apaches. 
 
 Manuscript. 5 11. 4°. 
 
 4112 Eemarks on the General Eelations of the Apache Language 
 
 Manuscript. 7 11. 4°. ' 
 
 4113 Sentences in Apache, with a classification of men, women, 
 
 and children with the Apache names. 
 
 Manuscript. 15 pp. 12°. Collected in 1873 at the Apache Reservation, Ariz. 
 
 4114 Vocabulary of the Apache and Tonto Languages. 
 
 Manuscript. 110 pp. 12°. Collected at San Carlos Reservation in 1873, 74, '75. 
 
 4115 Sentences in the Tonto Language. 
 
 Manuscript. 5 pp. 4°. 
 
 These manuscripts are in the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. 
 
 4116 White (Seneca). By Seneca White. | nis hr nea nent. | ho yot 
 duh. I do shoo wa. | — | yi nah wrs ken . wrs. skra. wen nis- | hL 
 da. da ku. skr a. noh da wen nyer- | a. seh ne use has hen . scot skr 
 a. I-I 
 
 Printed by Henry L. Ball. | — | Buffalo, N. T. ( 1831. | jwp. 
 
 Pp. (?). 16°. The only copy of the above I have seen is defective, consisting 
 of the first six pages only, nor have I seen any reference to it. The word 
 " ken ." in the fifth line of the title, and the word " hen ." in the seventh line, 
 were printed with a fourth letter, but this additional letter has been erased. 
 Page 2 contains the alphabet (except the letters b,f,p, v, z) followed by combina- 
 tions of letters into syllables and words of the Seneca (?) language. 
 
 4117 Whiting (David V.) Vocabulary of the Pueblo of Tusuque. 
 
 In Schoolcraft (H. E.) Indian Tribes, vol. 3, pp. 446-459. Philadelphia, 
 1853. 4°. 
 
 4118 Whitman (P, B.) Words, Phrases and Sentences in the language 
 of the Nez Percys. 
 
 Manuscript. Pp. 77-228, 8 11. 4°. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. 
 Recorded in a copy of Introduction to the Study of Indian Languages, second 
 edition, in duplicate. Collected on the Nez Percys Reservation, March, 1881. 
 
 Whitney (Joseph D wight). 
 See Foster (John Wells) and 'Whitney (Joseph Dwight), No. 1319. 
 
 4119 Whymper (Frederick). Travel and Adventure | in the | Territory 
 of Alaska, | formerly Eussian America — now ceded to the | United 
 
804 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Whymper (Frederick) — continued. 
 
 States— and in various other | parts of the North Pacific. | By 
 Frederick Whymper. | [Design.] | With map and illustrations. | 
 
 London : | John Murray, Albemarle Street. | 1868. | The right of 
 Translation is reserved. | 0. bp. 
 
 Pp. i-xx, 1-331. 8°. map, plates. 
 
 Appendix V. Indian Dialects of Northern Alaska (late Russian America), pp. 
 318-328, contains: Malemute vocabulary, words from the dialect of the Male- 
 mutes, Norton Sound, Northern Alaska, pp. 318-319.— Co-yukon vocabulary, 
 words from the Co-yukon dialect, spoken (with slight variations) on the Yukon 
 River for at least 500 miles of its lower and middle course (Ingelete, a variety 
 of same dialect), pp. 320-321.— Kotch-ii-Kutchin vocabulary, words from the 
 language of the Kotch-^-Kutchins— the Indians of Yukon River, at the mouth of 
 the Porcupine River, in Northern Alaska (from Kennicott), pp. 322-328. 
 
 4120 Travel and Adventure | in the | Territory of Alaska, | 
 
 formerly Eussian America — now ceded to the | United States — and 
 in various other | parts of the North Pacific. | By Frederick Whym- 
 per. I [Picture.] With map and illustrations. | 
 
 New York: | Harper & Brothers, Publishers, | Franklin Square. | 
 1869. I B. BA. JWP. 
 
 Pp. i-xix, 21-353. 8°. Maps and plates. Linguistics as in London edition, pp. 
 341-350. Reprinted 1871, pp. xix, 21-353. 8°. 
 
 4121 Eussian America, or "Alaska": the Natives of the Youkon 
 
 Eiver and adjacent country. By Frederick Whymper, Esq. 
 
 In Bth. Soc. of London, Trans., vol. 7, pp. 167-185. Loudon, 1869. 8°. 
 
 A few words of the Mamelute of Norton Sound and the Greenland Esquimaux 
 compared, p. 180. — Mamelute vocabulary, Norton Sound, Russian America, pp. 
 180-182. — Coyoukon vocabulary, Yukon River, pp. 182-183. — Kutch-il-kutchin vo- 
 cabulary, Upper Yukon, compiled by Major Kennicott, pp. 183-185. 
 
 4122 Wicoicage Wowapi, | qa | Odowan Wakan, | Heberi lapi Etanhan 
 Kagapi. | Pejihuta wicaxta, psincinca, qa tamakoce, okagapi | kin 
 hena eepi | The Book | of | Genesis, | and a part of the | Psalms, | 
 in the Dakota Language; translated from the original | Hebrew, 
 by the Missionaries of the A. B. C. F. M., | and Mr. Joseph Een- 
 ville, Sr. | 
 
 Printed for the American Board of Commissioners for Foreign 
 Missions. | Cincinnati, Ohio: | Kendall and Barnard, Printers. | 
 1842. I 0. BA. XWT. 
 
 Pp. 1-296. 16°. 
 
 Pond (G.H.) Wootanin Waxte Luka » ** Gospel by Luke, pp. 163-241. 
 
 Renville (J.), sr. Wootanin Waxte Jan * ' " Gospel of John, pp. 243-295. 
 
 Riggs (S. R.) and Renville (J. ), «r. Odowan Wakan. Part of the Psalms, 
 pp. 107-160. 
 
 ■Williamson (T. S.) Wicoicage. Genesis, pp. 3-106. 
 
 4123 Wiconi Owihanke Wannin | Tanin Kin. | Dr. Watts' Second 
 Catechism for Children, | in the Dakota Language. | 
 
 Boston: I Printed for the American Board of Commissioners 
 for I Foreign Missions, by Crocker and Brewster. | 1837. | BA. ATS. 
 Pp. 1-23. 12°. 
 
WHYMPEE WILKIE. 805 
 
 4124 Wilkes (Charles). Narrative | of the | United States | Exploring 
 Expedition. | During the years | 1838,1839,1840,1841,1842. | By | 
 Charles Wilkes, U. S. N., \ Commander of the Expedition, | Mem- 
 ber of the American Philosophical Society, etc. | In five volumes, 
 and an atlas. | Vol. I [-V]. \ 
 
 Philadelphia: | Printed by C. Sherman. | 1844. | c. 
 
 5 vols, and atlas. 4°. Names of the montlis in the Tlathead language, vol.4, 
 p. 478. Only a limited number of this edition, 75 copies, I think, were printed, and 
 these were for presentation. Titles of several octavo editions are given below. 
 
 The quarto series was continued by the publication of the scientific results of 
 the expedition to volume S4, of which, vols. 18, 19, 21, and 22 are yet unpublished. 
 They bear a slightly changed title beginning : United States Exploring Expedi- 
 tion. The only one referring to linguistics is: Hale (Horatio). Philology, vol. 
 6. Philadelphia, 1846, No. 1635 ol this catalogue. 
 
 The Narrative was reprinted as follows : 
 
 4125 Narrative | of the | United States | Exploring Expedi- 
 tion. I During the years | 1838,1839,1840,1841,1842. | By | Charles 
 Wilkes, U. S. N. | Commander of the Expedition, | Member of the 
 American Philosophical Society, etc. | In five volumes, and an 
 Atlas. I Vol. I [-V]. I 
 
 Philadelphia : | Lea & Blanchard. | 1845. | * 
 
 5 vols, and atlas, royal 8°. Names of the months in the Flathead language, 
 
 vol. 4, p. 450. This edition was printed for subscribers. Title from Mr. W. Eames. 
 
 Also issued as follows : 
 
 4126 Narrative | of the | United States | Exploring Expedi- 
 tion. I During the years | 1838,1839,1840,1841,1842. | By | Charles 
 Wilkes, U. S. N. | Commander of the Expedition, | Member of the 
 American Philosophical Society, etc. | With illustrations and 
 maps. I In five volumes, | Vol. I [-V]. | 
 
 Philadelphia : | Lea and Blanchard. j 1845. | 0. we. 
 
 5 vols. 8°. Names of the months in the Flathead language, vol. 4, p. 450. 
 
 This differs from the subscription edition in the substitution of wood-cuts in 
 place of the 47 steel vignettes, and in having 11 only of the 14 maps bound in. 
 It is printed on somewhat thinner paper ; sometimes with and sometimes with- 
 out the 64 plates. 
 
 4127 Narrative | of the | United States | Exploring Expedi- 
 tion. I During the years | 1838, 1839,1840, 1841,1842. | By | Charles 
 Wilkes, U. S. N. | Commander of the Expedition, | Member of the 
 American Philosophical Society, etc. | In five volumes, with thir- 
 teen maps. I Vol. I [-V]. | 
 
 Philadelphia: | 1850. | A. c. 
 
 5 vols. 8°. Names of the months in Flat-head, vol. 4, p. 450. Some copies are 
 dated 1849, 1852, 1854. " A new edition," New York, 1856. 
 
 Wilkes (J. A.), jr. 
 See Hess (William) and Wilkes (J. A.), jr., Nos. 1762-1770 of this catalogue. 
 
 See Hill ([H.] A.) and Wilkes (J. A.), jr., Nos. 1781-1794 of this catalogue. 
 
 Wilkie (John), translator. 
 See Chaumonot (Pierre J. M.) 
 
806 NOETH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 4128 Wilkins (John). An Essay | Towards a | Eeal Character, | And 
 a I Philosophical | Language. | By John Wilkins D. D. Dean of 
 Eipon, I And Fellow of the Eoyal Society. | [Design.] 
 
 London, | Printed for Sa : Gellibrand, and for | John Martyn 
 Printer to the Eoyal | Society, 1668. | A. c. BA. 
 
 9 p. 11., pp. 1-454. folio. 
 
 Lord's Prayer in 50 languages, including the Poconolii, and in tile language of 
 New England, pp. 435-439. 
 
 4129 Willard (Celeste ^.) Vocabulary of the Navajo. 
 
 Manuscript. 10 11. folio. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. Collected 
 in 1869. 
 
 4130 Williams {Bev. Eleazer). Good news to the Iroquois nation. | A | 
 tract, I on | man's primitive rectitude, his fall, | and his | recovery 
 through Jesus Christ. | By Eleazer Williams. | [Two lines quota- 
 tion.] 
 
 Burlington, Vt. | Printed by Samuel Mills. | January, 1813. | 
 Pp. 1-12. 16°. In the Iroquois language. c. aas. JWP. WH8. 
 
 4131 Gaiatonsera | ionteweienstakwa, j Ongwe On we | gawen- 
 
 nontakon. | " lakonikonrowanhastha ne waheienterhane ne gaia- 
 tonsera." I A I Spelling-Book, | in the | language j of the Seven 
 Iroquois ISTations. | By Eleazer Williams. | 
 
 Plattsburgh: | Printed by F. C. Powell. | —1813.— | 
 
 Pp. 1-24. 16". BP. AAS. JWP. WHS. 
 
 4132 Gaiatonsera | ionteweienstagwa | ongwe onwe | gawennon- 
 
 takon. I [One line quotation.] A | Spelling book, | in the | lan- 
 guage I of the Seven Iroquois Nations. | By Eleazer Williams. | 
 
 Utica: | Nonwe natekaristorarakon, | ne tehoristorarakon ne | 
 William Williams. | 1820. | whs. nyhs. 
 
 Pp. 1-108. 16°. Alphabet, pp. 5-6. — Words of one syllable, pp. 7-9. — Lessons 
 I-XI, pp. 9-^2.— Prayers, pp. 43-102.— Hymns, pp. 102-108. This is not a reprint 
 of the edition of 1813. 
 
 4133 Eonwennenni | nok | Eonwathitharani ; | noneniotehaga 
 
 nahononwentsioten, ne | Eatitsihenstatsi; | Ethone September 24, 
 1810. I Ne Eotati, | ne Samuel Blatchford, D. D. [ Eatsihenstatsi 
 Ganataseke. | — | 
 
 Sganetati, | Nonwe tet-garistoraragon; ne ronatennhaon ne 
 Tehatiriware- | niatha Noriwatokenti, ne tehotiristoraragon | ne 
 Churchill nok Abbey. | — | 1815. | 
 Second title : 
 
 An I Address, | Delivered to the | Oneida Indians, | September 
 24, 1810. I By Samuel Blatchford, D. D. | Translated, at the Bequest 
 of the Board of Direc- | tors of the Northern Missionary Society, | 
 By Eleazer Williams. | — | 
 
 Albany: | Printed for the Northern Missionary Society, | By 
 Churchill & Abbey, | No. 95, State-street, five doors east of the 
 Episcopal Church. | — | 1815. j aas. jwp. 
 
 Pp. 1-16. 8°. Indian title, p. 1 ; English title, p. 2. 
 
WILKINS WILLIAMS. 807 
 
 Williams {Rev. Eleazer) — continued. 
 
 4134 lontatretsiarontha, | ne agwegon | ahonwanigonrarake, | 
 
 neraonha ne | songwaswens. | [Two lines quotation.] | A caution j 
 against our | common enemy. | Translated, at the Request of the 
 Albany Reli- | gious Tract Society, | by Eleazer Williams. | [One 
 line quotation.] | 
 
 Albany: | Printed for the Albany Religious Tract Society, | by 
 Churchill & Abbey, | 'So. 95, State-street, five doors east of the 
 Episcopal Church. | 1815. | * 
 
 Pp. 1-12. 12°. There is a copy in the Boston Public library. 
 
 4135 Prayers | for families, | and for | Particular Persons, | 
 
 selected from the Book of Common Prayer, | (Translated into the 
 Languageof the Six | Nations of Indians.) | By Eleazer Williams. | 
 Catechist, Lay -reader and Schoolmaster | 
 
 Albany: | Printed by G. J. Loomis & Co. | Corner of State & 
 Lodge-streets, opposite | the Episcopal Church. | 1816. | jwp. 
 
 Title 11., pp. 1-16. 8°. 
 
 4136 The Book of | Common Prayer, | according to the use of 
 
 the I Protestant Episcopal Church | in the | United States of 
 America. | Translated into the Mohawk or Iroquois Language, by 
 the request | of the Domestic Committee of the Board of Mission- 
 aries of I the Protestant Episcopal Church, | by the | Rev. Eleazer 
 Williams, V. D. M. | Revised Edition of his former Translation. | 
 
 Kew York: | Protestant Episcopal Tract Society. | Depository 
 No. 20 John Street. | 1853. | GB. JWP. 
 
 Pp. 1-108. 16°. Field's Essay, No. 1668, gives title of an edition : New York, 
 H. B. Durand, 1867, 101 pp. 12°. 
 
 4137 The Book of | Common Prayer, | according to the use of 
 
 the I Protestant Episcopal Church | in the | United States of 
 America. | Translated into the Mohawk or Iroquois Language, 
 by I the Rev. Eleazer Williams, V. D. M. ] Second Edition. | Pub- 
 lished for the Indian Commission | of the | Protestant Episcopal 
 Church. I 
 
 New- York : | T. Whittaker, 2 Bible House. | 1875. | jwp. 
 
 Pp. 1-101. 12°. For other editions of the Boot of Common Prayer in Mohawk, 
 see Claesse (Lawrence), No. 807 of this catalogue, and note thereto. 
 
 4138 Selections | from the | Psalms and Hymns, | according to 
 
 the use of the | Protestant Episcopal Church | in the | United 
 States of America. | Translated into the Mohawk or Iroquois 
 Language, by the .request | of the Domestic Committee of the 
 Board of Missions of | the Protestant Episcopal Church, | by 
 the 1 Rev. Eleazer Williams, V. D. M. | Revised Edition of his 
 former Translation. | 
 
 New- York: | Protestant Episcopal Tract Society. | Depository 
 No. 20 John Street. | 1853. | gb. jwp. 
 
 Pp. 1-67. 16°. Field's Essay, No. 1669, gives title of an edition: New York, 
 H. B. Durand, 1867, 38 pp. 12°. 
 
808 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Williams {Rev. Eleazer) — continued. 
 
 4139 Selections | from the | Psalms and Hymns, | cording [sic] to 
 
 the use of the | Protestant Episcopal Church | in the | United 
 States of America. | Translated into the [MJohawk or Iroquois Lan- 
 guage, by I the Eev. Eleazer Williams, V. D. M. | Second Edition. | 
 Published for the Indian Commission | of the | Protestant Episco- 
 pal Church. I 
 
 New- York: | T. Whittaker, 2, Bible House. | 1875. | JWP. 
 
 Pp. 1-38. 12° 
 
 " This translation is made by the noted Indian missionary, son of a chief of the 
 Caughnawaga tribe, and a descendant of one of the daughters of the Eev. John 
 Williams of Deerfield, who had been carried away into captivity with her father, 
 and became the wife of an Indian who assumed her name. The missionary Wil- 
 liams became famous from a claim made for him by Mr. Hanson, that he was the 
 son of the unfortunate Louis XVI, who was believed to have perished under the 
 cruel treatment of Simon the Jacobin shoemaker. Many extraordinary coinci- 
 dences were adduced in favor of this hypothesis by Mr. Hanson, and subse- 
 quently by the Eev. Dr. Vinton." — Field's Essay, No. 1668. 
 
 4140 Williams (Ezra). Vocabulary of the Kowilth. 
 
 In PoTvell (J. W.) Contributions to North American Ethnology, vol. 3, pp. 
 478-483 Washington, 1877. 4°. 
 
 4141 Williams (John Lee). The | Territory of Florida: | or | Sketches 
 of the Topography, | Civil and Natural History, | of | the Country, 
 the Climate, and the Indian Tribes, | from | the First Discovery to 
 the Present Time, | with a Map, Views, &c. | By John Lee Wil- 
 liams. I 
 
 New-York: | A. T. Goodrich. | 1837. | c.BA. 
 
 Pp. i-vi , 7-304. 8°. map, plates. Names of chiefs and sub-chiefs of the Semi- 
 
 noles, with English signification, pp. 273-276. — Glossary [Seminole], pp. 276-278. 
 
 4142 Williams (Loring S.) Family Education and Government: | A | 
 discourse | in the | Choctaw Language. | By L. S. Williams. | 
 
 Boston: | Printedfor the American Board of Commissioners for | 
 Foreign Missions, by Crocker and Brewster. | 1835. | ABC. 
 
 Pp. 1-48. 12°. 
 
 See "Wright {Eeo. Alfred) and Williains (L. S.) 
 
 4143 WilUams (Roger). A Key into the | Language | of | America: | 
 or, I An help to the Language of the Natives | in that piirt of 
 America, called | New-England. | Together, with briefe Observa- 
 tions, of the Cu- I stomes, Manners and Worships, &c. of the | afore- 
 said Natives, in Peace and Warre, | in Life and Death. | On all 
 which are added Spirituall Observations, | Generall and Particular 
 by the Authour, of | chiefs and speciall use (upon all occasions,) 
 to I all theEnglish Inhabiting those parts; | yet pleasant and proiit- 
 able to I the view of all men : | — | By Roger Williams | of Provi- 
 dence in New-England. | — | 
 London, | Printed by Gregory Dexter, 1643. | C. bp. hu. job. mhs. 
 
WILLIAMS. 809 
 
 Williams (Eoger) — continued. 
 
 8 p. 11., pp. 1-197, 3 unnumberefl pp. 24°. Title, reverse blank ; " To my Deare 
 and Welbeloved Friends and Counrey-men, in old and new England," 6 11 ; " Di- 
 rections for the use of the Language," 1 1. 
 
 The pagination of this little work is faulty in several instances, and the 
 collation above does not give the true number of pages, which is 224. The 
 first 16 pages are unnumbered. Up to p. 76 it is correctly paged ; 77 is num- 
 bered 67, 80 is called 86, and 94 and 95 precede 92 and 93. None of these errors, 
 however, affect the number. There is no 96 or 97. After 114 comes 105, and this 
 loss of 10 pages in the numbering runs throughout. Allowing for pp. 96 and 97, 
 it leaves a plus of 8 pages, making the number in the book 16, 205, 3 = 224. 
 
 Chap. I. Of Salutation, pp. 1-10. — Chap. II. Of Eating and Entertainment, pp. 
 10-17. — Chap. III. Concerning Sleepe and Lodging, pp. 17-21. — Chap. IIII. Of 
 their Names, pp. 22-27. — Chap. V. Of their relations of consanguinitie and affin- 
 itie, or. Blood and Marriage, pp. 27-31. — Chap. VI. Of the Family and businesse of 
 the House, pp. 31-48. — Chap. VII. Of their Persons and parts of body, pp. 48-53. — 
 Chap. [V]III. Of Discourse and Newes, pp. 54-62. — Chap. IX. Of the time of the 
 day, pp. 62-64. — Chap. X. Of the season of the Yeere, pp. 65-68. — Chap. XI. Of 
 Travel], pp. 68-78. — Chap. XII. Concerning the Heavens and Heavenly Lights, 
 pp. 79-81.— Chap. XIII. Of the Weather, pp. 82-85.— Chap. XIV. Of the Winds, 
 pp. 85-88.— Chap. XV. Of Fowle, pp. 88-92 [94].— Chap. XVI. Of the Earth, and 
 the Fruits thereof, &c., pp.92 [94]-104 [102].— Chap. XVII. Of Beasts, &c., 
 pp. 104 [102]-108 [106].— Chap. XVIII. Of the Sea, pp. 108 [106]-113 [111].— 
 Chap. XIX. Of Fish and Fishing, pp. 113 [111]-109 [117].— Chap. XX. Of their 
 Nakednesse and Clothing, pp. 110 [118]-114[122].— Chap. XXI. Of Eeligion, the 
 soule, &c., pp. 114[122]-132[140].— Chap.XXn. Of their Government and Jus- 
 tice, pp. 132 [140]-137 [145].— Chap. XXI [XXIII]. Of Marriage, pp. 138 [146]-143 
 [151].— Chap. XXVI [XXIV]. Concerning their Coyne, pp. 144 [152]-150 [158].— 
 Chap. XXV. Of buying and selling, pp. 151 [159]-159 [167].— Chap. XXVL Of 
 Debts and Trusting, pp. 159 [167]-162 [170].— Chap. XXVII. Of their Hunting, 
 &c., pp. 163 [171]-169 [177].— Chap. XXVIII. Of their Gaming, &c., pp. 169 
 [177]-174 [182].— Chap. XXIX. Of their Warre, &c., pp. 174 [182]-183 [191].— 
 Chap. XXX. Of their paintings, pp. 183 [191]-185 [193].— Chap. XXXI. Of Sick- 
 uesse, pp. 185 [193]-192 [200].— Chap. XXXII. Of Death and Buriall, &c., pp. 
 192 [200]-197 [205].— The Table, 3 unnumbered pp. 
 
 The last page has this indorsement : 
 
 "I have read over these thirty Chapters of the American Language, to me 
 wholly unknowne, and the Observations, these I conceive inoffensive; and that 
 the Worke may conduce to the happy end intended by the Anthour. lo Langley. 
 
 Printed according to this Licence; and eutred into Stationers Hall." 
 
 This is the earliest printed book of Eoger Williams. In the preface he says: 
 " I drew the Materialls in a rude lumpe at Sea, as a private helpe to my owne 
 memory, that I might not by my present absence lightly lose what I had so 
 dearely bought in some few yeares hardship, and charges among the Barbarians; 
 yet being reminded by some, what pitie it were to bury those Materialls in my 
 Grave at land or Sea; and withall, remembiing how oft I have been importun'd 
 by worthy friends, of all sorts, to afford them some helps this way," etc. 
 
 4144 A Key into the Language of America, or an Help to the 
 
 Language of the Natives in that part of America called New Eng- 
 land ; together with briefe observations of the customes, manners, 
 and worships, &c. of the aforesaid Natives, in Peace and Warre, in 
 Life and Death. On all wliich are added, spirituall Observations 
 generall and particular, by the Authour, of chiefe and special use 
 (upon all occasions) to all the English inhabiting those parts; yet 
 
810 NOETH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Williams (Eoger) — continued. 
 
 pleasant and profitable to the view of all men. By Roger Williams 
 of Providence in New England. London. Printed by Gregory 
 Dexter, 1643. 
 
 In Rhode Island Hist. Soc.,Coll., vol. 1, pp. 17-163. Providence, 1827. 8°. 
 
 This reprint issued separately, as follows : 
 
 4145 A Key | into the | Language of America; | or an | Help to 
 
 the Language of the K'atives in | that part of America called | Few 
 England; | together with brief e Observations of the Customes, | 
 Manners, | and Worships, &c. of the aforesaid | Natives, | in Peace 
 and Warre, in Life and Death. | On all which are added, | Spirituall 
 Observations Generall and Particular, by | the Authour, of chiefe 
 and speclall use (upon | all occasions) to all the English inhabit- | 
 ing those parts; yet pleasant and | profitable to the view of | all 
 men. | By Eoger Williams, | of Providence, in New England. | 
 
 London. | Printed by Gregory Dexter. | 1643. | BA. 
 
 Pp. 15-166. 8°. 
 
 4146 A Key into the Language of America: Or an Help to the 
 
 Language of the Natives, in that part of America, called New Eng- 
 land. Together with brief Observations of the Customs, Manners 
 and Worships, &c. of the aforesaid Natives, in Peace and War, in 
 Life and Death. By Eoger Williams of Providence in New Eng- 
 land. 
 
 In Mass. Hist. Soc, Coll., first series, vol. 3, pp. 203-239. Boston, 1794. 8°. 
 Eeprinted 1810. 
 
 The above partial reprint of Eoger Williams' Key does not include the Narro- 
 ganset Vocabulary. It contains, however, many native terms scattered through- 
 out, and on p. 210 are the numerals 1-6 masculine, and 1-5 feminine. Subse- 
 quently, at the request of Dr. B. S. Barton, the vocabulary was reprinted in 
 vol. 5, as follows : 
 
 4147 Vocabulary of the Narroganset Language. 
 
 In Mass. Hist. Soc, Coll., first series, vol. 5, pp. 80-105. Boston, 1816. 8°. 
 This volume was first printed in 1798. I have seen only the above reprint. 
 
 4148 A Key into the Language of America, Edited by J. Ham- 
 mond Trumbull. 
 
 In Narragansett Club Publications, fijst series, vol. 1, pp. 1-219, 2 11. Provi- 
 dence, 1866. sm. 4°. 
 
 This reprint is accompanied by a preface, pp. 3-16, and copious notes by Mr. 
 Trumbull. In his preface he says : "It has been the desire of the Narragansett 
 Club and the constant aim of the editor to ensure the literal accuracy of the re- 
 print — even the reproduction of the typographical errors — of the original." The 
 pagination of the original work is shown in brackets. 
 
 4149 Williamson (A. W.) Is the Dakota related to the Indo European 
 Languages 1 By A. W. Williamson, Adj't Prof. Mathematics, of 
 Augustan College, Eock Island, Illinois. jwp. 
 
 In Minn. Acad, of Nat. Sci., Bull., vol. 2, pp. 110-142. Minneapolis, 1881. 8°. 
 
 Issued separately as follows : 
 
WILLIAMS — WILLIAMSON. 811 
 
 Williamson (A. W.) —continued. 
 
 4150 Is the Dakota related to the Indo | European Languages ? | 
 
 By A. W. Williamson, Adj't Prof. Mathematics, of Au- | gustan 
 College, Eock Island, Illinois. | '^• 
 
 No title-page. pp. 1-33. 8°. Numerals 1-10 in the 
 
 Dakota, Iowa, Omaha and Hidatsa languages, p. 28. 
 
 4151 The Dakotan Languages, and their relations to other lan- 
 guages. 
 
 In Am. Antiquarian, vol. 4, pp. 110-128. Chicago, 1882. 8°. Issued separately 
 as follows: 
 
 4152 The Dakotan Languages | by | A. W. Williamson. | Augus- 
 
 tana College, Eock Island, Illinois. | From | American Antiqua- 
 rian, January, 1882. | ♦ 
 
 Printed title on cover, 10 unnumbered leaves. 8°. Title from Mr. W. Eames. 
 
 4153 Williamson (John Poage). Oowa Wowapi, | Dakota lapi en. | 
 John P. Williamson, | owa. | 
 
 Kew York: | Printed for the American Board by | the American 
 Tract Society. | 1871. | o. s. jwp. 
 
 Literal translation. — Letter Book, | Dakota Speech in | John P. Williamson, | 
 wrote. I 
 
 Pp. 1-80. 12°. There are also editions of 1873 and 1876, diflfering from the 
 above only in date ; there is a copy of the 1873 edition in the library of Major 
 J. W. Powell. 
 
 4154 English-Dakota Vocabulary. Wasicun lapi lesca Wo- 
 wapi. * * * Edited by John P. Williamson, Missionary of the 
 A. B. C. F. M. 
 
 Santee Agency. 'Seb. : Edward E. Pond. 1871. * 
 
 3 p. 11., pp. 1-137. 12°. 
 
 See Riggs (Stephen E.) and Willianison (John P.) 
 
 4155 [ and Biggs (Alfred Longley), editors.] Odowan. | Dakota 
 
 Hymns, | published by | the Dakota Mission. | 
 
 Printed by the | American Tract Society, | 150 Nassau Street, 
 Kew York. | 1881. | jwp. 
 
 Pp. 1-222. 24°. Contributors to this work : 
 
 S. R. Eiggs, Gt. H. Pond, A. L. Eiggs, 
 
 J. P. Williamson, S. W. Pond, W. J. Cleveland, 
 
 A. W. Huggins, A. D. Frenier, T. S. Williamson, 
 
 Joseph Renville, jr., John B. Renville, A.Renville. 
 
 For other editions, see Riggs (S. R. ) ;) also Riggs (S. R. ) and Williamson (J. P. 
 
 4156 [ , Riggs {Bev. S. E.), and Riggs {Rev. A. L.), editors.] lapi 
 
 Oaye. | Published by the Dakota Mission. Taku waste okiya, taku 
 sica kipajin. Fifty Cents a Year. | Vol. 1. May, 1871. No I [Vol, 
 XII, No. 6, June, 1883]. | JWP. 
 
 A four-page sm. 4° paper published monthly at Greenwood, Dakota Territory ; 
 first issued May, 1871, with Rev. J. P. Williamson as editor. The first volume, 
 endiug Juno, 1872, is entirely in the Dakota language. With the beginning of 
 the second volume, January, 1873, the title was changed to : lapi Oaye. | The Word 
 
812 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Williamson (John Poage) and others — continued. 
 
 Carrier. | , tlie size of the sheet increased, the first page illustrated, and the fourth 
 page printed partly in English. At this time, also, the Rev. Stephen E. Riggs 
 was made principal editor, Mr. Williamson remaining as associate. At the be- 
 ginning of the sixth volume, January, 1877, Rev. Alfred L. Riggs took the place 
 of Mr. Williamson as associate editor, and the place of publication was changed 
 to the Santee Agency, Nebr. It is still in course of publication. Nearly all the 
 prominent missionaries to the Dakotans appear as contributors. 
 
 4157 Williamson {Lieut. E. S.) and Crook {Lieut. George H.) Vocabulary 
 of the Klamath Language. 
 
 In Reports of Explorations, vol. 6, pt. 1. , pp. 71-72. Washington, 1857. 4°. 
 
 4158 Williamson {Dr. Thomas Smith). Wicoicage. Genesis, in the 
 Dakota Language, translated from the Hebrew, by Thomas S. "Will- 
 iamson, M. D. 
 
 In Wicoicage Wowapi, pp. 3-106. Cincinnati, 1842. 12°. 
 
 4159 Wicoicage Wowapi, | mowis owa : I qa | Wicoie Wakan 
 
 kin, I Salomon kaga. | Pejihuta Wicasta | Dakota iapi en kaga. | 
 The Books | of | Genesis and Proverbs, | in the | Dakota Lan- 
 guage, I Translated from the original Hebrew, | by Thos. S. Will- 
 iamson, A. M., M. D. I 
 
 New York: | American Bible Society, | Instituted in the year 
 MDCCGXVI. ( 1865. | ABC. 
 
 Pp. 1-115. 16°. I have seen editions of 1866, 1867, 1874, and 1878, with no 
 change of title except in date. 
 
 4160 Hdinanpapi, | Wowapi mowis owa inonpa kin, | Dakota 
 
 iapi en | pejuta wicasta Kaga. | Exodus, | the second book of 
 Moses, I in the Dakota Language, | translated from the original 
 Hebrew, | by Thos. Williamson, A. M., M. D | Missionary of the 
 A. B. C. F. M. I 
 
 Few York : | American Bible Society, | Instituted in the year 
 MDCCOXVI. I 1869. | * 
 
 65 pp. 18°. Title furnished by Mr. J. P. Williams, librarian of the Minnesota 
 Historical Society. 
 
 4161 Lewi Toope, | wowapi mowis owa iyamui kin, ( Dakota 
 
 iapi en | pejuta wicasta kaga. | Leviticus, | the third book of Moses, | 
 in the Dakota language, | translated from the original Hebrew, | 
 by Thomas Williamson, A. M:, M. D. | Missionary of the A. B. 0. 
 F. M. I 
 
 New York : | American Bible Society, | Instituted in the year 
 MDCCGXVI. I 1869. | * 
 
 47 pp. 18°. Title furnished by Mr. J. F. Williams, librarian of the Minnesota 
 Historical Society. 
 
 4162 Wicoicage, Hdinanpapi, | Lewi Toope, qa Wicayawapi, | 
 
 The I First Four Books of Moses, | in the | Dakota Language: | 
 Translated from the Hebrew, | by | Eev. T. S. Williamson, M. D. | 
 
 New York : | American Bible Society, | Instituted in the year 
 MDCCCXVI. I 1872. | Lsh. 
 
 Pp. 1-254. 12°. 
 
WILLIAMSON. 813 
 
 Williamson [Br. Thomas Smith) — coutinued. 
 
 4163 Woope mowis owa kin | Dakota iapi en | Pejuta wicasta 
 
 kaga. I The | Law written by Moses, | in the Dakota Language: | 
 translated from the Hebrew, | by | Eev. T. S. Williamson, A. M., M. 
 D., Missionary. | 
 
 New York: | American Bible Society, | Instituted in the year 
 MDCCCXVI. I 1872. | ABS. 
 
 Pp. 1-254. 1C°. Appended: 
 
 4164 Woope Itakihna [Deuteronomy]. ABS. 
 
 Pp. 1-57. 16°. I have seen copiesof tlie above work dated 1874, the only change 
 being that of date. C. JWP. 
 
 4165 Josuwa, | Qa Wayacopi Kin, | Qa Eute, | oKanyanpi qon | 
 
 Oyakapi Wowapi kin. | The | Books of Joshua, Judges, | and 
 Ruth, I in the Dakota Language : | translated from the Hebrew, | 
 by Eev. Thomas S. Williamson, A. M., M. D., | Missionary of Pres- 
 byterian Board of Foreign Missions. | 
 
 New York: | American Bible Society, | Instituted in the year 
 MDCGCXVI. I 1875. | jwp. 
 
 Pp. 1-81. 16°. 
 
 4166 Comparative Vocabulary of the Winnebago, Omaha, Ponka, 
 
 and Dakota, with remarks on the same. 
 
 Manuscript. Pp. 1-38. 4°. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. 
 
 4167 Vocabulary of the Isay yati Sioux (Dakota). * 
 
 Manuscript. 17 pp. folio, with some additional words on backs of pages. In 
 
 the library of Dr. J. G. Shea. 
 
 See Renville (Joseph), sr. 
 
 4168 and Riggs (Stephen E.) Wowapi Wakan; | Dakota Iapi 
 
 en. I Pejihutawicasta qa Tamakoce | Okagapi. | The | Holy 
 Bible: | containing the greater part of | the Old Testament and the 
 New Testament; | in the | Dakota Language. | Translated from the 
 originals, | by T. S. Williamson and S. E. Eiggs, Missionaries. | 
 
 New York: | American Bible Society, | Instituted in the year 
 MDCCCXVI. I 1877. | ABS. JWP. 
 
 Under this title-page have been bound various portions of the Scriptures which 
 had previously appeared at various dates, some with title-page, others with cap- 
 tion only. They are as follows: 
 
 Eiggs (S.E.) Psalm Wowapi. The Book of Psalms. New York, 1874, pp. 
 1-133, and (Proverbs-Isaiah), pp. 135-265. ^ 
 
 Jeremiah, Ezekiel, Daniel, qa, &c. New York', 1877, pp. 267-531. 
 
 Dakota Wowapi, &o. The New Testament. NewYork, 1874, pp. 1-408. 
 
 ■Williamson (T. S.) Woope Mowis. The Law writen by Moses. NewYork, 
 1874, pp. 1-254, and (Deuteronomy), pp. 1-57. 
 
 Josuwa qa Wayacopi kin. Books of Joshua, &c. New York, 1875, pp. 
 
 1-81, and (First and Second Samuel), pp. 391-478. 
 
 4169 Dakota | Wowapi Wakan. | The | Holy Bible, | in the | 
 
 Language of the Dakotas: | translated out of | the Original 
 
814 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Williamson (Br. Thomas Smitli) and Riggs (Stephen E.)— continued. 
 Tongues; | By Thomas S. Williamson and Stephen E. Eiggs, | Mis- 
 sionaries. I 
 
 'New York: | American Bible Society, | Instituted in the year 
 1816. I 1880. i JWP- 
 
 Pp. 254, 3-57, 3-81, 391-755, 3-531, and New Testament, 1-408. 8°. 
 
 Though printed for the most part from the same plates as the edition of 1877, 
 g.i;., a, change in the pagination will he noticed, i. e., pp. 391-478 in the former 
 hecomes 391-755 in this edition. This is caused by the following additions: 
 First and Second Kings, pp. 479-569.— First and Second Chronicles, pp. 570-663.— 
 Ezra, pp. 664-680.— Nehemiah, pp. 680-702.— Esther, pp. 703-715.— Job, pp. 
 715-755. 
 
 Unlike the 1874 edition, the diflerent parts, with the exception of the New 
 Testament, are not preceded by separate title-pages, and I am unable to give 
 each tr.inslator credit for his part of the above. 
 
 These additions make the Dakota Bible complete — the first, so far as I know, 
 except the Cree, in any Indian tongue since Eliot's Bible in the Massachusetts 
 language. 
 
 The title-page of the New Testament, translated by S. R^ Riggs, is exactly 
 similar to that of the edition of 1874, q. v. 
 
 1 have also seen a copy, owned by Dr. Shea, Elizabeth, N. J., of an 1879 edition, 
 with title otherwise as above, which does not contain these additional pages 
 from 478 to 755; the New Testament being dated 17^. 
 
 4170 WilUamson (William Durkee). The | History | of the | State of 
 Maine; | from | its first discovery, A. D. 1602, | to | the separation, 
 A. D. 1820, inclusive | By William D. Williamson. | In two vol- 
 umes. I Vol. I [IIJ. I 
 
 Hallowell: | Glazier, Masters & Co. | 1832. | A. C.S. 
 
 2 vole.: pp. i-xii, 9-660; i-viii, 9-714. 8°. 
 
 Indian language (Abenaques and Etechemins), vol. 1, pp. 511-514. — Numerals 
 1-100, 1000, in English, Tarratine, Mohegan, and Virginian, note on p. 512. — Com- 
 parative vocabulary, Tarratine, Mohegan, Algonquin, Delaware, Mickmak, Vir- 
 ginian, note on pp. 512-513. — Lord's Prayer in the Tarratine dialect, with verbal 
 English translation, note on p. 513. 
 
 4171 The I History | of the | State of Maine; | from | its first 
 
 discovery, A. D. 1602, | to | the separation, A. D. 1820, inclusive. | 
 With an Appendix and General Index. | By William D. William- 
 son, I CorrespondingMemberof the Mass. Historical Society; | and 
 Member of Hist. t'oc. in Maine. | A new impression. | In two vol- 
 umes. I Vol. I [II]. I 
 
 Hallowell: | Glazier, Masters & Smith. | 1839. | * 
 
 2 vols. ; pp. i-xii, 9-696; i-viii, 9-729. 8°. Linguistics as in previous edition. 
 Title from Mr. W. Eames. 
 
 4172 Willis (William). The Language of the Abnaquies, or Eastern 
 Indians. By W" Willis. 
 
 In Maine Hist. Soc, Coll., vol. 4, pp. 93-117. Portland, 1856. 8°. 
 
 Vocabulary of the Abenaqui, from Rasle's Dictionary, pp. 100-102. — Cata- 
 logue of names applied to portions of the State [Maine], with definitions, pp. 
 103-111. 
 
 This article also includes, pp. 115-117, a vocabulary of the "Delawares of 
 Missouri," by Chute (Dr. J. A. ) ; and in the same volume, pp. 185-195, is an "Ap- 
 pendix to 'Language of the Abnaquies,'" by Potter (C. E.) 
 
WILLIAMSON— WILSON. 815 
 
 Willis (William) — continued. 
 
 4173 Article XI. The Indians of Hudson's Bay, and Their Lan- 
 guage; selected from Umfreville's "Present State of Hudson's 
 Bay," by Wm. Willis. 
 
 In Maine Hist. Soc, Coll., vol. 6, pp. 265-272. Portland, 1859. 8°. 
 
 List of months in the language of the Indians of Hudson's Bay, p. 268 ; Ab- 
 naki (from Vetiomile), p. 269 ; Nehethawa, p. 270. — Comparative vocabulary (23 
 words) of the Ne-heth-a-wa, Assinee, Poetuc, Fall Indians, and Blaci Foot, p. 271. 
 
 4174 Wilson (Daniel). Prehistoric Man | Eesearches into the origin of 
 civilisation | in the Old and the Kew World | By | Daniel Wilson, 
 LL. D. I Professor of History and English Literature in University 
 College, Toronto; | Author of the "Archseology and Prehistoric 
 Annals of Scotland," etc. | In two volumes. ) Volume I [II]. | 
 
 Cambridge: | Macmillan and Co., | and 23, Henrietta Street, 
 CoA'^ent Garden, | London. | 1862. | (The right of translation is re- 
 served.) I 0. 
 
 2 vols. : pp i-xviii, 1-488; i-vi, 1-499. 8°. 
 
 Names for "mother" in Tlatskani, Navajo, Weitspek, Arapahoe, Sioux, Tus- 
 carora, Kenay, and Esquimaux, vol. 1, p. 71. — Names for "horse" in Cherokee, 
 Chippewa, Delaware, and Dakota, vol. 1, p. 72. — Examples of onomatopoeia in 
 the Chippewa, Ottawa, and Mississaga dialects of the Algonquin (including a 
 vocabulary of 23 words), vol. 1, pp. 73-74. — A few Chippewa terms, vol. 2, pp. 29- 
 30, and many Indian terms, passim. 
 
 Second edition, London, 1865, in one volume. 8°. * 
 
 4175 Prehistoric Man | Researches into the Origin of Civilisa- 
 tion I in the Old and the New World. | By j Daniel Wilson, LL. D., 
 F. R. S. B. I Professor of History and English Literature in Uni- 
 versity College, Toronto; | Author of the 'Prehistoric Annals of 
 Scotland,' etc. | Third edition, revised and enlarged, | with illustra- 
 tions. I In two volumes. | Vol. I [II]. | 
 
 London: | Macmillan and Co. | 1876. | (The right of tianslation 
 is reserved.) I ot.wb. 
 
 2 vols.: pp. i-xv, 1-399; i-xi, 1-401. 8°. 
 
 Chippewa terms, vol. 1, pp. 200, 213, 392; vol. 2, p. 363. — Mexican terms, vol. 2. 
 p. 59. — Algonquin terms, vol. 2, pp. 64-65, 355. — Examples of Indian onomatopoeia, 
 vol. 2, pp. 336-337. — Names for "horse" in Cherokee, Chippewa, Delaware, and 
 Dakota, vol. 2, p. 363. — Examples of onomatoposia in the Chippewa, Odawah, and 
 Mississaga dialects of the Algonquin (including a vocabulary of about 26 words), 
 vol. 2, pp. 368-369. — Names for " mother" in Tlatskani, Navajo, Weitspek, Arapa- 
 hoe, Sioux, Tuscarora, Kenay, and Esquimaux, vol. 2, p. 373. 
 
 4176 Wilson (i2e«. Edward P.) The | Ojebway Language : | A Manual | 
 for missionaries and others employed among | the Ojebway 
 
 Indians. | In three parts : | Part I The Grammar. | Part 11. 
 
 .... Dialogue and Exercises. | Part III. . . . The Dictionary. | 
 By The Rev. Edward P. Wilson. | 
 
 Toronto: | Printed by Eowsell and Hutchison, | for the Venera- 
 ble Society for Promoting Christian Knowledge, | London. | 
 1874. I WE. JWP. WHS. 
 
 Pp. i-v, 7-412. sq. 16°. 
 
816 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Wilson (Rev. Edward F.)— continued. 
 
 Part I. The Grammar, pp. 7-121.— Part II. Dialogue and Exercises, pp. 123-- 
 148.— Part III. Eiiglish-Ojebway Dictionary, pp. 149-412. 
 
 See Shingwauk, No. 3593 of this catalogue. 
 
 4177 , editor. The | Pipe of Peace | An Ojebway newspaper, 
 
 publislied monthly at | the Shingwauk Home, Sault Ste. Marie 
 [Ontario]. | Vol. I. October 1st. 1878. No 1 [-Sept. 1st. 1879. No. 
 12] I J'n^i'- 
 
 Pp. 1-52. 8° and sm. 4°. 12 nos. The first issue of this little sheet consisted of 
 8 pp. 8° ; the second and subsequent numbers, 4 pp. sm. 4°. In the first few 
 numbers some of the articles were accompanied by English translations, but 
 the last appeared entirely in Ojibwa. It ceased with the first volume for want 
 of subscribers. 
 
 Winslett (David). 
 See Loughridge (E. M.) and 'Winslett (David). 
 
 See Robertson (William Schenck) and 'Winslett (David). 
 
 See Loughridge (E. M.), 'Winslett (D.), and Robertson CWilliam Schenck). 
 
 See Robertson (William Schenck), McKiUop (J.), and Winslett (David). 
 
 4178 Winslow (Edward). Good Newes from New England: or A true 
 Eelation of things very remarkable at the Plantation of Plimoth la 
 Nevv-Pjugland. Shewing the wondrous providence and goodnes of 
 God, in their preservation and continuance, being delivered from 
 many apparent deaths and dangers. Together with a Eelation of 
 such religious and civill Lawes and Customes as are in practise 
 ami ngst the Indians, adjoyning them at this day. As also what 
 Commodities are there to be raysed for the maintenance of that 
 and other Plantations in said Country. By E. W. who hath borne 
 a part in the fore-named troubles, and there lined since their first 
 Arrivall. Wherevnto is added by him a briefe Eelation of a cred- 
 ible intelligence of the present estate of Virginia. 
 
 London. Printed by I. D. for William Bladen and lohn Bellamie, 
 and are to be sold at their shops, at the Bible in Pauls Church- 
 yard. 1624. * 
 
 Title 1 1., dedication 2 11., " To the Eeader," 1 1., pp. 1-66; postscript, paged 
 "59," followed by "A briefe Eelation," 1 1. 4°. Title from Bartlett's catalogue 
 of the John Carter Brown library. There is another edition of the same date, 
 with a slight variation in the title. * 
 
 Eeprinted in Mass. Hist. Soc, Coll., first series, vol. 8, pp. 239-276; second 
 series, vol. 9, pp. 74-104. Boston, 1802, 1822. 8°. A few specimens of Indian 
 words, &c., vol. 8, pp. 259-260. Also reprinted in "young ( A. ) Chronicles of the 
 Pilgrim Fathers, pp. 269-375. Boston, 1841. 8°. A few scattered words and a 
 sentence in Indian, pp. 316-319. 
 
 4179 Winsor (Justin), editor. The | Memorial j History of Boston, | in- 
 cluding I Suffolk County, Massachusetts. | 1630-1880. | Edited | 
 
WILSON — WISCONSIN HISTORICAL SOCIETY. 817 
 
 Winsor (Justin ) , editor — continued. 
 
 By Justin Winsor, | Librarian of Harvard University. | In four 
 volumes. | Vol. I[-1V]. | The Early and Provincial Periods. | Issued 
 under the business superintendence of the projector, | Clarence P. 
 Jewett. I 
 
 Boston :i James E. Osgood andCompany. 1 1880 [-1881]. | C.BA.HU. 
 
 4 vols. 4°. 
 
 Trumbull (J. H.) The Indian tongue and its literature as fashioned by Eliot 
 and others, vol. 1, pp. 465-480. 
 
 4180 Winthrop (John). The | History | of | ISTew England | from | 1630 
 to 1649. I By John Winthrop, Esq. | First Governour of the colony 
 ofthe Massachusetts Bay. | From | his original manuscripts. | With 
 notes I to illustrate | the civil and ecclesiastical concerns, the geog- 
 raphy, settle- I ment and institutions of the country, and the lives | 
 and manners of the principal planters. | By James Savage, | Mem- 
 ber of the Massachusetts Historical Society. | Yol. I [II]. | [Three 
 lines quotation.] | 
 
 Boston: | Printed by Phelps and Farnham, | No. 5, Court 
 Street. | 1825 [-1826]. | A. c. 
 
 2 vols. ; pp. i-xii, 1-424; 1-429. 8°. Appendix R.— Ancient Indian names of 
 modern towns, vol. 2, pp. 392-395. 
 
 4181 The I History of New England | from | 1630 to 1649. | By | 
 
 John Winthrop, Esq. | First Governour of the Colony of the Massa- 
 chusetts Bay. I From | his original manuscripts. | With notes | to 
 illustrate | the civil and ecclesiastical concerns, the geography, 
 settle- I ment and institutions of the country, and the lives | and 
 manners of the principal planters. ( By James Savage, | President 
 of the Massachusetts Historical Society. | A new edition, | with 
 additions and corrections by the former editor. | Vol. I [II]. | [Quo- 
 tation, three lines.] j 
 
 Boston : | Little, Brown and Company. | M DCCC LIII [1853]. | A. c. 
 2 vols. 8°. List of ancient Indian names of modern towns, vol. 2, pp. 476-480. 
 
 4182 Winthrop (Theodore). The Canoe and the Saddle, | adventures 
 among the northwestern | rivers and forests; | and | Isthmiana. | 
 By Th' odore Winthrop, | author of [&c., two lines]. 
 
 Boston: | Ticknor and Fields. | 1863. | B. C. BA. HU. 
 
 Pp. 1-375. 12°. A partial vocabulary of the Chinook Jargon, pp. 299-302. 
 Another edition: New York, 1876. 16°. 
 
 4183 Wisconsin Historical Society. First Annual Eeport | and | Collec- 
 tions I of the I State Historical Society, | of | Wisconsin, | for the 
 year 1854 [-1877, 1878 and 1879J. | Volume I [-VIII]. | 
 
 Madison : | Beriah Brown, Printer. | 1855 [-1879]. | A. c. jwp. 
 
 8 vols. 8°. 
 
 Brunson (Alfred). Wisconsin Geographical Names, vol. 1, pp. 110-115. 
 
 52 Bib 
 
818 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Wisconsin Historical Society — continued. 
 
 Calkins (H. ) Indian Nomenclature of Northern Wisconsin, vol. 1, pp. 119-126. 
 [Commuck (T.)] Sketch of the Brothertown Indians, vol. 4, pp. 291-296. 
 Hathaway (Joshua). Indian Names, vol. 1, pp. 116-118. 
 Shea (John G.) The Indian Tribes of Wisconsin, vol. 3, pp. 125-138. 
 ■Withereffi (B. F. H. ) Reminiscences of the North-west, vol. 3, pp. 299-337. 
 
 4184 Witherell (B. F. H.) Eeminiscences of the I^ortli-West. By Hon. 
 B. F. H. Witherell, of Detroit. 
 
 In Wis. Hist. Soc, Coll., vol. 3, pp. 299-337. Madison, 1857. 8°. 
 A few Chippewa names of places in Wisconsin, p. 337. 
 
 4185 Wlkr | Potrwatome | Msina'kin; | kewrnpinukatr. | Sise- 
 minwrn, | okena'ton. | Tr'min Kesis — 1834 tso Pponkit pe Kane- 
 kit I Hesus. I 
 
 Shawannoe Mission, | J. Meeker, Printer. | 1834. | BA. 
 
 Pp. 1-32. 18°. Potrwatame spelUng-book. 
 
 4186 Woahope Wikcemna kin. The Ten Commandments and the Lord's 
 Prayer, in the Dakota Language. 
 
 Boston: 1842. * 
 
 1 sheet. Title from "Dakota Bibliography," in Williams' Bibliography of 
 Minnesota. 
 
 4187 Wofford (J. D.) Sunalei | Akvevgi No'gwisi | Alikalwsga Zvlvgi 
 Gesvi. I [One line quotation.] The | American Sunday School | 
 Spelling Book ; | Translated into the | Cherokee Language. | By J. 
 D. Wofford, I One of the Students at the Valley Towns' School. | 
 
 New-Tork : | Published for the benefit of those who cannot | ac- 
 quire the English Language. | Gray & Bunce, Printers. 1 1824. | ats. 
 
 Pp. 1-52. 16°. Hymns, pp. 48-62. Printedpriorto the invention of the Chero- 
 kee characters. 
 
 See Ross ( Wm. P. ), editor. 
 
 4188 Wolcott (Dr.) History and Language of the Pottowotamies. 
 
 Extract from a letter from Dr. Wolcott in Schoolcraft (H. R.) Travels in 
 the Central Portions of the Mississippi Valley, foot-note, pp. 380-386. New 
 York, 1825. 8°. 
 
 4189 Woldike (Marcus). Betsenkning om det Gr^nlandske Sprogs 
 
 Oprindelse og Uliighed med andre Sprog. Forfattet af M. W. * 
 
 In Kjjibenhavnske Selskab, Skrifter, vol. 2, pp. 129-156. Kj0benhavn, 
 1746. 4°. 
 
 4190 Meletema, de Lingvse Groenlandicse origine, ejusque a cae- 
 
 teris lingvis differentia, autore M. W. * 
 
 In Kj0benhaviiske Selskab, Scriptorum a. Soc. Hafn.,vol. 2, pp. 137-162i 
 Hafnise, 1746. 4°. 
 
 4191 WoK (Niels Gjessing). Testamentitokamit | Davidim Ivngerut6j ) 
 Kaladlin okauzeennut | nuktersimarsut | PeUesimit | Nielsimit 
 Woltimit, I attuaegeksaukudlngin innungnut koisimarsunnut. | 
 
WISCONSIN HISTORICAL SOCIETY— WOOD. 819 
 
 Wolf (Niels Gjessing) — continued. 
 
 Kjobenhavnime | lUiarsuin iglosfinne nakkitarsimarsut [ 1824. | 
 C. F. Schubartimit. | A. 0. w. HU. jwp. 
 
 Pp. 1-238. 16°. Psalms in the Eskimo language of Greenland. 
 
 4192 Testamentitokamit | Profetib Esaiasim | Agleg^j. | Kalad- 
 
 lin ok^uzeennut | nuktersimarsut | P[e]lle8imit | N. G. Wolfl- 
 mit, I attusegeksaukudlugit innungnut koisimarsunnut. | 
 
 Kjobeuhavnlme | llli3,rsum igloefenne nakittarsimarsut | 1825. | 
 0. F. Schubartimit. | A. o. w. HU. jwp. 
 
 Pp. 1-200. 16^. Isaiah in the Eskimo language of Greenland. Sahin's Dic- 
 tionary, No. 22870, mentions an edition of 1837, 12°. 
 
 4193 Testamentitokamit | Salomonib | Ajoksersutfij Er'kdirse- 
 
 ksset I Kaladlin okauzeennut | nuktersimarsut. | Pellisimit | 2^. Gr. 
 Wolflmit I attusegeksaukudlugit innungnut koisimarsunnut. | 
 
 Kjobenhavnime | Nakkittarsin^arsut Fabritius de Tengnagel- 
 
 mit. I 1828. I A. JWP. 
 
 2 p. U., pp. 1-73. 16°. Proverbs of Solomon in the Eskimo language of Green- 
 land. 
 
 See Fabricius (Otho), No. 1256 of this catalogue. 
 
 4194 Wood (Silas). A Sketch | of the | First Settlement | of the | Sev- 
 eral Towns on Long-Island; | with their | Political Condition, | to 
 the I end of the American Eevolution. | By Silas Wood. | 
 
 Brooklyn, N. T. | Printed by Alden Spooner, 50 Fulton-street. | 
 1824. I . A. BA. 
 
 Pp. 1-64. 8°. Montauk vocabulary, p. 28. 
 
 4195 A sketch | of the | First Settlement | of the | several towns 
 
 on Long-Island ; | with their | Political Condition, | to the | end of 
 the American Eevolution. | By Silas Wood. | Revised edition. | 
 
 Brooklyn, N. Y. | Printed by Alden Spooner, 55 Fulton Street. | 
 1826. I 0. BP. 
 
 Pp. 1-112. 8°. Vocabulary of the Montauk (from manuscript of John Lyon 
 Gardiner), foot-note, p. 57. — Comparative vocabulary (a few words) of the Dela- 
 ware, Mohegan, Massachusetts, Narragansetts, and Montauk, foot-note, pp. 57-58. 
 
 4196 A Sketch | of the | First Settlement | of the | Several 
 
 Towns on Long-Island ; | with their | Political Condition, | to the | 
 end of the American Eevolution. | By Silas Wood. | A new edi- 
 tion. I 
 
 Brooklyn, N. Y. | Printed by Alden Spooner, Fulton-Street. | 
 1828, I 0. 
 
 Pp. 1-181, 1 1. 8°. Montauk vocabulary, p. 69. — Comparative vocabulary of 
 the Massachusetts, Narraganset, and Montauk, p. 69. 
 
 4197 A Sketch | of the | First Settlement | of the Several Towns 
 
 on I Long-Island, | with their | Political Condition, | to the | end 
 
820 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Wood (Silas) — continued. 
 
 of the American Revolution, | by | Silas Wood | With a Biograph- 
 ical Memoir and Additions by | Alden J. Spooner. | A Portrait and 
 Photographs of Dwellings. | 
 Brooklyn : | Printed for the Furman Club. | 1865. | * 
 
 Pp. i-xxi, 1-206. 4°. Title from Mr. W. Eames. Vocabulary, pp. 70-71. 
 
 4198 Wood (William). New | Englands | Prospect. | A true, lively, 
 and experimen- | tall description of that part of America, | com- 
 monly called New England : J discovering the state of that Coun- | 
 trie, both as it stands to our new-come ( English Planters ; and to 
 the old I Native Inhabitants. | Laying downe that which may both 
 enrich the | knowledge of the mind-travelling Eeader, | or benefit 
 the future Voyager. | By William Wood. | [Design.] 
 
 Printed at London by Tho. Cotes, for John Bellamie, and are to 
 be sold I at his shop, at the three Golden Lyons in Corne-hill, neere 
 the I Eoyall Exchange. 1634. | P. BP. JOB. 
 
 4 p. 11., pp. 1-98, and 5 unnumbered pp. sm. 4°. map. The 5 unnumbered pp. 
 at end contain : 
 
 Because many have desired to heare some of the Natives Language, I have 
 here inserted a small Nomenclator, with the Names of their chiefe Kings, Rivers, 
 Moneths, and dayes, whereby such as have in-sight into the Tongues, may know 
 to what Language it is most inclining ; and such as desire it as an unknowns 
 Language onely, may reape delight, if they can get no profit. 
 
 4199 New | Englands | Prospect. | A true, lively, and experi- 
 men- I tall description of that part of America, | commonly called 
 New England : | discovering the state of that Coun- | trie, both as 
 it stands to our new-come ] English Planters; and to the old | 
 Native Inhabitants. | Laying downe that which may' both enrich 
 the I knowledge of the mind-travelling Eeader, | or benefit the 
 future Voyager. | By William Wood. | 
 
 Printed at London by Tho. Cotes, for lohn Bellamie, and are to 
 be sold I at his shop, at the three Golden Lyons in Corne-hill, neere 
 the I Eoyall Exchange. 1635. | hu. job. 
 
 4 p. 11., pp. 1-83, 5 unnumbered pp. sm. 4°. map. " Because many," &c., 5 un- 
 numbered pp. at end. 
 
 4200 New ] Englands | Prospect. | A true, lively, and experi- 
 mental! I description of that part of America, com- | monly called 
 New England : dis- | covering the state of that country, both as | 
 it stands to our new-come English Plan- | ters; and to the old Na- 
 tive Inhabitants. | Laying down that which may both en- | rich the 
 knowledge of the mind-travelling | Eeader, or benefit the future 
 Voyager. | By William Wood. | [Design.] 
 
 London, | Printed by lohn Dawson, and are to be sold by lohn 
 Bellamy | at his shop, at the three Golden Lyons in Come- | hill, 
 neere the Eoyall Exchange, | 1639. | ba. job. 
 
 4 p. 11., pp. 1-83 and 5 unnumbered pp. sm. 4°. map. "Beoausemany,"&c.,5 
 unnumbered pp. at end. 
 
WOOD WOECESTEE. 821 
 
 Wood (William) — continued. 
 
 4201 New-England's Prospect. | Being | A true, lively, and expe- 
 rimental Description I of that part of | America, | commonly called | 
 New-England : | Discovering | the State of that Country, both as it 
 stands | to our new-come English Planters ; and to the | old Native 
 Inhabitants. | And | Laying down that which may both enrich the | 
 Knowledge of the Mind-travelling Eeader, or | benefit the future 
 Voyager. | The Third Edition. | By William Wood. | 
 
 London, Printed 1639. | Boston, New- England, Re-printed, | By 
 Thomas and John Fleet, in Oornhill ; and | Green and Eussell, in 
 Queen- Street, 1764. | 0. ba. job. mhs. 
 
 1 p. 1., pp. i-xviii, 1-128. 8°. " Because many have desired," &c., pp. 123-128. 
 
 4202 The | Publications of the Prince Society, | Established 
 
 May 25th, 18)8. | Wood's | New- England's Prospect. | [Seal.J 
 
 Boston : | Printed for the Society, | by John Wilson and Son. | 
 1865. I c. BA. BP. HU. WE. 
 
 Pp. i-xxxi,4 11., pp. 1-131. sm. 4°. map. New England's Prospect begins on 
 the unnumbered leaves (giving fac-simile of 1634 title), ending p. 116. The 
 vocabulary, "Because many have desired," &c., occupies pp. 111-116. 
 
 4203 Woodward (Ashbel). Historical Address, by Ashbel Woodward, 
 M.D. 
 
 In Celebration of the 150th Anniversary, pp. 11-92. New Haven, 1869. 8°. 
 Contains Indian names [in Connecticut] by J. Hammond Trumbull, pp. 46-48. 
 
 4204 Wampum, | a Paper presented to | The Numismatic and 
 
 Antiquarian Society | of Philadelphia. | By | Ashbel Woodward, 
 M. D., I of Franklin, Conn., | Corresponding Member. | 
 
 Albany, N. Y.: | J. Munsell, Printer. | 1878. | c.s.WE. 
 
 Pp. 1-61. sm. 4°. Indian names for money, wampum, &o., pp. 8-12. 
 
 4205 Wooleagunoodttmaktin | tan tula | San6kii. | Megumoweesimk. | 
 
 Chebooktook [Halifax] : | Megiimagea ledakiin-weekiiggmkawa 
 moweome. | 1872. | s. 
 
 Pp. 1-103. 16° Gospel of St. John in Micmac. Translated, probably, by 
 S. T. Eand. For an earlier edition, see Grospel, No. 1574. 
 
 4206 Worcester {Bev. Samuel A.) Confession of Faith and Covenant of 
 the Church at Park Hill. Adopted June 4, 1837. [Five lines 
 Cherokee characters.] 
 
 Park Hill : Mission Press, Edwin Archer, Printer. [One line 
 Cherokee characters.] 1848. abc. 
 
 Pp. 1-12. 24°. Pp. 2-7 in English ; pp. 7-12 in Cherokee characters. " Ee- 
 marks " signed S. A. Worcester. 
 
 4207 Exodus : | or | the Second Book of Moses. | Translated | 
 
 into the Cherokee Language. | [One line Cherokee characters.] 
 
 Park Hill : | Mission Press, Edwin Archer Printer. 1 1853. | 
 
 Pp. 1-152. 24°. In Cherokee characters. abo. abs. jwp. 
 
 4208 Genesis | or the | First Book of Moses. | [Two lines Chero- 
 kee characters.] 
 
822 NORTH AMEEICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Worcester {Bev. Samuel A.) — continued. 
 
 Park Hill : | Mission Press, Edwin Archer, Printer. | [One line 
 Cherokee characters.] | 1856. | ABC. jwp. 
 
 Pp. 1-173. 24°. In Cherokee characters. The first four verses are reprinted 
 in the Missionary Herald, vol. 23, p. 382. Boston, n. d. 8°. 
 
 4209 IJTotes on the Select Sentences [Cherokee]. By Eev. S. A. 
 
 Worcester. 
 
 In Am. Ant. Soc, Trans., vol. 2, pp. 249-250. Cambridge, 1836. 8°. 
 
 4210 Answers to grammatical queries [Cherokees]. By Eev. 
 
 S. A. Worcester, Missionary to the Cherokees. 
 
 In Am. Ant. Soc, Trans. , vol. 2, pp. 241-249. Cambridge, 1836. 8°. 
 
 4211 Eemarks on the principles of the Cherokee. 
 
 In Schoolcraft ( H. E. ) Indian tribes, vol. 2, pp. 443-456. Philadelphia, 
 1852. 4°. 
 
 Mr. Worcester made many contributions to the Cherokee Phoenix, also. 
 See Boudinot (Elias) and Worcester (S. A.), No. 425 of this catalogue. 
 
 4212 and Boudinot (Elias). Cherokee Hymns | compiled | from 
 
 several authors | and revised. | By S. A. Worcester and E. Boudi- 
 not. I [Five lines Cherokee characters.] Printed for the American 
 Board of Commissioners for Eoreign | Missions. | 
 
 New Echota: | John F. Wheeler, Printer. | [One line Cherokee 
 characters.] | 1830. | c. BA. 
 
 Pp. 1-34, 11. 24°. In Cherokee characters. For edition of 1829, see Boudinot 
 (E.) and 'Worcester (S. A.) 
 
 4213 Cherokee Hymns | compiled j from several authors | and 
 
 revised. | By S. A. Worcester aud E. Boudinot. | [Five lines Chero- 
 kee characters.] Printed for the American Board of Commissioners 
 for Foreign | Missions. | Third edition. | 
 
 Kew Echota: | John Candy, Printer. | [One line Cherokee char- 
 acters.] I 1832. I c. 
 Pp. 1-36. 16°. In Cherokee chafacters. 
 
 4214 Cherokee Hymns | compiled | from several authors | and 
 
 revised. | By S. A. Worcester & E. Boudinot. | [Five lines Chero- 
 kee characters.] Fourth Edition. | 
 
 New Echota: | J. F. Wheeler, and J. Candy, Printers. | [One line 
 Cherokee characters.] | 1833. j s. abs. ats. 
 
 Pp. 1-46. 24°. In Cherokee characters. 
 
 4215 Cherokee Hymns | compiled | from several authors [ and 
 
 revised. | By S. A. Worcester & E. Boudinot. j [Five lines Chero- 
 kee characters.] Fifth edition. | 
 
 Union: | Mission Press : J.F.Wheeler, Printer, j [One line Chero- 
 kee characters.] | 1835. | BA. mhs. 
 ■ Pp. 1-46, 1 1. 24°. In Cherokee characters. 
 
 4^16 Cherokee Hymns. | Compiled from | several authors, | and 
 
 revised. | Sixth Edition | with the addition of many New Hymns. | 
 [Four lines Cherokee characters.] 
 
WOECESTEE. 823 
 
 Worcester {Rev. Samuel A.) and Boudinot (Blias) — continued. 
 
 Park Hill. | Mission Press: John Candy, Printer. | [One line 
 Cherokee characters.] | 1841, | a. ba. aas. abc. lsh. 
 
 Pp. 1-65, 1 1. 24°. In Cherokee characters. 
 
 4217 Cherokee Hymns. | Compiled | from several authors, | and 
 
 revised. | Seventh Edition. | [Three lines Cherokee characters.] | 
 
 Park Hill: | Mission Press: John Candy, Printer. | [One line 
 Cherokee characters.] | 1844. | c. BA. 
 
 Pp. 1-67, 1 1. 24°. In Cherokee characters. 
 
 4218 Cherokee Hymns. | Compiled | from several authors, | and 
 
 revised. | Eighth Edition. | [Three lines Cherokee characters.] | 
 
 Park Hill : | Mission Press : Edwin Archer, Printer. | 1848. | GB. 
 Pp. 1-68, 1 1. 24°. lu Cherokee characters. 
 
 4219 Cherokee | Hymn Book. | Compiled from several authors, | 
 
 and revised. | [Two lines Cherokee characters.] | 
 
 Philadelphia: | American Baptist Publication Society, | No. 530 
 Arch Street. | [Three lines Cherokee characters.] | 1866. | jwp. 
 
 Pp. 1-96. 24°. In Cherokee characters. 
 
 4220 Cherokee | Hymn Book. | Compiled from several authors, | 
 
 and revised. | [Two lines Cherokee characters.] 
 
 Philadelphia: | American Baptist Publication Society, | 1420 
 Chestnut Street. | 1877. | [Two lines Cherokee characters.] | jwp. 
 Pp. 1-96. 24°. In Cherokee characters. 
 
 4221 The | Gospel | according to | Matthew | translated into 
 
 the Cherokee Language, | and compared with the translation of | 
 George Lowrey and David Brown. | By S. A. Worcester & E. Bou- 
 dinot. I [Five lines Cherokee characters.] | Printed for the Ameri- 
 can Board of Commission- | ers for Foreign Missions. Second Edi- 
 tion. I 
 
 IsTew Echota: | John F. Wheeler, Printer. | [One line Cherokee 
 characters.] | 1832. | • c. S. BA. ABS. ats. 
 
 Pp. 1-124. 24°. In Cherokee characters. The Missionary Herald, 1833, men- 
 tions an edition of 1829, 124 pp., hut does not give the name of the translator. 
 
 4222 The | Gospel | according to | Matthew. | Translated into 
 
 the Cherokee | Language. ( Third Edition Eevised. | [Three lines 
 Cherokee characters.] | 
 
 Park Hill: j Mission Press. J. Candy, Printer. | [One line Chero- 
 kee characters.] | 1840. | A. BA. 
 Pp. 1-120. 24°. In Cherokee characters. 
 
 4223 The | Gospel | according to | Matthew. | Translated into 
 
 the Cherokee Language. | Fourth Edition. | [Three lines in Chero- 
 kee characters.] | 
 
 Park Hill: j Mission Press: John Candy, Printer. | [One line 
 Cherokee characters.] | 1844. | 0. ba. abo. 
 
 Pp. 1-120. 24°. In Cherokee characters. 5,000 copies printed. 
 
824 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Worcester {B.ev. Samuel A.) and Boudinot (Elias)— continued. 
 
 4224 The | Gospel | according to | Matthew. | Translated into 
 
 the Cherokee Language. | Fifth edition. | [Three lines Cherokee 
 characters.] | 
 
 5ark Hill: | Mission Press: Edwin Archer, Printer. | [One line 
 Cherokee characters.] | 1850. | ATS.WWB. 
 
 Pp. 1-120. 24°. In Cherokee characters. 
 
 4225 The | Gospel | of | Jesus Christ | according to John. | 
 
 Translated into the Cherokee | Language | by S. A. Worcester and 
 E. Boudinot. | [Three lines Cherokee characters.] | 
 
 Park Hill: j Mission Press. John P. Wheeler, | Printer. | [One 
 line Cherokee characters]. | 1838. | BA. 
 
 Pp. 1-101. 24°. In Cherokee characters. 
 
 4226 The | Gospel | of | Jesus Christ | according to John. | 
 
 Translated into the Cherokee | Language. | Second Edition, j 
 [Three lines Cherokee characters.] | 
 
 Park Hill. | Mission Press: John Candy, Printer. | [One line 
 Cherokee characters]. | 1841. | A. s. Abs. mhs. 
 
 Pp. 1-101. 24°. In Cherokee characters. 
 
 4227 The | Gospel | of | Jesus Christ | according to John. | 
 
 Translated into the Cherokee Language. | Third Edition. | [Three 
 lines Cherokee characters.] | 
 
 Park Hill: | Mission Press: J. Candy & B. Archer, Printers. | 
 [One line Cherokee characters.] | 1847. | 0. ABC. 
 
 Pp. 1-101. 24"^. In Cherokee characters. 
 
 4228 The | Gospel | of | Jesus Christ | according to j John. | 
 
 Translated into the Cherokee Language. | Fourth Edition. | [Three 
 lines Cherokee characters.] | 
 
 Park Hill: | Mission Press: Edwin Acher, Printer. | [One line 
 Cherokee characters.] | 1854. j c. WWB. 
 
 Pp. 1-93. 24°. In Cherokee characters. 
 
 4229 The | Acts of the Apostles | translated into the | Cherokee 
 
 Language. | By S. A. Worcester and E. Boudinot. | [Two lines 
 Cherokee characters.] | Printed for the American Board of Com- 
 missioners I for Foreign Missions. | 
 
 New Echota: | John F. Wheeler and John Candy, Printers. | 
 [One line Cherokee characters.] | 1833. | s. BA. abs. ats. 
 
 Pp. 1-127. 24°. In Cherokee characters. 
 
 4230 The | Acts | of the | Apostles, | translated into the Chero- 
 kee I Language. | Second Edition. | [Two lines Cherokee charac- 
 ters.] 
 
 Park Hill: | Mission Press: John Candy, Printer. | [One line 
 Cherokee characters.] | 1842. | A. c. ba. abs. 
 
 Pp. 1-124. 24°. In Cherokee characters. 
 
WORCESTER WRANGELL. 825 
 
 Worcester {Rev. Samuel A.) and Boudinot (Elias) — continued. 
 
 4231 The | Acts | of the | Apostles. | Translated into the Chero- 
 kee Language. | Third Edition. | [Two lines Cherokee characters.] 
 
 Park Hill : | Mission Press : | Edwin Archer, Printer. | [One line 
 Cherokee characters.] | 1848. | gb. jwp. 
 
 Pp. 1-120. 24°. Ill Cherokee characters. 
 
 4232 The | Acts of the Apostles | [One line Cherokee charac- 
 ters]. 1 BA. WWB. 
 
 No title-page. Pp. 1-114. 24°. In Cherokee characters. 
 
 "During the year [1831], the mission had also printed 1,400 copies of the 
 Cherokee hymn-book, 1,000 copies of the Gospel of Matthew, and 3,000 copies of 
 a tract of twelve pages, consisting of extracts from the Old and New Testaments. 
 These had all been prepared by Mr. Worcester, assisted by Elias Boudinot." — 
 NewcomVs Cyclopedia of Missions, p. 607. 
 
 See, also, Select Passages from the Holy Scriptures, No. 3550 of this catalogue, 
 which, according to Newcomb, was printed in 1844, and which has also been at- 
 tributed to Worcester and Boudinot. See, also, Neiw Testament, Nos. 2472-2473. 
 
 4233 and Foreman ( — ). Psalms [in the Cherokee Language]. 
 
 No title-page. Pp. 1-34. 24°. In Cherokee characters. Proverbs of Solomon, 
 
 pp. 31-34. ABC. ABS. 
 
 4234 '- Isaiah [in the Cherokee Language]. abc. 
 
 No title-page. Pp. 1-32. 24°. In Cherokee characters. In the translation of 
 the above works Mr. Worcester had the assistance of Jlr. Foreman. 
 
 4235 Worsley (Israel). A View | of the | American Indians | their 
 General Character, Customs, Language, | Public Festivals, Relig- 
 ious Eites, I and Traditions : ) shewing them to be the descendants 
 of I the Ten Tribes of Israel. | The Language of Prophecy concern- 
 ing them, and | the course by which they travelled from | Media 
 into America. | By Israel Worsley. j 
 
 London: | June, MDCCCXXVIII [1828]. | Printed for the 
 Author, and sold by E. Hunter, J St. Paul's Church-yard, and the 
 author, | at Plymouth. | a. c. s. ba. lsh. 
 
 lp.l.,pp.i-xii, 1-185. 12°. 
 
 Chapter VI. Of the Language of the Indians, pp. 104-114. 
 
 4236 Wowodsky {Oov. — ). Vocabulary of the Keni of Cook's Inlet Bay. 
 
 Manuscript. 2 11. folio. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. 
 
 4237 Wrangell {Admiral Ferdinand von). Observations recueillies par 
 I'Amiral Wrangell. Sur les habitants des Cotes Nord-ouest de 
 I'Am^rique; extraites du Eusse Par M. le prince Emanuel Galitzin. 
 
 In Nouvelles Annales des Voyages, &o.,vol. 1, 1853 (vol.137 of the Collec- 
 tion), pp. 195-221. Paris, n. d. 8°. 
 
 Short vocabulary of the Mednovskie, and the Ongalantsi , p. 199. — Short vo- 
 cabulary of the Inkuluklates, pp. 209-210. — ^Names of some of the constellations, 
 and of the months, in Kouskovimtsi, p. 220. 
 
 See Baer (Karl Ernst von). 
 
826 NORTH AMEEICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 4238 Wright {Bev. Alfred). Fba Anumpa Luk A | na Ponaklo Ho- 
 lisso. I A Book of Questions | ou the | Gospel of Luke, | in the | 
 Choctaw Language; | for the use of | Bible Classes and Sabbath 
 Schools. I By Eev. Alfred Wright, | Missionary to the Choctaws. | 
 First Edition, 1500 copies. | 
 iSTew York: | S. W. Benedict, 16 Spruce Street. | 1852. | 
 Printed cover 1 l.,pp. 1-92. 16°. c. abc. JWP. 
 
 4239 Fba Anumpa Mak a | na Ponkalo Holisso. | A Book of 
 
 Questions | on the | Gospel of Mark, | inthe | Choctaw Language; | 
 for the use of | Bible Classes and Sabbath Schools. | By Eev. Alfred 
 Wright, I Missionary to the Choctaws. | First Edition, 1500 copies. | 
 New York: | S. W. Benedict, 16 Spruce Street. | 1852. | 
 
 Printed cover 1 1., pp. ]-75. 16°. C. ABC. JWP. 
 
 4240 and Byington {Bev. Cyras). Chahta vba isht taloa holisso, 
 
 or Choctaw Hymn-book. 
 
 Boston : Crocker and Brewster. 1830. * 
 
 108 pp. 12°. Title from Sabin's Dictionary, No. 12867; he adds: Another 
 edition was printed in Utica, 1831. The Missionary Herald, July, 1836, says: 
 First edition, Boston, 1829, 48 pp. 
 
 4241 Chahta | vba isht taloa holisso, | or [ Choctaw Hymn 
 
 Book. I Second Edition, | revised and much enlarged. | [Seven lines 
 Choctaw. J 
 
 Boston: [Printed by Crocker and Brewster. 1 1833. | abc.ats.whs. 
 
 Pp. i-vi, 7-162. 24°. Supplement, pp. 155-162, contains Ten Commandments, 
 &c. Sabin's Dictionary, No. 12867, says: Third edition, Boston, 1835, 72 pp. 12°. 
 
 4242 Chahta | vha, isht taloa holisso, | or | Choctaw Hymn 
 
 Book. I [Design.] Third Edition, revised. | [Seven lines of Psalms, 
 in Choctaw.] 
 
 Boston: ] Press of T. E. Marvin, j 1844. | A. BA. ABC. 
 
 Pp. 1-175. 24°. The Ten Commandments, pp. 173-175. 
 
 4243 Chahta | vba isht taloa holisso, | or | Choctaw Hymn 
 
 Book, I Fourth Edition, | revised and enlarged. | [Seven lines 
 Choctaw, Psalm cxvii. 1, 2.] 
 
 Few York: | S. W. Benedict, 16 Spruce Street. | 1861. | C. ABC. 
 
 2 n., pp. 1-248. 24°. Psalms 1, 2, &c., 2 p. 11.— Hymns, pp. 3-201.— Articles of 
 faith. Marriage service, &c. , pp. 202-219. — English Hymns, pp. 220-237. 
 
 4244 Chahta | ^'ba isht taloa holisso, | or | Choctaw Hymn 
 
 Book. I Fourth Edition, | revised and enlarged. | [Seven lines Choc- 
 taw; Psalm cxvii. 1, 2.] 
 
 Boston : I T. E. Marvin, | 42 Congress Street. | 1854. | ABC. jwp. 
 Pp. i-vi, 1-252. 24°. Contents as in edition of 1851. 
 
 4245 Chahta | »ba isht taloa holisso. | ChoctSw Hymn Book. | 
 
 Sixth Edition. | [Six lines Choctaw : Psalm cxvii. 1, 2.] 
 
 Boston: | Press of T. E. Marvin. | 1858. | BA. 
 
 Pp. 1-252. 24°. 
 
WRIGHT. 827 
 
 Wright (Rev. Alfred) and Byington (Rev. Cyrus) — continued. 
 
 4246 Ghahta | t'ba islit taloa holisso. | Choctaw Hymn Book. | 
 
 Sixth Edition. | [Seven lines Choctaw; Psalm cxvii, 1, 2.] 
 
 Eichuiond : | Presbyterian Committee of Publication, j 1872. | jwp. 
 
 Pp. 1-252. 24°. The reverse of p. 199 is numbered 199*, and opposite is p. 199t, 
 the verso of which is 199t, followed hyp. 200 on recto of following leaf; pp.201 
 and 202 are also the reverse of usual. The verso of the latter is unpaged, p. 203 
 being the recto of the succeeding leaf. 
 
 Articles of Faith, Ayimmika anumpa, pp. 203-220. — EnglishHymns, pp. 221-241. 
 
 4247 [ and Williams (Loring S.)] Ohahta Ikhananchi, | or the | 
 
 Choctaw Instructor: | Containing a| Brief Summary of Old Testa- 
 ment History and | Biography ; | with practical reflections, | in the 
 Choctaw Language. | By A Missionary. | 
 
 Utica: | Press of William Williams. | 1831. | BA. ATS. 
 
 Pp. 1-157. 16°. Byington's manuscript Choctaw dictionary gives the follow- 
 ing title, which may be same as above : 
 
 4248 Choctaw Teacher, containing an Epitome of the History of 
 
 the Old Testament with reflections. 1831. * 
 
 136 pp. 
 
 Mr. Wright also translated the Gospels of Luke and John into the Choctaw 
 language. — Newcomb, p. 612. 
 
 4249 Wright {Allen). Chahta Leksikon. | A | Choctaw in English Defi- 
 nition. I For the | Choctaw academies and schools. | By | Allen 
 Wright. I Fii'st edition — 1000 copies. | 
 
 St. Louis : I Printed by the Presbyterian Publishing Company, | 
 207 North Eighth Street. | [1880.] WE. JWP. 
 
 Pp. 1-311. 12°. Alphabetically arranged. 
 
 4250 [ editor.] Chikasha Okla | I | Kvnstitushvn | micha | I | 
 
 nan vlhpisa. | 
 
 Chikasha okla I nan apesa yvt apesa | tok mak oke. | [1873?] * 
 Literal translation. — Chickasaw People | their | Constitution | and | their | 
 
 law. I 
 
 Pp. 1-350. 8°. Prefatory note signed by Allen Wright. Title furnished by 
 
 Mr. W. Eames from copy in the library of Mr. W. W. Beech, Yonkers, N. Y. 
 
 4251 Vocabulary of the Chahta or Choctaw. 
 
 Manuscript. 10 11. 211 words, folio. In the library of the Bureau of Eth- 
 nology. Collected in 1866. 
 
 4252 Wright [Rev. Asher). Diuhsa'wahgwah gaya'doshah. | Go'waha's 
 goy^doh. I Sgao'yadih do'^S-'naudenyQ. | 
 
 Neh I Nadige' hjihshohoh dodisdoagoh ; | Wasto'k tadinageh. | 
 1836. I [Boston : Crocker & Brewster.] BA. we. jwp. 
 
 Literal translation.— Beginnijig book. | Gowahas she wrote it. | Sgaoyadih he 
 translates. | The | old men they printed it; | Wastok [Boston] they live there 
 far away. | 
 
 Pp. 1-42. 12°. Elementary reading book in the Seneca language. Seneca 
 and English vocabulary, pp. 27-42. 
 
828 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Wright (Rev. Asher), editor — continued. 
 
 4253 Go'wana gwa'ih sat'hah yon de'- | ySs dah'gwah. | A 
 
 Spelling-Book | iu the | Seneca Language: | with English defi- 
 nitions. I 
 
 Buffalo-Creek Reservation, | Mission Press. | 1842. | 
 
 Pp. 1-112. 16". 8. BA. WE. ABC. JBD. JWP. LSH. WWB. 
 
 4254 , editor. Ne Jaguh'nigo'Sges'gwathah. | Do'syowS Ganok'- 
 
 daj-ab, Gahsak'neh 30, 1841. | Degaisdo'agoh 1. [— Gaya 1. Oh- 
 no'otah 15, 1850. Deg. 19.] | The Mental Elevator. | 
 
 Buffalo-Creek Eeservation, November 30, 1841. | Number 1 [-Vol. 
 1. April 15, 1850. No. 19]. | BA. WB. JWP. 
 
 Pp. 1-172. 8°. I have seen of this little miscellany nineteen numbers, paged 
 consecutively, each number containing eight pages, except Nos. 10 and 17, which 
 contain sixteen, and No. 19, which contains twelve. Begun at the Buffalo 
 Creek Reservation, New York, it was continued after the removal of these In- 
 dians to the Cattaraugus Reservation in the same State ; the issue of November 
 17, 1846 (No. 17), being the first issued from the latter place. It is partly in Eng- 
 lish and partly in Seneca, and was, according to a note at foot of page 8, "the 
 first effort of this sort in the Seneca language, and is designed exclusively for 
 the spiritual and intellectual benefit of the Indians." 
 
 Besides biblical reading and pieces of moral instruction it contains matters 
 relating to their government and business, obituary notices, statistics, &c. No. 
 19 contains the laws of the Seneca Nation in English and Seneca. 
 
 The copy in Major Powell's library is minus the first two numbers. He has 
 a duplicate copy of Nos. 8-18, pp. 57-160, in which many marginal corrections 
 have been made by some one evidently familiar with the Seneca tongue. 
 
 4255 Deg. 1 [-2]. | He ni ya' waB syoh no'np jih, | tga wa ng' 
 
 gwa oh neh ne | ga ya' dos hi' yu neh. | 
 
 Colophon: \ H. M. Morgan, Printer, Gowanda, N. T. | jwp. 
 
 No title-page. Pp. 1-64. 16°. Scripture tracts in the Seneca language. Con- 
 sists of two parts (Deg. 1, Deg. 2), each with its own pagination of 32 pages, with 
 a second and continuous pagination on the inner margins of the pages. 
 
 Deg. 1 contains: Ho' syo niih ne Yu an' ja deil [the creation], pp. 1-5. — Netl 
 nos hais' dail [the serpent], pp. 6-10. — Ne dyu dye' Sh doh no' dyu ob [the first 
 murderer], pp. 11-14. — Neb noil gas' de' o wa nSnt [the great rain], ijp. 15-20. — 
 Net! neh de gabs' dg' an dob go waab [the great tower], pp. 21-22. — Neb neh tho 
 wS' no goh Abraham [the call of Abraham], pp. 23-26. — Ga a nab [hymn], p. 26. — 
 Go wai' e wah' doh n s ga noii' da yftn dot [the destruction of the cities], pp. 27- 
 30. — Ga a nab [two hymns], pp. 31-32. 
 
 Deg. 2 contains: Nebne Joseph [the story of Joseph], pp. 1-6 (33-38). — Neb ho 
 no' ga doh ne Moses [the birth of Moses], pp. 7-9 (39-41). — Neb he' ni o' ye na' 
 waboh ne Moses [the acts of Moses], pp. 10-14 (42-46). — Exodus, oi' wab xix (and 
 XX) [a literal translation], pp. 14-21 (46-53). — Gaa nab [hymn], p. 21 (53). — Ga 
 yab' dab ho dis' yo nib [the making of the idol], pp. 22-25 (54-57). — Neb no 
 manna [the manna], pp. 26-27 (58-59). — Deg' wa wa' not gab' wa.h na' wen ni' 
 yub [the rebeBion against God], pp. 28-32 (60-64). 
 
 4256 Deg. 1 [-7]. | Gai' wa yan' dah goh | ABC. jwp. wwb. 
 
 No title-page. Pp. 1-64. 16°. Tracts in the Seneca language. Consists of 
 
 seven parts (Deg. 1. to Deg. 7.), each with its own pagination, with a second and 
 continuous pagination on the inner margins of the pages. 
 
 Deg. 1., pp. 1-4, contains: He' na' o wa yeeb Na' w6n ni' yub. 
 
WEIGHT WZOKHILAIN 829 
 
 Wright {Bev. Asher), editor — continued. 
 
 Deg. a., pp. 1-4 (5-8), contains: He na' ya gull' ni g6oil dg' ak Ha' yatr da 
 deb Na' w6n ni' yull. 
 
 Deg. 3., pp. 1-4 (9-12), contains: Ni o' i ob' di-s yuh' dab no twais' hi yu ne 
 gab' ni go ab' ggh [the work of the Holy Spirit]. 
 
 Deg. 4., pp. 1-4 (13-16), contains: Gaa nab sbob [three hymns]. 
 
 Deg. 5., pp. 1-16 (17-32), contains: Gai' wa neb' ak shab [sin]. 
 
 Deg. 6., pp. 1-24 (33-66), contains: Gai' wi yus' duk gat haah' goh [sermon 
 preached at the opening of the Convention of the Indian Churches, at Cattarau- 
 gus, Feb. 4, 1845]. 
 
 A manuscript note states that "this Sermon was translated by the assistance 
 of William Jones, deceased, and is almost the only relic of his style of speaking 
 Seneca, which the old people regard as far more correct than that of any of our 
 present interpreters, who Anglicize their Indian too much to suit the views of 
 such as are not accustomed to English modes of thought." 
 
 Deg. 7. , pp. 1-8 (57-64), contains : Neb tho ya dob ne John [the 3d chapter of 
 theGospelof Johu],pp. 1-6; Ga' S nSh [three hymns, one signed "J.P.Turkey," 
 and two signed "J. Dudley"], pp. 6-8. 
 
 Mr. Wright also edited a translation of hymns into the Seneca language, which 
 ran through several editions. See Gaa nah shoh, Nos. 1347-1350. 
 
 4257 Wyandot. Wyandot Hymns. 
 
 Manuscript. 30 pp. 4°. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. 
 
 4258 Wyandot Vocabulary, Grammar and Sentences. s. 
 
 Manuscript. 200 pp. 4°. In possession of J. G. Shea. A note appended says: 
 
 These vocabularies of the Wyandot and Menomene languages appear to be in the 
 handwriting of John Kinzie. They were sent to J. W. Gibbs, of New Haven, 
 some years ago by Lieutenant Davies, of Fort Winnebago, since deceased. New 
 Haven, September 12, 1846. 
 
 4259 Wyeth (Nathaniel J.) Vocabulary of the Shoshonees. 
 
 In Schoolcraft (H. K.) Indian Tribes, vol. 1, pp. 216-218. Philadelphia, 
 1851. 4°. 
 
 4260 Wzokhilain or Osunkhirhine (Peter Paul). Wawasi | Lagidamwo- 
 ganek | mdala | Chowagidamwoganal | tabtagil, | Onkawodoko- 
 dozwal I wji | Pobatami Kidwogan. |,P. P. Wzokhilain. | 
 
 Boston: | Printed by Crocker & Brewster, | 47, Washington 
 Street. | 1830. | ba. abo. jwp. 
 
 Pp. 1-35. 24°. Religious tracts in the Abnaki language. 
 
 4261 Wobanaki | Kimzowi Awighigan, | P. P. Wzokhilain, | 
 
 kizitokw. I [Picture.] 
 
 Boston : | Printed by Crocker and Brewster. | 1830. | BA. JWP. 
 Pp. 1-90. 24°. Spelling and reading book in the Abnaki language. See 
 St. Mark, No. 3455 of this catalogue. 
 
830 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Xahila (D. Francisco Emantez Arana). 
 See Arana Xahila (Z>. Francisco Ernantez). 
 
 4262 Ximenez {D. Fr. Francisco). Vocabulario y Catecismo Megicanos. 
 
 Title from Beristain. According to Clavigero, Ximenez wrote a grammar in 
 the Mexican language. Mendieta mentions it also. * 
 
 4263 Vocabulario de las lenguas quicli6 y cakchiquel por el P. 
 
 Francisco Ximerfez. * 
 
 4264 Confesionario en cakchiquel, quich6 y zutuhil. * 
 
 Titles from Pimentel. 
 
 4265 Arte de las tres lenguas Cakchiqvel, Qviche y Tzvtvhil 
 
 [Escrito por el E. P. F. Francisco Ximenez Ovra Doctrinero por el 
 Eeal Patronato del pveblo de S*° Thomas Chvila]. 
 
 Original manuscript, folio, in the handwriting of the author. From indica- 
 tions at the end of the volume it appears to have been written at Eahinal. The 
 work is composed of 4 11., without title, containing a preliminary monosyllabic 
 vocabulary ; from the principal title to the end of the Arte, 9211., with four col- 
 umns to two pages. 
 
 Following this is a second work entitled: 
 
 4266 Tratato Segvndo de todo le qve deve Saber vn ministro 
 
 para la bvena administracion de estos naturales. * 
 
 Manuscript. 11.93-119. folio. "Prologo," in the handwriting of the author, 
 comprising the copy of a long letter from Father Alonso de Norena, written in 
 February, 1580, concerning the confessions of the natives, 11.94-100. — "Confes- 
 sionario," 11. 101-111.— "Cathezismo," 11.111-119. The whole is written in the 
 three languages. Quiche, Cakchiquel, and Tzutuhil. — Brasseur de Bourhourg. 
 
 4267 Erapiezan las historias del origen de los Indios de esta 
 
 ProviuQia de G-vatemala tradvzido de la lengua Quiche en la Cas- 
 tellana para mas commodidad de los ministros de el S*" Evangelic 
 por el R. P. F. Franzisco Ximenez Cvra Doctrinero por el Pueblo 
 de S*" Thomas Chvila. 
 
 Manuscript. 66 11. folio, two columns to the page, in the handwriting of P. 
 Ximenez. It is the original of the Popol Vuh. Title and Prologo, 2 11. ; Saluta- 
 cion, &c., five kinds of speeches used by the native chiefs when meeting their 
 priests, 1 1. ; another preliminary leaf; Quiche history, with Spanish translation 
 opposite, 56 11. Title from Brasseur de Bourbourg. 
 
 \J 4268 Las Historias | del Origen de los Indios | de esta Pro- 
 
 vincia de Guatemala, | traducidas de la lengua Quiche al Castel- 
 lano para mas | comodidad de los ministros del S. Evangelio. | Por 
 el E. P. F. Francisco Ximenez, | Cura Doctrinero por el real patro- 
 nato del Pueblo | de S. Thomas Ohuila. | Exactamente segun el tex- 
 to Bspanol | del manuscrito original que se halla en la Biblioteca 
 de la Univer- | sidad de Guatemala, publicado por la primera vez, 
 y aumentado con | una introduccion y anotaciones | por | el Dr. C. 
 Scherzer. | A' expensas de la Imperial Academia de las ciencias. | 
 
XAHILA TOUNG. 831 
 
 Ximenez (D. Fr. Francisco) — continued. 
 
 Viena, 1857. | En casade Carlos Gerold E Hijo, | Libreros de la 
 Academia Imperial de las Ciencias. | c. bp. 
 
 Pp. i-xvi, 1-21C. 8°. Many aboriginal terms scattered throughout. Also 
 issued from the same plates by Trubner, London, with title-page as follows: 
 
 4269 Las Historias | del Origen de los Indios | de esta Provincia 
 
 de Guatemala, | traducidas de la lengua Quiche al Castellano | 
 para mas comodidad de los ministros | del S. Evangelio. | Por | el 
 R. P. F. Francisco Ximenez, | Oura Doctrinero por el real patronato 
 del Pueblo | de S. Thomas Chuila. | Exactamente segun et texto 
 Espaiiol | del manuscrito original que se halla en la Biblioteca de 
 la I Universidad de Guatemala, publioado por la primera vez, | y 
 aumentado con una introduccion y anotaciones | por | el Dr. 0. 
 Sclierzer. | A expensas de la Imperial Academia de las Ciencias. | 
 
 Londres : ( En casa de Trilbner & Co. | 60, Paternoster Eow. | 
 1857. I 0. WE. 
 
 Pp. i-xvi, 1-216. 8°. 
 
 4270 Xuarez (D. Pedro). Memorial en Lengua Megicana de cosas me- 
 morables. * 
 
 Manuscript. Title &om Beiistain. 
 
 Yanguas {Fr. Diego de Nagera). 
 See Nagera Yanguas {Fr. Diego de). 
 
 4271 Yarrow {Dr. Henry Cr6cy). Vocabulary of the Pueblo of Taos. 
 
 In Gratscbet (A. S. ) Zwolf Sprachen aus dem Sudwesten Nordamerikas, 
 pp. 98-115. Weimar, 1876. 8°. 
 
 4272 [Vocabularies of various Western Indian Languages.] 
 
 In Wheeler (G.M.) Eeports upon U. S. Geographical Surveys, vol 7. Wash- 
 ington, 1879. 4°. 
 
 Vocabulary of the Jicarilla and Shoshoni, pp. 424-465, 470. — Parvant and Ca- 
 pote Uta, pp. 424-465, 472.— Uinta Uta, pp. 424-465, 472-473.— Tehua, Los Luceros 
 Pueblo, pp. 424-465, 482.— Taos Pueblo, pp. 424-465, 483. 
 
 Yepes {Fr. Joaquin Lopez). " 
 See Lopez Yepes (Fr. Joaquin). 
 
 4273 Young (Alexander). Chronicles | of | the Pilgrim Fathers | of | 
 the Colony of Plymouth, | from 1602 to 1625. | Now first collected 
 from original records and contemporaneous | printed documents, 
 and illustrated with notes | by Alexander Toung. | [Quotation, two 
 lines.] I 
 
 Boston: | Charles C. Little and James Brown. | MDCCCXLI 
 [1841]. I 0. 
 
 Pp. i-xvi, 1-504. 8°. 
 
 Winslow (Edward). Good Newes from New England, pp. 269-375. 
 Second edition, Boston, 1844. 8^. Also Boston, 1845. 8°. 
 
V 
 
 832 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 4274 Young (James). Gainoh | ne | Nenodowohga | Nenwahnuhdah. | 
 By James Young. | 
 
 New-York. | Printed for ihe American Tract Society, | By D. 
 Fanshaw. | 1829. | 
 
 Second title : Indian Hymns | in the | Seneca Tongue. | By James 
 Young. I 
 
 New- York. | Printed for the American Tract Society, | By D. 
 Panshaw. | 1829. | ATS. JBD. 
 
 Pp. 1-39, 1-39 (double numbers). 18°. Indian title verso 1. 1 ; English title 
 recto 1. 2. Alternate pages Seneca and English. Appended to and commencing 
 on verso of last leaf of Harris (T. S.) and Young (J.) Christ Hagonthahniuoh. 
 New York, 1829. 
 
 4275 Young (Thomas). Narrative of a Residence | on the | Mosquito 
 Shore, | during the years 1839, 1840, & 1841 : | with an account of | 
 Truxillo, I and the adjacent islands of | Bonacca and Eoatan. | By 
 Thomas Young. | [One line quotation.] | 
 
 London : | Smith, Elder and Co. 65, Cornhill. | 1842. | A. B. C. 
 
 Pp. i-iv, 1-172. 12". 
 
 Song in Mosquitian, or Sambo langiiage, with translation, pp. 77-78. — Vocabu- 
 lary, Mosquitian and English, pp. 170-172. — Indian words and phrases scattered 
 throughout. 
 
 Second edition, London: Smith, Elder & Co. 1847. Pp.iv, 172. post 8°. — Squier. 
 
 4276 Youth's. The Youth's | Companion: | Ajiivenile monthly Magazine 
 published for | the benefit of the Puget Sound Catholic Indian | 
 Missions; and set to type, printed and in part | written by the 
 pupils of the Tulalip, Wash. Ty. | Indian Industrial Boarding 
 Schools, under | the control of the Sisters of Charity. | Approved 
 by the Et. Eev. Bishop [iEgidius of Nesqually]. | Vol. I. May, 
 1881. No. 1 [- Vol. III. October, 1883. No. 29]. | [Tulalip Indian 
 Eeservation, Snohomish Co. W. T.] c. s. jem. jwp. 
 
 Pp. 1-312, 1-364, 1-152. 16°. Parts continuously numbered, 1-29. Edited by 
 the Eev. J. B. Boulet. Instead of being paged continuously, continued articles 
 have a separate pagination dividing the regular numbTing. For instance, in 
 No. 1, pp. 11-15, Lives of the Saints, are numbered 1-4, and continued in No. 2 as 
 pp. 5-8, taking the place of pp. 41-44 of the regular numbering. At this date, 
 October, 1883, it is still in course of publication. 
 
 Yakania sentence, vol. 1, p. 147. — Lord's Prayer in Snohomish, vol. 1, p. 228; 
 in Flathead, p. 256 1 in Cascade, p. 284; in Nitlakapamuk of British Columbia, 
 p. 301 ; in Lummi, vol. 2, p. S8; in Comanche, p. 56; in Clallam, p. 86; in Huron, 
 p. 106 ; lu Cowlitch, p. 106 ; in Micmac, p. 176 ; in Menominee, p. 200 ; in Penobscot, 
 ]i. 239; in Mareschite, or St. John's Indian language, p. 262; in Chippewa, p. 294; 
 in Abenakis, p. 322; in Tadussak, p. 359 ; in "Pure Mareschite," vol. 3, p. 20; in 
 Passamaquoddy, p. 51 ; in Choctaw, p. 87 ; in Ottawa, p. 119; in Osage, p. 1.50. — 
 The name of God in seventy different languages (including Tahitian, Nez Percd, 
 Nootsack, Montagnais, Micmac, Mareschite, Penobscot, Cree, Kalispel, Wasco, 
 Yakama, Chinook, Lummi, Snohomii-h, and Clallam, vol. 2, p. 156.^Sentence in 
 Indian (Snohomish ?), vol. 2, p. 247. 
 
YOUNG— ZAMBKANO BONILLA. 833 
 
 4277 Zagoskin [Lieut. Laurenti Alexieff). neniexo4Haii onHCb | ^acxH pycckhxi 
 
 Bja4'tHiH I Bi> AMepHKl!. { npoHSBe^eHHaH | Je&TenanTOMi A. SarocKHRun | bi 1842, 1843 h 
 1844 rojaxi. | Ct MepKaiopcKoio Kipioio rpaBHpOBaoBOK) aa ntna. | HacTt nepBaa [Biopaa]. | 
 
 CaHKineTepOypn. | IleiaTam b^ THnorpa*iu Kapja KpaBa. | 1847 [-1848]. | b. D. 
 
 Translation. — Pedestrian Exploration | of parts of the Russian Possessions | 
 in America. | Accomplished { by Lieutenant L. Zagoskin | in the years 1842, 
 1843 and 1844. | with a Mercator's chart engraved on copper. | Part First [Sec- 
 ond]. I St. Petersburg. | Printed in the Printing Office of Karl Krai. | 1847 
 [1848]. I 
 
 2 vols.: 1 p. 1., pp. 1-183 ; 1 p. 1. , pp. 1-120, 1-15, 1-45. 8°. 
 
 Vocabulary of the Inkilik and Inkalit Yugelmut, vol. 2, appendix, pp. 17-20. — 
 Vocabulary of the Chiagmiut, Kuskivigmut, Kadiak (from Billings and Lisi- 
 ansky), and Sedentary Chukche, or Namollos (from Eobek), vol. 2, appendix, 
 pp. 21-36. — ^List of villages, with population statistics, vol. 2, appendix, pp. 39- 
 41. — List of birds in Koikhpagmiut and Inkilik, vol. 2, appendix, pp. 42-43. 
 
 The vocabularies were reprinted in Schott (W.) Ueber ethnographische 
 Ergebnisse, &c. ; in Erman (A.) Archiv, &c., vol. 7, pp. 480-512. Berlin, 1849. 
 8°. Also, according to Ludewig, in Zapiski Russkago Geographitsheskago 
 
 Obshtshestva (Memoirs of the Russian Geographical Society), vol. 2, pp. . 
 
 St. Petersburg, 1847. 8°; 2d edition, pp. 246-266. St. Petersburg, 1849; and in 
 Denkschriften der russischen geographisohen Gesellschaft zu St. Petersburg, 
 vol. 1, pp. 354-374 (German translation of the above, containing vols. 1 and 2 of 
 the original). Weimar, 1849. 8°. 
 
 The Inkilik and Inkalit Yagelmut vocabularies also printed in Buschmaim 
 (J. C.E.) Der athapaskisohe Spradhstamm, pp. 269-312. Berlin, 1856. 4°. 
 
 See Seleny or Zelenoi (S. J.), No. 3551 of this catalogue. 
 
 4278 Zalvadea {Fr. Jos6 M.) The San Gabriel Mission Indian Lan- 
 guage. * 
 
 "A Catholic catechism of this language in Spanish and Indian exists in the 
 
 library of this mission near Los Angeles. It was written, it is said, by Friar 
 
 Joa6 M. Zalvadea, some forty years ago, and the Rev. Father Basso assures us it 
 
 is well prepared and of great value to philologists. It is about 30 duodecimo 
 
 " pages." — Taylor's Bibliografia Califomiea. 
 
 4279 Zambrano Bonilla (D. Joseph). Arte | de Lengua Totonaca, | Con- 
 forme 4 el Arte de Antonio Nebrija, | compuesto por D. Joseph 
 Zambrano Bonilla, | Cnra Beneficiado, Vicario y Juez Ecclesiastico 
 de I San Andres Hueitlalpan. | Dedicado | A el ILL™. S-^. D^ D. | 
 Domingo Pantaleou | Alvarez de Abreu, | Dignissimo Arzobispo 
 Obispo de esta | Dicecesi. | Lleva anadido | Una Doctrina de la 
 Lengua de Naolingo, | con algunas vozes de la Lengua de aquella | 
 Sierra, y de esta de ac4. Que por orden de su 111™"- se imprime, j 
 su author | el Lig. D. Francisco Dominguez, | Oura interino de 
 Xalpan. | 
 
 Con licencia de los Superiores: | En la Puebla en la Imprenta de 
 
 53 Bib 
 
834 NORTH AMEKICAN LINGUISTICS, 
 
 Zambrano Bonilla (D. Josepli) — continued. 
 
 la Viuda de Miguel | de Ortega. En el Portal de las Acres. Ano 
 de 1752. I NYHS. 
 
 22 p. 11.; Arte, 11.1-134; index unnumbered, 3 11; vocabularios, Manual de 
 Sacramentos, &c., 11. 1-79 ; index, 2 pp. and one blank. 4°. 
 
 Zapata (Col. Francisco Diaz). 
 See Squier (Ephraim George). 
 
 4280 Zapata y Mendoza (J). Juan Ventura). Chronica de la muy noble, 
 y real Ciudad de Tlaxcallan. * 
 
 In the Nahuatl language, on European paper, by Don Juan Ventura Zapata 
 y Mendoza, Cazique of the Parcialidad of Qaiahuiztlan. It begins with the 
 advent of the nation in New Spain and continues to the year 1689. — Botwini, 
 5 xviii. No. 4. 
 
 4281 Zarate (Fr. Miguel). Optisculos doctrinales y morales en Lengua 
 
 Megicana. * 
 
 Manuscript. Title from Beristain. 
 
 4282 Zarfate (Fr. Gaspar). Primer Arte y Gramdtica de la Lengua de 
 la Nueva Segovia. * 
 
 4283 Varies Tratados doctrinales en la misma Lengua. * 
 
 Titles from Beristain. 
 
 Zedeno (Geronymo Thomas de Aquino Gort^s y). 
 See Cortes y Zedefio (G. T. de A. ), No. 900 of this catalogue. 
 
 4284 Zeisberger {Bev. David). Essay | of a | Delaware-Lidian and Eng- 
 lish I Spelling-Book, | for the | Use of the Schools | of the | Chris- 
 tian Indians | on Muskingum River. | By David Zeisberger, | Mis- 
 sionary among the Western Indians. | 
 
 Philadelphia, | Printed by Henry Miller. | 1776. | c. S. GB. whs. 
 
 1 p. 1., pp. 1-113, 2 columns. 12°. Lord's Prayer, Ten Commandments, Litany, 
 &c., alternate pages Delaware and English, pp. 102-113. 
 
 "The original manuscript of this edition is preserved in the archives of the 
 Moravian Church at Bethlehem, Pennsylvania. Upon comparing it with the 
 printed copy it is evident that there was cause for the dissatisfaction which 
 Zeisberger expressed with the manner in which the book was brought out. The 
 manuscript does not contain the Lord's Prayer, etc., which are appended to the 
 printed edition of 1776, but, in place of it, the following articles: 
 
 "1. A Short History of the Bible, evidently original, in Delaware and English, 
 in parallel columns. 
 
 "2. Reading Lessons in Delaware, being Biblical and other Narratives. 
 
 ' ' 3. Conjugations of the verbs ' to say ' and ' to tell,' in Delaware and English. 
 
 "4. The Delaware Numerals. 
 
 "All these articles have been omitted in the printed copy." — De Sehwemitz^s 
 Life and Times of David Zeisberger, p. 687. 
 
 4285 Delaware Indian and English | Spelling Book, | for the | 
 
 Schools of the Mission | of the | United Brethren ; | with | some 
 short historical accounts | from the | Old and New Testament, | and 
 other I useful instruction for children, | By David Zeisberger. | 
 
ZAMBEANO BONILLA ^ZEISBEEGEK. 835 
 
 Zeisberger {Rev. David) — continued. 
 
 Philadelphia : | Prom the press of Mary Gist, | No. 104, North 
 Second Street, near Eace Street. | 1806. | c. nyhs. 
 
 Pp. 1-179. 12°. Words of oue syllable, pp. 8-9. — 'Words of two syllables, pp. 
 9-18. — Words of three syllables, pp. 18-43. — Words of four syllables, pp. 43-72. — 
 Words of five syllables, pp. 73-98. — Words of six, seven, and more syllables, pp. 
 99-114. Each set alphabetically arranged, and all are in two columns. — Pp. 
 115-118 are in Delaware. — A short history of the Bible, pp. 118-137; alternate 
 pages, Delaware and English, the former in Boman, the latter in italic. — Bible 
 stories, pp. 138-164. — A verb of the Indian language [/sat/ and Jtell, conjugated], 
 pp. 164-176. — Multiplication table, pp. 177-179. The Lord's Prayer, Ten com- 
 mandments, &c., are omitted in this edition. 
 
 4286 A I Collection of Hymns, | for the use of the | Christian 
 
 Indians, | of the Missions | of the | United brethren, [ in North 
 America. | 
 
 Philadelphia : | Printed by Henry Sweitzer, at the corner of | 
 Eace and Fourth Streets. | 1803. | 
 
 Reverse title: Mawuni | Nachgohumewoaganall | enda auwe- 
 genk I welsittangik | Lenapewinink, | untschi | Mgasundewoa- 
 gano I enda | Nguttimacht angundink, | li | Lowanewunk Un- 
 dachqui | America. | gb. whs. 
 
 Pp. iii-xii, 1-358. 16°. 
 
 The dedication is signed by David Zeisberger. According to De Schweinitz's 
 Life and Times of David Zeisberger, the original manuscript is preserved in the 
 archives of the Moravian Church at Bethlehem, Pa. 
 
 I have seen in the library of Harvard University, a manuscript of about 225 
 11. , folio, with the following title : 
 
 4ii87 A I Collection of Hymns | for the use of the | Christian In- 
 dians I of the Mission | of the United Brethren [ in North America. | 
 
 Reverse title : Mawuni Nahgohumewvaganalle | enda auwegenk | 
 Welsittangik Lenapewinink | untschi | Nigasundovagano | enda | 
 Naguttimaehtangundink | li | Lowanervunk undaehgui | America, j 
 
 For later edition, see Iiuckenbach (Abraham), No. 2347. 
 
 4288 Sermons to Children. | Translated by David Zeisberger. | 
 
 Ehelittonhenk | liAmemensak | GischitakBUeniechsink. | Untschi 
 David Zeisberger. | 
 
 Philadelphia : J Printed by A. and G. Way. | 1803. | 
 
 Pp. 1-90. 12°. Appended is the following : 
 
 Aug. Gottl. Spangenberg. [ Something of | Bodily Care for Chil- 
 dren. I Translated by David Zeisberger. | Aug. Gottl. Spangen- 
 berg I Kechitti Koecu | Hokeyiwi Latschachtowoagan | untschi | 
 Amemensok li. | Gischitak illeniechsink untschi | David Zeisberger. | 
 
 Philadelphia. | 1803. | c. &b. 
 
 Pp. 91-115. 12°. Entirely in the Delaware language. According to De 
 Sohweinitz the original manuscripts are in the Archives of the Moravian Church 
 at Bethlehem. 
 
 4289 The | History | of our | Lord and Saviour | Jesus Christ : | 
 
 Comprehending all that the | Four Evangelists | have recorded 
 concerning Him ; | All their relations being brought together in 
 
836 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Zeisberger [Rev. David) — continued. 
 
 one Karration, | so that no Circumstance is omitted, but that ines- 
 timable I History is continued in one Series, in the very words of | 
 Scripture. | By the Eev. Samuel Lieberkuhn, M. A. | Translated 
 into the | Delaware Indian Language | by the | Eev. David Zeis- 
 berger, I Missionary of the United Brethren. | 
 
 New- York : | Printed by Daniel Fanshaw, No. 20 Slote-Lane. | 
 1821. I 
 
 Half title: Blekup | Nihillalquonk | woak | Pemauchsohalquonk | 
 Jesus Christ | seki ta lauchsitup wochgidhakamike. | Nachpi wemi 
 Kpatatamoewoagan segauchsijanup, | Wulapensohalineen ehoalan 
 Nihillalijenk Patamawos ! | c. s. BA. WE. AAS. JWP. whs. 
 
 Title 1 1. ; lialf title 1 1. ; Address, pp. v-vi ; Preface in Delaware, pp. vii-viii ; 
 text, pp. 1-222. 12°. The Address and Preface are signed by David Zeisberger, 
 and dated the one " Grosheu, on the Muskingum, 23d May, 1806," the other " Mus- 
 kingum, Goschenink. May 23, 1806." See Blanchard (Ira D.),No. 393, for sub- 
 sequent edition. 
 
 According to De Schweinitz's Life and Times of David Zeisberger, the original 
 manuscript deposited in the Bethlehem archives contains a very complete table 
 of contents prepared by Zeisberger, which was omitted from the printed copy. 
 
 I have seen in the library of Harvard University a manuscript of 290 11., 12°, 
 with the following title : 
 
 4290 Elekup Nihillalquonk woak Pemauchsohalquonk Jesus 
 
 Christ seki ta lauchsitup Wochgidhakamike. [Preface signed:] 
 Kimachtowa D. Zeisberger Muskingum Goshenink May 23th 1806. 
 
 4291 A Grammar of the Language of the Lenni-Lenape or Del- 
 aware Indians. Translated from the German manuscript of the 
 late Eev. David Zeisberger, for the American Philosophical Society, 
 by Peter Duponceau. 
 
 In Am. Fhilosoph. Soc, Trans., new series, vol. 3, pp. 65-250. Philadelphia, 
 1830. 4°. 
 
 Translator's preface, pp. 65-96. — ^Author's introduction, p. 97. — Grammar, 
 pp. 98-248. — Concluding note by the translator, pp. 248-250. 
 
 4292 Grammar | of | the Language | of | the Lenni Lenape or 
 
 Delaware | Indians. | By David Zeisberger. | Translated from the 
 German Manuscript of the Author by | Peter Stephen Dn Pon- 
 ceau I with a Preface and Notes by the Translator. | Published by 
 order of the American Philosophical Society in the Third | volume 
 of the New Series of their Transactions. | 
 
 Philadelphia. | Printed by James Kay, Jun. | SB. Corner Sixth 
 & Eace Sts. | 1827. | A. bp. 
 
 Pp. 1-188, 1 1. 4°. Another issue of the same date as follows: 
 
 4293 Transactions | of the | American Philosophical Society, | 
 
 held at Philadelphia, | for Promoting Useful Knowledge. | Vol. III. 
 — Part I.— New Series. | No. II. | Containing— " A Grammar of the 
 Language of the Lenni Lenape or Delaware Indians. Translated | 
 from the German Manuscript of the late Eev. David Zeisberger, for 
 
ZEISBEEGER. 837 
 
 Zeisberger [Bev. David) — continued. 
 
 the American Philosophical So- | ciety."— | By Peter Stephen Du- 
 ponceau. | Published by the Society. | 
 
 Philadelphia: | Printed by James Kay, Jun. | SE. Corner Sixth 
 & Eace Sts. | 1827. | s. 
 
 Printed cover as above 1 1., pp. 65-250, 1 1. 4°. 
 
 4294 Verbal Biegungen der Chippewayer, von David Zeisberger. 
 
 In Vater (J. S.) Analekten der Spraclienkunde, pp. 15-50. Leipzig, 1821. 8°. 
 "This work is a collection of Delaware conjugations, and the title ought to 
 
 read "Delawaren" instead of "Chippewayer," which is a mere inadvertence." — 
 De Schweinitz. 
 
 4295 Some remarks and annotations concerning the Traditions, 
 
 Customs, Languages, etc. of the Indians in ;North America from 
 the memoirs of the Eev. David Zeisberger, and other Missionaries 
 of the United States. 
 
 In Craig (N.B.), editor. The Olden Time, vol. 1, pp. 271-281. Pittsburgh, 
 1846. 8°. Contains a vocabulary of the Delaware language, pp. 280-281. 
 
 Reprinted in Craig (N. B.) The Olden Time, vol. 1, pp. 271-28] . Cincinnati, 
 1876. 8°. Vocabulary, pp. 280-281. * 
 
 4296 Deutsch und Onondagaische Woerterbuch, von David 
 
 Zeisberger. * 
 
 Manuscript. 7 vols. 4°. 
 
 "This is one of the most important of his works, which he began early in life, 
 and upon which he bestowed the greatest care and the most persevering dili- 
 gence, calling in the aid of Iroquois sachems, who rendered him valuable assist- 
 ance." — De Sohwtinitz. 
 
 4297 Onondaga and German Vocabulary, by David Zeisberger. * 
 
 Manuscript. "A shorter work of the same character as the above." — De 
 
 Sohweimitz. 
 
 4298 Essay of an Onondaga Grammar, or a Short Introduction 
 
 to learn the Onondaga alias, Maqua Tongue; by David Zeisberger. * 
 
 Manuscript. 67 pp. 4°. 
 
 4299 Onondagaische Orammatica, von David Zeisberger. * 
 
 Manuscript. 176 pp. 4°. A complete grammar of the Onondaga language. 
 
 This work was translated into English by Peter S. Duponoeau, LL.D., which 
 version, however, also remains in manuscript. — De Schweinitz. 
 
 4300 Onondagaische Grammatica. * 
 
 Manuscript. 87 pp. 4°. The same work as the preceding, but in an incom- 
 plete form, appearing to be the author's first attempt. — De Schweinilz. 
 
 The above five manuscripts are in the library of the American Philosophical 
 Society at Philadelphia, where they were deposited by the Society of the United 
 Brethren of Bethlehem. 
 
 " The following manuscripts by Zeisberger are preserved in the library of Har- 
 vard University at Cambridge: 
 
 1. A Dictionary in German and Delaware [362 pp., oblong]. 
 
 2. Delaware Glossary [36 11. 4°]. 
 
 3. Delaware Vocabulary [74 11]. 
 
 4. Phrases and Vocabularies in Delaware [158 11. 12°]. 
 
 5. Delaware Grammar. [The original of No. 4291 above.] 
 
838 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Zeisberger [Rev. David) — continued. 
 
 6. Harmony of the Gospels in Delaware. [See No. 4289.] This is evidently a 
 duplicate manuscript of the work published in 1821. [See No. 4290. ] 
 
 7. Hymns for the Christian Indians in Delaware. [See No. 4286.] This is a 
 duplicate manuscript of the Delaware hymn book. [See No. 4287. ] 
 
 8. Litany and Liturgies in Delaware [56 11. 12°]. 
 
 9. Zeisberger's own Manuscript Hymn Book in Delaware. 
 
 10. Sermons by Zeisberger in Delaware [42 11. 12"]. 
 
 11. Seventeen Sermons to Children [58 11. 12°]. This is a duplicate manu- 
 script of the printed work. 
 
 12. Church Litany in Delaware [42 11. 12°]. 
 
 13. Short Biblical Narratives in Delaware [22 11. 4°]. 
 
 14. Vocabulary in Maqua and Delaware [20 pp. 4°]. 
 
 "The above fourteen manuscripts, together with some fragmentary papers, 
 procured from the archives of the church at Gnadenhutten, Ohio, were delivered 
 to Judge Lane, of that State, by him transmitted to the Hon. Edward Everett, 
 and received at the University Library, January 21, 1850." — De ScTiweinitz. 
 
 I have seen all of these manuscripts, except No. 9. 
 
 "The Rev. David Zeisberger was born at Zauchtenthal, in Moravia, April 11, 
 1721, and died at Goshen, in Ohio, November 17, 1808, aged 87 years. He first 
 came to America about 1739; began the study of the Indian languages in 1745, 
 and about 1750 commenced his missionary labors among the Indians, which he 
 continued until his death. He "traversed Massachusetts and Connecticut, New 
 York, Pennsylvania, and Ohio, entered Michigan and Canada, preaching to 
 many nations in many tongues. He brought the Gospel to the Mohicans and 
 Wampanoags, to the Nanticokes and Shawanese, to the Chippewas, Ottawas, 
 and Wyandots, to the Unamis, Unalachtgos, and Monseys of the Delaware race, 
 to the Onondagas, Cayugas, and Senecas of the Six Nations. Speaking the 
 Delaware language fluently, as well as the Mohawk and Onondaga dialects of 
 the Iroquois; familiar with the Cayuga and other tongues; an adopted sachem 
 of the Six Nations ; naturalized among the Monseys by a formal act of the tribe ; 
 swaying for a number of years the Grand Council of the Delawares ; at one time 
 the keeper of the archives of the Iroquois Confederacy ; versed in the customs of 
 the aborigines ; adapting himself to their mode of thought, and, by long habit, a 
 native in many of his own ways; no Protestant missionary, and but few men of 
 any other calling, ever exercised more real influence and was more sincerely 
 honored among the Indians." — De Sehweinifz's lAfe and Times of David Zeisberger. 
 
 4301 Zeitschrift | fiir | Ethnologie | und ihre Hiilfswissenschaften | als J 
 Lehre vom Menschen | in seinen Beziehungen | zur | l^Tatur und zur 
 Gescliichte. | Herausgegeben von | A. Bastian und E. Hartmann. | 
 Erster [-Vierzehnter] Band | 1869 [-1882]. | 
 
 Berlin. | Verlag von Wiegandt und Hempel. | [1869-1883]. | SG. 
 
 Vols. 1-14, and 15, Heft 1-3. 8°. In vol. 2 the title was changed to read : Zeit- 
 schrift fUr Ethnologie. Organ der Berliner Gesellschaft fur Anthropologie, Eth- 
 nologie und Urgeschichte, &c. 
 
 Bastian (A.) Ueber ethnologische Eintheilungen, vol. 3 (1871), pp. 1-18. 
 
 EthnologieundvergleichendeLinguistik, vol.4 (1872),pp.l37-162,211-231. 
 
 Ueber die Eheverhaltnisse, vol. 6 (1874), pp. 380-409. 
 
 Erman (A.) Ethnographische Wahmehmungen und Erfahrungen an den 
 Kiisten des Berings-Meeres, vol. 2 (1870), pp. 295-327, 329-393; vol. 3 (1871), 
 pp. 149-175, 205-219. 
 
 Gatschet (A. S.) Die Sprache der Tonkawas, vol. 9 (1877), pp. 64-73. 
 
 Volk nnd Sprache der Timuoua, vol. 9 (1877), pp. 245-260; vol. 13 (1881), 
 
 pp. 189-200. 
 
ZEISBEEGEE ZUNIGA. 839 
 
 Zeitschrift | fur | Ethnologie, etc. — continued. 
 
 Der Yuma-Sprachstamm nach den neuesten handscliriftlichen Quellen 
 
 dargestellt,vol.9 (1877), pp. 341-350, 365-418; vol.15 (1883), pp. 123-147. 
 
 Farbenbenennungen in nordamerikanisclien Sprachen, vol. 11 (1879), 
 
 pp. 293-302. 
 
 Herzog (Wilh.) XJeber die Verwandtschaft des Yumasprachstamraes mit der 
 Spraohe der Aleuten und der Eskimostamme, vol. 10 (1878), pp. 449-459. 
 
 Schultz-Sellack (Dr. Carl). Die amerikanisclien Gotter der vier Weltrich- 
 tungen und ihre Tempel in Palenque, vol. 11 (1879), pp. 209-229. 
 
 4302 Zenteno (D. Carlos Tapia). 
 
 See Tapia Zenteno (_D. Carlos), Nos. 3800-3804. 
 
 4303 Zepeda {Fr. Francisco). 
 
 See Cepeda (^Fr. Francisco), No. 705 of this catalogue. 
 
 4304 Z6fiiga (jFV. Dionisio). GramAtica de la Lengua Kiche. * 
 
 4305 Sermonario en dicho Idioma. * 
 
 4306 Las Obras del P. Viana escritas en Lengua de Vera Paz, 
 
 puestas en Castellano. * 
 
 4307 Tratado de los deberes de la Justicia para gobierno de 
 
 Alcaldes Mayores, traducido & la Lengua Kiche. * 
 
 4308 La Yida de la Virgen Maria en Lengua Kiche. * 
 
 Titles from Beristain. To these Squier adds a number of titles which proba- 
 bly belong under Moran (P. Fr. Pedro). 
 
 See Viana (D. Francisco), No. 4021 of this catalogue. 
 
ADDITIONS AND CORRECTIONS. 
 
 THE NUMBERS GIVEN TO THE FOLLOWING TITLES AKE SUBSIDIARY TO THOSE IN THE 
 
 MAIN CATALOGUE. 
 
 A. M. D. G. 
 
 For titles beginning -with, these letters, see next word of title. 
 
 1 a Abec^daire ou Premier livre de lecture. 
 Hauniame, 1849. 
 
 20 pp. 8°. In the Eskimo language. Title from the Pinart Sale Catalogue, 
 1883, No. 352 (6). 
 
 1 b Abel (T warns). Schedlasma hocce etymologico-philologicum pro- 
 
 dromum Americano Gronlandicum in patronis appropriatum in- 
 sinuat Twarns Abel. 
 
 Havnise. 1783. * 
 
 4°. Title from Sabin's Dictionary, No. 22867. 
 
 2 Abert {Lieut. James William). Eeport | of | the Secretary of 
 
 War, I communicating, | in answer to a resolution of the Senate, | 
 a I Eeport and Map | of | the Examination of New Mexico, | made 
 by I Lieutenant J. W. Abert, | of the Topographical Corps. | 
 
 Washington: I 1848. I T. JWP. 
 
 Printed cover 1 1., pp. 1-132, map and 24 plates. 8°. Improved title of No. 2. 
 
 Abreg^ du Cat^chisme dans la Langue des Sauteux. See Lacombe 
 
 (JBe«. Albert), Ko. 2158. 
 
 7 a Account. An Account of | Conferences held, | and | Treaties 
 made, | Between Major-general | Sir William Johnson, Bart. | 
 and I The chief Sachems and Warriours | of the | Mohawks, | Onci- 
 das, f&c, 12 lines, double column] | Indian Nations in North Amer- 
 ica, I At their Meetings on different Occasions at Fort Johnson | in 
 the County ofAtbany, rathe Colony of New York, | in the Years 1755 
 and 1756. \ With | aLetterfromtheEev.Mr.HawleytoSir | William 
 Johnson, written at the Desire | of the Delaware Indians. | And a 
 Preface | Giving a short Account of the Six Nations, some | Anec- 
 dotes of the Life of Sir William, and Notes | illustrating the 
 Whole. I Also an Appendix | Containing an Account of Confer- 
 ences between several | Quakers in Philadelphia, and some of the 
 Heads of | the Six Nations, in April 1756. | 
 
 London: | Printed for A. Millar, in the Strand. M.DCC.LVI 
 [1756]. I (Price Is 6d.) | c. s. ba. gb. 
 
 Title 1 1. , pp. i-xii, 3-77. 12°. A vocabulary of some -words, &c. , from Colden, 
 pp.xi-xii. g^^ 
 
842 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 15 Acosta (Jos6 Antonio). Oraciones devotas | que comprenden los 
 actos de f6, | esperanza, caridad, | afectos parann cristiauo | y una 
 Oracion para pedir una buena muerte: | en | Tdioma Yucateco, | 
 con I inclusion del Santo Dies. | A devocion del Pbro. D. Jos6 An- 
 tonio Acosta. I [Design.] 
 
 Merida de Yucatan. | Imprenta 4 cargo de Mariano Guzman. 
 1851. I DGB. GHM. 
 
 Pp. 1-16. 4°. In two columns, Spanish and Maya. Improved title of No. 15. 
 
 Acosta was a native of Yucatan and cura of Mocochii abQut 1812. He is con- 
 sidered a graceful writer in Maya. — Brinton. 
 
 Acts of the Apostles in the Cherokee language. See Worcester 
 (S. A.) and Boudinot (E.), Nos. 4230-4232." 
 
 22 Adam (Lucien). Esquisse | d'une | Grammaire Compar^e J des 
 Dialectes | Cree et Chippeway | par | Lucien Adam | [Vignette.] | 
 
 Paris I Maisonneuve et C*®, Libraires Editeurs | 15, Quai Voltaire, 
 15 I M DOGC LXXVI [1876] | A. dgb. 
 
 Half-title 1 1., title 1 1., pp. 1-61. 8°. Improved title of No. 22. 
 
 22 a De la derivation verbale sp^ciflque de I'emboitement et du 
 
 polysynth6tisme dans la langue Dakota. 
 
 In Revue de Linguistiqiie, tome 9, pp. 3-25. Paris, 1876. 8°. Also in the same 
 author's Etudes sur Sis Langues Am^rioaines, &c., (No. 20), pp. .3-25. 
 
 22 b Du polysynth^tisme, de I'incorporation, de la composition 
 
 et de I'emboitement dans la langue Nahuatl. 
 
 In Revue de Linguistique, tome 9, pp. 231-254. Paris, 11^76. 8°. Reprinted in 
 jEtudes sur Six Langues Am^ricaines, &c. , pp. 67-90 
 
 22 c Du polysynth6tisme et de la formation des mots dans les 
 
 langues Quiche et Maya. 
 
 In Revue de Linguistique, tome 10, pp. 34-74. Paris, 1877. 8*^. Quiche, pp. 
 34-60. Maya, pp. 61-74. Also in Etudes sur Six Langues Am^ricaines, &c., pp. 
 125-165. Improved titles of No. 26. 
 
 24 Examen Grammatical Compart | de | Seize Langues Am6- 
 
 ricaines | par | Lucien Adam | Conseiller a la Cour de Nancy. | 
 
 Paris I Maisonneuve et C'®, fiditeurs, | 25, Quai Voltaire, 25 | 
 1878 I A. BP. 
 
 Pp. 1-88, and six folding tables. 8°. Improved title of No. 24. 
 
 25 a Du I parler des hommes | et du | parler des femmes | dans 
 
 la langue caraibe | Par Lucien Adam | Conseiller 4 la Cour d'Appel 
 de "Nancy | 
 
 Paris I Maisonneuve et C*", Libraires-Editeurs | 25, Quai Vol- 
 taire, 25 I 1879. I BA. 
 
 2 p. 11., pp. 1-32. 8°. Another edition of No. 25. 
 
 See Haumont (J. D.), Parisot (J.), and Adam (L.), No. 1678. 
 
 28 a Adriano (Z>. Diego). [Various translations from Latin to Mexican.] 
 Title from Beristain. * 
 
ACOSTA— AGUILAR. 843 
 
 30 a Aguaiic Iscotol | Lumalic te Indioetic. | Oid los pueblos todos de 
 
 Indies sublevados. | 
 
 Colophon: Tipografia del "Porvenir," d. cargo de Manuel Maria 
 Trujillo. I [1869.] dgb. 
 
 1 sheet, folio, printed on both sides ; double columns, Spanish and Zotzil ; liead- 
 ing as above. It is signed: San Crist6bal,^veintedeOctubrede 1869. Feliciano 
 J. Lazos [_Presbitero, in manuscript]. And in Zotzil: Jovel San Cristdbal, torn 
 cocal Octubre de 1869. Manuel L. Solorsano. A manuscript note by Dr. Berendt 
 says : Proclamacion del Gob" de Chiapas ^ los Indies sublevados de Chamula y 
 otros pueblos en lengua Zotzil. 
 
 31 [Agiiero [Fr. Christoual de).] Miscelaueo | espiritval, en el idioma 
 Zapoteco, | qve administra la provincia de Oaxac, | de la orden 
 de Predicadores. | En qve se contienen los qvinze misterios | del 
 Santissimo Rosario; con sus ofrecimientos en cada vno. Las mas | 
 principales Indvlgencias, que ganan sus Oofrades. Gon diez y 
 seis I Exemplos de lo mismo. Algunas Oraciones deuotas, para 
 la I Uida, y para la Muerte. El Cathecismo de toda la | Doctrina 
 Christiana. Con vn Confessionario | para los que empieyan a 
 aprender el | dicho Idioma. | Dedicado, | A La Princesa del Cielo, 
 T siempre Virgen | Maria Madre de Dios, y Senora Nuestra | 
 Per I El P. M. Fr. Christoual de Aguero, Cathedralico, y Predica- 
 dor I General, que fue del dicho Ydioma en su ilustre Conuento 
 de I Oaxac, y Vicario actual del Pueblo de Theozapotlan | Ano de 
 [Design] 1666. Con licencia. | 
 
 En Mexico. | Por la Viuda de Bernardo Calderon, en la calle de 
 San Augustin. | * 
 
 15 p. 11. "Exemplos," 71 11., numbered 68; "Catecismo," 232 pp., numbered 
 233; "Confessionario,'' 127 pp. P. 128 repeats the imprint. Improved title of 
 No. 31, furnished by Sr. Icazbalceta. 
 
 35 a Aguilar (P. Fr. Francisco). Platica | Para que los Yndios no j 
 digan al Miuistro. | j, Quando te bas? | Afio" de 1822 | En Pog- 
 onohi. I KGB. 
 
 Original manuscript obtained by Dr. Berendt from the parochial archives of 
 Cahabou in Vera Paz, and now in the library of Dr. D. G. Brinton, Media, Pa. 
 Title, verso blank, 1 1. ; monogram of P. Aguilar, top of second leaf. On the 
 verso begins the sermon in Spanish, and opposite it, on recto of third leaf, the 
 same in Poconchi, these ending on recto of the sixteenth leaf, the verso of which 
 is blank. The manuscript is 16" in size, and is in a large, c ear handwriting. In 
 the same library is a copy of the above, made by Dr. Berendt, titled as follows: 
 
 35 J Platica | en lengua Poconchi | por | Fr. Francisco Agui- 
 lar, I cura de Tactic, j Tamahun | 17 de diciembre de 1822. | dgb. 
 Manuscript. Title 1 1.; verso, monogram of P. Aguilar; pp. 2-24, numbered 
 the reverse of usual, — even nutj.bers on recto, odd numbers on verso. 12°. The 
 advertencia, recto of second leaf, is signed by Dr. Berendt, and in it he states 
 that it is a copy of a manuscript of 16 11. in the Archivo parroquial del pueblo 
 de Cahabon in Vera Paz, Octubre 1875. On the verso of this leaf, which is paged 
 3 begins the sermon in Poconchi, and opposite, recto of the third leaf, the same 
 in Spanish— the reverse of the plan pursued in the original. 
 
844 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Aguilar (P. Fr. Francisco) — continued. 
 
 35 c Sermon | de Ntra Sfa del | Stmo Eosario | alio de 1818 | 
 
 Poconchi | dgb. 
 
 Original manuscript, 40 unnumbered leaves and 1 blank 1., 16°, in possession 
 of Dr. D. G. Brinton. Title, verso blank, 1 1. ; recto of 1. 2 blank, tbe sermon, in 
 Spanish, beginning on the verso, with the Poconchi version on the recto of the 
 leaf following. This plan is pursued through the 39 11. ; the verso of the 39th 
 blank. The manuscript forms part of the Berendt collection, and, like No. 35 o, 
 was obtained at Cahabon. 
 
 35 d Sermones y PlMicas en lengua Castellana y Pocomchi, 
 
 1818-1820. * 
 
 Original manuscript, in two volumes, folio. Vol. I: 2 p. 11., 11. 1-30, 1-/8. 
 Vol. II : 11. 1-97. The writing is in a large and reasonably plain hand, the Po- 
 comchi and Spanish being in parallel columns on the same page. The author 
 was a dominican, cura of Tactic in Vera Paz, and thoroughly conversant with 
 the language. In possession of Dr. D. G. Brinton, from whose manuscript cata- 
 logue of the Berendt collection the title and description are taken. 
 
 37 Aguirre (Manuel). Doctrina | Christiana, | y | Platicas | doctri- 
 nales, | traducidas en lengua Opata | per el P. Eector Manuel 
 Aguirre, | de la Compania de Jesus. | Quien las dedica | al lUmo. 
 Senor Doctor | D. Pedro Tamaron | del Consejo de S. M., | dignis- 
 sinio obispo de Durango. | Con las licencias necessarias. | 
 
 Impressas en la Imprenta del Real, y mas antiguo Colegio de | 
 San Ildefonso de Mexico, ano de 1765. | * 
 
 3 p. 11., pp. 1-162, index 1 1. 4°. Improved title of No. 37, furnished by Sr. 
 Icazbalceta from copy owned by him. 
 
 39 a Aiamie. Aiamie Nikamo8inan. | WE. 
 
 No title-page. Pp. 1-36. 18°. Hymns in the Abbitibi dialect of the Cree 
 language. The titles of the hymns are in French. 
 
 Aiamie TipadjimoSta. [In Algonkin.] See [Cuoq {R6v. Jean 
 
 Andre)], No. 947. 
 
 40 Aiamieu. L. J.' C. et M. I. | Aiamieu | Kukuetshimitun | Misinair 
 gan. I [Vignette.] | 
 
 Kaiakonigants nte opisti koiats. | Nte etat Augustin Cote et C'"- | 
 1848. I V. BA. WE. 
 
 Pp. 1-53, 1 1. 12- . Improved title of No. 40. Catechism composed by the Re\'. 
 Flavien Durocher for the Montagnais Indians residing near the river Saguenay. 
 
 40 a L. J. C. et M. I. | Aiamieu | Kukuetshimitun | Misinaigan | 
 
 [Vignette.] 
 
 Kaiakonigants ute opisti koiats. | Nte etat Aug. Cote et Cie. | 
 1856. I V. 
 
 Pp. 1-72. A later edition of No. 40. Catechism, pp. 1-46 ; prayers, &c. , 47-72. 
 
 40 ft L.J.O.etM.I. I Aiamieu | Kushkushkutu j Mishinaigan. | 
 
 [Oblate seal.J 
 
 Kaiakonigants nte opisti koiats. | Nte etat Aug. Cote et Cie. I 
 
 1856. [ y. 
 
 Pp. 1-104. 12°. Chants for mass, with words in the Montagnais language. 
 
AGUILAE ALLEN. 845 
 
 50 a Albuquerque (Bernardo). Doctrina cristiana en lengua Zapoteca. 
 
 Title from Beristain. * 
 
 52 a Alcizar {Fr. Juan de). Doctrina cristiana en lengua Zapoteca, 
 con equivalencia latina. * 
 
 Title from Sobrou's Idiomas de la Amferica Latina, p. 25. 
 
 55 a [Alden {Bev. Timothy).] Aboriginal Etymology. 
 
 In Craig (N. B. ), editor. The Olden Time, vol. 1, pp. 325-329. Pittsburgh, 1846. 
 2 vols. 8°. 
 
 Contains the etymology of a number of Indian words, from the Allegheny 
 Magazine, published by Eev. Timothy Alden. 
 
 Keprinted in Craig (N. B.), editor. The Olden Time. Cincinnati, 1876. 2 
 "vols. 8°. * 
 
 56 a Alemany {B. Lorenzo de). Elementos de Gramatica Castellana. 
 
 Nueva Edicion por el Lie D. J. E. de la Rocha. 
 
 Leon de Nicaragua. Imprenta de la Paz. 1858. * 
 
 Title from Dr. Briuton's manuscript catalogue of the Berendt collection now 
 
 in his possession, where he says: Interesting for its references, on p. 198, to 
 
 the Mangues, who, the editor remarks, are distinguished "por su idioma sonora." 
 
 01 Algora [Fr. Juan). Arte y Diccionario de la Lengua Tarasca. 
 
 See No. 61. This author is not mentioned either in Antonio or in Beristain. It 
 is probable that Ayora {Fr. Juan), No. 196, was meant by Ludewig. 
 
 62 a Allen {Miss A. J.) Thrilling Adventures, | Travels and Explora- 
 tions I of I Doctor Elijah White, | among the | Eocky Mountains | 
 and in the | Far West, .j With | incidents of two sea voyages via 
 Sand- I wich Islands around Cape Horn; | containing also a brief 
 history of the Missions and settlement of the Country | — Origin of 
 the Provisional Governments of the Western | Territories — Num- 
 ber and Customs of the Indians — | Incidents witnessed while trav- 
 ersing and Ee- | siding in the Territories — Description of | the Soil, 
 Production and Climate. | Compiled by Miss A. J. Allen. | 
 
 New York: | J. W. Yale. | 1859. | b. 
 
 Pp. iii-xvi, 17-430. 12°. Oregon sentences, pp. 39.5-396. Later edition of 
 No. 62. 
 
 62 h Allen (William). An | American | Biographical and Historical | 
 Dictionary, | containing an account of the | Lives, Characters, and 
 Writings | of the | most eminent persons in North America from 
 its first settlement, | and a summary of the | History of the several 
 Colonies | and of the | United States. | By William Allen, D. D., | 
 President of Bowdoin College; | Fellow of the Amer. Acad, of Arts 
 and Sciences; and Member of the Amer. Antiq. | Soc, and of the 
 Hist. Soc. of Maine, N. Hampshire, and N. York. | [Quotation, one 
 line.] I Second edition. | 
 
 Boston: | Published by William Hyde & Co. | M DCCC XXXII 
 [1832]. I A. 0. s. 
 
 Pp. i-viii. 1-800. 8°. A few words from Wood's vocabulary of the Massachu- 
 setts Indian language, pp. 790-791. The first edition, Cambridge, 1809 (c), con- 
 tains no linguistics. 
 
846 NORTH AMEEICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Allen (William)— continued. 
 
 62 c The | American | Biographical Dictionary: | containing an 
 
 account of the | Lives, Characters, and Writings | of the | Most 
 Eminent Persons Deceased in North America, | from its first settle- 
 ment. I By I William Allen, D. D., | late President of Bowdoin 
 College, [etc., four lines.] | [Quotation, one line.] | Third edition. | 
 
 Boston: | Published by John P. Jewett and Company. | Cleve- 
 land, Ohio: I Henry P. B. Jewett. | M. DCCO. LVII [1857]. | 
 
 Pp. i-ix, 1-905. 8°. A few words from Wood's vocabulary of the Massachu- 
 setts Indian language, p. 879. A. T. ba. we. 
 
 03 a Allgemeine Historic | der Reisen zu Wasser und Lande; | 
 Oder I Sammlung | aller | Eeisebeschreibungen, | welche bis itzo | 
 in verschiedeneu Sprachen von alien Volkern herausgegeben wor- 
 den, I und einen voUstiindigen Begriff von der neuern Erdbeschrei- 
 bung I und Geschichte machen ; | Worinnen der wirkliche Zustand 
 aller Nationen vorgestellet, und das | Merkwllrdigste, Niitzlichste 
 und Wahrhaftigste in | Europa, Asia, Africa und America, | in 
 Ansehung ihrer verschiedeneu Eeiche und Lander; deren Lage, 
 Grosze, Grenzen, | Eintheilungen, Himmelsgegenden, Erdreichs, 
 Friichte, Thiere, Fliisse, Seen, Gebiirge, | groszen und kleinen 
 Stadte, Hiifen, GebJiude, | u. s. w. | wie auch der Sitten und Ge- 
 brauche, der Einwohner, ihrer Eeligion, Eegierungsart, | Kunste 
 und Wissenschaften, Haudlung und Manufacturen, | enthaltenist; 
 
 I Mit nothigen Landkarten | nach den neaesten und richtigsti'n 
 astronomischen Wahrnehmungen und mancherley | Abbildungen 
 der Stadte, Ktisten, Aussichten, Thiere, Gewachse, Kleidungen, | 
 und anderer dergleichen Merkwiirdigkeiten, versehen; | Durch eiue 
 Gesellschaft gelehrter Manner im Englischen zusammen getrageu, 
 
 I und aus demselben ins Deutsche iibersetzet. | Erster [-Sieb- 
 zehuter] Band. ( Mit Konigl. Polu. und Churf. Sachs, allerguadig- 
 ster Freyheit. | 
 Leipzig, bey Arkstee und Merkus. 1747 [-1759]. | a. c. bp. 
 
 17 vols. 4'=. In most of the volumes the second line of the title reads: "der 
 Reisen zu Wasser und zu Lande;" The work is based ou Astley's Collection of 
 Voyages, and Prevost's Histoire Gi5n6rale des Voyages. 
 
 Vocabulary and numerals 1-1000 of the Mexican language (from Laet), vol. 
 13, pp. 614-616. — Numerals 1-100 and vocabulary of the New York Indians (from 
 Laet), vol. 16, p. 605. — Vocabulary of the language of Hudson's Bay, vol. 16, pp. 
 658, 659. — Von der Sprache, der Regierung und Religion der Wilden, vol. 17, pp. 
 19-35, contains, on p. 22, the hymn "0 Salutaris hostia" in Abenakisch, Algon- 
 quinisch, Huronisch, and Illinesisch (from Easles). 
 
 63 b AUis (Samuel). Pawnee Vocabulary. * 
 
 Manuscript. 34 pp. folio. In the library of Mr. J. G. Shea, Ellizabeth, N. ,J. 
 
 64 Almeida (P. Teodoro de). Piadoso * * * al Idioma Mexicano. 
 
 Improperly given under this author, but properly under Gambino, No. 1397. 
 
ALLEN ALVA. 847 
 
 69 a Alsop (George). A | Character of the Province | of | Maryland. | 
 
 [■^eal.] I By George Alsop. | 1666. | 
 
 Baltimore, 1880. | 
 
 Outside title as above 1 1., half title 1 1., followed by inside title, as follows, 1 1.: 
 
 Eeissued as | Fund-Publication, No. 15. | A | Character of the 
 Province | of | Maryland. | [Seal.J | By George Alsop. | 1666. | 
 
 Baltimore, 1880. | 0. bp. 
 
 Followed by 4 11., pp. 9-125, as described in No. 69. 
 
 70 Alva (Bartholom^ de). ConfeSsionario ( Mayor, y Menor | en len- 
 gva Mexicana. | T platicas, contra las Supresticiones [sio] de idola- 
 tria, I que el dia de oy an quedado a los iSTaturales | desta Nueua 
 Espana, e instrucion de los | Santos Sacramentos, &c. | Al Illvstris- 
 simo Senor D. | Erancisco [sic] Manso y Zuniga, Argobispo de Mexi- 
 co, I del Consejo de su Magestad, y del Real de las | Indias, &c. Mi 
 Senor. | Nvevamente compvesto por | el Bachiller don Bartholome 
 de Alua, BeLefi | ciado del Partido de Chiapa de Mota. | Ano de 
 1634. I 
 
 H Con licencia. | Impresso en Mexico, por Francisco Salbago, | 
 impressor del Secreto del Sancto OfQcio. | Por Pedro de Quinones. j 
 
 Colophon : En Mexico | En la Imprenta de Francisco | Salbago 
 librero, Impressor | del Secreto del Sancto | OfBcio. | En la Calle 
 de San Francisco. | Ano M. DC. XXXIIII [1634]. | dgb. 
 
 4 p. 11., 11. 1-52, the last one unnumbered. 4°. The Confessional, in Spanish and 
 Mexican, in two columns; and the Credo, Pater Noster, Ave Maria, and Salve, in 
 Mexican only. Improved title of No. 70. In the only copy of this work seen by 
 me, 11. 48-52 are missing. The colophon and collation are taken from the copy 
 of Icazbalceta's Apuntes, corrected by himself, in my possession. 
 
 72 Comedia del gran teatro | del mundo traducida en | La 
 
 lengua Mexicana Diri- | gida al P". Jacome Baci- | lio, Por el B'^. D 
 Bart*. Dalba | b. 
 
 Manuscript. 15 11. sm. 4°. Handwriting of the middle of the 17th century. 
 Improved title of No. 72 (I). 
 
 The comedy itself is entirely in Mexican, its title being: | Nican motemahui- 
 coltia yn yxquuich mocsiutiuh tlal | -ticpac, auh yn mochichihuazque yntlama- 
 huicoltizque | 
 
 72 Comedia famosa de Lope | de Vega carpio del ani | mal 
 
 Propheta y dichoso pa | tricida traducida en lengua | mex°*. propio 
 y natural ydio | ma Por el B'. f. Bart*. | de Alba el ano de 1640 | b. 
 
 Manuscript. 39 11. sm. 4°. Improved title of No. 72 (II). 
 
 A comedy of the celebrated Lope de Vega Carpio, translated into Mexican. 
 A colophon states that the translator's work was completed 16th April, 1641. 
 
 72 Comedia de Lope de. Vega Carpio | intitulada la madre de 
 
 la mejor. | Traducida en lengua Mex.°* y dirigida | al P«. oracio Ca- 
 rochi de la comp*. de | J H S. | B. 
 
 Manuscript. 15 11. sm. 4°. Improved title of No. 72 (III). 
 
 The cast, containing characters of widely separated epochs — ^from Adam and 
 Eve to Saints Joachim and Ann, as well as the devil, angels, shepherds, and the 
 like — a mingling common to the religious dramas of Lope and his school — and 
 the stage directions, are in Spanish; the play itself in Mexican. Handwriting 
 
848 NOETH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Alva (Bartholom6 de) — continued. 
 
 of the middle of the 17th century. The initial of Vega's name is fancifully adorned 
 with a bird and a flower; at the end of the title are two cherubim's heads. The 
 manuscript is probably by a pupil of Carochi. 
 
 These three manuscripts are in the Bancroft library, San Francisco, having 
 been purchased at the sale of the Eamirez collection in London ; they are entered 
 under No. 515 of the catalogue of that sale. 
 
 72 a Sermones en lengua mejicana. * 
 
 "Son tambien estimables los Sermones en ese lenguaje, mas parece que es- 
 cribid otros libros." — Sobron's Idiomas, p. 31. 
 
 73 Alvarado (P. F. Francisco). Vocabnlario | en Lengva Misteca, 
 hecho I per los Padres de la Orden de | Predicadores, que residen 
 en ella, y vltima | mente recopilado, y acabado por el | Padre Pray 
 Francisco de Alua- | rado, Yicario de Tan)a9u- ( lapa, de la misma | 
 Orden. | 
 
 \ En Mexico. | Con licencia, En casa de Pedro Balli. | 1593. | 
 
 Colophon: flAcabose este presente Vocabulario, En Tamagu- 
 
 lapa, I a 6 de Septiebre de 1592 anos. El qual con | su auctor, se 
 
 somete y subiecta a la cor- | rection de la Sancta madre | Yglesia 
 
 , Eomana. | En Mexico. | En casa de Pedro Balli. Afio de | 1593. | * 
 
 6 p. 11., 11. 1-204. 4°. Improved title of No. 73, furnished by Sr. Icazbalceta. 
 
 73 a Alvarado {Dr. Lucas). Vocabulario | de la lengua de los Indios | 
 del Pueblo de | Cache, | (Costa Eica). | Colectado por | Dr. Lucas 
 Alvarado, | Cartago. 1866. | dgb. 
 
 Manuscript. Title 1 1.; 1 blank 1.; vocabulary, Spanish and Indian, pp. 5-8. 
 folio. A dialect of the Talamanca. 
 
 73 b Vocabularios de las Lenguas Vizeita y Cach^. Oolectadas 
 
 por Dr. Lucas Alvarado, 1873. | dgb. 
 
 Original manuscript of about 300 words, collected for Dr. Berendt. 
 
 V 75 Amaro (Juan Romualdo). Doctrlna extractada | de los Oatecismos 
 Mexicanos | de los Padres | Paredes, Carochi y Castaiio, | autores 
 muy selectos: | traducida al Castellano | para mejor instruccion de 
 los Indios, en las Oraciones | y Misterios principales de la Doclrina 
 cristiana, | por el Presbitero capellau | Don Juan Eomualdo 
 Amaro, | Catedr^tico que fue en dicho ididma en el Colegio j Se- 
 minario de Tepotzotlan, antes Vicario operario | velnte y nueve 
 anos en varias Parroquias de esta | Sagrada Mitra, y Opositor a 
 Curatos. | Va anadido en este Catecismo, | el Pre^mbulo de la Con- 
 fesion para la mejor disposicion | de los Indios en el Santo Sacra- 
 mento de la Penitencia, | y para las personas curiosas que fueren 
 aflcionadas al | idioma, con un Modo Practice de contar, segun 
 fuere | el numero de la materia, para el mismo fin. | 
 
 Mexico: 1840. | Imprenta de Luis Abadiano y Valdes, | calle de 
 las Escalerillas num. 13. | B. 
 
 4 p. 11., pp. 1-79. 8°. Improved title of No. 75. 
 
 American Cyclopaedia. See Kipley (G.) and Dana (C. A.), editors, 
 No. 3313. 
 
ALVA AMPERE. 849 
 
 85 a American Ethnological Society. Bulletin | of the | American | 
 
 Ethnological Society. | Volume I. | 
 ISTew York: | Published for the Society. | 1860-'61. | c. BA.WE. 
 Printed cover, title 1 1., pp. 3-72. 8°. folding plate. Continued as: 
 
 Caption: Bulletin of the Proceedings of the American Ethnolog- 
 ical Society. In the City of New York, for the years 1861 & 1862. 
 
 No title-page. 16 pp. 8°. T. WE. 
 
 Lennan (Cyrus). Extracts from a vocabulary of the Pima language, p. 6. 
 
 86 American Historical Record. The American | Historical Eecord, | 
 and repertory of | Notes and Queries. | Concerning the history and 
 antiquities of America | and biography of Americans. | Edited by 
 Benson J. Lossing, LL. D. | [Picture of Franklin.] | Vol. I [-III]. | 
 
 Philadelphia: [ Chase & Town, Publishers, | 142 South Fourth 
 Street. | 1872 [-1874]. | C. W. BP. 
 
 3 vols. 4°. Merged into Potter's Monthly. Improved title of No. 86. 
 V Berendt (C. H.) The Darien language, vol. 3, pp. 54-59. 
 
 Brant (Joseph). Letter to General Schuyler, vol. 2, pp. 354-356. 
 
 Eliot's Bible for the Indians, vol. 3, pp. 410-411. 
 
 Old Records from New Jersey, vol. 1, pp. 308-311. 
 
 94ffl American Quarterly Register. The | American | Quarterly Eegis- 
 ter I and | Magazine. | [One line quotation.] | Conducted by James 
 Stryker. | May, 1848. . ! . Vol. I. No. I [-Vol. VI]. | 
 
 Philadelphia : | E. C. and J. Biddle, | No. 6 South Fifth Street. | 
 [1848-1851.] C. W. 
 
 6 vols. 8°. 
 
 Morgan (Lewis H. ) The Fabrics of the Iroquois, vol. 4, pp. 313-343. 
 
 94 h American Review. The | American Eeview : | a Whig Journal | 
 of I polities, literature, art and science. | " To stand by the consti- 
 tution." I Vol I [-VI]. I [One line quotation.] 
 
 New- York: | Wiley and Putnam. | 1845 [-1847]. | c. w. BA. 
 
 6 vols. 8°. All I have seen. 
 
 [Morgan (Lewis H. )] Letters on the Iroquois, by Skenandoah, vol. 5, pp. 177- 
 190, 242-257, 447-461 f vol. 6, pp. 477-490, 626-633. 
 
 97 a Ampere (Jean Jacques Antoine). Promenade | en | Am^rique [ 
 fitats-Unis — Cuba — Mexique | par | J. J. Ampere | de I'Acad^mie 
 Frangaise | Tome Premier [-Second] | 
 
 Paris I Michel Levy Frferes, Libraires-Editeurs | Eue Vivienne, 
 2 bis I 1855 | L'Auteur et les fiditeurs se r^servent le droit de repro- 
 duction et de traduction | k I'^tranger. | B. c. bp. 
 
 2 vols. 8°. Langues mexioaines, vol. 2, pp. 298-302, contains brief remarks 
 and a short vocabulary showing analogies between Chinese and Othomi. 
 
 97 6 Promenade | en | Am6rique | EtatsUnis— Cuba— Mexique | 
 
 par I J. J. Ampere | tie 1' Academic Frangaise | Nouvelle Edition en- 
 tiferemeut r^vue | Tome Premier [-Second]. | [Monogram.] 
 
 54 Bib 
 
850 NOETH AMEEICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Ampere (Jean Jacques Autoine)— continued. 
 
 Paris I Michel L6vy Frferes, Libraires-fiditeurs | Eue Vivienue, 
 2 bis I 1860 I Tous droits r^serv6s \ B.BA. 
 
 2 vols. 8°. Linguistics as in 1855 edition, vol. 2, pp. 298-302. 
 
 Analysis of the Bible. See [Cook (Rev.. Joseph Winfield)], No. 868. 
 Anamihe-Masinahigan. See [Belcourt (Rev. G. A.)], No. 334. 
 
 105 a Anderson (Alexander Caulfleld). Price one dollar and fifty cents. | 
 Hand-book | and | Map | to | the Gold Eegion | of | Trazer's and 
 Thompson's Eivers, | with | Table of Distances. | By Alexander 0, 
 Anderson, | Late Chief Trader Hudson Bay Go's Service. | To 
 which is appended | Chinook Jargon — Language used | Etc., Etc. | 
 
 Published by J. J. Lecount, | San Francisco. | Entered [&c., two 
 lines]. [1858.] B. 
 
 Printed cover 1 1., pp. 1-31. 32°. map. 
 
 Vocabulary of the Chinook Jargon, pp. 25-31. To this Mr. Anderson has ap- 
 pended a manuscript note in the copy seen, as follows. " This vocabulary, pro- 
 cured by the publisher from some one in S. F.,is a, miserable affair, and was 
 appended without my knowledge. — A. C. A. " 
 
 106 a Notes | on | North- Western America. | By | Alexander 
 
 Caulfleld Anderson, J. P. | (Formerly of the Hudson's Bay Com- 
 pany.) I 
 
 Montreal: | Mitchell & Wilson, Printers, 192 St. Peter Street. | 
 1876. I JWP. 
 
 Printed cover 1 1., pp. 1-22. 8°. "Indians," pp. 20-22, includes a number of 
 tribal names with English signification. 
 
 116 a Andrade ( Jos6 Leocadio). Quilich | Xocbil-u Payalchi | ti c-cole- 
 bil I x-zuhay Maria, | yetel u chucaan payalchiob | ualkezahanta- 
 cob ti Maya-dtan | tumen | Don Hoz6 Leocadio Andrade, | h-mek- 
 tan-pixnal Kantunil, | etel huntul yetkinil. | 
 
 Ho ti Yucatanlae. | Tu dzal-hocmal Spinosa yet lak. | 1 pic — 2 
 bak — 4 kaal. | * 
 
 Translation : — The most holy rosary of our Lady the Virgin Mary, and other 
 prayers translated into the idiom Yucateco by Don Jo86 Leocadio Andrade, parish 
 priest of Kantunil, and by one of his colleagues. M^rida de Yucatan. Typo- 
 graphy of Espinosa & Co. 1880. 
 
 53 pp. 8°. Entirely in the Maya language. Title communicated by Sr. Icaz- 
 balceta, from copy in his possession. 
 
 116 b Andr6 (Bev. Louis d'). Dictionnaire Algonquin. | F. 
 
 Manuscript. No title ; heading only ; 409 unnumbered 11. written on both 
 sides; sm. 4°. The 3 p. 11. contain instructions or rules, followed by 1 blank 1.; 
 then begins: "A. II m'a donn6 nn livre k lire" — followed by the Algonkin 
 equivalent. The French words are written in the middle of the page as head- 
 ings, the Algonkin underneath and running entirely across the page. The last 
 word is zele. 
 
 116 c [Homilies in the Algonkin language.] F. 
 
 Manuscript, 49 unnumbered 11. 12°. The first 8 11. are in parallel columns, 
 French and Algonkin ; the remaining 11. are alternately French on the left-hand, 
 Algonkin on the right-hand pages. Verso of 11. 47 and 48, blank. L. 49 has a few 
 lines on recto only ; verso blank. This is a copy, and incomplete. 
 
AMP:eRK— ANNALl'S. 851 
 
 Andr^ {Eev. Louis d') — coutinucd. 
 
 116 d CoUectio | Sequens est conscri])ta | k P. Ludovico Andr^, 
 
 qui I fait silvicolarum Montanorum | Missionariusadann. M.D.O. 
 XC III. I Alia manuscripta ejusd. soil. Gate- | chismus, rudimen- 
 tum,etexhor- | tationes, servanturinarchiv. | Tadussakensi[Tadou- 
 sak], sub. No. 1. | f. 
 
 Manusciii)t, 25 11. 1C°. In the Montagnais language. 
 
 Louis Andr6 came to Canada in 1669, and died at Quebec in 1715. He was mis- 
 sionary at Sault Ste. Marie in 1670, on Lake Huron and Nipissing in 1671, at 
 Green Bay from 1672 till after 1680, then was sent to the Chicoutimi and Tadous- 
 sac missions, where he remained till 1713. 
 
 116 e [Mauuscripts by E. P. Louis Andre, missionary to the Mon- 
 tagnais at the end of the 17th century.] * 
 
 In the archives of the Catholic Church at Lac des Deux Montagues (Oka), 
 Canada. The following list was furnished by Erminnie A. Smith, an employ^ 
 of the Bureau of Ethnology. 
 
 Precepts, phrases, and words in the Algonkin language. 
 
 French Ottawa Dictionary. Revised and augmented by M. Dep^ret. 12°. 
 
 Ottawa translation of a work entitled Catechisme des principes. 1683. 
 
 Anichinabek amisinahikaniwa. See Dejean (Aug.), No. 1008. 
 
 121 a Anleo (Fr. Bartolome). Arte | de | Lengua Kiche | Compuesto 
 por N. M. E. P.^ I Fr. Bartolome Anleo, | Religioso Menor de N. S. 
 P. San Francisco. | Gopia tomada de una co[)ia en poder de | Dn. 
 E. G. Sqnier en Nueva York, sacada de una copia en la Biblioteca 
 Imperial | en Paris, la cual habia sido tomada del | original por 
 Fr. Ant". Eamirez de Utrilla | el Ano de 1744. | dgb. 
 
 Manuscript. Copy of the work title of which is given in No. 121-of this cat- 
 alogue. Title, reverse blank, 1 1. ; pp. 3-133. 16°. A part of the Berendt col- 
 lection in possession of Dr. D. G. Brinton, Media, Pa. The original is lost, but 
 a, copy made in 1744 by Fr. Antonio Eamirez de Utrilla is preserved in the 
 National Library, Paris. 
 
 1216 Annales | de | Philosophie Ghr6tienne, | Eecueil P^riodique j Des- 
 tine a faire connaitre tout ce que les sciences humaines | et en 
 particulier I'histoire, les antiquit^s, Pastronomie, la | geologic, 
 I'histoire naturelle, la botanique, la physique, la | chimie, I'anato- 
 mie, la physiologic, la m^decine et la juris- | prudence renferment 
 de preuves et de d^couvertes en faveur | du Ghristianisme ; | 
 Par une Soci6te | d'eccl6siastiques, de litterateurs, de naturalistes, 
 de m^decins | et de jurisconsultes. | Premiere Ann^e. | Seconde 
 Edition.— 1833. | Tome I [-Sixifeme s6rie. Tome XVII. (96« volume 
 de la collection.)]. | 
 
 Paris, I Au Bureau des Annales de Philosophie Ohretienne, | Eue 
 St.-Guillaume, n" 23, Faub. St.-Germain. | 1830 f-1879]. | A. w. 
 
 96 vols. 8°. First series, 1830-1836, 12 vols. ; second series, 1836-1839, 7 vols. ; 
 third series, 1840-1849, 20 vols. ; fourth series, 1850-1859, 20 vols. ; fifth series, 
 1860-1869, 20 vols. ; sixth series, 1870-1879, 17 vols. 
 
 Bertraud {M. VAhbi). Synglosse du nom de Dieu, vol. 2.3, pp. 182-194. 
 
 Bonnetty (A.) Du caleudrier Mexicain, vol. 7, pp. 387-396. 
 
852 NOKTII AMERICAN LINGUISTiCS. 
 
 Annales, etc. — continued. 
 
 BrasseuT de Bourbourg (J66^C.fi.) Nouvelles d^couvertes sur les Tradi- 
 tious Primitives couserv^es chez les anciens li.abitants de I'Ara^rique, vol.50, 
 pp. 278-296, 3-25-341 ; vol. 51, pp. l'J9-2-20, 477-491 ; vol. 52, pp. 62-79, 112-117. 
 
 Charencey (H. de). De la parents de la langne Japonaise avec les idiomes 
 Tartares & Am^ricaius, vol. 57, pp. 7-24. 
 
 Eeclierolies sur la famille de'langues Am^ricaines Pirinda-Othomi, vol. 
 
 75, pp. 49-58. 
 
 [Cuoq (iSeti. .7. A.)] Quels 6taient les sauvages que recontra Jacq. Cartier, 
 vol. 79, pp. 198-204. 
 
 Humboldt (F. H. A.) Calendrier Mexicain expliqu6, vol. 7, pp. 397-403. 
 
 121c Annales | de la | Propagation dela Foi. | Eecueil P^riodique | des 
 lettres des £v6ques et des Missionaires | des Missions des deux 
 Mondes, et de tons les documents | relatifs aux missions et a 
 I'ceuvre | de la propagation de la Foi. | Collection faisant suite aux 
 Lettres edifiantes. | Tome Premier [-Cinquantedeuxifeme] | 
 
 A Lyon, I chez I'editeur des Annales, | Eue du P6rat, N" 6. | 1853 
 [1822-1880J. I A. c. w. BP. 
 
 52 vols. 8°. Each volume contains about six numbers. The publication began 
 in 1822, aud some of the numbers ran through several editions. The title also 
 varies in some of the earlier volumes, viz : "Association de la Propagation de la 
 Foi, Nouvelles d" 1' Association," " Noiivelles regues des Missions," etc. 
 
 This work has also been published in English (Paris, 1838) and in Spanish, 
 neither of which editions have I seen. 
 
 Badin (M. Theod.) ain^. Lettre, vol. 6, pp. 165-177. 
 
 Badin ( M. F. V. ) le jeiine. Lettre, vol. 4, pp. 534-546. 
 
 D^jean (M. Aug.) Lettre, vol. 4, pp. 491-496. 
 
 Demilier (Edmond). Lettre, vol. 8, pp. 191-200. 
 
 Fremiot (N. M. ) Lettre, vol. 26, pp. 241-269. 
 
 Laverlochere (R. P.) Extrait d'une lettre, vol. 17,'pp. 257-264. 
 
 Mi-ssions de la Bale d' Hudson, vol. 23, pp. 202-220. 
 
 Lettre, vol. 24, pp. 69-79. 
 
 Missions de la Louisiaue, vol. 1, no. 1, pp. 22-46. 
 
 Nouvelle Bretagne. Vicariat apostolique d'Athabaska et Mackenzie, vol. 43, 
 pp. 457-478. 
 
 Poirier (Mgr. Ch. ) Lettre, vol. 37, pp. 453-462. 
 
 Smet (P. J. de). Lettre, vol. 11, pp. 479-498. 
 
 Taohe {Mgr. ) Extrait d'une lettre, vol. 24, pp. 329-354. 
 
 Anner' lab innungorsimasub. See [Rudolph (— )], No. 3410. 
 
 122 Annunciacion (Fr. Juan de la). Doctrina Ohristia | na mvy cvm- 
 plida, donde se con- | tiene la exposicion de todo lo necessario para 
 Do- I ctriDar a los Yndio.=, y administralles los San- | ctbs Sacramen- 
 tos. Compuesta en lengua | Castellana y Mexicana por el muy 
 Ee I uerendo padre Fray luande la Anun | ciacion ] Eeligioso dela 
 orden | del glorioso Doctor de la Y | glesia sant Augustin. | Diri- 
 gida al muy Excellento Principe don Martin Bnrriquez Visor- | rey 
 gouernador y capitan general en esta nueua Espana, y presiden | te 
 del Audiencia real que en ella reside. | [Engraving.] | 
 En Mexico en casa de Pedro Balli. | 1575. | 
 
ANNALES— ANTHROPOLOGICAL SOCIETY. 853 
 
 Annunciacion {Fr. luan de la) — coDtinued. 
 
 Colophon : A gloria y honra de Dios nvestro | senor y de la siem- 
 pre virgen Sancta Maria su madre y seHora | iiuestra, fenesce la 
 Doctrina Christiana inuy digna de ser sabida que compuso en len- 
 gua Mexicana y Oastel | lana el muy Reuerendo Padre Fray luan | 
 de la Anunciaciou subprior de sant | Augustin desta ciudad. | En 
 Mexico en casa de Pedro Balli. | 1575. | b. l. 
 
 6 p. 11., pp. 1-275; in two columns, the Mexican in Eoman, the Spanish in 
 italics. Concludes with 7 11., tables and errata. 4". Improved title of No. 122. 
 The copy in the Bancroft library is minus the title-page. 
 
 124 ^ Oathecismo | en lengua Mexicana y | Espanola, breve y muy 
 
 compen | dioso, para saber la Do | ctrina Christiana y ensenarla. | 
 Compuesto por el Muy Reverendo | Padre Fray luan de la Annun- 
 ciacion Supprior del | Monasterio de Sant Augustin | de Mexico. | 
 [Engraving of St. Augustin.] Con licencia. | 
 
 En Mexico, Por Antonio Ricardo. M. D. LXXVII [1577]. | 
 Colophon : A gloria y honra de Dios | nuestro senor, y de la glo- 
 riosa virgen sancta Maria | senora nuestra, en el vltimo dia del mes 
 de Se I ptiembre se acabo la impression de aquesta | obra, de Ser- 
 monario y Cathecismo. Co | puesta por el muy reuerendo padre | 
 Fray luan de la Annuciacion, Sub | prior del monasterio de Sant j 
 Augustin de aquesta ciudad de Mexico. | En Mexico. | Por Antonio 
 Ricardo Impressor de libros. | Aflo de. M. D. LXXYIl [1577]. | * 
 10 p. 11. From 1. 231 to 1. 267 is the Catechism in two columns — one in Mexi- 
 can, the other in Spanish, the former in shorter lines and much smaller letters. 
 Appended to Sermonario en lengua Mexicana, No. 123. Improved title of No. 
 124, furnished by Sr. Icazbalceta, from copy owned by him. 
 
 125 tl Sermones para pu- j blicar, y despedir la Bulla de la 
 
 sancta cruza | da: compuestos y traduzidos en legua Me | xicana y 
 castellana (por madado del illustris | simo senor don Pedro Moya 
 de Contre,- | ras, Argobispo de Mexico) por el muy reue | rendo 
 Padre, Fray Juan de la An- | nuciacio, religiose de sat Augustin. 
 [Engraving of St. Augustin.] 
 
 En Mexico. | Por Antonio de Spinosa. 1575. | * 
 
 12 11. 4°. Black letter. In two columns, Mexican and Spanish. Improved 
 
 title of No. 125, furnished by Sr. Icazbalceta. The title A^ se c6 | tieue, &c., 
 
 given in the main part of this catalogue, is at the head of the text on the second 
 
 leaf, and was taken from the imperfect copy sold at the Fischer sale. 
 
 128 Anthropological Society of Loudon. Memoirs. 
 
 There should be added to this title the following contents: 
 
 Bollaert (William). Introduction to the Palseography of America, vol.1, 
 
 pp. 169-194. 
 
 Some account of the astronomy of the Red Man of the New World, vol. 
 
 1, pp. 210-280. 
 
 129 a Anthropological Society of "Washington. Transactions j of the | 
 Anthropological Society | of Washington, j Por the First, Second, 
 and Third Years of its Organizatiou. j Published with theco-opera- 
 
854 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Anthropological Society of Washington— eoutinued. 
 
 tion of the Smithsonian Institution. | Volume I [-IIJ. | February 
 10, 1879, to January 17, 1882 [-February 7, 1882, to May 15, 1883]. | 
 
 Washington: | Printed for the Society. | 1882 [-1883J. | JWP. 
 
 Gatschet (A. S.) The Shetiraasha Indians of St. Mary's Parish, southern 
 Louisiana, vol. 2, pp. 148-158. 
 
 HofEman {Dr. W. J.) Comparison of Eskimo pictographs with those of other 
 American aborigines, vol. 2, pp. 128-146. 
 
 Appendix to the Kalispel-Bnglish Dictionary. See Giorda {Bev. J.), 
 No. 1555. 
 
 Aquino Cortes y ZedeSo (Geronymo Thomas de). See Cortes y 
 Zedeno (G. T. de Aquino), No. 900. 
 
 136 a Ara (E. P. Fr. Domingo de). Extractos | del | Arte de la lengua 
 Tzendal | por | el E. P. Fr. Domingo de Ara | de la orden de S" 
 Domingo. | dgb. 
 
 Manuscript. Title, verso blank, 1 1. ; extracts, pp. 1-8. 4"^. The original 
 was in the possession of the late Abb^ Brasseur de Bourbourg. It is doubtless 
 an extract from the manuscript given in No. 136 of this catalogue. 
 
 144 a Vocabulario castellano y tzeldal. * 
 
 Manuscript. 198 11. 4°. Title from the Pinart Sale Catalogue, No. 33. 
 
 147 Archives | litt6raires | de I'Europe. j Ou, | Melanges delitt^rature, | 
 d'histoire, | et de philosophic. | Par une Soci^t^ de Gens de Let- 
 tres, I Suivis | d'une Gazette litt^raireuniverselle. | TomeI[-XVII, 
 No. 3]. I 
 
 Paris, chez Henrichs, rue de la Loi, no. 1231. | A Tubingue, chez 
 Gotta. I 1804[-1808J. BA. 
 
 17 vols. 8°. Four numbers to a volume ; suppressed in 1808. Improved title 
 of No. 147. 
 
 Bourgoing (J. F.l Relation d'un voyage, vol. 2, pp. 54-89. 
 
 156 [Arenas (Pedro de).J Vocabulario | manual | de las lenguas | cas- 
 tellana y mexicana, | en que se contienen | las jialabras, preguntas 
 y respu- | estas mas comunes y ordinarias, | que se suelen ofrecer 
 en el trato | y communicacion entre | Espanoles h Indios. | Oom- 
 puesto por | Pedro de Arenas. | 
 
 Impresso con Licencia, y | Abrobacion [sic] en Mexico: | En la 
 Impreta de Francisco de Rivera, en la Calle de S. Augustin. | Ano 
 de 1728. ( 
 
 6 p. 11., 140 pp. 8°. Improved title of No. 156, furnished by Sr. Icazbalceta. 
 
 160 Guide de la Gonversation | en trois langues j Franyais, 
 
 Espagnol et Mexicain | conteuaut | uu petit abr6ge de la grammaire 
 mexicaine | un vocabulaire des mots les plususuels etdes dialogues 
 familiers | par | Pedro de Arenas | Eevu et traduit en Frangais | 
 par M. Charles Eomey | 
 
 Paris I Maisonneuve et C'®, Libraires-Editeurs | 15, Quai Vol- 
 taire, 15 I 1862 I A. B. BA. 
 
 Pp. 1-72. 12°. Improved title of No. 160. 
 
ANTHEOPOLOGICAL SOCIETY— ARROYO. 855 
 
 160 a. Armin (Th.) Das heutige Mexiko. | Land und Volk unter Spa- 
 niens Herrschaft, | sowie | nach erlangter Selbstaudigkeit. | Uuter 
 Benukung der znverlassigsten und neuesten Duellen herausge- 
 geben | von | Th Armin. | [Wood-cut.J Mit 150 in dem Text ge- 
 druckten Abbildungen, nebst sechs Tonbildern. | 
 Leipzig. I Verlag von Otto Spamer. | 1865. | b. 
 
 Pp. i-xii, 1^27. sq. 12°. Lord's Prayer in Quiche, p. 2.')5. 
 
 160 b Armstrong (A. N.) Oregon : | comprising a | Brief History and 
 Full Description | of the Territories of | Oregon and Washington, | 
 embracing the | Cities, Towns, Rivers, Bays, | Harbors, Coasts, 
 Mountains, Valleys, | Prairies and Plains; together with remarks | 
 upon the social position, productions, resources and | prospects of 
 the country, a Dissertation upon | the Climate, and a full descrip- 
 tion of I the Indian Tribes of the Pacific | Slope, their manners, 
 etc. I Interspersed with | Incidents of Travel and Adventure. | By 
 A. N. Armstrong, | for three years a Government Surveyor in 
 Oregon. | 
 
 Chicago : | Published by Chas. Scott & Co. | 1857. | A. 0. BA. 
 
 Pp. i-vi, 7-147. 12°. Vocabulary of tlie [Chinook] Jargon, pp. 145-146. — 
 Nootka Vocabulary, pp. 146 -147. 
 
 163 a Arroyo de la Cuesta (J^r. Felipe). Jesus, Maria et Josep. | Alphab^ 
 Eivulus Obeundus | Bxprimationum causa | Horum Indorum Mut- 
 sun I Missionis sanct. Joann Baptistse | Exquisitarum | A Fr. 
 Philipp. ab Ar. yo de la Cuesta | supradictse missionis Indior. 
 Minist. I Opus pitillum et renascens elaboratum meatim | in tem- 
 pore attrepidationis mese. | Aqo de 1815 | con privilegio de [Biibrica 
 of Father Arroyo] | conveniunt rebus nomina saepe suis | B. 
 
 Manuscript 47 11. folio ; in the Bancroft Library, San Francisco, Cal. It is 
 the original of No. VIII of Shea's Library of American Linguistics (No. 163 of 
 this catalogue). According to a note on the inside of the parchment cover of the 
 manuscript, signed by A. S. Taylor, from whom it was purchased by Mr. Ban- 
 croft, it appears that the book was sent 5th January, 1857, to the Smithsonian In- 
 stitution, where a copy was made. The manuscript was returned to Monterey 
 10th May, 1857. From an inscription on the outside of the cover it appears that 
 the manuscript had belonged to the Bishop of Monterey— Dr. Garcia Diego, 
 Bishop of the Californias, being meant. 
 
 The work is preceded by what Father Arroyo terms a prognostic, or warning, 
 and by a second preface, both written in Monkish Latin and in the quaint style 
 characteristic of the author. 
 
 The body of the work consists of a vocabulary containing a rather extensive 
 collection of phrases in common use in Mutsun and Spanish. At the end of the 
 vocabulary are some of the usual prayers of the church, some music, the form- 
 ulae in use for the confessional and for the publication of the banns of matri- 
 mony, the announcement of festivals, and the like — all in the Mutsun tongue, 
 with the necessary explanations in Spanish. Then follow the music of various 
 dances and the refrains sung by the dancers. 
 
 1G3 b N. S. I V. J. M. y. Jph | Quaderno de Lengua | de | " San 
 
 Luis Obispo", de "laPurisima"yde | " Santa Inez." | Conlasnotas 
 gramaticales correspondientes | a esta Idioma prepositios, y pre- 
 
856 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Arroyo de la Cuesta [Fr. Felipe) — continued. 
 
 verbal que | no tiene analogia alguna con el Mutsun, | ni con el 
 Juncaleuo. | Fr. Felipe Arroyo. | Marzo 6 de 1837. | p" nfo. uso. | B. 
 
 Manuscript. 2611. folio. In the Bancroft Library, San Francisco, Cal. It is a 
 copy of the original manuscript existing in the archives of the ex-mission of 
 Santa Barbara, California. Mr. Alphonse Pinart also possesses a copy. 
 
 Some words of the Esseleneijan, or Esselen, language, and of the Haelel lan- 
 guage, both spoken by Indians of La Soledad mission, 11. 2-3. — Numerals and 
 words of languages spoken at the missions of San Antonio and San Miguel, 11. 3-5; 
 the same spoken by Indians of San Luis Obispo, 11. 6-8 ; the same in the dialect 
 of Indians of La Purisima mission, 11. 8-16; of San Luis Rey Mission, 11. 16-17 ; 
 of Santa Inez mission, 1. 18 ; of various dialects spoken by neophytes of San Fran- 
 cisco mission, 11. 19-22; of various other dialects of missions mentioned, 11. 23-26. 
 
 The contents of the whole manuscript are thrown together, without arrange- 
 ment, in what seems to have been merely a note-book of Father Arroyo. 
 
 163 c Lengua | de | san Juan Bautista, poco de san Miguel, ( 
 
 mucho de San Luis Obispo. | Pitelachiul nan threijal (Huilca) ugta 
 ba I Huya Ka sepen \ Cochenal-huilinin quin theijal lanja | naca. | B. 
 Manuscript. 14 11. folio. In the Bancroft Library, San Francisco, Cal , 
 copied from the original in the archives of the ex-mission of Santa Barbara, 
 California. It contains a brief vocabulary and grammar, together with the 
 commandments and other portions of the catechism, all in the Indian languages 
 spoken at and near the missions of San Juan Bautista, San Miguel, and San Lnis 
 Obispo, in California. The whole is interspersed with Father Arroyo's usual 
 quaint remarks in Spanish. 
 
 165 « Arte. Arte Breve | en | lengua Tzoque | conforme se habla en 
 Tecpatlan | Precedido de la Doctrina Oristiana y Catecismo | en 
 la misma lengua. | Oopiado de un MS. en poder del Abate Bras- 
 seur. I Merida de Yucatan 1870. | dgb. 
 
 Manuscript. 3 11., pp. 1-57. 4°. Apparently copied from the manuscript men- 
 tioned, with a somewhat diiferent title, in Brasseur de Bourbourg's Bib. Mex. 
 Guat.,p. 18, No. 169a of this catalogue. 
 
 167 a Arte de las tres lenguas cachiquel, quiche, y tutuhil. * 
 
 Manuscript. 25 IL 4°. Appears to be unfinished. It is preceded by a work 
 on history, Quiche text, with Spanish translation opposite, 102 11. Title from 
 the Pinart Sale Catalogue, No. 50. 
 
 167 h Arte de lengua Cagchi | Para el Bien Comun | traslado 
 
 por [sic] uno q tuvo el | P« P*""^ Gl fr Joseph Euiz | q de Dios 
 G-ose I * 
 
 Original manuscript, 37 11., numbered from 56 to 92. 4°. Writing small, 
 rather faded, but legible. In the library of Dr. D. G. Brinton. Copy as follows: 
 
 167 c Arte de Lengua | Caghi | para Bien comun. | Traslado de 
 
 uno que tuvo el P«. | P.^o^' Grl. Fray Joseph Euiz, | que de Dios 
 gose. I San Juan Chamelco. | 1741. | dgb. 
 
 Manuscript. Title, 11., verso blank; Advertencia, 1 ].; text, pp. 1-81; Ap- 
 pendice, pp. 83-94 ; Contenido, pp. 95-96. 4°. The Advertencia, describing the 
 original manuscript, is as follows: 
 
 En el archive de la Parroquia de Coban se halla un libro MS. en 4to conte- 
 niendo en 192 fojas sin numeracion coherente varies escritos en Pocomchi y Kek- 
 chi, copiados por Juan de Morales, msestro fiscal del pueblo de San Juan de 
 
AEROYO DE LA CUESTA — ATKINSON. 857 
 
 Arte — continued. 
 
 Chameloo. Algunas de estas copias llevan fecha de los anos 1740 y 1741. For la 
 irregular immeracioii de algunas piozas se conoce que lian sido reunidos de varies 
 qnademos con foliaclon separada. Las fojas 95-128 (numeradas 56-88) contienen 
 el presente Arte, sin noinbre de su autor. Parece que ha sido copiado repetidas 
 veces, pues es Ueno de inesactitudes de copiantes, segun lo advierte el mlsmo 
 Morales en nuestro p^gina 81. 
 
 Las palabras y frases de esta obra se califican per los conocedores de la lengua 
 como "idioma antiguo" preservado con mas pureza en los pueblos de Chameleo, 
 Languin y Cababon. 
 
 Eu la presente copia he seguldo fielmente el texto de Morales, corrigendo sola- 
 mente lo que fu6 fuera de toda duda y poniendo correcturas probables pero no 
 del todo seguras, escritas con Mpiz enclma de la llnea. Examinando el texto 
 palabra por palabra con ayuda de un mestizo Cobanero, Pedro Torres, de alguna 
 inteligencia 6 instruccion he anadido con tinta encarnada al margen las formas 
 de palabras y diciones como se usan hoy en esta ciudad y tambien anotaciones 
 mias. En estas adiciones he uaado de los signos fon^tioos de mi "Alfabeto 
 Analitico," publicado en N. York en 1869, por la Sociedad Etnologica. Cobau, 
 Novembre 12 de 1875. C. Hermann Berendt. 
 
 169 a Arte de Lengua Zoque para la mayor gloria de Dios Nues- 
 tro Senor, * 
 Manuscript. 16 11. 4°. The Zoque, Tzoque, or Tzoqui, is one of the langua- 
 ges of the State of Chiapas; the people speaking it dwell on the coniiues of that 
 state and of those of Oaxaca and Tabasco. — Brasseur de Bouriourg. 
 
 171 a Arte Zaapoteca, Confessonario, Admiiiistracion de los San- 
 tos Sacramentos, y otras Ouriosidades, que en el se contienen. 
 Perteneciente al Mui E. P. Juan Francisco Torralba, Eeligioso 
 Presbitero del Sagrado Orden de Predicadores, de la Provincia de 
 S". Ypolito Martir, de la Ciudad de Oaxaca. A. M. D. Gr, Sacado 
 de su Original en esta Cavez^. de Ocotlan ano de 1800. * 
 
 Manuscript. 14811. 4°. Contains: Arte, 11. 1-48. — Numbers, periods of age, 
 parts of the body, kindred, 11. 49-60. — Administration of the sacraments, 11. 60- 
 66. — Confesonario, 11. 66-85. — Conversations in the Zapoteco of the valley, 11. 85- 
 99. — Nouus and verbs, most of vrhich are found in the arte, confesonario, and 
 doctrina, 11. 100-146. — Confesonario Zapoteco in the dialect spoken at Santa Maria 
 Petapa, 11. 147-148. — Icazbalceia's Apuntes, No. 173. 
 
 173 Assail (Friedrich Wilhelm). Fachrichten | iiber | die fruheren 
 Einwohner | von | Nordamerika | und ihre | Denkmaler, | gesam- 
 melt von | Friedrich Wilhelm Assail, | Berghauptmann des Staates 
 Pennsylvanien. | Herausgegeben | mit einem Vorberichte | von | 
 Franz Joseph Mone, | ord. Prof, der Geschichte und Statistik zu 
 Heidelberg. | Mit einem Atlas von 12 Steintafeln. | 
 
 Heidelberg. | August Oszwalds Universitats-Buchhandlung. | 
 1827. I A. 
 
 Pp. i-xvi, 11-60. 11 folding plates. 8°. Improved title of No. 173. Wortsamm- 
 lung aus der Sprache der Sohavcanesen, pp. 103-107.— Wortsammlung aus der 
 Weiondot Sprache, pp. 107-109. 
 
 177 a Atkinson {Bev. Christopher). The | Emigrant's Guide | to | New 
 Brunswick, | British North America. | By | the Eev. Christ. At- 
 
858 NOETH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Atkinson {Rev. OLrlstopher) — continued. 
 
 kinson, A. M., | Late Pastor of Mascreen Kirk, St. George, New 
 Brnnswick. | [Quotation six lines.] | 
 
 Berwick-upon-Tweed: | Printed at the Warder Office, 57, High 
 Street. | 1842. | * 
 
 Pp. i-iv, 1-124. map and plates. 16°. Title from Mr. W. Eames. fhe. Lord's 
 Prayer in Eskimo, p. 98. 
 
 177 b A I Guide | to | Kew Brunswick, | British North America, 
 
 &c. I By the Eev. Christopher W. Atkinson, A. M. | Late Pastor of 
 Mascreen Kirk, St. George, New Brunswick. | Second Edition. | 
 [Quotation, five lines.] 
 
 Edinburgh : | Printed by Anderson & Bryce, High-street. | 
 1843. I * 
 
 Pp. i-iv, 1-2, 1-220. map and plate. Title from Mr. W. Eames. Lord's Prayer 
 in Esquimaux, pp. 137-138. 
 
 The tliird edition, Edinburgh, 1844, pp. i-xvi, 13-284, 16°, contains no lin- 
 guistics. 
 
 I 
 180 Atwater (Caleb). Remarks | made on a | Tour to Prairie du Chieu ; 
 
 thence to | Washington City, | in | 1829. j By Caleb Atwater, | late 
 
 Commissioner employed by the United States to | negotiate with 
 
 the Indians of the upper | Mississippi, for the purchase of min- | 
 
 eral country; and author of | Western Antiquities. | 
 
 Columbus, (O.) I Published by Isaac N. Whiting. | 1831. j 
 
 Pp. i-vii, i-iv, 1-296. 12°. Improved title of No. 180. A. c. W. ba. jbd. 
 
 Remarks on Indian Languages, pp. 75-84. — Rudiments of the Grammar of the 
 Sioux language, pp. 149-151. — A vocabulary of the Sioux Language, pp. 152-172. 
 
 Reprinted with change of title only; see No. 182. Thomson's Bibliography of 
 Ohio gives the title of an edition with the imprint, Columbus, 0. : Printed by 
 Jenkins and Grover, High Street, 1831. (*) 
 
 180 a The [ Indians of the Northwest, ] their | Manners, Customs, 
 
 &c., «&c. I or I Eemarks | made on a tour to Prairie du Chien and | 
 thence to Washington City in 1829, | by Caleb Atwater, | Commis- 
 sioner employed by the United States, to ne- | gotiate with the In- 
 dians of the upper | Mississippi, for the purchase of | the mineral 
 country, &c. | 
 
 Columbus, I Ohio. | [1831.] c. AP. bp. 
 
 Pp. i-vii, 1-296. 12°. Another edition of No. 180. 
 
 182 a Auhin (M. A.) M^moire sur l'6criture figurative. 
 
 Paris, 1849. * 
 
 Title from Bancroft's Native Races, vol. 1, p. xviii. 
 
 182 b M6moire sur la peinture didactique et I'ecriture figurative 
 
 des anciens Mexicains. 
 
 Paris, P. Dupont, 1851. * 
 
 Pp. vii, 128. 8°. Ouvrage extrgmemcnt rare qui a 6U reproduit dans la Eevue 
 
 orientale et amgricaine.— iecJerc, Bib. Am., No. 3008. Reprinted as follows: 
 
ATKINSON AUER. 859 
 
 Aubin (M. A.) — continued. 
 
 182 c M6moire sur la peinture didactique et I'^criture figurative 
 
 des anciens Mexicains, [signed: Aubin.] 
 
 In Revue OrientaleetAmericaine, vol. 3, pp. 224-255; vol. 4, pp. 33-51, 270- 
 
 282; vol. 5, pp. 361-392. Paris, 1B60-1861. 8°. 
 
 182 d ^Notice sur la peinture Mexicaine du corps 16gislatif, 
 
 [signed: Aubin.] 
 
 In Revue Orientale et Atn^ricaine, vol. 3, pp. 165-169. Paris, 1860. 8°. 
 
 183 Examen des anciennes peintures figuratives de I'ancien 
 
 Mexique par A. Aubin. 
 
 In Soc. Americaine, Archives, nouvelle s^rie, tome 1, pp. 283-295. Paris, 
 1875. 8°. 
 
 The article given in No. 183 of this catalogue is a part of that given in No. 184. 
 
 185 a Auer (Alois.) Outside title : Sprachenlialle. | 
 
 N. B. Die erste Abtheilung, das Yater Unser in 608 Sprachen 
 und Mundarten, enthalt den Adelung'schen Mithridates sammt 86 
 von mir beigefugten Vater-Unser-Formeln, in getreuen Abdrucke 
 nacli den | Quellen, und zwar in tabellarischer Aufstellung, um 
 alle Mangel und Fehler der Originalien dentlicher zu veranschau- 
 liclien, und dadurch die Verbesserung zu erzielen. | 
 
 Die zweite Abtheilung, das Yater Unser in 206 Sprachen und 
 Mundarten, enthalt die von mir neuerdings gesammelten verbes- 
 serten Yater- Unser in den den Yolkern eigentbiimlichen Schrift- 
 ziigen mit der | betreffenden Aussprache und wortlichen Ueberse- 
 tzung, I A. Auer. | 
 
 First engraved title : Das | Yater Unser | 
 
 Second engraved title: Das | Yater Unser | in mehr als 200 
 Sprachen und Mundarten ( mit | originaltypen. | 
 
 [Wien: 1844-1847.] A. chit. 
 
 Outside title, reverse a short description, 1 sheet ; 17 other sheets printed on 
 one side only, in portfolio. Oblong folio. 
 
 Part I., dated 1844, has the caption : "Das Vater-Unser in mehr als sechshun- 
 dert Sprachen und Mundarten, typometrische anfgestellt." 
 
 Part II., dated 1847, has the caption : "Das Vater-Unser in 206 Sprachen und 
 Mundarten, neuerdings gesammelt und aufgestellt von A. Auer. Zweite Abthei- 
 lung. Mit 55 verschiedenen den Volkem eigenthiimlichen Schriftziigen abge- 
 druckt." 
 
 Contains the Lord's Prayer in : Karaibisch, part 1, Nos. 568,569 ; Pooonchisch 
 570 ; Mayisoh oder Yucatanisch, 571 ; Mixtekisch, 572 ; Totonakisch, 573, 574 ; 
 Mexikanisch, 575 ; Huastekisch, 576 ; Othomisch, 577 ; Pirinda, 578 ; Tarasca, 
 579; Cora, 580; Tubar,581; Hiaqui, 582; Tarahumarisch,583,584,585; aus Pi- 
 meria, 586 ; Eudeve, 587 ; Opata, 588 ; Waikurisoh, 589 ; Cochiml in der Mission 
 S. Xaver, 590; Cochimi von der Missionen S. Borgia und S. Maria, 591 ; Kolus- 
 chisch (nach der Sprache von Sitka), 592 ; Mohawk, 593, 594 ; Shawanno, 595, 
 596, 597; Delawarisoh, 598 ; Natick, 599; Mohegan,600; Micmac, 601; Gronlan- 
 disch, 602, 603, 604, 605, 606, 607 ; Jakutat, 608 ; VPakanakessi, part 2, No. 197 ; 
 Heiang-hyong-oder Ou'homi-Sprache, 198, 199; Odschibwa, 200,201. 
 
860 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Auer (Alois) — continued. 
 
 185 I, Oratio Dominica Polyglotta, DOCOXVI. Linguis et Dia- 
 
 lectis, studio et labore Aloysii Auer. 
 
 Vienuse e Typographia Imp. 1851. * 
 
 Royal 8°. Title from Sabin's Dictionary, No. 57438. 
 
 195 Ayala (D. Gabriel de.) Apuntes historicos de la nacion mexi- 
 cana en lengua N^huatl, su autor Don Gabriel de Ayala, Noble de 
 Tetzciico, y Escrivano de Eepublica. Empiezan desde el ano 1243 
 y acaban en el de 1562. 
 
 Manuscript, on European paper. Improved title of No. 195, from Boturini, 
 Catalogo del Musfeo Indiano, pp. 15-16. 
 
 195 a Ayer {Bev. Frederic). [Spelling book for Ojibwa children. 
 
 Utica: 1832.] * 
 
 ' ' Rev. Frederic Ayer -was born in Old Stockbridge, Mass. , In 1803. His father. 
 Rev. Oliver Ayer, removed to Central New York when the subject of this sketch 
 was three years old. At an early age Mr. Ayer commenced to study for the min- 
 istry, but ill health compelled him to abandon the idea, and he engaged in busi- 
 ness in Utica, and other places. While there, in 1829, he was sent by the A. B. 
 C. F. M. as a teacher in a mission school at Mackinac. Next summer (1830) he 
 went to lake Superior, and spent some time in the family of Lyman Warren, 
 teaching, and studying the Ojibwa language. The following year he spent at 
 Sandy Lake with the late Wm. A. Aitkin, where he opened a school, said to he 
 the first in Minnesota. In 1832 he returned to La Pointe, where he wrote a 
 spelling book for Ojibwa children, which he went to Utica that winter to pub- 
 lish." — Minn. Hist. Soe., Coll., vol. 1, p. 86, foot-note. See O-jip-ue Spelling Book, 
 No. 2802. 
 
 Ayumehawe Mussinahikun. The Book of Common Prayer. [In 
 
 the Cree language.] See [Hunter {Rev. James)], No. 1908. 
 
 201 a Bachiller y Morales (Antonio). Antiguedades Americanas. | Noti- 
 cias I que tuvieron los Europeos de la America | 4ntes del descub- 
 rimiento | de Cristobal Colon, j recogidas | por A. Bachiller y Mor- 
 ales. I Individuo corresponsal de m6rito de la Aoademia Arqueolo- 
 gico-Matriten- j se, de merito de la Real Sociedad Economica de la 
 Habana, y corresponsal [ de la de Puerto-Eico &c. | [Picture.] 
 
 Habaua. j Oficina del Earo Industrial, | Calle del Obispo num. 
 9. I 1845. I A. 
 
 Printed cover 1 1., pp. 1-134, 1 1. sm. 4°. map. 
 
 Word for hierro (iron) in Nutka, Unalaska, Norton, Esquimala and Groen- 
 l^ndica, p. 100. 
 
 Y 20] b Cuba Primitiva. | Origen, | Lenguas, Tradiciones e His- 
 
 toria I de los | Indios de las Antillas Mayores y las Lucayas. | Por | 
 Don Antonio Bachiller y Morales. | Indi\'iduo de Merito [etc., four 
 lines.] I Segunda Edicion Corregida y Aumentadn. | 
 
 Habana: | Libreria de Miguel de Villa. | Calle del Obispo, 58 y 
 60. I 1883. I T. 
 
 Printed cover 1 1., half title 1 1., title as above 1 1., pp. 7-399. 8°. 
 
 Entretenimientos hist6ricos sobre la Isla de Cuba. El Idioma Primitivo, pp. 
 107-116, gives list of geographic names.— Capitulo x. Algunos estudios mds 
 
AUEK — BAGSTER. 861 
 
 Bachiller y Morales (Antonio) — continued. 
 
 hechos en Cuba sobre la lengua de los habitantes de las Autillas, pp. 117-122. — 
 Capi'tulo xi. Car^oter polisint^tioo de las lenguas americanas gallbl, quiche, 
 mexicaua, otoml, aragua y sus an^logas, pp. 123-134. — Capltulo xii. Restos de los 
 dialectos de Cuba, Haiti, Jamaica, Borinquen y las Yucay as. — Trabajos de restura- 
 cion de Eatinesque sobre su gram^tica, pp. 135-145. — Vocabularies. Lista enci- 
 clop6dico-alfab6tica de los nombres bist6ricos de las tradioiones 6 idionia de los 
 indies tainos 6 pacifioos [alphabetically arranged], pp. 185-354.— Pal abras usuales 
 en Cuba de origen indio, sus diversas acepciones en los departamentos ; vegetales, 
 animales, rios, pueblos, lugares y objetos [alphabetically arranged], pp. 355-388. — 
 Lista de las palabras indigenas de Cuba, Jamaica y las Luoayas recogidas per 
 Rafinesque de los crouistas y viajeros, pp. 388-389. — Fragmentos de la lengua 6 
 dialecto Eyeri de Borinquen. Dialecto de las mujeres caribes, segun la diferencia 
 que observa Eochefort, p. 389. — Algunas analogias de la lengua Tupi del Brasil 
 con la de las Antillas majores, p. 390. — Etimologia de varias palabras usuales en 
 Cuba no espanolas, traidas de las otras regiones americanas y de las islas Fortu- 
 nadas, pp. 390-394. 
 
 202 a Badin {M. Frangois- Vincent) lejeune. Lettre de M. Frangois-Vincent 
 Badin (le jeune), [containing] " Lettre des Ottawas an Gonseil cen- 
 tral du Midi," [dated "L'Arbre-Croche, le 25 octobre 1829."] 
 
 In Annales de la Propagation de la Foi, vol. 4, pp. 534-546. Paris, 1830. 8°. 
 Accompanied by ' ' Lettre des Ottawas " in the Ottawa language, with a French 
 translation and notes by M. D^jean, missionary at I'Arbre-Croche, pp. 544-546. 
 
 202 b Badin (M. Theod.) ainS. Lettre de M. Badin ain4, missionaire chez 
 les Poutouatomis [dated " Near-Mies, comt6 de Berrien, Michigan- 
 Territory, 12 decembre 1831."] 
 
 In Annales de la Propagation de la Foi, vol. 6, pp. 165-177. Paris, 1833. 8°. 
 
 Contains the Lord's Prayer in Poutouatomis, with an interlinear Latin trans- 
 latiou, pp. 176-177. 
 
 203a [Baegert (Jacob).] Nachrichten | vender | Amerikanischen Halb- 
 insel I Oalifornien: | mit einem | zweyfachen | Anhang falscher 
 Kachrichten. | Geschrieben | von einem | Priester der Gesellscliaft 
 Jesu, I welcher lang darinn diese letztere Jahr | gelebet hat. | Mit 
 Erlaiibnusz der Oberen. | 
 
 Mannheim, | gedruckt in der Churfiirstl. Hof- und Academic- | 
 Buchdruckerey 1773. | A. 
 
 8 p. 11., pp. 1-358. 12°. map and 2 plates. Linguistics as in 1772 edition. No. 203. 
 
 208 [Bagster (Samuel), editor.] The Bible of Every Land. [ A History 
 of I the Sacred Scriptures ( in every Language and Dialect | into 
 which translations have been made: | illustrated with | specimen 
 portions in native characters; | Series of Alphabets; | Coloured 
 Ethnographical Maps, | Tables, Indexes, etc. | Dedicated by per- 
 mission to his Grace the Archbishop of Canterbury. | [Vignette.] | 
 [Quotation, one line.] | 
 
 London: | Samuel Bagster and Sons, | 15, Paternoster Eow; j 
 Warehouse for Bibles, New Testaments, Prayer Books, Lexicons, 
 Grammars, Concordances, | and Psalters, in Ancient and Modern 
 Languages. | [1848-1851.] ba. abs. 
 
 Pp.i-xxviii, 1-3, 1-406, 1-12. 4°. maps. Improved title of No. 208. 
 
862 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 [Bagster (Samuel), editor\ — continued. 
 
 208a The Bible of every Land; | or, | A History, Critical and 
 
 Philological, | of all the Versions of the Sacred Scriptures, | iu 
 every language and dialect into which | translations have been 
 made; | with | specimen portions in their own characters: j includ- 
 ing, likewise, | the History of the original texts of Scripture, | aud 
 Intelligence illustrative of the distribution and | results of each 
 version: | with particular reference to the operations of the British 
 and Foreign Bible Society, and kindred institutions, | as well as 
 those of the missionary and other societies throughout the world. | 
 Dedicated by permission to his Grace the Archbishop of Canter- 
 bury. I [Vignette.J | 
 
 London: | Samuel Bagster and Sons, | 15, Paternoster How; | 
 Warehouse for Bibles, New Testaments, Prayer Books, Lexicons, 
 Grammars, Concordances, and Psalters, | in Ancient and Modern 
 Languages. | [Quotation, one linej | [l'^48-185].] A. 
 
 11 p. U., pp. xvii-lxiv, 4 11., pp. 1-406, 1-4, 2 11., pp. 1-12, 3 11. 4°. Contents the 
 same as in No. 208. 
 
 209 The Bible of Every Land. | A History of | the Sacred 
 
 Scriptures ( in every Language and Dialect | into which transla- 
 tions have been made: | illustrated by | specimen jjortionsin native 
 characters; | Series of Alphabets; | Coloured Ethnographical 
 Maps, I Tables, Indexes, Etc. j New edition, enlarged and enriched. | 
 [Vignette.] j [Quotation, one line.] | 
 
 Loudon: I Samuel Bagster and Sons: | at the Warehouse for 
 Bibles, Now Testaments, Church Services, Prayer Books, Lexicons, 
 Grammars, | Concordances, and Psalters, in Ancient and Modern 
 Languages; | 15, Paternoster Row. | [I860.] c. bp. we. 
 
 16p. 11., pp. 1-36, 1-480. maps. 4°. Improved title of No. 209. 
 
 209 a Baillie-Grohman (William A.) Camps in the Eockies. | Being a 
 Narrative of life on the Frontier, and | Sport in the Eocky Mount- 
 ains, with an account | of the Cattle Eauches of the West | By | 
 Wm. A. Baillie-Grohman, | K. C. E. H., | Author of " Tyrol and the 
 Tyrolese," "Gaddings with a Primitive | People," etc.; | Member 
 of the Alpine Club. | With an original map based on the most re- 
 cent TJ. S. Government Survey, j 
 
 New York | Charles Scribner's Sons | 743 and 745 Broadway | 
 1882 I . c. 
 
 Pp. i-viii, 1-438. map. 12°. Remarks on the Indian languages, wiih a few 
 specimens, pp. 282-285. 
 
 In the Boston Public library there is a copy of the original English edition of 
 this work, the title-page varjing but slightly except in imprint, which is as fol- 
 lows: London: | Sampson Low, Mar8toD,Searle&Rivington, | Crown Buildings, 
 188, Fleet Street. | 1882. | (All rights reserved.) ] (*) 
 
 211a Baker (Theodor). tJber die Musik | der | Nordamerikanischen 
 Wilden | von | Theodor Baker. | 
 
BAGSTEE — BANCROFT. 863 
 
 Baker (Theodor) — continued. 
 
 Leipzig, I Druck und Verlag von Breitkopf & Hiirtel. | 1882. | 
 Printed cover 1 1., title 1 1., pp. iii-vi, 1-82. 8°. 2 plates. Songs in Iroquois, 
 Dakota, Iowa, Kiowa, Cheyenne, Pawnee, Comanche, Chippewa, Cherokee, Mns- 
 cogee(?), Brotherton Indians, Twanas, Sioux, and Walla-walla. dgb. jwp. 
 
 212 a Balbi (Adrien.) Introduction | a | L' Atlas Ethnographique | du 
 Globe, I contenant | un discours sur I'utilite et I'importance de I'etude 
 des langues | appliqu^e a plusieurs branches des connaissances hu- 
 maines; | un apergu | sur les moyens graphiques employes par les 
 differens peuples de la terre; | des observations sur la classification 
 des idiomes | d^crits dans 1' Atlas ; | un Coup-d'oeil sur I'histoire de 
 la langue slave | et sur la marche progressive de la civilisation et 
 de la litt^rature | en Eussie, | d6di6 | A. S. M. I'Etnpereur Alex- 
 andre, I par Adrien Balbi, | ancien Professeur de G^ographie, de 
 Physique et de Mathematiques, | membre correspondant de rAth6- 
 n6e de Tr6vise, etc., etc. | Tome Premier. | 
 
 A Paris, | chez Eey et Gravier, Libraires, | Quai des Augustins, 
 Fo. 55, I M. DCGC. XXVI fl826j. | A. c. w. BA, 
 
 Pp. i-cxliii, 1-416. 8'^. Vol. I all that was published. 
 
 Numerals 1-10 in Mohawk, p. ctI. — Carib vocabulary in "langue des hommes" 
 and "langue des femmes" (from Raymond Breton), p. 42. — Observation sur la clas- 
 sification des langues AmiSrioaines, pp. 278-321, contains specimens of Esquimaux 
 suffixes in note on p. 319. — ^Names for God in various North American languages, 
 in note on pp. 480-482. — Many scattered terms. 
 
 215 a Ballard (Bev. Edward). United States Coast Survey. | Geo- 
 
 graphical Fames | on the Coast of Maine. | By 1 Eev. Edward Bal- 
 lard, I Secretary of the Maine Historical Society. | Prom the Coast 
 Survey Eeport for 1868. | T. 
 
 No imprint. Printed cover 1 1., title 11., pp. 3-19. 4°. Separate issue of No. 215. 
 
 216 a. Bancroft (George). A | History | of the | United States, | from 
 
 the Discovery of the American Continent ] to the Present Time. | 
 By George Bancroft. | Vol. I [-X]. | 
 
 Boston : | Published by Charles Bowen. | London : | E. J. Ken- 
 nett. I 1834 [-1874]. | c. w. bp. 
 
 10 vols. 8°. Linguistics as described below, vol. 3, pp. 237-265. This is the 
 first edition. The earlier volumes ran through many editions, the 19th edition 
 of vol. 1 appearing in 1862. 
 
 316 b History | of the | colonization | of the | United States. | 
 
 By I George Bancroft. | Abridged by the author. | In two vol- 
 umes. I Vol. I [-II]. I 
 
 Boston : | Charles C. Little and James Brown. | 1841. | c. 
 
 2 vols. 12°. Synopsis of the American nations east of the Mississippi, con- 
 taining remarks on their languages, vol. 2, pp. 208-219 ; but the most important 
 portion of the remarks on the Indian languages is omitted from this edition. 
 
 216 c History | of | the United States, | from | the discovery of 
 
 the American Continent to | the Declaration of Independence. | 
 
864 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Bancroft (George) — continued. 
 
 By George Bancroft, | formerly ambassador at the court of Saint 
 James's. | In seven volumes. | Vol. I [-V1I]. | A New Edition. | 
 
 London: j Eoutledge, Warne, & Eoutledge, | Parringdon Street, j 
 1862 [sic] [-1861]. c. T. w. 
 
 7 vols. 16^. SyDopsis on linguistic basis of the American nations east of the 
 Mississippi, containing remarks oq their languages, vol. 2, pp. 867-880. — General 
 remarks on the Indian languages, their synthetic character, origin, &c., vol.2, 
 pp. 880-888. 
 
 216 d History | of the | United States of America, | from | the 
 
 discovery of the continent. | By | George Bancroft. | In six vol- 
 umes. I Vol. I [-VIJ. I Thoroughly revised edition. | 
 Boston : | Little, Brown, and Company. | 1876. | o. T. "w. BA. 
 
 6 vols. 12°. Linguistics, vol. 2, pp. 394-417. 
 
 216 e History | of the | United States of America, | from the dis- 
 
 coveiy of the continent. | By | George Bancroft. | The Author's Last 
 Eevision. | Vol. I [-VI]. | 
 
 New York : | D. Appleton and Company. ) 1883. | o. BA. 
 
 Of this latest edition, I have seen but the first three volumes, 8°, bringing the 
 narrative down to the year 1774. It is to be completed in six volumes. Lin- 
 guistics, vol. 2, pp. 90-102. 
 
 Other editions :— London : Eoutledge. 1851-67. 8 vols. 12°; London : W. S. Orr 
 & Co. 1843. royal 8°; London: Fullarton, [n. d.] royal 8°. In French, Bru- 
 xelles: Lacroix,Verba3ckhoven et Cie., 1862-64. 9 vols. 8°. In German, Leipzig : 
 0. Wigand, 1H45-75. 10 vols. 8°. In Danish, Kjobenhavn, 1853-55. 6 vols. 8°. 
 
 217 « Bancroft (Hubert Howe). The | Native Eaces | of | the Pacific 
 
 States I of I North America. | By | Hubert Howe Bancroft. | Vol- 
 ume I [-V]. I Wild Tribes. | 
 
 Author's copy. | San Francisco. 1874 | [-1876]. | b. 
 
 5 vols. 8°. Similar, except on title-page, to No. 217. One hundred copies 
 issued. In addition to the above and to the title given in No. 217 of this cata- 
 logue, this work has been issued with the imprint of Longman's, London ; Mai- 
 sonneuve, Paris ; and Brockhaus, Leipzig ; none of which editions have I seen. 
 
 217 b The Works | of | Hubert Howe Bancroft. | Volume I [-V]. | 
 
 The Native Eaces. | Vol. I. Wild Tribes [-V. Primitive History]. | 
 
 San Francisco: | A. L. Bancroft & Company, Publishers. | 
 1^^2. I B. c. jwr. 
 
 5 vols. 8<=. This series will include the History of Central America, History of 
 Mexico, &c., each with its own system of numbering and also numbered consecu- 
 tively in the series. Of these works there have been published vols.1-7, 9-11. 
 
 218 a Bandelier (Adolph Francois). From the tenth annual report of 
 
 the Peabody Museum | On the | Art of War and Mode of War- 
 fare I of the I Ancient Mexicans. | By | Ad. F. Bandelier. | Ee- 
 printed from the Tenth Annual Eeport of the Peabody Museum. | 
 
 Cambridge : | 1877. | C. T. 
 
 Pp. 95-161. 8°. Separate issue of No. 218. 
 
BANCROFT BAPTISTA. 865 
 
 Bandelier (Adolph Fraugois) — continued. 
 
 219 a On the Distribution and Tenure of Lands, and the Customs 
 
 with respect to Inheritance among the Ancient Mexicans. By Ad, 
 F. Bandelier. From the Eleventh Eeport of the Peabody Museum. 
 Salem. Printed at the Salem Press. 1878. * 
 
 6°. Separate issue of No. 219. Title from Magazine of American History. 
 
 220 a On the Social Organization and Mode of Government of 
 
 the Ancient Mexicans. (From the Twelfth Annual Eeport of the 
 Peabody Museum of Archaeology and Ethnology, Cambridge, 1879.) 
 By Ad. P. Bandelier. 
 Salem : Salem Press. 1879. * 
 
 8°. Separate issue of No. 220. Title from Magazine of American History. 
 
 226 Baptista (Fr. Juan), gg Confessionario jgf | en Lengva Mexi- | cana 
 y Caste | liana. | 1] Con muchas aduertencias muy necessarias | para 
 los Coufessores. | 1] Compuosto \sic\ \ por el Padre Fray loan Bap- 
 tista I de la orden del Seraphico Padre Sanct Francis- | co Lector 
 de Theologia en esta prouincia del san | cto Euangelio, y guardian 
 del couuento de Sane | tiago Tlatilulco. | [Design.] 
 
 (^ Con Privilegio ^ | U En Sanctiago Tlatilulco, Por Melchior | 
 Ocharte. Ano. de. 1599. | L. job. 
 
 Title, reverse wood-cut, 11.; 15 other p. 11.; text, 11.1-112; errata 2 11. 
 Roman heading. 12°. Improvedtitleof No. 226. "This work," the Ramirez Sale 
 Catalogue says, "has caused much diversity of opinion among Mexican Biblio- 
 graphers as to whether there were more than one edition issued. The present 
 copy con ains two distinct lists of errata, each occupying 2 11., the heading of 
 the one being printed in Roman letters, that of the other in italics. Senor Ramirez 
 has inserted a note in which he argues that both lists of errata pertain to the one 
 edition, and asserts in consequence that this was the only edition published. 
 Baptista, or Bautista, was a native Mexican. He became a Franciscan of the 
 province of Santo Evangelic de Mejico. He taught philosophy and theology, 
 and had for his pupil F. Torqnemada, the author of 'Monarquia Indiana.' He 
 was esteemed the most learned of his time in the Mexican language, which he 
 spoke and wrote with purity and elegance." 
 
 Tross gives this the date of 1599-1600, which is a mistake. The date perhaps 
 refers to the Advertencias, No. 231. 
 
 229 a Hvehvetlahtolli. * 
 
 16°. Title furnished by.Mr. W. Eames, from a copy seen at the sale of books be- 
 longing to Hon. H. C. Murphy, which copy now belongs to Dr. Brinton . This copy 
 lacks the beginning. It contains signature A in eight unnumbered leaves, com- 
 mencing in the middle of a sentence of the prefatory matter in Spanish, which ends 
 on the verso of the eighth leaf with "De ste Couuento, de Sanctiago Tlatilulco. 
 Fray loan Baptista." The Mexican toxt begins on leaf 1, with signature B, the 
 first leaf of which is lacking, and ends on the verso of leaf 76. It consists of 
 various "Platicas,"' each with a heading in Spanish. The running top-heading 
 is the Mexican word " Hvehvetlahtolli." On the recto of 1. 77 is the following: 
 
 ^ A quel gran defensor y vnico ampa | ro de la gente Indiana, | y Apostolico 
 va- i ron Don Fran Bartholome de las Casas, o | Casans, Obispo de Chiapa de la 
 Orde de | Predicadores en la I. p. de la Apologica | Historia de las Indias, e el 
 Cap. 223. refiere | aner rescebido estado en Espana las plati | cas infra scriptas, 
 de mano del Religiosissi | mo P. y Sacto varo F. Andres de Olmos de la | Orde do 
 
 55 Bib 
 
866 NORTH AMEEICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Baptista (Fr. Juan)— continued. 
 
 mi Sera|ihico T. Saot Fracisco. ] Las quales romangb de la lengua Mexica- | na 
 sin afiadir, ni 4tar cosa q fuesse de sub- | stacia: sacado sentido de sentido, y no 
 pa I labra de palabra. Porq aueoes vna pala- | bra Mexicana requiere muohas 
 de las nue | slras. Y vna nuestra comprehede muchas | de las suyas. Y porq 
 son mucho de uotar, | dize que las pone en su Libro, para | qne \_sic'] se vea la 
 gran Doctrina mo- | ral y pulica en q estas getes | barbaras criauan y doc- | 
 trinauau sus liijos. | ^♦-{-■*-? | 
 
 On the verso of tbe same leaf is the following heading : 
 
 Sigvense vnas amonesta- | clones qve hlzieron ciertos | Indies a sus Hijos, y 
 ciertas personas a otras, las | quales son platicas escogidas para saberse | vno 
 regir, y gouernar. | 
 
 The text which follows is entirely in Spanish, but with the heading "Hvehv- 
 etlahtolli," and continues to 1. 87. The remainder of the volume is lacking. 
 
 231 Advertencias. | para los confessores | de los Naturales. | 
 
 ^ Compvestas por el padre | Fray loan Baptista, de la Orden del 
 Seraphico | Padre Sanct Francisco, Lector de Theologia, y | Guar- 
 dian del Conuento de Sanctiago Tla- | tilulco : de la Prouincia del 
 Sancto I Euangelio. | Primera parte [-Segunda Parte. | ]. | 
 
 Con Priuilegio. | fl En Mexico, En el Couuento de Sanctiago | 
 Tlatilulco, Por M. Ocliarte. ano 1600. | 
 
 Colophon: Excndebat Ludouicus Ocliarte Figueroa, | Mexici, 
 in Eegio CoUegio sancta | Orucis, santi Jacobi de Tlati | lulco. 
 Anno Domini | 1601. | B. L. dgb. job. 
 
 7 p. 11., text 112 11., errata 2 11., and table 56 unnumbered 11. 16°. Alternate 
 columns Spanish and Mexican, reverse of 1. 37 to recto of 1. 52. Improved title 
 of No. 231. 
 
 Of the copies seen, only that in Dr. Brinton's library contains the Segunda 
 Parte. This has the same title-page as the Primera Parte, with Primera changed 
 to Segunda: 15 p. 11. ; 11.113-443; the Index LocorumCommuniumhujusSecunda) 
 Partis, 11. 1-104. The second part is in Spanish only. 
 
 23-3 Libro de la Miseria | y breuedad de la vida del hombre: 
 
 y I de sus quatro postrimerias, en len- | gua Mexicana. Compuesto 
 por el Padre fray loa Baptista de | la orden del Seraphico Padre 
 S. Francisco, | Lector de TLeologia, y DifQnidor de la | Prouincia 
 del Sancto Euangelio. | Dedicado el Doctor Sanctiago del Eiego, 
 del Con- | sejo del Eey N. S. y su Oydor en esta Eeal | Audiencia 
 de Mexico. | 
 
 En Mexico. En la empreuta de Diego Lopez Daualos, y a su | 
 costa. Ano de 1604. | * 
 
 8 p. 11. , 11. 1-152, and table 22 unnumbered 11. Improved title of No. 233, fur- 
 nished by Sr. Icazbalceta. 
 
 235 A lesv Christo S. N. | Ofrece este | Sermonario en len- | 
 
 gua ]Mexicana. | 5 Su indigno sieruo Fr. loan Baptista de la Orden | 
 del Seraphico Padre sanct Francisco, de la Provincia | del Sancto 
 Euangelio. | Primera Parte. | [An engraving, with a vignette of the 
 Savior, and ou the margin this legend : Ego svn Veritas.] | Dice 
 ego opera mea Eegi. Psalm 44. | 
 
BAPTISTA. 867 
 
 Baptista [Fr. Juan) — continued. 
 
 En Mexico, con licencia. | If En casa de Diego Lopez Daualos : y 
 asucosta. | Anol606. | Vendeseen]atiendade Pedro AriasLibrero, 
 en frente de la puerta | del Perdon de la Yglesia Mayor de Mexico. | 
 26 p. 11., pp. 1-710. 4°. On p. 710 is a picture of St. Anthony, with this in- 
 scription : 
 
 Acabose de imprimir esta | Primera Parte, en la may insigne y 
 muy leal ciudad de Mexi- | co Tenochtitlan, ^ treze dias del mes de 
 lunio, deste ano, dia | del bienaventurado, y glorioso Sanct Antonio 
 de Padua, | de la Orden del Seraphico Padre Sanct | Francisco. | 
 5 En casa de Diego Lopez Daualos, y a su costa. | 1606. | 
 
 Concludes with 24 11., tables, not numbered, and at the end : 
 
 Acabaronse de imprimir estas tres Tablas, k nueue | dias del mes 
 de Febrero, de 1607. | b. 
 
 Improved title of No. 235. 
 
 Only the first part of this collection of Sermons was published. In the preface 
 are to be found some interesting notices, principally concerning the early writers 
 in the Mexican language. There is also given the following list of sixteen works 
 by this author : 
 
 1. Indulgentie. 
 
 2. Catechismo breue in lengua Mexicana [No. 238 of this catalogue]. 
 
 3. Breue tratado del aborrecimiento del peccado, que se intitulado Tepiton 
 Amuxtli. 
 
 4. Hieroglyphicos de conuersion. Doude por estapas, y figuras, se ensena a 
 los Naturales el aborrecimieto del peccado, y desseo q deueu tener al bien soberano 
 del Cielo. 
 
 5. Espejo Spiritual que en la lengua intitula Teoyotioatezcatl. 
 
 6. Las indulgencias que ganan los cofrades del cordo. 
 
 7. La vida y muerte, &c. [See No. 244 in Additions and Corrections of this 
 catalogue.] 
 
 8. La Doctrina Christiana. 
 
 9. Oraciones. 
 
 10. Huehuetlahtolli. [See No. 229 of this catalogue.] 
 
 11. La Vida y Milagros * * Antonio de Padua. [See No. 234.] 
 
 12. De la Miseria, y breuedad de la vida del hombre, y de sus quatro postri- 
 merias. [See No. 233 of this catalogue.] 
 
 13. Confesonario. [See No. 227 of this catalogue.] 
 
 14-15. Aduertencias Primera & segunda parte. [See Nos. 231-232.] 
 
 16. Este Primera parte del Sermonario. 
 
 " De la Segunda Parte esta ya impresso gran pedaco * * *." 
 
 244 LaYiday Muerte | de | tresniiiosdeTlaxcala | quemurieron 
 
 por la confession de la | Fee: | segun que la escriuio en Romance 
 el I P. Fr. Toribio Motolinia | vno de los doze Eeligiosos primeros 
 &c. I Traducida al Mexicano por el P. Pr. Juan Bout*. | b. 
 
 Manuscript. 34 11. 4°. Improved title of No. 244. In the Bancroft Library, 
 San Francisco ; bought at the Eamirez sale, in the catalogue of which it is num- 
 bered 536. It is a modem transcript of the Mexican original in the National 
 Museum of Mexico. 
 
 "A history in Nahnatl of the three Tlaxcaltecan children, Christovalito, An- 
 tofiico, and Juanico, who died for professing the Catholic faith. It was copied 
 on European paper by said Loaysa from that printed in the Imperial College of 
 TlatiMco in the year 1601, which I also have in my collection."— ^otorini's 
 Catalogo, p. 36. 
 
868 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 245 BaptistadeLaguiias(^r. Juan). Arte y Dictio- | nario : con otras | 
 Obras, en lengua Michuacana. Copuesto por | el muy. R. P Fray 
 luan Baptista de Lagu | nas, Praedicador, Guardian de sanct | 
 Francisco, de la ciudad de Gua- | yangareo, y Difflnidor de la | Pro- 
 uincia de Mechua- | can, y de Xalisco. | Dirigidas al mvy Yllv. Y. 
 E. I senor Doctor do Antonio Morales A Molina, Caua | Hero de la 
 orde de Sactiago, obispo meritissimo q fue | de Mechuaca, y agora 
 de Tlaxcala, del cos. de su. M. | [Design.] 
 
 En Mexico, | En casa de Pedro Balli. | 1574. | 
 
 14 p. 11. Numeration begins on reverse of 1. 14 Arte, pp. 1-174. Diccionario, 
 pp. 1-190. 8°. 
 
 Colophon: 5 Acabase el Arte de | la lengua de Mechuacan con el 
 Dictio- I narito, o Copia verborum, de los mas | principales Yerbos, 
 con sus Ethymo- | logias. Casi al modo que lleua el Ambro | sio 
 Calepino. Para que por esta breue- | dad y Reglas tan prouechosas 
 se pue- I dan aprouechar los estudiantes. | A honra y gloria de la 
 sanctissi- | ma Trinidad, Padre, Hijo | Spu sancto. | Impresso e | 
 la Ynsigne ciudad de | Mexico: En casa | d Pedro Balli. | 1574. | 
 
 This is followed by 6 unnumbered 11., witb the: 
 
 5 Tabla y resoluci- | on de las Preposiciones verbales, o primeras | 
 posiciones de los mas principales verbos, que | en este Dictionarito 
 y Arte se contienen, para | que de cada qual dellas, sepan sacar 
 muchos ver | bos &c. 
 
 On the reverse of 1. 6 there commences a new pagination, which reaches to p. 
 107, and contains : 
 
 Instruction | para poderse bien confe | ssar en la lengua de Me- 
 chuacan. En la qual se | contiene la preparacion compendiosa 
 Decla- I randola tambien por los Diez mandaTnietos | de la ley, y 
 por los Articulos de la Fee. Y de au- | ditione verbi Dei. Psalmo 
 de Miserere mei, y | las Letanias, y j)reparacion para bie morir, 
 por I via de construction, con otras cosas y deuocio | nes: por el 
 muy. E. P. Fray loan Baptista de | lagunas, Difflnidor de la Prou- 
 incia de Mech | uaca, d la orde del seraphico. P. Sant Fracisco. | 
 
 Concludes with 1 1. , unnumbered, containing .i table in Tarasco, and at the end : 
 
 ] Imprimiose esta obra, | que en si contiene Tres libros. En la 
 ynsigne | Ciudad de Mexico En casa de Pedro Balli Im | pressor. 
 A costa de Constantino Bra- | uo de lagunas. Alcalde mayor de | 
 Tlaxcala, Ano de. 1574. | B. job. 
 
 Improved title of No. 245. The only copy of this work seen by me is that in 
 the Bancroft Library, San Francisco, Cal., which was bought at the Ramirez sale, 
 in the catalogue of which it is numbered 837. The title-page of this copy is a 
 reprint, and the book is otherwise defective, wanting the end. Sr. Icazbalceta, 
 who lias furnished me the above complete title and description, says the book is 
 very rare, and that he has seen no more complete copy than his own, formed of 
 two incomplete copies obtained in the course of fourteen years. 
 
 245 rt — Arte de la Lengua deMiclioacan. — Confesonario. — Prepa- 
 racion para bien morir. — Explicacion del Salmo: Miserere. — Expli- 
 cacion del Salmo : Beati qui audiunt. — Explicacion de las Letanias. 
 
BAPTISTA T)¥. LAGUMAS BAEAGA. 869 
 
 Baptista de Lagunas (Fr. Juan) — continued. 
 
 Three works in tie Tarascan Language, printed in Mexico by Pedro Balli, in 
 1574. 8". — Beristain. 
 
 These works are catalogued by Beristain under Bravo {Fr. Juan), and are 
 given in this catalogue under No. 462. I am informed by Sr. Icazbalceta that 
 they are the works of Baptista de Lagunas, who is named in the licenses Juan 
 Baptista Bravo de Lagunas. 
 
 Baqnio (D. Francisco de Lorra). See Lorra Baquio {J). Francisco 
 de), No. 2319. 
 
 255 [Baraga {Bev. Frederick).] Otchipwe | Anamie-Masinaigan, | gwaia- 
 kossing anamiewin ejitwadgig, | mi sa | Catliolique-enamiadjig | 
 gewabandangig. | 
 
 Paris, I (France, Europe), | E. J. Bailly, ogimasinakisan mandan 
 masiuaigan. | 1837. | T. 
 
 4 p. 11., pp. 1-300. 18°. Book of prayers and songs, followed by a catechism 
 translated in the Chippewa language. Improved title of No. 255. 
 
 256 a Jesus | Obimadisiwin | oma aking, | Gwaiakossing Ana- 
 miewin Ejitwadjig, | mi sa | Catholique-enamiadjig | gewaband- 
 angig. I 
 
 Paris, I (France, Europe.) | E. J. Bailly ogimasinakisan mandan 
 masinaigan. ( 1837. | A. 
 
 4 p. 11., pp. 1-211. 24°. map. A variation of title No. 256. Preface signed by 
 Baraga. Life of Jesus Christ in the Chippewa language. 
 
 258 a Katolik | Anaimie-Misinaigan | Wetawawissing. | [Design.] 
 
 Cincinnati, O. | Joseph A. Hemann o gi-misinakisan manda mis- 
 inaigan. | 1858, \ F. 
 
 Translation : Catholic | Prayer Book | in Ottawa. | 
 Pp. 1-240. 16°. In the Ottawa language. 
 
 262 Katolik j Gagikwe-Masinaigan. ( [Design.] 
 
 Cincinnati, O. | Joseph A. Hemann o gi-masinakisan mandan mas- 
 inaigan. I 1858. I F. T. 
 
 Translation: Catholic | Preaching-Book. | 
 
 Pp. 1-224. 12°. In the Ottawa language. Improved title of No. 262. 
 
 A manuscript note on the fly-leaf of Mr. Trumbull's copy, written by Father 
 Finotti, at the sale of whose library it was bought by Mr. Trumbull, reads: 
 "Contains the Epistles and Gospels for Sundays and Holy days. It is a short 
 history of the Old and New Testament. First edition printed in Paris, 1837. 
 Rev. E. Jacker. July 14, 74." 
 
 264 a Chippewa Vocabulary. * 
 
 Manuscript. 4 pp. folio. On Circular No. 1, American Ethnological Society, 
 June, 1852. In the library of Mr. J. G. Shea, Elizabeth, New Jersey. 
 
 264 b and Belcourt {Bev. G. A.) [Prospectus of a] Dictionary | of 
 
 the I Odjibway or Sauteux Language | compiled by | E. E. Baraga 
 and Eev. G. Belcourt | A new Edition enlarged by Eev. Father 
 Lacombe, O. M. I. | [Seven lines quotation.] [Picture of an Indian.] 
 Montreal | Beauchemin & Valois, Booksellers and Printers | 256 
 and 258 St. Paul Street. | 1877 | s. t. jwp. 
 
^70 NOETH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 [Baraga {Rev. Frederick)] and Belcourt {Eev. G. A.)— continued. 
 
 2 p. 11., pp. 1-10, 4 unnumbered 11., sm.4°. "Prospectus," reverse blank, 1 1. ; 
 title, reverse blank, 1 1.; "Preface" by Father Lacombe, pp. 1-2, in which he 
 states that the new edition of the dictionary will be compiled from the work of 
 Bishop Baraga "which we will complete with the excellent and learned manu- 
 script of the Rev. Mr. Belcourt. - * » * After several years of study and 
 l)ractice he [Belcourt] put in order his numerous scientific researches on that 
 language [Sauteux], which he had made and adopted as his own, and a very 
 voluminous manuscript was the result * " *.' 
 
 "Preface" from the manuscript of Father Belcourt, and an extract from Ba- 
 raga, pp. 3-5.—" OurPlan,"pp. 6, 7.— "Alphabetical conventions," &c. , pp. 8-10.— 
 Dictionary of the Odjibway or Sauteux Language, English-Odjibway, includ- 
 ing A-Action, 2 unnumbered 11.— Dictionary of the Odjibway or Sauteux Lan- 
 guage, Odjibway-English, including A-Abinodjinwin, 2 unnumbered 11. 
 
 See Belcourt (-fiei). G. A.), No. 334 a. 
 
 264 c [Prospectus of] The | Odjibway Grammar, com- 
 piled by I E. E. Baraga and Eev. G. Belcourt | [Five lines quota- 
 tion.] [Design.] 
 
 Montreal | Beauchemin & Valois, Booksellers and Printers | 250 
 and 258 St. Paul Street. | 1877. j JWP. 
 
 Title, reverse blank, 11.; pp. 1-14. sm. 4°. Rudiments of the Sauteux lan- 
 guage, by Rev. 6. Belcourt, pp. 1-14. 
 
 See Baraga (ifeo. Frederick), Nos. 246-251 of this catalogue. 
 
 Barbachano (Thomas Azuar). See Dond6 (Joaquin) and Donde 
 (Juan), ]S'o. 1067 a, note. 
 
 266 a Barber (Edwin A.) Department of the Interior. | United States 
 
 Geological and Geographical Survey of the Territories. | F. V. Hay- 
 den, U. S. Geologist-in-Oharge. | I. — Ancient Art in Northwestern 
 Colorado. | By E. A. Barber. | II. — Bead Ornaments employed by 
 the Ancient | Tribes of Utah and Arizona. | By E. A. Barber. | 
 III.— Language and Utensils of the Utes. | By E. A. Barber. | Ex- 
 tracted from Bulletin of the Geological and Geographical Survey | 
 of the Territories, vol. II, No. I. | 
 
 Washington, March 21, 1876. j WE. 
 
 Printed cover 1 1., pp. 65-76. 8°. Language and ntensila of the Utes, pp. 71-76. 
 Separate issue of No. 266. 
 
 267 a Author's Edition. | Department of the Interior. | United 
 
 States Geological and Geographical Survey. | F. V. Hay den, U. S. 
 Geologist-in-Oharge. | Comparative Vocabulary | of | Utah Dia- 
 lects. I By I Edwin A. Barber. | Extracted from the Bulletin of the 
 Survey, vol. Ill, No. 3. | 
 
 AVashington, May 15, 1877. | T. we. 
 
 Printed cover 1 1., pp. 533-545. 8°. Separate issue of No. 267. 
 
 267 b Barber (John Warner). Historical Collections, [ being a | General 
 Collectionof Interesting Facts, Traditions, | Biographical Sketches, 
 Anecdotes, &c., | relating to the | History and Antiquities | of | 
 Every Town in Massachusetts, | with | Geographical Descrij)- 
 
BARAGA BARBER. 871 
 
 Earber (John Warner) — continued. 
 
 tions. I Illustrated by 200 Engravings. | By Jobn "Warner Barber, | 
 Author of Connecticut Historical Collections, Elements of General 
 His- I tory, etc. | [Seal of the State.] | 
 
 Worcester: | Published by Dorr, Howland & Co. | 1839. | c. w. 
 
 Pp. i-viii, 9-624. 8°. map and plates. Lord's Prayer in the Natick Indian 
 language, with interlinear English translation, p. 417. 
 
 267 c Historical Collections, | being a | General Collection of In- 
 teresting Facts, Traditions, | Biographical Sketches, Anecdotes, 
 &c., I relating to the | History and Antiquities | of | Every Town 
 in Massachusetts, | with | Geographical Descriptions. | Illustrated 
 by 200 Engravings. | By John Warner Barber, | Author of Connec- 
 ticut Historical Collections, Elements of General His- | tory, etc. | 
 [Seal of the State.] | 
 
 Worcester: | Published by Dorr, Howland & Co. | 1841. | c. t.bl. 
 
 Pp. i-viii, 9-632. 8°. map and plates. Lord's Prayer in the Natick Indian 
 language, p. 417. 
 
 267 d Historical Collections, | being a | General Collection of 
 
 Interesting Facts, Traditions, | Biographical Sketches, Anecdotes, 
 &c., I relating to the | History and Antiquities | of j Every Town 
 in Massachusetts, | with | Geographical Descriptions. | Illustrated 
 by 200 Engravings. | By John Warner Barber, | Author of Connec- 
 ticut Historical Collections, Elements of General His- | tory, etc. | 
 [Seal of the State.] | 
 
 Worcester: | Published by Warren Lazell. | 1844. | 0. ba. 
 
 Pp. i-viii, 9-631. 8°. map and plates. Lord's Prayer in the Natick Indian 
 language, from Eliot's Bihle, p. 417. According to Sahin's Dictionary, No. 3319, 
 there was an edition of 1848. 
 
 267 e The | History and Antiquities | of | Kew England, | New 
 
 York, and l!^ew Jersey ; ( embracing the following subjects, viz : | 
 Discoveries and Settlements — Indian History — Indian, French, 
 and I Eevolutionary Wars — Religious History — Biographical 
 Sketches | — Anecdotes, Traditions, Remarkable and Unaccounta- 
 ble I Occurrences — with a Great Variety of Curious and | Interest- 
 ing Relics of Antiquity. | Illustrated by numerous Engravings. | 
 Collected and compiled from authentic sources, | By John Warner 
 Barber, | Member of the Connecticut Historical Society, author of 
 the Connecticut, | Massachusetts, and New York Historical Collec- 
 tions, &c. I 
 
 Worcester: | Published by Dorr, Howland & Co. | 1841. | c. 
 
 Pp. i-viii, 9-576. 8°. map and plate. 
 
 Spencer (Bev. Elihu). Letter containing remarks on, and the Lord's Prayer 
 in, the language of the Six Nations, pp. 90, 91. 
 
 267 / The | History and Antiquities | of | New England, j New 
 
 York, New Jersey, | and | Pennsylvania. | Embracing the following 
 subjects, viz: | Discoveries and Settlements — Indian History — In- 
 
872 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Barber (John Warner) — continued. 
 
 dian, French, and | Eevolutionary Wars — Religious History — Bio- 
 graphical Sketches | — Anecdotes, Traditions, Remarkable and 
 Unaccountable | Occurrences — with a Great Variety of Curious 
 aad I Interesting Relics of Antiquity | Illustrated by numerous 
 engravings. | Collected and compiled from authentic sources, | By 
 John Warner Barber; | Member of the Connecticut Historical So- 
 ciety, author of the Connecticut | and Massachusetts Historical 
 Collections, &c. | 
 
 Hartford. | Published by Allen S. Stillman & Co. | 1843. | * 
 
 Pp. i-viii, 9-624. 8°. map and plates. Title from Mr. W. Eames. 
 
 Perm (W.) Letter, containiDg specimens of Indian words, pp. 536-540. 
 
 Spencer {Rev. Elihu). Letter, containing the Lord's Prayer in the language 
 of the Six Nations, pp. 90, 91 . 
 
 267 g The | History and Antiquities | of | ISTew England, | New 
 
 York, New Jersey, | and | Pennsylvania. | Embracing the following 
 subjects, viz: | Discoveries and Settlements — Indian History — In- 
 dian, French, and | Revolutionary Wars — Religious History— Bio- 
 graphical Sketches | — Anecdotes, Traditions, Remarkable and Un- 
 accountable I Occurrences — with a Great Variety of Curious and | 
 Interesting Relics of Antiquity | Illustrated by numerous engrav- 
 ings. I Third edition. | Collected and compiled from authentic 
 sources, | By John Warner Barber; | Member of the Connecticut 
 Historical Society, author of the Connecticut | and Massachusetts 
 Historical Collections, &c. | 
 Hartford : | Published by H. S. Parsons. | 1847. | * 
 
 Pp. i-viii, 9-624. 8°. Linguistics, pp. 90, 91, 536-540. Title from Mr. "W. 
 Eames. There is an edition with imprint, Portland: | Published by William C. 
 Lord. I 1848. | , the title being otherwise as above except the omission of "Third 
 Edition." (*) 
 
 267 h The | History and Antiquities | of | New England, | New 
 
 York, New Jersey, | and | Pennsylvania. | Embracing the follow- 
 ing subjects, viz : | Discoveries and Settlements — Indian History — 
 Indian, French, and | Revolutionary Wars — Religious History — 
 Biographical Sketches | —Anecdotes, Traditions, Remarkable and 
 Unaccountable | Occurrences — with a Great Variety of Curious 
 and I Interesting Relics of Antiquity | Illustrated by numerous 
 engravings. | Collected and compiled from authentic sources, | By 
 John Warner Barber; | Member of the Connecticut Historical So- 
 ciety, author of the Connecticut | and Massachusetts Historical 
 Collections, &c. | Third Edition. | 
 
 Hartford: | Allyn S. Stillman & Son. | 1856. | a. 
 
 Pp. i-viii, 9-624. 8°. Linguistics, pp. 90,91; 536-540. According to Sabin's 
 Dictionary, No. 3322, there were other editions: Worcester, 1840; Hartford, 1846. 
 
 267 i and Howe (Henry). Historical Collections | of the | State 
 
 of New Jersey; | containing | a general collection of the most in- 
 teresting facts, traditions, I biographical sketches, anecdotes, Etc. | 
 
BARBER — BARRATT. 873 
 
 Barber (John Warner) and Howe (Honry) — continued. 
 
 relating to its | history and antiquities, | with | geographical de- 
 scriptions of every township in the state. | Illustrated by 120 En- 
 gravings. I By John W. Barber, | Author of Connecticut and Mas- 
 sachusetts historical collections, etc. | and | Henry Howe, | Author 
 of "The Memoirs of Eminent American Mechanics," etc. | (Arms of 
 the State of New Jersey.) | [Design.] 
 
 New York: | Published for the authors, | by S. Tuttle, 194 Chat- 
 ham-Square. I 1844. I 0. w. BA. 
 
 Pp. 1-512. 8°. Short vocabulary of the New Jersey Indians, p. 53. — Indian 
 names ■with their signification [from Thomas Gordon], p. 512. Some copies are 
 dated 1846. (c.) 
 
 267 fc Historical Collections | of the | State of New Jersey ; | 
 
 containing | a general collection of the most interesting facts, tradi- 
 tions, I biographical sketches, anecdotes, etc. | relating to its | His- 
 tory and Antiquities, | with [ Geographical Descriptions of every 
 township in the State. | Illustrated by 120 Engravings. | By John 
 W. Barber, | author of Conuecticnt and Massachusetts Historical 
 Collections, etc. | and | Henry Howe, | author of " The Memoirs of 
 Eminent American Mechanics," etc. | [Arms of the State of New 
 Jersey.] | 
 
 New York : | Published for the Authors, | by S. Tuttle, 194 Chat- 
 ham-square. I 1845. I BA. BL. 
 
 Pp. 1-512. 6°. plates. Linguistics, pp. 5:5, 512. According to Sabin's Dic- 
 tionary, No. 3330, there -were other editions : Newark, N. J. [1852] ; Newark, 1857. 
 
 268 a Baril (V. L.) Le Mexique | K6sum6 g^ographique, statistique, in- 
 
 dustriel, | historique et social | d,l'usage | despersoiinesquiveulent 
 avoir des notions exactes, | r^centes et precises | sur cette contree 
 ou Nouveau Monde, | par V.-L. Baril, comte de la Hure. | 
 
 Douai, I V^ Ceret- Carpenter, Imprimeur-Libraire, | Eue des Cha- 
 pelets, 5 e | 1862. | B. 
 
 Pp. i-xviii, 1-271. 8°. La langue Mexicaine, pp. 212-213, is a brief discus- 
 sion with examples of long words. 
 
 273a [Barratt (Joseph)]. Key | to the | Indian Language | of | New- 
 England, I in the | Etchemin, or Passamaquoddy language, | 
 Spoken iu Maine and St. Johns New-Brunswick. | Derived from | 
 Nicola Tenesles. | Written from the Indian's mouth, | By a Citizen 
 of Middletown, Conn., for the benefit of this Indian. | No. 1. | 
 
 Middletown, Conn. | 1850. | WE. 
 
 Pp. 1-8. 12°. Variation of title No. 273. 
 
 Conversations in Etchemin, p. 3.— Seasons, p. 3. — Time, p. 3. — Cardinal num- 
 bers, p. 4. — Ordinal numbers, p. 4.— Relationships, pp. 4-5. — Parts of the body, 
 p. 5.— Colours, p. 5.— Birds, and parts thereof, p. 5.— Animals, p. 6. — Tumehegn 
 [tomahawk], an Indian hatchet, p. 6.— Conjugation of the verb tumetamun, to 
 cut, pp. 6-7. — Compendium of Indian Grammar, p. 8. 
 
 274 a The Indian | of | New-England, | and the | Northeastern 
 
 Provinces ; | A Sketch of the Life of an Indian Hunter, Ancient 
 
874 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 [Barratt (Joseph)] — continued. 
 
 Traditions re- | latingto the | Etchemin Tribe, | their modes of life, 
 fishing, hunting, &c.: | with j Vocfibuhiries | in the | Indian and 
 English, I giving the names of the | Animals, Birds, and Fish : | 
 The most complete that has been given for New-England, in the | 
 Languages of the | Etchemin and Micmacs. | These are now the only 
 Indian Tribes to the I>forth-East, the former inhabitants | of New- 
 England, that have preserved their language entire, being the 
 oldest I and purest Indian spoken in the Eastern States. | Derived 
 from I Mcola Tenesles. | By a Citizen of Middletown, Conn. | 
 ly This Book is the only work of its kind to be had. It'Contains | 
 the Elements of the Indian Tongue, and much that is new to the | 
 reading public ; especially the names by which the Eed Men of | the 
 forest, designated the natural objects before them. | 
 
 Middletown, Connecticut : | Charles H. Pelton, Printer. | 1851. | 
 Price 25 Cents. | t. we. dgb. 
 
 Pp. 1-24. 12°. "To the reader," reverse of title, is dated "September 18, 
 1851." This title is but slightly different from that given in No. 274. 
 
 280a Bartlett (John Eussell). Dictionary | of | Americanisms: | a 
 Glossary of Words and Phrase [sic] \ usually regarded as peculiar 
 to I the United States. | By | John Russell Bartlett. | Fourth Edi- 
 tion, I greatly improved and enlarged. | 
 
 Boston: | Little, Brown, and Company. | 1877. | C. T. w. 
 
 Pp. i-xlvi, 1 1., pp. 1-813. 8°. The error on the title-page was afterwards cor- 
 rected, and in most copies the word is properly spelled ' ' Phrases." Indian words, 
 with etymologies, passim. The first edition, New York, 1848 (c. ), does not contain 
 the Indian words. The second edition, Boston, Little, Brown & Co. — London, 
 Triibner & Co., 1859, pp. xxxii, 524, S°, with title otherwise substantially as the 
 above, coatains a considerable number of Indian words, but not so many as the 
 fourth and last. The third edition was merely another issue of the second. 
 283 a Vocabulary of the Seri. 
 
 InGatschet (A. S.) Der Yuma-Sprachstamm, Zweiter Artikel, in Zeitschrift 
 fur Ethuologie, vol. 15, 1883, pp. 134-138. Berlin, 1883. 8°. 
 
 The manuscript of this vocabulary is noted in No. 285 of this catalogue. 
 
 303 Bartram (William). Travels | through | North and South Caro- 
 lina, I Georgia, | East and West Florida, | the Cherokee Country, | 
 the Extensive Territories of the Muscogulges | or Creek Confed- 
 eracy, I and the Country of the Choctaws, | containin;: | an Ac- 
 count of the soil and natural produc- | tions of those Regions ; | to- 
 gether with I observations on the manners of the Indians. | Embel- 
 lished with Copper-plates. | By William Bartram. | 
 
 Dublin: | For J. Moore, W. Jones, K. M'Allister, and J. Rice. | 
 l'^93. I BA, JBD. 
 
 Pp. i-xxiv, 1-520, index 6 11. map. plates. Improved title of No. 303. 
 
 309 « Bartsch (Heinrich). [Collection of 361 specimens of the Lord's 
 
 Prayer in 130 languages and dialects.] * 
 
 Manuscript. 2 vols. 4°. Preserved in the Eaths-Bibliothek, at Konigsberg, 
 Germany. 
 
BAERATT BASTIAN. 875 
 
 Bartsch (Heinrich) — continued. 
 
 " Das Ganze bestehet aus zwey Banden in 4'°, fast alles lose Blatter mit einge- 
 ftigten Original-Briefen von Bayer, la Croze und andern. Die Spraohen sind 
 darin nact dem Alphabete geordnet. Der erste Theil enthalt 228 Formeln in 69 
 Sprachen und Mundarten, und der zweyte 133 Formeln in 61 Spraohen und Mun- 
 darten, also zusammeu 361 Formeln." — Adelung's Mithriclates, vol. l,pp. 666, 667. 
 
 313 Basalenque {Fr. Diego). Arte | de la Lengua Tarasca, | dispuesto 
 con nuevo estilo, y claridad, por el R. P. | M. Fr. Diego Basalenque, 
 del Orden de | N. P. S. Augustin, Provincial que fue de la Pro- | 
 vincia de Michoacan, y su Ohronista. | Sacalo a luz | el E. P. M. 
 Fr. Nicolas de Quixas, Provin- | vincial [sic] de dicha Provincia. 
 Y la dedica a la Serenissima | Maria Santissima, Eeyna de los 
 Angeles. | 
 
 Con licencia : En Mexico, por Francisco | de Eivera Calderon. 
 Ano de 1714. [ * 
 
 16 p. 11., 110 pp. 8°. Improved title of No. 313, furnislied by Sr. Icazbalceta. 
 
 Thereis another edition in 8°, minus title-page. Six preliminary leaves remain. 
 The work contains 103 pp. It is evidently a Mexican edition of the end of the 
 last century or beginning of the present. — Icazbalceta's Apuntes, No. 92, note 
 
 313 a Arte de la Lengua Tarasca sacada 4 luz P. Nicolas de Quixas. 
 
 Mexico. 1805. * 
 
 Title from Sabin's Dictionary, No. 3875a, and the Pinart Sale Catalogue, No. 82. 
 This is, perhaps, the edition referred to by Icazbalceta in the foregoing note. 
 Leclerc, Bib. Americaua, 1878, No. 2433, gives a short title of this vrork and 
 says: "6 p. 11. unnumbered, 102 pp. A very rare wort. It lacks the title (that 
 vyhich we give being taken from the Fischer catalogue), but is very well pre- 
 served. The date 1714 seems faulty ; the printing of the volume seems to have 
 been executed about 50 years ago. It is doubtless the edition of 1805 cited by 
 Sabin." 
 
 317a Bastian (Adolf). General title: Die Culturlander | des | Alten 
 
 America. | Von | A. Bastian. | Erster [Zweiter] Band. | 
 Berlin. | Weidmannsche Buchhandlung | 1878. | 
 Second title to Vol. I: Ein Jalir auf Eeisen. | Kreuzfahrten | 
 
 zum Sammelbehuf auf transatlantischen Feldern | derEthnologie. | 
 
 Von I A. Bastian. | Mit 3 Karten. | 
 Berlin. | Weidmannsche Buchhandlung. | 1878. | 
 Second title to Vol. II: Beitrage | zu | geschichtlicheu Vorar- 
 
 beiten | auf | westlicher Hemisphare. | Von | A. Bastian. | 
 Berlin. | Weidmannsche Buchhandlung. | 1878. | a. 
 
 2 vols.: pp. i-xviii, 1 1., pp. 1-704 ; i-xxxviil, 1 1., pp. 1-967. 8°. 
 
 Vocabulary, Guatemalan and Spanish, vol. 1, pp. 415-417. — Numerals 1-20 in 
 Quiche (from Brasseur de Bourbourg and Stephens), p. 417. — A few specimens 
 of Haytian, Cuban and Darien words, vol. 2, p. 286. — Carib names of localities, 
 p. 298. — Names of the months in Maya and Nahuatl, p. 531. — A long note on pp. 
 704-735 contains general remarks on and specimens of the American languages, 
 with a list of the various Aboriginal tribes and nations of Mexico and Central 
 America, and the following page headings: " Geheimsprache,'' "Ausspraohe," 
 "Zahlen, " Lautverschiebung," "Accente," " Zeichensprache,'' " Sprachtren- 
 nung," "Heilige Sprache," " Kuustsprache," "Biicher," "Calenderjahre," 
 "Stamme." — Specimens of the Ha,ytian lauguage, "los de Magna, Marien y 
 Jar.agua" (from Monte y Tejada), pp. 954-956 — ^Many scattered terms. 
 
876 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS 
 
 Bastian (Adolf) — continued. 
 
 317 b (Jeber ethnologische Eintheilungen. 
 
 In Zeitschrift fur Ethnologie, vol. 3 (1671), pp. 1-18. Berlin, [n. d.] 8°. 
 American aboriginal terms passim. 
 
 317 c Ethnologie und vergleichende Linguistik. 
 
 In Zeitschrift fur Etlmologie, vol. 4 (1872), pp. 137-162,211-231. Berlin, 
 [n. d.] 8°. 
 
 Contains examples in and grammatic comments upon a number of American 
 languages: Huasteca, p. 148. — Dacotah, pp. 149,156-157. — Tschudi and Green- 
 landisb, p. 157. — Huron, p. 219. — Mohegan and Maasaoliusetts, pp. 211,220. — 
 Cberokee, pp. 214, 224.— Delaware, p. 226.— Cree, p. 226.— Athapaskan, p. 230. 
 
 317 d Ueber die Eheverhaltnisse. 
 
 In Zeitschrift filr Ethnologie, vol. 6. (1874), pp. 380-409. Berlin, [n.d.] 8°. 
 Relationships in Dacota, p. 394. 
 
 Bastian (A.) and Hartmann (E.), editors. See Zeitschrift fiir Eth- 
 nologic, No. 4301. 
 
 Baumgarten (Siegmund Jacob). See Schroter (J. F.), No. 3531a. 
 
 321 Baxter {Bev. Joseph). Journal of Several Visits | to the | Indians 
 on the Kennebec Eiver, | By the Eev. Joseph Baxter, | of Med- 
 fleld, Mass. | 1717. | With Notes, | by the Eev. Elias Nason. | Ee- 
 printed from the N. E. Hist, and Genealogical Eegister for Janu- 
 ary, 1867. I 
 
 Boston: David Clapp & Son, Printers . . . 334 Washington St. | 
 1867. I c. T. WHS. 
 
 Printed cover 1 1., pp. 1-18. 8°. "A brief vocabulary of the Indian language," 
 pp. 17-18. Improved title of No. 321. 
 
 321 a Bayles (Eichard M.) Historical and Descriptive | Sketches | of | 
 
 Suffolk County, | and its | Towns, Villages, Hamlets, Scenery, In- 
 stitu- I tions and important enterprises; | with a | Historical Out- 
 line of Long Island, | from its first settlement by Europeans. | By 
 Eichard M. Bayles. | 
 
 Port Jefferson, L. I. | Published by the Author. | 1874. | c. ba. 
 
 Title 1 1., pp. v-xii, 13-424, 1 blank 1., pp. i-ix. 12°. Montauk vocabulary 
 (from Wood's Long Island), pp. 63, 64. 
 
 322 a Beadle (J. H.) The | Undeveloped West; | or, | Five Years in the 
 Territories : | being | a complete history of that vast region be- | 
 tween the Mississippi aud the Pacific, | its Eesources, Climate, In- 
 habitants, I Natural Curiosities, etc., etc. | Life and Adventure on | 
 Prairies, Mountains, and the Pacific Coast. | With two hundred and 
 forty illustrations, from original | sketches and photographic views 
 of the scenery, | cities, lands, mines, people, and curi- | osities of the 
 Great West. | By J. H. Beadle, | Western Correspondent of the 
 Cincinnati Commercial, and author | of "Life in Utah," etc., etc. 
 [three lines.] | 
 
 Published by | the National Publishing Co., | Philadelphia, Pa., 
 Chicago, 111., and St. Louis, Mo. | [1873.] c. bl 
 
BASTIAN BELCOUET. 877 
 
 Beadle (J. H.) — continued. 
 
 Title 11., pp. 15-823. map and 8 plates. 8°. Creek hymn, pp. 384,385.— Vocabu- 
 lary, Navajo, Mpxioan-Spanish, and English, p. 545. — Navajo numerals, p. 545. 
 
 There is a copy of this work in the Boston AtheniEum with title but slightly 
 different from the above, except in imprint, which is as follows: National Pub- 
 lishing Company, | Philadelphia, Pa.; Chicago, 111.; Cincinnati, Ohio; | St. 
 Louis, Mo. I * 
 
 325 a Beauvois (Eugene). La Norambfegue. Decouverte d'une quatrieme 
 Oolonie Pr6colombienne dans le Nouveau-Monde, avec des preuves 
 de son origine scandinave fouruies par la langue, les institutions et 
 ies croyances des Indigenes de I'Acadie (Nouvelle-Ecosse, Nou- 
 veau- Brunswick et 4tat du Maine.) Par M. Bug. Beauvois, - - -. 
 
 Bruxelles: F. Hayez. 1880. * 
 
 42 pp. W°. Title from Magazine of American History. 
 
 326 a Beckwith (H. W.) Indian names of water courses in the State of 
 
 Indiana. By H. W. Beckwith, Esq., Danville, Illinois. j~wp. 
 
 In Indiana, Department of Geology and Natural History, Twelfth Annual 
 Report, 1882, pp. 39-43. IndianapoUs, 1883. 8° 
 
 Hough (Daniel). [Map of Indiana, giving] Indian names of Lakes, Rivers, 
 Towns, Forts, &c., also tribal districts and tribes, folding sheet facing p. 42. 
 
 Noticed and partly reprinted in The American Naturalist for January, 1884, 
 p. 101. 
 
 329 Beechey {Capt. Frederic William). Narrative | of a | Voyage to 
 the Pacific | and Beering's Strait, to cooperate with | the Polar 
 Expeditions: | performed in | his Majesty's Ship Blossom, | under 
 the command of | Captain F. W. Beechey, E. N. | P. E. S. &c. | in 
 the years 1825,26, 27, 28. | Published by authority of the Lords 
 Commissioners | of the Admiralty. | 
 Philadelphia: I Carey and Lea — Chestnut Street. | 1832. | c. ba. 
 
 Pp. l-vi, 1 1., pp. i-xi, 13-493. 8°. Improved title of No. 329. Esquimaux 
 vocabulary, pp. 255-256. 
 
 334 a Belcourt {Eev. George Antoine). [Prospectus of a] Dictionnaire | 
 Francais-Sauteux. | ou | Odjibway. | Par le Eev. G. Belcpurt. | 
 [Design.] 
 
 Montreal | 1877. | jwp. 
 
 4 11. 8°. The versos of the first and fourth leaves are blank. Contains a few 
 words in A, one in D, and one in F. Evidently a prospectus of a dictionary 
 which, so far as I know, has not been published. See Baraga (F. ) and Belcourt 
 (6. A.), No. 264 i. 
 
 An Algonkin Dictionary by Belcourt was announced for publication in Paris 
 in 1870, but it has not yet appeared. — Cuoq, Jwgement Errand, p. 110, note. 
 
 334 h Department of Hudson Bay : addressed to his Excellency, 
 
 Alex. Eamsey, President of the Minnesota Hist. Society. By Eev. 
 G. A. Belcourt: translated from the French, by Mrs. Letitia May. 
 
 IuMiim.Hist.Soc., Annals, No. 4, pp. 16-32. Saint Paul, 1853. 8°. This article 
 was reprinted in the Collections of the same society ; see No. 335 of this catalogue. 
 
 George Antoine Belcourt was born on the Bay of Febre or St. Antoine, dis- 
 trict of Three Rivers, Lower Canada, in 1803. His father, a mechanic, placed his 
 son at the college of Nicolet, where he passed through his classes with success 
 
878 NORTH AMEEICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Belcourt (Rev George Antoine). — continued. 
 
 and afterwards embraced the ecclesiastical state. He was made a priest in 
 1827, and in 1830 was selected by the Bishop of Provencher to go into the nortU 
 country and labor solely in christianizing the savage. Arriving at Red River, 
 June 19, 1831, he applied himself with ardor to the study of the Saulteur lan- 
 guage. He discovered the principles of the language, which he arranged and 
 caused to be printed in 1839 fsee No. 333 of this-catalogue] ; also a book of piety 
 in this tongue [see No. 334]. He composed a dictionary which would form a 
 large quarto, but which, for want of encouragement, has never been printed. 
 This dictionary, French and Saulteur, gives the etymology of each word, and 
 the composite particles, which throws much light upon the knowledge of this 
 language, and enables one to seize the genius of it — a thing so essential to him 
 who desires to understand the people in general. He traveled, formed missions, 
 built chapels, etc., in many places over a space from east to west of 1,000 miles, 
 and passed each winter at his mission of Saint Paul on the Assiniboine River. 
 In 1833, by his personal influence he quelled a disturbance among the half-breeds 
 which threatened to become serious, in gratitude for which Governor Simpson 
 added 50 pounds sterling to a like sum which the Hudson Bay Company gave 
 every year to the Catholic clergy, which they still receive yearly. About 1849, 
 owing to some trouble with the Hudson Bay Company's officers, he left the mis- 
 sion at Red River and accepted one at Pembina. — Annals Minn. Mist. Soc. 
 
 338 Belden (George P.) Belden, the White Chief; [&c.] 
 
 There are also editions of this work, with similar title-page, dated 1870 (jwp.) 
 and 1872 (A.) 
 
 338 a Bellas {Lieut. H. H.) Words, phrases, and sentences in the Chey- 
 enne language. 
 
 Manuscript, pp. 1-108. 4°. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. Re- 
 corded in a copy of Powell's Introduction to the Study of Indian languages, Ist 
 edition. Collected at the Cheyenne Agency, Indian Territory, and Red Cloud 
 Agency, Nebraska, duriug 1875, '6, and '7. 
 
 344 a Beltran de Santa Rosa (P. Fr. Pedro). Novena f | de Christo crucifl- 
 cado I con otras Oraciones en Lengua | Maya | compuestas por el | E. 
 P. Fr. Pedro Beltran de Santa Eosa | Ex-custodio [&o., three lines.] 
 
 Con licencia de los Superiores en Mexico, | en la Imprenta de D. 
 Francisco Xavier San- | chez, en la Calle de San Francisco, pasada | 
 la Casa Professa. | Ano de 1740. | dgb. 
 
 Manuscript. Pp. 1-105. 12°. In possession of Dr. D. G. Brinton. This is a 
 manuscript copy of the printed work described in No. 344. The title-page is 
 wanting to the only known copy of the printed work, and besides the above 
 factitious title to the manuscript copy, Dr. Berendt, who formerly owned it, has 
 written on the title-page : 
 
 Copiado del tinico exemplar conocido, en poder de | D. Pedro Regil y Leon, 
 Merida, Setiembre de 1868. + La Portada falta en el original y ha sido supli- | 
 da por mi. | Dr. H. Berendt. | 
 
 348 Declaracion | dela | Doctriiia Cristiana | enel | IdiomaYu- 
 
 cateco I Por el Eeverendo padre Fr. Pedro Beltran de | SantaEosa | 
 Anadiendole | el Acto deContricion | en Verso y Prosa. | [Picture.] 
 Merida. | Eeimp. por J. D. Espinosa e Hijos. | Marzo, 1866. | 
 Pp. 1-23. ie°. Improved title of No. 348. B. dgb. gajvi. 
 
 Benadnci (Lorenzo Boturini). See Boturini Benaduci (Lorenzo), 
 Xo. 420o. 
 
BELCOUET BERENDT. 879 
 
 349 a Benito {Fr. Marcos). Doctrina cristiana en Zapoteca. * 
 
 Title from Carriedo's Estudios, Histdricos y Estadiaticos. 
 
 350 a Benson (Egbert). Memoir read before the Historical Society of 
 
 the State of New York, December 31, 1816. 
 Jamaica, 1816. * 
 
 12°. Title from the Murphy Sale Catalogue, 1884, No. 219. 
 
 352 Memoir, | read before | the Historical Society | of the | 
 
 State of New York, | 31st December, 1816; | by Egbert Benson, j 
 [Three lines quotation.] | 
 
 New York : | Printed by T. & W. Mercein, | No. 93 Gold-Street. | 
 1817. I A. BA. 
 
 Pp. 1-72. 8°. Improved title of No. 352. Indian names in New Netherland, 
 pp. 5-17. 
 
 353 a Memoir read before the Historical. Society of the State of 
 
 New York, December 31, 1816. By Egbert Benson. (Ee-printed 
 from a copy, with the author's last corrections.) 
 
 lu New York Hist. Soc, Coll., second series, vol. 2, pp. 77-148. New York, 
 1849. 8°. Separately issued as in No. 354. 
 
 357 a Berendt [Dr. Carlos Hermann). On the Centres of Civilization in 
 Central America and their Geographical Distribution. WE. 
 
 lu Am. Geographical Soc, Bulletin, session 1875-76, No. 2, pp. 4-15. New 
 York, 187(). 8°. Also issued as a separate pamphlet. 
 
 363 a '- Apuntes | sobre la Lengua Mije. | Por | C. H. Berendt, 
 
 M. D. I 1870. I DGB. 
 
 Manuscript. Title 1 1., pp. 1-16. 4°. Gives a sketch of the literature of the 
 Mixe tongue, its geographical distribution, comparison with the Zoque and 
 Zapotec, etc. 
 
 363 6 Apuntes sobre la lengua | Chaneabal. | Con un vocabula- 
 
 rio. I Por | C. Hermann Berendt, M. D. | Tuxtla Gutierrez. Enero 
 1870. I • DftB. 
 
 Manuscript. Pp . 1-6, 11. 7-25. 4°. Contains a vocabulary of 416 words, written 
 in Berendt's "Analytical Alphabet," with a preface on the literature and geo- 
 graphic distribution of this mixed dialect. 
 
 363 c Apuntes y Estudios | sobre la lengua Chapaneca. | por | 
 
 C. H. Berendt, M. D. | Tuxtla Gutierrez, 1869, 1870. | dgb. 
 
 Manuscript. 3211., some loose. 4°. Rough draft; contains notes on the his- 
 tory, grammar, relationship, calendar, etc. , of the Chiapanecs. 
 
 363 d Apuntes y Estudios | sobre la lengua | Zoque. | Por | 0. 
 
 Hermann Berendt. | Tuxtla Gutierrez. 1869, 1870. | dgb. 
 
 Manuscript. 32 11. and some loose leaves, sm. 4°. Rough draft and notes. 
 
 363 e Lengua Chortega | 6 Mangue | & Lengua Maribia | de 
 
 Subtiaba. | por C. H. B. | Nicaragua, 1874. | dgb. 
 
 Manuscript, containing rough notes of vocabularies and grammatic rules of 
 these languages. 
 
880 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Berendt [Dr. Carlos Hermann) — continued. 
 
 363/ Lengua Maya. | Miscelanea. | I [-III]. | Providence R. 
 
 I. I 1864. I [Merida 1868, 1870] DGB. 
 
 Manuscript. 3 vols. S^. Contains copies and extracts of various documents 
 by Dr. Berendt, as follows : 
 
 Vol. I. 1. Vocabulario Espanol-Maya, copiado de Waldeck.— 2. Frases de 
 conversacion, Maya y Espanol. — 3. Nombres de Pueblos. — 4. Borrador de un 
 Sermon. — 5. Vocabulario del Dialecto de Peten. — C. Palabras del Idioma Punc- 
 tunc— 7. Numerales en Maya, Kachiquel, Huasteca, Mexicano y Othomi. — 
 8. Numerales en Maya. — 9. Las Profecias de los Mayas. — 10. Doctrina Crisliana 
 en el Dinlecto de la Montana de Holmul (Peten). — 11. Vooablos de la lengua de 
 Yucatan en Oviedo. — 12. Forma de administrar, etc. , en Lengua Maya. — 13. Tabla 
 de Multiplicar. — 14. Acto de Contricion en Maya. — 15. Modo de administrar, etc., 
 en Maya. — 16. El mismo abreviado. — 17. Proclama ^ los Indies sublevados. — 
 18. Alocucion de Indios & Maximilian. 
 
 Vol. II. 1. Epocas de la Historia de Yucatan. — 2. Id. tres versiones. — 3. Las 
 Profecias de los Mayas.^. Titulo de las Tierras del Pueblo Cbac xulub Chen. — 
 5. Fragmentos sobre la crouologia de los Mayas. — 6. Las Profecias de los Mayas. — 
 7. Parte del Chilam Balam de Mani. — 8. Pronosticos de los Ahaues. — 9. Historia 
 de la Doncella Teodora. 
 
 Vol. HI. 1- Prediceiones de los Meses. — 2. Fragmentos de la Historia Sa- 
 grada. — 3. Las Epocas de la Hist. Antig. de Yucatan. — 4. Los Anos dc la Era 
 Cristiana, «fec. — 5. Canciou Amorosa. — 6. Invocation au Soleil. — 7. Titulo de un 
 solar en Acanceb (1767). — 8. DosPiezas de la Hacienda Xtepen. — 9. Unaordendel 
 Gobierno de Yucatan (en Maya). — 10. Dos Oraciones en Lengua Maya. — 11. Pro- 
 posiciones de los Indios sublevados. 
 
 Description from Dr. Brinton's manuscript catalogue of the Berendt collection. 
 
 363 fif Miscellanea Maya. dgb. 
 
 Manuscript. 1 vol. folio. Contains much linguistic material. 
 
 363 h Miscellanea Gentro Americana. dgb. 
 
 Manuscript. 1 vol. folio. Contains much linguistic material. 
 
 363 i Miscellanea Historica et Linguistica. dgb. 
 
 Manuscript. 1vol. folio. "In these three large scrap-books I have collected 
 and arranged the numerous loose notes and memoranda, observations and com- 
 parisons on Central American ethnology and linguistics, left by Dr. Berendt in 
 portfolios. Tbey contain a mass of valuable materials on these subjects." — 
 Brinton. 
 
 363 Ic Nombres Proprios en Lengua Maya. dgb. 
 
 Manuscript, folio. "A series of notes and studies on the proper names of 
 persons, families, and places, in the Maya. Though, like most of his other 
 projects, left incomplete by the author, a rich material is prepared for the future 
 student. The volume contains about 1.50 leaves, unnumbered." — Brinlon. 
 
 63 I Notas Gramaticales | sobre la Lengua | Maya de Yuca- 
 tan. I Por I C. H. Berendt. | Providence, R. I. | 1864. | dgb. 
 Manuscript. Title, verso blank, 1 1. ; pp. 1-43. 4°. Incomplete; contains about 
 40 written pages. 
 
 363 »« Vocabularies | Comparativos | de Lenguas | de | Costa 
 
 Eica. I ixjB. 
 
 Manuscript. 11.1-8, numbered on versos, and one unnumbered page, folio. 
 A comparison of words in seven languages of Costa Rica. 
 
BERENDT— BEVERLY. 881 
 
 Berendt {Br. Carlos Hermann) — continued. 
 
 363 n Vocabulario de la lengua de los Huatusos, con Apuntes. 
 
 Sau Carlos, 1874. * 
 
 Mauusoript. Title from Dr. Brinton's manuscript catalogue of the Berendt 
 
 collection in his possession. 
 
 363 Vocabulario ( de la Lengua | Popoluca de Oluta. | Eeco- 
 
 gido por I C. Hermann Berendt. | Frontera en Tabasco | 1862. | 
 
 Manuscript. Title, verso "Nota," 1 1; text, double colupins, Spanish and Popo- 
 luca, pp. 3-7. 8°. DGB. 
 
 "Los vocables siguientes me di6 Jose Maria Indio de Oluta y mozo en el oorte 
 de Nemegyei." — Berendt. 
 
 363j) Vocabulario | de la | lengua Zoque | de Tapijulapa. | 
 
 Por I C. Hermann Berendt. | San Juan Bautista | 1862. | dgb. 
 
 Manuscript. Pp. i-vi, 5-13. 8°. Contains about 180 Zoque words, obtained 
 from a pure-blood native of Tapijulapa. 
 
 363 q Vocabularies de Lenguas de | Honduras | y de la parte 
 
 Septentrional de | Nicaragua. | 1873, 1874. | dgb. 
 
 Manuscript. LI. 1-6 numbered on versos, folio. A comparison by Dr. Berendt 
 
 of about 300 words in the Lenca, Xicaque, Chontal, Ulna, Moskito, and Caraibe. 
 
 See Diccionario de Motul, No. 1030 a. 
 
 365 a Bergmann (Gustav von). Das Cebetli des Herrn oder Vaterunser- 
 sammlung in 152 Sprachen. Herausgegeben von u. s. f. 
 
 Gedruckt zu Euien 1789. * 
 
 58 pp. 8°. Title from Adelung's Mithridates, vol. 1, p. 673. It probably con- 
 tains specimens in some of the American languages. 
 
 Berthelsen (Rasmus). See Kaladlit Okalluktualliait, No. 2050, note. 
 
 368 a Bertrand [M. VAbM). Synglosse du nom de Dieu dans toutes les 
 langues connues. Cinquifeme article. Langues d'Am6rique. 
 
 In Annales de Philosophic Chr6tienne, vol. 23, pp. 182-194. Paris, 1841. 8°. 
 Word for God in 85 American languages. 
 
 Beschrijvinghe Van Virginia. See [Hartgers ( Joost), edUor\'Eo. 1671. 
 
 Beschryvinge van de Volk-Plantinge. See [Herlein (J. D.)], No. 1740. 
 
 370 Betanzos (Fr. Pedro). Arte, Vocabulario, y Doctrina Christiana 
 en Lengua de Guatemala. * 
 
 Printed in Mexico. — Berialain. 
 
 Prior to 1553, the Franciscan fathers had caused to be printed in Mexico a 
 Catedsmo 6 Doctrina Oriatiana en la lengua de Guatemala, probably compiled by Fr. 
 Pedro de Betanzos (Remesal, lib. x, cap. 3); and it wi.s this Doctrina which gave 
 rise to the disputes concerning the words Dios and Cabovil. It is the earliest 
 printed work in that language of which we have any knowledge, but no copy 
 is known to be extant. — Icazbaleeta's Bibliografia Mexicana, p. 74. 
 
 376 [Beverly (Eobert).] Engraved title: Histoire | de la | Virginie. | 
 A Amsterdam | Chez Thomas Lombrail | 
 
 Printed title: Relation ( Historique | de la | Virginie, | conte- 
 nant | L'Histoire de son Etablissement, & de son | Gouvernement; 
 56 Bib 
 
882 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 [Beverly (Eobert)] — continued. 
 
 ses Productions, la Ee- | ligion, les Lois & les Coiitumes des In- | 
 diens Naturels, tant dans la Guerre que | dans la Paix, & I'^tat du 
 Pays a regard | de la Police & de 1' Agriculture, jusqu'^ | present. | 
 Par D. S. Natif & habitant du Pais. | Traduit de I'Anglois & enrichie 
 des figures. | [Design.] 
 
 A Amsterdam, | Chez J. F. Bernard, prfes de la Bourse. | 
 M. DCC. XVIII. [1718] I A. 
 
 Engraved title 1 1., printed title and preface 3 11., pp. 1-433, 8 11. sm. 8°. Lin- 
 guistics, pp. 258-260. Improved title of No. 376. 
 
 Bibelingoak imalonfit. See [Fabriciiis (Otho)], No. 1263. 
 
 Bible and Gospel History. See [Horden [Rev. John)], No. 1853 a. 
 
 Bible of Every Land. See [Bagster (Samuel)], Nos. 208, 208 a, 209, 
 in these Additions and Corrections. 
 
 378 a Bible Stories j in the Mosquito-Language, ] Old and New Testa- 
 ments. I Biblia Historia. | Testament almuk, raya sin. | Moskito 
 bila. I 
 
 Stuttgart, 1863. | J. P. Steinkopf, Printer. | T. dgb. 
 
 Pp. 1-206. 16°. 
 
 383 a Biglow (William). History | of | the town of Natick, Mass. | from 
 the days of | the Apostolic Eliot, | M DC L, ] to the present time, | 
 M DCCC XXX. I By William Biglow. | 
 
 Boston : | Published by Marsh, Capen, & Lyon. | M DCCC XXX 
 [1830]. I A. C. T.BA. 
 
 Pp. 1-88. 8°. map. Extracts from the town records, 1713-1716, in the Natick 
 language, pp. 26, 27. — Title-page of Eliot's Bible and Lord's Prayer in the Natick 
 language, with interlinear English translation, pp. 48-50. 
 
 385 Bioadelli (Bernardino). SuU' Antica | Lingua Azteca o Nahuatl | 
 osservazioni | di | B. Biondelli | 
 
 Milano j Typografla Bernardoni | 1860 | A. B. YC. 
 
 Title 1 1., pp. 3-20. folio. Improved title of No. 385. 
 
 386 Glossariura j Azteco-Latinum et Latino-Aztecum | curS. et 
 
 studio I Bernardini Biondelli | coUectum ac digestum | 
 
 Mediolani | Apud Yalentiner et Mues | MDCCCLXIX [1869]. | 
 Printed cover, title 1 1., pp. 1-256, 1 1. folio. In double columns. Improved 
 
 title of No. 386. WB. dgb. 
 
 200 copies printed. The first portion, Aztec-Latin, pp. 5-129, is reprinted from 
 
 the "Evangeliarium" of Sahagun of 1858, but the second part, Latin-Aztec, pp. 
 
 133-256, is here printed for the first time. 
 
 Bird (Joseph B.) See Boss (Wm. P.), editor, No. 3398, 
 
 391 a Black Hawk. Life | of | Black Hawk, | or | Ma-ka-tai-me-shekia- 
 kiak I embracing the | Tradition of his Nation — Indian Wars in 
 which he has been | engaged — Cause of joining the British in their 
 late war | with America, and its History — | Description of the 
 
BEVERLY BOCK. 883 
 
 Black Hawk — continued. 
 
 Eock-river Village — Manners and Customs — | Encroachments by 
 the Whites, contrary to Treaty — | Eemoval from his Village in 
 1831: I with an | Account of the Cause and General History | of 
 the I Late War, | His Surrender and Confinement at Jefferson 
 Barracks, | and | Travels through the United States. | Dictated by 
 himself. | Edited by J. B. Patterson, of Eock Island, Illinois. | 
 London : | Eichard James Kennett, | 14, York Street. | 1836. | 
 Pp. i-viii, 1 1., pp. v-xi, 1-177. 12°. Linguistics as iu edition of 1834, No. 391, 
 pp. v-viii. s.wwB. 
 
 According to Sabin's Dictionary, No. 5675 : first edition, Cincinnati, 1833. Mr. 
 John B. Dunbar, Bloomfield, N. J., has a copy of this work agreeing with No. 391 
 in every respect except that the imprint is simply: | Boston | 1834. | (*) 
 
 391 b Autobiography | of | Ma-ka-tai-me-she-kia-kiak, | or | Black 
 
 Hawk, I embracing the traditions of his nation, various wars in 
 which he has | been engaged, and his account of the cause and j 
 general history of the | Black Hawk war of 1832, | His Surrender, 
 and Travels Through the United States. | Dictated by Himself. | 
 Antoine Le Clair, U. S. Interpreter. | J. B. Patterson, Editor and 
 Amanuensis. | Eock Island, Illinois, 1833. | Also | Life, Death and 
 Burial of the old Chief, together with | A History of the Black 
 Hawk War, | By J. B. Patterson, Oquawka, 111. 1882. | 
 
 [Continental Printing Co., St. Louis, Mo., 1882.] c. whs. 
 
 Pp. i-x, 11-200. 12°. Dedication, in the Sao language, p. vii. 
 
 392 a [Blakeman (Bessie C.)] Historicals | for | the Young Folks. | By 
 Oro Noque. | 
 
 Boston: | Published by D. Lothrop & Co. | Dover, N. H.: G. T. 
 
 Day & Co. | 1874. | ' c. 
 
 Pp. i-vi, 7-168. 12°. Lord's Prayer in the Natick language, pp. 43-44. 
 
 393 h Blanchard (Ira D.) The | Delaware First Book, | prepared | by | 
 Ira D. Blanchard. | Second Edition. | 
 
 Shawauoe Baptist Mission Press, | J. G. Pratt, Printer. | 1842. | 
 Reverse title: Lunapre | Lrkvekun, | Nrtamexif. | Mplcnhes | 
 ok I Halus, I Tolrkvonro. | T. 
 
 Pp. 1-24. sm. 12°. 
 
 Blatchford {Bev. Henry). See Inin tibajimouinun, No. 1942. 
 
 Blossom (Levi). See Lapham (I. A.), Blossom (Levi), and Dousman 
 (George G.), l^o. 2202 a. 
 
 397a Bock (Carl Wilhelm). Brklarung]desBaues|derberiihmtestenund 
 merkwurdigsten alteren und | neueren Sprachen | Europa's, Asien's, 
 Afrika's, Amerika's | und der Sudsee-Inseln | von | C. W. Bock. | 
 Berlin. ( Verlag der Plahn'schenBuchhandlung (Henri Sauvage). 
 I 1853. I A. c. BP. 
 
 Pp. i-viii, 1 ]., pp. v-vi, 1-98. 8°. folding diagrams. Comparison of the Peru- 
 vian and Mexican conjugation of the verbs to love and to go, pp. 33-36. 
 Followed by: 
 
884 NORTH AMEBICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Bock (Carl Wilhelm) — continued. 
 
 397 J) Analysis verbi | oder | Erklarung des Baues | alterer und 
 
 neuerer Sprachen | aller Brdtheile. | A. c. bp. 
 
 1 1., pp. v-viii, 1-172, 1-24. 8°. Mexicanische Spraohe, pp. 25-31. — Gron- 
 
 liiudische Spraohe, pp. 34, 81. 
 
 397 c Bodega y Quadra (Juan Francisco de la). Navegacion ( y descu- 
 brimientos hechos de orden | de S. M. en la costa septentrional | de 
 Californias desde la latitud en | que se halla el departamento y 
 Puer- I to de San Bias de 21 grades 30 mi- | nutos hasta los 61 gra- 
 dos por el Te- | niente de navio de la Eeal Armada | D°. Juan Fran- 
 cisco de la Bodega y | Quadra del Orden de Santiago y Co- | man- 
 dante de la Fragata de S. M. nu- | estra SeSora de los Eemedios, 
 alias la | Favorita de 39 codos de quilla y 13 de | manga, calada de 
 popa en 14 pi6s y de proa en 13. | Ano de 1779. | b. 
 
 Manuscript. 75 pp. folio. In the Bancroft library, San Francisco. It contains 
 words ia various languages spoken on the northwestern coast of America. 
 
 397 d [Bodoni (Jean-Baptiste)], editor. Oratio | Dominica | in | CLV. 
 Lingvas | versa | et | Exoticis Characteribvs | plervmqve ex- 
 pressa. | 
 
 Parmae | Typis Bodonianis | MDCCCVI [1806]. | l. w. 
 
 3 p. 11., pp. i-cexlix. folio. Pars Quarta, Linguas Americanaa complectens: 
 Groeulandice (ex Evaug. Groenl. Hafuia edlto), p. ccxvii; Canadice, Montiiira 
 dialecto (ex Masdeu), p. ccxviii; Illinice (ex Ms.), p. ccxix; Mohogice, Novi 
 Eboraci dialecto (ex Chamberlaynio), p. ccxx ; Virginice (ex Bibliis Virginice, 
 impreesis, Cantabrigias), p. ccxxi; Savanahice (ex Chamberlaynio), p. ccxxii; 
 Mexicane (ex Wilkinsio), p. ccxxiii; Poconohine (ex Wilkinsio), p. ccxxi v; Ca- 
 raibice (ex Catechismo Caraibice edito), p. ccxxv; Otomitice (ex Laurentio 
 Hervas), p. coxxvi. 
 
 399 Bolduc {Bev. Jean Baptiste Zacarie). Mission | de la | Colombie. | 
 Lettre et Journal | de | Mr. J. B. Z. Bolduc, | Missionaire de la 
 Colombie | [Picture of church.] 
 
 Quebec : | De I'Imprimerie de J. B. Frechette, pfere, | Imprimeur- 
 Libraire, No. 13, Eue Lamontagne. | [1844.] jzb. j^m. 
 
 Pp. 1-95. 12°. Improved title of No. 399. The larger part of the edition of 
 this work was burned in the printing office, and it is consequently very scarce. 
 
 Lord's Prayer in Tchinouos, p. 94. — Qnelques mots [14] Tchinoucs et Sn^ounis, 
 p. 95. 
 
 400 a BoUaert (William). Introductionto the Palijeography of America: 
 or, Observations on Ancient Picture and Figurative Writing in the 
 New World; on the Fictitious Writing in North America; on the 
 Quipu of the Peruvians, and Examination of Spurious Quipus. By 
 William Bollaert, F. A. S. L., [&c.] 
 
 In Anthrop. Society of London, Memoirs, vol. 1, pp. 169-194. London, 1865. 
 8°. Mexican words with definitions, pp. 180-181. 
 
 400 1) Some Account of the Astronomy of the Eed Man of the 
 
 New World; including the "Telescopic Device" of the Mound 
 Builders of the United States ; another Examination of the Stone 
 
BOCK BOND. 885 
 
 Bollaert (William) — continued. 
 
 Zodiac of the Aztecs ; their Method of obtaining a Meridian Line, 
 &c.; Astronomy of Central America, with recent discovery of the 
 Maya ; Hieroglyphic Alphabet ; the Stone Lunar Calendars of the 
 Chibchas of Bogota, and probable use of the Gnomon there ; the 
 recently discovered Gold-Calendar of the Peruvians and Telescope 
 Tube ; their Gnomons, &c. By William Bollaert, F. A. S. L., [etc.] 
 In Anthrop. Society of London, Memoirs, vol. 1, pp. 210-280. London, XSG'). 
 8°. Contains Mexican names of the cardinal points, zodiacal signs, mouths, etc., 
 Yucatese months, etc., with significations. 
 
 Bompas {Bev. William Carpenter). See Beaver Indian Primer, No. 
 326, of which work he is probably the author. 
 
 408 a Bond (John Wesley). Engraved title : Minnesota | and | its Re- 
 sources I by I J. W. Bond | [Picture, Fails of St. Anthony.] 
 
 Eedfleld | 110 and 112 Nassau street | New York. | 1853. | 
 
 Printed title: Minnesota | and | its Eesources | to which are ap. 
 pended | Camp-fire Sketches | or | Notes of a Trip from St. Paul to 
 Pembina and Selkirk | Settlement on the Eed Eiver of the North | 
 By J. Wesley Bond | 
 
 Eedfleld, | 110 and 112 Nassau Street, New York. | 1853. | o.bl. 
 
 Engraved title 1 1., pp. 1-364, 1-3. 12°. map and plates. Remarks on the Cree 
 and Sauteux languages, pp. 348-349. 
 
 4086 Engraved title : Minnesota | and | its resources | by | J. 
 
 W. Bond [ [Engraving of the Falls of St. Anthony.] 
 
 Keen & Lee | N". 148 Lake Street, | Chicago, Illinois. | 185C. | 
 
 Printed title: Minnesota | and | its resources | to which are ap- 
 pended I camp-fire sketches | or j notes of a trip from St. Paul to 
 Pembina and Selkirk | Settlement on the Eed Eiver of the North | 
 By J. Wesley Bond | 
 
 Keen & Lee, j No. 148 Lake Street, Chicago, Illinois. | Charles 
 Desilver, | No. 253 Market Street, Philadelphia. | 1856. | c. bp. 
 
 Engraved title 1 1., printed title 1 1., 3 other p. 11., pp. 11-412. 16°. map, plates. 
 Eeraarks on the Cree and Sauteux languages, pp. 348, 349. This edition agrees 
 with the New York edition of 1853 from the beginning of the text, p. 9, to p. 361, 
 and is apparently printed from the same plates. There is a copy of this work 
 in the Boston Athenseum library with title similar to that given above, except 
 that the imprint of the printed title concludes: No. 251 Market Street, Phila- 
 delphia, I 1857. I (*) 
 
 An edition of the same date with diflerent title, as follows : 
 
 408 c Minnesota | and | its Eesources | to which are appended | 
 
 Camp-fire Sketches | or | Notes of a Trip from St. Paul to Pembina 
 and Selkirk | Settlement on the Eed Eiver of the North | By J. 
 Wesley Bond | 
 Chicago : | Keen and Lee, | 1856. | * 
 
 1 p. 1., pp. 1-400, 1-3. 12°. map. Linguistics as above, pp. 348-349. Titl 
 from Mr. W. Eames. 
 
886 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 409 a Bonduel {Bev. Flavien-J.) Souvenir d'une Mission Indienne. | 
 Nakam | et | son Sis Nigabianong | ou | I'Enfant Perdu ; | pr6c6dd 
 d'une notice historique, et d6di6 aux Aleves des colleges | et des 
 pensionnats de la Belgique. | Par | le E. P. Fl.- J. Bonduel, Mission- 
 naire | [etc., three lines]. | Avec le portrait de I'auteur. | [Design.] 
 
 Tournai | Typographic de J. Casterman et flls, | Libraires- 
 Editeurs. | 1855 | T. 
 
 Printed cover 1 1., half title 1 1., title as above 1 1., pp. 5-44, and map of Wis- 
 consin. 8°. Between pp. 42 and 43, Mnsique Indienne; Cbant de Nigabianong, 
 [and] Chant de Nakam ; par Fl. J. Bonduel ; words and mtisio. A few words and 
 phrases of Chippeway are introduced into the drama. 
 
 Bonilla (B. Joseph Zambrano). See Zambrano Bonilla (D. Joseph), 
 No. 4279. 
 
 411a Bonner (T. D.) The Life and Adventures of James P. Beckwith. 
 New York : Harper and Brothers. 1858. c. 
 
 This is the edition of 1856, given in No. 411, with no change of title-page 
 except in the date. 
 
 411 1) Bonnetty (A.) Du Calendrier Mexicaiu et de ses rapports avec 
 celui des peuples de I'ancien continent. 
 
 In Annales de Philosophie Chr^tienne, vol. 7, pp. 387-396. Paris, 1833. 8°. 
 Mexican Calendar names, with definitions and explanations. 
 
 Book of Common Prayer. See [Hunter (Eev. James)], No. 1910. 
 
 420 a Boturini Benaduci (Lorenzo). Idea | de una nueva j Historia Ge- 
 neral I de la I America Septentrional. | Fundada | sobre material 
 copioso de Figuras, | Symbolos, Caractferes, y Geroglificos, Can- 
 tares, I y Manuscritos de Autores Indies, | ultimamente descubier- 
 tos. I Dedicala | al Bey N.*^° Senor | en su real, y supremo consejo | 
 de las Indias j el Cavallero Lorenzo Boturini Benaduci, | Senor de 
 la Torre, y de Hono. | Con licencia | 
 
 En Madrid : En la Imprenta de Juan de Zuniga. | Alio M. D. CC. 
 XLVI [1746]. I A. C. W. BA. NYHS. 
 
 20 p. 11., pp. 1-167; Catalogo, 4 p. 11., pp. 1-96. 4°. 2 plates. 
 
 Mexican names, with Spanish translations, of the days, pp. 45-46. — Months, pp. 
 49-51. — Symbols of the four parts of the world, four seasons, four elements, etc., 
 pp. 54-56. — Symbolos heroicos, p. 58. — Numerous scattered words with definitions. 
 The " Catalogo " contains a descriptive list of manuscripts, printed books, maps, 
 etc., in the Mexican language. 
 
 Boulet {Rev. J. B.), editor. See Youth's Companion, No. 4276. 
 
 426 a [Bourassa (Joseph N.)] Indian Dictionary. 1843. [English and 
 Poda-wahd-mih.] jbd. 
 
 Manuscript. 2 p. 11., pp. 1-62. folio. Followed by 21 leaves of additional 
 and repeated words, illustrative sentences, names of berries, plants and trees, 
 numerals, Lord's Prayer, etc., in the Podawahdmih language. Appended is the 
 following : 
 
 426 h Kaw Dictionary. jbd. 
 
 Manuscript. 15 11., written on one side only, folio. English, alphabetically 
 arranged, and Kaw. In possession of Mr. John B. Dunbar, Bloomfield, N. J. 
 Joseph N. Bourassa, a well-educated Pottawattomie Indian, died in 1878. 
 
BOSTDUEL BRASSEUE DE BOUEBOURG. 887 
 
 427 a Bowen (Benjamin F.) America Biscovered | by | the Welsh | in 
 1170A. D. I By | Eev. Benjamin F. Bowen. | [Two lines quotation.] | 
 
 Philadelphia: | J. B. Lippincott & Co. | 1376. | O.wwb. 
 
 Pp. 1-184. 12°. Mandan and Welsh vocabulary, p. 127. — Chapter xv, The 
 Welsh language among the American Indians, pp. 159-164. 
 
 437 « Bransford {Dr. John F.) Vocabulary of the Huasturos Indians. 
 Collected by Dr. J. F. Bransford. * 
 
 Original manuscript containing 42 words. Title from Dr. Brinton's manuscript 
 catalogue of the Berendt collection in his possession. 
 
 440 a Brant (Joseph). Letter written by Joseph Brant, or Thayeada- 
 negea, in the Mohawk language to General Schuyler, October 23, 
 1783, with an English translation. 
 
 In Am. Hist. Record, vol. 2, pp. 354-356. Philadelphia, 1873. 4°, 
 
 441 a Brassenr de Bourbourg {Abbe Charles Etienne). Outside title : 
 Cartas | para servir de introduccion | a la | Historia Primitiva | de 
 las naciones civilizadas | de la | America Setentrional. | Por el 
 Abate | Don E. Carlos Brasseur de Bourbourg, | Miembro de la 
 Sociedad Mexicana de Geografia y Estadistica, etc. | En Castellano 
 y Frances. | 
 
 Mexico. I Imprenta de M. Murguia. — Portal del Aguila de Oro. | 
 1851. I 
 
 Title: Lettres ] pour servir d'introduction | ^ | I'histoire primi- 
 tive I des nations civilis^es | de I'Amdrique Septentrionale, | 
 adress^es | a Monsieur le Due de Valmy. | Par | M. l'Abb6 | E. 
 Charles Brasseur de Bourbourg, | de la Soci6t6 Rationale de Geo- 
 graphie et de Statistique de Mexico etc. | Cartas | para servir de in- 
 troduccion I d. la I Historia Primitiva | de las naciones civilizadas | 
 de la America Setentrional. | 
 
 Mexico. I Imprenta de M. Murguia, Portal del Aguila de Oro. | 
 
 1851. I A. C. W. BA. NYHS. 
 
 Pp. 1-75. 4°. In French and Spanish, in parallel columns. Mexican names 
 and terms, with translations, scattered through. 
 
 449 Mission Scientiflque | au Mexique | et dans I'Am^rique 
 
 Centrale. | Ouvrage | public par ordre de S. M. I'Bmpereur | et par 
 les soins du Ministre de I'lnstruction Publique. | Linguistique. | 
 Manuscrit Troano. | ifitudes sur le systfeme graphique et la langue 
 des Mayas, | par | M. Brasseur de Bourbourg. | Tome Premier 
 [Second]. | 
 Paris. I Imprimerie Imp6riale. | M DCCC LXIX [1869]. | 
 The above is the outside title of No. 449 of this catalogue ; the work is some- 
 times referred to as " Mission Scientiflque." c. t. w. ba. dgb. jwp. 
 
 454 a Nouvelles d^couvertes sur les Traditions Primitives con- 
 
 serv^es chez les anciens habitants de PAm^rique, d'apr^s leurs 
 livres et la lecture de leurs hi^roglyphes. 
 
 In Aunales de Philosophie Chr^tienne, vol. 50, pp. 278-296, 325-341 ; vol. 51, 
 pp. 199-220, 477-491 : vol. 52, pp. 62-79, 112-117. Paris, 185,5-1856. 8°, 
 
 Maya terms, with definitions, scattered through. 
 
888 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Brasseur de Bourbourg {Alhe Cbarles Etieime) — continued. 
 
 458 a Notes d'uu "Voyage dans I'Am^rique Centrale. Lettres & 
 
 M. Alfred Maury, Biblioth^caire de I'lustitut. Extrait des Nou- 
 velles Annates des Voyages. Aout 1855. S. 
 
 No title-page, pp. 1-30. 8°. Separiite issue, repagod, of No. 458. 
 
 458 b Chronologic historique des Mexicains. 
 
 In Soc. D'Ethnographie, Actes, Session of 1872, pp. 77-85. Paris, [n. d.] 8°. 
 
 Bravo (Fr. Juan). See Baptista de Lagunas {Fr. Juan), No. 245 a, note. 
 
 468 a [Breboeuf {B. P. Jean).] Eelatiou | de ce qui s'est pass6 dans le | 
 Pays des Hurons | en I'ann^e 1636. | Enuoy^e h K6bec au E. P. 
 Paul le leuue | Sup^rieur de la Mission de la Compagnie de lesvs, 
 en la Nouuelle France. | 
 
 Pp. 1-223. 16°. Signed Jeau de Brebeuf. AppendedtoLe Jeune (P. Paul). Re- 
 lation de ce qvi s'est passiS en laNovvelle France en I'ann^e 1636. Paris 1637. 16°. 
 
 Oraison, pp. 48-49. — Chap, iv, De la Langue des Hurons, pp. 79-84. 
 
 Reprinted as in No. 469 of this catalogue. Title No. 468 should bo under Le 
 Jeune (P. Paul). 
 
 Brenchley (Julius). See Remy (Jules) and Brenchley (Julius), No. 
 3219. 
 
 475 Breton {B. P. Eaymond). Grammaire | Caraibe | compos6e par le 
 P. Eaymond Breton | suivie du | Oat^chisme Caraibe | Nouvelle 
 Edition | publi^e par | L. Adam & Ch. Leclerc. | [Vignette.] | 
 
 Paris I Maisonneuve & C''^, Libraires-Editeurs, | 25, Quai Vol- 
 taire, 25 I 1877. I A. DGB. 
 
 Half title 1 1., title 1 1., pp. v-xxxii, 1-73, 1 1. 8°. Forms vol. 3 of "Collection 
 Linguistique Am&icaiue." Improved title of No. 475. Fac-simile of original 
 title, 1667 (No. 474), p. xxix. Followed by the Petit Catdchisme of 1664 (No. 471), 
 pp. 1-64, 1 1. Fac-simile of the original title-page, p. 1. In both worlcs the 
 pagination of the originals is shown by marginal references. 
 
 Breve Devocionario. See [Fletclier {Bev. Eichard)], No. 1307. 
 
 Brief Eecit. See [Cartier (Jacques)], No. 616. 
 
 480 a Bringier (L.) Art IV. — Notices of the Geology, Mineralogy, To- 
 pography, Productions, and Aboriginal inhabitants of the regions 
 around the Mississippi and its confluent waters — in a letter from L. 
 Bringier, Esq. of Louisiana, to Eev. Elias Cornelius — communi- 
 cated for this Journal. A. c. w. jwp. 
 
 In American Journal of Science and Arts, vol. 3, pp. 15-46. New-Haven, 
 1821. 8°. 
 
 "Indian languages," with brief comparative vocabulary, Cherokee, Othomite, 
 and English, pp. 35, 36. — Names of the Cherokee clans, with significations, p. 38. 
 
 484 a Brinton (Dr. Daniel Garrison). The Arawack language of Guiana 
 in its linguistic and ethnological relations. 
 
 In Am. Philosoph. Soc, Trans., vol. 14, pp. 427-444. Philadelphia, 1871. 
 4°. Separately issued as follows : 
 
BRASSEUR DE BOURBOURG BRINTON. 889 
 
 Briuton [Dr. Daniel Garrison) — continued. 
 
 484 & The Arawack Language of Guiana | in its | Linguistic 
 
 and Ethnological Eelations. \ By D. G. Brinton, M. D. | 
 Philadelphia: | McCalla & Stavely, Printers, | 237-9 Dock 
 
 Street. | 1871. | T. we. dgb. jwp. 
 
 Printed cover, pp. 1-18. 4°. Vocabulary of tlie ancient language of the Great 
 Antilles, pp. 11-14. 
 
 V 494 ^ — The Books of Ohilan Balam [&c.l t. jwp. 
 
 This work, full title of which is given in No. 494, contains a discussion of the 
 early manuscripts of the Mayas, giving fac-similes of Maya characters from Landa, 
 Codex Troano, and the Book of Chilan Balam of K^ua. Reprinted as follows: 
 
 1/ 494 a Los Libros de Chilan Balam. 
 
 In Museo Nacional de Mexico, Anales, tomo 3, pp. 92-101. Mfeico, 1883. 4°. 
 Translated by F[rancisco del] P[aso j] T[roncoso]. It is followed by notes 
 of the translator, pp. 101-110, which contain extracts in Maya from Brinton's 
 Maya Chronicles (No. 4956). 
 
 4946 The Folk -Lore of Yucatan. | By Daniel G. Brinton, 
 
 M. D. I (From the Folk-Lore Journal, Yol. I. Part VIII. August, 
 1883. Published by | the Folk-Lore Society, G. L. Gomme, Hon. 
 Sec. 2, Park Villas, Lonsdale | Eoad, Barnes, London, S.W. | 
 
 [1883.] T.DG-B.JWP. 
 
 Printed cover 1 1. , pp. 1-13. 8°. A Maya witch story, with interlinear English 
 translation, p. 7. — Maya terms passim. 
 
 V/" 495 a Introduction [to A Study of the Manuscript Troano, by 
 
 Cyrus ThomasJ. By Daniel G. Brinton, M. D. 
 
 In Thomas (Cyrus). A Study of the Manuscript Troano, in Powell (J. W.), 
 in charge. Contrib. N. A. Eth., vol. 5 (part 3), pp. xvii-xxxvii. Washington, 
 1882. 4°. 
 
 Contains a discussion of the Maya alphabet, an account of the published co- 
 dices in Maya, and, incidentally, a brief account of the language, with examples. 
 
 495 J) , editor. Brin ton's Library of | Aboriginal American Litera- 
 ture. I Number I. | The | Maya Chronicles. | Edited by | Daniel G. 
 Brinton, M. D. | 
 
 D. G. Brinton. | Philadelphia, j 1882. | c. s. T. ba. we. dgb. JWP. 
 
 Printed cover 1 1., general title of the series 1 1., title as above 1 1., pp. iii-vii, 
 9-279. 8°. Forms No. I of Brinton's Library of American Literature. 
 
 Introduction :— The name Maya, p. 9. — The Maya Linguistic Family, p. 17. — 
 Origin of the Maya Tribes, p. 20. — Political Condition at the Time of the Con- 
 quest, p. 25.— Grammatical Observations, p. 27.— The Numeral System, p. 37.— The 
 Calendar, p. 50.— Ancient Hieroglyphic Books, p. 61.— Modern Maya Manuscripts, 
 p. 67. — Grammars and Dictionaries of the Language, p. 72. 
 
 The Chronicles :— I. The Series of the Katuns, p. 89.— Text, p. 95. — Translation, 
 p. 100.— Notes, p. 106. II. The Series of the Katuns, p. 136.— Text, p. 138.— Trans- 
 lation, p. 144. — Notes, p. 150. III. The Record of the Count of the Katuns, p. 152. — 
 Text, p. 153.— Translation, p. 158.— Notes, p. 163. IV. The Maya Katuns, p. 165.— 
 Text, p. 166.— Translation, p. 169.— Notes, p. 173. V. The Chief Katuns, p. 177.— 
 Tex*-., p. 178.— Translation, p. 180.— Notes, p. 182. 
 
 The Chronicle of Chac Xulub Chen :— Introductory, p. 189.— Text, p. 193.— 
 Translation, p. 216.— Notes, p. 242.— Vocabulary, p. 261. 
 
 Reviewed by [Gatschet (A. S.) and De Kay (C.)], Native American Lan- 
 guages, in The Critic, vol. 3, No. 61, pp. 96-97. New York, 1883. 4°. 
 
 J 
 
890 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Brinton {Br. Daniel Garrison), editor — continued. 
 
 495 c Brin ton's Library of | Aboriginal American Literature. | 
 
 Number III. | The | Giiegiience; | a comedy ballet | in the | Nahuatl- 
 Spanish Dialect of Nicaragua. | Edited by | Daniel G. Brinton, A. 
 M., M. D. I 
 
 D. G. Brinton, | Philadelphia. | 1883. | 0. T. BA. WE. DGB. JWP. 
 
 1 p. 1., title as above 1 1., general title of the series 1 1., preface 1 1., contents 
 and list of illustrations 1 1., introduction pp. i-lii, Ballet, &c., pp. 1-94. 8°. 
 
 Derivation of the word Nicaragua, p. v.— The Mangues, why called Chorotecas, 
 p. viii.— Disappearance of the languages of the Nahuas and the Mangues, p. xi. — 
 Comparison of the Nahuatl of Nicaragua and of Mexico, p. xiii.— Comparison of 
 the Manguo with the Chapanec, p. xiii.— Differences between Nicaraguan and 
 pure Nahuatl, p. siv. — Comparison of the Mangue or Chapanec of Central America 
 with the Aymara of Peru, p. xv.— Development of the Nahuatl-Spanish jargon, 
 p. xvii. — Specimens of same, p. xvii. 
 
 History of the "Baile del Giiegiience" : Whence the text was obtained, p. xli.— 
 Time and manner of its rehearsal, p. xli.— Age of the play, p. xiii.— Reasons for 
 considering it a native production, p. xiii. — How different from the Spanish 
 comedy, p. xliii.— Native plots of similar character, p. xliv. — Native comedians, 
 p. xlv. 
 
 The Dramatis Person® of the Giiegiience, derivation of names, &c., pp. xlv- 
 xlviii. 
 
 The Ballet, Nicaraguan and English on opposite pages, pp. 1-73. — Notes, pp. 
 75-82.- Vocabulary of Nahuatl, &c., pp. 83-92. 
 
 495 cL , translator. A Grammar | of the | Oakchiquel Language 
 
 of Guatemala | Translated from a MS. in the Library of the Ameri- 
 can I Philosophical Society with an Intro- | duction and Additions. 
 I By I Daniel G. Brinton, A.M., M.D., ["One of the Secretaries of 
 the Society. | 
 Philadelphia. | McOalla & Stavely, Prs., 237-9 Dock Street, | 
 
 1884. I * 
 
 Pp. 1-72. 8°. At this writing (April, 1884) the work is not yet issued ; title 
 from proof-sheet of the title-page, furnished me by Dr. Brinton. 
 
 495 e , general editor and publisher. Library | of | Aborigiual 
 
 American | Literature. | No. I [-IIIJ. | Edited by | D. G. Brinton, 
 M. D. I 
 
 Philadelphia: | 1882 [-1883J. | c.t.ba.wb.dgb. jwp. 
 
 3 vols. 8°. For full titles see under each author. 
 
 Brinton (D. G.) The Maya Chronicles, edited by Dr. D. G. Brinton. No. I. 
 
 The Gtiegiience, edited by Daniel G. Brinton. No. III. 
 
 Hale (Horatio). The Iroquois Book of Kites, edited by Horatio Hale. No. II. 
 
 In a circular issued September, 1882, and previous to the appearance of No. 
 
 II, the following announcement was made concerning the subsequent volumes 
 
 of the series: 
 
 No. II. Central American Calendars. 
 
 A number of native calendars and "wheels,'' used by the Mayas, Kiches, CaV- 
 chiquels, and neighboring tribes, in reckoning time and forecasting the future, 
 will be published for the first time, with explanations. 
 
 From lack of sufficient material, this important point in American archaeology 
 has remained extremely obscure. The collection which it is intended to embrace 
 in this volume is unquestionably unique of its kind. 
 
BRINTON BROWN. 891 
 
 Brinton {Dr. Daniel Garrison), general editor and publisher — continued. 
 
 No. III. The Annalea of Quauhiitlan. 
 The original Aztec text, with a new translation. This is also known as the 
 Codex Chimalpopoea. It is one of the most curious and valuable documents in 
 Mexican arohseology. 
 
 No. IV. The National Legend of the Creeks. — Edited hy Albert S. Gatschet. 
 
 Mr. Gatschet will present (i.) The original German account, written in 1735, 
 by which this legend has been transmitted; (2.) Its English translation; (3.) 
 Its retrauslation into the Creek language, in which it was originally delivered, 
 by an educated native; (4.) Its translation into the Hitohiti, a dialect cognate 
 to the Creek ; (5.) Glossaries and ethnographic notes. 
 
 No. V. The Chronicles of the CaTcchiquels. 
 
 These chronicles are the celebrated Memorial de Tecpan Atitlan so often quoted 
 by the late Abb6 Brasseur de Bourbourg. They are invaluable for the ancient 
 history and mythology of Guatemalan nations, and are of undoubted authen- 
 ticity and antiquity. 
 
 Other works of equal interest will be added, if the series proves acceptable 
 to scholars. The above order of issue is uncertain. 
 
 Each of these works will be printed in the original tongue, with an English 
 translation and notes. Every work admitted to the series will be the produc- 
 tion of a native, and each will have some intrinsic importance, either historical or 
 ethnological, in addition to its value as a linguistic monument. Most of them 
 will be from unpublished manuscripts, and every effort will be made to secure 
 purity of text and competent editorship. 
 
 The works contemplated in the series are such as will be indispensable to 
 the future student of American archseology, ethnology, or linguistics. 
 
 498 British and Foreign Bible Society. St. John iii. 16 | in most of the | 
 Languages and Dialects | in which the | British & Foreign Bible 
 Society | has printed or circulated the Holy Scriptures. | [Engrav- 
 ing and one line quotation.] | Enlarged edition | 
 
 London : | Printed for the British and Foreign Bible Society, | 
 By Gilbert & Eivington, 52, St. John's Square, E. C. | 1878; | abs. 
 
 1 p. 1. , pp. 1-48, 11. 16° . Improved title of No. 498. See American Bible Soc. , 
 No. 84; also Specimen Verses 3711 6, 3711 c. 
 
 498 a Bromowicz (Franz). Yocabulario de la lengua Pocomam de Jilo- 
 tepec. 1878. dgb. 
 
 Manuscript. 15 11. folio. A few months before Dr. Berendt's death he sent 
 a young German, Franz Bromowicz, to the district occupied by the Pocomams 
 to collect vocabularies and other information, especially in reference to the 
 tongue called, by Juarros, the Alaguilac, spoken in Acasaguastlan. The rough 
 notes of this journey are contained in these leaves. Two vocabularies are 
 given, of about 200 words each. —Brinton. 
 
 498 6 [Brown (David). The 'S&w Testament in the Cherokee lan- 
 guage.] * 
 
 Manuscript. "On the 27th of September, 1825, the translation of the New 
 Testament, from the original Greek, into the Cherokee language, by a Cherokee 
 [David Brown], in an alphabet invented by another Cherokee [George Guess], 
 was completed. As there were yet no types in existence for printing that lan- 
 guage, Brown's version, entire or in parts, was circulated in manuscript. It was 
 read and copied in all parts of the nation. A translation, made in such circum- 
 stances, could not fail to be imperfect ; and another was afterwards made and 
 printed ; ." — History of American Missions, p. 148. 
 
892 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 499 a Brown {Br. Eobert). On the History and Geographical Eelations 
 of the Cetacea frequenting Davis Strait and Baffin's Bay. 
 
 In Royal Society [of London]. Manualof the Nat. Hist., Geol., and Physics 
 of Greenland, &c., pp. 69-93. London, 1875. 8°. Reprinted from the Zool. Soc. 
 Proc., No. 35, pp. 533-556. (") 
 
 Greenland and Eskimo (of western shores of Davis Strait) names for whales, 
 pp. 70, 91. 
 
 502 a Brtihl {Br. Gustav). On the Etymology of the word Ohichime- 
 catl. By G. Bruhl M, D. 
 
 In Am. Antiquarian, vol. 2, pp. 49-52. Chicago, 1879-'80. 8°. 
 
 606 a Bruyas {Bev. Jacques). Catechisme agnier. Par le R. P. Bruyas 
 C d J [de la comp. de Jesus.]. cv. 
 
 Manuscript. 27 11., written on both sides. 4°. No title; the above written at 
 top of p. 1. Divided into subjects : Da nom de Chrestien, Du signe de Chrestien, 
 De la creation de I'homme, &c. In the Iroquois language. 
 
 506 b Prayers for the sick by P. Jacques Bruyas. cv. 
 
 Manuscript. Pp. 1-134. 12°. 
 
 506 c Instruction d'un adulte malade. cv. 
 
 Manuscript. 11 unnumbered 11. 12°. 
 
 The above manuscripts are preserved in the archives of the Catholic church 
 at Caughnawaga, Canada. 
 
 519 a Bunnell (Lafayebfce Houghton). Discovery of the Yosemite, | 
 and I the Indian War of 1851, ( which led to that event. | By j 
 Lafayette Houghton Bunnell, M. D., | of the Mariposa Battalion, 
 one of the Discoverers, | late Surgeon thirty-sixth Eeginient | Wis- 
 consin Volunteers. | 
 
 Chicago : | Fleming H. Eevell, | 148 and 150 Madison Street. | 
 [1882.] BA. BP. 
 
 331 pp. 12°. The Indian names [of localities], pp. 198-215. 
 
 520 a Bureau of Ethnology. Second Annual Report | of the | Bureau of 
 Ethnology | to the | Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution | 
 1880-'81 I by I J. W. Powell | Director | [Design] 
 
 Washington | Grovernment Printing Office | 1883 | A. we. jwp. 
 Pp. i-xxxvii, 1-477. royal 8°. 
 Gushing (F. H. ) Zuni fetiches, pp. 3-45. 
 Smith (Erminnie A. ) Myths of the Iroquois, pp. 47-116. 
 
 Stevenson (James). Illustrated catalogue of the collections obtained from 
 the Indians of New Mexico and Arizona in 1879, pp. 307-422. 
 
 [Bnrghardt {Rev. 0. P.) ] See Gospels, No. 1588, which he translated. 
 
 520 b Bunnan {Bev. W. A.) Manitoba | Historical and | Scientific Soci- 
 ety, I Winnipeg. | Publication ISTo. 5. | " The Sioux Language." | 
 Eev. W. A. Burman, | Sioux Mission, Manitoba. | 
 
 [Winnipeg, 1883.] jwp. 
 
 Title 1 1., pp. 1-4. 8°. General discussion, with examples of grammatic con- 
 struction. 
 
BROWN — BURTON. 893 
 
 520 c Burtin (BSv. Nicolas Victor). Mois | des ames du purgatoire. | 
 Takodentaon | akadennita | Eohiator Tekaronhiaaeken | rondaniha 
 Kahuadakeeronon | 1866. | ov. 
 
 Manuscript. 1 p. 1., pp. 1-313. 8°. In tlie Iroquois language. Title 1 1. , re verse 
 blank; preface signed N. V. Burtin, Oauglmawaga, 5 Septembre 1866, pp. 1-2; 
 text, pp. 3-313 ; colophon, p. 313, N. V. Burtin, 29 Novembre, 1866. 
 
 520 d Mois | de St. Joseph. | Sose Koratatokenti | radennita | 
 
 Gidakiaton Kstihenstatsi Tekaronhianeken | 1866. | cv. 
 
 Manuscript. Pp. 1-257. 8°. In tbe Iroquois language. Preface, pp. 1-2, signed 
 N. V. Burtin, Cangbnawaga, 30 Janvier 1866; Colopbon, p. 257, Caughnawaga, 
 20 Mars 1866. 
 
 This is followed by prayers in the Iroquois, pp. 259-309. 
 
 520 e Mois du Sacre Cceur de Jesus. | Jesos raderiasatokenti | 
 
 adennita | Eohiator Tekaronhianeken raudahueha Kahnadake- 
 ronon. j 1867. | " cv. 
 
 Manuscript. Pp. 1-571. 4°. In the Iroquois language. 
 
 520/ Oours d'instructions | en langue Iroquoise 2"« partie. Com- 
 
 mandements de Dieu et de I'Eglise | P6ch^ | Caughnawaga | 
 1872 I cv. 
 
 Manuscript. 1 p. 1. , pp. 3-452. 4°. In the Iroquois language. 
 
 520^ Cours d'instructions | en langue Iroquoise | S™*" partie | 
 
 Culte. I GrrSiCe, prieres, sacraments, liturgie. | Caughnawaga | 
 1874. I ' ■ CV. 
 
 Manuscript. Title, reverse blank, 1 1. ; pp. 3-529 (484-512 blank). 4°. Table 
 des matiferes, 513-529. In the Iroquois language. 
 
 520 h Mois de Marie 1 Wari adennita. | cv. 
 
 Manuscript. Pp. 1-396. 4°. Table des matiferes, pp. 381-396. lu the Iroquois 
 language. 
 
 The above manuscripts are in the archives of the Catholic church at Caughna- 
 waga, Canada, of which Pfere Burtin is still the pastor. This estimable mission- 
 ary has ministered to these Indians for twenty-three years. Besides the above- 
 mentioned manuscripts, he has many of the sermons delivered by him during 
 his service at this place. 
 
 See Marconx {B^v. Frangois Xavier) and Burtin (Bev. Nico- 
 
 las Victor), No. 2454. 
 
 See Marcoux {BSv. Joseph) and Burtin {BSv. Nicolas Victor), 
 
 Nos. 2468-2469. 
 
 521 Burton (Eichard P.) The City of the Saints | and | Across the 
 Eocky Mountains to California | By | Eichard F. Burton | Author 
 of "A Pilgrimage to El Medinah and Meccah " | 
 
 London | Longman, Green, Longman, and Eoberts | 1861. | The 
 right of translation is reserved | b. c. ba. tc. 
 
 Pp. i-x, 1 1., pp. 1-708. 8°. maps, plate. Improved title of No! 521. 
 
 Chapter II is entitled " The Sioux or Dakotas," and contains remarks on the 
 Sioux tongue, with numerous illustrative examples of the sign language of the 
 " Prairie Indian" in general, pp. 147-160. 
 
V 
 
 J 
 
 894 NORTH AMEEICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 642 Buschmann (Johann Carl Eduard). Das Apache | als eine atha- 
 paskische Sprache erwiesen | von | Joh. Carl Ed. Buschmaun; | 
 in Verbindung init einer | systematischen Worttafel des atbapas- 
 kischen Spracbstamms. | Erste Abtheiluug. | Aus deu Abhandhiu- 
 geu der Konigl. Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Berlin 1860. | 
 
 Berlin. | Gedruckt in der Druckereider Konigl. Akademie | der 
 Wissenschaften. | 1860. | In Commission von F. Diimmler's Verlags- 
 Buchhandlung. | T. w. JBD. 
 
 Printed cover 1 1., title 1 1., pp. 187-282. 4°. Improved title of No. 542. 
 
 544 Die Verwandtschaffcs-Yerhaltnisse | der athapaskischen 
 
 Sprachen | dargestellt von | Joh. Carl Ed. Buschmann. | Zweite 
 Abtheilung | des Apache. | Aus den Abhandlungen der Konigl. 
 Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Berlin 1862. | 
 
 Berlin. | Gedrnckt in der Druckerei der Konigl. Akademie | der 
 Wissenschaften, | 1863. | In Commission bei F. Diimmler's Verlags- 
 Buchhandlung | Harwitz und Gossmann. | B. t. "W. 
 
 Outside title II., 1 p. 1., pp. 195-252. 4°. Improved title of No. 544. 
 
 546 Grammatik | der | sonorischen Sprachen: | vorziiglich 
 
 der I Tarahumara, Tepeguana, Cora und Cahita. | als IXter Ab- 
 schnitt der Spuren der aztekischen Sprache | ausgearbeitet | von | 
 Jeh. Carl Ed. Buschmann. | Erste Abtheilung: | das Lautsystem. | 
 Aus den Abhandlungen der Konigl. Akademie der Wissenschaften 
 zu Berlin 1863. | 
 
 Berlin. | Gedrnckt in der Buchdruckerei der Konigl. Akademie | 
 der Wissenschaften. | 1864. | In Commission von F. Diimmler's 
 Verlags-Buchhandlung, | Harwitz und Gossmann. | B. T. dgb. jbd. 
 
 Outside title 1 1. , 1 p. 1. , pp. 369-453. 4°. Improved title of No. 546. 
 
 547 a Grammatik | der | sonorischen Sprachen : ] vorziiglich 
 
 der \ Tarahumara, Tepeguaua, Cora und Cahita; I als IX"=' Abschnitt 
 der Spuren der aztekischen Sprache | ausgearbeitet | von | Joh. 
 Carl Ed. Buschmann. | Dritte Abtheilung: | das Zahlwort. | Aus 
 den Abhandlungen der Konigl. Akademie der Wissenschaften zu 
 Berlin 1867. ( 
 
 Berlin. | Gedruckt in der Buchdruckerei der Konigl. Akademie | 
 der Wissenschaften. | 18m^ | In Commission von F. Diimmler's 
 Verlags-Buchhandlung | Harrwitz und Gossmann. | * 
 
 Outside title 1 1., title 1 1., pp. 23-215, and 2 folded leaves (24 b and 70 b). 
 Separate issue of No. 547. Title furnished by Dr. J. Hammond Trumbull from 
 copy in bis possession. 
 
 / 548 a Grammatik | der | sonorischen Sprachen: | vorziiglich 
 
 der I Tarahumara, Tepeguana, Cora, und Cahita; | als IX*""^ Ab- 
 schnitt der Spuren der Aztekischen Sprache | ausgearbeitet | von | 
 Joh. Carl Ed. Buschmann. | Zweite A.btheilung: | der Artikel, das 
 Substantivum und Adjectivum. | Aus den Abhandlungen der 
 Konigl. Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Berlin 1869. I 
 
BUSCHMANN. 895 
 
 Buschmann (Johann Carl Eduard) — continued. 
 
 Berlin. | Buchdruckerei der Konigl. Akademie der Wissenschaf- 
 ten (G. Vogt), | Uuiversitats-Strasse 8. | 1869. | In Commission bei 
 F. Dilmmler's Verlags-Buchhandlung. ] (Harrwitz und Gossman.) | 
 Outside title, 1 1, pp. 67-266. 4°. Separate issue of No. 548. Title furnished 
 by Dr. J. H. Trumbull, from copy in his possession. (*) 
 
 rj51 a Mexicanische Grammatik. * 
 
 Manuscript. 1 vol. Taken partly from W. v. Humboldt's manuscript. 
 1. Written characters, 11. 1-27. — 2. (Accent and) ixoantifcy, 11. 28-75. — 3. Sub- 
 stantive, 11. 76-163. 
 
 551 b Grammatische Worter der mexicanischen Spraclie. * 
 
 Manuscript. 33 11. folio. 
 
 551 c Mexicanisches Lexicon. Geograph. Namen. * 
 
 Manuscript. 35 pp., and 42 slips (notes). 
 
 551 d Materialien zum mexic. Worterbuch : * 
 
 1. List from Sahagun, 18 pp. — 2. List of Mexican names of persons, 7 pp. — 3. 
 Names of persons from Sahagun, 5 pp. —4. List of Mexican words which appear in 
 Clavigero and others, 10 pp. — 5. List of names of Mexican animals, plants, persons, 
 places, &.C., which are not of Mexican origin, 7 pp. — 6. List of Mexican animal 
 names from Hernandez and Clavigero, 14 pp. — 7. Mexican lexicon ; 1st report to 
 Humboldt, 24 pp. ; with many scientific marginal notes by W. von Humboldt.^ 
 8 Explanation of Mexican animal names, 18 pp., with marginal notes by W. von 
 Humboldt. — 9. The Mexican dictionary abridged, 4 pp. — 10. List of Mexican 
 names of plants and minerals from Hernandez and Clavigero, 18 pp. 
 
 551 e JSTomenclatur zum Mexicanischen Lexicon. * 
 
 Manuscript. 1G7 pp. 4°. 
 
 551/ Wortverzeichuiss von mehreren oder vielen Sprachen, 
 
 welche ich in einem abgekiirzten Verfahren in die Litteratur der 
 Spracben eingetragen habe — oder zum einstmabligen Eintragen 
 aufsammle. * 
 
 Manuscript. 38 pp. Material auxiliary to American languages, in possession 
 of Alcide d'Orbigny . Original manuscript of d'Orbigny for W. v. Humboldt, 6 pp. 
 
 551 g Wichtige Papiere. [Important papers.] * 
 
 Manuscript. American vocabularies (also text), so designated by Busch- 
 mann himself, referring to 50 linguistic families — partly from rare works, 
 journals, and manuscripts, and partly taken from the natives by BuscLmann. 
 
 551A Wichtige Papiere. * 
 
 Manuscript. American Vocabularies (also text). 
 
 651 i Siipplemente des Registers zu den "Spuren der aztekischen 
 
 Sprache im nordlichen Mexico und hoheren amerikanischen Nor- 
 den &c." Berlin 1859. * 
 
 Manuscript, folio. 
 
 551 1c Inhalts-Uebersicht zu den " Spuren der aztekischen 
 
 Sprache . im nordlichen Mexico und hoheren amerikanischen Nor- 
 den." Berlin 1859. 
 
 Manuscript. 42 11. folio. Note on the title dated : Berlin, 24 April, 1863. Prof. 
 Dr. Buschmann. 
 
 Summary of the contents of the Spuren. 
 
896 NORTH AMEKICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Buschmann (Johann Carl Eduard) — continued. 
 
 551 1 Die Texte der Tepeguana— Eudeve-Grammatik. Noch 
 
 wichtige Sprachsachen. * 
 
 Manuscript. Folio additions to the Tepeguana Grammar in 4"., etc. 
 
 551 m Vocabulario de la lengua Tepeguana (tepeguan y espan- 
 
 nol) sacado del vocabulario espannol y tepeguan del P. Benito 
 Einaldini por Don Eduardo Buschmann. Berlin 1856. * 
 
 Mauascript. 113 11. large 4°. 
 
 551 »i Vocabulario tepeguan II. Suplemento I, II. * 
 
 Manuscript. 291 11. 4°. 
 
 551 Manual Oahita. * 
 
 Introduction, 30 pp. 
 
 551 p Vocabulario Cabita-espannol 6 aleman (Se compuso en 
 
 junio y Julio 1865). 
 
 Manuscript. 85 11. 
 551 q Tarahumarisches Worterbuch. * 
 
 Manuscript. 78 11. 
 551 r Deutsch-sonorisches Worterbuch nebst Einleitung. * 
 
 Mauuscript. IHl 11. 
 
 German-Souora Dictionary, with an introduction. 
 
 551 s Zusatze zur Abtheilung I der sonorischen Grammatik; das 
 
 Lautsystem. * 
 
 Manuscript. 55 11. 
 
 551 1 Die Ordinal-Zahlen der mexicanischen Sprache. Berlin 
 
 1880. * 
 
 4". Corrected proof-sheets of the last work of the author. Appended to them 
 is the original manuscript, 67 II. fol. 
 
 551 u The Indian languages; Explanatory remarks on the pre- 
 ceding comparative vocabulary. (Extract of Pickering's Salem 
 Vocabulary and specimen of the Winnebago language.) * 
 
 Manuscript. With 1 page of Buschmann's handwriting. 
 Titles anduote.s from J. A. Stargardl's Catalogue, No. 135. — Amerikaund Orient. 
 
 Butron (D. Juan Luque). See Luque Butron (D. Juan), No. 2351. 
 
 Byington {Bev. Cyrus). See Wright {Bev. Alfred) and B3rington 
 {Bev. Cyrus), Nos. 4240-4246. 
 561 a Caballero (D. J.) Grammatica del Idioma Mexicano, segun el sis- 
 tema de " Ollendorf." 
 Mexico, 1880. * 
 
 212 pp. 8°. Title from Triibner's Catalogue of Dictionaries and Grammars, 
 p. 107. 
 
 565 a Calendario. Calendario | de los Indios de | Guatemala | 1722. | 
 Kiche. I DGB. 
 
 ilanuseript. Title, verso blank, 1 1; Advertencia pp. i-xi; 1 1. containing 
 the Calendar; pp. 1-50. 4°. In the Advertencia Dr. Berendt thus speaks of the 
 original : 
 
BUSCHMANN — CAMPBELL. 897 
 
 Calendario — continued. 
 
 " El original de este calendario en lengua Kioh^, erroneamente llamado Calen- 
 dario Kachiquel en Cat^logo de la biblioteca de la seccion etuol<5gia del Museo 
 Naoional (Guatemala 1875) pag. 8, No. 1, forma un cuaderno de 24 fojas titiles en 
 4'° menor. Se halla al principio de un volumen en folio, intitulado 'Larras, 
 Opiisculoa.' 
 
 "La segunda parte commenzanda en la pagina 37 de la presente copia, esta 
 esci ita por otra mano con ortografia diferente, trayendo al niargen (pagina 38 de 
 esta copia) la fecha de 13 de Marzo de 1770 afios. 
 
 "Parece que es si mismo calendario del cual habla el Arzobispo D. Pedro 
 Cortes y Larraz en su ' Descripcion Geograflco — Moral de la Di6cesis de Guathe- 
 mala,' hecho en le visita que hijo de ella en los aSos de 1768, 1769, y 1770," foja 
 142 Tuelta." 
 
 Following the above manuscript in the same volume is : 
 
 565 b Calendario | de los Indies de | Guatemala | 1085. | Cak- 
 
 cbiquel. | Copiado en la Ciudad de Guatemala | Marzo 1878. | dgb. 
 
 Manuscript. Title, verso blank, 1 1., Advertencia pp. 3-8, text pp. 9-27. In the 
 Advertencia Dr. Berendt speaks of the original as follows: 
 
 " Este calendario se encuentra en la 'choronica de la S. Provincia del San- 
 tissimo Nombre de Jesus de Guatemala,' conocida bajo el nombre de cronica 
 Franciscana, MS. que fu6 del couveuto de Franciscanos en esta ciudad." 
 
 In his manuscript catalogue of the Berendt collection. Dr. Brinton thus 
 describes these two manuscripts : 
 
 "Two precious pieces beautifully copied in fac-simile by Dr. Berendt from 
 ancient manuscripts he discovered in Guatemala. They present a detailed expla- 
 nation of the calendars of the two nations, and may perhaps be the means of 
 solving the strange problems presented by the chronology of the Mexican and 
 Central American nations. The same artificial and intricate system of measur- 
 ing time prevailed throughout these regions, and its character seems to point 
 more distinctly to Asiatic influences than any other trait in American civiliza- 
 tion." 
 
 565 c 1872. Calendrier d'Oka. 1872, | Kijigatomasinaigan. = laken- 
 tasetatha. | T. 
 
 1 1. 16°. Calendar for the Indians at Oka (Lac des deux Montagues) in Al- 
 gonkin and Iroquois. Verso "Explication des Signes — French, Algonkin and 
 Iroquois." Probably by the Abb6 Cuoq. 
 
 Calvary Oatechism, in Santee Dakota. See [Hinman {Bev. S. D.)], 
 No. 1804. 
 
 566 a Calvo {Fr. Pedro). Gramdtica y vocabulario de la lengua de Chiapa. 
 
 Title from Sobron, Los Idiomasdela Amf^-rica Latina, who quotes from Remesal. 
 Cameron (Gapt. D. E.) See Tachd {Mgr. A.), No. 3792. 
 
 569 a Cameron (Rev. James D ) [Gospels and Hymns in the Ojibwa 
 
 language.] * 
 
 "Mr. Cameron was ordained to the ministry in May [1836]. He prepared a 
 
 book of twenty-four hymns in Ojibwa, and translated the Gospels by Mark and 
 
 Luke." — Hisiori/ of American Missions, p. 491. 
 
 574 a Campbell (John). Origin of the Aborigines of Canada. » 
 
 In Lit. and Hist. Soc. of Quebec, Trans., Session 1880-1881, pp. 61-93 and 
 i-xxxiv. Quebec, 1882. 12°. Separately issued; see title No. 575. 
 
 57 Bib . 
 
898 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Campbell (Johu) — continued. 
 
 578 a (From the Canadian Naturalist, vol. IX., No. 5.) Hittites 
 
 in America. By John Campbell, M. A.. Professor in the Presbyte- 
 rian College, Montreal. jtvp. 
 
 No title-page. Pp. 1-22. 8°. Separate issue of No. 578. 
 
 579 a (Prom the Canadian Naturalist, vol. IX., No. 6.) Hittites 
 
 in America. By John Campbell, M. A. Professor in the Presbyte- 
 rian College, Montreal. JWP. 
 
 No title-page. Pp. 1-23. 8°. Separate issue of No. 579. Linguistics, pp. 1-4, 
 11-14, 21-22. 
 
 579 ft A Translation of the Principal Hittite Inscriptions yet 
 
 published. By John Campbell, M. A., Professor in the Presbyte- 
 rian College, Montreal. JWP. 
 
 No title-page. Pp. 1-16. 8°. Contains Aztec words. 
 
 58.3 a Some laws of phonetic change in the Khitan languages. 
 
 By John Campbell, M. A., Professor in the Presbyterian College, 
 Montreal. 
 
 In Canadian Institute, Proc, new series, vol. 1, pt. 4, pp. 282-299. Toronto, 
 1883. 8°. An exhibition of the relation of the Iroquois dialects to those of all 
 the divisions of the Khitan family, with illustrative vocabularies. 
 Separately issued, without title-page, pp. 1-20. 8°. (JWP.) 
 
 Cantique en langue Algonquine. See [Cuoq {ESv. Jean Andr^)], 
 No. 953. 
 
 Cardenas y Leon {D. Carlos Celedonio Velasquez de). See Velasquez 
 de Cardenas y Leon (D. Carlos Caledonio), No. 3990. 
 
 ROO a Carli (Gonte Gian Einaldo). Le | Lettere Americane | Nuova Edi- 
 zione corretta ed ampliata colla | aggiunta della Parte III, Ora per 
 la I prima volta impressa. | Parte prima [ — terza] [Design]. 
 
 Cremona | Per Lorenzo Manini Eegio Stampatore. | 
 M.DCC.LXXXr [-M.DCC.LXXXIII] [1781-1783]. | Con licenza de 
 Superiori. | YC. 
 
 3 vols. sm. 4° (16°). 
 
 602 Briefe ( iiber | Amerika | nach der neuesten, verbesserten 
 
 und mit dem | dritten Thede vermehrten Ausgabe, aus dem | 
 Italianischen des Herru Grafen Carlo | Carli ilbersetzt, und mit 
 einigen | Anmerkungen versehen | von | Christian Gottfried Hen- 
 nig. I Erster [-Dritter] Theil. | 
 
 Gera, 1785. | bei Christoph Friedrich Bekmann. | c, 
 
 3 vols. sm. 8°. Improved title of No. 602. Linguistics, vol. 1, pp. 408, 414-416. 
 
 603 a Carmany (J. H.) The first three of the Ten Commandments, and 
 
 the Lord's Prayer, in the dialect of the Nanaimos. 
 
 In Bancroft (H. H.) Native Races, vol. 3, pp. 611-612. New York, 1875. 8°. 
 
 611 a Carranza {Fr. Diego). Vocabulary of the Chontal language. * 
 Title from Sobron,j:diomasde la America Latina, p. 30. 
 
CAMPBELL CAKTILLA. 899 
 
 v 615 a Carrillo y Ancona (Z). Crescencio). Manual | de | Historia y Geo- 
 grafia | de la | Peninsula de Yucatan | Por | D. Crescencio Car- 
 rillo I Presbitero | Catedratico [&c., two lines] | 
 Merida de Yucatan | Imprenta de J. D. Bspinosa e Hijos | 1868 | 
 Pp. i-xxvii, 1 1., pp. 1-162. sq. 16°. incomplete. dgb. 
 
 Capitulo iv. El iclioma y el nombre de Yucatan, pp. 88-113, contains a general 
 discussion of the language and the writers thereon , with a brief list of their works. 
 
 615 6 Bibliotheca de Autores Yucatecos. | Tomo I. | Historia 
 
 Antigua | de | Yucatan | por | D. Crescencio Carrillo y Ancona | 
 Canonigo [&c., three lines] | Segnnda de las Disertaciones del 
 mismo autor | relativas al proprio asunto. | 
 
 Meiida. | Imprenta de Espinosa y Compania. | 2». Calle de Hidal- 
 gos, numero 22. | 1881. | dgb. 
 
 Pp. 1- ? sm. 4°. Copy seen is incomplete, ending in the middle of a sentence 
 at p. 504. 
 
 Astronomf a y Cronologia — Calendario — Aritm^tica, Literatura, pp. 245-270. 
 
 The same author's Compendio de la Historia de Yucatan, M6rida, 1871, contains 
 no linguistics. 
 
 V 615 c Historia Antigua | de | Yucatan | por | D. Crescencio Car- 
 rillo y Ancona | Canonigo | de la Catedral de Merida de Yucatan, 
 y Socio I de varias Corporaciones Cientificas | Nacionales y Extran- 
 jeras | Seguida de las Disertaciones del mismo autor | relativas al 
 propio asunto. | Segunda Edicion. | 
 
 Merida de Yucatan. | Gamboa Guzman y Ilermano, Impresores- 
 Editores. | Plaza de la Independencia, Num. 3. | 1883. | jwp. 
 
 Pp. 1-670. 12°. 
 
 Capitulo IV. Idloma de los mayas, which Includes a brief list of authors on 
 Maya, pp. 101-132. — Capitulo V. El nombre de Yucatan, pp. 133-141. — Capitulo 
 XII. » • * Escritura, Ciencias, Astronomla y cronologia, Calendario, Arit- 
 m^tica, Literatura, etc., containing Maya alphabet. Signs of the twenty days, 
 etc., pp. 245-268. — Capitulo XX. » « » Prof etas yucatecos 6 Chilames, etc., 
 containing Maya text and Spanish translations of same, pp. 51^'-539. — Diserta- 
 cion sobre la Literatura y civilizaclon antigua de Yucatan, pp. 555-590. — Geo- 
 grafia Maya, pp. 603-611. — Maya-Etimologia de este nombre, pp. 632-635. 
 
 Perez (D. Juan P.) Antigua cronologia yuoateoa, pp. 637-663. 
 
 615 d, Cartas | de | Indias. | Publicalas por primera vez | el | Ministerio 
 de Fomento. | [Design.] 
 
 Madrid. | Imprenta de Manuel G. Hernandez, | calle de San 
 Miguel, num. 23. | 1877. | c. 
 
 Folio. 1 p. 1., reverse blank; title, reverse blank, 1 1.; "A la Majestad," &c., 
 reverse blank, 1 1.; Prologo, pp. vii-xiv; Adverteucias, pp. xv-xvi; "Crlst6- 
 bal Colon," &c. (half title), reverse blank, 1 1.; pp.3-8b7; "Facsimiles" (half 
 title), reverse blank, 1"1. ; 67 fac-simile leaves; 2blankll. ; "L^minas" (half title), 
 reverse blank, 11.; 22 11. signatures (reverse of each 1. blank); drawings, reverse 
 Wank.ll.; "Peru,"ll.; Iblankl.; " Mar as" (half title), reverse blank, 1 1.; 
 Mapa de la Australia, reverse blank, 1 1. ; [description of] Mapa de la Australia, 
 reverse blank, 1 1. ; 3 maps, folded; " Indice," 5 11. 
 
 Fao-simile U is of a letter in Maya, dated 1567. — Fac simile U* is of a letter in 
 NahuatI, quite lengthy, dated 1562. Spanish translations of the letters are given. 
 
 Cartas Ediflcantes. See Lettres Edifiantes, Nos. 2280 «— 2280 e. 
 Cartilla en Lengua Maya. See [Berendt (Carlos Hermann).], No. 356. 
 
900 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 631 Cartilla mayor | en Leugua Oastellana, Latina, y | Mexicana. | I^ue- 
 vamente Corregida, y Enmendada, y Eeformada j en esta ultima 
 Impression | [Woodcut of a cross, surrounded by a Latin iuscrip- 
 tion] |ggAabcdefghijklmno|pqrfstuvxyz. I 
 
 Colophon : Con Licencia, y Privilegio. | En Mexico en la Imprenta 
 de la Viuda de Bernardo Calderon en la ca- 1 He de San Agust n [sic\ 
 *^* Y con prohibicion, que ninguna otra persona | sino la dicha 
 Yiuda, en toda la Nueva-Bspana pueda imprimir Cartillas, | ni 
 Doctrinas pena de ducientos pesos, y los moldes perdidos. | Ano 
 de 1693. I * 
 
 8 unnumbered 11. sm. 4°. Followed by Cathecismo cenoa yn tech, Mexico, 
 1683, No. 677 a. Improved title of No. 631, furnished by Mr. W. Eames from a 
 copy seen at the sale of the books of the late Henry C. Murphy. 
 
 631 a Carvajal (D. Francisco). Discurso | para el Descendimiento del 
 Senor | por | D.° Francisco Carvajal, | Presbitero. | Copiado del 
 original, MS. en | poder del Parroco de Santiago | en M6rida, Pbr" 
 D. mc Delgado: | Noviembre 1868, | Br. 0. H. Berendt. | dob. 
 
 Manuscript. Bound in blank book with other manuscripts; occupies pp. 77- 
 116. 12°. 
 
 ' ' The author, cura at Temax, was born about 1 790, and was brother of Don 
 Jose Segundo Carvajal, governor of Yucatan 1829-1832. The language of the 
 Discurso is considered a model of elegant style and pure diction in Maya. The 
 author also left a collection of proverbs, &c., in Maya." — Brinton. 
 
 650 a Casey {Lieut. — ) and Waldron (Lieut. — ). A vocabulary of the 
 Seminole language (English Seminole), with some additions made 
 by Lieut. Waldron. * 
 
 Manuscript in possession of Dr. J. Hammond TrnmbuU, who has furnished 
 me with title and note. Something was added by Francis Kidder, who obtained 
 the original manuscript in Florida in 1851. Contains upwards of 900 words and 
 phrases. 
 
 662 Castiglioni (Luigi). Luigi Castiglionis, | Maylandischen Patri- 
 ziers, | des St. Stephansordens p. m. Eitters, und der i^hilo- | sophi- 
 schen Gesellschaft zu Philadelphia, so wie der | patriotischen So- 
 cietat zu Mayland Mitgliedes, &c. | Eeise | durch | die vereinigten 
 Staaten | von | Nord-Amerika, | in den Jahren ITSK, 1786 und 
 1787. I Nebst Bemerkungen | iiber die niitzlichsten Gewachse die- 
 ses Landes. | Erster Theil. | Mit Kupfern. | 
 
 Memmingen, | bey Andreas Seyler. 1793. | c. 
 
 Title and" II., pp. 1-495. sm. 8°. maps and plates. Improved title of No. 662. 
 
 Vocabulary in Deutsch, Chactawisoh, and Scherokesisch, pp. 322-328. 
 
 662 a Castillejo [B. P. D. Clemente). Erases en lengua Zotzil ( 1830. | 
 (Fragmento.) dgb. 
 
 Original manuscript, 3 11., 4°. Part of the Berendt collection; stained and 
 not very legible. 
 
 6G3 a Castillo [Fr. Pedro). Arte de la lengua otomf, y Vocabulario otomi- 
 espailol, y vice versa. » 
 
 Title from Sobron, Idiomas de la America Latina, p. 32. 
 
CAETILLA — CATLIN. 901 
 
 665 a Castro {Fr. Andres). Catecismo de la doctrina cristiaaa en lengua 
 matlazinca. * 
 
 Title from Sobron, Idiomas do la Am(5rioa Latina, p. 97, who quotes from Tor- 
 quemada. 
 
 The sermons by Castro given in title No, C67, which is taken from the Fischer 
 sale catalogue, are the same, I am informed by Sr. Icazbalceta, as those men- 
 tioned in title No. 668. 
 
 Cat^chisme Algonquin. See [Cuoq [Bh. Jean Andre)], No. 950. 
 
 Cat6chisme, recueil de Priferes. See [Garin (jB. P.)], No. 1407. 
 
 CatecMsmus Mingnek. See [Egede (Paul)], No. 1161. 
 
 Catechismvs Lutheri. See [Campanius (Johan)], No. 571. 
 
 Catecismo. Catecismo de los metodistas. See [Fletcher {Bev, 
 Eicliard)], No. 1308. 
 
 674 a Catecismo Hispano-Mexicano. B. 
 
 Colophon : — En 19 de Agosto de | 1714 acabe de escribir | este 
 papel que contiene | la palabra de Dios que | deben aprender los 
 ninos | y aun los grandecitos, p* | que ^-ayan creciendo con doc | 
 trina delante de Dios | y pougo aqui mi uombre | y mi flrma yo 
 Don I Lucas Mateo. | 
 
 Manuscript. 47 pp. 4°. No title-page. The pages are divided into two col- 
 ujnns, one of which contains the Mexican text, the other the Spanish. In the 
 Bancroft Library, San Francisco; bought at the Eamirez sale (Lon-J., 1880), in 
 the catalogue of which it is entered under No. 513. It is there said that this 
 copy is in the handwriting of Professor Faustino Galicia Chimalpopoca ; there is 
 no internal evidence of that fact in the manuscript itself. It is the Roman 
 Catholic catechism in use in Spanish America at the time. 
 
 This manuscript is imperfectly described under No. 672 of this catalogue. 
 
 6746 Catecismo menor — Naamakataya tottojaleti — En lengua 
 
 de los Indigenas del Darien de Panama. * 
 
 Manuscript. Title from M. Alph. Pinart ; probably in his possession. 
 
 677 a Cathecismo | cenca yn tech | moneqvi qvimatizqve | yu Christianos 
 tlanelto- | cauime ynicmomaquix- | tizque | [&c.] 
 
 Colophon : Oquimo naluiatlatolcuepili PadreE. Balthazar [ del Cas- 
 tillo, Temachtiani, yhuan Ministro ui- | can Altepetl S. Luis Obispo 
 Vexotlanmani | meztlil6de]uliodel683anos. | M.S.S.C.S.E.E. | 
 
 ^ Con Licencia | En Mexico: por la Viuda de Bernardo Calde- 
 ron I en la Calle de S. Augustin. | * 
 
 4 unnumbered 11. sm. 4°. No title-page. In the Mexican language. Appended 
 to Cartilla mayor, Mexico, 1693, No. 6J1. Title from Mr. W. Eames, from copy 
 seen at the Murphy sale. 
 
 687 a CatUn (George). Letters and Notes | on the | Manners, Cus- 
 toms, and Condition | of the | North American Indians. | Written 
 during eight years' travel among the wildest | tribes of Indians in 
 North America, | [Engraving.] j By Geo. Catlin. j Two vols, in 
 one. I With one hundred and fifty illustrations, on steel and wood. | 
 Philadelphia: j J. W. Bradley, 48 North P'ourth St. | 1860. | * 
 Title 11., pp. 7-792. 8°. Linguistics, pp. 786, 787-791. Title from Mr. W. Eames. 
 
902 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Catlin (George) — continued. 
 
 689 Illustrations | of the | Manners, Customs, & Condition | of 
 
 the I North American Indians. | With Letters and Notes, | Written 
 during Eight Tears of Travel and Adventure among the | Wildest 
 and most Eemarkable Tribes now Existing. | By George Catlin. | 
 With I three hundred and sixty coloured engravings | from the au- 
 thor's original paintings. I [Design.] In two volumes. — Vol.1 [-IIJ. | 
 
 London : | Chatto & Windus, Piccadilly. | 1876. | c. 
 
 2 vols. : pp. viii, 264 ; viii, 266. plates, large 8°. Mandan and Welsh similar- 
 ities, vol. -2, p. 261.— Vocabulary, pp. 262-265. Improved title of No. 689. 
 
 690 a Catlin's notes | of | eight years' travels and residence | 
 
 in Europe, | with his | North American Indian Collection: \ with 
 anecdotes and incidents of the travels and adventures of three | 
 different parties of American Indians whom he introduced | to 
 the courts of | England, France, and Belgium. | In two volumes 
 octavo. I Vol. I f-Il]. I With numerous illustrations. | 
 
 New York: | Published by the author. | To be had at all the 
 bookstores. 1 1848. | C. 
 
 Pp. i-xvi, 1-296; i-xii, 1-336. plates. 8°. 
 
 690 h Catlin's Notes | of | Eight Tears' travels and residence | 
 
 in Europe, | with his | North American Indian Collection. | With | 
 Anecdotes and incidents of the travels and adventures of | three 
 different parties of American Indians whom he | introduced to the 
 courts of I England, France, and Belgium. | In two Volumes, octa- 
 vo, j Vol.1 [-II]. I With numerous illustrations. | Second edition. | 
 
 London : | Published by the Author, | At his Indian Collection, 
 No. 6, Waterloo Place. | 1848. [ o. whs. 
 
 Pp. i-xvi, 1-296; i-xii, 1-336. plates. 8°. 
 
 Names of nine "Ojibbeway" Indians, with English signification, vol. 1, pp. 
 108-109. — Descriptive catalogue of Mr. Catlin's Indian Collection, giving many 
 Indian names, with English signification, vol. 1, pp. 248-296. — Names of 14 loway 
 Indians, with English signification, vol. 2, p. 13. — Names of 11 Ojibbeway In- 
 dians, with English sigiiification, vol. 2, p. 279. 
 
 702 a The Catlin Indian Collection, containing Portraits, Land- 
 scapes, Costumes, &c., and Eepresentations of the Manners and 
 Customs of the North American Indians. # # » # # pj.g. 
 sented to the Smithsonian Institution by Mrs. Thomas Harrison, 
 of Philadelphia, in 1879. A Descriptive Catalogue. By George 
 Catlin, the Artist. 
 
 In Ehees (William J.) Visitor's Guide to the Smithsonian Institution and 
 National Museum, Washington, D. C. , pp. 59-78. Washington, 1884. 8°. 
 
 704 tt Notice | sur | les Indiens loways, | et | sur le Nuage 
 
 Blanc, I l*"- chef de la Tribu, | Venus des Plaines du Haut- Missouri, 
 pres des Montagues Eocheuses | (Territoire des Etats-Unis, Am6- 
 rique du Nord), | sous la conduite | de G. H. C. Melody, Esq™, | et 
 
CATLIN — CEPEDA. 903 
 
 Catlin (George) — continued. 
 
 accompagn6s | Par Jeffrey Dora way, | Leiir Interprfete Favori. | 
 Huit gravures sur bois, par Porret. | 
 
 Paris, I Imprimerie de Wittershelm, | Eue Montmorency, 8. | 
 1845. I WHS. 
 
 Printed cover 1 1., pp. 1-24. 16°. 
 
 704 b Caulkins (Frances Man waring). History | of | JJTew London, | 
 Connecticut. | From the first survey of the coast in 1612, to 1852. | 
 By Frances Mauwaring Caulkins. | [Quotation and Seal.] | 
 
 Kew London : | Published by the Author. | 1852. | c. T. w. BA. 
 
 Pp. i-xii, 13-680. 8°. 
 
 Chapter VIII. A chapter of names — English and Ahoriginal, pp. 118-125. 
 
 Sabin's Dictionary says there is in the Library of Congress a popy of the Sec- 
 ond Edition, continued to 1860. New London, 1860. 8°. pp. 680. That library 
 has no such edition. 
 
 704 c Celebration. The | Celebration | of the | One Hundred and Fif- 
 
 tieth I Anniversary | of the ) primitive organization | of the | Con- 
 gregational Church and Society, | in [ Franklin, Connecticut, | 
 October 14th, 1868. | 
 Tuttle, Morehouse & Taylor, Printers, | New Haven. | 1869. | 
 
 Pp. 1-151. 8°. map and portraits. c. T. w. ba. 
 
 ■Wood^vard (A. ) Historical Address, pp. 11-92, contains, on pp. 46-48, Indian 
 names [in Connecticut], by J. Hammond Trumbull. 
 
 705 Cepeda (Fr. Francisco de). Artes de los idiomas Chiapaneco, 
 Zoque, Tzendal y Chinanteco, por Fr. Francisco de Cepeda. * 
 
 4°. "I am not aware that a copy of this book is now extant, nor that any one 
 has described it de visu. The first notice of it is due to Eemesal (lib. x, cap. 16), 
 and its title has been variously given by bibliographers. Eemesal says that 
 P. Zepeda had printed Artes de las lenguas de Chiapa, Zogxies, Celdales y Cinacan- 
 tecas, but does not give the date. Antonio de Leon Pinelo entitles it Arte de 
 las lenguas Chiapa, Zoque, Celdales y Cinaeanteca, and gives it the date of 1560. 
 D. Nicolfis Antonio mentions it with this title: Arte de las lenguas CMapa, Toque, 
 Celdales y Cinaeanteca, 1560. The Dominicans Quetif and Echard copy the title 
 from Eemesal, omitting the preposition de from before the names of the lan- 
 guages, and give the date doubtfully: 'Mexici, circa 1566.' Barcia, in his 
 reprint of Leon Pinelo, copies in one place (col. 729) the article as given above; 
 and gives in another place (col. 721) the following: 'Fr. Antonio isic'\ de Ce- 
 peda, dominico, Artes de las Lenguas de Chiapa, Loques, Celdales y Chinatlecas, 
 imp. Mexico, 1530.' This notice is certainly erroneous, as it antedates, by sev- 
 eral years, the introduction of printing into Mexico. But if Barcia did so 
 poorly, Beristain was hardly more correct, for he gives the work this title: Arte 
 de las idiomas Chiapense, Zoquense, Caldulense y Cinacontlano, Mexico, 1560. Ter- 
 naux-Compans copies D. NicoMs Antonio. Brunet follows Pinelo, and refers to 
 Mr. Marsden's Catalogue of Dictionaries. Squier makes a special title, thus: 
 Artes de los idiomas Chiapense, Zoquense, Celdal y Cinaeanteca, Mexico, 1560. Lude- 
 wig follows Antonio. And last, in the catalogue annexed to La Iniprenta en 
 America, we meet the work of Cepeda with the title of Arte de la lengua Chiapa, 
 Zoque, Celdales y Cinaeanteca, as if they were different names for one tongue. In 
 the midst of such confusion, I have preferred the title given by Sr. Pimentel in 
 his Cuadro Descriptivo y Compara*ivo de las Lenguas Indigenas de Mexico, first 
 edition, vol. 2, p. 232. 
 
904 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Cepeda {Fr. Francisco de) — continued. , 
 
 "Fr. Francisco de Zepeda, or Cepeda, was a native of Mancha, and took the 
 habit of S. Domingo in the convent of Ocafia. From thence he went to the 
 province of S. Vicente de Chiapa, where he was of much assistance in the con- 
 version of the Indians, for he learned several of their languages. He was prior 
 of several convents, and at last was elected provincial in 1593. He also held 
 the oflBice of Comisario of the Inquisition in Guatemala, and died in 1602, at the 
 age of seventy years. The missionaries had suffered great inconveniences in 
 learning the languages of this province, for each one was obliged to use what- 
 ever manuscript grammar he could obtain; and as a remedy, it was decreed that 
 Fr. Francisco should go to Mexico commissioned to have printed there Artes of 
 those dialects most used; which he accomplished, carrying with him, on his 
 return, the edition, of which, as I have already said, no copy is known to be 
 extant. Probably these Artes which P. Cepeda had printed were not his own, 
 or at leastnot all. From this work the friars received great assistance, and the 
 Indians great pleasure, 'when they saw his own words in print, and that they 
 were communicated not alone in Latin and Spanish.'" — Icazialceia, Bibliografia 
 Mexicana del Siglo XVI, pp. 121-122. 
 
 Cesvs Klist, em opunkv liera. [Matthew in Muskokee.] See 
 [Loughridge {Bev. Robert M.)], Fos. 2325-2327. 
 
 705 a Cesvs vc vnokeces ("Jesus loves me.") 
 
 In Indian Journal, vol. 4, No. 4. Muscogee, I. T., Oct. 2, 1879. folio. Hymn, 
 "Jesus loves me," in Muskoki. 
 
 705 b Cesvs vn tisem vc vnokeces. 
 
 In Indian Journal, vol. 4, No. 48. Muscogee, I. T., Aug. 5, 1880. folio. Hymn, 
 "Jesus loves even me," in the Muskoki language. 
 
 Ce-sxs wo-ra-kae-pe se-ta-wae. [Matthew iu Iowa.] See [Hamilton 
 (Rev. William) and Irvin (Bev. S. M.)], No. 1657. 
 
 720 a Champlain (Samuel de). Les Voyages | de la | Novvelle France | 
 &c. 
 
 A Paris. | Chez Pierre Le-Mvr, dans la grand Salle | du Palais. | 
 M. DC. XXXII [1632]. | Auec Priuilege du Eoy. | l. 
 
 Title as in No. 720, except imprint as above. Collation also as in No. 720. 
 
 725 a Chapman (Isaac A.) A | Sketch | of the | History of Wyoming. | 
 By the late Isaac A. Chapman, Esq. | To which is added, | an j 
 Appendix, | containing a | Statistical Account | of the | Valley, j 
 and I Adjacent Country. | By a Gentleman of Wilkesbarre. | 
 
 Wilkesbarre, Penn. | Printed and published by Sharp D. 
 Lewis. I 1830. | c. T. w. BA. 
 
 Pp. 1-209. 12°. "Signification of several Indian names which are still re- 
 tained at and near Wyoming," pp. 172-173. 
 
 726 a Charencey (Hyacinthe de). Origine des peuples. De la parents 
 de la laugue Japonaise avec les idiomes Tartares & Am^ricains. 
 
 In Annales de Philosophic Chr^tienne, vol. 57, pp. 7-24. Paris, 1858. 8°. 
 
 729 a Elements de la Granimaire Othomi. 
 
 In Revue Orientale et Amerioaine, tome 8, pp. 15-49. Paris, 1863. 8°. 
 Translated, in part, from the work of Neve y Molina, by L^on de Rosny.— 
 Leclerc, 1867. Separately issued as in No. 730. 
 
CEPEDA CHAEENCEY. 905 
 
 Chareucey (Hyacinthe de) — continued. 
 
 730 a Introduction k une Etude comparative sur les langues 
 
 de la Famille Maya-Quich6. dgb. 
 
 In Avant Propos; pp. 32-37. Paris, 1866. 8°. 
 
 Numerals 1-10, and a short vocabulary of the Quiche, Pokonchi, Maya de 
 Palin, and Huastfeque. 
 
 731 Eecherches | sur la famille de | langues Tapijualapane- 
 
 Mixe I Par M. H. De Oharencey. | 
 
 Havre | Imprimerie Lepelletier | 1867 | TC. 
 
 Pp. 1-15. 8°. Improved title of No. 731. 
 
 731 a Eecherches sur la famille de langues Am^ricaiues Pirinda- 
 
 Othomi. 
 
 In Annales de Philosophie Chr^tienne, vol. 75, pp. 49-58. Paris, 1867. 8°. 
 Comparison of the Piiinda, Mazahua, and Otliomi languages. 
 
 738 a Le Mythe de Votan. 
 
 Forms vol. 5J, Actes de la Soci6t6 Philologique, 3 p. 11. , pp. 7-144. Paris, 1871. 8°. 
 Separately issued as in No. 739. 
 
 739 a Eecherches sur les lois phon6tiques dans les Idiomes de 
 
 la Famille Mame Huasteque. 
 
 InRevuedeLinguistique, tome 5, pp. 129-167. Paris, [1872.] 8°. Separately 
 issued as in No. 740. 
 
 742 Essai | d' Analyse Grammaticale | d'un texte en langue 
 
 Maya | par | M. H. De Oharencey | Membre [&c., two lines]. | [Mon- 
 ogram.] 
 
 Caen | Typographic de F. Le Blanc-Hardel | Eue Froide, 2 et 4 | 
 1873 I DGB. 
 
 Pp. 1-22. 8°. Improved title of No. 742. 
 
 742 a Eecherches sur une ancienne Proph^tie en langue Maya. 
 
 In Revue de Linguistique, tome 6, pp. 42-61. Paris, [1873.] 8°. 
 
 745 a fitude sur la Prophetic en langue Maya D'Ahkuil Chel. 
 
 In Revue de Lingmstique, tome 8, pp. 320-332. Paris, 1875. 8°. Separately 
 issued as in No. 746. 
 
 747 Eecherches | sur le | Codex Troano | par | H. De Cha- 
 
 rencey | 
 
 Paris I Ernest Leroux, fiditeur | Libraire [etc., three lines] | 
 28, Eue Bonaparte, 28 ] 1876 | dgb. 
 
 Printed cover 1 1., half-title 1 1., title 1 1., pp. 5-15, plate. 8°. Improved title 
 of No. 747. 
 
 753 a [Vocabulary of the Nagranda Language, Nicaragua.] * 
 
 In Revue de Linguistique, .vol. 1 2, No. 3, (July, 1879. ) From manuscripts left 
 by the Abb6 Brasseur de Bourbourg. 
 
 755 Des Signes j de | Numeration en Maya | par | H. de Oha- 
 rencey I 
 
 Alen§on | E. Eeuaut-de Broise, Imprimeur et Lithographe. | 
 Place d'Armes. | 1881 | dgb. jwp. 
 
 Printed cover, pp. 1-7. 8°. Improved title of No. 755. 
 
906 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Charencey (Hyacinthe de) — continued. 
 
 755 a Du Syst^me de Numeration | chez | les Peuples de la 
 
 FamilleMaya-Quich6 | par | H.deCharencey | ExtraitduMus6on | 
 Louvain | Typographic de Gh. Peetcrs, Libraire | Rue de ISTamur, 
 22 I 1882 I T. JWP. 
 
 Pp. 1-8. 8°. 
 
 755 J) Eecherchcs | sur les | Koms des Points de I'Bspace | 
 
 par I M. le C*'' de Charencey | Membre [etc., two lines.] | | Design.] ' 
 
 Caen | Imprimerie de F. le Blanc-Hardel | Eue Froide, 2 et 4 | 
 1882 I DGB. JWP. 
 
 Printed cover 1 1., 1 blank 1., title 1 1., pp. 1-86. 8°. 
 
 A. FatnilleEsquimaude: Groenlandais, Tcliiglit (des bouohes du Mackenzie), 
 pp. 11-14.— B. Famine Algique: Algonqain, Cri,pp- 14-16.— C. Famille Mohawk : 
 Onondaga, pp. 17-19.— D. Famille Siousse: MincStari (on Hidatsa), pp. 19-20.— E. 
 Famille Athabaskane, appel^eDenne-DindjieparleE. P. Petitot: Peau-de-Li&vre, 
 Chipp6wayan ou Montagnais, Dindji6, pp. 20-23.— F. Families Californleunes: 
 Mutsun (groupe de San ta-Cruz), Santa-Barbara (dialeote de I'Ue de la Croix), Kla- 
 math ou Modoc, Ehnek (sur la rivifere Klamath), Calaveras ou Thlaraa, Dialecte 
 de San Eafaijl (sur la bale de San Francisco), pp. 23-25.— G. Famille Mexico-Cali- 
 fornienne: Dialecte des Indiens de Warm Spring ou des Chutes-River (Oregon), 
 Kij ou dialecte de San Gabriel (c6te snd de la Californie), Opata, Aztfeque ou 
 Mexicain, pp. 25-27.— H. Famille Pirinda-Othomie : Othomi, p. 28.— I. Famille 
 Mam-huastfeque : Maya, pp. 28-30.— J. Famille Mosquito : Mosquito, pp. 30-31. 
 
 755 c Melanges | de | Philologie et de Pal^ographie | Am6ri- 
 
 caines | par | le Comte de Charencey | 
 
 Paris I Ernest L6roux, Editeur | Libraire de la Soci6t6 Asiati- 
 que I de I'ficole des langues Orientales Vivantes, etc. | 28, Eue 
 Bonaparte, 28 | 1883 | A. dgb. 
 
 Title 1 1., pp. 1-195, 11. 8°. "Le pr&ent volume se compose de miSmoires 
 d^tacMs et ay ant paru h, des ^poques diverses.'' — Extract from Preface. 
 
 Sur quelques families de langues du Mexique, pp. 3-36. — Sur diff^rents idiomes 
 de la Nou velle-Espagne, pp. 38-67. — Sur la famille de langues Tapijualapane-Mixe, 
 pp. 69-78. — Sur la famille de langues Piriuda-Othomi, pp. 79-88. — Sur les lois pho- 
 n^tiques dans les idiomes de la famille Mame-Huastfeqne, pp. 89-121. — Sur le pro- 
 nom personnel dans les idiomes de la famille Maya-Quich^, pp. 123-139. — fitudo 
 sur la prophetic en langue Maya d'Ahkuil-Chel, pp. 141-150. — Sur le systfeme de 
 numeration chez les peuples de la famille Maya-Quieh<S, pp. 151-157. — Sur le 
 d^chiffrement des €critures calculiformes on Mayas, pp. 159-190. — Sur les signes 
 de numeration en Maya, pp. 191-195. 
 
 755 d Eecherches sur les noms de nombres cardiuaux dans la 
 
 famille Maya-Quich6. 
 
 In Revue de Linguistiqne, vol. 16, pp. 325-339. Paris, 1883. 
 
 Also issued separately, pp. 1-15, -without title-page — heading as above. (jWP.) 
 
 760 a Charnock {Dr. E. S.) and Blake (Dr. C. Carter). Notes on the 
 Woolwa and Mosquito Vocabularies. By Dr. E. S. Charnock, and 
 Dr. C. Carter piake. 
 
 In Philolog. Soc. [of London], Transactions, 1873-4, pp. 350-353. London, 
 1874. «°. 
 
 Comparison of Woolwa and Mosquito words and numerals. 
 
 Charter of the Choctaw. See [Pomeroy (James Margarum), editor], 
 Nos. 3024-3025. 
 
CHAEENCEY CHAUMONOT. 907 
 
 762 a Chateaubriand ( Vicomte Frangois Auguste de). Voyages | en | 
 Am6rique | et en | Italie: | par | Le Vicomte de Chateaubriand. | 
 En deux volumes. | Tome I [-II]. j 
 
 Paris I Et Londres, chez Oolburn, Libraire, | New Burlington 
 Street. | 1828. | c. 
 
 2 vols. : 2 p. 11., pp. i-iv, 1 1., pp. 1-400; 3 p. 11. , pp. 1-423. 8°. 
 
 " Languea Indiennes," including comments on, and comparison of, the Creek, 
 Natchez, Sioux, and other tribes, and examples of Huron conjugation, vol. 1, pp. 
 273-286. 
 
 762 b Travels | in | America and Italy, | by | Viscount de Cha- 
 teaubriand, I Author of Atala, Travels in Greece and Palestine, | 
 the Beauties of Christianity, t&c. | In two volumes. | Vol. I [-II]. | 
 
 London; | Henry Colburn, IJfew Burlington Street. | 1828. | c. 
 
 2 vols. : 3 p. 11., pp. 1-356; 2 p. 11., pp. 1-429. 8°. "Indian languages," vol. 1, 
 pp. 255-266. 
 
 762 c OBuvres completes | de M.le Vicomte | De Chateaubriand, | 
 
 Membre de I'Acad^mie frangaise. | Tome Premier [-Trente-Si- 
 xifeme] I 
 
 Paris, I Pourrat Frferes, Editeurs. | M. DCCC. XXXVI [-M. DCCC. 
 XL] [1836-1840]. | * 
 
 36 vols. 8°. Tome Douzifeme, Voyage en Am^rique, "Langues Indiennes," 
 pp. 167-176. Title furnished by Dr. J. H. Trumbull from copy in the Watkinsoa 
 Library, Hartford, Conn. 
 
 762 d Voyages | en Am6rique | en Italie, etc. | par | M. De Cha- 
 teaubriand I avec des gravures | 
 
 Paris I Bernardin-B6chet, Libraire | 31, Quai des Augustins | 
 [N. d.] B. 
 
 Printed cover 1 1., half-title 1 1., pp. 1-380. 8°. Linguistics, as in edition of 
 1828, pp. 138-144. 
 
 764 a Chaumonot (Pierre Joseph Marie). Suite de la vie | du | E. P. 
 Pierre Joseph Marie | Chaumonot, | De la Compagnie de Jesus, | 
 Par un P^re de la m6me Compagnie avec | la manifere d'oraison du 
 v6n6rable Pfere, | 6crite par lui-m6me. | [Device.] 
 
 Nouvelle York, Isle de Manate, | A la Presse Cramoisy de Jea,n- 
 marie Shea. | M. DCCC. LVIII [1858]. | c. s. BA. bp. 
 
 Pp. 1-7, 9-66, 1 1. sq.8° First page of text has the heading: Supplement et con- 
 tinuation de la vie du E. P. Pierre Joseph Marie Chaumonot [No. 764 of this 
 Catalogue]. 
 
 Rev. Peter Joseph Mary Chaumonot, son of a vine-dresser near Chatillon-sur- 
 Seine, in France, ran away while at school, and then to make amends set out as 
 a pilgrim for Eome. After many adventures he was at last admitted to a Jesuit 
 college at Terni as a pupil, and so zealously did he renew his studies that he was 
 soon made a tutor. In time he applied for admission to the order. By this time 
 he was completely Italianized, but a volume of the Jesuit Relations of Canada 
 made him apply to be sent on that mission. He was ordained and sailed from 
 Dieppe in May, 1639, on the same vessel with V. Mother Mary of the Incarnation 
 and the Hospital nuns. He was employed on the Huron missions, and visited 
 with Brebeuf the Neuter nation on the Niagara. On the overthrow of the Huron 
 nation Father Chaumonot led a band of survivors to Quebec, and their descend- 
 
908 NORTH AMEEICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Chaumonot (Pierre Joseph Marie)— continued. 
 
 ants are now at the Mission of Lorette, which he fonnded. In 1655 he was em- 
 ployed at Onondaga, hut soon returned to his Hurons, and died at Quebec, 
 February 21, 1693. He wrote a Grammar of the Huron Lanffuage in Latin, a 
 translation of which has been printed in the Transactions of the Literary and 
 Historical Society of Quebec, vol. 2, pp. 94-198, and an autobiography, also printed, 
 New York, 1858; Poitiers, 1869. The fullest account of him in English is that 
 by J. G. Shea, In the Catholic World, vol. 15, p. C75. 
 
 V 766 a Chavero (Alfredo). Calendario Azteca | ensayo | Arqueologico | 
 por I Alfredo Chavero | Secretario Perpetuo de la Sociedad de 
 Geografla y Estadistica | de Mexico. | Segunda Edicion | [Design] 
 
 Mexico I Imp. de Jens y Zapiain, calle de San Jose el Real num. 
 22. I 1876. I JWP. 
 
 Pp. 1-47, 1 plate (calendar). 8°. Contains many Nahuatl terms passim. 
 
 Cherokee Hymns.. See Worcester (Eev. Samuel A.) and Boudinot 
 
 (Elias), Nos. 4216-4220. 
 
 780 a Cherokee. [Two lines Cherokee characters.] | Cherokee Primer. | 
 [Engraving.] 
 
 Park Hill : | Mission Press : Edwin Archer, Printer. | [One line 
 Cherokee characters.] | 1854. | o. 
 
 Pp. 1-24. 24°. In Cherokee characters. 
 
 785 a CMlam. Chilam Balam. | Articulos y Fragmentos | de manu- 
 scritos antiguos en Lengua Maya | colectados y copiados en fac- 
 simile I por I C. Hermann Berendt, M. D. | Merida | 1868. | dgb. 
 
 Half-title 1 1., title 1 1., 12 blank 11., half-title 1 1., pp. 1-200. 4°. 
 
 "This manuscript, the Codice Perez [So. 785 i], and the Diccionario de Motul 
 [No. 1030 a] are the gems of Dr. Berendt's collection. They present a body of 
 native literature scarcely equaled in peculiar traits, in marked individuality, as 
 well as in richness, by that of any other American nation; and when it is con- 
 sidered that the Mayas were by odds the most civilized nation of the western 
 continent, the interest attaching to these volumes is vastly increased." — Brinton's 
 Maya Chronicles. 
 
 785 b Half-title : Codice Perez | 
 
 Title: Chilam Balam. j Articulos y Fragmentos | de manuscritos 
 antiguos en Lengua Maya | colectados por | D. Juan Pio Perez. | 
 Copiado en Merida | 1870. | dgb. 
 
 Half-title 1 1., pp. i-vi, 1-258. 4°. See note to previous title. See Perez 
 (Z). J. P.), No. 2952. 
 
 Child's Catechism in English and Laguna. See [Menaul {Bev. 
 John)], Ko. 2555. 
 
 Chipewyan Primer. See [Bompas {Bt. Bev. William Carpenter)], 
 No. 402. 
 
 797 a Choix | des j Lettres fidiflantes, | ^crites | des Missions Etran- 
 geres; | avec des additions, des notes critiques, j et des observa- 
 tions pour la plus grande | intelligence de ces lettres; | pr6c6d6 | 
 D'un Tableau Geographique de la Chine, de sa Politique, | des 
 Sectes religieuses, de la Litterature, et de I'etat | actuel du Chris- 
 
CHA.UMONOT — CLARKSON. 909' 
 
 Choix — con t inued . 
 
 tianisme cliez ce peuple; | Par M. * * *, | ancien archidiacre 
 et vicaire-g^neral de Soissons. | Missions de la Chine, tome pre 
 mier. | 
 
 A Paris, | chez Maradan, Libraire, | rue des Grauds-Augustins, 
 N". 9. I M. DCCU. VIII [-1809]. | ' A. 
 
 8 vols. 8°. 
 
 Rasles (S. ) Lettre, vol. 7, pp. 137-152. 
 
 797 b Chorotega 6 Diria | (comparada con Chiapaneca). | dgb. 
 
 Manuscript. 5 pp. 8°. Tliree-column vocabulary — English, Diria, and Chapa- 
 neca — of over one hundred words. 
 
 Christiane OOnoowae Sampoowaonk. See [Eliot (John)], Nos. 
 1196 ffl— 1197. 
 
 798 Chronicles of the Northamerican Savages. | Vol. I. May, 1835. 'So. 
 1 [-September, 1835, No. 5]. | 0. WHS. 
 
 No title-page ; pp. 1-SO. 8°. Improved title of No. 798. 
 
 James (E.) Essay on the Chippeway language, pp. 73-80. 
 
 Vocabulary of the Sawke and Musquawke Indian Tongue, pp. 11-16, 46-48, 80. 
 
 The copy in the Library of Congress is minus the first sixteen pages. 
 
 798 a Chnchona. Aqui comienzan algunos modos de bien hablar en 
 lengua Chuchona de Cuextlahuaca. 
 
 Manuscript. 220 11. 4°. In the library of the Sociedad de Geografia y Esta- 
 distica, at Mexico. At the beginning of the index are three lines in Latin as 
 follo^Y8: "Index sen tabula olm contentol}; in hao salubri doctrina f. Benedicti 
 fernandi mem°. viri apl'ioi." The Chuchona is a dialect of the Misteco, and this 
 note may refer to a work by P. Fernandez, which is now lost. — loazbaloeta, Bib. 
 Mex. del Siglo XVI, p. 154. 
 
 Clark [Bev. D. W.), editor. See Finley {Bev. James B.), E^o. 1290. 
 
 812 a Clarke (Hyde). Serpent and Siva Worship | and | Mythology | 
 in I Central America, Africa, and Asia. | By | Hyde Clarke, | Mem. 
 Anthrop. Inst, [etc., five lines.] | 
 -London: | Trubner & Co., 57 & 59, Ludgate Hill. | 1876. | dgb. 
 Printed cover 1 1., title 1 1., pp. 3-14. 8°. Animal names of Costa Eica com- 
 pared with those of Africa, pp. 6-7. — Vocabulary of Central America (Costa 
 Eica), pp. 7-9. 
 
 815 a Clarkson (Thomas). Memoirs | of the | Private and Public Life | 
 of I William Penn. | By Thomas Clarkson, M.A. | In two volumes, j 
 Vol. I [-II]. I 
 
 London: | Printed .by Richard Taylor and Co., Shoe-lane, j for 
 Longman, Hurst, Eees, Orme, and Brown, | Paternoster-Eow. | 
 1813. I A. BA, 
 
 2 vols.: pp.i-xii, 1-520; 211., pp. 1-500. 8". 
 
 Penn (W.) Letter, etc., vol. 1, pp. 375-406. Brief vocabulary of the Penn- 
 sylvania Indians, p. 385. 
 
 815 b Memoirs | of the | Private and Public Life | of ( William 
 
 Penn. | ByThomasCIarkson,M.A. | Intwo volumes. | Vol.I[-II]. ( 
 
910 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Clarkson (Thomas) — continued. 
 
 Philadelphia, | Published by Bradford and Inskeep, 1 and Ins- 
 keep and Bradford, | New-York. | G. Palmer, printer. | 1813 
 [-1814]. I * 
 
 2 vols. : 3 p. 11., pp. vii-xi, 1-403; 2 p. 11., pp. 1-390. 12°. Penn's Letter, vol. 1, 
 pp. 292-315. Title from Mr. W. Eames. There is an edition of this work, N. Y., 
 1813, 12°, containing Penn's letter, vol. 1, pp. 292-315, which I have not seen. 
 
 815 c Memoirs | of the | Private and Public Life | of | William 
 
 Penn; | who settled | the State of Pennsylvania, | and founded | 
 the city of Philadelphia. | By Thomas Clarkson, M.A. | Two vol- 
 umes in one. | Vol. I [-II]. | 
 
 Dover, N.n. | Samuel 0. Stevens, Washington-Street. | 1827. | 
 
 Pp. i-viii, 9-194; 1-181. 8°. Two volumes in one ; vol. 2 has half-title only. 
 Penn's Letter, vol. 1, pp. 142-153. C. CHS. 
 
 815 d Memoirs | of the | public and private life | of [ William 
 
 Penn. | By Thomas Clarkson, M. A. | New Edition, | with a pre- 
 face, I in reply to the charges against his character made by | Mr. 
 Macauley in his "History of England," | By W. E. Porster. | Illus- 
 trated with an engraving of Penn's treaty with the | Indians, | a 
 plan of the city of Philadelphia, | and a map of Pennsylvania. | 
 
 London : | C. Gilpin, 5, Bishopsgate Street without, and | W. J. 
 Adams, 59, Fleet Street. | Manchester: | Bradshaw and Blacklock, 
 47, Brown Street. | New York: | John Wiley, 161, Broadway, | 
 Philadelphia: | Joseph Scattergood, Friends' Book Store, Arch 
 Street; | and all booksellers. | 1849. | A. C. 
 
 Pp. i-lx, 1-367. 12° Penn's letter, pp. 137-148. 
 
 Some copies omit from the title : " a plan of the city of Philadelphia." 
 
 823 Clavigero (D. Francisco Saverio). Historia antigua | de | Mexicoyde 
 su conquista, i sacadade los mejores historiadores espanoles, y de los 
 manuscritos y piuturas antiguas de los Indies. | Dividida en diez 
 libros: adprnada con mapas y estampas, j e ilustrada con diserta- 
 ciones | sobre la tierra, los animales y los habitantes de M6xico | 
 escritM j por D. Francisco J. Clavigero ; y traducida del italiano | 
 por J. Joaquin de Mora. | Tom. l[-2]. | 
 
 Mexico: [ Imprenta de Lara, calle de la Palma, num. 4. | 
 1844. I BA. BP. 
 
 2 vols. : pp. i-ix, 1-285, 1 1. ; pp. 1-321, 2 11. plates. Improved title of No. 823. 
 
 824 Historia Antigua de Mejico, | sacada de los | Mejores His- 
 toriadores Espanoles, | y de manuscritos | y pinturas antiguas de 
 los Indies. | Dividida en diez libros. Adornada | de cartas geo- 
 graficas y litograflcas ; con disertaciones | sobre | la tierra, animales 
 y habitantes de Mejico. | Obra escrita en italiano | Por el abate don 
 Francisco Javier Clavijero. | Traducida | por el Dr. D. Francisco 
 Pablo Vasquez, I Colegial antiguo del eximio de San Pablo de Puebla 
 y maestre-escuelas dignidad | de la Santa Iglesia de dicha ciudad. ( 
 
 Mejico. I Imprenta de Juan E. Navarro, Editor, | Calle de chiquis 
 num. 6. I 1853. | A. 
 
CLARKSON — COKV. 911 
 
 Clavigero (D. Francisco Saverio) — continued. 
 
 3 p. 11., pp. i-x, 1 1., pp. 1-439; index pp. i-v; plates. 4°. Improved title of 
 No. 824. The copy seen is defective at the end; the collation was furnished 
 me by Sr. Icazbalceta from copy in his possession. 
 
 Codex Cortesianus. See Rosny (L6on de), No. 3380 c. 
 
 Codex Peresianus. See Rosny (L6on de), No.3380<?. 
 
 830 a Codice franciscano. * 
 
 ' ' I give this name to an old manuscript in folio, composed of valuable docu- 
 ments written by the members of this order. It begins with a reply which they 
 gave to a royal letter in 1570, in which they asked advice in certain matters. 
 Then follow various unpublished letters of^Fr. Gerdnimo de Mendieta, of great 
 importance, and other documents. The original, from which I took my copy, 
 belonged to Sr. D. Jos6 F. Ramirez, and was sold in London, with the other 
 books of that magnificent library." — Icazbalceta' s Zwmdrraga, p. 247, note. 
 
 It is described in the Ramirez catalogue (No. 729), under the title of the first 
 of the series of documents in the volume, as follows: "Relacion particular y 
 descripcion de toda la provinoia del Sancto Evangelio que es de la Orden de 
 Sant Francisco en la Nueva Espana. MS. of the 16th century in fol. 150 leaves. 
 Unfortunately some leaves are wanting." 
 
 The reply to his majesty in 1570 contains the entire text, in both Mexican and 
 Spanish, of the long lost " Doctrina Christiana breve" of the Reverend Padre 
 Alonso de Molina, from the original edition printed at Mexico in 1546. See 
 Molina (Fr. Alonso de), No. 2608. 
 
 830 b Codice Indiano del Sr. Sanchez Solis. * 
 
 Manuscript, of Mixteca-Zapoteca origin, formerly belonging to Sr. Sanchez 
 Solis, passing thence through several hands into those of the Baron de Waecker- 
 Gotter, Minister Resident of Germany to Mexico. Three copies were made, one 
 of which, made in 1869, is supposed to be still in Mexico ; a second, more recent, 
 the whereabouts of which is unknown ; and a third, made in 1882, in the Museo 
 Nacional de Mexico. 
 
 The original manuscript is on a long strip of skin in several folds. The copy 
 in the Mexican Museum contains 29 plates, which correspond with the 15 or 16 
 folds of the original. A full description of the Museum copy is given in the 
 Museo Anales, vol. 3, pp. 121-123, by Francisco del Paso y Troncoso, where it is 
 stated that Ihe drawings in the original are accompanied by reading matter 
 written probably in one of the tongues spoken in the State of Oaxaoa, the char- 
 acters being very ancient. This matter is lacking in the Museum copy. 
 
 830 c Coke (Henry John). A ride | over the Rocky Mountains | to | 
 Oregon and California. | With a | glance at some of the tropical 
 islands, | including the | West Indies and the Sandwich Isles. | By 
 the Hon. Henry J. Coke. | Author of "Vienna in 1848." | 
 
 London : | Eichard Bentley, New Burlington Street. | Publisher 
 in Ordinary to Her Majesty. | 1852. | B. c. BA, 
 
 Pp. i-x, 1-388, 1 1. 8°. Short vocabulary of the Kayux language, p. 295. 
 
 Cokv Gems mekusapvlke # * • Ookv vpastvl Pal Titvs 
 Ohtotvte [in Muskoki]. See [Robertson (Mrs. A. E. W.)], No. 3322. 
 
 Cokv enhvteceskv svhokkalat tepakat vpastel Pal kvlenrvlke 
 ohtotolvte [in Muskoki]. See [Robertson (Mrs. A. E. W.)], No. 3328. 
 
 Cokv Vpastel Pal Lomvnvlke Ohtotvte [in Muskoki]. See [Rob- 
 ertson (Mrs. A. E. W.)], No. 3327. 
 
912 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 833 a Golden (Oadwallader). The | History | of the | Five Indian Na- 
 tions I of I Canada, | Which are dependent | On the Province of 
 New- York in America, | and | Are the Barrier between the English 
 and French | in that Part of the World. | With | Particular Ac- 
 counts of their Eeligion, Manners, Customs, Laws, and | Forms of 
 Government; their several Battles and Treaties with | the Euro- 
 pean Nations; their Wars with the other Indians; and | a true 
 Account of the present State of our Trade with them. | In which 
 are shewn, | The great Advantage of their Trade and Alliance to 
 the British | Nation, and the Intrigues and Attempts of the French 
 to engage | them from us; a Subject nearly concerning all our 
 American | Plantations, and highly meriting the Attention of the 
 British | Nation at this Juncture. | By the Honourable Cadwallader 
 Colden, Esq; | One of his Majesty's Counsel, and Surveyor-Gen- 
 eral I of New- York. | To which are added, | Accounts of the several 
 other Nations of Indians in North- America, | their Numbers, 
 Strength, &c. and the Treaties which have been | lately made with 
 them. I In Two Volumes [-Vol. II]. | The Third Edition. | 
 
 London : | Printed for Lockyer Davis, at Lord Bacon's Head in | 
 Fleet-street; J. Wren in Salisbury-court; and J Ward | in Corn- 
 hill, opposite the Eoyal-Exchaage. | M D CC LV [1755]. | 
 
 2 vols. : title 1 1., pp. iii-xii, 2 II., pp. 1-260, map; title 1 1., contents 1 1., 
 pp. 1-2.')1, 9 unnumbered pp. of "Books printed" at the end. 12°. Vocabulary, 
 vol. 1, pp. 259-2t)0. c. S. W. BA.HU. 
 
 834 a CoUeccion. Colleccion | de Escritos Menores | en lengua Kekchi | 
 de la, Vera Paz. | Coban. | 1875-18-- | dgb. 
 
 Manuscript. 2 11., pp. 5-16, 2 11. 4°. Copies, by Dr. Berendt, of various 
 documents, with emendatious and notes, in the possession of Dr. D. G. Brintoii. 
 P. ,5 is titled: 
 
 1. I Frases de Conversacion | en lengua Kekchi. | Oopiado de 
 un Ms. en Cuarto | de ano de 1819, | propriedad de Francisco 
 Poou I indio de Coban. | Coban, 1875 ) 
 
 This extends to p. 16, which is followed by 2 11., written on one side only, con- 
 tainiug: 
 
 2. I Sermon | para el dia de San Joan j en lengua Kekchi. | 
 Copiado de un Manuscrito en Cuarto | del Archive de la Parro- 
 quia de Coban | trascrito por Juan de Morales, Fiscal en | San 
 Juan Chamelco, 1741. | Por C. Hermann Berendt, M. D. | Coban 
 1875. I 
 
 834 b Colleccion Lingulstica | Americana | por | Ezequiel 
 
 Uricoechea. | Tomo Primero. 
 
 Paris I Maisonneuve i G^- | Libreros-Editores. 15 Quai Voltaire | 
 1871 [-1882]. I DGB. 
 
 Vols. 1-9. 8°. No volume after the first has the general title above, but sim- 
 ply a h.ilf-title, "Collection Linguistique Am^ricaine," followed by the special 
 title of the work. The volumes relating to North America are as follows : 
 
COLDEN COOK. 913 
 
 Colden (Gadwallader) — continued. 
 
 Breton (iS. P. Raymond). Grammaire Caraibe: forms vol. 3. 
 Haumont^ (J.-D.), Parisot (J.), and Adam (L.) Grammaire ct Vocabulaire 
 de la Langne Taensa : forms vol. 9. 
 
 Collection of Hymns in the Mohawk Language. See [Hill (A. 
 H.)J, Nos. 1774-1779. 
 
 Collection of Letters. See [Malcolme (Rev. David), and others], 
 No. 2410. 
 
 CoUoquios de la paz y tranquilidad Christiana, en lengua Mexi- 
 cana. See [Gaona {Fr. Juan)], 'So. 1400. 
 
 849 a Compendio facil de la lengua mexicana y letras especiales et 
 Idioma. * 
 
 Manuscript, 47 pp. 4°. Title from the Pinart sale catalogue, No. 613. 
 
 853 a Confesionario | en Castellano y | Pocomchl. | Tactic, Ano de 
 1814. I DGB. 
 
 Manuscript. Title, reverse blank, 1 1.; Advertencia, signed C. H. Berendt, 
 reverse blank, 1 1., pp. 1-40. The fhll title, given in the caption, is: Dialogo 
 entre Confesor y Penitente, 6 modo de confesar Yndios en lengua Poconchi, 1814. 
 It is arranged in two columns, Spanish and Poconchi. Copied by Dr. Berendt 
 from a manuscript of 42 pp., 16°, in the "Archive Parroquial del Pueblo de 
 Tactic." 
 
 858 a Connecticut Academy of Arts and Sciences. Transactions | of 
 the|ConnecticutAcademy|of I Arts and Sciences. | Volume I [-VJ. | 
 
 Few Haven : | Published by the Academy. | Printed by Tuttle, 
 Morehouse & Taylor. | 1866 to 1871 [-1878 to 1882]. | c. JWP. 
 
 5 vols. 8°. 
 
 Trumbull (.T. H.) On some alleged specimens of Indian Onomatopoeia, vol. 
 2, pp. 177-185. 
 
 859 a Connor (Henry). Indian names of prominent points in Michigan. 
 
 In Lanman (James H ) Hist, of Michigan, pp. 260-261. New York, 1839. 8°. 
 
 863 a Contreras (Don Eafael). Yocabulario | de la lengua Mam | por | 
 D. Eafael Contreras, | Cura de Chiantla [ 1866. | Copiado del origi- 
 nal en poder de ] D. Juan Gavarrete en Guatemala | por Dr. C. H. 
 Berendt. | Pebrero de 1875. | dgb. 
 
 Manuscript. Title, reverse blank, 1 1., pp. 2-7. 8°. Contains about 80 words 
 in the Mam language. 
 
 Cook (Charles S.) See [Cook (i?e«. Joseph W.) and Cook (Charles S.)] 
 
 869 a Cook [Rev. Joseph Winfield). A Study in the Yankton Dialect of 
 the Dakota, by the Eev. Joseph W. Cook, Missiouary, aided by 
 Charles S. Cook, Alfred C. Smith, Battiste Defond and Frank Vas- 
 sar, native half-castes. 
 
 Manuscript. Pp. 77-233. 4°. Recorded in a copy of Introduction to the 
 Study of Indian Languages, Second Edition— completely filled. In the library 
 of the Bureau of Ethnology. 
 
 See Hemans (Bev. Daniel Wright), Ko. 1723, note. 
 
 68 Bib. 
 
914 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Cook {Rev. Joseph WinfieM) — continued. 
 
 869 b and Cook (Charles S.) Calvary | Wiwicawangapi Kin, | 
 
 -qa- I wokiksuye anpetu kin koya. | Mrs. 13. C. Weston, Owa, | 
 Eev. Joseph W. Cook, | qa | Mr. Charles S. Cook, | ieska kagapi. j 
 [Two lines quotation.] 
 
 Published for the | Niobrara Mission. | 1882. | JWP. 
 
 Literal translation: Calvary | something-they-ask [Catecliism] the, | and | 
 remembrance [holy] days the also. | Mrs. D. C. Weston, wrote | Rev. JosephW. 
 Cook, I and | Mr. Charles S. Cook, | they-interpreted it. | 
 
 Pp. 1-32. sq. 16°. Calvary catechism in the Yankton dialect of the Dakota. 
 
 Rev. J. W. Cook writes me, under date of June, 1883, as ibllows: "I am now 
 copying and rewriting for the printer a much larger work, which for three years 
 past I have been preparing, viz : a Commentary on the Book of Genesis. It will 
 run to 400 or .000 pp., perhaps. It is in the Yankton dialect, and I hope I shall 
 )>e able to have it properly printed, which the Catechism is not." 
 
 883 Copway (George). The | Life, Letters and Speeches | of | Kah-ge- 
 ga-gah-bowh | or, C Copway, | Chief Ojibway Nation. | A Mission- 
 ary [etc., three lines]. | 
 
 New York : | S. W. Benedict. '| 1850. | t. bp. dgb. whs. 
 
 Pp. i-x, 11-224. 12". Hymns in English and Ojibway, pp. 48, .57. Improved 
 title of No. 883. 
 
 884 a Eecollectionsofa Forest Life: | or, the | Life and Travels | 
 
 of I Kah-ge-ga-gah-bowh, | or, | George Copway, | Chief of the Ojib- 
 way Nation. | Many years missionary [&c., two lines]. | Second edi- 
 tion. I 
 
 London: | 0. Gilpin, 5, Bishopsgate without. | Edinburgh: Adam 
 and Charles Black. | Dublin: James B. Gilpin. | 1851. | whs. 
 
 Pp. i-xii, 1-248. 12°. Hymns in Chippewa and English, pp. 2.5, 50-51, 6i. 
 
 885 The | Tiaditional History | and | Characteristic Sketches | 
 
 of the I Ojibway Nation. | By G. Copway, | or, Kah-ge ga-gah-bowh. 
 Chief of the Ojibway | Nation. | 
 
 London : | Charles Gilpin, 5, Bishopsgate without. | Edinburgh : 
 Adam and Charles Black. | Dublin: James B. Gilpin. | 1850. J 
 
 Pp. i-xii, 1-298. 16°. Improved title of No. 885. Song in Chippewa, p. 106. — 
 Chapter x, Tlieir language and writings, containing general remarks on language, 
 a short vocabulary, characters used in picture-writing, &c., pp. 123-139. 
 
 A. s. T. WHS 
 
 881! a Indian Life | and j Indian Histoiy, | by an Indian author. | 
 
 Embracing the | traditions of the North American Indians regard- 
 ing I themselves, particularly of that most | important of all the 
 tribes, | the Ojibways. | By the celebrated Kah-ge-ga-gah-bowh, | 
 Chief of the Ojibway Nation; | known also by the English name 
 of I George Copway. | 
 
 Boston: I Albert Colby and Company, | 20 Washington Street. I 
 1858. I # 
 
 2p. 11., pp. vii-xi, 13-266. 12°. 2 plates. Title from Mr. W. Eames. Chapter 
 X, Their language and writings, pp. 122-136, contains an Ojibway and English 
 vocabulary (20 words), p. 124.— Picture writing, pp. 132-134— Specimens of Ojib- 
 way songs, pp. 107, 120, 158. 
 
COOK — COETlfiS. 915 
 
 888 a Corbusier (W. H.) [Vocabulary of the Ydvapai and Ydvapai- 
 Wortverzeichniss.] 
 
 In Gatscbet (A. S.) Der Yuma-Sprachetamm, Zweiter Axtikel, in Zeitscbiift 
 fur Ethuologie, vol. 15 (1883), pp. 134-138, 139-142. Berlin, 1883. 8°. 
 
 Title of the manuscript of this article is given in No. 888 of this catalogue. 
 
 891 a Cornell (William Mason). The | History of Pennsylvania | From 
 the Earliest Discovery to the Present Time. | Including | an ac- 
 count of the first settlements by the Dutch, Swedes, and | English, 
 and of the colony of William Penn, his treaty | and pacific meas- 
 ures with the Indians; I and the | gradualadvancementof the State 
 to its present aspect | of opulence, culture, and refinement. | By | 
 William Mason Curnell, D. D., LL. D., | Late member [etc., three 
 lines]. I Author of [etc., two lines]. | [Seal.] 
 
 Philadelphia: | Quaker City Publishing House, | 217 & 219 Quince 
 Street. | Boston: B. B. Russell. | 1876, | c. ba.bp. 
 
 Pp. l-.we. 8°. portrait. A sachem's address to his warriors, with English 
 translation, p. 127. 
 
 Perm (Wm.) Letter, pp. 111-125. 
 
 891 h The | History of Pennsylvania, j From the Earliest Dis- 
 covery to the Present Time. | Including | an account of the First 
 settlements by the Dutch, Swedes, and | English, and of the Col- 
 ony of William Penn, his treaty ( and pacific measures with the 
 Indians ; | and the | gradual advancement of the State to its present 
 aspect I of opulence, culture, and refinement. | By | William Mason 
 Cornell, D. D., LL. D., | [etc., five lines]. | 
 
 New York: | Published by Charles Drew, | No. 9 Murray stfeet. | 
 1879. I * 
 
 Pp. 576. 8°. Portrait and plate. Title from Mr. W. Eames. Penn's Letter, 
 pp. 111-125. A sachem's address to his warriors in the Indian language [of 
 Pennsylvania] and in English, p. 127. 
 
 897 a Correspondence. Document 512. | Correspondence | on the subject 
 of the I Emigration of Indians, | between | the 30th November, 1831, 
 and 27th December, 1833, | with abstracts of expenditures by dis- 
 bursing agents, | in the | Removal and Subsistence of Indians, &c. 
 &c. I Furnished | in answer to a Resolution of the Senate, of 27th 
 December, 1833, | by the Commissary General of Subsistence 
 [George Gibson]. | Vol. I [-IV]. | 
 
 Washington: | Printed by Duff Green. | 1834. |, * 
 
 4 vols. . pp. vii, 3-1179; 1 1., pp. 1-972; 1 1., pp. 1-846; 1 1., pp. 1-771. 8°. 
 
 Contains, passim, many place-names and personal names, in various Indian 
 languages, with their interpretations, or English equivalents. — The census of the 
 Creek nation, 1832 (with the names of all heads of families), vol. iv, pp. 239-394. — 
 Names of Delawares, Shawnees, Kickapoos, Potowatomies, Ottawas, Peorias 
 and Kaskaskias, Weas, Otoes, Omahas, Pawnees, &c., &c., who signed the Fort 
 Leavenworth treaty, 1833, with translations, vol. iv, pp. 728-732. 
 
 Title furnished by Dr. J. Hammond Trumbull from copy in his possession. 
 
 899 Cortes (Hernan). Historia | de | M^jico, escrita por su esclarecido 
 conquistador, | Hernan Cortes: | aumentada j con otros documen- 
 
916 NORTH AMEKICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Cortes (Hernau) — continued. 
 
 tos y notas, | por | D. Francisco Antonio Lorenzana, | Autiguo 
 Arzobispo de M^jico. | Revisada y adaptada 4 la ortografia mo- 
 derna, | por D. Manuel del Mar. | 
 
 Neuva York: | La publican los Sres. White, Gallaher y White. | 
 En la imprenta de Vanderpool y Cole. | 1828. | B. C. bp. 
 
 3 p. 11., PP- 6-110, i-vi, 7-614, which latter contains an imperfect reprint of the 
 Hibtoria. large 8°. plates. Improved title of No. 899. It does not contain the 
 hieroglyphs. 
 
 902 [Costansd (D. Miguel).] Diario Historico | de los Viages de Mar, y 
 Tierra | hechos al Norte de la California | de orden | del Excelen- 
 tissimo Senor | Marquez de Croix, | Virrey, Governador, y Capitan 
 General de la | 3»[ueva Espana: — y por direccion | del lUustrissimo 
 Seiior | D. Joseph de Galvez, | Del Consejo y Camara de S. M. en el 
 Supremo de | Indias, Intendente de Exercito, Visitador General | 
 de este Eeyno. | Executados por la Tropa destinada ^ dicho objecto 
 al mando | de Don Gaspar de Portola, | Capitan de Dragones en 
 el Eegimiento de Espana, y Governador | en dicha Peninsula. | Y 
 por los I Paguebots el S. Carlos y el S. Antonio al mando | de Don 
 Vicente Vila, | Piloto del Numero de primeros de la Real Armada, | 
 y de Don Juan Perez, | de la Navegacion de Philipinas. | De orden 
 del Excmo. Sr. Virrey, | En la Imprenta del Superior Gobierno. * 
 
 Title and 55 pp. folio. Signed: Mexico, y Octubre 24 de 1770 — D. Miguel Cos- 
 tansd. Improved title of No. 902, furnished by Sr. Icazbalceta from copy in his 
 possession. 
 
 "Voces (23) de dicha lengua, Su valor en la Espallola," p. 40. — Santa Barbara 
 vocabulary. 
 
 908 a Cotton (Josiah). [Vocabulary of the Massachusetts Indian Lan- 
 guage.] * 
 
 Manuscript, in the library of the Mass. Hist. Soc. Pp. 1-107, 107 b, 107c, 107d, 
 108-123, 2 11. sm. 4°. It is the original of title No. 909, and is accompanied by a 
 manuscript "index," giving the Indian word first with the corresponding English 
 word in a second column opposite, together with the number of the page in the 
 Vocabulary on which the words occur. The first volume of this index has the 
 following title : 
 
 Index I to | Cotton's MS. Vocabulary | of the ) Massachusetts 
 (Indian) Language. | By | Benj" R. Nichols Esq®. | Member of the 
 Mass. His tor. Society | Salem Massachusetts, | 1822. | 
 
 Manuscript. 2 vols. 8°. The first volume contains 62 11., the second 52 11., 
 unnumbered. 
 
 917 a Coy (Jose Domingo). Ortografia en lengua | gegchi, traducida | 
 por Jos6 Domingo Coy, en | la Ciudad de Coban. | aiio de 
 1870. I DGB. 
 
 Original manuscript by an educated Indian. Pp. 1-16. 16°. Title above occu- 
 pies upper half of recto of the first leaf, the remainder of the page being occupied 
 with the description of the letters. Pp. 12-16 are in double columns. The man- 
 uscript, which is entirely in Cachi, belonged formerly to Dr. Bereudt, who made 
 a copy, as follows : 
 
COETES — CREE. 917 
 
 Coy (Jos6 Domingo) — continued. 
 
 917 6 Ortografla | en Lengua gegchi. | Traducida por | Jos^ Do- 
 mingo Coy I Indlo de Coban. | En la ciudad de Coban | Ano de 
 1870. I Copiado de su original en Coban | Abril de 1875, por | Dr. 
 C. H. Berendt. | dgb. 
 
 Manuscript; pp. 1-33. 4°. Title, verso blank, 1 1., recto and \cerso of second leaf 
 also blank. Text begins p. 5 ; the even numbered pages from 6 to 24, inclusive, 
 are blank. 
 
 917 c Prases de Gonversacion | en Lengua geghi | Apuntadas 
 
 por Domingo Coy, | Indio de Coban | 1868. | dgb. 
 
 Manuscript. Title, reverse blank, 1 1. ; phrases, double columns Spanish and 
 Cechi, pp. 3-7. 8°. Copied by Dr. Berendt in Coban. 
 
 917 d Craig (Neville B.), editor. The | Olden Time; | a monthly publi- 
 cation, I devoted to the | preservation of documents j and other | 
 authentic information | in relation to | the early explorations, | and 
 the I Settlement and Improvement of the Country | around | the 
 head of the Ohio. | Vol. I [-IIJ. | [Three lines quotation.] | Edited 
 by Neville B. Craig, Esq. | 
 
 Pittsburgh: | Published by J. W. Cook, at his literary depot, 
 Fourth Street. | 1846 [-1848]. | C. 
 
 2 vols.: pp. i-viii, 1-576; i-iv, 1-572. 8°. 
 
 [Alden (,Ber. T.)] Aboriginal Etymology, vol. 1, pp. 325-320. 
 
 [Morgan (L. H.)] Letters on the Iroquois, vol. 2, pp. 68-87, 117-139, 289-307. 
 
 Zeisberger (D.) Some remarks and annotations concerning the traditions, 
 customs, languages, &c., of the Indians in North America, vol. 1, pp. 271-281. 
 
 Some Indian words, passim, vol. 1, pp. 306-315, 333-335.— Names of Indian 
 Chiefs, vol. 1, pp. 344-345, 400-401. 
 
 917 e The | Olden Time; | a Monthly Publication | devoted to 
 
 the I Preservation of Documents | and other | Authentic Informa- 
 tion I in relation to | the early explorations | and the | Settlement 
 and Improvement of the Country | around ( the head of the Ohio | 
 Vol. I [-II] I [Quotation, four lines.] | Edited by Neville B. Craig, 
 Esq I 
 
 Pittsburgh | Printed by Dumars & Co. — Chronicle Buildings | 
 1846 ^Cincinnati | Eeprinted by E. Clarke & Co | 1876 | A. 
 
 2 vols. . 2 p. 11., pp. 1-582, 11.; 1 p. 1., pp. 1-580. 8°. Linguistics as in earlier 
 edition. 
 
 919 a Crane (W. W.) The American language. c. 
 
 In Putnam's Magazine, new Series, vol. 6 (Nov., 1870), pp. 519-526. 
 
 In considering the sources from which the American language has derived 
 much of its material, the author devotes three pages to remarks on words of 
 Indian origin, giving examples. 
 
 925 a Cree Calendar, f ] [Two lines Cree characters.] | 1855 u-U 
 1856 I [Three lines Cree characters.] 
 [One line Cree characters] | 1855 | jwp. 
 
 Cree transliteration. — t | Chestekaekan | Kaesko netaokst Jesus | 1855 nesta 
 1856 I + ayamea keshekak | Q- makanewan | TJ nanakachehetesonanewan | 
 Maneak etad peloo | 1855. | 
 
918 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS 
 
 Cree Calendar — continued. 
 
 Literal English translation, t | Sign or cross yourself | since the birth of Jesus | 
 1855 also 1856 | t Sign for Sunday | Q. Sign for celebration of the mass | "0 Sign 
 for lent or penitence | Make ready as it approaches | 1855 | 
 
 Outside title 1 1., 6 unnumbered 11. narrow 18°. Roman Catholic calendar 
 in the Cree language. From July, 1855, to June, 1856, inclusive. 
 Cree Primer. See [Bompas (Bt. Bev. William Carpenter)], No. 403. 
 
 92S Cremony (John C.) Vocabulary | of the | Mescalero Apache | 
 Language. ] By | John C. Cremony, | Capt. U. S. A. | 1863 | B. 
 
 Manuscript; pp. 1-78. 4°. Improved title of No. 928. 
 
 Vocabulary of words in common use, 352 words, pp. 1-15.— Presenf, imperfect 
 and future tenses, indicative mood, verb to le, p. 16. Author unable to con- 
 tinue investigation by reason of the lack of ability on the part of the interpre- 
 ter.— Personal pronouns, p. 17.— Present, imperfect and future tenses, indicative 
 mood, and present of subjunctive mood, verb to do, pp. 18-19.— All the tenses 
 of indicative mood, part of subjunctive, and all of imperative moods, verb to 
 love, pp. 20-22.— Indicative and imperative moods, veib to eat, pp. 24-26.— 
 Same moods, verb to sleep, pp. 26-28.— List of 125 verbs in common use, pp. 
 25-40. —Vocabulary of fifty-four miscellaneous words, pp. 40-44.— Thirty-eight 
 short phrases in ordinary use, pp. 48-54.— Numerals to 20, irregularly to 100, for 
 200, 1000, 2000, pp. 56-58.— Apache and Spanish names of thirty-six men and 
 thirteen women of the tribe, with signification in English, pp. 60-64. — Mode of 
 bestowing names on persons, pp. 64-66. — Additional words and phrases, pp. 68-78. 
 
 929 a Croft {Br. C. W.) Comanche Vocabulary. 
 
 Manuscript. Pp. 1-12. folio. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. 
 
 933 a Cruise. 47th Congress, | 2d Session. | House of Representatives. | 
 Ex. Doc. j No. 105. I Cruise [ of the | EevenueSteamer Corwin | in | 
 Alaska and the N. W. Arctic Ocean | in | 1881. | Notes and memo- 
 randa: medical and anthropological; | botanical; ornithological. | 
 
 Washington : | Government Printing OfBLce. | 1883. | JWP. 
 
 Pp. 1-120. 4°. plates. 
 
 Rosse {Dr. I. C). Medical and anthropological notes, pp. 7-44. 
 
 Cuesta (P. F. Felipe Arroyo de la). See Arroyo de la Cuesta (P. F. 
 Felipe). 
 
 942 Cullen (Dr. Edward). Isthmus of Darien | Ship Canal; | with | a 
 full History of the Scotch Colony | of Darien, several Maps, views 
 of I the country, and Original | Documents. | By | Dr. Cullen, F. E. 
 G. S. I Second Edition, | much enlarged. | 
 
 Loudon: | Eflngham Wilson, Publisher, | 11, Eoyal Exchange, j 
 1853. I B. 0. w. BP. HXJ. 
 
 Pp. i-viii, index 1 )., ix-xii, 1-204. 8°. maps and plates. Improved title of 
 No. 942. 
 
 Vocabulary of words in the language of the Tule or Darien Indians, pp. 99-102. 
 
 "First edition, London: Efi&ngham Wilson, 1852. A selection from this work, 
 called 'The Darien Indians,' was published in 1863." — Sdbin's Dictionary. 
 
 949 a [Cuoq (Bev. Jean Andr^).] lenenrinekenstha | Kanesatakeha | 
 ou I Processiounal Iroquois | ^ I'usage de la | Mission du Lac des 
 Deux Montagues. | 
 
CREE— CUSICK. 919 
 
 Cnoq {Bev Jean Andr^) — continued.. 
 
 Tiotaki : | Tehoristorarakon John Lovell, | 1864. | JCS. 
 
 Oateide title 1 1., pp. 1-208. 12°. The inside title has no impriut ; after the 
 word " Montagues" are two lines quotation, and in place of imprint is a picture 
 of two angels bowed before the cross. 
 
 Hymnes et Cantiques en Algonquiue (many of which are set to music), pp. 
 95-108. 
 
 952 a Quels 6taient les sauvages que recontra Jacq. Cartier sur 
 
 les rives du Saint-Laurent? [Signed N. O., ancien missionuaire.] 
 
 In Annales de Philosophie Chr^tienne, vol. 79, pp. 198-204. Paris, 1869. 8°. 
 Iroquois and Algonquin names of places with significations. 
 
 953 a Cantique en langue Algonquine. 
 
 lu Soo. Philol., Actes, tome 1, pp. 73-76. Paris, 1872. 8°. 
 Two Algonkin versions, one by P. Mathivet, with French translation by the 
 Abb6 Cuoq, the other by N. O. [Cuoq], also with French translation. 
 
 956 Lexique de la Langue Iroquoise, &c. jwp. 
 
 To this work there was issued, August, 1883, "Additamente," pp. 218-238, 8°, 
 contaioing explanations of doubtful points in the original publication and 
 answers to queries received from correspondents ; also 
 
 Mantel {Ahl)S). Etude BibliograpMque par M. I'Abb^ Mantel sur le Lexique 
 de la Langue Iroquoise, pp. 227-233. 
 
 The pages, from p. 218 to p. 233, are numbered the reverse of usual, even on 
 rectos, odd on versos ; there is no p. 234. 
 
 The original work was reviewed in the Critic, March 24, 1883. New York. 4°. 
 
 956 a Fragments de Ohrestomatliie de la langue Algonquine. 
 
 Les huit Beatitudes. 
 
 In Soc. Philol., Actes, tome 3, pp. 39-51. Paris, 1873. 8°. Also separately 
 issued ; see No. 957. 
 
 See 1872. Calendrier d'Oka, 1872, No. 565 c. 
 
 See Kaondinoketc (Frangois), No. 2052 a. 
 
 962 a Gushing (Frank Hamilton). Zuni fetiches. 
 
 In Bureau of Ethnology, Second Ann. Kept., pp. 3-45. Washington, 1883. 
 imp. 8°. Zuni prayers, with interlinear literal translation, and free translation 
 in English, pp. 33-34, 36, 37, 38, 42. Many Zuni terms passim. 
 
 962 b Zuni weather proverbs. 
 
 In DunTvoody (H. H. C.) Weather proverbs, pp. 124-127. Washington, 
 
 1883. 8°. 
 
 Contains a number of Zuni weather proverbs with English translation. 
 
 962 c Zuni Breadstuff. — I. Creation, and the Origin of Corn. 
 
 IL and III. The Origin of the Dragon Fly and the Corn Priests, or 
 
 Guardians of the Seed. jwp. 
 
 In The Millstone, an Illustrated Monthly Journal devoted to the Advance- 
 ment of Milling and Mechanical Interests, vol. 9 (No. 1), pp, 1-4, (No. 2) 19-23, 
 (No. 3) 3.5-38. Indianapolis, lud., January, February, March, 1884. 4°. Con- 
 tains, p. 1, a short paragraph in Zuni, rendered into English, besides many terms 
 passim. At this writing (April, lc84) I am informed that Mr. Cushing's article 
 will probably continue through six or eight more numbers of The Millstone. 
 
 See Stevenson (James), No. 3758. 
 
 975 a Cusick (David). David Cusick's | sketches of Ancient History 
 of the I Six Nations: | — Comprising — | First — A Tale of the Foun- 
 
920 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Cusick (David) — continued. 
 
 dation of the | Great Island, | (Now North America,) | The two 
 infants born, | and the | Creation of the Universe. | Second— A 
 real account of the early settlers ] of North America, and their 
 dissentions. | Third— Origin of the kingdom of the Five Nations, | 
 which was called | A Long House : | The Wars, Fierce Animals, 
 &c. I Second edition of 7,000 copies.— Embelished with four en- 
 gravings. I 
 
 Tuscarora Village: I (Lewiston, Niagara Co.) [New York] | 
 1828. I C.BP. 
 
 3 p. 11., pp. 4-36. 12°. Numerals of the Mohawk and Tuscarora, p. 36. 
 
 Dakota ABC Wowapi Kin. See [Riggs {Rev. S. E.)], No. 3275. 
 
 Dakota Odowan. See [Riggs (A. L.) and Williamson (J. P.)], 
 editors, Nos. 3265-3266. 
 
 Dakota Text Book. See [Huggins (Eliza) and Williamson (Nancy 
 J.) ], No. 1869. 
 
 980 a Dakota vocabulary, taken down from Manzakute mani. * 
 
 Manuscript. 14 pp. folio. In the library of Mr. J. G. Shea, Elizabeth, N. J. 
 
 984 a Dally (M. E.) Eapport sur les races indigenes et sur I'arch^ologie 
 du Nouveau-Monde. Par M. E. Dally. * 
 
 In Sooi(St4 d'Anthrop. de Paris, Bulletin. Tome Troisifeme. — Ann^e, 1862. 
 pp. 374-411. Paris, 1862. 8°. Separately issued as follows : 
 
 984 h Sur les Eaces Indigenes | et sur | l'Arch6ologie du Mex- 
 
 ique I par M. E. Dally | Membre [etc., three lines]. | (Extrait des 
 Bulletins de la Soci6t6 d'anthropologie de Paris, | t. Ill, 3" fasci- 
 cule, 1862.) I 
 
 Paris I Librairie de Victor Masson | Place de I'ficolede-Mdde- 
 cine. I 1862. | B. 
 
 Pj). 1-36. 8°. Des langues anoiennesde I'Am^rlque, containing remarks upon, 
 and extracts from, Gallatin, Haven, Bancroft, Heckewelder and Maury, pp. 24-28. 
 
 984 c [Dalrymple {Bev. — )] Pamunkey vocabulary (17 words). 
 In Hist. Mag., first series, vol. 2, p. 182. New York, 1858. 8°. 
 
 987 « Danforth (Samuel). [Vocabulary of the Massachusetts Indian 
 
 Language.] * 
 
 Manuscript, imperfect, in the library of the Massachusetts Historical Society. 
 
 49 unnumbered 11. sm. folio. There is a veiy small fragment of each of two 
 
 leaves at the beginning and of one leaf at the end. 
 
 Mr. Danforth ' ' prepared an Indian Dictionary, which was once i a possession 
 of the Massachusetts Historical Society, but which, I am sorry to learn from the 
 librarian, has been mislaid or lost. . . . This was a MS. copy, and had 
 probably been loaned out with reference to its being printed." — Emery's Ministry 
 of Tauntmi, vol, 1, p. 183. 
 
 " He left behind him a manuscript Indian Dictionary, which seems to have 
 been formed from Eliot's Indian Bible, as there is a reference under every word 
 to a passage of Scripture." — Sprague's Annals of the American Pulpit, vol. 1, p. 
 141. 
 
CUSICK DAVIS. 92 1 
 
 Banforth (Samuel) — continued. 
 
 988 The Woful Effects | of | Drunkenness | a sermon | preached 
 
 at Bristol, Octob. 12, 1709. | When two Indians, | Josias and 
 Joseph I were executed for murther, | occasioned | by the drunken- 
 ness both of the I mnrthering & murthered parties. | By Samuel 
 Danforth, | pastor of the church of Taunton. | Hosea 3. 1. — They 
 love flagons of wine. | Galat. 5. 21. — Murders, drunkenness. — | 
 
 Boston in New-England : | Printed by B. Green: Sold by Sam- 
 uel I Gerrish at his shop near the old Mee- | ting House, in Corn- 
 Hill. 1710. I c. L. 
 
 1 p. l.,pp. i-iv, 1-52. sm. 12°. Improved title of No. 988. The sermon is 
 concluded, pp. 43-52, " with a few words directed to the poor condemned male- 
 factors, in their own language." The copy in the Lenox library has inserted a 
 manuscript translation of the pages of Indian text, by Dr. J. H. Trumbull. 
 
 991 Savidoff (Gavrila Ivanovich). AsyKpaTHoe DyieniecTBie I Bi AmepEKy I 
 MopcKoxi o*HqepoB'L I XBocTOBa H 4aBbi40Ba, I oHcaHHoe chmi nocjtAtfHMi. | HacTb nepsaa 
 [-BTopaa]. I 
 
 Bi C. neiepbyprt | IleianiaHO bi MopcEoH THnorpa*iH 1810 [-1812] ro,w. | C. 
 
 Translation. — Two voyages | to America | by the naval officers | Khoostof 
 and Davidoff, | written by the latter. | Part first [-second]. | At St. Petersburg | 
 printed in the Naval Printing Office in the year 1810 [-1812]. | 
 
 2 vols. 8°. Improved title of No. 991. Kadiak names of stars and months, 
 vol. 2, pp. 101-103. — ^Vocabulary of the Kolosh (of tribes living between Chugach 
 Bay and Yakutat), vol. 2, app., pp. i-xii. — Vocabulary of the Kena'i (of tribes liv- 
 ing on Kenai Gulf (Cook's Inlet), vol. 2, app., pp. xiii-xxviii. 
 
 The German edition, Berlin, 1816, 8°, No. 992, contains no linguistics, (a.) 
 
 994 a Divila y Padilla (jPV. Agustin). Historia de la conquista. * 
 
 He wrote, in Mexican, the History of the Conquest, which was translated into 
 Spanish. — Sobron's Idiomas,p. 31. 
 
 998 Davis (Rev. Solomon). A Prayer Book, in the Language of the 
 Six Nations of Indians &c. 
 
 New York: Swords, Stanford, & Co. 1837. CT. ba.we. jwp.whs. 
 
 Pp. 1-168. 12°. The contents of this work, the full title of which is given in 
 No. 998 of this catalogue, are as follows: 
 
 Order for daily morning prayer, pp. 3-40; Order for daily evening prayer, pp 
 41-68; Litany, pp. 69-87 ; Prayers and thanksgivings, pp. 88-110; Collects, pp. 
 111-120; Catechism, pp. 121-130; Prayers, &c., pp. 131-165; Hymns, pp. 106-168. 
 
 "A translation, ostensibly in Oneida, of the English Prayer Book has been 
 eifected by the Kev. Solomon Davis, Missionary to the Oneidas, at Duck Creek, 
 Wisconsin ; but this translation, though intelligible to the people of his charge, 
 is not written in pure Oneida, nor indeed inany dialect ever spoken by the Six 
 Nations."— ^ajfsier's Bible of Every Land, [1860],^?. 459. 
 
 998 a Oseragwegon | orhonkene ionterennaientagwa | nononsa 
 
 tokentike. | JWP. 
 
 No title-page. Pp. 1-86. 8°. Pp. 1-60 contain the same matter, but without 
 the headings in English, as pp. 3-110 of the Book of Common Prayer in the lan- 
 guage of the Six Nations, N. Y., 1837 (No. 998), which work this pamphlet prob- 
 ably preceded. Pp. 60-86 contain collects, epistles, and gospels. The above is 
 the heading to the first prayer. 
 
922 NOETH AMERICAN LINGUISTIOS. 
 
 Davis (Rev. Solomon) — continued. 
 
 998 6 Otiogwatobenti. | Tontaterihonniennita. | Nongweho- 
 
 gon. I JWP. 
 
 No title-page. Pp. 1-12. 12°. Catechism in the language of the Six Nations. 
 Contains the same matter as pp. 121-130 of the Prayer Book, N. Y., 1837 (No. 
 998), but without the English headings. Probably it preceded the latter work. 
 
 1000 a Acadian Geology. \ The | Geological Structure, | Or- 
 ganic Eemains, and Mineral Eesources | of | Nova Scotia, New 
 Brunswick, and Prince | Edward Island. | By | John William Daw- 
 son, M. A., LL. D., F. li. S., P. G. S., | Principal [&c., six lines]. | 
 Second edition, revised and enlarged. | With a geological map and 
 numerous illustrations. | 
 
 London: | Macmillan and Co. | Edinburgh: Oliver and Boyd, 
 Tweeddale Court. | Halifax: A. and W. Mackinlay. Montreal: 
 Dawson Brothers. | 1868. | A. w. bp. 
 
 Pp. i-xxvi,l 1., pp. 1-G94. 8°. map and plates. Micmac language and super- 
 stitions, containing Micmac and Maliseet words compared with Greek, Latin, 
 Hebrew, &c. (from Eand), pp. 673-675. 
 
 There is an edition, Edinburgh, 1855, 12° (c.ba.), which does not contain the 
 linguistics; and one, Montreal, 18C0, 12°, which I have not seen. 
 
 1000 6 Acadian Geology. | The | geological structure, | organic 
 
 remains, and mineral resources | of | Nova Scotia, New Brunswick, 
 and Prince | Edward Island. | By | John William Dawson, M. A., 
 LL. D., F. E. S., F. G. S. | Principal [&c., six lines]. | Third Edi- 
 tion. I With a map and numerous illustrations, and | a supple- 
 ment. I 
 
 London: | Macmillan and Co. | Edinburgh: Oliver and Boyd. 
 Montreal: Dawson Brothers. | Halifax: A. aud W. Mackinlay. 
 New York : Van Nostrand. | 1878. | c. 
 
 Title, 1 1 . , pp. i-xxvi , 1 1. , pp. 1-694 ; Supplement, pp. 3-102, 11. 8°. Linguistics 
 as in the London edition of 1868. 
 
 De Kay (Charles). See [Gatschet (A. S.) and De Kay (Charles)], 
 No. 1486 a. 
 
 1012 a Delafield (John) jr. An Inquiry j into the Origin of the | Antiqui- 
 ties of America. | By | John Delafield Jr. ) With | an Account, | 
 containing notes, aud "A view of the causes of the superiority of 
 the I men of the northern over those of the southern hemisphere. | 
 By I James Lakey, M. D. | 
 
 Cincinnati: | Published by N. G. Burgess & Co | Stereotyped 
 by Glezen and Shepard. | 1839. | * 
 
 Pp. 1-142. 4°. plates. Another edition of No. 1011. Title from Mr. W. Eames. 
 
 1013 « Delano (A.), Life on the Plains | and | among the Diggings^ | 
 being ( scenes and adventures | of an | overland journey to Califor- 
 nia: j with particular | incidents of the route, j mistakes and suffer- 
 
DAVIS ^DEPEEET. 923 
 
 Delano (A.) — continued. 
 
 ings of the emigrants, | the Indian tribes, | the present and the 
 future of the great West. | By A. Delano. | 
 :Sew York: | C. M. Saxton, Barker & Co., | 25 Park Eow. | 
 
 1861. I B.BP. 
 
 Pp. i-xi, 13-384. 12°. Short Maidu vocabulary, p. 383. 
 
 Delia Lettere. See [Carli {Gonte Gian Einaldi)], No. 600. 
 
 1017 a Demers (Rev. Modeste). Deflnitio Dogmatis Inimaculatse Con- 
 ceptionis Beatissim£e Virginis Marise | a SS. D. N. Pio PP. IX. | 
 [In Latin, followed by:] Eadem in earn Linguam tra.nslata quae 
 vulgo Jargon Tchinook | dicitur, quseque obtinet in tota Orego- 
 nensi Provincia; | auctore Episcopo Vancouveriensis Insulae. | 
 Colophon : Typis Joannis Mariae Shea, Neo Eboracensis. | S. JWP. 
 1 1. folio. In the Chinook jargon. 
 
 1019 a Demillier (Fr. Edmond Louis). Bssais | de Grammaire Mique- 
 maque | Pleasant Point le 1'*'' Novembre 1836 | Frere Edmond Louis 
 Demillier | Prfitre missionnaire de la Congregation | des Sacr6s 
 Cceurs de J^sus et de Marie | et de I'adoration perp^tnelle du trfes 
 St I Sacrament de I'autel | chezlesIndiensPassamaquoddis, Et;t | 
 du Maine, E. U. de FAm^rique, Nouvelle | Angleterre. | s. 
 
 Partial manuscript copy, consisting of title, reverse blank, 1 1., and eight 
 other leaves, 8°; in possession of Dr. J. G. Shea, Elizabeth, New Jersey, who 
 writes me: "Vetromile lent me the manuscript, but reclaimed it almost imme- 
 diately, before I had time to copy more than a few pages." 
 
 1019 6 Dictionary of the Etchimi language. * 
 
 Manuscript. Referred to by Kev. Eugene Vetromile in The Abnakis and their 
 History, pp. 27, 50. 
 
 1021 Dencke (Christian Frederick). Essay | of a | Chippuway-Indian | 
 Spelling-Book, | by | Christian F. Denke [sic], \ Missionary among 
 the Chipuway [sic] Indians. | 
 
 Easton ; | Printed by Samuel Longcope, | 1803. | T. 
 
 Pp. 1-29. 12°. Improved title of No. 1021. 
 
 1026 ffl Denny (Ebenezer). Military Journal | of | Major Ebenezer 
 Denny, | an OflScer in the Eevolutionary and Indian Wars. | With 
 an I Introductory Memoir. | [Quotation, three lines.] 
 
 Philadelphia: | J. B. Lippincott & Co. | for the | Historical So- 
 ciety of Pennsylvania. | 1859. | BA. 
 
 Pp. 1-288, 8 plates. 8°. Separate issue of No. 1026. Vocabulary of the Dela- 
 ware and Sbawanee Indians, pp. 274-281. 
 
 1027a Dep^ret (M.) [Sermons en langue Mohawk.] ldm. 
 
 Manuscript. 30 11. 4°. . In the Archives of the Catholic church at Lac des Deux 
 Montagues (Oka), Canada. The outside leaf has written on the upper edge, 
 "O. A., No. 8, Mr. Deperet," followed by a list of brief titles of the sermons, 
 eleven in all; verso of 1. 1 blank. L. 2 begins: Sur I'ascension du fils de Dieu, 
 which concludes near the end of verso of 1. 3. This is followed by: Affections 
 de doulenr et de compassion envers le fils de dieu mourant, which ends bottom 
 
924 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Dep^ret (M.) — continued. 
 
 of nicto 1. 4, the verso of which is blank. L. 5 'begins: 3 entretien sur la ste 
 famille, which occupies 11. 5-6 ; the recto of 1. 7 is blank, the verso containing : 
 4 pour le lundy de la pentecoste, followed by four lines in Latin, "lean ch. 3," 
 then the sermon in Algonkin, which extends to end of verso of 1. 8. L. 9 con- 
 tains : 5 sur le Jugement, extending to middle of recto of 1. 13, the verso of 
 which is blank. 6 sur I'assomption begins at top of recto of 1. 14, followed in 
 middle of recto of 1. 16 by : 7 sur la fette de st piere et st paul, which ends on 
 the recto of 1. 16; verso of 1. 16 and whole of 1. 17 blank. L. 18 begins: 8 
 entretien sur la rechutte pour le 2 iour apres pS,ques, which ends verso 1. 
 20. L. 21 contains: 9 entretien sur le paradis; 1. 24: 10 entretien sur les chat- 
 timents dont dieu aiflige les pecheurs meme de oette vie pour le dimanche de 
 la quinquagesme, which extends to verso of 1. 27. L. 28 begins : 11 entretien 
 sur le dernier .Tugement, which ends on verso of 1. 30. 
 
 The manuscript is in a fair state of preservation, the edges only being 
 mutilated. 
 
 1027 b Instructions sur divers sujets de dogme. * 
 
 Manuscript. In the Mohawk language. Preserved in the Catholic church at 
 the Mission des Deux Montagues (Oka), Canada. Title from Erininnie A. 
 Smith, who adds : He also left a catechism, grammar, and many prayers and 
 canticles. 
 
 See Andr6 {R. P. Louis), No. 116 e. 
 
 1027 e [DePeyster(CoLArent Schuyler)]. Miscellanies, | by An Officer. | 
 Volume I. I 
 
 Dumfries. | Printed at the Dumfries and Galloway Courier 
 Office, I by 0. Munro, | 1813. | 
 
 Pp. 1-277. 4°. Privately printed, in an edition of a " a few copies.'' 
 
 Col. (then Major) De Peyster was superintendent (for Great Britain) of the 
 Indian tribes of the North-west (the Lake Indians) from May, 1774, to 1785; 
 stationed at Michilimackinac, and afterwards at Detroit. In the notes to the 
 Miscellanies (in verse), many Indian words are translated and explained, and at 
 the end of the volume, pp. 271-277, there is a vocabulary of 183 " Words selected 
 from the Ottawa and Chippawa languages." 
 
 Title and note furnished by Dr. J. H. Trumbull, from copy in his possession. 
 
 1030 a Diccionario. Half-title: Diccionario de Motul. I [-III]. | 
 
 Title: Diccionario | de la Lengua | Maya de Yucatan [Tomo I] 
 Maya-Espanol | [Tomo II Espanol-Maya, Tomo III Adiciones y 
 correcciones] | Providence E. I. | 1864. | dgb. 
 
 Manuscript. 3 vols. : 1 1., pp. i-viii, 1-1595; 3 11., pp. 1-308; 206 unnumbered 
 11. 4°. In possession of Dr. D. G. Brinton, Media, Pa., from whose mauusciipt 
 catalogue of the Berendt collection I take the following note : 
 
 " This vast work is by far the most complete dictionary of the Maya tongue 
 known to be in-existence. Its history is as follows : While in the city of Mexico 
 in 185-, the Abb6 Brasseur picked up at a bookstall, for three dollars, a man- 
 uscript dictionary in two volumes, small quarto, written in a very small and 
 not very legible hand. Subsequently he sold this to the late Mr. John Carter 
 Brown, of Providence, in whose library it now is [see No. 1030 of this cata- 
 logue]. In 1864 Dr. Berendt obtained permission to make a copy of it, to which 
 task he devoted about one year, and in all his later studies of the language, 
 added to and amended the vocabulary, but always using a different colored ink, 
 so that the exact text of the original should not be interfered with. Such ia 
 the work as it now is. 
 
DEPJERET — DICCIONABIO. 925 
 
 Diccionario — continued. 
 
 ' ' Its peculiar importance rests on the fact that it gives us the Maya tongue as 
 it was in the century of the Conquest; for remarks by the author show him to 
 have been a Franciscan friar, living in the convent of Motul in or about 1577, 
 as he speaks of having seen the comet of that year. If the Maya hieroglyph- 
 ics are ever deciphered, it must be through the language as presented in this 
 dictionary. 
 
 " The copy in the Brown library was written probably at the close of the 
 sixteenth century, and by a scribe not well versed in Maya and a careless 
 copyist. Hence very many errors are in that copy which have been corrected 
 in the present one, with infinite pains, by Dr. Berendt. The Spanish-Maya 
 portion is by a different hand, and is probably of later date.'' 
 
 Vol. 3, additions and corrections, is by Dr. Berendt. 
 
 1030 b Diccionario | Espafiol-Maya | de Ticul. | 1690. | Trascrito 
 
 por D. Juan Pio Perez en 1836 | y arreglado en 1847 per el mismo. | 
 Copiado en Merida | 1870. | Das. 
 
 Manuscript, pp. i-viii, 1-267. 4°. 
 
 1030 c Diccionario | Maya-Espanol | de Ticul. | Coordinacion alfa- 
 
 ' b^tica de las palabras Mayas | que se hallan en la anterior parte 
 
 Castellaua. | Por | D. Juan Pio Perez. | 1847. | Oopiado en 
 
 Merida 1 1870. | dgb. 
 
 Manuscript. 2 11., pp. 1-241. Both in possession of Dr. Brinton, from whose 
 
 manuscript catalogue of the Berendt collection I copy the following note : 
 
 ' ' In 1836 the cura of Ticul, Don Estanislao Carrillo, found among the baptismal 
 archives of his parish a manuscript of 154 leaves, with the title : Vocabulario 
 de la lengua Maya que comienza en romance, compuesto de varios autores de 
 esta lengua. It bore as the date of completion Jan. 26, 1690. He presented 
 it to his friend, Don Juan Pio Perez, the distinguished Yuoatecan linguist. The 
 latter copied it, after which the original, not being cared for, was lost. In 1847 
 he made another copy, and either gave away or otherwise disposed of that of 
 1836. From that of 1847, the present one was made by Dr. Berendt in Merida, 
 1870, with tlie utmost care." 
 
 1030 d. Diccionario | Maya-Espanol | del Convento de San Fran 
 
 Cisco I en M6rida |. Copiado por | 0. Hermann Berendt, M. D. | 
 Merida J 1870. \ DGB. 
 
 Manuscript. Pp. i-vii, 1-364. 4°. 
 
 1030 e Diccionario | Espanol-Maya | del Convento de Ban Fran- 
 cisco I en Merida. | Copiado por | C. Hermann Berendt, M. D. | 
 M6rida | 1870. | DGB. 
 
 Manuscript. Title, verso blank, 1 1., 1 blank 1., pp. 1-386. 4°. Both in pos- 
 session of Dr. Brinton, from whose manuscript catalogue of the Berendt collec- 
 tion the following note is taken : 
 
 "According to the most skillful Maya scholars, this dictionary was composed 
 in the 17th century, and is older than that of Ticul. When, in 1820, the Fran- 
 ciscan convent of Merida was closed, the original manuscript was presented to 
 a citizen of Merida, and passed through various hands until it reached those of 
 Don Juan Pio Perez. He made a faithful copy of it, from which the present 
 one was taken in 1870 by Dr. Berendt. The original could nowhere be found at 
 that date, nor is there any intimation who the author was, or the exact date of 
 his labors." 
 
926 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 1031 a Dictionarium Gallico 8ta8aka [Ottawa] M. 
 
 Manuscript. Pp. 1-581. folio. Arranged alphabetically. In the library of 
 McGill College. Montreal, Canada. This work is cnriously paged ; beginning 
 with p. 1, on recto of 1. 1, the numbering continues on the rectos to the middle 
 of the letter E, p. 184; pp. 185-39t) (end of letter Q) are numbered on rectos and 
 versos of the remaining leaves, and pp. 397-581 are the versos of the first leaves 
 of the manuscript. The work is bound and well preserved. 
 
 A note on the fly-leaf says the work was begun 16 Aug. 1640 ; another, " This 
 book is the property of Adam Macruder of Montreal." " Now belongs to Andro 
 H. Arnolds, purchased at the sale of the late Macruder's effects. 1846." 
 
 1031 b Dictionary. Dictionary | of | Indian Tongues, | containing | 
 Most of the Words and Terms | used in the | Tshimpsean, Hydah, 
 and Chinook, | with their meaning or equivalent | in the | English 
 Language. | 
 
 Published by | Hibben & Oarswell, | Victoria, V. I. | Printed at 
 the British Colonist Office. | 1865. | A. 
 
 Printtd title on cover, pp. 1-14. sq. 16°. Chinook-English, pp. 1-5.— Hydah- 
 English, pp. 6-7.— English-'Tshimshean, pp. 8-14. 
 
 1032 A Dictionary of the Chinook Jargon. 
 
 This work is reprinted in: British Columbia. Report of the Hon. H. L. Lan- 
 gevin, C. B., Minister of Public Works, pp. 161-182. Ottawa, 1872. (s.) 
 
 1032 a Dictionary j of the | Chinook Jargon | or | Indian Trade 
 
 Language | now in general use on | the North-West Coast. | Adap- 
 ted for general business. | 
 
 Olympia W. T. | T. G. Lowe & Co., Publishers and Stationers. | 
 1873. I Printed at the Courier Job Eooms, Olympia, W. T. | B. 
 
 Pp. 1-32. 12°. Part I, 20 pp., Chinook-English.— Part II, 12 pp., English- 
 Chinook. 
 
 1032 b Dictionary | of the | Chinook Jargon, | to which is added | 
 
 numerous conversations, | thereby enabling any person | to speak 
 Chinook correctly. | Sixth Edition. | 
 
 Portland, Oregon : | P. L. McCormick, Publisher, 63 First street, | 
 1878. I B. 
 
 Outside priuted title 1 1., pp., 1-26. 16°. Preface reverse of titile-page. Eng- 
 lish Chinook vocabulary, 16 pp. — Chinook-English vocabulary, 6 pp. — Conver- 
 sations in English-Chinook, and at the end, the Lord's prayer, 3 pp. 
 
 Dictionary of the Kalispel or Flathead Indian Language. See 
 [Giorda {Bev.J.)], ISTos. 1554-1556. 
 
 1033 a A Dictionary of the Mosquito Language | English and 
 
 Mosquito I 
 
 2 vols. ; 88 unnumbered 11. ; 74 unnumbered 11., 16 blank 11. narrow folio 
 (15ix6J inches). In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. 
 
 The three pages preceding the dictionary contain, respectively, Memoraudum 
 for the printer. Parts of speech, and Key to the Pronunciation. The dictionary 
 begins on the verso of the second leaf, with the single heading or title written 
 across the tops of the two pages. The English words are placed on the verso of 
 each leaf, and are followed by the Mosquito definitions on the opposite page, in 
 
niCTIONAEIUM DOCTEINA. 927 
 
 Dictionary — continued. 
 
 most cases filling bnt a single line. The dictionary contains about 6,400 words. 
 A few comparisons with Greek and Hebrew words are given. From the appear- 
 . ance of the pajier and handwriting it may have been compiled some time be- 
 tween the years 1840 and 1850. 
 
 Dictionnaire et Grammaire de la Langue Crise. See [Lacombe {R4v. 
 Albert)], No. 2154. 
 
 1043 Dixon ( Capt. George). Voyage | autour du monde, | et priucipale- 
 ment | a la c6te nord-ouest de I'Am^rique, | Fait en 1785, 1786, 
 1787 et 1788, | A bord du King-George et de la Queen- | Charlotte, 
 par les Oapitaines Portlook | et Dixon. | D(idi6, par permission, k 
 Sir Joseph | Banks, Baronet; | Par le 'Capitaine George Dixon. | 
 Traduit de I'Anglois, par M. Lebas. | Tome Premier [-Second]. | 
 
 A Paris, | Chez Maradan, Libraire, Hdtel de Chateau- | Vieux, 
 rue Saint- Andr6-des- Arcs. | 1789. | B. BA. 
 
 2 vols. 12°. Improved title of No. 1043. Linguistics as in English edition, 
 No. 1042, vol. 2, pp. 16-17, and sheet facing p. 21. 
 
 1045 a Dobrizhoflfer (Martin). Historia | de | Abiponibus | Equestri, 
 Bellicosaque | Paraquarise | Natione | locupletata | Copiosis Bar- 
 bararum Gentium, Urbium, | Fluminum, Ferarum, Amphibiorum, 
 Insectorum, Sfr- | [sic] pentium prsecipuorum, Piscium, Avium, Ar- 
 borum, | Plan taruni, aliarumqueeiusdem Pro vinciae | Proprietatum 
 Observationibus, | Authore | Martino Dobrizhoffer | Presbytero, et 
 per Anuos Duo de | Viginti Paraquarise Missionario. J [Pars Prima- 
 Tertia.] | 
 
 Viennse, | Typis Josephi Nob. de Kurzbek | Cses. Eeg. Aul. Tipog. 
 et Bibliop. | Anno 1784. | S.BA. 
 
 3 vo'.s. 8°. maps, plates. Sign of the cross in Cochimi, Waicnrzk, and Mex- 
 ican of Itocatzin, vol. 2, p. 208. There is an English translation of this by Miss 
 Southey which does not contain the North American linguistics, (c.) 
 
 1046 a Doctrina. Dtctrina Christiana abreviada en lengua zotzlem. * 
 
 Manuscript. 21 pp. Without name of author, of a writing which appears to 
 pertain to the beginning of this century. — Pinart Sale Cat, No. 311. 
 
 IQ4.Q If Doctrina Christiana | en lengua Chapaneca. | Fragment© 
 
 de vn Manuscrito Anonimo | copiado en fac-simile | por | C. Her- 
 mann Berendt, M. D. | Tuxtla Gutierez. | 1869. | dgb. 
 
 Manuscript. Title, verso blank, 1 1. ; Advertencia, verso blank, 11.; pp. 21-66, 
 and a 67th, unnumbered, containing the Padre Nuestro, from Pimentel's Cuadro 
 Descriptivo. It is a remarkably beautiful manuscript, with numerous pen draw- 
 ings and colored initial letters. In the Advertencia Dr. Berendt describes the 
 original as follows: 
 
 El original de este MS. es un cuaderno en 4to, papel y letra del siglo XVII 6 
 XVIII ; eecritura muy clara y regular. Le faltan la portada y las primeras veinte 
 p^ginas, que parece han contenido la parte principal de la doctrina cristiana la 
 qual concluye en la pag. 36. Siguen despues 14 fojas mas en la lengna, faltando 
 uno el principio de esta parte, que contiene oraciones en versos acrdsticos y ana- 
 gramas y concluye con una alocucion 6 sermon. El resto es en caatellano; dos 
 fojas con una disertacion sobre el lugar del paraiso, que pone el cerro Golgota; 
 
928 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Doctrina — continued. 
 
 3 fojas tablas de los Evangelios y Epistolas y en 136 p%inas de nueva numera- 
 cion los evangelios de todos los Domingos. Las epistolas so encuentran en 8 
 fojas sin numeracion, en parte destruidos y seguidas por una foja blanca que en 
 el reverse del pedazo que se conserv6 muestra un pedazo de una rtibrioa y algu- 
 nas palabras, que parece una advertencia ritual. Solo las 44 paginas eu lengua 
 chapaneca van copiados aqui. 
 
 Este MS. es propriedad de D. Angel Carnas en la ciudad de Chiapa, en cuya 
 familia lo lian conservado desde muchos aiios y me lo conseguid para estudiar y 
 copiaro mi amigo D. Francisco Amado Calebro de esta ciudad. 
 
 Doctrina Christiana en lengua l!fevome. See [Smith 
 
 (Buckingham)], editor, No. 3643. 
 
 1047 a Doctrina Christiana en la lengua utiateca alias kiche del 
 
 uso de Fr. Jossef Ant. Sanchez Viscayno, ano de 1790. * 
 
 11 11. 4°. Title from the Pinart Sale Catalogue, No. 312. 
 
 1047 b Doctrina Christiana | en lengua Zoque. | Ano de 1736. | dgb. 
 
 Original manuscript. Modern title 1 1., and 51 and 7 leaves, sm. 4°. Frag- 
 ments of a Doctrina, written early in the last century and presented to Dr. 
 Berendt by Don Jos^ Maria Sanchez, cura of Ocosocantla. It is quite legible, 
 though stained and frayed. 
 
 1047 c Doctrina Christiana | en | Pogomchl. | Ano de 1810. | dgb. 
 
 Manuscript. Title, reverse blank, 1 1. ; Advertencia signed Dr. C. Hermann 
 Berendt, Coban, Agosto 1875, reverse blank, 1 1.; text, pp. 1-38; Contenido, p. 39. 
 Entirely in Poconchi. Copied from the original, 22 11., 8°, in the parish of Tactic, 
 which bears the inscription: Para el uso de Bacilio Co. Ano de 1810. 
 
 1050 a Doctrina Cristiana | en el Idioma | Misteco, | conforme 
 
 al Metodo | con que actualmente se habla | en la Misteca Baja. | 
 Vertida por un cura del Obispado | de Puebla, para la mejor y 
 mas I facil instruccion de sus feligreses. | [Design.] 
 
 Puebla, 1834. | Imprenta del hospital de San Pedro, A cargo. | del 
 C. Manuel Buen-Abad. | B. 
 
 Pp. 1-32, 1 1. 16°. The Christian Doctrine in Spanish and Misteco, arranged 
 in parallel columns — two on each page. 
 
 This may be the Catecismo mentioned in the note to OT. 2439 of this catalogue. 
 
 1050 6 Doctrina Christiana | y | Confesonario | en lengua 
 
 Kekchi y Castellano | con un pequeno vocabulario | Del Archivo 
 de la Panoquia de Coban | copiado por | C. Hermann Berendt, 
 M. D. I Coban, Febrero de 1875. | dgb. 
 
 Manuscript. Title, verso blank, 1 1.; Advertencia, verso blank, 1 1.; text, pp. 
 1-49 ; Indice, p. 51. Double columns, Spanish and Kekchi. 
 
 "Advertencia. El original de esta doctrina es un libro en octavo, escrito en 
 letra moderna. Por las formas de varias palabras parece copia de una obra an- 
 tigua. Pertenece al archivo de la iglesia parroquial de Coban y me lo prest6 
 para copiarlo mi buen amigo el Vicario de la Alta Vera Paz y Cura de Coban 
 Presbitero Don Manuel Gonzalez. C. H. B." 
 
 1056 a Doctrina, y oraciones y moral cristiana, en lengua de 
 
 Tepuzculula. * 
 
 M.anuscript. 4° in the library of the Sociedad de Geograffa y Estadistica at 
 
 Mexico. In the margin are several lines in Misteco, in which the name of Fr. 
 
 Benito is mentioned. It may have been written by Fr. Benito Fernandez. 
 
 Icazbalceta, Bib. Mex. del Siglo XVI, p. 154. 
 
DOCTKINA — DOMENECH, 929 
 
 Doctrina — continued. 
 
 1056 & Doctrina y Confesionario | en lengua Ixil. | Precededos 
 
 de un corto modo para apren- | der la lengua, y Eitual de Matri- 
 moiiio I por | el Oura Pdrroco de Nebab | 1824. | dgb. 
 
 Original manuscript, 28 11., the first one and last seven being blank, with 
 modern title, 1 1. In fair condition. 
 
 1056 c Doctrina y praticas devotas con otras oraciones sacadas 
 
 del catecismo, lo todo en lengua tzoque. * 
 
 Manuscript. 23 11. 4°. Coarse writing of the seventeenth century. Title from 
 the Pinart Sale Catalogue, No. 313. 
 
 Doctrine Ohrestienne * * en langage Canadois. See [Breboeuf 
 {R. P. Jean)], No. 463. 
 
 Dog Rib Primer. See [Bompas (i?e^. William Carpenter)], No. 404, 
 
 1061a Domenech (Abbe Emmanuel). iVIanuscrit | Pictographique | 
 Am6ricain | pr^c6d6 d'une | Notice sur I'ld^ograpbie | dcs Peaux- 
 Eouges I par | I'Abb^ Em. Domenech | Missionaire apostolique, 
 chanoine honoraire de Montpelier | Membre de 1' Academic pon- 
 tiflcale tib^rine, de la Soci6t6 g^ographique de Paris | et de la 
 Soci^te etbnographique orientale et am^ricaine de France. ( 
 Ouvrage | public sous les auspices de M. le Ministre D'Etat | et 
 de la Maison De L'Empereur | 
 Paris I GideLibraire fiditeur | 5 Eue Bonaparte | 1860. | b.t.dgb. 
 
 Pp. i-viii, 1-119. 8°. 228 plates. 
 
 This work is justly celebrated, and is now very rare, for the government of 
 Napoleon III. made strenuous efforts to recall the copies which had been sent to 
 learned societies and persons, as well as to libraries, throughout the world, and 
 those which had been sold. 
 
 In a lengthy preliminary notice the learned editor gives an account of various 
 other American MSS., and of- the circumstances attending the origin and dis- 
 covery of what he is pleased to entitle the lAvre des sauvages. He comes to the 
 conclusion that it was the work of some sachem of the Indians of Canada, versed 
 in the secret institutions of his tribe, and that it must be assigned to the seven- 
 teenth century. It was found in an old wooden box which was deposited in the 
 Biblioihigue de V Arsenal of Paris, nearly a century before its fortunate discovery. 
 While modestly disclaiming the ability to reveal all the recondite mysteries of 
 the manuscript, the learned churchman and ethnologist gives an interpretation 
 of the signs and hieroglyphs, which occupies sixty-two octavo pages. 
 
 Then follow two hundred and twenty-eight pages, each containing a fac- 
 simile of one of those of the mysterious book — even those in blank. The size 
 and shape of these pages are preserved, and even the rents and dog's ears are 
 carefully delineated. The figures, done in charcoal, or with a coarse crayon, 
 are exactly reproduced, those portions which in the original had been colored 
 with red chalk or crayon being so indicated. 
 
 After pablication it was determined that the editor had been the victim of a 
 cruel hoax, and that the precious manuscript was the work of some idle boy, 
 judging from sundry written words probably a German, of impure mind and 
 little artistic ability. No end of ridicule has been heaped upon the unfortunate 
 abb6 because of his discovery in such rubbish of the totems and signatures of 
 
 59 Bib 
 
930 NOETH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Domenech {Abbe Emmanuel) — continued. 
 
 powerful chiefs, the phallic worship of the ouabinos and other religious rites, 
 Christian and pagan, the practices of medicine men, matrimonial scenes, and 
 the like. See Petzholdt (J.) "Das Buch der Wilden"; also the translation, 
 Le Livre des Sauvages. To these attacks he replied in the following work : 
 
 1061 b La Y6nt6 \ sur le [ Livre des Sauvages | par | l'Abb6 
 
 Em. Domenech | Missionnaire Apostolique, Membre de I'Acad^mie 
 Pontiflcale Tib^rine, des | Soci^t^s ethnographique et g^ographique 
 de Paris, etc. | 
 
 Paris I E. Dentu. Libraire-Editeur | Galerie d'0rl6ans, 13 et 17, 
 Palais-Eoyal | 1861 | Tons droits r^serv^s. | b. c. t. ba. 
 
 Pp. i-vi, 7-54. 8°. 10 plates of hieroglyphics. Reply to attacks on the Manu- 
 scrit Pictographrque. 
 
 1062 Voyage Pittoresque | dans les | Grands D6serts | du | 
 
 Nouveau Monde | par | l'Abb6 Em. Domenecb | Missionaire [&c., 
 two lines]. | [Picture of Santa F^.] 
 
 Paris I Morizot, Libraire-Editeur | 3, Rue Pav6e-Saint-Andr6 | 
 1862 I E^serve de tous droits. | t. 
 
 4p. 11., pp. 1-608. large 8°. Improved title of No. 1062. Comments on American 
 languages, pp. 90-95, contains, p. 90, a list of the signs of the Zodiak in Tartar 
 and Mexican. — List of American tribes, pp. 317-321. — Mexican chart with inter- 
 linear French translation, p. 410. — Aboriginal terms passim. 
 
 1064 Dominguez y Argaiz (Br. D. Francisco Eugenio). PlMcas | de los 
 principales mysterios | de nvestra S*» Fee, | Con una breve exorta- 
 cion al fin del modo con que | deben excitarse al dolor de las cul- 
 pas. I Hechas en el Idioma Yucateco, | por orden | del Illmo. y Emo.' 
 Sr. D-^. y Mr5. | D. F. Ignacio de Padilla, | Del Sagrado Orden de 
 San Augustin, Dignissimo Arzo- | bispo Obispo de estas Provincias 
 de Yucatan, de el | Consejo de su Majestad. | Por el Doctor D, 
 Francisco Eugenio | Dominguez, y Argaiz, Cura proprio de la Par- 
 rochial | del Santo Nombre.de Jesus, intramuros de la Oiudad, | y 
 Examinador Synodal del Obispado de Yacatan [sic]. \ Quien las 
 dedica | al dicho Illmo. y Emo. Senor. | Oontiene seis Platicas: la 
 1. la Explicacion de N. Santa Fee: la 2. | el Mysterio de la SS. 
 Trinidad: la 3. el de la Encarnacion del Ver- | bo Divino: la 4, el 
 de la Eucharistia: la 5. la Explicacion del Fin | ultimo i)ara que 
 fue criado el hombre; que es solo Dios: la 6. la | Explicacion del 
 modo con que deben excitarse al dolor | de las culpas. | — | 
 
 Impressas en Mexico en la Imprenta del Eeal y mas Antiguo | 
 Colegio de S. lldefonso, Ano de 1758. | oaB. 
 
 6 p. 11., pp. 1-24, 1 1., verso blank. 4°. On the recto of the last leaf is the Act 
 of Contrition in verse. Improved title of No. 1064. 
 
 1065 Donck (Adriaen vander). Beschryvinge [ Yan | Nieuw Neder- 
 lant. I (Gelijck het tegenwoordigh in Staet is) | Begrijpende de Na- 
 ture, Aert, gelegentheyt en vruchtbaerheyt | van het selve Landt; 
 
DOMENECH DONNELLY. 931 
 
 Sonck (Adriaen vander) — continued. 
 
 mitsgaders de profSjtelijcke ende gewenste toevallen die | aldaer 
 tot onderhoudt der Menschen, (soo nyt haer selven als van buyten 
 Inge- I bracht) gevonden worden. Als mede de maniere en onge- 
 meyne Eygenschap- | pen vande Wilden ofte Natnrellen vanden 
 Lande. Ende een by sonder verhael | vanden wonderlijcken Aert 
 ende bet Wessen der Severs. | Daer nocb by-gevoeght is | Een Dis- 
 cours over de gelegentheyt van Meuw-Nederlandt, | tusschen een 
 Nederlandts Patriot, ende een Nieuw Nederlander. j Beschreven 
 door I Adriaen vander Donck, | Beyder Eechteu Doctour, die 
 tegenwoordigh | noch in Meuw-Nederlandt is | En hier achter by 
 gevoeght | Hetvoordetligh Eeglement vande Ed : Hoog,Acht bare | 
 Heeren de Heeren Burgermeesteren deser Stede, | betreffende de 
 saken van Meuw Nederlandt. | Met een pertinent Kaertje van 't 
 zelve Landt vergiert, | en van veel druck-fouten gesuyvert. | — | 
 [Device.] 
 
 I'Aemsteldam | — | By Evert MeuwenhofBoeck- verkooper,woo- 
 nende op | 't Euslandt, in 't Schrijf-Boeck, Anno 1655. | c. 
 
 4 p. 11., pp. 1-100, "Register" 3 pp. sm. 4°. map. Improved title of No. 1065. 
 Vande verscheyde Geslaohten en Talen, p. 67. 
 
 A copy of the 1656 edition, title of which is given, from Sabin, as No. 1066 
 hereof, is also in the Library of Congress. 
 
 1067 a Dond^ (Joaquin) and Donde (Juan). Lecciones | de | Botanica | 
 arregladas segun los principios admitidos por Guibourt | Eichard, 
 Duchartre, de CandoUe y otros | por | Joaquin y Juan Dond6 | 
 (padre 6 hijo) farmaceuticos titulados, quimicos y naturalistas | 
 [&c., eight lines]. 
 
 Merida de Yucatan | Imprenta Literaria de Juan P. Molina 
 Solis I 1876 I DGB. 
 
 Pp. i-xxiii, 1-259. sm. 8°. 
 
 Indice alfabetico de las plantas, &c., pp. 229-241, contains the names of a 
 number of plants in the language of Yucatan. The list was prepared by Thomas 
 Aznar Barbachano. 
 
 1.067 b Donnelly (Ignatius). Atlantis: | the Antediluvian World. | 
 By I Ignatius Donnelly. | Illustrated. | [Quotation, 8 lines]. 
 New York: | Harper & Brothers, Franklin Square. | 1882. | 
 Title 11., pp. v-x, 1-490. 12°. Frontispiece. bp.we. 
 
 Vocabulary, English, Mandan, and Welsh (from Catlin), p. 115. — Comparison 
 of Dakota or Sioux (from Lynde) with other languages (Latin, English, Saxon, 
 Sanscrit, German, Danish, &c.), p. 116.— The Maya .alphabet, pp. 217-234.— Com- 
 parative vocabulary, English, Chiapeneo, and Hebrew, p. 234. — Comparative 
 vocabulary, Chinese, Othomi, English, p. 435. 
 
 1067c Atlantis: | the Antediluvian World. | By | Ignatius 
 
 Donnelly. | Illustrated. | [Eight lines quotation.] | Seventh Edi- 
 tion. I 
 New York: | Barper & Brothers, Franklin Square. | [N. d.] 
 Pp. iii-x, 1-490. 12°. Linguistics as in edition of 1882. c. ba. jwp. 
 
932 NORTH AMEEICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 1078 a Doublet de Boisthibault (J.) Les Vcbux | des | Hurons et des 
 Abnaquis | a Il^otreDame de Chartres | publics pour la premiere 
 fois I d'apres les manuscrits des archives d'Eure-et-Loir | avec | les 
 lettres des missionnaires catholiques au Canada, | une introduction 
 et des notes, | par M. Doublet de Boisthibault. | [Figure.] | [Five 
 lines quotation.] 
 
 Chartres | Noury-Coquard, Libraire | Rue du Cheval-Blanc, 26, | 
 MDOCCLVII [1857]. | " S. T. V. 
 
 2p.ll.,pp.i-viii,l l.,pp.l-82,l p.adv. 12°. colored plate. 
 
 " O Salutaris" in Abnaqul, p. 79, and in Huron, p. 80 (from Easles). See Merlet 
 (Lucien), No. 2570; also Chaumonot (P. J. M.), No. 764. 
 
 1086 a Douglass (James). Private papers ( of Sir James Douglass. | Sec- 
 ond Series. | B. 
 
 Manuscript, pp. 1-16. folio. In the Bancroft Library, San Francisco, Cal. 
 Contains lists of native tribes from Puget Sound nortbward to Cross Sound, 
 Alaska, witli traders' and native tribal names, grouped according to languages, 
 pp. 7-33. Between pp. 33 and 34 are 14 blank pages. 
 
 This manuscript was copied from the original papers in Sir James's possession ; 
 in Indian names the copyist has universally substituted an initial E for the 
 initial K. 
 
 Dousman (George G.) See Lapham (I. A.), Blossom (Levi), and 
 Dousman (George G.), No. 2202 a. 
 Drake (Francis S.), editor. See Schoolcraft (H. E.), No. 3519 b. 
 
 1089 a Drake (Samuel Gardner). Biography and History | of the | 
 Indians of North America; | comprising | a General Account of 
 them, I and | Details in the Lives of all the most distinguished 
 chiefs, and | others, who have been noted, among the various | In- 
 dian Nations upon the Continent. | Also, | a History of their 
 Wars; | their Manners and Customs; and the most celebrated 
 Speeches | of their Orators, from their first being known to | Euro- 
 peans to the Present Time. | Likewise | exhibiting an Analysis | of 
 the most distinguished, as well as absurd authors, who | have writ- 
 ten upon the great question of the | First Peopling of America. | 
 [Pictureof an Indian; quotation, six lines.] | By Samuel G. Drake, j 
 MemberoftheNew Hampshire Historical Society. | Fourth Edition, j 
 With large Additions and Corrections, and numerous Engravings. | 
 
 Boston: | J.Drake, 56 Cornhill, | at the Antiquarian Institute, j 
 1836. I * 
 
 Engraved title, pp. vi, 1 1. , 4, 28, 120, 132, 72, 158, 18, 12. 8°. plates. Title from 
 Mr. W. Eames. 
 
 The Astor Library has a copy of the fifth edition, with title exactly similar 
 to that given in No. 1089, except the date, which is 1837, 
 
 In the Library of Congress and in the Astor Library there are copies also sim- 
 Oar to that given in No. 1089, except in place of "Fifth Edition," it reads " Sev- 
 enth Edition," and the date is changed to 1837. 
 
 1091 Biography and History | of the | Indians of North Amer- 
 ica, I from its first discovery. | [Quotations, nine lines.] | By Sam- 
 uel G. Drake. | Eleventh edition. | 
 
DOUBLET DE BOISTHIBAULT — DUNCAN. 933 
 
 Drake (Samuel Gardner) — continued. 
 
 Boston : | Benjamin B. Mussey & Co. | M. DCCO. LI [1851]. | 
 
 Pp. 1-720. 8°. plates. Improved title of No. 1091. bl. whs. 
 
 Comparative vocabulary, English, Kamskadale and AliSoutean, p. 32. — 
 Lord's Prayer in the Muhkekaneew language (from Edwards), p. 151. — Lord's 
 Prayer in Wampanoag (from Eliot's Bible), pp. 229^30. — Specimen of the 
 language of the Tarratines (from Williamson's Maine), pp. 321-322. — Brief 
 specimen of the Muskogee language, p..364. — Choktau numerals, 1-10, p 364. — 
 Lord's Prayer in the language of the Six Nations (from Smith's New York), p. 
 501. — Lord's Prayer in the Shawanee language (from Carey's Museum), p. 623. — 
 A sentence in Mohawk and Welsh compared, p. 628. 
 
 Also issued with the following title: 
 
 1091 a History | of the | Early Discovery of America, ( and | 
 
 Landing of the Pilgrims. | With a | Biography | of the ( Indians of 
 N"orth America. | [Quotation, nine lines.] | By Samuel Gr. Drake. | 
 Boston: | Higgins and Bradley. | 1854. | * 
 
 Pp. 1-720. 8°. plates. Title from Mr. W. Eames. Linguistics as in eleventh 
 edition. No. 1091. 
 
 1099 a Ducrue {Abbe Franz Benno). Des Herrn Abb6 Franz Benno 
 Ducrue ehemaligen Vorstehers aller californischen Missioneu der 
 Gesellschaft Jesu. Eeise aus Californien durch das Gebiet von 
 Mexico nach Europa im Jahr 1767. Aus dessen eigenhandigen 
 lateinischen Nachrichten. 
 
 In Murr (C. G. von) Naohrichten, vol. 2, pp. 389-430. Halle, 1811. 8°. Cali- 
 fomische (Laymonische) Sprachprohe, pp. 394-397. 
 
 A German translation of No. 1099. 
 
 Dudley (J.) See Wright {Bev. Asher), editor^ S'o. 4256. 
 
 1105 a Dunbar (John). [Manuscripts in the Pawnee language.] jbd. 
 26 sheets, folio ; in the possession of Mr. John B. Dunbar, Bloomfield, N. J. 
 Gospel of Mark to chapter xii, verse 41, 18 sheets, written on both sides. — Be- 
 ginning of a Catechism, 2 sheets, written on both sides. — Text to accompany a 
 series of Bible cuts, 5 sheets, written on both sides. — Ten Commandments, 1 
 sheet, written on one side. 
 
 1105 h Dunbar (John B.) The | Pawnee Indians. | A Sketch. | 
 
 [Kew York, 1883.] T. jwp. 
 
 Printed cover 1 1., title 1 1., 44 unnumbered 11. sm. 4°. A separate issue of 
 No. 1105. 
 
 1106 Dictionary of the Pawnee language. jbd. 
 
 Manuscript. 1 p. 1., 11. 1-136. 8°. Written mostly on one side only, with addi- 
 tional words in red ink on verso of some leaves. In Pawnee and English. 
 Contains nearly 2,000 words, carefully accented, with illustrative specimens, 
 Xjhrases, &c. 
 
 1106 [Grammatical sketch of the Pawnee language.] jbd. 
 
 Manuscript. LI. 1-41. 8°. Improved title of No. 1106. This is Mr. Dunbar's 
 
 first draft, and is yet incomplete. These manuscripts are in possession of the 
 author. 
 
 1107 a Duncan {Prof. David). American Kaces. | Compiled and ab- 
 stracted by I Professor Duncan, M. A. | c. jwp. 
 
 Forms Part 6 of Spencer (Herbert). Descriptive Sociology. New York, D. 
 Appleton & Co. [1878.] folio. 
 
934 NORTH AMEEIGAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Duncan {Prof. David) — continued. 
 
 Language, pp. 40-42, contains comments and extracts from many authors on 
 tlie Esquimaux, Chinooks, Snakes, Comanohes, Iroquois, Chippewyans, Crees, 
 Chippeways, Dakotas, Mandans, and Creeks. 
 
 1108 a Dunn (John). History | of | the Oregon Territory | and British 
 North- American | Fur Trade; | with | an account | of the habits 
 and customs of the principal native | tribes on the Northern Con- 
 tinent. I By John Dunn, | late of the Hudson's Bay Company, | 
 eight years a resident in the country. | Second Edition. | 
 
 London : | Edwards and Hughes, Ave-Maria Lane. | 1846. | A. 
 Pp. i-viii, 1-359. 8°. map. Linguistics as in first edition, pp. 358-359. 
 
 1109 a Dunwoody {Lieut. Henry H. C.) Weather Proverbs. C. JWP. 
 
 Pp. 1-148. 8°. Forms No. IX of Hazen (William B.) Signal-Service Notes. 
 WasMngton, 1883. 
 
 Cusbiag (Frank Hamilton). Zufii weather proverhs, pp. 124-127. 
 
 1116 a Duralde (Martin). Vocabulary of the language of the Atacapas. * 
 
 1117 a Vocabulary of the language of the Chetimachas. * 
 
 These two manuscripts, the originals of Nos. 1116 and 1117, are in the library 
 of the American Philosophical Society, Philadelphia, Pa. ; presented hy Mr. 
 Jeflferson. 
 
 y 1118 a Duran {Fr. Diego). Historia | de las | Indias de Nueva Espana | 
 y I Islas de Tierra Firme | por | el Padre Fray Diego Duran | Ee- 
 ligioso de la Orden de Predicadores | (Escritor del siglo XVI.) | 
 Tomo II. I 
 
 Mexico I Imprenta de Ignacio Escalante | Bajos de San Agustin, 
 Num. 1 I 1880 I B. DGB. 
 
 Title 1 1., "Al Lector," verso blank, 1 1., pp. 3-304, 1 1. headed " Dias Demasia- 
 dos," Appendice 1 l.,pp. 3-172, Indice pp. 173-177, Appendice 1 1. 4°. A third 
 volume contains the atlas. See No. 1118 for title of vol. 1. 
 
 ' ' A few copies of vol . 2 printed on large paper for private distribution ; one in 
 my possession." — Icazbalceta. 
 
 The original manuscript of this work is in the library of Mr. H. H. Bancroft, 
 San Francisco, Cal. 
 
 1120 a [Durocher (P. Flavien).] Catherine | Tekakouita. | (Traduction 
 Algonquine.) | 
 
 Tiohtiake [Montreal] | Tehoristorarakon J. Chapleau et Fils. | 
 1876. I S.JWP. 
 
 Outside printed cover 1 1, pp. 1-52. 16°. Life of Catherine, in the Algonkiu 
 language. By P. Durocher; corrected and published by Abb6 Cuoq. By mis- 
 take the Iroquois name of Montreal (Tiohtiake) was left on the title-page when 
 the wort was printed in Algonkiu. See No. 2460 for the Iroquois version. 
 
 1120 6 Anicinabe aiamie Kikkinwa' amagusiij aiamiate gaie i 
 
 wawabandang aiamie-kakwedjindwin. * 
 
 Mannscript. 115pp. Iarge8°. In the Algonkin language. TitlefromTeza(E.), 
 No. 3833, Intorno agll studi del Thavenet, p. 2, where he speaks of it as follows: 
 "Un altro catechismo in algonchino, senza traduzione, si couserva a Eoma (nolle 
 carte della V. Emm. coll. N". xxvi.) II ms. h in ottavo grande, di buona scrit- 
 tura, e ha 115 pagine. II Manuale [see next title] h in foglio, e ha 12 pagine. 
 Sono scritti tutti i due nel 1841. 
 
DUNCAN— EDWAEDS. 935 
 
 [Durocher (P. Flavien)] — continued. 
 
 1120 c Manuel du sacr6 coeur de Marie. * 
 
 Manuscript. 12 pp. folio. In the Algonkin language. Title from Teza (E. ) 
 Intorno agli studi del Thavenet, p. 2. See note to preceding title. 
 
 These manuscripts were sent hy P. Durocher from Lac des Deux Montagnes, 
 May 28, 1841, to the Abb6 Thavenet, asking that he have them printed, "deux 
 milles exemplaires dn Cat^chisme et mille du petit Manuel," or, in the event of 
 the request not heing complied vrith, it was requested of ' ' monsieur Thavenet de 
 leur renvoyer leurs manuscrits par monseigneur I'^vfeque de Montreal, vu. qu'ils 
 n'ont point de duplicata." 
 
 See Aiamieu, Nos. 40, 40 a, 40 b. See Ir Mishiniigin, H^To. 1947. 
 
 Early Greek History. See [Robertson {Mrs. A. B. W.) and Sulli- 
 van (S. B.)], Kg, 3333. 
 
 EbanheUo Hezu Clizto Zan Lucas. See Ruz {Fr. Joaquin), 'No. 
 3426 a. 
 
 1126 a Edwards (Amory). Vocabulario de los Indios Xicaques, por 
 
 Amory Edwards. * 
 
 Manuscript. Title from Dr. Brinton's manuscript catalogue of the Berendt 
 collection in his possession. 
 
 1127 a Edwards (Bryan). The | History, | Civil and Commercial, | of 
 the I British Colonies in the West Indies. | In two volumes. | By 
 Bryan Edwards, Esq. | of the Island of Jamaica. | Vol. I [-II]. | 
 
 Dublin: j Luke White. | M. DCC. XCIII [1793J. | A. mhs. 
 
 2 vols. : pp. i-xxiv, 1-491, map; i-x, 3-474, 8 11. 8°. Vocabulary, vol. 1, p. 112. 
 In the Boston Public library there is a copy of an edition, London : John 
 Stockdale. 1794. 2 vols. 4o.(*) 
 
 1129 a The History, | Civil and Commercial, | of the | British 
 
 Colonies | in the | West Indies. | By Bryan Edwards, Esq. F. E. S. 
 S. A. I Illustrated by an atlas, | and | embellished with a portrait 
 of the author. | To which is added a general description of the | 
 Bahama Islands, | By Daniel M'Kinnen, Esq. | In four volumes. | 
 
 Vol. I [-rv]. I 
 
 Philadelphia : | Printed and sold by James Humphreys, | At the 
 Corner of Second and Walnut-streets. | 1806. | o. bp. 
 
 4 vols. 8°. Short Charaibe vocabulary (from Eochefort), vol. 1, p. 122. 
 
 In the Boston Athenseum library there is a copy of an edition, London : John 
 Stockdale. 1807. 3 vols. 8°.(*) In the same library is a copy of an edition, 
 Charleston : E. Morford, Willington & Co. 1810. 4vols. 8°.(*) 
 
 1129 b The | History, | Civil and Commercial, | of the | British 
 
 West Indies. | By Bryan Edwards, Esq. F. E. S. S. A. | With | A 
 continuation to the present time. | Fifth Edition. | With maps and 
 plates. I In five volumes. | Vol. I [-V]. | 
 
 London: | Printed by T. Miller, Noble Street, Cheapside; | for G. 
 and W. B. Whittaker; W. H. Eeid; J. Nunn; | J. M. Eichardson; 
 J. Cuthell; T. Boone; T. | Maclean; T. and J. Allman; C. Brown; 
 W. I Mason; Lackington and Co.; Eodwell and | Martin: Oliver 
 and Boyd, Edinburgh; and Johnston and Deas, Dublin. | 1819. j 
 
 5 vols. 8°. Linguistics, vol. 1, p. 145. C. bp. 
 
936 NORTH AMEEICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 1134a Edwards (Eei). Jonathan). Observations | on the | Language | of 
 the I Muhhekaneew Indians; | in which | The Extent of that Lan- 
 guage in North-Ame- 1 rica is shewn ; its Genius is grammatically | 
 traced; some of its Peculiarities, and some | Instances of Analogy 
 between that and the | Hebrew are pointed out. | Communicated to 
 the I Connecticut Society of Arts and Sciences, | And published at 
 the Bequest of the Society. | By Jonathan Edwards, D. D. | Pastor 
 of a Church in New-Haven, and Member of the | Connecticut So- 
 ciety of Arts and Sciences. | 
 
 New-Haven, printed by Josiah Meigs, 1788; | London reprinted 
 
 by W. Justins, | Shoemaker-Eow, Blackfriars. | M, DCC, LXXXIX 
 
 [1789]. I S. T. JWP. WHS. 
 
 Pp. i-iv (erroneously pageti v), 5-15. 12°. Title meutioned in note to No. 1134. 
 
 113-5 a Observations | on the | Language | of the | Muhheka- 
 neew Indians; | in which the extent of that language in North 
 America is shewn : | its genius is grammatically traced : some of its 
 peculia- | rities, and some instances of analogy between | that and 
 the Hebrew are pointed out. | Communicated to the Connecticut 
 Society of Arts and | Sciences, and published at the request of the 
 Society. | By Jonathan Edwards, D. D. | Pastor of a Church in 
 New-Haven, and Member of the Con- | necticut Society of Arts and 
 Sciences. | 
 New- York: | Printed by M. L. & W. A. Davis. | 1801. | 
 Pp. 1-16. 12°. See Oocom (Samson), Nos. 2793-2794. c.bp.jwp 
 
 1141 a Eells (Rer. Myron). Author's Edition. | Department of the Inte- 
 rior. I United States Geological and Geographical Survey. | F. V. 
 Hayden, U. S. Geologist-in-Charge. | The | Twana Indians ) of the | 
 Skokomish Eeservation in Washington Territory. | By | Eev. M. 
 Eells, I Missionary among these Indians. | Extracted from the Bul- 
 letin of the Survey, Vol. Ill, No. 1. | 
 
 Washington, April 9, 1877. | we. dgb. 
 
 Printed cover 1 1., pp. 57-114. 8°. Separate issue of No. 1141. 
 
 1148 a Words, phrases and sentences in the language of the 
 
 Lower Tsi-h^-lis (Che-ha-lis). 
 
 Manuscript. Pp. 8-103. 4°. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. 
 "Collected in Washington Territory (southwest part) in March, 1882, from John 
 Clip, an Indian doctor, who talks good English," and recorded in a copy of 
 Powell's Introduction to the Study of Indian Languages, 1st edition. 
 
 Egede (Paul). See Tiiksiautit attuagakset. No. 3tt36. 
 
 1169 Ejercicio. El Ejercicio | del | Santo Viacrucis | puesto en lengua 
 Maya | y | copiado de un antiguo manuscrito. | Lo da a la prensa 
 con superior permiso el Dr. | D. J. Vicente Solis y Eosales, quien 
 desea | se propague esta devocion entre los | fieles, principalmente 
 de la clase | indigena. Va corregida por | el E. P. Fr. M. Antonio | 
 Peralta. — | 
 
EDWARDS — ELIOT. 9 . 1 7 
 
 Ejercicio — continued. 
 
 M^rida. I ImprentadeJ.D.Espinosa^hijos. | 1869. | b.dgb.ghm. 
 
 Pp. 1-31. 16°. Improved title of No. 1169. 
 
 "There is a mamiscript which has for a literal title the following: 'Manu- 
 scrito de estaoion de Pixil^, y yo, Damian Chim, maestro de capilla.' 48 pp. 4". 
 From a note it appears that the copy was concluded by the Indian, Damian 
 Chim. By another title which appears after the frontispiece i* seems that the 
 author of this work was Sr. Dr. D. Pedro Nolasco de los Reyes: ' A devocion del 
 Dr. D. Pedro Nolasco de los Reyes, cura interino de la parroquia de Santiago. 
 H61e en 30 de Enero de 1826 anos.' The work was finally given to the press in 
 1869 with the above title." — Cariillo. 
 
 Extracts, in Maya only ; reprinted as : Textes Mayas; in Archives de la Soci^t^ 
 Am^rioaine de France, nouvelle s6rie, tome 1, pp. 373-378. See Rosny (L. de), 
 Nos. 3376-3377. 
 
 1173 [Eliot (John).] A further Accompt | of the Progresse of the | Gos- 
 pel I amongst the Indians | in | ISTew-Bngland, | and | Of the means 
 used effectuallyto advance the same. | Setforth | IncertaineLetters 
 sent from thence declaring a | purpose of Printing the Scriptures 
 in the | Indian Tongue into which they are already | Translated. | 
 With which Letters are likewise sent an Epi- | tome of some Exhor- 
 tations delivered by the In- | dians at a fast, as Testimonies of their 
 obedi- I ence to the Gospell. | As also some helps directing to tbe 
 Indians how to | improve naturall reason unto the knowledge | of 
 the true God. | — | 
 
 London, Printed by M. Simmons for the Corpo- | ration of New- 
 England, 1659. I L. JOB. 
 
 5 p. 11., pp. 1-35 (commencing on verso of the sixth leaf— the recto not being 
 numbered), and 1 1., verso blank, sm. 4-^. Improved title of No. 1173. 
 
 Peirson (Abraham). Some Helps for the Indians, pp. [22]-35. 
 
 There is a reprint by Sabin, New York, 1865: title 1 l.,4 11., pp. 1-21,4° (c), 
 which does not contain the Peirson Catechism. 
 
 1196 a First column : Christiane OOnoowae Sampoowaonk. | 
 
 Second column: The same in English. | A Christian C'ovenanting 
 Canfession [sic]. \ * 
 
 1 1., verso blank, sm. 4°. Printed in two columns, Indian and English, with 
 the same kind of type which was used for the Indian Bible, and with a line of 
 55 small ornaments at the top of the sheet. This copy is in the library of the 
 University of Edinburgh, and a manuscript note on the lower margin says: 
 "This Indian Confession & Covenant of the Converts in New-England was 
 brought from thence in the year 1690- & afterwards gifted to the Bibliotheck of 
 the Colledge of Ed'ge (my alma mater) by W. Trail." From the following doc- 
 quet on the original, the donation seems not to have been made till the year 
 1699: "Indian Confession of Faith in New England, given be Mr. Trail, Min., 
 Bosthwick, 1699." A photolithographic facsimile accompanies Small's reprint of 
 the Indian Primer of 1669, Edinburgh, 1880, from which the above title is taken. 
 Another edition as follows : 
 
 1197 First column: Christiane OOnoowae Sampoowaonk. | 
 
 Second column: The same in English. | A Christian Covenanting 
 Confession. | CONG. 
 
 1 1., verso blank, sm. 4°. Improved title of No. 1197. Printed in two col- 
 umns, Indian and English, with a line of 52 small ornaments at the top of the 
 
938 NORTH AMEEICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 [Eliot (John)] — continued. 
 
 sheet. This seems to he a later edition, as it contains several slight changes 
 and a few additional words and Scripture references. 
 
 "The upper half of the page contains nine articles of helief, with Scripture 
 proofs. Below (separated hy a single rule across the page) are, in five articles, 
 a confession of faith in Christ, and a form of Covenant, prepared for the use of 
 Indian converts: 'Wee that dwell in this Towne called [a hlank space] are 
 gladly wiUing to hind ourselves to God, to Remember the Sabbath day,' etc., 
 and 'give ourselves and our children to Jesus Christ, to walk with Him in 
 Church Order, so long as we live.' 
 
 "The first Indian Church was gathered in 1660, at Natick ; but Mr. Eliot had 
 proposed the admission of the Indian converts to church estate, eight or nine 
 years before this. Some peculiarities of orthography in the Indian version of 
 this 'covenanting confession' seem to indicate that it was printed iefore the 
 Bible. It is alluded to by Cotton Mather (Magnalia, iii, 3, p. 178): 'Unto the 
 general engagements of a covenant with God which it was his desire to bring 
 the Indians into, he added a particular article, wherein they bind themselves 
 ... to remember the Sabbath-day, to keep it holy, as long as we live.'" — Trum- 
 bull. 
 
 This copy, which is in the Congregational Library, Boston, is slightly imper- 
 fect in the lower right-hand corner. A heliotype facsimile of this broadside was 
 made a few years ago, a copy of which is in my possession. 
 
 1199 a and Rawson (Grindal). [Indian Primer.] l. 
 
 32°. In Indian and English, on opposite pages, with numbers doubled ; 
 wanting beginning and end, and 16 other leaves. It contains pp. recto 18, 19-26 
 doubled, verso 27, recto 30, 31-44 doubled, verso 45, recto 47, 48-50 doubled, 
 verso 51, recto 53, 54-60 doubled, verso 61, recto 67, 68-74 doubled, verso 75, recto 
 77, verso 78, recto 79, verso 80. Two of the leaves (pp. 26 and 27, 30 and 31) 
 are imperfect. 
 
 " This seems to be the edition from which that of 1720 was reprinted. The 
 two agree, page for page, and line for line nearly, but there is a difference in the 
 type. As this contains Rawson's translation of Cotton's ' Milk for Babes,' it 
 was probably printed after or not long before 1691. It may be of the edition of 
 1687, mentioned in Isaiah Thomas's list of books printed hy Samuel Green {Hist, 
 of Printing, i, 263). It is, so far as is known, unique." — Brinley Catalogue, 
 No. 794. 
 
 1200 a EUot (William H.) Genealogy | of the | Eliot Family. | [Vig- 
 nette.] I Originally compiled by | William H. Eliot, Jr. | Eevised 
 and enlarged by | William S. Porter, | Member 0. H. Society, K 
 B. H. and G. Society, etc. | 
 
 New Haven, Conn. : | George B. Bassett & Co. | Printed by T. J. 
 Stafford. | 1854. | # 
 
 4 p. 11., pp. 9-184. 8°. Title from Mr. W. Eames. The third and fourth pre- 
 liminary leaves contain facsimiles of title-page of Eliot's Indian Bible, 1663, 
 Genesis, chap. 1, verses 1-10. 
 
 1200 6 EUot's Bible for the Indians. 
 
 In Am. Hist. Record, vol. 3, pp. 410-411. Philadelphia, 1874. 4°. Contains 
 fac-simile of part of a page of the Indian Bible. 
 
 1202 a EUis (Robert). Peruvia Scythica. | The | Quichua Language 
 of Peru: | its | derivation from Central Asia with the American [ 
 languages in general, and with the Turanian j and Iberian Ian- 
 
ELIOT— EPISTOLAS. 939 
 
 Ellis (Robert)— contiuued. 
 
 guages of the Old World, | including | the Basque, the Lycian, 
 and the Pre-Aryan | language of Etruria. | By | Eobert Ellis, B. 
 D., I author of " The Asiatic Affinities of the Old Italians," and 
 late Fellow | of St. John's College, Cambridge. | [Quotation, 
 three lines.] 
 
 London: | Trubner & Co., 57 & 59, Ludgate HUl. | 18f5, | All 
 rights reserved. | * 
 
 Pp. xi, 1-219. 8°. Chap. 2. Quiohua and American affinities, as deduced 
 from numerals, pp. 14-50. — Chap. 3. Quichua and American affinities, as de- 
 duced from personal pronouns and words of familiar use, pp. 51-140. The com- 
 parative tables in these chapters include words from many North and South 
 American languages. 
 
 Title from Dr. J. Hammond Trumbull, from copy in the Watkinson Library, 
 Hartford, Conn. 
 
 English and Dakota Service Book. See [Hinman {Bev. Samuel 
 D.) and Cook (Bev. Jeseph W.)], Nds. 1815-1816, 
 
 English and Dakota vocabulary. See fRiggs (Bev. Stephen E.), 
 editor], No. 3295. 
 
 1215 a Epistle. The | Epistle of Paul | to the Eomans. | [Two lines 
 Cherokee characters.] jwp. wwb. 
 
 No title-page, pp. 1-55. 24°. In Cherokee characters. 
 
 1219 a Epistles. [The Epistles of John.] t. wwh. 
 
 No title-page, 16 pp. 24°. In Cherokee characters. Printed by the American 
 Bible Society in 1860. 
 
 1220 a The | Epistles | of | Paul to the Corinthians. | [Two lines 
 
 Cherokee characters.] 
 
 Park Hill: | Mission Press: Edwin Archer, Printer. | [One line 
 Cherokee characters.] | 1858. | * 
 
 Pp. 1-125. 24°. In Cherokee characters. Contains also : Galatians, pp. 89- 
 106 ; EphesianSj pp. 107-125. Improved title of No. 1212, furnished by Mr. W. 
 Eames, from copy in the library of Mr. W. W. Beach. 
 
 [Epistles in the Mohawk Language.] See [Hill (A. H.) 
 
 and Wilkes (J. A.), jr.], No. 1786. 
 
 1223 [Epistolas y Evangelios en Mexicano.] b. 
 
 Manuscript. 159 11. 12°. Improved title of No. 1223. In the Bancroft Library, 
 San Francisco ; bought at the Eamirez sale, in the catalogue of which it is en- 
 tered under No. 529, Homilies in the Mexican language, and in Icazbalceta's 
 Apuntes, No. 102, with the above title. It has no title, is beautifully written 
 in one handwriting of the 16th century, small letters, neat and clear ; words and 
 sentences in Latin and Spanish ; dates, numerals, headings of divisions, para- 
 graphs, and initial letters in red. It begins with a Eoman calendar, 11. 1-8, fol- 
 lowed by * 
 
 H I In nomine dm. | Incipiunt Epistole et euangeli | a feria quarta 
 cinerum. | 
 
 LI. 1-57. 
 
940 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 [Epistolas y Evangelios en Mexicano]— continued. 
 
 C Dnica q''. aduentus. | C Incipiuut Epistole et Euagelia | Do- 
 minicalibus ofSiciis cogrue | tias que per auni totius Discursus | 
 leguuntur traducta in lingua | Mexicana. | 
 
 Ll. 1-46, followed by 1 blank 1. and 1 1. on whioli is written, in more modem 
 letters: "Este-libro pertese \_sic] a la casa | do novisios de Santo Domingo 
 mi p=." 
 
 C In nomine dni. | Incipiuntur euangelia quae | per ani totius 
 Tractum leguun | tur ia diebus festis. | 
 
 Colophon: (C Axcan miercoles a. xxj dias del mes de Febrero | 
 de. 1596. AQos otlan yniicuillona Sancto Euang". | 
 
 Ll. 1-46. 
 
 1223 a Epstein (Isidore). Ouadro Sinoptico de las lenguas indigenas 
 de Mexico y representacion grafica de su clasiflcacion; formado 
 segun la obra del Sr. Francisco Pimentel intitulada "Cuadro de- 
 scriptive y comparativo de las lenguas indigenas de Mexico o 
 tratado de Filologia Mexicana" por Isidoro Epstein. JWP. 
 
 1 sheet, folio. Copyriglit Jan. 6, 1876. A design consisting of four trees 
 showing the di'vision of families into dialects. 
 
 1224 Erdmann(Friedrich). Eskimoisches Worterbuch, | gesammelt | 
 von den Missionaren | in | Labrador, | revidirt und herausge- 
 geben | von |Friedrich Erdmann. | 
 
 Budissin, | gedruckt bei Ernst Moritz Mouse. | 1864. | 
 
 2 p. 11., pp. 1-360, double • columns. 8°. Eskimo-German throughout. Im- 
 proved title of No. 1224. w. WE. Yc. dgb. 
 
 1226a Erman (Georg Adolph). Etlinographisclie Wahrnehmungen und 
 Erfahrungen an den Kiisten des Berings-Meeres von A. Erman. 
 
 In Zeitschrift fiir Ethnologie, vol. 2 (1870), pp. 295-307, 309-393; vol. 3 (1871), 
 pp. 149-175, 205-219. Berlin, [n. d.] 8°. 
 
 Numerals of the Koljuschen, Aleuten, Kadjaker Insulaner, Namolli, Kingjulit, 
 and Ttynai oder Kenaizi, vol. 3, p. 216. 
 
 See Lowe (F.), Ifo. 2340. 
 
 1226 b Erstes | Lesebuch | in der | Mosquito-Sprache. | 
 
 Gedruckt bei B. M. Mouse in Budissin. | [n. d.] T. dgb. 
 
 Pp. 1-16. 16°. Primer in the Mosquito language. Prayers, pp. 10-16. 
 
 Essay on tbe Antiquities of Gt. Britain and Ireland. See [Mal- 
 colme (Rev. David)], No. 2409. 
 
 1240 a Etshit Thlu Sitskai. * 
 
 Fragment (pp. 13-16) of an elementary book in the Selish language, Spokane 
 dialect, prepared by the missionaries at Tshimakain, Wallawalla, and printed 
 at the mission press in 1843 (pp. 16). The third book printed west of the Rocky 
 Mountains. The first was a Nez Percys primer (from the same press) in 1839. 
 [See No. 2755.] 
 
 Title and note furnished by Dr. J. Hammond Trumbull, from copy in his 
 possession. 
 
 Etudes Philologiques. See [Cuoq {Bev. Jean Andr6)], ISTo. 952. 
 
EPISTOLAS — EVERETTE. 911 
 
 1245.a Evans (James) ?ntl Jones {Rev. Peter). The first nine chapters | 
 of the I First Book of Moses, | called | Genesis. | Translated into 
 the Ohippeway Tongue | by James Evans, | Missionary: | and | 
 revised and corrected by Peter Jones, | Indian Missionary. | 
 
 York : | Printed at the office of the Christian Guardian. | 1833. | 
 
 Second title : Shongahsweh | enewh natahmesingin chapters | 
 emah netum ( Oodoozhebeeguning owh Moses, | Genesis | azhene- 
 kahdaig. | Anwaid owh Oojebwa keezhe ahnekahnootahbeung | 
 owh James Evans, | Makahdaweekoonahya : | kija | kegwahyah- 
 quahsedood | owh Kahkewaquonaby, | Aneshenahba Makahdawee- 
 koonahya. I 
 
 York : | Kedahz he Ahdesegahdaig. | 1833. | T. 
 
 24 11. 8°. English title verso first leaf, recto blaak; Chippewa title recto 
 second leaf, verso blank ; half title in English, recto third leaf, on verso of which 
 text in English begins, and opposite which is the same in Chippewa. Alternate 
 p English and Chippewa throughout. 
 
 1247 a Everette (Willis E.) Words, phrases and sentences in the lan- 
 guage of the Nez Percys or NumipotitokSn. 
 
 Manuscript. Pp. 77-228, 234-244. 4°. Collected, March 30, 1883, at the mouth 
 of Lapw6 Creek, on Clearwater River, Idaho Ter., and recorded in a copy of In- 
 troduction to the Study of Indian Languages, 2d edition ; complete. 
 
 1247 6 Words, phrases and sentences in the language of the 
 
 Qwuswaipiim or Ydkima Indians, with an account of their customs, 
 habits, etc. 
 
 Manuscript. Collected at Ft. Simcoe, Washington Territory, June 4, 1883, 
 and recorded in a copy of Introduction to the Study of Indian Languages, 2d 
 edition; complete. 
 
 1247 c Words, phrases and sentences in the language of the 
 
 Tuttitgnes, with an account of their customs, habits, etc. 
 
 Manuscript. Recorded in a copy of Introduction to the Study of Indian 
 Languages, 2d edition, pp. 77-244 ; complete. Collected on Siletz River, "Western 
 Oregon, December 23, 1882, to February 26, 1883. In the alphabet adopted by 
 the Bureau of Ethnology. 
 
 1247 d Lord's Prayer and Hymns in the Chinook Jargon. 
 
 Manuscript. 2 pp. 4°. The above manuscripts are in the Library of the 
 Bureau of Ethnology. 
 
 The following list was furnished me by the author; they are all in his posses- 
 sion, and each, he informs me, contains important linguistic matter. 
 
 1247 e Alphabetical Vocabulary of adjectives, nouns, verbs, 
 
 pronouns, etc., in the Ogldla dialect of the Sioux language. * 
 
 Manuscript. 1300 words. Collected in Sitting Bull's camp on Milk River, 
 Montana Territory, October 24, 1878. 
 
 1247/ Comparative Vocabulary of the Alsia and Kia'mag, or 
 
 Alsea and Klamath languages of the Pacific Coast of Western Ore- 
 gon, with English. 
 
 Manuscript. 1000 words. Collected at Yaquina Bay, Oregon, December, 1882. 
 
942 NORTH AMEKICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Everette (Willis E.) — continued. 
 
 1247 g Comparative Vocabulary of the Ogl^la and ApsdrrakS 
 
 or Sioux and Crow. * 
 
 Manuscript. 1000 words. Collected on Little Horn Eiver, Montana Territory, 
 
 among the Indians of Two Bellies' Camp, January, 1881. 
 
 1247 h Sign Language of the North American Indians. * 
 
 Manuscript. 1500 pp. folio. Collected between 33° and 53° N. Lat. and 100° 
 
 to 124° W. Long., 1875 to 1880. Illustrated by diagrams. Nearly finished. 
 1247 i Accouchements, with diagrams of positions, of North 
 
 American Indians. ' 
 
 Manuscript. 400 pp. folio. Collected from Indians of the north central and 
 
 western United States, and the Saskatchewan Eiver and Hudson Bay country 
 
 of North West Territories, British North America, 1877 to 1883. Unfinished. 
 1247 ifc Dwellings of North American Indians: Skin, bark, stone, 
 
 wattles, and earth. * 
 
 Manuscript. 1000 pp. folio. Collected from Indians of south and northwest- 
 ern and north central United States, and Saskatchewan Eiver, Hudson Bay, and 
 Great Slave Lake country, of Northwest Territories, British North America, 
 1873 to 1883. Illustrated ; nearly finished. 
 
 1247 Z Food of the North American Indians: kinds of; manner 
 
 of preparing ; utensils for cooking ; mode of procuring ; etc. * 
 
 Manuscript. 1000 pp. folio. Collected from Indians of north central and 
 northwestern United States, and Saskatchewan Eiver and Great Slave Lake 
 country of Northwest Territories and British North America, 1873-1883. Pro- 
 fusely illustrated ; unfinished. 
 
 1247 m Habits, Manners and Customs of North American In- 
 dians. * 
 Manuscript. 1000 pp. folio. Collected from the Indians of the Missouri, 
 Columbia, Colorado, and Eio Grande Eiver basins in the United States, and the 
 Saskatchewan Eiver basin of Northwest Territories, British North America, 1873 
 to 1883. Illustrated ; unfinished. 
 
 1247 n Medicines of the North American Indians : mode of pro- 
 curing and dispensing; ceremonies; etc. * 
 Manuscript. 600 pp. folio. Collected from Indians of north central and north- 
 western United States, and Saskatchewan Eiver and Athabasca Lake country. 
 Northwest Territories, British North America, 1873 to 1883. Illustrated ; nearly 
 finished. 
 
 1247 o Mortuary Customs of North American Indians. * 
 
 Manuscript. 600 pp. folio. Collected from the Indians of the Missoui i and 
 Sashatchewan River basins, and on the Pacific Coast of the United States, 1873 
 to 1683. Illustrated; nearly finished. 
 
 1247 p Mythology of the North American Indians. * 
 
 Manuscript. 1000 pp. folio. Collected from Sioux, Crow, Cheyenne, Black- 
 feet, Columbia Eiver, and Puget Sound Indians of the United States, and Cree, 
 Seauteaux, and Great Slave Lake Indians of the Northwest Territories, British 
 North America, 1873 to 1883. Illustrated; unfinished. 
 
 1247 g Traditions and General Superstitions of the North Amer- 
 ican Indians. * 
 Manuscript. 1000 pp. folio. Collected between 25° to 53° N. Lat. and 90° to 
 127° W. Long., 1873 to 1883. Illustrated; nearly finished. 
 
EVEEETTE— FALKNER. 943 
 
 Ewh Kechetwah-Muzzeneegun [in Ojibway]. See [O'Meara {Rev. 
 James D.)], No. 2835. 
 
 Ewh Oomenwahjemoowin [in OjibwayJ. See [O'Meara {Bev. 
 James D.)], Nos. 2829-2830. 
 
 1250 a Exdmen de Oonciencia | en lengua | de los Indies de | Santa 
 Ines. I 1860. | Presentiado & \ Bancroft Library. | 1877. | B. 
 
 Manuscript. Modem title 1 1, pp. 1-15. sq. 16°. The manuscript is in fair con- 
 dition only, and the writing is very bad. In double columns, Spanish and Santa 
 Ines. 
 
 Exercises in Dictation, in English and Santee Dakota. See 
 [Hinman {Bev. S. D.)], N^o. 1807. 
 
 Exodus, in Cherokee. See Worcester {Bev. Samuel A.), No. 4207. 
 
 1250 6 Expedicion de la Nueva Vizcaya 1563. | Traduccion al castel- 
 lano I de un manuscrito mexicano | antiguo | b. 
 
 Manuscript. 17 11. 4°. In the Bancroft Library, San Francisco. In the Mex- 
 ican language, with interlinear Spanish translation; it relates to the founding 
 of the city of Durango. The manuscript is probably a copy. 
 
 Fabri ( Joannis lyncei). See Hernandez (Francisco), No. 1744, note. 
 
 1256 [Fabricius (Otho).] Testamente | Nutak | Kaladlin okauzeennut | 
 nuktersimarsok, nar'kiutingosen- | niglo sukuiarsimarsok. | 
 
 Kiobenhavnime, | lUiarsuin iglosSnne sissameksdnik nakkitarsi- 
 marsoli | 1827 | C. P. Skubartimit. | t. w. jwp. 
 
 Pp. i-viii, 9-1072. 12°. New testament in the Eskimo langpage. Second edi- 
 tion, revised by N. G. Wolf. Improved title of No. 1256. See No. 1255 for earlier 
 edition. 
 
 1257 Ivngerutit | Tuksiutidlo, | Kaladlinnut Opertunnut. | 
 
 Attusegeksset. | 
 
 Kiobenhavnime, | lUiarsuin iglosenne aipeksdnik nakittarsimar- 
 sut I C. P. Skubartimit. | 1801. | w. HU. 
 
 Pp. 1-528. sm. 12^. Improved title of No. 1257. Psalms in meter. Prayers, 
 pp. 386-528. Preface signed Otto Fabricius, 11 Jun., 1800. 
 
 Erslew mentions a psalm book, with appendix of prayers, in the Eskimo lan- 
 guage, Kjobenhavnime, 1788. 8°. 
 
 1266 Falkner (Daniel). Curieuse Nachricht | Von | Pensylvania | 
 in I Norden-America/ | Welche/ | Aus Begehren guter Preunde/ | 
 Uber vorgelegte 103. Tra- | gen/bey seiner Abreisz aus Teutsch- | 
 land nach obigern Lande Anno 1700. | ertheilet / und nun Anno 
 1702 in den Druck | gegeben worden. | Von | Daniel Falknern / 
 Professore, | Burgern und Pilgrim allda. | 
 
 Pranckfurt und Leipzig/ | zu flnden bey Andreas Otto / Buch- 
 handlern. | Im Jahr Christi 1702. | . l. 
 
 Title, verso blank, 1 1. ; Praemonitio, signed Falckner, Burger und Pilgrim 
 Pensylvanien in Nord America, 2 11. ; pp. 1-58. 16°. Improved title of No. 1266. 
 
 Von der Wilden Sprache und Umbgang, pp. 15-16. 
 
944 NOKTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS, 
 
 1266 a Faraud {Mgr. Henry). Dix-huit ans | chez les Sauvages | Vo- 
 yages et Missions | de M^- Henry Faraud | Ev^que d'Anemour, 
 Vicaire Apostolique de Mackensie, | dans I'extr^me nord de I'Am^- 
 rique Britaunique | d'aprfes les documents de Ms"^ I'Eveque d'Ane- 
 mour par I Fernand- Michel | Membre de la Society Eduenne j Avec 
 la biograpbie et le portrait de Mgr Faraud | 
 
 Librairie Catbolique de Perisse Freres | (Nouvelle maison) | Eegis 
 Euffet et 0*% Successeurs | Paris | 38, Rue Saint-Sulpice. | Bru- 
 xelles I Place Sainte-Gudule, 4. | 1866 | Droits de traduction et de 
 reproduction r^serv6s. | S. 
 
 2 p. 11., pp.vii, xvi, 1-456. 8°. Remarks on the Cree language, with examples, 
 pp. 82-84.— On the Montagnais, pp. 84-86.— Tribns Sauvages, pp. 333-383, contains 
 names of tribes, with meanings, scattered through. 
 
 1270 a Faulmann (Karl). Ulustrirte | Geschichte der Schrift | Popular- 
 Wissenschaftliche Darstellung | der | Entstehung der Sclirift | 
 der I Sprache und der Zahlen | sowie der | Schrift systeme aller 
 Volker der Erde | von | Karl Faulmann | Professor der Stenogra- 
 phic, Bitter des Kgl. Bayer. Verdienstordens vom H. Michael, | 
 Besitzer zweier Verdienst-Medaillen der Wiener Weltausstellung. | 
 Mit 15 Tafeln iu Farben- und Tondruck | und vielen in den text 
 gedruckten schriftzeichen und schriftproben. | [Printer's ornament.] 
 
 Wien. Pest. Leipzig. | A. Hartleben's Verlag. | 1880. | AlleEechte 
 Vorbehalten. | A. w. 
 
 Pp. xvi, 632. 8°. 
 
 IndianischeBilderschriften (with specimens of Chippewa songs), pp. 198-204. — 
 Die Mexikanische Schrift, pp. 213-224.— Die Yukatanische Schrift, pp. 224-228.— 
 Die Schrift der Tscherokesen, p. 230. — Schrift der Tinne-Indianer, p. 231. — Schrift 
 der Kri-Indianer, pp. 231-232. — Schrift der Mikmak-Indianer (with Lord's Prayer 
 in hieroglyphics), pp. 232-234. 
 
 1277 Feria (i^r. Pedro de). Confesona.rioenlamismaLengua[ZapotecaJ. 
 Printed, according to Remesal. — Beriatain. * 
 
 Fr. Pedro de Feria, so called from the place of his birth in Extremadura (for 
 his true name was Gonzalez), was born in 1524. He studied in the University 
 of Salamanca, and in 1545 joined the order of the dominicans. In 1551 ho came 
 to New Spain, and for some time was prior of Teticpac, in which convent he 
 composed the Doctrina Zapoteca. In 1558 he was deiinidor, and was stationed 
 iu Yanhuitlan. He was also prior of the convent of Mexico, and accompanied 
 Tristan de Arellano's expedition to Florida in 1559. In 1565 he was elected pro- 
 vincial of the province of Santiago de Predicadores de la Nneva Efipafia, and 
 in 1570 was sent as procurator to Spain and to Rome. On being made bishop of 
 Chiapa in 1575, he returned to Mexico, where he died in 1588. 
 
 Davila Padilla says that "he wrote a Doctrina en lengua Zapoteca, which was 
 printed in Mexico"; but in his catalogue of the writers of the province, he does 
 not attribute the Doctrina to him, bnt only a Confesonario in the same language. 
 Burgoa speaks only of a Doctrina printed "with the title of Cariilla, which this 
 modest author gave to it." Remesal states that he made an Arte and Vocabula- 
 rio of the same tongue, "the best and fullest that we have." Gonziilez Davila 
 and D. Nicolas Antonio mention the Vocabulario only. Quetif and Echard 
 doubt whether the Doctrina and Confesionario are the same work. Pinelo-Bar- 
 cia enumerates: "1. Confesonario en lengua Zacapula or Zapoteca, which was 
 
FARAUD FERNANDEZ. 945 
 
 Feria {Fr. Pedro de) — continued. 
 
 printed, according to Remesal (if this author does say so, I have heen unable 
 to find the passage). 2. Vocabulario m^ copioso de la misma lengua, in manu- 
 script. 3. Doctrina cristiana en ella, printed in Mexico according to Diivila in 
 the Historia de Mexico, fol. 672." This last reference is incorrect ; the passage 
 is on p. 594 of the edition of 1596, and on p. 479 of the edition of 1625. Beris- 
 tain, besides the Doctrina, which he says plainly that he had seen in the library 
 of the Colegio de S. Gregorio (but which I have not found there), attributes to 
 P. Feria the " Confesonario, printed, according to Remesal" (a notice which 
 seems to be taken from Pinelo-Barcia), and the Vocabulario (without saying 
 whether it was printed or in manuscript). 
 
 It appears from all this, that D^vila Padilla gave the names of Doctrina and 
 Confesonario to the same work, which is not strange, as they were generally in- 
 cluded in one volume; and that there is no reason to doubt the existence of the 
 Arte and Vocabulario, based on the authority of Remesal. At all events, no 
 other writings of P. Feria in this tongue now remain, except the very rare Doc- 
 trina Zapoteca, of which no copy is known in Mexico. — Icazbaloeta, Bibliografia 
 Mexieana del Siglo XVI, pp. 141-144. 
 
 See [Cordoba {Fr. Juan)J, No. 889, note. 
 
 Fernand-Michel (Fran9ois Fortuu6). See Faraud (Mgr. Henry), 
 No. 1266 a. 
 1280 Fernandez [Fr. Benito). [Doctrina en lengua Mixteca. Mexico, 
 1568J. 
 
 Fr. Benito Fernandez was sent to the Misteco mission about the year 1548, 
 where he had charge of the pueblos of Tlaxiaco and Aohiutla. He acquired 
 their language perfectly in a short time, and remained among them until his 
 death, the year of which is unknowifl 
 
 The two editions of the Doctrina, printed in 1567 and 1568, are now in the 
 library of the Sociedad de Geografla y Estadfstica at Mexico, and are supposed 
 to be unique. Two earlier editions, dated 1550 and 1564, have been mentioned 
 by bibliographers, but no copy of either has been found, and it is very doubtful 
 whether the latter, which rests solely on the authority of Barcia, was ever 
 printed. It Is also worthy of note that neither of the two known editions con- 
 tains any reference to a previous one, although it was the custom, in such cases, 
 to add the words agora nuevamente impresa, or something to that effect. The 
 earliest writer who speaks of this Doctrina is D^vila Padilla, who says that it 
 "was printed in Mexico in 1550." Another dominican, Fr. Alonzo Fernandez, 
 gives the same date. P. Burgoa, who was well acquainted with the Mistecos 
 and their language, writing in 1670, speaks of it as having been printed for 120 
 years. Antonio de Leon (Pinelo) has only this brief notice: "Fr. Benito Fer- 
 nandez, dominican. Doctrina, Epistolas y Evaugelios en lengua misteca, 
 printed." Ho gives no date, but in these few lines we meet with the first and 
 only original notice of the Epistolas and Evangelios. Barcia, in his reprint of 
 Pinelo, adds the dates: "printed 1550, 4°; 1564, 4°; 1568, 4°." Nicolas Antonio 
 mentions only the edition of 1568. Quetif and Echard, quoting from D^vila 
 Padilla and Pinelo, give the Doctrina of 1550,' and the "Epistolarum et Evan- 
 
 geliorum versio," to which they add the date of 1568. Eguiara gives the 
 
 date as follows: "Mexici, ex typographia Petri de Ocharte, 1568, in quarto," 
 and briefly refers to the editions of 1550 and 1564, which he says that he had 
 never seen. Alcedo cites an edition of 1586, which is probably an error for 1568. 
 Beristain says that it was "printed in Mexico, by Pedro Ocharte, 1568, and pre- 
 viously in 1550, and 1564, in 4°." Ternaux mentions the editions of 1550 and 
 1568. The dominican Fr. Antonio de los Reyes, in his Arte en Lengua Misteca, 
 
 60 Bib. 
 
946 NORTH AMEEICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Fernandez {Fr. BeDito)— continaed. 
 
 says that P. Fernandez had printed his Doctrina in two different dialects: 
 "Nevertheless, after the printing of the Doctrina of P. Fr. Benito Hernandez, 
 which was in the language of Tlachiaco and Achiutla, afterwards, in that which 
 was translated into the language of Tepuzculula, were introduced certain words 
 not used formerly,'' etc. From this passage it would appear that there was an 
 earlier edition than that of 1567; for it is evident from the dates given in the 
 colophons and from the size of the volumes, that the editions of 1567 and 1568 
 must have been going through the press at the same time. The edition of 1567, 
 which is not mentioned by any of the early writers and bibliographers, was first 
 described by Sr. Pimentel in his Cuadro Descriptive, in 1862.— Ica«6a?cete, Bibli- 
 ografia Mexicana del Siglo XVI, pp. 148-154. 
 
 See Chuchona, No. 798 a. See Doctrina, No. 1056 a. 
 
 1281 a Ferrard [AhM Martin). [Dictionary of the Ojibwa language— 
 Ojibwa English, alphabetically arranged.] F. 
 
 Manuscript. 3 vols. 4". In possession of the author. Vol. 1, pp. 1-591, com- 
 prises the letters A-G. Vol. a, H-N, is in course of preparation; it consists of 
 about 1,200 pages. Vol. 3, 0-U, unfinished, about 1,000 pages. 
 
 The Abb6 Ferrard was for many years a missionary among the Chippewas 
 around Lake Superior. He is now (1882) stationed at the Sault an EecoUet, 
 Island of Montreal, where he is preparing his linguistic material for the press. 
 
 See Mahan (I. L.), Ko. 2406, note. 
 
 1282 Ferry (Hippolite). Description de la Nouvelle Oalifornie, &c. 
 Some copies have imprint as follows : 
 
 Paris. I L. MaisoUjEditeurdes guides Eichard,etdel';filtranger. | 
 
 1850. I - B- 
 
 1282 a La | California | descrizione | Geograflca, Politica e 
 
 Morale | che contiene | La storia della scoperta di questa terra. — 
 Quadro degli avveuimenti | politic! che vi si eff'ettuarono. — Detta- 
 gli sulla sua topografla, sul clima, | e sulle produzioni minerali, 
 vegetabili, animali. — Nozioni intorno alia | mineralogia, metallurgia 
 e geologia, carattere, spirito, usi e costumi de' suoi | abitanti. — De- 
 scrizione delle sue bale, porti, citt4, missioni, e villaggi. — | Oog- 
 nizioni nautiche sulle sue bale e sui suoi porti. — Tariffa delle doga- 
 ne I in California. — Istruzioni generali relative alle strade che 
 conducono in | California, ai luogbi di passaggio, e descrizione di 
 Changres, Panama, | del Capo Horn e della Terra di Fuoco, ec. ec. | 
 Di Ippolito Ferry | Membro Della Societa' Geograflca di Parigi j 
 Prima Traduzione Italiana | di S. d. s. | 
 
 Venezia | Dalla Tipografia Pontana | 1851. | c. 
 
 Pp. 3-340. 8°. A translation of No. 1282. 
 
 Short comparative vocabulary of American Indian and Asiatic words, p. 175. — 
 bhort disq^uisition on the diversity of the Indian languages in California, with a 
 few "Eosmeu" [Eumsen] and "Psteni" words, pp. 186-187. — Lord's Prayer "in 
 lingua Indiana della Vallata de' Tulari", p. 188. 
 
 1282 h [Field (Thomas W.)J Indian, Dutch and English names of Lo- 
 calities in Brooklyn. * 
 In Manual of the Common Council of the City of Brooklyn, for 1868, pp. 459- 
 470. Brooklyn, 1868. 8°. Eeprinted in : 
 
FERNANDEZ — FLETCHER 947 
 
 Field (Thomas W.) — continued. 
 
 1282 c Historic and Antiquarian Scenes | in | Brooklyn and its 
 
 Vicinity, | with | illustrations of some of its antiquities | by | T. W. 
 Field I 
 
 Brooklyn. | 1868. | BA.bl. 
 
 4 p. 11., pp. 1-96. royal 8". 1 map and 11 plates. Indian, Dutch and English 
 names of localities in Brooklyn and its vicinity, pp. 49-60. 
 
 Figueroa {Fr. Antonio Eosa Lopez). See Rosa Lopez Figueroa 
 (Fr. Antonio), No. 3370. 
 
 1299 a Fisher (William J.) Words, phrases, and sentences in the lan- 
 guage of the Ugashachmiit Indians of Ugashak Eiver, Bristol Bay, 
 Alaska, and of the Kag6ag6miit Indians, of Kaguiak-Kadiak Island, 
 Alaska. 
 
 Manuscript. Pp. 77-228, 10 11. 4°. Recorded in a copy of Introduction to the 
 Study of Indian Languages, 2d edition, incomplete. In the library of the Bureau 
 of Ethnology. The two dialects are in parallel columns. 
 
 1299 h [Fitch (Asa).] Words in the St. Francis Indian dialect. * 
 
 Manuscript. 8 pp. 16". In English and Indian. 
 
 1299 c Names of Insects in the languages of several tribes of 
 
 American Indians (Lenape or St. Francis dialect, Muskokee, He- 
 
 che-ta, Yu-che, etc.). Followed by: Muskokee Indian words (from 
 
 Fleming's Muskokee Assistant). * 
 
 Manuscript. 4 pp. 8°. Both in possession of John B. Dunbar, Bloomfield, N.J. 
 
 1307 [Fletcher (Ee?;. Eichard).] Breve Devocionario j para | todos los 
 dias I de I la Semana. | Payalchioob | utial | tulacal le u kiniloob | 
 ti le I semana. j 
 
 Londres. | [W. M. Watts, Crown Court, Temple Bar.] j 1865. | 
 Title-page reverse p. 2 ; pp. 2-17, 2-17, double numbers (35 pp. in all), alternate 
 pages Spanish and Maya. Improved title of No. 1307. DGB. 
 
 1308 Catecismo | de las Metodistas. | No. I. | Para los ninos 
 
 de tierna edad. | Catecismo ti le Metodistaoob. | No. I. | Utial 
 mehen palaloob. | 
 
 Londres. | [W. M. Watts, Crown Court, Temple Bar.] | 1865. | 
 
 Title-page reverse p. 2; pp. 2-17, 2-17, double numbers (35 pp. in all), alternate 
 Spanish and Maya. Improved title of No. 1308. dgb. 
 
 1309 Leti u Ebanhelio | Hezu Crizto | Hebix | Huan. | 
 
 London : j 1869. | dgb. jwp. 
 
 Titlell.,pp. 1-83. 16°. Reverse of title :" Cambridge : Printed for the British 
 
 and Foreign Bible Society, by C. J. Clay, M. A., at the University Press." Im- 
 proved title of No. 1309. 
 
 One of Dr. Brinton's copies has a manuscript note by Dr. Berendt as follows: 
 "Translated by the Rev. A. Henderson and the Rev. Rch. Fletcher. I under- 
 stand this to be a second edition, the first having been printed in London, 1868," 
 
948. NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 1312 « Fleurieu (Charles Pierre Claret, Comte de). Voyage | autour 
 du monde, | pendant les anu6es 1790, 1791 et 1792, | Par fitienue 
 Marchand, | pr6c6de | d'une introduction historique ; | auquel on a 
 joint I des recherches sur les terres australes de Drake, | et | un 
 examen critique du voyage deEogge ween; | avec cartes et figures: | 
 Par C. P. Claret Fleurieu, | De PInstitut National des Sciences et 
 des Arts, | et du Bureau des Longitudes. | Tome I [-V]. | 
 
 A Paris, I De I'lmprimerie de la E6publique. | An VI [-VIII] 
 [1798-1800]. A. B. 
 
 5 vols. 8°. Atlas, 4°. Linguistics as in quarto edition, vol. 2, pp. 107-108, 
 528-529, and folding table. 
 
 1312 b A I Voyage | round the world, | performed | during the 
 
 years 1790, 1791, and 1792, | by | fitienne Marchand, | preceded | 
 by a historical introduction, | and | Illustrated by Charts, etc. | 
 Translated from the French | of | C. P. Claret Fleurieu, | of the 
 Ii^Tatioual Institute of Arts and Sciences, and of the Board of | 
 Longitude of France. | Vol. I. [-III. | Charts, &c.] | 
 
 London: | Printed for T. N. Longman and O. Eees, Paternoster- 
 Eow; and T. Cadell, Jun. | And W. Davies, Strand. | 1801. | c. 
 
 3 vols. 4°. Linguistics as in the French edition (No. 1312), vol. 1, pp. 255-256, 
 325, and vol. 2, pp. 187-193. 
 
 1313 a Flint {Dr.) Vocabulary | of the Huastuso Indians [Costa 
 Eica] I Communicated by | Dr. Flint. | 1876. | dgb. 
 
 Manuscript. 1 sheet folio. Forms part of the Berendt collection. 
 
 riores {Fr. Ildefonso Joseph). See Torresano (Fr. Bstevan), lifo. 
 3881. 
 
 Folsom (E. W.), editor. See Star Vindicator, No. 3739. 
 
 1316 a Fontanelle (Henry). Ponca Vocabulary. * 
 
 Manuscript. 9 pp. folio. In the library of Dr. J. G. Shea, Elizabeth, N. J. 
 
 Foreman ( — ). See Worcester {Bev. S. A.) and Foreman ( — ), 
 Nos. 4233-4234. 
 
 Form for making Catechists. See [Cook (Joseph W.)], No. 866. 
 
 Forster (W. E.) See Clarkson (Thomas), No. 815 d. 
 
 1318 a Fort y Roldan (Nicolas). Cuba Indigena | por | NicoMs Fort 
 y Eoldan | Oflcial primero [etc., three lines]. | 
 
 Madrid | Imprenta de E. Moreno y E. Eojas | Isabel la Catolica, 
 num. 10 I 1881 | DGB. 
 
 Pp. i-viii, 1-200. sm. i°. 
 
 Capitulo I. Ideas sobre la filologla indigena, pp. 1-29.— Capitulo V. Vocabu- 
 larioetiniol6gicodelosindigenas cubanos, pp. 121-182, alphabetically arranged. 
 
 Fossarieu (P. de Lucy). See Lucy-Fossarieu (P. de), No. 2348. 
 
 Fragorri {Fr. Juan). See Iragorri (Fr. Juan Francisco), No. 1948. 
 
FLEURIEU— PUENTES Y GUZMAN. '949 
 
 1328 Franklin (John). Narrative of a Journey | to the shores of | the 
 Polar Sea, | in the years | 1819, 20, 21, & 22. | By | John- Franklin, 
 Captain E. N., P. E. S., | and Commander of the Expedition. | 
 With an Appendix containing Geognostical Observa- | tions, and 
 Eemarks on the Aurora Borealis. | Illustrated by a frontispiece and 
 map. I Published by authority of the Et. Hon. the Earl Bathurst. | 
 
 Philadelphia : | H. C. Carey & I. Lea, A. Small, Edward Parker, 
 M<Carty & | Davis, B. & T. Kite, Thomas Desilver, and E. Lit- 
 tell. I 18J4, I B. 0. BL. 
 
 Pp. i-xi, 1-482. 8°. Plate and map. Names of animals, fish, plants, etc., in 
 the Cree language, pp. 78-83. — Blaokfoot vocabulary, pp. 97-98. Improved title 
 of No. 1328. 
 
 1329 Journey | to the | Shores of the Polar Sea, | In 1819-20- 
 
 21-22: I with | a brief account of the second journey ] In 1825- 
 26-27. I By | John Franklin, Capt. E. N. P. E. S., | and Commander 
 of the Expedition. | Four vols.— With plates. | Vol. I [-IV]. | 
 
 London: | John Murray, Albemarle Street. | MDCCCXXIX 
 
 [1829]. I * 
 
 4 vols. 24°. Names of animals, plants, etc., in the Cree language, vol. 1, pp. 
 
 170-182. — Blackfoot vocabulary, vol. 1, p. 214. — Names of parts of an Esquimaux 
 
 house, vol. 3, p. 5. Improved title of No. 1329, from Mr. W. Eames. 
 
 1332 Froebel (Julius). Aus Amerika. | Erfahrungen Eeisen und 
 Studien | von | Julius Froebel. | Erster [-ZweiterJ Band. | Zweite 
 wohlfeile Ausgabe. | 
 
 Leipzig I Dut'sche Buchhandlung. | [N. d.] B. 
 
 2 vols. 12°. Improved title of No. 1332. Vocabulary of the Woolwa, vol. 1, 
 pp. 400-401. — Slfort Mescalero-Apacbe vocabulary, vol. 2, p. 163. 
 
 1333 Seven Years' Travel | in | Central America, | Northern 
 
 Mexico, and the Far West of | the United States. | By Julius 
 Froebel. | With numerous Illustrations. ( [Device.] 
 
 London : j Eichard Bentley, | Publisher in Ordinary to Her Maj- 
 esty. I M. DCCO. LIX [1859]. | The right of translation is re- 
 served. I A.B. C.BA. 
 
 Pp. i-xiv, 1 1., pp. 1-587. 8°. Improved title of No. 1333. 
 
 Chap, viii, pp. 116-140. "An excursion to the Province of Chontales and to 
 the upper Mosquita" contains a few scattering terms of the Indians of that 
 region, but no Woolwa vocabulary. Nor does it contain the Mescalero Apache 
 vocabulary. Geographical names of Aztec origin, pp. 54-56. — Aztec words in 
 the Spanish idiom, pp. 56-57. 
 
 1338 a Fuensalida {Fr. Luis). Dialogos 6 Coloquios in dicha Idioma 
 [Mexicana] entre la Virgen Maria y el Arcdngel Gabriel. * 
 
 Manuscript. Title from Beristain. 
 
 1342 Fuentes y Guzman (I). Francisco Antonio). Biblioteca de los 
 Americanistas. | Historiade Guatemala \ 6 \ Eecordacidn Florida | 
 escrita el Siglo xvii por el Capit^n | D. Francisco Antonio de 
 
950 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Fnentes y Guzman [B. Fraucisco Antonio) — continued. 
 
 Fuentes y Guzman | natural, vecino y regidor perpetuo de la 
 
 ciudad | de Guatemala | que publica por primera vez | con notas 6 
 
 ilustraciones | D. Justo Zaragoza | Tomo I[-II] | 
 Madrid | Luis JTavarro, editor | Colegiata,niim.6. | 3 882 [-1883] | * 
 Pp. Ivi, 475 ; 440. 8°. Improved title of No. 1342, from Sr. loazbalceta aud Dr. 
 
 D. G. Briuton. 
 
 1343 a Fuertes (E. A.) Vocabularies of the Zappteco from Suchitan, 
 Zoque from Cbimalapa and Mixe from Guichicore, 1871. dgb. 
 
 Manuscript. 53 pp. 4°. Copy of that in the Bureau of Ethnology, made by 
 Dr. Berendt. See Spear (John C.) Report on * " Tehuantepec, No. 3711. Mr. 
 Fuertes accompanied this expedition as civil engineer, and he probably had 
 much to do with the collection of the vocabularies. 
 
 Furman (Gabriel). See Denton (Daniel), No. 1027. 
 
 Further Accompt. See [Eliot (John)], No. 1173. 
 
 Further Correspondence. See Arctic Expedition, No. 148. 
 
 1348 a Gaa nat shot | neb | de o waah'sSo'nyoh gwafi | na'w6nni'yuir. | 
 Ho nont'gall deir ho di'ya do'nyoti. | . 
 
 New-York : | American Tract Society. ) 1852. | c. o. T. 
 
 Pp. 1-232. 18=. H. M. Morgan, Printer, Gowando, N. Y. Seneca Hymn Book. 
 A variation of title No. 1348. The Pinart Sale Catalogue, No. 385, gives brief 
 title of an edition of 1857. See 'Wright {Eev. Asher), No. 4256, note. 
 
 1350 Gag nah shoh | Neb | Deo wa|h' s|o' nyoh gwah | Na' w6nni' 
 yuh..| Honont' gabdeb bodi' yado' nyoh. | 
 
 Published by the | American Tract Society, | 150 Nassau-Street, 
 New York. | [N. d.] * 
 
 Pp. 1-352, 31 unnumbered 11. 16°. Improved title of No. 1350, furnished by 
 Mr. W. Eames from copy in the library of Mr. W. W. Beach, Yonkers, N. Y. 
 
 1352 a Gahb (Wm. M.) Tribus y lenguas indigenas de Costa Eica Por 
 Wm. M. Gabb. Conferencia leida ante la American Philosophical 
 Society de Filadelpbia, en agosto 20 de 1875. Traducida del ingl6s 
 por don Manuel Carazo. dgb. 
 
 In Fernandez {Don Ledn). Colleccion de Documeutos para la Historia de 
 Costa-Rica, vol. 3, pp. 303-486. San Jos^ de Costa- Rica, 1883. 
 
 1362 a Gabriel (Peter John). Amwes-winto-wagen. The Song of the 
 Bees. 
 
 Colophon : Campobello, N. B., Aug. 12th, 1883. t. jwp. 
 
 2 11. 8q.24°. Verse of 18 short lines in the Milioite dialect, spoken by the 
 Indians of St. John's River, and translated into English by Charles Oodfrey 
 Leland (Hans Breitman). Milicite recto 1. 1, English verso 1. 2. The Indian 
 is by a Micmac native of New Brunswick. It was printed at Eastport, Me., in 
 the summer of 1883, and sold at a church fair for erecting a parsonage. 
 
 1364 a Gage (Thomas). Nouvelle | Eelation, | conteuant | les Voyages 
 de Thomas Gage | dans la Nouvelle Espagne, ses diverses | 
 avantures; & sou retour par la Province | du Nicaragua, jusques 
 a la Havane. | Avec | la Description de la Ville | de Mexique telle 
 qu'elle estoit autrefois, | & comme elle est h present. I Ensemble 
 
FUEN-TES Y GUZMAN — GAILLAND. 951 
 
 Gage (Thomas) — continued. 
 
 vne Description | exacte des Terres & Provinces qlie possfedent 
 les I Espagnols en toute TAmerique, de la forme de | leur gouverne- 
 meut Ecclesiastique & Politique, | de leur Commerce, de leurs 
 Mceurs, & de celles | des Criolles, des Metifs, des Mulatres, des | 
 Indiens, & des Negres. Et un Traits de la | Langue Poconchi ou 
 Pocomane. | Dedi6 a Mouseigneur Colbert Secretaire d'Etat. | Le 
 tout traduit de I'Anglois, par le sieur de | Beaulieu Hues O Neill. | 
 Premiere [-Qvatrieme] Partie. | 
 
 A Paris, | Chez Gervais Clouzier, au Palais, sur les degrez 
 en I montant pour aller a la Sainte Chapelle au Voyageur. | 
 M. DC. LXXVI [1676]. | Avec Privilege dv Eoy. | b. htj. 
 
 4 vols. 12°. Breve Instruction pour apprendre la Langue ludienne qu'on 
 appelle Poconchi, vol. 4, pp. 125-153. 
 
 1366 Novvelle | Eelation | des | Indes Occidentales, | conte- 
 
 nant | Les Voyages de Thomas Gage dans la | Koavelle Espagne, 
 ses diverses avantures. | Et | Son retour par la Province de Nica- 
 ragua, jusques | k la Havane, avec la description de la Ville de | 
 Mexique, telle qu'elle estoit autresfois, & comme ( elle est k pre- 
 sent. I Ensemble | Ym Eelation exacte des Terres & Provinces que 
 possedent | les Espagnols en I'Amerique, de la forme de leur Gou- | 
 vernement Ecclesiastique, & Politique, de leur Com- | merce, de 
 leurs mceurs, & de celles des Criolles, des Me- | tifs, des Mulatres, 
 des Indiens, & des Negres. Et vn | Traits de la Langue Poconchi 
 ou Pocomane. | Dedi^ & Monseigneur Colbert Secretaire | d'Estat. | 
 Le tout traduit de I'Auglois, par le sieur De | Beavliev Hues 
 O Keil. I 
 
 a Paris | Chez Gervais Clouzier, au Palais ; sur les degrez | 
 en montant pour aller d, la Ste Chappelle, au Voyageur. j 
 M. DC. LXXVII [-M. DC. LXXVI] [1677-1676.] | Avec privilege 
 dv Eoy. I A. c. 
 
 4 vols. 12°. Vols. 1 and 3 are dated 1677, and 3 and 4, 1676 ; the titles of vols. 
 2, 3, and 4 agree with the preceding title, No. 1364 a. Poconchi vocabulary, 
 vol. 4, pp. 125-153. 
 
 Eleven other editions of the French translation of Gage's Travels appeared, 
 all of -which I have seen either in the Library of Congress or the library of the 
 late John Carter Brown, none of which contain the Poconchi vocabulary. They 
 are as follows: Amsterdam, 1680, 1685, 1687, 1694, 1695, 1699, 1720, 1721, 1722, 
 1838, 1858; all in 12°. 
 
 1374 a —■ The Lord's Prayer in the Poconchi language. * 
 
 In Notes and Queries, first series, vol. 6, p. 61. London, 1852. 4°. Title from 
 Mr. W. Eames. 
 
 1376 a Gailland [Bev. Manuel). Dictionary and Grammar of the Pote- 
 
 wattomie language. * 
 
 Manuscript, sm. 4°. I am informed by Mr. John B. Dunbar that the above 
 
 manuscript is deposited in St. Mary's College, St. Mary's Mission, Kansas. 1 
 
 have written to the president of the college for particulars, but without success. 
 
952 NOETH AMEEICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Gala (Leandro E. de la). See [Vates (D. Jos6 Pilar)], 'No. 3976. 
 
 [Galiano (D. Dionisio Alcala).] See [Alcala Galiano (I>. Dionisio).] 
 
 Galitzin (Emanuel). See Wrangell (Admiral F. von), No. 4237. 
 
 1392 a Gallatin (Albert). Letter to Henry Eowe Schoolcraft respecting 
 the use of the letters V and L in the Eskimau language. c. we. 
 
 In American Biblical Repository, 2d series, v. 1, pp. 448-449. New York, 
 1839. 8°. 
 
 1398 Gante [Fr. Pedro de). Doctrina cristiana en lengua mexicana. 
 Amberes 1528. * 
 
 Mendieta says that it was printed, without saying where or when (lib. iv, 
 cap. 44 ; lib. v, pte. i, cap. 18). Torquemada copies this (lib. xix, cap. 33 ; lib. xx, 
 cap. 19). Betancurt adds that in two years the author had printed it at Antwerp 
 (Menologio, 29 de Junio. Farones ilusires, ntimero 5). It is not known whether 
 these two years should be counted from the arrival of Fr. Pedro or from the com- 
 position of the book. Beristain gives it the date of 1528 (tom. ii, p. 17). No copy 
 of this edition of Antwerp has been found, but there is no reason to doubt its 
 existence: it is known that Fr. Toribio de Motolinia also printed a Doctrina, 
 which has not yet been discovered. It is not at all improbable that with the 
 desire of spreading the Christian doctrine, Fr. Pedro composed this book as 
 quickly as possible, and as there was no printing press in Mexico, sent it to be 
 printed in Flanders, where he had business relations and where much printing 
 was done. In the brief acts which Grijalva gives of the first chapter held by 
 the Agnstinians on Corpus Christi day in 1534, it was decreed that the Indians 
 should be taught the catechism "conformed to the Doctrinal of Fr. Pedro de 
 Gante" (Edad I, cap. 10). It appears that if it was thus adopted, it must have 
 been already printed abroad, as no printing was done here. The edition, dis- 
 tributed among the children, disappeared in their destructive hands. If, as I 
 believe, the Doctrina of 1547 [No. 1052] is the work of P. Gante, we shall con- 
 sider it to be the first Mexican edition ; and the fact of knowing but a single 
 very imperfect copy, gives greater probability to the real existence and disap- 
 pearance of that of Antwerp. Neither is the edition of 1553 more fortunate in 
 this respect: only two copies are known, both of which lack the title-page. We 
 have, therefore, one edition of the Doctrina, perfectly authenticated, and two 
 which are somewhat doubtful. — loazbalceta, Billiografia Mexicana del Siglo XVI, 
 pp. 43—44. 
 
 1400 a Gaona [Fr. Juan). Coloquios en lengua Mexicana de la Paz, y 
 
 Tranquilidad Christiana, su Autor el P. Fr. Juan Gaona, Francis- 
 
 nano [sic]. 
 
 En Mexico ano de 1583. * 
 
 Title from Boturini § xxvi, No. 6. § xxvi. No. 7, is: Los mismos manuscritos. 
 
 See quotation from Icazbalceta's Apuntes in note to No. 1400 of this catalogue. 
 
 1403 Garcia [Fr. Gregorio). Origen de | los Indios de el | Nuevo 
 Mundo, e Indias | Occidentals. | Averiguado'con discurso de opi- 
 niones, por el Padre | Presentado Fr. Gregorio Garcia de la | orden 
 de Predicadores. | Tratanse en este libro | varias cosas y puntos 
 curiosos tocantes k di- | uersas ciencias y facultades con que se hace 
 va I ria historia, de rnucho gusto para el ingenio | y eutendimiento 
 de hombres agudos y curiosos. | Dirigido al Angelico Doctor Santo 
 Thomas | de Aquino. I 
 
GALA GASTELU. 953 
 
 Garcia {Fr. Gregorio) — continued. 
 
 Con Privilegio. | En Valencia : En casa de | Pedro Patricio Mey 
 junto a San Martin. 1607. | * 
 
 14 p. 11., pp. 1-535. sm. 8°. Improved title of No. 1403, furnished by Sr. Icaz- 
 balceta from copy in his possession, 
 
 Gardiner (John Lyon). See Wood (Silas), No. 4195. 
 
 1407 a Garin (P. A. M.) Mission de la Bale d'Hudson. Lettre du Pere 
 Garin O. M. I. k un p^re de la m6me compagnie. [Dated Lac des 
 Deux Montagues 10 D6cembre 1853.] s. 
 
 In Eapport de I'Association de la Propagation de la Foi, pour le District de 
 Montreal, 1853-4, pp. 89-93. Montreal, 1855. 12°. 
 
 The sign of the cross in Algonqnine, Ab^naquise, and Grise, p. 91.— Prefixes 
 in Algonquin and H^braique, p. 92. 
 
 1407 i Mission du Nordouest. Lettre de M. Richer-Laflfeche, 
 
 Prfetre-Missionaire, k Mgr. I'Arcbev^que de Quebec. [Dated Saint 
 Boniface de la Biviere-Eouge, 15 juin 1853.] 
 
 In Notice sur les Missions du Diocfese de Quebec, No. 11, pp. 1-17. Quebec, 
 1855. 12°. 
 
 Sign of the cross in Algonquine, Ab6naquise, Crise, p. 15. — Affixes and pre-- 
 flses in Algonquin and H6braique, p. 16. 
 
 ^ 1411 Gastelu (D. Antonio Vasquez). Arte de Lengua Mexicana. 
 
 Puebla, D. P. de Leon, 1716. * 
 
 The above edition of Gastelu's Arte has been mentioned by several authorities' 
 but it is probable there was no such edition. So far as I know, the only full title 
 of an edition with this date is given in Icazbalceta's Apuutes, No. 33. In my 
 copy of that work, corrected for me in manuscript by the author, he has changed 
 the date from 1716 to 1726, arid in a note expresses the opinion i hat other authors 
 were, like himself, deceived by the imperfect 2 of the date. I have seen six 
 copies of the 1726 edition — one in the Library of Congress, onain the John Carter 
 Brown, one in the Lenox, one in the library of Dr. D. G. Brinton, and two in 
 the Bancroft Library ; in all, the figure 2 is imperfect, and could easily be mis- 
 taken for a 1, and possibly for a 5. 
 
 In support of the existence of an edition of 1716 the following authorities are 
 given : Sabin's Dictionary, No. 24312, gives under Figueooa, both editions ; and 
 again in No. 26747, the 1726 being given in title No. 26748. Squier's Sale Cata- 
 logue, No. 408, gives title of the 1716 edition, as does Ludewig also, p. 114. Ban- 
 croft's Native Races, vol. 3, p. 736, note, mentions the 1716 edition, but in the list 
 of authorities in vol. 1 the date is given as 1726. Finally, the Ramirez Sale Cat- 
 alogue, No. 351, gives a title with the date 1716 and says: "Third edition; so 
 rare, that Leclerc (Bib. Amer. 1878, p. 604) charges Ludewig with an error in 
 mentioning this edition, although there was a copy in the Fischer Catalogue 
 which produced £4.4s." 
 
 Brassenr de Bourbourg is the only author I am aware of who gives the title 
 of an edition of 1756. See No. 1413 of this catalogue. 
 
 , 1415 Cathecismo \ Breve, | que precissamente [sic] deve | saber 
 
 el Christiauo. | Dispvesto | En Lengua Mexicano per el Licenciado | 
 Don Antonio Vasquez Castelu [sic] el Rey | de Figueroa, Cathe- 
 dratico que fufe, de | dicha Lengua, en los Keales Colegios | de S. 
 
954 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Gastelu [D. Autonio Vasques) — continued. 
 
 Pedro, y S. Juan. | Y salio k luz de orden de el 111.™" y Exc.™" | 
 Sr. Doct. D. Manuel Fernandez de Santa- | oruz Obispo, que fufe, 
 de este Obispado de | la Puebla de los Angeles, del Consejo | de su 
 Magestad, &c. | [Vignette.] | — | 
 
 Eeimpresso en la Pvebla : | Por la Viuda de Miguel de Ortega, 
 en el Portal | de las Flores, donde se vende. Ano de 1733. | job. 
 
 1 p. 1., pp. 1-10. 4°. Improved title of No. 141.5. 
 
 1416 Oatecismo | breve | que precisameute | debe saber el 
 
 Christiano. | Dispuesto en Lengua Mexicana | por el Lie.''" D. An- 
 tonio I Vasquez Gastelu el Eey de Figue- | roa, Catedratico que 
 fue de dicha | Lengiia en los Reales y Pontificios | Golegios de San 
 Pedro y San Juan | de esta Ciudad de la Puebla | de los Angeles. | 
 Eeimpresso en la Imprenta de D. Pe- | dro de la Eosa, en Portal 
 de las Flo- | res. Ano de 1792. | * 
 
 8 unnumbered 11. 8°. Improved title of No. 1416, furnished by Sr. Icazbalceta, 
 from copy in his possession. 
 
 1418 a Oatecismo Breve, | que precisameute | debe saber el 
 
 cristiano, | dispuesto | por el Licenciado | D.Antonio Vasquez Gas- 
 telu. I Lleva anadidos | los actos de F6, Esperanza y Caridad, y 
 la I confesion general. | Eeimpreso 4 espensas de un Cura de esta 
 Diocesis, con ( las licencias necesarias de esta sagrada mitra, quien 
 lo I dedica d beneficio de la clase indigena. | 
 Puebla. I Imprenta De Juan N. Del Valle. | 1844. | b. s. 
 
 Pp. 1-27. 16°. 
 
 141.9 a Oatecismo | breve | que precisameute | debe saber el 
 
 cristiano, | dispuesto | por el Licenciado | D. Antonio, Vasquez 
 Gastelu | el Eey de Figueroa. | Aumentado con algunas oraciones 
 sacadas del | Oatecismo del Padre Paredes. | 
 
 Pueb'a I Imprenta de Jose Maria Eivera, | calle de San Pedro. | 
 1847. I * 
 
 Pp. 1-36. 16°. Title furnished by Mr. W. Eames from copy seen at the sale 
 of books belonging to Hon. H. C. Murphy. 
 
 1420 Oatecismo Breve | que precisameute | debe saber el Cris- 
 tiano. I Dispuesto I Por el Lie. Don Antonio Vasquez Gastelu. | 
 Lleva anadidos | los actos de P6, Esperanza y Oaridad, y la | Oon- 
 fesion general. | [Scroll.] 
 
 Puebla : 1854. | Imprenta de Atenogenes Oastillero, | calle de la 
 Oompania numero 13. | B. 
 
 Pp. 1-24. 16°. Improved title of No. 1420. 
 
 1420 a — Oatecismo Breve | que | precisameute debe saber | el 
 
 Cristiano, | Dispuesto por el Licenciado D. Antonio Vas- | quee 
 Gastelu : | lleva anadidos los actos j de | F6, esperanza, caridad y 
 el de contricion. | 
 
 Puebla. I Tip. de Tomas F. Neve, y Oa. | calle de Morados num 
 9. I 1860. I b/ 
 
 Pp. 1-23. 16°. 
 
GASTELU — GAVARETE. 955 
 
 1430a Gatschet (Albert S.) DerYuma-Sprachstamm,iiaclidenueuesten 
 handschriftlicheu Quellen, dargestellt von Albert S. Gatschet Id 
 Washington. Zwelter Artikel. 
 
 In Zeitschrift fiir Ethnologie, vol. 15 (1883), pp. 123-147. Berlin, 1883. , 8°. 
 
 Nationale Stammesnamen, pp. 123-124. — Grammatic notes on the Yitvapai, pp. 
 124-126.— On the K6uino, pp. 126-127.— On the Tonto, pp. 127-128.— On the 
 M'Mat.pp. 128-129.— On the Seri.pp. 129-134.— Vocabularies as follows: 
 
 Bartlett (J. E.) Vocabulary of the Seri, pp. 134-138. 
 
 Corbusier (W. H.) Vocabulary of the Yilvapai,pp. 134-138. 
 
 Yavapai- Wortverzeichniss, pp. 139-142. 
 
 Helmsing C J. T. ) Vocabulary of the M'Mat, pp. 134-138. 
 
 Plmentel (F.) Vocabulary of the Seri, pp. 134-138. 
 
 Pinart (A.) Vocabulary of the Seri, pp. 134-138. 
 
 White {Dr. John B.) Tonto-Wortverzeichniss, pp. 142-147. 
 
 1452 a Linguistic Notes. 
 
 In Am. Antiquarian, vol. 4, pp. 337-340, Chicago, 1882, 8° ; vol. 5, pp. 85-88, 
 191-193, 283-286, 354-356, Chicago, 1883, 8° ; vol. 6, p. 63. A continuation of title 
 No. 1452. 
 
 1454 a Phonetics of the K4yowe Language. 
 
 In Am. Antiquarian, vol. 4, pp. 280-285. Chicago, 1882. 8°. 
 
 1454 b Quelques noms G^ographiques du sud-est des Etats Unis 
 
 d'Am^rique. 
 
 In Revue de Linguistique, tome 15, pp. 293-299. Paris, 1882. 8°. 
 Indian names of prominent geographic features in Georgia, Alabama, Missis- 
 sippi, Florida, North Carolina, and Tennessee. 
 
 1455 a The Shetimasha Indians of St. Mary's Parish, Southern 
 
 Louisiana. 
 
 In Anthrop. Soc. of Washington, Trans., vol. 2, pp. 148-158. Washington, 
 1883. 8°. Separately issued as below. 
 
 List of derivatives added to the words of which they form compounds, pp. 
 156-159. 
 
 1455 b The Shetimasha Indians of St. Mary's Parish, Southern 
 
 Louisiana. By Albert S. Gatschet. jwp. 
 
 No title-page ; caption only. Pp. 1-11. 8°. 
 
 I486 a and De Kay (Charles). Native American Languages. 
 
 In The Critic, vol. 3, No. 61, pp. 96-97. New York, 1883. 4°. jwp. 
 
 A review of Perez (Juan Pio), Diccionario de la Lengua Maya; and of Brin- 
 ton (Daniel Garrison), The Maya Chronicles. 
 
 148(>6 Gavarete (D. Juan) and Valdez (/>. Sebastien). Vocabularies | 
 de la lengua | Xinca | de Sinacantan por | D. Juan Gavarrete | 
 (1868) I y I deYupiltepequey Jalapa | por | D. Sebastian Valdez, | 
 cura de lutiapa | (1868). | Copiado de los originales en poder | de 
 don Juan Gavarrete, en Guatemala | Febrero de 1875. | dgb. 
 
 Manuscript. Pp. 1-15. 8°. Title, verso blank, 1 1. ; Advertencia, signed C. H. 
 Berendt, p. 3. Vocabulary in four columns, Spanish and the three dialects men- 
 tioned above, pp. 4-15. 
 
 ''Los presentes vocabularies forman parte de la coleocion que esta reuniendo 
 Don Juan Gavarete para nn "Cuadro comparativo de las lenguas aborigenas 
 de Guatemala." — Extract from the Advertencia. 
 
956 NORTH AMEEICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 148C c [Gay or Guay (Eobert Michael)]. Grammaire Algonquine. * 
 
 Mannscript in the seminary at tlie mission of Lao des Deux Montagues (Oka), 
 Canada, prepared by the first superior of the mission. It is in a little book 
 •wMch is torn. It includes some pages of Algonkin names, with French transla- 
 tions by Maurice Qu6r^ de Fieguron, the second superior. Title from Erminnie 
 A. Smith. 
 
 Genesis in Cherokee. See Worcester {Eev. Samuel A.), No. 4208. 
 
 1494 a Gerland (Georg). Atlas der Ethnographic. | Von | Georg Ger- 
 land. I 41TafelninHolzschmttnebsterlauterndemTexte. | Separat- 
 Ausgabe aus der zweiten Auflage des Bilder- Atlas. | [Seal.] 
 
 Leipzig: | F. A. Brockbaus. | 1876. | Asa. 
 
 Title, reverse "contents," 1 1., pp. 1-52, and 41 plates. Comments on American 
 languages, with a few examples in Aztec and Cherokee. 
 
 1494 & Gesner (Abraham). New Brunswick; | with | Notes for Emi- 
 grants. I Comprehending the early history, an account of the 
 Indians, settle- | ment, topography, statistics, commerce, timber, 
 manufactures, | agriculture, fisheries, geology, natural history, 
 social I and political state, immigrants, and contem- 1 plated railways 
 of that province. | By Abraham Gesner, Esq. j Surgeon ; | Fellow 
 of the Geological Society of London ; [etc. six lines.] 
 
 London : Simmonds & Ward, | 6, Barge Yard, Bucklersbury. | 
 1847. I GS. 
 
 Pp. i-xvi, 1-388. 8°. Lord's Prayer in Melicete, p. 117. — Lord's Prayer in 
 Micmac (Quebec version), p. 118. 
 
 Gete Dibadjimowin Gaie Jesus. [Epistles and Gospels in Chip- 
 
 , peway.] See [Baraga {Uev. Frederic)], No. 257. 
 
 1542 Gilberti {Fr. Maturino). [Arte en lengua de Michoacan. 1558.] * 
 The Arte of P. Gilberti is the earliest known work in the Tarasca language, 
 
 but there is reason to suppose that it was not the first. On the title-page of the 
 Dootrina Mexicana of 1547 [No. 1052], appears a small engraving representing 
 a friar addressing some children. The legend that proceeds from the mouth of 
 the friar says : I chuca Dioseueri iandaqua, which words are in the Tarasca lan- 
 guage and signify " this is the word of God." This remarkable fact proves that 
 the ciit was engraved in Mexico, and not brought from Spain, with the other 
 implements of printing; and it is also very probable that it was made originally 
 for some work in the Tarasca language, which is now lost. The same engraving 
 appears on the verso of the 13th leaf of the Devodonario or Tkesoro of Gilberti 
 of 1558 [No. 1543], and is also used for an ornament on leaves 3 and 27 of the 
 Doctrina en castellano, mexicano y otomi of Fr. Melchor de Vargas, printed in 
 1576 [No. 3981]. — Icazbalceta, BibliografCa Mexicana delSiglo XVI, pp. 24, 89. 
 
 1543 -: : ^ Thesoro Spiritval en Lengva | de Mechuaca, en el ql se 
 
 contiene la doctrina | xpiana y orones pa cada dia, y el exame d la 
 CO I ciecia, y dclaracio d la missa Copuesto por el | E. p. fray Matu- 
 rino Gilberti, de la orde del se |- raphico padre sant FrauciseOi Alio 
 de. 1558 I * 
 
 8'^. Eoman letters. Improved title of No. 1543, from facsimile in Icazbalceta's 
 Bibliogi-afia del Siglo XVI, advance sheets of which, so far as printed, have 
 been sent me by the author." The following description is taken from pp. 88-89 
 of the same work ; 
 
 This title is under the episcopal shield of Sr. Montufar with the motto: Pro 
 Xpo Legatione Fvngimvr. 
 
f THESORO SPIRJTVALENLENGVA 
 de MechuacSk>eneI ^1 fe comienela doctrina 
 x^fana yoronesps) cadadia^yelexainedUcd 
 ciccia, y ddaraciodlamifla Copuefloporel 
 R.p.fray Maturino GiIbeni,delaord€ del fe 
 raphicopadrefant Francifco, Anodc.i5s8 
 
 1543. — FAC-SIMILE OF TITLE-PAGE OF GILBERTl'S THESOKO SPIRITUAL OF 1558. 
 
GAY GILBEBTI. 957 
 
 Gilbert! (J?V. Maturino)— continued. 
 
 On the verso of the title-page is a notice in Tarasca, with this title : H The- 
 savro Spiritval | e lengua de Meohuaoan. 
 
 Lly'i" and 3°, a dedication in Latin to Sr. Monttifar. Mexico, August 18, 1558. 
 Leaf 4*, the license given by Sr. Montufar in Mexico, August 10, 1558, to print 
 an Arte y Vocabulario, y Devocionario, written in Tarasca '' de Michuacto." 
 He says that as he does not know the language, and there being no one in his 
 archbishopric who does know it, he confides in the letters, rectitude, zeal and 
 Christianity of the censors, who have examined the work, having been com- 
 missioned to do so by Sr. Quiroga, Bishop of Miohoac^n, the same being the 
 fathers Alonso de la Vera Crnz, of the order of S. Agustin, and Fr. Jacobo Daci- 
 aiio, of the order of S. Francisco ; Diego P6rez Gordillo, priest of Michoac^n, 
 and Francisco de la Cerda, priest of Sirosto. 
 
 L. 5"', license of the vice-roy D. Luis de Velasco to Juan Pablos to print the 
 Arte, Vocabulario, y Devocionario contained in the license of the "other part 
 .... provided that said printer shall treat and concert with said Fr. Maturino 
 Gilberti .... during the time that it shall be printed, and as to the price for 
 which it shall be sold." Dated Mexico, August 12, 1558. 
 
 License from the guardian of San Francisco, Fr. Francisco de Toral, to print 
 these works of P. Gilberti, because they are shown to be "catholic, necessary 
 and excellent, principally the Di^logo, Vocabulario y Arte, with the Devocio- 
 nario which is now composed," according to fathers Fr. Alonso de la Vera Cruz, 
 and Fr. Jacobo Daciano, guardian of Tzintzuntzan ; of P. Diego Perez Gordillo, 
 priest of Pizcuaro, and of Fr. Miguel de Alvarado, priest of Tiripitio. Dated 
 Taca!ba, August 10, 1558. 
 
 Approbation of P. Daciano (in Latin), and of the priest Peiez Gordillo, 1. 6 
 recto. The calendario, 11. 6 verso to 13 recto. The text, in pure Tarasco, begins 
 on verso of 1. 13, with " Doctrina Christiana | En lengua de Mechuacan," on the 
 heading of the pages. Up to 1. 40 there is no numeration; it commences on the 
 
 4l8t. 
 
 The Uoetrina concludes on the verso of the 48th leaf, and the 49th bears this 
 title: U Examinatorio Mayor | d la cosciBcia, e 5 cada vno por si mesmo pue | 
 de examinar sn cosciecia quando se ^e | ra a confessar, es cosa muy vtil pa- | ra 
 los naturales y para los nue | uos discipulos en la legua, | otro mas brene se }io | 
 ne al cabo deste | mayor. | Continues to the 116th leaf. The 62d leaf is dupli- 
 cated, and there is no 1. 104. From 1. 117 to 1. 124 is the^ ExamS peqno de la 
 cons., and it concludes: Finis. Laus Deo. 
 
 The 125th leaf begins without folio or title; on the reverse is : U Deolaracion 
 de los Mis | terios de la missa y de los prouechos de oyr la con | devooion. | The 
 126th is not, and the 127th is, numbered. Then follow 20 unnumbered leaves 
 with which the book concludes. 
 
 On the reverse of the last leaf is a long colophon in Tarasco, of which there 
 
 can only be read these words: "lesu Christo .... sancta Maria Deuocio- 
 
 nario . . . . Fr. Matnrio Gilberti sat Francisco .... luan Pablos .... 20 ... . Oc- 
 tubre .... 1558." In conclusion there are five lines inTarasco. 
 
 Of this Tesoro Espiritual, antedating the Tesoro Espiritual de Pobres [No. 
 1544] by 17 years, and altogether different from it, I do not know that any 
 mention has been made; I have seen but the one copy described, which belongs 
 to Sr. D. Jo86 M* de Agreda, and that was in very bad condition. 
 
 1546 — ^ Dialogo de Doctrina Christiana etc. 
 
 The Tarascan title of this work is as follows: 
 
 lYyetisirandayqviA- | ringahacaDialogoaringani,ycliulicahI- | 
 bo chupengab'aqui Ohristianoengani, | yngui vca tata che casireq 
 Fray | Maturino Gilberti santFra- [ cisco tata. Teparimento am | 
 
958 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Gilbert! [Fr. Maturino) — continued. 
 
 baqueti. Ma hurengua | reri curamaritiati | tepari huren- | dab- 
 perini. Ca hurendahperi mayo- | cucupanstabati hurenda eqem- 
 bani. | Ano de. 1559. | L. 
 
 The "Dialogo" is followed by "breue declaracion de las edades del uinndo," 
 11. ocxxxvi recto to ccxliiij verso ; " C Aqui comieufa las Epistolas y euangelios 
 de todos los Douiingos del ano con sus sermones," 11. coxlv recto to ccxcv verso. 
 The supplementary 11. 1-22 contain brief biographies of several saints, exhorta- 
 tions, etc., followed by the index, 3 11. 
 
 1558 a Gladstone (Thom.-xs H.) Huron Vocabulary. 
 
 A vocabulary, consisting of the numerals to above 100, and upwards of forty 
 of the commonest words and brief sentences, is In the possession of Thomas H. 
 Gladstone, Stockwell, near London, collected by him in July, 1856. — Ludeioig,p. 
 223. 
 
 1558 b Golovnin ( Capt. Vasili Mikhailovich). MaTepiiuibi | n.m | hctopIh pyccKHXb 
 aacejeniii | no Beperasib BOCToiearo OKeana. | (SaMtqaHin B. M. TojOBHuna o KaMiaiMKli a 
 PyccKoli Amc- I puKii BT) 1809, 1810 H 1811 ma.xh) | BbiayCKT. BTopoB. | Upajiomeme Kb 
 MopcKOMy CdopnnKy H" 2, 1861 a. \ 
 
 CaHKTneiepiypri. | Bi ranorpa^ia MopcKaro siBHHCTepcTBa. | 1861. | B. 
 
 Translation. — Material | for | the history of Eussian Settlements | on. the shores 
 of the Eastern Ocean | (Remarks of V. M. Golovnin on Kamchatka and Russian 
 Ame- I rica in the years 1809, 1810 and 1811.) | Second Series. | Appendix to the 
 Morskai Sbornik, No. 2, 1861. | St. Petersburg. | In the Printing tiffice of the 
 Minister of Marine. | 1861. | 
 
 2 p. 11., pp. 1-130. A 1 st of terms and expressions adopted by Russians in 
 Kamchatka, explanatory of many terms now found in Alaskan dialects. 
 
 1558 c [Gomara (Francisco Loppz de).] ([ Con priuilegio de su Alteza. 
 Por diez anos. | [Large woodcut, nearly filliug the page.] | 5 Primera 
 y segunda parte de la liis- | toria general de las Indias con todo el 
 descubrimieuto y cosas uota ) bles que han acaecido dende que se 
 ganarou ata el ano de 1551. Con la coquista de | Mexico y de la 
 nueua Espana. En 0arag09a. 1553. | ([A costa de Miguel Capila 
 ujercader de libros vezino de CaragOQa. | 
 Ll. i-cxxii. map. folio. Followed by: 
 
 [Large woodcut, nearly filling the page.J | 5 La conquista de 
 Mexico. I 1552. | Con licencia y preuilegio del Principe nuestro 
 sefior. I 
 
 Colophon: CFue impressa la preseute | istoria de Indias y con- 
 quista de Mexico en | casa de Agustin Millan. Y acabose vis ( 
 pera de Nauidad Ano de Mil y | quinientos y cinquenta y dos 
 [1552J I en la muy noble y leal Ciu- | dad de Caragoga. | * 
 
 Ll. i-cxxxix and 1 unnumbered 1. folio. Title furnished by Mr. W. Eames 
 from copy seen at the sale of books belonging to Hon. H. C. Murphy. 
 
 Mexican numerals, 1-20, verso of l.cxvii. — Names of the months, days, cal- 
 endar, etc., in Mexican, U. cxviii-cxix. 
 
 1558 d Hispania Victrix. | [Large woodcut, nearly filling the 
 
 page.] I Primera y segvuda par | te de la historia general de las 
 Indias co todo el descu- | brimiento, y cosas notables que han aca- 
 escido deude que se ganaron liasta el aiio | de 1551. Con la con- 
 quista de Mexico, y de la nueua Espana. j 
 
GILBEETI GOMARA. 959 
 
 [Gomara (Francisco Lopez de)] — continued. 
 
 En Medina del Oampo, per Guillermo de Millie. 1553. | 
 
 Ll. i-cxxii. folio. Followed by: 
 
 Conquista de Mexico. | [Large woodcut, filling half the page.] | 
 Segvuda parte de la | Chronica general delas Indias, que trata de j 
 la conquista de Mexico. Nueuamen- | te y con licencia impressa. | 
 Ano de 1553. | 
 
 Colophon : Fue impressa la presente historia de Indias | y con- 
 quista de Mexico en Medina del Oampo, en casa de Gui- | Uermo de 
 Millis. Acabose a veynte dias del mes de Ago- | sto. Ano de mil 
 y quinientos y cinquenta y tres [1553]. | C. 
 
 Ll. i-cxxxix. folio. Mexican numerals 1-20, recto 1. cxvii. — Names of the 
 months, days, &o., verso 1. cxvii, verso 1. cxviii. 
 
 1558 e Conquista de Mexico. Segvnda parte de la Chronica 
 
 general de las Indias Occidentales, su Historia, Geografla, Tempe- 
 ramento, Producciones, Uses, y Costumbres de los Naturales de 
 ellas. 
 
 Madrid. 1553. • 
 
 Folio. Title from Sabin's Dictionary, No. 27726. 
 
 1558/ Con priuilegio del Principe nuestro senor por diez anos. | 
 
 [Large woodcut, nearly filling the page.] | La historia general de 
 las Iti I dias y uueuo mundo, con mas la conquista del Pe | ru y de 
 Mexico : agora nueuamente anadida y emendada por el mismo autor, 
 con vna ta | bla may cumplida de los capitulos, y muchas figuras 
 que en otras impressiones no Ueua. | 
 
 Yenden se en Carago§a en casa de Miguel de Capila mercador de 
 libros. I 
 
 Colophon : Fue impressa la presente obra en la muy irisigne ciu- 
 dad de ( Caragoya, en casa de Pedro Bernuz ; acabose a do | ze dias 
 del mes de Octubre, ano de mil y | quinientos y cinquenta y quatro 
 [1554]. * 
 
 4 p. 11., 11. i-xcix, and one unnumbered leaf, folio. Title from Bartlett's Cata- 
 logue of the John Carter Brown .ibrary. According to Brunet the second part 
 is entitled : Crouica de la Nueva EspaSa con la Conquista de Mexico, &c. 
 
 1558^ Historia de | Mexico, con el descv- | brimiento dela nueua 
 
 Fspana, conquistada | por el muy illustre y valeroso Principe | don 
 Fernando Cortes, Marques | del Valle, Escrita por Fran- | cisco 
 Lopez de Go- | mara, clerigo. ] Anadiose de la nueuo descripcion y 
 traga de Todas las Indias, | con vna Tabla Alphabetica de las ma- 
 terias, y haza- | iias memorables en ella contenidas. | [Vignette.] | 
 
 En Anvers, \ En casa de luan Steelsio, 1554. | Con priuilegio. | 
 
 Colophon : Impresso en Anuers por luan | Lacio. 1554. | c. hcm. 
 
 Ll. i-349, and 11 unnumbered leaves. 24°. Linguistics, 11. 293 (verso)— 296 
 (verso). 
 
 Brunet gives this the date 1552 or 1554, and collation as 16 p. 11. and 287 11. 
 The date of 1552 and the collation probably refer to the Indies (Part 1), which 
 portion of this edition I have not seen. 
 
960 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 [Qomara (Fraucisco Lopez de)] — contiuued. 
 
 1558 h La Historia ge | iieral de las In- | dias, y todo lo acaescido 
 
 enellas | deude que se gaDaron | hasta agora. | Y | La conquista de 
 Mexico I y dela nueua Espana. | [Woodcut.] | 
 
 En Anuers por Martin Kucio. | Con preuilegio Imperial. | 
 M.D.LIIII[1554]. I * 
 
 300 11. sm. b°. Title from Sabin's Dictionary, No. 27729, and Bartlett's cata- 
 logue of the Carter Brown library. 
 
 1558 i La segunda par | te dela histo- | ria general delas Indias. | 
 
 que contieue | La conquista de Mexico, | y dela nueua Espana. ( 
 [Design.] | 
 
 En Anuers por Martin E^ucio. | Con priuilegio Imperial. | 
 M. D. LIIII [1554]. I c. 
 
 Ll. 1-340. 24°. Linguistics, 11. 286-289. 
 
 1558 k ■ Historia de j Mexico, con el descv- | brimientO dela nueva 
 
 Espana, couquistada | por el muy illustre y valeroso Principe | don 
 Fernando Cortes, Marques j del Valle, Escrita por Fran- | cisco 
 Lopez de Go- | mara, clerigo. | Anadiose de la nueuo descripcion y 
 traga de todas las Indias, | con vna Tabla Alphabetica de las mate- 
 rias, y haza- | Sas memorables enella contenidas. | 
 
 ^ En Anvers, | Por luan Bellero, al Salmon. 1554. | Con priui- 
 legio. I 
 
 Golopli n : ^ Impresso en Anuers por. luan | Lacio. 1554. * 
 
 349 11. , Tabla 11 11. 8°. Title from Sabin's Dictionary, No. 27731. 
 
 1558 1 Con priuilegio del Principe nuestro senor | [Large wood- 
 cut, nearly filling the page.] [ 1" Cronica de la nueua espana | con la 
 conquista de Mexico, y otras cosas notables: hechas | por el vale 
 roso Hernando Cortes, Marques del Valle, Capitan | de su Magestad 
 en aquellas partes. | Con mucha diligencia corregida, y anadida por 
 el mesmo autor. | 
 
 En Oaragofa. 1554. | 
 
 Colophon: Fue impresa la presente | historia de Indias y con- 
 quista de Mexico: en | la muy noble y leal ciudad de Carago§a: | 
 en casa de Augustin Millan. Ano | de mil y quinientos y cin- | 
 quenta y quatro [1554]. | * 
 
 Ll. i-cxiii. folio. Title from Bartlett's Catalogue of the Brown library. 
 
 1558 m Historia del | illustriss. et valorosiss. | Capitano Don 
 
 Perdinando | Cortes Marchese della Yalle, j et | qvando discoperse, 
 et acqvisto j la Nvova Hispagna. | Scritta per Francesco Lopes de 
 Gomara | in lingua Spagnuola, & hora tradotta nella Italiana | per 
 Avgvstino de Cravaliz. | Col Priuilegio del sommo Ponteflce, & 
 della Maesta Cesarea, per anni x. | si come nella prima parte della 
 Historia del Peru si puo uedere. | [Woodcut.] 
 
 Imi)ressa in Eoma per Valerio, & Luigi Dorici fratelli nel MDLVI 
 [1556 |. I c. 
 
 Title as above 1 1., followed by 7 other p. 11., followed by title: 
 
GOMAEA. 96! 
 
 Oomara (Francisco Lopez de) — continued. 
 
 Historia | di Mexico, | et qvando si discoperse j la Nvova His- 
 pagna, conqvi- | stata per 1' illvstriss. et | ualoroso Principe. | Don 
 Ferdinando Cortes | Marchese del Valle. | Scritta per Francesco 
 Lopez I de Gomara in lingua Spagnuola, & Tradotta nel | Volgare 
 Italian© per | Avgvstino de Oravaliz. | 
 
 In Eouia | Appresso Valerio & Luigi Dorici fratelli. | M. D. LY 
 [1555]. I C. 
 
 Title II., 11. 1-240. 8°. Linguistics, verso 1. 200— recto 1. 203. The title of La 
 Historia generale delle Indie Occidental!, bears date of MDLVI [1556]. 
 
 1558 w Historia | di Don Ferdinando | Cortes, Marchese | della 
 
 Yalle, Capitano Valorosissimo, | con le sve maravigliose | prodezze 
 nel tempo, cbe discopri, & acquistb, la nuoua Spagna. Oomposta 
 da Francesco Lopez di | Gomara in lingua Spagnuola, | Tradotta 
 nella Italiana da Agostino di Cravaliz. [Vignette.] 
 In Venetia, Per Francesco Lorenzini da Turino MDLX [1560]. * 
 11 p. 11. , 11. 1-348. 12°. Title from Bartlett's catalogue of the Brown library. 
 
 1558 Historia, di Don Ferdinando | Cortes, Marchese della 
 
 Valle, Capitano valorosissimo. | Parte Terza. | Con le sve maravi- 
 gliose I prodezze nel tempo, che discopri, & ac- | quistb la Nuoua 
 
 Spagna Tradotta da Ag. di Cravaliz. 
 
 Venetia per G. Bonadio 1564. * 
 
 8 p. 11., text 355 11. 8°. Title from Sabin's Dictionary, No. 27741, where men- 
 tion is made of another edition : Venezia. 1570. 8°. 
 
 1558 j) Historia de Messico con il discoprimento della Nuova 
 
 , Spagna. 
 
 Venetia. 1573. * 
 
 404 11. sm. 8°. map. Forms the third part of Ziletti's edition of Cieza de 
 Leon. Title from Sabin's Dictionary, No. 27742. 
 
 1558 q Historia di | Don Ferdinando | Cortes, marchese | della 
 
 Valle, Capitano Valorosissimo, | Con le sue marauigliose prodezze, 
 nel tempo che discopri, | & acquisto la nuoua Spagna. | Parte 
 terza. | Composta da Francesco Lopez di | Gomara in lingua Spa- 
 gnuola. I Tradotta nella Italiana per Agostino di Craualiz. | 
 In Venetia, Appresso Camillo Franceschini. 1576, * 
 
 8 p. 11, text 343 11. 8°. Title from Sabin's Dictionary, No. 27744. 
 
 1558 r The | Pleasant Historic of the | Conquest of the VVeast 
 
 India, | now called new Spayne, | Atchieued by the worthy 
 Prince | Hernando Cortes Marques of the valley of | Huaxacac, 
 most delectable to Eeade: | Translated out of the Spa- | nishe 
 tongue, by T. N. | Anno. 1578. | [Vignette.] 
 U Imprinted at London by | Henry Bynneman. ] * 
 
 4 p. 11., pp. 1-405, table 3 pp. 4°. Title from Bartlett's catalogue of the Carter 
 Brown library. 
 
 61 Bib 
 
962 NORIH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Gomara (Francisco Lopez de) — continued. 
 
 1558 s Histoire | Generalle | des Indes Occiden | tales, et Terras | 
 
 Nueues, qui iusques a present | out este descouuertes. Augmentee 
 en ceste cinquiesme edition de la descri | ption de la Nouuelle Bs- 
 pagne, et de la grande | ville de Mexique, autrement nom | mee 
 Tenuctilan. | Composee en Espagnol par Prangois Lopez de Go- 
 mara, & traduite en Frangois par le S. de GenilM Mart. Fum^e. 
 
 A Paris, Chez Michel Sonnius, rue sainct laques 4 I'enselgne de 
 I'escu de Basle. M. D. LXXXIIII [1584]. Avec privilege dv Eoy.* 
 4 p. 11., 11. 1-485, table 19 uanambered leaves. 8°. Title from Bartlett'a cata- 
 logue of the Carter Brown library. 
 
 1558 t Histoire generalle des Indes Occidentales, et terres 
 
 neuues, quijusques a present ont est6 descouuertes. Augmentee 
 en ceste cinquiesme edition de la description de la nouuelle Bs- 
 pagne, & de la grande ville de Mexique, autrement nommee Tenuc- 
 tilan. Gomposee en Espagnol par Frangois Lopez de Gomara, & 
 traduite en Francois par le S. de Genill6 Mart. Fum6e. 
 
 A Paris, Chez Michel Sonnius, rue sainct laques, ^ I'enseigne 
 de I'escu de Basle. M.D.LXXXVII [1587]. Avec privilege dv 
 Eoy. 
 
 4 p. 11., 11. 1-48,5, table 19 unnumbered leaives. 8°. Title from Bartiett's cata- 
 logue of the Carter Brown library. 
 
 1558m Voyages et | conqvestes dv | Capitaine Ferdinand Cour- 
 
 tois, 6s Indes | Occidentales. | Histoire traduite de langue Bspa- 
 gnole, I par Guillaume le Breton Muernois. | 
 
 A Paris. Chez Abel 1' Angel ier Au premier pillier de la grand 
 Sale da Palais M. D. liXXXVIII [1588]. * 
 
 8 p. 11., 11. 1-416. sm. 8°. Title from Bartiett's catalogue of tlie Brown library. 
 
 1558 V The | Pleasant Historic of ] the Conquest of the | West 
 
 India, now called | new Spaine. | Atchieued by the most worthie 
 Prince | Hernando Cortes, Marques of the Valley of | Huaxacac, 
 most delectable to reade. | Translated out of the Spanish tongue, 
 by T. N. Anno. 1578. | [Design.] 
 
 London: | Printed by Thomas Creede. | 1596. | c. 
 
 4 11., pp. 1-405, and 11 pp. unnumbered, sm. 4°. Linguistics, pp. 370-376. 
 
 1558 w Historia | dell' Indie ( Occidental!, ( ouero | Conqvista | 
 
 della Provincia | d' Ivcatan, | Delia marauigliosa Citt^ di Messico, 
 & d' altre | Prouincie adessa sottoposte. i Nella quale particolarmente 
 si tratta dello scoprimento | della nuoua Spagna,, dell' usanze & 
 costumi di quelli | Indian! ; accrescimento della fede Christiana, & 
 d' altre | cose degne di memorial. | Tradotta di Lingua Spagnuola, 
 da Lucio Mauro. | Con la Tauola delle cose piu notabili, & con 
 Priuilegio. | 
 In Venetia, Appresso Barezzo Barezzi. 1599. | * 
 
 6 11., 2 blank ll.,Tavola 26 11., text 405 11. 8m.8°. Title from Sabin's Dic- 
 tionary, No. 27745. 
 
GOMARA GORDON, 963 
 
 Gomara (Francisco Lopez de) — continued. 
 
 1558 X Histoire | Generalle | des Indes Occiden- 1 tales, et Terres | 
 
 neuues, qui iusques 4 present | ont est6 decouuertes. | Augmentee 
 en ceste cinquiesme edition de la description de | la nouuelle Es- 
 pagne, & de la grande ville de Me | xicque, autrement nommee, | 
 Tenuctilan. | Composee en Espagnol par Frangois Lopez de Go | 
 mara, & traduite en Francois par le | S. de Genill6 Mart. Fumee. | 
 
 A Paris. | Chez Michel Sonnius, rue sainct laques k I'enseigne | 
 de I'escu de Basle. | 1606. | * 
 
 4 p. 11., text 485 11., table 19 11. 8°. Title from Sabin's Dictionary, No. 27749. 
 
 1559 a Conquista de Mejico. Historia general de las Indias 1° y 
 
 2* parte. 
 
 Madrid. 1852. • 
 
 Forms Vol. LI of " Bibl. de Autores Espanoles." Also included in Barcia's 
 " Histoiiadores Primitives.'' Title from Sabin's Dictionary, No. 27733. 
 
 1563 Gonzalez (P. Diego Pablo). Manual ' * del idoma Cabita. * 
 
 This work is catalogued in Icazbalceta's Apuntes under "Manual" ; as stated 
 in the note to No. 1563, it was put under Gonzalez on the authority of Brasseur 
 de Bourbourg. Sr. Icazbalceta has since written me as follows: Gonzalez is not 
 mentioned as the author. The license of the Order is given him "para que pue- 
 der imprimir un Manual * » • comun en las Misiones de la Provincia de 
 Zynaloa," from which it is seen that P. Gonzalez obtained the necessary 
 authorization to print the book which, in manuscript, was in the hands of the 
 missionaries. 
 
 1564 a Gonzalez {Fr. Luis). Arte breve j Vocabulario de la lengua Tzo- 
 que, conforme se habla en el pueblo de Tepatlan; dividese en dos 
 partes, en la primera se trata de las quatro partes de la oracion, 
 dec'linables, que son nombre, pronombre, verbo y participio. La 
 segunda se compone de un vocabulario, lo todo compnesto por el 
 Padre fray Luis Gonzalez, de la Orden de Predicadores. Auo de 
 1652. * 
 
 Manuscript. 333 pp. — Arte 42 and Vocabulario 291. It is copied in three or 
 four different hands; the last is signed at p. 284 with these words: Lo traslado 
 de otro vocabulario, lo que & este le faltaba "Ya cotocoya mi yacsupuz nno'' 
 Fray Domingo Gutierrez. 
 
 The vocabulary is Spanish and Tzoqui, and the work,'8o far as this language is 
 concerned, is the most complete of my collection — that is to say, the most com- 
 plete which exists. — Brasseur de Bourhourg. 
 
 .1569 a Goode (lie?;. William Henry). Outposts of Zion, | with ] limnings 
 of mission of life. | By | Eev. William H. Goode, | ten years a mem- 
 ber of frontier conferences. | 
 
 Cincinnati : | Published by Poe & Hitchcock, | comer of Main 
 and Eighth Streets. | R. P. Thompson, Printer. | 1863. | 
 
 Pp. 1-464. 8°. Contains one verse (six lines) of a Choctaw hymn, p. 134. 
 1570 a Gordon (A. H.) Wilderness Journeys in New Brunswick, in 
 1862-63. By Hon. A. H. Gordon. 
 St. John, N, B. 1864. * 
 
 Pp. 64. 12°. Title from Sabin's Dictionary, No. 27968. Referred to in Hist. 
 Mag., vol. ix, p 145, as containing Malechite and Penobscot numerals. 
 
964 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 1570 6 Gordon (H. L.) Legends of the Northwest. | By [ H.L.Gordon, | 
 Author of "Pauline." | Containing | Prelude— The Mississippi, j 
 The Peast of the Virgins, | a legend of the Dakotas. | Winona, | a, 
 legend of the Dakotas. | The Legend of the Falls, | a legend of the 
 Dakotas. | The Sea Gull, | the Ojibwa legend of the Pictured Eocks 
 of Lake Superior. | Minnetonka. [ 
 St. Paul, Minn, j The St. Paul Book and Stationery Co. | 1861. | 
 Printed cover 1 1., pp. i-viii, 9-143. 8°. JWP. 
 
 . Dakota songs with Englisli translation, pp. 69, 70, 85, 87, 88, 100. Scattered 
 througiiout are many Dakota and Ojibwa terms, translations being given in the 
 foot-notes. Notes (1-86 and 1-27), pp. 124-143, referring to the preceding texts, 
 contain much information as to the etymology and meaning of Indian words. 
 
 Gospel of John in Cherokee. See Worcester {Rev. S. A.) 
 
 and Boudinot (Elias), Eos. 4225-4228. 
 
 Gospel of John in Micmac. See WooleSgunoodlimakiin, No. 4205. 
 
 This work was translated by Rev. S. T. Rand, q. v. in these Additions and Cor- 
 rections. 
 
 Gospel according to Saint John, in Tinn6. See [Kirkby 
 
 {Rev. William West)], No. 2104. 
 
 Gospel of Matthew in Cherokee. See Worcester {Rev. S. 
 
 A.) and Boudinot (E.), Nos. 4221-4224. 
 
 1588 a [Gospels in the Cree Language.] BA, 
 
 No title-page; first leaf of Matthew missing, leaving for Matthew 56 11., 
 
 Mark 38 11., Luke 6311., John 46 11.— 203 11. in all, the pages being unnumbered. 
 
 In the Moose dialect of the Cree language ; syllabic characters. See Mason 
 
 (Sev. W.), No. 2494. 
 
 Gospels of the four Evangelists in Chipewyan. See [Kirkby {Re/v. 
 W. W.)], No. 2107. 
 
 1595 a Grammaire. Grammaire Iroquoise. LDM. 
 
 Manuscript. Pp. 1-194 and 7 unnumbered 11. sm.4°. Incomplete. In the arch- 
 ives of the Seminary at Lac des Deux Montagues (Oka), Canada. Bound, fairly 
 written, and well preserved. There is no title-page, the text beginning imme- 
 diately after the heading as above. The first page contains a short account of 
 the distribution of the dialects of the Iroquois; the grammar proper, "l'" Par- 
 tie," begins on p. 2, which also gives a list of sounds. The remaining contents, 
 each of the headings having a number of subheadings, are as follows : Des Noms, 
 pp. 4-19.— Des Adjectifs, pp. 20-22.— Des Pronoms, pp. 20-28.— Du Verbe, pp. 29- 
 132.— Des Adverbes, pp. 133-135. — ^Des Propositions, p. 135. — Des Conjonotions, 
 p. 137. — Interjections, p. 137. 
 
 Seconde Partie: Syntaxe, p. 138. — Syntaxe d'accord, p. 139. — Tour NOgatif, 
 p. 140. — Tour interrogatif, p. 141. — Tour impOratif, p. 142. — Des pronoms, p. 142. — 
 Que avec les verbes, p. 143. — Des pronoms en,y,^. 145. — Adverbes de lieu, p. 145. — 
 Des quant itOs, p. 146. — De, pour avec les verbes, p. 150. — Regime d'un verhe sur un 
 autre, p. 157. — Des comparaisons, p. 158. — Des mesures, pp. 159-161. 
 
 Troisifeme Partie, p. 163.— Idiotismes, p. 163.— De la transition, p. 176.— Rela- 
 tions de parent^, pp. 179-186.— Vocatifs, p. 189.— Des inflexions finales: des tems 
 primitifs, p. 190.— Difference entre les dialectes Iroquoise entre'enx et la langue 
 Huronne, p. 193. — Des verbes passifs, p. 196. — Des verbes dOponens, verso fi'st un- 
 numbered leaf —Des verbes dOfectifs, recto second leaf —Des verbes imperson- 
 nels, verso second leaf. 
 
 LI. 4-7 contain notes and comments on the preceding pages. 
 
GORDON— GEUBE. 965 
 
 Grammaire — continued. 
 
 1595 1 Traite de la grammaire | Irivokoise | ldm. 
 
 Manuscript. 23 unnumbered and 11 blank 11. 12°. In the archives of the 
 seminary at Lac des Deux Montagnes (Oka), Canada. There is no title-page, 
 the text immediately following the heading, as above. From the introduction 
 it apxjears that the work was not finished, the opening sentence saying: "Cette 
 grammaire a cinq parties : la premifere les principes de la langue, la seconde les 
 remarques sur les principes, la troisifeme la table des relations en abr6g6 si celles 
 des coDJugaisons, la quatrifeme une nomenclature en abr^g^ du dictionnaire, la 
 cinqui^me les racines." 
 
 The contents are as follows: Premifere partie — des principes. Chapitre pre- 
 mier, De I'alphabet et prononciation des lettres, recto 1. 1. — Chapitre 2, Du 
 verbe, verso 1. 1. — Chapitre [3], Du pronom possessif, verso 1. 10. Seconde 
 partie. Les remarques sur la grammaire, recto 1. 12. — Remarques sur les dia- 
 lectes, verso 1. 12. — Les conjugaisons du paradigme g, verso 1. 14 to recto 1. 23. 
 
 1597 a Grammar of the Micmac language. An essay on the Micmac lan- 
 guage. Prince Edward Island, 1829-1844. * 
 Manuscript. 124 11. 2 parts in 1 vol. 4°. - Title from the Pinart Sale Cata- 
 • logue. No. 620. See Irwin (Thomas), No. 1949 6. 
 
 1600 a Gray (Asa) and Trumbull (J. Hammond). Eeview of De Oan- 
 doUe's Origin of Cultivated Plants; with Annotations upon certain 
 American Species; by Asa Gray and J. Hammond Trumbull. 
 
 In Am. Jour. Science, vol. 25, pp. 241-255, 370-379; and vol. 26, pp. 128-138. 
 New Haven, 1883. 8°. jwp. 
 
 Names of plants in the languages of a number of tribes of the Indians of North 
 America. 
 
 1600 b Grayson (George Washington). Este Maskoke Vrahkv. [For 
 the sake of the Muskokee people.] 
 
 In Indian Journal, vol. 4, Nos. 26-33. Muscogee, I. T., March — April, 1880. 
 folio. In the Muskoki language. 
 
 1600 c Nak Nnvkv. [A legend.] 
 
 In Indian Journal, vol. 5, No. 40. Muscogee, I. T., June 9, 1881. folio. In 
 the Muskoki language. 
 
 1601 a Green (Samuel A.) Groton | during | the Indian Wars. | By | 
 Samuel A. Green, M. D. | 
 
 Groton, Mass. | 1883. | * 
 
 Pp. 1-214. 8°. Title from Mr. W. Eames. 
 
 Indian names of places, with a letter from J. Hammond Trumbull, pp. 188-191. 
 
 Greenland-Eskimo Vocabulary. See fWashington {Capt. John)], 
 No. 4088. 
 
 Grohman (William A. Baillie). See Baillie-Grohman (William A.) 
 
 1606 a Gmbe (Bernhard Adam). [Harmony of the Gospels translated 
 into the Delaware tongue. By Eev. B. A. Grube. 
 Bethlehem: J. Brandmiller. 1763.] * 
 
9fi6 NORTH AMEKICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Grube (Beruhard Adam) — continued. 
 
 1606 b [Moravian Hymn Book in the Delaware Tongue. 
 
 Bethlehem: J. Brandmiller. 1763.] * 
 
 Titles from Hildeburn's List of the Issues of the Press in Pennsylvania. 
 Although no copies of either are known to exist, the local records of the Mora- 
 vian Society supply evidence that both works were actually printed. 
 
 "During Brandmiller's incumbency at Friedensthal, there was printed and 
 published between 1760 and 1763 the manual used by the Moravian Church dur- 
 ing the Holy Passion week, entitled 'A Harmony of the Gospels,' containing the 
 events in the history of the last days of the Son of Man, and also a hymn-book, 
 both translated by the Eev. Bemhard Adam Grub^ from the German into the 
 Delaware tongue. Mr. Grub6 at this date was the missionary in charge of the 
 Moravian Indian Mission, called Wechquetank, situated on Head's Creek in 
 Polk Township, Monroe County, and for many years served in the Indian mis- 
 sions of his church. In the diary of that mission the following facts are recorded 
 by him: 
 
 1761, Jan'y 18. Anton (the Delaware assistant) and I worked at the Dela- 
 ware translation of the Harmony of the Gospel. 
 
 1762, March 17. To-day I sent the first sheet of the Harmony to Bro. Brand- 
 miller, at Friedenthal, to print. 
 
 April 13. Bro. Brandmiller sent me proof to-day to read. 
 August 1. Translated at the Harmony. 
 
 1763, Feb'y 13. Anton and I have translated fifty-six chapters for the Har- 
 mony. 
 
 April 1 (Good Friday). Bro. Brandmiller forwarded me the first proof of 
 Essay of a Delaware Hymn Book, &c. 
 
 The types and press on which these works were printed were forwarded from 
 London to Bethlehem in the autumn of 1761, and then sent to Friedensthal." — 
 Penn. Mag., vol. 6, pp. 249-250. 
 
 "The Eev. Bemhard Adam Grube, one of the earliest missionaries to the Del- 
 aware Indians, was well acquainted with their language. He died at Bethle- 
 hem, March 20, 1808, aged 93 yeaxs."— Allen's Biog. Diet. 
 
 Guadalupe Ramirez {Fr. Antonio de). See Ramirez [Fr. Antonio 
 de Guadalupe), Fos. 3172-3175. 
 
 Guay (M.) See Gay (M.), No. 1486 c. 
 
 1609 a Guen [Rev. Hamon). Ouvr. de M. Guen No. 35°. | regies et prieres 
 de la ste. famille | cv. 
 
 Manuscript. 20 unnumbered 11. 4°. In the Iroquois language. Preserved in 
 the archives of the Catholic Church at Caughuawaga, Canada. 
 
 1609 b [Sermons et Instructions Iroquois de M. H. Guen Mis- 
 
 sionnaire du Lac des deux Montagues.] * 
 
 Manuscripts preserved in the archives of the seminary at the above mission. 
 This list was furnished by Mrs. Erminuie A. Smith, an employee of the Bureau 
 of Ethnology, with the aid of Father Leclair, who is in charge of the mission. 
 
 Book 1. Eeponse aux Calomnies des Protes- 
 
 Passion de N. S. 
 
 Invention ) 
 
 Exaltation P^l^'S'^^-C'roix. 
 
 Mandement de M. de Montgolfier. 
 Jngement dernier. 
 
 tants. 
 Doctrine Catholique sur les Sacre- 
 
 ments. 
 Eglise. 
 Ascension. 
 
6EUBE GUEVAEA. 
 
 967 
 
 Ouen {B6v. Hamon) — continued. 
 Dous du St. Esprit. 
 Lea 8 Beatitudes. 
 Dedicace. 
 Annonciation. 
 Petit nombre des SIvlb. 
 St. Laurent. 
 St. Etienne. 
 
 Book 2. 
 Presentation de la Ste Vierge. 
 Institution de I'Euchariste. 
 Nativity de la Ste V. 
 Jugement dernier. 
 Methode pour se condaire. 
 St. Paul. 
 Annonciation. 
 Mort. 
 
 P^cM mortel. 
 
 Motifs de detester le p6oh6. 
 Consideration snr la mort. 
 Mort des bons. 
 Jugement particulier. 
 Salut. 
 
 Igeme d'aprfes la Pentecoste. 
 Paques-et-Noel. 
 
 Book 3. 
 
 Actes pour la communion. 
 
 PAques. — Ascension. 
 
 St. Jacques. — Conception. 
 
 Les innocents. 
 
 Present, de Jesus & Purif de M. 
 
 Jugement dernier. 
 
 Avantage de la communion. 
 
 Examen pour la confession. 
 
 Mandenient communion. 
 
 P6ch6 mortel. 
 
 Obligation de mediter la passion. 
 
 Les 7 stations du Calvaire. 
 
 Ascension. 
 
 4 oraisons a Jesus. 
 
 Mort. — Orgneil. 
 
 Avarice. — Envie. 
 
 Action de grftces. 
 
 Mandement pour le jubil^ 1746. 
 
 Divers fragments. 
 
 Book 4. 
 
 Exhortations pour le Catechisme. 
 
 Parole de Dieu. — Penitence. — Jonas. 
 — Presence de Dieu. 
 
 Penitence de David. — Messe.— Con- 
 formity a la v.— Souffranoe. 
 
 Amour de Dieu. — Am. du Prochain. 
 Amour des ennemies. 
 
 Passion de N. S. — Mort du jugement 
 particulier. 
 
 Pentecdte. — Fins derniers. — Haine 
 du p^ch^. 
 
 Dedicace.— Ste. Anne. 
 
 Normand. Ffete de N. D. de la Vic- 
 toire. 
 
 Devotion a Marie pour le joUr des 
 morts. 
 
 St. Coeur de Jesus. — Salut. — Educa- 
 tion. 
 
 Des enfants. — Quelques fragments. 
 
 Des repetitions et redites. 
 Book 5. 
 
 Fin de I'homme. 
 
 Pentecdte. 
 
 Euoharistie. — Sacrifice de la messe. 
 
 Maniere d'entendre la Ste. Messe. 
 
 Communion indigne. — Preparation a 
 la C. — Action de graces aprfes. 
 
 Effets de I'Eucbaristie. — St. Viatique. 
 
 Visite au St. Sacrement. — St. Fran- 
 cois. 
 
 Ste. C^cile. — Purification dela Ste. V. 
 
 Parole deD. — Sexagesime. — Nativity 
 deM. 
 
 Devotion envers la Ste. V. — St. Lau- 
 rent. 
 
 Differents Miroirs. — Vrai et facile de- 
 votion. 
 
 Exercice de la consideration. — Sur la 
 priere. 
 
 St. Joseph.— St. Michel.— Sl^-n" D. 
 
 Misferes du monde. — Divers mots 
 parfams. 
 
 Book 6. 
 
 Consideration pour tons les jours. 
 
 Avant le service de D. — Sur celni de 
 M. 
 
 Sur la visitation. 
 
 EfBlcacite de la redemption. 
 
 La mort termine tout ici has. 
 
 Les bons. 
 
 Peines des p^ch^s en enter. — Malice 
 du p€che. 
 
 Defants dominants.— Orgueil, &c. 
 
 Charite envers les pauvres. — Ti^- 
 deur, &o. 
 
 Guerra (Jos6 Maria). See Vela (Jos6 Canuto), No. 3987. 
 Guevdra (D. Jos6 Augustin AldAina y). See Alddma y Guevira 
 (D. J. A.), No. 54. 
 
968 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 1618 fl Guichart de Zersident (P. Victor Henri) Mr. Guichart N^" 14 | 
 1^' Examen de conscience Alkonquin et Iroquois | 2'' Pens^es, 
 prieres A suggerer aux malades | 3 Exhortation apres la confes- 
 sion I 4 Prieres | ldm. 
 
 Manuscript, 48 unnumbered II. am. 4°. Title as above, in the right-hand 
 corner of which is the date 1757-1793, reverse blank, 11.; recto 1. 2 blank ; verso be- 
 gins with the Examen in Algonquin, and the opposite page, recto 1. 3, the same 
 in Iroquois, which continues to recto of 1. 40, the left hand pages being in Algon- 
 quin, the right in Iroquois. In many cases the French, and in some cases the 
 Latin, equivalents of the questions and answers are given on the Algonquin 
 pages. Each question and answer is numbered, each page beginning a new 
 numbering. L. 40, verso, begins thei Pens^es prieres in French and Iroquois, which 
 extends to verso of 1. 42. Recto 1. 43, Exhortation aprfes la confession in Iro- 
 quois; the recto of 1. 44 is blank, the verso being occupied with a table of rela- 
 tionship in French and Iroquois, continuing to recto of 1. 45, the verso of which 
 is blank, as is also the recto of 1. 46. Verso of 1. 46, Credo in Iroquois; recto of 
 
 1. 47, Pater, Ave Maria, Foy, Esperance, Amour ; the latter continuing to verso of 
 the leaf, which also contains the Contiteor; 1. 48, recto, Contrition, Sub tuum; 
 verso blank. 
 
 The manuscript is nicely written, has been bound, and is well preserved. 
 
 1618 b Ouv de mr Guichart— No. 8. j l-S*""* Dim. de I'Avent | 
 
 2. S' Etienne. Le m6me qu'au n" 3 mais celui-ci est mieux 6orit | 
 
 3. Contre ceux qui croyent trop aisement aux sorciers. | ldm. 
 Manuscript. 10 11. large 8°. In the Mohawk language. In the archives of the 
 
 Roman Catholic Church at Oka, Canada. 
 
 1618 c 20 dimanche apres La pentecdte | Sur Le bon usage des 
 
 Maladies | 1808 | ldm. 
 
 Manuscript. 10 11. 4°. Sermon in the Mohawk language. In the archives 
 of the Roman Catholic Church at Oka, Canada. 
 
 1618 d Grammaire Algonquine. * 
 
 Manuscript. .50 11. 4° In the seminary at the mission of Lac des Deux Mon- 
 tagnes. Title furnished by Mrs. ErminnieA. Smith, who describes it as looking very 
 ancient. " The blank leaves have written npon them various notes in different 
 handwritings relating to the coming and departure of different missionaries at- 
 tached to this station, one of which reads: Guichart an lac 1754 — mort 1793." 
 
 1619 a Guss (Abraham L.) Early Indian History | on the | Susque- 
 hanna: I Capt. John Smith's Exploration of the Head of Chesa- 
 peake I Bay in 1608 — "Tockwogh" Interpreters sent to invite the 
 "Sas- I quesahanockes" to an interview, of whom he learns of 
 other I Indian Nations — Early publications referring to the Coun- 
 try I and Tribe — First Map of the Country — Location and Identi- | 
 fication of the Head Towns — New Chapters in Susquehanna | His- 
 tory — Appearance of the Susquehannocks — Their Fort, | Dress, 
 Gigantic Size, Numerical Strength — Their Language, | not Algon- 
 quin but Iroquois — Origin, Use and Signification of | their name. 
 Based on Rare and Original Documents, and Ac- | compauied with 
 a copy of Capt. Smith's wonderful Map. | By | Abraham L. Guss, 
 A. M., I Washington, D. C. | 
 
 Harrlsburg: | Lane S. Hart, Printer. | 1883. | jwp. 
 
GUICHART HADLEY. 969 
 
 Guss (Abraham L.) — continued. 
 
 Title 1 1., pp. 1-32. 8°. map. Extract from Nos. 3 and 4, Vol. 1, Historical 
 Register, Harrisburg, Pa.(*) 
 
 The Susqueliannock Language, pp. 17-19. — The name and its use, pp. 19-20. — 
 Explanations given the name, pp. 20-21. — An Iroquois origin claimed, pp. 21-22. — 
 Force of the terminal "S", pp.2:J-24. — Many Indian names passim. 
 
 1622 Guzman {Fr. Pantaleon de). Cornpen | dio | de | Nombres en | 
 Lengva | Cakchiqvel. | Ano | 3. \ 1704. | 
 
 Second title: Libro yntitv | lado | Compendio de ( nombres | en 
 lengva Oakchi | quel; Y Significados de Verbos por | Ymperatiuo, 
 y Acusatiuos Reciprocos, | En doce Tratados, Por el P.* Predicad."' | 
 P. Pantaleon de Gruzm''" ; Cura Doctri | uero por el Real Patronato, 
 de esta Doc | trina, y Curato de Santa Maria de Je | sus Paclie: en 
 veinte dias del mes de | Octubre, de mil setegientos, y quatro | 
 Anos. I JOB. 
 
 Manuscript. 2 p. 11., pp. 1-336. 4°. Improved title of Nos. 1622 and 1623. 
 Contents: Tratado Primero De los Nombres de Arboles Prutales: Arboles Sil- 
 bestres; Arboles Aromaticos ; y Eecinas de Arboles (verso of second title), pp. 
 1-10, 1 blank 1. — Tratado Segvndo de los nombres B. Yervas comesiibles, medici- 
 nales, y silbestres: nombres de canas, y colores, 1 1., pp. 11-20, 1 blank 1. — Tra- 
 tado tergero B. nombres B piedras preciosas: peBI^ nales: metales: vientos: 
 planetas : y elementos, 1 1. , pp. 21-30, 39-46 (misplaced), 31-38, 47-54, 1 blank 1.— 
 Tratado qvinto de nombres de diversas cosas nom i^ bres del cverpo, y miembros 
 del hombre, 1 1., pp. 55-188, 1 blAnk 1. — Tratado sexto de refranes: frames : y 
 modes D hablar, 1 1., pp. 189-246, 1 blank 1. — Tratado octavo delos pareutescos, 
 y exercicios espiritvales, 1 1., pp. 247-258, 1 blank 1. — Tratado nono dela dispo- 
 sicion del qve ha de comvlgar : anima Christi : Adoro te ; S.*" Cruz : las Canciones, 
 y el Alabado, 1 1., pp. 259-270, 1 blank 1. — Tratado decimo de la Protestacion de 
 la fe en Castilla, y en lengva : distribvcion de los passes de la via sacra: Eomanpe 
 a la lan^adade Christo: y el ayvdar a bien morir, 1 1., pp. 271-288, 1 blank 1. — 
 Tratado vndeoimo de las oraciones, y pregvntas de la Doctrina Christiana: y dos 
 romances al naoimiento de Christo, 1 1., pp. 289-318, 1 blank 1. — Tratado vltimo 
 D enigmas 6 adivinanjas: y addioiones D nobres de diversas cosas, 1 1., pp. 
 319-336. 
 
 The fourth and seventh Tratados are not mentioned. A copy of this manu- 
 script as follows : 
 
 1622 a Libro Tntitulado | Compendio de If ombres | en | Lengua 
 
 Cakcbiquel | y Significados de Verbos por Ympera- | tivos y Acu- 
 sativos Reciprocos, en | doce Tratados | Por el Padre Predicador | 
 F. Pantaleon de Guzman | Cura Doctrinero por el Real Patronato | 
 de esta Doctrina y Curato de Santa Maria | de Jesus Pache | En 
 veinte dias del mes de Octubre | de mil setecientos y quatro | 
 anos. I DGB. 
 
 Manuscript. Half-title 1 1., title 1 1., pp.iii-vi, 1-323. "Copied by Dr. 
 Berendt from the original dated 1704, late in the possession of Mr. E. G. Squier 
 (see his Monograph of Authors, p. 33) [No. 1622 of this catalogue]. It is an ex- 
 tremely useful book, but inconveniently arranged." — Brinton. 
 
 1623 a [Hadley (Lewis F.)J A | Quapaw Vocabulary. | And the | Qua- 
 paw and Ponca | compared. | Also | The mystery of the Ponca Re- 
 moval I and the | troubles Quapaws were subjected | to on account 
 
970 NORTH AMEEICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Hadley (Lewis F.) — continued. 
 
 of the mystery | underlying the Eemoval of the Poncas, | by In- 
 gonompishi, late Clerk | of the Quapaw Nation. | 1882. | 
 
 Manuscript. 7 11., pp. 1-42, 1-91, 1-21. folio. In the library of the Bureau of 
 Ethnology. 
 
 Title recto 1. 1, verso, "Quapaw [words] overlooked."— Brief historical notes, 
 11. 2-7.— Remarks, p. 1.— Key to the sounds used, p. 3, reverse blank.— Quapaw 
 vocabulary, pp. 5-42.— Notice of the Quapaws and Poncas, p. 1.— Quapaw-Ponca 
 vocabulary, pp. 3-9.— The mystery of the Ponca removal, pp. 1-20.— Quapaw 
 [words] overlooked, p. 21. 
 
 1623 6 Vocabulary of the Modoc. 
 
 Manuscript. 34 unnumbered 11. 4°. Inthelibrary of the Bureau of Ethnology. 
 In three blank books, 12 11. each, the last two 11. of Book 3 being unfilled. The 
 first page gives the alphabet. The vocabulary is given under headings: Pro- 
 miscuous words ; On eating ; On food ; On fruit ; On beasts ; Of the body ; On 
 the mind ; Of days ; On the seasons, &c. 
 
 1623 c "Vocabulary of the Shawnee. 
 
 Manuscript. 3111. folio. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. 
 
 1623 d Vocabulary of the Uchee. 
 
 Manuscript. 7 11. folio. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. 
 
 1626 a Haines (B. M.) Indian names. By E. M. Haines. 
 
 In Blanchard (Rufus). The Discovery and Conquest of the Northwest, pp. 
 475-484. Chicago, 1880. 8°. 
 
 Some general suggestions in regard to the Algonquin language, p. 477. — A list 
 of Indian geographical names, with English significations, pp. 478-484. 
 
 1627 a Hakluyt (Richard). The ] Principal Navi- | gations, Voyages, | 
 Trafliqves and Discove- | ries of the English Nation, made by Sea 
 or ouer- | land, to the remote and farthest distant quarters of the | 
 Earth, at any time within the compasse of these 1600. yeres: | 
 Diuided into three seuerall Volumes, according to the | positions of 
 the Eegions, whereunto they | were directed. | The first Volume 
 containeth the worthy Discoueries, | &c. of the English toward the 
 North and Northeast by Sea, as of | Lapland, Scrikflnia, Oorelia, 
 the Baie of S. Nicolas, the Isles of Colgoieue, Vaigatz, |. and Nona 
 Zembla, toward the great Eiuer Ob, with the mighty Empire of 
 Eussia, I the Caspian Sea, Georgia, Armenia, Media, Persia, Boghar 
 in Bactria, | and diners kingdomes of Tartaria: | Together with 
 many notable monuments and testimonies | of the ancient forren 
 trades, and of the warrelike and other | shipping of this Eealme of 
 England in former ages. | Whereunto is annexed a briefe Com- 
 mentary of the true state of Island, | and of the Northern Seas and 
 lands situate that way: As also the I memorable defeat of the 
 Spanish huge Armada, Anno 1588. | 1" The second Volume compre- 
 hendeth the principall | Nauiga.tions, Voyages, Tratfiques, and dis- 
 coueries of the English | Nation made by Sea or ouer-land, to the 
 South and South-east | parts of the World, as w ell within as with- 
 out the Streight of | Gibralter, at any time within the compasse of 
 
HADLEY — HALE. 971 
 
 Hakluyt (Richard) — continued. 
 
 these 1600. | yeres : Diuided into two seueral parts, &c. | 5 By 
 Richard Haklvyt Preacher, and sometime Stu- | dent of Christ- 
 Ohurch in Oxford. | [Figure.] | 
 
 /^^ Imprinted at London by George Bishop, | Ralph Newberie, 
 and Robert Barker. | Anno 1599. | A. bp. mhs. 
 
 A subsequent issue of Vol. 1 of the work given in title No. 1627. It is minus 
 the voyage to Cadiz. The second volume, also dated 1599, begins : The | Second 
 Volvme I of the Principal Na- | vigations, &o. The third volume, dated 1600, 
 begins: The | Third and Last | Volume of the Voy- | ages, Navigations, etc. 
 
 1632 a Haldeman (Samuel Stehman). Numerals in the Comanche lan- 
 guage. * 
 
 Manuscript. In the library of Dr. J. Gr. Shea, Elizabeth, N. J. 
 
 1636 a Hale (Horatio). Indian migrations, as evidenced by language. 
 
 In Am. Antiquarian and Oriental Journal, Vol. 5, pp. 18-28, 108-124. Chi- 
 cago, 1883. 8°. Separately issued as below. 
 
 Verbal forms of the Wyandot, Mohawk, Oneida, Onondaga, Cayuga, Seneca, 
 and Tuscarora, p. 25. — Pronominal forms of the Iroquois and Cherokee, and list 
 showing similarity between words of the Iroquois and Cherokee, p. 27. — Words 
 in Tutelo and Dakota, pp. 109-111. — Words showing similarity between Chero- 
 kee, Choctaw, and Chicasa, p. 120. 
 
 1636 6 Indian Migrations, ( as evidenced by language: | compris- 
 ing I The Huron-Cherokee Stock : The Dakota Stock : The Algon- 
 kins: | The Chahta-Muskoki Stock: The Moundbuilders : | The 
 Iberians. | By Horatio Hale, M. A. | A Paper read at a Meeting 
 of the American Association for the Advance- | ment of Science, 
 held at Montreal, in August, 18.S2. | Reprinted from the "American 
 Antiquarian " for January and April, 1(S83. | 
 
 Chicago : | Jameson «& Morse, Printers, 162-164 Clark St. | 
 1883. I T.WE.DGB. JWP. 
 
 Printed cover 1 1., title 1 1., pp. 1-27. 8°. 
 
 1636 c The Tutelo Tribe and La,nguage. By Horatio Hale. 
 
 In Am. Philosoph. Soc.,Proc., vol. 21, pp. 1-47. Philadelphia, 1883. 8°. 
 Also issued separately, pp. 1-47. 8°. (') 
 
 1637 a , editor. Brinton's Library of j Aboriginal American Liter- 
 ature. I Number II. [ The | Iroquois | Book of Rites. | Edited by | 
 Horatio Hale, M. A., | Author of " The Ethnography and Philology 
 of the U. S. I Exploring Expedition," etc. | 
 
 D. G. Brinton. | Philadelphia. | 1883. | t.wb.dgb.jwp. 
 
 Title as above 1 ]., general title of series 1 1., pp. iii-viii, 9-222. 8°. Forms 
 Part II of Brinton's Library of Aboriginal American Literature. 
 
 Chapter X, The Iroquois Language, pp. 99-11.3, coutains many examples and 
 a discussion of the grammatio construction of the language. 
 
 Ancient Eites of the Condoling Council, pp. 115-1.39, alternate pages Canienga 
 [Mohawk] and English. — The Book of the Younger Nations, pp. 140-145, alter- 
 nate pages Onondaga and English. — ^Notes on the Canienga book, pp. 146-165. 
 Notes on the Onondaga book, pp. 166-170. — Appendices, pp. 171-190. — Canienga 
 Glossary, alphabetically arranged, pp. 191-215. 
 
972 NORTH AMEEICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Hale (Horatio) — continued. 
 
 In addition there are terms in the various dialects of the Iroquois scattered 
 through the work in great profusion. 
 
 Reviewed by [Smith (Erminnie A.)] in Science, vol. 2, No. 30, pp. 270-272. 
 Camhridge, 1883. 4°. 
 
 Hall {Prof. Asaph). See Stimpson [Br. William) and Hall (Prof. 
 Asaph), No. 3760. 
 
 1641 [Hall {Rev. Sherman).] Ojibwa nugumoshang. Ojibwa hymns. 
 This title should have been entered under Jones {Bev. Peter), Evans {Rev. J.), 
 and Henry (G.), as the preface of the work says the hymns were compiled from 
 the hymn books of those authors by Mr. Hall. 
 
 1661 a Hamy {Br. E. T.) Note sur une Inscription Ohronpgraphique 
 de la fin de la P6riode Aztfeque, appartenant au Mus6e du Troca- 
 d6ro par le D"^ B. T. Hamy Oonservateur du Mus6e. JWP. 
 
 In Revue d'Ethnographie, tome second, pp. 191-202. Paris, 1883. 8°. 
 
 Mexican terms passim. 
 
 Hanranna Qa Etayetu [in Dakota]. See Hinman {Rev. S. D.), 
 No. 1808. 
 1671 [Hartgers (Joost), editor.] Beschrijvinghe | Van | Virginia, | 
 Meuw Nederlaudt/ | Nieuw Engelandt, | En d'Eylanden | Bermu- 
 das, I Barbados, en S. ChristofiE'el. | Dienstelyck voor elck een der- 
 waerts haudelende/ en alle voort-plantes | van nieuw Colonien. | 
 Met kopere Figuren verciert. j [Design.] 
 
 't Amsterdam, | By Joost Hartgers, Boeck-verkooper op den 
 Dam/ bezyden 't Stadt-huys/ | op de hoeck vande Kalver-straet/ 
 inde Boeck-winckel/ Anno 1651. | - L- 
 
 Pp. 1-88. 4°. map of Virginia and plates. Improved title of No. 1671. 
 
 Megapolensis (J.) Korte Ontwerp van de Mahakuase Indianen in Nieuw 
 Nederlandt, pp. 42-49. 
 
 Hartmann (E.) See Zeitschrift fiir Ethnologie, No. 4301. 
 
 Harvey {Rev. M.) See Hatton (Joseph) and Harvey {Rev. M.), No. 
 1677 a, 1677 &. 
 
 1673 a Hasling {Mr. — .) Eine Probe der Esquimaux-Sprache. c. 
 
 In Neues Lausitziches Magazin, herausgegeben von der Oberlausitzisohen 
 Gesellschaft der Wissensohaften, vol. 14, pp. 260-262. Gorlitz, 1836. 8°. 
 
 1676 Hatchets. The Hatchets, to hew down the Tree of Sin, | which 
 bears the Fruit of Death. | Or, The Laws, by which the Magistrates 
 are | to punish Offences, among the Indians, | as well as among the 
 English. [ — I Togkunkash, tummethamunate Matcheseongane j 
 mehtug, ne meechumuoo Nuppooonk. | Asuh, | Wunnaumatuon- 
 gash, nish nashpe Nananuacheeg | kusnunt sasamatahamwog 
 matcheseongash ut | kenugke Indiansog netatuppe onk ut ke- 
 nugke I englishmansog. | (asuh Chohkquog.) | 
 
 Colophon: | Boston: Printed by B. Green. 1705. | l. 
 
 One sheet of 15 pp. sm. 8°. On the first page, the double title, as above, and 
 
 an introduction to the Laws, beginning: "The Laws are now to be declared, 
 
HALE HAYES. 973 
 
 Hatchets — continued . 
 
 O Indians," &o. This introduction and each of the twenty laws are followed, 
 in order, by the Indian translation. At the end, on p. 15, are two paragraphs of 
 admonition, and on the lower half of the page, between single rules, is the colo- 
 phon, as above. In the language of the Indians of Massachusetts. Improved 
 title of No. 1676. 
 
 1676 a Hathaway (Benjamin). The League | of | The Iroquois, | and | 
 other legends. | From 'the Indian Muse. | By | Benjamin Hath- 
 away. I [Quotation 7 lines.] | 
 
 Chicago : | S. 0. Griggs and Company. | 1882. | * 
 
 Pp. i-xii, 1 1., pp. 1-319, (a). 12°. Portrait. Title from Mr. W. E.ames from 
 copy iu the library of Mr. W. W. Beach, Yonljers, N. Y. 
 
 Vocabulary [of Indian words usediu the poem, with significations], pp. 317-319. 
 
 1677 a Hatton (Joseph) and Harvey [Rev, M.) Newfoundland | The 
 Oldest British Colony | Its History, its Present Condition, and | its 
 Prospects in the Future. | By | Joseph Hatton, | Author of " To 
 Day in America", "The New Ceylon", "Journalistic London", etc. | 
 and I the Eev. M. Harvey, | A Eesident of St. John's, and Author 
 of "Across Newfoundland ", etc. [ Illustrated | from Photographs 
 and sketches specially made for this work by W. F. Eennie, | J. 
 Hiayward, and S. H. Parsons (Photographer) ; | Drawn by Percival 
 Skelton; and Engraved by Geo. Pearson. | Supplemented by Artis- 
 tic Contributions from various other sources. | 
 
 . London: | Chapman and Hall, Limited, | Henrietta Street, Covent 
 Garden. | 1883. | S. T. w. BA. bp. 
 
 Pp. i-xxiv, 1-489. 8°. 6 plates. Vocabulary of Mary March's language 
 (Bethuk), presented to Mr. John Peyton by the Eev. John Leigh, pp. 218-221. 
 This vocabulary is a literal reprint from the Journal of the Anthropological In- 
 stitute of Gt. Britain, vol. 4 (1874), pp. 37-39. 
 
 1677 J) Newfoundland | its history, its present condition, and 
 
 its I prospects iu the future | By | Joseph Hatton | Author of '' To- 
 day in America," " The New Ceylon," " Journalistic London," etc. ( 
 and I The Eev. M. Harvey | A Eesident of St. John's, and author 
 of "Across Newfoundland " | Eeprinted from the English edition ; 
 revised, corrected, | and enlarged | Illustrated | 
 
 Boston I Published by Doyle & Whittle | 1883 ] bp. wwb. 
 
 Pp. i-xix, 1-431. 8°. map and 8 plates. Vocabulary of Mary March's Lan- 
 guage, pp. 184-186. 
 
 1684 a Hayden {Dr. Ferdinand Vandeveer). (From the American Journ. 
 of Science and Arts, Vol. XXXIY, July, 1862.) | A Sketch of the 
 Mandan Indians, | with some observations illustrating the | Gram- 
 matical Structure of their language. | By Dr. F. V. Hayden. | * 
 
 No title-page. Pp. 57-66. 8°. Separate issue of No. 1684. Title from Mr. W. 
 Eames, from copy in possession of Mr. W. W. Beach. 
 
 1688 a Hayes (Benjamin). Dieguifio idiom. Furnished by Panto, the 
 well-known and intelligent captain of San Pascual to Benj. Hayes. 
 
 Manuscript. 1 1. fplio. About 50 words. In the Bancroft Library, San Fran- 
 oieco. 
 
974 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 1692 a Hazen [Gen. William B.) in charge. Uuited States of America: | 
 War Department. | Signal Service Notes. | No. IX. | Weatber Prov- 
 erbs. I Prepared under the direction of | Brig, and Bvt. Maj. Gen'l 
 W. B. Hazen, | Chief Signal Oflftcer of the Army. | Ry | H. H. C. 
 Dunwoody, | 1st Lieutenant, 4th Artillery, A. S. O. and Asst. | 
 Published by authority of the Secretary of War. | 
 
 Washington : | Government Printing Office. | 1883. | c. jwp. 
 
 Pp. 1-148. 8°. Ziini weather proverbs, by F. H. Gushing, pp. 124-127. Mr. 
 Cushing's initials are incorrectly given as G. H. 
 
 1694 a Hazlitt (William Carew). British Columbia, | and | Vancouver 
 Island; | comprising | a historical sketch of the British Settle- 
 ments I in the North-west Coast of America; | And a Survey of 
 the I physical character, capabilities, climate, topography, | natural 
 history, geology and ethnology | of that region ; | Compiled from 
 Official and other Authentic Sources. | By | William Carew Haz- 
 litt, I Author of [etc., two lines]. | With a map. | 
 
 London: | G. Eoutledge «& Co., Farringdon Street. | New York: 
 18 Beekraan Street. ] 1858. | (The author reserves the right of 
 Translation.) | B. 0. 
 
 Pp. 1-247. 16°. map. 
 
 Vocabnlary of the Chinook J.argon, from San Francisco Bulletin, pp.4Ml-243. 
 
 1696 Heaviside (J. T. C.) American Antiquities, &c. c. 
 
 This work, an imperfect title of which is given in No. 1696, contains no lin- 
 guistics. 
 
 1721 a Helmsing (J. T.) Vocabulary of the M'Mat. 
 
 In Gatschet (A. S.) Der Yuma-Sprachstamm, Zweiter Artikel, in Zeitschrift 
 fiir Ethuologie, 1883, pp. 134-138. Berlin, [1883]. 8°. 
 
 Printed from the manuscript mentioned in No. 1721 of this catalogue. 
 
 1725 Henderson (Alexander). The Gospel | according to | Matthew. | 
 (In the Charibbean language.) | Translated by | Alexander Hen- 
 derson. I 
 
 Edinburgh : | Printed by Thomas Constable, | Printer to Her 
 Majesty. | MDCCCXLVII [1847]. ] 
 
 Second title: Araidatiu-Iumurau | segung | Madeju. | Karaba- 
 gungte lau | Alexander Henderson. | 
 
 Edinburugu. | MDCCCXLVII [1847]. | t. dgb. 
 
 English title recto 1. 1, Carib title recto 1 2, verso of each blank. Text pp. 
 5-88. 16°. Improved title of No. 1725. 
 
 1726 The | Maia Primer. | By | Alexander Henderson, | Belize, 
 
 Honduras, &c. j The Yucatecan Alphabet consists of [etc., ten 
 lines]. I 
 
 Birmingham: | Printed by Showell, Upper Temple Street. | 
 
 [^^^-^•] T. DGB. JWP. 
 
 Pp. 1-12. 16°. Improved title of No. 1726. The two titles given under Hen- 
 derson, Nos. 1727, 1728, are also entered in full under Fletcher (Beo. Richard), 
 Nos. 1307, 1308, where they properly belong. 
 
HAZEN HENSEL 975 
 
 Henderson (Alexander)— continued. 
 
 1729ft Grammar | of the | Karif Language | as spoken in the 
 
 Bay of Honduras. I By Alexander Henderson. | Belize. 1872. | 
 
 Mannsoript. 1 1., pp. 1-110. 8°. Copy of the original manuscript now in the 
 Bureau of Ethnology. DGB. 
 
 1729 b Dictionary j of the | Karif Language | as spoken in the 
 
 Bay of Honduras. | By Alexander Henderson. | Belize. 1872. | 
 Newly arranged by Dr. C. H. Berendt. [ New York December 
 1873. I DGB. 
 
 Manuscript. 1 1., pp. 1-231. 8°. Copied from the original, in the Bureau of 
 Ethnology, and re-arranged by Dr. Berendt, with various new words from the 
 author. The volume includes a number of autograph letters from Mr. Hender- 
 son, who was for forty years a missionary in Honduras. 
 
 1729 c Materiales para el Vocabulario Comparativo del Dr. 
 
 Berendt. Garibe por el Eev. Alexander Henderson. d&b. 
 
 Manuscript. 4 pp. folio. Three double columns, Spanish and Carib, to the 
 page. 
 
 See Ruz {Fr. Joaquin), No. 3426 a. 
 
 1732 a Hennepin (Louis). [Dictionary of the Dakota language.] * 
 
 " He describes as follows the manner in which he compiled a dictionary of the 
 Dakota language: 'As soon as I could catch the word Taketchiabihen (Taku- 
 kapi-he), which means "what call you that," I became in a short time able to 
 converse on the familiar objects. At first this difficulty was hard to surmount. 
 If I had a desire to know what to run was, in their tongue, I was forced to in- 
 crease my speed and actually run from one end of the lodge to the other, until 
 they understood what I meant and had told me the word, which I presently set 
 down in my Dictionary.'" — Minn. Hist. Soc. Coll., vol. l,pp. 303-313. 
 
 Henry (George). See Mungwandus, No. 2681. 
 "In 1854 and afterwards Henry wrote his Indian name Maungwndaus." — 
 Trumbull. ' 
 
 1733 a [Henry (Victor)]. Esquisse d'une Grammaire de la langut Innok 
 etudi^e dans le dialecte des Tchight du Mackenzie, d'apres la 
 Grammaire et le vocabulaire Tchight du E. P. Petitot. 
 
 In Revue de Linguistique, tome 10, pp. 223-260. Paris, 1877. 8°. The orig- 
 inal of the separate, title of which is given in No. 1734. 
 
 1734 a Esquisse d'une Grammaire raison^e de la langue AMoute 
 
 d'aprfes la Grammaire et le vocabulaire de Ivan V^niaminov. 
 
 In Revue de Linguistique, tome 11, pp. 424-457. Paris, 1878. 8°. 
 
 The title of the second and final article of this series is given in No. 1735. 
 
 1736ft Hensel (Gottfried). Synopsis | Vniversse Philologise, | in qua: | 
 Miranda | Vnitas | et | Harmonia | Lingvarum | totivs Orbis Ter- 
 rarvm | occvlta, | e | Literarvm, Syllabarvm, | Vocvmqve natvra, 
 & recessibvs, | eruitur. | Cum Grammatica LL. Orient. Har- | 
 monica, Synoptice tractata; [etc., 7 lines] adornata, a | Godofredo 
 Henselo, | Scholee A. C. a.p. Hirschb. Eectore. | 
 
976 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Hensel (Gottfried) — continued. 
 
 Norimbergse, | In Commissis apvd Heredes | Homannianos. 
 1741. I » 
 
 Pp. 492, (20). maps, engraved alphabets, paradigms, &c. sm. 8°. De Linguis 
 Amerioanis, pp. 482-492. — Lord's Prayer in [pseudo-] Mexican, Poconchi, Vir- 
 ginian [i. e., Massachusetts, of Eliot], and Algonkin (from Lahontan), pp. 486- 
 487. — Short Algonkin vocabulary and a few words in Huron, pp. 488-489. 
 
 Title furnished by Dr. J. Hammond Trumbull from copy in his possession. 
 
 1737 a H[erbert (/Sir Thomas)]. A | Eelation | of someyeares | travaile, 
 begvnne | Anno 1626. | Into Afrique and the greater Asia, espe- 
 cially I the Territories of the Persian Monarchie: and | some parts 
 of the Orientall Indies, | and lies adiacent. | Of their Eeligion, 
 Language, Habit, Dis- | cent, Ceremonies, and other matters | con- 
 cerning them. I Together with the proceedings and death of the 
 three | late Ambassadours : Sir D. 0. Sir E. S. and the Persian | 
 Nogdi-beg: | As also the two great Monarchs, the King of Persia, | 
 and the Great Mogol. | By T. H. Esquier. | [Design.] | — | 
 
 London, | Printed by William Stansby, and Jacob | Bloome, 
 1634. I C. 
 
 Engraved title, reverse blank, 1 1. ; title as above, reverse blank, 1 1. ; 3 other 
 p. 11. unnumbered; pp. 1-225; 7 unnumbered 11. folio. According to Sabin's Dic- 
 tionary, No. 31471, there are other editions: London, 1638, 1658, 1665, 1677. 
 
 Comparisons between Welsh and Mexican names, p. 222. 
 
 1740a Herman (Eeinhold L.) and Satterlee (Walter). Cradle Songs | 
 of I Many Nations | [Picture] | Music | by | Eeinhold L. Herman | 
 Illustrations | by | Walter Satterlee | 
 New York j Dodd, Mead & Company | Publishers | 
 Bound in paper, within a detached, light cloth cover, both bearing a fancy 
 general title—" Cradle Songs." Pp. 1-64. 4°. 
 
 American Indian Cradle Song, from the Cherokee tribe, pp. 51-52. 
 
 1743 Hernandez (Francisco). Quatro Libros. | De la natu- | raleza, y 
 virtudes de las | Plantas, y animales que estan receuidos en el 
 uso I de Medicina en la Nueua Espana, y la Methodo y correc- | 
 cion y preparacion, que para administrallas se requiere | con lo que 
 el Doctor Francisco Hernandez escriuio | en lengua Latina. | Muy 
 util para todo genero de | gente 4 vine en estacias y Pueblos, do 
 no ay Medicos ni Botica. | Traduzido, y aumentados muchos sim- 
 ples, y compuestos | y otros muchos secretos curatiuos por Fr. 
 Francisco Xi- | menez, hijo del Conuento de S. Domingo de Me- 
 xico, I Natural de la Villa de Luna del Eeyno de Aragon. | \ A Nro 
 E. P. Maestro F''. Hernando Bazan, Prior Prouincial de | laProuiu- 
 cia de Sactiago de Mexico de la Orden de los Predicadores, | y 
 Cathedratico lubilado de Theologia en la Yniuersidad Eeal. | 
 
 5 En Mexico, en casa de la Viuda de Diego Lopez Daualos. 
 1615. I 5 Yendese en la tienda de Diego Garrido, en la esquina de | 
 la calle de Zacuba, y en la porteria de S. Domingo. | * 
 
HENSEL HERNANDEZ. 977 
 
 Hernandez (Francisco) — continued. 
 
 5 p. 11., 11. 1-203, table 7 11. sm. 4°. Improved title of No. 1743, furnished by 
 Sr. Icazbalceta from copy in his possession. 
 
 Ximenes, in his introduction, remarks that the work of Hernandez, abridged 
 by the Neapolitan physician Nardo Antonio Eeccho, by strange -ways reached 
 the Indies and fell into his hands ; and that he was induced to publish this trans- 
 lation, adding such examples as fell in his way. 
 
 1745 Engraved title: Eervm Medicarvm | I^ovae HispanisB | 
 
 Thesavrvs | sev | Plantarvm Animalivm | Mineralivm Mexicano- 
 rvm I Historia | ex Francisci Hernandez | Noui Orbis Medici Pri- 
 marij relationibus | in ipsa Mexicana Vrbe conscriptis | A Nardo 
 Antonio Eeccho | Monte Ooruinate Cath. Maiest. Medico | Et 
 Neap. Regni Archiatro Generali | Jussu Philippi II. Hisp. Ind. 
 etc. Eegis | CoUecta ac in ordinem digesta | A loanne Terrentio 
 Lynceo | Constantiense Germ". Pho ac Medico | Notis Illustrata | 
 Nunc primil in Naturaliii re^ Studiosorj gratia | lucubrationibus 
 Lynceorii publici iuris facta. | Quibus Jam excussis accessere 
 demum alia ' quoi^ omnium synopsis sequenti pagina ponitur | 
 Opus duobus voluminibus diuisurn | Philippo IIII. Eegi Gatholico 
 Magno I Hispaniarj vtriusqj Sicilise et Indiaru etc Monarcbse | dica- 
 tum. I 
 
 Cum Priuilegijs. Eomse Superiof permissu. Ex Typographeio 
 Vitalis Mascardi. M. DO. XXXXXI [1651]. | 
 
 Printed title: Nova | Plantarvm, AnimaUvm | et Mineralivm 
 Mexicanorvm | Historia | a Francisco Hernandez Medico | In In- 
 dijs prsestantissimo primum compilata, | dein a Nardo Antonio 
 Eeccho in volvmen digesta, | a lo. Terentio, lo. Fabro, et Fabio 
 Golvmna Lynceis | Notis, & additionibus longe doctissimis illus- 
 trata. I Cui demum accessere- 1 Aliqvot ex Principis Federici | Caesii 
 Frontispiciis | Theatri Naturalis Phytosophicse Tabulae | Vna cum 
 quamplurimis Iconibus, ad octingentas, quibus singula | contem- 
 planda graphice exhibentur. | [Engraving.] | 
 
 Eomae MDCLI [1651]. | Sumptibus Blasij Deuersini, & Zanobij 
 Masotti Bibliopolarum. | Typis Vitalis Mascardi. Superiorum per- 
 missu. I B. c. W. BP. HU. 
 
 Engraved title 1 1., printed title 1 1., Philippo iv, 1 l.,Iacobvs Mascardvs, &c., 
 1 1., Approbatio, &c.,l 1., Index Plantarvm, 7 11., Index Avthorvm, &c., 2 11., 
 Vooum quarundam Americanarum explicatio, verso Errata sive Corrigenda, 1 1., 
 in all 15 11. Eervm Medicarvm, pp. 1-950. Amico lectori, reverse Index tabvla- 
 rvm, 11., Index medicamentorvm, 4 11. 
 
 In the copy in the library of Harvard University the printed title precedes 
 the engraved one, which probably is the proper order ; in that copy the arrange- 
 ment of the Indices is also diiferent from that indicated above. 
 
 The imperfect title given in No. 1747 is not a separate work, but is the printed 
 title above. Title No. 1746 also forms a part of the above, and should be as fol- 
 lows: 
 
 Appended,: Historiae animalivm | et mineralivm Novae Hispa- 
 niae | Liber Vnicus | in sex tractatvs divisvs | Francisco Fernandez 
 
 62 Bib 
 
978 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Hernandez (Francisco)— continued. 
 
 Philippi Secundi primario Medico | Avthore. | Tractatvs Primvs>| 
 De Quadrupedibus Nouje Hispauise. | B. 0. w. BA. HU. 
 
 Pp. 1-90, Indices 3 11. folio. 
 
 Contains the Mexican names with Latin equivalents, and wood-cut engrav- 
 ings, of plants, pp. 1-459; of animals, pp. 460-840 ; followed by Annotationes et 
 Additiones, pp. 841-899. Phytosopliioarvm Tabvlarvm ex Frontispiciis Natura- 
 lis Theatri Principis Feder. Caesil Lyncei . . . Pars L, pp. 901-952. Vooum quo- 
 rundam Americanaium explicatio, on the recto of the 12th leaf of the Index. 
 The Historiae Animalium et Mineral! um also contains the Mexican and Latin 
 names. 
 
 " There is a great deal of confusion in regard to the bibliographical as well as 
 to the literary history of this work. Acosta, in his history printed in 1590, 
 speaks of Dr. Hernandez' history, and of Nardo Antonio's abridgment of it; and 
 to 'these books (probably meaning MSS.) and works refers those who wish for 
 more particular information concerning the plants of the Indies, and their 
 medicinal uses.' Leon Pinelo, in his Biblioteca, printed in 1629, says that it 
 was already printed in Germany, and that Pedro de la Seyne, in his Homeri 
 Nepenthes, also quoted it as printed. At page 460, there is an address to the 
 reader, dated in Rome, 1625, which appears to have been placed instead of an 
 address to Cardinal Barberini, with the same date, and in nearly the same words 
 (both of which are in niy copy). Which shows that part of the work was prob- 
 ably printed before 1644, when Innocent X. was made Pope, and expelled the 
 Barberini, by whose means he had been elected, from Rome. A dedication to 
 the same Cardinal, at page 903 (also iu mine) without date, is supplied in most 
 copies by another to the Duke del Infantado, dated Some, 1651. In some copies, 
 even the figure of the Dragon, at p. 816, dedicated also to Cardinal Barberini, is 
 torn out. Some copies have a plant engraved on copper, at p. 213, and another at 
 p. 301, but which are generally wanting: many copies have only the engraved 
 title page; iu some dated 1651, in others 1649. It appears probable that the 
 body of the work was printed in 1625; when a few copies got abroad, and that 
 it was completed and some changes made, in 1649-51. 
 
 "Hernandez was Physician to Philip II., by whom he was sent to Mexico to 
 examine and describe its natural productions and ascertain their medicinal 
 properties. He wrote a copious history in Latin, which was given to Nardo An- 
 tonio Recco, a Neapolitan physician, for examination, who reduced it to a mod- 
 erate compass. The original of this abridgment, with the censorship and ap- 
 probation of Dr. Valle, by some singular chance, fell into the hands of the 
 Dominican Friar, Francisco Ximenez, in Mexjco, by whom it was translated 
 into Spanish, and printed in that city in 4to in 1615. This work corresponds 
 almost exactly to the X books published in Rome, in 1648-51, but both differ 
 materially from the Plant. Nov. Hisp., &c., published by Ortega, from Hernandez' 
 manuscripts in 1790. Most of the original MSS. of Hernandez were destroyed 
 by the fire at the Escnrial in 1671. There is extant a MS. translation of Pliny 
 by Hernandez. Very little is known respecting his life, although much more 
 worthy of a niche in the temple of Fame than many of his cotemporaries. Like 
 his eairly friend and companion Ambrosio de Morales, he probably flourished 
 (luring the greater part of the 16th century. His native place was Toledo." — 
 mch,pp.73-74. 
 
 1770 a Hester (Joseph Goodman). Words, phrases, and sentences in 
 the Cherokee language. 
 
 Manuscript. Pp. 77-228 and 4 11. containing local geographic names, etc. 
 with English translation. 4°. In the possession of the author, Washington^ 
 
HERNANDEZ— HILL. 979 
 
 Hester (Joseph Goodman) — continued. 
 
 D. C. Collected in North Carolina in 1884, and recorded in a copy of the second 
 edition of the Introduction to the Study of Indian Languages. In Eoman 
 characters, except the first few pages, which are. in both Roman and Cherokee 
 characters. 
 
 1774 a Hill (A. H.) Ne | karoronh | ne | Teyerighwaghkwatha | ne ne 
 enyontste ] ne yagorihwiyoghstonh | kanyengehaga neyewean- 
 otenh. I Ne tehaweauadenyon | kenwendeshon. | 
 
 New- York, | Conference Of&ce Tsi nonwe t'karistoh- | rarakon 
 by J. OoUord. | 1829. [ 
 
 Second title : A | Collection | of | Hymns | for | the use of 
 native Christians | of the | Mohawk Language. | Translated chiefly 
 by A. H. Hill. | 
 
 New-York, | Printed at the Conference Ofilce | by J. Oollord. | 
 1829. I c. 
 
 Pp. 1-39, 1-39, alternate Mohawk and English ; pp. 40-68, Mohawk. Mohawk 
 title verso 1. 1 ; English title recto 1. 2. 16°. A variation of the title given ir 
 No. 1774. 
 
 1779 a, Ne | karoron | ne | teyerihwahkwatha | igen | ne eny 
 
 ontste I ne yagorihwiyoghstonh | kanyencehaga [sic] kaweanon 
 dahkoga | ni ohnagen non ka kahyaton yotkate 1 teyerihwah 
 kwatha ne exhaogon ah | enyontste ji yondaderihonnyeauitha | 
 
 New York : | Published by Nelson & Phillips. | For the Mis 
 sionary Society of the Methodist | Ei^iscopal Church. | 1874. | 
 
 Second title: A | Collection | of | Hymns | for | the use of Native 
 Christians | of the | Mohawk language; | to which are added | a 
 number of hymns for Sabbath | Schools. | 
 
 New York: | Published by Nelson & Phillips, | for the Mis- 
 sionary Society of the Methodist | Episcopal Church. | 1874. | • 
 
 240 pp. 24°. Indian title verso 1. 1 (p. 2), recto blank; English title recto 1. 2 
 (p. 3); alternate pages in Mohawk and English, pp. 4-87; in Mohawk alone, 
 pp. 88-117; in Mohawk and English, pp. 118-195; "Hymns for Children," in 
 English, pp. 197-230 ; Mohawk index, pp. 231-235 ; English index, pp. 236-840. 
 
 Title furnished by Mr. W. Eames. 
 
 1791 a , Hess (William), and Wilkes (John A.), jr. Ne ne jinihodi 
 
 yeren | ne | rodiyatadogenhti, | kanyengehaga kaweanondahkon | 
 ne tehaweanatennyon ne kenwendeshon | nok oni shodigwatagwen | 
 ne William Hess and John A. Wilkes Jr. | 
 
 New -York: | Published by the Young Men's Bible Society of 
 New -York, | auxiliary to | the Bible Society of the Methodist Epis- 
 copal Church. I M'Elrath & Bangs, Printers, i 1834. | 
 
 Second title: The Acts | of | the Apostles, | in | the Mohawk Lan- 
 guage, I translated | By H. A. Hill, ( with corrections by | William 
 Hess and John A. Wilkes, Jr. | 
 
 New -York: | Published by the Young Men's Bible Society 
 of New- York, | auxiliary to | the Bible Society of the Methodist 
 Episcopal Church. | M'Elrath & Bangs, Printers. | 1834.- | * 
 
9«0 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Hill (A. H.), Hess (William), and Wilkes (John A.), j'".— continued. 
 
 Pp. 1-121, 1-121 (doable numbers), alternafe Mohawk and English. 12°. 
 Mohawk title verso 1. 1; English title recto 1. 2. Another edition of No. 1791. 
 
 Title furnished by Mr. W. Eames from copy in the library of Mr. W. W. Beach, 
 Yonkers, N. Y. 
 
 Hill (Isaac), editor. See Farmer's Monthly Visitor, No. 1267. 
 
 1797 Hind (Henry Youle). North- West Territory. | Eeports of Pro- 
 gress; I together with | a Preliminary and General Eeport | on 
 the I Assiniboine and Saskatchewan Exploring Expedition, | made 
 under instructions from the Provincial Secretary, | Canada. | By 
 Henry Toule Hind, M. A. | Professor of Chemistry and Geology 
 in the University of Trinity College, Toronto, | In charge of the 
 Expedition. | Printed by order of the Legislative Assembly. | 
 
 Toronto: | Printed by John Lovell, corner of Yonge and Melinda 
 Steets. I 1859. | A. c. HU. 
 
 Pp. i-xii, 1-202, 4 11. folio. 9 folding maps, 3 plates. Improved title of No. 
 1797. 
 
 Histoire. Histoire de la Virginie. See [Beverly (Eobert)], Nos. 
 373-375. 
 
 Histoire du Nouveau Monde. See [Laet (J. de)], No. 2164. 
 
 Histoire » * » lies Antilles de I'Am^rique. See [Roche- 
 
 fort (L. C. de)j, Nos. 3343, 3345, 3349. 
 
 Historische Beschreibung Der Antillen Inseln. See [Rochefort 
 (L. O. de)], No. 3348. 
 
 History. History of Joseph, in Choctaw. See [Dukes (Joseph)J, 
 No. 1102. 
 
 The History of Poor Sarah, in Micmac. See [Rand {Rev. 
 
 S. T.)] 
 
 History of the Caribby -Islands. See [Rochefort (L. C. 
 
 de)], No. 3346. 
 
 History of the Indian Wars. See [Sanders [Rev. D. C.)l, 
 
 Nos. 3474-3475. 
 
 History * * of Virginia. See [Beverly (Robert)], Nos. 
 
 372, 377. 
 
 [Hoecken [Rev. Christian).] See Pewani Ipi Potewatemi, No. 2974. 
 
 See Potewatemi Nememissinoikan Ewiyowat, No. 3042. 
 
 1 am informed by Dr. Trumbull that Father Hoecken is the author of these 
 two works. 
 
 1828* Hoffman (Charles Fenno). A Winter | in the Far West. | By C. 
 P. Hoffman, | of New-York. | [Quotation 4 lines.] | In two vol- 
 umes. I Vol. I [-11]. I 
 London: | Richard Bentley, New Burlington Street. | 1835. | c. 
 
 2 vols. : 2 p. 11., pp. iii-iv, vii-xi, 1-336 ; i-vii, 1-340. 12°. The Lord's Prayej 
 in Chippewa, with a literal translation, vol. 2, pp. 16-17.— An Indian serenade, 
 
HILL HOOD. 981 
 
 Hoffinan (Charles Fenno) — continued. 
 
 written in a sort of Lingua-Franca, or mongrel tongue, much used on the 
 frontier, made up of words taken alike from the Ottawa and Ojibboai or Chip- 
 pewa, and possibly other languages, [with translations], vol. 2, pp. 16-19. 
 First edition, New York: Harper & Brothers, 1835. 2 vols. 12°. (*) 
 An abstract which forms "Fergus's Historical Series No. 20", Chicago, 1883, 
 pp. 1-64, 6° (a.), does not contain the linguistics. 
 
 1828 b A I Winter in the West. | By a New-Yorker, j [Quota- 
 tion, four lines.] | In two volumes. | Vol. I [-IIJ. | Second Edition. | 
 New York: | Published by Harper & Brothers, | No. 82 Cliff-Street. [ 
 1835. I BP. 
 
 2 vols. 12°. Linguistics, pp. 21-22, 22^23. 
 
 1829 Wild Scenes | in the | Forest and Prairie. | By C. F. Hoff- 
 man, Esq. I Author of "A Winter in the Far West"- | In two vol- 
 umes. I Vol. I f-II]. I 
 
 London : | Eichard Bentley, New Burlington Street, | Publisher 
 in Ordinary to Her Majesty. | Price Sixteen Shillings. | 1839. | jbd. 
 
 2 vols. ; pp. i-vii, 1-292 ; 2 p. 11, pp. 1-284. 12^. Improved title of No. 1829. 
 Linguistics as in No. 1828, vol.1, pp. 173-181, 208. Aboriginal terms ^jassim. 
 
 1835 a Hoffman {Br. Walter James). Comparison of Eskimo Picto- 
 graphs with those of other American aborigines. 
 
 In Anthrop. Soc. of Washington, Trans., vol. 2, pp. 128-146. Washington, 
 1883. 8°. 
 
 Interpretation of picture writings in the Klatfeamnt dialect of the Innuit, 
 with literal English translation, pp. 133, 134, 143-144. — Same in the Argaluxamut 
 dialect of the Innuit, p. 138. 
 
 Separately issued as follows : 
 
 1835 b Comparison | of | Eskimo Pictographs | with those of | 
 
 other American Aborigines. | By W. J. Hoffman, M. D. | General 
 Secretary [&c., four lines]. | (Reprinted from the Transactions of 
 the Anthropological Society of Washington, | Vol. II, 1883.) | 
 
 Washington : | Judd & Detweiler, Printers. | 1883. | dgb. 
 
 Printed cover 11., pp. 1-19. 8°. ' 
 
 1847 a Holmes (William Henry). Art in shell of the Ancient Americans. 
 In Bureau of Ethnology, Second Ann. Kept., pp. 179-305. Washington, 1883. 
 imp. 8°. Indian terms iJassim. 
 
 Holy Bible [in the Massachusetts language]. See [Eliot (John)], 
 Nos. 1176-1177. 
 
 Holy Gospels * * Iroquois. See [Onasakenrat {Chief Joseph.)], No. 
 2838. 
 
 Homilies in the Mexican laiiguage. See Epistolas, No. 1223. 
 1847 & Hood (George). A | History of Music | in | New England: | 
 with I Biographical Sketches | of | Reformers and Psalmists. | By 
 George Hood. | 
 
 Boston : | Wilkins, Carter & Co. | 1846. | c. ba. bl. 
 
 Pp. i-vii, 9-252, 2 11. 16°. Portion of Psalm CXVII in Indian verse (from 
 Eliot's Bible), p. 55. Dr. Trumbull informs me that there was a second (en- 
 larged) edition of this work, but I have seen no copy thereof. 
 
982 NORTH AMERICAN LINaUISTICS. 
 
 1853 Horden {Rev. John). A Grammar | of the | Cree Language, | 
 as spoken by the | Cree Indians of North America. | By the | Rt. 
 Eev. J. Horden, D.D., | Bishop of Moosonee. | [Seal.] | 
 
 London : | Society for Promoting Christian Knowledge ; | North- 
 umberland Avenue, Charing Cross. | 1881. | s. we. jwp. 
 
 Pp. i-viii, 1-238. 16°. Improved title of No. 1853. Interlinear translations, 
 pp. 233-237. 
 
 1853 a Bible and Gospel History | in the | Moose Dialect. | 
 
 [One line syllabic characters.] | 
 
 Colophon: London: Printed by W. M. Watts, Crown Court, 
 Temple Bar. "^^■ 
 
 No title-page. 83 pp. 12°. In syllabic characters. Includes Watts's Cate- 
 cMsm of Scripture Names, pp. 72-79.— Watts's First Catechism, pp. 80-83. 
 
 The following notice of translations is from the Missionary Magazine of ihe 
 London Church Missionary Society, the date of which I do not know, haying 
 seen only a cutting. 
 
 "During the winter. Bishop Horden, of Moosonee, was busily engaged upon 
 Ojibbeway translations, particularly the Acts of the Apostles. He was assisted 
 by the Rev. J. Sanders, who is an Ojibbeway Indian, and who has already him- 
 self translated the 'Peep of Day' into his mother tongue. At the same time, 
 Archdeacon Vincent was preparing a Cree version of the 'Pilgrim's Progress.' 
 Mr. Sanders writes that he has now four books in Ojibbeway, viz, St. Matthew's 
 Gospel, a catechism of Bible history, the Prayer Book nearly complete, and a 
 hymn book with 100 hymns." 
 
 1857 a Home (Thomas Hartwell). A | Manual | of | Biblical Bibliog- 
 raphy; I comprising | a catalogue, methodically arranged, | of | the 
 principal editions aud versions of \ the Holy Scriptures; [ together 
 with I noticesof the principal philologers, critics, audinterpreters | 
 of the bible. | By | Thomas Hartwell Home, B. D. | [etc., four 
 lines.] I 
 
 London: | T. Cadell, Strand; | W. Blackwood and Sons, Edin- 
 burgh; and I R. Milliken and Son, Dublin. | MDCCCXXXIX 
 [1839]. I C. WE. 
 
 Pp. i-xii, 1-432. 8°. Lord's prayer in Virginian (from Eliot's Bible), p. 125; 
 1 John, iii, 1-4, in the Delaware language (from Dencke), p. 125. 
 
 This volume is a separate edition of the Bibliographical Appendix to Home's 
 iitroduction to the Critical Study and Knowledge of the Holy Scriptures, Lon- 
 don, 1839, and other editions; the 1839 edition of which does not contain the 
 above linguistics. 
 
 1858 a Hough (Daniel). [Map of Indiana giving] Names of Lakes, 
 Rivers, Towns, Forts, «&c., also tribal districts and tribes. 
 
 Accompanies Beck-with (H. W.), in Indiana, Department of Geology and 
 Natural History, 12th Annual Report, 1882, facing p. 42. 
 
 1861 a Hovelacque (Abel). Bibliotheque des Sciences Contemporaines | La 
 Linguistique | par | Abel Hovelacque | Liuguistique. Philologie. 
 Etymologic. | La faculty du langage articule, sa localisation, | son 
 origine vraisemblable | et son importance dans I'histoirenaturelle. | 
 Tableau des trois couches linguistiqueset des idiomes | quilesrepr^- 
 sentent. | La plurality originelle | et la transformation des systfemes 
 de laugues. | 
 
HORDEN — HOWSE. 983 
 
 Hovelacqne (Abel) — continued. 
 
 Paris I C. Eeinwald et Cie, Libraires-fiditeurs | 15, Eue des 
 Saint-Pferes, 15 | 1876 j Tons droits de traduction et de reproduc- 
 tion r6serv6s. | w. bp. 
 
 Pp. i-xi, 1-365. 16°. " The American Languages," pp. 106-120. 
 
 1861 b The | Science of Language | Linguistics, Philology, Ety- 
 mology. I By I Abel Hovelacque. j Translated by | A. H. Keane, B. 
 A., I author of | "History of the English Language," "German 
 Inflexion," "French Accents." | 
 
 London: Chapman and Hall, 193, Piccadilly. | Philadelphia: J. B. 
 Lippincott and Co. | 1877. | t. w. ba. we. 
 
 2 p. 11. , pp. v-xv, 1-340. 12°. map. Linguistics as in earlier edition, pp.123-135. 
 
 1864 a Howe (Henry). Fourteen Thousand. | Historical Collections | 
 of I Ohio ; I containing | a collection of the most interesting facts, 
 traditions, | biographical sketches, anecdotes, etc. | relating to its | 
 General and Local History : [ with | Descriptions of its Counties, 
 Principal Towns and | Villages. | Illustrated by | 180 Engravings, | 
 giving I views of the chief towns, — public buildings, — relics of 
 anti- I quity, — historic localities, — natural scenery, etc. | By Henry 
 Howe. I [Seal.] | 
 
 Cincinnati : | Published by Henry Howe, at B. Morgan & Go's. | 
 Price three dollars. | 1852. | * 
 
 Pp. 1-620. 8°. Title from Mr. W. Eames. 
 
 Johnston (Col. John), Vocabularies of the Shawanoese and Wyandott lan- 
 guages, pp. 590-594. 
 
 1865 a Historical Collections | of | Ohio; | containing j a collection 
 
 of the most interesting facts, traditions, | biographical sketches, 
 anecdotes, etc. | relating to its | General and Local History: | with j 
 Descriptions of its counties, cities, towns, and villages, | Illustrated 
 by 180 engravings, | giving views of the chief towns, public build- 
 ings, relics of antiquity, | historic localities, natural scenery, etc. | 
 By Henry Howe. | 
 
 Cincinnati: | Eobert Clarke & Company. | 1875. | 0, 
 
 Pp. 1-599. 8°. Vocabularies as in other editions, pp. 590-594. 
 
 1866 a Howison (Eobert E.) A | History of Virginia, | from its | Dis- 
 covery and Settlement | by Europeans | to | the present time. | By | 
 Eobert E. Howison. | Vol. II. | Containing the history of the colony 
 and of the State from | 1763 to the retrocession of Alexandria in 
 1847, with a | review of the present condition of Virginia. | 
 
 Eichmond: | Drinker and Morris. | New York and London: | 
 Wiley and Putnam. | 1848. | A. c. ba. 
 
 The second volume of this work( No. 1866) has title as above. 
 
 1867 Howse (Joseph). First title: A Grammar | of the | Cree Lan- 
 guage, I with which is combined | an analysis | of the | Chippeway 
 Dialect, | By Joseph Howse. | 
 
984 NOKTH AMEBIC AN LINGUISTICS 
 
 Howse (Joseph) — continued. 
 
 London: | J. G. F. & J. Ei\dngton, | St. Paul's Church Yard, and 
 Waterloo Place, PaU Mall. | 1844. | 
 
 Second title: A Grammar | of the | Oree Language; | with which 
 is combined ( An Analysis | of the | Chippeway Dialect. 1 By Joseph 
 Howse, Esq. F. R. G. S. | and Resident twenty years in Prince 
 Rupert's Land, in the [ Service of the Hon. Hudson's Bay Com- 
 pany. I 
 
 London: | J.G.F.and J.Rivington, | St. Paul's Church Yard and 
 Waterloo Place, Pall Mall. | 1844. | A. 0. bp. dgb, jbd. whs. wwb. 
 
 Pp. i-xx, 1-324. 8°. A variation of No. 1867. Some copies have two title- 
 pages differing slightly from each other, as above. 
 
 1867 a A Grammar | of the | Cree Language; | with which is 
 
 combined | an analysis | of the | Chippeway Dialect. | By Joseph 
 Howse, Esq., F. R. G. S. | and resident twenty years in Prince 
 Rupert's Laud in the | service of the Hon. Hudson's Bay Com 
 pany. | 
 
 London: Triibner & Co., 60 Paternoster Row. | 1865. | B. 
 
 Pp. i-xx, 1-324. 8°. Preface dated Cirencester, March, 1844. 
 
 1867 b Hubbard (Lucius L.) Woods and Lalies | of | Maine | A trip 
 from Moosehead Lalse to | New Brunswick | in a Birch-barii canoe | 
 to which are added | some Indian place-names and their meanings | 
 now first published ] By Lucius L. Hubbard | Compiler of "Hub- 
 bard's Guide to Moosehead Lake and Northern Maine" | New and 
 Original Illustrations | By Will L. Taylor ( 
 
 Boston I James R. Osgood and Company | 1884 | c. WWB. 
 
 Pp. i-xvi, 17-223. 8°. map. Appendix I. Indian Place-names, pp. 191-214 ; 
 II. Cross-Index to Indian names in the preceding list, pp. 215-216. 
 
 1869 a [Hugnet (P. Joseph).] Catechisme | pour la premiere | Comunion | 
 sur les Sacraments | de Penitence et | de I'Eucharistie. | cv. 
 
 Manuscript. 15 unnumbered IL, 24°, followed hy 4 blank 11. In the Iroquois 
 language. Then follows 1 1. with writing in Iroquois, on the verso of which is 
 "Joseph Marcoax Sault St. Louis.'' 
 
 1871 Humboldt (Friedrich Heinrich Alexandre Freiherr von). Vues | 
 des I Cordilleres, | et | Monumens des Peuples | Indigenes | de 
 I'Am^rique; | Par AI. de Humboldt. | Avec 19 planches, dont plu- 
 sieurs colorizes. | Tome Premier [-Second]. | 
 Paris, I Chez N. Maze, Libraire, Rue Git-le-Coeur, n" 4. | 
 2 vols.: 1 1., pp. 1-392; 2 11., pp. 1-412, 1-2. 8°. Improved title of No. 1871. 
 Reverse of p. 1. says: Imprimerie de Smith (1816), Excepts les litres qui sont de 
 I'Imprimerie de Stahl (1824). Linguistics, vol. 1, pp. 332-392 (vocabulary, p. 367) ; 
 vol. 2, pp. 1-99. DGB. 
 
 1873 Voyage | de Humboldt et Bonpland. | Troisifeme Partie. | 
 
 Essai Politique sur le Royaume | de ( la Nouvelle Espagne. | Tome 
 Premier [-Deuxifeme]. | 
 
HOWSE — HUNTER. 985 
 
 Humboldt (Friedrich Heinrich Alexandre Freiherr von)— continued. 
 
 A Paris, | Chez F. ScUoell, Libraire, Eue des Foss^s-Saint- 
 Germain-l'Auxerrois, N." 29. | 1811. | De I'lmprimerie de J. H. 
 St6ne. I A. c. BA. 
 
 2 vols. : Title as above 1 1., title as in No. 1873 1 1., half title "Essai Politique" 
 1 1., Dedication 3 11., in all 6 11., pp. i-xoii, 1 1., pp. i-iv, 3-350, 3 U. ; 3 11., pp. 351- 
 904, 1 1. folio. 
 
 1874 a Political Essay j on the | Kingdom of New Spain. | Contain- 
 ing I Researches relative [&c., as in other editions^lS lines, double 
 columns]. By Alexander de Humboldt. | With Physical Sections and 
 Maps, I Founded on Astronomical Observations, and | Trigono- 
 metrical and Barometrical | Measurements. | Translated from the 
 Original French, | By John Black. | Vol. I [-11]. 
 
 New-York: | Printed and published by I. Eiley. | 1811. | c. 
 
 2 vols. 8°. No more published. Pp.i-cxv, 1-221; 1-377. Linguistics, vol. 1, 
 pp. 103-104; vol. 2, p. 274. 
 
 1875 a Minerva. | Bnsayo Politico | sobre | El Reyno de Nueva 
 
 Espana, | Sacado del que publico en Frances | Alexandro de Hum- 
 boldt. I Por D. P. M. de O. | [Device.] 
 
 Madrid MDCCCXVIII [JLSIS]. | En la Imprenta de Nunez, | Con 
 
 Privilegio Real. | c. bp. 
 
 2 vols. 8°. Pp. 1-448; 1-464. Eemarks on languages of Mexico, vol. 1, pp. 87, 88. 
 
 1876 a Political Essay ] on the | Kingdom of New Spain. | Con- 
 taining I Researches relative to the Geography of Mexico, | the Ex- 
 tent of its Surface and its political Division into Intendancies. ( The 
 physical Aspect of the Country, | The Population, the State of Agri- 
 culture and Manufacturing | and Commercial Industry; i The Canals 
 projected between the South Sea and Atlantic Ocean, | The Crown 
 Revenues, | The Quantity of the precious Metals which have flowed 
 from Mexico | into Europe and Asia, since the Discovery of the | 
 New Continent, | And the Military Defence of New Spain. | By 
 Alexander de Humboldt. | With Physical Sections and Maps, | 
 founded on Astronomical Observations, and Trigonometrical | and 
 Barometrical Measurements. | Translated from the original French | 
 By John Black. | Vol. I [-IV]. | Third Edition. | 
 
 London: | Printed for | Longman, Hurst, Rees, Crme, and Brown, | 
 Paternoster-Row. | 1822. | C. BP. 
 
 4 vols. 8°. Linguistics, vol. 1, p. 138; vol. 2, p. 346. 
 
 1877 a Calendrier Mexicain explique par M. de Humboldt. 
 
 In Annales de Philosophie Chr^tienne, vol. 7, pp. 397-403. Paris, 1833. 8°. 
 Explanation of the Mexican calendar names. 
 
 1907 a [Hunter {Rev. James).] Oo Tapwatumoowin | mena | Oo Tipeto- 
 tumoowin | Ootayumehaw. | The Faith and Duty | of f a Chris- 
 tian, I translated into the language of the | Cree Indians of the 
 Diocese of Rupert's Land, | North- West America. | 
 
986 NORTH AMERICAN IJNGUISTICS. 
 
 Hunter (Rev. James) — continued. 
 
 London: | Printed for the | Society for Promoting Christian 
 Knowledge, [ Great Queen Street, Lincoln's-Inn Fields. | 1874. | WE. 
 
 Pp. 1-54. 12°. Entirely in the Cree language; Roman characters. "Re- 
 marks," signed "J. H." 
 
 1910 ft [One line (=AyumehaweMnssin&kikun) syllabic charac- 
 ters.] The Book of Common Praj'er, &c. 
 
 London, Society for Promoting Christian Knowledge. 1859. o. T. 
 Title, verso a list of characters with explanations in English, 1 1., pp. 1-190. 
 12°. The copies above described are exactly similar in title to the edition of 
 1860, given in No. 1910, except that after "Northwest America"l8: | ("Arch- 
 deacon Hunter's translation") | 
 
 1911 Ayumehawe MussinS.hikun &c. JTVP. 
 
 Literal translation. — Prayer Book, | and | as they-shall be-given | holy great 
 sacraments, | and | other lesser ordinances in-religion, | as they-shall be-used | 
 English worship-in : | also | David's Psalms, | as they-shall be-sung or shall be- 
 read | in-the-Church. | As he-has written the-Cree Ian- | guage-in, the-English 
 Service-Book from, | the Ven. Archdeacon Hunter, &c. 
 
 1920 Hunter (John Dunn). Memoirs | of a | captivity | among | the 
 Indians ( of | North America, | from childhood to the age of nine- 
 teen: I with anecdotes descriptive of I their manners and customs. | 
 To which is added, | some account of the | soil, climate, and vege- 
 table productions | of the territory westward of the Mississippi. | 
 By John D. ^Jlnte^. | The Third Edition with additions. | 
 
 London: | Printed for | Longman, Hurst, Eees,Orme, Brown, and 
 Green, Paternoster-Eow. | 1824. | bp.whs. 
 
 Pp. i-xi, 1-468. 8°. Portrait. Improved title of No. 1920. 
 
 Hymns and Psalms in Dakota. See [Hinman (Eev. S. D.)], Fo. 1809. 
 
 Hymns in Dakota. See [Hinman {Rev. S. D.)J, Nos. 1812-1813. 
 
 Ihanktonwan lapi. See [Hemans {Bev. Daniel Wright)], Ko. 1722. 
 
 1937 a In te coneh | Tlapohpolohc. | 
 
 Colophon: Imprenta Evang61ica. Oalle de Gante num. 5. | [Mex- 
 ico, 1879.] 'J. JWP. 
 
 No title-page; caption only. 1 leaf. 12°. The parable of the Prodigal Son 
 in the Mexican (?) language. 
 
 1938 a Indian Journal. 
 
 Muscogee, Indian Territory. Vol. I. No. 1. [May-] 1876 [-Vol. X. 
 No. 18, Jan. 3, 1884]. * 
 
 Folio. Weekly. Established by M. P. Roberts. Col. Wm. P. Ross and M. P. 
 Roberts were its first editors. The office, press, and types were destroyed by 
 fire Dec. 24, 1876, after the issue of No. 35. In the spring of 1877, its publica- 
 tion was resumed at Eufaula, a joint stock company having been formed to 
 establish it, "each stockholder being an Indian;" Wm. P. Ross, president; 
 Samuel Grayson, treasurer; and M. P. Roberts, editor,— Colonel Ross retiring 
 from the editorship after the removal to Eufaula. From no. 38, vol. 1, the 
 .Tournal was conducted by Mr. Roberts until his death, Dec. 4, 188I (vol. 6, 
 no. 13). 
 
HUNTER — INDIAN. 987 
 
 Indian Journal — continued. 
 
 The paper was at first a folio of 24 columns. It was changed to quarto 
 (double folio) form, 48 columns, in December, 1877 (vol. 2, no. 16). After the 
 death of Mr. M. P. Roberts, it was edited by W. L. Squier (R. M. Roberts, local 
 editor and publisher, and L. H. Roberts, business manager) till January, 1883. 
 Since then Mr. R. M. Roberts has been sole editor ; L. H. and R. M. Roberts, 
 proprietors. 
 
 In October, 1878, the office was again removed to Muscogee, where it has 
 since remained. 
 
 The Indian Journal has been an official organ of the Creek Nation, though 
 the announcement that it was "Chartered by the Creek Council," placed at the 
 head of its columns in February, 1878, was dropped in November^ 1879. The 
 early volumes (2-5) contain many contributions, notices, advertisements, etc., 
 in the Muskoki (Creek) language, including several hymns and other transla- 
 tions by A. E. W. R. [Mrs. Robertson]. 
 
 Title and contents furnished by Dr. J. H. Trumbull from copy in his possession. 
 
 Creek Hymn: "Am I a soldier of the cross ?" [From the second edition of 
 the Muskoki Hymn Book.] Sept. 18, 1878 (vol. 3, no. 3). 
 
 Grayson (G. W.) Este Maskoke Vrahkv (Nos. 1-4). March and April, 1880 
 (vol. 4, nos. 26-33). 
 
 — '- — Nak Nnvkv. June 9, 1881 (vol. 5, no. 40). 
 
 Land (Henry). Kometv momet Enhopoyetv. April 3, 1878 (vol. 2,no. 31). 
 
 Evketeckv. Aug. 14, 1878 (vol. 2, no. 50). 
 
 "Lekase." Este Maskoke en Cato konawa. Feb. 6, 1879 (vol. 3, no. 22). 
 
 Maskokalke em ekana. "Vol. 3, No. 23. 
 
 L[oughridge] (R. M.) On double consonants in the Creek Language, vol. 4, 
 no. 47. 
 
 Pamv [Palmer (W. A.)] [Old customs of the Muskokees,] July 27, 1880 
 (vol.4, no. 47). 
 
 Ferryman (Legus). Laws of the Creek Nation. [Muskoki and English.] 
 Feb. 24, 1881 (vol. 5, no. 25). 
 
 doko Mahaya. Aug. 4, 1881 (vol. 5, no. 48). 
 
 P[orter (J. S.), jun.J [Letter from Ockmulgee.] April 8, 1880 (vol. 4, no. 31). 
 
 R[obertson (A. E. W )] Este Maskoke un Hessvlke toyatskat. Feb. 20, 1878 
 (vol. 2, no. 25). 
 
 Pu Huten Vpeyes. [Hymn, sung at the Exhibition of the TuUahaase 
 
 M. L. School.] July 24^ 1878 (vol. 2, no. 47). 
 
 Pereham Kococvmpv. [Hymn: Star of Bethlehem.] Vol. 2, no. 50. 
 
 Cane Postok. Feb. 6, 1879 (vol. 3, no. 22). 
 
 Cesvs Omaret Komis. [Hymn: " I want to be like Jesus."] Feb. 12, 
 
 1880 (vol. 4, no. 23). 
 
 Maro 6, 1-14. [Matt. 6: 1-14, with questions, and comments.] Feb. 26, 
 
 1880 (vol. 4, no. 25). 
 
 Double consonants in the Creek Language. June 23, 1881 (vol. 5, no. 42). 
 
 and Sullivan (N. B.). Este Mvskoke em ohonvkv. [Speech of Hon. 
 
 Wm. P. Ross, on Early Creek History, etc.] Sept. 9, 1881 (vol. 5, no. 1). 
 
 Siyenvlke momet Elapvhovlke Svlvfkvlke. (The Cheyenne and Ara- 
 
 paho Prisoners.) March 27, 1878 (vol. 2, no. 30). 
 
 Hesaketvmese Estomis Hvmecicet Omes. Sept. 95, 1879 (vol. 4, no. 3). 
 
 Cesvs vc vnokeces ("Jesus loves me"). Vol. 4, no. 4. 
 
 Cesvs vn tisem vc vnokeces ("Jesus loves even me"). Ang. 5, 1880 
 
 (vol. 4, no. 48). 
 
988 NORTH AMERICAK LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Indian Journal — continued. 
 
 SuUivan (N. B.) Sepv ekvnY em Mekko-hokte Salomvn Mekko en Cukope- 
 ricvte. June 5, 1878 (vol. 2, no. 40). 
 
 [■Winslett(D.)] "Wewvhomesvkerknce", &c. March 6, 1878 (vol. 2, no. 27). 
 
 Indian Prayer Book in Abnaki. See [Romagne (Eev. — .)], Ko. 
 3364. 
 
 Indian Primer [in the Massachusetts language]. See [Eliot 
 (John)], No. 1193. See [Eliot (John) and Rawson (Grindal)], JSTos. 
 1199 a and 1200. 
 
 1940 a Indies de California. | Interrogatorio del Gobierno solve costum- 
 
 bres, I y | contestacion de los P P. Misioneros, | Alio de 1812. | B. 
 
 Manuscript. 120 pp. 8°. In the Bancroft Library, San Francisco. Contains 
 
 some words and short phrases of languages spoken by neophites at different 
 
 missions in the year mentioned, notably at those of San Diego and San Cilrlos. 
 
 Ingonompishi, pseud. See [Hadley (Lewis F.)], No. 1623 a. 
 
 1941a Ingraham (Capt. Joseph). Journal | of | the Voyage of | the 
 Brigantine "Hope" | from Boston to | the | North-west of Amer- 
 ica I 1790 to 1792 I by | Joseph Ingraham | Captain of the "Hope" | 
 and I formerly Mate of the Columbia. | sd. 
 
 Manuscript. 4 vols, folio. Pp. 1-51, 5'2-lll, 112-172, 173-208. Nicely written ; 
 many maps and drawings. Title above not made by the author. 
 
 Vocabulary of 150 words of the language of "Washington Isles" [Queen Char- 
 lotte's Islands] collected in Cummashawaas Harbor, pt. 3, pp. 131-134. 
 
 1943 Instructions en Langue Orise. 
 
 The prefatory address "Aux Missionnaires du Nord-Ouest" is signed A. L. 
 [Albert Lacombe], O. M. I., who is doubtless the author, and under whose name 
 it should have been entered. 
 
 1944 Instructions on Religious Subjects. See PMticas, No.' 3017. 
 
 1946a Investigator. The | Investigator: | Eeligious, Moral, Scientific, 
 &c. I [Three lines quotations.] | Published Monthly. | January, 
 1845 [-December, 1846J. | 
 
 Washington: | T. Barnard, Printer, | Cor. nth St. and Pa. Ave- 
 nue. I 1845 [-1846]. I C. JWP. 
 
 2 vols. 8°. Edited by J. F. Polk. 
 
 A brief treatise respecting some of our North-western tribes of Indians, &c., 
 containing the names by which some tribes are known among themselves, with 
 English significations, names of rivers, lakes, &c., in various Indian languages. 
 No. 1 (January, 1845), pp. 16-23.— "Philology— Indian Languages," containing a 
 Chippewa vocabulary, comments on various Indian dialects, and an "Illustra- 
 tive and Comparative Vocabulary " containing words of the Chippeway, Ottawa 
 Potawotamie, Menonianie, Sahkey, Delaware, Munsee, Mohegan, Oneida, Ca- 
 yuga, Seneca, and Winnebago, No. 9 (September, 1845), pp. 261-265, and No. 10 
 (October, 1845), pp. 289-293. 
 
 See Philology, No. 2979. 
 
 lonteriSaienstakSa ne kari8iioston [in Iroquois]. See [Marconx 
 {Rev. Joseph)], Nos. 2455-2457. 
 
INDIAN JACKSON &89 
 
 lonteriBeienstagSa ne tsiatag [in Iroquois]. See [Piquet {AbbS 
 Frangois)], No. 3015. 
 
 15)46 a lontriSaiestakSa | ionskaneks | n'aieienterihaggaiatonsera | te 
 gaiiStoraragon | OngSe on8e GaSennontakon. | 
 
 Teiotiagi [Montreal]; | Sesklet, Tsi ThononsSte, ok | niore Tsi 
 lontkerontakSa. | 1877. | whs. 
 
 Pp. l-lt). 16". Spelling book in the Iroquois language. 
 
 1949 a Irving {Mr. — ). [Outlines of a Micmac Grammar.] * 
 
 In the Eoyal Gazette of Charlottetown, Prince Edward Island, 18 — . Title 
 furnished by Eev. Silas T. Band, Hantsport, Nova Scotia. It is probable this 
 author is identical with the following : 
 
 1949 b Irwin (Thomas). An elementary book in the Micmac language 
 compiled by Thomas Irwin for the use of the Indians of this tribe. 
 Prince Edward Island, 1841. * 
 
 Manuscript. 65 11. folio. Title from the Pinart Sale Catalogue, No. 620. See 
 Grammar of the Micmac language, No. 1597a. 
 
 In Otoshki-kikindiuin [in Ojibwa]. See [Blatchford (Bev. Henry)], 
 Nos. 394-396. 
 
 Ivngerutit Tuksiutidlo. See [Fabricius (Otho)], No. 1257. 
 
 1955a Jackson (Halliday). Civilization | of the | Indian Natives; | 
 or, I A Brief View | of the friendly conduct | of | William Penn j 
 towards them | in the early settlement of Pennsylvania; | The sub- 
 sequent care of the Society of Friend in endeavouring to promote | 
 peace and friendshii) with them by pacific measures; | and | A con- 
 cise narrative of the proceedings of the Yearly Meeting of Friends, 
 of I Pennsylvania, New Jersey, and parts adjacent, since the year | 
 1795, in promoting their improvement | and gradual civilization. | 
 By Halliday Jackson. | [Quotation, two lines.] | 
 
 Philadelphia: | Marcus T. C. Gould, No. 6, North Eighth Street. | 
 New York : | Isaac T. Hopper, No 420, Pearl Street. | 1830. | * 
 
 Pp. 1-120. 8°. Title furnished by Mr. W. Eames from copy in the library of 
 Mr. W. W. Beach. A vocabulary of some of the most familiar words and phrases 
 in the Seneca language, and the English, in alphabetical order, pp, 114-120. 
 
 1955 6 Jackson (William Henry). Department of the Interior. | United 
 States Geological Survey of the Territories. | F. V. Hayden, U. S. 
 Geologist-in- Charge. | Miscellaneous Publications — No. 5. |. De- 
 scriptive Catalogue | of | The Photographs | of the | United States 
 Geological Survey | of | the Ter'ritories, | for | The Years 1869 to 
 1873, inclusive. | W. H. Jackson, | Photographer. | 
 
 Washington: | Government Printing OfiLce. | 1874, | gs. 
 
 Printed cover 1 1., pp. 1-83. 8°. Catalogue of photographs of Indians, giv- 
 ing proper names, with English signification, of Chippewas, Creeks, Chawanos, 
 Crows, Dakotas, lowas, Omahas, Otoes, Ottawas, Poncas, Tochanas, and Utes, 
 pp. 69-83. 
 
990 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Jackson (William Henry) — continued. 
 
 1955 c Department of the Interior. | United States Geological 
 
 Survey of the Territories. | F. V. Hayden, U. S. Geologist. | Mis- 
 cellaneous Publications, ISTo. 9. | Descriptive Catalogue | of | Pho 
 tographs | of | North American Indians. | By | W. H. Jackson, | 
 Photographer of the Survey. | 
 Washington : | Government Printing Office. | 1877. | GS. WWB. 
 Pp. i-vi, 1-124. 8°. Names of chiefs, with English definitions, of the following 
 tribes: Cheyeunes, Chippewas, Ottawas, Sacs and Foxes, Crows, Dakotas or 
 Sioux (BruliS, Cut Head, Mdewakanton, Ogalalla, Oncpapa, Santee, Yankton, 
 Lower and Upper Tanktonais), lowas, Maudans, Missourias, Omahas, Osages, 
 Otoes, Poucas, Arickarees, Pawnees, Comanches, Utahs, W arm Springs, Seneoas, 
 Creeks, Caddos, and Pueblos. 
 
 1958 a James (Edwin). Account j of an | Expedition [ from Pittsburgh | 
 to I the Eocliy Mountains, | performed | In the Years 1819, 1820. j 
 By order of the | Hon. J. G. Calhoun, Secretary of War, | under 
 the command of | Maj. S. H. Long, of the U. S. Top. Engineers. | 
 Cominled | from the notes of Major Long, Mr. T. Say, | and other 
 gentlemen of the party, | by Edwin James, | Botanist and Geolo- 
 gist to the Expedition. | In three volumes. | Vol. I [-HI]. | 
 
 London: | Piinted for | Longman, Hurst, Eees, Orme, and 
 Brown, | Paternoster-Eow. | 1823. | ba. 
 
 3 vols. VP. Indian language of signs, vol. 1, pp. 271-288. — Remarks on lan- 
 guage, vol. 2, pp. 65-66. The vocabularies are not given. 
 
 1966 [Review of] A Grammar of the Language of the Lenni 
 
 Lenape or Delaware Indians. Translated for the American Philo- 
 sophical Society, from the German Manuscript of the late Eev. 
 David Zeisberger. By Peter Stephen Duponceau. Philadelphia, 
 1827. 0. BA. 
 
 In the American Quarterly Review, vol. 3, pp. 391-422. Philadelphia, 1828. 8°. 
 
 1967 a Janney (Samuel M.) The Life | of | William Penn; | with selec- 
 tions I from I his correspondence | and | auto- biography. | By | 
 Samuel M. Janney. | [Three lines quotation.] 
 
 Philadelphia: j Hogan, Perkins & Co. | 1852. | a. c. 
 
 Pp. v-xi (by mistake numbered xii), 13-560. 8°. 
 Penn (Wra.J Letter, &.c., pp. 227-238. 
 
 1967 h The Life j of | William Penn: j with selections | from his j 
 
 Correspondence and Autobiography. | By | Samuel M. Janney. | 
 [Quotation 3 lines.] | Second edition, revised. | 
 
 Philadelphia: j Lippincott, Grambo & Co. | 1852. | bl.bp. 
 
 576 pp. 8°. 2 portraits. Penn's letter, pp. 238-249. 
 
 According to Sabin's Dictionary, there are other editions, Philadelphia, 1853, 
 and 1856. 
 
 1973 a [Jay (J. M.)] Dictionnaire Tsonnontuan | Par les E. R. P. P. 
 J^suites. I CY_ 
 
 Manuscript. 30 unnumbered 11. 12°. In the Seneca dialect of the Iroquois. 
 
JACKSON— JEWITT. 991 
 
 1978 a J^han (L.-F.) Troisifenae et dernifere | Encyclopedie Th^ologique, J 
 [&c., twenty 'four lines], | Publi^e | par M. l'Abb6 Migne | [&c., six 
 lines]. I Tome Trentequatri^me. | Dictiounaire de Linguistique. | 
 Tome Unique. | Prix: 7 Francs. | 
 
 S'lmprime et se vend chez J.-P. Migne, Editeur, | aux Ateliers 
 Catholiques, Rue d'Amboise,au Petit- Montrouge, | Barriere d'Enfer 
 de Paris. | 1858. | 
 
 Second title: Dictionnaire | de | Linguistique | et | de Philolo- 
 gie Comi)ar6e. ( flistoire de toutes les Langues mortes et vivantes, | 
 ou I Trait6 complet d'ldlomograpliie, | embrassant | I'examen cri- 
 tique des systfemes et de toutes les questions qui se rattachent | a 
 I'origine et a la filiation des langues, a leur essence organique | et 
 a leurs rapports avec I'histoire des races humaines, de leurs migra- 
 tions, ete. I Pr6c6de d'uu | Essai sur le role du langage dans 
 revolution de I'intelligence humaine. | Par L.-F. J^han (de Saint- 
 Clavien), | Membre de la Soci6t6 g^ologique de France, de I'Aca- 
 ,d6roie royale des sciences de Turin, etc. | [Quotation, three lines.] | 
 Public I par M. ]'Abb6 Migne, | Editeur de la Bibliotheque TJni- 
 verselle du (Jlerg6, | ou | des Cours Complets sur chaque branche 
 de la science eccl^siastique. | Tome Unique. | Prix: 7 francs. | 
 
 [Imprint as in first title.] s. 
 
 Ontside title 1 1., titles as above 2 11., columns (two to a page) 9-1448. Mappe- 
 monde Ethnograpliique, including a classiiied list of American languages, cols. 
 207, 208. — Tableau polyglotte des langues de la region All^gUanique, cols. 243- 
 247. — Am^ricaines (Langues) and Am^rique, cols. 265-303, with a Tableau del'en- 
 cbalnement g^ographique des langues Am^ricaines et Asiatiques, cols. 290-299, 
 and Tableau g6u6ral des langues Am6ricaines, cols. 299-303.^Bor^ale (region) de 
 I'Ani^rique du Nord, with Tableau polyglotte des langues, cols. 368-372.^Caribe- 
 Tamanaque, famille de langues, cols. 381-386. — Colombienne famille, cols. 435, 
 436. — C6te occidentale de l'Am6rique du Nord, with Tableau polyglotte, cols. 442- 
 448. — Eskimaux (Famille des idiomes), cols. 542-548. — Tableau polyglotte de la 
 region de Guatemala, cols. 691,692. — Lenuape, ou Chippaways-Delaware, on AIt 
 gonquino-Mohegane, cols. 796-823.— Maya-Quiche famille, cols. 880-884. — Langue 
 Mexicaine, cols. 884-898. — E^gion Missonri-Colombienne, with Tableau poly- 
 glotte, cols. 897-900.— Mobile-Natchez ou Floridienne famille, cols. 902-905.— Mo- 
 hawk-Hurone on Iroquoise, cols. 906-909. — Panis-Arrapahoes, cols. 1014-1016. — 
 Plateau central de I'A. du Nord, with Tableau polyglotte (Tarahumara, Panis, 
 Attacapas, Chetimacbas), cols. 1056-1058.— Sioux-Osages, famille, cols. 1151- 
 1158. — Notes Additionnelles : Note II contains the greater part of the French trans- 
 lation of Du Ponceau's report to the Am. Philos. Society on the general character 
 and forms of American languages, cols. 1253-1268. Only the more, important arti- 
 oles are here mentioned. 
 
 A later edition, Paris, 1864, has title-pages substantially as above, but in re- 
 verse order, and linguistic contents as here described. A copy in the Watkinsoij 
 Library. Hartford, Conn., has been described for me by Dr. J. H. Trumbull. 
 
 Jesus Obimadisiwin [in Ottawa]. See [Baraga {Bev. Frederic)], 
 No. 256. 
 
 1987 a Jewitt (John E.) Narrative [ of the | Adventures and Sufferigns 
 [sic\ I of I John R. Jewitt, | only, survivor of the crew of the | Ship 
 Boston, I during a captivity of nearly 3 years among the | Savages 
 
992 NORTH AMER!CAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Jewitt (John R.) — continued. 
 
 of "ISTootka Sound: 1 with an account of the | manners, mode of liv- 
 ing, and religious | opinions of the | UsTatives. | 
 
 Ithaca, N. Y.: I Andrus, Gauntlett & Co. | 1851. | WHS. 
 
 Pp. 3-166. 16°. List of words, &c., p. 5. —War song, p. 166. 
 
 1994 a Johnson's New Universal Cyclopsedia. 0. 
 
 In the Library of Congress there is a copy df this -work with title similar to 
 that given in No. 1994 to the word ''Europe," after which it reads: 
 
 Complete in Four Volumes (Eight Parts), including Appendix. | 
 Vol. I.— Part I [-Vol. IV.— Part IIJ. A— Cavalier [Tood— Appen- 
 dix]. I (Testimonials at the end of last volume.) | 
 
 Alvin J. Johnson & Son, | 11 Great Jones Street, New York. | 
 W. D. Cummings, Pittsburg, Pa. L. W. & E. B. Pairchild, Boston, 
 Mass. I E. P. Kingsley, Chicago, 111. B. P. Ward, Eochester, 
 N. Y. I H. D. Watson, San Francisco, Cal. | MDCCCLXXVIII 
 [1878]. I 
 
 1994 b Johnson (Elias). Legends, | traditions and laws, | of the | Iro- 
 quois, or Six Nations, | and | History | of the | Tuscarora Indians. | 
 By I Elias Johnson, | a native Tuscarora Chief. | 
 
 Lockport, N. Y. : I Union Printing and Publishing Co., (O. W. 
 Cutler, Pres't.) | 1881. | c.dgb. JWP. 
 
 Pp. 3-234. 8°. Many Iroquois terms aud proper names, passim. 
 
 1997 Johnson (ReiJ. Philip). Dakota A B C | Wowapi. | Eev. Philip 
 Johnson kaga. | 
 
 Mission Press: | Archdeaconry of the Niobrara. | Santee Agency, 
 Neb. I 1871. I T.si. 
 
 Pp. 1-32. 12°. Primer in the Dakota language. Improved title of No. 1997. 
 
 Jones (H. L.) See Leland (Charles Godfrey), No. 2247. 
 
 2017 a Jones (John Buttrick). Elementary Arithmetic, | in | Chero- 
 kee and English, | designed for beginners. | By John B. Jones. | 
 Prepared by authority of the Cherokee National Council. | 
 
 Cherokee National Press : | Tahlequah, Cherokee Nation. | [Eight 
 lines Cherokee characters.] j 1870. | jwp.whs. 
 
 Title, reverse blank, 1 1., Preface, p. 3, pp. 4-61, 4-61 (double numbers), alternate 
 pages Cherokee and English. 8°. 
 
 2018 a Jones (John T.) Pottawatomi Vocabulary. * 
 
 Manuscript. 17 pp. folio. Some additional words on backs of pages. In the 
 l.brary of Dr. J. G. Shea, Elizabeth, New Jersey. 
 
 2029 a Jones {Eev. Peter), Evans (Rev. James), and Henry (George). A 
 collection | of | Chippeway and English | Hymns, | for the use of 
 Native Indians. | Translated by Peter Jones, | Indian Missionary. ( 
 To which are added a few hymns translated | by Eev. James Evans 
 and George Henry. | [One line quotation.] 
 
 Toronto : | Printed for the translator, | at the Conference Office, 
 9, Wellington Buildings. | 1840. | 
 
JEWITT KAIATONSEEA. 993 
 
 Jones {Rev. Peter), Evans (Rev. James), and Henry (George) — continued. 
 
 Second title: Ojebway N^uhguhmonun, kanuhnuhguhmowabjin 
 egewh nhneshenahbaig. Kahahnekuhnootuhmobeeungin owh Kah 
 kewaquonaby, uhneshenahba kuhgeequawenene. Kuhya dush 
 go pangee enewh Ojebway nuhguhmonun, Kahahnekuhnootuh 
 mobeeuhmowahjin egewh Mookegeezhig kuhya mongwuhdaus, 
 [Two lines quotation.] 
 
 Toronto: Printed for the translator, at the Conference Ofllce, 
 9, Wellington Buildings. 1840. o. 
 
 1 p. l.,pp i-iv, 1-290. 16°. English title verso 1. 1, Chippeway title recto 1. a, 
 (p. i.) ; alternate pages English and Chippeway. Half title of hymns by Evans 
 and Henry, p. 235. 
 
 2034 a Ojibwa nugumoshang. | Ojibwa Hymns. | 
 
 Published by the American Tract Society, | 150 Nassau-Street, 
 
 New York. | [N. d.] | T. JWP. 
 
 Pp. 1-7, 1-95, alternate pages English and Chippewa. 16°. See No. 1641, where 
 
 this title is wrongly entered under Rev. Sherman Hall, who merely compiled 
 
 the work from the hymn books of the above-named translators. 
 
 2036 a A Collection | of | Chippeway and Eng- 
 lish I Hymns, | for the use of the native Indians. | Translated by 
 Peter Jones, | Indian Missionary. | To which are added | a few 
 hymns translated by the Eev. James | Evans and George Henry. | 
 [Quotation, two lines.] | 
 New York: | Phillips & Hunt. | Cincinnati: | Walden& Stowe. | 
 Second title: Ojebway | Nuhguhmonun, | kanuhnuhguhmowah- 
 jin I egewh nhneshenahbaig. | Kahahnekuhnootuhmobeeungin | 
 owh Kahkewaquonaby, | uhneshenahba kuhgeequawenene | kuhya 
 dnsh go pungee enewh Ojebway | nuhguhmonun, Kahahnekuh- 
 iiootuhmobeeuh- | mowahjin egewh Mookegeezhig kuhya | Mong- 
 wuhdaus. I [Quotation, three lines.] | 
 New York : | Phillips & Hunt. | Cincinnati : | Walden & Stowe. | * 
 Pp. i-vi, 1-289, alternate English and Chippewa. 24° English title verso 1. 1 ; 
 Indian title recto 1. 2. Title furnished by Mr. W. Eames. 
 
 Jones (William). See [Wright (Eev. Asher), editor], No. 4256. 
 Jugement erron6. See [Guoq {Rev. Jeau Andr6)], No. 954. 
 Ka Patakaikatek Masinaigan [in Algonkin]. See [Prevost (P.)], 
 No. 3122. 
 
 Ka Titc Tebeniminang Jezos [in Algonkin]. See [Cuoq {Rev. Jean 
 Andr6)J, No. 949. 
 
 Kagige Debwewinan [in Chippewa]. See [Baraga {Rev. Frederic)], 
 No. 263. 
 
 Kah-ge-ga-gah-bowh. See Copway (George), Nos. 881-886. 
 Kahkewaquonaby. Sec Jones {Rev. Peter). 
 Kaiatonsera Ionterennaieutak8a [in Iroquois]. See [Marcoux {Rev. 
 Joseph)], No. 2458. See Marcoux {Rh. J.) and Burtin {R6v. N. V.), 
 No. 2468. 
 63 Bib 
 
994 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Kaiatonsera lonteSeienstakSa [in IroquoisJ. See [Cuoq {B4v. Jean 
 Andre)], Nos. 946, 955. 
 
 Kaiatonserase TsionkSe [in Iroquois]. See [Cuoq (B4v. Jean 
 Anclr6)], No. 948. 
 
 2050 a Kalm (Peter). En | Eesa | Til | Norra America, | Pa | Kongl. 
 SwenskaWetenskaps | Academiensbefallning, | Och | Public! kost- 
 nad, I F6rrattad | Af | Pehr Kalm, | Oeconomise Professor i Abo, 
 samt Ledamot af | Kongl. Swenska Wetenskaps=Academien. | 
 Tom. I [-III]. I Med Kongl. Maj : ts AllernMigste Privilegio. | 
 Stockholm, | Tryckt pS. Lars Salvii kostnad 1753 [-1761]. | A. C. 
 3 vols. 12°. Algonkinska ord, vol. 3, p. 421. — Esquimaux ord,. vol. 3, p. 451. 
 
 2050 6 DasHerren | Peter Kalms | Professors der Haushaltungs- 
 
 kunst ill Aobo, und Mitglie= | des der kSniglichen. schwedischen 
 Akademie der | Wissenschaften | Beschreibung | der Eeise | die 
 er I nach dem | ndrdlichen Amerika | auf den Befehl gedachter 
 Akademie | und Sffentliche Kosten | unternommen hat. | der erste 
 [-dritte] Theil. | [Design.] | Eine Uebersetzung. | Unter dem K6nig- 
 lichen Pohlnischen und Chur- ( f&rstl . Sachsischen allergn&digsten 
 Privilegio. | 
 
 Gottingen | im Verlage der Wittwe Abrams Vandenhoek, 1754 
 [-1764]. I c. HU. 
 
 3 vols. 8°. Some copies have tlie imprint of Leipzig (*), and others of Stock- 
 holm (*). 
 
 Algonkinsobe Worter, vol. 3, pp. 509-510. — Worter der Esquimaux, vol. 3, p. 546. 
 
 2050 c Travels | into | North America; | containing | Its Natu- 
 ral History, and | A circumstantial Account of its Plantations | 
 and Agriculture in general, | with the | civil, ecclesiastical and 
 commercial | state of the country, | The Manners of the Inhabi- 
 tants, and several curious | and Important Eemarks on various Sub- 
 jects. I By Peter Kalm, | Professor of Oeconomy in the University 
 of Aobo in Swedish | Finland, and Member of the Swedish Eoyal 
 Academy of | Sciences, [Translated into English | By John Eein- 
 hold Forster, F. A. S. | Enriched with a Map, several Cuts for the 
 Illustration of j Natural History, and some additional notes. | Vol. 
 I [-III]. I 
 
 Warrington [London] : | Printed by William Eyres. | MDCCLXX 
 [-MDCOLXXI] [1770-1771]. | C. BA. HU. 
 
 3vols. 8°. Theimprintof vol. I is "Warrington: 1770", and of vols. II and III 
 "London : 1771", but they seemingly belong to the same edition. 
 
 Algonkin vocabulary, vol. 3, pp. 204-205. — Eskimo, vol. 3, pp. 239-240. 
 
 2050 d Travels | into | North America ; | containing | Its Natu- 
 ral History, and | A circumstantial Account of its Plantations | 
 and Agriculture in general, | with the | civil, ecclesiastical and 
 commercial | state of the country, | The Manners of the Inhabi- 
 tants, and several curious and | Important Eemarks on various sub- 
 jects. I By Peter Kalm, | Professor of Oeconomy in the University 
 
KAIATONSERA KASSTIGAT0R8KEE. 995 
 
 Ealm (Peter) — continued. 
 
 of Aobo in Swedish Finland, | and Member of the Swedish Eoyal 
 Academy of Sciences. | Translated into English | By John Eein- 
 hold Forster, F. A. S. | Enriched with a Map, several Outs for the 
 Illustration of Natural | History, and some additional Notes. | The 
 second edition. | In two volumes, | Vol. I [-II]. | 
 London, | Printed for T. Lowndes, N" 77, in Fleet-street. 1772. | 
 2 vols. . Pp. i-xii, 1-414 ; i-iv, 1-423, Index 4 11. 8°. map. A. c. w. Hu. jbd. 
 Brief Algonkin vocabulary, vol. 2, pp. 339-340. — Esquimaux vocabulary, vol. 
 2, p. 368. 
 
 2250 e Eeis | door | Noord | Amerika, | gedaan door den | Heer | 
 
 Pieter Kalm, | Professor in de Huishoudingskonst op de Hoge 
 School I te Aobo, en Medelid der Koninglyke Zweedsche | Maats- 
 chappy der Wetenschappen. ( Vercierd met koperen Platen. | 
 Eeerste [-Twede] deel. | 
 
 Te Utrecht. | By J. van Schoonhoven en Comp. | en | G. van den 
 Brink Janz. | MDCOLXXII [1772]. | c. 
 
 2 vols. : 9 p. 11., pp. 1-223 ; 6 p. 11., pp. 1-240, 4 11. 4°. map. 
 
 Algonkinsche taal, vol. 2, pp. 162-163. — Taal der Eskimaus, pp. 177-178. 
 
 2050/ Travels into North America ; containing its Natural His- 
 tory, and a circumstantial account of its plantations and agricult- 
 ure in general, with the Civil, Ecclesiastical, and Commercial state 
 of the Country, the Manners of the Inhabitants, and several curious 
 and important Remarks on various Subjects. By Peter Kalm, Pro- 
 fessor of Oeconomy in the University of Abo in Swedish Finland, 
 and Member of the Swedish Royal Academy of Sciences. Trans- 
 lated into English by John Reinhold Forster, F. A. S. (From the 
 Second Edition, London 1772, 2 vols. 8vo.) 
 
 In Pinkerton ( Jobn). General Collection of Voyages and Travels, vol. 13, pp. 
 374-700. Linguistics, pp 666-667,678. 
 
 2050 g Voyage de Kalm en Am^rique analyst et traduit par L. 
 
 W. Marchand. 
 
 Forms Books 7 and 8 of tbe Soci^t6 Historique de Montreal, Memoire. Mon- 
 treal, 1880. 8°. Linguistics, Book 7, pp. 155, 182. 
 
 2052 a Kaondinoketc (Frangois). R6cit | de Frangois Kaondinoketc | 
 Chef des Nipissingues (tribu de race Algonquine) | ^.crit par lui- 
 m6me en 1848 | Traduit en Frau5ais et accompagn6 de notes par M. 
 N. O. [I'Abb^ Cuoq.] | A. s. 
 
 Colophon : Saint-Quentin. — Imp. Jules Moureau. 
 No title-page. Pp. 1-8. 8°. Double columns, Algonkin and French. Copious 
 foot-noles by tbe Abb6 Cuoq. 
 
 2053 a Kasstigatorskee (pseudonym). Examination of an article [by Lewis 
 Cass] in the " North American Review," for January, 1826, respect- 
 ing the Indians of America. [Three lines quotation.] By Kass-ti- 
 ga-torskee, or the Feathered Arrow. ' c. w. 
 
 In XJ. S. Literary Gazette, vol. 4, pp. 362-374. Boston, 1826. 8°. 
 "A portion of the article, not here given, vfas published in the twelfth num- 
 ber of the New York Review." (*) 
 
996 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 2055 a Katekismuse Luterim. Hanniame, 1849. * 
 
 1(5 pp. 8°. In the Eskimo language. Title from the Pinart Sale Catalogue, 
 1883, No. 352 (6). 
 
 Katolik Anamie-Misiuaigan [in Ottawa]. See [Baraga (Bev. Fred- 
 eric)], JSTos. 258, ':60. 
 
 Katolik Ayainihew-masinahigan [in Cree]. See [Thibault (B4v. 
 Jean Baptiste)], No. 3843. 
 
 Katolik Enamiad [in CMppewa]. See [Baraga {Bev. Frederic)], 
 No. 259. 
 
 Katolik Gagikwe-masinaigan [in Chippewa]. See [Baraga {Bev, 
 Frederic)], Nos. 261-262. 
 
 2059 a Kauder {Bev. Christian). Essais de grammaire miquemaque. * 
 
 Manuscript. 158 pp. 4°. Title from the Piuart Sale Catalogue, No. 620 (5). 
 
 Kekitchemanitomenahn [in Chippeway]. See [James (Edwin)], No. 
 1965. 
 
 2071 Kennedy (James). Probable Origin | of j the American Indians, | 
 with particular reference to that of | the Caribs. | A Paper read be- 
 fore the Ethnological Society, | the 15th March 1854, | and printed 
 at their special request. | By James Kennedy, Esq., LL. B. | Late 
 Her Britanic Majesty's Judge in the Mixed Court at Havana. | 
 
 London: | B. Lumley, 126, High Holbrn. | 1854. | c. T. whs. 
 
 1 p. 1., pp. 1-42. 8°. Improved title of No. 2071. Carib words showing affinities 
 with dialects of Africa, pp. 39-40. 
 
 2072 Ethnological | and | Philological Essays. | By | James 
 
 Kennedy, Esq., LL. B. | Late Her Majesty's Judge in the Mixed 
 Court at Havana. | I. Probable Origin of the American | Indians. | 
 II. Questions on the supposed lost tribes | of Israel. | III. The 
 Ancient Languages of France | and Spain. | [Quotation one line.] | 
 
 London: | Hall and Virtue, Paternoster Row. | 1855. | A. "W. 
 
 1 1., pp. 1-42, 1 1., pp. 1-57, 1-30. 8°. Improved title of No. 2072. Carib 
 words, etc., first part, pp. 39-40. 
 
 2086 Kidder (Frederic). The Abenaki Indians ; | their Treaties of 
 1713 & 1717, and a Vocabulary: | with a | Historical Introduction. | 
 By Frederic Kidder, of Boston. | 
 Portland : | Printed by Brown Thurston. | 1859. | t. hu. Whs. 
 Pp. 1-25. 8°. Improved title of No. 2086. 
 
 King {Gapt. James). See Cook {Capt. James) and King {Capt. 
 James), Nos. 871-875. 
 
 Kingdon {Rev. John). See Ruz {Fr. Joaquin), No. 3426a. 
 
 Kinzie (John). See Wyandot, No. 4258. 
 2090a Kinzie {Mrs. John H.) Wan-Bun, | the | "Early Day" I in | the 
 North-West. | By Mrs. John H. Kinzie, | of Chicago. | With Illus- 
 trations. I 
 
KATEKISMUSE — KNOX. 997 
 
 Einzie {Mrs. John H,) — continued. 
 
 New York: [ Published by Derby & Jackson, | 119 Kassau 
 Street. | Cincinnati: H. W. Derby & Co. | 1856. | c. 
 
 1 p. 1., pp. i-xii, 13-498. large 12°. Winnebago terms passim. 
 
 Kipp (Joseph). See Lanning (C. M.), Ko. 2198. 
 
 2107 a Kirkby {Bev. William West). A Manual | of | Prayer and 
 Praise ) for the | Cree Indians | of | North-west America. | Com- 
 piled by I Archdeacon Kirkby. | 
 
 London : | Society for Promoting Christian Knowledge, | North 
 
 umberland Avenue, Charing Cross; | 4, Eoyal Exchange; 48, Pic 
 
 cadilly. | 1879. | WE. jwp 
 
 Printed cover ; title, reverse blank, 11.; pp. 3-127. 18°. In syllabic characters, 
 
 2110 a Kjelhnan (F. E.) Om Tschuktschernas Hushailsvaxter af F. E, 
 Kjellman. 
 
 In Kordeuskiold (A. E.) Vega-Expeditionens, vol. 1, pp. 353-372. Stock- 
 holm, 1882. 8°. Gives a number of Tschuktschi botanical names. 
 
 2113 Kjer (Knud). Sennerutilingmik. | Tuksiautitait, | nutaungitsudlo 
 illainangoeet | adlangortitset | operkatigeet Kaladlit nunsennetun | 
 okatarutiksejt, | K. Kjerimit. | [Engraving.] | [Quotation, one line.] | 
 
 Odensime. | Nakittarsimaput Hempel-ikunnit. | 1834. | A. T. 
 
 4 p. 11., pp. 1-237, 1 1. errata. 12°. Hymns in the Eskimo language. Im- 
 proved title of No. 2113. 
 
 2114 ■— Ivngerutit | kerssungmesenningarsome | Kikiektomik | 
 
 ajoksersutejniglo, | illejt nutaungitsut, illejt | K. Kjerimit. | [Eight 
 lines, verse in Eskimo.] | Tapekarput. | 
 
 Kjobenhavnime | 1838. | Brtinnichib nakitteriviane nakkittarsi- 
 marsut. | T. 
 
 Pp. xxiv, 1-490. 16°. In the Eskimo language. Hymns, pp. 1-360; Index, 
 pp. 361-374; Sunday lessons, pp. 375-384 ; Evangelistin &c., pp. 385-411; Uuner- 
 soutiksak &c., pp. 412-424; Kenutit &o., pp. 425-484; Tarkoput [Contents], p. 
 485; Nakittarnerdlukkset [Errata], pp. 487-490. Improved title of Nos. 2114 
 and 2115, which refer to the same vrork. 
 
 2124 a Knight (William H.), editor. Hand-book Almanac | for the | 
 Pacific States: | An official register | and | business directory j of 
 the states and territories of | California, Nevada, Oregon, Idaho 
 and Arizona; and | the Colonies of British Columbia | and Van- 
 couver Island, I for the year | 1864. | Edited by William H. Knight. | 
 
 San Francisco : | H. H. Bancroft and Company. | 1864. | b. c. 
 
 Pp. 1-440. 16°. 
 
 Taylor (A. S. ) Precis India Californicus, pp. 27-41. 
 
 2126 a Enox (John). An | Historical Journal | of the | Campaigns in 
 North- Am erica, | for | The Years 1757, 1758, 1759, and 1760: | con- 
 taining I The Most Eemarkable Occurrences of that Period; | par- 
 ticularly I The Two Sieges of Quebec, &c. &c. | the | Orders of the 
 
998 NORTH AMEEICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Knox (JohD)^continued. 
 
 Admirals and General Officers; | Descriptions of tbe Countries 
 where the Author has served, with their Forts and | Garrisons; 
 their Climates, Soil, Produce; | and | A Eegular Diary of the 
 Weather. | As also | Several Manifesto's, a Mandate of the late 
 Bishop of Canada; | The French Orders and Disposition for the 
 Defence of the Colony, &c. &c. &c. | By | Captain John Knox. | 
 Dedicated by Permission | To Lieutenant-General Sir Jeffery Am- 
 herst. I — I [Quotation, one line.] | — | Vol. I [-II]. | — | 
 
 London: | Printed for the Author; | and sold by | W. Johnston, 
 in Ludgate-Street; and J. Dodsley, in Pall-Mall. | MDCCLXIX 
 [1769]. I c. 
 
 2 vols. : pp. i-ix, 311.,pp. 1-405, 1 1.; 1 p.l.,pp. 1-465, 1 1. 4°. map and 2 plates. 
 
 October 8th, 1759. " Having, in the course of this campaign, procured a curious 
 Indian manuscript grammar, composed by a French Missiouary, I transmitted 
 it, this day, to England, . . . ." A brief extract follows, embracing a vocabu- 
 lary, English and Algonkin, of about 55 words. A note on page 170 says: "When 
 I consented to the publication of these volumes, I flattered myself I should have 
 been able to procure this grammar, in order either to annex a copy of the prin- 
 cipal part of it to the work, or to have extracted the most remarkable rules and 
 examples, for the peculiar gratification of the literaH and the curious; but, 
 though I made repeated applications for it in person, and expressed how interest- 
 ing it would be to this undertaking, I was not so happy as to succeed." — Vol. 2, 
 pp. 169-171. 
 
 2126 b Kofahl ( — ). Vocabulary of the Tarasco language. 
 
 Manuscript, 2 11., 4°, written on both sides; about 120 words. In the library 
 of the Bureau of Ethnology. 
 
 2133 Kragh (Peter). Testamentitokab | makp^rssegejsa ill^ngoeet, | 
 profetit mingnerit | Daiiieliblo AglegMt, | Kaladlin okd,uzeennut 
 nuktersimarsut, | nafk'igutingosenniglo sukui^rsimarsut | Pellesi- 
 mit I Petermit Kraghmit. | Attusegeksaukudlugit innungnut koisi- 
 raarsunnut | 
 
 Kjobenhavnime. | Fabritiusib de Tengnagelib nak'itterlvi^ne | 
 nak'itt^rsimarsut. | 1829. | A. w. jwp. 
 
 Pp. i-viii, 2 11. , pp. 1-290, 1 1. 12°. Improved title of No. 2133. In the Eskimo 
 language. Minor prophets, Daniel, and parts of the Apocrypha (Susanna, Bel, 
 and the Dragon). 
 
 2136 Testamentitokab | makp6rsegejsa illangoeet, | Mosesim 
 
 Aglegejsa | ardlejttedlimejdlo, | Jobib, Esrab, Nehemiab, Esterib | 
 Eutiblo aglegejt, | Kalddlin ok^uzeenuut nuktersimarsut, | nafk'i- 
 gutingosenniglo sukui^rsimarsut ] Gjerlevimiut Enslevimiudlo Pel- 
 lesisennit | Peter-Kraghmit. | Attusegeksaukudlugit innungnut 
 koi'simarsunnut. | 
 
 Kjobenhavnime. | Fabritiusib de Tengnagelib nak'itterivi^ne 
 nak'it- | tarsimarsut. | 1832. | a. w. jwp. 
 
 4 p. 11., pp. 1-633, 1 1. 12°. Improved title of No. 2136. Books of Exodus, Le- 
 viticus, Job, Ezra, Nehemiah, Esther, and Ruth in the Eskimo language. 
 
 2158 Testamentitokab | Makp6rssegfejsa Illang.eet, j Josvab 
 
 efkartoursirsudlo aglegejt, | Samuelim aglegfej siurdleet ard- 1 Ifejdlo, 
 
KNOX LA BROSSE. 999 
 
 Eragh (Peter)— continued. 
 
 agl^kkaet Konginnik | siurdleet ardlfejdlo, | KaMdlin ok^uzeennut 
 nukt6rsimarsut, nark'igu- | tingosenniglo suku'i^rsimaisut | Gjer- 
 levimiut Enslevimiudlo PellesiEennit | Peter Kraghmit. | [Two lines 
 quotation.] 
 
 Kjobenhavnime. | Fabritiusib de Tengnagelib nak'itterivi^ne | 
 nak'itt^rsimarsut. | 1836. | A. JWP. 
 
 4 p. 11., pp. 1-708, 3 unnumbered pp. 12°. Improved title of No. 2138. In the 
 Eskimo language. Joshua, pp. 3-95.— Judges, pp. 95-194.-1 Samuel, pp. 195- 
 329.— II Samuel, pp. 329-439.— I Kings, pp. 441-577.— II Kings, pp. 578-708. 
 
 Krause (Aurel). Verzeichniss einiger tschuktschischer und Es- 
 
 kimo-Worter von der Tschuktschen-Halbiusel [Von Aurel KrauseJ. 
 
 In Deutsche geograplysche Blatter, Herausgegeben von der geographischen 
 
 Gesellschaft in Bremen, v. 6, Heft 3, pp. 266-278. Bremen, 1883. 8°. c. 
 
 21 i6 [Krause (Johann Ulrich) and Wagner (Johann Christoph), pub- 
 ■ Ushers.] Oratio | Dominica | TtoXbyXootroi xal nokufiopcpoi, \ nimi 
 rum I Plus Centum Linguis, Versionibus aut Characteribus, ( red- 
 dita & expressa, | editio novissima, | Speciminibus variis quam 
 priores auctior. | Das ist: | Das Gebet des HErrn | Oder | Vatter 
 Unser/ | In viel Spracben und Schreib-Arten/ | nemlich/ | In mehr 
 als hundert Sprachen/ Ubersetzung und Schrifften verfasset und 
 vorgestellet/ | Die letzte Edition, | um unterschiedliche Exempel 
 vermehrter als die vorige. | [Design.] [Psalm xix. v. 4, 5. Three 
 lines.] I — I 
 
 Verlegt von Johann Ulrich Krausen/ Burgern und Kupfferste- 
 chern | in Augspurg. | Mit R6m. K&.iserl. Maj. Allergn&digst er- 
 theiltem Privilegio. | Das fibrige durch Johann Christoph Wag- 
 nern/ Buchdruckern daselbst. | l. t. 
 
 No date. Title, reverse blank, 1 1. ; 1 other p. 1. ; pp. 1-22. folio. Improved 
 title of No. 2146. In Dr. Trumbull's copy the line "Mit Rom. Kaiserl. Maj." &c., 
 is omitted. Printed at Augsburg about 1710 or 1712, and is generally called the 
 Augsburg collection. It is a reprint of the edition of [Motte (B.), eAitor'], 
 Oratio Dominica, London, 1700, No. 2670, and, like that work, contains the 
 [pseudo] Mexican, Pooonchi, and Virginian [Massachusetts] versions of the 
 Lord's Prayer. 
 
 See Auer (A.), No. 185 J; [Bodoni (J. B.)], No. 397 d; Chamberlayne (J.), No. 
 718; Marcel (J. J.), No. 2452; [Motte (B.)],No8. 2670, 2670a; and[Muller (A.)], 
 Nos. 2676-2677. 
 
 L. (R. M.) See Loughridge (R. M.). 
 
 2153 a [La Brosse {R6v. Jean Baptiste de).] Nehiro-Iriniui | Aiamihe | 
 Massinahigan, | Shatshegutsh, Mitinekapitsh, | Iskuamiskutsh, 
 Netshekatsh, | Misht', Assinitsh, Shekutimitsh, | Ekuanatsh,Ashu- 
 abmushuanitsh, | Piakuagamitsh, | Gaie missi missi nehiro-iriniui 
 Astshitsh ka | tatjits, ka kueiasku aiamihatjits ka utshi. | [Wood 
 cut.] I 
 
 Uabistiguiatsh [Quebec]. | Massinahitsheu, C. Le Frangois. | 
 1817. I * 
 
1000 NOETH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 La Brosse (Bev. Jean Baptiste de)— continued. 
 
 96 pp. 12^. -A literal reprint of the first edition of 1767, except the imprint, 
 and the last page, on which there is, only, the approbation of " + J. O. Ev[6que] 
 de Quebec," of this "Livre de Priferes desting ^ servir k la nation des Sauvages 
 Montagnais." The errata noted on the last page of the first edition were cor- 
 rected in this reprint. 
 
 Title from Dr. J. Hammond Trumbull from copy in his possession. 
 
 2153 b [Lacombe (RSv. Albert).] L. J. 0. et. M. I. | Mission de St. Paul 
 des Oris 8 Dec. 1871. | Le Nouveau Testament, en Langue Crise | 
 d'aprfes les quatre Evang^listes, | ou | Concordance des quatre 
 Evangiles. | [One line syllabic characters ; followed by picture of the 
 Virgin.] 
 Montreal. | Imprimerie de I'Asile de la Providence. | 1872. | t. 
 
 Pp. 1-478, 1 1. 16°. Title; reverse, Observatiohs, which extends to recto of 
 1. 2 (p. 3), signed Alb. Lacombe; "Approbation" in syllabic characters, p.4; Ta- 
 bleau des expressions, in French and Cris, pp. 5-8 ; Preface in syllabic characters, 
 pp. 9-14 ; Text (syllabic characters), pp. 17-478. 
 
 2156 a Instructions en Langue Crise. c. 
 
 See full title No. 1943. The prefatory address, "Aux Missionnaires dn Nord- 
 Ouest," is signed A, L. (i. e., Albert Lacombe) O. M. I. ; indicating that Mr. La- 
 combe is the author. 
 
 2159 a — [Calendar for the Saskatchewan Indians, for 1883. 
 
 Montreal : Beauchemin and Yalois, 1882.] JWP. 
 
 1 sheet folio. See fac-simile of the Calendar for 1882, No. 2159. 
 
 2159 b and Legal (P. — .) Vocabulaire de la langue des Pieds- 
 
 Noirs, I des Gens-du-Sang et des Pi6ganes | Kecueilli par les Mis- 
 sionnaires I A Calgary et Fort Mac-Leod | dans le nord-ouest de 
 la I Puissance du Canada | Le 3 D^cembre 1882 | p. 
 
 Manuscript. 1 ]., pp. 1-20, 1 1. folio. In the library of M. Alph. Pinart, San 
 Francisco, Cal. 
 
 2160 Laet (Joannes de). Nieuvve Wereldt, etc. A. l. 
 
 Since this title was put in type I have seen two copies of the work. It con- 
 tains no linguistics. 
 
 2170 a Laflfeche (P. Louis). Les noms de quelques.tribus, localit^s, etc., 
 appartienent aux difterents dialectes de la langue algonquine, 
 paries depuis le Labrador, j'usqu'aux sources de la Saskatchewan, 
 anx pieds des Montagues de Roches. 
 
 In Notice sur les Missions du Diocfese de Quebec, no. 12, pp. 100-105. Quebec 
 1857. 12°. 
 
 2170 6 La Harpe (Jean Frari5ois de). Abr6g6 | de | L'Histoire G6n(5- 
 rale | des Voyages, | contenant | Ce qu'il j a de plus remarquable, 
 de plus utile & | de mieux avere dans les Pays oil les Voya- 
 geurs I out pen6tr6 ; les moeurs des Habitans, la Religion, | les 
 Usages, Arts & Sciences, Commerce, | Manufactures ; enrichie de 
 Cartes geographiques | & de figures. | Par M. De La Harpe, de 
 1' Academic Fran9aise. | Tome Premier [-Trente-deux]. | 
 
LA BROSSE — LANGSDORFP. 1001 
 
 La Harpe (Jean Fran§ois de) — continued. 
 
 . A Paris, | H6tel de Thou, rue des Poitevins. | M. DOC. LXXX 
 [-An IX.— 1801] [1780-1801].. | Avec Approbation, & Privilege du 
 Eoi. I A. c. 
 
 32 vols., 8°, aud atlas, 1804, 4°. 
 
 The hymn " saluiaris hostia'' in Abenaklse, Algonkine, Huronne and Illi- 
 nojse (from Rasles), vol. 14, pp. 398-399.- -Remarks on the Greenland language, 
 vol. 18, pp. 369-377. — Remarks on the Nootka language, with a short vocabulary, 
 vol. 23, pp. 184-187. 
 
 According to Sabin's Dictionary, other editions as follows: + Paris: Chez 
 Ledoux. 1816. 24 vols. 8°. + Paris: Aohille Jourdan. 18^. 30 vols. 8°. 
 + Paris. 1825. 30 vols. 8°. • + Lyon : Rusand. 1829-1830. 30*vols. 8°. 
 
 2170 c Abr6j6 | de | L'Histoire .G^n^rale | des Voyages, | conte- 
 
 nant | ce qu'il y a de plus remarquable, de plus utile et de inieux | 
 av6r^ dans les pays oii les voyageurs ont p6n6tr6 ; les | moeurs des 
 habitans, la religion, les usages, arts et | sciences, commerce et 
 manufactures ; | Par J. P. La Harpe. | Nouvelle Edition, [ revue et 
 corrig6e avec le plus grand soin, | et accompagu^e d'un bel atlas 
 in-folio. I Tome Premier [-Vingt-Quatriemej. | 
 
 A Paris, | Chez fitienne Ledoux, Libraire, | Eue Gu6n6gaud, N» 
 9. I 1820. I C. 
 
 24 vols. 8°. Linguistics as in previous edition, vol. 14, p. 338 ; vol. 16, pp. 
 217-2265 vol. 23, pp. 287-290. 
 
 2188 [Lalemant (P. Jerome).] Eelation | de ce qui s'est | pass6 de 
 plus remarquable en | la Mission des Peres | de la Compagnie de 
 lesus I avx Hvrons | pays de la nouuelle France, | Depvis le mois 
 de luin de I'ann^e mil six cens | quarante, iusques au mois de luiu ( 
 de I'ann^e 1641 . | Adress6e | Au R. P Jacques Dinet, Prouincial de 
 la I Comp. de lesvs, en la Prouince | de France. | M DO XLIL | l. 
 
 Pp. 1-104. 8°. Improved title of No. 2188. Appended to Vimont (Barth.) 
 Relation de ce qvi s'est pass^ en la Novvelle France, en ann^es 1640 et 1641. 
 Paris, 1642. 8°. Vn eschantillou de la langue Huronne, with interlinear French 
 translation, pp. 96-104. 
 
 Reprinted in Relations des J^suites, vol. 1, 1641, pp. 59-86. Quebec, 1858. 8°. 
 Huron prayer, with interlinear French translation, pp. 84-86. 
 
 2192 a Land (Joseph Henry). Kometv momet Bnhopoyetv. [To desire 
 and to seek.] * 
 
 In Indian Journal, vol. 2, no. 31. Muscogee, I. T., April 3, 1878. folio. In the 
 Mnskoki language. 
 
 2192 b Evketeckv. [Carefulness.] * 
 
 In Indian Journal, vol. 2, no. .W. Mnscogee, LT., Aug. 14, 1878. folio. In the 
 Muskoki language. 
 
 2194 a Langsdorff (Georg Heinrich von). Bemerkungen auf einer Reise 
 um die Welt in den Jahren 1803 bis 1807. 
 
 Frankfurt am Main. 1812. * 
 
 3 vols. 4°. Atlas. Title from Sabin's Dictionary, No. 38895. 
 
 21946 Voyages and Travels | in | various parts of the World, | 
 
 during | the years 1803, 1804, 1805, 1806, and 1807. | By | G. H. 
 
1002 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 langsdorff (Georg Heinrich vou)— continued. 
 
 von Langsdorff, | Aulic Counsellor To His Majesty The Emperor 
 of Eussia, I Consul-General At The Brazils, Knight Of The 
 Order Of St Anne, And Member Of | Various Academies And 
 Learned Societies. | [—Part II. | containing | the voyage to the 
 Aleutian Islands and North-west coast of America, | and return by 
 land over the | north-east parts of Asia, through Siberia, | to | 
 Petersburgh. | ] Illustrated by Engraviogs from Original Draw- 
 ings. I 
 
 London: | Printed for Henry Colburn, | English and Foreign 
 Public Library, Conduit-Street, Hanover-Square; 1 and sold by 
 George Goldie, Edinburgh; and | John Gumming, Dublin. | 1813 
 [-1814]. I «• c- 
 
 2 vols. : 1 p. 1., pp. i-xxi, 1 1. , pp. 1-362, 3 11. index ; 1 p. 1. , title 11. , 3 11. coutents, 
 pp. 1-386, 3 11. index. 4°. maps and plates. Contains the meaning of a few words 
 and names of natives of Alaska, vol. 2, pp. 1-144, 219-246.— Same of natives of 
 California, notably near San Francisco, vol. 2, pp. 145-217.— Also brief compari- 
 son of languages of different islands. 
 
 According to Sabin's Dictionary, No. 38896, there was another edition : Car- 
 lisle [Pa.] : Printed by George Philips. 1817. Pp. xvi, 617, 8 11. 8°. 
 
 2197 a Lanman (James H.) History | of | Michigan, | civil and topo- 
 graphical, I in a compendious form; ] with a | view of the surround- 
 ing lakes. 1 By | James H. Lanman. | With a map. | 
 
 New-York: | E. French, 146 Nassau Street. | 1839. | C. LSH. 
 
 Pp. i-xvi, 1-397. 8°. map. 
 
 Connor (Henry). Indian names of prominent points in Michigan— English, 
 Indian, and definitions, pp. 260-261. 
 
 The edition, New York, Harper Brothers, 1841, 24°. (c), does not contain the 
 Indian names. 
 
 2199 a La Perouse (Jean Frangois Gallup, Comte de). Voyage | de la 
 P^rouse I autour du monde, | public | conform^ment an d^cret du 
 22 Avril 1791, | et r6dig^ | par M. L. A. Milet-Mureau, | General de 
 Brigade dans le Corps du G^nie, Directeur | des Fortifications, Bx- 
 Constituant, Membre de plusieurs | Soci6t6s litt6raires de Paris. | 
 Tome Premier [-Quatrieme]. | 
 
 A Paris, | Chez Plassan, Imprimeur-Libraire, rue du Cimetifere | 
 Andre-des-Arcs, n" 10. | L'an VI de la E6publique.— 1798. | A. 
 4 vols. 8°. atlas. 4°. Linguistics as in No. 2199, vol. 2, pp. 237-238, :J25-327. 
 
 2202 a A | Voyage round the World. | Performed in the years | 
 
 1785, 1786, 1787, 1788, [ by | M. de la Peyrouse: | Abridged from the 
 Original French Journal of | M. de la Peyrouse, which was lately 
 published by | M. Milet-Mureau, in Obedience to | an Order from the 
 French Government. | To which are added, | A Voyage from Ma- 
 nilla to California, | by | Don Antonio Maurelle : and an abstract of 
 the I Voyage and Discoveries | of the late | Capt. G. Vancouver. | 
 Boston: | Printed for Joseph Bumstead. | Sold by him at No. 20, 
 Union-Street: | by | Thomas and Andrews, Newbury-Street; byE. 
 
LANGSDOEFF LE BOULANGEE. 1003 
 
 La F^rouse (Jean Frangois Gallup, Gomte de) — continued. 
 
 and I S. Larkin, Wm. P. and L. Blake, W. Pelham, | and C. Bing- 
 ham, Cornhill. | 1801. | * 
 
 Pp. i-vi, 7-333. 12°. Title from Mr. W. Eames. 
 
 Numerals 1-100 of the natives of Port de Franfois, p. 68. — Achastllen numerals 
 1-10, p. 95. — Ecolemaoh numerals 1-10 and brief vocabulary, pp. 95-96. 
 
 22026 Lapham (Increase Allen), Blossom (Levi) and Dousman (George 
 G.) A paper | on the | number, locality and times of removal | of 
 the I Indians of Wisconsin; | with | an appendix | containing a 
 complete | chronology of Wisconsin, | from the | Earliest Times 
 down to the Adoption of the State Constitution, in 1848. | By | I. A. 
 Lapham, Levi Blossom and Geo. G. Dousman, | A Committee of 
 the Old Settlers' Club of Milwaukee County. | 
 
 Milwaukee: | Starr's Book and Job Printing House, 412 and 414 
 East Water Street. | 1870. | o. dgb. jwp. 
 
 Printed cover 1 1., pp. 1-27. 8°. map. In addition to scattered Indian words 
 this little work contains, pp. 1.5-16, an alphabetic "list of the different names by 
 which the Indian tribes of Wisconsin have been known," some of them with 
 English signification. 
 
 2209 a Latham (Eobert Gordon). Man and his Migrations. | By | E. G. 
 Latham, M. D., F. E. S., | Corresponding Member to the Ethnologi- 
 cal Society, New York, | etc. etc. | [Vignette.] 
 
 London: | John Van Voorst, Paternoster Eow. | MDCCCLI 
 [1851]. I A. 
 
 Pp. i-vi, 1-250. 12°. Title of original edition, mentioned in note to No. 2210. 
 
 2218a Laurie (Thomas). The Ely Volume; | or, | The Contributions of 
 our Foreign Missions j to Science and Human Well-being. | By 
 Thomas Laurie, D. D., | formerly a Missionary of the A. B. C. F. M. | 
 [Three lines quotation.] | 
 
 Boston: j American Board of Commissioners for Foreign Mis- 
 sions, I Congregational House, | 1881. | c. 
 
 Pp. i-ix, i-532. 8°. John, i, 1-5, from Eliot's Bible, p. 229. Contains also a 
 brief list of works in the Indian languages, pp. 522-524. 
 
 Lawyrawkvlarits Pany Kwta. See [Dunbar (John) ], No. 1104. 
 
 2229 a Le Baron (J. Francis). Seminole Vocabulary. 
 
 Manuscript. 2 11. 4°. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. Collected 
 at a village near Lake Pierce, Fla., in 1882. 
 
 2230 a [Le Boulanger {Rev. Joseph Ignatius).] [French and Miami- 
 Illinois Dictionary.] - JOB. 
 
 Manuscript. 23 p. 11. (the seventh of which is blank), 13 blank 11., 2 11., 11. 1-11, 
 15-44, 46-185, and 37 blank 11. folio (16|-|- lOJ inches). In the Carter Brown 
 Library, Providence, E. I. 
 
 At the top of the iirst leaf, the verso of which is blank, is the following note 
 in a modern handwriting: "La langue dans laquelle est 6crit ce volume est 
 celle dea Miamis- Illinois, voyez an mot iUinoia et au mot lan^uea dans le dic- 
 tionnaire, pages 102 et 108. E. Martin." 
 
1004 NORTH AMEEICAN LINGUISTICS, 
 
 [le Boulanger {Eev. Joseph Ignatius)] — continued. 
 
 The next 22 leaves contain, minutely written in double, treble, and quadinple 
 columns, the following prayers, hymns, catechisms, and gospels in the Illinois 
 language: " Acte de foi de la presence de Dieu, Examen de Conscience, Acte de 
 Contrition, Priere pour les parens &c., Prieres pour La S*°. Messe, au Com- 
 mencement, a I'evangile, au sanches, a L Elevation de L hostie, a L Elevation 
 du Calice, apres L Elevation, au dernier Evangile, 1 page; Pour le Dimanche, 
 Pour le Lundi, Pour le Mardi, Autre himne des anges. Autre, Pour Le Mercredi, 
 hymne du Patron, Panis Angelicus, 1 page; Pour le Jeudy, Landa Sion Salva- 
 tore, O Salutaris hostia, Pour Le Vendredi vexilla regis. Pour le Samedi ave 
 maria stella, Sur Le miserere, 1 page; Malheureuses Creatures, Beuissez le Seig- 
 neur Supreme, 1 page; Vespres, Cantique a la Louange de la 8"=. vierge, De pro- 
 fundis. Ad te domine Levavi, Laudate Pueri, Levavi oculos, In Exitu Israel, 
 Laudate Dtrum oes Gentes, Capitule Benedictus, himne, Magnificat, 1 page; 
 Petit Catechisme, Des Sacraments, 1 page; Invocation en comniengant Le 
 Catech., a la fin du Catechisme, Autre Catechisme, 2 pages; De Sacramentis, 
 2 pages and 1 blank leaf; Explication du Decalogue, 1 page; De Cultu et 
 Invocatione Sanctorum, 2=. Command, 3". Command, 1 page; 4 Commandemt, 
 5". Commandemt, 1 page; 6 Command., 7. Commandemt, 8. Commandemt, 9 et 
 10. Commandemts, 1 page ; de Command, de L Eglise, De Eoclesia sen templo, 
 Simbole des Apostres, 2 pages; S. Joan baptista, etc., 1 page; Dominica !="■ and 
 other Sunday gospels, 12 pages; Histoire de la Genese, in 35 chaplers, 13 pages. 
 
 These are followed by 14 leaves, all of -which are blank, excepting the verso 
 of the 14th, which contains "Passion de Jesus C", fill-ing one-third of the page. 
 Brief grammatical forms, in single, quadruple, and quintuple columns, fill both 
 sides of the next leaf and the recto of the following one, on the verso of which 
 the dictionary begins with folio 1. This is written in a single column, on the 
 outer margin or half page of the verso of every leaf, the inner half and recto 
 being left blank. A column contains on an average about 18 French words, 
 each of which is followed by a number of Illinois equivalents and phrases, 
 making in all about 80 lines. The total number of French words in the dic- 
 tionary is nearly 3,000. The apparent imperfections after leaves 11 and 44 are 
 merely errors in numeration. LI. 82-84 are wrongly numbered 72-74. 
 
 A manuscript note on the fly leaf says: "This manuscript was purchased for 
 me by Messrs. Hector Boasange & Son at the sale of the books and mannsoripts 
 of M. Marcel, formerly the Director of the Imperial Printing Office and Member 
 of the Commission of the Institute of Egypt &c., on the 9th of May 1859, at 
 Paris: Hen : C. Murphy." At the sale of Mr. Murphy's library, at New York, 
 in March, 1884, it was purchased for the John Carter Brown library. Provi- 
 dence, E. I. 
 
 "This volume is the production of some of the early French Missionaries 
 among the Illinois. * * * The manuscript is closely written, but very plain. 
 It is not the dictionary of that language which is mentioned by Mr. Duponceau 
 and Mr. Gallatin, in the possession of the former, and which, it is inferred, is a 
 short vocabulary ; for the words which Mr. Gallatin could not find in the latter 
 are contained in this, and there are many variations, showing the particular 
 tribal origin to be diifereut. Some of the words are identical with what Mr. 
 Gallatin calls the Old Algonkin, for which he gives Lahontan as authority. 
 The paper on which the work is written resembles that in use 150 or 200 years 
 ago. 
 
 "A note on the fly-leaf says: 'This precious volume is an example of the su- 
 perhuman efforts with which the love of the salvation of human souls inspired 
 the Catholic missionaries.' In fine, it is, no doubt, the most complete repertorj' 
 of the Western Lenape in existence, and from the care and fullness with which 
 it has been written, has been the work of a life-time. * * * The only clue to 
 
LE BOULAKGEE— LE JEUNE. 1005 
 
 [Le Boulanger {E4v. Joseph Ignatius)] — continued. 
 
 the authorship that approaches to probability is furnished by Father Gabriel 
 Marest, in his letter dated Kaskaskia, 9th November, 1712, and published in the 
 Lettres fidifiantes. Speaking of Father Gravier, the founder of the mission to 
 the Illinois, he says : ' He first investigated the principles of their language, and 
 reduced them to grammatical rules, so that we have since only been obliged to 
 bring to perfection what he began with so great success.' {Kip's Translation, p. 
 206.) From this it may be inferred that the volume * * * is the compilation 
 of many fathers, a conclusion to which we more readily come, since it accords 
 with that already expressed by Mr. Shea, in his History of the Catholic Missions 
 among the Indian Tribes of the United States." — Hist. Mag.,voLS,pp.227-2W. 
 
 In the prospectus of the French Illinois Dictionary (No. 2230), which Mr. Shea 
 was printing from this manuscript when it disappeared about 1865, he ascribes 
 it to Father Le Boulanger, it being, in his opinion, the work of one who had got 
 far beyond the rudimentary stages of the study, and evidently of a single authur 
 who had mastered his subject, a reputation enjoyed only by Le Boulanger. 
 
 See Gravier {Rev. James), No. 1600, for a description by Dr. J. Hammond 
 Trumbull of a manuscript Illinois-French Dictionary, of which he conjectured 
 the above might be-the counterpart. Examination proves, however, that this is 
 not true. In his judgment, the manuscript above described is not in the Miami 
 dialect; it is in a handwriting different from that of No. 1600, and apparently of 
 a later date^ and it is not in the same local dialect. 
 
 2231 a Le Brun (A. Ch. Braun, better Mown as). [Sermons in the Mo- 
 hawk language.] • * 
 
 Manuscript. 120 unnumbered 11. 4°. In the archives of the Sulpician Semi- 
 nary at Oka, Canada. Title furnished by Erminnie A. Smith, who says the 
 earliest date on the sermons is 1783. They are in a bound book, on the first page 
 of which is the following index of the contents: 
 Sectio Prima. De B. Joanne Baptista. 
 
 De doctrina Christiana quid sit esse De B. Laurentio. 
 
 Christianum. Explicatio Orationis Dominicalis. 
 
 De Signo, Crucis. Salutatio Angelica In feto St. Nicola. 
 
 De Deo et Dei perfectionibus. Annnnciationi. 
 
 Explanatio Symboli Apostolorum. St. Philippi & Jacobi. 
 
 Prima artioula in nativitate Domini. Ascensionis. 
 
 Circumcisione. Pentecostes. 
 
 De Ste Trinitate. St. Franfois Xavier. 
 
 Formation du Prone. 
 
 2245 Le Jeune (P. Paul). Eelation | de ce qvi s'est pass6 | en la | Nov- 
 velle France, | en I'ann^e 1634. | Bnuoy6e au | E. Pere Provincial | 
 de la Compagnie de lesvs | en la Prouince de France. | Par le P. 
 Paul le leune de la mesme Compagnie, | Superieur de la residence 
 de Kebec. | [Design.] | 
 
 A Puris, I Chez Sebastien Oramoisy, Imprimeur | ordinaire du 
 Eoy, rue S. lacques, au Cicognes. | M. DC. XXXV [1635]. | Avec 
 Privilege dv Eoy. | l. hu. 
 
 2 p. 11.; pp. 1-342, 1 1. 8°. Improved title of No. 2245. 
 
 De la langue des Sauvages Montagnais, ohapitre xi, pp. 174-184.— Deux Orai- 
 Bons en leur langue (with interlinear French translation), pp. 277-278, 279-280. 
 
 This work was reprinted at Paris the same year with several errors in the 
 text and pagination corrected. These differences are pointed out in Contribu- 
 tions to a Catalogue of the Lenox Library, No. II, p. 5. Reprinted also as follows : 
 
1006 NOKTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Le Jenne (P. Paul) — continued. 
 
 2246 [Eelation] | de [ce qvi s'est pass6] | en [la Novvelle 
 
 France] | en (I'ann^e 1G34 et 1635.?] | Enuoy6e a|u E. Pere Provin- 
 cial de] I la Compagnie [de Jesvs en la] | Prouince de F[rance.] |. 
 Par le Pere le levne de la m[e8me] | Compagnie, Superieur de la | 
 Eesidence de Kebec. | ^ | 
 
 En Avignon, | De I'lmprimerie de laqves Bramereav, | Impri- 
 meur de la Sainctet^, de la ville, & | Vniuersit6. Avec permission 
 des Superieurs | M. DC. XXXVI [1636]. | L. 
 
 Title 1 1., Preface 4 11., pp. 1-416. 8°. P. 141 is wrongly numbered 134. Im- 
 proved title of No. 2246, from the only known copy, that in the Lenox Library, 
 the title-page of which is defective, as shown by the brackets, the missing portion 
 being supplied from similarity to the earlier Relations. One other leaf at the 
 beginning is imperfect, and two at the end are almost entirely wanting. The 
 volume contains reprints of the Relations for 1634 and 1635, with a new preface 
 or dedication. The Relation of 1634 ends on p. 269; p. 270 is blank, and the 
 Relation of 1635 begins on p. 271 and ends on p. 336; Hurons, pp. 337-392; Cape 
 Bretons, pp. 393-416. 
 
 De la langae des Sauuages Montagnais, chap, xi, pp. 134-142. Deux oraisons 
 en leur langue, pp. 218-220. The 1634 Relation reprinted in Relation des J^- 
 suites, vol. 1, 1634, pp. 1-92. Linguistics, pp. 48-51, 76. 
 
 2246 a Eelation | de ce qvi s'est passe | en la | Novvelle Prance | 
 
 "en l'ann6e 1636. | Enuoy^e au | E. Pere Provincial | de la Com- 
 pagnie de lesvs | en la Prouince de France. | Par le P. Paul le 
 leune de la mesme Compagnie, | Superieur de la residence de Ke- 
 bec. I [Design.] 
 
 A Paris, | Chez Sebastien Cramoisy Imprimeur | ordinaire du Eoy, 
 rue saiuct lacques, | aux Cicognes. | M. DC. XXXVII [1637]. | 
 Avec Privilege dv Eoy. | L. HtJ. 
 
 4 p. 11., pp. 1-272. 8°. Appended without title-page, pp. 1-223, is: 
 BrebcEuf (Jean de). Relation de ce qui s'est pass^ dans le Pays des Hvrons 
 en I'ann^e 1636. 
 
 " Lekase." See [Ferryman (Leguest 0.)J 
 
 2250 Le Mercier (P. Francois Joseph). Eelation | de ce qvi s'est 
 pass6 I en la Mission des Peres | de la Compagnie de lesvs, [ en 
 la I Ifovvelle France, j fes annfees 1653. & 1654. | Enuoy6e au E. P. 
 Nicolas Eoyon, | Prouincial de la Prouince de Prance. | Par le E. 
 P. Frangois Le Mercier, | Superieur des Missions de la mesme | 
 Compagnie. | [Design.] 
 
 A Paris, | chez | Sebastien Cramoisy, | Imprimeur ordinaire du 
 Eoy I & de la Eeyne, | et Gabriel Cramoisy. | rue S. | lacques | aux 
 Ci I cognes. | — | M. DC. LV [1655]. ) Auec Privilege du Eoy. | l. 
 
 2 p. 11., pp. 1-176. 8°. Letter headed ASatakeu, &c., in Huron, pp. 137-140.— 
 French translation, pp. 141-144.— Huron letter headed Offrande d'vne escharpe 
 de porcelaine faite par les Hurons a la Vierge Patronne de la Congregation de 
 Messieurs de Paris, p. 145.— Explication, in French, p. 146. 
 
 Reprinted in Relations des J^suites, vol. 2, 1654, pp. 1-34. Quebec, 11:58. 8°. 
 Contains letter in Huron, with accompanying French translation, pp. 27-28. 
 
LE JEUNE— LETTRES. 1007 
 
 2250 6 Lenguas de Chiapas. * 
 
 An octavo manuscript in possession of Sr. Icazbalceta, City of Mexico, who 
 has furnished me with the following description : It contains, besides Latin and 
 Spanish matter, Confesonario en lengua Zapaluta [y castellana], 11 11, 2 col. — 
 Doctrina en lengua Comiteca, ii 11. — Doctrina en lengua Zoque, 8 11. — Confesona- 
 rio en lengua Zoque [y castellana], 19 11. — Doctrina en lengua Zendal, 27 11. — 
 Lengua Comiteca, 9 11. 
 
 Leon (Carlos -Celedonio Velasquez de Cardenas y). See Velasquez 
 de Cardenas y Leon (Carlos Celedonio).' 
 
 2263 Le Page du Pratz (M.) An account of Louisiana, &c. 
 
 Newbern : Franklin & Garrow. 1804. c. 
 
 This edition, an imperfect title of which is given in No. 2263, contains no lin- 
 guistics. 
 
 2279 [lesson Book in the Mohawk Language.] 
 
 For full title and description of this work see Williams (Bev. E.), No. 4132. 
 
 Leti u Ebauhelio * * * Huan fin Maya]. See [Fletcher {Bev. 
 Richard)], Ifo. 1309. 
 
 Leti u cilich * * San Llcas [in Maya]. See Ruz {Fr. Joaquin), 
 No. 3426, 3426 a. 
 
 2279 a Lettres Edifiantes. Lettres | Ediflantes | et | Curieuses, | Ecrites 
 des Missions | Etrangeres, par quelques Mission- | naires de la Com- 
 pagnie de Jesus. | I [-XXXIV]. Eecueil. | [Vignette.] | 
 
 A Paris, | Chez Nicolas le Clerc, rue Saint | Jacques, proche 
 Saint Yves, ^ I'Image | Saint Lambert. | M. DCC. XVII [-M. DCC. 
 LXXVI] [1717-1776]. | Avec Privilege dv Eoi. | A. 
 
 34 vols. 120. Rasles (S.) Lettre, vol. 23, pp. 198-307. 
 
 "Bibliographers give 1717 as the date of the first edition of vol. 1 of the Let- 
 tres Edifiantes. This is wrong. I have an English translation of vol. 1 printed 
 in 1707. The Astor library has vol. 7, 1707; vol. 8, 1708; vols. 3 and 4, 1713. 
 Charlevoix says vol. 10 was first issued in 1712. Vol. 11, apparently not a first 
 edition, appeared in 1715. The royal approbation to print vol. 1 is dated Aug. 
 J.-3, 1702, and the first volume must have been issued in 1702 or 1703. Vol. 23, 
 containing Easles's Letter, was apparently issued first in 1738." — Shea. 
 
 2279 h Lettres | Ediflantes | et Curieuses | Ecrites des Missions | 
 
 Etrangeres par quelques Mis- | sionnaires de la Compagnie de j 
 Jesus. I I [-XXXIV]. Eecueil. | [Vignette.] | 
 
 A Paris, | Chez Nicolas le Clerc, rue Saint | Jacques, -k I'Image | 
 saint Lambert. | M. DCCXVII [-? ]. Avec Approbation, «& Privi- 
 lege du Eoy. I c. 
 
 34 vols. 12°. The Library of Congress has only vols. 1-26. 
 
 Rasles (S.) Lettre, vol. 23, pp. 198-307. 
 
 2279 c ^ I Cartas | Ediflcantes, Y Curiosas, | escritas | de las 
 
 Missiones | Bstrangeras, | por | Algunos Missioneros | de la Com- 
 paiiia | de Jesus ; | traducidas del Idioma Frances | por el Padre 
 Diego Davin, | de la Compania de Jesus. | Tomo Primero [-Deci- 
 mosexto]. I Con Privilegio. | 
 
 En Madrid : En la Oflcina de la Viuda de Manuel Fernandez, | 
 Imprenta del Supremo Consejo de la Inquisicion, y de la Eeverenda 
 
1008 NORTH AMEEICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Lettres Edifiantes — continued. 
 
 I Camara Apostolica. Aiio MDCCLIII [-M. DCC. LVII] [1753- 
 
 1757]. I ^- <^- 
 
 16 vols. sm. 4°. The title-page of vol. 2 diflfers slightly from the above, and 
 
 there are still other minor variations in the titles of subsequent volumes. 
 Rasles (S.) Carta, vol. 13, pp. 339-384. 
 
 2279 d Lettres | fidiflantes | et Ourieuses, | .ficrites | des Mis- 
 sions fitrangeres. [Nouvelle Edition. I M6moires du Levant. | Tome 
 Premier [-XXVI]. | [Vignette.] | 
 
 A Paris, | Chez J. G. Merigot le jeune, Libraire, Quai des | Au- 
 gustins, au coin de la rue Pav(^e. | M. DOC. LXXX [-M. DCC- 
 LXXXIIl] [1780-1783]. | Avec Approbation et privilege du Eoi. | 0. 
 26 vols. 12°. Easles's Lettre, vol. 6, pp. 153-225. 
 
 2279 e Lettres | Edifiantes | et | Curieuses, | 6crites | des Mis- 
 sions Etrangeres. j l^Touvelle Edition, orn^e de cinquante belles 
 gravures. | M6moires du Levant. ] Tome Premier f-Quatorzi^me]. | 
 [Vignette.] | 
 
 A Lyon, | Chezj J. Vernarel, Libraire; | Et. Cabin et C.«, Li- 
 braires, rue St-Dominique, n" 19. j M. DCCC. XIX [1819]. | A. w. 
 14 vols. 8°. Easles's Lettre, vol. 4, pp. 95-138. 
 
 2281 a Levy (Pablo). Notas geogrdflcas y economicas | sobre la Ee- 
 publica I de [ Nicaragua j su historia, topografia, clima, | prodnc- 
 ciones y riquezas, poblacion y costumbres, gobierno, agricultura, | 
 industria, comercio, etc. | y una exposicion completa | de la cuestion 
 del Canal Iiiteroce4nico y de la de inmigracion, | con una lista bib- 
 liogrdfica, | le mas completa hasta el dia de todos los libros y mapas 
 relatives 4 la | America Central en general y d ISTicaragua en particu- 
 lar I porPab'.oLevy | lugeniero | [etc., three lines]. | Obraaprobada 
 por el Gobierno ] que ha [etc., three lines]. | [Eleven lines quotation.] 
 Paris I Libreria Espafiola de E. Denne Schmitz | Comisionista 
 para Espana y America, | 2 Calle Favart 2, (Cerca la Opera- 
 Comica). | 1873 ( b.dgb. 
 
 Pp. i-xvi, 1-6^8. 8°. map. Carib vocabulary, 94 words, p. 298. 
 
 2284a Lewis (Robert Benjamin). Light and Truth; | collected from | 
 the Bible and Ancient and | Modern History, | containing the | 
 Universal History | of the | Colored and the Indian Race, | from 
 the creation of the world | to the present time. | By R. B. Lewis, | 
 a colored man. | [Quotation, four lines.] | 
 
 Boston: | Published by a Committee of Colored Gentlemen. | 
 Benjamin F. Roberts, Printer. | 1844. | * 
 
 Pp. i-viii, 9-400. 12°. Title from Mr. "W. Eames. 
 
 Vocabulary, English, Indian, and Hebrew or Chaldaio, p. 251. 
 
 2284 6 Libro | de | Cuentas | de la Cofradia del Rosario | en el Pueblo 
 deSuchiapa | desde 1796 hasta 1821. | En lengua Chapaneca. | dgb. 
 Original manuscript of 114 unnumbered 11., to which has been prefixed a mod- 
 ern title, as above, 1 1., and a note, 1 1., by Dr. Berendt, which says: "Este libro 
 contiene muchos apuntes en lengna Chapaneca, relatives k las contribuciones de 
 los cofrades y ^ los gastos de la Cofradia.'' 
 
LETTEES LYKINS. 1009 
 
 2296 a Llisa {Fr. Pedro de). Confesionario en idioma del Choconate, 
 Paya, Tapaliza y s-hecho en el Darien por el E. P. fr. Pedro de 
 Llisa. • 
 
 Manuscript. Title from M. Alph. Pinart. 
 
 Loa en Obsequio. See Eosales (P. T.), No. 3369. 
 
 Lopez de Gomara (Francisco). See Gomara (Francisco Lopez de). 
 
 Lopez Figueroa {Fr. Antonio Eosa). See Rosa Lopez Figueroa 
 {Fr. Antonio). 
 
 2328 a L[onghridge (E. M.)J On double consonants in the Creek Lan- 
 guage. * 
 In Indian Journal, vol. 4, no. 47. Muscogee, I. T. July 29, 1880. folio. 
 Lozi^res (Baudry De). See Bandry De Lozi^res. 
 Lu tel kaimintis holinzuten. See [Giorda {Bev. J.)], No. 1557. 
 
 2348 Lucy-Fossarieu (M. P. de). Extrait | du compte rendu st^nogra- 
 phiqne | du Gongres International | des Sciences Ethnographi- 
 ques, I tenu h Paris du 15 an 17 Juillet 1878. | Les langues Indi- 
 ennes | de la Californie. | fitude de philologie ethnographique, | 
 par I M. P. de Lucy-Fossarieu, | Membre du Coiiseil Central de 
 I'Institution Ethnographique, | Laur^at de la Soci6t6 Am^ricaine 
 de Prance. | [Design.] 
 
 Paris. I Imprimerie Rationale. | M DCCC LXXXI [1881]. | 
 
 Pp. 1-55. 8°. Improved title of No. 2348. dgb.jwp. 
 
 Lord's Prayer in the language of the Missions of San-Francisco-Xavier and 
 San-Jose de Comondre, p. 12; of the Mission of San-Ignacio de Kadakamang, 
 p. 12; of the Missions of San-Francisco de Borga, Santa-Gertrudis, and Santa- 
 Maria, p. 12. — Vocabulary of the languages of the following Indians, pp. 18-55: 
 Calaveras County, Eunsifenes, Kah-sd-wahs, 
 
 Klamath Eiver, Santa- Ynez, Lolotens or Tutatamys, 
 
 San-Eafael, Santa-Barbara, Tehema, 
 
 Santa-Cruz County, Santa-Cruz Isle, Santa-Clara, 
 
 San-Carlos, San-Gabriel Mission, San-Francisco Bay, 
 
 Carmelo,! San-Luis-Eey, Province d'Yuba, 
 
 La Soledad, San-Miguel Mission, Dieguenos, 
 
 Esl&nes, Kah-w6-yahs, Yumas. 
 
 A reprint, with additions, of the vocabularies appearing in Taylor (A. S. ), 
 California Notes, No. .3807, and Johnson (Adam), and Wliipple (Lieut. A. W.) 
 in Schoolcraft (H.E.), No. 3519. 
 
 2348 a Lndewlg (Hermann E.) The | Literature | of | American Aborigi- 
 nal Languages. | By | Hermann E. Ludewig. | With additions and 
 corrections | by Professor Wm. W. Turner. | Edited by Nicolas 
 Trtibner. | 
 
 London: | Triibner and Co., 60, Paternoster Eow. | MDCCCLVIII 
 [1858]. I 0. T. DGB. JWP. 
 
 Pp. i-viii, 11. , pp. ix-xxiv, 1-258. 8°. Brief vocabulary of the Mame language, 
 from Eeinoso,' p. 227. 
 
 Lykins (Johnston). See Davis (John) and Lykins (Johnston), 
 No. 997. 
 
 64 Bib 
 
1010 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 2372 a Macfie (Matthew). Vancouver Island and | British Columbia. | 
 Their History, Eesources, and Prospects. | By | Matthew Macfle, 
 F. E. G. S. I Five years resident in Victoria, V. I. ( 
 
 London: | Longman, Green, Longman, Roberts, & Green. | 
 1865. I B. c. BA. 
 
 2 p. 11., pp. vii-xxi, 11., pp. 1-574. 8°. A few sentences in the Chinook Jargon, 
 pp. 472-473. 
 
 2377 Mcintosh (John). The Origin of the North American Indians, &c. 
 
 Some copies of this work bear the date 1844. (*) 
 
 2379 a The | Origin | of the | North American Indians; | with 
 
 a I faithful description of their manners and | customs, both civil 
 and military, their | religions, languages, dress, | and ornaments: | 
 including | various specimens of Indian eloquence, as well as 
 histor I ical and biographical sketches of almost all the | distin- 
 guished nations and celebrated | warriors, statesmen and orators, | 
 among the ( Indians of Forth America. | New edition, improved 
 and enlarged. | By John Mcintosh. | 
 
 New -York: | Nafis & Cornish, 278 Pearl Street. | St. Louis, 
 (Mo.)— Nafls, Cornish & Co. | Philadelphia— John B. Perry. | 
 [N. d.] • 
 
 Pp. i-xxxv, 39-345. 12°. Title from Mr. W. Eames from copy in his possession. 
 
 2387 « Mackenzie (Alexander). Voyages | from | Montreal, | on the 
 Eiver St. Laurence, | through the | Continent of North America, | 
 to the I Frozen and Pacific Oceans : | in the years 1789 and 1793. j 
 With a preliminary account of ( the Else, Progress, and Present 
 State of I the Pur Trade | of | that Country. | Illustrated with a 
 Map. I By Alexander Mackenzie, Esq. | First American Edition. | 
 
 New-York : | Printed and Sold by G. P. Hopkins, at Washington's 
 Head, No. 118, Pearl-Street. | 1802. | a. ba. 
 
 Pp. i-viii, 1 1., pp. 1-94, 1-296. 8°. map. Linguistics, pp. 74-82, 91-94, 271. 
 The first American edition, mentioned in note to No. 2387. 
 
 2390 Tableau | Historlque et Politique | du Commerce des Pel- 
 
 leteries | dans le Canada, | depuis 1608 jusqu'a nos jours. | Conte- 
 nant beaucoup de details sur les nations sau- | vages qui I'habitent, 
 et sur les vastes contr^es qui y | sont contigues; | Avec un Voca- 
 bulaire de la langue de plusieurs peuples de ces | vastes contr^es. | 
 Par Alexandre Mackenzie. | Traduit del' Anglais, | par J. Castera. | 
 Orne du portrait de PAuteur. | 
 
 Paris, I Dentu, Imprim.-Lib.'«, rue du Pont-de-Lody, n.° 3, I 
 M.D.CCCVII [1807]. I C. 
 
 2 p. 11. , pp. 1-310, 1 1. 8°. Improved title of No. 2390. Vocabnlaire de la langne 
 algonquine et de celle des Knisteneaux, pp. 2(51-274.— Vocabnlaire de la langue 
 chipiouayne, pp. 304-310. 
 
 2393 a Maclean (J. P.) Maya literature. dgb. 
 
 Pp. 438-448. 8°. From some magazine for October, 1883, New Series, vol. xx. 
 Contains Maya prophecy, with English translation, from the Books of Chilam 
 Balam, foot-note, p. 442. 
 
MACFIE — MALTE-BRUN. 1011 
 
 2393 a Macleod {Bev. Xavier Donald). Devotion | to the | Blessed Vir- 
 gin Mary | in | North America. | By | The Eev. Xavier Donald 
 Macleod, | Professor of Rhetoric and Belles Lettres in St. Mary's 
 College, I Cincinnati. | With a Memoir of the Author, | By | The 
 Most Eev. John B. Purcell, D. D. | Archbishop of Cincinnati. | 
 
 New York: | Virtue & Torston, | 12 Dey Street. | [Copyright 
 1866.] o.s. 
 
 Pp. i-iv, 3-7, ix-xxiii, 1-467. 8°. Hymn to the Blessed Virgin in Chinook 
 Jargon, p. 255. — ^Memorare in Penobscot, from Vetromile, p. 354. 
 
 2393 b History | of | Eoman Catholicism | in | North America. | 
 
 By I The Eev. Xavier Donald Macleod, ( Professor of Ehetoric and 
 Belles Lettres in St. Mary's College, Cincinnati. | With a Memoir 
 of the Author, | by | The Most Eev. John B. Purcell, D. D., | 
 Archbishop of Cincinnati. | 
 
 New York : | Virtue & Yorston, | 12 Dey Street. | [186 ?] | BA. 
 
 Pp. i-iv, 5-7, 1 1., ix-xxiii, 1-467. 8°. 2 plates. Linguistics as above, pp. 255, 
 354. 
 
 Malan {Bev. Cesar). See Swiss Peasant, No. 3789. 
 
 2421a Mallery {Col. Garrick). Forschungen und Anregungen | tiber 
 die I Zeichensprache der Indianer | Nord-Auuerikas. | Von | Garrick 
 Mallery. | Uebersetzt von | Agnes Brauer. | Mit Anmerkungen von 
 Wilhelm Keil. j Sonderdruck aus den " Mittheilungen des Vereins 
 fiir Erdkunde | zu Halle a S.", Jahrgang 1882. | 
 
 Halle a. S., | Verlag der Buchhandlung des Waisenhauses. | 
 1882. I JWP. 
 
 Outside title 1 1. ; title, reverse blank, 1 1. ; pp. 1-88. 8°. German translation 
 of No. 2421. ' 
 
 2431 a Sign Language among the N. A. Indians, &c. JWP. 
 
 Partly reprinted in Internationale Zeitschrift fiir Allgemeine Sprachwissen- 
 schafl, Band I, Heft 1, pp. 193-210. Leipzig, 1884. royal 8°. 
 
 2436 a Malte-Brun (Malthe Konrad Brun, known as). Universal | Geog- 
 raphy, I or I a Description | of | all the parts of the World, | on a 
 new plan, | according to the great natural divisions of the globe; | 
 accompanied with | analytical, synoptical, and elementary tables. | 
 By M. Malte-Brun. | Improved by the addition of the most recent 
 information, derived from | various sources. | Vol. I [-V]. | Con- 
 taining the theory, or mathematical, physical, and | political prin- 
 ciples of geography. | 
 
 Philadelphia: | Published by John Laval. | 1832. | c. 
 
 5 vols. 8°. Table of the Geographical connexion of the American and Asiatic 
 languages, vol. 3, pp. 146-154. 
 
 2437 a Geographic [ Universelle | ou | Description de toutes les 
 
 ])arties du monde | sur un plan nouvean | d'aprfes les grandes divi- 
 sions uaturelles du globe; j pr6c6d6 | De I'histoire de la G^ographie 
 
1012 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Malte-Brun (JIalthe Konrad Brun, known as)— continued. 
 
 Chez les peuples anciens et modernes | et d'une tli6orie g6n6rale de 
 la g^ographie math^matique, | physique et politique; | par | Malte- 
 Brun. I Cinqui^me Edition | revue, corrig^e, et augment6e de toutes 
 les nouvelles d«?couvertes | par M. J.J.-N. Huot. | Tome Premier 
 f-Sixifeme]. | Histoire et Th^orie G6nerale de la Geographic. | 
 
 Paris. I Fume et C'«, Libraires-Editeurs, | 55, rue Saint- Andr6- 
 des-arts. | 1841. | A. 
 
 6 Tols. 8<^. Tableau de renohalnement g^ographique des langues am^rioaines 
 et asiatiques, vol. 6, pp. 18-21. 
 
 2457 b Precis | de la | G^ographie | Universelle, | ou | descrip- 
 tion de toutes les parties du Monde | sur un plan nouveau, | d'aprfes 
 les grandes divisions naturelles de globe; | pr6c6d6 de I'histoire de 
 la g^ographie chez les peuples anciens et modernes, et d'une th6o- 
 rie I g^n^rale de la geographic mathematique, physique et poli- 
 tique; I accompagn^e | d'un atlas in-folio de 71 cartes; | Par Malte- 
 Bruu. I Nouvelle Edition, | revue, corrig^c, mise dans un nouvel 
 ordre, | et enrichie de toutes les nouvelles d6couvertes, | par 
 M. J.-J.-N. Huot, I augment^e | de renseignements statistiques 
 publics dans le dernier ouvrage de Balbi. | Tome I [-VI]. | 
 
 Bruxelles, | Lacrosse et 0"*, Libraires-Editeurs, | Eue Eoyale 
 Neuve, ISTo. 55. | 1839. | B. 
 
 6 vols., 8°, aud atlas folio. Tableau, &c., vol. 6, pp. 296-301. 
 
 2437 c Universal Geography : ( being | a description of all parts 
 
 of the world, | with analytical, synoptical, and elementary tables. | 
 By M. Malte-Brun, | Editor of the "Annales des Voyages," etc. | 
 With additions and corrections. | By James 0. Percival. | A New 
 Edition: | Containing recent geographical discoveries, changes in 
 political geography, | aud other valuable additions. | Compiled from 
 the late French editions of Malte-Brun, by MM. Huot and Laval- 
 16e, I and the most recent American authorities. | Beautifully illus- 
 trated with steel engravings and fine colored maps. | In three vol- 
 umes. I Vol. I [-III]. I 
 
 Boston: | Published by Samuel Walker & Co. | 1865. | o. 
 
 3 vols. 4°. Table, vol. 2, pp. 173-176. 
 
 Manners, Customs, and Antiquities of the Indians See [Goodrich 
 (Samuel Griswold)], No. 1570. 
 
 2438 a Manitoba Historical and Scientific Society. Manitoba | Historical 
 and I Scientific Society. | Publication No. 1 [-5]. | "The Causes of 
 the Eising in the | Eed Eiver Settlement, | 1869-70." | Alex. Mc- 
 Arthur, Esq. | JWP. 
 
 5 pamphlets. 8°. 
 
 Burman (iJei'. W . A. ) The Sioux Language. Publication No. 5. 
 
 Manitowompae Pomantamoonk [in the Massachusetts language]. 
 See [Eliot (John)], Nos. 1] 88-1189. 
 
MALTE-BRUN — MAECOUX. 1013 
 
 Manual of Devotion, in the Beaver Indian Dialect. See [Bompas 
 {Rev. William Carpenter)], ISTo. 405. 
 
 Manual para adnjinistrar * * idioma Cahita. See [Gonzalez 
 (P. Diego Pablo)], No. 1563, in these Additions and Corrections. 
 
 2440 Manualito | para administrar | el Viatico | y extremauncion | en 
 idioma Mexicano. | Con las licencias necesarias. | 
 
 Mexico: 1817. | En la Oficina de D. Alexandro Vald6s, calle de 
 Santo Domingo. | * 
 
 2 p. 11., pp. 1-9. 16°. Improved title of No. 2440, fumished by Mr. W. Earaes 
 from copy seen at the sale of books belonging to Hon. Henry C. Murphy. 
 
 2450 Manuscrit. Commission ScientifiqaeduMexique. | Manuscrit | dit | 
 Mexicain | N" 2 de la Bibliothfeque Imp^riale | photographic (sans 
 reduction) | Par ordre de S. E. M. Duruy, Miuistre de I'lnstruction 
 publique | President de la Commission scientiflque du Mexique. | 
 
 Paris 1864 | Imprimerie Bonaventure et Ducessois. Imprimerie 
 photograijhique Benoist. | jwp. 
 
 Printed cover 1 1., title 1 1., 22 plates, large folio. Improved title of No. 2450. 
 
 "This manuscript is, in characters, identical with the Manuscript Troano 
 and the Dresden Codex. It is the most perfect of the three in regard to the 
 beauty and delicacy of the writing ; but it is also the one that had sufifered most. 
 But 50 copies were published." — Brasseur de Bourbourg. 
 
 Dr. Brinton, in his Introduction to the " Study of the Manuscript Troano," 
 says: "This fragment — for it is unfortunately nothing more — was discovered in 
 1859 by Prof. Leon de.Eosny among a mass of old papers in the National Library. 
 It consists of eleven leaves, twenty-two pages, each 9 inches long and 5i inches 
 wide. It unquestionably belongs to the Maya manuscripts. Its origin is un- 
 known." 
 
 This manuscript is commonly known as the "Codex Peresianus," from the 
 name "Perez" found on the wrapper. See Rosny (Leon de). No. 3380 d. 
 
 2452 a Marcos {Fr. Diego). [Sermon in the Mexican language.] 
 
 Colophon : Amen Jesus | 23 del mes diciembre 1619 aiios | nihuatl 
 onic yan cuili yni amotl | no to ca diego marcos | b. 
 
 Manuscript. 9 11. 4°. No title. In the Bancroft Library, San Francisco; 
 bought at the sale of the Kamirez collection, London, in the catalogue of which 
 it is entered under No. 530. On the first page, at the beginning of the sermon, 
 is the usual I. H. S., rudely ornamented in ink. While the main portion of the 
 sermon is in Mexican, many Spanish words are introduced. The discourse is 
 divided into paragraphs, each commencing with the word Tzcatque, written also 
 Izcatqui. 
 
 2454 a [Marcoux (B4v. Joseph). Catechism in the Caughnawaga dialect 
 of the Iroquois.] jwp. 
 
 Colophon: Tehoristoraragon Joseph Hebert j Wisonke. 1823. | 
 
 11 pp. 18°. A fragment, consisting of pp. 9-11, of what is evidently the con- 
 cluding portion of a Roman Catholic catechism in the Mohawk language. The 
 heading on p. 9, " lontatkentsiokhas, " means ' ' Confirmation," literally ' ' anoint- 
 ing the forehead." The first sentence, "Toni karihoten lontatkentsiokhas?" 
 reads In English "What is the meaning of Confirmation?" 
 
 Wisonke, "At the Plums," is the Iroquois name of the village of St. Philippe, 
 near Caughnawaga, opposite Montreal. These few pages are all I have seen of 
 
1014 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 [Marconx {R4v. Joseph) — continued. 
 
 this work; nor have I seen any reference to an edition of this date. They con- 
 tain, apparently, the same matter, in a modified form, as do pp. 37-38 of the 
 edition of 1844 (No. 2455), the w's and g's in the earlier edition being changed to 
 8's and k's in the later. 
 
 Concerning this work the Ah\>6 Cuoq writes as follows: ''I return the leaves 
 of the Iroquois Catechism. They prove evidently that Mr. Joseph Marcoux, 
 missionary of Sault St. Louis, had his catechism printed in 1823 at St. Philippe, 
 a parish not far from Caughnawa, where the cnr6 had set up a printing press. 
 Before receiving the three pages that you have sent me, I did not even suspect 
 its existence. I had never heard that the edition of 1842 (or '43?) had been pre- 
 ceded by another. I had always regarded it as th^ first, and I am very sure that 
 no traces remain in our missions of this precious relic of 1823." The Abb6 I 
 think refers to the edition of 1844, the approval of which is " Donn^ S, Montreal, 
 le douze Septembre Mille-huit-cent-quarante-trois.'' See No. 2455. 
 
 2473 a Marietti (Pietro), editor. Oratio Dominica | in COL. lingvas 
 versa | et ] OLXXX. charactervm formis | vel nostratibvs vel pere- 
 grinis expressa | cvrante | Petro Marietti | Bqvite Typographo 
 Pontificio I Socio Administro | Typographei | S. Consilii de Propa- 
 ganda Fide I [Printer's device] | Eomae | Anno M. DCGO. LXX 
 [1870]. I * 
 
 5 p. 11. (half-title, title, and dedication), pp. si-xxvii, 1-319, 4 11. indexes. 4° 
 Title and note furnished by Dr. J. H. Trumbull from copy in his possession. 
 
 Pars Tertia (Linguae Turanicae seu Mongolicae) includes 59 versions in 
 American languages and dialects. Idiomata Americana.. .Meridionalia: Cari- 
 bic6 [as in Raymond Breton and Hervas]. Idiomata Septentrionalia : Kachice, 
 p. 279 ; Poconchice seu Pocomanice, p. 280 ; Mayice seu Yucatanice, p. 281 ; 
 Messicanice, p. 282 ; Mixtecice, p. 283 ; Totonacca, p. 284 ; Otomitice, p. 285 ; 
 Tarasca dialecto, p. 286; Perindice, p. 287; Coraice, p. 288; Tubarice, p. 289; 
 Tarauhmarice, p. 290; Opataice, p. 291; Cochimice, p. 292; Virginiace [i. e., 
 Massachusetts, from Eliot's Bible], p. 293 ; Canadensi idiomate [Montagnais, 
 of Father Mass6, in Champlain's Voyages, 1632], p. 294; Shavannice ( pseudo- 
 Shawanno, from Chamberlayne], p. 295; Mohogice [from Hervas?] p. 296; 
 lUinice [as in Bodiani, "ex MS."], p. 297; Mareschetice, Abenacqniorum dia- 
 lecto, p. 298 ; Penobscotice, alia Abenacqniorum dialecto, p. 299 ; Pasamaquod- 
 dice, alia Abenacqniorum dialecto, p. 300 ; Micmacensi dialecto, p. 301 ; Tadus- 
 sacca dialecto [Montagnais], p. 302; Oregonice, p. 303 ; Crianae seu Cree tribus 
 dialecto, p. 304 ; Koetenaice tribus dialecto, p. 305 ; Pedum-Nigrorum tribus ita 
 dictsB dialecto, p. 306 ; Assiniboinice, p. 307 ; Potawotomice, p. 308 ; Groenlan- 
 dice, p.-309. 
 
 2478 Marrqquin (D. Francisco). Arte para aprender las Piincipales 
 Idiomas de Guatemala. * 
 
 "Besides the Arte and Doctrina, Marroquin seems to have compiled a Kachiquel 
 dictionary. At any rate his name appears at the end of a Kachiquel dictionary 
 in my possession, as also at the end of another in the Imperial Library of Paris. 
 Both of these, however, are copies of a single original." — Squier. 
 
 "St. D. Francisco Marroquin, a native of the province of Santander in Spain, 
 came to Mexico about the year 1530, and was consecrated as first bishop of Gua- 
 temala in 1537. Under his admiuistration the missions flourished greatly. He 
 also established one among the nation of the Mames, which resulted in their 
 language being reduced to writing; and afterwards there were printed in Mexico 
 
MAKCOUX — MARSHALL. 1015 
 
 Marroquin (D. Francisco) — continued. 
 
 Artes of this tongue, by the fathers Pr. Gerdnimo Larios in 1607, and Fr. Diego 
 de Reinoso in 1643. In 1545 he made a pastoral visit to the province of Tuznlut- 
 lan, and in 1549 he founded the royal hospital of Santiago. After performing 
 many other useful acts, he died April 9, 1563. 
 
 "From the time that he first arrived in Guatemala he applied himself to the 
 study of the principal language of the natives, which was the Quiche or Utla- 
 teca, and acquired it to perfection. When the first Dominicans arrived in 15-35, 
 the zealous bishop undertook to instruct them in this tongue, and it appears 
 that he composed an Arte or Grammar of it, which was never printed. He was 
 also the first who wrote a Doctrina in the same language, which he had printed 
 at his own expense at Mexico, as there was no press in Guatemala. In speaking 
 of it, Remesal uses these words: 'Although it says on the title that he prepared 
 it with the assistance of the interpreters of the Dominican and Franciscan orders, 
 Fr. Juan de Torres and Fr. Pedro de Santos [Betanzos?], it was as much on 
 account of the bishop's humility (for he was well able to do it without their aid), 
 as for the reason that it was understood that the language and terms were em- 
 ployed by persons of both orders and approved by them ; for they are accustomed 
 to differ in the translation of certain words.' And he adds in another place : 
 'these differences were the cause of much dispute.' They rested principally on 
 the question whether, in speaking to the Indians, the Spanish word Dios should 
 be used, or its equivalent Cavoiil. The Franciscans were in favor of the former, 
 and the Dominicans of the latter. The dispute did not cease ' until time put an 
 end to it and caused all to be forgotten.' Remesal also says that in 1612 the 
 bishop D. Fr. Juan Cabezas, equally well conversant with this tongue, seeing 
 that there were great differences in opinion among the missionaries on the man- 
 ner of explaining to the Indians the holy communion, called together an assembly 
 of learned men, in which it was declared that the interpretation of Sr. Marro- 
 quin was the most proper and correct which could be given ; aud for this reason 
 the bishop commanded that the Christian doctrine should be taught from that 
 book and from no other. 
 
 " Notwithstanding the authority of Remesal, it is still doubtful whether Sr. 
 Marroquin wrote his Doctrina in Quich6 or in CacMquel. As no one has seen 
 the first edition, it is impossible to know what was its true title; the second 
 edition, which is evidently a reimpressiou, is in Cachiquel. Besides this fact, 
 Squier states that he owned a copy of a vocaiulario in Cachiquel, with the signa- 
 ture of Sr. Marroquin. At all events, if he was the first who wrote a Doctrina 
 in one of these languages, he was not the first to have one printed. Prior to 
 1553, the Franciscan fathers had caused to be printed in Mexico a Catedamo 6 
 Doctrina Cristiana en la lengua de Guatemala, probably compiled by Fr. Pedro de 
 Betanzos (Remesal, lib. x, cap. 3) ; and it was this Doctrina which gave rjse to 
 the disputes concerning the words Dios and Cdbovil, aud of which no copy is 
 known to be extant."— Jca^JaJceta, Bibliografia Mexicana del Siglo XVI, pp. 69-74. 
 
 2478 a Marshall (Orsamus H.) Narrative of the Expedition of the 
 Marquis de Nonville, against the Senecas, in 1687, translated from 
 the French, with an Introductory notice and notes. By Orsamus 
 
 H, Marshall. 
 
 In New York Hist. Soc, Coll., second series, vol. 2, pp. 149-192. New York, 
 1848. 8°. Original issue of No. 2479.' 
 
 Explanation of the map, pp. 186-188, contains a list of Seneca names of places 
 with definitions. 
 
 2480 The Niagara Frontier: | Embracing | Sketches of its Early 
 
 History, [and | Indian, French and English Local Names. | Eead 
 
1016 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Marshall (Orsamus H.) — continued. 
 
 before the Buffalo Historical Olub, | February 27th, 1865, | By 
 
 Orsamus H. Marshall. | Printed for Private Circulation. | 
 [Joseph Warren & Co., Printers, | Courier Office, Buffalo. | ] 
 
 [1865.] C. T. 
 
 Pp. 1-46. 8°. Improved title of No. 2480. Seneca names, pp. 43-46. This work 
 
 was originally pubUshed in Publications of the Buffalo Hist. Soc., vol. 2,1880, pp. 
 
 395-429; linguistics, pp. 427-429. (*) 
 2482 a Martinez (Fr. Alonso). Manual breve, y compendloso para em- 
 
 pezar k aprender la lengua Zapoteca y administrar en casa de ne- 
 
 cesidad. * 
 
 Manuscript, 84 unnumbered 11., 4°, in possession of Dr. Jos6 M» Melgar, Vera 
 Cruz. Title from Dr. Berendt's notes in a copy of Icazbaloeta's Apuntes, in 
 possession of Dr. D. G. Brinton. Dr. Berendfc made a copy of this manuscript 
 (see next title), in the Advertencia of which he describes the original as follows : 
 
 "El original de este confesionario y arte se halla en un MS. en cuarto menor de 
 83 fojas sin numeracion, letra y papel del siglo XVII. No tiene portada y le 
 faltan las ultimas hojas. Contiene entre naaterias religiosas, notioias sobre his- 
 toria natural, poesias, etc., en castellano y latin el confesionario en fojas 13-29 y 
 el arte en fojas 36-48. Es propriedad de J''. M". Melgar en Vera Cruz quien lo 
 compr6 en una libreria antiquaria de la ciudad de Mexico. 
 
 " Va copiado linea por linea y paginas por paginas, lo Zapoteco en letra re- 
 donda y lo Castellano en cursiva ordinaria. Vera Cruz, enero 22 de 1871. Dr. C. 
 H. Berendt." 
 
 2482 1) Manual breue | y compendioso, para empezar a apren- 
 der I lengua Zapoteca y administrar en casa | de necessidad. Lo 
 escribio Pr. Alonso | Martinez de la orden de S° Domingo | y lo 
 sujeta a la Santa Madre yglesia | catollca romana y a su correc- 
 cion y | censnra. | ano de 1633. | Copiado en Verapaz | 1871. | 
 
 Manuscript. Title, verso blank, 1 1. ; Advertencia, verso blank, 1 1. ; pp. 1-66. 
 4°. Copied by Dr. C. H. Berendt from the original (see title above). dgb. 
 
 Marty {Bt. Bev. Martin). See Ravoux {Bev. Augustin), No. 3200 o. 
 2487 a Martyr (Peter). The Decades | of the newe worlde or | west 
 India, | Conteynyng the uauigations and couquestes | of the Span- 
 yardes, with the particular de- | scriptlon of the moste ryche and 
 large landes | and Ilandes lately founde in the west Ocean | per- 
 teynyng to the inherltaunce of the kinges | of Spayne. In the 
 which the diligent reader | may not only consyder what commoditie 
 may | hereby chaunce to the hole christian world in | tyme to come, 
 but also learne many secreates | touchynge the lande, the sea, and 
 the starres, | very necessarie to be knowe to al such as shal | at- 
 tempte any nauigations, or otherwise | haue delite to beholde the 
 straoge | and woonderfull woorkes of | God and nature. | Wrytten 
 in the Latine tounge by Peter | Martyr of Angleria, and trans- | 
 lated into Englysshe by | Eycharde Eden. | 
 TLondoni. | In sedibus Guilhelmi Powell. | Anno. 1555. | 
 Colophon : ([ Imprynted at London, in Lumbard Strate at the 
 signe of the Cradle by Bdwarde Sutton. Anno. Dni. M, D. LV 
 [1555]. » 
 
MARSHALL MATHIVET. 1017 
 
 Martyr (Peter) — continued. 
 
 Title, reverse blank, 11.; 23 other p. 11.; 11. 1-3C1; 13 11. table and errata. Title 
 from Bartlett's Catalogue of the library of John Carter Brown, No. 196. Inter- 
 pretation of certain words of th,^ Indian language, 8th p. 1. 
 
 Maskoke Semahayeta, See [Fleming (John)], No. 1304. 
 
 Mason (Otis T.), editor. See Byington {Bev. Cyrus), ISo. 561. 
 
 Massachusee Psalter. See [Mayhew (Bev. Experience)], No. 2527. 
 
 Masukkenukeeg Matcheseaenvog [in Algonkin]. See D[anforth 
 (Samuel)], No. 987. 
 
 2502 Mather (Bev. Cotton). Wussukwhonk | En Christianeue asuh 
 peantamwae | Iiidianog, | Wahteauwaheonaount | Teanteagquas- 
 sinish, | Nish | Englishmansog | Kodtantamwog Indianog | Wah- 
 teaunate kah Ussenate, j EnmichemohtaeWunuiyeuonganit. | — | 
 Wussukwhosik nashpe Cotton Mather, | Englishmanne Nohtom- 
 peantog, | nampoo- 1 hamnnate kodtantamoonk Edward | Bromfleld 
 Englishmanne Nanawannuaenuh, | noh ukkodaninnumau yen 
 womoausue | Magooonk en Indiansut. | 
 
 Mushauwomuk, | Printeuun nashpe Bartholomew Green, kah 
 John Mien, 1700. | 
 
 Second title : An Epistle | to the Christian | Indians, Giving 
 them I A Short Account, of what the | English | Desire them to 
 Know and to Do, | in order to their Happiness. | — | Written by 
 an English Minister, at the | Desire of an English Magistrate, | 
 who sends unto them this | Token of Love. ( — | t. 
 
 Boston, Printed by Bartholomew Green, and | John Allen. 1700. | 
 
 One sheet 16° ; the page numbers doubled. Indian title on verso of first leaf; 
 English, on recto of second leaf, the vereo of which is page I of the Indian text, 
 with page 1 of the English, opposite. Ends on (double) page 14. Improved 
 title of No. 2502. 
 
 2506 a Mathevet (P. John Claude). Cantique en langue Algonquine. 
 In Soo Philol., Actes, tome 1, pp. 73-76. Paris, 1872. 8°. 
 Two Algonkin versions, one by P. Mathevet, with French translation by the 
 Abb6 Cuoq, the other by N. <). [Cuoq], also with French translation. 
 
 2508 a Sermons et Instructions Iroquois, par M. Mathevet 
 
 (Taiorhensere) Ancien Missionnaire du Lac des Deux Montagues. * 
 Manuscript ; in the archives of the Catholic Church at the above mission. 
 List furnished by Mrs. Erminnie A. Smith. 
 Cendres. Increpation. 
 
 Ivrognerie. SS. Pierre et Paul. 
 
 Ann. du Carfime Dance. 
 
 Jugement particulier. Ob^issance aux V. (2 sermons). 
 
 F6ch4 mortel. Difif6rents avis, &c. 
 
 Annonciation. Assomption. 
 
 Annonce de la Sem. Ste. Avis du soiu des enfants. 
 
 P4que (2 sermons). De Regia via Ste Crucis. 
 
 Ascension. Sermons sur la Montagne. 
 
1018 NOETH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Mathevet (P. John Claude)— continued. 
 
 Enfer. Purification. 
 
 Eameaux. Sur la passion et sur les afflictions, 
 
 gem. ste. Ann. des jours gras et du carfime. 
 
 - Jugement t^m^raire. St. Mathias. 
 
 Procession des Eogations St. Fran. X. 
 
 Ann. de la Pentec6te. Sur un nouveau Noel. 
 
 Dimes. Fid^lit^ dans les petites choees. 
 
 P3,ques. Attribuer tout si Dieu, &c. 
 
 St. Simon et St. Jude. Plusieurs diff. avis, &c., orgueil. 
 
 Noel. D6dicace. 
 
 Epiphanie. St. J. Baptiste. 
 
 De plus, M. Mathevet est I'auteur de plusieurs cantiques et ties pri&res pour 
 la Ste mease, lesquelles ont 6t6 en. grandes parties imprimges et r^imprim€es. 
 
 Matthewnim Taaiskit [Kez Percys]. [See Spalding {Bev. B. H.)], 
 No. 3707. 
 
 2523 Maximilian ( Alexander Philipp, Prinz von Wied - Neuwied ). 
 Travels | in | the interior of | l^Torth America. | By | Maximilian, 
 Prince of Wied. | With numerous engravings on wood, | and :i. 
 large map. | Translated from the German, | By H. Evans Lloyd. | 
 To accompany the original series of eighty-one | elaborately- 
 coloured plates. I Size, imperial folio. | 
 
 London: | Ackermann and Co., 96, Strand. | MDCCCXLIII 
 [1843]. I A. C.W.BA. 
 
 Pp. i-x, 1-520. 4°. map. Improved title of No. 2523. 
 
 Hieroglyphic Indian letter from a Mandan to a fur trader, with explanation, 
 p. 352. — On the origin of the Otos, Joways, and Missouris, p. 507. — Indian signa- 
 tures to contract for sale of land, -with English significations, p. 508. 
 
 Neither the vocabularies appearing in the German edition, nor the extracts 
 in the French issue are given in this edition. 
 
 2533 a Maxinuliano, | Emperador de Mexico. | b. 
 
 1 1. folio. A proclamation of the late Emperor Maximilian addressed to the 
 Mexicans, dated Oct. 2, 1865. It is printed on both sides of a sheet 14x10 inches, 
 in double columns, Spanish and Mexican. 
 
 2551 Meletta (F.) Pah uta Indien "Vocabulary. b. 
 
 Manuscript. 1 1: 4°. English-Pah uta. In the Bancroft Library, San Fran- 
 cisco ; bound in book of manuscripts entitled : Indians of California. Signed : 
 From F. Meletta, Los Angeles, Cal. Improved title of No. 2551. 
 
 2557 a [Menaul {Bev. John).] [The 1st and 23d Psalms, in English and 
 Laguna.] JWP. 
 
 Two separate leaves, 16°. 
 
 2557 b Laguna and English Dictionary. jbd. 
 
 Manuscript, in book form, 8°, containing spaces for somewhat over 2000 
 entries; approximately one-half filled. Alphabetically arranged according to 
 the Laguna words. In possession of Mr. J. B. Dunbar, Bloomfield,New Jersey. 
 
 2557 c The 1st Epistle General of John in Laguna. jbd. 
 
 Manuscript. Pp. 1-68 of a 16° note-book. 
 
 Translated and corrected in 1881 and 1882 by John Menaul, Missionary, as- 
 sisted by Kopyouranye, Interpreter. 
 
MATHE VET MEXICAN. 1019 
 
 Menaul {Bev. John) — continued. 
 
 2557 a Child's Catechism. Ee-translated and corrected. Laguna, 
 
 ISTew Mexico, March 20, 1883. William Holbrook, Scribe. jbi). 
 
 Manuscript. It is a revision of tlie work given in No. 2555, and occupies pp. 
 69-146 of the 16° note-book referred to above. 
 
 2557 e The Gospel according to St. Matthew, Chapter 5. Jan., 
 
 1883. jBD. 
 
 Manuscript. Pp. 147-165 of tlie same 16° note-book. 
 
 2557/ [Portions of the Scriptures in the Laguna language.] 
 
 Translated and corrected in 1881 and 1882 by John Menaul, Mis- 
 sionary, assisted by Kopyouranye, Interpreter. jbd. 
 
 Manuscript. Pp. 1-46. Oblong folio. This manuscript, an ordinary school 
 copy-book, contains a translation into Laguna of : 1st Psalm, pp. 1-2 ; 27th 
 Psalm, pp. 3-6 ; 23d Psalm, pp. 7-8 ; 112th Psalm, pp. 8-10 ; 5th chapter of 1st 
 Thessalonians, pp. 10-15; the 5 chapters of 1st John, pp. 16-46. 
 
 2557 g [Portions of the Bible in the Laguna language.] jbd. 
 
 Manuscript. Pp. 41-101. folio. This is on thin, unruled, brown paper, and 
 apparently a portion of a more extensive work. It consists of translations of: 
 the 5th, 6th, and 7th chapters of St. Matthew, pp. 41-71 ; the first 11 verses of 
 Isaiah 55th, pp. 71-74 ; the first 19 verses of Genesis 1st, pp. 75-78 ; the first 18 
 verses of Romans 8th, pp. SO-84 ; the first and second chapters, and the first six 
 verses of the third chapter, of St. John, pp. 84-101. 
 
 2557 h Mendieta (Jeronimo de). Conversion de estas gentes indianas. * 
 
 It is in Latin and Mexican, in which idiom he was very learned, according 
 to several authors. — Sobron's Idiomas Latina, p. 63. 
 
 2562 a Mendoza (Gumesindo). Mitos de los Nahoas. 
 
 InMuseo Nacional de Mexico, Anales, tomo 2,pp. 271-278, 315-322; tomo 3, 
 pp. 31-36. Mexico, 1881 & 1882. 8°. 
 Many Nahuatl terms passim. 
 
 2567 a Mengarini {Bev. Gregory). Indians of Oregon, etc. s. jwp. 
 
 In Anthrop. Inst, of New- York, Jour., vol. 1, pp. 81-88. N. Y., 1871-72. 8°. 
 Numerals in the Flathead language, and other Indian words jjassim. 
 
 2572 Mesah Oowh menwahjemoowin [in Chippeway]. 
 
 "This title should have been entered under [Jones (Peter) and Jones (John)], 
 their Indian names, Kahkewagwonnaby and Tyentennagen, appearing on the 
 title-page." — Trumbull. 
 
 2578 a Mexican. [Manuscripts in the Mexican or Nahuatl language.] * 
 The following list of anonymous manuscripts is taken from Boturini's Idea de 
 una nueva Historia General de la America Septentrional, Madrid, 1746 (c. ) : 
 
 J I. 1. Some painted and manuscript annals, in the Nahuatl, of 50 leaves, on 
 European paper, adorned with various figures which represent the acts, pere- 
 grinations, battles, and chiefs of this nation, with the signs of the years and the 
 symbols of the days upon which said things occurred. They treat of the arrival 
 of the Tultfecos at the famous city of Tiila, which was afterwards the capital of 
 their empire, and continue to 26 years after the Conquest by the Spaniards. 
 At the beginning of the Annals is found a map painted on Enropean paper and 
 mounted on Indian. The author of this Historia is an anonymous Indian. 
 
1020 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Mexican — continued. 
 
 J V. 1. Another manuscript on European paper, wMeli treats of the numerous 
 children of the Emperor Netzahualpizlntli. It is in NS-huatl, and has at the he- 
 ginning three figures of kings, and one at the end of an Infante, and 20 leaves 
 anonymous. 
 
 § v. 5. Five sheets and a quarter of fragments, on European paper and in the 
 Nahuatl language, by unknown authors. 
 
 J VII. 13. Another map in book form. It seems to treat of some things rela- 
 ting to the city of Ytztapal^pan, of its suburbs and neighboring towns, of the 
 first churches founded by the ancients. It has at the beginning a page written 
 in Nahuatl, and two whole ones at the end, and several lines on almost all the 
 painted pages. It is on Indian paper, bound, and is somewhat burnt on one side. 
 
 § VII. 17. Another map on European paper, of 19 leaves, of the lands acquired 
 in war which were divided by King Yzcohdatl among the conquering Indians. 
 On it are painted the kings of Mexico and of Tlatilulco, with the subsequent 
 Christian chiefs, and an account, in Nahuatl, of the war which occurred between 
 AxayJkca, king of Mexico, and Moquihuix, king of Tlatiltilco, who died a sacri- 
 fice, as is seen on leaf 15 ; and on the following leaf is added the map of Xochi- 
 milco, following which to the conclusion are some ciphers of measurement and 
 the division of the lands. 
 
 § VIII. 3. Nine sheets of historical fragments of the same nation [Mexican] 
 and language [Nahuatl], on European paper. The author is unknown. 
 
 § VIII. 5. Other notes of the same Historia in Nahuatl, on European paper, by 
 an unknown author ; they begin in the year 1367 and are concluded in 1569. 
 
 § VIII. 7. A Memoria, same language [Nahuatl] and paper [European], of 
 the coming of the Mexicans, and the things which happened afterwards ; the 
 author unknown. It begins in the year 1066 and ends in 1316. 
 
 i VIII. 8. Nine sheets of Fragmentos Historicos by various authors, in said 
 language [Nahuatl] and paper [European], 
 
 ^ VIII. 9. A Chronologia Historica of the ancient kings of Culhu^can, whom 
 the Mexican kings succeeded, written by the chiefs of Culhu^can in Nahuatl, 
 on European paper. 
 
 § VIII. 10. Some Annales Historicos de la Nacion Mexio^na on Indian paper 
 of extra size and thickness, in Nahuatl; bound with Yxtle cords woven of 
 threads from the Maguey ; in 16 leaves. It begins in heathen time (Gentilidad), 
 and proceeds, touching somewhat on the Conquest, at which time the author 
 must have died. It is an ancient piece, and much esteemed. 
 
 §VIII. 13. An Historia de los Reynos de Culhuacan y Mexico, in Nahuatl, on 
 European paper, by an anonymous author ; to which is added a Breve Relacion 
 de los Dioses, y Ritos de la Gentilidad, in Spanish, written by Don Pedro Ponce, 
 B. A., an Indian Cazique, Ex-Curate of the District of TzumpahuJican. It is all 
 copied in the handwriting of Don Fernando de Alba, and the first leaf is missing. 
 
 § VIII. 14. Another Historia de la Nacion Mexicana, partly in figures and 
 characters, and partly in prose in Nahuatl, written by an anonymous author in 
 the year 1576, and continued in the same way by other Indian authors to the 
 year 1608. At the beginning it has painted the four Triadecateridas of the In- 
 dian Calendar, and at the end some figures of the Mexican kings and other 
 Christian governors, with the signs of the years when they governed. 
 
 § IX. 1. Another Historia on European paper of the same nation [Mexican], 
 in Nahuatl, of 28 leaves. It commences with the founding of the city of Mexico 
 and continues to June 13, 1596. 
 
 5 IX. 2. Another Historia, same language and paper, upon which are drawn 
 the characters of the years and the signs of various places. It represents the 
 aiTival of the Mexicans at the city of Tollan in the year 1196, and continues to 
 1406. 
 
MEXICAN. 1021 
 
 Mexican — coDtinued. 
 
 § IX. 3. ADother, same language and paper, of 41 leaves, well written. It be- 
 gins with the arrival of the Mexicans at Chapnltfepec, and continues to the year 
 1590. The end is lacking. 
 
 § IX. 4. Eight leaves of historical fragments, same language and paper, with 
 the corresponding years of both Calendars, Indian and European. 
 
 § IX. 5. Seven leaves of other fragments, same language and paper. The au- 
 thor enumerates the kings of Mexico, the Conquest, and many things that 
 occurred in the Mexican nation from its arrival at the continent of New Spain to 
 the year 1586 ; although there is lacking to the thread of the history leaves 6 
 and?. 
 
 § IX. 6. An Historia, same language and paper, of 13 leaves, with the Indian 
 and European years. It begins with the arrival of the Mexicans and ends in the 
 year 1596. It is to be noticed that two leaves are missing and the corresponding 
 entries from 1310 to 1361. 
 
 ^ IX. 7. Some historical notes, same language and paper, 9 leaves. They 
 begin at the year 1507 and end iu the year 1670. 
 
 § IX. 8. Anotber Historia, same language and paper, of 12 leaves. It begins 
 with the arrival of the Spaniards at the Indies and continues to the year 1697. 
 It seems to have been commenced by one author and continued by another. 
 
 $ IX. 9. Some historical notes, same language and paper, 4 leaves, running 
 from the year 1519 to 1667. 
 
 § IX. 10. One leaf of historical notes, in the same language and on similar 
 paper, relating to the years 1519-1531. 
 
 $ IX. 11. Other notes, same language and paper, 13 leaves. They commence 
 in the year 1534 and continue to 1608. The beginning is lacking, although the 
 end seems to be complete. 
 
 5 IX. 12. Other similar notes, same language and paper, 5 large leaves. They 
 begin with the year 1519 and continue to 1649. 
 
 5 IX. 13. Other similar notes, same language and paper, 20 leaves; some rough 
 pictures added. They pertain to the years 1519-1645. A few of the interme- 
 diate and final leaves are missing. 
 
 § IX. 14. Other historical fragments, in the same language and on the same 
 paper, beginning with the year 1223 and ending in 1546, although the continuity 
 is interrupted. Thus also have I various manuscripts by more modern authors, 
 who having desired to imitate their predecessors and add the characters of the 
 Indian Calendar, were mistaken in the signs of the years, and perhaps in the 
 narration of facts. 
 
 § XII. 1. A history in Nahuatl of the most memorable events of the Mexican 
 nation, and still more of the Tlatiltilca ; 23 leaves, European paper. 
 
 5 XII. 2. An historical memorandum, noting the time when the Casas Keales 
 de Justicia were built in Tlatilillco, and the things which happened at that time ; 
 5 leaves, in Nahuatl and on European paper. 
 
 § XII. 3. Some historical fragments of things relating to TlatilWco ; 6 leaves, 
 same language and paper. 
 
 5 XVII. 4. A map, on European paper, upon which is painted P. Fr. Martin 
 de Valencia, a Franciscan, and the Judge of Tlaxca.llan, Don Hernando de 
 Saavedra, with many gentlemen and nobles of the Republic. It contains a col- 
 loquy in Nahuatl, in which the said P. Fr. Martin gave the chiefs to understand 
 that it was necessary to give an adequate recompense to the Spanish Writers or 
 Notaries, as was given to the Painter Writers of the heathen age. 
 
 J XVIII. 1. A large book on European paper. It describes all the towns, 
 noble and plebian houses, of the four Districts of Tlaxc^llan. It is in Nahuatl, 
 without either beginning or end. 
 
1022 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Mexican — continued. 
 
 $ XVIII. 2. Memorandums of the notable events and of the government of 
 the city of Tlaxca,llan, in Nahuatl, on European paper. They begin in 1547 and 
 continue to 1577. 
 
 § XIX. 6. A catalogue of ancient familes and nobL s of i he four districts of 
 TlaxcMlan ; 43 leaves, European paper, in Nahuatl. 
 
 § XIX. 7. A pamphlet, on European paper, recording the things which hap- 
 pened in the city of Pucbla from the year 1585 to 1677 ; 33 leaves, in Nahuatl. 
 This manuscript is put under the head of Historia de TIaxcallan for two reasons : 
 first, because said city was founded in its territory, and the Bishops were at first 
 called de TIaxcallan ; second, because the author may have been one of those 
 TIaxcallan Caziques who went to settle in the suburbs of Puebla. 
 
 §XIX. 8. SouiehistoricaluotesinNahuatl; 13 leaves, European paper. They 
 begin in the year 1519 and end in 1697. 
 
 §XIX. 9. Other notes in the same language; 28 leaves, European paper. At 
 the beginning are two circles (Ruedas), and a series of the kings of Mexico. 
 They commence in the year 1519 and end in 1739. 
 
 § XIX. 10. Other notes in the same language ; 25 leaves, European paper. 
 They begin in the year 1454 and end in 1737. 
 
 § XXIII. 1. A large book, on Indian paper, in Nahuatl. It consists of 65 
 leaves, upon which the Officers of the Church, out of curiosity, entered the 
 names of all who were baptized in the principal town of Vitzila, and from the 
 context of which good historical information may be taken. 
 
 § XXIII. 2. Another similar book, of 94 leaves, on the same paper and in the 
 same language, wherein is described the principal town of Tepilztla, and the 
 others adjacent, to wit: Tlacatfecpa, Tlalnepkntla, Teyc^pa, Calitec, Tepetitla, 
 Tlacoiihca, Acxfttla, Am^tla, Tepetl^pa, with the number of houses in each 
 town, of married Indians, and of boys, with every distinction. It may be that 
 the Indians had this count in order to discriminate in the Tax Lists. 
 
 § XXIII. 3. Another similar book of 119 leaves, on tie same paper and in the 
 same language, with a complete description of the towns : Molbtlan, Atfepan, 
 TenS,uc >, Alac5.tlan, Tlacatfecpan, Texihu^ca, Tezcacohilac, Conquechu^can, 
 Tbtia, Tepetfenchic, Dedfepan [sic], Tlac61pa, Zac^nco, TepeyahuMco, Panchi- 
 raMco, Touall^pan, following the style of the preceding. 
 
 § XXIV. 17. A book in Nahuatl, on European paper. It treats of various sub- 
 jects and moral explanations. The beginning is missing. 
 
 § XXIV. 18. Discourses on the Gospel, on the same paper and in he same 
 language. The beginning is lacking. 
 
 § XXIV. 19. Various sermons, on the same paper and in the same language. 
 The beginning and end are missing. 
 
 § XXIV. 20. ExamplfS and lives of Saints, on the same paper and in the same 
 language. The beginning is missing. 
 
 J XXIV. 21. A book on the same paper and in the same language. It explains 
 some moral examples. 
 
 § XXIV. 22. Another similar book. It contains some sermons in honor of the 
 Saints. 
 
 5 XXIV. 23. Unos Pragmentos de la Passion de Nuestro SeSor, on the same 
 paper and in the same tongue. 
 
 § XXIV. 24. A book on Indian paper and in the Nahuatl language. It treats 
 of various things and contains songs in praise of the Saints. It has neither be- 
 ginning nor end. 
 
 § XXrV. 25. Another book on the same paper and in the same language. It 
 contains different orations and things of our Holy Faith, and has neither begin- 
 ning nor end. 
 
MEXICAN MIJANGOS. 1023 
 
 Mexican — continued. 
 
 § XXV. 3. Some principles of said [Christian] doctrine, on 4 leaves of Euro- 
 pean paper, not continued. Besides the pictures and ciphers, there are a few 
 lines in the Otonii language. 
 
 § XXXV. 2. A manuscript in Nahuafcl. It treats of many things pertaining 
 to the Mexican Empire, and in a few lines, in concise style (like the rest of it), 
 refers to the Apparition of the Holy Lady in the Cerro (mount) de Tepeyfecac. 
 The author did not put correctly the Arabic numbers of the year in which 
 the apparition occurred, but the history is old and authentic, and I wiU prove it 
 in [my] said Prologo. 
 
 2579 Mexican MS. | Pintura | del | Gobernador, Alcaldes, | y 
 
 llegidores de | Mexico. Codice | en gerogliflcos Mexicanos y en 
 lengua castellana | y azteica existente en la Biblioteca ( del.Excmo. 
 Senor ( Duque de Osuna. | 
 
 Madrid, | Imprenta de Manuel G. Hernandez | 1878 | * 
 
 11., 10 .pp., 39 11. fao-similes. folio. Improved title of No. 2579, furnished by 
 Sr. Icazbalceta. 
 
 2580 a Micmac. Cahier mikmaque copi6 le 1®' jour de d6ceinbre, I'an 
 1830. * 
 
 Manuscript. 45 11. folio. Comprises the principal religious offices in Micmac, 
 with music; copy of a manuscript composed in 1754 by a French missionary. — 
 Pinart Sale Cat., Ho. 622. 
 
 2580 b De la Langue Sauvage Mikmaque. 
 
 Manuscript. 103 11. folio. Comprises a grammar, French-Mikmak, and a 
 catechism of prayers, French-Mikmak ; composed by a missionary at the end of 
 the last ceutury. — Pinart Sale Cat , No. 620. 
 
 2580 c Pieces manuscrites [en langue mikmaque] : Grammaires, 
 
 Vocabulaires, Gat^chismes, Livres de priferes et Documents divers. * 
 Manuscript. Title from the Pinart Sale Catalogue, No. 621. 
 
 See Irving {Mr. —), No. 1949 a. 
 
 2580 <Z [Miguel (Dow)]. [Manuscript in the Mexican language.] B. 
 
 13 11. 12°. In the Bancroft library, San Francisco. 
 
 A curious fragment, in a handwriting of the middle of the 17th century. At 
 the end of the manuscript a note in Spanish states that these fragments of excel- 
 lent Mexican were written by Don Miguel, ministro, or vice-rector, of the Jesuit 
 college in Mexico, of which the celebrated Father Carochi was rector. Titles of 
 dialogues and speeches are in Spanish. 
 
 Contents: Salutation of one who, going to the market place, passes the house 
 of a kinsman, and reply ; congratulations to a newly married couple, and replies ; 
 what the cihuatlanqaeg say to the parents of a maiden demanded in marriage by 
 the king of Tezcoco, and replies; salute of the king to his bride; salutations of 
 a lord to the queen and to the king ; salutation to the queen on the birth of a 
 child; congratulations to the king on this event; taking leave of a dead king; 
 condolence of a noble with others on the king's death ; advice on good breeding 
 given by an old man to, children ; salutation of a noble youth to a religious ; con- 
 versation of two noble youths with their grandmother, mother, tutor, a noble- 
 man and an old noblewoman ; how children were reared by the Mexicans when 
 they were heathens. 
 2582 a Mijangos {Fr. Juan). Directorio espiritual, en mejicano y cas- 
 
 tellano. * 
 
 "Of great literaiy merit, if wo are to believe what is said of this work by a 
 
 person so competent as Senor Dr. Torres Cano, professor of this language in the 
 
^ 
 
 1024 NOETH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Mijangos {Fr. Juan)— continued. 
 
 University of Mexico. It -veas printed in said city. Besides this book, he com- 
 posed various other things, amongst them some Poesias misticas, greatly esteemed 
 by scholars." — Sohron's Idiomas, p. 62. 
 
 2588 a Milla (D. Jos6). Historia | de la | America Central, | Desde el 
 descubrimieuto del pais por los espafioles (1502) | hasta su inde- 
 pendencia de la Espana (1821). [ Precedida | De una "Noticia 
 Historica" relativa a las naciones que habitan | in America Central 
 & la llegada de los espafioles | por | D. Jos6 Milla, | Socio corres- 
 pondente [&c., 4 lines]. Tomo I [-?]. 
 
 Guatemala. | Establecimiento tipogr^flco de "El Progreso" | 
 Octavo calle Poniente No. 11. | 1879. | nm. 
 
 4 11., pp. i-lxxv, 1-342, 1-14. 8°. El Calendario quiche, segun Ximenez [and] 
 segun Brasseur, pp. Ixii-lxxiii. — Meses quiches ; Meses cakchiqueles, p. Ixiv. 
 
 2590 Minnesota Historical Society. Annals | of the | Minnesota His- 
 torical Society. | [Seven lines quotation.] | Published by order of 
 the Society. | 
 
 Saint Paul: | Printed by James M. Goodhue. | 1850 [-1856]. | 
 
 Nos. 1-5. 8°. No. 4 was the first to have a number on the title-page. JWP. 
 
 Belcourt (G. A.) Department of Hudson's Bay. No. 4, pp. 16-32. 
 
 NeiU (E. D. ) Indian Trade, No. 3, pp. 29-48. 
 
 Dakota land and Dakota life, No. 4, pp. 45-64. 
 
 Materials for the future History of Minnesota [No. 5], pp. 1-141, 1-17. 
 
 Riggs (S. R.) Address [on the Dakota language] No. 1, pp. 132-142. 
 
 Minuajimouin * * au St. John [in Ojlbwa]. See [Jones (John) 
 and Jones (Peter)], No. 2017. 
 
 Miseelaneo espiritval en el idioma Zapoteco. See [Agviero {Fr. 
 Ohristoual de)], No. 31. 
 
 Mission service [in Santee Dakota]. See [Hinman {Eev. S. D.)], 
 No. 1810. 
 
 2597 a Missions de la Louisiane. 
 
 In Annales de la Propag. de la Foi, vol. 1, No. 1, pp. 22-46. Paris, 1853 [1822]. 
 8°. Contains a note on "la langue des Sauvages," si few sentences, and "I'orai- 
 son dominicale en langue sauvage" (Pottowatomie?),pp. 37, 38. 
 
 Mizi Auamiawinun [in Chippewa]. See [O'Meara [Eev. James D.)], 
 No. 2837. 
 
 2599 a Modo. Modo de Administrar | los Sacramentos | en Castellano 
 y Tzendal. | 1707. | Tuxtla Gutierrez, 1870. | d(jb. 
 
 Manuscript. Title, verso blank, 1 1. ; Advertencia, verso blank, 1 1. ; pp. 1-44. 
 4°. Copied from the original, which is thus described by Dr. Berendt in his 
 Advertencia to the above : 
 
 El Cura de Chiapa, D. Jos6 Hilario Aguilar posee un ejemplar de la obra 
 "Brevis Forma * * * M.D.C. XVII * * * precidida de 17 fojas manu- 
 scritos, copiados en las paginas siguientes, sin nombre de autor * » * 
 
MIJANGOS — MOLINA. 1025 
 
 Modo — continued. 
 
 2599 b Modo de Confesar | en lengua maya. | 1803. | dgb. 
 
 Original manuscript of 36 11., with modern title 11.; in two columns. 4°. Dr. 
 Brinton, in his manuscript catalogue of the Berendt collection, describes it as 
 follows: "Written in a clear, small hand, Spanish in one column, Maya in the 
 other. The name of the author is carefully blotted on the first page and is illegi- 
 ble. The questions and answers extend over a wide variety of topics, and form 
 a valuable means of studying the language. The manuscript was obtained in 
 Campeche by Dr. Berendt." 
 
 2599 c Moguer {Fr. Andres). Sermonarios de todo el aflo en lengua 
 mejicana. * 
 
 Title from Sobron, Los Idiomas de la America Latina, p. 56. 
 
 2608 Molina {Fr. Alonzo de). Doetrina xpiana breue traduzida en 
 leugua Mexicana. " 
 
 The following note descriptive of the above work is from Icazbalceta's 
 Bibliografia Mexicana del Siglo xvi, pp. 13-16 : 
 
 Title from the Cddice franciscauo [830 a]. 
 
 It was known that Fr. Alonso de Molina had written a large and a small Doc- 
 tripa in the Mexican language, for P. Mendieta says so plainly in his Sistoria 
 Mclesidsiica Indiana, lib. iv, cap. 44 ; and this notice was printed long ago, being 
 incorporated literally by P. Torqueinada in cap. 33, lib. xix, of his Monarquia 
 Indiana. The same fact is stated in the work of the illustrious Gonzaga, De Ori- 
 gine Serapkicw Beligionis, page 1242. In the colophon of the Spanish and Mexican 
 Doctiina of 1548, there is mentioned, with sufiRoient clearness, the edition of the 
 Doetrina hreve made in 1546, although the name of the author is not stated: 
 
 "And because at the assembly held by the bishops, it was decreed that there 
 should be made two Doctrinas, one brief and the other full : and the brief one is that 
 which was printed in the year 1546; his reverend lordship [Zum^rraga] commands 
 that this may be the large one, for explanation of the other small one." This 
 notice cannot refer to the well known Doetrina of 1546, because that is entirely in 
 Spanish, and here it refers evidently to one in Spanish and Mexican, like that of 
 1548, which it was to accompany. Even D. NicoWs Antonio, little acquainted 
 with American books (Bill. Hisp. Nova, torn. l,p. 37), knew of the edition, for 
 among the writings of P.Molina he places the following: "Catecismo mayor y 
 menor. Probably this is the same as the Doetrina Christiana in the Mexican lan- 
 guage, first printed at Mexico in 1546, again in 1606. 4°." Finally, P. Molina him- 
 self, in the dedication of his Arte, 1571, asserts that he had printed a Doetrina 
 cristiana ; a reference that cannot be applied to the edition of 1578, as that was 
 published afterwards. 
 
 Notwithstanding all this, and that there are, at the least, four later editions 
 of the Doetrina breve (without counting that of 1606, mentioned by Antonio, 
 which I have not seen, nor found referred to elsewhere), Beristain does not put 
 such a Doetrina menor among the writings of P. Molina, excepting only the Mexi- 
 can one of 1578, which will be spoken of in its place. The certain knowledge 
 of the edition of 1546, and also of its text, is due to the discovery of an ancient 
 manuscript, an account of which will bo given in a few words. 
 
 On the 33d of January, 1569, the king gave notice to the archbishop of Mexico, 
 D. Fr. Alonso de Montfifar, that on account of the official visit which the Lie. 
 Juan de Ovando was making to the Council of the Indies, certain investigations 
 were necessary, and charged him to perform them, sending at the same time a 
 list of the subjects to be included. One of these was that there should be sent 
 
 65 Bib 
 
1026 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Molina [Fr. Alonzo de) — continued. 
 
 "a copy of the Doctrina Cristiana which is taught.'' The archbishop hastened 
 to comply with the king's demand, beginning by requesting from the religious 
 orders the respective notices concerning the towns of which they had charge. 
 But they excused themselves from doing this, saying that they had royal letters 
 in which they were directly questioned concerning these matters, and therefore 
 the archbishop had to confine himself to reporting on what he had under his own 
 charge. Concerning the copy of the catechism, he merely said that it was sent, 
 without stating whether it was printed or in manuscript, or who was the author. 
 Many years ago I obtained the original reply of Sr. Montlifar, a manuscript of 
 201 leaves in folio ; but of the answers of the friars, only those of several Augustan 
 priors came into my hands at that time. 
 
 In April, 1875, Sr. D. Alfredo Chavero brought to my notice a valuable old man- 
 uscript [Codice franciscano. No. 830 a] which had belonged to Sr. D. J. F. Rami- 
 rez, and I had hardly opened it when I met with what purported to be the reply 
 of the franciscans to that royal letter: a document full of interesting notices, as 
 this order was the oldest and most extensive of all. Fortunately the fathers 
 were not content, like the archbishop, with saying that the copy of the catechism 
 was sent, for they even incorporated it into their relation, prefixing to it the fol- 
 ■ lowing preface : 
 
 "Copy and relation of the Catechism of Christian doctrine which is taught to 
 the Indians of this New Spain, and the method that the priests of this province 
 use in teaching them. 
 
 "It is known that several kinds of Doctrinas have already been composed in 
 this country in the languages of the natives, mostly in the Mexican tongue, 
 which is in general use, such as small or brief Doctrinas, with which they teach 
 the children, as well as other larger ones from which older and more intelligent 
 persons may learn at length the mysteries of our faith. Of the smaller ones, 
 which are called ' Doctrinas Cristianas,' and of which a copy is now requested, 
 four w five kinds ivert prinied, all of which contain the same in substance and 
 opinion, although they differ in the manner of arrangement and diction, and 
 some of them are fuller than others; and there should be properly but one Doc- 
 trina for this people, because wherever this conformity may be carried out, no 
 persons would be excused when questioned in other parts where the Doctrina is 
 different, by saying that they did not teach thus in their village. The best of 
 these Doctrinas, and the most correct in language and other particulars, I under- 
 stand, is one which P. Fr. Alonso de Molina composed, and which is now to ie 
 printed the second time in the Mexican language, and translated into the corre- 
 sponding Spanish in the opposite column. I say that it will be the best, with- 
 out prejudice to any one, because this father is the best Mexican interpreter we 
 have among the Spaniards in New Spain, and he has been of great service in 
 composing treatises and other useful works in this language. And as a copy of 
 the Doctrina Cristiana is requested, it has been placed here in the language of 
 the Indians, with its Spanish translation, as follows." 
 
 He then adds the text of the work in both languages. In a note at the end it 
 is said that it is being printed for the second time, and it was probably finished in 
 1571, as both the license and the privilege of the Vocabulario of the same year 
 include vna Doctrina cristiana breve. 
 
 This document gives us, therefore, certain information respecting two editions 
 in the sixteenth century, which have entirely disappeared, with so many others. 
 
 The following preface in the two languages precedes the work: 
 
 " Here begins a work of instruction called Doctrina Cristiana, which it is 
 required that all the children and young persons of the natives of this New Spain 
 should learn ; in which are discussed the most necessary things to learn, know 
 and practice for the salvation of Christians, and that they may know how to 
 
MOLINA. 1027 
 
 Molina {Fr. Alonzo de) — continued. 
 
 reply when they are questioned in any place concerning Christianity; and ia 
 order that this Doctrina may reach to all parts and be known by all, it is neces- 
 sary that it should be translated into other languages proper to know, in the 
 language of Mechoacan, and in that of the Otomies, etc. And the Lord Bishop 
 D. Fr. Juan de Zum^rraga orders those that teach in all parts, and instruct in 
 reading and writing, that they should first teach this Doctrina, so that all may 
 know it by heart, before they undertake to learn anything else. This Doctrina 
 has been newly (nuevamente) printed here in Mexico, by command of the same 
 Lord Bishop D. Fr. Juan de Zum^rraga.'' The word nuevamente may suggest that 
 there was an earlier edition, but it is not so. The reverend author of the docu- 
 ment says plainly that in 1570 it was being printed /or the second tinle. Nuevamente 
 ought to be taken here for HUimamente, redentemente, poco hd (nuper) ; and that is 
 the proper signification of the adverb. 
 
 The chapters which the work comprises are: the Per signum Cruois; the 
 Credo; the Pater noster; the Ave Maria; the Salve Eegina; another preface 
 without title; the fourteen articles of the faith; the commandments of God; 
 those of the Church ; the sacraments ; declaration of the venial sin; declaration 
 of the mortal sin; the mortal sins; the theological and cardinal virtues; the 
 works of mercy ; the gifts of the Holy Spirit ; the bodily senses ; the faculties 
 of the soul; the enemies of the soul; the eight beatitudes; the blessings of the 
 glorified body ; the obligations of sponsors; the questions to be asked of adults 
 at baptism; short advice to those who have just been baptized; the blessing of 
 the table ; the giving of thanks after eating. 
 
 The four reimpressions mentioned above were printed in 1675, 1718, 1732, and 
 1735. They contain only the Mexican text. But in comparing the 1735 edition 
 (the only one which I now have before me) with the Mexican part of that of 
 1546, there will be noticed great differences in the compilation and in the order 
 of the chapters, as well as the omission of some things and the addition of others. 
 At the same time it is evident that the original of 1546 was not used for this 
 edition of 1735. What was, .then, this original to which it is said that the editions 
 of 1732 and 1735 were faithfully conformed? Can it be the Mexican part of that 
 of 1571, in which the author had made revisions ? It is impossible to tell with- 
 out finding a copy of that edition ; but I doubt this very much, and am inclined 
 to believe that the alterations are the work of later hands, because in the four 
 editions it is said that they were newly (nuevamente) revised and corrected; and 
 in that of 1718 the name of the corrector also appears. The original to which 
 the last two editions refer, is probably the text corrected by P. Perez, who, per- 
 haps with the pious intention of making it the more useful to the Indians of his 
 own time, transformed the pure language of P. Molina into the corrupt dialect 
 which was generally used about two centuries afterwards. 
 
 2610 Doctrina | Christiana | y \ Cathecismo, en Lengva | Mexi- 
 
 cana. | JS'uevamente Emendada, Dispuesta, y | Anadida: para el 
 vso, y ensenanga | de los Naturales. | Compvesta | Por el P. Fr. 
 Alonso De Molina, de la Orden del | Glorioso Padre San Francisco. | 
 
 Ano de [Woodcut] 1675. | Oonlicencia. | En Mexico, Por laiViuda 
 de Bernardo Calderon. | JOB. 
 
 16 unnumbered 11. 8°. Improved title of No. 2610. 
 
 2612 Doctrina | Christiana, | y Cathecismo | En Lengua Mexi- 
 
 cana. | Compuesta | por el P. Fr. Alonso de Molina, | de la Orden 
 del Glorioso, y Seraphico Padre | San Francisco. | Corregida flel- 
 mente, por su original. J 
 
1028 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Molina {Fr. Alouzo de) — continued. 
 
 Ano de [Woodcut] 1732. | Keimpressa en Mexico: | Per la Viuda 
 de Francisco de Eivera Calderon, | en la Calle de San Augustin. | 
 
 16 unnumberecl 11. 8°. Improved title of No. 2612. JCB. 
 
 2618 a Ordinanyas . para prouechar . los Co | -fradias alios . que 
 
 an de seruir en estas Os | -pitalles . | Enel nombre dela sauctissima 
 trinidad | padre, hijo . y espusancto . aqui comien^a | una, ordena- 
 cion , qui coupuso y ordeno el | reberendo . padre . fray alonso 
 demolina= | dela orden de san francisco | [&c.] B, 
 
 Manuscript. 26 11. 12°. In the Bancroft Library, San Francisco. The manu- 
 script is in a bold hand; shape of letters slightly resembling the Gothic; entirely 
 in the Mexican language; date uncertain; probably a copy. It was bought at 
 the sale of the Eamirez collection, London, and is entered under No. 538 of the 
 catalogue of that sale. 
 
 "P. Alonso de Molina, alias Escalona, a franciscan friar, bom in 1496 (accord- 
 ing to Antonio), was one of the most learned missionaries of Mexico. He was 
 also one of the best informed in the Mexican language, in which he composed 
 vocabularies, a grammar, a catechism, some sermons, a confessional, &c. He 
 died in the convent of tie order at Mexico, 1584, at the age of 88. Wadding fixes 
 the time of his death in 1580."— Leclerc, 1867, No. 1007. 
 
 [Montgomery {Bev. William B.) and Requa (William C.)] See 
 Washashe * * * Osage First Book, No. 4099. 
 
 I am informed by Dr. Trumbull that these gentlemen are the authors of this 
 work. 
 
 2649 [Morgan (Lewis Henry).] Laws of Consanguinity, and Descent of 
 the Iroquois. dgb. 
 
 Colophon: Steam Press of A. Strong & Co., Eochester, N.Y. 
 No title-page. Pp. 1-12, 16°. A letter dated Eochester, Monroe County, N.Y. 
 January — , 1859, and signed Lewis H. Morgan. It contains a list of Seneca- 
 Iroquois relationships, p. 7. 
 
 Morning and Evening Prayer [in Ottawa]. See [Johnston 
 
 (George)], No. 2002. 
 
 2667 Mosesib Aglangita Sivorlingit Assingitalo tuksiarutsiningit ner- 
 
 tordlerutingeilo imgerusertaggit. The book of Genesis translated 
 
 into the Esquimaux language by the missionaries of the Unitas 
 
 fratrum, or United brethren, printed for the use of the mission by 
 
 the british and foreign Bible society. London, 1834. * 
 
 8°. A more extended title of No. 2667, from the Pinart Sale Catalogue, No. 
 352 (8). 
 
 Mosquito Dictionary. See Dictionary of the Mosquito language, 
 No. 1033 a. 
 
 2668 a Mota (D. Domingo Jos6 de la). Poesias mexicanas. * 
 
 Mota composed various Poesias mexicanas upon diverse subjects, but I am 
 ignorant as to whether they ever saw the light. — Sobron's Idiomas,p. 62. 
 
 2669 a Motolinia [Fr. Toribio). De Moribus indorum, * 
 
 1 vol., folio, in Mexican and Latin. It was printed, but is already very rare. — 
 Soiron'a Idiomas, p. 35. 
 
MOLINA MUNEOE. 1029 
 
 2670 [Motte (Benjamiu)], editor. Oratio | Dominica | UoUyXoorro?^ 
 Ttdkojj.opqjo?. I lilimirum, | plus Centum Linguis, Yersionibus, aut 
 Oharacteribus | reddita & expressa. | Editio novissima, | specimi- 
 nibus variis quam priores comitatior. | Psal. xix. 4, 5 | [Two lines 
 quotation.] | 
 
 Londini: | Prostant apud Dan. Brown ad Insigne Bibliorum, & 
 W. Keblewhite, | sub Gygno in Area Boreali D. Pauli. MDOC 
 [1700J. I * 
 
 4 p. 11., pp. 1-70. am. 4°. Half title on first leaf: The Lord's Prayer | in above 
 a Hundred | Languages, Versions, and Characters. | Preface signed "B. M.Ty- 
 pogr. Loud." 
 
 Contains the [pseudo] Mexican, Pooonchi, and Virginian [Massachusetts] 
 versions. 
 
 Title furnished by Dr. J. Hammond Trumbull, from copy in the Watkinson 
 Library, Hartford, Conn. 
 
 According to Sabin's Dictionary, reprinted: London, 1713, pp. (4), 71,4°. 
 
 2670 a Oratio | Dominica | IloX'dyXoorroi, noMixopcpo?. \ Kimi- 
 
 rum, I plus Centum Linguis, Yersionibus, aut Characteribus | red- 
 dita & expressa. | Editio Novissima. | Psal. xix. 4, 5. | [Quotation, 
 two lines.] | [Yignette, with motto.] | 
 
 Londini: | Prostant apud B. Motte & C. Bathurst, ad Medii Tem- 
 pi! I Portam in vico Fleetstreet dicto. | M. DCC. XXXYI [1736J. | * 
 
 3 p. 11., pp. 71. sm. 4°. Title furnished by Dr. Trumbull from copy in his 
 possession. Mexicana and Poconohi, p. 61 (for 63) ; Virginiana, p. 62 (64). 
 
 See Auer (A), Nos. 185a-185i; [Bodoni (J. B.)], ediim; No. 397d; Chamber- 
 layne (J.), No. 718; [Krause (J. U.) and Wagner (J. C.)], publiahers, No. 2146; 
 Marcel (J. J.), No. 2452; Marietti (Pietro), editor, No. 2473a; and [MuUer 
 (A.)], Nos. 2676-2677. 
 
 2675 a Mudarra {Fr. Jos6). Arte gramatical de la lengua de Tehuante- 
 
 pec. * 
 
 Mudarra wrote the Arte gramatical de la lengua de Tehuantepec, which the 
 historian. Padre Romeral [Eemesal?], says is most difficult; he also wrote a 
 vocabulary of the same language, with Spanish equivalents. — Sohron, Los Idio- 
 mas, p. 98. 
 2679 a Mliller (Dr.Friedricli). Der Grammatische Bau | der | Algonkin- 
 Sprachen | Ein | Beitrag zur Amerikanischen Linguistik | von | 
 Dr. Friedrich Miiller | Professor der Oriental. Linguistik an der 
 Wiener Universitat j 
 
 Wien I Aus der K. K. Hof- und Staatsdruckerei | In Commission 
 bei Karl Gerold's Solm, Buchhandler der Kais. Akademie der | 
 Wissenschaften | 1867 | " we. 
 
 Printed cover 1 1., title 1 1., pp. 1-23. 8°. Separate issue of No. 2679. 
 2681a Munroe (C. K.), editor. The | Florida Annual | Impartial and 
 Unsectional | 1884 | With | large new sectional map. j Edited by | 
 C. K. Munroe | 
 
 Office of publication | 140 Nassau Street, New York j 1883 j c. 
 
 Pp. 1-207. 8°. map. 
 
 Seminole terms for "orange," "sweet orange," "sour orange,'' p. 184. — Semi- 
 nole and English vocabulary of .about 160 words, and numerals 1-10, pp. 204 and 
 206. 
 
1030 NOETH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 2682 a Murr (Ghristoph Gottlieb von), editor. Eeisen | einiger Missio- 
 narien | der | GesellschaftJesu | in | Amerika. | Aus| ihreneigenen 
 Aufsatzen | herausgegeben | von | Ghristoph Gottlieb von Murr. | 
 Mit einer Landkarte und Kupfern. | 
 
 Niirnberg, | bey Johann Eberhard Zeh, | 1785. | T. HU. 
 
 4 p. 11., pp. 615. 8°. plates and folded map. 
 
 Variarum Americse linguarum Synopsis: Cap. I. De lingua Haitina (with a 
 vocabulary, from Oviedo, Peter Martyr, Acosta, and others), pp. 403-408.— Cap. 
 II. De lingua Mexicana (with vocabulary and outlines of grammar, from Gilii, 
 Saggio di Storia Americana, translated into Latin by the Abbe F. X. Veigl), pp. 
 409-450. 
 
 2690 a Muskoki Vocabulary. * 
 
 Manuscript. 11 pp. folio. In the library of Dr. J. G. Shea, Elizabeth, N. J. 
 
 M^skoki ImiJnaitsi;. See [Fleming (John)], No. 1301. 
 
 N. 0., i. e. Nij-kwen.atc-anibic. Orakwanentakon. See Cuoq 
 {Bev. Jean Andr6). 
 
 2693 a Nahuatl | de | San Augustin Acasaguastlan. | dgb. 
 
 Manuscript. 1611. folio. Cont.i,ins411.,much worn, of a legal document, dated 
 1636, in the Nahnatl language, from the archives of the parish of San Cristobal 
 Acasaguastlan, and a vocabulary collected at San Agustin Acasaguastlan by 
 Mr. Franz Bramowicz in 1878. 
 
 2697 Najera {Fr. Manuel de San Juan Crisostomo). Emmanuelis | 
 Crysostomi Xaxera | mexicani | de Othomitorum lingua | diserta- 
 tio I in Academia Philosophica Americana apud Philadelphos | 
 lecta, I ejusque actis vol. v nov. serie. | Inserta, | nunc vero correcta 
 ot aacta, | utque | prseside E. P. Mexicanae Jubente, | iteruni typis 
 mandata. | 
 Mexico. I Ex officina Aquilae dicta. | CIO. 10. COG XLY [1845]. | 
 Improved title of No. 2697. It forms part of No. 2698. Title as in No. 2698, 
 1 1.; Prologo in Spanish, pp. i-xiii; Latin title as above, 1 1. ; Latin text, pp. 
 1-20; Spanish text, pp. 21-52; Pars altera (Latin text), pp. 53-70; Segunda 
 parte, pp. 71-90; Appendix, pp. 91-94; Annotanda, pp. 95-116; Notes, pp. 117- 
 143; Catalogo, p. 145. c. bp. 
 
 2712 a Nantel {M. VAbbe). Etude Bibliographique par M. l'Abb6 Nantel 
 sur le Lexique de la Langue Iroquoise. 
 
 In Cuoq (J. A.) Lexique de la Langue Iroquoise (Additamente), pp. 227-233. 
 Montreal [1883]. 8°. 
 
 2714 Narciso (J.) Maya Grammar. * 
 
 "Ludewig is in error in saying Euz speaks in his preface of a Maya Grammar 
 by Narciso. Ruz says, only, that his Gramatica Yucateca [No. 3417 of this cata- 
 logue] is based upon that [Spanish] published at Madrid by D. Diego Narciso 
 Herranz y Quiros, in 1838. Herranz's Grammar is still a text boolj in the Spanish 
 schools in Mexico." — Icazbaloeta. 
 
 2716 a Nason (Bev. Elias). Indebtedness of the English to the Indian 
 Languages of America. (Gommunicated by Eev. Elias Nason.) c. 
 In New England Historical and Genealogical Register, vol. 20, pp. 309-312. 
 Boston, 1866. 8°. Contains a list of English words of Indian origin. 
 
MUEE — NEZ PEECES. 1031 
 
 Natsun kaotliet nake kendi [in Tinn6]. See [Kirkby {Bev. W. W.)], 
 No. 2105. 
 
 Ne. Ne Agsenhhadont [in Mohawk]. See [Hill (A. H.) ^nd 
 Wilkes (J. A.), jr.], No. 1788. 
 
 Ne Karoron ue Teyerihwahkwatha [in Mohawk]. See 
 
 [Hill (A. H.)], Nos. 1776-1779. 
 
 Ne ne Eevelation [in Mohawk]. See [Hill (A. H.) and 
 
 Wilkes (J. A.), jr.], No. 1790. 
 
 Ne ne Tekaghyadonghserakehhadont [in Mohawk]. See 
 
 [Hill (A. H.) and Wilkes (J. A.), jr.]. No. 1787. 
 
 • Ne Orighwadogenhty [in Mohawk]. See [Hill (A. H.) and 
 
 Wilkes (J. A.), jr.], No. 1785. 
 
 Ne Eaowenna Teyoninhokarawen [in Mohawk]. See 
 
 [Norton (John)], No. 2769. 
 
 Ne Eayadakwe-niyu [in Mohawk]. See [Hill (A. H.) and 
 
 Wilkes (J. A.), jr.], No. 1789. 
 
 Nehiro-Iriniui aiamihe [in Montagnais]. See [La Brosse (Bev. 
 J. B. de)], Nos. 2153, 2153 a. 
 
 2733 a Neill (Edward Duffield). Indian Trade. A sketch of the early 
 trade and traders of Minnesota. By Edward D. Neill. 
 
 In Minn. Hist. Soc, Annals, 1852 (No. 3), pp. 29-48. St. Paul [1853]. 8°. 
 
 "Names of tlie bands of the Scioux of the east with their signification," and 
 "The Scioux of the west [with their signification]," p. 40. 
 
 Nene Karighyoston tsinihorighhoten [in Mohawk]. See [Norton 
 (John)], Nos. 2770-2771. 
 
 New. New Collection of Voyages and Travels. See [Stevens 
 (John)], editor, Nos. 3755-3756. 
 
 New Testament [in Massachusetts]. See [Eliot (John)], 
 
 Nos. 1174^1175. 
 
 2755 Nez Perces. Nez Perces First Book. 
 
 According to the Annual Eeport of the American Board of Commissioners for 
 Foreign Missions for 1840, p. 179, this is "the first book printed in the Nez Perces 
 lang>iage, and the first printing known to have been executed on the western 
 side of the Eocky Mountains." 
 
 Dr. Trumbull informs me it was prepared by the Eev. H. H. Spalding, Dr. 
 Whitman, and other missionaries among the Nez Perces, and was printed on a 
 small press brought from the Sandwich Islands. 
 
 2755 a [Works in the Nez Perces language.] 
 
 Between 1839 and 1847 there were printed at the mission press at Lapwai an 
 elementary school book of 20 pages in Nez Perces [see No. 2755] ; another book 
 
1032 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Nez Perces — continued. 
 
 of 52 pages, of which 800 copies were published, in the same language [see No. 
 2781 J; another small one [see No. 1240a], and some simple laws (likewise in 
 the Nez Perces language), which were adopted through the influence of Dr. E. 
 ■ White, sub-Indian Agent— Eelh'a Hist. Indian Missions. 
 
 2756 C Nican ycuiliuhtica yn inxi | tla povalcatca mexica §a nauhtetl | 
 yniuhqnitova ceaca" quitlamia- | xiij acatl ce tecpatl quitlami | a 
 xiij tecpatl ce acatl iqui | tlamia xiij calli ce toch | tli quitlamia 
 xiij- I tochtlictuli yni | quae otlami | to hauhte | ixtin- | in | mamol- 
 pia in toxiuh ypan yn ome acatl xi | vitl ompovalxiuhtica onimat- 
 lactica | ypan onxivitl, velcen veueti | litztli quimomicuitlo ni | can 
 mexico a xxvij dias del mes | de Seti | e | bre de 1576 as. | 
 
 Colophon: [Paris:] Lith. J. Desportes, inst nat des Souards 
 
 Muets. — F. D. script. | B. 
 
 1 p. 1., pp. 1-158. 8°. Improved title of No. 2756. Mexican hieroglyps with 
 
 explanations in Aztec. A copy belonging to Sr. Icazbalceta is accompanied by 
 
 a manuscript Spanish translation by Sr. Chimalpopoca. 
 
 Niina Aiamie Masinaigan [in Algonkin]. See [Lebret ( — )], No. 
 2231. 
 
 N[ij-kwenatc-anibic] 0[rakwanentakon], pseud. See [Cuoq {RSv. 
 Jean Andr6).] 
 
 Nistum 00 Mamowe Mussinfihumakawin John [in Oree]. See 
 Hunter {Mrs. James), No. 1915. 
 
 2762 a Noguera (P. Victor Jesus). Vocabulario | de la Lengua | Popo- 
 luca [6 Chontal] de Matagalpa [Nicaragua]. | Por | D. Victor No- 
 guera, | cura de Matagalpa. | 1855. | Gopiado en Masaya, | Marzo 
 de 1874. I DGB. 
 
 Manuscript. Title, verso blank, 1 1. ; Advertencia, pp. iii-v ; Nota, p. vi ; 
 Vocabulary, double columns, Spanish and Popoluca, pp. 1-6. On p. 6 are a few 
 "frases" followed by this note: El Padre Noguera, hizo en 1855 una coleccion 
 de fr.ises en popoluca, de 3 6 4 fojas eu folio la cual en el trascurso del tiempo se 
 perdi6. Les presentes habia conservado en la memoria. B[erendt]. 
 
 2762 6 — Vocabulario y Apuntes | del Idiomado llamado | Par- 
 
 rast^h, I un dialecto de la lengua Ulba | por Don Victor Jesus 
 Noguera | Presbitero. | San Tomas Loviguisca. | 1874. | dgb. 
 
 Original manuscript, 7 11. , 4°, prepared at the request of Dr. Berendt. 
 
 2762 c Noiwiyuidoshah ne chagAohedvs | Hv H6ni oy^ah hdyadoh | ne 
 Matthew [Mark, Luke]. | abs.jwp. 
 
 No title-page ; pp. 1-132. 0°. Gospels in the Seneca language. Each of 
 the three gospels has the same caption, "Mark" and "Luke" being severally 
 substituted for Matthew. They occupy respectively pp. 1-78, 79-128 and 129-132, 
 the latter, Luke, being incomplete. The copy in Major Powell's library is minus 
 pp. 1-84. The copy in the Am. Bible Society's library has evidently been pre- 
 pared as "copy" from which to print another edition, proof-reader's marks 
 being plentifully scattered over the margins. See Nos. 1838 and 1839 for the 
 Gospels in the Seneca language. 
 
 Noque (Oro), psevdonym. See [Blakeman (Bessie 0.)], No. 392 a. 
 
NEZ PEECES— NORDQUIST. 1033 
 
 2764 a Nordenskiold (A. E.) The | Voyage of the Vega | round | Asia 
 and Europe | with a historical review | of previous journeys along 
 the North Coast of the | Old World ( By | A. E. Nordenskiold | 
 Translated by Alexander Leslie | With five steel portraits, numer- 
 ous maps, and illustrations | In two volumes — Vol. I [-II] | 
 
 London | Macmillan and Co. | 1881 | A. 
 
 2vol8.: 3 p.ll.,pp. ix-xxv, 1-524; 2p.]I.,pp. vii-xviii, 1 1., pp. 1-464,11. 8°. 
 
 Nordquist (Lieut. Oscar). Chukch-English vocabulary (N. E. Asia), vol. 1, 
 p. 490. 
 
 2764 6 The | Voyage of the Vega | round | Asia and Europe | 
 
 with a historical review | of previous journeys along the North 
 Coast of the | Old World | By A. E. Nordenskiold ( Translated by 
 Alexander Leslie | With five steel portraits, numerous maps, and 
 illustrations | 
 New York | Macmillan and Co. | 1882 | WE. 
 
 5 p. 11. , pp. xiii-xxvi, 1-75G. 8°. 
 
 NoTdquist (Lieut. O.) Chukch-English vocabulary (N. E. Asia) p. 369. 
 
 2764 c Vega-Expeditionens | Vetenskapliga lakttagelser | bearbe- 
 
 tade I af | Deltagare I Eesan Och Andra Forskare | utgifna | 
 of I A E. Nordenskiold. | Forsta [-Tredje] Bandet. | (Med. 15 
 Taflor.) I 
 
 Stockholm, | F. & G. Beijers Forlag, | 1882 [-1883]. | D. JWP. 
 
 3 vols. : 3 p. 11., pp. 1-812; 2 p. 11., pp. 1-516; 2 p. 11., pp. 1-529. 8'^. 91 plates. 
 
 Almqvist (Ernst). Studier ofver Tschuktschernas Fargsinne, vol. 1, pp. 
 185-194. 
 
 KjeUman (F. R.) Om Tschuktschernas HushaUsvlixter, vol. 1, pp. 353-372. 
 
 Nordqvist (Oscar). Tsohuktschisk Ordlista, vol. 1, pp. 372-399. 
 
 Anteckningar och studier till Sibiriska Ishafskustens Daggdjursfauna, 
 
 vol. 2, pp. 61-117. 
 
 Bidrag till Kanedomen om Tschuktschema, vol. 2, pp. 227-246. 
 
 2766 a Nordquist {Lieut. Oscar). Vocabulary of the Chukch language 
 of the northeast point of Asia. 
 
 In Nordenskiold ( A. E.) Voyage of the Vega, vol. 1, p. 490. London, 1881. 8®. 
 Reprinted in iSid., p. 369. New York, 1882. 8°. 
 
 27666 Tschuktschisk Ordlista af Oscar Nordqvist. 
 
 In Nordenskiold (A. E.) Vega Expeditionens, vol. 1, pp. 372-399. Stockholm, 
 
 1882. 8°. Consists of Tschuktschi grammatic material— the alphabet, numer- 
 als, nouns, adjectives, pronouns — and vocabularies. 
 
 2766 c Anteckningar och studier till Sibiriska Ishafskustens 
 
 Daggdjursfauna af Oscar Nordqvist. 
 
 In Nordenskiold (A. E. ) Vega-Expeditionens, vol. 2, pp. 61-117. Stockholm, 
 
 1883. 8°. Gives Tschuktschi zoological names. 
 
 2766^ Bidrag till Kanedomen om Tschuktscherna af Oscat' 
 
 Nordqvist. 
 
 In Nordenskiold (A. E.) Vega Expeditionens, vol.2, pp 227-246. Stockholm, 
 1883. 8" 
 
1034 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 2771 a Notice. Notice | sur les Missions | du | Diocese de Quebec, | 
 qui sont secourues par I'Association de la | Propagation de la 
 Foi. I Janvier, 1839. No. 1 [—Mai 1874 No. 21]. | [Design] | 
 
 Quebec: | de I'lmprimerie de Frechette & Cie., | Imprimeurs 
 et Libraires, N". 8, Eue Lamontagne. | Avec approbation des Su- 
 p6rieurs. | [N. d.— 1874.] S. JEM. 
 
 Nos. 1-21. 12°. Each part with title on printed cover. In the later numbers 
 the title has been changed to read Rapport sur les Missions. 
 
 Garin ( P. A. M.) Missions du Nordouest, No. 11, pp. 1-17. 
 
 Lafl^che (P. Louis). Les noms de quelques tribus, localit^s, etc. "* * de 
 la langue algonquine, No. 12, pp. 100-105. 
 
 2772 a Notice | sur | I'^tat actuel de la mission | de la Louisi- 
 
 ane. | [Vignette.] [ 
 
 Paris, I Adrien Le Clere, Imprimeur de N. S. P. le Pape, de S. 
 Em. MS"-, le | Cardinal Archevfique de Paris, et die la Grande- 
 Aumdnerie de | France, quai des Augustins, n". 35. | 1820. | s. 
 
 1 p. 1., pp. 1-58. 8°. The Lord's Prayer "en langue sauvage", p. 49. 
 
 The Notice was reprinted in Annales de la Propagation de la Foi (No. 1, 1822) ; 
 see No. 121 c. 
 
 2772 1) Notice | sur I'^tat actuel | de la Mission | de la Louisi- 
 
 ane ] Dernifere Edition | ^ laquelle [ on a ajout6 de nouveaux details. | 
 [Monogram.] 
 
 Turin, 1822. | Chez Hyacinthe Marietti Libraire, rue du P6, | 
 sous les arcades de FUniversit^ Eoyale. | c. s. 
 
 Pp, 1-65. 12°. The Lord's Prayer "en langue sauvage", p. 51. 
 
 2774 a Noticias. Noticias | de la Provincia de Californias | en tres 
 Cartas | de un Sacerdote Eeligioso | hijo del Eeal Convento | de 
 Predicadores de Valencia | a un amigo suyo. | Carta I [-HI]. | 
 
 En Valencia | por los Hermanos de Orga. | M. DCC. XCIV 
 [1794]. I Con las licencias necesarias. | C s. hu. 
 
 Pp. 1-104, 1-96, 1-104. 16°. 2 folding tables. Idioma de los Indios, Carta I, 
 pp. 99-104, contains an account of the Ado and Cochimi languages. 
 
 Noticias de los Indios de * * Veragua. See [Franco 
 
 (P.)], No. 1325. 
 
 2774 & Noticias de Varias Plantas | y sus Virtudes. | Das. 
 
 Manuscript. Pp. 1-29. sm. 8°. Copied from the original in Yucatan. It ap- 
 pears to have been written about the beginning of the present century, and 
 gives the Maya names of many plants of supposed medicinal properties. 
 
 Nourse {Prof, Joseph E.), editor. See Hall (Charles Francis), No. 
 1640. 
 
 Nnwheh Kukwadhud [in Tukudh]. See [M'Donald {Bev. Eobert)], 
 No. 2370. 
 
 Ifijgvmouincn Genijnvg'ymouat [in Ojibwa]. See [Jones [Bev. 
 Peter)], No. 2027. 
 
 0. (N.) i. e. Orakwanentakon (Nij-kwenatc-anibic). See Cuoq {B6v. 
 Jean Andr6). 
 
NOTICE — OPUNVKV-HERV. 1035 
 
 2792 a Ocangra]AraineeWawa7fafcara, I (Or Winnebago Prayer Book.) | 
 [Two lines quotation in Winnebago.] | Waiastanoeca, | 1833. | 
 Geo. L. Whitney, Printer. | Detroit, 1833. | ba. jwp. lsh. 
 
 Pp. 1-18. 16°. Catholic Prayer Book in the Winnebago language. 
 
 Odowan XXII. [in Dakota]. See [Hinman {Rev. S. D.)], 'So. 1806. 
 
 Office. Office for Public Baptism [in Neklakapamuk]. See [Good 
 {Bev. John Booth)], ISo. 1567. 
 
 Office for the Holy Communion [in Neklakapamuk]. See 
 
 [Good (Bev. John Booth)], No. 1566. 
 
 Okna Hayake [in Dakota] . See [Cook (Joseph Winfleld) j, Ko. 869. 
 
 Ojibue Ni)gijmouin«n. See [Jones [Bev. Peter), Evans {Bev. James), 
 and Henry (George)], Nos. 2030, 2033. 
 
 Ojibway nugumoshang. Ojibwa Hymns. See [Hall {Bev. Sher- 
 man)], Ko. 1641. 
 
 Okodakiciye Wocekiye [in Dakota]. See [Hinman {Bev. S. D.)J, 
 and others, No. 1817. 
 
 2808 a Oldmixon (George Scott). Words, phrases, apd sentences in the 
 languages of the Noowook-meutes and Noona-targh-meutes. 
 
 Manuscript. Pp. 77-135, sparsely filled. 4°. Collected by Dr. G. S. Oldmixon, 
 Act. Asst. Surgeon, U. S. A., at Point Barrow, Aleutian Islands, during 1882 and 
 1883, and recorded in a copy of Introduction to the Study of Indian languages, 
 2nd edition. Transliterated in the alphabet adopted by the Bureau of Eth- 
 nology by Rev. J. Owen Dorsey as far as p. 127. In the library of the Bureau of 
 Ethnology. 
 
 [Omahaw Primer.] See [McKenney {Bev. Edward)], No. 2382. 
 
 O'Neill (J. W.) See Drake (Samuel G.), No. 1092. 
 
 Oo Meyo Achimoowin St. Mark [in Oree]. See [Kwater {Bev. 
 James)], No. 1902. 
 
 Oo Meyo Achimoowin St. John [in Oree]. See [Hunter {Bev. 
 James)], No. 1904. 
 
 Oo Meyoo Ahchemowin S. Matthew [in Cree]. See [Hunter {Bev. 
 James)], No. 1900. 
 
 Oo Tapwltumoowin mena [in Cree]. See [Hunter {Bev. James)], 
 No. 1907, 
 
 Oodahnuhmeahwine Nuhguhmoowinun [in Ojibwa]. See [O'Meara 
 {Bev. James D.)], No. 2834. 
 
 Oowahweendahmahgawin owh [in Ojibwa]. See [O'Meara {Bev. 
 James D.)], No. 2831. 
 
 Opunvkv Hera, Cane Coyvte [in Muskokee]. See [Loughridge 
 {Bev. E. M.), Robertson {Bev. W. S.), and Robertson (A. E. W.)], 
 Nos. 2335-2336. 
 
 Opunvkv-herv [in Muskokee]. See [Robertson {Mrs. A. B. W.)], 
 Nos. 3324-3325. 
 
1036 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 2842 a Oraciones (Las) en lengua quiche de Eabinal, con unos frag- 
 mentos en lengua cuchechi (cagchi). * 
 
 Manuscript. 7 11. 4°. Title from the Pinart Sale Catalogue, No. 689. 
 
 Oratio Dominica. See Auer (A.), Ifos. 185a-1856; [Bodoni (J. B.)J, 
 editor, No. 397^; Chamberlayne (J.), No. 718; [Krause (J. TJ.) and 
 Wagner (J. Ch.)], publishers, No. 2146; Marcel (J. J.), No. 2452; 
 Marietti (Pietro), editor, No. 2473 a; [Motte (B.)], editor, Nos. 2670- 
 2670a; [MiiUer (A.)], Nos. 2676-2677. 
 
 2847 a Order to prevent Indjans to steale Englishmens swjnes, &c. 
 
 [Cambridge: 1672?] * 
 
 On May 15, 1672, the Gteneral Court of Massachusetts passed an "Order to 
 prevent Indjans to steale Englishmens swjnes, &c.," and "further ordered, that 
 this law be forth with printed, published, & declare to all the Indians w^'in this 
 jurisdiction, in the Indian language, that they may attend the same; and this 
 law to take place & comence eight months after publication heereof." — Mass. 
 Becords, vol. 4, part 2, pp. 512-513. 
 
 Oriental Fragments. See [Moor (Edward)], No. 2624. 
 
 Orientalisch- und Occidentalischer Sprachmeister. See [Fritz 
 (Johann Friedrich)], No. 1331. A. T. je. 
 
 The preface is subscribed by Johann Friedrich Fritz, hut a dedication which 
 precedes it is made by Benjamin Schultze (who had been a Danish missionary 
 at Tranquebar), to whose good offices Fritz actnowledges his indebtedness, and 
 who probably was the real editor of the work. See Adelung's Mithridates, vol. 1, 
 pp. 668-670. 
 
 Original Hymns in the loway Language. See [Hamilton {Bev. 
 William), and Trvin {Bev. S. M.)], No. 1653. 
 
 Oro Noque. See [Blakeman (Bessie 0.)], No. 392 a. 
 
 Otawa Anamie-Misinaigan. See Baraga {Bev. Frederic), Nos. 
 252-254. 
 
 Otchipwe Anaimie-Masinaigan. See [Baraga {Bev. Frederic)], 
 No. 255 a. 
 
 Otchipwe Kikinoamadi-Masinaigans. See [Baraga {Bev. Frede- 
 ric)], No. 264. 
 
 Our Monthly. See [Robertson {Mrs. A. E. W.)], editor. No. 3332. 
 
 P. (J. S.),jV. See P[orter] (John Snodgrass), jr. 
 
 P. (L. C.) See P[errymanJ (Leguest C), No. 2965 dt. 
 
 2871a Pacion de Juebes santo quesi yospaque tzesi iscohina is I ano 
 de 1818. I D^B. 
 
 Original manuscript, much worn, in the Chiapanec language. 4 U. folio. 
 
 Padilla (JV. Agustin D^vila y). See Divila y Padilla {Fr. Agus- 
 tin). 
 
 Padilla {Fr. Antonio Davila y). See Davila y Padilla {Fr. An- 
 tonio). 
 
ORACIONES PASION. 1037 
 
 287Ga PaSay ( Jos6 Secuudino). Doctrina Christiana | en lengua SeSM. | 
 Traslada por mauo y pluma | de Jos6 Secundino PaSay en 15 de | 
 Setiembre del afto de 1861 | y copiada por C. Hermann Berendt | 
 Coban, Abril de 1875 | dgb. 
 
 Manuscript; copy. Title, reverse blank, 1 1. ; advertencia signed Dr. C. Her- 
 mann Berendt, reverse blank 1 1. ; pp. 1-114. 4°. The original writer is un- 
 known, but tlie forms of expression point to a remote period for the translation. 
 
 2881 a Palacios (J'r. Pedro). Cateoismo y Confesonario fen'Otomi]. * 
 Title from Beristain. 
 
 2886 a [Palmer ( Wattie A.)] [Old customs of the Muskokis.] * 
 
 In Indian Journal, vol. 4, no. 47. Muscogee, I. T. , July 29, 1880. In the Mua- 
 koki language. 
 
 Pamv (Wattie A.) See [Palmer (Wattie A.)], No. 2886 a. 
 
 2890 a Papers | relative to | The Wesleyan Missions, | and the | State 
 of Heathen Countries. | (Published quarterly.) | 
 
 [London : Printed by William Nichols, 40, Hoxton Square.] * 
 No. CLXXII. June, 1863. 4 pp. 8°. Contains : The Cree Widows' Letter to 
 Mrs. Hoole and the Ladies' Committee ; printed in Evans's syllabic characters; 
 with a translation by John Sinclair. The letter is dated from Eossville Wes- 
 leyan Mission, Hudson's Bay, December 20th, 1862. Title furnished by Dr. J. H. 
 Trumbull from copy in his possession. 
 
 2908 Parker {Bev. Samuel). Journal | of an | Exploring Tour | beyond 
 the Eocky Mountains, | under the direction of the | A. B. 0. P. M. | 
 containing | a description of the geography, geology, climate, 
 pro- I ductions of the country, and the numbers, man- | ners, and 
 customs of the natives : | with a | map of Oregon Territory. | By 
 Eev. Samuel Parker, A. M. | Fourth edition. | 
 
 Ithaca, N. T. | Andrus, Woodruff, & Gauntlett. | Boston: 
 Crocker & Brewster. — New York: Huntington & Savage; | Kob- 
 inson, Pratt, & Co. — Philadelphia: Thomas, Cowper- | thwait, & 
 Co:— London: Wiley & Putnam. | 1844. j * 
 
 Pp. i-xvi, 17-416. 12°. map and plate. Improved title of No. 2908, furnished 
 by Mr. W. Eames from copy in the library of Mr. W. W. Beach, Yonkers, N. Y. 
 Linguistics, pp. 401-416. 
 
 Parley (Peter), pseudonym. See [Goodrich (Samuel Griswold) ], No. 
 1570. 
 
 Parts of the Holy Bible [in Dakota]. See [Cook (C. H.)], No. 865. 
 
 2918 a Pasion. LaPasiou | deNfoSenorJesucristo | EnlenguaZoque. | 
 Los Evangelios del Domingo de Eamos, | Jueves Santo y Viernes 
 Santo I como los cantan los Indies de Tuxtla. | Tuxtla Gutierrez. | 
 1870. I DGB. 
 
 Manuscript. Title, verso blank, 1 1. ; advertencia, 1 1. ; text, pp. 1-55. 4°. 
 " It is an ancient custom with the Indians of Tuxtla to appoint certain of their 
 village to sing the history of the Passion during Holy Week. A reader seats 
 himself in the middle of the circle they form, and reads a paragraph which the 
 
1038 NOETH AMEBIC AJJ LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Pasion — continued. 
 
 others repeat, chanting the words to a monotonous air. The texts of thesu his- 
 tories differ considerably. Dr. Berendt has collected three of them in this vol- 
 ume, for the sake of comparison." — Brinton. 
 
 2918 6 La. Pasion | en lengua Uhapaneca. | Canciones de los 
 
 Indios I de Suchiapa. j Tuxtla Gutierrez, 1870. j DGB. 
 
 Manuscript. Title, verso blank, 1 1. ; Adverteucia, 1 1. ; half title, verso blank, 
 11.; text>( pp. 1-93. 4°. "Thelndiansof Suchiapa have among them three frater- 
 nities (cofradias) devoted to the adoration respectively of Jesus of Nazareth, the 
 Holy Cross, and the Virgin of the Rosary. Each of these has a volume of Rules 
 ' Ordenanzas,' in the Chiapanec tongue, containing portions of the Passion, which 
 they are accustomed to sing in the church during Holy Week. The above vol- 
 ume contains copies of these Ordenanzas. They bear the dates 1723, 1780, and 
 178L"~Bri7iton. 
 
 2918 c La Pasion. [ Fragmento en lengua | Zoque. | dgb. 
 
 Original manuscript of the early part of this century. Title (modern) 1 1., 
 4 11. 
 
 2918 d P[aso y] T[roncoso] (Francisco del). Estudios sobre la historia de 
 la iiiedicina en Mexico. 
 
 In Museo Nacional de Mexico, Anales, tomo 3, pp. 137- . Mexico, 1883. 4°. 
 Many Mexican plant-names jpassim. 
 
 Patterson (J. B.), editor. See Black Hawk, Nos. 391, 391 a, and 
 3916. 
 
 [Paul's Epistles * * in Santee.] See [Cook (Joseph Winfleld)], 
 No. 867. 
 
 2925 a Pearse ( — ). [Hymn in the Seneca language.] be. 
 
 '•I have sent you a tune, and herewith I send you a pen copy of the hymn to 
 which the tune was composed and fitted by a Seneca Indian, State of New York, 
 named Pearse, I think. It is a translation of Newton's beautiful hymn com- 
 mencing, 'Savior, visit thy plantation'." — Bev. Silas T. Rand. 
 
 2929 a Peirson (Abraham). Some | Helps | for the | Indians | shewing 
 them I How to improve their natural Reason, To know | the True 
 God, and the true Christian Eeligion. | 1. By leading them to see 
 the Divine Authority of the | Scriptures. | 2. By the Scriptures the 
 Divine Truths necessary to | Eternall Salvation, j Undertaken | At 
 the Motion, and published by the Order of the Commis- j sioners of 
 the United Colonies, j by Abraham Peirson. | Examined and ap- 
 proved by Thomas Stanton Interpre- | ter-Generall to the United 
 Colonies for the Indian j Language, and by some others of the 
 most able | Interpreters amongst us. | — j 
 Loudon, I Printed by M. Simmons, 1659. | i,. 
 
 In [Eliot (John)]. A further Accompt of the Progresse of the Gospel, pp. 
 [22]-35. London, 1659. 4°. 
 
 This is a reprint of the first sheet only of Peirson's Catechism, No. 2929. The 
 portion reprinted has a separate title-page (p. 22), on which the imprint "Lon- 
 don : Printed by M. Simmons, 1659," is substituted for Green's, and ends in the 
 middle of a sentence (p. 35; , and has the catch-word of the following sheet, 
 which was not yet received in England. 
 
^ 
 
 PASION — PEREZ. 1039 
 
 2949 Perez (D. Juan Pio). Diccionario de la Lengua Maya. Merida 
 de Yucatan, 1866-1877. A. o. w. we. 
 
 Full title and collation given in No. 2949. In a manuscript catalogue of the 
 Berendt collection, Dr. Brinton speaks of this work as follows : 
 
 This monument of life-long labor did not appear until some years after the 
 author's dea'h (March 6, 1859). The printing was begun in 1866, interruptedln 
 1867 by the civil war, during which the manuscript " copy" came near destruc- 
 tion, and finally completed in 1877. Although Pio Perez was considered a 
 thorough Maya scholar, errors are not infrequent in his dictionary, owing to 
 faulty orthography or typography. Dr. Berendt points out eche for ecbe, Uch for 
 ahich, etc. ; but on the whole his corrections are few. Perez left his manuscript 
 incomplete, ceasing at the word ulchahal. The remainder was prepared by Don 
 Crescencio Carrillo down to xen, and from that word to the end by Dr. Berendt. 
 In fullness Perez's dictionary is much inferior to the Diccionario de Motul [No. 
 1030a]. Thus, under the letter A, Perez gives 586 words, and tlie Motul 2059, 
 and about this proportion is maintained throughout. 
 
 2949 a Antigua cronologia Yucateca | O exposicion sencilla del 
 
 m^todo que usaban los | antiguos habitantes de esta Peninsula de 
 Yu- I catan para contar y computar el tiempo. | 
 
 In Carrillo y Ancona (Z). Crescencio). Historia antigua de Yucatan, pp. 637- 
 663. Merida, 1883. 12°. 
 
 § 1°. Orlgen de las triadecat^ridas, pp. 637-638. — J 2°. Del dia y sus divi- 
 siones, pp. 638-641. — § 3. De la semana, p. 641. — § 4. Del mes, pp. 641-644. — 
 § 5. Delano, pp. 644-646.-5 6. Del Bisiesto, pp. 646-649.— § 7°. De la indic- 
 cion, 6 siglo de 52 anos Uamado Katun, pp. 650 -652. — § 8°. De los grandes sig- 
 los de 312 alios 6 ajau Katunes, pp. 652-663. 
 
 2949 b Apuntes del | Diccionario | de | la Lengua Maya | com- 
 
 puestos en vista de va- | rios cat^logos antiguos de sus | voces y 
 aumentado con gran suma | de las de uso comun, y otras que se 
 ban I extractado de manuscritos antiguos. | Por un yucateco 
 aficionado 4 la lengua, | J. P. P. | dgb. 
 
 Original manuscript. Title, verso blank, 1 1. ; Prologo, signed Juan Pio Perez, 
 211.; pp. 1-468; 811. 
 
 This manuscript, written in two columns, in a fine, clear hand by the cele- 
 brated Yucatecan linguist, was presented by his niece to Dr. Berendt, and is that 
 referred to in the latter's essay, "Los Trabajos Lingfiisticos de Don Juan Pio 
 Perez," p. 5. The prologo is signed in full by Perez, but no date is given. It 
 probably was written about 1845, and contains several hundred words not found 
 in the printed work. 
 
 2949 c Apuntes para uu | Diccionario | de la Lengua Maya | 
 
 compuestos con vista de varios catAlogos | antiguos de sus voces y 
 aumentado con | gran suma de las de uso comun y otras que | se 
 ban extractado de manuscritos antiguos | por | D. Juan Pio Perez. | 
 Oopiado en Merida j 1870. | dgb. 
 
 Manuscript. Partial copy of the preceding, made by Dr. Berendt. Title, verso 
 blank, 1 1.; pp. i-iv, blank; prologo, pp. v-x; half title "Primero Parte," 1 1.; 
 Diccionario, pp. 1-26. This leaf is followed by an inserted note, in Dr. Berendt's 
 handwriting, as follows : "I copied this from the original, lent to me by DoHa 
 Nicolasa Leon y Escalente — and ceased to copy when she presented me with the 
 original in acknowledgment of my paper on ' Los Trabajos Lingiiisticos de Don 
 Juan Pio Perez.' It may serve somebody else." 
 
1040 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS, 
 
 Perez (D. Juau Pio) — continued. 
 
 2953 Apuntes | para una | Gram4tica Maya | por | D. Juan Pio 
 
 Perez. | Copia de los Pragmentos que | estan en poder de D.Pedro 
 Eegil. I Merida, Oct. 1868. | DGB. 
 
 Manuscript in blank book; pp. numbered 45-188; copied by Dr. Berendt 
 from the notes of Senor Perez. Improved title of No. 2953. 
 
 2953 a Eecetarios de Indies | en Lengua Maya. | Indices de 
 
 Plantas Medicinales y de Enfermedades | coordinadoS por | D. 
 Juan Pio Perez. | Con Estractos de los Eecetarios, Notas y Anadi- 
 duras, | por | C. Hermann Berendt, M. D. | Merida. 1870. | dgb. 
 
 Manuscript. Pp. 1-80. 4°. 
 
 "The medical part of the Books of Chilan Balam was carefully studied by 
 both Perez and Berendt, the latter possessing the requisite medical and botanical 
 knowledge to appreciate the subject at its proper value. The result is presented 
 in this work, which, however, was left in an unHnished condition."— ^rinton. 
 
 2963 [Perrault (Bev. Charles Ovide]. L. J. C. & M. J. | Priferes, | Can- 
 tiques | et Catechisme | en | langue Moutagnaise ou Ohipeweyan. 
 [A line in syllabic characters.] | [Seal of the Oblates.] | 
 Montreal : | Imprimerie de Louis Perrault. | 1857. | * 
 
 Pp. 1-144. 18°. In syllabic characters. Prayers, etc., pp. 3-46 ; Cantiques (22), 
 pp. 49-92 ; Catechism, 93-144. On verso of title, the Approbation, by -)- Alexan- 
 dre, Eveque de St. Boniface, O. M. I. On p. 47, between the Prayers and the 
 Hymns, the Alphabet (of syllabic characters). Improved title of No. 2963, fur- 
 nished by Dr. J. Hammond Trumbull from copy belonging to him; refeiTing 
 to my note appended to No. 2964, he says: My copy is in the original binding, 
 fresh, and unused ; and is evidently complete, as issued. 
 
 See Recneil de Priferes, No. 3208. See [Thibault (-B^. Jean Baptiste)]. 
 No. 3844. 
 
 2965 a [Perryman (Leguest Chateau).] Este Maskoke en Cato konawa. 
 [Creek finances.] * 
 
 In Indian Journal, vol. 3, no. 22. Muscogee, I. T., Feb'y 6, 1879. folio. In 
 the Muskoki language. Signed "Lekase.'' 
 
 2965 6 Maskokalke em ekana. [The Muskokee's land.] * 
 
 In Indian Journal, vol. 3, no. 23. Muscogee, I. T., Feb'y 13 (?), 1879. folio. 
 In the Muskoki language. Signed "Lekase." 
 
 2965 e Laws of the Creek Nation [in Muskoki and English]. * 
 
 In Indian Journal, vol. 5, no. 25. Muscogee, I. T., Feb'y 24, 1881. folio. 
 
 2965 d Cokv Mvhayv. [Book Teacher.] * 
 
 In Indian Journal, vol. 5, no. 48. Muscogee. I. T., Aug. 4, 1881. folio. In 
 the Muskoki language. An article concerning the late Rev. W. S. Robertson, 
 who was called, among the Creeks, The Teacher, Cokv-Mvhayv. 
 
 Petaubun. Peep of Day. See [Hurlburt {Bev. Thomas)], editor, 
 No. 1927. 
 
PEKEZ PETZHOLDT. 1041 
 
 2969 Petitot [B. P. fimile Fortune Stanislas Joseph). Monographie | 
 des I D^.nfe-Dindjie | par | Le E. P. E. Petitot | Missionnaire-Oblat 
 de Marie-ImmacuMe, Officier d'Acad^mie, | Membre correspondant 
 de l'Acad6mie de Nancy, | de la Soci6t6 d' Anthropologic | et Mem- 
 bre honoraire de la Soci6t6 de Philologie et d'Ethnographie de 
 Paris. I 
 
 . Paris I Ernest Leroux, Editeur | Libraire dc la Soci6t6 Asiatique 
 de Paris, | dp I'ecolc des langues orientiiles viva,ntes et des Soci6t6s 
 Asiatiques de Calcutta, | de New- Haven (fitats-Unis), de Shanghai 
 (Chine) | 28, Eue Bonaparte, 28 | 1876 | A. dgb, 
 
 2 p. 11. , pp. 1-109. 8°. Improved title of No. 2969. 
 
 Comparative vocabulary in Latin, Montagnais, Peaux de li&vre, and Loucheux, 
 p. 16. — Comparative vocabnlary in Nabajo, Dfenfe (de divers dialectes), and Dind- 
 ji^, p. 22. — Comparative vocabulary of the Waki&li (T^tes-Plates) and Yukultas 
 (Tfetes-Longues), p. 104. — Comparative vocabulary in the Iangua,ge8 of the Haidas 
 (KoUouches, lies Charlottes), Tonguas (Kollouches, Alaska), Yukultas (Tgtes- 
 Longues, Colombie britanuiqne), Wakish (T6tes-Pla,tes, Oregon), Dnain^ (At- 
 nans, Alaska), l)indji6 (Mackenzie), and Dfenfe (Territoire du N.-O.), p. I05.--Also 
 scattered phrases and terms with«ignifieations. 
 
 2971 Monographie i des ] Esquimaux Tchiglit | du Mackenzie | 
 
 et de I'Anderson | par | Le E. P. E. Petitot | Missionnaire Oblat 
 de Marie-Im maculae, Oflacier d'Acad^mie, Membre correspondant 
 de l'Acad6mie de Nancy | et des Soci6t6s d'Anthropologie et de 
 Philologie de Paris | [Vignette.] | 
 
 Paris I Ernest Leroux, Editeur | Libraire de la Soci6t6 Asiatique j 
 de l'6cole des langues orientales vivantes, de la Soci6t6 Philolo- 
 gique I des Soci6t6s Asiatiques de Calcutta, de Shanghai, de New- 
 Haven, etc. I 28, rue Bonaparte, 28 | 1876 | A. 
 
 2 p. 11., pp. 1-28. 4°. Improved title of No. 2971. Esquimaux traditions in 
 the original with French translations, pp. 16, 26; and scattered terms and phrases. 
 
 2973 a Ethnographie De I'origine asiatique des Indiens de 
 
 I'Am^rique arctique. Par le E. P. Emile Petitot, O. M. I. Mis- 
 sionnaire au Mackenzie, officier d'Acad6mie, etc. JWP. 
 
 In Les Missions Catholiqnes, onzifeme anntSe, Nos. 543-550, pp. 529-532, 540- 
 .544, 550-553, 564-566, 576-578, 589-591, 600-604, 609-611. Paris, Oct. to Dec, 
 1879. 4". 
 
 List of stone implements in the Eskimo language, p. 350. 
 
 [i'JlSb La Femme au Serpent. L6gende des D6n6 Chippe- 
 
 wayans. -^^SG. 
 
 In M^lusine, Eevue de Mythologie, Litt^rature Populaire, Traditions et 
 
 Usages, vol. 2, No. 1, columns 19-21. Paris, April 5, 1884. 4°. The legend is 
 
 first given in French, with the " Texte original du conte Chippewayan" following. 
 
 2973 Petzholdt (Julius). " Das Buch der Wilden" | im Lichte | franzo- 
 sischer Civilization. | Mit Probeu aus dein in Paris als "Manuscrit 
 pictographique | Am^ricain" veroffentlichten Schmierbuche eines 
 deutsch- I amerikanischen Hinterwaldler-Jungen. | Von | J. Petz- 
 holdt. I 
 66 Bib 
 
1042 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Petzholdt (Julius) — continued. 
 
 Dresden, | G. Schonfeld's Buchhandlung (C. A. Werner). | 
 1861. I T. BA 
 
 Pp. 1-16, lithographic fac similes l-viii, 8°. In some copies the lithograph 
 pp. vi-vii are pasted together at the edges, with the note : " "Wegen Obsoonitaten 
 verklebt. Aufgeschnittene Exemplare werdeu nicht zuxiickgenommen." This 
 is the little work in which Petzholdt exposed the "Manuscrit Pictographique " 
 (see No. 1061 a), and which occasioned its suppression. Translated into French 
 as follows : 
 
 2973 d Le Livre | des | Sauvages | au point de vue de la civili- 
 sation frangaise | avec des planches explicatives tiroes du pr^tendu 
 Manuscrit j Pictographique Am^ricain | Traduction de I'Allemand | 
 Bruxelles | Chez tons les Libraires | 1861 | Tous droits r6serv6s | 
 Pp. 1-15, lithograph plates r-viii. T.w. 
 
 Philology. See Riggs {Rev. S. E.), No. 3285,6. 
 
 2979 a Pichardo (Esteban). Diccionario Provincial, casi-razonado de 
 Voces Cubanas, por Esteban Pichardo. Segunda edicion. 
 Habana, 1849. * 
 
 258 pp. 8^. Lucayan words adopted into Sp.inish, with their meanings. 
 Tercera edicion, notablemente aumeutada y corregida, Habana: Imprenta 
 laAntilla, 1862. Pp. xvii, ll.,pp. 281. 8°. (*) First published anonymously, Ma- 
 tanzas, 1832, 16°(*;; and again, Matanzas, 1836, 16°. (*) 
 
 Pilloridlarput napkiniktut. See Ussornakant nakinniktut, No. 
 3958. 
 
 3004 a Pimentel (Francisco). Vocabulary of the Seri. 
 
 In Gatschet (A. S.) Der Yuma-Sprachstaram, Zweiter Artikel, In Zeitschrlfl; 
 fur Ethnologie, vol. 15 (1883), pp. 134-138. Berlin, 1883. 8". 
 
 3006 a Pinart (Alphonse). Voca.bulary of the Seri. 
 
 In Gatschet ( A. S. ) Der Yuma-Sprachsfamm, Zweiter Artikel, in Zeitschiift 
 fiir Ethnologie, vol. 15 (1883), pp. 134-138. Berlin, 1883. 8°. 
 
 3006 b Les Almontes, leurs origines et leurs l^gendes. jwp. 
 
 In Soc. D'Ethnographie, Actes, session of 1872, pp. 87-92. Paris [n. d.]. 8°. 
 Aleutian terms passim. 
 
 3006 G Dictionary, grammatical notes, texts, songs, and sentences 
 
 in the Aleutian, Lisievsky dialect. * 
 
 Manuscript of about 7 00 pages. In possession of the author. It is in Aleutian 
 and Russian, and was collected by Mr. Pinart in 1871 in Unalashka, Belkoffsky, 
 Unga, and Kadiak. 
 
 3006^ 
 
 — Vocabulary and texts in the Aglegmiout dialect of 
 Nushagak. * 
 
 Manuscript of about .50 pages. 4°. In possession of the author. Russian and 
 Aglegmiout. Collected in 1871. 
 
 3006 e Vocabulary of the Malehmiout dialect. * 
 
 Manuscript of about 25 pages. 4°. In possession of the author. Russian and 
 Malehmiout. Collected at St. Michael in 1871. 
 
PETZHOLDT — PINART. 1043 
 
 Pinart (Alphonse)— continued. 
 
 3006/ Dictionary, griimmatical notes, songs, descriptions of 
 
 dances and religious ceremonies, etc. * 
 
 Manuscript of about 1,000 pages. In possession of tlie author. It is in Eus- 
 
 sran and Kaniagmiout, and was collected in 1871 and 1872 at Kadiak, Afognak 
 
 Katniay, Sutkhum, etc. ' 
 
 3006 fir Vocabularies, texts, sentences, songs, etc., in the Tlinkit 
 
 language of Sitka. • 
 
 Manuscript of 500 pages, in Russian and Tlinkit. In possession of the author. 
 
 3006 h Vocabulary of the Atnah language. * 
 
 Manuscript of 90 pages, folio. In possession of the author. Russian and 
 Atnah. Collected at Kadiak in 1872. 
 
 3006 i A vocabulary of the language spoken at Port Eoss, Cali- 
 fornia. « 
 
 Manuscript, folio. In possession of the author. Obtained in 1872 from a 
 half-breed born at Fort Eoss and living in Afognak. 
 
 3006 fc — A vocabulary of the Katmay dialect. * 
 
 Manuscript of 26 pages. 4°. In possession of the author. It is in Russian 
 and Katmay, and was collected by Mr. Pinart at Katmay. 
 
 3006 I Vocabulary of the Stakhin dialect. * 
 
 Manuscript, folio. In Russian and Stakhin. In possession of the author. 
 Collected by Mr. Pinart at Fort Wrangel. 
 
 3006 m Vocabulary of the Yakutat language. * 
 
 Manuscript, folio. In possession of the author. Russian and Yakutat. 
 
 3006 n Vocabulary of the Cilkat dialect. * 
 
 Manuscript, folio. Russian and Cilkat. In possession of the author. 
 
 3006 o Vocabulary of the Kaigani. * 
 
 Manuscript, folio. Russian and Kaigani. In possession of the author. Ob- 
 tained at Kadiak from a native of Queen Charlotte's Island, a former Kolosh 
 slave. 
 
 With reference to other material collected by Mr. Pinart, he writes me as 
 iollows : 
 
 "I have collected, during my fifteen years of travelling, vocabularies, texts, 
 songs, etc., general linguistic materials in the following languages or dialects. 
 It is impossible at present to give you the number of pages, etc., as most of it 
 is to be found among my note-books, and has not been put in shape as yet. 
 
 "West Coast: Tongass, Cimovan, Bellaxula. — Vancouver Id.: Fort Rupert 
 Comox, Nanaimo, Saanitch, Cowitchin, Classet, Nitinaht, Koskeemoi — Brit. 
 
 Colomb. : Shushwap (various dialects), TacuUi, Kootenai (mountain ffialect). 
 
 Wash. Terr. & Colombia River : Makah, Cemakum, Clallam, Lummi, Kwonalt (2 
 dialects), Cexalis, Niskwaly, 6inook, Klatskenai. — Up. Col. & Idaho: Spokau, 
 Yakima, Pens d'Oreilles, Cosur d'Alfene, Warm Springs, Nez Percys, Kallispel. — 
 S. Oregon <fe N. California : Clackamas,Calapuya, Rogue River, Modoc, Karoc,Upper 
 Pitt River, Shasta, Ukiah, Hoopa, Umpqua, Chico, Yuba, Wintun (Clear Lake), 
 Wintum (Upper Sacramento), Sonomdi, Russian River, near Healdsburg. — C. Cal., 
 Mutsun : San Francisco (from an old Indian at San Mateo), Santa Cruz, San Juan 
 Bautista, San Jos6, Monterey, Rumsen, Ex xeyen, Pleasanton (dialect spoken at 
 a rancheria where is now the town of Martinez). — Tulare: Yacikamne-Colovone. 
 (This was collected at a rancheria near Pleasanton. The first dialect was spoken 
 
1044 NOETH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Pinart (Alphouse)— continued. 
 
 ■where now is Stockton, the fiolovone near Bantas.) Lacqiiisamne, Tuolumne. 
 At Sta. Cruz, from an old woman from Tulare (locality unknown). At Sanjon 
 de Cota, near Sta. Yues, I collected two dialects of the Tulare. At Fort Tejon I 
 collected three dialects of the Tulare. At Potterville I collected two dialects. 
 Keru Valley (2 dialects), San Antonio, San Miguel, San Luis Obispo.— Barba- 
 reno : Sta. Barbara, Sta. Ynes, San Buenaventura, La Purisinia, Island of Sta. 
 Cruz, Island of Sn. Miguel, Sta. Paula, Puu a Mugu.— Washoe, Pyramid Lake, 
 Candelaria, Owen's Valley, Las Vegas, San Gabriel, San Luis Key, Chemehueve.— 
 Temecula, San Diego, San Diego (New River), Mojave, Hualapai, Avasnpai, 
 Yuma, Cocopa River, Cocopa Mountain (Sta. Catarina), Cocopa Mountain 
 (Sn. Fernando), Maricopa.— Pimo (rio Gila), Pimo Papago (Pitiquito Sonera), 
 Pimo Papago (Souoita & Quistobaca Sonora), Pimo Papago (of the Pinacate Des- 
 ert), Opata Teguima, Opata Tegue, Opata Caguinachi, Pimo bajo, Tubar, Tarra- 
 humar alto, Tarrahumarbajo,Seri,Yaqui, Mayo, Tepeguano, Apache (Chiricahua), 
 Apache (White Mountain), Apache (Tonto), Apache (Yuma), Apache (from a 
 prisoner at Fronteras, Sonora).— Zemez, Zuui, Taos, Ysleta, Comanche (collected 
 in Mapimi), Comanche (collected in Coahnila), Kickapoo (from prisoners in 
 Mexico). — Texas and Louisiana: Tonkaway, Chetiraacha, Attakapa, Chahta. — 
 Tepehua (a language spoken in the sierra of Tuto( epec, in the town of Huehuetla, 
 State of Hidalgo). — Tlapaneco (language spoken in and about Tlapa, in the 
 State of Guerrero). — As for the various dialects of the Nahuatl, Mixteco Tarasco, 
 Huaxteco, Otomite, Mazahua, notes are to be found about them in my journals. — 
 Guaymi (Valiente) Move, Guaymi Muoi, Guaymi Muite, Guaymi Murire, Guaymi 
 Buketa, Dorasque Caldera, Dorasque Sanguina, Dorasque Gualaca, Cuna-Darien, 
 Choc6." 
 
 Respecting the linguistic collection belonging to Mr. Pinart, of which I was 
 very desirous to get a full account, that gentleman writes me as follows: "My 
 collection of materials, such as it is now, I have never had time to catalogue, 
 and I can give you no definite statement concerning it. It contains a very large 
 amount of linguistic and hieroglyphic documents, and can be divided as follows: 
 
 "I. The Floridas, Texas and the Mississippi Valley in the Spanish time, Coa- 
 huila & Nuevo Leon. 
 
 " II. Sonora, Pimeria alta. Lower California and Upper California, New 
 Mexico, about the Gila & Colorado. This includes some of the earlier docu- 
 ments of the missionaries. 
 
 "III. The central parts of Mexico. This will contain about twenty docu- 
 ments in hieroglyphics, and many in the original Nahuatl. 
 
 "IV. Oajaca, Chiapas, and Yucatan. This contains the celebrated 'Doctrina 
 cristiaua in Maya hieroglyphics.' 
 
 "V. Guatemala and Honduras. Many documents on the Spanish expeditions 
 to the Indian tribes of the coast of Honduras. 
 
 "VI. Sau Salvador, Nicaragua, Costa Rica, & Panama." 
 
 3011 a Pino (Z>. Pedro Bautista). Noticias | Historicas y Estadisticas ( 
 de la Antigua Provincia del | Nuevo-Mexico, | presentadas por su 
 diputado en cortes | D Pedro Bautista Pino, | en Cadiz en ano de 
 1812. I Adicionadas por el Lie. D. Antonio Barreiro en | 1839; y 
 ultimamente anotadas por el Lie. | Don Jos6 Agustin de Escudero, | 
 para la comision de Estadistica Militar | de la | Eepublica Mexi- 
 cana. | [Five lines quotation.] 
 Mexico. I Imprenta de Lara, calle de la Palma Num 1. | 1849. | • 
 Title 1 l.,pp. 1-98, Index 2 1. Comanche words, pp. 83-84.— Navajioe words, 
 p. 86. 
 
• 
 
 V 
 
 PIN ART PONKA 1045 
 
 Pino {D. Pedro Bautista) — continued. 
 
 3011 & Exposiciou | Sucinta y Sencilla | de la Provincia | del | 
 
 Kuevo Mexico: | hecha | por su diputado en Cortes | Don Pedro 
 Baptista Pino, | con arreglo a sus instruccioues. | 
 
 Cadiz: | Imprenta del Estada-Mayor-General. | Anode I8/2. | * 
 
 51 pp. 8°. " Idea del Comanche," seven Ccmanclie words or phrases, p. 37. — 
 "Del Nabajoe," ten words and phrases, pp. 40-41. 
 
 Titles from Dr. J. G. Shea, from cupies in his possession. 
 
 3012 Pintura | del Gobernador, Alcaldes | y Eegidores | de | Me- 
 xico. I C6dice | en geroglificos mexicanos y en lenguas castellana | 
 y azteca, existente en la biblioteca | del Excmo Senor Duqne de 
 Osuna. I 
 
 Madrid, Hernandez, 1878. | * 
 
 Pp. 1-iO. folio. 40 plates. Improved title of No. 3012, furnished by Sr. loaz- 
 balceta. 
 
 Pipe of Peace. See [Wilson (iJei). Edward F.) ], e<?itor, No. 4177. 
 
 3015 a Pitchlynn (Peter P.) Choctaw vocabulary. * 
 
 Maunscript. 19 pp. folio. In the library of Dr. J. 6. Shea, Elizabeth, N. J. 
 
 3015 & Placido (2). Francisco). [Song in the Nahuatl Language.] * 
 
 The very learned P. Florencia relates, in his Historia de la Santissima Senora, 
 how Don Francisco Placido, Senor de AtzcapuzMco, at the time when the Holy 
 Image appeared and was placed in the first Hermitage of Guadalupe, composed 
 a song in Nahnatl, which was the ancient mode of writing history ; it was found 
 among the rare papers of Don Domingo do San Anton Munon ChimalpMn, and I 
 very much regret that the said father should not have had it printed at the end 
 of his Historia, as it runs the risk of being lost. — Boturini $ xxxv, 7. 
 
 3016 a Platicas. Platieas | de la Historia Sagrada | en lengua Cacchi 
 Con un fragmento de un tratado | por Fr. Domingo de Yico [ [1629.] 
 
 Original manuscript. 2 p. 11. (modern), 18 11. 4°. In a regular, clear hand- 
 writing of the 17th century. Vice's article begins on verso of 1. 16. dgb. 
 
 30166 Platicas ( de la historia sagrada | en lengua Cacchii, | 
 
 Del Siglo XVII'"". I DGB. 
 
 Original manuscript. Title, reverse blank, 1 1. ; advortencia signed Dr. C. 
 Hermann Berendt, Cohan, Abril 1875, 1 1.; conteniilo, 1 1.; 126 unnumbered 11. 
 sm. 4°. Several of the leaves are nearly destroyed and the whole much stained. 
 
 3018 « Platicas | sobre los | Mandamientos del Decdlogo | en 
 
 lengua Kekchi. | Traducidas por un Indio de Coban | de orden del 
 Padre cura. | Del Archivo de la Parroquia de Cahaban. [Coban | 
 1856. I DOB. 
 
 Original manuscript. Modern title 11., 8811. sm. 4°. Eleven sermons. Forms 
 part of the collection of Dr. Berendt in possession of Dr. D. G. Brinton. 
 
 Polk ( Joseph F. ), editor. See Investigator, No. 1946 a. See 
 Philology, No. 297^. 
 
 Ponka ABC. See [Dorsey {Bev. James Owen)], No. 1068. 
 
1046 NOKTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 3033 a Ponziglione {Rev. Paul Mary), IS. J. Specimen of Osage poetry. S. 
 
 Manuscript, pp. 1-9. 8°. Belougiug to Dr. John G. Shea, Elizabeth, N. J. It 
 is in the form of a letter to the Euv. P. J. Do Smot, written "from the fission of 
 S. Francis of Jerome, North America, Osage Nation, February 9, 1867." P. 1 con- 
 tains the letter of transmittal.— To the Most Holy Trinity, in Osage, p. 2; in 
 EngUsh, p. 3.— Supplication to God, p. 4: translation, p. 5.— Supplication to the 
 Virgin Mother of God, in Osage, p. 6; in English, p. 7.— Prayer to the Guardian 
 Angel, in Osage, p. 8; iu English.p. 9.— Reverse of p. 9, blank. 
 
 3036 a [Porter (John Snodgrass), jr.] [Letter from Ockmulgee.] * 
 
 In Indian Journal, vol. 4, no. 31. Muscogee, I. T., April 8, 1880. folio. In the 
 Muskoki language. 
 
 Porter (William S.) See EUot (William H.), I(o. 1200a. 
 Portions of the Book of Common Prayer [in Cree]. See [Hunter 
 {Bev. James)], Ko. 1909. 
 
 [Potter (0. E.)], editor. See Farmer's Monthly Visitor, Ko. 1268. 
 Powell (John Wesley). See Bureau of Ethnology, No. 520. 
 
 3105 a Powers (Stephen). Pomo: Some Accounts of the Habits, Cus- 
 toms, Traditions and Languages of the California Indians. 1873. * 
 Manuscript. In the Bancroft Library, San Francisco. Title from Bancroft's 
 Native Races, vol. 1, p. xl. 
 
 3105 b Powlis (James). John Chap. Ill [-VIH]. | Translated into the | 
 MohawkLanguage | By | James Powlis [ Sour Springs | Tuscarora. 
 Aug. I 1876 I STE. 
 
 Manuscript, about 130 pp., 4°, unbound. In possession of Rev. Silas T. Rand, 
 Hantsport, Nova Scotia. The interlinear English translation is not perfectly 
 continuous, and ends entirely toward the close of chapter 7. 
 
 Prayer Book [in Snohomish]. See [Boulet (Rev. J. B.)], Ifo. 426. 
 
 Prayer for Indian Missions [in Dakota]. See [Hinman {Rev. S. D.)], 
 No. 1814. 
 
 Prieres, Cantiques et Cat6chisme, in Chipewyan. See [Perrault 
 {R4v. C. O.)], Nos. 2963-2965. 
 
 L. J. C. & M. I. Priferes, Cantiques, &c., en Langue 
 
 Crise. See [Thibault {Rev. Jean Baptiste)], No. 3844. 
 
 Prince Society. See Wood (William), No. 4202. 
 
 Principes de la langue * * Sauteux. See [Belcourt(i?ei).G.A.)J, 
 No. 333. 
 
 Psalm C. [in the Massachusetts language]. See [Eliot (John)], 
 No. 1198. 
 
 3147 Pyrlaeus {Rev. John Christopher). [Mohican Hymns. 1745.] * 
 Jno. Christopher Pyrlasus, the Mohawk scholar, was born at Pausa, Voigt- 
 land, in 1713. Studied for the ministry at the University of Leipsic between 
 1733 and 1738. Here he became attached to the Brethren, visited HeiTuhut, and 
 accepted an appointment as missionary. Sailed from London in company with 
 Biittner and Zander, and reached Bethlehem October 19, 1740. Commenced the 
 
PONZIGLIONE— EADLOFF. 1047 
 
 Pyrlseus {Rev. John Christopher) — continued. 
 
 study of the Mohawk at Tulpehocken, iu January, 1743, under Wei ser's direction. 
 The Brethren having failed to ijrocure a Mohawk Indian from Freehold to instruct 
 in that language such of their number as were set apart for the mission, Pyrlseus 
 undertook this, and on the 4th of February, 1744, opened his Indian schooL In 
 September of 1745 his first translations of hymns into Mohican appeared. This 
 was the beginning of a collection for the use of the mission. In November of 
 1751 he sailed for England, where he labored until 1770. He next went to Ger- 
 many, where he died May 28, 1785. — Eeichel's Memorials of the Moravian Church, 
 vol. 1, pp. 138-140. 
 
 3149 a Qnaderno de Idioma Zapoteco del valle, que contiene algunas 
 reglas mas comunes del Arte, un vocabulario algo copioso y otras 
 cosas que veera el Christiano Lector. Se ha escrito procurando 
 toda lo possible imitar la pronunciacion natural de los Indios: 
 sacado lo mas de los Autoies Antiguos que escrivieron de este 
 Idioma. Sea todo a mayor hoBra y Gloria de Dios ntro Sor alivio 
 de los Ministros y utilidad de las Almas. Sn Martin Tilcaxete y 
 Jun" 22 de 1793. * 
 
 Manuscript in the John Carter Brown library. Providence, R. I. Arte, 11. 1- 
 12. — Vocabulario, 11. 13-a66. — Lista de los nombres, etc., 11. 267-272. — Confessio- 
 nario, 11. 273-285. — Protestacion de la fee, 11. 285-286. — Interrogatorio, ere, 11. 
 287-288. 
 
 Title from Dr. Berendt's manuscript additions to the copy of Icazbalceta's 
 Apuntes in possession of Dr. D. G. Brinton. A partial ^opy made by, and for- 
 merly belonging to. Dr. Berendt is now in the library of Dr. Brinton, the title of 
 which begins Reglas mas comunes, &o., q. v., No. 3209 a. 
 
 Quadra (Juan Francisco de la Bodega y). See Bodega y ftuadra 
 (J. F, de la), No. 397 c. 
 
 3150 a ftueh (Francisco Gebuta). [Memorial de Tecpan-Atillan.] 
 
 "A native Cakchiquel. Wrote a continuation of the Annals of Xahila" [No. 
 145]. — Brinton's Cdkchiguel Grammar, p. 16. 
 
 3151 a Quiche. Manuscrit en langue quiche, commengant par ces mots: 
 Maria, J^sus, Joseph. Eanohel utzil atobal, etc. 
 
 Manuscript of the sixteenth century on parchment; incomplete; 11.2-8,25-28, 
 56-59, and 104 to the end. Title from the Pinart Sale Catalogue, No. 583. 
 
 ftuincey (John). See Assembly's Shorter Catechism, TSo. 175. 
 
 3158 Radloff (Leopold). Einige kritische Bemerkungen, &c. * 
 This article was also printed in Acad. Imp. des Sciences, Bull, de la Classe Hist. 
 
 Phil., vol. 14, cols. 257-278, 289-294. St. Petersburg, 1857. 8°. (*) 
 
 3159 tJber die Sprache der Ugalachmut. * 
 
 In Acad, des Sciences, Bull, de la Classe Hist. Phil., vol. 15 ; and in the same 
 society's Melanges russes, .vol. 3, pp. 468-524, (*) 
 
 3162 a Thlinkit Deutsch Worterverzeichniss. * 
 
 Manuscript, about 150 pp. 4°. In possession of Mr. Alph. Pinart, by whom 
 it was copied from the original in the archives of the Academy of St. Petersburg. 
 
 3162 h Thlinkit texts, phrases, sentences, etc. * 
 
 Manuscript of about 1,000 pages. In possession of Mr. Alph. Pinart, who 
 cox)ied it from the original in the archives of the Academy of St. Petersburg. 
 
1048 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 ^ 3175 a Hamirez (Jose Fernando). Proeeso de Eesidencia | contra | 
 Pedro de Alvarado. | Ilustrado con estampas | sacadas | de los anti- 
 guos Codices Mexicanos | y | 'N'otas y Noticias | Biograflcas, | Cri- 
 ticas y Arqaeologicas, | por | D. Jose Fernando Eamirez. | Lo pub- 
 lica I paleograflado del Ms. original | El Lie. Ignacio L. Eayon. | 
 
 Mexico. I Impreso por Valdes y Eedondas, | Calle de las Escale- 
 rillas No. 2. | 1847. | S. T. BA. 
 
 1 p. 1., pp. i-xxiii, 1-302, 1 1. 8°. Contains three Mexican picture writings 
 •wliicli are explained on pp. 278-282, 283-287, and 290-299 ; the latter contains, p. 
 293, fourteen lines of Mexican with interlinear translation in Spanish. 
 
 3176 a Ramsey (Alexander). Annual report of the Superintendent of 
 Indian Affairs in Minnesota Territory, dated Oct. 17, 1849. JWP. 
 
 In 31st Congress, First Session, Senate Ex. Doc. No. 1. President's Message, 
 with accompanying documents, pp. 1005-1036. 
 
 Pronunciation, etymology, and signification of Dacota, Chippewa, and Win- 
 nebago names passim. 
 3179 Rand (Eec. Silas Tertius). A | Short Statement of Facts I relating 
 to I the History, Manners, Customs, Language, and | Literature | 
 of the I MicmacTribeof Indians, I in I Nova-Scotia and P. E. Island. | 
 By S. T. Band. | Being the substance of Two Lectures delivered in 
 Halifax, in November, | 1849, at Public Meetings held for the pur- 
 pose of instituting a | Mission to that Tribe. | Published under the 
 direction of the Committee for Super- | intending the Mission. | 
 
 Halifax, N. S. | Printed by James Bowes & Son. | 1850. | 
 
 Printed cover 1 1. ; title, reverse blank, 1 1. ; pp. 3-40. 8°. jbd. jwp. str. 
 
 Chapter III. The Micmac language, pp. 18-24, contains grammatic forms and 
 specimens, and a few lines iuterlinear translation. 
 
 A number of the titles entered below under this author ha^ve already appeared 
 in this catalogue, usually under the first word of the title. Recent correspond- 
 ence with Mr. Rand has settled the question of authorship in these cases, he 
 having furnished me a list of titles both of his printed and manuscript works, 
 and it has been thought advisable to gather here the titles of all of the lin- 
 guistic material prepared by him. 
 
 3179 ft The History of Poor Sarah; | A Pious Indian Woman. | 
 
 In Micmac. | [1850.J o. jwp. ste. 
 
 No title-page. Pp. 1-12. 12°. 
 
 3179 b Cisulc Uceluswocn Agenudasic. | [God His Word told 
 
 about.] [1850.] jwp. str. 
 
 No title-page. Pp. 1-16. 12°. In the Micmac language. On p. 16 is a Christ- 
 mas hymn of four stanzas, in Micmac, which has also been reprinted separately, 
 in phonetic characters, with the addition of two stanzas ; see No. 3181 s. 
 
 3179 c The Gospel | according to Saint Matthew, | in the Mic- 
 mac Language. | Printed | for the use of the Micmac Mission | by 
 the British and Foreign | Bible Society. | 
 Charlottetown: | Printed by G. T. Haszard. ] 1853. | 
 Title, reverse blank, 1 1.; "Errata," reverse "Key," 1 1. ; pp. 1-118. 16°. In 
 phonetic characters. Improved title of No 1587. Reprinted, revised, as below- 
 Sabin, No. 44123, gives the following title: The Book of Matthew translated 
 into the Maliseet Language. By Rev. S. T. Rand. Charlottetown, 1853. 8°. 
 Mr. Rand informs me that this is an error. o. t. abs. jwp. Stb, 
 
RAMIBEZ — RAND. 1049 
 
 Rand (Bev. Silas Tertius)— continued. 
 
 3179 d Pela | Kesagtinoodtimumkawa | tan tula | uksaktimameuoo 
 
 wgetowoolkw' I Sasoogoole Clistawit | ootenlnk. | Megtimoweesimb. | 
 Ohebooktook [Halifax]: | Megiimagea' Ledakun-weekuggmkawa 
 Moweome. | 1871. | g, t. jbd. jwp. qhs. ste. 
 
 Pp. 1-126. 16°. The Gospel of St. Matthew in the Micmae language. Im- 
 proved title of No. 2931. 
 
 3179 e The Gospel of St. John. 
 
 Colophon: Printed by W. Cunnabell, Halifax, K. S. [1854.] 
 No title-page; caption only. Pp. 1-95. 12°. In the Micmae language, pho- 
 netic characters. Bagster's Bible of Every Land gives a similar title without, 
 however, mentioning the phonetic characters, with imprint: London, British, 
 and Foreign Bible Society, 1854 (see No. 1574), which is, doubtless, the same 
 edition, for the author informs me but two editions of John were published. 
 Reprinted, revised, as follows : jwp. stk. 
 
 3179/ Wooleagttnoodfimakun | tan tiila | Sangkfi. | Megumo- 
 
 weesifiik. | 
 
 Ohebooktook [Halifax] : | Megumagea' Ledakiin-weekuggmkawa 
 Moweome. | 1872. | s. T. jwp. stk. 
 
 Pp. 1-103. 16°. Gospel of St. John, in Micmae. Improved title of No. 4205. 
 
 3180 Ferst Eeding Buk | in | Mikmak- | Kompeild bei de Rev. 
 
 S. T. Eand, | Migonari tu de Mikmak Indianz, Nova Skogia. | 
 
 Lundon : | Fred Pitman Fonetik Depo, 20, Paternoster Eo. | Car- 
 lotvil Prins Edwardz Eiland, Forth Amerika : | Djordj T, Hazard. | 
 1851. I Preis Sikspens. | o. s. 
 
 Printed cover, 1 1. , pp. 1-40. 16°. In phonetic characters. Reprinted, revised, 
 as below. 
 
 3181 A I First Eeading Book | in the | Micmae Language: | 
 
 comprising | the Micmae Numerals, and the Names | of the differ- 
 ent kinds of ( Beasts, Birds, Fishes, Trees, &o. | of the | Maritime 
 Provinces of Canada. | Also, some of the | Indian Names of 
 Places, I And many Familiar Words and Phrases, | translated lit- 
 erally into English. | 
 
 Halifax: | Nova Scotia Printing Company, | 1875. | 
 
 Pp. i-iv, 5-108. 16°. T. JBD. JWP. STR. 
 
 3181 a [Micmae lesson-card. No. 3.] jwp. 
 
 Broadside 16°. "I think there were four lesson-cards inall. Thoy were struck 
 off after our First Re.iding Book w.as used up, and before the second edition was 
 published." — Rand. 
 
 3181 b The Gospel akording tu | Sent Luk. | In Mikmak. | 
 
 Printed for the Britic and Foren Beibel Soseieti, bei | Eizak Pit- 
 man, Bah (Bath). | 1856. | c. T. jwp. 
 Pp. 1-148. 16°. In phonetic characters. Improved title of No. 1578. Re- 
 vised and reprinted, as follows: 
 
 / 3181 c The Gospel according to | Luke. | [1874.J t. jwp. str, 
 
 68 unnumbered leaves. 16°. No title-page, caption only. 
 
1050 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Band {Bev. Silas Tertius)— coutinued. 
 
 3181 d The | Buk ov Djeiiesis. | In Mikmak. | 
 
 Priuted for the Britic and Foren Beibel Soseieti, bei | Eizak Pit- 
 man, Bah (Bath). | 1857. | C.T.JWP. 
 
 Pp. 1-213. 16°. In phonetic oliaraoters. Improved title of No. 518. 
 
 3181 e The | Buk ov Samz. | In Mikmak. | 
 
 Printed for the Britic and Poren Beibel Soseieti, bei | Eizak Pit- 
 man, Bah (Bath). | 1859. | s. T. jwp. str. 
 
 Pp. 1-282. 16°. In phonetic characters. See fac-simile. Improved title of No. 
 519. See No. 3185 7i. 
 
 3181/ The Ten Commandments, | The Lord's Prayer, | etc. | In 
 
 the Maliseet Language. | 
 
 Printed for the Micmac Missionary Society, | Halifax, ilifova 
 Scotia. I 1863. | 
 
 Colophon: Printed by Isaac Pitman, Phonetic Institution, Bath, 
 England. | s. T. TO. rwp. str. 
 
 Title, reverse "The Phonetic Alphabet," 1 1. ; pp. 3-22; 1 unnumbered 1., con- 
 taining Christmas hymn on the Incarnation, beginning " Sesus K'tciniksksm", — 
 five stanzas of four lines each, in phonetic characters, as is the whole pamphlet; 
 reverse, colophon as above. Improved title of No. 3814. 
 
 3181 <7 Tan Teladakadidjik | Ap6stalewidjik. | The | Aktsovthe 
 
 Aposelz. I In Mikmak. | 
 
 Printed for the Britic and Foren Beibel Soseieti, bei | Eizak Pit- 
 man, Bah (Bath). | 1863. | t.abs. jwp. 
 
 Pp. 1-140. 16°. In phonetic characters. Improved title of No. 3809. This 
 has been revised by the author and rewritten in Roman characters, but not yet 
 republished (July, 1884).* 
 
 3181 h — The I Book of Exodus | in | Micmac. | 
 
 Halifax, Nova Scotia, | 1870. ( s^T. jwp. ste. 
 
 Pp. 1-166, 1 1. 16°. Improved title of No. 414. 
 
 3181 i The Gospel according to | St. John | in the language of 
 
 the I Malliseet Indians | of New Brunswick. | 
 London | 1870. | T. jwp. 
 
 1 l.,pp. 1-110. 16°. On verso of title: "Cambridge: | Printed for the British 
 and Foreign Bible Society | by C. J. Clay, M. A., at the University Press." | 
 
 3181 k A short account | of | The Lord's Work | among | The 
 
 Micmac Indians. | By S. T. Band, | Hantsport, Nova Scotia, | With 
 some reasons | for | His Seceding from the Baptist Denomination. | 
 Halifax, N. S. | Printed by William Macnab. | 1873. | jwp. 
 
 Pp. 1-32, 1 1. 8°. Contains, p. 7, John iii.l6 in the Micmac language. 
 
 V 3181 1 The Gospel according to | Mark. | t. jwp. 
 
 No title-page. 39 unnumbered 11. 16°. In the Micmac language. 
 
 3181 m [Portions of the New Testament.] t. jwp. 
 
 No title-page. 216 unnumbered 11. 16°. In^the Micmac language, j 
 " Romans.ll. 1-29.— itoriuthian^, 11. 29-55.— 2Corinthians, 11. 56-73.— Galatians, 
 n. 73-83.— Ephesians, 11. 83-92.— Philippians, 11. 93-99.— Colossiane, 11. 99-105.— 
 
THN TELaDflKHDIDHK 
 APCTSTALSWIDJIK. 
 
 AKTS OV aE APOSELZ. 
 
 IN MIKMAK. 
 
 PEINTED FOE HE BEITie AND rOKEN BEIBEL SffSEIETI, BBI 
 EIZAK PITMAN, BHR {BATH), 
 
 1863. 
 3181 ^.— FAC-SIMTLB OF TITLE-PAGE OF MIKMAK ACTS OF THE APOSTLES. 
 
RAND. 1051 
 
 Band {Rev. Silas Tertius) — contipued. i 
 
 1 Thess^lonians, 11. 105-111.-4-2 Thessalonians, II. 111-114.— 1 Timothy, II. 114- 
 
 j 121.-2Timo,t]iy, 11. 122-127.— Tltuj, 11. 127-130.^hiloijio'n,ll. 130-131.— Hebrews, 
 
 ■^ 11. 131-151.— Jjimes, I!. 151-158.— IPeter, 11. 158-166.— 2 Peter, II. 166-170.— 1 John, 
 
 11. 171-178.— 2 John, 11. 178-179.-3 John, 11. 179-180.-Jude, 11. 180-182.— f he Eev- 
 
 elatioD, 11. 182-214.— Pgstoonumugawa, 11. 215-216. 
 
 3181w Tracts in Micmac No. 1.) | Bread cast upon the Waters.— 
 
 No. 7. I Taiekesuhsfitaduks? | How are you to be saved? | 
 
 Colophon: London Gospel Tract Depot, Warwick Lane, Pater- 
 noster Eow. I g. xwr. 
 
 3181 Tracts in Micmac, No. 2.) | Bread cast upon the Waters — 
 
 No. 2. I "Wokiima.vaan." | "Be thou clean." | 
 
 Colophon : London Gospel Tract Depot, Warwick Lane, Pater- 
 noster Row. I s. jwp. 
 
 3181^ Tracts in Micmac, No. 3.) | Bread cast upon the Waters. — 
 
 No. 4. I Uktiiloowawoodeel | abiksTktasigul." | "Thy sins are for- 
 given 'thee." I 
 
 Colophon: London Gospel Tract Depot, Warwick Lane, Pater- 
 noster Eow. I g. JWP. 
 
 3181 q Tracts in Micmac, No. 4.) | Bread cast upon the Waters. — 
 
 No. 8. I W6n teiadggfit? | Who is to blame? | 
 
 Colophon: London Gospel Tract Depot, Warwick Lane, Pater- 
 noster Eow. I g. JWP. gTR. 
 Each of the above tracts pp. 1-4. 16°. The number I'ollowing the line "Bread 
 oast upon the Waters," is the number of the same tract in English. Improved 
 titles of Nos. 3884-3887. 
 
 3181r Hymn. | " In de Dark Wood, no Indian nigh." | t.jwp.ste. 
 
 No title-page. 11. 16°. In the Micmac language. Two versions: one of six 
 verses, in phonetic characters; and another (revised), 1 1., 16°, of four verses, in 
 Eoman characters. 
 
 3181 s Psalm. XXIII. T. JWP. STB. 
 
 No title-page. 1 1. 16°. In the Micmac language, phonetic characters. Eight 
 stanzas, beginning "Ancweuit UccisacumS." 
 
 3181 1 [Christmas] Hymn. [The birth, life, and death of the 
 
 Lord Jesus.] jwp. str. 
 
 Broadside 12°. Six stanzas of four lines each; in the Micmac language. 
 Begins "Sesus Ucci-nicscam." Followed by "Now I lay me down to sleep," 1 
 stanza, in Micmac. All in phonetic characters. The first hymn in Maliseet 
 appears in Ten Commandments, No. 3181/. 
 
 3185 a [Micmao-English Dictionary.] * 
 
 Manuscript. 4vol8, 4°. In possession ofthe author, who describes it asfollows: 
 "General plan ofthe work: 1. To record all the words in the language so. far 
 as they can be discovered. 2. To give their equivalents in English as correctly 
 as possible, both their primary and secondary significations. 3. To give the 
 principal parts of the verbs — an 1 most of the words in the language are verbs, 
 ■while all, almost without exception, can assume a verbal turn — so that the verb 
 
1052 KORTII AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Rand (Rev. Silas Tertius)— continued. 
 
 can be conjugated throngli person and number, mood and tense, and voice. 
 4. To write the word phonetically, so that the true pronunciation — the real 
 ■word— may be distinctly seen and heard. 5. To give the compounds to some 
 extent, the most usual ones, and the derivatives, for these are an essential part 
 of the language. 
 
 "I have, in the course of about thirty-five years, collected and arranged 
 alphabetically some thousands of words. I am this winter [1883-4] making it 
 my chief business to complete the correcting and the copying out into a fair 
 hand of the fourth volume of this work. I have already copied and bound up 
 three volumes, quarto, each of about five hundred leaves, many of the p.ages on 
 both sides being pretty well filled, so much so, in fact, that I am continually 
 under the necessity of pasting in additional pages, in order to place in proper 
 order new words as they turn up. Of the twenty letters of the Roman alphabet 
 used in printing Miomao, I have in my Dictionary, in the three volumes referred 
 to, arrived at S. The last word entered in Vol. 3 is Silmoodawa. Volume IV 
 commences with Sinkiimisiim: Umiln: imtijiil. After S there axe hut four let- 
 ters of the alphabet left, viz : T, U, W, Y, but my collection of words, under these 
 four letters, occupies about 450 pages of manuscript, many of them crowded to 
 vexation, though some are not filled. * * 
 
 "You ask the names of my assistants. I have had a great many. I had at 
 the commencement hardly anything printed or written that could assist me. 
 The meagre outlines of a Micmac Grammar, published some years previous in 
 the Royal Gazette of Charlottetown, P. E. Island, by a Mr. Irving [see Nos. 
 1949a-1949Zi], who had obtained the manuscripts of a French priest, who had 
 resided in Nova Scotia, L'Abbe Segogne, then dead, gave me some — I may say a 
 good deal — of help. Irving died before I could see him, and I could not obtain 
 any of his manuscripts. 
 
 li* » « The first man I found who could really help me was a Frenchman 
 named Joseph Brooks, who had resided among the Indians many years and lived 
 as one of themselves. But he spoke good English, and was also fluent in French 
 and Micmac. He could read but could not write, but his assistance was invalu- 
 able. I could not depend upon his pronunciation, as I soon discovered, for he 
 learned the language after he was grown up, and spoke it with a foreign accent. 
 But his wife spoke it pure, and I could depend on him for the meaning of a word 
 and on her for the pronunciation. * ' * One of the sons, Tom Brooks, became 
 finally one of my most eflcient teachers, though he never learned either to read 
 or write. The greater part of my translations and compilations was done with 
 the assistance of Tom Brooks. I had one other clever assistant for several years 
 who could both read and write. His name was Benjamin Christmas, of Cape 
 Breton." 
 
 Of the above manuscript I have seen only vol. 3, which, with many other of 
 his manuscripts given below, were kindly sent me by the author that I might 
 describe them. 
 
 3185 6 Micmac Ollendorff. # 
 
 Manuscript. In the possession of a Mr. Hubbard, of Bonn, Germany, to whom 
 it was sent by the author. " The Micmac Ollendorff comprises, as near as I can 
 remember, about 400 pages, and consists of a series of questions and answers, 
 facing each other, and numbered off into lessons, Jb la mode Ollendorff. It is 
 intended as a simple aid to the learning of the language." — Sand: 
 
 3185 c Micmac Catecliism. | ste. 
 
 Manuscript. 38 pp. 16°. Written in a small blank book labeled "Translations 
 from Indian Prayer-book— Micmac. S. T. Rand, Charlottetown." Each ques- 
 
RAND. 1053 
 
 Rand {Bev. Silas Tertias) — continued. 
 
 tiou and auswer is follov/ed Ijy an English translation, written in an easy stylo 
 of iibonography , more or less of which appears throughout several of Mr. Eaud's 
 manuscripts. 
 
 3185 d The Decalogue as | read from the Indian | prayer book 
 
 by Peter | [Christmas] at Escisogunic | June 12. 1852. | 
 
 Manuscript. 4 pp. 16°. Apparently not completed. This is written in the 
 sauie blank hook as the Catechism described above, which it immediately follows, 
 and, like the Catechism, it is accompanied by English equivalents in phonography. 
 
 3185 e Sentences in | Mic Mac. | filgnu wegMigiin. | stk. 
 
 Manuscript, pp. 1-63. 16°. No title-page ; heading as above. Paged reverse 
 of usual — even numbers on rectos, odd on versos. Alternate pages Miomac and 
 English, in some cases the former occupying the rectos, in others the latter. 
 The manuscript includes not only sentences, but short stories and portions of 
 the Scriptures, and on pp. 9-10 is a partial conjugation of the verb to see. Ex- 
 odus 20, pp. 11-14. — Genesis 1, "translated March, 1647, by the aid of Joseph 
 Brooks," pp. 33-42. — John 4, "Being the first whole chapter translated by me 
 (us) into Mic Mac," pp. 42-52. — Gen. 2, pp. 53-58.— Gen. 3, pp. 58-63, and con- 
 tinued on p. 1. 
 
 3185/ List of Micmac | words resembling | Greeli, Hebrew, 
 
 La- I tin, &c. | STR. 
 
 Manuscript. 34 11. 16°. In a blank bonk, leather cover. Concerning this 
 work the author writes me as follows: This is a collection of about 300 words, 
 in which I saw, or fancied I saw when I composed it, a resemblance between 
 many Micmac words and those of other languages, chiefly the Greek. I am 
 under the impression that a comparison conducted on proper etymological prin- 
 ciples would swell the list to many hundreds. 
 
 3185 (jf Legends of the | Micmac Indians | and | Extracts from 
 
 the I IVUcmac Prayer Book | with Interlinear Translations | into | 
 English by | Silas T. Band. | * 
 
 Manuscript. 1vol. sm.4°. In possession of the author. Title, 11. ; Introduc- 
 tion, 2 11. ; Legends, Micmac and English, 96 11. ; Extracts from the hieroglyphic 
 prayer book, dictated by a daughter of Dennis Michael, chief of the Indians in 
 Cape Breton, September, 1849, and written phonetically by Mr. Eand in Micmac 
 and translated into English ; 95 unnumbered 11., Micmac acd English interlinear. 
 "This Micmac Prayer Book, by the way, is a curiosity. It is the invention of 
 the Roman Priests about two hundred years ago, aided by the natives, who sug- 
 gested the mode of writing. It is written not with letters, but with sign-marks, 
 one mark standing for a word, after the manner of the ChiuesCi It was. never 
 printed until about five and twenty years ago, when it was prepared and printed 
 by a Roman priest, a German named Kauder, living at Pomket, Nova Scotia." — 
 Band. See Kauder {Bev. Christian), Nos. 2057-2059. 
 
 Maj. J. W. Powell has received from Mr. Eand a blank book containing about 
 70 11., folio, of these hieroglyphs " as transcribed with the pen by an Indian, the 
 only way in which the work was multiplied for nearly 200 years." 
 
 3185 h Fotes Explanak)ry | on the Micmac Trans- | lation of the 
 
 Psalm!?. I Eeferring principally | to the cases in which the Mic- ( 
 mac Version differs from | the English, | Written about the | year 
 1855. I By Silas T. Eand | Hautsport | Nova Scotia | ste. 
 
 Manuscript; copy. 94 unnumbered 11. 4°. Mr. Rand writes of it as follows: 
 "In hunting among my papers, I have discovered a manuscript that I cannot 
 
1054 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUiaTrCS. 
 
 Band {Bev. Silas Tertius) — continued. 
 
 well pass over if you wish a full descriptive catalogue of such Jinpublished man- 
 uscriDts as are in my possession referring to our Indians and their language. I 
 send yon the copy which I retained. 
 
 " This was its origin. When we sent the manuscript of the Book of Psalms, 
 translated into Miemac, to the British and Foreign Bible Society, it occurred to 
 them to enquire whether it had been translated from the Hebrew or from the 
 English. I replied that I had translated directly from the Hebrew, and that 
 while I had made use of the common English version and others, I had not ser- 
 vilely followed it or any of them, but that my version varied from the English 
 in a good many places, I did not know how many. Whereupon I was directed 
 to state all the cases in which the Miemac diflered from the English, and to state 
 briefly my reasons. I did so. Then we had a committee of our learned divines 
 of Halifax appointed to examine my paper, over which they spent a good many 
 days. Suggestions were made and amendments proposed, and the dissertation 
 was gone over again carefully and revised, then copied and sent to London. 
 The publishing committee of the British and Foreign Bible Society expressed 
 themselves well satisfied, and I was sufficiently complimented for the literary 
 aspect of the" work, and the book was immediately published." 
 
 3185 i [Manuscripts relating to the Miemac language.] ♦ 
 
 1 manuscript volume, 4°, bound. In the possession of a Mr. Hubbard, of Bonn, 
 Germany, to whom it was sent by the author, who thus describes it: "It con- 
 tains : 1. Materials for a Miemac grammar. — 2. A Lecture on the Miemac lan- 
 guage, delivered before a Literary Society in Halifax. — 3. A paper on Miemac 
 grammar, copied from the Royal Gazette of Charlottetown, which was published 
 by a Mr. Irving about fifty years ago. — 4. A lot of papers on the same subject. 
 The whole was gathered up and bound together for the use of a Roman Priest, 
 thenof Pictou, N. S., now Bishop Ronald McDonald, of Newfoundland, who wished 
 to learn the language. He assured me it was of great service to him." 
 
 3185 k Extracts from the Miemac | Hieroglyphic Prayer book, 
 
 trfins- I lated into Eoman Letters | with some of the words in 
 English. I STK. 
 
 Manuscript. Pp. 1-82, 6 11. 4°. This paper is a transliteration of some of the 
 hieroglyphs used by the Rev. Christian Kauder (see Nos. 2057-2059) into Miemac, 
 and usually a translation into English. Pp. 1-25 of the manuscript comprise 
 pp. 5-13 of the Gesangbnoh; pp. 25-31, pp. 5-6 of the Katechismas; pp. 31-38, 
 pp. 52-54 of the Gesangbuch ; p. 39, blank ; pp. 40-82, pp. 6-20 of the Katechismns. 
 
 3185 I [Tracts and Hymns in the Miemac language.] ste. 
 
 Manuscript. Pp. 1-340, 5 11. 4°. Bound. Pp. 1-198 are numbered on rectos 
 only, the versos of the leaves bearing no numbers, and usually being partially 
 filled with hymns and interpolations and additions to the facing page; from 
 p. 199 on the pagination runs through every page. The tracts and hymns alter- 
 nate throughout. The titles are as follows : 
 
 1. The only Place of Safety. 
 
 2. The Justifier. 
 
 3. How can a Sinner be Justified? 
 
 4. What a Contrast. 
 
 5. If thou knewest the Gift of God! 
 
 6. Worship, or One in Ten. 
 
 7. The Handcuffs. 
 
 8. The Lunatic and His Keeper. 
 
 9. The Coalmine Explosion. 
 
 10. Are yongoing to Heaven or Hell ? 
 
 11. Just in time to Catch the Train. 
 
 12. That is your Man, Sir! 
 
 13. Smashed to pieces. 
 
 14. The Little Garden. 
 
 1." One there is above all others. 
 
 2. Nothing either great onsmall. 
 
 3. God in mercy sent his Son. 
 
 4. When this passing world is done. 
 
 5. The half was never told. 
 
EAND. 1055 
 
 Rand {Riv. Silns Tertius)— continued. 
 
 31^5m Pf^alins in | Micmac & in Mai- | iseet, arranged so as | 
 
 to be sung. | str. 
 
 Manuscript. Pp. 1-17. i-m.4°. Bound in blank book marked "Personal Diary," 
 which latter occupies the remiiinder of the book. Of the pagination the even 
 numbers are on the rectos, the odd numbers on the versos of the leaves. On p. 1 
 is the following note : 
 
 "I have transcribed in this book a few Micmac and Maliseet Psalms. They 
 are chiefly literal and prosi-, translations, but arranged so as to suit the tunes. 
 The Indians at present have no idea of poetry as such — as comprised in measure 
 and rhyme. But they are fond of singing." 
 
 lOOth Psalm, in Maliseet, p. 2.— 113th Psalm, in Micmac, p. 3.— 113th Psalm, 
 in Maliseet, p. 6. — S&h Psalm, in Micmac, p. 8. — 23d Psalm, in Maliseet, p. 13. — 
 23d Psalm, paraphrased in Maliseet, p. 15. — Hymn, " I'm going home to die no 
 more," in Maliseet, p. 17.— "The good Shepherd," in Maliseet, loose at the end 
 of the book. 
 
 3185 n [Manuscripts in the Maliseet and Micmac languages.] STR. 
 
 About 400 pp., mostly unnumbered, 4°, bound. This book contains: The 
 final copy of the Maliseet tract. No. 3181/; John 6th and the 50th Psalm, in Mali- 
 seet; and the epistles to the Romans and Galatians, in Micmac. Of these, all 
 have been published except the 50th Psalm. 
 
 3185 o A Lecture de- J livered before several | Literary Institu- 
 tions I in I^^ova Scotia on the | Peculiarities of the Mic- | mac & 
 Maliseet Tongues. | ste. 
 
 Manuscript, 52 pp., 4°, unbound. No title-page; labeled as above. 
 "This is a rough draft. A fair copy is bound up in a volume now in the hands 
 of a Mr. Hubbard, iu Bonn, Germany." — Band. 
 
 3i85p A Vocabulary of | Maliseet Words. | str. 
 
 Manuscript, about 500 unnumbered 11.,. 4°, bound. This book is, perha,ps, not 
 more than half filled, but it contains a large number of Maliseet words, arranged 
 to some extent alphabetically by the Maliseet, the English equivalent following. 
 Concerning this vocabulary Mr. Rand says: 
 
 "Some twenty-five years ago, finding a clever Indian of the Maliseet tribe 
 who spoke English and Micmac fluently — besides his own tongue — I obtained 
 his services to assist me in translating my Micmac Tract entitled ' The History of 
 the Word of God' [No. 3179 6] into Maliseet. While doing this I was cartful to 
 note every word as it came up, and to make declension and conjugation, etc., 
 keeping a book at hand for that purpose ; so that when my tract was finished 1 was 
 in possession of quite a full vocabulary, because I not only caught and secured all 
 the words that came up in the course of translation, but all 1 could catch iu any 
 other way, and as I worked in 'Gabriel's' hut, and was continually keeping 
 mouth and ears open, I caught a good many more words than I met with in the 
 work which was ' on the anvil.' " 
 
 3185 g [Hymns in the Maliseet language.] stk. 
 
 Manuscripts. In possession of the author. Titles as follows : 
 
 1. Psalm 50. > 3. Abide with me, fast falls the eventide. 
 
 2. Psalm 51. 4. I'm going home to die no more. 
 
 3185 r [Maliseet Ollendorff and other translations.] str. 
 
 Manuscript, pp. 1-418, 4°, bound. This book contains over 400 pages. It 
 consists of a series of familiar questions and answers iu the style of the Ollen- 
 dorff text-books, the questions in English being on one page and the Indian 
 
1056 NORTH AMER.CAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Band (Rev. Silas Tertius)— continued. 
 
 answers facing them with corresponding numbers. About, 50 pages are filled 
 with lists of Maliseet words and grammatic inflections explained in English. 
 It contains, also, the last tvro chapters of Luke in Maliseet, "some extracts from 
 the Catholic prayer book in Penobscot," two hymns in Maliseet, and the Second 
 Commandment written by an Indian in peculiar characters. 
 
 3185 s [Manuscripts treating principally of the Maliseet lan- 
 guage.] ' ^^^■ 
 
 About 400 pp., 4°, bound. The first portion contains the first draft of the 
 tract in Maliseet described above, No. 3181/, with an accompanying list, on the 
 pages opposite, of words and grammatic forms collected while translating the 
 tract. The verbs are generally conjugated fully through the Present of the In- 
 dicative. Mr. Rand says: 
 
 "The translating was done for me by a very intelligent Maliseet Indian, resid- 
 ing at St. Mary's, opposite Fvedericton, N. B. , named Gabriel Thomas. The tract 
 was translated from the Micmac, which Gabriel spoke fluently, as he did also 
 the English and his own tongue. But he could neither read nor write. It was 
 my first lesson in Maliseet, and I carefully collected a vocabulary and made a 
 grammar as I went along." 
 
 Besides the tract, vocabulary, and grammar, this book contains a translation 
 of the 34th Psalm, a hymn in Penobscot, and another in Maliseet, " both from the 
 Catholic Prayer Book," and a vocabulary of the Maliseet language, consisting 
 of 90 pages closely written. 
 
 3185* [Manuscripts in the Maliseet and other languages.] STil. 
 
 275 pp., 4°, bound The contents of this volume are as follows: Penobscot 
 numerals 1-10, p. 1. — Assineboin words, "obtained from a gentleman in Shel- 
 buTue, N. S., named Mcintosh, who had spent many years in the Hudson Bay 
 Territory," p. 1. — Bible history in the dialect of the Maliseet Indians of New 
 Brunswick (this is another copy of the Maliseet tract No. 3181/), pp. 1-141. — 
 Sketches of a grammar of the Maliseet language, pp. 142-824. — The numerals in 
 the di.alect of the Penoliscot Indians, p. 225. — "The numerals of the St. Frauds 
 Indians (Abenaqui) or 'Ojibways,' as given me by an Indian at Fredericton 
 named Thomas Legosh," p. 231. — "A hymn in the Seneca, and tune composed by 
 Edward Pierce, leader of the Seneca brass band, at the Alleghany Reservation, 
 N. Y.," pp. 239-240. — Names of relationship in Maliseet, pp. 241-253. —A transla- 
 tion of the Latin Mediieval hymu "Dies Irie" into Micmac, Roman characters, 
 as given in their hieroglyphic prayer book, pp. 254-256. — Penobscot words, 
 p. 261. — Hymn "Abide with me," in Maliseet, pp. 262-263. — Another hymn in 
 Maliseet, p. 272. 
 
 3185 u Mohawk Vocabu- | lary— By | Silas T. Eand | ste. 
 
 Manuscript, about 200 pp., folio, bound. English and Mohawk, alphabetically 
 arranged according to the English. The Mohawk equivalent is lacking in many 
 instances. Concerning this work, and others mentioned below, Mr. Rand writes 
 me as follows : 
 
 ' ' I spent two months in the year '70, I think it was, in Tuscarora, Out. , among 
 the Mohawk Indians, and made the acquisition of a knowledge of their language 
 a special object. I had secured, to assist me, a Mohawk grammar written in 
 French by a retired French "priest of Montreal. I soon learned the pronunciation 
 so well that I could read to them quite fluently (for I took care to write the 
 words phonetically), and I wrote out from the mouths of several Indians, some 
 of them educated and some uneducated, long lists of words and grammatical 
 inflections. 
 
EAND. 1057 
 
 Rand {Rev. Silas Tertius)— continued. 
 
 '•The following winter I devoted a good deal of time to Mohawk. I filled 
 out my big book from the English dictionary in alphabetical order, all the words 
 that I surmised I would be able to find. Then 1 entered all those I had already 
 learned the meaning of. Then, with the English and Mohawk books before me, 
 I hunted. I wrote out a number of chapters iu columns, placing the Mohawk 
 equivalent opposite the English, so that in looking over the pile I noticed the 
 other day that I had, besides my big book, two or three little ones, carefully 
 bound, and a pile of these unbound papers." 
 
 3185 V List of Indian Names | of Places in P. E. Island, | ob- 
 tained Nov., 1880, by the aid | of Peter Jim | ste. 
 
 Manuscript. Begins at p. 207 of the large folio book mentioned in preceding 
 title, and occupies four pages. The Indian name is followed by the English 
 equivalent. 
 
 3185 w No. 2. I Mohawk | Vocabulary | By | Silas T. Eand | ste. 
 
 Manuscript, about 175 pp., 4°, bound. This is one of the books mentioned by 
 Mr. Eand in the above note. It bears the date "Tuscarora, Aug. 8, 1876," and 
 in arrangement and contents is similar to the large folio. The Mohawk vocab- 
 ulary extends alphabetically from A to S, and is continued in the following: 
 
 3185 X [List of Mohawk Words, and a translation of the 9th and 
 
 11th chapters of Luke and of the 9th chapter of Mark, Mohawk 
 and English iu parallel columns, with a few sentences in Mohawk 
 and English.] ste. 
 
 Manuscript, about 125 pp., 4°, bound. The early portion of this book contains 
 the Lord's Prayer in Mohawk, with interlinear English translation of the first 
 few words, and a list of adverbs. Then the Mohawk vocabulary is taken up at 
 the letter T and continued through the remaining letters. The remainder of the 
 book is occupied with the Gospel translations, except a few pages at the end, 
 which contain "Short Sentences in the Mohawk Tongue." 
 
 31852/ The Gospel of | Mark. | Capt. Brant's Mohawk Transla- 
 tion I STE. 
 Manuscript, 48 pp., 4°, unbound. A discontinuous interlinear English trans- 
 lation runs throughout it. It extends only to the 14th verse of the third chapter. 
 The interlinear translation is mostly by Mr. Eand, with emendations thereof and 
 fillings in by Joab Martin, a Mohawk Indian. 
 
 3185 z Numerals in | Mohawk, Tusca- | rora, Cayugian | Seneca, 
 
 & Oneidah | Mohawk senten- 1 ces and a list | of Mohawk | words. | 
 
 Manuscript, 16 pp., 4°, unbound. The numerals were obtained by Mr. Eand, 
 in 1877, from James Jemison, of Tuscarora, Out., who spoke all these dialects. 
 
 3185 aa [Mohawk, Seneca, and Tuscarora words.] ste. 
 
 Manuscript, 4°, unbound. The Mohawji portion of this manuscript consists 
 of upwards of 50 pages, Mohavrk and English, and contains conjugation of the 
 verb to see. There are only a few Seneca words. These are followed by a list 
 of 61 Tuscarora words, with English signification, taken down by Mr. Eand from 
 the mouth of an Indian named Johnson, in Tuscarora. Some remarks on the 
 "Difficulties in Translating into Mohawk," &c., fpUow. 
 
 3185&& [Mohawk Vocabulary,and]Word8usedinJohn, Chap. 1. | 
 
 Manuscript, 38 pp. , 4°, unbound. Eecorded in a " National Copy-book." The 
 vocabulary, alphabetically arranged according to the English, occupies pp. 1- 
 25.— Words used iu John, Chap. 1 (Mohawk and English), pp. 26-38. 
 
 67 Bib 
 
lOaS NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS 
 
 Eand {Bev. Silas Tertius) — continued. 
 
 3185 cc About a thou- | sand Esquimaux | words, gathered | 
 
 from the New- | Testament in | that Language | ste. 
 
 Maunscript. Englisli aud Eskimo. Recorded, alphabetically hj English 
 v/ords, in a 4° book of about 35 pp., which apparently had been i)reviously de- 
 voted to the reception of Micmac material, the Eskimo matter occupying in 
 some cases whole pages, in others the remnant of a page, and in still others 
 additional sheets of note paper. 
 3198 a Rau (Charles). — 440 — | Articles | on | Anthropological Sub- 
 jects, I contributed to the | Annual Eeports of the Smithsonian In- 
 stitution I from 1863 to 1877 | by | Charles Eau. | 
 
 Washington: | Published by the Smithsonian Institution. | 
 1882. I JWP. 
 
 Pp. i-x, 1-1(59. 8^. 
 
 Baegert (Jacob). An Aeconnt of the Aboriginal Inhabitants of the Cali- 
 fornia Peninsula, pp. 2-41. 
 3200 a Ravoux {Bev. Augustin) . Katolik Wocekiye Wowapi Km. [1876. J 
 
 No title-page ; heading as above. Pp. 1-84. In the Isanti dialect of the Dakota 
 language. It is probably a revision of No. 3200, "Wakantanka ti kin cank,u" 
 appearing as a heading to page 7. Summary of Christian doctrine, prayers, &c., 
 pp. 1-6.— Wakantanka ti kin canku (Bible history), pp. 7-45.— Woiwangapi (cat- 
 echism), pp. 46-59.— Katolik Dakota Odowanpi (Catholic hymns in Dakota), 
 pp. 60-84. s. JWP. 
 
 Published by Bishop Martin Marty, O. S. B., Vicar Apostolic of Dakota, who 
 writes : "It was composed nearly forty years ago by Rt. Rev. Father An. Ravoux, 
 V. G. of St. Paul diocese, and revised by me when I began work among the Da- 
 kotas in 1876," 
 3203 a Ray {Lieut. P. H.) [Words, phrases, and sentences in the lan- 
 guage of the people inhabiting the northwest coast of America from 
 Cape Elizabeth to Colville Eiver.] * 
 
 Manuscript. Recorded in a copy of Introduction to the Study of Indian Lan- 
 guages, second edition. In possession of the author, Washington, D. C. It 
 probably will be published by the Signal Office. 
 
 3208 Recueil. L. J, C. et M. I. | Eecueil de Pri^res | Catechisms | 
 et I Cantiques | A I'usage des Sauvages de la Bale d'Hudson. | 
 [Seal of the Oblates.j | 
 
 Montreal | Imprimerie de Louis Perrault et Cie. | No. 36, Eue 
 Saint- Vincent. | 1866. | . , * 
 
 Pp. 1-108. 18°. In syllabic characters, with an alphabet on verso of title-leaf. 
 In the Cree language (Hudson's Bay dialect). Improved title of No. 3208, fur- 
 nished by Dr, J. Hammond Trumbull from copy in his possession. St- e Perrault 
 (Rev. Charles Ovide), Nos. 2963-2965, and Thibault (iffSti. Jean Baptiste), No. 3844. 
 
 3209 a Reglas mas comunes del | Arte del Idioma Zapoteco | del valle | 
 con una lista de los Nombres mas usuales, | el confesionario | y las 
 Oraciones principales de la | Doctrina Cristiana | en la misma len- 
 gua. I San Martin Tilcaxete, 1793. [ Copiado en M^rida. | 1871. [ dgb. 
 
 Manuscript, Title, verso blank, 1 1. ; 1 blank 1. ; pp. 1-148. 4". Partial copy 
 made by Dr. Berendt of a manuscript now in the library of Dr. Brinton, the 
 title of which begins: Quaderno de Idioma Zapoteco, &c., q. »., No. 3149 a. 
 
 Reinoso {Fr. Diego de). See Reynoso [Fr. Diego de). 
 
KAND — EIGGS. 1059 
 
 3221 a Eengel {Fr. Alouso de). [Arte, Sermones, Doctrina, &c.] * 
 
 He made a very good arte of the Mexican language, and in the same language 
 made sermons for all the year ; also an arte and doctrina In the Otomi language. — 
 Mendieta, p. 550. 
 
 Relacion del viage * * Sutil y Mexicana. See [Aloala Galiano 
 (D. Dionisio)], No. 61. 
 
 Relation Historique de la Virginie. See [Beverly (Eobert)], No. 
 376. 
 
 3223 Renville (John B.) Woonspe Itakihna [in Dakota]. 
 
 Boston [1864]. T. JWP. WHS. 
 
 Another issue of this work, a copy of which is in the library of Dr. J. Ham- 
 mond Trumbull, has the imprint: Published by the | American Tract Society, | 
 28 Cornhill, Boston. | [N. d.] And on verso of title-page: Geo. C. Rand & Avery, | 
 Stereotypers aiid Printers. | 
 
 3230 a Report. Eeport | of | The Commission [Felix Brunot, Chair- 
 man] I appointed under | Act of Congress approved June 1, 1872, | 
 to negotiate with the ( Shoshone Indians in Wyoming Territory, j 
 
 Washington: | Government Printing Ofiice. | 1873. | c. JWP. 
 
 Pp. 1-30. 8°. List of names of Shoshone men, with English translation, pp. 
 20-22. 
 
 3230 b Report | of | the Commission [Thomas K. Cree, Secre- 
 tary] I appointed under | Act of Congress approved March 3, 
 1873, I to negotiate with the | Crow Indians in Montana Territory. | 
 
 Washington: | Government Printing Office, | 1873. | 0. jwp. 
 
 Pp. 1-49. 8°. List of names of Crow Indian men, with English translation, 
 pp. 14-16. 
 
 3240 Reyes [Fr. Antonio de los). Arte | en Lengua | Mixteca | compu- 
 esto I Por el Padre Fray Antonio de | los Eeyes, del Sagrado Orden 
 de I Predicadores, Vicario de | Tepuzculula j [Engraving]. | 
 
 Con licencia en Mexico y por su Original | reimpreso en la Puebla 
 en la Imprenta de la | Viuda de Miguel de Ortega, ano de 1750 | * 
 
 Title within a border; 12 p. 11., pp. 1-163. 8°. Improved title of No. 3240, 
 furnished by Sr. loazbalceta from copy in his possession. 
 
 3449 a Richard (L.) Manuel des Langues- | Mortes et vivantes, Conte- 
 nant les- | Alphabets, la numeration, et- | I'o'raison Dominicale, en 
 190 langues- | Par L. liichard, | Premiere Edition 1839. | 
 
 Se trouve k Paris, | chez ,M^ Mansut flls, Libraire, | Rue des Ma- 
 thnrius S'. Jacques 17. | et chez I'auteur, Place maubert 19. | Im- 
 primerie Lithographie de Petit, rue de Bourgogne n". 25. | o. 
 
 Title, reverse blank, 1 1., pp. 1-112. 8°. Oratio Dominica lUinioe, p. 50; Mo- 
 hogice,p.50; Otomif ice, p. 51 ; Canadice, p. 53; Savanahice, p. 53 ; Groenlandice, 
 p. 60; Poconchiine, p. 62; Cara'ibice, p. 62; Virginice,p. 63; Mexicane, p. 63. 
 
 3263 a [Riggs (iJe?;. Alfred Longley).] Woonspe Wankantu. | jwp. 
 
 4 pp. 8°. Circular of the Santee Normal Training School, Santee Agency, 
 Nebraska, for the year ending June 30, 1881. Contains an address iu the Dakota 
 language and names of pupils in the Dakota with English signification. 
 
1060 NORTH AMEKICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 3272 Riggs {Bev. Stephen E.) Psalm Wowapi. | Tlie Book of Psalms, | 
 in the Dakota language: | Translated from the Hebrew, | by S. E. 
 Eiggs, A. M., I Missionary of the A. B. 0. F. M. | 
 
 New York: | American Bible Society, | instituted in the year 
 MDCCOXVI. I 1869. | T. 
 
 Pp. 1-133. 18°. Improved title of No. 3272. 
 
 3285 a Address [on the language of the DakotasJ of S. E. 
 
 Eiggs. JWP. 
 
 In Minn. Hist. Soc, Annals 1850-1 [No. 2], pp. 132-142. St. Paul, 1851. 8°. 
 This is the original article of which title No. 3287 is a reprint. 
 
 3285 & Indian Fames. Gossip about derivation and meaning 
 
 of various peculiar and sonorous red men nomenclature by lapi 
 Oaye. jwp. 
 
 A list of Dakota names of places appearing in the Sunday Argus, Fargo and 
 Moorhead, Dakota, of August 12, 1883, taken from "lapi Oaye," The Word Car- 
 rier (see No. 4156). It was reprinted in a number of the newspapers of the 
 counti'y, and was again printed in the Argus of December 9, 1883, under the 
 headiug "Philology," together with a second list furnished by the Eev. John P. 
 Williamson from the papers of his predecessor. Dr. Eiggs. "Another interesting 
 chapter upon Indian names, their origin, meaning, and other facts," by Samuel 
 J. Brown, appeared in the Sunday Argus of January 6, 1884. 
 
 3292 a Vocabulary of the Dakota language. 180 words. * 
 
 Manuscript. 10 pp. 4°. In the library of Dr. J. G. Shea, Elizabeth, N. J. 
 
 3310 a Rink (Dr. Heinrik Johannes). De grj((nlandske Stednavnes | 
 Eetskrivning og Btymologi | af | Dr. H. Eink, | DirektjJr for den 
 Kongl. gr0nlandske Handel. | 1877. | jwp. 
 
 Forms an appendix to Johnstrup (F.)'Gieseckes Mineralogiske Eejse i Gr0n- 
 land. Kj0benhavn. 1878. 8°. Of letters, accents, &c., p. 355. — Verbal affixes, 
 p. 356. — Nominal affixes, p. 356. — De gr0nlandske Stednavnes Eetskrivning og 
 Etymologi, pp. 3.58-366. 
 
 Rivero (D. Sebastian). See Ribero {Fr. Sebastian), No. 3247. 
 
 3329 a R[obertson {Mrs. Ann Eliza Worcester)]. Este Maskoke un 
 Hessvlke toyatskat. [My friends, the Muskokees.] * 
 
 In Indian Journal, vol. 2, no. 25. Muscogee, I. T., February 20, 1878. folio. 
 In the Muskoki language. 
 
 3329 b Siyenvlke momet Elapvhovlke Svlvf kvlke. * 
 
 In Indian Journal, vol. 2, no. 30. Muscogee, I. T., March 27, 1878. folio. 
 The Cheyenne and Arapaho Prisoners. In the Muskoki language. 
 
 3329 c Pu Huten Vpeyes. [Hymn, " We're going home," etc.] * 
 
 In Indian Journal, vol. 2, no. 47. Muscogee, I. T., July 24, 1878. folio. 
 Hymn sung at the exhibition of the TuUahassee M. L. School. In the Muskoki 
 language. 
 
 3329 d Pereham Kococvmpv. # 
 
 In Indian Journal, vol. 2, no. 50. Muscogee, I. T., August 14, 1878. folio. 
 Hymn: "Star of Bethlehem," in the Muskoki language. 
 
KIGGS KOCH A. 1061 
 
 E[obertson {Mrs. Ann Eliza Worcester)] — continued. 
 
 3329 e Cane Postok. [John Postoak, a young Creek executed at 
 
 Ft. Smith for murder.] ♦ 
 
 In Indian Journal, vol. 3, no. 22. Muscogee, I. T., February 6, 1879. folio. 
 
 In the Muskoki language. 
 
 3329/ Hesaketvmese Estomis Hvmeclcet Omes. [God is every- 
 where.] * 
 In Indian Journal, vol. 4, no. 3. Muscogee, I. T., September 2.5, 1879. folio, 
 lu the Muskoki language. Written by Mrs. Robertson for the Creek Second 
 Eeader. 
 
 3329 gr Cesvs vc vnokeces. [Hymn, "Jesus loves me."] * 
 
 In Indian Journal, vol. 4, no. 4. Muscogee, I. T., October 2, 1879. folio. In 
 the Muskoki language. 
 
 3329 h Cesvs Omaret Komis. [1 want to be like Jesus.] * 
 
 In Indian Journal, vol. 4, no. 23. Muscogee, I. T., February 12, 1880. folio. 
 Hymn in the Muskoki language. 
 
 3329 i Maro 6, 1-14. * 
 
 In Indian Journal, vol. 4, no. 25. Muscogee, I. T., February 26, 1880. folio. 
 Matt. 6, 1-14, -with questions and comments; in the Muskoki language. 
 
 3329 fc Cesvs vn tisem vc vnokeces. [Hymn, "Jesus loves even 
 
 me."] * 
 
 In Indian Journal, vol. 4, no. 48. Muscogee, I. T., August 5, 1880. folio. In 
 the Muskoki language. Originally printed in the Muskokee S. S. Song book. 
 
 3331 a The Corn Fable, in the Muskoke Language. 
 
 Manuscript. Pp. 1-12. folio. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. The 
 fable is accompanied by an interlinear literal translation in English, written in 
 red ink. Pp. 9-12 consist of a free translation in English. Mrs. Robertson was 
 assisted in this work by Taylor Postoak, second chief of the Muskokis. 
 
 3332 a and Sullivan (N. B.) Este Mvskoke em ohonvkv, [His- 
 tory of the Muskokee people.] * 
 
 In Indian Journal, vol. 5, no. 1. Muscogee, I. T., September 9, 1881. folio. 
 Speech of Hon. William P. Eoss, on early Creek history, etc., translated into the 
 Muskoki language. A reprint of this, with translation in English, is in the pos- 
 session of the Bureau of Ethnology ; see No. 3333. 
 
 3335 and Winslett (David). l^Takcoky es Keretv [&c., in Mus- 
 kokee]. New York, 1856. 
 
 A later issue of this work has same title as that given in No. 3335, with the 
 words "Second Edition" added, and dated 1867. t.dgb. 
 
 3342 a Eocha (B. Juan Eligio de la). Apuntamientos | de la | lengua 
 Mangue. | Por | D. Juan Eligio de la Eocha. | Masaya, 1842. | dgb. 
 
 Manuscript. Title, verso blank, 1 1. ; Nota, signed by Dr. Berendt, 1 1. ; Vo- 
 cabulary, Spanish and Mangue, pp. 5-7 ; Frases de la conversacion, pp. 8-11. 8°. 
 
 "Rocha was author of a Spanish Grammar (Leon, 1858) and teacher of French 
 and Spanish Grammar in the University of Leon, where he died in 1873. His 
 brother placed his notes on the Mangue tongue at Dr. Berendt's disposal, who 
 copied from them the above pages."— Brimton. 
 
1062 NORTH AMERICAN I INGUISTICS. 
 
 3364 fRomagne {Rev. — )]. The | Indian Prayer Book: | compiled and 
 arranged for the benefit of the | Penobscot | and | Passamaquoddy 
 Tribes. | Printed by order of the | Eight Eev. B. Fenwick, | Bishop 
 of Boston. I 
 
 Boston: Printed by H. L. Devereux. | 1834. | T. 
 
 70 pp. 18°. Improved title of Nos. 1939 and 33(i4. 
 
 "Father Romagnfi was a missionary to the Ahnakis, stationed at Pleasant 
 Point ("Tchibaiqne,'' now Sybaj'k;, Maine. This book was printed from his 
 manuscript (of 1804) by order of Bishop Fenwick. See Aunales de la Propaga- 
 tion de la Foi, vol. 8, pp. 196-197; and Shea's Cath. Missions, p. ICiV'—Trumlull. 
 
 3368 a Rosa {Presb. Augustin de la). An^lisis | de la | Oracion Domini- 
 cal I en Mexicano, | y | de la | PMtica Mexicana | del | P. Jesuita 
 Ignacio Paredes | sobre el Misterio de la Encarnacion del | Verbo 
 Divino, | por el | Presbltero Agustin de la Eosa. | 
 
 Guadalajara.— 1870. | Tipografia de Uionisio Eodriguez, calle de 
 Sto. I Domingo num. 13 | * 
 
 16 pp. sra. 4°. 
 
 33686 An^lisis | de la P]4tica Mexicana | del | Padre Jesuita 
 
 Ignacio Paredes | sobre el | Misterio de la Santisima Trinidad, | 
 por el I Presbltero Agustin de la Eosa. | 
 
 Guadalajara. | Tipografia de Eodriguez, calle de Sto. Domingo 
 num. 13. I 1871. | * 
 
 28 pp. sm. 4°. 
 
 3368 c Aiidlisis | de | la Platica Mexicana | del Padre Jesuita 
 
 Ignacio Paredes | sobre la | Vida, Pasion y Muerte | de Iftro. Sr. 
 Jesucristo | Por el Presbltero \ Agustin de la Eosa. | 
 
 Guadalajara, | Tipografia de Eodriguez, calle de Santo Domingo 
 ntimero 13. | 1871 | • 
 
 16 pp. sm. 4°. 
 
 3368 d Analisis | de | la " Salve" en Mexicano | y de la Platica 
 
 Mexicana | del P. Jesuita | Ignacio Paredes en que explica | qui6n 
 es Dios. I Por el Presb. Agustin de la Eosa. | Gon licencia del Or- 
 dinario. | 
 
 Guadalajara. | Imp. de Eodriguez. — Calle de Sto. Domingo, num. 
 13. I 3871. I ' * 
 
 16 pp. sm. 4°. 
 
 3368 e Estudio de la Filosofia | y | Eiqueza de la Lengua Mexi- 
 cana I para uso de los Alumnos del Seminario | de Guadalajara, 
 por el I Presb. Agustin de la Eosa. | Con licenc:a del Ordinario. | 
 
 Guadalajara. | Imp. de N. Parga. — Calle de Seminario, num.14. | 
 1877. I * 
 
 84 pp. 8m.8°. 
 
 3368/ Lecciones | de la | Gram^tica | y la Filosofia | de la 
 
 Lengua Mexicana, por el | Presb. Agustin de la Eosa | Para el | 
 uso de los alumnos | del Seminario de Guadalajara. I 
 
KOMAGNE BOSNY. 1063 
 
 Rosa [Fresh. Augustin de la) — continued. 
 
 Guadalajara. | Tip.deEodriguez,calledeSto.Domingonum. 13. | 
 
 48 pp. sm. 8°. * 
 
 Titles furnislied by Sr. loazbalceta, from copies in his possession, together 
 with the following note : " P. de la Rosa is professor of Mexican in the Catholic 
 Seminary of Guadalajara. This language is also taught in the ' Liceo Cat61ico' 
 and in the 'Colegio del Sagrado Corazon de Jesus' in the same city. In the 
 Seminary of Leon thero is a professor's seat for Othomi, hue I know of no modem 
 text book for this language." 
 
 Eosales [Br. D. Jos6 Vicente Solis y). See Soils y Resales [Dr. D. 
 Jos6 Vicente). 
 
 3377 a Rosny (Leon de). M^moire sur la numeration dans la langue 
 et dans l'6criture sacree des anciens Mayas. 
 
 In Congr^s Int. des Am^rioanistes, compte-rendu, premifere session, tome 2, 
 pp. 439-458. Nancy, 1875. 8°. Issued separately also ; see No. 3378. 
 
 Numerals 1-192000000 in Maya, pp. 440-442.— Numerals 60-400 in Quiche, p. 
 443. — Numerals 1-8000 in Mexican, pp. 444-445. — Geiieral remarks and scattered 
 terras. 
 
 3380 a Memoires de la Soci(5t6 d'Ethnographie | fondle en 
 
 1859. I Eeconnue comme Etablissement d'Utilit^ Publiqne. | 'No. 
 3 I Les Documents ficrits | de | 1' Antiquity Am^ricaine | Compte- 
 rendu d'une mission scientifique | en Espagne et en Portugal | Par 
 L6on de Eosny | Secr6taire-Gen6ral [&c., two lines]. | Accompagn6 
 d'une carte g^ographique aztfeque en chromolithographie | et de 
 dix planches h^liograv^es sur les photographies de I'auteur | 
 
 Paris I Maisonneuve et C'« Editeurs | Libraires de la Soci6t6 
 d'Ethnographie. | 25, Quai Voltaire, 25. | 1882 | o. 
 
 Printed cover 11., 1 p. 1., pp. 59-100. 4°. 12plates. Forms No. 3 of vol. 1 of the 
 M6moires de la Sooi6t6 d'Ethnographie. Separately issued as follows : 
 
 3380 6 Les Documents Merits | de | 1' Antiquity Am6ricaine | 
 
 compte rendu d'une Mission Scientifique en Espagne et en Portu- 
 gal I (1880) I par L6on de Eosny | Accompagn^ d'une Carte 
 Aztfeque en chromolithographie | et de dix planches h61iograv6es 
 sur les photographies de I'auteur | [Design.] 
 
 Paris I Maisonneuve et C'^ Editeurs | Libraires de la Societ^ 
 d'Ethnographie. | 25, Quai Voltaire, 25. | 1882 | dgb. 
 
 2 p. 11., pp. 1-48. 4°. 
 
 3380 c Codex Cortesianus | Manuscrit Hi^ratique | des Anciens 
 
 Indiens de l'Am6rique Gentrale | conserve au Mus^e Arch^ologique 
 de Madrid | Photographic et public pour la premiere foi | avec une 
 Introduction | et un Vocabulaire de I'Ecriture Hi^ratique Yuca- 
 tfeque I par Leon de Eosny | Professeur [&c., four lines]. [Design.] 
 
 Paris I Maisonneuve et C'« | Libraires de la Soci^tf d'Ethno- 
 graphie I 25, Quai Voltaire, 25 | 1883 | . JWP. 
 
 Pp. 1-49, 42 plates, pp. i-xxxiii. sm. folio. Only 85 copies of this work were 
 published, and of these but 24 were offered for sale. 
 
1064 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Eosny (L^on de) — continued. 
 
 3380 d Codex Peresianus. Manuscrit Yucatfeque conserve ^ la 
 
 Bibliothfeque l^Tationale de Paris, public en couleurs au moyen de la 
 nitrochromie, pr^c6d6 d'ane Introduction et suivi du Catalogue de 
 tons les Manuscrits Mexicains connus jusqu'^ ce jour. Acconi- 
 pagn6 de nombreux fac-simil6s, imprimis en chromolithographie ou 
 colorids au pinceau. 
 
 1 vol. folio. In press. Title from the Codex Cortesianus by the same anthor. 
 See Manuscrit No. 24.^0. 
 
 3398 a Eosse (Dr. Irving C.) Medical and anthropological notes. 
 
 In Cruise of the Revenue-steamer Corwin, pp. 7-44. Washington, 1883. 4°. 
 Linguistic peculiarities, pp. 30-33, contains a few words in, and general 
 remarks upon, the Eskimo language. 
 
 3409 a Rudiments de la langue mikemak, en 1613. * 
 
 Mannscript ; copy. 25 11. 4°. Title from the Pinart Sale Catalogue, No. 620. 
 
 3409 b Eudimentos Gramaticales u Obserbaciones en Ydioma Tzotzil de 
 
 Cinacantlan. * 
 
 Manuscript. 14 11. 4°. Title from Brasse ur de Bourbourg, and Pinart Sale 
 Catalogue, No. 806. 
 
 3412 a Euken (Fr. — ). T. M. T. tjn. Aqui empieza el vocabulario de 
 .la lengua de los Iridios del rio Gila. 
 
 52 unnumbered 11., 2 blank 11., followed by: 
 
 Aqui empieza la lengua de los Indios del rio Grande. 
 
 28 unnumbered 11., a few blank pp., followed by: 
 
 Catecismo brebe para ensenar la doctrina a esto pobres en esto 
 pueblo de Sonoytag. * 
 
 6 11. Manuscript, 4°, complete, but in a very bad state of preservation. In 
 possession of Mr. Alph. Pinart, who obtained it from the old Mission at Oquitoa. 
 It belongs to the first part of the last century, and Mr. Pinart attributes it to 
 Fr. P. Euken, who was killed in the Pimo rebellion in 1706, at the time of the 
 destruction of the Mission of San Maralo de Sonoytag. It treats of the Pimo of 
 the Eio Gila and the Yuma of the Rio Grande or Colorado. 
 
 3413 a Russkie. Eusskie Ungieskie slovar. * 
 
 Manuscript, oblong 4°. In possession of Mr. Alph. Pinart, who says: "This 
 is a vocabulary of two of the dialects spoken at the Russian colony of Fort Ross. 
 It was collected some time about 1825-'30. 
 
 3413 b Eusskie Aleutskie slovar. * 
 
 Manuscript. 2 vols. 4°. Russian-Aleut word-book. Inpossessionof Mr. Alph. 
 Pinart, who says this is a very important work, written about the year 1850. 
 
 3413 c Eusskie Aleutskie slovar. * 
 
 Manuscript. 36 pp. folio. Russian-Aleut word-book, dialect of Atkha. In 
 possession of Mr. Alph. Pinart. 
 
 3413 d Eusskie Aleutskie slovar. * 
 
 Manuscript. 62 pp. folio. Russian-Aleut word-book. In possession of Mr. 
 Alph. Pinart, who says it is a very important document, and has on it many 
 notes in pencil by L. Radloff. 
 
EOSNY — RUZ. 1065 
 
 3416 a Kuz {Fr. Joaquin.) El Devoto instruido | en el Santo Sacrificio 
 
 de la Misa | por el P. Luiz Lanzi | de la compaiiia de Jesus | Tra- 
 
 duccion libre al Idioma Tucateco | con unos afectos | Por el P. Fr. 
 
 Joaquin Euz | Con las licencias necesarias. | 
 
 Merida de Yucatan | Tmpreso por Jos6 Antonio Pino. | 1835. | dgb. 
 
 Manuscript copy of the printed work, made by Dr. Berendt ; in possession of 
 Dr. D. G. Brinton. Pp. i-v, 1-62, the ends of pages of the printed book being 
 shown by marginal notes. 
 
 3419 Manual | Eomano Toledano, | y | Yucateco | para | la 
 
 administracion de los Santos | Sacramentos, | por el E. P. Fr. Joa- 
 quin Euz. I [Design.] 
 Merida de Yucatan. | En la oflcina de Jos6 D. Espiuosa, | 1846. | 
 9 p. 11., pp. 5-191. Improved title of No. 3419. dgb. 
 
 Admonicion del Bautismo en lengua Yucateca, verso 1. 8-verso 1. 9. — Admo- 
 nicion del Sacramento de la Penitencia [Maya], pp. 29-31. — Admonicion [before 
 commnnion] en lengua Yucateca, pp. 41-43. — ^Admonicion [before extreme unc- 
 tion] en lengua Maya, pp. 56-.57. — Amonestacion para contraer matrimonio en 
 lengua Yncateca, p. 97. — El 6rden de celebrar el matrimonio en lengua Yucateca, 
 pp. 97-98. — Admonicion para el matrimonio en lengua Yucateca, pp. 98-100. 
 The remainder of the work is in Spanish. 
 
 3422 Explicacion | de una parte | de la Doctrina | Oristiana, | 
 
 6 I Instrucciones dogmatico-morales en | que se vierte toda la doc- 
 trina del I catecismo romano ; se amplian los di- | ferentes puutos 
 que el mismo catecis | mo remite & los pdrrocos para su | exten- 
 cion [8ic\ ; y se tratan de nuevo otros | importautes. | Por el E. P. 
 M. Fr. Pldcido Eico | Frontaura, Ex-Abad de los Monas | terios de 
 Celorio y Ona y maestro | general de la religion de San Benito. | 
 Traducido al Idioma Yucateco por | el E. P. Fr. Joaquin Euz. j 
 P. J. I 
 Merida de Yucatan. | Oflcina de J. D. Espinosa. | 1847. | Das. 
 
 Pp. 1-389. Index, 3 pp. sm. 4°. Improved title of No. 3422. 
 
 3426 Leti u Cilich | Evangelic Jesu Cristo | hebix | San 
 
 Lucas. I 
 Londres. | [W. M. Watts, Crown Court, Temple Bar.] | 1865. | 
 
 Title, reverse blank, 1 1. , pp. 1-90. 1 6". Improved title of No. 3426. Entirely 
 in the Maya language. The first draught of this work, with many corrections 
 in Father Euz's handwriting, is in the library of the Eev. Crescendo Carrillo, 
 Merida. »«». jwp. 
 
 3426 a Ebanhelio Hezu Clizto | Zan Lucas, j dgb. 
 
 No title-page. Pp. 1-14. 16. Contains chapters 5, 11, 15, and 23 of the Gospel 
 of Luke in the Maya language, taken almost bodily from the 1865 edition, the 
 principal changes being in dropping the accents, changing the reverse c to s, 
 and the initial y to i. On one of the copies in the library of Dr. Brinton there is 
 the following note by Dr. Berendt : Printed from a corrected text of the Rever- 
 end Knz's translation, corrected by the Eev. Alexander Henderson, Baptist 
 TrsCnslation Society, London, 1878. 
 
 On a copy of the 1865 edition, in the same library, Dr. Berendt has made this 
 note : A copy of this translation was made by Euz for the Eev. John Kingdon 
 when passing through Yucatan, who had it printed in London. 
 
1066 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Rnz {Fr. Joaquin) — continued. 
 
 "Father Joaquiu Euz was Ijorn in Merida, 1772, and died in 1855. Accustomed 
 from childliood to the Maya tongne, he became the most fertile author who 
 has yet appeared in it. His style has, however, been severely criticised by 
 almost all competent scholars as impressing on the native language grammatical 
 forms, turns of expression, and compounds, foreign to its history and character. 
 Euz was well aware that he was making these innovations, but claimed they 
 were called for in order to elevate and develop the powers of the Maya. Dr. 
 Berendt succeeded in obtaining a complete set of his works, the only one, I 
 believe, which can now be found. For a full discussion of his labors, see Car- 
 rillo, Hist, de la Leng. Maya, § XVII." — Brinton. 
 
 3430 Saenz de la Pefla (D. Andres). Manval I de los Santos [ Sacra- 
 mentos. | Conforme al Eitval | de Paulo Quinto. | Formado por 
 mandado del Eever"'". Illustri>-s""'. y Excell™"- | Seuor D. luan de 
 Palafox, y Mendoga, Obispo | de la Puebla de los Angeles, Blecto 
 Ar9obispo de Mexico, | Gouernador de su Argobispado, del Consejo 
 de su Mages- | tad en el Eeal de las Indias, Oapellan, y Limosnero 
 mayor | dela SerenissimaEmperatriz deAlemania, Virey, Gouer- | 
 nador, y Capitan General de la Nueua Espana, Presidente | de su 
 Eeal Chancilleria, y Visitador General | de este Reyno, &c. | Por | 
 el Doctor Andres Saenz de la | Pena, Cura Beneficiado de la Ciudad 
 de Tlaxcala, | por su Magestad. | 
 
 Con Privilegio. | En Mexico por Francisco Eobledo, Impressor 
 del Secreto del | Santo Officio. Aiio de 1642. | * 
 
 8 p. 11., which iuclude an exhortation by Sr. Palafox to the parish priests and 
 vicars of his bishopric ; text 194 11., some of which are in Mexican. Preceding the 
 title-page is aleaf with the Episcopal seal and the title: Manval | de los Santos | 
 Sacramentos. | There is another edition in 4°, with the licences dated 1691. The 
 copy seen is minus beginning and end. Improved title of No. 3430 furnished by 
 Sr. Icazbalceta from copy iu his possession. 
 
 The author was a native of the Canary Isles. He went to Mexico in 1636, 
 became canon of the Cathedral of Michoacan, and afterwards of Puebla de los 
 Angeles, where he died. — Eamires Sale Catalogue, No. 658. 
 
 3449 Sahagan {Fr. Bernardino de). [Manuscript in the Mexican lan- 
 guage.] * 
 In the note to the above title, from the Ramirez Sale Catalogue, mention is 
 made of four leaves signed Don Martin Enriquez, etc. These sheets, formerly 
 belonging to Sr. Ramirez, passed into the hands of Sr. Alfredo Chavero, who de- 
 scribes them as follows in his work on Sahagun, pp. 98-101, a copy of which has 
 come into my possession siucp the main catalogue was put in type: "Among the 
 fragments of the manuscripts in Mexican which, more by way of curiosity than for 
 any other reason, I preserve, there exist four leaves in octavo in the handwriting 
 of Sahagun, or at least the same as that of the Evangelios, Doctrina, apostillas del 
 Sermonario and first folio of the Trilingiie. It has as a heading the following 
 title: 'Izcal(xuj ynjunemjliz yntenjutica omonamjtiqne' — 'Injece Cap." vncaa 
 mjtoa etc' The chapter extends over two leaves, and at the end of the second 
 another commences with this rubric: 'Inje. 6 Cap." etc' On the next leaf at the 
 end is ' Inje 7 Cap." etc' Finally the last leaf has the following paragraph with- 
 out a caption, which is important to our question: 'Para que libremente pueda 
 hazer ymprimjr el dho Manual del Christiano, aqualqujera ympresor aqujen 
 ensenalara y fuere sn voluntad lo haga por tpo de diez anos primeros sigujentea 
 
EUZ — SAHAGUN. 1067 
 
 SahagTin {Fr. Bernardibo de) — continued. 
 
 ymprimjendolo todo en vn cuerpo, conforme al original Qufiarecibirlo, o por 
 partes y tratados como el Alio autor qujsiere ydentro dc fftlo tpo otro njnguno 
 ympresor nj persona particular lo ymprima, nj haga ymprimir sin permjssion de 
 fliiU Fray Bernardino de Sahagun, sopena de qujnjentos pesos de oro, para la 
 camara y fisco de su majestad y de perder los moldes yaparejos dela enprenta y 
 perdidos los libros que se hallaxen auer ymprimjdo sin la dicha lieencia y cum- 
 pliendo esto mando que en ello por njngunas Justloias y otras personas no se le 
 poga Embargo nj ympedimento algniio : fecho en Mex." a dezisejs de Hebrero. de 
 mjll y qujnjentos y setenta y ocho alios. — Don Martin Enriquez.' 
 
 ' ' There is no doubt that this was a rough draft intended for the press ; and we 
 have here not only a third book of Sahagun printed, but one totally unknown 
 and, until now, unsnentioned — the Manual del christiano. This Manual cannot 
 be the Psalmodia, because not only have I seen by comparison that they are dif- 
 ferent, but the latter was printed in 1563, the former in 1578. Nor is this Manual 
 the Doctrina Christiana before named [.No. 3446 of this catalogue], because, 
 comparing the chapters of that with those which have the same number in this, 
 it is seen that not only are the rubrics different, but the texts also. 
 
 " The result of this disquisition, therefore, is that there are three books of Saha- 
 gun which we know to have been printed in his lifetime : first, the Postilla [No. 
 3446], which must have been printed before the year 1579 ; second, the Manual 
 del christiano in 1578; and, Ihird, the Psalmodia Christiana [No. 3441] in 1583." 
 
 Chavero's work concludes with a letter from Sr. Icazbalceta, in which he speakg 
 of the Manual as follows: "Let me call your attention to the fact that Beristain 
 speaks of another published work by Sahagun : Cathecismo de la Doctrina Cris- 
 tiana en Lengua Mexicana. Imp. por Ocharte, 1583. 4° [No. 3444 of this cata- 
 logue]. 
 
 "Although not entitled to perfect confidence, I think in this instance Beristain 
 may be believed. As the titles of all the works were incomplete, it is not im- 
 possible that this Catecismo may be the Manual del Cristiano of which you 
 speak, which printing, agreed upon in 1578, was retarded until 1583 — something 
 which occurred with other works of that epoch.'' 
 
 3453 a Este Libro | contiene | 1. Cantares Megic." | 2. Kalend." 
 
 Megicano. | 3. Arte Divinatoria de los | Mexicanos. | 4. Exemplos 
 de la SS. Eucaristia. .| 5. Vn Sermon sobre aquello | de Bstote 
 Sancti. | 6 Meinoria de la Muerte. | 7. Vida de S. Bartholom. | 8. 
 Fabnlas de Esopo. | 9. Hist.^ de la Pasion. | * 
 
 1 vol. sm. Spanish 4°. Manuscript, modern calf binding, lettered on the back: 
 "Cantares de los Mejicanos y otros optisculos," in a clear aud minute hand. In 
 the Biblioteoa Nacional, City of Mexico. Sr. Icazbalceta has furnished me with 
 the following description : 
 
 The title, in a comparatively modern hand, is within a coarse colored border 
 or escutcheon. The leaves are unnumbered . 
 
 1. Cuica peuhcayotl [Beginning of the Songs], 79 11. in Mexican, 1 blank 1. 
 The names of D. Francisco PMcido and D. Antonio Valeriano, with the dates 
 1553-1564-1565, are seen at the head of some of the songs. These Cantares, ac- 
 cording to competent authorities, are of great importance.— D. 9. 7-Totocuicatl- 
 Anos (1597 ?), 6 11., 10 blank 11. In a different hand. 
 
 2. jfis Kalendario | Mexicano Latino ] yCastellano, 1011. Pr<)logo—Al Lector, 
 1 blank 1. 6 11. with 11 full page figures of the months, some colored, 3 hi. 11. 
 In Spanish. 
 
 3. jfis I Aqui comlen^a | la Arte adiuinatoria que usaban los Me | xicanos eu 
 tiempodesnydolatria llama | daTonalamatl [ que quiere dezir li= | broenquese 
 trata de las Venturas y | fortunas de los que nacen segnn los | signos 6 caracteres 
 
1068 NORTH AMEEICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Sahagun (Fr. Bernardino de) — continued. 
 
 en que | naoen. | Title, Prologo al Lector, 7 11., 1 1)1. 1. (written in 1585), Arte 
 adiuinatoria de los Mexicanos. 19 II., 5 bl. II. 32 chapters, in Spanish. I do not 
 hesitate to ascribe these two Spanish tracts (and even the whole Codex) to P. 
 Sahagun. Besides personal allusions in the text, they are almost literally incor- 
 porated in Sahagun's great work. There still remain, howCTcr, in the Codex 
 some paragraphs not un worthy of publicati'on. 
 
 4. Izpehua in Ne | ixcuiltil machiotl initetzinco pohui cenquiz= | cayectlace- 
 liliztli Sacramento, 14 II., 2 bl. 11., Mexican. — Pl^ticaindiferente para doude quiera, 
 Mexican, 7 11., 1 bl. 1. — Hie est panis qui de coelo descendit &c, Mexican, 5 II., 
 2 bl. II. — Dne modo filia mea Deffuncta est sed veni et ypone manu tua super earn 
 & vivit, Matth. 9, Mexican. 5 II., 3 bl. II. 
 
 5. Sancti estote st. & ego Sanotus sum Dn.' Deus V.'^-Leuit. 19, 5 11., 3 bl. 11. 
 
 6. TIalmanequiliz miquiz tzonquifaliztii, 711., 1 bl. 1. 
 
 7. Nicau ompehua | yninemilitzin yhuan ymiquilitzin in anquizca | mahuizti- 
 liloni Apostol San Bartholome, 9 II. , 1 bl. I. 
 
 8. Nican ompehua y9a5anitlatolIi ynquitlali ce tlama | tini ytooa Esopo: ye- 
 techmachtia yn nehmatcanemiliztli, 13 II., 1 bl. 1. The first fable is entitled: 
 UQuaquauhtentzoue yhuan coyoti, i. e.. The Goat and the Fox. 
 
 9. IHS. I La Hist." de la Pasion de | Ntro. Senor lesu chr." | En Lengua 
 Mex."' I , 67 11. 
 
 3453 b St. John (John E.) A | True Description | of the | Lake Superior 
 Country; | its Eivers, Coasts, Bays, Harbours, Islands, and | Com- 
 merce. I With I Bayfield's Chart; | (Showing the Boundary Line as 
 Established by Joint Commission.) | Also a minute account of the | 
 Copper Mines | and | Working Companies. | Accompanied by | A 
 Map of the Mineral Eegions ; | showing, by their No. and place, all 
 the different | locations: | and containing | a concise mode of assay- 
 ing, treating, smelting, | and refining copper ores. | By | John E. 
 St. John. I 
 New York: ; William H.Graham, Tribune Buildings. 1 1846. | c.ba. 
 
 2 p. II., pp. 3-118. 12°. 2 maps. 
 
 Vocabulary of Indian [Chippewa] & French (with English definitions), pp. 
 105-107. 
 
 St. John III.16 [in various languages]. See British and Foreign 
 Bible Society, Nos. 497-498. 
 
 St. Mark [in the Abnaki language]. See Wzokhilain (Peter Paul), 
 No. 4261 a. 
 
 St. Mark [in Tinne]. See [Kirkby (Bev. W. W.)], No. 2106. 
 
 3456 a Saki vocabulary taken down from Nasawakwat. » 
 
 Manuscript. 4 pp. In the library of Dr. J. G. Shea, Elizabeth, New Jersey. 
 
 San Buenaventura (Gabriel de). See Buenaventura (P. Gabriel 
 de San), No. 516. 
 
 3468 a Sanborn (John Wentworth). Hymnal | in the | Seneca Indian 
 Language [ together with | A Few of the Psalms of David. | 
 
 1884: I John Wentworth Sanborn, | O yo ga weh, (Clear-Sky) | 
 Batavia, N. Y. | JWP. 
 
SAHAGAN — SAKICHEFF.. 1069 
 
 Eanborn (JoLn Wentwortli) — eoutinued. 
 
 Pp. 1-16. 16°. Mr. Sanborn writes me (May, 1884): "I send yon advance 
 slieets of my new Indian Lymn book as far as it is put in book shape. I have 
 issned many hymns heretofore in leaflets and small collections. I am now put- 
 ting them all in this one volume. I have completed the manuscript of my larger 
 work on 'Legends,' &c. It will soon be published, I think." 
 
 3470 a Sanchez (JD. Jos6 Maria). Vocabulaiio Comparative | de las len- 
 guas I Zoque de Tuxtla, | Zotzil de San Bartolom6 de los | Llanos | 
 Ohaueabal de Comitan | por | D. Jos6 M." Sanchez | Cura de Oco- 
 socoantla. | Con una exhortacion para la Confesion | en lengua 
 Zoque y Castellano. | dgb. 
 
 Original manuscript. Title 1 1., pp. 1-23. folio. There are 710 words of Zoque, 
 490 of Zotzil, and 261 of Chaneabal. 
 
 3470 6 Fragment© | de unas exhortaciones para | la observancia 
 
 de los I Mandamientos del Decdlogo | en Lengua Zoque | por | D. 
 
 Jos6 Maria Sanchez, | Cura de Ocosocantla. | 1864. | dgb. 
 
 Original mauusclipt by the cura of Ocosocantla. Title 1 1., and 3 other 11. folio. 
 
 3470 c Apuntes en lengua Zapoteca. Con anadiduras. Tuxtla, 
 
 1870. * 
 
 Manuscript. 31 pp. 4°. Partly original, with memoranda and additions by 
 Dr. Berendt. In possession of Dr. D. G. Brinton, from whose manuscript cata- 
 logue of the Berendt collection the title is taken. 
 
 Sanchez Aguilar (D. Pedro). See Agnilar (Z>. Pedro Sanchez). 
 3475 a Sanders {Rev. J.) [Translations into the Ojibbeway language.] * 
 
 Notice from the Missionary Magazine of the London Church Missionary So- 
 ciety, the date of which I do not know, as follows: 
 
 "During the winter, Bishop Horden, of Moosonee, was busily engaged upon 
 Ojilibeway translations, particularly the Acts of the Apostles. He was assisted 
 by the Rev. J. Sanders, who is an Ojibbeway Indian, and who has already him- 
 self translated the ' Peep of Day' into his mother tongue. At the same time. 
 Archdeacon Vincent was preparing a Cree version of the Pilgrim's Progress. 
 « Mr. Sanders writes that he has now four books in Ojibbeway, viz, St. Matthew's 
 Gospel, a catechism of Bible history, the Prayer Book nearly complete, and a 
 hymn book with 100 hymns." 
 
 • Santa Rosa Maria (Fr. Pedro Beltran de). See Beltran de Santa 
 Bosa Maria {Fr. Pedro de). 
 
 3488 CAPMHEBT, (raBpHjo AejpeeBHil,) fSaricheff (OoptowGavrila Andreevich)|. 
 nyieniecTBie | KanHTana BBwanrca | Hpe3T> lyKomcKyB sesuio oib ropanroBa npo- | JBBa 40 
 HHJKHeKOJHMCKaro ocTpora, | b | njaBanie | KanBiaiia Faj^a | Ha cy/int lepno^i Op.ii no 
 CtBepOBOCTOi- I HOJiy OKeaiiy bi 1791 ro4y; | Ci. npHJOJKCniejn. | CioBapn ^BeriaAqauiH 
 napHHia 4HKHXI Hapo40BT., na- | dro^eBia uem-b cmyjKeio bi BepxHeKOJiijicnoMi ocmpnrfi, | b 
 BacmaBjenia 4anHaro KanBmaiiy BajuBDrcy h3t> Tocy- | ^apcmBeanoii A/iMHpajmeiicniBi-Koj- 
 JeriH. I H3BjeieH0 bbt. pasHbixi. atypBajOBi. | Baqe AAMBpajoMi., [.&c., three lines] FaepB- 
 MMl, CapHieBBiMi. I 
 
 Bb CaBKineTepiiypr't, | Bb MopcKoB TBnorpa<i'iB | 1811 ro4a. | D. 
 
 Translation.— 3 ouinej of Captain Billings across the Chukchi country from 
 Behring Strait to Nizhni Kolymsk post with the voyage of Captain Hall in the 
 ship Black Eagle to the Northern Ocean in the year 1791 ; with the addition of 
 
1070 NORTP AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Sa.TicheS {Captain Gavrila Andreevich)— continued. 
 
 a dictionary of twenty dialects of savage peoples, observations on the frosts in 
 Berchni Kolymsk post, and instructions given Capt. Billings by the Imperial 
 Admiralty College. Extracted from several journals of Fleet Admiral [&c., 3 
 lines] Gavrila Saricheff. St. Petersburg, Naval Press, 1811. 
 
 Title, reverse blank, 1 1.; pp.i-iv, 1-191. 4°. 3 maps. Improved title of 
 No. 3488. 
 
 Vocabularies of the settled Techukchi and nomadic Tschutchi, pp. 102-111.— 
 Parallel vocabularies, containing about 300 words each, of Russian, Andrea- 
 noffski Alents, Lisie Aleuts, and Kodiak Eskimo, printed in modern Russian 
 type, part iv, pp. 121-129. These vocabularies were obtained by staff surgeon 
 (afterwards state councillor) Robeck, attached to the expedition. 
 
 Saskatchewan and the Eocky Mountains. See [Carnegie (Sir 
 James),] No. 604. 
 3492 a [Sanvage (M. De La).] Dictionnaire Galibi, | Dictionarium | 
 gallice, latine et galibi. | [Four lines.] Auctum sermone latino | 
 edidit | Gor. Fr. Ph. de Martius. | WHS. 
 
 No imprint. Pp. 3-48. 8°. Separate issue of No. 3492. 
 
 Savage (James). See Winthrop (John), Nos. 4180 and 4181. 
 Scenes in the Eocky Mountains. See [Sage (Eufus B.),] No. 3438. 
 Scherzer [Dr. C.) See Ximenez (D. Fr. Francisco), No. 4268. 
 
 3504 a [Schoolcraft (Henry Eowe).] Art V.— [Eeview of] La D^couverte 
 des Sources du Mississippi [etc. Par J. G. Beltrami]. c. 
 
 In North American Review, vol. 27, pp. 89-114. Boston, 1828. 8°. 
 Specimens of the Chippewa language, pp. 106-114. 
 
 3519 a Archives | of | Aboriginal Knowledge. | Containing all 
 
 the I Original Papers laid before Congress | respecting the | His- 
 tory, Antiquities, Language, Ethnology, Pictography, | Eites, Su- 
 perstitions, and Mythology, | of the | Indian Tribes of the United 
 States I by | Henry E. Schoolcraft, LL. D. | With Illustrations. | 
 Onsendun ih ieu muzzinyegun un. — Algonquin. | In six volumes, j • 
 Volume I [-V1]. | 
 
 Philadelphia: | J. B. Lippincott & Co. | 1860. | 
 e vols. 4°. maps and plates; each volume with engraved title as follows: 
 Information | respecting the | History Condition and Prospects | 
 of the I Indian Tribes of the United States: j Collected and pre- 
 pared under the j Bureau of Indian Affairs | By Henry E. School- 
 craft L. L. D. I Mem : Eoyal Geo. Society, London. Eoyal Anti- 
 quarian Society. Copenhagen. Ethnological Society, Paris, &c. 
 &c. I Illustrated by | Cap.* S. Eastman, U. S. A. and other eminent 
 artists. | [Vignette.] | Published by authority of Congress. | 
 Philadelphia: j J. B. Lippincott & Co. | c. WWB. 
 
 This edition agrees page for page with the original one — No. 3519. 
 
 3519 b The | Indian Tribes | of the | United States: | their | his- 
 tory, antiquities, customs, religion, arts, language, | traditions, oral 
 legends, and myths. | Edited by | Francis S. Drake. | Illustrated 
 
SAEICHEPF — SCHROTER. 1071 
 
 Schoolcraft (Henry Eowe) — continued. 
 
 with one hundred fine engravings on steel. | In two volumes. | Vol. 
 I [-II]. I 
 
 Philadelphia: | J. B. Lippincott & Co. | London: 16 Southampton 
 Street, Covent Garden. | 1884. | c. wwb. 
 
 2 vols. : pp. 1-458; 1-455. 4°. " In the following p.")ge8 the attempt has been 
 made to place before the public in a convenient and accessible form the results 
 of the life-long labors in the field of aboriginal research of the late Henry R. 
 Schoolcraft." 
 
 Chapter II, Language, Literature, .and Pictography, vol. 1, pp. 47-63, con- 
 tains general remarks on the Indian languages, and a specimen of an Ojibwa 
 song on p. 52. 
 
 3524 a The Ante-Columbian History of America. [Eeview of: 
 
 Antiquitates Americanse, sive Scriptores Septentrionales Eerum 
 Ante-Columbianarum in America.] c. "WE. 
 
 In Am. Biblical Repository, second series, vol. 1, pp. 430-449. New York, 
 1839. 8°. Contains remarks on the aboriginal language of New England, a 
 translation of a letter from Mr. Magnusen, Vice President of the Royal Society 
 at Copenhagen, concerning the Inscription and figures on the "Assonet Rock," 
 and a letter from Mr. Albert Gallatin respecting the use of the letters v and I 
 in the Esquimaux language. 
 
 Henry Rowe Schoolcraft was born in Watervliet, N. Y., March 29, 1793. His 
 first American ancestor settled in Albany County, in the reign of George II, and 
 taught school. The change of his name, which was originally Caloraft, is, no 
 doubt, attributable to this latter fact. He entered Union College in 1807, made 
 his first expedition to the Mississippi River in 1817, and several others after- 
 wards. In 1822 he was appointed agent for Indian affairs on the northwestern 
 frontier, where he married a granddaughter of Wabojeeg, an Indian war chief, 
 and resided in that country until 1841. About 1830, while a member of the ter- 
 ritorial legislature of Michigan, he introdnoed the system, which was, to some 
 extent, adopted, of forming local names from the Indian language. In 1847 
 Congress directed him to procure statistics and other information respecting the 
 history, condition, and prospects of the Indian tribes of the U. S. 
 
 He resided many years among the Indians and zealously improved his oppor- 
 tunities for studying their habits, customs, and languages. 
 
 Mr. Schoolcraft was a member of numerous scientific and historical societies, 
 and in 1846 received the degree of LL.D. from Geneva College. He died in 
 Washington, D. C, Dec. 10, 1864, aged 71 years. 
 
 3531 a [Schroter (J. F.)] Algemeine Geschichte | der | Lander und V61- 
 ker I von America. | Erster [-Zweiter] Theil. ( Nebst einer Vor- 
 rede | Siegmund Jacob Baumgartens |.der h. Schrift Doctors und 
 offentl. Lehrers, auch des theologischen Seminarii Directors auf 
 der konigl. | preuszl. Friedrichsuniversitat in Halle. | [Engrav- 
 ing.] I Mit vielen Kupfern. | 
 Halle, bey Johann Justinus Gebauer. | 1752 [-1753]. | * 
 
 2 vols. 4°. Translated and compiled by J. F. Schroter; Dedication signed 
 J. F. S. The Preface to each volume was written by Baumgarten (Siegmund 
 Jacob). Title from Mr. W. Eames, There is a copy in the Watkinson library, 
 Hartford, Conn. (») 
 
 [Lafitau (J. F.)] Von der Sprache [der Huron], vol. 1, pp. 490-504.— Carai- 
 ben-Sprache, vol. 2, pp. 846-848. 
 
1072 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 3532 a Schultz-Sellack [Br. Carl). Die Amerikanischen Gotter der vier 
 Weltrichtungen und ihre Tempel in Palenque. Yon Dr. Carl 
 Schultz-Sellack. 
 
 In Zeitschrift fur Ethnologic, vol. 11 (1879), pp. 200-229. Berlin [n. d.] 8°. 
 Contains names of Mexican gods, &c. 
 
 Schulze (Benjamin). See [Fritz (Johann Friedrich)], No. 1331. 
 
 3532 1) Schumacher [Br. Hermann A.) Die Tule Indianer des Staates 
 Panama (Columbia). Bogota. 1872. DUB. 
 
 Original manuscript. 9 11. folio. 
 
 3561a Sennones | en lengua maya. | Copiados de un MS. anciano en 
 
 4'° I de 19C pajas en poder del Presbitero Don Crescencio Carrillo, 
 
 Merida. | 1870. | D&B. 
 
 Manuscript. In blank book with other manuscripts; it occupies pp. 119-257. 
 
 12°. 
 
 "The paper and writing of the original date from the last half of the 18th 
 century. The language is clear and correct, ' muy comun y muy intelligible 
 per toilos los Yucatecos,' as is noted by a competent authority." — Brinton. 
 
 3564 a Sermones en lengua Pima. * 
 
 Manuscript, sm. 4°, incomple e, from the old mission at Oquitoa, written about 
 the end of the last century. In possession of Mr. Alph. Pinart. 
 
 Shahguhnahshe Ahnuhmeahwine. See [O'Meara (Bev. James D.)], 
 Nos. 2832-2833. 
 
 3601 a Sifferath (Rev. N. L.) A Short Compendium | of the | Catechism | 
 for the I Indians, | with the approbation of the | Et. Eev. Frederic 
 Baraga, | Bishop of Saut Saint Marie, | 1864. | Eev. E". L. Sif- 
 ferath, I Missionary of the Ottawa and Otchipwe Indians. | 
 
 Buffalo, N. Y. I C. Wieckman, (Aurora Printing House.) | 
 1869. I T. 
 
 Pp. 1-62, 1-2. 12°. In the Ottawa dialect. 
 
 [Simerwell ( Eev. Eobert).] See Potrwatome Nkumwinin, No. 3045. 
 According to McCoy's History of Baptist Missions, p. 478, this work was com- 
 piled by the Eev. Eobert Simerwell, and printed in the " new system " (Meeker's). 
 
 Sinclair (John). See Papers relative to the Wesleyau Missions, 
 &c.. No. 2890 a, note. 
 
 3612 a [Sioux proper names, with English translation.] jwp. 
 
 In 48th Congress, 1st session, Senate, Eeport (No. 283) on the condition of the 
 Sioux and Crow Indians, p. 296. [Washington, 1884.] 8°. 
 
 A list of propi-r names of "chiefs and headmen of the Lower Yanktonnais tribe 
 of Sioux or Dakota Indians.'' 
 
 Sioux Spelling Book. See [Stevens (Bev. J. D.)], No. 3754. 
 
 3628 a Smet {Eev. Peter J. De). Cinquante | Nouvelles Lettres | du | 
 E. P. De Smet, | de la Compagnie de Jesus et Missionnaire en 
 Am^rique, | publiees par | Ed. Terwecoren, | de la mgme Com- 
 pagnie. I [2 lines quotation.] 
 
CHULTZ-SELLACK— SMITH. 1073 
 
 Smet {Rtv. Peter J. De) — continued. 
 
 Paris I Eue de Tournon, 20. | Tournai | Eue aux Eats, 11. | H. 
 Oastelman | Editeur. [ 1858. | * 
 
 Pp. ix, 1-503. 12°. Title from Dr. J. H. Trumbull, from copy in his possession. 
 Lord's Prayer aud Ave Maria in Osage, with interlinear Trench translation, p. 
 319. — ^Names of Sioux chiefs, translated, p. 107. — Names of Shyenne, Arapaho, 
 Sioux, and Otoe delegates, translated, p. 99. 
 
 The letter containing the Pater and Ave in Osage was first printed, as follows: 
 
 3628 b Tributs d'Admiration pay^s aux T6tes Plates. Pater et 
 
 Ave Maria en Langue Osage. Vingt-sixifeme lettre du E. P. De 
 
 Smet. s. 
 
 In Collection de Precis Historiques, Melanges Litt^raires et Scientifiques, par 
 
 Ed. Terwecoren, de la Compagnie de J6sns, tome 7, 1856, pp. 611-614. Brux- 
 
 elles, Imprimerie de J. Vandereydt, n. d., 8°. Interlinear translation in French. 
 
 3631 Sadliers' Household Library. | No. 91. Price 15 cts. | New 
 
 Indian Sketches. | By Eev. P. J. de Smet, S. J. | Complete and 
 unabridged edition. | 
 
 New York: | D. & J. Sadlier & Co., 31 Barclay St. | Montreal: 
 275 Notre Dame Street. | JEM. JWP. 
 
 Title on printed cover, as above ; inside title and collation as in No. 3631. 
 
 3647 a [Smith (Mrs. Erminuie Adelle)]. [Eeview of J The Iroquois Book 
 of Eites, Edited by Horatio Hale. c. jwp. 
 
 In Science, vol. 2, no. 30, pp. 270-272. Cambridge, 1883. 4°. Contains a num- 
 ber of Iroquois terms, grammatic comments, &c. 
 
 3647 b Studies in the Iroquois concerning the verb to be and its 
 
 substitutes. By Mrs. Erminnie A. Smith of Jersey City, N. J. 
 (Abstract.) 
 
 In American Association for the Advancement of Science, Proc. of 32d Meet- 
 ing, held at Minijeapolia, Minn., August, 1883, pp. 399-402. Salem, 1884. 8°. 
 
 Contains, besides quotations from Powell, Eiggs, Cuoq, Marcoux, and La 
 Combe concerning the existence of the verb to le in Indian languages, 16 differ- 
 ent methods of expressing that verb in Iroquois, a table containing mainly 
 adjectives which in their conjugations are said to include the verb to be, and 
 some tense endings of this verb. 
 
 3647 c Accidents or Mode Signs of Verbs in the Iroquois Dia- 
 lects. By Mrs. Erminnie A. Smith of Jersey City, N. J. (Abstract.) 
 
 In American Association for the Advancement of Science, Proc. of 32d Meet- 
 ing, held at Minneapolis, Minn., August, 1883, pp. 40a-403. Salem, 1884. 8°. 
 
 Explains how Movement (mode and tense signs). Reduplication, &c., are rep- 
 resented in Iroquois. 
 
 3647 d Chrestomathy of the Oneida dialect. * 
 
 Manuscript. Pp. 1-228. 4°. In possession of the author. Gathered at Oneida, 
 N. Y., and Green Bay, Wis., and recorded in a copy of Powell's Introduction to 
 the study of Indian languages, 2d edition; completely filled. It consists of 
 vocabularies, phrases and sentences, the Lord's Prayer, and conjugations of the 
 verbs come and 170. Notes were added by the author when among the Onetdas 
 at Green Bay, Wis. Mrs. Smith was assisted at Oneida by Eev. Thomas Cor- 
 nelius, native pastor of the Indian church at Oneida, N. Y. 
 Smith {Bev. G. C.) See Bob the Sailor Boy, No. 397. 
 68 Bib 
 
1074 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 3G9J a Soci^td Historiqne de Montreal. Memoires | et | Documents | 
 relatifs a i I'Histoire du Canada. | Publics par | la Societe Historique 
 de Montreal. | [Design.] | 
 
 Montreal. | Imprim6 por Duvernay, Frferes, | 10 & 12, Eue St. 
 Vincent. | 1859 [-1880] | 0. s. JEM. 
 
 Parts 1-8. 8"^. The later issues are numbered, and the titles are slightly 
 changed, reading: Memoires dela Soci4t6 Historique &c. 
 
 Kalm (Peter). Voyage de Kalm en Am^rique. Septifeme et Huitifemo 
 livraisons. Linguistics, Book 7, pp. 155, 182. 
 
 3700 a Some Account | of | the Tahkaht Language, | as spoken by 
 several tribes on the | western coast of | Vancouver Island. | [One 
 line in Greek.] 
 
 Loudon : | Hatchard and Co., 187 Piccadilly. | 1868. | dgb. 
 
 Half-title 11., title 11., pp. l-«0. sm. 4°. Improved title of No. 2125. Tahkaht 
 Grammar, pp. 9-31.— Tahkaht English Dictionary, pp. 33-58.— English-Tahkaht, 
 pp. 59-80. 
 
 3706 a Spalding (Bev. H. H.) [Hymn Book in the Nez Perces language. 
 
 1845.] 
 
 "Rev. H. H. Spalding published, about 1845, a small hymn book in the Nez 
 Perces language, 32°." — Eella's Hist, of Indian Missions. 
 
 Mr. Spalding is the author also of the Nez Perces First Book, No. 2755 of 
 this catalogue. 
 
 3711 a Specimen. Specimen | Characterum | Typographei | S. Concilii 
 Christiano Nomini Propagando | Sanctissimo Domini Nostro | 
 Gregorio XVI. Pont. Max. | idem Typographeum invisenti | Obla- 
 tum. I [Wood-cut.] 
 Eomae | MDCCCXLIII [1843]. | * 
 
 79 leaves, printed on one side, 1 blank 1. sm. folio. Title from Dr. J. H. Trum- 
 bull, from copy in the Watkinson Library, Hartford, Conn. Specimens of types 
 in the printing-house of the College of the Propaganda ; in various languages 
 (22 Asiatic, 27 European, 3 African, and 3 American). The Angelical Salutation 
 in Mexican, Algonkin [Nipissing dialect], and Peruvian. 
 
 3711 h Specimen Verses | in 164 | Languages aud Dialects | in 
 
 which the | Holy Scriptures | have been printed and circulated by 
 the I Bible Society. | [Vignette, and one line quotation.] | 
 
 Bible House, | Corner Walnut and Seventh Streets. | Philadel- 
 phia. I WE. JWP. WWB. 
 
 Printed covers, pp. 3-46. 18°. St. John iii, 16, in the language of Greenland, 
 Esquimaux, Cree (Roman), Cree (Syllabic), Tinne (Syllabic), p. 36; Maliseet, 
 Mohawk, Choctaw, Seneca, p. 37 ; Dakota, Ojibwa, Muskokee, Cherokee, Dela- 
 ware, p. 38 ; Nez Perces, Mayan, p. 39. 
 
 3711 c Specimen Verses j in 215 | Languages and Dialects | in 
 
 which the | Holy Scriptures | have been printed and circulated by 
 the I Bible Society. | [Woodcut, and one line quotation.] | 
 
 Bible House, | Corner Walnut and Seventh Streets, | Philadel- 
 phia. I Craig, Finley & Co., Prs., 1020 Arch St. Philada. | 
 
 Printed covers, pp.. 1-48. 16°. St. John iii, 16, in Eskimo, Greenland, Tukudh, 
 Eastern Cree (Syllabic), p. 26; Western Cree (Roman), Chippewyan or Tinne 
 
SOCIETY — STEPHENS. 1075 
 
 Specimen — continued. 
 
 (Syllabic), Chippewyan or Tinne (Roman), Ojibwa, Maliseet, p.a7; Micmnc, 
 Mohawk, Mexican or Aztec, Mayan, p. 28. we. jwp. wwb. 
 
 See American Bible See, No. 84; also British and Foreign Bible Soc, Nos. 
 497-498. 
 
 3711 d Spelling | and | Beading Book, | in | Ojibwa and English. | 
 Kekenooaiimabgawinun | clieoonje j aginduhming kuhya spelle- 
 wing I oojibwamoong kuhya shahguhnaushemoong. | 
 
 Toronto : | Printed by Henry Eowsell | for the Church Society of 
 the Diocese of Toronto. | 1856. | jwp. 
 
 Printed cover 1 1., title, verso blank, 1 1., pp. 3-35, alternate pages Ojibvra and 
 English. 12°. 
 
 Spooner (Alden J.) See Wood (Silas), No. 4197. 
 
 3717 a Squier (Ephraim George). El Simbolo de la Serpiente y la 
 Adoracion de los Priucipios Beciprocos de la Katuraleza en Ame- 
 rica. Por E. G. Squier, A. M. "Traduccion del Ingles per el Ldo. 
 D. Jos6 de I. G. Garcia. 
 
 Habana, 1855. * 
 
 Pp. 226. 8°. Title from Sqaier's List of Books, etc. 
 
 3736 a Lenca "Vocabularies | from the Villag'es | Guajiquero, 
 
 Opatoro, I Intibucat | and Similaton (Honduras). | Collected by E. 
 Geo. Squier. | dgb. 
 
 Manuscript. 11 pp. 8°. Title, on verso of which begin the vocabularies in 
 five columns, occupying two pages. The Similaton is incomplete. 
 
 See [Urrutia (J. A.)], No. 3957, 
 
 3739 Star. The Star Vindicator. T. jwP. 
 
 Of this periodical Dr. Trumbull of Hartford has three numbers not mentioned 
 in the note to the above title, Nos. 8-11 of Vol. 4, March 31— April 14, 1877. Con- 
 cerning the history of the paper he writes me as follows: "Published weekly 
 (folio, 28 columns) by G. McPherson & Co.; G. McPherson, editor; one or two 
 columns in Choctaw, in each number (" Chahta Anumpa." E.W. Folsom, editor). 
 
 "The Vindicator, devoted to the interests of the Choctaws and Chickasaws, 
 a weekly paper, established by Dr. J. H. Moore, of New Boggy, Choctaw Nation, 
 in 1872, was united with the Oklahoma Star, started by G. McPherson, at Mc- 
 Alester, about 1847, under the name of The Star- Vindicator, which was pub- 
 lished till some time in 1878, as I am informed by a correspondent in the Indian 
 Territory. Of The Vindicator I have seen only two or three numbers. Vol. 2, 
 No. 14 (whole number 66), was printed at New Boggy, Choctaw Nation, I. T., 
 Oct. 18, 1873; T. B. Heiston, editor. It is a small folio of 20 columns, of which 
 two are in the Choctaw language.'' 
 
 3748 Stephens (John). A | Primer | for | young children | applicable 
 to the I Indian language, | as spoken by j the Mee-lee-ceet Tribe | 
 in I New Brunswick. | Published under the patronage of the Hon- 
 orable I Mrs. Manners Sutton. | Collected and arranged by John 
 Stephens. | 
 
 Fredericton : | Printed at the Eoyal Gazette Office, by J. Simp- 
 son. I 1855. I JWP. 
 Pp. 1-14. 16°. Improved title of No. 3748. Each page contains one column 
 of English and one of Maliseet ; p. 14 contains the Lord's prayer in Maliseet. 
 
1076 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 3760 a Stoll (Otto). Znr | Ethnographie | der | Eepublic Guatemala, | 
 Von I Otto Stoll I Med. Dr. | 
 
 Zuricli I Druck von Orell Fussli & Co. | 1884. | ASG. 
 
 Printed cover 1 1., title 1 1., pp. iii-ix, 1-176. 8°. Ethnographic map. 
 
 Wortverzeichniss der Pipil-Sprache von Salama, p. 15. — Comparative vocabu- 
 lary, Deutsoh, Pipil, and Azteca, pp. 16-22 ; same, Deutsoh and Pipil, pp. 23-25. — 
 Vocabular der Pupnlaca-Sprache im Vergleich mit der Mije-, Tzental-und Tzotzil- 
 Sprache, p. 28. — Caraibische Stamme. Die Caraibeu nnd ihre Sprache, with 
 vocabulary, pp. 29-36. — Alphabet der Maya-Sprachen, pp. 40-44. — Vergleichendes 
 Vocabular der Maya-Sprachen, including the Huasteca, Maya, Chontal, Tzental, 
 Tzotzil, ChaSabal, Choi, QuekcM, Pokomchi, Pokomam, Cakchiquel, Qu'ich6, 
 Uspanteca, Ixil, Aguacateca, and Mame, pp. 45-70. — Vergleichende Zusammen- 
 stellung einiger Worte der Chorti-, Pokomam- uud Chol-Sprache, p. 106. — Sen. 
 tences in Deutsch, Uspanteca, and Quiche, p. 125. — Grammatikalische Skizze der 
 Cakchiquel-Sprache von S. Juan Sacatepequez, pp. 129-158. — Die Aguacateca 
 oder Sprache von Aguacatan, containing vocabulary, pp. 166-169. 
 
 Strickland (Agnes), editor. See Strickland {Maj. Samuel), No. 
 3767. 
 
 Stryker (James). See American Quarterly Eegister, No. 94 a. 
 
 3775 a Sullivan {Br. Jeremiah). [Vocabulary of tlie Indians of the 
 Pueblo of T6wa, Arizona Territory.] 
 
 Manuscript. Pp. 77-228. 4°. In the library of the Bureau of Ethnology. 
 Collected at T^wa in 1883 and recorded in a copy of Powell's Introduction to 
 the Study of Indian Languages, 2d edition, incomplete. 
 
 3776 a Sullivan (Napoleon Bonaparte). Sepv ekvnv em Mekko-hokte 
 
 Salomvn Mekko en Cukopericvte. [The visit of the Queen of 
 
 Sheba to King Solomon.] 
 
 In Indian Journal, vol. 2, no. 40. Muscokee, I. T., June 5, 1878. folio. In 
 the Muskoki language. 
 
 Szmim^ie-s Jesus Christ. See [Giorda {Bev. J.)], No. 1558. 
 
 Taopi and his Friends. See [Hinman {Bev. S. D.) and Welsh 
 (William)], No. 1818. 
 
 Tchipayatik-o-mikan Kanachtageng [rn Algonkin]. See [Richard 
 
 (P. Pierre)], No. 3250. 
 
 Teieriwakwatta Onkwe-onweneha [in Iroquois]. See [Onasakenrat 
 
 (Cftie/ Joseph)], No. 2839. 
 
 Temaux-Compans (Henri). See Tezozomoc (Fernando de Alva- 
 rado), No. 3836. 
 
 Testamente Nutak [in Eskimo]. See [Fabricius (Otho)], Nos. 1255- 
 1256. 
 
 3826 a Testamentetak terssa nalegauta annaursirsiutma Jesusib Kristusib 
 
 ajokcersugeisalo suUirseit okauseello. Translated into the Green- 
 
 landish language by the missionaries of the Unitas Fratrum. 
 
 London, 1862. • 
 
 8°. Later edition of No. 3831. Title from the Pinart Sale Catalogue, No. 352. 
 
STOLL THIEL. 1077 
 
 3831a Testamentitak | tamsedsa | nalegapta piulijip'a | Jesusib Kristu- 
 sib I apostelingitalo ] piniarningit ajokertusingillo. | Printed for | 
 the British and Foreign Bible Society in London, | for the use of 
 the Moravian Mission in Labrador. | 
 
 Stolpen, I Gustav Winterib N6nilauktangit. | 1876. 1878. | * 
 
 2 p. 11., pp. 1-282, 1-225. 8°. 
 
 Title furnished by Mr. W. Eames from copy belonging to W. W. Beach. New 
 Testament in Eskimo of Labrador. Matthew to Acts, pp. 1-282. — Romans to 
 Eevelation, pp. 1-222. 
 
 3831 b [Teton Baptismal card.] s. jwp. 
 
 An 18° card, in the Tetonwan dialect of the Dakota language, given by Bishop 
 Marty, Vicar Apostolic of Dakota, to the Indians who are received into his flock. 
 Below the spaces for entering name, date of birth, of baptism, &c., is the Apos- 
 tles' Creed. On the reverse side of the card are the Commandments of God and 
 the Church, in verse, as sung by the Catholic children, with heading as follows: 
 "Tuwe mini akastanpi kin he wokoiize kin hena opa kta iyeoetu." 
 
 Teyoninhokarawen. See [Norton (John)j. 
 
 V 3836 a Tezozomoc (Hernando Alvarado). Cronica Mexicana | escrita 
 por I D. Hernando Alvarado Tezozomoc | h^cia el ano de 
 MUXCVIII. I Anotada por el Sr. Lie. D. Manuel Orozco y Berra | 
 y precedida del | Codice Eamirez | Manuscrito del Siglo XYI inti- 
 tulado: | Relacion del Origen de los Indies que habitan esta Nueva 
 Espana | segun sus Historias | y de un examen de ambas obras ( 
 al cual va anexo un Estudio de Oronologia Mexicana por el mismo | 
 Sr. Orozco y Berra. | Jos6 M. Vigil, Editor. | 
 
 Mexico I Imprenta y Litografla de Irineo Paz | 1* Oalle de San 
 Francisco numero 13. | 1878 | dgb. 
 
 Pp. xiii, 1-149, Codice Eamirez, with plates ; pp. 151-222, Ojeada sobre Crono- 
 logia Mexicana (by Orozco) ; pp. 223-712, Tezozomoc. folio. 
 
 3842 Thevet (Andr6). La Cosmographie Vniverselle. A. 
 
 For full title see No. 3842 of the main catalogue. 
 
 "Thevet's version of the Lord's Prayer " en langue des Sauvages,'' which he 
 professed to have made with the help of a Christian slave, was copied by Me- 
 giser (1593) and by Duret (1613) as Mexican; and from Megiser it passed, as a 
 Mexican version, tft Mauer (1621), Andreas MuUer (1680), Motte (1700) and the 
 Augsburg reprint (1710), Chamberlayne (1715), Fry (1799), and other collections, 
 and found place in the splendid volumes printed by Marcel (Paris, 1805), Bodoni 
 (Parma, 1806), and Auer (1844-1847). It was assigned its properplace by Adelung 
 in Mithridates, Th. 3, Abth. 2, pp. 446, 450, as " Brasilianisoh oder Guaianiach 
 (unter dem falschen Nahmen Mexikanisoh)." Thevet is not responsible for this 
 mistake. He had been in Brazil and— though J. de Lery (Navig. in Brasiliam, 
 ed. 1586, prof.) shows the absurdity of his pretension to a knowledge of the 
 language of the natives, acquired in a two months' visit— had, at least, heard 
 the Tupi-Guarani spoken, and had picked up enough of the dialect to make a 
 show of in his Cosmographie."— Trumbull. 
 
 ' \/3842a Thiol (Bernardo Augusto). Apuntes Lexicograficos [ de las | 
 Lenguas y Dialectos de los Indios de | Oosta-Eica, | Eeunidos y 
 alfab6ticamente dispuestos | i)or Bernardo Augusto Thiel, | Obispo 
 
10" 8 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Thiel (Bernardo Augusto)— continued. 
 
 de Costa-Eica. 1 I Parte. Lengua y dialectos de los Talamancas 6 
 Biceitas. | Bribri. ) Cab^car. | Estrella. | Cljirripo. | Tecurrique y 
 Orosi. I II Parte. Lenguas de T6rraba y Boruca. | III Parte. Len- 
 gua de los Guatusos. | 
 1882. I San Jos6 de Costa- Eica. | Imprenta Nacional. | ASG. dgb. 
 
 Title, reverse blank, 1 1., pp. lii-iv, 1-76, 79-113, 117-152, Appendice 153-177. 8°. 
 Tinne Primer. See [Bompas (Bev. William Carpenter)], No. 406. 
 
 3876 a Tolmie (Dr. William Fraser) and Dawson (George M.) Geological 
 and Natural History Survey of Canada | Alfred E. C. Selwyu, 
 F. E. S., F. G. S., Director. | Comparative Vocabularies | of the | 
 Indian Tribes | of | British Columbia. | With a map illustrating 
 distribution. | By | W. Fraser Tolmie, | Licentiate of the Fac- 
 ulty of Physicians and Surgeons, Glasgow. | And | George M. 
 Dawson, D. S., A. E. S. M., F. G. S., Etc. | [Device.] | Published by 
 authority of Parliament. | 
 
 Montreal: | Dawson Brothers. | 1884. | JWP. 
 
 Printed cover, pp. 1 B-131 B. 8°. map. Preface, pp. 5-7. — Introductory note, 
 pp. 9-12. — Parallel columns of English, Thlinklt (Skutkwan Sept), Tsliimsiau 
 (Kitunto Sept), TsMmsian (Kithatia Sept), Haida (Kaigani Sept), and Haida 
 (Masset Dialect), pp. 14-25. — English, Haida (Skidegate Dialect), Haida (Kum- 
 shiwa Dialect), Kwakiool (Haishilla Sept), Kwakiool (Hailtzuk Sept), and Kwa- 
 kiool (Kwiha Sept), pp. 26-37. — English, Kwakiool (Likwiltoh Sept),Kawitsliin 
 (Kowmook or Tlathool), Kawitshin (Snanaimooh Trihe), Kawitshin (Songis 
 Tribe), and Kawitshin (Kwantlin Sept), pp. 38-49. — Aht (Kaiookwaht), Nisk- 
 walli (Sinahomish), Tsheheilis (Staktaraish), Tshinook (Tshiuook Tribe), and 
 Tshinook (Tilhilooit, Up. Tshinook), pp. 50-61.— English, Bilhoola (Noothlaki- 
 mish), Tinne (Tshilkotin Tribe), Tinne (Nakoontloon Sept), Tinne (Takiilli or 
 Teheili Tribe), and Selish (Sillooet Tribe), pp. 62-73. — Supplementary list of 
 words in Tshilkotin and Takulli, pp. 74-77. — Parallel columns of English, Solish 
 (Knllespelm), Shahaptaui (Whulwhaipum Tribe), and Kootenuha (Upper Koot- 
 enhua [sic] Tribe), pp. 78-87. — Haida (extended vocabulary): Haida (Skidegate 
 Dialect), and Haida (Masset Dialect) (from Report on Queen Charlotte Islands, 
 Report of Progress, 1878-79), pp. 88-101. — Upper Kootenuha (extended vocabu- 
 lary), obtained with reference to the schedules in Major J. W. Powell's Intro- 
 duction to the Study of Indian Languages, pp. 102-lli. — Notes, pp. 113-125. — 
 Appendix I. Comparative table of some words in Tshimsian, Haida, Thlinkit 
 and Tinne, p. 126. — Appendix II. Comparative table of a few of the words in 
 the foregoing vocabularies, folding p. 127. — Appendix III. Comparisons of a few 
 -words ia.Various Indian languages of North America, pp. 128-130. — Table of 
 numerals pertaining to Indian families from localities widely separated (Tinne 
 of B. C, Hnpa of California, Hudson's Bay Chepewyan, Dogrib, Takulli, Um- 
 kwa, Apache), p. 131. 
 
 3876 a Tomlin (Bev. J.) A Comparative Vocabulary | of | Forty-eight 
 Languages, | comprising | -One hundred and forty-six | common 
 English words, | with | their cognates in the other languages, | 
 showing I their Afiinities with the English and Hebrew. | By the j 
 Eev. J. Tomlin, B. A,, | Author of "Missionary Journals and Let- 
 ters during Eleven Years Eesidence in the East;" | [etc., 3 lines]. 
 
THIEL — VALUEZ. 1079 
 
 Tomlin {Bev. J.) — continued. 
 
 Liverpool : | Arthur Newling, 27, Bold Street. | 1865. | * 
 
 Pp. i-xii, 1-32 (1 blank), xiv-xxii, 1 1. 4°. Title furnished by Dr. J. H. 
 Trumbull from copy in the Watkinson Library. 
 
 Esquimaux vocabulary (procured from a Moravian missionary), and Choctaw 
 (furnished by an American missionary). 
 
 Torres (Fr. Juan de). See Marroquin (D. Francisco), No. 2478, 
 note. 
 
 Translations into the Omaha Language. See [Hamilton (Rev. 
 William)], No. 1647. 
 
 T[roncoso (Francisco del Paso y)]. See P[aso y] T[roncoso] (Fran- 
 cisco del). 
 
 Triibner (Nicolas). See Ludewig (Hermann E.), No. 2348 a. 
 
 3891 a True (N. T.) Collation of Geographical Names in the Algonkin 
 
 Language. By N. T. True, M. D. c. T. w. 
 
 In Essex Institute, Hist. Col., vol. 8, pp. 144-149. Salem, 1868. sm. 4C. 
 Issued separately as follows : 
 
 3891 6 Collation of | Geographical Names | in the | Algonkin 
 
 Language. | By N. T. True, M. D. | t. we. jwp. 
 
 Pp. 1-6. sm. 4°. No title-page. 
 
 3906 a Trumbull (J. Hammond). On some early notices of New Eng- 
 land fishes. By J. Hammond Trumbull. Hartford, Connecticut, 
 December 30, 1871. 
 
 In Baird (Spencer F.) United States Commission of Fish and Fisheries, Part 
 I, pp. 165-169. Washington, 1873. 8°. Some Indian names of fishes. 
 
 3912 a (From the Transactions of the American Philological 
 
 Association, 1872.) | On some words derived from | Languages of 
 N. American Indians. | By J. Hammond Trumbull. | * 
 
 Pp. 1-14. 8°. Title from Mr. W. Eames. Separate edition of No. 3912. 
 
 See Gray (Asa) and Trumbull (J. H.), No. 1600 a. 
 
 Tsiatak NihononSentsiake. See [Cuoq {BSv. Jean Andr4)], No. 951. 
 Tukudh Primer. See [Bompas {Bev. William Carpenter)], No. 407. 
 Turkey (Joseph P.) See [Wright (Eev. Asher), editor]. 
 Turner (Prof. William W.) See Ludewig (Hermann E.), No. 2348a. 
 
 3963 a Valdez (D. Sebastian). Vocabulario | de la lengua | Pocomam | 
 de Mita | por | D. Sebastian Valdez, | Cura de Jutiapa. | 1868. | 
 Copiado del original en poder de | D. Juan Gavarrete en Guate- 
 mala, I por Dr. C. H. Berendt. | Febrero de 1875. ( dgb. 
 Manuscript. Title, reverse note by Dr. Berendt, 1 1. ; pp. 3-7. 8°. Contains 
 nearly a hundred words in Pocomam, with their correspondents in Pocomchi of San 
 Cristobal, written in red ink, to illustrate the resemblance of these two dialects. 
 
V 
 
 ^ 
 
 1080 NORTH AMERICAlSr LINGUISTICS. 
 
 39G4 a Valentine (David T.) History | of | the City of New York : | by | 
 David T. Valentine, | Clerk of the Common Council. | [Design.] 
 
 New York: | G. P. Putnam & Company, No. 10 Park Place. | 
 1853. I 0- BA- WE. 
 
 Pp.i-vl, ll.,7-404. 8°. maps. Lord's Prayer in Indian [Mohawk], from Smith's 
 New York, p. 17. 
 
 3967 a Valentin! (Philipp J. J.) The Mexican Calendar Stone, | By 
 Philipp J. J. Valentini, Ph. D. | (From the German.) | Terra Cotta 
 Figure from Isla Mujeres, | Northeast coast of Yucatan. | Archaeo- 
 logical Communication of Yucatan, | By Dr. Augustus Le Plon- 
 geon. I Notes on Yucatan, | By Mrs. Alize D. Le Plongeon. | Com- 
 piled and arranged | By Stephen Salisbury, Jr. | 
 
 Worcester: | Press of Charles Hamilton. | 1879. | t.wvtb. 
 
 Pp. 1-90. 8°. Separate issue of No. 3967. The Mexican Calendar Stone, pp. 
 5-29. 
 
 3968a Mexican Copper Tools: | the use of Copper by the Mexi- 
 cans I before the Conquest ; | and ( the Katunes of Maya History, | 
 a chapter in the | Early History of Central America, | With Special 
 Eeference to the Pio Perez Manuscript. | By | Philipp J. J. Valen- 
 tini, Ph. D. I (Translated from the German, by Stephen Salisbury, 
 Jr.) I 
 Worcester, Mass. : | Press of Charles Hamilton. | 1880. | T. vrwB. 
 
 Pp. 1-102. 8°. Separate issue of No. 3968. Mexican Copper Tools, pp. .5-41 ; 
 The Katunes of Maya History, pp. 45-102. Linguistics, pp. 52-55, 62-63. 
 
 3969 a The | Katunes | of | Maya History. | A chapter in the | 
 
 early chronology of Central America, | With Special Eeference to 
 the Pio Perez Manuscript. | By Philipp J. J. Valentini, Ph. D. | 
 (Translated from the German by Stephen Salisbury, Jr.) | (Pro- 
 ceedings of American Antiquarian Society, October 21, 1879. | 
 
 Worcester, Mass. : | Press of Charles Hamilton. | 1880. | T. dgb. 
 
 Title 1 1., half title 1 1., pp. 5-60. 8°. Separate issue of No. 3969. 
 
 3974 Vocabulario | de la lengiia de los Indios de | Boruca, | 
 
 (Costa Paciflca de Costa Eica.) Colectada por | D. Felipe Valen- 
 tini. I 1862. I BGB. 
 Manuscript. Title 1 1. ; Nota, by Dr. Berendt, 1 1. ; Vocabulary, Spanish and 
 Boruca, pp. 5-11. folio. Improved title of No. 3974. 
 
 3974 a : Vocabulario | del Idioma de los Indios Blancos, | (Lengua 
 
 Boribi). \ Eecogido por Ph. Valentini | Limon 18 . . | dgb. 
 
 Manuscript. 4 11. folio. 
 
 3974 b Vocabulario | de la Lengua de las Viceitas. | En Costa- 
 rica I por I Ph. Valentini. | Costa de Limon, 1866. | dgb. 
 Manuscript. Title 1 ]. ; 11. 1-39, many written on both sides. L. 34 is titled : 
 Vocabularios de lenguas indigenas de la Parte surena de la Prov. de Costarica. 
 Colectadas por F. v. 
 
VALENTINE VEGA. 1081 
 
 3975 a [Valeriano (D. Antonio).] Historia de las Apariciones de Gua- 
 dalupe in l!faliuatl. 
 
 "From some Fra^mentos Historicos which I copied from the originals of the 
 celebrated Don Carlos de Siguenza y Gongora, I am satisfied that Don Antonio 
 Valeriano, native of AtzcaputzMco, an Indian cazique and Master of Ehetoric in 
 the Imperial College of Tlatilillco, wrote the Historia de las Apariciones de 
 Guadalupe in Nahuatl. Siguenza says, under oath, that he had it in his pos- 
 session in the handwriting of Don Antonio, which, perhaps, is the one printed by 
 Bachiller Lasso de la Vega [No. 3985]."— £o«Mj-{ni, § xxxv, 5. 
 
 See [Vega (Luis Lasso de la)], No. 3985. 
 
 3976 [Vales (D. Jos6 Pilar)]. \J oibhuun | hach noh tzicbenil Ahau- 
 caan | ahmiatz Leandro E.de la Gala | Ti u hach yamailoob Mohe- 
 noob yanoob tu nachilcahtaliloob IS^ohol | y Chikin ti le luumcabil 
 Yucatan laa. | 
 
 Ho [Merida]. | U oalhuun Jose D. Bspinosa. | Tu hunpic cabak 
 catac oxkal lahunpiz u habiloob [1870] Cristo Ahlohil. | dgb. 
 
 Title, reverse blank, 1 1. ; pp. 1-8. 4°. Double columns Spanish and Maya. 
 The Spanish column on p. 8 is blank. Improved title of No. 3976. 
 
 "The illustrious Sr. D. Leandro E. de la Gala addressed a pastoral letter to 
 the natives, which was put into elegant and pure Maya by the presbyter, D. 
 Jos6 Pilar Vales, whom, for this reason, we include in the list of Maya writers. 
 The edition abounds in typographic errors."— CairiZZo. 
 
 3979 a Van Tassel (Isaac). [Elementary book, with a few hymns and 
 reading lessons, in the Ottawa language.] * 
 
 28 pp. "More than a year ago, Mr. Van Tassel [a missionary of the American 
 Board, stationed at Maumee, Ohio] published a small elementary book of 28 
 pages, containing also a few hymns and scripture reading lessons. 500 copies 
 were printed."— 4nM. Rep. A. B. C. F. M., 1832. 
 
 3981 a Varies Escritos | en Pocomchi y Kekchi | del Arcbivo Parro- 
 quial I de | Goban, Yera Paz. | Siglo xxviii [sic]. dgb. 
 
 Original manuscript, with modern title. 19411. 4°. Formspartof the Berendt 
 collection in the possession of Dr. D. G. Brinton, from whose manuscript cata- 
 logue the following note is taken : 
 
 "From the parochial archives of Coban in Vera Paz. The volume contains a 
 large assortment of sermons, oonfesonarios, doctrinas, frases, catecismos, and 
 ■ other religious and grammatical matter in and on the two dialects. Most of 
 the leaves are in good condition and quite legible. They date from various 
 periods in the 18th century. Among the articles are the original Doctrina and 
 various sermons of Fr. Hippolito de Aguijera, an Arte de Lengua Cakchi, etc." 
 
 3985 Vega (Luis Lasso de la). Huey tlamahui5oltica, etc. * 
 " This is not and cannot be by said author [Lasso de la Vega], but rather it 
 
 may be argued by Don Antonio Valeriano or another Indian pupil of the Im- 
 perial College of Santiago Tlatilillco, contemporaneous with the miracle of the 
 said Apariciones, and I will prove this in the History of the Holy Lady, which I 
 am writing." — Botwini, § xxxiv, 3. 
 
 See [Valeriano (D. Antonio)], No. 3975 a. 
 
 3986 Vega (Eraiicisco Nunez de la). Constitvciones I Dicecesanas \ del 
 Obispado de Chiappa, | hechas y ordenadas | por su Senoria lUus- 
 
1082 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Vega (Francisco Nunez de la). — continued. 
 
 triss. el Senor Maestro | D. Fr. Francisco | N'unez | de la Vega, | 
 del Orden de Predicadores, | Obispo de Oivdad Eeal de Ohiappa, y 
 Soconusco, I del Oonsejo de su Magestad, | Ano de MDCXOII. | 
 [Design.] | 
 
 En Eoma Ano de MDCCII [1702]. | En la Nueua Imprenta, y 
 Formacion de Oaracteres de Caietano Zenobi | Bntallador de Nu- 
 estro Senor Papa Clemente XI. | en la Gran Curia Inrocenciana. | 
 Con licencia de los Superiores. | * 
 
 4 p. 11., pp. 1-164, 1-142, 15 11. unuumbered. Improved title of No. 3986; fur- 
 nished by Sr. Icazbalceta from copy in his possession. 
 
 3987 [Vela ( Jos6 Canuto).] Pastoral | del | ilustrisimo senor obispo | 
 dirigida | a los Indigenas | de esta diocesis. | [Seal.] 
 
 Merida de Yucatan. | Impres6 por Antonio Petra. | 1848. | dgb. 
 
 Pp. 1-8. 4°. Improved title of No. 3987. Version en idioma Yucateco de la 
 misma pastoral, pp. 5-8. 
 
 Veniaminoff {Bev. Ivan). See Henry (Victor), No. 1736. See 
 Lowe (F.), Nos. 2339-2340. 
 
 4012 a Vetromile {Bev. Eugene). N'dakk^bin Skudewhambti | Eum, 
 Fire-Water | [Out.] | Peseku wonismuhinoh, nanquitchidaUamal 
 matchi Niweskum, j anda Kegus Kepkuattassfen, metchinenabi, te 
 alihkle Alamkik. j Anda Dakkabin, anda Skudewhanibii | No Eum, 
 no Fire Water. | [Out.] | [Two lines Indian.] | [Pledge.] | [Three 
 lines Indian.] | — | Eugin Vetromile S. J. Alnambay Patlias. j s. 
 1 p. folio. A lithographic temperance pledge in the Abnaki language. The 
 words are scattered through a series of pictures representing the fate of the 
 drunkard. 
 
 4035 a Sande Awikliigan 1862. g. t. 
 
 1 sheet folio. Abnaki Calendar. Dr. Trumbull has copies also for the years 
 1870, 1871, 1873, 1874, 1875, 1876, and Dr. Shea for the years 1858, 1859, 1860, 1867, 
 1870, 1874, 1875. 
 
 4020 a Via Sacra. Via Sacra en Lengua 9akchi | ano de 1861. | dgb. 
 
 Manuscript. 2411. 16°. In possession of Dr. D.G. Brinton, and forming a part 
 of the Berendt collection. It -was copied, as stated in the Advertencia of a second 
 copy, made from this by Dr. Berendt (see next title), by Domingo Coy, an edu- 
 cated Indian, from an ancient manuscript now lost. 
 
 4020 6 Via Sacra | en Lengua gakcbi. | Copiado de un MS. en 
 
 poder de | Domingo Coy, indio de Coban. | Coban, April, 1875. | 
 
 Manuscript. Title, verso blank, 1 1. ; Advertencia, verso blank, 1 1. ; Text, en- 
 tirely in Cackhi, pp. 1-30. dgb. 
 
 Vico {Fr. Domingo de). See Platicas de la Historia Sagrada, 
 No. 3016 a. 
 
 Vie de Catherine TekakSita [in Iroquois]. See [liarcoux {Bh. 
 Joseph)], No. 2460. 
 
VEGA — VILLACOETA. 1083 
 
 4031 Vilchis (Fr. Jacinto). Mdtodo de rezar con fruto el Eosario de la 
 Virgen Maria y en verso Zapoteco. . * 
 
 Manuscript. Improved title of No. 4031, from Beristain. 
 
 4031 a ITuevo Eosario en verso Zapoteco para sufragio de las 
 
 Almas del Purgatorio. * 
 
 Manuscript. Title from Beristain. 
 
 4032 a Villacanas (Fr. Benito de). Arte de lengua CacMqvel. 
 
 Manuscript. 21 unnumbered 11. 4°. On 1.22: 
 
 Vocabulario en lengua Cachiqvel, For el P«. fray Benito de Villa- 
 canas ornis. Prery. hecho des pues de haver tratado quarenta 
 anos en los indios de esta lengua sin interrupciou con exemplo y 
 zelo de las animas, mni singular cuyo fruto y premio goza aora en 
 los jardines de la gloria. Trasladado 10 de Noviemhre de 1692 
 anos. » 
 
 This extends to p. 220, followed by Cuenta, Nombres de animals, Compendio 
 de algnnos cosas curiosas, to the end of the manuscript. 
 
 In possession of the American Ethnological Society in New York. Title from 
 Dr. Berendt's manuscript additions to a copy of Icazbalceta's Apuntes in the 
 library of Dr. D. 6. Brinton. It is probably a copy of the manuscript, title of 
 which is given in No. 4032 of this catalogue. There is a copy of it in the library 
 of Dr. D. 6. Brinton, who titles and describes it as follows in his manuscript cat- 
 alogue of the Berendt collection. 
 
 4032 b Arte y Vocabvlario de la Lengua Cakchiquel. Copiado 
 
 en Nueva York. 1871. * 
 
 Manuscript. 340 pp. 4°. From theonlycopyknown, now or latein the library 
 of the Ethnological Society. Villacanas died in 1610, at the age of 73 years, in 
 the Dominican Convent, in the city of Guatemala. This is but one of a number 
 of works he wrote in Cakchiquel, none of which have been published. They are 
 especially valuable as presenting that language as it was spoken in the century 
 of the conquest. Inserted in this volume is a brief life of Villacanas and a list 
 of his works, as follows, taken from an unpublished work of Don Juan Gavarrete, 
 entitled : Apuntes para los Anales del Antiguo Eeino de Guatemala. 
 
 Dej6 escritos los libros siguientes, que nuuca llegarou ^ publicarse: 
 
 Arte y vocabulario de la lengua Cakchiquel. 
 
 Succesus fidei orlhodoxse. Exposicion de la doctrina cristiana en el mismo 
 idioma. 
 
 Homilias 6 breves sermones en el mismo idioma. 
 
 Milagros de Nra. Senora y de las Santos en id. 
 
 Vida de Sta Catarina de Sena [sic] en Espanol. 
 
 Meditaciones y oraciones sobre la pasion de Nfa Sf Jesucristo, tambien en 
 espafiol. 
 
 Estas dos ultimas obras las escribid para el uso de sus Beaterios. 
 
 4032 c Villacorta (Eafael). Doctrina Cristiana | en lengua Castellana | 
 Qnekchi y Pocomchi | coordinada | por Eafael Villacorta. | Sto 
 Domingo Ooban. | 1875. | dgb. 
 
 Original manuscript. 7 11. folio. An interlinear translation of the Doctrina 
 into the two dialects named. 
 
1084 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 4039 a Villegas (Antonio Prieto de). Tratado sobre el Baile Lotztun. * 
 
 Title from Brin ton's Grammar of tlie Cakchiqiiel, p. 17, where he says: 
 "Commissary of the Holy Office. For thirty years heneflciado of Matzate- 
 nango. Thoroughly versed in Kiche." 
 
 4041 a Vincent (Archdeacon —). [Pilgrims Progress in the (.Jree lan- 
 guage.] 
 
 See note to No. 1853 a. 
 
 4045 a Vocables de la Lengua | Huave | colectados por el Abate Bras- 
 seur I de Bourbourg | en su viagealistmodeTehuantepec | 1859. | 
 (Eevue Orientale et Am^ricaine, Vol. V. Paris, 18G1, pag. 261.) j 
 Comparados con los equivalentes en | las principales lenguas de 
 la America | del Sur | y en las lenguas vecinas de | Oaxaca y 
 Chiapas. | D»B. 
 
 Manuscript. Title-page, reverse blank, 1 1. ; Advertenoia, 1 p., reverse (p. 4), 
 beginning of the comparative vocabulary, which is in six columns (occupying 
 two opposite pages), one for Spanish, one for Huave from Brasseur de Bourbourg 
 (No. 456 of this catalogue), interlined with Huave words, written in red ink, from 
 the manuscript of Mr. E. A. Fuertes (No. 1343 of this catalogue) ; one for Quichua, 
 from Markham ; one for Aymarii, from Forbes ; one for Arancana, from D'Orbigny, 
 interlined with words in the same language from Falkner, the latter written in 
 red; and one for Guarani words, which is blank. These vocabularies occupy 
 pp. 4-9, reverse of latter blank; "Los mismos vocables comparados census equi- 
 valentes en las lenguas vecinas de Oaxaca y Chiapas," (note), p. 11, the vocabu- 
 laries beginning on p. 12, six columns occupying the two facing pages. Huave 
 and Spanish in one column, Zoque, Mixe, Zapoteco, Chiananteco, Chiapaneco, 
 pp. 12-15; reverse of latter blank. 8°. Compiled by Dr. Berendt. 
 
 4050 a Vocabulario. Yocabulario de la lengua castellana y quiche. * 
 Manuscript. About 100 11. 4°. Stops at the letter S.—Pinart Sale Cat, No. 941 . 
 
 4050 b Vocabulario de la lengua Qoque [Zoque]. * 
 
 Manuscript. 171 11., numbered ,56-232, one missing, and faulty at the end. 4°. 
 In the library of John Carter Brown, Providence, R. I. Title from Berendt's 
 manuscript additions to a copy of Icazbalceta's Apuntes in possession of Dr. 
 D. G. Brinton. 
 
 4050 e Vocabulario | de la lengua | Zoque. | Afio de 1733. Co- 
 
 piado de un MS. en posesion del licenciado | Don Jose Mariano 
 Eodriguez, Tuxtla, por | C. Hermann Berendt, M. D. | Tuxtla 
 Gutierez, 1870. | dgb. 
 
 Manuscript. Title 1 1., Advertenoia pp. iii-x, text 1-255. 4°. Spanish- Zoque. 
 In the Advertencia Dr. Berendt speaks of the original as follows : 
 
 El original de esta vocabulario es un volumen en 4'", encuadernado en cuero. 
 Tiene 176 fojas faltandole una 6 mas al fin. Est^ cscrita en dos columnes, una 
 para al Castellano, la otra para al Zoque. 
 
 In his manuscript catalogue of the Berendt collection Dr. Brinton expresses 
 the opinion that it is the most complete vocabulary of the Zoque in existence, 
 embracing nearly 12,000 words. It contains also an introduction on the sounds 
 of the language, by Dr. Berendt. 
 
 4050 d Vocabulario de las lenguas qiche y kahchiquel. * 
 
 Manuscript ; modern, 143 pp. folio. Stops at the letter E. Title from the Pi- 
 nart Sale Catalogue, No. 943. 
 
VILLEGAS — WALKER, 1085 
 
 Vocabulario — continued. 
 
 4050 e Vocabulario de los Indies de San Jos4 de Costa Eica. 
 
 1867. DGB. 
 
 Original manuscript. 4 pp. 4°. No title. Contains 128 words. It is a dialect 
 of the Talamauca. 
 
 4050/ Vocabulario | delldioma | ZapotecodelValle. | San Mar- 
 tin Tilcaxete, | 1793. | dgb. 
 
 Title 1 1., pp. 1-357. 4°. Beautiful modern copy by Dr. Berendt. 
 
 4051 a £ Vocabulario en leugua castellaua. y guatemal 'te | ca. 
 
 quesellama: Cak chi quel chi. | JCB. 
 
 Manuscript. 249 unnumbered 11., 23 blank 11. folio. No title-page. Modern 
 
 transcript from the original manuscript which is described in No. 4051. The 
 
 dictionary commences on the recto of the first leaf, with the Spanish words in 
 
 black ink, followed by the Cakchiquel equivalents in blue ink. A penciled note 
 
 states that it contains 16,000 words. 
 
 I 
 
 4052 Uocabu | lario | Copioso de Las Lenguas | Cakchikel y | 
 
 ^iche I In loquela eniin labij et lingua | altera, loquetur ad Popu- 
 lum I istum, isai. cap. 28. | Hominis est animam Preparare, | et 
 Domini guberuare liuguam | Prov. cap. 16. | JHS Wi JPH | 
 
 Manuscript. Title, verso blank, 1 1., pp. 1-705. 4°. In Cakchiquel and Spanish. 
 Paper and handwriting of the eighteenth century. Improved title of No. 
 4052. JCB. 
 
 4058 a Vocabulario y Noticias de los Biceitos, Indios de Costa 
 
 Rica (antigua Provincia de la Talamauca). Tornado por — Lebko- 
 witz, 1867. * 
 
 Original manuscript. 5 11. Title from Dr. Brinton's manuscript catalogue of 
 the Berendt collection in his possession. 
 
 Vocabulario * * * Zapoteca. See [Cordoba (Fr. Juan)], 
 
 No. 889. 
 
 4059 a Vocabulary. Vocabulary of 200 words of the Mac-Kaw Indians 
 of Oregon from a chief at San Francisco. * 
 
 Manuscript. 3 pp. folio. In the library of Dr. J. G. Shea, Elizabeth, N. J. 
 
 4059 b Vocabulary of the Choctaw language. 180 words. * 
 
 Manuscript. 5 pp. 8°. In the library of Dr. J. G. Shea, Elizabeth, N. J. 
 
 Vocabulary of the Jargon. See [Lionnet {Eev.}], No. 2292. 
 
 Voyage k la Guiane. See [Prudhomme (Louis) J, No. 3140. 
 
 Voyage a la Louisiane. See [Baudry de Lozieres (Louis Nar- 
 cisse)]j No. 319. 
 
 Vpastelvlke Em FuUetv. See [Eobertson {Mrs. A. E. W.)], No. 
 3323. 
 
 4074 a Walker (Bev. E.) and Eels {Bev. Cushing). [Spokane pamphlet.] 
 Between 1839 and 1847 there were printed at the Mission Press at Lapwai 
 * " * a small book or pamphlet of 16 pages in the Spokane or Flathead lan- 
 guage, prepared by Revs. E. Walker and C. 'Eels.— Eells' Hist, of Indian Miasiona. 
 
10H6 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 4077 a Wandall (Erik Adolf). Naitsuugordlugo nunab aglautigenera 
 Stoud-Platoumit. 
 
 Aalborgime (Danemark), 1846. * 
 
 8°. Earlier edition of No. 4078. Title from the Pinart Sale Catalogue, No. 
 948. 
 
 War in Florida. See [Potter (Woodburne)], No. 3053. 
 
 Wehkomaonganoo asquam flu Massachusetts]. See [Eliot (John)], 
 No. 1187. 
 
 Western Esquimaux Primer. See [Bompas {Bee. William Carpen- 
 ter)], No. 408. 
 
 Weston {Mrs. D. C.) See Cook {Bev. J. W.) and Cook (C. S.), No. 
 869 &. 
 
 We-wv-hae-kju. See [Hamilton {Bev. William) and Irvin {Bev. S. 
 M.)l, No. 1658. 
 
 4118 a Whitney (William Dwight). Language | and | the Study of 
 Language: | Twelve Lectures | on the | Principles of Linguistic 
 Science. | By | William Dwight Whitney, | Professor of Sanskrit 
 and Instructor in Modern Languages | in Yale College. | 
 
 New York : | Charles Scribner & Company. | 1867. | 0. T.w. jwp. 
 
 Pp. i-xi, 1-489. 8°. The aboriginal languages of America; their probable 
 unity ; polysynthetic structure ; principal groups in N. America ; question of 
 relation to Asiatic languages, etc. ; pp. 346-353. 
 
 Fourth edition — New York : | Charles Scribner & Company. | 1869. | Pp. i-xi, 
 1-505. 12°. American languages, pp. 346-353. (we.) 
 
 4118 6 The International Scientific Series. | — | The | Life and 
 
 Growth I of I Language: | an Outline of Linguistic Science. | By | 
 William Dwight Whitney, | Professor of Sanskrit and Compara- 
 tive Philology in Yale College, j 
 
 New York : | D. Appleton and Company, | 549 & 551 Broadway. | 
 1875. I c. T.w. JWP. 
 
 Pp. i-vii,l 1., 1-326. 1-°. The American language.^, pp. 259-264. Some copies 
 are dated lh8i. ( * ) It is probable new titles are printed yearly. 
 
 Wiconi Owihanke Waunin Tanin Kin [in Dakota]. See [Renville 
 (Joseph), sr., and Williamson (Thomas S.)], No. 3228. 
 
 Williams {Prof. H. L.) See Drake (Samuel G.), No. 1093. 
 
 4 '42 a Williams (Loring S.) [Tract on the Sabbath in the Choctaw 
 Language.] * 
 
 3,000 copies of a tract ou the Sabbath, 18 pp., in the Choctaw language, com- 
 posed by Mr. Williams, was printed in 1834.— Jfept. A. B. C. F. M.for 18di,p. 115. 
 
 4145 a Williams (Roger). A Key into the language of America, or an 
 help to the Language of the Natives in New England, London, by 
 Koger Williams; 1643. 
 
 lu Baird (Spencer F.) U. S. Commission of Fish and Fisheries, Part I, pp. 
 164-165. Washington, 187.3. 8°. Indian names of various fishes, reprinted from 
 Rhode Island Hist. Soc, Coll., vol. 1. See No. 4144. 
 
WAND ALL WILLIAMSON. 1087 
 
 4154 Williamson (JoLn Poage), editor. English -Dakota | Vocabulary, | 
 Wasicun lapi | lesca wowapi. | Tona wa^icun iapi onispepi kin 
 yacinpi wowapi | kin de on ociciyapi wacanmi qa wakage. | 
 Edited | by John P. Williamson, | Missionary of the A. B. 0. P. M. | 
 
 Edward E. Pond Mazaehde. | Santee Agency if eb. | 1871. | t.si. 
 
 3 p. 11., pp. 1-137. sm. 8°. Improved title of No. 4154. 
 
 4154 a [English-Dakota school dictionary. 
 
 Greenwood, Yankton Agency, D. T., 1871.J t. 
 
 No title page ; pp. 1-24. 16°. Alphabetically arranged, two columns to the 
 page. P. 1, first column contains words beginning with the letter A ; second 
 column B ; first column, page 2, BE, &o. 
 
 4154 & [Primer in the Yankton dialect of the Dakota Lan- 
 guage. 
 Santee Agency, Ifeb., 1874.] t. 
 
 No title-page ; 8 unnumbered 11. sq. 16°. First page contains the alphabet 
 and numerals 1-39. Dr. Trumbull informs me that this is the first work printed 
 in the Yankton dialect. 
 
 See Riggs (Stephen E.), No. 3285 b. 
 
 4156 , Riggs (Bev. Alfred Longley), and Riggs {Bev. S. E.), ediUrs. 
 
 Iapi Oaye. | Published by the Dakota Mission. Taku waste okiya, 
 taku sica kipajin. Fifty Gents a Year. | Vol. I, May, 1871. No. I 
 [-Vol. XIII, No. 1, January, 1884J. | t. jwp. 
 
 A four-page, small 4° paper, published monthly at Greenwood, Dakota Terri- 
 tory ; first issued May, 1871, with Rev. J. P. Williamson as editor. The first 
 volume, ending June, 1872, is entirely in the Dakota language. With the be- 
 ginning of the second volume, January, 1873, the title was changed to : Iapi 
 Oaye. | The Word Carrier. | ,the size of the sheet increased, the first page illus- 
 trated, and the fourth page printed partly in English. At this time, also, the Eev. 
 Stephen E. Eiggs was made principal editor, Mr. Williamson remaining as asso- 
 ciate. At the beginning of the sixth volume, January, 1877, Eev. Alfred L. 
 Riggs took the place of Mr. Williamson as associate editor, and the place of pub- 
 lication was changed to the Santee Agency, Nebr. With No. 1 of Vol 9, January, 
 1880, the paper was enlarged to an eight-page monthly, the editorial manage- 
 ment remaining unchanged. The death of the Eev. S. E. Eiggs, on August 24, 
 
 1883, left the Eev. A. L. Eiggs sole editor, his name alone appearing on the issue 
 for October, 1883, Vol. 12, No. 10. The issue for December, laS."?, contains a notice 
 of certain changes to be made in the next issue — that for January, 1884, Vol. 13, 
 No. 1. At this date the Dakota and English sections were separated, making two 
 distinct papers — the "Iapi Oaye," in Dakota, and ' ' The Word Carrier," in English. 
 Eev. John P. Williamson was appointed editor of the former and Eev. Alfred L. 
 Eiggs of the latter. The title of the Iapi Oaye was changed back to substantially 
 its original form, the size of the paper reduced and the number of pages decreased 
 to four, and the place of publication changed to Greenwood, Dakota Territory. 
 I have seen the first three numbers of The Word Carrier — for March, 1884, April, 
 
 1884, and April 15, 1884, the second of which states: "We skipped over two 
 months by the almanac, but we shall furnish twelve numbers during the year." 
 
 Reprint of title No. 4156, with extended note. 
 
 4165 a Williamson [Bev. Thomas Smith). Who were the first men ? 
 In Minn. Hist. Soc, Coll., vol. 1, pp. 295-301. St. Paul, 1872. 8°. 
 Many Sioux terms jjossim. 
 
1088 NORTH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 Williamson (Rev. Thomas Smith) — continued. 
 
 4] 69 a [ and Riggs (Stephen Eeturn).] Dakota | Wowapi Wakan. \ 
 
 The I Holy Bible, | in the | Language of the Dakotas : | translated 
 out of I the Original Tongues, | By Thomas S. Williamson and 
 Stephen E. Eiggs, | Missionaries. | 
 
 New York: | American Bible Society, | Instituted in the year 
 1816. I 1883. I * 
 
 Collation the same as in the edition of 1880, No. 4169. Title furnished by Mr. 
 W. Eamea from copy in the library of Mr. "W. W. Beach, Yonkers, N. Y. 
 
 4177 a Winslett (iEee. D.) "Wewvhome svkerkuce," &c. * 
 
 In Indian Journal, vol. 2, no. 27. Muscogee, I. T., March 6, 1878. folio. Tem- 
 perance song " The Wine-cup," in the Muskoki language. 
 
 Mrs. Robertson has furnished to the Bureau of Ethnology an interlinear trans- 
 lation of the above. 
 
 4178 a W[inslow (Edward).] Good | Nevves | Prom New-England : | 
 or I A true Eelation of things very re- | markable at the Planta- 
 tion of Plimoth I in New-England. | Sliewing the wondrous provi- 
 dence and good- | nes of God, in their preservation and continu- 
 ance, I being delivered from many apparent | deaths and dangers. | 
 Together with a Eelation of such religious and [ civill Lawes and 
 Customes, as are in practise amongst | the Indians, adjoyning to 
 them at this day. As also | what Commodities are there to be 
 raysed for the | maintenance of that and other Planta- | tions in the 
 said Country. | — | Written By E. W. who hath borne a part in 
 the I fore-named troubles, and there lined since | their flrst Arri- 
 vall. I — I 
 
 London | Printed by I. D. for William Bladen and lohn Bellamie, 
 and I are to be sold at their shops, at the Bible in Pauls-Church- | 
 yaid, and at the three Golden Lyons in Corn-hill, | neere the Eoyall 
 Exchange. 1624. | • 
 
 4 p. 11., pj). 1-66, "A postcript" numbered page "59" (verso blank) 1 1., "A 
 briefe Relation of a credible inti lligence of the present estate of Virginia", 1 1. 
 4°. There is a copy in the Carter Brown library. Providence, R. I. 
 
 Brief specimens of the language of the New England Indians, pp. 27, 28, 42. 
 
 Some copies have the following addition to the title-page: "Wherevnto is 
 added by him a briefe Relation of a credible intelligence of the present estate of 
 Virginia." See No. 4178. One of these, also, is in the Brown library. (*) 
 
 Wocekiye Wowapi [in Santee Dakota]. See [Hinman (Eev. S. D.)], 
 No. 1811. 
 
 Wonders of Nature and Providence. See [Priest (Josiah)], No. 
 3131. 
 
 4197 a Wood {Rev. Thomas). [Grammar of the Micmac language.] * 
 
 "Rev. T. Wood, before going to Nova Scotia, was, for some years, the Society's 
 Missionary in New Jersey. In 1762 he attended, during an illness of several 
 weeks, the Vicar-General of Quebec, M. Maillard. After residing some time at 
 Halifax, he took up his residence, in 1763, at Annapolis (formerly Port Royal), 
 where he remained during the rest of his life, dividing his labours between 
 
WILLIAMSON YA-W^. 1089 
 
 Wood {Bev. Thomas) — continued. 
 
 Annapolis and Granville. He immediately applied himself to the study of the 
 Micraao (Indian) language, with no other assistance than he could derive from 
 tlie papers of M. Maillard, and fully determined to persevere until he should he 
 able to publish a Grammar, a Dictionary, and a translation of the Bible. In 
 1766 he sent home the first volume of his Grammar, with a translation of the 
 Creed, the Lord's Prayer, &o., and was now able to minister to the Indians in 
 their own language. After a successful ministry of about thirty years he died 
 at Annapolis, ou the 14th of December, 1778." — Sprague?s Annals of the American 
 Pulpit, vol. 5, p. 328, note. 
 
 Mr. J. T. Bnlmer, Librarian of the University of Dalhousie, Halifax, Nova 
 Scotia, writes me: "In the Report for 1767 the Society for the Propagation of 
 the Gospel in Foreign Parts acknowledges the receipt of several translations 
 into Micniac and the first part of his French and English Miomac Grammar. I 
 am of the opinion that, while Mr. Wood could translate and preach in Micmac, 
 M. Maillard's grammar was really the basis of his work. Several circumstances 
 lend probability to this opinion. How did he come to make a French part to 
 his Micmac grammar, when the probabilities are against his knowledge of that 
 language? So far as I have been able to ascertain none of his works were 
 printed, and I have made frequent applications to the Society in London for his 
 manuscripts, but in vain." 
 
 4204 a Woodward (Dr. Ashbel). Wampum | A Paper preseuted to | The 
 Numismatic and Antiquarian Society | of Philadelphia | By | 
 Ashbel Woodward, M. D. | of Franklin, Conn., | Corresponding 
 Member. | Second Edition. | 
 
 Albany, N. Y. : | Munsell, Printer. | 1880. | S. T. WWB. 
 
 Pp. 1-56. 8°. 
 
 [Wright [Bev. Alfred).] See Holisso Holitopa, No. 1841. 
 
 Wusku Wuttestamentum [in the Massachusetts language]. See 
 [Eliot (John)], Nos. 1174, 1178-1179. 
 
 4261 a [Wzokhilain (Peter Paul).] St. Mark [in the Abnaki language]. 
 
 No title-page ; pp. 1-58. 12°. " The Gospel of Mark translated into the Abe- 
 naquis language by Mr. Osunkhirhine [Wzokhilain] has recently been printed 
 at Montreal, missionary friends in that vicinity uniting to defray the expense."^ 
 Ann. Report of A. B. C. F. M., 1845, pp. 205-206. 
 
 This title is erroneously entered in this catalogue under No. 3455. abs. jwp. 
 
 See Kagakimzouiasis, No. 2046, which is probably by this 
 
 author. 
 
 See [Kidder (Frederic)], No. 2085, for a partial reprint of 
 
 Wobanaki Kimzowi Awighigan, No. 4261. 
 
 4272 a Yaqui. [Letters and documents in Taqui and Spanish.] * 
 
 Manuscript. In possession of Mr. Alph. Pinart. They relate to the revolt of 
 the Yaquis in 1830. 
 
 Ya-wse pa-hu-cse e-cse ae-'sa-wse [in Iowa]. See [Hamilton {Beo. 
 William) and Irvin [Bev. S. M.)], No. 1653. 
 
1090 NOETH AMERICAN LINGUISTICS. 
 
 4277 a Zagicoxol | 6 | Baile de Cortes. | en Kich6 y Castellano | Coban, 
 1875. I »»»• 
 
 Manuscript. Pp. 1-69. 4°. "This is a modern drama, writteu by a native in 
 Kiche and Spanish, the plot based on the conquest of Mexico. It is one of the 
 few correct specimens of the native drama which have been preserved, and, 
 although not possessing the cJaim of antiquity, presents the general style and 
 manner of treatment adopted in the primitive scenic representations." — Brinton. 
 
 4295 a Zeisberger (Rev. David). Lord's Prayer in Delaware. 
 
 In Historical Magazine, third series, vol. 1, p. 55. Morrisania, 1872-3. 
 sm. 4<^. Copied from the " Doylestown Democrat." 
 
 4303 a Zephyrin {Father, Zephyrin Engelhard). Omanomineu | Kach- 
 kenohamatwon | Kesekoch, | Katolik | AnamihauMasenachigon. | 
 Cum Permissu Superiorum. | 
 
 St. Louis, Mo. I B. Herder, | 1882. | s. JWP. 
 
 Title, reverse p. 2, 1 1. ; 1 1. ; pp. 3-319. 16°. Plates. Prayer-book, in Menomi- 
 nee, translated and compiled from Baraga's works. Said to be the first book 
 printed in the Menominee language. F. Zephyrin says Bonduel did not write 
 real Menominee, but a jargon. 
 
 4303 6 Katolik Anamihan, | ene ka: | Jesus Ot Asechzekon | 
 
 Kateshim. | as wechzekatek. | Cum Permissu Superiorum. | 
 
 St. Louis, Mo. I B. Herder, | 1883. | s. JWP. 
 
 Title, reverse blank, 1 1.; pp. 1-144; index, 1 p. 16°. Menominee catechism, 
 based on Baraga's Chippewa catechism. 
 
 4303 c Anamihanon. 
 
 [St. Louis, 1883.] S. JWP. 
 
 No title-page. Pp. 1-14. 16°. Prayer and catechism in Menominee. 
 
INDEX OF LANGUAGES AND DIALECTS. 
 
 The mark (p.), occurring after a number, means 
 jrohn..84 (p.) means that the work, title of which 
 portion of the gospel of St. John. 
 
 No. 
 
 Abanaki : See Ahnaki. 
 Abenaki : See Abnaki. 
 
 Abenakisu: See Abnaki. 
 
 Abenaqui : See Abnaki. 
 
 Abnaki animal names 3855-3856 
 
 calendar 4035a 
 
 catechism 2046 
 
 dictionary 3196-3197,4019 
 
 generil remarks . . .913, 3196-3197, 3206, 3498, 4011 
 
 geographic names 3052, 3865-3856 
 
 gospel St. Mark 3455,4261a 
 
 grammatic comments 4005-4007, 4019 
 
 hymns 63a, 797a, 1078a, 1639, 1935, 2094-2096, 
 
 21706-2170C, 2279a-2279e, 3189-3194, 3680 
 
 letter 4011 
 
 Lord's Prayer 3577-3579,4276 
 
 numerals 762, 3185t 
 
 prayers 1019, 2670, 3128, 3864 
 
 primer 2046 
 
 proper names 1802 
 
 songs 4009 
 
 spelling and reading book .T. . . 4261 
 
 temperance pledge 4012a 
 
 text 14070-14076 
 
 vocabulary 404, 1136,1391, 1393,2085- 
 
 2086, 2204, 2216, 2519, 4014, 4172-4173 
 
 Absaraka: See Crow. 
 
 Acadian general remarks 2377-2379 
 
 vocabulary 297-298, 2377-2379, 3123, 3625 
 
 Acaxee general remarks 217, 217a-2176 
 
 A chastlien general remarks 2199a 
 
 numerals 527-528, 1337, 2190, 2199a, 2202a 
 
 terms 627-528 
 
 vocabulary 28 
 
 Achastlier : See Achastlien. 
 
 Achet6etiiine : See Tinne. 
 
 Achi : See Tzotzil. 
 
 AchomAwi numerals 3098 
 
 vocabulary 1456,3098 
 
 Acoma general remarks 2552 
 
 numerals 2678 
 
 vocabulary 537-538, 999, 2124, 2215-2216, 2303, 
 
 2307, 2652, 3608-3609, 4103 
 
 Adage : See Adahi. 
 
 Adahi general remarks 2215 
 
 numerals 1939-1962 
 
 vocabulary 1391, 1393, 2207, 221 6 
 
 Adaihe: See Adahi. 
 
 Adaise : See Adahi. 
 
 Adaize : See Adahi. 
 
 Adirondack local names 3766 
 
 Ado general remarks 2774a 
 
 Aglegmiout: See Chukchi. 
 
 Aglemoute : See Chukchi. 
 
 Agoneasean : See Iroquois. 
 
 portion only, Thus, under Chippewa, "gospel' St. 
 is given as Ko. 84 oi this catalogue, contains only a 
 
 No. 
 
 Ahahnelin : See G-ros Ventre. 
 
 Ahantchuyuk : See Kalapuya. 
 
 Ahnenin vocabulary 2204-2205, 2215 
 
 Aht general remarks 3716 
 
 grammatic comments 3716 
 
 local names 37I6 
 
 numerals 3716 
 
 tribal names 37I6 
 
 vocabulary 3716, 3876a 
 
 AhtenA general remarks 1563 
 
 numerals 982 
 
 vocabulary 981-982 
 
 Alabama vocabulary 2992 
 
 Alaska proper names 981-982 
 
 vocabulary 15686,21946 
 
 Albinaquis : See Abnaki. 
 
 Aleout: See Aleut. 
 
 A16oute: See Aleut. 
 
 Aleoutean : See Aleut. 
 
 Aleut abecedarium 67 
 
 catechism 1974,3998 
 
 Christian guide-book 3866 
 
 dictionary 3006c 
 
 general remarks 2339, 2678, 3993 
 
 gospel 3867,3999 
 
 grammar 1734o, 1736-1730 
 
 grammatic comments 217, 217a- 
 
 2176, 1345, 3C06c, 3993 
 
 numerals 28, 916-917, 1226, 2215, 3046 
 
 primer 58,3868-3869,3998 
 
 propernames 704 
 
 sacred histoi7 3098 
 
 sentences 300Cc 
 
 songs 300e(!, 3993 
 
 terms 30066 
 
 texts 3006c 
 
 vocabulary 28, 205, 212, 213, 217, 217a- 
 
 2176, 556, 577, 916-917, 1088-1089, 1089a, 
 1091, 1091a, 1093, 1345, 1393, 1736, 3320, 
 34135-3413(i, 3488-3490, 3950, 3994, 4087 
 
 Aleut-Fox dictionary 3996 
 
 grammar 3996 
 
 guideto heaven 3992 
 
 phrases 3996 
 
 Aleuten: See Aleut. 
 
 Aleutian : See Aleut. 
 
 Aleutskie : See Aleut. 
 
 Algic: See Chippewa. 
 
 Algonchina: See Algonkiu. 
 
 Algonkin Acts of the Apostles 3129 
 
 angelical salutation 3711a 
 
 catechism 2446-2448,27.69,3129,3837-3838 
 
 calendar 665c, 2488, 3122 
 
 characteristic forms -' 680-581 
 
 Algonkin chrestomathy 957, 961-962 
 
 1091 
 
1092 
 
 INDEX. 
 
 Xo. 
 Algonkin dictionary .... 1166, 2171-2187, 2230, 2441- 
 
 2444, 3839 
 
 general remarks 759, 763, 1109, 1553, 1626a, 
 
 1754, 2021, 2241, 2377-2379, 2678, 3206, 
 3414, 3499, 3504, 3520, 3832, 3833, 3932 
 
 geographic names 3891 a-3891b 
 
 gospel St. Matthew 957 (p.) 
 
 grammar 1486c, 1517, 1618d, 2446, 2679, 3414 
 
 grammatic comments 28, 952, 954, 1977- 
 
 1978, 2126a, 2463, 2679, 3211-3212, 3508- 
 3509, 3524, 3902, 3904, 3910, 3922-3923 
 
 specimens 1739, 3586 
 
 homilies 116(i 
 
 hymns 51, 03a, 103, 797o, 949a, 951 , 
 
 1639, 2094, 2096, 21706-21700, 2279a-2279e, 2448, 
 2592, 2663, 2759, 2795, 3129, 3189, 3194, 3821 
 
 instructions 2445 
 
 local names 952a, 3896-3897 
 
 Lord's Prayer 954, 958, 960, 1736a, 3914-3915 
 
 numerals 1739,1959,1962, 
 
 23U-2312, 3046, 3048-3050, 3517 
 
 prayeis 28,39 2426,2592,2759,2795,3129 
 
 prayer-book 2760 
 
 prefixes 1407«-14075 
 
 primer 2750,2795 
 
 proper names 2 170a 
 
 psalms 2448,3061,3129 
 
 songs 28, 949a, 953, 953a, 3730 
 
 specimens 3901 
 
 terms 761, 19.53, 2792, 3521, 4175 
 
 text llee, 954, 956a, 969-960, 
 
 987, 1120a, 1120c, 1407O-14076, 161f a, 1947, 3251 
 
 traditions 3730 
 
 Tocabulary 28, 212, 297-298, 674a, 675-576, 
 
 580, 7556, 952, 1113, 1136, 1331, 1391, 
 1393, 1736a, 1739, 2050a, 2050p, 2052a, 
 2126a,2204,2216,2311-2312, 2387a, 2390, 
 3123, 3126-3127, 3211-3212, 3414, 3518, 
 3524, 3837-3838, 4042-4043, 4170-4171 
 
 words l]6e, 
 
 718, 1989-1990, 2205, 2377-2379, 2947, 3502- 
 3503, 3520, 3625, 3832, 3905, 3908-3909, 3982 
 Algonkine: See Algonkin. 
 Algonkinska: See Algonkin. 
 Algonquin : See Algonkin. 
 Algonquine : See Algonkin. 
 
 Aliche vocabulary 28 
 
 Alikwa numerals 2678 
 
 vocabulary 931, 1508 
 
 Allejihany vocabulary 1978a 
 
 Alsea vocabulary 1247/, 1454 
 
 Als6ya : See Alsea. 
 
 Alta California Lord's Prayer 3577-3578 
 
 Ameiican: See Indian. 
 
 Anasitch vocabulary 2583-2584 
 
 Andastes general remarks 3582 
 
 Audrcanowski Islands vocabulary 28 
 
 A pacbe general remarks 364, 1422, 2859, 4112 
 
 grammar 928 
 
 grammatic comments. . .217, 217a-2176, 1422, 4109 
 
 numerals 926, 1629, 3876a 
 
 proper names -" '. 4111 
 
 relationships 4110 
 
 sentences 926, 4113 
 
 No. 
 
 Apache speech 217, 217a-2176 
 
 Tocabulary 217, 217a-2176, 281, 288, 
 
 527-530, 539-542, 927-928, 1332, 1733, 
 
 1773, 2214, 2216, 2303, 2372, 3593. 3608- 
 
 3609, 3623, 4103, 4108-4109, 4114, 4372 
 
 words 926,2212 
 
 Apache-Mojave : See Yavapai. 
 
 Apachc-Xuma; See Tulkepa. 
 
 Apalachian : See Appalachian. 
 
 Apalachice : See Appalachian. 
 
 A patch: See Apache. 
 
 Apatsche: See Apache. 
 
 Apatsh : See Apache. 
 
 Appalachian text 3633,3635 
 
 vocabulary 718,1331 
 
 Applegate: See TJmpqua. 
 
 Applegate Creek vocabulary 107 
 
 Ara: See Kdrok. 
 
 Arapaho grammatic comments 527-528, 1685 
 
 numerals 3048-3050 
 
 proper names 393, 703, 3628a, 3944 
 
 terms 761 
 
 vocabulary 527-538, 
 
 1393, 1685, 2314, 3316, 3645, 3665, 3806 
 
 Arapahoe: See Arapaho. 
 
 Arapoho: See Arapaho. 
 
 Arapohoe: See Arapaho. 
 
 Aravaipa : See Arivaipa. 
 
 Arc-a-plat : See Flatbow. 
 
 Arctic Family relationships 2840 
 
 Ai-ickaree: See Arikare. 
 
 Arickkara : See Arikare. 
 
 Arikara: See Arikare. 
 
 Arikare numerals . . . 1336, 1685, 2678, 3048, 3050, 3631 
 
 phrases 1685 
 
 proper names 698-699, 702-704, 1940, 1955c 
 
 specimens 2531 
 
 terms 1336 
 
 vocabulary 682-683, 685, 687a, 689, 1061 , 1665, 
 
 1836, 2204, 2216, 2645, 3625, 4103 
 
 Aripe general remarks 1754 
 
 Arivaipa vocabulary 1539, 2307, 2885 
 
 Arizona words 3757 
 
 Arkanza : See Kansas. 
 
 Arraarra numerals 2678 
 
 vocabulary 931, 1508 
 
 Arrapaho ; See Arapaho. 
 
 Ashiwi : See Zuni. 
 
 Asiagmut vocabulary 1331 
 
 Assineboin ; See Assiniboin. 
 
 Assinee : See Assiniboin. 
 
 Assinepoetuc : See Assiniboin. 
 
 Assiniboels : See Assiniboin. 
 
 Assiniboin grammatic comments 1977-1978 
 
 letter 604 
 
 Lord's Prayer 2473a, 3577-3578, 3624-3625 
 
 proper names 698-699, 702-704, 702a 
 
 relationship 2645 
 
 specimen 2521 
 
 terms 761 
 
 vocabulary 28,1022, 1391, 
 
 1685, 3624, 3951-3952, 4173 
 words 3185i 
 
 Absiniboinice : See Assiniboin. 
 
INDEX. 
 
 1O03 
 
 No. 
 
 Assiniboire: See Assiniboin. 
 
 Assinneboin : See Assiniboin. 
 
 Atacapa ; See Attacapa. 
 
 Atfdlati grammatic comments 1464 
 
 phrases 1461, 1466 
 
 sentences 1464, 1466 
 
 text 1464 
 
 words 1464, 1466 
 
 Athabascan affinities, &c 543-544 
 
 characteristic foiTOS 580-581 
 
 general remarks 2678 
 
 grammatic comments 1391 
 
 proper names ' 704 
 
 tribal names 2214,2216 
 
 words 3791-3792 
 
 Athabaskan : See Athabascan. 
 
 Athapasca : See Athabascan. 
 
 Athapaska : See Athabascan. 
 
 Athapasken : See Athabascan. 
 
 Alkan general remarks 3994 
 
 numerals 982 
 
 3994 
 
 songs 
 
 vocabulary 981-982 
 
 Atklaii : See Atkan. 
 
 Atua gcnei'al remarks. .- 1512,3006 
 
 numerals HOI 
 
 vocabulary 28, 205, 
 
 217, 2170-2176, 527-530, 539-540, 551, 1391, 
 1393, 1861, 2205, 2216, 2384-2391, 3006, 3006A 
 
 words 3502 
 
 See Tacully. 
 
 Atnaer : See Atna. 
 
 Atnah : See Atna. 
 
 Atsina numerals 3048-3050 
 
 Attacapa vocabulary , 212, 1116, 1116a, 
 
 1321, 1391, 1393, 1978a, 2204, 2216 
 
 Attakapa: See A.ttacapa. 
 
 Aubsaroke : See Crow. 
 
 Aztec calendar 2680 
 
 dictionary '386 
 
 examples -• 149*« 
 
 general remarks. ...217, 217a-217!), 385, 1872, 3403 
 
 grammar 217, 217a-2]7& 
 
 grammatic comments 535-536, 1494a, 3595 
 
 hieroglyphics 2927 
 
 local names 525-5"6 
 
 Lord's Prayer 217, 2170-2176, 1101, 3595 
 
 names of gods 3717 
 
 numerals 1101,1720,1870 
 
 sermons 27^7 
 
 songs l'^^2 
 
 specimens 217, 217a-2176 
 
 terms 502, 527-528, 1871, 2861 , 3965-3966 
 
 text 2300,2750,3012 
 
 vocabulary 217, 217a-2l7B, 
 
 7556, 1333, 1870, 2716, 3700a 
 
 .words 537-538, 5796, 1720, 2860, 3950 
 
 See Mexican. 
 
 Aztec-Sonora grammatic comments 583 
 
 See Senora. 
 
 Azteca : See Aztec. 
 
 Aztek: See Aztec. 
 
 Azteklsche : See Aztec. 
 
 Azteque : See Aztec. 
 
 Bale d'Hudson : See Hudson's Bay. 
 
 :N'o. 
 BaUo-Kai-Pomo : See Porno. 
 
 Bannack general remarks 217, 217a-2176 
 
 Bai-bara : See Indian. 
 Batemdakaice: See Batemdakaii. 
 
 Batemdakaii vocabulary 1501,1508 
 
 Bayano numerals 2678 
 
 vocabulary 2216,3549 
 
 See Darien. 
 Bay of Keuay : See Kinai. 
 
 Beaver catechism 405 
 
 hymns 326,405 
 
 manual of devotion 405 
 
 prayers 3ii6. 405 
 
 vocabulary 326, 639-540, 1861 , 2080, 2207, 
 
 2215, 2393, 2645 
 Belantsea : See Crow. 
 Belhoola : See Billechoola. 
 BcUacoola : See Billechoola. 
 Bellechoolo : See Billechoola. 
 Beothuc : See Bethuck. 
 
 Bethaok vocabulary 16770^16776, 2212, 2216, 
 
 2242, 2298-2299, 3341 
 Bethuk : See Bethuck, 
 Biber : See Beaver. 
 Bilechoola : See Billechoola.. 
 Bilhoola : See Billechoola. 
 
 Billechoola vocabulary . . - .217, 217a-2176, 537-538, 
 1393, 1501, 1609, 2205, 2207, 3534, 3872, 3876a 
 Billechoula: See Billechoola. 
 Billeohula : See Billechoola. 
 
 Blackfoot grammar 2198 
 
 grammatic comments 28, 627-628, 1685 
 
 Lord's Prayer , 2473a, 3577- 
 
 3579, 3624-3025, 3914-3915 
 
 numerals 2204, 2521, 3048-3050, 3776 
 
 propernames 202-204,698- 
 
 699, 702a, 2646, 3044 
 
 specimen 2621 
 
 Ten Commandments 3776 
 
 terms 523-524,761,1326 
 
 vocabulary 28, 527-528, 
 
 682-683, 685, 687a, 689, 876-877, 1024, 
 1061,1326-1329, 1391, 1393, 1635,1685, 
 1860, 21696, 2198, 2204, 2215-2216, 2620, 
 2645, 3624-3625, 3776, 3961-3952, 4173 
 
 words 2205,3040 
 
 See Piegan. 
 
 Blanco numerals 3617 
 
 Blood Blackfoot: See Blackfoot. 
 
 Bodega vocabulary 2204 
 
 war song 205 
 
 Boreale (rfigion) : See Northern Indians. 
 
 Boribi vocabulary 3974a 
 
 Boruca vocabulary .3974 
 
 Bristol Bay vocabulary 1231 
 
 Brotlierton songs 211a 
 
 BruW names of chiefs 3944 
 
 sentences 1835 
 
 See Dakota. 
 
 Brunswick vocabulary I860 
 
 Cabecar vocabulary 1351-1352 
 
 Cacohequel : See Cakohiquel. 
 
 Cacchi catechism 3981a 
 
 confession ^^5, 853 
 
 confessional 3981a 
 
1094 
 
 INDEX. 
 
 No. 
 
 Cacchi conversational phrases 834a 
 
 doctrina Christiana 2876o, 3981a, 4032(! 
 
 general remarks 748 
 
 grammar 1676-167(!, 59C 
 
 grammatic material 3981a 
 
 Lord's Prayer 2473a 
 
 numerals - 853 
 
 orthography 917a-9176 
 
 phrases 917c 
 
 sermons 834a, 3016o-3016!j, 3018a, 3981a 
 
 text 590, 834a, 1050S, 4020a-4020!i 
 
 vocabulary 135, 73& 
 
 Cacchiquel : See Cakchiqnel. 
 
 Cacb6 : See Cacchi. 
 
 Cachi : See Cacchi. 
 
 Cachiquel : See Cakchiquel. 
 
 Cachiqvel : See Cakchiquel. 
 
 Caddo numerals 2470 
 
 proper names 1955c 
 
 sign language 2373 
 
 vocabulary 527-528, 1391, 1398, 2204, 2214, 
 
 2216, 2374, 2470-2472, 3600, 4103 
 •words 3502 
 
 Caddoe : See Caddo. 
 
 CahiTa catechism 679 
 
 grammar 166,217,217a- 
 
 2176, 545-546, 547a, 548a 
 
 grammatic comments 527-528, 2998-2999 
 
 Lord's Prayer 217, 217a-2176, 2841 
 
 manual 551o-551jp, 1563 
 
 numerals 547 
 
 polysynthetic words 527-528 
 
 remarks 527-528 
 
 terms 523-524 
 
 vocabulary . . ; 284, 627-528, 3824 
 
 Cahokia proper names 1940 
 
 Cahroc : See K&rok. 
 
 Cahuillo grammatic comments 217, 217a-2176 
 
 numerals 547,2678 
 
 vocabulary 217, 217a-2176, 248, 527-528 
 
 1061, 2215-2216, 3303, 4103 
 
 Caiganee : See Kaigani. 
 
 Cakchi : See Cacchi. 
 
 Cakcbiguel : See Cakchiquel. 
 
 Cakchikel : See Cakchiquel. 
 
 Cakchiquel Bible 3207^ 
 
 calendar 505^) 
 
 catechism 4266 
 
 confessional 4264-4266 
 
 dictionary .66, 1034, 3980, 4032 
 
 discourse 4026 
 
 doctrina Christiana 1046, 1236, 2112, 3960 
 
 general remarks 1754 
 
 grammar 118, 167a. 445, 
 
 495d, 1014, 1314, 1622, 2412, 3334, 
 
 3881, 4032, 40320-4032!), 4050, 4265 
 
 grammatic comments...217,217a-2 176, 2998-2999 
 
 sketch 3ima 
 
 Lord's Prayer 217,2170-2175 
 
 names of animals 4032a 
 
 months 2588a 
 
 numerals 363/, 1390 
 
 Pentateuch 2941 
 
 prayers 3207 
 
 sermons 49, 101 5, 2414, 3207, 3459, 3495 
 
 So. 
 
 Cakchiquel text 145, 442, 1940, 
 
 2413, 2564; 2923, 3460, 4022, 4032 
 
 vocabulary 119, 4:.7, 907, 1022, 2622a, 2774, 
 
 2911,3354, 3484, 3726-3728, 4032o- 
 40326, 4050,4050(J, 4051a, 4052, 42G3 
 
 words 3957 
 
 Cakcbiqvel : See Cakchiquel. 
 Cakgi : See Cacchi. 
 Calapooa : See Kalapuya. 
 Calapooiab : See Kalapuya. 
 Calapuya : See Kalapuya. 
 
 Calaveras County vocabulary 7556, 2348 
 
 Caledonia Bay vocabulary 2349 
 
 California general remarks 913, 1282a, 
 
 1500, 2348, 3105a, 3808 
 
 grammatic comments 736 
 
 Lord's Prayer 836 
 
 numerals 784 
 
 observations 1534 
 
 prayers 2124a 
 
 specimens 1099, 1099a, 1940a, 2682 
 
 vocabulary , 783, 1450-1457, 21946, 2215 
 
 worOs 1732,3577-3579 
 
 Camanche : See Comanche. 
 
 Ca-mdn-cbee : See Comanche. 
 
 Canada doctrina Christiana . .403-469, 719-720, 720a 
 
 Lord's Prayer 397d, 2452, 3449a 
 
 numerals '. 616-630, 1119-1120, 
 
 1959-1962, 2161-2163, 2268-2274, 3409 
 
 origin of the word 996 
 
 remarks 913 
 
 vocabulary 298, 616-630, 913 
 
 Canadois : See Canada. 
 
 Canal de Santa Barbara vocabulary 165 
 
 Canestoga general remarks 3682 
 
 vocabulary 296 
 
 Caniha: See Canniba. 
 Canienga: See Mohawk. 
 
 Canniba book of prayers 415 
 
 Lord's Prayer 3914-3915 
 
 Canton of Cboeo : See Chocha. 
 
 Cape Flattery numerals 1629 
 
 Capote Uta: See Tlte. 
 CJapoteca : See Zapoteca. 
 Capot^que : See Zapoteca. 
 Caraib : See Carib. 
 Caraibe : See Carib. 
 Caraibean ; See Carib. 
 Caraibee : See Carib. 
 Caraiben : See Carib. 
 
 Carib Apostles' Creed 3151 
 
 catechism 471 475 
 
 dictionary. .. 359,472-473,1729,17296,1740,^234 
 
 general remarks 25a, 913, 1168, 
 
 2377-2379, 2549-2550, 2678, 3498 
 
 gospel St. Matthew 209 (p.), 1725 
 
 grammar 359,1729,1729a 
 
 grammatic comments 23-24,28,3311-3312 
 
 specimens asgg 
 
 Lord's Prayer 28, 185a, 3S7d, 1331, 3452. 
 
 24730, 3022, 3151, 3362, 3449a, 3482 
 
 numerals 2212, 2845, 2916, 3046, 3979 
 
 place names ;jl7a 
 
 prayers n^l 
 
 song..; peQ7 
 
INDKX 
 
 1095 
 
 No. 
 
 Carib Ten Cotmaaudments 3151 
 
 terms 985,1127-1131 
 
 vocabulary 23-2.", 28, 212a, 217, 217o- , 
 
 217i), 3633, 398, 421, 913, 1127a, 1129a- 
 11296, 1331, 13S9, 1729c, 2071-2072, 2281a, 
 2432, 2787, 2845, 3123, 3211-3212, 3343- 
 3345, 3347, 3349, 3478, 3726, 3728, 3760a 
 
 words 2070-2073,2276, 
 
 2377-2379, 2475, 31 -.'4-3125, 3502, 362.'> 
 
 Caribbee: See Carib. 
 
 Caribe : See Carib. 
 
 Caribe-Tamanaqae specimens 1978a 
 
 Caribic6 : Sec Carib. 
 
 Carmel Mission numerals 527-628, 1101, 2212 
 
 vocabulary 2348 
 
 Carolina vocabulary 2224-2227 
 
 Camer : See Tacnlly. 
 
 Carrizo vocabulary 3948 
 
 Cascade Lord's Prayer 4276 
 
 Catawba grammatic comments 2287-2288 
 
 phrases 2589 
 
 terms 523-524 
 
 text 1470 
 
 vocabulary 28, 212, 297-298 
 
 1391, 1393, 2204, 2216, 2287 
 words 1470 
 
 Catblascon vocabulary 3534, 3872 
 
 words 537-538,2205 
 
 Caugbnawaga catechism 2455 
 
 Lord's Prayer 3577-3579 
 
 numerals 3585 
 
 prayer-book 2458-2460 
 
 vocabulary 28,297-298 
 
 Cayeune: See Galibi. 
 
 Cayiaker ; See Cayuga. 
 
 Cayubaba numerals 2078 
 
 word for head 2276 
 
 Cayuga general remarks 2029 
 
 geographic names 2643 
 
 numerals 2916, 31852, 3979, 4098 
 
 phrases 3653 
 
 relationships 2643 
 
 sentences 3653 
 
 terms 523-524 
 
 verbal forms 16360-16366 
 
 vocabulary 28, 212, 297-298 1061, 1393, 
 
 1946a, 20 '9, 2216, 2646, 3511-3512 
 words 2855, 2979, 3653, 3949 
 
 Cayus: See Cay use. 
 
 Cayuse numerals 2214 
 
 vocabulary . . 8300, 1333, 2041, 2207, 221,5-2216, 4047 
 
 Cazcane general remarks 217, 217a, 2176 
 
 Cechi : See Cacchi. 
 
 Cegiha dictionary 1074 
 
 grammar 1073 
 
 .letters 1072 
 
 myths, stories, and letters 1071 
 
 Celdala: See Tzendal. 
 
 Celdale: See Tzendal. 
 
 Central America general remarks. . 363ft-363i, 438, 
 
 458o, 901, 2044-2045, 2209, 3373, 3497, 3732, 3957 
 
 terms 3729 
 
 Ceri : See Seri. 
 
 Gerochese : See Cherokee. 
 
 Chacta : See Choctaw. 
 
 No. 
 
 Chactaw : See Choctaw. 
 
 Chactawice: See Choctaw. 
 
 Ohactawisch: See Choctaw. 
 
 Chahia: See Choctaw. 
 
 Chahta-Muskokee: See Choctaw. 
 
 Chainslek vocabulary 1508 
 
 Chaktaw : See Choctaw. 
 
 ChaSabal confessional 585, 2924 
 
 ductriua chi-istiana 2924 
 
 grammatic comments 2998-2999 
 
 Lord's Prayer 217, 217a-2176, 836 
 
 numerals 2924 
 
 vocabulary 3636, 3470a 
 
 Chaneabal ; See Chanabal. 
 
 Chapanec: See Chiapanec, 
 
 Charaibe : See Carib. 
 
 Charibbean : See Carib. 
 
 Charibbee : See Carib. 
 
 Cbata : See Choctaw. 
 
 Chawano : See Shawnee. 
 
 Chayenne : See Cheyenne. 
 
 Checalish : See Tsihalish. 
 
 Cheenook: See Chinook. 
 
 Checrak : See Cherokee. 
 
 Chcerake : See Cherokee. 
 
 Chehalis : See Tsihalish. 
 
 Chekeeli : See Tsihalish. 
 
 Chel-a-ke: See Cherokee. 
 
 Cheleki: Sec Cherokee. 
 
 Chell-o-kee : See Cherokee j see Hitchitee. 
 
 Chemakum general discussion 1144 
 
 songs 1142 
 
 vocabulary 1518 
 
 words, phrases, and sentences 1145 
 
 Chemegue : See Chemehuevi. 
 
 Chemehuevi general remarks 2859 
 
 grammatic comments. - .217, 217a-2176, 1425-1426 
 
 numerals 2678 
 
 vocabulary 217, 217a-2176, 267, 267a, 
 
 527-528, 852, 2215-2216, 2307, 3080, 4103 
 
 Chemmesyan : See Tsimsian. 
 
 Chenook : Si.e Chinook. 
 
 Chepewyan Bible lessons 402 
 
 Book of Common Prayer 2108-2109 
 
 general remarks 1107a, 2384-2391 
 
 gospels 2107 
 
 grammatic comments 217, 217a-2176, 1406 
 
 hymns 402,2108-2109 
 
 numerals 529-530, 1959-1962, 3046 
 
 primer 402 
 
 proper names 704 
 
 vocabulary 28, 107, 212, 529-530, 539-540, 
 
 551, 1391, 1393, 1861, 2077,2204,2207,2216, 
 
 2240, 2276, 2387a, 2393, 2395, 2645, 3393, 4103 
 
 words 3503 
 
 Cheppewyan : See Chepewyan. 
 
 Cherakee : See Cherokee. 
 
 Cherehuen numerals 547 
 
 Cherokee Acta of Apostles 4229-4232 
 
 almanac 768-773 
 
 alphabet 131.774-778, 
 
 1391, 1940, 3117, 3519, 3519a, 4082 
 
 arithmetic 2017a 
 
 catechism 671 
 
 confession of faith 4206 
 
109B 
 
 INDEX. 
 
 No. 
 
 Cherokee conjugation 2985 
 
 constitution and laws 860-861 
 
 doctrines and discipline 1057 
 
 epistle to Ephesians 2014 
 
 Komans 1215a 
 
 epistles 1212-1215, 1217-1221, 129,'!, 1489-1491 
 
 epistles of John 1219a-1220a 
 
 examples 317c, 1494a 
 
 Exodus 4207 
 
 general remarks 301-309, 1270a, 1690, 
 
 2377-2379, 2678, 3321, 3511-3512, 4209, 4211 
 
 Genesis 4208 
 
 gospels 84, 1577, 1579-1581, 37116, 4221-422S 
 
 grammar 1360, 2013, 2980 
 
 grammatic comments 317c, 1391, 3580, 4210 
 
 hymns 425,4187,4212-4220 
 
 inflections 2645 
 
 Isaiah 4234 
 
 laws 3398 
 
 litany 799 
 
 Lord's Prayer 1271,1629, 
 
 1946, 2711, 2713, 3765, 3961 
 
 newspapers 424,2013,3398 
 
 New Testament 4986, 2012, 2742-2743 
 
 numerals 553, 1629, 1959-1962, 1972 
 
 phrases 670, 702-704, 1459, 1770o 
 
 primer 779-780,7800 
 
 pronominal forms 1636a-16366 
 
 proper names 670,678-679, 
 
 699, 702-704, 702a, 1940, 2646 
 
 Psalms 4233 
 
 relationships 2011, 2645, 3882 
 
 sentenres 1459-1460, 1770a 
 
 sermons 3558 
 
 songs 211o, 781, 1740a, 2398, 3021 
 
 spelling-book 554, 4187 
 
 stories 2728, 3519, 35-')8 
 
 terms 18-19, 523-524, 2308, 2792, 2988 
 
 towns 1003 
 
 tracts 397,422-423,979, 
 
 1248-1249, 1826, 2597, 3789, 3813 
 
 treatise on marriage 3888 
 
 verbs 1136 
 
 vocabulary 28, 212, 297-298, 480a, 
 
 584, 601-662, 782, 1061, 1393, 1636a-1636ii, 
 1682, 1690, 1770a, 2018, 2216, 2645, 3493 
 
 words 577,582,1460,1770a, 
 
 2215, 2377-2379, 3502, 3625, 3982 
 
 Cheroki: See Cherokee. 
 
 Cherokie : See Cherokee. 
 
 Chetemacha : See Chetimacha. 
 
 Cbelimacha dictionary 1481 
 
 texts 1480 
 
 vocabulary 212,1117,1117a, 
 
 1391, 1393, 1455a-14o5(), 1978a 
 words 2205 
 
 Cheyenne grammatic comments 527-528, 
 
 1635, 2006-2007 
 
 names of persons 3628a 
 
 notes 1300 
 
 numerals 2-3,3048-3050 
 
 place names 1060 
 
 proper names 392, 698-699, 
 
 702-704, 702a, 1940, 1955c 
 relationships 2645 
 
 No. 
 
 Cheyenne sign language 1060 
 
 songs 211a, 1060 
 
 terms 761 
 
 vocabulary 2-3, 338a, 527-528, 1061, 
 
 1373, 1391, 2214, 2216, 2645, 3665 
 
 words 2521 
 
 Chiagmiut vocabulary 3530,4277 
 
 Chiananteco : See Chinantec. 
 
 Chiapa grammar 566a, 705 
 
 text 3986 
 
 vocabulary 566a,2525 
 
 Chiapanec calendar, &c 220, 363c 
 
 comparisons 495c 
 
 doctrina Christiana 50, 278, 10466 
 
 general remarks 1754 
 
 grammar 50,278,363c 
 
 grammatic comments 2978-2979 
 
 Lord's Prayer 217, 217a-2176, 836 
 
 relationships 363c 
 
 sermons 2783-2784 
 
 text 22846, 2871a, 29186 
 
 vocabulary 748, 7976, 10676-1067C, 3595, 4045a 
 
 Chiapaneca: See Chiapanec. 
 
 Chiapaneco : See Chiapanec. 
 
 Chiapan6que: See Chiapanec. 
 
 Cbibcba relationship 2645 
 
 Chicasa ; See Chickasaw. 
 
 Chichimec catechism 2888 
 
 dictionary .- 2888 
 
 general remarks 2 17, 217a-2176, 1954 
 
 grammar 2888 
 
 grammatic comments 738 
 
 Chichimeca : See Chichimec. 
 
 Chichimeki : See Chichimec. 
 
 Cbichim^que: See Chichimec. 
 
 Chickasa: See Chickasaw. 
 
 Chickasah : See Chickasaw. 
 
 Chickasaw constitution and laws 4250 
 
 general remarks 2377-2379 
 
 grammatic comments 28 
 
 numerals 1959-1962, 1972 
 
 proper names 2646 
 
 relationships 880 
 
 terms 18-19,2988 
 
 vocabulary . . 28, 212, 297-298, 1519, 168:', 2204, 3331 
 words 2377-2379, 3625, 3982 
 
 Chickesaw : See Chickasaw. 
 
 Chihuaheiio Lord's Prayer 836 
 
 Cbikasah : See Chickasaw. 
 
 Chikasha : See Chickasaw. 
 
 Chikeelis : See Tsihalish. - 
 
 Chikkasah: See Chickasaw. 
 
 Chimalapa vocabulary 1343, 3711 
 
 See Zoque. 
 
 Chimariko vocabulary 3098 
 
 Chimehuevi: See ChemehneAa. 
 
 Chimesyan ; See Tsimsian. 
 
 Chimsyan : See Tsimsian. 
 
 Chin Indians : See Tacully. 
 
 Chinantec dictionary 3351 
 
 doctrina Christiana, &c 277 
 
 general remarks 217, 217a-2176, 1754 
 
 grammar 705, 3351 
 
 numerals 3351 
 
 vocabulary 4045a 
 
INDEX. 
 
 1097 
 
 Ko. 
 Chinauteca: See Chinanteo. 
 
 Chinarra p;eneral remaiks 217, 2170-2176 
 
 Chino words 3702 
 
 Chinook dictionary 1018, 1 0316 
 
 examples 1G35 
 
 general remarks 1107a, 1635, 2678, 3164, 3716 
 
 glossary 2768 
 
 grammatic comments . . - 217, 217a-217!i, 527-528 
 
 hymns 1018 
 
 Lord's' Prayer 399, 527-528, 1101 
 
 numerals 1101, 1629,2886, 3169, 3252-3253. 
 
 3781-3782 
 
 phrases 4047 
 
 prayers 1018 
 
 proper names 702,702(1,703,1495 
 
 songs , YUl,lUla 
 
 specimens 1108, llOSa 
 
 terms 3668 
 
 text 1017a 
 
 vocabulary 527-528, 1061, 1141, 1323, 1391, 
 
 1393,1635,1694a, 2 >15-2216, 2904-2905. 
 2907-2909, 3169, 3252-3253, 3381, 3518, 
 3534, 3598, 3781-3782, 3876a, 4047, 4066 
 
 words 399,537-538,2205 
 
 Chinook Jargon conversations 850-851, 10326 
 
 dialogues 3769 
 
 dictionary 860-851, 1032-1033, 
 
 10320-10326, 1497-1498, 1619, 3769 
 
 general remarks 217, 2l7a-2176 
 
 glossary 2768 
 
 grammatic comments 1143, 2368 
 
 hymns 1140, 1247d, 2393a-23936 
 
 Lord's Prayer.217, 217o-2176,399,10325,1247iZ,1498 
 
 numerals 762 
 
 sentences 2372o 
 
 vocabulary lOSo, 1606, 336, 762, 794, 
 
 1635, 1695, 2207, 2292, 3381, 4047, 4059 
 
 words 2886 
 
 Chinnc: See Chinook. 
 Chinuk : See Chinook. 
 Chipewyan : See Chepewyan. 
 Chipouais: See Chippewa. 
 Chippawa: See Chippewa. 
 
 Chippewa Acts of Apostles 1643, 3475a 
 
 address 3504 
 
 administration of sacraments 2832-2833 
 
 analysis 1867,1867a 
 
 Apostles' Creed 2318 
 
 Bible extracts 257 
 
 stories 2110 
 
 Book of Common Prayer 1856, 2833 
 
 meditation 259 
 
 catechism 255, 265, 1079, 1085, 2801, 3475a 
 
 dialogue 4176 
 
 dictionary 247-248, 250-251, 2646, 1281a, 4176 
 
 essay 1967 
 
 etymology 3517 
 
 examples 652 
 
 general remarks 181, 885-886, 1107a, 2029, 
 
 2377-2379, 3504, 3517 
 
 (ienesis. portions of 1245a, 1959-1962, 
 
 2025-2026, 3717 
 
 geography 6 
 
 gospel St. John. . . .84 (p.), 208 (p.), 208a (p.), 209 
 (p 1,479-498, 2016-2017, 2827, 37116-3711(!(p.) 
 
 No. 
 
 Chippewa gospel St. Luke 1642 
 
 gospel St. Matthew : 1583, 1857, 
 
 2023 (p.), 2572, 2593, 34T5a 
 
 gospels 569a, 2829 
 
 grammar 22, 246, 248-249, 2640, 1171, 1983, 4176 
 
 grammatic comments 21-24, 28, 1112, 1391, 
 
 1925, 2010, 3250, 3505, 3527, 3777 
 
 hymnal 1855 
 
 hymns 881,883,884a, 
 
 887, 1245, 1641, 1934, 2024, 2027-2028, 
 2030-2037, 2034a, 2030a, 2195-2196, 
 2681, 34730, 3508-3309, 3707, 3940, 
 4076, 2836, 2868, 569a, 2318, 2832-2833 
 
 legend 29736 
 
 lessons 1084,1086 
 
 lifeof Christ 256 
 
 Lord's Prayer .185a, 18280-18286, 1959-1962, 2029, 
 2318, 3577-3578, 3914-39] 5, 4276 
 
 months ^ 339-340 
 
 names 3176a 
 
 names of seasons 3508-3509 
 
 New Testament 394-396, 1985, 2830-2831 
 
 newspaper 1927, 4177 
 
 numerals .634-647, 1265, 1629, 1959-1962, 2311-2312, 
 3517, 3786, 4085 
 
 Pentateuch 2835 
 
 phrases 2311-2312, 23S1, 3505, 3621 
 
 place names 1319,1915.4184 
 
 prayer-book . . .260, 265, 334, 2832, 2837, 3475a, 4001 
 
 prayers 255,2868 
 
 primer 1080-1081 
 
 proper names . . . 670, 678-679, 690, 690O-6906, 699, 
 702-704, 702a, 1940, 19356-1955C, 2029, 2646, 3522 
 
 psalms 2832-2834 
 
 reading-book 1396, 2806, 3711d 
 
 relationships 1083 . 
 
 remarks 913,1978a 
 
 sermon-book 261 
 
 songs .... 2110, 265, 338, 881-882, 885, 886a, 1270O, 
 1305, 1570, 1828-1831, 2383, 3021, 3504, 
 3506, 3508-3509, 35196, 3521, 3768 
 
 specimens 3204,35040,3901 
 
 spelling-book .... 195a, 384, 1021, 1243-1244, 2022, 
 2797-2800, 2806, 2862, 3711(i 
 
 story 1942, 1964 
 
 Ten Commandments 2318 
 
 terms 523-524, 15706, 2137-2138, 2428 
 
 text . .263-264, 1828a-18286, 1853o, 1951, 2867, 3475a 
 
 tract 178,845-846,3238 
 
 verbalforms --: 2029 
 
 verses 3517 
 
 vocabulary 23-24,28,212, 
 
 2640,297-298, 319, 634-647,795, 885-886, 
 886a,1027(!,1061, 1082, 1133-1139, 1134a, 
 11330,1391,1393, 1629, 1646, 1712, 1948o, 
 1939-1962, 1964, 2003, 2005, 2010, 2029, 
 
 2204, 2216, 2311-2312, 2314-^315, 2383, 
 2390, 2406; 2630, 2645, 2768, 2979, 3414, 
 34536, 3473, 3505, 3327,3777.4174-4173 
 
 words 4090,1989-1990, 
 
 2205, 2377-2379, 2521, 3474-3475, 3502- 
 3503, 3513-3518, 3621, 3625, 3949, 3982 
 
 Chippoway: See Chippewa. 
 Chippewyan: See Chepewyan ; see Tinne. 
 Chlpwyan : See Chepewyan. 
 
1098 
 
 INDEX. 
 
 No. 
 
 Chiquimnla general remarks 2877 
 
 Cbocha doctrioa chiistiana 3363 
 
 drama 11 
 
 grammatic comments 2998-2999 
 
 Lord's Prayer 217, 217a-217& 
 
 orations 2842 
 
 primer 3363 
 
 text 798a, 2296a 
 
 vocabulary 841,944,2350 
 
 Chocho: See Chocba. 
 
 Cbocktaw : See Cboctaw. 
 
 Cboco :See Cbocha. 
 
 Cbocona : See Cbocba. 
 
 Cboconate: SeeCbocha. 
 
 Chocou J em : See Cbocuyem. 
 
 Cboctaw Acts of Apostles 16 
 
 almanac 707-708,1842-1844 
 
 aritbmetic 710 
 
 Bible stories 380-381 
 
 catechism 714, 3596-3597, 4045 
 
 charter .3024-3025 
 
 child's book 786-788 
 
 definer 556 
 
 discourse 4142 
 
 " Friend " (tracts) 715 
 
 general remarks 2678, 3499 
 
 Genesis, portions of 3540 
 
 gospel St. Jobn - . 84 (p.), 208 (p.), 208a (p.), 209, 
 
 1573 (p.), 1841, 3540, 37116 (p.), 3712 (p.) 
 
 St. Luke 556 (p.), 1584-1585, 1841, 3540 (p ) 
 
 SfeMark 1582 
 
 St. Matthew 556 (p.), 1684-1585, 
 
 1841, 3540 (p. ) 
 
 gospel questions (Luke) 4538 
 
 (Mark) 4239 
 
 history of Abraham 3537 
 
 Joseph 1102,3538 
 
 Moses 3539 
 
 hymns 1569a, 3717, 3890, 4243-4246 
 
 instructions 4297-4298 
 
 Joshua, Judges, Kuth 418-419 
 
 Kings (1st) 1291-1292 
 
 lexicon 4249 
 
 Loi d's Prayer 1271, 3519o, 3577-3578, 3712, 4276 
 
 New Testament 2744 
 
 numerals 1069a, 1091, 1091a, 1096, 1629, 1846, 
 
 1959-1962, 1972 
 
 parable 3712 
 
 Pentateuch 417 
 
 propernames. -400,670, 698-699, 702-704, 702a,2646 
 
 Psalms 3540 (p), 4243-4244 (p.) 
 
 relationships 880, 1132, 2645 
 
 rules M. E. Church 1492 
 
 Euth 418-419 
 
 Samuel (1st and 2d) 1191-1292 
 
 Scripture biography 3536-3539 
 
 passages 3596-3597, 3793 
 
 Scriptures ; 714 (p.) 
 
 second book 714 
 
 sentences 1458 
 
 specimens 1846, 3901 
 
 Ten Commandments 3540, 3712, 4241-4242 
 
 terms 145-148, 488, 492-493, 2988, 4065 
 
 text 29, 862,879, 1675,2712,2803 
 
 No. 
 
 Choctaw tracts. 45, 571,796-797, 1626,1936, 2083, 2741, 
 2761, 3034, 3215-3216, 3463, 3883, 41420 
 
 treaties 3889, 3954 
 
 Tocabulary 23-24,28, 
 
 212, 297-298, 491, 557, 661-662, 1061, 1331, 
 
 1391, 1393, 16360-16366, 1682, 1846, 2204, 
 
 2216, 2645, 3015a, 3876a, 40596, 4103, 4251 
 
 words 441, 577, 582, 718, 2205, 3303, 3704, 3982 
 
 Cbocuyem grammatic comments 2998-2999 
 
 Lord's Prayer ..217, 217a-2176, 527-528, 1101, 2212 
 Tocabnlary 1435-1436, 1501-1508, 2214, 2216 
 
 Choktah : See Choctaw. 
 
 Choktaw: See Choctaw. 
 
 Choi grammatic comments 2998-2999 
 
 Lord's Prayer 217, 217a-2175, 836 
 
 vocabulary 2209, 3760a 
 
 Cholo vocabulary 3549 
 
 See Darien. 
 
 Choltl confessional 2629 
 
 grammar 2629 
 
 vocabulary 2629, 3753, 376o'a 
 
 Chondal: See Chontal. 
 
 Chontal doctrina Christiana 611 
 
 general remarks 217, 217a-2176, 1754 
 
 relationships 2645 
 
 sermons 611 
 
 vocabulary 363g, 611a, 3718-3720 
 
 See Popoluca. 
 
 Chopunish general remarks 3164 
 
 vocabulary 3169 
 
 Chora : See Cora. 
 
 Choroteca: See Chorotega. 
 
 Chorotega general remarks 56a, 495c 
 
 vocabulary 217, 217a-2176, 363«, 7976, 2214, 
 
 3718-3720, 3731 
 words 495c, 3718-3720, 3731 
 
 Chorteca: See Chorotega. 
 
 Chorti: SeeCholti. 
 
 Chota : See Cora. 
 
 Choweshak vocabulary 1501 
 
 Chuchoh : See Chocha. 
 
 Chuchona: See Chocha^ 
 
 Chucon : See Chocha. 
 
 Chugatchigmut : See Chukchi. 
 
 Chukcb : See Chukchi. 
 
 Chukche : See Chukchi. 
 
 Chukchee : See Chukchi. 
 
 Chukchi botanical names 2110a 
 
 general remarks 31GO 
 
 grammar 27666 
 
 grammatic comments 28 
 
 numerals 28, 577, 982, 3046, 3366 
 
 phrases ".■. ' 1848 
 
 song 1848 
 
 text 3006cJ 
 
 vocabulary 28, 205, 212, 527-528, 981-982, 1303. 
 
 1551, 21450, 2277, 27660-27666, 
 3006d, 3320, 3366, 3488, 3760, 4277 
 
 words 2276, 3503, 4087 
 
 zoologic names 2766c 
 
 ChuUlukmut numerals 982 
 
 vocabulary 981-982 
 
 Chumt6ya vocabulary 1440 
 
 Chutsinnl vocabulary 1507 
 
INDEX. 
 
 1099 
 
 No. 
 
 Chwaohamiyn general remarks 3368 
 
 terms 523-524 
 
 vocabulary 205, 527-528, 2214, 2216, 3358 
 
 Chwachamaj ul ; See Chwachamaju. 
 
 Cilkat vocabulary SOOSn 
 
 Clnacanteca : See Chinantec. 
 
 Ciualoa : See Siualoa. 
 
 Clackama sentences 1461 
 
 vocabulary 1461 
 
 Clallam general discussion 1144 
 
 grammatic forms 1143 
 
 Xord's Prayer 4276 
 
 numerals 1599 
 
 phrases 1146 
 
 proper names 1496 
 
 sentences 1146 
 
 songs 1142 
 
 vocabulary 1496,1520 
 
 words 1146,3360 
 
 Clatsop : See Klatsop. 
 
 Clear Lake vocabulary 367 
 
 Coahuilteco : See Tejano. 
 
 Coassatte : See Koosatis. 
 
 Coast vocabulary 2585 
 
 Cochetlme : See Gochiml. 
 
 Cochetimi : See Oochimi, 
 
 Cochimi catechism ; 527-528 
 
 Christian doctrine 527-528 
 
 comments 825 
 
 general remarks.. 217, 2170-2176, 1Y54, 2774(i, 2859 
 
 grammatio comments 28, 527-528, 2998-2999 
 
 Lord's Prayer . . .28, 185a, 217, 217a-2176, 527-328, 
 825-826, 2214, 2216, 2473o 
 
 numerals 3046 
 
 prayers 28 
 
 proper names 704 
 
 terms 523-524 
 
 text 1045(1 
 
 vocabulary 28, 21 2, 283, 286, 527-528, 537-538, 
 
 1354-1353, 1430, 2215-2216, 4103 
 words 3982 
 
 Cochimtee: Cochimi. 
 
 Cochitemi : See Cochimi. 
 
 Cochiti general remarks 2552 
 
 vocabulary 999, 2552, 3608-3609 
 
 Cochnewago: See Caughnawaga. 
 
 Cochnowago: See Caughnawaga. 
 
 Cocomaricopa numerals 527-328 
 
 vocabuhiry 287, 527-528, 1208, 1393, 2207, 
 
 2214-2216, 4103 
 See Maricop.i. 
 
 Coconoon grammatic comments 1991 
 
 vocabulary 1991,2214,2216 
 
 Cocopa vocabulary 1430, 1717-1718 
 
 Colorado Ki ver observations 1534 
 
 Colonse vocabulary 499 
 
 Columbia vocabulary 2215 
 
 words 1«8 
 
 Comanch : See Comanche. 
 
 Comanche general remarks. . .217, 217a-2VIb, 1107a 
 
 grammatic comments 527-528,2998-2999 
 
 Lord's Prayer 512, 2433, 4276 
 
 numerals 400, 547, 1629, 1632a, 2729, 3617 
 
 proper names 400, 698-699, 
 
 702-704, 702a, 1336, 19o5<! 
 
 No. 
 
 Comanche sign language 2373 
 
 songs 211a, 1287-1288 
 
 vocabulary 217, 217a-2t7!), 267, 267a, 527- 
 
 528, 537-538, 552, 852, 929a, 1061, 2212, 
 
 2216, 2375, 2471-2472, 2730, 3210, 4103 
 
 words 2276, 30.11 a-301 1 b, 3949 
 
 ConchsB : See Concho. 
 
 Concho general remarks 217, 217a-2176 
 
 vocabulary 298 
 
 Conestogue : See Canestoga. 
 
 Connecticut local names 3895, 3931, 4203-4204 
 
 Lord's Prajer 3914-3915 
 
 Cook's Elver numerals 537-538, 1043 
 
 Cookra general remarks 217, 217a-2176 
 
 Coos; See Kusa. 
 
 Coos Bay : See Anasitch. 
 
 Coosauda : See Koosatis. 
 
 Cootonais: SeeKutenay. 
 
 Copeh : See Kop^. 
 
 Copper Indiana proper names 703 
 
 Copper Mine Apache : See Apache. 
 
 foque : See Zoque. 
 
 Coquille vocabulary 1 
 
 Cora confessional 2863 
 
 doctrina Christiana 2863 
 
 general remarks 1734,1888 
 
 grammar 217, 217a-2176, 
 
 545-546, 347a, 548a, 1880, 2863 
 
 grammatic comments 28, 527-328, 2998-2999 
 
 Lord's Prayer 28, 185a, 2214, 2473a, 2713 
 
 numerals 547 
 
 orations 2863 
 
 place names 813 
 
 polysynthetic words 527-628 
 
 specimens 2216 
 
 vocabulary ... 28, 204, 212, 527-5J8, 2863-2865, 3123 
 words 813, 2276, 3503, 3982-3983 
 
 Coraice : See Cora. 
 
 Corbeaux : See Crow. 
 
 Costanos vocabulary 52, 2214, 2216 
 
 words 3949 
 
 Costa Kica general remarks 1352a, 3301 
 
 vocabulary 363m, 812a, 4038a 
 
 Counarrha: See Skalzi. 
 
 Coutanle : See Kutenay. 
 
 Cowlitoh : See Cowlitz. 
 
 Cowlitz Lord's Prayer 4276 
 
 vocabulary 1501, 1509, 1321, 1635, 4066 
 
 Coyotero Apache: See Apache. 
 
 Coy ukon vocabulary 4119-4121 
 
 Cree Book of Common Prayer ... 1910-1911, 1910o 
 
 calendar 925a 
 
 catechism 1916, 2489, 2965, 3843-3844 
 
 creed 2489 
 
 dictionary 2154-2156, 4092 
 
 epistle John (Ist) 1913-1915 
 
 general remarks 408a-408c, 1107a, 126Go, 
 
 1270a, 2029, 2776, 3791-37S2 
 
 gospel St. John. .84 (p.), 209 (p.), 497-498 (p.)1575, 
 
 1904-1905, 2490, 37116 (p.)-3711c (p.) 
 
 St. Mark 1902-1903 
 
 St. Matthew 208-209 (p.), 
 
 208a (p.), 1 .86, 1900-1901 
 
 gospels 1588a 
 
 grammar. 22, 1853, 1867, 1«67«, 1953, 2154-2136, 3217 
 
1100 
 
 INDEX. 
 
 No. 
 
 Cree grammatic comments 21-24, 1912 
 
 hymus 390,403,1854,21070,2492 
 
 letter 2890a 
 
 Lord's Prayer 2489, 3624-3625, 3914-391 5 
 
 New Testament 1851, 2I53!i, 2491-2494 
 
 numerals 1959-1962, 3048-3050, 3624 
 
 Old Testament 2493 
 
 lessons... 1852 
 
 Pilgrim's Progress 3475a, 4041a 
 
 prayer book ^767 
 
 prajcs 403,21070,3844 
 
 primer 403 
 
 proper names 698-699, 702-704, 702a, 3230!- 
 
 songs 2965,3844 
 
 specimens 1664 
 
 syllabic characters 604, 2380 
 
 Ten Commandments 2489 
 
 terms 2282-2283 
 
 text . . .' 14070-14076, 1906, 1907a, 1943, 2473a 
 
 vocabulary 726, 7556, 1328-1329, 1664, 2029, 
 
 2393, 2645, 3624-3625, 3944, 4042-4043 
 
 words 2521,3625,3791-3792 
 
 See Knistenaus : See Montagnais. 
 
 Creek : See Muskoki. 
 
 Cri : See Cree. 
 
 Crianae : See Cree. 
 
 Crick : See Muskoki. 
 
 Crickice : See Muskoki. 
 
 Crie: See Cree. 
 
 Cris: See Cree. 
 
 Crise ; See Cree. 
 
 Crow dictionary 337 
 
 grammatic comments 1685 
 
 numerals 3048-3050 
 
 phrases 1685 
 
 proper names 411, 698-699, 
 
 702a, 1336, 1940, 19556-1955C, 2646 
 
 relationships 2645 
 
 sentences 1685 
 
 terms 411,496,761 
 
 tribal names 2521 
 
 vocabulary 432, 1247^', 1391, 
 
 1393, 1488, 1685, 2204, 2215-2216, 2645, 3493 
 words 2205, 2521, 2645 
 
 Cuba general remarks 2016 
 
 geographic names 2016 
 
 vocabulary 1318a 
 
 Cuchaii vocabulary . . 217, 217o-2176, 2214-2216, 4103 
 See Tuma. 
 
 Cuextecas: SeeHuasteca. 
 
 Cuiateca: See Cuicatec. 
 
 Cuicatec Lord's Prayer 217, 217o-2176, 836 
 
 grammatic comments 2998-2999 
 
 general remarks 1754 
 
 Cuitlateco: See Cuicatec. 
 
 Cumberland Strait numerals 941 
 
 Cuna vocabulary 1028, 2216, 3144 
 
 Cunacuna- See Cuna. 
 
 Cuscatlan general remarks 2877 
 
 Cushna, numerals 527-528, 2678 
 
 terras 761 
 
 vocabulary 1992, 2214 
 
 words 3949 
 
 Cuttonasba: See Kuteuay. 
 
 Cypawais : See Chippewa. 
 
 No. 
 Dacota ; See Dakota. 
 Dacotah : See Dakota. 
 Dabcota ; See Dakota. 
 Dahcotah : See Dakota. 
 Dahkotah : See Dakota. 
 
 Dakota ABC book 3275-3277 
 
 Acts of Apostles 3225 (p.), 3268 
 
 address , 3263o 
 
 alphabet 2732-2734 
 
 Apostle's Creed 3944 
 
 Bible 2494,4168^169,41690 
 
 Bible stories 3031 
 
 bibliography 3293 
 
 calendar 2423 
 
 catechism 8696, 1803, 3228, 3032, 3280, 4123 
 
 characteristic forms 580-581 
 
 constitution of Minnesota 3269 
 
 Daniel 3224(p.),3274 
 
 Deuteronomy 4164 
 
 dictionary 337, 1732a, 3293-3294, 4154a 
 
 Ecclesiastes 3273 
 
 epistle John (1st) 3225(p.) 
 
 epistles of Paul 3268 
 
 examples 317c 
 
 Exodus 4160,4162 
 
 Ezekiel 3274 
 
 fable 1078 
 
 first reader 3283,3297 
 
 general remarks 181,621-522, 762o-762(i, 
 
 2438a, 1797-1800, 1107a, 2678, 328f.a, 
 3287, 3290, 3356-3357, 4149-4152 
 
 Genesis 3224 (p.), 4122, 4158-4159, 4162 
 
 geography 3209, 3300 
 
 glossary 2768 
 
 gospel St. John 208, 208o, 209, 
 
 3030, 3225(p.), 3227, 37116(p.) 
 
 St. Lnke 3225(p.), 3026, 3030 
 
 St.Mark 3226 
 
 St.Matthew 3225(p.) 
 
 grammar 181a, 13.59, 3293-3294 
 
 grammatic comments - . 22a, 23-24, 180. 182, sItc, 
 5206, 1832, 1977-1978, 3264, 3285, 3941 
 
 forms 3029 
 
 notices 1391 
 
 specimens . . ^ 3586 
 
 history of Joseph 3033' 
 
 hymns 1812-1813,2732-2734, 
 
 3229, 3265-3266, 3281, 3285, 3296, 3301-3302, 4155 
 
 Isaiah 3273 
 
 Jeremiah 3274 
 
 Joshua 4165 
 
 Judges 4165 
 
 lessons 3029, 3278-3279 
 
 letter book 4153 
 
 Leviticus 41 61-4102 
 
 Lord's Prayer 1001, 3519, 3519a, 3944, 4186 
 
 Minor Prophets 3274 
 
 names 3176a 
 
 names of animals 1833 
 
 bands 2731 
 
 gods 1122,3285-3286 
 
 months 339-340, 1001, 2732-2734 
 
 nations 358O 
 
 persons 3263a 
 
 32856 
 
INDEX 
 
 1101 
 
 No. 
 
 Dakota New Testament 3226(p.), 3271 
 
 newspapers 3029,4156 
 
 Numbers 4162 
 
 numerals 7G2, 1059-1962, 304^-3050, 4149-4150 
 
 numeration 3112 
 
 Pentateuch 4163 
 
 Pilgrim's Progress 3284 
 
 primer 1997-1998, 3261-3262, 3267, 3270 
 
 pr.iyer 1814 
 
 prayer booli 1805, 1817 
 
 primer , 41546 
 
 proper names 392, 670, 698-699, 
 
 702-704, 702a, 1122, 1272, 1336, 1940, 
 19556-1 955c, 2521, 2733o, 3263, 36120, 
 
 Proverbs 3224(p.), 3273, 4159 
 
 Psalms 3224(p.), 3272-3273, 3298, 4122 
 
 reading booli 3031 
 
 relationships 3 17d, 2645, 2840, 3288 
 
 Eevc lation of John 3268 
 
 Euth 4165 
 
 sentences 3438-3440 
 
 8ervice-bool£ 1815-1816 
 
 Sissetou and "Wahpeton treaty 3613 
 
 Song of Solomon 3273 
 
 songs 211a, 338, 15706, 1818-1819, 
 
 2733-2734, 3027-3028 
 
 specimens 2521,3901 
 
 spelling-book 3754 
 
 studies 20 
 
 superstitions 3028 
 
 Ten Commandments 4186 
 
 terms 115,496,523-524,1336,1570, 
 
 15706,2361,3289,4165a 
 
 text 1723,3200,3263 
 
 tBxt-book 1869 
 
 tract 1172,3223 
 
 tribal names 940,4083 
 
 vocabulary 23-24, 180, 181a, 212, 382, 574a, 675, 
 
 577, 579-580, 579a, 582,682-683,685,6870, 
 689, 869a, 891, 980, 980a, 1061, 10676- 
 1067c, 1136, 1247, 12476, 1247^, 1391, 
 1393, 1405, 16360-16366, 1685, 1797-1800, 
 1899, 1929,2204, 2216, 2641,3029, 3291, 
 , 32920, 3295, 3493, 3625, 3944, 4154, 4166 
 
 words 3438,3502,3961 
 
 Dakota-Osage numerals 3046 
 
 remarks 1978a 
 
 Darien general remarks 1754, 2877-2379 
 
 numerals 360,3046,4067-4072 
 
 sentences • - - - 944 
 
 text 6746,2248-2249 
 
 vocabulary .28, 297-298, 360, 942, 944, 2216, 
 
 2297, 2409-2411, 4067-4072 
 
 words 3170,2377-2379,3625 
 
 Delaware conjugation -4285 
 
 dialogues 1701-1702 
 
 dictionary 60, 4300 
 
 epistles of John 1020 
 
 examples 317c, 652 
 
 flrstbook 393a 
 
 first lessons 2534 
 
 general remarks , , 1697-1700, 2029, 2377- 
 
 2379, 3165, 3499 
 
 gospel St. John 84 (p.), 208-209 (p.), 208o 
 
 (p.), 37116 (p.) 
 
 No. 
 
 Delaware glossary 300 
 
 grammar 4291-4293 
 
 grammatic comments 28, 317ir, 1112, 1391, 
 
 4284-4285, 4294 
 
 examples 1966,1972 
 
 specimens 3586 
 
 history of Christ 393,4289-4290 
 
 hymns 16066, 2347, 4286-4287, 4300 
 
 litany, &c 4281, 4300 
 
 Lord's Prayer 28, 185a, 1857o, 2321, 2713, 3914- 
 
 3915, 4284, 42950 
 
 multiplication table 4285 
 
 numerals 431, 1499, 1629, 1959-1962, 1972, 2008- 
 
 2009, 2916, 3979, 4098, 4284 
 
 phrases 1701-1702,4300 
 
 primer '.2289-2290 
 
 proper names 400, 698-699, 702-704, 702a, 
 
 897o, 1703-1707, 1940, 2646 
 
 relationships 27, 2645 
 
 scriptural narrative 2346 
 
 sermons ..4288,4300 
 
 specimen 3413 . 
 
 spellmg-book 2535, 4284-4285 
 
 Ten Commandments : . 4284 
 
 text 1606a 
 
 vocabulary 28, 212, 297-298 
 
 800, 945, 1026, 1026a, 1061, 1113, 1136, 
 1240, 1299, 1391, 1393, 1711-1714, 1946a, 
 19780, 2029, 2204, 2400, 3118, 3123, 3414, 
 4042-4043, 4103, 4170-4172, 4295, 4300 
 
 words 1701-1702, 1972, 1989-1990, 2276, 
 
 2321, 2377-2379, 2844-2845, 2855, 2917, 2979, 
 3474-3475, 3502, 3625, 3949-3950, 3961, 3982 
 Delewes : See Delaware. 
 
 D6n6Dindj 16 comparisons 2972 
 
 dictionary 2968-2969 
 
 grammar 2968 
 
 terms 2972 
 
 vocabulary 7556,2969 
 
 Diegano : See Diegueiio. 
 Diegeiio : See Diegueiio. 
 
 Diegueflo grammatic comments 1425-1426 
 
 Lord's Prayer 217, 2170-2176 
 
 numerals : 4103 
 
 vocabulary 217, 217a-2176, 
 
 283, 289-290, 527-528, 1430, 1688a, 2214- 
 2216, 2304, 2307, 2348, 2673, 4102-4103 
 Dieguina : See Diegueno. 
 Dieguiiio : See Diegueiio. 
 Dieguno : See Diegueiio. 
 
 Digger general remarks 217, 217a-2176, 1422 
 
 grammatic comments 1422 
 
 vocabulary 499 
 
 Dindjie : See D6n6 Dindji6. 
 Diria : See Chorotega. 
 
 Dog Klb hymns 404 
 
 numerals 3876o 
 
 prayers 404 
 
 primer , 404 
 
 propernames 704 
 
 vocabulary 529-530, 539-540, 551, 2216, 
 
 2240, 2645, 2788, 3789, 4103 
 
 words ; ■ 2686 
 
 Dohema: SeeEudeve. 
 
 Dorasque vocabulary 1325 
 
1102 
 
 INDEX. 
 
 No. 
 
 Eastern Indians Lord's Prayer 2010 
 
 Ecclemach general remarks 2199a 
 
 numerals 131, 527-528, 1337, 2202 
 
 terms 527-528 
 
 vocabulary 28, 1337, 2190, 2199a, 2202a 
 
 Echelcot : See Nihaloitih. 
 
 Echemin: See Etchemin. 
 
 Eclemanch : See Ecclemach. 
 
 Eel Eiver vocabulary 217, 217a-217!< 
 
 Ehnek numerals 2678 
 
 vocabulary 217, 217a-2176, 755, 1501, 1508, 
 
 2214, 2216 
 
 Ek6gmut numerals 982 
 
 vocabulary 981-982 
 
 Erigas vocabulary 298 
 
 Escelen; See Eskelen. 
 
 Eskelen numerals 1873-1877, 
 
 1874a, 1876a, 2212, 3046 
 
 vocabulary 28,51,165, 
 
 212, 427, 527-528, 2216, 2348 
 
 words 3503 
 
 See Soledad Mission. 
 
 Eskimau : See Eskimo. 
 
 Eskimanx : See Eskimo. 
 
 Eskimo ABC book la 
 
 abstract of Christ's doctrines 1983-1984 
 
 Acts of Apostles 17 
 
 Bible quotations 1621 
 
 stories 3742,3747,3953 
 
 Books of Moses 2C68 
 
 calendar 565 
 
 catechism 46-48, 2054-2055 
 
 census 3010 
 
 conjugations 110-114 
 
 dictionary 110-114,1224,2970 
 
 elementary book 1970-1971 
 
 ethics 3743 
 
 examples 2914-2915 
 
 explanation of frospels 2141 
 
 first reading book la 
 
 forms of speech 110-114 
 
 general remarks 913, 1107o, 1150, 1512, 1549, 
 
 1754, 1978a, 2207, 2776, 3398a 
 
 Genesis 2667 
 
 geography 2782 
 
 gospel lessons 2137 
 
 gospels 84,497-498, 
 
 1588, 2144, 37116 (p.)-3711c (p.) 
 
 giammar 2120,2970,4087 
 
 grammatic comments 28, 212o, 217, 217o-2176, 
 
 408, 983, 1151-1157, 139), 1977-1978, 2914-2915 
 
 gi-ammatic specimens 3586 
 
 history 1969,2121 
 
 hymns 408,2111 
 
 Lord's Prayer 117o-1176, 1639, 1858 
 
 manual 1625,2267 
 
 myths 2973 
 
 names of birds 2747 
 
 months and seasons 3612 
 
 stone implements 2973a 
 
 New Testament 1255-1256 
 
 numerals 28, 131, 1.^5, 1629, 2215, 3046, 3778 
 
 Old Testament, parts of 2133-2138 
 
 Pentateuch 2940 
 
 prayers 110-114,1151-1157,2137 
 
 No. 
 
 Eskimo primer 40H 
 
 proper names 704,1689 
 
 Psalms 990,2042,2112-2114,2147 
 
 relationships 809, 2645 
 
 remarks on use of v and Z 1392a 
 
 Eevelation of John 416 
 
 scriptures, portions of 2926 
 
 sermons 1952,2142 
 
 songs 1151-1157,2115 
 
 specimen 1673a 
 
 Ten Commandments 110-114 
 
 terms 523-524,2971,3005 
 
 text 133-134,398,2116-2117,2134, 
 
 2143, 2635, 3410, 3703 
 
 tracts 2135,3741 
 
 traditions 2971 
 
 treatise on astronomy 2139 
 
 vocabulary 28, 217, 2170-2176, 298, 327-329, 
 
 507, .527-528, 533-534, 408, 726, 1045, 1151- 
 1157, 1326, 1329, 1523, 1549, 1849, 1941, 
 20500-20503, 2150, 2204, 2311-2312, 2381, 
 2645, 2772, 2914-2915, 2970, 2973, 3124- 
 3125, 318500, 3488, 3503, 3533, 3876a, 4087 
 
 words 205, 499a, 537-538, 3398o 
 
 See Innuit. 
 
 Eskimo of Greenland afBxes 3310a 
 
 arithmetic 4077 
 
 Bible 1263 (p.) 
 
 Bible lessons . 1260, 1262, 1981, 2805, 35.54, 3799, 3825 
 
 catechism 47, 1161,3857 
 
 conversations 2635 
 
 creed 920-925 
 
 description of the countries of the globe 1493 
 
 dialogues 2140,3391 
 
 dictionary 1160,1258,2122 
 
 elements Christiau laith 1158 
 
 engravings, with titles 2048-2050 
 
 epistles 1589 
 
 etymology 3310a 
 
 examples 317c 
 
 general remarkS-397!>, 913, 1754-1755, 21706-2170C, 
 2661-2662, 2851-2852, 3309-3310, 3531, 3548 
 
 Genesis 1261 
 
 geography 4077a, 4078 
 
 geographic names 2475 
 
 gospels 84,2080,208-209,497-498,1159, 1589, 
 
 37116 (p )-3711c (p.) 
 
 grammar 1161, 1253-1254, 1734, 3857 
 
 grammatic comments 28, 317c, 920-925 
 
 history 2702 
 
 hymns 3388-330ii, 3859, 3934 
 
 imitation of Christ 1165-1166 
 
 instructions 2152 
 
 Isaiah 4192 
 
 Job— Solomon 3827 
 
 letters, accents, &c 3310a 
 
 letters written by natives 920-925 
 
 litany catechism 3487 
 
 liturgic manual 3938 
 
 Lord's Prayer 28, 185a, 397d, 1271, 2452, 
 
 2473a, 2713, 3449a, 3765 
 
 New Testament 1163, 1255-1256, 3826, 
 
 3826a, 3830-3831 
 
 newspaper 179 
 
 numerals 28,131,982,1337 
 
INDEX. 
 
 1103 
 
 No. 
 
 Eskimo of Greenland pastoral letter 1270 
 
 prayers 3110,3859 
 
 primer 1605,2056 
 
 Proverbs 4193 
 
 Psalms 1257,4191,3937 
 
 relationsbips 2123 
 
 ritnal 116i, 1259 
 
 sentences 4082 
 
 sermons 21(45, 2804 
 
 scriptures 3828 
 
 songs 280, 603, 920-925, 1225, 3308-3309, 3936 
 
 terms 523-524,1691 
 
 text 1968,2707-2710,3023 
 
 tract 2135,2705-2706 
 
 vocabnlary 28, 212, 298, 607, 7556, 913, 98>1- 
 
 982, 1337, 1391, 1393, 1650, 2474-2476, 2809-2815, 
 3123, 3310, 3386-3887, 3391, 3498, 4088, 4121 
 
 words 499a, 1262, 1692, 2270, 
 
 2851, 3309-3310, 3950, 3982 
 
 Eskimo of Labrador Bible lessons.. .. 1982,2060- 
 2061, 2807, 2997, 3655, 3796-3797, 3943, 3968 
 
 catecbism 3798 
 
 Daniel 3461 
 
 dialogues 4087 
 
 Ezekiel 3461 
 
 general remarks 925, 3266-3257 
 
 gospels 208-209,2080 
 
 grammatic comments 28 
 
 hymns 1937-1938, 2296, 3935 
 
 Jeremiah 3461 
 
 Joshua— Esther 3829 
 
 life of Christ 2703 
 
 Lord's Prayer .' 1271,3765 
 
 Kew Testament 2704, 3831o 
 
 numerals 941, 1337 
 
 Prophets (the 12 Minor) 3461 
 
 Proverbs of Solomon 3461 
 
 sentences 4082 
 
 tract 379,1224,1980,2711, 
 
 2720-2721, 2778-2780, 3009 
 
 vocabulary 1337, 2216, 2218, 3532 
 
 Tfords 2276,3502 
 
 Eslen: SeeEskelen. 
 
 Eslene: SeeEskelen. 
 
 Esopns (Algonkin) general remarks 2021 
 
 Esquimande: See Eskimo. 
 
 Esquimaux : Soo Eskimo. 
 
 Esquimaw: See Eskimo. 
 
 Easelen: Sec Eskelen. 
 
 Esseleneijan: SeeEskelen. 
 
 Etohemin conversations 273a 
 
 dictionary 10196,4019 
 
 grammar 273a, 274a 
 
 names of seasons, time, &c 273a 
 
 rumerals .... 273a, 1119-1120, 2162-2163, 2268, 2274 
 
 relationsbips 273a, 2645, 3185 
 
 vocabulary. 212, 273-275, 273a, 274a, 1391, 1393, 2216 
 words -■ 2205 
 
 Etchimi: See Etchemin. 
 
 Etechemin : See Etchemin. 
 
 Etechemine: See Etchemin. 
 
 Euchee: See Xuchi. 
 
 Endeve general remarks. ..: 1754 
 
 grammatic comments 28, 217, 2170-2176, 
 
 527-528, 55H, 2998-2999 
 
 No. 
 
 Eudeve Lord's Prayer 28, 185a, 217- 
 
 217o, 2176, 527-528 
 
 numerals 547 
 
 vocabulary 1552,3639 
 
 See Heve. 
 
 Euroe: See Yurok. 
 
 Fall Indian grammatic comments 28 
 
 vocabnlary 28, 1391, 2204, 3951-3952, 4173 
 
 words 2521 
 
 Earaon general remarks 2859 
 
 Fitzhugh Sound numerals 537-538,2205 
 
 Five Kations : See Iroquois. 
 
 Flatbow Lord's Prayer 3577-3678, 3624-3625 
 
 vocabulary 1393 
 
 Flathead catechism 3631 
 
 Lord's Prayer . . . .3677-3579, 3624-3626, 3631 , 4216 
 
 names of mouths 4124-4127 
 
 numerals - 2567a 
 
 pamphlet 4074a 
 
 prayers 3627-3628 
 
 proper names 698-699, 702-704, 702a 
 
 vocabulary 1393, 1861, 2969, 3624-3625 
 
 ■words 2521,3369 
 
 Florida general remarks 1697-1700, 1978a 
 
 names of villages 2666 
 
 text 2672 
 
 See Timucua. 
 
 Forest Cri : See Cree. 
 
 Fort Ross, Cal. , vocabulary 3006i 
 
 Fox proper names 670, 698-699, 702-704, 702a, 
 
 1940, 1956c, 2521, 2646 
 
 relationsbips 2645 
 
 vocabulary 2204 
 
 Fox Channel geographic names 1640 
 
 Fox Island vocabulary 3320, 3488 
 
 Friendly Village vocabulary . . 2205, 2207, 2384-2391 
 
 Fuca vocabulary 537-538,2205 
 
 Fuca Straits: See Fuca. 
 
 Graitcbini grammatic comments 1426-1426 
 
 vocabulary - 2307 
 
 words 2305 
 
 Gaitchim : See Gaitchini. 
 
 Gaitchini : See Gaitchini. 
 
 Galibi dictionary 383, 429, 1036, 
 
 2484-2485, 3491-3492, 3492a 
 
 essay on language 1115 
 
 general remarks 2016, 383, 913, 2933, 3498 
 
 grammatic comments 3491-3492 
 
 numerals 3979 
 
 vocabulary 913, 2845, 2933, 3140 
 
 ■words 2845 
 
 Gallinom6ro grammatic comments . .217, 217(7-2176 
 
 numerals 2678 
 
 vocabulary 3098 
 
 Gaspfisien grammatic comments 2235-2236 
 
 vocabulary 212 
 
 See Micmac. 
 
 Goshute : See Gosinte. 
 
 Gosiute general remarks 217, 2170-2176 
 
 vocabnlary 3067 
 
 words -. • ....i..-.. •-- .3218—3219 
 
 GossiTTte: See Gosiute. 
 
 Grand Pavrnee ; See Pawnee. 
 
 Grand Traverse Bay words 3949 
 
 Grape Island, Bay of Quinte, hymns 3020 
 
1104 
 
 INDEX. 
 
 No. 
 
 Great Antilles ancient vocabulary 484& 
 
 Greenland: See Eskimo of Greenland. 
 
 Groenlaud: See Estimo of Greenland. 
 
 Groenlandais: See Eskimo of Greenland. 
 
 Groenlandice: See Eskimo of Greenland. 
 
 Gronland: See Eskimo of Greenland. 
 
 Gro&-VeDtre proper names 698-699, 702-704 
 
 lelitiouships -- 2645 
 
 vocabulary 876,1023,2645,3493 
 
 ■wo^(^^', phrases, and sentences 1295 
 
 See Minitari. 
 
 Guaicura: See Waicuri. 
 
 Guaicuri: See "Waicuri. 
 
 Guaima: See Guaymi. 
 
 Guajiquiro; See Waicuri. 
 
 Guaricuri; See AVaicuri. 
 
 Giiasave grammar 4033 
 
 Gixastfco: See Huasteca. 
 
 Guatemala catechism 2476 
 
 doctrina 370,2476-2477,2848 
 
 grammar 369-370, 897. 2228, 2476-2478, 
 
 3496, 3705 
 
 numerals 3124-3125 
 
 phrases, &c 908 
 
 sermons 2228,2850,3705 
 
 text 3815-3816 
 
 tract -.. 2849 
 
 vocabulary 317a, 369-370, 877, 2228, 3124- 
 
 3125, 3705, 3823, 4051 
 
 Guatemalteca: See Guatemala. 
 
 Guatimaltec: See Guatemala. 
 
 Guaymi general remarks 217, 217rt-2I76, 1754 
 
 vocabnbiry 1325 
 
 Guazacapan jxeneral remarks 2877 
 
 Guicliioviau vucabulary 3343 
 
 Guiluco grammatic comments 2998-2999 
 
 Lord's Prayer 1101 
 
 Gulf nations relationships 2840 
 
 llaceltzuk: See Hailtsuk. 
 
 Haeeltznk: See Hailtsuk. 
 
 Haida diuliouary 10316 
 
 grammatic comments 217, 217{i-217& 
 
 numerals 1101 
 
 proper names 703 
 
 torms 1000,3784 
 
 vocabulary 537-538, 547a, 575, 1000, 2969, 
 
 3534, 3786, 3872, 3876a 
 words 2205 
 
 Haidah: See Haida. 
 
 Haidatsa: See Ilidatsa. 
 
 Hailtsa: See Hailtsuk. 
 
 Hailtsuk numerals 537-538 
 
 vocabulary 16, 105, 221, 537-538, 547a, 575, 
 
 1393, 1507, 1635, 3534, 3872 
 words 537-538 
 
 Uailtzuk: See Hailtsuk. 
 
 liaillzukh: See Hailtsuk. 
 
 Hailtzukk: See Hailtsuk. 
 
 Haitiua vocabulary 2682a 
 
 Hancock Harbor vocabulary 4091 
 
 Hare relationships ^. 2645 
 
 vocabulary -2078 
 
 Haynarger vocabulary * 107 
 
 Hecheta: See Hitchitee. 
 
 Heiaug-hyong; .See Otomi. 
 
 2216 
 3641 
 
 No. 
 
 Heve general remarks 364 1 
 
 grammar - 3641 
 
 specimen 
 
 vocabulary 
 
 See Eudeve. 
 
 Hewnt vocabulary 2586 
 
 H'hana vocabulary 283 
 
 Hia hiii : See Otomi. 
 
 Hiaki : See Taqui. 
 
 Hiaque : See Taqui. 
 
 Hichitathli : See Hitchitee. 
 
 Hidatsa dictionary 2509-2511 
 
 grammar 2509-2511 
 
 graramatic comments 23-24 
 
 numerals 4149-4150 
 
 philology 2511 
 
 vocabulary 755& 
 
 See ITinitari. 
 
 Hitchita: See Hitchitee. 
 
 Hitchiteco: See Hitchitee, 
 
 Hitchitee grammatic comments 2991 
 
 numerals 649 
 
 vocabulary 1299c, 1391, 1524, 2992, 3640 
 
 Hluiraen-Mutsun vocabulary 105 
 
 Hochelaga numerals 6aa, 68-69, 616-630, 2161, 
 
 2163, 3585 
 
 vocabulary 28, 212, 297-298, 616-630, 1391. 
 
 2164-2166, 6297-6298 
 words 2276 
 
 Hochelagenae : See Hochelaga. 
 
 Hodenosaunee : See Seneca. 
 
 Hol61upai vocabulary 3098 
 
 Hong Kutchin vocabulary 3865 
 
 Hoopa : See Hoopah. 
 
 Hoopah grammatic comments 217, 217a~2I7&, 
 
 527-528 
 
 numerals 3876a 
 
 vocabulary 107, 201, 217, 217a-2l7&, 539-542, 
 
 932, 1501, 1525, 2215-2216, 3104, 4103 
 words 2212, 3099 
 
 Hopah : See Hoopah. 
 
 Hopitu : See Moqui. 
 
 Houast6que : See Huasteca. 
 
 H' taam vocabulary 1354, 1358, 1430 
 
 Hualapai grammatic comments 1425-1426 
 
 vocabulary 1430, 1540, 2304, 2307, 3222, 3575 
 
 Huastec ; See Huasteca. 
 
 Huasteca catechism 934, 2825, 3804 
 
 confession 2825-2826 
 
 dictionary 3804 
 
 doctrina Christiana 1050, 161 5, 2826 
 
 examples 317c 
 
 general remarks 1754,2859,3801" 
 
 grammar 217, 217a-217&, 1887, 2819, 
 
 2825-2826, 3157 
 grammatic comments 28, 317, 1392,1879, 2998-2999 
 
 lexicon 2819 
 
 local names .- 56,813,3157 
 
 Lord's Prayer 28, 185a, 217, 217a-217&, 836 
 
 manual 3804 
 
 numerals 363/, 730a, 3124^3125 
 
 sermons 2825-2826 
 
 vocabulary -. ... 28, 56, 212, 491, 730a, 1392, 
 
 2216, 2276, 2825-2S26, 3123, 
 3124^3125, 3283, 3982-3983 
 
INDEX. 
 
 1105 
 
 No. 
 
 Huasteca words 813,3503,3950 
 
 Hnasteeae : See Huasteca. 
 
 Hnastek : See Huasteca. 
 
 Huasteka : See Huasteca. 
 
 Huast^que : See Huasteca. 
 
 Huastnso vocabulary 363n, 437a, 1313a 
 
 Huave general remarks 456 
 
 numerals 217, 217a-217!) 
 
 vocabulary 4045a 
 
 Huaxteoa : See Huasteca. 
 
 Huaxteco : See Huasteca, 
 
 Huaxt^qno; See Huasteca. 
 
 HucKnom songs 3098 
 
 vocabulary 3098 
 
 words 3098 
 
 Hudson's Bay catechism 1407, 3208 
 
 dictionary 428 
 
 geographic names 828 
 
 hymns 1407 
 
 prayers 1407, 3208 
 
 songs 3208 
 
 terms 335 
 
 vocabulary 17, 28, OSa, 1391, 1393, 4103, 4173 
 
 words 2276, 3951 
 
 Hadson Elver local names 3414 
 
 Hueco numerals 1629, 2678 
 
 proper names 698-699, 702-704, 702a 
 
 vocabulary 527-528,1061, 
 
 2215-2216, 2645, 2678, 4103 
 
 Huelel words 1636 
 
 See Soledad Mission. 
 
 Huelel-Mutsnn ; See Eskelen. 
 
 Humboldt Bay general remarks 217, 217a-2176 
 
 vocabulary 1516 
 
 Hummock'havi : See Mohave. 
 
 Hunkpapa: See Uncpapa. 
 
 Hup& : See Hoopah. 
 
 Huron catechism 765 
 
 conjugation 762a-762d 
 
 dictionary 765, 2232, 3431-3434, 3436-3437 
 
 examples S17c 
 
 general remarks 116, 468a, 469, 756-760, 763, 
 
 1553, 1754, 2168-2170, 3206 
 
 geographic names 3043 
 
 grammar 470, 704a, 765, 1408, 2189, 3043 
 
 grammatic comments 28, 317, 1391, 
 
 1977-1978, 2402 
 
 hymns 63a, 797a, 1078a, 1639, 2094-2096, 
 
 2170i)-2170<!, 2279a-2279e, 3189-3193, 3680 
 
 letter 2250,4041 
 
 Lord's Prayer 3577-3579, 4276 
 
 numerals 68-69, 69a, 3585 
 
 prayers 28, 468, 468a, 469, 2188, 2570 
 
 questions for 1 earners 598, 3043-3044 
 
 relationships 3043 
 
 songs 3435-3436 
 
 text 1928 
 
 village census 3043 
 
 vocabulary 28, 212, 297-298, 1391, 1658a, 
 
 1736a, 1860, 2166-2167, 2362, 3211-3212 
 
 Veen d. la Salute Vierge, &c -. 764 
 
 words 2171-2187, 2276, 3950, 3982 
 
 Hurone : See Huron. 
 Hyda: See Haida. 
 Hydah : See Haida. 
 
 70 Bib 
 
 No. 
 lakon (Lower Killamuks) : See Takon. 
 
 lat numerals 3610-3611 
 
 See Mohave. 
 He h la Crosse Cri : See Cree. 
 Hlinese : See Hlinois. 
 lUinice : See Hlinois. 
 
 Illinois general remarks 3206 
 
 hymns . . 63a, 797a, 1639, 2094-2096, 21706, 21 70c, 
 
 2279a-2279e, 3189-3194, 3577-3579, 3680 
 
 Lord's Prayer. .397(i, 2452, 2473a, 3449a, 3914-3915 
 
 vocabulary 28,298,1391,1393,2204 
 
 2216, 3123, 3502, 3982 
 Hlinoise : See Hlinois. 
 Indian (language undetermined) affinities, 
 
 (fee 978 
 
 almanac 4015-4018 
 
 catechism 30 
 
 comparisons 2015. 21946, 2306 
 
 dictionary 15706, 3956 
 
 etymology 55a, 299-300, 15706, 3019. 3520 
 
 general remarks 97, 180-182, 181a, 
 
 209a, 216a-216e, 317a, 372-378, 435-437, 482- 
 483, 510-511, 762a-762d, 823-824, 919a, 984o- 
 9846, 1061-1065, 1067, 1103, 1110-1111, 1168, 
 1266, 1284, 1320, 1324, 1431, 1452a, 1494a, 
 1503, 1510, 1631-1632, 1679, 1715-1716, 
 1736a, 1861a-]8616, 1874a, 1876a, 1946a, 
 1958a, 1978a, 1994, 2000, 2029, 2064, 2208- 
 2210, 2285, 2366, 2370, 2434-2437, 2320- 
 2521, 2597a, 2619, 2637, 2665, 2745, 2767, 
 2828, 2840, 2979,2981-2987, 2989,3101,3126, 
 3167, 35196, 3604, 3861-3863, 3911-3912, 3921, 
 3925-3926, 3947, 4042-4043, 41180-41186,4235 
 
 geographic names 14546, 1626a, 18675 
 
 terminology 3508-3509, 3513-3516 
 
 gesture signs 2421-2422 
 
 gospel of John 2218a (p.), 2527 
 
 grammar 34,273-275,1608 
 
 grammatic comments 954,1113,1134a, 
 
 1135a, 1455, 1504, 1895-1897, 1926, 
 2065, 2424, 3065-3066, 3513-3516 
 
 hieroglyphics 1061a-10616 
 
 lack of numerals 2919-2922 
 
 languages, diversity of 1060 
 
 lexicon 3507 
 
 listof tribes 319 
 
 local names (etymology of) .- 724 
 
 Lord's Prayer 2272a-22726, 2597a 
 
 names . . . . 267i-267«;, 7046, 2019-2020, 3737-3738 
 
 applied to physicians 3877 
 
 numerals 320, 579, 579a, 1202, 1202a, 1226a, 
 
 1754, 1820, 3916-3918, 3945-3946 
 
 place names. . . 351-354,'519a, 724, 1010, 1027, 1097, 
 
 1268, 1274, 12826-2282C, 1601a, 2038, 2481, 2528 
 
 pronominal forma 3519a 
 
 proper names 276, 566, 690a-6906, 725a, 859a 
 
 897a, 1086a, 1571, 1602, 1858a, 1946a, 
 2019-2020, 2197a, 2523, 3350, 3679 
 
 relationships 3004 
 
 sentences... 2597a, 2726-2727 
 
 sermons 35 
 
 sign language. .1107, 1247A, 2421a, 2426-2431, 2431a 
 
 signals 2421-2422 
 
 specimens 209a, 317a-3176, 1866, 2546-2547 
 
 of onomatopteia 3906 
 
1106 
 
 INDEX. 
 
 No. 
 
 Indian terms 3346, 372-378, 504, 1619a, 1829, 
 
 18470, 2093, 3096,4012 
 
 text 595 
 
 tribal names 106a, 276, 1266a 
 
 verbal forms 3519a 
 
 Indian (language undetermined) vocabu- 
 lary 28,34,63, 
 
 147, 214, 320-321, 323, 476, 579, 579a, 833a, 
 919a, 1012, 1062, 1126o,1202a, 1382, 1282a, 
 1795, 1820, 1840, 1866, 1871, 1975, 1978a, 
 2284a, 2486-2487, 2487a, 2595, 2716o, 3131 
 
 words 7a, 280a, 338, 917d, 917e, 930, 1011- 
 
 1012, 1600a, 1754, 2148, 2302!i, 25C7a, 2595 
 2726-2727, 2762, 3163, 3655-3656, 3919, 
 3920,3924, 4146a, 4178, 4180-4181, 4204a 
 
 Indies del Norte : See Northern Indians. 
 
 Inilik : See lukllik. 
 
 Inkalik : See Inkilik. 
 
 Inkalit: See Inkilik. 
 
 Inkalit-jug-eljnut: See Inkalit-Tugelmut 
 
 Inkalit- Kinai vocabulary 539-540 
 
 Inkalit- Yu^elmut vocabulary - - .527-528, 3530, 4277 
 
 InkHek : See Inkilik. 
 
 Inkilik terms 523-524 
 
 vocabulary 527-530, 539-540, 551, 3530, 4277 
 
 See Kdiyubkbatdna ; see Uliikuk. 
 
 Inkuluklates vocabulary 205,4237 
 
 Innok grammar 1733a, 1734 
 
 See Eskimo. 
 
 Innuit general remarks 2678 
 
 picture writing 1835a-18356 
 
 relationsbips 984 
 
 vocabulary 527-526 
 
 See Eskimo. 
 
 Intibucat vocabulary 2214, 2216 
 
 Iowa catechism 1658 
 
 elementary book 1652 
 
 general remarks 1075, 1648, 1958 
 
 gospel of Matthew 1657 
 
 grammar 1654 
 
 hymns 1653 
 
 numerals 4149-4150 
 
 prayers 1659 
 
 primer 1C55-1656 
 
 proper names. 670, 690, 690a-690!), 696,698-699,702- 
 704, 702o,704a, 1321,1940,1955ft-1955c, 2081, 2521 
 
 relationships .- 2645 
 
 songs 2Ua 
 
 terms 761 
 
 vocabulary . , 1391, 1650, 1685, 2204 
 
 loway : See Iowa. 
 
 Iiivokoise: See Iroquois. 
 
 Irokeae : See Iroquois. 
 
 Iroquois adjectives 36476 
 
 alphabet 2643 
 
 calendar 565c 
 
 catechism 506a, 673, 962, 2454a, 2456-2457, 
 
 2737, 3015 
 
 census 3510-3512 
 
 characteristic forms 580-581 
 
 comparisons 583a 
 
 dictionary 956, 1 037, 1973a, 2463, 3138 
 
 doctrina Christiana 2466 
 
 ethnology 3510-3512 
 
 examples 1637a 
 
 No. 
 
 Iriquoia general remarks. .583a, U07o, 1637a, 1697- 
 
 1700, 1754, 1978a, 2001, 2643, 2678, 2748, 3714, 3832 
 
 grammar 15950-15956, 2464, 3138 
 
 giammatic comments 23-24, 952-954,956, 
 
 2643, 3647a 
 
 material 3647c 
 
 grammatic specimens 3586 
 
 gospels 2838 
 
 history 3510-3512 
 
 hymns ... 103, 837, 948, 951, 955, 977, 1993, 2028, 2839 
 instructions . . . 520/-520jr, 16096, 2508, 2508o, 3820 
 
 lifeofChrist 2467 
 
 Lord's Prayer 954, 1089-1093, 1089a, 1091a, 
 
 1133-1139, 1134a, 1185o, 1993,2010, 
 2019, 2643, 2748, 3400, 3413, 3714 
 
 names of animals 2650-2651 
 
 places 952a 
 
 numerals 1629,1972,2311-2312 
 
 prayer book 998, 998a, 9986, 3400 
 
 prayers 5065, 520d, 520j, 946, 948, 955, 2456, 
 
 2461, 2468, 4135 
 
 primer 946 
 
 pronominal forms 1636a-16366 
 
 proper names.. .698-698, 702-704, 702a, 2646-2647 
 
 reading lessons 955 
 
 relationships 2648 
 
 E. C. church service 2453 
 
 sachemships 2643, 3096 
 
 sermons 16096, 2508, 2508a, 3820 
 
 songs 211a 
 
 specimens 2221 
 
 spelling book . . .' 4131-4132 
 
 terms 1637a, 19945, 2792, 3647, 3647a 
 
 text 126, 506e, 520c-520ft, 951, 1609, 1609a, 4030 
 
 tract 4130 
 
 verb (0 6e 36476 
 
 vocabulary 23-24, 28, 574a, 575, 577, 579, 
 
 579a, 582, 831-834, 952, 1636a-16366, 
 1676a, 1820, 1860, 1946a, 1993, 2650, 
 2748, 3121, 3147; 3511-3512, 4042-4043 
 
 words 1972, 2215, 2321-2322, 2362, 3145, 3832 
 
 Irritila general remarks 217, 217a-2176 
 
 Isanti : See Santee. 
 Isauntie : See Santee. 
 Isayyati; See Santee. 
 
 Isleta general remarks 2552 
 
 numerals 2678 
 
 vocabulary 999, 1526, 2062, 2303, 2307, 2552, 
 
 3608-3609 
 
 IxU doctrina and confesionario 10566 
 
 instructor 10566 
 
 ritual of matrimony 10566 
 
 Izalco general remarks 2877 
 
 Jaakema : See Takama. 
 Jacon : See Taken. 
 Jakon: See Yakon. 
 Jakutat : See Yukutat. 
 
 Jemez general remarks 2552 
 
 numerals 2678 
 
 vocabulary 217, 2170-2176, 999, 2303, 2307, 
 
 2552, 3608-3609 
 Jicarilla Apache : See Apache. 
 Jicorilla Apache : See Apache. 
 
 Joba grammatic comments 2998-2999 
 
 Lord's Prayer 836 
 
INDEX. 
 
 1107 
 
 Ko. 
 
 Jonaz vocabulary 3702 
 
 JonkioasmS grammatio cammentB 2998-2999 
 
 Lord's Piayer uoi 
 
 See San Kapliael MiBSion. 
 
 Jnlime general remarks 217, 217a-2176 
 
 K&binapek vocabulary 3098 
 
 Kacblce: Cacchi. 
 
 Eacbiquel : See Gakchiquel. 
 
 Kadiao : See Kadiak. 
 
 Kadlack : See Kadiak. 
 
 Kadiak grammar 3995 
 
 numerals 28,205,1226(1, 3046 
 
 terms 523-524 
 
 vocabulary 28, 217, 217a-2176, 527-528, 
 
 991, 993-994, 1231, 1391, 1393, 2084, 
 
 2205, 2216, 2293-2294, 3490, 3551, 4277 
 
 ■words 205,577,2276,4087 
 
 Kadiak Kenal vocabulary 2293-2294 
 
 Kadjack : See Kadiak. 
 
 Kadjak: See Kadiak. 
 
 Kadjaker: See Kadiak. 
 
 KagBaggmat vocabulary 1299(i 
 
 Kahchi : See Gacchi. 
 
 Kahchiquel : See Cakcbiquel. 
 
 Kahsowab : See Kasud,. 
 
 Kahweyab : See Cahuillo. 
 
 Kaigan : See Kaigaui. 
 
 Kaigani grammatic comments 3162 
 
 numerals 982 
 
 vocabulary 527-528, 981-982, 1507, 3006o, 3162 
 
 words 3402 
 
 Kaivavwit words 3091 
 
 K&iyuhkbat&na numerals 982 
 
 vocabulary 981-982 
 
 See Inkilik i see TJlilkuk. 
 
 Kakcbiqnel: See Cakcbiquel. 
 
 Kalapooiah : See Kalapuya. 
 
 Kalapuya examples 1635 
 
 general remarks 1635 
 
 grammatic comments 527-528, 1464-1465 
 
 linguistic material 1464 
 
 numerals 2678 
 
 sentences 1466 
 
 texts 1464 
 
 vocabulary 270-271, 527-528, 1466-1468, 
 
 1537, 1635, 2707-2709, 2904-2905, 3534, 3872 
 words 2205 
 
 Kalikclat: See Kliketat. 
 
 Kalispel catechism 1558, 3631 
 
 dictionary 1554-1556 
 
 grammatic comments 1555 
 
 narratives 1557 
 
 vocabulary 1501, 1509, 1635, 3873 
 
 words 3359 
 
 KaUspelm : See Kalispel. 
 
 Kalisteno : See Knistenaux. 
 
 Kaloucbe : See Koloscb. 
 
 Kaltschanen : See Koltscbane. 
 
 Kamchatka : See Kamtschatka. 
 
 Kamskadalp : See Kamtschatka. 
 
 Kamtschadale : See Kamtschatka. 
 
 Kamtschatka general remarks 2278 
 
 numerals 1959-1962,2215 
 
 proper names 698-699, 701-704, 702a, 2646 
 
 relationship 2645 
 
 No. 
 
 Kamtschatka vocabulary . - .1088-1093, 2217, 2247 
 2645, 3489-3490, 3493, 3770 
 
 terms 523-524 
 
 words 2521 
 
 Kamtshatka; See Kamtschatka. 
 
 Kaniagmiout : See Koniagmnt. 
 
 Kaniagmut : See Koniagmut. 
 
 Ktogiulit numerals 1226tt 
 
 vocabulary 3551 
 
 Kansa : See Kansas, 
 
 Kansas dictionary 426ft 
 
 numerals 1629 
 
 proper names 670, 702-704, 1940 
 
 vocabulary 212, 298, 1469, 3770 
 
 words and phrases 1017 
 
 Kanzas: See Kansas. 
 
 Kanzes : See Kansas. 
 
 Karaib : See Carib. 
 
 Karalit general remarks 1697-1700 
 
 Karib : See Carib. 
 
 Karif : See Carib. 
 
 Karkin-Mutsun vocabulary 165 
 
 K^rok numerals 3098 
 
 song 3098 
 
 vocabulary 1457,3098 
 
 words 3099 
 
 Karyak ; See Kadiak. 
 
 Kaskaskia proper names 698-699, 702-704, 
 
 702a, 897a, 1940 
 relationship 2645 
 
 Kasud grammatic comments 1425-1426 
 
 numerals 2678 
 
 vocabulary 2307,3303 
 
 words 2305 
 
 Katiba : See Catawba. 
 
 Katahba : See Catawba, 
 
 Katmay (Alaska) vocabulary 3006A; 
 
 Kau : See Kansas : 
 
 Kauvuya grammatic comments 1425-1426 
 
 vocabulary 2307 
 
 words 2305 
 
 See Cahuillo. 
 
 Kavi&gmut numerals 982 
 
 vocabulary 981-982 
 
 Kaw : See Kansas. 
 
 Kawelitsk : See Cowlitz. 
 
 Kawitchen vocabulary 537-538, 3272, 3534, 3876o 
 
 words 2205 
 
 Kawitshin: See Kawitchen. 
 
 Kayouse: See Cayuse. 
 
 Kiyowe: See Kiowa. 
 
 Kayux : See Cayuse. 
 
 Kechi: SeeKiche. 
 
 Kekchi : See Cacchi. 
 
 Kenai ; See Kinai. 
 
 Kenaier: See Kinai. 
 
 KenAiteni numerals 982 
 
 vocabulary 981-982 
 
 Kenaizi : See Kinai, 
 
 Kenay : See Kinai. 
 
 KemLake numerals 3098 
 
 Kern Kiver numerals 3098 
 
 Kertchan : See Yuma. 
 
 Khwakhlamayu 1 See Chwaoham^ee. 
 
 Kiaway : See Kiowa. 
 
1108 
 
 INDEX. 
 
 No. 
 
 Kicliai ; See Kiche. 
 
 Kicbe calendar 5650 
 
 catechism 2351,2476,4266 
 
 confessional - . 4264, 4266 
 
 days of month 220, 22Ca 
 
 disconrso 4026 
 
 doctrina Christiana 190, 1016, 1047a, 3035 
 
 drama 4277o 
 
 general remarks 2016, 1754, 2839, 3501, 3881 
 
 grammar 121, 121a, 167a, 169, 217, 
 
 317, 445, 1014, , 1016, 4025, 4205, 4304 
 
 grammatic comments 22c, 23-24, 2998-2999 
 
 history 4267 
 
 Lord's Prayer 160o, 217, 217o-2176, 
 
 1392, 3749-3750 
 
 names of months 2588a 
 
 numerals, 317a, 547, 
 
 730a, 3046, 3377a, 3617, 3749-3750 
 
 polysyntheses 26 
 
 prayers 489-490 
 
 proper names 489-490 
 
 sentences 3760a 
 
 sermons 989,1015,1017,2473,3459,3565,4306 
 
 studies .• 20 
 
 tenns 738a, 739, 4268 
 
 text 167a, 444-445, 2842a, 3151a, 
 
 3460,-3870, 4021, 4025, 4267, 4308, 
 
 treatise 4307 
 
 vocabulary 23,24,135,217, 
 
 2170-2176, 281, 316-317, 365, 445, 457, 527- 
 
 528, 730a, 1749, 2215-2216, 2645, 2911, 3152- 
 
 3153, 4045a, 4050a, 4050d, 4052, 4103, 4263 
 
 words 3957 
 
 Kickapoo : See Kikapu. 
 
 Kikapoo : See Kikapn. 
 
 Kikapu general remarks 2377-2379 
 
 glossary 2768 
 
 proper numes 400, 698-699, 
 
 702-704, 702a, 897a, 1940 
 
 relationships 1296, 2645 
 
 Tocabulary 23, 297-298, 1393 
 
 Kikkapoe : See Kikapu. 
 
 Kikkapoo : See Kikapu. 
 
 Kill wee: See Kiliwi. 
 
 Kiliwi vocabulary 1354-1355, 1430 
 
 KiUamuk : See Takon. 
 
 Killemoot : See Taken. 
 
 Killisteno : See Knistcnaux. 
 
 Kinai dictionary 3161 
 
 general remarks 1512, 3158 
 
 grammatic comments 28, 3161 
 
 numerals 1226a, 3161 
 
 songs 3161 
 
 terms 523-524 
 
 vocabulary 28, 205, 212, 217, 
 
 217a-217!>, 551, 527-530, 991-994, 1393, 2149, 
 
 2204, 2216,2275, 2293-2294, 3124:-3125, 4236 
 
 ■words 1950,3502-3503 
 
 Kinai'tze : See Kinal. 
 
 King George's Island numerals 1101 
 
 King George's Sound numerals 28, 537-538, 
 
 1042-1044, 1319, 3038 
 vorabulary 104, 1203-1205, 1319 
 
 King River grammatic comments 1991 
 
 vocabulary iggi 
 
 No. 
 
 King William's Land geographic names. . 1640 
 
 Kinomi vocabulary 537-538 
 
 Kiowannmerals 2678,3617 
 
 proper names 698-899, 702-704, 702a 
 
 sentences 1463 
 
 songs 211a 
 
 vocabulary 292, 1061, 2215-2216, 4103 
 
 Kitka : See Pawnee. 
 
 Kittistzu vocabulary 3873 
 
 Kitunaba examples 1635 
 
 general remarks 1635 
 
 numerals 2678 
 
 vocabulary 1635 
 
 Kivalhioqua vocabulary 539-540 
 
 Kiwai vocabulary 529-530 
 
 Kiwomi vocabulary 2215-2216, 4103 
 
 Kiz : See Kizh. 
 
 Kizb grammatic comments 217, 217o- 
 
 2176, 1425-1426 
 
 Lord's Prayer 217,2170-2176 
 
 numerals .' 547 
 
 vocabulary 217, 217o-2176, 531-532, 2216, 4103 
 
 See Netela. 
 
 Xlahoquaht : See Tlaoqnatch. 
 
 Klamath dictionary 1423 
 
 general remarks 1434 
 
 grammar j423 
 
 grammatic comments 1448-1449, 1453 
 
 myth and stories 1078 
 
 texts 1423,1447 
 
 vocabulary . . . 200-201, 217, 2170-2176, 7556, 1247/, 
 1356, 1457, 1514, 1516, 2341, 2348, 3794, 4157 
 See Modoc. 
 
 Klatskanai : See Tlatakanai. 
 
 Klatsop proper nam«s 703 
 
 vocabulary 1206, 1635, 3553 
 
 words 2238 
 
 Kleketat : See Kliketat. 
 
 Klioatat; SeeKliketat. 
 
 Klikatat : See Kliketat. 
 
 Kliketat dictionary 1035 
 
 terms 523-524 
 
 vocabulary 1527, 1635, 2215-2216, 2904^2905, 
 
 2907-2909, 3534-3535, 3872 
 
 Knistenaux general remarks 2384-2391 
 
 inflections 2645 
 
 vocabtilary 28, 212, 699, 
 
 1136, 1246, 1297-1299, 1391, 1393, 2204, 2216, 
 23870, 2282-2283, 2390, 3494, 3951-3952, 3982 
 See Cree ; see Montagnais. 
 
 Knisteneaux : See Knistenaux. 
 
 Knisteneux : See Knistenaux. 
 
 Koetenaice : See Kutenay. 
 
 Koetenay: See Kulenay. 
 
 Koikbpagmiut list of birds 4277 
 
 KoJjusch: See Koloach. 
 
 Koljuschen: See Kolosch. 
 
 Koljueck : See Kolosch. 
 
 Kolosch general remarks 2339-2340, 2678, 3528 
 
 Lord's Prayer. . .' : 2713 
 
 numerals 1226a, 3046 
 
 vocabulary 205, 212, 527-530, 533-534, 
 
 991-992, 1391, 1393, 2149, 2216, 2276 
 
 Kolosche : See Koloach. 
 
 Koltschanen : See Koltschane. 
 
INDEX. 
 
 1109 
 
 Ko. 
 
 Koltschane specimens 217, 217a-2176 
 
 vocabulary 205, 527-5 iO, 539-540, 551, 2216 
 
 Koltscbani : See Koltschane. 
 
 Kolush : See Kolosch. 
 
 Kolusic : See Kolosch. 
 
 Komanche : See Comanche. 
 
 Komantsche : See Comanche. 
 
 Komookhs vocabulary 1509 
 
 KonEegen : See Chnkchi. 
 
 Konega: See Chukchi. 
 
 'Koniagmut dictionary 300^ 
 
 graiumatic notes 3006/ 
 
 numerals 982 
 
 aonga , 300Q/ 
 
 vocabulary 981-982,1507 
 
 Konkau numerals 2678, 3098 
 
 songs 3098 
 
 vocabulary 3098 
 
 Konsa: See Kansas. 
 
 Kunza: See Kansas. 
 
 Koosatis terms 488 
 
 vocabulary 2992 
 
 Kootenai : See Kutenay. 
 
 Kootenay : See Kutenay. 
 
 Kootenuba : See Kutenay. 
 
 Kop6 vocabulary 1501, 1508, 2214, 2216 
 
 Koiiak general remarks 3160 
 
 vocabulary 574a, 2277 
 
 Koiiaque: See Koriak. 
 
 Korjak: See Koriak. 
 
 Kotch-A-Kutchen : See Kutchdkutchin. 
 
 Kotow vocabulary 3123 
 
 Ko zubue Souucl vocabulary 1391, 1393 
 
 KoulisthL'Q; Sec Koloscb. 
 
 Kuuskoviratsi: See Kuskokivim. 
 
 Kowelitsk : See Cowlitz. 
 
 Kow elitz : See Cowlitz. 
 
 Kowilth vocabulary 1393,2216,4140 
 
 Kri: See Oreo. 
 
 Krib : See Cree. 
 
 Kulanapo vocabulary 217, 217a-217&, 
 
 1501,1508,2214,2216 
 
 KuUceaijeim : See Kalispel. 
 
 KuUespelm : See Kalispel. 
 
 Kusa vocabulary 388, 1454 
 
 Kuscatchewan : See Kuskatchewak. 
 
 Kusiuta : See Gosiute. 
 
 Kuskatchewak words 2276 
 
 vocabulary 2216 
 
 Kuskivigmut vocabulary 4277 
 
 Kuskokwim vocabulary 205, 1231, 4237 
 
 Kuskowigmjute: See Kuskwdgmut. 
 
 Kuskutsbewac : See Kuskatchewak. 
 
 Kuskwdgmut vocabulary 981-982, 3530 
 
 Kutana: See Kutenay. 
 
 Kutanai: See Kutenay. 
 
 KutchAkutchin numerals 981-982 
 
 vocabulary 2074.3396,4119-4121 
 
 Kutchan : See Kutchin. 
 
 Kutchin numerals 529-530 
 
 relationships 1738,2645 
 
 tribal names 2216 
 
 vocabulary 529-530, 539-540, 551 , 
 
 1354, 1430, 2216, 2394, 2645 
 words 2686 
 
 No. 
 
 Kutenay Lord's Prayer 217, 217a-2176, 2473a, 
 
 3577-3578, 3624r-3625 
 
 relationships 1505, 2C45 
 
 vocabulary 217, 217a-217&, 1861. 2215, 2367, 
 
 3054, 3874-3875, 3876a, 4046-4047 
 
 words 2521 
 
 Kutneha : See Kutenay, 
 Knwalitsk: See Cowlitz. 
 Kwaiantl : See Kwakiool. 
 
 Kwakiool vocabulary 1507, 1635, 3876a 
 
 Kwakiutl : See Kwakiool. 
 Kwalhioqua: See Kwaliokwa. 
 
 Kwaliokwa vocabulary 1635, 2216 
 
 Kwantlen vocabulary 1528 
 
 words 3360 
 
 Kwenaiwitl: See Kwinaiutl. 
 
 Kwigpak vocabulary 3530 
 
 Kwinaiutl vocabulary 1635, 2764 
 
 Kwoneatshatka vocabulary 1635 
 
 Kyg&ni : See Kaigani. 
 
 Labrador : See Eskimo of Labrador. 
 
 Lacandon general remarks 1754 
 
 numerals 3617 
 
 Lacotah : See Dakota. 
 
 Laguna catechism .2555, 2557(i 
 
 dictionary 2557& 
 
 epistle John (1st) 2557c 
 
 first reader 2556 
 
 general remarks 2552 
 
 gospel St. Matthew 2557e (p. ) 
 
 Lord's Prayer 2557 
 
 New Testament 2557/-2557ff (p.) 
 
 Old Testament 2557/-2557ff (p.) 
 
 Psalms 2557a (p) 
 
 relationships .1572,2645 
 
 sentence 2557 
 
 vocabulary 999,2307,2552 
 
 See Silla-Laguna. 
 Laimon : See Laymon. 
 
 La Furisima numerals 1636 
 
 words 163& 
 
 La Soledad : See Soledad Mission. 
 
 Las Vegas, Ne v. , vocab ulary 3069 
 
 Lathruunun-Yokuts vocabulary 165 
 
 Laymon graramatic comments 28, 2998-2999 
 
 sentences 527, 528 
 
 vocabulary 28 
 
 Laymon-Cochimi : See Laymon. 
 Laymonen : See Laymon. 
 Lenape : See Delaware. 
 Lenapce : See Delaware. 
 Lenapi : See Delaware. 
 
 Lenca vocabulary 363g, 3725-3728, 3736a 
 
 Lennape: See Delaware. 
 Lennapp6 : See Delaware. 
 Lenni : See Delaware. 
 Lenni-Lenape : See Delaware. 
 
 Lilowat vocabulary .' 1509 
 
 Llnapi : See Delaware. 
 
 Lipan general remarks 2859 
 
 grammatic comments 2998, 2999 
 
 Lord's Prayer .... 217, 217a-217&, 836 
 
 words 400 
 
 Lipano: See Lipan. 
 
 Llanero general remarks 2859 
 
1110 
 
 INDEX, 
 
 No. 
 Loloten : See Tootooten. 
 
 Long Island geographic terms 3334 
 
 local namea 3853, 3927 
 
 vocabulary 1391,1393,3414 
 
 Jjoqae: See Zoque. 
 
 Loyetano general remarks 1754 
 
 Loretto vocabulary 2214,2216 
 
 Lototen : See Tootooten. 
 
 Loucheux dictionary 2968 
 
 grammar • ■- 29b8 
 
 vocabulary . . . .498, 539-540, 1950, 2207, 2215, 2969 
 
 Louisiana tribal names 3478 
 
 Lower Eogue River vocabulary 270,272 
 
 Lucay an words - 2979a 
 
 Liikamiute: See Kalapuya. 
 
 Lummi Lord's Prayer 4276 
 
 proper names 1496 
 
 vocabulary 1496 
 
 words — 3360 
 
 Lutuami uumerals 2678 
 
 vocabulary 1393, 1508, 1635, 2216 
 
 words 2214 
 
 Ma9abva : See Mazahua. 
 Ilacaw : See Makah. 
 
 McCloud River words 3761-3762 
 
 Macicanni: See Mohegan. 
 Mac-Kaw : See Makah. 
 Macquaic : See Mohawk. 
 MBechachtini: See Seneca. 
 
 Mag Readings vocabulary. . , 2214, 2216 
 
 Maha: See Omaha 
 Mahakuassica: See Mohawk. 
 Mahaqu: See Mob aw k. 
 Mabaw: See Omaha. 
 Mahican: See Mohegan. 
 Mahicann : See Mohegan. 
 Mabikan: SeeMobegan. 
 
 M&hlemut numerals 982 
 
 vocabulary 221, 981-982, 3006e, 3645, 4119-4121 
 
 Mahnesheet : Maliseet. 
 
 Maidu phrases and sentences 1471 
 
 text 1471 
 
 vocabulary 1013, 1013a, 3098, 3779 
 
 Maine local names 215a, 1662, 3891, 4084 
 
 Makah local names 3783 
 
 numerals - 1599 
 
 vocabulary 1529-1530, 
 
 3716, 3783, 3787-3788, 4059a 
 Makegong : See Mask6gon. 
 Malecbite : See Maliseet. 
 Malehmiout : See M^hlemut. 
 Malemute : See M4hlemut. 
 
 Malhommes grammatic comments 1977-1978 
 
 Malimoot: See Mdhlemut. 
 
 Maliseet book of prayers 415 
 
 catechism 3748 
 
 dictionary 4019 
 
 general remarks 2377-2379, 3185o 
 
 gospel St John 84 (p.), 497-498 (p.), 3181i, 
 
 3185n (p.), 3711t (p.)-3711c (p.) 
 
 StLuke 3185r{p.) 
 
 grammatic forms 3185» 
 
 material 3185t 
 
 bymna 3185/, 3185g-3185(. 4005-4008 
 
 instructor 3185r 
 
 No. 
 
 Maliseet Lord's prayer 57, 14946, 2473a, 3181/, 
 
 3183, 3748, S814, 3914-39154226, 4276 
 
 numerals 1 570a, 1959-1962, 3184, 3585 
 
 primer 3348 
 
 Psalms 3185?i (p.), 3185« (p.) 
 
 relationsbips 3185, 3185( 
 
 song 1362a 
 
 Ten Commandments 3181/, 3814 
 
 tracts 3185n, 31855-3185 
 
 vocabulary 297-298, 717<w 
 
 1000a-1000&, 1802, 3185p, 3185* 
 
 words 2377-2379,3625 
 
 Malisete : See Maliseet. 
 
 Malisit: See Maliseet. 
 
 Maltlatzinga : See Matlazinga. 
 
 Mam : See Mame. 
 
 Mam-Huast^que grammatic comments- - - 738, 740 
 
 Mame confession 3242 
 
 doctrina cbristiana 3242 
 
 general remarks 739a, 755c, 1754 
 
 grammar 217, 217a-217&, 2203, 3242 
 
 grammatic comments 2998, 2999 
 
 proper names 215 
 
 text 1341 
 
 vocabulary 863a, 2348a, 3242, 3636 
 
 Mandan general remarks 1107a, 2521 
 
 grammatic comments. 1684-1685, 1684a, 2521-2522 
 
 numerals 3048-3050, 3166, 3631 
 
 proper names 696, 698-699, 702-704, 
 
 702a, 1940, 1955c, 2646 
 
 relationship 2646 
 
 terms 1336 
 
 vocabulary 327a, 682-683, 685, 687a, 689, 
 
 69^693, 1061, 10676-1067C, 1391, 1685, 
 1837, 2097, 2204, 2216, 3164, 3166, 3625 
 
 words 682-683, 685, 692-693, 1633. 1989-1990 
 
 Man gue conversational phrases 3342a 
 
 vocabulary 3342a 
 
 Maqua: See Onondaga. 
 Mareschet: See Maliseet. 
 Mareschit : See Maliseet. 
 Mareschite : Seo Maliseet. 
 
 Maiicopa vocabulary 217, 217a-217&, 283, 1430 
 
 -words , 1394 
 
 See Cocomaricopa. 
 
 Maryland catecbism 4105 
 
 dictionary 4105 
 
 grammar 4105 
 
 Mary March : See Bethuck. 
 
 Mask^gon phrases 2220 
 
 words 3791-3792 
 
 Maskoke: SeeMuskoki. 
 Maskoki : Seo Muskoki. 
 
 Massachusetts, Baxter's Call 1186-1187 
 
 Bible 1175-1177,1179,2494 
 
 catechism 1184-1185, 3933 
 
 Christian covenanting confession 1197 
 
 confession of faith 3202-3203 
 
 dialogue 909-910 
 
 discourse 2505 
 
 epistle to Christian Indians 2502-2503 
 
 Genesis 1002 {p. ), 1180 
 
 gospel of John , .208-209 (p.), 208a (p ), 2218a (p.) 
 
 grammar 1114, 1190-1192, 1891 
 
 grammatic comments 28, 317c, 1391 
 
INDEX. 
 
 1111 
 
 . Ko. 
 
 ilassachnaetta Isaiah 3113-3116 (p.) 
 
 letter 909-910 
 
 local names 3258, 3893-3894 
 
 Lord's Prayer 28, 185a, 202, 
 
 2676-2fi7(i, 383a, 392a, 909, 1004-1007, 
 1736a, 24730, 2626, 3850-3851, 3914-3910 
 
 New Testament 1174-1179 
 
 nnmerals 1959-1962 
 
 practice of piety 1188-1189 
 
 primer 1193-1196, 1199a, 1200 
 
 Psalms . . 1115-1116, 1181-1183, 1198,1570, 18476 (p.) 
 3508-3509, 3664 
 
 psalter 1182 
 
 Samuel (2d) 3205 (p.) 
 
 sentences 909-910, 2625 
 
 sermons 987-988 
 
 t«xt 383a, 1196a, 1200a-12006, 1957, 2847a, 2929a 
 
 tracts 1199,1676,2504,2506 
 
 tribalnames 3478 
 
 vocabulary 28, 212, 298, 317c, 908a, 909-910, 
 
 987a, 1000, 1004-1007, 1126, 1391, 1593, 1712, 
 2204, 2216, 2362, 3414, 3502, 3961, 4195-4196 
 Matlacinga; See Matlazinga. 
 Matlalsinken : See Matlazinga. 
 Matlaltzinca: See Matlazinga. 
 Matlalzinca: See Matlazinga^ 
 Matlalzinga: See Matlazinga. 
 Matlanzinga ; See Matlazinga. 
 Matlatzinca : See Matlazinga. 
 Matlaziuca : See Matlazinga. 
 
 Matlazinga catechism 315,665a, 666 
 
 confession 1616 
 
 dictionary 665 
 
 doctrina Christiana 1617 
 
 general remarks 1754, 2678, 2859 
 
 grammatic comments 2998-2999 
 
 grammar 217, 217a-2176, 312, 665, 1616-1617 
 
 Lord's Prayer 213,836 
 
 sermons 225, 314, 666-667 
 
 text 1616 
 
 vocabulary 312 
 
 See Pirinda. 
 Matzahua: See Mazahua. 
 
 Maya alphabet 10676-1067(!, 3760a 
 
 antiquity of the Mayas 3696 
 
 appeal to Indians in revolt 3987 
 
 caiculiform writing 1098 
 
 catechism 341, 895, 935, 1308, 1727, 3427 
 
 chrestomathy 450, 745 
 
 c6dic6 829-830 
 
 confessions 896 
 
 devotions 1307 
 
 dictionary 341, 450, 517, 806, 
 
 1030, 1030a-1030c, 2090, 2949, 2949ft-2949(!, 3692 
 
 discourses and spiritual treatises 631a, 894 
 
 doctrina Christiana 892 
 
 general remarks 217, 2170-2176, 246, 358, 
 
 453, 485, 494, 494a, 495, 495a, 
 742a, 745a, 7550, 1486a, 1754, 
 2207, 2215, 2678, 2859, 3000 
 
 gospel of John 84 (p.), 497-498 (p.), 
 
 1309, 37116-37110 (p.) 
 
 Luke 208-209 (p.), 
 
 208a (p.), 3426, (p.), 3426a (p.) 
 
 No. 
 
 Maya grammar . . . .217, 2170-2176, 341-343, 446, 449- 
 
 450, 516, 893, 936, 1884, 2193, 2714, 3595 
 
 grammatic comments 22c, 23-24, 28, 
 
 Sml, 449, 4956, 741-743, 755c, 1392, 
 1720, 2665, 2767, 3376-3377, 3586 
 
 hieratic texts 3379 
 
 letter ' 615(J 
 
 historical studies 3697 
 
 linguistic material 363/-3633 
 
 Lord's Prayer .. .28, 185a, 217, 217a-2176, 357, 836, 
 24730, 2713, 2767, 3595 
 
 names of days 3845-3846, 3595, 3969, 3969a 
 
 months 220, 220a, 317a, 3595, 3845- 
 
 3846, 3969, 3969a 
 
 notes on the Scriptures 3695 
 
 numerals 363/, 4956, 730o, 754-755, '^55a-755c, 
 
 1390, 1720, 3377a, 3040 3378, 3617, 4074 
 
 orations 344a 
 
 pastoral letter 1613,3976 
 
 phrases 4074 
 
 place names 813 
 
 plant names 27476 
 
 polysyntheses ' 26 
 
 prayers 116a, 1307, 1390, 1728 
 
 primer 356,1726,3418 
 
 proper names 363*, 703 
 
 records 494 
 
 sermons 341, 805, 3561a, 3693, 8698-3699, 3880 
 
 story 4946 
 
 studies 20 
 
 terms .... 401, 454a, 4946, 623-524, 738a, 739, 2266, 
 
 3097 
 
 text - . . .344, 442, 4956, 785a-7856, 1169, 2392a, 2399, 
 
 25996, 2952, 2953a, 3376-3377, 3969, 3969a 
 
 vocabulary 23-24, 28, 207, 212, 362-363, 363/, 
 
 446, 449, 491, 4956, .^76, 7556, 755(J, 730a, 
 1343, 1388, 1392, 2216, 2264, 2767, 3376- 
 3377, 3700, 3726-3728, 3760a, 3978, 4074 
 
 words 599, 813, 3000, 3198, 3728, 3950, 3957 
 
 See Tucatec. 
 Mayo: See Maya. 
 Mayu : See Maya. 
 
 Mazahua catechism 3568 
 
 doctrina Christiana 2692 
 
 general remarks 1754 
 
 grammatic comments 2998-2999 
 
 Lord's Prayer 836,2841 
 
 manual 2693 
 
 sermon 3568 
 
 vocabulary 3568 
 
 Mazahuatl: See Mazahua. 
 
 Mazateo Lord's Prayer 217, 217a-2176, 836 
 
 general remarks 1754 
 
 graramatic comments 2998-2999 
 
 Mazateca: See Mazatec. 
 Mazateco : See Mazatec. 
 Mechoacan : See Michoacan. 
 Mechuaca ; See Michoacan. 
 Meco : See Serrano. 
 
 Mednovskie vocabulary 4237 
 
 Meeleeceet : .See Maliseet. 
 Megicana : See Mexican. 
 Megicano : See Mexican. 
 Melicete: See Maliseet. 
 
1112 
 
 INDEX. 
 
 No. 
 
 Melicite: See Maliseet, 
 
 Mennomonie : See Menomoni. 
 
 Menomanie : See Menomoni. 
 
 Menomene: See Menomoni. 
 
 Menomenee : See Menomoni. 
 
 Menomeni : See Menomoni. 
 
 Monomine : See Menomoni. 
 
 Menominee: See Menomoni. 
 
 Menomonee : See Menomoni. 
 
 Menomoni catechism 4303&-4303c 
 
 hymns 409 
 
 Lord's Prayer 3577-3578, 3914-3915, 4276 
 
 prayers 409, 4303a, 4303(! 
 
 phrases 3361 
 
 primer lessons -. 409 
 
 proper names 670, 698-699, 702-704, 7D2o. 1940 
 
 relationship 2645 
 
 remarks 210 
 
 sentences 3361 
 
 vooabnlary 501,1061,1391, 
 
 1393, 1946a, 1959, 2204, 2216, 3361 
 words 2979,3361,3949 
 
 Merrimack Valley geojjraphic terms 3051 
 
 names of Indian tribes 3051 
 
 Mescalero Apache : See Apache. 
 
 Messicaua : See Mexican. 
 
 Messicanice : See Mexican. 
 
 Messisanga: See Misaisauga. 
 
 Mes-sisauger : See Missisauga. 
 
 Messisaugi : See Missisanga. 
 
 Mewoc : See Miwok. 
 
 Mexicaine : See Mexican. 
 
 Mexican aboriginal writing 3198 
 
 act of contrition 674 
 
 alphabet 295G 
 
 angelical salutation 3711a 
 
 annals 98,1387 
 
 antiquities 2826 
 
 arithmetic 2558 
 
 astronomy 3013 
 
 calendar 1877a, 2257-2259, 3595, 3605, 4020 
 
 catechism 124, 224, 238, 630, 657-658, 674- 
 
 675, 674a, 677a, 678, 808, 1283, 1415-1421, 
 1418a-1420a, 1597, 2439, 2610-2613, 2863, 
 2891, 2894, 2957, 3444, 3959, 3963, 4002, 4262 
 
 chronica 4280 
 
 classification of languages 1223a 
 
 codex 400, 2927 
 
 colloquies 844,1338,1400 
 
 comedies 72 
 
 commentary 1228 
 
 confessional 70, 226-227, 570, 594, 
 
 849, 900, 1414, 2604-2607, 2826, 2875, 3428, 3990 
 
 conversation, guide to 160 
 
 conversations 864, 1338a, 1400a 
 
 daily exercises 3447 
 
 days of month 220,220a 
 
 devotional exercise 1167 
 
 devocionario 64, 1029, 1385 
 
 dialogues. .223,1322,1338,3246, 3248, 3318,3457,3479 
 
 dictionary 197, 199, 241, 
 
 245, 1031, 1751, 2819, 3443, 3458, 3602, 3955 
 
 discourses 71, 1041, 3017-3018 
 
 dissertations 1383, 2627 
 
 divisions of the year 600-603 
 
 No. 
 
 Mexican doctrioa Christiana 75, 122, 
 
 132, 192, 477, 672, 830a, 1052-1056, 1283, 
 1398-1399, 2563, 2608-2613, 2669, 2826, 2891, 
 2894, 3245, 3315, 3355, 3446, 3476, 3981, 3991 
 
 epistles 1222-1223 
 
 examples 4020 
 
 exhortations 2254-2256 
 
 explanations 1251, 2578 
 
 extracts 2259 
 
 fable 3453a 
 
 general remarks 182a-182ii, 2016, 268a, 3976, 
 
 447, 454-455, 755c, 817-824, 901, 913, 1270a, 
 1404, 1553, 1560, 1754, 1875a, 1978a, 2678, 2687, 
 2699, 2859, 2877, 3014, 3368e-3365/', 3375, 3497- 
 3498, 3501, 3680, 3701, 3746, 3841, 3962, 3965 
 
 gospel of John 498 (p.), 3711c (p.) 
 
 Luke- . 208-209 (p.), 208a (p.), 1242, 2052 
 
 gospels 2618,2874 
 
 and epistles 311 
 
 grammar 54, 167, 170, 191, 193, 197, 199, 
 
 245, 551a, 561o, 562, 605-606, 612, 849a, 900, 
 995, 1315, 1379, 1409-1413, 1594, 1597, 1611- 
 1612, 1772, 2569, 2614-2615, 2628, 2682a, 2817- 
 2819, 2826. 2869, 2893, 2954, 2961, 3186, 3221a, 
 3305-3306, 3367, 3368/, 3370, 3443, 3450, 3453a, 
 3458, 3476-3477, 3800, 3871, 3939, 4002, 4262 
 
 grammatic analysis 3368a-3368cJ 
 
 comments 226, 23-24, 
 
 28, 397a, 563, 1386, 1392, 1559, 1564, 1593, 
 1879, 2560, 2873, 2998-2999, 3211-3212, 3586 
 
 hieroglyphs 1234, 2756, 3380, 3736 
 
 historical notes 196 
 
 history of cities 2301-2302 
 
 Mexico 789^793, 2578a, 3453 
 
 the Conquest 994a 
 
 the Passion 1824 
 
 homilies 2398 
 
 hymn 564, 592 
 
 indulgencias 240 
 
 instructions 3430, 3451 
 
 for administering sacra- 
 ments 1611 
 
 new ministers 896 
 
 instructor 1382, 2573 
 
 legal document 2693a 
 
 letter 615d 
 
 life of S. Bernardino do Sena 3452 
 
 S. Antonio 234 
 
 lives of saints 2616, 3485 
 
 local names 613-615, 813 
 
 Lord's Prayer 28, 397d, 
 
 718, 836, 1271, 1331, 1337, 1736a, 2146, 2452, 
 2473a, 2560, 2670, 2670a, 2676, 2713, 2862,3449a 
 
 manual 2439-2440, 2892, 30C8 
 
 for administration of sacraments... 863, 
 2319, 2881, 2955, 3430 
 
 memorial 2043, 4270 
 
 moral laws for Indian children 229 
 
 names of days 220, 220a, 317a, 3013 
 
 deities 2524, 3532a 
 
 months 317a, 435-437, 1359, 3013 
 
 numeriils 63a, 363/, 549, 
 
 55U, 600-603, 600a-6006, 1499, 1558(!-1558(J, 
 1558(7, 1558i, 1558m, 1558», 1559, 1873-1877, 
 1874a,1876a, 2259, 2675, 3046, 3124-3125, 3377a 
 
INDEX. 
 
 1113 
 
 No. 
 
 Mexican oidinances 2846-2847 
 
 paleography 1025 
 
 parable of Prodigal Son 1937a 
 
 phonetic elements 3014 
 
 piadoso devocionario 1397 
 
 plant names 2918d 
 
 pmticaa 191, 193, 228, 230, 2565 
 
 poetry 2668a 
 
 polysynthesea 26 
 
 prayers 239,2599,3681 
 
 primer 630,2960,3316-3317 
 
 proclamation of emperor 2533a 
 
 proper names 1558c-1558d, 1558g', 1558i, 
 
 1558m, IbSSv 
 
 register of baptisms 3209 
 
 relationships 220,220a 
 
 religions instructions 1944 
 
 treatises 2821-2823 
 
 rites 3013 
 
 scripture passages 838 
 
 sermons. . . .72a, 123, 125, 235-236, 310, 570, 610, 804, 
 1227, 1338, 1G14, 1750. 2253, 2452a, 2599c, 
 2826, 2858, 3187, 3221a, 3246, 3315, 3355, 
 3365, 3412, 344], 3445, 3480, 3485, 3559- 
 3561, 3563-3534,3569-3570, 3772, 3892, 4004 
 
 silahario 1380-1381 
 
 songs 591, 3015!), 3453a 
 
 specimens 2396 
 
 spiritual directory , 2582a 
 
 lessons 2233 
 
 studies 20,184-185 
 
 terms . .218-219, 218a, 219a, 441a, 442, 448, 600-603, 
 766,766(1,1118, 1403,1661a, 2088-2089, 2562a, 
 2627, 3380, 3729, 3834^3836, 3967-3968. 4175 
 
 text 28a, 222, 231-233, 237, 243-245, 495c, 
 
 063, 1045a, 12506, 2252, 2320, 2449-2451, 
 2530, 2533, 2557A, 2573, 2576-2582, 2578a, 
 2580d, 2617, 2618a, '•622-2623, 2669a, 2876, 
 2958, 2962, 3175a, 3314, 3411, S442, 3449, 
 3453a, 3464, 3975, 3975a, 3985, 4003, 4038 
 
 tract 125, 3214, 3249, 3355, 3365, 3369, 4:81 
 
 translations 355 
 
 treatise 198-199 
 
 verses...-. 3680 
 
 vocabulary 23-24, 28, 63a, 149- 
 
 159, 212, 297-298, 322a, 363, 42pa, 495c, 
 533-534, 5516-551e, 600a-6006, 607, 900, 
 1118a, 1322, 1331, 1339, 1392, 1595, 1611, 
 1737a, 1741-1748, 1948, 1978a, 2162-2167, 
 2216, 2525, 2558, 2561, 2600-2603, 2628, 
 2682a, 2693a, 2820, 2826, 2869, 2879, 3123, 
 3211-3212, 3241, 3443, 3448, 3702, 3709, 
 3724, 3726-3728, 3823, 4054-4055, 4262 
 
 ■vyords 268a, 400a-4006, 4116, 420o, 
 
 718, 813, 1269, 1404, 1598, 2259, 2276, 
 2559, 3469, 3718-3720, 3731, 3968a, 3982 
 See Aztec. 
 Mexicana: See Mexican. 
 Mexicane: See Mexican. 
 
 Miami general remarks 2377-2379, 3499 
 
 grammatic comments 28 
 
 numerals 1959-1963 
 
 proper names IW, 2646 
 
 relationship 2645 
 
 No. 
 
 Miami vocabulary .28, 297-298, 1061, 1391, 
 
 1393, 1061, 1712, 2204, 2216, 2377-2379, 
 3120, 3625, 3860, 3949, 3983, 4061-4064 
 
 Miami-Illinois dictionary 2230a 
 
 vocabulary 212 
 
 Michelmack words 3949 
 
 Michigan geographic features 2197 
 
 proper names 1940 
 
 Michoacan confessional 245a 
 
 dialogue 1546 
 
 grammar 245a, 1542 
 
 text 146, 245a, 2532 
 
 thesoro spiritual 1543-1544 
 
 vocaliulary 1545,2525,4048 
 
 Michopdo : See Maidu. 
 Michuacan : See Michoacan. 
 Mickmak : See Micmac. 
 
 Micmac Acts of Apostles 318]^, 3809 
 
 Bible stories 4010 
 
 catechism 2057-2059, 2580c, 3185c, 4005-4007 
 
 conjugation 3185c 
 
 decalogue 3185(8 
 
 dictionary 3185a, 4019 
 
 epistle to Gralatians 3185»i 
 
 Bomans 3185« 
 
 Exodus 414, 3181A, 3185c (p.) 
 
 Genesis 518, 3181(?, 3185c (p.) 
 
 general remarks 1270a, 3185o 
 
 gospel of StJohn 209 (p.), 498 (p.) 
 
 31796-3179/, 3181*, 3711c (p.), 4205 
 
 St. Lute 31816-3181C 
 
 St.Mark, 318U 
 
 St. Matthew 3179c-3179(J 
 
 grammar 274a, 101 9a, 1597a, 1949a-1949ii, 
 
 2059a, 2407, 2580!i-2580c, 4197a 
 
 grammatic comments ....1391,3179 
 
 forms 3179 
 
 material 3185t 
 
 hieroglyphs 3583-3584 
 
 hynms, prayers, &o 31796, 3181r, 3181( 
 
 3185i-3185m, 31854, 4005-4008 
 
 instructor 31856 
 
 lesson card 3181a 
 
 local names 3181 
 
 Lord's Prayer 28, 59, 185a, 1270a, 14946, 2237, 
 
 2473a, 2713, 3583-3584, 3914-3915, 4011, 4276 
 
 mass and vesper book 2495 
 
 New Testament 3181m (p.) 
 
 numerals 3181,3585 
 
 prayers 25806-2580c, 3185sr, 3185*, 4005-4008 
 
 primer 67 
 
 proper names 703 
 
 Psalms 519, 31 8l6, 3181s (p.), 3185m (p.) 
 
 notes on translation of 3185A 
 
 reading book 3180-3181 
 
 relationship ,2645,3185 
 
 religious offices 2580a 
 
 rudiments 3409a 
 
 sentences 3185c 
 
 sermons 2057-2059 
 
 specimens 4013 
 
 stories 3185'e 
 
 terms 8f 1^63 
 
 text 3179 
 
1114 
 
 INDEX. 
 
 No. 
 
 Micmac tracts 3179a-3179&, 
 
 318171^31815, 31851, 3884-3887 
 
 vocabulary 28,212, 
 
 274a, lOOOa-10006, 1362,1391, 1393, 1802, 
 2204, 2216, 2291, 2580c, 3182, 4170-4171 
 
 words 273-275, 2205, 3181, 3185/ 
 
 See Ga8p68ieii. 
 
 Micmacensi: See Micmac. 
 
 Mije: SeeMixe. 
 
 Mikasuke Lord's Prayer - 3640 
 
 terms 488 
 
 vocabulary 3640 
 
 Mikasuki : See Mikasake. 
 
 Mikemak: See Micmac, 
 
 Mikmak : See Micmac. 
 
 Mikmaque: See Micmac. 
 
 MUicete : See Maliseet. 
 
 Milicite: See Maliseet. 
 
 Millbank -words 1108,1108a 
 
 Millerton numerals 3098 
 
 Millicete : See MaUseet. 
 
 Minatarree : See Minitari. 
 
 Minckus : See Minqua. 
 
 Minetare: See Miuitari. 
 
 Mlnetari : See Minitari. 
 
 Minitareo : See MiDitari. 
 
 Minitari numerals 1959-1962 
 
 proper names 1940, 2646 
 
 relationships 2645 
 
 specimens 2521 
 
 terms 523-524,2521 
 
 vocabulary 212, 1391, 1393, 
 
 1685, 2204, 2216, 2645, 3493 
 
 words 3502 
 
 SeeHidatsa; see Gros- Ventre. 
 
 Minrataree: See Minitari, 
 
 MionecoDJou names of chiefs 3944 
 
 Minnetahse: See Minitari. 
 
 Minnetare: See Minitari. 
 
 "Minnetaree : See Minitari. 
 
 Minnitaree : See Minitari. 
 
 Minqua general remarks 3582 
 
 numerals 68-69 
 
 vocabulary 572-574 
 
 See Susquehanna. 
 
 Minque : See Minqna. 
 
 Minsi catechism 3557 
 
 general remarks 2029 
 
 hymns 1637-1638 
 
 names 1714 
 
 numerals 1136, 1959-1962 
 
 relationship 2645 
 
 vocabulary 28, 212, 297-298, 1136, 1172, 
 
 1391, 1393, 1946a, 2529, 2779, 3414 
 words , 2021, 2276, 3503, 3982 
 
 Miquemaque: See Micmac. 
 
 Mission Indians: See names of the various mis- 
 sions 
 
 Missisauga vocabulary 28,297-298, 
 
 1136, 1391, 4174-4175 
 words 3503 
 
 Mississage : See Missisauga. 
 
 Missouri general remarks 1958 
 
 grammatic comments 1654 
 
 linguistic material 1075 
 
 No. 
 
 Missouri proper names 
 
 702-704, 702a, 1955c, 2646 
 
 reJationships 2840 
 
 Missouri-Colombienneregionvocabulary. lQ78a 
 
 Missouri Valley philology- 1686 
 
 MisBOuria: See Missouri. 
 Missourie : See Missouri. 
 Missquito; See Mosquito. 
 Mistec : See Mixteca. 
 Misteca : See Mixteca. 
 Misteco : See Mixteca. 
 Mistekic : See Mixteca. 
 Mist^que : See Mixteca. 
 
 Miwok numerals 3098 
 
 vocabulary 3098 
 
 words 3100 
 
 Tosemite names 3098 
 
 Mixe comparisons 363a 
 
 confessional 3155 
 
 dovocionario 349 
 
 dictionary 3156 
 
 doctriua Christiana 3155 
 
 general remarks 1754 
 
 grammar 217, 217a-2176, 349, 3155-3156 
 
 grammati6 comments 2998-2999 
 
 Lord's Prayer 2l7,217a-217&,836 
 
 .numerals 2678 
 
 prayers 4060 
 
 sermons 331 
 
 vocabulary 332, 1343a, 3760a, 4045a, 4060 
 
 See Gruichiovian. 
 
 Mixteca catechism 676-677, 1561-1562, 2866 
 
 dictionary 3311 
 
 doctrina Christiana 1050a, 1278-1280, 1562, 3481 
 
 epistles 1590 
 
 general remarks 1754, 2678, 2859 
 
 gospel 836,1590,3482 
 
 grammar 217, 217a-217&, 1885, 286(i, 
 
 3239-3240, 3483, 4039 
 
 grammatic comments 28, 1879, 2998-2999 
 
 Lord's Prayer 28, 185a, 217, 217a-2176, 836, 
 
 2214, 2216, 2473a, 2713 
 
 manual 4039 
 
 numerals 748 
 
 place names 813 
 
 prayer 3964 
 
 sacraments 10 
 
 sermons 939, 3312, 3829 
 
 tracts 3312, 3964 
 
 vocabulary ,....28,73,713,3168,3824,4039 
 
 words 813,3982-3983 
 
 Mixteca-Zapoteca text 8306 
 
 Mixtecice : See Mixteca. 
 Mixteco : See Mixteca. 
 
 Mixteco-Montanez catechism 677 
 
 Mixtek : See Mixteca. 
 Mixteka: See Mixteca. 
 Mixtekeu : See Mixteca. 
 Mixt6que : See Mixteca. 
 Miztec: See Mixteca. 
 M izteca : See Mixteca. 
 
 M'mat vocabulary 1721, 1721a 
 
 Mnenioues : See Menomoni. 
 
 Mubiliou voc.ibiilary 298 
 
 MtHoonotes 25U 
 
INDEX. 
 
 llli 
 
 No. 
 
 Hodoc nnmeTals 3098 
 
 Tocabnlary 811,16236,2514,3102 
 
 See Klamath. 
 Modok: See Modoc. 
 Mohanx : .See Mobawk, 
 
 MohaTe grammatic comments 1425-1426 
 
 proper names 703 
 
 vocabulary 217, 217(i-2176, 291, 527-528, 
 
 1061, 1430, 1506, 1534-1535, 1719, 
 2215, 2304, 2307, 3068, 3254, 4103 
 
 ■words 2305 
 
 Mohawk Acts of Apostles 1791, 1791a 
 
 adverbs 31853, 
 
 alphabet 2279 
 
 Apostles' Creed 2723 
 
 Bible stories 3130 
 
 Book of Common Prayer 117, 413, 816, 2664, 
 
 2735, 4136-4137 
 
 catechism 807,2664,2725,3130 
 
 epistle of James 1786 
 
 John (1) 1786 
 
 John (2) 1787 
 
 John (3) 1788 
 
 Jade 1789 
 
 Peter (1) 1786 
 
 Peter (2) 1786 
 
 epistle to Colossians 1765 
 
 Corinthians 1763,1784 
 
 Epbesians 1794 
 
 Galatians 1762,1793 
 
 Hebrews 1770 
 
 Philemon 1769 
 
 PhUippians 1764 
 
 Bomans 1792 
 
 Thessalonians 1766 
 
 Timothy 1767 
 
 Titns 1768 
 
 examples 325 
 
 general remarks 1859, 2029, 2856 
 
 geographic names 2643 
 
 glossary 1637a 
 
 gospel of St. John 84, 
 
 208-209 (p.), 280a, 497-498 (p.), 1785, 
 2769-2771, 31056, 37116 (p.)-3711c (p.) 
 
 St. Lnke 1780-1781, 3185a; (p.) 
 
 St. Mark 413, 
 
 438-440, 3185* (p.)-3iS5y (p.) 
 
 St. Matthew ....- 1782-1783 
 
 grammar 3146-3147 
 
 grammatic comments 28, 413, 2855 
 
 history translation of Book Common 
 
 I'rayer 1825 
 
 hymns 74,268, 4138-4139, 
 
 1774-1779, 1774a, 1779a, 2053, 2279, 3020, 3399 
 
 Isaiah 2722 
 
 letter 440a 
 
 litany 2664 
 
 localnames 3606 
 
 Lord's Prayer 28, 185a, 
 
 1337, 1825, 1859, 2723, 3185a;, 3577-3579, 3964a 
 
 mass and vespi-rs 2454 
 
 names of months 1660 
 
 numerals 68-09, 69a, 212a, 
 
 975-976, 975a, 1133-1139, 1134a, U35a. 1660, 
 1683, 1859, 2855, 2910, 318.52, 3979, 4089, 4098 
 
 No. 
 
 Mohawk phrases 2542-2545, 3650 
 
 prayer-book.-. 807,2270 
 
 prayers 1796,2507,2723,3130 
 
 primer 3136-3137 
 
 psalms and hymns 4138-4139 
 
 religions instruotion 10275 
 
 Eevelation '. 1790 
 
 sacred history 3817 
 
 Scriptures 807 (p.) 
 
 sentSncea 3185a;, .31852, 3630 
 
 sermons 1027a, 16186-1618C, 2231a, 3307, 3819' 
 
 specimens 1088-1093 
 
 Ten Commandments 2723 
 
 terms 1999 
 
 text 1637a, 3818 
 
 verbal forms 1636a-l 6366 
 
 verses 2383 
 
 vocabulary 28,212,297-298,571, 
 
 1061, 1089a, 1091, 1091a, 1201,1391, 1393, 
 1474, 1860, 2029, 2204, 2216, 2646, 3185«, 
 3185W-3185X, 318566, 3414, 3511-3512 
 
 words 505-506, 
 
 2279, 2855, 3185«-3185aa, 3650, 3710, 3949 
 Moheagan : See Mohcgan. 
 Moheakanneew : See Mohegan. 
 Moheakannuk : See Mohegan. 
 
 Mohegan catechism 174-175, 3108 
 
 examples 317c 
 
 general remarks 1134a, 
 
 1135a, 2377-2379, 2793-2794 
 
 grammar 1898 
 
 grammatic comments 28, 317c, 1112, 201 
 
 Lord's Prayer 28, 185a, 1004-1007, 
 
 1088-1093, 1089a, 1091 o, 
 1133-1139, :462, 3914-3915 
 
 memoir 1847, 1979 
 
 numerals.. 1133-1139, 1134o, 1136a, 1846, 1959-1962 
 
 prayers .' 3108-3109 
 
 proper names 702-704, 702a, 2646 
 
 Psalms 1136 (p.), 1827 (p.), 2666 (p.), 3556 (p.) 
 
 relationships 2645 
 
 specimens 1846 
 
 vocabulary 28, 63, 212, 297-298, 421, 
 
 1004-1007, 1133-1139, 1134a, 1135a, 
 1240, 1391, 1393, 1708, 1712, 1846, 
 ]94Ca, 2010, 2204, 2216, 2311-2312, 
 2362, 3123, 3414, 3478, 4170-4171 
 words. - .2276, 2377-2379, 2745, 2979, 3503, 3625, 3982 
 See Stockbridge. 
 Mohican: See Mohegan. 
 Mohikan : See Mohegan. 
 
 Mohogice Lord's Prayer 397d, 718, 
 
 1331, 2452, 2473a, 3449a 
 
 vocabulary 1331 
 
 words 718 
 
 Mojave: See Mohave. 
 
 Mblale grammatic comments 527-528 
 
 numerals 2678 
 
 sentences 1472 
 
 text 1473 
 
 vocabulary 527-528, 1393, 1472, 1531, 1635 
 
 Molele : See Molale. 
 Monnitarri ; See Minitari. 
 
 Mono general remarks 217, 217a-2176 
 
 Monsee : See Minai. 
 
1116 
 
 INDEX. 
 
 No. 
 
 Montagnais catechism 40, 400, 116d, 2963-29G4 
 
 chants, &c 406 
 
 dictionary 2968,4019 
 
 gene-al remarks 1266a, 224.5-2246, 3793 
 
 grammar . 
 
 2968 
 
 grammatic comments 23-24 
 
 hymns, prayers, &c 4005-4007 
 
 Lord's Prayer . . 720a, 2473a, 2497-2501, 3914-3915 
 
 prayer-hook 2153,2153a 
 
 prayers 38, 40a, 2244-2246, 2963-2964 
 
 songs 2963-2964 
 
 specimens 2219,3735 
 
 text 116(2 
 
 Tocahnlary 23-24, 28, 298, 7556, 29C9 
 
 words 1801 
 
 SeeCree; see Knist^naux. 
 
 Montagnaise ; See Montagnais. 
 
 Montagnar: See Montagnais. 
 
 Montagnard : See Montagnais. 
 
 Montagnie : See Montagnais. 
 
 Montang: See Montauk. 
 
 Montauk vocabulory 321a, 2192, 
 
 2204, 2362, 4194-4197 
 
 Mooksahk vocabulary 1518 
 
 Moose Bible history . . 1 1853a 
 
 Book of Common Prayer 1850 
 
 catechism 1853a 
 
 church rites 1850 
 
 Moqni general remarks 217, 217a-2175, 1424 
 
 numerals 2678 
 
 phrases 3774 
 
 sentences 3774 
 
 songs 3774-3775 
 
 Tocabulary 217, 217a-2176, 
 
 267a, 999, 2303, 2307, 3608-3609 
 ■words 267,2305,3774 
 
 Moscau : See Mosquito. 
 
 Moskito : See Mosquito. 
 
 Mosquito Bible stories 378a 
 
 dictionary 1033a 
 
 general remaiks 366, 2678 
 
 grammar 217, 217a-2176, 904-905, 1040, 1724 
 
 introduction to Ten Commandments . . . 904-905 
 
 Lord's Prayer 208-209, 208a, 904-905 
 
 nurcierals 760a, 3617 
 
 prayers 12266 
 
 primer 12266 
 
 songs 217,2170-2176,4275 
 
 vocabulary 363g, 366, 7536, 760a, 842, 904-905, 
 
 1731, 3718-3720, 3722-3723, 3731, 4275 
 
 words 1730,3718-3720,3731 
 
 See "Waikna. 
 
 Mt. St. Elias vocabulary 1231 
 
 Mountain Cherokee: See Cherokee. 
 
 Mountain Crow : See Crow. 
 
 Mountainee : See Montagnais. 
 
 iluhekaueew : See Mohegan. 
 
 Muhheconnuk: See Mohegan. 
 
 Muhhekaneew: See Mohegan. 
 
 Mnhhekaneok : See Mohegan. 
 
 Muhkekaneew; See Mohegan. 
 
 Mukkogee : See Muskoki. 
 
 Muncey : See Minsi. 
 
 Munsee: See Minsi. 
 
 Muscogee: See Muskoki. 
 
 No. 
 Muscoghe : See Muskoki. 
 Muscogulge : See Muskoki. 
 Muscoki : See Muskoki. 
 Muskhogec : See Muskoki. 
 Muskogee? See Muskoki. 
 Muskogh : See Muskoki. 
 Muskoghe : See Muskoki. 
 Muskogulge : See Muskoki. 
 Muskohg: See Muskoki, 
 Muskohge : See Muskoki. 
 Muskohgee : See Muskoki. 
 Muskoke: See Muskoki. 
 Muskokee: See Muskoki. 
 
 Muskoki Acts of Apostles 3323 
 
 alphabet 2320 
 
 assistant 1301 
 
 catechism 2324,2333-2334 
 
 child's book 1303 
 
 commandments 1669 
 
 constitution and laws 2966 
 
 dictionary 2329 
 
 double consonants 3330 
 
 early history 3333 
 
 epistle Corinthians 3328 
 
 Ephesians 3322 
 
 James 3322 
 
 John 3339 
 
 Bomann 3327 
 
 Titus 3322 
 
 fable 3331a 
 
 tirst reader 3335-3336 
 
 general remarks 301-308, 
 
 762a-762(J, 1107a, 2377-2379 
 
 gospel St. fTohn 84 (p.), 514, 997, 2335-2336, 
 
 37116 (p.) 
 
 St. Luke 3325 
 
 St. Mark 3324 
 
 St. Matthew 2325-2327, 3329i (p . ) 
 
 grammar 486-487, 513, 2330 
 
 grammatic comments 2328o, 2990-'.'991 
 
 material , 28, 1391 
 
 specimens 3586 
 
 history 3332a 
 
 hymns 172, 322a. 
 
 515, 702o, 706O-7056, 1669, 2337-2338, 
 2689, 3329c-3329d, 3329i7-3329A, 3329A: 
 
 legend leooc 
 
 letter 3036a 
 
 Lord's Prayer 1669, 2323 
 
 names of towns 1003 
 
 newspaper 3332 
 
 numerals 1629, 1959-1962. 1972 
 
 phrases 1462 
 
 proper names 400, 670, 698-699, 702-704, 702o, 
 
 897o, 1680-1681, 1940, 19556-1955C, 2646, 3780 
 
 relationships 2328 
 
 second reader 3337 
 
 sentences 1462 
 
 sermon 1302 
 
 songs 2110,3326 
 
 spelling-book 1670 
 
 teacher 1304 
 
 temperance pledge 2331 
 
 Ten Commandments 1669,2323 
 
 tei-ms 18-19,300,2988 
 
INDEX. 
 
 1117 
 
 No. 
 
 Mnskoki text 16006, 21920-21926, 2880a, 2965a- 
 
 2965rf, 33290-33296, 3329e-3329/, 3776a 
 tract 2967,3338,4177a 
 
 - vocabulary 28, 212, 297-298, 421, 650, 798, 
 
 1299(!, 1331, 1391, 1393, 1523, 1682, 
 2204, 2216, 2090, 3090a, 2992, 3478 
 
 words 718, 2377-2379, 2521, 2745, 3502-3503, 
 
 3625, 3961, 3982 
 
 Muskotawenewuk: See Cree. 
 
 Miitsun formulse for confession, &o 163a 
 
 general remarks 2678 
 
 grammar 162, 217, 217a-21 75 
 
 gramraatic comments 2998-2999 
 
 phrase-book 163 
 
 prayers 163a 
 
 vocabulary 163a, 164, 7556, 1435-1436 
 
 Mynckussar vocabulary 28 
 
 Mynquesa words 3983 
 
 "Naas : See Nass. 
 
 Nabajo : See Navajo. 
 
 Nadowess : See Naudowessie. 
 
 Nadowessier: See Naudowessie. 
 
 Nagailer : See Tacully. 
 
 Nagaliei': See Tacully. 
 
 Nagi-anda : See Nagrandan. 
 
 Nayrandan grammatic comments ..3718-3720, 3731 
 
 numerals ....3718-3720,3731 
 
 vocabulary 753a, 2214, 3718-3720, 3731 
 
 words 3718-3720,3731 
 
 See Orotina. 
 
 Naguatl: See Mexican. 
 
 Naguiler: See Tacully. 
 
 Nahawny vocabulary 2079, 3395 
 
 Nahba : See Mexican. 
 
 Nahua: See Mexican. 
 
 If ahual : See Mexican. 
 
 Nabualt : See Mexican. 
 
 Nabuatl : See Mexican. 
 
 N4kum vocabulary 3098 
 
 Nambe general remarks -. . 2552 
 
 vocabulary 999,2552,3608-3609 
 
 Namoller: See NamoUi. 
 
 Kamolli numerals 1226a 
 
 vocabulary 3530,4277 
 
 KamoUo: SeeNamoUi. 
 
 Nanaimo Lord's Prayer 217, 2170-2176, 603a 
 
 Ten Commandments 217 (p.) , 217a, 
 
 2176 (p.), 603a 
 words 3360 
 
 Ifanaimook: Nanaimo. 
 
 Nanticok : See Nanliooke. 
 
 Nanticoke vocabulary 1136, 1393, 1710, 1712, 
 
 2204, 2216 
 words 2502 
 
 Naolingo: See Totonaca. 
 
 Naoudoouessis : See Naudowessie. 
 
 Napa Valley general remarks 217, 2170-2176 
 
 Naraganset : See Narragansett. 
 
 Narraganset : See Narragansett. 
 
 Narragansett general remarks 2377-2376 
 
 grammatic comments ..- 28 
 
 key 4143-4146,4148 
 
 proper names. '. 2918 
 
 vocabulary 28, 212, 297-298, 1004-1007, 1136, 
 
 1391, 1393, 2204, 2216, 2362, 4147, 4195-4196 
 
 No. 
 
 Narragansett words 848, 2377-2379, 3625, 3982 
 
 Nass grammatic comments 217, 217a-2176 
 
 sentences 217, 217a-2176 
 
 vocabulary 1507 
 
 Natches : See Natcbez. 
 
 Natchez general remarks. 762a-762(i, 2260-2262, 3206 
 
 grammatic comments 28,488 
 
 numerals 488 
 
 vocabulary 297-298, 488, 491, 1391, 1 393, 2204, 
 
 2207, 2216, 2992, 3329 
 words 2785 
 
 Natiok : See Massachusetts. 
 
 Natik ; See Massachusetts. 
 
 Natimolo : See Totonaca. 
 
 Natsit Kutchin vocabulary 3394 
 
 Naudoway : See Naudowessie. 
 
 Naudowessie general remarks 913, 2377-2379 
 
 grammatic comments 28 
 
 numerals 634-647,1959-1962 
 
 song 28 
 
 vocabulary 28, 297-298, 319, 634-647, 2313 
 
 words 2377-2379,3625,3982 
 
 See Dakota. 
 
 Nangatuck vocabulary 1004-1007 
 
 Nauni : See Comanche. 
 
 Navaho: See Navajo. 
 
 Navajo comparisons .. 2972 
 
 dictionary 2513 
 
 grammar 2513 
 
 numerals 322a 
 
 phrases. 30116 
 
 . proper names 703 
 
 relationships 2872 
 
 vocabulary 161, 217, 217a-2176, 332a, 
 
 527-530, 539-542, 999, 1061, 1123, 
 
 2214-2216, 2307, 2758, 2969, 3070, 
 
 3608-3609, 3849, 3852, 4103, 4129 
 
 words 2212,30110-30116 
 
 Navajoe : See Navajo. 
 
 Neeshenam : See Nishinam. 
 
 Neetlakapamuch : See Neklakapamuk. 
 
 Nehaunay ; See Nahawny. 
 
 Nehetbawa grammatic comments 28 
 
 names of the moons 3951 
 
 vocabulary 28, 3951-3952, 4173 
 
 Neklakapamuk grammar 1569 
 
 grammatic comments 217, 217a-2176 
 
 hymns 1565,1567 
 
 Lord's Prayer 217, 2170-2176, 4276 
 
 prayer-book 1565 
 
 sacraments 1566-1568 
 
 vocabulary, 1569 
 
 Nestucca vocabulary 1475 
 
 Netela grammatic comments 217, 2170-2176 
 
 Lord's Prayer 217, 2170-2176 
 
 numerals 547 
 
 verse 217, 217a-2176 
 
 vocabulary 217, 2170-2176, 527-538, 531-532, 
 
 1393, 2316, 4103 
 
 words — • 2212 
 
 See Eizb. 
 
 Nevome confession 3643 
 
 doctrina Christiana 3643 
 
 grammar 3642 
 
 grammatic comments 3637 
 
1118 
 
 INDEX. 
 
 No. 
 
 Nevome Lord's Prayer 3637 
 
 vocabulary 3637 
 
 See Pima. 
 
 New England general remarks 2377-2379 
 
 grammatic comments 28 
 
 Lord's Prayer 1337, 4128 
 
 names of fishes 3906a 
 
 remarks 3524a 
 
 specimens 417Sa 
 
 vocabulary . . 28, 297-298, 1391, 3123, 4198-4202 
 words 2377-2379,3710,3982 
 
 Newfoundland specimen 625 
 
 See Bethnck. 
 
 New Galinia general remarks 1538 
 
 Newittee vocabulary , 1393 
 
 New Jersey dialogues 384S 
 
 names of animals 3667 
 
 phrases 2808 
 
 tribal namt 3 3478 
 
 vocabulary 267i-267ft, 2808, 3199 
 
 New Mexico vocabulary 3608-3609 
 
 words 3757 
 
 New Nethorland names 352 
 
 New Stock bridge numerals 1959-1962 
 
 New Sweden grammatic comments 28 
 
 phrases 572-574 
 
 vocabulary 28, 572-574, 1391 
 
 words 2205,3503,3983 
 
 New York local names 3525-3526, 3544-3546, 
 
 3666, 3790 
 
 numerals 63a 
 
 vocabulary 63a 
 
 Nez Perc6 : See Nez Perc6s. 
 
 Nez Pert.-6s catechism 41 
 
 epistle of John (1) 43 
 
 firstbook 2755 
 
 gospel of John 42, 84 (p.), 3711b (p.) 
 
 Matthew 3707-3708 
 
 grammar 2363 
 
 grammatic comments 44, 217, 217a-217& 
 
 hymns 44,3706a 
 
 Indian names 702a 
 
 Lord's Prayer 44 
 
 numeration 2886 
 
 primer 2781 
 
 school-book 2755a 
 
 terms 523-524 
 
 test 2755a 
 
 vocabulary 1061, 1247a, 1310, 1393, 2363, 2904- 
 
 2905, 2907-2909, 3382, 4047, 4118 
 words 2205, 2886 
 
 Nicaragua general remarks 361 
 
 vocabulary 2525 
 
 words , 2870 
 
 Nih:iloitih (Echeloots) vocabulary 1635 
 
 Nikimoani hymns 2359 
 
 Nikutemukh vocabulary 1509 
 
 Xipefftm : Sec Winnebago. 
 
 Xipissing cantiques 950 
 
 catechism 950 
 
 history of the Old Testament 947 
 
 hymns 2231 
 
 life of Jesus 949 
 
 prayers 2231 
 
 syllabaire 950 
 
 No. 
 
 Nipissing tract 3250 
 
 vocabulary I860 
 
 Niquiran words 3718-3720,3731 
 
 Nisbinam names of plants 3098 
 
 numerals 2678,3098 
 
 vocabulary 1995,3098 
 
 words 3100 
 
 Niskwalli dictionary . . . - 1501, 1509 
 
 numerals --- 1499 
 
 vocabulary ..574a, 575, 1393, 16;J5, 2216, 3876a, 4047 
 
 Nisliwally: See Niskwalli. 
 
 Nisqually: See Niskwalli. 
 
 Nitinaht Sound: See Makah. 
 
 Nitlakaparauk: Neklakapamuk. 
 
 Nitteenat: See Makah. 
 
 Noje : See Noze. 
 
 Nome Lackee vocabulary 1038 
 
 Nonstoki: See Neatucca. 
 
 Nookaahk words 3360 
 
 Noona-targh-meutes vocabulary 2808a 
 
 Noosdalum vocabulary 537-538, 2205, 3534, 3873 
 
 Noosolupb vocabulary 2764 
 
 Nootka glossary 2768 
 
 grammatic comments 217, 217a-217& 
 
 numerals 28, 104, 1101, 1311-1312, 1870, 1873- 
 
 1877, 1874a, 1876a 
 
 remarks 2170&-2170C 
 
 vocabulary . 28, 51, 104, 1606, 212, 427, 537-538, 574a, 
 575, 1985-1988, 1987a, 2126, 2170&- 
 2170c, 2206, 2215-2216, 3154, 3535 
 
 war song 1965-1988, 1987a 
 
 words ... ' 104,1498,3716,3781-3782 
 
 Nootka Sound numerals 1312a-1312& 
 
 vocabulary 537-538,1337,1393 
 
 words ..'. 3950,3982 
 
 Nootkah : See Nootka. 
 
 Noowook-meutes vocabulary 2808a 
 
 Nopthrinthres vocabulary 165 
 
 Norfolk Baie: See Tohinki'an6. 
 
 Norfolk Sound numerals .... 537-538, 1042-1044, 
 
 1319, 3038 
 
 song 1042-1043,1319 
 
 vocabulary ]319 
 
 Xorri<Iguwock grammatic structure 2i'91 
 
 Lord's Prayer 1 100 
 
 numerals 319'> 
 
 vocabulary 2291, 2983 
 
 Norridgwog: See Norridgewock. 
 
 Norteiio vocabulary 1325 
 
 Noi tb Carolina general remarks 2377-2379 
 
 tribal names 3478 
 
 words 2377-2379 
 
 Northern Indians general i-emarks 2000 
 
 text ..- 1610 
 
 vocabulary 539-540, 1978ri 
 
 Northwest Indians comparisons 1511 
 
 general remarks - 108,1511,3534 
 
 grammatic comments . .-r. 28 
 
 proper names 100 
 
 sentences 3203a 
 
 tribal names 221 1 
 
 vocabulary 1318 
 
 words / 397c,3203a 
 
 Norton Sound grammatic comments 28 
 
 vocabulary 28, 507, 1337 
 
INDEX. 
 
 1119 
 
 JTo. 
 
 yommbega phrases 3842 
 
 specimens 3899 
 
 worda 3842 
 
 Nottoway vocabulary 1391, 1393,2204, 2216 
 
 words 3502 
 
 Kousaghauset numerals 1959-1962 
 
 Noustokl vocabulary 1475 
 
 Noutka : See Kootka^ 
 
 Noze numerals 3098, 3 100 
 
 vocabulary 3071 
 
 Nozi : See Noze. 
 
 Nsietshaw vocabulary 1393, 1635, 2216 
 
 Nsietshaw us : See Nsietsbaw. 
 
 Nueva EspaGa words 2670 
 
 Niieva Segovia dictionary 2401 
 
 doctrina Christiana 2403 
 
 grammar 2401, 3429, 4282 
 
 sermons 3429 
 
 text 2402,2404 
 
 tratados 4283 
 
 Nufauatl : See Mexican. 
 
 Nulato numerals 982 
 
 vocabulary 981-982 
 
 Numangkake : See Mandan, 
 
 XTiiiipotitdkfiu vocabulary 1247a 
 
 Numsu vocabulary 3098 
 
 NuDiwok vocabulary 527-528 
 
 Nushergagmut numerals 982 
 
 vocabulary 981-982 
 
 Nutka : See Nootka. 
 
 Nutka Sound : See Nootka Sound. 
 
 Oaxaca general remarks 3164 
 
 Ochepwa: See Chippewa. 
 
 Ochippeway : See Chippewa^ 
 
 Ocniltec general remarks 217, 217a-217& 
 
 Odahwah : See Ottawa. 
 
 Odjibwa: See Chippewa. 
 
 Odjibway : See Chippewa. 
 
 Odjibwe : See Chippewa. 
 
 Odschibwa: See Chippewa. 
 
 Ogallah : See Ogallala. 
 
 Ogallala proper names 1940, 3944 
 
 Ojeboa; See Chippewa. 
 
 Ojebwa : See Chippewa. 
 
 Ojibbewa : See Chippewa. 
 
 Ojibbeway; See Chippewa. 
 
 Ojibbwa: See Chippewa. 
 
 Ojibua; See Chippewa. 
 
 Ojibue: See Chippewa. 
 
 Ojibwa : See Chippewa. 
 
 Ojibwauk : See Chippewa. 
 
 Ojibway : See Chippewa. 
 
 Ojipue: See Chippewa. 
 
 Okanagan relationship 2645 
 
 vocabulary 1501, 1509, 1861, 2205, 3534, 3872 
 
 words 3359 
 
 Oklnakan : See Okanagan. 
 
 Okinaken : See Okanagan. 
 
 Olamentke general remarks 3358 
 
 terms 523-524 
 
 vocabulary 205,527-528,8358 
 
 Old Algonkin : See Algonkin. 
 
 Old Pecos: See Pecos. 
 
 Olmeca terms 3972-3973 
 
 Omaha account of creation and fall 2382 
 
 No. 
 
 Omaha fable 1069 
 
 grammatic comments. 1687 
 
 hymns 1647,2382 
 
 Lord's Prayer 1647, 2382 
 
 myth 1078 
 
 numerals 1959-1962, 8046, 3631, 4149-4150 
 
 phrases 1077,1687 
 
 portions of Scripture 1647 
 
 primer 2382 
 
 proper names 698-699, 702-704, 702a, 897a, 
 
 1940, 1956!>-1955i;, 2621, 2646 
 
 relationships 2645, 3771 
 
 sentences 1647 
 
 terms 623-524 
 
 vocabulary 212, 1391 , 1393, 1650-1651, 1685, 
 
 1687, 2204, 2216, 3291, 3193, 4166 
 words 1077,2521,3502 
 
 Omahaw: See Omaha. 
 
 Omawhaw: See Omaha. 
 
 Omohaw: See Omaha. 
 
 Onalashka : See Unalaska. 
 
 Onandaga; See Onondaga. 
 
 Oneida, address 4183-4134 
 
 conjugation 3647d 
 
 general remarks 2029 
 
 geographic names 2643 
 
 hymns 3601 
 
 Lord's Prayer 3647d 
 
 numerals 2916, 31852, 3979, 4098 
 
 phrases 3647iJ, 3654 
 
 proper names 698-699, 702-704, 702o 
 
 relationships 2645 
 
 sentences 3647(i, 3654 
 
 verbal forms 16360-16366 
 
 vacabulary 28, 212, 297-298, 1081, 1391, 
 
 1393, 19460, 2029, 2204, 2216, 
 
 2646, 3511-3512, 3619, 3647<J 
 
 words 2855,2977,3654,3949 
 
 Oneidah ; See Oneida. 
 
 Oneider: See Oneida. 
 
 Oneydoe: See Oneida. 
 
 Ongalantsi ; See Ugalenze. 
 
 Onnoiout: See Oneida. 
 
 Onolaska : See Unalaska. 
 
 Onondaga dictionary 4296 
 
 general remarks 2029,2377-2379 
 
 geographic names 2643 
 
 grammar 1890,4298-4300 
 
 grammatic forms 1972 
 
 material 1391 
 
 numerals 68-69, 69ll, 2916, 3585, 3979, 4098 
 
 phrases 3651 
 
 relationship 2645 
 
 sentences 3651 
 
 text 1637a 
 
 verbal forms 1636a-1636& 
 
 vocabulary. -.28, 212, 297-298, 7556, 1061, 1113, 1240 
 1391, 1393, 2029, 2166, 2204, 2216, 
 2239, 2646, 3511-8512, 4297, 4300 
 
 words 3205, 2276, 2377-2379, 2855, 3145, 
 
 3502, 3625, 3644, 3651, 3949, 3982 
 
 Onondago : See Onondaga. 
 
 OnondagoCounty, New York, local names. 810 
 
 Onontager: See Onondaga. 
 
 Opata Christian doctrine 37, 1051 
 
1120 
 
 INDEX. 
 
 No. 
 
 Opata general remarks 1754, 2859 
 
 grammatic comments 28, 217, 2170-2176, 
 
 527-528, 2998-2999 
 
 Lord's Prayer ... 28, 185o, 217, 217a-217!), 527-528, 
 
 836, 2214, 2473a, 2841 
 
 specimen 2216 
 
 vocabalary 284, 7556, 2214, 2216, 
 
 2998-2999, 3001, 3638 
 See Tegnima. 
 
 Opataice : See Opata. 
 
 Openango (Passamaquoddy) vocabulary.- 2087 
 
 Opuhnaike : See Delaware. 
 
 Oregon general remarks 3164 
 
 local names 1515 
 
 Lord'sPrayer 2473a 
 
 sentences 62, 62a 
 
 tribal names 1439 
 
 vocabulary 2205 
 
 Oregonice : See Oregon. 
 
 Orotina grammar 217, 217a-2176 
 
 vocabulary 217, 2170-2176 
 
 See Nagrandan. 
 
 Osage Bible stories, &c 4086 
 
 general remarks ISO 
 
 Lord's Prayer 3577-3579, 36280-36286, 4276 
 
 material 3047 
 
 medicalnamea 1917-1921 
 
 numerals 1629 
 
 poeti y 3033a 
 
 prayers 36280-36286, 3629 
 
 proper names . 670,698-699,702-704, 702a, 1 940, 1965c 
 
 relationship 1170,2645 
 
 specimens 2521 
 
 vocabulary 28, 212, 433-434, 
 
 1061, 1391, 1393, 2204, 2216, 2685, 2993 
 words 815, 2684, 3502 
 
 Osagen; See Osage. 
 
 Otchilpwe: See Chippewa. 
 
 Otetoes : See Otomi. 
 
 Otbomi : See Otomi. 
 
 Otbomiz: See Otomi. 
 
 Othomy : See Otomi. 
 
 Oto : See Otoe. 
 
 Otoe brief references 1958 
 
 fable 1070 
 
 grammatic comments 1654 
 
 linguistic material 1075 
 
 New Testament 2571 
 
 names of persons 3628a 
 
 numerals 1959-1962, 3631 
 
 proper names 670, 698-699, 
 
 897a, 1940, 19556-1955c, 2621, 2646 
 
 relationship 1620, 2645 
 
 terms 623-524 
 
 vocabulary 212, 1391, 1393, 2645, 3493 
 
 woids 3602 
 
 Otomi catechism 171, 659-660, 2316, 
 
 2594, 2878, 2881a, 3188, 3472 
 
 colloquies 1401 
 
 conipari.-ons 731a 
 
 confissional 2881o 
 
 confessions 659,856,3472 
 
 dictionai-y 194, 1392, 2.116, 2738-2739, 3955 
 
 discourse 836, 1250, 2694-2698, 2959 
 
 doctriiia Christiana 168, 659-660, 1049, 2316, 
 
 2942, 3172-3175, 3221a, 3472, 3981 
 
 No. 
 
 Otomi etymology 2859 
 
 general remarks. ...97a-976, 2016, 217, 217(1-2176, 
 755c, 1764, 2207, 2215, 2678, 2859, 3002-3003, 3403 
 
 grammar 171, 217, 
 
 2170,2176, 593, 608, 683a, 668,729a, 730, 1229, 
 
 1250, 1392, 1624, 1881-1883, 2738-2740, 2857, 
 
 2878, 3142, 3188, 3221a, 3352, 3472, 3955 
 
 grammatic comments . ...28, 738,.2316, 2998-2999 
 
 specimens 3586 
 
 instmctions 2944,3472 
 
 Lord's Prayer 28, 185a, 208-209, 208a, 
 
 217, 217a-'il76, 397d, 836, 2452, 
 2473a, 2696, 2713, 3449a, 4082 
 
 letters 1230 
 
 manual 2943 
 
 numerals 363/, 1598, 2316, 2696, 2959, 3046 
 
 ode 1598 
 
 place names 813 
 
 primer 2959 
 
 proper names 702-704, 702a 
 
 researches 732 
 
 studies 183 
 
 text 2578a,2880 
 
 vocabulary 28, 168, 171, 212, 480o, 609, 663o, 
 
 664, 669, 7556, 10676-10670, 2216, 2879, 
 3168, 3247, 3472, 3595, 3702, 4056-4057 
 
 words 970-976, 813, 2276, 
 
 2959, 3403, 3950, 3932-3983, 4082 
 Otomita : See Otomi. 
 Otomitioe : See Otomi. 
 Otta : See Otoe. 
 
 Ottawa Book of Common Prayer 2002 (p.) 
 
 catechism llOe, 1008, 3601a 
 
 dictionary 11 6e, 1031o 
 
 elementary boots 2536-2539, 3979a 
 
 first lessons 4-5 
 
 general remarks 2029,3206' 
 
 gospel St. John 2541 
 
 St. Luke 2539 (p.) 
 
 hymns 2002, 2383, 2637-2538, 3979a 
 
 laws 2639 
 
 letter 202o 
 
 lifeof Christ 2.56 
 
 Lord's Prayer 3577-3579,3914-3915,4276 
 
 numerals 1969-1962 
 
 New Testament ,2540 
 
 prayers 262-254, 258, 2o8a, 265, 4097 
 
 phrases 1009 
 
 preaching book 2C3 
 
 proper names 670, 698-699, 702a, 
 
 702-704, 897a, 1940, 19666-1956C 
 
 Ten Commandments 2002 
 
 vocabulary 1027c, 1391, 1393, 1946a, 1969-1962, 
 
 2029, 2204, 2216, 3473, 4174-4175 
 
 words 1009,2205,2979,3502 
 
 Ottawwaw : See Ottawa^ 
 
 Otto: See Otoe. 
 
 Ottoe : See Otoe. 
 
 Ottowa: See Ottawa. 
 
 Ougaljakhmoutzi: See TJgalakmut. 
 
 Ounalachka: See Unalaska. 
 
 Outaouak : See Ottawa. 
 
 Paegau : See Piegan. 
 
 Pahni : See Pawnee. 
 
 Pah-Utah : See Pai-ute. 
 
 Pah-Ute : See Pai-ute. 
 
INDEX. 
 
 1121 
 
 No. 
 Pah-Tutah: See Pai-ute. 
 Paialee : See Painli, 
 
 Paiuli general remarks 217, 2 1 70-217 6 
 
 words 3218-3219 
 
 Pai-ute generiil remarks ..217, 2l7a-2176, 3072, 3088 
 
 grammatic comments 1425-1426 
 
 numerals 537-538, 547, 632-633, 2215 
 
 phrases 537-538,1737 
 
 sentences 632-<l33 
 
 songs 3055 
 
 vocabulary 499, 840, 1737, 1834, 
 
 2124, 2216, 2307, 2515-2516, 2651, 3259, 3611 
 
 words 2305,3218-3219 
 
 See Ute. 
 Paiynte : See Pal-ute. 
 Palaihnih : See Palaik. 
 
 Palaik numerals 2678 
 
 Tocabulary 217, 217a-2176, 1393, 1635, 2216 
 
 words 2214 
 
 Paliis grammar 2887 
 
 vocabulary 1635 
 
 Pame general remarks 1754 
 
 grammar 3702 
 
 grammatic comments 2998-2999 
 
 Lord's Prayer 217, 217a-2176, 836 
 
 vocabulary 3702 
 
 Pamlico: See Pampticongh. 
 
 Pampticough vocabulary 28, 212, 297-298, 479- 
 
 480, 1391, 2222-2223 
 Pamticoe: See Pampticongh. 
 Pamticough : See Pamptiooiigh. 
 
 Pamunkey vocabulary 98oc 
 
 Pani : See Pawnee. 
 Pany : See Pawnee. 
 
 Papago exercises 1241 
 
 grammatic comments 1606, 2998-2999 
 
 Lord's Prayer 217, 217a-2176, 836 
 
 vocabulary 4103 
 
 words 1606 
 
 Papagol: See Papago. 
 Pdsamaquoddice : See Passamaqnoddy. 
 
 Pasaamaquoddy dictionary 4019 
 
 hymns, prayers, &c 4005-4007 
 
 Lord's Prayer 24730,3914-3915.4276 
 
 numerals 1629 
 
 prayer book ■. 1939 
 
 vocabulary 1391,2068,2204 
 
 Patawat: See Potawotami. 
 Pattawatime : See Potawotami. 
 
 Patwin numerals 3098 
 
 vocabulary 3098 
 
 Pa-Uta: Sec Pai-ute. 
 
 Pavant vocabulary 3073,4272 
 
 Pavi6tso vocabulary 3074-3076 
 
 Pawne : See Pawnee. 
 
 Pawnee catechism 1105o 
 
 dictionary 1106 
 
 glossary 2768 
 
 gospel of Mark 1105a 
 
 grammatic comments 1687 
 
 sketch 1106 
 
 Lord's Prayer 1687 
 
 numerals .... 1959-1962, 2678, 3046, 3048-3050, 3631 
 
 phrases 1687 
 
 primer - 1104 
 
 71 Bib 
 
 No. 
 
 Pawnee proper names .... 400, 670, 698-699, 702-704, 
 
 702a, 897a, 1105, 1940, 1953c 
 
 relationships 1106,2352,2645 
 
 sentences 1835 
 
 songs 211a 
 
 Ten Commandments 1105a 
 
 terms 523-524,761 
 
 text 1106a 
 
 vocabulary 636, 212, 11066, 1106, 
 
 1391, 1393, 1649, 1686, 1687, 1978a, 
 2204, 2216, 2645, 2889-2890, 3493, 4103 
 
 words 2521 
 
 Pawnee Plots : See Pawnee. 
 Pawni: See Pawnee. 
 
 Paya confessional 2296a 
 
 Payusitae : See Pai-ute. 
 Payutes: See Pai-ute. 
 
 Peau de Li^vre dictionary 2968 
 
 grammar 2968 
 
 vocabulary 7566,2969 
 
 Pecos general remarks 2552 
 
 vocabulary 999,2562 
 
 Pedum-Nigrorum : See Blackfoot. 
 
 PehtsSk vocabulary 3384 
 
 numerals 2678 
 
 .Pehtsik: SeePehts^k. 
 Peloose: See Paliis. 
 Pelua : See Paliis. 
 
 Pends d'Oreille catechism 3631 
 
 Lord's Prayer 3577-3679, 3624-3625 
 
 prayers 3627-3628 
 
 Pennsylvania general remarks 2377-2379 
 
 local names 3590 
 
 place names 4094-4095 
 
 remarks 913, 1967a-19676, 3498 
 
 sachem's address 891a-8916 
 
 specimens 3413,3847 
 
 vocabulary 28, 298, 815a-816(2, 
 
 8910-8915, 19670-19676, 2934-2937 
 
 words 2377-2379, 2844-2845, 3625, 3982 
 
 Penobscot Bible stories 4010 
 
 catechism 4005-4007 
 
 dictionary 4019 
 
 general remarks 2377-2379 
 
 hymns, prayers, &c 2393a-23936, 3186», 4006-4008 
 
 Lord's Prayer 1100, 2473a, 3914-3915, 4276 
 
 numerals 1570a, 1629, 1939, 1959-1962, 3I85t 
 
 prayer-book 1939, 318,'ir 
 
 Teij Commandments 4260 
 
 text 23930-23936 
 
 Tocabulary 28, 297-298, 1136, 1391, 2983, 3123 
 
 words 2205, 2276, 2377-2379, 3185(, 3626, 3982 
 
 Penobscotice : See Penobscot. 
 
 Pensilvanie: See Pennsylvania. 
 
 Pensylvan ; See Pennsylvania. 
 
 Pensylvania: See Pennsylvania. 
 
 Pensylvanie : See Pennsylvania. 
 
 Pensylvanien : See Pennsylvania. 
 
 Peoria proper names . ..698-699, 702-704, 702a, 897a 
 
 relationships 2645 
 
 text 2974 
 
 Pequot Lord's Prayer 2628, 3462 
 
 vocabulary 1004-1007 
 
 Pericti general remarks . . 217, 217a-2176, 825, 1754 
 Perindice: See Pirinda. 
 
1122 
 
 INDEX. 
 
 No. 
 
 Peten doctrina Christiana 363/ 
 
 vocabulary 363/, 3726-3728 
 
 Piankashaw general remarks 2377-2379 
 
 proper names 698-699, 702-704, 702a, 1940 
 
 relationship 2645 
 
 vocabulary 28,297-298 
 
 words 2377-2379,3625 
 
 Piankeshaw : See Piankashaw. 
 
 Picoris: SeePicuris. 
 
 Picts: See Pawnee. 
 
 Picnris general remarks 2552 
 
 vocabulary . . . .217, 217(1-2176, 999, 2552, 3608-3609 
 
 Piede : See Pai-ute. 
 
 Pieds-noirs : See Blackfoot ; see Piegan. 
 
 Piegan grammatic comments 28 
 
 numerals 3046 
 
 proper names 2646 
 
 relationships 2645 
 
 vocabulary 212 
 
 See Blackfoot. 
 
 Pillager numerals 4085 
 
 Pima general remarks 1754, 2859 
 
 grammar 217, 217a-2176, 2816, 3642 
 
 grammatic comments .... 28, 1606, 2975, 2998-2999 
 
 specimens 3586 
 
 Lord's Prayer ... 28, 185a, 217, 2170-2176, 836, 865 
 
 numerals 547, 1101, 2975 
 
 parts of the Bible 865 
 
 prayer 28, 217, 217a-217& 
 
 sentences 1835 
 
 sermons 3564a 
 
 Ten Commandments 865 
 
 vocabulary 533-534, 537-538, 911, 
 
 1061, 1393, 2214-2216, 2251, 2912- 
 2913, 3039, 3412a, 3534, 3547, 4103 
 
 ■words 1606,2205,3502,3982 
 
 See Nevome. 
 
 Pima-Cepata local names 527-528 
 
 Pimo : See Pima. 
 
 Pimeria: See Pima. 
 
 Pimo : See Pima. 
 
 Pina : See Pima. 
 
 Pinaleno vocabulary 539-542 
 
 2215-2216,2885,4103 
 
 Pinalero : See Pinaleno. 
 
 Pipil vocabulary..-; 3760a 
 
 Pirinda comparisons 731a 
 
 general remarks 1754 
 
 grammar 12, 1618 
 
 grammatic comments 28 
 
 Lord's Prayer . . . .' 28, 185a, 2214, 2473a 
 
 Psalms 14 
 
 sermons 13 
 
 specimen 2216 
 
 test 2531 
 
 vocabulaiy 1618 
 
 See ilatlazinga; see Tarasca. 
 
 Pirinda-Othomi general remarks 755c 
 
 grammatic comments 738 
 
 researches 732 
 
 Piro grammatic comments 2998-2999 
 
 Lord's Prayer 217, 217a-2176, 836 
 
 vocabulary 293 
 
 Piscataway: See Maryland. 
 
 Piskaus : See Piskwaus. 
 
 No. 
 
 Piskaws : See Piskwaus. 
 
 Piskwaus names of seasons 2207 
 
 vocabulary 1509, 1635, 2207, 2216 
 
 ■^ords 1393, 3359 
 
 Piskwaw : See Piskwaus. 
 
 Pitt Kiver vocabulary 217, 217a-2176 
 
 Pitt Elver Valley vocabulary 1456 
 
 Piute : See Pai-ute. 
 
 Pi TTte : See Pai-ute. 
 
 Pocomam: SeePocoman. 
 
 Pocoman confessions 3243 
 
 dictionary 2633 
 
 grammatic comments 3211-3212 
 
 homilies 2634 
 
 Lord'sPrayer , 2473a 
 
 vocabulary 489a, 2632-2633, 
 
 3211-3212, 3760a, 3963a 
 See Poconchi. 
 
 Pocomanice: SeePocoman. 
 
 Pocomchi: See Poconchi. 
 
 Poconcham : See Poconchi. 
 
 Poconchi catechism 3981a 
 
 confessional 853a, 3981a 
 
 discourse 3016 
 
 doctrina Christiana , 1047c, 3981a, 4032c 
 
 general remarks 2377-2379, 3501 
 
 grammar 217, 217c^-217&, 1363-1374, 2631 
 
 grammatic commen ts 28 
 
 material 1392, 3981o 
 
 Lord's Prayer 185a, 217, 217a-2176, 397d, 
 
 718, 1271, 1331, 1337, 1374a, 1392, 
 1736a, 2146, 2452, 2473a, 3449a, 4128 
 
 numerals 730a 
 
 place names 813 
 
 sermons 35a-35d, 3981a 
 
 vocabulary .28, 298, 730a, 
 
 1331, 1364a, 1366, 3963a 
 
 words 718, 813, 2377-2379, 3474-3475. 3625, 3982 
 
 See Pocoman. 
 
 Poconchice: See Poconchi. 
 
 Poconchine: See Poconchi. 
 
 Poconchini : See Poconchi. 
 
 Podawahdmih : See Potawotami. 
 
 Poetuce : See Assiniboin. 
 
 Pojuaque general remarks 2552 
 
 vocabulary 999, 2552, 3608-3609 
 
 Pojuate: See Pojuaque. 
 
 Pokomam : See Pocoman. 
 
 Pokoman: SeePocoman, 
 
 Pokomane : See Pocoman. 
 
 Pokonchi : See Poconchi. 
 
 Porno numerals 2678, 3098 
 
 songs 3098 
 
 vocabulary 217,'217a-217b, 3098 
 
 words 3099 
 
 Ponca primer 1068 
 
 proper names 698-699,702- 
 
 704, 702a, 19556-1955c, 2646 
 
 relationships 2645 
 
 sentence 1835 
 
 vocabulary 1315a, 1623a. 3291, 4166 
 
 words 2521 
 
 Poncara proper names 1940 
 
 Pond6ra : See Pend d'OreiUe. 
 
 Ponka: See Ponca. 
 
INDEX. 
 
 1123 
 
 No. 
 Poodawahduhme; See Potawotami. 
 
 Pootatuck proper names 906 
 
 Pooyalawpoo specimens 4047 
 
 Popolnca general remarks . . . .217, 217ffl-2176, 1754 
 
 vocabulary 363o, 2762a, 3760o 
 
 See Chontal. 
 
 Port des Fran^ais general remarks 2190, 2199a 
 
 numerals 28, 527-528, 1337, 2190, 21 99a, 2202a 
 
 Portlook Harbor vocabulary . . . .527-528, 3037-3038 
 Potawatomie : See Potawotami. 
 Potawatomy : See Potawotami. 
 Potawattamie : See Potawotami. 
 
 Potawotami Acts of the Apostles 2357 
 
 catechism 3040, 3045 
 
 dictionary 426o, 1376a 
 
 elementary book 2974 
 
 examples 2365 
 
 general remarks 2029, 2365, 2377-2379, 4188 
 
 gospel of Matthew 3603 (p.), 2367 (p.) 
 
 grammar 1376a 
 
 hymns 3045 
 
 Lord's Prayer 2026, 426a, 2473a, 2597a, 
 
 3577-3578, 3624-3625, 3914-3915 
 
 numerals 426o, 1629, 1959-1962, 3098 
 
 phrases 3632 
 
 prayer-book 1375-1376, 3041-3042 
 
 proper names 698-699,702- 
 
 704, 702a, 897a, 1940, 2646 
 
 relationships 2645 
 
 spelling-book 4185 
 
 terms 523-524 
 
 vocabulary 28, 297-298, 1210, 1391, 1393, 1946a, 
 
 2018a, 2029, 2216, 2645, 3119, 3003 
 
 words 2205, 2377-2379, 2844-2845, 
 
 2979, 3504, 3625, 3632, 3982 
 Potawotamice : See Potawotami. 
 Potawotamie : See Potawotami. 
 Piitewateme : See Potawotami. 
 Potewatemi : See Potawotami. 
 Potewatimi : See Potawotami. 
 Potewattomie : See Potawotami. 
 Potewotomi : See Potawotami. 
 Potiwattomie : See Potawotami. 
 Potowatome : See Potawotami. 
 Potowatomie : See Potawotami. 
 Potowotami : See Potawotami. 
 Potowotomie : See Potawotami 
 Potrwatame : See Potawotami. 
 Polrwatcme: See Potawotami. 
 Pottawatameh : See Potawotami. 
 Pottawatomi : See Potawotami. 
 Pottawatomie : See Potawotami. 
 Pottawotomie : See Potawotami. 
 
 Potter Valley general remarks 217, 217o-217i) 
 
 Pottowotami : See Potawotami. 
 Pottowotamie : See Potawotami. 
 Poutouatomi : See Potawotami. 
 
 Powhatan numerals 431 
 
 vocabulary 1391,2362 
 
 Powhattan : See Powhatan. 
 
 Poya general remarks 217, 217a-2176 
 
 Prairie Nations relationships 2840 
 
 Prince Edward's Island names of places- . 3185d 
 
 Prince "William's Sound numerals 537-538, 
 
 1042-1044, 1318, 1337, 3038 
 
 No. 
 
 Prince "William's Sound vocabulary 104, 527- 
 
 528, 1318, 1337, 3037-3038 
 
 P'shwan-wapam grammar 2887 
 
 Psteni vocabulary 1282a 
 
 Puant vocabulary ._ 2313 
 
 See "Winnebago. 
 Pueblo general remarks . .217, 217a-2l76, 1422, 1424 
 
 grammatic comments 1422 
 
 proper names 1955c 
 
 vocabulary 537-538 
 
 Pueblo de Cach6 : See Talamanca. 
 
 Pujuni vocabulary 986, 1635, 2212^ 2216 
 
 Punca: SeePonca. 
 Puncah : See Ponca. 
 Punctunc : See Putunc. 
 Punka : See Ponca. 
 Pupulaca : See Popoluca^ 
 
 Pupuluka-Katchikel general remarks 3501 
 
 Putawatomie : See Potawotami. 
 
 Putunc vocabulary 1388 
 
 words .' 363/ 
 
 Qiche : See Kiche. 
 
 Quaddie : See Passamaquoddy. 
 
 Quapaw numerals 1959-1962 
 
 proper names 698-699,1940 
 
 terms 623-524 
 
 vocabulary 1391, 1393, 1623a, 2204 
 
 words 3502 
 
 Quappa : See Quapaw. 
 
 Qnawpaw: See Quapaw, 
 
 Quecchi : See Cacchi. 
 
 Queche: SeeKiohe. 
 
 Queen Charlotte's Islands general remarks 1601 
 
 numerals 723, 1312-1313, 13120-13126 
 
 sentences 1601 
 
 vocabulary 212,537-538, 1312-1313, 1312a- 
 
 13126, 1391, 1941a, 2205 
 Qnekchi : See Cacchi. 
 
 Qu616ne grammar 748 
 
 Quengues : See ( ayuga. 
 
 Queres numerals 2678 
 
 vocabulary 217, 217a-2176, 1061, 2303, 2678 
 
 Quich6: SeeKiohe. 
 
 Quiripi catechism 2928-2930 
 
 Lord's Prayer ' 3914-3915 
 
 Quixe: See Kiche. 
 Quoddy : See Passamaquoddy. 
 Qviohe: See Kiche. 
 Qwiiswaipiim : See Yakama. 
 
 Eama general remarks 217, 217a-2176 
 
 Eed Indians: See Bethuck. 
 
 Eed Knife relationships 2645 
 
 Eepublican Pawnee : See Pawnee. 
 
 Ehode Island local names 3913 
 
 Eicara: See Arikare. 
 Eiccara: See Arikare. 
 Eiccaree : See Arikare. 
 Eicoari: See Arikate. 
 Eickarie: See Arikare. 
 Eikara : See Arikare. 
 Eis : See Arikare. 
 
 Eocky Mountains Stoney numerals 3776 
 
 vocabulary ^'^^ 
 
 Eoilroilpam grammar 2887 
 
 Eouudhead grammatic comments 1977-1978 
 
1124 
 
 INDEX. 
 
 No. 
 
 It^^msen Dumerals 527-528,1873- 
 
 1877, 1874a, 1876a, 2212-3046 
 
 specimen 1282 
 
 vocabulary 28, 51, 212, 217, 217a- 
 
 2176,427, 527-528, 2216, 2348 
 Kumsien : See Rumsen. 
 Kunsien : See Rumsen. 
 Ennsi&ne : See Eumsen. 
 Ruslen : See Rumsen. 
 
 Russian America general remarks 2206, 3997 
 
 terms 1845 
 
 ■vocabulary 2206 
 
 Russian River vocabulary 217, 217a-2176 
 
 Sabanero vocabulaiy 1325 
 
 Sac proper names 670, 698-699, 702-704, 
 
 702o, 1336, 1940, Uooc, 2521, 2646 
 
 relationships 2645 
 
 text 391,3910-3916 
 
 vocabulary 212,798,1391, 
 
 1393, 1946a, 2204, 2216 
 
 ■words 2521,2666,2979,3502 
 
 Sack: See Sac. 
 
 Saclau vocabulary 165 
 
 Sacramento River vocabulary 2214 
 
 Sacramento Valley general remarks. 217, 2170-2176 
 
 Lord's Prayer 217, 217a-2176 
 
 Saganawwords 3949 
 
 Sabaptin examples 1635 
 
 general remarks 217, 2170-2175, 1635, 2678 
 
 numerals 2214 
 
 vocabulary 1484, 1635, 2215-2216, 
 
 3534-3535, 3872, 3876a 
 
 ■words 2205 
 
 Sahkey: See Sac. 
 
 St. Francis vo cabulary 12996-1299c 
 
 See Abnaki. 
 St. Jean : See Maliseet. 
 St. John : See Maliseet. 
 St. Louis Mission graramatic comments. .2998-2999 
 
 vocabulary 1264 
 
 St. Regis names of places 1859 
 
 St. Xavier : See San Francisco Xavier Mission. 
 Sakew i : See Sac. 
 Sakis : See Sac. 
 Salish : See Selish. 
 
 Salmon river vocabulary 1391 
 
 Sampitche general remarks 217, 217a-2176 
 
 San Antonio de Padua Mission Lord's 
 
 Prayer 217, 217a-2176 
 
 San Antonio Mission confessional 3616 
 
 dictionary 3014-3615 
 
 grammatic notes 3614 
 
 Intel rogatories 3614 
 
 Lord'sPrayer 527-528,3614 
 
 numerals 1636, 221 2 
 
 vocabulary . .165, 527-528, 902, 911, 1393, 2216, 3534 
 
 words 1636 
 
 San Bias vocabulary 1644, 2349 
 
 San Borgia vocabulary 2214,2216 
 
 San Carlos vocabulary 2348, 3942 
 
 Sand ia general remarks 2552 
 
 vocabulary 999, 2552, 3608-3609 
 
 San Diego grammatic comments 527-528 
 
 Lord'sPrayer 527-528 
 
 vocabulary , 527-528, 911, 1393, 2207, 3534 
 
 No. 
 
 San Diego Mission grammatic comments. 2998-2999 
 Lord'sPrayer 1101,3577-3578 
 
 San Felipe general remarks 2556 
 
 vocabulary 999,2552,3608-3609 
 
 San Fernando Mission grammatic com- 
 ments 2998-2999 
 
 Lord's Prayer 527-528, 1101, 2212 
 
 ■words 2212 
 
 San Francesco Borgia Mission: See San 
 Francisco de Borgia Mission. 
 
 San Francesco Saverio Mission : See San 
 Francisco Xavier Mission. 
 
 San Francisco Bay vocabulary 2348 
 
 San Francisco de Borgia Mission Lord's 
 
 Prayer 825-826,1101,2348 
 
 San Francisco Mission Lord's Prayer 2212 
 
 numerals 1636 
 
 vocabulary 1393 
 
 ■words 1636 
 
 San Francisco Xavier Mission Lord's 
 
 Prayer 825-826,2348 
 
 vocabulary 2214,2216 
 
 San Gabriel Mission catechism 4278 
 
 grammatic comments 2998-2999 
 
 Lord'sPrayer 1101,2212 
 
 numerals 2212 
 
 vocabulary 7556, 911, 1635, 2204, 2348, 3534 
 
 words 2207,2212 
 
 See Kizb : See Netela. 
 
 San G-iuseppe di Comondu Mission: See 
 San Jos6 de Comondre Mission. 
 
 San Ignacio de Kadakamang Mission 
 
 Lord's Prayer 2348 
 
 San Ignacio Mission Lord's Prayer . .825-826, 1101 
 
 San Ddefonso general remarks 2552 
 
 vocabulary 999, 2552, 3608-3609 
 
 San Joaquin Yalley general remarks 217, 
 
 2170-2176 
 Lord'sPrayer 217,2170-2176 
 
 San Jos6 de Comondre Mission Lord's 
 
 Prayer 825-826,2348 
 
 San Juan general remarks 2552 
 
 vocabularies 999, 2552, 3608-3609 
 
 San Juan Bautista catechism 1630 
 
 grammar 163c 
 
 vocabulary 163c, 3S42 
 
 San Juan Caplstrano Mission grammatic 
 
 comments 2998-2999 
 
 Lord's Prayer 1101, 2212 
 
 numerals 2212 
 
 vocabulary 911,1635,2204,3534 
 
 ■words 2207, 2212 
 
 See Netela. 
 
 Saukhican : See Saukikani. 
 
 Sankihani : See Sankikanl. 
 
 Sankikani numerals 1959-1962, 2165 
 
 vocabulary 28, 212, 297-298, 1391, 2162-2166 
 
 words 2276,3124-3125 
 
 Sankitani : See Sankikani. 
 
 San Luis Mission: See Saint Louis Mis- 
 sion. 
 
 San Luis Obispo Mission catechism 163c 
 
 grammar 163c 
 
 Lord's Prayer 527-528 
 
 numerals 1636, 2212 
 
INDEX. 
 
 1125 
 
 No. 
 
 San Luis Obispo Mission vocabulary 163c, 165 
 
 527-528, 911, 1393, 2216, 3534 
 words 1636,2212 
 
 San Lnis Eey numerals I63ii 
 
 Tocabnlary 165,2348 
 
 words 1636 
 
 San Luis Eey Mission Lord's Prayer. 527-528, 1101 
 
 numerals 527-528 
 
 vocabulary 527-528 
 
 San Luiz Key de TYancia Mission Lord's 
 
 Prayer 2212 
 
 San Miguel Chicah confessional 855 
 
 San Miguel Mission catecblsm 163c 
 
 grammar i63c 
 
 numerals 1636,2212 
 
 vocabulary 163c, 165, 
 
 217, 217(1-2176, 1635, 2216, 2348 
 words 11636,2212 
 
 San Rafael Mission: See San Baphael 
 Mission. 
 
 San Eaphael Mission Lord's Prayer. .527-528, 2212 
 
 vocabulary 7556, 1635, 2212, 2216, 2348 
 
 See Joukiousm6. 
 
 Sansareh Sioux names of chiefs 3944 
 
 Santa Ana : See Santa Anna. 
 
 Santa Anna general remarks 2552 
 
 vocabulary 999, 2552, 3608-3609 
 
 Santa Barbara doctrina cbristiana 3805 
 
 grammatio comments 2998-2999 
 
 prayers 3805 
 
 vocabulaiy 28, 212, 527-528, 7556, 
 
 902, 1393, 2216, 2348 
 words 2212 
 
 Santa Clara Mission general remarks 2552 
 
 grammatic comments 2998-2999 
 
 Lord's Prayer 217, 2170-2176, 527-528, 2212 
 
 vocabulary 999, 2348, 2552, 2567, 8608-3609 
 
 Santa Clara Pueblo vocabulary 1378 
 
 Santa Cruz County vocabulary 2348 
 
 Santa Cruz Island general remarks . . 217, 217(1-2176 
 vocabulary 2J48, 3864 
 
 Santa Cruz Mission general remarks. 217, 217(1-2176 
 
 numerals 2678 
 
 vocabulary 847 
 
 Santa Gertrude Mission Lord's Prayer.. 21 7, 217(Z- 
 2176, 825-826, 1101, 2348 
 
 Santa lues Mission catechism 567 
 
 grammatic comments 2998-2999 
 
 Lord's Prayer 527-528, 1101, 2212 
 
 numerals 1636 
 
 text 1250a 
 
 words 1636 
 
 Santa Inez : See Santa Ines Mission. 
 
 Santa Maria Mission Lord's Prayer . .825-826, 2348 
 
 Santa Tomas Mission vocabulary 269 
 
 Santa Ynez : See Santa Ines Mission. 
 
 Santee Bible history 3200a 
 
 catechism 866, 1804, 3200(S 
 
 Christian doctrine 3200a 
 
 dictionary 3292 
 
 epistle to Timothy 867 
 
 Titns 867 
 
 i^xercises 1807 
 
 hymns 1806, 1808-1809, 3200(t 
 
 mission service 1810 
 
 No. 
 
 Santee niimes of chiefs 3944 
 
 prayers 8200a 
 
 prayer book 1811 
 
 psahns 1808-1809 
 
 relationships 2645 
 
 vocabulary 2645,4167 
 
 Santo Domingo general remarks 2552 
 
 vocabulary 999, 2562, 3608-3609 
 
 San Savier : See San Francisco Xavier 
 Mission. 
 
 Saskatchewan calendar 2159 
 
 Saste: See Shasta. 
 Santi: See Shasta. 
 Sastica : See Blackfoot. 
 Satsika: See Blackfoot, 
 Satsikaa: See Blackfoot. 
 Sauk ; See Sac. 
 Sauki : See Sac. 
 Saukie: See Sac. 
 Saulteux; See Saateux. 
 Sauteu : See Sauteux. 
 
 Sauteux catechism 2198 
 
 dictionary 334a 
 
 grammatic comments 1977-1978 
 
 general remarks 408(k-408c 
 
 prayer book 2157 
 
 principles of language 333 
 
 words 3791-3792 
 
 vocabulary 2393 
 
 See Chippewa. 
 Savana : See Savanna 
 Savanahice Lord's Prayer-397(J, 718,1331,2452,3473a 
 
 words 718,1331 
 
 Savanerio vocabulary 2216, 3549 
 
 See Darien. 
 
 Savanna Lord's Prayer 1337 
 
 vocabulary 1536 
 
 Sawano : See Shawnee. 
 Sawanou : See Shawnee. 
 Sawanwan : See Savanna. 
 Sawk : See Sac. 
 Sawkee: See Sac. 
 
 Sayuskla vocabulary 1454 
 
 Schawanese: See Shawnee. 
 Scherokesisch : See Cherokee. 
 Soheyenne : See Cheyenne. 
 
 Schitsui vocabulary 1393,2568 
 
 words 3359 
 
 Schoschone : See Shoshone. 
 Schoshone : See Shoshone. 
 Schwarzfussige : See Blackfoot. 
 Scioux : See Dakota. 
 
 Scoffie vocabulary 28, 1362, 1391, 1393, 2216 
 
 Seco general remarks 217, 217cE-2176 
 
 Secnmne : See Sekumno. 
 
 Sekumne vocabulary. ^ 986, 1635, 2212, 2214, 2216 
 
 Selish elementary book 1240a 
 
 general remarks 1513 
 
 grammar 2566 
 
 grammatic comments 217, 217a-2176 
 
 specimens 3586 
 
 names of seasons - 2207 
 
 numerals 1499 
 
 proper names 704 
 
 relationships 2840 
 
1126 
 
 INDEX. 
 
 No. 
 
 Sellsh Tocabulary 1391, 1475. 2205, 2215^ 
 
 2568, 3359-3360, 3876(1 
 
 Seminole numerals 2681a 
 
 proper names, . . . 670, 698-699, 702-704, 702o, 3053 
 
 terms ^^^ 
 
 Tocabulary 267a, 650a, 2229a, 2081a, 
 
 2773, 3620, 3640, 4141 
 words 267 
 
 Seminolee ; See Seminole. 
 
 Sendal: See L'zendal. 
 
 Seneca alphabet 1931 
 
 analysis 100 
 
 conjugation 2643 
 
 general remarks 2029, 3465, 3511-3512 
 
 geographic names 2643 
 
 gospel John 84 (p.), 1931, 37116 (p.) 
 
 Luke 1665, 2762i! 
 
 Mark 2762c 
 
 Matthew 1666,2762c 
 
 gospels, the four 1838-1839 
 
 grammatic comments 2650-2651,3465 
 
 hymns 55, 1347-1350, 1348o, 1667, 1931- 
 
 1932, 2748, 2763, 2925a, 3185*, 3466- 
 3468, 34680, 3840, 4255-4256, 4274 
 
 inflections 2645 
 
 local names 2479 
 
 Lord's Prayer 1931, 3465, 3577-3579 
 
 "Mental Elevator" 4254 
 
 numerals 1959-1962, 2916, 3185z, 3979, 4098 
 
 phrases 3543,3652 
 
 proper names 698-699, 702-704, 702a, 1940, 
 
 1955c, 2478a 2480 
 
 psalms 3466-3467 
 
 reading book 4252 
 
 relationships 1660, 2643-2645, 2659-2660 
 
 remarks 95 
 
 sentences 3652 
 
 Sermon on the Mount 1668, 1933 
 
 song 3812 
 
 spelling book 4253 
 
 terms 523-524,3543 
 
 tract 1377,4255-4256 
 
 verbal forms 1636a-16366 
 
 vocabularies 28, 55, 95, 212, 297-298, 1391, 1393, 
 
 19460, 19550, 2029, 22l'4, 2216, 2643, 
 
 2646, 2652-2656, 2903, 3511-3512, 3594 
 
 words 2979, 3185aa, 3541-3542, 3652, 3982, 4116 
 
 Senecka : See Seneca. 
 
 Sepobskanumakahkee : See Mandan. 
 
 Seri general remarks 217, 217o-2176, 2859 
 
 vocabulary. .217, 217a-2176, 283a, 285, 3004a, 3006a 
 
 Serrano grammatic comments 2998-2999 
 
 Lord's Prayer 217, 217a-2176, 836 
 
 Sevemow vocabulary 2204 
 
 Shahaptan : See Sahaptin. 
 
 Shasta dictionary 1476-1477 
 
 numerals 2678, 3098 
 
 remarks 527-528 
 
 vocabulary 931, 1393, 1635, 1692- 
 
 1694, 2216, 3095, 3098, 3384 
 words 2314 
 
 Shaste : See Shasta. 
 
 Shasti : See Shasta. 
 
 Shastie : See Shasta. 
 
 Shastika: See Shasta. 
 
 Ko. 
 
 Shavannioe : See Savanahice. 
 
 Shawan : See Shawnee. 
 
 Shawanee : See Shawnee. 
 
 Shawanese: See Shawnee. 
 
 Shawannee : See Shawnee. 
 
 Shawanno: See Shawnee. 
 
 Shawano : See Shawnee. 
 
 Shawanoe : See Shawnee. 
 
 Shawanoese : See Shawnee. 
 
 Shawnee generalremarks 2008-2009, 2377-2379, 3499 
 
 gospel St. Matthew 2360 
 
 grammatic comments 28, 1478, 2010 
 
 hymns 2853-2854 
 
 Lord's Prayer 28, 87, 185a, 1089-1093, 
 
 1089a, 1091a, 2317, 2642, 3914-3915 
 
 names of rivers 1864,2004 
 
 newspaper 2358 
 
 numerals 1 629, 1959-1962, 
 
 2008-2009, 2916, 3979, 4098 
 
 proper names 400, 670, 698-699, 
 
 702-704, 702a, 897a, 1940, 19556, 2646 
 
 reader 2355-2356 
 
 relationships 1673,2645 
 
 specimens 1059 
 
 speller 2355-2356 
 
 terms 523-524,2008-2009 
 
 text 1478 
 
 vocabulary 28, 1 73, 212, 297- 
 
 298, 945, 1026a,1061, 1133-1139, 1134a, 
 H35a, 1391, 1393, 1479, 1623c, 1709, 
 1712, 1860, 1863-1865, 2004, 2010, 2204, 
 2216, 2311-2312, 2645, 2992, 3414, 4103 
 
 words 2068,2377-2379, 
 
 2917, 3121, 3503, 3625, 3949, 3982 
 
 Shawnese : See Shawnee. 
 
 Shawni : See Shawnee. 
 
 Shawnoe: See Shawnee. 
 
 Sheetkah : See Sitka. 
 
 Sheshapotosh : See Sheshatapoosh. 
 
 Sheshatapoosh vocabulary 1362, 1391, 
 
 1393, 2204, 2216 
 
 Sheshatapooshshoish : See Sheshatapoosh. 
 
 Shetiraasha : See Chetimacha. 
 
 Sheyenne : See Cheyenne. 
 
 Shienne : See Cheyenne 
 
 Shihwapmukh vocabulary 1501, 1509 
 
 Shingwauk hymn-book 3593 
 
 Shinumo notes . - 3089 
 
 Shiyau: See Cheyenne. 
 
 Shooswaap vocabulary 1635,3873 
 
 Shoshone general remarks 217, 217a-2176 
 
 glossary 2768 
 
 grammatic comments 527-528, 852 
 
 names of birds 3259 
 
 numerals 547, 852 
 
 phrases 216 
 
 proper names 698-699, 703, 3230a 
 
 sentences - 216,852 
 
 vocabulary 217,2170-2176,364,527-528,840. 
 
 852, 1391, 1393, 1635, 1924, 2039-2040, 
 2205, 2215-2216, 2517, 3077-3078, 3091, 
 3255,3493, 3610-3611,4103, 4259, 4272 
 
 words 216, 1923, 2214, 3143, 3218-3219 
 
 See Snake. 
 
 Shoshonce; See Shoshone. 
 
INDEX. 
 
 1127 
 
 No. 
 
 ShoBlioiii : See Shoslioiie. 
 
 Shoshonie : See Shoshone. 
 
 Shushwapumsh : See Shooswaap. 
 
 Shwoyelpi : See Skoyelpi. 
 
 Sbyenne : See Cheyenne. 
 
 Sicanl : See Sicanni. 
 
 Sicanni vocabulary . . .539-540, 1861, 3080, 3036, 3397 
 
 Siccany : See Sicanni. 
 
 Sierra Blanco Apaches Tocahulary 725, 3592 
 
 Sikani: See Sicanni. 
 
 Sikanni: See Sicanni. 
 
 Siksika ; See Blackfoot. 
 
 Siksikboa : See Blackfoot. 
 
 Silla general remarks 2552 
 
 vocabulary 999,2307,2652 
 
 Silla-Laguna vocabulary 3608-3609 
 
 Sinaloa grammar 410, 3988, 3989 
 
 Sinicker: See Seneca. 
 
 Sioune : See Dakota. 
 
 Sioux : See Dakota. 
 
 Sisseton Dakota : See Dakota. 
 
 Sitka grammatic comments 1345 
 
 numerals 1101 
 
 vocabulary 993-994,1345, 
 
 1393,2205, 2293-2294, 2574 
 words 3402 
 
 Sitka-Kwan: See Sitkawan. 
 
 Sitkawan numerals 982 
 
 vocabulary 981-982, 1507, 2574 
 
 Sitsika : See Blackfoot. 
 
 Six Stations : See Iroquois. 
 
 Skaget vocabulary 918 
 
 Skalza : See Skalzi. 
 
 Skalzi vocabulary 3631,4046 
 
 See Kutenay. 
 
 Skatkwan : See Sitkawan. 
 
 Skay-wa-mish specimens 4047 
 
 Skiltageet : See Skitaget. 
 
 Skitaget vocabulary 537-538, 1393, 1507, 2216 
 
 Skitsuish : See Schitsui. 
 
 Skittagete : See Skitaget. 
 
 Skittegat : See Skitaget. 
 
 Sklallam : See Clallam. 
 
 Skoffi : See SeoflBe. 
 
 Skoflfie: See Scofie. 
 
 Skokomish : See Iwana. 
 
 Skoyelpi vocabulary 1501, 1509-2568 
 
 ■words 3359 
 
 Skwaksin grammatic forms 1143 
 
 words, phrases, and sentences 1147 
 
 Skwale : See Niskwalli. 
 
 Skwali : See Niskwalli. 
 
 Slave hymns 2099 
 
 manual of devotion 2099-2103 
 
 prayers 2099 
 
 vocabulary 2216 
 
 Slave Jargon general remarks -.217, 2170-2176 
 
 Slave Lake relationships 2076, 2645 
 
 vocabulary 2645 
 
 Snake dictionary 337, 3769 
 
 general remarks 1107a 
 
 grammatic comments 28 
 
 terms ■-■ ^^^ 
 
 vocabulary 527-528, 1487, 3382 
 
 words 2521 
 
 426 
 4276 
 
 426 
 4276 
 
 918 
 
 No. 
 
 Snake ; See Shoshone. 
 
 Sneomus : See Snohomish. 
 
 Sneounis : See Snohomish. 
 
 Snohomish catechism 
 
 Lord's Prayer 
 
 prayer book 
 
 sentence 
 
 vocabulary 
 
 words 399 
 
 Soaiatlpi vocabulary 1635 
 
 Solano Mission Lord's Prayer 527-528 
 
 Soledad Mission Lord's Prayer 1101 
 
 general remarks 217, 217a-2176 
 
 numerals 2212 
 
 vocabulary 1636, 1635, 2216, 2348, 3943 
 
 Songish Tribe propernames 2368 
 
 Sonoma Valley general remarks 217, 217a-2176 
 
 Sonora dictionary - 551r 
 
 general remarks . . .- 2678 
 
 grammar 545-546, 548 
 
 grammatic comments 535-536, 551s, 2975 
 
 numerals 2975 
 
 place names 2975-2976 
 
 words 537-538 
 
 See Aztec-Sonora. 
 
 Sonorischen ; See Sonora. 
 
 So-qua-mish specimens 4047 
 
 Sourikwos : See Souriquois. 
 
 Souriquois numerals 1119-1120, 1959-1962,2161, 
 
 2268-2274 
 
 vocabulary 28,1391,2161-2167 
 
 words 2205,2276 
 
 Spokan grammatic forms 1143 
 
 propernames -.. 704 
 
 relationships 1505,2645 
 
 vocabulary ,.1501,1509 
 
 words 3359 
 
 Spokane : See Spokan. 
 
 Spucbielotz vocabulary 993 
 
 Squallyamish : See Squallyomish. 
 
 Squallyomish vocabulary 537-538,3534,3872 
 
 Stakbin-kwan : See Stakhinkwan. 
 
 Stakhin : See Stakhinkwan. 
 
 Stakhinkwan numerals 982 
 
 vocabulary 981-982, 1058, 3006! 
 
 Steilacoom relationships 1505 
 
 Stookbridge Lord's Prayer 2010 
 
 See Mohegan. 
 
 Stone proper names 703 
 
 vocabulary 387, 1860, 3951-3952 
 
 Stone boiler : See Assiniboin 698-699 
 
 Straits of Fuca vocabulary 1 39 1 
 
 Stuart Island vocabulary 527-538 
 
 Subtiabo vocabulary 2216 
 
 Suisun Wintun vocabulary 165 
 
 Snma general remarks 217, 217a-2176 
 
 Surcee: SeeSussee. 
 
 Susquehanna general remarks 1619a, 3582 
 
 numerals 68-69, 69o 
 
 See Minqua. 
 
 Susquehannock : See Susquehanna. 
 
 Sussee grammatic comments 28 
 
 numerals 3'^"^ 
 
 vocabulary ... 28, 212, 530-530, 539-540, 551, 1391, 
 3951-3952, 3776 
 
1128 
 
 INDEX. 
 
 No. 
 
 TabnatUte: See TJte. 
 
 TaooUie : See Tacally. 
 
 Tacoullie : See Tacnlly. 
 
 Taculll; SeeTacully. 
 
 Tacullie : See TacnJly. 
 
 Tacully grammatic comments 217, 217a-2176 
 
 numerals 1664,3046,3876a 
 
 phrases 4047 
 
 specimen 1664 
 
 tribal divisions 2216 
 
 vocabulary 28, 105, 107, 212, 529-630, 
 
 539-540, 551, 1391, 1393, 1635,1645, 
 2204, 2216, 2384-2391, 4047, 4103 
 
 word 2276 
 
 See Atna. 
 
 TacuUy-Umkwa examples 1635 
 
 general remarks 1635 
 
 Tadussak Lord's Prayer 4276 
 
 Taensa grammar ." 1678,2902 
 
 prayers 1678,2902 
 
 songs 2902 
 
 texts 1678,2902 
 
 vocabulary - 1678 
 
 Tabculi: SeeTaonlly. 
 
 Tahcully : See Tacully. 
 
 Tahkaht dictionary 3700(i 
 
 grammar 2125,3700a 
 
 vocabulary 2125 
 
 Tabkali : See Tacully. 
 
 Tahkoli: SeeTacully. 
 
 Tabko-Tiune vocabulary 3876 
 
 Tablewah vocabulary 933, 1501, 2214-2216, 3103 
 
 Tabluwab : See Tahlewab. 
 
 Tairtla giammar 2887 
 
 Tait vocabulary 1501, 1509 
 
 ■words 3360 
 
 Takbtam grammatic comments 1425-1426 
 
 vocabulary 2307 
 
 words 2305 
 
 Takilma vocabulary 1454, 1693-1694 
 
 Takukwan vocabulary , 3873 
 
 Takulli: SeeTacully. 
 
 Tala- SeeTarasca. 
 
 Talamanca numerals 3617 
 
 vocabulary 73a, 217, 217a- 
 
 2176, 2214, 2216, 4050e, 4073 
 
 Talamenca : See Talamanca. 
 
 Talatui vocabulary 986, 1635, 2212, 2214, 2216 
 
 Talemenca : See Talamanca. 
 
 Talutui ; See Talatui. 
 
 Tamanaca {irammatic comments 1879 
 
 Tamarois proper names 1940 
 
 Tanan^ vocabulary 981-982 
 
 numerals 982 
 
 Tantawaits : See Cbemebuevi. 
 
 Taos general remarks 2552 
 
 numerals 2678 
 
 vocabulary 999, 2552, 3608-3609, 4271-4272 
 
 Taowa : See Tewa. 
 
 Tapachulane-Huast^que grammatic com- 
 ments 735 
 
 Tapaliza confessional 2296a 
 
 Tapijualapane-Mixe general remarks 731, 755c 
 
 Taraburaar : Seo Tarahnmara. 
 
 Tarahnmara catechism 1286 
 
 No. 
 
 Tarahnmara confessions 1286 
 
 dictionary 551?, 3744-3745 
 
 doctrina Christiana 3810-3811 
 
 general remarks 527-528, 1754, 2859 
 
 grammar 217, 2170-2176, 545-540, 547a, 548a, 
 
 1285, 1607, 1880, 3319, 3810-3811, 4028 
 
 grammatic comments 28, 527-628, 2998-2999 
 
 Lord's Prayer 28, 185a, 217, 
 
 217a-2176, 836, 2214, 2473a 
 
 material 3047 
 
 numerals 547, 3745 
 
 place names 527-528,813 
 
 sermons 3810-3811 
 
 specimen 2216 
 
 terms 523-524 
 
 vocabulary 28,212,284, 
 
 1285, 1978a, 2215, 3123, 3824 
 words 813,3124-3125,3982 
 
 Tarasca catechism 3573 
 
 confessions 854,3574 
 
 dictionary 61, 196, 3574 
 
 doctrina Christiana 1541, 2995 
 
 general remarks 1754, 2678, 3657 
 
 grammar 61,196,217,217a- 
 
 2176, 313, 313a, 708, 2700-2701, 3353, 3574 
 
 grammatic comments 28, 2998-2999 
 
 material 1392 
 
 specimens 3686 
 
 Lord's Prayer 28, 185a, 217, 
 
 217a-2176, 836, 2214, 2216, 2473a, 3832 
 
 manual 3571-3572 
 
 numerals 28 
 
 sermon 706,2531,3176,3566 
 
 text 1547-1548,2631 
 
 vocabulary 854, 21265, 3164, 3171, 3176 
 
 See Pirinda. 
 
 Tarasco : See Tarasca. 
 
 Tarasken : See Tarasca. 
 
 Tarauhmarice : See Tarahumara. 
 
 Taraumara : See Tarahumara. 
 
 Tarrahumara : See Tarahumara. 
 
 Tarratine Lord's Prayer 4170-4171 
 
 numerals 4170-4171 
 
 specimens 1088-1093, 1089o, 109Io 
 
 vocabulary 4170-4171 
 
 Tatch6 grammatic comments 217, 217a- 
 
 2176, 2998-2999 
 Lord's Prayer 1101,3577-3578 
 
 TchAlagi: See Cherokee. 
 
 Tchiglit vocabulary 7555 
 
 Tchinkitanfi general remarks 723, 1312a-13126 
 
 numerals 28, 723, 1312-1313, ]312a-13126 
 
 vocabulary 28,212,723, 
 
 1312-1313, 13120-13125, 3342 
 
 Tchinoque: See Chinook. 
 
 Tchinouc ; See Chinook, 
 
 Tchinouk : See Chinook. 
 
 Tchokoyem : See Chocuyem. 
 
 Tohougatche : See Chukchi. 
 
 Tchouktche : See Chukchi. 
 
 Tchouktchi : See Chukchi. 
 
 Tchuktohi: See Chukchi. 
 
 Teacnaeitzioa Lord's Prayer 217, 217a-2175 
 
 Teeton : See Teton. 
 
 Tegua : See Tewa. 
 
INDEX. 
 
 1129 
 
 No. 
 
 Teguima Lord's Prayer 2841 
 
 vocabulary , ^lo 
 
 See Opata. 
 
 Tehama vooabnlary 499, 2348 
 
 Tehema : See Tehama. 
 
 Tehua: See Tewa. 
 
 Tehnantepeo grammar 2675a 
 
 Tejano grammar 217, 217a-2176 
 
 grammatic comments 2998-2999 
 
 specijnens 217,2170-2176 
 
 Tejon Pass numerals 3098 
 
 Telamanca : See Talamanca. 
 
 Telam6: See Tatch6. 
 
 Telami : See Tatch6. 
 
 Telma : See Tewa. 
 
 TendnkutcHin nomerals 982 
 
 vocabulary 981-982 
 
 Tepegua: SeeTepehua. 
 - Tepeguana : See Tepehna. 
 
 Tepehua catechism 1286, 3304 
 
 confessions 1286, 3304 
 
 doctrina Christiana 2826 
 
 general remarks 1754 
 
 grammar 217, 217a-2176, 645-546, 547a, 
 
 548a, 1281, 1285, 1316, 3304 
 
 grammatic comments 527-528, 551J, 2998-2999 
 
 local names 527-528 
 
 lord's Prayer 217, 217a-217l, 836 
 
 numerals 547 
 
 terms 523-524 
 
 vocabulary 527-528, 551»»-551«, 1281, 
 
 1285. 1316. 2826, 3304 
 
 Tepebnan : See Tepehua. 
 
 Tepehuana : See Tepehua. 
 
 Tepehnano : See Tepehua. 
 
 Tepoca general remarks 217, 217a-2176 
 
 Tepuzculula doctrina 1056a 
 
 prayers 1056a 
 
 Terraba vocabulary 1351-1352 
 
 Tesuque general remarks 2552 
 
 relationships 2645,3740 
 
 vocabulary 537-538, 999, 2214, 2216, 2552, 
 
 3608-3609,4117 
 
 T^te plate : See Flathead. 
 
 Teton baptismal card 38316 
 
 primer 3282 
 
 proper names 1940 
 
 words -' 2521 
 
 Tewa numerals 2678 
 
 vocabulary 217. 217a-2176, 294, 2303, 
 
 2307, 2884, 3775a, 4272 
 
 Texas manual for administering sacra- 
 ments 1402 
 
 tribalnames 2910 
 
 Tezuzue : See Tesuque. 
 
 Thekenneh : See Sicanni. 
 
 Thlingit: See Thlinkit. 
 
 Thiinkit dictionary 2392 
 
 general remarks 217, 217o-2176 
 
 grammatic comments 217, 217a-2176, 2392 
 
 Lord's Prayer 217, 217a-2176, 2392 
 
 numerals * 2392 
 
 sentences 3994 
 
 songs 3006jr 
 
 texts, phrases, and sentences 3006^, 31626 
 
 No. 
 
 Thlinkit vocabulary 217, 217a- 
 
 2176, SOOe^r, 3162a, 3876a 
 
 Tichp: SeeEiche. 
 
 Ticorilla : See Apache. 
 
 Tigua : See Tewa. 
 
 Timuacuana: See Timucua. 
 
 Tilttiucua catechism 2671, 2895-2898, 4044 
 
 confession 2899-^900 
 
 dictionary 4044 
 
 doctrina Christiana 2806-2897 
 
 examples 481 
 
 general remarks. . . 481, 1429, 1432-1433, 1441, 1443 
 
 grammar ' 2901, 4044 
 
 grammatic comments 1443,1445 
 
 numerals 2214,3046 
 
 sentences ' 1444 
 
 text 1443-1445,3633 
 
 vocabulary 28, 212, 1445, 3634 
 
 words .' 1443-1444 
 
 Timuquau : See Timucua. 
 
 Timuquana : See Timucua. 
 
 Tinlinneh numerals 2678 
 
 vocabulary 3098 
 
 Tinne general remarks 1270a 
 
 gospel St. John 84 (p.), 497-498 (p.), 2104, 
 
 37116 (p.)-3711o (p.) 
 
 St. Mark 2105-2106 
 
 numerals 582 
 
 primer 406 
 
 vocabulary 217, 217a-2176, 574a, 575, 582, 
 
 2075, 3392, 3865, 3876a 
 
 Tinneh : See Tinne. 
 
 Tiribi vocabulary 1351-1352 
 
 Tlakatat: SeeKliketat. 
 
 TIaoquatch proper names 703 
 
 vocabulary 537-538,2205,2215, 
 
 3534-3535, 3872 
 words 1498 
 
 Tlaoquatsh : See TIaoquatch. 
 
 Tlascalteca : See Tlaxcalla. 
 
 Tlaskalteke:.See Tlaxcalla, 
 
 Tlatsap : See Klatsop. 
 
 Tlatscalca : See Tlaxcalla. 
 
 Tlatskanai vocabulary 107, 109, 529-530, 539-540, 
 
 551, 1393, 1635, 2207, 2216 
 
 Tlatskani : See Tlatskanai. 
 
 Tlaxcalla numerals 3617 
 
 proper names 569 
 
 root words 3500 
 
 terms 569 
 
 vocabulary 1502 
 
 Tlinkit : See Thlinkit. 
 
 Toanhootch vocabulary 1532 
 
 Tobikhar vocabulary 2307 
 
 words 2305 
 
 Toboso general remarks 217, 217a-2176 
 
 Tochana proper names 19556 
 
 Tolowa: See Tahlewah. 
 
 Toltec calendar 1559 
 
 general remarks 217, 2170-2176, 1754 
 
 terms 3972-3973 
 
 Tolteki: See Toltec. 
 
 Tonaca : See Totonaca. 
 
 Toncawe: See Tonkawa. 
 
 Tongas vocabulary 1507 2969 
 
1130 
 
 INDEX 
 
 No. 
 
 Tonguas : See Tongas. 
 
 Tonkawa general remarks 1428, 1442 
 
 numerals 2678 
 
 vocabulary 2994 
 
 Tonto general remarks 1422, 3622 
 
 grammatic comments 1422 
 
 sentences 4115 
 
 Tocabularj 1430, 2304, 2307, 4106-4107, 4114 
 
 Tonto-Apache : See Apache. 
 
 Toole: SecDarien. 
 
 Too-noo-nee-noo-sliuk geographic names- 1640 
 
 Tootooten vocabulary 107, 1247c, 1868, 2063, 2348 
 
 Too-wanne-noo specimens 4047 
 
 Tosauwihi (Shoshoni of Eastern Nevada) 
 vocabulary 3081 
 
 Totolaca ; See Totonaca. 
 
 Totonac : See Totonaca. 
 
 Totonaca catechism 1063,3486 
 
 confessions 3486 
 
 doctrina Christiana 1047, 1048, 2826 
 
 general remarks 1754 2678, 4058 
 
 ■ grammar -101, 217, 217a-2176, 1886, 2483, 2819, 2824, 
 2826, 3368, 3i78, 4279 
 
 grammatic comments 28, 2998-2999 
 
 lexicon 2819 
 
 Totonaca manual of sacraments 4279 
 
 Lord's Prayer 28, 185o, 217, 2170-2176, 836, 
 
 2214, 2473(1, 2713 
 
 sermons - 3567 
 
 vocabulary 28, 102, 212, 2824, 2826, 3824, 3878, 
 
 3983-3983, 4049, 4053, 4058, 4279 
 
 Totonacca : See Totonaca. 
 
 Totonak : See Totonaca. 
 
 Totonaka: See Totonaca. 
 
 Totonaken: See Totonaca. 
 
 Totonaqu£e: See Totonaca. 
 
 Totonaque : See Totonaca. 
 
 Totonicapan: See Totonaca. 
 
 Totonoco; See Totonaca. 
 
 Tough-no-waw-mish specimens 4047 
 
 Touscarora : See Tuscarora. 
 
 Tow-e-ahge : See Pawnee. 
 
 Towka general remarks 217, 217a-2176 
 
 Trinity River vocabulary 1353 
 
 Tsakaitsitlin vocabulary 1635 
 
 Tsamak vocabulary 986, 1635, 2212, 2216 
 
 Tscherokeischen : See Cherokee. 
 
 Tscherokese : See Cherokee. 
 
 Tschinkitani : See Tchinkitan6. 
 
 Tscbuagmjuten: See Chiagmiut. 
 
 Tschuakak Island vocabulary 527-528 
 
 Tschudi examples 317c 
 
 grammatic comments 371c 
 
 Tscbugatschen : See Chukchi. 
 
 Tschugazi : See Chukchi. 
 
 Tschugazzi : See Chukchi. 
 
 Tachukchi : See Chukchi. 
 
 Tschuktsch : See Chukchi. 
 
 Tschnktschen : See Chukchi. 
 
 Tschuktschi : See Chukchi. 
 
 TscIaUum: See Clallam. 
 
 Tseloge : See Cherokee. 
 
 Tsheheilis : See Tsihalish. 
 
 Tshimshean : See Tsimsian. 
 
 Ishimsian : See Tsimsian. 
 
 No. 
 Tshinook : See Chinook. 
 Tshinnk : See Chinook. 
 Tshokoyem : See Chocuyem. 
 Tshuktchi : See Chukchi. 
 
 Tsihaili-Selish general remarks 1635, 2678 
 
 examples 1635 
 
 Tsihailish: See Tsihalish. 
 
 Tsihalish specimens 1148a, 2238 
 
 numerals 3781-3782 
 
 vocabulary 878, 1393, 1635 
 
 2207, 3555, 3781-3782, 3876o 
 
 Tsimsian dictionary 10316 
 
 numerals 1507 
 
 vocabulary 217, 2170-2176, 537-538, 
 
 574a, 575, 1393, 2069, 2216, 3534, 3872, 3870a 
 Tsuhtyuh : See Beaver. ' 
 
 Ttynai numerals 1226a 
 
 vocabulary . .". 3551 . 
 
 Tualati : See Kalapuya. 
 
 Tubar general remarks. 1754 
 
 . grammatic comments 28, 2998-2999 
 
 Lord's Prayer .28,185a,217,217a-2176 
 
 specimen 2216 
 
 text 2473a 
 
 Tubarice : See Tubar. 
 
 Tubas grammatic comments 527-528 
 
 Lord's Prayer 527-528 
 
 Tuhwalati : See Kalapuya. 
 
 Tuichun-Mutaun (?) vocabulary 165 
 
 Tukttdh gospel St. John 498 (p. ), 
 
 2370, 2786,3711c (p.) 
 
 Mark 2370 
 
 Matthew 2370 
 
 gospels, the four 2786 
 
 hymns 2369 
 
 primer 407 
 
 relationships 2071, 2645 
 
 Tnkuthe : See Tukndh. 
 
 Tulare Lord's Prayer 1282, 1282a 
 
 vocabulary 2214, 2216 
 
 Tulare Lake grammatic comments 1991 
 
 vocabulary 1991 
 
 Tulare Valley Lord's Prayer 2212 
 
 Tulareiio grammatic comments 2998-2990 
 
 Tulatamy : See Tootooten. 
 Tule ; See Darien. 
 
 Tulkepa vocabulary 888 
 
 Tulteca: See Toltec. 
 Tulteco : See Toltec. 
 
 Tunghaase vocabulary 527-528, 574a, 3534, 3872 
 
 words 527-528,2205 
 
 Tungus : See Tunghaase. 
 
 Tuolumne grammatic comments 1991 
 
 vocabulary 1991, 2214 
 
 Tuscarora dictionary 3648 
 
 general remarks 2029, 2377-2379 
 
 geographic names 2643 
 
 Lord's Prayer 919 
 
 numerals 975a, 975-976, 3185Z 
 
 phrases 3511-3512,3619 
 
 proper names 702-704, 702a 
 
 relationship 2645 
 
 sentences 3649 
 
 spelling book 919 
 
 terms , 1336 
 
INDEX. 
 
 1131 
 
 No. 
 
 Tasoarora verbal forms 16360-16366 
 
 vocabulary > 28, 212, 297-298, 479, 682-683, 685, 
 
 687a, 689, 785, 919, 1061, 1391, 1393, 2029, 
 2204, 2216, 2222-2223, 3123, 3511-3612, 3625 
 
 words 2276, 2377-2379, 2855, 3185a(t, 3502, 
 
 3625, 3649, 3950, 3982 
 
 Tnskara: See Tuscarora. 
 
 TuBkarora: See Tuscarora. 
 
 Tuskeniro ; See Tuscarora. 
 
 Tuski: See Chukchi. 
 
 Tnsuque : See Tesuqne. 
 
 Tutatamys : Sec Tootooten. 
 
 Tutelo comparison with Dakota 116 
 
 general remarks 1636,1636c 
 
 terms 115 
 
 vocabulary 1636, 1636a-1636!) 
 
 Tutuhil : See Tzotzil. 
 
 Tututen : See Tootooten. 
 
 Tntutene : See Tootooten. 
 
 Twana general discussions 1144 
 
 grammatic fonns 1143 
 
 names of days and months, &c 1141, llila 
 
 numerals 1141 , 1141a 
 
 songs 211a 
 
 vocabulary 1141o 
 
 words, phrases, and sentences 1148 
 
 Twightwee vocabulary 1713 
 
 Two-Kettle Band names of chiefe 3944 
 
 Tzapoteco: SeeZapoteca. 
 
 Tzeldaica : See Tzendal. 
 
 Tzeldal; See Tzendal. 
 
 Tzendal confessions 3149 
 
 doctrina Christiana. 65, 138, 2250a 
 
 days of months .220,220a 
 
 general remarks 1754 
 
 grammar 136a, 144, 706 
 
 grammatic comments 2998-2999 
 
 Lord's Pray er 217, 217a-2176, 836 
 
 numerals 748 
 
 sermons 1 309 
 
 text 139-143, 2599a, 3986 
 
 vocabulary 136-137, 144a, 3760a 
 
 Tzendale : See Tzendal. 
 
 Tzental : See Tzendal. 
 
 Tzinacanteca : See Chinantec. 
 
 Tzoque : See Zoque. 
 
 Tzotohil: See Tzotzil. 
 
 Tzotzil catechism 4266 
 
 Christian documents 3460 
 
 confessional 1771, 3471, 4264-4260 
 
 doctrine 1771,3471 
 
 general remarks 2552,3881 
 
 grammar 167a, 445, 3471, 4265 
 
 grammatic comments 2998-2999, 34096 
 
 life of Christ 4023 
 
 Lord's Prayer 217, 217a-2176, 83C 
 
 phrases 662a 
 
 proclamation to Indians 30a 
 
 sermons 3459,8562,4024 
 
 vocabulary 457, 177 1, 291 1, 3470a, 3760a 
 
 Tzotzlem dictionary 3351 
 
 doctrina Christiana 1046a 
 
 grammar 3351 
 
 numerals 3351 
 
 Tzutohile : See Tzotzil. 
 
 No. 
 
 Tzutuchil: SeeTzotzU. 
 
 Tzutuhil: See Tzotzil. 
 
 Tzutuhile: See Tzotzil. 
 
 Uahtaktato : See Otoe. 
 
 Uohe : See Tuchi. 
 
 lichee; See Tuchi. 
 
 ITchi : See Tuchi. 
 
 Uchitie general remarks 1754 
 
 Ugalachmjut: See Ugalakmut. 
 
 Ugalachmnt: See Ugalakmut. 
 
 Ugalakmut general remarks 3159 
 
 grammatic comments 28 
 
 numerals 982 
 
 terms 527-528 
 
 vocabulary 28,212,539-540, 
 
 981-982, 1299a, 3123-3125, 3950 
 
 Ugalent: See tlgalenze. 
 
 TJgalentsi: See Ugalenze. 
 
 Ugalenze general remarks 217, 217a-2176 
 
 grammatic comments 217, 217a-2176 
 
 numerals 982 
 
 terms 527-528 
 
 vocabulary 205, 217,217a- 
 
 2176, 527-529, 551, 981-982, 2216, 4237 
 
 Ugalenzen : See Ugalenze. 
 
 Fgaliachmutzi : See Ugalakmut. 
 
 Ugaljaohmutzi: See Ugalakmut. 
 
 Ugashachmiit: See Ugalakmut. 
 
 Uinta-ute: SeeUte. 
 
 Ulba : See Woolwa. 
 
 Ulua: See Woolwa. 
 
 UWkuk numerals 982 
 
 vocabulary 981-982 
 
 See Inkilik ; see Kdiyuhkhat&na. 
 
 Umkwa: SeeUmpqua. 
 
 Umpqua numerals 1101, 3876a 
 
 sentences 1483 
 
 vocabulary. . . .107, 270, 389-390, 539-540, 551, 1393, 
 
 1483, 1694, 2207, 2216, 2587, 3534, 3872, 4103 
 
 words 529-530 
 
 Umpqwa: SeeUmpqua. 
 
 Unaohog : See Unquachog. 
 
 Unakbatana numerals ^ . 982 
 
 vocabulary 981-982 
 
 Unalaschka: See Unalaska. 
 
 Unalaschker: S.-e Unalaska. 
 
 Unalashka : See Unalaska. 
 
 Unalaska general remarks 3994 
 
 numerals 205,982 
 
 vocabulary 28, 507, 527-528, 981-982, 
 
 093-994, 1337, 1393, 2216, 2293-2294, 2353-2354 
 words 205,577, 3982 
 
 Unaligmut numerals 982 
 
 vocabulary , 981-982 
 
 Unami names 1714 
 
 numerals -' 1136 
 
 Uncpapa Sioux names of chiefs 1940, 3944 
 
 Ungieskie vocabulary 3413a 
 
 Unkwa: SeeUmpqua. 
 
 Unquachog vocabulary 1959, 1976 
 
 Upanguaima general remarks 2859 
 
 Upper Missouri relationships 2840 
 
 sign language 2425 
 
 Upper Sacramento grammatic comments. 1991 
 vocabulary 986, 1635, 1991, 2212, 2216 
 
1132 
 
 INDEX. 
 
 No, 
 
 Upper Umpqua: See TJmpqua. 
 
 1Jps4roka : See Crow. 
 
 TTpsaropa: See Crow. 
 
 TJspanteca sentences 3760a 
 
 Uta: SeeTJte. 
 
 Utah: SeeUte. 
 
 Utchee; See Tuchi. 
 
 Ute general remarks . 217, 217a-2176, 266, 266o, 2859 
 
 notes 3088 
 
 numerals 84 
 
 proper names 703, 19556-1955C 
 
 relationships 2645 
 
 sentences 840 
 
 verbs 3087 
 
 vocabulary 217, 2170-2176, 267, 
 
 267o, 508-509, 527-528, 840, 1391, 1924, 2212, 
 2216, 3079, 3084-3085, 3675, 3608-3610, 4272 
 
 words 1923 
 
 See Pal-ute. 
 
 Utlateca : See Kiche. 
 
 Utlatecat: See Kiche. 
 
 Utlateco: See Kiche. 
 
 Yaicnra: See Waicuri. 
 
 Valiente general remarks 217, 217a-2176 
 
 numerals 3617 
 
 "Venarabakaiia vocabulary 1346 
 
 Teragua general remarks 1754 
 
 "Vera Paz grammar 4021 
 
 sermons 4021 
 
 text 4306 
 
 vocabulary 4021 
 
 Viard numerals 3098 
 
 See Wlyot. 
 
 Viceita vocabulary 736, 39746 
 
 Virginia dictionary 3764 
 
 general remarks 572-674, 913, 3498 
 
 Genesis 3211-3212 (p.) 
 
 gospel St. John 208,209 (p.), 208a (p.) 
 
 grammatic comments 431, 3211-3212 
 
 local names 3898 
 
 Lord's Prayer .... 397d, 718, 1331, 1337, 1857ffi, 2146, 
 2452, 2670, 3449a 
 
 numerals 4170-4171 
 
 specimens 2676 
 
 tribal names 3478 
 
 vocabulary 28, 298, 1331, 3211-3212, 365S-3663, 
 
 4170-4171 
 words 718,3372 
 
 Virginiane : See Virginia. 
 
 Virginice : See Virginia. 
 
 Virginien : See Virginia. 
 
 Vlzeita: See Viceita. 
 
 Wabi : See Huave. 
 
 ■Waccanessisi : See Wakanakessi. 
 
 Waccoon : See "Woccon. 
 
 Waco : See Hueco. 
 
 Wahtani: SeeMandau. 
 
 Wab-tokta-ta : See Otoe. 
 
 Waicura: See "Waicuri. 
 
 Waicuri conjugation 203, 206, 1674 
 
 creed 203,205,1674 
 
 general remarks 1754,2869 
 
 grammatic comments 28, 203a, 217, 
 
 2170-2176, 2216, 2998-299, 
 grammatic sketch 527-528 
 
 No. 
 
 Waicuri Lord's Prayer 28, 185a, 2C3, 204, 203a, 
 
 217, 2170-2176, 527-528, 1674, 2214, 22)6 
 
 text l''45a 
 
 twelve articles of faitb 527-528 
 
 vocabulary 28,204,2214,2216 
 
 Waiilatpu examples 1635 
 
 general remarks 1635 
 
 grammatic comments 537-628 
 
 numerals 2678 
 
 vocabulary : 527-528,1635 
 
 Waikna vocabulary 2214,2216 
 
 words 3718-3720,3731 
 
 See Mosquito. 
 
 Waikur : See Waicuri. 
 
 Waikura: See Waicuri. . 
 
 Waiknri : See Waicuri. 
 
 Wailakki vocabulary 3104 
 
 Wakaikam vocabulary 1635 
 
 Wakanakessi Lord's Prayer 185o 
 
 vocabulary 1485 
 
 Wakash vocabulary 212, 1391 , 2205, 2207 
 
 See Nootka. 
 
 Wakynakaine vocabulary 3873 
 
 Walapai: See Hnalapai. 
 
 Wallawalla dictionary 1035 
 
 grammar 2887 
 
 proper names 703 
 
 songs 211a 
 
 vocabulary 1393, 2215-2216, 3535, 4047 
 
 Walwa: See Woolwa. 
 
 Wampanoag Lord's Prayer .1068-1093, 1089a, 1091a 
 
 Wanat: See Wyandot. 
 
 Wandot: See Wyandot. 
 
 Wapatu: SeeAtf^lati; seeKalapuya. 
 
 Wappowords 3098 
 
 Wapumni numerals 3098 
 
 Warm Spring proper names - 1955c 
 
 vocabulary 7556 
 
 Wa-sa-see: See Osage. 
 
 Wasawsee : See Osage. 
 
 Wasco vocabulary 1485 
 
 Washington Territory local names 1515 
 
 Wasbo : See Washoe. 
 
 Washoe general remarks 217, 217a-2176 
 
 namesofbirds 3259 
 
 vocabulary 840,3105,3260,3611 
 
 words 3218-3219 
 
 Watlala grammatic comments 527-528 
 
 vocabulary 527-523,1393,1035,2216 
 
 Wawenoc mode of counting 3907 
 
 numerals 3576 
 
 Wea primer 4096 
 
 proper names 698-699, 702-704, 702a, S97a, 1940 
 
 relationships 2645 
 
 Weah: See Wea. 
 
 Weaw: See Wea. 
 
 Wee-ab: See Wea. 
 
 Wee-co : See Hueco. 
 
 Weeyot: See Wiyotu 
 
 Weiondot: See Wyandot. 
 
 Weitspeh vocabulary 217, 2170-2176, 
 
 1601,2214,2216 
 
 Weiyot : See Wiyot. 
 
 Weminuche sentences 267, 267a 
 
 vocabulary 267,267a 
 
INDEX. 
 
 1133 
 
 No. 
 
 West Coast vocabulary , 1978a 
 
 Western Esquimaux: See Esquimaux. 
 We.-teiu Payute: See Pai-ute. 
 
 Wicliiki k vocabulary 3098 
 
 Wichita numerals 2470 
 
 sentences 1835 
 
 sign language 2373 
 
 vocabulary 527-528,2214, 
 
 2216,2470-2472,2645,4103 
 
 Wihinasht general remarks 217, 217a-2176 
 
 numerals 547 
 
 vocabulary 217,2170-2176, 
 
 527-528, 1393, 1635, 2216 
 
 Willamet vocabulary 1393, 2207, 2215-2216 
 
 Willopah vocabulary 107 1633 
 
 Winebago: See Winnebago. 
 
 Winnebago general remarks 181, 210, 551m 
 
 grammatic comments iggy 
 
 linguistic material i076 
 
 list of names X306 
 
 names 3176^ 
 
 numerals 1959-1962,2342 
 
 phrases 1687 
 
 prayer-book 2792a 
 
 proper names 670,698-699, 
 
 702-704, 702a, 1321, 1940, 2646 
 
 relationships 2645 
 
 specimens 1136 
 
 terms ,.., ,... 2090a, 2091-2092 
 
 vocabulary 212,1321,1391, 
 
 1393, 1687, 1946a, 2313, 2645, 3291, 4168 
 
 words 2979 
 
 Winnebagoe : See Winnebago. 
 Winnebagog : See Winnebago. 
 Wintoon : See Wintun. 
 
 Wintun numerals 3098 
 
 vocabulary 217, 217a-2^76, 1955, 2307, 3090, 3098 
 
 words 3100 
 
 Wischosk : See Wishosk. 
 
 Wisconsin geographic names 1677 
 
 tribal names 22026,3581 
 
 Wishosk numerals 2678 
 
 vocabulary . . .217, 217a-2m, 1501, 1508, 2215-2216 
 
 words 2212 
 
 Witshita: See Wichita. 
 
 Wiyot numerals 2678 
 
 .vocabulary 217, 217a-2176, 
 
 1501, 1508, 2215-2216 
 
 words 2212 
 
 Wlastukweek (St. John's) remarks on 
 
 words 1634 
 
 Woccon numerals 3046 
 
 vocabulary 28,212,297- 
 
 298, 479-480, 1391, 2222-2223 
 
 words 2276, 3124-3125, 3982 
 
 Woolua: See Woolwa. 
 
 Woolwa numerals 760a, 3617 
 
 vocabulary 217, 217o- 
 
 2176, 363?, 760a, 842, 1332-1335, 
 2214, 2216, 26726,3726-3728, 3731 
 
 words 3731 
 
 Wulwa ; See Woolwa. 
 Wundat : See Wyandot. 
 
 Wyandot examples 652 
 
 general remarks 2377-2379 
 
 No. 
 
 Wyandot grammar 4258 
 
 grammatic comments 3759 
 
 hyiuns ...1289-1290,2098,4257 
 
 Lord's Prayer 1629 
 
 numerals 1629-1630, 2916, 3979, 4008, 4075 
 
 phonology 1630 
 
 phrases 3621 
 
 proper names 1940, 2646, 3058-3003 
 
 relationships 2645 
 
 sentences 4258 
 
 specimens 1059,2004 
 
 terms 523-524 
 
 verbal forms 1636a-16366 
 
 vocabulary 28, 173, 212, 297-298, 547o, 
 
 575, 577, 582, 1391, 1393, 1863-1864, 1996, 
 2204, 2216, 2645, 2996, 3511-3512, 3759, 4258 
 
 words 2377-2379, 2917, 3502, 3621 
 
 Wyandote ; See Wyandot. 
 Wyandott : See Wyandot. 
 Wyandotte : See Wyandot. 
 Wyot: See Wiyot. 
 
 Xicaque vocabulary 363g, 3733 
 
 Xicarilla : See Apache. 
 
 Xinca vocabulary 14866 
 
 Takama catechism 3456 
 
 dictionary 2887 
 
 grammar 2887 
 
 hymns 3450 
 
 Lord's Prayer 217, 217a-2176, 2887 
 
 prayers 3456 
 
 relationships 1505, 2645 
 
 sentence 4276 
 
 song 2887 
 
 vocabulary 12476, 1635 
 
 Yakima: See Takama. 
 Takoma: See Yakama. 
 
 Yakon general remarks 2215 
 
 numerals 2678 
 
 specimen 2238 
 
 vocabulary 217, 217a-2176, 
 
 1393, 1454, 1635, 2216, 2588 
 
 words 2214 
 
 Yakona : See Yakon. 
 
 Yakutat Lord's Prayer 28, 185o 
 
 numerals 983 
 
 terms 527-528 
 
 vocabulary 981-982, 1345, 3006m 
 
 Yamhill: See Kalapuya. 
 
 Yamkallie grammatic comments 527-528 
 
 vocabulary 527-528, 3534, 3872 
 
 Yampa general remarks 217, 217a-2176 
 
 numerals 267,267a 
 
 vocabulary 267, 267a 
 
 Yampais: See Yampa. 
 Yancton : See Yankton. 
 Yanctonai: See Yankton. 
 
 Yankton analysis of the Bible 868 
 
 Book of Common Prayer 1722 (p.) 
 
 names of chiefs 3944 
 
 newspaper ( ' ' Daybreak ") 870 
 
 numerals 1959-1962 
 
 prayers 869 
 
 propernames 1940 
 
 relationships 2645 
 
 terms 523-524 
 
1134 
 
 INDEX. 
 
 No. 
 
 Tankton vocabulary 1391, 1393, 2204, 2216 
 
 words 3502 
 
 See Dakota. 
 TanktODg : See Yankton. 
 
 Taqui letters and docnments 4272o 
 
 Lord's Prayer 217, 2170-217!), 836 
 
 Tocabnlary 217, 2170-2176, 295 
 
 Yavapai general remarks 217, 2170-2176 
 
 vocabulary 888, 88Sa 
 
 Yavape : See Yavapai. 
 
 Yavi word 2276 
 
 Yavipal: See Yavapai. 
 
 Ylinesa : See Illinois. 
 
 Yocut: See Yokut. 
 
 Yokaia nniuerals 2678 
 
 vocabulary 3098 
 
 Yokut names of plants 3098 
 
 numerals 2678, 3098 
 
 vocabulary 3098 
 
 words 3100 
 
 Yoochee: SeeYuchi. 
 
 Yosemite Valley local names 1930, 2765-2766 
 
 Ysletta Pueblo : See Isleta. 
 
 Yubanumeials 3098 
 
 vocabulary 2348,3383-3384 
 
 Yucatan : See Yucatec. 
 
 Yucatanice: See Yucatec. 
 
 Yucatano: See Yucatec. 
 
 Yucatec ancient pbonetic alphabet 484 
 
 calendar 6156-615c 
 
 catechism 3415,3421 
 
 Christian doctrine 36, 345-348, 3421, 4034 
 
 dictionary .' 186-188,3694 
 
 discourses 3977 
 
 g>-ncral remarks 616o-615c, 1270a, 3425 
 
 grammar 9, 189, 3417, 3423, 4029, 4035 
 
 grammatic comments 2998-2999 
 
 instructions 3419, 3422, 3424 
 
 Lord's Prayer 2473a 
 
 manual of sacraments 3419 
 
 names of day 8, months, and years 2950 
 
 numerals 3124-3125 
 
 orations 15 
 
 plant names 1067o 
 
 sermons 2554,3420,3880 
 
 text 1064, 2554, 3380(i, 3416, 3416a 
 
 vocabulary . . .130, 2526, 3124-3125, 3823, 4029, 4035 
 
 of hieratic writing 3380c 
 
 words 363/, 400!), 615o, 3502, 3982 
 
 See Maya. 
 
 Yucateca ; See Yucatec. 
 
 Yucateco: See Yucatec. 
 
 Yucat^que; See Yucatec. 
 
 Yui-atese: See Yucatec. 
 
 Yucayo general remarks 2621 
 
 Yuchi general remarks 2215 
 
 h.vmns 2332 
 
 proper names 698-699, 702-704, 702a 
 
 vocabulary 1299c, 1393, i623(J, 
 
 2204, 2207, 2216, 2992, 3082 
 
 Yukai : See Yuki. 
 
 Yuke: See Yuki. 
 
 Yukeh : See Yuki. 
 
 Yuki dictionary 368 
 
 No. 
 
 Yuki vocabularj 282, 1501, 1,508, 3098, 3383-3384 
 
 words 3098 
 
 Yukultas vocabulary 2960 
 
 Yule vocabulary 943 
 
 Yuma general remarks 217, 217o-2176 
 
 numerals 1629,2678 
 
 propernames •. 703 
 
 vocabulary 296, 350, 365, 527-528, 1061, 1357- 
 
 1358, 1534, 1761, 2215, 2348, 3849, 4102 
 
 Yumaya proper names 703 
 
 Yurok numerals 2678, 3098 
 
 vocabulary 3098 
 
 words 3099 
 
 Yuta : See Ute. 
 Yutah : See TTte. 
 Zaapoteca: SeeZapoteca. 
 
 Zacapula doctrina Christiana 597 
 
 libro de los Idolos 801-803 
 
 sermons 4027 
 
 treatises 120 
 
 Zacatec general remarks 217,2170-2176 
 
 grammar 1232 
 
 vocabulary 1233 
 
 Zacateca: See Zacatec. 
 Zacatula; See Zacapula. 
 Zaklapahkap : See Mame. 
 Zaklohpakap: See Mame. 
 Zaklopahkap : See Hame. 
 
 Zamuco numerals 2678 
 
 Zapalutatext 2250a 
 
 Zapotec : See Zapoteca. 
 
 Zapoteca catechism 1596 
 
 comparisons 363a 
 
 confessional 171o, 1277, 3148, 3149a, 3209a 
 
 dictionary 32,889 
 
 doctrina Christiana . . .. 50o, 52a, 349a, 
 
 371, 1275, 2281, 2871 
 
 dramas 4036 
 
 general remarks 1754, 2678, 2859, 3164 
 
 gospels, the four 33 
 
 grammar ]71o, 217, 217a-2176, 890, 938, 1596, 
 
 24820-24826, 2638, 3107, 3M8, 31490, 3209a 
 
 grammatic comments 2640, 2998-2999 
 
 local names 613-615 
 
 Lord's Prayer 217, 2170-2176, 836 
 
 miscelaneo espiritval 31 
 
 notes 3470c 
 
 numerals 171o,3148 
 
 parables, &c 937 
 
 poetry 1596 
 
 prayers 3209a 
 
 relationships 937 
 
 sermons 1596, 1603, 2639, 4000 
 
 texts 1604.4031,4037 
 
 treatise 568 
 
 verses 4031a 
 
 vocabulary 171a, 1276, 1343a, 3148, 
 
 31490, 3168, 3209a, 3711, 3824, 4045o, 4050/ 
 
 words 613-615 
 
 Zapoteco : See Zapot«ca. 
 Zapoteken : See Zapoteca. 
 Zapot6que: See Zapoteca. 
 Zendal: See Tzendal. 
 Zia: See Silla. 
 
INDEX. 
 
 1135 
 
 Zoko: SeeZoqae. 
 
 Zoque catechism lC5a 
 
 comparisons 363a 
 
 Gonfessioual 2250a,310G 
 
 doctrina cliristiana 165ii, 10476, 3106 
 
 exhortation 3470?; 
 
 general remarks 363d, 1754, 2859 
 
 grammar 165o, lC9a. 
 
 705, 1564a, 3470 
 
 grammatio comments 2998-2999 
 
 Lord's Prayer 217, 217a-2176, 836, 901 
 
 text 1056c, 2918a, 2918c 
 
 vocabulary 36Sp, 901, 1343a, 1564a, 
 
 3106^ 3470a, 3711, 4045a, 4050c 
 See Chimalapa. 
 
 Zoqne-Mlxe gra^mnatic comments 738 
 
 Zotzil: See Tzot^il. 
 
 Zotzlem : See Tzotzlem. 
 
 Zufii etymology 967 
 
 No. 
 
 Zufii folk-lore 972 
 
 grammatic comments 967-968, 1486 
 
 idioms 974 
 
 poetry. 965 
 
 prayers .' ..- a62a, 970-971 
 
 proper names 964 
 
 proverbs 974 
 
 rituals 970-971 
 
 songs 965,971 
 
 speeches 966 
 
 studies 967-968,970-972,974 
 
 terms 962a, 962o 
 
 text ,1, 962c 
 
 vocabulary 217,217a- 
 
 2176, 537-638, 969-973, 999, 1061, 1123, 
 1486, 2214, 2552, 3608-3609, 3758, 4103 
 
 weather proverbs 9625,1692a 
 
 words 903 
 
 Zutnhil: SeeTzotzil. 
 
'w(!BMiBBtMI«lia«lillBtni!«!«lieHnilillMMilii«l«ltH!(IIBiM 
 
 7 
 iiiiil 
 
 KliUcitdliilUiliWlliilKltli